•*v,-^: 
 

 V 
 
 aaE»EeG3o:cO30Er( 
 
 Robert E. Gross 
 Collection 
 
 A Memorial to the Founder 
 of the 
 
 Business Administration Library 
 
 f/ni'vefirYi/ -«/ ^au/ot^ma 
 
 Los Angeles 
 
y 
 
 y 
 
 ^P7t^ 
 
THE 
 
 EAST INDIA 
 
 GAZETTEER, 
 
 / 
 
THE 
 
 EAST INDIA 
 GAZETTEER ; 
 
 CONTAINING 
 
 J^aiticular iit^criptioug? 
 
 OF THE 
 
 EMPIRES, KINGDOMS, PRINCIPALITIES, PROVINCES, CITIES, TOWNS, 
 . DISTRICTS, FORTRESSES, HARBOURS, RIVERS, LAKES, &c. 
 
 OF 
 
 HINDOSTAN, 
 
 AND^THE ADJACENT COUXTRIES, 
 
 INDIA BEYOND THE GANGES, 
 
 AND THE 
 
 Eastern Archipelago ; 
 
 TOGETHER WITH 
 
 SKETCHES OF THE :\rAN\ERS, CUSTOMS, INSTITUTIONS, AGRICUI^ 
 
 TURE, COMMERCE, MANUFACTURES, 
 
 REVENUES, POPUllvnON, CASTES, RELIGION, HISTORY, &c. 
 
 OF THF.IR 
 
 VARIOUS INHABITANTS. 
 
 BY WALTER HAMILTON. 
 
 LONDON: 
 
 PRINTED FOR JOHN MURRAY, ALBEMARLE STREET, 
 
 By Dove, St. Johns Square, Clerlicmcell, 
 
 1815. 
 
TO THE RIGHT HONOURABLE 
 ROBERT, 
 
 EARL OF BUCKINGHAMSHIRE, 
 
 President of tli£ Board of Controul, ^-c. ^c. 
 
 My Lord, 
 
 THE composition of the following; work 
 was originally suggested by the removal of the restrictions 
 on the trade to India, and by the numerous petitions pre- 
 sented in support of that measure. On consideration of 
 their tendency, it occurred to me, that a work containing 
 in a small compass, and in the form best suited for refer- 
 ence, the information dispersed through many volumes, 
 might at the present period prove of utility, and assist the 
 judgments of many who had not before applied their atten- 
 tion to this subject. 
 
 Having finished an arrangement of this description, it 
 could not with equal propriety be addressed to any other 
 person than your Lordship, under whose auspices the com- 
 merce with India has been opened to the merchants of 
 Britain, in a degree as great as appears consistent with 
 the tranquillity of Hindostan, and with the existence of 
 that Company by which those extensive regions were first 
 acquired, and under whose administration they have at- 
 tained so high a state of prosperity. I shall be happy 
 if your Lordship will receive it as a proof of my respect 
 for your public character, and for the abilities which led 
 to so desirable a result. 
 
 I have the honour to remain, 
 My Lord, 
 Your Lordship's most obedient 
 And most humble servant, 
 
 WALTER IIAMILTOx\. 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 Xhe following work is intended to form a sum- 
 mary and popular account of India, and of its va- 
 rious inhabitants, adapted principally for the pe- 
 rusal of those who have never visited that quarter 
 of the world, and whose leisure has not admitted 
 of their examining the numerous volumes in which 
 the local descriptions are dispersed. Until lately 
 the unceasing changes among the native powers, 
 the vicissitudes of their politics, and their perpe- 
 tually fluctuating boundaries, rendered the most 
 accurate account that could be given, only suited 
 to the particular period in which it was written; 
 but since the definitive arrangements of the Mar- 
 quis Wellesley in 1803 and 5, Hindostan has ex- 
 perienced a tranquillity, and the relative bounda- 
 ries of the different governments a degree of per- 
 manence, unknown since the death of Aurensczebe 
 
viii PREFACE. 
 
 in 1707. The territorial divisions continue in many 
 places perplexed and uncertain, and the jurisdic- 
 tions of their chiefs ill defined ; but these obstacles 
 are not of such weight as to preclude an attempt 
 to class the whole alphabetically. 
 
 To form a geographical basis, Mr. Arrowsmith's 
 six sheet map of Hindostan, published in 1804, and 
 his four sheet chart of the Eastern Seas, have been 
 selected, as they exhibit the most correct delinea- 
 tion of this part of Asia hitherto presented to the 
 public, and are in general use. Other maps and 
 charts, subsequently engraved, have been occasion- 
 ally consulted; but so seldom, that a very great 
 majority of the latitudes and longitudes, distances 
 and dimensions, refer to their positions in the two 
 works above described. Within these limits are 
 comprehended the following countries, viz. 
 
 WEST OF THE INDUS. 
 
 Cabul, Candahar, Baloochistan, and all Afghan- 
 istan, &c. 
 
 IN HINDOSTAN PROPER. 
 
 Lahore, Mooltan, Sinde, Tatta, Cutch, Ajmeer, 
 and Gujrat; J3elhi, Agra, and Malwah ; Oude, 
 Allahabad, Bahar, Bengal, &c. 
 
PREFACE. ix 
 
 IN THE DECCAN. 
 
 Aurungabad, Bejapoor, Khandesh, Berar, Orissa, 
 Gundwana, the Northern Circars, Cuttack, Nan- 
 dere, Beeder, Hyderabad, &c. 
 
 INDIA SOUTH OP THE KRISHNA RIVER. 
 
 Mysore, the Carnatic northern, central, and south- 
 ern, Malabar, Canara, Cohubetoor, Travancor, Co- 
 chin, Dindigul, Barramahal, the Balaghaut ceded 
 districts, Kistnagherry, &c. 
 
 IN NORTHERN HINDOSTAN. 
 
 Cashmere, Serinagur, Nepaiil, Bootan, and also 
 the adjoining country of Tibet, &c. 
 
 INDIA BEYOND THE GANGES. 
 
 Ava and the Birman Empire, Siam, Pegu, Ara- 
 can, Assam, Cassay, Tunquin, Cochin China, Cam- 
 bodia, Laos, Siampa, Malacca, &c. 
 
 THE EASTERN ISLES. 
 
 Sumatra, Java, and all the Sunda chain, Borneo, 
 Celebes, and Gilolo, the Moluccas, Papua, Magin- 
 danao, the Philippines, &c. and also the Island of 
 Ceylon. 
 
 In arranging the alphabetical distribution, the 
 great diversity of names applied to the same place 
 by Hindoos, Mahommedans, and Europeans, occa- 
 
X PREFACE. 
 
 sioiied a considerable difficulty, wliich has not been 
 completely surmounted. To obviate it as much as 
 possible, the whole of Mr. Arrowsmith's names 
 have been adopted, as being those most imiversally 
 known, and to enable the reader to find the place 
 in the map without trouble. In many of the most 
 remarkable instances the original appellation is also 
 given, according to Sir William Jones's orthogra- 
 phical system ; but, although a name be not quite 
 correct, if generally understood, it is desirable it 
 should continue permanent, as it answers every 
 useful purpose, and a deviation even to a more ap- 
 propriate causes much confusion. The deities of 
 the Hindoos have a still greater variety of names, 
 or rather epithets, than their towns ; the most com- 
 mon have been selected, and adhered to through- 
 out. The same plan has also been followed with 
 regard to the names of persons, castes, and tribes. 
 In the composition of the work oriental terms have 
 been usually avoided ; but, from the nature of the 
 subject, could not be wholly dispensed with. Of 
 those of most frequent occurrence, an explanation 
 will be found in the short Glossary annexed. 
 
 The plan usually followed is that of Brooke's, 
 Crutwell's, and other Gazetteers, which, on account 
 
PREFACE. Xi 
 
 of the number of different articles, anil the conse- 
 quent abbreviation, does not admit of minute de- 
 tails, or the investigation of disputed facts. From 
 this cause also the historical part has been con- 
 tracted nearly to a chronological series of sove- 
 reigns and remarkable events. The authorities for 
 each description are commonly subjoined, and in 
 many cases this is given as closely as the necessity 
 of condensing the substance of many volumes into 
 a small compass would permit. But no person is 
 to be considered wholly responsible for any article, 
 the materials in many instances being so intimately 
 blended with each other, and with the result of the 
 author's own experience and inquiries, that it would 
 be impossible to define the boundaries of the re- 
 spective properties. A very considerable portion 
 of the most valuable information contained in this 
 publication will be found to be entirely new, being 
 extracted from various unpublished manuscripts, 
 collected by Sir John Malcolm, while he filled im- 
 portant official and diplomatic situations in Hin- 
 dostan and Persia, and communicated by him in 
 the most handsome and liberal manner. Of these 
 and the other authorities referred to, a catalogue 
 will be found in the Appendix. 
 
Xii PREFACE. 
 
 In specify ins: the extent of countries the whole 
 length, but only the average breadth is given, to 
 enable the reader to ascertain the probable area in 
 square miles. In an arrangement of this sort strict 
 accuracy cannot be expected ; but it was thought 
 less vague than the usual mode of stating the ex- 
 treme length and the extreme breadth, and an ap- 
 proximation to the reality is all that is required. 
 The same observation applies to the population of 
 countries that have not undergone local investiga- 
 tions. When such instances occur, a comparison 
 of their peculiar circumstances has been instituted 
 with those of the adjacent provinces, the popula- 
 tion of which is better known, and an estimate 
 computed from the result. Where the number of 
 inhabitants has been established on probable 
 grounds, it is particularly mentioned. To facili- 
 tate tlie discovery of a place on the map, besides 
 its latitude and longitude, its nearest direct dis- 
 tance from some distinguished city is stated, and 
 likewise the name of the province which includes 
 it. When not otherwise specified, the standard of 
 distance is invariably the English mile, G9J to the 
 degree. 
 
 The descrii)tion of Hindostan, under the Em- 
 
PREFACE. Xiii 
 
 peror Acber, compiled by Abul Fazel in 1582, is 
 literally extracted from Mr. Gladwin's translation 
 of the Ayeen Acberry, and is a curious remnant 
 of Mogul geography. Although wrong in many 
 instances, the dimensions are surprisingly exact, 
 considering the era in which they w ere calculated ; 
 and the limits he assigns to the provinces must ever 
 form the foundation of any delineation of Hindos- 
 laa Proper, as they continued to regulate the ju- 
 risdictions of the viceroys for almost two centuries, 
 and it Avould be in vain to follow the annually 
 fluctuating principalities which sprung from the 
 ruins of the Mogul empire. The distances men- 
 tioned by Abul Fazel are commonly the extreme 
 length and extreme breadth ; and the quotas of 
 troops he enumerates mean the whole that the 
 province was supposed capable of furnishing on 
 any important exigence, not the actual number 
 ever produced. 
 
 Owing to the want of uniformity in the modes 
 adopted by different authors of spelling the Indian 
 names, the reader, it is apprehended, will at first 
 experience some difficulty in discovering the place 
 he is in search of, the whole of the vowels being 
 substituted for each other, and also several of the 
 
Siv PREFACE. 
 
 consonants, such as c for k and s, and g for j. 
 When the Avord, therefore, does not occur under 
 the head first suggested, it must be sought under 
 one of a simihir sound, such as for Tirhoot see 
 Tyrhoof, and the geographical situations being 
 very minutely detailed will greatly assist the re- 
 search. The east and west, north and south, sides 
 of rivers, and the compass distances, in a great ma- 
 jority of cases refer to their positions in the map ; 
 the length of rivers, including the windings, are 
 estimated according to the rules laid down in Ma- 
 jor Rennel's valuable Memoir, from which also the 
 travelling distances are extracted. 
 
 Another objection to an alphabetical description 
 of a country is, that the whole does not appear at 
 one view, being dispersed and separated overy dif- 
 ferent parts of the book, which is certainly iagainst 
 an arrangement in other respects remarkably con- 
 venient. To remedy this as far as is practicable, 
 when a kingdom or province is described, all the 
 most important towns and districts it contains 
 are also specified, and by a reference to each of 
 these a tolerable idea of the whole will be at- 
 tained. 
 
 In describing the portions of territory into which 
 
PREFACE. XV 
 
 modern Hindostan is subdivided, the different pos- 
 sessors of the present day are generally particu- 
 arized at considerable length ; and where there is 
 not any native proprietor named, it may be consi- 
 dered (with a very few exceptions) as compre- 
 hended in the British dominions. Many of the 
 descriptions will be found extremely meagre, ex- 
 hibiting little more than the geographical features 
 of the article under discussion ; but it will have the 
 good effect of pointing out to the many eminent 
 men, now residing in India, how little is known in 
 Europe of countries with which they are inti- 
 mately acquainted, and perhaps influence them to 
 supply the deficiency. The facts here stated being 
 collected within a narrow compass, they will be 
 enabled with little trouble to correct on the spot 
 what they perceive to be erroneous ; and in a work 
 of this nature numerous errors are unavoidable. 
 
Tttk 
 
 Cfasit 0ntria <Jlajtttm*, 
 
 Sfc. Sfc, 
 
 ACHEEN. 
 
 ABDON.-^Onc of the small Papuan 
 islands, about three iniles in cu- 
 t;umrerence, situated to the north of 
 the island of "NV ageeoo, and rising- 
 two hundred feet above the level of 
 the sea. It abounds with fish and 
 turtle, on which the inhabitants sub- 
 sist, as they do not cultixate the land. 
 L.at.O°. 30'. N.,Long. 131°. 15'. E. 
 
 A BOO, (Abu). — A town in the 
 ■Kajpoot territories, in the province 
 of . Ajmeer, 50 miles S. AV . from 
 Odeypoor. Lat. 25°. 4'. N. Long. 
 73°. 20'. E. 
 
 • . Abtook, (Aim-). — A town in the 
 Carnatic, 60 iniles N. from Tridiino- 
 l)oly. J^at. 11°. 40'. N. Long. 78^. 
 48'. E. 
 
 AcBERPOOR, (Acharpura). — A 
 town in tlie Nabob's tenitories in 
 jthe province of Oudc, 30 miles S. 
 E, from I'vzabad. Lat. 26°. 27'. N! 
 Long-. 82'''. 30'. E. 
 
 . AcBERPooR. — A small town in the 
 province of Agra, district ofEtawch, 
 25 miles W. front- Caini])oor. Lat. 
 26°. 23'. N. Lonfr. 82°. 30'. E. 
 
 ACIFEEN, 
 
 .^ '(Achi).--A kingdom in the north 
 y^estern extiemity of the island of 
 Sumatra, bordering; on the country 
 ^f tlie Eattas, but not extending 
 Ijilan^ aLuve SO.Hjilesty thy S.E. 
 
 On the western coast, where its \r^ 
 fluence was formerly predominant as 
 far south as Indiapura, it now pos- 
 sesses no farther than Baroos, and 
 even there, or at the intermediate 
 ports, the power of the Acheenese 
 sovereign is little more than nominal, 
 The air is eojiiparatively healthy, 
 the country being more free from 
 woods and stagnant water than most 
 other parts of Sumatra. The degree 
 of insalubrity, however, attending si^ 
 tuations in this climate, is known 
 so frequently to alter from inscrutably 
 causes, that a person who has resided 
 Only two or tluec years on a spot, 
 cannot pi-etend to form a judgment. . 
 The soil is liglit and fertile, and 
 pioduces abundance of rice, excel- 
 lent vegetables, much cotton, and 
 the finest tropical fruits. Cattle, and 
 otlicr articles of provision, arc plenty, 
 and reasonable in price. In this pro- 
 vince are found almost all the animals 
 enumerated in the general descrip- 
 tion of Sumatia. The horses, al- 
 though of an inferior breed, are ex- 
 ported ; and there are domesticated 
 elephants, on which the inliabilants 
 travel, as well as on horseback. 
 
 Although no longer the great mart 
 of eastern connnoditics, Acheen still 
 ca/ries on a considerable trade, both 
 with European merchants, and with 
 tlie natives of the coa^st of that part 
 of India called Teiinga, but whicli 
 
ACHEEN. 
 
 is, by the Malays, named Kling, and 
 applied to the whole coast of Coro- 
 maudel. These supply it with salt, 
 cotton piece goods, principally those 
 called long cloths, white and blue, 
 and chintz w ith dark grounds ; re- 
 ceiving, in return, gold dust, raw 
 silk of inferior quality, betel nut, 
 
 {)atch leaf, pepper, sulphur, camp- 
 lor, and benzoin. The two latter 
 are carried thither from the river Sin- 
 kel, and the pepper from Pedeer ; but 
 this article is also exported from Soo- 
 soo to the amount of about 2000 tons 
 annually. The quality is not es- 
 teemed good, being gathered before 
 it is sufficiently ripe, and it is not 
 cleaned like the Company's pepper. 
 Prior to 1808 the Americans were 
 ihe chief purchasers. The gold dust 
 collected at Achcen comes partly 
 from the mountains in the neigh- 
 bourhood, but chiefly from Nalaboo 
 and Soosoo. 
 
 In the Acheenese territories there 
 is a considerable manufacture of a 
 thick species of cotton cloth, and of 
 striped and checkered stuff for short 
 drawers, worn both by the Malays 
 and Acheenese. They weave also 
 very handsome and rich silk pieces of 
 a particular form : but this fabric 
 has decayed latterly, owing to a 
 failure in the breed of silk worms, 
 and probably also to a decay of in- 
 dustry among the inhalntants. They 
 are expert and bold navigators, and 
 employ a variety of vessels. The 
 Acheenese have a small thin adul- 
 terated gold coin, rudely stamped 
 with Arabic characters, called Mas ; 
 dollars and rupees also pass current, 
 and other species of coin arp taken 
 at a valuation. Payments, however, 
 are commonly made in gold dust, lor 
 which purpose every one is provided 
 with small scale> or steelyards. 
 
 The revenue of the crown arises 
 from the export and import duties, 
 and of course fluctuates considerably. 
 European merchants pay betwixt 
 live and six per cent, but the Co- 
 romandel traders are understood to 
 be charged with much higher du- 
 ties ; in the whole uot less thaa 16 
 
 .per cent, of which 12 per cent, is 
 taken out of the bales in the first 
 instance. This disparity of duty they 
 are enabled to support by the frugal 
 manner in which they purchase their 
 investments, and the cheap rate at 
 which they navigate their vessels. 
 These sources of revenue are inde- 
 pendent of the profit derived from 
 the trade, which is managed for his 
 master by a person who is stiled th« 
 king's merchant. 
 
 The govenunent is hereditary, and 
 more or less arbitrary, in proportion 
 to the talents of the reigning prince, 
 who usually maintains a guard of 100 
 sepoys from the Coromandel coast. 
 At the king's feet sits a woman, to 
 whom he makes known his pleasure ; 
 by her it is communicated to an eu- 
 nuch, who sits next to her, and by 
 him to an officer named Kajurau 
 Goodang, who proclaims it aloud to 
 the assembly. Sultan Allah ud Deen, 
 who reigned in 1784, when Capt, 
 Fonest visited his court, had tra- 
 velled, and had been a considerable 
 time in the Mauritius, where he had 
 been driven when proceeding on a 
 pilgrimage to Mecca. Besides the 
 Malay, he spoke French and Portu- 
 guese, and understood the casting of 
 cannon and bomb shells. His vizier 
 was a Turk from Constantinople^ 
 All matters relative to the customs 
 and commerce of the port of Acheen 
 are under the jurisdiction of the 
 master attendaiit, or Shahbunder. 
 
 The country is populous, but the 
 number of inhabitants has never been 
 satisfactorily ascertained. The in- 
 habitants difler considerably from the 
 other Sumatrans, being in general tal- 
 ler and stouter, and of darker com- 
 plexions. In their present state they 
 cannot be considered as a genuine 
 people, but are rather a mixture of 
 Battas and Malays with Chalias, as 
 they term the natives of the west of 
 India, by whom their ports were fre- 
 quented in all ages. In their disposi- 
 tions they are more active and indus- 
 trious than some of their neighbours ; 
 they possess more sagacity, have more 
 knowledge of otlxer countiics, and as 
 
ACHEEN. 
 
 merchants they deal on a more liberal 
 and extensive footing-. At the town 
 of Acheen their conduct depends 
 much on the example of the reigning 
 monarch, which is often narrow, ex- 
 tortionary, and oppressive. 
 
 Tlie language of Acheen consists 
 of a mixture of Malay and Batta, 
 with all the jargons used by the Ma- 
 hommedaiis of the east, whether Hin- 
 dostany, Arab-Tainiil, or IMoplay. 
 The Achceuese resemble the Moplays 
 of Malabar more than any tribe of 
 Malays ; as a people they have long 
 been connected with them, and use 
 many Moplay terms in their lan- 
 guage, but they make use of the 
 Malay character. In religion they are 
 Mahommedans ; and, having many 
 priests, and much intercourse with 
 strangers of the same faith, its forms 
 and ceremonies are observed with 
 considerable strictness. 
 
 Acheen has ever been remarkable 
 for the severity witli which crimes 
 are punished by law, but there is 
 reason to believe the poor alone ex- 
 perience the rod of justice. The va- 
 riety of their modes of punishment 
 are too numerous and horrid to ad- 
 mit of thoir being detailed; but not- 
 withstanding so much apparent dis- 
 couragement, l)oth from law and 
 prejudice, ail travellers agiee in re- 
 presenting the Acheeiiese as one of 
 tiie most dishonest and flagitious na- 
 tions of the east, w hich the histoi-y 
 of their government tends to cono- 
 boratc. 
 
 The Acheenese territories were 
 Tisited by the Portuguese as early as 
 1509, wlieu Diego Lopez Siqueira 
 cast anchor at Pedeer, a principal 
 sea-port on this part of Sumatra. 
 At this time Pasay, Pedeer, any 
 other places were governed by petty 
 princes, occasionally suboidinate to 
 the sultan of Acheen, and sometimes 
 receiving tribute from him ; but the 
 state of Acheen soon afterwards gain- 
 ed an ascendancy, which it lias ever 
 since retained. 
 
 Even at this early stage of their ac- 
 quaintance, hostiUties between the 
 two nations commenced, and con- 
 it 2 
 
 tinned with very little cessation until 
 the Portuguese lost Malacca in 1641. 
 In the course of tiiese wars it is diffi- 
 cult to determine which of the two 
 is the more astonishing ; the vigorous 
 stand made by such a handful of men 
 as the whole Portuguese fori^e at Ma- 
 lacca consisted of, or the prodigious 
 resources and perseverance of the 
 Acheenese monarchs. 
 
 About tlie year 1586 the conse- 
 (pience of the kingdom of Acheen 
 had attained its greatest height. Its 
 iriendship was courted by the most 
 consideral)le eastern potentates, and 
 no city in India possessed a more 
 nourishing trade. The customs of 
 the i)ort being moderate, it was 
 crowded with merchants trom all parts; 
 and though tiie Portuguese and their 
 ships were continually plundered, yet 
 those belonging to every Asiatic 
 power appear to have enjoyed per- 
 fect security in the business of tiKir 
 commerce. With respect to the. go- 
 vernment, the nobles, or Orang Cayos, 
 formed a powerful counterpoise to the 
 authority of the king. They were rich, 
 had numerous followers, and cannon 
 planted at the gates of their houses. 
 
 Towards the close of the 16th cen- 
 tury, the Hollanders began to navi- 
 gate the Indian seas, and in the yeat 
 1600 some of their ships airived at 
 Acheen, when they were nearly cut 
 off by treachery. The first English 
 ships, under Capt. Lancaster, visited 
 Acheen in 1602, and were received 
 by the king with abundant respect 
 and ceremony, which was usually pro- 
 portioned by the Acheenese sove- 
 reigns to the number of vessels and 
 apparent strength of their foreign 
 guests. 
 
 In 1607, the reigning sultan, Pe- 
 ducka Siri, assumed the title of sove- 
 reign of Acheen, and of the countries 
 of Aroo, Delhi, Johore, Paham, 
 Queda, and Pera, on one side ; and 
 of Baroos, Pa.ssaman, Ticoa, Sileda, 
 and Priainan, on the other. In his 
 answer to a letter from King James 
 the First, in 1613, he stiles himself 
 King of all Sumatra, a name and 
 idea, which, if they exist iu the ori» 
 
ACHEEN. 
 
 ffinal, he luust have learned from liis 
 European connexions. In fliat letter 
 he expresses a strong desire that the 
 Kiug of Eiiglaud wouhl send liim out 
 one of his couiitrywonion as a ^^ ii'c, 
 and promised to make her eldest son 
 icing of all the pep])cr countries. 
 The French first visited A cheen midcr 
 jCoiumodoicBeaulien, in lt;21. 
 ■ In the year 1640, the Dutch, Avilh 
 twelve men of war, and the Sultan of 
 Aciieen with twenty-live galiies, ap- 
 
 Iieared hefore Malacca, which they 
 iad for so many years harrassed ; 
 and the fol!o^vingyear it was wrested 
 from the Portuguese, who had so long, 
 and under such diflicuUies, kept pos- 
 session of it. But as if the opposi- 
 tion of the Portuguese power, which 
 tirst occasioned the rise of Acheen, 
 iivas also necessary to its continuance ; 
 the splendour and c<msequence of the 
 kingdom from that period rapidly dc- 
 «Uued, and in proportion its history 
 became obscine. 'Ihrough the sub- 
 sequent weakness of the government, 
 and the encroachments^ of the Dutch, 
 flie e?.teut of its ancient dominjion m as 
 much contracted^ 
 
 The year 1641 was also marked by 
 the death of Sultan Pe«lueka Siri, 
 one of their most jiowerful and cruel 
 sovereigns, Avho lca\ ing no male heirs 
 was peaceably succeeded by his 
 queen, which forms a new era i» the 
 history of the state, as the siiccession 
 continued until A. D. 1700, in the 
 iemaleline ; the Acheenese being ac- 
 customed and reconciled to this spe- 
 cies of govermnent, which they found 
 more lenient than that of their kings. 
 The last (pieen died in 1700, when 
 a priest found means, by his intrigues, 
 io acquire the sovereignty. Since 
 that period it has continued under a 
 successifni of sultans, and suilercd 
 many vicissitudes ajid sanguinary ci- 
 vil wars ; but it has never ceased to 
 «xist as an indepeudeiit jiriucipaUty, 
 notwithstanding its intcrnaj eimvul- 
 .sions. (3Jarsden, Leijdeu, Funest, 
 Elmore, Sc.J 
 
 AcHiiiiN. — A town situated at tlie 
 north-western extrcrmity of the island 
 4if Snuutra, aud thi,- capital vf a 
 
 principality of the same name.- h&U 
 5°. 36'. N. Lojig. OcP. 45'. E. . •, 
 
 This place stands about a league 
 from the sea, on a river whicli em- 
 pties itself by several channels, near 
 the N. W. point of the island, na-" 
 med Acheen Head, where the ship- 
 ping lies in a road rendered securo 
 by the shelter of several islands. 
 The depth of water on the bar being 
 only four feet at low water sj)ring 
 tides, none but vessels of the coun- 
 try can venture to pass ; it and, du- 
 ring the dry monsoon not even thos» 
 of the larger class. 
 
 The city of Acheen is built in a 
 plain in a w ide valley, formed like 
 an an)j)hitheatr;' by lofty ranges of 
 hills. It is described as extremely 
 populous, containing 8000 houses, 
 built of bamboos and rough timber, 
 standing distinct from each other, 
 and raised on piles sonie feet from 
 the ground, to guard against the ef- 
 fect of inundation. 'I'he apj)earance 
 of the place, and the nature of the 
 buildings, ditier but little from those 
 of the generality of Malay bazars ; 
 excej)ting that its superior wealth has 
 occasioned the erection of a greater 
 number of public edifices, chiefly 
 mosques, but without the smallest 
 pretensions to magnificence. The 
 country above the town i.s highly 
 cultivated, and abounds with small 
 villages. 
 
 'I'iie sultan's palace, if it deserves 
 the name, is a very rude and im- 
 coulh piece of architecture, de- 
 signed to resist the attack of internal 
 enemies, and for that purpose sur- 
 rounded with a moat and strong 
 walls. Near the gate aie several 
 l»ieces of brass ordnance of ait 
 extraordinary size, of which some 
 are Portuguese ; but two, in particu- 
 lar, of English origin, attract atten- 
 tion, 'i'hey were sent by King- 
 .lames the First to the rcigninfT 
 uKJuiirch of Acheen, and have still 
 the founder's name and the date 
 legible on them. The diameter of 
 the bore of one is eighteen inches, 
 of the other twenty-two or twenty- 
 four. Theii' st-rcnj^th. however, djoyes 
 
A'Dji lifVfin. 
 
 Ui'( af all ronesjiontl w'lih fluir (•;>- 
 librr, nor do ffjcy scoin in other 
 respects of adequate dimensions. 
 James, wlio a1>liorrcd bloodshed him- 
 self, was resolved that liis ;>reseiit 
 ^fiouM not be the instnnnent of it 
 in otiiers. 
 
 Th<! eotnmeroe of the town of 
 Aelieen, iiide|>eiident of that of the 
 oiilports, <;ives employment to cip;ht 
 or ten Coiomandel vessels of 15(> or 
 200 tons burthen, whieh arrive an- 
 inially from I'ortonovo and (."orin?,a 
 abont the month of Ans^'ist, and 
 sail ai;:iin in j'ebrnary atid March. 
 Tlie Ivinu: of Aeheen, as is nsnal 
 witli princes in this part of the world, 
 is tlie chief merchant of his capital, 
 and endeavours to be, to the utmost 
 of his power, the monopolizer of its 
 trade. No duties are paid on 2;ood» 
 sold to him, as tliat is considered in 
 the inice. On all jmrchases of i;Tulf 
 g'oods by Europeans, such as brim- 
 stone, betelnnt, rattans, benzoin, 
 camphor, horses, S^c. the king's duties 
 are six per cent. There is a ship or 
 two arrives annually iVom Surat, the 
 proi)erty of native merchants there ; 
 from Benu;al the inhabitants arc sup- 
 plied with opium, tatfattas, and mus- 
 lins ; besides which, iron, and many 
 other articles of merchandize, are im- 
 ported l)y European traders : but it 
 is necessaiy that a strict guard be 
 kept on board ship while lyin<^ in 
 Aeheen liarbour, as the risk of beim? 
 eut olf by th<! Malay pirates is con- 
 .siderable. (Marsden, Forres^, El- 
 more, Sc.) 
 
 AcKORA, (Acara). — A smalltown 
 in the Afghan territories, in the pro- 
 vince of CaluU, 12 miles N. W. from 
 u\ttock, on the Indus. Eat. 33° 14'. 
 N. Long. 71°. 6'. F.. 
 » AcKWALLAH, (Aeavah). — A town 
 in the Nizam's dominions, in the pro- 
 vince of lierar, 53 miles S.S. AV. from 
 J'^llichpoor. Lat. 20°. 42'. N. Long. 
 77°. 4(i'. E. 
 
 Adanad, ( Ad'umtlia),—X town in 
 the province of INlalabar, district of 
 Shirnada, celebrate<l as the throne of 
 tlve Alvangiieri 'I'amburaeul, or chief 
 of- the Nambnrios, who are the Braii^ 
 
 mi us of ]\Ialabar. These Nambltrie'si' 
 will neither ent nor drink with th» 
 Brahmins ofother countries; but, likf 
 other Brahmins, they marry andliv* 
 with their wives, of whom they take 
 as many as they are able to support. 
 A Nambnrie'.? children are always 
 considered as his heirs ; but in orde*' 
 to prevent their losing dignity by be- 
 con)iug too numerous, the younger 
 sons of a Namburi family seldom mar-- 
 ry. 'J'hey live with tlieir eldest bro-' 
 thers, and assist the wives of the 
 rajahs, and other Nairs of distinction, 
 to keep np their families. Many 
 Namburies have lost cast by having 
 coi^Huitted murder, or by haviiigr 
 eaten forbidden things ; in such cases" 
 their children generally become Ma- 
 honnnedans. 
 
 In the district of Shirnada, the low 
 hills oceu])y a very large proportion 
 of the eountiy. Tho soil in most of 
 them consists of a kind of indmated 
 clay, whic';, on exposure to the air, 
 becomes as hard as a brick. Tli« 
 continuance of the rain in this neigh- 
 bourhood is sutficient to ensme plenty 
 of water for any crop, that does not 
 require more than lour months to 
 conn^ to maturity. (F. Buchanan, f)-c.) 
 
 Adef.nagur, (Adhmgar). — • An 
 Afghan town in the province of Cabuli 
 district of Kameh, situated on the N-. 
 side of tho river Kameh, 60 miles K. 
 S, E. from the city of Cabul. Lat. 
 34°. 16'. N. Long. 69°. 34'. E. 
 
 Adilabad.— A town in the Nizam's 
 teiTitories, in the province of Berar^ 
 30 miles S. W. from Chandah. Lat. 
 19°. 40'. N. Long. 79°. 25'. E. 
 
 AoiLABAn. — A toyvn in the Maha- 
 ratta dominions, in the pjnvinee (if 
 Khandesh, situated on the N. side of 
 the Poornali river, 20 miles S. from 
 Boorhanpoor. Lat. 21°. 4'. N. Long. 
 76°. 23'. E. Near to this place is a 
 lake, held in great veneration by the 
 Hindoos. 
 
 Adji River. — A small river which 
 has its source in the Paehete hills, in 
 the province of Ba bar, from whenco 
 it flows through the district of Birb- 
 hoom, where, dining the rains, it. is 
 ivdvig'able^ and at last falls into the 
 
6 
 
 ADVIGARUM. 
 
 Hoogly Branch of the Ganges near 
 Cutwa. 
 
 AuJYGHUR. — A strong fortress in 
 the province of Biindelcund, situated 
 at nearly equal distances fiom Cai- 
 linjer and Pannah, and commanding 
 a pass through the mountains from 
 the former to the latter place. Within 
 the fort are three large reservoirs of 
 water cut in the solid rock, and the 
 ruins of three magnificent Hindoo 
 temples ; the name signifies the im- 
 pregnable fortress. 
 
 In 1809 it was besieged by the Bri- 
 tish ; and, after a considerable resist- 
 ance, in which a material loss was sus- 
 tained by the assailants, evacuated by 
 the garrison. "When the family of 
 Lutchman Dowah,the refractory Ze- 
 jnindar of Adjyghur, was ordered to 
 be removed, an old man, his father- 
 in-law, was sent into the women's 
 apartments, to prepare the females for 
 their removal. He not returning after 
 some time had elapsed,, the house 
 was entered by the roof, when it was 
 found he had cut the throats of all the 
 women and cliildren, eight in num- 
 ber, and afterwards his own. The 
 deed must have been perpetrated en- 
 tirely with the consent and assistance 
 of the females, as the persons in wait- 
 ing at the door never heard the slight- 
 est cries while the catastrophe was 
 performing. (lUA Asiatic Eeg. M. 
 S. ^c) 
 
 Adoni, (Aclavani). — A distiict in 
 the province of Bejapoor, situated 
 between the I5th and 16th degrees of 
 north latitude, and extending along 
 the south side of the Toombuddra 
 river. 'J'o the noith it has Rjchoor 
 in the Nii».am's dominions, and to the 
 south tlie Gcoty hills. 
 
 On the 12th Oct. 1 800, this district, 
 along with the tract of country situ- 
 ated south of the 'I'oombuddra and 
 Kilshna rivers, was ceded to the Bri- 
 tish government by the INizani, when 
 it was completely surveyed and 
 placed under the Bellarycollectorship, 
 but the revenue has not yet been per- 
 manently assessed. {5th Report, S)X.) 
 
 AuoNi. — A town in the province of 
 Bejapoor, the capital of a distiict of 
 
 the same name, and situated 1 45 miles 
 S. W.from Hyderabad in the Deccan. 
 Lat. 15°. 32'. N. Long. 77°. 16'. E. 
 
 This city was taken in 1568 by Ali 
 Adil Shah of Bejapoor, at which pe- 
 riod it was placed on the top of a high 
 hill, and contained within its walls 
 man}'' tanks and tbuntaius of pure 
 water, with numerous princely struc- 
 tures. The rajahs of Bijariagur, to 
 whom it before belonged, considered 
 it as impregnable, and an asy^lum for 
 their families in desperate emergen- 
 cies; but they lost it with their em- 
 pire, after the great battle fought 
 with the Deccany Mahommedan 
 sovereigns in 1564. 
 
 For a short time during the 18th 
 century it was the capital of a small 
 independent Patau state, and after- 
 wards became the Jaghire and resi- 
 dence of Bazalet Jung, brother to the 
 late Nizam Ali. In 1787 it was be- 
 sieged, taken, and destroyed, by Tip- 
 poo Sultan ; and, in 1800, along with 
 the district, was ceded to the British 
 by the Nizam. It is now a town of 
 very little consequence, and contain- 
 ing but a very scanty population. 
 
 Travelling distance tiom SeriiTg- 
 apatam 243 miles, from Madras 310, 
 from Hyderabad 175, and from Cal- 
 cutta 1030 miles. {Ferishta, \2th 
 Register, bth Report, Rennel, Src.) 
 
 Adrumpatnam. — A town on the 
 sea coast of the province of Tanjore, 
 37 miles S. by E. from the city of 
 Tanjore. Lat. 10°. 20'. N. Long. 
 79°. 3(/. E. 
 
 AuRiANNA. — A large village in the 
 province of Guzrat, district of Chala- 
 w'ura, containing about IGOO houses. 
 It is subject to the Coolies of Jhing- 
 warra, from which place it is distant 
 about eight mile.s. 
 
 Allhougliplaced at sncha distance, 
 this e(nnitry was infested l)y the de- 
 predatory robbers of JMaliia, until 
 Ihev were extirpated by the British, 
 and this town was regularly deserted 
 on receipt of intelligence that the 
 IMallia chief had stfuted on a plun- 
 dering expedition {M'Mvrdo, Sfc.) 
 
 Advigarum. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Coimbctoor, 52 iuiles S. E. 
 
AFGHANISTAN. 
 
 from Seringapatam. Lat. 12°. 1'. N. 
 Long. 77°. 28'. E. 
 
 AFGHANISTAN. 
 
 An extensive tract of country to tlie 
 west of the Indus, stretching; from the 
 30th to the 35th degrees of north lat. 
 and from the city of Canchiliar to the 
 Indus. This region to tlie N. W. is 
 bounded by the Hindoo Kho moun- 
 tains, which separate it from the pro- 
 vince of Bamian in Persia; to the 
 N. by the countries of Kuttore, or 
 Catfristan ; and to the S. by Baloo- 
 chistan. Tlie Indus river forms the 
 eastern boundaiy, and the province 
 of Segistan, in Persia, the western. 
 From N. to S. it may be estimated 
 at 350 miles, and tiic average breadth 
 from E. to W. at 800 miles. Many 
 of thecontiguousprovinces have been 
 occasionally subject to their sove- 
 reigns, but the indigenous country of 
 the Afghan tribes is comprehended 
 within the limits specified. Cabul 
 and Candahar, the two principal pro- 
 vinces, are subdivided into numerous 
 districts, and described under their 
 respective heads, to which the reader 
 is referred, for further local informa- 
 tions ; this article being intended to 
 collect such observations as apply 
 generally to the Afghan nation. 
 
 The country of Afghanistan proper 
 is denominated by the natives Pokli- 
 tankha, and is the country adjacent 
 to the town of Peshawer. The district 
 of Hashtanagar is situated in the cen- 
 tre of Afghanistan, and in the early 
 Mahommedan times was named Roh, 
 from whence originated the term Ro- 
 hillah. Hashtanagar derives its name 
 (which signifies eight townships) from 
 the eight original selllemcnts of the 
 country, which are sujiposed to (cor- 
 respond with the eight tbllowing dis- 
 tricts ; viz. 1. Nowshehra; 2. Char- 
 sada, including Paraug and Hesar ; 
 3. Kezzar ; 4. ( Jtmanzei; 5. Turanzei ; 
 6- Amarzei ; 7. JSherpai ; 8. Tangeh, 
 or Barkazei. Tiiis region is univer- 
 sally reckoned by the Afghans the 
 conntiy of their lirst settlement in 
 Afghanistan. 
 
 Ningarhav is the name oCan exten- 
 sive tract of countiy, ^\ atered by nine 
 mountain streams, which fall into Iho 
 river Jelalabad, The country of Nin- 
 garhar is irregular and uneven of 
 surface, though it has not any Aery 
 high mountains. It is about 90 miles 
 in length from cast to west, extending 
 from Balikot to Surkhab- In breadth 
 it extends from Caggah, or Cajjah, to 
 the river Lughman, a distance of 
 nearly 30 miles. The inhabitants are 
 chiefly Afghans and Tajies. The 
 ancient capital of tlie country was 
 Adinaghm- ; but, as tiiat was difficult 
 of access, and situated at a distance 
 fiom the principal river, the town of 
 Jelalabad was founded on the great 
 route from Candahar t(» Peshawer. 
 
 The Afghans, who occupy Ningar- 
 har, are chiefly of the tribes of Moh- 
 mand, Kluigiani, and Waragzei, Of 
 these the tribes of Mohmand, which 
 is divided into two branches, the 
 Tarakzei and the Balzei, is the most 
 numerous and powerful. This tract 
 of cotintn i.s now distinguished in 
 the maj)s by the names of Kameh and 
 Lumghanat, and contains the towns 
 of Adecnagnr, Surkhab, and Jelala- 
 bad. The term Tajie, in the Mogul 
 language, is said to signify a peasant ; 
 but it is generally applied by the Mo- 
 guls to the natives of Persia, who are 
 neither of Arab nor Mogul extrac- 
 tion. 
 
 The race of Afghans in Hindos- 
 tan are conrnionly known by the name 
 of Patans, the meaning or etymology 
 of which designation does not seem 
 to l)e satisfactorily ascertained. The 
 modern tribes of Afghans are very 
 luimerous, but the principal are those 
 of Lodi, Lohauni, Sur, Serwani, 
 Yusefzei, Bungish, Delazai, Khaiti, 
 Yazin, Khail, and Baloje. By the 
 best Persian historians the Alghan.s 
 are said to be descended from the 
 Jews, and Sir William Jones con- 
 sidered their language as a dialect of 
 the scriptural Chaldaic. 
 
 The inhabitantsof Afghanistan have 
 no peculiar written character, but 
 their language is distinct from that of 
 the surroijnding nations. In some 
 
8 
 
 AF^dHANISTA'N/ 
 
 Jiistorics of Asia, the Afghans are de- 
 sciil)etl as Tartars, but thry bear no 
 resemblance to this people, either in 
 persp!!, manner, or dialect. They are 
 a. hardy, robust race of men ; and, 
 being addicted to a state of predatory 
 •\yaifari-, hav>- a fixed contempt for 
 the otcupa lions of civil Hfe. Bread 
 of. wheat and barley, milk, butter, and 
 qhecse, eon.posc tlieir usual diet. 
 Throujchnfit i iindostan the Afghan 
 cliararter is of the very worst de- 
 5?cription, and tiiey are reprobated as 
 ferocious, sanguinary, and tieacherr 
 ous; but being a l)rave and hardy 
 race, they are, notwithstanding their 
 grievous faults, nuich sought after, 
 and entertained as soldiers by the 
 native powers. 
 
 The Gujars of Afghanistan are of 
 tlie same race as those v.ho occupy 
 the mountains of the Punjabs and 
 XJpper Hindostan. In so)ne districts 
 tJiey are nearly as numerous as the 
 Afghans, especially in the territories 
 of the tribe of Mandar, which form 
 an extensive district about 100 miles 
 Jjong, and 60 in breadth. Before the 
 time of Acber, all tlie Zemindars of 
 INIandar were of the Gujarrace; but 
 the APrhaus had occupied tlie moun- 
 tains .it a more early period ; and, de- 
 scending fioni these, they gradually 
 possessed themselves of the plains. 
 TIjc Irujars of Afghanistan are still 
 a brave peoj-.le, of pastoral habits, 
 ■yiliose wealth consists chiefly in cat- 
 tle, and parllcalariy in buffaloes. 
 They arc still numerous in the dis- 
 trict of llashtaiiagur. 
 
 It is pro!.able tliat not l-50th part 
 of this \ast country is under a state 
 f»f permanent cultivation. JNJost of 
 the gcnniiic Afghan tribes arc niigra- 
 t.ory, and fhvcll in tents, and subsist 
 ()n the produce ol' their Hocks; such 
 ps ar< more stationary in their habits, 
 are but little a(!di( ted to agriculture. 
 In thcsonlh, Afghanistan is a barren 
 desert of sand, and to the north of 
 f aluil it is a savage and mountainous 
 pou'ntry. The central part through 
 .which the Cow and Cabni rivers flow, 
 jS fertile, and uiulcr a tranquil go- 
 Veriunent niight be rendered extrente- 
 
 ly productive; but this "is a small 
 portion of the whole; The populatibn 
 is, consequently, very unecjual to the 
 extent of territory; and, probably, 
 does not exceed three millions of in- 
 habitants of aH descriptions. Of these 
 a very great proportion are jVIahom- 
 mcdans of the Soonee persuasion, the.' 
 Hindoos being few, and chielly set- 
 tled in the towns and villages as mer- 
 chants, shopkeepers, and bankers. ' 
 
 The Hazareh are a distinct race 
 fiora either tJie Afghans or Moguls^ 
 although their tribes are intermixed 
 with these and other races. Their 
 original seat is said to have been the 
 country between Herat and Balk ; 
 but their possessions extend much 
 wider, and they occupy a consider- 
 able part of the country betvA'eeit 
 Ghizni and Candahar in One direc- 
 tion, and between Maidan and Balk 
 on the other. They are, probably, of 
 Pehlavi extiaction. 
 
 The armies of the state are com- 
 posed of a diversity of nations, but 
 the best troops arc drawn from the 
 Afg]ian distiicts. Cavah^ constitute 
 the chief military sti-engtli ; a service- 
 able horse, in this country, costing 
 only about six pounds sterling. A 
 corps of infantiy, armed with match- 
 locks, composes also a part of the 
 Afghan armies. 
 
 The cities and towns of Afghan- 
 istan are chiefly inhabited by Hin- 
 doos and Mahommedans of the Pun- 
 jab, who were established by the for- 
 mer princes of Hindostan to intro- 
 duce conmierce and civilization; 
 many families of Persian and Tartar 
 extraction aic also dispersed in dif- 
 ferent parts of the country: the for- 
 mer are denominated Parsewans, the 
 other Moguls; but both have adopted 
 the use of the Persian language. 
 
 The Afu;hanH received the religion 
 of Mahommed from their Tartar con- 
 querors, and like them profess the 
 Sooni creed, but they are by no 
 means strict in the performance of 
 their religious duties, and their couni 
 try has been the seat of many here- 
 •sies; 'mostly propagated by the. sworr?. 
 The nature of their sovereignty -is 
 
AFGHANISTAN. 
 
 9 
 
 <?Gspotie,l)'ut wlien not conr4raincd 
 by some exlraoitlinary power or ca- 
 pacity of the rcip,nin!^ prince^ they 
 disperse into societies, and resemble 
 si feudal government. 
 
 Certain territories of Afghanistan 
 were conqnered in the ninth century 
 by the Khans of Bokliara, of the 
 Samani race, and annexed to the 
 Tartar principality of Khorasan, from 
 whence a subordinate chief was de- 
 puted to govern at Ghizni ; but it 
 does not appear that the northern 
 part of the country was subdued un- 
 til the rei<;n of Alahmood, th<5 se- 
 cond prince of the Ghiznavi race, 
 Avho completed the conquest of Af- 
 ghanistan. 
 
 No substantial tradition of the Af- 
 ghans, or of the state of their coun- 
 Iry, is found on record until the year 
 of the Christian era A. D. 997, when 
 Sebuctasjhi, a Tartar oHicer in the 
 service of the Khorasan chief, who 
 at that period was himself subject to 
 Munsur at Samani, the groat Khan 
 of Bokhara, succeeded to the terri- 
 tory, renounceil the Tartar vassalage, 
 and extending his con(|uests to At- 
 ghanistan, made Ghizni the capital of 
 his empire. 
 
 The Ghiznavi dbminions were 
 chiefly acquired by jMahmood, the 
 son ofSebuctaghi,and conqnehcnded 
 a large portion of Persia and Hi;i- 
 dostan. This dynasty flourished for 
 the space of 207 years, initil A. \). 
 1159, when the power was wrested 
 from it by the Afgh;iu, Mahommed 
 Ghori. This prince left to a favourite 
 f?lave, named Eldoze, his possessions 
 Avest of the Indus, which were soon 
 * oveiTun by the Persian Prince of 
 Kharizm, whose successor, Jillal tul 
 Deciij was eoniiucred and expelled 
 by Gengis Khaib 
 
 From this period until the invasion 
 of Tamerlane, the Afghan history is 
 involved in obs( mity. In the year 
 •1561, l''crishta mentions that Mah- 
 Tuood, a Patau King of Delhi, drove 
 the Mognlsiiom Gliizni, and annex- 
 ed it to the emj)ire of Hindostan. It 
 is probable it continned subject to 
 the Delhi thron<', until 'l^imour's ex- 
 
 pedition info India In 1398, when 
 the northern quarter of Afghanistan 
 became a Mogul province. 
 
 After Timour's death, when the' 
 great fabric of the Samarcand Mogul 
 empire fell to pieces, we may pre- 
 sume it was governed by its nativo 
 chiefs until 1.506, at which period the 
 Emperor Baber, prior to his invasion 
 of Hindostan, seized on Cabnl and 
 (jhizni, which, with Candahar occa- 
 sionally, were held by his posterity 
 until tiic death of Aureugzebe (who; 
 in 1678, subdued an insurrection of 
 the Afghans), after which event it<< 
 subjection was scarcely nominal. 
 About A. I). 1720, the Afghans, un- 
 der their native chiefs, conqnered 
 Persia; but, in 1737, were expelled 
 by Nadir Shah from that country, and 
 their own subjugated. In 17;"j9, after 
 the cajiture of Deliii by Nadir Sliahi 
 Afghanistan was, by treaty, annexed 
 to the Persian empire. 
 
 On the assassination of that con- 
 queror in 1747, Ahmed Shah Abdalli 
 seized on the Afghan territorie.?, and 
 having run through a long and ar- 
 duous military career, died in 1773. 
 By a decisive and sanguinary victory 
 at Paneput, in 1761, he arrested the 
 progress of the i\Iaharatta contpusts, 
 which menaced the Malionwuedaii 
 princes with total expulsion from 
 iJiiidostau. 
 
 He was succeeded by his son, Ti- 
 mourSliah,\\ iio was at an early period 
 obliged to relinquish liahore to the 
 Seiks. On the east of the Indus he 
 still retained the province of Cash- 
 mere, the district of Atfock, with 
 some scattered j)ortions of JMooltaU, 
 and received tribute from the Ameers 
 of Sinde. He likewise j)ossess(>fl a 
 large di\ision of Khorasan, which, 
 incliuling the city of Herat, extends 
 on the north to the vicinity of Nis- 
 habor andTarshish, ami on the south 
 to the lesser Irak. 
 
 Timour Shah died in 1792, after a 
 reign of 19 years, leaving 19 sons. 
 To the eldest, Humaycum, he gavR 
 the sovereignty of Herat and Canda- 
 har; to '/eniaiur Shah, Cabnl and tlio 
 rest of^his Aljihan territories, a,s well 
 
10 
 
 AGRA. 
 
 as Cashmere and Mooltan. Hunia- 
 yoon was atterwards dethroned and 
 blinded by his brother Zemaun Sliab, 
 who, in 1796, advanced as far as La- 
 hore with an army of 23,000 cavalry, 
 cansed great alarm in Hindostan, 
 and retreated. 
 
 In 1802 Zemaun Shah was de- 
 throned and deprived of sight by his 
 brother Mahmood Shah, who was 
 shortly after expelled and pardoned 
 by his brother Swjah ul Moolk, 
 against whom he rebelled in 1809, in 
 which year Snjah ul Moolk's army 
 was discomfited, and his standard 
 abandoned by most of his chieftains. 
 IMahommed Khan, the viceroy of 
 Cashinere, taking advantage of these 
 dissensions, in 1809 erected the Hag 
 of independence in that province, 
 which still continues unsubdued, and 
 the subjection of the other districts 
 composing the Afghan empire little 
 more than nominal. {Foster, Ley den, 
 Wth Register, Jones, Vansittart, ^c.) 
 
 Ager. — A large town with a stone 
 fort, in the province of Malwah, 42 
 jniies N. by E. from Oojain. Lat. 
 23°. 44'. N. Long. 76°. 3'. E. To the 
 south of this town, which is subject 
 to Siudia, is a line lake. (^Hunter, Sfc.) 
 
 AGRA. 
 
 A large province in Hindostan, 
 situated principally between the 25th 
 and 28th degrees of north latitude. 
 It is bounded on the north by the 
 province of Delhi, on the south by 
 that of Malwah; on the east it has 
 the provinces of Oude and Allahabad, 
 and on the west that of Ajmeer. Jn 
 length it may be estimated at 250 
 miles by 180 the average breadth. In 
 the institutes of Acber, compiled by 
 Abul I'azel, A. D. 1582, this pro- 
 vince is described as follows: 
 
 " The soubah of Agra is situated 
 in the second climate. In length from 
 Chatimpoor (Gau(unip«ior) which 
 contines it on the side of Allahal)ad, 
 to Pulwall, the boundary towards 
 Delhi, it measures 175 coss ; its 
 breadth is from Kaiiogc to Chaiidicc 
 
 in Malwa. This soubah contains 1.^ 
 districts, viz. 1. Agra; 2. Calpee; 3. 
 Canoge; 4. Cowl; 5. Gualior; 6. 
 Irej ; 7. Sanwan ; 8. Narwar ; 9. Mund- 
 layer; 10. Alvar; 11. Tejareh ; 12. 
 Narnoul; 13. Sehar. These districts 
 are subdivided into 203 pergunnahs. 
 The amount of the revenue is 
 1 ,61 ,56,257 rupees. It furnishes 50,600 
 cavalry, 477,570 infantry, and 221 
 elei)hants." 
 
 The surface of this province, north 
 of tlie Chumljul, is in general ilat and 
 oj)en, and rather bare of trees ; but 
 south of that river, and also towards 
 the north western frontier, it is more 
 hilly, and trees become more plen- 
 tiful. The climate for the greater part 
 of the year is temperate, and during 
 the winter months actually cold ; but 
 while the hot winds prevail, like the 
 otlier central coiuitries of Hindostan, 
 the heat is intejise, and the climate 
 generally unhealthy. Fortunately 
 their continuance is not of long du- 
 ration. 
 
 The chief rivers in this province 
 are the Jumna, the Chumbul, and 
 the Ganges, besides which there are 
 many smaller streams; but, upon the 
 whole, this country is indillerently 
 supplied with water, and during the 
 dry season to the north of the Cluun- 
 bul, excejtt in the immediate vicinity 
 of the rivers, water for agiicultural 
 purposes is procured from wells. A 
 great proportion of the cultivation is 
 consequently restricted to such crops 
 as do not, like rice, require a re- 
 dundant sui)ply of moisture. The 
 soil is particularly adapted for the 
 production of indigo, which might be 
 raised in any quantity, as also sugar 
 and cotton; but except in that por- 
 tion of the province under the Bri- 
 tish jurisdiction, all processes of agri- 
 culture are in a very backward state, 
 owing to the confusion and incessant 
 warfare by which the province has 
 been distracted ever since the death 
 of Aurengzebe in 1707. In this jno- 
 vince there are no remarkable or 
 peculiar mineral productions, and the 
 animals are the same as in iliudosr 
 tan generally, but the horses art 
 
AGRA. 
 
 11 
 
 much superior to those of Bengal 
 and the more eastern and southern 
 provinces. 
 
 I'he principal article manufactur- 
 ed in this province is coarse clolh, 
 but the export of it is not great. 
 The Britisli pro\inccs to the south- 
 east rccii\o tii.nually an ini]>or1alion 
 of cotton from the south ol'llie Chuni- 
 bul, by the route of Calpee, but a 
 considerable proj'ortion of it is the 
 growth of -V.iilwah, and tlie >hilia- 
 ratla tcrritoiics to the south-east of 
 Agra. The Doab, or ttnitory be- 
 tween the Canges atid llie Jumna, 
 wliith may be tetmed the garden of 
 the pro\ince, exports indigo, sugar, 
 and cotton. The country to the 
 north-west of Agra, under the jNIa- 
 clurry Rajah of Aha and other na- 
 tive chiefs, beijig ill supplied with 
 water, is of a very inferior quality, 
 and generally unproductive. L'pon 
 the whole, the province is but thinly 
 peopled compared with Kc)igal,Tan- 
 jore, and the more flourishing of the 
 British provinces, and does not, pro- 
 bably, in all its diniensions, contain 
 more than six millions of inhabitants. 
 'I'he Doab, and that part of it pos- 
 sessed by the British, is by far the 
 most fertile, populous, and best go- 
 verned. At present this province is 
 partitioned nearly in the following 
 manner: 
 
 The north-western and western 
 districts, to the north of the Chuni- 
 bul, are possessed by the Rajahs of 
 Macherry and Bhnrtpoor, and other 
 native chiefs in alliance w ith the Bri- 
 tish government, who form a pro- 
 tecting boundary towards the domi- 
 nions of the Ajmecr Rajpoot chiefs, 
 and those of the Mahvah Alaharattas. 
 
 All the territory to the east of the 
 Jumna, and a small district round 
 the city of Agra, is possessed by the 
 British governmesit, which has there 
 instituted a regidar civil establish- 
 ment for the coUettion ot the le- 
 venuc, and the administration of jus- 
 tice. 
 
 I'he counlry to the south of the 
 Chumbul, c; mprehcnding Guaiior, 
 Gohud, Naiwai'j &.c. with the excep- 
 
 tion of the town and dislrict of Cal- 
 pee, are either ai the possession of, 
 or tributary to, the JV'Jaharatlas, who, 
 by this arrangement, aie shut out 
 from the north of Hindostan. 
 
 The principal towns in this pro- 
 vince are Alvar, the capital of the 
 Machrrry Rajah; Bhuttpoor, the 
 capital of the Jauts ; Dceg, another 
 strong Jaut fortress; AJathura, Ka- 
 noge, Etaweh, Guaiior, Gohud, Cal- 
 pee, and Narwar. 'I'he natives of 
 this province arc, in general, a hand- 
 some robust race of men, and con- 
 sist of a mixture of liiu(!oos and 
 ]\Jahommedans. few of the iseiks 
 having vet como so far soiith. A 
 considerable nuiiiijcr of the culti\a- 
 tors to the west of the Jumna are 
 Jauts, who are a liindoo trilie, w Inch 
 religion still predominates, although 
 the province has been permanently 
 subject, since the 13th century, to 
 the Mahommedans. 1 he language 
 of common intercourse thjoughout 
 the Agra province is the IJhulostaiiy, 
 but the Persian is used for public and 
 official documents, and in conversa- 
 tion among the higher classes of 
 Mahommedans. Ihe ancient lan- 
 guage of Kanoge is thought, by Mr. 
 Colebrooke, to form the basis of the 
 modern tiindostany. 
 
 In the remote ages of Hindoo an- 
 tiquity, tliis province must have form- 
 ed a very important portion of Jrlin- 
 dostan, as it contained Kanoge, Ma- 
 thura, and Binclrai und, the seats of 
 their most famous empires, and still 
 among their most venerated jjlaces of 
 pilgrimage. 'I'he city of Agra is also 
 supposed to have beeir the birth- 
 place of the Avatar, or incarnation 
 of Vishna, under the naihe ot Pa- 
 rasu Rama, w hose conquests extend- 
 ed to and included Cejlon- After the 
 Mahommcdau conquest it followed 
 the fate of Delhi, and during the 
 reign of Acber, vNas the leatling j>ro- 
 vince of the empire. Subscqueist to 
 the death of Aurcngzebe, in 1707, it 
 V as alternately possessed and ravag- 
 ed by the Jauts, jNiaiiarattas, and 
 dilferent chiefs depulcd from Delhi, 
 to restore the royal authority. One 
 
.f.J AHMEOABAD. 
 
 of the liittpr, kiuljilTKIian, oovorncd 
 this ])ro\iiir<' iiorili of 1h<> Cluinibul 
 from 1777 to his df-alh, iiulrpendent 
 of all toulrrxil from tin; Delhi so- 
 Acn^igns. (Ahvl I'/izel, Scott, Colc- 
 Innnkc, Wilford, (Sr.) 
 
 AcuA. — A small (listrirf in the 
 province of Agra, in Ihc immediato 
 virinity of the- city of A2;ia. Jiy Abnl 
 J'awi, ill 15K'l, it is described as fol- 
 lows : 
 
 ■ " Sircar Asraronfains 33 njahals; 
 measnremont. <),107?622 begahs ; ro- 
 vomio, ]{)\,7\9,2m dams. Seynru;- 
 li-,d, 14,506,818 dams. 'Ibis Sircar 
 finnishos 11,660 cavalry, and 100,800 
 infantry." " 
 
 'i'hc country immediately to the 
 sonth of Aura is (ht and open, and 
 tolerably vveil cultivated, but bare of 
 trees. l)inin<;; the cold season the 
 tanks, streams, and rivnlets, areqnite 
 dry, and water for agricnllnral and 
 domestic inirposes is procnred iVoni 
 •wells. Since isOf this district has 
 been under the IJritish.jniisdiction. 
 
 A(iin. — A city in the province of 
 A'ATU, of which it is the capital, si- 
 tiiated on the S. W. side of the river 
 .lumna. Lat. 27°. 12'. N. Lona,-. 77°. 
 56'. E. By Abul I'azel, in 1582, it 
 is described as follows: 
 
 " Ap;ra is a Iar2;e city, the air of 
 which is esteemed very healthy. The 
 river .Inmna rnns through it for tive 
 coss. 'l"he I'.mperor A(;l>er founded 
 h<Me a most magniticent city. In 
 former tinics Agra was a village, de- 
 pendent on Biiina." 
 
 The most remarkable edifiec in 
 miidcni Agra is the Taujc Mahal, a 
 mausoleum en-cled by the JMnix-ror 
 Shah .Iclian, for the crlebraled Noor 
 Jcharr lUgum. It is situated on th<! 
 siMidicrn banks of the .lumna, about 
 thr<c miles from the fort of Agra, and 
 in biidl entirely of white marble. It 
 is ciselosed within a space of 300 
 yards, extending along the river, and 
 is nearly 190 yar<ls sqnare. The 
 dome rises from the <-cntrc, and is 
 about 70 feet in diann.'ter. 
 
 The houses in Agra consist of se- 
 veral stories, like those in Henares, 
 ;ind IImj streets are- so narrow as 
 
 scarcely to admit apatanqueeh. Tlrti' 
 greatest part of this once ilourishing" 
 city is now a heap oi niins, and al- 
 most uninhabiled. Six miles to the 
 north Agra is the mausoleum of Ac- 
 ber at Secudra. From the snnunit of 
 the Minaret, in front of it, a spec- 
 tator's eye may range over a great 
 circuit of country, not less than 30 
 miles in a direct line. The whole of 
 this space is flit, and filled with the 
 ruins of ancient grandeur; at a dis- 
 tance the river Jumna is seen, and 
 the glittering towers of Agra. 
 
 In the month of June the river 
 Jumna, at Agi"a, is about half a mile 
 broad, and it is not fordable liere at 
 any season. 'J'hc city rises from the 
 river, extending in a vast semicircle. 
 'J'he fort, in which is included tho 
 imperial palace, is of great extent. 
 I'his city was greatly enlarged and 
 embellished in 1566, by the Em- 
 peror A cber, who made it his capital; 
 and it has also the honour of being 
 the birth-place of Abul Fazel, his 
 prime minister. It was taken by 
 Aladajee Sindia, and continued in the 
 possession of the IMaharattas until 
 1803, when it was captured by the 
 Dritish army under (General Lake, 
 after a short and vigorous siege. It 
 has ever since; remained in the pos- 
 session of the British government^ 
 and is the seat of a civil establish-. 
 ment for the collection of the re- 
 venue, and the admiuistratiou of just- 
 ice. 
 
 Travelling distance from Delhi 137 
 miles ; from Calcutta by Birbhoom, 
 830 miles. (Abid Fazel, 5 R<'g. 
 Hoffocs, Rcnnel, Src.) 
 
 AuMEDAiiAD.— A city in the pro-, 
 vince of Uujrat, of which it is the 
 ca|>ital. Lat.' 22°. 58', N. Long. 72°. 
 36'. i:. 
 
 This place is situated in a level 
 country, on the banks of a, small 
 navigable river named the Saber^ 
 maty, which, together with other 
 «'0)illuent streams, lalls into the gulf 
 ofC'ambay, near the city of Cambay, 
 which is properly the port of Ahme- 
 dabad; distant about 56 road miles* 
 About the.iniddlo of> Hic loth ceiiji 
 3 
 
AHTER. 
 
 iii 
 
 iAXty thi* tity was the ♦apital of a 
 Jli)iirisluug imloi)eiKlcMit cmpirt', pai- 
 ticuhulj iluiiiig the roigu oiMulunood 
 Bcgia, A. D. 1450, but it has since 
 lallcn greatly to decay. It stiU rc- 
 iiiaius ouc ut' tlie best tbrtilied towns 
 in llie ptovince* ami made a good 
 dcfeuec when taken by Genei;d God- 
 durd in 1780. It was restored to the- 
 jMahaiattas at the peace ot'1783, and 
 with them it still conliniics. A great 
 proportion of the itinerant nuisieians, 
 players, and poets, named bhauaee, 
 or rasdaree, so eoimnou throughout 
 Cnjrat, come tVom tlie neighbotu- 
 liood of this town. In the Gnjrat- 
 tee villages their peribrmanccs are 
 paid for at the public expense, as are 
 also the bauds of jugglers aud wrest- 
 lers. 
 
 Travelling distance from Bombay 
 321 uiihs; from Poonah, 38L>; froiii 
 Delhi, 610; and from Calcutta by 
 Oojain, riU4 miles. {Ketuiel, Drmti- 
 ■uiotid, S,-c.) 
 
 vVHAiKOMJ'tiGUR. — A city in the 
 tnodern province tif Aurnngabad, to 
 which country this place Ibrmerly 
 ffaveitsown appellation, having been 
 ti>r many years the capital of one of 
 <he Dcccany sovereignties. Lat. 19°. 
 1'. N. Long. 75^. 4'.^!':. 
 
 xVfter tile dissolution of the Bha- 
 menee empire of the Deccan, Ahmed 
 ^izam S!»ah established liu' iiule- 
 pendeiit state of Alimciliniggur about 
 the year 1489 ; in 1493 he laid the 
 tbundations of this town, and made 
 it his capital. 
 
 He died A. D 1508. 
 
 Eijorahan Nizain Shall died 1553. 
 
 lioussein Nizam hhah died 1565. 
 
 jMortiza Niisam Shah became in- 
 sane, and was nnndered by his sou 
 Meeraun Housscin, A.D. 1487. ;. 
 ,;iMcerauji lioussein was assassinatp 
 «■(! alter a reign of two mcmths aud 
 llnee days. 
 
 Isinaei Nizam Sliah was taken 
 prisoner, and confined by liis father, 
 ajtej' ;), very sh(jrt reign. 
 ; JJctorahan Shah died in 1594. 
 
 Ibrahim Shah, having reigned four 
 /jjonth.s^^w as kilb.'d in battle. 
 
 'Batiaduiisluiii, aw iniant, was taken 
 
 prisoner Ity the Moguls, and courmed 
 for life in the fort of Cualior, and 
 with him ended the Nizam ShaJice 
 dynasty of Ahmednuggin-, about the 
 year 1600. Nominal suvereigns <if 
 this family existed at Douh-labad 
 until 1634, whcn.it was also (aken. 
 and the Nizam Shalue dominions 
 Lecaine a province of the jNlogui em- 
 pire. 
 
 Anniednnggnrcontintied underlhc 
 govcrinnciit (»f the Delhi sovereigns 
 until the death of Aurengzebe, in 
 1707, when it was at a very early 
 period seized on by the iMaliaratfas, 
 and continued pail of the I'eshwa's 
 dominions until 171*7, vv hen Dowlet 
 Bow Sinilia loieed the I'esliwa to 
 cede to him tnis important fortress, 
 with the surrounding dlsliid ; by 
 which cession he not only obtained 
 the connnand of the city of Poonali, 
 but the best entrance into the ter- 
 ritories of the Peshwa and of our 
 ally, the Nizam. 
 
 On the 12th of August, 1803, this 
 city was taken by General Welles- 
 ley, and ceded to the British by 
 Dowlet Row Sindi.i at the treaty of 
 peace concluded on thc^ 30th De- 
 cember, 1803. In April, 1804, it was 
 restored to the Peshwa, and has ever 
 since continued in his possession. 
 
 Travelling distance from Poonah 
 83 miles ; from Bombay by !^;onali, 
 181; from Hyderabad, 335; fiuiii 
 Oojain, 365 ; from Nagpoor, 403 ; 
 from Delhi, 830; and from Calcutta, 
 Illy miles. {Scott, Fcrinhta, MaU 
 lolm, 5th and 7th i»*i'n\y. liiiiuol, iVc.) 
 
 Ahmedi'OOK. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Cuttaek, siiualed 11 miles 
 N. from the temple at Juggernanth. 
 Lat. lb°. 59'. N. Long. 86°. 2'. E. 
 jjAhmooi), {Amod). — A town in the 
 province of Gujrat, 24 miles N. trom 
 the toivn of Broach. La(. 22°. N. 
 Long. 73°. 3'. E. ^"\ ilh tin; sin-- 
 rounding district, it belongs to the 
 Maharatta Peshwa. 
 
 AlUKR, {Atura). — A town in tha 
 province of Agra, district of Bah- 
 doriah, siinated on the sontii side of 
 the Clnnnbnl river, 50 miles S. E. 
 frum Ajruj and tiiUulary. to tlie M-i.- 
 
14 
 
 AJMEER. 
 
 harattas. Lat. 26°. 43'. N. Long. 
 78°. 33'. E. 
 
 AiBECCA. — ^A small town on the 
 sea coast of tlie province ot" Tra- 
 vancor; liavin<2; a bar harbour, and 
 situated 1G3 miles N. W. from Cape 
 Comorin. Lat. 9°. N. Lonjr. 76®. 
 S3'. E. Small ships are built liere, 
 and lime is burned from o)ster and 
 muscle sh;'lis, of Mhich immense 
 quantities are found in the neighbour- 
 iuEf snlt lakes, and between the small 
 islands. (Fra Paolo, Sfc.) 
 
 "Aiou Baua. — A Papuan isle, five 
 miles in ciicunifercnce, surrounded 
 by a cluster of .smaller ones, and 
 situated to the north of Wageeoo. 
 Lat. 0°. 24'. N. Loner. 131°. 10'. E. 
 
 The inhal)itnnts of 7\iou Baba, who 
 are mostly Papnas, with busiiy friz- 
 zled hair, cultivate these islands but 
 very little, havini? great plenty of fish 
 and turtle, which they dis])ose of at 
 the island of Wageeoo, and receive 
 sag-o in return. They also sell tor- 
 loiseshell and swallo (biehe de mar) 
 to the Chinese, who trade to this 
 island in sloops; and occasionally birds 
 of|)aradise are to be purchased here. 
 These islands were formerly nomi- 
 Kally subject to the Sultan ot'Tidore. 
 (^Forrest, <'^-c.) 
 
 Adjuntee Pass, {Ajcnjanti). — A 
 pas:i through the mountains in the 
 province of Berar, 38 miles N. N. W. 
 triun Jaliiapoor. Lat. 20°. 26'. N. 
 Long. 70°. 12'. E. At the head of the 
 pass is the tow n of Adjuntee, which is 
 under the Nizam's goverinnent. It is 
 enclosed with walls, but is not a place 
 of any strength. The name is a 
 Sanscrit word, meaning the difficult 
 or ini|)regnabie pass. 
 
 A.IEK Hi V er. — A river in the Gujrat 
 pcnin.sula, which rises near Sirdar, in 
 the ctntrcofthe coun1r>', and after 
 a short course divides into two 
 streams at ]Madhuj)Oor, about six 
 miles below Burkoo village ; after 
 which both fall into the Kun, near 
 Balumbaii. In point of size, the Ajee 
 is next to the Mutchoo river. — 
 {M'Murdo, 4-c.) 
 
 Ajitmul, {Ajitmala). — A town in 
 the pru\iucc of Agra distiittt of 
 
 Etavveh, 25 miles west from Caun- 
 poor. Lat. 20°. 23'. N. Long. 79°. 
 67'. E. 
 
 AJMEER OR RAJPOOTANA, 
 
 (Ajamida.) 
 A large province in the centre of 
 Hiiidostan proper, situated princi- 
 pally between the 2.5th and 30th de- 
 grees of north latitude. To the north 
 it is bounded by the provinces of 
 Mooltan and Dellii ; to the south by 
 Mahvah and Gujrat ; on the east it 
 has Delhi and Agra ; and on the west 
 the province of Sinde. In length, 
 from north to south, this province may 
 be estimated at 350 miles, by 220 
 the average breadth. In the Insti- 
 tutes of Acbcr, compiled by Abul 
 Fazel, A. D. 1582, this province is 
 described as follows : 
 
 " The Soubah of Ajmeeris situated 
 in the second climate. The length, 
 from Backar and the dependencies 
 of Umbeer to Bicanene of Jelmeir, 
 is 168 coss ; and the breadth, from the 
 extremity of Circar Ajmeer to Bans- 
 wara, includes 150 coss. On the 
 east lies Agra, and on the north, part 
 of Delhi : it has Gujrat to the south, 
 and Delialpoor of Mooltan confines 
 it on the west. The soil of this soubah 
 is sandy, and it is necessary to dig a 
 great depth before water can be pro- 
 cured ; so that the success of the har- 
 vest entirely depends on the period- 
 ical rains. The winter is temperate ; 
 but the summer is intensely hot. To 
 the south are momitains, this pro- 
 vince abounding in stroug holds. 
 This soubah comprehends Meywar, 
 Marwar, and Nadowty, which are 
 separated into seven districts, sub- 
 divided into 197 perguunahs. The 
 names of the districts are, 1. Ajmeer ; 
 2. Chitore ; 3. Rantanpoor ; 4. Joud- 
 pooi-; 5. Sarowy; 6. Nagore ; 7. 
 Bicanere. The measured lands ar» 
 21,4.35,961 begahs; the amount of 
 the revenue, 22,841,.507 dams; out 
 of which 2,326,336 dams aie Seyurg- 
 hal. It can furnish 86,500 infantry, 
 aud 347,000 cavalrj." 
 
AJMEER. 
 
 15 
 
 In delineating this provinee, Abul 
 Fazel appears to have too much 
 compressed its limits towards the 
 south, where were the principal 
 Rajpoot tributary states, which pro- 
 bably in his time had been but lit- 
 tle explored. The province of Ajmeer 
 is occasionally named Marwar ; but 
 this appellation is projierly restricted 
 to the Joudpoor tenitories. 
 
 The northern division of this pro- 
 ▼incc, comprehending Eicancre and 
 the neighbouring districts, is a bar- 
 ren, unfertile plain, bare of trees, and 
 almost destitute of rivers and rivu- 
 lets, and but very thinly inhabited ; 
 the central territory, which includes 
 Joudpoor and Jyenagur, is more 
 hilly, and better supplied with water, 
 jet not in sutlieicnt tpiantities for 
 wet crops. TIjc soil is also of a re- 
 markable f;aliiie nature, containing 
 salt lakes and springs, and producing 
 salt and saltpetre spontaneously. The 
 southern division is very hilly and of 
 (liihcult access ; but, in general, well 
 covered with trees and shrubs, and 
 watered by many mountain streams, 
 besides the Banass and Chumbul 
 rivers. 
 
 The three grand modern divisions 
 of Ajmeer, or Rajpootana, arc, 1st, 
 The state of Odeypoor, named also 
 Mewar, or the Kana of Chitoie ; 
 2dly, Joudpoor, named also Marwar, 
 and its sovereign occasionally de- 
 seril)ed as the llhatore Rajah, being 
 of that tribe; 3dly, Jyenagur, J ey- 
 poor, or Ambeer. 
 
 Under these heads respectively, 
 and the names of the chief towns, 
 further topographical details will be 
 found ; it being intended here only to 
 exhibit a general view of the province, 
 v\ hicli is at present partitioned in the 
 following maimer : — 
 
 The cit) of Ajmeer, and the forty- 
 six surrounding peigunnahs, belong 
 to Dow let Row Sindia, and the dis- 
 trict of Tonk Rampoorah to the 
 Holcar family. 
 
 The eastern quarter of tlie central 
 division is occupied by the Jeynagur 
 Kajah ; and the south eastern by the 
 Kajahs of Kotub; £ooud«, and other 
 
 petty Rajpoot chiefs tributary to the 
 Mahrattas, and engaged in a con- 
 stant state of hostilities with each 
 other. 
 
 The western parts of the central 
 division are subject to the Rajah 
 of Joudpoor, whose dominions are 
 of great extent ; and the south-west- 
 ern are possessed by the Rana of 
 Odeypoor. 
 
 From these principalities the Mal- 
 wah Maharattas, when they are 
 strong enough, levy annual contri- 
 butions, which is the easier effected, 
 on account of their disunion and un- 
 ceasing internal warfare. Respecting 
 the baiTcn and desolate region to the 
 north, very little is known, as it has 
 yet, from its poverty, attracted but 
 little attention. 
 
 The constitution of these countries 
 is feudal ; each district, town, and 
 even village, being governed by petty 
 chiefs, dignified with the title of 
 Thakoor, or Lord, who frequently 
 yield but a nominal obedience to the 
 l)erson who is reputed to be their 
 superior or sovereign. The rents are 
 very low ; but every village is ob- 
 liged to furnish a certain number of 
 horsemen at the shortest notice. 
 The Rajpoots are hardy and brave, 
 and extremely attached to their re- 
 spective chiefs : they are much ad- 
 dicted to the use of opium — this 
 destructive diug being produced by 
 them on all occasions, and presented 
 to visitors as betel is in other parts 
 of India. They are usually divided 
 into two tribes — the Rhatore, and 
 the Chohan Seesodya Rajpoots. 
 
 Respecting the number of inhabi- 
 tants but a very vague estimate caa 
 be formed ; but, by compaiison with 
 certain other districts, the numbers 
 of which have been ascertained, al- 
 though occupying so great a space, 
 the population in all probability docs 
 not exceed five millions; and of those 
 not above one-tenth arc Mahomme- 
 dans. The principal towns are Jye- 
 nagur, Joudpoor, Odeypoor, Ajmeer, 
 Kotah, Boondee, Rantampoor, Chi- 
 tore. Amber, and Shahpoorah. 
 
 Although this proviuco occupies 
 
16 
 
 AJMEf^K. 
 
 the centicQf Hiu«loslaii, and its east- 
 ern tVouticr is -within 90 niilcs of 
 'Delhi, it was luver lUoioiiglil.v suIj- 
 jiiL^ated either by the Patau or Mogul 
 i;iui)erors. Rajahs of Ajniccr arc 
 lueiitiouod by Ferishta so early as 
 A. D. lOOB; at which period they 
 jcjiucd a cuuibiuatiou of Hindoo 
 princes against Mahmood of Gliizui, 
 and in 1193 it was conquered, or 
 rather overrun by jMahonnued, the 
 fust Gauride sovereign of India, 
 After this date it coutinucd tributary 
 to the throne of Delhi ; and, ou ac- 
 count of the refractory conduct of its 
 princes, was fr«(iuently invaded by 
 tlie emperors, who repeatedly took 
 and destroyed all their chief towns. 
 Yet the proviuee ne^er became a 
 fegular organized i)ossession, like 
 Delhi, Agra, and many nnicli more 
 remote countri(\s, but remained in 
 a sort oV hall-hulepcndent state, 
 paying a tribute, and furnishing the 
 imperial armies with a certain num- 
 ber of Rajpoot mercenaries, who 
 were always held in high estimation, 
 ou account of their bravery and lidc- 
 lity, and formed a counterpoise to the 
 ilogids and Afghans. 
 
 After Aurengzebe's death, in 1707, 
 and the dissolution of the Mogul 
 empire, which soon ensued, it con- 
 tinued for some time under a no- 
 minal subjecliou to the Delhi throne ; 
 but, about 1748, assumed total inde- 
 pendence. 'l"he interval since that 
 period has been lilled up by internal 
 warfare, and invasions by the Mah- 
 arattas and other hordes of plun- 
 derers. During the latter part of the 
 reign of Madhajce Sindia, and the 
 commencement of that of Dowlet 
 Row Sindia, they were very nearly 
 comitlctcly subdued by the disciplin- 
 ed troops under Generals Du lioignc 
 and Perron in tlie pay of those chiefs. 
 They have since recovered a little, 
 hot by any intrinsic addition to their 
 ow n strength, but by the depression 
 of their most dangerr)us adversary, 
 Dowlet Row Sindia, "who does hot 
 liow possess the same powcrfid nieans 
 of enforcing his extortions. In 1807, 
 the Hajalis of Jyeuagur and Joud- 
 
 pot>r continued tlieir mutual preten-' 
 sions to marry the daughter of th«j 
 Raua of Odeypoor, and engaged in 
 hostilities, whieli were fermented and 
 supported i)y Ameer. Khan, Holkar, 
 Sindia, and other depredators, who 
 benefit by the dissensions among the 
 R aj poots. {Abid Fazcl, Rennel, Scott, 
 BroKg'/iion, Maurice MS. .Vc.) 
 
 Ajmeek. — A town in the province 
 of Ajnioer, of which it is the capital. 
 Lat." 20°. 3ry. N. Long. 74°. 48'. E. . 
 
 This town, and the surrounding 
 district, containing forty-six pergun-. 
 nahs, are subject to Dowlet Rovr 
 Sindia. It is situated in the centre 
 of the Rajpoot states of Jyeuagur, 
 Joudpoor, and Odeypoor, was for- 
 merly rented by Amljajee, and sinet; 
 his death continued to his brother 
 Balarow. In 1800 it was held by M. 
 Perron. The boundary to the west 
 is at the town of Meerla, which scr 
 parates Ajmeer from Joudpoor. 
 
 Tiie fort of Ajmeer, named Tara- 
 gur, is built on the north-east end 
 of a range of hills, and consists prin- 
 cipally of a plain stone w all along the 
 edge of the mountain, strengthened 
 with a few round bastions, lire city 
 lies at the bottom of the lull, and is" 
 surrounded by a stone wall and ditch 
 in bad repair. The streets are nar- 
 row and dirty, and most of the houses 
 small, and in a state of decay. It 
 still possesses a palace^ built in a 
 garden by Shah Jelian ; besides 
 which, there are scarcely any re- 
 mains of magnilicenee to be seen, 
 cither internally or externally. 
 
 The whole country round Ajmeer 
 forms a Hat sandy amphitheatre, sur* 
 rounded by low ranges of hills, in 
 consequence! of which the place is 
 uncommonly sultry; but it. is well 
 supplied with water from two lakes, 
 which are close under its AValls, The 
 most northern is six riiiles in circum- 
 ference, and very deep ; and, at par- 
 ticular seasons, both arc covered 
 with Hocks of ducks and geese. 
 
 The principal attraction of Ajmeer 
 is the tomb of Khaja Moycn ud Deeii^ 
 one of the greatest jMahonnnedsijji 
 jiuiuts that ever lloiirished iu Hitt* 
 
ALLESTAR. 
 
 17 
 
 dosfan, wliicli happened about six 
 huiKircd jtars a;j;o. It is of wJjite 
 marble, but rciuavkabic neither for 
 beauty nor style orarcititccture. Al- 
 though the distance tVoiu tliis tomb 
 to Aji,Ta be 230 miles, yet tlie great 
 and wi!:e Emperor Acber made a pil- 
 grimage on foot to the tomb of this 
 saint, to implore divine blessings on 
 bis familj', which eousisted only of 
 daughters; but, after tiiis pilgrimage, 
 received the addition of three sons. 
 The peer zadas, or attendant |)riests, 
 who subsist on the conlriinitions at 
 the tomb, exceed 1100 in unnjlser, 
 .and demand, or rather extort charity 
 from all visitors. Madliajee and Dow- 
 let Row Sindia, although Hindoos, 
 Mere remarkable for their devotion 
 to Mahommedan saints and customs. 
 Tlie latter bestowed a snpcrb pall 
 and canopy of cloth and gold on the 
 tomb, and is particularly bountiful to 
 the devotees ami peer zadas. lour 
 miles from this city is a remarkable 
 place of Hindoo pilgrimage named 
 Tooshkur, or Pokur. 
 
 Jehangccr, the son and successor 
 of the Emperor Acber, occasionally 
 kept his court here, which caused the 
 embassy of Sir Thomas Rowe, in 
 1616, when the East India Compiiny 
 had a factory established here. Aj- 
 mecr, or Ajinida, is tieiived liom the 
 iiauie of an ancient monarch who 
 ruled the ])ro\iiice. 
 
 Travelling di.st;vnce from Delhi 
 230 miles ; tiom Oojain, 256 ; from 
 Iiombay, CoO ; and from Caleutia, 
 1030 miles. {BroHglitDu, liennel, Sic.) 
 
 Aklooss. — A town in the Maha- 
 ratta territories, in the i)rovince of 
 Bejapoor, near Assudnagur, with a 
 fort and well-supplied bazar. 'I'his 
 place is nearly a mile in lengtli, and 
 has several handsome wells and build- 
 ings. The Nera river is a little to 
 the north of the town, and during 
 the rains is about 100 yards broad. 
 {31oor, ^-c.) 
 
 Akrauny. — A town in the Ma- 
 haratta tcrritoritvs, in the province of 
 Jikandcsh ; 82 miles J^. N. E. from 
 Surat. Lat 21°. 40'. N. Long. 74°. 
 14'. E. 
 
 Alacananda Rtvkr. — This river 
 springs from the Himalaya moun- 
 tains, in tlxi province of Serinagur, 
 and joins the Bhagirathi at Dcvu- 
 prayaga; the juncliou of the two 
 forming the Ganges. 
 
 A very short distance to the north 
 of Bliadrinath, the breadth of the 
 Alacananda does not exceed 18 or 
 20 feet, and the stream is shallow, 
 and moderately rapid. I'urther up, 
 the stream is concealed under im- 
 mense heaps of snow, wliich pro- 
 bably have been accumulating here 
 for ages. Beyond this point travellers 
 have not dared to venture, although 
 the shastras mention a place called 
 Alacapura, the fabulous city of Cu- 
 vera, the I'lnlus of Hindoo njytho- 
 logy. At the junction at Dcvapra- 
 yaga, the Alacananda is the largest 
 river of the two, being 142 feet in 
 breadth, and rising in tlie rainy sea- 
 son 46 and 47 feet above the low 
 water level. At Ranibaugh the breadth 
 of the Alacananda is from 70 to 80 
 yards, with a current of seven and 
 eight miles an hour. 
 
 In this river are a gi-eat many fish 
 of the roher species, (Cyprimis den- 
 ticulatus) four or five feet in length. 
 Tliey are daily fed l)y the Brahmins, 
 and are so tame as to take bread out 
 of the hand. There is also a species 
 of fish named roher, six or seven 
 feet long: the scales on the back and 
 sides are large, of a beautiful green, 
 encircled with a bright golden bor- 
 der ; the belly white, slightly tinged 
 with gold colour ; the tail and fijis of 
 a dark bronze. The flavour of this 
 tish is equal to its colour, being re- 
 markably line and delicate. {Raper, 
 
 Allf.star. — A town in the pe- 
 ninsula of Malacca, district of Queda, 
 where the sovereign of Ihe latlir 
 principality risides, in a small brick 
 fort, built about 1785. It stands two 
 or three leagues up a river, and has 
 a very mean appearance. "^I'lie royal 
 palace resembles a spacious farm 
 house, with many low houses attach- 
 ed to it, which coutaiu the lung's 
 seraglio. 
 
18 
 
 ALLAHABAD. 
 
 The inhabHants arc composed of 
 Chulias, (from the INIalabur crtast) 
 Malays, and Cliinesc ; the last have 
 a temple here. In 1770, AUestar was 
 plundered and hurncd by the Bui;- 
 gesses, in conjnuction with the king's 
 own relations. {Dalrtjmple, Haeit- 
 s«l, ^-c.) 
 
 Alforezf.. — Sec Borneo. 
 Alibunder. — A town subject to 
 the Ameers in the province ol'Sinde, 
 .situated in Lat. 24°. 20'. N. nine miles 
 fast from Cuddren. At tliis place a 
 small brancli of the Goonee river is 
 istoppcd by a mound of earth, which 
 separates it from Lnekput Bunder 
 river. A great many camels may be 
 procured here for the conveyance of 
 baggage. {Maxjield, cVc.) 
 
 Alima — A small river in the pro- 
 vince of Coimbetoor, on which the 
 town of Animaylaya is situated. 
 
 Alishung, (Alishan). — A district 
 in tl»e north-eastern extremity of Af- 
 ghanistan, situated between the 35th 
 and 36th degrees of north latitude. 
 On the north, south, and west, it is 
 bounded by mountains ; and on the 
 east by Kuttore, or Catlristan: the 
 thief town is Penjshehr. Respecting 
 this mountainous region, we liave 
 had, in modern times, but little in- 
 formation: by Abul Fazel, in 1582, 
 it is described as follows : — " The 
 district Alishung is surrounded by 
 large mountains, covered with .snow, 
 in which is the source of the river 
 Alishung : the inhabitants are called 
 Catfres. ToomanAlislmng, 3,701, 150 
 danis." 
 
 At present the district is occupied 
 by varioius wild Afghan tribeS; lujmi- 
 jially subordinate to the sovereign of 
 Cabul. {Abul Fazel, >yf.) 
 
 ALLAHABAD. 
 
 A large province iu ITindostan, 
 situated between the 2-lth and 2(jth 
 degrees of north latitude. To the 
 north it is bounded by the provinces 
 of Oude and Agra ; on the south by 
 the Hindoo province of Gundwana; 
 on ihu east it has tlio provinces of 
 
 Bahar and Gundwana; and on the 
 west, Malwah and Agra. In length 
 it may be estimated at 270 miles, by 
 120 the average breadth. By Abul 
 Fazel, in 1582, this province is de- 
 scribed as follows : 
 
 " Soubah Allahabad is situated in 
 the second cliniate. Its length, from 
 Sunjowly Jionjjoor to the southern 
 provinces,isl60coss;andthebreadtli, 
 from Chowsa Ferry to Gautumpoor, 
 includes 122 coss. To the east it has 
 Bahar; on the north, Oude ; Baund- 
 hoo (Gundvvana) lies on the south, 
 and Agra on the west. The prin- 
 cipal rivers of this soubah are the 
 Ganges and Junma ; besides which 
 are the Aruna, the Geyn, the Seroo, 
 the Biruah, and several smaller ones. 
 This soubah contains ten districts ; 
 viz. I.Allahabad; 2. Ghazipoor; 3. 
 Benares; 4. Jioiij)oor ; 5. Manicpoor ; 
 6. Chunai- ; 7. Bahtgorah ; 8. Callin- 
 jcr ; 9. Korah ; 10. Kurrah. These 
 districts are subdi\idcd into 177 pur- 
 gunnalis; the revenue being53,10,695 
 sicca rupees, and 1,200,000 betel nut 
 leaves. It furnishes 11,375 cavalry, 
 237,870 infantry, and 323 elephants." 
 In the reign of Ainengzebe the ar- 
 rangement of this ])rovince was new 
 modelled ; the division of Bliatta or 
 Baundhoo, which belongs properly 
 to Gundwana, having been added to 
 it. This territory was then con- 
 sidered as a new conquest, though 
 long before partially subjected, and 
 was subdivided into six lesser dis- 
 tricts; viz. 1. Bhatta; 2. Soliagc- 
 poor ; 3. Choteesgur, or Ruttenpoor ; 
 4. Sumbulpoor; 5. Gangpoor; and, 6. 
 Jushpoor, and formally annexed to 
 the province of Allahabad. With this 
 addition of 25,000 square miles of a 
 high mountainousunproductive coun- 
 try, Allahabad then comprehended 
 C0,000 square miles ; but as this tract 
 was never Uioroughly reduced to sub- 
 jection, or occupied, it is proper it 
 should be restored to the province 
 of Gundwana, where in remote anti- 
 quity it composed part of the Goaiid 
 state of Gurrah. 
 
 In 1747 the subdivisions of this pro- 
 y'uiCQ wue, 1. AUahubad ; 3. Kurrak 
 
ALLAHABAD. 
 
 19 
 
 3. Korab ; 4. Tarliar ; 5. Maiiicpoor ; 
 6. lieiiitres; 7. Jionpoor; 8. Ghazi- 
 poor; 9. Chunar ; 10. Callingcr ; 11. 
 Ahuicdabad Gohrali ; 12. Bliatta, 
 &c. 
 
 The surface of this province in the 
 vicinity of the rivers Ganges and 
 Jumna is flat and productive ; but to 
 the south-west, in the Bund(;lcund 
 territory, the country is an elevated 
 table land, diversified with hi,<;h hills, 
 and abounding in strong liolds. This 
 part of the province is indiHcrently 
 cultivated, but contains within its 
 limits the famous diamond mines of 
 Pannah. Between these two divi- 
 sions there is a considerable difler- 
 cncc of climate ; the former being 
 extremely sultry, and subject to the 
 hot winds, wluch is not the case with 
 the more elevated region. 
 
 Tlie principal rivers in the north 
 are the Ganges, Jumna, Goomty, and 
 Caramnasa, besides many smaller 
 streams, which supply abuntlance of 
 water, and render several of the dis- 
 tricts, such as Benares and Allaha- 
 bad, among the most fertile in llin- 
 dostan. In the hilly country to the 
 south west, the rivers arc few and 
 .small(!r, the Cane and Coggra behig 
 the principal. The periodical rains and 
 wells are, consequently, in this quar- 
 ter, chiefly depended on for a supply 
 of moisture ; but, upon the whole, 
 Allahabad may be considered one of 
 the richest and most productive coun- 
 tries in India. 
 
 The exports from this province are 
 diamonds, saltpetre, opium, sugar, 
 indigo, cotton, cotton cloths, S^o. the 
 imports are various; salt from tlie ma- 
 ritime parts of Bengal being one of 
 the principal articles in demands 
 
 The chief towns art; Benares, Alla- 
 habad, Callinger, Chatterpoor, Jion- 
 poor, Mirzapoor, Chunar, and Gazy- 
 poor. The population of Allahabad 
 is very considerable, aud may be es- 
 timated to exceed seven millions, of 
 which number, probably, l-8th are 
 ]Mahommedans,andthe rest Hindoos 
 of the Bralirainieal persuasion. In 
 remote times of Hindoo antiquity, 
 tliis province must have held a hi^h 
 
 c % 
 
 rank, as it contains Prayaga (Allaha- 
 bad) and Beiiares, two of the most 
 holy places of Hindoo pilgrimage, 
 and the latter occupying in India 
 the station which two centuries back. 
 Rome did in Clnistendom. At pre- 
 sent, the whole of this extensive pro- 
 vince is comprehended within th« 
 limits of the British jurisdiction, and 
 governed by the Bengal eode of regu- 
 lations, with the exception of a small 
 portion of the Bundelcund province, 
 which still continues in a refractory 
 state. 
 
 We learn from Abul Fazel, that this 
 province was invaded so early as 
 A.D. 1020, by Sultan Mahmood of 
 Ghizni, tlie scourge of the Hindoos, 
 who made a few compulsory con- 
 verts to the Mahommedan faith. 
 lie returned again, A. D. 1023, but 
 made no permanent establishment. 
 It was afterwards wholly subdued by 
 the Patan Emperors of Delhi ; and, 
 during the 15th century, contained 
 an independant kingdom, the seat of 
 which was Jionpoor. Along with tlie 
 other Patan conquests, it devolved to 
 the Moguls, and was formed into 
 a distinct soiibah by the Emperor 
 Acber, who named the Hindoo sanc- 
 tuary or prayaga, Allahabad, an ap- 
 pellation it still retains. 
 
 After the fall of the Mogul dynas- 
 ty, the northern quarter was appro- 
 priated by the Nabobs of Oude; 
 but, in 17G4, Korah and Allahabad 
 were ceded to Shah Allum, the then 
 fugitive sovereign of DeUii, through 
 the interference of Lord Clive with 
 the Nabob of Oude, Sujah ud Dow- 
 lah. In 1772 they reverted to the lat- 
 ter, when that ill-advised monarch 
 returned to Delhi, and put himself 
 in the custody of the Maharattas, 
 
 The Bengal govenunent acquired 
 the Benares districts by treaty with 
 Asoph ad Dowlah,in 1775, and Alla- 
 habad, with the adjacent territory, 
 in 1801, by cession from Saadet Ali 
 of Oude. The south-eastern distiicts 
 of Bundelcund were received from 
 the Maharatta Pesliwa in 1803, in 
 exchange for an equivalent of terri- 
 tory in the Carnatic, Ealaghaat, au4 
 
20 
 
 ALLAHABAD, 
 
 Gnjrat. (Abnl Fazel. J. Grant, Ctth 
 Heport, ironside, fie J 
 
 Allahabad. — A district iu the pro- 
 viiK'' of Allahabiul, iuiiucdiately sur- 
 roniidiiij;:: the eity ot' Allahahad, and 
 intersected by the Ganges and the 
 Jumna. 
 
 \N lueat intJiis district is a principal 
 crop, tlie land most ia\ourable to it 
 being a rich sandy loam, which is a 
 vei^y common soil here. The coju- 
 mencement of the niiiis in June is 
 the season when they be}i.in to iilon^h, 
 and only a single stirrius:: is given 
 until they cease. The held is then 
 plouglied lo diflcrent times belbro 
 the rieeplion of the seed, a cir- 
 cnmstaiice whieii proves the inelli- 
 cacy of the Indian plongh. Septem- 
 l»er and C)ctol)er are the months for 
 sov\ing. During the dry season the 
 land nnist be walercd, which is a 
 much more laborions task than the 
 cultivation. Four bullocks andtlncc 
 waterers are willi dillicnlty aide to 
 "water an acre in nine days ; the ave- 
 rage crop is reckoned 15 niauuds 
 per begah, (seven quarters per acre.) 
 Barley, pease, oil crops, and a yellow 
 die, are often mixed with the wheat. 
 I'he average rent of wheat land is 
 about one pound per acre. 
 
 The breed of sheep in this district 
 is small, even lor India, and the fleece 
 consists of a coarse black hair, alto- 
 geth(;r unsuitable for cloth. Small 
 rugs are made of it for shepherds. 
 The dress of the peasantry consists 
 vf a small piece of coarse cloth round 
 hismiddlc, generally with oue blank- 
 et, and a sort of turban made of a 
 I'otton clout, which articles compose 
 tiieir whole v\ardrobe. {Tcniiant, yc.) 
 Allahabad. — A fortilied town in 
 the j)rovinee of Allahabad, of which 
 it is the capital, situated at the eoidhi- 
 enceofthe tiangrs with tlie .lunma. 
 I<at. 2r>o. 27'. N. I^oiig. 81°. 60'. 
 
 This cit > does not make a handsome 
 ai)peararice, thcio being oidy a lev*' 
 brick buildings wiliiout ornaments, 
 'l"he fort is placed at some distance 
 on a tongue of land, one side being 
 washed by the .Jnnin.a, and the othiT 
 nearly upj<roa<,hing the Ganges. It 
 
 is lofty and exlen-ive, and coiripletely 
 connnands the navigation of the two 
 rivers. There are, probably, few 
 buildings of ctjual siiic in Enroi)e. 
 Is'ext the two rivers it is defended 
 by the old walls, with the addilitm of 
 some cannon. The third side, next 
 the land, is pirfer^tly regular, and 
 very strong. It has three ravelins, 
 two bastions, and a half bastion, and 
 stands higher than any ground in 
 front of it. The gateway is Grecian, 
 and elegant. Tin; government-house 
 is spacious and cool, and has some 
 larg« subterranean rotm^ overhang- 
 ing the river. In the same line, atio- 
 th(.r building has been modernized 
 and converted into barracks for the 
 iion-eommissioned officers. In the an- 
 gle isa s(|uare,wliereShah Allum had 
 his seraglio when he resided here. 
 U{) to 180.3 the sum expended on 
 the fortifications amounted to 12 
 lacks of nipees, and they aro now 
 quile impregnable to a native arm} j 
 to an I-luropean army a regular siege 
 v\ ould be necessary ; it is, conse- 
 ([uently, the grand military depot of 
 the upper provinces. 
 
 The situation of Allahabad being 
 alike adapted for the purposes of in- 
 ternal commerce and defence, must 
 have early pointed it out as an eligi- 
 ble spot for the foundation of a city, 
 •tMid most probably it is the site of the 
 ancient Palibothra. Nine-teutlis of 
 the present native buildiiigs arc of 
 mud, raised on the foundations of 
 njore substantial brick cdilices, which 
 have long fallen to decay. 1 he in- 
 habitants, exclusive of the garrison, 
 are estifualcd at 20,00(). The soil in 
 the vicinity consists of brick dust, 
 mortar, and broken potteiy. Tho 
 Ganges is here about a mile bjead, 
 and does not appear to be uuich aug- 
 jiienfed by the tribute of so large a 
 ri\cr as tiie Jumna, alliiough the lut- 
 t< r is 1400 yards across. 
 
 liy the Erahinius Allahabad is 
 named Ijhat Prajag, or by way of 
 distinction, as it is the largest and 
 most holy, is .simply designated by 
 the name of Prayaga. 'llio oilier 
 from Prayagas, or sacred coullucncvs 
 
ALMORA. 
 
 21 
 
 ,of rivers, are situated in tlie province 
 of .Seriiiap:ur, at the junctiim of the 
 Alacanauda with otlK?r streams, and 
 arc named Devaprayaga, Kinhapra- 
 jaga, Caniaprayaga, and Nandapra- 
 jaj^a. Part of the relisrioiis cere- 
 monies enjoined to tlie llindoo pil- 
 grims, um.st be performed in a vast 
 suiitenanean cave in tlic middle of 
 the fort, supported bv pillars. The 
 vnl}j,ar believe it extends under (ground 
 to Delhi, and say it is infested by 
 snakes and noxious reptiles. Many 
 of the pilgrims drown themselves an- 
 Jinally at the junction of the Ganges 
 and Junma, being conducted to the 
 middle of llie river, and then sunk 
 Mith pots of earth tied to their feet. 
 
 The Emperor Aebir was paitial 
 to Allahabad, and A\as tlie founder 
 pf the modern eif j', intending it a^i a 
 strong hold to o\erawe the surround- 
 ing country, for Avhicli it v\as well 
 adai)ted. It was taken, i)i 1765, by 
 the British army under Sir Robert 
 Fletcher. 
 
 Following the course of the river, 
 Allahabad is 8'20 from the sea, but 
 the travelling distance from Calcutta 
 is only 550 nnles ; from Benares, 53 ; 
 from J^ucknow, 127; Irom Agra, 29f); 
 and from Delhi, 412 miles. {Lord 
 Vafe»tia,Teininiit, Hcpei; IteuiiclyVc.) 
 
 Allamuady, {xUumbadi). — A town 
 in the province of Coimbetoor, 74 
 mih s E. S. E. from Seringapatam. 
 Lat. 12°. &'. N. Long. 77°. 55'. 1^. 
 
 Allamparva, {Alamparvti). — A 
 small fort on the sea tnjast of the 
 Carnatic, 67 miles S. by W. from 
 Madras. Lat. 12°- 10'. N. Long. 
 80°. 7'. E. 
 
 Within this fortress are several 
 veils of good water, which is not lo 
 be found on all parts of the coast so 
 near the sea. It was giveji to M. 
 Dupleix by Muzufler Jung in 1750, 
 and taken from the rvench by Col, 
 Coote in 1760. 
 
 Allygun(;k, (i4%Kjy).— a town 
 in the province of Bengal, district of 
 Purneah, 4<J miles N. N. E. from 
 the town of Purneah. Lat. 26°. 16'. 
 N. Long. 87°. 3b'. E. 
 . Almou.v — A district in northern 
 
 Hindostan, situated between the 2})th 
 and 30th degrees of north latitude, 
 and separated from the liarcily dis- 
 tricts by the Keinaoon hills. Tiic 
 face of the country, like the rest of 
 northern Hindostan, is a succession 
 of mountains, co\ered with imjKr- 
 vious forests of tall trees and thick, 
 jungle, and divided by abrnj)t vallies, 
 in which are scattered the scanty po- 
 pulation of the country. This district 
 is properly a subdivision of the larger 
 one of Kemaoon; the town of Al- 
 mora being the capital, and the whole 
 tributary to the Goorkhali Bajali of 
 Ncpaul, 
 
 I'hc tree producing a fat-like sub- 
 stance, known to the natives of Hin- 
 dostan by the name of Phulwarah, 
 is found among the Almora hills. 
 Tin; tree is scarce, grows on a strong 
 soil on the decli\ities of the southern 
 aspect of the hills below Almora, ge- 
 nerally attaining the height, v\heu 
 lull grown, of 50 feet, v\ith a cir- 
 cumference of six. The fat is ex- 
 tracted fiom the kernels. 
 
 At Bagharghaut, in this district, 
 the river Causila is about 30 yards 
 Ijroad; and there being neither bridge 
 nor ford, it is eros.sed by means of 
 large gourds collected from the 
 neighbouring villages. Tlnce or four 
 of t-iese are fastened by a string, ami 
 tied round the waist of a nian who. 
 scr\es for a guide. A string of flie 
 same kind is attached to the pas- 
 senger to prevent his sinking, lujt 
 no personal exertions are re<jwired 
 on his part, as he has merely to 
 grasp the bandage of his guide, wlio, 
 being an exjtert swinnner, convex s 
 him across to the o)ipositc shore. 
 'l"hc baggage is transported across oa 
 men's heads, the luimber of gourds 
 being proportioned to the weight of 
 the iiackuge. 
 
 In the Institutes of ]Menu, it is 
 said, Ih.'it all the Kha.syas, or inha- 
 bitants of the snowy mountains, have 
 lost their cast. If so, they nmst have 
 recovered it, for there are numerous 
 famiiies of Brahmins in these coun- 
 tries, particularly Almora or Comanh, 
 \\hu are much respected at Benares ; 
 
22 
 
 ALVAR. 
 
 the iiiliabiianls of ihat city not con- 
 sitlerinjc them as liaving lofet cast, 
 although the bulk of thorn be Kha- 
 syas. (Raper, Roxburgh, Wilford, ^c.) 
 
 Almora. — A town in northern 
 Hindostan, situated in the district of 
 Almora, of wliich it is the capital, as 
 well as of Kemanon. Lat. 29°. 35'. 
 N, Long. 79°. 40'. E. 
 
 This town is built on the top of a 
 large ridge of mountains, the houses 
 being much scattered, and extending 
 down the slope on each side. It is 
 said to be more extensive and po- 
 pulous than Serinagur, and a place 
 of greater tiafTic, but it has not yet 
 been entered by any European, al- 
 though so near to the frontiers of 
 Bengal. The inhabitants are chiefly 
 foreigners, or the descendants of emi- 
 giants from the low Jands ; and the 
 town is tributary to the Ghoorkhali 
 Rajah of Nepaul, who keeps a gar- 
 lison stationed here. {Raper, fifc.) 
 
 Aloor. — See Alvar. 
 
 Aloou. — A town in the northern 
 Carnatic, 114 miles N. from Madras. 
 Lat. 14°. 40'. N. Long. 80°. 3'. E. 
 
 Alpoor, {Alipoor). — A town in the 
 nizam's dominions, in the province 
 of Bcjapoor, 100 miles VV. S. W. 
 from Hyderabad. Lat. 16°. 40'. N. 
 Long. 77°. 20'. E. 
 
 Alundy, {AlamdeT). — A village in 
 th^ province of Bejapoor, situated 
 about nine miles to the east of 
 Poonah. This place is famous for an 
 Avantara, or inferior incarnation of 
 Vishnu, under the name of Nanish- 
 wer, stated by some Bralunins to 
 have happened 1200, and by others 
 only 6 or 700 years ago. Although 
 so near to Poonah. this village be- 
 longs to Dowlet Row Sindia, and 
 during the late war was occupied by 
 a detachment of British troops. 
 {Moor, cVcJ 
 
 Alunkar, {Alancar). — A district 
 in the northern portion of Afgha- 
 nistan, situated abciit the 35th de- 
 gree of north latitude. It borders 
 on Calfristan to the north, but in 
 other respects its limits, like those 
 of the other Afghan districts in that 
 <|uartcr, are quite undetermined. In 
 
 1682, Abul Fazel describes it as sub- 
 ject to the Emperor Acber. It is 
 now inhabited by migratory tribes of 
 Afghans, who, to the pastoral em- 
 ployment of shepherds, unite that of 
 predatory thieves, and pay little or 
 no obedience to the mandates of the 
 Cabul sovereign, to whom they are 
 nominally stibject. 
 
 Alvar, {Alor). — A district in the 
 N. W. quarter of the province of 
 Agra, situated between the 27th and 
 29th degrees of north latitude, and 
 in the Mahommedan histories occa- 
 sionally named Mewat, and the in- 
 habitants Mewatics. By Abul Fazel, 
 in 1682, it is described as follows: 
 
 " Sircar Aloor, containing 43 Ma- 
 lials ; measurement 1,662,012 begahs, 
 revenue 39,832,234 dams ; Sey m-ghal 
 699,212 dams. This circar furnishes 
 6514 cavalry, and 42,020 infantry." 
 
 The Alvar district is a hilly and 
 woody tract of country, lying on the 
 south-west of Delhi, and on the west 
 of Agra, confining the low country 
 along the western side of the Jumna 
 to a naiTOw slip, and extending to 
 the west about 130 miles, and from 
 north to south about 90 miles. Al- 
 though this tract is situated in the 
 centre of Hindostan, and approaches 
 as near as 25 miles of Delhi, its in- 
 habitants have always been describ- 
 ed as singularly savage and brutal, 
 and robbers by profession. In this 
 last capacity they were formerly taken 
 into pay by the native chiefs of up- 
 per Hindostan, for the purpose of 
 ravaging more effectually the coun- 
 tries wlxich happened to be the seat 
 of war. 
 
 This territory, although hilly, is not 
 mountainous, and is susceptible of 
 good cultivation — a blessing it has 
 never yet experienced. In general, 
 there is rather a delieicncy of water, 
 which in many parts can only be 
 procured from deep wells. The cul- 
 tivators at pregent are Jauts, Me- 
 watteis, and Ahccrs, a savage tribe 
 vesembling the Jauts in th<'ir man- 
 ners. The district has often changed 
 masters, but for some time past has 
 been possessed by Row Kajah Bu- 
 
AMBAH GHAUT. 
 
 23 
 
 chawer Sing;!), a Rhalor Rajpoot, and 
 known by the appellation ot the Ma- 
 clieny Rajah, whose capital is the 
 city of Alvar. 
 
 In November, 1803, a treaty was 
 concluded between GciKral Lake, 
 on the part of tiie Britisli govern- 
 ment, and the Machcrry Rnjah ; liy 
 the conditions of which, the friends 
 of the one p<'irty were to be con- 
 sidered as standing in the same re- 
 lation with the other. The Eritish 
 engaged not to interfere m ith the in- 
 ternal management of the rajah's 
 country, nor demand any tribute; 
 and the rajah undertook to assist the 
 British govennnent wit/i his anIjoIo 
 force, wlieu their possessions were 
 attacked. 
 
 J5y this treaty the British govern- 
 ment guaranteed the security of the 
 rajah's country against e\t« rnal ene- 
 mies ; on which ac( oiiut, the rajah 
 agreed, that if any misniulerstandiug 
 should arise between him and any 
 neighbouring chieftain, the cause of 
 dispute should be submitted in the 
 first instance to the British govern- 
 ment, wlii( h would endeavour to set- 
 tle it amicably: if, from the obsti- 
 nacy of tile oj)posite party, amicable 
 terms were not attainable, the rajah 
 was authorized to demand aid from 
 the British government; thecvjiensc 
 fo be defrayed by tlib rajah. {Ren- 
 nel, Ahul Fazely G. Thomas, Trea- 
 ties, ^-c.) 
 
 Alvar. — A town in the province 
 of Agra, district of Alvar, being the 
 capital and stronghold of Row Rajah 
 Butchawer Singh, the Machcrry Ra- 
 jah. It is situated about 77 miles 
 is. S. W. from Delhi, and 84 N. W. 
 from Agra. Lat. 27°. 41'. N. Lojig. 
 76°. 40'. E. 
 
 Alvarcoil. — A town in tlie dis- 
 trict of I'innevelly, 70 miles N. li. 
 from Cape Comorin. Lat. 8°. 50'. 
 N. Long. 78°. 2'. E. 
 
 Alyuhuk, {AUghar). — A fortified 
 town in the province of Delhi, 7G 
 miles S. S. E. from the city of Delhi. 
 Lat. 28°. N. Long. 78°. 10'. E. This 
 is a place of great antiquity, being 
 ineutioned as a Hindoo fortress so 
 
 early as A. D. 1193, under the name 
 of Kole. 
 
 1'his fortress, one of the strongest 
 in Ilindostan, was stormed, in 1803, 
 by the army under General Lake, and 
 taken, after a most obstinate resist- 
 ance, by which the assailants suffered 
 a very severe loss. It was then one 
 of Dowlet Row Siiidia's principal 
 depots of military stores, the whole 
 of which fell into the possession of 
 the captors. 
 
 It is now the head-quarters of a dis- 
 trict, to which a civil establishment 
 has been appointed, for the adminis- 
 tratiou of justice and collection of 
 the revenue, subordinate to the Ba- 
 reily division of the court of circuit 
 and appeal. 
 
 Alymohun. — A town in the Ma- 
 haratta territories, in the province of 
 Giijrat, 66 miles N. E. from Broach. 
 Lat. 22°. 7'. N. Long. 74°. 2'. E. 
 
 Amarawati. — A small river in the 
 provhice of Coimbetoor, which flow s 
 pasttlie town and fortress of Caroor, 
 on whicli account it is usually termed 
 the Caroor River- After a short 
 course it joins the Cavcry about 10 
 miles below Caroor. 
 
 Ambah GnAur — A pass from the 
 Concaii province on the west coast 
 of India, up the v estern Ghauts, or 
 chain of mountains to the interior. 
 Lat. 17°. 5'. N. Long. 73°. 40'. E- 
 
 The mountains here rise to a stu- 
 pendous height, and are ascended 
 by a road which winds irregidarly 
 up, the extreme steepness rendering 
 an}' other mode of ascent impractica- 
 ble. The acclivities of this range of 
 mountains arewell covered with trees 
 and underwood, which furnish shel- 
 ter to tigers, and other w ild animals. 
 From the summit of the pass a sub- 
 lime inospect of the lower country 
 is presented, Avhich throughout ap- 
 pears hilly and mountainous, but 
 from then- very great height no towns 
 or minute objects are discernible. 
 Beyond the top of the pass are hills 
 still higher, from w Inch the sea is vi- 
 sible to the westward, but to the 
 eastward a continuation of still higher 
 hills appears. (Mocn", ^c.) 
 
24 
 
 AMBOOR. 
 
 Amp.aHLAH, (AynhaJm/a). — A towft 
 in the pro\ince ol' Delhi, 126 miles 
 N. by W, Iroin the city of Delhi, and 
 fceloH^itif? to Sei'- eliicfs. Lat. 30°. 
 21'. N. Long. 76°. 1?'. E. 
 
 This is a walled town, with a larg^c 
 citadel. The former is extensive and 
 populous. The houses arc mostly 
 built of burnt bricks, ^mtthc streets 
 are so narrow as scarcely to allow 
 room for an elephant to pass. In 
 1808 all the count3y between Am- 
 bahlah and Muiara was subject to 
 PeaCour.aiid Koop Cour,the widoM s 
 of Goor Buksh Singh, and hni Sinjijb 
 the deceased Zemindars of those dis- 
 tricts. They could brinjj into the 
 field between? and 8000fightin<? men, 
 cavalry and infantry, (llth Reg.^-c.) 
 
 Ambeh, {or Ambecr)- — A town in 
 the province of Ajmecr, district of 
 Jyenagur, or Jeypoor, of which it v\ as 
 formerly the capital, until Miiza Ra- 
 jah Jeysing, in the reign of Aureng- 
 zebe, built a new city named Jeypoor, 
 since when the rajahship has taken 
 that name also. Lat. '26° 58'. N. 
 Long. 75°. 53'. E. 
 
 The state of Ambcer, now Jyena- 
 gur, or Jeypoor, is said to have existed 
 for the space of 1100 years. Jeysingli, 
 or Jayasinlia, succeeded to the in- 
 heritance of the ancient Kajahs of 
 Amber, in the year of Vicramaditya 
 1750, corresponding to A. D. 1693. 
 His mind was early stored with the 
 knowledge contained in the Hindoo 
 writings, but he appears peculiarly 
 to have attached himself to the ma- 
 thematical sciences, and his reputa- 
 tion was so great, that he was chosen 
 by the Emperor Mahommed Shah 
 to retbrm the calendar. He finished 
 his tables in tijc year 1728. {Himter, 
 Franklin, ^t.) 
 
 Amuloo. — A small island in the 
 eastern seas, about 1.5 miles in cir- 
 cntj)ference,siluated at the s<mth-east 
 extremity of Buoro. Lat. 3°. 55'. S. 
 Long- 127°. E. 
 
 I'ins island is but thinly inhabited, 
 being much iiilested by the depreda- 
 tions of the mop-headed Papuas 
 from New Guinea, who, in the year 
 1765, pluudcrcd it, aud carried oS 
 
 many of the inhabitants. Very fine 
 shells are found on the shores of this 
 island. {Stavorimis, Songainvllle, i"c.) 
 
 Amboor. — A town in the Arcot 
 district, 108 miles W. S. W. from 
 Madras. Lat. 12°. 51'. N. Long. 
 78°. 50'. E. 
 
 'J'he Amboor district is comprised 
 within a range of surrounding hills of 
 a moderate licight : the Kiver Palar 
 declining from its apparent southerly 
 direction, enters this district about 
 three miles from the eastward, and 
 washes the Amboor pettah, distant 
 three miles to the southward of the 
 fort The skirts of the hills are co- 
 vered with palmira and date trees, 
 from the produce of which a consi- 
 derable quantity of coarse sugar is 
 made. This tract is fertilized by 
 numerous rills of water, conducted 
 from the river along the margin of 
 the heights, as a supply to the rice 
 fields, the tobacco, cocoa nut, and 
 mango plantations. In the hot sea- 
 son, in the low country, the ther- 
 mometer, under the cover of a tent, 
 rises to 100°, and exposed to the rays 
 of the sun to 120°. 
 
 The village of Amboor is tieat and 
 regularly built, its inhabitants are in- 
 dustrious, and make a considerable 
 quantity of castor oil, which they 
 export. 
 
 On the left side of it is a lofty iso- 
 lated mountain, on which formerly 
 stood a fort, almost impregnable by 
 nature. The upper works have been 
 destroyed since it came into the pos- 
 session of the Briti.sh, and the lower 
 is a place of confmement for male- 
 factors. The plain on the top is 
 sufficiently large to have rendered its 
 cultivation au object of importance, 
 and on it are two tanks, near to where 
 the barracks formerly stood. The 
 view from it is noble and extensive, 
 uiid the air cool in comparison with 
 w hat it is below. 
 
 This district suffered greatly dur- 
 ing Hyder's different invasions of 
 what we call the Carnatic, frojn which 
 it lias not yet altogether rccoveredi 
 Near Amboor the Earramahal ends, 
 and the territories of Aicot com- 
 
AMBOYNA. 
 
 25 
 
 mence. {Martitie, Salt, F. Bucha- 
 nan, Sfc.) 
 
 Amkoyna, (Anihim). — An island in 
 tlic eastern seas, lyiuR" oli the S- W. 
 coast of the island of Ceraai. Lat. 
 3°. 40'. S. Long. 128° 15'. E. In 
 length it may be estimated at 32 
 miles, by 10 the avin-age breadth. 
 The name is a ]\lalay Avord, sigriity- 
 ing dew. 
 
 On the S. W. it is indented by a 
 deep bay, by which it is divided into 
 two limbs, or peninsulas, connected 
 together by a very narrow islhnnis. 
 Both of these are mountainons, and 
 almost overgrown with trees and un- 
 derwood ; between which, at intervals, 
 some clove trees are planted and cul- 
 tivated by the Amboynese. The soil 
 is mostly a reddish clay ; but in the 
 vallies, where there are no rocks, it 
 is darker coloured, and mixed with 
 sand. Many of the hills yield brim- 
 stone, with which their surface is in- 
 crustatcd. 
 
 Auiboyna produces all the common 
 tropical fruits and vegetables, and 
 likewise the cajeput tree, from the 
 leaves of which the hot and strong 
 oil, called cajepnt oil, is distilled. 
 The clove bark tree, or Laurus sas- 
 safras, and the teak tree, are also 
 found here, lint the latter in small 
 quantities, timber lor building being 
 imported from Java. Altliough the 
 quantity is not great, the varieties of 
 Moods are intinite. Valentyn enu- 
 merates dilferent species of the ebony 
 tree, the iron tree, the casnarina, the 
 wild clove tree, the samarua tree, 
 which is a bastard sort of teak, and 
 the nani tree, wluch the Chinese use 
 for anchors and mdders. He also 
 mentions that, in 1682, Rumphius, 
 (the author of the Hortus Amboi- 
 nensis) had a cabinet inlaid with 400 
 choice and handsome woods, all pro- 
 duced in the islajid. which he present- 
 ed to Cosmo, the third Duke of Tus- 
 cany. 
 
 'I'he clove tree resembles a large 
 pear tree, from 20 to 40 feet high. 
 At nine years of age it yields cloves, 
 and continues bearing to about 100 
 years ; October aud November being 
 
 the usual period of the clove crop, 
 Avhen from two to three pounds are 
 generally procured from each trce= 
 Every Amboynese plants a clove tree 
 on the birth of a child, in order by a 
 rough calculation to know its age, 
 ajid these the Dutch dare not extir- 
 pate, for fear of an insurrection: the 
 nutmeg trees, however, they manag- 
 ed to destioy about 30 years ago, 
 considering the produce of Banda 
 sufficient. During the Dutch posses- 
 sion, two years crop of cloves fur- 
 nished the cargoes of three ships, and 
 the total annual produce exceeded 
 650.000 libs. 
 
 Indigo, of a superior qualitj', is 
 produced in Amboyna, but not in 
 large quantities. The sago tree is 
 found in abundance, and is a prin- 
 cipal article of food used by the in- 
 habitants ; an ordinary tree, from its 
 twelfth to the twentieth year, when 
 cut down. Mill yield 350 libs of sago. 
 They are seven years of arriving at 
 full growth, and last about 30 
 years. 
 
 'J he woods of Ambo5na swarm 
 with deer and wild hogs, the Hesh of 
 which is used by the native fresh, 
 salted, and dried. The domestic ani- 
 mals arc buffaloes, cows, horses, 
 .sheep, goats, and hogs. The last 
 only are natives of the country, the 
 others having been brought hither 
 by the Portuguese and Dutch from 
 Java, Celebes, and the south western 
 isles, 'i'here are no beasts of prey 
 on the island, but plenty of snakes. 
 
 Tlie monsoons are exactly the con- 
 trai-y here to what they are along 
 the islands of Java, Borneo, Bali, 
 Lumbhook, and Sumbhava. Wlion 
 at these islands the fine season pre- 
 vails, it is the reverse at Amboyna, 
 Ceram, Bauda, the east coast of Ce- 
 lebes, and the adjacent seas. ITie 
 diflerence appears to commence to 
 the eastward of the Straits of SalayT, 
 which are about longitude 120°. 30'. 
 E. The cuiTcnts are not regular at 
 Amboyna, neither has the moon any 
 constant or equal influence on the 
 tides ; high and low water some- 
 times occur oucc, aud soiuetimes 
 4 
 
26 
 
 AMBOYNA. 
 
 twice, in 24 hours, tlie rise being 
 I'rom six to nine feet. 
 
 p'ort Victoria is situated on tlie 
 soutli-east side ofthc island, and is an 
 iiTe<ciilar hexagon, with a ditch and 
 roveixd way on the land side, and 
 a liorn-worlc towards t)ie sea; but 
 it is commanded by Imo heights 
 wi*hin 700 and 1200 yards distance, 
 the difiienltv of anchoring in tlie bay 
 constituting the chief strength of 
 the island. 
 
 The town of Amboyna is clean, 
 neatly and regularly built, and is 
 well sup[ilied with water. Tlie west 
 end of tlK; town is inhabited by Chi- 
 ucse, and the south end by Eiu-ope- 
 ans, near to which is the tomb of 
 Rarapliins. On account of the fre- 
 quency of earthquukes, the height of 
 the houses seldom exceeds one 
 i^lory. The medium heat is from 
 80°. to 82°. of Fahrenheit, and the 
 severest cold about 72°. 
 
 The inhabitants of Amboyna arc, 
 •the Aboiigincs, or Horaforas, the 
 Amboyuese, the Emopeans, and the 
 Chinese ; but of the first there are 
 now very few remaining. Tlie Am- 
 boyuese were converted to the Ma- 
 honiinedau religion about A. T>. 
 1515 ; the Portuguese afterwards 
 converted a number of them to the 
 Roman Catliolic religion, and the 
 Dutch to the Calvinistic religion, 
 but the greater proportion arc still 
 Mabommedans. The principal Am- 
 boyuese Christians still bear Portu- 
 guese names, but their number is not 
 great. The Chinese on Amboyna are 
 not so numerous in proportion as 
 on the other islands, yet they are the 
 only strangers the Dutch permitted 
 to settle here. They keep shops, 
 sell provisions, and intermarry with 
 each other. 
 
 '\\ hen I'rancis Xavicr, the cele- 
 brated Jesuit missionary was at Am- 
 boyna, in 1.046, he observed the in- 
 habitants then begitming to learn to 
 write from the Arabians. The inha- 
 bitants at present speak the Malay 
 language. This island was diseo- 
 \ered by the Portuguese about A.D. 
 Idld, but was not taken possession 
 
 of until 1564, and was conquered 
 from them by the Dutch about 1607. 
 In 1615, the English East India Com- 
 pany's agents obtained possession of 
 Cambello Castle, through the friend- 
 ship of the natives, but were soon 
 compelled to abandon it, being at- 
 tacked by the Dutch with a superior 
 force. They still, however, conti- 
 nued to have a factory on Aniboyart 
 until February, 1622, when the Dutch 
 governor, Herman Van Speult, seized 
 and tortured all the individuals be- 
 longing to tlic English factory, and 
 afterwards executed them. They 
 consisted of Captain Towerson, nine 
 English factors, nine Japanese (pro- 
 bably Javanese), and one Portuguese 
 sailor. Yet was this most atrocious 
 villain promoted by the Dutch East 
 India Com])any, in whose service 
 he died during an expedition up the 
 lied Sea. 
 
 Under the subsequent Dntch go- 
 vernment, the province of Amboy- 
 na comprehended 11 islands, viz. 
 Amboyna, Ceram, Eouro, Ambloo, 
 Manipa, Kelang, Bona, Ceram Laut, 
 Noussa Laut,Conimoa or Sapparooa, 
 and Oma or Haroeha. 'Ihey dis- 
 couraged the cultivation of rice, irt 
 order to render Amboyna more de- 
 pendent on Java, the original inha- 
 bitants subsisting on fish and sago. 
 In 1777 the Dutch public establish- 
 ment here consisted of 52 persons 
 in civil eiuploynients, three clergj- 
 men, 28 surgeons, 46 artillerymen, 
 174 s( amen and marines, 657 soldiers, 
 and 111 mechanics ; in all 1071 per- 
 sons, denominated Europeans. In 
 1779 the charges of Amboyna were 
 201,082f. and ihc whole revenues, 
 including the profit on the sale of 
 goods, amountt.d to no more than 
 48,747r. leaving a balance against 
 the Dutch East India Company of 
 152,335f. or about 13,3501. sterling 
 ammally. 
 
 The Dutch here followed the same 
 intemperate and destructive mode of 
 life as at Batavia. Stavoiinus, their 
 countryman, says, that 10 or 12 
 drams of arrack, or Geneva, was no 
 viitcounnon whet at Amboyna. Thtj 
 
AMRAN. 
 
 27 
 
 Dutch Company's servants usually 
 married women born in the conntry, 
 who beins; accnstonicil to the Malay 
 tonpriie from their inrnncy, spoke 
 Dutch witli ovtremc dilficulty and 
 reluctance, M'hich,co!iioiiied with the 
 natural taciturnity of the men, re- 
 duced the conversation to Jiearly a 
 simple negative and affirmative. 
 
 L'nder the Dutch p;oYernment this 
 island continued until 1796, when it 
 was captured by the British, and 
 515,940lbs. of cloves found in the 
 warehouses. At tliis period it was 
 found to contain 45,252 inhabitants, 
 of Avhom 17,813 were Protestants, 
 and the rest Mahommedans, except 
 a f( w Chinese and slaves. It was 
 restored to the Dutch at the peace 
 of Amiens, and was a£:ain recaptured 
 in February, 1810,' by a handful of 
 jnen, after a most feeble resistance. 
 
 In 1810-11 the imports to Ben-al 
 from Amboyna were cordajfe and 
 cables, 6000 Ks. timber and planks, 
 465 Rs,— Total 6465 rupees. The 
 exports from Bcnjiato Amboyna 
 consisted of piece j;oods, 125.437; 
 opium, 99,475; Madeira wine, 11, 060, 
 and some other sntallcr articles of 
 consumption ; the total amounting- 
 to 2,73,191 sicca rupees. Goods 
 were also received from Madras and 
 other parts of British India, but of 
 which we have not any detail. {Sca- 
 vorimts and Notes, Lahillardiere, 2 
 lieg. Bruce, Marsden, bth Report, 
 
 Ambong. — A large and commo- 
 dious liarbour on the north-west 
 coast of Borneo, having: u,"ood depth 
 of water, with a but ton-like island 
 in the centre. Shi[)s, keeping this 
 island on the right hand side, will 
 come into a fine harbour on the south 
 side, close to some salt houses. Lat. 
 ti°. 14'. N. Long. 110°. 25'. E. 
 
 Amerkote, (Amarahata, the Fort 
 of the Immortals.) — A town in the 
 province of Sinde, situated about 30 
 miles east from the river Indus. Lat. 
 26°. 23'. N. Long. 70°. 24'. E. 
 
 This place was formerly an inde- 
 pendent principality, held by the 
 Jada Rapootsj but, standing on the 
 
 confines of Joudpoor and Sinde, it 
 .soon became an object of contention 
 between these two states, and, at 
 present, acknowledges the autiiority 
 of the Kajali of Joudpoor. The 
 surrounding country is so arid and 
 sterile, tiiat Amcrko<(; does not de- 
 rive suflicient land revenue to sup- 
 port a small local military corps, al- 
 though situated in the vicinity of 
 many martial and predatory tribes. 
 Taxes on travellers and inenhandize 
 arc the only sources from which any 
 revenue is procined, there being 
 scarcely any agriculture. In the neigh- 
 bourhood of this place stands the 
 principal fortress belonging to Meer 
 Ciholaum Ali, the chief amccr of 
 Sinde, in which his treasures are 
 supposed to be deposited. It is si- 
 tuated on a hill in the desert, no 
 water being found within four stages 
 of it ; but the fortress contains ex- 
 cellent wells. 
 
 The Emperor Iltimayoon, after 
 his expulsion from Hindostan by 
 Shcre iSh;ili the Patan, in his ex- 
 treme distress fled to the Rajah of 
 Amerkote, in the desert, and was 
 liospitably received. Here the Em- 
 peror Acber was born, A. D. 1541. 
 {jyiacmurdo, Kenneir, Maurice, MS, 
 f>-c.) 
 
 Ammerpoor. (Amarapnra). — A 
 town in northern Hindostan, district 
 of Mocwanpoor, situated on the 
 north-west side of the Bagmutty 
 river, 10 miles E. from the town of 
 Mocwanpoor. Lat. 27°. 31'. N. Long, 
 S2°. 20'. With the rest of the district 
 it is subject to the Gockhali Rajali 
 of Nepaul. 
 
 Ampora. — A town in the aiaha- 
 ratta tcmtories, in the provisice of 
 Kandesh, situated on the north side 
 of tlie Tuptee, 15 miles S.W, from 
 Boorham])0or. Lat. 31°. 34'. N. Long. 
 70°. 11'. E. 
 
 A M R A N. — A town and fort rcss, wi th 
 a district adjacent, situated in the 
 Gujrat peninsula. Lat. 22°. 35'. N. 
 Long. 70°. 35'. E. 
 
 The fort here is small and square, 
 with angular bastioiis, and a s(juiifc 
 towc;^- in each curtain. The town 
 
2S 
 
 AMRETSIR. 
 
 is disfjnct from the fort, ami situated 
 on a iisin<^ t?rotTud to the nortlnvard, 
 aiiont the distance of a musket shot, 
 'i'lic adjacent fields are uinch <;overed 
 Avith a speeies of wild balm or mint, 
 and the seiisilric j;lant is perceived 
 growins spontiineously. Tiie soil is 
 a mixture ol" liglit sand and clay, 
 and is reckoned very productive. 
 
 "^rhe district of Amrau originally 
 belonged to the family of Noanagur, 
 but was ceded by Jam, the chieftain 
 of that place, to the family of Khow- 
 as, along with the two neighbouring 
 districts of IJalumba and Juria. ]\Ie- 
 roo Kho-\vas, tho founder of the fa- 
 mily, was the slave of a neighbour- 
 ing chieftain, a)id afterwards became 
 theminisler of tlie Jam of Noanagur. 
 When the father of the present rajah 
 died, he conlin^d the young heir, and 
 received the above three districts as 
 the price of his liberty. 
 
 Amrau is at present subject to 
 Hirjce Kh(»was, and has 10 or 15 
 villages sidycct to it, which yield a 
 revenue of about 15,000rupecs. Near 
 to one ol them is a monument erected 
 to connnemorate a traga, committed 
 in 1807 by a Hajghur Brahmin. To 
 deter his superior, Hirjee Khowas, 
 from depriving him of some lands 
 in the vicinity, he led his mother 
 to the gate of Amran, and there cut 
 off hot h<.'ad, which had the desired 
 effect. Instances of this sort are fre- 
 quent in (Jnjrat; and, on most oc- 
 casi(ms, Oic victim, whether male or 
 lemale, not only consents to, but 
 glories in, tlie death inflicted. Tho 
 person who is, in many eases, tho 
 innocent cause of the catastrophe, 
 is considered by the Bralnninieal 
 rode as dannied fur <ver ; while the 
 wretch who, for his own profit, pre- 
 petratcs the muriler, is not only held 
 iunoccnt by his fellow citizens, but 
 Fullefs no pang either of heart or 
 cons«cien( e. (iW]\fur(!o,\-c.) 
 
 Amkz l'siH,( A mrituSftrax, the Foun- 
 tain of NiT(ar). — A town in the pro- 
 vince of l;ah(ire, 40 milts S. l). from 
 the citv ofi.aliore, and the ca]iital of 
 the Seik iialion. Lat. 31°. 3i'. N. 
 Long. 7-1°. 2o'. 11 
 
 Tins is an oprii town about eight 
 miles in eireumlcrence. The streets 
 are narrow ; the houses, in general, 
 good, being loffy and buiit of burned 
 bricks, but fhe apartnuuits are con- 
 lined. Amretsir is the grand em- 
 poi iiuii of trade ibr the shawls and 
 saffron of Cashmere, and a variety 
 of other commodities from the Dec- 
 can and eastern j)art of India. The 
 rajah levies an excise on all the mer- 
 chandize sold in the town according 
 to its value. Themaiuii'actures of the 
 place are only a tew coarse cloths 
 and inferior silks. Frojn being the re- 
 sort of many rich merchants, and the 
 residence of bankers, Amretsir is 
 considered as a place of opulence. 
 'I'iie Seik rajah lias buiit a nev/ fort, 
 v^ liich he has named alter himself, 
 Kunjeet Ghur, • and lie lias also 
 brought a narrow canal from the lla- 
 A'ec, a distance of 3-i miles. 
 
 Annetsir, or th«* j>ool of immor- 
 tality, from which the town takes 
 its name, is a basin of about 135 
 pacos stjuare, built of burnt bricks; 
 in the centre of which stands a tem- 
 ple, dedicated to GooroGovind Singh, 
 In this sacred place is lodged, under 
 a silken canopy, the book of laws, 
 written by that Gooroo. There are 
 from five to 600 akalics, or priests, 
 belonging to this temple, who are 
 supported by contributions. 
 
 When AInned Shah iMwlalli came 
 to Amretsir, he erased their temple 
 twice, and killed cows, and threw 
 them into the water to defile it. I'he 
 rajah has a uunt here, at m Inch dif-^ 
 ferent coins are struck in the name 
 of their greatest saint, Eaba Nanoc 
 Shah. 'J'he names of their teu saints 
 are, Eaha Nanoc Shah, Amerdass, 
 Gooroo Arjoon Shah, Gooro Tegh 
 IJahadur, Gooroo Angut, Gooroo 
 Kamdass, Gooroo Hurgovind, Goo-; 
 roo liurkrishua, Gooroo Govind 
 Singh. ■, 
 
 (lood camels are to be purchased 
 Ik re at about .50 rnju^es each. Ihey 
 are brought down, A\ifh rock salt, 
 liom a mine al)Out 80 miles north of 
 Lahore. Stri\igs of COO are seen oa 
 the road, Avilh a large lump, rp- 
 
ANDAMAN'S . 
 
 29 
 
 sembling a block of iiinvrought mar- 
 ble, sUuif^ on eiich siilc. 
 
 Some Scik autlumtirs asoril)0 the 
 ftmiMlalion of Aiuielsir to Gooioo 
 Hum Dass, (who died A.D. 1581,) 
 ■\\hirh is not correct, as it was a very 
 ancient tuwii, known I'oruierly nndcr 
 tiie name of Chak. Cooroo l{ani 
 Dass added much to its po[iuh>tion, 
 and bnilt the famous reser^oir or 
 tank, named Amretsir, which, in the 
 course of time, became the name 
 of Ihe town, it liaviiip; h( en i'ur some 
 time called Ramdasspoor. {Malcolm, 
 llth liesr. Sr.) 
 
 Amsterdam. — A small island, lying 
 oil" the iiorth-w csteru extremity of the 
 Island of Ceyioji, and attached to the 
 district of Jafnapatnam, from which 
 it is se))arated by a narrow strait. It 
 is about live miles in Icni^th, by two 
 in breadth, and alfords excellent 
 pasturage for rearing horses and cat- 
 tle. (Percii-al, i^c.) 
 
 Anak iSuNGKi. — A district in the 
 Island of Sumatra, extending; along 
 tlie sea coast, oi\ the southwest side, 
 from Manjuta River to that of Lrei. 
 
 The chief bears the title of Siiltan ; 
 and his capital, if such a place de- 
 serves the appellation, is i\Io( omoto. 
 Although the government is ]May- 
 luyan, and the ministers of the sultau 
 are termed Mantri, (a little borrowed 
 from the Hindoos) the greatest part 
 of the district is inhabited by the 
 original country people. This state 
 became independent about 1695, iu 
 consequence of a revubition iu the 
 government of Indrapoor. {Mars- 
 den, Vc) 
 
 A NAM. — A town in the Nabob of 
 Oude's territories, distiict of Luck- 
 i\o\\., 35 miles \\ . S. VV. from Luek- 
 iiow, Lat. 26°. 32'. N. Long. 80°^ 
 29'. E. 
 
 Anambas. (North) — A cluster of 
 very small islands in the China Sea, 
 Lat. 3°. 3t/. N. Long. 106°. 20'. £. 
 
 AwMBAs. (Middle) — A cluster of 
 islands in the China Sea, the largcs.t 
 uf which may be estimated at 20 
 miles in circumference. They are 
 .situated about Lat. 3°. N, Loiig. 
 106'^. 50'. L. 
 
 Anamras. (South^,— a cluster of 
 very small islands iu xhv China Sea, 
 situated about Lat. 2°. 20'. N. Long. 
 106°. 25'. E. 
 
 Anamsagur. — a town in the ni- 
 zam's dominions, district of MtKidgul, 
 20 miles N. W. from the town of 
 IVIoodirul. Lat. 1G°. Vi'. N. Long. 
 76°. 32'. N. 
 
 Anantapooram, (Anantapurd). — 
 A town in the Balaghant ceded t<r- 
 ritory, district of A\ andicotta, 63 
 miles E. N. E. from Cuddapah, Lat. 
 14°. 41'. N. Long. 76°. 6'. E. British. 
 
 AxANTPOOU, {Aiiandapnra). — A 
 town iu the Balaghau : ceded territo- 
 ry, district of Wandicotta, 55 miles 
 S. E. from Bellar y. Lat. 14° 4:1'. N . 
 Long. 77°. 40'. E. 
 
 Andamans. — ^The Andaman islands 
 are a continuation of tin; Archipfla.- 
 go, iu the Bay of Bengal, which ex- 
 tends liom Cape Negrais to Acheeu 
 Head, stretching fnmi 10°. 32'. N. to 
 13°. 40'. N. \\ hat has been consi- 
 dered as the gi'cat Andaman is the 
 most northern, about 140 miles ia 
 length, and 20 iu br(\'idth. This 
 island is, however, divided by two 
 very narrow straits, whidi have a 
 clear passage into tlicBay ofBengaU 
 and in fact divides it into three 
 isliuids: tiie little Andaman is thy 
 most southerly, and lies wiliiin 30 
 leagues of the Carnicobar Island. Its 
 length is 28 miles l>y 17 izi breadth, 
 but it does not afford any harbour, 
 although tolerable anchorage is found 
 near its shores. Situated in the full 
 sweep of the south-west moiisooii, 
 and the clouds being obstructed by 
 high mountains, these islands, for 
 eight months of the year, are washed 
 by incessant torrents. Upon the 
 whole the climate is rather milder 
 than in Bengal. The tides arc regu- 
 lar,tlje Hoods setting iu from the west, 
 and rising eight feet at the springs. 
 The variation of the needle is 2°. 30'. 
 easterly. 
 
 In the centre of the large Anda- 
 man is a high mountain, named Sad- 
 dlepcak, about 2400 feet high. 'I'here 
 are no rivers of any considerable 
 size. The most conmiou trees are 
 
30 
 
 ANDAMAN'S. 
 
 Ihepoon, dammcr, and oil trees; rod 
 wood, ebony, tlic cotton tree, and 
 the almo.d tree; sooudry, ehiiigry, 
 and beady; the Alexandrian lainel, 
 poplar, a tree rescinbUng satiti wood ; 
 bamboos, eatch, the nit.liori, aloes, 
 ground rattans, and a variety of 
 shrubs. IMany of the trees afford 
 timbers and planks fit for the con- 
 struetion of sliips, and others might 
 answer for masts. 
 
 The birds seen in the woods are 
 pis^eoiis, crows, parroquets, king 
 fishers, ciulews, fish hawks, fowls. 
 Tliere are a great variety offish, such 
 as mullet, soles, ponifret, rock fish, 
 skate, gurnas, sardinas, roeballs, sa- 
 ble, shad, aloose, cocknp, grobers, 
 seeifish, ])rawns, shrimps, eray lish, 
 a species of whale, and sharks of an 
 enormous size. During the preva- 
 lence of the north-east monsoon, fish 
 are caught in great abnndarice, but 
 in the tempestuous season they are 
 piocnred with diflicnlty. There are 
 many sorts of shell fish, and in some 
 places oysters of an excellent qnalitJ^ 
 A few diminutive swine are found 
 on the skirts of the forest ; bnt these 
 «re very scarce, and probably the 
 progeny of a stock left by former na- 
 vigators. Although the ordinary 
 food of theAndamancrsbe fish, they 
 eat likewise lizards, guanas, rats, 
 and snakes. Within the caverns 
 autl recesses is found the edible bird 
 liests, so highly prized by the C hi- 
 nese, and the shures abound with a 
 variety of beautiful shells, gorgonias, 
 madn poras, murex, and cowries. 
 
 'J he veg< fable productions arc 
 very lew, tJio fruit of the mangrove 
 being the principal. As the natives 
 possess no pot or vessel, that can 
 bear the action of fire, they cannot 
 deiive much advantage from such 
 esculents as the forests may contain; 
 and nnhappily for the Andamaners, 
 the cocoa nut, which thrives so well 
 attlie Nicobar Islands, close in their 
 "vicinity, is not to be found here. 
 
 The first settlement of the English 
 ■was made in the year 1791, near the 
 southern extremity of the island, 
 which was aitcrwards removed, Lu 
 
 1793, to Port Cornwallis. A riiore 
 picturesque or romantic view can 
 scarcely be imagined, than that which 
 Chatham Island and Cornwallis Har- 
 bour present: being laud-locked oa 
 all sides, nothing is to be seen but an 
 extensive sheet of water, reseinbhng 
 a vast lake, interspersed with small 
 islands, and surrounded by lofty 
 mountains covered with trees, Tlic 
 original object of the undertaking 
 was to procure a commodious har- 
 bour on the east side of the bay, to 
 receive and shelter ships of war dur- 
 ing the continuance of the north-east 
 monsoon. It was also intended as 
 a place of reception for convicts sen- 
 tenced to transportation from Ben- 
 gal; but the settlement proving ex- 
 tremely unhealthy, it has been aban- 
 doned, and the convicts arc now scut 
 to Frincc of Wales Island. 
 
 The Audamans, together \nth tlie 
 Nicobars and lesser islands, were in- 
 cluded by Ptolemy in the general 
 appellation of Insulae bonaeFortuiue, 
 and supposed to be inhabited by a 
 race of Anthropophagi, a description 
 which the barbarity of the modern 
 Andamaners perhaps justifies, as far 
 as refers to them, lor the inhabitants 
 of the Nicolars are a very dill'erent 
 race. 
 
 The population of the great Anda- 
 man, and all its dependencies, docs 
 not exceed 2000, or 2500 souls: these 
 aie dispersed, in small societies, along 
 the coast, or on the lesser islands 
 within the harbour, never penetrating 
 deeper into the interior than the 
 skirts of the forest. Their sole occu- 
 pation seems to be that of climbing 
 rocks, or roving along the margin of 
 the s(;a in quest of a precariuus meal 
 of fish, which, during the tempestu- 
 ous season, tJiey often se(>k in vain. 
 
 It is an object of much curiosity to 
 discover the orighi of a race of people 
 so widely difi'eriiig, not only from all 
 the inhabitants of the iieiglibouring 
 conliucnt, but also from those of the 
 Nicouur Islands, which :ue so near: 
 hitherto, however, the inquiiies of 
 travellers have produced no salislUc- 
 tory couclusiou. lu staltue the A»« 
 
ANIMALAYA. 
 
 31 
 
 daniancrs seldom exceed five feet; 
 their limbs arc dis[)iO(>c)iti()iiately 
 sli'udor; thi-ir bellies j>iotul)craiit, 
 w ith high shoulders and larajc heads; 
 and they appear to be a de;;"eiierale 
 rae,e of negroes, with woolly hair, Hat 
 noses, and thick lips: their eyes arc 
 small and red, their skin of a de<'p 
 sooty black, while their countenances 
 exhibit the extreme of wrctelicdness, 
 a horrid mixture of famine and fero- 
 city. They go quite naked, and arc 
 insensible to any shame from expo- 
 sure. 
 
 The few implements tliey use are 
 of the nidest texture. Their jirinei- 
 pal weapon is a bow, fnun four to 
 five feet long; the string made of the 
 fibres of a tree, or a slip of bamboo, 
 with .arrows of reed, headed with 
 fish bone, or wood hardened in the 
 fire. Besides this, they carry a spear 
 of heavy w^)od, sliarp pointed, and h 
 shield made of bark. Tiiey shoot 
 and spear fish with great dexterity, 
 and are said also to use a small hand 
 net, made of the filaments of bark. 
 Having kindled a fire, they throw the 
 fish on the coals, and devour it half 
 broiled. 
 
 Their habitations display little 
 more ingenuity than the dens of wild 
 beasts. Four sticks fixed in the 
 ground are bound at the top, and 
 fastened transversely by others, to 
 which branches of trees are suspend- 
 ed: an opening just large enough to 
 admit of entrance is left on one side, 
 and their bed is composed of leaves. 
 Being much incommoded by insects, 
 their first occupation of a morning is, 
 to plaister their bodies all over with 
 mud, which ha.rdeni ng in the sun, 
 lorms an impenetrable armour. Their 
 woolly heads they paint with red 
 ochre and water, ajid when thus 
 completely dressed, a more hideous 
 appearance is not tobc foimd in the 
 human form. Their salutation is 
 performed by lifting up one leg, and 
 smacking with thcii- hand the lower 
 part of the tliigh. 
 
 Their canoes arc hollowed out of 
 the trunksoftiees, by fire anduistiu- 
 m&Hts et stotte; haviug nv trou in 
 
 use among them but such as they ac- 
 cidentally procure from Europeans, 
 or from vessels wn'cked on their 
 coast. The men are cunning and re- 
 vengeful, and have a great hatred to 
 strangers : they have never made 
 any attempt to cultivate the land, 
 but subsist on what they can pick 
 up or kill. 
 
 'J'he language of the Andamaners 
 has not been discovered to posses.** 
 the sUghtest alfinity to any that is 
 spoken in India, or among the 
 islands. 
 
 rhey appear to express an ador.i- 
 tion to the sun, the mooji, and to 
 imaginary beings, the genii of the 
 woods, waters, and monnlaitis. In 
 storms Ihey apprehend the influence 
 of a malignant being, and deprecate 
 his wrath by chantiiig wild ehonis- 
 ses. Of a future it is not known 
 they have any idea, which possibly 
 arises from our imperfect means of 
 discovering their opinion. {Si/mes, 
 CuL Colehrooke, Si'c.) 
 
 Andapgorguk, {Antapnrghar), — 
 A town in the province ot Orissa, 
 district of Kunjeur, 60 miles v.est 
 from Balasore. Lat. 21°. 33'. N. 
 Long. 8G°. 20'. E. It is possess<:d by 
 independent Zemindars. 
 
 Andeah. — -A town in the province 
 of Malwah, district of liaisseen, 22 
 miles E. from Bilsah, and witliin tho 
 tenitories of the INlaharattas. Lat* 
 23°. 37'. N. Long. 7&°. 12'. E. 
 
 Angknweel. — A town in the 
 Peshwa's territories in the province 
 of Concan, 95 miles S. from Bombay. 
 Lat. 17°. 34'. N. Long. 72°. 55'. E. 
 
 AndicottA. — A town in the Ma- 
 Ldjar [)ro\iiice, 3S miles S. S. E. tiom 
 Calicut. Lut. 10°. 54'. N. Long. 
 7U°. b'. E. 
 
 Andhra. — Tlie ancient name of 
 pail of Telingana. 
 
 An I MALAYA, {or Elephant Hill, s» 
 tailed from the g-reat number of ele- 
 phants and hills in the neighbourhood). 
 —A town in the district of Coimbe- 
 toor, 20 miles S. E. from Palicaud- 
 cherry. Lat. 10°. 41'. N. Long. 77^-. 
 3'. 'rhis town contains 400 house.*, 
 and is situak'd oa the west .side of 
 
32 
 
 ANNAGOONDY. 
 
 tlie River Alima. It is a common 
 tlioroiip;ht"are between Malabar atid 
 the soutlicrn part of the Arcot domi- 
 nions, being placed opposite to the 
 wide passage, that is between the 
 southern end of the Ghauts of Karnata 
 and the hills that run north from Ca()e 
 Comorin. The Madura rajahs, for- 
 merly loids of tlie country, built a 
 tort close to the river, which having 
 fallen to ruins, the materials were re- 
 moved by the Mysore rajahs, and a 
 uew fort built at some distance to the 
 westward. The Animalaya poly- 
 t^ars are 1 2 in number. The gieater 
 part of the dry field in the ueiglibour- 
 hood is now over<;iownwilh woods, the 
 rountry having beenmuch devastated 
 by the Nairs. The exclusive privi- 
 lege of collecting drugs in the hills 
 south from Animalaya is liere rented 
 to a particular person. The elephants 
 are increasing in number, o\\itig to 
 tlieir not having been hunted for some 
 years past. 
 
 The forests are very extensive, and 
 contain abundance of teak and other 
 valuable timber, bnt unfortunately it 
 is too remote from water carriage, to 
 permit its exportation. (F. Buchanan, 
 
 Anjeoiva, (Adjaiha'pa). — A small 
 island, about one mile in circumfe- 
 rence, and two from the shore, lying 
 off the coast of Canara, 57 mibs S. 
 by E. from Gra. Lat. 14°. 4l'. N. 
 Long. 74°. E. 
 
 In 1662, Sir Abraham Sliipman, 
 when refused possession of Bombay 
 by the Portuguese, landed on tliis 
 island with his troops, amounting to 
 6()() men, where they continiu-d until 
 March, 1664-6'.j. During this inter- 
 val they lost, by sicknes.s, their com- 
 mander, and when removed to liom- 
 bay, the survivors of the whole mus- 
 tered only two ollicers and 119 rank 
 und file. {Bruce, ^c. St'c.) 
 
 Anjkngo, (Anjntenirn). — A town 
 and small fort, tlic residence of a 
 c,ommercial agent for the Company, 
 on the sea coast of Travancor, 7U 
 miles N. AV. from Cape Comorin. 
 Lat. 8°. 39'. N. Long. 7G°. 61'. E. 
 
 At a siiort distaiico Horn this place 
 
 lies Attinga, the residence of the 
 Queen of Travaaeor, a title always 
 given to the king's eldest sister. The 
 interior distiicts of the country are 
 inhabited by Hindoos ; whereas oil 
 tiie sea coa.st, the greater part of tlic 
 inhabitants are Chrislians and i\Ia- 
 homniedans. So far back as 1G94, 
 the English East India Company ob- 
 tained permission, from tiie Queen of 
 Attinga, to settle and fortify Ajengo, 
 from whence they expected to pro- 
 cure a large quantity of pepper and 
 cardamonis, the staple produce of 
 Travancor. I'he best coir cables on 
 the Malabar coast are made here, 
 and at Cochin, of the fibres of the 
 Laecadive cocoa nut. The exports 
 are pepper, coarse piece goods, coir, 
 and some drugs; the impwrts are of 
 very small amount. {Fra Paolo, 
 Bruce, Sit. ^-c.) 
 
 Anjekie.— A considerable village 
 halfway up the Straits of Sunda, ou 
 the Java shore, where ships may b« 
 convenient ly sn pplied witlnvater, and 
 every kind of refriishmcnt ; yet, bo- 
 cause this side of the strait is occa- 
 sionally subject to calms, which may 
 sometimes cause a delay of two or 
 three days, few of the outward-bound 
 China ships touch here, preferring 
 the Sumatran shore, where onlyMood 
 and water nrv procurable, and where 
 numbers of seamen yearly fall a sa- 
 crifice to Malay treatJicry, and totlie 
 unhealthiness of the place. Tlic 
 Dutch maintained a small garrison 
 hereto protect the inhabitants against 
 the Malays. At this place Colonel 
 Catchcart is interred, who died on 
 his May to China as ambassador, in 
 1785. 
 
 Annagoondy, {Anatrnndi). — This 
 is the Canara name for tiw famous 
 city of Bijaiiagur. Lat. 16°. 14'. N. 
 Long. 76°. 34'. E. It is situated ou 
 the north bank of the Toombuddra, 
 opposite to the city of AUputna, which 
 Uiune, as well as Annagoondy, is 
 sometimes understoodtoiu' hide both 
 cities. The name of Bijana^ur is still 
 retained by the Mahonnnedans. 
 
 After the conquest of Bi janagur by 
 the Mahommedaa princes of the 
 
AOR. 
 
 3S 
 
 Deccaii, ihe nominal rajahs were al- 
 lowed to retain Auiiagoondy, and 
 some other districts in Jaghire, for 
 several generations. Prior to 1749, 
 the Maharatta chiefs had imposed a 
 tribute on them, which Hyder in 
 1775 increased. In 1786 Tippoo en- 
 tered A imagoondy, expelled the rajah, 
 burned his palace and all his records, 
 and annexed the district to the go- 
 vernment lands. In 1790, the rajah 
 again seized the district, but was 
 driven out by Tippoo's general. Cum- 
 mer ud Deen Khan. In 179fJ, he 
 ugain made himself master of the 
 eomitry, and did not submit until the 
 British army approached. Pnrneah, 
 the Dewan of tlie INIysore, took the 
 management of the country from him, 
 and gave him a monthly allowance of 
 2008 rupees, Avhicli was reduced to 
 1500, when Annagoondy was made 
 over to the nizam, and it is now con- 
 tinued at tliat rate by the British go- 
 vernment. The present rajah is a 
 man of mean capacity, but little re- 
 moved from idiotism. (Munio, Ren- 
 nel, Moor, i^c.) 
 
 Anontpoor, {Armntapura). —A 
 small town in the Rajah of ]\1} sore's 
 teiTitories, district of Bcdnore. Lat. 
 14°. N. Long. 75°. 22'. E. 
 
 Anopshehkk, {Aiiupa S/if/icr). — A 
 town in the province of Delhi, district 
 of Bareily, 70 miles S. E. from Delhi, 
 situated on the west bank of the 
 Ganges. Lat. 2b°. 21'. Long. 78°. 13'. 
 
 On the south, this town is del'eud- 
 od by a large brick fort, erected chiefly 
 against the attacks of cavalry, as it 
 had no battery of cannon, but there 
 are loop-holes for bows and arrows. 
 From this citadel there is a coni- 
 manding view of the Avhole country, 
 and the Ganges winding thi-ough it 
 for many miles. About the end of 
 December this river is reduced to a 
 very small breadth, but its stream is 
 pure and clear. 'J'he w est bank rises 
 perpendicularly about 30 feet, and 
 on that side the country is not over- 
 flow ed ; while, on the opposite .side, 
 tlie slope from the bank is almost 
 imperceptible, and the fields are in- 
 Hndated. 
 
 The land to the eastward of Anop- 
 sheher is avcH cultivated, and tole- 
 rably well fenced. The strong jungle 
 grass is plaited into webs of a sort of 
 basket work, and these, placed on 
 the sides of the field, protect the 
 grain fiom almost eveiy sort of cattle, 
 except the wild hogs, which are here 
 very numerous, as are deer and game 
 of all sorts. 
 
 The town of Anopshcher is con- 
 tained within a strong mud wall ; and, 
 though not of great extent, is thickly 
 inhabited, the houses being a mix- 
 ture of brick and mud buildings. 
 The surrounding wall of this place is 
 in some parts 29 and 30 feet thick. 
 Formerly, in this part of Hindostan, 
 when a zemindar's rent was demand- 
 ed, he betook himself, with all his 
 eflects, to his fort, and then held out, 
 until overcome by a superior military 
 fbice; frequently expending much 
 more than the sum demanded in re- 
 sisting thtf claim. 
 
 From hence the high mountains to 
 the north east are seen, the distance 
 supposed about 200 miles. Tliey ap- 
 pear like snowy clouds, towering to 
 an immense height in the skies, and 
 the wind which blows from them 
 excessively cold, bringing fluxes and 
 agues. (Tennant, ^-c.) 
 
 Antkky, {Antari). — A walled town 
 of considerable .size, in the province 
 of Agra, district of Gohud, situated 
 at the foot of the hills, on tlie bank 
 of (he small River Dialoo. Lat. 26°. 
 10'. N. Long. 78°. 17'. E. The neigh- 
 bouring hills are of a quartzoze stone. 
 This town is 14 miles south from 
 Gualior, and is v ithin the territories 
 tiibutary to the Maharattas. {Hunter, 
 
 4t.) 
 
 Antongherry. — A small town in 
 tiic nizam's territories, district of 
 Bassuni, 52 miles N. E. from Nan- 
 dere, Lat. 19°. 45'. N. Long. 78°. 
 10'. E. 
 
 AoR. — A very small island in the 
 Eastern Seas, lying off the east coa.st 
 of INIalaeca. Lat. 2°. 25'. N. Long. 
 104°. 35'. E. Ships bound from 
 China to the Straits of Malacca ge- 
 nerally anchor here, if they make the 
 
34 
 
 AKCOT, 
 
 island in tlie morning. It is very 
 high, and covered with a close and 
 lofty wood. Here is a small village 
 of Malays, who supply cocoa nuts and 
 vegetables. (Johnson, Ellmorey ^t.) 
 
 Apakookit. — A town in the Ma- 
 lay peninsula, district of Quedali, six 
 miles S. E. from Allestar, chiefiy in- 
 habited by Cliuliass. The soil is 
 sandy and light, but it produces 
 abundance of grain. 
 
 Appolu. — A to.^n in the province 
 of Bengal, district of Dinagepoor, 
 80 miles N, N.E. from Moorsheda- 
 bad. Lat. 25°. S*. N. Long. 8b°. 
 59'. E. 
 
 Aravacourchy. — A small town 
 in the Coinibetoor district, 53 miles 
 W. by S. from 1 richinopoly. Lat. 
 10°. 48'. N. Long. 7b°. E. This place 
 was formerly inhabited by a person 
 of the Bayda cast, named Arava, the 
 name signifying the Seat of Arava. 
 It afterwards became subject to Ma- 
 dma, and then to Mysore, the curlur 
 or sovereign of which built near the 
 town a neat loit, and gave it the 
 name of Vijaya-Mangalam, by the 
 Mahommedans pronounced Bija- 
 mangle. About the end of Hyder's 
 reign, an English army took the fort, 
 at which time the town vas de- 
 stroyed. It now contains above 300 
 houses, and is fast recovering. The 
 inliabitants speak mostly the Tamul 
 language. (jP. Bvchanan, kc) 
 
 Aracote. — A few days journey to 
 the west of Hyderabad, in the pro- 
 vince of Sinde ; there is a pagoda de- 
 dicated to the Goddess Bhavani, at a 
 place named Aracote. It is described 
 as being situated in the centic of se- 
 ven ranges of hills, A\hich the multi- 
 tude of pilgrims who resort to it con- 
 sider as too sacred for human sk'[)S, 
 and the resort of aerial beings. {Max- 
 Jield, df-c.) 
 
 Arawul. — A town in the INIaha- 
 ratta tenitories, in the ]jrovince of 
 Khandesh, 65 miles W. by S. from 
 Boorhanpoor. Lat. 21°. i)'. N. Long. 
 76°. 2b'. E. 
 
 Arcot, {Northern Division). — A 
 coiiectorship in the Carnalic under 
 the Madias Presidency, which also 
 
 includes Sati^aid, Piilicat, Coon- 
 goody in the Barramahal, part of the 
 Balaghaut, and of the western poU 
 lams, or zemindaries. 
 
 Both divisions were transferred to 
 the British government by the Nabob 
 of the Carnatic in 1801. 
 
 Arcot, {SoiUhern I>ivision\—'A. 
 coUectorsliip in the Carnatic, under 
 the Madras Presidency, which in- 
 cludes Cuddalore and Pondicherry. 
 
 In 1806, this district was in a very 
 miserable slate, but it has since pro- 
 gressively improved. At that period 
 the revenue was collected with diffi- 
 culty ; the villages in part deserted, 
 and some w holly ; the remaining in- 
 habitants practising every artifice to 
 avoid paj ing their rents, and to con- 
 ceal the public revenue, the general 
 appearance of the country and vil- 
 lages indicating extienie misery. This 
 condition originated partly from the 
 land being over assessed, and partly 
 from the rapacious exactions of tho 
 native officers, who collected there- 
 venues during the nabob's admi- 
 nistration. 
 
 The principal trading ports in this 
 district arc Cuddalore, Pondicherry, 
 and Portonovo, The total value of 
 the imports, from the 1st of May, 
 1811, to the 30th of April, 1812, was 
 4,56,879 Arcot rupees, of which 
 2,40,791 rupees was from places be- 
 yond the teiTitorics of the Madras 
 government, viz. 
 
 Erom Calcutta - - - - 26,374 
 
 Cevlon - - - - 32,835 
 
 Eastward - - - 1,20,580 
 
 Prince of Wales ^ qooii 
 
 Island - - - ) ' 
 
 Tjavanoor - - - 1,352 
 
 \ arious places - - 27,437. 
 
 Arcot rupees 2,40,791 
 
 The total value of the exports 
 during the above period w as 9,74,987 
 Arcot rupees, of which 5,25,418 ru- 
 pees was to places bejond tlie terri- 
 tories of the Madras government, 
 viz. 
 
ARCOT. 
 
 35 
 
 To Calcutta 5,848 
 
 Ceylon ----- 6,048 
 I'^astward - - - - 2,10,093 
 Isles of France - - - 95,G64 
 Prince of Wales Island 1,88,111 
 Various places - - - 13,154 
 
 Arcat rupees 5,35,418 
 
 Excepting small importations of 
 rice and wheat from Bcng^al, the 
 whole trade of Pondiehorry, in the 
 above period, consisted of arrack, 
 pepper, palmirahs, drawn from Cey- 
 lon, Travancor, and Prince of Wales 
 Island. Large supplies of piece goods 
 were exported to the Isle of France, 
 and a small quantity of rum to Ceylon. 
 
 To Cuddalore the import trade 
 from the eastward was very consi- 
 derable, and consisted of betel nut, 
 pepper, and clepliaiits' teeth. The 
 exports consisted mostly of piece 
 goods to Prince of Wales Island. 
 
 Portonovo, in like manner, fur- 
 nished large supplies of piece goods 
 for the eastern market, and in return 
 imported betel nut, pepper, benja- 
 min, camphor, sugar, and elephants' 
 teeth ; besides which, rice from Ben- 
 gal, and tobacco from Ceylon, in 
 .small quantities, were received. (^«- 
 vetislMW, 5th Report ; Report on Ex- 
 teriml Commerce, (.Vc.) 
 
 Arcot, {Arriicat). — A town in the 
 Carnatic, situated on the south side 
 of the River Palar. Lat. 12°. 52'. N. 
 Long. 79°. 29'. E. 
 
 The bed of the River Palar is at this 
 place half a mile wide, but in the dry 
 season does not contain a stream suf- 
 ficient to turn a mill. The hills in 
 the neighbourhood are extremely 
 bairen. They are of granite, and ap- 
 pear to be undergoing a rapid decay. 
 In many parts of the vallies, formed 
 by these hills, cluuuim, or limestone 
 nodules is found, wiiich in Bengal is 
 called Conkar. The country from 
 hence to Vellore is but thinly peo- 
 pled, and a considerable portion of 
 the land still waste. 
 
 Arcot is the nominal capital of the 
 Carnatic below the Ghauts, as the 
 nabob's doxninions are named by the 
 
 D 2 
 
 Mahommcdans and English. Tlie 
 town is chielly inhabited by IMaliom- 
 medans, who speak the Deceany dia- 
 lect, which we name Hindostani. 
 The fort is large, but not in good re- 
 pair. 'I'hc town surrounds tlie glacis 
 on all sides, and is extensive; the 
 houses also are as good as near to 
 Madras. There is a manufactme of 
 coarse cotton cloths here, but they 
 are dearer than in Bengal. 
 
 Arcot is said to be noticed by Pto- 
 lemy as the capital of tiie Sorae, or 
 Soranmtidalum, from whence cor- 
 ruptly Coromandel ; but the present 
 town is of modern date. After the 
 Mogul armies captured Giiigee, they 
 found it so extremely unhealthy, that 
 they were obliged to canton on the 
 plains of Arcot, which led to the 
 establishment of that capital of the 
 lower Carnatic in 1716. 
 
 Anwar un Deen, the Nabob of Ar* 
 cot, was killed in battle, A. D. 1749, 
 after which this place was taken by 
 Chundasaheb, the French candidate. 
 In 1751, it was retaken by Captai a 
 Clive, with 200 Europeans and 300 
 sepoys. The garrison being panic- 
 struck, made no resistance, although 
 they amounted to 1 100 men. He was 
 immediately besieged by the French 
 and their allies ; but, notv\ ithstand- 
 ing his garrison consisted of only 120 
 Europeans and 200 sepoys fit for ser- 
 vice, he resisted 50 days under every 
 disadvantage, and at last compelled 
 the enemy to raise the siege. It af- 
 terwards fell into the possession of 
 the French allies; but was finally 
 taken in February, 1760, by Colonel 
 Coote, after the battle of Wandc- 
 wash. 
 
 Arcot suiTcndered to Hyder the 
 3d of November, 1780 ; and, with its 
 vicinity, suflered greatly by bis dif- 
 ferent invasions, and during the mis- 
 government of the nabob's revenue 
 olRcers, but tliey are now fast re» 
 covering. 
 
 Travelling distance from Madras, 
 73 miles ; from Seringapatam, 217 ; 
 from Calcutta, 1070 ; and from Del- 
 hi, 1277 miles. {F. Buchatwn, Orme, 
 Wilkes, Rennel, ^c.) 
 
36 ARMEGUM. 
 
 ArdhnEllv., (ArdhanhaU). — A town 
 in the territories of the Mysore Kajah, 
 named also Urdanhully, 47 miles 
 S. by E. from Serins;ai)atam. Lat. 
 11° 48'. N. Long-. 77°. 5'. E. 
 
 AnmsGY, (llrdhaiig-a).— A town in 
 the Eoligar territory, in the southern 
 Carnatic, 44 miles S. by W- from 
 Tanjore. Lat. 10°. 9'. N.^Loiig:. 79°. 
 4'. E. 
 
 Aregh. — A town in the teiTitories 
 of the Maharattas, province of Be- 
 iapoor, situated 10 miles E. from 
 Merritch. Lat. 16°. 66'. N. Long. 
 75°. 11'. N. 
 
 Arentis. — A small rocky island in 
 the Eastern Seas. Lat. 5°. 14'. N. 
 Long-. 115°. 10'. E. 
 
 Arfac. — Very high mountains in 
 Papua, bearing due south from Dory 
 Harbour. 
 
 Argaum, (Arigrattia). — A small 
 \illage in the province of Berar, near 
 Ellichpoor. On the plains, near this 
 place, a battle was fou2,ht on the 
 28th November, 1803, betwixt the 
 British army, under General W^t^lles- 
 ley, and that of the Rajah of Berar, 
 in^ which the latter was completely 
 defeated, with very little loss on the 
 part of the British. The Maharattas 
 lost 38 pieces of cannon, all their 
 ammunition, elephants, and baggage, 
 and sustained very great slaughter 
 during their llight. After this battle, 
 and the .subsequent capture of Ga- 
 welghur,the Berar Bajah made peace 
 on the terms proposed by General 
 Wellesley. The village now forms 
 part of the nizam's dominions. 
 
 AuiANCOOPAN. — A small town on 
 the s(;a-coast of the Carnatic, near 
 Pondicheny. Lat. 11°. 54'. N. Long. 
 79°. 56'. E. In 1748 this ^^as a for- 
 tified town, and with great difliculty 
 taken by Admiral Boscawen, prior 
 to his unsuccessful siege of Pondi- 
 cherry. {Orme, S,-c.) 
 
 Arietoor, {Ari/iftiir). — A town in 
 the Carnatic. 32 miles N. from 'J'an- 
 jore. Lat. 11°. 11'. N, Long. 79°. 6'. E. 
 AuiM. — A town in the jjrovince of 
 Gundwana, 95 miles S. by 1*1. from 
 Bultunpoor, possessed by a Goand 
 uLigf, tributaiy to tkw Najfpoor rajali. 
 
 It is a larger and more flourishing 
 village than is usually found in this 
 barbarous province; containing some 
 weavers, and frequented by mer- 
 chants. {Leckie, 5t.) 
 
 Arinkil. — See Worangol. 
 Arippo. — A village in the Island 
 of Ceylon, situated on the Gulf of 
 Manaar, where the civil and military 
 olticers reside, who attend the pearl 
 fishery during the season, when it is 
 carried on. A fiag staff and field 
 piece are attached to the party, to 
 make signals to the boats, and to 
 give notice of their going out and rc-> 
 turning. Arippo is the only place in 
 this neigh])ourhood w here good water 
 can be procured. There is a chapel 
 here for persons of the Roman Ca- 
 tholic persuasion, who consist chiefly 
 of Parawas and Malabars, resorting 
 to this place during the season of the 
 fishery, {Percival, c^r.) 
 
 Arisdong. — A town in the south- 
 ern part of Tibet, which is named in 
 the maps the Narytamoe country. 
 Lat. 29°. 49'. N. Long. 84°. 46'. E. 
 Respecting this town, and the pro- 
 vince in which it is sitiiated, very 
 little is known. 
 
 Armacotta. — A town inthesouth- 
 ern Carnatic, in the district of INfa- 
 rawas, 75 miles S. by W. from Tan- 
 iorc. Lat. 9°. 43'. N. Long. 78®. 
 65'. E. 
 
 Armeatie. — A town in the Nabob 
 of (Jude's territories, district of Ma- 
 nicpoor, 47 miles S. S. W. from Ey- 
 zabad. Lat. 26°. 9'. N. Long. 81°. 
 45'. E. 
 
 Armegum. — A town on the sea- 
 coast of the Carnatic, 66 miles N. 
 from INladras. Lat. 14°. N. Long. 
 80°. 18'. E. This was the first Eng- 
 lish establishment in the Carnatic, 
 and until the acquisition of Madras. 
 In tlie year 1625, the principal East 
 India Compatiy's agents liaving ob- 
 tained a piece of groiuid from the 
 iiaik, or chief of the district, they 
 erected a tactory at this place. In 
 1628 it is described as being defend- 
 ed by 12 pieces of cannon moiuitcd 
 round the factory, with a guard of 23 
 lactors and soidiens. {^Brnce, (Jr.) 
 
ARRACAN. 
 
 37 
 
 AnXASSOODIKTniCT. — SrC.TAOHIRE. 
 
 Armek, {Ar<iiu).—A 1«\vu in the 
 Carnatic, 7o miles S. W. tioin ^la- 
 dras. I.at. 12°. 3D'. Long-. 7iP. 24'. 
 }']. Diiiiiis? llTclt'i's iiivasitjii of Ihe 
 Carnatic, in 1782, his f^reat uiap^a- 
 ziiies were deposited in tlxe fortress 
 of A nice. 
 
 Armtimba. — A small to^vii in the 
 Gujrat peninsula, situated ni the 
 Halliar clistrict, not far from the 
 town of Wankaiieer, and the pro- 
 perty of the rajah of that phice. It 
 is surrounded liy a high stone wall, 
 and has a little castle. 'J'he niilk 
 bush fences, common in the southern 
 part of the peninsula, are not to he 
 seen lierc, dry stone walls round the 
 fields beinjr substituted. {3P3Iiirdo, 
 4-c.) 
 
 Aroo, — A lar2;c island in the East- 
 ern Seas to the south of J'apua, the 
 centre of which lies nearly in tlio 
 l;35th degiee of ca5t lonji^itude, and 
 the (ith of south latitude. In lenfjth 
 it may be estimated at 140 miles, by 
 35 miles the avera<;e breadth. I'his 
 island has, as yet, been but very im- 
 perfectly explored ; and little is 
 known with respect to either the 
 country, or the inhabitants. The 
 Chinese merchants, settled at Banda, 
 carry on a traftic with tiiis island, 
 from whence they receive pearls, 
 bird nests, tortoise shells, and slaves. 
 
 'I'his island is supposed to be one 
 of the breeding- places of the birds of 
 paradise, of which seven species are 
 described by A'alentyn. They are 
 f aught by the inhabitants of the Pa- 
 puan Isles, who draw their entrails, 
 and fumigate them, having first cut 
 their legs off, which gave rise to the 
 fabulous report that this bird had no 
 legs, but existed constantly on the 
 wing in the air. The anangcment of 
 their plumage is such as greatly to 
 facilitate their continuing long with- 
 out touching the earth ; but when 
 they do, they reascend with great 
 difliculty, and a particular species is 
 .said to be again unable to rise. The 
 largest ar« about two and a half feet 
 in length. 
 . A*» aromatic, resembling cinna- 
 
 mon in its flavour, and much used 
 among the eastern islands, and 
 named the Missoy bark, is princi- 
 jially jMoctired here and at Papua. 
 It is seldom carried to Europe. 
 
 Aroul. — A small town in the pro- 
 vince of Agra, district of Kanoge, 
 13 miles S. 8. E. from Kanoge. Lat. 
 26°. 56'. N. Eong. 80°. E. 
 
 Arracan, (Rnkhan^). — A large 
 province in the Birman or Ava em- 
 pire, which extends along the eastern 
 side of the Hay of Uengal, from the 
 River Nauf in Chittagong, as far south 
 as Cape Negrais, where the ancient 
 Pegue empire commenced. A range 
 of lof(y mountains, named Anou- 
 pectoumieou, bound it to the east ; 
 and towards tlie south approach so 
 near to the sea, that thojjghits length 
 may be estimated at .'300 miles, in 
 many places the breadth in land dees 
 not exceed 10 miles, and no where 
 more than lOt). 
 
 I'Vwm the side of Chittagong, en- 
 trance into Arracan must be eflected 
 b)f a juarcli along the sea beach, iu- 
 tGiTupted b}' several channels, w hicli 
 chieflj' owe their waters to the action 
 of the tide. From the quarter of 
 IJassccn and Negrais, Arracan can 
 only be invaded by water, owing to 
 the numerous rivers that intersect the 
 country adjacent to the sea. Chednba, 
 Ramree, Arracan, and Saiidowy, 
 form four distinct provinces, and com- 
 prehend the whole of the Arracan 
 tenitory. 
 
 The sea coast of AiTacan is stud- 
 ded Avith islands, of different sizes, 
 and numerous clusters of rocks, that 
 lie at a small distance from the shore, 
 many of which exhibit a striking re- 
 semblance to the forms of different 
 animals. Behind these islands the 
 sea coast is a»Teeably divcrsilied with 
 hill and dale, the former covered with 
 trees. 
 
 Tlie natives of AnacanProper call 
 their country Y«kein, the IJindoos 
 of Bengal Rossaun. The latter, who 
 have settled in great numbers in Ar- 
 racan, are denominated by the ori- 
 ginal inhabitants Kulaw Yekcin, or 
 luuiaturaltzcd Arracaners. Tlie Mo- 
 
38 
 
 ARRACAN. 
 
 gijls know this country by the name 
 of Keckan. ]Mogo is a term of re- 
 Ijfrious import and hii:;h sanclitj', ap- 
 plied to the priesthood and king, 
 whence the inhabitants are often rail- 
 ed by Europeans Mug^lis. 1'iie Ma- 
 hommedans, who have been long 
 settled in Arraean, call themselves 
 Rooinga, or natives of Arraean. 
 
 In 1582 Abul Tazel describes this 
 country as follows : 
 
 " To the south-cast is' a large 
 country named Arkung, to which the 
 Bunder, or Port of Chittagong, pro- 
 perly belongs. Here are plenty of 
 elephants, but great scarcity of 
 horses." 
 
 Respecting the interior of this 
 country very little is known, but a 
 considerable intercourse subsists be- 
 twixt the maritime districts and the 
 Bengal provinces. From AiTacan 
 there are 40 or 50 boats of 500 
 maunds each (80 libs) equipped an- 
 nually by merchants who travel across 
 the country from Umcrapoor, Cheg- 
 Lein, and other cities in the domi- 
 nions of Ava, for the Bengal trade. 
 Each boat may be valued at 4000 
 rupees capital, principally in silver 
 bullion. One half of these boats re- 
 turn with red betel nut, and this 
 trade is so systematically established, 
 that they even farni the betel nut 
 plantations about Luckipore. The 
 principal exports from Arraean, be- 
 sides bullion, are salt, bees wax, ele- 
 phants teeth, and rice, the latter of 
 which is produced in great abund- 
 ance, and the contiguous islands are 
 uncommonly fruitful. Many Birnian 
 boats, also, navigating during the 
 n®rth-west monsoon, proceed from 
 Bassein, Rangoon, and Martaban, 
 along tlie Arraean coast, and make 
 an annual voyage to Chittagong, 
 Dacca, and Calcutta, where they 
 dispose of their inoduce, and return 
 with Indian and European commo- 
 dities. Prior to 1764 the Dutch used 
 to purchase rice and slaves here. 
 
 I'lie Rukliing is the original lan- 
 guage of the inhabitants of Arra(;an, 
 who adhere to the tenets of Buddha, 
 and formed, in uucient times, apart 
 
 of the empire of Magadha, from 
 which they seem to have derived the 
 name of Mug, or Manga, by which 
 they are generally distinguished by 
 the inhabitants of Bengal. This 
 dialect (the Rukhing) is the fust of 
 that singular class of Indo Chinese 
 languages, which may be properly 
 termed monosyllabic, from the mass 
 of their radical words consisting of 
 monosyllables, like the spoken dia- 
 lects of China. 
 
 Until their last conquest by the 
 Birmans, the tribes of Arraean seem 
 for a long period to have presei"ved 
 their independence ; their language 
 is, consequently, purer than that of 
 the Birmans, who suffered various 
 revolutions. The national name of 
 the AiTacan race is Ma-rum-nm, 
 which seems to be only a corruption 
 of Maha-vm-ma; Vurnia being an 
 appellation peculiai- to tribes of Khe- 
 tri extraction. A native of Arraean 
 cannot, without extreme difficulty, 
 articulate a wOrd which has a con- 
 sonant for a final. 
 
 Until the Birman conquest, tho 
 ancient government of Arraean had 
 never been so completely subdued, 
 as to acknowledge vassalage to a fo- 
 reign power, although the Moguls 
 and the Peguers had, at different 
 periods, canied arms into the heart 
 of the country. During the reign of 
 Aurengzebe, the unfortunate Sultan 
 Sujah, his brother, was put to death 
 by the Arraean Rajah. The Portu- 
 guese, sometinjcs as allies, at others 
 as open enemies, gained an esta- 
 blishment in the countiy, which de- 
 cayed only with the general ruin of 
 their interests in Asia. 
 
 In 1783 this province was con- 
 quered after a very faint resistanco 
 by the Birmans, and was followed 
 by the sunender of Cheduba, Ram- 
 roe, and the Broken Isles. Many of 
 the Mughs, or subjects of the great 
 Mogo, (a title assumed by the Ar- 
 raean Rajahs) prefeiTcd flight to ser- 
 vitude, taking refuge in the Dnm- 
 buck hills, on the borders of Chit- 
 tagong, and in the deep Ibrests and 
 jungles that skirt the frontier) wltero 
 
ASSAM. 
 
 39 
 
 they have formed themselves into 
 tril>cs of independent jobbers, and 
 have since caused infinite vexation 
 to the Birmans. Many have settled 
 in the districts of Dacca and Chilta- 
 gong. whilst others submitted quietly 
 to the yoke. 
 
 When the conquest was complet- 
 ed, Arracan, with its dependencies, 
 was constituted a province of the 
 Birman Empire, and a maywoon, or 
 viceroy, was appointed to govern it. 
 Sholamboo was the first invested 
 with that office, and 1000 Birmau 
 soldiers were left to garrison tlie tort. 
 Small parties were hkewise distribut- 
 ed in the dift'erent towns, and many 
 Birmans, who had obtained grants of 
 lands, came with their families, and 
 peltled in the country, thereby add- 
 ing to the security of the state. The 
 dethroned Rajah Mahasumda died a 
 natural death the first year of his 
 captivity, and thus the reduction of 
 Arracan was completed in a few 
 months. {Si/mes, Cox, Ley den, F. 
 JBuchanan, Towers, Abul Fazel, ^-c.) 
 
 Arracan. — A town in the Birmau 
 Empire, province of Arracan, of which 
 it is the capital. Lat. 20°. 40'. N. 
 Long. 93*^. 5'. E. It is situated about 
 two tides journey from the sea, on 
 the west side of the Arracan River, 
 which here expands to a noble sheet 
 of water ; but rising in the hills to 
 the N. E. has but a short course. 
 
 This town and fort were taken by 
 the Birmans, in 1783, after a feeble 
 resistance. They found a consider- 
 able booty, but on nothing was a 
 higher value placed than an image 
 of Gaudma, (the Gautama of the Hin- 
 doos, a name of Buddha) made of 
 brass, and highly burnished. The 
 figure is about 10 feet high, and in 
 the customary sitting posture, with 
 •the legs crossed and inverted, the 
 left hand resting on the lap, the right 
 pendent. This image is believed to 
 be the original resemblance of the 
 Reeshee (saint) taken from life, and 
 it is so highly venerated, that pil- 
 grims have for centuries been accus- 
 tomed to come from the remotest 
 coiuitries, where the supremacy of 
 
 Gaudma is acknowledged, to pay 
 their devotions at tbe feet of his 
 brazen representative. Tliere were 
 also five images of Racsliyas, the 
 demons of the Hindoos, oCilie same 
 metal, and of gigantic stature, the 
 guardians of the sanctuary. 
 
 A singular piece of ordnance, of 
 most enormous dimensions, Mas also 
 found, composed of huge bars of iron, 
 beaten into fonn. This ponderotis 
 cannon measured 30 feet in length, 
 2 and a half in diameter at the mouth, 
 and 10 inches in the calibre. It was 
 transported by the Birmans to Ume- 
 rapoor by water, as a military trophy, 
 and Gaudma,with his infernal guards, 
 wore, in like manner, conveyed to 
 the capital, with mncli pomp and 
 superstitious parade. {St/mes, S,-c.) 
 
 AuRAH. — A town in the province 
 of Bahar, district of Shahabad, 35 
 miles W. by S. from Patna. Lat. 
 25°. 32'. N. Long. 84°. 42'. E. 
 
 Arval. — A town in the province 
 of Bahar, district of Bahar, situated 
 on the south-east side of the yoani 
 River, 40 miles S. W. from Patna. 
 Lat. 25°. 15'. N. Long. 84°. 44'. E. 
 
 AsEER. — See Hasser. 
 
 AsHRA. — A town in the province 
 of IMalwah, belonging to the Malwali 
 Maharattas, 66 miles E. by S. from 
 Oojaln. Lat. 23°. 4'. N. Long. 76°, 
 50'. E. 
 
 Asia Isles. — A cluster of low 
 islands in the Eastern Seas, covered 
 with trees. Lat. 1°. N. Long. 131°. 
 30'. E. 
 
 Ask AH. — A town in the northern 
 Circars, 36 miles N. W. by W. from 
 Ganjam. Lat. 19°. 44'. N. Long. 
 84°. 65'. E. 
 
 ASSAM, (ASAM.) 
 An extensive countiy to the north- 
 east of Bengal, situated principally 
 betwixt the 25th and 28th degrees of 
 north latitude, and 94°. and 99°. of 
 east longitude. In length Assam 
 may be estimated at 700 miles, by 
 70 the aA'crage breadth. In a few- 
 places of Upper Assam, where the 
 
40 
 
 ASSAM. 
 
 inoiuitains recede fdiHiest, the 
 l)re:ulth considerably exceeds lliis 
 proportion; bnt the probable area of 
 the whole is 60,000 s(|Uiire miles. 
 
 This region is separated liy the 
 Brahmapootra into three p;rand di- 
 visions, called f Mrecole, or Ootre- 
 parah, Deccaticole, or Deocanparah, 
 and the Majnli. The first denotes 
 the provinces lying- to the north of 
 the Brahmapootra, the second those 
 to the south, and the third, the JNTa- 
 jnli, «, large island formed by the 
 Brahmapootra. The country is sub- 
 divided into Upper and Lower As- 
 sam : the first includes the country 
 above Coleabark, where the river 
 diverges into two considerable 
 streams, as far as the mountainous 
 confines to the north and sonth. At 
 an early period tliis included the 
 whob of Assam: b'lt the lower pro- 
 vinces, to the westward, having af- 
 terwards been annexed by conquest 
 to the dominions of Surjee Deo, be- 
 came a separate government. 
 
 From the confines of Bengal, or 
 Bisnee, at the Khoridar Chokey, the 
 valley, as well as the river and moun- 
 tains, preserve a northenr direction 
 to a considerable distince, and in- 
 cline to the east by north. In the 
 upper provinces, Assam is bounded 
 on the south-west by Bengal and 
 Bisnee ; on the north by the succes- 
 sive ranges of the moTintains of 
 Bootan, Auka, Duflala, and Miree; 
 on the south by the Garrow moun- 
 tains, which rise in proportion to 
 their progress eastward, and change 
 the name of GaiTOW to that of Naga. 
 The valley is divided, throughout its 
 whole length, by the Brahmapootra, 
 into nearly ecpial parts. The Assam 
 territory, when it is entered from 
 Bengal, commences from iJie north 
 ofthe Brahma])ootra, at the Khondar 
 Chokey, and at Nagrabaree HiU on 
 the south, 
 
 The number and magnitude ofthe 
 rivers in Assam, probably exceeds 
 that of any other country in the 
 Avorld of equal extent: they are iti 
 general of a suOBcient depth, at all 
 seasons, to admit of a cojumcrcial 
 
 intercoinsc on shallow boats; during 
 tlie rains boats of tlie largest size 
 find sufFieient depth of water. 'ITie 
 number of rivers, of which the exist;- 
 ence has been ascertained, amounts 
 to 61, including the Brahmapootra, 
 and its tv^o great brandies, the 
 Dehing and tlie Looicliel: 34 of 
 these flow from the northern, and 
 24 from the southern mountains. 
 The source of the Brahmapootra is 
 unknown. 
 
 Many of these rivers are remarka- 
 ble for their extreme winding course : 
 the Dckrung, although the direct 
 distance of its course is only 2.5 
 miles, performs a winding course 
 equal to 100 miles, before it falls 
 into the Brahmapootra. This river 
 (the Dekrung) is also famous for tho 
 quantity and quality of its gold ; 
 which metal is also found in other 
 rivers of Assam, more especially 
 near to the mountains. 
 
 The southern rivers are never ra- 
 pid; the inundation commencing 
 from the northern rivers fills both 
 the Brahmapootra and southern ri- 
 vers, so that the water has no consi- 
 derable cutTcnt until IMay or June. 
 
 In 1582 this country Avas described 
 byAbul Fazel as follows :— " The do- 
 minions of Assam join to Camroop : 
 he is a very powerful prince, lives in 
 great state ; and, when he dies, his 
 principal attendants, both male and 
 female, are voluntarily buried alivo 
 with his corpse." 
 
 The vegetable and animal produc- 
 tions of Assam are nearly the same 
 with those of Bengal, which country 
 it much resembles in its physical ap- 
 pearance and multitude of rivers. 
 It furnishes, however, considerable 
 quantities of gold, a metal Bengal is 
 wholly without. This valuable com- 
 modity is found in all the small ri- , 
 vers of Assam, that flow from the 
 northern and southern boundary 
 hills, jiarticularly from the first. It 
 forms a great proportion of the As- 
 sam exportations to Bengal; the 
 other articles being elephants teeth, 
 lac, a very coarse species of raw silk» 
 and a still coarser manufacture of 
 
ASSAM. 
 
 41 
 
 f otton. Many other valuable articles 
 misflit be discovered, but the ex- 
 tivnu'ly barl)arous state of tlie coun- 
 try prevents commercial intercourse, 
 few merchants ehusinj^ to >enture 
 further than tljc Company's iVonlior 
 station of Goalparah. OF the im- 
 ports from Bengal salt is the princi- 
 pal; the rest consist of arms and 
 umminiition of ail sorts, when tliey 
 can be had, a few Dacca muslins and 
 cloths, and a very tritling quantity of 
 European commodities. 
 
 No probable estimate of tlie popu- 
 lation of Assam can be formei!, but 
 it is known to be extremely thinly in- 
 habited, 7-8ths of the country being 
 desolate, and overthrown with jungle, 
 although one of tiie most fertile on 
 the face of the earth : tiiis arises from 
 the incessant warfare carried on l)y 
 the petty rajahs with each other; oc- 
 casionally some one gains the ascend- 
 ancy, wJiich during his life bestows 
 a sort of calm over the country; but 
 on his death the whole is to be settled 
 over again, Kafts, covered with hu- 
 man heads, are sometimes seen float- 
 ing down the Brahmapootra, past 
 Goalparah, in Bengal; but whether 
 these arc the effect of hostilities, or 
 are \ictinis oflered to some of their 
 sanguinajy deities, has never been 
 properly ascertained. The chief town 
 in Assam is Gergong, the rajali of 
 which had, for a considerable period 
 of time, the supremacy over the 
 others, and was named the SweiTga 
 Fajah, or Rajah of the Heavens; but 
 .since the iusuncctio5i of the iNIoam- 
 marias, about 1790, the city, palaces, 
 and fort, have been converted to a 
 heap of ruins. Rungpoor, a military 
 station, not far from Geigong, may 
 be considered as the present principal 
 strong hold of Assam. 
 
 In Assam there are several remark- 
 able military causeways, which in- 
 tersect the whole country, and must 
 have been made with great labour ; 
 but it is not known at what perittd ; 
 the Mahoramedans, however, found 
 them in existence, on their first inva- 
 sion of this country. One of them 
 extends from Coos JBahar, in Bengal, 
 
 through Rangamatty, to thccxtreme 
 eastein limits of Assam. 
 
 Rospectiug the language orreligion 
 of this region very little is known ; 
 but there is reason to believe the lat- 
 ter is the Brahminical. In the terri- 
 tory, bordering on the Company's 
 frontier, the inhabitants use the same 
 dialects as are common in the adja- 
 cent parts of Bengal, It may be 
 supposed the history of this country 
 remains in e(|ual obsciuity with the 
 language and religion. In 1G38, 
 during the reign of Shah Jehaun, the 
 ijihaliitants of Assam sailed down the 
 Brahmapootra, and invaded Bengal, 
 but were rei)ulscd by that emperor's 
 orticers, and eventually lost some of 
 their own frontier provinces. In the 
 reign of Aurengzebe, his general, 
 Mauzum Khan, advanced from 
 Cooch Bahar to attempt the conquest 
 of Assam : he met with no obstacle 
 but such as arose from the nature of 
 the country, until he arrived at the 
 capital Gergong. When the season 
 of the rains began, the Assamese 
 came out from their hiding places, 
 and harassed the imperial army, 
 wliich became very sickly, and the 
 flower of the Afghans, Persians, and 
 Moguls, perished. The rest tiied to 
 escape along the narrow causeways 
 tlirough the morasses : but few ever 
 reached the Brahmapootra. After 
 this expedition, the Mahommedans 
 of Hindostan declared, that Assam 
 was only inhabited by infidels, hob- 
 goblins, and devils. 
 
 About 1793 a detachment of troops 
 Mas sent from Bengal into Assam, 
 to assist and restore a fugitive rajah. 
 They reached Gergong, the capital, 
 without opposition, and effected 
 their purpose ; but they subsequently 
 suffered gieatly by the pestilential 
 nature of the climate, which no con- 
 stitution, either native or European, 
 can withstand, and returned consi- 
 derably diniinished in number. 
 
 On this occasion Maha Rajah Sur- 
 jec Deo, of Assam, highly sensible 
 of the benefit he had experienced 
 from the aid which had been afforded 
 him by the Bengal govermnent, 
 
4-2 
 
 ASSYE. 
 
 agreed to abolish the injudicious sjs- 
 tem of coinmorce that had hither- 
 to been pursued, and to permit a 
 reciprocal liberty of commerce on 
 the following conditions and duties, 
 Bcg^ociated by Capt. Welsh, in beh. 
 
 ny'3. 
 
 Imports to Assam. 
 
 1. That the salt from Bengal be 
 siibject to an impost of 10 per cent, 
 on the supposed prime cost, reckon- 
 ino; that invariably at 500 rupees per 
 160 niaunds, of 84 sicca weight to 
 tiie soer, 
 
 2. I'hat tlie broad cloths of Eu- 
 rope, the cotton cloths of Bengal, 
 carpets, copper, lead, tin, tuteuague, 
 pearls, hardware, jewelry, spices. 
 And the various other goods imported 
 into Assam, pay an equal impost of 
 10 per cent, on the invoice price. 
 
 3. That warlike implements and 
 jnilitary stores be considered contia- 
 band, and liable to confiscation, ex- 
 cepting the supply of those articles 
 requisite lor the Company's troops 
 stationed in Assam, which, with 
 every other article of clothing and 
 provision for the troops, be exempted 
 from all duties. 
 
 Exports from Assam. 
 
 That the duties on all articles of 
 export, such as Muggadooties, 
 ]VIooga thread, pepper, elephants 
 teeth, cutna lac, chupra and jung 
 lac, nionjeet, and cotton, be inva- 
 riably 10 per cent, to be paid either 
 in money or kind, as may be most 
 convenient to the merchant. Rice, 
 and all descriptions of grain, are 
 wholly exempt from duties on both 
 sides. 
 
 For the collection of these duties, 
 it was agreed to establish custom- 
 houses and agents at the Candahar 
 Chokcy, and at Gwahatty ; the first 
 to collect the duties on all imports 
 and exports, the produce of the coun- 
 try to the Avcstward ; and the second 
 to collect the duties on all exports, 
 the produce of the country parallel 
 toit north and south, and also on all 
 expolt^^, the produce of thecountry to 
 the eastward, as far as Nowgoug. 
 
 The agents to receive a commis- 
 sion of 12 per cent, as a recompense 
 for their trouble; and the standard 
 fixed at 40 seers to tlic niaund, 
 (about 80 lbs.) 84 sicca weight to 
 the seer. 
 
 As much political inconvenience 
 had been experienced by both go- 
 vernments, from granting a general 
 licence to the subjects of Bengal to 
 settle in Assam, it was agreed that 
 no European merchant or adventurer, 
 of any description, should be allow- 
 ed to fix their residence in Assam, 
 without having pre\iously obtained 
 the permission of the B.itish govern- 
 ment, and of Maha Kaiah Surjee 
 Deo, of Assam. {Wade, Turner^ 
 Treaties, J. Grant, Abnl Fazel, Sf-c.) 
 
 AssoDNAGiJR, (Asadiiagar, the City 
 of Liom). A district belonging to 
 t!ie INIaharattas, in the province of 
 IJejapoor, situated principally on 
 the west side of the Beemah River. 
 The priucijjal towns are Assodnagur 
 and Punderpoor. 
 
 Assodnagur. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Bejapoor, the capital of a 
 district of the same name, 68 miles 
 S. E. from Poouah. Lat. 18°. 6'. N. 
 Long. 74°. 55'. E. 
 
 AssvE. — A small town in the ni- 
 zam's dominions, province of Berar, 
 24 miles N.N.E. from Jalnapoor. 
 Lat. 20^. 14'. N, Long.70°. 40 E. 
 
 On the 23d Sept. 1803, a battle was 
 fought near this place betwixt the 
 British army, under General Wellcs- 
 ley, consisting of 4500 men, 2000 of 
 whom were Europeans, and the corn- 
 lined armies of Dovvle Row Sindia 
 and theBhoonslah Pajah of Nagjjoor, 
 amounting to 30,000 men. Li spite 
 of the disparity of numbers, the Bri- 
 tish were completely victorious, al- 
 though with severe loss in proportion 
 to their numbers. The confederates 
 tied from the field of battle, leaving 
 above 1200 slain, 98 pieces of can- 
 non, seven standards, and their whole' 
 camp equipage, many bullocks, and 
 a large quantity of amnmnition. 
 This victory is the more remarkable, 
 as above 10,000 of Sindia's infantry 
 had been disciplined, and were in' 
 
 i 
 
AURUNGABAD. 
 
 4J^ 
 
 part officered by Frenchmen and 
 other Europeans. 
 
 AsscwAN, {Asivan). — A town in 
 the Nabob of Onde's tenitories, 32 
 miles W. from LurknoM-. Lat, 36°. 
 60'. N. Long. 80°.25'.E. This place 
 is distant about a mile from Meah- 
 gunge, and is more pleasantly situ- 
 ated, overlooking a small lake; it 
 has, however, been deserted for the 
 latter pbce, and is mostly in ruins. 
 
 Atama iAC:\,{Ati7nal!ica). — A town 
 belonging to an independant Ze- 
 mendar, in the province of Orissa, 70 
 BiilesN. W. from Cuttack. Lat.21°. 
 12'. N. Long. 85°. 23'. E. 
 
 Atkerah. — A small river which 
 falls into the sea on the west coast 
 of India, after a course of 40 miles 
 from the western Ghauts, near a 
 town of the same name. Lat. 16°. 
 12'. N. Long. 73°. 15'. E. 
 
 Attancal. — A town in the Rajah 
 ofTravancor's territories, 67 miles N. 
 W. from Cape Comorin. Lat. 8°. 40'. 
 N. Long. 76°. 58'. E. 
 
 Attock, {Atttc, a Limi/-). — A tow-n 
 in the province of Lahore, situated 
 on the east side of the Kiver Indus, 
 which is here, in the month of July, 
 from 3-4ths to one mile across. Lat. 
 33°. 6'. N. Long. 71°. 16'. E. The 
 ancient name of Attock, to this day, 
 is Varanas, or Benares; but it is 
 more gcneially known by the name 
 of Attock. The fortiess was built 
 by Acber, A. D. 1581. 
 
 It is remarkable that the three 
 great invaders of Hindoston, Alex- 
 ander, Tamerlane, and Nadir Shah, 
 in three distant ages, and with views 
 and talents extremely dilierent, ad- 
 vanced by the same route, with 
 hardly any deviation. Alexander 
 had the merit of disco^(■ring the 
 way: after passing the mountains, 
 he encamped at Al(?xandria Paropa- 
 misana, on the same site with the 
 modern city of Candahar ; and hav- 
 ing subdued or conciliated the na- 
 tions seated on the north-west bank 
 of the Indus, he ciossed Ihe river 
 at Taxila, now Attock, the only 
 place where the stream is so tran- 
 quil that a bridge can be thrown 
 
 over it. (Rennel, Wilford, Dr. Ro^ 
 bertson, ^•c-') 
 
 Attyah. — A small town in the 
 province of Bengal, 44 miies N. W. 
 bv N. from Dacca. Lat, 24°. 10'. N. 
 Long. 8S°. 48'. E. 
 
 Attyah. — A small Aillage in the 
 Cujrat peninsula, belonging to the 
 Jam of Noanaggur, and situated on 
 the hanks of the Roopa Pete, or Sil- 
 ver Stream, which falls into the 
 Nagne near Noanagur. On the op- 
 posite side is a small neat village, 
 named Mora, both inh.abited by 
 Brahmins and Koonbees, in good 
 circumstances, 
 
 AuBAR. — A town in the pronnce 
 of Aurungabad. Lat. 19°. 34'. N. 
 Long. 76°. 23'. E. 
 
 AURUNGABAD. 
 
 A large province in the Deccan, si- 
 tuated principally betwixt the 18th 
 and 21st degrees of north latitude. To 
 the north it is bounded by the pro- 
 vinces of Gujrat, Khandesh, and Be- 
 rar; to the south by Bejapoor and 
 Be.ed(T; to the east it has Berar and 
 Hyderabad, and to tlie west the sea. 
 In length it may be estimated at 300 
 miles by 160 the average breadth. 
 
 This province is also known by 
 the names of Ahmednuggur and 
 Dowlttabad; the first liaving been its 
 capital during the existence of the 
 Nizam Shahee djnasty, and the lat- 
 ter during a short dynast)-, estabhsh- 
 ed by Mallek Aniber, an Abyssinian, 
 from 1600 to 1635. I'hc province 
 was pariially subdued dm-ing the 
 reign of Acber, w hen its lijnits werti 
 in a constant state of iluclualion, 
 until that of Shah Jehaiun, in 1634, 
 when Dowletabad, the capital, being 
 taken, the whole country was con- 
 Verted to a soubah of the Mogul 
 empire. Ilie capital was then trans- 
 ferred from Dowletabad to the neigh- 
 bouring town of Gurka; which, be- 
 coming the favourite residence of 
 Aurengzebe, during his vicerojalty 
 of tlie Deccan, received the name of 
 Aurungabad, which was subsequent- 
 ly communicated to the province. 
 
44 
 
 ATJRUNGABAD. 
 
 TIic surface of Auiungahad is 
 vorv irregular, and, in general, moun- 
 tainoHs, paiticularly towards tlie 
 western Ghauts, m here the hills rise 
 to a great elevation. It consequently 
 possesses no rivers of magnitude, al- 
 though it contains the sources of 
 many, such as the Beeniah and Go- 
 davery, that do not attain to any 
 considerable size until they quit its 
 limits. This province also abounds 
 with natural fortresses and strong 
 holds, which enabled the Maharattas, 
 whose nati\c country it is, to give 
 such infinite trouble to Aurengzebc 
 and his generals. 
 
 A eoiisideriible dilTerence must, of 
 rourse, take place in the agriculture, 
 according as the land is situated in 
 the moxuitaiuous or low districts; 
 but, npon the m hole, tlic province is 
 reckoned Tcry fertile, and capable of 
 exporting grain when not harassetl 
 by internal hostilities. Rice is the 
 chief grain cuHivaled, the other ve- 
 getable productions are the same as 
 ju the rest ofHiiidostan generally, 
 nor is there any thing peculiar with 
 respect to the animal oj- mineral king- 
 doms. Horses arc raised in great 
 iiumlx^rs for the IMaharatta cavalry; 
 but though a hardy breed, they are 
 neither strong nor handsome ; they 
 suit, however, the light weight of 
 their riders. 
 
 A great proportion of this province, 
 and all the sea coast, being in the 
 possession of the Mahajattas, who 
 are but little addicted to commerce, 
 lew ol>servations occur on this head. 
 Piracy was always the favourite oc- 
 cupation of such of that nation as 
 ventured to trust themselves on the 
 ocean, and for this they have been 
 famous, oj- rather infamous, from the 
 remotest antiquity. In modem times 
 they continued to exercise this trade 
 by sea, as they did a similar course of 
 depredation by land, until both were 
 coerced by the stvojig arm of the Bri- 
 tLsh power. 
 
 Three fourths of this province are 
 passcssed by the Maharattas, and the 
 remainder by the nizam, with the ex- 
 ception of the islands of Bombay and 
 
 Salsctte, whi(^h belong to the Bri- 
 tish. The Peshua is the chief Maha- 
 ratta sovereign in this province, but 
 there are nmnberless independent 
 chiefs, who owe him only a feudal 
 obedience, some of them possessing 
 fortresses within sight of Poonah, his 
 capital. 
 
 The principal towns are Aunm- 
 gabad, Ahmedunggur, Dowletabad, 
 Jalnapoor, Damaun^ and Basseen ; 
 and in this province are found the 
 remarkable Hindoo mythological ex- 
 cavations of Carli and Eliora. 
 
 The population of this territory is 
 in proportion much inferior to the 
 best of tlie British provinces, and 
 probably even to the worst. Al- 
 though it has not of late suffered 
 much from external invasion, yet it 
 is but indifferently populated, the 
 nature of the Maharatta government 
 behig, on the whole, rather unfavour- 
 able to an increase of inhabitants, 
 who may be estimated in this exten- 
 sive province not to exceed six )nil- 
 lions. Of these a very great propor- 
 tion are Hindoos, of the Brachmini- 
 cal persuasion ; the Mahommedans, 
 in all likelihood, not exceeding on« 
 20th of the aggregate. 
 
 The Maharatta is the language 
 principally used, but there are be- 
 sides various provincial dialects ; 
 and the Persian and Huidostani 
 are frequently made use of in con- 
 versation, and pubhc documents, by 
 the higher classes. 
 
 For the more remote history of 
 this region, see the words Deccan 
 and Ahmednuggur ; and, for the mo- 
 dern, the word MaJiaratta. {Wilks, 
 Ferishta, i^'c.) 
 
 AuRUNGABAD. — A city in the Dec- 
 can, the former capital of the pro- 
 vince of Aurungabad. Lat. 19*^ 46*. 
 N . Long. 76°. 3'. E. 
 
 This town was originally named 
 Gurka, situated a few miles distant 
 from Dowletabad, which being taken 
 from the short-lived dynasty of Mal- 
 lek Amber, in 1634, the Moguls 
 transfeiTcd the capital of their recent 
 conquests from thence to the village 
 of Gurka. It consequently rapidly 
 
AVA AND THE BIRMAN EMPIRE. 
 
 45 
 
 increased in size, and, becoming tlie 
 favourite residence of Aurengzebe, 
 during: bis viceroyalty of tlie Deccan, 
 it received the name of Aiiruiif;abad, 
 wbicli it eventually communicated to 
 the province. This city continued 
 tlie capital for some time after the 
 iii/ains became independent of Delhi, 
 4intil they quitted it for Hyderabad; 
 ■pntbably on account of its proximity 
 to the territories of the INlaharattas. 
 Auruugahad is no\f within the ni- 
 zam's tenitories, and, like many other 
 famous cities of Hindostan, much 
 fallen from its ancient j;randeur, 'I'he 
 ruins of Aurcngzel>c's pjilace and 
 ffardens are still visible, and the 
 iakeer's tomb is described as a stiuc- 
 ture of considerable elegance ni the 
 eastern style. In tlie bazar, which 
 is very extensive, various kinds of 
 commodities, European and Indian, 
 ^)arlicularly silks and shawls, are ex- 
 posed for sale ; and the population, 
 although much reduced, is still nu- 
 merous. — See Ahmednuggur, Dow- 
 let abad, and Deoghir. 
 
 Tiavelling distance from Poonali, 
 18G miles; from Bombay, by l^oonah, 
 284; tiom Hyderabad, 295; from 
 jMadras, 647 ; from Delhi, 750 ; and 
 from Calcutta. 1022 miles. {Willis, 
 Rennell, !^-c.) 
 
 AVA 
 
 AND THE BIRMAN 
 EMPIRE. 
 
 This extensive region is situated in 
 -the south eastern extremity of Asia, 
 usually distinguished by the name of 
 India beyond the Ganges, and be- 
 twixt the ninth and 26th degrees of 
 north latitude. 
 
 Tlie empire of Ava now compre- 
 hends many large provinces that 
 formed no part of the original Bir- 
 nian dominions, but v.hich will lie 
 I'ound described under their respective 
 heads. To the north it is bounded by 
 Assam and 'I'ibet ; to the south by 
 the Indian Ocean and the Siamese 
 territories; to the north-east it has 
 the empire of China, and to the 
 east the unexplored countries of 
 Laos. Eactho. uid CaBibodia. Qvl 
 
 the west it is seiiarated from t]>» 
 Bengal districts, Tiperah and Chitta- 
 gong by a ridge of mountains and the 
 River Nauf. 
 
 'S\ here not confined by the sea, 
 the liontiers of this empire are in a 
 perpetual state of llurluation, hut it 
 appears to include the s])a<o betwixt 
 the 9th and 26th <legrees of north la- 
 titude, and the 92d and 104tli of 
 east longitude; about 1050 geogra- 
 phical miles in lengih, and GOO in 
 breadth. It is probable the boundr»- 
 ries extend still further to the north, 
 but the breadth varies considerably. 
 Taken in its most extended sense, 
 that is, including countries subject to 
 their influence, the Birman domi- 
 nions may contain 194,000 square 
 miles, forming altogether the most 
 extensive n-ative government, subject 
 to one sovereign authority, at present 
 existing in India. Ava Proper is 
 centrically situated, and surrounded 
 by the conquered provinces; Avhich 
 are, Arracan, Pegue, JMarlaban, 
 Tenasserim, Junkseylon, JMergni, 
 Tavay, Yunsiian, Eowashau, and 
 Cassay. 
 
 From the Ri\ cr Nauf, on the fron- 
 tiers of Chitt;igoiig, to the north end 
 of the Negrais, aie several good har- 
 bours ; and from 'I'avoy io the south- 
 ward of the Mergui Archipelago, are 
 several others. I'he principal rivers 
 are, the Irawaddy. the Keeuduem, 
 the Lokiang, and the l^egue River. 
 Between the Pegue and Afartaban 
 rivers there is a lake, from which 
 two rivers proceed; the one runs 
 north to Old Ava, when it joins the 
 Myoungnya, or Ijittle Ava Kiver, 
 Mhich comes from mountains on the 
 frontiers of China; the other river 
 runs south from the lake to the sea. 
 
 Judging from the appearance and 
 vigour of the natives, the climate 
 must be very healthy. The seasons 
 are regular, and the extremes of heat 
 and cold selilom exj>erieneed ; tha 
 dnration of the intense heat, which 
 precedes the comniencement of the 
 rains, being so short, that it incom- 
 modes but very littl(\ Exclusive of 
 the Delta formed by the njouths ofth* 
 
4(5 
 
 AVA AND THE BIRMAN EMPIRE. 
 
 IrawadJy, there is very little low 
 land in the Briman dominions. 'I'he 
 teak does not grow in tlijs Delta, but 
 in the hilly and mountainous districts 
 to the northward and eastward of 
 Rangoon. Even at a short distance 
 from Syriani, tlie country is dry and 
 
 hilly. 
 
 The soil of the southeni provinces 
 is remarkably fertile, and produces 
 as abundant crops of rice as are to be 
 found in the finest parts of Bengal, 
 li'arthcr northward the country be- 
 comes irregular and mountainous ; 
 but the plains and vallies, particu- 
 larly near the river, are exceedingly 
 fruitftd. They yield good wheat, and 
 the various kinds of small grain and 
 legumes, which giow in Hindostan. 
 Sugar canes, tobacco, of a superior 
 quality, indigo, cotton, and the dif- 
 ferent tropical fruits, are all indi- 
 genous. In a district named Palong- 
 miou, to the N. E. of Ununerapoor, 
 the tea-leaf grows, but it is very in- 
 ferior to the tea produced in Clnna, 
 and is seldom used but as a pickle. 
 Besides the teak tree, which grows 
 in many parts of Ava, both to the 
 north of Ummerapoor, and in the 
 southern country, there is almost 
 every description of timber that is 
 known in India. Fir is produced iu 
 the mountainous part of the country, 
 from which the natives extract the 
 turpentine, but they consider the 
 wood of litle value, on account of its 
 softness. If it were conveyed to Ran- 
 goon, it might prove a beneficial ma- 
 terial for the navigation of India. 
 The teak tree, although it will grow 
 on the plains, is a native of the moun- 
 tains. The forests in Asia, like the 
 woody and uncultivated parts of In- 
 dia, are extremely pestiferous. The 
 wood-cutters are a particular class of 
 men, born and bred in the hills, but 
 they are said to be very unhealthy. 
 
 The kingdom of Ava abounds in 
 minerals. Six days' journey fiom 
 Bamoo, near the frontiers of China, 
 there arc mines of gold and silver, 
 called Badouem; there are also 
 mines of gold, silver, rubies, and sap- 
 phires, at present open on a mouU" 
 
 tain near the Keendvem, called 
 Woobolootan; but the most valuable 
 are in the vicinity of the capital, 
 nearly opposite to Keoiimmevum. 
 Precious stones are found in several 
 other parts of the empire. The in- 
 ferior minerals, such as iron, tin, lead, 
 antimony, arsenic, suljjhur, &.c. are 
 met with in great abundance. Am- 
 ber, of a consistence unusually pel- 
 lucid and pure, is dug up in large 
 quantities uear4he river; gold is like- 
 wise discovered in the sandy beds of 
 streams, which descend ti"om the 
 mountains. Between the Keenduem 
 and the Irawaddy, to the northward, 
 there is a small riv< r, called the Shoe 
 Lien Kioup,or the Stream of Golden 
 Sand. 
 
 Diamonds and emeralds are not 
 produced in the Ava empire, but it 
 has amethysts, garnets, very beau- 
 tiful chrysolites, jasper, and marble. 
 The quarries pf the latter are only a 
 few miles from Ummerapoor. It is 
 in quality equal to the finest marble 
 of Italy, and admits of a polish that 
 renders it almost transparent. This 
 article is monopolized bj' govern- 
 ment, it being held sacred, because 
 the images of Gaudma are chiefly 
 composed of this material. 
 
 I'his empire also contains the ce- 
 lebrated wells which produce the Pe- 
 troleum oil — an article in universal 
 use throughout the Jiirmaii provinces, 
 and reaUzing a large revenue to the 
 government, it being one of the nu- 
 merous royal monopolies. — See Yay- 
 
 NANGHEOUM. 
 
 An extensive trade is canicd on 
 between the capital of the Birman 
 dominions and Yunan,in China. The 
 principal export from Ava is cotton, 
 of wliich there is said to be two 
 kinds; one of a brown colour for 
 nankeen, and the other white, like 
 the cotton of India. 'I'his commo- 
 dity is transported up the Irawaddy 
 in large boats, as far as Bamoo, when 
 it is bartered at the common jee, or 
 mart, with the Chinese merchants, 
 and conveyed by the latter into the 
 Chinese dominions. Amber, ivory, 
 precious stones, betel uut, and the 
 
AVA AND THE BIRMAN EMPIRE. 
 
 47 
 
 <dible nests, brought from the eastern 
 isiauds, are also articles of commerce; 
 in return, the Birmans procure raw 
 and wrought silks, velvets, gold leaf, 
 preserves, paper, and some ulcusiis 
 ef hardware. 
 
 The commerce bet\vixt the north- 
 ern and southern quarters of the em- 
 pire is greatly facilitated by the l\iver 
 Irawaddy, on which several thou- 
 sand boats are amiually employed in 
 transporting rice liom the lower pro- 
 vinces, to supply the capital and the 
 uorthern districts, as also salt and 
 gnapee (pickled sprats). Articles of 
 foreign importation are mostly con- 
 veyed up the Irawaddy ; a few are 
 intioduced by the way of Anacan, 
 and cariied over tlie mountains on 
 men's heads. European broad cloth, 
 a small quantity of hardware, coarse 
 Bengal muslins, Cossimbazar silk 
 handkerchiefs, cliiua ware, and glass, 
 are tlie principal commodities. Co- 
 coa nuts, brought from the Nicobars, 
 are looked upon as a delicacy, and 
 bear a high price. Merchants carry 
 down silver, lak, precious stones, and 
 some other articles, but not to any 
 great amount. , 
 
 In 1795, the quantity of teak, and 
 other timber, imported to iVladras 
 and Calcutta, from the Birman do- 
 minions, requiied a return amount- 
 ing to the value of 200,0001. value, 
 and the trade has since been pro- 
 gressively on the increase. Teak 
 cannot be conveyed from the Ma- 
 labar to the Coromandel coast, imless 
 at so great an expense as to preclude 
 tlie attempt. The imports to Ava 
 from the British domiiiious consist 
 chiefly of coarse piece goods, glass, 
 hardware, and broad cloth ; the re- 
 turns are almost wholly in timber. 
 A small trade is alo carried on with 
 Prince of \\ ales Island. The mari- 
 time ports of this empire are commo- 
 dities for shipping, and better situ- 
 ated for Indian commerce than those 
 of any other power. Great Britain 
 possesses the western side of the Bay 
 of Bengal, and the government of 
 Ava the eastern. The harbour of 
 Negrais is particulaily commodious. 
 
 The quantity of tonnage annually 
 built in Ava for sale and exportation 
 is estimated at 3000 tons. 
 
 The Birmans, like tlie Cliinese, 
 have no coin, silver in bullion and 
 lead being the current monies of the 
 country. What foreigners call a 
 tackal, properly kiat, is the most 
 general piece of silver in circula- 
 tion. It weighs 10 pennyweights, 10 
 grains, and three-fourths. The sub- 
 ordinate cunency is lead; and all 
 conunon market articles, such as fish, 
 flesh, rice, greens, &.c. are sold for 
 so many weights of lead, which being 
 a royal monopoly, is raised in the 
 markets far above its intrinsic value. 
 The average price of rice at the ca- 
 pital is about 2.s.8d. for 84 pounds, at 
 Rangoon and Martaban about 250 
 pounds for 2s. 8d. It is necessary for 
 every meichant to have a banker to 
 manage his money transactions, who 
 is responsible fur the quality of th« 
 metal, atid charges a commissiou of 
 one per cent. 
 
 The Indian nations, east of the 
 Ganges, have always been more cau- 
 tious in their intercourse with foreign 
 slates than those of the west. Tha 
 courts of Ava and Pekin resemble 
 each other in many respects, but in 
 none more than in their vanity and 
 pride, w hich often manifests itself in 
 a ridiculous manner. Like the so- 
 vereign of China, his majesty of Ava 
 acknowledges no equal. Boa, or 
 emperor, is a title which the present 
 King of the Birmans has assumed ; 
 tlie sovereign of China is termed 
 Oudee Boa, or Emperor of Oudee, 
 or China. The principal state officers 
 at court are the follow ing : 
 
 Four woongees, or chief minis- 
 ters of state. (Woon signifies bur- 
 tlien.) 
 
 Four woondocks, or assistant mi- 
 nisters. 
 
 Four attawoons, or ministers of 
 the interior. 
 
 Four secretaries, or sere-dogees. 
 
 Four uachangess, to take note« 
 and report. 
 
 Four sandegaans, who regulate 
 the ccfcmojoialg. 
 
48 
 
 AVA AND f HE EIRMAN EMPIRE!. 
 
 Nine sandozains, whose business 
 is to read petitions. 
 
 In the Birman dominions tliere are 
 no hereditary dignities and employ- 
 ments — allhoHoviis and offices, on the 
 demise of the possessors, revcrtinj? 
 to the crown. The ttsalve, or chain, 
 is the badfve of the order of nobility. 
 They arc from three to 12, which is 
 the highest; tlic king- alone wears 24. 
 Almost every article of nse, as well 
 as of ornaments, indicates the rank 
 of the owner. 
 
 It is difficult to form any correct 
 judgment regardinj? the population 
 of the Eirman dominions. It is said 
 1o contain 80U0 cities, towns, and 
 villages, witliout including Arracau. 
 Few of the iidiabitanls live in solitary 
 habitations ; they mostly form tlujm- 
 selves into small societies ; and their 
 dwellings, thus collected, compose 
 their ruas, or villages. Col. Symes 
 estimates them at 17,000,000, includ- 
 ing Arracau, while Captain Cox, 
 who succeeded him as ambassa- 
 dor, does not go beyond 8,000,000, 
 whicli is, probably, much nearer the 
 truth. 
 
 One-tenth of all produce is exacted 
 as the authorized due of the govern- 
 ment, and one-tenth is the amonnt 
 of the king's duly on all foreign goods 
 imported into liis dominions. The 
 revenue, arising from customs on im- 
 ports are mostly taken in kind. A 
 small part is converted into cash, the 
 rest is distribntcd and received in 
 lieu of salaries to the various depart- 
 ments of the court. INIoney, except 
 on pressing occasions, is never dis- 
 bursed from the royal coffers. To 
 one man the fees of an office arc al- 
 lowed ; to another, a station where 
 certain imports are collected ; a third 
 has land in proportion to the ini|)ort- 
 ance of his employment. By thtse 
 donations they are not only bound in 
 their own pei-sonal servitude, but 
 likewise in that ol' all their depend- 
 ents. Tliey are called the sla\es of 
 the king ; and, in tlieir turn, their 
 vassals are denominated slaves to 
 them. The condition of these grants 
 includes services during war, as well 
 
 as the civil ditties of office. A/-*- 
 1 hough it seems almost impossible, 
 under such a system, to ascertain in 
 any standard currency the amount 
 of the royal revenue, yet the riches 
 of the Birman sovereign arc said to 
 be immense, which is rendered pro- 
 bable by the circumstance, that a 
 very small portion of what enters liis 
 exchequer, c\er again returns info 
 circulation — the hoarding of money 
 being a favourite maxim of oriental 
 state policy. , 
 
 The Birmans may be described as 
 a nation of soldiers, every man in 
 the kingdom being liable to i)e called 
 on lor his military services. The 
 king has no standing army, except a 
 few undisciplined native Christians, 
 and renegadoes of all countries and 
 religions, who act as artillery, a very 
 small body of cavalry, and perhai)S 
 2000 undisciplined, iil-arnicd, naked 
 infantry. The armies are composed 
 of levies raised on the spur of the 
 occasion by tlie princes, chobwahs, 
 and great lords ; these holding their 
 lands by military tenure. The ut- 
 most of all descriptions, probably, 
 does not exceed 60,000 men. The 
 infantry are armed with muskets and 
 sabres, the cavalry with a spear — all 
 the latter are natives of Cassay. 'I'he 
 breed of horses in Ava is small, but 
 very active ; and, contrary to the 
 practice of other eastern countries, 
 they castrate their horses. 
 
 The most respectable i)art of the 
 Birman militaiy force is their esta- 
 blishment of war boats, l^ery town 
 of note in the vicinity of the river is 
 obliged to furnish a certain number 
 of men, and one or more war boats, 
 in proportion to the magnitude of the 
 place. At a very short notice, tlie 
 king can collect 500 of these boats. 
 'J 'hey carry from 40 to 50 rowers, 
 and there arc usually 30 soldiers 
 armed with nniskcts on board, to- 
 gether v> ith a piece of ordnance on 
 the prow. The rower is also pro- 
 vided with a sword and lance, which 
 are placed by his side whilst he plies 
 tlu' oar. The musket was first in- 
 troduced into the Pcgue and A\a. 
 
AVA AND THE BIRMAN EMPIRE* 
 
 49 
 
 conntnes l)y the Porliiguesc, aud are 
 of tlie worst quality. 
 
 The principal provinces of the Eir- 
 man Empire have been aheady spe- 
 cified — the names of the most re- 
 markable towns are Uinmeiapoor, 
 the capita! ; Ava, the ancient ca- 
 pital ; Monchaboo, the birtli-place of 
 Alompra; Pegue, Rauj^oon, Nyriam, 
 Prome, Negrais, Persaim, and Clia- 
 gaing. 
 
 Almost all towns, and even villages, 
 in the 5iinnan countiy, are snr- 
 ronndedwith a stockade, which kind 
 of defence the Birmaus are very ex- 
 pert at erecting. 
 
 The general disposition of the Bir- 
 mans is strikingly contrasted with 
 that of the natives of India, from 
 V horn they are separated only by a 
 narrow range of monutains. The 
 Birmans are a lively, inqnisitivc lace, 
 active, irasci!)le, and impatient ; the 
 charactt r of their Bengal ucighboius 
 is exactly the reverse. 
 
 The females in Ava are not con- 
 cealed from the sight of men, but 
 are suflered to have fice intercourse 
 n.s in Europe ; in other respects, how- 
 ever, there aie many degrading dis- 
 tinctions, and the Birman treatment 
 of females, generally, is dosliliite 
 both of delicacy and humanity. 'J'lie 
 practice of selling tlieir women to 
 stiangers is not considered as shame- 
 ful, nor is the female dishonoured. 
 1'hey are seldom unfaithful, and often 
 essentially nsefid to their foreign 
 masters, who are not allowed to carry 
 their temporary wives along with 
 them. Infidelity is not a character- 
 istic of Birman wives ; in general, 
 they have top nmch employment to 
 have leisure for coiTU])tion. 
 
 In their featmes the Birmans bear 
 a nearer resemblance to the Chinese 
 than to the natives of Hindostan. 
 The Momen, especially in tl)e north- 
 ern part of the empire, are tairer than 
 the Hindoo females, but are not so 
 delicately formed. The men are not 
 tall in stature, but are active aud 
 athletic. They have a very youthful 
 appearance, from the custom of 
 |>luckijig- the beard, instead of using 
 
 the razor. Marriages are not con- 
 tracted until the parlies reach the 
 age of puberty. 'Ihe contract is 
 purely civil, the ecclesiastical iiuis- 
 diction having nothing to do with it. 
 The law prohiliits polygamy, and re- 
 cognizes only one \\il\t, but concubi- 
 nage is admitted to an unhmited ex- 
 tent. When a man dies intestate, 
 three-fourths of his property go to his 
 children born in wedlock, and one- 
 fourth to his widow. The Birmans 
 burn their dead. 
 
 1'he Birmans, both men and wo- 
 men, colour their teeth, their eye 
 lashes, and the edges of their eye-» 
 lids with black. 
 
 In tiieir food, compared with tlie 
 Indians, the Birmans are gross and 
 uncleanly. Although their religion 
 forltids the slaughter of animals la 
 general, yet they ajiply the interdic- 
 tion only to those that are domesti- 
 cated. All game is eagerly sought 
 after, aud in many -places publicly 
 sold. Reptiles, such as lizards, gua- 
 nas, and snakes, constitute a part of 
 the subsistence of the lower classes. 
 To strangers they grant the most li- 
 beial indulgence, and if they chajice 
 to shoot at, and kill a fat bullock, it 
 is ascribed to accident. 
 
 Among the Birmans the sitting 
 posture is the most respectful, but 
 strangers are apt to altrilnite to in- 
 solence, what in their view is a mark 
 of deference. The Birman houses 
 are, in general, raised three or four 
 feet from the ground, on wooden 
 posts or bamboos, which is the case 
 with the huts of the me.'^nest pea- 
 sant in the empire. Tliey are com- 
 posed wholly of bamboos and mats, 
 and but indifferently thatched. Gild- 
 ing is forbidden to all Birmans ; li- 
 bert}' even to lacker and paint the 
 pillars of their houses is granted to 
 tew. 
 
 In this empire every thing belong- 
 ing to the king has the \\ ord slioe, or 
 gold prefixed to it; even liis majesty's 
 person is never mentioned, but^ia 
 conjunction with that precious metal. 
 AVhen a subject means to allirin that 
 the king has Jieurd any ibiag, lie 
 
50 
 
 AVA AND THE BIRMAN EMPIRE. 
 
 says, " It luis rcachctl the {golden 
 eals ;" he who li.is obtaiu«d admit- 
 tance to (he loj al presence, has been 
 at the " j^oldeu feet." The pcrlunie 
 of Otto of roses is described as being 
 grateful to the " golden nose." Gold 
 among the Kirmans is the type of ex- 
 cellence, yet. althoxigh highly AaUied, 
 it is not used for coin in the country. 
 It is enijdoyed sometimes in orna- 
 ments for the women, and in utensils 
 and ear-rings for th« men ; but much 
 the greatest quantity is expended in 
 gilding their temples, in uhieh vast 
 sums are continually lavished. 
 
 'J"he Eirmau sovereign is sole pro- 
 prietor of all the elephants in his do- 
 minions, and the privilege to ride on, 
 or keep one of these animals, is an 
 honour granted only to men of the 
 Ycry fnst rank. In Hindostan female 
 elephants arc prized beyond males, 
 on account of their being more tract- 
 able ; but, in Ava, it is the reverse, 
 females being never used on state 
 occasions, and seldom for ordinary 
 riding. The henza, the symbol of 
 the Birman nation, as tlie eagle was 
 of the l^oman empire, is a species of 
 vild fowl, called in India the Brah- 
 miny goose. It is a remarkable cir- 
 cumstance, that there should not be 
 sudi an animal as a jackal in the 
 A\a dominions. 
 
 'I'he Birmans of high rank liave 
 their barges drawn by war boatvS, it 
 being thought inconsistent with their 
 dignity lor great men to be in the 
 same boat with connnon watermen. 
 It is customary also tor a person of 
 distinction journeying on the water, 
 to have houses built for his aeommo- 
 dation, at the places where he means 
 to stop. The materials of thc.-^e houses 
 are alw ays easy to be procured, and 
 tlie structure is so simple, that a spa- 
 cious and comforta!)lc dwelling, suit- 
 ed to the cHinate, may be erected in 
 little more than four hours. Batii- 
 b<Kis, grass tor thatching, and the 
 ground rattan, arc all the materials 
 retprisite; not a nail is used in the 
 whiile edilk-e; and, il'the whole were 
 to fall, it w(mld scarcely crush a lap- 
 dog. .Notvvilhslanding the well- 
 
 formed arches of brick that are stift 
 to be seen in many of the ancient 
 temples, yet Birman workmen can 
 no longer turn them, v\hieh shews 
 how easily an art once well known 
 may be lost. Masomy, in the latter 
 ages, has not been much attended to v 
 wooden buildings have superseded 
 the more solid structures of brick and 
 mortar. 
 
 I'he Pali language constitutes, at 
 the present day, the sacred text of 
 Ava, Pegue, and Siam, and is nearly 
 allied to the sansoit of the Brahmins. 
 The character in connnon use through-' 
 out Ava and Pegue is a round Nagari, 
 derived from the square Pali, oi* re- 
 ligious text. It is Ibrincd of circles 
 and segments of circles variously dis- 
 ])osed, and is written liom left to 
 right. 1'h(? connnon books arc conv- 
 poscd of the palmjra leaf, on which 
 the letters are engraved with styles. 
 
 It is a singular fact, that the lirst 
 version of Sir ^^ illiam Jones'.*; tran- 
 slation of the Institutes of Hindoo 
 Law , .'honld be made into theBirman 
 language. It was completed tor the 
 A\ a sovereign, by an Armenian, iu 
 1795. 
 
 'I'hc laws of the Birmans, like their 
 religion, are Hindoo ; in fact, there is 
 no separating their lav\s tiom their 
 religion. The Birmans call their code 
 Deinia Sath, or Sastra. It is one of 
 many of the commentaries on Meim. 
 'I'heir system of jurisprudence, like 
 thatT)f the Chinese, provides speciti- 
 cally lor almost every spe(;ies of crime 
 that can be committed ; and adds a 
 copious chapter of prwcedents to 
 guiile the unexperienced, in cases 
 where there is any dou!)l or diHiculty. 
 Trial by ordeal and imprecation are 
 the only absmd passages in the book, 
 which, on the subject of fLUiah s, i.s 
 to a European oll'ensively indecent. 
 
 'I'lic iidiabitants of Ava constantly 
 write the name Barma; though, liwiu 
 afleeting an indistict pronunciation, 
 they often term themsel\es Byamma, 
 Bonuna, and Mv*mma, which are 
 Old} vocal corrupiious of the written 
 name. 
 Thy Birmans arc not shuckltd by 
 
AVA AND THE BIRMAN EMPIRE. 
 
 51 
 
 Rny prejiulices of cast, restricted to 
 hereditary occupations, or forbidden 
 from participatint? witii straiis^ers in 
 every social bond, like the Hindoos 
 of the Lrahminical reli<i;ion. At pre- 
 sent their laws are described as being 
 wise, and pregnant with sound mo- 
 rality ; and their police as better re- 
 gulated than in most European coun- 
 tries. A knowledge of letters is so 
 Avidely diffused, that there are no 
 mechanics, and few of the peasaiits, 
 or even the common watermen, who 
 cannot read and write in the vulgar 
 tongue. Few, however, imderstand 
 the more scienlilic, or sacred vo- 
 Imnes. All kionms, or monasteries, 
 are seminaries for the education of 
 youth, to which the surrounding in- 
 habitants send their children, where 
 they are educated gratis by the Rlia- 
 haans, or monks. The latter never 
 buy, sell, or accej^t money. 
 
 TheBirman year isdivided into 12 
 mouths of 29 and 30 days alternately, 
 which they rectify by an intercalation 
 every third year. They reckon the 
 month from the beginning to the full 
 moon, after which they recede by re- 
 trogressive enumeration until the 
 month is finished. The week is di- 
 vided into seven days, as in ilin- 
 dostan. The Christian year 1795 cor- 
 responds with the Birman year 1157, 
 and the Mahoinmedan year 1209. 
 
 The Birmans are extremely fond 
 both of poetry and music, and pos- 
 sess epic as well as religious poems 
 of high celebrity. I'hey are accus- 
 tomed to recite in verse the exploits 
 of their kings and gcncrais. In the 
 royal library the books are ranged 
 with great regularity, the contents of 
 each chest being written in gold let- 
 ters on the lid. It is said to contain 
 more books on divinity than on any 
 other subject ; but there are separate 
 works on history, music, medicine, 
 painting, and romance. If all the 
 other chests were as well filled as 
 those submitted to the inspection of 
 Col. Syni(!s, it is probable his Birman 
 majest}' possesses a more numerous 
 lil)rary than any other Asiatic sove- 
 reign. 
 
 E 2 
 
 Buddha (of whom the Birmans are 
 sectaries, as the Hindoos, are of Brah- 
 ma) is admitted by Hindoos of all 
 dcscriptiviis to be the 9th Avatar, or 
 descent of the Deity in the character 
 of preserver. He reformed the doc- 
 trines contained in the Vedas, and 
 severel} censured the sacrifice of cat- 
 tle, or depriving any thing of life. 
 His place of birtli and residence is 
 supposed to have been Gay a in 
 Bahar. 
 
 Gautama, or Gautom, according 
 to the Hindoos of India, or Gaudma 
 among tiie iidiabitants of the more 
 eastern ])arts, is said to have been a 
 philosopher, and is believed by the 
 Birmans to have flourished 2300 
 years ago. He taugiit in the Indian 
 schools the heterodox, religion and 
 philosophy of Buddiia. 'ihe image 
 that represents Buddha is called 
 Gaudma, or Goutum, which is a 
 conunonly- received appellation of 
 Buddha liimself. 'J'his image is the 
 primary object of worship in all 
 countries (except Assam and Cassay) 
 situated between Bengal and China. 
 'J'he sectaries of Buddha contend 
 with thoise of Brahma for antiquity, 
 and are certainly more numerous. 
 The Cingalese, in Ceylon, are Budd- 
 hists of the. purest source, and the 
 Birmans acknowledge to have re- 
 ceived their religion from that island, 
 which they name Zehoo, The Klia- 
 haans (Birman monks) say it was 
 brought first fiom Zehoo to Arracan, 
 and thence was introduced into Ava, 
 and probably into China. The Bon- 
 zes of the latter counti-y, like the 
 Rhahaans of Ava, wear yellow as the 
 sacerdotal colour, and in many of 
 their customs and ceremonies have a 
 striking siinilitade. Sir Wni. Jones 
 determines the period, when Buddha 
 appeared on the earth, to be 1014 
 years befoic the birth of our Saviour. 
 
 The Binnans believe in the me- 
 tempsychosis, and that having un- 
 dergone a certain number of trans- 
 migralions, their soids will, at last, 
 either be received into their Olympus, 
 on the mountain Mern, or be sent to 
 sulfei torments in a place of divine 
 
AVA AND THE BIRMAN EMPIRE. 
 
 punishments. "Notwithstanding the 
 Biirnans are Hindoos of tlie sect of 
 Buddha, and not disciples of Brah- 
 ma, tliey nevert1<eless reverence the 
 Brahmiijs, and ac'-a»owleds;e their 
 superiority in science over their own 
 priests. The king and all the chief 
 oOicers liave always in tlieir houses 
 some of these domestic sap;es, v.ho 
 su|)|)ly thein with astrological advice. 
 
 'I'lie BJrnians do not inflict on 
 themselves disgustful tortures after 
 the manner of t!ie Hindoos, hut they 
 deem it nieritoii(ms to mortify tiie 
 flesh by the voluntary penance of 
 abstemiousness and self-denial. Like 
 the other sectaries of BndiUia, they 
 are much attached to their lares, or 
 domestic ^ods. A Birman family is 
 never without an idol in some conicr 
 of the house, made of wood, ala- 
 baster, or silver. 
 
 The Kioums, or convents of the 
 Rliahaans, are difi'ercut in their struc- 
 ture from common houses, and much 
 resemble the architecture of the Chi- 
 nese. They are entirely made of 
 wood, comprehending in the inside 
 one hirge hall, ojien at all sides. 
 There arc no a})artincnts for tlie pri- 
 vate recreations of the Rliahaans — 
 pulilicity is the prevailing system of 
 Birman conduct. They admit of no 
 secrets either in church or state. 
 
 Yellow is the only colour worn by 
 the priestliood. They have a long 
 loose cloak, which they wrap round 
 them, so as to cover most part of 
 their body. They profess celihaey, 
 and abstain from cvciy sensual in- 
 dulgence. Tlie juniors are restricted 
 from wandering about licentiously, 
 the head of every convent having a 
 discictionary ])OWcrto grant or refuse 
 pennission to go abroad. The Hlia- 
 iiaans, or priests, never dress their 
 own victuals, holding it an a])use to 
 l)erforjn any of the connnon func- 
 tions of life, which may divert tliesu 
 fiojn the contempiation of the divine 
 essence. 'I'hey receive the coutri- 
 butioas of tlie laity ready dressed, 
 and prefer cold food to hot. At the 
 dawn of day tlicy begin to peram- 
 bulate the town, to collect supplies 
 
 for the day ; each convent sending 
 forth a certain number of its mem- 
 bers, who walk at a quick pace 
 through the streets, and support with 
 the right arm a blue lackered box, iu 
 Avhich the donations are deposited. 
 These usually consist of boiled rice, 
 mixed with oil, dried and pickled 
 iish, sweetmeats, fruit, Stc. During 
 their walk they never cast their eyes 
 to the right or to the left, but keep 
 them fixed on the giound. They do 
 not stop to solicit, and seldom even 
 look at the donors. They eat but 
 once a day, at the hour of noon. A 
 much larger quantity of provisions is 
 commonly procured than suflicesfor 
 the mevnljers of the convent; the 
 surplus is disposed of as charitably 
 as it M as given, to the needy stranger, 
 or the poor scholars, who daily attend 
 them to be instructed in letters, and 
 taught their moral and religious du- 
 ties. In the various commotions of 
 the empire, the Bhahaans have never 
 taken any active part, or publicly in- 
 terfered in politics, or engaged in 
 war ; and the Birnians and Peguers, 
 professing the same religion, who- 
 ever were conquerors, equally re- 
 spected the ministers of their faith. 
 
 There were formerly nunneries of 
 viigin jiricstesscs, who, like the Rha- 
 haans, wore yellow garments, cut olF 
 their hair, and devoted themselves 
 to chaslif V and religion ; but these 
 societies were long ago abolished, as 
 being injurious to the population of 
 the state. At present tiiere arc a fevr 
 old women, who sliave their heads, 
 wear a white dress, follow funerals, 
 and carry water to convents. These 
 vciicraide dames have some portion 
 of respect paid to them. 
 
 Ava abounds in praws, or temples, 
 in a luinous state, yet new ones are 
 daily erecting. For this the Birmans 
 assign as a reason, that, though to 
 n.fnd a dccavcd temple be an act of 
 jjicly, yet it is not so meritorious as 
 to erect a new one. Those whoso 
 liiiances cannot erect a new one, 
 coiitenl themselves with repairing an 
 old one. 
 
 Like sU caslcni nations, the Bir- 
 
AVA AND THE BIRMAN EMPIRE. 
 
 53 
 
 lAans are fond of processions ; such 
 as a funeral accompanied 1j\ a pomp- 
 ous public buining, or the cere- 
 mony of admitting youths into the 
 convent of Khahaans. The age of 
 induction is from 8 to 12 years. 
 
 From the testimony of the Portu- 
 guese liistoriaus, it appears, that in 
 the middle of the 16th century, four 
 powerful states occupied the re<;ions 
 that he between the soutli-casteru 
 province of British India, Ynnan in 
 China, and the EaslerJi Sea. Their 
 territories extended from Cassay and 
 Assam on the N. W. as far S. as the 
 Island of Junkseylon. Tliese nations 
 were known to Europeans by the 
 names of Aracan, Ava, Pegue, and 
 Siani. Ava, the name of the ancient 
 capital of the Birinans, has usually 
 been accepted as the name of t!ie 
 country at large, wliich is Miamma, 
 and named Zomien by the Chinese. 
 
 The Portuguese authors say, that 
 the Jiirmans, though formerly sub- 
 ject to the King of Pegue, became 
 afterwards masters of Ava, and caus- 
 ed a revolution at Pegue about the 
 middle of the 16th century. 'I'he 
 Portuguese assisted the Birmans in 
 their wars against the Peguers, and 
 continued to exorcise an influence in 
 the Birnian and Pegue countries, 
 and still greater in Arracan, so long 
 as they maintained an ascendancy 
 over the otlier European nations in 
 the east. During the reign of Louis 
 XIV. several splendid attempts were 
 made to propagate liie doctrines of 
 the church of Kome, and adv;uice 
 tlie interest of the I'rcnch nation in 
 the kingdom of Siam, but little is 
 related of Ava or Pegue. 
 
 The supremacy of the Birmans 
 over the Peguers continued througli- 
 out the I7th, and during the first 40 
 years of the 18th century, when the 
 Peguers in the provinces of Dalla, 
 iMartaban, Tonglio, and Promc, re- 
 volted ; a civil wai" ensued, a\ hich 
 was prosecuted on both sides with 
 the most savage ferocity. About the 
 years 1750 and 1751, the Peguers, 
 by the aid of arms luocined from 
 Europeans trading to their povU, and 
 
 with the assistance of some renegade 
 Dutch and native Portuguese, gain- 
 ed several victories oAcr the Bir- 
 mans. In 1752 they invested Ava, 
 tiie capital, which surrendeiod at 
 discretion. Dweepdce, the last of a 
 long line of Birman kings, was made 
 juisoncr, with all his family, except 
 two sons, who eil'ected their escape 
 to the Siamese. Bonna Delia, or 
 Beinga Delia, the Pegue sovereign^ 
 w hen he had completed the conquest 
 of Ava, returned to his own country. 
 
 A man now arose to rescue his 
 country from this state of subjuga- 
 tion. Alompra, (the founder of the 
 present dynasty,) a man of low ex- 
 traction, then known by^ the name of 
 Aundzea, or hinitsman, was conti- 
 nued by the conqueror in the chief- 
 ship of Monehaboo, at that time an 
 inconsiderable village. His troops ot 
 lirst consisted of only 100 jueked 
 men, with whom he defeated the 
 Peguers in several small engage- 
 ments; after which, his forces in- 
 creasing, he suddenly advanced and 
 obtained possession of Ava, the inha- 
 bitants of which, on liis approach, 
 expelled the Peguers. These events 
 took place about the auttuuii of the 
 year 1753. 
 
 In these wars the French favour- 
 ed the Peguers, while the English 
 leaned to the Birmans. In 1754 the 
 Peguers sent an army and fleet of 
 boats to retake Ava, but were totally 
 defeated by Ahtmpra, after an obsti- 
 nate and bloody battle. From this 
 period the Pegue power seemed hast- 
 ening toils wane; yet they still pro- 
 secuted the war, and massacred the 
 aged King of the Birmans, and other 
 prisoners of tJiat nation, under pre- 
 tetice of apprehended treacherj'. 
 Upon this the Birmans in the districts 
 of Pronie> Denoobeu, Loonzay, tkc. 
 revolted, and exterminated the Pe- 
 gue garrisons in their towns. The 
 eldest son of the late king now wish- 
 ed to regain the throne of his ances- 
 tors; but, as this did not suit the 
 views of the successful adventurer, 
 Alompra, he compelled him to take 
 refuge among the Siamese, lu 1754 
 
54 
 
 AV^V AND THE BIRMAN EMPIRE. 
 
 Jicinpa Delia, the Peguc Kins^, be- 
 sigcd Prome; but liis annv was again 
 dt-rcated, with great slaughter, by 
 Aloitipra, wlio followed them so 
 closely in their retreat, as to trans- 
 fer the scat of war to the mouths of 
 the navigable rivers, and the niinie- 
 lous ereeks and eauals (hat intersect 
 the lower provinees of Pegue. 
 
 On the 21st of April, 1755, Alom- 
 pra attacked and totally defeated 
 Apporaza, the King of Pegue's bro- 
 ther; after which the Pegners de- 
 serted Eassicn, which was no longer 
 a place of safety, and withdrew to 
 S}riam. Abont the year 1754 Alom- 
 pra subdned the Cassayer, wIjo had 
 revolted, and on Ijis return south, in 
 175G, attacked and took the town 
 and fortress of Syria m by surprise, 
 after a long blockade. The com- 
 mandant, and greater part of the 
 garrison, escaped to Pcgne; many, 
 however, v,cre slain, and all the 
 Europeans made jirisoners. It ap- 
 jfcars all along to have been the de- 
 termined policy of the French to 
 espouse the cause of the Pcguers; 
 but their assistance and supplies ar- 
 rived too late, when all communica- 
 tion V ith the sea was cut oil. Mon- 
 sieur Dupleix, the goveinor of Pon- 
 dicherry, sent two ships; but the 
 first that arrived was decovedup the 
 river, taken, and the whole crew 
 massacred; the second escaped by 
 being accidentally delayed, and 
 can ied the iktal intelligence to Poii^ 
 dichcrry. 
 
 'i he fall of Syriam d' termined the 
 fate of the Pegners: cut off from 
 all coinmunication with the western 
 countries of Dalla and Passien, 
 deprived of the navigation of the 
 Rangoon P.i^er and the Irawaddy, 
 and shut out from all foreign aid, 
 their resources failed them, and sup- 
 plies by water could no longer reach 
 them. In January, 1757, Alompra 
 undertook the siege of the city of 
 J'eguc; and the mode he adopted 
 vvas that of cjrcumvallation, which 
 was a lavouiite practice of warfare 
 jimung the IJirmans, and famine, a 
 weapon on which they place groat 
 
 reliance. This plan proved effect- 
 ual; for a negociation was opened, 
 which terminated in an agreement, 
 that the Pegue King should govern 
 his country, under the stipulation of 
 doing homage to the Birman mo- 
 narch. A preliminary of these con- 
 ditions was the snrrciider of the 
 daughter of the Pegue sovereign to 
 the victor. Notwithstanding all these 
 arrangements, in their nature truly 
 Asiatic, Alompra endeavoured to 
 obtain possession of the to^n by 
 treachery, and at last obtained his 
 object by famine, when he abondoned 
 it to indiscrimiiiate pimider and mas- 
 sacre. 
 
 The Tallien, or Pegue govern- 
 ment being extinct, by the surrender 
 of their capital, it became necessary 
 for foreigners to conciliate the new 
 sovereign; accordingly Ensign Lyster 
 was sent as envoy by the British fao 
 tory at the Negrais, who had an in- 
 terview with Alompra on board his 
 boat, while i»roceeding to his caj)i- 
 tal. His majesty, on this occasion, 
 assumed a very lofty tone ; boasted 
 of his invincible prow ess, and enu- 
 merated the royal captives of the 
 Pegue family, who Avere led prison- 
 ers in his train. 
 
 In 1757 the Pegners revolted, and 
 expelled the viceroy placed over 
 them; but were afterwards over- 
 thrown, in a severe engagement, 
 near Rangoon, and the anival of 
 Alompra in person finally crushed 
 the insurrection. He aftcrw ards re- 
 duced the tow n and district of Ta- 
 vay, w here many Pcguers had taken 
 refuge : he then determined to chas- 
 tise the Siamese, for the encourage- 
 ment they had given to his rebellious 
 subjects. His fleet proceeded to 
 Mogul, while his anny advanced 
 by land; and tiie town, being ill Ibrti- 
 fied, was soon taken. Leaxing a 
 garrison for its defence, the Birmans 
 marched figainst Tenasseriui, a large 
 and populous town, surrounded by 
 await and stockade; iiot\vithstand-< 
 ing w hich it made a feeble defence. 
 
 A Her a very short halt atTenasse- 
 rim, he undertook an expedition 
 
AVA AND THE BIRMAN EMPIRE. 
 
 55 
 
 ag;ainst tlie cajiital of Siain; but, 
 fjom various impcLlimnits, a moiitli 
 elapsfd before ho reached the vicinity 
 of that metropoUs, wliiili was well 
 prepared for a vigorous defence. 
 'l"wo days after the Eiruian army had 
 erected their stockades, A loMi}>ra was 
 taken ill of a disease, whicii in the 
 end proved mortal. lie gaA e orders 
 for an imn)edia1e retreat, in hopes 
 of reachiu}? his capital alive; his in- 
 tentions, however, were frustrated; 
 for dcatli overlook him witliin two 
 days niarcli of JMartahan, where he 
 expired about the 15th May, 1760, 
 after a short and active ro'v^n of only 
 eiglit years, aiid before he had com- 
 pleted the 50th year of his age. 
 
 During his reign the wisdom of his 
 counsels secured what liis \al()Urhad 
 acquired: he issued severe edicts 
 against gambling, and prohibited 
 the use otL^pirituons licpiors through- 
 out his dominions : he reformed tlie 
 courts of justice, and abridged tiie 
 power of tlic magistrates; every 
 process of iniportan(;e l)eiug decided 
 iu public, and e\ery decree regis- 
 tered. 
 
 He was succeeded by his eldest 
 son Namdojee Fraw, who experienc- 
 ed considerable dilliculty at tirst by 
 the rebellion of his brother Shemhu- 
 an, and afterwards by that of ]\ieinla 
 Kajah, the principal general of his 
 deceased fiither. Both these revolts 
 be successfully subdued, although 
 the latter oj>i)onent had obtained 
 possession of Ava, the cajiital, 
 which was recaptured by blockade, 
 and all the garrison who could not 
 eflect their escajic, put to deatli. 
 Namdogee likew isc reduced the for! 
 of Tonglio, and took prisoner one 
 of his uncles who h:id rebelled, 
 whom he spared, but punisiied the 
 other ringleaders with ileath. The 
 three succeeding years were emplo}- 
 ed in reducing the refractory to obe- 
 dience, j)rin( ipally the Peguers. lie 
 died at his capital, about the month 
 of March, 17(i4, after a rf;ign of 
 little more than three years, leaNing 
 one son, named Moinieii, yet an in- 
 fant. 
 
 On his decease, his brotlier Shcm- 
 buan assumed the reins of govern- 
 ment; nor is it ascertained that he 
 ever acknowledged holding them in 
 trust for the minor, whom he edu- 
 cated in obscurity ainong the Rlia- 
 haans, or monks. In 17(i5 he sent 
 an expedition against the Siamese, 
 with partial success, and went him- 
 self against the Munipoor Cassayers, 
 where he acquired considerable booty. 
 In 17G6 the Birmaa armies marched 
 south, and had an action with tlie 
 Siamese, about eight days journey 
 from the Port of Siam, when they 
 were victorious; after which they 
 laid siege to the city of Siam, and 
 took it on capitulation, after a long 
 blockade — the favourite system of 
 Hirman warfare. 
 
 In 1767, or 1131 of the Birman 
 a^ra, the Chinese seat an army of 
 50,000 men from the western frontier 
 of "V unan, which advanced as far 
 into the country as the village of 
 Gliiboo, where they were henuned 
 in by tlie Birmans. The Tartar ca- 
 valry, on whose vigour and activity 
 the Chinese army depended for pro- 
 visions, could no longer venture out, 
 either to procure provisions, or to 
 protect convoys. In this situation 
 their army was attacked, and wholly 
 destroyed, except about 251 '0, whom 
 the J?irmans sent in fetters tc» the 
 capital, where they were compelled 
 to ply then- trades according to the 
 royal pleasure. They were also en- 
 couraged to man) Birman wives, as 
 are all strangers, and to consider 
 themselves as Birmans, 
 
 This custom of the Birmans is 
 singular among the civilized coun- 
 tries of the east, and peculiarly re- 
 markable in a })eople, who derive 
 their tenets from a Hindoo source. 
 It is well known that in China, even 
 the public prostitutes are strictly 
 prohibited from having intercourse 
 w ilh any other than a Chinese ; nor 
 is any foreign woman permitted to 
 «;nter the territories, orvisit the ports 
 of that Jeulous nation, jlindoo wo- 
 men, of good casts, are no less in- 
 Hcccisible, and admission into d ^c- 
 
56 
 
 AVA AND THE BIRMAN EMPIRE. 
 
 spectable cast is not attainable by 
 juoiiey. 
 
 The Siamese, soon after the Bir- 
 man araiy had (|nittetl then- territory, 
 revolted. In \7'> 1, Deeberdee, the 
 jjencral M'ho had before subdued 
 them, was detached to punish them ; 
 but, from diflerent obstacles, was 
 compelled to retreat without pene- 
 trating; into the country. A new ge- 
 neral was appointed; but the Pegu- 
 ers in the Birraan army suddenly 
 rose on their companions, commenc- 
 ed an indisciiminate massacre, and 
 pursued them to the gates of Ran- 
 goon, which they besieged, but were 
 unable to capture. 
 
 In 1774Shembuan sent an army, 
 AThich subdued the Cassay country, 
 and took the capital Munipoor; but 
 10,000 men having gone forward to 
 eflect the conquest of the Cachar 
 ccuiitry, they v\ ere totally destroyed 
 by the Caclnus and the hill fever, 
 within three days marc h of Cospoor, 
 the capital. A second expedition, 
 tlie same year, was more successful, 
 and compelled the Cachar Rajah to 
 pay tribute: this year also the dis- 
 tiict and fort of Alartaban were re- 
 taken from the revolted Peguers. 
 
 In 1775Shembuaa sailed down the 
 Irawaddy, \\ ith an army of 60,000 
 jnen; and, in the month of October, 
 arrived at Rangoon, v»here he put to 
 death Beinga Delia, the old and un- 
 fortuiiate Pegue monarch, and many 
 Tallien, or Pegue nobles 
 
 In 1776 Shembuan left Rangoon, 
 and was taken ill in the road to Ava, 
 •where he died soon after his arrival, 
 having reigned about 12 years. His 
 character is that of an austere, in- 
 telligent, and active prince. He re- 
 duced the petty sovereigns of several 
 neighbouring provinces to a state of 
 permanent vassalage, who had before 
 only yielded to desultory conquest. 
 These he compelled, on staled pe- 
 riods, to repair to the cai)ilal, and 
 pay homage at the golden feet. 
 Among them were numbered the 
 Lords of Sandipoor, (Cambodia) Ze- 
 mee, Quantong, and Banioo, toge- 
 ther witli tlie Currianers, the Kajus, 
 
 and other uncivilized tribes, inlia- 
 biting the western hills and moun- 
 tainous tracts tliat intersect the re- 
 gions east of the Irav.addy. 
 
 Shembuen was succeeded by his 
 son Chenqnza, aged 18, who proved 
 a debauched, blood-thirsty monster, 
 and was dethroned, and put to death 
 by his uncle, IMindragee Praw, in 
 1782, after a short, but (as far as re- 
 fers to foreign wars) tran(}uil reign 
 of six years. 
 
 Minderajee Praw was the fourth 
 son of the great Alompra, the 
 founder of t!ie dynast}^ One of his 
 first acts was to drown his nevdiew 
 Momien (the son of Namdojee l^raw, 
 the second sovereign) by fixing him 
 betwixt two jars, whi- li were sunk 
 in the stream, conformably to the 
 Birrnan mode of executing members 
 of the royal family. "When he as- 
 cended the tlu-oae he was 43 years 
 of age, and had two sons already 
 grown up to man's estate. He had 
 enjoyed the throne but a short time, 
 when he had nearly been deprived 
 both of life and diadem, by a despe-: 
 rado, named Magoung, who, with 
 about 1(H> cenfederates, attacked 
 him and his guards in his own palace, 
 where they all perished. 
 
 During his days of leisure this 
 king had directed much of his atten- 
 tion to astronomical studies, and be- 
 came a thorough believer in judicial 
 astrology. Brahmins, who, though 
 inferior in sanctity to the Rhahaans, 
 are nevertheless held in high respect 
 by the Birmans, had long been ac- 
 customed to migrate from Cassy and 
 Arracan to Ava. JMinderajee Praw 
 appointed a certain number of them 
 his domestic chaplains; and, prompt- 
 ed by their persuasions, he determin- 
 ed to withdraw the seat of govern- 
 ment fiom Ava, and found a new 
 metropolis, which he did at Lmme- 
 rapoor. 
 
 In the year 1783 (conespondm^ 
 with the Birman year 1145) he sent 
 a fleet of boats against Arracan, which 
 was conquered, after a slight resist- 
 ance, and IMahasumda, the ra,iah, 
 and his family, made prisoners. The 
 
AVA AND THE BIRMAN EMPIRE. 
 
 57 
 
 surrender of Cheduba, Rainree, and 
 the Rroken Isles, I'ollowed the con- 
 quest of Anacais. 
 
 Ahhough the Birmans conld not 
 retain the inland parts of Siani, they 
 preserved the dominion over the sea 
 coast as far as AJer^ni. In the year 
 1785 they attacked the island of 
 Jiinksejlon, Avilh a ilc ct of boats and 
 an army; bnt, although first siic- 
 cessiful, were ultimately compelled 
 to retreat with considerable loss. 
 The Birman monarch, wliose pride 
 was deeply mortilied by this, resolved 
 to repair the disgrace; and, in 1786, 
 invaded Siam with an army of 30,000 
 men, bnt was totally dclcated, near 
 the frontiers, by Fictiek Single, the 
 King of Siam, his useless cannon 
 taken, and liimsclf with great dilii- 
 culty escaping captivity. '^J'he Bir- 
 mans, in this ad ion, ascribe their 
 defeat to the incumbrance of their 
 cannon, which were old ship guns, 
 mounted on old carriages. 
 
 In the year l/^it the Siamese ob- 
 tained possession of '1 avay by 
 tieachery, which the Birmans, in 
 1701, regained by the same nn.ans; 
 and that year compelled tlie Siamese 
 to raise the siege of Mergui. In 
 1793 peace was concluded wiih the 
 iSiamese, who ceded to the Jiirmans 
 the westenrmaritiine towns as fjir 
 soiitii as _\Jeigiii. thus yielding to 
 tliem the entijo possession of the 
 coast of I'enasserim, and the t«o 
 important sea ports of Mcrgui and 
 Tavay. 
 
 Iji 1795 his Birman majesty, 
 learning tiutt three distinguisiied rob- 
 bers, frouithe f-irman dominions in 
 Arracan, had taken refuge in the 
 British dii;irict of Cliittagong, wiih- 
 out comnuniirati;!g his intention, or 
 in any shape dcmandiiig the fugi- 
 tives, thought proytcr to order a body 
 ©f 5000 men, under an olliter of 
 rank, to enter the Company's terri- 
 tories, with positi'.e injunctions to 
 the commander not to return, unless 
 he brought with him the delinquents, 
 dead or ahve ; and further to suj)- 
 poit this detachment, an army of 
 5fO;U00 meu was held iii icadiucss at 
 
 Arracan. In conscqnencc of this ir- 
 ruption, a strong detachment was 
 sent fnnn Calcutta, a battalion of 
 Euroijcans by water, and the native 
 sepoys by land, under the command 
 of Generai Erskine. 
 
 Seree NuniUi Kiozo, tlie Birman 
 cliief, to whom the task of reclaim- 
 ing tlio fugitives was assigned, after 
 liis army hisd crossed the river, and. 
 encamped on the opposite bank, dic- 
 tated a letter to tlie Biitish .judge 
 and magistrate of Chittagong, ac- 
 quainting him with the reasons of the 
 inroad, and that tiie captme of the 
 delinquents was his sole object, with- 
 out liarbouring any design of hostili- 
 ties against the English. At the 
 same time he declared, in a peremp- 
 tory st}le, that luitil they were given 
 nj), he would not depart from the 
 Company's territories; and, in con- 
 firmation of this metjace, fortified his 
 camp witk a stockade. 'I'hese mat- 
 ters being" reported to gtneriunent, 
 the magistrate of Cliittagong was or- 
 dered to ap])rehend the retugees, atid 
 keep them in saiie custody until fur- 
 ther directions. 
 
 On the approach of General Ers- 
 kiiic, Seree Nundakiazo sent a ilagf 
 of mice, proposing terms of accom- 
 modation, slii:ulaling lor the surren- 
 der of the fagiti>es, as the basis of 
 the agreement. Tire general re- 
 plied, that no terms could be listened 
 to while the Birmans continued on 
 Enc'-lisii grnnad ; bnt tliat as soon as 
 they should Avithdraw fiom their for- 
 tiiied camp, and retire within their 
 own frontier, he would enter on the 
 subject of their conii)laints; notifying 
 also, that unless tliey evacuated the 
 Coinj)any's possessions in a limited 
 time, tiDrce would Ijc used to compel 
 them. I'he Birman chief, in a manly 
 confidt nee of the British c'.iaracter, 
 personally waited on General Ers- 
 kine, and disclosed to him the na- 
 ture of his instmctious, the enormity 
 of the oifenders, and the oulrages^ 
 they committed. General Erskinc as- 
 sured him it was far from the in- 
 tention of the Biitish government to 
 screeu deliiu^ueul.s, but that it was 
 
58 
 
 BABADERPOOR. 
 
 iin})o>'.sible for him to recede from his 
 first deteriiiiiiation. The Kirnian ge- 
 neral agreed to Avithdraw his troops, 
 aiid the retreat uas conducted in the 
 jHost . orderly manner; nor had one 
 act of violence l)oen ronmntted by 
 the Birman troops, during their con- 
 tinuance in the Company's districts. 
 The guilt of the refugees being after- 
 wards established, they were deli- 
 vered over to the Birman magistrates, 
 by whose sentence two out of the 
 three underwent capital punishment. 
 (Sipnes, Cox, Let/den, F. Buchanan, 
 DaJrijmph, ^'c.) 
 
 AvA. — A town in the Birman Em- 
 pire, properly named Aingwa, four 
 miles west from the new capital, 
 Ummerapoor. Lat. 21°. 51'. IN. 
 Long. 95°. 58'. E. 
 
 This place is divided into the up- 
 per and lower city, both of which are 
 fortified, the lower being about four 
 miles in circumforencc. Yi is pro- 
 tected by a wall 30 feet high, at the 
 foot of which there is a deep and 
 broad fosse. Tlic communication 
 betwixt the fort and the country is 
 over a mound of earth crossing the 
 ditch that supports a causeway; the 
 Mall is sustained on the inside by an 
 embankment of earth. The upper 
 or smaller fort does not exceed a mile 
 in circumference, and is much the 
 strongest, but all the walls are mould- 
 ering to decay. The mateiials of the 
 houses, which consisted principally 
 of wood, were transported to the 
 new city of Unmierapoor; but the 
 ground, when not covered with grass, 
 still retains traces of former build- 
 ings and streets. The disposition of 
 the latter nearly resembles that of 
 Ummerapoor. 
 
 In the temple of Logatliero Praw 
 is still to be seen a gigantic image of 
 Gaudma, of marble, seated in its 
 customary position on a pedestal. 
 The height of the idol, from the top 
 of the head to the pedestal on which 
 it sits, is nearly 24 feet ; the head is 
 eight feet in diameter, and across the 
 breast it measures 10 feet. The 
 Birmans assert, that it is composed 
 of one entire block of marble ; nor. 
 
 on the closest inspection, can any 
 junction be perceived. The build- 
 ing has evidently been erected over 
 the idol, as the entrance would 
 scarcely admit the introduction of 
 his head. 
 
 Within the fort stands a temple of 
 superior sanctity, named Shocgunga 
 Praw, in which all oaths of conse- 
 quence are administered, the breach 
 of which is considered as a most 
 heinous crime. How this temple ob- 
 tained so eminent a distinction is not 
 now known. Besides these there are 
 numerous temples, on which the Bir- 
 mans never lay sacrilegious hands, 
 dilapidating by the corrosion of time ; 
 indeed, it would be difiicult to exhibit 
 a more striking picture of desolation 
 and ruin. {Si/mex, cVc.) 
 
 AwASs, {Ams). — A toAvn in the 
 IMaharatta territories, in the province 
 of Khandcsh, 05 miles E. of Broaclu 
 Lat. 21°. 4«'. N. Long. 74°. 34'. E. 
 
 AvTi'RA. — A town in the })rovince 
 of Bengal, district of Pachcte, 127 
 miles N. W. from Calcutta. Lat. 
 23°. 41'. N. Long. 86°. 58'. E. 
 
 AxiMNAGUR. — A district in the ter- 
 ritorities of the Poonah Maharattas, 
 situated to the south of the Krishna 
 Biver, in the province of Bejapoor. 
 It contains no town of consequence. 
 
 AziMGHUR. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Allahabad, district of Gaz^- 
 poor, 37 miles N. E. from Jionpoor. 
 Lat. 24°. ()'. N. Long. 83°. 10'. E. 
 
 AzMERiGUNGE, {Ajamida ganj). — 
 A town in the Province of Bengal, 
 district of Silhet, 75 miles N. E. 
 from Dacca. Lat. 24°. 33'. N. Long. 
 91°. 5' E. 
 
 B. 
 
 Baad. — A small town in the pro- 
 vince of Agra, about 10 miles S. W. 
 from the city of Agra, the road to 
 which is through a fertile country, in- 
 terspersed with clumps of mango 
 trees. Lat. 27°. 5'. N. Long. 77*. 
 55'. E. {Hunter.) 
 
 BABADliRPOOa, ( BaJiadarpur). — A 
 
BACKERGUNGE. 
 
 59 
 
 town in the IMaharatta territories, in 
 the province of Kh-.mdcsh, 15 miles 
 S. W. from Boorhanpoor. Lat. 21°. 
 15'. N. Long;. 70°. 8'. E. 
 
 Babare. — A town in tliP province 
 of Gujrat, <iistric{ of AVorroar, situ- 
 ated about 25 miles N. from l^alidiin- 
 poor. This is one of the jiviticipal 
 dens of Cooly thieves, and oii^aiially 
 belonged to the Balooches, hut the 
 Coolees have gradually superseded 
 their authority. 
 
 Baber. — A small island in the 
 Eastern Seas, surrounded liy several 
 others, lying betwixt the 130th and 
 131st degrees of east longitude. In 
 Length it may be estimated at 18 
 iniJcs, by six the average breadth. 
 
 Eap.rivA. — A district in the pro- 
 vince of Gujrat, situated on the pe- 
 ninsula, betwixt the Gulfs of Cambay 
 and Cutch. It is but of small extent, 
 and mountainous, containiug many 
 stroDg holds. Various small rivers, 
 Avhieh have their sources in the hills, 
 flow from tlience, and fall into the 
 Gulf of Cambay. This district docs 
 i)ot contain any town of note, and is 
 iii the possession of native inde- 
 pendent rajahs. 
 
 Baeuan. — A small island, about 
 25 miles in cucumfercnce, the most 
 northerly of the Philippines. Lat. 
 19°. 43'.N. Long. 122°. E. 
 
 Babuyanes Isles. — A number of 
 islands lying otf the north coast of 
 Luzon, the principal Philijipine, be~ 
 twrxt the I9th and 20th degrees of 
 north latitude. The largest islands are 
 named Babuan, Calayan, Dalupiri, 
 Camigncn, and Fuga, and are ti'om 
 20 to 30 miles each in circumference. 
 Besides these, there are many small 
 rocicy isles. 
 
 The Babuyanes Isles, although so 
 far north, are much infested by the 
 piratical cruizers from Magindarao. 
 (Forrest, S)-c.) 
 
 Backar, {Bhncnr). — A district ex- 
 tending along the Indus, in the pro- 
 vince of Mooltan, situated principally 
 betw i\t the 28th and 30th degrees of 
 jiorth latitude. In 1.782, it is described 
 jby Abu! I'azel as follows : 
 
 " Doubeh Beliker, containing 13 
 
 mahals, measurement 282,013 bce- 
 gahs ; revenue, 18,424,947 dams. 
 Seyarghal, (j0,4l9 dams. This dis- 
 trict furnishes 4690 cavalry, and 
 11,100 infantry." 
 
 The chief town is Backar; but, re- 
 specting the country generally, we 
 have, in modern times, had but little 
 information. A considerable propor- 
 tion of the district is composed of 
 barren unfertile sand. 
 
 Backar. — A town in the province 
 of Mooltan, .situated on an island 
 formed by the Indus, near its junc- 
 tion w ith the Dummoody. Lat. 28°. 
 31'. N. Long. 70°. 2'. L. In 1582, 
 it is described by Abut Tazcl as fol- 
 lows : 
 
 " Behkoor is a good fort, which, 
 in ancient books, is called Munsoo- 
 rah. All the six rivers which pass 
 through Lahore proceed past Beh- 
 koor in a collected stream, after hav- 
 ing divided into two, one going to 
 the nortii, and the other to the south 
 of the fort. Here is very little rain, 
 but the fruit is delicious." 
 
 In 1758, when Dara Shekoh fled 
 from his brother Aurengzebc, he di- 
 rected his course towards Sindy, 
 taking possessioii of the strong fort 
 of Backar, which afterwards stood a 
 considerable siege. (Abul Fazel, Ber- 
 nier, SiT.) 
 
 Backergunge, (Bacargunj). — A 
 district in the province of Bengal, 
 formed about the vear 1800, from the 
 southern quarter of the Dacca Jelal- 
 pore district. A considerable pro- 
 portion of this division, named Bok- 
 lah, or Ismaelpoor, extends chiefly 
 along the western bank of the Pud- 
 dah, or Great Ganges, nearly to its 
 mouth at the Island of Rabnabad, 
 which forms the south-east angle of 
 the Bengal Delta ; the west of Hid- 
 gellee being the other. About the 
 year 1584 this district was over- 
 whelmed and laid waste by an inun- 
 dation; and, fiom the succeeding 
 ravages of the Mughs, aided by the 
 Portuguese, who then inhabited Cbit- 
 tagong, it continues to this day great- 
 ly depopulated. 
 
 The lauds are very capable of cul- 
 
m 
 
 EADRACHELLUM. 
 
 tivation, notwithstanding their prox- 
 imity to the sea, being annually, 
 during the periodical rains, over- 
 flowed by the fresh water of. and fer- 
 tilized by, the slimy mould deposited 
 by tlie Ganges. 
 
 The country, being so well sup- 
 plied with moisture, ])roduces two 
 abundant crops of rire annually, fur- 
 nishing a considerable proportion of 
 the grain which is consumed in, and 
 exported from Calcutta. lor the 
 latter purpose the dry season crop 
 produced during the cold weather 
 answers best. Irom the viciaity of 
 this division to the Sunderbuuds, be- 
 ing in a manner part of it, the innu- 
 merable ri\crs by which it is inter- 
 sected, and the quantity of junjde 
 still covering its surface, it not only 
 abounds with alligators and tigers of 
 the most enormous size, but is also 
 infested by dacoils, or river pirates, 
 who rob in gangs to a gTcater degree 
 than any other district in Eeugal. 
 
 A strong establishment of boats 
 and sepoys is kept up at Barker- 
 gunge, but their eli'orts have hitherto 
 been totally unavailing to suppress, 
 or oven diminish the mnnbcr of these 
 depredators, who appear to increase 
 all over the lower districts of Br ngal. 
 These dacoities, or gang robberies, 
 are often attended with murder and 
 torture, to compel the disclosure of 
 concealed treasr.re; and always ou 
 the subsequent trials with perjury, 
 and subornation of perjurj , practised 
 lor the most atrocious purjioses. 
 
 The obslables to the suppression 
 of th(^se crimes do not arise from any 
 open resistance to the magisterial au- 
 thority, but liom the extreme difli- 
 culty (wliicli only those can appre- 
 ciate who have experienced it) of 
 discriminating the innocent froni the 
 jsnilty. The evil is of great magni- 
 tude and long continuance, every 
 mode of remedy hitherto attempted 
 having contiibutcd to aggravate, in 
 place of diminishing the calamity. 
 
 In this district there still exist se- 
 veral original Portuguese colonies, of 
 probably more than two centuries dn- 
 Viition, wliich exhibit a mcluncholy 
 
 proof to what an extreme it is possible" 
 for Europeans to degenerate. They 
 are a meagre, puny, imbecile race, 
 blacker than the natives, who hold 
 them in the utmost cor.tcmpt, and 
 designate by the appellation of Caula 
 Feringics, or black Europeans. 
 
 BACIvliRGUNGE. — A tOWH ill tllC 
 
 province of Bengal, 120 miles E. 
 from Calcutta, the capital of a dis- 
 trict ot tiie same name, and residence 
 of th<! judge and magistrate. Lat. 
 22°. 42', N. Long, 81;°. 20'. E. 
 
 Badar. — A town in the province 
 of Bejapoor, situated on the south 
 side of the River Krishna, 30 miles 
 >S. E. from Mirjee, in tiie territories 
 of the PoonahMaharattas. Lat. 1G°. 
 4t>'. N. Long. 76° 32'. E. 
 
 Badarwall. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Lahore, district of Kisli- 
 tcwar, 10 niiles from the southern 
 range of hills w hit h bound Cashmere, 
 Lat. 3i>°. 45'. N. Long. 74°. 54'. E. 
 It is posses.sed by an independent 
 raj all. 
 
 Badaumy, (Badami). — A town 
 in the territories of the Maharattas, 
 province of Bejapoor, 80 iuiles S. E. 
 tiom ai<rritch. Lat. 16°. 6'. N. 
 Long. 75°. 46'. E. This is a place of 
 some strength, which can be taken 
 only by a regular siege, which would 
 require a heavy equipment. 
 
 Bahdoriah, (Bliadria). — A dis- 
 trict in the province of Agra, inter- 
 sected by the Chumbul Kiver. It is 
 print ipally possessed by diflercnt 
 petty chiefs; those to the south of 
 the Chumbul being tributary to the 
 Maharattas. 
 
 BADKACHiiLLUM, ( Bhadrachnlam, 
 the Sacred Mountain). — A town on 
 the N. E. side of the Godavery River^ 
 belonging to the Polooxishah Rajah, 
 134 miles W. from Vizagapataiu. 
 Lat. 17°. 52'. N. Long. 89°27'.E. 
 At this place the Rajah ofPoIoon- 
 shah collects taxes upon all goods 
 passing through his country by this 
 road. The merchandize is generally 
 cotton, which tlie IVIaharaltas export 
 to the northern Circars, importing 
 from thence salt and cocoa nuts in 
 exchange. There is a pagoda here 
 
BAGMUTTY. 
 
 61 
 
 of high repute, sacrxl toSccIa ; 200 
 yards to the south of \vl)icli the town 
 is situatod, ooiisisting; of 100 liiits, 
 the whole lieiiig surrounded witli 
 jungle. (Blunt, i\c.) 
 
 Badroon. — A town m the pro- 
 vince of Gnjrat, district of Broach, 
 SO miles E. hy 8. from Cainl)ay. Lat. 
 22°. 18'. N. Long. 7^°. 13'. E. 
 
 Badruah. — A town in tiie jNIaha- 
 latta tcnitories, in tlie province of 
 Gnjrat, district of Cimmpancer, 40 
 miles E. frcmi Canihay. Lat. 22°. 25'. 
 N. Long. 73°. 25'. E. 
 
 B \DKYCAZRAM, ( Vadavicasramo). 
 — A province in Northern Hindontan, 
 situated betvvi\t the 3 1st and 33d 
 degrees of north latitude. This pro- 
 vince may be considered as the nor- 
 thern boundary of Hiudostan in tiiis 
 quarter, being entirely composed of 
 mountains, wliich rise one over the 
 Other, and end in the Great Hima- 
 laya Ridge. 'I'o tlie south it has the 
 province of Serinagnr, of which it 
 may be considered as the northern 
 quarter. It has never been explored, 
 except by soiue Hindoo devotees, 
 who describe it as a region of ever- 
 lasting snow, containing the sources 
 of the Ganges and other sacred ri- 
 vers. l"he name Yadavica Asrania 
 signifies the Bovver of Yadiuica 
 Trees. 
 
 Bagalat.n, ( Bngelen). — A district 
 in the south of .lava, nearly about 
 the centre of the island, from east to 
 west. The dialects of Scindo and of 
 this district, are said to be very dis- 
 tinct from the Javanese Proper. 
 Prom the Bngelen dialect the Sooloo 
 language is supposed to be derived. 
 
 Bagaroo. — A small town in the 
 Rajpoot territories, in tlie province of 
 Ajmecr, 12 miles S. by W. from Jye- 
 nagur. Lat. 2(3°. 47'. N. Long. 75°. 
 34'. E. 
 
 Baghput, (Bhttgapati). — A small 
 town in the province of Delhi, 20 
 miles N. from the citv of Delhi. Lat. 
 29°. \. Long.77°.7'. E. 
 
 Baglana, (Bkageiana). — A large 
 district in the Maharatta territories, 
 in the province of Aurungabad, situ- 
 ated principally betvvL\t tha 20th aud 
 
 21st degrees of north latitude. This 
 country is exceedingly mountainous, 
 but contains many fertile jtlains and 
 vallies. Eew countries have greater 
 advantages, in point of natural 
 strength, which is augmented by a 
 number of strong fortresses, erected 
 on the summits of lofty mountains. 
 The ri'( crs are small, and tliere are 
 no towns of any great note; tho 
 chief are Chanderc, Tarabad, and 
 Iiigauvv. 
 
 This is one of the original Maha- 
 ratta provinces, and is still wholly 
 possessed by dill'erent leaders of that 
 nation. On account of its natural 
 strength, and the martial disposition 
 of the natives, it Joes not appear that 
 it ever was completely subdued, ei- 
 tiicr by the Deccany sovereigns or 
 the Mogids 
 
 The rajahs were often reduced to 
 the last stage of independence, par- 
 ticularly by Aurengzebe; but a sort 
 of feudal obedience, and a tribute 
 extremely irregularly paid, were the 
 utmost subjection they ever submit- 
 ted to. It was first concpicred by 
 the Mahommedans during tlie leiou 
 of Allah nd Deen, A. D. 1296; but 
 it was a conquest they were unable 
 to retain. About the year 1500 Bag- 
 lane was governed by an independent 
 rajah, who was compelled to become 
 tributary to the Nizam iShahcc dynas- 
 ty of Ahmednuggur. 
 
 Baglana continued under a no- 
 minal sort of subjection to tJio Delhi 
 emperors, until the appearance of 
 llie Maharatta chief Sevajee, wheii 
 it was amongst the first that revolted, 
 and has ever since remained luider 
 tlie Maharatta government. Like 
 many other districts subject to tfiat 
 nntion, it is not wholly possessed by 
 any one chief, but partitioned among 
 several, whose limits frequently Hue- 
 tuate. (Feris/da, Rennel, cVc.j 
 
 Bag MUTT Y, (Baghamati, Fortu- 
 nate). — This river lias its source in 
 the 1-ills to. the north of Catmaudoo, 
 the capital of Nepaul, from whence 
 it flows in a seutherly direction, en- 
 tering the British territories in the 
 distiict of Tiriiaot aud province of 
 
62 
 
 BAHAR. 
 
 Bahar. It suLsequciitly falls into 
 the Ganges, a few miles below 
 Alonghir, having performed a wind- 
 ing ct)Urse of about 3(>(» miles. 
 
 Bagnouwangie. — A Diilcli port 
 and settlement situated in the Straits 
 of Bally, at the eastern extremity of 
 Java, and distant five leagues from 
 ttie mouth of Balaiiibonang Bay. 
 Lat.8° 15'. S. Long. 11 4°. 20'. E. 
 
 This place is intersected by a small 
 river, and has a little earthen foit, 
 lined with turf, and sunoundcd by a 
 ditch, over which are two draw- 
 bridges. The garrison consists of a 
 lieutenant commandant, a company 
 of Aiudurans, intermixed with 10 
 Eurojjcans, and soine Samanap ar- 
 tillery, with a Dutch second lieu- 
 tenant and sergeant. Two pilots, 
 who reside in the village, jireeede the 
 ships which pass the Straits, to point 
 out the proper anchoring stations. lu 
 tlie neighbourhood are two tine plan- 
 tations of pepper and cofiee, with an 
 indigo manufactory adjoining, A 
 league beyond this place, at Saiwra- 
 daya, are a large old brick-built 
 house, a hospital, and prison for the 
 Malays. 
 
 Adjacent to this establishment is a 
 village of the same name, consisting 
 of 80 Chinese and Malay families, 
 where the chief, or tomogon resides. 
 It is separated from Panaroukan by 
 an exlen^iive desert ; and, being one 
 «f the most unhealthy stations in the 
 island, all the malcontents of Sania- 
 rang and Sourabhaya are banished 
 hither for five or six months, accord- 
 ing to the degrees of their offences. 
 AlltheJavan andMaduran criminals, 
 condemned for life, arc sent to work 
 on the plantations in this vicinity. 
 I'hc fort and villages are surrounded 
 by marshes, which occasion frequent 
 putrid fevers among the natives and 
 Europeans. (Tombe, Ic.) 
 
 Bah (Vahu) Kiver. — ^This river 
 Las its source in the province of Aj- 
 meer, not far from the. city of Jjud- 
 poor, and afterwards Hows in a south- 
 erly direction towards the Gulf of 
 Cutch, which it never reaches, ■beii>g 
 absorbed by tlie way,orlostiuthc Huii. 
 4 
 
 BAHAR, 
 
 (Vihar, a Monastery of Buddhists.) 
 
 A large province of Hindostan, ex- 
 tending from the 22d to the 27th 
 degrees of iiortli latitude. It is se- 
 parated from the Nepaul dominions 
 by an extensive range of hills, which 
 rise up on the northern frontier ; ou 
 the south it has the ancient and bar- 
 barous Hindoo proAince of Gund- 
 wana ; on the east it is bounded by 
 the province of Bengal ; and on the 
 west by Allahabad, Oude, and Gnnd- 
 wana. The River Caramnassa was 
 the old line of separation betweeit 
 the Bahar and Benares territories. 
 
 This provuice is one of the most 
 fertile, highly cultivated, and popu- 
 lous, of Hindostan, in proportion to 
 its extent of plain arable ground,' 
 which may be computed at 26,000 
 square miles, divided naturally into 
 two e(|ual jxjrtions oftenitory, north 
 and south of the Ganges, whiehruns 
 here an easterly course of 200 miles, 
 
 Oae of these divLsions extends 
 northerly 70 miles, to the forests of 
 Nepaul and Morung; is separated 
 from Goracpoor in Oude, on the west, 
 by the Gunduck, a:id a crooked line 
 between that r vcr and the Dewah, 
 or Goggrah. This northern division 
 is bounded on the cast by Piirricah in 
 Bengal, the whole area being one 
 uninterrupted Hat, which was sub- 
 diviiled by the Em})eror A(;ber intO' 
 four districts, viz. I'irhoot, llajypoor, 
 Sarun, with Chumparun, orBettiah, 
 including tour pcrgunnahs from Mon- 
 ghir. 
 
 The central division of Bahar ex- 
 tends south of the Ganges 60 miles, 
 to that range of hills called in Sans- 
 crit Viiidhya-chil, which separates 
 tlie lower plain.s tiom the territory 
 above the Ghauts. It is divided on 
 the west from Chunar in Allahabad, 
 by the Kiver Caranmassa ; and from 
 Bengal, on the east, by a branch of 
 the southern hills, extending to the 
 pass of llUiaghury, o)i the confines 
 of Rajemal. The district named Ba- 
 har, v\]iich is in the middle of this 
 ceutial division, occupies about one 
 
BAHAR. 
 
 G3 
 
 half of tljc Aviiolc level a von, the 
 plains ofMoni:,hiroiK-sixtli more, the 
 lest beirie,' inoiiiiiaiiiou.s, IJotas, the 
 most soutii-nestcin district, lies 
 chicdj' between the KiversSoaiie and 
 Carninnassa ; the romainino; district, 
 t>lialial)ad, extending' along tlie south 
 side of the Ganges. This central di- 
 vision, on acconiit of tire sup(>riority 
 of the soil and produce, particularly 
 of opium, yields nearly two-thirds of 
 the total annual produce. 
 
 Exclusive of these two divisions 
 there is a stragoiini;- liilly country of 
 8000 square miles, which produces 
 but little. 
 
 Still further to the south there is a 
 third and elevated region, eontaiaini^ 
 18,000 square miles, though propor- 
 tionally of inconsiderable value. This 
 highland territory includes the mo- 
 dern subdivisions of lalarnow, Rani- 
 ghur, and Chuta >iai^poor; bounded 
 on the west by the Soiibali of Alla- 
 habad, on the south by (Jrissa, and 
 on the east by IJeiigal. This last di- 
 vision is geograjthically termed the 
 'ihrcc Bellads,or Cantons, and is also 
 sometimes described luider the ap- 
 pellation of Kokcrah, but more com- 
 monly named Nagpoor, tiom the dia- 
 mond inliics it contains. 
 
 Square miles. 
 
 The assessed lands of < iglit 
 districts of this province 
 contain - 26,287 
 
 The lauds belonging to Pala- 
 mow, Ranigluir, and Nag- 
 I)oor - - 18,553 
 
 Portion of hilly country in 
 
 JMonghir, Khotas, &.e. 7133 
 
 Total superficial contents 
 of the province - - - 
 
 61,973 
 
 In the Institutes of Acber, com- 
 piled by Abul J azel, A. D. 1582, this 
 province is described as follows: 
 
 " 'I'lie length of liahar, from Gur- 
 her to Hotas, i.s 120 coss, and the 
 breadth, from Tirhoot to the northern 
 mountains, includes 110 coss. It is 
 bounded on the east by Bengal, has 
 Alluhabud and Oudc to the west, 
 
 and on the nortli and south are large 
 mountains. The princij)al rivers of 
 this soubah arc the Gauges ar.d the 
 Soane. The River Giuiduck comes 
 from the north, and empties itself 
 into the Ganges near liadjypoor. 
 The summer months are here very 
 hot, but the winter is temperate. The 
 rains continue for six montlis. lu 
 the district of ]\longhir is raised a 
 stone wall, extending from the Gan- 
 ges to tlie mountains ; and this wall 
 is considered to be the boundary be- 
 tween Bengal and Bahar. This sou- 
 bah contains seven districts, viz. Ba- 
 liar, INlonghir, Chumparun, liaj} poor, 
 Sarun, Tirhoot, and Rotas. 'I'hesc 
 are subdivided into 199 pergunnahs; 
 the gross amount of the revenue is 
 55,47,985 sicca rupees. It furnishes 
 11,415 cavalry, 449,350 infantry, and 
 100 boats " 
 
 I'hc province of Bahar possesses 
 great natural advantages, a temper- 
 ate climate, high and fertile soil, 
 well watered, productive of the drier 
 graiu§^ and all the luxunes required 
 by ^j^more active inhabitants of the 
 nortn, • Its geographical situation is 
 centrical, having easy communica- 
 tions internally, and ser\ing as a 
 thoroughfare for the commerce of 
 Bengal and of foreign maritime 
 countries, with the ]>rovinees of liin- 
 dostan. 'I'hcse advantages brought 
 Bahar into a high state of prosperity 
 soon after the Patau conquest, which 
 continued under the Mogul dj nasty. 
 
 In Bahar, and the districts con- 
 tiguous to it, a parching m ind Ijom 
 the westward prevails during a large 
 portion of the hot season. It blows 
 with great strength during the day, 
 but is commonly succeeded at night 
 by a cool breeze in the opposite di- 
 rection. Sometimes it ceases for days 
 or weeks, giving way to easterly 
 gales. Beyond the limits of Bahar 
 the parching winds are still more 
 prevalent ; refreshing breezes, or 
 ctwiing showers of rain and hail, 
 more rare. During the cold season 
 a blighting fiust is sometimes expe- 
 rienced iu tlie Bahar and Benares pro- 
 vinces. 
 
64 
 
 BAHAR. 
 
 AgTicultiirp, mamifactiires, and 
 commerce, have always greatly flou- 
 rishcil in tliis province. Opium may 
 be considered as its pccnliar produce 
 and staple commodity^ of the coun- 
 try; saltpetre is principally manu- 
 factured in the districts of Ha jypoor 
 and Sarun. Cotton cloths lor ex- 
 portation are manufactured every 
 where, in addition to which are the 
 ordinary jiroduetions of grain, sugar, 
 indigo, oil, betel leaf, &c. 
 
 'i'lic manufacture of saltpetre 
 scarcely passes the eastern limits of 
 JBahar. It is a practical remark, that 
 the production of nil re is greatest 
 during the prevalence of the hot 
 winds, which are perhaps essential to 
 its formiftion. Tiicse parching- winds 
 from tiic west did not formerly ex- 
 tend beyond the eastern limits of Ba- 
 har, but by the change of seasons 
 which have been remarked within 
 these 30 years, the hot winds have 
 extended their influence to Bengal 
 Pro})er. Perhaps the manufacture of 
 saltpetre might, on that account, be 
 attempted with success in majjy dis- 
 tricts of BeJigal. 
 
 The actual extent of the saltpetre 
 manufacture would ailmit of a pro- 
 duction to whatever amount com- 
 merce required. What is delivered 
 into the Conipany's warehouses does 
 not usually cost more than two ru- 
 pees per maund of 801bs. the rest, 
 after paying duty and charges of 
 transportation, and alfoidiiig profit 
 to several intermediate dealers, sells 
 in general at four and live rupees per 
 maund, for internal consumption, or 
 for traffic with diil'erent paits of In- 
 dia. The export of saltpetre to iLu- 
 rope is at all times principally con- 
 fined to the Company's investment, 
 but private persons are also occa- 
 sioually permitted to export it under 
 certain limitations. 
 
 The opium produced in the pro- 
 vinces of Bahar and Benares is 1:20- 
 Bopolized by the government, and 
 sold in Calcutta by public sale. For 
 vajions reasons, liiis monopoly seems 
 less exceptionable than many others. 
 The common produce is ci^id pounds 
 
 of. opium per bee;?ali (one-fliird of 
 
 an acre), besides which the cultiva- 
 tor reaps about 14 pounds of seed; 
 and many cultivators, frojn the same 
 land, obtain a crop of potherbs, or 
 some other early produce. 'I'he pre- 
 paration of the raw opium is under 
 the immediate superintendance of 
 the Comi)any's agent. It consists in 
 evaporating, by exposure to the sun, 
 tiie watery particles, which are re- 
 l)laced by oil of poppy seed, to pre- 
 vent the drying of the resin. The 
 opium is then formed into cakes, and 
 covered with the petals of the poppy, 
 and, when sufficiently dried, it is 
 packed in chests, with the fragments 
 of the capsules, from which po])py- 
 seeds have been thrashed out. The 
 adulteration of opium is difficult to 
 discover: it has commonly been sup- 
 posed to be vitiated with an extract 
 from the leaves and stalk of the pop- 
 py, and with gum of the mimosa. 
 
 Bahar, like the greater [lart ofHin- 
 dostan, was anciently supplied with 
 salt from the Lake of Sambher, in 
 the province of Ajmeer; but it now 
 consumes the Bengal salt, and a 
 small portion of that imported from 
 the coast of Cororaandel. 
 
 In the nature of landed property 
 there are several distitictions betwixt 
 Bengal and Bahar, of which the fol- 
 lowing are the principal : 
 
 In Bengal the Zemindaries aro 
 very extensive ; and thatof Burdwaa 
 alone is equal in produce to three- 
 fourths of that of Bahar, in which 
 province the Zemindaries aie com- 
 pariti\ cly sniall. The pow er and in- 
 tluence of the jwincipal Zemindars 
 in Bengal are proporlionably great, 
 and they are able to maintain a de- 
 gree of iiidepeudenc(.', Avhich the in- 
 ferior Zemindars of Bahar have lost. 
 The latter, also, luniiig been placed 
 under a provincial administration, 
 from distance as well as comparative 
 infeiioiity, have been precluded 
 from that degree of information, 
 which the Zemindars of Bengal, 
 from their vicinity to Calcutta, and 
 access to the officers of govcruiiiejuit, 
 have bcca able to obtaio. 
 
BAHAR. 
 
 65 
 
 The lands of Bahar have, from 
 timeinuiieinorial, been let to farm, 
 and no penci al settlement, since the 
 acquisition of the Dewanny, had 
 been concluded between trovern- 
 nicntand the proprietors of the s«)il, 
 until the final and perpetual assess- 
 ment in 1792. 
 
 'J'here arc few instances of jaghircs 
 in Bengal, probably not more than 
 three or four; but they are frequent 
 in Bahar. 
 
 The custom of dividinp^ the pro- 
 duce of the land, in certain propor- 
 tions, between the cultivator and go- 
 vernment, was almost universal in 
 Bahar; but in Bengal this custom 
 was very partial and limited. Upon 
 the w hole, the proprietors of the soil 
 in Bahar were in a degiaded state, 
 comparatively w ith those of Bengal. 
 In Bahar there are but three princi- 
 pal zemindars, viz. the Rajahs of 
 Tirhoot, Shahabad, and Sunnotc Te- 
 le aroy. 
 
 The principal rivers of Bahar are 
 the Ganges, theSoane, the Gundiick, 
 the Dummoodah, the Caramnassa, 
 and the Dcwah ; the two latter being 
 boundary rivers: besides these there 
 are many small streams, the flat part 
 oflhis country being very well sup- 
 plied with moisture. The chief towns 
 are Patna, Mongliir, Boglipoor, 
 Buxar, Dinapoor, Gayah, and Rotas. 
 The race of men visii>ly improve in 
 Bahar compared with Bengal, as they 
 are taller and much more robust. 
 
 Bahar having been, at an early 
 period, conqnered by the Mahom- 
 medans, anil afterwards retained in 
 ])crmanent subjcclion, contains a 
 considerableproportion of inhabitants 
 professing that religion, particularly 
 in the northern and more (cultivated 
 districts. Although Gayah, the birth- 
 place of Buddha, the great prophet 
 and legislator of the more eastern 
 nations, be within the limits of this 
 province, and is stili a place of pil- 
 grimage for sectaries of that persua- 
 sion, yet among the resident inhabi- 
 tants remarkably few Buddhists are 
 to be foinid, the Brahminical being 
 the prevailing religion. 
 
 In the tcmote periods of Hindoo 
 history, Bahar appears to have been 
 the seat of two independent sove- 
 reignties ; that of Magadha. or South 
 Bahar, and that of Mithila (Tirhoot), 
 or North Bahar. 
 
 An intimate connexion has always 
 subsisted between this pro\ince and 
 Bengal, on which account their his^ 
 tories and political economy are una- 
 voidably much blended; the reader 
 is, therefore, referred to the article 
 Bkngal, for Anther information ou 
 these subjects, and more particularly 
 resi)ecting the population. {J. Grant, 
 Abnl Fazel, Colebrooke, Shore, Gho' 
 laiim, Hosscin, Sit) 
 
 Bahar— A large and fertile dis- 
 trict in the province of Bahar, situ- 
 ated betwixt the 24th and 2Gth de- 
 giees of north latitude. It is bounded 
 on the north by the Ganges, on the 
 south l)y Ramgur and Monghir, on 
 the east by Monghir, and on the west 
 by the River Soane and the district of 
 Rotas. 'J'his district occupies about 
 one half of the whole level area of the 
 district of Bahar Proper, to the south 
 of the Ganges. In all its dimen- 
 sions, according to iMajor Rennel, it 
 contains 6680 square miles, besides 
 hilly teiTitory, dismembered from Pa- 
 lamow, Nagpoor, and Ramgur. 
 
 In 1582 Abul i'azcl describes the 
 district as follow s : 
 
 " Sircar Bahar, containing 46 ma- 
 hals, measurement 952,698 beegahs, 
 revcmie 83,196,390 dams, seyurghal 
 2,270,147 dams. Tliis sircar fur- 
 nishes 2115 cavalry and 67,350 in- 
 fantry." 
 
 A great proportion of this district 
 is level and highly cultivated land; 
 but towards the centre are some high 
 grounds, named the Rajegur Hills, 
 not equally fertile. 
 
 Although extremely well watered 
 by the Ganges, Soaiie, and number- 
 less smaller rivers, this is not pro]>er- 
 Jy a rice country, wheat of an excel- 
 lent quahty being the chief produce. 
 The other articles are opium, in ^ery 
 large quantiiies, cotton, castor oil, 
 and saltpetre, besides all the other 
 fruits and vegetables common to 
 
66 
 
 LAILURA. 
 
 Hiiidoslnfii. Thronglumt llif nbtriot 
 cotton goods are iiiaiudiuducd, and 
 a large (iiiaiitity of saltpetre is amm- 
 ally sent to Calcutta oa the Coiii- 
 paiiy's account, 
 
 "Jho culture of this district, in the 
 viciiiity of Patiia, is far siipt-rior to 
 ■\vliat is "cueraliy met with in Ben- 
 gal. I'or several miles round the vil- 
 lages of Bankijioor and Diiiapoor, 
 the lieids a^^sume the appearance of 
 rich and a\ ell-dressed gardens, and 
 Ihe oi)eration of catering the holds is 
 carried on 'with great labour and 
 jierseverance. The surfncc of the 
 ground, in this part of the province 
 of Eahar, does not ris* more than 
 30 feet above tlie level of the Gau- 
 ges, and in many places the eleva- 
 tion is still more inconsiderable. The 
 most common crops are cotton, doll, 
 and the castor oil plant (the Hicinus 
 communis). The latter rises to the 
 height of a large shrub, and shelters 
 below its broad leaves the doll and 
 cotton plants. Uarley alone is mixed 
 with the common pea, is also a very 
 connnon produce in this vicinity, 
 but is not equal to that of Britain. 
 
 'I'his district is on the w hole ex- 
 tremely well populated, in the pro- 
 portion of one Mahonuuedan to four 
 Hindoos, and the euitivalion of the 
 land is rapidly extending. The 
 chief towns arePatua, Dinajiodr, Ba- 
 Jiar, and Ga\ah. (./. (riant, 'J'cnnant, 
 Coki/roohe, Ahul FtizeL See.) 
 
 Bahar. — A town in the pro> intse 
 of Bahar, district of Bahar. 05 miles 
 S. E. from Patna. Lat. 25°. 13'. N. 
 Long. 85°. 37'. E. 
 
 Baharkj: BivKii. — This liver has 
 its source among the .lendah n.oun- 
 tains in northern llinilostan, troui 
 ■whence it Hows south through the 
 province of Oude, to the east of the 
 Coi'Cgrah, which it joins about '2fj 
 uules above F}Z?.bad. 
 
 Bahotty, (Vdhiitlacati). — A small 
 town ^^itln^l the ,Seik territories, in 
 the prfivinec of Lahore, siluated on 
 the east side of the Jhylaia l^iver. 
 Lat. 32°. /'. N. Long. 71°. .%'. 11. 
 About six miles further down for- 
 inerly stood the fort of Shabat-deeU; 
 
 on the Island of Jamad, and to the 
 south arc salt hills, 'i'his place is 
 about 112 miles W. N. W. from the 
 city of Lahore. 
 
 IjAIIUY, {BariX — A town in the 
 pvovincc of Agra, situated al»out 10 
 sniles to the north of the Chumlnd. 
 Lat. 20°. 4^'. N. Long. 77*^. 35'. IL 
 This is the second town in jioint of 
 consequence in the Kana of Dhool- 
 poor's dominions. TIk; streets are 
 narrow, but many ol tlic houses, 
 which are built of red stone, are 
 two stories high, and have a greater 
 appearance of eomlbrt than is usmdi 
 in Lidian habitations, 'i his place 
 has. for many years, been chielly in- 
 habited by Patans, and possesses se- 
 veral handsome Mahommedan tombs, 
 'j'hc surrounding country is frequent- 
 ly haras.sed by depredations, and 
 consijquently ill culti\ atcd. {Brongh- 
 ton, St.) 
 
 Baidyanath. — A village in Nor- 
 thern >lindostan, in the district of 
 Kemaoon, near the boundary of the 
 Gerwal and Kemaoon dislricts. Lat. 
 29°. 56'. N. Long. 79°. 40'. E. 
 
 This village derives its name from 
 a large temple, now in a ruinous 
 condition, and no longer appropri- 
 ated to sacred w orship. The images, 
 which eom))rchend a large proportion 
 of the Hindoo pantheon, are lodged 
 in a smaller temple, which has the 
 appearance of great antiquity. It 
 stands on the banks of the Gautna- 
 thi Bi\cr, in which are a lunnber of 
 fish, that arc daily ted !>> ihe Brah- 
 mins and Fakirs. An aiunuil festi- 
 val is held at this ])laee, during the 
 time of the Hurdwar lair, which is 
 munevousl} allended by people from 
 all parts of the hills, 'ihe village 
 coirlains only eight or 10 houses, in- 
 habited ])riucipally by Gosains; but 
 there are a few' Canoje Brahmins, 
 who have the superinlendanee of the 
 temple The Gaumathi Biver after- 
 wards fails into the Goggrah, or 
 Sarjew" Biver. Badyanath, or Vaid- 
 janatha, is the name of the Hindoo 
 god of medicine. {Itttper, &c.) 
 
 VuV.i.VRX. — A small town in the 
 Kajuii of Mysore's country. Lat. 12°. 
 
BALAGHAUT CEDED DISTRICTS. 
 
 67 
 
 65'. N. Long:. 76°. 3'. E. Near to 
 tliis town is the small River Tihadri, 
 the couijtry to tlie west of wliicli is 
 called Malayar, or the Hills, while 
 th;it to the east is called Meidaun, or 
 the open eouiitry. In Malayar there 
 are uo slaves. A eonsiderable trade 
 is carried on betwixt Bailnru and Je- 
 manlabad, in the Malabar province. 
 Cochineal to the extent of about 
 1500 pounds vveij^lit is made here, 
 upon the nopals raised by the farmers 
 as a fence round their gardens. The 
 cochiner.l is of the inferior kind,whieh 
 has been introduced into lisdia. and 
 the plant is the cactus, which is ab- 
 original in the country. Tliis town 
 in Sanscrit is named Kailapura, and 
 stands at a little distance from the 
 lihadri River. It has a good fort 
 l)uilt of stone, with a suburb con- 
 taining above 600 houses. {F. Bu- 
 chntinn, ^-c.) 
 
 Bajulpoor. — A town in the INIa- 
 liaratla territories, .situated among 
 the Vindaya mountains, ,35 miles S. 
 fromOojain. Lat. 22°. 43'. N. Long. 
 75°. 39'." E. 
 
 B.\LAB.\c. — A small island in the 
 Eastern Seas, aliout 18 miles in 
 length, by four the average breadth, 
 lying oil the southern extremity of 
 ♦he Island of Palawan. Lat. 8°. N. 
 Long. 117°. 10'. E. 
 
 B\LABALAGAN. A cUlstcr of 13 
 
 small flat islands in tlie Straits of 
 Macassar, covered with trees, and 
 having navigable channels between 
 them, but uneven anchorage. They 
 are also named the Little Paternoster 
 Isles. I'he Boadjoos fish here for 
 sea swailo, or biche de mar, which 
 tliey strike on the saiid at the bottom, 
 in eight and 10 fathoms water, with 
 an iron pronged instrument. {For- 
 rest, <^r.) 
 
 BaLAGHAUT CEnF.D DrSTRlCTS. — 
 
 In the south of India a stupendous 
 wall of mountains, named the Gliauts, 
 rises abruptly from the low country, 
 supporting in the nature of a terrace 
 ^ a vast extent of level plains, which 
 arc so elevated as to alFect tlie tem- 
 jjciature, and render the climate 
 cooler. This table land extends from 
 
 F 2 
 
 the Kri.shna to the southern extremity 
 of the Mysore, and is nanied Bala- 
 ghaut, or Above the CJhauts. in eon- 
 tradistinclion to Payenghaiit.orBelow 
 the Ghauts. This extensive and fruit- 
 ful region tbrmed the aneieiil Hindoo 
 empire of Karnata, no part of which 
 was below the mountains, althougii, 
 in moderu times, the term lias been 
 so misapplied by the Mahommedans 
 and Europeans, as to signify exclu- 
 sively the country below the Ghauts. 
 
 In the present article the Jiame 
 Balaghaut is restricted to that terri- 
 tory acfpiired by the British govern- 
 ment in 1800, and since subdivided 
 into til.' two coUectorsliips of Bellary 
 and C'udapah. 
 
 This tract of country was acquired 
 by treaty with the nizam, dated the 
 r2th Oct. 1800, and compreliends all 
 the territory situated south of the 
 'J'oombuddra and Krishna rivers, 
 which fell to the nizam's share by the 
 treaties of Seringapatam in 1792, and 
 Mysore in 1799, together with the 
 Talook of Adoni, and all his high- 
 nesses other districts south of these 
 rivers. 
 
 This large portion of country is 
 what is now called the Ceded Dis- 
 tricts; and to these, two-thirds of 
 Pnugauoor were added, and part of 
 Goodiput; having been excl'.anged 
 for certain distiiets, which had been 
 reserved by the treaty of Mysore, as 
 the eventual poition of the i'e.sliwah 
 of the Maharattas, but which, by the 
 supplementary treaty of IMysore, in 
 Dec. 1803, fell into the posscssioa of 
 the Company. 
 
 Under the ancient native govern- 
 ments, this (juarler of the Balaghaut 
 was subdivided into many districts, 
 the chief of whieli were Carnoul, 
 Adoni, Conmiim, HarpouuUy, Ky- 
 droog, Balhary, Gooty, ^A'andicotta, 
 or Gundicotta, Cudapah, Gurrom- 
 coudah, Funganoor, ai:d Sidhout. 
 
 The principal towns are Bijanagur, 
 Balhary, Adoni, Gooty, Ctidapah, 
 Harponully, and Gununicondah. 
 
 Ironi the elevated surface of this 
 region it has no large rivers exempt 
 the IvJuisua and Tooinbuddra/ivhich 
 
68 
 
 BALAGHAUT CEDED DISTRICTS. 
 
 are its proper boundaries, but it pos- 
 sesses many smaller streams. Much 
 the greater portion of the lauds is 
 under the dry rultivation, it being- 
 calculated, that in the Ceded Districts 
 the wet cultivation does not exceed 
 seven per cent, of the whole 
 
 lu the Ceded Districts there are 
 vast tracts of land unoccupied, which 
 may be j)loughed at once, without 
 the labour and expense of clearing 
 away forests, as there are above tluce 
 millions of acres of this kind, which 
 were formerly cullivatcd, and might 
 be retrieved and occupied. 
 
 In the ceded territories, di.stricts 
 are subdivided into villages under 
 the management of potails, or head 
 farmers, by whom the ryots are 
 guided. In all villages the latter are 
 in the habit of meeting and debating 
 on the subject of rent, but there are 
 many villages in which they settle 
 among themselves the exact propor- 
 tion of the whole rent that each in- 
 dividual is to pay. These are cal;ed 
 vcespuddi, or sixteenth villages, from 
 the land rent being divided into six- 
 teenth shares. A great part of the 
 Cuddapah province is composed of 
 these sorts of villages, and tliey are 
 scattered, though more thinly, over 
 the other parts of the country. A^ hen 
 the season of cultivation draws near, 
 the ryots of the vcespuddi villages 
 assemble to regulate their several 
 rents for the year. The pagoda is 
 usually the place chosen for this pur- 
 pose, from the idea that its .sanctity 
 will render their engagements with 
 each other more binding ; every vil- 
 lage in this manner being a small 
 collectorate, managed by the potail, 
 or head farmer. 
 
 In 1806, after the survey of these 
 districts was completed, instructions 
 were circulated to nutke out new re- 
 turns of the number of the inhabitants 
 in every village, as far as was practic- 
 able by actual muster, except with 
 those casts who seclude their women 
 from public view. The total numljcr 
 of inhabit ants amounted to 1,917,376", 
 which shewed an increase of one- 
 fourtli in the population iu five years 
 
 of tranquillity, partly arising frojfl 
 the return of persons who had emi- 
 grated during the nizam's govern- 
 ment, but the remainder nmst be at- 
 tiibutcd to the falsity of former re- 
 turns. These population lists tended to 
 prove, that the males were one-tenth 
 more numerous than the females. 
 
 The number of cattle and sheep 
 cannot be ascertained with the same 
 aceuracy, not only because the 
 owners are averse to giving true re- 
 ports, but because herds and flocks 
 more ficquently migrate from one 
 part of the country to another for the 
 sake of pasture, and many herds are 
 actually wild. The number of black 
 cattle was estimated at 1,198,613, 
 and that of buffaloes 493,906; the 
 shccj) 1,147,492, and the goats 
 694,633. 'J'he actual number of the 
 two last is probably more, as their 
 owners have a superstitious prejudice 
 against their being counted by others, 
 or even by themselves ; and it is, 
 therefore, more difficult to obtain 
 correct stuteiuents of them than of 
 the larger cattle. 
 
 In the Ceded Districts indigo is 
 raised and exported in considerable 
 quantities, the coarse sugar manufac- 
 tory is also on the increase. Cotton 
 is one of the chief productions, but 
 has not increased lately. The pea- 
 santry are a very industrious race, 
 and most of them husbandmen by cast. 
 In a political and military point of 
 view these districts are of great 
 value, for they are now what the 
 Carnalic formerly was, the countries 
 from which our armies in the Deccan 
 must draw all their supplies of cattle 
 and provisions. When under the 
 nizara, the revenue of the ceded dis- 
 tiicts was rapidly declining every 
 year. An army was constantly in the 
 tjeld, the expense of which consumed 
 the collections, and the country was 
 altogether in such a distracted state, 
 tiiat the nizani seemed to have given 
 it up to the Company, because he 
 could not retain it m subjection. 
 The Ceded Districts, when obtaiuedi 
 in 1800, vrcre placed under Colonel 
 Thomas Muiuo. This extensive tiacj 
 
BALASORE. 
 
 6.0 
 
 of country, ■nhich, inclmlinEf the tri- 
 bntaiy district of Karnonl, is larger 
 than Scotland, and contains a popu- 
 lation of above two luillions, liad 
 sunk to the lowest point of declen- 
 sion, by a weak «nd improvident 
 j^ovcnnncnt. The value at which it 
 ■was ceded was 16,51,545 star pa- 
 godas, including; all heads of revenue. 
 The collector, iu the first instance, 
 fixed his rents at a rate much below 
 what had been the former demand, 
 increasii!^ it only as the means of 
 the cnllivator, and the state of the 
 country, im))ro\'cd. In tlic course 
 of seven years, the land revenues 
 alone increased from 10,06,693 pa- 
 t^ados to 15,17,272 ; and, by the able 
 conduct of Col, Alunro, tlie inhabit- 
 ants of the province, from disunited 
 hordes of lawless freebooters, became 
 a,s far advanced iu civilization, sub- 
 mission to the lav\s, and obedience 
 to the magistrates, as any of the sub- 
 jects under the Madras government. 
 The total collections in 1808-9 
 amounted to 18,02,570 star pagodas, 
 of which 16,69,908 consisted of land 
 revenue only. 
 
 Up to 1810 no permanent settle- 
 ment had been made in the Ceded 
 Districts, but the cultivators were so 
 for protected in the enjoyment of 
 their property, that a fixed rent had 
 been settled on all land, and every 
 ryot could retain his farm, provided 
 he paid that iixed rent. 
 
 The ceded teiritories are novir di- 
 vided into two collectorships, or dis- 
 tricts, viz. Bellary and Cudapah. 
 
 This part of India having been 
 brought under tlu; Mahominedan 
 yoke at a late period, and never 
 thoroughly subdued or settled, the 
 proportion of that religion to the 
 Hindoo is small, probably not jnore 
 than one in lo- 
 in remote times these provinces 
 formed part of the last existing Idin- 
 doo kingdom <tf Jiijaiiagur, to which 
 article tlie reader is releiTed for some 
 historical particulars. A great pro- 
 portion of the modern polygars claim 
 tjcseent from the oflicers of the Bija- 
 jiagur empire, and some from the 
 
 royal family. On the fall of the Mo- 
 gul dynasty it contained several small 
 independent states, particularly the 
 Patau Nabobs of Adoni and Cuda- 
 pah, and sullered encroachments frotn 
 the Curtnrs of the Mjsore. It was 
 mostly conquered by Hyder, between 
 1766 and 1780, and 'in 1800 was 
 transferred to the British go-.ern- 
 ment. {Col, T, Munro, bth Report, 
 Rcnnel, Tliackeraij, Hoclson, ^-c.) 
 
 Balambangan. — A small island in 
 the Eastern Seas, about 15 miles in 
 length, by three in breadth, lying off 
 the northern extremity of Horuco. 
 Lat. 7°. 15'. N. Long. 117°, 5', E. 
 The harbour called the North East is 
 the largest ; but at that on the south 
 side, where the English settled, the 
 ground is suampy. It is very con- 
 venient for watering, as by means of 
 a hose the water may bo conducted 
 on board without landing the; casks. 
 The soil is rich and fruitful, and tlio 
 haibonr abounds with fi»h. At the 
 north east harbour the soil is sandy 
 and banen. 
 
 In 1774 the East India Company 
 formed a settlement here with a view 
 to the spice trade, but were trea- 
 cherously expelled by the Sooloos in 
 1775, who surprised the Buggess 
 centinels, turned the guns against 
 the guard, and drove the settlers ou 
 board their vessels. The settlemeat 
 was re-established in 1803, but after- 
 wards abandoned. It does not a[)- 
 pear that this settlemciit would have 
 answered any purpose capalde of 
 compensating the great expenditure 
 requisite to sustain it. The island, 
 prior to 1774, was uninhabited, and 
 has proliably remained so ever since 
 the British quitted it. (Forrest, 5"c.) 
 
 Balasore, {Valeswaru).- a town 
 in the province of Orissa, district of 
 Mohurbunge, 1 10 miles S. W. from 
 Calcutta. Lat. 21°. 31'. N. Long. 
 87°. 13'. E. 
 
 This town is built along the Booree 
 Bellaun River, where the tide com- 
 monly rises eight feet, 'I'he streanj 
 is not avigable for vessels of greater 
 burden than 10!) tons, and even these 
 can only get over the bar at spring 
 
70 
 
 BALKY. 
 
 tides, Balasore ^yas formerly a flou- 
 rishing port, but their manufactory 
 of Saiiaes cloths is very much fallen 
 otf, both in quality and qi;antity. At 
 a very eaily period the Portuguese, 
 Dutch, and Eui^lish, had factories 
 here, long a2;o in ruins. 
 
 On the 2luh Nov, i68S, during a 
 rupture between the East India 
 Company and Aurengzebe, Captani 
 I feaUi landed a body of troops and 
 seamen, attacked and took a battery 
 of 30 pieces of cannon, and plini- 
 dercd the town of Balasoro. I'he 
 English factory was burned by the 
 governor, and the Company's ser- 
 vants carried prisoners up the coun- 
 try, and it does not appear that they 
 were ever released. 
 
 The native vessels from Balasore 
 and Cultack, which carry most of 
 the grain from Bengal to Madras, 
 arc larger and of a superior descrip- 
 tion to other native vessels employed 
 on tliis coast. After having made 
 one voyage lo Madras, they usually 
 return for a second cargo, wiiiuh they 
 gciicraliy land there in the latter end 
 of April, or beginning of May. They 
 afterwards proceed toCoringa, which 
 is a favourable port, both for obtain- 
 ing repairs, and cargoes of salt for 
 Bengal. 
 
 Tlie town of Balasore was ceded 
 to the British government, along with 
 this part of Orissa, by the Nagpoor 
 Maharattas, during the administra- 
 tion of the Marquis Wellesley in 
 1803. Pilots for the Calcutta Kiver 
 are procincd in Balasore Roads. Tra- 
 veUing distance from Calcutta to Ba- 
 lasore 141 miles S. W. {1st Register, 
 Leckie, Bruce, Rowel, Reports, ^-c.) 
 BiLCHORAH. — A town in the Bri- 
 tish territories, in the province of 
 Oude, situated near the northern 
 luouataius. Lat. 28°. 42'. N. Long. 
 81°. 12'. E. 
 
 Balfxundah, (BaJikhanda). — A 
 town in the nizam's territories, iu 
 the province of llyderabad, situated 
 oi» the south side of the Godavery. 
 Lat. 19°. 10'. N, Long. 70°. 2L»'. E. 
 
 Balg AUM. — A town in the province 
 of Gujrat, situated on the read be- 
 
 tween Tlahdunpoor and Therah, a 
 few miles south of the latter, and be- 
 longing to an independent Cooly 
 chief. I'wo miles north of it is ano- 
 ther Cooly chief's den, named Ba- 
 ningpoor. The surrounding country 
 is overspread witii jungle about 15 
 feet high. {3P3Iurrlo,\c.) 
 
 Balharv, (Bcllarif). — ^The terri- 
 tories ceded by the nizam, in 1800, 
 werw subdivided into two coilector- 
 shi])s — Balhary and Cudapah; the 
 former comprehending the western, 
 and the latter the eastern districts. 
 (See Balaghaut ceded territories.) 
 
 Balhary, {Vidannri). — A town, 
 situated on the west side of the Hog- 
 gry River, 187 miles N. from Se- 
 ringapatam, and the capital of one 
 of the Balaghaut collectorships, info 
 which the ceded districts were di- 
 vided. Lat. 15°. t/. N. Long. 76°. 
 55'. E. 
 
 Ballary is a lull fort, with a forti- 
 fied pettah, near to which is fixed the 
 head quarters and cantonments of a 
 military division. 
 
 The ancestors of the Balhary po- 
 lygars held the oflice of Dewan under 
 tlie Rayeels of Annagoondy, and ac- 
 quired several zemindaries. His de- 
 scendants paid tiibute to the Beja- 
 poor sovereigns, and afterwards to 
 Aurengzebe. In 1775 Hyder took 
 Balhary, when the polygar made his 
 escape;. He returned, and levied 
 contributions in 1791, but was driven 
 out the year following, and is since 
 dead. With him the family becamp 
 extinct, although several pretenders 
 afterwards appeared. (2'. Mmn-o, 
 12 Retr. ^-c.) 
 
 BvLKY, (Phalaci). — A town in the 
 nizam's tcnitories, in the province of 
 Boeder, 45 miles N. E. horn Kalber- 
 gah. Lat. 17°. 49'. N. Long. 77°. 
 29'. E. This is a large town, but 
 now greatly decayed. It was former- 
 ly surrounded by a wall, with a num- 
 ber of round bastions, and its rajah 
 possess(!d the pcrgunnahs of Nitone, 
 Moorg, and Balky. It now answers 
 the description of a large village bet- 
 ter than that of a town. (Upton, 
 Reg. S)-c.) 
 
BALOOCHISTAN. 
 
 71 
 
 BALT,ANnotTAKG. — A district, situ- 
 ated ill the sonth-oasti'rn extiTiuity 
 of the Island of Java, aloui^ the Straits 
 of Bally. 
 
 A (liaia of hif::li mountains com- 
 mences in this district, and extend 
 to the westward, decretisin'? jjra- 
 dually in heii;!it. This n.li;e di\jdes 
 .lava l<in^it\idinal!y into two portions, 
 of which the noHhern is the largest 
 and the best. From these mountains 
 many rivers descend, but none of 
 them arc navi^,able for larfic vessels; 
 the most considerable is that of Joana. 
 
 IJallanbouani;- Bay, the oitrauce of 
 which begins at Gooningikan, in the 
 Straits of iJaly, is entirely desert, 
 and covered with thick woods down 
 to the water's edge, and haunted by 
 various sorts of wild beasts. The 
 ianding at Kallandjouftiig is diflieuit, 
 and the coast dangerous, i)arljcularly 
 to tiie north of the river, where there 
 is a sand bank. 
 
 In the Ballaiibouang district tliero 
 are some pepper and <;oflee planta- 
 tions, but the climate is tlestructivc, 
 and the c^nst little Irequcuted. {Sia- 
 rurhiiis, Tonibe, cVf.) 
 
 Ballapili.y, {Balapnii). — A town 
 in the JJalaghaut ceded territory, dis- 
 trict of Commim. Lat. 15°. 45' N. 
 Long. 78°. 38'. K. 
 
 Ballapoou. — A town in t!ie ni- 
 zam's territories, in the province of 
 Berar, 3.5 miles W. lioni l';Hich[)oor, 
 Lat. 21°. ly'. N. Long. 77°. 32'. J',. 
 
 Baliaghaut. — 'I'his is the Ghaiit 
 or Port of Calcutta, on the Salt Lakes 
 to the east, where boats and cralt 
 land their cargoes. It was formerly 
 tuo miles from Calcutta, and the 
 road dangerous to travellers, from the 
 number of tigers that inhabited the 
 jungles on ea(-h side. A remark able* 
 change has since taken place, there 
 being an avemje of houses and gar- 
 <lcns the whole way. Some old inlia- 
 bitants, still resident in Calcutta, re- 
 collect a creek which ran from Chand- 
 paul Ghaut to Baliaghaut. They 
 pay that tlie drain from the govern- 
 ment house is where it took its course, 
 and there is a ditch to the soutii of 
 the Be} takJianab, whicli shews evi- 
 
 dent traces oftlie continuation of this 
 creek. {5ih Report, iVc) 
 
 liALOOCllISTXN, (Bahdiaatfiaii). 
 
 A large province to tJie west of the 
 Indus, bounded on the north by Can- 
 dahar and Seistau in Persia; en the 
 south by the sea ; on the east it has 
 Shekarpoor and the j)roviiice of Siu- 
 de; and on the west, IMckran, iu 
 Persia, The space comprehended is 
 principally situated between the 25tli 
 and 30th degrees of north latitude, 
 and the G2d and 69th of east longi- 
 tude ; but the political limits of tlic 
 province are in such a perpetual state 
 of Ihictuation, that it is almost im- 
 jiossible to deline them. 'J li»' nanies 
 of th»; principal provinces are Jala- 
 wan, Sarawan, Zukrce, Mekran, Ijis, 
 and Mutch ; but this includes t( rri- 
 toiies not subject to Mahmood Khan, 
 the prcK* nt Ameer of Kelat, the ca- 
 pital of the province. 
 
 'J'o the south. Baloochistan Proper 
 connncnces at K obi nee, 25 mdes 
 N. I;;, li-om Bajla, in latitude 20° 
 3.5'. N. from which place it e\tend.s 
 to Nuoshkv, 79 miles N. AV. from 
 Kelat. Lat" 30°. N. This country is 
 described as a confused hcaj) of 
 inountHins, through w iiieh the roads 
 generally lead in water courses, a.'id 
 tiie beds of small rivers. Jhalawan 
 is tlie most southern district of 15a- 
 loochistan, and Sarawan the most 
 northerly. They are amass of moun- 
 tains from Kohunwat, on the fron- 
 tiers of Lus, to the desert which di- 
 vides them from Candahar ; theiciigtii 
 of this stupendous range being 350 
 miles, but varying in brt adtii at dif- 
 f<!rent places. 'J'hc.se mountains are 
 barren, and chieily cojuposi'd of hhjck 
 i,r gr(-y stone ; but the valbcs of 
 AViidd, Khozdar, andSohrab, are ca- 
 pable uf cultivation. The climate of 
 this Alpine region sussimilates, in a 
 considerabl dv'gree, to that of Eu- 
 rope, there being four distinct sea- 
 sons — spring, sumuier, autumn, and 
 winter. 'I'he heat is seldom un- 
 pieasaatly great, but the cold is iu- 
 
72 
 
 BALOOCHISTAN. 
 
 tense dnrinp; the nionlhs of Decem- 
 ber, January, and lebriiary. 
 
 The plains ofWiidd, Kliozdar, and 
 Sohrab, produce t'avonrable seasons, 
 plentiful crops of wlicat, barley, and 
 joaroe ; and in some of tke lesser 
 vallies grass grows al.undantly. — 
 Flocks of sheep and cuttle aie nu- 
 merous in e\ cry part of the country. 
 Jhalawan and Sarawan arc subdi- 
 vided into smaller districts, and each 
 district into innumerable khcils or 
 gocieties, each of which finnish their 
 quotas of troops according- to its y.o- 
 pulation, or the exigence of the scr^- 
 >ice. 
 
 Shal and Mustung, two stages to 
 tlie northward of Kelat, Avere given 
 to Nassir Khan by Nadir Shah, for 
 his services at Meshed, and Anund 
 Dajil for those in Hindof:tan. The 
 chmate of Cutch Gundava is exces- 
 sively hot, the winds which prevail 
 there in the summer being often fatal 
 even to the natives. 
 
 Nooshky is a small tract of about 
 36 square miles, at the base of the 
 Kelat mountains. It is an arid tract, 
 the sand hills of which are continu- 
 ally shifting with the winds. A small 
 stream, called the Xysuj, issues from 
 the hills, and irrigates a small por- 
 tion of the country. 7'here are also 
 small patches of land capable of cul- 
 tivation in (iiiierent parts of the sand, 
 but which frequently become sterile 
 for want of rain. l1ie inhabitants of 
 this quarter of Baloochistan dwell 
 Under black felts, stretched over a 
 frame of wickerwork made of the 
 guz plant ; this species of village is 
 named 'lomun, or Kheil, and in 
 most of them a few Hindoos are to 
 l)e found. 
 
 The soil of this district being so 
 .•sandy, tin; heat is excessive during 
 the summer months, at which timo 
 the inhabitants migrate to the moiui- 
 tains for cool air and water, as the 
 stream fails in the valley at that sea- 
 son. The inhabitants import grain 
 from Cutch Cundava and Seistan, 
 and dates from Mekran. Tiic 13a- 
 Jooch o Ik re arc called Nljarroes, or 
 Rukshaoii, aad j^re related to those of 
 
 tlie same tribe in Seistan and Bun- 
 poor. In appearance they are tall 
 nien with small bones, are extremely 
 idle and dissolute, and addicted to 
 tiiieving. They undertake predatory 
 incursions to Mekran, and carry off 
 into slavery any person they m* et 
 with; sonif they sell at Kelat and 
 Candahar, the remainder are brought 
 in the horde, and incorpoiatcd with 
 the tribe. In. this part of the country 
 all the Balooches understand Per- 
 sian, but thty speak a dialect of the 
 Euioochy language among them- 
 selves, different trom that of the 
 Kooigalee spoken by the Bra- 
 hooees, 
 
 Sohrab is a fine valley extending 
 north and south nearly 50 miles, by 
 about 12 miles in breadth. The centre 
 through which the water from the 
 hills runs, is well cultivated, with 
 small villages scattered about half a 
 mile asunder. The mountains, in 
 many parts of Baloochistan, are inha- 
 bited by shepherds, who reside in 
 temporary huts erected on any spot 
 that offers good pasturage. 
 
 There are few countries in tlie 
 world so wholly without commodities 
 suited for commercial exchange as 
 Baloochistan, which originates partly 
 from the dispositions of the natives, 
 who are adverse to all the arts of 
 civil life, and partly to the nature of 
 the country, cojisistiiig either of stu- 
 pendous mountains, or of arid plains, 
 destitute of water or vegetation. Nei- 
 ther has Baloochistan the benefit of 
 a ny navigable river to transport its ma- 
 nufactures or natural productions, if it 
 l}ad any ; and the roads are generally 
 nothing but the dry beds of torrents. 
 The population is also dispersed into 
 small societies, generally hostile to 
 each other, and yielding but a no- 
 minal obedience to any chief. 
 
 The Baloochys and Brahooees, the 
 two principal tribes, are subdivided 
 into many different khejis or tomuns, 
 but thrir actual number has never 
 been ascertained with any correct- 
 ness. In religion they are of the 
 Sooni sect of Mahommedans, and 
 strenuous aclvcrsaries of the fcJhecasi, 
 
BALOOCHISTAN. 
 
 73 
 
 The following: are the 
 tribes of Brahooecs, \iz. 
 
 pr 
 
 iiicipal 
 Men. 
 
 Tlie Kumbnranee (the tribe 
 of the Chief, Malimood 
 Khan), estimated at - - 1000 
 The tribe of Meiigul, esti- 
 mated at ----- 12000 
 
 Zuicree - - 6000 
 
 Panduraiii - 6000 
 
 Nahari ------- 6000 
 
 Imaum Hosseiug - _ - - 4000 
 
 Beguiigje ------ luOO 
 
 The Balooches, railed Nharroe or 
 Riikshani, inhabit that part of Ba- 
 loochistau lyinj? west of the desert, 
 and are a tribe of 1000 tip;hting- men, 
 by whom the jiidgails, or eiiltivators, 
 have been nearly exterminated out 
 of Northern Mekran. 1'he P.^w Bra- 
 hooees that have settled in Mekran, 
 are naturalized with the Brahooees 
 of that country. In Cutch Gundava 
 there are no Brahooees, but Baloo- 
 ches of the tribes of Kind and Mwg- 
 ree, who formerly emigrated from 
 Mekran, and live in villages, which 
 retain the appellation of 'Foomuns. 
 
 The Brahooees of Balottchistan are 
 a strong, hardy raee of men, their 
 bones being short, and unconmionly 
 thick. Their cast of countenance is 
 extremely diiVerent from that of Asia- 
 tics in general, having round faces 
 and blunt features, more like Eu- 
 ropeans. They are hard working 
 men, and eat voraciously of halt- 
 dressed meat and sour milk. All the 
 Balooches are exeelleiit workmen, 
 but none are equal to the Brahooees 
 in strength and courage. They train 
 greyhounds with great care, and fre- 
 quently cxeliange them for one or 
 two camels, or pay 400 rupees for 
 one when of a superior quality. Their 
 breed of shcpli."rds' dogs is also ex- 
 cellent. The broad-sword exercise 
 and shooting at a mark are favourite 
 amusements with the Brahooees, and 
 as swordsmen they are said to excel. 
 Their coinmon dress is an undercoat, 
 which fits close to the body, and is 
 worn over the pyrahun, or shirt ; their 
 trowscrs are gathered up at the aiiklc, 
 4 
 
 and they wear a small round flat- 
 topped cap of felt silk. The shep- 
 herds wear a covering of white felt 
 above the shirt in winter, with cloth 
 trowsers, and a small felt cap. The 
 Brahooees sometimes breed horses 
 large and hardy, equally accustomed 
 to the cold of Kelat, and the heat of 
 Gundava, but they are often vicious. 
 
 Amongst the dispersed societies of 
 Baloochistan there are a few Hindoos 
 scattered, who carry on the miserable 
 traffic of tlie country, and act as mo- 
 ney-changers and agents to the na- 
 tive chiefs. It is probable, that long 
 after the first Mahommedan invasion, 
 a great proportion of the country still 
 continued in the occupation of the 
 Hindoos ; but for more than a cen- 
 tury past the Mahommedan tribes 
 liave been so progressively increasing; 
 in barbarity, that no medium could 
 be observed, and the native Hindoos 
 have either undergone compnlsory 
 conversion, or deserted the country. 
 The few who are still resident seldom 
 bring their families, and have pro- 
 bably much degenerated, as travellers 
 have not observed that they have the 
 repugnance to flesli-meat, which cha- 
 racterizes most of the purer casts in 
 India. 
 
 Two centuries ago the city of Ke- 
 lat, with the sunounding country, 
 was possessed by Sewah Kajah, a 
 Hindoo, at which period the Baloo- 
 ches (as at present) tended flocks of 
 slieep in the mountains. I'he inha- 
 bitants Mere much infested by the 
 depredations of the people residing 
 in the low country, lying between 
 Kelat, Sinde, and Shekarpoor; and 
 to protect them the rajah sent for 
 Kuraber, a Baloochy chief, and took 
 him into his service, allowing him 
 five bundles of glass and wood per 
 day for each man. In the progres- 
 sion of time this chief increased his 
 followers, and seizing the govern- 
 ment, raised the tribute to 100 bun- 
 dles of grass and wood daily, besides 
 a contribution of horses, camels, and 
 footrunners. This tribute is still oc- 
 casionally exacted by the Khan of 
 Kelat, aud paid by the dehuars, or 
 
74 
 
 BALLY. 
 
 pcasanfrj'. ifi the immediate nci<:^li- 
 boiirhood, who are said to have come 
 oiit^inally from Persia, although they 
 Iiave miieh the appearance and man- 
 ners of Hindoos. 
 
 Kiunber, the first usurper, was 
 succeeded by his son 
 
 Sumbar, the father of the next 
 prince, 
 
 Mahommed Khan, who was suc- 
 ceeded by his son 
 
 Abdulla Kiian, the father of 
 
 Nassir Klian, who ascended the 
 throne after putting to death his bro- 
 ther, Hajce Khan. This prince per- 
 formed some important services to 
 Nadir Shah, who rewai-ded him with 
 the donation of several adjacent pro- 
 \inces ; and, being a man of consi- 
 derable abihties, greatly extended 
 the Baloochistan dominions, wiiich 
 he left, in a comparatively floinish- 
 ing state at his death, in 1795, to his 
 eldest son, Malmiood Khan, who 
 then ascended the throne. Since this 
 period, the territories subject to Ke- 
 lat have been greatlj' curtailed by the 
 Ameers of Sinde, and other neigh- 
 bouring princes, the talents of IMah- 
 inood Khan being veiy inferior to 
 those of liis father. He is at present 
 about 29 years of age, and his bro- 
 ther, Mustapha Khan, about one 
 year younger, I'he latter is repre- 
 sented as being of an active martial 
 disposition, loud of the chace, and 
 desirous of improving the hereditary 
 dominions, by the suppression of the 
 numerous bands of robbers, by which 
 the country is desolated. 
 
 'JTie temtory immediately subject 
 to IVIahmood Khan comprises tho 
 high hilly country of Siwislan, and 
 the low lands of Cuteh Gundavaand 
 Amund Da jil to the eastward, bound- 
 ed on the north by Khorasan ; !»outh, 
 by Lus and Sinde; on the west l)y 
 ^lekran, and on the east by Sinde. 
 His whole clear revenue does not ex- 
 ceed three lacks of rupees, and is 
 collected from Anund Daji!, Cuteh 
 Gundava, and the bazar tolls of Ke- 
 lat. 'I he Khans of Baloochistan ac- 
 knowieilge the paramount authority 
 of^the Cabul sovereigns, to whom 
 
 tliey are feudatories; but tlicir de- 
 gree of obedience is in proportion to 
 the talents of the reigning prince, 
 and the political circumstances of the 
 Cabul goverimient. Upon an mgent 
 emergency, it is supposed the terri- 
 tories of Mahmood Khan are capable 
 of furnishing 25,000 infantiy and ca- 
 valry, but so great a ninuber has ne- 
 ver yet been collected together, nor 
 would it be easy, in so bancn a 
 country, to support them if they 
 were. {Christie, Kinneir, ^-c.) 
 
 Bally, {Bali, or Little Java). — 
 An iidand in the Western Seas, se- 
 parated from Java by the Straits of 
 Bally, and lying betw ixt the 8th and 
 0th degrees of south latitude. In 
 length it may be estimated at 70 
 miles, by 35 llie average breadth. 
 
 This island is well cultivated on 
 the south side, and many of the 
 lands are inclosed. It is populous, 
 and the inhabitants spin a great deal 
 of cotton yarn, which the Chinese 
 export to Bencoolen, as also check- 
 ered cloth. The Chinese also carry 
 in sloops, from Bally to Bencoolen, 
 pickled pork and jerked beef, w hi(Ji 
 the Malays call ding-ding. Tl^e Bug- 
 gesscs export cotton, both raw and 
 spun into yarn, from this island to 
 Cebbes, packed in baskets. 
 
 At the ro.ad of Carang Asseni on 
 this island, refreshments for ships 
 may be had ; and in the Straits of 
 Lombhook, west of Carang Asscni, 
 are several places well iidiabited, 
 named Padaug. Casamba, and 'I"u- 
 bang. The Straits of Bally are dan- 
 gerous, and but seldom frequented 
 by European vessels. 
 
 The languages spoken by the in* 
 habitants of Bally api)ear to be dia- 
 lects of the Javanese. The greater 
 part of them profess tlu; religion of 
 their ancestors, resemble the Hin- 
 doos in their looks, wear the Hindoo 
 mark on their forehead, and tlve wo- 
 men burn tiiemsclves with their de- 
 ceased husbands, according to the 
 practice of the Hindoos. They aro 
 peculiarly addicted to the worship of 
 Indra, Suna, and Vishnu. 
 
 An intfe'icuursu is carrij^d on be* 
 
BAMIAN. 
 
 75 
 
 fween the natives of Bally and the 
 Dutih settlement at Baitiiowaiigie, 
 oil the opposite shore of the Straits 
 in the Island of Java, but none arc 
 received, unless I'nrnislied witlj a 
 passport vvrilien on a badainier leaf. 
 
 A lea,c;iie and a half within the 
 western coast of BaJly, opposite to 
 Baf^nowangie, there is a v'okano, 
 which frequently discharges a sliower 
 of ashes, which cover the Dutch port 
 and ^illfige, and ail the vicinity ; and 
 to this vnlcano, with great injustice, 
 settlers at Bag;nowaugie atlri'>ute the 
 inihealthiness of the station. {For- 
 rest, Let/den, lontbe, ^x.) 
 
 Balumba. — A town and fortress 
 possessed by the Rajah ot Aiuran, in 
 the Gujrat Peninsula, situated on 
 the Gulf of Cutch. 
 
 Balny. — A town in the Dindigul 
 district, 26 miles W, by N. from the 
 town of Dindigul. Lat. 10°. 2(i'. N. 
 Long. 77°. 41'. E. 
 
 Bambarah. — The niins of a city 
 in the province of Sinde, district of 
 Tatta. Lat. 24°. 40'. N. Long. 6/°. 
 .50'. E. The i-ite <jf this place was 
 on a hill now covered with trees and 
 bushes, and exhibiting in the neigh- 
 bomhood many totnljs of ^indyaa 
 warriors, who tell lure in a battle 
 fought between Ghoianm Shah and 
 Meer Ali. 'I'he niins now perceptible 
 at Bambarah arc conjectured to be 
 those of an ancient city, named 
 Brahminabad by the Persian aut!;ors, 
 which, in the 10th century, was the 
 capital of a nourishing Hindoo prin- 
 cipality. {Maxfield, ifc) 
 
 Bambere. — A town in the IMaha- 
 ratta territories, in the province of 
 Khandesh, 70 miles E. from Surat. 
 Lat. 21°. 18'. N. Loiig. 74°. 1'. E. 
 
 Bameeny, {Yamani). — An island 
 lying olf the coast of Cliittagoitg, in 
 the province of B<.Migal, formed by 
 the sediment deposited by the great 
 Kiver INlegna, and like the adjacent 
 islands very little elevated above the 
 level of the water. In length it may 
 be estimated at 12 miles, by live the 
 average breadth. '1 he tide runs in 
 this vicinity \\\\\\ frightful rapidity, 
 which renders the passage to and 
 
 from the island extremely dangerous. 
 Tlie govenmient have liere an esta- 
 blishment for the manufacture of 
 salt, suijordinate to the Buiwah and 
 Chittagoug agency. 
 
 Bam I AN, {Baini}/an). — A city in 
 Persia, the capital of the province of 
 Bamian, which is bounded on tlie 
 east by Cabul. Lat. 34° 30'. N. 
 Long. 60°. 57'. E. 
 
 Although this tovv^n be situated to 
 the west of the Hindoo Kho moun- 
 tains, and appertains geographically 
 to Persia, yet, during the reign of 
 Acber, it was subject, with the dis- 
 tiict, to the throne of Delhi, as ap- ' 
 pears by the foUowins: description by 
 Abul I'azel, A. D. 1582. 
 
 " In the distiict of Zohak Bamian 
 is the castle of Zohak, a monument 
 of great antiquity, which is in good 
 condition, v\ bile the fortress of Ba- 
 niian is in ruins. Tooraan Zohalc 
 Bamian 861,750 dams." 
 
 This fanious city, tlie Thebes of 
 tlie east, is situated on the road be- 
 tween Bahlac and Caind, eight days 
 joiuney liom the latter place. Like 
 Thebes of Egypt, it is entirely cut 
 out of an insulated mountain. To 
 tlie south of it, at the distance of 
 two miles, are the ruins of an an- 
 cient city named Ghulghuleh, v\hich, 
 according to tradition, was destroyed 
 at a very early period by the Ma- 
 hommedans. The city of Bami}an 
 consists of a vast number of apart' 
 uients and recesses, cut out of the 
 rock ; some of which, on account of 
 their extraordinary dimensions, are 
 supposed to have been temples. In 
 the Ayeen Acberg, composed by 
 Abul Tazel. it is saiil there are 12,000 
 of these recesses in the district of 
 Bamian. 
 
 I'he attention of travellers, how- 
 ever, is principally attracted by two 
 colossal statues, 50 cubits high, 
 which are. erect, and adhere trt the 
 mountain in niches. At some dis- 
 tance from these two is a smaller 
 oise, 15 cubits high. One of the largo 
 statues is supposed to represent a 
 male, und one a female, and the 
 small one their sou. They are all 
 
76 
 
 BAMCA. 
 
 much disfigured, and the legs of the 
 male broken; for the Mahoiiimedans 
 never march that way, Mithoutfiriiij? 
 two or three shots at tiiem; but, 
 owing to their wajit of skill, they 
 seldom do much mischief. From the 
 numerous fragments remaining, it 
 would appear as if there had been 
 many hundred statues in this district; 
 and Praun Poory, the Hindoo ascc- 
 tick, who visited tliis place betwixt 
 1770 and 1780, mentioned with ad- 
 Biiration the number of statues tliat 
 then existed, althougli the place had 
 been long deserted by its inliabitants. 
 In A. D. 1220 it was taken and des- 
 troyed by Gengis Khan. {Wilford, 
 Duncan, Abul Fazel, S)C.) 
 
 Bamoo. — A town in the northern 
 quarter of the Binnan empire, only 
 20 miles from the frontiers of the 
 province of Yunan, in China. Lat. 
 21°. N. Long. 96°. 66'. E. This 
 toM'n and province were taken from 
 Hie Chinese by the Birmans, since 
 the accession of the present dynasty. 
 The road from this town to Manche- 
 gee, or Yiinan, lies through moun- 
 tains, and this is the usual route of 
 the Birman envoys going to Pelcin. 
 (Sipncs, ?fc.) 
 
 Bamori. — A small village in Nor- 
 thern Hindostan, containing 30 or 
 40 huts, situated in the district of 
 Almora. Lat. 29° 16'. N. Long.79°. 
 35'. E. 
 
 This village belongs to the Mewa- 
 tis, who have termed a small colony 
 in these forests, and levy a contri- 
 bution on all goods and passengers, 
 on their way to and trom the hills. 
 An annual lair is held here in the 
 dry season, to which the hill peo[>le 
 bring their merchandize for sale, or 
 to exchange it for the productions 
 of the low lands. Bamoii is the li- 
 mit of the Goorkhali tcnitorics in 
 tliis quarter. {Kaper, ^c.) 
 
 Bampoor. — A town in the IVIaha- 
 ratta territories, in the province of 
 Malwah, 33 miles S. from Kotah. 
 Lat. 24°. 44'. N. Long. 75°. 43'. E. 
 
 Bamuaguii, (Paniaraghar). — A 
 town in the province of Urissa, situ- 
 at«l oa the cast side of tlie Brah- 
 
 miny Noy River, 73 miles N. W. 
 from Cuttack. Lat. 21° 4'. N. Long. 
 85°. 12'. E. A few miles to the 
 south are iron mines and forges, 
 which, with the town, are possessed 
 by independent zemindars. 
 
 Banass River. — SccBunnass. 
 
 Banaul. — A small district about 
 the 34th degree of north latitude, 
 situated among the southern hills, iu 
 the province of Cashmere. 
 
 At tile distance of five miles to 
 Uie south-east of the village of Ba- 
 naul, begins a boundary of a divi- 
 sion of the Cashmere territory, lying 
 without the greater circle of moun- 
 tains. The governors of Cashmere 
 permit the fertile valley of Banaul, 
 which is 10 miles iu length, to re- 
 main uncultivated, that it may not 
 atlord shelter or provision to the bor- 
 dering Hindoo states; who, in for- 
 mer periods, have, through this 
 tract, approached the interior passes 
 of Cashmere. The Banaul district is 
 mountainous, and looks down on the 
 plains of Cashmere to the north. 
 (Foster, ^-c.) 
 
 Banaul. — A town in the province 
 of Cashmere, district of Banaul, 43 
 miles S. E. from the city of Cash- 
 mere. Lat. 33°. 65'. N. Long. 74°. 
 18'. E. 
 
 Banaavara. — AtoAvnin the Rajah 
 of Mysore's territories, situated on 
 the side of a large tank, with a good 
 mud fort. Lat. 13°. 14'. N. Long. 
 76°. 14'. E. 
 
 This place is in a fine open coun- 
 tiy, and contains about 500 houses, 
 many of which are inhabited by 
 Brahmins. (/". Bnchanan, ^c) 
 
 Banca. — An island lying off the 
 north-eastern coast of Sumatra, from 
 which it is separated by the Straits of 
 Banca. In length it may be esti- 
 mated at 130 miles, by 35 miles the 
 average breadth.' 
 
 'J'he tin mines on this island are 
 reported to have been discovered in 
 1710 by theburning of a house. 1 hey 
 are worked by a Chinese colony, 
 said to consist of 25,000 persons, un- 
 der the nominal directions of the 
 King of Palemhang, but for the ac- 
 
BANCAPOOR. 
 
 77 
 
 count and benefit of the Dutch Com- 
 pany, which endeavoured to mono- 
 polize the tiade, and actually ob- 
 tained two millions of pounds ainui- 
 ally. Privjtte 'merchants, Eus^iish 
 and Americans, also found moans to 
 participate in the trade. jMany car- 
 goes arc yearly carried to CMiina, 
 ■\vlicrc the consumption is chielly for 
 religious purjK)ses. It sells there 
 lather higher than the English grain 
 tin, as the Cluuese say it is more 
 malleable, and on that account pre- 
 fer it. Of the Banca tin sand, 133 
 pounds is said to yield about 75 
 pounds of the metal. There are 
 seven principal places where it is 
 dug, which are under the directions 
 of Chinese man;igers, who provide 
 and pay the miners. The latter are 
 arrived at much perfection in reduc- 
 ing the ore into metal, employing 
 wood as fuel. In tbrmer times, tlie 
 profit from it to the Dutch East India 
 Company was estimate d at 150,()0Ul. 
 bnt very little was sent to Europe. 
 
 At the island the price of the tin, 
 in a great measure, de|)ends on the 
 number of ships that are in want of 
 it. Spanish dollars are tlie only 
 article that can command a cargo, 
 the sale of goods being (luubtlul,and 
 ducatoons not liked. The Chinese 
 have taiight the Malays to put iron 
 shot and stones into the middle ofthe 
 slabs; it is necessary, therefore, to 
 have them well examined. 
 
 Banca is opposite to the River 
 Palembang, in the Island of Suma- 
 tra, on which the nominal sovereign 
 of Banca, possessor also of the tor- 
 ritoiy of I^alembang, resides. The 
 island and tin mines were taken 
 possession of by the British, in 1813. 
 {Marsden, Staunton, Stavorinus, El- 
 more, Dnanmond, i^-c.) 
 
 Banca, (Straits of). — ^The island 
 of Sumatra forms the western side, 
 and tiiat of Banca the eastern side 
 of the straits. In passing through 
 them, tli(; coast of Sumatra may be 
 approached somewhat closer than 
 that of Banca. The country is co- 
 vered with wood down to the water's 
 edge, and the shores are so low, that 
 
 the sea outflows thclaiid, and washe.^ 
 the trunks ofthe trees. 
 
 I'hc depth of water is very irregu- 
 lar, the water shoaling, in some 
 s[)ots, in one cast of the lead, from 
 12 to seven fathoms, and in others 
 from seven to four. There are also 
 coral shoais so near the surface, as to 
 be easily distinguished by the whiten- 
 ed sheet of water over them. The 
 Straits of Banca should always be 
 entered with a favourable monsoon, 
 according to the destination of the 
 vessel. 
 
 At the small Nanka Isles, wood 
 for fuel, and water of an excellent 
 cpuility, may conveniently be pro- 
 cured. The tide in these roads rises 
 and falls about 11 feet. It is per- 
 fectly sheltered from S. \^', by S. to 
 N. W. and there can be no high sea 
 with any wind, as the land is but a 
 short distance on the open points. 
 The latitude ofthe Nanka Road is 
 2°. 22'. S. Long. 106°. 41. E. 
 {Staunton, King, ^c.) 
 
 Banca. — A very small island, sur- 
 rounded by a cluster of smaller, ly- 
 ing oil the noi th-eastern extremity 
 of Celebes. Lat. 1°. 50'. N. Long, 
 125°. E. This island has a harbour at 
 its south end, abounds in cocoa nuts, 
 limes, jacks, fish, turtle, and rattans, 
 and is well inhabited. Near Banca. 
 is the Harbour ofTclUisyang, called 
 Talissc by \alentyn, aj which are 
 some wild cattle,' but no inhabit- 
 ants. 'J'hcse islands are much fre- 
 quented by the piratical cruizers 
 from iVIagindanao and Sooloo. {For- 
 rest, Sf-C.) 
 
 Bancapoor. — A district in the 
 province of Bejapoor, possessed bv 
 diHeient jaghiredars, the feudatories 
 of tlie Maiiaratta Peshwa. Informer 
 times this district was frequently do- 
 nominated Shalmoor Bancapoor. 
 
 Bancapoor. — A town in tlie pro- 
 vince of Bejapoor, in the Maharatta 
 territories, .'iO miles S. S. E. from 
 Darwar. Lat. 14°. 5b'. N. Long. 
 75°. 16'. E. This is a large town, 
 and was ibrmerly a pli<cc of impbrt- 
 aiice. Tiie fort was dismantled by 
 Tippoo's army, diaing one of his 
 
78 
 
 BANDA. 
 
 campaigns against the Maharattxs, 
 at which time this wns one of the 
 chief Ibitilications in tlic Shahurutr 
 district, and was to distinguisli it 
 from other places of the same name, 
 called Shauoor Bancapnor. The 
 city of Sliahnoor is in sight five or 
 six miles to the north-east. {Moore, 
 §-c.) 
 
 Bancapoor. — A town in theRoiah 
 of tiie Mysore's territories, IU8 miles 
 N. W. from Scriu2;apatam. Lat.l3°. 
 33'. N. Louf^. 75°. 45'. E. 
 
 Bancook. — A sea port in the king;- 
 dom of Siam, situated on the east 
 side of the Siam River. Lat. 13°. 
 40'. N. Long. 101°. 10'. E. 
 
 This place is properly the sea port 
 of tiie city of Siam, ships of burthen 
 seldom ascending the river higher, 
 and it is distant from it about 42 
 Diiles. Towards tlie end of the 17th 
 century, when an alUance subsisted 
 between Louis the XIYth and the 
 sovereign of Siam, tliis place was 
 ceded to the French, who here 
 erected a fortress, wiiieh they re- 
 lahicd for several years. It does not 
 appear, however, that they ever de- 
 rived any essential benefit frem it, 
 as their trade w ith Siam was always 
 insigniticant. On the degradation 
 and subsequent death of Coustan- 
 tiiie Faukon, prime minister to the 
 King of Siam, they were expelled 
 from the country, and have never 
 since attempted to recover then- iu- 
 tiuence in it. 
 
 Bancoot River. — A small river 
 in the Concan province, on the west 
 coast of Jndia. which rises in the 
 Western Ghaut INIouutaius, and 
 falls into the sea. after a shortcourse, 
 near to Fort Victoria. 
 
 Banda. — ^The islands of Banda, 
 situated about 120 miles E. S. E. 
 from Ambayna, arc 10 in number, 
 viz. Banda Neira, Goouong Assi, 
 Banda Lantour, Pulo Ay, Pulo 
 Rundo, Rosyugen, Pulo PLsang, 
 Craka, Capella, and Souangy; that 
 of Banda Neira hing in Lat. 4°. 
 30'. S. Long. 130°. E, being the 
 scat of the supreme goverameut of 
 tLc whole. This. island has a spar 
 
 cious harbour, but very difficult io I 
 
 be entered. Ships anchor under the 
 cannon of two forts, named Belgica 
 and Naiissan. The rise of the tide 
 is seven feet. 
 
 The next island is that of Lantoir, 
 or Banda Proper, which is about 
 eight miles in lengtji, and, at (he 
 eastern extremity, live miles in 
 breadth. The third and fourth isles 
 in importance are PiUoway and Pu- 
 lorun. These four islands were the 
 only places where the cultivation of 
 the nutmog tree was allowed by the 
 Dutcb East India Company. Oa 
 the island of Rosyngeii there is a re- 
 doubt, to which state prisoners were 
 often bauished, and Goonong Api 
 has a volcano constantly emitting 
 smoke, aiid often flames. Under the 
 Dutch there were several other 
 islands belonged to the Banda go- - 
 vernment, known by tlie appellation 
 of the Southwestern and South East- 
 ern Islands. Their inhabitants sup- 
 plied the Dutch settlers with con- 
 siderable quantities of different sorts 
 of provisions, which they bartered 
 for piece goods and other articles. 
 
 I'he Banda Isles are all high. The 
 soil is a rich black mould, covered 
 with trees, chiefly nutmegs. The 
 Dutch Company were the absolute 
 proprietors of the soil, as well as of 
 the slaves who cultivated it. The 
 rearing of the nutmegs being the 
 chief object, the islands were divided 
 into a number of plantations for that 
 purpose, under the management of a 
 mixed race of Europeans and In- 
 dians, either as proprietors or lessees 
 of the spice plantations. The nut- 
 meg grow s to the size of a pear tree, 
 ajid it;; h-avcs resemble the laurel. 
 
 It appears from experience that 
 two-tiiirds of all uutnicg trees are 
 barren, yet it cannot be discovered 
 until the r2th or 14th year, so that 
 they cauiiot be cut dov, n at an ear- 
 lier'age. Its fruit bearing quality is 
 of short duration, as it will only yield 
 w ii liom the 12rii to the 20th year, 
 and geueially perishes at the age of 
 24 jear.s. Each tree will produce 
 about 10 pounds auuualiy. From 
 
BANGALOOR. 
 
 7JI 
 
 Ihc imperfect nutmegs an oil is ex- 
 pressed. 
 
 F.xclusivc of the provisions sont 
 annually by the Dutch from I'.atavia, 
 piece <j,<^uiJs, cutlery, iron, ajul other 
 articles of merchandise, %\(re im- 
 ported. The Burg;hers and Chinese 
 merchants exportrd these articles to 
 Aroo, New Guinea, Ceram, and the 
 South West Islands. In return they 
 received from Ceram, sago in bread 
 and llower, and sometimes salted 
 deer ; from Aroo they imported pearls, 
 bird nests, and tortoise shells. J'roui 
 these islands they also procured 
 slaves. Cattle and grain Mere im- 
 ported from liatavia. 
 
 The real quantity of nutmeg and 
 maee(a membraneous substancewhieh 
 envelopes the nutme<;) produced iu 
 the Banda Isles has ne^ er been ex- 
 actly ascertained. When captured 
 by the EngUsh, in 1796, tlie annual 
 produce was about 163,000 pounds 
 of nutmegs, and 46,000 pounds of 
 mace; the number of inhabitants 
 5763. Under the old Dutch govern- 
 ment the produce w as much greater, 
 and may again be restored to its for- 
 mer amount if wanted. At the peace 
 of Amiens these islands were de- 
 livered up to tlic Batavian govern- 
 ment, and were retaken by the Bri- 
 tish in 1810. {Stavoiimis, Asiatic 
 Registeis, Sx.) 
 
 Banditti Isle. — A small island in 
 the Straits of Lombhook, about 20 
 miles in circnmt'erence. Lat. 8°. 50'. 
 N. Long. 115°. 35'. E. 
 
 Bandooguu. — A town in the pro- 
 \-ince of Gundwana, 60 miles N. by 
 E. from Mundlah. Lat. 23°. 32'. N. 
 Long. Sl°.25'. E. 
 
 Baundhoo, or Bhatta, iu the tune 
 of Aurcngzebe, was the name of the 
 northern part of the tiindoo province 
 of Gundwana, then by an irapcriid 
 edict annexed to the Soubah of Al- 
 lahabad, though actually indcpend- 
 f nt. It is now possessed by an in- 
 dependent Goand chief. (J. Grant, 
 
 Banga, (Blianga). — A town in the 
 province of Jjcngal, district of Sylhet, 
 34 miles E.byS. iiom the to\v'n ol' 
 
 Svlhet. Lat. 24°. 51'. N. Long. 92°. 
 
 lb'. !■;. 
 
 Bangaloor, (Batigalmii). — A for- 
 tified town in the Rajah of Mysore's 
 territories, founded bv Hvder. I^at- 
 12°. 5;'. N. Long. 77°. 46'. K Y.y 
 barometrical observations it stands 
 2901 [cct above Madras. 
 
 The country is very naked from 
 Catcolli to this place, about one-tenth 
 only appearing to be arable, and not 
 above one-twentieth of the latter is 
 watered. The pasture is ratlier bet- 
 ter than what is usually seen above 
 the (jihauts. To the south of Ban- 
 galoor, about Kingara and Windy, 
 there is a great deal of stunted copse 
 Mood abounding with tigers. The 
 villages are ]io<ir and small, and arc 
 not fortified like the othi-rs in the 
 country, the woo<!s by which they 
 arc sunounded ha\uig, probably, 
 been suilicient to keep off the irre- 
 gular tioops that attend Indian ar- 
 mies, and which consist generally of 
 cavalry. 
 
 At Bangaloor. and the adjacept 
 country, Indian hemp, gunny, or ero- 
 talaria juncea, is a considerable pro- 
 duction, from vhieli a coarse but 
 very strong sackcloth is made. Castor 
 oil is made indifferently from either 
 the large or the small varieties of the 
 riehms. It is the common lamp oil 
 of tiie country, and also used in me- 
 dicine. 
 
 I'ht; fort, constructed by ITydcr 
 after the best fashion of Mahornme- 
 dan architecture, was destroyed by 
 his son TipiKX), after he found how 
 Uttle it was littcd to resist British ar- 
 mies, but, in 1802, was repaired by 
 the Dewan, Pnrueah. 
 
 The gardens made by Hyder and 
 Tippoo are extensive, and divided 
 into square plots separated by m alks. 
 The Mahonnnedan tashion is to have 
 a separate piece of ground allotted 
 for each kind of plant, liius one 
 plot is entirely filled vvith rose trees, 
 another with pornegTanatcs, and so 
 forth. In this climate the cypress and 
 vine grow luxuriantly, and the apple 
 and the pea^-h^ both produce fruit : 
 strawberries iiKo ujc r;iist;vl in the 
 
80 
 
 BANGALOOR. 
 
 sultan's gardens, and probably most 
 European fruits and vrgetubles 
 would, in this elevated re^Jiion, arrive 
 at perfection. Some oak and pine 
 plants introduced from the Cape secin 
 to thrive well. 
 
 Duiing; Hjder's reign this city was 
 \cry populous; Tippoo began its mis- 
 fortunes by prohibiting trade with 
 the dominions of Arcot and Hyder- 
 abad, because he detested the pos- 
 sessors of both countries. IJe then 
 sent laige quantities of goods which 
 he forced the merchants to take at a 
 high rate. These oppressions greatly 
 injured the place, but it was still po- 
 pulous, and many individuals were 
 rich, M hen Lord Cornwaliis anived 
 before it, in great distress from want 
 of provisions. This reduced him to 
 the necessity of giving the assault 
 immediately, and tiie town was con- 
 sequently plundered. 
 
 Below the Western Ghauts the 
 people of Bangalore principally trade 
 with the inhabitants of Maugalorc, 
 named here Codeal, or Cowdal. 'I'o 
 that place are from hence sent cotton 
 cloths, both white and coloured, and 
 manufactured in this neighbourhood ; 
 the returns are raw silk and silk 
 cloths. The trade to Calicut was 
 formerly considerable, but latterly 
 much reduced. 'Ihe chief import 
 from tlie nizam and Maharattan ter- 
 ritories is cotton wool, which is very 
 considerable, with some coarse cot- 
 ton thread; the returns from Banga- 
 loor are made chielly in money, with 
 some few cotton and silk cloths. 
 
 The imports from the Comjjany's 
 tenitories in the Lower Carnatic are 
 salt, sulphur, tin, lead, zinc, copper ; 
 European steel, paints, and glue ; in- 
 digo, nutmegs, cloves, camphor, and 
 benjamin ; raw silk and silk cloths ; 
 Englisli woollen cloths, canvass, and 
 blankets; English and native paper; 
 English hardware, glass ware, and 
 looking glasses ; china, sugar candy, 
 Bengal sugar, dates, and almonds. 
 
 The returns from Bangaloor are 
 chiefly betel nut, sandal wood, black 
 pepper, true cardammos, shicai, and 
 tajnaiinds. TIk.; balance of mouey 
 
 is generally due by the low cotinlry 
 merchant. Tanjore merchants bring 
 hither pearls, and take away money. 
 Betel nut at Bangaloor is the most 
 considerable article of trade, and 
 next to that the country black pep- 
 per and sandal wood. Numbers of 
 cumlies, or Idack blankets, are sold 
 here. A kiiul of drug merchants, 
 called Gandhaki, at Bangaloor, trade 
 to a considerable amount. There is 
 a great deal of salt brought from the 
 lower Carnatic, as none but the poor- 
 est people will eat that made in 
 the country. Goods of all sorts are 
 transported on the backs of bul- 
 locks, which animals, when employ- 
 ed in carriage, are always shod 
 with light iron shoes. The salt and 
 grain carriers generally use asses, or 
 a very }ioor sort of bullock, which 
 gets nothing to cat except what they 
 can pick up by the road side. 
 
 Tlie clothes nuide here, being en- 
 tirely for country use, and never hav- 
 ing been exported to Europe, are 
 made of different sizes, to adapt 
 them to the dresses of the natives. 
 The Hindoos seldom use tailors, but 
 wrap round their bodies the cloth as 
 it comes from the loom. The silk 
 weavers make cloth of a very strong 
 fabric, of the silk that is imported in 
 a raw state, but which may in time 
 be raised in tlie country. The intro- 
 diietion of the silk worm has not ycit 
 succeeded in the Lower Carnatic, 
 but there is reason to believe the 
 country above the Ghauts, havirig a 
 more temperate climate, m ill be found 
 more suitable. There is a small duty 
 levied here on every loom, which is 
 gradually diminished on those who 
 keep many. At the weekly markets 
 the cotton is bought uj) in small 
 quantities by the poor women of all 
 casts, exccj>t the Brahmins ; tor 
 these never spin, nor do their hus- 
 bands ever plough the soil. The 
 women of ail other casts spin, and 
 at the weekly markets sell the thread 
 to the weavers. 
 
 At Bangaloor (here are many in- 
 haintar.ts of the Mahommedan re- 
 ligion ; and, owing to the change of 
 
BANJARMASSIJ^. 
 
 81 
 
 igrbvcMinient, many of tlieni in great 
 distress. Above the Ghauts the le- 
 prosy, in which the skin becomes 
 viiite, is very common among the 
 natives. The persons troubled with 
 It enjoy, in every other respect, good 
 health, and their children are like 
 those of other people. 
 
 The only year used above the 
 Ghauts is the Chandranianam, or 
 hiiiar \oar, by which, among the 
 Brahmins, all religious ceremonies 
 are performed. At Bangaloor, the 
 iC'hristian era of 1800 corresponds 
 with the year 4893 of the Cali Yiig, 
 and 1722 of Salivahanani, which is 
 iji universal use in the south of India. 
 
 This place was first acquired to 
 the Mysore state in 1687, during the 
 reign of Chick Deo Raj. 
 
 Travelling distance from Seringa- 
 patam, 74 miles ; from Madras, 215 ; 
 and from Hyderabad, 352 miles. {F. 
 Buchanan, Willis, Lord Valentia, Ren- 
 neJ, c.S"c.) 
 
 Banglor, (Bangalnrn). — A small 
 town in the Mysore Rajah's territo- 
 ries, 20 miles S. E. from Bangaloor. 
 Lat. 12° 47'. N. Long. 78°. 2'. E. 
 
 Banouey. — A small island, situ- 
 ated off the northern extremity of 
 Borneo, 23 miles in length, by 11 
 the average breadth, on which there 
 is a small river of fresh water, and 
 })Ienty of tintle. Lat. 7°. 15'. N. 
 Long. 117°. 25'. E. 
 
 Banhangur. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Gundwana, district of Singh- 
 rowla, 88 miles S. S. W. from Be- 
 nares. Lat. 24°. 4'. N. Long. 82°. 
 35'. E. It is in the possession of in- 
 dependent Zemindars. 
 
 Baniack, (or Pooh Baniack). — A 
 small island lying off the west coast 
 of Sumatra, about Lat. 2°. 10'. N. In 
 length it may be estimated at 17 
 miles, by seven the average breadth. 
 Poolo Baniack is known by a peaked 
 hill, resembling a sugar loaf, on the 
 N. \V . end of it, and has a chain of 
 ishnids to the N. E. 
 
 Banjarmassin. — A town and dis- 
 trict on the south eastern coa.st of 
 Borneo. Lat. 3°. S. Long. 114°. 65'. 
 E. The River BanjaiTuassin has a 
 
 
 
 sliallow bar at the entrance, over 
 which a boat cannot float, though 
 light, until after the first quarter of 
 the flood. Ill this river there is a 
 poisonous fish or prickle, which 
 wounds the people in the feet who 
 attempt to drag the boats over the 
 bar. This brings on an immediate 
 swelling in the leg, with violent in- 
 flammation, causing shortly after de- 
 lirium ami death, no antidote being 
 hitherto discovered for its cure by the 
 natives. Ships anchoring in the Har- 
 bour of Tombanjou, or Tombornio, 
 near the mouth of the river, can be 
 supplied with water, and also with 
 plenty of fowls and ducks, and ex- 
 cellent fish, both salt and fresh. — 
 Many Chinese reside in this place 
 and neighl>()urhood, from whence a 
 considerable trade is carried on with 
 China. The imports to Banjarmassin 
 consist chiefly of opium, piece goods, 
 coarse cutlery, gunpowder, small can- 
 non, and fire arms ; the exjiorts are 
 pepper, camphor, gold dust, wax, 
 rattans, bird nests, biche de mar, 
 and some spices. 
 
 The Dutch for a long time main- 
 tained a factory here for tlie collection 
 of, or purchasing of pepper and 
 rough diamonds. They used to re- 
 ceive 600,000 lbs. of pepper ; the 
 other articles of tiade were wax, 
 canes, and sago. Banjarmassin was 
 of no importance to the Dutch East 
 India Company, as they did not pos- 
 .•iess a foot of land beyond their 
 fort, and were obliged constantly to 
 guard against the attacks of tlie na- 
 tives. It was originally a conquest 
 made by Kings of Bantam in Java, 
 which afterwards devolved to the 
 Dutch. 
 
 In 1636 the English factors at 
 Bantam sent a small vessel to Ban- 
 jarmassin, and obtained 150,000 lbs. 
 of pepper ; and, in 1700, while the 
 two East India Companies existed 
 together, the English, or new Com- 
 pany, established a factory here. 
 
 In 1706, the English settlement at 
 Banjarmassin consisted of one chief 
 four members of council, one factor' 
 and three writers; one officer, 25 
 
82 
 
 BANTAM. 
 
 English, three Dutch, and 10 Ma- 
 cassar soldiers; nine J';uroj)can ar- 
 tificers, 31 Javanese carpenters, five 
 Chinese carpenters, two Chinese 
 bricklayers, 70 labourers, 36 slaves, 
 and nine European seamen. In ad- 
 dition to this the council requested 
 from home a large supply of military 
 stores, and 100 Europeans, two years 
 being required to complete the forti- 
 fications. This is an instance of 
 the rage for multiplying settlements, 
 which then existed, the establish- 
 ment being equal in magnitude and 
 expense to that of Calcutta, yet the 
 trade so insignificant, and the cUmate 
 so destructive, that it was soon aban- 
 doned as worse than useless. As an 
 inducement to persevere in maintain- 
 ing the settlement, the agent re- 
 ported to the Court of Directors that 
 the island yielded pepper, gold, dia- 
 monds, dragons' blood, wax, cloves, 
 bark, and canes. Pepper was the 
 chief article, of which it appears 
 1000 tons were procured annually. 
 
 On the 27th of June, 1707, the 
 natives suddenly attacked the Eng- 
 lish settlement ; and, though they w ere 
 at first beat ofl", the loss of the Eng- 
 lish in killed was so great, that it m as 
 resolved to abandon the place. The 
 Company's treasure was saved, but 
 the damage sustained on shore Avas 
 estimated at 50,000 dollars. This 
 attack from the Banjauiens was 
 ascribed by the surviving settlers to 
 tlie instigation of the Chinese, who 
 were jealous. of the English. 
 
 Banjarmassin has always been 
 famous for steel, which is reckoned 
 equal to that of Europe. {Bruce, 
 Stavorinns, Sfc.) 
 
 Bankybazak. — A small town in 
 the province of Bengal, on the cast 
 side of the Hooghly Biver, 13 miles 
 north from Calcutta. The Dutch had 
 formerly a factory here, frojn which 
 they were expelled by Aliverdi Khan. 
 
 Bansy, (Vansi). — A town in the 
 British territories, in the province of 
 Oude, 44 miles N. E. Irom Fysabad. 
 Lat. 27° 7'. N. Long. 82° 53'. ]<:. 
 
 Bantam. — A town in Java, the ca- 
 pital of a district, comprehending 
 3 
 
 the western extremity of that island. 
 Lat. 6°. 4'. S. Long. 106°. 3'. E. 
 
 The Bay of Bantam, which, in 
 early times, vas the principal ren- 
 dezvous of the shipping from Europe, 
 is so choaked up with daily acces- 
 sions of new earth washed down from 
 the mountains, as well as by coral 
 shoals extending a considerable way 
 to the eastward, that it is inaccessible 
 at present to vessels of Imrthen. 
 With the trade of Bantam, the power 
 of the sovereign has declined, and 
 the king has for many years acted as 
 a sort of viceroy for the Dutch. 
 
 Bantam is situated 53 miles from 
 Batavia, and is a town of consider- 
 able extent, but only fortified on 
 the land side. It is built v holly of 
 bamboo, and stands on the Bay of 
 Bantam, near the mouth of a river 
 Avhich falls into the bay. The king 
 resides in a kind of palace built in 
 the European style, within an old 
 ruinous fort, containing 80 pieces of 
 cannon, of all sizes, some without 
 carriages; but the whole unservice- 
 able. Contiguous to it is the Dutch 
 fort, which conunands tliat of the 
 king as w ell as the city, and is in a 
 good stale of repair. The Dutch 
 garrison here consists of a command- 
 ant, four artillery officers, and 50 
 Europeans, who encamp on the out- 
 side of the city, on account of its un- 
 healthiness. 'I'he Dutch East India 
 Company kept a garrison here no- 
 minally to defend the king from all 
 hostile attempts; but, in fact, to have 
 him always in the Company's power. 
 The chief authority on the part of the 
 Dutch East India Company was vest- 
 ed in a senior merchant, with the 
 title of Commandant, who had the 
 management of the trade, which con- 
 sisted chiefly in pepper and some cot- 
 ton yarn. To the conmiandery at 
 Bantam also belonged the residencies 
 at Lampong, Toulang, Baunang, and 
 Lampong Samanca, situated on the 
 southern part of Sumatra. The Ban- 
 tam sovereigns possessed the power 
 of life and death over their subjects, 
 but paid an annual tribute of pepper 
 to the Dutch, of which tins state, 
 
BANTAM. 
 
 83 
 
 with its dcpendeJicies, furnished an 
 annual supply of six millions of 
 pounds. The King of Bantam was 
 also deprived of the power of nomi- 
 nating;: his successor, the Company 
 selecting one of the royal family for 
 that office. On great public days tlie 
 King of Bantam assumes the Eu- 
 ropean costume, and dresses in an 
 embroidered scarlet or other coloured 
 coat, with boots, spurs, a sword, and 
 poinard. The inhabitants of Bantam 
 in general wear their hair loose, with 
 Ji small cap,.and nanow round hat 
 witliout a brim. 
 
 Prior to the Dutch invasion Ban- 
 lam was a powerful state, the sove- 
 reigns of which had made many con- 
 quests on the neighbouring islands, 
 particularly Sumatra and Borneo, 
 which afterwards devolved to the 
 Dutch. To this king's dominions 
 also belonged all the islands in the 
 Straits of Sunda, from Prince's Island 
 to Pulo Baby, or Hog Island. Many 
 of these are inhabited, but others are 
 desert, and the resort of pirates and 
 smugglers. 
 
 Since the Dutch took possession of 
 the adjacent province of Jacatra, and 
 interrupted tlie communication with 
 the rest of tlie island, the limits of 
 Bantam have been much contracted, 
 it still comprehends a considerable 
 extent of territory, from the River 
 Taganrong, two leagues from Ba- 
 tavia, to the western extremity of 
 the island. Its population is consi- 
 derable, and is nnich augmented by 
 Madman deserters, slaves, Chinese 
 bankrupts, and even murderers, who 
 take refuge within its boundaries, 
 where the police officers of Batavia 
 dare not pursue them, although the 
 principality be tributary to the Dutch. 
 
 In 1595, the Dutch Commander, 
 Houtman, with four ships arrived at 
 Bantam, being the first Dutch squa- 
 dron that had reached India. He 
 assisted the king against the Portu- 
 guese, and obtained leave to build a 
 factory. In Sept. 1G03, Capt. Lan- 
 caster completed his cargo at this 
 place, settled a foctory, and then re- 
 turned to England. 
 
 G 2 
 
 In 1674 the King of Bantam equip- 
 ped ships on his own account, and 
 sent tliem with produce to the coast 
 of India, and even into the Persian 
 Gult^ These ships were mostly man- 
 ned by seamen who had deserted 
 from the East India Company's ser- 
 vice, and managed by some of their 
 inferior civil servants. In 1677 Mr. 
 White, the agent on the part of the 
 East India Company, and the greater 
 part of the civil servants, were mas- 
 sacred by the Javanese during an 
 excursion up the river, the sultan 
 being either ignorant of this attack, 
 or affecting to be so. In 1681 the 
 King of Bantam dispatched ambas- 
 sadors to England, requesting assist- 
 ance; but, it appears, without suc- 
 cess ; for, in 1682, Bantam was taken 
 by the Dutcli, tliey having assisted 
 the king's son to expel his father. In 
 1683 tiiey dethroned the son, and as- 
 sumed the trade and government of 
 Bantam and its dependencies ; upon 
 which event the English East India 
 Company's establishment quitted the 
 place, and retired to Surat. 
 
 The climate of Bantam is still 
 more pestilential than that of Bata- 
 via, of which a remarkable instance 
 is mentioned. On the night of the 
 18th March, 1804, the King of Ban- 
 tam was murdered by one of his 
 grand nephews, who had concealed 
 himself under his bed, and who was 
 afterwards discovered, and put to 
 death. An embassy was sent from 
 Batavia, to elect and instal the new 
 king in the name of the Dutch Com- 
 pany, part of which ceremony con- 
 sists in lia\ ing him weighed in a pair 
 of scales at the palace gate, after 
 having feasted for 15 days. This de- 
 putation was composed of a coun- 
 sellor of India, four senior merchants, 
 a major, lieutenant, Serjeant, two 
 corporals, 18 I'Vencli and 18 Dutcli 
 grenadiers. The external forms oc- 
 cupied 15 days ; at the end of which 
 time, or soon after their return, the 
 whole of the European grenadiers 
 and subalterns died, except two or 
 three of the French who escaped. 
 The counsellor, his wife, who had 
 
84 
 
 BARBAREEN. 
 
 accompanied him, the niajoi-, and 
 four merchants, all returned with 
 putrid fevers, whicli bronglit them to 
 tlie l)rink. of tlie grave, and the se- 
 cretary died. In 1811, after the eon- 
 ({uest of Batavia, the town and dis- 
 trict of Bantam surrendered to tlie 
 British arms without resistance. (Sta- 
 vorinns\ Tombe, Bruce, Staunton, Qnar- 
 te7-hj Review, ^'c.) 
 
 Ij^R, — A town in the province of 
 Bahar, district of Bahar, 35 miles 
 E. S. E. of Patna. Lat. 25°. 28'. N. 
 Long. 85°. 46'. E. 
 
 B.4RKABUTTER.— A fortrcss in the 
 province of Cuttack, about a mile 
 N. W. from the town of Cuttack, 
 built of stone, and surrounded by a 
 very broad ditch, filled tVoiu the Ma- 
 hanuddy River. This was tl;c strong- 
 est fortress possessed by the Maha- 
 vattris in the province, but was taken 
 by storm by the British forces on the 
 14th Oct. 1803, and was ceded at 
 the peace along with the surrounding 
 country. {LecJue, Upton, Vc) 
 
 Barahat. — A town in northern 
 Ilindostan, situated amongthc moun- 
 tains in the province of Serinagur. 
 Lat. 30°. 48'. N. Long. 78°. 22'. E. 
 
 The houses of this town are budt 
 of large stones, with a slated roof, 
 and su tiered greatly by an eartluiuake 
 in 18U3, wliich almost destroyed it. 
 Barahat is the capital of aTalook of 
 the Kowain, and originally acquired 
 its name from being the chief mart ol 
 12 \ illaa;es. Its central position en- 
 ables it to maintain a free comnnuii- 
 cation with all parts of the hills, and 
 pilgrinw going to Gangotri in general 
 halt here, and lay in a slock of pro- 
 visions for 10 (tr 14 days, as there are 
 no interme<liate villages where they 
 could l)e certain of pro< uring sup- 
 plies. The only article brought from 
 anv distance is salt from Bitotan, but 
 the quantity is snutll. The distance 
 from hence' to Gangotri is seven days 
 journey, to .Janiautri five, to Kidar- 
 nauth 12. and to Seriiuignr si\ ; but, 
 excepting to the latter place, the 
 roads are very bad and dillicult. 
 
 Near this village is a curious tri- 
 dent, tlie pedestal of which is made 
 
 of copper, the shaft of brass about 
 12 feet long, and the forks of the 
 trident about six feet long. By what 
 means it came hither has never been 
 discovered, and although the inscrip- 
 tion be legible, it is said to be neither 
 Nagari, Persian, nor Sanscrit. There 
 was formerly a temple over it, whieli 
 w;is thrown down by the great eartii- 
 quakc in 1803, {Roper, Vc.) 
 
 IJauaiche, {Bharech). — A district 
 in the province of Oude, extending 
 along the north side of the Devali. 
 or Goggrah River, and separated 
 from the dominions of Nepaul by a 
 ridge of lotfj hills. Some part of 
 this district was ceded to the British 
 government in 1 800, but a great pro- 
 portion of it still reniauis in the pos- 
 session of the Nabob of Oude. The 
 northern part is very hilly, and co- 
 vered with forests, but towards the 
 Dewah, on the south, it is more level 
 and fertile. 'I'he Dewah and Baharee 
 are the principal rivers, and the chief 
 towns Baraiche and Bulrainpoor. 
 
 In 1582 this district is described 
 by Abul Fazel as follows : — '* Sircar 
 Barayitch, containing 11 mahals, 
 nieasurement 1,823,435 beegahs, re- 
 venue 24,120,525 dams. Seynrghal 
 46(i,482 dams. This Sircar furnishes 
 1170 cavalry, and 14,300 infantry." 
 
 Baraiche. — A town in the Nal>ob 
 of ( hide's territories, district of Ba- 
 riache, of which it is the ca|)ital. 
 Lat. 27°. 31'. N. Long. 81°. 36'. E. 
 It is described by Abul Fazel as 161- 
 lows : — " Bariache is a largo city, de- 
 lightfully situated on the River Sy. 
 Sultan Alassaood, and Rejeb Sillar, 
 are both buried here, and held in 
 great veneration." 
 
 Baran River. — ^This river has its 
 .source in the Hindoo Kho moun- 
 tains, from whence it thjws in ,\n 
 easterly direction through the N. 1 1. 
 quarter of the province ofCabul, and 
 atterwards joins the Chuganscrai 
 liiver in the district of Kameh. 'J'heir 
 united streams afterwards fall into 
 the Cabul, or Attock River. 
 
 Barbareen. — A small village on 
 the S. AV. coast of Ceylon, with a 
 sort of harbour formed bv a projet- 
 
BAREILY. 
 
 85 
 
 tioii of laud, wlifio llif river rims 
 into tlic M-a. Lat. 0°. 33'. N. Long". 
 79°. 5.V. F. 
 
 Tliis is almost tliP only part on the 
 roast Mherc tliP liitili surf ami rocky 
 shore permits ships' boats, of (h(> Eu- 
 ropean construction, to land. 'I hero 
 is a manufactory liere for makiuj? 
 eor(la<;e from the fibres of the cocoa 
 nut husk. A few miles farther south 
 the best oysters on the island are 
 found, which are of a dilferent sort 
 from the pearl oysters at IManaar. 
 Barbareen is a ^lahommedan viUag^e, 
 and the IModeliar, or chief, is also a 
 Mahommedan. The inhabitants are 
 fhiedv artisans, who besides the rope 
 niamifactory, work in all kinds of 
 metal, and make swords. poi;;nards, 
 and thin scabbard of jrood workman- 
 ship. (Pcrciral, M. (Jra/iam, S)C.) 
 
 'liAV.CELOR^,{B(tssuritrn). — A town 
 on the sea coast of the i)rovincc of 
 Canara, Lat. 13°. 37'. N. Lonj!;.74° 
 46'. E. This i)lace was probably the 
 port l?arace of the ancients. In 
 157.5 IJarcelore was governed by a 
 female sovereign, or ranny, the 
 daughters always succeeding to the 
 government, and the men serving 
 under them as officers. A consider- 
 able trade formerly subsisted be- 
 tween tliis station and the Arabian 
 coast. 
 
 BaREILY, (Barali). — A district in 
 the j)rovince of Delhi, situated prin- 
 cipally betwi\t the 28th and 29th 
 degrees of north latitude. In the 
 Institutes of Acber it was compre- 
 hended in the Sircar of Budayoon, 
 and descril'.ed under that name, but 
 the original appellation of a great 
 proportion of the country pnor to 
 the Itoiiillah compiest was Kuthair; 
 subsequent to this latter event it was 
 incorporated with the province of 
 Kohilcund. 
 
 The surface of this district is, in 
 general, level and well watered by 
 many smaller rivers besides the Gan- 
 ges, which bounds it to the west. 
 The chief towns are Bareily, Anop- 
 sheher, Rampoor, and Budayoon. In 
 summer, notwithstanding its north- 
 ern latitude, the heat is very intense; 
 
 but dining the winter months, when 
 the wind blows from the northern 
 mountains, the thermomcler falls be- 
 low 30°, aud water in the tents 
 freezes. 
 
 After the conquest of Kohilcund, 
 in 1774, by Sujah ud Dowlah, as- 
 sisted by the British troops, it rapidly 
 declined, and became almost a w aste. 
 Betwixt Anopsheher and Bareily ex- 
 tensive wastes, formerly under cul- 
 tivation, every where meet the eye. 
 '1 liey are covered with long grass, 
 v\hich, in the hot season, becomes 
 so parched as to be easily combusti- 
 ))le ; and abounds with foxes, jack- 
 alls, hogs, hares, and every sort of 
 game, w hich range these wide plains 
 immolested. 
 
 In 1802 this large district was 
 ceded to the Biitish government, 
 when it was subdivided into col- 
 lectorships, and a general court of 
 appeal and circuit appointed to ad- 
 minister justice. At this time their 
 internal situation was very unpro- 
 mising, aiul the inhabitants greatly 
 imjjoverished. Since then, travellers 
 w ho iiave visited this territory, men- 
 tion the general st.ate of prosperity 
 and im|>roved cultivation which it 
 now exhibits, compared with its de- 
 solate appearance when ceded to the 
 Company. On this event fairs were 
 instituted by Lord Wellesley upon 
 the borders of the Rohilcund coun- 
 try, for barter with the people of 
 Nepaul and Serinagur. 
 
 In this division ot Bohilcund there 
 are few Hindoo temples to be found 
 of any considerable magnitude, 'i'he 
 zeal of the Mahommedans appears 
 to Iiave been too intolerant, and 
 their ])ossession too pennanent to 
 permit them. The natives are a tall 
 handsoine race of j.eoplc, and when 
 «'omjiared with the more southern 
 inhabitants of India, are white and 
 well featured. 
 
 Bohilcund Euj-ruckabad, and the 
 upper part of the Doab, abound with 
 a warlike race of Mahonnnedans 
 ready to join any leader. Some 
 thousands of this description served 
 under llolkar, and many are now 
 
86 
 
 BARRACKPOOR. 
 
 with their countryman Ameer Klian. 
 They are disaflected to the British 
 government, not because it is unjust 
 or oppressive^ but because there is 
 no employment for them, and they 
 are left inactive, without distinction 
 and >vithout subsistence. Few of 
 these people enlist in the British ser- 
 vice, because they cannot bring 
 tliemselves to submit to tlie strict- 
 ness of European discipline. These 
 Patans are, in general, reduced to 
 much distress ; they are idle, and 
 with difficulty and reluctance apply 
 to any profession but that of arms. 
 Amongst them the influence of a 
 rebellious or disaflfected chief over 
 his followers is very great, and is not 
 founded in the popularity or suppos- 
 ed justice of his cause, and very httle 
 on the probability of his success. 
 Though he be a mere robber, and 
 his situation quite desperate, still his 
 people will adhere to him to the last, 
 and never betray or forsake him. 
 
 The Bareilly division of the court 
 of circuit comprehends the following 
 districts, viz. 1. Caunpoor; 2. Fur- 
 ruckabad; 3. Etaweh; 4. Agra; 6. 
 Allyghur ; 6. South Saharunpoor ; 7. 
 Moradabad ; 8. Bareily. 
 
 The Mahommedan inhabitants of 
 this district approach nearer to an 
 equality of numbers witli the Hin- 
 doos than in most of the others of 
 Hindostan, but still are considerably 
 inferior. {Tennant, H. Strachei/, 5th 
 Report, Foster, 8fc.) 
 
 Bareily. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Delhi, district of Bareily, 
 of which it is the capital ; and, at 
 present, of Rohilcund generally. Lat. 
 28°. 22'. N. Ijong. 70°. 21'. !■:. 
 
 This town is situated on the banks 
 of the united streams of (he Jooah 
 and Sunkra, about 40 miles from the 
 Ganges, and is a large and populous 
 city. The fort is a great inegular 
 mass of building, equally destitute of 
 elegance or strength, and without 
 bastions for guns. Brazen water 
 pots are manufactured here in great 
 numbers. I'his was the capital of 
 Hafez Rahmut, a Rohillah chief, 
 slain at the battje of Cuttcrah, and 
 
 here he lies interred. In 1774 it was, 
 along with the district, added to the 
 dominions of Oude ; and, in 1802, 
 transferred to the British. 
 
 Tiavelling distance from Delhi 142 
 miles; from Calcutta, by Moorshe- 
 dabad, 910; by Birbhoom, 805 miles ; 
 from Lucknow, 156 miles. {Hard- 
 wicke, Franklin, Rennet, <^c.) 
 
 B A REND A, {Varendra). — A district 
 in the province of Aurungabad, si- 
 tuated partly in the nizam's territo- 
 ries, partly in those of the Maha- 
 rattas. The country about the town 
 of Barenda is level and open, but 
 the nizam's portion is of a more 
 mountainous nature. The principal 
 river is the Seena, and the chief 
 towns Barenda and Pangauw. 
 
 Barenda, or Perinda. — A towii 
 in the province of Aurungabad, 125 
 miles E. by S. from Poonah. Lat. 
 11°. 19'. N. Long. 75°. 51'. E. This 
 is a large city, now much decayed, 
 with a stone fort. 
 
 Barkope, {Varaciipa). — A village 
 in the province of Bengal, nearly in 
 the centre of the Jungleterry of Bog- 
 lipoor. 
 
 Barnag ORE, ( Varanagara). — A 
 small town on the east side of the 
 Hooghly River, about three miles 
 above Calcutta. It was originally a 
 Portuguese settlement, but after- 
 wards came into the possession of 
 the Dutch. Here the coarsest sort 
 of blue handkerchiefs are manufac- 
 tured. 
 
 Barooly Ghaut. — A pass into 
 the hills which bound the province of 
 Bcrar to the north, through which 
 there is an ascent to a table land. 
 The source of tlie Wurda River is 
 two miles north from Baroolj\ 
 
 Barrackpoor. — A town in the 
 province of Bengal, situated on tlie 
 cast side of the Hooghly River, 16 
 miles above Calcutta. Here are the 
 xmfinished arches of a house begun 
 by the Marquis Wellesley, but dis- 
 continued by the frugality of the 
 court of Directors. In the park there 
 is a menagerie, but it contains few 
 animals of any sort. Horse races 
 arc run here iu the cold season, go- 
 
BARRAMAIIAL. 
 
 a7 
 
 vcrnmcnt having: discouraged those 
 at Calcutta. (3/. Gruham, Jiv.) 
 
 Baukakur. — A river in Wui pro- 
 vince of Bahar, which, after a sliort 
 course, joins the Dumniooda, in the 
 district of Pachete. 
 
 Barkamahal. — A district in the 
 south of India, situated bclwixt the 
 12th and 14th degrees of north lati- 
 tude. The 12 places properly con- 
 stituting the Barraniahal are all in 
 Dravida Desain, which is hounded 
 on the west by the Ghauts, au<l on 
 the east by the sea. These 12 places 
 are Krishnagiri, Jacadeo, Varina- 
 ghada, Maharaj'-ghada, Bujunga- 
 ghada, Tripatura, Vananibady, Gan- 
 gana-ghada, Sudarshana-ghada, and 
 Tatucallu. 
 
 After the fall of Seringapatam, in 
 1799, several districts of Karnata 
 were annexed to this province ; viz. 
 the talooksof Dcnkina Cotay, Hosso- 
 uru, Kellamangaluni, Ratnagiri, Vin- 
 catagiri, Cotay, and that ])ortion of 
 the Alhimbady Talook which lies to 
 the left of the Cavery, together with 
 the Polyams, or feudatory lordships 
 of Punganiu-H, Pcdda, Nayakana, 
 Durga, Bagaluru, Suligiri, and An- 
 kusagiri. All the polygars were re- 
 stored 1o their estates, and put on a 
 looting similar to that of the zemin- 
 dars in Bengal. They pay a fixed 
 rcjit or tri'>ute for their lordships, but 
 have no juiisdiction over the inhabi- 
 tants. 
 
 In these annexed districts the na- 
 tives of the Barraniahal will not set- 
 tle, on account of the coldness of the 
 climate during the rainy season. A 
 considerable proportion of the land 
 remains nncultivated. In the an- 
 nexed districts the rice cultivation is 
 not important ; dry seeds, kitchen 
 gardens, and plantations of cocoa 
 nuts, and Areca palms, are the chief 
 articles cultivated, and the manufac- 
 tures are coarse, and only fitted for 
 the lower classes. In the districts 
 annexed to the Baramahal, the pro- 
 perty of the soil is vested in the 
 state, except in the Polyams, and a 
 few small free estates. When a rich 
 man undertakes to construct a reser- 
 
 voir, at his own expense, for the ir- 
 rigation of land, he is allowed to 
 hold in free estate, and by hereditary 
 right, one fourth part of the lands so 
 watered ; but he is bound to keep the 
 reservoir in repair. Tanks of this 
 sort arc notoriously kept in better 
 repair than those which the govern- 
 ment supports. The reason assign- 
 ed by the natives is, Ihat they can 
 compel the holder of the free estate 
 to perform his duty, but the state has 
 no master. It would therefore seem 
 advisable to give rich natives every 
 encouragement to employ their mo- 
 ney this way. 
 
 On the fall of the Rayaroo of An- 
 nagoondy, the Baramahal, with 
 Rayacott'ih, and many other dis- 
 tricts, became subject to Jagadeva, 
 the polygar of Clienapattans. On 
 the overthrow of this family, its ter- 
 ritories were divided between the 
 Nabob of Cudapah, and the Rajahs 
 of Mysore. The former took the 
 Barraniahal, and the latter the do- 
 minions of the Cheiiapattan familj'. 
 Hydcr annexed the Barraniahal to the 
 dominions of Mysore; and, in 1792, 
 it was ceded to the Britisli govern- 
 ment at the treaty of Seringapatam. 
 
 When ceded, the country was in 
 a very miserable state; but the good 
 effects of a just and moderate gt)- 
 vernmcnt were soon exhibited, while 
 it was under the superintendance of 
 Colonel Alexander Read. In the 
 course of five years the revenues 
 were more than doubled, w hile the 
 rents were diminished in an etjual 
 proportion ; and since the introduc- 
 tion of the permanent system, this 
 district has attained a still higher 
 degree of cultivation. It is now 
 comprized in the collectorship of 
 Salem and Kistnagherry. 
 
 This district contains a very great 
 proportion of Hindoo inhabitants, 
 probably at least 19-20ths, it never 
 having been subdued by the Ma- 
 hommedans, until its conquest by 
 the Nabob of Cudapah, about the 
 middle of the 18<h «eiitury. {F. 
 Bucha?ian, Sydenham, T. Munro, 5th 
 Report, <^c.) 
 
88 
 
 BASSEEN, 
 
 BarrahTuckrah. — The districts 
 of Hundah and Cowrah, in the 
 northern extremity of tiie i)rovince 
 of Delhi, are denominated tlie Ear- 
 rah Tucicrah, or Twelve Divisions, 
 being certain j)ortions of tenitory 
 bequeathed by a chief of Boliaspoor 
 to Iiis younger son, about 1 10 years 
 ago. They now belong to the chief 
 of Bellaspoor. {Foster, ^-c.) 
 
 Barreah. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Gujrat, district of Gudarah, 
 90 miles E. from Ahmcdabad. Lat. 
 22° 53'. N. Long. 74°. 3'. E. It is 
 now held by a rajah, tributary to the 
 Gwickar. 
 
 Barren Isle. — An island and vol- 
 cano in the Bay of Bengal, situated 
 in Lat. 12°. 15'. N. and 15 leagues E. 
 of the northernmost Andaman. 
 This island rises to the height of 
 1800 feet. The eruptions of the 
 volcanos are sometimes very violent ; 
 stones of the weight of three or four 
 tons have been known to be dis- 
 charged from it. The parts of tlie 
 island that are distant from the vol- 
 cano are thinly covered with wi- 
 thered shrubs and blasted trees. 
 {Col. Colebrooli, Sfc. ) 
 
 Baroos. — A town on the west 
 coast of Sumatra. The inhabitants 
 here have benzoin and gold, and 
 procure camphire from the interior. 
 The imports are the same as specified 
 under the articic Sinkcl ; to which 
 may be added white beads, pulicat 
 handkerchiefs, chintzes, with large 
 flowers and grounds, white Dunga- 
 ric^ salt, rice, ghee, oil, a few metal 
 watches, and gilt hilted swords. {El- 
 more, Sfc.) 
 
 hAR\XAH. — A village in Bundel- 
 cund, 67 miles W. N. W. from (iiat- 
 tcrpoor, so called from a rivulet 
 named the Bcrwa, which runs past 
 it, and by an embankment is made 
 to form a large pond (in liindui 
 called Sagor,) at the back of 1 lie fort, 
 liat. 25°. 24'. N. Long. 78°. 55'. E. 
 'I'hc ca.stle very much resLinbles an 
 old Gothic building, and was erected 
 by the ancient rajahs of Ouncha. 
 
 In 1790 the Hindoo Sonbahdar, 
 of this district, was an uncommonly 
 
 accomplished person, and hod ac- 
 ciuired a very considrral)le know- 
 ledge jf European sciences. At tlio 
 advanced age of 60 he had formed 
 the project of studying the Enghsli 
 language, in order to cuniprehcud 
 the Encyclo])edia l^ritainiica, of 
 which he had acquired a copy. 
 Such, however, is the in(;onsist!'u«\y 
 of human nature, and the strength 
 with which Hindoo prejudices ad- 
 here, that, abo)it five ;>ears after- 
 wards, having been seized with 
 some complaint, which he consider- 
 ed as incurable, he repaired to Be- 
 nares, and there drowned himself iu 
 the Ganges. {Hantor, w.) 
 
 Barv, {Bari). — A town in the 
 Nabob of Oudo's territories,- in tlie 
 province of Oude, 28 miles N. 
 from Lucknow. Lat. 2?°. 15. N. 
 Long. 80°. 52'. E. 
 
 BAS0UDHA,(F«SKrf/<«). — A town in 
 the province of Malwah, 46 miles 
 N. E. from Bilsah, situated on the 
 cast side of the Kiver Betwah. ImX. 
 23°. 54'. N. Long. 78°. 13'. E. This 
 is a large town belonging to the dis- 
 trict of Bilsah, and tributary to the 
 Mahaiattas. The .soil in the neigh- 
 bourhood is alternately a black 
 mould and a reddish clay, with 
 stones of a ferruginous appearance. 
 {Hunter, ^-c.) 
 
 Basseen. — A sea port town in the 
 province of Aurungabad, separated 
 from the Island of Salsette by a nar- 
 row strait. Lat. 19°. 18. N. Long. 
 72°. 54'. E. 
 
 The district around this town is in 
 a very unproved state of cultivation, 
 although under a Maharatta govern- 
 ment, and fornjs a most CMraordi- 
 nary contra:<t with the desolation that 
 prevails in the neighbouring Island of 
 Salsette, under tlie British govern- 
 ment. Many of the cultivators are 
 Roman Catholic Christians. The 
 Teak tbrests, which supply the ma- 
 rine yard at Bombay, lie along the 
 western side of the Ghaut moun- 
 tains, to the N. and N. Iv of Bas- 
 seen, the numerous rivers which de- 
 scend from them afibrding water car- 
 riage. 
 
BATACOLO. 
 
 89 
 
 In 1531 tlic Poilui^nese obtained 
 possession of Jiasscen, by treaty 
 with tlie Rinji; of Cambay; after 
 which tliey fortified it. I'roni them 
 it was wrested, about 1750, by the 
 Mahrattas. It was taken by General 
 (Joddard's army, from the JNIaharat- 
 tas, but restored at the jjoace, and 
 now belongs to the Peshu a. 'I'ra- 
 veliinfjj distiuiee from liomI)ay, 27 ; 
 frojn Poonah 114 miles. {Dhdcohn, 
 Rennel, BrucK, Sydenham, ]Ma!et, \c.) 
 
 Bashef, Isles. — A cluster ol small 
 rocky islands, lying due north of 
 Luzon, the largest Philippine, and 
 between the 2dth and 21st degrees 
 of north latitude. 
 
 These islands are situated between 
 Formosa and I^uconia, and are live 
 in number, besides four small rocky 
 islets. Dampier gave the tbllowiiig 
 names to the live largi r of them, viz, 
 Grafton Isle, Monmouth Isle, Groat 
 Isle, Orange Isle, and Bashee Isle. 
 'I'hey are inhabited hy a race of 
 strong athletic men. Grafton isle is 
 about 13 leagues in circumference, 
 and has good anchorage on the 
 western side. 'I'his island produces 
 abundance of fine yams, sugar cane, 
 taro, plantains, and vegetables ; be- 
 sides hogs and goats in great plenty. 
 Iron is the favourite article of ex- 
 change, but money is also now un- 
 derstood. The water on the island is 
 Tery line, and in great abundance, 
 close to the beach. 
 
 The Spaniards took possession of 
 these islands in 1783, in order to 
 procure the golil wlnih is washed 
 down with the torrents in considera- 
 ble quantities. The inhabitants ma- 
 inifacture it into thick wire, which 
 they wear as an ornament. They 
 aie an inoH'ensive race of people, 
 w hose chief delight consists in drink- 
 ing a liquor called bashee, which is 
 distilled from rice and sugar-cane ; 
 after which they engage in dancing 
 with every mark of satisi'action and 
 gratification. 
 
 The Spanish governor resides on 
 Grafton Island, with about 100 sol- 
 diers, several otticers, a few priests, 
 fl,u4 six pieces of cannon. 
 
 Those islands were visited by 
 Dampier, who gives a favourable ac- 
 count, both of the civility of the inha- 
 bitants, and tl)e plenty of hogs and 
 vegetables with whicii the country 
 abounds. They Mere afterwards 
 seen by Byron and Wallis, who 
 passed without landing. {Meares, 
 Kiii^, Sfc.) 
 
 Basseelan. — An islaud lying off 
 the south-Avestern extremity of IMa- 
 gindanao, and sunounded by a 
 cluster of smaller islands, lii length 
 it may be estimated at 40 miles, by 
 60 miles the average breadth, 'i'his 
 island has a range of mountains in 
 the centre, but is low towards the 
 east. It is thinly inhabited, and 
 destitute of good harbours. The 
 chief production is grain, which the 
 soil yields plentifully; cowri(>s also 
 are abundant. It now belongs to the 
 Sooloos. {Fomst, Dalrpnple, fyc) 
 
 Ba,s.sum, {Basam). — A district in 
 the nizam's domitiions, in the pro- 
 vince of Nandere; situated betwixt 
 the 21st and 22d degrees of north 
 latitude. It has an uneven hilly 
 surface, intersected by several small 
 streams, which flow into the Goda- 
 very. Bassam, the chief town, is 
 situated six miles from the Gunga. 
 Kespecting this part of Nandere very 
 little is known: in the Institutes of 
 Acber, Abul Fazel describes it as 
 follows : 
 
 " Sircar Bassum, containing eight 
 mahals; reveime 32,625,250 dams: 
 seyurghal 1,826,260 dams." 
 
 Batang. — An island lying off the 
 south-eastern extremity of the Malay 
 Peninsula, and surrounded by num- 
 berless small rocky islets. It is se- 
 parated from the Island of Bintang 
 by a nanow strait, and may be esti- 
 mated at 26 miles in length, by 10 
 miles the average breadth. 
 
 Batacolo. — A small fori and gar- 
 rison on the east coast of the Island 
 of Ceylon. Lat. 7°. 46'. N. Long. 
 81°. 50'. E. Owing to the wild state 
 of the country, this place has little 
 or no connexion with the south and 
 west parts of the island, and is a 
 place of small importance, tlie liar- 
 
90 BATAVIA. 
 
 boiir only admitting small craft. The and villas within a circint of 10 miles, 
 
 shore in the neighbourhood is nn- contained a population of about 
 
 commonly bold; and many of the 116,000 souls, consisting of 
 
 immense rocks have acquired names -in,„ rk.w^i r- t /-< » 
 
 from the grotesque figures thev re- ^^^ ^"*f ' f ^- Co'nP«"y's 
 
 present; such Jo the Friar's Hood. ^^^ ^^ ^^^^y descnp- 
 
 IheElephant and the Pagoda Rocks. Burghers;rf;e'citi;ens,ri38; 
 
 {r'€}cwai,^c.) •,,„♦„ J ^ff with their families - - - 6660 
 
 Batalin. — An island situated oti ^ j ^ »t ^ ^r,Xn, 
 
 «u * rr- I K^., ^u,..,i ^^.^^oAiU Javanese and free Malays - 6800 
 
 the coast ot Celebes, about the 1 24th p,-:_„„- ^ « „^„ 
 
 degree of cast longitude, and betwixt ^/""t'' ff^ 
 
 the first and second degree of south ^^^^^^ ^^'""" 
 
 latitude. In length it may be esti- , ncQAn 
 
 mated at 25 miles, by seven tiie ^^^^^ ' "^'^"^ 
 average breadlh. Very little is 
 
 knowTii respecting this island, which The total population of the go- 
 appears never to have been explored, vernment, immediately subordinate 
 
 Batang, {or Patamj Hook). — A to the city of Batavia, is reckoned at 
 
 port in the Gilolo passage, situated 150,000 souls. 
 
 on the east coast of Cilolo. Lat. 0°. Besides the walls of the city, com- 
 
 9'. S. Long. 128°. 48'. E. posed of well-built bastions, en- 
 
 Ou Patany Hook, or Point, is a closed by a wet ditch, very deep and 
 
 very strong and capacious natural wide, there is a good citadel, with 
 
 fortress, accessible only by means of four bastions, also of stone. This 
 
 ladders, up the face of a perpendicu- citadel commands the city, and dc- 
 
 lar rock. 'I'he top is fiat ground, fends the entrance of the River Ja- 
 
 contaiuing many houses, gardens, catra, wlxich, flowing tluough Bata- 
 
 &c. the whole being about tluee via, fills its ditches and those of the 
 
 miles in circumference. The people citadel. On the extremity of the left 
 
 here, in 1770, supplied the French bank is a fort called Watercastel, 
 
 vessels with clove plants, which went which is washed by the sea. Its 
 
 no further east than the Island of platforms are of stone, and the para- 
 
 Gibhy. I'ormerly the Dutch kept pets are well covered with turf, and 
 
 criiizcrs here, to prevent the smug- it contains thirty 16 and 24 pounders, 
 
 jling of spices. {Forrest, ^c.) This fort is flanked by batteries, 
 
 Batavia. — A large city in the raised on the right and left bank, in 
 
 Island of Java, and the capital of the front of the citadel and fortifications. 
 
 Dutch settlements in the east. Lat. The left wing is defended by four 
 
 6°. 10'. S. JiOng. 106°. 51'. £. works, viz. a redoubt called the 
 
 The ground plan of the town is in Flute, above the moutli of the Ancka 
 
 the shape of a parallelogram; the River, which it commands; a very 
 
 length of which, iVom north to fine causeway communicates with it, 
 
 south, is 4200 feet, and the breadth extending to the city walls. There 
 
 3000 feet. The streets are laid out are many other redoubts and batte- 
 
 in strait lines, and cross each other rics scattered along the shore, and 
 
 at right angles. The public build- erected at assailable points, which it 
 
 ings consist of the great church, the is unnecessary to particularize, as 
 
 trxpcnse of erecting which was they contribute little or nothing to 
 
 80,0001. a Lutheran and Portuguese the defence of the town, and when 
 
 church, a Mahommedan mosque and attacked, in 1811, by the troops un- 
 
 Chinese temple; the Stadlhouse, the dor Sir Samuel Achnmty, were 
 
 Spinhousc, the Infirmary, and the abandoned without resistance. This 
 
 Chamber of Orphans. In the year left wing is so sickly, owing to the 
 
 1792 Batavia contained 6270 taxa- morasses in which it is placed, and 
 
 blc houses, which, added to villages tlieir pestilential exlialatious^ that tlie 
 
BATAVIA. 
 
 91 
 
 nwrtality among the soldiers who 
 gaiTison it is almost incredible, and 
 the country houses, which formerly 
 stood in its \iciiiily, have long ago 
 been deserted. All the plain which 
 forms the defence is composed of 
 mnddy impracticable swamps, which 
 extend beyond tlie citj', and are in- 
 tersected by canals. 
 
 The whole city of Batavia is pro- 
 verbially unhealthy, not so nmch 
 from the heat of llie climate, as from 
 its injudicious situation and misplac- 
 ed embellishments. It is not only 
 surrounded with water nearly stag- 
 nant, but every street has its canal 
 and row of evergreen trees. These 
 canals become the reservoirs of all 
 the offals and tilth wliich the city 
 produces; and, having scarcely any 
 current, require constant labour and 
 attention to prevent their being 
 choaked up altogether. On the land 
 side of the city are gardens and rice 
 grounds, intersected in every direc- 
 tion by ditches and canals, and tiie 
 whole shore of the bay is a bank of 
 mud, mixed with putrid substances, 
 sea Aveed, and other vegetable mat- 
 ter, in a state of fermentation. To 
 these swamps, morasses, and mud- 
 l)anks, may be ascribed the insalu- 
 brity of Batavia, and the prevalence 
 of acute inllanmiatory febrile di- 
 seases. 
 
 At the mouth of the Anoka, called 
 by the natives Caiman's River, be- 
 cause it abounds with alligators, the 
 bottom is mud and sand, as is also 
 the bank which has accumulalcd at 
 its mouth ; but at Slingerlaud Point 
 the bottom begins, on the coast, to 
 be a mixtme of sand and coral, with 
 occasionally small shells; and, being 
 consequently less unhealthy, country 
 seats, small villages, and hamlets, are 
 seen in the vicinity. 
 
 In a place so low and maishy the 
 number of noxious reptiles must be 
 considerable, but not much damage 
 is ever sustained from them. No 
 stone of any kind is found for several 
 miles roimd the city of Batavia ; 
 marble and granite, for particular 
 «ses, are imported from China. The 
 
 usual temperature, in the middle of 
 the day, is from 84 to 90; it is not,, 
 therefore, to the great heat, that must 
 be ascribed the destructive eflects of 
 the climate on the human race. 
 
 A circluar range of islands pro- 
 tects the harbour of Batavia from 
 any heavy swell, and renders it safe 
 anchorage ; some of them, such as 
 Anmst, Edam, Cooper's Isle, and 
 Purmerend, are occupied by the 
 Dutch, who have fortified them, and 
 erected warehouses, liospitals, and 
 naval arsenals. From the roadsted 
 there aie scarcely any of the build- 
 ings of Batavia visible, except the 
 great church, the rest being hid by 
 the palms and other high spreading 
 trees. 
 
 On that side of the city which is 
 iidand, the industrious Chinese carry 
 on their various manufactures, such 
 as tanning leather, burning shells 
 into lime, baking earthen ware, 
 boiling sugar, and distilling arrack. 
 Their rice giounds, sugar plantations 
 and gardens, well stocked with all 
 kinds of vegetables, surround the 
 city, which abounds iu all sorts of 
 tropical fruit; pine apples are in 
 such profusion, tliat they are sent 
 to the market in carts, piled up like 
 turnips. 
 
 In the town the Chinese are mer 
 chants and shopkeepers, butchers 
 and fishmongers, green grocers, np- 
 Jiolstcrers, tailors, shoe-makers, ma- 
 sons, carpenters, and blacksmiths. 
 They contract for the supply of what- 
 ever may be wanted in the civil, 
 military, or marine departments, 
 and farm from the Dutch the several 
 imposts, the export and import du- 
 ties, and the taxes. Their campong. 
 or town, close to the walls of the 
 city, is a scene of bustle and busi- 
 ness, resembling a bazar in China. 
 It consists of about 1500 mean hou-. 
 ses, huddled together, containing 
 20,000 inhabitants and 400,000 
 swine. 
 
 The commerce of Batavia is con- 
 siderable ; but it is principally a 
 trade of barter, the exportation of 
 bullion being prohibited.. When a 
 
9'Jt 
 
 CAT A VIA. 
 
 Tcs.sel nirivf^s, the cajtfinn iiirloses 
 his hill vl' lailiiig to Uip slialibuiider, 
 •who serlrts llie ,ii tirlos, tho oxrltisive 
 Iradc ill wiiich is reserved for Ihe 
 East-India Conijiaiiv; siirli as opi- 
 um, raiuplior, bmzoiii, calin, pow- 
 ler, iron, sallpotrc, <nn)poMdor, 
 ginis, ^c. and fixes on wiiat is to be 
 given in o\chanj,'e. and at what 
 price. I'ormerly the Dutch Com- 
 pany insisted, that one quarter, or 
 one third of a!l the returns should 
 be talcen in sj)ices. 
 
 From Bent,^al the principal articles 
 imported are opium, drups, patna 
 cloths, and blue cloths, of diflerent 
 kinds. Of the first article there were 
 Ibnnerly from 8(H) to 1000 chests 
 disposed of here. I'rom Sumatra are 
 received camphor, benzoin, bird 
 nests, calin, and elejjlinnts' leetli. 
 From the Cape of Cood Hope are 
 imported kitchen jjardcn seeds, but- 
 ter, Madeira and Constantia wines; 
 and from China immense <jn:intities 
 of porcelain, teas, silks, nankeens, 
 alum borax, brimstone, cinnabar, 
 mother of pearl, paper, sweetmeats, 
 and tol>ac<;o. 
 
 The Dutch being^ the only nation 
 who keep up a correspondence Mith 
 ,la|ian, a ship is sent annually from 
 Jiatavia, laden with kerseymeres, 
 line cloths, clock-work, spices, ele- 
 phants' teeth, sapan wood, tin, and 
 tortoise-shell. The returns fron> Ja- 
 pan are principally in coi)per, which 
 is converted into a clumsy sort of 
 coin for paying- the native and Euro- 
 jican troops. These ingots arc of 
 the finest red copj»cr, about a fingi-r's 
 thickness, and arc c;ist into two, 
 lour, six, and eight sous pieces of 
 Holland, having the \:due stamjied 
 on them. Various other articles arc 
 sujugglcd in by the ofliccrs, such as 
 .sabre blades of an cMiellcnt temper, 
 Japan camphor, soy. china ware, 
 bukcrcd ware, and silk goods. 'Ihe 
 caigo always contains a present for 
 llu'^lMupcn»r of Japan, and he, in 
 return, sends one t(t the (loyernor- 
 Ocncral of the Dutch possessions in 
 India. It consists in general of desks, 
 chests of drawers, and close stools of 
 
 valuable inlaid wood, covered with a 
 varnish peculiar to Japan, and in- 
 crustrated with flower:;, and other de- 
 signs, in niother-oi-pcarl of various 
 colours. 
 
 The staple articles of export from 
 Batavia are pepper, sugar, rice, cof- 
 fee, and arrack. The Chinese san- 
 choo (or burned wine) is an ardent 
 .spirit, di.stilled from various kinds of 
 strain, but most comnioidy rice. This 
 is kept in hot water until the grains 
 are swollen ; it is then mixed up with 
 water, in which a preparation has 
 been dissolved, consisting of rice- 
 flower, lirjuorice root, aniseed, and 
 garlic, after which the mixture un- 
 dergoes fennentation. The liquor 
 thus j)repared is the basks of the best 
 arrack, M'hich in Jav a is exclusively 
 the manufacture of the Chinese, and 
 is merely a rectification of the above 
 sjiirit, with the addition of molasses 
 and the juice ot the cocoa nut tree. 
 Besides tlie staple articles, there are 
 exported to China bird nests, biche 
 de mar, cotton, spices, tin, rattans, 
 sapan wood, sago, and wax. To the 
 Islands of Borneo, Celebes, the Mo- 
 luccas, &.C. a variety of piece goods 
 and oj>ium, ly ith a very small quan- 
 tity of I'iUropean articles. All the 
 Dutch settlements to the eastward 
 are supplied with rice from hence, 
 Java being considered as the granary 
 of this part of the world. In Ba- 
 tavia there are few shops for Eu- 
 rojxan goods, which proves there is 
 no great demand from the interior. 
 
 Tlie customs and duties at I?ata- 
 via are arbitrai-y , and it is dilTicnlt to 
 procure redress for impositions. The 
 Dutch Company's customs are usu- 
 ally eight per cent, and are farjned 
 by a Chinese ; but there are many 
 other fees exacted by the diflerent 
 subordniatc oflicers. The exportation 
 of specie is rigidly forbid<lcu, and all 
 shii)s arc s ri('tly examined by the 
 Chinese who farms the customs. If 
 any bullion be discovered it is con- 
 fiscated, and the owners sulijected to 
 fine and imprisonment. 'J'lie grand 
 import of the Dutch East India Com- 
 pany from Europe before tlie Frcncb 
 
B ATA VI A. 
 
 93 
 
 Revolution was bullion, which ave- 
 raged in amount near half a niillioa 
 ainuially ; the remaining imports were 
 principally on account of tiie ollicers 
 of ships, and consisted of liardwarc, 
 haberdashery, liijuors, oilmairs stores, 
 dress, and millinery, for the use of 
 llio Europeans on the island, and 
 among the more eastern <okmies. 
 Accounts at Batavia are kept i:i rix 
 dollars, an imaginary coin like the 
 pound sterUng^, each 48 slivers; but 
 the currency is doits, stivers, duh- 
 beltjees, schillings, and rupees. Tiie 
 jfold coins are the milled Duleh du- 
 cat, worth ys. 4d. ; old Japan eo|»ang, 
 21. Is. 3d.; new Japan copang, 
 II. 3s. 9d. ; English guineas, East 
 India mohurs. and douliioons. 'I'he 
 silver coins are the lloriii, or guilder, 
 value Is. Bd. and the milled diieatoon. 
 The administration of aiiairs at 
 Batavia is conducted by a governor- 
 general, who is president; a direclor- 
 general, intitled Governor of Java, 
 with nine counsellors, and two se- 
 cretaries. The authority of this coun- 
 <;il is absolute : it makes and sus- 
 pends laws, maintains troops, ap- 
 points kings, declares war, and makes 
 peace and alliances with the eastern 
 princes. It takes cognizance of all 
 matters, commercial, civil, and mi- 
 litary, 'i'he whole authority of the 
 ^council may be considered as united 
 ill the governor-general who presides, 
 xis he may adopt, on his own responsi- 
 bility, any propositions which are re- 
 jected contrary to his opinion by the 
 council. 
 
 A fiscal is at tlie head of police and 
 criminal aflairs, and possesses great 
 authority. He inflicts lines and pu- 
 nishments arbitrarily. A shahbimder, 
 or agent-general for trade, acts as 
 consul for all nations, is the medium 
 of every operation of trade, and in- 
 troduces foreigners to the council. 
 A marine fiscal superintends what- 
 ever relates to the police of the road- 
 steds, rivers, and navigable canals. 
 
 Notwithstanding the republican 
 form of the Dutch government, in no 
 pyrt of the world is the distinction of 
 »aiiks so tninutely and frivolously ;;^t- 
 
 tcnded to as at Batavia, and the sa- 
 laries allowed tlie Dutch Company's 
 servants, being iiiadc(piate to tlie 
 stipport of the establishment, they 
 think necessary, lor the support of 
 their dignity, corruption and bribery 
 are universal, in society, every in- 
 dividual is as stiff and Ibrmal, and as 
 feelingly alive to every infraction of 
 his privileges, as if his happiness or 
 misery depended on the due observ- 
 ance of (hem. Nothing is more par- 
 ticularly attended to at entertain- 
 ments by the master of the house, 
 than the seating of every guest, and 
 drinking tlieir healths in the exact 
 order of precedency. 
 
 To jiixivide against future disputes 
 on the subject of precedency, the 
 respective^ ranks of all the Company's 
 servants were ascertained by a reso- 
 lution of government, which was re- 
 vised and renewed in 1764. The act 
 by which these rules were established 
 consistss of 131 articles, and enters 
 into the most minute details respect- 
 ing the carriages, horses, chairs, ser- 
 vants, &:c. See. of the Com[»any's ser- 
 vants. 
 
 By the eighth article, little chaises 
 for children, drawn by the hand, 
 must not be gilt or j)uinted, but in 
 exact proportion to the rank of the 
 parents. Ijadies, whose husbands are 
 below the rank of counsellors of the 
 Indies, may not wear at one time 
 jewels more in value than 6000 rix 
 dollars; wives of senior merchants are 
 limited to 4000 ; others to three, two, 
 ' and 1000 ri\ dollars. 
 
 Article 49th permits ladies of tho 
 higher ranks to go abroad w ith three 
 female attendants, who may wear 
 " ear-rings of single middle-sized dia- 
 monds, gold hair pins, petticoats of 
 cloth, of gold, or silver gauze ; chains 
 of gold and of beads, and girdles of 
 gold ; but they iinist not v\ ear dia- 
 monds, pearls, nor any kind of jewel 
 in their hair." Wives of senior mer- 
 chants may have two, and ladies in 
 an inferior station one female attend- 
 ant, who may wear " car-rings of 
 small diamonds, gold hair j)ins, a 
 jacket vf tine hnt-n, and a. chintz pet- 
 
94 
 
 BATAVIA. 
 
 ticoat; but no gold or silver stuffs, 
 or silks, or any jewels, true or false 
 pearls, or any ornament of gold." — 
 The 83d article recommends to the 
 Dutch East India Company's ser- 
 vants in liengal, not to surpass their 
 predecessors in pomp of dress and 
 ay»pearanee; and the 110th permits 
 the director of tlie factory at Sural, 
 wiien he goes abroad in state, to 
 carry, among other things, four fans, 
 made after the fashion of the country, 
 with the feathers of the bii-d of para- 
 dise and cow hair, with gold cases 
 and hands. It is remarkable, that in 
 these regulations the tax on carriages 
 increases dowmvards,from the higher 
 to the lower ranks, and penalties are 
 attached to the infraction of these 
 statutes. 
 
 In addition to the baleful effects of 
 the climate, and the marshy miasma 
 of Batavia, the manner of life among 
 the European part of the iidiabit- 
 ants contributes not a little to fre- 
 quent and fatal diseases. A plenti- 
 ful dinner at noon, Avith an after- 
 noon's siesta, and a still more plen- 
 tiful supper, terminates the day ; in 
 the course of Avhich an immoderate 
 quantity of claret, madeira, gin, and 
 - Dutch beer are consumed. Few Eu- 
 ropeans can stand the effect of such 
 a life. If one in three of the new 
 comers siUTives the first year, he maj' 
 account himself a favoured person ; 
 one in five annually is reckoned as 
 the average of Europeans of all de- 
 scriptions of men, including the 
 troops. 
 
 To those who have stood the first 
 attack, or seasoning, the fe\er be- 
 comes at last constitutional, and re- 
 curs at the moist and hot season re- 
 gularly, without much inconvenience 
 to the patient ; sudden deaths, how- 
 ever, iire so frequent, that they make 
 little impression on the minds of the 
 inhabitants. A Dutchman at Ba- 
 tavia, when he marries, makes his 
 will, but this also usually accompa- 
 nies a wedding in Holland, and is 
 partly intended to regulate the pro- 
 perty according to the wishes of the 
 parties. 
 
 Most of the white women seen at 
 Batavia are born in India, and many 
 so altered in figure, manners, and 
 complexion, as to resemble the de- 
 generate offspring of the Portuguese. 
 'I'hey dress, when at home, exactly 
 in the manner of their slaves, bare- 
 headed, bare-footed, and wrapped in 
 a loose long goAvn of red checkered 
 cotton cloth, descending to the an- 
 cles, witli large wide sleeves. They 
 anoint their coarse black hair, with 
 cocoa-nut oil, and adorn it with the 
 tuberose, and other strong-.scentcd 
 tlowers. In this loose and airy dress 
 they loll about among their slaves 
 (to whom tliey are occasionally very 
 cruel), or sit on the ground, having 
 their legs crossed under them, chew- 
 ing betel, with which they are inta- 
 tuated. 
 
 These ladies soon ripen, and soon 
 decay: they are manageable at 11 
 and 12 years of age, and are ac- 
 counted old before 30. They hav e 
 no resources within themselves, and 
 many of them can neither read nor 
 write, and are ahnost totally unqua- 
 lified for the pleasiu-es of social inter- 
 course. Indeed the two sexes rarely 
 meet in companies except at great 
 entertainments, when each liave ge- 
 nerally their separate coteries ; the 
 men drinking and smoking in one 
 apartment, the women chcAving be- 
 tel with their slaves in another. 
 
 When they go abroad in the cool 
 of the evening to some grand assem- 
 bly, they dress themselves in a mag- 
 nificent style. Their jet black hair» 
 twisted close to the head, sparkles 
 with a profusion of diamojids, pearls, 
 and jewels of various kinds, mingled 
 M'ith flowers of the Arabian jessa- 
 mine and tuberose. Each lady has a 
 female slave, almost as richly dressed 
 as herself, sitting at her feet. Before 
 .supper is announced, tiiey usuallj 
 retire to put on their cotton night- 
 gowns, and the gentlonien do the 
 same, to exchange their heavy vel- 
 vets for white cotton jackets ; and the 
 elderly gentlemen their wigs for 
 night-caps. In this manner the day 
 is concluded with a smoking hot sup- 
 
BATAVIA. 9§ 
 
 pet, and its accompaniments, after 
 which they retire to rest. 
 
 There is a race of Portuguese still 
 remaining at Batavia, many of whom 
 are artificers and servants in fami- 
 lies. Their language is common here, 
 and still continues to be understood 
 in most of the old European settle- 
 ments, which shews how deep a root 
 that nation had taken during its 
 prosperity. At Batavia their lan- 
 guage has survived their dominiun, 
 and even their religion, which is still 
 more extraordinary; their descend- 
 ants having gradually embraced the 
 Calvinistic tenets of the go% ernment 
 — a singular instance of Portuguese 
 prayers and congregation out of the 
 pale of the Roman communion. 
 
 Most of the slaves at Batavia aae 
 imported from Celebes and the other 
 eastern islands, particularly from that 
 of Neas, off the western coast of 
 ^Sumatra. The species of slavery at 
 Bata\ ia is of the very worst descrip- 
 tion, and the cruelties exercisetl on 
 these forlorn wretches so great, as 
 frequently to drive them to such an 
 excess of desperation and madness, 
 as to run the muck, and destroy 
 whatever they approach, man or 
 beast. The punishments inflicted by 
 the Dutch go^ernmeJlt for this and 
 other crimes, were so horrible and 
 incredible, as to leave a doubt whe- 
 ther the perpetrators were human 
 creatures, or devils in a human shape. 
 That the severity of the punishment 
 never prevented the crimes is proved 
 by the fact, that at the British settle- 
 ment of Bcncoolen, where the pu- 
 nishments art! of the mildest nature, 
 the running the muck, or any despe- 
 rate Clime, scarcely ever occurs, 
 while tlie reverse is the case ot Ba- 
 tavia, and the Dutch settlements ge- 
 nerally. 
 
 When a rich proprietor is about to 
 return to Europe, it is not unusual to 
 manumit his slaves, but it is more 
 frequent when he is at the point of 
 death. A manumitted slave gene- 
 rally liires a small patch of ground 
 from the sei-vants of government, in 
 'Which iie cultivatt^s flowers, fruits, 
 
 and vegetables for the Batavian mar- 
 ket. The most numerous, expert, 
 and industrious of all the slaves im- 
 ported to Batavia, are (hose from the 
 Island of Celebes, and known by the 
 natne of buggcsscs and niacassars. 
 
 Men. 
 
 In 1804 the garrison of Batavia 
 consisted of French auxiliary 
 troops ------- 240 
 
 23d Dutch battalion - - - 600 
 
 National troops, three batta- 
 lions, of M'hom 200 oflicers 
 and grenadiers were Emopc- 
 ans, the remainder Madu- 
 rans and Samanaps - - - 2400 
 
 One battalion infantry chas- 
 seurs, Madurans and Sama- 
 naps -------- 4()0 
 
 Float artillery, mostly recruits, 
 Madurans ------ 600 
 
 One company light artillery - 100 
 
 European cavalry - - _ _ 200 
 
 Total 4540 
 
 There was also a corps of military 
 engineers, mostly Europeans. All 
 the troops, not absolutely requisite 
 for the duties of the fortifications, are 
 quartered in the en\ irons, on account 
 of the unhealthincss of tlic city ; but 
 the camps of Wcltc Freden and Ja- 
 catra, although a league and a half 
 distant, are not exempt from disease, 
 yet are, on the whole, healthier 
 than the towii. It has by some been 
 ct)njectured, that the insalubrity of 
 Batavia entered into the political 
 system of the Dutch, with a view to 
 its defence, and that the seasoned in- 
 habitants are not particularly de- 
 sirous of impro^^ng its climate, as it 
 prevents the intrusion of foreign set- 
 tlers, and gives them a monopoly of 
 commerce, and the emoluments of 
 office. 
 
 In 1799, the new camp at AVelto 
 Freden was established in a woody 
 plain, a league and a half up the 
 country, the land adjacent being dry, 
 and the viciriity but little marshy. 
 The road is along a fine causeway, 
 with couRtry seats on one side, aad 
 
m 
 
 BATt ISLE. 
 
 on the oilier a iiavip;able canal. The 
 barracks, wliich are bnilt ot" wood 
 and stone, oceiipy a third of the 
 groiuul on the opposite Kide of the 
 entrance, Tatniabanj?. a large Malay 
 villag:e, in which tiiere are .several 
 Chinese laniilirs, stands on a hei^Oit 
 two and a half leajjucs from the 
 city. 
 
 Mester Cornelis is a small fort, a 
 league beyond Welte Freden, snr- 
 ronndcd by small Javanese, Malay, 
 and Chinese viilag,es. The ground 
 rises iuseasibly to Mester Cornelis, 
 which is seen half a mile oil'. 'I'liis 
 fort lies in a hollow on the bank of 
 the great ii\er, commaiided by a 
 sniall height. On the right and left 
 of th<! road are Ijaniboo barracks for 
 the Madnran artillery, of whieii this 
 is the depot. 'I'he fort is built of 
 stone, but is not strong, the demi- 
 bastions being seareely two feet thick, 
 by four high, and surronnded by a 
 dry ditch. '1 he entrance is by a stone 
 bridge, within which is the guard- 
 house, and near to it another house 
 occupied by the European artillery. 
 The fort is quitted by another bridge 
 on the opposite side, connnunicating 
 with a range of wooden barracks, in 
 which are the artillery officers and 
 the companies under training. 
 
 A. D. 1619, the Dutch governor, 
 General John Pieterson Coen took 
 the tow n of Jacatra by assault, and 
 in a great measure destroved it. He 
 afterwiirds founded another city, not 
 exactly on the same spot, but very 
 near to it, to which he ga\e the name 
 of JJatavia. During the hostilities 
 which followed the French Kcolu- 
 Intion, Ja^a was never attacked by 
 the Ihitish, until the United States 
 of Holland were formally annexed to 
 the I'rench doniinions. In 1811 an 
 expedition was prejtared at the Bri- 
 tish sctllenients in India, which ar- 
 rived in the roads of Batavia on the 
 4th of August of the same year, when 
 the troops were ininiediately landed. 
 On the Hth the city of Batavia sur- 
 rcnderi (1 at discretion to Sir Samuel 
 Achinuty, General Jan.sens having 
 retired to the fortilied camp at Mester 
 
 Cornelis, where, on the 25fli of Alii- 
 gust, 1811, he was attacked by the 
 British forces, and totally defeated. 
 {Stavori)ins, Barrow, Cluarterly Re- 
 view, Toinbe, Staunton, cVc.) 
 
 Batchian Isle. — One of the Mo- 
 lucca Islands, se|>aratcd from Gilolo 
 by a narrow strait, and situated be- 
 tween the equatorial line, and the 
 first degree of south latitude. It is 
 of an irregular shape, but in length 
 may be estimated at 52 miles, by 20 
 the average breadth. In 1775 the 
 Sultan of Batchian claimed dominion 
 over the islands of Ooby, Ceram, and 
 Gorani, but was himself entirely sub- 
 ject to the iniluence of the Dutch. 
 The iuhahitants of Batchian are Ma- 
 lay, and of the Mahommedan re- 
 ligion, {Forrest, ^r.) 
 
 Bate Isle. — An island belonging^ 
 to the province of Gujrat, situated 
 at the south western-extremity of the 
 Gulf of Cutch. Lat . 22°. 22'. Long. 
 69°. 21'. E. Bate signilies an island 
 of any kind, but the proper name of 
 this island is Shunkodwara. 
 
 This ishind has a good harbour 
 well secured from the prevaihng 
 winds, but the anchorage is rocky. 
 The fort of Bate has lately been 
 much improved, but is still an in- 
 significant place, being merely a 
 square with a double wall on one 
 side. It was, notwithstanding, at- 
 tacked by a British force without 
 success in 1803, which was attribnted 
 to the want of regular land ibrees- 
 On this occasion many brave men 
 lost their lives. About 150 vessels 
 of diflerent sizes belong to the port, 
 which are employed chiclly to and 
 from Mandavee, and until the in-^ 
 terference of the British, were the 
 piratical vessels so much dreaded by 
 the traders on the western coasts of 
 India. The destruction or occupa- 
 tion of the fort of Bate, will be the 
 only efl'ectual means of allorditig pro- 
 tection to the trade of the Gulf of 
 Cutch, and would, proiiably, benefit 
 both the inhabitants and the temples. 
 
 This island does not produce suffi* 
 cient food for its own support, and 
 consequently imports large quantiticb 
 
EATINDA. 
 
 97 
 
 of gliee, sugar, grain, &c. which are 
 consumed by the numerous pilgrims 
 resorting to the holy places. The 
 town of Bate contains about 2000 
 houses, chiefly inhabited by Brah- 
 mins, but all sorts of trades are also 
 to be found. Vegetables, riased in 
 small quantities, and milk, compose 
 a considerable part of the food of the 
 inhabitants; the iSsh, with which 
 their shores abound, being held sa- 
 cred. The Bate government has 
 also Aramra, Positra, Bhurwalla, for- 
 tified places, and the little -village of 
 Rajpoor, subject to it. The whole 
 revenue arising from the temples, the 
 port duties, and the sliare of pirated 
 property, probably, does not exceed 
 two lacks of ru|)ees per annum. 
 
 By an agreement executed with 
 Major Walker, on the 14th Dec. 
 1807, Coer Babjee, of Bate, and 
 Rana Sree Suggarraanjee, of Aramra, 
 engaged not to permit, instigate, or 
 connive at, any act of piracy com- 
 mitted by any person under their au- 
 thority, and also to abstain fiom 
 plundering vessels in distress. A free 
 and open commerce to be permitted 
 to all British vessels paying the re- 
 gulated duties. The British, by this 
 treaty, engaged to afford the temple 
 at Bate suitable protection and en- 
 couragement. 
 
 Shunkodwar is the proper name of 
 tlie Island of Bate, and is derived 
 from that of a Hindoo demon so 
 named, from his dwelling in a laige 
 shuuk, or conch shell, wherein he 
 concealed the sacred Vedas which 
 lie iiad stolen from Brahma. An in- 
 carnation of Vishnu, under the ap- 
 pellation of Shunknarrayan, cut 
 open the shell, and restored the Ve- 
 das to their lawful owner. The de- 
 mon pleaded as his excuse, that he 
 hoped to have been put to death by 
 Vishnu for the theft, which would 
 have secured him future ha{)piness. 
 
 In consequence of this exploit 
 Shunknarayan (Vishnu), or the de- 
 stroyer of the shell demon, establish- 
 ed his own worship on the island, 
 where it continued paramount until 
 the llislit of another Hindoo deity, 
 
 H 
 
 named Runclior, fromDwaraca, from 
 a Mahommedan army, since which 
 time Runchor has been supreme on 
 Bate. This place was taken, in 1462, 
 by Sultan Mahmood Begra, of Ah- 
 medabad and Gujrat. {M'Murdo, 
 Treaties, Si~c.) 
 
 Batheri. — A small village in 
 Northern Hindostan, situated among 
 the mountains in the province of Se- 
 rinagur. Lat. 30°. 49'. N. Long. 78°. 
 30'. E. This village is placed on the 
 hill about 300 feet above the bed of 
 the Bhagirathi, or Ganges, and has. 
 a small temple sacred to Mahadeva. 
 In some parts of this neighbouihood 
 tlie poppy is cultivated, and the 
 opium extracted is said to be of au 
 excellent quality. On the opposite 
 side of the river is an extraordinary 
 cascade, which issues from the sum- 
 mit of the mountain, and exhibits 
 five distinct falls of water, one above 
 the other. The top of the mountain 
 is generally covered with snow, from 
 the melting of which this cascade 
 derives its chief supplies. {Raper, ^c.) 
 
 Batneer, {Bhatnir). — A town in 
 the province of Delhi, district of 
 Hissar Firozeh, 170 miles N. W. 
 from Delhi. West of this a banen 
 sandy desert begins, there being no 
 other town until the Sutuleje is ap- 
 proached. The chiefs of the Battle 
 country, of w hich this is the capital, 
 are called Rajpoot Mahommedans; 
 the common people are Jauts, most 
 of whom have also become of that 
 religion. This town was taken and 
 destroyed by Timour in 1398. \G. 
 Thomas, S,-c.) 
 
 Batinda. — A district in Hindos- 
 tan, situated partly in the N. W. 
 quarter of the province of Delhi, and 
 partly in the northern extremity of 
 the province of Ajmeer. This dis- 
 trict comprehends the Lacky jungle, 
 so much celebrated for the fertility 
 of its pasture lands, and for an ex- 
 cellent breed of horses. This jungle 
 forms a circle of about 40 miles each 
 way. On the north it is bounded by 
 the country of Roy Kellaun, cast by 
 the province of Hurrianeh, south by 
 Batueer, and west by the great De- 
 
98 
 
 BATTAS. 
 
 seit[. If is situated 35 miles iiortli 
 from Batnecr, and 80 wcstlVoiii Pat- 
 tealch, to the chief of which place 
 the Rajah of the Lacky jungle is 
 tributary. The soil being sandy, the 
 wells are excavated to a great depth. 
 The country yields rice, bajerah, and 
 other sorts of grain, but not abun- 
 dantly. The original breed of horses 
 in tills country has been much im- 
 proved by Persian horses, which 
 were introduced during the invasions 
 of Nadir Shah, and Ahmed Shah 
 Abdalli. (Thomas, cVf.) 
 
 Eatool. — A large fortified village 
 and tank, situated near the sources 
 of the Tuptce, among the mountains 
 which bound the north of the Berar 
 province. From Barooly Gliaut to 
 Eatool is a table land, well cultivated 
 with wheat, sugar-cane, Eengalgram, 
 and other pulses. The village is po- 
 pulous, and placed in a fertile valley, 
 near the ancient Kusbaof Kurreem, 
 now in ruins, three miles distant. 
 (yith Register, ^c.) 
 
 Battalah, (or Vutala). — A town 
 in the province of Lahore, 75 miles 
 E. S. E. from the city of Lahore. 
 Lat. 31°. 34'. N. Long. 75°. 3'. E. 
 
 This is a large town, and stands 
 on a fine ojien plain, about 24 miles 
 east from Annutsir. It is surrounded 
 by groves of mango trees and tanks 
 of water, and is considered the 
 healthiest place in the Punjab. There 
 is an excellent plum grows at this 
 place, named alooeha ; their apples 
 also are larger and better tlian in 
 most other parts of llindostan. The 
 hills lie about 70 miles distant, and 
 in winter are covered witli snow. 
 (lUh Register, (^c.) 
 
 Battanta. — A small island in the 
 Eastern Seas, about the 131st de- 
 gree of east longitude, and sepa- 
 rated from the island of SallaMatty 
 by Pitts Straits. In length it may 
 be estimated at 35 miles, by five 
 miles the average breadtli. 
 
 Battamandk. — A point on the 
 N. W. coast of Borneo, lat. 6°. 60'. 
 N. Long. 116°. 45'. E. To the south- 
 ward of Batoomande is a commo- 
 dious bay, at the mouth of the Pau- 
 
 doossan River. From Pirates Point, 
 which lies in 7°. N. are several bays, 
 where shipping, working up and 
 down the coast, may anchor safely, 
 and get water from the shore. {El- 
 more, Si'c.) 
 
 Batanpally Isles. — ^Two small 
 islands off the western coast of Wa- 
 geeoo, about the 130th degree of east 
 longitude. They are both (compre- 
 hended within the circumference of 
 18 miles. 
 
 B ATT AS, (Bntak). — A country in 
 the Island of Sumatra, bounded on 
 the north by that of Acheen, and on 
 the south by the independent district 
 of Race; extending along the sea 
 coast, on the western side, from tho 
 River Singkel to that of Tabuyong, 
 bttt inland to that of Ayer Bangis, 
 and generally across the island, 
 which is narrow in that part, to the 
 eastern coast ; but more or less en- 
 croached upon by the Malayan and 
 Acheenese establishments. 
 
 I'he soil is fertile, and cultivation 
 so much more prevalent than in the 
 .southern countries of the island, that 
 there is scarcely a tree to be seen, 
 except those planted by the natives, 
 about their villages, which are 
 found wherever a naturally strong- 
 situation presents itself. Water is 
 not so abundant as to the south- 
 ward, the country being compara- 
 tively level; about the Bay ot'Tapa- 
 nooly the land is high and wooded. 
 The Singkell River, which bounds 
 this country, and is the largest on 
 the west coast of Sumatra, rises in 
 mountains about 30 miles from the 
 sea. The Batta country is divided 
 into many small districts, which 
 yield gold, benzoin, cassia, cam- 
 phor. Sec. 
 
 The natives of the sea coasts ex- 
 change their benzoin, camphor, and 
 cassia, (the quantity of gold dust is 
 very small) for iron, steel, brass 
 wire, and salt ; of which last article 
 100,000 bamboos measure are annu- 
 ally taken olf in the Bay of Tappa- 
 nooly. These they barter again with 
 the more inland inhabitants, for the 
 couvciiicuce of w liicli fairs ar»; est*- 
 
BATTAS. 
 
 9^ 
 
 blislietl at the back of Tappanooly. 
 Having no coin, all value is esti- 
 mated amonp; them by certain com- 
 modities. The ordinary food of the 
 lower classes is maize and sweet po- 
 tatoes, rice being reserved for the 
 rsjahs and great men. Their houses 
 are built of frames of wood, with the 
 sides of board, and the roof covered 
 with Ijoo. 
 
 The country is very populous, and 
 chiefly in the central parts, M'hero are 
 extensive open plains, on the bor- 
 ders, it is said, of a great lake. The 
 government of the Batta country, al- 
 though nominally in the hands of 
 three or more sovereign rajahs, is 
 efiectively divided info numberless 
 petty chicfships, and it does not ap- 
 pear likely, from the manners and 
 dispositions of the peojjle, tliat the 
 whole country was ever united under 
 one supreme head. It is asserted 
 that the succession to the chiefship 
 goes to the nephew by a sister, as 
 among the Nairs of Nalabar. Tlie 
 standard of the Battas is a horse's 
 head, with a flowing mane, which 
 seems to indicate a coiniexion with 
 the Hayagrivas, of Sanscrit history. 
 
 The Battas, although of an inde- 
 pendent spirit, have a superstitious 
 veneration for the Sultan of Menan- 
 cabow, and shew a blind submission 
 to his relations and emissaries. In 
 their persons, the Battas are rather 
 below the stature of the Malays, and 
 their complexions are fairer. I'heir 
 dress is a sort of cotton cloth, ma- 
 nufactured by themselves. Their 
 arms are matchlock guns, spears, 
 and swords ; the first they purchase 
 from the Menancabow traders, and 
 the last they make themselves, as 
 also their gunpowder. The spirit 
 of warfare is excited among these 
 people by the slightest provocation ; 
 in fact, their life appears to be a 
 .state of perpetual hostility. They 
 fortify all their villages ; and, instead 
 of tower or watch-house, they con- 
 trive to have a tall tree, which they 
 ascend to reconnoitre or fire from. 
 
 The men are allowed to marry as 
 many wives as they please, or can 
 
 H 3 
 
 afford to have ; half a doKcn is not 
 uncommon. The daughters are 
 looked upon, as all over Sumatra, as 
 the riches of the father. The condi- 
 tion of the women appears to be no 
 other than that of slaves, the hus- 
 bands having the power of selling 
 their wives and children. They 
 alone, besides their domestic duties, 
 work in the rice plantations. The 
 men, when not engaged in war, 
 lead an idle inactive life, passing the 
 day playing on a sort of flute. Like 
 the rest of the Sumatrans, they are 
 all much addicted to gaming: when 
 a man loses more than he is able to 
 pay, he is confined, and sold for a 
 slave. 
 
 The most extraordinary of the 
 Eatta customs, though certainly not 
 peculiar to this people, is the prac- 
 tice of eating the bodies of their 
 enemies, whom they kill in battle, 
 and also of a certain description of 
 criminals. This extreme depravity 
 has been long doubted, but is now 
 established by a weight of testimony 
 not to be resisted. The Battas are 
 said to eat the body as a species of 
 ceremony; as a mode of shewing 
 th fir detestation of particular crimes 
 by an ignominious punishment, and 
 as a savage display of revenge and 
 iusnlt to theircuemics. The objects 
 of this barbarous repast are prison- 
 ers taken iji war, especially if badly 
 wounded; the bodies of the slain, 
 and ofl'cnders condemned for certain 
 crimes, particularly adultery. The 
 prisoners unwounded (but the Bat- 
 tas are not much disposed to give 
 quarter,) may be ransomed or sold 
 as slaves, where the quarrel is not 
 too inveterate. Convicts rarel}^ sui- 
 fer, v^hen their friends are in cir- 
 cumstances to redeem them, by the 
 customary equivalent of 80 dollars. 
 
 Mr. Marsden confines their can- 
 nibalism to the above twu cases; 
 but Dr. Ijcyden thinks that they 
 frequently eat their own relations, 
 when aged and infirm ; not so much 
 to gratify their ajipctite, as to per- 
 form a pious ceremony. Thus when 
 a man becomes aged aud iniinuj he 
 
100 
 
 BATTECOLLAH. 
 
 is said fo invite his own children to 
 eat liini, in the season when salt 
 and linies are cheapest. This, Dr. 
 Leyden says, is the aecoont Avhich 
 the Batlas give of themselves, as 
 well as of the Malays dwelling in 
 Iheirvieiuity, This singular eustoni 
 of Anthropophagy, practised by a 
 naUon in other respects more civi- 
 lized tlian the iAlalays,by whom they 
 are sunonnded, attiactcd early the 
 attention of Europeans, and led to 
 the establishment of the fact. 
 
 The religion of the Batlas, like 
 that of all tlie other inhabitants of 
 the island, who are not Mahomme- 
 dans, is so obscnre in its principles, 
 as scarcely to afl'ord room to say 
 that any exists among them. They 
 have, however, rather more ceremo- 
 nies than the otlier Sumatrans, and 
 there is an order of persons, called 
 by them Gooroo (a well known Hin- 
 doo term), who may be denominated 
 priests, as they are employed in ad- 
 ministering oaths, foretelling lucky 
 and unlncky days, making sacrifices, 
 and the performance of religions 
 rites. The ceremonies that wear 
 most the appearance of religion are 
 those practised on taking an oath, 
 and at their funeral obsequies. 
 
 Europeans not being settled 
 among the Eattas on the sam6 
 footing as in the pepper districts, 
 the principles or practice of their 
 laws is not well known. Open r«b- 
 bei-y and murder are punishable 
 with death, if the parties are unable 
 to redeem their lives by a sum of 
 money. In cases of double adul- 
 tery, the man, upon detection, is 
 punished m ith death ; but the wo- 
 man is only disgraced by having her 
 head shaved, and being sold for a 
 slave, which in fact she was before. 
 
 The Batta language is probably 
 the most ancient in Sumatra, and is 
 the chief source of that diversity of 
 dialect, which is discoverable in the 
 languages of the islaiul, llu; al- 
 phabet consists of 19 letters, each 
 variable by siv vocalic sounds. This 
 language has a remarkable pecu- 
 Umty ; it is written neither ironi the 
 
 left to the right, nor from the right 
 to the left, nor from top to bottom ; 
 but in a manner dhectly opposite to 
 that of the Chinese, from the bottom 
 to the top of the line. The material 
 for writing on is a bamboo, or branch 
 of a tree, and the instrument for 
 writhig the point of a creese. The 
 Battas sometimes read the bamboos 
 horizontally, instead of perpendicu- 
 larly ; but they consider the correct 
 mode of reading to be from the bot- 
 tom to the top. 
 
 I'he Battas sometimes write on 
 growing trees, and in this case^ if a 
 blank space occurs, it is towards the 
 top of the division, a circumstance 
 which determhies what they con- 
 sider as the natiual position of their 
 characters. It is remarkable that 
 the proportion of people who can 
 read and wiite, is much greater than 
 pf those who cannot. 
 
 'I'hat this extraordinary nation has 
 preserved the rude genuineness of 
 its character and manners, may be 
 attriboted to various causes; such 
 as the want of the precious metals, 
 the vegetable riches of the soil ■easily 
 obtained, their ignorance of naviga* 
 tion, the divided nature of their go- 
 vernment, which are circumstances 
 unfavourable to the propagation of 
 new opinions and customs; and 
 lastly, the ideas entertained of the 
 ferociousness of the people, from the 
 practices above described, which 
 may well be supposed to have damp^ 
 frd the ardour, and restrained the, 
 zeal of religious irmovators. {Mart' 
 den, JLei/de7i, Sfc.) 
 
 Battecollah, {Batneala). — A 
 town on the sea coast of the British 
 district of North Canara, which sig- 
 nifies the round town. Lat. 13°. 
 56'. N. Long. 74°. 37'. E. 
 
 This place stands on the north 
 bank of a small river, the Sancada- 
 holay, which waters a very beautiful 
 valley, suiTOunded on every side by 
 hills, and in an excellent state of cul- 
 tivation. At the public expense 
 eight dams are yearly made, in or- 
 der to water the rice grounds, 
 wliich are constructed of earth, and 
 
BATTU. 
 
 101 
 
 «n!y intended to collect the stream 
 during the dry season. 
 
 Battccollah is a large open to>vn, 
 containiiig 500 houses. It has two 
 mosques, one of which receives an 
 allowance of 100 pagodas from the 
 Company, and the other half as 
 much. Many of the Mahommedans 
 are wealthy, and go on commercial 
 speculations to diflerent parts of the 
 coast. In this part of the country 
 there are -none of the Bnntar cast, 
 hor does the language of Tulava ex- 
 tend so far north. BattecoUah is 
 properly in the country named Hai- 
 ga, and the most common fanners are 
 a kind of Brahmins, named Haiga, 
 after the country, and a low cast of 
 Hindoos, named Halepecas. There 
 are here a great many guddies, or 
 temples, belonging to the followers 
 of Vyas. There are two Jain tem- 
 ples, the only remains of 68, that 
 were formerly in the j)lace. In this 
 part of the country the Ikeri princes 
 seem almost to have extinguished 
 the Jains; but towards the north 
 they appear to have met with a more 
 vigorous resistance. {F. Buchafian, 
 
 Eatties, {Bhatti). — The country 
 of the Batties, or Bhatties, is bound- 
 ed on the north by the Punjab and 
 the River Sutuleje ; east, by the dis- 
 tiict of llurrianah ; west, by the 
 desert; and south, by Bicanere. — 
 From north to south it extends about 
 150 miles, and from east to west 
 about 100, and comprehends part of 
 the provinces of Lahore, Delhi, and 
 Ajmeer. 
 
 The part of the country best 
 adapted for cultivation is along the 
 banks of the liiver Cuggur, tiom 
 the town of Futtehabad to Batneir. 
 This portion of temtory is very pro- 
 ductive, which is caused by the 
 abundance of water M'hich descends 
 from the mountains during the rainy 
 season, and makes the Cuggur over- 
 flow. The land w ithin the influence 
 of this inundation produces wheat, 
 rice, and barley, but the remainder 
 of the Bhatty country, owing to a 
 scarcity of moisture, is sterile and 
 
 unproductive. The River Cuggur is 
 afterwards lost in the sands to the 
 west of Batneer, though it is said 
 formerly to have joined the Su- 
 tuleje in the vicinity of leroze- 
 poor. 
 
 Batneeris the capital of the Bhatty 
 country ; the other towns o' note are 
 Arroali, Futtehabad, Sirsah, and 
 Ranyah. There is but little com- 
 merce carried on in tliis countrj , the 
 inhabitants being more addicted to 
 thieving than industiious pursuits. 
 With the exceptiou of the sale of 
 their sur|)lus grain, ghee, and cattle, 
 they have little intercourse m ith the 
 neighbouring states, and that prin- 
 cipally through petty merchants of 
 the Shiekh Fereed sect. Their im- 
 ports are coarse white cloth, sugar, 
 and salt, but the trade is very incon- 
 siderable. 
 
 The Bhatties are properly shep- 
 herds; various tribes of them are 
 found in the Punjab, and they are 
 also scattered over the high grounds 
 to the east of the Indus, from the 
 sea to Uch. In the Institutes of 
 Acber tliese tribes are called Asham- 
 batty. Their chiefs were originally 
 Rajpoots, but are now Mahomme- 
 dans. A majority of the present in- 
 habitants of the Bhatty coimtry « ere 
 originally Jauts, who atterwaids 
 turned Mahommedans. Their cha- 
 racter is bnt inditierent, being de- 
 scribed by their neighbours as cruel, 
 savage, and ferocious thieves from 
 th(-ir birth, and in the practice of 
 adding murder to robbery. The 
 Bhatty females sac allowed to ap- 
 pear in public unveiled, and with- 
 out that species of concealment so 
 common over Hindostan, especially 
 among the followers of Mahommed. 
 {Thomas, Wilford, Drummond, ifc.) 
 
 BArrowAL. — A town in the ter- 
 ritories of the Poonau Maharattas, 
 in the province of Aurungabad, 60 
 miles N. by W. trom Ahmcdnuggur. 
 Lat. 19°. 52'. N. Long. 74°. 5o'. E. 
 Battu, {PhIo Batu). — An island 
 lying olf the western coast of Su- 
 matra, situated imm diately to the 
 southward of the equinoctial line. 
 
102 
 
 BAZAAR. 
 
 In lengfh it may be estimated at This river rises in tlie hills of Cho- 
 
 40 miles, by 10 miles the average 
 breadth. 
 
 This island is inhabited by a co- 
 lony from the Island of Neas, who 
 pay a yearly tax to the Rajah of Ba- 
 luaro, a small fortified village in the 
 interior of the island, belonging to a 
 different race, whose ntimber it is 
 said amounts to only 100, which it 
 is not allowed to exceed, just so 
 many children being raised as are 
 sufficient to repair the deaths. They 
 are reported to bear a resemblance 
 to the people of Massacar and the 
 Buggesses, and may have been ad- 
 venturers from that quarter. The 
 influence of the Buluaro Rajah 
 over the Neas inhabitants, who ex- 
 ceed his immediate subjects in the 
 proportion of 20 to one, is founded 
 on a superstitious belief, that the 
 water of the island will become salt 
 wlien they neglect to pay the tax. — 
 He, in his turn,;being in danger from 
 the Malay traders, who resort hither 
 irom Padang, and are not influenced 
 by the same superstition, is com- 
 pelled to pay them an annual tribute 
 of 16 ounces of gold. 
 
 The food of the people, as in the 
 other islands of the Sumatra coast, is 
 chiefly sago, and their exports cocoa 
 nuts, oil in considerable quantities, 
 and swalio, or sea slug. No rice is 
 cultivated here. This island is vi- 
 sible from Natal Hill in Sumatra, and 
 is entirely covered with wood. — 
 (^Marsden, ^«?.) 
 
 Battulaki. — A harboTir, situated 
 at the northern extremity of the 
 Island of Magindanao. Lat. 5°. 
 42'. N. Long. 125°. E. 
 
 This harbour is known ])y a re^ 
 markable rock, abont the size of a 
 large dwelling-house, of a pipe-clay 
 colour, between which and the main 
 is a reef of rocks, over whith boats 
 may pass at high water. In tiie har- 
 bour there is 10 fathoms water. 'I'he 
 
 teesgur, in the province of Gundwa- 
 na, and receives all the streams that 
 have their sources on the S. W. side 
 of the hills, which separate the 
 champaign country of Choteesgur 
 from Berar. Its comse has never 
 been completely traced, but it is 
 supposed to join the Inderowty Ri- 
 ver, which flows into the Godavery, 
 near Badrachellum. {Blunt, S,-c.) 
 
 Baaveet. — A small fortified town 
 in the province of Cutch, situated 
 on the road from Luckput Bunder 
 to Mandavee, on the Gulf of Cutch, 
 from which it is distant about 15 
 miles to the northward. 
 
 This place stands on the side of a 
 hill to the northward of an extensive 
 tank. The adjacent comitry is well 
 cultivated, and the inhabitants ap- 
 pear industrious. From hence to 
 Mandavee the road is generally good, 
 but the country is less cultivated. 
 {Max field, 4'c.) 
 
 Baypoor. — A town on the Mala- 
 bar Coast, about 16 miles south from 
 Calicut. Lat 11°. 12'. N. Long. 76°. 
 52'. E. Tippoo new named this 
 place Sultanpatnem, and intended 
 to have established it as one of his 
 places of trade. Teak ships of 400 
 tons have been built here from tim- 
 ber procured in the neighbourhood. 
 The teak tar is here extracted from 
 the cliips and saw-dust of the ves- 
 sel, and is said to excel the Norwe- 
 gian tar. 
 
 Bazaar. — A small village in the 
 province of Cabul, three-fourths of 
 a mile from the western shore of the 
 Indus, about 20 miles above the 
 town of Attock. Lat. 33°. 19'. N. 
 Long. 71°. 16'. E. The stream is 
 here rapid, with a rough, undulating 
 motion, and about three-fourths of 
 a mile, or a mile in breadth, where 
 it is not interrupted by islands, and 
 having nearly a W. by S. course. 
 The water is mucli discoloured by a 
 
 Dutch once attempted a settlement fine black sand, which quickly sub- 
 here, but were driven off by the na- sides when put into a vessel. It is 
 lives. {Forrest, iSc.) also very cold, owing to the mix- 
 Baum Gunoa, or Wainy River, ture of snow from the mountains, 
 (Vam Ganga, rapid as an arroiv).-— when thawed by the summer heat. 
 
BEDNORE. 
 
 103 
 
 This place has been conjectured to recourse to tliis nalive salt, ascainst 
 be the Baziia of the ancients. {Foster, whicli, however, tlioy have a strong' 
 
 Wilford, &iT.) 
 
 Beacul, {Vyacula). — A strong na- 
 tive fort in the distiict of South Ca- 
 uara, placed, like Cananore, on a 
 high projecting point into tlie sea, 
 towards the south, arid having within 
 it a hay. Lat. 12°. 22'. ^'. Long. 
 75°. 9'. E. 
 
 The town .stands north from the 
 fort, and contains al)out 100 houses. 
 
 prejudice. The black sand ore of 
 iron abounds here in the torrents. 
 
 The country in this neighbourhood 
 is exceedingly bare, and the ])opnla- 
 tion scanty. AH the houses are col- 
 lected in villages, and the smallest 
 village is fortified. Baydamungaluni 
 was tbrmerly a considerable place, 
 and the residence of a polygar. In 
 the dispute for the dominion between 
 
 I'he inhabitants are cliiefiy INIopla} s its ancient lord and Hyder, the town 
 
 and Muccas, with a icw 'I'iars, and .suffered exceedingly, and is now 
 
 people of the Concan, mIio have greatly deduced, 'llie people in the 
 
 long settled in Canara as shop-keep- adjacent country are a mixture of 
 
 ers. Beggars swarm here, as is the Taniuls, Telingas, and Carnatacas, 
 
 case every where in India, except or Canares, with a considerable num- 
 
 Malabar, where there are very few. ber of Malrommedans. {F. Btt~ 
 
 {F. Buchanan, ^t.) chanan, ^c.) 
 
 Beawull. — A town in the jMaha- Bednore, (Beiduntru). — A dis- 
 
 ratta territories, in the province of trict in the north-westorn extremity 
 
 Khandesh, 35 jnilcs S. W. liom of the Rajah of Mysore's territorie 
 
 Boorhanpoor. Lat. 21°. i>'. N. Long. 
 75°. 48'. E. 
 
 Bedagur, (Vedaghar). — A town 
 in the district of (jiurrah, on the 
 south side of the Nerbuddah River, 
 10 miles S. W. from Gurrah. Lat. 
 23°. 6'. N. Lonff. «0°. 5'. E. 
 
 situated on the summit of that range 
 of western hills, which o%erlooks the 
 provinces of Canara and Malabar, 
 and named the Western Ghauts, 
 These mountains, elevated liom four 
 to 5000 feet above the level of the 
 sea, present to the west a surface in 
 
 Bedamungalum, {or Betumnnoa- many places nearly perpendicular to 
 him). — A town in the iiajah of M5- the horizon, and by their height in- 
 soie's tenitories, near the eastern tercept the clouds of the western 
 frontier. Lat. 12°. 58'. N. Long, monsoon. Nine rainy months in the 
 78°. 24'. E, This place is situated year are usually calculated on in this 
 about 300 yards west of the Palare chmate, and for six of that number 
 River, which is not here above 40 it is customaiy to make the same 
 feet wide, and in the month of May preparatory arrangements for provi- 
 contains only two or three feet depth sion (water excepted), as are adopt- 
 of water, nearly stagnant. In the ed in a ship proceeding on a voyage, 
 rainy season it fills several fine re- This extraordinary moisture is not 
 servoirs, or tanks, for the use of cul- only favourable to the growth of the 
 tivation. All over the country in pecuhar products of the province, 
 this vicinity common salt (muriate but covers the face of the covntry 
 of soda) is very commordy diffused, with timber of great stature, with 
 It is found in low wet grounds, con- underwood scarcely peneti able, 
 tained in a poor and bhiek soil, and 'I'he exports from this district con- 
 in Tippoo's reign was extracted in sist chiefly of pepper, betel nut, san- 
 considerable quantities. At that dal wood, and cardamoms. The 
 time the trade with the Lower Car- imports are salt, rice, cocoa nuts, 
 natic being entirely contraband, so oil, turmeric, and cotton cloths. The 
 bulky an article as salt could not be roads being bad, most of the goods 
 smuggled in sufficient quantities for are carried to Mangalore by porters, 
 the consumption ; the inhabitants the most important article being be- 
 were consequently obliged to have tel nut. The difference of elevatioai 
 
T04 
 
 BEEDER. 
 
 makes this climate a month later tilling and selling spirituous liquors, 
 than it is on tlie sea coast. The cat- 'J'ippoo carried them all to Seringa- 
 tie, like those below the Ghauts, are patam. 
 
 remarkably small. The country Travelling distance from Seringa- 
 breeds more than is required for its patam 187 miles N. W. from Ma- 
 cultivation, and a considerable sur- dvas 445 miles ; from Poonah 382 
 
 plus is annually exported to the sea 
 coast, "^rhe horses are indifferent, 
 but might be improved by sending 
 into the district a few stallions. 
 
 miles. (JP. Buchanan, Wilks, Rcti- 
 nel, Src.) 
 
 Beechipoor. — A village in the 
 province of Sinde, situated on the 
 
 When conquered by Hyder, in -west side of the Goonee, on the 
 
 1762, the Bednore dominions ex- route from Hyderabad, the capital 
 
 tended over the maritime province of Sinde, to Mandavee, a sea port 
 
 now named Canara, and to the east on the Gulf of Cutch, by th^ way 
 
 over a tract of more open country, of Luckput Bunder. Lat. 24^^. 35'. N. 
 
 extending to Sunta, Bednore, and In this neighbourhood are a num- 
 
 Hoolukera, wiihin 20 miles of Chit- ber of fine trees resembling the ap- 
 
 ple tree, also the Laurestinus cherry 
 and drooping willow, and abundance 
 of the lye bush. The soil is rich, 
 but except close to the banks of the 
 river is wholly uncultivated, and 
 covered with jungle. Nor is any 
 advantage taken of the numerous 
 natural canals with which the coun- 
 try is intersected. They remain over- 
 grown with rank weeds and bushes, 
 which impede the navigation, and 
 {Maxfieldf 
 
 teldroog. (WiM, F. Buchanan, S'c.) 
 Bednore. — A town in the Ra,jah 
 of Mysore's territories, the capital 
 of a district of the same name. Lat. 
 13°. 48'. N. Long. 75°. 6'. E. 
 
 This place was originally named 
 Biderhully, or Bamboo Village, un- 
 til the scat of government was re- 
 moved from Ikeri to this toM'n, after 
 which it was named Bideruru, or 
 Bamboo Place. On this transfer, the 
 
 whole revenue of the country being vitiate the atmosphere, 
 expended here, Bednore immediate- ^'c.) 
 ly became a city of great magnitude Beeder. — A province in the Dec- 
 and commerce, and is said to have can, now possessed by the Nizam, 
 then contained 20,000 houses, be- situated principally betwixt the 16tli 
 sides huts, defended by a circle of and 18th degrees of north latitude, 
 woods, hills, and fortified defiles. To the north it is bounded by Au- 
 When taken by Hyder, in 1763, it rungabad and Nandere; on the south 
 was estimated at eight miles in cir- by the River Krishna ; to the cast it 
 cumference, and it is said the plun- has the province of Hyderabad ; and 
 der actually realised amounted to 12 to the west the province of Bejapoor. 
 millions sterling. He afterwards In length it may be estimated at 140 
 changed its name to Hydernagur. miles, by 65 the average breadtli. 
 
 This place was taken and plun- The surface of this province is uiv- 
 dered by the British detachment even and hilly, but not mountainous, 
 from Bombay, under Gen. Mat- and it is intei-sected by many small 
 thews, in 1783, but they were after- rivers, which fertilize the soil, and 
 wards attacked by Tippoo, assisted flow into the Beemah, Khrisna, and 
 by the French, and all destroyed, or Godavcry. The country is very pro- 
 made prisoners. ductive, and under the ancient Hin- 
 AtTippo's death it contained 1500 doo government contsuned a redun- 
 honses, besides huts, and it is fast dant population, but it is now thinly 
 recovering, being a convenient tho- inhabited compared with the British 
 roughfare for goods. During the provinces. Although long the seat 
 Banny's government, 100 families of of a Mahommcdan sovereignty, and 
 Concan Christians settled at Bed- still subject to princes of that reli- 
 nore, and subsisted chiefly by dis- giou, the Hindoos probably still ex- 
 
BEENISHENR. 
 
 105 
 
 eeed tlie Mahommedans in the pro- cept the east side, wTiich is a rising 
 portion of 10 to one. The junction ground about 100 yards high. It is 
 of the three languages, Telinga, Ma- 
 haratta, and Canara, takes place in 
 
 this province, somewhere near its 
 capital. 
 This province is now wholly com 
 
 much decayed, but the remains of 
 many good buildings are still to be 
 seen. It was formerly noted for 
 works of tutenague inlaid with silver. 
 Before the Mahommedan invasion 
 
 prehended within the dominions of Bedecr was the capital of a Hindoo 
 
 the Nizam, and governed by his olB 
 cers. The principal towns arcBeeder, 
 or Ahmedabad, Kalbergah, and Ca- 
 liany. 
 
 After the Mahommedan conquest 
 this province was the seat of the 
 Bhamener dynasty of Dcccan sove- 
 reigns, the first of whom was Sultan 
 Allah ud Deen Houssun Kangoh 
 Bhamenee, A. D. 1347, whose ca- 
 pital was Kalbergah. Besides the 
 princes of the Nizam Shahy, Adil 
 Shahy, and Koottub Shahy, founded 
 on tlie ruins of the Bhamenee dy- 
 nasty, there arose two others, com- 
 posed of parts of their once exten- 
 sive dominions. One was founded 
 
 sovereignty. Near the ruins of the 
 old Beeder, Ahmed Shah Bhamenee 
 founded the city of Ahmedabad, 
 which he made his capital in place 
 of Kalbergah, and this is the modern 
 Beeder. 
 
 I'ravelling distance from Hyder- 
 abad 78 miles, from Delhi 857, from 
 Madras 430, and from Calcutta 980 
 miles. {Upton, Scott, Remiel, Sfc.) 
 
 Beejapoor. — A town in the Ma- 
 haiatta dominions, in the province 
 of Aurungabad, 65 miles N. from 
 Ahmediuiggur. Lat. 19°. 64'. N. 
 Long. 75°. 1'. E. 
 
 Beemah River, (Bhinia, terrific). 
 — ^This river rises in the mountains 
 
 by Ameer Bereed about 1518, the to the north of Poonah, not many 
 prime minister, or rather confiner of miles from the source of the Goda- 
 the two last Bhamenee Sultans, and very, and passes within 30 miles to 
 called from him Bereed Shahy. His the east of Poonah, where it is call- 
 dominions were small, consisting of ed Bewrah, as well as Beemah, and 
 the capital Bedeer, and a few dis- is esteemed a sacred river. It is onh 
 tricts round that city. The honours of the principal rivers that join the 
 of royalty did not long remain in his Krishna, which it does near the town 
 
 family, his territories being wrested 
 from his grandson by the other Dec- 
 can princes, and the kingdom of 
 Beeder destroyed. 
 
 Along with the other Deccany 
 
 of Firozegur, in the province of 
 Beeder. The length of its course, 
 including the windings, may be esti- 
 mated at 400 miles. 
 The horses most esteemed by the 
 
 pro^inces, it fell under the INIogul Maharattas are those bred on the 
 dominion towards the conclusion of banks of the Beemah. They are of 
 
 the 17th century, during the reign 
 of Aurengzebe, from whose succes- 
 sors it was separated in 1717 by Ni- 
 zam ul Muluck, and has ever since 
 been possessed by his posterity, the 
 Nizams, resident at Hyderabad. {Fe- 
 rislUa, Scott, Mackenzie, ^c.) 
 
 Beeder. — A town in the province 
 of Beeder, of which it is the capital. 
 Lat. 17°. 47'. N. Long. 77°. 48'. E, 
 
 This city is fortified with a stone 
 wall, a dry ditch, and many round 
 towers. The wall is six miles in 
 circumference, and the town it en- 
 doses stands in au open plain, ex- 
 
 a middle size, and strong, are rather 
 a handsome breed, generally dark 
 bay, with black legs, and are called, 
 from the country which produces 
 them, Beemarteddy liorses. {Reii- 
 nel, 5th Register, ^c.) 
 
 Beenishenr. — A town in northern 
 Hindostan, situated close to the Hi- 
 malaya mountains, in the district of 
 MuUiboom, of which it is the ca- 
 pital. Lat. 28°. 21'. N. Long. 84°. 
 20'. E. This town stands at the con- 
 fluence of the Salegrami, or Gun- 
 duck, and a small stream named the 
 Hehagde. It is an entiepot of con- 
 
106 
 
 BEJAPOOR. 
 
 siderable trade, and is sometimes 
 named Bccni-jee, by way of emi- 
 nence. {Kirkpatrick, ^-c.) 
 
 Beggah, {Bhiga). — A small town 
 formerly fortified in the province of 
 Bahar, district of Ram2;ur, 82 miles 
 S. from Patna. Lat, 24°. 25'. N. 
 Long. 85°. 20'. E. 
 
 Behawulpoor. — A town in the 
 proA ince of Mooltan, 37 miles S. by 
 E. from the city of Mooltan. Lat. 
 30°. 4' N. Long. 71°. 30'. E. This 
 town is situated near the Ghairah 
 Biver, in a very bad part of the de- 
 sert. It derives its name from the 
 Nabob BhawnlKhan, of the Abassi 
 family, and suriiamed Dadpootee. 
 He died in 1808, leaving a son under 
 age, whose territories were in a si- 
 tuation of great danger from tlie am- 
 bitious views of tiie Ameers of Sinde, 
 Tire BehH.wiilpoor state extends a 
 considerable way towards Bieancre, 
 but is tributary to the sovereigns of 
 Cabu!. To travel in this arid re- 
 gion, it is necessary to have an esta- 
 blishment of camels to carry a suji- 
 p}y of water, as in the deserts of 
 Arabia. {Registers, Smitk, 4'c.) 
 
 B UK RAD. — A small district in the 
 province of Cabul, situated betwixt 
 the 34th and 35th degrees of north 
 latitude. It has the district of Mun- 
 derar to the north, a range of hills 
 to the south, the liiver Chuganserai 
 to the east, and the River Alishung 
 to the west. 
 
 In 1582 it is described by Abul 
 Fazel as follows :— " 'J'he district of 
 Bekrad is full of infidels. Instead 
 of lamps they burn green fir, which 
 gives a very good light. Here is an 
 animal called a flying fox, which 
 flies about an ell from the ground. 
 Here are also mice, which have a 
 fine musky scent. Pooluk Bekrad 
 2,045,451 dams." 
 
 Behut RivKR. — See Jhylum. 
 
 Beiduru. — An open village in the 
 district of North Canara, containing 
 about 150 houses. Lat. 13°. 49'. N. 
 Long. 74°. 43'. E. 
 
 Beiduru once had a foi-t, and was 
 then a large place, belonging to a 
 Jain princess, named Byra Devi, 
 
 but the Jain sect are now quite' ex- 
 tinct herei At this place there is a 
 temple dedicated to Siva, in which 
 are many inscriptions. These in- 
 scriptions, among the Hindoos, seem 
 to be what the legends on the coins 
 are among the Mahommedans, and 
 so long as there is a nominal king all 
 inscriptions and legends are made in 
 his name. {F. Buckanan, ^-c.) 
 
 Bejagur, {Vijayaghar). — A dis- 
 strict in the province of Malvvah, 
 situated about the 22nd degree of 
 north latitude. Although to the soutli 
 of the Nerbuddah, in the Institutes 
 of Acber, A. D. 1582, it is placed 
 in the viceroyalty of Maluah, and is 
 described as follows : — " Sircar Bee- 
 jagur, containijig 32 mahals, mea- 
 surement 283,278 beegahs, revenue 
 12,249,121 dams. Seyurghal 3574 
 dams. It furnishes 1773 cavalry, 
 and 19,480 infantiy." 
 
 'i'his district is now possessed by 
 diflerent Maharatta chiefs. The chief 
 towns are Awass, Sindwah, and 
 Gherowd. 
 
 BEJAPOOR. 
 
 A large province in the Deccan, 
 extending from the 15th to the 19tli 
 degrees of north latitude. To the 
 north it is bounded by the province 
 of Aurungabad ; on the south by the 
 Toombuddra River, and district of 
 North Canara; on the east by Au- 
 rungabad and Beeder ; and on the 
 west by the sea. In length it may 
 be estimated at 350 miles, by 200 
 miles the average breadth. 
 
 The western districts of this pro- 
 vince are very moun4ainous, parti- 
 cularly in the vicinity of the Ghauts; 
 but towards the cast the country is 
 more level, and watered by many 
 fine rivers, the principal of which 
 are the Krishna, the Beemah, the 
 Toombuddra, and the Gutpurba. 
 I'rior to 1790 the latter was the 
 boundary which separated the do- 
 minions of Tippoo from those of the 
 Maharattas. 
 
 There is nothing peculiar in the 
 agricultiuc or production ol this pro- 
 
BEJAPOOR. 
 
 107 
 
 vince, whicli are Ihe same as in the 
 other regions of the Deccan. The 
 horses reared on tlie banks of the 
 -Beemah are held in great estimation 
 by the Maharattas, and furnish tlie 
 best cavalry in their armies. All the 
 sea coast being in the possession of 
 that nation, Avho are little addicted 
 to maritime commerce, the greater 
 part of what traffic subsists is carried 
 on by land carriage ^vith the interior, 
 but the extent of this species of in- 
 terchange all over the. Deccan is 
 considerable. 
 
 Four-fifths of this province have 
 long appertained to the. Maharattas, 
 and the remainder is under the go- 
 vernment of the Nizam. The Peshvva 
 is the nominal lord of the whole, but 
 possesses efl'ective jurisdiction over 
 but a small portion, the maritime 
 district of Concan being the largest 
 territory actually within his own 
 power. The principal cities are 
 Poonah, Bejapoor, Satarali, Mer- 
 ritch, or Mirjce, Darwar, Punder- 
 poor, Hubely, and Huttany. 
 
 The population of this province 
 cannot be compared with the best of 
 the British territories, but is pro- 
 bably equal to that of the Balaghaut 
 ceded territories, which being a re- 
 cent acqui.sition, have not had suffi- 
 cient time for improvement. Taking 
 the latter as a scale of comparison, 
 the inhabitants may be estimated at 
 seven millions ; of which number, 
 probably, not more than one-twen- 
 tieth are Mahommedans, the rest 
 being Hindoos of the Brahminical 
 persuasion. 
 
 In this province, approaching the 
 Krishna from the southward, the 
 Maharatta tongue comes more and 
 more into use; leaving this river to 
 the south, the Canara dialect de- 
 clines in a similar proportion, so that 
 the Krishna may be deemed the di- 
 viding boundary of the two lan- 
 guages, but the Cauara is rather 
 more spoken to the northward, than 
 the Maharatta to the south of the 
 river. The Krishna is also remark- 
 able for dividing dillerent stiles of 
 building. To the south the houses 
 
 of the lower class arc flat roofed, and 
 covered Avith mud and clay ; north- 
 ward the voofs are pitched and 
 thatched. 
 
 After the dissolntion of the Blia- 
 menee dynasty of the Deccan, Abou 
 ul MuziiU'er Adil Shah founded the 
 Adil Shahy sovereignty of Bejapoor, 
 A. D. 1489, comprehending witliin 
 the circle of his government all the 
 country fiom the River Beemrah to 
 Bejapoor. In 1502 he introduced 
 the ceremonies of the Shicah sect of 
 Mahommedans, which did not, prior 
 to this period, exist in the Deccan. 
 He died A. D. 1510, and his suc- 
 cessors were, 
 
 Ismael Adil Shah, died 1534. 
 
 Muloo Adil Shah, deposed and 
 blinded, having reigned six months. 
 
 Ibrahim Adil Shah, died 1557. 
 During liis illness this prince put to 
 death several physicians who had 
 failed in eflecting his cure, behead^ 
 ing some, and treading others to 
 death with elephants, so that all the 
 surviving medical practitioners being 
 alarmed, fled his dominions. 
 
 Ali Adil Shah, assassinated 1579. 
 In the year 1564, the four Mahom- 
 medan Sultans of the Deccan formed 
 a confederacy against Ram Rajah, 
 the Hindoo sovereign of Bijanagur; 
 and having totally defeated and slain 
 him in battle, took and plundered 
 his capital. With him ended the 
 long established and powerful Hin- 
 doo dynasty of Bijanagur. 
 
 Ibrahim Adil Shah the Second, 
 died 1626. In tliis reign the Mogul 
 power began to be severely felt ia 
 the Dekkan. 
 
 Mahommed Adil Shah, died A. D. 
 1660. In this reign Sevajee the Ma- 
 haratta revolted, which, wilh the 
 Mogul conquests, reduced the Beja- 
 poor principality to the last extre- 
 mity. 
 
 AU Adil Shah the Second. This 
 prince died in 1672, after a turbulent 
 reign, during which he enjoyed tittle 
 more of royalty than the name, his 
 countiy being usuiped by Sevajee, 
 and other vassals. 
 Secunder Adil Shah, who never ac- 
 
loa 
 
 BEJAPOOR. 
 
 quired any real power, bein^ merely 
 an instrument in the hands of his 
 nobility; and with him the Adil 
 Shahee dynasty ended in 1689, when 
 Bejapodr was beaeged and taken by 
 Aurengzebe, Secunder Adil Shah 
 being among the prisoners. 
 
 This Mahommedan dynasty of 
 Bejapoor was remarkable for the 
 practice of conferring Hindoo titles, 
 they being, m general, exclusively 
 Arabic. 
 
 The destruction of the Bejapoor 
 Deccany empire, and the beginning 
 of that of the Maharattas, happened 
 so nearly at the same time, that this 
 province cannot with strictness be 
 said ever to have been subject to the 
 throne of Delhi, although regularly 
 enumerated in tlie list of soubahs. 
 During the reign of Aurengzebe its 
 possession was disputed with much 
 slaughter, liut his successors early 
 abandoned it to the Maharattas, and 
 with them the greatest proportion 
 has remained ever since. 
 
 At the conclusion of the war be- 
 tween the British and Sindia in 1804, 
 the whole of the Maharatta terri- 
 tories in this province exhibited a 
 scene of the greatest anarchy; and 
 although nominally subject to the 
 Peshwa, his authority scarcely ex- 
 tended beyond the city of Poonah, 
 and was resisted by the chief of 
 every petty village. The different 
 chiefs and leaders of banditti, by 
 whom the country was occupied, 
 were almost innumerable ; but the 
 names and designations of the prin- 
 cipal were Goklah, Appah Saheb, 
 and Bala Saheb (the sons of Purse- 
 ram Bhow, and heads of the Put- 
 wurden family), Appah Dessaye, 
 Furkiah, Bapoojce Sindia, Madarow 
 Rastiah, the Ra.jah of Colapoor, I'ut- 
 teh Singh Bhoonslah, Chintamuny 
 Bow (the nephew of Purst-ram 
 Bhow), Tautia, Punt Pritty Niddy, 
 and others of inferior note depend* 
 jng on these leaders. 
 
 Owing to the long confusion that 
 had subsisted, the country had been 
 ravaged and depopulated in various 
 modes, and amongst others by the 
 
 rapid succession of governors ap- 
 pointed by tlie Peshwa, the preced- 
 ing one always strenuously resisting 
 his successor. The chiefs above nam- 
 ed v,ere not properly Jaghiredars, 
 although distinguished by the appel- 
 lation of the Southern Jaghiredars. 
 They Mere the Serinjamy Sirdars of 
 the Poonah state ; and it is pecu- 
 liarly the case with Serinjamy lands, 
 that the possession of tliem may be 
 changed annually, and are granted 
 for the payment of troops actually 
 employed in the senice of the state. 
 The chiefs in question, however, had 
 retained possession of the lands for 
 many years, and had also properties 
 of other descriptions under the Poo- 
 nah government. 
 
 To reduce this chaos to order, the 
 British government was obliged to 
 interpose its arbitration, and began 
 by endeavouring to ascertain the ex- 
 tent of the service to which the 
 Peshwa was entitled from the Sou- 
 thern Jaghiredars, with the view of 
 inducing them to aflord that service. 
 On the other hand, it was resolved 
 to protect the Jaghiredars from the 
 oppression of the Peshwa's govern- 
 ment, and to guarantee to the Jag- 
 hiredars their possessions, while they 
 continued to serve the Peshwa with 
 fidelity. On this occasion the Mar- 
 quis Wellesley was obliged to ex- 
 press liis utter disapprobation of the 
 Peshwa's projects of vengeance and 
 rapine against the principal familie:^ 
 of the Maharatta state in immediate 
 subjection to Poonah, and particu- 
 larly his highness's designs agiunst 
 the Putwurden family. 
 
 To accomplish this most desh-e- 
 able ariangement, and to restore 
 tranquillity and good government to 
 a region long deprived of both. Gen. 
 Arthur Wellesley (now Duke of 
 Wellington) was instructed to enter 
 into negociations viith the different 
 chiefs, during his march southwards 
 in 1804, to reconcile their dissen- 
 sions, and adjust their disputes with 
 their sovereign the Peslnva. DiflTi- 
 cult as the task appears, he effected 
 it without bloodshed by his tempe- 
 4 
 
BEJAPOOR. 
 
 109 
 
 rate and decided conduct, and more 
 especially by ihe penetration with 
 which he at once fixed on a proper 
 mode of commencing the settlement 
 of so many complicated claims and 
 discordant interests, in which he was 
 ably seconded by Col. Close, then 
 resident at Poonah, and Mr. Stra- 
 / chey, whom he had appointed agent 
 Avitli the Southern Jaghiredars. 
 {MSS. Ferishta, Scott, Moor, WiUis, 
 Sfc. 
 
 BejapooR, (Vijayapura, the Im- 
 pregnable). — A city in the province 
 of Bejapoor, of which it mjis the 
 capital, when an independent king- 
 dom. .Lat. 17°. 1/. N. Long. 75° 
 42'. E. In old European books it is 
 generally named Viziapoor. 
 
 When taken by Aurengzebe in 
 person, A. D. 1689, it stood on an 
 extensive plain, the fort being one 
 of the largest in the world. Between 
 it and the city wall there was room 
 for 15,000 cavalry to encamp. With- 
 in the citadel was the king's palace, 
 the houses of the nobility, and large 
 magazines, besides many extensive 
 gardens, and romid the whole a deep 
 ditch, always well supplied with wa- 
 ter. There were, also, without the 
 walls, very large suburbs and noble 
 palaces. It is asserted by the na- 
 tives, with their usual exaggeration, 
 that during its flourishing state it 
 contained 984,000 inhabited houses, 
 and 1600 mosqnes. 
 
 After its capture the waters of the 
 reservons and wells in the fort de- 
 creased, and the country round be- 
 came waste to a considerable dist- 
 ance. At present it exhibits almost 
 nothing but ruins, which prove the 
 •vast magnitude of tliis city during 
 its prosperous state. 
 
 The outer wall, on the western 
 side, runs nearly north and south, 
 and is of great extent. It is a thick 
 stonewall, about 20 feet high, with 
 9, ditch and rampart. There are ca- 
 pacious towers, built of large hewn 
 stones, at the distance of every hun- 
 dred yards ; but are, as well as the 
 wall, much neglected, having in 
 inany places fallen into the ditch, 
 
 and being in others covered with 
 rubbish. A mile and a half from the 
 western wall is a town called Toor- 
 vee, built on the remains of the foi- 
 mer city, and surrounded by mag- 
 nificent piles of ruins, among which 
 are the tombs of several Mahom- 
 modan saints, attended by their de- 
 votees. The court way of the fort 
 is from 150 to 200 yards broad, and 
 the ditch, now filled with rubbish, 
 appears to have been a very formid- 
 able one, excavated out of the solid 
 rock on which the fort stands. The 
 curtain is nearly 40 feet high from 
 tiie berm of the ditch, entirely built 
 of huge stones strongly cemented, 
 and frequently adorned with sculp- 
 tural representations of lions, tigers, 
 &c. The towers Hanking the cur- 
 tain are \ ery rmmerous, and of vast 
 size, built of the same kind of ma- 
 terials. Measured by the counters- 
 carp of the ditch, the fort is proba- 
 bly about eight miles in circumier- 
 ence. The curtain and towers in 
 the southern face are most battered, 
 as it was against these Aurengzebe 
 raised his batteries. 
 
 The mosque and mausoleum of 
 Ibrahim Adil Shah are built on a 
 basement 130 yards in length, and 
 52 in breadth, and raised 15 feet. 
 Inside it is a plain building, 1 15 bjf 
 76, covered by an immense dome, 
 raised on arches. The mausoleum 
 is a room 57 feet square, enclosed 
 by two verandas 13 feet broad, and 
 22 feet high. Besides these there 
 are many other public buildings, 
 mucli injured by time and the Ma- 
 Larattas. 
 
 1 he fort in the interior is adorned 
 with many handsome edifices, in 
 rather better preservation than the 
 fort. The great mosque is 97 yards 
 by 55 yards. Tlie wings, 15 yards 
 broad, project 73 yards from the 
 north and south ends, enclosing on 
 three sides with the body of the 
 mosque a large reservoir for water, 
 and a. fountain. The mausoleum of 
 Sultan Mahmood Shah is a plain 
 building, 153 feet square, over which 
 is reared a dome of 117 feet diameter 
 
110 
 
 EEJAPOOR. 
 
 ill it? conravity, called by the na- 
 tives the great cupola. 
 
 The inner fort consists of a strong 
 curtain, frequent towers of a large 
 size, a fausse bray, ditch, and co- 
 vered way; the whole built of massy 
 materials, and well constructed. The 
 ditch is extremely wide, and said to 
 have been 100 yards; but its ori- 
 ginal depth cannot now be discover- 
 ed, being nearly filled up with rub- 
 bish. 'I'he fort inside is a heap of 
 i-uiiss, none of the buildings being 
 in any repair, except a handsome 
 little mosque built by Ali Adil Shah. 
 This inner fort was kept exclusively 
 for the palaces of the kings, and ac- 
 commodation of their attendants. 
 The fort now contains several dis- 
 tinct towns, and although so great a 
 part is covered with ruins, tliere is 
 still room found for some corn fields 
 and extensive enclosures. The in- 
 ner fort, which is more than a mile 
 in circumference, appears but as a 
 speck in the larger one, wliich, in 
 its turn, is almost lost in the extent 
 occupied by the outer w all of the 
 city. 
 
 Most of the buildings (the palaces 
 in the fort excepted) appear to have 
 had little or no wood used in their 
 construction. They are, in general, 
 built of the most massy stone, and 
 in the most durable stile ; notwith- 
 standing vphich the workmanship of 
 some is minutely elegant. The city 
 is well watered, having, besides nu- 
 merous wells, several rivulets run- 
 ning through it. To the north there 
 are but few hills, the country being, 
 in general, level, and the soil rich ; 
 yet it is described as destitute of 
 wood, and but little cultivated. The 
 city is but thinly inhabited, and is 
 now comprehended in that part of 
 the Bejapoor province belonging to 
 the Maharattas. According to tia- 
 dition it must have once been im- 
 mensely rich, and it is said that large 
 sums of money and valuables are 
 still found secreted among the ruins. 
 
 Some enormous cannon, still re- 
 maining here, correspond with the 
 magnitude of the fort, Oiily 12 we 
 
 said to be left, the dimensions of the 
 three largest are as follows : 
 
 1st. A Malabar gun. 
 
 Feet. Inches. 
 Diameter at the breach 4 5 
 
 Length from breach to 
 
 muzzle - - - - 21 5 
 
 Circumference of the 
 
 trunnions - _ _ 4 7 
 Diameter at the muzzle 4 3 
 Ditto of the bone - 1 9 
 
 The second is a brass gun cast by 
 Aurengzebe to commemorate the 
 conquest of Bejapoor. 
 
 Feet. Inches. 
 Diameter at the breach 4 10| 
 Ditto at the muzzle - 4 8 
 Ditto of the bone - 2 4 
 Length -----14 1 
 
 Circumference in the 
 
 middle - - - - 13 7 
 
 The third gun is called 
 
 the high-flyer, and 
 
 measures in length 30 3| 
 Circumference at the 
 
 breach - - - - 9 2 
 Circumference overthe 
 
 moulding, measured 
 
 at the smallest part 6 
 Diameter of the bone 1 1 
 
 The first and last of these guns 
 are constructed of bars ofiron, hoop- 
 ed round, not upon caniages, but 
 lying on blocks of wood. I'he brass 
 gun is fixed on its centre, on an im- 
 mense iron fixed in the ground, and 
 grasping its trunnions in the manner 
 of a swivel, its breech resting on a 
 block of wood, supported by a thick 
 wall, so that it cannot recoil. For 
 the calibre of this gun an iron bullet, 
 weighing 2646 pounds, would be re- 
 quired. {Moor, Scott, Src.) 
 
 Bejapoor. — A district in the pro- 
 vince of Bejapoor, intersected by the 
 River Eeeniah, the country to the 
 east of which belongs to the Nizam, 
 and to the west to the Poonah Ma- 
 harattas. The chief town is Beja- 
 poor. 
 
 Bejapoor. — A town belonging to 
 the Maharattas, in the hilly districts 
 of Khandesb, 80 miles E. uf Boor- 
 
BELLUxMCONDAH. 
 
 Ill 
 
 Iianpoor. Lat. 21°- 26'. N. Long. 
 
 Bejapoor. — A town in Northern 
 Hindostan, situated on the banks of 
 the Cousey River, which is navigjable 
 tioni Dholatghaiit to Khoorkiit<;haiit, 
 ■within three hours' journey of Beja- 
 poor, which stands to the east of 
 the Nei)anlese territories. Lat. 26°. 
 55'. N. Long. 86°. 25'. E. 
 
 Bejighur. — A town in the Maha- 
 ratta territories, in the province of 
 Agra, about 70 miles S. ^^^ from 
 the city of Agra, and 15 S. W.from 
 Subbulghur. Tliis place stands at 
 the extremity of a low hill, and has 
 an upper and lower fort. On a 
 plain, at the bottom of the lull, is 
 the pettah, inclosed by a stone v. ail 
 of good construction. The walls of 
 the fort are nev,', but they are ill- 
 pro^^ded with artillery; and the 
 ascent to them is not ditficuit. 
 
 The surrounding country consists 
 of ranges of low hills much covered 
 ■with jungle, and separated from 
 each other by intermediate plains, 
 intersected by deep ravines ; but, 
 upon the whole, well supplied with 
 water from wells, which have been 
 dug, and from nullahs. {MSS. St.) 
 
 Bejiporam. — A town pos.sessed 
 by independent zemindars, in the 
 province of Orissa, 90 miles W. bv 
 N. from Vizii^apatam. Lat. 18°. 6'. 
 N. Long. 82°. 8'. E. 
 
 Bejurah, {Bijorali). — A small 
 town in tlie province of Bengal, dis- 
 tiict of Dacca, 53 miles jS. E. from 
 the city of Dacca. Lat. 24°. 7'. N. 
 Long. 91°. 10'. E. 
 
 Belah. — A town in tho province 
 of AgTa, British district of Etaweh; 
 43 miles E. from the town of Eta- 
 weh. Lat. 20°. 46'. N. Long. 79°. 
 40'. E. 
 
 Bejwarah. — A town in the Seik 
 territories, ni the province of La- 
 hore, 113 miles S. E. from the city 
 of Lahore. Lat. 31°. 20'. N. Long. 
 75°. 35'. E. 
 
 Belande. — A town in the Maha- 
 ratta terntories, in the province of 
 Khaudesh. Lat. 21°. 0', N. Long. 
 74°. 50'. E. 
 
 Belaspoor. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Delhi, district of Bareily, 
 38 miles N. from the town of Bareily, 
 aiid formerly included in Fyzoolah. 
 Khan's small territory. Lat. 28°. 
 56'. Long. 79°. 15'. E. 
 
 Bflgaum, {Balcrgrama). — A town 
 in the Northern Circars, 42 miles 
 W. by N. from Cicacole. Lat. 18° 
 42'. N. Long. 83°. 27'. E. 
 
 Belgram. — A town in the Nabob 
 of Oude's territories, 12 miles N. E. 
 fi-om Kajioge. Lat. 27°. 13'. N. 
 Long. 80°. 3'. E. This is a to'.vn of 
 some aiitifpiity, being described by 
 Abul Fazel, in 1582, as being very 
 healthy, and famous for producing 
 men with melodious voices. It is 
 still distinguished by a ruinous fort 
 and moat. The ruined buildings 
 appear to have been in the best style 
 of Mogul architecture ; but the pre- 
 sent inhabitants, few in number, 
 dwell in small stnictures. either of 
 mud or timber. {Abul Fazel, Ten- 
 nant, <St.) 
 
 Belhauy, (VaMian). — A very 
 ancient town in the northern extre- 
 mity of the province of Giunhvana. 
 The old ( Joand fort still remains, to 
 which the iMaharattas have made 
 some additions. 
 
 Belini>a. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Allahabad, district of Cur- 
 rah. Lat. 25°. 54'. N. Long. 80°. 
 65'. E. 
 
 Bella RY. — See Balhary, 
 
 Bellaspoor. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Dellii, situated on the east 
 side of the Sutubje River, which is 
 here 100 yards broad whon the wa- 
 ters are at the lowest. Lat. 31°. 
 35'. N. Long. 76°. 21'. E. Bellas- 
 poor is a well-built town, and ex- 
 hibits a regularity not often seen in 
 this part of Hindostan. The streets 
 are paved, though roughly, and the 
 houses built of stone and mortar. 
 From Bellaspoor fertile vallies, 
 though not wide, extend to Bij)olie. 
 This is the residence of the raimy. 
 or female ruler of the Calowr terri- 
 tory. {Foster, St.) 
 
 Bellumcondah. — A town in the 
 Northern Circars, district uf Giiii- 
 
112 
 
 BENARES. 
 
 toor. Lat. 16°. 22'. N. Long. 79°. 
 64'. E. 
 
 Belour.^— A town in the province 
 of Agra, district of Kanoge, 52 miles 
 west from Lucknow. Lat 26°. 52'. 
 N. Long. 80°. 5'. E. 
 
 Belugura. — A fortified village in 
 the Rajah of Mysore's territories, 
 containing about 200 houses. Lat. 
 13°. 27'. N. Long. 76° 18'. E. This 
 place is in the Garuda Giri district, 
 which has long formed part of the 
 dominions of the Mysore femily. 
 In the sunounding countiy there 
 are many sheep, and but few black 
 cattle. The shepherds and their fa- 
 milies live with their flocks, llie 
 men wrap themselves up in their 
 blankets, and sleep in the open air 
 among their sheep. The women 
 and children sleep under hemisphe- 
 rical baskets, about six feet in dia- 
 meter, and wrought with leaves, so 
 as to turn the rain. At one side a 
 small hole is left, through which 
 they can creep, and this is always 
 turned to leeward, tliere being no- 
 thing to cover it. 
 
 Benares, (Varanasi). — A large 
 district, or zemindary, in the pro- 
 "vince of Allahabad, situated princi- 
 pally betwixt the 24th and 26th de- 
 grees of north latitude. When 
 ceded, in 1775, by A soph ud Dow- 
 lah, the Nabob of Oude, tliis zemin- 
 dary was divided into 62 pugunnahs, 
 containing 12,000 square miles, of 
 which 10,000 are a rich, cultivated 
 flat on both sides of the Ganges. The 
 chief subdivisions are Benares, Ga- 
 zypoor, Jionpoor, and Chunar. In 
 the Institutes of Acber, A. D. 1582, 
 Abul Fazel describes it as follows : 
 
 " Sircar Benares, containing eight 
 mahals ; measurement 136,663 bee- 
 gahs; revenue, 8,169,318 dams. — 
 Seyurghal, 338,184 dams. This Sir- 
 car furnishes 830 cavalry, and 8400 
 infantry." 
 
 The atmosphere of this province, 
 which in winter is so severe as to 
 render fires necessary, becomes so 
 heated for three months after March, 
 by the setting in of the hot winds, 
 as to destroy all verduye, aud woulc^ 
 
 probably prove destructive to all Eu- 
 ropean artificial glasses, were the 
 cultivation introduced. Turnips, ra- 
 dishes, and a variety of greens and 
 garden stuifs are raised by the na- 
 tives, principally for the Europeans. 
 
 There is not much land employed 
 in the raising of rice, the chief arti- 
 cles of produce being barley, w heat, 
 and several species of the pea. A 
 small quantity of flax is raised in the 
 skirts of almost every field, for the 
 sake of the oil ; its use, as an article 
 of clothing, is not here understood. 
 Every field of barley contains a mix- 
 ture of grain or pease ; and at the 
 distance of six or 10 feet, there is 
 planted a beautiful yellow flowering 
 sluub used in dyeing. 
 
 A considerable quantity of sugar 
 is produced in this district. The ap- 
 paratus is extremely simple. A stone 
 mortar and wooden pistern turned 
 by two bullocks, the Avhole not worth 
 12 rupees, constitute the most ex-i 
 pensive pait of the operation. The 
 boiling pots are of tlie commoa 
 earthen ware, and here, as in the 
 West Indies, the sugar harvest is a 
 joyous and busy season. 
 
 From Patua to Buxar, Gazypoor, 
 Benares, and Mirzapoor, much cul- 
 tivation and a rich country presents 
 itself, and the numerous clumps of 
 mango trees give the district the 
 appearance of a forest, and afl'ord 
 an agreeable retreat to the cattle. 
 Both "sides of the river a little way 
 above Mirzapoor formerly belonged 
 to the Nabob of Oude, and exhi- 
 bited a marked contrast to the flou- 
 rishing state of the Benares districts; 
 which, probably, in the scale of prosn 
 perity, excel all others in India, ex.- 
 cept Burdwan in Bengal. 
 
 Plain and flow ered muslins, adapt- 
 ed to common uses, aie manufac- 
 tured in the northern, baftas in the 
 western, and sanaes in the eastern 
 parts of the province. Tissues, bro-, 
 cades, and ornamented gauzes are a 
 general manufacture. Benares is 
 supplied with salt of its own manu- 
 facture, joined with importations 
 tiooa Sambher La Ajmeer, and other 
 
BENARES; 
 
 113 
 
 places. A great quautitj' of excel- 
 lent indigo is annually raised and ex- 
 ported from this pro^^nce, A\hich 
 also rurnislies a proportion ol' the 
 Company's opium. The principal 
 rivers are the Ganges, tlie Goonit>", 
 flie Caramnassa, and the Soane, the 
 two latter being boimdaiy rivers ; 
 and, on the vvliole, tlie countiy is 
 extremely Avell supplied with w ater. 
 The principal towns are Benares, 
 IVIirzapoor, Jioupoor, Chunar, and 
 Gazypoor. 
 
 In 1801, by the directions of the 
 Marquis Wellesley, then governor- 
 general, the board of revenue cir- 
 culated various questions to the col- 
 lectors of the dirterent districts on 
 statistical subjects. The result of 
 tlieir replies proved, tliat the Benares 
 province contained 3,000.0(X) of in- 
 jjabitants, in the proportion of one 
 Maliommedan to live Hindoos, and 
 that the zemindar's annual proflt on 
 his lands exceeded 10 per cent, on 
 the revenue derived from them by 
 the government. 
 
 The code of regulations for Ben- 
 gal has, with very little alteration, 
 been extended to Benares ; but, in 
 consideration of the high respect 
 paid by the Hindoo ii)habitants to 
 the character of their Brahmins, thiy 
 have received some special indulg- 
 cncies in the mode of proceeding 
 against them on criminal charges ; 
 anil it has further been provided iu 
 their favour, tliat. in all cases, where, 
 by law, a Brahmin would be ad- 
 judged to sufler death, the sentence 
 ijhall he changed to transportation, 
 or mitigated at the discretion of go- 
 vernment. 
 
 At the same time some evil prac- 
 tices of the Brahmins were sup- 
 pressed ; one of which was, the hold- 
 ing out the threat of obtaining spi- 
 ritual vengeance on tlicir adversa- 
 ries by suicide, or tlie exposure of 
 the life, or tlie actual sacrifice of one 
 of their own children or near rela- 
 tions. It was ordered, tliat occur- 
 rences of this nature should not, in 
 future, be exempt from the cogni- 
 2;aiicc of the magistrate, and the 
 
 usual course of criminal law. Ano- 
 ther tribe of Hindoos, residing ia 
 the province, named Rajcoomars, 
 were accustomed to destroy their 
 female infants, in consequence of 
 the difficulty experienced in suitably 
 marrjing them. P'rom this practice 
 tliey were prevailed on to desist by 
 the resident, Mr. Duncan ; and au 
 observance of it now subjects the 
 oflendcr to the ordinary punishment 
 of minder. 
 
 Musuram, the grandfather of Cheit 
 Singh, possessed originally but half 
 the village of Gungapoor, by addi- 
 tions to which, in the usual modes 
 of Hindostan, he laid the founda- 
 tion of the zemindarj' of Benares. 
 lie died iu 1740, and was succeeded 
 by his son, Bulwant Singh, who, in 
 30 years of his own management, 
 increased his acquisitions to the pre- 
 sent size of the province. Cheit 
 Singh received tlie zcmindary in 
 1770, and was expelled in 1781, 
 during the government of Mr. 
 Hastings. (Tennant, J. Grant, Cule- 
 broohe, uth Report, ^c.) 
 
 Br.NARES. — A celebrated city in 
 the province of Allahabad, the ca- 
 pital of the Benares districts. Lat. 
 25°. 30'. N. Long. 83°. E. The 
 Sanscrit name is Varanaslii, from 
 Vaia and Nashi, two rivers. 
 
 The Ganges here forms a fine 
 sweep of about four miles in IcMgtli ; » 
 
 on the external side of the curve, * 
 which is the most elevated, is situ- 
 ated the hoi)' city of Benares. 
 It is covered with buildings to the 
 water's edge, and the opposite bein^ 
 level, the whole may be viewed at 
 once. Gliauts, or landing-places, 
 built of large stones, are verj' fre- 
 quent, and arc 30 feet high before 
 they reach the level of the street, 
 the erection of them being frequently 
 excecuted by Hindoos as an act of 
 piety. 
 
 The streets are so extremely nar- 
 row, that it is difficult to penetrate 
 them, even on horseback. The 
 hcKises are built of stone, some six; 
 stories high, close to each other, 
 with tciTaces on the summit, and 
 
114 
 
 BEVARES: 
 
 extremely small windmvs, <o kcrp 
 tlicm cool, and prevent inspect ion. 
 The opposite sides of the streets, in 
 some places, approach ;;o ne;ir io 
 ouch other, as to i)e united by {gal- 
 leries. The number of stone and 
 lirick houses, from one to six stories 
 hii!,!), is upwrnds of 12,000. The 
 nnid houses, Rhove 16.000; and, in 
 1803, the permanent inhabitants, by 
 enumeration, exceeded 582,000. — 
 This is exclusive of the attendants 
 of the three Mogul jirinces, and se- 
 veral other foreigners, mIio may 
 anioiuil to 3000; and, dnnij<j the 
 festivals, the concoijise is beyond all 
 cakulation. The jNIahommedans are 
 not suppofsed to be wore thaa one 
 in ten. 
 
 The mosffue, vitli its minars, was 
 built by Anrenp;zcbe, to mortify the 
 Hindoos. Not only is it placed on 
 the highest point of land, and most 
 conspicuous, from being; close to the 
 ri\er ; but the foundations are laid 
 on a sacred spot, A\hcre a Hindoo 
 temple before stood, m hich was de- 
 stioycd to make room for it. From 
 the top of tiie minars there is an ex- 
 tensive view of the tmvn and adja- 
 cent country, and of the numeruns 
 Hindoo temples scattered over the 
 city and the sunoundiiig- jdains. 
 
 'i'he liouscs of the Knglisli at Se- 
 cr()le are handsome, althougii they 
 look naked from the want of trees ; 
 bnt this is absolutely necessary in 
 India, on account of the harbour 
 they all'ord to inus(|uetoes. 
 
 'J'he Hajah of Eenares resides at 
 Famnagur, on the op}!Osite side of 
 tlie river, about live miles froin Be- 
 ijares. In this city there arc 8000 
 houses occupied by Brahmins, Avho 
 receive charitable contributions, al- 
 though each has projcrty of his own, 
 
 'j'here arc but lew Enropeans 
 here; a jadge, collector, and re- 
 gister, with a few other civil ser- 
 vants, constitute the Avhole of the 
 Company's establishment ; to a^ hich 
 iitay be added, a few pri\ ate mer- 
 chants and planters. Amidst such a 
 crowd of natives, and in sy sacred 
 A town, it may be supposed the 
 
 mendicants are very niim<?rons; mi* 
 ny of the natives, however, possess 
 large fortunes, and are actively en- 
 gaged in trade as merchants or 
 bankers. Eetiares is the great mart 
 for diamonds and other gems, brought 
 principally from the Bundelcund 
 country. The land in and about 
 Eenares is extremely high priced, 
 and law-suits respecting it unceas- 
 ing, 
 
 Eeading and writing are tauglit 
 here at tlie same time, 'the boys 
 are collected on a smooth flat of 
 sand ; and, with the finger, or a small 
 reed, form the letters in tlie sand, 
 which they learn to pronouiice at 
 the same time. '\\ hen the space 
 bpfbrc each scholar is filled up with 
 writing it is eflkced, and prepared 
 for a new lesson. 
 
 I'his city has long been celebrated 
 as tlie ancient seat of ]?rahminica| 
 learning, and it >s so holy, that se- 
 veral foreign Hindoo Rajahs havo 
 vakeels, or delegates, residing here, 
 who jjcrform for them the re(|uisitc 
 sacrifices and ablutions. Its ancient 
 name was Casi (tl)c splendid), whiel? 
 it siiil retains, but there are not any 
 notices concerning it in the Avorks of 
 the ancient geograph.ers, all'aough 
 they specify Maihura(Metl!ora) and 
 Clisol)ara,AAhich lay near the Jumna. 
 
 In the year 1017, Sultan Mah- 
 mood of Ghizni took Benares, and 
 the town of C'risinn or Casuma, now 
 Patna, and Avcnt as far as the coun- 
 try of Ougauam, or Unja, to (ho 
 AA( st of the Cossimbazar Bker. 'i'hc 
 next year be overrun these countries 
 again, and penetrated as far as Kis- 
 raji, or Cacii'ha R;i,ia, or Cooch Ba- 
 har. From that time the Hindoos, 
 in tliis pait of India, remained for a, 
 long time xinniolested by the Ala- 
 hnmnndnns, as it does not appear 
 tliey made any permanent conquests 
 in this province before the end of the 
 12th century, or about 1190. 
 
 On the 14th Jan. 1799, Mr. Cherry, 
 the resident, and three otiicr Engli>h 
 genticmeu, Avere treacherously mur- 
 d(!red here by "S'izier Ali, the depos- 
 ed jSabob of Oude, and spurious 
 
EENEER. 
 
 115 
 
 son of the late AsojjJi nd Dowlah. 
 Mr. Davis, the .jufl2;c of the city, 
 defended himseU" ami fiiniily v.itli a 
 short spear, at tiie top of a iiai row 
 winding" stair-case, on tlic thtl roof 
 of the house, until assistance ar- 
 rived. 
 
 The Benares division of the court 
 of circuit comprehends the follow- 
 ing districts, \\z. 1. Mirzapoor; 2. 
 Allahabad ; 3. Bundelcund ; 4. Ju- 
 anpoor; 5. Gonickpoor; G. City of 
 Benares. 
 
 The travelling distance from Be- 
 nares to Calcutta by Birbhoom is 
 4G0 miles, by Moorshcdabad 5G5, 
 from Allaliabad S3, Buxar 70, Ba- 
 rcily 345, Caipy 239, Kanoge 259 
 miles. ( Lord Valentin, Tejinant,3d 
 Register, Wilford, Renne/, 5th Re- 
 port, 6,-c.) ' 
 
 EencoolTvN, (Bencauhi, or J^ort 
 Marlborough). — The chief establish- 
 ment possessed by the East India 
 Company, situated on the S. W. 
 side of the Island of Sumatra. Lat. 
 3°. 50'. S'. Long. 102°. 3'. E. 
 
 By agreement \\\{\\ the neighbour- 
 ing chiefs the lands for tliis settle- 
 ment were taken ])osse>siou of so 
 far back as 1685, but iiiany years 
 past before it attained a stable form, 
 owing to the opfiosition of the Dntch, 
 and other cireuinstanccs. ISo early 
 as 1698, this settienieut had already 
 cost the J'/ASt India Company 
 200,0001. and m as at tlie same lime 
 so unhealthy, that, in the year 1705, 
 the governor, three civil servants, 
 and 41 sla\es, died. Ihe founda- 
 tions of 1 ort MarliiOiougii were laid 
 in 1714; but, in 1719, the settlers 
 were expeiied by ihe natives, who, 
 glowing alarmed lest the Dutch 
 should take advantage of the ab- 
 sence of the English, soon after per- 
 mitted them to resettle, and com- 
 plete the foit. 
 
 From this time the Company's af- 
 fairs on tliis coast rentained in a 
 slate of ti-anquillity until 17G0, when 
 t])e French, under Compte d'Es- 
 taigu, destroyed all the English set- 
 tlements on the coast of Sumatra; 
 but tliey were so«u re-established, 
 
 1 2 
 
 and possession secured by the treaty 
 of Paris in 1763. Fort Marlborough, 
 which had hitherto been a subordi- 
 nate of Fort George, or Madras, 
 was then foimed into an independ- 
 ent presidency. 
 
 The expenses of the government 
 of Bencoolen having increased very 
 much, exceeding the revenue 90,0001. 
 per annum, and the settlement hav- 
 ing become of little importance as a 
 commercial establishment, sincepep- 
 per, the only produce of the adja- 
 cent country, could be more advan- 
 tageously suijplied from Prince of 
 V> ales Island and Malabar, it was 
 not judged expedient to keep up the 
 establishment as a principal govern- 
 ment. In Aug. 1801, accordingly, 
 the directors ordered it to be reduc- 
 ed to a residency, under the manage- 
 ment of a resident and lour assist- 
 ants, subject to the innnediate di- 
 rection of tiie government of Bengal. 
 The ci\il servants, rendered super 
 numeraries by this anangcment, 
 were transferred to Madras. 
 
 There is now only one solitary 
 cargo of jiepper of the value of 
 15,0001. sent annually from Ben- 
 coolen, which is all its commerce 
 with England. In 1810 the woollon 
 goods exported by the East India 
 Company to Bencoolen, were valued 
 only at427GI. 
 
 in IslO, the Company's property 
 at this place in buildings and forti- 
 tications was 
 
 Valued at - - - - £243,640 
 Plate, turniture, planta- 
 tions, hums, vessels, 
 and stores - - - 74,544 
 
 £318,184 
 
 Provisions and refreshments of all 
 sorts arc scarce and expensive at 
 Bencoolen, and the trade insignili- 
 cant. 'I'lie principal imports are 
 opium, piece goods, and griiin; and 
 the elsief exports pepper, and other 
 sj)ices, and bullion. (Marsden, Mac- 
 p/ierso)!, IJrure, ^a'c.) 
 
 Benecr, ( liarJier). — A small dis- 
 trict in the province of Cabul, ejc^ 
 
116 
 
 BENGAL. 
 
 tending alons^ the west side of tlie 
 Indus, and silnatcd about the 34th 
 degree of nortli latitude, rioni the 
 geographical position it appears to 
 be tiie district doscrihed by Abul 
 Jsazel under the name of Beinbher, 
 viz. 
 
 " TJic length of Bembher is 10, 
 and the breadth 12 coss. On the 
 east lies Puckcly, on the north Ki- 
 nore and Casligur, on the south At- 
 tock Benares, and Seivard is the 
 western extremity, 'i'here are two 
 roads horn it to liindostan ; one by 
 the heights of Surkhaby, and the 
 other by the iMoIundery IJills. Nei- 
 ther of these roads are good, but tJic 
 first is most diflieult to pass." 
 
 In modern times Bcneer has been 
 estimated at 40 miles in length, and 
 nearly the same in breadth ; but, 
 like the other regions of this part of 
 Asia, its extent is not accurately 
 known. ( Ahul Fazcl, Lcyden, Sfc) 
 
 BENGAL, (Banga/a). 
 
 A large province in liindostan, 
 .situated between the 21st and •27th 
 degree of north latitude. To the 
 north it is bounded by the dominions 
 of Ncpaul and Bootan ; to the south 
 by the Bay of Bengal ; on the east 
 it has Assam and the Ava territories; 
 and on the west the province of Ba- 
 har. In length (including INlidna^ 
 poor) it may be estiniuted at .350 
 miles, by ."JOO miles the axcrage 
 bread(h. By Abul I'azel, in 1582, 
 it is described as follows : 
 
 " 'i'he soubah of Bengal is situat- 
 ed in the second climate. From 
 Chittagong to Kurliee is 400 coss 
 clifiercnce of longitude, and tiom the 
 northern range of tnouiitains to the 
 southern extremity of Sircar IMada- 
 ruii (Biilihoom) comprehends 200 
 coss of latitude. When Orissii was 
 added to Bengal, the additional 
 length was com])uted to be 43 coss, 
 and the breadth 20 coss. Bengal 
 was originally called Bung. Ilie 
 soubah of Bengal consists of 24 sir- 
 cars, and 787 mahals. The revenue 
 
 is 1,49,61,482 sicca rupees, and ilre 
 zemindars (who are mostly koits) 
 fnrnish 23,330 cavalry, 801,158 in- 
 fantry, 170 elephants, 4260 cannon, 
 and 4400 boats." 
 
 When Abal Fazel compiled the 
 Institutes of Aeber, the govermnent 
 of Bengal extended to (Uittack, and 
 along the Mahanuddy Biver, Orissa 
 not being then formed into a distiiut 
 soubah, whieh ap)>e«rs from the ar- 
 rangement of the 24 sircars, viz. 
 
 " 1. Ondumldicr, or Tandeii ; 2. 
 Jcnnetabad; 3. Futtehabad;4. iMah- 
 moodabad ; 5. Khalifelabad ; 6. Bo- 
 kla; 7. Purneah ; 8. Taujepoor; 9. 
 Ghoraghaut ; 10. Pinjerah ; 1 1. Bar- 
 buckabad; 12. Bazooha; 13. Soo- 
 nargoiig ; 14. Silhet ; 15. Chatgong ; 
 16. Shereetiibad ; 17. Solimabail ; 18. 
 Siitgoiig ; 19. Madamn ; 20. Jellasir ; 
 21. Buddruek; 22. Cuttck ; 2;3. Kul- 
 langdunp'aut; 24. Biije Mahindra. 
 The five last are in Orissa." 
 
 The natural situation of Bengalis 
 singularly happy with respect to se- 
 curity from tlie attack of foreign 
 enemies. Along the whole northern 
 frontier from Assam westwards, there 
 runs a belt of low land from 10 to 
 20 miles in breadth, covered with the 
 most exuberant vegetation, particu- 
 larly of a rank weed, named in Ben- 
 gal the augeah grass, which grows 
 to the height of 30 feet, and is as 
 thick as the wrist, and mixed with 
 these are tall forest trees. Beyond 
 this belt rise the mountains of North- 
 ern Hiudostan, containing a thinly- 
 siattered »nd unwarlikc population. 
 On the south of Bengal is a sea 
 coast guarded by shaliows and im- 
 penetrable woods, ^\ilu only one 
 port, and that of extremely difficult 
 access. It is on the west only that 
 any enemy is to be apprehended, 
 anil there the natural iiontier is 
 strong, and the adjaecnt countries 
 sterile and thinly peo|;kd. The Gan- 
 ges inter.sects Bengal in a soutii- 
 easterly direction, and separates it 
 into two teiritorial di^is!ons nearly 
 e<pial in extent; in case of invasion 
 the tract to the east of that river 
 woiUcl be exempt from the lavascs 
 
BENGAL. 117 
 
 of war, and present an asylum to was anciently called B^nr, whence, 
 tlic inhabitants, esiiceially against probably, the name Bengal M'as de- 
 armies of cavalry. The north-west rived; the upper parts of Bengal, 
 is tlie mf)st assailable quarter, but which arc not lial»le to inundation, 
 possesses many strong points of de- were called Barendra. 
 fence. Rice, which is luxuriant in the 
 
 The area of Bengal and Bahar is tract of inundation, thrives in all the 
 
 1 4y,217 square miles, and with Be- southern districts ; but, in the ascent 
 
 iiares not less than 162,000 square of the Ganges, it is observed gra- 
 
 milcs. The following pruportiiins of dually to yield the first place in hus- 
 
 this surface are giounded on many bandry to wheat and iiarley. 
 
 surveys after making allowance for The nuili)eiTy, ai climated in the 
 
 large nvers. middle provinces of Bengal, shews 
 
 Parts, a better defined limit when it meets 
 
 Bivers and lakes (one-eighth) - 3 the culture of the poppy, which is 
 
 Deemed irreclaimable and bar- peculiar to the northern and western 
 
 ren (one-sixtii) ----- 4 provinces. 
 
 Site of towns and villages, high- In the opinion of the Hindoos, the 
 
 ways, ponds, &c. (one-twenty- resort of tlie antelope sanctifies the 
 
 fomth) ---_.-_i couiitry graced by his presence, an 
 
 Free lands (tluee-eighths) - - 3 opinion more connected with phy- 
 
 Liable for revenue. sical observation, than with popular 
 
 In tillage (three-eights) - - - 9 prejudice. The wide and open range 
 
 Waste (a sixth) ----- 4 iu which the antelojie delights, is 
 
 — equally denied by the forests of the 
 24 mountains, and by the inundation 
 
 — of the fens. 
 
 Prior to the cessions made by the The periodical winds that prevail 
 
 Nabob of Oudo in 1801, the regions in the Bay of Bengal, extend their 
 
 immediately governed by the jire- influence over the flat country until 
 
 sidcncy of Calcutta comprehended they are diverted by chains of moun- 
 
 the whole soubahs of Bengal and tains into another direction, nearly 
 
 Bahar, a part of the adjoining sou- correspondent, however, with tiie 
 
 balls of Orissa, Allahabad, and Be- courseof the Ganges. Northeriy and 
 
 rar, and some tracts of country which southerly winds blow alternately", 
 
 had maintained their indcp(;ndencc during unequal portions of the year, 
 
 t'ven in the most flourishing period over that portion of the province 
 
 of the Mogul empire. The latter whicli faces the head of the bav. 
 
 consisting of part of the Mornng, The northerly wi d prevails diuiiig 
 
 Cooch Bahar, and other districts, the cold season, a southerly one diir- 
 
 which have become tributary since ing the hot; but the period of their 
 
 the English acquired their present change seems earlier on the eastern 
 
 influence in Bengal. side of the Delta than on the west : 
 
 The first aspect of this province corresponding herein with a similar 
 
 suggests for it the designation of a dill'ercnC' in the periodical winds 011 
 
 flat campaign country. The elevated the respective shores of the bay. The 
 
 tracts it contains are only an exccp- seasons of Bengal conform nearly 
 
 tion to the general uiiiformity, and with these changes of the prcvailini'- 
 
 the inundation which annually takes winds. They are commonly di,<tin- 
 
 place in the regions watered by the guished by the terms cold, hot, and 
 
 Ganges, seems the consequence of a rainy. 
 
 general descent, and does not any In the beginning of April, and 
 
 further invalidate the notion of a ge- sometimc^s earlier, particulaily in the 
 
 ueral level. sonth-easternqnarter of l!enga!, there 
 
 The tract of annual imuidaliou arc frequent storms of thunder, ligiU- 
 
118 
 
 BENGAL.- 
 
 nina:, wind, and rain, from ilie iiorllx- 
 ■\vcst quarter, which happen more 
 frequently towards the close of the 
 day than at any other time. During 
 tliis season nuuh attention and care 
 is required in Jia\ie,aling the large 
 rivers. These squalls moderate llie 
 heat, and continue rmtil the setting 
 in of the jjeriodical rains, which ge- 
 nerally couimence the beginning of 
 Jinic. If the rains break up early iu 
 September, the weather is intensely 
 hot, and the inhaliitants.especially tlie 
 Emopean part, become very sickly. 
 
 The natives, from the result of 
 their own experience, assign six sea- 
 sons to the year, each containing two 
 months. The spring and dry season 
 occupy four months, durisig which 
 the heat progressively increases, un- 
 til it becomes almost intolerable, 
 even to those born in the country. 
 In the middle distnctsit is lessened 
 by the occasional thunder storms, 
 named north-westers ; and, in the 
 eastern, mihler showers of rain are 
 still more ticquent, and retresii the 
 atmosphere. 
 
 The scorched inhabitants are, at 
 length, relieved b^ the rainy season, 
 "which, ii: general, commences nearly 
 at the same time throughout the 
 whole province. During the first 
 two months the rain is heavy and 
 continual. In this period an interval 
 of many successive days is rare, and 
 the rain poiu's with such force and 
 perseverance, that three, four, and 
 even five inches of water have fallen 
 in a single day. In the two subse- 
 quent montlis tlie intervals are more 
 frequent, and of longer duration, and 
 the weather more sultry. The rivers, 
 and especially the Ganges, which 
 begins to rise even before the com- 
 menceinei.t of the rainy season, con- 
 tinue to incrciisc during the two first 
 months oi'it, and Ihe (Janges reaches 
 its greatest height in the third. l\y 
 this time the ri\crs of liengal are 
 .swollen, and the Delta of the Uanges 
 overflowed. The average annnal fall 
 of rain in the lower parts ol' Ikntgal 
 is seldom .shorf of 7U, and as rarely 
 exceeds §0 inches. 
 
 At the approach of winter tlie 
 rivers begin to decrease, the showers 
 cease to fall, and the inundation 
 gradually diains off and evaporates. 
 logs, the natural consequence of 
 siich evaporation in cold weather, 
 arc frequent in most parts of Bengal 
 Proper. Dew, at this season, is 
 every where abundant and penetrat- 
 ing ; and, in the higher latitudes of 
 India, as well as in the mountainous 
 tracts of it, frost and extreme cold 
 are experienced. Even in the flat 
 country ice is obtained by the sim- 
 ple artifice of assisting evaporation 
 in porous vessels, although the at- 
 mosphere be much warmer than the 
 free zing temperature. I'hroughout 
 the whole winter, in Bengal, dews 
 continue copious, and gr^atiy assist 
 vegetation, afibrding nearly as much 
 moisture as corn requires in a soil 
 so loose. 
 
 The general soil of Bengal is clajj, 
 with a consideralde proportion of si- 
 licious sand, fertilized by various 
 sal'.s, and by decayed substances, 
 animal and vegetable. In the flat 
 country sand is every where the 
 basis of this stratum of productive 
 earth, which indicates an accession 
 of soil on land which has been gain- 
 ed by the dereliction of the water. 
 A period of 30 years scarcely covers 
 the barren sand with soil suflicient 
 to lit it for rewarding the labours of 
 the husbandman, the lapse of half a 
 century does not remove it half a, 
 span from the surface. In tracts 
 which are annually in>indatcd, the 
 progress is more rapid, because the 
 snp( rincumbent water, having dis- 
 solved clay, deposits it in the pro- 
 gress of evaporation. Running wa- 
 ter deiHisits sand, and keeps the 
 (•lay, calcareous matter, and other 
 ferliiizing substances, susprnded. If 
 the variable |>roi)ortions of clay and 
 sand, and t!ic « ircnnislancc of frc- 
 qn<'nt alterations in the cliannelsof 
 rivers, be considered, gn at inequa- 
 lity of soil may be expe( ted, though 
 it be composed of few substances. 
 
 In the tract subject to annual in- 
 undation, insulated habitations, and 
 
BENGAL. 
 
 119 
 
 fields considerably raised above the 
 level of the romitry, exliibit the ef- 
 fects of j)nliei)t indu.-stiv. In the 
 sauiefrart, during the scusdn of rain, 
 a scene presents itself, inleresling* 
 by its novelty ; a navigation over 
 tields submerged to a (-onsiderable 
 ileptli, A\in!c the ears of lire float on 
 tlic surface. .Stupendous dikes, not 
 altog-ether pieveuUnf!: inundalion, 
 but eheclxing its excesses. 'l"he pea- 
 t;ants repairing to the markets, and 
 even to the fields, on einI>arkalions, 
 accompanied by tiieir faniihes and 
 domestic animals, from an appre- 
 hension that the water might rise 
 .suddenly, and drown their childrcMi 
 juid eattie, in the absence of tlieir 
 boats. AV lieu the peasant's habita- 
 tion is passed, and the; height oli- 
 served of the flood, nearly to the 
 level of the artificial mound on which 
 bis dwelling stands, his ]>recautiou 
 does not apjjear supeifluous. 
 
 The assemblage of peasants in 
 their villages, their small farms, and 
 the w ant of enclosures, bar all great 
 improvements in husbandry; in a 
 country, however, so infested by 
 tigers and gang robbers (dacoits) 
 or river pirates, solitary dweUings, 
 and unattended eattie, would be in- 
 secure. 7\noihcr obstacle to im- 
 provement is the mixture of trades ; 
 the peasants indifl'e.rently quitting 
 the plough to use the loom, and the 
 loom to resume the plough. 
 
 In Bengal and Eahar only one- 
 4hird of the land is estimated to be 
 tilled, but this is exclusive of lays 
 or fallows. In England there are 
 ibur acres of arable and meadow 
 land for every inhahitant ; in EcngaJ 
 little more than one acre of lilied 
 ground for e\cry inhabitant. The 
 natural seasons ol' rice are ascc^r- 
 tainod from tiie prepress of the wild 
 plant. It sows itself in the first 
 .month of the >\ inter, and vegetates 
 with t'iie early moisture at the ap- 
 proach of the rains. During the 
 period of the rains it ripens, aud 
 drops its scod with the eouimeuee- 
 >Bient of winter. 
 . I'lie common husbandry sow s the 
 
 rice at the season when it should na- 
 turally vegetate, to gather a crop in 
 the rains; it also withhohis seed un- 
 til the second month of thnt seastm, 
 and reajjs the hardest in the begin- 
 ning of V. inter. 'J'he rice of this last 
 crop is esteemed tlie best, not heing 
 equally liable « ith the other to decay. 
 The several seasons of cultivation, 
 added to the influence of soil and 
 ehuiate,havc multiplied the diirei ent 
 species of rice to an endless di\ e; ity. 
 
 Otiier corn is more liiniled in its 
 varieties and in its seasons. Of 
 wheat and barley few sorts are dis- 
 tinguished ; they are all sown at the 
 commencement of the cold season, 
 and rea])ed in the spring. A gicat 
 variety of different sorts of pulse, 
 (such as pease, chiches, pigeon pease, 
 kidtn y beans, ^.<•.j finds its place also 
 in the occunati<ins of husbandry, no 
 season being without its appropriate 
 species; but must sorts are sown or 
 reaped in winter. These constitute 
 a vahiable article in tlie Bengal hus- 
 bandi-j , because they thrive e\ en on 
 poor soils, and require but little cul- 
 ture. Millet and other small grains 
 are also of importance ; se\ ei al sorts, 
 restricted to no particular season, 
 and vegetating rapidly, are useful, 
 because they occupy an interval after 
 a tedious harvest, which does not 
 permit the usual course of hu;^baiulry. 
 Maize is less culti\ated in ]]e;igal 
 than in most countries where it is 
 acclimated. It is the most general 
 j>roduce of poor soils in hill\ e<jun- 
 tiics, and is, eon>e(iuentiy, \ery ge- 
 nerally cultivi'.ted in the more wesl- 
 ein provinces, which are of an irre- 
 gular surface. 
 
 'i lie universal an<l vast coneuinp- 
 tion tjf vegetable oiis in Bengal is 
 sujiplied by the extensive cultivation 
 oi' mustard seed, linseed, scsauiuu, 
 and palma ehristi, besides what is 
 procured from the cocoa ntit. 'Jhe 
 lirst occupy the cold season; the se- 
 samuni ripens in the rains, or early 
 after tiicii close. 
 
 Among the most important of the 
 prodjict.ous of IjCugal arc, tobacco, 
 sugai', indigo, cotton, the mulberry, 
 
120 
 
 BENGAL. 
 
 and poppy-rinost of which require 
 land solely appropriated to the cul- 
 tivation of each. 
 
 The plough in this province is 
 drawn by a single yoke of oxen, 
 guided by the ploughman himself. 
 Two or three yoke of oxen, assigned 
 to each, relieve each other until the 
 daily task is completed. Several 
 ploughs, in succession, deepen the 
 furrows, or rather scratch the sur- 
 face ; for the implement which is used 
 throughout India wants a contrivance 
 for turiiing the earth, and the share 
 has neither width nor depth to stjr a 
 new soil. A second ploughing crosses 
 the first, and a third is sometirnes 
 given diagonally to the preceding. 
 These, frequently repeated, and fol- 
 lowed bv the branch of a tree, or 
 some other substitute for the harrow, 
 pulverize the soil, and prepare it for 
 the reception of seed. The field 
 must be watched several days, to de- 
 fend it from the depredations of nu- 
 merous flocks of birds. It is neces- 
 sary, also, to prolong the defence of 
 the field in those districts, which are 
 much infested by wild boars, ele- 
 phants, buffaloes, and deer. For 
 this purpose a bamboo stage is erect- 
 ed, and a watchman stationed on it 
 to scare wild animals, should any ap- 
 proach. In all districts, maize and 
 some sorts of millet, when nearly 
 ani\ed at rnaturitj, generally need 
 defence from the depredations of 
 birds by day, and of larger bats by 
 night, 
 
 Tlie sickle, for the scythe is un- 
 known, reaps every harvest. With 
 this the peasant picks out the ripest 
 plants, yet often suffers another field 
 to stand long after the greatest part 
 of the crop is arrived at maturify. 
 — The practice of stacking corn, in- 
 tended to be reserved for seed, is 
 \ery unusual, the husk which covers 
 rice preserves it so effectually. At 
 the peasant's convenience, the cattle 
 tread out the corn,or his staff tlu-eshes 
 out the smaller seeds. The grain is 
 ^vimiowed in the wind, and is stored 
 either in jars of unbaked earth, or in 
 baskets made of large twigs. 
 
 The practice of storing grain in 
 subterraneous hoards, which is fre- 
 quent in Benares and the western 
 provinces, and also in the south of 
 India, is not adapted to the damp 
 climate and moist soil of Bengal, 
 where grain is hoarded above giound, 
 in round huts, the floor of whifh is 
 raised a foot or two from the surface. 
 
 In the management of forced rice, 
 by irrigation, dams retain tlie water 
 on extensive plains, or preserve it in 
 lakes to water lower lands, as occa- 
 sion may require. Reservoirs, ponds, 
 water courses, and dikes, arc more 
 generally in a progress of decay than 
 of improvement. The rotation of 
 crops, which engrosses so much the 
 attention of enlightened cultivators 
 in Europe, is not understood in India. 
 
 A course of husbandry, extending 
 beyond a year, Mas never dreamed 
 of by a Bengal farmer. In the suc- 
 cessipn of crops within the year, he 
 js guided by no choice of an article 
 adapted to restore the fertility of 
 land impoverished by a former crop. 
 The In(kan cultivator allows his land 
 a lay, but nevpr a fallow. T|io cattle 
 kept for labour and subsistence are 
 mostly pastured on small commons, 
 or other pasturage, intermixed with 
 arable lands, or they are fed at home 
 on cut grass. The cattle for breed- 
 ing and for the dairy are grazed in 
 numerous herds in the forests or on 
 the downs. The dung, in place of 
 being applied to the fields, is care- 
 fully collected for fuel. The Bengal 
 farmer restricts the use of manure 
 to sugar cane, mulberry, tobacco, 
 poppy, and some other articles. Few 
 lands unassisted are sufficiently fer- 
 tile to afford these articles. Of the 
 management of manure little occurs 
 worthy of particular notice, except, 
 to menlion, that oil cake is occasionr 
 ally used as a manure for sugar cane. 
 
 The simple tools which the native 
 cmi)loys in every art, are so coarse, 
 and apparently so inadequate to their 
 purpose, that it creates surprise how 
 he can effect his inidertaking; but 
 the long continuance of feeble efforts 
 accomplishes what, compared \>'itl^ 
 
BENGAL. 
 
 121 
 
 the means, appears impraciiraLle. — 
 The plough is amon-^ the inslnunents 
 that stand most in need of improvc- 
 jncnt. The readiness A\ith which 
 the Indian can turn from liis nsiuil 
 occupation to another braiidi of the 
 same act, or to a new profession, is 
 characteristic of liis coiuitry, and the 
 success of his earliest efl\)rls, in an 
 employment new to him, is daily re- 
 marked with surprise. 
 
 Tlie want of capital in manufac- 
 tures and a!;ricnUure prevents the 
 subdivision of labour. Every niaun- 
 facturer and every artist working, 
 on his own account, conducts the 
 whole process of his art from the 
 formation of his tools to the sale of 
 his production. Every labourer and 
 artisan? who has freipiently occasion 
 to recur to the lahours of the field, 
 becomes a husbandman. 
 
 In Bengal, where the revenue of 
 the state has had tlie form of land 
 rent, the management of the public 
 finances has a more immediate influ- 
 ence on agriculture, than any other 
 bran'^h of the administration. It 
 may be presumed, however, the lands 
 in Bengal are better cultivated and 
 rendered more productive, as not- 
 withstanding the increased export of 
 grain, (from ;30 to 45,000 tons annu- 
 ally), and the large tracts of country 
 required for tlie growth of sugar, in- 
 digo, and other articles exported by 
 sea, the price of rice, and every other 
 kind of food used by the natives, so 
 far from being enhanced, was consi- 
 derably lower on the average of the 
 10 years, from 1790 to ISOO, than 
 during any preceding period since 
 the acquisition of the province ; nor 
 has Bengal suflercd a famine of any 
 severity since the year 1770, which 
 is more than can be said for any 
 other part of India. 
 
 The orchard in this province is 
 what chietly contributes to attach 
 the peasajit to his native soil. He 
 feels a superstitious veneration for 
 the trees planted by his ancestors, 
 and derives comfort anil i)rofit fi'om 
 their fruit. Orchards of mango trees 
 4iversity the pl^ia in every part of 
 
 Bengal; the palmira abounds in Ba- 
 har. 'J'he cocoa nut thrives in Ihose 
 parts of Bengal whicli are not re 
 mote from the tropic. The dale tree 
 grows every where, but especially in 
 Bahar. Plantations of areca are 
 common in the cenliical parts of 
 Bengal. The bassia thiives even on 
 the poorest soils, and abounds in Ilni 
 hilly districts. Its inflated enrols 
 arc esculent and nutritions, and 
 yield, by distillation, an intoxicating 
 spirit. The oil expressed from its 
 seeds is, in mountainous districts, 
 a common substitute for butter. — 
 Clumps of bamboos abound and flou- 
 rish as long as they are nottoo abrupt- 
 ly thimied. This plant is remarkal)le 
 tor the rapidity of its growth. Its 
 greatest height is completed in a 
 single year; and, during the second, 
 its wood acquires all the hardness 
 and elasticity which render ii ^o usc- 
 fid. They supply the peasant with 
 materials for building, and may also 
 yield him profit, as it is probable a 
 single acre of thriving bamboos i)ro- 
 duces more wood than ten of any 
 other tree. 
 
 Potatoes have been introduced 
 into Bengal, and apparently with tiie 
 most beneficial eil'ect. The quan- 
 tity procured by Europeans, at al- 
 most every season of the year, shews 
 they are not unsuited to the climate. 
 The small potatoe is little, if at all 
 inferior in quality to that of England ; 
 but the crop being less ai)undant. 
 this arti(!le in the market is gene- 
 rally dearer than rice. Tlie watery 
 insipidity of tropical plants is a cir- 
 cumstance universally noticed by 
 Europeans on their aiTival in the 
 East Indies. Asparagus,eanliflower, 
 and other esculent plants, are raised, 
 but they are, comparatively, tasto- 
 less. 
 
 A cultivator in Bengal, who em- 
 ploys servants, entertains one for 
 every plough, and pays him monthly 
 wages, which, in an average, do not 
 exceed one rupee permoirfh: in a 
 very cheap district the wages are so 
 low as half a rupee ; but the task on 
 the medium of one-third of an aero 
 
192 BENGAIv* 
 
 per day is coniplei^'d b* noon. The 
 t'&iile ai'c th<:^ii left <o <lie lierdsnian's 
 caie, and l!ic ploughman follows 
 other occupations during tlic renjaiii- 
 dcr of the day. Generally, he culti- 
 vates SQine land" on his own account, 
 •and this he couunoniy rents from his 
 employer Ibr a payment in kind. 
 , If the Iicrd be sufficicufiy nunve- 
 Xpiis to ocxupy one jjcrson, a servant 
 is entertained, and receives in iood, 
 money, and ciothijjg-, to the value of 
 ,oj)c rupee and a half per incuscm. 
 The plou2,li itself costs loss than a 
 ru}>cc. 'I'he callie eni]jloyed in hus- 
 bandry are of the smallest kind ; the 
 cost, on an avciage, being not moie 
 than fi\c rupet s each. The price of 
 labour may be com])uted from the 
 usual hire of a plough with its yoke 
 of oxen, which maybe stated on the 
 medium to be aljout 4d. per day. — 
 The (leaning of Ibe rice is exe- 
 cuted witii u wooden pestle and 
 mortar, the allowance for luisking it 
 being nearly uniform; the person 
 perfonning tins contracting to deli- 
 ver back live-eighths of the weight in 
 clean rice — the surpltjs, ^viti^ the 
 chailorbran, j)a5ing for the labour. 
 Five quarters uf rire per acre arc 
 reckoned a large produce, and a re- 
 turn of 15 for one on the seed. 
 
 As a middle course of husbandry, 
 two yearly harvests may be assumed 
 from each field ; one of \\ bite corn, 
 and another of pulse, oil seed, or 
 millet. Tlie price of com in Bengal 
 fluctuates much more than in Europe, 
 and has a considerable inlluence on 
 the %alue of most other articles, 
 though it camiot regiilate the price 
 of all. ^Yhcn the crops of corn haj>- 
 pen to be very al)i:nda!it, it is not 
 only cheap, but wants a ready mar- 
 ket; and, as the payment <jf Ihe rent 
 is regulalcd by the season of the har- 
 \.&st, tiic cultivator thereby sustjiins 
 considerable detriment. 
 
 I'hc proiits of cattle consist in tlie 
 increase ol' slock and the milk of but- 
 faloes, wliich are giazed at a very 
 small expense, not exceeding half a 
 rupee annually, and quarter a rujiee 
 ibr cows. Cattle constitute a consi- 
 
 derable portion of tlie peasant's 
 wealth, arid the profits of stock would 
 be much gieater, did the corisump- 
 tioii of animal food take ofl' barren 
 cows, and oxen which have passed 
 their prime. This is not sufficient to 
 render the stock of sheep an object 
 of general attention. Their wool 
 supplies the home consuni})<ibn of 
 blankets, but it is too coarse, and 
 produces too low a price, to afford a 
 large profit on this species. of stock. 
 
 The abundance of lisb alford a 
 supply almost attainable to every 
 class, and in the Ganges and its iji- 
 numerablc branches are many differ- 
 ent kinds. Their plenty at some sea- 
 sons is so great, that they become the 
 ordinary food of the poorest natives, 
 who are said to contract diseases 
 fiom too liberally indulging them- 
 selves. The smallest kind are all 
 Cipially acceptable in a euny, the 
 standing dish in every native family 
 throughout liindostan ; in fact, witii 
 a pilau, it nearly comprehends tlieir 
 whole art of cookery. The bickty, 
 c;r ( ockup, is an excellent iish, as ks 
 also the sable fish, which is uncom- 
 monly jich. But the best and higli- 
 est-lla\ oured fish, not only in Bengal, 
 but probably in the whole world, is 
 the mango fish, so named from its 
 appearing in the rivers during the 
 mango season. They arc atavourito 
 dish at every Eurojieau table, parti- 
 cularly during the two months when 
 they are in loe. Small mullet abound 
 in all the livers, and may be killed 
 w ith small shot, as they swim against 
 the stream, with their heads partly 
 out of the w ater. Oysters are pro- 
 cured from the coast of Chittagong:, 
 not as large, but fully as well ila- 
 A oured as those of Europe. Alliga- 
 tors and porpusses abound in all tho 
 Bengal ri\ers, when there arc also 
 fncredible quantities of .small turtle, 
 which are, however, of a Aery bad 
 quality, and only eaten by some in- 
 ferior casts of natives. 
 
 Tlie native Bengally horse, or tat- 
 too, is a thin, ill-shaped, and every 
 way contemptible aniiiial, and is ne- 
 ver used in a team, builucks bciuff 
 
BENGAL* 
 
 123 
 
 scTrrt/'tl for that purpose. Tlie Boii- 
 gajlv cart is iitarly as bad as their 
 pIdUirh. with ill made whiels and 
 axle trees, which never bcnui: oiled, 
 Diake a loud seroaking; noise ; nor eaa 
 the native driver be prcAailcd upon 
 to alter what was tlie eusloui of his 
 forelathcrs. 'I'he elephants, canicls, 
 and o\en, attached to the Company's 
 tioops, are kept in execliiMit condi- 
 tion. 'J'lie bufi'aloes are generally jet 
 black, with long semi-circular horns, 
 vhich, instead of standing erect, or 
 bending forward, are laid iiackwards 
 on the neck. When he attacks, he 
 pnts his snout between iiis forelegs, 
 which enables him to point his horns 
 forward. The Bengally sheep are 
 jiatnrally of a diniinutive breed, tliiu 
 and lank, and of a dark grey colonr; 
 but when lattcmed for the table, the 
 mutton eqn;ds thai of Europe. Some 
 liave foui horns, tv. o on each side of 
 the head. 
 
 Pariah dogs infest the sti'ccts of all 
 the towns in ilengal; and the ap- 
 proach of evening is announced in 
 the country^ by the howling of nume- 
 rous flocks of jackals, wliich then 
 quit their retreats in the jwngles. — 
 Apes and monkies swarm in all tiic 
 ivoods, and sometimes plunder i!ie 
 fruit sho[)s of a village. Eeiug a sa- 
 cred animal, the nati\es often volun- 
 tarily supply their Mants, and sel- 
 dom injure them, 'i'he brahminy, 
 or sacred bull of the Hindoos, also 
 rambles about the villages with- 
 out intciTUption ; he is cares.sed and 
 pampered by the people, to fce<l him 
 being deemed a meritorions act of 
 religion. The crow, kite, mayana, 
 and sparrow, hop altout the dwell- 
 ings of the Jjeiigalcse with a fami- 
 liarity and sense of safety unknown 
 in Europe. Storks are r^eeii in great 
 numbers; and, ironi their military 
 stmt, arc named adjutants by the 
 J'AUopean .soldiers. 'i\)ad.s, snaki'N, li- 
 zards, and insects, which also uboiuid, 
 are theii' food. 
 
 The staple i)rodnctions of Bengal 
 for exportatiuii are, sugar, tobacco, 
 iiilk, cotton, indigo, and opium. 
 
 /i'obacco it is probable wiis un- 
 
 known to India as ■well as to En- 
 rope, before the discovery of Ame- 
 rica, It appears from a proclama- 
 tion of the JEmperor J(!hangire, men- 
 tioned by that prince in his o\\ )i me- 
 moirs, that it was introduced by 
 Europeans into India, either hi his 
 own reign (the beginning of the 17th 
 century), or during that of his father 
 Aeber. The Hindoos have names 
 for the plant in their own language; 
 but, these names not exceptijig the 
 Sanscrit^ seem to be corrupted from 
 the European denomination of the 
 plant, and are not to be found in old 
 compositions. The practice, how- 
 ever, of inihaiing the smoke of hemp 
 leaves, and other iuloxieating diugs, 
 is ancient ; and for this reason the 
 use of tobacco, when once intro- 
 duced, soon bt^came general through- 
 out India, 'i'he plant is now culti- 
 vated in every part of Ilindosfan. 
 It requires as good soil as opium, 
 and the land nmst be well manured. 
 Though it be not absoluieiy limited 
 to the same districts, its culture pre- 
 vails mostly in the nortiiern quailer, 
 and is but thiidy scattered in the 
 southern. Including every charge 
 for duties ajid agency, it maybe pro- 
 cured in Calcutta at about eight shil- 
 lings per maund of 80 pounds. 
 
 'llie sugar cane, the name ofv-'hieti 
 was scarcely known to tlie ancient 
 inhabitants of Europe, grew bixuri- 
 antly thioughout Bengal in the re- 
 motest limes. From India it was 
 ir»troduced into Arabia, and t"ro!<\ 
 thence into Europe and Africa. From 
 Benares to Rungpoor, and from tlie 
 borders of Assam to Cuttack. there 
 is scarcely a district in Bengal or its 
 dependent provinces, wherein tiie 
 sugar cane does not llourish. It 
 .t}ni\ es most especially in the districts 
 .of Benares, ]>ahar, Bungpoor, iiirb- 
 hooiu, Brudwaji, and Aliduapoor — is 
 succes.sfuily cultivated in all; and 
 there seems to be no otiior bounds to 
 the possible ]jroduotion cf sugar ia 
 L'cngid, than the limits of the de- 
 mand, and the cunsequent vent for 
 it. 'i he growth ibr home consump- 
 tion and lor inland trade is vast, and 
 4 
 
124 
 
 BENGAL. 
 
 it onl^' needs rnronras^cment lo equal 
 tlie (innaiul for Europe also. It is 
 elioaply produced, and frugally nia- 
 imlaetiHcd. Raw svipar, prepared in 
 a nio<lc peculiar to India, but aiiala- 
 jifo'.is to the proees:; of making mus- 
 covado, inay gsiKTally be purchased 
 in the Calcutta market, under sie(^a 
 rupees C 18s. 6d.) per niaund of about 
 80 pounds wciijcht. 
 
 {'olloii is (udlivated throughout 
 I'en!;!;al, and has lately been raised 
 and exported by sea in increased 
 »]uantities. Besides what is pro- 
 duced ill the countr}^ a large impor- 
 tation takes place from the banks of 
 the Jumna and the Deccan. It is 
 there raised so mncli more cheaply 
 than in liengal, that it supports a 
 Kuccessfulconipetition,notwithstand- 
 ing the heavy expenses of distant 
 transport by land and water. A fine 
 i;ort of cotton is grown, in tlic more 
 rasternpaits of Bengal, for the most 
 delicate manufactures ; and a coarse 
 kind is gathered from every part of 
 the province, from plants thiidy in- 
 terspersed in fields of pulse. The 
 names of cotton, in most European 
 langtiages, are obviously derived from 
 the Arabic word kutn (pronounced 
 cootn). Some sorts are indigenous 
 to America ; others are certainly na- 
 tives of India, which has at all times 
 been the country most celebrated lor 
 cotton manufactures. 
 
 Difi'erent sorts of cotton, very un- 
 equal in quality, are imported into 
 Bengal ; the best is brought by land 
 from Nagpoor, in tlie Deccan to Mir- 
 zapoor, in the province of Benares, 
 which town is the principal inland 
 mart tor cotton. Its average price 
 may be reckoned there, at 21. 6s. 
 per cwt. The usual price at Nag- 
 poor, from a variety of averages, is 
 equivalent to two pence halfpenny 
 per pound. Cotton is also imported 
 from Jalooan, a town situated to the 
 •west of the Jumna Biver, fromHatras 
 in till! province of Agra, and from 
 other places. 
 
 Europe was anciently supplied 
 ■with silk through the medium of 
 Indian commerce. The ancient lan- 
 
 guage of India has names for the 
 silk worm and manufactured silk; 
 and, among the numerous tribes of 
 Hindoos, derived from the mixture 
 of the original tribes, there are two 
 classes, whose appropriate occupa- 
 tions were the feeding of silk-worms 
 and the spinning of silk. A peasant, 
 who feeds his own silk-worms, has 
 full employment for his family. The 
 rearing of the silk-worms is princi- 
 pally confined to a part of the dis- 
 tiict of Burdwan, and to the vicinity 
 of the Biiagirathi and Great Ganges, 
 from the tbrk of these rivers, for 
 about a hundred miles down their 
 streams. The stations where the 
 Company's investment of silk is prin- 
 ci])idly procured, are, Comercully, 
 Jungeypoor, Bauliah, Malda, Rad- 
 nagore, Rungpoor, and Cossimba- 
 zar. 
 
 There is also a considerable quan- 
 tity of silk obtained from wild silk- 
 worms, and from those which arc 
 fed on other plants, besides the mul- 
 berry. Much silk of this kind sup- 
 plies home consumption ; much is 
 imported from tlie countries situated 
 on the north-east border of Bengal, 
 and on the southern frontier of 
 Benares; much is exported, wrought 
 and unwrought, to the western parts 
 of India, and some enters into manu- 
 factures, which are greatly in request 
 in Europe. Four crops of mulberry 
 leaves arc obtained Irom the same 
 field in the course of each year. Th« 
 best is in December. 
 
 The manufacture of indigo ap- 
 pears to have been known and jjrae- 
 tised in India from the earliest 
 l)eriod. Erom this country, whence 
 it derives its names, Europe was 
 anciently supplied with it, until the 
 produce of America engrossed the 
 market. The spirited and persever- 
 ing exertions tif a few individuals, 
 have restored this commerce to Ben- 
 gal, solely by the superior quality of 
 their manufactures; for so far as re- 
 gards the culture, no material change 
 has been made in the practice of the 
 natives. The profit depends in a 
 great measure on the quality of the 
 
BENGAL. 
 
 i2i 
 
 article, and tliis is very unrcpial 
 since it varies according to the skill 
 of the manutUcturc*. In 1807-8, tin- 
 total manufacture of iudii;o, on a 
 correct estimate, Avas not less than 
 120,000 factory maunds (8,880,000), 
 of wliich probal)]y 20,000 maunds 
 Tiere wasted or consumed in tiio 
 country niannfactures. The total 
 f^uautity of indigo Britisii property, 
 M'hich Mas sold at the East India 
 Company's sales in 1810, amounted 
 to the enormous weight of 5,25;?,489 
 pounds, and the sale price 1,942,3281. ; 
 but the average cannot be reckoned 
 at more than 1,200,0001. annually, 
 almost the whole being exported 
 from Bengal. In 1786 the quantity 
 sold at the Company's sales amount- 
 ed to only 245,011 pounds. 
 
 Bengal, fiom its western lK)uudary 
 to the sea, is watered by the Ganges, 
 and is intersected in every direcitiuu 
 hy many navigable streams, wliich 
 fall into that river. I'hcre is no dis- 
 trict wholly destitute of internal navi- 
 gation during the rains; and, even 
 during the driest season, there is 
 scarcely any part 20 miles from a 
 navigable river. In most of them, 
 lakes, rivulets, and water-courses, 
 communicating with great riveis, 
 conduct boats to the peasant's door. 
 But his valuable produce, being 
 reaped at other seasons, and from 
 necessity disposed of as soon as ga- 
 thered, he derives less benefit from 
 the inland water communication, 
 than the survey of its extent would 
 lead us to suppose. Land eariiage 
 conveys the greater part of pio(ince 
 from the place of its growth to that 
 of its embarkation on the Ganges. 
 
 The internal navigation docs never- 
 tlieless employ a vast number of ves- 
 sels, and it is interesting to note, at 
 a mart of great resort, the various 
 construction of boats assembled there 
 from dilfcrent districts, each adapted 
 to the nature of the rivers they gene- 
 rally traverse: the ilat clinker-built 
 vessels of the western district, would 
 be ill adapted to the wide and stormy 
 navigation of the Lower Ganges. 
 I'lie unwieldy bulk of Ujc lofty boats 
 4 
 
 used on the Ganges, from Patna to 
 Calcutta, would not suit the rapid 
 and shallow rivers of the vvestciii dis- 
 tricts, nor the narrow creeks which 
 the vessels pass in the eastern navi- 
 gation; and the low but deep iioatii 
 of these districts, are not adapted to 
 the shoals of the wcsteni rivers. 
 
 In one navigation, wiierein the 
 vessels descend with the stream and 
 return with the track rope, their con- 
 struction consults neither aptitude 
 for the sail, nor for the oar. In the 
 other, wherein boats, during the pnt- 
 grcss of the same voyage, are assisted 
 by tlie streams of one creek, and 
 opposed by the current of the next, 
 as in the Snnderbunds, and under 
 banks impracticable for the track 
 rope, their principal dependance is 
 on the oar; for a winding course in 
 narrow passages permits no reliance 
 on the sail. Often grounding in the 
 shallows, vessels would be unsafe if 
 built with keels ; and all Bengal con- 
 structions want this addition so ne- 
 cessary for sailing. 
 
 These vessels are cheaply found. 
 A circular board, tied to a bamboo, 
 forms the oar ; a wooden frame, load- 
 ed with some weighty sui)stanee, is 
 the anchor; a few bamboos lashed 
 together supply the mast; a cane of 
 tlie same species serves for a yard to 
 the sail, which is made of coarse 
 sackcloth ; some from the twine, made 
 of the fibrous stem of the rushy cio- 
 tularia, or of the hemp hibiscus. 'I'he 
 trees of the country afiord resin to 
 pay the vessels, and a straw thatch 
 with mats supply the place of a deck, 
 to shelter the merchandize. The 
 vessels are navigated with equal 
 frugality; tiie boatmen receive little 
 more than their food, which is most 
 commonly furnished in grain, toge- 
 ther vvitii an iiiconsiderublo allow- 
 ance in money, foi- the purchase of 
 salt, and lor the supply of other petty 
 wants. Thirty years ago in Major 
 Rcnnel's valuable work, the whole 
 number of boatmen employed on the 
 rivers of Bengal and Bahar, were 
 estimated at 0!dy 30,000; but pro- 
 bably some mistake must have oc- 
 
i^6 
 
 BENGAL. 
 
 cun ed in the calculation, as they 
 ccttainly arc at present much nearer 
 300,000'. Besides this tiade, most 
 offhein follow the petf^occupalions 
 ot's>griculturc, or fiH up Ihe intervals 
 of their employments as fishermen, 
 and occasionally aiiginent the hands 
 of dacoits or river pirates. 
 
 Ill the land carriage, tlie owners of 
 cattle arc also the principal traf- 
 fickers, oi'tener purchasing at one 
 market to sell at anotiier, than let- 
 ting their cattle to resident mer- 
 chants. 7'hey transport the iner- 
 c'aaiidize njion oxen trained to hur- 
 then, somcstimcs hnt not frequently, 
 upon horses of the tattoo breed and 
 still more r;neiy on biiifaloes. The 
 latter, although more docile, are 
 more sluggish and slower travelieis 
 than the ox ; and do not bear a much 
 greater burthen, although much 
 larger in size. Tliey are also too 
 fond of lying down in the water, 
 which they have so often occa- 
 siuu to wade through, with their 
 loads. 
 
 The higfiways tln-oughout Bengal 
 are not generally in a condition for 
 distant journeys on wheel carnages. 
 At a former period the communica- 
 tion was better assisted. A magjii- 
 ficerit road from tlie banks of the 
 Goggrah or Dcwah to the Firahma- 
 pootra, formed a safe and conve- 
 nient comnnaiication at all sea- 
 sons, in a length of 400 miles, 
 through countries subject to annual 
 inundation. Of the causeways and 
 avenues which formed the road some 
 remains may yet be traced. At pre- 
 sent, the beaten path tlnoughout 
 Uengal directs the tiaveller, but no 
 artifii'lal road, or any other accom- 
 modation; and, in the rainy season, 
 his progress by land is altogether 
 baired. The total decay of the pub- 
 lic roads must be ascribed to the 
 want of substantial and durable ma- 
 terials for th<.Jr construction. The 
 llengal government lia\c complet- 
 ed a road from Calcutta to Ee- 
 iiares, which was principally done 
 with a view to tlie expediting of 
 Biilitaiy luoveiiicnts ; but has, at the 
 
 same time, proved a very genehA 
 convenience. 
 
 I'he exportation of grain from 
 corn districts, and the returns of salt, 
 constitute the principal object of in- 
 ternal trade. The importation of 
 cotton from the western provinces, 
 and the exchange of tobacco for 
 betel nut, together with some sugar, 
 and a few articles of less note, com- 
 plete the supply of iiiterr.al con- 
 sumption. Piece goods, silk, salt- 
 petre, opium, sugar, and indigo, 
 formerly pasi5ed almost wholly 
 through the Company's hands; but 
 now all sorts of traffic are nuich more 
 open, and practised generally by 
 every description ofmerchant. Grain, 
 the internal commerce of which is 
 entirely conducted by the natives 
 themselves, supplies the consump- 
 tion of the cities, and the export 
 trade of Bengal. Except in cities, 
 the bulk of the j)eople is every where 
 subsisted from tlie produce of their 
 immediate neighbourhood. 
 
 I'lain muslins, distinguished by 
 their various names, according to th« 
 fineness or closeness of the texture, 
 as well as flowered, striped, or check- 
 ered nmslins, denominated from 
 tlieir patterns, are fabricated chiefly 
 in the province of Dacca. The ma- 
 nufacture of the thinnest sort of fine 
 muslins is ahrost confined to that 
 pro\iiice: other kinds, more closely 
 wove, are fa])ricated on the western 
 side of the Delta of the Ganges; 
 and a diiferer.t sort, distingi'.ished by 
 a more rigid texture, does not seem 
 to be limited to an\ particular dis- 
 tricts. Coarse muslins, in the shape 
 of turbans, handkerchiefs, &c, are 
 made almost in every province ; and 
 the northern parts of Benares alibrd 
 both plain and flowered muslins, 
 which arc not ill adapted for coni- 
 moji uses, though incapable of sus- 
 taining any competition with the 
 beawtiful and inimitable fabrics of 
 Dacca. 
 
 Under the general name of cali- 
 coes are included varioiis sorts of 
 clotii, to which jio English names 
 have bccu yet idSxcd;and arc, fur tli« 
 
BENGAL. 
 
 I2t 
 
 most part, known in Europe ])y the chintzes; •which appears to be an 
 
 Indian dcnomitiations. Cossaes origiiiai art in India, invented long 
 
 (khasahs) are fabritutod in that part since, and broiigiit to a perfection 
 
 of Bengal which is sitnated north of not yet surpassed in Europe. Dinii- 
 
 Ganges; hotween the Aiahanuddy ties, of various kinds, and damask 
 
 and Isainutty rivers, from Vlanlda to linen, arc ner.v made at Dacca, 
 
 Berbazic. Clotlis, siuiilar in quality, Patna, Tauuda, and other places, 
 
 and bearing the same name, are The neighi»uurhood of Moorshe- 
 
 inade near Taiida in the Nabob of dabad, is the chief scat of the nianu- 
 
 Ondc's dominions. Baftasare nianu- facture of wove silk and tafcta, both 
 
 facturcd iu the south-east corner of plain ajid flowered. 'I'issucs, bro- 
 
 Bengal, near Luckiporc ; and again, cades, and ornamented gauzes, are 
 
 on the Avestern frontier of B iiares, the manufacture of Benares. Plain 
 
 in the neighbourhood of Ailaliabad, 
 aud also in the province of Bahar, 
 and some other districts. Sanaes 
 are the cliicf fabric of Orissa; some 
 are made in tiie district of Midna- 
 poor; some are imported lioin the 
 conliguons countries. A similar 
 cloth, .under the same denoniinati(m, 
 is wrought in the eastern parts of the 
 province of Benares. Gurraes arc 
 the nnuiu facture of Birbhoom; still 
 coarser cloths, na)ned gezis aud gc- 
 zinas, arc wove in every district, l)ut 
 especially in the Doab of the Ganges 
 asid Jumna. Other sorts of cloth, 
 the names of which are less familiar 
 to the English reader, are found in 
 various distiicts. 
 
 Packtiuead is wove into sack- 
 
 gauzes, adapted to, the u.ses of the 
 country, are wove in the western and 
 soutliciu corner of Bengal. 'I'lje 
 weaving of mixed goods, made with 
 silk and cotton, flourishes chiefly at 
 Maulda, at Boglipoor, and at some 
 towus.ia the district of Burdwan. 
 
 x\ considerable (piantity oi'lilature 
 silk is exported to the western parts 
 of India ; and much is sold at Miraa- 
 jjoor, aud passes thence to the Mn- 
 haratta dominions, and the centrical 
 parts of Hindostan., 
 
 'I'he tisser, or wild silk, is procured 
 in abundance from comitries border- 
 ing on Bengal, and !rom some dis- 
 tricts included \a ithin its limit.s'. The 
 wild silk-'.vorms are there tbund in 
 several sorts of trees, which are com- 
 
 cloth iu many places, and especially mon iu the forests of Silliet, Assam, 
 
 on the northern frontier of J5engal 
 Proj)er, where it is cjnjiloyed as 
 clothing by liie nioutaineers, A sort 
 tof canvas is made liom cotton in the 
 iK'ighbourliood ai'( 'hittagong, Patna, 
 ^nd some other places ; aiid blankets 
 
 and t^ie JJeccan. llie cones ar« 
 large, but spaiingly covered with 
 silk; and, in colour aud lustre, this 
 species of siik is far inferior to that 
 of the domesticated insect. Its 
 cheapness renders it useful, in the 
 
 hrc made every v, here for common fabrication of coarse silks. Thepro- 
 
 iise. A coarse cotton cloth, dyed duction of it may be increased by eii- 
 
 red, with cheap materials, is very couragcment, and a very large qnan- 
 
 gcnerally used, aud is chiefly manu- tity may Be exported in the raw state, 
 
 tactured iu the centre c^f the Doab. at a moderate expense. It might be 
 
 Other sorts, died ol' various < olours, used in Europe for tiie preparation 
 
 but especially blue, are prepared for of silk gi)ods, and mixed with wool 
 
 inland conunerce, aiid exportation and cotton, might Ibrm, as it now 
 
 by .sea. Both fine and coar.se call- does in India, a beautiful and ae- 
 
 coes receive a topical dying with ceptable manulkcture. 'I'he manu- 
 
 permanent and witii fugitive colours, facture of saltpetre scarcely pas.s<'.s 
 
 for conmion use, as \\v\[ as fm- ex- tlie eastern limits of the Bahar pro- 
 
 portatiou. The ijrovinco of Benares, vince, under which head it Avill be 
 
 tiie city of Patua, and tiie ncigli- found described, 
 
 bourhood of Calculla, are the prin- The export of hides from Bengal 
 
 ♦•ipal scats of this niauuiucture of might be greatly increased. It is 
 
128 
 
 Uengal. 
 
 calculated that, inchiding Luflaloos, 
 these provinces contain at)Ove 50 
 inillious of cattle. Until reeontly 
 tlio demand was so smaH, that the 
 rairier often neglected to fake the 
 hide oil the cattle that died a natural 
 death. About 1797, some Eino- 
 peans engaged in the tanning of lea- 
 ther, and manufacture of boots and 
 shoes; which, although not so strong 
 or water-proof as the British, answer 
 so well, that they have greatly re- 
 duced the importation. The natives 
 have also arrived at considerable per- 
 fection in the fabrication of saddles, 
 harness, military accoutrements, and 
 other articles of leather. Buflalocs 
 horns might also become an article 
 of export, although so bulky and dif- 
 ficult of stowage. An excellent 
 .species of canvas is now manu- 
 factured in Calcutia, and sold nuich 
 cheaper than that imported from 
 Europe. 
 
 Should freight ever be reduced to 
 Ihe lowest price at which it can be 
 aflbrded, cornmightbe exported from 
 Bengal to Europe, Rice, barley, 
 and wheat, may be shipped in Cal- 
 cutta, fol- nearly the same price ; 
 namely, two and a half rupees per 
 hag, containing two maunds, or from 
 3s. 4d. to 3s. 6d. per cwt. Rum 
 might be exported from Bengal, at 
 from Is. 6d. to Is. yd. per gallon; the 
 quality is as yet inferior to the Ja- 
 maica rum, but might be improved to 
 equal it. Liquorice and ginger are 
 produced in Bengal, and might be 
 exported to any extent. 
 
 it is extremely probable that an- 
 notto, madder, coii'ee, cocoa, cochi- 
 neal, and even tea, would thrive in 
 British India, which now^ compre- 
 hends every variety of tropical cli- 
 mate. The plant from the seeds of 
 which annotto is prepared, by se- 
 parating the colouring matter which 
 adheres to theui, is already cultivat- 
 ed in Bengal, and coft'ce plants have 
 thriven in botanical and private gar- 
 dens. Madder is a native of the 
 mountainous regions which border 
 .on Bengal, and this province pos- 
 ses.ses, besides many ailicles which 
 
 miirht be brought info notice fcy si 
 more extended commerce. 
 
 Various dnigs used in djing are 
 exported to England, such as galls„ 
 turmeric, saiBower, or carthamus; 
 also myrobalans, which are here used 
 in preference to galls. Roots of mo- 
 rinda, w hich dye a permanent colour 
 on cotton, and blossoms of the nyc- 
 tanclics, which give a permanent 
 colour to silk. 
 
 Glim arabic, and many other sorts 
 of gums and resins for manufactures, 
 arc fhe produce of frees that grow 
 spontaneously in Bengal, besides a 
 mulfitude of medicinal gums and 
 drugs which abound in India and 
 the adjacent countries. Vegetable 
 oils, particularly hnsecd, might be 
 supplied from these provinces, which 
 are also adapted for the cultivation 
 of flax, lineal, brought from the 
 high table land of Tibet, is among 
 the imports to Bengal; and vege- 
 table and mineral alkalies may here- 
 after become a considerable object 
 of commerce. The fossil alkali is 
 found in abundance, and the woods 
 of Bengal arc capable of furnishing 
 potash in large quantities. The pre- 
 paration of sal anmioniac might be 
 advantageously connected with the 
 manufacture of saltpetre. 
 
 Besides the articles already men- 
 tioned, ^\ hich have a reference prin- 
 cipally to Bengal, India furnishes 
 aloe^', assafoetida, benzoin, camphor, 
 cardamums, cassia lignea, and cas- 
 sia buds, arraugoes, couries, china, 
 root, cinnabar, cloves, cinnamon, 
 nutmcgr., mace, elephants' teeth, 
 gums of various sorts, mother of 
 pearl, pepper, (quicksilver and rhu- 
 barb from China), sago, scammony, 
 senna, and saffron ; and might sup- 
 ply anise, coriander, a)id cumin seeds, 
 and many other objects which would 
 occujjy too much room to enumerate. 
 Of hemp and flax, with all their 
 varieties, and also of the different 
 substitutes for these articles, Bengal 
 possesses greater abundance than 
 any other countiy. The true hemp 
 is fotuidin many places, but is little 
 Used by the natives, except for the 
 
BENGAL. 
 
 129 
 
 ft'-od oii, for medicine, aiid for an Manilla, indigo of a verj' fine qna- 
 
 jntoxicatingingrtdicnt which is often lify, sugar, sapan wood, and specie, 
 
 mixed with the tobacco of the Hoo- From the i\Ialabar const are im- 
 
 kali. ported sandal wood, coir rope, pep- 
 
 Forniprly the exports to Europe, per, sonic cardnnioius, and occa- 
 
 and to the United States of Amciica, sionally cargoes of cotton wool ; the 
 
 constituted the most considerable balance is general sunk in tlie an- 
 
 portion of Bengal coninienie. nual supplies with which Piengal 
 
 The principal articles of export to furnislics Bombay. From Pegnie are 
 
 ]VIadras and the Coast of Coroman- brought teak timber, elephants' 
 
 del are grain, pulse, sugar, sahj)elre, teeth, lac, Sec. ]'or a more detailed 
 
 molasses, ginger, long pepper, cla- statement of the external commerce 
 
 rilicd butter, oil, silk, wrought and 
 unwrouglit, muslins, spirits, and pro- 
 visions. 
 
 After the Coromondcl trade, tJie 
 next in importance is tliat of the 
 
 of Pengal see the article Calcutta. 
 
 The inhabitants of Bengal are cer- 
 tainly numerous in proportion to the 
 tillage and manufactures that em- 
 ploys their industry. In 1789, the 
 
 eastward and China, to which (piar- inhabitants of Bengal and Bahar 
 ters the exports, besides opium, con- were estimated at 22 millions,, and 
 sist of grain, saltj)etrc, gunjjowder, Sir ^\ illiam Jones reckoned them at 
 i'on (ire arms, cotton, silk, and cot- 24 millions. In 1793, Mr. Cole- 
 ti)n piece goods. I'he tiade to Bom- brooke was decidedly of opinion, 
 bay is next, consisting cliiefly of alter mature consideration, that, in- 
 grain, sugar, raw silk, some silk and eluding Benares, they could not be 
 cotton piece goods, saltpetre, ginger, estimated at less than 27 millionSj 
 
 long pepper, sacking, and liempen 
 roj)es, 
 
 'l"o t]ie Gulfs of Arabia and Persia 
 Bengal sends grain, .<ugar, silk, and 
 cottiin piece goods. To Ava and the 
 Birman empiie, silk and cotton 
 gijods, fire arms, iron, nails, naval 
 
 Mhicli corroborates Sir "Wm. Jones's 
 calculation. Another estimate made 
 in 1790, which is not so nnieh to be 
 depended on, cariies the population 
 of Bengal, Bahar, and Benares, so 
 high as 32,987,500 inhabitants. In 
 1801 a more accurate survey than 
 
 and military stores, and a variety of any of the preceding was taken by 
 European goods. the directions of the Marquis Wei- 
 Bengal imports from Europe me- lesley, but the result has never been 
 lals of all soils, wrought and nn- conmnniicated to the public in an 
 wrought, woollens of \arious kinds, authentic form. Upon the whole, 
 naval and military stores, gold and the average of 200 to a .square mile, 
 silver coin and bullion, and almost in districts which are well peopled, 
 every article of Ijuope, for the Eii- may be admitted as tolerably eor- 
 
 r/)pean ynvt of the iuhaititants. 
 
 The returns iiom .Madras and the 
 Coast of Coromandel consist of .salt, 
 red wood, some iine long clolh, iza- 
 nees, and chinizcs. The balance due 
 to Bengal is either settled by go- 
 vernment bills, ori<mitled in specie. 
 From the llastern Islands, and the 
 Malay Coast, Bengal receives pep- 
 |>er, tin, wax. danimcr, brimstone, 
 gold dust, specie, betel nut, spices, 
 
 rect; and we may estimate the total 
 population of Bengal, Bahar, and 
 Benares, not to exceed 30 millions, 
 nor to fall short of 28 millions of in- 
 habitants. 
 
 Under the Britisli government tlie 
 population of Bengal has undergone 
 a progressive increase, which still 
 continues, and surpasses that of 
 England in the cultivated districts. 
 It has occasionally, however, met 
 
 benzoin, ike. From China tutenague, with cheeks, as happened in 1770, 
 
 sugar-candy, tea, allum, dammer, when it is supposed, on a moderate 
 
 {lorcclain, lacquered ware, and a va- coinpiifation, that a l\f^i of the in- 
 
 riety of niatluraetmcj goods. From habitants perished by famine: in 
 
 K 
 
130 
 
 BENGAL. 
 
 1784 the snme calamity prevailed, 
 but ui a much less degree ; in 1787 
 many lives were lost in the eastern 
 provinces by inundation, and in 1788 
 by a partial scarcity ; but since this 
 last period famine and scarcity ha\ e 
 been wholly unknown. In 1793, it 
 was reckoned that 4,000,000 niaunds 
 of salt, equal to 320,000,000 pounds 
 of salt, were consumed in Bengal 
 and Bahar, exclusive of Benares. 
 
 In 1793 the estimated produce of 
 the lands in maunds of 80Ibs. each 
 was as iollows, but the value aflixed 
 appears too high. 
 
 Rupees. 
 150,000,000 maunds of 
 
 rice, wheat, and bar- 
 ley, at 12 annas - 112,500,030 
 60,000,000 of n;illet, &c. 
 
 at 8 annas - - - 30,000,000 
 90,000,000 of pulse, at 
 
 10 annas - - - 56,250,000 
 43,000,000 maunds of 
 
 seed, reserved for the 
 
 following season - 28,380,000 
 Oil seeds - - - 12,000,000 
 Sugar, tobacco, cotton, 
 
 &c. 70,000.000 
 
 Sundries - - - - 20,00d,000 
 
 Gross produce of land 329,130,000 
 
 fi-om the observations on the reve- 
 nues of Bengal by the late James 
 Grant, Esq. that the assessment was 
 limited not to exceed in the whole n, 
 fourth part of the actxjal gioss pro- 
 duce of the soil. In early times the 
 demands of the Hindoo sovereigns 
 were more moderate. The INIahab- 
 harat states, that the prince was to 
 levy a fiftieth of tlie*i>roduce of the 
 mines, and a tenth of corn. Menu, 
 and other legislators, authorize the 
 sovereign to exact a tenth, an eighth. 
 or a twelfth part of grain, according 
 to circumstances, and a sixth of the 
 clear annual produce of trees. 
 
 Witii respect to the much disputed 
 nature of landed properly in Ben- 
 gal, in one point of view, the ze- 
 mindars, as descendants of the an- 
 cient independent rajahs, seem to 
 have been tributaiy princes. In an- 
 other light they appeared only to be 
 officers of government. Probably 
 their real character jiarlook of both- 
 This, however, must bo ob\iously 
 restricted to rajahs who jjossessed 
 great zemindarics. Numerous land- 
 holders subordinate to these, as well 
 ^tis others independent of them, can- 
 not evidently be traced to a similar 
 
 In the revenue system of Bengal 
 the rjot, or CTiltivator, is described 
 as a tenant paving rent, and his su- 
 perior as a landlord or landholder ; 
 but, strictly speaking, his payment 
 heretofore was a contribution to the 
 state, levied by officers named ze- 
 mindars, standing between him and 
 government. In the rule for divid- 
 ing the crop, whether under special 
 engagements, or by custom, their 
 proportions are known, *iz. 
 
 Half to tlie landlord and half to 
 the tenant. 
 
 One-third to the landlord and two- 
 Uiirds to the tenant. 
 
 Two-fifths to the landlord and 
 three-tifths to the tenant. 
 
 'J'he standard for the regulation of 
 rates has been lost, but we learn 
 
 The zemindars are now acknow- 
 ledged for various reasons, and from 
 considerations of expediency which 
 decided tlic question, as proprietors 
 of the soil. Yet it has been ad- 
 mifted, iiom very high authority, 
 that anciently the sovereign was the 
 superior of the soil, that tJie zemin- 
 dars Mere oHlcers of revenue, just- 
 ice, and police, and that their office 
 was licquently, but not necessarily, 
 hereditary. To collect and assess the 
 contribu ions, regulated as they were 
 by local customs, or particular agree- 
 ments, but A ai-)ing at the same time 
 ■v\ ith the necessities of the state, was 
 the business of the zemindar, as a 
 l)ernianent, if not as a hereditary 
 ollicer. I'or the due execution of 
 his charge, he was checked by per- 
 manent and hereditai-j' ofliccrs oS re- 
 cord and account. 
 
 The saycr revenue of the nature 
 3 
 
BENGAL. 131 
 
 of land rent, consists of ground rent expenses of collection at 40 per 
 tor tlie site of houses and gardens, cent. 
 
 revenue drawn fioni fruit tiees, pas- In 1793 the territorial revenue, 
 tures and malh, and rent of fisheries, which had before fluctuated, was 
 Other articles of sayer collected permanently and iirevocably fixed, 
 within the village have been abo- during the administration of Lord 
 lished ; such, for example, as market Cornvvallis, at a certain valuation of 
 tolls and personal taxes. Ground the property, moderately assessed ; 
 rents were not usually levied from but this permanent settlement has 
 ryots eng:aged in husbandry. not yet been introduced into the ter- 
 
 A poll tax, called jaziyeh, was ritories obtained by cession from the 
 imposed by the Kalif Omar on all NabobofOude, or by conquest from 
 persons not of the JNIahommedan the Maharattas. The mighty mass 
 faith. The Musselmaun conquerors of papers which the agitation of this 
 of Hiiidostan imposed it on the Hin- question introduced among the Com* 
 doos as infidels, but it was abolished pany's records, proves the ability, 
 by the Em|)eror Acber. At a sub- labour, and anxiety, with which it 
 sequent period Aureng-zebe attempt- was discussed, 
 cd to revive it, but without success. The following are the pai-ticulars 
 Free lands are distinguished ac- of the revenue and disbursements of 
 cording to their appropriations, for the Bengal presidency in 1809. 
 Brahmins, bai-ds, encomiasts, asce- 
 tics, priests, and mendicants, or for revenues. 
 a provision for several pubUe officers. Mint ------- ^10,819 
 
 'J'he greatest part of the present fiee Post office ----- 34,800 
 
 lands of Bengal hroper, were origi- Oude and ceded provinces 1,694,131 
 Jially granted in small portions of Land ------ 3,851,128 
 
 waste ground. The more extensive Judicial ------ 104,831 
 
 tracts of free land are managed in Customs ----- 6i(j,.509 
 
 the same mode as estates assessed Salt ------- 1,815,822 
 
 for revenue. Opium ------ 594,978 
 
 Prior to 1790 half the revenues of Stamps -----.. 81,633 
 
 Bengal were paid by six large ze- Conquered provinces - -1,111,807 
 
 mindaries, viz. Raujeshy, Burdwan, . 
 
 Dinagepoor,Nuddea, Birbhoom,and Total revenues ^9,816,458 
 
 Calcutta. .; 
 
 In Bengal the class of needy pro- CHARGES, 
 
 prictors of land is very numeious, Mint ------- 33,955 
 
 but even the greatest landlords are Post office ----- 31,690 
 
 not in a situation to allow that in- Oude and ceded provinces 409,320 
 dulgenec and aeconnnodation to the Civil charges in general - 600,906 
 tenants, Avhich might be expected on Supreme court and law - 46,400 
 viewing the extent of their income. Adawlets (courts ofjustice) 646,567 
 Besponsible to government for a tax Militaiy ------ 2,990,673 
 
 originally calculated at ten-elevenths Marine ------ 75^082 
 
 of the expected rents of their estates, Buildings and fortifications 34,800 
 they have no probable surplus above Revenue ------ 524,086 
 
 tlieir expenditure to compensate for Customs ------ 70,760 
 
 their risk. Any accident, any cala- Salt advances and charges 406,000 
 niity, may involve a zemindar in Opium ditto - w - - - 100,920 
 difficulties from which no economy Stamps ------ 10,642 
 
 or attention can retrieve him. About Conquered provinces - -596,285 
 1790 the gross rent paid to the land- Interest of debt - - - 1,421,938 
 
 holders in Bengal was estimated at 
 
 neaily six crores of ruf>ees, and the Total charges 7,898.^34 
 
 K ? 
 
132 
 
 PENGAL. 
 
 Tn 1809 the debt owinp; liy ihe Irihe are inchidcd not only the trnr 
 East India Company, at ti)is prtsi- Sudras, Init also llic SLveral castes. 
 
 20,286,644 
 
 dency, 
 
 Amonnted to 
 
 The amount of assets, 
 
 debts, &c. bclongfhio; to 
 
 the Company at tlic 
 
 same period was - 8,518,131 
 
 whose origin is asciilied lo tlie pro- 
 miscnous intercourse ot" tlie tour 
 classes. In practice Utile astentioii 
 is paid to the liuiitalionsot'the castes, 
 daily observation shews e%en Erah- 
 mins exercising the menial profes- 
 sion ot" a siidra. Every caste forms 
 Excess of delil above itself into clubs and lodges, consist- 
 
 the assets - ^'ll,768,ol5 ing of sevcraliudividualsoi'lhal caste 
 
 residing within a small <listance. 
 
 The Company arc also possessed I'hese clubs govern themselves by 
 of property to a eonsideralile amount particular rules and customs, or by 
 ut this presidency, which, iVoin not laws. It may, however, be received 
 being considered as available, is not as a general ma\im, that the occu- 
 inscrted among the assets. This patioti appointed for each tribe, is 
 pro]ier1y consists of plate, honscliold entitled merely to a preference ^ 
 furniture, guns on the ramparts, every profession, v\ itli a few e\eep- 
 
 arms, and military stores. The build- 
 ings might be added, Init their cost 
 is supposed to be included in the 
 charges as well as the fortifications. 
 The whole, how ever, must have ori- 
 ginally been luocnred by lulvancc of 
 tiinds cither in England or India. 
 
 tions, being open lo every descrip- 
 tion of persons. 
 
 'Ihe civil and military govcnimcnt 
 of the territories under the IJengal 
 presidency, is vested in a governor- 
 general ^ind three coun.'^eilors. Va- 
 cancies in the council are supplied 
 
 . In 1810 the sum estimated to have by the directors, and the counsellors 
 
 been expended on buildings ami tor- are taken from the civil servants of 
 
 tifieations was - - -5,494,354 not less than 12 years standing. For 
 
 Plate, furniture, i)ianta- theaduiinistralionofjustice through- 
 
 tions, farms, vessels, out the provinces sul>ject to the pre- 
 
 storcs, &c. - - - - 1,496,114 sidency, there are in the ci\il and 
 
 criminal departments, 
 
 ^£6,990,468 One supremo court stationed at 
 
 Cakutta. 
 
 Six courts of appeal and circuit 
 attached to six ditfercnt divisions. 
 
 I'orty inferior courts, or rather 
 magistrates, stationed in so many 
 dilierent districts and cities, viz. 
 
 Asira 
 
 Among the native popidation in 
 the eastern districts of Bengal . the 
 Mahommedans are almost equally 
 numerous with the Hindoos; in the 
 middle part they do not constitute a 
 fourth part.of the pojmlalion, to the 
 westward the disproportion is still Ailahal)ad 
 greater. As an average of the whole, Alyghur 
 the jMalionnnedaus may be com- 
 puted at onc-tcnth of the jiopula- 
 tion. Of the four great classes, the 
 aggregate of the IJramin, Khetri, and 
 \aisja, may auiount. at the most, 
 to a iifth jiart of the total popidation. 
 Commerce and.agiieulture arc uni- 
 versally i)crmiitcd to all classes, and 
 under the general designation of ser- 
 vants to the other three tribes, the 
 t^udras seem to be aUovved to pro- 
 secute any manufacture. In thi* 
 
 Dacca Jelalpoor 
 
 Denagepo<n- 
 
 Etavveh 
 
 Eurruckabad 
 
 Goracpoor 
 
 Hooghly 
 
 Jessonc 
 
 J ion poor 
 
 liackergunge 
 I'arcily 
 Ilahar 
 lienares 
 I'irbhooiK 
 
 IU)glipoor(oi]Mong-\leerat 
 Jhndwan [hir) IMidnapoor 
 Cawitpoor Mirzapoor 
 
 Chittagong INlynuinsiugh 
 
 Ealasore ( in Moorshedabad. 
 •luggeraauth i Cuttaek, Moradabad, 
 and Buudclcuiiti 
 
BENdAL. 
 
 133 
 
 Niuldoa Sarnii 
 
 ]'iiriie-ali iSiiahahud 
 
 J^aujeshy Sillict 
 
 IJauigiiiir 'rijKiali 
 
 l^uii<;poor 'J"i!lio(jt 
 
 Saliarunpoor 24 |K'r};nnahs 
 The cuiirts of oirciiil consist of 
 tliK^e judges,, ^vitll an assistant ; to- 
 •{jotlier \vith ualiNc ofliceis, hotli i\Ja- 
 hoitmiodau and Hindoo. Tlif juds^es 
 make their circuits at stated ])eiiods 
 of the year, and liold also n ,<i;idara!id 
 frequent jail deliveries, 'liny try 
 criminal oHences accordiiij^ to ti«e 
 Mahominedan huv ; liiit when tlic 
 sentence is capital, or iniprisounient 
 is aw ardcd beyond a d( Hued period, 
 it does not take elVcct until it re- 
 ceives eonlirinatioii from the siiijerior 
 criminal conrt stationed in Calcutta, 
 named the Nizamnt Adawlet. T!ie 
 principal business of this co<nt is to 
 revise trials ; but it is in no case per- 
 mitted to aggravate the se\ ority of 
 the sentence. 
 
 In the countiy distiicts, the oflicer 
 who, in his criminal capacity, has 
 the appellation of magistrate, is also 
 the civil judge of tlie city or district 
 ill which he resides. He tries all 
 suits of a civil nature, pro\ided the 
 cause of action have originated, the 
 property concerned be situated, or 
 the defendant be resident, within his 
 jurisdiction. To try suits ol a small 
 iimited amount, the judge may ap- 
 point native commissioners, from 
 whose decisions an appeal lies to the 
 judge. With a few exceptions, the 
 decisions of the judge are appealable 
 to the provincial courts of appeal, 
 Avithin the jurisdiction of which he 
 resides. 
 
 'I'he ultimate court of appeal, in 
 civil matters, sits in tlie city of 
 Calcutta, and is st^hnl the Sudder 
 Dewanny Adawlet. 'J'o this court 
 all causes resiiecting personal pro- 
 perty beyond 5000 rupees value are 
 appealable; with regaid to real pro- 
 perty, it is ascertained by certain 
 rules, diirering iiccording to the na- 
 ture and tenure of the property. 
 I'rom tliis comt an appeal lies to the 
 kin^ ill covuicil, if i\u: value of the 
 
 pro]K.'rty concerned amounts to 50001. 
 sterling. 
 
 Liidi:r the Mahominedan govern- 
 ments, suitors pleaded their own 
 causes, and the practice continued 
 until 1793, when regiilar native ad- 
 vocates were appointed, 'i'hese ad- 
 vocates are cliosen out of the INIa- 
 hommcdan College at CaU-utta, and 
 Hindoo College at Benares, and the 
 rate of fees is fixed by public regu- 
 lation. This institution ensures 
 suitors against negligence or miscon- 
 duct on tlie part, either <»'.' the judge, 
 or of his native assistant, the advo- 
 cates being often as conversant in 
 the business of the court as either of 
 those oilicer.s. As an ultimate secu- 
 rity for the purity of justice, provi- 
 sions have been made against the 
 corruption of those wlio administer 
 it. 'I'iie rrceiving of a sum of money, 
 orotlif r Mdnable as a gift, or present, 
 or under colour thereof, by a British 
 subject in the .service of the Com- 
 pany, is decMiicd to be taken by ex- 
 tortion, ai;d is a uiisdemeanor at 
 law. 
 
 A\ ritten pleadings have been in- 
 troduced in the native languages, l<)r 
 the purpose of bringing litigation to 
 a point, and entbrcing, in legal pro- 
 ceedings, as much precision as the 
 habits of the people will admit. Be- 
 fore this, the charge and defence 
 consisted of confused oral com- 
 plaints, loudly urged on one side, 
 and as loudly retorted on the (jther. 
 In receiving evidcaee, gieat indul- 
 gence is granted to the scruples of 
 caste, and the prejudices against the 
 l)ul)lic appearance of females, so pre- 
 valent in eastern countries. 
 
 'I'he Mahoninicdan law still con- 
 tinues, as the British found it, the 
 ground work of tJie criminal juris- 
 j)rudence of the country. In civil 
 matters, the Hindoos and Mahom- 
 medans substantially enjoy then- re- 
 spective usages. The prejudices 
 of both are treated with indulgence, 
 and the respect which Asiatic man- 
 ners enjoins to women of rank is 
 scrupulously enforced. 
 
 The body of ser\ ants, who fill the 
 
134 
 
 BENGAL. 
 
 commercial, political, financial, and 
 judicial officers in Bengal, are sup- 
 plied by annual recruits of young 
 men, under the appellation of writers, 
 who generally leave England for 
 India about the age of 18. When 
 they have completed three years re- 
 sidence in the country, they are ele- 
 gible to ail office of 50()1. per an- 
 imm, emoluments upwards ; after six 
 years, to 15001. upwards; after nine 
 years, to 30001. upwards; and after 
 twelve years, to 40001. per annum, 
 or upwards. The directors of the 
 Company generally appoint annually 
 about 30 writers for the ci^il ser- 
 vice. In 1811, the number of civil 
 servants in Bengal was 391 ; under 
 the Madras presidency, 206 ; and un- 
 der that of Bombay, 74 ; — in all, 671. 
 — The pay, allowances, and emolu- 
 ments of the civil service in Bengal, 
 including European uncovenanted 
 assistants, amounted, in 1811, to 
 1,045,4001. sterling. 
 
 The stations of the commercial re- 
 sidents, for purchasing the invest- 
 ment for the Company, are, 
 Bareily Keerpoy 
 
 Baidiah Luckipore and 
 
 Commercolly Chittagong 
 
 Cossimbazar Maulda 
 Dacca IMidnapoor 
 
 Etaweh Patna 
 
 Golagore Badnagore 
 
 Goracpoor Rungpoor 
 
 Hunial Santipoor 
 
 Hurripaul Soonamooky 
 
 Jungeypoor 
 
 The collectors of the government 
 customs are stationed at 
 Benares Furruckabad 
 
 Calcutta Hooghly 
 
 Cawnpoor Moorshedabad 
 
 Dacca Patna 
 
 The diplomatic residents are at 
 Delhi, Hyderabad, Lucknow, My- 
 sore, Nagpoor, Poonah, and with 
 Dovvlet Bow Siiidia, who seldom 
 stays long in one place. 
 
 The native, or sepoy troops, un- 
 der the three presidencies, including 
 the non-commissioned officers, who 
 are also natives, amount to 122,000 
 
 men; of whom aboitt 9000 are ca- 
 valry, equally divided between IVla- 
 dras and Btjngal. European offi- 
 cers, attached to tliis Ibice, are 
 nearly 3000. Of Emopean regi- 
 ments, each presidency is fuinished 
 with one, besides artillcr>' and engi- 
 neers; and the total number of these 
 troops, with their officers, exceeds 
 4000. The officers rise by seniority. 
 
 It has become usual for tiie British 
 government at home to send to In- 
 dia a certain number of regiments 
 from the army of his ma,jesty, which 
 are for the time placed at the dis- 
 posal of the Company, and co-operate 
 with the army immediately subject 
 to that body. About 22,000 king's, 
 troops are now usually stationed in 
 India, at the entire expense of the 
 Company. The commander-iti-chief 
 in both king's and Company's Ibrcesis 
 usually the same j)er.«o)i, nominated 
 both by the king and by tiie Conit 
 pany to the command of their re- 
 spective armies, and acting by virtue 
 of a commission tiom each. In 
 1811, the total number of kirig's 
 troops in India was 21,488; the ex- 
 pense 1,154,6951. per annum; and 
 the Company's Bengal army, of all 
 descriptions of regulars, was 58,690 
 men. 
 
 The annual appointment of cadets? 
 for tiie three presidencies may be 
 averaged at 120 for the military, and 
 10 for the marine service, annually. 
 In 1811, the number of oll;cers in 
 the Company's service, on the Ben- 
 gal establishment, was 1571; the 
 pay and allowances amounted to 
 872,0881. per annum. 1 he number 
 of resident Europeans out of tlie ser- 
 vice, in the pi ovinces under the Jien- 
 gal presidency, Calcutta included, in 
 1810, were computed at 2000. 
 
 I'he districts into winch, in modern 
 times, the province of Bengal has 
 been subdivided, are Backergunge, 
 Birbhoom, Burdwau, Chittagong, 
 Hooghly, Jessore, Mymunsingh, 
 Moorshedabad, Nuddt-a, Purneab, 
 Baujeshy, Rungpoor, bilhet, Tip- 
 perah, the 24 pergunuahs, and to 
 wliich, from its long comi«xion, 
 
BENGAL. 
 
 135 
 
 must be added Midnapoor, although 
 it properly beloni^K to OrisKa. 
 
 \\ ithiii these limits arc coniprc- 
 Jionded throe very large cities: Cal- 
 cutta, Moorshedabad, and Dacca; 
 and many prosperous inland trading 
 towns, of from 10 to 20,000 inhabit- 
 ants, such as Hoogiilj, Boguangola, 
 harraiugiinge, Cossimbazar, Nud- 
 dea, Maulda, Mungulhaut, &c. I'he 
 small villages, of from 100 to 500 in- 
 habitants, are beyond number, and 
 in some parts of the country seem to 
 touch each other as in China. While 
 passing them by the inland na\iga- 
 tion, it is pleasing to view ti)e cheer- 
 ful bustle and crowded population 
 by laud and water; men, old w omen, 
 children, birds, and beasts, all mixed 
 and intimate, evincing a sense of se- 
 curity and appearance of happiness, 
 seen in no part of India beyond the 
 Company's territories. Nor have 
 the natives of Bengal any real evils 
 to complain of, except such as ori- 
 ginate from their own litigious dis- 
 positions, and from the occasional 
 predatory visits of gang-robbers. To 
 secure them from the last, the exer- 
 tions of government, and of their 
 sei-vants in the magistracy, have been 
 most stri nuous ; neither pains nor 
 expense have been spared: but, it 
 must be confessed, hitherto without 
 tlic desired success, and partly owing 
 to the want of energy in the natives 
 themselves. AVith respect to the 
 first, the Bengalese are, from some 
 cliaiacteristic peculiarity, particu- 
 larly prone to legal disputation ; and, 
 politically pacific, seem socially and 
 domestically martial. Among them 
 wai"s seenv tiittered down into law, 
 and the ferocious passions dwaifed 
 down to the bickering and suarhng 
 of the hut and village. 
 
 In this province there are many 
 female zemindars, generally subser- 
 vient to, and under the management 
 of, the family Brahmin, who con- 
 houls their txjiisciences. This pcr- 
 .son has his own private interests to 
 attend to, and witliout appearing, 
 exerts an influence over the pubUc 
 business. The ostensible managing 
 
 agent submits to the contix>ul of a 
 concealed authority, which he nuxst 
 conciliate ; and the interests of the 
 state and zemindar equally bend to 
 it. A Brahmin in Bengal not only 
 obtains a lease of land on better 
 terms, but has exemptions from va- 
 rious impositions and extortions to 
 w Inch the in erior classes are ex- 
 posed. 
 
 Beyond Brngal the natives of the 
 northern mountains pro\e, by their 
 features, a Tartar origin. They 
 people the northern boundary of 
 Bengal. 
 
 On the eastern hills, and in the 
 adjacent plains, the peculiar features 
 of the inhabitants shew with equal 
 certainty a distinct origin; and the 
 cle\ atcd tract ^\ hich Bengal includes 
 on the west, is peopled from a stock 
 obviously distinct, or rather by se- 
 veral races of mountaineers, the pro- 
 bable aborigines of the coimtry. The 
 latter are most evidently distinguish- 
 ed by their religion, character, lan- 
 guage, and manners, as well as by 
 their features, from the Hindoo na- 
 tion. Under various denominations 
 they people the vast mountainous 
 tract which occupies the centre of 
 India, and some tribes of them have 
 not yet emerged from the savage 
 state. 
 
 In the mixed population of the 
 middle districts, the Hindoos may 
 be easily distinguished from the Ma- 
 honnncdans. Among the latter may 
 be discriminated the Mogul, the 
 Afghan, and their immediate de- 
 scendants, from the naturalized Mus- 
 selmaun. Among the Hindoos may 
 be recognized the peculiar traits of a 
 Bengalese, contrasted w ith those of 
 the Hindostany. The native Ben- 
 galese are generally stigmatized as 
 pusillanimous and cowardly ; but it 
 should not be forgotten, that at an 
 early period of our military history 
 in India, they almost entirely tbrmed 
 several of our battahons, and distin- 
 guished themselves as brave and 
 active soldiers. It nuist, however, 
 be acknowledged, that throughout 
 Hiudostan the Bengalese name has 
 
1.36 
 
 BENGAL. 
 
 never been lield in any repute; and 
 that Hie descendants of foreigners, 
 settled in Ecnaal, are fond of tracing 
 their origin to the countries of their 
 ancestors. 
 
 The men of ojjulcnce now in Bon- 
 gal are the Hindoo merchants, hank- 
 ers, and banyans of Calcutta, with a 
 few at the principal provincial sta- 
 tions. The greatest men formerly 
 were the Maliomniedan rulei-s, whom 
 the Biitish have superseded, and 
 the Hindoo zemindars. These two 
 classes are now reduced to povcrtj', 
 and the lower classes look up to the 
 oflicial servants and domestics of the 
 English gentlemen. No native has 
 any motive to distinguish himself 
 greatly in the army, as he cannot 
 rise higher than a soubahdar, a rank 
 inferior to an ensign. 
 
 Slavery, in its severest sense, is 
 not known in r>engal. Throughout 
 some districts the labours of hus- 
 bandly is executed chiefly by bond 
 servants. In certain other districts 
 the ploughmen are mostly slaves of 
 the peasants, for whom they labour, 
 but are treated by their masters 
 more like hereditary ser\ants, or 
 niancipatcd hinds, tiian like pur- 
 ciiased slaves. Though the fact 
 must be admitted, that slaves may 
 be found in Fcngal among the la- 
 bourers ill husi)andry, jet in most 
 parts none but free men are oc- 
 cupied in the business of agricul- 
 ture. 
 
 Many tribes of Hindoos, and even 
 some Erahmias, have no objections 
 to the use of aiiiiiial food, beef ex- 
 cepted. At their entertainments it 
 is generally introduced; by some it 
 is daily eaten ; and the institutes of 
 their religion re(jiiire,that tlesh should 
 be tasted even by Brahmins at so- 
 lemn sacrifices; forbidding, however, 
 the use of it, unless joined with the 
 performance of such a sacrilice. Dr. 
 Leyden was inclined to think, that 
 anthropophagy was practised by a 
 class of mendicants, named Agora 
 Punt'h, in Bengal and other parts of 
 India. 
 
 Of the existence of Bengal as a 
 
 separate kingdom, with the limits 
 assigned to it at present, there is no 
 other evidence than its distinct lan- 
 guage and peculiar written charac- 
 ter. At the time of the war of the 
 Mahabharat, it constitiited three 
 kingdoms. Afterwards it formed 
 part of ihe empire of Magadha, or 
 Bahar, from which, however, it was 
 t'lismemb' red before the IMahoimne- 
 dan invasion. The last Hindoo 
 prince of this province was named 
 Lacshmanyah, and held his court at 
 Nuddea. A.D. 1203, daring the 
 reign of Cuttub ud Deen, on the 
 Delhi throne, Mahomraed Eukhtjar 
 Khilijee was dispatched by that 
 sovereign to invade Bengal, and 
 marched with such rapidity, that he 
 surprised and captured the capital, 
 and expelled Rajah Lachsmaiiyah, 
 who retired to Juggernauth, \a here 
 he had the satisfaction of dv ing. — 
 Tlie Moliammedan general then pro- 
 ceeded to Gour, where he established 
 his capital, and reared his mosques 
 on the ruins of Hindoo temples. — 
 According toMahommedan testimo- 
 nies, this large province was com- 
 pletely subdued in the course of one 
 year. 
 
 I'Vom this period Bengal was ruled 
 bj' governors delegated by the Delhi 
 sovereigns until 1340. when I'akhcr 
 udDeen,havingassassinated his mas- 
 tei", revolted, and erected an inde- 
 pendent monarchy in Bengal. After 
 a short reign he was defeated and 
 put to death, and was succeeded by 
 
 A. D. 
 
 1343 Ilyas Khauje. 
 
 1358 Secunder Shah ; killed in an 
 
 engagement with his son, 
 1367 Gyasud Deen. He eradicated 
 
 the eyes of his brothers. 
 1373 Sultan Assulateen. 
 1383 Shunis ud Deen ; defeated and 
 
 killed in battle by 
 1385 Baja Cansa, who ascended the 
 
 throne, and was succeeded by 
 
 his son, 
 1392 Chietmull Jellal ud Deen, who 
 
 became a convert to the Ma- 
 
 hommedan religion. 
 1409 Ahmed Khan, who sent an em- 
 
BENGAL. 
 
 137 
 
 A. D. bassy to Shah Rokh, tlie son 
 of'l'iiiiour. 
 
 1426 Nassh-Sluid; succocdeil by !iis 
 son, 
 
 1457 Barbek Shah. This prince in- 
 troduced mercenary fj^nards 
 and forces, composed ot" negro 
 and Abyssian slaves. 
 
 1474 Yiiseph Shah, son of the last 
 monarch, succeeded by his 
 uncle, 
 
 1482 Futteh Shall, murdered by 
 his eunuchs and Abyssinian 
 slaves; on which event one 
 of the eunuchs seized the 
 crown, and assumed the name 
 of 
 
 1491 ShahZadeh; but after a reign 
 of eig:ht months, he was assas- 
 sinat»Ml,and t!ie vacant throne 
 taken possession of bj' 
 
 1491 Feroze ShaliHelisiiy, an Abys- 
 sinian slave, succeeded by his 
 son, 
 
 1494 JVIahmeod Shah, murdered by 
 
 his vizier, an Ab\ssinian, who 
 ascended the throne ui.der 
 the name of 
 
 1495 Mu'/iff'er Shaii, a cruel tyrant, 
 
 slain in battle. 
 
 1499 Seid Hossein Shah. This 
 prince expelled the Abyssi- 
 nian troops, who retired to 
 the Dcecan and Gnirat, m here 
 they afterwards lieeame con- 
 spicuons under the appella- 
 tion if Siddees. He also in- 
 vaded Camroop and Assam, 
 but was repulsed with dis- 
 grac{\ He was succeeded by 
 his son, 
 
 1520 Nusserit Shah, who was as- 
 sassinated by his eunuchs, and 
 his son J'erose Shah placed 
 on the <inone; but, after a 
 reign of threes months, he 
 was assassinated also by his 
 xincle. 
 
 1533 Mahmood Shah was expelled 
 by -Shere Shah the Afghan, 
 and with him, in 1638, ended 
 the series of independent 
 monarchs of Bengal. Some 
 Portuguese ships had enter- 
 ed the Ganges so eaily as 
 
 1517; and in 1586 a squa- 
 droj) of nine ships, was sent 
 to the assistance of Mah- 
 mood Shah; but these suc- 
 cours arrived too late, and 
 Bengal once more became 
 an appendage to the tlirone 
 of Delhi. 
 
 Shere Shah and his suc- 
 cessors occupied Bengal un- 
 til 1576, vhen it was con- 
 quered by the generals of 
 the Emperor Acber; and iu 
 1580 formed into a soubah, 
 or vice-royally, of the Mo- 
 gul empire, by Raja Tooder 
 Mull. 
 The governors of Bengal, under 
 the Mogul dynasty, were 
 
 A. D. 
 
 1576 Khan Jehan. 
 
 1579 Muzuffir Klian. 
 
 1580 R a jail Tooder Mull. 
 1582 Khan Aziu). 
 
 1584 Shahbaz Khan. 
 1589 Rajah Mansingh. 
 
 1606 Cuttab ud Deen Kokultash. 
 
 1607 Jehangire Cooly. 
 
 1608 Sheikh Islam Khan. 
 1613 Cossim Khan. 
 1618 Ibrahim Khan. 
 162-> Shah Jehan. 
 
 1625 Khanczad Khan. 
 
 1626 Mokurrem Khan. 
 
 1627 Fedai Khan. 
 
 1628 Cossim Khan Jobumg. 
 
 1632 Azim Ki.an. During the go- 
 vernment of this viceroy. 
 A. D. 1634, tlie English ob- 
 tained permission to trade 
 with their ships to Bengal, 
 in conse(jueuce of a firmaua 
 from the Emperor Shah Je- 
 han; but were restricted to 
 the port of Pipley, where 
 they established their fac- 
 tory. 
 
 1639 Sultan Shujah, the second son 
 of Shah Jeha!!, and brotiier 
 of Aurengzebi. lu 1642, 
 Mr. Day, the agent, v>ho had 
 so successfully establi.shed 
 the settlement at Madras, 
 proceeded on a voyage of ex- 
 periment to Balasorc ; lioin 
 
138 
 
 BENGAL. 
 
 A. D. whence he sent tlip first re- 
 gular dif;patch, received by 
 1he Court of Directors from 
 Er-ng-ai, rfConimcndi!!g a fac- 
 tory at Balasore. In 1656, 
 owing to the extortion and 
 opprcKs-ion which the Com- 
 pany experienced, Iheir fftc- 
 tories wcic withdrawn tiom 
 Bengal. 
 
 1660 MeerJiirala. 
 
 1664 Shaista Khan. During the go- 
 vernment 9f this viceroy, the 
 French and Danes establish- 
 ed themselves in Bengal. He 
 expelU^dtheMughsof AiTacan 
 from the Island of Snndeep ; 
 and his administration was in 
 other respects able and ac- 
 tive, although described by 
 the East India Company's 
 agents of tliat period in the 
 blackf si colours. 
 
 1677 1 edai Khan. 
 
 1578 Snllan Mahommed Azim, the 
 3d son of Aurengzebi. 
 
 1680 Shaista Khan was re-appoint- 
 ed. This year Mr. Job Char- 
 nock was restored to his 
 fiitualion of chief at Ccssim- 
 bazar; and, in 1681, Bengal 
 was couslituted a distant 
 agency from fort St. George 
 or Madras. On the 20th De- 
 cember, 1686, in consequence 
 of a rupture with the I'ouj- 
 dar, or native military oIKcer 
 of Hooghly, the agent and 
 council retiiedto Chattanuttee 
 or Calcutta, from Hooghly, 
 considering the first as a safer 
 station. 
 
 1689 Ibrahim Khan. In 1693 Mr. 
 Job Charnock died, and was 
 siicceed'td by Mr. Eyre ; the 
 seat of the Company's trade 
 continuing at Chattanuttee. 
 In 1693 Sir John Goldes- 
 borough was sent out as ge- 
 neral superintendant and com- 
 missaiy of all the Company's 
 possessions; but he died in 
 Bengal in 1794, having con- 
 firmed Mr. Eyre as chief. In 
 1696. during the rebellion of 
 
 A. D. Soobha Singh, the Dutch af 
 Chinsura ; the irench at 
 Chandeuagore ; and the En- 
 glish at Chattanuttee (Cal- 
 cutta), requested pennission 
 to put their factories in a 
 state of defence. 'J he vice- 
 roy having assented in gene- 
 ral terms, they proceeded with 
 great diligtnce to raise wails, 
 bastions, and regular fortifica- 
 tions ; the first suffered by the 
 Moguls, witliin their domi- 
 nions. 
 
 1697 Azim Ushaun, giandson to 
 Aurengzebe. This prince in 
 1700 permitted the agents of 
 the East India Company, in 
 consideration of a valuable 
 present, to purchase thi'ee 
 towns with the lands adja- 
 cent to their fortified factory, 
 viz. Cliattanuttee,Gorindpoor, 
 and Calcutta. Mr. Eyre, the 
 chief, in consequence of in- 
 structions from iiome, having 
 strengthened the works of the 
 fort, it was denominated 1' ort 
 William, in compliment to 
 the king. 
 
 1704 Moorshnd Cooly, or JalTier 
 Khan. This nabob, in 1704, 
 transferred the seat of go- 
 vennnent from Daccaf o Moor- 
 shedabad, as beuig more cen- 
 trical. The annual surplus 
 revenue, during his adminis- 
 tration, amoimtcd to from 
 130 to 150 lacks of rupees 
 (1,500,0001.), and was regu- 
 larly transmitted to Delhi 
 every rebruary, accompanied 
 by valuable presents. In 
 1706 the whole stock of the 
 united East India Company 
 had been removed to Cal- 
 cutta; where thegairison con- 
 sisted of 1 29 soldiers, of whom 
 66 were Emopeans, exclu- 
 sive of the gunner and his 
 crew. 
 
 1725 Shujah ud Deen, son-in-law of 
 the last governor. He was 
 succeeded by his son. 
 
 1739 Serferaz Khan, who was day 
 
BENGAL. 
 
 155 
 
 A. B. throned and killed in battle 
 
 by 
 1740 Ali Verdy Khan. It does not 
 appear, that tliis nabob ever 
 remitted any part of the re- 
 venue to Delhi. After the 
 invasion of Hindostan, by 
 Ahmed Shah Abdalli in 1746, 
 and tiie death of the Emperor 
 Mahommed Shah in the fol- 
 lowing year, the Mogul em- 
 pire may be considered as 
 wholly at an end, bc.vond the 
 immediate vicinity of the city 
 of Delhi. 
 1756 Serajc ud Dowlah, gjandson (o 
 the late nabob, in April tiiis 
 year, took undisputed jiosscs- 
 sion of the three provinces ; 
 but, it does not appear, he 
 even received or applied for 
 in vesture from Delhi. On the 
 20th June, he captured Cal- 
 cutta, and shut the prisoners, 
 146, in a room 20 feet square, 
 where they all perished ex- 
 cept 23- On (he 1st Jaiiuaiy, 
 1767, CalciLtta vvas retaken 
 fiom him by Admiral Watson 
 and Colonel Clive; on the 
 20th June, he was defeated at 
 riassey, and the beginning of 
 next July was assassinated by 
 order of the son of his suc- 
 cessor, in the 2011i year of his 
 age, and 15th month of his 
 government. For the subse- 
 quent native princes of Ben- 
 gal, see the article Moorshc- 
 dabad. 
 From this era may be dated the 
 commencement of the British go- 
 vernment in Bengal, although the 
 dewanny was not obtained until 
 1765, when Lord Cilve procured it 
 from the Emperor Shall Alliun, upon 
 the condition of payiug hitn 26 lacks 
 of rupees per aimum, besides secur- 
 ing him a considemble teiritory in 
 Upper Hindostan; both of which he 
 subsequently forfeited in 1771, by 
 putting himself in the power of the 
 Maharattas. 'I'his important busi- 
 ness (the acquisition of the de- 
 )vaxxuy), observes a native lustorian. 
 
 was settled without hesitation or ar- 
 gument, as easily as the purchase of 
 an ass or any other animal, without 
 envoys or reference, eitiier to the 
 King of England or to the Com- 
 pany. 
 
 Lord Clive retunicd to England in 
 1767, and was succeeded by Mr. 
 Verelst and Cartier. in 17V 2 Mr. 
 Hastings was appointed governor, 
 and continued until 1785 ; when he 
 Avas succeeded by Kir John Mac- 
 pherson, who administered the af- 
 fairs of government, until the airival 
 of Lord Cornwalhs in 1787. 
 
 During his lordship's govern- 
 ment, which lasted until August, 
 1793, the land revenue was perma- 
 nently settled, a code of regulations 
 enacted, and (he army and magis- 
 tracy n(\v modelled ; which improve- 
 ments vvcie prosecuted by his suc- 
 cessor, Lord 'i eiguHioutb, and com- 
 pleted by the IVlarcjuis Wellesley. 
 'I'his nobleman reached India the 
 26th April, 1798, and left Madras 
 for England the 20th August, 1805. 
 
 The Marquis Cornwalhs anived at 
 Calcutta, on his second mission in 
 July, 1805, and died at Ohazipoor, 
 near Benares, ihe 6(h of next Ucto- 
 bei". He was succeeded by Sir 
 George H. Barlow, who contiimtd 
 at the head of the supreme govern- 
 ment, until the arrival of Lord 
 Minto, in July, 1807. Lord Minto 
 retitrned (o Europe iii 1813, and v\ as 
 succeeded as governor general by 
 the Eari of Moua, who still tills that 
 important station. (Colebroohe, 
 Stewart, R. Grant, Tennant, J. 
 Grant, Lambert, Bruce, Lord Tei^n- 
 nioidh. Sir Henry Strachetf, Milbiirn, 
 — LJdiiwurg/i Review, SfX.) 
 
 Bengal. Bay of. — 'I'his portion 
 of the Indian (Jceaii has (he tigiuc of 
 an equilatural triangle, very much 
 resembhng in shape, tliough larger 
 in size, than that formed by the con-, 
 tiuent of the Deccan and south of 
 India, and usually, but improperly 
 denominated the Peninsula. Un th© 
 west, one limb extends from Bengal 
 to Ceylon ; on the east, from Bengal 
 to Juukseylon; and the third, ataoss 
 
140 
 
 BEOKE. 
 
 Iho bay from Ceylon fo Jnnkseyloii. 
 Isadi lini!) may bo cstimaicd at 1120 
 miles in leiipjth, nud th« uholc ia 
 coinpieiieiidcil vithiii the latiliulcs 
 of b°. and 20°. Jiorlh. At the bot- 
 tojn of tlic buy, the dificience of 
 lon;j;;1i1iule bt (\vc( ii tlie towns of Ka- 
 lasoie and fhitia^onj on the oppo- 
 Kite sides, 4°. 53'. ' 
 
 The west coast of (he Bay of Ilen- 
 JCalisinihospitahle for shippijij":, there 
 hoiiii;; no harljonr ihr larf;e shijis ; but 
 the opposite coast a ll'ords many excel- 
 lent harboiu'S, such as Arraean, Chc- 
 duba, Ne;j,Tais, andSyriam in Pe;;'nc, 
 a harbour near IMarlaban, Tavoy 
 Kivev, Kir.;:!:'s island, and seveial har- 
 bours in the INfcrgui ArehipelaE^o, 
 besides Jnnkse^lon, Telebone, and 
 Pnla Jiada. In other respects the 
 two coasts diiier materially. Coro- 
 "inandel bas no sf>nn(iings al-ont 30 
 miles fi(;m the ;liorc; (he east coast 
 bas soim!.iinii,"s two degrees off. Co- 
 vomandel is comparatively a clear 
 • country ; the east coast of the bay is 
 covered with ^^ood. Coromandel 
 is often parched with heat, from 
 winds blowing- over barren sand ; the 
 ca,st coast is always cool. On the 
 west coast, the mouths of the rivers 
 are baired with sand; on the east 
 coast, they are deep and muddy. 
 Coromandel has often destructive 
 j^ales; the cast coast lias seldom 
 any. 
 
 The numerous rivers that open on 
 the coast of the bay, bring down 
 .such quantities of slime and mud, 
 that tlie sea apjjcars turbid at a great 
 distance from the shore. In these 
 parts, the tides and currents run 
 M'ith great velocity ; and when coun- 
 ter ciuTents meet, a rippling is form- 
 ed, extending several miles in a 
 straight line, attended with a noise rc- 
 sendjiing breakers. 
 
 The winds m tlic Eay of Bengal 
 -arc said to blow six months from the 
 N. E. and the other six from the 
 S. W. This is not precisely the 
 case, but is sufticieutly accurate for 
 general purposes. It is remarkable, 
 that in many parts of India, during 
 Alarcli and April, there are on shore 
 
 strong winds blowing directly from 
 the sea ; while in the offing it is a 
 perfect calm. Thus at Bengal, there 
 are in that season very strong sou- 
 therly winds, while in the bay, calms 
 prevail until May and June On 
 the coast of Malabar, the south-west 
 monsoon does not commence blow- 
 ing with strength until the begin- 
 ning of the rainy season; but, on 
 shore, there are strong westerly 
 Avinds from about the venial equi- 
 nox. 
 
 In the Hindoo Puranas by the 
 term Caiinga is understood the sea 
 coast at the summit oithe bayof Beii- 
 ga!,fro!n Point Goda^ er} to Cape Ne- 
 grais. It isdivided into three jjarts. — 
 Caiinga iMoper, which extends from 
 Point Godavcrj to the western l)ranch 
 of the Ganges. The inhabitants of 
 this country arc called Calingi, by 
 Aelian and Pliny. 2dly. Madliya 
 Caiinga, or the Middle Caiinga, 
 which is in the Delta of the Ganges, 
 and is corrujjtly called Medo Ga- 
 linca by IMiny. 3dly. Moga Ca- 
 iinga extends tiom the eastern bra neh 
 of the Ganges to Cape Negrais, iu 
 tlie country of the Mias or Muggs ; 
 this is the Macco Calingac of Pliny. 
 I'he name Caiinga implies a coun- 
 try abounding Mith creeks, and is 
 equally ajijilieable to the sea shore 
 about the mouths of the Indus. 
 (Forrest, WiJford, Johnson, l-ioincJ, 
 /»'. Jjitc/ianan, S^'c.) 
 
 Bkngermow. — A to«ii in the 
 Nabob of Uude's teiritories, district 
 of Lucknow, 43 miles E. frojn Luck- 
 now. Lat. 36^*. 53*. N. Long. 80° 
 13'. E. 'ibis town is situated on a 
 snn)ll river, is surrounded Avith 
 clumps of UKingo trees, and has the 
 ajipearance of having been formerly 
 much more consideiable. 
 
 Bkore. — A district in the Nizam's 
 dominions, in the province of Au- 
 rungai)ad, situated about the 19th 
 degree of north latitude. It is a 
 very hilly district, and Jnis not any 
 river of consequence. The chief 
 town is Beorc, and there are besides 
 several strong holds. 
 
 Broke. — A town in the Nizam's 
 
BERAR. 
 
 141 
 
 dominions, in the province of An- in tin! province of Ciny.Uvraia; T.l 
 
 rniif^abad, 42 miles S. tioni the (!ity 
 of Aunuifrabad. Lat. 19°. 10'. N 
 Lons. 76° 12'. E. 
 
 BERAR. 
 
 A larg:c province in tlic Dcccan, 
 CNtcnJinrc from the IQlli to llic 22d 
 Ucgrces of nortli latitiuic. To tin; 
 north, it is bounded by Khaiidesh 
 and Allahabad ; to the south by 
 Aurunj;;abad and the Godavery; to 
 tlie east by the provin<;e of d'und- 
 ■vvana; and to the west by Khan- 
 desh and Anrungabad. Its limits 
 we very inactinatcly defined; but, 
 inclndino; the . modern small pro- 
 vince of Nandere, which properly 
 belongs to it, the lens^th may be 
 estimated at 230 miles, by 120 miles 
 tlie averaj^e breadth. In the Insti- 
 tutes of Aeber, compiled by Abul 
 i'azel, A. D. 1682, it is described as 
 to Hows: 
 
 lichpoor b( iii^" liie proper capilal of 
 this country. Tlie souuah of Rerar 
 was formed during tite reign of 
 Acber, from conquests made south 
 of the Nerbuddah ; but the Ci>«tcrn 
 parts were probably never (com- 
 pletely subjugaled. 
 
 'I'his province is ccntrically situat- 
 ed in the Dccean, nearly at an equal 
 distance from the two seas. 'J'iie 
 surface is in geueral elevated and 
 hilly, and abounds in strong holds; 
 some of whicii, sueli as (iav\elghnr, 
 were deemed inspregnable by the 
 luilivcs, until taken by the army 
 under General ^V ellesley. It has 
 many rivers, l!ic principal of which 
 :u(- the Gt)(hn<'ry, Tufitec, I'oornali, 
 AV urda, and Kaitna, besides siuailcr 
 streams. 7\ II hough so well supplied 
 with wabr, it is but little cultivated, 
 and thini} ;n!iabited. 'i'liere are 
 some jtarts of t!ie [)rovince, however, 
 which aie so favoured by climate 
 and soil, as to be as well cultivated 
 IS any part of India, [>rodueing rice, 
 
 " The ancient names of this Sou- 
 bah are Durdatnt, Ruddavoodyut, wheat, barley, cotton, opium, silk (iw 
 and Eittkener. It is situated in the small quantities and coarse), and 
 
 second climate. The length from 
 Putaleh to Beiragurh is 200 coss, 
 and the breadth iiom Bunder to 
 tlindiah. measures 180 coss. On 
 the east it joins to Beeragurgh ; on 
 tlie north is Settarah ; on the south 
 Hindia; and on the west Tilingana. 
 It is divided into the following dis- 
 tricts; viz. 1. Kaweel; 2. Poonar ; 
 
 sugar — and the whole is susceptible 
 of great improveuici'.t. 'l"he Rerar 
 bullocks ar(^ reckoned the best in 
 the Deccan. The principal tow ns are 
 Ellichpoor, Gawelgiiur, Narnallah, 
 Poonar, Xandere, and Palcr\. 
 
 At present three-fourths of the pro- 
 vince are included v ithin the terri- 
 tories of the Nizam, and the re- 
 
 3. Kehrleh; 4. Nernalah; 5. Knllem; maindcr is either occupied by, or 
 (j. Bassnm; 7. Mahore ; 8. jManick- tributary to the Nagpoor and Mal- 
 
 durgh; 9. Patna; 10, Tilinganch ; 
 11. Ramgiu-; 12. Bheker; 13. Puli"- 
 yaleh." 
 
 It will be perceived, that the pro- 
 i^ince of Rerar, described by Abul 
 I'azel, dillers considerably from the 
 
 wall Maharattas. Ry the treaty of 
 peace coucltKled \\ ith the Nagpoor 
 Rajah, in December, 180.j, the River 
 Vvurda v\as declared the boundary 
 betwixt his dominions and those of 
 the Nizam. I'roni varitnis causes 
 
 modern acceptation of the name; this province has never attained to 
 
 (he latter including (but improperly) any great population, the inhabitants 
 
 the wliol(! country betw ecn DowJeta- probably not exceeiling two niiilions, 
 
 bad and Orissa, the eastern part of of which number not more than onc- 
 
 which v\ as certainly not rednced by, tenth arc Mahonnnedans, tiie roit 
 
 and probably not known to the Em- being Hindoos of the Rrahminical 
 
 peror Acber. Nagpoor has generally sect. A singular practice prevails 
 
 beeii supposed to be the capital of :imong tlie lowest tribes of the i)i- 
 
 lierar; but this is a mistake, as it is habitants of Rerar and Gundwana. 
 
142 
 
 BETAISOR. 
 
 Suicide is not unl'requently vowed 
 by such persons in return for boons, 
 solicited from idols. To fulfil bis 
 vow, the successful votary throws 
 himself from a precipice called Ca- 
 iabhairava. situated iu the mountains 
 between Tuptee and Xerbuddah ri- 
 vers. The annual fair held near 
 that spot, at the bcsiuning: of each 
 spring, usually witnesses eight or 
 10 victims of this superstition. 
 
 Among the states which arose out 
 of the ruins of the Bharaenee sove- 
 reigns of the Deccan, A. D, 1510, 
 one consisted of the southern part of 
 Berar, named the Ummad Shahy 
 dMiasty. It was so called from the 
 founder Ummad ul Moolk, ar.d last- 
 ed only through four generations. 
 The last Prince Boirahan Ummad 
 Shah, Mas only nominal sovereign; 
 the power being usurped by his mi- 
 nister Tuffal Khan. He was re- 
 duced by Motiza Nizam Shah, who 
 added Berar to the other dominions 
 of Ahmcdnuggur in 1574, and along 
 with the latter sovereignty Berar 
 fell under the Mogul domination, to- 
 wards the end of the 17th centurj, 
 (Abul Fazel, Rennel, Ferishta, C'olc- 
 krooke, Leckie, 5th Register, S,-c.) 
 
 B ERKNG, ( Varanga) — A small cen- 
 tral distinct in the province of Cash- 
 mere, situated about 34°. 30'. N. 
 The chief town is of the same name. 
 
 Beheng. — A town in the province 
 »f Cashmere, 37 miles E. of the city 
 of Cashmere. Lat. 34° 18'. N. 
 Long. 74°. 23'. E. Near this town 
 is a long strait in a mountain, in 
 which there is a reservoir of v\ ater 
 seven ells square, which the Hin- 
 doos consider as a place of great 
 sanctity. (Abid Fazel, §-c.) 
 
 BERNAGHUR,(Fm(ffg-flr.) — A small 
 town in the province of Bengal, dis- 
 trict of Baujshy, five miles N. from 
 Moorshedabad. Lat. 24°. 16'. N. 
 Long. 88°. 13'. E. 
 
 Bernaver. — A smnll tovni in ilie 
 province of Delhi, formerly compre- 
 liended in the district of Sumroo 
 Begum, 35 miles N. N. E. from the 
 eity of Delbi. Lat. 29*. 10'. N. 
 Long. 77° 19'. E. 
 
 Besouki. — A large village in the 
 north-eastern quarter of the Island 
 of Java, situated about three leagues 
 from the coast. Lat. 7°. 45'. N. 
 Long. 113°. 50'. E. The surround- 
 ing country is an immense plain 
 of rice fields interspersed with 
 thickets. The village of Besouki is 
 the capital of a small Malay princi- 
 pality ; the chief, or tomogon, of 
 whicli, in 1804, was of a superior 
 description as a native, possessing 
 some knowledge of mathematics and 
 physics, although of Chinese origin. 
 His palace is built of large white 
 stones, in the European manner, 
 Jiaving;n front an extensive court, 
 with a wooden gate. (Tomhe, Sfc.^ 
 
 Besseek. — A distri-t in Nortjiern 
 Hindostan, situated about the 32d 
 degree of north latitude. It is in- 
 tersected by the Jumna, and bound- 
 ed on the east hy the Ganges, with 
 the province of Lahore on the west. 
 It has been but little explored, ex- 
 cept by the Goorkhali armies, it 
 being tributary to the Nepaid go- 
 vernment. 
 
 Bessklv Ghaut, (Bisavali-ghat). 
 — A pass through the v^estern range 
 of mountains, leading from the Mj^« 
 sore into the maritime province of 
 Canara. This road has been formed 
 with great labour out of a bed of 
 loose rock, over which the tonents 
 run during the rains with such force, 
 as to wash away all the softer parts ; 
 and, in many parts, leaving single 
 rocks four or five feet in diameter, 
 standing in the centre of the road, 
 not al)ovc two feet asunder. Th# 
 trees in the vicinity are of an enor- 
 mous size, several of them being 
 100 feet in the stem, without a 
 branch to that height. The descent 
 is very steep, yet it is often travelled 
 at night by torch light, which has a 
 very grand effect among the trees 
 and precipices. By this pass nume- 
 rous flocks of oxen descend to the 
 sea coast with grain, and return with 
 salt. (L&rd Valentia, Sc.) 
 
 Betaisor. — A town in the pro-, 
 vinee of Agra, situated on the S. W, 
 side of Uie Jumua, 37 miles S. S. £. 
 
BEZOARA. 
 
 143 
 
 from Apra. Lat. 26®. 58'. N. Long. 
 78°. 2S'. E. 
 
 Bettiah, (B/iattia, named also 
 Cimmparun). — A district in the pro- 
 vince of Bahar, situated fjctween 
 the 27th and 28th degrees of north 
 latitude. It is bounded on the north 
 by the Terriani, on the cast hy Moc- 
 wanny and Tirhoot, and on the west 
 by the River Gimduck. This district 
 was not completely subdued until 
 the acquisition of the dewanny by 
 the Company, v.hen it ^yas annexed 
 to Chumparun ; and, together, they 
 contain, iii their greatest extent, 
 2.546 square miles. 
 
 The chief towns are Bettiah and 
 Boggah, and the principal river the 
 Gunduck; on the banks of which, 
 and indeed all over the district, large 
 timber trees for ship building arc 
 procured, and firs fit for masts. In 
 cultivation and manufactures it is 
 much inferior to the more central 
 districts of Bahar, a considerable 
 proportion of the counUy still re- 
 maining coveicd with primeval fo- 
 rests, (J. Grant, Verelst, ^c.) 
 
 Bettiah. — A town in the pro- 
 yincc of Bahar, district of Bettiah, 
 90 miles N. N. W. from Patna. Lat. 
 26°. 47'. N. Long. 84°. 40'. E. 
 
 Bettooriah, {Bhitoria). — A dis- 
 trict ia the province of Bengal, si- 
 tuated principally betwixt the 24tli 
 and 25th degrees of north latitude, 
 and now comprehended, with its ca- 
 jiital Nattore, in the laiger division 
 of Raujeshy. The principal river is 
 the Ganges, but it is cut and inter- 
 sected, in all directions, by smaller 
 rivers, miHahs, and water courses; 
 and ha.s, besides, large internal jeels 
 or lakes, which, in the height of the 
 rains, join and form one vast sheet 
 of water, interspersed with trees and 
 villages built on artificial raoimds. 
 It is fertile, and well adapted for the 
 rioe cultivation, of which grain it 
 produces, and exports large quanti- 
 ties. A. D, 1386, Rajah Causa, the 
 Hindoo zemindar of tliis district, re- 
 "belled against Shums ud Decn, the 
 sovereign of Bengal, who was de- 
 feated and slaiu> Od tlus event Ra^ 
 
 jah Cansa ascended the vacant 
 throne, which, after a reigu of seven 
 years, he transmitted to his .son 
 Chcetmul, who became a Mahom- 
 mcdan, and reigned under the name 
 ol Sultan Jcllal ud Doen. 
 
 Betwah, (Vttava). — This river, 
 from its source soutli of Bopal in 
 the province of Malwah, to its con- 
 tluence with the Junma below Cal- 
 pee, describes a course of ,340 miles 
 in a north-easterly diiection. Near 
 the town of Barwali, ia (iie month 
 of March, it is about three furlongs 
 broad, sandy, and full of round 
 stones, and the -water only knee 
 deep; but, dnringthe rains, it swells 
 to such a height as to be impassable. 
 {Hunter, 4t.) 
 
 Beyah, {Vipasa). — ^This riverrises 
 in the province of Lahore, near the 
 moTUitains of Cashmere, and not far 
 from the source of the Sutulcje, 
 v^ Inch it afterwards joins, i'or tlie 
 first 200 miles its course is due 
 south, after w hich it pursues a west- 
 erly direction. The whole length of 
 its present journey maybe estimated 
 at 350 miles ; it appears, however, 
 that it formerly fell iuto the Sutuleje, 
 much below the place w here they 
 now meet, there being still a small 
 canal, called the Old Bed of the 
 Beyali, Abul Fazel writes, that the 
 source of the Beyah, named Abya- 
 koond, is in the mountains of Keloo, 
 in the pergunnah of Sultanpoor. 
 
 This is the fourth river of the 
 Punjab, and is the Hyphasis of 
 Alexander, after its junction with 
 the Sutuleje, about the middle of its 
 course. In 1805 Lord Lake pur- 
 sued Jeswunt Row Holkar to the 
 banks of this river, where he at last 
 sued for peace. {Rennel, Makobn, 
 Abul Fazel, .^x.) 
 
 Beyhar, (Vihar). — A town in 
 the province of Bengal, district of 
 Coos Beyhar, situated on the cast 
 side of the Toresha River. Lat. 26°. 
 18'. N. Long. 89°. 22'. E, 
 
 Beykaneer. — See BiCANEnE, 
 
 Bezoara, {Bijora.) — A town ia 
 the Northern Circars, district of 
 Condapilly, situated ua the east bank 
 
144 
 
 BHADEINATH. 
 
 of the Krishna river. Lat. 16°. 32'. 
 
 N. Loiin:. 80° 2?', N. 
 
 BilADlUNATH, {Vadarinatha.) — A 
 town and tenijile in Norllicrji IJiti- 
 dostan, iii the province of Scrinagnr, 
 siUialed on tlie west bank of the 
 Alncananda River, in tlie centre of a 
 valley, abo'it four miles in length, 
 and one niiie in its greatest lj)eadth. 
 Lat. 311°. 43', \. Lonff. 7i;°. 38'. E. 
 
 Tliis town is bnilt on the sloping 
 bank of the river, and contains only 
 20 or 30 hnts, for the acconimodatiou 
 of the Jirahinins and otlier attend- 
 ants on the temple. The strnctnre 
 of this editice is by no means answer- 
 able to the reputed sanctity of tlie 
 place ; for the support of which large 
 sums are aiurnally rceived, inde- 
 pendent of the land revenue appro- 
 priated for its maintenance. It is 
 built in the form of a cone, with a 
 small cupola, suiinounted by a square 
 .shelving roof of copper, over which 
 is a golden ball (gilt) and spire. The 
 height of the building is 4t» or 50 feet, 
 and the era of its foundation too re- 
 mote to have reached us even by 
 tradition; it is, consequently, sup- 
 posed to be the work of some sujje- 
 rior being. This specimen of Hin- 
 doo divine architecture, however, 
 Avas too weak to resist the shock of 
 the last earthquake, vvhicli left it in 
 so tottering a condition, that human 
 efforts were judged expedient to 
 preserve it from ruin. 
 
 Here is a w;n la bath, supplied by 
 a spring of hot water that issues from 
 the mountain, with a thick steam 
 strongly tainted with a sid|)hureous 
 smell. Close to it is a cold si)ring. 
 B*»sides these there are numerous 
 other springs, having their pecidiar 
 names and virtues, which are turned 
 to a good account by the Bralnnins. 
 In going th<^ round of purilicalion, 
 the poor jiilgrim finds his purse 
 lesson as Ijis sins decrease; and the 
 numerous tolls that arc levied on 
 this higli road to paradise, may in- 
 duce him to think that thestraightest 
 path is not the cheapest. 
 
 'I'he principal idol, Jlhadrinath, is 
 about three feet high, cut in black 
 
 stone or marble, dressed in a suit of 
 gold and silver brocade, the head 
 and hands oidy being uncovered. 
 His temple has more beneficed lands 
 arlached to it than any sacred Hin- 
 doo establishment in this part of In- 
 dia. If is said to possess 700 vil- 
 lages, situated in different parts of 
 Gerwal or Kemaoon, Avliich are all 
 under the jurisdiction of the high 
 l)riest, who holds a paramount au- 
 thority, nominally independent of the 
 ruling power. 
 
 The selection for tlie office of high 
 priest is confined to the casts of Dec- 
 cany Brahmins, of the Chauli or 
 Namburi tribes. In former times 
 the situation was a permanent one; 
 but since the Nepaulese conquest, 
 the pontificate is put up fo sale, and 
 disposed of to the highest bidder. 
 — ^"riie territorial revenue probably 
 forms the least part of the riches of 
 this establishment; for ev^ry person 
 who pays his homage to 'he (leity is 
 expected fo make otlerings in pro- 
 ]iortion to his means. In return for 
 these oblations, each person receives 
 what is called a ])resad, which con- 
 sists of a liffle boiled rice, whicli is 
 distributed with a due regard to th» 
 amoimt of the oflei ir.gs. 
 
 A large establishment of servants 
 of every descripfion is kept up; and, 
 during the months of |)ilgrimmage, 
 the deity is well clothed, and fines 
 sumjifuously ; but, as soon as the 
 winter connnenccs, the priests take 
 fhcir de|)arfure, until the periodical 
 letniii of the holy season. The trea- 
 sures and valuable utensils are bu- 
 ried in a vault under th»! fenjple, 
 which was once robbed by a few 
 mountaineers, who were afterwards 
 discovered, and put fo death. The 
 III ahminsv\ ho reside here are chiefly 
 from the Deccan, and do not colo- 
 nise. 
 
 'i'he number of pilgrims wlio visit 
 Bhadrin;:th annually is estimated at 
 50,000, the greater part being fakirs 
 (devotees), who come fioin (he re- 
 motest quarters of India. All these 
 people assemble at tiurdwar, and, 
 us soon as the fair is concluded, 
 
BIUTTIA. 
 
 145 
 
 ♦ake their departure for the holy 
 land. 
 
 ( )u tlie 29th of May, 1808, masses 
 of snow, about 70 feet thick, still re- 
 mained undissolved on the ruad to 
 liliadi inath ; and the tops of (he high 
 nunnitains were covered with snow, 
 which remains congealed through- 
 out the whole year. (Raper, cSr. J 
 
 Bh AG MUTTY, {Bhugumuti). — Tlie 
 mountain of Sheopoori, near Cat- 
 mandoo, bordering tlie Nepaid val- 
 ley, gives rise to the Bhagniutty and 
 Bishenmutty rivers. The .sources of 
 the first (which also bears the name 
 of Brimha Sera.ssuti) are situated or 
 the north .side of the mountain, round 
 the east foot of which the river 
 v\ inds, and enters the valley of Ne- 
 paul. A short distance below Cat- 
 mandoo, the Bishenmutty joins it, 
 and loses its name. The cour.se of 
 the Bliagmutty from thence, until it 
 pa.sses Hiiirecpoor, is imknown ; it 
 afterwards continues its course to 
 ISIunniary, where it cnterit. the Com- 
 pany's territories, and falls into the 
 (ianges a few miles below Monghir. 
 Its course, including the windings, 
 may be estimated at 400 mile.s. 
 
 'i'his river is navigable dining the 
 rains for boats of all burthens, as 
 liigh a.s Seriva in the Nepaul tenittv 
 ries, and probably much further up. 
 {Kirhpatrick, •^•c.) 
 
 BHAGwr'NTGiR. — A rajpoot vil- 
 lage, in the province of Ajmcer, 
 dei)eudent ou the district of Ban- 
 taiiipoor, with a small fort or watch- 
 house on tlie top of the hill, 65 miles 
 ..S.S. E. from JvonaKur. Lat, 26°. 
 7'. N. Long. 7(j°. 12'. £. 
 . Bhajepocr, (Bajpur). — A town 
 Su the jnovince of Oude, district of 
 Baieily, 107 miles N.from Lucknow. 
 Lat. 26°. 3'. N. Long. 8U° 58'. E. 
 
 Bhareh, or Bharragharry. — A 
 ■town in Northern fliudostan, in the 
 dominions of Nepaul, which, although 
 the ordinary residence of the Soubah 
 of the AVestcrn Turrye, is a mean 
 place, coutainiug only fioin 30 to 40 
 .huts. Lat. 26°. 50'. N. Long. 85°. 
 .25'. E. 'Ihe fort is not more re- 
 spectable than the town; nor would 
 
 the governor's habitation attract no- 
 tice any wher<> else, alllioiigh built 
 of well-burne-1 bricks and tiles. 
 
 The situation of Bhareh is very 
 unhealthy ; and Capt. Kinloch's de- 
 tachment, N^hich remained here tor 
 some time after the unfortunate at- 
 tempt in 17G9 to penetrate into Ne- 
 paul, suffered greatly from the jiesti- 
 lenlial etl'ect of the climate. (An7i- 
 patrick, i^c.) 
 
 Bhatgan, or Bhatgon'g. — A town 
 in Northern llindostan, situated in 
 the valley of Nepaul. Lat. 27°. 32'. 
 N. Long. 85°. 45'. E. 
 
 Bhatgong lies east by south of 
 Catmandoo, distant nearly eight 
 road miles. Its ancient name was 
 Dhu.'iuaputten, and it is called by 
 the Newars Khopodaise, who de- 
 scribe it as resembling the dumbroo, 
 or guitar of Mahadeva. This towu 
 is the favourite residence of the 
 Brahmins of Nepaul, containing 
 many more families of that order 
 than Catmandoo and Patn together; 
 all those of the khetri cast (military) 
 flocking to the capital, while Patu is 
 chiefly inhabited by Newars, 
 
 In size it is the most considerable of 
 the three, being rated only at 12,000 
 houses ; yet its palace, and the build- 
 ings in general, are of a more striking 
 ajipcarancc, owing chiefly to the ex- 
 cellent quality of the bricks, which 
 are the best in Nepaul — a country 
 remarkable for the superiority of its 
 bricks and tiles. The former sove- 
 reigns of this state possessed the 
 smallest share of the valley; but 
 their dominions extended a consi- 
 derable way eastward to the banks 
 of the Coosey. Bhatgong is the 
 Benares of the Ghoorkhali domi- 
 nions, and is said to contain many 
 valuable ancient sanserif mauu- 
 scripts. {Kirhpatrick, kc.) 
 
 Bhatgoxg. — See Bhatgan. 
 
 Bhattia. — A town in the v.'estcrn, 
 extremity of the Gujrat Peninsula, 
 situated a few miles to the east of 
 Oak a. 
 
 This place contains about 500 
 houses, chiefly inhabited by Ahcers, 
 au industrious aad uaeful class of tine 
 
140 
 
 BHORSET. 
 
 peasantry, originally herdsmen, but 
 who of late years liave applied them- 
 selves to the enhivation of land. — 
 The country to the north of Bhaltia 
 exhibits an appearance of cultivation 
 and prosperity superior in general to 
 the rest of the peninsula. The grain 
 chicily raised is bajeree. {31'3Iurdo, 
 $-c.) 
 
 Bhavani FivEn. — A river in the 
 Coinibetoor province, which flows 
 past the town of Sathuuugalum, and 
 afterwards joins the Cavery at Bha- 
 wani Kudal. 
 
 Bhawam Kudal. — An old ruin- 
 ous fort in tlie Coitnbetoor distiict, 
 .situated at the junction of the Bha- 
 wani with the Cavery. Lat. 11°. 
 25'. N. Long. 77°. 47'. E. 
 
 Tliis place contains two celebrated 
 temples ; the ojic dedicated to Vish- 
 nu, and the other to Siva, and was 
 built by a polygar, named Guttimo- 
 daly, who held all the neighbouring 
 countries as a feudatory under the 
 rajahs of Madura. At that period 
 the dominions of the latter, including 
 Saliem, Treehinopoly, and all the 
 country south of Sholia or Tanjore, 
 were called by the general title of 
 Angaraca, and comprehended the 
 two countries of Chera and Pan- 
 dava. 
 
 AtApogadal, 10 miles from this 
 place, a sandy loam is reckoned most 
 favourable for the cultivation of rice ; 
 and, according to its four qualities, 
 lets for 41. 2.s., 31. 12s., and 31. 4s. 
 per acre. Inferior soils let so low 
 as 18s. per acre. {F. Buchanan, §*c.) 
 Bheels, {Bhailu). — A savage 
 tribe, scattered over Hindostan Pro- 
 per and the nortli of the Deccan, 
 particularly along the course of the 
 Nerbadilah River. They are a jungle 
 people, and in a state of great barba- 
 rity. I'hcy arc used by the Maharat- 
 tas as guides, and travel with a bow 
 and aiTovvs, subsisting by rapine and 
 plunder. The Bheels are supposed 
 to have been the aborigines of Guj- 
 ral an<l t!i?; adjacent quarters of Hin- 
 dustan, in common with the Coolees. 
 The lirst now inhabit the interior, 
 niid live ou what tlicy can prociue 
 
 by hunting and thieving ; the latter 
 are generally found in the western 
 districts of Gujrat, and along the sea 
 shores, where they employ them- 
 selves in fishing and piracy. 
 
 'Jlie whole range of mountains 
 from Songiiur (a frontier town be- 
 longing to the Guikar), to its south 
 limits, is in the possession of th« 
 Bheels. (7o?(e and 6th Register.) 
 
 Bhehera (Fi/tffr) River, — A river 
 of the Punjab, or province of Lahore, 
 which has its source in the hills to- 
 wards the frontiers of Cashmere, 
 from whence it Hows in a south- 
 westerly direction, and afterwards 
 joins the Jhylum, or Hydaspc* 
 Kiver. 
 
 Bhehera. — A town in the Seik 
 territories, in the Lahore, situated 
 on the west side of the Bhehera, or 
 Bhember Biver, 98 miles W. by N. 
 from Lahore. Lat. 32°. 2'. N. Long. 
 72°. 11'. N. 
 
 BHEiL,orBHALSA. — A small town 
 in the province of Lahore, 65 miles 
 N. by A¥. from MooItaQ. Lat. 31®. 
 29'. N. Long.71°. 2'. E. 
 
 Bhey. — A small village in ths 
 Gujrat Peninsula, situated on the 
 Run, about 15 miles from the fort- 
 ress of Mallia. It consists of a few 
 houses, principally inhabited by Go- 
 sains, with several large and appa- 
 rently ancient tanks in the vicinity. 
 The soil here is rich, deep, and 
 marshy. {M'Murdo, ^c.) 
 
 Bhind. — A town in the province 
 of Agra, district of Bahdoriah, 30 
 miles E. N. E. from Gohud. Lat. 
 36°. 34'. N. Long. 78°. 47'. E.— 
 This place was guaranteed to the 
 Rannah of Gohud in January 1804. 
 
 Bhiroo. — A town in the Nizam's 
 territories, in the province of Bi-rar, 
 20 miles south of Chandah. Lat 
 19°. 51'. N. Long. 80°. 5'. E. 
 
 Bhon'Gaung. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Agra, district of I'.laweh, 
 65 miles E. from Agia. Lat. 27®. 
 15'. N. Long. 79°. 7'. E. 
 
 Bhorset. — A town ia the pro- 
 vince of Gujrat, district of Broach, 
 20 miles E. from Cambay. Lat, 
 22°. 21'. N. Lonff. 73°. 5', £. 
 
BHURTPOOR. 
 
 147 
 
 Bhowanny. — A town and fortress 
 in the iirovince of Delhi, district of 
 Hunianah, taken by assault by th.e 
 British forces on thc"29th Sept. 1809, 
 after a most obstinate resistance. 
 
 Bhurtpoor, {Bhuratapura). — A 
 town in the province of Ao^ra, 28 
 miles W. N. W. from the city of 
 Agra. Lat. 27°. 13'. N. Long. 770^ 
 28'. E. 
 
 The Rajah of Bhnrtpoor is one of 
 the principal chieftains of the tribe 
 of J ants, and possesses a conside- 
 rable territory and several forts in 
 tlie vicinity of Agra and IMathura, 
 on the south-west or right bank of 
 the Jumna, 
 
 The tribe of Jauts for the first time 
 attracted notice in Hindostan about 
 the year 1700, when having migrated 
 from the banks of the Indus, in the 
 lower part of the province of Mool- 
 tan, they were allowed to settle in 
 the avocations of husbandly in seve- 
 ral parts of the Doab of the Ganges 
 and Jumna. ^ Their subsecinent pro- 
 gress was uncommonly rapid; and 
 during the civil wars, carried on by 
 the successors of Aurengzebe, the 
 Jauts found means to secure them- 
 selves a large portion of country, in 
 which they built forts, and accumu- 
 lated great wealth. The title of rajah 
 is a Hindoo distinction, which some 
 of them have assumed ; but to which 
 they have no more real right, than 
 their ancestors had to the contents 
 of the imperial caravans, Avhich they 
 were in the habit of plundering. 
 
 During Anrengzebe's last march 
 towards the Deccan, Churanum, the 
 Jaut, pillaged the baggage of the 
 army, and with part of the spoil 
 erected the fortress of Bhurtpoor. 
 Sooraj Mull, one of his successors, 
 new modelled tJie government, and 
 "Was afterwards killed in battle with 
 Nudjifl' Khan, A. D. 1763. He was 
 succeeded by his son, Jewar Singh, 
 ■who was secretly nnudered in 1768. 
 At this period the Jaut territories 
 extended from Agra to within a few 
 miles of Delhi on the west, and to 
 near Etaweh on the east. They 
 also possessed a, tiact of land south 
 
 L 2 
 
 of the Jumna ; and, bp<;iclos places 
 of inferior strength, h;ul three forts, 
 which were then deemed impreg- 
 nable. About 1780, Nudjifl' Rhaii 
 subdued great part of the Jaut coun- 
 try, and left the rajah little besides 
 Bhurtjioor, and a small district of 
 about seven lacks of rupees per ann. 
 On the death of Jewar Singh, in 
 1768, his brother, Ruttun Singh, as- 
 cended the throne ; and, being also 
 assassinated, was succeeded by his 
 brother, Kairy Singli. On the death 
 of this chief, his son, Runjeet Singh, 
 assumed the sovereignty, in posses- 
 sion of which he still continues. — 
 When Madajec Sindia first under- 
 took the conquest of Hindostan Pro- 
 per, he experienced essential assist- 
 ance from Runjeet Singh, who, on 
 tliis account, was treated with great 
 comparative lenity by the Maha- 
 rattas. 
 
 In September, 1803, a treaty of 
 perpetual friendship was concluded 
 by General I^ake, on the part of tli« 
 British government, with Ra,jah Run- 
 jeet Singh, of Bhurtpoor, by which 
 the friends and enemies of the one 
 state were to be considered th» 
 friends and enemies of the other; 
 and the British government engaged 
 never to interfere in the concerns of 
 the rajah's country, or demand tri- 
 bute from him. I'he rajah, on the 
 other hand, engaged, that if an eno- 
 my invaded the British territories, 
 lie Mould assist with his forces to 
 compel his expulsion ; and, in like 
 manner, the British government un- 
 dertook to assist the Bhintpoor ra- 
 jah in defending his dominions 
 against external attacks. 
 
 Notwithstanding this ti'eaty, con- 
 cluded in the most solenm manner, 
 and with all the customary formali- 
 ties, in 1805, the rajah most nnac-» 
 countably embraced the declining 
 cause of Jeswant Row Holkar, re- 
 peatedly discomfited by Lord Lake, 
 and admitted him with the shattered 
 remains of his army into the fortress 
 of Bhnrtpoor. The consequence 
 was, a siege commenced, which will 
 be memorable in the annals of ladia^ 
 
148 
 
 BICANF.RE. 
 
 for the sanguinary obstinacy both of 
 the attack and (Id'cnce. The i^nr- 
 rison repulsed Avitli vast shur^hter 
 tiie most desperate assaults of the 
 besicoers, who, from the I)readth and 
 deepness of the wet ditch, never 
 could get in sufficient numbers to 
 close (jnarters, although afew, halt- 
 swimmiiip;, half wading, did reach 
 and ascend tiie ramparts, but only 
 to be tuu)l)led hack into the ditch, 
 in the course of this siege the ]jri- 
 tisli sustained a greater loss of men 
 and olTicers, than they liad suiTercd 
 in any tlirec of the greatest pitched 
 battles they had fought in India ; 
 but the rajah perceiving that the 
 British perseverance must ultimately 
 j)revail, sued tijr peace, sent his son 
 to Lord Lake's camp A^ith the keys 
 of the fortress, and agreed to compel 
 Holkar to quit Bhurtpoor. 
 
 Ou tlie 17th of April, 1805, the 
 siege being thus conchided, a second 
 treaty was arranged, by which the 
 former conditions of friendsliip A\ere 
 renewed, but with stipulations cal- 
 culated to ensure a stricter jierforin- 
 aucc of them on tlie part of the ra- 
 jali, who agreed, that, as a security, 
 one of his sons should constantly 
 remain with the ofhccr connnanding 
 the British forces in Upper Hindos- 
 tan, until such time as the British 
 government should be perfectly sa- 
 tislicd in regard to the rajah's fide- 
 lity ; upon the estabhslmicnt of 
 [ Avhich they agreed to restore to him 
 . the foi-tress of Dccg. 
 
 In consideration of the peac'c 
 granted, the rajah bound himself to 
 pay tiic British government 20 lacks 
 of rupees, live to be paid innnedi- 
 ately, and the remainder by instal- 
 ments. In consequence of the pa- 
 cilication, the country before pos- 
 sessed Ity the rajah was restored to 
 liim, and he engaged to assist the 
 Biitish against all invaders, and not 
 to receive any Europeans into his 
 service. As by the second article 
 of t!ie treaty the Britisli government 
 became guiuantcc to tlic rajah for 
 tin' security of his country against 
 "•xtcrnal tucmies, it was agreed, that 
 
 in case a misunderstanding afose 
 between him and any other chief, he 
 would, in the first instance, submit 
 the cause of dispute to the British 
 government, v\hich would endea- 
 vour to settle it amicaljly ; but if, 
 from the obstinacy of the opposite 
 party, this was unattainable, the ra- 
 jah was authorized to demand aid 
 from the British government. 
 
 The extent of the rajah's territo- 
 ries has never been accurately defin- 
 ed, but they contain no town of con- 
 sequence besides Bhurtpoor, Biana, 
 and Deeg, wliich last was restored 
 to him. At present he apjjears to 
 be cordially attached to the British 
 government, and really sensible of 
 the important protection aifordert 
 him by the treaties suhsisting with 
 that state ; as a proof of which, h« 
 permitted, and even invited, the 
 Biitish officer Mho was surveying 
 that p;nt of Hindostan, in 180(i, to 
 survey his territories also. {Marquis 
 WcUcxIcif, Hunter, Franklin, Craiv- 
 furrl^ treaties, 3ISS. vVr.) 
 
 BiAN'A, (Bi/ana). — A town in the 
 province of Agra, 44 miles W. S. W. 
 from the citv of Aa,Ta. Lat. 2G°. 5G'. 
 N. Long. 7/°. 1()Ce. 
 
 This town preceded Agia a.s tlio 
 capital of the province, as we learn 
 from Abul Fazel that Sidtan Seeuu- 
 der liodi made it his metropolis, and 
 kept ids comt here, while Agra was 
 a village dependent on it. It was 
 first concjuered by the IMahomme- 
 dans in 1197. Biana is still con- 
 siderable, and contains niany large 
 stone houses, and the whole ridge 
 of the Iiill is covered with the re- 
 mains of buildings, among which is 
 a fort, containing a high |>illar, con- 
 spicuous at a great distance. lu 
 1700 the town and district belonged 
 to Banjeet Singli, the Itajah of 
 Bhurtpoor, and with him it probably 
 still remains. {Abul Fazel, Hunter, 
 
 BiCANERE, (Bicamr). — A large 
 district in the province of Ajineor, 
 situated about the 29th degree of 
 north latitude. It is bounded on the 
 iiorth bj the country of the Battles, 
 
EIJANAGUR. 
 
 149 
 
 wrst by the dcswt, S. W. by Jcssel- 
 nieip, south by Joudpoor, S. E. by 
 .?«'yi)oor, and east by tlie district of 
 IJiiiTianah. 
 
 Tfie country is elevated, and the 
 soil a liglit brown sand, from the 
 nature of \vliicli the rain is al^sorbed 
 as soon as it falls, ^^"ells aie, con- 
 sequently, of absolute necessity, 
 and are made of brick, generally 
 from 100 to 200 feet deep. Ivdch 
 family has, besides, a cistern for the 
 collection of rain water. A\ itli the 
 exception of a few villages towards 
 the eastern frontier, the cultivation 
 of Bicanere is precarious ; bejurah, 
 and other species of Indian pulse, 
 being the only produce, the inhabi- 
 tants depending greatly on the neigh- 
 bouring provinces for a supply of 
 provisions. Horses and bullocks, of 
 an inferior breed, are raised, and arc 
 nearly the sole export. 
 
 This district imports coarse and 
 fine rice, sugar, opium, and indigo. 
 The former articles are l)rought from 
 Ijahorc by Rajghur and Churoo. 
 Salt is procured from Sambher, and 
 wheat from the Jeypoor country ; 
 s])ices, copper, and coarse clotlj, from 
 Jesschncre. The chief place of 
 strength is the city of Bicanere. 
 Churoo, Raugeham, and Bahudra, 
 arc reckoned strong places by the 
 jiatives, but they are ill supplied 
 ■with water. The country being an 
 extensive level plain, contains few 
 natural strong holds, or fortified 
 jdaccs. To cross the Desert of Bica- 
 nere requires a march of 1 1 days. 
 
 ITie country is governed by the 
 Rhatore Rajpoots, but the cultiva- 
 tors are mo^tIy Jants. In 1582, this 
 district was desci i!)ed by Abul i'azel 
 as follows : " Sircar Reykanecr, con- 
 taining 1 1 mahals, revemic 4,750,000 
 dams. This sircar furnishes 1200 
 cavalry, and 50,000 infantry." {17to- 
 iiuis, Franklin, SfC.) 
 
 BiCANERi:. — A. town in the pro- 
 vin(!e of Ajmeer, the capital of a 
 district of the same name, 220 miles 
 W. by N. horn Delhi. 
 
 This city is spacious, well built, 
 and siuToundcd bj a wail of CoiUv.er. 
 
 On the south Mest side is the fort, 
 where the rajah resi<les. It is a place 
 of considerable strength, built in the 
 Indian style, and encompassed by a 
 broad and deep ditch ; but the chief 
 security of both tlie city and fort,, 
 arises from the scarcity of water in 
 the sunounding country. 
 
 In the service of the Bicanere 
 Rajah are several Europeans of dif- 
 ferent nations, who reside within the 
 fort. The Battles nnd this rajah are 
 generally in a state of hostility ; and, 
 in Nov. Ibi08, the city and fort were 
 blockaded by the ]?!ijah of Joudpoor 
 and his allies, {Thomas, llth Re- 
 gister, (^-c.) 
 
 BicKUT. — A town tributarj' to the 
 Mahardttas, in the province of Agra, 
 district of Narwar, 40 miles east 
 from the city of Narwar. Lat. 25°. 
 43'. N. Long. 78°. 52'. E. 
 
 BlDZFEGL'R, (Vijai/agliar). — A 
 town in the province of Allaliabad, 
 district of Chnnar. Lat. 21°. 37'. 
 N. Long. 83°. 10'. E. 
 
 The fort is a circumvallation of a 
 rocky hill, measniiug from the im- 
 mediate base to the sinnmit about 
 two miles. Its strength consists in 
 the height and steepness of the hill, 
 atid the unhealthy nature of the sur- 
 rounding countiy. Three deep re- 
 servoirs, excavated on the top of the 
 liill, supplied the garrison with wa- 
 ter. It was taken by the Brilisli 
 forces in 1781, dining the revolt of 
 Cheit Singh, and has ever since 
 been neglected, and in ruins. 'JVa- 
 velljng distance from Benares 56 
 miles. {Foster, Rennel, ^r.) 
 
 BijANAGUK, {Vidipiagar). — A city 
 in the Balaghaut Ceded Tcnitorii.-s, 
 in the south of India, now in ruins, 
 but once the capital of a great Hin- 
 doo empire. Lat. 15°. 14', N. Long. 
 76°. 34'. i:. 
 
 'i'he remains of this citj' are si- 
 tuated on the south bank of the 
 Toombuddra River, directly oppo- 
 site to Annagoondy. On the north 
 side of Comlapoor fort arc a great 
 number of rugged hills, covered with 
 pagodas. The city has been enclos- 
 ed with strong stone walls on the 
 
150 
 
 BIJORE. 
 
 east side, and botvnded by the river 
 6n the west, the circiimrerence of 
 the whole appearing to be about 
 eight miles. Betwixt the immense 
 piles of rocks crowned with pagodas, 
 several streets can be traced from 30 
 to 45 yards wide, and there is one 
 remains yet perfect. There are a 
 number of streams flow through the 
 ruins of the city, which is named by 
 the natives on the spot AUpatna. 
 The river at one place, at the ibot of 
 these ruins, is only 1 6 yards \v ide, 
 l^elow Avhich there lias been a stone 
 bridge. Annagoondy, wliich was 
 formerly only a part of the city, is 
 now the Canarese name for the 
 whole. 
 
 The building of this metropolis 
 was begun A. t). 1336, and finished 
 in 1343, by Aka Hiirryhur, and Buc- 
 ca Hurryhur, two brotlicrs, the for- 
 mer of whom reigned until A. D. 
 1350, and the latter until 1378. It 
 was at first named Vidyanagara, the 
 city of science, but was afterwards 
 named Yijeyanagara, the city of 
 victory. 
 
 The Chola (Tanjore), the Chera, 
 and the Pandian (Madura) dynasties 
 were all conquered by Nursing Ra- 
 jah, and Krishna Rajah of Bijanagur, 
 in the period between 1490 and 
 1515, The kingdom was then called 
 Bisuagar, and Narsinga, in old Eu- 
 ropean maps, and comprehended the 
 whole Carnatic above and below the 
 Ghauts ; when visiled by Caesar 
 Frederic, who described the city as 
 liaving a circuit of 24 miles, and 
 containing withjn its walls many hills 
 and pagodas. 
 
 A state of incessant hostility sub^ 
 sisted between the Mahommedan 
 sovereigns of the Deccan, and this 
 Hindoo principality ; notwithstand- 
 ing which we learn from Ferishla, 
 that Rajah Deo Ray, of Bijanagur, 
 about 1440, received Mahommedaus 
 into his service, and erected a mos- 
 que for them in his capital, com- 
 manding that no person should mo- 
 lest them in the exercise of their re- 
 ligion. He had 2000 soldiers of this 
 xciigion in his army, fighting against 
 
 the Bliamenee Mahommedan princes 
 of the Deccan. At that era they 
 were reckoned more expert bowmen 
 than the Hindoos. 
 
 In 1564 the four Mahommedan 
 Deccany Kings of Ahmednuggur, 
 Bejapoor, Goleonda, and Beeder, 
 combined, and totally defeated Ram 
 Rajah, the sovereign of Bijanagur, 
 on the plains ofTellicotta, and after- 
 wards marched to the metropolis, 
 which they plundered and sacked, 
 I'he city was depopulated by the 
 consequence of this victory, and de-p- 
 sorted by the successor of Ram Ra- 
 jah, who endeavoured to re-establish 
 at Pcnnaconda, the ruins of a once, 
 powerful dynasty. About 1663 the 
 Sree Rung Rayeel, or Royal House 
 of Bijanagur, appears to have be- 
 come extinct, as we hear no more of 
 it after that period. For the history 
 of the nominal rajahs who followed, 
 see the article Annagoondy. The 
 latter are said for many years to 
 have kept an exact register of the 
 revolutions in the Deccan and south 
 of India, in the vain hope of being, 
 by some future turn of the wheel, 
 reinstated in their ancient rights. 
 Travelling distance from Madras, 
 386,' from Seringapatam, 260, from 
 Calcutta, 1120, fiom Delhi, 1106, 
 and from Hyderabad, 264 miles. 
 {Wilks, Rennel, Fcrishta, Scott, Sfc.) 
 
 BuEYGUB. — A town and fort in 
 the province of Agia, district of Fm- 
 ruckabad, 45 miles N. N. E. from 
 Agra, Lat. 27°. 47'. N. Long. 78°. 
 11'. E. It was taken, in 1803, by 
 the British forces, after considerable 
 resistance by the zemindar, 
 
 BuoRE, {Bajatver). — A small Af- 
 ghan district in the province of Ca- 
 bul, situated about the 34th degree 
 of north latitude, and coinp'chend- 
 ed within the division of Sewad. 
 Abul Fazel, in 1582, describes it as 
 follows : 
 
 '- Bijore is in length 25, and in 
 breadth from five to 10 coss. On 
 the east lies Sewa<l, on the north 
 Kinorc and Cashghur, on the south 
 Bicliram, and on the west Guznoor- 
 gul. The iur of this district re» 
 
EINDRABUND. 
 
 15t 
 
 seinWes that of Sc^vad, exccptincf 
 Uiat tlie heat and cold are rather 
 »nore severely felt here. It has only 
 three roads; one leading to Hindos- 
 tan, called Danishcote, and two that 
 go to Cabul ; one of which is named 
 Summej, and tlie other Guznoorgul. 
 Danislicote is the best road. Ad- 
 joining to Bijore, and confined by 
 tlie mountains of Caljul and Sinde, 
 is a desert, nieasnring in length 30 
 coss, and in breadth 25 coss." 
 
 'J'his distiict contains eight exten- 
 sive vallies, of which Rod is the 
 largest. It is only partially possessed 
 by the Yusefzei tribe, many portions 
 being occupied by the jMohniand, 
 .SaJii, Shinwari, and Turcalani tribes. 
 {Abitl FcLzel, Lejiden, ir.) 
 
 BiJORE. — An Aigliaa town in the 
 province of Cabui, tlie capital of a 
 district of the same name, 55 miles 
 west from the Indus. Lat. 34°, b'. 
 N. Long. 70°. 43'. E. 
 
 BiLAUAH. — ^A townin the Rajpoot 
 tenitories, in the province of Aj- 
 nieer, 52 miles E. by N. from (.)dev- 
 poor. Lat. 25°. 50. N. Long. 74°. 
 62'. E. 
 
 BiLESUK, {Bilesnara). — A town 
 in the dominions ol" the Maharattas, 
 m the province of Bejapoor, 20 miles 
 west from Satarah. Lat. 17°. 53'. 
 N. Long. 73. 45'. E. 
 
 BiLGY. — A town in the Bajah of 
 Mysore's territories, 102 miles N.W. 
 from Seringa])atam. Lat. 14°. 23'. 
 N. Long. 74°. 53'. E. 
 
 BiLLETON. — An island in the East- 
 ern Seas, about the 3d degree of 
 north latitude, situated betwixt Su- 
 jnatra and Borneo. In length it may 
 be estimated at 50 miles, by 45 the 
 average breadth. Little is known 
 respecting this island. 
 
 BiLLouNJAH. — A small district in 
 the province of Gundwana, bounded 
 ou three sides by the British pro- 
 vince of Bahar, and to the south by 
 the district of Singhrowlah. The 
 Soaiie, which is the northern boun- 
 dary, is the principal river, and the 
 chief town is Ontairee. It is pos- 
 sessed by independent zemindars; 
 but, although so ucar to the coun- 
 
 tries being occupied by the British, 
 very little is known respecting it. 
 
 BiLSAH, {Bihesa).—A town be- 
 longing to DowletrowSindia, in the 
 province of JMalwah, situated on the 
 Betwah Riven which takes its rise 
 from a large tank near Bopal. Lat, 
 23°. 33'. N. Long. 77°. 50'. E. 
 
 The town, or fort of Bhilsali, is 
 enclosed with a stone wall, furnished 
 with square towers, and a ditch. 
 The submbs without the walls are 
 not very extensive, but the streets 
 arc spacious, and contain some good 
 houses. This place is situated nearly 
 on the S. W. extremity of the dis- 
 trict, where it is contignous to that 
 of Bopal. The town and surround- 
 ing country are celebrated all over 
 India for the excellent quahty of the 
 tobacco, Avhich is botight up with 
 great eagerness and exported. 'J'he 
 country is open, and well cultivated. 
 To the east^\ ard of the town, at tlie 
 distance of six furlongs, is a high 
 and steep rock, on the top of whicli 
 is a durgah, consecrated to the me- 
 mory of a Mahommedan saint, nam- 
 ed .Jelalud Dcen Bokhari. It was 
 first conquered by the Mahonime- 
 daus about 1230, and again in 1292. 
 
 Travelling distance from Oojain, 
 140 miles, from Nagpoor, 249, from 
 Benares, 416, from Calcutta, by 
 Mundlah, 867 miles. {Hunter, Fe- 
 rista, Reiuiel, cS'c.) 
 
 BiMA. — Sec SUMRHAWA. 
 
 BiMLIPATAM, {BIdmalapaian). — A 
 town in the Northern Circars, si- 
 tuated on the Bay of Bengal, 12 
 miles N. from Vizagapatam. Jvat, 
 17°. 50', Long. 83°. 35'. E. The 
 Dutch had formerly a fort here, the 
 road before which was practicable 
 from Dec. to Sept. In the adjacent 
 country piece goods of various sorts 
 are manufactured. 
 
 BiNDRABUND, {Vrindavana). — A 
 town in the province of Agra, near 
 to Mathura, situated on the west 
 side of the Jumna River, 35 miles 
 j^'. by W. from Agra city. Lat. 27°. 
 37'. N. Long. 77°. 38'. E. The name 
 Vrindavana signifies a grdv*- of tuisi 
 trees, and the place is famous as Vhs 
 
152 
 
 BISNEE. 
 
 scene of some of the youthful sports 
 of Krishna, the favourite deity of 
 the Kiudoos ; and, on that account, 
 continues to be a place of piij^iiniage 
 much resorted to. 
 
 BiNDiKF.E. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Allahabad, 62 miles S. W. 
 from Lnrkiiow. Lat. 26°. 3'. N. 
 Long;. 80°. 34'. E. 
 
 BiNDou.ui. — A town in the terri- 
 tories of the INIaharattas, in the pro- 
 Yince of Agra, 80 miles E. S. E. 
 from Gnahor. Lat. 26°. 2'. N. Long. 
 79°. 3 1'. E. 
 
 BiNTAXG. — An island lying oil' the 
 sonth-easiern extremity of tlie JMu- 
 lay Peninsula, about the fa-st degree 
 of novtii latitude. In length it may 
 be estimated at 35 miles, by 18 the 
 average breadth. The chief town 
 is Rebio, or Rio, a port of consider- 
 able trade. This island is surround- 
 ed by niinibcrless small rocky isles 
 and islets, which render the naviga- 
 tion intricate and dangerous. 
 
 BiRBOOM, {Vtrab/ttimi, the Land 
 of Heroes). — A disti ict in the pro- 
 A'ince of Bengal, situated about the 
 24th degree of north latitude. To 
 the nortii it is bounded by Monghir 
 and Rajemal ; to the south by Biird-- 
 ■wan and Pachcte; to the east it has 
 Banjishy ; and to the west rilonghir 
 and Pachete. By Abul I ::zel it is 
 named Madarun. In 1784 the su-. 
 pcrficial extent comprehended 3,868 
 .s'vjuarc miles, a considerable propor- 
 tion of which is hilly, jiuigly, and 
 bat thinly inhabited. The revenue 
 was then 611,321 rupees. I'he Ad.ji 
 is the chief navigable river, and this 
 district is, on the whole, one of the 
 worst ott' in the province, Mith re^ 
 spect to water carriage. The agri^ 
 culture and population are inferior 
 to the more eastern parts of Bengal, 
 and the principal maimfacturc is 
 tliat species of calicoes named gur- 
 ras. The chief towns are Surool, 
 Sooro, and Nagore. 
 
 ]>irbooin is the largest Maliomme- 
 dan zeinindary in Bengal, and was 
 originally conferred on Assud UUah, 
 lather of Budder ul Zemaun, of the 
 Afjjhttu or Patau tiibe, who was al- 
 
 lowed to settle here about the time' 
 of Sliere Shah, for the political pur- 
 pose of guarding the frontiers of the 
 west against the incursions of the 
 barbarous Hindoos of Jeharcund. 
 A warHke iMahommedan militia 
 were entertained as a standing army, 
 with suitable territorial allotments 
 under a principal landholder of the 
 same faith. la some respects itcor- 
 respo;)ded with the ancient military 
 tiefs of Liirope, certain lands being 
 exempted from rent, and appro- 
 priatt J solely to the maintenance of 
 troops. This privilege was resumed 
 by Cossiui Ali in 1763, and is now 
 still more uimccessary. 
 
 In 1801, by the directions of the 
 Marquis Wellesley, then governor- 
 general, th(; board of lexeimc cir- 
 culated various queries to the col- 
 lectors of the diflerent districts ou 
 statistical subjects. The result of 
 their replies proved that the district 
 of Birbhoom contained 700,000 in 
 the proportion of one Mahommedan 
 to 30 Hi)idoos, and that any lands 
 advertised tor sale readily met witli 
 purchasers. {J. Grant, Colebrooke, 
 
 SfC.) 
 
 Birch ££.■ — A town in the Maha- 
 ralta territories, in the province of 
 Khandesh. Lat. 21°. 20'. N. Long. 
 74°. 47'. E. 
 
 BiRHEMABAD, {Bralimahacl). — A 
 small town in the province of Agra, 
 10 miles N. W. from Kauoge. Lat. 
 27°. 8'. N. Long. 79°. 41'. E. 
 
 BiSANO, — A small island, about 
 20 jniles in circumference, lying off 
 the north-eastern extreniiiv of Ce- 
 lebes. Lat. 2°. 5'. N. Long. 125° 
 5'. E. 
 
 BisEYPOOR,(F/.yK;«;?!<rfl'). — A town 
 in the Nabob of Oude's territories,, 
 in the province of Oude, situated on 
 the east side of the Dew ah, or Clog-, 
 grab River, 53 miles N. W, from 
 Jbvzabad. Lat. 27°. 18'. N. Long. 
 8i°. 33'. Ji. 
 
 BiSNEi;, {Bi}iiee).-r-A. district in 
 Assam, situated ou the south side of 
 the Brahmapootra, and lying be- 
 tween Goalparah (in Bengal) and 
 Nagerbarya, To the south it is 
 
BISSUNPOOR. 
 
 153 
 
 bounded hy the GaiTOw mountains. 
 The Rajah of Bisnee, besides the 
 lands lie possesses within the Com- 
 pany's i)roviuces, lias also tenitorics 
 in tiie adjacent Bootan countrj'. The 
 Chaantciiieu Kivcr, which passes 
 Wandipoor in Bootan, flows along 
 the flat surface of this distiiet into 
 the Biahinapootia. {Wade, Turner, 
 I2th Register, Src.) 
 
 B I s s E N G u R ,( F/.v// mighar). — A town 
 in the province of Bahar, district of 
 Rainnnr. Lat. 23°. 6'. N. Long. 
 85°. 56'. E. 
 
 BisSENPRAAG, {Vislinvpmyagd). — 
 A village in Northern Hindostan, 
 situated at the junction of the Ala- 
 cananda, with a river called the 
 Dauli or Leti, in the province of 
 Seriuauur. Lat. 30°. 36'. N. Long. 
 79°. 39'. E. 
 
 This place contains only two or 
 three houses, and is not held in great 
 veneration ; for, alliiough in point of 
 magnitude, tliispra\aga may be con- 
 sidered next to Devaprayaga, no 
 particular ablutions are here enjoin- 
 ed by the Shastras. The mountains 
 to the northward on each side rise to 
 a stupendous height, and nearly 
 meet at their base, lea%ing only a 
 passage of 40 or .50 feet tor the cur- 
 rent of water, which is obstructed 
 by large masses of rock. The Ala- 
 cananda, above this confluence, is 
 called the ^ isluui Ganga, from its 
 flowiug near the feet of Vishnu at 
 Bhadrinath. It comes from the 
 north, and is in breadth from 25 to 
 30 yards, with a rapid stream. The 
 banks are stecj) and rocky, and the 
 passage of the river is ellected on a 
 platform about )i\ e feet broad, and 
 extending from shore to shore. {Ra- 
 per, l^T.) 
 
 EissoLEE, (Visavali). — A district 
 belonging to the Seiks. in the pro- 
 vince of Lahore, extending along 
 the north-west .side of the Ravey 
 River, and situated between the 32d 
 and 33d degrees of north latitude. 
 
 Jroni Bcliasi)oor fertile vallies, 
 though not wide, extend to Bissolee, 
 where the country is covered with 
 fcjj^h hills, \\ hich extend with little 
 
 variation of the limits of Cashmere. 
 The chief town is Bisselee, and the 
 greater part of the district is n.sually 
 tributai-)' to the Jamboe Rajah. 
 
 Bissolee. — A town belonging to 
 the Seiks, in the province of Lahore, 
 73 miles N. E. frosn the city of La- 
 hore. Lat. 32°. 22'. N. Long. 74° 
 52'. E. This plaee stands on the 
 N. W. side of the Ravey River, 
 which is here 120 yards broad, when 
 the waters are at the lowest, and 
 very rapid. It is fortified, and com- 
 mands the entrance to the northern 
 hills. 
 
 BissoLiE. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Delhi, district of Bariely, 
 30 miles W. from Bariely. Lat. 28° 
 20'. N. Long. 7«°. 50'. E. This was 
 a flourishing place during the early 
 periods of the Mogul empire, and 
 afterwards under the Rohillahs. Se- 
 veral of the family of the Rohillah 
 founder, Ali Mahommed, are Vmried 
 here. Jt is now very desolate, com- 
 ])ared with its former state. {Frank' 
 lin, St.) 
 
 BissuNPOOR, {Visfinupura). — A ze- 
 mindarj , in the province of Bengal, 
 now comprehended in the district of 
 Burdwan, which, in 1784, according^ 
 to Major Rennel, measured 1256 
 square miles, and the revenue was 
 3,86,707 current rupees. This zc- 
 mindary appears to be one of the 
 most ancient <states in the province; 
 for, by an era peculiar to itself, it 
 nmst have been in the possession of 
 the present proprietor'sfamily through 
 a course of 1099 years; during which 
 period they were nearly independent, 
 paying only a small tribute to the 
 sovereign until 1715, during Jaflier 
 Khan's administration, when the 
 country was completely reduced. 
 The zemindars are of a Rajpoot fa- 
 mily, and possess a list of 56 succes- 
 sive rajahs, who governed the coun- 
 try in regular succession. (Davis, 
 J. Grant, ^-c.) 
 
 BissuNPOOR, (Vishnapoor). — A 
 town in the province of Bengal, dis- 
 trict of Burdwan, 77 miles N. W. 
 from Calcutta. Lat. 23°. 4'. N. Long. 
 87°- 35'. E. 
 
154 
 
 BOBILEE. 
 
 BiswAH, (Viswa), — A town in the 
 Nabob of Oude's tenitorics, in the 
 province of Oude, 37 miles N. by 
 JE. from Liicknow. Lat. 27° 20'. 
 N. Loii^. 81°. E. 
 
 BissY, {Vesi). — A town belonging 
 to the Nagpoor Maharattas, in the 
 province of Gmidwana, 25 miles S. 
 bj E. from Nagpoor. Lat. 20°, 48'. 
 M. Long. 79°. 55'. E. 
 
 Bo, or Hod. — A cluster of small 
 islands lying E. S. E. from the sou- 
 thern extremity of Gilolo. They are 
 inhabited, and supplies of cocoa- 
 nuts, and salt, and dried fish, may 
 be had liere. 
 
 BoAD, {Bcdha). — A large fenced 
 village in the province of Orissa, si- 
 tuated on the south side of the Ma- 
 hanuddy River, whicli at this place, 
 in the month of October, is 1| miles 
 broad. Lat. 20° 50'. N. Long. 84° 
 18'. E. The face of the whole coun- 
 try', in this neighbourhood, is moun- 
 tainous, interspersed with vallies 
 from foiu- to 16 miles in circumfer- 
 ence. The ■\illages are fenced with 
 bamboos, to protect the inhabitants 
 and their cattle tiom wild beasts. 
 In the fields the women are seen 
 holding the plough, while the female 
 children drive the oxen. It is pos- 
 sessed by an independent zemindar. 
 {\st Register, iSt.) 
 
 BoADjoos. — See Borneo. 
 
 BoBiLEE. — A town in the Nor- 
 thern Circars, 33 miles west from 
 Cicacole. Lat. 18°. 27'. N. Long. 
 83°. 28'. E. 
 
 In 1757 the first in rank of tlie 
 polygars of this country m as Kan- 
 garoo of Bobilee. His fort stood 
 about 60 miles N. E. of Vizagapatam, 
 close to the mountains; the de- 
 pendent district being about 20 
 square miles. Tliere had long been 
 a deadly hatred betwixt tliis poly- 
 gar and "V'izcram Rauze, an adja- 
 cent polygar, whose person, how 
 much soever he feared his power. 
 Kangaroo held in the utmost con- 
 tempt, as of low extraction, and of 
 new note. Yizerara Rauze per- 
 suaded the French commander M. 
 Bussy, to espouse his side of the 
 
 quarrel ; and the latter not foresee- 
 ing the terrible event to which he 
 was proceeding, determined to re- 
 duce the whole connti-j', and to ex- 
 pel the polygar and his family. 
 
 A polygar, besides his other towns 
 and forts, has always one situated in 
 the most diflicult part of his country; 
 which is intended for the last refuge 
 for himself, and all his blood. The 
 singular construction of this fort is 
 adequate to all the intentions of de- 
 fence, among a people unused to 
 cannon, or the means of battery. 
 Its outline is a regular square, wliich 
 rarely exceeds 200 yards; a round 
 tower is raised at each of the angles, 
 and a square projection in the 
 middle of each of the sides. The 
 height of the wall is generally 22 feet; 
 but the rampart within only 12, 
 which is likewise its breadth at the 
 top, although it is laid much broader 
 at the bottom. The whole is of 
 tempered clay raised in distinct 
 layers, of which each is left exposed 
 to the siui, until tlioroughly harden- 
 ed before the next is applied. 'J'lie 
 parapet rises 10 feet above the ram- 
 part, and is only three feet thick. 
 It is indented five feet down from 
 the top in interstices six inches 
 M ide, which are three feet asunder. 
 A foot above the bottom oi" these 
 interstices and battlements runs a. 
 line of round holes, another two 
 feet lower, and a third two feet from 
 the rampart. 'I'hese holes are usually 
 formed with pipes of baked clay, and 
 serve for the emplojnient of fire, 
 aims, anows, and lances. The in- 
 terstices are for the freer use of these 
 arms, instead of loop holes, which 
 cannot be inserted or <;ut in the 
 clay. 
 
 The towers and the square pro-' 
 jection in the middle, have the same 
 parapet as the rest of the wall ; and 
 in two of the ])rojections in the op- 
 posite sides of the fort are gateways, 
 of which the entrance is not in front, 
 but ono one side,from whence itis con- 
 tiimed through half the mass, and then 
 turns by a right angle into the place. 
 On any alarm, tli« whole passage i& 
 
BOBILEE. 
 
 155 
 
 choked upwith trees; and tlicoutside 
 surrounded, to some distance, with a 
 strong bed of thick brambles. The 
 rampart and parapet is covered by 
 a shed of strong thatch, supported 
 by posts ; the eves of this shed pro- 
 ject over the battlement. Tiiis shed 
 affords shelter to those on tlie ram- 
 part, and guards it against the sun 
 and rain. An area of 500 yards or 
 more, in every direction round the 
 fort, is preserved clear, of which the 
 circumference joins the high wood, 
 which is kept thick, three or four 
 miles in breadth, around this centre. 
 Few of these forts permit more than 
 one path through the woods. The 
 entrance of the path from without, 
 is defended by a wall exactly simi- 
 lar in construction and strength, to 
 one of the sides of the fort ; having 
 its round towers at the ends, and 
 the square projection in the middle. 
 I'rom natural sagacity, they never 
 raise this redoubt on the edge of the 
 wood, but at the bottom of a recess 
 cleared on purpose ; and on each 
 side of the recess, raise a breast- 
 work of earth or hedge to gall the 
 approach. The path admits only 
 tluee menabreast, winds continually, 
 and is every where commanded by 
 breast-works in the thicket; and has 
 in its course sca oral redoubts similar 
 to that of the entrance, and like that 
 flanked by brcast-woiks on each 
 hand. Such were the defences of 
 Bobilee, which are given at length 
 as a general specimen of all polygar 
 forts; against which JM. Bussy 
 marched with 750 Europeans, of 
 whom 250 were horse, four field 
 pieces, and 1 1,000 peons and sepoys, 
 the army of Yizeram Rauze, who 
 commanded them in person. 
 
 The attack com)nenced at break 
 of day, on the 24th January, 1767, 
 Mith tlie field pieces against the 
 four towers; and by nine o'clock, 
 several of the battlements were 
 broken. All the leading parties of 
 the i'our divisions then advanced at 
 the same time with scaling ladders ; 
 but, after much endeavour for au 
 hour, not a man had been able to 
 4 
 
 get on the parapet, and many had 
 fallen wounded. Other parties fol- 
 lowed with little success, until all 
 Avere so fatigued, that a cessation 
 was ordered ; during m hich the field 
 pieces, having beaten down more of 
 the parapet, gave the second attack 
 greater advantage ; but the ardour 
 of the defence increased with tli© 
 danger. The garrison ibnght Mith 
 the indignant ferocity of wild beasts, 
 defending their dens and famiUes; 
 several of them stood as in defiance 
 on the top of the battlements, and 
 endeavoured to grapple with the 
 first ascendants, hoping with them 
 to twist the ladders down, and this 
 failing, stabbed with their lances; 
 but being wholly exposed, were 
 easily shot by aim from the rear of 
 the escalade. The assailants ad- 
 mired, for no Europeans had seen 
 such excess of courage in the na- 
 tives of Hindostan, and continually 
 offered quarter, which Avas always 
 answered by menace and intention 
 of death ; not a man had gained the 
 rampart at two in the afternoon, 
 Avhen another cessation of attack 
 ensued. On this Kangaroo assem- 
 bled the principal men, and told 
 them there was no hopes of main- 
 taining the fort; and that it was 
 immediate!}^ nccessai-y to preserve 
 their Avives and children from the 
 violation of the Europeans, and th» 
 still more ignominious authority of 
 YizfMam Rauze. 
 
 A number, called without distinc- 
 tion, Avere allotted to the Avork. 
 They proceeded every man Avilli his 
 lance, a torch, and his poinard, to 
 the habitations in the middle of ti)e 
 fort; to Avhich they set fire indis- 
 criminately, pljing the flame Avith 
 straAv prepared aa ith tutch or brim- 
 stone ; and every man stabbed Avilh- 
 out remorse, the woman or child, 
 Avhich soever attempted to escape 
 the flame and suflbcation. Tiie 
 massacre being finished, those who 
 accomplished it, returned like men 
 agitated by the furies, to die them- 
 selves on the w alls, 
 
 INIr Law, avIio commanded one of 
 
156 
 
 BOGLIPOOR. 
 
 the divisions, ohserverl, while looking 
 at (ho couHagnition, that the mnn- 
 l)er oi' (I(>feiidors was considerably 
 diminished, and advanced again to 
 the attack. After several ladders 
 had iailcd, a few grenadiers got over 
 the parapet, and maintained their 
 tooting in the toMcr, until more se- 
 <;ured the posses- ion. Kangaroo, 
 hastening to the defence of the 
 tower, was killed by a musket-ball, 
 liia fall increased the desperation of 
 his friends, wlio crowding to revenge 
 his deatli, left other parts of the 
 rampart bare. 'J'he other divisions 
 of the French troops having ad- 
 vanced, numbers on all sides got 
 over the parapet without opposition; 
 nevertheless none of the defenders 
 quitted the rampart, or would ac- 
 cept quarter, but each advancing 
 against or struggling with an an- 
 tagonist, would resign his poinard 
 only with death. 
 
 The slanghter of the conflict being 
 over, anotlier mui'h more dreadful 
 presented itself in the area below. 
 Ihe transport of victory lost all its 
 joy ; all gazed on each other with 
 silent astonishment and remorse, 
 and the iiercest could not refuse a 
 tear to the deshuetion spread before 
 them. Four of the soldiers of Kan- 
 garoo on seeing him fall, concealed 
 themselves in an unfrequented part 
 of the fort, until the night was far 
 advanced ; when they dropped down 
 from tiie walls, and speaking the 
 same language, passed unsuspected 
 through the quarters of Yizeram 
 Kaijze. '^J'hey concealed themselves 
 ill the thicket, and the third night 
 after, two of them crawled into the 
 tent of Yizeram Katize, and stabbed 
 him in 32 places, ajid were innne- 
 diately cut to pieces. Had they 
 failed, the other two remaining in the 
 forest, were boinul by the : ame oath 
 to perform the deed or perish in the 
 attempt. {Ornie, Vc) 
 
 BotiCAH. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of liahar, district of Bcttiah, 
 situated on the cast side of the River 
 (Jundnck, 120 miles N. N. W. from 
 Tatua. Lat. 2°. -t'. N. Long. ^i°. 
 
 13'. E. Excellent thnber for ship 
 building is procured in this neigh- 
 bourhood, and floated down tha 
 Gunduck and Ganges to Calcutta. 
 
 RoGAKiAH. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Bahar, district of ]Monghir, 
 130 miles N. W. from jSIoorsheda- 
 bad. Lat. 24°. 53'. N. Long. 86°. 
 52'. E. 
 
 BoGELA or BoGALCUND, {BJutge- 
 hlikanda). — A district in the pro- 
 vince ofGundwana; but, during the 
 reign of Aurengzebe, anjiexed by 
 edict to the Soubah of Allahabad, 
 although it was never actually sub- 
 jugated by his forces. It is situated 
 about the 24th degree of north lati- 
 tude, and is boxuidcd on the west 
 by the British tenitories in Bundel- 
 cund, and to the east by the small 
 district of Manwas. The Soane is 
 the principal river, and the chief 
 town is Rewah, where an indepen- 
 dent rajah resides. 
 
 The produce of the countiy is 
 Avheat, barley, and diller.'nt kinds 
 of pease, and the inhabitants possess 
 large Hocks of cattle and sheep ; the 
 land, however, is but little cultivat- 
 ed, tlie natives scarcely raising grain 
 enough for their own subsistence. 
 Except Kewah, there is no town 
 that deserves the name ; and the 
 country is occupied by many petty 
 independent rajahs, who carry on 
 an incessant predatoiy warfare with 
 each other ; nor are there any re- 
 mains found to indicate a former and 
 superior state of civilization. 
 
 BoGLU'(>oR,(l?//ffg-t'//)oor).- — A dis- 
 trict in tiie province of Bahar, novr 
 comprehended in that of jVlonghir, 
 to which it sometimes communi- 
 cates its name. It is nearly equally 
 divided by the Ganges, and origi- ' 
 )ially contained 2817 square miles. 
 It is well supplied with water and 
 fertile; the weaving of mixed goods 
 made with silk and cotton, flourishes 
 in the town of Boglipoor, and the ad- 
 jacent eoTuilry. 
 
 Near (Joganallah, one stage from 
 Boglipo«n-, is a monument resem- 
 bling a pagoda, erected to the me- 
 mory of Mr. Clcvclaud, by tlic ef- 
 
BOMBAY. 
 
 lo7 
 
 fleers and zemindars of ilio Jun^l- 
 'teny of Hajeniahai; who, prior to liis 
 time, wore a race of savaijes, and 
 wlioiH, by conciliating^ ineasures, he 
 induced to ])lacc themselves under 
 tlie protection of the Biitish {govern- 
 ment. A corps of 300 of these na- 
 tives liave been taken into the ser- 
 vice of the East India Con)pany, and 
 now protect the territory they nsed 
 to desolate. (J. Grant, Colehrooke, 
 Lord Valentin, Sfc.) See Monghir. 
 Bog LI POOR. — A town in the j)ro- 
 vince of Bahar, district of Alonghir, 
 situated about two miles from the 
 main ))ranch of the (ranp:es. Lat. 
 25° 11'. N. Lono-. 86°. 5U'. E. A 
 majority of the inhabitants arc jMa- 
 honimedans, and a college of that 
 relisrion still exists, but in a state of 
 great decay. There are two very 
 singular round towers, about a mile 
 N. W. from the town. The Rajah 
 of Jyenagur consider them so holy, 
 that he has erected a building" to 
 slielter his subjects who \isittliem. 
 There is a noble banyan tree at the 
 entrance of the town. — (Lord Va- 
 lentia, ice.) 
 
 BoGWAXPOOR, (Bhagavanpura). — 
 A town in the province of Bahar, 
 district of Rotas, 47 miles S. E. from 
 Benares. Lat. 2.5°. N. Long. 83° 
 40'. E. 
 
 BoGWAN'GOLA, (BhascnviDi Gola). 
 — A large inland trading town in the 
 province of Bengal, eight miles N. V,. 
 from Moorshedabad. Lat. 24°. 21'. 
 -N. Long. 88°. 29'. E. 'J'his is a 
 . great mart for grain, from which the 
 to\vnofMoorsliedai)ad is principaliy 
 supplied. The tow n, which is en- 
 tirely built of bamboos, mats, and 
 thatch, has been more than once re- 
 moved, on account of the encroach- 
 ments of the Ganges, and exhibits 
 more the appearance of a temporary 
 fair or encaijijmient than that of a 
 town. (CoL Colcbronke, Ve.) 
 
 BoHANDEvi. — A small village in 
 Northern Hindostan, situated among 
 the mountains in the proviut-c of 
 Serinagur. Lat. 30°. 36'. N. Long. 
 78°. 12'. E. In this neighbourhood 
 are many European productions, 
 
 such as the peach, aprieot. walnut, 
 strawberry, rasben y, dandelion, but- 
 ter-llower, and v\bite rose. Here 
 arc also forests of sjtreading firs of 
 very large dimensions, and yielding 
 much pitch. {Raper, ^c.) 
 
 BOMBAY. 
 
 A city and island on tlie west 
 coast of India, (ormerly eompre- 
 lu'iided in the province of Aurunga- 
 bad, but now the principal British 
 settlement on tlic west coast of In- 
 dia. Lat. 18°. 58'. N. Long. 72°. 
 38'. E. 
 
 Bombay is about 10 miles in 
 length, by three the average breadth, 
 and has now lost all pretensions to 
 its insular name; as, in 18U5, Mr. 
 Duncan completed a causeway, or 
 vcllard, at Sion, across the narrow 
 arm of tlie sea, which separated it 
 from the contiguous island of Sal- 
 sette, an operation of infinite sersice 
 to the farmers and gardeners who 
 supply the Bombay nuirket, but 
 which is said to have had a preju- 
 dicial ell'ect on the harbouj'. 
 
 The fortifications of Bombay have 
 been improved ; but are esteemed 
 too extensive, and would require a 
 numerous garrison. Towards the 
 sea they are extremely strong, but to 
 the land side do not offer tiie same 
 resistance ; ajid to an enemy landed, 
 and capable of making regular ap- 
 proaches, it mu^t surrender. The 
 town within the walls was begun by 
 tiie Portuguese ; and even tiio.vc 
 liouses that have since beeu built 
 are of a similar construction, wiih 
 wooden pillars supporting wooden 
 verandahs; the consequence of which 
 is, that Bombay bears no external 
 resemblance to the other two presi- 
 dencies. The government liouse is 
 a handsome building, with several 
 good apartments; but it has the 
 great inconvenience, of the largest 
 apartment on both floors being a 
 passage-room to the others. 
 
 The northern part of the fort is 
 iidiabited by Parsee families, w ho are 
 not remarkably cleanly in thtir d'>- 
 
158 
 
 BOMBAY. 
 
 mestic conocrns, nor in the streets 
 where they live. The view from the 
 fort is extremely beautiful towards 
 the bay, which is here and there 
 broken by islands, many of which 
 are covered with trees, while the lofty 
 and curious shaped hills of the table 
 land form a striking back 2:round. 
 The sea is on three sides of the fort, 
 and on the fourth is the esplanade ; 
 at the extremity of Avhich is the 
 black town, amidst cocoa-nut trees. 
 
 Bombay is the only principal set- 
 tlement in India where the rise of 
 the tides is sufficient to permit the 
 construction of docks on a large 
 scale; the very highest spring tides 
 reach to 17 feet, but (he nsuul height 
 is 14 feet. The docks are the Com- 
 pany's property, and the king's ships 
 pay a high monthly rent for repairs. 
 They are entirely occupied by Par- 
 sees, who possess an absolute mono- 
 poly in all the departments ; the per- 
 son who contracts for the timber 
 being a Parsee, and the inspector of 
 it on dehvery of tiie same cast. On 
 the 23d of June, 1810, tlie Minden 
 74, built entirely by Parsees, with- 
 out the least European ass^istance, 
 was launched fiom these dock-yards. 
 The teak forests, from whence these 
 yards are supplied, lie along the Mest- 
 ern side of the Ghaut mountains, and 
 other contiguous ridges of hills on 
 the north and east of Easseen; the 
 numerous rivers that descend from 
 them alfording water carriage for the 
 timber. 
 
 The common and sweet potatoe 
 are ^ ery good at Bombay ; but the 
 vegetable for which Bombay is cele- 
 brated all over the cast, is the onion. 
 Potatoes are now produced in this 
 quarter of India iu the greatest abun- 
 dance, altliough so recently intro- 
 duced ; the Bombay market is saip- 
 plicd with this root tiom Gujrat, and 
 also with some cheese, Avhich is hard 
 and ill flavoured. The bnflalo fur- 
 nishes the milk and butter, and oc- 
 casionally the beef; but Europeans 
 in general are prejudiced agtiiust it. 
 
 The Bazar mutton is hard and 
 lean ; but, when well fed^ is AS geod 
 
 as the English. Kid is always g-ooa, 
 and the poultry abundant; but not 
 good, unless fed on purpose. The 
 fish are excellent, but the larger 
 kinds not plentiful, 'i'he bumbelo 
 resembles a large sand eel, and, after 
 being dried in the sun, is usually 
 eaten at breakfast, with a dish of 
 rice and split pease, coloured with 
 turmeric, named kedgeree. The 
 prawns are uncommonly fine. Tiie 
 island is too small to furnish much 
 game ; but the red-logged partridge 
 is nut uncommon, and snipes are 
 sometimes seen. The frogs here are 
 large, and are eaten by the Cliinese 
 and Portuguese. 
 
 'I'his little island commands the 
 entire trade of the north-west coast 
 of India, together with that of the 
 Persian Gulf. The principal cargo 
 of a ship, bound from Bombay or 
 Surat to China, is cotton; in the 
 stowing and screwing of which, tl*e 
 commanders and olliccrs are remark- 
 ably dexterous. Some of the large 
 ships Mill cany upwards of 4000 
 bales, containing about 2,500 Bom 
 bay candies, of 560 pounds avoir- 
 dupois, or total, 1,400,000 pounds. 
 The other part of their cargo con- 
 sists of sandal wood and pepper, 
 from the Malabar coast; gums, 
 drugs, and pearls from Arabia, Abys- 
 sinia, and Persia; elephants' teeth, 
 cornelians, and other produce of 
 Cambay, sharks' fins, bird nests, &c. 
 from the Maldive and Lackadive 
 Islands. These sliips generally ar- 
 rive at Canton in the month of June, 
 or beginning of July, and lie there 
 idle (except delivering their cargo 
 and recei\ ing the return cargo) un- 
 til the month of December or Janu- 
 ary. In 1808, the quantity of cotton 
 brought to Bombay for ic-exporta- 
 tion was 85,000 bales, of 375 pounds, 
 the half of which is procured from 
 the couutry on the Ner!nuldah, and 
 the rest from Gujrat and Cutch ; the 
 quantity, however, is not usually so 
 large. The cotton screw is worked 
 by a capstan, to each bar of which 
 there are 30 men, amounting, in the 
 Wliole, to about 240 to eaoh st>revf. 
 
BOMBAY. 
 
 159 
 
 Hemp is.packed in the same man- 
 ner ; but it requires to be carefully 
 laid in tlie press, for the fibres are 
 Hable to be broken if they are bent. 
 I'or the European market, Bom- 
 bay is an excellent place to procure 
 g»ais and dnigs of all sorts. Mocha 
 coflce, barilla, cornelians, agates, and 
 also blue and other Surat goods. In 
 
 1810, the prime cost of the goods, 
 exported from England to Bombay 
 l^- the East India Company, amount- 
 ed only to 116,7871. 
 
 Commerce of Bamhai/, from the \st 
 May, 1811, <w the siith April, 1812. 
 
 Tlie total value of goods imported 
 from London, from the 1st May, 
 
 1811, to the 30th April, 1812, 
 amounted to 2,045,363 rupees, viz. 
 Grain and other articles of food 4,772 
 Articles for the use of the 
 
 natives 75,363 
 
 Sundries for Europeans 1,313,661 
 Ditto for manufactures - 368,293 
 Ditto for re-exportatiou - 202,942 
 Piece goods - - - - 80,332 
 
 deira, during 1811-12, amounted to 
 70,360 rupees. I'here were no ex- 
 ports. 
 
 The impoi-ts of merchandize from 
 the Brazils in 1811-12 was 160,750 
 Treasure 1,357,650 
 
 Treasure 
 
 2,045,363 
 13,579 
 
 Rupees 2,068,942 
 
 The value of the exports to Lon- 
 don, during the above period^ was 
 041,282 rupees, viz. 
 Surat manufactines - - 3,183 
 'l"hc produce of Madeira - 39,880 
 Ditto j\Iosambi(pie - - 15,834 
 Ditto Bengal - - - - 62,957 
 Ditto Penang & eastwards 54,142 
 Ditto Malabar ic Canara 81,169 
 
 Ditto Persian Gulf - - 14,678 
 Ditto Arabian Gulf - - 401,603 
 Ditto Cashmere - - - 12,683 
 Ditto Gujrat . - - - 49,450 
 Piece goods - - - - 110,650 
 
 Treasure 
 
 Horses 
 
 941,282 
 
 589,018 
 
 7,500 
 
 Rupees 1,537,800 
 
 Rupees 1,518,400 
 
 The exports direct from Bombay 
 to the Brazils were only 43,334 ru- 
 pees; the Portuguese ships having, 
 as usual, proceeded from hence to 
 Demaun and Surat for their home- 
 ward bound cargoes. 
 
 In 1811-12, the imports from the 
 Isles of France amounted to 634,1 83 
 rupees, of which cloves composed 
 two-thirds ; the rest prize goods re- 
 captured on the surrender of the 
 islands. TIic exports to the Isles of 
 France amoimted in value to 263,403 
 rupees, consisting principally of Eu- 
 ro])can articles, Bengal produce, and 
 piece goods, llie treasure cxpoiled 
 was 59,250 rupees. 
 
 In 1811-12 the value of goods im- 
 ported from China amounted to 
 32,06,298, viz. 
 Grain, and other articles of 
 
 food 288 
 
 Articles for the use of the 
 
 natives 10,82,218 
 
 Sundries for Europeans - 281,514 
 Ditto for manufiictures - 470,322 
 Ditto tor exportation - 940,634 
 Piece goods - - - - 431,628 
 Sundries ----- 794 
 
 Treasure 
 
 32,07,398 
 8,57,256 
 
 Rupees 40,64,654 
 
 The exports to China, during 
 1811-12, amounted to 37,06,254 ru- 
 pees, viz. 
 
 Snrat manufactures - - 481 
 
 The produce of Europe 10,839 
 
 Ditto Madeira - - - 12,.560 
 Ditto America - - - 27,872 
 Ditto Mosambique - - 139,471 
 Ditto Penang and eastward 7000 
 
 The imports to Bombay from Ma- 
 
 Carried forward 188,22S 
 
160 
 
 Broiig;lit fonvard 
 
 198,223 
 
 Ditto Malabar ami Canara 99,879 
 
 Ditto Persian 
 
 Gulf - - 
 
 149,317 
 
 Ditto Arabian Gulf - - 
 
 21,802 
 
 Ditto Cashmere - - - 
 
 425 
 
 Ditto Gujrat 
 
 _ _ - _ 
 
 3,222,911 
 
 Ditto Cutch 
 
 _ _ _ _ 
 
 2000 
 
 Piece goods 
 
 
 11,617 
 
 
 3,706,174 
 
 
 
 10,048 
 1300 
 
 
 
 
 Rupees 
 
 
 37,17,522 
 
 BOMBAY. 
 
 Raw silk 14,01,683 
 
 Piece goods - - - - 647,361 
 
 Sugar 243,688 
 
 Gunnies _ . . _ _ 27,521 
 
 Grain - 266,902 
 
 Suiidri«s - - - - - 182,997 
 
 Rupees 27,70,051 
 
 In tills period; there was a con- 
 siderable deialcation in the exports 
 to China, ou account of the singu- 
 larly untavonrable state of the mar- 
 kets of that country, and the sus- 
 pected credit of tlie Chinese mer- 
 chants. 
 
 In 1811-12 the imports from Ma- 
 nilla amounted to 2,29,350 rupees, of 
 which the article of sugar alone was 
 1,56,667 ru[»ecs in value. The ex- 
 ports were only 78,837 rupees, and 
 consisted almost entirely of iron and 
 wine. 
 
 'i'liere were no imports fiom Pegue 
 during 1811-12, and the exports to 
 that country amounted to only 6458 
 rupees. 
 
 In 1811-12 the imports fiom 
 Prince of Wales's Island, and the 
 rastwai-d, amounted to 4,90,629 
 IVciisure ----- 9357 
 
 Rupees 499,886 
 
 In 1811-12 the exports to Bengal 
 consisted of a great variety of small 
 articles, and 1,13,905 of Europe 
 goods were exjiorted, the value of 
 the whole amounting 
 To ------- 314,455 
 
 Treasure 82,760 
 
 Horses 28,400 
 
 Rupees 4,25,615 
 
 In 1811-12 the exports to Prince 
 of Wales's Island, and the eastward, 
 of merchandise, amounted 
 'I'o ------- 471,852 
 
 Treasure 276,808 Treasure 
 
 HoiTses 5900 
 
 In 1811-12 the imports from tlie 
 coast of Cororaandel amounted to 
 only 80,771 rupees, the exports to 
 that quarter to 1,87,464 rupees. 
 
 In 1811-12 the imports from Cey- 
 lon amounted to 1,14,331 rupees, 
 consisting almost entirely of sundry 
 articles for Europeans ; the exports 
 to 67,048 rupees. 
 
 In 1811-12 the imports from Ma- 
 labar and Canara amounted to 
 30,01,139 rupees of merchandise, 
 viz. 
 Grain, and olhcr asliclesof 
 
 food ------ 658,316 
 
 Articles for the use of the 
 
 natives 750,214 
 
 Sundries for Europeans 39.305 
 
 Ditto for manufactures 660,381 
 
 Ditto for re-exportation 695,422 
 Piece goods - - - - 197,148 
 Sundries ----- 358 
 
 3,001,139 
 46,916 
 
 Rupees 754,560 
 
 Rupees 30,48,055 
 
 During the above period the ex- 
 In 1811-12 the imports from Ben- ports to Malabar and Canara con- 
 gal amounted to 27,67,615 rupees, sistcd of a great variety of articles, 
 of merchandize, viz, amouatiug, in tlic whole, 
 
BOMBAY. 
 
 ro - - ' 
 
 iioiscs 
 
 - - - 957,780 
 
 - - - 706,413 
 
 - - - 102,000 
 
 Rupees 1,766,193 
 
 In 1811-12, the imports from Goa 
 and the Concan amounted to 
 1 ,932,637 of merchandize, viz. 
 Grain, and other articles of 
 
 food 1,117,812 
 
 Articles for the use of the 
 
 natives • - - - - 249,014 
 Sundries for Europeans 24,780 
 
 Ditto for manufactures - 62,476 
 Ditto for re-exportation 89,277 
 
 Piece goods - - - - 388,768 
 Sundries ----- 501 
 
 1,932,637 
 Treasure 107,727 
 
 Rupees 2,040,364 
 
 In 1811-12, tlie exports to Goa and 
 the Concan amounted to 3,766,471 
 rupees of merchandize, viz. 
 
 Surat manufactures 
 
 _ _ 
 
 13,263 
 
 The produce of Europe 
 
 825,223 
 
 Ditto Madeira 
 
 - - 
 
 121,433 
 
 Ditto America 
 
 - - 
 
 23,079 
 
 Ditto Bengal - - 
 
 - - 
 
 1,125,325 
 
 Ditto Penang, and 
 
 the 
 
 
 eastward - - 
 
 - - 
 
 181,461 
 
 Ditto Malabar and Canara 381,192 
 
 Ditto Persian Gulf 
 
 - 
 
 217,614 
 
 Ditto Arabian Gulf 
 
 - 
 
 6,442 
 
 Ditto Cashmere 
 
 - 
 
 51,292 
 
 Ditto China - - - 
 
 - 
 
 264,113 
 
 Ditto Gujrat - - - 
 
 - 
 
 118,040 
 
 Ditto Concan - - 
 
 - 
 
 5,273 
 
 Ditto Ceylon - - 
 
 - 
 
 17,486 
 
 Ditto Cutch - - - 
 
 - 
 
 7,909 
 
 Ditto piece goods - 
 
 - 
 
 375,002 
 
 Ditto sundries - - 
 
 
 21,555 
 
 
 3,766,471 
 
 Treasure - - - - 
 
 . - 
 
 1,287,956 
 
 
 
 74,795 
 
 
 pees 
 
 Ru 
 
 5,129,222 
 
 In merchandize 
 Treasxne - - 
 
 161 
 
 354,036 
 9,646 
 
 Rupees 363,682 
 
 In 1811-12, the imports from Bas- 
 sein, and sundry adjacent villages, 
 uniouuted to 
 
 The exports to Bassein, &c, dur- 
 ing the above period, were various, 
 and amounted altogether to 296,179 
 rupees. 
 
 In 1811-12, the total imports from 
 Cutch and Sinde amounted to 
 In merchandize - - - 267,759 
 Treasure ----- 3,059 
 
 Horses 55,850 
 
 Rupees 326,668 
 
 During the above period tlie ex- 
 port of merchandize to Cutch and 
 Sinde amounted to 1,111,227 ru- 
 pees, of which Chinese goods were 
 nearly one half, and European goods 
 only 81,775 rupees. The remainder 
 consisted of a great variety of goods, 
 but the commerce with these pro- 
 vinces happened, for different rea- 
 sons (particularly the unsettled state 
 of the China cotton market) to be 
 small compared with the prior years. 
 
 In 1811-12, the imports to Bom- 
 bay from the Persian Gulf amounted 
 to 1,151,211 rupees of merchandize, 
 viz. 
 Grain, and other articles of 
 
 food 279,429 
 
 Articles for the use of the 
 
 natives 293,015 
 
 Sundries for Europeans - 22,213 
 Ditto for manufactures - 466,192 
 Ditto for re-exportation 88,356 
 
 Piece goods - - - - 1,388 
 
 Sundries ----- 618 
 
 1,151,211 
 
 Treasure 813,704 
 
 Horses 175,825 
 
 Rupees 2,140,740 
 
 In 1811-12, the exports to the Per- 
 sian Gulf amounted to 1,939,705 of 
 merchandize, viz. 
 
162 
 
 BOMBAY. 
 
 Snrat mamifactnres - - 27,407 
 
 The produce of Europe - 139.360 
 
 Ditto Madeira - - - - 11,510 
 
 Ditto America - - - - 1,850 
 
 Ditto Mosambique - - 1,040 
 
 Ditto Bengal - - - - 469,154 
 
 Ditto Penang and eastward 178,328 
 
 Ditto Malabar and Caaara 173,333 
 
 Ditto Persian Gulf - - 500 Ticasme 
 
 Ditto Arabian Gulf - - 138,192 
 
 Ditto Cashmere - - - 16,046 
 
 Ditto Cliiua - - - - 236,965 
 
 Ditto Gujrat - - - - 17,141 
 
 Ditto Concan - - - - 9,183 
 
 Ditto Cutch - - - - 49,185 
 
 Ditto piece goods - - - 469,685 
 
 Ditto sundries - - - - 530 
 
 Brought forward 58,832 
 
 Sundries for Euiopcans - 
 Ditto for manufactures - 
 Ditto for re-exportation - 
 Piei e goods - - _ _ 
 Sundries - - - _ - 
 
 60,048 
 
 28,111 
 
 331,474 
 
 486,567 
 
 2,818 
 
 966,850 
 63,406 
 
 Rupees 1,030,336 
 
 In 1811-12, the exports of mer- 
 chandize frouj Bomljay to Surat 
 aaiiounted to 1,429,351 rupees, viz. 
 
 Treasure - - - 
 
 1,939,705 
 
 8,500 
 
 Rupees 1,948,205 
 
 In 1811-12, the imports from the 
 Arabian Gulf amounted to 
 Mcrchaudize - - - - 425,908 
 
 Treasure 511,184 
 
 Hoi-ses 7,200 
 
 Rupees 944,292 
 
 The exports during the same pe- 
 riod, in merchandize, amounted to 
 364,731 rupees, of which only 73,483 
 consisted of European goods. 
 
 In 1811-12, tlic imports of mer- Treasure 
 chandize to Bombay from the east Horses 
 coast of Africa, amounted to 137,886 
 rupees. 
 
 The exports of merchandize, dur- 
 ring the same period, amounted 
 To ------- 44,339 
 
 Treasure 2,110 
 
 Surat manufactures - - 601 
 
 The produce of Eiuope - 2;')2,764 
 
 Ditto Madeira - - - - 34,736 
 
 Ditto America - - - - 63,108 
 
 Ditto iMosam1)ique - - 38,315^ 
 
 Ditto Bengal - - - - 602,183 
 Ditto Penang and eastward 27,059 
 
 Ditto Malabar and Canara 109,586 
 
 Ditto Persian Gulf - - 13,645 
 
 Ditto Arabian Gulf - - 9,333 
 
 Ditto Cashmero - - - 9,802 
 
 Ditto China - - - - 77,628 
 
 Ditto Gujrat - , - - 8,710 
 
 Ditto Concan - - - - 540 
 
 Ditto Ceylon - - - - 891 
 
 Ditto Cutch - - - - 1,629 
 
 Ditto piece goods - - - 176,757 
 
 Ditto sundries - - - 2,064 
 
 1,429,351 
 
 475,981 
 
 1,700 
 
 Rupees 1,907,032 
 
 Rupees 46,449 
 
 In 1811-12, the imports of mer- 
 chandize from Surat amounted to 
 966,850 rupees, viz. 
 Grain, and other articles of 
 
 food - - - - - - 1,287 
 
 Articles for the use of the 
 
 natives 67,045 
 
 In 1811-12, the imports of mer- 
 chandize from the northern ports of 
 Gujrat amounted to 5,062,012 ru- 
 pees, viz. 
 Grain, and other articles of 
 
 food 1,467,825 
 
 Articles for the use of the 
 
 natives 376,107 
 
 Sundries for the Europeans 58,991 
 Ditto for manufactures - 27,086 
 Ditto for re-exportation - 2,786,564 
 Piece goods _ - - - 344,559 
 Sundries ----- 880 
 
 Carried forward 58,332 
 
 Carried forward 6,062,012 
 
BOMBAY. 
 
 163 
 
 Brought forward 5,062,012 
 Treasure ----- 41,974 
 
 Horses ------ 7,650 
 
 Bombay, le.tweentheXst May,\%\\, 
 and the 30th April, 1812. 
 
 In 1811-12, the exports of mer- 
 chandize from Bombay to tlie north- 
 ern ports of Gujrat amounted to 
 3,915,057 rupees, viz. 
 Suiat maiuifac'ures - - 2,852 
 Tlic produce of Europe - 1,057,609 
 Ditto Madeira - - - - 64,266 
 DiUo America - - - - 180,«89 
 Ditto Mosambique - - 64,370 
 Ditto Bengal - - - - 1,268,593 
 Ditto Penang and eastward 124,061 
 Ditto Malabar and Canara 601,377 
 Ditto Persian Gulf - - 144,268 
 Ditto Arabian Gulf - - 22,786 
 Ditto Cashmere - - - 3,460 
 Ditto China - - - - 184,256 
 Ditto Gujrat - - - - 5,173 
 Ditto Concan - - - - 9,348 
 Ditto Cejlon - - - - 17,077 
 Ditto Cutch - - - - 17,317 
 Ditto piece goods - - - 144,444 
 Ditto sundries - - - 12,911 
 
 Arrived under English tons. 
 
 Rupees 5,111,636 colours 62 ships measuring 25,601 
 Arrived under Spanish 
 
 colours 2 ships measuring 960 
 Arrived under Porteguese 
 
 colours 3 ships measuring 1950 
 Anived under Aral 
 
 colours 12 ships measuring 3660 
 
 Treasure 
 Horses 
 
 Rupees 3,915,057 
 
 - - - 36,615 
 
 - - - 1,900 
 
 Rupees 3,953,572 
 
 In 1811-12, the total value of mer- 
 chandize imported to Bombay 
 Was ------ 16,970,626 
 
 Treasure imported - - 3,737,084 
 Horses 239,875 
 
 Rupees 20,947,585 
 
 In 1811-12, the total value of the 
 merchandize exported from Bombay 
 
 Was - 14,550,642 
 
 Treasure 3,027,963 
 
 Horses 229,473 
 
 Rupees 17,808,100 
 
 ^Statement of the Ships and Tonnage 
 
 which arrived at and departed from 
 
 U 2 
 
 79 
 
 32,161 
 
 Departed under English 
 
 colours 93 ships measuring 38,337 
 Departed under Spanish 
 
 colours 2 ships measuring 950 
 Dejjarted under Portuguese 
 
 colours 1 ship measuring 750 
 Departed under Arab 
 
 colours 14 ships measuring 4551 
 
 110 44,588 
 
 Launched in 1811-12 one 
 
 ship of 457 63-94 
 
 Ditto ditto of 1283 82-94 
 
 Ditto ditto of 985 35-94 
 
 On the 31st Dec. 1811, 26 large 
 ships belonged to Bombay, the ton- 
 nage of which was 15,899 tons. 
 
 The ships built at Bombay ar« 
 reckoned one-third more durable 
 than any other India built ships. 
 
 The Company's marine at Bombay 
 consists of 15 fighting vessels, be- 
 sides armed boats, advice boats, and 
 other craft, and gives employment 
 to a regular establishment of officers 
 and seamen. The maintenance of 
 this force is rendered necessary by 
 the swarms of pirates who infest the 
 western coast of India, from tlie 
 shores of the Persian Gulf to Goa, 
 and who are distinguished, particu- 
 larly those who lurk in the more 
 northerly tracts, by their courage, 
 cunning, and ferocity. These nau- 
 tical banditti have haunted the very 
 same regions since the time of Alex- 
 ander the Great, and probably longer. 
 Out of 104 marine covenanted ser- 
 vants, Bombay employs 93. 
 
164 
 
 BOMBAY, 
 
 A court of jiidicaliuc is held at 
 Bombay, by a sinsjlc jml-^c AVitli the 
 tiUe of recorder, the authority and 
 practice of tliis tribunal bciiip: al- 
 together conformable to those of the 
 supreme court at Calcutta. The law 
 ftraetitioners of this court iire three 
 barristers, and eight attorneys. 
 
 In 1811 the number of civil ser- 
 vants on the Bombay establishment 
 was 74, and the pay, allowances, 
 and emoluments of the whole civil 
 service, including the European un- 
 covenanted assistants, amounted to 
 174,2381. In the same year the pay 
 and allowances of the military officers 
 on the Bombay cstablislHiient, 549 
 in number, was 171,4501. and the 
 amount of the Cinnpany's I^ondiay 
 regular army of all descriptions 
 20,988 men. Surgeons 40, pay and 
 allowances 22,8761. Chaplains five, 
 ])ay and allow ances 47951. In the 
 l?ombay army a veiy great ])ro])ortion 
 of the sepoys come from the Maha- 
 ratta country in whole fai-.iilics to- 
 gether, and, mixing but little with 
 the other sects, still retain their na- 
 tive langnage. 
 
 Bombay is supposed to contain 
 above 220,000 inhabitants. Of this 
 inrmbcr about 8000 arc paisees, and 
 nearly as many iMahommedans, and 
 three or 4000 Jews ; the remainder 
 are Portuguese and Hindoos ; the 
 latter composing more than thrce- 
 iourthsof th<' whole population. The 
 houses of the rich are of great ex- 
 tent, because the children of the 
 family coutinne to live in the same 
 house even after they ar(> manicd. 
 The lower classes have small huts, 
 mostly of clay, covered with a mat 
 made of the leaves of tlic palmyra. 
 ' 'i'hcir wages are a great deal higher 
 than in Bengal, but food is dearer; 
 palan(p7in bearers receive scvcji and 
 eight rupees per month. 
 
 Among the liUropeans the rage 
 lor coiuitry houses prevails as gene- 
 rally as at Madras, and is attended 
 with t'le sanu^ ineonvcnieuces, all 
 businrss being necessarily transacted 
 in the tijit. The geueraiijy of the 
 loinitrv hoiijcs aio comfortable and 
 
 elegant, and, although not st> splendid 
 as those of Calcutta and Madras, 
 are better adapted to the climate, 
 and enjoy most beautiful views. Th« 
 only English church is in the fort. 
 The Poriiiguese and Armenian 
 churciies are nunjerons, both within 
 and without the walls ; and there are 
 three or four synagogues, with many 
 temples and mos<]ues. The largest 
 pagoda is in the Black 'i'own, l^ 
 miles from the fort, and is dedicated 
 to ]Momba Devi. 
 
 The Parsee inhal)itants of Bom- 
 bay possess nearly the whole of the 
 island, and seem to have perfectly 
 domesticated themselves in their 
 new abode, shicc their e\j)ulsion 
 from Persia by the Mahommcdans. 
 They are an active and loyal body of 
 men, and contribute greatly to the 
 prosperity of the settlement. In 
 every European house of trade there 
 is a J'arsce partner, who usually 
 jnoduces the largest portion pf the 
 eai)ital. They wear an Asiatic dress, 
 but they eat and drink like the Eng- 
 lisij. In the morning and evening 
 they crowd to the esplanade to ])ay 
 their adoration, by prostration to the 
 sun ; on these occasions the females 
 do not ajipear, but they still go to 
 the well for water. 
 
 Most of the original Parsee cus- 
 toms continue unaltered, particu- 
 larly the mode of sepulture, which 
 is as follows : 
 
 The body of the defunct is de- 
 posited in a circular building, open 
 at the top, al)onf 55 feet in diameter, 
 and 25 in height, filled up to within 
 five feet of the top, excepting a well, 
 15 feet in diameter in the centre, 
 the part .so filled being terraced w ith 
 a slight declivity toAvards the weH. 
 Two circular grooves, tJnee inches 
 deep, are raised round the Well, the 
 first at the distance of four, and tlie 
 second at the distance of 10 feet 
 from the well. Grooves of the like 
 depth and height, and four feet dis- 
 tant liom each other at the outer 
 part of the outer circle, are carried 
 straight tiom the wall to the well, com- 
 municating with the circular ones to 
 
BOMBAY. 
 
 165 
 
 »'aiTy off the water. Tlie tomb is, 
 by this means, divided info three 
 circles of j)artitions ; the outer for 
 men, the middle for women, and the 
 inner for children. There they are 
 respectively placed, wrapped loosely 
 in a piece of cloth, and left to be 
 devoured by the vultures; which is 
 soon done, as muiibers of these birds 
 are always seen hoveiin^ and w atch- 
 ing about these charnel houses for 
 their prey. The friends of the de- 
 ceased, or tiie persons wlio have 
 charge of the tond), come at the 
 proper time, and throw the bones 
 into their receptacle, the well in the 
 centre. From the bottom of the 
 well subterranean passages lead to 
 remove the bones, to prevent the 
 Avell from filling. Meji of great pro- 
 perty sometimes build one of the 
 above sort for themselves. The pub- 
 lic tombs are five in number, but not 
 all in use, and are .situated about 
 three miles north-westerly tiom 
 Bombay Fort. The stin and the sea 
 partake with lire in the adoration of 
 the Parsees ; their year is di\ided 
 into 12 lunar months, but they have 
 no division of time into weeks. 
 
 There is a great difference be- 
 tween the character and habits in 
 society of the natives of our prin- 
 cipal settlements and those of the 
 interior. A person who has resided 
 only at Bombay, cannot have an in- 
 timate know ledge respcctuig the ha- 
 bits and manners of the natives in 
 the interior provinces of India. Not 
 many years ago, a widow at Bom- 
 bay wanted to burn herself with her 
 Imsband's corpse, which being pre- 
 vented, she applied to the governor, 
 who refused permission ; upon which 
 she crossed the harbour to the Ma- 
 haratta shore, a!id there underwent 
 the ceremony. That few crimes of 
 magnitude occur at Bombay, is 
 proved by a statement made in open 
 court by the recorder in May, ISIO, 
 that, for six years prior to that pe- 
 riod, he never had had occasion to 
 condemn any criminal to the punish- 
 ment of death. 
 
 'I'he society here is Jess numerous, 
 
 and the salaries of Ihc public ser- 
 vants smaller than at the two chief 
 presidencies ; economy is conse- 
 quently more attended to, but the 
 stile of living is iiet|uenlly elegant, 
 and always condbrtable and abun- 
 dant. Bice, the chief fond of the 
 lower orders, is frequt^ntly imported 
 from Bengal,' even in favourable 
 years. 
 
 A society has been establislied at 
 Bombay on a plan somewhat simi- 
 lar to the Bengal Asiatic Society; 
 but it intends to limit itsidf to tlve 
 present state of manners among the 
 inhabitants of the country. The 
 situation of Bombay ought to be 
 healthy, but it is said to be tiio re- 
 verse, and that the liver is a com- 
 plaint more frequent and fatal here 
 than in any other part of India. Ex- 
 posure to the land breeze, which sets 
 in every evening, is frequeuUy fol- 
 lowed by a fever ; moderate living, 
 cautiously avoiding opposite ex- 
 tremes, is found most conducive to 
 healtlv 
 
 The travelling distance from Bom- 
 bay to Calcutta is 1300 miles; to 
 Delhi, 965; to Hyderabad, 480; to 
 Madras, 770; to Poonah, 98; to 
 Seriugapatani, 620; and to Smat, 
 177 miles. 
 
 As a i)laee of consequence Bom- 
 bay owes its oiigin to the Portu- 
 guese, to whoui it was ceded in 
 1530, having been before a depend- 
 ence on a (;liief residing at Tannah, 
 inSalsette. On account of its fin« 
 harbour a fort « as erected b\ tliem, 
 but the vicinity of Goa, the Portu- 
 guese capital, prevented its becom- 
 ing in their hand a place of any con- 
 quence. 'J'wu deri\ati(>ns are as- 
 signed to the name, one from the 
 Portuguese Euon bahia(a good bay), 
 and the other from the Hindoo G'od- 
 dess, Bomba Devi. 
 
 This island was ceded to King 
 Charles the Second in June 1661, as 
 part of Queen C^atluiine's portion ; 
 and in March, 16(j2, a licet of five 
 men of war, under the ronunand of 
 the Earl of Marl!)orough, was di.s- 
 patched, with 5Ui) troops under Sir 
 
ICO 
 
 BOMBAY. 
 
 Abraham Shipman, and arrived at 
 Bombay on the 18th of September, 
 1662 ; but the Portuguese Governor 
 evaded the cession. The English 
 admiral demanded Bombay and its 
 dependencies, comprehendijig Sal- 
 sette and Tannali, and the Portu- 
 guese interpreted the treaty to sig- 
 nify Bombay only. The troops were 
 removed to the Island of Anjidiva, 
 where the mortality was so great, 
 that the surviving commanding of- 
 ficer, Mr. Cooke, was glad to accept 
 the Island of Bombay on any terms, 
 and to this place they were trans- 
 ferred in February, 1664-65, the sur- 
 vivors musteiing only 119 rank and 
 file. Such was the unfortunate com- 
 mencement of this afterwards flou- 
 rishing settlement, which in the 
 hands of the Portuguese had re- 
 mained almost a desait. jMr. Cooke 
 may be considered as the first Eng- 
 lish Governor of Bombay ; on the 
 6tli of November, 1666, he was suc- 
 ceeded by Sir Gervase Lucas. 
 
 It was soon discovered that the 
 king had made an unprofitable ac- 
 quisition, and that the East India 
 Company wore much injured by tlic 
 ti-ade carried on by persons in the 
 king's senice, who sold European 
 goods, for which they paid no freight. 
 In consequence of these and other 
 reasons, the king, on the 27th of 
 March, 1668, by letters patent, trans- 
 ferred the Island of Bombay from 
 the cro^vn to the East India Com- 
 pany, in free and common soccage, 
 as the manor of East Greenwich, on 
 payment of the annual rent of 101. 
 in gold, on the 30th of September 
 of each year. The revenue of the 
 island, shortly after the cession, was 
 estimated at 28231. ])cr annum. 
 
 Sir Gervase Lucas died the 21st 
 of March, 1667, and was succeeded 
 by the deputy-governor. Captain 
 Henry Geary. At the commence- 
 ment of this government, Mr. Cooke, 
 the first governor, endeavoured to 
 assemble a force at Salsettc, assisted 
 by the Jesuits of Goa, to re-esta- 
 blish himself in the Island of Bom- 
 bay, but ineffectuidly. In 1667-68, 
 
 the revenues had increased to 64901. 
 the garrison was 285 men, of which 
 number 93 were Englishmen, and 
 the rest French, Portuguese, and 
 natives. 
 
 On the 23d of September, 1668, 
 Bombay was taken possession of 
 for the East India Company by Sir 
 George Oxinden, the chief Com- 
 pany's governor, and tiie troops 
 were transferred from the king's to 
 the Company's service, along with 
 the arms, ordnance, and stores. Sir 
 G. Oxinden died on the 14th of July, 
 1669, and was succeeded by Mr. 
 Gerald Augier, as Chief of Sural 
 and Governor of Bombay, which 
 continued extremely unhealthy, and 
 much infested by the depredations 
 of the Maharatta pirates. 
 
 In 1672-3, a strong Dutch fleet ap- 
 peared otf Bombay, and created 
 great alarm ; but, after reconnoitiing 
 it, disappeared without making any 
 attack. In the succeding year there 
 were 100 pieces of cannon mounted 
 in the fortifications, and the garrison 
 consisted of 400 regulars, of which 
 the greater proportion were topasses, 
 and 300 militia. In 1676, letters 
 patent were obtained tVom the king 
 to establish a mint at Bomba}', at 
 which they were empowered to coin 
 rupees, pice, and budgerooks. 
 
 Mr. Augier died in 1677, and was 
 succeeded at Bombay by Mr. Henry 
 Oxinden. At this time Bombay 
 continued of very little pohtical or 
 commercial importance, which in 
 part proceeded liom the vigorous 
 goverument of Aurcngzebe on th» 
 Delhi throne, and the rising power 
 of the Blaharattas, under the mar- 
 tial Sevajee. In 1679, the Island of 
 Kenery was occupied by the troops 
 of Sevajee, and the beginning of the 
 next year the Island of Kenery was 
 seized on by the siddee, or Mogul 
 Admiral, the Bombay government 
 not daring to oppose either, and 
 from their proximity being kept in a 
 state of continual alarm. 
 
 In 1681, Mr. John Child, the bro- 
 ther of Sir Josiah Child, was ap- 
 pointed President at Surat, one of 
 
BOMBAY. 
 
 1(57 
 
 the junior counsellors being' appoint- 
 ed to act as tU'puty-j^oveinor of 
 Bombay, la 16«;i-4, tlie Court of 
 Directors, in consequence of tlie 
 rapture of Bantam by tiio Dutch, 
 constituted Bombay an independent 
 English settlement, and tlie sent of 
 the power and trade of the Eiifjlish 
 nation in the East Indies. 
 
 On the 23d of December, 1683, 
 Captain Richard Kegwin, who com- 
 manded the Company's garrison, as- 
 sisted by Ensign Thouipson and 
 others, seized on jMr. Ward, the 
 deputy-governor, and such members 
 of the council as adhered to him, 
 and assumed the goNermnent. 'J'he 
 garrison, consisting of 150 English 
 soldiers, and 2U0 topasses, were 
 joined by the itdialtitants of the 
 island, who elected Captain Keg- 
 win governor, and declared they 
 would only acknowledge the king's 
 authority, although, in the interval 
 betw i\t the acquisition of the island 
 and this period, the East India Com- 
 pany had expended 300,0001. at 
 Bombay on fortifications and im- 
 provements. 
 
 In 1684-5, Captain Kegwin ne- 
 gocialed a treaty with Rajah Sam- 
 bajee, from whom he recovered 
 12,000 pagodas due to the Com- 
 pany ; and on the 19th of Novem- 
 ber, 1684, he surrendered the island 
 to Sir Thomas Grantham, on con- 
 dition of a general pardon to him- 
 self and his adherents. He had not, 
 it appears, embezzled any of the 
 Company's money in the fort, which 
 was restored to them entire, but had 
 subsisted on the revemies of the 
 island. 
 
 In 1686, the seat of the English 
 government was ordered to be trans- 
 fened from Surat to Bombay, and 
 next year, Sir John Child dying, the 
 oflice of Presideiil devolved on Mr. 
 Harris, then a prisoner atSmat, but 
 released by the Mogul goveiiior 
 next year. 
 
 In 1688-9, the siddhee's ileet (Mo- 
 gul's admiral) invaded Bombay, and 
 got possession of JMahein, Maza- 
 gong, and Sion, and kept the go- 
 
 vernor and garrison besieged in the 
 town and castle. An order was soon 
 after obtained from Anrengzebe, di- 
 recting the sidhee to withdraw his 
 troops; but the evacuation did not 
 take place until the 22d of June, 
 1690, when the lands belonging to 
 the Portuguese Jesuits were seized, 
 they having been active in promoting 
 the views of the siddee during the 
 invasion. 
 
 In 1691-2, the population of Bom- 
 bay Avas much reduced by the })lague, 
 of the civil servants only three re- 
 maining alive ; and in 1694, Sir Jo- 
 shua Gayer arrived, asGovernor.it 
 Bombay, which he found in a dis- 
 astrous state, principally caused by 
 the depredations of the English pi- 
 rates on the Mogul ships. Atireug- 
 zebe insisting that all the loss sus- 
 tained by his subjects should be 
 made good by the I^ast India Com- 
 pany. These pirates in 169ft pos- 
 sessed two frigates, of 30 guns, off 
 Cape Comorin, under Captain Kidd, 
 who was afterwards taken and hang- 
 ed ; one of 50, one of 40, and one 
 of 30 guns, off the Malabar Coast. 
 
 In 1798-9, Sir Nicholas Waite 
 w as appointed resident at Surat, on 
 the part of the New or English Com- 
 pany ; and in 1700, by his intrigues, 
 pro(!ured the imprisoiunent of Sir 
 John Gayer and xMr. Colt, the Old 
 or London Company's servants. At 
 this time B<mibay was in a very 
 weakly state, and under constant 
 alarm of invasion from the INlaha- 
 rattas, Arabs, or Portuguese. In 
 1702-3, it was again visited by the 
 plague, which carried off many hun- 
 dreds of the natives, and reduced 
 the garrison to 76 men. 
 
 In 1708, the two rival Companies 
 having united. Sir Nicholas Waite 
 was dismissed, but Sir John Gayer, 
 the legitimate governor, still con- 
 tiiming in confinement at Surat, Mr. 
 Aislabie was appointed ; and such 
 was the continued feebleness of the 
 settlement, that the Bombay govern- 
 ment this year declined receiving an 
 envoy from the King of Persia, for 
 tear be should observe the weak- 
 
168 
 
 BONARATTE. 
 
 jiess of the plaee, both by sea and 
 land. 
 
 With the junction of the rival 
 Companies, in 1708, Mr. Bruce's 
 authentic History of the East India 
 Company conchides, and we have 
 no documents that can be depended 
 on to fill up the interval since that 
 period. The history of the infancy of a 
 colony is, however, always the most 
 interesting ; and it will be seen, from 
 the foregoing- nanative, with what 
 pcrseverauce the East India Com- 
 pany supported a settlement, from 
 which, for many years, they derived 
 no profit, and experienced much 
 trouble. 
 
 At presenl Bombay may be said 
 to rule the whole Avestern coast of 
 India, and its inlluence is felt along 
 the coasts of Persia and Arabia ; but 
 the territorial possessions under its 
 immediate jurisdiclion are small, 
 rompiu-cd with those of Bengal and 
 Madras. They consist principally of 
 the districts of Surat, Broach, Cam- 
 bay, Goelwarah, and other coun- 
 tries extending along both sides of 
 the Gulf of Cainbay, a considerable 
 proportion of which were obtained 
 since 1802 from Anund Row Gui- 
 cowar, a Maharatta prince, and the 
 whole are contained within the pro- 
 vince of Gu jrat, of which they com- 
 pose by far the most fertile, highly 
 cultivated, and popidous portion. 
 The inhabitants of this region are 
 anioiig the most iiitelligent and in- 
 dustrious of Hindostan, and from 
 hence large quantities of cotton nia- 
 luifactures are exported to all parts 
 of the world. From these districts 
 also a great export of the raw ma- 
 terial takes place, partly the produce 
 of the lands v.ithin the Company's 
 influence, and partly brought from 
 the interior on the large navigable 
 rivers, such as the Nerbuddah, Tup- 
 tee, Mahy, and IMehindry, which, 
 with many others of smaller note, 
 empty their streams into the Gulf of 
 Cambay. 
 
 The principal sea port towns, be- 
 sides Bombay, are Surat, Broach, 
 Cambay, and Gogo, from >\ Inch are 
 
 procured the best native seamen in 
 India, the natives along the gulf, 
 particularly on the west side, being 
 much addicted to navigation. The 
 contiguous Island of Salsette is aLso 
 subordinate to this government, but 
 most unaccountably continues to ex- 
 hibit the same state of desolation iu 
 which it was originally received. 
 
 It is difficult, with any precision, 
 to define the extent of the Bombay 
 territorial possessions, as some of 
 the peshwa's districts are intennin- 
 gled with tlieni, and ajiproach within 
 a few miles of the city of Surat. On 
 a rough estimate, how ever, they may 
 be calculated to comprehend 10,000 
 square miles, containing a popula- 
 tion exceeding altogether two and a 
 half millions, in the probable pro- 
 portion of one Mabommedan to 1.5 
 Hindoos. Nearly nine-tenths of all 
 the existing Parsees are resident 
 within the Bombay limits, but no 
 estimate of their numbers, approach- 
 ing to exactness, has even been 
 made. {Lord ValeiUia, Bruce, M. 
 Graham, Moore, Elmore, h. Grant, 
 Blalcohn, Macpherson, Rennel, 12 
 Reg. ^c.) 
 
 BoNAA. — A small island iu the 
 Eastern Seas, 25 miles in circum- 
 ference, lying off the N. W. ex- 
 tremity of Ceram. Lat.3°. S. Long. 
 128°. 5'. E. 
 
 BoNAWASi. — A small town in the 
 province of North Canara, district 
 of Soonda, on the confines of the 
 Bednore district. Lat. 14°. 2?'. N. 
 Long. 76°. 12'. E. In Hydrr's time 
 it contained 500 houses, but is now 
 nuich reduced. Its walls are ruin- 
 ous; and, although it has been aplace 
 of great celehrity, do not appear to 
 IiaAc been of considerable exteiit. 
 A great part of the adjoining eoun- 
 tiy is waste, and overgrown with 
 forests, but not containing much 
 teak. This place is noted by Pto- 
 lemy, and is said fo have had a dy- 
 nasty of kings, who nilcd 1450 yearsi 
 before the Christian era. {F. Bu- 
 chanan, Si'c.) 
 
 BoNARATTE. — A Small island ia 
 the Eastern Seas, due south of Sale-^ 
 
BONY 
 
 1(59 
 
 yer, principally inhabited by Biig- 
 gesscs. On this island, and Ca- 
 lawc, a small island in tlie neigh- 
 botuliood, the Bng[;ess sovercii^n is 
 said to have an establishment tor the 
 education of his dancing girls. 
 
 BoNUHiK, {Vanag/iiri, a uoodi/ 
 mountain). — A district in the Ni- 
 zam's dominions in the province of 
 Hyderabad, situated between the 
 17th and 18th degrees of north lati- 
 tude. It is better peopled and cid- 
 tivated than a great proportion of 
 the Nizam's country, but has no 
 river of consequence. The chief 
 towns are Bonghir and Hydcrshy. 
 
 BoNGHiR. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Hyderabad, district of 
 Bonghir, 21 miles E. from livdera- 
 bad. Lat. 17° 18'. N. Long. 7i>° 
 6'. E. 
 
 BoNH.ARA. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Gujrat, district of Broach, 
 35 miles E. of Surat. Lat. 21°. 7'. 
 N. Long. 73°. 33'. E. 
 
 BoNNEE BiVEK, (Vaui). — The 
 Soank, which rises in the district of 
 Chut a Nagpoor, joins liic Burkee 
 Biver, about Lat. 21°. 43'. N. Long. 
 84°. 50'. E. Irom m hence the united 
 streams pursue a comse of ai)Out 
 110 miles, under the appellation of 
 the Braminy Noy River, \s hich it 
 then changes for that of the Boinice 
 Biver. Its course is afterwards 
 nearly due east, until it is joined by 
 the Coyle, or B\turnee River, when 
 they flow together into the Bay of 
 Bengal, 10 miles north from Point 
 Pahniras. '1 he whole course, from 
 the rise of the Soank, may be esti- 
 mated at 360 miles, iiicluding the 
 windings; andtiie countries it passes 
 through are Chufa Nagpoor, Gang- 
 poor, Sumbhulpoor, aad Cuttack. 
 
 BoxsoLO. — A district in the terri- 
 tories of the Poonah Maharattas, on 
 the sea coast of the province of Be- 
 japoor, betwten the 16th and 17th 
 degrees of north latitude. It is inter- 
 sected by many mountain streams, 
 ■which How from the ^^ estern Ghauts, 
 such as the Gheriah, Denghur, and 
 Atkerah Rivers, so named iiom for- 
 tresses at their junctions ^v^th the 
 
 sea, and formerly the resort of the 
 ])iratical fleets v,hich inU^sted t'.iis 
 coast. The pririeij)al towns are Ghe- 
 riah, Raree, and Vingorla. A great 
 proportion of this district belongs to 
 an independent JMaharatta Chieli 
 named the Rajah of Colapoor. 
 
 BoNTAiN. — A small district in 
 the Island of Celebes, situated at 
 the soutliern extremity. It was an- 
 ciently considered among the de- 
 pendent allies of Macassar, but was 
 afterwards ceded to the Dutcli East 
 India Company. Captain Carteret, 
 who |)ut into the Bay of Bonlain, in 
 Lat. 5°. 33'. S. Long. 119°. 47^ i:. 
 gives a very good character of tJia 
 inliabitants. He describes Bontain 
 Bay as large and capacious, and 
 says, that ships may lie in safety 
 there during both monsoons. In 
 this bay there are several small 
 tow ns ; that which is called Bontain 
 lies to the north, and has a small 
 pallisadoed fort. Wood and water 
 are to be procured here in great 
 plenty, and also fresh provisions. 
 Eowls and fruits abound, and rice 
 may be had in any quantity. There 
 are great numbers of wild hogs in 
 the woods, which may be liad cheap, 
 as the natives, being Mahommc- 
 dans, never eat them. The titles 
 are very irregular; commonly it is 
 liut once high water, and once low 
 w ater in 24 hours, and the diiicrcnce 
 is seldom more than six feet. {Sta- 
 vori7iiis, WiJcocke, i^c.) 
 
 BoNV. — A kingdom in the Island 
 of Celebes, extending 20 leagues 
 along the western shore of the Gulf 
 of Bony, from the River Chinrana to 
 the River Salinico. This gulf, or 
 arm of the sea, is named by the na- 
 tives, Sewa, and by the Euro})eans, 
 Buggess Baj, and deeply indents 
 the Island of Celebes to the south. 
 Witli the kingdom of Bony a consi- 
 derable trade is carried on, it pro- 
 ducing gold, rice, sago, cassia, tor- 
 toise shells, pearls, i^c. 6ve. 
 
 To the north of Bony, along the 
 bottom of t!ie bay, the country is 
 w ell iidiabited, and abounds in sago, 
 which is very cheap ; also cassia and 
 
170 
 
 BONY. 
 
 pearls. Near tlie bottom of tlie gulf, 
 at the River Loo, boat building is 
 carried on; also a tiade in gold, 
 sago, cassia, and seed pearls. The 
 inhabitants along the sea-coast fish 
 for swallo, (named also sea slag, tri- 
 pana, and biche de mar) which they 
 carry to Macassar, and sell to the 
 Chinese junks. On the east side of 
 the bay the country is not so well 
 inhabited as on the w est, and navi- 
 gation of the bay is extremely ha- 
 zardous to ships of burthen, on ac- 
 count of the numbeiless shoals and 
 small rocky clusters in it. 
 
 This is the proper countrj' of the 
 Buggesses, (bugis, or bouginese) 
 who are remarkably industrious and 
 skilful in all kinds of curious filla- 
 gTce work in gold and silver, and in 
 weaving the striped and checked 
 cotton cloths worn in all the Malay 
 islands, 'i hey excel also in making 
 jnatchlocks, firelocks, and all kinds 
 of arms and accoutrements, and in 
 building large prows and other ves- 
 sels. 'J'his ancient, brave, and mar- 
 tial nation became known to Euro- 
 peans only in their decline. In cou- 
 rage, enterprise, fidelity, and even 
 fair dealing in commerce, they are 
 placed at the head of the Orang 
 Timor, or eastern men. I'he nation 
 to which the bugis exhibit the great- 
 est resemblance are the Japanese. 
 
 Tlie Bugis may be reckoned the 
 originril language of the island of 
 Celebes. On the sea-coast it is 
 much mixed with the Eastern Ma- 
 lay, and is found pme only in the 
 ancient books, and in the interior of 
 Celebes. The alphabet consists of 
 22 letters; the form of the character 
 is peculiar, but resembles the Batta 
 andTagala. The Koran has been 
 translated into the Bugis language, 
 and they also [losscss traditional and 
 historical songs and romances in that 
 dialect. 
 
 'J 'he Buggesses possess a code of 
 V ritten laws ; but they also deter- 
 mine many disputes by single com- 
 bat, never avenging themselves by 
 personal assassination. In tiiis they 
 difter essentially from the Sooloo na- 
 
 tion, who never think of patting: 
 themselves on an equality w ith their 
 antagonist, but always attack him 
 in the dark, or when ofi his guard. 
 
 According to Stavorinus, the first 
 monarch of tlie Buggesses, affirmed 
 by them to be of celestial origin, in- 
 stituted the laws of tlie country, 
 which are still observed. He ap- 
 pointed seven electors, the dignity 
 to be hereditary in particular fami- 
 lies, and descending to females as 
 well as the other sex. All matters 
 of importance must be decided by 
 this electoral college, their power 
 extending to the deposition as well 
 as the appointing of their kings, and 
 also the making of peace or war. 
 
 In the beginning of the 17th cen- 
 tury, the Buggesses were compelled 
 by the Macassars to adopt the Ma- 
 hommedan, but we have no account 
 of their prior religion. The king- 
 dom of Bony w as once so poweriwJ, 
 that the state could bring 70,000 
 lighting men into the lield, and 
 greatly assisted the Dutch in the 
 conquest of Macassar, of which they 
 have since had reason to repent. 
 
 Rajah Polacca, a powerful prince 
 and sovereign of Bony, died in 1(J96, 
 and was succeeded by his son, La- 
 patoua, who died in 17 13. 
 
 'i'he daughter of the latter, Bat- 
 tara Todja, succeeded him as the 
 16fh sovereign of Bony, and resigned 
 in 1715, when she was succeeded hy 
 her half-brolher, Lapadang Sajati, 
 who was deposed in 1720, and the 
 Queen Battara Todja restored. Her 
 reign was a perpetual scene of civil 
 and foreign war; during which she 
 was repeatedly dethroned and re- 
 elected, and the capital taken and 
 plundered by the contending parties 
 several times. In 1749, she died, 
 and was succeeded by her half-bro- 
 ther, Lama Ossong, under the namtt 
 of Abdul Zabshab jelaluddeen, who 
 reigned in 1775, and was then above 
 80 years of age. Prior to this period 
 tlie state of Bony had been brought 
 under subjection by the Dutch, to 
 whom the king Avas obliged to take 
 an oath of fidelity and allegiance. 
 
BOONDEE. 
 
 171 
 
 Tlie policy of the Dutch was to keep 
 tlie Maciissars ami BiJS?,esscs in a 
 state of perpetual hostility, by which 
 they at last subdued the former prin- 
 cipality, and tiic latter soon followed. 
 On the decline of the Dutch power, 
 the state of Bony aj;ain attained in- 
 dependence, which must have been 
 confirmed by the conquest of the 
 Dutch settlements in Celebes, in 
 1812, by the British. (Starorinitf, 
 Forrest, Leijden, Qnarterhj Review, 
 Dahijmph, <St.) 
 
 BooBooAN. — A small island in 
 the Eastern Seas, lying off the south 
 end of the Island of Basseelan, and 
 having a small hnmmock on the 
 north part of the island, whicli is 
 very woody, but inhabited. 
 
 BooDicoTTA, {Buddhacatn). — A 
 town in the Baraniahal district, 30 
 miles E. by S. from Bangaloor. Lat, 
 12°. .51'. N. Long. 78°. 18'. E. 
 
 BooGECOOGi., {BImjahhnj). — A 
 town in the province of Cutcb, pos- 
 sessed by independent native chiefs, 
 situated about 10 miles inland from 
 the Gulf of Cutch. Lat. 23°. 15'. N. 
 Long. 69°. 45'. E. 'I'he fort of this 
 district is named Mnddi, and stands 
 at the mouth of a small river, about 
 20 miles distant from Boogebooge, 
 and is one of the chief places of ex- 
 port in the province of Cutcli. In 
 1809, the name of the chief of Booge 
 was Futtcli Mahommed, who had 
 extended his infliu'nce a<ross the 
 (Julf of Cutch, and placed a garri^:on 
 in Po.sitra, in Okamundel, from 
 whence he claimed a share of all 
 piratical captures. By the natives 
 this place is frequently named Cutch 
 Bhoojung, and reckoned the capital 
 of the province. 
 
 Bool. — One of the southernmost 
 of the Philippine Isles, situated about 
 the 10th degree of north latitude. 
 In length it may be estimated at 
 <ib miles, by 30 miles the average 
 breadth. 
 
 Bool, or Bullum. — A small dis- 
 trict above the ^^ estern Ghauts, but 
 now comprehended in the British 
 province of Canara. It is situated 
 about the 13th dt^re« of north lati- 
 
 tude, and is so mountainous and 
 covered with forests, that although 
 nominally subject to tlie former My- 
 sore sovereigns, it ne\ er v\ as ellcc- 
 tually conquered until militan roads 
 were 'opened througii the ioiTst 
 towns by Gen. \\ elleslev in 1801-2. 
 It contains no town of consequence, 
 and being situated on the top of a 
 ridge of hills, its rivers are mera 
 mountain streams. 
 
 BooLACooMBA. — A district sul>- 
 ject to the Dutch, situated at the 
 southern extremity of the Island of 
 Celebes. The land is fertile in rice, 
 abounds with game, and has exten- 
 .sive forests ; but the timber is not 
 well adapted for tJie construction of 
 houses. During the west monsouu 
 the road before Boolaeoomba is dan- 
 gerous lor ships; small vessels, how- 
 ever, can ruu into the River KaU- 
 kongaimg. Near th« mouth of this 
 river stands the Dutch pallisadoed 
 fort Carolina, in which a resident 
 WAS. stationed, who also had the su- 
 perintendence of the kingdom of 
 Bera. The men of the latter pro- 
 vince are, in general, good warriors 
 both by sea and land. The richest 
 are merchattts; others employ tJrera- 
 selves in building prows, and in ma- 
 nufacturing a coarse cloth from the 
 cotton, v.hich is ])lenty. A small 
 tribute of these cloths was annuall}' 
 paid to the Dutch East India Com- 
 pany. {Stavvrimts, cVc.) 
 
 BooNDKE, {Bimdi). — A town in 
 the province of A j me, r, district of 
 Harowt>. tributarv to the Iviaharaf- 
 tas. Lilt. 25°. 26'. N, Long. 75°. 
 35'. E. 
 
 I'his town is situated on the south- 
 erly <leciivity of a long range of hills, 
 which runs nearly from cast to west. 
 The j»alace of the rajah, a largo 
 massy building of stone, is about 
 halfway up the hill, and a kind of 
 forthication extends to the top. The 
 Bondce Kajah is of the llara tribe, 
 and was formerly ol' considerable 
 power and possessions, but both 
 have been greatly reduced by the 
 Slahrattas. >lis territories, though 
 of small extent and revenue, are of 
 
172 
 
 BOORO. 
 
 importance, as thej' command a 
 principal pass into Upper Hindostan. 
 
 During the retreat of Col, Mon- 
 son, in 1804, the Booudee Rajah 
 gi-eatiy assisted him in his distress ; 
 and his conduct had been uniformly 
 friendly to the English ; 3'et, at the 
 peace of 1 805, he was abandoned by 
 ilie British govennnent to the ven- 
 geance of the Maharattas. {Mal- 
 colm, Hunter, cVc.) 
 
 BooNTAL, {Bhavmttala). — A small 
 district in the northern part of the 
 Lahdack country, situated betwixt 
 the 35th and 36th degrees of north 
 latitude ; respecting which nothing 
 is known, except its geographical 
 position. 
 
 BooREE Rapty River, (Revati). 
 — ^^rhis river has its source in the 
 hills which separate the province of 
 Oudc from the Nepanl territories in 
 Northern Hindostan, from whence it 
 flows thiongh the Goracpoor district, 
 and joii'S the Goggrah, a few miles 
 belowf Dooryghaut. 
 
 BooiiPHANA. — A small town in 
 the province of Delhi, within the for- 
 mer district of Siimroo Begum, 42 
 miles N. N. W. from Delhi. Lat. 
 29°. 18'. N. Long. 77°. 20'. E. 
 
 BooRGHAUT. — A ghaut, or pass, 
 through the western range of moun- 
 tains, which is ascended on the road 
 from Bombay to Poonah. This pas- 
 .sage, although very rugged and 
 steep, is not so mucli so as the Am- 
 bah pass ; yet the hills are of great 
 height, and present many fine scenes 
 to the artist to delineate. Near the 
 summit is a small village, named 
 Coondallah, and another at tlie bot- 
 tom named Expoly, with a handsome 
 tank of great extent, enclosed with 
 a stone wall, and havhig a flight of 
 .stone steps to the vatcr. {liJoor, 
 
 BooRHANPOoR. — A City HI the 
 ]Maharatta tenitories,in the province 
 of Khandesh, of wliich it was former- 
 ly the capital, situated on the N. W. 
 side of the River Tui»tee. Lat. 21°. 
 20'. N. Long. 76°. 20'. E. 
 
 This town is the head-quarters of 
 a singular sect of iVlahoiumedans, 
 
 named Bohrah, whose monllab, or 
 iiigh priest resides here. They dis- 
 tinguish their own sect by the name 
 of Ismaeeliah, deriving their origin 
 from one of the followers of the pro- 
 phet, who flourished in the age im- 
 mediately succeeding that of Ma- 
 hommed. They form a very large 
 society, spread over all the countries 
 of the Deecan, and carry on an ex- 
 tensive commerce in all the provinces 
 where their members are dispersed, 
 appropriating a certain portion of 
 their gains to the maintenance of 
 their high priest. In Surat, there 
 are 6000 families of Bohrahs, aud iu 
 Oujain 1500. A younger brother of 
 the niouUah resides at Oujain, and 
 exercises a temporary and spiritual 
 authority over the Bohrahs resident 
 there. 
 
 This city was taken possession of 
 by the British army under Colonel 
 Stevenson, on the 16th Oct. 1803, 
 witliout resistance ; but was restored 
 at the conclusion of the peace, in 
 Dec. 1803. It is much fallen ofl" 
 from its former grandeur; and the 
 decay is likely, tiom the nature of 
 the govennnent to which it is at 
 present subject, to continue. 
 
 Travelling distance from Oojain, 
 154; Nagpoor, 256; Poonah, 288; 
 Bombay, 340 ; Agra, 508 ; and Cal- 
 cutta, by Nagpoor, 978 miles. {Huu~ 
 ter, Rennel, ^c.) 
 
 BooRKoo. — A small village in tlie 
 Gujrat Peninsula, situated near the 
 Run, six miles S. W. from Annan, 
 and surrounded by a wall of black 
 rock, which abounds in the adjacent 
 country. 'Phis village belongs to 
 Siinderjee Sewjee, the agent for 
 horses to the Bombay government. 
 
 BooRO. — An island in the eastern 
 seas, situated betwixt the 3d and 
 4th degrees of of south latitude, and 
 the 126th and 127th of east longi- 
 tude. In length it may be estimated 
 at 75 miles, by 38 miles the average 
 breadth. 
 
 I'he principal settlement on tliis 
 island is Cajelli, situated at the bot- 
 tom of a gulf of the same name, in a 
 maishy plain. The Dutch built a 
 
BOOTAX. 
 
 173 
 
 sibne fort here, wliicli was 1)lown up 
 in 1689; since wliich they liavc only 
 had an inclosnre of pallisailoes, tlio 
 island proving hnt an unprofitable 
 settlement to them, as it prodnced 
 no spi«'ercis. Buflaloes and liec are 
 to be had here in abmulanee, and 
 also cocoa-nuts, bananas, lemons, 
 citrons, hitter oranges, a few ])inc 
 apples; and it is on this island that 
 the best cajepnta oil is procnrcd, 
 Booro produces dilferent sorts of 
 ebony, and also the sago, palm, and 
 teak trees. Ships may be supplied 
 here with rice, cattle, and other 
 refreshments, and tiie MOods abound 
 with tlie babi ronssa or hog deer. 
 
 Tiie Chinese trade here tor cabi- 
 net woods, and f<ir ditterent species 
 of dye woods. Part of the inhabit- 
 ants are Mahomsnedans, and have 
 a mosque here; but the interior of 
 the island is inhabited by the abo- 
 rigines or horaforas, who live dis- 
 persed among the inaccessible monn- 
 tains, and subsist on sago, fruits, and 
 the produce of the chacc. The south 
 of Kooro is much infested by the 
 Papuas from New Guinea. {Forest, 
 La Sillardiere, Bougainville, Stavo- 
 rinus, S'c) 
 
 BoosNAH. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Bengal, district of Jessore, 
 60 miles, W. by S. from Dacca. 
 Lat. 23°. 31'. N. Long. 89°. 39'. E. 
 
 BOOTAN, {Bhutan). 
 
 A country in Nortliern Hindosf an, 
 situated principally between the 
 27th and 28th degrees of north 
 latitude. By the inhabitants of 
 Hnidostan it is also named the 
 t-ountry of the Deb Kajah ; and by 
 the inhabitants of 'I'ibet, Dukba, 
 The boundaries are very inaccurately 
 defined; but, as an approximation, 
 the province may be estimated at 
 ^00 miles in length, by 9(t miles tlie 
 average breatlth. To the north it is 
 .separated from Tibet by the Hi- 
 malaya, or Soomoonang iVIountaiiis, 
 to the south is tlie province of 
 Bengal ; to the east it has an un- 
 t^xplored region north of Assam; and 
 
 to the west the Kyrant country, sul>- 
 ject to the Nepaulese. 
 
 'I'his province presents nothing to 
 the view, but the most mis-shapea 
 irregidarities ; mountains covered 
 with eternal verdure, and rieli willi 
 abundant forests of large and lofty 
 trees. Almost every mountain has 
 a rapid torrent at its base, and many 
 of the loftiest have ])opulous vil- 
 lages amidst oixhards and other 
 plantations. In its external appear- 
 ance it is the reverse of Tibet, which 
 is a level" table land. 
 
 The mountains of Bootan fonii 
 part of tlie great chain, which geo- 
 graphers term Afons Imaus ; and of 
 which frequent mention is made iu 
 the mythological histories ot the 
 Brahmins, by the name of Himalaya. 
 At the foot of the chain of hills, to- 
 wards the Bengal frontier, is a j)laiii 
 of about 25 miles iu breadth, choked 
 up with the m.ost luxuriant vegeta- 
 tion ; and from its inaptitude to sup- 
 ply the wants, or facilitate tiic func- 
 tions of human life, may be con- 
 sidered as appertaining properly to 
 neither. The exhalations arising 
 from the multitude of .springs, which 
 the vicinity of the mountains pro- 
 duces, are collected and confined 
 by tlie woods, and generate a most 
 pestilential atmosphere. The trees 
 are large, and the forests abound 
 with elephants ; the human inhabi- 
 tants arc much debased in form, 
 size, and strengtii. 
 
 The climate of Bootan, affords 
 every degiee of variation ; for, at tlie 
 time the inhabitants ftf I'nnakha are 
 cautious of exposing th(;mseives 1<» 
 an ahnost vertical sun, (hose of 
 Gliassa feel :U1 tlic rigour of >\ inter, 
 and are cliiiicd by perpetual snows; 
 yet both places arc within sight of 
 each other. 
 
 In this province almost every 
 favourable aspect of the mountains, 
 coated Avith the smallest quantity of 
 soil, is cleared and adapteil lor culti- 
 vation, by being shelved into hori- 
 zontal beds, 'i he country abounds 
 with excellent limeslone; Imt the 
 natives apjicar unacquainted with 
 
174 
 
 BOOTAN. 
 
 its uses, cilhcr for building; or for 
 agricultural purposes. The season 
 of the rains about Tassisudon, the 
 capital, is remarkably moderate; 
 there are frequent showers, but none 
 of those heavy torrents which ac- 
 company the monsoon in Ben;;a!. 
 
 In Bootan are to be foimd straw- 
 bcnics, raspbenies, and blackberries, 
 growing wild; there arc also the 
 apple, pear, peach, and apricot trees ; 
 also the ash, birch, maple, yew, pine, 
 and lir, but no oak trees. The 
 forests abound with a variety of 
 handsome timber, and the iir is often 
 found eight and 10 feet in circum- 
 ference. The turnips are remark- 
 ably good, being large, free from 
 fibres, and very sweet. The best 
 fiaiits are oranges, ])cachcs, apricots, 
 pomegranates, and walnuts. For 
 iiTigation the Booteas conduct wa- 
 ter across the chasms of the moun- 
 tains, through the hollow trunks of 
 frees. In this country great part of 
 tlie field labour falls on the females. 
 They plant, weed, and to them 
 eventually the task f:\ils of ap|)lyiug 
 the sickle, and brandishing the tlail. 
 In all laborious odices they are ex- 
 posed to hardships and inclement 
 weather. 
 
 A\'ild animals are not numerous 
 in Bootan, but monkies of a large 
 and handsome kind aboTuid, and 
 are held sacred by the Booteas, as 
 well as by the liindoos. The spe- 
 cies of horse, which is indigenous to 
 Bootan, is called Tannian or 'J'aJi- 
 gun, from Tangustan, the general 
 appellation of that assemblage of 
 mountains, which constitutes the 
 territory of Bootan; the breed being 
 altogether confined within these li- 
 nu'ls. Thev are usuaily 13 hands 
 high, and remarkable Ibr their sym- 
 metry and just proportions. I'hey 
 are distinguished in general by a 
 tendency to piebald, those of one 
 colour being rare. 'Jhey are short 
 bodied, clean limbed, and though 
 decj) in the chest, extremely active. 
 Acctjstomcd among their native 
 mountains to stmggle against op- 
 position, they seem to inherit this 
 
 spirit as a principle of theiriiattircj 
 and hence, have acquired among 
 Europeans, a character of beinghead- 
 strong ajid ungovernable, though 
 in reality it proceeds from an excess 
 of eagerness to perform their task. 
 
 I'rom Bootan a caravan annually 
 visits the district of Ruugpoor in 
 Bengal, bringing with it oranges, 
 walnuts, and the coarse woollen 
 manufactures of that country, v^ ith 
 the horses that cany them, tor sale. 
 The same privilege has never been 
 allowed by the Bootan government 
 to the inhabitants of Bengal. The 
 presents sent by the Deb Kajah to 
 the Bengal presidency, in 1772, con- 
 sisted of sheets of gilt leather, 
 stamped with the black eagle of the 
 Bussian armorial, talents of gold 
 and silver, and bulscs of gold dnst ; 
 bags of genuine musk, narrow v^ool- 
 len cloths, the manufacture of Tibet, 
 and silks of China. The chests 
 which contained them were of good 
 v\orkmanship, and joined together 
 by dovetail work. The Nanaiuee, 
 a base silver coin struck in Coos 
 Bahar, is cunent through Bootan, 
 as in that countrj' there are local pre- 
 judices against a mint. It is of the 
 value of about lOd. or one-third of 
 a sicca rupee ; the name is derived 
 from the Hindoo mythology. 
 
 The Deb (devaj Rajah who re- 
 sides at Tussudon is the supreme 
 head of the province, and his autho- 
 rity is obeyed by a considerable part 
 of it, particularly the country adja- 
 cent to the road leading liom Ben- 
 gal to the metropolis. ^^ illi the 
 country to the east and west of this 
 line we are but httle acquainted ; 
 and it is quite impossible to form 
 any rational estimate of the ])opu- 
 lalion, which from the remotely 
 scattered sites of the towns and vil- 
 lages, and tlie precipitous natme 
 of the country, we may conjecture 
 to be very scanty. The principal 
 towns are Tassudon the capital, Poo- 
 naUha, Wandipoor, (Jhassa, and 
 Murrichom. I'ilo is the title given 
 to a provincial governor, and soubah 
 to those of inferior rank. 
 
BOOTAN. 
 
 175 
 
 Tlic military weapons of the Boo- 
 teas are the bow and arrow, a short 
 straif^ht sword, and a faulchion re- 
 flected like a pruning; knil'e. I ti war 
 they use jwisoncd arrows ; the poi- 
 son (hey procure from a plant as yet 
 unkno\\ H to lilui-opeans, and it is an 
 inspissated vegetable juice, in con- 
 sistence and appearance much re- 
 sembling crude opium. Their 
 matchlock muskets are very con- 
 teniptiljle, and of no use, except in 
 the finest weather when the match 
 will burn, and the priminj in an 
 open pan take fire. In the manaojc- 
 ment of the sword and shield they 
 are very dextrous, and most ex«;el- 
 !cnt archers. They have wall pieces, 
 but no cannon. A slrong jealousy 
 of all intercourse witli the inhabi- 
 tants of Hindostan Projx^r, prevails 
 universally among the nHti\ es on its 
 northern frontier; and it does not 
 appear that Bootan was ever con- 
 <}uered, or even seriously invatlcd by 
 the Mahommedans, 
 
 There is a remarkable dissimi- 
 larity between the feeble bodied and 
 meek spirited natives of Bengal, and 
 their active and Herculean ncigh- 
 bom-s the mountaineers of Bootan. 
 A shong similaiity of features per- 
 vades the whole race oftheBooteas, 
 who are much fairer and more ro- 
 bust tlian their Bengalesc neigh- 
 bours, with broader faces and high 
 cheek-bones. Tlicy arc greatly af- 
 flicted with glandular swellings in 
 the throat, from which the natives 
 of Bengal are exempted; it being 
 calculated that one person iu six 
 is affected with this distemper. 
 
 The Booteas have black hair, 
 which they cut close to tlie head. 
 The eye is a very remarkable fea- 
 ture of their faces, small, black, and 
 svitli long pointed corners, as if 
 stretched and extended by artificial 
 means. Tlieir eye-lashes are so thin 
 as to be scarcely perceptible, and 
 the eye-brow is but slightly shaded. 
 Below the eye is the broadest part 
 of the face, which is rather flat, and 
 narrows from tlie cheek-bones to the 
 ■t'hin. Tlus chsiractei- of counte- 
 
 nance prevails among tlie Tartar 
 tiibes, butismore remarkable among 
 the Chinese. The skins of the 
 Booteas are smooth, and most of 
 them arrive at a very advanced age, 
 before they have even the rudiments 
 of a beard ; their aa hiskei-s also arc 
 of a very scanty growth. Many of 
 them are six feet high ; and, taken 
 altogether, their complexions are not 
 so dark by several shades as those 
 of the European Portiigucse. 
 
 Their houses are in general but of 
 one story; but the palace of the 
 Deb Rajah, at Tassudon, consists of 
 many floors, the ascent to which is 
 by lofty stairs, which is an unusual 
 circumstance in Bootan. In a coun- 
 try composed of mountains, and 
 abounding with torrents, bridges 
 musr necessarily be very frequent; 
 and a traveller has commonly to 
 pass one or more every daj's jour- 
 ney. They are of various construc- 
 tion, generally of timber, but some- 
 times of iron chains. 
 
 Woollen cloth for raiment, meat, 
 spirits, and tea, are in use among 
 the Booteas, who are strangers ta 
 the subtle niceties and refined dis- 
 tinctions of the Hindoos, which con- 
 stitute the absurd perplexity of caste. 
 As a refreshment tea is as common 
 in Bootan as in China, but it is 
 made in a very different way from 
 that which Europeans are accustom- 
 ed to follow. The Booteas make a 
 eomjiound of water, flour, salt, but- 
 ter, and bohea tea, with some other 
 astringent ingredients, all boiled and 
 beat up together. Wheti they hav« 
 finished the cup, they lick it in order 
 to make it clean ; the liigher classes 
 afterwards wrap it up in a piece of 
 scarlet silk. In some instances their 
 medical practice is rendered unplea- 
 sant to the physici.'in, who, when 
 the Bootan Bajah takes a dose of 
 physic, is obliged to swallow, how- 
 ever unseasonably, a i)ro]ioi tionat« 
 quantity of the same medicine. 
 
 The ministers of religion in Boo- 
 tan are of tht- sect of Buddha, and 
 a distinct class, confined solely to 
 the duties of their faith. Th« com- 
 
176 
 
 EOREA. 
 
 mon people jMctciidiiig; to iioinlorlVi- 
 ence in maltcrs of spiiitn;»l concern, 
 leave religion, wifli all its I'ornis and 
 ceremonies, to those Avho are at- 
 tached trom eaiij' habit to its obliga- 
 tions and prescriptions, (hnn nunuiec 
 paimee ooni, a form of words to 
 which ideas of pecniiar sanctity are 
 annexed by the inhabitants of Boo- 
 tan and Tibet, arc placed on most 
 of their consecrated buildings. 'J'hey 
 are frequently also engraved on tlie 
 rocks in large and deep characters, 
 and sometimes seen on tlie sides of 
 liills, formed by means of stones 
 fixed in tlie earth, and of so great a 
 size as to be visible at a considerable 
 distance. In the performance of any 
 religious duty, the Booteas admit of 
 no interrnption jNliatever, Avhich has 
 proved the cause of mu( h delay and 
 inconvenience to those who have 
 had business to transact with their 
 chiei's. {Turner, Saunders, Hcunel, 
 
 BooToN. — An island in the East- 
 ern Seas, hing off the south-eastern 
 extremity of Celebes, about the 5th 
 degree of south latitude. In length 
 it may be estimated at So miles, by 
 20 miles the average breadth ; and 
 it is separated from the Island of 
 Pangansane by a strait, whidi is 
 passable for square rigged vessels. 
 
 This island is high and woody, 
 but well cultivated, and produces 
 rice, maize, yams, a variety of tro- 
 pical fruits, and abundance of the 
 wild bread fruit tree, tlie kernel of 
 which is indigestible. Fowls, goats, 
 buiialoes, and fish, arc also to be 
 procured here, in payment of which 
 money is prefeired by the natives to 
 any species of barter. The inhabi- 
 tants are very tawny, of short sta- 
 ture, and ugly; their language, on 
 tlie sea coast, is the JMalay, and 
 tlicir religion the Mahommedan. 
 The Dutch had lormerly a settle- 
 ment here in the Bay of Booton, 
 and lield the chief of the island un- 
 der a sort of subjection as an ally. 
 They paid him isu rix dollars an- 
 nually, in return for which he per- 
 mitted tliem to send an officer an- 
 
 nually, named the exlirpafor, who 
 inspected the woods, and destroyed 
 the clove trees. 
 
 On the east side of this island is a 
 >)ay, named by the Dutch Dwaal, or 
 Mistake Bay, into Avhich if a ship 
 ])(! drifted by the currents, she can- 
 not get out until the west monsoon 
 s(>ts in, and even then it is difficult. 
 A Dutch governor, going to Banda, 
 was detained in this vexatious gulf 
 a whole year. {Stavoriiius, Labcl~ 
 JariUere, Forrest, Bougainville, ^'c. 
 
 BoPAL, {Bhupala, a King). — A 
 town in the province of Malwah, 
 107 miles east of Oojain, the capital 
 of a small state tributary to the Ma- 
 harattas. Lat. 23°, 16'. N. Long. 
 77°. 27'. E. 
 
 'I'his place is extensive, and sur- 
 rounded with a stone wall, on the 
 outside of which is a large gunge, or 
 mart, with wide and straigiit streets. 
 On a rising ground to the S. W. on 
 the outside of the town is a fort 
 called Futtehghur, built on a solid 
 rock. It has a stone wall w ith square 
 towers, biit no ditch. To the south- 
 west, under the walls of this fort, is 
 a very extensive tank, or pond, 
 formed by an embankment at the 
 confluence of five streams, issuing^ 
 from the neighbouring hills. The 
 tank is aboxit six miles in length. 
 The hills in tUe neighbourhood con- 
 tain a soft free stone, and a reddish 
 granite, from which issues the small 
 liver Patarah, and the Betwah also 
 has its source in this vieinit}'. 
 
 The town and territory of Boi)al 
 are occupied by a colony of PataiKS, 
 to whom they Mere assigned by Au- 
 rengzebe. In 1790 the revenue of 
 Bopal was estimated at 10 lacks of 
 nqiees, but it has been since greatly 
 reduced by the depredations and en- 
 croachments of the Maharattas. 
 (Uiinter, ic) 
 
 BoREA. — A town in the northern 
 extremity' of the province of Delhi, 
 situated in the Doab of the Jumna 
 and Sutulege rivers. 'J he country^ 
 in the neighbourhood, is inhabited 
 by Singhs and Sieks, 
 3 
 
BORNEO. 
 
 177 
 
 BORNEO, Cftmtni). 
 
 The lariACst of the Asiatic Isles, 
 p\f(;nilirig (Voin llic seventh piiraliil 
 olnoitli.t'j tlicfointh parallel ol'south 
 latitude, aud from the IWtli to the 
 1 18lh (deast longitude. Tliis island 
 is of a mole solid eompaet ligine, 
 and not so nuieh indented hy arms 
 of tlie sea as the; rest of the Eastern 
 Archipelago, ulthongii it possesses 
 many bays and harbours, some of 
 Iheni as jet but little explored. It 
 is sunouuded by inimberless small 
 islands and rocky islets, many of the 
 latter not larger than a common Eu- 
 rojiean house, aTid in length nuiy be 
 estimated at 750 miles, by the 3a0 
 miles, tlic average b-readth. 
 
 'Jlie interior of this! island bein^ 
 ■wholly unexplored, we are compelled 
 to trust to llie inaccurate (•(•minuni-' 
 iiications of the ignorant natives to 
 Ihc Europeans formerly settled on 
 the island, or occasionally visiting 
 the sea-coast on tradings voyages. 
 This species of information is obvi- 
 ously not entitled to much attention; 
 iVoiJi a concurrence of tesliinony, 
 liovvcYcr, we may infer, that in ge- 
 neral, for above 30 miles inland, it 
 continues marshy and covered with 
 jungle, but inhabited, and in some 
 degree cultivated. Further inland 
 it becomes mountainous, and is co- 
 vered \tith forests of tall ti-ees, 
 swarming with wild animals, and 
 j)roducing that species of large n\)c, 
 iianu'd by tlic Malays the orang 
 ootang, or man of the woods. If we 
 may credit tiie IMalay accounts, this 
 centrical tract is also inhabited, as 
 they assert that many of the ai tides 
 of traflie sold to Europeans are 
 Itrongbt from a distance of 20 dajs 
 jouincy up the country. 
 
 The rivers of tills island best 
 knowi) to Europeans are those of 
 Ijorneo, Barjarmassin, and I'assir, 
 which are ascertained to be navi- 
 gable fitr boats above 60, from then* 
 junction with the ocean; but they 
 liave never been ascended higher by 
 Europeans, and very seldom by Ma- 
 Jays. From the nature of the coun- 
 tiy, it is probable tlicy do not con- 
 
 N 
 
 tinuo navigable much further up> 
 which is an additional obstacle to 
 the examination of the centrical 
 tracts, to those presented by the Ma- 
 honmicdau inhabitants of the sea- 
 coast, v\ ho endeavoiu" to monojiolize 
 all the tralhc, and prevent any inter- 
 course between the natives of tiie 
 interior and the Chinese or Euro-* 
 peans. 
 
 TJie climate of the northem pfti t 
 of Borneo nnich resembles that of 
 ('e\lon, being from the abundance 
 of verdure always cool, and not sub- 
 ject to hot land winds, like the coast 
 of Coromandel. It is watered also 
 by a number of fine rivers, several of 
 which fall into the Bay of Maloodoo, 
 without bars. The Sooloos, who 
 jiretended to a sovereignty over this 
 part of the coast, many yeais ago 
 made a grant of it to the English, 
 M'ho nc\ct took possession, and the 
 right of the donors thus to dispose 
 of it may reasonably be doubted. 
 In tiiis quarter of the island is the 
 high mountain Keeneebaloo, near 
 to v\hich live the wild idaan, named 
 also inaroots, lioraforas, or aUbrcze. 
 The "\\ hole of this tract, however, to 
 European constitutioits is singularly 
 nnheallhy. 
 
 On the mainland, on tlie north 
 coast op[)Osite to Balambangan anti 
 Banguey, there are forests of tall 
 timber without underwood, a'ud free- 
 stone is also found in abundance. 
 Here aie large cattle called lisang, 
 and liOeks of tlecr and wild hogs feed 
 on the extensive j)Iaitis without fear 
 of the tiger. Tlie country produces 
 all sorts of tropical fruits, and some 
 few species not to be '.uuud oa thy 
 other islands. 
 
 The principal native town is that 
 of Borneo; and the chief European 
 settlements, . Passir, Banjarmassiii, 
 andPontiana. Under their respeelivo 
 titles some jiarliculars will be found 
 resi^ectingthe commerce and exports 
 of Borneo, and for fuithcr niiseclia- 
 neoiis details, see the articles, Man- 
 
 O KKDA RA , M \ I.LOonoO, PaIT AN, Pa P- 
 
 I'AL, and Mamtava. 
 The sea-coast, aud tlic mouths of 
 
178 
 
 BORNEO. 
 
 the iia\i<;able livas of Borneo, arc cfl tJicin- in streni!:tlj and activity. 
 
 ii)habitt'd b} Mahomnu'daus, vho Thcy-iUG luiivei sally iiulc and lui- 
 
 rccoi\e I'lam Enropciius the <::on(Tal Ictterod ; and, Mheii lliey have not 
 
 name ol' Malays. They are an iin- been reduced to the stale of shives 
 
 pure nu\tiire of Macassars, Java- of the soil, their manners have a ge- 
 
 iicse, INlalays, Arabs, and some con- ucral resemljianee, 
 
 verted Biajoos, or aboi igiuf.s, and In tiieii- manners, the most singu- 
 
 aro a rapacious, treacherous race, hu" feature is, the necessity imposed 
 
 niuch addicted to piracy, with -whom on every person, of sonielinie in his 
 
 Europeans have never jet been abb; life, emhruuig his hands in hunutti 
 
 to establish a secure intercourse. It is blood; and, in general, among ail 
 
 a remarkable fact, lio\ve\Vr, that the llieir tribes, as Aveii as the idaan, no 
 
 unarmed and un[)rotcct('d Cliinese ])erson is permitted to marry, injtil 
 
 trade uitiiout dillicultv on a coast so he can shew the skull of a man he 
 
 fatal to Europeans; jet tlie cargoes 
 arc valuable, and their vessels de- 
 fenceless. The chiefs, or rajahs, of 
 these piratical states, possess, each, 
 one or more strong holds,from m hieh 
 they have, assisted by the pcstilen- 
 
 has slaughtered. They eat the tlesh 
 of their enemies like the battas of 
 Sumatra, and drink out of their 
 skulls. The ornaments of their 
 honses are human skulls and teeth, 
 which are, conseiiuenlly, in gieat 
 
 laal climate, repeatedly repelled En- rcipiest among Iheni ; as formerly in 
 ropcans, with severe loss. Trading Sumatra, the ancient inhabitants of 
 ships, while lying oft" the coast of w hich arc said to have had no other 
 
 Borneo, should be particularly ou 
 their guard, and always ready to re- 
 sist an attack. 
 
 'i"he inhabitants of the interior, or 
 aborigines, have usually recci\cd ihe 
 iiame of idaan, and in every respect 
 
 circulating medium than the skulls 
 of their enemies. The horaforas are 
 found in all the Moluccas, in Cele- 
 bes, the Phillipiues, and Maginda- 
 nao, where they are termed sabano 
 ormunubo; and the ferocious race, 
 
 ;ippeartoresenil)lethc raceofhorafo- mentioned by Marsden, who li\e 
 
 fas, or alfoers, as they are termed by inland frojn Samanka in Sumatra, 
 
 the Dutch, being, except the Papuas, and are accustomed to atone for 
 
 in all probability, the most ancient their own faults, by offering the 
 
 and original race of the Eastern Isles, heads of strangers to the chiefs of 
 
 The idaan are sometimes termed villages, are probably of the same 
 
 maroot, which is tlie Sanscrit name descrij.i1 ion. 
 
 of the 49 regents of the winds, and The Sooloos assert, that the idaan. 
 
 companions of Indra. They are a of the interior' believe that their gods 
 
 barbarous, but brave and active race, are pleased with human victims, and 
 
 iiud their language, which is reckon- that several in poorer circumstances 
 
 ed original, but has no wiitten cha- will club togelijcr to buy a Philip- 
 
 raeter, is named, indiscriminately, pine slave, or any other person that 
 
 the biajoo, tiroon, or idaan. They is to be sold cheap, fhat all may 
 
 are certainly the original inhabitants partake in the merit of the execu- 
 
 of Borneo, and resemble the hora- tion. Their anus are long knives 
 
 foras in stature, agility, colour, and and soompiltans, a, tube of wood 
 
 murmcrs. about six feet long, through which 
 
 Th<; horaforas aro indigenous in they blow small arrows, j»oisoned at 
 
 almost all the l:;a:5tern Isles, and are one end ; having, at the other, a small 
 
 fcothcli^nes Ibund in the same island bit of cork wood, just large enough 
 
 with the Papuas, Ol' oriental negroes; to fill up the liollow of the tube, 
 
 bat the lalter have never yet been They are 'generally well acquainted 
 discovered in Borneo. They are with poisons. The jioisonous juice 
 often lighter in coloui than the PJa- used for this ptnpose is extracted 
 ■ hoimnedau races, and gcucrally ex- from a tree, which bus not ytt bccu 
 
BORNEO. 
 
 179 
 
 ascertiiincd by Europeans, and the 
 V ound caused by it is mortal. 
 
 These idaan, althou^ii of such 
 barbarous and sanguinary liabits, are 
 Hot mere savages, 'i ney cuUivato 
 the eartli, and raise fruits and vege- 
 tables, which they carry to the sca- 
 eoast, and exchange with the Bia- 
 joos and Malays for salt ; this arlieio 
 in lumps passiii'; in the market for 
 cuirency. These idaan rear hogs, 
 and sympathize with the Europeans 
 wlien they see tliem eat pork, which 
 the Malays hold in abhorrence; but 
 they consider the latter advanced a 
 step beyond themselves in ci^i!iza- 
 tion, as having a religion^ wliile they 
 have, in fact, not any. 
 
 The Biajoos may be considered 
 as the same race with the idaan and 
 horaforas, tlieir manners being some- 
 what diversified by the nature of 
 their pursuits, which are those of a 
 maritime life. They are in reality a 
 species of sea gipsies, or itinerant 
 fishermen, who live in small covered 
 boats, and enjoy a perpetual sum- 
 mer on the Eastern Ocean, shifting 
 to leeward from island to island, 
 with the variations of the monsoon. 
 In some of their customs, this sin- 
 gular race resemble the natives of 
 the Maldive Islands. They annu- 
 ally perform their ottering to the god 
 of evil, by launching a small bark, 
 loaded with all the sins and misfor- 
 tunes of the nation, which are ima- 
 gined to fall on the unfortunate crew 
 that may be so unlucky as to meet 
 with it. 
 
 The Biajoos, on tlie norlh-wcst 
 coast of Borneo, are more civilized 
 than the others ; and, when the Eng- 
 lish coioiiy at Balambaugan existed, 
 used to supply it with rice, fowls, 
 and other provisions ; by the Malays 
 they are named oran laiit, or men 
 of the sea. 'J'hese fishing Biajoos 
 have boats of about five or six tons, 
 with whole families on board, who 
 fish for swallo, or sea slug, in seven 
 snid eight fathoms water. 'I'hey also 
 dive for it; the best, which is the 
 black, being procured in deep water, 
 souiit of them of tUe w ei^jht of half 
 
 N 2 
 
 a pound. It is sold to the Chi- 
 nese at foiu- and live debars per 
 pecul, (133| pounds). Some Biajoos 
 dwell close to the sea on the islands 
 round Borneo, and at the moullis of 
 rivers, their houses being raised on 
 posts. Many of this last class have 
 become converts to the Mahomme- 
 dan religion. 
 
 On the north-cast coast of Borneo 
 is a savage people, named orang ti- 
 dong, or tiroon, who ap])ear to ho 
 another variety of the Biajoo race. 
 They reside up the rivers, and lit out 
 pirati('al vessels to cruize among the 
 Philippines, and on the north-east 
 coast of Borneo. They are a hardy 
 race, and subsist mostly on sago 
 during their cruizes. The Mahom- 
 mcdans of Magindanao and the lUa- 
 nos att'ect to despise them ; but when 
 they meet among the Pliilippines, 
 Avhich arc their common prey, they 
 do not molest each other. They are 
 described as eaters of human flesh 
 occasionalh'. Their boats are small, 
 and the planks are sewed together, 
 of which they take pieces and cany 
 overland, when enclosed in any of 
 the bays by the Spanish armed ves- 
 sels. Their conduct to theii' prison- 
 ers is cruel in the extrenjc, often 
 mutilating the stoutest, or leaving 
 them to perish on some sandy desert 
 island, 'i'hey sell a great deal of 
 sago to the Sooloo islanders, wiio 
 afterwards dispose of it to the Chi- 
 nese junks. 
 
 There remains another class of 
 Biajoos, who wander about Celebes, 
 Borneo, and the Philippines, and 
 who Cvre composed of a medley of 
 dillerent nations ; such as Chinese, 
 with long plaited hair ; Javanese, 
 Avith bare throats, plucked beards 
 and whiskers ; and Macassars, with 
 black shiiiing teetli. Their religion 
 is said to be Mahonnncdaii and 
 Chinese; and their boats arc ma- 
 naged by the women as well as the 
 men. 
 
 Comparing the state of this island 
 in civilization and cultivation with 
 other parts of India, the population 
 of whicli is a^cmt^uad, 'AlLUuuglx of 
 
IBO 
 
 BOrSLAGUR. 
 
 so immense a size, we eannot assinii 
 a greater iiinjiber than three uiillious 
 to the iiihahitants of Borneo; not 
 including in tlie estimate the orans: 
 outungs, whieli some authors assert 
 is also a cooking aniina!. 
 
 The inhabitants ol" the north coast 
 of Borneo iia ve a tradition, that their 
 country was once subject to China; 
 l)Ut when lir^t AJsited by the Portu- 
 guese, in 1530, tiiey ibuiid the Ala- 
 honniieilan religion firmly establish- 
 ed all along the sea coast. 
 
 The Dutcii had Ibrnierly a settle- 
 ment at Banjarmassin; and, in 1778, 
 obtained 1 andak and Succadana by 
 cession from the King of Banttun, 
 Avhose ancestoi-s in remote times had 
 conrjuered them. They sent a small 
 force to take possession of them, and 
 erected a fort at I'ontiana ; but, like 
 many olher of their establishments, 
 tliey never realized profit fiom it 
 equal to the expense incurred; yet 
 among the exports are enumerated 
 rough diamonds, eamphire, benzoin, 
 canes, iron, copper, bezoar, sago. 
 Max, bird nests, and gold. {For- 
 rest, Dalnpnple, Lnjden, Stavoriims, 
 Wilcocke, Ebnore, Sc.) 
 
 Borneo. — A town on the N. W. 
 coast of the Island of Borneo, situ- 
 ated 10 miles u|> a river of tiic same 
 name. Lat. 4°. 50'. N. Long. 114°. 
 44'. E. The river is navigable far 
 above the town for ships oi burthen ; 
 but the month is narrow, and has a 
 bar, over wliich there is scarcely 17 
 teet at high water. U]) to the town 
 the water is salt, and the tide runs 
 at tlie rate of four miles an hour, 
 in the mid<lle is six fathoms water; 
 and here lie moored, head and stern, 
 the Chinese junks, four or five of 
 whicli, abjut500 tons burthen eacli, 
 arrive atumally from Amoy. The:-e 
 junks carry to China a great quantity 
 of black viood, which is uoiked up 
 into furniture ; abuj rattans, danmier, 
 eiove l)ark. swallo, or biche de juar, 
 tortoise-shell, bird nests, and (!\eel- 
 leni nalivv' cam|tiiire. On aceouiit 
 'of thi" goodness and plenty of timix-r, 
 the Chinese freciuently buihl junks, 
 Bome so lar^c as 5U0 tons, which 
 
 they load with the roiigli produce of 
 the islam!, and send to China. This 
 industrious pro|)le have many pep- 
 per gardens in the niiglibomhood of 
 the t?jwn, keep shops both on board 
 their ships and on shore, and infnse 
 life into the town. i>y a proper 
 management, it is probable, th.it 
 wooli(;ns might be convejed through 
 this channel into China. 
 
 T!ie houses of this town are built 
 OR each side of the river uiion posts, 
 and are ascended by stairs and lad- 
 ders. It resembles Venice, in hav- 
 ing small water channels in place of 
 streets ; and all traflic is transacted 
 on board of boats, wliich float up 
 ajid (low n the river with the tides, 
 and are in general managed by wo- 
 men. 
 
 The captains and supercargoes of 
 Euro[)ean trading-ships should be 
 careful of Ncntiiringon shore here, 
 nor should tlicy on any account take 
 their ships ui) the river, for' fear of 
 treat liery. The IVIalay and Cliinese 
 vessels, trading to this port, hang ;i 
 bag of lime in the water close lor-' 
 ward under each bow, wliich, im- 
 pregnating the water around, in their 
 opinion keeps off the worm. 
 
 The form of govermnent at this 
 place is difiicuit to understand. 'J'he 
 chief person is styled eang de pa- 
 tuan, and the second sultan ; then 
 come tile pruigerans, or nobles, 15 
 in number, m ho tyrannize over th« 
 people. Formerly there was ait 
 English factory here, but it has long 
 since been abandoned.. (Forrest, 
 Ehnorc, Ath Register, Vc.J 
 
 BoRow. — A town in the province 
 of Gujrat, 27 miles N. W. from 
 Camba'v. Lat 22°. 33'. N. Loiig. 
 72°. 2-1'. E. 
 
 BouJi'.POOR, {Bhojapurn\ — A 
 town in the province of Bahar. dis- 
 trict of Shahabad,68 miles W. from 
 Batna. Lat. 25° 36'. N. Long. 84<». 
 y. TL 
 
 BoUSLAGUK, (BhomlngJiar). — A 
 large grand village in the j)rovinee 
 of Gnndwana, 110 miles S. froia 
 Buttuui)oor. Lut. 20°. 4U'. N. Long. 
 82°. 28'. B. 
 
BRAHMAPOOTRA RIVER. 
 
 181 
 
 About ihis place tlie streams are 
 ohservi'd to rnn \\ estward, Ihe couu- 
 try beiiii; drained into the Goda\ ery ; 
 to the north of this tlie little rivers 
 mil eastward, and tail into the M.\- 
 hanuddy. I'roni Conkair to tliis 
 place, a dislanee of 40 niilej^, there 
 is not a single habitation lliat ean he 
 called even a handet. A hut or two 
 are observed liere and there, w itii 
 small spots of land somewhat clear- 
 ed; when; the Goands, having cut 
 down (he trees to within three feet 
 of the o^round, and having intcr- 
 \vo\ eu the bjanehes, so as to fence 
 Jheir plantations against the incur- 
 sions of wild beasts, clear a spot, 
 and cultivate a little uiaize. (^Bhuit, 
 
 330UTAN.— A high round island, 
 vith several smaller ones near it, 
 l}ing olf the north-east coast of tlie 
 3Ialay Peninsula. Lat. 6°. 32'. N. 
 Loti'l 9iP. 10'. K. 
 
 IjOWal. — A village in the province 
 of Bengal, district of Dacca ilclal- 
 pore, 20 miles N. bv E. from the 
 «:ity of Dacca. Lat. 2;i° 57'. N. 
 Long. 90°. 23'. E. The country sur- 
 rounding this place swarms with 
 game of all sort.s, among which may 
 be enumerated eleiihauts, tigers, 
 leopards, bears, buflaloes, \\ iid boars, 
 deer of many varieties, foxes, hares, 
 jackals, tiger cats ; and, of the fea- 
 liiered tribes, florekins, peacocks, 
 the doiuesiic fowl in a wild state, 
 diil'crent sorts of partridges, snijies, 
 fjiiail, wild ducks, leal, and wild 
 pigeon.s. 
 
 Bkahmapootra River, — The 
 largest river ol India, known iu 
 'J'ibct by the; name of the Sanpoo. 
 The sources of this ri-.er have never 
 been e\i>lored, luit it is probable they 
 are separated from those of the 
 Ganges only by a narrow range of 
 snow clad j)eaks, alioiit tlie 32d de- 
 gree of north latitude, and 82d of 
 cast longitude. l''r.)ni hence the 
 Jhabmapootra takes its eoiu-se east- 
 ward through the <'<nuitry of Tibet, 
 north of the Himalaya Mountains, 
 where it is known by the name of 
 JJanpoo, or Zauchoo, which is im- 
 
 derstood to mean the river, as Gunga 
 is among the Rrahmiuical sect of 
 Hindoos. Li its course eastward, 
 it passes to tlie north of Teshoo 
 Loomboo, the residence of Teshoo 
 Lama, wlieie it is stiled E^nchoom- 
 boo, and thence flows in a v\ ide-ex- 
 tended bed, through many channels, 
 and forming a multitude of islands. 
 Its principal channel is described as 
 narrow but deep, and never ford- 
 able. At this place it receives the 
 tributary waters of tlie Painomtchieii, 
 and many other streams, before it 
 jiasses Lassa, and p;'ii'.i;atcs tlie 
 frontier mountains that diudc Tibet 
 from A.s.sam. In this part of its 
 course it takes a \ ast circuit through 
 the mountains, before it enters the 
 latter khigdom, and approaches 
 vvitiiin 220 nules of Yunan, the 
 most western [jrovince of China. 
 Here it turns suddenly west through 
 Assam, where it re(;ei\es a copious 
 supply from that region of rivers, 
 before with increased vohime it 
 rushes, to the notice of Europeans, 
 below Rangamatty; on the borders 
 of Bengal. Eroni hence it hastens 
 to meet the Ganges; these rivers 
 being nearly related in their birth, 
 as well as united in their tenninu- 
 tiou. 
 
 After entering Bengal, it makes a 
 eirciiit round the western ])oint of 
 the Garrow Mountains, and then al- 
 tering its course to the south, in the 
 Dacca province, is joined by the 
 Mcgna, which, although net the 
 10th part of its size, nio.st unaC' 
 couiitably absorbs its name, and coui- 
 inunicates its own to the great mass 
 of waters, ui.-til they iuiermi\: with 
 those of the Ganges, near ilu: L'ay 
 of Bengal. The whole kno\vrt 
 cour.se of .tids river, including its 
 windings, may be estimated at 1G50 
 miles ; but it is the fate of the Brah- 
 mapootra to penetiate a rude cli- 
 mate and stubborn soil, seldom ap- 
 proaching lh(' habitation of civilized 
 men; while tiie Ganges, en the con- 
 trary, tlows along a fertile territory, 
 and through rich and polished na- 
 tions. Until 1700 the Bralmiapcotra 
 
■m: 
 
 182 
 
 BRAMBANAN.- 
 
 was imkno-wn in Europe as a ca- 
 pital river of India. 
 
 I'his river, during a course of 400 
 miles through Bengal, bears so inti- 
 mate a resemblance to the Ganges, 
 that one description answers both, 
 except that, during the last 60 miles 
 before then- jnnction, imder tlie name 
 of Mcgna, it fonns a stream, which 
 is regiilai'ly from four to five miles 
 Avide, and, but for its freshness, 
 might pass for an arm of the sea. 
 The junction of these two mighty 
 rivers below Luckipoor now forms 
 a gulf interspersed with islands, 
 some equal in size to the Isle of 
 "Wight. The Bore, which is a sud- 
 den and abrupt influx of the tide 
 into a river or narrow strait, prevails 
 in the principal branches of the 
 Ganges, and in the Megna; but the 
 Hooghly River, and the passages 
 between the islands and sands, situ- 
 ated in the gulf, formed by the con- 
 fluence of the Brahmapootra and 
 Ganges, are more subject to it than 
 the otlur rivers. {Turnerf RenncI, 
 §'c. c5-c.) 
 
 Brahminabad. — The extensive 
 ruins of BandKuah, in the province 
 of Tatta, are supposed to be those 
 of the ancient city of Brahminabad, 
 named also Manhawar and Ma- 
 lianra by Persian authors. Lat. 24°. 
 40'. N. Long. 67°. 60'. E. In the 
 10th centuiy Brahminabad was the 
 capital of a powerful Hindoo king- 
 dom. {Khmer, Wilford, Ferislita, 
 
 Bra LA. — A small island, lying oft 
 the eastern coast of Malacca. Lat. 
 4°. 55'; N. Long. 103°. 40'. E. 
 
 BkambaNan. — A village in the 
 district of Mataram, in the Island 
 of Java, and nearly in the centre of 
 the latter. It stands at the northern 
 base of a range of mountains, jun- 
 ning east and west to a great ex- 
 tent, ami called V by the Javanese, 
 from their position, the Mountains 
 of the South. 
 
 At this place are many extraor- 
 dinai7 remains of Hindoo images, 
 temples, and inscriptions. The area 
 occupied by tlie ruius of all descrip- 
 
 tions, is equal to 10 miles. Over 
 this smface there are scattered, at 
 various distances, the niins of se- 
 veral temples ; but the most remark- 
 able niins are known to the native^ 
 by the name of the Thousand Tem- 
 ples. This collection constitutes a 
 sqTiare group of buildings, each mea- 
 suring about 250 paces. In the cen- 
 tre of the square stood one laige 
 temple, which was surroimded at 
 eqriai distances by three square rows 
 ot smaller ones, each row but a few 
 feet distant from the other. At each 
 of the four cardinal points, where 
 there appeared to have been once 
 gates, were two gigantic statues, 
 named by the Javanese Gopala, one 
 of the names of Krishna. Each of 
 them had a mace in his hand, and a , 
 snake twisted round his body. 
 
 In the large temple there are no 
 images ; but, from tlie remaining pe- 
 destals, it appears there once Merc 
 some. T!ie inside ^^ alls were adorn- 
 ed v.itli ijgures of tlie conch shell, 
 of water vases, and of the sacred 
 lotus, ail indicating a Hindoo origin. 
 On the outside of the large temple 
 are figures of Brahmins. In some 
 of the small temples there are still 
 some images ; and among the other 
 ruins there is a group of large tem- 
 ples, one of which still contains an 
 entire fignre of Bhavani, and ano- 
 ther of Gancsa; on an adjacent 
 building are sculptured many Hin- 
 doo figures in relief. Abut a mile 
 and s half distant from the Thou- 
 sand Temples there is another clus- 
 ter of buildings, close to which is 
 an oblong slab of granite, seven feet 
 long and three broad, one face of 
 which is covered with aninscrii)<ion, 
 asserted to be the common Deva 
 nagari character, containing a le- 
 gend from the Mahabharat: other 
 stones with inscriptions are also 
 scattered about. 
 
 The stones of these buildings are 
 of hewn granite, admirably well 
 cut and polished, and laid on each 
 other with great skill and nicety. 
 No mortar has been made use of, 
 but, instead of it, the lower suifaco 
 
ERODRAH. 
 
 183 
 
 of each stonr ha<! a promiiipnce, 
 wliicli fits accurately into a j^roove 
 in the upper suvfiice of the one tiii- 
 dcriiealh, b\ wlsicli contrivance the 
 stones are (irmly retained in Iheir 
 situations. The roofs of the tem- 
 ples arc all, like tlie rest of the 
 buiidinfi:, of hewn granite; and it is 
 in their construelion that the great- 
 est skill has heen displayed. Every 
 thinj rei^ardiiip; these ruins is wrap- 
 ped in the u,i«'atest obscurity. 'I'iic 
 fabulous accounts of the .lavanese 
 asciihe them 1<> a person celebrated 
 in tlieir romances, whom they naine 
 Bandung, whose skill in magic is 
 said to have raised them in one 
 night. A Javanese manuscript a.s- 
 serts then to have been creeled in 
 the Javanese year 1188 (A. D. 
 1261). 
 
 The neighbourhood of Rramba- 
 nan, to the extent of 20 miles, is 
 cultivafed with cotton, which is here 
 produced in greater ahundance, and 
 of better (piality, than in any other 
 part of tlie island. The village of 
 Brambanan is, in fact, the lirst, if 
 not the only mart in Java for cotton, 
 V hich is here known by the Hindui 
 name of Kapas. {Edinburgh Re- 
 vieiCy rf-c.) 
 
 Brourah, {Broderti). — A town 
 in the province of Gujrat, district 
 of Cliamj)aneer, 40 miles N. N.W. 
 from the citv ot Broach. Lat. 22°. 
 13'. N. Long. 70°. 24'. E. 'J'his is 
 the capital of a iVIaharatta Ciiicflain, 
 known by the family name of the 
 Guicovvar (Gaikcvad). vvlio divides 
 with the peshwa and the British tiie 
 largest and fuiest jxirlionof (Uijrat ; 
 liis particular share hiiig piineipally 
 in the norfhein districts. In Aii- 
 rengzebe's reign this a\ as a large and 
 wealthy town, and still continues a 
 place of considerable trade, but we 
 have no detailed (bscription of it. 
 
 PillajeeGiiieowar(t he great grand- 
 father of the present Giiicowar) in- 
 vaded the province of Gujrat iu 
 1726, and iu 1730 was confirmed in 
 liis concpiest by Saiioo IJajah, the 
 grandson of Sevajee, and reigning 
 swvcfciga of the Muharattass. Pil- 
 
 lajee was sttcoeedcd by his son Da- 
 
 majee, who was taken prisoner by 
 tlte Peshwa Bajerow, but afterwards 
 ransomed, and received a snmiud 
 for (he half of Gujrat. His successor 
 was his son I'utteh Singh, who dying 
 in 1789 was succeeded by his bro- 
 ther jVlanajee, who died in 1792, 
 when another brother, named Go- 
 vind Row, ascended the throne. This 
 chief died in 1 800, and was succeeded 
 by his .son, Anund Bow Guicowar, 
 who .still continues at the head of 
 the government. 
 
 This state was first noticed in the 
 political transactions of th(; British 
 about tlie year 1782, vvlicn, at the 
 peace conchided with the JVIaha- 
 ratta Chiefs of I'oonah, it was stipu- 
 lated, that the established Jaghire 
 of l''uttch Singh Guicovvar (who had 
 sided wi(h the Bri(ish) should con- 
 tinue in Ins possession, the said Fut- 
 teh Singh Guicowar performing the 
 same obedience, and paying ths 
 same tribute to the peshwa as had 
 before been ciLstomary. By the 
 treaty of BasscLu, concluded with 
 Ww peshwa on (he 31st of Deeem- 
 bf^r, l!i;02, the Bvitish engage to ar- 
 bi(ratc and atljiist all dilferenccs be- 
 tween the peshwa and Anund Row 
 Guicowar. 
 
 In 1802 Malliar Bow commenced 
 hostilities against Anund Row, and 
 took possession of Vessanagur. The 
 latter .solicited t!:c assistance of the 
 British, and a delachnient v\ as sent, 
 which defeated Mulhar Row, ex- 
 pelled him (rom the Guieowar's 
 couniry, and took the fort of Kurree 
 and the rest of his possessions. An 
 alUance was then foimed with the 
 Guicowar, who made several ces- 
 sions of territory to reimburse the 
 expense incurred by the British, and 
 consented lo receive and support a 
 .subsidiary force of 2000 regular in- 
 fantry, and also (o reduce an ex- 
 pensive corps of Arabians, which he 
 had in his service. By this treaty it 
 was dcterinined, likewise, that all 
 the Guicowai's political aiTrange- 
 rnents at Poonali should be con- 
 ducted by tiio Biilish Ilc.sidont, 
 
184 
 
 BROACH. 
 
 conjimctly with the Giiicowai's Va- 
 
 teel. 
 
 By a supplementary treaty, con- 
 chided on the 18th of I'cbruary, 
 1803, between the Guicowar, and 
 Major Walker on the part of the 
 British, the followino^ districts were 
 peruiaiiently ceded for the support 
 of the subsidiary force, viz. 
 
 The pcrpfnnnah of Dolka, 
 
 yicldinsf a revenue of - 450,000 
 
 r>itto of Neryad - - - 175,0(K) 
 
 Ditto of Bejapoor - - - 130,000 
 
 Tlie Tuppa oi' Kuirce, con- 
 tiguous to Bejapoor - 25,000 
 
 Rupees 780,000 
 
 On the 2d of June, 1803, the 
 Cjuicowar as^rced to subsidize an ad- 
 ditional body of 1000 irdantr}', tor 
 the payment of wliich the ioUowing 
 districts were made over ; 
 
 The pcrgnnnah of flatter, 
 
 valued at - ^ _ - - 130,000 
 Ditto of Modha - ^ - 110,000 
 The customs of Kiinkato- 
 
 dra, north of the Tuptce 50,000 
 
 Rupees 290,000 
 
 Tlie actual extent of the Gui- 
 cowar's influence, and the limits of 
 his vemaiuiug- territories, it is almost 
 impossible to disciiminato, and de- 
 pend g;reatly on the talents of the 
 rei;,',iiiiig prince. His cl.iims to tri- 
 bute are very indefinite, and extend 
 over the whole province ; but the na- 
 ture of the goveinmeat being wholly 
 feudal, only occasional obedience is 
 paid by his vassals, who arc more 
 ice]it in awe by his alliance with the 
 British, than from any diead of his 
 own intrinsic resources. What re- 
 venue he leceives is generally col- 
 lected by the presence of a military 
 force, and but a small portion of it 
 ever reaches the treasury at the ca- 
 pital. {Marquis Welleslcij, Treaties, 
 ijC. <St.) 
 
 Broach, {Barigosha). — A district 
 ill tl;e province of Gujrat, situated 
 
 between the 21st and 23d degrees 
 of north latitude, and bounded on 
 the Avest by the (iulfof Cambay. In 
 1582 it is described by Abul Fazel 
 as follows : 
 
 " Sircar Bchroatch, containing 14 
 niahals, measurement 349,771 bee- 
 gahs, revenue 21,S45,b"()3 dams, 
 Seyurghal 141,820. 'J'liis sircar fur- 
 nishes 990 cavalry, and 20,800 in- 
 fantry." 
 
 'I'hjs is one of the best cultivated 
 and populated territories on the 
 west coast of India; and was ac- 
 quired iiually by the British, at the 
 treaty of peace concluded with 
 I>o^^ let Row Sindia. in Dccenil)er, 
 18t!3. As a j)articular favour, the 
 peslnva was allowed to retain the 
 perguiuiahs ofAhmood, .Jumbosier, 
 and Dubboi, being old fiefs of his 
 family; and even the town of Olpar, 
 v\ ithin seven niiles of Sural. 'I'his 
 intermixture of dominion is not un- 
 common in Hjndostan, but was .al- 
 ways more customary among tlio 
 Maharattas, than any other nation. 
 
 A smaller tract of country, imme- 
 diately adiaccui to the city, is pro- 
 perly called the distriit of Broach. 
 Three-fourths of this territory, con-^ 
 taiuiug 122 villages, are named ka- 
 num lands, which posses a rich soil, 
 preferable to tlie Barra land, close 
 to the sea. The annual govern- 
 ment assessment upon kanum land, 
 inconstant cultivation, is 12 rupees 
 per acre; but, after a year of fallow, 
 it is double that rate. Land v\ liich 
 is allowed to lie fallow is named 
 vassel, in contradistinction to tliat 
 named bhoot, which is tilled every 
 season. The crop on the lirst, is 
 double that on the last, and the 
 rent in proportion. About the town 
 of Broach, a begah (one-ihird of an 
 acre) of common vassel, is assessed 
 at eight rupees, aiid one of biioot at 
 four rupees, I'o raise tliis double 
 ])roduee, the spot must also be iur- 
 ])roved by exposure, ii ligation, and 
 manures. 
 
 loity villages, bordering on tlie 
 sea-coast, compose the division of 
 AmUsecr and ruckujia; and tUeir 
 
BKOACH. 
 
 155 
 
 earned away the bunks of the i ihiid 
 whi re it jiTows, ;>iid alun;;; with tlieui 
 siu-li parts of the tree, a., liad ex- 
 tended their roots so far. Wliat 
 still rciiiaitis is about 2(J0f) feet ia 
 circiuiiR'it'iicc, nieasiirinj:^ round thg 
 different stems; but, the hiinj.;iiig 
 branches, the roots of wiiich havo 
 not yet readied tlie ground, cover a 
 iinuh larj>,er extent. The chief 
 trunks of this tree amount to 300, 
 all sujierior in size to the generality 
 of Euj^lish oaks and elms; and tiie 
 sniidier stems, forming strong- sup- 
 jioitors, arc niore than 3000, and 
 from each of these new brandies 
 banjinc; roots are proccdin^-, wliich 
 time will form trunks, and become 
 the parents of a fiit'ue projcj'.y. 
 This is the tree de;>eril>ed by iVlil- 
 ton in Parailise Lost; and tiie natives 
 have a tradition that u 3000 years 
 old, and assert that 7000 persons can 
 !ej)ose under its shade. 
 
 Being so conveniently situated, 
 the Bom bay government made many 
 attempts to obtahi this district, and 
 had possession of it for a shjrt tiiue 
 prior to 17S2; but. at that period, in 
 order to procure the concurrence of 
 Madhajee hindia to tiie treaty of 
 Salbey, Broai h with its valuable 
 territory yielditjp a revenue 200,0001. 
 was a private and separate agree- 
 ment ceded to him. ( Drnmmond, 
 Lord Valeiitia, Moore, dtk liigister. 
 
 Broach. — A town in the province 
 of Gujrfit, district of Broach, of 
 which it i.s tlie capital, situated on 
 the norlli boiik of the Xerbuddah 
 River, about 25 miles above its junc- 
 tion with the sia. Lat. 21° 41'. N. 
 Long. 75". 6'. E, . 
 
 TiiLs place is said to derive its 
 name from the Hindoo saint or de- 
 votee ]>hrigu, and to be properly 
 W'rittcii Bbrigu Kshetra or Bin'igu-r 
 pura, the tov/n or place of J3!)rign. 
 It is thougiit to have been tiie B.ary- 
 gaza of tin: ancients, and when it 
 
 named Kuveer Bur, in honour of .surrendered to the EiJiperor Acber, 
 
 a famous saint, and was formerly in 1572, continued to be a place of 
 
 much larger tiiaii at present; for great trade. 
 
 Jii^h Uooda have at dillcrcut times Very fine bafts and other cotton 
 
 soil and climate are considerably 
 different, from the rest of the mari- 
 time tract. In tliis particular terri- 
 tory, which is named Barra, cultiva- 
 tion docs not commence until Au- 
 pist and September. On this spe- 
 cies of land, the government assess- 
 ment may generally be a^eraged at 
 three rupees per begah, or one gui- 
 nea per acre. The soil in the dis- 
 tricts of Broach, Jumoosier, and the 
 adjacent ojies east of the Gulf of 
 Cambay, suits extremely well with 
 the cultivation of cotton ; which is 
 sown on fallowed spots along with 
 rice, the latter being of speedy 
 growth, and reaped at tlie opening 
 of the rainy s3a.son. The grassia 
 lots of land in the Broach district 
 in 1804, exempted from the revenue 
 As.sessments, amounted to 58,000 
 begahs. 
 
 The number of violent deaths and 
 robberies in this district, have greatly 
 decrea.sed since it has fallen under 
 the Britisli government. In former 
 times, the deiinqueuts being almost 
 universally punished by the intiic- 
 tion of lines, by no means propor- 
 tioned cither to the crime or to the 
 amount of their i)roperty, the rich 
 could com.'uit crimes \\ illi inipunity ; 
 at present the punishments being 
 personal, their apprehensions of the 
 conscfjucnces are nnich gn ater. 
 
 When sinking under the weight 
 of years, or absorbed in spiritual con- 
 templation, Hindoo devotees not un- 
 frequently descend into a pit dug 
 hy themselves or disei])les, and then 
 sidjmit to be smothered alive. This 
 is related of Kuveer, from whose 
 tooth-pick the natives assert sprung 
 the great tree, on an island in the 
 Reva or Nermada, of which tlic fol- 
 lowing is a deserij)tion : 
 
 On an island in the Nerhuddah, 
 10 miles from the city of Broach, 
 stands the famous banyan tree, sup- 
 po.sed to be the largest and most 
 extraordinary in existence. It is 
 
II 
 
 BUBOORARA. 
 
 jfoods ar^ .mnmifao^irrefl heiP, and 
 the T.a1<;rs <>i tlio NeilMidda!! are 
 said io Irave a pindiar jmiperty in 
 blcacliiul;' ejolliyto a pure white. 
 At Eroadl the hire of an ahle-hodicd 
 mail fur the Avhdle day issmeii pice, 
 or 4d. English; a woinaii five pice, 
 and boys mni a;irl!j from a haU'pomiy 
 tit 2d ; Ihc Avliole of which rates arc 
 ahiiost do\iblc those of Bengal, in 
 the liiasmfacturin";- districts. The 
 price of f(Jod for conimon occasions 
 is from one to two .tarlhiiigs per 
 pound, and on festivals they can af- 
 ford a relish of milk or tish. 
 
 At the period of the great famine, 
 in 1791, the number of houses in the 
 district immediately attached to the 
 lown of Broach was 14,835, and the 
 inhabitants 80,922. AftiT tlic fa- 
 mine, it Avas found that 2351 of the 
 former had been abandoned, and 
 tliat 25,295 of the latter liad died. 
 In 1804, the wliole number of resi- 
 dents in Broadi fort and the enri- 
 rons was reported to be 22,468 souls, 
 but at present it is believed to be 
 more than double tluit nundier, Tlie 
 town and district immediately at- 
 tached to Broach may be estimated 
 to cojitain 100,000 inhabitants. In 
 1807, there were 25 nats, or socie- 
 ties, in Broach, of the banyan caste, 
 tomjuchendini;- 5261 individuals of 
 both sexes; and, by ;x census taken 
 the same yCar,. it was found there 
 •were 3101 parsees of the mobid 
 (sacerdotal) and belidcea classes, 
 (laity) in tlie city and suburbs. 
 
 Atthis pUtce there is a piujrapole 
 or hospital tor animals, supported by 
 donations from the Hindoo inhabi- 
 tants. Every marriage and mercan- 
 tile transaction is taxed for the pin- 
 jrapole, by which aliove 10001. is 
 raised aiunially, a g^reat portion of 
 which is absorbed into tlu; coffers of 
 the nuMiagers. The only animals 
 it at pres(;iit contains, are milk cows, 
 which yield the expense of their 
 keepinjj;. In the sural piujrapole, 
 the only animals kept that cost any 
 Ihiiijt, ;ue a ft.-w wild bulls, and some 
 inonkies. 
 
 By the ticaty cflucludcd with the 
 
 Peshwa, and the combined Malva- 
 ratta poAvers iu June, 1782, the city 
 and perjruimah of Broach, were 
 ceded to the East India Company. 
 In July, 1782, they were made over 
 to Madhajee Sindia, ostensibly a» 
 a recompense for his humane treat- 
 ment of the British prisoners and 
 hostages taken at Wnrganm ; but, 
 in reality, for his assistance in bring- 
 ing aliout the paeilication, which, 
 at that time, on account of Ifyder's 
 invasion of the Carnatic, was urgent- 
 ly wanted. 
 
 In 1772, Broach was be.'iieged by 
 an army from Bond)ay, commanded 
 by General Wedderburue, who was 
 killed under the walls ; and a fc\y 
 days after his death, it was captured 
 by storm, although then a place of 
 very considerable strength. It re- 
 mained in the possession of the Bri- 
 tish until 1782, when it was ceded 
 along with the district to Madhajee 
 Sindia, at the treaty of Salbcy ; but 
 was agam taken from his successor, 
 Dowlet Row, on the 29th August, 
 1803, by the anny under Colonel 
 "W oodington, and has remained witli 
 the British ever since. 
 
 Travelling distance from Bombay 
 221, from 'Onjain 266, and from 
 Poonah 287 miles. (Drinnmond, 
 WUford, T'reaties, Moor, Rennel, 
 
 BuBooRARA. — A Tillage in the 
 province of Sinde, situated on tlie 
 road from Hyderabad to Luckput 
 Bunder, and about 24 miles N. from 
 Luckput Bunder. Lat. 24°. 10'. N. 
 
 This place stands on the edge of 
 the Run or desert; and, during the 
 dry season, is abandoned by the in- 
 habitants. There is a small tank of 
 good water about a mile and a half 
 to the north, round which there is a 
 little grass. The rest of the couiir 
 tiy is a banen, salt, marshy desert. 
 
 Erom henee to Luckput Bunder, 
 the road is over the desert in a 
 southerly direction for about 16 
 miles, where stands a small hill 
 named Teyroy, on which are four 
 wells of good water, but the whole 
 coutaiujng only a small tiuautKy* 
 
BUJANA. 
 
 187 
 
 From TejToy to Luckput Bunder 
 Fiver, is ovtr a soft iniuldy swiurip 
 for seven miles. {Maxfield, S-c.) 
 
 BucKRAH. — A town ill the pro- 
 vince of CKuie, situated on thelianks 
 of tlic Buekrah Jecl, named also the 
 Lucinnersar Lake, the theme of a 
 popular sons? in I Jindoslan. Lat. 26°. 
 64'. N. Long. 83°. 4'. E. 
 
 BucKRAH. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Bahar, district of Hajvpoor. 
 Lat. 26^ 2'. N.- Long:. 85°. 8'. N. 
 
 BuDAYOON, {Budavaii). — A town 
 in the province of Delhi, district of 
 Bareil.v, 30 miles S. AV". from the 
 town of Bareily. Lat. 28°. 3'. N. 
 Long. 70°. 4'. E. In 1582 it is de- 
 scribed by Abul Fazcl as follows : 
 
 " Sircar Budayoon, containing 13 
 mahals, measurement 8,093,850 bc- 
 gahs, revenue 34,717,063 dams. Sc}- 
 W'ghal 457,181 dams. This sircar 
 furnishes 2850 cavalry, and 26,700 
 infantry." J?udayoon was first con- 
 quered by the Maliommedans, A. D. 
 1203, and continued a town of con- 
 siderable note during the Patau and 
 Mogul governments, giving; its name 
 to the adjacent country, now com- 
 prehended in the district of Bareily. 
 
 BuDDOO, {Bnddlui). — A village in 
 the province of Lahore, 72 miles 
 N. E. from the cit\' of Lahore. I^at. 
 32°. 35', N. Long'. 74°. 38'. E. An 
 annual fair is held on the 11th April 
 at this place, which is tributary to 
 tlie Rajah 6f Jamboe. 
 
 BuDDUA KiVER, {Bhadra, excel- 
 lent). — ^"I'his river has its somee in 
 the hilly district of the jMysore coun- 
 ti7, not far from the frontiers of 
 Coorg, from whence it flows in a 
 northerly direction until it joins the 
 Tunga River, the junction of the 
 two forming the Tungabhadra, or 
 Toombuddra River. 
 
 BuDUKUCK, (Vadarica). — A town 
 in the province of Cuttack, 44 aniles 
 S. W. tiom Balasore. Lat. 21° 5'. 
 N. Long. 86°. 44'. E. This place is 
 situated on the north bank of the 
 Sollundee River, which, at one sea- 
 son of the year, is here 300 yaids 
 broad, and at asiother is fordable. 
 From this part of Orissa come most 
 4 
 
 of the people termed, in Calcutta, 
 Balasore l)earers. {\st IicQ;istci\ ^c.)' 
 
 BCDGEBl'DGE, {Bhujabhuj). — A 
 small town in the province of Ben- 
 gal, situated on the east side of the 
 J{ivcr Uooghly, 10 miles below Cal- 
 cutta in a straight line, but almost 
 double that number following the 
 windings of the river. Lat. 22°. 29'. 
 N. Long. 88°. 20'. E. 
 
 During the government of Seraj 
 ud Dowlah, this place had a separate 
 fortress, which, on the 29th Dec, 
 1756, was besieged in form, and a 
 breach cflected by the forces under 
 Admiral Watson and Colonel Clive, 
 who intended a general assault a 
 little before day-break. During the 
 night, however, it was most inform- 
 ally stormed by a sailor of the names 
 of Strahan, who, happening to get 
 drunk, wandered up to the breach, 
 and fired a pistol at some of the gar- 
 rison, who, supposing he must be i'ol- 
 lowed by the whole army, fled out 
 by the opposite side, and left him in 
 possession of the place. {^Ives, cVc.) 
 
 BuDGERooNS. — Three small rocky 
 islets in the Straits of Salayr, off the 
 southern cxtjemi(y of Celebes. The 
 passage is betwixt the souihernmost 
 and middlemost, and is about a mile 
 broad. 
 
 BuGANO. — An island about 50 
 miles in circumference, lying off the 
 si'uth-eastcru coast of Sumatra. I^at. 
 5°.20'.S. Long. 102°. 25'. E. There 
 is fresh water to be had on the east 
 side of this island. 
 
 BuGGEssES. — Sec Boj^Y and Ge- 
 
 LEIiES. 
 
 BuJANA. — A large and populous 
 town in the province of Gujrat, dis- 
 trict of Jutwar, situated on the south 
 bankof the Ruii,which, in December, 
 is in maiiy places merely moist nmd, 
 and in others an extensive sheet of 
 shallow water. Lat. 22°. 55'. JN. 
 Long. 71°. 25. E. 
 
 The present chieftain of Bujana is 
 aJhut, named Mulliek Sujah, who, 
 in concert with his brother, Deria 
 Khan, manages the district. He is 
 indebted for his elcvaiion to the 
 Mulliek of Bujana, and is installed 
 
183 
 
 BUNDELCL'ND. 
 
 by having a hirban confened on him. 
 
 (lW3Iur(/o, .Sr.) 
 
 BULDAMCIliiTTY.— A towji 111 the 
 province of Baliar, district of Chuia- 
 nagpoor, 226 miles ^y. N. W. IVom 
 Calcutta. Lat. 23° 10'. N. Long. 
 « i°, 58'. E. 
 
 BuLRAMPOOR. — A iown in the 
 Nabob of Oudo's tenitorics, in the 
 province of Oudc, 44 miles north 
 IVojn I'jzabad. Lat. '27°. 22'. N. 
 Long. S2^M0'. E. 
 
 Bvsx}V-LCVSD, {Baudiflkhand). — A 
 lar-;e.district in the province of Alla- 
 habad, situated princij>ally bet\vi\t 
 the 24lh and 26t!i degrees of north 
 latitude. It is formed of the whole 
 c'ircar mentioned by Abul lazel un- 
 der tlie name of Ahniedabad Gohrah, 
 Avith three- fourths of <]iat of Cal lin- 
 ger, stretching nortli to the southern 
 banks of the Junma, over an extent 
 of 11,000 square miles. 
 
 The country is high and moun- 
 tainous, and but imperfectly culti- 
 vated. The snumiits of the hills, 
 though mostly rocky, are covered 
 v.ith small coppice wood, there being 
 few timber tiecs of a large size. 
 About Adjygluu- the whole of the 
 Ghauts, and almost every hili in this 
 part of Bnndclcund, is a ta')le land, 
 and the country one of the strongest 
 in the world,, every hill being a na- 
 tin-ai fortress froin their great height 
 and steepness. The face of the 
 country presents a heavy close jun- 
 gle ; the soil, in many places, but 
 not generally, is rich, and produces 
 a number of teak trees, which ap- 
 pear to he' of (he bastard kind, beuig 
 of stunted growth. 
 
 This district is comprehended be- 
 tween the. Bctwah and Cane rivers, 
 but lias no river of magnitude flow- 
 ing thvougli it. The south-western 
 frontier towards Gundwana begins a 
 few miles soiitli of the village of 
 DoMM a. Lat. 24°. N. Long. SU. 45'. 
 31 -I'he famous diamond mines of 
 Pannah, in the timeof Acber valued 
 at tight lacks of rupees, are within 
 tliis district, but are not now so pro- 
 dnetiv^ ; the other chief towns are 
 Chatte^poor, TeaiT, aiid Jyghtpcor, 
 
 Callinjer, Jhansi, t)ulteen, and Be- 
 jaour. Under the chiefs who ruled 
 in the last and preceding centuries, 
 the government of this countrj' was 
 denominated the Hindupati of Bun- 
 delcund, the rajahs being of the, 
 Bundela tribe of Rajpoots. The 
 founder of this family was Bajah 
 Beer Singli, from whom the family^ 
 of the Oorcha chief is descended. 
 The greater pait of his di)niiuions. 
 Avas Mrested fiom him by Kajah; 
 who was the last sole possessor of 
 the Blnlde!cundpro^ince, then esti- 
 mated to produce a land revenue cf 
 one crore (10 millions) of rupees an- 
 nually. At that period its capital 
 was Callinger, one of the sfrongebt 
 fortresses in Hindostan ; but tlie re- 
 sidence of the rajah was tlic city of 
 Purna, or Pannah, situated above, 
 the Ghauts, and celebrated iVom all 
 antiquity for its diamond mines. 
 
 During the government of Rajah 
 Chuttersal, Bnndclcund Mas invaded 
 by jMahommed Khan Eungish, the 
 Pattan chief of Furruckabad, and 
 the peshwa Sewai Bajerow was in- 
 vited from ilie Deecan to assist in 
 repelling the invasion. AVhcn thi* 
 M as accomplished the rajah adojjted 
 the peshwa as Ids son, and di\ided 
 his territory between his two sons» 
 Ijirdee Sah and Juggeth Sail, and 
 the peshwa, his son by adoption. 
 The tv.o portions assigned tollirdee 
 and Juggeth Sah continued to be 
 held by their numerous descendants, 
 or by the nominal adherents and de- 
 clining branches of that family, uu- 
 ti! a long series of domestic dissen- 
 sion and civil war in the Bundelcund 
 province had prepared it for subju- 
 gation by a foreign power. 
 
 ]\ladhaiee Sindia, dming his last 
 and successful attempt in 1786 ou 
 the expiring Delhi sovereignty, was 
 accompanied by a strong detach- 
 ment (,'f Deccany troops, under the 
 command of Ali Baiuidur, an ille- 
 gitimate grandson of the first Peshwa 
 Bajerow, by a jMahommedan wo- 
 man. The peshw a's object, in march- 
 ing this body of troops, was to ob- 
 tain possession of the northeih dis' 
 
nUNDELCLND. 
 
 1B9 
 
 tvicts of the Doab, df the Cniigcs, 
 and Jinniia, to bo s^ovonuHi in Ali 
 Bfiluiuder as his iT]trcsciit;iti\o. 
 
 Ill the army of iMadliajof Kiiidia 
 v.as also lh.' late Rajah iiiinnmt 
 Balmiider, a poworiul cojiinKuitlrr 
 of a hiige body of horse, and of a 
 iiuiDorOH.s party of g•o^aills, (tr nan- 
 gas, a pc'ouliar class of armed ijv^- 
 gars and religious devotees, ai)(l of 
 Mhoin Kajah IJimmut v as not only 
 the military leader, but also the sjii- 
 ritnal head. 'J'his chief falling lui- 
 tlcr the susiiieioii of Sindia, to es- 
 cape seizure and imprisonment, took 
 refiige under the Zurecn Pntka, or 
 principal banner of the Mahaiatta 
 empire, which had been entrusted 
 by the pcsh« a in this expedition to 
 Ah Bahauder, and is always guarded 
 by a select body of troops. In con- 
 sequence of this measure, a breach 
 ensued. between Sindia and Ali Ba- 
 Ilander, ^vhose views on the Doab 
 were vsholly frustialed, Sindia de- 
 termining to establish his own inde- 
 pendent authority in that country. 
 , Ali B'lhander, thus di-appointed 
 of aggrandisement in I'pper Hin- 
 dostan, prepared to return to Foo- 
 nah, but destitute of funds for the 
 support of his army. When, in tiiis 
 distress, Rajah Iliuuniit Bahauder 
 suggested to him the entire eoncpiest 
 of JJundclcnnd, of which country 
 he was a native ; and au agTOemcnt 
 Avas conchuled betwixt them, by 
 which a large portion at the province 
 was, wiieii coiKpieied, to be con- 
 signed to the iudependent iiianagc- 
 Hient of ilimnuit IJaliauder, and the 
 revenue appropiiated to the support 
 of flic trbtjps, v\ hi!:h he engaged to 
 maintain in the service of Ali Ba- 
 hauder, 
 
 'i'he distracted and turbulent state 
 of the province was such, that an 
 invitation was soon received from 
 one of the contending parties, and 
 ihe invasion undertaken A. D. 17S9. 
 Jii a short time the country was 
 iioarly wholly subdued, but it re- 
 quired several years before the Ma- 
 haiatta authority could be ])ropeily 
 established in a region wlicr« every 
 
 village was a forties^, and, in fact, 
 accoiding to Juiropcau ideas, its i«- 
 dnction never was aceoiupii^hed. 
 
 At this period an arrangement 
 was made with the Fcshwa, by 
 vvhieli he Avas ai^knowledgcd the so- 
 vercigii and paramouiit h rd of all 
 the conquests made by Aii Bahau- 
 der in Bundcicund, vvho engaged to 
 obey him and furiiisli a triijute, but 
 neither of these conditions v.ere, in 
 fact, ever fullilLxl. In the mean 
 time, Kajah Ilimmnt Bahauder, 
 afraid that the return of tranquiHltr 
 would bring about the downrall of 
 his own po'.ver, was contiaually ex- 
 citing disafieetion and disttn-batices 
 in all tlie districts subject to the 3Ia- 
 harattas, in M'hieh he was Aveli se- 
 conded by tiie restless and tmbulent 
 disjiositions of tlie native chiefs. 
 
 'Ihe Nabo!), Ali Bahauder, died 
 in 1802, during the blockade of Cal- 
 liujer, wliicli he was unable to take, 
 having been 14 years employed i;i 
 the reduction of Bundelenud ; at the 
 end of whicli time his progress was 
 no greater than it had been in the 
 third year. Shumsherc Balmuder, 
 his eldest son, was then in his 18th 
 year, and resident 'at Poonah ; and 
 Bajaii Hirnnrut Bahauder, whose 
 intluence was now pietiominant, ap- 
 pointed a distant Mahonnnedaii re- 
 lation, named Gliunee Bahauder, as 
 regent during his aljsence. 
 
 At this period tiic war of the Bri- 
 tish with DowletRow Sindia and tiiw 
 other Maharatta chiefs oiiginated, 
 consequent to tlie treaty of Basseiri 
 v\ ith the peshwa ; and it appeared 
 the inteiitioi'i of Holkar io use the 
 inilueiice of ShnmsJiorc Bahauder, 
 as a m^ans of invading the British 
 possessions in the Benares province 
 through Bu/ideleund. Kajah Him- 
 mut ]Jahandcr also foreseeing the 
 annihilation of Iris own povv'er by the 
 success of tlie latter, deterniinVd to 
 endeavour to elieet the transfer of 
 that province to the British; on se- 
 curing an advantageous indemnity 
 to himself. 
 
 AVlien alfairs were in this state, a 
 proposal on the part of the peshwj 
 
190 
 
 BUNDKLCUND. 
 
 was iDade for ;i cession of a j)oi'Hon 
 of tcnitdrv in liundclcuml, in lieu 
 of the tlisliicls in the Deceit n which 
 had been ceded by the tfcaty oflias- 
 sein. 'J'his proi-)osid havini;- been ac- 
 cepted by the jiritirjh guvennnciit, a 
 
 T'ajiih Hiinnnit Bahauder died in 
 1804, niter \\ liicli his (enitorics were 
 rcsnnjcd by the Britisli g:overnnieut. 
 Ills irrep;tilar troops disbanded, ajid 
 his family pro%idcd for. In 1805 the 
 estimated revenue of the British 
 
 deed of cession to the l^ast India portion of Eundelcund was as foi 
 Company olterritory in Kundelcnud h)ws, viz. 
 of 32 hicks and 16,000 rupees in 
 place of the subsidy, and of four 
 Jacks of rupees for the exjxuise of 
 
 1,533,184 
 
 500,000 
 
 subduing it. By this arrai!,:;en>ent 
 
 the peshwa, whose authority o\er 
 
 the conquests of Ali Bahauder had 
 
 been hitherto merely uomiuai, and 
 
 who had nevei- dt rived any revenue 
 
 from it, was enabled to liquidate the 
 
 claims of the British government, i'or 
 
 the payment of tlie subsidiary force 
 
 which ])rotectcd his hereditary pos- 
 sessions, 
 
 'i'he occupation of the province of 
 
 Bundelcund during the war, by the 
 British troops, liecame necessaiy for 
 the defence of the countries in the 
 Doab,- as well as of the town and 
 district of Mirzapoor, and the city 
 of Benares, which v\ ere all exposed 
 to invasion from this quarter. Nor 
 without it could the secure navi-ga- 
 tion of the Jumna be depended un, 
 
 from the restless and turbulent cha- 
 
 lactcrs i)i' the Buudelah chiefs. In 1807 a considerable tract of 
 
 S«bse(i|uent to this peiiod, while country in this province, containing 
 the British detadimcnt was oc* u- mi::i(;rous villages above the Ghauts, 
 pied with the siege and conquest of and some diamond miaes, was grant- 
 Calpee, a eonciliatoi-y negociatiun ed to Biijidi Kishore Singh, the de- 
 was opened with Shumshcre Bahau- sccjidant of Kajah Hirdee Sah, and 
 der, to whom a tenitory of foiu- the ancient family of Bundelcund, 
 
 'l"he several districts then 
 
 actually possessed by 
 
 government, including 
 
 Calpee, and part of Ry- 
 
 poor, on the banks of 
 
 the Jumna - - - - 1,400,000 
 The territory of Raj all 
 
 Himnuit Baliauder 
 The districts of Callinjer, 
 
 Jeypoor, Iluldtn, and 
 
 part of Cutolee, below 
 
 the Ghauts, estimated 
 
 at five lacks of rupees, 
 
 but chargeable with 
 
 Jaghires and provisions 
 
 for the native leaders - 
 The city and diamond 
 
 mines of Pannali, with 
 
 a porti(»n of tenitory 
 ■ adjacent, the probable 
 
 revenue being - - - 200,000 
 
 Rupees 3,633,184 
 
 lacks of rupees per annum was se- 
 cured in the peshwa's remaining 
 share of Bundelcund, of which ho 
 was afterwards appointed govcrnoi. 
 With the Soubahdar of Jhansi, and 
 the Rajahs of Dulteen and Simtheer, 
 
 but who had longbeen dispossessed by 
 difi'erent chiefs, under the condition 
 tliat he woidd guard the passes, and 
 suppress ail marauders and dis- 
 turbers of the ])ublic peace. At this 
 time considerable progress had been 
 
 conciliatory arrangements were also made in restoring tranquillity to this 
 concluded, and a short time after* long distracted country, by the re- 
 wards with the Rajahs of Churkaree, duetion of the district of Koonch, 
 Jeytpoor, Jind Bejaour. By the mea— and the expulsion of the refractoi^ 
 eures adopted every hereditary chief- zemindars, which was completed, iu 
 
 tain, who possessed power or in- 
 fluence in Bundelcund, has been 
 concihated or subdued, and placed 
 i« due subjection to the British au- 
 thority. 
 
 1810, by the capture of CaJlinjer. 
 
 In 1804 Bundelcund was formed 
 into a British district, subordinate 
 to the Benares court of circuit, and 
 a civil cstabUshmcut appomted for 
 
BUNWOOT. 
 
 191 
 
 the administration of justice, and 
 collccliou of the revenue. ( MSS.' 
 J. Grant, Scott, Ironside, lieiiud, 
 Colehrooke, Truatits, Sw) 
 
 liuNDEKMALANCA, {Bunder vmhii 
 lanca). — A town ou tlu; sea-coasl ot" 
 the NortliciuCireais, 67 uiik'.s E. by 
 N. tVoiu ]M:i.sulij)at;nu. Liit. 1G°. 28'. 
 N, Long. 82°. 7'. E. TraAcllini;- dis- 
 tance, from .Madras 358 miles. 
 
 BuxGSH AT, {Bang-a<>luit). — A dis- 
 triet in tlie province of C'abul, siUi- 
 ated about the 3od doj^rce of nortii 
 latitude. It is bounded on the east 
 by the Indus, and is intersected by 
 the Kiver Cow, or Cowmull; .alonu; 
 the south side of \^hich, near its 
 junction w ith tlie Indus, Scylax is 
 conjectured to have built his \ essc-ls, 
 and from thence to have sailed down 
 the Indus. The princi])al towns are 
 Goohauf , Bunnou, and Kohaut. 
 
 Tirah is one of the di'.isions of tlie 
 Bangasliat, or districts occupied by 
 tfie bungish clan, which is one of 
 the most powerful, numerous, and 
 >aliant tribes among the Afghans. 
 This tribe occupies the difficult hill 
 country to the south of the moun- 
 tains of Lughman, which is about 
 200 miles in length, and 1(X) in 
 breadth on a rough ( alculution. The 
 district of Tirah is about 150 miles 
 in length, extending from Iriah to 
 Kohaut, and is divided into nume- 
 rous glens and mountain \ allies, part 
 of which is occupied by the tribe 
 afridi, and the rest by the blmgish. 
 {Leyden, iSt.) 
 
 BuNJABUKE Ghaut. • — A pass 
 among tlie hills, in the province of 
 Gundwana, ll)8 iniles S. W. from 
 Buttunpoor. Lat.2l°. lo'.N, Long. 
 81°. 20'. E. This is so high a spot 
 of ground, that it causes the ueigh- 
 boming rtvers to take opposite 
 courses. (lAickie, ^-c.) 
 
 EuNNASs RiVER.^This river has 
 its source in the province of .'Vjmeer ; 
 in passing through which it attains 
 to a very consideralite bulk, and 
 even when pursuing its course from 
 Detsa, tlnough the Mehwass, its 
 size is notiusigniticaitt'i but it after- 
 Wards loses itself yx the k^kiesc, 
 
 and by the time' it Tcaelics Rahduu- 
 po(ir is dwindled to a sniall stream. 
 
 'rlirte miles hel-.iW Hahduiijiuor 
 th(> iu'd of ihe river is about Indf a 
 mile in breadth; but nui m«m: than 
 20 jards of this space, ia lb*' dry sea- 
 sou^ contains water. 'Ihecmreut at 
 this period is nither rapiil, an<l ai»out 
 two and a half feet in depth ; the 
 water isof anevceilcut quality. The 
 baidcs, at this part of its course, ar« 
 nearly on a level with the surround- 
 ing conntry, which is inuiidatcd du- . 
 ring the ruins to the extent of two 
 miles. (M'Mnrdi^ ^c.) 
 
 Bt NNoo. — A town in the provinro 
 of Cubul, district of Buugshat, 33 
 miles west from the Indus. Lat, 
 32°. 5C/. N. Long. 70°. 2o'. E. 
 
 BuNTWALLA. — A towu in the pro- 
 vince of South Canara, 17 miles from 
 Mangalore. Lat. 12°. 4b'. N. Long. 
 75°. 9'. E. 'i'his place contains about 
 300 houses, and is siiuated oii the 
 north bank of a river passing Areola, 
 which is named the Netiawati. The 
 tide flows 110 higher than Areola; 
 but canoes, carrying 160 bushels of 
 rice, can at all seasons ascend 10 
 and 11 iniles from Xagara. The 
 channel is very wide and full of 
 rocks, which in the dry si-ason form 
 many islands. 'I'liis town is fast im- 
 proving, being the tiioroiighfare tor 
 the trade betu een Mysore and Ca- 
 nara ; the iiihabJtants are mostly 
 Braliniins, but of an inferior caste. 
 {F. Jinvhanan, Lord Valeutia, Sc.) 
 
 Blnvvoot. — An island abouj 18 
 miles in circumference, lying oil" 
 Pollok Harbour, in Magindanau. 
 Lat. 7°. 14'. N, Long. 124°. 28'. L. 
 On the 12th September, 1775, this 
 island was ceded to Capt. Thomad 
 Forrest, for the East India Company, 
 by the sultan and government of tiie 
 City of AJaj!;indaiiao ; the grant being 
 written in Spanish by a native of 
 Pampanga, once a F.lave, but vviio 
 obtained his liijeriy by turning Ma- 
 honunedaii. This island is covered 
 with tall trees, cFear of underwood, 
 and, at the date of tiie grant, was 
 luiiniiabitcd. There are fcwspriiigs, 
 but uiauy pouds of liesh rain -^yater ; 
 
m 
 
 BURDWAN'. 
 
 nnd it abounds \a 1th wild lioo:s, iiioii- 
 kcysj giuiiioi, and stiKiit Kjuikcs tibont 
 is iiicljcs ioii:;. In tlris state it jdo- 
 biblyroiiiaiiis, as it was never taken 
 j»oss(ssiou of. (T'orrcsi, St.) 
 
 EuRi\LLE. — A town ii'i llieiN'izam's 
 trrrifories, in t!io p)o\ii;('e ot lierar, 
 iV7 miles S. \V. lioni Eiliclipoor. 
 JLat. 20°. 3(/. N. Long-. 77". S'i'. E. 
 EuRDKK. — A town in the proviiiet; 
 <jf Allahabad, situated on the south 
 ?ide o!" the same river, 60 miles 
 iS. S, Vv , fje.ui Eenares. l^at. 24°. 
 87'. N. Long-. 82°. 27'. E. 'llic 
 coinrhy aionnd this piaec is very 
 desolate, and much covered with 
 jnnp^le. The Burdre rajah's territo- 
 ri 's are intcrnii\ed with those of the 
 Company. {Bhmt, cVc.) 
 
 Euro WAN, (Vardhaman, produe- 
 tive). — A district in the province of 
 Eei!sr,i], situated between tlie 22d 
 and 24l!i degrees of north latitude. 
 l\ is bounded on tlie nortli by Bir- 
 boom andKanjeshy; on the south 
 by Midnapcor and f loog hly ; on the 
 east by the I'iver Hooghly ; and on 
 west by Tvlidnajjoor and Pachete. 
 
 In 1784, this district contained 
 5174 square miles, according- to Ma- 
 jor Keiiucl's measnrement ; and, in 
 j)i-()portion to its dimensions, is tlie 
 best ciiitivated, and most productive 
 of any similar extent of territory in 
 India. It b«'came subject to the 
 IJiitish governinent, along Anth the 
 -other ceded lauds, in 176U. It is 
 environed by the jungles of Midna- 
 ■poor i<j Orissa, of Paclicte, and Eir- 
 booni, and appears iike a garden 
 surrounded by a vv ikiernoss, It pro- 
 duces grain, cotton, silk, sugar, and 
 indig^o, in g^reat abundance, and of 
 exccHent quality. The weaviixg of 
 mixed goods, made with silk and 
 cotton, llonrisiics at several towns in 
 tiiis difitrict. 
 
 'J'he zeniindary, or estate, known 
 'bythe Jianie of the Enrduan zemin- 
 ■dary, ona rough estimate, maybe 
 taken at 73 miles long: and 46 broad, 
 . t-omprehonding about .3280 miles, 
 ■•jicarJy the whole of which is in a 
 Jijgh state of cultivation, and well 
 sttocked with inhabitants. Subse- 
 
 quent to 1722, it was bosto-wcd (M 
 KecrutChund,otthckhctriormihtary 
 caste, the first known progeiitor of 
 tlie present fanrily; and, in 1700, the 
 existing rajah paid a yearly rent to 
 g-ovcrnmciit of 400,0001. sterhng. lit 
 1784, the revenue of the whole dks- 
 trict was 4,358,020 current rupees, 
 'i'he chief tow ns are Eurdwan, Bis- 
 snnpoor, and Keerpay; and the 
 principal rivers, the llooghly and 
 Dunnnood-rth; but this district has 
 not generally the advantage of a 
 good inland navigation; the com- 
 merce, however, lias been much fa- 
 cilitated and extended by the open- 
 ing of three giand roads loading to 
 Hooghly, Cnhia, and Cutwa. 
 
 In 1802, from the number of vil- 
 lages, and of the houses in each vil- 
 lage, the inhabitants were estimated 
 at 1,780,000, supposing each house 
 to contain four iidiabitants, which is 
 too low an average. The actual 
 number probably exceeds two mil- 
 lion.s, one-sixteenth of whom are 
 supposed to bo i\lahomniedans. 
 I'hen; are no brick or nmd forts in 
 this district ; but the remains of sc- 
 veial are visible, originally con- 
 structed for protection against the 
 Maharattas. 
 
 'i'he oiih persons possessing rank 
 ar(! the Eajahs of Eurdewaii and 
 Eissunjioor; but neither of these 
 novt maintain many followers in their 
 .service. Eor puijtoses of state or ce- 
 remony, when they apjiear abroad 
 they hire a retinue ; but before the 
 inti-oduction of the permanent sys- 
 tem, the number of persons called 
 7:eniindary pykes, employed for po- 
 lice and other purposes, was above 
 21,000. I'he other zemindars are 
 of no considerable rank; many of 
 the principal manage their estates 
 by means of an agent, having their 
 own residence in Calcutta. There 
 are many considerable native mer- 
 chants, who carry on an extensive 
 counui'ice in salt, tobacco, grain, 
 and cloth ; but the indigo works are 
 entirely inanagcd by European.s. 
 The peasanliy arc pcculiaily opu- 
 lent. 
 
BURTAPOOR. 
 
 193 
 
 TIric are few villages in this dis- 
 trict ill Mliicli there is not a school 
 where ( hiiiiren are taii;;ht to read 
 Mild write; but there arc no seliools 
 lor iiistruciion in the Maliomniedaii 
 or Hindoo law. 'J'he most learned 
 t)f the latter are found in ihv adja- 
 cent district of Nuridca,froin vheiue 
 and from l^euares the other stations 
 uie supplied. The IMahonnnedans 
 bear but an inconsiderable propor- 
 tion to the mass of inhabitants, and 
 r(-'ceive their education in the com- 
 iiion branches, from the village 
 sclioolmasters, or from their own 
 relations, (iang i-obl)cry is the crime 
 most prevalent in this, as in all the 
 lower districts of Bengal. 
 
 That this district continues in a 
 progressive state of impiovcmeiit, is 
 evident from the number of new vil- 
 lages erected, and the increasing 
 miinbcr of brick buildings, both for 
 «loinestic and religious purposes. To 
 Burdwan must be assigned the first 
 lank in all India, for productive agri- 
 cultural value, in proportion to its 
 size; the second may be claimed by 
 Tanjoie. {E. Thompson, J. Grant, 
 Colchroohe, 5th Report, Lord Corn- 
 wallis, ^-c.) 
 
 Burdwan. — A town in the pro- 
 •vince of Bengal, district of Burdwan, 
 60 miles N. N. AV . from Calcutta. 
 Lat. 23°. 15' N. liong. 87°. 57'. E. 
 
 BuuGUNDAH. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Hyderabad, belonging to the 
 T<izani, 73 miles N. W. tiom Raja- 
 luundey. Lat. 17°. 52'. N. Long. 
 «1°. 19'. E. 
 
 BuRHAMPOOR, {Barhaiipnr). — A 
 town in the province of Bengal, dis- 
 trict of Kaujeshy, situated on the 
 east bank of the Bhagirathi, or Cos- 
 .simbazar River. Lat 24°. 3'. N. 
 Long. %b°. 14'. E. Here a brigade 
 of troops are stationed in commo- 
 dious cantonments, which consist of 
 a fine range of buildings on one side 
 of a large open Jawii, aionnd which 
 are the houses of dill'crent European 
 gentlemen. It is distant five miles 
 tiom Moorsliedabad. {Lord Valen- 
 tin, Src.) 
 
 BiRlAS. — One of the Pliilippinc 
 
 o 
 
 Isles, lying due south of Luzon- 
 Lat. 13°. N. Long. 123° E. In 
 extreme lengtli it may be estimated 
 at 43 miles, but the average breadth 
 does not exceed nine miles. Al- 
 though this island is situated in the 
 very centre of the Philippines, and 
 so near to the great Islaiiil of Luzon 
 and its capital iVfanilla ; y<'t, in 1775, 
 it was jwssessed by a colony of pi- 
 ratical Illanos cruizcrs from Magin- 
 danao, the Spaniards not having been 
 able to dislodge them. This island 
 is surrounded with rocks and shoals 
 to a considerable distance. [For- 
 rest, iSc.) 
 
 BuRMOOL. — A small fortified vil- 
 lage on the frontiers of the province 
 ofCuttack. Lat.20° 21'. N. Long. 
 85°. 10'. E. Tlie whole way from 
 this place to Kliussumgliur may be 
 called a pass; but that part, named 
 Burmool Ghaut, is moie particularly 
 strong. The entrance is 600 yards 
 from Burmool, and it continues near 
 a mile. It is ibrmed by two lofty 
 mountains, almost perpendicular, 
 200 yards fiom each other, between 
 which the road lies. 
 
 BuRRAMooTEE. — A large town in 
 the province of Bejapoor, 44 miles 
 S. E. from Poonah, and one mile 
 froniMemd. Lat. 18° 14'. N. Long. 
 74°. 31'. E. This place has a strong- 
 fortification, divided by tlie Kuirah 
 River. 
 
 Eerruah, {Bharua). — A town in 
 the province of Cuttack, 29 miles 
 N. E. from tlie town of Cuttack. 
 Lat. 20°. 47'. N. Long. 86°. 45'. E. 
 
 BuRRUMGHAiJT. — A towu in the 
 Nabob of Oude's territories, in the 
 province of Oudc, situated on thr 
 south side of the Dewah, or Goggrah 
 River, 50 miles N. W. by W. from 
 Fvzabad. Lat. 27°. 5'. N. Long. 
 8i° 25'. E. 
 
 BuRSEAH. — A town in tlie Malia- 
 ratta territories, in the province of 
 Mahvah, 30 miles N. from Bopal. 
 Lat. 23°. 42'. N. Long. 77°. 32'. E. 
 
 BuRTAPooR, {Bharatapura). — A 
 town in th« British territories, in th» 
 pronncc of Oude, 120 miles N.N.W, 
 from Fvzabad. 
 
194 
 
 BUXEDWAR PASS. 
 
 BuKWA, (Bharwu). — A town in 
 the province of Oiid«', flistiict of 
 Chuta Natrpoor, 240 miles W. N.^^^ 
 from Calcutta. Lut. 23°. 20'. N. 
 Long-. 84°. 46'. E. 
 
 BuawARAH. — A mud Tort, with 
 round bastions and a ditcli, in tlie 
 Kajah of Jvenagvir's teiritoiit^s, in 
 the piovincc of Ajmeer, 7G miles 
 S. S. E. from the citv of Jvnianur. 
 Lat. 26°. N. Lous:. 76°. 8'. i-. ' 
 
 Bi.'ssEA. — A town in the province 
 of Bahar, district of Chula ISaa^poor, 
 210 miles W. N. W. from Calcutta. 
 Lat. 22°. 58'. N. Long-. 85°. 1 1'. E. 
 BusTAK, (Vistar), — A town in Ihe 
 province of Giindwana, tlie capital 
 of an independent rajah. Lat. 19°. 
 44'. N. Lo)ij?. 82°. 38'. E. 177 
 miles south from Kuttiinpoor. The 
 Goand inhabitants of <lie Bnstar 
 country arc probably amongst the 
 wildest of Hindoslan. 'J'hcy arc de- 
 scribed, both men and women, as 
 going about in a state of entire na- 
 kedness. {Blunt, Sir.) 
 
 BusTEE, (Basli, a dwelling). — A 
 town in the British territories, in the 
 province of Oude, 37 miles E. from 
 Fvzabad. Lat. 26°. 48'. N. Long. 
 82°. 45'. E. 
 
 Bus'SUNDAR. — A town in North- 
 ern Hindostan, district of Keniaoon, 
 subject to the Goorkhali Kajah of 
 Nei)aul. Lat. 29°. 48'. N. Long. 
 80°. 41'. E. 
 
 BusvAGoN. — One of the Cala- 
 maine Isles, belonging to the Phi- 
 lippines, situated about the 12th 
 degree of north latitude. In length 
 it may be estimated at 50 miles, by 
 13 the average breadth. 
 
 Bi'TTooL, {Battlmli). — A small 
 district in the northern extremity of 
 the jirovince of Oude, situated be- 
 twixt the 27th and 28th degrees of 
 north latitude. On the north it is 
 separated by hills and forests from 
 the territories of the Goorkhali Ba- 
 jah of Ncpaul. This territory was 
 ceded to the Comptiny by the treaty 
 concluded on the lOth Nov. 1801, 
 between the Nabob of Oude and the 
 Manjuis Wellcsley. 
 
 BijXak.— A town in the province 
 
 of Bahar, district of Shahabad, situ- 
 ated on the S. E. side of the Ganges. 
 Lat. 2.3°. 35'. Long. 83°. 58'. E. 
 
 The fort of Buxar, tliough of very 
 inconsiderable size, commands the 
 Ganges ; but it is now dismantled, 
 nor is there a single fortified place 
 befwecn Calcntta and Allahabad. 
 I'A'ery boat passing up and do«n 
 the Ganges is obliged to come to at 
 this place, and produce her pass ; 
 every traveller by land dcx^s th« 
 same, the ])olice being very strict. 
 
 A celebrated victory was gained 
 here, in Oct. 1764, by the British 
 forces under Major, afterwards Sir 
 Hector Mumo, over the united ar- 
 mies of Sujah ud Dowlah and Cos- 
 sim Ali Khan. The British army 
 consisted of 856 Europeans and 6215 
 sepojs, of whom 87 Fanoi)oans and 
 712 sei)oys A\cre killed and wound- 
 ed; the eondnnetl troops were com- 
 puted at 40,000 men, 2000 of whom 
 are supposed to have been slain in 
 the battle. 
 
 The tlight of the allies was so ra- 
 ]>id, that they did not sto]> at Buxar, 
 bnt hastene<l to a nullah (small river) 
 beyond it, vhicli being very full, 
 many were drow ncd and slaughtered 
 in attempting to pass. The plunder 
 was very great, as they left their 
 tents standing, and their whole train 
 of artillery, consisting of 133 pieces 
 of various sizes, were taken. 
 
 A native historian describes the 
 camp of the two chiefs in the follow- 
 ing terms: " A bridge of boats being 
 thrown over the Ganges, the allied 
 ainiies began their march in num- 
 bers not to be reckoned; but, fiom 
 the ignorance of the generals, and 
 want of discipline, murdering and 
 plundering each other. It was not an 
 army, biit rather a moving nation." 
 Travelling distance from Benares, 
 70 miles ; from Calcutta 'by Moor- 
 shedabad, 485; by Birboom, 408 
 miles. {Lord Valeulia, Foster, Gho- 
 lairni, Hosscin, Reimel, St.) 
 
 BuxEDVVAR Pass, {or Pasahn). — 
 A remarkable pass in Nortliern J-lin- 
 dctstan, in the province of Bootan. 
 Lut. 25°. 47'. N. Long. 19°. 21)'. Iv 
 
 I 
 
CABUL. 
 
 195 
 
 j^iixedwar is a place of great na- 
 tural strenf^th, and, being a frontier 
 station of llicse mounlains, iias been 
 rendered stronger by art, Tlie vil- 
 lage consists of 10 or 12 houses, in- 
 visible until tlie very moment of ap- 
 proach. It is placed upon a second 
 table of levelled rock, upon which is 
 very little soil; yet it is covered with 
 verdure, in conse<pieuce of its shel- 
 tered situation, sinrounded on three 
 sides by lofty niountains, and open 
 only to the south, which atfords a 
 narrow prospect of Bengal. 
 
 'I'he country continues tlat to the 
 foot of the Buxedwar Hill. The 
 ascent to Santarabarry is easy, but 
 the ]oad afterwards becomes abrupt 
 and precipitous, the hills being co- 
 vered with trees to their sunnnits. 
 AtSautarabarry are extensive orange 
 groves, and raspberry bushes are 
 found in the jungles. {Turna; kc.) 
 
 Bux I POOK, {Bahshipurd). — A toAvn 
 in the province of Bengal, district 
 of Baujishv, 51 miles S. E. from 
 Moorshcdabad. Lat. 23°. 48'. N. 
 Long. 88°. 69'. E. 
 
 BuxYGUNGE. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Bengal, district of Diiiage- 
 poor, 84 miles N. N. E. from Muor- 
 shedabad. Lat. 25° 16'. N. Long. 
 88°. 56'. E. 
 
 Bydell. — ^A town and small pcr- 
 gimnah in the province of Bengal, 
 •which, although surrounded by the 
 district of Dinagepoor, yet was foini- 
 erly under the jurisdiction of that 
 Purncah; situated 95 miles N. from 
 Moorshcdabad. Lat. 26°. 32'. N. 
 Long. 88°. 10'. E. 
 
 Byc' NBARRY, (T7«'crt,'/^//a Ban). — 
 A town in the pr(Aiiie(^ of Bengal, 
 district of Mymiiiisingh, of which it 
 is the capital. It is situated on the 
 west side of the Brnlunapootra, about 
 75 miles N. by E. from the city of 
 Dacca. Lat. 24°. 4G'. N. Long. 
 90°. E. 
 
 BYR.\HGUR,(Frte>tfo/mr). — A town 
 in the province of Gundwana, dis,- 
 trict of Chandah, 133 miles S. by E. 
 from Buttunpoor. Lai. 20°. 25'. N. 
 Long. 83°. 
 
 This place formerly belonged to 
 
 o 2 
 
 Chandali, and the countiy still bears 
 that name, though they aie now se^ 
 parate soubahdanies. It is ctuisi- 
 dered by the iVlaharattas, whose au- 
 thority is well established here, as a 
 strong town, and consists of about 
 300 thatched and tiled houses. It 
 has a stone fort on the north-west 
 side, under the east face of which 
 runs the Kobragur, which after- 
 wards falls into the Wainy, or Baura 
 Gunga. 
 
 Byrahgur is a place of some traffic, 
 and nnich frequented by Brinjarries 
 fiom Choteesgur, and the northern 
 circars. The trade is prinripally in 
 cotton, which is brought from the 
 nortli-west parts of Berar and Clio- 
 teesgur. 'fhis is purchased by mer- 
 chants from the circars, who give in 
 exchange salt, betel, and cocoa imts. 
 {Blunt, Sfc.) 
 
 c. 
 
 CABUL. 
 
 A largo province in Afghanistan, 
 situated betwixt the 33d and 35th 
 degiees of north latitude. On the 
 north it is bounded by KuKore, or 
 Caflristan ; on tlu' south, by C'anda- 
 liar and Balloochistan ; to the east it 
 has the Indus ; and to the west, the 
 Hindoo Kho INIountaius, and pro- 
 vince of Bamian, in Persia. In 
 length it may be estimated at 250 
 miles, by 150 the average breadth. 
 
 In 1682, this jirovince is described 
 by Abul I'azel as follows: 
 
 "• Sircar Cabul is situated in the 
 third and fonith clintates. The 
 length, from Attock Benares, on the 
 banks of the Sinde, to Hindoo Kho, 
 is 150 coss ; and tlie breadth, from 
 Carabagh to Cliuganserai, 100 coss. 
 On the east lies Hiadostan ; on the 
 west, inclining to the north, are 
 mountains, between which is situ- 
 ated Gliour ; on the north is Inderal) 
 of Badakhshan, and Hindoo Kho; 
 on the south, Fermed and Nughz, 
 The water and air of this province 
 
196 
 
 CABUL. 
 
 arc cxcellonf. 'J'lic parts in which 
 snow falls, ;\ud those \vhic!i are *.'ii- 
 tirt'ly frre from it, are so near to 
 each other, that ;\ on may pass from 
 heat lo cold in the course of a day. 
 The snow licc,i!istofall iiilhe moun- 
 tains in September, but uot in the 
 plains until November. 
 
 "I'he fniits of lliis country are 
 delicious, excepting the melons, but 
 the harvests are not very nourishing:. 
 The surromiding mountaijis and 
 wilds defend Calml fiom sudden in- 
 vasion. Hindoo Koh lies in llie 
 centre, between Cabul, Eadakh- 
 slian, and 13a Ik. There are seven 
 roads from Tooran to Cabul, and 
 six trom Cabul to Ilindostan. No 
 less than 11 languages are used in 
 the viceroyalty of Cabul, each na- 
 tion speaking its own ; viz. Turkish, 
 INIughooly, Persian, Iliudy, Afgha- 
 neejPusbtowey.Piuvatehy.Gncbree, 
 Burkee, Lunighanec, and Arabic. 
 
 " Tlie natives arc chieily of the 
 tribes of II ezareh and Afghan, which 
 possess all the pasturage. The tribe 
 of the Hezarch are the remains of 
 the Chaghlai army, which Mangu 
 Khan sent to the assistance of Hola- 
 koo Khan, and they inhabit the 
 country from Ghizni to Candahar, 
 and are upwards of 100,000 families. 
 The Afgliaussay they are descended 
 from the eliildren of Israel. Some 
 Afghans consider themselves to be 
 of Egyi»tian extraction, asserting, 
 that when the children of Israel re- 
 turned from Jerusalem to I'^gypt, 
 tins tril)C migrated to Hinduslan, 
 
 " Sircar Cabul, conlaiuing 22 ma- 
 hals; reveime, 80.507,40.0 dams. 
 .Seynrghal, 137,178 dams. This sir- 
 car furnishes 28,187 cavalry, and 
 217,700 infantry." 
 
 The country of Cabul, in respect 
 to its naturalgeography, is divided 
 into two parts, separated b} a ridge 
 of very high mountains usually co- 
 vered with snow, whicli runs from 
 west to east from the neighbourhood 
 of Gliizni to that of Deenkote on 
 the Indus, below Attock. The tract 
 lying to the north of this is named 
 Luuighanat, and to the south Bun- 
 
 gishshat ; each having one or more 
 considerable rivers intersecting their 
 whole length, and disemboguing 
 themselves into the Indus. That tif 
 Lumghanat is the Bivcr of Cabul. 
 named also the Kameh. and in its 
 low er part the Attock ; tliat of Bun- 
 gishshat is the Cov\', or Cowmull 
 River. 
 
 Cabul is a country highly diversi- 
 fied, being made u}) of soowy moun- 
 tains, hills of moderate height, ex- 
 tensive plains and forests. I'nmi the 
 Indus to the city of Cabul there is 
 an invariable delieieney of wood, 
 insonnich that the lower class of 
 ])eopie, in the winter season, sutler 
 nnuh from a want of fuel. Near 
 Baranunv there is a sandy, uninha- 
 bited valley, 20 miles in length. The 
 air in the country aroimd Gunda- 
 mouck is ))robably strongly impreg- 
 nated with nitrous paiticles, the ex- 
 posed part of the body Ijeing co- 
 vered with a white scaly substance 
 of a saline taste, which excoreates 
 the skin. The chief towns are Ca- 
 bul and Pesiuuver; and the prin- 
 cipal rivers have been already men- 
 tioned. 
 
 The central districts about the ca- 
 pital, possessing few Indian conmio- 
 dities, receive .sugar and cotton 
 cloths mostly from Pcshawer, whi- 
 ther they send iron, leather, and to- 
 bacco. To Candahar are exported 
 iron, leather, and lamp oil, whence 
 the returns are made in sundry ma- 
 nufactures of Persia and Europe. 
 The Tartars of Bochara bring to 
 Cal)ul thehorses of "^{'urkistau, furs, 
 and hides, the latter resembling 
 those termed in FiUropc Bulgar; the 
 ])roeecdsare applied to the ])urchasc 
 of indigo, and other productions of 
 liindostan. 
 
 The roads throughout this ])ro- 
 vinee are much infested by the na- 
 tive Afghans, a most ungovernable 
 race, and averse lo all peaceful occu- 
 pations. This i)articularly applies to 
 a sect nauKHl the Plybers, who arc 
 greatly aided in the ])ursuit of a 
 fiee-JMHitiug hfe by the .situation of 
 their country, whicli forms a chaiu 
 
CAEUL 
 
 197 
 
 of nioinitains, -whose scanty slips of 
 v:ilky allbrds bill little food. This 
 nulc race of nicti still durll in (•■•ivcs, 
 or in the fissures of roeks. They 
 profi'ss the Mahoinmedau rclij^^ion 
 of the iSooiii persuasion, and hate 
 the Persians, and all the se(!laries 
 of All. The libber dialeet is found- 
 ed on the eonimon lanj;iia<!je of the 
 Afghans, bnt is harshly <;nttural, 
 and ill understood by tlie adjacent 
 tribes. 
 
 The province of Cabiil, en ac- 
 count of its mountainous snrlaee, 
 Avas orio^nally named Hob, from 
 Avhence is derived the term Kohiilah; 
 it is also somelimes named Zabu- 
 lislan from Zabul, one of the names 
 of (ihii^ni. 
 
 In A. D. 997, Avhen Cabul Avas in- 
 vaded by Sebuc(a£,i, the first sove- 
 reign of the Ghizni dynasty, the 
 eastern tpiarler of this province, aj- 
 thounh situated to the west of the 
 Indns, Avas still occupied by Hin- 
 doos, subject to a i)rince of that re- 
 ligion named Jjpal, whose capital 
 was named Balhinda, and vhosc 
 ilominions extended, in a north- 
 west direction, from Lahore to Lum- 
 ghanat, and in a south-east line 
 iiom Cashmere to JNlooltan. The 
 whole Avas finally subdncd by Sultan 
 Mahmood about A. D. Iu08, and it 
 Avas severed from the Delhi empire 
 by Nadir Shah in 1739. (See xii- 
 ghanistan.) 
 
 In 1809, in consequence of the 
 confederacy A\ith the state of Persia, 
 projected by the French, for the 
 purpose of invading the Abdalli do- 
 minions in Afghanistan, and ulti- 
 mately those of the British govern- 
 ment in India, the lioiiouraljle 
 Mountstiiart Eljihinstone Avas dis- 
 patched as embassador to the Cabul 
 court, on the j)arl of Lord .Miu'io, 
 then governor-general, for the pur- 
 pose of concerting Avitli the Cahnl 
 government the means of mutual 
 defence against tlie exjtecled inva- 
 .sion of the i'reneh and i^rsians, and 
 of explaining the friendly and bene- 
 ficial ol)ject of his mission. 
 
 The Cabul suveieign, sensible of 
 
 the advantage of alliance and co- 
 operati<ui betv\ eon the two states, di- 
 rected his ministers to confer Avith 
 Mr. l.lpiiinstone, and, consulting the 
 welfare of both governments, to con- 
 clude an arrangement. It was in 
 consc<pience agreed, that, if the 
 I'rench and Persians endeavonred to 
 pass through tiic; Cabul territories, 
 the armies of that .state shixild use 
 tlic utmost cNcrtion to repel them, 
 and |)revent their elVoetuating this 
 o!>ject ; and that if, hi pursuunce of 
 tlieir coiifederacA, the enemy should 
 adAance towards the King of Cabui's 
 country,in a hostile manner, the Bri- 
 tish state shall hold themselves liable 
 to alford the exjienses uc^cessurv for 
 the above-nii'iitioned service, to the 
 exti'ut of their ability : tiiese condi- 
 tions to be in tbrce while the eoiife- 
 dcracy l)et\veen the 1 rench and Per- 
 sians continued. {Faster, Rennei, 
 Abid Fazel, Treaties, Stewart, Scott, 
 ^■c. <St.) 
 
 CAhUL. — A city in Afghanistan, 
 the capital of the province ofCabnl. 
 Lat. 34°. 31'. N. Long. 68°. 34'. E. 
 Ill 1582 it is described by Abul 
 I'azel as folloAvs : 
 
 " Cabul is a very ancient and beau- 
 tiful city, of Avhicli Pusheng is said 
 to be the founder. There are double 
 Avallsofnmdofconsiderablestrength: 
 on the south-east side is a small hill, 
 named Shah Cabnl. Inoni early an- 
 ti(piity, Cabul and Candahar have 
 been reckoned tiie gates of Ilin- 
 dostan ; one afioiiling entrance; from 
 Tooian, and the other iicmi Iran." 
 
 This city at jiresent is the resi- 
 dence and capital of the Abdalli so- 
 vereigns of Afghanistan. It stands 
 in a V. ide plain, Avell Avatered, and 
 interspersed Avith AvalUnl villages. — 
 The Cabul River runs through the 
 plain, overAvhich, at tlie distance of 
 four or five miles to tiie sonthward 
 of the city, is a iiridge l)ni!t of brick. 
 It is surrounded by a wall about one 
 mile and a half in i ireinnleience, and 
 is situated on tlu- e:(st(,-rn side of a 
 range of two united hills of a semi- 
 cireuiar figure. The ibrtiiicalions are 
 of a very simple construction, Avifli 
 
198 
 
 CACHAR. 
 
 scarcely any ditch ; the houses avo 
 built of rough stones, clay, and iin- 
 burncd bricks, and exhibit a very 
 mean appearance. 
 
 Baiarc-sir, the name of the king's 
 palace, slands on a rising; ground iji 
 the eastern quarter of the city, and 
 does not at all correspond to the 
 view with the dignity of its master. 
 A!i ]Merdan Khan, a celebrated no- 
 bleman in tiic reign of Jehangeer, 
 erected here four spacious bazars in 
 the centre of tlie city, ^vbich were 
 supplied with fountains ; the last are 
 now choked up with tilth, and the 
 first occupied by the meanest order 
 of mechanics. The fmits in the 
 market are of a good kind, and in 
 great plenty, as apples, pears, peach- 
 es, poinegianates, and a vaiiety of 
 grapes. The environs of the city 
 are chiefly occupied by garden 
 grounds, and watered by numerous 
 stieams, the largest of which runs 
 tliroiigh the town, and hfis a small 
 bridge over it. To the S. W. of Ca- 
 biil the hills are of a moderate 
 height, but the country is thinly 
 cultivated. On account of the prox- 
 imity of this cat'ital to the Indian 
 Caucasus, or Hindoo Kho Moun- 
 tains, the temperature of the at- 
 mosphere is liable to very sudden 
 variations. 
 
 The great bazar here is I'requently 
 crowded with Lsbeck Tartars, who 
 have the same cast of features as 
 the Chinese and Malays, but more 
 harsh ; and here are to be found the 
 remains of a colony of Armenians, 
 captured by Nadir Shi.h during his 
 I'urkish wars. ]Many Hindoos fre- 
 quent this city, chiefly from Pe- 
 .shawer, who contribute greatly to 
 its prosperity, and are carefully pro- 
 tected by the Afghan govenmient. 
 
 Travelling distance lioni Delhi, 
 839 miles; from Agra, 976; from 
 Liuckuow, 1118; and from Calcutta, 
 1815 miles. {Foster, Rennel, Abul 
 Fazel, AC.) 
 
 Cabul JRivER. — This river has its 
 source in the western part of Cabul, 
 near the Hindoo Klio Mountains, 
 and flows past the city of Cabui, 
 
 from whence it proceeds in a S. W". 
 course towards the Indus, Avhicli it 
 joins in front of the town of Attock, 
 after receiving the addition of many 
 streams. From Jelalabad down to 
 Pcshawer its proper name is Ka- 
 meh, after which it is IVequrutly 
 named the Attock, and Hindostan 
 connnences at its junction a\ ith the 
 Indus. At Jelalabad it is navigable 
 for jalehs, or rafts of a particular 
 construction ; and its vn hole course, 
 including the windings, may be esti- 
 mated at abov e 300 miles. 
 
 Cabyna. — A snrall island about ^ 
 21 miles in length, by 15 in breadth, 
 King due south of the eastern limb 
 of Celebes. Lat. 5°. 18'. S. Long. 
 121°. 53'. E. 
 
 Cachar, {Cosari). — A district tri- 
 butaiy to the Bii man empire, situ- 
 ated about the 25th degree of north 
 latitude. To the north it is bounded 
 b} Assam, and to the south by t!io 
 Cassay country ; to the east by Cas- 
 say, and to the west by the districts 
 of Tipperah and Silhet, in the pro- 
 vince of Bengal. Its dimensions arc 
 uncertain, but are known not to bo 
 great. 
 
 A communication exists by water 
 through Assam to the centre of both 
 Cachar and Genliah, although hi- 
 tiierto deemed inaccessible even by 
 land, lormerly the connnerce be- 
 twixt Beng!'.! and Cachar was carried 
 on by land from.Silhel; for the As- 
 samese at tiiat period were so jealous 
 of their Bengal neighbours, that no 
 acce'<s whatev er was allowed tluough 
 the Brahmapootra, 
 
 Although so far to tlie east, and 
 for many centuries almost com- 
 pletely interdicted all communica- 
 tion with Hindostan, the inhabitants 
 of tiiis country are, like their neigh- 
 bours the Cassayers, Hindoos of the 
 Brahniinical persua:ion. The Ra- 
 jaji of Cachar, who is a Khetri of 
 theSuryabansi (Children of the Sun) 
 race, nevertheless occasionally sends 
 several ga} als to be sacrificed on cer- 
 tain hills in his country. The Ca- 
 char country is fertile, but greatly 
 overgrown with jungle, and thinly 
 
CAFFRISTAN. 
 
 199 
 
 populated. It is nmcli less known 
 ilia II its iminciiiato vicinity to the 
 })!oviiicc of ]Bcii;;al would had lis to 
 t:\ppct. 'J'lie name of tlic capital is 
 C'ospoitr. 
 
 Ill 1774 Onndaboo, the i^eneral of 
 Shcuibiiaii, tlie reigning" Birman nio- 
 iiarcli, uuiiicm)il)eiod vvith hag2:ap,c 
 or artillery, marclied against Cliewal, 
 the Kajah of Cachar; who jios- 
 sessed the sovereignty of a produc- 
 tive though mountainous country, 
 iiorth-west of ^Iiuiipoor. In his ad- 
 vance he overcame Anoup Siugli, 
 prince of a country called Mugge- 
 loo, and advanced within three days 
 march of Cospoor, the metropolis of 
 Cachar. Here he was opposed by 
 Chawal, leagued \<,[\h the Gossain 
 Rajali ; and his troops being" at- 
 tfick'Hl by the hill fever, (a disease 
 fataliy known to the British troops), 
 his army was dispersed, cut off in 
 detail by the natives, or perished by 
 disease. 
 
 A second expedition under Ka- 
 meouza (anoiiier general) was more 
 successful, who, aniving at the pass 
 of Inchamutty, \nthin two dajs 
 march of Cospoor, the Ra jah Clia\val 
 consented to pay, besides a sum of 
 money, the homage of a maiden of 
 the royal blood to the King of Ava, 
 and also to send him a tree witli tlio 
 roots bouud in the native clay, as an 
 unequivocal jtroof of vassalage. 
 (Si/»ies, Wade, Colebrookc, d)T.) 
 
 Cadutinada, (or Cartiuaad). — 
 A small distrii t in the Malabar pro- 
 Aince, the rajah ofwliich resides at 
 Kutiporam. It is tolerably well cul- 
 tivated, and is naturally a rich couu- 
 try, but does not produce grain 
 adequate to the sustenunee of the 
 inhabitants. The liigher part of the 
 hills are overgrown with wood,>\liivh 
 the Nairs formerly eucouraged, as 
 aflording them protection against 
 invaders. lu the hills which form 
 the h)wer parts of the Ghauts iu 
 Cadutinada, and other northern dis- 
 tiicts of Mala) a, are certain jilaces 
 that naturally produce cardamoms. 
 
 The female Nairs in this part of 
 Hie country, while thildrcu, go 
 
 throTigh tlie ceremony of marriag:© 
 both with Namliouries and Nairs; 
 but licre, as well as in the south, the 
 mau and wife never cohabit. When 
 the girl is come to maturity, she is 
 taken to live in the house of some 
 other Namhuri or Nair. A Nair 
 here is not astonished when asked 
 who his fa'iher was, and a mau has 
 as nnich certainty that the children 
 born in his own house arc his own, 
 as a European htjsband has; yet, 
 such is the perversity ef custom, that 
 he would be considered as unnatu- 
 ral, w ere lie to have as much alfec- 
 tion lor liis omu children, as for 
 those of his sister, which lie may 
 perhaps never have seen. In 1761, 
 the Bombay government concluded 
 a treaty with the chief of this coun- 
 try, for the purchase of pepper, iu 
 w hich he is sliled tlie King of Cai- 
 tenaddu. {F. Buchanan, Treaties, 
 
 Caffristan, (or Knttore). — An 
 extensive mountainous country, 
 bounding Cabul to the north ; the 
 general level of which is consider- 
 ably elevated above the countries 
 on each side of it, and extending 
 northward from the 3oth dcgTce of 
 north latitude. 
 
 Kuttore appears to be the general 
 name of this tract, Mhich has the 
 Seward, Bijore, and Puekoli dis- 
 tricts to the south, and extends from 
 tlu north west frontier of Cabul to 
 Cashmere, ll has also obtained the 
 name of Cailristan, or the land of 
 iulidels, from the ^Mahommedans. It 
 is classed as a (h^peiidency of Cash- 
 gar, by the people of Hiiidostan, but 
 seems to have been but little known 
 to Ihem. The expedition of Ti- 
 mour to tiie mountains of Kuttore 
 is paiUcularly related by iSherilled- 
 din ; by which it appears, that 'i'i- 
 mour proceeded tiom iiadakhshan 
 to Kawuek or Khawick, the furtliest 
 or most eastern of the passes, leading 
 through (he HiudooKhu Mountains, 
 into the province of Cabul. In ol- 
 der to arrive at tiie fortress of Kut- 
 tore, he crossed several ranges of 
 high mouutaius, rising one above th« 
 
200 
 
 CALCUTTA. 
 
 other, some of them covered \vi<Ii 
 snow. The fortress was situated at 
 the foot of the further range, havingc 
 a river of great depth and rapidity 
 close under its walls. 
 
 Since this remote period, we have 
 heard very little of tlicsc Alpine re- 
 gions ; we may conclude, however, 
 that they have contributed their share 
 of military adventurers to the invad- 
 ing armies of IJindostan. At pre- 
 sent we are ignorant of the nature 
 of their government, the inimber of 
 inhabitants, and the religion they 
 profess. The Mahommedan is the 
 most probable ; but, as Kuttore bor- 
 ders on Tibet, where the doctrhies 
 of Buddha under the Lama hierarchy 
 prevail, it is likely there is an inter- 
 mixture of the latter sect. The 
 nature also of the counti^ gives us 
 reason to suppose it is possessed by 
 numerous petty and independent 
 chieftains, the leaders of hostile 
 clans or tribes, in a state of per- 
 petual warfare Avith each other. 
 None of (he eastern con.'iucrors ever 
 reduced this country into a state 
 of permanent subjection, nor does 
 the object seem adequate to the 
 trouble and dilliculty. 
 
 Calagody, (Calag/iudi). — A town 
 in the province of Tinnevclly, 113 
 miles N, E. from Cape Comorin. 
 Lat. 9° 13'. N. Long. 78°. 30'. E. 
 British. 
 
 Calamaines. — A number of small 
 islands in tlic Eastern Seas belonging 
 to the Philippines, situated about 
 half-way be<ween Mindoro and the 
 Island of Palawan, about the r2th 
 degree of north latitude. The two 
 largest are named Busvagon and 
 Calamianc, the latter being about 
 23 miles in length, by five miles the 
 average breadtli. The coast around 
 these islands is surrounded by num- 
 berless shoals, rocks, and liagments 
 of islets, which reader the navigation 
 exti'eniely dangerous. 
 
 Calanore. — A small district in 
 the Scik territories, in the province 
 of liahorc, situated betwixt the 31st 
 i»nd32d degrees of north latitude. 
 
 Calanore. — A town in the pro- 
 
 vince of Lahore, 70 miles E. from 
 <iie city of Lahore. Lat. 31°. 51'. 
 E. Long. 75°. 0'. E. Here Acber 
 was first proclaimed emperor, on the 
 death of his father Hamayoon in 
 1556. 
 
 Calastry. — A town in tlie Car- 
 natic, 65 miles N. W. from Ma- 
 dras. Lat. 13°. 42'. E. Long. 79°. 
 43'. E. 
 
 Calayan. — A small island, one of 
 the Philippines, about 23 miles ia 
 circumference, situated due north 
 of the large Island of Luzon or 
 Luconia. 
 
 Calcergah. — Sec Kalueugah. 
 
 CALCUTTA, (CaUcata.) 
 
 A city in the province of Bengal, 
 of which it is the modern capital, 
 and the seat of the supreme govern- 
 ment of British India. Fort Wil- 
 liam, its citadel, stands in Lat. 22°. 
 33'. N. Long. 88°. 28'. 1^. 
 
 The local ?;itualion of Calcutta is 
 not fortunate, for it has extensive 
 muddy lakes, and an immense forest 
 close to it ; and was at fast deemed 
 hardly less unheallhy than Bata\ia, 
 which it resembled in being placed 
 in a Hat and marshy country. 'I'hc 
 English, it has been remarked, have 
 been more inattentive to the natnral 
 advantages of situation than the 
 I'Vench, who have always in India 
 selected better stations for founding 
 their Ibreign settlements. The jun- 
 gle has since been cleared asvay 
 to a certain distance, ti^e streets 
 properly drained, and the punds 
 filled U|) ; by which a vast surface of 
 stagnant water has been removed, 
 but the air of the town is still 
 much alltctcd by the vicinity of the 
 Sunder bunds. 
 
 The city sttands about 100 miles 
 from the sea, on fhe cast side of )he 
 western branch of the Ganges, 
 named by Einopcaus the Hooghly 
 River, but by the natives the Blia- 
 girathi or true Ganges, and con- 
 sidered by them peculiarly holy. At 
 high water the river is here a fuU 
 
CALCUTTA. 
 
 201 
 
 mile in breadth ; but, during the 
 ol)b, the opposite side to Calcutta 
 exposes a loiijv rauf^e of dry sand 
 banks. In approaching Calcutta 
 tVoni the sea stranger a is nuuh 
 stiiick witli i(s magnificent appear- 
 ance ; the elegant villas on each side 
 of the river, tlie Cfnnpany's botanic 
 gardens, tiic; si)ircs of the eliiuches, 
 temples, and minarets, and the 
 strong and regular citadel of Ftsrt 
 William. It exhihiied a very dif- 
 ferent appearance in 1717, of which 
 the following is a conect descrip- 
 tion : 
 
 The present town was then a vil- 
 lage ajipertaining to the district of 
 Nuddea, the houses of which were 
 scattered about in clusters of 10 or 
 12 each, and the inhabitants chiefly 
 husbandmen. A forest existed to 
 the southwiu-d of Cliandpaul (ihaut, 
 which was afterwards removed by 
 degrees. Jjctueen kidderpoor and 
 the forest v\cre two villages, whose 
 inhabitajits were i;ivitcd to settle in 
 Cakulta, by tiie ancient fuiiily of 
 the Seals; who were at tliat time 
 merchants of great note, and very 
 instrumental in briogiiig Calcutta 
 into the form of a town. Fort W il- 
 liam and the esplanade are the 
 site where this forest and the two 
 villages abovc-mentioMcd forineily 
 stood. Ihere an; still inhabitants 
 alive, who recollect a creek wfiich 
 extended from Cliandpaul Chant to 
 lialliaghaut; and who say, that the 
 drain before the goverinnent-lumsc 
 is w here it took its course, 'i'o the 
 south of the Eeytakhanah tliere is 
 still a ditch, which shews evident 
 traces of the coniiiiuation of this 
 creek. In 1717 there was a small 
 village, consisting of straggling 
 houses, surrounded by pu<Ulies of 
 water, where no v. stand the elegtmt 
 houses at Chowruigliee; and Cal- 
 cutta may, at this period, be des- 
 <*ribed as extending to Chitpore 
 Eridge, but tl;e intervening s{)ace 
 consisted of ground covered with 
 jungle. In 17 W a ditch was dug 
 round a considerable part of tlie 
 boundaries of Calcutta, ta prevent 
 
 the incursions of the Maliarattas; 
 and, it appears from Mr. Oriue's liis- 
 tory of the \\ ar in Bengal, that at 
 the time of its capture in 175G, thei(^ 
 were about 70 houses in the town 
 belonging to the English. Wliat 
 are now called the esplanade, the 
 site of Fort W illiam and Chowrin- 
 ghee, were so late as 17.56 a com- 
 plete jungle, interspersed with a few 
 huts, and small pieces of gj-azing and 
 arable land. 
 
 The modern town and suburbs of 
 Calcutta extends along the east side 
 of the river aljove .six miles, but 
 the breadth varies very nmch at dif- 
 ferent [)laces. The esplanade be- 
 tween tlie town and J'ort Williaui 
 leaves a grand opening, along the 
 edge of which is placed the nc\r 
 govcrjunent-honse erected by the 
 Marquis Wellesley ; and, coiitnmed 
 on ill a line with this edilice, is a 
 range of magnificent houses, orna- 
 mented with spacious verandalis. 
 Chowringliee, Ibrmerly a collection 
 of native huts, is now an entire vil- 
 lage of palaces, and extends for a 
 considerable distance into the coun- 
 try. The architectiue of t lie houses 
 is Grecian, which does not appear 
 the best adapted for the country or 
 climate, as the pillars of the veran- 
 dahs are too much ehxated, to keep 
 out the sun durii\g the morning and 
 evening, although at both these times 
 the heat is excessive ; and, in the 
 wet season, the rain beats in. Per- 
 haps a nior(> coniine<l iJindoo stile 
 ofbuilding, although less ornamental, 
 might be found of more practical 
 comfort. The princij)al square ex- 
 tends about oOO yards each way, 
 aiid. contauis in the centre an ex- 
 tensive tank, surrounded by a hand- 
 some wall and riuling, and having a 
 gradati<in of steps to the bottom, 
 which is 60 feet from th'- top of its 
 l)anks. A range of indillercnt look- 
 ing houses, known by the name of 
 the ^V riter's Unildings, occupies one 
 side of the sipiare ; anil near to it, 
 on the site of the old fort, taken by 
 Seraje ud Dowlah, in 17o7. is a cus- 
 tom-house and several other liaiiJ- 
 
202 
 
 CALCUTTA. 
 
 some bnildings. . The hiack Iiolc is 
 now |)<ut of a waiehousc, aiul lilled 
 with merchandize. A inonmucjit is 
 erected fticiiig; the gale, to coinme- 
 moratc the uidortiinate poisons who 
 there perished ; but it ]ias been 
 struck by lightning, and is itself fast 
 going to decay. A quay lias been 
 ibrmed in front of the cnstom-honse, 
 which promises to be a gieat im- 
 provement : and it would be a still 
 greater, were the emb;irkKient ex- 
 tended along the whole face of the 
 town next tlic river. 
 
 'i'he goveniment-house is the most 
 remarkable public edifice in Cal- 
 cutta. The lower story forms a rus- 
 tic basement, with arcades to the 
 building, which is ionic. On the 
 north side there is a flight if steps, 
 under which carnages drive to the 
 entrance ; and, on the south, there is 
 a circular colonnade with a dome. 
 The four wings, one at each corner 
 of the building, arc connected with 
 it by circular passages, so long, as 
 to secure their enjoying the air all 
 round, from which ever (juarter the 
 "wind blows. These A\iiigs contaiji 
 all the private apartments ; and in 
 the north-east angle is the coniicil- 
 room, decoiated like the other pub- 
 lic rooms with portraits. The centre 
 «if the buildiug contains two un- 
 connnonly fine rooms: the lowest 
 is paM'd wiUi dark grey marble, and 
 supported by done columns chu- 
 named, resembling marble. Above 
 tliis hall is the ball-rooin, floored 
 with dark poli.-;hed MOod, and sup- 
 porteil b} ionic piiiars. Both rooms 
 are lighted by a profusion of cut 
 glass lustix's, suspended from the 
 painted ceiling, where an excellent 
 taste is displaced in the decora- 
 tif>ns. 
 
 Besides the government-house the 
 other publii' buildings are a town- 
 house, the court of justice, and two 
 churches of the establislu;d religion, 
 one of which nuikes a very hand- 
 some appearance, but the other is a 
 plain building. There are also 
 churches lor the Portxiguese Catho- 
 lics, auotherof the Greek persuasiou, 
 
 an Armenian church, and many small 
 Hindoo temples and Mahonnnedau 
 mosques. The hospital and jail are 
 to the south of the to^^'n. The bo- 
 tanic garden is beautifully situated 
 on the west bank of the river, and 
 gives the name of Garden Reach to 
 a bend of the river. Above the gar- 
 den there is au extensive plantation 
 of teak, which is not a native of this 
 part of Intlia, but which thrives well 
 here. There is a private dock-yaid 
 nearly opposite to Fort William, and 
 another one mile below it on" the 
 same side of the river. 
 
 'I'he black town extends along the 
 river to the north of Calcutta, and 
 cxliibits a remarkable contrast to 
 the part inhabited by the Europeans. 
 It is extremely large, and swiuming' 
 with population. The streets are 
 narrow, dii ty, and unpaved ; the 
 houses of two stories are of brick, 
 with flat-terraced roofs; but the great 
 majority are mud cottages, covered 
 with small tiles, with side walls of 
 mats, bamlioos, and other combusti- 
 ble materials. Fires are, conse- 
 quently, of frequent occurrence, but 
 do not in the least affect the Euro- 
 pean quarter, which, from the mode 
 uf building, is wholly incombustible. 
 In this part the houses stand de- 
 tached from each other within a 
 space enclosed by walls, the generid 
 approach being by a flight of steps 
 under a large verandah, their whole 
 appearance being uncommonly ele- 
 gant and respectable. 
 
 Eiicks, mortar, and wood, are not 
 scarce in Calcutta, yet the money 
 siMik in building a house is very con- 
 siderable ; and, Iteing a perishable 
 commodity, requiring constant re- 
 pair, house rent is proportionally 
 high. The white ants are so de- 
 structive in their operations, that, 
 sometimes, every beam in a house 
 may be completely excavated in- 
 ternally, while outwardly it appears 
 pcrlictly sound. 
 
 Foit V^ illiam stands about a quar- 
 ter of a mile below the town, and is 
 superior iii strength and regularity to 
 any fortress in India. It is of au 
 
CALCUTTA. 
 
 203 
 
 octagon form, five of llic faces arc 
 regular, \vhilethe forms oftlic other 
 throe next the viver are aecorilinj;- to 
 the local circumstances. As no ap- 
 proach by land is to be ai)prchoiuleil 
 on this siile, tho river cominp; up to 
 th(^ glacis, it m as niere!\' necessary 
 to u»ar<l against an attack by water, 
 by providin<? a great snperiorily of 
 lire, which purpi>se has been attained 
 by giving" the citadel towards the 
 water the form of a large salicist 
 angle, the faces of wiiich cnlilade 
 the conrse of the river. I'roMi these 
 faces the guns (M>ntinue to bear upon 
 the object till it approaches very 
 near the city, when they would re- 
 ceive the lire of batteries parallel to 
 the river. 'J'liis part is likewise de- 
 fended by the adjoining bastions, 
 and a counter-guard that covers 
 them. 
 
 'I'iie five regular sides are towards 
 the land; Ihe bastions have all very 
 salient orilions, behind which are re- 
 tired circular Hanks, extremely spa- 
 cious, and an inverse double flank 
 at tlie height ol' the bevnie. Ttiis 
 <louble flank would be an excellent 
 defc>i;e, and would serv to retard 
 the passages of the dilcii, as from 
 its form it cannot be enlilad(>d. ''I'he 
 orilion preserves it from the effect of 
 ricochet shot, and it is not to be 
 seen from any |)araHel. Th(! bcrme 
 opposite to t!ie curtain serves as a 
 road to it, and contributes to the 
 defence of the ditch like a fausse- 
 bray. 
 
 The ditch is dry, with a cunette 
 in the middle, wiiicli receives the 
 Avatcr of (he river by means of two 
 sluices that are comnnuided by the 
 fort. The counterscarp and covered 
 way are excetient, vyeij curtain is 
 covered witii a large half moon, with- 
 out ilatiks, boriuet, or redoubt, bnt 
 the faces mount 13 jiieces of lieavy 
 artillery each, thus giving to the de- 
 fence of these ravelins a tire ol' 2G 
 guns. The deini-bastiotis, which 
 terminate the live regular fronts on 
 each side, are covered by a counter- 
 guard, of wliich the taces, like the 
 half-moons, arc pierced with 13 em- 
 
 JL 
 
 brasurcs. Tliese cour.ter-guardsare 
 tomiected with two redoul)ls, con- 
 si ructed in the ])lace of a! ins of the 
 adjacent re-enlering angles; th« 
 whole is faced and pallisadoed v.ith 
 care, kept ii\. admirable condition, 
 an<l capable of making a vigorous 
 defence against any army, however 
 formidable. The advanced works 
 are executed on an extensix c scale ; 
 and the angles of the half moons 
 being extremely acute, project a 
 great way, so as to be in view of 
 each other beyond the flanked angle 
 of the polygon, and cai)able of tak- 
 ing the trenches in the rear at an 
 early period of the approach. 
 
 Tills citadel was connnenced by 
 I^ord Ciive soon alter the battle of 
 Plassey, and was iMtcnded by him to 
 be complete in every respect, but it 
 has since been discovered that it is 
 erected on too extensive a scale to 
 answer the purpose for which it was 
 intended, that of a tenable post in 
 case of extiemity, as the number of 
 troops required to garrison it properly 
 woidd be able to keep the lield. It 
 is capable of containing 15,000 men, 
 and t!ie works are so extensive tiiat 
 10,000 would 1)0 required to defend 
 them eihcieiidy, and from lirst to 
 last have cost tlu; East India Com- 
 pany two millions sterling. The 
 works are seareely at ail raised above 
 the level of the surrounding country, 
 of course do not make an imposing- 
 appearance from without, nor are 
 they pcrceptilde until closely ap- 
 proached. This excites great sur- 
 prise in the natives coming from the 
 interior, who alw ays coimect the idea 
 of great strength with great eh^va- 
 tion, and generally mistake the bar- 
 racks for the fort. 
 
 The fort only contains buildings 
 that arc absolutely necessary; such 
 as the residence ot'thc co)nmandaut, 
 quarters for the ollicers and troops, 
 and the arsenal. The barracks make 
 a very handsome appearance, and 
 afford excellent acconnnodation both 
 to the privates and oiriccus. The in- 
 terior of the fort is perfectly ojien, 
 presenting to the view large grass 
 
204 
 
 CALCUITA. 
 
 plots and prravcl walks, kept cool by 
 ro\vs of tiers ; and, ia tlie finest or- 
 der, intermixed ^ith piles of can- 
 non, bomb shells, and balls. E;ich 
 gate has a house over it, destined for 
 the residence of a major. Between 
 the fort ;;;id toMn an extensive level 
 space intervenes, called the Espla- 
 nade. 
 
 The gaiTison wsually is composed 
 of two or three European battalions, 
 one of artillery, with ariiticers and 
 workmen for the arsenals. '1 he na- 
 tive corps, amounting: to about 400G 
 men, are generally cantoned at Ear- 
 rackpoor, 15 miles hij^her up the 
 river, and supply about 1200 monthly 
 to perform the duty of the tort. The 
 wells in th.e diflerent outworks of 
 I'ort William, some of which are 
 500 yards from the river, during the 
 hot season become so brackish as to 
 be unfit either for culinary purposes, 
 or forwashiuE;. Government has, in 
 conscipience, formed an immense re- 
 servou", occ-upying- one of the bas- 
 tions, to be fillod when required with 
 rain water. 
 
 Calcutta possesses the advantage 
 of an excellent inland navigation, 
 foreign imjjorts being transported 
 with great facility on the Ganges, 
 and its subsidiary streams, to the 
 jiortliern nations of Ilindostan, while 
 the valuable productions of the in- 
 terior are received by the same chan- 
 luls. 'I'hcre are seldom less than one 
 million sterling in cloths belonging 
 to native merchants deposited in 
 Calcutta for sale, and every other 
 species of merchandize in an equal 
 pro))ortion. l"he total capital be- 
 longing to the native monied and 
 commercial interests has been esti- 
 mated to exceed 16 millions sterling, 
 which is emjiUned by them in the 
 government funds, loans, and dis- 
 counts to indi\i(luals, internal and 
 external trade, and in various other 
 wa\s. The formerly timid Hindoo 
 now lends moniy on respondentia, 
 on distant voyages, engages in spe- 
 culations to various parts of the 
 world, ensures as an miderwriter, 
 and erects indigo works in diflerent 
 
 parts of the provinces. He ha.s the 
 advantage of trading on his own ca- 
 j)ital with much greater frugality 
 than a European ; and, exclusive of 
 the security of his property, enjoys 
 the most perfect toleration of his re- 
 ligion. In Sept. 1808, the Calcutta 
 go\ernment bank was established 
 with a capital of 50 laeks of rupees, 
 of whi( h goA ernment have 10 lacks, 
 and individuals the remainder. Tiie 
 notes issued are for not less than 10 
 rupees, or more tlian 10,000. I'ur- 
 tlier commercial information, wjtli 
 the details of the external commerce 
 of the port of Calcutta, will be found 
 at the conclusion of this article. 
 
 Tliere have been various opinions 
 as to the po])ulation of Calcutta, but 
 it does not appear any very correct 
 census has ever 1)een taken, lu 
 1802 tiie police magistrates estimat- 
 ed the population of Calcutta at 
 (500,000 ; a few yeais ago Sir Henry 
 Russel, the chief judge, estimated 
 the population of Calcutta and its 
 environs at one million ; and Gen. 
 Kyd the population of the city alone 
 at betw een four and 500,000. Pro- 
 bably half a million will be a toler-. 
 ably correct approximation to the 
 real nundjer. 'I'he adjacent country 
 is also so thickly inhabited that, in 
 1802, the police magistrates calcu- 
 lated that Calcutta, with a circuit of 
 20 miles, comprehended 2,225,000 
 souls. 
 
 The number of houses, shops, and 
 other habitations in the tov\ n of Cal- 
 cutta, in 1798, belonging to indivi- 
 duals, was as follows : 
 Eritish subjects - - - - 430a 
 
 Armenians _ _ _ - - 640 
 Poitugucse and other Christ- 
 ian inhabitants - - - 2650 
 Hindoos ------ .56,460 
 
 IMahommedans - - - - 14,700 
 
 Chinese ------ 10 
 
 Total 78,760 
 
 The above statement does not in- 
 clude the new and old forts, and 
 many houses the property of tli^ 
 East India Company. 
 
CALCUTTA. 
 
 205 
 
 The Enropcan society in .r;ilru(tu 
 is iui:iierous, gay, atid cuiivivia!, and 
 the fetes given by the "ovoinors- 
 gcneral splendid and welt arriuiged. 
 Eaeh of ilic principal ofTicers of go- 
 vernment \Mi\(i Iheir public days for 
 the recei.ti^iii of their friends, inde- 
 pendent of Avhicli not a day passes, 
 particnlarly during the cold season, 
 V ithont seveial large dinner jiarties 
 being formed oi' from 30 to 40. A 
 subscription assenrbly also subsists, 
 but it is unthsliionable, aUliongli it is 
 the only place of public amusement, 
 the society l)eing much subdivided 
 into parties. 
 
 It is usual, in ralcutfa, to rise 
 early in order to onjoy tlie cool air of 
 the morning, uliicii is particularly 
 pleasant before sunrise. Betwixt <ine 
 ^md two a meal is taken, wiiich is 
 called tiliin, after wliich many retire 
 to i>ed for two or three hours. 'J'lie 
 dinner is couuivonly after sunset, 
 whieli necessarily keeps the guests 
 up until midnight. The viands are 
 excellent, and scned in great [sro- 
 fusion ; and as the heat of tin; cli- 
 mate does not admit of their being 
 kept, great ])art are at last thrown 
 out to tbe pariah dogs and birds of 
 prey. The lower orders of Portu- 
 gncse, to whom alone they would be 
 serviceable, cannot consume the 
 whole ; and the religious prejudices 
 of the native servants prevent their 
 tasting any food belonging to a per- 
 son not of their caste or religion. 
 To this circumstance is to be attri- 
 buted the amazing docks of crows, 
 kites, and vultures, which, undis- 
 turbed by man, live together hi ;imi- 
 cable society, and almost cover tiie 
 houses and gardens. In their pro- 
 fession of scavengers the kites and 
 crows are assisted, during the daj', 
 by the Iarg«! adjutant stork, and at 
 Jiight by pariah dogs, foxes, and 
 jackals, w hieh tiien emerge from the 
 neighbouring jungles. 
 
 'I'he wines cliii lly drank are iMa- 
 deira and claret ; the former, which 
 js excellent, during the meal, the 
 latter afterwards. The claret being 
 medicated for Ibe vovaoe. is bv some 
 
 considered too strong. The Calcutta 
 market supplies a great variety of 
 game, such as snipes, wild ducks, 
 l)artridges, and various species of the 
 ortolan tribe — the whole compara- 
 tively cheap. 'J'lie v,ild venison is 
 much inferior to tliat of Ihitain, but 
 the park or stall fed is equally good, 
 'i'he lir.re is a vei-y poor animal, and 
 diflers in many qualities from tiiat of 
 J'higland, being deficient in size, 
 strengtii, and swiftness, whicli ob- 
 senation also apjjlies to the Bengal 
 fox. The tables of the gentlemen in 
 Calcutta are distingnished by a vast 
 profusion of most beautiful fruits, 
 procured at a ^•ery mcjdcrate ex- 
 pense, such as jtine apjiles, plan- 
 tains, mangoes, jjomeloes, or shad* 
 docks, melons of all sorts, oranges, 
 custard apples, gua'/as, peaches, and 
 an endless variety of other orchard 
 fruits. 
 
 The usual mode of visiting is ia 
 palampiins, but many gei'.tiemeii 
 have carriages adapted to the cli- 
 mate, and the breed of horses has 
 lately been greatly improved. It is 
 universally the custom to drive out 
 between sunset and diimer, and, as 
 itbecomes dark, servants withtorches 
 go out to meet their masters, and 
 nui before their carriages with an 
 astonishing raj.idity, and for a great 
 length of time. It was formerly the 
 fashion (and it is still adhered to u\t 
 the country) for gentlemen to dress 
 in white cotton jackets on ail o<-ca- 
 sions, being well suited to the cli- 
 mate, but being thought too much of 
 an undress for piibhe occasions, they 
 are now laid aside for coats of i'hig- 
 lish cloth. 
 
 The Ihitish inhabitants stationary 
 in Calcutta, and scattered through- 
 out the pro^^nces, are generally ho"— 
 pitable in the highest degree, and 
 most liberal where their assistanee is 
 wanted. \\ hen an oflicer of respect- 
 ability dies, in either ser\ ice, leaving 
 a widow, or children, a .subscription 
 is immediately commenced, which, 
 in every instance, has pro^ed gene- 
 rous, and not imfrequently has con- 
 ferred oti the parties a degree of a.f- 
 
206 
 
 CALCUTTA. 
 
 flucnce, that llie life of the Imsbaiid 
 or parent could not for many years 
 have acoompli.shed. 
 
 The Company s;iai!t a princely al- 
 lowance to their civil rorvaiits, l)irl, 
 larj^e as it is, it docs not always snl- 
 iice for the expenses of the juniors ; 
 juany of whoai, on their first aniva!, 
 set up an extravagant establishment 
 of horses, carria,2:cs, and servants, 
 and tliercby involve tliemseives in 
 embarrassments at a v<My early pe- 
 riod of their lives. To support tliis 
 profuse manner of livini? they are 
 ol)liged to borrow Irom their Dewan, 
 who is generally a monied nati\e of 
 rank, who snpjjlies tiieir extrava- 
 gance, and encouraaes tbeir dissi- 
 pation, until their difficulties are al- 
 most inextricable. While the young 
 civilian remains in an inferior situa- 
 tion, the debt to the Dewan con- 
 tinues to acciunniate; and when 
 higher appointments are at length at- 
 tained, it requires years to cleai- oif 
 the embarrassments of his juvenile 
 thoughtlessness. ' Instances of this 
 sort are rare now compared to what 
 they were at an early period of the 
 Company's accjuisitions, and not- 
 M'ithstamling the nudtiplied tempta- 
 tions, a very great majority of those 
 Avho arrive at the higher stations 
 wholly escape their innuence, .and 
 arc distinguished for the most un- 
 sulhed integrity of t:haracter. ^^ hen- 
 ever a deviation has occurred, it 
 could invariably be tiaced to the 
 imprudence of tiie young man on his 
 first arrival, and his subsequent de- 
 pendence on his Dewan. 
 
 The British merchants of Calcutta 
 are a numeroiisand respectal)le body 
 of men, many of whom have ac- 
 quired large fortunes by their in- 
 dustry and cnterjtrising spirit, and 
 f-onduce essentially to the i)rosiif'rity 
 of the province. 'I'liey here disiday 
 a liberality in their manner of living 
 seldom equalled in any oth(>r i)art of 
 the world, and their acts of charity 
 and munilicence to persons in dis- 
 tress have never been surpassed by 
 any shnilar nuiuber of men of any 
 r^uik whatever. 
 
 The Armenians arc a rcspccfaWrV 
 and, probably, the most numerous* 
 body of foreign merchants at tht" 
 presidency. 'I'hey cany on au ex- 
 tensive trade to Cliina and the cast- 
 ward, and to the west as far as the 
 Arabian Gulf, or Bed Sea. Some of 
 the most respectable aie commonly 
 invited to the public balls and enter- 
 tainments. The number of Greek 
 uicrrhants in Calcutta is not con- 
 siderable. Tliey maintain one clergy- 
 man, who pcrtbrms religious worsliip 
 according to their rites. The Portu- 
 guese houses of agency are, in pomt 
 of number, next to those of the 
 English. A very considerable num- 
 ber of the progeny of that nation re- 
 side in Calcutta and tlic environs, 
 and have approxin.ated very closely 
 to the natives in colour and manners. 
 
 Among the various classes of the 
 mercantile comuiunity no mention is 
 made of Jews. Few <>f that nation 
 have settled in Ilindostan, and Cal- 
 cutta is p.robabiy the only very opu- 
 lent town that is wholly free from 
 them. Their practices and occn])a- 
 tions arc engrossed by the native 
 bari}ans, sircars, and writers, most 
 of vvhom are quite a match for any 
 Jew. The shops of these petty traf- 
 fickers, althought better than their 
 houses, are mean and disagreeable. 
 The European shops aie singularly 
 splendid. 
 
 'J'he maintenance and education 
 of children belonging to Emopeans 
 in India, have, on account of tiieir 
 nnndjer, Ijccomc objects of great 
 im])ortance. Two institutions of this 
 sort have been formed, one tor the 
 education of ollicers' children, and 
 the otiier I'or those of private soldier.:. 
 To these charitable foundations ma^ 
 be added a irec-.school and native 
 hospital, 
 
 ^\ ithuut being attached to some 
 department of the service, or edu- 
 cated to some mecham'cai trad«! or 
 l)rofession, tliere is hardiy any hope 
 of prosperity to a young man com- 
 ing out on chance from Europe. 
 Here all the inferior simations of 
 clerks, overseers, ike. are iiecesprily 
 
CALCUITA. 
 
 207 
 
 occupied by natives, and it is by 
 tliosc gradations that in Europe 
 youn^ nu>n rise to opnlence in tlic 
 commercial world. It is sciueely in 
 the power, even of a governor-u;en- 
 eral, to assist a person of" r('S])eet- 
 able eonnexions, who is nol in one 
 of the services or liberal professions, 
 Althoiiuli Ihe ilimate is not essen- 
 tially improved, Europeans are now 
 nnieh better aecpiainted villi the 
 means of eounteraetiiij!; i<s elfcets 
 than formerly, and dc.idis aie far 
 from being so frequent. Kegidarity 
 of living, avoiding too inneh expo- 
 sure to the sun, and all extremes, 
 (even of abstinenee), are nnich more 
 jiraetised by the present iidiabitants 
 than they were by the first adven- 
 turers. Yaeaueies, e<)nsequent!y, in 
 any line oi- trade are of much r:uer 
 occurrence. 
 
 The stipreme court of justice at 
 Calcutta consists of a chief-justice 
 and two puisne judges, nominated 
 to their situations in India by the 
 king. Its cognizance extends to all 
 British subjects; that is, natives, or 
 the descendants of natives oi' Great 
 Britain, in India, and to all live in- 
 Jiabitants of Calcutta; but tins court 
 is allowed no cognizance over the 
 land revenue. In suits, to which 
 the natives are j)arties, the judges 
 are enjoined, by act of parliament, 
 Jo respect the usages of the country. 
 In matters of inheritance, or con- 
 tract, the rule of decision is to be 
 the law acknovxledged by the liti- 
 gant parties. Should only one of 
 the parties be a Mahummedan or 
 Hindoo, it is to he the law aeknow- 
 ledged by the defendant. Criminal 
 offences are tried by a jury, consist- 
 ing, exclusively. t)f British sidjjeets ; 
 in trials of a civil natme the judges 
 decide both on the law and on the 
 fact. The supreme court also tries 
 criminal charges against the Com- 
 pany's servants, and civil suits in 
 uhich the Compajiy or the C\>m- 
 pany's servants are con<erned. '^I'he 
 law practitioners, attached to the 
 supreme couit, are 14 iittoruies and 
 sd\ barristeis. 
 
 Little morality is learned in a 
 court of justice ; and, notwithstand- 
 ing the severity of the police and of 
 the English laws, it appears probable 
 that the morals of th<^ native inha- 
 bitants are worse in Calcutta than 
 in the provincial districts. This is 
 not t(t be attributed solely to the size, 
 population, and indisciiminate so- 
 ciety of the eajjital, but in part to 
 the supreme court, every native con- 
 nected with which ap])earing to have 
 his morals and maimers contami- 
 nated by the coimexion. In men- 
 tioning this evil, it is not intended, 
 in the mo.st remote degree, to attri- 
 bute it to any individual or body of 
 men, or to speak with <lisrcspect of 
 the institution itself; but merely to 
 mention a fact, v\lii(h has probably 
 been rtnuarkcil by every judge th;'l 
 ever sat on that bench. \\ ithin tlKse 
 few years the natives liaAC attained a 
 sort of legal knowledge, as it is usu- 
 ally denominated. This consists ol"<i 
 skill in themts of collusion, intrigue, 
 perjury, and subornation, whicli ena- 
 bles them to jierjjlex' and balile the 
 magistrates with inliuite facility. 
 
 Notwithstaufling the temptations 
 to which the natives are exposed, it 
 is surprising how .stldom thefts of 
 burglaries are committed on the pro- 
 pel ty of Eumpcans in Bengal, who 
 scarcely take any precaution against 
 them. In some families 30 and 40 
 domestics sleep during the niglit 
 within the enclosure, or in tlie jias- 
 sages and verandahs of the house, 
 wheie every door is open, and dct('(<- 
 tioii almost iinpossi!»ie. Eroin their 
 extreme timidity, they seldom ven- 
 ture to rob opeiil), or on .a largB 
 scale, but prefer a more eiieuitous 
 and complicatetl mode of small pil- 
 fering and cheating. 
 
 The court of appeal and ( iretiit 
 for the Calcutta divisi"n compre- 
 hends the following districts, viz. 1. 
 Buidwuii; 2. Jungle Mahals; 3. 
 ^lidnaiioor; 4. Cuttack; 5. Jessore; 
 G. Nuddea ; 7. Hooghly ; 8. The fo- 
 reign settlements of Chaudcrnagoic, 
 Chinsura, and Serampore: 9. The 
 21 pcrguunahs. 
 
2oa 
 
 CALCUTTA. 
 
 Commercirtl ihtails of the prkalc 
 trade, from the \st June, 1811, to 
 the SOth April, 1812, pi months). 
 
 Diirinp; llio al)ove jKniod the pai- 
 ticuhiisofUic external commerce of 
 Calcutta were as follows : 
 Imports. 
 Merchandize 11,338,692 
 Treasme - G,785,(;9S 
 
 I-Jrot. fonvard 
 Java - - - 
 Pcuaiig and 
 Eastward - 
 China - - 
 New South 
 
 Wales 
 Pexuc - - 
 
 £• 
 
 Sicca rnpe<'s 18,124,390 2,265,549 
 
 M<^rchandi;:e 
 Treasure 
 
 ENjiorts. 
 34,003,009 
 614,673 
 
 34,617,682 4,327,210 
 
 52,742,072 6,592,759 
 
 l.eavins: a !Mt defirit in the trade 
 of the preeedi:i<v vear of sicca rupees 
 19.433,053, or 1,304,1321. 
 
 This deficiency Avas in the imports, 
 as there wa;^ an excess on the ex- 
 ports of sifca rupees 410,649. 
 
 The actual falling off of (he jm- 
 ports was, ;^icca rupees 10,843,702, 
 or 1,355.4631. 
 
 The rejection of one month in 12 
 partly accounts for this defalcation ; 
 but the ^Tcat deficiency in the inr- 
 ports was in the article of treasure; 
 for ou merchaiidize there was an in- 
 creased iuijxirt to the amount of 
 sicca iUj)ees 853,815. 
 
 I.MPOUF OF 
 
 TRKASURE. 
 
 In In 
 
 1810-11. 1811-12. 
 
 T'rom London 
 Jltazils - - 
 America 
 Isles of Trance 
 Manilla - - 
 Aral)ia & Per- 
 sian Gulfs 
 Coast of Su- 
 matra - - 
 Coast of Cora- 
 mandcl 
 
 127,922 3,637 
 
 1,623,206 1,341,093 
 
 6,513.605 459,869 
 
 25.000 
 2,366,931 
 
 399,520 463,456 
 
 457,907 255,985 
 
 142,470 33,000 
 
 11,656,561 2,5.57,04!t 
 222,(X>7 
 
 1,960,753 1,111,300 
 4,824,492 2,877,801 
 
 41,209 
 
 17,550 
 
 18,483,015 6,785,698 
 Deduct 6,785,698 
 
 12,001,010 
 303,493 
 
 Deduct 
 Net decrease 11,697,517 orl,462,19<3 
 
 £ 
 
 IMPORTS FIICJI LONDON'. 
 
 1810-11. 1811-12. 
 
 Broad cloth - 
 Cutlejy - - 
 Copper & co])- 
 
 per nails 
 Carriages - - 
 Corks - - - 
 Claret - - - 
 Towling-iiicces 
 and pistols - 
 Flannels, blan- 
 kets, ^ carpets 
 Glass ^^are 
 Hosiery - - 
 Ilaherdasliery 
 Hardware 
 Hats - - - 
 Hoojjs ic jivets 
 Hock - - - 
 Iron - - - 
 Ironmongc^ry - 
 IMusical itistiu- 
 nients - - 
 Lead; red and 
 while - - 
 I\Iall liiiuors - 
 Madeira wine 
 Morocco lea- 
 ther - - - 
 Oilman's stores 
 Perfumery 
 Piece goods - 
 Paints - - - 
 
 147,882 
 27,451 
 
 438.100 
 78.2U8 
 21.629 
 
 465,273 
 
 52,73.*? 
 
 52,52a 
 
 38,7.50 
 
 46,918 
 
 44,829 
 
 663,162 
 
 38,813 22,832 
 
 24,312 
 
 222,933 
 50.323 
 90,453 
 33,946 
 78,173 
 47,;X.2 
 21,818 
 86,619 
 62,217 
 
 46,166 
 313,756 
 36,378 
 70,452 
 43,439 
 1] 7.806 
 53,520 
 33,3«)0 
 31,9;>8 
 79,793 
 
 16,852 48,614 
 
 42,884 
 17.5.154 
 251,526 
 
 24,715 
 119,216 
 
 39,782 
 73,446 
 
 10,089 
 
 26,080 
 191,482 
 
 183,742 
 
 .39,193 
 201,816 
 44,325 
 88,499 
 38,092 
 
 Caniedforwardl 1,656,561 2,557,040 Canied fonvard 2,689,716 2,610,466 
 
CALCUTTA. 
 
 209 
 
 1810-11. 1811-12. 
 
 l^rot. forward 2,689.716 2,610,466 
 
 I'oitwiiie - - 94,392 154,187 
 
 Slalioncry - 101,791 80,006 
 
 Sundries - - 863,403 1,095,961 
 
 3,739,.302 3,940,610 
 Treasure 127,922 3,637 
 
 Sicca rupees 3,867,224 3,944,247 
 
 EXPORTS TO LONDON. 
 
 Piece goods - 465,681 429,180 
 
 Shawls - - 42,.501 31,213 
 
 Indigo - - 5,136,300 5,426,521 
 
 Sugar - - - 91,.346 10.4.58 
 
 Silk - - - 461,805 1,409,116 
 
 Cotton - - 133,167 9,351 
 
 Lac lake - - 210,600 69,550 
 
 Sundries - - 146,930 300,334 
 
 6,688,330 7,685,723 
 Re-exports 399,436 612,395 
 
 7,087,766 8,198,118 
 Treasure 314,673 
 
 Sicca rupees 7,087,766 8,512,791 
 
 In 1811-12, the amount of imports 
 from the Brazils were, 
 
 Merchandize - - - - 157,110 
 Treasiue - - - - 1,341,093 
 
 Sicca rupees 1,498,203 
 
 EXPORTS TO THE BRAZILS. 
 Piece goods - - - - 2,785,579 
 Shawls ------ 2,300 
 
 Indigo 82,642 
 
 Silk 6,605 
 
 Grain --_-_. 7,980 
 Bengal rum - - - - 156 
 
 Sundries ----- 9,458 
 
 Imports re-exported 
 
 2,894,720 
 37,095 
 
 Total exports, sicca rupees 2,931,815 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 In 1811-12, the amount of imports 
 from America were, 
 Merchandize - - - - 126,565 
 Treasure ----- 459,869 
 
 Total imports 585,434 
 
 EXPORTS TO AMERICA. 
 
 Piece goods - - - - 1,434,081 
 
 Indigo 31,469 
 
 Sugar ------ 30,065 
 
 Canvas 4,304 
 
 Sundries ----- 31,606 
 
 1,631,525 
 Imports re-exported - 63,849 
 
 Total exports, sicca rupees 1,695,374 
 
 In 1811-12, the intercourse with 
 America was almost wholly inter- 
 rupted ; the importation from thence 
 amounling to only 586,434 rupees, 
 (73,1791.), which includes 469,869 
 rupees, (57,4841.) of specie, shew- 
 ing a decrease of imports in the 
 prior year (which had also been a low 
 import year) of 6,186,460 mpees, 
 (773,3081.) 
 
 In the exports to America there 
 was also a serious defalcation in 
 the value of everj' principal article, 
 amounting in the whole to 6,240,991 
 rupees, (656,1241.) 
 
 MANILLA. 
 
 The imports from Manilla, were, 
 In 1810-11 - - - - 2,969,942 
 In 1811-12 - - - - 327,450 
 
 Difference 2,642,492 
 
 The exports to Manilla were, 
 In 1810-11 - - - - 1,270,641 
 In 1811-12 - - - - 873,481 
 
 Difference 397,060 
 
 In 1811, the exports to Manilla 
 were. 
 
 Piece goods - - - - 643,756 
 
 Bengal rum - - . - 410 
 
 Canicd fonvard - 644,160 
 
210 
 
 CALCUITA. 
 
 4^'^ 
 
 Brought forward 61i,l()f) 
 
 0|iinm ----._ 110,4"! 5 
 
 t'auvris ------ 3,727 
 
 Sundries - _ . - ^ 8,Gi>7 
 
 Imports re-exported 
 
 7;y7,00o 
 100,476 
 
 Sicca rupees 873,481 
 
 In 1811-12, Conner was llie only 
 article ofnieiTliandize imported lioui 
 jMani'.la, and there was a falling off 
 in il tii' ■2t),6.jU rupees, TJie pre- 
 ceding >far hrondit 2,306,931 ru- 
 pees (•2!/5,8o6l.) of treasTire from M;\- 
 liiila ; but in 1811-12 there was uoiic 
 recei^ed. 
 
 In the exports the dcficienc}'^ fell 
 wholly on piece floods to the amount 
 of sicca rupccs504,801, (63,1001.); in 
 opium there was an increase in the 
 sum of 86,559 rupees, (10,8201.); ii« 
 sundries, 10,13a rupees, (1,2671.); 
 and in re-exports, 11,047 rupees. 
 
 This stagnation <jf trade bct'.veen 
 Calcutta and Manilla was in part 
 owing to the enoriuous quantity of 
 goods sent to the ■Manilla market in 
 1808-9, ori the first oi)eniug of the 
 intercourse, and occasioned a glut, 
 w hieli it did not recover for several 
 years. 
 
 ARABIAN AND PERSIAN GULF.S. 
 
 In 1811-12, the amount of imports 
 from the Arabian and Persian Gulfs 
 
 were 976,115 
 
 Treasare ----- 463,456 
 
 Sicrca rupees 1,439,571 
 
 EXPORTS. 
 
 Piece goods - - - - 2,312,146 
 
 Shawls 5,860 
 
 Indigo _ - _ _ - 457,654 
 
 Sugar 103,483 
 
 .Silk - 6,132 
 
 Grain ------ 202,808 
 
 Canvas ----- 1,072 
 
 Suutlrics 14,621 
 
 ftnports re-exported 
 
 3,103,796 
 
 74,783 
 
 In 1811-12, the imports fi-om the 
 I'ersian and Arabian (Jnlfs increased 
 in merchandize 435,625 rupees, 
 (54,4531.); to whicli sum must also 
 be ad<!cd an increase in the amount 
 of treasure of 63,936 rui)ees, (7,9921 ), 
 making the total increase of this 
 year's importation, compared with 
 that of the preceding year, 499,561 
 rupees, (62,4451.) 
 
 The articles on w hich there w as an 
 increase were copper, cowries, horses, 
 guns, timber, and planks. The de- 
 crease fell cliietiy on corals, collee, 
 spices, and galls. > 
 
 The exports to the two Gulfs shcAV 
 a neat increase of 988,371 laipecs. 
 Piece goods, grain, and sundries 
 composed this increase; in the ar- 
 ticles of indigo, sugar, and raw silk, 
 tliere w as a decrease. 
 
 PRINCIi or V/ALES'S ISLAND (PKNANC), 
 AND THE EASTWAHD. 
 
 l"he imports fronr Penang were. 
 In 1810-U - - - - 3,264,297 
 In 1811-12 - - - - 2,097,239 
 
 )ecrease - 1,167,058 
 
 The exports were, 
 In 1810-11 - - 
 In 1811-12 - - 
 
 Decrease 
 
 - 2,534.351 
 
 - 2,528,183 
 
 6,1C3 
 
 In 1811-12, the imports consisted 
 
 of, Alerchandize - r - 985,939 
 
 Treasure ... - 1,111,300 
 
 Sicca rupees 
 
 2,097.239 
 
 Sicca rupees 3,178.579 
 
 EXPORTS. 
 
 Piece goods _ - - - 641,910 
 
 Shawls - 1,520 
 
 Indigo ------ 678 
 
 Sugar 1,320 
 
 Grain 4-5,167 
 
 Bengal rum - . - - . 16,294 
 
 Opium -1,768,780 
 
 Cotton ------ 12,239 
 
 Canvas 10,893 
 
 Sundries 84,019 
 
 Canied forward 2,482,720 
 
(■i^^<: 
 
 CALCUTTA. 
 
 Brought forward 2,482,720 Brought forward 
 
 Imports re-exported - 45,463 Beng:al ram - - - 
 
 Canvas - - - - 
 
 Sicca rupees 2,528,183 Sundries - - - 
 
 In 1811-12, the ti-easure imported 
 from Penaug and tlie eastward is 
 less than the preceding year by the 
 sum of 849,453 rupees, (106,1321.) 
 which is the principal defalcation. 
 
 'I'he net decrease in the exports 
 was in the articles of piece goods, 
 cotton, and in re-exports; but there 
 being a considerably increased ex- 
 port of opium, grain, and sundries, 
 brought the net amount of the two 
 years nearly to a level. 
 
 CHINA. 
 
 In 1811-12, the amount of imports 
 from China were, 
 INIerchandize - - - 1,923,348 
 
 
 rupees 
 China ^ 
 
 
 Sicca 
 
 4,801,149 
 
 TJie exports to 
 
 fvere, 
 
 Piece goods 
 
 - 
 
 - 55,136 
 
 SJiawls - 
 
 - 
 
 2,977 
 
 Grain 
 
 - 
 
 - 25,600 
 
 Opium - 
 
 - 
 
 4,542,968 
 
 Cotton - 
 
 - 
 
 1,532,389 
 
 Canvas 
 
 - 
 
 4,485 
 
 Sundries 
 
 - 
 
 - 10,853 
 
 Imports re-exported 
 
 6,174,458 
 47,551 
 
 Sicca nipces 6,222,009 
 
 PEGIJE AND THE BIRMAN EMPIRE. 
 
 In-1811-12, tlie amount of the im- 
 ports from Pegue were, 
 Merchandize - - - 400,924 
 Treasure _ _ - 17,550 
 
 Sicca rupees 418,474 
 
 Tlie exports to Pegue were. 
 Piece goods - - - 63,906 
 Shawls - - - - 600 
 Sugar - - - - 4,704 
 Grain - - - - 5,326 
 
 Imports re-exported 
 
 211 
 
 74,43G 
 
 16,552 
 
 1,900 
 
 21,164 
 
 114,0.52 
 
 22,890 
 
 Sicca rupees 136,942 
 
 MALDIVES ISLANDS. 
 
 In 1811-12, the amount of imports 
 from the Maldives Islands were mer- 
 chandize sicca ru})ces 302,367. 
 
 There appears an increase in the 
 importuUons over the preceding years 
 to the amount of 162,620 rupees, 
 (20,3281.); cocoa nuts Avrre im- 
 ported in less quantities than the 
 preceding year, but spices, timber, 
 pianks, and sundries, were increased. 
 
 EXPORTS TO THE MALDIVES. 
 
 Piece goods ----- 16,405 
 
 Sugar 19,280 
 
 Grain 46,320 
 
 Opinm 1,610 
 
 Sundries ------ 2,537 
 
 Sicca rupees 86,152 
 
 Carried forward 74,436 
 
 NEW SOUTH WALES. 
 
 In 1811-12, the amount of imports 
 from Botany Bay Aerc merchandize 
 sicca rupees 26,526. 
 
 EXPORTS TO NEW SOUTH WALES. 
 
 Piece goods 93,803 
 
 Shawls 800 
 
 Indigo ------ 1,745 
 
 Sugar 100,363 
 
 Grain 4,.548 
 
 Bengal rum 39,976 
 
 Ojjium 59,425 
 
 Canvas - 6,107 
 
 Sundries 68,820 
 
 365,587 
 Imports re-exported - - 101,547 
 
 Sicca rupees 467,134 
 
 r 2 
 
212 
 
 CALCUTTA. 
 
 COAST OF SUMATRA. 
 
 Ill 1811-12, the amonrit of imports 
 from the coast of Sumatra were. 
 Merchandize - - - - 78,400 
 Treasure ------ 255,985 
 
 Sicca rupees 334,385 
 
 EXPORTS TO SUMATRA. 
 
 Piece goods ----- 494,934 
 
 Shawls ------ 600 
 
 Sugar ------- 240 
 
 Silk ------- 1,120 
 
 Grain 10,050 
 
 Opium ------ 546,875 
 
 Canvas - 1,100 
 
 Sundries ------ 39,827 
 
 less by sicca rupees 106,329(13,2911.) 
 than the preceding year. 
 
 MADRAS AND THF. COUOMANDEL 
 COAST. 
 
 In 1811-12, the anxount of imports 
 from Madras and the Coromandel 
 Coast were, 
 
 Merchandize - - - - 945.191 
 Treasure ----- 33,000 
 
 1,094,746 
 Imports re-exported - - 63,878 
 
 Sicca nipees 1,158,624 
 
 Upon the exports to Sumatra there 
 w as, this year, an increase equal to 
 the sum of'831,010 rupees (103,8761.) 
 above the exports of the j»receding 
 year. 
 
 BOMBAY AND THE MALABAR COAST. 
 In 1811-12, the amonut of imports 
 from Bombay and tl)e Coast of Ma- 
 labar were morehaiulize 572,695 ru- 
 pees, which exc<>eds the amount of 
 the two prior years considerably. 
 
 EXPORTS TO BOMBAY, &:r. 
 
 Piece goods 603,918 
 
 Shawls 14,427 
 
 Indigo ------ 18,850 
 
 Sugar ------- 180,073 
 
 Silk 1,029,441 
 
 Grain - - 124,612 
 
 Bengal rum 310 
 
 Canvas 40,(k">9 
 
 Sundries ------ 80,918 
 
 2,092,687 
 Imports re-exported - - 3i),732 
 
 Sicca rupees 2,132,370 
 
 I'he exports to Bombay and the 
 Coast of Malabar were, tins year, 
 
 Sicca rupees 978,191 
 
 EXPORTS TO MADRAS AND CORO- 
 MANDEL. 
 
 Piece goods ----- 198.-353 
 
 Shawls ------ 8,236 
 
 Indigo - 22,744 
 
 Sugar ------ 43,827 
 
 Silk - - 248,-576 
 
 Grain ------- 698,091 
 
 Bengal rum ----- 20,739 
 
 Opium ------ 60,575 
 
 Canvas ------ 36,775 
 
 Sundries ------ 171,062 
 
 Imports re-exported 
 
 1,508,982 
 - 207,716 
 
 Sicca rupees 1,716,698 
 
 The exports this year exceeded 
 those of the preceding year 593,242 
 nipees (74,155!.) 
 
 CEYLON. 
 In 1811-12, the amount of imports 
 from Ceylon were more!iandize94,913 
 nipees. being an incrcjise of 32,290 
 ru|jees (40361.) on tlie preceding year. 
 'I'h;.' import of rum and arrack iiom 
 Ce\lon decreased, but that ofehanks 
 (large sliclls) pepper, and sundries, 
 increased. 
 
 EXPORTS TO CEYLON. 
 
 Piece goods ----- 22,176 
 
 Sugar 9,9.'?5 
 
 Grain ------- 83,044 
 
 Bengal rum ----- 1,544 
 
 Opium 1,725 
 
 Canvas ------ 1,374 
 
 Carried forward 119,79* 
 
CALCUTTA. 
 
 Brought forward 
 Siincliics - - - 
 
 Imports re-exported 
 
 119,798 
 23,831 
 
 143,629 
 11,022 
 
 Sicca rupees 154,651 
 
 AMBOYNA, 
 
 In 1811-12, the amount of imports 
 from Amboyna were merchandize 
 sicca rupees 1238. 
 
 EXPORTS TO AMBOYNA. 
 
 Piece goods ----- 147,995 
 
 Grain 3,100 
 
 Bengal rum ----- ] ,275 
 
 Opium ------ 167,720 
 
 Canvas ------ 1,500 
 
 Sundries 23,470 
 
 345,060 
 Imports re-exported - - 44,336 
 
 Sicca rupees 389,396 
 
 The exports this year exceeded 
 those of the preceding year 116,205 
 rupees (14,5261.) 
 
 ISLES OF FRANCE. 
 
 Rupees. 
 Amount of imports from 
 
 the Isles of France in 
 
 1810-11, merchandize 134,688 
 Ditto, ditto, 1811-12, ditto 337,715 
 
 Net increase 203,027 
 
 The articles spices, copper, bran- 
 dy, and sundries, gave tlic increased 
 importation. Coflee and betel nut 
 decreased. 
 Exports to the Isles of 
 
 France in 1810-11 - - 572,807 
 Ditto, ditto, in 1811-12 -1,451,280 
 
 Increase 878,473 
 
 EXPORTS IN 1811-12. 
 
 Piece goods - 
 Shawls - 
 
 Carried forward 
 
 635,287 
 47,462 
 
 682,749 
 
 Brought forward 
 
 Sugar - - - 
 Silk 
 
 Grain - - - 
 
 Bengal rum - 
 
 Cotton - - - 
 
 Canvas - - - 
 Sundries 
 
 Imports re-exported 
 Treasure 
 
 213 
 
 682,749 
 8,159 
 33,810 
 70,134 
 17,914 
 37,702 
 27,483 
 
 - 121,739 
 
 999.690 
 
 - 151 .590 
 
 1,151,280 
 
 - 300,000 
 
 Sicca rupees 1,451,280 
 
 The specie 300,000 rupees (37,5001.) 
 formed an unusual article of expor- 
 tation from tliis j)residenc}' as private 
 trade ; a favourable remittance to 
 England in bills drawn by the go- 
 vernment of the Isles of France in- 
 duced the speculation. 
 
 JAVA. 
 
 In 1811-12, the amount of imports 
 from Java Mere, 
 
 Merchandize - - - 123,444 
 Treasiue - - - 222.007 
 
 Sicca rupees 345,451 
 
 EXPORTS TO JAVA. 
 
 Piece goods 
 Shawls - 
 Sugar 
 Grain 
 
 Bengal rum 
 Opium 
 Canvas - 
 Sundries - 
 
 Imports re-exported 
 
 273,106 
 
 150 
 
 3,482 
 
 53,606 
 
 22.937 
 
 459,705 
 
 7,490 
 
 112,318 
 
 934.794 
 138,691 
 
 Sicca rupees 1,0V3,485 
 
 Abstract of the Tinportx and Exports 
 comiected with the Bengal Presi- 
 dency, of which the detail is given 
 as above, for 11 months of lSll-12. 
 
214 
 
 CALCUTTA. 
 
 
 Imports. 
 
 Exports. 
 
 London 
 
 3,944,247 
 
 8,512,791 
 
 Brazil - - 
 
 1,498,203 
 
 2,931,815 
 
 America 
 
 585,434 
 
 1,595,374 
 
 Isles of 
 
 
 
 France - 
 
 337,715 
 
 1,451,280 
 
 CapeofGood 
 
 
 
 Hope - - 
 
 19,142 
 
 8,718 
 
 Manilla - - 
 
 327,450 
 
 873,481 
 
 Arabian and 
 
 
 
 Persian 
 
 
 
 GiiUs - - 
 
 1,439,571 
 
 3,178,579 
 
 Coast of Su- 
 
 
 
 matra - - 
 
 334,385 
 
 1,158,624 
 
 Malabar and 
 
 
 
 Bombay - 
 
 572,695 
 
 2,132,370 
 
 Ceylon - - 
 
 91,913 
 
 154,651 
 
 Aral)oyna - 
 
 1,238 
 
 389,396 
 
 Java - - - 
 
 345,451 
 
 1,473,485 
 
 Pcntinp; and 
 
 
 
 eastward 
 
 2,097,239 
 
 2,528,183 
 
 China - - 
 
 4,801,149 
 
 6,222,009 
 
 N»w South 
 
 
 
 Wales 
 
 26,526 
 
 467,134 
 
 Pegue and 
 
 
 
 Ava - - 
 
 418,474 
 
 136,842 
 
 Slaldives Is- 
 
 
 
 lands 
 
 302,367 
 
 86,152 
 
 Sicca rupees 
 
 18,124,390 
 
 34,617,682 
 
 Total imports from the in- 
 terior to Calcutta - 26,054,270 
 
 Total exports to ditto from 
 
 ditto - - - 6,527,074 
 
 Tlie revenue which "government 
 derived from the imports and ex- 
 ports of external private trade, 
 amounted to 851,881, according to 
 the following statement. 
 
 Government duty on ex- 
 
 poils - - - - 54,006 
 Ditto on imports - - 833,071 
 
 Sicca rupees 32,581,344 
 
 If to the above sum of 13,851 ru- 
 pees be added the net revenue yield- 
 ed by the external commerce, the 
 total sum which goverument received 
 on the external and internal private 
 trade of this presidency amounted 
 to t!ie net sum of 865,732 rupees, 
 (108,2161.) 
 
 The East India Company's external 
 Commerce. 
 
 The extent of the East India Com- 
 panj's commerce is given, in order 
 to exhibit, in one view, the whole of 
 the external commeice of Bengal, 
 both public and private ; and to 
 shew, at the same time, the resources 
 of the provinces subordinate to this 
 presidency. 
 
 The Company's consignments of 
 merchandize from England to Ben- 
 gal, received between the 1st June, 
 1811, and the 30th April, 1812, toge- 
 ther with the value of salt imported 
 from the coast, and spices from Am- 
 boyna, amounted to 9,960,331 ru- 
 pees; to which, having added the 
 imports of private trade during the 
 same period, the total iimount of tlic 
 imports, public and private, received 
 in Calcutta in the year 1811-12, 
 gives a sum of 28,084,721 rupees, 
 or 3,510,5901. sterling. 
 
 Deduct drawbacks on ex- 
 portation - - - 
 
 587 735 East India Compatnfs Imports. 
 
 From Europe, merchandize 2,605,320 
 35 g54 Marine stores 87,812 
 
 Sicca rupees 851,881 
 Or (106,4851.) 
 
 Tlie inland trade of Calcutta, in 
 the year 1811-12, amounted to the 
 sum of sicca rupees 32,581,344, 
 (4,072.6081.) yielding a clear revenue 
 of 13,851 rui)ces, after deducting 
 drawbsicks allowed the importer. 
 
 721,869 
 
 Sicca rupees 2,753,132 
 Salt from Coro- 
 
 mandol - - 708,072 } 
 Rock salt - - 13,707 J 
 Imports of treasiue from 
 
 Bombay - - - 5,150,000 
 Spices from Amboyna and 
 
 eastward _ - - 1,335,330 
 
 Canicd over 9,960,331 
 
CALCUTTA. 
 
 215 
 
 Total E.T.Comp.'s exports 9,960,331 
 
 Add imports ol' private 
 traiU' : 
 
 IMcrchnndize 11,338,692 ? iq ,o4 ooa 
 Treasure - 6,78o,098 ) ' ' 
 
 rr 4 1 r • • * ~) 28,084,721 
 
 Total foreijrii imports, f ' .' 
 
 sicca rupees - j .^.-^^"^Ir^g^i 
 
 The above is exclusive of military 
 stores, as nsnal, and iiills shoi't l>y 
 3,108,140 of llicamoiuil imported 011 
 tlie iiiii)li<- aeeoiiiit of s^'ovrmncut 
 and private individuals iu the \ear 
 1810-11. 
 
 Exports of the East India Company 
 ill 1811-12. 
 
 To London 
 St. Helena 
 
 10,976,583 
 22,356 
 
 Ca. ofGoodTlopt 
 
 426,500 
 
 To Indian Ports 
 
 
 Bencooleu 
 
 97,658 
 
 ]Madras 
 
 8,337 
 
 Eomba}' 
 
 113,235 
 
 Penang- 
 
 456,182 
 
 China 
 
 921,212 
 
 Cevlou 
 
 3,576 
 
 Amhoyna 
 
 51,838 
 
 10,989,939 
 
 2.078,598 
 
 Total E. 1. Co.'s exports 13,077,537 
 Exports of private trade 31,617,682 
 
 Total foreign exi»orts 47,695,21 9 
 
 Of the above exports, sicca rupees 
 19,489,374 (2,436,1721.), in value of 
 niei chandize, was consigned to Eng- 
 land in the foliowiisg proportions: 
 East India Company's ex- 
 ports - - 10,976,583 
 Exports of private trade 8,512,791 
 
 The total amount of tlu^ imports 
 and exports oi' the o.tcrnal eoni- 
 meree, eanied on between Calcutta 
 and the ports and phiees with which 
 it had inlercoinse, from t!ie 1st June, 
 1811, to the 3011» April, 1.S12, will be 
 found in the following abstract siate- 
 juent : 
 
 4 
 
 
 ^ ^-« 
 
 
 
 
 y' E 
 
 K 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 X X ^^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■r. -r 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 if- 
 
 W-- 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 C' 
 
 *'.-' 
 
 r; 
 
 
 CO 
 
 ■C CO 
 
 o 
 
 
 4> 
 
 r^ CO 
 
 _, 
 
 
 
 W GC 
 
 P 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 'vl 
 
 O S5 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 o 
 
 ~. (O 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 o w 
 
 f^ 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 V 
 
 05 
 35 M 
 
 nJ 
 
 < 
 > 
 
 c 
 
 — X 
 
 
 
 *. V 
 
 V. 
 
 Pl 
 
 
 
 
 
 03 
 
 5: Ci 
 
 ^ 
 
 H 
 
 ^ 
 
 <i o 
 
 ;!t 
 
 93 
 
 "" 
 
 CO X 
 
 
 5 
 
 in 
 
 CO —' 
 
 
 io 
 
 4^ X 
 
 
 
 M 
 
 CT* ^ 
 
 i»^ 
 
 
 4^ 
 
 ^^ iO 
 
 O^ 
 
 
 li 
 
 •vj (#* 
 
 5. 
 
 
 '^ 
 
 Ci CO 
 
 
 
 ».1 
 
 or -^ 
 
 
 
 to 
 
 lO o 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 j>-J 
 
 *n 
 
 W 
 
 00 
 
 
 en 
 
 ;M 
 
 
 ■^• 
 
 H 
 
 35 
 
 §1 
 
 E' 
 
 
 C> 
 
 s 
 
 ? 
 
 QC 
 
 <s 
 
 rt 
 
 O 
 
 Cr> 
 
 p 
 
 
 ii^ 
 
 
 
 H 
 
 ft 
 
 w' 
 
 £ 
 
 c 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 
 •J. 
 
 ^ 
 
 o 
 
 c; 
 
 
 r" 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 u» 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 JO 
 
 :-5 
 
 wP 
 
 
 H 
 ?3 
 
 o 
 
 '- CO 
 
 H 
 
 
 £^ 
 
 > 
 
 X 
 
 i}\ -j; 
 
 7" 
 
 PI 
 
 
 ^- 
 
 
 
 <l 
 
 1^ (O 
 
 '£\ 
 
 
 o< 
 
 M QO 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 n 
 
 
 v» 
 
 c- o 
 
 
 
 -> 
 
 ::; X 
 
 mm 
 
 
 o 
 
 C"' kJ^ 
 
 — 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 ti --5 
 
 rS 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 — 10 
 
 -^ 
 
 H 
 
 o 
 
 O t- 
 
 y. 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 
 ■* H 
 
 o 
 
 Oi CO 
 
 ?^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 ',t^ 
 
 O 0' 
 
 
 " 
 
 M 
 
 c: — 
 
 rj* 
 
 
 1-5 
 
 -^ o 
 
 ;; 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1:^. 
 
 C:C> 
 
 — ■ 
 
 
 cc 
 
 O CD 
 to O 
 
 aq 
 
 
 <o 
 
 
 If to sicca i-upees 76,779,940, (the 
 sum total of ovternal commerce) the 
 value of the inland or iateriial trade 
 be addeii,tlie grand total will amount 
 to the sum total of sicca ru[)ees 
 108,361,284, or 13,545,1601. sterling ; 
 giving au excess of 4,799,063, oi' 
 
216 
 
 CALICUT.^ 
 
 599,8831. sterling, beyond the capital 
 engaged in the internal and external 
 commerce of the year 1810-11. 
 
 Ships and Vessels arrived at Calcutta 
 in 1811-12. 
 
 Uuder English colom-s, 193 
 
 tonnage - - 78,504 
 
 Under Portuguese do. 11 4,180 
 
 Under American do. 8 2,313 
 Under Indian, including 
 
 donies - - 389 60,227 
 
 601 151,224 
 
 Ships and Vessels departed from Cal- 
 cutta in 1811-12. 
 Under English colours, 194 
 
 tonnage - - 77,072 
 
 Under Portuguese do. 10 4,020 
 
 Under Spanish do. - 1 650 
 
 Under American do. 8 2,369 
 Under Indian, including 
 
 donies - - 386 65,650 
 
 Tons 599 149,761 
 
 (Parliamentary Reports, Lord Va- 
 lentia, Tennant, Melburn, M. Gra- 
 ham, R. Grant, Sir H. Stracheij, 
 J. T. Brown, Rennel, Williamson, 
 
 Calian. — A town in the province 
 of Aurungabad, 32 miles N. E. from 
 Bombay. Lat. 19°. 17'. N. Long. 
 73°. 12'. E. This place sustained 
 numerous sieges, during the wars of 
 the Mahommedans and Maharattas ; 
 and is surrounded with ruins of dif- 
 ferent sorts. It is still a populous 
 town, and carries on some trailic in 
 cocoa-imts, oil, coarse cloths, brass, 
 and earthen-ware. Its appearance 
 indicates a former state of superior 
 grandeur; but it is now a poor 
 Mahommedan town. The travelling 
 distance from Poonah is 91 miles. 
 (il/. Graham, Rennel, Sec.) 
 
 Calicut, (Calicodii). — A district 
 in the province of Malabar, extend- 
 ing along lh(! sea coast between the 
 parallels of 10°. and 12°. north 
 latitude; and one of the principal 
 3 
 
 countries of that extraordinary Hin- 
 doo sect the Nairs, the Calicut Ra- 
 jah or Zamorin of the Europeans 
 being one of their chiefs. By his 
 own caste, and the other natives, he 
 is called the Tanuui Rajah. 
 
 All the males of the family of Iho 
 Tamuri Rajah or Zamorin, are called 
 Tamburans, and all the females are 
 called Tamburctties. All the chil- 
 dren of every Tamburetti are en- 
 titled to these appellations ; and, ac- 
 cording to seniority, rise to the high- 
 est dignities that belong to the fa- 
 mily. These ladies are generally 
 impregnated by Namburis, (Brah- 
 mins of high caste), and sometimes 
 by the higher rank, of Nairs; but the 
 sacred character of the Namburis 
 always procures them a pret'erence. 
 The ladies live in the houses of their 
 brothers, and never have any inter- 
 course with their husbands, which 
 would be reckoned scandalous. 
 
 The oldest man of the family by 
 the female line is the Taumri Kajah, 
 or Zamorin, who is also named 
 Mana Yicrama Samudri Rajah, and 
 is regularly crowned. 'J'his chief 
 pretends to be of a higher rank than 
 the Brahmins, and to be only in- 
 ferior to the invisible gods, which 
 pretensions are acknowledged by his 
 lay subjects; but held absurd and 
 abominable by the Brahmins, who 
 treat him as a Sudra. The Zamorin, 
 although of a caste inferior to the 
 Cochin Rajah, and possessed of less 
 extensive dominions, was commonly 
 reckoned of equal i-ank, which is 
 attributed to the superior prowess 
 of his people. In 1766, when Hyder 
 invaded Malabar, the Cochin Rajah 
 quietly submitted to pay tribute ; 
 while the pride of the Zamorin re- 
 fused any kind of submission ; and, 
 alter an unavailing resistance, being 
 made prisoner, set fire to the house 
 in which he was confined, and was 
 burned with it. Several of his per' 
 sonal attendants, who were acci- 
 dentally excluded when he shut the 
 door, aftciAvards threw themselves 
 into the flames, and perished with 
 their master. 
 
CALLAO. 
 
 217 
 
 It tippoars from iho records of 
 TilliolK'ry, that the Eti<;lish first be- 
 gan to trallic in the Zamorin's domi- 
 nions in the year 1GG4. Hydcr 
 invaded the country, in person, in 
 the year 17C(J ; but, was soon after- 
 wards called away, by a war in the 
 dominions of the Naijob of Arcot. 
 Tlie Tanuiri Rajahs embraced this 
 opportunity, and iiaving re-possessed 
 themselves, held their lands fur seven 
 years. A Brahmin named Chinavas 
 Row, was then sent against tiiem, 
 and drove thcni into the dominions 
 of Tratancore. After nine years of 
 his administration, the British came 
 and took Falighat; but, in the ap- 
 proach of Tippoo, were oblis^ed to 
 retreat by Paiiiaui. The Rajahs 
 continued in exile until ITDO, when 
 a little before the battle of Tiruvana 
 Angady, they joined Colonel Hart- 
 ley with 5000 Nairs. At the peace 
 with Tippoo, in 1792, this district, 
 consisting of (53 talock, and the 
 resemie estimated at ei;.!,ht and a 
 lialf Jacks of pagodas, was ceded in 
 per|>ctuity to the Company. 
 
 Formerly the chiefs of Pnnatoor, 
 Talapuli, MannacoUalil, Tirnma- 
 iiachcry, Agenicutil, and many 
 othei-s, were tributary to tlie Za- 
 morin, and tiiruished on emergencies 
 quotas of troops. He has now no 
 authority whatever, and is subsisted 
 by the bounty of the British govern- 
 ment. Further particulars respect- 
 ing this district will be found under 
 the article Malabar. {F. Buehanau, 
 Wilkes, Duncan, Sec.) 
 
 Calicut. — A town on the sea 
 coast of the Malabar province, the 
 capital of tlie district of Calicut. 
 Lat. 11*^. lb'. N. Long. 75°. 50'. 
 li. 
 
 The Portuguese under Vasco do 
 Gama, arrived at Calicut on the 
 18th May, 1498, 10 months and two 
 days after their departure from Lis- 
 bon. In 1509, Don Fernando Cou- 
 tinho, Marechal of Portugal, with 
 3000 troops attacked Calicut; but 
 was slain in the attack, and his army 
 repulsed with great loss. In 17G6 
 >t was invaded and conquered by 
 
 IFydcr, who enlarged and improved 
 the fort; but 'I'ippoo afterwards 
 destroyed both town and fort, and 
 removed the inhabitants to Nellnru. 
 the name of which lie cha»ge<l to 
 Furrnckabad being like all the .Ma- 
 hommedans of India, a great changer 
 of the old Pagan names. Fiiteen 
 months after this forced emigration, 
 the English con(|uered the province, 
 and the inhabitants returned with 
 great joy to their old habitation. 
 The town in 1800 contained above 
 5000 houses, and Avas rapidly im- 
 proving. The inhabitants were 
 chiefly Moplays. The priricipal ex- 
 ports are pepper, teak, sandal wood, 
 cardamums, coir cordage, and wax. 
 Travelling distance iioin Seringa- 
 patam 129 miles, S. AY. (/'. Ba- 
 chanttn, Wilks, Bruce, Rennel, lio- 
 bertson, ^-c.) 
 
 Calicooth, (Calicuta). — A town 
 in the Northern Circars, near the 
 Chilcah Lake, 20 miles N. W. from 
 Ganjam. Lat. 19^^ 20'. N. Long. 
 85° 21'. E. 
 
 Caligauw, (Caligrnma). — A town 
 in Northern Ilindnstan, tributary to 
 the Ghoorklmli. Rajah of Nepaul, 
 and situated in tli(^ countn of the 
 24 rajahs. Lat. 2S°. 40'. N. l-.ong. 
 33°. 56'. E. 
 
 Calingapatam. — A town on the 
 sea coast of the Northcrii Circars, 70 
 miles N. E.from Vizaifapatam. Lat. 
 18°. 25'. N. Long. 84°. 15'. E. 
 
 Callacoil. — A town in the dis- 
 trict of Marawas, 34 inilcs E. from 
 Madura. Lat. 9°. 53'. N- L-JUg. 
 79°. 41'. E. 
 
 Callacaiid. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Tinevelly, 42 miles N. by E. 
 from Cape Coniorin. Lat. 8°. 31'. 
 N. Long. 7/°. 44'. I). 
 
 Callao. — ^Tliis island lies opposite 
 to the coast of Cocliin China, and 
 about eight miles to (he eastward c>r 
 a considerable river, on the banks 
 of which is situated the town of 
 Faifoo, a place of some note, not lar 
 from the harbour of Tinon. The 
 extreme points of the island lie in 
 Lat, 15°. 53'. N. and 15°. 57'. N. 
 The greatest lengtii is about live 
 
218 
 
 CALLINGER. 
 
 miles, and the average breadth two 
 miles. 
 
 The only inhabited part is the 
 S. W. coast. One of the mountains 
 to the south is about 1500 leet high; 
 tlie low grouful contains about 200 
 acres, 'ihis beautiful spot is diversi- 
 fied with neat houses, temples, clus- 
 ters of tiees, small hillocks covered 
 with shrubbery, and frees of various 
 kinds. A riil of water is carried 
 along tlie upper ridg^es of the vale, 
 to water the rice grounds. The 
 juimbcr of (he houses on the island 
 are about 60. This would be a 
 most advantageous spot to establish 
 a settlement. A very few men 
 Mould seive for a garrison, a j^reat 
 part of the coast being already forti- 
 fied by nature. The depth of water 
 in the bay and road is sufficient for 
 ships of any burthen, and there is 
 shelter from every wind except the 
 south-west; on this quarter, how- 
 ever, the distance of the continent is 
 so inconsiderable, lliat it nould break 
 the force of the sea. {Staunton, ^-c.) 
 
 Callianpook, {Cali/aiipnra, the 
 flourishing town). — A town on the 
 sea coast of the province of Canara, 
 36 miles N. by W. from Mangalore. 
 jLat. 13°. IS'. N. Long. 74°. 48'. E. 
 
 Call! ANY, {Cahjaui). — A small 
 district in the Nizam's temtories, in 
 the province of Becder, situated be- 
 twixt the 17th and 18th degrees of 
 north latituile. 
 
 Calliany — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Becder, the capital of a dis- 
 trict of the same name, 77 miles W. 
 by N. from llvderabad. Lat. 1<°. 
 22'. N. Long. 77°. .13'. E. 
 
 Calling ER, (Calatijara). — A dis- 
 trict in the province of Allahabad, 
 situated about the 25t!i degree of 
 north latituile. It is bounded on the 
 north by the River Jumna, and on 
 the west by Bundelcund, its sou- 
 thern limits are micertain. The 
 Cane and Jumna are tlie principal 
 rivers, and the chief towns Callinger, 
 Senrab, and Attouah. In 1582 it is 
 described by Abnl Fazel as follows : 
 
 "Sircar Callinger, containing 11 
 mahals, measurement 508,273 bee- 
 
 gahs, revenue 23,839,474 dams. 
 Seyurghal 614,580 dams. The circar 
 furnishes 1210 cavalry, 12 elephants, 
 and ] 8,000 infantry." 
 
 This district was ceded to the 
 British in December, 1803, by the 
 ]Maharatta Peshwa, in exchange for 
 other districts nearer to his own 
 capital. Tiie jMaharattas early ren- 
 dered this territory nominally tribu- 
 tary, but derived no benefit tiom it; 
 being in reality unable to enforce 
 their authority, from the refractory 
 disposition of the iidiabitants, and 
 the number of natural strong holds 
 they possessed. 
 
 Callinger. — A town and strong 
 fortress in the province of Allaliabad, 
 the capital of a distiict of the same 
 name. Lat. 24°. 68'. N. Long. 8t.° 
 25'. N. Abul Fazel in 1582 des- 
 cribes it as follows: — Callinger is a 
 stone fort, situated on a lofty moun- 
 tain. Here is an idol named Kal- 
 bihroop, 18 cubits in height. At 
 the distance of 20 coss from the fort 
 husbandmen sometimes find small 
 diamonds, and in tlie neighbourhood 
 is an iron mine." 
 
 Rajahs of Callinger are mentioned 
 so early by Mahommedan historians 
 as A. i). 1008 ; but, it was not con- 
 quered until 1203, and then not per- 
 manently retained. In 1.545, it was 
 stormed by the troops of Shere Khan, 
 who lost his life during the assault, 
 by the explosion of some ammuni- 
 tion. 
 
 This fortress resembles in its situa- 
 tion, and exceeds in its size and natu- 
 ral strength the fortrcssof (jiualior, be- 
 ing built on a high rock of great ex- 
 tent, which forms one of the ranges of 
 mountains extending tiom Rhotas 
 or Sasseram, to the cunfuies of 
 Ajmeer. To garrison it efficiently 
 M ould require 5000 men. After the 
 iu\asion of Bundelcund by Ali Ba- 
 hauder and Rajah llinnnut Ba- 
 hauder, the siege of this ])lace was 
 attempted; but, at an early period, 
 for want of a battering train was 
 converted into a blockade, which 
 lasted for many years, but withont 
 ultimate success. Tiie power and 
 
CAMS AY. 
 
 219 
 
 influence of tlic KollaJar of Callinp;er 
 were tiu" chief obstacl(;s to the suc- 
 cess of All Bahadcr, duriiig the last 
 five years of his lil'c, ami compelled 
 him to encamp a considerable part 
 of his army in the vicinity of that 
 fortress. 
 
 The same opposition with in- 
 creased energy was continued after 
 the cession of the conntry to the 
 British, and Callinp,er became an 
 asylum for all the disaffected asid 
 banditti in the pro\iuce. After 
 many inetiectual attempts to obtain 
 possession by an amicable arrauj-'c- 
 ment with the Killadar or gov rnor, 
 it was in 1810 besiej;ed in form by 
 the British, who were repulsed wmi 
 great slaughter, in an attempt to 
 carry this nearly iiupregnable for- 
 tress by storm. 'I'lie garrison, how- 
 ever, although successful, were so 
 intimidated by tlie determination 
 displayed by the assailants, that they 
 evacuated it during the night. {3IS6'. 
 
 Calliokdroog, (Cahjanadurgn). — 
 A town in the Baiaghaut ceded 
 districts, situated on the west sid« 
 of tlie Hoe,gry River, 44 miles S. by 
 E. Irom Bel'lary. Lat. 14°. 30'. x\. 
 Long. 77°. 9'. E. 
 
 Calowk. — A very liilly and woody 
 distiict, situated principally in the 
 province of Lahore, about the 32d 
 degree of north latitude. It is bound- 
 ed on the north by the Kaugrah dis- 
 tricts; to the eastward by a large 
 tract of country named Bessecr ; to 
 the southward by Nhan ; and to the 
 west by Punjab. In 17S3 it was 
 sobject to the Rannv of Bellaspoor. 
 and the revenue was estimated at 
 12 lacks of rupees. The Sutuleje is 
 the only river of consequence, and 
 Bellaspoor the principal town. 
 {Foste?-, Sj-c.) 
 
 Cali'Ee. — Sec Kalpy. 
 Caltuka. — A village and small 
 fort, about 28 miles to the south of 
 Columbo, in the Island of Ceylon. 
 Lat. 6°. 42'. N. Long. 7<j°. 54'. E. 
 The river at Caltma is one of the 
 largest branches of the IMuliwaddy, 
 and is here about a mile broad. It 
 
 washes two sides of the fort by 
 wliich it is conmiimdod, and is navi- 
 gable by boats to the sea. Some 
 tracts of cinnamon are scattered up 
 and down in the vicinity ; but a short 
 way further south we come to the 
 termination of ihe fertile district of 
 Columbo, which contains so great a 
 proportion of the wealth of Ceylon. 
 A quantity of arrack is made from 
 the produce of the cocoa-nut trees, 
 and there is a large plantation of 
 sugar canes, and a distillery of rum 
 carried on by some Dutehuien, 
 which is much inferior in qualily 
 to the West India rum. (PercivaL, 
 
 Calygong Hills, {Caligrama). — 
 A ridge of hills betwixt the Tuptec 
 and Nerbnddah rivers, which bound 
 the province of Berar to the north. 
 As yet they have been but little ex- 
 plored. 
 
 Calymere Point. — A promontory 
 on the sea coast of the province of 
 Tanjore, near to which are some pa- 
 godas visible from the sea. Lat. 10°. 
 20'. N. Long. 79°. 54'. E. 
 
 Camandoo. — A town in the Scik 
 territories, in the province of La- 
 hore, situated on the east side of the 
 Eevah River, 124 miles N. E. from 
 the citv of Lahore. Lat. 32°. 26'. 
 N. Loiig. 75°. 50'. E. 
 
 Cameay, (Camhoja). — A town in 
 the i)rovince of Gnjrat, situated at 
 the uiioer part of the Gulf of Cam- 
 bay. ' Lat. 22°. 23'. N. Long. 72°. 
 45'. E. 
 
 Near the town the tides of the 
 gulf run with great rajjidity, and rise 
 and fall 40 feet, so that at high water 
 ships can anclior near the town, but 
 at low water the river runs almost 
 dry, so that the ve:^sels in tlie river 
 Hiust lie aground in the mud. When 
 Ahmedabad, in Gnjrat, flourished 
 the capital of an independent slate, 
 Cambay was its sea-j>ort, and ex- 
 perienced great prosperity, but it 
 decayed with its metropolis, and is 
 now much redueed. Elephants' 
 teeth and coineiians are procured 
 here lor the China market, but the 
 chief article of export is cotton to 
 
220 
 
 CAMBODIA. 
 
 Bombay, and grain ; tlie imports are 
 tlie same as in (he {»rovince of Gujrat 
 generally. 
 
 Mnior A^'ilford is of opinion, that 
 in the .5th centiiry Tamra-nap:ara, or 
 Cambat, (Canibay) was the capital 
 of the Balarayas, and perhaps of the 
 Hindoo enipernrs of the west, when 
 the two dig-nities happened to be 
 united in the same person. Osorio, 
 a l^ortug;uese m liter, says, that when 
 Francis d'Almeida landed near Cam- 
 bay, in the year 1.515, he saw the 
 ruins of sumptuop.s buildings and 
 temples, tlie remains of an ancient 
 city. It is said such ruins exist to 
 the present day to the south of Cam- 
 bay, OH the Broach side, m here theie 
 are temples and other buildings half 
 buried in the sand, with which this 
 place Avas overwhelmed. Cambay 
 was taken and jiiilaged by the Ma- 
 hommedans in A. D. 1297, during 
 the reign of Alia ud Deen. 
 
 At this town, and others in Guj- 
 rat, are Hindoo subterranean tem- 
 ples, which have been constructed 
 since the Wahominedan invasion, 
 and still remain. In the houses of 
 Ojjulcnt persons are also freciuently 
 found apaitments under ground, 
 Avhcre they conceal their females 
 and property during times of alarm. 
 In a .Tain subterranean tejnple, at 
 Cambay, are two massy statues of 
 their deities, one of which is white, 
 and the other black. The inscription 
 on the tirst intiniates that it is an 
 imago of Parsw anatha, a Jain deity, 
 carved and consecrated in the reign 
 of the Jilmperor Acber, A. D. 16U2. 
 The black one has merely the date 
 inscribed, 1651, with the names of 
 the two Banyans who brought it 
 th«n-e. 
 
 Tiic natives of Cambay are reckon- 
 ed the most e\j)ert plaisterers in the 
 (ilujrat province. In the north-west 
 •piarter of India, it is supposed that 
 the saline particles in the water, even 
 M lure remote liom the ocean, give 
 that appearance of dampness and 
 coarseness to the walls for which 
 they are remarkable, when com- 
 pared with those of Coromandol. 
 
 This town is now comprcliended in 
 the British territories under the 
 Bombay presidency. 
 
 Travelling distance from Bombay, 
 281, from Delhi, 663, from Calcut- 
 ta, 1253 miles. (Drmnmmid, Wil- 
 ford, Malet, Maurice, Elmore, Ren- 
 nel, 5c.) 
 
 Cambay, Gulf of. — A gulf on 
 the north-west coast of India, which 
 penetrates about 150 miles into the 
 province of Gujrat. 
 
 The tides in this gulf run with 
 amazing velocity, and at low water, 
 during spring tides, leave the bottom 
 of the l)ay dry from lat. 22°. 3'. N. 
 to Cambay town. No vessels at- 
 tempt to go above Gongway in one 
 tide trom Jumbosier, it being often 
 attended w ith bad consequences ; for 
 if they cannot get into Cambay 
 Creek, they must return to Gong- 
 wa}', which is distant five leagues; 
 In maijy places the current is so 
 rapid, that if a ship takes the ground 
 she immediately upsets, and, in aM 
 probability, every person on board 
 perish. It is supposed that the depth 
 of water in the Gulf of Cambay has 
 progressively decreased for more 
 than two centuries past. 
 
 Fifteen miles east of Cambay city, 
 the bed of the gnlf is reduced to six 
 miles broad, and is dry at ebb tide ; 
 but the passage ought never to be 
 attempted, either ou horse or foot, 
 without a natiy<' guide, as there is a 
 danger of wandering among the mud 
 and quicksands, and being overtaken 
 by the flood tide, which rushes fu- 
 riously in, like the bore in the Cal- 
 cutta Kiver. {Elmore, Driaumond,&-e.y 
 
 Cambodia, (Camboja). — A coun- 
 try in India beyond the Ganges, .si- 
 tuated principally betwixt the 10th 
 and 15th degrees of north latitude, 
 and extending along the east side ot' 
 the Bay of Siara. To the north it 
 is bounded by Laos, to the south by 
 sea ; to the cast it is separated from 
 Cochin China by a ridge of moun- 
 tains, and to the west it has Siam 
 and part of the Birman empire. In 
 length it may be estimated at 35tt 
 miles, by 150 the average breadth. 
 
CAMBODIA. 
 
 221 
 
 Rcspcclinjc this ronntry wc have 
 wry little recent iurormation, and 
 tJie ohl is either obsolete, or nut to 
 be depended upon. It is likewise 
 named t'aniboja, Cainbu-chat, and 
 by the Birmans Yoodra-shan, and 
 extends to the southernmost point 
 of India beyond the (jan':i;es, (Ma- 
 lacca excepted) wliere tlic whole 
 coast from Cambodia point, to the 
 westcru point of tlic f!;reat Cam- 
 bodia River, is covered with un- 
 derwood, and exceedingly low. In 
 this part the sea is so shallow, 
 that at the distajiec of fiv<; or six 
 miles tiom the sliore ti)e water is 
 seldom more than four fatiioms deep, 
 and nothinj:!: lur-^er than a boat can 
 approach within two miles. 1'his 
 southern extremity of Asia sinks 
 into the sea by very slow gradations. 
 
 The vegetable j)rodnctions of this 
 provin<c are the same as of tiie 
 neighbouring countries, Ava and 
 Siain ; the colouring matter, named 
 gamboge, derives its name from this 
 kingdom, beiugthe concrete resinous 
 j«ice of certain trees found here of 
 superior quality, but produced like- 
 wise in other })arts of It)dia. Very 
 little external conunerce has at any 
 time subsisted with the European 
 settlements of India, but the cojui- 
 try is extremely well adapted for an 
 inland navigation, as the rivers of 
 Cambodia ami Siam communicate 
 in the interior by a considerable 
 branch named the Annan. 'J"he Chi- 
 nese and IVlacao Portuguese still 
 carry on a small trallic, importing 
 silk goods, China and lackered ware, 
 tea, sweetmeats, tin, and tutenague; 
 and exporting a variety of dried tish 
 and woods, such as sapan wood, 
 rose wood, black wood, &:c. drugs, 
 mother-of-pearl, slielLs, and skins of 
 dillerent sorts. The chief port of 
 export is Saigong in Siampa. The 
 IVIayl^aung (properly Mekon) or 
 Cambodia or Don-iiai River, rises 
 in Tibet, and is navigable lor boats 
 during a considerable part of its 
 oomse, part of whidi is through the 
 province of Yunan in China, lor 
 ^•hip? it is navigable 40 miles from 
 
 its junction with the sea, where the 
 city of Saigoe.g is situated. It has 
 several braiiehes, but the width of 
 the principal branch is about two 
 miles broad, and the water Acry 
 deep. The eliief town is Lowaick, 
 but, like the river, is also riiuned 
 Cambodia by Europeans, but there 
 are only three other eolIeetii>ns of 
 houses that deserve the name of 
 towns. Lower Cambodia being in- 
 corporated with Cochin China, en- 
 tir«"ly resembles it. 
 
 Tiie Khomen language is used by 
 a nation of that n;ntie, who reside 
 (»n the banks of the jMe-kon, or 
 Hiver of Cambu Cha't, or Cambo- 
 dia, 'i'he khomen are reckoned au 
 ancient and learned peo])le, and were 
 formerly subdued by the T'hay J'hay, 
 or ancient Siamese race. Tlie mo- 
 dern T'hay, or Siamese, still deno- 
 minate the Bali character, Nangsu 
 Khom, or the Khomen letter from 
 this nation. They are not, however, 
 supposed to have existed as a polish- 
 ed people so early as the Law (Laos). 
 but are believed to have derived their 
 origin from the warlike race of moun- 
 taineers named Kho, the Gueos of 
 the Portuguese historians ; who are 
 still represented as practising their 
 ancient customs, of eating human 
 llcsh, and tattoing their bodies. Th« 
 name of Camboja is often mentioned 
 in the Ramayon, and other ancient 
 Hindoo poems, where its horses ar« 
 celebrated; but the designation, pro- 
 bably, refers to Cambay in Gujrat, 
 as we can scarcely suppose that, in 
 the remote times of Hindoo anti- 
 quity, an intercourse subsisted be- 
 twixt t)ude, the cai>ital of the great 
 Ram, and this remote country. 
 
 \^ ith the present state of the in- 
 terior we arc wholly nnae(piainted. 
 and its religion can only be guessed 
 at. Sunounded on all sides iiy na- 
 tions professing to follow the do<'- 
 trincK of Buddha, the njajori^y of the 
 inhabitants of Cambodia arc, pro- 
 bably, sectaries of the same religion. 
 The accounts we have of tl»e numn- 
 taineers assimilate them to the bar- 
 barous aborigines foHud all over In- 
 
222 
 
 CANANORE. 
 
 dia, wliPFP neither the Hindoo nor 
 the Mahommedan religion has pene- 
 trated, or made any lasting inipies- 
 sion. (Leyden, Staunton, F. Bu- 
 chanan, Si/nies, De Bissachere, ^c.) 
 
 Cambodia. — A city ni India be- 
 yond the Ganges, the capital of the 
 jkingdom of Cambodia. Lat. 13°. 
 Long. 104°. 35'. E. By the Eirmaiis 
 it is named Lowaick, and is situated 
 on the Hiver Mekon, or Cambodia, 
 about 150 miles from the sea. 
 
 Cambing. — A small island, abont 
 30 miles in circumference, lying off 
 the north coast of Timor, bctniYt 
 the 8th and 9th degrees of south 
 latitude. 
 
 Cambyna. — An island in the East- 
 ern Seas, about 60 miles in circum- 
 ference, lying off the south-eastern 
 extremity of Celebes. It is veiy 
 mountainous, and one hill in parti- 
 cular is of a very gieat elevation. 
 
 Camigten. — A small island, one 
 of the Philippines, about 10 miles ia 
 length, by lour the average breadth, 
 situated due north of the island of 
 Luzon. There is a considerable trade 
 carried on here for wax, gold, cocoa 
 luits, and cassia. 
 
 Camroop, (Camarnpa, the aspect 
 of desire). — A province in Assam, 
 uhich formeily gave its name to an 
 extensive kingdom, of which Kan- 
 gamalty seems to have been the ca- 
 pital. It extends from the Candar 
 Chokey in Ootrecole, along the banks 
 of the Brahmapoo(ra to the province 
 of Dehrung. Goalparah and the 
 Candar Chokey to the west, are the 
 natural boundaries of Assam, for 
 they are in reality the natural boun- 
 daries of a new climate. 
 
 This province is intersected in va- 
 rious directions by rivers flowing from 
 the mountains, and by branches of 
 the Biahmapootra, m hich are navi- 
 gable during the inundation for boats 
 of any size. The breadth of this 
 province^ from the banks of the 
 Brahmapootra to the mountains is, 
 on an average, 40 miles ; its length, 
 from Candar Chokey, to the Burra- 
 nuddee, is about 100 miles. A mi- 
 litary causeway extends from Cooch 
 
 Bahar to the north of this and other 
 districts, to the utmost limits of As- 
 sam. In most places it is now in a 
 state of decay. 
 
 This province was invaded by Ma- 
 hommcd Bukhtyar Khiiijee in 1204, 
 innnediately after the conquest of 
 Bengal by the Mahommcdans ; but 
 he was com])elled to retreat after 
 losing nearly the whole of his armj'. 
 It is probable the dominions of Cam- 
 roop, at this ])criod, extended much 
 further to the westward than the 
 modern tenitor)% and included many 
 districts since annexed to Bengal, 
 such as Bangamatty, Rungpoor, and 
 Cooch Bahar. The mode of defence 
 adopted by the princes of these coun- 
 tries Avlien invaded, was to retiie 
 with their families and effects into 
 the jungles, until the violence of the 
 rains, the inundation of the country, 
 and the pestilential effects of an un- 
 healthy climate, compelled the ene- 
 mies to capitulate, or to attempt a 
 destiaictivc retreat. {Wade, Stewart, 
 
 eye.) 
 
 Cananobe, (Camtra). — A town 
 on the sea coast of the province of 
 Malabar. Lat. 11°. 52'. N. Long". 
 75°. 27'. E. 
 
 The countiy about this place con- 
 sists of low hills and nanow vallies ; 
 the hills inland are covered with 
 bushes, and beautihilly skirted with 
 plantations. The rice grounds are 
 extensive, well drained, and care- 
 fully supplied with water. 
 
 Caiianore was piuchased from the 
 Dutch by the ancestors of the Bil)y,- 
 (female sovereign) who is a Moplay, 
 or jMahommedan. Prior to this the 
 family were of little consequence, 
 and entirely dependent on the Che- 
 rical rajahs; but having acquired a 
 fortress, considered by the Nairs as 
 impregnable, they became powerful, 
 and were looked up to as the head 
 of all the Mahommedans of Malabar. 
 'J'ho succession goes in the female 
 line as usual in Rlalabar. The chil- 
 dren of the Biby's son will have no 
 claim to the sovereignty, but will be 
 succeeded by tlie son of his niece, 
 who is the daughter of liis sister. 
 
CANARA. 
 
 223 
 
 The lenitory of lliis princess on 
 the rontiiieiit is verv small; \ot she 
 jjuvs a n'\enue of 14,000 rupees as 
 l;iiid-ta\, and llie T'^ast India Com- 
 l^iiiY receive all the customs, 'i'hc 
 liiliy is allowed to collect all the re- 
 venue, hut her pmfit from tliencc 
 must he inconsiderable. IMost of 
 the Laceadives are siiliject to her ; 
 but they are wretched islands, ])ro- 
 ducing no <^rain, nor an\ tliinj;^ hut 
 cocoa-nuts, hetd nut, and plaintains. 
 Tlic Biby of Cananore possesses seve- 
 ral vessels that sail t() Arabia, and 
 carries on ii considerable trade to 
 Bengal, Arabia, and Sumatra. 
 
 This town is situated at the bot- 
 tom of a small bay, which is one of 
 the best on the coast, and contains 
 several good houses belonging to 
 Mahommedan merchants, 'I'lie peo- 
 ple here have no communication 
 with the Maldives, although the sul- 
 tan and inhabitants of these islands 
 are Moplays also. Cananore is de- 
 fended by a fortress, situated on the 
 point which Ibrnis the l>ay; and it 
 has been strengthened with w'orks 
 after the European fashion, since the 
 province was ceded 1o the Company ; 
 and it is now tiic liead-qiiarters of 
 tlie goverrmient. 
 
 The small district of Cananore ex- 
 tends no where more than two miles 
 from the glacis of the fort. The sur- 
 face is high and uneven, bitt not so 
 much as to prevent the whole from 
 being cultivated once in three, six, 
 or nine years, according to the q\ia- 
 lity of the soil. In 1800, the num- 
 ber of houses in Cananore and the 
 district of Chcrical w as 10,386, and 
 of slaA es there were 4G70. In Che- 
 rical and Cotiote there are slaves, 
 chiefly of the Poliar and Pariar 
 castes ; but the greater part of the 
 cultivation is carried on by panicar, 
 or hired men. A trade is canied 
 from hence with Arabia, Bengal, 
 Sumatra, and Surat; from whence 
 liorses, ainjonds, piece goods, sugar, 
 opium, silk, benzoin, and camphire 
 are imported; the exports are, prin- 
 cipally, pepper and cardamums, san- 
 dal wood, coir, and sharks' fins. So 
 
 early as 1505, the Portuguese had a 
 fort at Cananore. {F. Jiuvhana/t, 
 Bruce, i-c.) 
 
 CANARA, {Carmta). 
 
 A province on the west coast of 
 India, exteiiding from the I'ith to 
 the 15th degree of north latitude. 
 To the north it has the Maharalta 
 territories, in the province of Bcja- 
 poor; to the south the Malabar dis- 
 tricts ; on the cast it has Mysore, 
 and the I?ahigliaut teriitories; and 
 to the west the sea. In length it 
 may be estimated at 200 miles, by 
 35 miles the average breadth. The 
 province was transferred to the 
 Company in 1799, and now forms 
 one of the coUcctorships under tiie 
 Madras presidency ; but, in geogra- 
 phical description, is usually divided 
 into north and south Canara, under 
 which heads furtlier topographical 
 details will be found. 
 
 The tract distinguished in our 
 maps as the province of Canara. by 
 a fatality nnexampled in the history 
 of nations, neither is, nor ever was 
 known by that name to the people 
 of the country, or of any part oi' In- 
 dia. Voyagers and Mahommedan 
 strangers, finding that it was a de- 
 pendency of the kingdom of Canara^ 
 and probably that the officers of go- 
 vermnent spoke that language, gave 
 the name of Canara to the district 
 called by the natives Tulava, which 
 name, however, applies more parti- 
 cularly to the country noi th of the 
 River Chandragiri. Canara is a cor- 
 niption of Karnata, the table land 
 above the Ghauts ; the British pro- 
 vince of which is composed of the 
 maritime countries of l^ilava, Uai- 
 ga, and tlu; adjacent parts of Alala- 
 bar and the Hindoo kankana. 
 
 '^i'he province of Canara continued 
 undisturbed, under a Hindoo go- 
 vernment, until 1763, when it \\as 
 subdued to Hyder. On his taking 
 possession, it w as a highly improv(<i 
 country, tilled with industrious in- 
 habitants, who enjoyed greater ad- 
 
224 
 
 CANAEA. 
 
 Tanta<i:cs than tliciv iicighboxTrs abcive 
 the Ghauts; the small estates into 
 which it was subdivided were consi- 
 dered the actual property of the 
 liolders, and the assessment tixed 
 and moderate. Prior to the aecjui- 
 sition of this province by the Com- 
 pany, the popuhitiou was much re- 
 duced in consequence of wars and 
 internal fends, tlie destruction of 
 many principal towns by Tippoo 
 ISultan, and to his sending above 
 G0,000 Christian inhabitants captives 
 into Mysoie, from whence but a 
 small uuml)er ever returned. The 
 country was consequently found in 
 a state of desolation, and contained 
 large tracts of unclaimed waste, ovcr- 
 proAvn with woods, particularly in 
 the vicinity of tiie Ghauts. 
 
 From tiie first transfer of Canara 
 to the British authority, it has con- 
 tinued a solitary example of tranqnil- 
 Jity; of ail easy and rcgidar realiza- 
 tion of the revenue and of general 
 property. Tliis has been attributed 
 to the nature of the temues by m Inch 
 landed property is held in tliis pro- 
 vince, to the moderate re\enae 
 exacted, and to its local situation, 
 which is advantageous for the dis- 
 posal of its produce. 
 
 The rent at present received by 
 proprietors from fixed tenants and 
 tenants at will, is estimated to be 
 generally about one-half of the 
 gross produce, the government tax 
 being about 60 per cent, of the land- 
 lord's rent, and 30 per cent, of the 
 gioss produce. Since the cession 
 a great improvcnieiit has been 
 exhibited among the people in 
 dress, mode of living, and other per- 
 sonal comforts; and the aggregate 
 revenue has increased, and is rea- 
 lized with singular' punctualitj', 
 notwithstanding thq numberless 
 estates lron\ which it is collected, 
 'j'his last circumstance arises from 
 the natural division and subdivision 
 of propertj' under the Hindoo laws, 
 and amounted, in one district of the 
 province only, to above 22,000, some 
 of which yielded only one fanam of 
 rent. All the land here is private 
 
 property, deri\ed from gift or puf-* 
 chase, or descent trom antiquity too 
 remote to be traced. 
 
 In a country so rocky and uneven 
 as Canara, where cattle are not only 
 scarce, but can rarely be employed; 
 where every spot, before it can be 
 cultivated, must be levelled with 
 great labour liy the hand of man;* 
 the expense of the lirst preparation 
 of waste land mast have been so 
 great, that it never would have been 
 attempted unless the revenue assess- 
 ment had been very moderate. Even 
 after the land is brought into culti- 
 vation, if it be neglected for a few 
 years, it is soon broken up by deep 
 gullies, formed by the torrents which 
 fall during the monsoon. In this 
 proviikc, and also in that of Mala- 
 bar, the liroprietor of land bestoAvs 
 on his little spot all that minute la- 
 bour and attention, which is so im- 
 portant to Indian husbandry. Each 
 man lives on his estate; and tlie 
 neatness of the culture and of the 
 enclosures shew tiie attention with 
 which the proprietor improves and 
 embellishes iiis ground. 
 
 Canara will probably never be a 
 manufacturing country, because it 
 produces none of the raw materials 
 necessary to render it such ; and be- 
 cause the heavy rains, which last so 
 great a part ol' the year, are insur- 
 mountable obstacles to all operations 
 M Iiicli require to be carried on in the 
 open air under a clear sky; but the 
 same rains that deny it manufac- 
 tures, give it a succession oi' never- 
 fiuiingcrops oi'riee,wlnch is exported 
 to Malabar, Goa, Bombay, and 
 Araiiia. 
 
 The principal places recorded as 
 trading ports in tJiis province are 
 Mangalore, Ankala, Onore, Cunda- 
 poor, Barkoor, and Becul. Manga- 
 lore is the emporium fioni whence 
 and from others, in a .small degree, 
 arc exported to Araijia cardamoms, 
 coir, pepper, moories, pc/on spars, 
 lice, sandal wood, oil, betel nut, 
 ghee, and iron ; to Goa, large sup- 
 plies of rice, horn, grain, and to- 
 bacco; to the Maharatta conn- 
 
CANARA, (NOnTH). 225 
 
 tries, iron, rice, betel mit, iiatdicriy, the mountains. Tlie part of the 
 
 ScC. Hindoo Kankann (Concan) included 
 
 I'loni Arabia are imported dates, in this division, l()riiiin;r tlie district 
 
 briinslone, salt fish, and horses; of Ancola, is larger than either of 
 
 from Uombay, brimstone, sup;ar, and the districts into which Haiga is di- 
 
 horses; lioin the Maharatta conntiy, vided. All the country fi-om Onore 
 
 horses, shawls, blue cloths, Sec. in<;Iusive as faras Gaukarna, is called 
 
 The total value of imports from Haiga, and is said formerly to have 
 
 plae<>s beyond the territories of the been under the influence of Ravana, 
 
 Madras jiovernment, between the KingofLanca or Ceylon. Li 1800 it 
 
 1st May, 1811, and the 3()lh April, paid only 29,000 pagodas,whileOnore 
 
 1812, was, Arcot rupees 470,082, produced .51,<X)0, and Kundapura 
 
 viz. 50,000, ^\hich arose from Ancola's 
 
 I'Vom Arabia ----- 67,248 having long been in an unsettled 
 
 Calcutta ------ 22,293 state, and much ravaged by the 
 
 Bombay ------ 97,472 Maharattas. 
 
 Ciiina ------ 3,562 North Canara produces sandal 
 
 Maharatta country - - - 244,853 wood trees, sugar canes, teak, wild 
 
 Various places - - - - 44,474 cinnamon, nutmegs and pepper, and 
 
 cut or teira japonica. In the south- 
 
 Arcot rupees 470,082 eru part the quantity of rice ground 
 
 is small, and a great part of the 
 
 The total value of the ex])orts country is covered with low woods, 
 
 during the above period, to places inwhieh are to beseenthe inclosures 
 
 beyojid the limits of the Aladras of former gardens. The water in 
 
 j::overnment, was, Arcot rupees the wells is nowhere at any great 
 
 2,284,876, viz. distance from the surface. To the 
 
 To Arabia _ - - - 336,943 north of Battecolla much of the soil 
 
 Calcutta ----- 2,867 is poor ; in many places the laterite 
 
 Bombay ----- 854,956 being entirely naked. About Bei- 
 
 Ceylon ------ 16,516 luru are many groves of the calo- 
 
 Gnjrat .-_--- 861,069 phylhun inophyllum, from the seed 
 
 ^laharatta country - - 152,970 of which the common lamp oil of the 
 
 Various places - - - .59,655 country is expressed, and in this 
 
 neighbourhood a good cocoa nut 
 
 Arcot rupees 2,284,876 tree is reckoned to produce 50 nuts 
 
 anmiallj'. In 1800, the number of 
 
 From tlie 1st May, 1811, to the teaktreescutdowiiannuallyamount- 
 
 30tli April, 1812, 943 vessels and ed to about 3000. The mimosa ca- 
 
 craft, measuring 36,951 tons, arrived techu grows spontaneously on all 
 
 in the province ; and 882, measuring the hills in South Concar, from which 
 
 24,576 tons, departed. {WUhs,Mun- the terra japonica, or cut, is made. 
 
 ro, F. BncJuumn, Riports, Hudson, The only cattle in the part of the 
 
 Thacheray, Lord William Benlinch, district named Haiga are butialocs 
 
 §-c.) ^ and oxen, an equal number of which 
 
 Canara (NortiO. — The noltheni are yokevl in the plough. In Haiga 
 
 division of the pro\ince of Canara, carts are not used, 
 
 situated betwixt ilie 13th and 15th The sea coast is principally occu- 
 
 ^legrees of north latitude, and con- pied by villages of Brahmins, the 
 
 taining three smaller districts — Kun- interior parts belong to the Buntar 
 
 dapura, Onore, and Ancola. On caste. About Ancola it is not llie 
 
 leaving Devakara, in North Canara, custom for the iiihal)itants to live in 
 
 the Karnata country begins, which towns. A few shops are collected 
 
 extends below the Ghauts, and oc- in one place, and all the oliier na- 
 
 cupics all the defiles leading up to tives of M'hat is called a viUas; e, ar« 
 
 9 
 
226 
 
 CANAKA, (SOUTH). 
 
 scattered upon their farms. Most 
 of the people about Aiicola are of 
 Karnata extraction, and but few of 
 Coiican descent remain, except a 
 particular kind of Brahmins, who 
 are all merchants, as those of Haiga 
 are •cultivators. Being originally 
 descended of the Pansh Cauda, or 
 Brahmins of the North of India, 
 those of Concan arc held in great 
 contempt by the Dravida Brahmins, 
 or division of the south, one of the 
 strongest reasons assigned for which 
 is, that they eat lish. 
 
 In the country about Battecola 
 there are none of tljc Euntar caste, 
 nor does the language of I'ulava ex- 
 tend so far to tlie nortii. Battecola 
 is properly in the llaiga countiy, 
 and the most common farmers arc a 
 kind of Brahmins, named Haiga, 
 after the country, and a low caste of 
 Hindoos named Halepecas. 
 
 The Comarapeka in this district 
 are a tribe cf Concau descent, and 
 seem to be sudras of pure birth, who 
 properly belong to the country, in 
 the same manner as the IS airs are 
 Ihe pme sudras of Malabar- By 
 birth they are all cultivators and sol- 
 diers, and, as usual with this class 
 of men among the Hindoos, strongly 
 inclined to lobbery. I'rom the 
 anarchy which had long prevailed 
 in tlijs part of Caiiara, they had ac- 
 quired an extraordinaiy degree of 
 cruelty, and had even comi)elIed 
 many Brahmins to assume their 
 customs, and adopt their caste. 
 
 The principal towns in the district 
 of North Canara are Battecola, An- 
 cola, Cai-war, Mirjaow, and Onore : 
 on account of the siiort distance be- 
 tween the Western Ghauts and the 
 sea, there are no rivers of great mag- 
 nitude, but many mountain streams. 
 In this district, in 1800, there wcro 
 385 houses occupied by Christians; 
 1.500 by Mahomme'dans; 4834 by 
 Brahmins; 147 by Sive Bhactars; 
 and 87 .Tains. 
 
 A Brahmin of tliis district, v.lio 
 luid written an account of the cap- 
 ture of. Seringapatam by General 
 ■ Wains, although he knew it hap- 
 
 pened on a Saturday, yet, beraus& 
 Saturday is an uiducky day, altered 
 it to Monday, as it now stands in iiis 
 liistory. Such discordailcics, there- 
 fore, in Hindoo Chronology must 
 not be considered by the antiquary 
 as any proof of either ignorance or 
 ciTor. (F. Buchanan, Vc.) 
 
 Caxaka (South).— The southeni 
 division of the province of Canara, 
 situated principally betwixt the 12th 
 and 14th degrees of nortJi latitude. 
 Tlie country to the north of the lli- 
 ver Chandragiri, A\hcre Malabar 
 ends, is called Tulava hy the Hin- 
 doos, and South Canara by the 
 British. 
 
 The soil of Tulava gradually grows 
 worse for grain, as it is distant from 
 the sea. The best in quality extends 
 irom Mangalore to Buntwala, the 
 next from thence to Puujalcotta, and 
 the worst liom tlience to the hills. 
 About Cavila, cast of Mangalore, 
 some of the hills are covered with 
 tall, thick forests, in which the teak 
 tree is found, 'j'hestrat^i of Tulava, 
 near the sea coast, resemble entirely 
 those of Malabar, and consist of la- 
 terite, or brickstoue, with a very 
 few rocks of granite interspersed. 
 Poor land of every description le- 
 quires more seed than richer land of 
 the same kind. A garden of 300 
 arecas requires the labour of six 
 people if it be watered fiom a vfell, 
 but of only three if it be watered 
 Irom a tank. Cultivators who arc 
 rich keep froin 20 to 25 ploughs, but 
 at least one half of the actual farm- 
 ers have only one. Frojn Urigarato 
 Hossodurga, the eountiy near the 
 sea is low and sandy, and too poor 
 to produce even cocoa nuts. 
 
 The exports by land consist chiefly 
 of salt, salt tish, betel nut, ginger, 
 cocoa nuts, cocoa nut oil, and ravr 
 silk. The imports by land arc chiefly 
 cloths, cotton, thread, blankets, to- 
 bacco, and black cattle, with a small 
 quantity of peeper and sandal wood. 
 
 In 1800, thi-s di\ isicn of the Ca- 
 nara province containc<l 206.633 
 males, and 190,039 fciiiales. Thi-s 
 excciss of the males over the fouiuls 
 
CANARA, (SOUTH)* 
 
 227 
 
 pop\ihiIon, has also Loon foimd to 
 prevail in tlie Banau);ihal and other 
 parts of ll)c south of India. The 
 iuunber of houses was ahout 80,000, 
 of whicli there were 2545 inhabited 
 .by Christians ; 5223 by Mahom- 
 liiedans; 71H7 by Brahmins; 2700 
 by Jains ; and tlie remainder by di!- 
 fercnt low castes of Hindoos. 'I'he 
 number of slaves of both sexes was 
 7924. Swine are kept by some of 
 the low castes, but the porlc of tame 
 .swine is an abomination with the 
 Bunts, as with all the higher ranks 
 of Hindoos, although many of theui 
 relish the ilesh of the wild hos:. No 
 horses, sheep, goats, or asses, are 
 bred in Tulava, nor have its inha- 
 bitants any carts. 
 
 To judge from appearances, the 
 occupiers of laud in this district arc 
 richer than those of ?»Ialabar, Avho 
 are probably in easier circumstances 
 than tliose of Coimbe(oor, or those 
 above the Ghauts. The universal cry 
 of poverty in India, and the care 
 with which every thins; is concealed, 
 render it veiy .difficult to ascertain 
 the real circumstances of the culti- 
 vator. A good slave sells for about 
 10 paijodas, or four guineas; free 
 lueji of low caste, if they be in debt 
 or trouble, sometimes sell theusistei-s' 
 childicu, who are their heirs. They 
 have no autiiority over tlieir own 
 children, who belong to their ma- 
 ternal uncles. The Bialimins of 
 Tulava, like the Namburis (Brah- 
 mins) of INIalabar, pretend, that the 
 country was created expressly for 
 their use by Parasu Rama, and that 
 they are the only persons entitled to 
 be called proj)rietors of the soil. In 
 the northern parts of South Canara 
 there are two castes, called Baca- 
 daru and Batadaru, both of whom 
 are slaves, and have exactly the 
 same customs ; yet each disputes for 
 pre-eminence, and will not eat or 
 intermarry together. 
 
 Along the sea coast, from Cavai 
 to Ui igara, the inhabitants are prin- 
 cipally Moplays (JMahommedans), 
 wiio now possess the sea coast, as 
 Hie Nairs do the interior. Although 
 
 2 
 
 the Nairs arc more numerous than 
 the jMoplays, yet, during Tippoo's 
 reign, ^\ hen not protected by govern- 
 ment, the Hindoos were obliged to 
 skulk in tlie woods, and ail such as 
 could be catched were circinncisctU 
 
 This mode of conversion, however 
 involuntary, is perfectly eifectual, 
 and the convert immediately be- 
 comes a* good Mahonnncdan, a;* 
 othenvise he would iiave no caste at 
 all ; and although the doctrine of 
 caste be no part ol' the faith of Ma- 
 hommcd, it lias yet been fully adopt- 
 ed by the lower rank of Maliom- 
 inedaus in India. 
 
 The chief towns in this district are 
 Barcciorc, INlangalore, and Callian- 
 poor ; there are no ri\ ers of niagiii- 
 tude or consequence, but many 
 mountain streams. The lan'guage 
 of Tulava, or South Canara, has a 
 strong resemblance to that of IMa- 
 labar, and the w rittcn characters ar« 
 the same ; but in the language of 
 Tulava, there is a gieat admixture 
 of words from all the countries, con- 
 taining the five simthern nations of 
 India, viz. Teling'a, jMaharashtra, 
 Karnataca, Gujura, and Dravida. 
 In Tulava the era of Salivahanam is 
 in use, by which the year A. D. 1800 
 corresponds with 1722; but to the 
 north it is reckoned the year 1723. 
 Tiie year is solar. The people of 
 this division, although longer sub- 
 jected to a foreign yoke than tliose 
 of jMalabar, never were so entirely 
 subdued as the greater part of tli* 
 Hindoos, and have alwajs been able 
 successfully to resist the pretensions 
 of their governors, to be proprietors 
 of the soil. 
 
 The former sovereigns of this 
 country, princes of the house of 
 Ikcri, had always given great en- 
 couragement to the Christians, and 
 had induced 80,000 of them to settle 
 in Tulava. They m ere all of Con- 
 can descent, and retained the lan- 
 guage, dress, and mamicrs of the 
 people of that country. I'lie clergy 
 adopted the dress of the order to 
 which they belonged, but they arc 
 ali natives, dcsetndud Uom Coxiciiit 
 
228 
 
 CANARA, (SOUTH). 
 
 families, and were purposely edu- 
 cated in a seminary at Goa, where 
 tliey were instructed in the Portu- 
 guese and Latin languages, and in 
 the doctrines of the Churcli of Rome. 
 In Tulava they had 27 churches, 
 each provided with a vicar, and the 
 whole under Inc coutroul of a vicar- 
 general, subject to the Ar<]i1)ishop 
 of Goa. Tippoo threw the priests 
 into dungeons, forcibly converted to 
 IslamisiTi the laity, and destroyed 
 the churclics. The Christian religion 
 does not, like the Hindoo, prevent 
 the re-admission into the church of 
 such delimpients; and these invo- 
 luntary Muhonimedans have, in ge- 
 neral, reconciled tlieniselves with 
 the clergy, more than 1:3,000 having 
 rcturaed to JNTangalore and its vi- 
 cinity: 10,000 made their escape 
 from Tipfioo to JMalabar, from 
 whence they are also returning. 
 These poor people have none of the 
 vices usuall} attributed (o the native 
 Portuguese, and their sujjerior in- 
 dustr}' is acknowledged by the neigh- 
 bouring ]-findoo«. 
 
 The Jain sect abonnd more in this 
 province than any of India, and at 
 no remote distance of time must 
 have been the prevailing sect; many 
 J'ain temples still remain. 
 
 The ])ropcr name of the Jain sect 
 is Arliita, and they acknowledge 
 that they are one of the 21 sects Avho 
 were considered as heretical by San- 
 kara Acharja. Like other Hindoos, 
 they are divided into Brahmin, 
 Khi'tri, Vaicya, and Sudra. These 
 castes capnot intermany ; nor should 
 widOAvs biun with their husbands. 
 TheVedas aiid the 18 Purans of the 
 lirahmins, the Jains reject as here- 
 tical. They say that tiiese books 
 were composed by a saint, named 
 Vyasa, whom the orthodox Bralimins 
 consider as an inearnalion of the 
 deity. Their chief book of doctiino 
 is named Voga. It is written i!i 
 the Sanscrit language and character 
 of Karnata, and is explained by 2^1 
 purans, all wrilteii by its author, w !>o 
 was named VtishajiaSayana, o saii't, 
 who, by long coutinued prMyer, Isad 
 
 obtained a knowledge of divine 
 things. They admit that all Brah- 
 mins are by ])irth of equal rank. 
 The gods of the Jains arc the spirits 
 of perfect men, Avho, on account of 
 their gieat virtue, have become ex-" 
 em])t from all change, and are all of 
 eqtjal rank and power. They are 
 called collectively by various titles, 
 such as Jineswara, Arhita (the 
 worthy), and Siddha (the holy). — ■ 
 These saints reside in a heaven called 
 Moeslia. Concerning the great gods 
 of the 18 Purans of the orthodox 
 Brahmins, the Jains sa) that Vishnu 
 was a rajah, who, having performed 
 certain good works, was born a se- 
 cond time as a rajah, named Rama. 
 At first he was a great hero and con- 
 queror; but aftenvards lie retired 
 from the pleasures of the world, and 
 becanjc a Sannyasi (a solitary de- 
 votee), and lived a life of such pu- 
 rit)', that he obtained Siddha under 
 the name of Jina, vvhii^h he had 
 assumed when he gave up his earthly 
 kingdom. 
 
 By the orthodox Brahmins, who 
 follow the doctrines of Vyasa, the 
 Jains are frequently confounded with 
 the Saugata, or vvorshippers of 
 Buddha. 'I'heir doctiine has, in 
 many points, a great resemblance to 
 that Avhich is taught in Ava by th« 
 followers of Buddha. The Jain 
 Brahmins abstain from lay affairs, 
 and dress like those who follow the 
 doctrines of Vyasa. 'I'heir gooroos, 
 or cliicf priests, have the power of 
 fining their followers who cheat or 
 lie, commit murder or adultery. I'he 
 fijies are given to the gods, that is to 
 say, to the priest. 
 
 The '.lains extend throughout In- 
 dia, but at present thoy are not nu- 
 merous, except in South Canara. 
 They have two sorts of temples, one 
 covered with a roof, aud called 
 Busty; the otlier an 0])!>u area, sur- 
 roiuldcd by a wall, acd called Betta, 
 whi(-h signifies a hill. In tiie tenqiles 
 called T^ctta, the only image of a 
 saint li tl'.Jtt of a person named 
 Oomnta Baya, who \tln\c on earth 
 Avas a powerful king. 'I'he imag<j» 
 
CANDAHAR. 
 
 22Q 
 
 of Gonuita l^aya arc naked, and al- 
 ways of a colossal size. 'I'liu one at 
 C'aniilla is niadt; of a single piece of 
 Pfranilc, the extreme diiricusioiis of 
 \vl)i( li, above {ground, are 38 feet in 
 height, lUv.ia breadth, and 10 i'ect 
 in thickness. By an inscri|i1iou on 
 it, il ap[X'ars to have been made in 
 theycar A.D. 1431. 
 
 The IJralnniiis generally abound 
 in the odium theologicum ; it is, 
 however, between tlie jMadnal and 
 the Sri Vaisliiiavam, although botli 
 followers of Vishnu, that the most 
 violent antipathy prevails. Tlio 
 Smartal Bralmiins, although ad- 
 herents of Siva, or Mahadeva, agree 
 nmoh better with the Madual; and 
 in South Canara and IMalabar these 
 two live on tolerable t<irms. In Sonth 
 Canara it is not unconmion for cnie 
 temple to belong to both gods ; and, 
 in most places there, the temples of 
 Vishnu and Siva are built near to 
 each other, and the same chariot 
 serves for the procession of both 
 idols. To the cast of the Ghauts, 
 the JNIadual Brahmins scorn to sene 
 as priests, even in the temples of 
 Vishnu, and are the proudest of the 
 whole sa(!rcd order. 'I'hey look with 
 abhon-ence on the doctrine which 
 inculcates, that the spirits of good 
 men arc after death absorbrd into 
 the deity ; in \Vhich they dilfcr both 
 from the Smartal or Siva Bramins, 
 and the Sri Vaishnavam Brahmins. 
 Madua Acharya, the chief of the 
 Uladiial Brahmins, was born at Pa- 
 dnca Chaytia, about six centuries 
 ago, bat had gone through several 
 prior incarnations. 
 
 Travancor, Malabar, and South 
 Canara, aloneescaped Mahonnnedan 
 conquest, until the two latter were 
 invaded by H.Adcr, A.D. 1765-6. 
 (/^. Jihchaiian, (St.) 
 
 CwK Hivi;k, {Kena). — This river 
 has its source on the north side of 
 the Viiidhva Mountains, in the pro- 
 vince of Malwah, and, after a wind- 
 ing course of about 2.00 mileti, falls 
 into the Junma, in the district of 
 Curnih. Major Rennel thinks itistlic 
 Caina.':; ur Cane of Anian and i'iiny. 
 
 Candhar, {Ganihara). — A town 
 in the province of Agra, 80 miles 
 S. E. of Jev;>oor. Lat. 26°. 2'. N. 
 Long. 76°. 30'. E. This fortress be- 
 longs to the Rajalis of Jeypoor, or 
 Jyenagur, and was built about 80 
 years ago bj' one of the rajahs of 
 that state. It is deemed impreg- 
 nable by the natives, but its chief 
 strength consists in its elevated situ- 
 cition, amidst rugged and projecting 
 rocks, covered with jungle to the 
 top. {Bruiigliton, tVc.) 
 
 Candhak. — A town in the Ni- 
 zam's dominions, in tlie province of 
 Nander, 16 miles S. from the town 
 of Nandcre. Lat. 18°. 66'. N. 
 Long. 77°. 37'. E. 
 • Candesh. — Sec Khandfsh. 
 
 C.ANDAHAR, {Ganclhava). — A })ro- 
 vincc in Afghanistan, situated prin- 
 cipally between the 31st and 34th 
 degrees of north latitude. To the 
 north it is bounded by the province 
 of Balk, in Little I'artary ; to the 
 south, by Baloochistan ; on the east 
 it has Sinde and Baloochistan ; and 
 on the west the province of Segistan, 
 in Persia. Having been but little 
 explored, its modern boundaries are 
 wholly unknown. By Abnl Fazel, 
 in 1582, it is described as follows: 
 
 " Sircar Candahar is situated in 
 the tliird climate. 'l'h(^ length, iioni 
 Kelat Bujarch, is 300 coss, and it 
 measuies in bieadth, from Sindo 
 to Furreh, 260 coss. On the cast 
 lies Sinde; on the north, Gour and 
 Ghourghistan; on tb,;' south, Sewee ; 
 and on the Mcst, Furreh and Cabul. 
 On the norlh-w est it is bounded by 
 (ihuzneen. The \yhcat of Candahar 
 is \ cry white, and is seat to a dis- 
 tance as a great rarity. In the vici- 
 nity of the town of Candahar arc 
 the ruins of a great city, the native 
 place of the Gharian Sultans. Be- 
 tween llirmund and Candahar is si- 
 tuated the well known city of Mcy- 
 mund, mentioned in old astronomical 
 tables." 
 
 'J'hc quarter of Afghanistan about 
 Killaut (70 miles V.. by N. from 
 Candahar) has the general aspect of 
 a desert, and, excej)t small portions 
 
230 
 
 CANDAHAR. 
 
 of arable land contig^ious to the in- 
 habited places, no other cultivation 
 is scon. From Ghizni to Candahar 
 the road tends to the south-west, and 
 has universally a barren appearance. 
 The buildings, from a scarcity of 
 timber, arc constructed, as in the 
 province of Cabul, of sun-burned 
 bricks, and covered with a flat roof 
 of tlie same materials. 
 
 This province having been seldom 
 visited by Europeans, we remain 
 but little acquainted with its inha- 
 bitants or productions. A native 
 traveller, of 1795 (Seid Mustapha), 
 among other productions, mentions 
 V'heat, riLC, joarce, gram, peas, 
 and seeds of diflerent sorts ; dates, 
 almonds, saffron, and otr of roses. 
 The cultivators he describes as com- 
 posed of Moguls and Afghans ; and 
 the language of the country the 
 Pushtoo". Among the inhal)itants he 
 reckons a considerable number of 
 Hijidoos (partly Kanogc Brahmins), 
 both settled in the towns as traf- 
 fickers, and cultivating fields and 
 gardens in the vicinity. 
 
 The face of the country through- 
 out is hilly and rocky, and in many 
 places destitute of fresh water; but 
 some of the vallies exhibit verdure 
 and feitllily. The climate during 
 tin; winter is very cold, although not 
 so much as about Ghizni, in C abul ; 
 bv>t during the summer the opposite 
 e\lrenie is experienced. In the cold 
 sea:ion, the ])oorersort of inhabitants 
 Avear a species of coarse blanket, 
 and the richer classes shawl gowns 
 and long silk caps. Like the rest of 
 Alghanistan, tlie country is very 
 thinly peopled, a c'onsiderable por- 
 tion of the natives still leading a 
 pastoral and migratory life. The 
 pnncipal domestic animals are ca- 
 mels and dogs, the latter being men- 
 tioned as a very superior breetl for 
 strength, sagacity, and courage, — 
 Among the wild animals are tigers, 
 buffaloes, deer, and antelopes. Iron 
 is procured fiom ores found in <he 
 hills, and precious stones of various 
 sorts, particularly diamonds and to- 
 pazes in diller cut p arts of the pro vince, 
 
 With respect to religion, the great 
 bulk of the inhabitants are Mahom- 
 medan« of the Soonee persuasion ; 
 and the country abounds with 
 mosques, in which, Seid Mustapha 
 asserts, both IJindoos and Mahoni- 
 medans worship, and in other re- 
 spects nearly assimilate. This pro- 
 vince has, in general, been consi- 
 dered as an integral part of the 
 Persian Empire ; but was for many 
 years subject to the Delhi sovereigns, 
 from whom it was wrested by Nadir 
 Shah. On th^ death of this usiu-per 
 it became subject to Ahmed Shah 
 Abdalli, the Afghan Chief of Cabul, 
 and has ever since remained attached 
 to that government, although under 
 a veiy fluctuating degree of obe- 
 dience. {Seid MusLaplia, Abul Fazel, 
 Foster, <S"c.) 
 
 Candahar. — A fortified town in 
 the province of Candahar, of which 
 it is the cajjital, Lat, 33°. N. Long, 
 65°. 34'. E. By Abut Fazel, ux 
 1582, it is described as follows: 
 
 " Candahar is the capital of this 
 Sircar. It has two forts. The heat 
 is very severe, and the "cold tem- 
 perate, except in the months of De- 
 cember and January, when water 
 freezes. Here are flowers and fruits 
 in abundance." 
 
 Nadir Shah destroyed the old 
 fortress of Candahar, which stood 
 on the top of a high rocky lull, and 
 founded on a contiguous plain a city 
 named Nadirabad, which was com- 
 pleted by Ahmed Shah Adalli, but 
 is now only known by the name of 
 Candahar. This modern city, coift- 
 prised within an ordiiuiry forfilica- 
 tion of about three miles in circuin-r 
 ference, and of a square form, is 
 populous and flourishing, and stand- 
 ing on the great road which connects 
 Hindostan with Persia and Tartaiy, 
 lias long been a distinguished mart. 
 It is plentifully and cheaply supplied 
 with provisions. The grapes and 
 melons are high flavoured, and equal 
 to those of Europe." 
 
 The environs of Caudahai'. occupy 
 an extensive jtlain, covered with 
 fxiiit gardens and culti\a1iou, aii<l 
 
CANDY. 
 
 2?31 
 
 infersprfod by nnmerons streams. 
 Tlip adjacent hills arc of a moderate 
 hei{:;Iit, and the climate a medium 
 fcetwoen the heat of India and the 
 cold of Ghizni. Two or three miles 
 to the northward of Caiuhdiar are 
 tlie remains of the old fortress on 
 the sumaiit of a rticky mountain. 
 Six miles from this city are some ca- 
 verns and ancient excavations, ap- 
 parently of Hindoo origin ; and at 
 two niiies distance is the mosqne of 
 of Zaafer Tayer, a Mahommedan 
 saint, who came from iVIecca 700 
 years ago. South from Candahar is 
 the mosque of the celebrated ISfoval 
 Ali, where arc shewn the marks of 
 his feet in stone. In the vicinity are 
 t\vo enormous pillars lyins; on the 
 ground, described by Seid Mustaplia 
 as being- the length of a palmjra 
 tree, regardinsj the oiigin of which 
 he relates a fabulous storj^. 
 
 At Candahar arc established many 
 Hindoo families, cliiefly of Mooltan 
 and the Rajpoot districts, Avho, by 
 their industry and mercantile know- 
 ledge, have essentiallj' aHg;mented 
 its trade and wealth. I'he Turco- 
 maun merchants of Bokhara and 
 Samarcand also freqicjit this muit, 
 wliCJice the}' transport into .heir own 
 countiy a <onsidera1)le quantity of 
 iudi^o, wliich is received frorn Hiii- 
 Uoslan. Among- the iidiabitants are 
 a few Jews, but it is obsened they 
 are never numerous where the Hin- 
 doos ha\e scttk'd as merchants and 
 mouc}' chaugers. I'he Cabtil sove- 
 reign has a iuint established here, 
 whi( h has not of lute had much em- 
 ployin!>nt. 
 
 >\ ])ilc the Persian and IMogul 
 en!]iires existed in a st-ate of pros- 
 perity, Ctmdaiiar was a liontier city, 
 and the object of mueh competition. 
 It was betrayed to the Ku)pcror Jo- 
 hangircby the Persian governor, Ali 
 Merdan Khan, in 1(338. On the 
 decay of both cini)ires, it was, for 
 a short time, possessed by native 
 Afgiiau chiefs ; but, in 1737, Nadir 
 jShali, havinsf deposedThamas Mirza, 
 tutered Ai'ghauistaii wifh a large 
 anny, and took Candahar, ut tiiis 
 
 time held by an Afghan cliief, named 
 Hossein KJian, alter a siege, from 
 tirst to last, of 18 months. < )n Na- 
 dir's assassination, Ahmed Shah Ab- 
 dalli obtained possession, and in-» 
 tended to make it his capital, but in 
 this design he did not persevere ; it 
 has, liowever, ever since contimied 
 attached to the Cabnl sovereignty. 
 
 Travelling distance from Delhi by 
 Cabul 1071 miles; fromAgva, 1208; 
 and from Calcutta, 2047 miles. {Fos- 
 ter, Scid Miistapha, Rennd, AbuL 
 Fazel, <§-e. 
 
 CANDY. 
 
 A territory in the .centre of the 
 Island of Ceylon, which forms the 
 present dominions of the King of 
 Candy. AVoods and mountains, al- 
 most impenetrable, cut off this re- 
 gion on all sides from the countiy 
 on the sea coast, possessed by Eu- 
 ropeans. The passes which lead 
 through these to the interior are 
 extremely steep and difficult, and 
 scarcely known even to the natives. 
 10 or 20 miles inland, the country 
 differs greatly from the sea coast, in 
 soil, c!imat<', and appearance. Af- 
 ter ascending the moiuitains, and 
 passing the woods, the country 
 seems not advanced many stages 
 beyond the first stage of inipiove- 
 mt- nt ; as we proceed towards the 
 centre of the island, tlie country 
 gradually rises, and the woods and 
 mountains ^\hich separate the dif- 
 ferent jiaris become more steep and 
 impervious. It is in tlie midst of 
 these jastnesses that the native 
 prince still preserves those remains 
 of territory and power, which have 
 been left him by successive in- 
 vaders. 
 
 The provinces which still remain 
 to him are Noorecala\a and Hot- 
 courly, towards the north aiul north- 
 west ; while JVIatuly, comjirehending 
 the districts of Eintana, Velas, ]*a- 
 noa, with a ll-w others, occupies those 
 parts more to the eastward. To tlie 
 south-east lies Ouvale, a province of 
 some iiote; the western parts art 
 
232 
 
 CANDY. 
 
 chiefly included in the provinces of 
 Cotemal and Kolleracorley. These 
 different provinces are subdivided 
 into corles, or districts, and entirely 
 belong to the native prince. 
 
 In the hiffhest and most central 
 part of this sovereign's tenitories lie 
 the corles of Oudanour and Tata- 
 no ur, in which are situated the two 
 principal cities. These districts are 
 pre-eminent above the rest, and are 
 better cultivated, and more popu- 
 lous, than the others ; and are distin- 
 fuished by the name of Conde Udda. 
 "his province of Conde Udda is still 
 more inaccessible than the others, 
 and forms as it were a separate king- 
 dom. On every side it is surroiiiided 
 by lofty mountains coveredwith wood, 
 and tho paths by which it is entered 
 seem little more than the tracts of 
 wild beasts. Guards are stationed 
 all round to prevent entrance and 
 escape. 
 
 In this province are the ruins of 
 some tov.iis, which appear to have 
 been larger and better built than 
 those at present existing. • In the 
 province of Nourse Calava, in the 
 northern part of the kingdom, are 
 tlie 1 uais of the city of Anuvodg- 
 buiro. It stands aLnost at the north- 
 ern extremity of the Candian domi- 
 nions, and liordt rs on the district of 
 Jafnapatnam. In former ages this 
 was the residence of the Kings of 
 Ceylon, ajul has long been the place 
 of their binial. 'i he Portuguese 
 captured and destroyed this town. 
 
 The whole of the CanJian teni- 
 tories, with the exception of the 
 plains arouiid Anurodgburro, pre- 
 sent a constant interchange of steep 
 mountains and deep vailies. The ex- 
 cessive thickaessof tiie wooiis,wbieh 
 _ cover tlie grcitttv part of tlso coun- 
 try, causes heavy fogs and unwlule- 
 some ii.impt: lo prevail ; every evf n- 
 jug the fogs fall with the close of tlie 
 day, and au not again dissipated 
 until the uv. i.^a acquired great 
 power. I'he vailies are, in general, 
 marshy, full of springs, and excel- 
 lently ada. tc.i for the cultivation of 
 jrice, and rearing of cattle. 
 
 The high range of mountains, 
 which extend acres? the country 
 of Candy, seems to divide the island 
 into two different climates. It has 
 been a continued drought on one 
 side of them for years, while it has 
 rained on the other without inter- 
 mission. The seasons among the 
 mountains in the interior are regu- 
 lated by diflerent laws, and do not 
 correspond exactly with either of the 
 monsoons. Among them it rains 
 incessantly during the months of 
 March and April, at which period it 
 is dry in the low lands. The coun- 
 try of Candy can never receive any 
 improvement from internal naviga- 
 tion : several large rivers intersect 
 it; but, during the rainy season, 
 tliese are rendered so rapid by the 
 torrents from the hills, tliat no boat 
 can venture on them ; while in the 
 opposite season they are dried ujj. 
 
 The intercourse betwixt the Cin-. 
 galese under the European govern- 
 ments, and the Candians of the in- 
 terior, has always been more com- 
 pletely cut oil', than betwixt .any of 
 the most savage and hostile tribes of 
 North America. Even during the 
 intervals of peace no connnunication 
 is opened, nor is there au} attempt 
 on either side to carry on a secret 
 traffic, or coiTcspond with each 
 other. The poUcy of the Dutch, 
 therefore, succcede<l in rendering the 
 Candians completely insulated ; and 
 to make them look with apprehen- 
 sion and hostile jealousy, on the ap- 
 proach of a sti anger. 
 
 The Candians are divided into 
 caste;>, which lake precedence of 
 each other according to the most 
 scrupulous regiilaMons. The first 
 rank includes the nobles; the next 
 the arlUicers, such as goldsmiths, 
 painters, carpe.iters, smiths, is>c. the 
 third is composed of lower occupa- 
 lioiis, su(h as barbers, potters, wea- 
 vers, &.C. with \\honi the common 
 soluiers raak ; aiid the 4th caste 
 comprehends the peasantry, and la- 
 bourers of all descriptions, who 
 either cultivate the lands lot them- 
 selves, or are hired out to work for 
 
oHiors. The preference given to 
 artificers over husbandmen and sol- 
 diers, is a very uncoiiiiuon I'act in 
 the arrangement of caste, and pe- 
 culiar to Ceylon. 
 
 Besides these castes, there is here, 
 as in other parts of India, a wretched 
 race of outcasles, the martyrs from 
 n^o to age of this barljarous institu- 
 tion. They are allowed to exercise 
 no trade or profession, nor to ap- 
 proach any of the human race but 
 the companions of their miserj', and 
 whatever they touch is polluted and- 
 accursed. As they are not allowed 
 to work, they are obliged to beg 
 contiimally for sustenance, and thus 
 from generation to generation be- 
 come a dead Aveight on soci(;1y. 
 As they are degratled. so low, tliat 
 they cannot by good conduct ever 
 retrieve their condition, it is an ob- 
 ject worthy a benevolent govern- 
 ment to attempt converting this lost 
 body of men, by instructing them in 
 a superior system of religion, which 
 umst be the first step towards atfect- 
 ing their improvement. These people 
 of no caste are obliged to pay the 
 lowest of the Candians as mucli res- 
 pect and reverence, as eastern ser- 
 vility ordains the latter to pay to the 
 king. 
 
 Although the Candians are go- 
 verned Mith the most complete des- 
 potism, y(>t as their prejudices and 
 customs are shared and respected by 
 their nioiiarehs, they arc proud of 
 being lice from a tbreign yoke, and 
 despis(^ the Ciiigaline in the British 
 .service, as a mean antl servile race, 
 'J'he Candian women have scarcely 
 ever been seen by Junopeans, which 
 concealment must have originated 
 in political motives, as the Can- 
 dians are by no means jealous of 
 their females. 
 
 'i'he king of Candy on tlie tinonc 
 in 1800 was a native of the Island of 
 Kaniiseram on the Malabar coast, 
 opposite to Manaar; and was a 
 descendant of the royal family by 
 a female branch, l)ut by no means 
 tli<" nearest heir. He was brought 
 iu hy the iuilucuce of Iho adigur, a 
 
 CANDY. 233 
 
 minister. When the last king lias 
 no innnediate descendants, and when 
 the hereditary right lies between 
 equidistant males and females, the 
 pref(uence, by the Candian laws, is 
 given to the female branch. In the 
 year 1795, the reigning king of 
 Candy manied a IVlalabar princess 
 of his own countiy, and a near rela- 
 tion to the liajah Ramnaad. 
 
 The King of Candy yields to no 
 eastern branch in the nuiuber and 
 extravagance of his titles, and they 
 are attended with a corresponding 
 reverence on this part of his subjects. 
 The adigar, or minister, is the only 
 one wiio has access to liis person, he 
 consecpiently issues what mandates 
 he pleases, and is in eOect the sove- 
 reign. There arc generally two 
 adigars, whom the king endeavours 
 to api)oint from opposite factions; 
 but one generally engrosses tiie 
 power. And appoints the other. Tlie 
 officers next in rank 'to the adigarx 
 arc the dessauvas, who are go- 
 vernors or corles or districts, and 
 are the principal military com- 
 manders. 
 
 I'he bulk of the king's revenues 
 consists of presents or contrii)ulion8 
 brought him by the people, orratiier 
 irregularly enibn.ed by his officers, 
 tw o or three times each year. Tliose 
 contributions consist of money, pre- 
 cious stones, ivoiy, clolh, curii, Iviiit^ 
 honey, wax, arms, and other articles 
 of their own nianuficliue, such as 
 spears, arrows, pikes, targets, &.c. 
 &c. The regular troops amoimt to 
 about 20,000 men ; but, ilie inhabi- 
 tants are oi)liged, without disliiic- 
 tion, to take arms whtn conunanded. 
 Their armour is of a very motley na- 
 ture; spears, pikes, swords, targets, 
 bows and arrows, niatchioeks, with 
 about 1000 fusees or nnisUets, and 
 bajonets, all in bad order. 'Jheir 
 pay and subsistence coiisi.>is of a 
 small allowance ol rice and salt, ami 
 they are exempted liom taxes and 
 all other services. 
 
 To lide on horseback is a royal 
 privilege, monopolized by the mo- 
 narch. There arc no horses kept iu 
 
254 
 
 CANTAL. 
 
 llie interior, eXc<'pt lliose belonging' 
 to the rojal stud ; wliicb have Ijeen 
 received as presents from the Euro- 
 pean governments on the coast. In 
 1782 Mr. Boyd went as ambassador 
 to Candy from Trincolmale. On his 
 anival within 20 miles of that place, 
 be was desired l)y the Candians to 
 go round about 1o the Columbo 
 road, and approach from thence, as 
 they would not otherwise have exact 
 precedents for the ceremonies to be 
 performed. Their capital punish- 
 ments are always attended Avith 
 some aggravating cruelty, and the 
 administration of justice is mostly 
 intrnsted to the dessauvas and adi- 
 parS. There are Hindoo temples in 
 Candy, the present idng being of 
 Ihe 'Hindoo Brahminical religion, 
 ■while the great majority of his sub- 
 jects are worsltippers of Enddha. 
 (Percival, Knox, Harrington, Boyd, 
 
 Candy. — 'A city in the Island of 
 Ceylon, the capital of the Candian 
 dominions. Lat. 7°. 23'. N. Long. 
 80°. 47'. 
 
 This town is situated at the dis- 
 tance of about 80 miles from Co- 
 lumbo, and tM ice as far from Trin- 
 colmale, in the midst of lofty and 
 steep hills covered with thick jungle. 
 The narrow and difiienlt passes, by 
 which it is approached, are intersect- 
 ed with thick hedges of thorn ; and 
 hedges of the same sort are drawn 
 round the hills in the vicinity of 
 Candy, like lines of circumvallalion. 
 Tluongh them the only passage is 
 by gates of the same tliorny mate- 
 rials, so conlnved as to be drawn up 
 and let down by ropes. I'hese hedge 
 rows form the chief forlifieations of 
 Candy. The Mali\agonga Kiver 
 nearly sunounds the hills on which 
 it stands, and is here broad, rocky, 
 and rapid; and on the banks of it 
 a strict watch is kept by the Can- 
 dians, 
 
 The town is a poor miserable 
 place, about two miles lojig, and 
 consists of one" principal street, ter- 
 minated by the palace at the upper 
 •nd. There ure many lesser streets 
 
 branching off, but of no great lengtlt. 
 The palace is built with a sort of 
 chunam or cement, perfectly white, 
 with stone gateways. It contains a 
 great many rooms, painted in a gro- 
 tesque maimer, and many of th« 
 walls covered with pier glasses. The 
 houses of the town are mean and 
 low, but their foundations are raised 
 in such a manner, or rather the 
 street is so sunk, that they seem 
 lofty to passengers. The palace 
 consisfs of two enclosed squares, 
 one wilhin the other; and in the 
 inner are the royal apartments, 
 where the court is held, and audi- 
 ences given. 
 
 This town has been several times 
 burned by the Europeans, and was 
 once deserted by the king, who re- 
 tired to a still more inaccessible 
 part of his dominions. The ambas- 
 sadors sent to Candy were always 
 conducted into the town at night 
 by torch-light, and re-conducted be- 
 fore morning, on which account few 
 particulars A\'ere known of the town 
 until the 20th Feb. 1803, when it 
 was captured by the British, having 
 previously been evacuated by the 
 king. 
 
 I'he garrison left here, under Ma- 
 jor Davie, were singularly unfor- 
 tunate. From February to June, 
 officers murdered by the Canadians 
 16, died from the effects of the cli- 
 mate 16, of the civil service 5; total 
 37. Privates of the 19th regiment 
 nuudered 172, died of the eftects of 
 the climate 120, died after their re- 
 turn to Columbo 300 ; total 592. 
 
 About six or seven milcf to tlie 
 south of Candy lies the town of 
 Nelemby Ncur, where the king has 
 also a palace and stone houses. (Pcjv 
 cival, bth Register, ifc.) 
 
 Canouj. — See Kanoge. 
 
 Candroody. — A small district iw 
 the province Gundwana, situated 
 betv\ixt the 23d and 24tli^de.grees of 
 north latitude. It is intersected by 
 the Soane River, and is possessed by 
 independent chiefs, but contains n» 
 town of note. 
 
 Cantal, {Catifttl, th» jack fvftit 
 
CANTON. 
 
 235 
 
 irec). — A small mountuinoTis district 
 in Nortliern Hindoslaii, l)€t\vi\t the 
 S4th and 35th dcfjrees of north lati- 
 tude; and adjoining the oiistein ex- 
 treniit}' of the piovinee of Cashmere. 
 It is remarkable for the hip,h peak of 
 Canlal, or Kciiti, called Lar b) the 
 Cashmerians. 
 
 CANTON. 
 
 A sea-port in the empire of China, 
 io Avhicli the Eurojiean maritime 
 traffic is cxclnsivelv eonlined. Lat. 
 23°. 7'. N. Lat. 113°. 14'. E. 
 
 This city stands on th-e eastern 
 bank of the Fe-kiang River, ^vhich 
 flows from tlie interior in a navif;,able 
 stream of 300 miles to this town, 
 where it is ratlicr broader than the 
 Thames at London Bridge, aud from 
 hence falls after an additional course 
 of 80 miles in the southern sea of 
 China, near its junction, with ^Aiiich 
 it takes among foreigners the name 
 of Bocca Tigris. The town is sm- 
 touuded by walls about five miles in 
 circumference, on which a few can- 
 non are mounted ; but the whole of 
 its fortifications, Avith a view to de- 
 fence, are in every respect despi- 
 cable, and only serve to prevent the 
 intrusion of Europeans. 
 
 Although Canton is situated near- 
 ly, in "the same pajallel of latitude 
 with Calcutta, yet there is a consi- 
 derable diH'ercnce in their tempera- 
 ture; the former being much the 
 coolest, and requiring fires during 
 the winter months. Ihe suburbs 
 may be frecjuented by Europeans; 
 bnt they ;u-e not permitted to enter 
 tiic gates of the Tartar city, which, 
 however, in its building and exterior 
 appearance, entirely resembles the 
 suburbs. The streets of Canton are 
 very narrow, paved with little round 
 iitones, and ilagged close to the sides 
 of the houses, 'J'he front of every 
 house is a shop, and those of parti- 
 cular streets are laid out for the sup^ 
 ply ofstrjyigers; China-street(named 
 by the seamen llog-lane) being ap- 
 propriated to Europeans, and here 
 tlie productions of almost every part 
 4 
 
 of the globe arc to be found. On« 
 of the shopkeepers is always to bo 
 seen sitting on the counter, writing 
 with a camel's hair brush, or calcu- 
 lating with his swan-pan, on which 
 instrument a Chinese M'ill perform: 
 operations in numbers with as much 
 celerity as the most expert Europeau 
 ai ithmetician. This part of Canton 
 being much frequented by the sea- 
 men, every artifice is used by th« 
 Chinese retailers to attract their at- 
 tention, each of them having an Eng- 
 lish name for himself pauitod on the 
 outside of his shop, besides a num- 
 ber of advertisements, composed for 
 them by the sailors in their peculiar 
 idiom. 'I'he latter, it may he sup- 
 posed, are often duped by their Chi- 
 nese fiiends, who have, in general, 
 picked up a few sea phrases, by 
 which they are ©uticed to enter the 
 shops ; but they suit extremely well 
 together, as the Chinese dealers pos- 
 sess a command of temper not to be 
 provoked, and humour the seamea 
 in all their sallies. 
 
 The foreign factories extend for a 
 considerable way along the banks of 
 the river, at the distance of about 
 100 yards. The^ are named by the 
 Chinese hongs, and resemble long- 
 courts, or closes, without a thorough- 
 faie, which generally contain four 
 or live separate houses. They are 
 buill on a fine quay, and have a broad 
 parade in front. This promenade is 
 railed in, aud is generally called the 
 respondentia walk ; and here the 
 European merchants, com'uanders, 
 aud officers of ships meet after cbn- 
 ner, and enjoy the cool of the even- 
 ing. The English hong, or factor} , far 
 surpasses the others in elegance and 
 extent, and before eacii the national 
 (lag is seen tlying. Tlie neighbour- 
 hood of the factories is occupied with 
 M'arehouses for the reception of Eu- 
 ropean goods, or of Chinese produc- 
 tions, until they are shipped. 
 
 For the spa( e of four or five mile* 
 opv.ositc to Canton the river resem- 
 bles an extensive floating city, con- 
 sisting of boats and vessels ranged 
 parallel to each other, lea> iug a nar- 
 
23(5 
 
 CANTON. 
 
 row passage for vessels to pass and 
 repass. In these the owners reside 
 •with their IamiHcs,the latter of wliom 
 but seldom visit the shore. Tlie 
 Chinese junks that trade to Batavia 
 and the Eastern Islands lie in the 
 centre of the river, moored head and 
 stern, many of them exceeding 600 
 tons burthen. A Chinese ship, or 
 junk, is seldom the property of one 
 man. Sometimes 40 or 50, or even 
 100 didereut merchants purchase a 
 vessel, and divide into as many com- 
 partments as there are partners, so 
 that each knows his ow u particular 
 part in the ship, M'luch he is at liberty 
 to fit up and serure as he pleases. 
 The bulk heads, by which these di- 
 visions are formed, consist of stout 
 planks, so well caulked as to be 
 completely water-tight. A ship thus 
 formed may strike on a rock, and yet 
 sustain no serious injury ; a leak 
 springing in one division of the bold 
 will not be attended with any da- 
 tnage to articles placed in another, 
 and from her firmness she is qualified 
 to resist a more than ordinary shock. 
 A considerable loss in stowage is of 
 course sustained; but the Chinese 
 exports generally contain a consi- 
 derable value in a small bulk. Some 
 of these sliips are not less than 1000 
 tons burthen, ha^ ing a crew of 500 
 men, owners of goods and seamen, 
 besides other passengers, wlio leave 
 their country to better their fortunes 
 at Batavia, ' Manilla, and among 
 the Eastern Islands. The Chinese 
 coasting vessels are usnally divided 
 into 13 distinct compartments, M'ell 
 caulked and ^^ ater-tight. In navi- 
 gating these vessels the same com- 
 pass is used as in Europe; but in 
 China the south alone is considered 
 as the attracting power, the Chinese 
 compass is named ting-nan-ching, or 
 the needle pointing to the south. 
 'J he Chinese junks generally sail 
 with one monsoon, and return with 
 another. In the north-east monsoon 
 they sail to ]\Ianilla, I'anca, and Ba- 
 tavia, and return to Emoy and C.ui- 
 ton with that from the south west. 
 There are liAc junks annually from 
 
 Emoy to Batavia, on board of which 
 a considerable number of Chinese 
 emigrate. 
 
 Canton is about 15 miles above 
 Wharapoa, and in tliis distance are 
 five chop, or custom-houses, where 
 boats are examined. The head ton- 
 tiff, named by the mariners John 
 Tuck, regulate the emperor's duties, 
 respecting M'hich the importer re- 
 mains entirely ignorant, as they are 
 paid by Ihe purchaser of the goods, 
 which are generally weighed and 
 carried ofi' immediately on landing. 
 'I'he cargoes are weighed with Eng- 
 lish weights of 50, instead of 56 
 pounds, and afterwards reduced to 
 Chinese catties, by multiplying by 
 three and dividing by four; and then 
 converted to peculs, by dividing the 
 product by 100. A pecul M-eighs 
 133| pounds English, and catty 1§ 
 po- nd ; but the Chinese sale weights 
 are generally inaccurate, and must 
 be attended to. All goods in China 
 are bought and sold by weight, even 
 articles of food, such as milk, fowls, 
 hogs, &c. The long measure is the 
 cubit of about 141 inches. A tael is 
 equal to 5798 decimal, troy weight ; 
 and in the East India Company's ac- 
 counts the tael of silver is reckoned 
 at 6s. 8d. sterling. 
 
 The Chinese measure a ship from 
 the centre of the fore-mast to the 
 centre of the mizen-mast for the 
 length, and close abaft the main- 
 mast from outside, taking the ex- 
 treme for the breadth. I'he length 
 is then multiplied by the breadth, 
 and divided by 10, the result being, 
 according to their ideas, the mensu- 
 ration of the ship. At the custom- 
 house, ships that arrive are classed 
 under three denominations, first, se- 
 cond, and third rates; and ships, 
 however small, pay as third rates, 
 which is a heavy charge on the small 
 vessels that frequent the port ; nor is 
 the duty augmented on ships exceed- 
 ing the size of what they term first 
 rates. The proportions are, 
 1st rates, 74 cubits long &. 26 broad 
 
 2d 71 ditto 22 to 23 do. 
 
 3d ... .65 to 71 ditto ... .20 to 23 do. 
 
CANTON. 
 
 237 
 
 The duties on sliips of the smallest 
 «lass amount, on an average, to about 
 4000 dollars, and not a ,^cat deal 
 inure is exacted for ships of larger 
 dimensions. Small country ships 
 frequentlj' lie off about Linliug l<'ora, 
 or Large Ba}', until some of the large 
 China ships from Europe come i« 
 sight, j\iien they shift their cargoes 
 on board of them. It is usually car- 
 ried up to Canton for one per cent. 
 by wliich expedient the duties, cus- 
 toms, and measurement on tiie ship 
 are saved, as well as the emperoi's 
 present. 
 
 The monopoly of all foreign trade 
 is consigned by the policy of the 
 Chinese government to a limited 
 number of merchants, seldom ex- 
 ceeding eight, l)ut occasionally more; 
 ill 1793 tiiey were 12, and in 1808 
 14. All foreign cargoes pass through 
 the hands of these merchants, who 
 are commonly men of large propci-ty, 
 and by them also the reti;rn cargoes 
 are furnished. AVith them the East 
 India Company's supercargoes tran- 
 sact the concerns of their employers ; 
 they dispose of the goods imported, 
 and purchase the commodities which 
 compose the homeward-bound cargo. 
 At the close of tlie season they are 
 generally indebted to the Company 
 above half a million sterling, and 
 have, besides, property in their hands 
 belonging to the Company and other 
 British subjects, the aggregate of 
 which has been estimated at two 
 niillions sterling. 
 
 The whole establishment of the 
 Ikist India Company here consists 
 of 12 supercargoes and eight writere. 
 The latter have a small annual allow- 
 ance and a free table ; and they suc- 
 ceed i» rotation to the situations of 
 the former, who have also, a free 
 table, and annually divide among 
 themselves, in shares proportioned to 
 tlieir seniority, a sum seldom falling 
 short of 80,0001. sterling. This arises 
 from a per centage on the import and 
 export .cargoes, producing to the 
 chief, ou au average, 86001. per an- 
 num; and, to the first, second, and 
 tiiird nienjl>€rs of tlie select commit- 
 
 tee, above 71001. The senior super- 
 cargo has ahout 60001. per annum, 
 and the juniors in proportion declin- 
 ing on a graduated scale; but none 
 of the supercargoes have less than 
 15001. per anniun. Having an addi- 
 tion to this, the accommodation of a 
 free house and table, they may b« 
 considered as the best paiil service 
 in the world. The services to b« 
 performed for this liberal remunera- 
 tion consist in a residence for throe 
 or foiH" months every year at Can- 
 ton, during the season of intercourse 
 with the hong, or security merchant, 
 to whom they deliver the imported 
 goods, and receive the teas and other 
 return produce. AVheu the business 
 of the season is fini.shed, the ships 
 laden and dispatched (o England, 
 they retire to Macao for the rest of 
 the >ear, where they remain until 
 the opening of the ensuing season. 
 Here they have very Httle tb do, and 
 are cooped up within a space not 
 exceeding two or three miles, with 
 scarcely any .society but what is 
 formed among themselves. 
 
 Tlic external commerce of Canton 
 is verj' considerable, and the articles 
 of export numerous ; but their com- 
 parative importance is almost ab- 
 sorbed in that of tea. The imports 
 are more miscellaneous. From Bom- 
 bay and the Alalabar coast they con- 
 sist chiefly of cotton, pepper, sandal 
 wood, putchick, sharks' fins, oliba- 
 num, elephants' teeth, rhinoceros* 
 horns, pearlr,, cornelians, and beads. 
 From the countries adjacent, to th»« 
 straits of Malacca, tin, pepper, betel 
 nut, rattans, sea swallo, (biche de 
 mar) and bird nests are imported. 
 The principal articles imported to 
 Canton by the Ea.'^t India Company 
 arc cloths, long ells, camblets, lead, 
 and tin. In 1808-9, the value of 
 woollens iinpoi ted at Canton by th« 
 East India Company was 877,5691, ; 
 the total \alue of all their imports, 
 1,095,3171. sterHng. Li 1786, th« 
 imports of woollens amounted to only 
 202,02.31. Prior to the commutation 
 act, in 1784, tlie imports of that ar- 
 ticle were Small and 'extremely diffi- 
 - 4 
 
CANTON. 
 
 cult to sell. The proLily, punctu- about 60,000 bales. Opium is pro* 
 
 ality, and credit of the East India hibited by the Chinese government, 
 
 Company and their agents js known yet above 2000 chests are annually 
 
 to be such by the Chinese, that their imported, the avertige Kale- price 
 
 ^oods are taken away as to quantity being about 1200 dollars per chest. 
 
 and quahty for what they are declared The imports from the East'jrii Archi- 
 
 iu the invoice, and the bales with pelago are various, gold is the most 
 
 their mark pass in trade, without ex- material, but it is impossible cor- 
 
 amination, through many hands and rectly to estimate the qnaritity. The 
 
 an immense extent of coimtry, and imports of merchandize from foreign 
 
 arc never opened until they reach Europe and from America are, in 
 
 the shop of the person who sells for many respects, siniiiar to those from 
 
 actual consumption. The (luanlity England, but small in quantify, bul- 
 
 of British tin imported by the East lion being depended on for the pnr- 
 
 India Company varies, but may be chase of the homeward bound "cargo, 
 
 averaged at 300 tons annually ; the Of this article the average import 
 
 Chinese, for many uses, prefer tlic from America amounted to half a 
 
 Banca tin, which they assert is more million annually, and about 100,0001. 
 
 malleable. The other articles im- in goods. 
 
 ported from England as private trade The principal exports from Cantoa 
 by the officers and commanders of are tea, cliina ware, gold in bajs, 
 the Company's ships are lead, skins sugar, sugar candy, rhubarb, china 
 and furs, cochineal, window glass, root, snake root, sarsaparilia, leather, 
 clocks, watches, the latter varying tuteuague, japan copper, varnished 
 from 40s. a pair to the highest cost, and lacquered ware, drugs, leaf gold. 
 To suit the Chinese taste they nmst utensils made of white and red cop- 
 be sold in j)airs. The other articles per, cast iron, silk raw and wrought, 
 are small quantities of cutlery, hard- thread, nankeens, mothcr-ot-pearl, 
 ware, looking glass, and coral; the gamboge, quicksilver, allum, dam- 
 whole private trade being estimated mer, red lead, vermilion, furniture, 
 at 220,0001. per annum. toys, and a great variety of drugs. 
 
 The imports from British India are In 1809-10 the cost and charges 
 
 very considerable, but are liable to on the goods exported from Canton 
 
 imich fluctuation in quantity. In by the East India Company amount- 
 
 1805 the total imports from the Bri- ed to 2,378,8831. sterling, arid sold 
 
 tish possessions in India amounted in England for 3,723,1161. The sale 
 
 to 15,060,577 rupees, consisting of amount of goods exported by the 
 
 Cotton ------ 9,452,619 commanders and officers in private 
 
 Opium - 3,284,570 trade amounted to 353,4181; The 
 
 Piece goods - - - - 470,661 quantity of tea sold at the East In- 
 
 Pearls ------ 422.987 dia Company's sales in 1810 was 
 
 Saltpetre ----- 287,000 24,540,923 pounds,the duty on which 
 
 Sandalwood- - - - 275,674 was 3,548,8601. In 1806-7 the quan- 
 
 Shark fins ----- 251,223 tity of tea shipped at Canton on 
 
 Craitt ------ 156,500 board English ships amomited to 
 
 32,683,066 libs. 
 
 Sicca rupees 14,606,724 On board of two unknown 
 
 ships 1,534,267 
 
 The remainder was made up of In 1806 on boaid of Ame- 
 
 articles of smaller amount and value. rican ships - - - - 9,644,667 
 
 Until 1802 the cotton was received • 
 
 entirely fiom Bombay, but since tliat Total 43,862,000 
 
 period Bengal has- supplied a con- — — 
 
 siderable proportion, the whole an- In 1807 there was shipped o;i 
 
 miiii imj^oit, ou au average, b^ing boa^d of Amoricaxi sliips £i-oui Caa* 
 
CANtOY. 239 
 
 ♦on 7,730,933 libs. In 1810-11 there lapidaries cut diamonds, and Heir 
 
 was no tea sliip[)ed tioai Canton on artists are extreiuely expert in imi- 
 
 board either foreign or American tatinj;; European works. They mend 
 
 ships ; on board of British shipa and e\en make watches, copy paint- 
 
 27,lG3,0fi6 pounds. The price of the ings and colour drawings witli great 
 
 East India Conipaijy's teas has con- success. They also make coarse silk 
 
 tinned nearly stationary for above 40 stockings, and have beoj long celo- 
 
 ycars. Nankeens are made of Chi- brated for their toys, known by tli« 
 
 nese cotton in a particular province, names of balanceis and tujnblers. 
 
 and are exclusively a Chinese ma- They generally assay their gold hero 
 
 inifactnre. The new teas seldom with touch needles, by which it is 
 
 reach Canton, fiom the interior, be- said t])ey can detect so snial! a djf- 
 
 fore tJie month of November. fereuce as l-20Qth part of the ini.v- 
 
 In 1805 the total exports to tlie ture. 
 British possessions in India amount- Provisions and refreshments of all 
 
 cd to sicca rupees 12,G7G,51 9, con- sorts arc abundant at Canton, and, 
 
 listing of in general, of an excellent quality, 
 
 Bullion ----- 8,181,815 nor is the price exorbitant. Every 
 
 Piece goods - - - - 699,142 deseiiption of them, dead or alive, is 
 
 Sugar and sugar candy 957,048 sold by weight. It is a curious fact, 
 
 Tntenague - - - - 692,431 that the Chinese make no use of 
 
 Camphor ----- 361,703 milk, either in its liquid state, or ia 
 
 Tea ------ 301,398 -the shape of curds, butler, or cheese. 
 
 Raw silk ----- 207,743 Among the delicacies of a Chinese 
 
 Nankeens - - - - 200,295 market are to be seen horse flesii, 
 
 China ware - - - - 110,637 dogs, cats, hawks, and owls. The 
 
 country is well supplied with tis!i 
 
 from the canals and numberless 
 
 The remainder was composed of rivers that intersect the country, and 
 
 Tarious articles of smaller value and the inhabitants breed also great mim- 
 
 amount. The Chinese make a spe- bers of gold and silver fish, wliich are 
 
 cies of paper from the bamboo, which kept in large stock ponds, as well as 
 
 is an article of export. in glass and china vases. 
 
 Ihe Russians are excluded from The lower orders of Chinese, who 
 
 the sea-ports of China, because a engage as servants to Emopcaus at 
 
 trade is carried on with tlicm on the Canton, jue extremely ready iu ac- 
 
 frontiers of Siberia at Kiateha, and quiring a smattering of the English 
 
 the Chinese do not admit of two language, and fertile in inventions 
 
 places of trade with the same nation, for making tliemselves intclligibio to 
 
 The glass, beads, and buttons, of their employers. All the business at 
 
 various shapes and colours, worn by Canton with Europeans is transacted 
 
 persons of rank in China, are chiefly ia a jargon of the English language, 
 
 made at Venice ; and this is among The sounds of such letters as R, D. 
 
 the remnants of the great and al- R, and X, are utterly unknown in 
 
 most exclusive trade which the Ve- China. Instead of these they sul^^ 
 
 iictians canied on with the east, stitute some other letter, such as Lt 
 
 The inhabitants of China make great for R, which occasions a Chinese 
 
 use of spectacles wliieh are made at dealer in rice to olFer for sale in Eng- 
 
 Canton, but the artists do not seem lish a very unmarkttabie commodity, 
 
 to understand any principle of op- The common Chinese sahitaticm is 
 
 tics, so as to form the eye glasses of " hou, poo hou," the literal meaning 
 
 such convexities or concavities as to of which is, " well, not well. Tlic 
 
 rectify tlie various defects of vision, name mandarin is unknown among 
 
 but leave their customers to find out tlie Chinese, Cuehin Chinese, and 
 
 what suits tUeiB b«3t. The Cauton Tunquiucse, the word wsed by all 
 
240 
 
 CAP AND BUTTON ISLES. 
 
 these nalions for a per,son in anlho- 
 rity being quaii. Maiidaiiu is a Por- 
 tuguese Avord derived from the verb 
 mandar, to conimaiid. No correct 
 estimate of the population of Canton 
 has ever been formed, but it is known 
 to be very great. 
 
 The intercourse between Europe 
 and China, by the way of the Cape 
 of Good Hope, began in tlic year 
 1517, when Emanuel, King of Por- 
 tugal, sent a fleet of eight ships to 
 Cliina with an ambassador, who was 
 conveyed to Pekin, and obtained 
 permission to establish a trade at 
 Canton. About 1G34 some ships 
 from England visited Canton, but 
 made a most inauspicious com- 
 mencement, as a rupture and battle 
 immediately took place ; but peace 
 was afterwards restored, the misun- 
 derstanding bei g attributed to the 
 treachery of the Poitugnese. In 
 16G7 the Court of Directors in their 
 lotter to the agent at Eantam in Java 
 desire him, " to send home by these 
 ships 100 pounds of the best tcy 
 (tea) that you can get ;" but the first 
 importation of tea is supposed to 
 have taken place in 1G69, when two 
 canisters, containing 143f i)0unds, 
 were received by the way of Bantam, 
 as it does not appear any direct in- 
 tercourse then existed with China. 
 In the year 1G78 tiie Company im- 
 ported 4713 pounds of tea, but so 
 large a quantity seems to have glut- 
 ted the market, for the imports of 
 tea for six subsequent years amount- 
 ed in all to 410 pounds, purchased 
 generally at Surat or Madras. In 
 1680 we find the first notice of a 
 ship sent direct by the East India 
 Comptny to Cliina. In 1700 ther*? 
 were three ports open for the recep- 
 tion of English vessels, viz. Limpo, 
 Canton, and Amoy. 
 
 Since that period the commerce 
 with Canton has progressively in- 
 creased, although it has occasionally 
 met wich accidental intenuptions; 
 as in 1734 and 1801 when two Chi- 
 nese were killed by shot from Bri- 
 tish vessels. The most recent dif- 
 ference took place in 1806, when au 
 
 expedition ha\ing been sent from 
 Bengal to garrison iYlaeao with Bri- 
 tish troops, the trade was stopped, 
 but the troops being subsequently 
 withdrawn, an amicable arrangement 
 took place, and the trade resmued 
 its usual course. 
 
 Tchieu-Lung, the old Emperor of 
 China, resigned his throne to liis 
 15tli son, the present sovereign Kea- 
 King, in February, 1796, having com- 
 pleted a reign of 60 years. He died 
 in February, 1799, aged 89 years. 
 Since the accession of the present 
 monarch the reins of government 
 appear to have been considerably re- 
 laxed, as insurrections have been 
 frequent, anil some of them at no 
 great distance from Canton. Al- 
 though, in general, there are a much 
 greater number of troops quartered 
 throughout the province of Canton 
 llian in any other, a precaution ne- 
 cessary on account of the great in- 
 flux of foreigners to the port. The 
 sea coast has also been so much in- 
 fested by pirates as to threaten the 
 extinction of the Chinese coasting 
 and foreign trade in their own ves- 
 sels. {Staunton, Harrow, Milhw'n, 
 Elmore, Johnson, Macphcrson, Quar- 
 terli/ Review, ^c.) 
 
 Canyapura, {the Town of the Vir- 
 gin). — A small town, containing 
 about 200 houses, in tlie district of 
 South Canara, situated on the south 
 banks of a river which surrounds the 
 town and fort of Cimily. Lat. 12°. 
 34'. N. I,ong. 7.'>''. 4'. E. The inha- 
 bitants are chiefly Moplays, Mucuas, 
 JVIogajers, and Coucanies. {F. Bu- 
 chanan, 4'i'.) 
 
 Cap and Button Isles. — ^Two 
 small isles in the Stiaits of Sunda, 
 the first lying in lat. 6°. .58'. S. Long. 
 105°. 48'. E. ; the second in lat, 5°. 
 49°. S. Long. 105°. 48'. E. They 
 appear to have been originated by a 
 subaqueous volcano. 
 
 In the Cap are two caverns nin- 
 ning liorirontally into the side of the 
 rock, and in these are found a num- 
 ber of the bird nest? so mu(;h prized 
 by the Chinese. Thej^ seem to be 
 composed «f £ue filaments, cement- 
 
CARIMATA. 
 
 *'xi toEjelhci- by 1rans|)aicnt viscous 
 Inall* r, not unlike \\ hat is hit hy the 
 tbaiu of the sea upon stones alter- 
 nately eoveied with the tide, oi- those 
 !;('latinous animal substanees found 
 lloating; on every coast. The birds 
 that build these nests are small p^rey 
 sv. allows, AVith bellies of a dirty 
 white. They are veiy small, and so 
 r|uick of flight, as to be shot with 
 difficulty. 'J he same nests are said 
 to be tbund in deep caverns, at the 
 foot of the highest mountains iu tlic 
 middle ot" Java, at a great distance 
 from the sea, from which, it is 
 thouglil, the birds derive no mate- 
 rials, either for their food or the 
 construetiou of their nests. They 
 feed on insects which they find hover- 
 ing over stagnated pools Ijctween the 
 mountains, and it is supposed they 
 .prepare their nests from the rem- 
 nants of their food. 
 
 The nests are placed in horizontal 
 rows, at different depths, from .50 to 
 500 feet. Their value is chiefly de- 
 termined by the unifoim fineness and 
 delicacy of their texture, those that 
 are white and transparent being most 
 esteemed, and often selling in China 
 for their weight in silver. The birds 
 having spent two n)onths in prepar- 
 ing their nests, lay each two eggs, 
 which arc hatched in about 15 days. 
 When the birds become fledged their 
 iiests arc seized, v\ hich is dojie re- 
 gularly thrice a year, with the assist- 
 ance of bamboo and rope ladders. 
 These nests are an object of con- 
 siderable traffic among the Javanese, 
 but it does not appear that the sw al- 
 loAVs frequent the southern extremity 
 of Sumatra. 
 
 A good birds' nest is about the 
 size of a small china cup, almost as 
 white as writing ])aper. and as trans- 
 parent as isinglass, with a a cry few 
 downy feathers hanging about it. 
 The common l)lack nests are more 
 plentiful, and may be had any where 
 to the eastward, but they are full of 
 featheis and dirt. 'I'iic thickness of 
 the nests is about that of a silver 
 spoon, and their weight, when dry 
 and brittle, fVoni a quaj tcr to half 
 
 241 
 
 (Staunton, Elmore, Sfc. 
 
 an ounce. 
 
 .3-c.j 
 
 Capaluan. — A small island, one 
 of the Philiippines, lying due south 
 of the Island of Jjuzon, distant four 
 miles, Lat. 1.3° 50'. N. In length it 
 may be estimated at 14 miles, by 
 ti\e the average breadth. 
 
 Caramnassa, (Carina nasa, the 
 destruction of pious ivorks). — A small 
 Minding river, which separates the 
 province of Bahar horn that of Be- 
 nares. 
 
 By an ancient text the Hindoos 
 were ibrbidden even to touch the 
 waters of the Caramnassa, but the 
 inhabitants on its banks claim an 
 exemption which is admitted by the 
 other Hindoos, although their aver- 
 sion to the Caramnassa continues as 
 great as ever. By the contact alone 
 of its baneful waters, pilgrims sup- 
 pose they lose the fruit and efficacy 
 of their religious austerities and pil- 
 grimages, and they always cross it 
 with the utmost caution. Major 
 Rennel thinks it is the Commenasses 
 of Arian. 
 
 Oji crossing this river on service 
 fiom Bahar, the Bengal officers re- 
 ceive an additional pay, to enable 
 them to defray the increased ex- 
 penses they are subjected to in the 
 upper provinces. {Wilford, Foster^ 
 
 Caranja.— A small island ia the 
 harbour of Bombay, nanjed by the 
 natives Uran. 
 
 Carci LLA. — An open town in the 
 province of South Canara, contain- 
 ing aboAC 200 houses. Lat. 13°. 12'. 
 N. Long. 75°. 4'. E. Near this place 
 are the ruins of the palace of the 
 Byrasu wodears (chiefs), the most 
 pow erful of the former Jain Rajahs 
 of Tulava, or Soutli Canara. (F, 
 Buchanan, ^t.) 
 
 Carimata. — A small island, about 
 30 miles in circumference, lying off 
 the west coast of Borneo, betwixt 
 the first and second degrees of south 
 latitude. This island is high and 
 woody, with a peak in the middh;, 
 which is generally cloud capped. It 
 is inhabited. 
 
242 
 
 CARNATIC. 
 
 Carimon Java. — An island about 
 20 miles in circuinfcTcuce, in the 
 Java sea, suiTonnded by a cluster of 
 smaller ones. Lat. 5°. 4.V. S. Long". 
 110°. 15'. K. The mi;Idl(> one is of 
 considerable size, and as ^vcil as the 
 smaller ones that encompass it, is 
 covered with wood. 
 
 Carawang. — A distriet on the 
 north-west coast of ihe island of 
 Java, adjacent to Batavia. 
 
 Carli. — Some reniari<.able caverns 
 in the province of Auriingabad, si- 
 ti'.ated Oj)positc to the !brt of Log- 
 hur, from which they are distant 
 about four miles, and 30 miles N. W. 
 liom Poonah. 
 
 The chain of hills here nuis cast 
 and west, but the one in which the 
 caves are protrudes from tiiem at 
 right angles. The chief cave fronts 
 clue west. Here are an extensive 
 line of caverns, the principal of which 
 consists of a vestibule of an oblong 
 square shape, divided from the tem- 
 ple itself, which is arched and siip- 
 ported by pillars. The length of Uie 
 ■whole is 126 feet, the breadth 40 
 feet. No figures of the deity arc to 
 be found within the pagoda, but the 
 walls of the vestiijule are covered 
 ■with carvings in alto relievo of ele- 
 phants, of human figures of both 
 sexes, and of Euddha, who is re- 
 presented in some places silting cross 
 legged, and in others erect. There 
 are numerous inscriptions on the 
 Avails. The ribs of the roof arc tim- 
 ber, and cannot be supposed of equal 
 age ^^ith the excavation, und are 
 difficult to be accounted fo.'-, the 
 worsi)ip of Buddha having been so 
 long superseded by the Brahminical 
 religion. 
 
 A line of caves extends about loO 
 yards to the north of the gretit one. 
 These are flat roofed, and of a square 
 form, and probably were occupied 
 by the attendants on the temi)le. In 
 the last is a (igurc- of Huddlia. The 
 Carli caves are said to be GCOO feel 
 above the !e\el of the sea. 
 
 'J''hc diifeierK c between the ca- 
 verns of Elcphanla and Carli are 
 striking. Here are no persouiiica.- 
 
 tions of the deity, and no scparatft 
 cells for sacred rites. The religious 
 opinions which consecrated them are 
 no less different, Ibe first haviug been 
 dedicated to the deities of the Brah- 
 minical sect, and the last to those of 
 the Buddhists, or of the Jains. (Lord 
 VaJentia, 31. Giakam, ^c) 
 
 Carmulla, {Cariinalln). — A town 
 in the territories of the Poonah Ma- 
 harattas, in the province of Aurun- 
 galiad, 100 miles E. from I'oonali. 
 Lat. 18°. 23'. N. Long. 75°. 32'. E.- 
 This is a consideralde town, w itli a 
 stone fort, which has a double wall, 
 and a ditch between them ; a long 
 ditch also surnnuuls the outer Avail. 
 {Upton, \-c.) 
 
 Cakxaprayaga. — A village in 
 northern llindostan, in the province 
 of Seiinagur, situated at the con- 
 fhu-nec of the Alacanaiida Avitli the 
 Pindar River, which comes from the 
 S. I-:. Lat. 30°. 17'. N. Long. 79°. 
 15°. E. This is one of the five pra- 
 yagas, or holy places, mentioned in 
 the Shnstras, and considered as the 
 third in point of consequence. I'he 
 village consists only of six or eight 
 houses, Avith a math, or shrine, in 
 A\hich is placed the image of Kaja 
 Carna. {Rapcr, kc.) 
 
 CARXATIC, {Carnata). 
 
 The large province, denominated 
 the Carnatic by Europeans, compre- 
 hends the former dominions and de- 
 pendencies of the Nabob of Arcot, 
 and extends from the 8th to the 16th 
 degrees of north latitude. 'I'he north- 
 ern boundary connnences at the 
 southern limits of the Guntoor cir- 
 C;;r, defined by the small River Gun- 
 dezama, which falls into the sea at 
 j\!oiitapiliy. From hence if stretches 
 soiitli to Cape Coinorin, a distance 
 of about 560 miles in length, but of 
 an unequal brea<lth, the averags 
 being about 75 miles. 
 
 The region south of tlic River 
 Coteroon is called the Southern Car- 
 natic, and AAas rather tributary to 
 the Nabobs of Arcot than a real pos- 
 
CARNATiC. 
 
 243 
 
 Sl^ssion. Prior to the British sove- 
 VciiViify it was occiipird by iinmher- 
 Jt\ss nijalis, polygars, and (ithcr putty 
 rliiol's. and subdivided into the dis- 
 tricts of Timievelly, Madiria, :VIa- 
 rawas, tiie polygar's teniloiy, part 
 of 'rrichiiiopoly and 'I'anjoro ; the 
 piiiicipal towns being" Tan joro, 'IVi- 
 rliinop(»ly, iMadnra/lVanqucbar, Ne- 
 gapatam, and 'Jiiincveily. 
 
 The central Carnatic extends from 
 tiie Coleroou to tlie Ri\er Pennar, 
 and contained the remainder of Tri- 
 chino])oiy, "\ olconda, Paianicotia, 
 Gingee, Wandewash, Conjee, > el- 
 lore, Chingleput. Chandf^herry, Ser- 
 damilly, and part of Nelloor; the 
 chief towns being- Madras, Pondi- 
 cherry, Arcot, VS^allajahbad, A^el- 
 lore, Cuddalorc, Ging^ee, Pnllicat, 
 Chandgherry, and Nelloor. 
 
 The Northern Carnatic extended 
 from the Rixer Pennar to the Hiver 
 Gundi'zama and the Gnntoor circar, 
 and included the remainder of Nel- 
 loor, Ongole, and some smaller dis- 
 tricts ; the chief tow ns being On- 
 j^ole, Carwaree, and Samgaum. This 
 last region in ancient Hindoo limes 
 was termed Andhra, and reached to 
 the Godavery. The sovereigns were 
 called Andhras about the begiiniing 
 of the Christian era, at which time 
 the Andhra, or Andara; kings, were 
 Very powerful in India. 
 
 'I'he pr!nci|)al rivers are the Pcn- 
 Jiar, the J'alar, the Cavery, and the 
 Vaggaroo, all of which have their 
 sources in the table land above the 
 Ghauts. The vast height of these 
 mountains, and their great extent, 
 not only fix the boundaries of the 
 two Carnatics above and below the 
 Ghauts, but by stopping tlie course 
 of tlie winds likewise divide the 
 seasons. 
 
 The climate of tlie Camatic may 
 be considered as one of the hottest 
 in India, although somewhat reliev- 
 ed on the sea coast by llie pri^va- 
 lencc of the land and sea .breezes. 
 It is common in May, June, and 
 July, to have occasional showers, 
 and at some periods of that time to 
 have even three or four days heavy 
 
 R 3 
 
 rain, which rools the air, and ena- 
 bles tlie (uiltivation for dry grains to 
 take place. The weather in July, 
 though iiot, is cloudy, with strong 
 winds from the west. 
 
 In the j^reater proportion of the 
 Carnatic the soil is sandy, and water 
 being scarce, much exertion is re- 
 quired to procure it. In such dis- 
 tricts as have not the advantage of 
 being watered by considerable rivers, 
 or in parts where the water cannot 
 be convex ed from them to tie adja- 
 cent ti'-lds, t;<iiks are made, wliieh 
 being lilled during the periodical 
 rains, furnish water for the rice fields, 
 and for the cattle in the dry season. 
 Some of these are of gi'eat extent, 
 and were originally made by enclos- 
 ing deep and low situations \\ ith a 
 strong mound of earth. Others of 
 less magnitude for the use of tem- 
 ples, towns, or gardens, are of a 
 quadrangular form, lined vvith stone, 
 and descending inregular steps from 
 the margin to tlie bottom. 
 
 In the towns, as well as the vil- 
 lages, and along some of the prin- 
 cipal high roads, are choultries, in 
 the native language called chauvadi, 
 from which probaldy the English 
 term choultry is derived. These 
 public buildings, for the reception of 
 travellers, have been erected and 
 endowed by the magnificence of the 
 prince, the generosity of some rich 
 individual, or not uncommonly in 
 consequence of some pious vow. A 
 Brahmin resides near, who furnishes 
 the traveller vvith food and a mat to 
 lie on ; and contiguous is a tank, or 
 well, for the pilgrims to perform 
 tJieir ablutions. Every where, with- 
 in 40 or 60 miles of Madras, such 
 useful buildings are very common, 
 and have been erected and endowed 
 by rich native merchants of that city. 
 
 The only trees that grow sponta- 
 neously on the baiTcn parts of the 
 Carnatic are, the melea azadirachta, 
 and the robinia mitis, the last of 
 which ilourishes both on the arid hills 
 of the Carnatic, and on the muddy 
 hanks of the Ganges. Very little of 
 the soil betwixt Ori Permalairu and 
 
2J4 
 
 CAllNATJC. 
 
 Vira Pennal Pillays Choultry will, at on wltirh they nre j)iaocd will for 
 tlie usual rent repay tUe expense of ever remain, and point out their 
 tullivatioii, and in the present state former site. Villages and towns in 
 of the population it won Id not be an open eonntry are bul a daj in 
 expedient to let it at low rents, as duration, eoinjiaied with fortresses, 
 by thai means useful labourers miscld especially w hen the latter derive any 
 be taken from more valuable laisds, portion of their strength for their 
 The only gxxxl water in this neigh- natural situation, 
 bourhood is preserved in tanks ; that The great mass of the popidation 
 which is fouutPin wells is cilled salt in Ihis extensive proviiic<> profess the 
 by the natives, although the qnan- Hindoo religion of the Brahminical 
 lity of umriat of soda contauied in persuasion, the Mahommedans being 
 it is very snialL Famines and searci- buttliinly scattered over the country, 
 tics are nnich more fri-cpient in the except at the nabob's court, and a 
 Carnatic and south of India, than in few olher places. In 1785 there 
 the Bengal proA inces. A\ere reckoned to be about 20,000 
 
 In lill those districts of the Car- native Christians of tlie Konian Ca- 
 jiiatic, into ivhich the permanent sys- tholic sect ; and the Christians of all 
 tern of revenue assessments has been descriptions probably amount, at pre- 
 introduced, the eonditfbn of tliecnl- sent, to double that number. The 
 tivators has been improved; because, population of tlie Carnatic, in its 
 although the assessment Mas ori- most extensive sense, may be esti- 
 ginally tixed at one half of the pro- mated at live millions of souls. They 
 duce, in the eoinsc of time, by im- are considered inferior in bodily 
 provcmcnts, the half is reduced to strength to the Kajpoots, and other 
 one tliird, one fourth, ;uid even to a natives of Iliiidostan Proper, 
 liilh part of the actual produce. The greater part of the llralnnins 
 
 There are few countries that can tlnonghout the Lower Carnatic fol- 
 rxhibit so many large temples, and low secular professions. They al- 
 other public monuments of wealth most entirely till the dilfercnt offices 
 and civilization, as the Carnatic ; al- in the collection of the revenue and 
 most all the pagodas aie built of the administration of justice, and they 
 same fbrni. A large area, which is are, exclusively, employed as mes- 
 commonly a square, is enclosed by scngcrs and keepers of choultries, 
 a wall 16 or 20 Icct high, and in the Much of the land is rented by 
 middle of the area are the temples, them, but, like the Jews, they sel- 
 ■vvhich, as if intended to^be con- dom put their hand to actual labour, 
 cealcd from public view, are never and on no account will they hold 
 raised above the height of the sur- the [)lough. Their farms are chiefly 
 rounding wall. In the middle of cultivated by slaves of the inferior 
 one or more of the .sides of this wall castes called Sudras, ami Punehum 
 is a gateway, over which is built a Eu; dum. Ihese last are by fai- the 
 high tower, not designed as a de- must la()orious people of the country, 
 fence of the pagoda, but as a iiisto- but (he greater part of them aro 
 rical monument of the gods to whom slaves. So sensible was Hyder of 
 it is dedicated, representing the at- tlieir value, that, during his incur- 
 tributcs and adventures of tliese di- sions, this was the caste he princi- 
 vinities. j)a!ly endeavoiu-ed to carry away, 
 
 'i'herc were an astonishing num- 'i'hcre are a few Mahonnnedan larm- 
 bcr of forts -and fotrresses formerly ers who possess slaves, but the most 
 in the Carnatic, niOitly built of a nuineroys class of fanners is eom- 
 Kcpi are form. Tfuy.ure now, in eon- posed of Sudras. Some of these pos- 
 xecj.icnce of t'i<. -jng internal trim- sess slaves, but many of them culti- 
 qniility, rapidij going to d'-ca) ; but vate their tUrjns with their own 
 the natural straigth of. the situations hands. 
 
CARN'ATIC. 
 
 245 
 
 Tliiotigliout lliis ])roviuco tlio ass 
 is a very louuniiii animal. 'TIic breed 
 is siiiall, as in Ilciij:;al, hut llicn; is 
 an uiuuiumon variety ol" colt)ur 
 aiuoiif;- them. Some arc ot'tho usual 
 ash colour, while others are almost 
 ))laek, in Avhieh case the cross on 
 their shouhler disappears. The} are 
 kept by five classes oC pertple, who 
 are all of low castes, the hijjher 
 ranks dis(lainin<^ the use of so im- 
 pure an animal. One ol" these is a 
 Mretched caste, named Chensu Ca- 
 rir, wlio are described as having; 
 neither house nor cultivation. One 
 common article of their food is the 
 white ant, or termes. They travel 
 from place to place, couvejing their 
 rhildien and bagr,a>re on asses. — 
 Every man has also a cow, instructed 
 like a stalking horse, by means of 
 vvliich he approaches game, and 
 shoots it with arrow s. 
 
 The most numerous class of Brah- 
 mins (comprehending- one half of all 
 the Bralunins in the Lower Car- 
 natic) is named the Smartal sect, 
 who are votaries of Mahadua ov 
 Siva, and followers of Sankara 
 Aehanya. Throughout both Carna- 
 tics, except at Madras, the Brah- 
 mins appropriate to themselves a par- 
 ticular quaricr of every town, and 
 generally that which is best fortified. 
 A Sudra is not permitted to dw. 11 in 
 the same street with a Brahmin, 
 while he exacts the same deference 
 from the Whalliaru or Pariar, and 
 otlicr low castes. These pco}»le ge- 
 nerally live in wretched huts about 
 the suburbs. 
 
 Ill both the Upper and Lower 
 Carnalies taking siniff is imich more 
 common than in Bengal ; smoking, 
 on the contrary, is in great disrc|)nte. 
 The liookah is totally unknown, 
 except among Mahommedans. The 
 lower classes smoke cigars, but a 
 Brahmin would lose caste by such 
 a practice; and it is eonsidered un- 
 becoming even among the richer 
 part of the Sudra tribe. 
 
 Throughout tlu; southern parts of 
 India fowls are a common article of 
 diet with the lower castes, whereas 
 
 in Begal their use is confined en- 
 tirely to iMahommedans. In Bengal 
 ducks and geese are commonly used 
 by the Hindoos, but in the south of 
 India these birds are not at all do- 
 mesticated, except by Europeans. 
 
 Notwithstanding the great resort 
 of Europeans, and other foreigners 
 to the Carnatic, the genuine Hindoo 
 maimers are retained by the great 
 majoiity in wonderful purity. If any 
 person, leaving Madras, goes to the 
 nearest Hindoo village, not a mile into 
 the country, he is as much removed 
 from i'luropean manners and cus- 
 toms, as if he were in the centre of 
 Ilindostan. 
 
 From that part of the Carnatic 
 situated between the Hivei-s Palar 
 and Coleroon, tlie articles of pro- 
 duce or manufactures exported to 
 INIadras are chielly piece goods, con- 
 sisting mostly of blue clotlis, salam- 
 pores, coarse chintzes, i<c. the blue 
 cloths arc again re-exported, as are 
 many of the other coloured goods, 
 to the eastern markets. Among tin; 
 other articles sent from this quarter 
 to IVladras, arc ruin, indigo, grain, 
 and numerous smaller commodities. 
 The imports from Madras are very 
 inconsidirable. 
 
 The first irruption of the Mahom- 
 medans into the Carnatic was in 
 A. D. 1310, during the reign of 
 Allah ud Deen on the Delhi throne, 
 when they defeated Belal Deo, the 
 Hindoo sovereign. After this pe- 
 riod occasional tribute was paid to 
 til ■ Deccany so\creigns, and subse- 
 quently to i\\Q Mogul emperors, but 
 actual possession does not appear 
 to have been taken until towards 
 the conclusion of Aurengzeljc's 
 reign, in the commencement of the 
 18lh century. In the year 1717, 
 Nizam ul Mulk obtained possession 
 of the Mogul conquests in tlic Dec- 
 can and south of India, which from 
 that period ceased to form part of 
 th(i empire. 
 
 In 1743 Anwar ud Deen was ap- 
 pointed Nabob of Uie Carnatic and 
 Arcot by Nizam ul Muik, tin; Sou- 
 bahdar of tlie Deecan ; and, in 17o-l, 
 
346 CARNOUL. 
 
 after severe contests betwixt the dif- 
 ferent claimants, aided by the French 
 and English East India Companies, 
 his son, Mahommcd Aii, was left in 
 possession of that portion of the 
 Carnatic recovered for him by the 
 British arms. In 1763 it was again 
 sunend(^red to the Nabob Mabom- 
 med Ali, after being wrested from the 
 French, the contest having, in all, 
 lasted 15 years ; in 1783 the British 
 had again to reconquer it from Hy- 
 der Ah. 
 
 Mahommed Ali died the 13th of 
 October, 1795, and was succeed- 
 ed by his son, Omdut ul Onira, who 
 died the 15th of July, 1801, when 
 Azim ul Amrah was raised to the 
 throne. 
 
 In 1801, the whole of the posses- 
 sions of the Nabob of Arcot, situ- 
 ated in the Carnatic, with the ex- 
 ception of a small portion reserved 
 by him as the household lands of 
 himself and family, w ere transferred 
 to the Company by treaty. Of the 
 lands situated in the southern divi- 
 sion of the Carnatic, consisting of 
 the Tincvelly and Manapara Pol- 
 lams, and the two niarawars, Ran- 
 nad and Shevagunga, and of those 
 situated to the westward, called the 
 Western Pollams, the Company had 
 collected the tribute since 1792. In 
 1795, the Pollams of Karnnad came 
 directly under the charge and ma- 
 nagement of the Company. 'I'he 
 remaining part oi" the Carnatic ter- 
 ritories, acquired by the treaty of 
 1801, consisted of the districts of 
 Palnaud, Nelloor, Angole, the pro- 
 vince of Arcot, the Pollams of Chit- 
 toor, and the districts of Sativaid, 
 Tinevelly, and Madura. 
 
 By the treaty, the nabob reserved 
 to himself a clear revenue of from 
 two to three lacks of pagodas an- 
 imally, nnineinnbered by any charge, 
 the British government undertaki);g 
 to support a suHicieut civil and mi- 
 litary force for the protection of the 
 country, and colie* tion of the reve- 
 nue. A liberal establishment was 
 als<^) provided for the other branches 
 of the fanii ly of Mahomiued A li Klian, 
 
 Alter this event the country was 
 subdivided into the following eol- 
 lectorships, which comprehend also 
 a few districts from the Upper Car- 
 natic, viz. 
 
 1. Nelloor and Ongole, including 
 part of the western pollams, or ze- 
 mindaries. 
 
 2. The northern division of Arcot, 
 including Sativaid, Pullicat, Coon- 
 goody in the Barramahal, part of 
 Balaghaut, and the western pol- 
 lams, or zemiiidaries. 
 
 3. Chingleput, or the Jaghire. 
 
 4. The soutliern division of Arcot, 
 includingCudalorc and Pondichcrry. 
 
 5. Triehinopoly. 
 
 6. Tanjore. 
 
 7. Dindigul, including Madura, 
 Manapara pollams, Ramnad, and 
 Shevagunga, partly in the Carnatic, 
 and partly in Mysore. 
 
 8. Tinevelly, in the Southern Car- 
 natic. 
 
 {F. Bvchatian, 5th Report, T, 
 Munro, MaJcohn, J. Grant, Rennel, 
 Wilford, Fra. Paolo, ^c.) 
 
 Carnoul, {Candannr). — A district 
 in the Balaghaut ceded districts, ex- 
 tending along the south side of the 
 Toonibuddra River, and situated be- 
 twixt the 15th and 16th degrees of 
 north latitude. When ceded to the 
 British by the Nizam in 1800, it was 
 in a very desolate state, on account 
 of the ravages it had sustained, but 
 its condition has been since greatly 
 ameliorated. The chief town is Car- 
 noul. 
 
 Carnoul, — A town in the Bala- 
 ghaut ceded districts, situated ou 
 the south side of the Toonibuddra 
 River. Lat. 15°. 50'. N. Long. 77° 
 58'. E. 
 
 In 1752 this Avas the capital of a 
 petty Patan sovereignty, w hieh had 
 never been completely sul)dued by 
 the Miigul dynasty. It was then 
 taken by the Nizam Saiabut Jung, 
 through the assistance of M. Bassy's 
 army, and its ganison of 4000 Pa- 
 tans cut to pieces. It is still the re- 
 sidence and jaghire of a Patan chief, 
 Mho is tributary to the Company, 
 whose northern boundary in tliis 
 
CARRIANERS. 
 
 247 
 
 qiiartor is the Tooinbuddra, which 
 joins <hc Krislina, a il'w miles be- 
 low Cariioul. 
 
 TiaNollinp: distance from Hydera- 
 bad 127 miles S. S. W. fVoin Ma- 
 dras, 279; and from Seringapalam, 
 279 miles. {Orme, 5th Report, Rtu- 
 nel, Sf-c.) 
 
 Carnoul. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Rahar, district of Hajy- 
 poor, 60 miles N.froni Patiia, Lat. 
 26°. 16'. N, l.on<r. 85°. E. 
 
 Cakoor. — A town in the south of 
 India, in the district of South Coim- 
 betoor, 42 miles W . from the ttiw n 
 of Trichinopoly, Lat. 10°. 55'. N. 
 Lono;. 78°. 12'." E. Tliis town is si- 
 tuated on the U(>rth bank of the 
 Amarawati. or Caroor River, and 
 contains abo^e 1000 houses. At a 
 little distance from the town is a neat 
 fort, ^\ith a large tenii)le, and a gar- 
 rison of sepoys. Tlie supply of wa- 
 ter in the Amarawati does not last 
 the whole year, so that in some 
 seasons there is only one crop of 
 rice. Near the river the rice grounds 
 are extensive, and fully cultivated. 
 
 The river of Caroor was the an- 
 cient boundary between the domi- 
 nions of Mysore and Trichinopoly, 
 and this conterminal situation, un- 
 der the security of a strong Ibrt, and 
 its rule over a rich and extensive 
 district, had I'ormerly rendered it a 
 place of great mercantile resort and 
 opulence. This place was taken in 
 1760, during the Carnatie wars, by 
 Captain Richard Sniilh, from'JVichi- 
 noi)oly, and probably before this 
 event no Isuropcan troops had ad- 
 vanced so far west inland. 
 
 Caruak. — A town in the province 
 of Bejapoor, district of Mortizabad, 
 situalecl on the south side of the Ri- 
 Acr Krishna. Lat. 17°. 25'. N. J^ong. 
 74°. 15'. E. 
 
 This is a considerable town, being 
 a mile in length, and nearly as nnieli 
 in breadth, \\r\\ iulialiited, and with 
 a good market. Nearly in the « entre 
 of the town are two pagodas of great 
 height and elegant workmanship. 
 There is a fort here, but without 
 guns. Eroni hence to Satarah is a 
 
 pleasant valley, w ell inhabited and 
 ctdtivated, being intersected bymany 
 streams. {Moor, ^t.) 
 
 Carrianers. — A singular de- 
 scription of people in the Rinnan 
 empire, who inhabit dilferent parts 
 of the couuOy, i)arlicularly (he 
 western provinces of Dalla and Ras- 
 seen, several societies of whom also 
 dwell in the districts adjacent to 
 Rangoon. 'J'hey are a simple, imio- 
 cent race, speaking a language dis- 
 tinct from that of the Rinnans, and 
 entertaining rude notions of religion. 
 They lead a pastoral life, and arc Iho 
 most industrious subjects of the 
 slate. 'J'heir \illages form a select 
 connnunily, fromwhieh they exclude 
 all other sects ; and Ihey never re- 
 side; in a city, intermingle, or marry 
 with slrangers. 'liiey profess, and 
 strictly obser\ e, universal peace, not 
 engaging in Avar, or taking any part 
 in the contests for dominion ; a sys- 
 tem that necessarily places them in 
 subjection to the ruling power of the 
 day. Agiicullure, the care of cattle, 
 and reaiing of poultry, are almost 
 their only occupations. A great part 
 of the provisions used in the country 
 is raised by the Carrianers, and they 
 particulaily excel in gardening. 
 They have of late years been hea- 
 vily taxed and ojjpressed by the great 
 Rinnan landliolders, in consec|uence 
 of which numbers have withdrawn 
 into the mountains of Aracan. 
 
 'J'hey ha\e traditional maxims of 
 jurisprudence lor their internal go- 
 vernment, but are wiihont any writ- 
 ten laws. Custom with them con- 
 stitutes law. Some learn to .speak 
 the Rinnan language, and a few can 
 A\rite it imperi'eeUy. I'hey are ti- 
 morous, honest, mild in Uieir man- 
 ners, and exceedingly hospitable to 
 strangers. This people are not found 
 higher up than Prome. One of 
 them being intenogatcd, accoinited 
 for their state of ignorance, and as- 
 signed as a reason, that (jod once 
 wrote his laws ami conunands uj.on 
 the skin of a bulialue, and called 
 upon all the nations of the carlh to 
 coiue and take a copy, which tliev 
 
248 
 
 CARWAR. 
 
 all obeyed except the Carrianers, 
 vho had not leisure. {Synies, .Vc-) 
 
 Carnaul. — A town iii the pro- 
 vince of Deliii, 70 miles N. by W. 
 from the city of Deihi. Lat. 29°. 
 41'. N. Long. 76°. 48'. E. 
 
 Carnicobar Isle. — The most 
 norlherly of the Nicobar Islands, in 
 the Bay of Eeng^al. Lat. }>°. 8'. N. 
 Long. 92°. 53'. E. 
 
 This island is low, of a round 
 figure, about 40 miles in circumfe- 
 rence, and appears, at a distance, to 
 be entirely covered with trees. The 
 soil is of a black kind of clay, and 
 marshy, and i>roduces in great abun- 
 dance, with little care, most of the 
 tropical iinits, such as piue apples, 
 plantains, cocoa mits, also excellent 
 yams, and a root named cachu. — 
 The only qnatbupeds in the island 
 are hogs, dogs, large rats, and a 
 large animal of the lizard kind. 
 There are poultry, but not in plenty. 
 Snakes abound, some of the venom- 
 ous kind. There is great plenty of 
 timber, and some of it remarkably 
 large. The )iatives require money 
 for their provisions, and also expect 
 knives, handkerchiefs, and other 
 useful articles as presents. Shi|)S 
 calling here may obtain pigs, fowls, 
 cocoa nuts, betel nut, papaus, plan- 
 tains, limers, and shaddocks. A 
 species of ginger glows wild in the 
 island. 
 
 The natives are low in stature, but 
 well made, and surprisingly active. 
 They are copper-coloured, and their 
 features have a caste of the Malay ; 
 the females are extremely ugly. 
 Iliey are naturally gay and lively, 
 and drink arrack, when oifered 
 them, in large quantities. Many of 
 them speak a broken English, 
 mixed with Portuguese, which faci- 
 litates intercourse with ships. Their 
 hogs are remarkably fat, being fed 
 upon cocoa nut kernel, which is the 
 food also of tlieir dogs, fowls, and 
 other doirsestic animals. The houses 
 of the natives are generally built 
 upon the beach, in villages of 15 or 
 20 houses each. They are raised 
 iibout 10 feet from the ground, and 
 
 resemble bee-hives, having no win- 
 dows. The entry is through a trap- 
 door below, where tlie family mount 
 by a ladder, which is drav. n up at 
 liight. 
 
 '1 hey do not manufacture any cloth ; 
 what they have is procured from 
 ships, which come to trade for their 
 cocoa nuts, Avhich arc reckoned the 
 best in India. The articles they pre- 
 fer in exchange are cloths of differ- 
 ent colouis, liatchcts, and hanger- 
 blades. 1 hey have no moiicy of 
 their own, and use part of the coin 
 which they procure as ornaments. 
 Their intercourse with strangers is 
 so frequent, that they have acquired, 
 in general, the barbarous jargon of 
 the Poituguese, so common over 
 the Indian sea-coast. 
 
 Wlien a man dies all his goods are 
 burned Avith him, A\hich prevents 
 disputes among the heirs. On this 
 occasion his wife nnist confonn to 
 custom, by having a joint cut off 
 from one of her fingers ; and if she 
 refuses this, she mustsui)mit to have 
 a deep notch cut in one of the pillars 
 of her house. Their religion is im- 
 periectly understood, but seems to 
 liave no affinity with that of any of 
 the adjacent nations. I'hcre appears 
 to subsist a perfect equality among 
 them ; the more aged are respected, 
 but exercise no coercive authority. 
 
 The Danes formed a settlement- 
 about 1760 on this island^, to which 
 they conveyed a considerable num- 
 ber of cannon, and named New 
 Denmark; but the pestilential na- 
 ture of the climate compelled them 
 to abandon it. (6^. Hamilton, Lord 
 Valentia, Haensel, SjT.) 
 
 Cartinaad. — See Cadutinada. 
 
 Carvvar, {Cadawada). — A town in 
 the province of North Canara, 54 
 miles S. by £. liom Goa. Lat. 14°. 
 49'. N. Long. 74°. 4'. E. 
 
 This was formerly a noted seat of 
 European commerce, the English 
 East India Company having had a 
 factory here so early as 1673; but, 
 during the reign ofl'ippoo, the town 
 went to total ruin. It is situated in 
 that part of the Concan, conjpre- 
 
CASHMEKi;. 
 
 24?) 
 
 h\ni(\(Ml by llic P>ii<ish in ihi' <lis- bounded !)y the moniilr>in? of Tibet ; 
 triit ofNorlli C';i!i;iia. A ronsidcr- on the sonth-oast anil south by 
 able quanlity of cut *)r terra ja- Kishtewar, in th<' piovince of |,a- 
 poiiicu is prociind here, iioiie of liore; and ou the S. \\ . \i\ l/.i- 
 whieh jJ^■o^vs alKJVc the Chaiils 'ihc hoie, Miiznn'erahad, and some other 
 AfahaiattH merchants also eome for independent districts. Inehidin^ th« 
 salt, 'J'o the north of C'arwar tlie siirronnding' moiiiilains. Cashmere 
 conntry is %ery thinly inhabited, the may he cstimaled at 120 miles in 
 hills prodiuinp: nothins, hiit bushes length, and 70 in extreme hreadlh, 
 or stunted trees, anKMiij uhieh there thf tic^ure nearly an o\al. The li- 
 arc scarcely any leak. mits of Caslimerc towards tlie west. 
 It would ai)pear that at on<' tinie, ailjoiaing Muzulierabad, are termi- 
 all the lands ol this district belom^ed nated by a low thick wood, liie edge 
 to Jain landhohhrs; but, all these of which is skirted hy a rivulet ; and 
 liave been killed or so oppressed, on the other side rises a eliaiii of 
 that they have disappeared. There lofty mountains stret(-iiiii<!; to the 
 are not any slaves here. 'Ihis part north and soutii. la 158'i this pro- 
 of the Conean, on the fall oftheSul- vince is deserihed by Abnl Tazcl as 
 tans of liejapoor, Ijecame subject to follows: 
 
 the Kajahsof Soonda; one of whom, " Mic soubah of Cashmere is 
 
 named fciedasiva l\ow\ built the Ibrt situated partly in the thir<l, and partly 
 
 at the mouth of the river, and called in the Iburth climate. ltiseo)Jiposed 
 
 it by Jiis own name. The dialect of of Cashmere, Ehemher, 8e\^ad, Bi- 
 
 Conean is used by the natives of jorc, Cundaiiai', and Zcbulestaii 
 
 this })lace in tlieir own houses, but (Cabnl). I'ormerly it liad Ghizni, 
 from having been long" subject to lie- 
 
 japoor, almost all of them. can speak 
 the Maharatta. (F. Bndianan, <S;c.) 
 
 CAKWARtK. — A towTi in the Car- 
 natic, 78 miles N. N. ^^ . from 
 Madras. Lat. 14°. 3'. IS. Long-. 79°. 
 52'. E. 
 
 Carwarke. — A town in the nor- 
 thern Carnatie, district f)f Ongole, 
 148 miles N. from 'XFadras. Lat. 
 15°. 12'. N. Lous-. 80°. 5'. E. 
 
 but now it has Cabul lor its capital. 
 The length from kimherdine to 
 Kishengunjj; is 120 eoss, and tli<! 
 breadth from 10 to 25 eoss. On the 
 east lies I'eeristan and tiie i\iver 
 Chenaub ; on tiie south-east BaiikuJ 
 and the mountains of Juaimoo; oa 
 the N. E. C.reat'J'ihet; on the west 
 Puekhoji and Kishengung'; on the 
 south-Mcst the territory of Gickher; 
 and on the north-west Little Tibet. 
 , ^ . -. It is eueom})assed on ail sides with 
 
 lofty mountains. '1 here are 26 roads 
 CASII.MEKE, {Cusmua.) into Hindustan, but those of Ehem- 
 
 A province of Xorthern llindos- her and Fuckholi are the best, being 
 tan, situated prim ijjally between the passaide for horses." 
 34th and 35th tiegrees of north The whole of Cashmere represents 
 latitude. 'I'he A alley of Cashmere a garden in jjcrpetual s[iriiig, and 
 is of an elliptic form, and extends the fortilications witli which natnre 
 about 90 miles in a v\ inding diree- has furnished it are of an astonish- 
 tion from the south-east to the north- ing height. The water is remark- 
 west. It widens gradually to Is- ably good, and the cataracts mag- 
 lamabad, wliere tlie i)readth is about nificent. It rains and snows here 
 40 miles; Mhich is continued with at the same season as in Tartary and 
 little variation to the town of Persia; and, during the periodical 
 Sampre, whence the mountains by a rains in Uindostan, here also light 
 regular inclination to the westward showers fall. The soil is j)artly 
 come to a point, and .Si])arate Cash- marshy, the rest well watered bv 
 mere from Mu/ull'erabad. To the rivers and lakes. "Niolcts, roses, nai- 
 north and iiorlli-east Cashmere is cissuses, and iununicrablc otJier 
 
250 
 
 CASHMERE. 
 
 flowers gi-ow wild here. Eaitli- 
 quakes arc very IVequcnt ; on which 
 accouul tlie houses arc built of 
 wood. The hihal)ilants live chiefly 
 upon rice, Ircsh and dried llsh, and 
 vegetables, and they drink Mine. 
 Their horses are small lnit hardy; 
 they breed neither clepliunis nor 
 camels. In tlieir cities and towns 
 are neither snakes, scoipions, nor 
 other vcnonior.s reptiles; bnt the 
 country in j^eneral abounds with 
 flies, glials, bugs, and lice. Most of 
 the trade of the country is carried on 
 by water, but great burthens are 
 also transported on men's shoulders. 
 
 'J'he Cashmeiiaiis have a language 
 of their own ; but their books are 
 written in the Sanscrit tongue, al- 
 though the charticter be sometimes 
 Cashmerian. They write chiefly 
 wpon tooK, M'hich is the bark of a 
 tree. The Mahommedans are partly 
 Suiinies, and others are of the sects 
 of Ali and Nciorbukhshay. Here are 
 many delightful singers, but they 
 want variety. 
 
 The Hindoos regard the whole of 
 Cashmere as holy land; 45 places 
 are dedicated fo Mahadeva or Si^a; 
 64 to A ishnu; three to Brahma; and 
 22 to Durga (the wife of Mahadcra). 
 In 700 places are carved figures of 
 snakes, which they also worship. 
 
 xMthough formerly government 
 was said to take only a third of the 
 produce of the soil; yet. in fact, the 
 husl)andmen was not left in tlie en- 
 joyment of nearly one-third. His 
 majesty (Acber) has now command- 
 ed that tlie ( rojis shall be equally 
 divided, between the husbandman 
 and the state. There are but few 
 troops in Cashmere, the native stand- 
 ing army being only 481)2 cavalry, 
 and 92,400 infantry. 
 
 The ancients divided Cashmere 
 into tAvo jiarts only, calling the east- 
 ern division Aleraje, and the west- 
 ern Kamraj. In the history of 
 Cashmere, it is said, that in the early 
 ages of the world, all Cashmere, ex- 
 cejit the mountains, was covered 
 vith water, and was then named 
 Snttysir. Sutty is one of the names 
 
 of Mahadeva's wife, and sir signifies 
 a reservoir. In tlio year of the 
 Hijera 948, (A. D. l'541), Mirza 
 Hyder was sent against Cashmere 
 by the Emperor Humayoon, and by 
 the help of some of the natives con- 
 quered the Mliole of that country, 
 and part of Great Tibet." 
 
 The lower range of mountains, 
 which suiTound Cashmere, aie of a 
 moderate height, and covered with 
 trees and verdure, affording excel- 
 lent pasture for all sorts ofcatrle and 
 wild graminivorous animals ; and con- 
 taining none of the larger and more 
 ferocious carnivorous animal, such 
 as lions and tigers. Beyond this 
 range are mountains of a more ele- 
 vated description, whose snow-clad 
 tops, soaring above the fogs and 
 clouds, appear perpetually bright and 
 luminous. By ascending from the 
 plains up the mountains any de- 
 gree of cold may be attained. From 
 these mountains flow innumerable 
 cascades and rivrdets, which the in- 
 habitants conduct through their rice 
 fields, for the purpose of irrigation ;and 
 in their course form small lakes and ca- 
 nals, thejunction of which afterwjuds 
 forms rivers, navigable for boats of 
 considerable magnitude even within 
 the limits of Cashmere ; and, increas- 
 ing as they flow southward, form 
 several of the laigest rivers by which 
 Hiudostan is fertilized. Among- 
 these mountains are many romantic 
 vallies, the inhabitants of which 
 have scarcely any cominunicatiou 
 with those of the plains ; and, on 
 account of their poverty and the in- 
 accessible situation of their dwel- 
 lings, never have been subdued by 
 any of the conquerors who ha\e 
 devastated Cashmere. The religion 
 of primitive tribes is unknown, but 
 is probably some modification of the 
 Brahminical tenets. 
 
 The Aalley of Cashmere is cele- 
 brated throughout Asia for the ro- 
 mantic beauty of its situation, the 
 fertility of its soil, and the tempera- 
 ture of its atinosjihere. It is gene- 
 rally of a flat surface, and being 
 copiously watered, yields abundant 
 
CASHMERE. 
 
 251 
 
 crops of rice, whidi is Iho co/nnion 
 fond orilioiimai)it;ints. '1 lie tacility 
 of prucmiiis \v;iter rusiuvs llie crop 
 s^gainst tlic injuries of a droii^lil, 
 and the niildnoss of the climate 
 against the seorcliino- ollect of the 
 sun. At (he base of the snnuund- 
 ing hills where the land is higlicr, 
 wheat, barley, and various other 
 grains arc cultivated. In this pro- 
 vince arc found most of the plants, 
 flowers, fruit, and forest trees, com- 
 mon to Europe ; partieularly the 
 apple, pear, plumb, a])ri(S!t and nut 
 trees, and abundance of grapes; and 
 in the gardens are many kitchen 
 herbs peculiar to cold countries. A 
 superior sort of saflron is also pro- 
 duced in Cashmere, and iron of an 
 excellent quality is found in the 
 niojuitains. Hie setigcrah. or wa- 
 ter-nut, which grows in the lakes, 
 forms a considcral)lc portion of the 
 lood of the lower classes. 
 
 Many lakes are spread over the 
 country, and there is a traditit)n, 
 wliich appearances tend to contirni, 
 that the Cashmere V alley was once 
 the bed of a large lake, w hich at last 
 opened itself a passage into Hindos- 
 tan, by the channel of the Jliylum 
 River. Besides this river and ihe 
 Chota Singh River, there are num- 
 berless mountain streams supplied 
 by the risins, wliich fall among the 
 hills with groat violence from June 
 to October, and form many cascades 
 and small cataracts w Inch are pre- 
 cipitated into the valley, w here the 
 periodical rains arc desciibed as 
 only descending in gentle shower.». 
 The principal towns of the province 
 arc Cashmere, named alsoScriuagur, 
 Islamabad, and Sampre. 
 
 'I'hc wealth and fame of Cashmere 
 liave greatly arisen from the manu- 
 facture of shawls, the wool of which 
 is not pro<luced in the country, but 
 brought frouj districts of Tibet, ly- 
 ing at the distance of a month's 
 journey to the north east. It is ori- 
 ginally of a dark grey colour, and is 
 bleached in Caslnnere by the help of 
 a preparation of rice flower. 'I'his 
 raw material of the Caslunere shawls 
 
 is a wool, or rather a down, that is 
 protected by the course hair of a goat, 
 which is bred in Tibet. Neither the 
 Delhi emperors, who made Aarions 
 attempts to introduce tiie breed of 
 the shawl goat into the upper jiro- 
 vinces of India, nor the sovereigns 
 of Persia, have e\cr been aide to 
 succeed in procuring wool of an 
 equally fine quality wil!i that of Ti- 
 bet. The Persian shawl from the 
 wool of Kerman comes nearer the 
 Cashmere shawl tiian the l.nglish. 
 
 After the yarn of the wool is pre- 
 pared, it is stained with such colours 
 as may be pidged best suited for a 
 sale, and after being w ove the ])iece 
 is once w ashed. The iiorder, which 
 usually displays a \ ariety of figures 
 and colours, is attached to the shawls 
 after fabrication; but, in so delicate a 
 manner, that the. junction is not dis- 
 eeriiiide. The price at the loom of 
 an ordinary shawl is eight rupees; 
 thence, in proportion to quality, it 
 produces iiom 15 to 20 rupees, and 
 some of a very fine (piality sell so 
 high as 40 rupees the first cost. The 
 flowered work greatly adds to the 
 expense, and altogether 100 rupees 
 is occasiojially given. A large pro- 
 portion of th(> Cashmere revenue is 
 transmitted to the capital in sliawl 
 goods. 
 
 The Cashmerians also fabricate 
 the best writing-paper of the cast, 
 w Inch w as formerly an article of ex- 
 tensive Irallic, iis were its lacquered 
 ware, cutlery, and sugar; l)ut trade 
 of all sorts is now in a very languid 
 State. A wine resembling Madciia 
 is manufactured in this province, 
 and a spirituous liquor is also dis- 
 tilled from the grape. Amritsir, in 
 Lahore, the Seik ca})ital, is at pre- 
 sent the grand enrporium for the 
 shawls and saifron ofCasln;ierc. The 
 boats of Cashmere are long and nar- 
 row, and are nuncd with paddles. 
 The coimtry being intersected by 
 numerous streams, navigable for 
 small ^essels, might greatly benefit 
 under a bitter government by this 
 commodious internal conveyance. 
 As there are no caravanserais iH 
 
/ 
 
 CASHMERE. 
 
 ])ratcd for tFic Icaruingii of its Braft- 
 mins and the niagiiiliceiice of it* 
 temples. TJic period of its subjuga- 
 tion is uncertaiu ; but it was attack- 
 ed and ravaged by JIahmood of 
 Ghizni so early as A.D. 1012. It 
 
 252 
 
 / 
 
 Caslnnorc, conimeicial stjange>/are 
 generally lodged with their brokers. 
 
 In the time of Aurcngzebc the re- 
 venue collected in Caslimere was 
 three and a half lacks of ni])ees per 
 annum; in 1783, the Alghan go- 
 vernors, on behalf of the Cabul sove- was governed in a long succession 
 rei"n, extorted above 20 lacks. At by a race of Tartar princes, of the 
 that time the army of the prmince Chug or Chugatay tribe, until 158G, 
 was about 3000 horse, chiefly At- Avhen it was subdued by Acb( r, and 
 o-hans, the natives seldom engaging remained annexed to the liousc of 
 fi>. any military occupation, which is Timur for 160 years, after which it 
 avers« to their genius and disposi- Mas betrayed l)y the Mogul go\'er- 
 •jioD, nor, about 1754, to Ahmed Shah 
 
 The natives of Cashmere are a Duranny, and constituted a province 
 
 stout, well-formed people, and their of tlio Afghan sovereignty of Cabtil 
 
 complexions what in France or Spain until 1809, when Mahonnned Khan 
 
 would be termed brunette. They tlie soubahdar, on the part of the 
 
 are naturally a gay and lively people, 
 and eager in the pursuit of wealth. 
 They are accounted much more 
 acute and intriguing than the natives 
 of riindostan generally, and prover- 
 bially liars. They are also much ad- 
 dicted to the cultivation of literature 
 
 Cabul, revolted, and has ever since 
 maintained his independence, both 
 against the Afghan sovereigns, and 
 Funjeet Singh, the Seik Kajah of 
 Lahore. {Foster, A bid Fazel^ Bev- 
 iiier, licmiel, Malcolm, ,5'c.) 
 
 Casumkre, {or Seriiiagiir). — A 
 
 and poetry, and the common jseoplc town in t!ie province of Cashmere, 
 remarkably ingeniotis in cabinet -^ -^■■■^- -^ ■■ *^- -—''"^ t „+ o^o 
 work of all descriptions. Tliey have 
 not the slighest resemblance to their 
 Tartarian neighbours, who are an 
 ngly race of people; on the contrary, 
 the Cashmerian females have been 
 celebrated for their beauty and com- 
 plexions, and on that account much 
 souglit after for wives by the Mogul 
 Boljility of Delhi, that the breed 
 might not degenerate. Although 
 fertile, the country is not thickly po- 
 pulated, on account of the miserable 
 governments to which it has so long 
 been subjected. The whole number 
 
 of vhicli it is the capital. Lat. 34°. 
 20'. N. Long. 73°. 43'. E. In 1582. 
 it is described by Abul Fazel as 
 follows : 
 
 " Serinagur, the capital of Casli- 
 mere, is four farsangs in length. The 
 last mentioned one is dry during a 
 part of the year, and the Mar ii 
 sometimes so shallow, that boats can- 
 not pass through it. This city has 
 been for ages in a llomishing state ; 
 and here are niairafactured shawls 
 and other tiue woollen stufis. On 
 the east side of the city is a high 
 lill, called the mountain of Solimau^ 
 
 are probably nuich under half a mil- and adjoining are two large lakes,, 
 lion, a great proportion of whom arc which arc always full." 
 
 Hindoos, professing to follow the 
 Erahminical doctrines. All Cash- 
 mere is reckoned holy land by the 
 Hindoos, and abounds with miracu- 
 lous fountains. The language of 
 Cashmere springs from a sanserif 
 stock, and resembles that of the Ma- 
 havatias; their songs are composed 
 in the Tersic, which they consider 
 less harsh. 
 
 l^ior to the IMahommedan con- 
 quest of India, Cashmere Avas celc- 
 
 l"he town of Cashmere Avas for- 
 merly known by the name of Seri- 
 nagur, but now by that of the pro- 
 vince. It extends about three miles 
 on each side of the Ri\er Jalum, 
 over wliich are four oi- five wooden 
 bridges; and it occujiies, in some 
 part of its breadth, which is inicqual,, 
 about two miles. The houses, many 
 of them two and three stories high, 
 arc slightly built of brick and mor- 
 tar, with a large intermix tiue of tint- 
 
CASSAY. 
 
 253 
 
 hcT. On the wooden roof is laid a 
 co\Tniig of cartli, uliicli uH'oids 
 warmtlj ia winter, and diiiiiii;- ti)e 
 sumiiier is planted w itii lloweis. 'I'lie 
 streets are iiarntw, and elioked witli 
 the tilth of the inliabitants, wlio aic 
 I)ioveibially uiieleun ; and tlterc arc 
 no l)uiidiii;j;s worthy of remark. The 
 soubahdar, or j<overnor of Cashmere, 
 resides in a fortress, called shere- 
 ghnr,()C(;n]>vinj;- the south-east cfiiar- 
 ter of the city. 
 
 The benefit which this elty enjoys, 
 in a mild salubrious air, and a river 
 flowiiiu; through its centre, is essen- 
 tially ailou'd by its conliiicd eon^ 
 strnction and the extreme lilthiness 
 of the people. 'Ihere are <overed 
 floating-baths ranged along; the sides 
 t)f the river. 
 
 The Lake of Cashmere, named in 
 the provincial language the Dall, has 
 long been celebrated for its beauties. 
 It extends fi-oni the norHi-east quar- 
 ter of the city, in au oval cireum- 
 feren^-e of live or six nuhs, and joins 
 the Jaluni l>v a narrow^ <hanuel, near 
 the suburbs. The northern view of 
 the lake is terminated, at the dist- 
 ance of 12 miles, by a tletached 
 range of mountains, whi<li slope 
 Ironi the centre t(» each aiigie ; and 
 from the base, a spacious plain, pre- 
 sei-ved in constant verdure by nume- 
 rous streams, extends with an easy 
 declivity to the surface of the water. 
 In the centre of the jilain, as it ap- 
 proaches the hike, one of the Delhi 
 emperors, probably Shah Jelian, con- 
 estructed a spacious garden, called 
 Shalimar. 'I'hc; numerous small 
 islands in the lake ha\e the effect of 
 ornamenting the scene. 
 
 Rcrnier, who visited this conntiy 
 in l(j6',i, when travelling in the suit 
 of the Jjnperor Auiengzebc, gives a 
 most interesting and romantic de- 
 ji* Tipti4iu of this city ; but since the 
 «iismcjnberincnt of Cashmere from 
 the empire ofliiudostan bytheAl- 
 ghans, tliis city luis greatly decayed, 
 itnd its Itnildings been sutfercd to 
 ^rtnnble into ruins. Travelling dist- 
 al nee liom Lahore, 587 miles; from 
 Ajfra. 724; from Lucknow. 866; 
 
 from Bombay, 1277 ; from Cal- 
 cutta, 15Gi; and from Madras, 1882 
 n)iies. {Foster, Itcnnel, Abid Fazel, 
 Bernkr, Vc.) 
 
 (Jashy, {Cashhi). — A small dis- 
 trict in Northern liindostuu, tril)u- 
 tary to the (Jhoorkali Hajahs of Ne- 
 panl. and situated between the 28th 
 and 29th degrees of north latitude. 
 Respecting this petty state very liltle 
 is known, except that it forms part 
 of tiie region named the countiy of 
 the 24 Rajahs, 'i'he country is vei-y 
 mountainou.^. 
 
 Cashy. — A towii in Northern Hin- 
 dostan, the capital of a small di.stiict 
 of the same name, in the country of 
 the 24 Rajahs, and tributaiy to Ne- 
 paul. Lat. 28° 42'. N. Long-. 82°. 
 49'. E. 
 
 Cassai River.— This river has its 
 Sonne in the piovince of Rahar, dis- 
 tiict of l^amghur, and not far from 
 the town of Ramghur, from whence 
 it Hows in a south-easterly direction, 
 passing the town of Midnapoor in its 
 <!oursc ; after which it falls into tha 
 western, or Hooghly branch of tha 
 River Ganges, a few miles below 
 Diamond Point. 
 
 C ASSAY. — A province in the Bir- 
 man empire, situated about the 24th 
 degree of north latitude. This coun- 
 try is bounded on the north by Ca- 
 char and Assam; on the south In 
 Aracan, and the rude tribes border- 
 ing- im that country; on the west it 
 has the Bengal districts of Tipperali 
 and Sylhet ; and on the cast it is se- 
 parated from the original Birman 
 territories by the River Keenducm, 
 which, taking a south-eastern course, 
 unites its waters witli those of th» 
 Irravaddy, a short way alwve th« 
 town of Sembev^ ghewn. The capi- 
 tal city is Munipoor, and by the in- 
 haljitants of Bengal the Cassayers 
 are called Muggaloos, an appellation 
 with which they them.selves aie to- 
 tally unacquainted. Tlvis name the 
 Europeans have applied to the coun- 
 try, turning it into Meckley. Katthce 
 is the name given to this people by 
 the Birmans, which has been taken 
 for the nam« of the country, and 
 3 
 
254 
 
 catarmahal. 
 
 corrupted into Cassaj-; the natives 
 of which call themselves Moitay. 
 
 The Cassayers have a softness of 
 countenance much more resemblin;ij 
 the natives of Hindostan than the 
 Birmans, with whom they have very 
 little aflinity eitlier in manners or 
 appearance. Many of these peo])le, 
 taken prisoners in the wars, are now 
 settled in the neighbourhood of the 
 Birman caj>ital, Ununerapoor, where 
 their superior skill and industry, 
 in different branches of handicraft 
 Avork, supply them with a comfort- 
 able subsistence. They cultivate 
 pulse, greens, onions, and such vege- 
 tables as the Birmans use, and trans- 
 port them across the lake to Umme- 
 rapoor, where they retail them in the 
 market. 
 
 The gunsmiths of the Birman em- 
 pire are all Cassayers, but their s^uns 
 are extremely defective. They arc 
 also much better horsemen tlian the 
 natives of Ava, and on that account 
 are the only cavalry employed in the 
 Bumaii armies, and very mucii re- 
 semble those met with in Assam. 
 They ride like all oiieiitals, with 
 short stirrups and a loose rein ; tlicir 
 saddle is hard and higli, and two 
 large circular (laps of hard leather 
 hang down on each side, which are 
 painted or gilded according to tlie 
 quality of the rider. The music of 
 the Cassayers is remarkably pleasant 
 and consonant to the English taste, 
 ill which the time varies suddenly 
 fiom quick to slow. With the reli- 
 gion of the Cassayers we are imper- 
 fectly acquainted ; but there is rea- 
 son to believe a great ma,jority pos- 
 sess the Brahminical doctrines; and. 
 in the basis of their character and 
 dispositions, they much more re- 
 semble a regular Hindoo tribe, tlian 
 the harsh and brutal followers of 
 Buddha. Their country may be 
 considered as the extreme limits of 
 the Brahminical Hindoo sect to the 
 eastward, as from hence the preva- 
 lence of the Buddhist doctrine in 
 some shape is universal. 
 
 In the year 17-54, when Alompra, 
 the Eirraan mojiarch, left the city of 
 
 Ava to relieve Promo, he detached li 
 body of trooi>s across the Keendueni 
 to chastise the Cassayers, who had 
 hitherto enjoyed only a temporar}"^ 
 independence, when the contests of 
 the BiiTnini and Pegue states left 
 them no leisme to enforce obedience. 
 They were always leady to revolt, 
 and quickly reduced to submission. 
 The Rajah of the Cassayers, residing 
 at Munnipoor, sued for peace, which 
 was concluded on advantageous 
 terms tor the Birmans; and, as is 
 the custom, a young man and young 
 woman of the rajah's kindred were 
 delivered as hostages. 
 
 In 1757 Alompra again attacked 
 the Cassayers, and ravaged their 
 country, but mus prevented com- 
 pleting the conquest by the revolt of 
 the Peguers. In 1765, Shcmbuan, 
 the son of Alompra, invaded the 
 Cassay country, and obtained consi- 
 derable booty, but appears to have 
 intended nothing beyond a predatory 
 excursion ; but, in 1774, he sent a 
 formidable force against the Cassay- 
 ers, which, after a long and obsti- 
 nate battle, took the capital Munni- 
 poor, the rajah having withdrawn to 
 the Corrun hills, five days' journey 
 north west of that place. From this 
 period the Cassay country has re- 
 mained subject to the Birmans. 
 {Sijmes, F. Buchanan, &fc.) 
 
 Catanduanes Isle. — One of the 
 Philippines, situated oft" the east 
 coast o! Luzon. Lat. 15'. N. liOng. 
 124° 30'. E. In length it may be 
 estimated at 36 miles, by 20 the 
 aveiage breadth. 
 
 Catarmahal, {Chatnrmahal). — A 
 village in Northejn Hindostan, situ- 
 ated in the y\iniora district, iiihal)ited 
 principally by pataris, or dancing- 
 women. "Lat. 2y°. 40'. N. Long. 
 79°. 38'. E. 
 
 Above the town, under the peak 
 of the mountain, stands a large and 
 apparently very ancient ti niple, sa- 
 cred to Aditya. It is built at tho 
 west extremity of a square, and sur- 
 rounded hy 51 siiiallei |)ynuniilical 
 temples, which were formerly sup- 
 plied with idols, but few of them 
 
CAULABAUGH. 
 
 255 
 
 now rcniaio in a perfect state. Tra- 
 ditJoii reports' it to have been built 
 Ijy the Pandoos. An annual fair is 
 held here in the month of Paush. 
 
 C>TCHouRA, {Cachor). — A town 
 and fort in the jnovince of A 2:r!!, dis- 
 trict of I'nrruekabad.from vvliich tlie 
 zemindar, being n'lractury, was ex- 
 pelled by the liritisli forces in Mnreh, 
 1803. with considerable lo.ss on the 
 part of the assailants. 
 
 Catochin. — A small district in 
 the eastern quarter of the Lahore 
 province, situated about the 32d de- 
 jjree of north latilud;». ll is named 
 indiscriminately Catochin and Kaiui- 
 pah, and is now possessed by the 
 Seik tribes. It is a very hilly and 
 woody district, and is intersected by 
 the River Beyah. 
 
 Catmandoo, (Casht/iamaixlh; the 
 wooden metropolis). — A town in 
 Northern Ijindostan, situated in the 
 valley of \epaul Proper, 40 miles 
 from the loftv Himalav a Mountains. 
 Lat. 27°. 33'". N, Long. 85°. 39'. E. 
 
 This place is reckoned the present 
 capital of Nepaul, Ijcing the resi- 
 dence of the (JhoorkhaJi rajah. It 
 stands on the east bank of the Bis- 
 henmutty, along which it extends 
 about a mile ; its breadth is incon- 
 siderable, no wliere exceeding lialf a 
 mile, and seldom extending beyond 
 a quarter of a mile. The name by 
 which it is distinguished in ancient 
 books is Gongool-putten ; the Ne- 
 wars call it Yindaise, whilst among 
 the Parbuttees, or mountaineers, it 
 is stiled Kathipoor, an appellation 
 which seems to proceed from the 
 same popidar source with Catman- 
 doo, a name derived, it is said, from 
 its numerous wooden temples. These 
 appear to differ nothing from the 
 wooden mundabs, or nnmdirs, oc- 
 casionally met with in other parts of 
 India, and arc principally remark- 
 able for their number and size. Be- 
 sides these there are many brick 
 temples, with three or four sloping 
 roofs. 
 
 The houses are built of brick and 
 tile, with pitched or pent roofs to- 
 
 wards the .street. They arc of two, 
 three, and four stories, and almost 
 without exception of a mean ap- 
 pearance, even the rajah's house 
 being but a sorry bi;ilding. 'i'he 
 streets are very nanow, and nearly 
 astilihyas those of Benares. Cat- 
 mandoo was reckoned to contain 
 22,000 houses during the time of Jye 
 Pnrkliaush, and they have since aug- 
 mented at the expense of Patu and 
 Biiatgong. This statement must be 
 understood to oomi)reliend, not only 
 the population of the town its<lf, but 
 of its dependent villages, there not 
 being above .5000 houses on the 
 ground oecu])icd by the city. Al- 
 lowing 10 persons to a liouse or fa- 
 mily, which is probably a low esti- 
 mate for tl'.e houses of Catmandoo, 
 its population v\ ill amount to 50,000 
 souls. 
 
 At the same rate, the numbers oc- 
 cupying the remaining 17,000 houses, 
 formerly included within the juris- 
 diction of Catmandoo, would be 
 170,000; but, in the country, eight 
 may be taken as the average, which 
 would give 186,000 for the totiU po- 
 pulation of the capital and its dis- 
 tricts. Among the latter, in this 
 estimate, are not included Doona- 
 baise, Noakofe, Nerjah, nor any of 
 the dependencies of the Catmandoo 
 sovereignty lying beyond the valley. 
 ( KirlipcUrich, S^-c.) 
 
 Caugmarry, {Cagniari). — A small 
 town in the province of Bengal, dis- 
 trict of IMymnnsingli, 38 miles N. 
 N. W. from Dacca. Lat. 24°. 15'. 
 N. Long. 89°. 48'. K 
 
 C AULA HANDY. — A town possessed 
 by independent chiefs, in the pro- 
 vince of Orissa, 50 miles N. E. from 
 Bnstar. Lat. 20°. 7'. N. Long. 83**. 
 15'. E. 
 
 CaulabadGII, (Khsharabag, thr 
 garden of salt). — A town on the wesi 
 side of the Indus, in the province of 
 Cabul, 116 miles N. by W. from 
 iMooltan. Lat. 32°. 11'. N. Long. 
 70*. 46'. E. 
 
 At this place the country inha- 
 bited by the real Afghans begins, 
 and from hence to Peshawer are a. 
 
250 CAUNPOOR. 
 
 c,Tcat variety of tiibcs. It is here 
 also that the Indus is first coiiliiied 
 to one stream, hetween the banks of 
 %vliich it cannot ovcrllow. Caula- 
 l)angli lias been long- noted fur an 
 inexhaustible store of the finest rock 
 salt, and it is enriched by considoi- 
 able allum works. The salt is sold 
 at 25 maund (of 80 libs.) per ru{)ee, 
 and transported on camels and bul- 
 locks to the Pintjab, Mooltau, and 
 tlie other lower parts of the Cabul 
 dominions. The alhini also is bar- 
 tered in trade. 
 
 The lionses of the inhabitants are 
 bnilt on platforms cut out of the de- 
 ehvity of the hill, and the inhabi- 
 tants are an Afghan tribe, named 
 Awans. The stream of the Indus 
 at Canlabangh, between the tv.o 
 nearest points of the opposite hills, 
 is from three to 400 yards broad. 
 The adjoining hills arc remarkable 
 on account of their fantastic shapes, 
 the lain Inuina; Avashed doAAii tiuiir 
 crumbled substance, leaves to the 
 last the highest and hardest parts, 
 which often are seen standing on 
 bases much smaller than their snm- 
 inits. (11^/t Register, S,-c.) 
 
 C Avyi¥ ooR, {K/mupura). — A town 
 in the province of Allahabad, si- 
 tuated on the west side of the Gan- 
 f!,es, 49 miles S. W. from Lucknow, 
 i.at. 26°. 30'. N. Long. 80°. 21'. E. 
 A brigade of Company's troops is 
 cantoned here, it bejiig considered 
 as the chief militaiy station in the 
 ceded provinces. There are barracks 
 for 400 artillery, two king's regi- 
 ments, one of cavalry, thn-c of na- 
 tive cavalry, and 7000 native infan- 
 try, 'i'he oiliceis of every descrip- 
 tion fnul their oAvn lodgings, m Inch 
 consist of very commodious and ele- 
 gant bungalows, binit without any 
 regularity, on a space extending about 
 six miles along the Canges. 
 
 Caunjioor is situateil on the upj)er 
 part of th;it vast plain, which e\- 
 tonds from the Bay of Lcngal to 
 the northern mountains approaching 
 Tibet. Tiie soil of it is not only ail 
 arable, but with j'roper cultivation 
 •apable of being reiidered e\tremely 
 
 fertile. Agrieulknc in ilie iieigfj- 
 boinhood of Cainipoor has profited 
 by the stinnilus of a Eurctj)ean mar- 
 ket and high prices. Indian corn, 
 grain, barley, and M'heat, arc culti- 
 vated ; and turnips, cabbages, and 
 European vegetables, arc, during 
 the season, in great abundance, not 
 only in the gardens of the olliccrs, 
 but in the fields cultivated by the 
 natives. Grapes, peaches, with a 
 piofusion of fruit, have long been 
 supplied by the Europeans. 
 
 In their season sugar canes, arid 
 other crops, tlourish in this part of 
 the country in great luxuriance ; cul- 
 tivation is, however, often inter- 
 rupted by the intervention of ex- 
 tensive wastes, w Inch might be easily 
 lendercd as productive as the rest of 
 the land. 
 
 The troops here, during the dry 
 season, suffer great annoyance from 
 the dust, whicii they cannot possibly 
 avoid. From the middle of Octo-* 
 ber to the middle of June there is 
 seldom a shower of rain ; the groimd, 
 consequently, becomes parched to a 
 cinder; all vegetation, except on wa- 
 tered fields, being destroyed. The 
 tread of horses, camels, and bullocks, 
 loosens each day a certain quantity 
 of dust from the surface, which tlic 
 w inds that regularly blow in the af- 
 ternoon raise into the air in the form 
 of a thick cloud, which nearly hides 
 the sun, and enveloj)es the station 
 in darkness. The history of the 
 counlry affords many iii.stances of 
 battles, lost and avou, according to 
 the direction of the dust, the wind- 
 ward position giving a decided ad- 
 vantage. A^'ohes abound licre» 
 v.hiclificquontlydash into some cor- 
 ner of the camj), and carry children 
 under five years of age, whi(;li hap- 
 pen to be straggling among the huts. 
 
 Aficr the cession of the surround- 
 ing eouutry of the Doab, in 1802, by 
 the Nabob of Oude, a district was 
 altachcd to the Canispoor station^ 
 and a civil establishment ajipointed 
 for (he adip.iuishatiou ofjuslice, and 
 the collection of the revenue. {Ten-' 
 naiit, Lord Valentia, Iltnnel, 'Sfc.) 
 
CAVITE. 
 
 257 
 
 Cavai. — A small jNToplny town in 
 tJic province of i\r;ilal)ur, '28 niilos 
 N. \. W. Iioni TclliclKMv. Lut. 12° 
 n'. N. Lon?,-. 75°. 20'. \\. lu 1719 
 the Knulish luul a riictoiy here, 
 which foiisistcd of a puiidiahi, or 
 haiiksall ; whicli Dutch word has 
 now, in general, been adopted by 
 tlic natives of the whole INIalabar 
 ro;ust. 
 
 In l?^ the French built a fort on 
 the soutii side of the river, w'licro 
 they remained 10 years. Afterwards 
 an Eliii Rajah (as the husband of the 
 Eibby of Cananore i:J nained) built 
 a fort on each side of the sonlhcru 
 liver. These two forts are now in 
 rnins, and the influence of the Ca- 
 iiaiiore family entirely superseded by 
 that of Choiicara l\!ousa, a INla- 
 liominedan merchant of I'ellichcrry, 
 whose authority e.vtcnds unrivalled 
 over the ftloplays from Cavai to 
 Mangalore. (F. Buchanan, .Vr.) 
 
 Cavery, (Caveri). — A river in the 
 south of India, which lises among 
 the Coorg hills, near the coast of 
 IMalabar, passes through the Mysore, 
 Coiml)ctoor, and the Carnatic below 
 the Chauts ; and, after a winding 
 course of nearly 400 miles, falls into 
 the sea by various mouths in the pro- 
 vince of Tanjore. 
 
 Opposite to Trichinopoly, in the 
 Carnatic, the Cavery separates into 
 tw^o branches, and forms the Island 
 of Serinj;iiam. About 13 miles to 
 the eastward of the point of separa- 
 tion the branches again approach, 
 but tlie northern branch is at this 
 place 20 feet lower than the southern. 
 The northern branch is permitted to 
 run V aste to tlie sea, and is named 
 the Coleroon ; but the southern, 
 wlii(;li retains the name of Cavery, 
 has been led into a variety of chan- 
 nels by the skill and industry of the 
 early Hindoos, to iriigate the pro- 
 vince of Tanjore, and is the cause 
 of its extraordinary fertility. Near 
 to the east end of the Island of Sc- 
 ringhum is formed an innnense 
 mound, to ])reveut the waters of the 
 Cavery from descending into the 
 Coleroon. {Wilks, ic.) 
 
 s 
 
 Caverypauk. — A large town in 
 the Carnatic, district of Conjee, Lat. 
 12^. 59'. N. Long. 79°. 32'. E. Here 
 is a great eray, or taiik, about eight 
 miles long by three broad, whicli 
 fertilizes a considerable tract of coun- 
 try. From Onluorto Caverypauk the 
 barren ridge on which the road leads 
 is narrow, and the country bein;j 
 abuiidantly sui)plied with water from 
 the great tank has a handsome ap- 
 jKaranoc. After passing Caverypauk 
 towanls Arcot, the barren ridge is 
 more extensive, and in most places 
 consists of immense beds of granite, 
 -or of that rock decomposed into 
 coarse sand, almost destitute of ver- 
 dure. (F. Buchanan, 4t.) 
 
 Cavfuvpatnam. — A town in the 
 south of India, district of Kistnag- 
 herry, situated on the banks of the 
 Panaur Kiver, 103 miles east from 
 Seringapatam. Lat, 12°. 29'. N. 
 L(,ng. 78°. 22'. E, 
 
 Cavf.iiyporum. — A town in tiie 
 district of North Cuimbetoor, 85 
 miles S. E. from Scringapatam, Lat. 
 ll*. 49'.N, Long. 77°. 55'. E, This 
 tov\'n is situated on the banks of the 
 Cavery, which, in the rainy season, 
 is here a wide, strong, but smooth 
 stream, no where fordablc; but in 
 the dry season there are many lords. 
 The country is, in general, level, but 
 very stony, and full of rocks even 
 with the surface. 
 
 'Jlie tort of Caveryporum is said to 
 have been built by Guttimodaly, who 
 was polygar of a considerable part of 
 the neighbouring country, llic su- 
 burbs contain about 100 houses, witli 
 the ruins of a much greater number. 
 There is a custom-house here, this 
 being an entrepot of trade betv\een 
 the countries above and below the 
 Ghauts. The goods are carried on 
 oxen, and tobacco is the principal 
 article. {F. Buchanan, ^c) 
 
 Cavite. — A town in the Philip- 
 pines, situated three leagues S, W. 
 from jNfanilla, within the Eay of 
 Manilla, it being the proper harbour 
 of that city. Lat. 11° 34'. N. Long. 
 120°.4S'. E. 
 
 It was once of g^reater si39 '^d 
 
258 
 
 CERAM LAUT ISLES. 
 
 consequence, but now has, in g;e- 
 iieral, only a gairison of 150 men, 
 M ho occ»])y the castle of St. Pliilij), 
 which is of a square form, wlih four 
 bastions. All the other inliahiiants 
 arc niulatocs, or Indians, eraj)lo) ed 
 at the ar.scna!, and, with th* ir fa- 
 milies, form a population of 4000 
 souls. The .Jesuits formerlj possessed 
 a very handsome house here, but Ihe 
 whole is much decayed ; the old stone 
 houses being abandoned, or occupied 
 by Indians, who never icpair Ihem. 
 The depth of water is excellent, as 
 ships may lie within musket shot of 
 the arsenal ; but Ca\ite Bay is in- 
 fested by a species of worm, which 
 penetrates tlie planks and timbers of 
 ships, and renders theju .»;oon unlit 
 to keep the sea. Although so near 
 to Manilla, being actually within the 
 bay, boats going from the one to the 
 other art! often taken by j)iratical 
 Malay prows, and the people sold 
 for slaves. {La Peyroiise, Sonnerat, 
 
 CayagaxSooloo Islf.s. — A clus- 
 ter of islands in the Eastern Seas, 
 lying oft" the north-eastern coast of 
 Borneo. Lat. 7°. N. Long. 118° 
 50'. E. The largest, about 20 miles 
 in circumference, is of a middling 
 height, covered with trees, and the 
 soil rich and luxuriant. In 1774 this 
 island was dependent on Sooloo, and 
 much frequented by the mangaio, or 
 piratical prows. 'I'he tide rises here 
 six feet on the springs. {Forrest, 
 
 Cayle River. — A small river, 
 which has its source in the districts 
 to the south of Palamow, in the pro- 
 vince of Bahar, liom whence it pur- 
 sue.; a northerly-winding course un- 
 til it joins the Soanc in the dislii( t 
 of Rotas, after a course, iiidudiug 
 the turnings, of about 150 n)iics. 
 
 Cayvakum. — A town in liie south 
 of India, district of (Jurrumconda, 
 85 miles S. W. from Cudapah. Lat. 
 13''. 30'. N. Long. 78°. 21'. K. 
 
 Ceded Districts, — See Bala- 
 
 GHAUT. 
 
 Cera Tsle. — A small island, about 
 20 miles in circumference, lying oil' 
 
 the west side of Timorlaut. hong, 
 131°. 50'. E. 
 
 Ceram. — A large island in the 
 Eastern Seas, extending from the 
 128th to the 130th degrees of east 
 longitude, and situated principally 
 bctv^'ixt the third and fourth degrees 
 of south latitude. In length it may 
 be estimated at 185 miles, by 30 
 miles the average breadth. 
 
 A chain of very high mountains^ 
 parallel in their direction, runs from 
 east to west, the vallies betwixt 
 which shew every sign of a vigorous 
 vegetation. The highest of these 
 mountains from the sea appears to 
 be 7000 feet in elevation. The pe- 
 ninsula of Bocwamoehil, or Little 
 Ceram, is joined to the main laud by 
 a narrow isthmus, and, in ancient 
 times, produced large quantities of 
 cloves and nutmegs, but the trees 
 were extirpated by the Dutch about 
 the year 1657. The \iood v\ Inch is 
 usually called Amboyna, and the 
 Salmoni, both of which are exported 
 from Amboyna, for cabinet work, 
 are mostly the production of C«;ram. 
 At present the peninsula of Hoewa- 
 moehil is covered with sago trees. 
 Along the shores of Ceram uncom- 
 monly line shells are found. 
 
 Rumphius describes the wild 
 mountains and interior of this island 
 as being inhabited by the Horaforas, 
 or Alforcze, the aborigines of all the 
 islands west of the Papua, or Ori- 
 ental Negro Isles. He says they 
 are a tall, strong, and savage peo- 
 ple, in general taller than the inha- 
 bitants of the sea shores. Both sexes 
 go nearly naked, only wearing a 
 bandage about their v aists, made of 
 the bark of a tree. I'heir weapons 
 aie a bamboo sword, and bows and 
 arrows. They had many barbarous 
 and bloody religious rites, which the 
 Dutch writers have greatly exag- 
 gej ated. {Stavorinvs and Notes, La- 
 /nlfardiere, Bovgainville, ^-c.) 
 
 Ceram Laut Isles. — A cluster of 
 small islands lying olf the east end 
 of the Island of Ceram, about the 
 130th degree of east longitude, and 
 Lat. 3°. 55'. S. 
 
CELEBES. 
 
 A larj^e island in tin- Eastern Seas, 
 of a most irrennlar shape, separated 
 from Borneo i»y the Straits of Ma- 
 cassar. It extends iVoin latitude 2°. 
 N. fo nearly latitude 6°. S. and from 
 119°. to 125°. east lonsitndo; but the 
 coast is so indented hy three deep 
 J)avs, that it is diffirult to form an 
 estimate of its actual surface. iVJak- 
 injs; allo\vance, however, for the in- 
 equality of its figure, it may be esti- 
 mated at 500 miles in lengtJi^ by 150 
 miles the average breadth. 
 
 'J'his island is called by theiiativfes 
 and Malays Neegree Oran Buggess, 
 or Buggess Man's Country, and 
 sometimes Tanna Macassar. It is 
 situated between the great island of 
 Borneo on the \i est, and the islands 
 of Gilolo, or Halamahcra, Poby, Cc- 
 rani, and Amboyna to the east ; to 
 the south lies Salayer, divided from 
 Celebes by a strait, called by the 
 Butch the Budgeroons. Further to 
 the sotith lies Floris, or Ende, Ti- 
 mor, and Sumbhawa ; to the north 
 there is a broad sea, and the Island 
 of Sangir to the north-east. 
 
 A deep gulf runs into the island 
 from the south called Sewa by the 
 natives, but Buggess Bay by the 
 English. There is also a deep gulf 
 penetrates the norlh-east part of the 
 island, the projjcr name of which is 
 'I'omince ; but it is also named Go- 
 rantellu, or Gunongtellu (Hill Har- 
 bour). It reaches so deep tVom the 
 north-east into the island, that the 
 isthmus which divides it from the 
 west sea is very narrow, forming a 
 peninsula. On the north-east of this 
 peninsula is Manado, or I'ort Am- 
 sterdam, a Dutch settlement, whence 
 much gold is received in exchange 
 for opium and Hiiidostan piece 
 goods, chiefly blue cloths, tine Ben- 
 gal cossacs, hummums, iron, and 
 steel. There is also a third gulf, but 
 not so deep as the other two, which 
 indents the east quarter, called Tolo 
 Bay, 
 
 'i"hc principal native states, or di- 
 visions, of this island, according to 
 the Dutch authorities, are Macas- 
 
 s 2 
 
 CELEBES %^g 
 
 Sar, Boni (tlie Buggess countrv)> 
 Tello, Sopiiig, Li»oboe, Tancte, 
 Mandhar, VVarjoor, or Wadjo, Tout 
 radja, and Cajelee, under which 
 heads respectively further topogia- 
 phical details will be found. 
 
 Celebes has three rivers : Chin- 
 rftna, the most considerable, takes 
 its rise in the \\'arjoo country, runs 
 throjjgh Bony, and discharges itself 
 by several mouths into t'le Sewa 
 Gulf. European ships can ascend 
 this river a considerable way over a 
 muddy bottom. The second is the 
 Biver Boli, with three fathoms water 
 on its bar, which discharges itself, 
 after a winding course at Boli, on 
 the north coast. The third discharges 
 itself on the west coast of the island, 
 a considerable way south of Macas- 
 sar. 
 
 On the east coast of Celebes the 
 Dutch have the two settlements oi 
 Manado and Gorantalo, Irom whence 
 they exported rice and other neces- 
 saries to Ternate. These stations 
 yield a considerable quantity of gold, 
 about 24,000 taels of 1| dollars in 
 weight yearly, amounting to 120,0001. 
 and also the esculent bird nests so 
 much admired by the Chinese. In 
 exchange for these commodities, the 
 natives, besides the articles above 
 enumerated, take a considerable 
 quantity of Bengal opium. 
 
 The chief productions of this island 
 are rice, which it can afl'ord to ex- 
 port ; and cotton, of which the na- 
 tives make womens' dresses, called 
 cambays, which are much esteemed 
 ail over the Eastern Archipelago. 
 The Buggess cambays, though often 
 only one garment, which completely 
 covers the wearer, are often sold 
 from six to 10 Spanish dollars each. 
 Some arc as tine as cambric, very 
 strongly wove, but dull coloured, 
 being a chequered fabric, resembling 
 tartan. The export to Bencoolen of 
 cambays Mas formerly so great, that 
 it w;»s necessary to lay a heavy duty 
 on the article, as it interfered with 
 the importations from Hindostau. 
 The Buggesses also manufacture, 
 from the inner bark of a small tree, 
 
200 
 
 CELEBES. 
 
 a kind of paper, in Avhich ihey wrap 
 their fine camba} s. Thit; paper they 
 dye of various colours, and export 
 much of it to jManilla, and various 
 other places. It resembles the Ota- 
 heitc clothing. The Bug-gesses im- 
 port cotton, both raw and spun, into 
 yarn, from the Island of Bally, and 
 manufactmc beautifni silk belts for 
 their creeses ; we are not informed 
 from whence they procure the silk, 
 but it is probably the production of 
 China. 
 
 The Macassars and Bng;p:esses 
 make fire arms, but they cannot 
 make gun locks. They also cast 
 small brass gutis, which they call 
 Rautakha, and are curious in filla- 
 gjee-work, both in gold and silver. 
 The large rautakhas are aliout six 
 feet long, and carry balls of halt-a- 
 poand Aveight They build tluir 
 prows very tight, by dowling their 
 planks together, as coopers do the 
 head of a cask, and putting the back 
 of a tree between them. whi( li af- 
 terwards swells. Tlieythen fit their 
 timbers to the plunks as at Bombay, 
 but do not rabbit the planks, as is 
 the cnstoni there. I'lieir largest 
 prows seldom exceed 50 tons bnr- 
 thcn, and they are bigotted to old 
 models and fixtures in fitting up 
 their vessels. 
 
 The natives of Celebes have a 
 great disposition for eounnerce, na- 
 Tigation, and piracy. In these prows 
 they are to be met Avith all over the 
 Eastern Seas, and are often found 
 on the northern coast of New Hol- 
 land, where they go to fish for sea 
 swallo, or biche de mar, which they 
 sell to the annual Chinese junk when 
 it arrives at Macassar. To Bencoo- 
 len they used to carry, in fieets, a 
 mixed cargo, consisting of spices, 
 wax, cassia, sandel wood, dollars, 
 and tlie cloths of Celebes, called 
 caml)ays. This tratlic is now , in a 
 great ivcasiue, transfeired to Prince 
 of Wales Island ; and they also, in 
 their prows, visit Malaeea, Ac been, 
 Queda, and i\Ianilla; ou trading 
 vo.yagcs. 
 
 The gold of Celci>os is generally 
 
 procured, as on Sumatra, from the 
 beds of rivers and torrents. There 
 are many springs issuing from cre- 
 vices of rocks, that bring some little 
 gold along Avith their water, Avhich, 
 filtering through a vessel bottomed 
 with sand, leaves the metal behind. 
 Of the various nations Avho inha- 
 bit Celebes the Bounians, or Bou- 
 ginese (called Bugges.ses by the 
 English), and the iMacassars, arc 
 the best known ; the lattei- Jiavirig 
 been long in subjection to the Dutch. 
 The Buggesscs are at present the 
 most powerful nation on the Lsland. 
 Tlic}'^ are of a middling stature, 
 strong and muscular, and of a light 
 broAvn complexion. The Macassars 
 arc not so handsome, bnt have a 
 more manly and martial appear- 
 ance. Their dress consists of a 
 ]>iece of cotton cloth, red or blue, 
 Avound round the body, and draAvn 
 tight between the leg.s. Upon their 
 heads they AA'ear a ])iece of cotton 
 cloth like a handkei chief, « ith Avhich 
 they cover their hair, Avhich is very 
 black and long. I'heir food is rice, 
 fish, and pisang, and their drink 
 Avater ; though they likewise have 
 sagwire, or pahn Avinc. The Bou- 
 ginese A\'omeu are, in general, hand- 
 somer than the females of the other 
 islands, and the Macassars and Bug- 
 gesses are considered, by the other 
 insulars, as a class of superior man- 
 ners. The Malays affect to copy 
 their style ofdre.s.s, and irequent al- 
 hisions are made in their songs to 
 the feats and atchievements of the 
 Buggesscs, Avho are a high-spirited 
 people, fond of adventures and na- 
 vigation, and capable of undertaking' 
 tlie most dangerous enterprises. 
 Among Eurojjeans in the Eastern 
 Isles the Avord Buggcss has come to 
 signify a soldier, the same as sepoy 
 on the Continent of Hindostan. 
 'J'hcir laAVs are administered accord- 
 ing to old customs handed doAvn 
 lioHi tlicir ancestors, and generally 
 merely retained in the memory <»f 
 their oran tuo, or old men, tboiigii, 
 in some parts, they are conmiitted 
 to writing, lu dubious ca.scs they 
 
CEYLON. 
 
 261 
 
 rcfir to the Koran, if applicjible. 
 The relip;ioii of l!ioM;i(ass:iis, IjHR- 
 fCesscs, and Malays of the sea-coast, 
 is the iMaliommcdan, wliich allows 
 the men four h'^n\ wives, if they 
 can maintain them; but, in the in- 
 terior, there are tril)os not yet eon- 
 vertcd from their ancient religion, 
 and others who do not seem to liave 
 any. 
 
 Tiie Bnggcss may he reckoned 
 the oriijinal Ian2;ua»e of tlie Island 
 of Celebes. The AFalays on the 
 sea-coast sjicak a dialect j^reatly 
 mix<-d with Brii'g;('ss, and often nse 
 the Bng£?ess character to e\{)rcss 
 tJieir own lan<;iiag,e. Celebes was 
 formerly divided into seven princi- 
 palities, which were all nnited un- 
 der an elective and limited mo- 
 narchy. Ill this state the island was 
 the centre of eastern commerce, and 
 extended its conquests, on the one 
 hand, as far as the Island of I'aliy ; 
 and, on the other, beyond the IMo- 
 Inrcas. I'hc i>u<rs;;ess langna<ie was 
 assidnonssy cnltivated, and their an- 
 cient mytiiolojiy, traditions, laws, 
 and history, preserved in books, the 
 greater part of wiiich are still ex- 
 tant, especially in the interior, 
 among" the tribes who still adhere to 
 iheir ancient reli2,ion. The dial<^ct 
 of JMaeassar dill'crs considerably 
 Iron) the proper Bn;j,j!;ess; but tlic 
 dialects of Loboe, Jilmekaii';-, Aland- 
 bar, and esi)ecially of Toaradja, ap- 
 pear almost (liliereiit !anu:na,<!,cs. 
 
 'J'liis island appears to have been 
 known to .Ma|;clian and l'i»afetta, 
 nnder the name of Celebi, but was 
 not explored until liV25. 'J'he Por- 
 tuguese early obtaiueil a seltiement 
 near Macassitr, but were expelled by 
 the Dutch in 166U, who have, until 
 lately, entirely controlled the island, 
 the Chinese alone htiw^ i)ermitted to 
 trade with it. In cunse<jncnccofthe 
 increasing strength of the state of 
 Boni, the proper country of the 
 Bugn-esses, dnriiii;; the last half of 
 the iHth century, the power of the 
 Dutch had been much on the de- 
 cline in Cehibcs, and it was linally 
 amaiiilatcd, in Ibl'i, b} the reduc- 
 
 tion of IMacassar, and Fort Rotter- 
 dam, in 1812, by the British forces. 
 {Forrest, Stavorinus and Notes, Leij- 
 den, Marsdeiiy ^-e.) 
 
 CEYLON, {Smgluda). 
 
 This island is situated at the 
 western entrance of the Bay of Ben- 
 gal, between b°. 40'. and 10°. 30'. 
 N. and 7L»°. and 82° E. On the 
 N. W. it is' separated from the 
 Coromandel Coast by the Gulf of 
 Manaar, and is distant about 160 
 miles from Cape Comorin. From 
 I'oint Pedro, at the northern ex- 
 tremity, toDondraheadin the south- 
 ern, the extreme length is about 300 
 miles. The breadth is very unequal, 
 being, in some parts, only from 40 
 to 50, while, in other paits, it ex- 
 tends to 60, 70, and 100 miles. To- 
 wards the southern part it is much 
 broader than in the northern, and 
 nearly resembles a ham in shape. 
 
 From the sea it presents a fresher 
 green, and more fertile appearance 
 than most parts of the Coromandel 
 coast. 'I'he eastern shore is bold and 
 rocky, and the water deep. The 
 north and north-west coast from 
 Point Pedro to Columbo is flat, and 
 indented with inlets from the sea. 
 The largest of them extends almost 
 (piitc across the island from IMulli- 
 pati to Jafnapatnam, of which it 
 ionns the peninsula. Several of these 
 inlets form small harbours, but so 
 full is the N. W. coast of sand banks 
 and shallows, that if is impossible 
 for vessels of a large size to approach 
 them. 
 
 The interior of the island abounds 
 with steep and lofty moimtains, 
 covered with thick forests, and full 
 of almost impenetrable jungles,which 
 completely sinrotuid the dominions 
 of the King of Candy. The most 
 lofty range of mountains divides the 
 island nearly into two jjarts, and so 
 completely separates them from each 
 other, that both climate and season 
 dilferon the respective sides. These 
 mountains als(i terminate the cliect 
 of tho monsoons, which set iu pe- 
 
262 
 
 CEYLON. 
 
 riodically from opposite sidesof them, 
 and are connected with Ihose on the 
 Goromandel and Malabar coasis, and 
 very nearly correspond with them. 
 On the wes side, where Columbo 
 lies, the rains prevail in the months 
 of May, June, and July, the season 
 they are felt on the Malabar coast. 
 During; its continuation tlie northern 
 parts of the island are hut little af- 
 iected, and are generally dry. In 
 tlic months of October and Novem- 
 ber, when the opposite monsoon sets 
 in on the (.'oromatulel coast, it is the 
 north of Ceylon which is affected, 
 and scaicely any impression is made 
 in the south. 
 
 All hough Ceylon lies so near to 
 the equator, the heat is not so oppres- 
 sive as on many parts of the Coro- 
 maudel coast ; but this temperature 
 is chiefly coniincd to the seu coast, 
 where the sea breezes have room to 
 circulate. 
 
 Tiie principal harliours in the 
 island for large ships are Trincomale 
 and i-oint de tialle; they also come 
 to anchor, and at certam seasons of 
 the year moor securely in the roads 
 ofCohmibo. 71iere are several other 
 infeiior ports all round the island, 
 whit ;: afford shelter to smaller fish- 
 ing vessels. These are Batacolo, 
 Barbareen, Matura, and Caliura, on 
 the south east; and on tlic north- 
 west coast are Negumbo, Chilou, Cal- 
 penteen, Manaar, and Point Pedro. 
 
 The rivers are seldom navigable to 
 any considerable distance inland; 
 the two principal are the MahAa- 
 gonga and the Mulivaddy. The 
 first takes its rise among the hills to 
 the south east of Candy, almost sur- 
 rounds that city, and afterwards falls 
 into the sea near Trincomale. The 
 Mulivaddy rises at the foot of a very 
 high mountain, known to Europeans 
 by the name of Adam's Peak, and 
 situated about 60 miles to the north 
 east of Columbo. Besides the rivers 
 of Ceylon, there are many lakes and 
 canals comtnunicatiug with them, 
 particularly in the neighbourhood of 
 Columbo and Nigumbo. 
 
 Ceylon was originally divided into 
 
 a number of distinct petty kingdoms, 
 separated by rivers and mountains, 
 and subject each to its own inde- 
 pendent sovereign. In process of tima 
 the whole country was subjected by 
 the King of Candy, and divided into 
 a few great provitices, viz. Cand}, 
 Coiton, INIatura, Dambadar, and Sit- 
 tivacca, which last formerly included 
 the rich cinnamon districts on the 
 west coast. The chief of these pro- 
 vinces was Candy, the residence of 
 the king, and where he still holds 
 his court. The abovementioned 
 provinces were subdivided into dis- 
 tricts, known in Ceylon by the name 
 of corles, which subdivisions were 
 continued in the districts wrested 
 from the natives by the Dutch. 
 
 The great divisions of the island 
 are now reduced to two; the one 
 comprehending those parts under 
 the dominion of Emopeans, and the 
 other the centrical country remain-, 
 ing to the natives. 
 
 The internal wealth, as well as 
 population of Ceylon, lies on the 
 west and south-west coasts ; while 
 Trincomale, the secure station for 
 shipping, which renders the island of 
 so much importance to the British 
 nation, lies at the opposite side, and 
 on the most barren quarter of the 
 island. The sea coast, from Manaar 
 to Nigumbo, a distance of 125 miles, 
 presents in general nothing but the 
 most barren and desert appearance, 
 except where it is covered by almost 
 impenetrable jungles. A gieat va^ 
 riety of curious shells are found 
 along the shores, and some of them 
 very valuable. The mountain, called 
 Hammalleel, or Adam's Peak, is one 
 of the highest in Ceylon, and lies 
 about 60 miles to the north east of 
 Columbo. 
 
 The proper name of this island is 
 Smghala, from which the term Cey-. 
 Ion was probably derived; by the 
 Hindoos, on the contijient, it is 
 named Lanca ; and, by the Mahom- 
 niedans, Serendib. It is also frcr- 
 quently named Taprobane ; a name 
 which, perhaps, originates from Ta-t 
 poo Havana, or the Island of Ravau, 
 
CEYLON. 
 
 263 
 
 a ni)tIu)looi(aI soveicig:ii, in limes of 
 I'finolc Hindoo anliqiiil}, conquered 
 |jy tlic great Kama, King of Oiide, 
 as narrated in the Kainayoon. 
 
 The first meridian of the Hindoos 
 passes through the city of Oojain, in 
 tiie province of Malwah, of uhich we 
 know tlie position ; but as Lanca 
 (which signifies the equinoctial j)oint) 
 falls therefore to the Avest of Ceylon, 
 the Indians believe tiiat the island 
 had formerly a much larger extent; 
 and appearances between Ceylon 
 and the Maldives Islands, in some 
 degree, justify that belief. The Ri- 
 ver Mavaligoiiga has probably taken 
 its origin frojn liali, a hero famous in 
 Jlindoo romance; from whom, also, 
 tile town of Mavalipuram, on the 
 Coroniandel coast, derives its appel- 
 lation. 
 
 The soil of Ceylon is, in general, 
 sandy, with but a small mixture of 
 clay. In the south-west parts, par- 
 ticularly about Columbo, there is a 
 great deal of marshy land, very rich 
 and productive. This tract is chiefly 
 occupied with cinnamon plantations ; 
 and the island, taken altogethei-, does 
 not produce rice suflicient for the 
 inhabitants — yearly supplies from 
 Bengal and other parts being re- 
 quired. 
 
 Tlie seeds of all European plants 
 degenerate very much in this climate 
 ill a few years, and soon yield but 
 an indifferent produce. To preserve 
 the quality it is absolutely necessary 
 to have a fresh importation of seeds 
 nearly every year from their natural 
 climates. The agriculture of the 
 Ceylonese is still in its rudest stale. 
 'I'hcir soil, when it can be watered, 
 yields them a sufficient quantity of 
 lice to maintain their existence ; and 
 this seems to be as much as they 
 desire. Tlieir jdough consists of a 
 crooked piice of wood, shod with 
 iron, which tears ratlier than ploughs 
 np the ground. After the first plough- 
 ing, the fields are flooded, and then 
 ploughed anew ; and weeds are ex- 
 tirpated with gieat care. When the 
 ploughing season anives, each vil- 
 lage makes it a common concern, 
 
 and every one attends with his 
 ]j|ough and oxen, until the whole of 
 the fields befonging to the society 
 are finished ; and the same method 
 is follow ed in reaping the grain, after 
 which oxen are employed to head it 
 out. 
 
 The extreme indolence of the Cey- 
 lonese makes them employ every 
 expedient to escape from labotn-; 
 and the small' quantity of food w liieh 
 is necessary for the support of their 
 existence enables them, throughout 
 the greater part of the year, to live 
 without doing any thing. 
 
 Ceylon possesses a gref.t variety of 
 animals, at the hend of which must 
 be pineed the elephant. In 1797, 
 17G of these animals were caught on 
 account of government, and sent 
 over for sale to the continent. The 
 superiority of the Ceylon elephants 
 does not consist in their size, for they 
 are in general not so tall as those of 
 the continent, but in their hardiness 
 and strength, and in their great do- 
 cility and freedom from vice and 
 passion. The natives of Ceylon are 
 so possessed with the idea of the ex- 
 cellence of their own elephants, as 
 to affirm, that the elephants of all xhe 
 other parts of the world make a 
 salam (obeisance) before those of 
 Ceylon, and thus instinctively ac- 
 knowledge their superioiity. 
 
 Ceylon produces but few animals 
 for domestic purposes, such as the 
 horse, the latter being bred in the 
 small islands in the Jafliiapatnani 
 district. The oxen of Ceylon arc 
 remarkably small; the beef, how- 
 ever, is sometimes good, and is the 
 chief food of the European soldiers 
 stationed on the island. IJuflaloes 
 are frequently employed in drav ing 
 burthens, and are found in great 
 numbers on the island, both wild and 
 tame. Among the wild animals are 
 deer, elks, gazelles, hares, wild hogs, 
 and a small species of tiger. The 
 larger kind, called the royal tiger, is 
 not an inhabitant of Cev Ion ; but 
 there are tiger-eats and leopards. 
 There are no foxes; but jack alls, 
 hyaenas, and bears, are numerous, 
 
264 Cr.YLON. 
 
 besides an infinite variety of the 
 inunkey tribe. 
 
 All the European domestic poul- 
 try are natives of Ceylon, as are also 
 pheasai'.ts, parrots, and parroquets, 
 both ^vik! and tame. Snipes, tlori- 
 tans, storks, cranes, herons, water- 
 fowl of all descriptions, piijeons, wild 
 and domesticated, and a tiew pai- 
 tridges of the red-ieg,j;ed kind. 
 Among the variety of birds is the 
 honey-bird, which points out where 
 the bees have deposited their combs. 
 Crows here, as in every other part of 
 India, arc exceeding!}- impudent and 
 abundant. There are also taylor- 
 Lirds, two species of fly-catchers, and 
 peacocks, wild and tame — also the 
 common fowl in a wild state. 
 
 The reptiles of Ceylon are exceed- 
 ingly numerous; serpents in parti- 
 cular abound, and are a gTeat annoy- 
 ance to the inhabitants. Covra ca- 
 pellas, or hooded snakes, ; ovra ma- 
 iiillas, Mhip and grass snakes, arc all 
 poisonous; the tliree last are of a 
 very smail size. AVater and wood 
 snakes are harmless. The rock snake 
 is an immense animal, extending 30 
 feet in length; but, though formi- 
 dable from their size, they are per- 
 fectly free from poiuon. They de- 
 stroy some of the smaller animals, 
 such as kids, goats, and poultry ; 
 but the stories of their devouring 
 larger aninjals, such as tigers and 
 buffaloes, arc altogether fabulous. 
 Alligators, of a prodigious sixe, infest 
 the rivers of Ceylon, and have been 
 killed 20 feet long, and as thick as 
 the body of a Imrse. There are gua- 
 nas, toads, lizards, blood-suckers, 
 camelioiis, and leeches; as also flying 
 li.'iards, and every species of tropical 
 insect. Fish arc found in great abun- 
 dance in the lakes and rivers of Cey- 
 lon, as well as in the surrounding 
 jicas. 
 
 Ceylon is very prolific in plants. 
 Among th.e fruits are apples, oranges, 
 pomegramtcs, citrons, lemons, water 
 melons, pumpkins, melons, sfjuashes, 
 figs, almonds, mulberries, bilberries, 
 mangoes, shaddocks, mangusteens, 
 tose apples; cusLoo apples and uuls, 
 
 custard appless, plaintains, jack fruit 
 (a species of the bread-fruit), cocoa- 
 nuts, and several sorts of pepper, 
 cardamoms, coflee and '-.ugar tree, (a 
 species of palm). The tea plant has 
 also been discovered a native in the 
 forests of the island. Of trees, Cey- 
 lon contains the banyan, cotton tree, 
 naudo wood, satin Avood, calaman- 
 der wood, and ebony. 
 
 As the food of the natives consists 
 chiefly of rite, so their greatest la- 
 bour is employed in its cultivation. 
 They usually sow in July and Au- 
 gust, and reap in February. \\ hen 
 proper advantage is taken of the 
 monsoon, they may have two crops 
 per annum. 
 
 Hie princij^al cinnamon woods, 
 or gardens, lie in the neighbourhood 
 of Columbo. The grand garden, 
 near the tovvn, occupies a tract of 
 country from 10 to 15 miles in length, 
 stretching along from the east to tlio 
 south of the district. The best soil 
 for the growth of ciunamun is a loose 
 while sand. Of late years little is 
 brought from the interior, it being 
 coarser and thicker in appearance, 
 and of a hot, pungent taste. The 
 prime sort, and that which grows in 
 the gardens round Columbo, is pro- 
 cured from the laurus cinnamomuni, 
 a tree of small size, froni four to 10 
 feet in height ; the trunk is slender, 
 and a nnmlicr of branches and twigs 
 shoot out tVoni it on every side. The 
 wood is soft, light, and porous, in 
 appearance much resembling tiiat of 
 the osier, and when barked is cbielly 
 used for fuel. The loaf resembles 
 that of the laurel in shape, but is not 
 of so deep a green. On its first ap- 
 pearance it is of a scarlet red, bnt 
 after some time it changes giadually 
 to a green, and when ciiewed has 
 tiie taste and smell of cloves. The 
 blossom is white, and wl^cn in full 
 bloom seems to cover the woods. 
 In i)as:;ing through the Avoods little 
 scent is perceived, except by pulling 
 oir some of the leaves or branches. 
 The flower has even less scent than 
 the leaves or a bit of twig. The 
 ciiuiamou tree produces a species of 
 
CEYLON. 
 
 265 
 
 fruit resembling an acorn. Ixit not so 
 large, wliich is gathered liy tiic na- 
 tives for tlie purpose oJ'c\t\a»tiiig oil. 
 
 There are several dilleiciit sorts 
 of cinnamon trees on tlic islaurl, but 
 four sorts only are barked — all spe- 
 cies of the laurus cinnaiuoniuni. 'llie 
 honey cinnamon is reckoned the first 
 qnaiity, next the snake cinnamon, 
 then the camphor cinnaiuon, (the 
 root of which yields camphor by dis- 
 tillation) ; and, lastly, an astringent 
 species of cinnamon, iiarsh to the 
 taste, named the cabal ti curunder. 
 'I'hese are the oidy sorts barked on 
 account of govennne;>t. 
 
 Until this island was possessed by 
 the Dutch cinnamon grew eniirely 
 in a wild state; experience after- 
 wards proved that tlic cultivated cin- 
 namun wa-., in eveiy respect, equal 
 to the wild. The Dutch governor, 
 Talk, first attempted to rear cinna- 
 mon trees, by art, in his garden near 
 Cubnnljo. 
 
 'i'here are two different seasons in 
 which cinnamon is barked. The 
 greater part is prepared during the 
 grand iiarvest, which lasts iVom April 
 to August: the little harvest occu- 
 pies little more than a moiitli, from 
 ^lOveniber to January, ilach dis- 
 trict, where the cinnamon tree grows, 
 is obliged to furnish a certain qnan- 
 titj', i)roportioned to the numLei of 
 villages and inhabitants they conluin. 
 Brandies of tiace years ohi are 
 lopped off for barking ; the outside 
 tliin coat is scraped oil', and the bark 
 is loosened, so as to conic olf in the 
 shape of tubes, the smaller of wliieh 
 arc inserted in tiie larger, and spread 
 out to dry. The bundles, Hi) jiounds 
 each, are then made up. and carried 
 to the store-houses to examine and 
 have its quality fixed. This disa- 
 greeable task is imposed on the Com- 
 pany's surgeons, who ascertain it 
 by chev\iiig a few sticks of each 
 bundle, the repetiiiou of which ope- 
 ration excoriates flic tongue and in- 
 side of tlie mouth, and renders it 
 iinpossilde for thciu to contiuuc tlic 
 process above tw o oi ihree days suc- 
 cessively. 
 
 4 
 
 The best cinnamon Is rather pli- 
 able, and ought not much to exceed 
 in thickness stout writing-paper ; it 
 is of a light yellov\ish colour, has a 
 sweet taste, not so hot as to occasion 
 pain, and not succeeded by an after 
 taste. The inferior kind is distin- 
 guished by being thicker, of a darker 
 and browner colour, hot and pungent 
 ^\ hen chewed, and succetded by a 
 disagreeable after-taste. In stowing 
 tlie bales of cinnamon on board ship 
 black pepper is sprinkled among 
 them, so as to fill up all the inter- 
 stices; and, by this means, both spices 
 are preserved and improved. Ironi 
 the refuse cinnamon an oil was ex- 
 tracted by the Dutch, a pint of which 
 was valued at lOl. sterling; but this 
 manufacture was not thought worth 
 continuing after (he island ca.me into 
 the i)osscssion of tlie British. The 
 cinnamon tree has bo< n tried on the 
 coast of ]\ia!abar, at JJatavia, and 
 the Isle of France; but it has inva- 
 riably degenerated. I'ven in Cc\ Ion 
 it is only tbund in perfection on the 
 western coast. 
 
 'I'hc minerals of Ceylon are nume- 
 rous, and precious stones are parti- 
 cuiaily abundant, but not of a fine 
 quality. I'he ruby, tiie topaz, and 
 tlie diamond of Ceylon are very in- 
 ferior to those of Golconda, or of tlic 
 Brazils. Besides these, amethysts, 
 tourmalins, (destitute of electric qua- 
 lities) blue and gieen sapphires, 
 white and black <r\st;il, the cat'.s 
 eye, a species of opal, and corueliaiis, 
 are found in Ceylon. Lead, tin, and 
 iron ore are found in tiie interior, but 
 they are never w rouglit or applied to 
 any purpose. There were Ibrmerly 
 several mines of quicksilver wrought 
 l)y the Dutch in Ceyloji. In 1/07 
 a small one was discovered at Cotta, 
 six miles from Columbo, troin w hich 
 six pounds w as procured at a most 
 seasonable period for liio garrison. 
 This mine has never since been 
 worked with much activity, the pro- 
 (hice not reimburoing thy expendi- 
 ture. 
 
 The Ceylonese, under the British 
 domiuiuj', are governed by tlieir own 
 
M(i 
 
 CEYLON. 
 
 native inrti^istrates, under the coii- 
 ll'oul of the administration. AH the 
 possessions are divided into eorlcs 
 and districts, the siiliordinate super- 
 intendence of wliich is given to the 
 rnoodeliers, or native magistrates, 
 who arc chosen from among the class 
 of nobles, styled Hondre« s and Ma- 
 hondrcws. 'J'he rnoodeliers assist in 
 collecting the revenue, settling the 
 proportion of taxes and contribu- 
 tions, superintending the peasants, 
 fnrnishing provisions for the garri- 
 sons, and observing generally the 
 conduct of the natives. In some 
 districts there is a police corps to 
 assist in enforcing the orders of go- 
 vernment, llie rnoodeliers send re- 
 ports to the Maha moodelicr, the 
 chief of the whole order, who resides 
 in the black town of Cohimbo, and 
 lays these reports before the go- 
 vernor. There are particular moode- 
 liers to superintend the barking of 
 the cinnamon, and interfere in no- 
 thing else. The class of rnoodeliers 
 are of infinite use in preserving the 
 obedience of the natives, and appears 
 to l)e very much attached to the Bri- 
 tish govirnment, which patronizes 
 them. l"he Dutch usually n)aintain- 
 ed a niilitaiy force of 3000 Euro- 
 peans, and 2000 Topasses and Ma- 
 lays, whirh was not found sufficient. 
 In 1777, while the Dutch iiad the 
 island, there was a great deficiency 
 in the revenue; and in 1795 it only 
 amounted to 611,704 livres. The 
 deficiency was made up by the va- 
 luable cargoes sent from the islantl. 
 Besides the native Cingalese, who 
 live under the dojninion of the Euro- 
 peans, the sea coasts are inhabited 
 by Dutch, Portuguese, JMalays, and 
 settlers from the ditTercnt Indian na- 
 tions. The Dutch have adopted 
 many of the native habits; and the 
 chief original trait of the Batavian 
 character, which they retain unin- 
 jured, is an attachment to gin and 
 tobacco ; in other respects they have 
 adopted the customs and listless 
 manners of the country. In their 
 salutations they are very ceremo- 
 nious, and make a profusion of bows. 
 
 On their tables they have ^ cry gros* 
 and heavy food, having a great quan- 
 tity of butter and oil mixed with 
 their fish and other meat. Conver- 
 sation with females forms very little 
 part of a Ceylonese Dutchman's en- 
 tertainment. These females, who 
 have a mixture of native blood, are 
 easily distir.gnished by a tinge on the 
 colour of their skin, and their thick 
 strong black hair ; marks which are 
 not to be removed iu the course of 
 many generations. Dancing is the 
 pi incipal amusement of the younger 
 women ; while the chief pleasure of 
 the elderly married ladies consists iu 
 paying formal and ceremonious visits, 
 to each other. 
 
 The present Portuguese of Oeylon 
 are the spurious descendants of the 
 several European possessors of the 
 island by native women, joined to a 
 number of Moors and Malabars. A 
 colour more approaching to black 
 than white, with a particular mode 
 of dress, half Indian and lialf Euro- 
 pean, is all that is necessary to pro- 
 cure the appellation of a Portuguese. 
 Although they universally profess the 
 Christian religion, and are commonly 
 Koman Catholics, yet they retain 
 many pagan customs, and their reli- 
 gion may be considered as a com- 
 pound of both. Some of the females 
 are pretty, with fine figures. The 
 men are about middle size, slender, 
 lank, and ill made, so as easily to be 
 disfingui.shcd ; and from this class 
 thel'opass soldiers were taken. They 
 M'ere never accounted good troops, 
 being neither so brave nor so hardy 
 as the sepovs, and have been seldom 
 employed in the English service 
 The i'rench, however, very gene- 
 rally had corps of them at Pondi- 
 cherry and their other settlements. 
 
 The Malays are another vnce, wlio 
 form a considerable proportion of 
 the iidiabitants of Ceylon. They 
 universally profess the Mahomme- 
 dan religion ; allliough, as to some 
 inferior points and duties, they diflcr 
 among themselves. The Dutch go- 
 vernment at Cejilon had always a 
 regiment of JMalays iu their service. 
 
CEYLON. 
 
 267 
 
 which has now hocn transferred to 
 the British. I'lioy an; Hrmed and 
 <lothed in tlic same manner as Eti- 
 rojK-ans, except that they wear san- 
 dals instead ot'siiocs. 
 
 The far greater proportion of the 
 inhabitants consist of native Cey- 
 lonese, who have submitted to the 
 European domination, and retain 
 their original ai)j)ellation of Ciiioja- 
 lese; while those who live in tlie 
 country, under the authority of the 
 native princes, are distinguished l)y 
 tiie name of Candian. The Cey- 
 lonese are of a middling stature, 
 about tive feet eiglit inches, and 
 fairer in complexion than the iMoors 
 and iVlalabars of (he continent ; they 
 are, however, neitiier so well made, 
 nor so strong. The Candians are 
 fairer and better made, and less ef- 
 feminate than tlie Cingalese. In 
 their diet the latter are very ab- 
 stemious, fruits and rice constituting 
 the principal part of their food ; but 
 in places where fish are plenty, they 
 also compose part of their meals. 
 Flesh is scarcely any where in con- 
 stant use. 
 
 In Ceylon the distinction of ranks 
 among the natives is kept up with 
 the most scrupulous exactness, 'J'he 
 Candians are not allowed to v» hiten 
 their houses, nor cover them with 
 tiles, these being royal privileges. 
 Their villages and towns, iu place of 
 presenting the compact appearance 
 to which liuropeans are accustomed, 
 look like a number of distinct houses 
 scattered at nuuloni, in the midst of 
 a thick v\ ood or forest. 
 
 All ranks universally cliew betel 
 leaf, with whicii they mix loI)acco, 
 arcka nut, and the lime ot burnt 
 shells, to render it more pungent. 
 The females among tiie Cingalese 
 are said tit be In atcd with consider- 
 able al(entioi). Iherc is no positive 
 regulation regarding marriage, many 
 men having but on<! wife, while 
 others have as many as they can 
 maintain. The mairiage ceremony 
 is attended to only with a view to 
 entitle the parties to share in each 
 others goods ; and to give their rela- 
 
 tions an opportunity of ohservinj^, 
 that they have manicd into their 
 own caste. (Iravify. that invariable 
 characteristic of the savageslate, still 
 coutinues among the Cingalese, in a 
 much greater degree than might bo 
 expected liom the stage of their 
 civilization. 
 
 ft does not ajtpear that before tho 
 arrival of the Europeans the l"in- 
 galese had any sort of dial; they 
 measured time by a vessel witli a 
 hole ill the bottom, which let out the 
 water in one hour, according to their 
 division of time. The learning of 
 the Ceylonese, consists chielly iu 
 some pretended skill in astrology. 
 Among the Candians there are a 
 sect of learned men named Conies, 
 retained \)\ the king to execute all 
 the writings of the state, and those 
 which legard religious aflkirs. On 
 which occasions, they euiploy tiie 
 Arabic character. About Jaft'na- 
 patnain, on account of its proximity 
 to the continent, the Tamnl is th« 
 principal language. The Cingalese 
 are expert and ingenious arlitieeis, 
 and display particular dexterity 
 in gold, silver, and carpenters 
 work. 
 
 The most singuliir part of the in- 
 habitants of Ceylon arc the Bedahs 
 or Vaddahs, who inhabit tin- distant 
 recesses of tiie forest. Their origin 
 has never been traced, and they aji- 
 pear to dilfer very nuicli from tiie 
 other inhaliitants of Ceylon. 'J'liey 
 are scattered over the vNoods in dil- 
 ferent parts of the island, but are 
 most numerous in the province of 
 Eintan, which lies to the north ea.st 
 of Candy, in (he direction of'lrin- 
 comale and Batacole, and are there 
 more compleleiy in the savage state. 
 than any where else. They subsist 
 by huntnig deer and other animal.'* 
 of the forest, and on the fruits wiiicli 
 grow spontaneously around them; 
 but they nevt'r cniti\a1e tiie ground 
 in any manner. Tliey sleep on trees 
 or at the tixit of them, and climb up 
 like monkies wIkmi alarmed. A few 
 of the less wild traflic m ith the na- 
 tives, givijig ivory, honey, wax, aiid 
 
268 
 
 CEYLON. 
 
 fleer, in exchange for cloth, iron, 
 and knives; but the wilder class, 
 known by the name of Ranibah 
 Vedahs, are more seldom seen, even 
 by stealth, tiian the most timid of 
 the wild miinials. The do2;s of the 
 Vedah;-; constitnte their only riches, 
 and arc described as possessing won- 
 derful sagacity. 
 
 The I^irmans of Ava acknowlcdo^e 
 the snperior aMti({nity of tlic Cinj^^a- 
 lese, and the reception of their laws 
 and leligioii from that qnarter. The 
 King of Ava has within tlie last 
 30 years, at separate times, sent 
 two messengers, peisons of learning- 
 and respectability to Ceylon, to pro- 
 cnre the original books on which 
 their tenets arc fonndcMl. In one 
 instance, tlie Eirman minister mad© 
 oilicia! application to the Governor 
 (jeneral of India, to protect and as- 
 sist the person charged with the 
 commission, A great majoriiy of 
 iha Candians si ill remain of the 
 Buddhist sect. On the sea coast, 
 among the i^^sropean settlements, it 
 is sixpposed Ihe miniber of natives 
 possessing Christianity amounts to 
 nearly half a miljion. Of these, part 
 arc Koman CaUiolics, vhile others 
 attend the Calvinistic and Lutheran 
 worship. In the interior of Ceylon, 
 liie rniusof the pagodas ajid temples 
 are mostly of hewn stone, an<l of 
 much superior ^vorkmanship to those 
 of the iO\; er part of tlie country. 
 
 Prior to the arnval of the Portu- 
 guese, wljieh happened in 1505, 
 little is known of t!ie history of 
 Ceylon, and that little mostly fabu- 
 lous. Tlie strange mjthological 
 poem, nauicd the Kamayon, narrates 
 Ilie conquest of this Island by Kama, 
 King of Oude, assisted by an army 
 of gigantic nionkies; which appears 
 to indicate a sort of (^oimexion be- 
 twixt the north of India and this 
 island, that could not have been ex- 
 pected in such 1 emote times. When 
 the Portuguese Conunander Al- 
 uieida arrived, he persuaded the 
 sovereign of Ce\!on to jiay him tri- 
 bute, on condition of assisting him 
 against the Arabs — so early do fo- 
 
 reigners appear to have infested the 
 natives of this island. 
 
 At that period the inliabitants 
 consisted of two distinct races ; the 
 savage Bedahs, then, as now, oc- 
 enpied the forests, particularly in tiie 
 northern i)arts; the rest of the coun- 
 try was in possession of the Cinga- 
 lese, whose most powerful chief held 
 his court at Columbo. The first 
 tribute paid to the Portuguese was 
 250,000 pounds of cinnamon, but 
 their bigotry and avarice involved 
 them in incessant wars wilh the 
 Cingalese. In 1603 the Dutch ap- 
 peared, who were ultimately des- 
 tined to wrest the possessions from 
 the Portuguese, and oppress the na- 
 tives with a still hea-vier yoke. In 
 1()32 they sent a strong armament to 
 act in concert with the King of 
 Candy against the Portuguese, whom 
 iii 1656 they completely subdued, 
 after a long and bloody struggle. lu 
 this year Columbo surrendered, after 
 a siege of seven months. 
 
 From this time began a new 
 scries of wars betwixt tlie Candian 
 sovereigns and the Dutch, in which 
 tlie former was twice driven trom 
 Candy, his capital, and forced to 
 seek refuge in the mountains of 
 Digliggy, the highest and most im- 
 penetrable in the kingdom. The 
 dilhculties of the interior, however, 
 were such, that the Dutch never 
 could retain }»ermanent possession 
 of any conquests remote from the 
 sea coast. In addition to the ob- 
 stacles presented by the nature of 
 the country, the Dutch troops sul- 
 lercd dreadfully from the eiiiects of 
 the climate. The last great war 
 carried on w ith the natives was in 
 1764, when they penetrated into the 
 heart of the king's dominions, and 
 took Caud}'. Ihey were, however, 
 at length compelled to retreat, and 
 had 400 of their best soldiers made 
 prisoners, who w ere put to deatli at 
 Cudda\illi and Sittivacca, only two 
 days march from Columbo. By 
 perseverance and the power they 
 possessed of withliolding a supply of 
 salt, they compelled the king to a 
 
CHAGAING. 
 
 269 
 
 ppacc in 1766, by which he gave up 
 sll his remaining possessions on the 
 sea coast, and reniaiued enclosed in 
 the remainder, tor wiiich he paid tri- 
 bntc in the prodnctions of the coun- 
 try. In return for these vaUiahle ac- 
 (juisitioiis, the Dntch acknow ledi^ed 
 the Candian sovereign as Enipeior 
 of Ceylon, to which they added a 
 number of other iuai;niiiceut ap- 
 pellations. Tranquillity, however, 
 was not secured by tliis treaty, as 
 the Candians often endeavoured by 
 force of arms to procure belter 
 terms. Such was the state of all'airs 
 between the Dutch and Candians 
 towards the commencemeiit of the 
 war in 1793. 
 
 In January, 1782, llie Britisli 
 forces captured 'I'rinconiale after a 
 very sli!;iit resistance; but it was 
 shortly after with equal ease retaken 
 by tlic Juench 'leet, commanded by 
 Sr. Suffiein. Ceylon continued in 
 the possession of the Dutch tuitil 
 179S, when it m as concpiered by the 
 British, and fnially ceded at the 
 peace of Amiens. In 1802 it was 
 constituted a royal govennnent, im- 
 mediately under the direction of the 
 crown, whicii appoints the oliicers, 
 and regulates the internal manage- 
 ment. The council is composed of 
 the governor, chief justice, the coni- 
 inanuor of the forces, and the secre- 
 tary. The revenues of all sorts 
 amounts to about 230,0001. per an- 
 mun, which sum comprehends 
 60,0001. per annum paid by the East 
 India Company for ciiniamon, and 
 40,0001. the average produce of the 
 liolieries. (Perciml, Knox, Si/mes, 
 C. Buchanan, Jvnex, ^-c.) 
 
 Ch.aCKY, {Chahi). — A town in the 
 province of liahar, district of Mong- 
 hir, 102 miles S. E. by S. from Patna. 
 Lat. 24°. 33'. N. Long. 86°. 2.5'. E. 
 
 Champarum. — Sec Bettiah. 
 
 Chandail, iChandala). — A town 
 in the Maharatta tenitories, in the 
 province of Mahvah. 1 10 miles N. E. 
 fromOojain. Lat. 23°. 43'. N. Long. 
 77°. 23'. E. 
 
 Chagaing. — A large fortified (own 
 in the Birman empire, situated on 
 
 the west bank of tlie Irawaddy, op- 
 posite to the city of Ava. Lat. 21°. 
 54'. N. Long. 96°. E. 'I'his is tin; 
 princip;d emporium (o which cotton 
 is broiigiit IVom all parts of tlie coun- 
 try ; and vvhcK;, after Uciiig cleaned, 
 it is embarked lor the China n»arket. 
 It is sent from hence by tiie Iia- 
 waddy in boats, which carry aijout 
 36,000 pounds; the voyage to (^nan- 
 tong, on the frunlicrs oftiiu ])rounce 
 of Yniian in China, occupying from 
 30 to 40 days. In the lalicr part of 
 the jomuiey the passage is difllciiit 
 and dangerous, owing to the iiicreas- 
 ed rapidity of liie stream over a 
 rocky channel. At Chagaiiig fe- 
 males perform the ofiice of cleaning 
 the cotton fron> the rccc!-;, whicii i.^ 
 <;iTected by double cyliinU-rs tinned 
 by a lathe. She turns the machine 
 w itli her foot, while she supplies the 
 cotton with her hands. 
 
 Namdojee Praw, the second mo- 
 narch of the reigiiiiig family, le- 
 moved the seat of the government 
 from Mont^haboo to Chagaing, oa 
 account of the purity of the air, and 
 the beauty of the scenery around it. 
 'I'ijis town is a great jdaco of jcli- 
 gious resort, on account of the nuni- 
 ber of praws or temples erected ia 
 the neighbourhood. It is also the 
 principal manufactory of iilol>l, which, 
 hewn out of an adjacent quarry 
 of fine alabaster, are scul})ttncd here, 
 and are afterwards tianspoited to 
 tiie remotest corners of the Eirinau 
 empire. 
 
 Near to Chagaing is a town named 
 Kycock Zeit, remarkul)le Ibr being 
 the great manufactory of marblu 
 idols, the inhabitants ol' which arc 
 statuaries. Here are 30 or 40 large 
 yards crowded witli artists at work, 
 on images of various siaes ; but all 
 of the same personage, Cauchna, sit- 
 ting cross legged oa a pedestal. The 
 largest a little cxceciis the human 
 size, and the cost is 12 or 131. but 
 some diminutive Gaud mas njay be 
 had lor six or seven shillings. The 
 workmen do not part with ifieir .sa- 
 cred commodity to any but Bir- 
 uiuns. 
 
270 
 
 CHAMfeAH. 
 
 In this iieighbonihood also is a 
 maimfactoiy of rockets, of a most 
 enormous size. The tubes are the 
 trunks of trees, bored like a pump, 
 in some the cavity of the cylinder is 
 nine or 10 inches in diameter, and 
 the wood about two inches thick; 
 the lensjth varies from 12 to 20 feet. 
 These tubes are tilled M'ith a com- 
 position of charcoal, saltpetre, and 
 f^unpowder, rammed very hard ; and 
 the large ones are discharged from a 
 high scaffold, erected on purpose. 
 Bamboos, fastened together, of a 
 length adapted to preserve the poise 
 from the tail of the rocket. In this 
 branch of pyrotechny the Birnians 
 take great delight, and are particu- 
 larly skilful. {Spnes, Cox, Src.) 
 
 Chalawar, {Jhalawar), — A dis- 
 trict in the province of Gujrat, which 
 occupies a considerable tract of 
 country between the Gulfs of Cam- 
 bay and Cutch, and situated prin- 
 cipally between the 21st and 22d 
 degrees of north latitude. I'he dis- 
 tricts of Wenear, Putwar (Pattan), 
 and Chuwal, are all properly in- 
 cluded in Chalawara. By Al)ul I'azel 
 in 1582 it is described as follows : 
 
 " Chalawareh was formerly an in- 
 dependent country, but is now sub- 
 ject to the governor of Gujrat, and 
 inhabited by the tribe Chalah." 
 
 The original seat of the Jhalawar 
 authority was at Dhama, now a 
 small village between Adrianna and 
 Jhingwara. ki. a very early period 
 the family of Drangdra, from whom 
 the Jhala chieftains are sprung, re- 
 sided at Dhama, of which no ruins 
 remain to indicate its former gran- 
 deur. 
 
 The Rajpoots of this part of Guj- 
 rat are divided into throe <;lasses, 
 the Jeenamas, the Kuraria, and the 
 Naroda. The first are respectable, 
 and addressed with the title of Jee ; 
 the second have resigned sonse part 
 of their rank, and peiform menial 
 offices ; the last have wholly relin- 
 quished their military character, cul- 
 tivate the land, and are now de- 
 graded to the rank of Kconbees. 
 AH these classes have an insunaouut- 
 
 able objection to the flesh of a black 
 goat, which they consider unwhole- 
 some. 
 
 A great proportion of this district 
 is but thinly inhabited, and remains 
 still in a state of nature, although 
 some appearances authorize the sup 
 position^ that it formerly enjoyed a 
 greater state of prosperity. It is 
 now laid waste by the predatory hos 
 tilities of the tribes that occupy it ; 
 and, although the Guicowar claims a 
 dominion over the whole, his au- 
 thority is but little attended to. It 
 contains no towns or rivers Of mag- 
 nitude, and the face of the country 
 is hilly and irregular. {M'Murdo^ 
 Abul Pazcl, Src.) 
 
 Chaloo. — A village iu Tibet, si- 
 tuated midway between two lakes. 
 Lat. 28°. 18'. N. Long. 89°. 15'. E. 
 These lakes are frequented by great 
 abundance of water fowl, wild geese, 
 ducks, teal, and storks, which, on 
 the approach of winter, take their 
 flight to milder regions. Prodigious 
 numbers of saurasses, the largest of 
 the crane kind, are seen here at cer- 
 tain seasons of the year, and great 
 quantities of their eggs are collected 
 on the banks. This vicinity produces 
 a dwarfish wheat of the lammas kind. 
 
 One of the lakes is held in high 
 respect by the inhabitants of Bootan, 
 who fancy it a favourite haunt of 
 their chief deities. To the north of 
 those lakes there is a plain, impreg* 
 nated with a saline substance re- 
 sembling natron, and called by the 
 natives of Irindostan, where it is 
 also found in great abundance, sed* 
 jy-mutti. {Turner, '^r.) 
 
 Chambah, {Champa). — An exten- 
 sive mountainous district in the pro- 
 vince of Lahore, situated about the 
 33d degree of north latitude. It is 
 intersected by the Jiavey River, and 
 bounded on the east by the Beyah. 
 It is now possessed by the Seiks and 
 their tributaries. 
 
 Chambah. — A town in the Seik 
 territories, in the provi ure of Lahore, 
 110 miles N. E from the city of La- 
 hore. Lat. 33°. 28'. N. Long. 75° 
 33'. E. 
 
CIIANDRAGIRI. 
 
 271 
 
 ChandaH, {Chandra, the Moon). — 
 A town in the Maliaratla territories, 
 in the province of Khandosh, situat- 
 ed on tl»e south side of the Purnali 
 River, near its juuclion vvilli the 
 Tuptee, 20 miles S. S. E. from Eoor- 
 hanpoor. Lat, 21°. 5'. N. Long. 76°. 
 
 <)':E. 
 
 Chandah. — A town in tlie pro- 
 vince of Ik'rar, 87 miles S. from 
 Nagpoor, the capital of a district of 
 the same name, and at present pos- 
 sessed l)V the Nagpoor rajah. Lat. 
 20°. 3'. N. Long. 79°. 54'. K. 
 
 Chandah. — A large district in the 
 province of Gundwana, subject to 
 tlie Nagpoor ISlahanittiis, situated 
 principally between the 201h and 
 21st degrees of north latitude. Com- 
 pared with the (joaud Hills to llio 
 north this is a champaign country, 
 the soil of -which is sandy. The pro- 
 duce is chielly ric<% with small quan- 
 tities of pulse and sugar cane. The 
 inhabitants possess mnncrous herds 
 of goats and sheep. There is a very 
 perceptible difference betwixt the 
 climate of this plain country and 
 that of the Goaiid Mountains. From 
 the Chandah district cotton is ex- 
 ported to the Northern Circars. Dur- 
 ing the reign of Aurengztrbe this di- 
 vision of Gundwanah was annexed 
 to the soiihah of Berar, although 
 but very imperfectly subdued .(jB/«/(f, 
 J. Grant, i^-c.) 
 
 Chandah. — A village in the pro- 
 vince of Khandesh, 33 miles S. W. 
 from Boorhanpoor. I^at 21°. 5'. N. 
 Long. 76°. 10'. E. Near to this place 
 the Tuptee and Poornah rivers miite 
 their streams, which continence, held 
 sacred by the Hindoos, is by them 
 <talled Jeggur Tirut, or the liver of 
 adored places. ( Ahnl Fazel, cSc) 
 
 ChandaHNEE, {or Chinnanah). — A 
 small district in the province of La- 
 hore, situated Ixjlwixt the 33d and 
 -34th degrees of north latitude. In 
 the vicinity of Nagrolah commence 
 the districts of the (haiidahnee chief, 
 a dependent on Jamboe, who, in 
 1783, possessed a revenue of about 
 a, lack of rupees per ammm. This 
 jfjjief does not remit any revenue. 
 
 but assists his superior wilh a quota 
 of troops. At Dumomunjee, in this 
 district, is an uncommonly beautiful 
 and fertile valley. {Forsler, yc.) 
 
 CllANDAFiNEE, {or C/iinauuh). — A 
 town in the Seik. terriloiies, in the 
 proviiux' of Lahore, 122 miles N. by 
 E. from the citv of Lahore. Lat. 
 33°. 24'. N. Long. 74°. 41'. E. This 
 is a neat and popvdous town, situat- 
 ed on the brow of a hill, at the foot 
 of which, on the eastern side, runs 
 a rapid stream, })assing- to the left. 
 This channel is passed on two stout 
 fir lieams, one of which reaches iioni 
 the shore to an insidated rock in the 
 centre of the river, to which it is 
 fastened by wooden slakes, while 
 the other extends fiom the rock to 
 the opposite bank. {Foster, ^-c.) 
 
 Chandkrnagore. — A French set- 
 tlement in Bengal, situated on the 
 west bank of the River Hooghly, 
 about 20 miles above Calcutta. Lat. 
 22°. 49'. N. Long. 88°. 2(i'. E. 
 
 Tlie position of this town is, in 
 every respect, better than that of 
 Culcutta ; and tlie tenitory originally 
 attached to it extended two miles 
 along the river, and one inland. 
 
 On tlie 23d March, 1757, it was 
 taken by the forces under Admhal 
 Watson and Colonel Clive, after a 
 most obstinate resistance, and with, 
 great slaughter on board the ship* 
 engaged. It has since remained un- 
 fortified, and has been taken posses- 
 sion of by the British government, 
 without opposition, on the com- 
 mencement of hostilities with France. 
 {Ives, Rennel, <^c.) 
 
 Chandragiri, {the Mountain of 
 the Moon). — A large square fort in 
 the province of South Canara, 13 
 miles south from Mangalore, situat- 
 ed on the south side of a river of the 
 same name, which is the northern 
 boundary of Malayala, or Malabar. 
 Lat. 12°. 27'. N. Long. 75°. 8'. E. 
 
 This place was built by Siruppa 
 Nayaka, the first prince of the house 
 of Ikeri, who established his autho- 
 rity in this part of Canara. At lo\v 
 water the river is shallow, butveiy 
 wide ; the country on its north sidtt 
 
272 
 
 CHAN (J. 
 
 is called by (he Hindoos Tulava, 
 (jp. Buchanan, cSr.) 
 
 Chanoraoupti. — A small town, 
 cotitaininp; altoiit 100 houses, in the 
 iiorth-westem cxtrcmil.v of the IMy- 
 sore conntiv, iianicd also Guti. Lat. 
 14°. 23'. N." 1.011^. 75°. 8'. E. 
 
 'I'hree miles to tiie noiih of Chan- 
 dias^npti is a lull jaodneing iron ore, 
 which is found in veins inlcrmixed 
 with laterite, and in this district 
 there is also some sandal wood of a 
 good qnalit}'. In the snrroiinding 
 conritiv tlio ^^ila!.';e god is Nandi, or 
 the bull on w Inch Siva rides. He is 
 also called Baswa, and receives no 
 sacrifices which ate held in abhor- 
 rence by the Sivabhaclar chiefs, or 
 adherents of Mahadeva, or Siva. {F. 
 Muchavan, S:c.) 
 
 Chandere, {Chandri). — A town 
 in the JMaharatla territories, in the 
 province of Arnnni^abad, 130 miles 
 N. N. E. from I'oonali. Lat. 20°. 
 18'. N. Long-. 74®. 36'. E. 
 
 Chandghi-.uky. — A town in the 
 Carnaiic, the capital of a small dis- 
 trict of the same name, 72 miles 
 VV. N. y\\ from Mad)as. Lat. 13°. 
 33'. N. Long-. 79°. 25'. E. I'his was 
 the site of the Hindoo kingdom, 
 known bj"^ the appellation of Nar- 
 singa, whic'i, in 1599, comj>rehend- 
 ed Tanjore and i>iadura. In 1040 
 the English were permitted by one 
 of these princes to settle at IMadrr.s. 
 
 In 1646 the Mal'ommedan stales 
 of Golcondah and Bejapoor possess- 
 ed themselves of this place, and also 
 of Veliore. The citadel of C'haild- 
 gheny is built on the summit of a 
 .slupendons rock, witli a fortified 
 to-\\n at its foot. {Rcnnel, Wilh, ^x.) 
 
 Chandgerry. — A town in (he 
 province of Gundwana, witli a fort 
 und large tank, and containing a 
 considerable population. {Leckie, 
 
 SfC.) 
 
 CHANDGHERBYjCC^anrfr^g-Afln). — 
 ./V hill fort in the Mysore province, 
 district of Ciiitteldrdog, 108 miles 
 N. N. W. from Seringapatam. Lat. 
 13°. 47'. N. Long. 76°. 6'. E., The 
 hill on which this fort is built is not 
 high, nor, including' tiu; Pettali at 
 
 its base, more (lian three miles in 
 circumference, and. (hough fortified, 
 is not a jilacc of strength. The hills 
 in this neig-hbourhoo(l abound with 
 iron ore. {Moor, kc) 
 
 Cli ANDPoon, (Cliandrapurn). — A 
 towji in tlie British territories, in the 
 pro\iuce of Delhi, 70 miles N. E. 
 from Delhi. Lat. 29°. 9'. N. Long. 
 78°. 14'. E. 
 
 Chandpoou. — A tov.n in the pro- 
 vince of Bengal, di.strict of Tippe- 
 rali, situated on the east side of the 
 great Biver IMegna, 33 miles S. S. E. 
 from Dacca. Lat. 2-3'^. 17'. N. Long. 
 90°. 31'. E. 'i'his place is celebrated 
 for (he excellence of its oranges, 
 which are, probably, (he best in In- 
 dia. 'I'hey are of a pariicular sort, 
 (he skin beiiig very thick, and al- 
 most separated from the interior 
 pul].. 
 
 C'handrkk. — A district in the pro- 
 vince of Malwali, sitnated about (he 
 251l! degree of uor(h latitude, and 
 intersected by the Kivcr Sinde. In 
 1582 it was described by Abul Fazel 
 as follows: 
 
 " iSircar Chcndary, containing 61 
 niahals, measurement 554,277 bee- 
 gahs, revenue 31,037,783 dams. Se- 
 yurghal 26,931 dams. This sircar 
 fnrnishes 5970 cavah y, 90 elephants, 
 and 60,685 intantjy." 
 
 AKhongh mountainous this dis- 
 trict is fertile, and tolerably well 
 cultivated. The principal (owns are 
 Serong(% Chanderec, and Chandcry. 
 In 1790 Bam Chund, (he Bajah of 
 Chanderee, lived in retirement at 
 Oude, and left his district under the 
 administration of his son, who paid 
 tiibute to the Mahaiattas. {Abul 
 Fazel, Hunter, .fc.) 
 
 Chandree. — A town iu the pro- 
 vince of Malwah, .situated on the 
 west side of (he Biver Betwah, 90 
 miles W. bv S. from Chatterjtoor. 
 Lat. 24°. 50'". N. Long. 78° 25'. E. 
 This is a very ancient (own, and de- 
 scribed by Abul I'azel as containing 
 14,000 stone houses, but like other 
 Hiudostany cities is nujch decayed. 
 
 Chang. — A large province in Ti- 
 bet, extendicg along the north sid« 
 
CHEESAPANY. 
 
 273 
 
 of the Himalaya Mountains, and 
 situated betwixt the 28th and 30th 
 degrees of north latitude. It is in- 
 tersected by the great River Brah- 
 mapootra, in this part of its course 
 named the Sanpoo ; but we have no 
 further authentie information respeet- 
 ing- this remote region. 
 
 Chaprol'GH. — A town in the 
 Nahry Sangkar province, situated to 
 the north of the Himalaya Moun- 
 tains, the northern boundary of Hin- 
 dostan. Lat. 33°. 20'. N. Long. 79° 
 36'. E. 
 
 Charwah, iCliorna). — A town in 
 the INIaharatta territories, in the pro- 
 vince oflvhandesh, 75 miles N.N. E. 
 from Boorhanpoor. Lat. 22°. 10'. 
 N. Long-. 77°. 4'. E. At this place 
 there is a fort of four bastions. From 
 hence, four miles beyond the Baum 
 Kiver, there is scarcely any signs of 
 inhabitants. {Vltk Register, St.) 
 
 Chassircong. — A town in the 
 Nahry Sangkar province, situated 
 to the north of the Himalaya Moun- 
 tains. Lat, 33°. 30'. N. Long. 79°. 
 86'. E. 
 
 Chatterpoor, (Chattrapura). — A 
 city in the province of Allahabad, 
 district of Bundelcund. Lat. 24°. 
 67'. N. Long. 79°. 63'. E. 
 
 Thi3 town (situated below the 
 Ghauts) was founded by Rajah Chut- 
 tersal, and occasionally his residence, 
 which rendered it llourisliing and an 
 imj)ortant commercial mart, being a 
 sort of entrejiot for the trade carried 
 between iMiizapoor and the Deccan. 
 From this city, and from the dia- 
 mond mines of Panuah, almost the 
 whole of the saycr duties were levied, 
 as there was then no other town of 
 rommercial importance in Bundel- 
 cund. These duties in the town of 
 Chatterpoor alone are said to have 
 amounted to above four lacks of ru- 
 pees per annum. 
 
 This place is extensive, and well 
 built, the houses being mostly of 
 stone, but compared witli its former 
 tiourishing condition it is now de- 
 solate. A\Tien Bundelcund was ceded 
 to the British, this town, with a 
 great portion of the surrounding ter- 
 
 T 
 
 ritory, Avas occupied by Kooar Loni 
 Sah, one of the iiuiumerable petty 
 chiefs of that distracted province. 
 
 lYavelling distance from Agra 212 
 miles, from Benares 237, from Nag- 
 poor 302, from Oojain 320, from 
 Calcutta 698, and from Bombay 747 
 miles. {3ISS. Ironside, Rcnnel, f^c.) 
 
 Chattoor. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Tinnevelly, 25 miles S. W. 
 from Madura. Lat. 9°. 40'. N. Long. 
 77°. 65'. E. 
 
 Chatzan. — A town in the terri- 
 tories of the Afghan Balloochies, si- 
 tuated west of the Indus, in the pro- 
 vince of Sewec. Lat. 31°. 8'. N. 
 Long. 69°- 43'. E. 
 
 Cheduba. — An island in the Bay 
 of Bengal, lying off the coast of 
 Anaean, from which it is distant 
 about 10 miles, and, witii the rest of 
 that province, subject to the Buinaii 
 gxjvennnent. It is the most westerly 
 of a cluster of islands, and is of a 
 moderate height, with several ham- 
 mocks on it. Both Cheduba, and 
 the more eastern islands are inlia- 
 bited, and produce such quantities 
 of grain, that ships of any burthen 
 may load that article here. The 
 channel between this island and the 
 main is annually navigated by large 
 trading boats, but it does not afford 
 a safe passage for large shipping. It 
 is governed by a chckey, or lieu- 
 tenant, deputed by the Birman vice- 
 roy of Aracan. {Sipnes, Elmore, S)-c.) 
 
 Chf.esapanv. — A town and small 
 fort in the Nepaul territories. Lat. 
 27°. 23'. N. Long. 85°. 30'. E. The 
 peipendicular height of this fort 
 above Bheemp'hede is about 530 
 yards, and it possesses no other 
 strength than what is derived from 
 its situation, it being only capable of 
 containing 100 men. This fort is 
 not commanded by an omrah, as al- 
 most all the fortresses in the Nepaul 
 territory are, but by an ofliccr im- 
 mediately nominated by the soubah. 
 The omrahs in the Nepaul domi- 
 nions are independent of the civil 
 governors, and tlieir forces are chiefly 
 composed of troops raised and foiiu- 
 ed bv themselves. Their aruis con- 
 
-274 
 
 CHILKA LAKE. 
 
 sist of matohldcks, broad s^vords, 
 and hows and arrows. 
 
 Chtesajrany is aciistum-housc sta- 
 tion, and the onlj' one liesides Seedli, 
 at whicli duties are collected on mer- 
 chandize passing; from the Com- 
 pany's and vizier's territories. Tlic 
 \illas;e adjoiniiifi; to the fort contains 
 about 20 houses. Theic is a little 
 grain raised, but not enou<ih for the 
 consumption of even the few inha- 
 bitants of the place. From the fort, 
 or villa.je, is a tolerable easy ascent 
 of about three-tiuarters of a mile by 
 the road to Clicesapany, or cold 
 water sjning. About 120 yards 
 liiglier tiian Cheesapany Tort, the 
 mountains of Himalkya are seen 
 searing their lofty peaks, eternally 
 covered with s,now . {Kirkpatritk, i,T.) 
 Chekwall. — A town in the Seik 
 tenitories, in the pro\ince of La- 
 lio;e. situated 107 miles N. W. from 
 the city of Laliore. Lat. 32°. Si)'. 
 N. liono:. 72°. IG'. E. About 10 
 miles to the north of this place are 
 hills which produce salt, ailum, and 
 sui))hur, and near to them are salt 
 ai:d hot wells. 
 
 Cheriaghaut Hills. — A rann;e 
 of hills in the Ncpaul territories, si- 
 tuated about the 27th degree of north 
 latitude, which, according to the in- 
 dication of the baroinetcr, do not 
 appear to exceed 480 yards above 
 the level of the district of IJajypoor 
 in Bengal. {KirJipatrick, Sfc.) 
 Cheribon. — Sec Sheribon. 
 Chiaw Bay. — A deep bay in the 
 noi-th-east side of the Island of Gi- 
 lolo, ^^hieh abounds with shoals and 
 shallo^\s, and into which the mon- 
 soon pcr|ietually blows, backed by 
 strong currents. 
 
 Chica Nayakana Hully. — A 
 large square town in the IMvsore 
 province, strongly fortified with mud 
 walls, and having cavaliers at the 
 angles ; and in the centre is a square 
 citadel, fortified in the same man- 
 ner. The houses arc above 600, and 
 of a mean and ruinous appearance. 
 It possesses a small manufacture of 
 • coarse cotton cloth, both white and 
 -jt;fjloiired. The name signifies the 
 
 town of the little cliief, which was 
 the name assumed by the polygar.s 
 of Hagalwadi, who I'orlitied it about 
 300 years ago. {F. Biuhanan, ^c.) 
 Chica Cavil.^ — A small town iu 
 the district of North Coimbetoor, 
 situated at the bottom of the Ghauts. 
 Lat. 11°. 51'. N. Long. 77°. 48'. E. 
 Inhabitants of tins neighbourhood 
 arc a mixture of (hose who speak 
 the Karnata, and of those who speak 
 the Tclingana languages. 
 
 Chick AcoLE. — ^See Cicacole. 
 C 1 1 1 c H A ccTT a , ( Ch Ichacata). — A 
 town in Northern Hindostaii, in the 
 prov ince of JJootan, not far from the 
 Cooch Bahar in Bengal. Lat. 26° 
 32'. N. Long. 8Q°. 25''. E. 
 
 This place was taken from the 
 Booteas in 1772, when it was de- 
 fended by them with great obstinacy, 
 and much personal courage. With 
 matchlocks, sabres, and bows, it was 
 impossible they could long contend 
 against firelocks and cannon. It was 
 restored at the conclusion of the 
 war, and now constitutes the Bootan 
 frontier towards Bengal. (Turner, 
 cVc.) 
 
 Chien'Poor, {Chinapur\ — A town 
 in the Maharatta tenitories, in the 
 province of Khandesh, 53 miles N. 
 N. E. from Boorhanpoor. Lat. 21°. 
 57'. N. Long. 76°. 13'. E. 
 
 Chickoory, {Chicuri). — A town 
 in the tenitories of the Poonah Ma- 
 harattas, situated 45 miles S. S. W. 
 from Merritch. Lat. 16°. 23'. N. 
 Long. 74°. 50'. E. 
 
 This is a large and respectable 
 town, with an extensive bazar. It 
 is pleasantly situated near a rivulet, 
 and lias a manufactory of cloth, 
 (chiefly fur the dress of the country 
 people. The neighbourhood of this 
 town is famous for producing grapes 
 of an extraordinary size. {Moar,S)-c.) 
 Chilka Lake. — A lake in the 
 Northern Circars, which province it 
 sepaiales towards the sea from that 
 of Cuttiick. In length it may be 
 estimated at 35 miles, by eight the 
 average breadth, is very shallow, and 
 fontains several inhabited islands, 
 'ihis lake seems to be the eflect.of 
 
CHINAPACAM. 
 
 275 
 
 Iho sea, over a flat sandy shore, the 
 elevation of which was but litUc 
 above llic level ofthc couiilrv wilhiii. 
 On the N. W. it is boumU'd by a 
 lidj^e of mountains, a continuation 
 of that which extends fjoni the Ma- 
 haniiddy to tlie Godavery Hiver, and 
 encloses the Nortliern Ciicars to- 
 wards the continent. Tiie Chilka 
 Lake, therefore, forms a pass on 
 each side into the province of Cut- 
 taek, and presents an aj,aeeable di- 
 versity of objects — mountains, is- 
 lands, and forests. At a distance 
 from the land it has the apj)earancc 
 of a deep bay, the slip of laud which 
 separates it from the sea not being 
 visible. This space, for several miles 
 a!on<; tiie soutlu^rn and eastern .shore, 
 is about a mile broad, and an entire 
 sand. NearManickpatani the branch 
 of the Chilka is about three-fourths 
 of a mile broad, and diihcult to cross 
 if the wind blows strong. {Rennel, 
 Upton, (S'c.) 
 
 CniLMARRY,(C7(«/awmr«). — A town 
 in the province of Bengal, district 
 of Mymunsing, situated on the west 
 side of the great Kiver Brahmapoot- 
 ra, 130 miles N. by W. from Dacca. 
 Lat. 25°. 25'. N. Long. 88°. 42'. E. 
 
 ChillambaramPaoodas. — These 
 pagodas are situatiid (m the sea- 
 coast of the Carnatic, a little to the 
 south of Worto Novo, and 120 miles 
 S. S. W. from Ahuhv.s. Lat. 11°. 
 27'. N. Long. 79°. 52'. E. 
 
 The entry to the Chillambaram 
 Pagoda, held in great veneration on 
 account of its anti(|uity, is by a 
 stately gate, under a i>jramid 122 
 feet high, built with large stones 
 above 40 feet long, and more than 
 five feet square, and all covered with 
 plates of copper, adorned with a 
 variety of figures neatly executed. 
 The whole structure extends 1332 
 feet in one direction, and 93G in an- 
 other. About 1785 this gateway was 
 repaired by a devout widow at the 
 expense of 50,000 pagodas. The 
 whole of the architecture has a more 
 ancient appearance than Tanjore or 
 Hamiseram. (Sotmerat, Lord Va- 
 lentia, Sec.) 
 
 T 2 
 
 Chimnf.er. — A town in the terri-r 
 tories of the Nagpoor Maharattas, 
 situated in the province of Berar, 40 
 miles S. from Nagpoor. Lat. 20°. 
 35'. N. Long. 79°. 54'. E. 
 
 Chinabalabaram. — A town in the 
 Mysore Rajah's territories, 100 miles 
 N. E. from Seringapatara. Lat. 13°. 
 26'. N. Long. 77°. 55'. E. By tlie 
 natives it is called Chica Balapoor, 
 and Chuta Balapoor by the Mahom- 
 medans. 
 
 Fifty years past it belonged to a 
 polygar named Narayana Swami, 
 who possessed also Doda Balapoor, 
 and had Nundy Droog for his prin- 
 cipal strong hold. He was subdued 
 and expelled by Hyder, and the 
 town, after Lord Cornwallis's war in 
 1792, ahnost destroyed by Tippoo, 
 The town is now fast recovering, 
 and contains above 400 houses ; of 
 which more than one-fourth are oc- 
 cupied by Brahmins, 30 families of 
 whom arc of such high rank, that 
 they live entirely on charity. A large 
 proportion of the inhabitants speak, 
 as their native dialect, the Celinga 
 language. 
 
 Sugar candy is made here equal 
 to that- of China, and the clayed 
 sugar is very white and fine ; but the 
 art being a secret, it is so dear, that 
 the Chinese sugar candy is sold 
 cheaper at Seringapatam, than this 
 is on the spot where it is produced, 
 ( F. Buchanan, ^-c.) 
 
 Chinapatam. — A town in the Ra- 
 jah of Mysore's territories, 40 miles 
 N. E. from Seringapatara. Lat. 12°. 
 39'. N. Long. 77°. 24'. E. 
 
 Tliis is an open town, containing 
 about 1000 houses, with a handsome 
 stone fort at a little distance. The 
 country around is very beautiful, 
 consisting of swelling grounds, mix- 
 ed with fantastic rocks and hills, in 
 some places cultivated, and in others 
 covered with trees, the finest in 
 either of the Carnatics. In sight of 
 Chinapatam is Patala Dinga, one of 
 the plax-es to which Tippoo sent the 
 unfortunate wietelies who incurred 
 hi- displeasure, when death soon 
 terminated their sufferings. There 
 
276 
 
 CHIKGLEPLT. 
 
 is here a small nianufactor\' of glass. 
 Another niauufacture is steel wires 
 for the strings of musical instnnnents, 
 ■\vhieli are reckoned the best in India. 
 A family at Chinapatam has the art 
 of makinff very tine white sngar. 
 
 or fool ; bnt the term fool does not, 
 in this instance, as in most others, 
 «;ive the best translation of the word. 
 He is totally unmindful and igno- 
 rant of worldly afl'airs, unable (the 
 Brahmins say) to hold conversation 
 
 which formerly w as kept for the sole beyond the proposition, reply, and 
 
 use of the court at Seringapatam 
 Such monopolies of good things w ere 
 favourite jiractices with the arbitrary 
 {rovernments of Hindostan. {F. Bu- 
 chanai}, ^c.) 
 
 Chinamputta. — A town in the 
 district of Madura, 1 1 miles S. by AA\ 
 from the city of Madura. Lat. 9°. 
 41'. N. Long. 78°. 8'. E. 
 
 Chinchew (or Chang) Bay. — A 
 
 rejoinder, and then in a childis 
 bUihbering manner. His ordinary 
 occupations do not diller materially 
 from those of other men ; he cats, 
 drinks, takes wives to himself, &c. 
 like other Brahmins. 
 
 In 1809, the deo was a boy, 12 
 years of age. His palace is an enor- 
 mous pile of building, w itliout any 
 kind of elegance, ne;ir the Moorta, 
 
 spacious bay and harbour in Cochin on Avhich the town stands. The 
 
 China, completely sheltered from all 
 winds, but only accessible for large 
 vessels at high w ater. Lat. 1.3°. 50'. 
 N. At the head of this harbour is 
 situated the city of Quin-nong. 
 
 floors of this edifice are spread over 
 w ith the sacred cow-dnng. and the 
 apartments crow dcd w ith sleek, well 
 fed Bralnnins. Near the palitcc arc 
 the tombs of the former dcos, which 
 
 Chinchoor. — A small tow u in the are so many small temples enclosed, 
 province of Aurungabad, situated on and planted round w ith trees, and 
 the road from Bombay to Poonah. communicating by steps with the 
 It is i)leasantly placed on the left river. Here goes on the business of 
 ]»ank of a river, and is said to con- worship. In one place are seen avo- 
 tain .'iOOO inhabitants, including 300 men pouring oil, w ater, and milk 
 Brahmin faniilies. It has the ap- over the figures of the gods ; in ano=- 
 pearance of an industrious town, the ther, children decking them with 
 houses being good, the streets clean, flowers. Here pilgrims and dcvo- 
 and the shops well supplied. tees performing tlieir ablutions ; and 
 
 This place is the rcsideirce of Chin- there priests chauntingf portions of 
 taniun Deo, whoi)i a great proportion their sacred poems; the whole pro- 
 of the iNIaharatta nation believe to ccediug with the most listless indo- 
 be an incarnation of their favourite lence and apathy; (Lard Valentia, 
 deity, Goonputty. The present is Moor, M. Graham, lVc.) 
 the eighth in descent from the first, CHiNGi-uruT. — ^Thc ancient pos- 
 and they take the name, alternateh , session of the Coinpany, in the Car- 
 of Chintamun Deo and Narrain Deo. natic, formerly denomiuiitcd the .Jag- 
 The Brahmins relate that each duo hire, now forms the coUcctorship of 
 at his death has been burned, and Chingleput. It w as ]jermanently 
 invariably a small image of Goon- assessed in 1801-2; but the efl'ecl 
 putty has miraculously arisen from has not been so satisl'actory as was 
 the ashes, which is pluced in the expected, extensive sales of laud 
 tomb and worshipped. Although having since taken place, (bth He- 
 the deo be an incarnation of the jmrt, ^r.) 
 
 deity Goonputty, he performs poqja Chingleput. — A town in the Car- 
 (worships) his other self, in the form natic, situated on the north-eastern 
 of a statue; for the latter, the Brah- side of the Palar, 39 miles S. S. \\ . 
 luins say, is the greatest, his power from Madras. Lat. 12°. oG'. N. 
 not being diminished by the avatar, Ix>ng. 79°. 55'. E. In 1751, ths 
 or incarnation. French took possession of Chinglc- 
 
 1'hc deo is, ex officio, a dewannali, put; but it was taken iiom thorn, iu 
 
CHINAUB. 
 
 277 
 
 175'2, by Capt. Clive, after a short 
 
 Chiniropoor.vm, {Chinrayapatav). 
 — A town in the Rajali of Mysore's 
 territories, 39 miles N. VV. from Se- 
 riuijapHtani. Lat. 12^.53'. N. Long. 
 7(j°. 40'. 1':. 
 
 'I'lie fort of Cliinrayapatan is well 
 built of stone and lime, and lias a 
 glacis, ditch, and walls built of these 
 materials, and round to^\ ers and bas- 
 tions, with embrasiues lor camion. 
 It has a weekly fair, but no consi- 
 derable trade. Tiie country around 
 is very bare of trees, but contains 
 many tine tanks. 'I'lie toAvn, fort, 
 and suburbs, contain above 900 
 houses, of which 60 are inhabited by 
 Brahmins. The name Cliinraya- 
 patan si{?nifies the city of the little 
 prince. In Nepaul, the year 1802 
 was Srimoca; whereas, at this place, 
 it was Dunbuddi, a difference of 11 
 years, (i^. Buchanan, Lord Valentia, 
 
 Chinnachin. — A town in North- 
 ern Hindostan, in the district of Jem- 
 lah, of which it is the capital, and 
 tributary to the Ghoorkhali Rajah of 
 Nepaul. l^t. 30°. 29'. N. Long. 
 81°35'. E. 
 
 This place is situated in a valley, 
 the north side of which is bounded 
 by the mountains of J-limalaya. The 
 town stands between thcChinnachin 
 and Kurnala Rivers, which are said 
 to unite at a point, distant about six 
 days journey to the south west of 
 Chinnachin, It is the frontier sta- 
 tion of Nepaul, in the Taklakhar 
 quarter, and is the best route for sup- 
 plying: the north-west part of Tibet 
 with IJritish g:oods. It is about 10 
 days journey distant from Becni 
 Slu'hr, and a nioiitli's journey for a 
 caravan from Cufuiandoo. {Kirhpa- 
 trick, SiC.) 
 
 CiUNooR. — A town belonging- to 
 the Nizam, in the jjrovince of Eeja- 
 poor, 47 miles N. N. W. from Ral- 
 harv. Lat. 15°. 40'. Long. 76^ 
 34'.' E. 
 
 Chinnoor.- — A toAvn belonging to 
 tlie Nizam, in the pru^iuce of Rcrar, 
 siluateii on the uorlli-casl side of the 
 
 Goilaverv River. Lat. 19". 8'. N. 
 Long. 80°. 8'. V:. 
 
 Chinsura, {Chinchnra). — A Dutch 
 settlement in the province of Bengal, 
 situated on the Avest side of tlie Ri- 
 ver Hooghly, 22 miles from Calcutta. 
 Lat. 22°. 52'. N. Long. 88°. 28'. E. 
 The first factory of the Dutch East 
 India Company was erected here in 
 1G50, and the site on the whole is 
 much preferable to that of Calcutta. 
 In 17GJ) Chinsura was blockaded by 
 the Nabob of Bengal's forces, to com- 
 pel payment of the arrears of duties, 
 although the province was then ac- 
 tually possessed by the English East 
 Company. It has since been regu- 
 larly captured by the British forces, 
 on the commencement of hostilities 
 with the Dutch. (^Stavorinus, Ren- 
 net, St.) 
 
 Chinaub, (or Chandrahhagii). — • 
 This river has its source near the 
 eastern hills of Cashmere, in the 
 province of Lahore, near the sources 
 of the Ravey, the Bey ah, tlie Sutu- 
 leje, and tlie Jumna. It flows after- 
 wards in a south-westerly direction, 
 with a remarkably straight course^ 
 From Jummoo it proceeds through a 
 tiat country, gradually approaching 
 the Bchut, with which it unites near 
 Jehungscal. This junction is ef- 
 fected with great noise and violence, 
 which circumstance is noticed both 
 by the historians of Alexander and 
 of Timour. The space between the 
 Behut and the Chinaub is no where 
 more than 35 miles, within the limits 
 of the Punjab. A bout 90 miles from 
 its source, and not far from the Cash- 
 mere hills, it is 70 yards broad, and 
 very rapid. The length of its cuursc, 
 including the wimluigs, may be esti- 
 mated at 420 miles. 
 
 'Jhe ancient Hindoo name of this 
 river was the Chandra Bhaga, or 
 Chandra Sarita, and it is considered 
 as the acesines of Alexander. Abul 
 Eazel, in 1582, describes it as fol- 
 lows: 
 
 " Another river of liahore is the 
 Chinaub, called also Chunderbahka, 
 (C'liundra Bhaga). From the top of 
 the mountains of Khutwar i<;sue two 
 
278 
 
 CHITTAGONG. 
 
 springs, one called Chundcr, and the 
 other Bahka. In the neighbour- 
 hood of Khulwar they nnilc their 
 streams, and arc then called Chun- 
 derbahka ; from thence they flow on 
 to Bclolipoor, Sooderah, and Heza- 
 reh." {Rennel, Wilford, AhulFazel, 
 
 Chiring. — A village in Northern 
 Hindostan, one-half of v hich is si- 
 tuated in the Gerwal (Scrinagur dis- 
 trict), and the other half in the dis- 
 tiict of Kemaoou, The range of 
 mountains here forms the boundary 
 between the two provinces. It was 
 formerly a place of some note, but is 
 now in ruins, and destitute of inha- 
 bitants. Near to it is a large village, 
 named Chaparang. [Raper, $-c.) 
 
 Chitlong. — A small town in 
 Northern liiiidostan, in the territo- 
 ries of Nepfiul, named also Lohari, 
 or Little Nepaul. Lat. 27°. 29'. N. 
 Long. 85°. 52'. E. I'his town con- 
 tains a few brick and tiled houses of 
 t\'i o or three stories, but is an incon- 
 siderable place, altliough the first in 
 the Nepaul country that has the ap- 
 pearance of a town to the traveller 
 coming from the south. It is said 
 to have been formerly more exten- 
 sive and flourishing. 
 
 During the dynasty of the Newar 
 princes, Chitlong was for some time 
 a dependency of the Patn raje, or 
 sovereignty, and had a district an- 
 nexed to it containing several popu- 
 lous villages. It constitutes at pre- 
 sent part of the jaghire, or fief, of 
 one of tlie four conunanders of the 
 Nepaul forces. On the 27th Feb. 
 1793, the mercury in Tahrenheit's 
 thermometer fell In 29°. ; and. on the 
 following morning*, all the standing 
 water was found frozen to a conside- 
 rable depth. {Kirkpatrick, ^x.) 
 
 Chitpoou. — A tovvu ill the pro- 
 vince of Gujrat, belonging to an in- 
 dependent rajah, situated in a inoun- 
 tainous and jungly district. Lat. 
 21'='. 20'. N. Long. 70°. 47'. E. • 
 
 Chittagong, {Chatnrgrama). — A 
 district situated at the south-eastern 
 extremity of the province of Bengal, 
 })Qtwcen the 21st and 23d degrees of 
 
 north latitude. To the north it fs 
 bounded by the Ti})perah district; 
 to the smith by Araoau; to the cast 
 it has the Birman empire ; and to the 
 w-est the sea. In length it may be 
 estimated at 120 miles, by 25 the 
 average breadth. 
 
 This district contains about 2987 
 square ndles of unproductive, hilly, 
 and plain arable lands, nearly in the 
 proportion of two to one, and was 
 originally divided into four mode- 
 rately large, and 140 very small per- 
 gunnahs, partitioned among 1400 
 landholders. This distribution ori- 
 ginated in consequence of the whole 
 district having formerly been assign- 
 ed for the militia, or garrison troops, 
 constantly maintained here for pro- 
 tection against the incursions of tlft 
 Muggs or Aracaners. These, in 
 process of time, became distinct ze-- 
 mindaries, when the military esta- 
 blishment ceased to be necessarj'. 
 
 The land is of a hilly and jungly 
 nature, and but a small proportion 
 of it in cultivation. It appears 
 adapted for the production of coflec, 
 jjcpper, and the valuable spices ot" 
 the east; and it possesses a very 
 convenient sea-port, Islamabad, for 
 coasting tiaders in the bay at any 
 season of the year. Ships of a con- 
 siderable size are annually built here 
 of timber, the produce of the coun- 
 try, in addition to a small qiumtily 
 imported ; and the company have au 
 extensive establishment on the sea 
 coast for the manufacture of salt. 
 Landed property in this distiict is 
 for the most ])art distributed into 
 vei-y small portions among numerous 
 propiietors, which occasions inces- 
 sant disputes respecting the boun-' 
 darics. 
 
 The River Nauf, which bounds the 
 British and Birman territories, is si» 
 tuated at a considerable distance 
 from the town of Islamabad, tlie seat 
 of provincial government, and resi- 
 dence of the English magistrate. 
 The banks of this ri\ er are covered 
 with deep jungles, iptei-spersed with 
 scanty spots of cultivation and a few 
 wrotclied villages, where dwelt the 
 
CmiTAGO\G. 
 
 ^79 
 
 f>oover class of lierilsihen and lami- 
 ies of roviiip; hunters, wiiosi' occu- 
 pation is to catcli ami tame wild 
 c!oj)liants, which abound in these 
 forests. 
 
 TliG sea coast of Cliittagonj; is 
 much resorted to by tlie European 
 inhabitants of Bengal, on account of 
 tlie beneficial ell'ccts of the sea air 
 and salt water bathing. About 20 
 miles to the north of Islamabad is a 
 remarkable hot well, (named seeta- 
 cond) the surface of which may be 
 intlamed by the application ot lire. 
 Like all other remarkable pheno- 
 mena of natiue, it is esteemed sacred 
 by the Hindoos; as is likewise ano- 
 ther hot spring near to Monghir. 
 
 Chittagong, it is probable, origin- 
 ally belonged to the extensive and 
 independent kingdom of Tipperah ; 
 but being a frontier province, where 
 the two religions of Brahma and 
 Buddha met, it was scmetimes go- 
 verned by sectaries of the one doc- 
 trine, and sometimes of the other. 
 There is reason to believe it was 
 taken from botli about the beginning 
 of the 16th century by the Afghan 
 Kings of Bengal; and aft crw aids, 
 during the wars of the iVIoguls and 
 Afghans, reverted to the Buddhists 
 of Aracan. Chittagong was lirst vi- 
 sited by the Portuguese so early as 
 1618; and the Rajah of Aracan hav- 
 ing influenced a great number of that 
 nation to settle there, in conjunction 
 v\ith the Muggs or Aracaners, they 
 infested and desolated tlic south- 
 eastern quarters of Bengal, which, 
 distant as the period is, has not yet 
 recovered its population or cultiva- 
 tion. 
 
 In 1638, during the reign of the 
 Emperor Shah Jehati, .Makat Kay, 
 one of the jMugg cliiefs, who held 
 Chittagong lor the Bajali of Aracan, 
 having incurred his displeasure, aiul 
 apprehending an attack, sought the 
 Mogul sovereign's protection. 'I'liis 
 is the first authentic account of the 
 superiority of this province being ac- 
 quired by the jMogul, nor was it 
 taken possession of until 1GC6 ; yet, 
 long before this period, it was regu- 
 
 larly enumerated by Abul Fuzcl iii 
 the list of the Mogul dominions, la 
 1666, Shaista Khan, the soubahdfir 
 of Bengal, having equipped a power- 
 ful fleet at Dacca, dispatched it down 
 the Megna, under the couunaud of 
 Omeid Khan, who, havijig previously 
 coii(|uered the Island of Sundcep, 
 pro(;ecded against this province, and 
 laid siege to the ca .ital, Altiiough 
 strongly fortified, and containing, 
 according to the Mogul historians, 
 1223 «annon of difl'erent calibres, it 
 muiie but a feeble resistaiice ; and, 
 on its surrender, a new name (Isla- 
 mabad) was conferred on it, and it 
 was with tlic district permanently 
 annexed to the Mogul enqdre. 
 
 This province, at an early period, 
 attracted the notice of the English 
 East Indi i Company, who, in 168G, 
 proposed to remove their factory 
 from Hooghly to Chittagong, and 
 Iheie establish by force a respectable 
 fortified residence. On the 17th 
 Dec. 1689, during a rupture with the 
 Emperor Aurengzebe, an English 
 fleet appeared off Chittagong, with 
 an intention of seizing it, and there 
 fixing the head of their settlements 
 in the Bay of Bengal; but, owing to 
 indecision, nothing was done; nor 
 would it have answered tha Com- 
 pany's views, had the original pur- 
 I)Ose been accomplished, in A. D. 
 1760 it was finally ceded to the East 
 India Company, by the Nabob Jaf- 
 fier Ali Khan. 
 
 In 1801, by the directions of the 
 Marquis Wcllcsley, liien governor- 
 general, the board of revenue iu 
 Bengal circulated various questions 
 to the collectors of the different dis- 
 tiicts on statistical subjects. The 
 result of their replies tended to esta- 
 blish the fact, that tlie Chittagong 
 district contained 1,200,000 i^iha- 
 bifaiits, which appears an asfonishii^;- 
 number, if the modern boundaries of 
 the district have not been enlarged. 
 Of this population the proportion of 
 Mahonnnedans was tluec to live 
 }lindoos; and what is icmarkalile, 
 although so long under a Buddhist 
 government, very few of that sect 
 
280 
 
 CHITOBE. 
 
 are now to be found in the district. 
 {J. Grant, Stewart, Symes, Bruce, bth 
 Report, ^c.) 
 
 Chittapet. — A small town in the 
 Carnatic, 75 miles S. W. from Ma- 
 dras, and 60 N. W. from Pondicher- 
 ry. Lat. 12° 25'. N. Lonj. 79°. 
 26*. E. 
 
 During the Carnatic war in the 
 last century this was a fort of con- 
 siderable consequence, and sustained 
 several sieiijes. It then had round 
 towers at the anj^les of the wall, 
 more spacious than Ihc generality of 
 the forts of Coromandcl. Tlie gate- 
 way on the northern side was the 
 largest pile of this construction in the 
 Carnatic, being capable of contain- 
 ing On its terraces 500 men, drawn 
 uj) under arms. Chittapet was fi- 
 nally taken by Col. Coote, after the 
 battle of Wandiwash, havi'ig made 
 but a slight resistance. (Orme, ^-c-) 
 
 Chitteldroog, (Chitra Darga). 
 ■^—A fort and town belonging to the 
 Mysore Rajah, the capital of a dis- 
 trict of the same name. Lat. 14°. 
 10'. N. Long. 76°. 29'. E. By the 
 natives it is called Sifala Durga, 
 which signifies t!ie spotted castle; 
 and also Chatracal, which means the 
 umbrella rock. It is every where 
 surrounded by low, rocky, bare hills, 
 on one of which stands the droog, or 
 fort, formerly the residence of the 
 polygar of the country. In the year 
 1776 Hyder took it by treachery, at 
 which time the town was very large. 
 It is still a considerable place, and as 
 a fortress, one of the strongest in In- 
 dia. In the usual style of the Indian 
 fortified rocks, it is surrounded by 
 several walls within one another, the 
 Outermost of which might be taken 
 without forwarding the reduction of 
 the hill. 
 
 The plain of Chitteldroog consists 
 of a black soil, and is iO miles from 
 oorth to south, and four from east to 
 west ; but, owing to a deficiency of 
 water, tlie quantity of rice land is 
 small. To reach the water the wells 
 mu.st be made deep, and what is 
 procured is of a bad quality. This 
 may, in part, be attributed to the 
 
 common nastinesB of the Hindoo?, 
 Avho wash their cloths, bodies, and 
 cattle, in the same tanks and wells 
 from which they take their own be- 
 verage. The whole neiglibouring 
 country is reckoned unhealthy, al- 
 though it is perfectly diy and clear. 
 The natives assert, that eveiy coun- 
 try is unhealthy in which the black 
 soil called eray abounds. Through- 
 out this principality and the neigh- 
 bouring country of Hara-punya- 
 hully, (which last belongs to the 
 Company) sheep are an object of 
 gieat importance, and are of a spe- 
 cies called cmi, in the language of 
 Karnata. 
 
 The chiefship of the villages in 
 this district is a hereditary oflicer, as 
 is usual, through the Mysore Hajah's 
 possessions, and he acts as priest to 
 the village god. Almost every vil- 
 lage has a peculiar deity of this kind, 
 and most of them are believed to be 
 of a destructive nature. The natives 
 propitiate them by putting an iron 
 hook through the skin under their 
 shoulder blades, by which they arc 
 suspended to a moveable transverse 
 beam, and swung round for a consi- 
 derable time. 
 
 At the conclusion of the last My- 
 sore war, in 1 799, in consequence of 
 repeated ravages and calamities, 
 many districts in the Mysore pro- 
 vince, formerly well peopled, were 
 totally laid waste, and scarcely ex- 
 hibited a vestige of population. Chit- 
 teldroog in particular suttered in a 
 pre-eminent degree, and was de- 
 l)rivcd of the great mass of its inha- 
 bitants. 
 
 I'ravelling distance from Seringa- 
 patam, 115 mites; fi"om Madras, 335 
 miles. (F. Buchanan, Wilkes, Moor, 
 Re)inel, ?>c.) 
 
 Chitore, {Chaitur). — A Rajpoot 
 district in the province of Ajmeer, 
 situated to the south-west of Joud- 
 poor, and bordering on Gujrat and 
 Malwah. The sovereign of this 
 coim try is named indiscriminately the 
 Ranah of Chitore, or Odeypoor ; but, 
 in modern tinies, the latter town, 
 having become tlie capital, has great- 
 
CHOOKIA-NG- SOIMTOO. 
 
 281 
 
 ly jaipcrscdeS tlie first ; the reader is, 
 tiicrcfora, referred to the article 
 Gdeypoor for further details respcct- 
 ini? this tenitory, which, in 1582. 
 was described by Abui lazel as 
 follows : 
 
 " Sircar Chitorc, coutuinino: 26 
 niahals;nicasuremcnt 1,678,802 bec- 
 gahs ; revenue, 30,047,649 dams. 
 Seyurghal, 360,737 dams. This cir- 
 car iurnisiics 22,000 cavalry, and 
 82,000 infantry."— See also Mkwar. 
 
 Chitore. — A Rajpoot town in the 
 province of A j nicer, the capital of a 
 distri(!t of the snme name. Lat. 
 25°. 15'. N. Long. 74°. 30'. E. 
 
 This place m as Ihc ancient capital 
 of the Hajpoot sovereign, now known 
 by the appellation of the Ranah of 
 Odeypoor, and nmch celebrated for 
 its strength, riches, antiquity, when 
 taken and despoiled by Acber, iu 
 1567. 
 
 The fortress of Chitore is situated 
 on the top of a high and rugged 
 mountain, and is considered as a 
 place of great strength. It was first 
 conquered by the Malioaimedans, 
 A. D. 1303, during the rcigii of Alia 
 «d Deen, the scourge of the Hin- 
 doos. It was subscfjuently taken by 
 Acber, and in 1680 again subdued 
 and plun<lered by Azim Usliaun, the 
 son of Aurengzche; permanent pos- 
 session of the fortress does not, there- 
 fore, appear to iiave been retained 
 by the I'attan and Mogul Emperors. 
 In I'tVO it was taken by Madajee 
 Sindia, from Bheem Singh, a rebel- 
 lious subject o. the Odeypoor lia- 
 jahs, to whom it was restored agree- 
 ably to a previous agreement. {Ren- 
 7ie/, Htmter, Maurhe, ^'c.) 
 
 Chittorf,, {Chaitiir). — A town 
 anddistritt, situated on the western 
 frontier of the Carnatic, 80 miles 
 E. from Madras. Lat. 13° 12'. N. 
 Long. 79°. 10'. E. 
 
 The Chittoor pollams, or small 
 districts, came into tlie possession of 
 the East India Company, under the 
 treaty with the Nabob of Arcot, in 
 1801. The polygars had long been 
 refractory and tiirl>uleut subjects of 
 the nabob, a tontiuuuucc of which 
 
 rendered it necessary to- send a mi- 
 htary force against them in 1804- 
 Two of them having surrendered at 
 the commencement, the othcre were 
 driven into the jungles, and their 
 Ibrts demolished ; tranquillity, how- 
 ever, was not restored until the be- 
 ginning of 1805, when the system of 
 fixed rents on the lands of each cul- 
 tivator was introduced, which lias, 
 besides, been attended with a con- 
 siderable increase of revenue. The 
 Chittoor lands were permanently as- 
 ssessed in 1802-3. {5th Report, iyc.) 
 
 CuiTTRA. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Bahar, district of Kamgur, 
 100 miles S. by W. from Tatna. Lat. 
 24°. 14'. N. Long. 81°. 58'. E. 
 
 Chitway, (Setava). — A town in 
 the province of Malabar. Lat. 10°. 
 23'. N. Long. 76°. 2'. E. This place 
 is situated on an island 27 miles long, 
 and iu some places five miles broad, 
 named Chitway by Europeans, but 
 by the natives Manapiiram. It con- 
 sists of two districts, Shetuwai and 
 Attypuram, and is separated from 
 the continent by inlets of salt water, 
 M hich form the northern part of an 
 excellent inland navigation. The 
 soil of this island is in general poor, 
 and although the whole may be con- 
 sidered as a plain, the rice iields are 
 small in proportion to the elevated 
 land that rises a liew feet above the 
 level of the sea. The shores of the 
 island are covered with cocoa nut 
 palms, irom which the reveime is 
 chiefly derived, and the whole is 
 rented from the Company by tlie 
 Cochin Rajah lor 30,000 per annum, 
 but he possesses no legal jurisdiction 
 over the inhabitants. The low land 
 tliat lies near the sea is extremely 
 sandy, and the quantity of rice fields 
 insignificant- A slave here, when 
 30 years old, costs about 100 fa- 
 nains, or 21. 14s. 7d. with a wife the 
 price is double. Children sell at 
 irom 15 to 46 fanams, or from 
 8s.2H. to 21s. \0d.{F.Buchana)i4-c.) 
 
 Chookiang Somtoo. — A lake in 
 tho Lahdack country, about 30 miles 
 in circumference. Lat. 34°. 47. N. 
 Long. 77°. 50'. E. 
 
282 
 
 CnOTEESGUR. 
 
 Choomeas. — A savage people, 
 who iiihal>it the first range of hills to 
 the north and cast of the province of 
 Chittagonij, in Bengal, and arc tri- 
 butary to tljc British government. 
 Their villages are called chooms, 
 but they seldom remain longer than 
 two years on one spot. Beyond them 
 are the Kookies, with whom the 
 Choomeas traffic; but the Kookies 
 do not allow the latter ever to enter 
 their villages. {Macrae, (St.) 
 
 Choomouhty, {Sunmrti). — A 
 town in the Lahdack counfry, situ- 
 ated on the north side of a river 
 named the Khankus, which rises to 
 the noith of the Himalaya Moun- 
 tains, and was formerly supposed to 
 have been the Ganges of the Hin- 
 doos ; but this conjectme has been 
 proved unfounded by the recent ex- 
 pedition from Bengal, to trace the 
 course of the Gauges, which has 
 been found to rise on the south side 
 of the great Himalaya Ridge. Lat. 
 33°. 68'. N. Long. 78°. 54'. E. 
 
 Chongey. — A town in the Nahry 
 Sank ar country, situated to the north 
 of the Himalaya Mountains. Lat. 
 33°. 27'. N. LoVig. 79°. 43'. E. 
 , Choonpoor. — A town belonging 
 to the Muharattas, in the province 
 of Malwah, 36 miles S. E. from Bil- 
 sah. Lat. 23°. 17'. N. Long. 78°. 
 18'. E. 
 
 Choorhot. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Allahabad, in the Boghela 
 ^ouirtiy, 94 miles S. W. from Be- 
 nares. Lat. 24°. 29'. N. Long. 81°. 
 48'. E. It is situated betwixt the 
 River Soane and the Vindhya <»• 
 Kimoor Hills, and is possessed by an 
 independent chief. 
 
 Choprah. — A town in (he Maha- 
 ratta -territories, in the province of 
 ivhandesh, 70 miles \). of Boorhan- 
 poor. Lat. 21° 12'. N. Long. 76°. 
 17'. E. 
 
 Cho TEESGUB, (or Ritttunpoor). — A 
 large district in the province of 
 Gundwana, situated principally be- 
 twixt the 22d aiul 23d degre"es of 
 •north latitiule. This jirovince is very 
 frequently denominated Jeharcund, 
 but the name properly applies to 
 
 great part of th? GHndv\aua pro- 
 vince. Choteesgnr, which mean^ 
 36 forts in its most extensive sense, 
 is said to comprehend 20,000 scjuare 
 miles, part of which is composed of 
 a mountainous tract, or unprofitable 
 jungles ; from which last circum- 
 stance the country acquired the 
 name of Jeharcmid. This district 
 to the south of Ruttnnpoor is a 
 champaign country, abundantly wa- 
 tered with little rivers, full of vil- 
 lages, and ornamented with groves 
 and tanks. In the neighboiuhood 
 of Ryepoor considerable quantities 
 of wheat and vegetables are pro- 
 duced. Rice is not abundant, it 
 being only cultivated behind large 
 reservohs of water, in situations 
 where the declivity of the land is 
 suitable. 
 
 Large quantities of grain are ex- 
 ported from Chotesgur all over the 
 ISizam's dominions, and even to the 
 Circars ; from the latter salt is im- 
 ported and retailed at an extrava- 
 gant price. The villages are nume- 
 rous, but poo)-. I'he country abounds 
 in cattle, and brood mares of tlie 
 tattoo species. On the whole, this 
 teiTitory is but tliinly inhabited. Fo- 
 reign merchants bring a few horses, 
 elephants, camels, and shawls for 
 sale, but the principal part of the 
 commerce is carried on by the brin- 
 jarries, or itinerant grain dealers. In 
 1794 it was said that, in plentiful 
 seasons, they could employ 100,000 
 bullocks in expoitation, and it is cer- 
 tainly one of the most productive 
 provinces under the Nagpoor Rajah. 
 The Hatsoo and Caroon are the 
 chief rivers, and the principal towns 
 are Kuttunpoor and Ryepoor. The 
 boundaries to the north begin at the 
 village of Noaparah, which consist.s 
 of only a few miserable huts. 
 
 'J his district was anciently com- 
 prehended in the Hind(jo province 
 of Gundwana, and composed pait 
 of the state of Gurrah; but, during 
 the reign of Aurcngzebe, it was 
 formerly annexed to the Soubah of 
 Allahabad, although but nominally 
 subjected to tlie Mogul empire. ,Li 
 
CIltlMPANl^ER. 
 
 28:j 
 
 ■ 1752 it v<as coiKiiiovcd Vi^ Ka^ojot 
 Bhooslali, and has cvor siiico coil- 
 tiniiod in Iht; possession ol" th<' 
 JMiiimratta Hajaljs of Nagpoor. (./. 
 (tirnut, B/uiit, \t.) 
 
 Choul. — A small town bolonging 
 1o the MaJiJsratta Fes-lnva, in the 
 province ol' Anrnn£^al>ad, situated 
 on the sea-coast of the Coneaii dis- 
 trict, 25 miles south tVoni Kombav. 
 Lat. 18°. 33'. N. Lons;. 72°. oG'. E. 
 This was a place ol' eonsidcraljle 
 Jiotc durinn- the Bhaniannec dynasty 
 of the Deecan. 
 
 CfioL'TF.A. — A toAvn in tlie pro- 
 vince of Bahar, distiiet of Chuta 
 Na^poor, 2(X> miles \\ . N. W. from 
 Calcutta, Lat. 23°. 26'. N. Lon-. 
 86°. 29'. E. 
 
 Ch(»\vek.\. — A town in thcGnjrat 
 Peninsula, situated about 30 miles 
 N. by E. from \\ankaiicer. 
 
 This place stands on an eminence, 
 and is surrounded by a Iiisrli stone 
 ^vall, wilh square towers, in a ruiu- 
 rms state. On approaching this 
 ■place, after passiup: the Songhur 
 "Hills, there is an extensive plain of 
 •a rich s<ul : but the peusanly being 
 'of castes that are averse to agricul- 
 ture, tlic whole remains in a state 
 of pasturage. During the dry sea- 
 i50U the adjacent \il!ages are badly 
 supplied with water, yet it is found 
 •by digging not far from the surface. 
 (^Macmurdo. Vc.) 
 
 Chowparkh.— A town in the pro- 
 vince of Lahore, situated on the 
 cast side of the Indus, a few miles 
 above its junction Avilh the Sohaan 
 River. Lat. 32°. lU'. N. Long. 70°. 
 60'. E. 
 
 • Chugaxserai. — An Afghan town 
 in the province of Cabul, district of 
 Munduran, situated on the west 
 side of the Chugaiiserai Hiver. Lat. 
 34°. 66'. N. Long. 70°. k'. E. 
 
 Chi'KA — A castle in Bootan, near 
 to which is a chain bridge of a re- 
 niarkable constrtutiou, stretched 
 over tlie River Teiiinohieu. Lat, 
 27°. 20'. N. Long. 89°. 27'. E. Tliis 
 fortress is a large btiilding, placed on 
 elevated ground, with only one en- 
 trance into it. It is biviU of stone, 
 
 and the walls are of a prodigious 
 thickness. The natives have no re- 
 cord when the bridge of chains was 
 erected ; they say it was fabricated 
 by the Devata (infeiior «leity) Te- 
 huptehap. Tiie adjacent country 
 alxtunds with strawberri<"s, which 
 are, however, seldom eat(ni by the 
 natives of Bootan. Here are also 
 many well known English plants, 
 such as docks, nettles, primroses, 
 and dog rose l)ushes. {Tamer, ^t.) 
 
 Chukree Ghaut. — A ferry ovei- 
 the Bej'ah River, in the province of 
 Lahore, which, at this place, in the 
 dry season, flows in two branches ; 
 the waters of Mhich are deep, but 
 not rai)id. In the rainy season the 
 breadth is one mile and a iialf. {\\th 
 
 Chumrul. — ^This river has its 
 sonrce near the ancient city of 
 Muudu, in the centre of tlie pro- 
 vince of Malwah, within 15 miles 
 of the Nerbuddah. From thence it 
 pursues a north-easterly direction ; 
 and, after washing the city ofKotah, 
 and receiving many smaller streams, 
 it falls into the Jumna, 20 miles be- 
 low Etav,eh. The breadth of its 
 channel at the Ford Kyteree, near 
 Dhoolpoor, is three quarters of a 
 mile, and the whole length of its 
 course 440 miles. At Keyteree, the 
 southern bank is bold and lofty ; and, 
 in the rainj season, when the chan- 
 nel is full, the prospect of such a 
 body of water, bounded by hills of 
 A'arious shapes, forms a contrast to 
 the vast plain between the Jumna 
 and the Ganges. 
 
 This river is often named the 
 Sunibul, and is supposed, by Major 
 Rennel, to be the Sambus of Ar- 
 rian. It n(nv forms the boundary 
 which separates llie British territo- 
 ries in Hindostan Proper from those 
 of Dowlet Row Siiulia to the south. 
 {Hunter, Mnknlm, Rennel, .Vc) 
 
 CnuMrAM.KR, {Champanir). — A 
 district in the province of Gujrat, 
 principally situated between the 22d 
 and 23d degrees of north latitude. 
 It is bounded on the north by the 
 district of Gujrat ; ou the south by 
 
284 
 
 CHUNAR. 
 
 the Nerbnddah ; on the cast by Gu- 
 dara,; and on the west by Broach 
 and Canibay. The chief towns are 
 Chumpanecr, Hullal, and Alymohun, 
 and the principal rivers the Nerbud- 
 dah and Mahy. 
 
 A o;reat proportion of this district 
 is eillier immediately possessed by 
 the Maharattas, or occupied by 
 chiefs trihutai-y to them. I'he prin- 
 cipal IMaluuatta Prince is the Gui- 
 cowar, whose dominions lie in this 
 quarter of Gujrat. In 1582 the dis- 
 trict of Chunipaneer is described by 
 Abul Fazel as follows : 
 
 " Sircar Chunipaneer, containing 
 nine niahals ; measurement, 800,337 
 beegahs; revenue, 10,109,884 dams- 
 This sircar furnishes 550 cavalry, and 
 1600 infantry." 
 
 Chumpaneer. — A town in the 
 province of Gujrat, district of Chuni- 
 paneer, of wliich it is the capital, 55 
 miles E. by N. from Cambay. Lat. 
 22°. 31'. N. Long. 73°. 37'. E. 
 
 The town of Chumpaneer is sur- 
 rounded by a wall of massy stones, 
 950 yards long by 350 broad, and 
 defended by 42 towers. In 1582 it 
 is described by Abul Fazel as a place 
 of considerable size and strength ; 
 and the ruins of Hindoo temples, 
 and IMahomniedan mosques, for 
 many miles round, prove its former 
 grandeur. The houses of the pre- 
 sent town are wretched huts, raised 
 on blocks and pillars of the once 
 magnificent edifices of the IMoguls. 
 
 Abul Fazel thinks this city Mas 
 originally built by Champa, a market 
 man of tlic Blicel caste, who gave 
 it his own name. In 1534 it was 
 the capital of Gujrat, at Avhich pe- 
 riod it was taken and plundered by 
 the Emperor Humayoon. {6th Reg. 
 4-c. f>-c.) 
 
 Chunar. — A district in the pro- 
 vince of Allahabad, situated about 
 the 25th degree of north latitude. 
 It is bounded on the north by the 
 Ganges ; on the south by the Soane ; 
 on the east by the Caramnassa ; and 
 on the west by Tarrar and Bogale- 
 cund. The northern part of this- 
 district is a most iertile tract -oi 
 
 country, and in a very flourishing 
 state with respect to commerce and 
 manufactures ; but towards the south 
 it is mountainous, jungly, and ex- 
 hibits few traces of cultivation or 
 population. The Vindhy, a chain of 
 hills, which extend so far across 
 Hindostan, to the north of Nerbud- 
 dah, penetrate into the Chunar ter- 
 ritory, and occupy the southern ex- 
 tremity. The principal towns are 
 Mirzapoor and Chunarghur, to which, 
 formerly, might have been added. 
 Bidjeeghur, now in ruins. The Bo- 
 ker River divides the country, called 
 Chundail, from the pergunnah of 
 Suctasghur, in the Chunar district. 
 
 In tills district, where the pastures 
 are common to a whole village, each 
 tenant puts as many cattle of differ- 
 ent sorts on it as he chooses. The 
 land is, consequently, overstocked, 
 and the cattle starved. During the 
 dry season, and more particularly 
 during the hot winds, eveiy thing 
 like A erdure disappears. The grass- 
 cutters, a class of tenants kept by 
 Europeans to procure food for their 
 horses, will bring provender from a 
 field when verdure is scarcely vi- 
 sible. They use a sharp instrument, 
 with which they cut the grass below 
 the surface, and these roots, when 
 cleared of earth by washing, afford 
 the only green food which it is pos- 
 sible to procure. 
 
 Turnips, cabbages, carrots, and 
 greens, are raised in the gardens of 
 Europeans during the cold season ; 
 but no art caji preserve them against 
 the deadly influence of the hot winds, 
 though in each garden a supply of 
 water is daily drawn by two bul- 
 locks. 
 
 Chunar formed part of the Be- 
 nares zeniindary, and was acquired 
 by the East India Company by 
 treaty, in 1775, along with; the rest 
 of that province. 
 
 In 1582 it is described by Abul 
 Fazel as follows : - 
 
 " Sircar Chunar, containing 18 
 mahals ; measurement, 106,270 bce- 
 galis ; revenue, 5,810,654 dams. Sey- 
 urghal, 109,065 dams. This sircar 
 
CHUPPARAII. 
 
 285 
 
 fiunisliCR 500 riavalr}% and 18,000 in- 
 fantry." {Tennant, Blunt, Abtil Fa- 
 zel, i-o.) 
 
 CnuNAUGHim. — A (own and for- 
 tfess in tlie province of Allahabad, 
 clistriot (>( Cluinar, sitiuiled on llio 
 sonth side oftho (ianffes. Lat. 25°. 
 9'. N. l^ong;. 82° 54'.^E. The fort 
 is situated on a free-stone rock, se- 
 veral hundred feet high, whi(;h rises 
 abruptly from the plain, and advances 
 some distance into the river. It is 
 fortified in the Indian manner, with 
 Avails and towers, one behind the 
 other, and is a place of considerable 
 strength. The prospect from its 
 summit is one of the finest ima- 
 ginable. The town of Chunar is a 
 straggling collection of native huts 
 and European bungalows. The bat- 
 teries here completely command the 
 navigation of the river, and allow 
 no boat to go up or down without in- 
 .spection. At certain seasons of the 
 year CJiunar is excessively hot, and 
 very unhealthy. 
 
 The approach to the town from 
 the hortlj is marked by a chain of 
 low hills, running parallel to the 
 river on its right bank, w hich is co- 
 vered with pUntations and bunga- 
 lows. 
 
 In 1530 Clumarglnir was tlie resi- 
 dence of Sliere Khan, the Afghan, 
 who expelled the Emperor Hu- 
 mayoon from Hindostan. In 1575 
 it was taken by the Moguls, after a 
 siege of six months. In 1763 this 
 fortress, aftei- repulsing a night at- 
 tack of the British troops, was, some 
 lime afterwards, delivered up with- 
 out a siege, and has ever si uce re- 
 mained in the Company's possession. 
 It was a place of great importance 
 in former times ; but, as the British 
 frontier has been carried furthcrnorth, 
 Allahabad has superseded it as a 
 military depot. 
 
 Travelling distance from Calcutta, 
 by Moorshedabad, 574 miles ; by 
 Birboom, 409 miles. {Lord Valen- 
 tia, Tennant, Gholaimi Hossein, Fe- 
 ris/ita, Rennel, ic.) 
 
 Chun'Dail, (C/ia7idela).--—A djs- 
 tiict in the province of Allahabad^ 
 4 
 
 situated between the 24th and 25th 
 degrees of north latitude. It is 
 separated from the British district of 
 Chunar by the Hivcr Bokcr, besides 
 which it has the Soane and many 
 smaller streams. 
 
 The natives of this counti-j- call 
 themselves Chnndails, and are a 
 tribe of Bajpools, the usual resi- 
 dence of their rajah being at Baje- 
 poor, 20 miles west of Bedjcegliur. 
 The country became tributary to th« 
 Kajahs of Benares, in the days of 
 Buiwunt Singh, who concjuered it; 
 for it liad never been thoroughly 
 subdued by the Moguls, although 
 formally annexed to the Soubah of 
 Allahabad by Aurengzebc. 
 
 This territory is very thinly in- 
 habited, and many parts of it a com- 
 plete wilderness. 'I'he road south 
 from the British dominions is over a 
 number of small hills, with scarcely 
 a vestige of a habitation ; there being 
 few permanent villages, the inhabi- 
 tants being accustomed to change 
 their sites very IVequently. Tlu* in- 
 habitants of these hills arc named 
 Karwar, and are a very savage tribe, 
 acknow lodging allegiance to a vassal 
 of the Burdee llajah's, who resides 
 at Buddery, and divided into many 
 sects. {Blunt, Sr.) 
 
 CHt-'NnF.K, {CItaiidrn). — A small 
 town in the Afghan territories in the 
 province of Mooltau, situated on the 
 north side of the Dununoody River, 
 90 miles S. from the town of Mool- 
 tan. Lat. 29°. lb'. N. Long. 71°. 
 29'. E. 
 
 Chi'pparah. — A town in .he pro- 
 vince of Gundvvana, situated on the 
 Bciti Guuga River, 87 miles N. from 
 Nagpoor. Lat. 22°. 22'. N. Long. 
 80°. 2'. E. 
 
 This place is famous for the ma- 
 nufacture of iron, a great quantity 
 of which is carried into tlie British 
 provinces. A considerable district 
 in this part of Gundwana is held by 
 a Patan chief, who received it in 
 Jaghire from tlie first' Raggojeo 
 Bhoouslah, as a reward for services 
 during Ins conquest of Gundwana, 
 aiid the uortiiciu parts of Berar 
 
286 
 
 CICACOLK 
 
 The town is consequently eliiefly in- 
 habited by Afghans. (Lechie, Vf.) 
 
 Chuprah. — A town in tlie jiro- 
 ■vince of I'ahar, district of Saiun, 
 of which it is the capital, situated on 
 the north side of t!ie Ganges, 32 
 miles W. N. W. from Patna. Lat. 
 25°46'. N. Lono:. 84°. 46'. E. 
 
 On May 2, 1757, IMajor Tootc 
 (af(erwards Sir Eyre) reached this 
 place, in pwrsnit of a Frencli corps 
 under Mr. LaAV, being the earliest 
 advance of the Eritisli Hmccs in this 
 quarter. Mr. Law and his party 
 were afterwards taken prisoners by 
 General Carnac, on the 15th Jaiuiary, 
 1761, after a victory obtained over 
 the Shahzada, (the Moj^ul emperor's 
 son), wlio very soon afterwards sur- 
 rendered liimself also. 
 
 Chuwal. — A district in the pro- 
 vince of Gujrat, situated betwixt the 
 23d and 24th degrees of north lati- 
 tude ; and bounded on the w est by 
 the Banass River, wliicJi afterwards 
 flows towards tlie Gulf of Cutch. 
 The quarter of this district adjacent 
 to the Banass is low fenny laud, and 
 subject to inundation ; but very 
 little is known respecting the other 
 parts, as this division of Gujrat has 
 as yet been very imperfectly ex- 
 plored. It is possessed by different 
 independent native chiefs. 
 
 CiCACOLE, {Chicacula). — The larg- 
 est of the Northern Circars or dis- 
 tricts, anciently named Calinga, and 
 situated between the 17th and 20th 
 degrees of north latitude. It is sub- 
 di\ided into two portions. I'he 4irst 
 lies between the River Setteverani 
 on the south ; the River Poondy on 
 the north ; and extends about 170 
 miles along the Bay of Bengal. In 
 its greatest dimensions, it extends 
 in land to the mountainous region 
 on the west, about 60 miles; com- 
 prising an area of about 4400 square 
 miles. The second subdivision of 
 this province is of a triangular ligure, 
 stretcliing about 80 miles from 
 Poondy to Moland, on the soutJiern 
 frontier of Cuttack, and 50 miles to 
 the N. W. angle at Goomsur. It 
 <«putains about 1600 miles of super- 
 
 ficial nieasjuo, exclusive of that pof-*' 
 tion of country situated along the ■ 
 great ridge oi' boundary mountains 
 to the west. ,, 
 
 The climate of the Nortljcrn Cir- 
 cars (of wliich Cicacole forms a large 
 portioii), witli a general conformity 
 to that of Hindostan, north of tlie 
 Krishna, has, from ioca! position and 
 other circumstances, some pecu- 
 liarities in each of the three seasons. 
 The periodical rain usually .sets in 
 about the middle of June, with a 
 westerly wind, in moderate showers, 
 until the end of August, which 
 month coiicludes the small rain 
 liai-vest. I'rom tiiis time the grain 
 continues in greater abundance un- 
 til the beginning of Noveml>er, when 
 it generally breaks up with violence, 
 and is succeeded by tho north- 
 easterly wind. 
 
 The middle of tliis latter and plea- 
 sant season, early in January, iinishcs 
 the harvest tor rice ai)d bajary; 
 which are the gicat productions of 
 the country north of the Godavcry. 
 'Jlie close of the vernal equinox ter- 
 minates the third harvest, which is 
 the grand one for maize, as well as 
 for all tlie diiferent species of grain 
 and pease south of tiiat river. Then 
 begins the hot season, which is al- 
 ways extremely moderate towards 
 the northern extremity of the Circars, 
 near Ganjam, by reason of constant 
 diurnal sea breezes ; and the posi- 
 tion of the neighbouring hills from 
 south to west contrary to the ordi- 
 nary direction of the wind at Masuli- 
 patam. 
 
 The southern division of Cicacole, 
 with a better soil than is found in 
 the otJier parts of the Circar, is 
 watered by four rivers, which have 
 their outlets at Vizagapatam, Bim- 
 lepalam, Cicacole, and Caluigapa- 
 tam, besides many lesser streams 
 during the rains. Nortliward in the 
 territory of Jehapoor, tlie land is 
 fertilized by the Ganjam, and other 
 smaller riVers. I'he province of Ci- 
 cacole, taken altogether, has few ex - 
 tensive jilains, audits hills increase 
 in tVequency and magnitude as they 
 
CIRCARS. 
 
 207 
 
 jitpproarh llic vast raiis'^ of nioiin- 
 taiiis <liat 1)01111(1 this ami (lit- district 
 of Riiianinudi'V to the noith-wcst, 
 Tlic hills and iiairowcr bottoms 
 which separate them, were loimorly 
 snffoied by the native chiefs to be 
 oveirnn with juii<^Ie, as the best pro- 
 tecthin to the opener vallies allotted 
 for cultivation. During the Carnatio 
 wars that province was snpplie«l with 
 considerable quantities of rice from 
 Cieacole ; but since the restoration 
 of trauipiillity. and transfer of the 
 Areot dominions to the Company, 
 the necessity for imjiortatiou has 
 sp'catly diminished. 
 
 This district was ceded to the 
 French, in 1753, by Salabut Jans', 
 the Soubahdar of the Deeean, at 
 wJiich period it extended fioni the 
 Godaveiy to the Pauoda of .hj<;ger- 
 nanth. At tliis time the iTeneh pos- 
 sessed territoi-ies greater, both in 
 value and extent, tlian had ever 
 been possessed in Hindostan i>y Eu- 
 lopeans, not excepting: the Portii- 
 p:ue5e when at the heij^ht of their 
 prosperity. It was acquired by the 
 British, in 1765, durin;^ the govern- 
 ment of Lord Clive. {J. Grant, 
 Ormc, White, Vc.) 
 
 ClCACOLK, {or Maphus Bunder.) 
 — A town in the Northern Circars, 
 the ancient capital of im extensive 
 flistrict of the same name, 118 miles 
 S. W. from Ganjam. Lat 18°. 21'. 
 >f. Long. 83*^. 57'. E. Here is a 
 mosque of considerable sanctity, 
 erected in the year of the Hejera 
 1051, by Shekli Mahomnied Khan. 
 
 CIRCAFS, {Northern.) 
 
 A large province extending along 
 the west side of the Bay of Bengal, 
 Irom the 15th to the 20th degrees of 
 north latitude, and appertaining 
 partly to the Deccan, and partly to 
 Orissa. The sea bounds it. to the 
 east, along a coast of 470 miles from 
 -Mootapilly, its southern extremity, 
 to ]\Ialond in Orissa, on tlie borders 
 of the Chilka Lake. It is divided 
 from the provinces ©f IlvderaUixl by 
 
 a range of small detached lulls ex- 
 tending to tile baidvs of the doik- 
 very, and to the north of that river 
 separat(H^l from Berar by a i;oMtiiiiied 
 ridge of mountains almost impass- 
 able for horse or wlieeled (carriage, to 
 the north-western extremity of the 
 Circars at Gooinsur. IVoin hence 
 the <hain of hills curves to tlie east- 
 ward, and, with the Chilka Lake, 
 ibnn a barrier of 50 miles to tlie 
 north, except a tongue of land be- 
 twixt that lake and the sea. 'lo- 
 wards the south the small river Gun- 
 dezama, vvliich empties itself at 
 Mootapilly, sejiarates fh(! Circars 
 from Ongole and the Carnatic belo^v 
 the G hauls. 
 
 Tiie area, or superficial contents 
 of the Circars, may be calculated at 
 17,000 geographic miles, of which 
 (in 1784) oi!e-fifth was estimated to 
 be in cultivation, or fallow, two- 
 tifths in pasture, and the remainder 
 woods, M ater, towns; barren hills, or 
 a sandy waste three miles in extent, 
 bordering the whole extent of the 
 sea coast. 
 
 The grand divisions of tliis terri* 
 tory are naturally five, principally 
 marked by rivers running across from 
 the liills on the western frontier. 
 These divisions are Guntoor, or 
 Mortizabad ; CondajHlly, or Musta- 
 phabad; Ellore, Rajaniundry, and 
 Cieacole, anciently called Calinga. 
 
 The climate of this region to the 
 north of the Godaveiy is described 
 under the article Cieacole; to th« 
 south of tliat river, for the first tvv© 
 months, strong southerly gales pre- 
 vailing along siiore, together with 
 the sea breezes, moderate the heat ; 
 l»ut the b;:Icful influence of the for- 
 mer, in blowing over salt stagnant 
 marshes on the coast, is injurious to 
 animal life, and destruction to vege- 
 tation. Duringthe succeeding month, 
 until the rains, the wind coming from 
 the west over a parched loose soil.oj 
 great extent, uninterrupted by unj 
 '.ontinued chain of hills,; and along, 
 the broad, samly, and almost dry 
 -bed of the Krishna, becomes so in- 
 tolerably hot near \\i(i mouth of that 
 
288 
 
 CIRCARS. 
 
 river, as to raise tlic tlicrmomoter 
 sometimes ior an entire week to 110° 
 Avjthiii tlie house, and seldom imder 
 10o° diniiii^ tlie first part of the dyy. 
 Another peeuliarily of the climate is 
 the noxious stale of the air in all the 
 hilly regions tluonghout tlie diflcrent 
 seasons of vegetation, uhieh occa- 
 sions the distemper called ihe hill 
 fever. This has been attributed to 
 many cau.ies, but is probably owing 
 to the grossiiess of the atmosphere, 
 charged with the exhalations of a 
 luxuriant soil pent up in vallies, 
 having the free circulation imp«'dcd 
 by the surrounding jungle and fo- 
 rests. From Coringa to Ganjani the 
 coast, as seen from the sea, appears 
 mountainous ; and from Coringa 
 .southwards low, flat, and sandy. 
 
 In all these provinces along tlie 
 .tea coast the soil is chiefly sandy, 
 improving gradually towards the 
 hills. 'I'he same ground seldom 
 yields more than one crop of grain 
 annually, but there being plenty of 
 water, this is generally a heavy one. 
 'I'here are many small rivers running 
 towards the sea, divided artificially 
 into canals, and afterwards con- 
 ducted into the tanks and great re- 
 servoirs. 
 
 Tlic principal quadrupeds found 
 in these districts are sheep, and the 
 larger species of horned cattle. The 
 neighbouring sea, and its numerous 
 inlets, abound with every sort of In- 
 dian firtb. The Cirears are exceed- 
 ingly productive of grain, and for- 
 merly, during the north-easterly 
 monsoon, were the granary of the 
 Carnatic, in like manner as Tanjore 
 was reckoned on during the south- 
 ivest monsoon. Fruits, roots, and 
 greens, are scarce, and raised with 
 difficulty to the south of the Goda- 
 \ery ; and even to the north of that 
 river, owing, it is supposed, to the 
 influence of the sea air. Sugar and 
 cotton are produced, and of the 
 latter a gieat deal is brought from 
 the interior provinces ; bay salt, ar.-l 
 tobacco, (the latter excellent) are 
 both exported. The forests of Ra- 
 jamundry, Irom the commencement 
 
 of tlic hills along the banks of the 
 (Jodavery to Paluunshah, yield an 
 abundance of large ttak trees. 
 
 Plain long cloth is m rought in the 
 Island of Nagore and its vicinity, 
 which forms the groundwork of the 
 best printed calicoes in Europe, and 
 those called palempores at Masuli- 
 patain ; coarser jilain cloths are made 
 to the north and south of the Goda- 
 very. The muslins of Cicacole, the 
 woollen carpets of Ellore, and the 
 silks of Berhampoor, are rather ob- 
 jects of curiosity than considerable 
 in quantity. The latter arc made of 
 silk imported fiom Bengal and Chi- 
 na. Ships of 600 tons have been 
 constructed at Coringa and Narsi- 
 poor, the two principal mouths of 
 the Godavery, and about 50,000 
 tons of small craft are employed in 
 the coasting trade. The exports to 
 Europe are chiefly the fine cotton 
 manufactures. A great proportion 
 of the coasting tiade is carried on 
 w ith Madras, and con.sists chiefly of 
 giain, the returns for which from 
 Madras are the coarser sorts of 
 cloths. The articles carried to the 
 interior by the native inland traders 
 are salt and piece goods, copper and 
 raw silk from Bengal, the returns for 
 which are principally cotton and 
 wheat. 
 
 The principal part of the Madra* 
 investment ol'piece goods is provided 
 in the Northern Cirears. The thread 
 is generally spun by the cultivating 
 caste of inhabitants, and there aie 
 regulations enacted for the protec- 
 tion of the weavers. The latter, on 
 the whole, has the means of being 
 more comfortable than the labouring 
 class^ but they are commonly of a 
 more dissipated turn, and squander 
 away their surplus gains in gaming 
 and cock fighting. The female po- 
 pulation at large, in general, prepare 
 the thread, and sell the produce of 
 their week's work to the weaver at 
 the market, and procure cotton suffi- 
 cient for the next week. The fe- 
 males also, of decayed families, who 
 have little means of employing them- 
 selves from the secluded nature of 
 
CIRCA RS. 
 
 289 
 
 tlieir livos, derive from this source a 
 support lor tiicir feel)le existence. 
 
 A considerable part of the cotton 
 usod in the mauutaeturi's is raised in 
 the country, and the rest broua:lit 
 IVoni the Nizam's and Maharalta 
 countries by traders uho return to 
 tlie interior with salt. The cotton 
 raised uitliin the province is pre- 
 feiTed, beiuf^ cleaner, but the crop 
 is veiy precarious. Every cultivator 
 allots some poition of f;;round tor 
 cotton, and it is productive with a 
 j::ood season, but either too much or 
 too little rain destroys it. The clean- 
 in<>- process is i)ertbrnied by a dis- 
 tinct tribe, whose occupation it is. 
 
 'I'he internal commerce oi" Madras 
 witii the Northern Circars, may be 
 classed under the heads of northern 
 atid southern coastiuii,' trade ; the 
 northern pai taking- more of tlie Ben- 
 gal and Kangoou trade, while the 
 soutliern lias a large proportion of 
 that of the eastward, Geylon, and 
 the Malabar coast. The tratlic 
 is mostly carried <m by the natives, 
 and in the craft which they navigate; 
 some exception, however, nmst be 
 made regarding piece goods, the 
 great staple of the Circars, which 
 are considered too valuable to be 
 conlided to such craft. 
 
 In 1811-12 these piece goods were 
 punjuin cloths of various descrip- 
 tions lo a large anion lit, Ijcsides 
 those in use among the natives of 
 Madras. 'I'nc piece goods from the 
 Masulipatam district arc mostly t;o- 
 loured goods, vvhich are again re-; 
 exjiorted to Boinbay, and some to 
 the Persian. Gulf ; but most of tlie 
 shipments for the latter place, arc 
 niade direct frpui Masnlipatam. r - 
 
 'I'lie next considcratde article of 
 export lioni the Northern Circars is 
 grain, wliicli in seasons of common 
 produce is exported annually to Ala- 
 dras, and- consists chictly of rice, 
 paddy, wheal, with numerous other 
 edible grains used only by the na- 
 tives; to these niay be added horse 
 gram, soncgaloo, witfa u very large 
 proportion of oil seeds. In the (irst 
 Lur m«.;utiis of lbl2, when grain 
 
 u 
 
 was high at Madras, the qtiantity 
 sent from this province, within that 
 short period, amounted to the sunt 
 of 1,031,690 sicca rupees. In 1811 
 the indigo exported to Madras a- 
 mounted t*» 4-5,329 sicca rujiecs ; and 
 the rinn distilled in the district of 
 Ganjam, and sent to Madras, mostly 
 for the use of the navy, ainoimted 
 to 87,708 rupees. 
 
 ()Oods are frequently landed in 
 this province by vessels trading tiom 
 Bengal, and afterwards exported to 
 IMadras, amongst which number are 
 long pepj)er root, sliinbins, and stick 
 lac. Among the other exports to 
 Madras are chillies, fire wood, co- 
 riander seeds, cashew nuts, and 
 many other trifling articles in uso 
 among the natives, both as dnigs, 
 and such as are required for the per- 
 formance of their multifarious reli- 
 gious ceremonies. 
 
 The exports and re-exports from 
 Madras to tlie Northern Circars are 
 not so considerable as might have 
 been expected, when the great mili- 
 tary force and population of the pro- 
 vince are considered, and also tliat 
 Hyderabad, the Nizam's capital, re- 
 ceives part of its supplies through 
 Masuli|)atani. Among t!ie import.s 
 which the Northern Circars receives 
 from Madras, are some piece goods 
 sent there to be painted, and a small 
 quantity of coir cables and cordage 
 for the use of native vessels resorting 
 to the port of Coringa. 'JYeasure is 
 also exported fiom Madras to the 
 northern parts for the purchase of 
 salt, and of investments fur the Eng- 
 lish market. 
 
 , Tho re-exports frqm. Madras to 
 the Northern Circars are chiefly Eu- 
 ropean and China goods, for the con- 
 suuiptioir of oliicers and others em- 
 ployed in that quaiter, to which may- 
 be added some European goods tor 
 the purpose ofmauufaeture. The most 
 valuable of the above articles are 
 Madeira, claret, port wine, ale, 
 brandy, oilman's stores, glassware,, 
 stationery, tea, with copper of va- 
 rious kinds, steel, hai dware, &c. To 
 these uiaj be added vaiious goods 
 
290 
 
 cmcARs. 
 
 rcceivetl from Ihc eash^Tird, such as 
 betel nut to a large amount, alum, 
 cloves, benjamin, pepper, (in, dam- 
 iiier, and borax. A quantity of ar- 
 rack is also received from Madras, a 
 considerable proportion of which is 
 afterwards forwarded to Hyderabad, 
 for the use of the European troops 
 stationed there. 
 
 The native inhabitants of the 
 Northern Circars, exclusive of a few 
 thousand Mahoinmedans dispersed 
 in the different towns, are wholly 
 Hindoos, and may be estimated in 
 number at two and a half inillions. 
 They are composed of the two na- 
 tions of Teling^a and Oria, Ooria, or 
 Orissa, formerly divided by the Go- 
 davery, but greatly intermixed since 
 their union. They speak and Avrite 
 different dialects, and have rites, 
 customs, and characteristical traits 
 perfectly distinguishable from each 
 other. The fom great castes, or sub- 
 divisions of the people, arc common 
 in both countries ; but the Orias arc 
 supposed to deviate less from the 
 original institutions than the others. 
 The Brahmins continue to enjoy 
 their pre-eminence. The Rachewars, 
 Rowwars, and Velmas, of ^^ Inch de- 
 nominations the principal zemindars 
 are composed, affect the manner of 
 Ra,jpoots, and pretend to be of the 
 Khelree, or warlike class. The re- 
 mainder are husbandmen, cow herds, 
 weavers ; together with the artificers 
 hereafter ennmeralcd, and main- 
 tained by the greater villages, all of 
 the Sudra caste. In addition to these 
 are the retail shopkeepers, who are 
 projterly of the third, or Vaisya 
 caste. 
 
 . The five N(jrthern Circars, A\lien 
 acquired by the Company, consisted 
 of zemindary and I)avelly lands. 
 The first are situated in the hill 
 country of the western i'rositier, and 
 in the plains between the hills and 
 ihc sea. The hill zemindars, secure 
 in the woody and niiwholesome 
 heights wiiich they inliabited, and 
 encouraged by the hope of an event- 
 ual asylum in the dominions of the 
 ISiKum, or Nagpoor rajah, had often 
 
 furnished exampFes of successful de- 
 predation, and unpunished revolt. 
 They were sunoinided by military 
 tenants, whose lands were held on 
 stipulations of personal service, and 
 whose attachment to their chiefs was 
 increased by t:ie bond of family con- 
 nexion. These zemindars consisted 
 of three classes, 1st. The Velmas, of 
 Telinga origin, who were driven 
 from the Carnatic in the year 1G52 
 by the Mahommcdan arms, and who 
 established themselves on the bor- 
 ders of the Krishna. 2dly. The 
 Rachwars, of the race of the an- 
 cient sovereigns of Orissa, who were 
 also forced by tiie IMahommedans to 
 relinquish the plains, and retire to 
 the highland woods, which form the 
 western frontiers. 3dly. The Wo- 
 riars, being petty chieftains of the 
 military tribe, who after the over- 
 throw of the empire of Orissa by the 
 Mahommedans, were enabled, by 
 their local situation, to acquire an 
 independent jurisdiction, their pos- 
 sessions being chiefly situated in tho • 
 mountainous tract in the western 
 boundary of Cicacolc. 
 
 At the time this province camo 
 into the Compaiiy's hands, the zn- 
 mrndars were, for the most part, in 
 a very irregular state of subjection 
 to the Nizam, and not only the forms 
 but the remembrance of civil autho- 
 rity seem to have been lost. With 
 respect to the other class, or havelly 
 lands, Avhich constitute a large por- 
 tion of the Northern Circars, tliey 
 consisted of the demesne, or house- 
 hold lands of the government. They 
 were composed of districts in tl>e 
 vicinity of each capital town, which 
 were originally resumed l)y the Ma- 
 hommcdan government, and had 
 been annexed to these towns for the 
 supply of the garrisons and nume- 
 rous estabhshmcnts, both civil and 
 military. I'he following is the de- 
 scription of a village in this province, 
 which also applies, with little varia- 
 tion, to the greater jnnt of the Dec- 
 can, and south of India. 
 
 Geographically con: idtrcd, it is a 
 tract of country comprising some 
 
CIRCARS. 
 
 291 
 
 Imtidrcds, or some thousands, acres were each entitled to certain small 
 ol' arable, or waste land : politically shares of perquisites from the crops 
 viewed, it resembles a corporation, of the villagers. 
 
 or township. Its proper establish- 
 ment of ofliccrs and servants consist 
 of the following: descriptions : — The 
 potail, or head inhabitant, who has 
 a jj^eneral superiiitcndenie of the at- 
 fairs of the village, settles disputes, 
 attends to the police, and collects 
 the revenue within his village. 
 
 Under this simple form of govern- 
 ment the inhabitants lived from time 
 immemorial. The boundaries of vil- 
 lages have been but seldom altered ; 
 and though the villages have been 
 sometimes injured, and even deso- 
 lated, by war, i'amine, and disease, 
 the same name, the same limits, the 
 
 The tallia and totie : the duty of same interests, and even the same 
 
 the former consists in gaining iu- families, have continued for ages, 
 
 formation of crimes and offences, The inhabitants give themselves no 
 
 and in escorting and protecting per- trouble about the breaking up and 
 
 sons travelling from one village to division of kingdoms ; while the vil- 
 
 anotlu r: the duties of the latter ap- lage remains entire they care not to 
 
 pear to be condncd immediately to what power it is transferred, or to 
 
 the village, where he guards the 
 crops, and assists in measuring 
 them. 
 
 The boundary-man, wlio preserves 
 the limits of the village, or gives 
 evidence respecting them in case of 
 dispute. The curnum, or account- 
 ant. 
 
 The superintendent of the tanks 
 and water courses distributes the 
 
 v\hat sovereign it devolves, its in- 
 ternal economy still remaining un- 
 changed. 
 
 In A. D. 1541, the Mahommedans, 
 under the command. of Mahommed 
 Khan Leshkeree, of the Bhamenee 
 empire of Beder, carried their arms 
 into the Northern Circars, and con- 
 quered Condapilly. Nine years alter- 
 wartk they carried their arms still 
 
 water therefrom, for the purposes of further, and subdued all (Juntoor, 
 
 agriculture. 
 
 The Brahmin, who performs the 
 village worship. 
 
 The schoolmaster, who is seen 
 teaching the children to read and 
 write in the sand. 
 
 The calendar Brahmin, or astro- 
 loger, who proclaims the lucky and 
 unpropitious periods lor sowing and 
 threshing. 
 
 The smith and carpenter, who 
 
 and the districts of Masulipatani ; 
 but the country was very imperfectly 
 reduced, and its subjection merely 
 nominal, as it appears to have been 
 again conquered tiom the Hindoo 
 princes of Orissa about the year 
 1571, during the reign of Ibrahim 
 Kootiib .Shah, of Hyderabad, or 
 Golcondah. 
 
 In 1687 those provinces, along 
 with the empire of Hyderabad, fell 
 
 manufacture the imi)lemenls of agri- under the dominion of Aurengzebe ; 
 
 culture, and build the dwelling of but he docs not appear to have paid 
 
 the cultivator. nuuh attention to them, being too 
 
 The putman, or potter. The wash- busily employed elsewhere. In 1724 
 
 erman.. 'J'he barber. 'I'he cov\ keeper, they weie transferred from the house 
 
 who looks alter the cattle. The doc- of Timour, on the Deihi tlirone, io 
 
 tor. The dancing girl, who attends 
 at rejoicings ; the nnisician, and the 
 poet. These oiliccrs and sei-yants 
 generally constitute the establish- 
 ment of a Hindoo village. In ad- 
 dition to the portion of land appro- 
 priated to the paguda establishment, 
 to the local officers of government, 
 and to the village servants, they 
 
 u 2 
 
 that of Nizam ul Moolk, who im- 
 mediately took acti\e and real pos- 
 session of them, collected the reve- 
 nues, and fixed aci>il and military 
 establislunent. He was succeeded 
 by his third son, Salabut Jung, who 
 being greatly indebted for his eleva- 
 tion to tlie intrigues and military as- 
 sistance of the French East India 
 
292 
 
 cocriiN'. 
 
 Company, rewarded flieir scrvires, 
 in 1752, by a ^vditt of the district of 
 Condavir, or Gmitoor, and soon after 
 ceded the other Circa rs. 
 
 The capture of Masnlcpatam, in 
 1759, by the British arms under Col. 
 I'orde, ha\ in": deprived them of all 
 real po\Ter, these territories reverted 
 to the Nizam, Avifh tlie cxeeplion of 
 llie Hekno\vI('d;i,Td dependencies of 
 the town and fortress of IMasnlipa- 
 tam, which were retained by the 
 Eng^lish East India Company. De- 
 prived of llie sHpport of the I'reneh, 
 Salabnt ^invj; was soon superseded 
 in his anthority by his brother, Ni- 
 7,am Aii. In 1765 Ijord Clive ol>- 
 tained from the JMog^ul a £n.ant of 
 four of the Circars, namely, Cica- 
 cole, Rajamundry, Eliore, and Con- 
 dapilly ; which, in the following year, 
 was confirmed by a treaty entered 
 iiito with the Nizam. The remaining 
 Circar of Gnntoorwas, at that time, 
 in the jwssession of Bazalet Jnng, 
 Oie brother of the Nizam, by whom 
 it was held in Jaghire. It was con- 
 tingently stipulated for in the treaty 
 with the Nizam, subject to the life 
 of Bazalet Jnng, who died rn 1782 ; 
 but it did not devolve to the East 
 India Company nntil the year T783. 
 The local government of the 
 Northern Circars was continued lui- 
 der the management of the natives 
 mitil 1769, when provincial chiefs 
 and councils were appointed, and 
 this mode of government contituied 
 until 1794. During this period the 
 power of the zemindars was very 
 great, and. in 1777, it was caliu- 
 laled that the miniber of armed men 
 maintained by fhem in the Circars 
 amounted to' 41,000. In 17t)4 a 
 change in the internal govermnent 
 of this province took, jjlacc, which 
 was followed by the pnnishmenv of 
 the great zemindar of \ izianagrurn, 
 and the restoiation of such zemin- 
 dars as had been unjii.'^tly dcjirived 
 of their lands hy thai family. Little 
 progress, however, has yet been 
 made in the {)roper arrangenn-nt of 
 these Circars, compared with other 
 provinces similarly situated, although 
 
 a considerable improvement lins 
 taken place in the general cliaiacter 
 and eilicicney of tln^ revenue de- 
 partment. The system of a perma- 
 nent settlement of the territorial re- 
 venue was introduced and establish- 
 ed in the Northern Circars during 
 the years 1802 and 1804, wl)en the 
 province was divided inlo five col- 
 ieelorships, or districts, viz. Ganjam, 
 VizagJipatam, Bajamundry, iVJasu- 
 lipatam, and Guntoor. (J. GrniU^ 
 5th liejmrt. White, Johnson, llcnnely 
 R. Grant, ^■c.') 
 
 Clapps Islks, or Cocoa Islf.s. — ■ 
 A mnrdjer of very small islands, ly- 
 ing off' the south-western extremilv 
 of Java. Eat. 7°. 5". S. Long, 105°. 
 25'. N. These islands are ttninhabit- 
 cd, and only occasionally resorted tof 
 for the sake of the edible bird nests, 
 which arc found on them. 
 
 Cocoa Islks. — A cluster of very 
 small isles, lying off the west coast 
 of Sumatra. Lat. 3°. 2'. N. Long, 
 96°. 10'. E. 
 
 CocoRAH. — A tov^Ti \\\ the Maha- 
 ratla territories, in the province of 
 iMalwah, 90 miles north-east fiom 
 Oojain. Lat. 23° 43'. N. Long. 77°. 
 5'. 'E. 
 
 Cochin, {Cach'chi, a morass). — A 
 small proTince on tiie Malabar coast, 
 intersected by the 10th degree of 
 nortli latitude. To the north it rs 
 bounded by the JNIahibar province ; 
 on the south by Travancor ; on the 
 east it has the Dindigul district; and 
 on the west the sea. 
 
 In the northern parts of this pro- 
 vince, about Paignnuru and Shila- 
 cary, the rice gromids are narrow 
 vallies, but extremely well watered 
 by small perennial streams, which 
 enable the cnlti\ators to raise two 
 crops of rice annually. 'J"he houses 
 of the natives are buried in groves 
 of palms, mangoes, jacks, and plan- 
 tains, that skirt the bottom of the 
 litiie liills. Above them are woods 
 of forest trees, which, although no$ 
 so stately as those of Chiltagong, are 
 very fine, and free lioni rattans, and 
 other climber.s. The teak and viti, 
 a black wood, abound i.u these &>- 
 
COCHIN. 
 
 W^ 
 
 T«^s1s ; l)nt all tlie lar<j:o hrcs liave paiiy, and rocover ccri-aii» disdicts 
 
 been ciit, and no care is usnd to wliicli the Suilan had usurped from 
 
 <'ncouia^e their powlli, and clieck liim. In consequence of this ar- 
 
 thrit of useless tiinbei-. ran{;cnient lie a^iecd to pay the 
 
 Towards Caeadu the hills arc Company one lack of rupees au- 
 
 nnjeh lower, snd covered w itii <!fras-s iwaJly as a tiihutary. 
 
 in place of trees. Seairely any part On the Olh May, 1809, in conse- 
 
 of these hills is cnltivat(>d, allliouj^h qnenco of some occurrences in the 
 
 the soil ajtpears to he j^ood, and the Cochin territory, wliieh rendered it 
 
 pasture excellent. In this province e\i)edient tlnit new eni;agements 
 
 iireniany Nazarene, «ir Christian, \il- should he concluded, a treaty of per- 
 
 lajies, inhabited hy Christians of St. petnal friendship with the rajah was 
 
 Thomas, u liich arv, in general, well coniplet(Nt hy Colonel Miicaulay on 
 
 l)uilt and cleanly. the part <*f the l>ritish government. 
 
 The Jews are nnniei-ous in the vi- IJy the conditions of this treaty the 
 
 <inity of Cochin, hut their chief 
 place of residence is Mattacheiry, 
 about a mile distant froni that town, 
 which is almost wholly inhahite'^l by 
 Jews. The resident Jews (lor tlx'se 
 are from all parts of Asia) are di- 
 vided into two classes; the Jerusa- 
 
 friends and enemies of either of the 
 contraetinu; parties are to be consi- 
 der< d as the friends an<l enemies of 
 lK»tli, the Uritish undertaking!: to de- 
 fend and protect the rajah's territo- 
 ries a<;aijist all enemies. In consi- 
 deration of this stijiulation, tlie ra- 
 
 lem, or white Jews, and the ancient, jah af!,reed to pay annually, in ad- 
 
 or black Jews. The iatter have a 
 syna<;ogue in the towji of Cochin, 
 but the great body of tiiis tribe ui- 
 habit the iirtermr of the province, 
 where it is diHieult to distinguish tlie 
 black Jew from the Hindoo, their 
 appearance is so similar. 'I'heir 
 principal towns are I'ritoor, Parof)r, 
 Chenotta, and Alaleh, and by the 
 
 dition to the former subsidy of one 
 lack, a sum equal to the expense of 
 OM(> battalion of native infantry, or 
 1,70,037 rupees, making an aggre- 
 gate annual payment of 2,76,037 
 rupees. 
 
 By additional articles, the rajah 
 on;;-:jges to exclude all Euio})cans 
 no! ajiprovcd of by the Urilish go- 
 
 white Jews they aie considered an vonnnent from his service and conn- 
 inferior race. try, and to give the Hrilish troops 
 'I'he Cochin Rajah maintained his free access to his forts and to\vns; 
 
 independence to a much later period 
 than most of the other Hindoo 
 chiefs. He was connicllcd by Tip- 
 poo to pay tribute, which he now 
 does to the Company. jMutla Tam- 
 buran, Hajah of Cochin, died in 
 1787, of the small-pox, and was 
 STiceeedcd by his younger brother, 
 Virulain Tamburan. 'I'lie following 
 places, and some other towns, be- 
 long to this prince, viz. Naharica, 
 
 and to transA'r the entire nianage- 
 nienl of his externul political rela- 
 tions to the I>ritisli. (/'', Buchanan, 
 C. Jivcfianan, Treaties, (St.) 
 
 Cochin. — A town, situated on 
 the Malabar Coast, the capital of a 
 province of the same name, 170 
 n)iles, N. \V. from Cape Comorin. 
 Lat. '.P. .57'. Long. 76°. 8'. E. In 
 1.503 Aibuqucr<iue obtained leave to 
 erect a fort at Cochin, which was the 
 
 Condanada, Pcrinianoor, Angieai- fust possess<;d by the Portuguese in 
 inal, LJ<IJamper, Mullavcnturutti, India. In U)G3 it was taken by the 
 l'allicar<>, Cenotta, C^coxare, Pucot- I)utch,whocnnvcrtedthecathcdralto 
 la, ArshtTtnichery, and l^uttenchera. a warehouse. \\ hile the Dutch C!oin- 
 On the ()th Jan. 17f>I, a treaty p«ny possessed Cochin it was a place 
 was concluded with the l^ajah of of very extensive connnercc, and in- 
 Coehin, to enable him to throw off liabiti-d by Jew, Hindoo, and Ma- 
 ins subjection toTippoo. and transfer honnncdan merchants, The inter- 
 his allcgiaucc to the East India Com- course w ith Arabia was very great. 
 
294 
 
 COCHIN CHINA. 
 
 and Venetian zequins, brought from 
 Egypt, were in circulation. IMany 
 of the Arab ships made two voyages 
 annually. 
 
 A considerable traffic is still car- 
 ried on with Snrat, Bombay, the 
 Coasts of Malabar and Canara, and 
 also with Arabia, China, and the 
 Eastern Islands. The principal im- 
 ports from these places are almonds, 
 dates, pearls, gum arabic, piece 
 goods, cotton, opium, shawls, ben- 
 zoin, camphor, cinnamon and spices, 
 sugar candy, tea, china, and silks. 
 The cliief exports are pepper, car- 
 damums, teak wood, sandal wood, 
 cocoa nuts, coir cordage, cassia, and 
 fish maws. 
 
 In India this place is kuown by 
 the name of Cacha Bunder, or Har- 
 bour. Ships can lie at anchor in 
 safety on the north-east side of Co- 
 chin, wliere the river joins the sea. 
 In 1800 ship-building here cost 
 about 141. per ton, coppered and 
 equipped for sea in the European 
 manner. 
 
 The Roman Catholic Bishop of 
 CocJiin now resides at Coilan. His 
 diocese begins southward of Cochin, 
 and extends towards Negapatam, 
 including the Island of Ceylon, and 
 comprehending above 100 churches. 
 (C. Buchanan, Fra. Pao'o, F. 7Ju- 
 c/ianan, Bruce, Cox, Wilford, Dow, 
 
 COCHIN CHINA. 
 
 A kingdom, situated in the soutli 
 eastern extremity of Asia, usually 
 distinguished by the name of India 
 beyond the Ganges, and extending 
 from the 9th to the 1 Sth degrees of 
 north latitude. On (he north it is 
 bounded by Tungquin ; on the south 
 by the Province of Siampa; on the 
 east by the Sea of China ; and on 
 the west by the nncNplored regions 
 of Laos and Cambodia. Cochin 
 China 1- roper is only a stripe of land 
 between the sea, and the mountains 
 of very unequal breadth ; the moun- 
 tains in some parts approaching 
 witliin a few miles of the shore, but 
 
 the wliole territoiies of the Cochiii 
 Chinese empire are very extensive, 
 and in 1792 were estimated to con- 
 tain 95,000 square miles. 
 
 Almost all the provinces forming 
 these dominions are separated by 
 chains of mountains, and are inha- 
 bited by distinct tribes and nations, 
 although subject to the same sove- 
 reign. A mountainous ridge, ex- 
 tending north and south, separate 
 Tungquin and Cochin China from 
 Lactho, Laos, and Cambodia. Ano- 
 ther chain, running nearly parallel, 
 separate the three latter states from 
 Siam and China, gradually diminish- 
 ing in height as they approach the 
 south, finishing at tlie soutliern ex- 
 tremity of Cambodia. 
 
 The names given by Europeans io 
 the countries lying between the 9th 
 and 23d degrees of north latitude, 
 are totally unknown to tlic natives, 
 except I'ungquin, who distinguish 
 tlxis region by three grand divisions 
 south of Tungquin. The first, be- 
 twixt the 9th and 12th degrees of 
 latitude, is called Donnai, the chief 
 town of which is Saigong ; the se- 
 cond, extending to the 15th degiec, 
 is named Chang, the capital Quin- 
 nong; and the third, between this 
 and the 17th degree, where Tung- 
 quin commences, is called Hue, the 
 chief town Foosan. These divisions, 
 collectively, are named Anam. 
 
 The loAV lands in Cochin China 
 produce rice, areca nut, betel leaf, 
 tobacco, coarse cinnamon, cotton, 
 and sugar, the last of which may be 
 considered the staple connnodity of 
 the country. Gold dust, aguilla 
 wood, pepper, wax, honey, and ivory, 
 are brought down by the inhabitants 
 of the mountains. There are two 
 species of rice — that which requires 
 inundation, and mountain rice. Sep- 
 tember, October, and November ai'e 
 the season of the rains. 
 
 The lands in Cochin China gene- 
 rally produce two crops of rice per 
 annum, one of which is reaped in 
 April, and the other in October. 
 Fruits of various kinds, such as 
 oranges, bananas, figs, pine apples. 
 
COCHIN CHINA. 
 
 jniavas, ami pomcs^aiiates, are abim.- 
 tiaully produced in all parts of tJie 
 foiiiilry. 
 
 Gold dust is fouud in their rivers, 
 and tlicir mines abound \\\\h ore of 
 llie purest sort, Tlie liiKs and scab- 
 bards of the swords worn by the 
 principal oflicers of {government are 
 I'leqiKMitly adorned witii it. l^ay- 
 ineuts in i;old were lornierly made 
 to foieign merchants in iiij^ots, each 
 weighing four ounces. Silver is also 
 iibundant, and has lately become 
 the principal medium of exchange 
 for merchandize imported, and is 
 paid in ingots, weighing 12 ounces. 
 
 'I'hc country is very fruitful, and 
 abounds in all tropical productions, 
 and also many valuable articles suit- 
 able to the China market. 'I'he ib- 
 rests furnish a great variety of 
 scented woods — such as rose wood, 
 scented wood, and sandal wood. 
 'J'he Cochin Chinese cinnamon, al- 
 though of a coarse grain, and a 
 strong pungent flavour, is preferred 
 by liie Chinese to that of Ceylon. 
 They also export rice, sugar, pepper, 
 areca, cardamoms, ginger, and other 
 spices ; bird nests, sea swallo, shark 
 fins, moluscas or sea blul)ber, and 
 other marine products ofug(datinous 
 nature ; which last are, at all times, 
 in demand with the Chinese. This 
 «'ountry also 'furnishes many other 
 valuahle articles, such as gum, lae, 
 gamboge, indigo, and raw silk. In 
 the forests of Cochin China are 
 ebony, cedars, mimosas, walnuts, 
 teak, iron wood and poon, and most 
 of the other trees that grow in India. 
 
 Chinese goods (such as teas) might 
 be exported here at second hand 
 cheaper than at Canton, as by this 
 means the duties and c\;i(tioiis 
 would be evaded, which, upon every 
 eonsid(;rable shi|), loaded at that port, 
 anmunt to lO.OOtil. 
 
 Until a lew centuries after the 
 Christian era, Cochin China formed 
 a part of the Chinese empire, and 
 consequently the aj)pearunce of the 
 natives, many of the customs, the 
 written language, the religious opi- 
 nions and ceremonies, arc still re- 
 
 295 
 
 tained by them. The countenances 
 of the peasants are livclv and intel- 
 ligent ; and the women, who appear 
 more numerous than the nn-n, are 
 actively enii)loyed in works of hus- 
 bandry. Ill some of the provinces 
 of China women are condenmed to 
 the degrading an<l laborious ta>:k of 
 dragging the plough ; in Cochin 
 China it is, likewise, their fate 
 to be doomed to those occupations, 
 which retiuirc the most persevering 
 industry. In towns the women 
 serve as agents or brokers to mer- 
 chants liom foreign countries, and 
 act with remarkable fidelity. Eotli 
 sexes are generally coarse featured, 
 and their colour nearly as deep as 
 that of the Malays ; and the uni- 
 Acrsal practice of chewing betel, 
 w ith other ingredients, by reddening 
 the Ups, and blackening the teeth, 
 gives them a most unseemly appear- 
 ance, liiee, made palatable with 
 salt and pepper, furnishes their prin- 
 cipal meals, animal food being but 
 sparingly used. Their small breed 
 of cattle supply but little milk, but 
 this article, like the Chinese, they 
 seldom use, not even as food for 
 their young children ; nor is milking 
 any animal customary. 1'his is 
 one of the countries where elephants 
 serve for food, and is considered as 
 a dainty. Bull aloe is preferred to 
 other beef. During the famines, 
 caused by the civil wars, w Inch long 
 desolated the country, it is said hu- 
 man flesh was sometimes sold in the 
 markets of the capital. 
 
 The better part of the Cochin 
 Chinese wear, next the skin, vests 
 and trowsers of slight silk or cotton. 
 Turhans are freipiently worn by the 
 men, atid hats sonu'iimes by the 
 women ; shoes are not used by either 
 sex. The men usually wear their 
 hair twisted into a knot, and fixed 
 on tile crown of the head, which 
 was the aneiejit fashion among the 
 Chinese, who now only wear a little 
 lock of hair bebiud. The handles of 
 their ollieers' sworils are of silver, 
 and generally well linislnd, but all 
 arts and manufactures languish, 
 
296 
 
 COCHIN CHI^A. 
 
 owing to the insecurity of prc- 
 pcrtj. 
 
 Tlie particular branch of tlie arts 
 ill whicli the Cochin Chinese excel 
 is naval architecture. Their row- 
 gallics for pleasure are remarkably 
 tine vessels, from 50 to 80 feet in 
 length, and are sometimes com- 
 posed of five single planks each, ex- 
 tending from one extremity to the 
 other. The edges are morticed, kept 
 tight by wooden pins, and bound 
 tirm by twisted fibres of the bamboo, 
 without ribs or limbers of any kind. 
 Their foreign traders are built on 
 the same plan as the Chinese junks. 
 
 The Aiiam language is that of 
 Cochin China and Tungquin. It is 
 represented by the missionaries to 
 be likewise generally used in Siampa 
 and Cambodia. Tiie A nam lan- 
 guage and nation are often denomi- 
 nated Juan by Malays and Siamese. 
 In tliis kingdom all who pretend to 
 distinction in learning, greatly aflcct 
 the Chinese liteiatnre and character. 
 
 The Anaui, or Cochin Chinese 
 language is simple, original, and 
 monosyllabic, and has neither gen- 
 ders, nnmbers, nor cases; moods, 
 tenses, nor conjugations: all of 
 which arc supplied !>y the use of par- 
 ticles, and the juxta position of 
 words, as in the other monosyllabic 
 languages. Conversation is a species 
 of chauut or recitative, as in <lie 
 Chinese and other monosjUabic di- 
 alects, which has at first a very lu- 
 dicrous effect to an ear unaccus- 
 tomed to it. The intonation or ac- 
 cent of the Anam is very similai- to 
 the Chiiiero. 
 
 The religion of the Cochin Chi- 
 Hcse is a modification of the widely- 
 extended doctrines of Buddha, but 
 more ; impio than that which is po- 
 pularly practiced in China. The 
 natives are extremely superstitious, 
 and their devotional exercises, like 
 tliose of the Chinese, are more fre- 
 quently performed to avert an ideal 
 evil, than with tlie hope of acquiring 
 a positive good. Besides the spon- 
 taneous offerings which individuals 
 nm\i,e on various occasiou.s, a yearly 
 
 contribution is levied by the govern- 
 ment, and paid for the support of a 
 certain uumber of monasteries, in 
 which the priests invoke the deity 
 for the public welfare. 
 
 The ancient history of Cochin 
 China is very little known, but 
 the accounts are tolerably authentic 
 from 1774, when the reigning family 
 were expelled from Quinnong, the 
 capital, by three brothers, who di- 
 vided the country among them. The 
 eldest brother ^vas a wealthy luci- 
 chaut, the second a general officer, 
 and tlie third a priest. When the 
 revolt took place, the young prince, 
 Caung Shung, with tlie queen and 
 his family, by the assistance of a 
 French missionary, named Adran, 
 escaped into a forest, where they lay 
 concealed for some time. After va- 
 rious unsuccessful attempts against 
 the usurpers, he was con)j)elled to 
 fly, first to Pulowai, a desert island 
 in the Gnlf of Siani, and afterwards 
 to Siam, from whence also he was 
 expelled. The missionary, Adran, 
 in the mean time proceeded with iiis 
 eldest son to rrance, to endeavour 
 to procure assistance, which was 
 frustrated by the breaking out of the 
 Kevolulion. 
 
 Caung Shung, after remaing two 
 years on the Island of Pulovvai, 
 feeding on roots, a«id sustaining 
 many hardships, ventured to land 
 on his own country, in 1790, from 
 whence he at length managed to 
 expel the successors of the original 
 usurpers, and afterwards cflected the 
 conquest of Tungquin. In 1797 and 
 1798, with the assistance of tlie 
 missionary, Adran, who had re- 
 luiued fruju Euro|)c, he began many 
 impiovements, seldom attempted ))y 
 Asiatic governments. He established 
 a manuiactory of saltpetre, opened 
 roads of coiiimiinication, and en- 
 couraged cultivation. He distri- 
 buted his land forces into regular 
 regiments, and established military 
 schools, where officers were instruct- 
 ed in the doctrine of projecliles 
 and gunnery by Euroi)ean masters, 
 Adran had translated into the Chi- 
 
COCHIN CHINA. 
 
 297 
 
 ncse langiinge a system of military 
 tactics, for the use of his army. In 
 the course of two years he con- 
 structed at least .300 large gun boats, 
 or row gallies, iive luggers, and a 
 frigate on the model of an Euroi)ean 
 vessel. He caused a system of naval 
 tactics to b(; introducfd, and had 
 his ofliccrs instructed in the use of 
 signals. He also undertook to re- 
 form the system of jurisprudence, 
 and sent missions into th(! moun- 
 tainous districts in the west of the 
 kingdom, which he Avished to bring 
 into a state of civilization. These 
 mountaineers are the people w horn 
 the Chinese designate by the appel- 
 lation of men "vvith tails, although, 
 in all probability, they arc the ori- 
 ginal inhabitants of this empire. He 
 openly declared his great veneration 
 for the Cluistiaii leligion, Avhieh he 
 tolerates, and indeed all others in 
 his dominions ; but he still adheres 
 to the ancient religion of his own 
 country. In 1800, the missioisary, 
 Adran, died, and was interred with 
 all the pomp and ceremonies pre- 
 scribed by the Cochin Chinese reli- 
 gion. In this year King Caung 
 Shu ng's railitarj forces were as fol- 
 lows : 
 
 ARMY. Men. 
 
 24 squadrons of buflalo trooyjs 6,000 
 16 battalions of clcpiiants (200 
 
 animals) _ - - - 8,000 
 30 regiments of artillery - 15,000 
 24 regiments, 1200 eacli, 
 trained in the European 
 manner ----- 30,000 
 Infantry, witli matchlocks, 
 trained in the ancient 
 manner of the country - 42,000 
 Guards regularly trained in 
 
 European tactics - - 12,000 
 
 Frought fonvard 16,000 
 Attaclied to the European 
 
 built vessels 1,200 
 
 Attached to the junks 
 Attached to 100 row gallies 
 
 1.600 
 
 8,000 
 
 Land forces 113,000 
 
 Land forces 
 Total 
 
 2b\R0O 
 1 13,000 
 
 139,800 
 
 MARINE. 
 
 Artificers in the naval arsenal 8,000 
 Sailors registered ami boni on 
 
 the ships in the hurbaiir - 8,000 
 
 Carried forward 16,000 
 
 In the year 1606 this king was in 
 his .50th year. 
 
 'l\vo attempts have been made by 
 the Isast India Company to open an 
 intercourse with Cochin China ; one 
 in 1778 by Mr. Hastings, and one in 
 1804 by an envoy from Canton ; 
 but both proved unsuccessful. The 
 last found the sovereign Cauug 
 Siiung completely surrounded by 
 Frenchmen; and, as he knew not liie 
 langtiage of the country, and had 
 not any one with him who did, e-\cry 
 proposition he had to ofier, and 
 every explanation regarding his mis- 
 sion, were necessarily made through 
 the French missionaries ; the result 
 was the complete failure of the mis- 
 sion. 
 
 The politii^al system of this govern- 
 ment, like that of all the countries 
 of India beyond the Ganges, is one 
 of extreme caution and aversion to 
 any intimate connexion with stran- 
 gers. The pretensious of China to 
 the kingdom of Tangipiin, formerly 
 tributary to that empire, are inces- 
 santly to be guarded against; but 
 while the Cochin Chinese sovereign 
 supj)orts his present respectable mi- 
 litary force, and peiseveres in his 
 inijiroved system of government, he 
 has little to fear from any of his im- 
 mediate neighbours, who, besides the 
 Chinese, are the Siamese and Alalays. 
 In all the more recent wars between 
 Cochin Chinese monarch and the 
 Chinese, the latter have been urJ- 
 formly discomtited by the superior 
 valour and discipliue of the troops of 
 the former. With lospect to the 
 J'/Uropeans, now that tlicir aSv'Ustance 
 is no longer required, they are kept 
 at a distance or under complete re- 
 
298 
 
 COIMBETOOR. 
 
 straint. (Barroau Staunton, Leijcle)i, 
 De Bissacherc, i^r.J 
 
 CoDAP^HAR. — A town in the Bun- 
 tlclciuul (itslrict, 25 miles N. N. E. 
 from Clintterpoor. Lat. 26°- 17'. N. 
 Long. 80°. 2'. E. 
 
 CoGiLPATTV. — A town ill tiie pro- 
 vince of I'inncvcUy, 93 mile:* N. by 
 E. from Ciipe Comorin. Lat. 9°. 
 15'. N. Lou?. 77°. 52'. E. 
 
 CoiLLE. — A tov.n in the pro\ince 
 of Bahar, distiict of I'jrlioot, 67 
 miles N. by E. from I'atna. Lat. 
 2G°. 27'. N. Long. 85°. 41'. E. 
 
 CoiLERK Pi-.TTAH. — A town in the 
 province of Tinncvelly, 33 miles S. 
 by W. from Madura. Lat. y°. 25'. 
 N. Long. 78°. 3'. E. 
 
 CoiMEETOOR, {Coiaiimtuni). — A 
 small province above the (.ihaiits, in 
 tjie .south of India, situated between 
 the lOih and V2{\\ degrees of nortli 
 latitude. It is bounded on the north 
 by the Mysore ; on the .south by Dia- 
 digul; on the east by Salem and 
 Kistnaghcny; and on flie west by 
 the Malaliar province. This district 
 is divided into Nortli and South 
 Coimbetoor, but both subordinate to 
 the coHectorshi]). 
 
 In North Coimbetoor, near IVIulu 
 snd Coleagala, the cultivation is 
 equal to any in India, and consists 
 chiefly of rice iields, watered by 
 large reservohs. The summit of the 
 Eastern Chants, in this quarter, are 
 from 1500 to 2000 feet above the 
 level of the upper country, which is 
 here very beautiful, and in a better 
 slate of cultivation than the Mysore. 
 The tanks are numerous, but mostly 
 in ruins; and, although fertile, this 
 part of the province is but tliiuly in- 
 habited, and the hills produce but 
 little tiuiber. In this mountainous 
 district there are two rainy seasons. 
 The lirst is in the month following 
 tlie vernal equinox, and the second 
 lysts the two jnonths before, and the 
 tA\ o months after the autumnal equi- 
 nox. The })eopie in this neighbour- 
 hood consider the o\ as a living god, 
 who gives tiiem their bread ; and in 
 every village there are one or two 
 bulls, to whom moutliiy or weekly 
 
 A\ orsliip is performed, and wlicn one 
 of them dies he is buried with great 
 ceremony. 
 
 From Candbuliy to MahhuIIy, ii» 
 North Coimbetoor, njuch of the 
 country has been formerly cultivated, 
 but is now nearly waste. In the 
 rainy season the Palar Biver here 
 contains a great deal of water. Ilie 
 stiata of the Ghauts in this quarter 
 run north and south, and are vertical. 
 Being much intersected with fis- 
 sures, they are of little nse iu 
 building. 
 
 Near to the ioyvw of Coimbetoor 
 the soil is in general good, and to- 
 lerably clear of rocks and stones. 
 Tlie iTcdges are few, and the country 
 remarkably bare of trees. In this 
 neighbourhood all kinds of soil are 
 cultivated for gardens, and the va- 
 riety occasions some difference iu 
 their value ; but the depth below the 
 surface, at which the water stands, 
 is the chief cause of the variation of 
 the rent. In some gardens the wa- 
 ter is withni eight cubits of the sur- 
 face; in others, so deep as 18. Many 
 sheep are bred througli Coim-betoor, 
 especially in the Aranasi division. 
 'I'he hills west of Counbetoor are in- 
 habited by the Malasir, Mudugar^ 
 Eriligarii, and 'i'odcar castes. 
 
 I'lie bagait, or gardens watered 
 by machines, called cajiiiy and ya*- 
 tam, are of great importance in this 
 region, as this mode of cultivation 
 enables a small extent of ground to 
 su|)port many persons, »nd to pay a 
 liigh rent ; it is also less liable to fail 
 for want of rain. Taking the whole 
 pn)\ince of Coimbetoor together, the 
 average of the wet eidtivation is little 
 more than three per eelit. of the total 
 cultivation. 
 
 In South Coimbetoor the rice 
 grounds along the bauks of the 
 Amaravali arc extensive, and fully 
 cultivated; further on the soil be- 
 comes poor, has many huge project- 
 ing rocks, and but few enclosures. 
 
 Throughout the Coimbetoor pro- 
 vince there are earths impregiKcted 
 with muriatic salts, and others with 
 nitrates, both of which have occa- 
 
COLABEA. 
 
 290 
 
 sioiiariy been made info culinary 
 salts and ui<re. Tliis carlh seems 
 to confaiii nitre ready forined, as no 
 potash is added to it by lljo makers. 
 Much of the well water has a saline 
 taste. 
 
 The inhabitants of Coimbetoor ap- 
 pear to be as far behind those of 
 Mysore in intellij^ence and most of 
 the arts, as these are behind the na- 
 tives of Madras and Calcutta. As 
 is the case in every part of Renewal, 
 where arts have not been introduced 
 by foreigners, the only one that has 
 been carried to tolerable perfection 
 is that of weaving. In this province 
 the Vaylalar are a numerous tribe of 
 the Tamul race, and esteemed of 
 pure Sudra caste. 
 
 The province of Coimbetoor, in 
 remote times, was named Kanjiam, 
 and came under the dominion of the 
 Mysore rajahs about IGO years ago. 
 It now forms one of the collector- 
 fihips under the IMadras presidency, 
 having" been ac(]uired by the East 
 India Company in 179.9; but it still 
 contains a great deal of uncultivated 
 land, and has not yet been perma- 
 nently assessed for the revenue. (F. 
 Jirichanan, bth Report, Hodson, l^c.) 
 
 CoiMBr.TOOR. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Coimbetoor, of which it is 
 the capital. Lat. 10°. 55'. N. Long. 
 77° 6'. E. 
 
 This city suffered much by the 
 frequent wars betwixt the British 
 and Mysore sovereigns ; but is reco- 
 vering rapidly, and coritiiins above 
 2000 houses; in Hydcr's time is said 
 to have contained twice as many. 
 There is here a mosque, Ituilt by 
 Tippoo, who sometimes made Coim- 
 betoor the place of his residence ; 
 and it is also liie head-quarters of a 
 regiment of native cavalry. The ex- 
 ports from hence arc tobacco, cotton 
 wool, thread, cloth, sugar, jagory, 
 capsicums, onions, betel leaf, and 
 jiva and danga, two carminative 
 seeds. In the neighbourhood of 
 Perura, two miles fiom Coimbetoor, 
 both culinary salt and salt-petre are 
 procured by lixiviating the soil. At 
 Topumbetta, about five miles north 
 
 from Coimbetoor, iron is smeKcd 
 from black sand. Coltoii, both law 
 and spun, is exported in consideraljle 
 quantities to tlio Malabar province 
 
 At Pcnua is a celebrated temple, 
 dedicated to Mahadeva, and cal'ed 
 Mail (high) Chitlunibra, to distin- 
 guish it from another Chitfuinira, 
 near to Pondieherry. The idol is 
 said to have placed itself here miny 
 years ago ; but it is only 3000 yen-s 
 since the temple was erected ovc it 
 by a Rajah of Madura. 'J'he build- 
 ing is highly ornamented alter ihc 
 Hindoo fashion ; but the whole is 
 utterly destitute of elegance. Ihe 
 tigures are not only extiemely rule, 
 but some of them are indecent. 
 When Tippoo issued a general order 
 for the destniction of all idolatrous 
 buildings, he excepted only this aid 
 the temples of Mailcotta and Seriig- 
 apatam. 
 
 The hercditar>' chief of Coimlc- 
 toor is of the Vavlalar tribe; the pie- 
 sent, by his own account, being tie 
 20th in descent from the founder of 
 the tOAvn. The family originaly 
 paid tribute to the Kajahs of AJa- 
 dura. In the year 17h3 Coimbetcnr 
 was taken tiom 'J'ippoo by the soulh- 
 ern army, but restored at the [jca^o 
 in 1784. In the war of 1790 it w»s 
 early taken possession of by the Bri- 
 tish troops, but aftervv ards besieged 
 by those of Tippoo, who were le- 
 pulsed, in an attempt to storm it, ly 
 a weak garrison under Lieutenant 
 Chalmers. Sniisequenlly it surrm- 
 dered to Cummer ud Deen Kluut, 
 Tippoo's general ; ami the gariiscn, 
 in breach of a cajiitulation, detained 
 prisoners until the general peace ia 
 1792. Along with the province it 
 came into the final possession of Hie 
 British in 1799. 
 
 Travelling distance from Madras, 
 306 miles; from Seringapatam, 122 
 miles. {F. Bucimitaa, Dirom, l')d- 
 lartoii, Rennel, ^-c.) 
 
 CoLABBA. — A small island and 
 fortress, belonging to Angria, on :hf 
 Coast of Concan, 20 miles v.sonth 
 from Bombay. Lat. IH . 39'. N. 
 Long. 72°. 53'. E. 
 
30O 
 
 COLAPOOR. 
 
 ColairLake. — ^The bed of this 
 lak' is situated live miles to the south 
 of j)lloie, in the Northern Circars, and 
 exiends 47 miles in length from west 
 to east, and 14 in breadth from north 
 to south. From the beginning of the 
 rains in July, until the end of Sep- 
 tcBiber, the whole is overspread with 
 Witer, excepting 60 or 70 small 
 islets, in which the inhabitants re- 
 irnin; hut, dining the rest of the 
 y(*r, the whole is dry and passable, 
 aiil in many places highly cultivated. 
 T\e lake is chiefly formed by the 
 ^^ti-flowings of the Krishna and (io- 
 dfftery; and its waters are conducted 
 into many channels, to irrigate the 
 ciicumjacent territory. {Orrne, J. 
 Gmut, btli Repiift, S\-€.) 
 
 CoLAiRcoTTA. — A town in the 
 N[>rthern Circars, district of Ellore, 
 3a miles north from Masulipatam, 
 aid situatrd on the borders of the 
 Colair Lake. Lat. 16°. 38'. M. 
 Long. 81°. 20'. N. 
 
 CoLANGonu. — A town in the 
 saith-eastern division of the Mala- 
 ba- province. Lat. 10°. 42'. N. liong. 
 7(i°. 4y'. E. Tins town contains 
 aliove 1000 houses, many of which 
 an? inhabited by Tamul weavers, 
 who imjtort their cotton from Coim- 
 letoor. The environs of this place 
 are very beautiful. The high moun- 
 tiins to the south pour down cas- 
 tades of a prodigious height; and 
 lie corn fields are intermixed w ith 
 l»fty forests and plantations of fruit 
 tiees. The cultivation, however, is 
 hit very poor, and the quantity of 
 rice land small. Here the rain, 
 without (he assistance of art, is able 
 to bring one cup of rice to maturity. 
 {F. Buchanan, b,-c.) 
 
 CoLAPOOR, {C'alapvr). — -A small 
 irdependent jNlaharatta state, on the 
 s(a coast of the province of Beja- 
 piior, named in the maps Bonsolo. 
 Il is boundeii to the south by the 
 Portuguese territory of Goa ; to the 
 *^tstward and northw ard by the Pesh- 
 wu's dominions; and to the west by 
 \\v sea. The Colapoor Rajah gained 
 a '^reat deal of countiy by usurpa- 
 tion and conquest, diuiug the confu- 
 
 sion in the INTaharafta Peshwa's do- 
 minions, after the death of Sewai 
 Madhoorow, particularly from his 
 neigiibours the Putwurdun family, 
 although he was only at war with 
 one branch of it, (Appah Saheb's). 
 Among the INlaharattas such usurpa- 
 tions are not thought incompatible 
 with friendship and the relations of 
 peace and amity. The principal sea- 
 ports are Raree and Vingorla. 
 
 The hatred borne to the Colapoor 
 Rajah by Appah Saheb is of the most 
 implacable nature. ^\ hen his fa- 
 ther, Purserani Ehow, was taken, 
 nmrtally woiuided, he Avas carried 
 j)risoner to the rajah, who ordered 
 the old man (a Brahmin) to be cut 
 to pieces in his presence. This act 
 of atrocity Appah Saheb declared he 
 would never forgive or forget, and 
 that he would most willingly sacri- 
 fice all he had in the « orld, and re- 
 tire to Benares, and pass the rest of 
 his life in oi)scurity, if he could re- 
 venge the death of his father, which 
 it d(ies not appear be ever eflected. 
 Notwithstanding this feud, a cessa- 
 tion of hostilities was eflected by the 
 interposition of the British govern- 
 ment, and particularly by the great 
 weight of Gen.Nyenesley's(the Duke 
 of Wellington) Jiame. 
 
 In 1804, in consequence of the 
 piracies conunitted by the Rajah of 
 Colapoor's subjects, his ports were 
 blockaded, ami payment demanded 
 of the money due to the Company 
 and to the British merchants at 
 Bombay. During the time of war, 
 the cruizer stationed on the coast 
 Avas never of sullicient strejigtii to 
 light one of the enemy's privateers, 
 on which account, to avoid the dis- 
 gracelul event of her caj)tnre. Gen. 
 AVellcsley reconnnendcd a treaty to 
 be entered into Avitli tlie rajah, whieli, 
 if he afterwards broke, it would af- 
 ford ample ground to the British go- 
 vernment to get rid cll'rotually ot an 
 evil, which in the existing state of 
 its power was not creditable. 'J'he 
 rajah was also in the habit of attack- 
 ing the possessions of our ally, the 
 Pcshwa, ,in the province of Beja- 
 
COLAR. 
 
 ,301 
 
 poor, held by the southern Jaghire- 
 dars. 
 
 At the same period of time Viswas 
 Row Ghaiitky nnd Seijee JRow 
 Ghantky, two of llie most jicrscver- 
 iiiiz; depredators, took rcttige witfi the 
 t'olapoor Rajah, after their banditti 
 had been defeated and dis|U'rsod by 
 Gen. WeHesley. The general, in 
 conscqiienee. in March, IHIH. ad- 
 dressed a letter to tiie rajah, inform- 
 ing him that he was jterfeetly aware 
 of the family connexion between the 
 rajah and those brothers, and that it 
 was not the rnsloin of the British 
 government, nor his own wish, to 
 perpetnate enmities, or deprive those 
 of an asylnni, Avho ^\^•r^' in( lined to 
 live in peace ; tor which reason he 
 did not call on the rajah to f;ive Tip 
 the brothers, as he nii»ht be jnslified 
 in doin^. At the same time he no- 
 tified to the rajah, that, as he had 
 given them an asyhim, the British 
 govennnent would consider him re- 
 sponsible for their cuiidnct ; and 
 that, if th y again asscmlded troops, 
 ■which could only be intended to dis- 
 turb the peace of otlier powers, he 
 (the rajah) w ould be called upon to 
 answer lor the injuries they might 
 do, of which this notification was a 
 friendly warning. He added, " It 
 is time that the nations of India 
 shoidd enjoy some peace ; and you 
 may depend upon it, that the British 
 government will not sutler it to be 
 ■wantonly disturbed with iin])U)iity." 
 This letter, as n)ay be anticipated, 
 had the dcsire<l elfect, and the adja- 
 cent territories have since enjoyed a 
 tran(piillitv unknown for ages. {lUSS. 
 Maht, ^-c) 
 
 Coi..\R. — A district in the eastern 
 extremity of the ]M\sorc Rajah's 
 tcnitories, situated l)etvvecn the 1,3th 
 and 14th degrees of north latitude. 
 
 'Ihe pro]iortion of land that has 
 never been cultivated oelween Eay- 
 damangalum and 'i'avculum appears 
 to bo four-tenths of the whole, of 
 which the greater pari consists of 
 high rocky hils. 'i'hosc tov.ards 
 Colar are very extensive, the road 
 approaching it fiom the cast being 
 4 
 
 between two immense piles of bare; 
 granite, crnmljlirig into fragments, 
 that roll down into tlu; plain. Theso 
 hills occupy threc-fourtlis of the land, 
 which has never been ploughed, the 
 remainder is covered with co])se 
 wood. The nakedness of the coun- 
 try does not proceed from any natu- 
 ral incapacity in the soil to produce 
 trees. 'Ihe taniariiul, pipal, mango, 
 and robinia mitis, tinive well. 'J'he 
 villages have a miserable appearance, 
 the houses being entirely hidden by 
 the surrounding walls, which present 
 nothing to the view but a brown 
 dusty mud. 
 
 In some low moist parts of this 
 district salt is made, during the dry 
 season, by serajiing oil' the surface of 
 the earth, and collecting it in heaps, 
 from which the salt is extracted. 
 The grain of the salt is large, and 
 consists of well-formed tubes, mixed 
 with nuich earthy impurity. The 
 natives in Colar i)lant many aloes 
 (agave vivijiara) in their hedges, and 
 use the leaves for making cordage. 
 In the country round Colar the irri- 
 gated land is watered cjitirely from 
 reservoirs. Rich men build them 
 to actpiire a reputation, and are al- 
 lowed a certain profit also, according 
 to the extent of land they irrigate. 
 
 Ciold dust is found in variiius parts 
 of this district, partictdarly nine 
 miles east of Boodieotta, at a village 
 natned Marcoopum. The area of 
 tlie country, impivgnated with gohl, 
 is estimated at 130 square miles. 
 The prevalent langtiagc about Tay-^ 
 culum is the Karnutaca, called bj 
 the English the Canarese. (/'. Bu- 
 chanan, Gt/i lirgistn; Sc.) 
 
 CoLAR. — A town in the Rajah of 
 INIysore's territories, the capital of a 
 district of the same name, 40 miles 
 E. \. E. froln Bangaloor. Lat. 13°. 
 8'. N. Long. 78°. iV. E. 
 
 This town has a stnnig mud fort 
 with two very Inity walls, and in the 
 town a cavalier of stone, that rises 
 high above them. It contains above 
 700 houses, iuany of which are in 
 habited by weavers. Ctdar was the 
 birth place of ilvder. His son, 
 
302 
 
 C0LU3IB0. 
 
 Tippoo, erected a handsome monu- 
 ment lor him, and near it a mosque 
 and colleg;e of xMoollahs or JMahom- 
 medan priests, witli a proper esta- 
 Misliment of nnisicians, were endow- 
 ed to pray for his son!; t}ie whole 
 of which is still continued at the 
 expense of the Piiilish government. 
 
 The gardens here, besides the 
 usual fruits, contain cabbasfes, arti- 
 chokes, and grapes. Tlie (rade and 
 niajni (Pictures of Colar were en- 
 tirely ruined by Tippoo, it being in 
 the immediate vicinity of his ene- 
 mies dominions, with vvhoui he 
 would allow no communication 
 whatever. Both are now rapidly on 
 ihe iiicrease. On a hill north from 
 llie town, was formerly a hill fort, in 
 which for some time resided Cossim 
 Khan, the General of Aurcngzebe ; 
 Avho, towards the end of the 17th 
 century, made the first regular IMa- 
 homnu'dan establishment in this 
 quarter of the Upper Carnatic. 
 {Lord Valentin, F. Buchanan, <^c.) 
 
 CoL4RPooR. — A town belonging 
 to the Nizam, in the proviuce of 
 Berar, 30 miles south from Ellich- 
 poor. Lat. 20°. 56'. N. Long. 78°. 
 10'. E. 
 
 CoLERooN "River. — See Colran. 
 
 CoLESHY, (Cafesi). — A town in the 
 province of Travancor, 33 miles N. 
 W. from Cape Comorin. Lat. 8°. 
 12'. N. Long. 77°. 11'. E. There is 
 a. small harbour at this place, where 
 ships are secured from the winds, 
 under the protection of some rocks. 
 The Danes formerly had a factoiy 
 here. 
 
 CoLGONG, {Calig-mma). — A town 
 in the province of Bahar, district of 
 Monghir, 102 miles N. W. from 
 Moorshadabad. Lat. 25°. 14'. N. 
 Long. 87°. 10'. E. Seven miles be- 
 low Colgong, the Ganges takes a 
 singular turn round a hill covered 
 with wood, some rocks protrude into 
 the stream, on which figures of Hin- 
 doo deities are carved. 
 
 CoLiNDA. — A town in the province 
 of Bengal, district of Tiperah, 73 
 miles, S, E. from Dacca. Lat. 22°. 
 58'. N. Long. &1° 6'. E. In the 
 
 surrounding countiy coarse hafistH 
 and cossaes of an excellent quality 
 are manufactured, reniarkable for the 
 weight of raw material they contain. 
 
 CoLLARASS. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Agra, district of Narwar, 48 
 miles S. W. fiom the city of iSarwar. 
 Lat. 25°. 13'. xN. Long. 7/°. 42'. E. 
 This place is simonnded by an old 
 stone wall of no strength, near to 
 which is a large nullah of line water. 
 'Jlie country to the north is jungly, 
 thinly inhabited, much intersected 
 by ravines; and except in the im- 
 mediate vicinity of the Sinde River, 
 is durin?: the dry season very ill sup- 
 plied ^^ ith water. {3ISS. cSc) 
 
 CoLLEGAL Pettah. — A town in 
 the province of Coimbetoor, 31 miles 
 E. S. E. from Seringapafam. Lat. 
 12°. 13'. N. Long. 77. 14'. E. This 
 jtlace contains about 600 houses, and 
 has two largo temples. It is a mart 
 for the tiadrrs between Seringa- 
 patam and the country below the 
 Ghauts, near the Cavery. In the 
 siHTounding countiy there are above 
 40 reservuirs, mostly in want of re- 
 pair. The soil is generally red and 
 tit for the cultivation of ragy and 
 cotton ; the neighbourhood also con- 
 tains a few sandal wood trees. (F. 
 Buchanan, is'c.) 
 
 CoLNA, (Khalana). — A town in the 
 province of Bengal, district of Jes- 
 sore, 83 miles N. E. from Calcutta. 
 Lat. 23°. 11'. N. Long. 89°. 38'. E. 
 
 CoLRAN or COLF.ROON BlVER. — 
 
 The northern branch of the Cavery, 
 from which it separates below the 
 Island of Seringham, near Trichi- 
 nopoly, ajid after a course of about 
 80 miles falls into th;' sea at Deii- 
 cotta. At the point of separation, 
 the southern branch is 20 feet higheir 
 than the Coleroon, v.hich latter i.s 
 allowed to run waste. This river 
 formerly divided the southern dis- 
 tricts from the immediate posses- 
 sions of the Nabob of Arcot. 
 
 CoLUM' 0.— The capital of Ceylon 
 and seat of government, is situated 
 on the south-v.est part of the island. 
 Lat. 7°. 2'. N. Long. 79°. 50'. E. 
 
 The fort is placed on a peninsula 
 
COLUMBO. 
 
 rtnn 
 
 jVrojcctin*inlo the sea,andis upwards 
 ot a mile in circumtVicncc, and 
 stroll?: I)0th by iiatine and art. Tlicre 
 is no hill in the neighbourhood siil- 
 ticienlly hijrli to command it, and 
 there are bnt few plates wliere 
 boats can safely land. On the sonlh 
 side the sinf runs so high, and the 
 shore is so rocky, that it would be 
 dangevoiis to apitroaeh it. On tlic 
 west side of the bay, whci'e llie sea 
 is .smoother, it is strongly defended 
 by batteries. The ramijarts of the 
 fort are very strong, having eight 
 principal bastions, and there are a 
 number of lesser ones witli curtains, 
 banquets, and parapets, eonununi- 
 eating \\ith eaeli other all round the 
 fort ; but, tlie want of bomb proof 
 casements, is a considerable disad- 
 vantage. 
 
 The w lioJe fort is surrounded by a 
 broad and deep wet ditch. Adjoin- 
 ing to the co\ert way, and at tlie 
 foot of the glacis, is a lake extend- 
 ing three and four miles into the 
 counti-y. For near a mile on the 
 outside of the fort, the neek of land 
 •which connects it with the country 
 is not above 5 or GOO yards broad ; 
 and in the middle of this space hcs 
 <he lake, leaving only room on each 
 side for a nanow caiisc"way. Near 
 •to the glacis it may be entirely cut 
 -olf by opening the sluices, and cut- 
 ling the road across, wiien the lake 
 would be connected witji the sea, 
 ^»nd the garrison completely insu- 
 lated. In the centre of (he lake is 
 Au island, called by the Dutch, Slave 
 Island ; v. hich is a remarkably plea- 
 sant spot, and liere a battalion of 
 Malays is usually stationed. 
 
 The plan of the city of Columbo 
 •is regular, and nearly divided into 
 ■four (piiirters by two jirincipal 
 streets, which cross each other, and 
 •extend the whole length of tlie town. 
 'J'o these smaller o.ues run parallel, 
 with coimecting huies betwixt them. 
 ,At the foot of the ramparts on the 
 inside is a broad street or way, 
 which goes wholly round the fort. 
 : CoInml)0 is built more in the 
 European stylo than mo.st ;,^anisons 
 3 
 
 in India. Tiie Duteli houses arc all 
 regidarly built, though few of them 
 are above one story high. An lai- 
 glishman is surprised to lind all the 
 windows here having panes ol" glass, 
 in place of Venetian bUnds and shut- 
 ters. The natives of Holland prefer 
 having their houses shut up both in 
 the hot and cold season ; while the 
 Britisii wish to have them open, in 
 ordir that the air be freely admitted. 
 Beh)re each house and connected 
 with it, is a large op<'n veranda, 
 supported by wooden i)ill-ars, to pro- 
 tect the body of the house from the 
 sun. 
 
 The water in the wells of the town 
 is of a br:ickisli (juality, and unlit to 
 drink. The Europeans belonging 
 to the civil and military est;d)lish- 
 ments, ar(! su])plied from springs 
 about a mile from the Ibrt. 
 
 'i'hc harbour of Cohnnbo which 
 lies on the west side, is nothing more 
 than an open road, aiibiding good 
 and safe anchorage for ships tor only 
 four months, from December to 
 April. During this period, the N. 
 \V. winds, to which this road is much 
 exposed, do not prevail to any vio- 
 lent degree ; but, about j\tay, when 
 the monsoon sets in on the Malabar 
 coast, and extends its ravages to the 
 west of Ceylon, the roads of Co- 
 lumbo no longer aflbrd any protec- 
 tion. This city is consequently cut 
 off from any intercourse by sea with 
 the rest of the island, for two thirds 
 of the year. For six mouths of the 
 jear this side of Ceylon is subject to 
 extremely heavy falls of rain, ac- 
 eompaiiied with thunder and light- 
 ning, and violent winds blowing on 
 shore. During this season the varia- 
 tions of the climate are excessively 
 great, which much distresses the 
 sepoys and other natives of the con- 
 tinent. On account of the violence 
 and duration of the rains, Ceylon is 
 often called the watering pot of 
 India. 
 
 Although Trincomale, on account 
 
 of its harbour and situation, is ot 
 
 . xnore consequence for tin; nation to 
 
 retain, yet Coliunbo is in eveiv other 
 
304 
 
 COLUMBO. 
 
 rospect tlio suprrior. Tlie inimber 
 of its iiiliiibitanls is much g^realer, its 
 fort and block town are larger; the 
 country where it is situated is much 
 more fertile, and the district de- 
 pending on it much wider, being not 
 less than 60 miles in length, by 10 
 in breadth. 
 
 The fort of Columbo being ex- 
 tensive, and the outworks and de- 
 tached works numerous, a strong 
 garrison is required to defend it. 
 'I'hree or four battalions of Euro- 
 peans and sepoys are usually sta- 
 tioned here. Columbo was singu- 
 larly unfortunate in losing its three 
 first British governors within the 
 space of one year. Col. Petrie and 
 General Doyle died, and Col. Bon- 
 iicvaux of the Company's service 
 Avas killed, by the upsetting of his 
 curricle. The Pettah or black town 
 of Columbo deserves particular no- 
 tice, on account of its extent and 
 structure. In the street next to the 
 sea is an excellent fish market, well 
 supplied from the sea, lakes, and 
 rivers in the neiglibourhood ; fish 
 being a considerable part of the food 
 of the inhabitants. On the rivers in 
 the vicinity of Columbo there are 
 nearly 300 flat-bottomed boats moor- 
 ed, with entire families on board, 
 who reside permanently in them, 
 having no other dwellings. 
 
 Columbo for its size is one of the 
 most populous places in India, being 
 estimated to contain above 50,000 
 inhabitants, ^\ ho are a great mixture 
 of almost every race of Asiatics. 
 The language most universally 
 spoken both by Eiu'opeans and 
 Asiatics, who resort to Columbo, is 
 the Portuguese of India, a base cor- 
 rupt dialect, dift'ering much from 
 that spoken in Portugal. 
 
 From this district a large quan- 
 tity of cinnamon and pepper, the 
 staple s])ices of the island, are an- 
 nually transported to Europe, in 
 vessels which touch here from Ben- 
 gal and Madras. A great deal of 
 arrack is made in the neighbourhood 
 of Columbo, and the other districts 
 along the m est coast. A large quau* 
 
 tity of coir rope is made here, and a 
 number of inferior articles, such as 
 betel leaf, arcka nut, jaggery, cocoa, 
 nuts and oil, honey, bees-wax, car- 
 damums, coral, ivory, fruit, and a 
 variety of lesser articles ; the Avhole 
 amount seldom exceeding 80,0001. 
 annually. 
 
 In return they import grain, coarse 
 cotton cloths, calicoes, coarse mus- 
 lins, handkerchiefs, palampores, 
 stockings, China ware, tin, copper, 
 and a variety of toys ; also bomeloes, 
 a species offish peculiar to Bombay, 
 and onions from the same place, 
 where they are remarkably good. 
 The Dutch levied a duty of five per 
 cent, on all these exports and im- 
 ports, which is still continued by our 
 government ; but the aggregate of 
 both in 1802 was less than 20,0001. 
 of which sum more than one half 
 was paid on betel nut exported. 
 
 In general every year towards Fe- 
 bruary, a Portuguese or Chinese 
 ship arrives from Macao with teas, 
 sugar, candied sweetmeats, hams, 
 silks, velvets, nankeens, umbrellas, 
 straw hats, all kinds of China ware 
 and toys. As these articles are 
 generally paid for in cash, they oc- 
 casion a great deal of hard money to 
 leave the island. Accounts are kept 
 in rix dollars, a nominal coin, like 
 the Briti.sh pound sterling, and va- 
 lued at a certain quantity of copper 
 money. A rix dollar, or copper 
 rupee (as the English term ii), goes 
 for about 2s. sterling; four of them 
 are equivalent to a star pagoda, a 
 gold coin worth about 8s. sterling. 
 Every thing in Ceyion is generally 
 dearer than on the continent of 
 India, from whence most of the 
 articles in use are imported. Horses 
 and servants are particularly expen- 
 sive. The native Ceyioncse make 
 but indifferent servants, and are 
 totally ignorant of the management 
 of horses. 
 
 Beef, fish, and fowl in particular, 
 are both cheap and plentiful at Co- 
 lumbo. Mutton is excessively dear, 
 as no sheep can be reared in the 
 >iciKity, it being only at JafiisH 
 
CONCAN. 
 
 30^ 
 
 patam where tliej' have ever been Combumpadoo. — A town bclong- 
 paslnred with success. J'iirs and Jn;^ to the Nizam, in the province of 
 dncks are reared in abundance, bnt Hyderabad, t!i(> capihd of a district 
 
 Mot in the most cleanly manner. 
 Geese are rare, and tnrkiesnot to be 
 had, nnlcss a few imported occa- 
 sionally by ships iVoui other parts of 
 India. 
 
 of the same name, and situated 80 
 miles east of the city of Ffyderabad. 
 Lat. 17°. 23'. N. Long;. 79°. oG'. K. 
 
 CoMEKCOLLY. — A lown in tho 
 province of Bengal, district of Ha- 
 
 The country for several miles ronnd jishy, 64 miles S. !•]. from Moorslie- 
 
 Colnmbo is tlat and very rich. It is 
 diversified with fields of rice and 
 pastnre, and intersected by a num- 
 ber of small lakes, rivers, and ca- 
 iial.s. One of tiie ciiief beauties in 
 the ncijiiibourhood of Columbo is 
 
 dabad. Lat 23°. 52'. N. Loufr. 89°. 
 11'. E. The East India Company 
 have long" had a connnorcial resi- 
 dency here, for the purchase of piece 
 goods. 
 
 CoMMIM, (Cnmmiun). — A district 
 
 the immense number of cinnamon in the lialaghaut ceded territories, 
 
 trees. In tlie gardens they are re- 
 g'nlarly cultivated with the greatest 
 success, bnt in the Moods they grow 
 wild. In ICoO' the iowii and fortress 
 of Columbo was taken from the 
 
 situated among the Eastern Ghauts, 
 betwixt the I5thand IGth degrees of 
 north latitude. It has no rivers of 
 any magnitude, but many inoun- 
 tain streams, the surface of the 
 
 Portuguese by the Dutch, in whose country being irregular and moun- 
 
 possession it remained until 179G, tainous. 
 
 when it was captured by the British, Commim. — A town in the Bala- 
 
 and subsequently ceded, w ith the ghaut ceded territories, 73 miles N. 
 
 rest of the island, at the Peace of horn Cudapaph, and the capital of a 
 
 Amiens. (Percival, Milburn, ^t.) 
 CoMBOOCOXAM. — A town in the 
 
 province of Tanjore, 20 miles N. N. 
 
 E. liom the cilv of Tanjore, Lat. 
 
 11°. N, Long. 79°. 26'. E. 
 This was tlic ancient capital of the 
 
 Chola race, one of the most ancient 
 
 Hindoo dynasties of ^^hieh any 
 
 traces have been discovered in the 
 
 district of the same name. Lat. 15°. 
 31'. N. Long. 78°. 55'. E. 
 
 CoMERY. — A small town in the 
 province of Tinnevellv, 43 miles 
 S. ^V. from IMadura. "Lat. 9° 18'- 
 N. Long. 78°. 31'. E. 
 
 CoMiLLAH. — A town In the pro- 
 vince of Bengal, district of Tiperah, 
 of which it is the capital, 51 miles 
 .southern regions, and from which, S. E. from Dacca. Lat. 23°. 28'. N. 
 in latter limes, the whole Coast of Long. 91°- 2'. E. 
 Cholamuudul (Coromundel) has CoMOBO. — An island in the East- 
 taken its name. There are still re- eru Seas, situated betwivt Sunib- 
 mains indicating its ancient splen- hawa and Floris, and the i iglith and 
 dour. At present it is ehielly inha- ninth degrees of north latitude, la 
 bited by Brahmins, whose habita- length it may be estimated at 33 
 "fions appear neat, and the district miles, by IG the average breadth, 
 thriving. Some of the tanks and pa- Comorin, C.\v\-.,{Ciuntiri). — The 
 podas are very fine ; but it is remark' southern extremity of the Continent 
 able, that almost invariably the outer of India. Lat. 7°. 57'. N. Long^. 
 gate of the pagoda is of superior di- 77°. 35'. E. 
 
 mensions to the temple itself. The Comtah. — A town belonging to 
 surroundhig countiy is rich, and in the Nagpoor Kajah, in the province 
 a high state of cnltivation. of Berar, 75 miles N. E. from the 
 
 CoMDUMPADoo. — A district in tlie city of Nagpoor. Lat. 21°. 35'. N. 
 Nizam's territories, in the province Long. 80°. 49. E. 
 of Hyderabad, situated betwixt the Concan, {Cancana). — A large dis- 
 17th and I8th decrees of north lati- tiict in the province of Bcjapoor, 
 tude. situated between the ICth and I9tli 
 
306 
 
 CONDATCHY, (BAY OF), 
 
 degrees of norlh latitude. To the after uhieh they, for the most part, 
 
 north it is bounded by the district of beciime traders. The Concan Brah- 
 
 Ticooan ; on the soulh by the Bri- niins are disclaimed by those of the 
 
 lish pro\ince of Canara; on the east rest of India ; but they compose a 
 
 by the Western Ghauts ; and on the large portion of the ruling characters 
 
 A\ est by the sea. In length it may 
 be estimated at 200 miles, by 40 the 
 average breadth. In the British ar- 
 rangements the soTithern part of the 
 Hindoo Concan is ineUided in the 
 district of North Canara ; but, in 
 the Hindoo Geography of the West 
 Coast of India, Conean begins at 
 the River Gangawala, in Lat. 14°. 
 37'. N. Avliere Hai^a ends. 
 
 The surface of this country exlii- 
 bits a gradual declension from the 
 Ghauts towards the sea, and is in- 
 tersected by numerous mountain 
 streams, but no river of magnitude. 
 'I'here arc few coasts so much broken 
 into small bays and harbours as this, 
 Avith so straight a general outline. I'his 
 
 in the IMaharatta empire. 
 
 The inhabitants of this coast, from 
 the earliest antiquity, have had a 
 strong pro])ensity to pirac}'. In the 
 18th centmy then- depredations 
 were exercised upon all ships indif- 
 fercntl}, wliieh did not purchase 
 passes from tlie chiefs of the pirates. 
 Conajee Angira established a govern- 
 ment on tliis coast, extending 120 
 n)iles from.Tamanah to Baneoote, 
 together Avith the inland country as 
 far back as the mountains, wliich 
 in some places arc 30, and in others 
 not more than 20 miles from the sea- 
 coast. His family retained this sove- 
 reignty for more than 70 years, until 
 1750, when they were subdued and 
 
 inidtitude of shallow ports, an uniu- ex])clled l>y Admiral Watson and 
 terruptcd view along shore, and an Colonel Clivc, 
 
 elevated coast favourable to distant 
 vision, have fitted this coast for a 
 region of piracy. The land and sea 
 breezes on this coast, as well as on 
 Corouniiidcl, blow alternately in 24 
 hours, and divide the day ; so that 
 vessels sailing along the coast are 
 obliged to keep in sight of land, as 
 the land winds do not reach more 
 than 40 miles out to sea. 
 
 From Zyghur on the sea coast 
 to (he Ambah l^ass, the country, 
 though hilly, is rich, capable of cul- 
 tivation, a ad tolerably well inha- 
 bited; near Ainbah the mountains 
 rise to a stupendous height, and arc 
 ascended with the utmost diflieulty. 
 This district produces the best hemp 
 in Imliii, which might be delivered 
 in London at 651. per ton. 
 
 The Brahmins, properly belong- 
 ing to the Concan, are of the Paunsh 
 Gauda, or north of India division. 
 They alledgc that they are descend- 
 ants of tlie colony to whom the 
 country was originally given by Pa- 
 rasu Rama. Their principal seat 
 seems to have been at Goa, called 
 
 At present more than three-fourths 
 of the Concan is within the domi- 
 nions of the Maharatta Peshwa, to 
 whom the pett>" chiefs in the district 
 are all nominaltj subordinate. I'here 
 is no part of the sea-coast, south 
 from Bombay to Cape Comorin, that 
 is not now either subject to tlie Bri- 
 tish government, or completely un- 
 der its iidluence, except an incon- 
 siderable tract of country subject to 
 the I'ajah of Cohipoor, whose power 
 is too insignificant to create any se- 
 rious alarm. {!''. Siichanim, Orme, 
 Rcnnel, Mulcvlm, Moor, lVc.) 
 
 CoNCilON, {Canchana, Golden). — 
 A town iji the province of Bengal, 
 district of Dinagepoor, G3 miles N. 
 by E. from Mourshedabad. Lat. 
 25°. 1'. N. Long. Sb*^. 42'. E. 
 
 'Co\datchy,(Bay of). — A bay in 
 the Island of Ceylon, about 12 miles 
 soulh from the Island of IManaar, in 
 the Gulf of Mauaar, and the most 
 central rendezvous fur the boats em- 
 ployed in the pearl fishery. The 
 banks where it is carried on extend 
 
 several miles along the coast froui 
 
 by them Govay, from whence they Mauaar southwards, olfArippo,Cou- 
 were expelled by the Portusuest , dutchy, and Poaiparipa ; aiid, after 
 
CONDAPILLY* 
 
 307 
 
 they are sun'evoci, arc usually let to 
 the liijjhcst bidder. These banks 
 arc divided into tliree or four differ- 
 ent portions, one of which is fished 
 eacli year, to srivo the oysteis time 
 to atl.-iin a proper {growth. I'he pearl 
 oysters are supjiosed to anive at 
 their conipletest state of maturity in 
 seven years; l)nt, if left too long, 
 the pearl is said to become so large, 
 and so troubksome to the oyster, 
 that it is tluowii out of the shell. 
 
 "J'he fishing season eomuiences in 
 February, and ends about tiie begin- 
 ning of April ; the period allowed to 
 the merchant to fish the banks never 
 exceeding two months. Many of 
 the divers are of a black race, known 
 by the name of Marawas, and inha- 
 biting the opposite coast of Tutico- 
 rin ; and, although natives of Ma- 
 labar, are Roman Catholics, and 
 leave olfwork on Sundays to attend 
 cJiapcl at Arippo. The boats and 
 craft employed in the fishery do not 
 belong to Ceylon, but are brought 
 from the nearest ports of the conti- 
 nent. The divers from Colang are 
 accounted the best, and are only ri- 
 valled by the Lubbelis, who remain 
 on the island for the piuposc of being 
 trained in tiie art. During the sea- 
 son all the boats sail and return to- 
 gether. A signal gun is tired at 
 Arip])o, at ten o'clock at night, when 
 the w hole fleet sets sail n^ ith the land 
 breeze ; they reach the banks before 
 day-break, and at sun-rise com- 
 mence tisliing. Ill this employment 
 they continue until the sea-breeze, 
 at noon, w ams them to return. 
 
 Each boat cairics 20 men, with a 
 tindal or chief, who acts as pilot. 
 Ten of the men row, and assist the 
 divers in re-aseending ; the other 10 
 are divers, and go down live at a 
 time. They usually remain under 
 water two minutes, when, having 
 collected the oysters into a net, which 
 is hung round their neck, they make 
 the signal, and are drawn up again. 
 The longest time of remaining un- 
 der water ever known, was that of 
 a diver from Aujengo, in the year 
 1797, who remained uuder water 
 
 X 3 
 
 six complete minutes. The chief 
 danger to the divers is from the 
 ground shark ; to obviate w hich they 
 have recourse to conjurors, or bind- 
 ers of sharks, who they suppose 
 possess charms strong enough to pre- 
 serve them. Government always 
 keeps in pay some conjurers to at- 
 tend the divers, and remove their 
 fears. The divers are paid difl'er- 
 cntl}', according to their agreement 
 with the boat owners. Each diver 
 brings up about 100 oysters in his net ; 
 and, if not interrupted by any acci- 
 dent, w ill go down 50 trips in a fore- 
 noon. 
 
 Oyster lotteries arc common here, 
 and consist in the purchasing a 
 quantity of o\sters unopened, and 
 taking the chance of either finding, 
 or not finding, pearls in them. The 
 pearls procured are of a whiter co- 
 lour than those found in the Gulf of 
 Ormus, on the Arabian coast, but, 
 in other respects, are not accounted 
 so pure or of so excellent a quality ; 
 for though the white pearls are more 
 esteemed in Euro])e, the natives of 
 India prefer those of a yellowish or 
 golden cast. The workmen drill 
 them with gieat dexterit}', and po- 
 lish them with a powder made of 
 pearls, llie farmer of the fishery, in 
 1797, paid between two and 300,000 
 pagodas, a sum nearly double tiie 
 usual rent. The average clear pro- 
 fit is about 40.0001. per annum to 
 government. {Percival, Le Beck, 
 Knox, (St.) 
 
 CoNDAPlLLY, {Canadnpalli). — One 
 of the Northern Circars, situated 
 between the 16th and 17th degrees 
 of north latitude. Condapilly and 
 Ellore occupy the whole of the space 
 between the Krishna and Godavery, 
 the districts otMasulipatam towards 
 the sea, the inland province of Com- 
 miro on the west, and the Lake of 
 Colau*, chiefly formed by the over- 
 flowings of tliese two rivers. The 
 area of the whole may be estimated 
 at 3400 milqs, exclusive of the high 
 mountainous regions on The west. 
 
 By the Mahommedaiis this dis- 
 tri«t is named Mustaj)ha Nagxir, 
 
308 ^ONJEVERAM. 
 
 xvliich is alro the appellation in the ori^nally possessed by the annenf 
 
 revenue books. Besides the Kri^?h- Hindoo Rajahs of G\uid\vaiia. The 
 
 na, Avhich bounds it on the south- frontier of the Bnstar territories is 
 
 west, tliis country is watered by se- 12 miles distant from Conkair, and 
 
 veral smaller streams, and is, on the is entered through the Tillygauty, a 
 
 vhole, tolerably well cultivated, biit very yogged and steep pasa over the 
 
 inucli inferior to Tanjore, or the bills. {Blicnt, ^-c) 
 more flourishing districts of Beujial. Conjee, (Canchi). — A district in 
 
 The principal towns are Condapilly, the Carnatic, now comprehended iu 
 
 Reddygoodnm, and Tontraveloor. the collectorship of Arcot, and in- 
 
 Thcre are diamond mines in Conda- ten^ected by the Palar River. The 
 
 pilly, but for many years they have face of the country is generally flat 
 
 been very unproductive. (J. Grant, and sandy, and towards the Ghauts 
 
 5//i Beport, lieiuiel, ^c.) but thinly inhabited. Around most 
 
 CoND/.PiLLY. — A town in the of the villages the remains of a 
 
 Korthern Oircars, district of Conda- hedge, with a rampart and stone 
 
 pillv, of which it is the capital. Lat. bastions at the gateway and angles, 
 
 15°. 39'. N. Long. 80°. 23'. E. This are still to be seen ; but, along with 
 
 place was formerly a fortified hill in the choultries, are going fast to de- 
 
 the Indian style, of considerable cay. These fortifications were form- 
 
 strength, but the urgency no longer 
 existing ; tlie works have been suf- 
 feied to djjcayj w hich has been the 
 fate of innumerable native fortresses 
 BOW comprehended in the British 
 domimous. Condapilly was first 
 conquered from the Hindoo Princes, 
 about the year I4'?l, l)y the Bha- 
 menee sovereigns of the Dcccan, 
 and it came into the British pos- 
 session, along witii the Northern Cir- 
 cars, in 17C5. 
 
 Travelling distance from Hydera- 
 bad, 142 nsiles ; irom IMadras, 306 ; 
 from Nagpoor, 370 ; and from Sc- 
 ringapatam, 4-114 miles. (J. Grant, Fe- 
 risJita, licnncl, St.) 
 
 Conda VI ft, {Cniiadavir). — A town 
 in the Northern Circars, district of 
 Guntoor, slr(»ngly situated on a 
 mountain, 1.5 miles west of Guntoor. 
 Lat. 16°. 10'. N. Long. 80°. .V. E. 
 
 CoN'KAiu. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Gundwana, situated be- 
 tween ahighroekyhill and the south 
 bank of the jMahanuddy River, 105 
 miles S. by V/. from finttunpoor. 
 On the su;nmit of the bill is a for- 
 tress, moiiuting two guns. Lat. 20°. 
 48'. N. Long. 82°. 1.5' E. 
 
 The country about Conkair is 
 imicli covered with thick woods, and 
 the town entirely surrounded by hills, 
 jiiSiribited by \^iid Goand mountain- 
 eers, this bcin^ one of tfie tract-; 
 
 erly necessary, to protect the in- 
 habitants from Tippoo's predatory 
 horse, wlio devastated th<? country,, 
 and forced away the peasantry. In 
 this district the chief supply of w^attT 
 for agriculture is derived tiom tanks 
 and reseiToirs. {Loid Valentin, ^c.) 
 
 CoNJLVEKAM, (Cmickipttra, the 
 Golden Citij\. — A town of consider- 
 able size in the Carnatic, 46 mjlcs 
 S. W. from Madras. Lat. 12°. 48'. 
 N. Long. 79°. 4&'. E. The streets 
 at thi.s place are Avide, and cross 
 each other at right angles, with a 
 range of cocoa nut trees on each 
 side. I'he houses have mud walls, 
 and are roofed with tiles. 'I'he tanks 
 are lined with stone, and in good 
 repair ; and the whole tow n has the 
 appearance of prosperity. 
 
 The principal entrance to the great 
 pagoda is lofty, and resembles, ia 
 its .shape and ornaments, that at 
 Tanjore. On the lel't, alter passing 
 through it, is a large edifice like a 
 choultry, which the Brahmins as- 
 sert contains 1000 pillars. Many of 
 them are liandsonieiy carved with 
 figmes of Hindoo deities, and seve- 
 ral of the groups composed with con- 
 siderable skill. The sides of the steps 
 leading up to it are formed by two 
 well-carved elephants drawing a car. 
 'i'he second court, or inner square, 
 being considered of groat sanctity. 
 
COORG. 
 
 309 
 
 'Kirwigjors are not admitted into it. 
 This temple is dedicated to Malia- 
 dcva. The view from the toj) of the 
 ?:rcat gateway is luicoinmonly fine, 
 ronsistiii^ of extensive Wdods, in- 
 tersected by a large slw»et of water, 
 ■with numerous pagodas rising among 
 tJie trees, and a jnagmriceiit range 
 of mountains at a distance. The 
 surrounding country is in general 
 level, but the soil bad ; consisting 
 chiefly of coarse satid, aj)parently 
 ■originating from decomposed gra- 
 nite. {Lord VakiUia, Salt, Sfc.) 
 
 CoNTANAGUR, (Caniiua^rara). — A 
 town in the province of liengal, dis- 
 trict of Dinagepoor, li3 miles N. 
 by E. frouj Moorsliedabad. Lut. 2o°. 
 46'. N. Long. 88''. 34'. E. 
 
 CoNLASS. — A district belonging to 
 the Nizam, in the province of Kceder, 
 situated about the 18th degiee of 
 «ortii latitude. 
 
 CooLoo. — A mountainous and 
 "woody district in the province of La- 
 Jiore, situated betwixt the 3:3d and 
 34th degrees of north latitude. It 
 Jias the Sutulije River to the east, 
 and the Ravey to the west, and is 
 nearly divided iu two by the Eeyali 
 River. 
 
 CooLOO, {or Raghnnatlipio'o). — • 
 A town in the province of Lahore, 
 district of Cooloo, situated on the 
 tast side of the Rengal River, 155 
 miles N. E. from the city of La- 
 hore. Lat, 33° 20'. N. Long. 75°. 
 46^. E. 
 
 CooLoo. — A town belonging to 
 independent zemindars in the pro- 
 vince of (Jrissa, yo miles W. by N. 
 from Cuttaek. Lat 20°. 40'. N. 
 Long. 84°. 40'. E. 
 
 CooLoo. — A town in the province 
 of Cuttaek, situated on the south 
 side of the Maliatiuddy Hiver, CO 
 Miiles W. .S. "W. liom Cuttaek. Lat. 
 20°. 18, N. Long. 8.5°. 17'. E. This 
 is a large vil!;tge and place of con- 
 siderai)le trade. 'J he merchants of 
 Berar bring cotton to Cooloo, and 
 return to the interior loaded witli 
 salt. 
 
 CooLooR. — A town lielonging to 
 the Nizam, in the province of Beja- 
 
 poor, district of ^Tondgnl. Lat 
 16°. 4'. N. Long. 77°. 2'. E. 
 
 CooPANG.- A town in the island 
 of Tuuor, situated on a bay, which 
 forms an excellent harbour ibr shij)- 
 ping. Lat. 1<;°. lo'. S. Long. 121°. 
 10'. E. This settlement was termed 
 by the Dutch, so early ;u> the jear 
 1630, and is the only one on the 
 island which they now retain. Tin ir 
 fortified factory is placed close to ilie 
 sea, and has in the neighbourhood a 
 village inhabited by the natives and 
 Chinese. A trifling commerce was 
 formerly carried on v\ilh Ratuvi.!, 
 from whence wcio importe<l opium, 
 j)iece goods, niid coarse cutlery ; the 
 returns consisted of slaves, sandal 
 wood, wax, and some gold. 
 
 CooRG, {Codi<s;a). — A ^listriot 
 among the wast em Chants, situated 
 partly in the ^Mysore, and jiartly an- 
 nexed to the British province of 
 Alalabar. The Coorga eoinitiy is 
 considered to (!xtend tioju the Tam- 
 baeherry Pass to the south, to the 
 confines of the Bediiorc country on 
 the north. Pcriapatam was formerly 
 the eajutal, Init, in laler times, the 
 village of iMeicaia, situated among 
 the mountains, 25 miles .south of 
 Poodichenim, lias been tlic resi- 
 dence of the rajah's family. 
 
 The Coorgiis arc a division of tlie 
 Nair caste, and then prince is named 
 the ^'ir Rajah. Tor a long period 
 JJyder atleinpted in vain to subdue 
 them, until a disj)ute about the suc- 
 cession aiose, whoa he offered his 
 interference ; and, by tlu^destvncliou 
 of one fauiiiy, and making ihe other 
 prisoners, ho got |)oss(?ssion of the 
 country. 'l'ipp(H) had the .young ra- 
 jah circumcised, aud, during his 
 capti\ity, his countiy was a eonti- 
 nv;;d sceiu^ of devastation and blood- 
 shed, ot.oasioncMl by the discontent 
 and insurrection of his people. In 
 1785 he esea|)cil iVoni Tippoo, with 
 whom h(! carried ou a desultory 
 warfare; and, ii; 1701, Loid Corn- 
 wallis found liis assistance extreme- 
 ly useful, l^rior to this, Tippoo 
 built a fortress iu the Coorg coun- 
 try, which he named Juileiabad, 
 
310 
 
 COOCH BAHAR. 
 
 and maintained a strong garrison 
 in it. 
 
 The mountains of the Coorg coun- 
 try contain many elephants and other 
 ■vvild beasts in the forests, in which 
 are also found not only the best sort 
 of sandal and other valuable woods, 
 but also produce many of the best 
 spices. One of the Vir or Coorga 
 Eajahs, before the country was sub- 
 dued by H3'der, made a ditch and 
 liedi^e along the whole extent of tho 
 eastern boundary of his dominions, 
 a considerable tract beyond it being 
 utterly desolate, and reckoned neu- 
 tral. This distiict having enjo}ed a 
 long tranquillity is fast recovering 
 I its former cultivation, and noAV ex- 
 ports considerable quantities of rice 
 into the interior of the Mysore Ra- 
 jah's tenitorics. The River Cauvery 
 Jias its source in tlie Coorg countrj', 
 but attains to no magnitude until it 
 quits the province, v\ hich, like other 
 Nair countries, contains no town, or 
 cs'cn village, of considerable size or 
 population. 
 
 Ferishta mentions the Coorg Ra-» 
 jahs as independent princes so early 
 as 1583, and the family possess bio- 
 graphical histoiies of their rajahs 
 tiince 1632. {Dirom, F. Buchanan, 
 2d Register, S,-c.) 
 
 CoosiiRAH, (Cusara). — A town in 
 the province ofBahar, district of Ba- 
 har, 48 miles S. E. from Patna. Lat. 
 25°. 6'. N. Long. 85°. 47'. E. 
 
 CoocH Bahar, {Ctich Behar). — A 
 small district in the province of Ben- 
 gal, sitnated between the 26th and 
 27th degrees of north latitude, and 
 now comprehended in the collector- 
 ship of Ruiigpoor. It is bounded on 
 the north by the Bootan hills; on 
 the south by Rungpoor ; on the cast 
 by B.iotan and Rangamatty ; and on 
 the west by Rungpoor. The terri- 
 torial area has been calculated to 
 contain 1.302 square miles. 
 
 The southern part of this district, 
 lying along the River Durlah, is a 
 highly imi)roved and fertile country, 
 'i'he betel nut, the seramel, and the 
 banyan tiee, are the most coiisj)i- 
 cuttus tiees, and of luxmiant growlii. 
 
 To the north of the town of Bahar, 
 towards Bootan, the country has a 
 most wretched appearance ; and the 
 inhabitants are a miserable puny 
 race. The land is low and marshy, 
 interspersed with thick woods and 
 many nullahs. The whole face of 
 the country in this quarter is dreary 
 and unpleasant, being thinly inha- 
 bited, sparingly cultivated, and ex- 
 tremely unhealthy. The vegetation 
 is coarse, and the ground every where 
 almost choked with rank grass, reeds, 
 and fern. 
 
 The lower ranks in the northern 
 quarter are so extremely indigent, 
 that some years ago it was thcjr cus- 
 tom to dispose of their children for 
 slaves, without scruple, to any pur- 
 chaser for a trifling consideration. 
 It was quite common to see a mother 
 dress up her child, with a view to 
 enhance the price, and bring it to 
 market. Although so little is neces- 
 sary for the subsistence of a peasant, 
 and food compared with other dis- 
 tricts is cheap, yet their poverty and 
 wretchedness are extreme. 
 
 In the year 1018 Sultan IMahmood 
 penetrated as far as Kisraje, or 
 Cach'ha Rajah, in the northern parts 
 of Bengal, called Koje by Ferishta 
 and Couche, by the European tra- 
 vellers of the 15th and 16th centu- 
 ries. Of this region Cooch Bahar 
 formed a part. Abul Fazel described 
 the chief of Coocli as a powerful 
 sovereign, having Camroop and As- 
 sam under his subjection, and able 
 to bring into the field 1000 horse 
 and 100,000 foot. According to the 
 testimony of Mahommedan histo- 
 rians, generally, dming the reign of 
 the Emperor Acber, about A. D. 
 1595, Lukhsjuin Nanain, the Rajah 
 of Cooch Bahar, was the sovereign 
 of a territory bounded on the east by 
 the River Brahmapootra; on tho 
 south by Goragot ; on the west by 
 Tirhoot; and on tlie north by the 
 mountains of Tibet and Assam. His 
 army they exaggerated to the imm- 
 bor of 100,000 infantry, 4000 cavalrj', 
 7(X) elephants, and 1000 Avar boats. 
 — Notwitlistaudiiiif tjiis enormous 
 
CORACIIIE. 
 
 311 
 
 army. lie Aoluntanly became a vrtssal 
 to tlie rjuporor Ael)or, wliicli odciul- 
 iiij;; liis subjects and chief iiini, tliey 
 relK'Ucd aj^ainst him, and eompelled 
 liiiii to request assistance I'ldin the 
 Mogul fjovenior of Bengal, which 
 was readily granted, as it afl'ordcd 
 the Mahonimedaiis an opportunity 
 of exploring this region, witli a view 
 to its future su!)jugation. 
 
 In 1661 tiiis district was conquered 
 by JMeerJunila, Avlio, in complinient 
 to his sovereign, changed the name 
 of its capital to Ahungecruugur, 
 which it did not long retain. ^la- 
 hommedan fanaticism being then in 
 its perfcetiiui, he destroyed the Hin- 
 doo temples, broke in pieces a cele- 
 brated image of Narayana (A'islnm), 
 and converted the son of the rajah, 
 ■who v\as on bad teinis with his fa- 
 ther. In e\ery other respect he ad- 
 ministered strict justice to his new 
 subjects, and severely piuiished plun- 
 derers and other olVenders. Having 
 completed the conquest, and settled 
 the revenues of Coocli Uahar at 10 
 Jacks of rupees annually, he pro- 
 ceeded to att«mipt the conquest of 
 Assam, wliere lie failed. 
 
 Along with the rest of the Bengal 
 Soubah, this district devolved to the 
 East India Company in 17Go; but 
 little notice was taken of it until the 
 year 1772, when the Rajah of Boo- 
 tan laid ( laiin to it, and meeting with 
 little resistance from the natives, ra- 
 pidly gained p(»ssession of it. This 
 was the first instance of ho.stility 
 between the two countries; and it 
 had proceeded to the last extremity 
 before tlic government of Bengal, 
 which had hitherto derived no bene- 
 fit from the contested tciritory, was 
 apprized of wliat had befallen it. 
 The invaders were easily driven back 
 by t\^o battalions ot native infantry; 
 and the Bajaii of J>ootan, alarmed 
 for his own safety, apjjlied to the 
 Teshoo Lama in Tibet, and obtained 
 a peace through his mediation. {Tur- 
 ner, J. Grant, Stewart, /ibid Fazcl, 
 
 CooTRv. — A town in the province 
 of Allahabad, situated ou the uortli 
 
 side of the Betwah Biver, 64 miles 
 N. by W. from C'hatlerpoor. Lat. 
 25°. 45'. N. Long. 79°. 2H'. E. 
 
 Ou the 8th of June, 1807, the per- 
 gunnahs ofCootraand I'liway were 
 granted by the Rrilish goxernment 
 to Bajah Buklit Singh, the grandsuii 
 of Maharaja Jugguth Bay, one of 
 the prior legitimate |»oss<'ssors of thu 
 province, as his lawful inheritance, 
 but then usurped by (lopaul Singh. 
 I'his marauder was expelled liy the 
 British, yet continued to infest the 
 Bundelcund district for several years 
 after, causing infinite damage, and 
 displaying considerable address in 
 his expeditions. By his dexterity 
 in evading pursuit, and the vicinity 
 of impervious jungles and fastnesses, 
 he has hitherto escaped capture; but 
 most of his followers, haiassed by re- 
 peated defeats and empiizes, have 
 abandoned him. Before the cession 
 of this territory. Rajah Buklit Singh 
 had received an allowance of 3000 
 rupees from the Briti.'sh government, 
 which afterwards ceased. {Treaties, 
 
 CoRACHiE. — A sea-port town iu 
 the district of Tatta, province of 
 Sinde, .57 miles from the city of 
 Tatta, and E. by S. from Cape iNIonze. 
 Lat, 2 1°. 51'. Long. 67°. 1 6'. E. 
 
 The Bay of Corachie adords good 
 shelter for shipping, and vessels of, 
 three or 400 tons burtlien may enter 
 the port from the beginning of Sep- 
 tember to the cud of May. At low 
 water tliere is not more than one and 
 a half fathoms fine hard sand ou 
 the bar; but the tide rises 12 feet. 
 The entrance of the harlKtur is nar- 
 row, and the dcejiest water about 
 200 yards from the western jjoiiil of 
 entrance, on which is a ca.stle, with 
 two or three bad pieces of artillery. 
 On the eastern side of the bay are six- 
 rocky isles, near to which the water 
 is shoal. 
 
 'J'he country from Corachie to t!ie 
 coast is verj low, and is overllowed 
 by the Indus, wiien the snows nult, 
 and the rains fall jn tlie remote 
 mountains of the north. There are 
 llat-bottomcd boats at Corachie, 
 
312 
 
 CORACHIE. 
 
 which go Ihrongh one of the brandi- 
 es of the Indus up to Tatta and Hy- 
 derabad at all seasons of the year. 
 Tiic passage to Tatta in June is live 
 or six day s, and from thence to Hy- 
 derabad two or three days. I'he 
 Indns here begins to swell early in 
 July, and contijiues to increase until 
 the end of Aug;ust. 
 
 'i'lie fort of Corachie is built of 
 nuid, mixed with <-hopi)ed straw, 
 and is nearly 150 yards s({uare, with 
 two gales, and round tow ers or bas- 
 tions full of loop holes. It has no 
 ditch on the outside, but the reverse, 
 the ground being elevated in a regu- 
 lar slope, which nsight be ascended 
 vvitliunt the kast difliculty. 'I'he 
 population of the town is estimated 
 at 8000 souls, the majority of whom 
 are Hiudoos, and engaged in com- 
 jnercial concerns. Although this is 
 the only sea-port to the large pro- 
 vince of Sinde, so reduced are its 
 revenues, that in the year 1809 they 
 amounted to oidy 110,000 rupees, a 
 sufficient proof of the dechnc of its 
 maritime commerce. 
 
 The soil about this place is veiy 
 sandy, mixed with pebbles, and in 
 many parts is covered with the 
 prickly milk bush. There are a few 
 date trees in the neighbourhood of 
 the town, but the fruit never conies 
 to perfection. I'he mangoe and ka- 
 jiar trees arc also seen; but not the 
 cocoa nut, which is seldom found 
 beyond the tropics in this part of 
 Asia. 'J'he vicinity produces no ve- 
 getables, except pumpkins and brin- 
 jals of an indifiereiit quality^, which 
 also ajiplics to the mangoes. 7'he 
 other fruits are plaintaius, grapes, 
 ■water and musk nicions. Fuel and 
 forage are very scarce, and the water 
 rather brackish. The camels and 
 draught bullocks are of the best de- 
 scription. '1 here is here a great va- 
 riety and abundance of good lisii 
 and poultry; lint the sheep, for want 
 of a suitable pasture, are poor and 
 lean. Kain is here very uncertaiu: 
 jn lhUL» the natives asserted that 
 jione had fallen for three y ears. 
 
 'I'Ijc c.\ports from Corachie consist 
 
 chiefly of glice, hides, shark fins, 
 saltpetre, potash, asafoetida, Tatta 
 cloth, indigo, frankincense, with a 
 few other gums, seeds, and coarse 
 cloths. 'I'he articles brought fiom the 
 interior for exportation are horses, 
 musk, saffron, and alum, tiom Mool- 
 tan and the countries to the north- 
 ward ; swords and carpets from Can- 
 daliar and Khorasan. 
 
 Corachie being the principal, or 
 rather the only sea-port in the Sinde 
 province, a great proi)ortion of its 
 commodities are exported iiom 
 hence ; but a part, also, particularly 
 horses, from Tatta, by the routes of 
 Luckput, Bunder, and JMandavie, in 
 Cutch. In the fair season these ar- 
 ticles are conveyed in dhingies to 
 Bombay, Gujrat, and the Malabar 
 Coast; from whciu^e are imported 
 black pepper and other spices, tin, 
 iron, lead, steel, elephants' teeth, 
 cochineal, quicksilver, sandal and 
 other scented woods. There is also 
 a trade carried on between IMuscat 
 and Coiachic ; but the dread of the 
 Jowasmie pirates has of late com- 
 pletely frightened the natives from 
 trading to the north of the Indus. 
 The articles of export to that quarter 
 formerly were rice, ghee, indigo, 
 tiankincense, and coarse cloths; tli« 
 returns were silk, dates, and other 
 articles from the Persian Gulf. The 
 only class of people, who are sup- 
 posed to possess any share of wealth 
 at Coraciiie are the Hindoos, who 
 are entirely engaged in traffic, and 
 have no share in the executive go- 
 Acrnment; but they enjoy the ut- 
 most toleration in respect to religion. 
 Near the town is a tauk, containing' 
 two tame alligators, one of them of 
 an immense size, which are led and 
 highly venerated by the Hindoo de- 
 votees, who dwell in a hu+ ou the 
 banks of the tank. 
 
 'I'here is a constant communica- 
 tion kept up between Corachie and 
 Muscat, Messengers sent from 
 hence proceed first to Somneany in 
 two days, from thence to Oorinara 
 in six days, to Purmie in tour 
 days, awd to Zudur iu three days; 
 
COKOMANDEL. 
 
 313 
 
 from vIkmicc flicy cross over in a 
 boat to Aluscat, which is generally 
 a passage of three days, hut never 
 more than live; making in all 20 
 days. Except for three montiis in 
 the year a reguhtr communieation 
 may be maintained between liiis 
 town and J}onil)ay by conntiy boats. 
 For a caravan to Tatta by land the 
 time required is tlnee or four da) s. 
 
 It is genrrally supposed that the 
 monsoon does not extend beyond 
 tlie tropics ; but this is not the fact, 
 as it pre\ails at Tatta, wiiicli is in 
 hxtitiidc 24°. 14'. yet does not at Co- 
 rachie, whieli is beyond the limit to 
 the west. Although the winds blow 
 from the S. \V . and W. at Coraeliie, 
 and along the coast of jMekran, in 
 fresh breezes from April until Octo- 
 ber, it scarcely deserves the appella- 
 tion of S. W. or W. monsoon, as the 
 w iuds often veer round to the N. W. 
 and N. and is very seldom attended 
 Avith squalls or rain ; a continued 
 repetition of which forms a distin- 
 guishing mark of tiie monsoon on 
 tlie coast of Malabar. {Smith, Blax- 
 Jield, Kinneir, ^-c.) 
 
 Coking A, {Carauga). — A sea-port 
 in the Northern Circars, district of 
 Rajamundry, situated on the Bay of 
 Bengal. Lat. 10° 4!>'. N. Long. 
 82°. 29'. E. 
 
 A wet dock has been formed here 
 capable of taking in a frigate, and is 
 the only constiuction of the kind on 
 the eojitiiient between Calcutta and 
 Bombay. A bar of mud lies across 
 the entrance, llnongh which ships 
 must be forced. A considerable 
 number of country vessels of small 
 burthen are annuallybuilt atthisport. 
 
 'I'he register of imports at tiiis 
 place exhibit a trade w ith Calcutta 
 and a few places to the eastward in 
 rice, cummin seeil, paper, and cop- 
 per from the former; and small sup- 
 plies of pepper and timber tiom the 
 latter. The exports fium Ci>ringa 
 to Calcutta, and |>artially to Peguc, 
 consist of piece gotids and teak ^^ood 
 to the lirst, and uf piece goods to the 
 last. 
 
 'I'he total value of imports, from 
 
 the 1st May, 1811, to the 30tli April, 
 1812, was 17().y60 Areot rupees, of 
 which 62,8ti-l rupees was from places 
 beyond the territories of the INladras 
 government, viz. 
 J'Yom Balasorc - - - - 8,084 
 
 Calcutta 23,328 
 
 Choodamany ----- 1,423 
 
 Eastward ------ 3,115 
 
 Pegue ------- 3,930 
 
 Penang ------- 3.005 
 
 Various places - - - - I9,ybl 
 
 Arcot rupees 62,864 
 
 The total value of exports, from 
 the 1st May, 1811, to the 30th April, 
 1812, was 822,348 Arcot rupees, of 
 which 98,550 was to places beyond 
 the territories of the Madras govern- 
 ment, viz. 
 
 To Calcutta 59,184 
 
 Pegue 29,013 
 
 Various places - - - _ 10,353 
 
 Arcot rupees 98,550 
 
 In the course of the above period 
 131 vessels and craft, measuring 
 12,876 tons, arrived ; and 235 ditto, 
 measuring 26,714 tons, departed. 
 
 Coringa Bay is the only smoolli 
 water on the Coromandel Coast in 
 the S. W. monsoon; Point Godavery 
 projecting out to the southward, and 
 breaking the long swell. A remark- 
 able inundation took place here 
 about 30 years ago. which destroyed 
 a great munber of the inhabitants 
 and much property. Coringa, as an 
 establishment, originally belonged to 
 the I'rench, who always selected 
 good situations for their settlements, 
 which cannot be said of the Engli.sh. 
 {Parliamenlarji Reporti\Jo/iuson, 6,-c.) 
 
 Coiws}Ali,{Cara>ija). — A town be- 
 longing to the Nagpoor Bajah, in the 
 j)rovinco of Berar, 48 mil<!s W. by N. 
 from Nagpoor. Lat. 21°. 13'. N. 
 Long. 79°. 2'. E. 
 
 CoKOMANOFL, (C/ioIamamldla). — 
 This coast extends along the east 
 side of the Bay of Bengal, from 
 Point Cnlynicre to the mouths of the 
 Krishna River. The name is, pro- 
 
314 
 
 COSAH. 
 
 perly, Chola Mandala. In Sanscrit 
 the priiriilive meaning of the lat- 
 ter word is orbit or circle, and 
 thence a rci^ion or tract of countrj' ; 
 and, probably, it received its name 
 from the Chola dynasty, the ancient 
 sovereigns of Tanjore, In the re- 
 cords of ]\Iadras, until 1779, it is 
 written Choramandel. Among the 
 Malays the coast of JMalabai* is 
 known by the name of Taima Ke- 
 ling, or Kaliiiga, which appellation, 
 however, ])ro])erly belongs to the 
 northern Circars and Ciittack. 
 
 '\^^hen the northerly wind or mon- 
 soon prevails on the coast of Coro- 
 mandel, and in the Bay of Bengal, 
 the southerly wind reigns on the 
 coast of Malabar; and wiien the 
 northerly wind blows on the latter, 
 the southerly winds prevail on the 
 former coast- The northerly winds 
 are expected on the coast of Coro- 
 mandel and in the Bay of Bengal, 
 about the middle of October. The 
 periodical change, which is followed 
 by the rainy season, is called the 
 great monsoon. It is -frequently ac- 
 conjpanicd by violent hurricanes, 
 nor is serene weather expected until 
 Ihc middle of December, and some- 
 times storms happen so late as the 
 1st of January. The King's and 
 Company's ships are consequently 
 ordeied to quit the coast by the 15th 
 October. The southerly wind sets 
 in about the middle of April. 
 
 During the continuance of the hot 
 ^vinds, the coast of Coromandel is 
 parched up, resembling a barren 
 wilderness, nothing appearing green 
 except the trees. ^Vhcn the rains 
 fall vegetation is restored, the plants 
 revive, and a beautiful verdure is 
 again opened over the country. It 
 is an observation of the natives on 
 the coast of Coromandel, which is 
 confirmed by tlie exi)erience of many 
 Europeans ; that the longer the hot 
 land wind blows, the healthier are 
 the ensuing months ; these winds 
 purifying the air. 
 
 The coast of Coromandel is genC' 
 rally an open roadsted without har- 
 bours, and there is a considerable 
 
 difiiculty in landing en acco^mf of 
 the surf, except at places where 
 proper boats arc provi<led. {Wilhs, 
 Cratvfiird, Lind, Kyd, ^r.) 
 
 Corse E, (Carsi). — A small town 
 in the province of B<;iapoor, district 
 of Raybaugh. Lati 16°. 40'. N. 
 Long. 74°. 56'. E. This was for- 
 merly a Mahommedan town of some 
 note, but has been so much dis- 
 tressed by the Mabaratta Brahmins, 
 that most of that religion have left it. 
 Some, however, still remain, aud arc 
 subsisted by a revenue arising from 
 charitable lands, granted by the 
 Bejapoor sovereignty during its de- 
 cline. Near the River Krishna is a 
 burying-giound, where the remains 
 of several Mahommedans of great 
 eminence are buried ; and on an 
 island in that river, one mile east of 
 the town, are deposited the ashes of 
 Sheikh Mahonnncd Seraje ud Deen, 
 a celebrated saint of that religion.' 
 The River Krishna here runs in an 
 easterly direction, and is about .'iOO 
 yards from bank (o baidv. The ford 
 is not a good one, being rocky, and 
 of an irregular depth. This is one 
 of the towns within the Maharatta 
 territory, which enjoys the privilege 
 of killing beef for sale. (Moor, 
 
 CoRUMBAH, {Carmiba). — A town 
 in the province of Bahar, district of 
 Chut:i Nagpoor, 222 miles "\V. N. W. 
 from Calcutta. Lat. 23°. 21'. N. 
 Long. 85°. 3'. K 
 
 CosAH, {Cnsi). — This river has its 
 source in the llimalaya Mountains 
 to the north of Nepaul, from whence 
 it pursues a S. S. E. direction ; and 
 alter a winding course of about 400 
 miles, joins the Ganges in the Ben- 
 gal district of Puriieah. Eormerly 
 this junction took phice opposite to 
 Jiajemal, but it is now 45 miles 
 higher up. This river is supposed 
 by Major Rennell to be the Cos- 
 soanns of Arrian, and is occasionally 
 named the Cossah. It is navigable 
 from Dholat Chaut to Khoorkut 
 Ghaut, which is within three days 
 journey of Bejapoor, a town of sonic 
 note in the coiuitry to the cast of 
 
COTIOTE. 
 
 315 
 
 tbe Ncpaiil toni lories. {JRenncl, 
 Kirkpatrick, V'".) 
 
 Cos POOR, {Caspura). — A town in 
 tlio distriet of Cacliar, u sniidl state 
 tributary to llic 15iniiau oinjiiro, and 
 adjacent to the district ol" Silliet in 
 IJenfjal, which it bounds to the cast. 
 Lat. 25°. N. Long. 03°. lO'. E. In 
 1763 Mr. Vevolst luidcrlook a jour- 
 ney eastward from IJcngal, and ad- 
 vanced as far as tliis i)lacc, from 
 uhence he returned. 
 
 CossiM BAZAR. — A large town in 
 the province of Bengal, situated 
 about a mile south from Moorshe- 
 dabad, of wiiich capital it may be 
 considered as the port. Lat. 24°. 
 10'. N. Long. 88°. 15'. E. 
 
 This is one of tlie largest inland 
 trading- towns in Bengal, and in the 
 rainy season has a variety and ex- 
 tent of water carnage, ])robably not 
 equalled in the world. The Cossim- 
 Lazar Island is perfectly flat, and 
 one bed of sand. The annual over- 
 flow of the river leaves a deposit of 
 mud, Mhich gives richness to this 
 otherwise barren territory. Besides 
 the tiger and the boar, the Island of 
 Cossimbazar abounds with the in- 
 terior species of game. The hare, 
 deer, partridges, and quail, with a 
 vast variety of birds, far superior in 
 beauty of plumage to those of Eu- 
 rope, are found along the banks of 
 the Ganges ; and the aquatic birds 
 of colder climates are also abundant, 
 such as geese, ducks, snipes, and 
 divers. 
 
 Cossimbazar has long been fa- 
 mous for its silk manufactures. It 
 is also noted for its stoeking.s, which 
 arc all knitted with wires, and es- 
 teemed the best in Bengal. The 
 price is from 20 to 35 rupees per 
 score of pains. The quantity of silk 
 consumed here by tiie natives an- 
 nually, in carpets, satins, and other 
 stuil's, is very great; and a large 
 quantity is besides exported to 
 J juope, and to almost every quarter 
 of India. 
 
 The Cossimbazar River is named 
 the Bhagirathi, and is (lie sacred 
 JjraucU of the CUiuges, the others not 
 
 possessing the same sanctity. In 
 theold [iindoo systems of geogiaphy, 
 the wcjst of the Bhagirathi was 
 named the Utter-rari and Dackshin- 
 rari. The cast of the same river 
 was named Bhagnc. {Colebroohe, 
 L(yrd Vakntia, 7'eniiant, S,-c.) 
 
 CossiMCOTTA. — A town in the 
 Northern Circars, 20 miles W. S. W. 
 from Yizagapatam. Lat. 83°. 10'. 
 N. Long. 83°. 10'. E. 
 
 CoteCaungka, {Caia Khanhliara). 
 — A strong fortress in the province 
 of Lahore, 122 miles E. N. E. from 
 the city of Lahore. Lat. 32°. 20'. 
 N. Long. 75°. 42'. E. In the neigh- 
 bourhood of this place was situated 
 the Hindoo temple of Nagur Cote, 
 which was of great cclel)rity when 
 the Mahommedans lirst invaded 
 Hindostan, and continued to retain 
 its reputation for sanctity niaiiy 
 years afterwards. The Emperor 
 Acber accomplished the reduction 
 of this fort, after a siege of a whole 
 year, whicli he commanded in per- 
 son. He subsequently bestowed it, 
 with a considerable extent of ad- 
 jacent territory, oji an ollicer who 
 had distinguished himself. {Foster^ 
 Remiel, <5iT.) 
 
 CoTioTE. — A small district in the 
 Malabar province, containing about 
 312 square miles. The face of the 
 countrj' resembles \\\c otiier parts of 
 Rlalabar, containing low hills sepa- 
 rated by narrow vallies, v\'hich are fit 
 for the cultivation of rice. Towar<ls 
 the Ghauts, these hills rise to a con- 
 siderable height; the soil almost 
 every where is good, but very little 
 cultivated, owing to the unsettled 
 state in which the conutry so long 
 continued. Its calamities were in a 
 great measure owing to its forests 
 having encouraged the natives, to 
 make an ill-judged resistance against 
 the British forces. 
 
 'j'lie quantity of timber trees pro- 
 curable in one year, including teak, 
 does not exceed 3 or 400. No me- 
 tals Isas been discovered in this dis- 
 trict. "Wherever the ground is not 
 cultivated, there are stately forests, 
 but tliC produce of the trees is of 
 
S1() 
 
 COTTEWAR. 
 
 little \alue. In 1800, (he miinberof 
 houses in Cotiote was c;;fimatt'd at 
 4087, besides the iiihabiUsnts of 
 which, there are in the hills and fo- 
 rests several rude tribes; but the 
 whole munber of slaves is only 
 about 100. 
 
 The commerce of this small terri- 
 tory consists in selling- tlic prodnce 
 of the plantations, and in the pur- 
 chasing of rice, salt, salt fish, oil, 
 cotton, and cloth. The produce is 
 pepper, sugar cane, cotton, cassia or 
 wild cinnamon, and coffee. {F. 
 Stichanan, ^-c.) 
 
 CoTTACOTTA. — A lowu in the 
 Balaghant ceded territories, 57 miles 
 N. by W. from Cudapah. Lat. 15°. 
 16'. N. Long. 7b°. 47'. E. 
 
 CoTTAPATAM. — A town ou the 
 sea coast of the Southern Carnatic, 
 55 miles S. from Tanjore. Lat. £»°. 
 68'. N. Long. 79°. 15'. E. 
 
 CoTTEE. — A town in the province 
 of Bahar, district of Behar, 90 miles, 
 S. by W. from Fatna. Lat. 24°. 
 21'. iS[. Long. 84°. 40. E. 
 
 CoTTEWAK, {Cattivad). — A large 
 district in tlie centre of the Gujrat 
 Peninsula, of which it is properly the 
 distinctive appellation, and situated 
 principally between the 21st and 
 23d degrees of north latitude. Yad, 
 a fence or division in the Gujrattee 
 language, is a very common tennina- 
 tion for the names of districts in this 
 part of India; which is frequently 
 changed into var and war by Euro- 
 peans, as C'attiwar for Cattivad. 
 
 The present inhabitants are named 
 Catties, and are supposed to have 
 Jong been in possession of the coun- 
 try; although, according totheir own 
 traditions, they iriigiated from the 
 north along the banks of the Indus. 
 They assort their origin to be from 
 Carna, one of the heroes of the 
 Mahabharat; and that they were 
 created for the purpose of stealing 
 cattle. 'J'hey say they accompanied 
 the Pandoos to Hnstioapoor, from 
 whence they were dismissed and as- 
 signed a settlement. They were 
 afterwards heard of in Cutch, whence 
 they migrated with their flocks and 
 
 cattle into the extensive plains of 
 tiieir present country. With these 
 notions of their origin, it is not sur- 
 prising that many of the tribes 
 openly avow themselves robbers by 
 birth and profession. The first set- 
 tlement of the Catties was at Thaun, 
 from whence they expelled other 
 predatory tribes, and persevered in 
 their erratic life until the middle of 
 the last century ; since when their 
 life has been more settled, being a 
 mixtiue of the pastoral, agricultural, 
 and predatory, but their inclina- 
 tions lean most to the last. 
 
 Although the Catties arc so much 
 addicted to robbery, they are con- 
 siderably removed above the savage 
 state ; and in their dress, manners, 
 attd food, greatly resemble the Ra^j- 
 poots. They are Hindoos in reli- 
 gion, but the worship of Surya (the 
 sun) prevails more here, tiian in 
 other jiarts of India. In general 
 they have retained their ancient 
 manners in great purity, are all 
 horsemen; and except in being more 
 stationary, have in many respects an 
 affinity to the Arabs of the desert. 
 The cloth they sit on while riding 
 serves also for a bed and a tent ; and 
 although tliey never shoe their horses, 
 they perform very long journies 
 withoJit lunting or laming them. 
 'Jhc British government has occa- 
 sionally procured horses iirom this 
 portion of Gujrat. The female Cat- 
 ties arc noted for being handsome. 
 
 'I'he Arabs have succeeded in es- 
 tablishing an influence throughout 
 the whole of Cottiwar, and in some 
 degree of Cutch. They have for 
 many years been held in high esti- 
 mation by tiie natives, as soldiers; 
 and the trade from the Arabian coast, 
 with the Gulf of Cutch, presents an 
 easy mode of conveying them into 
 the country. I'he constant internal 
 broils of Cattiwarhave long afforded 
 great encouragement to all adven- 
 turers of a martial diposition. The 
 influence of the Arabs, until lately, 
 has consequently been very great; 
 but, since the British govermnent 
 has interfered in the affairs of Cotti- 
 
COWL DLIRGA. 
 
 317 
 
 ■war, it is to be hoped the internal 
 niiftichy will in soiiuMioc^icc subside, 
 and preclude the necessity the petty 
 rhiels are under of kecj)ing so many 
 annod retainers. 
 
 The district of Cottiwar contains 
 ?io towns of inaj;nitude, bat many 
 stronp: holds held by native chiefs, 
 tlio resort of thieves and rolibers. 
 I'he Guicowar claims a jnrisdietiou 
 over il, but his requisitions are little 
 attended to, nnle.';s when biuked by 
 the |>rescncc of an army. {3I\Mur- 
 do, Dimnmoml, Matet, ^S'c.) 
 
 CouLAN, (C»/nr«). — A town on the 
 sea coast ol' the province ofTravau- 
 cor, 88 miles N. W. from Cape Co- 
 morin. Lat. h°. 49'. N. iiong. 76° 
 40'. E. Tliis is a place of consider^ 
 able trade; cotton, i)cppcr, jduger, 
 cardamoms, and other articles of 
 merchandize, being deposited Jn tlie 
 ■warehouses here, "here is also 
 abundance of excellent fish, tor- 
 toises, rice of a good quality, ba- 
 nanas, pine apples, and other fruits 
 and pulse. 
 
 In remote times Coulan was 
 a place of considerable note, and 
 is said to have been built A. D. 
 8'35. The Christian, as well as 
 Hindoo natives of this part of Ma- 
 labar, counnence tlicir era at the 
 period of its foundation. Alexins 
 jMenezes, the first Archbishop of 
 tioa, opened here his lirst conference 
 M'ith tlie (,'hiistiaiis of St. Thomas, 
 when he niatle them rei'.ounce the 
 principles of Ncstoiiiis, and eni- 
 biaee the doctiines of the Roman 
 Catliolic chuich, lo which they con- 
 tinue in part united. Tiie Brahmins 
 possess here a very ancient temple 
 dedicated to MahadcMi, or Siva, and 
 the Catholics ha\e three congiega- 
 tious. Between Coidan and Cape 
 Comorin there are reckoned to be 
 altog-ether 76 Catholic congregations 
 scattered over the country. {Fra 
 Paoh, cVc.) 
 
 CoURCHiiiR. — A town in the North- 
 ern Carnalic, disliiet of Ungole, 47 
 miles N. W. fioin the town of On- 
 gole, Lat. 15=. 49'. IN. Long, 79°. 
 37'. E. 
 
 4 
 
 CoVELONG, {Corel, a Temple).— A 
 town on the sea coast of the Car- 
 natic, 2.'> miles south from Madras. 
 Lat. 12°. 4 1'. N. Long. 80°. 21'. E. 
 
 This fort is called by tlie native* 
 Saadet-bunder, and was built by 
 Anwar ud Deen Khan, w ithin ntuskct 
 shot of the sea, near the ruins of 
 another, belonging to the imperial 
 East India Company of Ostend, 
 whose principal factory was at this 
 place. The French got possession 
 of it, in 1750, by a stratagem, lu 
 1752 it surrendered to Cajitaili Clive, 
 on condition that the coifiniandant 
 should be allowed to carry an ay his 
 own ellects, which turned out to be 
 a great number of unkics, and a 
 quantity of sjuilf, commodities iu 
 ■which he dealt. After the capture 
 of Chingleput, the fortiiicatious of 
 Covelong were blown up. The sea 
 shore lierc affords many beautiful 
 shells. (Or me, Fra Paolo, SiX.) 
 
 CowMur, River, (Comala, the Lo- 
 tos). — A river of Afghanistan, v\ hicli 
 rkses in the hills to the west of Ghiz- 
 ni ; and, after a winding c<mr.se of 
 about 190 miles, joins the Indus. 
 
 Cowl, or Coel, (Covil). — A town 
 in the province of Agra, .50 miles 
 N.N.K. from Agra. Lat. 27°. 54'. 
 N. Long. 7S°. iV. E. W hen Abul 
 I'azcl wrote, in 1582, this was the 
 capital of a large district. 
 
 Cowl Di'rga, {Covi/ Darg-a). — A 
 town and fort in l!ie Rajah of M3- 
 sorc's tenitoiies, district of Eednore. 
 Lat. 13°. 37'. N. Long. 75°. 11'. E. 
 
 The hill on which Cowl Durga 
 stands is not very high; but the wall.'? 
 being iofty, it looks better than most 
 of the hill forts in Karnala, of which 
 the buildings are generally not ob- 
 servable at a distance, being hidilen 
 among the immense rocks on which 
 thoy stand. The Pettah is at some 
 distance, and contauis about 20U 
 houses. 
 
 The original name of this to-.rn 
 was Eha\ani Giri. Tippoo, with 
 the ancient zeal of a IMahommedan, 
 changed the pagan name of almosf 
 every town in his doniinious, but 
 the new names v\ hich he bestowed 
 
318 
 
 CUDALORE. 
 
 on tlipm are sinking fast into obli- 
 vion. Ner.v Cowl Durga the country 
 is covc?cecl with tiiick forests. Ho- 
 dalhi, whicli lies in the neij^hbour- 
 hood, was formerly the residence of 
 a ffunily of poiygars, who were here- 
 ditary flute players to the sovereigns 
 of Bijanagur. (F. JBuchanan, ^c. 
 Sfc.) 
 
 CoYLE RiVKR, (or Great Butur- 
 Tiee). — This river has its source in the 
 province of Bahar, district of Chuta 
 Nagpoor, from whence it flows 
 through Gangpooraud Knnjeur ; and, 
 after a winding course of above 270 
 miles, falls into tlie Bay of Bengal, 
 10 miles north of Point Palniiras, 
 having previously received the addi- 
 tion of the Bounce River, about 10 
 miles from its mouth. 
 
 Crissey. — See Gressec. 
 
 Croondah. — A town belonging 
 to the Maharattas, in the province 
 of Aurungabad, 103 miles N. E. 
 from Poonah. Lat. 19°. 21'. N. 
 Long. 75°. 16'. E. 
 
 Cranganore, {Cadmigiihir). — A 
 town on the coast of Malabar, the 
 capita! of a small district of the same 
 name. Lat. 10°. 16'. N. Long. 76°. 
 5'. E. 
 
 This townstandsabout five leagues 
 to the north of Cochin, and formerly 
 belonged to the Dutch ; but as they 
 were unable to defend it against 
 Tippoo, they sold it to the Rajah of 
 Travancor, which occasioned the 
 fir.st war with the Mysore Sultan, 
 which began in June, 1790. It v.as 
 taken from the latter, and dismantled, 
 by j\l. Laliy, Tippoo's general, but 
 the IMysorean troops were driven out 
 in 1791. 
 
 The Jews assert that they pos- 
 sessed Cranganore so early as A. D. 
 490. In 1505 the Portuguese erected 
 a fortress here, of which the Dutch 
 obtained possession in lb"G3. The 
 diocese of the Roman Catiioiic Arch- 
 bishop of Craganore, extends ironi 
 Mount Dilly towards Cochin. Most 
 of the inland churches, formerly Ije- 
 longiiig to the Nestoiian con)mm?ity, 
 are included m it. This see « .-m- 
 prehends S9 churches, and is luder 
 
 the domination of Goa. (Fra Paolo,- 
 Dow, Bruce, C Buchanan, ^t.) 
 
 Creang. — A town in the Malay 
 Peninsula, near the southernmost 
 extremity of the district of Quedah. 
 The surrounding country produces 
 canes and rattans. 
 
 CiiDAPAH, {Cripa). — The Bala- 
 ghaut ceded territories having been 
 subdivided into two collectorships 
 under the Madras presidency, Cu- 
 daj)ah and Bellarj', the former com- 
 prehends the eastern districts, and 
 the latter the western portion. 
 
 CuDAPAH. — A town in the Bala- 
 ghaut ceded territoiies, and capital 
 of the eastern district. Lat. 14°. 28'. 
 N. Long. 79°. E. Tlie name of this 
 town is sometimes written Kirpa, as 
 well as Cudapah. They are both 
 corruptions of the Sanscrit word 
 Cripa, whi(;h signifies mercy. In 
 the adjacent country large quanti- 
 ties of sugar and jagary are made. 
 Cudapah was for many years the 
 seat of an independent Patau state, 
 which survived the destruction of the 
 Deccany kingdoms. 
 
 Travelling distance from INIadras 
 l53, fiom Seringapatam 220, tiom 
 Hyderal)ad 230 miles. 
 
 CuDALORE, (Cadahir). — A town 
 on the sea coast of the Carnatic, 
 102 miles S. S. W. from Madras, 
 and 15 miles S. S. AV, from Pondi- 
 cherrv. Lat. 11°. 44'. N. Long. 79°. 
 62'. E. 
 
 The situation of this town is na- 
 turally strong, and it would origi- 
 nally liave beeji a more commodious 
 place for the British cJiief settlement 
 than Madras, it being to windward 
 of Madras and Pondieherry, and in 
 the vicinity of Tanjore. 
 
 Prior to 1690 the East India Com- 
 pany had a factory here, which, on 
 account of the increasing trade of 
 Cudalore, was, in 1702, wholly re- 
 built and fortified. 'I'he town was 
 taken possession of by Col. Coote's 
 army, in 1760, and continued sub- 
 ject to the xNabob of Arcot until the 
 destruction of ('ol. Braithwaite's de- 
 taclnnent by Tippoo, when it was 
 obiigod to surjcndcr, by capitula- 
 
CULPEE. 
 
 319 
 
 tion, to }lip ronibinod forces of the 
 IVeiu^h and livdir, on the 8th April, 
 178-2. 'I'he ImcikIi j^ioutly streii!;tli- 
 euccl the works, and snpphed a 
 powei fill ganison under the Alarquis 
 do Hussy. 
 
 In June, 1783, Cudalore was be- 
 sieajcd by the Britisli army oom- 
 maudod by General Stu;Ht ; and, on 
 the 7tli, the outworks were stormed 
 after a desperate resistanee, in whicli 
 the assailants lost 942 killed and 
 wounded, of whom 5!)() were Eu- 
 ropeans ; the f;"reatest loss of this de- 
 scription, particularly of ofllcers, that 
 had yet been sustained in any action 
 in India. On the 25th June, the 
 j^anison assaulted the trenches of 
 the besiegers, but were repulsed with 
 the loss of 600 men killed, wounded, 
 and prisoners. In this action two 
 battalions of sepoys fou<?ht some of 
 the oldest and best I'rcnch troops 
 with the bayonet, and foiled tliom 
 at that favourite Kuropcan weapon. 
 Two days after this sally, the iVIe- 
 dca frigate arrived under a tlag of 
 truce from Aladras at Cudalore, 
 brini;in«f inforniation from Lord Ma- 
 cartney of the eouelnsion of peace 
 between the two nations. A mutual 
 cessation of hostilities, and restora- 
 tion of prisoners, in consequence, 
 iuHuediately hntk place. 
 
 The country in the neitthbourhood 
 of Cudalore snilcred much durinsr 
 the war of 178l>, haviiui: been nearly 
 desolated. The inhabitants had either 
 peiished, or emigrated, and the vil- 
 laf^cs were mostly in ruins. A happy 
 change has since taken place, and 
 the iiuprovement lias been ?;rcat and 
 rapid. It is now comprehended in 
 the southern division of the Arcot 
 collcctorship, under the Madras pre- 
 sidency. {Renuel, oth Report, Bruce, 
 \W.) 
 
 CUDDREN. — A town in tlie pro- 
 vince of Sindc, situated on the route 
 from Hyderabad, the capital, to 
 Luckput Bunder, and afterwards to 
 Mauduvie in the Gulf of Cutch. 
 Lat. 24'*. 2G'. ^\ 
 
 15el\\i\t this ^hcc and Luckput 
 'Biuidcr is a plain, over ^[Thich, in the 
 4 
 
 dry season, tlicre is a {^ood road, but 
 swampy tluring- the rains. TIk; conn- 
 try between Alcerpoorand this place 
 is but Utile cultivated, being low 
 marshy ground covered with bushes 
 of the Lye ; and the stream of the 
 Goonee is so narrow and shoal, that 
 it is not navigable further south for 
 boats of any description. The town 
 of Cuddren is small, and contains 
 few inhabitants. {Maxfield, §-c.) 
 
 CuDjwA. — A town in the province 
 of Allahabad, district of Korah. Lat. 
 26°. 5'. N. Long. 80°. ,-33'. E. 
 
 CuGGUR RiviR. — This river has 
 its source in the northern quarter of 
 the province of f);'lhi, from whence 
 it flows through the Battle country 
 towards the province of ^Ajmeer, 
 where it is now lost in tlie sands to 
 the west of Eatiieer, although it is 
 said formerly to have joined the Su- 
 tuleje in the vicinity of I'irozepoor. 
 During the lieight of the rains it 
 overflows its banks, and fertilizes all 
 the land within its influence. 
 
 CuLLATooK. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Tinnevcll)% 98 miles N. E. 
 from Cape Comorin. Lat. 9°. 2'. N. 
 Long. 78°. 29'. E. 
 
 CuLLUM, (Calam). — A hilly district 
 in the province of Ecrar, situated 
 between tlu^ 20tli and 21st degrees 
 of north latitude, and described by 
 Abul Fazel, in 1582, as follows: 
 
 " Sircar Cullum, containing 31 
 mahals, eight of which are depend- 
 ent on Chanda. Revenue 32,828,00'.) 
 dams. I'he rcmainhig pergmniali^ 
 are in the possession of the zemin- 
 dars." 
 
 CuLNA, (Klialana). — A town in the 
 province of Bengal, district ofBurd- 
 wan, 47 miles N. bv W. from Cal- 
 cutta. Lat. 23°. 13'". N. Long. 88°. 
 21'. E. 
 
 CuLNA. — A town in the pmvince 
 of Bengal, district of .Icssore, 70 
 miles li N. E. from CahMilta. Lat. 
 22°. 50'. N. Long. 89°. 32'. E. 
 CuLPEE. — See Kaupy. 
 CuLPEE, {CaJpi). — A town in tho 
 province of Bengal, district of 
 llooghly, situated on the cast hank 
 of the River Hooghlv. .33 mites be- 
 
320 
 
 CURIPUM. 
 
 low Calcutta, and almost opposite to 
 Diamond Harbour. Lat. 22°. 6'. N. 
 Lonff. 8S°. 25'. E. 
 
 The shores here are abed of mud, 
 and the banks of the river t^ovored 
 •vvith trees and thick jungle. Op- 
 posite to the ancliorage of the ships, 
 ■vviiich lie about half a mile from the 
 shore, is a creek, and at a mile fiom 
 its entrance stands the town of Cul- 
 pee. The crews of the sliips sta- 
 tioned here siiiler dreadfully from 
 its extrenjc unhealthiness, numbers 
 daily tailing sacrifices to the pesti- 
 lential exhalations from the rotten 
 jungle and mud. {Johison, ^-c.) 
 
 CuMLY, iCamala). — A fort and 
 town in the district of South Ca- 
 nara, 25 miles S. by E. from Man- 
 galore. 
 
 This place is situated on a high 
 peninsula in a salt w^ater lake, which 
 is separated from the sea by a spit 
 of sand. Two rivers fall into this 
 lake, and contain between them the 
 projection on which Cumly stands. 
 The g:reatcr part of this coast is oc- 
 cupied by a chainofsalt water lakes, 
 but tiie necks of land interposed 
 render them of little use for an in- 
 land navjf^ation. Tlie town contains 
 al)out 150 houses, the inhabitants of 
 which are chiefly Moplays, Mucuas, 
 ]\iof;;ayers, and Khankhanies. The 
 iiiterior parts are chiefly inhabited 
 by the Brahmins of Tulava, and the 
 Bunts, or Buntar caste. 
 
 All this southern part of Tulava 
 formerly belonged to tiie Cumly Ra- 
 jah, who pretends to be a khetri 
 (military caste) from the north of 
 India, The manners and customs 
 of tJie family are the same with thone 
 of the Rajahs of Malabar, The 
 eldest daughter, in the female line, 
 continues the family. The present 
 rajah resides in the country, but he 
 has neither lands nor authority. The 
 country to tiie north of the Cumly 
 River formerly belonged to rajahs of 
 the Jain religion, but the last of the 
 Buntar Jain Rajahs was hanged by 
 lippoo. 
 
 'I he situation of the fort of Cumly 
 s very fine, aud the town Las Igr- 
 
 merly been more considcraMc. In 
 the rainy season both the rivers and 
 lakes are fresh, .and when no boat 
 can venture to sea might afford a 
 supply of fislj; tliis, however, is an 
 article of food which, except by per- 
 sons of low caste, is seldom used. 
 {F. Buchanan, (Sr.) 
 
 CuMOONAH. — A zemindar's mud 
 fort in the province of Agra, district 
 of Alyghur. In consequence of the 
 refractory conduct of tlie zemindar, 
 this place was besieged by a strong 
 British force, and a breach cfTccted 
 on the 19th Nov. 1807: an attempt 
 was then made to storm it, but the 
 assailants Avere driven back with 
 great slaughter, the loss of men and 
 oflicers exceeding that sustained in 
 many pitched battles. The impres- 
 sion, however, made on the garrison 
 was such, that they evacuated the 
 place during the night. This de- 
 scription of mud forts, when well 
 defended, generally cause a greater 
 loss to the besiegers than is sustain- 
 ed in the attack of more regular and 
 apparently stronger fortifications. 
 
 Cvn-DXP ooK,{Khandapiir). — A town 
 in the province of Aurungabad, be- 
 longing to the Nizam, 35 miles W. 
 S. W. from the city of Aurungabad. 
 Lat. 19°. 37'. N. Long. 75°. 32'. E. 
 
 CijNDWAH. — A town in the Ma- 
 haratta territories, in the province of 
 Khandcsh, 50 miles north fiom Boor- 
 hanpoor. Lat. 22°. 2'. N. Long. 76^. 
 18'. E. 
 
 CtiPERTooL. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Ijahore, situated in the 
 Doab of the Bcyah and Ravey 
 Rivers. This is a populous town, 
 but unfavourably situated on a bar- 
 ren sandy plain. 
 
 CuRACONDA, {Carakhandd), — A 
 town in the Northern Caniatic, dis- 
 trict of Pahiaud, 53 miles W, by S. 
 from Guntoor. Lat. 16°. 1'. N. Long. 
 79°. 35'. E. 
 
 CuRCONDAH. — A town in the Ni- 
 zam's dominions, in the province of 
 Hyderabad, 110 miles E. bv S. from 
 the city of Hyderabad. Lat. 17°. 
 4'. Long. 80°. 24'. Jv 
 CuRiPUM. — A town in the North- 
 
CUTAKL 
 
 321 
 
 ern Circars, 45 miles N. W. from 
 Cicacole. Laf. 18°. 47'. N. Long. 
 83°. 36'. E. 
 
 CuRR.AH, {SJiara). — A small dis- 
 trict ill the province of Allahabad, 
 situated between the 25th and 26th 
 degrees of north latitude, and bound- 
 ed by the Ganges and Jumna. By 
 Abul Fazel, in 1582, it is described 
 as follows: " Sircar Currah, contain- 
 ing 12 mahals, uicasurenient 447,556 
 beegahs. Revenue 22,682,048 dams. 
 Seyurghal 1,4U8,862 dams, lliis sir- 
 car furnishes 390 infantry, and 8700 
 cavalry." 
 
 The country between the Ganges 
 and the Goonity, from Currah to 
 Benares, on the east side, abounds 
 with su jee muttoe, a species of earth 
 impregnated with alkali, from one 
 to three inches thick, which is pared 
 off at the close of the rainy sea:.on, 
 and sold to the soap manufacturers 
 at Allahabad and Benares. (^Ahd 
 Fazel, Williamson, (^r.) 
 
 Currah. — A town in the province 
 of Allahabad, situated on the S. W, 
 side of the Ganges, 45 miles N. W. 
 from Allahabad. Lat. 25°. 41'. N. 
 Long. 81°. 24'. E. 
 
 This place extends a mile along 
 the banks of the Ganges, on the 
 summit of which there is an old fort 
 in ruins. There is also here a new 
 one with a stone gateway, but un- 
 finished. There are many Hindoo 
 temples, in the largest of which is 
 an image of Mahadeva, with a bull 
 looking at him. 
 
 The Emperor Acber removed the 
 residence of the soubahdar from this 
 place to Allahabad, but the decay 
 of Currah is said to have been hast- 
 ened by the Nabob of Oude, Asoph 
 ud Dowlah, who demolished many 
 of the buildings to procure stone for 
 his buildings at Lucknow, from 
 which it is distant 93 miles. {Lord 
 Valentia, Toinant, Reanel, Sc.) 
 
 CuRRODE. — A town in tlie pro- 
 vince of Orissa, belonging to inde- 
 pendent native chiefs, 33 miles E. 
 by N. from Bustar. Lat. 19°. 52'. 
 M. Long. 83°. 18'. E. 
 
 CL'RRt'CDEAH,(Ouat'c/e^). — A town 
 
 Y 
 
 in tlie province of Bahar, district of 
 Monghir, 100 miles S. E. by S. from 
 Patna. Lat. 24°. 26'. N. Long. 86°. 
 13'. E. 
 
 CuRRUCKPooR. — A town in the 
 province of Bahar, district of Mon- 
 ghir, 83 miles E. S. E. from Patna. 
 Lat. 25°. 8'. N. Long. 86°. 32'. E. 
 I'o the N. W. of this place there iS a 
 hilly district, containing hot wells. 
 
 CuRRUMASs. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Delhi, situated on the west 
 side of the Ganges, 70 miles S. E. 
 from the city of Delhi. Lat. 28°. 
 20'. N. Long. 78°. 14'. E. 
 
 CuRRYBARY, (Caiivati). — A small 
 frontier district in Bengal, to tlie 
 east of the Brahmapootra, composed 
 of lauds originally dismembered from 
 Cooch Bahar and Assam. The sur- 
 face of the coimtry is mountainous, 
 much covered with jungle, and but 
 very thinly inhabited.. 
 
 CuRUMAH — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Bahar, district of Ramgur, 
 82 miles S. S. E. from Patna, Lat. 
 24°. 29'. N. Long. 85°. 43'. E. 
 
 CuRYPUM, (Caribhum). — A town 
 possessed by independent rajahs in 
 the province of Orissa, 103 miles 
 W. by N. from Ganjam. Lat. 19°. 
 40°. N. Long. 83°. 47'. E. 
 
 CusTEE. — A town in the province 
 of Bengal, distiict of Raujeshy, 52 
 miles E. S. E. from Moorshadalaad. 
 Lat. 23° 4'- N. Long. 89° 3. E. 
 During the rainy season there is a 
 passage for boats past this to the 
 llooghly River. 
 
 CuTAKi. — A small iovni in the 
 province of North Canara, above 
 the Western Ghauts. Lat. 14°. 52'. 
 N. Long. 74°. 48'. E. The inhabit- 
 ants of this neighbourhood are most 
 Haiga Brahmins, and are a very in- 
 dustrious class of men, who perform 
 all agricultural labours with their 
 own hands, \\hen this part of the 
 country was first ceded to the Bri- 
 tish, it was much infested by robbers 
 from the Maharatta country, who 
 are now extirpated. "VVhcn the ap- 
 proach of these robbers was known, 
 the Brahmins, and the other peace- 
 able inhabilitiits, used to retire from 
 
3-22 
 
 CUTCII. 
 
 their houses with ihtir effects, ami 
 concealed themselves in the forest 
 even during- the rainy season. Pes- 
 tilence, or beasts of prey, are eeiitle 
 compared \n ith Hindoo robbers, who, 
 in order to discover concealed pro- 
 perty, put to the torture all who fall 
 into their hands. {F. BucJiaiian, SiT.) 
 CiiTCH, {CacJiha). — A i)rovince in 
 the south-western extremity of Hin- 
 dostan, sitnalcd principally between 
 the 23d and 2411) ds^rees of north 
 latitude. To the nortli it is bounded 
 by a sandy desert and the province 
 of Sindy ; to the south by the Culf 
 of Cutch ; to the east it has Gujrat, 
 and to the west Tatta, from which 
 it is separated by tlie most eastern 
 branch of the Indus. The limits of 
 Cutch to the north are not accurately 
 defined, but it may be estimated at 
 110 miles in lenotli, by 70 the ave- 
 rage breadth. Abul Tazel, in 1582, 
 describes it as follo\\ s : 
 
 " To the west of Gujrat is a very 
 large separate terntory called Cutch, 
 the length of which is 250 coss, 
 and the breadth 100 coss. The 
 tcrritoiy of Sindy lies to the west of 
 Cutch. The greatest part of Cutch 
 is composed of woods and uncul- 
 tivated sands. The horses are fine, 
 and supposed to be of Arabian ex- 
 traction ; and the camels and goats 
 are also remarkably good. The ca- 
 ])ital city is Tahij, which has two 
 .strong forts, Jhareh and Kunkcttc." 
 The province of Cutch continues, 
 as described by Abul Fazel, barren 
 and- unproductive, the interior re- 
 maining almost unknown. It is jjos- 
 sesscd by vu ions independent chiefs, 
 many of whom boast of their inde- 
 pendence, and pretend that since the 
 beginning of the world they liaAc 
 never been conquered ; for which, if 
 true, they are indebted to the natural 
 strength and sterility of the countiy. 
 They also boast that their sway once 
 extended over all Gujrat. On the 
 south coast of the Gulf of Cutch is 
 a district inhabited by a i)iratical 
 tribe, named Sanganians, who cruize 
 for merchant ships sometimes as far 
 west as tiie entrance of the Gulf of 
 
 Persia. The Hindoo pirates about 
 the Gulf of Cutch are also frequently 
 named Caba. 
 
 The chief town known to Euro- 
 peans is Boogebooge, which is si- 
 tuated inland ; the principal sea ports 
 are JMuddi and Mandavie. The 
 princijial cxj)ort is cotton to Bom- 
 bay, also some ghee and grain ; the 
 chief imjiorts are sugar, pepper, raw 
 silk, and piece goods. The cotton 
 produced in this province is con- 
 sidered of an inferior quality. The 
 exports from Cutch to Sinde are cot- 
 ton, snuft', uuwrought iron, produc- 
 ed in Cutch, and the small Arabian 
 aloe. 
 
 Cutch, like the adjacent countries, 
 is inhabited by a great many pre- 
 datory tribes, who all claim a Raj- 
 j)oot origin, although many of them 
 ha\-e since adopted the Mahommed- 
 an faith. This change of reUgion 
 is not unconnnon in this quarter of 
 India, Iheie being now few tribes 
 of Rajpoots in Cutch that has not 
 partially, and, in some cases, uni- 
 versally adopted the Mahommcdan 
 religion. Such are the Sodas, Ja- 
 dows, Muckwanas, Puimars, Myras, 
 and many others. 
 
 There is a Vunun Sunker tribe, 
 settled in Cutch, and also in various 
 parts of Gujrat and the Deccan, 
 whose modern occupations consist 
 chiefly in selling milk and day la- 
 bouring. Although of so low a caste, 
 they were the Janooec, or distin 
 guishing string of the higher tribes 
 of Hindoos, and pretend to be de- 
 scended from the khetri, or military 
 class. The province, generally, is 
 biit little cultivated, and very thinly 
 populated. 
 
 Futteh IMahommed, the present 
 Zemmadar of Cutch, is of Baloochee 
 extraction, and has endeavoured to 
 secure the friendships of the Ameers 
 of Sinde to support his usurj)ed au- 
 tiiority. In this he is countenanced 
 by the latter, who demand the town 
 and district of Luckput Bunder as 
 the price of their favour. {Rennel, 
 Maxficld, Drummond, Wilford, MSS. 
 4-c.) 
 
CUTTACK. 
 
 323 
 
 CuTCH (lUNDAVA. — A district in 
 the province of Balloucliistan, si- 
 tnaled at the bottom of the moun- 
 tains l.>iiig' S. E. of Kehit, and is 
 about iaO miles in length, by 40 or 
 60 in breadth. The soil is rich, 
 black, and loamy ; and every species 
 of <;^rain is cultivated, as also cotton, 
 indigo, madder, &c. It rains in 
 June, Jul\, and August, and also a 
 little in the spring months. The si- 
 moom, or pestilential wind, blows 
 here during the summer montiis, and 
 is very destructive, even to tlie na- 
 tives. Great (juantitics of grain arc 
 exported from Cutch Gundava to the 
 sea ports of Corachie and Sonmeany, 
 IVom whence it is shipped to Muscat, 
 the coast of INlckran, &,c, To the 
 northward of this district lies Anund 
 Dijil, The climate is good, and the 
 soil excellent, producing a large re- 
 venue to the Khan of Kelat. {Kin- 
 iiier, (S'c.) 
 
 Cutch, Gulf of, (Cach'ha, a low 
 Maritime Country). — An arm of the 
 sea on the west coast of India, which 
 bounds the Gujrat Peninsula on the 
 west, and has the province of Cutch 
 on the north. A considerable trade 
 is carried from this gulf to Bombaj', 
 principally in cotton; but the inha- 
 bitants of the coast have been, from 
 time iumiemorial, so addicted to pi- 
 racy, that an unarmed vessel is not 
 tt» be (rusted within the reach of 
 their cruizers. Tt has consequently 
 been but little iVetjuented by Euro- 
 peans, and remains but imperfectly 
 explored- The upper part" is de- 
 scribed by the natives as full of 
 shoals and rocks. 
 
 CuTCHWAR A, (Cach'chwara)- — A 
 district in the province of Malwah, 
 situated about the 25th degree of 
 north latitude, and mostly in the oc- 
 cupation of, or triimtary to the Mal- 
 wah Maharattas. It is intersected 
 by the Gillysinde Fiivcr. The chief 
 towns are Dewagur aiul Sooneb 
 
 CuTCHUBAUUV, {Cac/iabati) A 
 
 town in the Bootan country, situated 
 to the north of Kangamatty in Ben- 
 gal- Lat. 26°. 42'. .N- Long. 90°. 
 9'. E- 
 
 Y 2 
 
 CuTTACK, (Catac). — A large dis- 
 trict in the province of Orissa, si- 
 tuated pnncipally between the 20tli 
 and 22d degrees of north latitude. 
 To the north it is bouiulcd by Mid- 
 napoor and Mohurbunge ; on the 
 south by the Circars ; on the east it 
 has the Baj' of Bengal ; and on the 
 west dift'erent small states in the in- 
 terior of Orissa- In length it may 
 be estimated at 150 miles, by 60 the 
 average breadth - 
 
 The country between Gaintee and 
 Bamori is the finest part of Orissa, 
 and is inhabited by a great many 
 weavers, who manufacture muslins 
 in pieces, chiefly for turbans. Be- 
 tween Alter and Aurungabad there 
 are some fine and productive vallies. ' 
 From Arickpoor to Cuttack the land 
 is arable, but interspersed with 
 bushes, and not thoroughly culti- 
 vated. The Mahanuddy Biver, in 
 passing through this country, often 
 changes its name from the vicinity 
 of different towns and villages, I'Jiere 
 is very little gold and silver circula- 
 tion iij this province, the rents being 
 chiefly paid in cowries. 
 
 The tract of country between tlie 
 Byturnee Nullah, and the Gajijam 
 River, extending about 15 miles on 
 each side of the temple of Jugger- 
 nauth, to tJie north and south, is the 
 holy land of Juggernauth. The in- 
 habitants of this portion of territory 
 are exempt from the taxes, which 
 the Hindoos pay for access to the 
 town and temple, except during the 
 Ruth and Dole Jattrics, when they 
 are liable to a small tax. They found 
 their claim for exception on some 
 sacred texts and immemorial usage. 
 This country is tolerably well 
 watered, having, besides the Maha- 
 nuddy and Bonnee rivers, and their 
 branches, many small streams. It 
 has, however, so recently escaped 
 from the iron government of the 
 Mahaialtas, that a great extent of 
 land still remains in a state of na- 
 ture. The chief towns arc Cuttack, 
 Juggernauth, Buddruck, and now 
 Balasore, recently attached to it. 
 This province was ceded by tlie 
 
324 
 
 DACCA JELALPOOR. 
 
 Maliaratta Risjali of Nasfpoor to liic 
 British in 1803, during the achniiiis- 
 tration of the Marquis Welleslcy, on 
 which event it Avas subdivided into 
 two di^lricls, vi/. tlie northern, nam- 
 ed Balasore; and the soullicm, nam- 
 ed Juogrrnauth. Compared with 
 other districts, of which the popula- 
 tion is known, we may estimate tlie 
 inJiabitaiils of Cutlaek. at about 
 1,200,000, almost wholly professing 
 the Brahminical Hindoo doctrines, 
 the Mahommedans not having ob- 
 tained proper possession of this re- 
 gion until the middle of the 181h 
 century. (Parliameniarij Reports, 
 1st and 2d Registers, Leckic, C. Bu- 
 chanan, ^T.) 
 
 CuTTACK. — A town in the district 
 of Cuttaek, province of Orissa. Lat. 
 20°. 31'. N. Long. 86° 10'. E. 
 
 This town is built on a neck of 
 land washed by the JMahaiuiddy and 
 Guujoory Rivers, and is a place of 
 consequence, as it lies in the only 
 road between Bengal and the North- 
 ern Circars. Near Cuttaek the JMa- 
 hanuddy is about two miles from 
 bank to bank in the rains, but in the 
 dry season it is fordable at Jess than 
 three feet of water. The countiy 
 aroujul the town is so lo\v, that in 
 the rainy season it is under water for 
 a circuit of 10 miles, and the sta- 
 tion is, on the whole, reckoned un- 
 healthy. The fort is named Bara- 
 buttee, and stands about a mile 
 N. W. from Cuttaek. 
 
 TraveUing distance from Calcutta 
 251 miles ; from Nagpoor 482 ; from 
 Hyderabad 651 ; from ^Madras 779 ; 
 and from Delhi, 902 miles, {Ren- 
 7iel, Upton, \st Register, (Sc.) 
 
 CuTTFRAH. — A lown in the pro- 
 vince of Delhi, district of Barcily, 
 40 miles S. E. from the tow n of Ra- 
 reilv. Lat. 28°. 3'. N. Long. 79°. 
 37' E. 
 
 This plare lias now the appear- 
 ance of a large and ruinous \illage, 
 very thinly inhabited in proporlion 
 to its size. Here was foughl a tle- 
 cisive baMle in 1774, in whicli Sujali 
 ud Dowlrth, with the assistance ul 
 lhc British forces, defeated tin* Ro- 
 
 hillahs, and afterwards subdued Ko- 
 hiicund as far north as the Lolldong 
 Pass. Hafez Rehmut, the principal 
 Rohillah chief, was slain in this ac- 
 tion, and the Rohillahs annihilated 
 as an independent stale. {Tcnnant, 
 
 CuTTUB MiNAR. — A remarkable 
 pillar situated nine miles south, and 
 16 degrees west from Delhi. Its 
 base is a polygtm of 27 sides, and 
 rises in a circular form. The exte- 
 rior part is tinted into 27 semi-eir- 
 cnlar and angular divisions. There 
 are four balconies in the height of 
 the building. The lirsi is at 90 feet, 
 the second at 140, the third at 180, 
 and the fom'th at 203 feet. An ir- 
 regular spiral staircase leads from 
 the bottom 1o the summit of the 
 Miliar, which is crowned with a ma- 
 jestic cupola of red granite. The 
 entire height of the pillar is 242 feet. 
 
 This monument appears to have 
 been intended for a minaret to a 
 stupendous mosque, which never 
 Mas completed. The tomb of Cut- 
 tub Shah, at whose expense the ^li- 
 nar is reported to have been erect- 
 ed, stands a few hnndred yards to 
 the westward. Ciittub Shah ascend- 
 ed the Delhi throne A. D. 120-5, and 
 died in 1210, after a reign of only 
 five years, and on his decease a stop 
 was probably put to the building. 
 We have reason, tliereforc, to be- 
 lieve, that this pillar has stood above 
 GOO years. (Blunt, S,r.) 
 
 CurwA. — A town in the province 
 of Bengal, district of Burdwan, 75 
 miles N. N. AV. from Calcutta. Lat. 
 23° 37. N. Long. 88°. 10'. E. 
 
 D. 
 
 Dabl'L, (Davalaya, the Temple). — 
 A town bcionging to the Maharatta 
 I'eshwa, in the province of liejapoor. 
 district of Concan, 80 miles south 
 from Bombay. Lat. 17°. 45'. N. 
 Long. 72°. 56. E. 
 
 Dacca Jelalpoor, {DMca Jahl- 
 
DACCA JELALPOOll. 
 
 .325 
 
 pur). — A ilisljict in tlic raslein quar- 
 ter of the province of Bengal, situ- 
 ated prineipnlly between the 23(1 
 and "2 till dei'rees of norlli latitude. 
 Mo the north it is hounded by .My- 
 nuuisinjrh ; on Uic soutii by llie dis- 
 trict of Ba(ker^in{;c; on tiie eas' it 
 has Tipperah ; and on the west Rau- 
 jcshy and Jessore. 
 
 Prior to the new arrangement this 
 district was the hu!;e.st and one of 
 the liiost valnabli! in Beiisjal. It 
 tlu-n comprised lo,397 British square 
 miles, sul)divided into a number of 
 small zeniindarics, and v as reckoned 
 the {|;ranary of rice for J5engal— -a 
 ilistinction it still retains. Its other 
 jtroductions are betel nut and a spe- 
 cies of cotton called banga, neces- 
 sar}-, though not of a very superior 
 (piality, to form the slripes of the 
 iinest mushns; for which the city of 
 Oacea has long been celebrated. 
 Before the separation of some of its 
 districts, this division of Bejigal 
 stretched as far south as the sea, at 
 the mouths of the Ganges and Brali- 
 inapootia, and extended northerly 
 lo the Ganow Mountains. 
 
 The Dacca district being inter- 
 sected by two of the largest rivers in 
 the world and their branches, is sub- 
 ject annually to considerable changes 
 in the boundaries of estates, large 
 portions from the impetuosity of the 
 torrents being transferred from one 
 side of the river to the other, occa- 
 sioning iidinite trouble to the reve- 
 nue ollicers, and loss to the govern- 
 ment. 'I'hese animal inundatious, 
 however, have a beuclicial efleet in 
 fertilizing the land in the vicinity ; 
 Jiol withstanding which circumstance, 
 there is no district in Bengal has 
 more jungle and was(e land; the 
 whole of which is claimed us the pro- 
 ])erty of individuals, v\ho, though 
 they receive no profit iioni it, and are 
 too indolent themselves to make it 
 productive of any, will not suffer 
 others to bring it into a state of cul- 
 tivation A\ith(mt some recompense 
 being paid to them. 
 
 Plain muslins, dislingnished by 
 various names according to the fine- 
 
 ness and closeness of the lexturp, as 
 well as flowered, striped, or che- 
 quered muslins, are faiiricatcd chielly 
 in this district. 'J'he northern parts 
 of Benares furnish both plaia and 
 llovvered muslins, which art) not ill 
 adapted for common uses, though in- 
 capable of sustaining any coin, efi- 
 tion with the beaut iliil and iiiiini- 
 tal)lc labrics of Dacca. Dimities, 
 of various kinds and patterns, and 
 cloths resembling diaper and damask 
 linen, are also made in this district. 
 'J'he export, however, of tlu; above 
 staple articles has of late years much 
 decreased; and the art of manufac- 
 turing some of the very finest species 
 of muslins is in danger of being lost, 
 the orders for them being so few, 
 that many of the families who pos- 
 sess, by liereditary instniction, the 
 method of fabricating them, iiave 
 desisted, on account of the difficulty 
 they afterwards experience in dis- 
 posing of them. 
 
 The rivers and branches of rivers 
 in this district are bcjond number; 
 and, during the height of the rainy 
 season, it is nearly wholly submerged, 
 exhibiting the appearance of an in- 
 land sea, intcrsj)eiscd with trees and 
 villages. 'Jlie principal towns are 
 Dacca, Nanaingunge, iSunergong, 
 and Kajanagur. 
 
 During the Mahommedan govern- 
 ment the Dac<'a province was ruled 
 by a loujdar, the last of whom, prior 
 to our acquisition, was Sliahamut 
 Jung Nowazish .Mahommed Khan, 
 a nephew and son-in-lavy of Aliverdi 
 Khan. He ^^ as at once dewan of 
 the whole soubah of Bengal, and 
 Nawab Naziin of Dacca, with all the 
 provinces to the eastward. It w as 
 in search of the Ireasun-s amassed 
 by his deputy, Baj Bullnb, and sup- 
 posed to ha\ e been concealed by his 
 son, Krishna Das, when he took re- 
 fuge in Calcutta, thatSeraj ud Dow- 
 lah commenced the war, wliicli for 
 him ended so fatally. During the 
 two years soubahdarry of the Nabob 
 Jadier Khan, after the expulsion of 
 Cossim Ali Khan, j\lahomnied Hcza 
 Khan acted as naib at Dacca. 
 
326 
 
 DACCi\. 
 
 In 1801, by the directions of the 
 Marquis Wellesley, then governor- 
 f^eneral, the board of revenue in 
 Bengal circulated various queries to 
 the collectors of the different districts 
 on statistical subjects. The result 
 of their replies tended to prove that 
 the Dacca Jelalpoor district, in 
 its existing dimensions, contained 
 938,712 inhabitants, in the propor- 
 tion of 14| Mahommedans to 13 
 Hindoos, an unusual excess. (J. 
 Gi'ant, ColeJn-ooke, i^it.) 
 
 Dacca, (Dhaca). — A large city in 
 Bengal, the capital of the eastern 
 division of that province, Lat. 23°. 
 42'. N. Long. 90°. 17'. E. 
 
 This place is situated bej'ond the 
 principal stieani of the Ganges, but 
 a very large branch of that river runs 
 past it. Few situations are better 
 calculated for inland eonnnerce than 
 Dacca, as its river communicates 
 with all the inland navigations by a 
 direct course. It hes about 100 
 miles above the mouth of the Ganges, 
 and 180 by road from Calcutta ; but 
 the journey by water, on account of 
 the circuitous route and twistings 
 of the rivers, occupies from one to 
 two weeks, and the space gone over 
 probably exceeds 400 miles. 
 
 Dacca succeeded to Sunergong as 
 the provincial capital of the eastern 
 quarter of Bengal, and is the third 
 city of the province in point of ex- 
 tent and population. The country 
 around it lying low, and being al- 
 ways covered with verdure during 
 the dry months, it is not subject to 
 such violent heats as Benares, Patua, 
 and other places in Bahar. The un- 
 healthy season is from the 20th of 
 August to the 10th of October ; dur- 
 ing which period the rivers are sub- 
 siding, and the inundation draining 
 off the laud. On the whole, how- 
 ever, it is one of the healthiest and 
 most i)k'asant stations in Bengal. 
 It manufactures and exports great 
 quantities of the finest muslins, in 
 the delicacy and beauty of which fa- 
 bric it surpasses the whole world. 
 A considerable proportion of the cot- 
 ton is produced in the district, but a 
 
 great deal is also received from 
 Patna. 
 
 That Dacca is a city comparatively 
 modern is proved by its not being 
 mentioned by Abul Fazel, at least 
 under that name in the Ayeen Ac- 
 berry. In A.D. lisoS the seat of 
 government was removed from Raje- 
 mal to the city of Dacca by the then 
 governor-general of Bengal, Islam 
 Khan, who, in compliment to the 
 reigning emperor, changed its name 
 to Jehangire Nuggur. Here he 
 built a i)alace and brick fort, some 
 remains of which are still to be 
 found. The transfer of the seat of 
 governmentwas probably occasioned 
 by the ravages then perpetrating in 
 the south-eastern quarter by the 
 Mughs of Aracan, and the Portu- 
 guese pirates under Sebastian Gon- 
 zales. In 1657 Meer Jumla, the 
 gi-eat general of Aurengzebe, pur- 
 sued the unfortunate Sultan Shujah 
 to this place, and again constituted 
 it the metropolis, the seat of govern- 
 ment having been for some years 
 previous transferred to Rajemal. 
 
 It is related that, during the se- 
 cond government of the Ticeroy 
 Shaista Khan, rice was so cheap at 
 Dacca, that 640 pounds might be 
 had in the market for one nipee. 
 To commemorate tliis event, as he 
 was leaving Dacca in 1689, he or- 
 dered the western gate to be built 
 up, and an inscription placed there- 
 on, forbidding any future governor to 
 open it until he had reduced the 
 price to as cheap a rate. In conse- 
 quence of this injunction it remained 
 shut until the government of Serfe- 
 raz Khan in 1739. 
 
 During the Mogul government the 
 naval establishment at Dacca con- 
 sisted of 768 armed cruizers, sta- 
 tioned principally in this district to 
 guard the southern coast from the 
 ravages of the Araeaners, and occa- 
 sionally to add splendour to religious 
 and other ceremonies. In this quar- 
 ter of Bengal the veneration of the 
 Hindoos for the tutelary deities of 
 their rivers and waters is extieme, 
 and their ceremonies in honour of 
 
DA MA UN. 
 
 327 
 
 them exlul)il a device (tf checrful- 
 ii(\ss and animation nnknown else- 
 mImic. TIk; (klii;Iit tlioy sn'in to 
 iTfcive from tlioir a<|uati(; iKnnis has 
 inllncMiccd (lie jMaiiomnK'ihjns, in 
 many lespccls, to imitate tht-m; tlje 
 lattor assig;ninj^ the supeiintcndance 
 of the Hoods to Khaujoh Klii/zcr, 
 snpi)oscd to be tlie proplict Elias. 
 For the support of the lleet the land 
 revennc of several districts was as- 
 signed, amounting to ah(jnt 30,000 
 rupees per month, bein;"- tlie expense 
 of the boats and their crews, of whom 
 nearly 1000 were cuuntry-born Por- 
 tuguese. Towards the end of the 
 17th centniy this city w;is the resi- 
 dence of Azim Ushaun, A urengzebe's 
 grandson, who conmiencedand near- 
 ly linished a magnificent and exten- 
 sive i)alacc, now in ruins. 
 
 Prior to 1790 Dacca possessed one 
 of these enormous and useless guns, 
 not uncommon in the Deccan and 
 south of India, It was made of 
 hammered iron, being an immense 
 tube of 14 bars, with rings driven 
 over them, and beaten down to a 
 smooth surface, so that its appear- 
 ance was very good, althongli its 
 proportions were faulty. From its 
 size this gun must have weighed 
 64,814 pounds, or about the v\'eight 
 of 1 1 32-pounders, 'I'he weight of 
 an iron shot for the gun must have 
 exceeded 400 pounds ; but the ex- 
 periment of discharging it was pro- 
 bably never tried. 
 
 The present town of Dacca stands 
 on a great deal oi' ground, and, in- 
 cluding the sulnubs, extends six 
 miles along the banks of the river ; 
 but its breadth is not in proportion. 
 Like other native towns, it is a mix- 
 ture of brick and thatch houses, with 
 very nanow and crooked streets. 
 'J^he latter description of houses being 
 of very combustible materials are 
 generally burned itnce, and some- 
 times twice, per annum; mid are 
 viewed, while burning, liy their own- 
 ers with an apathy truly Asiatic. 
 Into large earthen pots, sunk in the 
 lloor, they throw the few valuables 
 they possess; and mats, thatch, and 
 
 bamboos being plenty, the cxpcndi- 
 tme of a lew rupees replaces their 
 editiee in all its original splendour. 
 These tires generally originate with 
 the owners o[' the house-building 
 materials; and when a ll<'et of boats, 
 loaded with them, arrives, a eontla- 
 gratioji may be cKpected to ensure 
 a ready sale, Tiie city still conti- 
 nues very populous, allhongh it sul- 
 fercd considerably, a|)parently re- 
 mote as it is, by the French revolu- 
 tion, its beautiful fabrics having been 
 in great recpust at the old French 
 court. The number of inhabitants 
 may be estimated to exceed 150,000, 
 of whom more than one-half are of 
 the Mahommedan persuasion. 
 
 Dacca is the iiead-(piarters of the 
 court of circuit for the eastern divi- 
 sion of Bengal, m hich comprehends 
 the following districts, viz, 1. M3- 
 munsingh; 2. Silhet^ 3. Tipperah ; 
 4, Chittagong ; .5. Rackergunge; 6. 
 Dacca Jelalpoor; and 7. The city of 
 Dacca. 
 
 Travelling distance from Delhi 
 1107 miles. {Rennel, Stewart, J. 
 G'rant, oth Report, S'c.) 
 
 Dalmow. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of ( )Hde, situated on the N. E. 
 side of the Ganges, 47 miles from 
 Lucknow. Lat. 26°. 3'. N. Long. 
 81°. 3'. E. On the banks of the ri- 
 ver here are several handsome pago- 
 das and ghauts, and also a fort of 
 some extent, 'i'his was the birth- 
 place of Hajah Tickait lloy, and or- 
 namented by him. 
 
 Dalapiri. — (.)ne of the small Phi- 
 lil)pine Islands, about 30 miles in 
 circumference, lying ilue north from 
 the large island of l^uzon, or Luco- 
 nia. Lat. 1D°. 15'. N. Long, 121°. 
 20'. E. 
 
 Dam ARAN. — An island about 45 
 miles in circumlerencc, two leagues 
 distant from the Jshuid of l*alawan. 
 Lat. 10°. .5', \. Long. 110°. 50', E, 
 
 Damaun, — A sea-port in the pro- 
 vince of Aurungauad, 100 miles 
 north Iron) IJombay. Lat, 20°. 22'. 
 N, Long. 73°, 1', i:. 
 
 The Portuguese reduced this place 
 so carlv as 1531, and il still remains 
 
328 
 
 DARWAR. 
 
 in their possession. It makes a con- 
 spicuous figxiie from the sea, the 
 houses and churches being in gene- 
 ral white; but the commerce is now 
 much reduced. Ship-building, to a 
 considerable extent, is carried on 
 here, the teak forests being at no 
 great distance. In 1800 a ship, cop- 
 pered and equipped for sea in the 
 JEuropean style, cost about 141. ster- 
 ling per ton. The Windham, of 840 
 tons, was launched here in 1808. 
 The harbour is very commodious for 
 vessels of a small size, there being 
 nearly 17 feet water over the bar. 
 (Cox, Elmore, Malet, Bruce, ^-c.) 
 
 Dampier's Straits. — These straits 
 separate the Wageeoo Isles from the 
 Jslantl of Battanta, and have from 
 12 to 40 fathoms water through the 
 passage. 
 
 Damsong. — A town in Northern 
 Hindostan, in the province of Boo- 
 tan, situated on tlie east side of the 
 Teesta, or Yo Sanpoo River. Lat. 
 27°. 5'. N. Long. 8»°. 9'. E. 
 
 Dandar. — A district in the pro- 
 vince of Giijrat, situated about the 
 25th degree of north latitude. It 
 is occupied by independent native 
 chiefs, and is but little known to 
 Europeans, having been but imper- 
 fectly explored. 
 
 Daoud. — A town belonging to the 
 Maharattas, in the province of Mal- 
 wah, 85 miles W. from Oojain. Lat. 
 23°. -/. N. Long. 74°. 26'. E. 
 
 Daoudcaundy. — A small town in 
 the province of Bengal, district of 
 Tipperah, 25 miles S.E. from Tiacca. 
 Lat. 23°. 30'. N. Long. 93° 36'. E. 
 In the rainy season there is a passage 
 from Dacca toConiillah by this place, 
 on the River Goouipty. 
 
 Daoudnagur. — A town in the 
 province of Bahar, district of Baliar, 
 61 miles S. W. by S. from Patna. 
 Lat. 25°. 6'. N. Long. 84°. 27'. E. 
 
 Daranagur. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Delhi, .dtuated on the east 
 side of the Ganges, 68 miles N. E. 
 from Delhi. Lat. 29°. 16'. N. Long. 
 78°. 4'. E. 
 
 Daraporam, (Dhamapuram). — 
 A town situated on the River Ama- 
 
 rawati, in the province of South 
 Coimbetoor, 132 miles S. E. from 
 Seringapatara. Lat. 10°. 45'. N. 
 Long. 77°. 40'. E. At this place 
 there is a large mud fort ; and in the 
 vicinity are two fine canals, tliat wa- 
 ter much rice land, in a good state 
 of cultivation. The principal article . 
 cultivated is tobacco, and a crop of 
 grain is also procured afterwards 
 from the same ground. This place 
 was taken from Tippoo by the south- 
 ern army in June, 1783, but restored 
 to Tippoo at the peace of 1784. (i^. 
 Buchanan, Fullarton, ^e.) 
 
 Darmapooram, {Dharmap^iram, 
 the City of Justice). — A town in the 
 province of Banamahal, 103 E. by 
 S. from Seringapatam. Lat. 12°. 1 1'. 
 N. Long. 78°. 21'. E. 
 
 Darra, (Dhara). — A town in the 
 province of Bahar, district of Mong- 
 hir, 84 miles N. W. from Moorshe- 
 dabad. Lat. 24°. 43'. N. Long. 
 87°. 4'. E. 
 
 Darwar, (Dharvar). — A district 
 in the Nizam's dominions, in the pro- 
 vince of Auningabad, situated be- 
 tween the 18th and 19th degrees of 
 north latitude. The chief towns are 
 Darwar (named also Futteabad) and 
 Renapoor. 
 
 Darwar, {or Futteabad). — A town 
 in the province of Aurungabad, 85 
 miles south from the city of Aurun- 
 gabad, the capital of the abo\'e dis- 
 trict. Lat. 18°. 40'. N. Long. 76° 
 35'. E. 
 
 Darwar. — A fortified town, be- 
 longing to the Poonah INIaharattas, 
 in the province of Bejapoor, named 
 by the Mahommedans Nasserabad. 
 Lat. 15°. 36'. N. Long. 75°. E. 
 
 In 1784 Tippoo compelled the 
 MaJiaratJas to cede Darwar to him, 
 with other forts and districts, he 
 agreeing to pay tribute for them. 
 In 1790 it smrenilered to the Maha- 
 ratta army, under Purseram Bhow, 
 assisted by three battalions of Bom- 
 bay sepoys, who bore the whole brunt 
 of the siege, which lasted 29 weeks. 
 It is a veiy strong place, though not 
 a regular fortification; the ditches 
 are particularly good. The town i^ 
 
DECCAN. 
 
 321) 
 
 to the southward of the fort extend- 
 ing eastward, and inclosed hy a 
 weak wall and ditch. It was almost 
 destroyed during the sicp;e, and the 
 surrounding' country totally ilcvas- 
 tated by the jMaharaUas, piior to 
 which it was ricli and well ciilli- 
 vated. {Bloor, ^-c.) 
 
 Dauli River. — A river in North- 
 ern Hiudostan, in the province oF 
 Serinagur, which, after a short course, 
 joins the Alacauanda at \ishnu- 
 prayaga, one of the Hindoo holy 
 junctions. It is also named the Sati. 
 
 Davanagiri. — A town in the My- 
 sore province, district of Chittel- 
 droogh. Lat. 14°. 24'. N. Long. 76°. 
 2'. E. This is a place of consider- 
 able trade, containing above 500 
 houses, with a small mud fort in the 
 centre. The staple commodity of 
 the Chitteldroogh district consists of 
 a kind of blanket, called cumlies, 
 which in their fabric greatly resemble 
 English camlets. They are four 
 cubits broad, by 12 long, and form 
 a piece of dress whicii the natives of 
 Karnata almost universally wear. 
 'I'hey are not dyed, but are of the 
 natural colour of the wool, which, 
 in the fine unes, is almost always a 
 good black. The great excellence 
 of tiiese blankets is their power of 
 turning rain. 
 
 The chief trade of Davanagiri is 
 with Wallajahpetta, near Arcot. 
 The goods carried from hence are 
 betel mit and pepper, and the re- 
 turns are articles from Madras, im- 
 ported tiom Europe, China, Bengal, 
 and the Eastern Islands; together 
 with salt, and a few of the manu- 
 factures of the Coromandel Coast. 
 {F. Buchanan, Stc.) 
 
 Davis Isle. — A small island, one 
 of the Philipijines, about 40 miles in 
 circumference, situated about the 
 r24th degree of east longitude, close 
 to the Island of Bool. 
 
 Deargoun. — A district in the pro- 
 vince of Assam, famous for a temple 
 of Sadasin (Sedasiva). This is an 
 elevated country, on the banks of 
 one of the principal branches of the 
 Brahmapootra, {Wade, 5e.) 
 
 Debalpoor, (Devalaynpura). — A 
 small district in the province of 
 Mooltan, situated about the 3 1st 
 degree of north latitude. It is in- 
 tersected by the Beyah and Sutulejo 
 Fivers, being partly in the Doabeh 
 Barry, and pa'tly in the Doabeh 
 Jallinder. The chief town is De- 
 balpoor. In 1582 Abul I'azel de- 
 sciilies this district as follows : 
 
 " Sircar Debal|)Oor, containing 29 
 mahals; measurement, 1,443,767 
 becgahs; revenue, 129,334,153 dams. 
 Seyurghal, 2,079,170 dams. This 
 sircar furnishes 5210 cavalry, and 
 53,300 infanti-j ." 
 
 Debalpoor. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of INIooltan, 80 miles S. by 
 W. from Lahore, the capital of a 
 small district of the same name. 
 Lat. 30°. 43'. N. Long. 73°. 41'. E. 
 
 Deb Rawell. — A small town in 
 the province of Mooltan, 120 miles 
 S. by E. from the city of jNIooltan. 
 Lat. 2b°. 56'. N. Long. 71°. 46'. E. 
 
 Deccan, {Dakshina). — This term 
 means the South, and was fonnerly 
 applied, by Hindoo geographers, to 
 the w hole of those countries which 
 are situated to the south of the River 
 Nerbuddah; but the fixed posses- 
 sions of the Mahommedans having, 
 for many centuries after their inva- 
 sion of the Deccan, extended no 
 further south than the River Krish- 
 na, the name of Deccan came to 
 signify, in Hindostan, the countries 
 situated between those two rivers 
 only ; and such is the popular ac- 
 ceptation of its southern limit at the 
 present day. The countries to the 
 south of the Krishna may be de- 
 scribed under the appellation of the 
 South of India; for though along 
 with the Deccan, it has been im- 
 properly termed a peninsula, an 
 equal-sided triangle nnich more re- 
 sembles their figure. 
 
 When Aurengzebe liad completed 
 the conquest of the Deccan, in 1690, 
 it was subdix ided into six soubahs 
 or viceroy allies; viz. 
 
 1. Khandcsh, (capital) Boorhan- 
 poor. 
 
 2. Auruugabad, or Almiedniig- 
 
330 ^ DECCAN. 
 
 gur, lately the capital of the Nizam 
 Shahee dynasty. 
 
 3. Beder, or Kalbergjah, the an- 
 cient capital of the Bhanienee sul- 
 tans. 
 
 4. Hyderabad, including Nandere, 
 the seat of the late Golcondah or 
 Kootuhshahee dynasty. 
 
 5. Bejapoor, the capital of the 
 Adil Shahy dynasty. 
 
 6. The province of Berar. 
 In these extensive regions the 
 
 chief part of tlie i)opxdation is Hin- 
 doo, especially of those provinces 
 which are under the Maharatta go- 
 venunent. There is a considerable 
 Mahomniedan population under the 
 dominion of the Nizam, but those 
 who arc cultivators have nearly 
 adopted all the manners and customs 
 of the Hindoos. Not only the prin- 
 cipal towns and cities, but many of 
 the larger description of villages, are 
 as abundantly supplied witli Eu- 
 ropean majiufactures of every sort 
 as the natives require. They are 
 provided by a race of men who pur- 
 chase these commodities at Bombay, 
 and retail them all over the Deccan. 
 They consist generally of woollens, 
 English chintzes, knives, scissars, 
 razors, spectacles, looking glasses, 
 small prints, and difi'crent sorts of 
 hardware. But the great mass of 
 the population have not the means, 
 even if they had the wish, of pur- 
 chasing any considerable proportion 
 of European goods. Any sui-plus 
 that remains, after the supply of 
 their immeiiiate necessities, is al- 
 ways expended in their festivals, 
 mairiages, and religious ceremo- 
 nies. 
 
 The Deccan is mentioned, by the 
 author of the Circumnavigation of 
 the Erytlirean Sea, as one of the di- 
 visions of the Indian Continent. 
 His words are, " From Barygaza 
 (supposed to be Broach, or Brign- 
 goslia) the continent stretches to 
 the south; hence that district is 
 called Dachinabades, for, in the lan- 
 guage of the country, the south is 
 <;>!!<'d Dachaiios." 
 
 The lirst independent sovereign 
 
 of the Deccan was Sultan Alia ad 
 Deen Houssun Kangoh Bhamenee, 
 A. D. 1437, whose capital was Kal- 
 bergah. He died A. D. 1357, and 
 was succeeded by 
 
 Mahommed Shah Bhamenee, who 
 died A. D. 1374. This was the fust 
 Mahommedan prince on record who 
 employed a tiain of artillery in tlie 
 Deccany wars, worked by Turks 
 and Europeans. 
 
 Mujahid Shah Bhamenee, assas- 
 sinated in 1377. This monarch pe- 
 netrated to Ramisseram, in the 
 Straits of Ceylon, but did not re- 
 tain permanent possession of the 
 country he had overrun. 
 
 Daoud Shah Bhamenee, assassi- 
 nated in 1378. 
 
 Mahmood Bhamenee diedin 1396. 
 
 Gheas ud Deen Bhamenee de- 
 throned and blinded in 1396. 
 
 Shums ud Deen Bhamenee de- 
 throned and blinded in 1396. 
 
 Feroze Roze Afzoon Bhamenee 
 dethroned by his brother, who suc- 
 ceeded him in 1422. 
 
 Ahmed Shah Wallee Bhamenee 
 died 1434. 
 
 Allah ud Deen the Second died 
 1467. 
 
 Humayoon Shah Bhamenee died 
 in 1460. 
 
 Nizam Shall Bhamenee died in 
 1462. 
 
 IMahommed Shah Bhamenee died 
 in 1482. 
 
 Mahmood Shah Bhamenee died 
 in 1518, in confinement, and with 
 him terminated the Bhamenee dy- 
 nasty, although several other pageant 
 monarchs of that family were placed 
 on the throne. On the dissolution 
 of this empire, the Deccan was sub- 
 divided into the tbllowing kingdoms, 
 which will be found described under 
 their respective heads ; viz. 
 
 The Bejapoor, or Adil Shahee. 
 
 The Golcondah, or Kootub Shahee. 
 
 The Berar, or Ummaud Shahee. 
 
 The Ahmednuggur, or Nizam 
 Shahee. 
 
 The Beeder, or Bereed Shahee. 
 
 Aurengzcbc, while viceroy of the 
 Deccan under his fatlier. Shah Je- 
 
DEHINDAH. 
 
 331 
 
 hail, greatly cmlailcd the tenitories 
 of (Ik; rcniainiiijj Patau princes of 
 the Dcccaii, and aflcr lie ascended 
 the throne, ho suitdiicd the whole ; 
 •when his wars with the !\laharattas, 
 then springinsj; inlo nolicc, coni- 
 meneed, and gave him i'ldi occupa- 
 tion for the rest of his lif<'. IJis per- 
 severance was so gi< at, that towards 
 the conclusion of his nis^n, haAiiig 
 taken most of the Maliarafta for- 
 tresses, they were left without any 
 resource but plunder, but their num- 
 bers continued to increase. Many 
 of the powerful and disaffected ze- 
 mindars joined them, so that their 
 predatory forces were estimated at 
 100,000 horse. At the same time, 
 in spite of Aurengzcbe's vigilance 
 and habits of business, the Mogul 
 army began to fall olf, both in spirit 
 and discipline. The imperial no- 
 bility, deprived of the revenue of 
 their jaghires by the Maharatta de- 
 vastations, had recourse to false 
 musters, and did not keep up half 
 their complement of men and horses. 
 Owing to this, detachments could 
 not be dispersed in pursuit of the 
 marauders; and the grand army, 
 being constantly employc^d in sieges, 
 left the Maharattas at liberty to 
 plunder without molestation. Ry 
 their incessant activity they stopped 
 every communication of supply to 
 the imperial camp, where numbers 
 peiished by famine ; they even ol- 
 fered up mock prayers for the long 
 life of Aurengzcbe, whose mode of 
 making war so highly iavoured their 
 depredations. In addition to this, 
 the imjterial troops were tired out 
 witli a constant campaign of above 
 20 years, and grew disgusted and 
 remiss in their dut}'. Such was the 
 state of the Deccany jtroviiices to- 
 wards the conclusion of the long and 
 able reign of Aurengzcbe ; and from 
 it the diHiculties of his successors 
 may be anticipated. It is asserted 
 by Mahommcdan authors, thatZul- 
 fiear Khan, one of Aurengzebe's 
 best generals, during six months, 
 had \i) actions with the Maharattas, 
 and pursued them, from place to 
 
 place, above 6000 miles, in marches 
 and countermarches. In the year 
 1717 jNizam ul Muliick obtained 
 possession of what remained of Ihe 
 Mogid con(piests in the Deccan, 
 which, from that period, vutually 
 ceased to liirm part of the empire. 
 {Scott, Si/denhain, Withs, FerishtUf 
 
 DiiCKNALL, {Dachshinalaya, the 
 Southern Residence). — A town in the 
 province of Cuttaek, 38 miles N. 
 N. VV. from the town of Cuttaek. 
 Lai. 21. 1'. N. Long. 85°. 55'. E. 
 
 Dkcla, (Digala). — A town on the 
 Coast of JNIalabar, 30 miles south 
 from Mangalore, near to whicli are 
 the ruins of an extensive w all. Lat. 
 12°. 26'. N. Long. 75°. 6'. L. 
 
 Dectan. — A town in the IMaha- 
 ratta temtories, in tlie province of 
 Malwah, situated among the Yin- 
 daya Mountains, 28 miles south from 
 Oojain. Lat. 22°. 49'. N. Long. 75°. 
 40'. E. 
 
 Deeg. — A fortified town in the 
 province of Agra, 44 miles N. N. W. 
 from the city of Agra. Lat. 27°. 30'. 
 N. Long. 77°. 17'. E. 
 
 In 1760 this place was possessed 
 and strongly fortified by Sooraj 
 Mull, the Rajah of the Jauts ; but, 
 in 1776, it was taken from that tribe 
 by Niijufl' Khan, after a siege of 12 
 montjis. It again became subject 
 to tlie Jaut Rajah of Ehintpoor. In 
 1805 Lord Lake attacked IJolkar's 
 army, which was eueampcd under 
 tlie walls of Deeg, and defeated it 
 with great slaughter. This battle 
 proved fatal to llolkar's regular in- 
 fantry and artillery ; and the action 
 at Futtygluu- broke the spirit of his 
 cavalry. Deeg was sul)seqnentiy 
 surrendered to the Erifish arms, af- 
 ter a short and vigorous siege; and 
 at the peace, which was afterwards 
 concluded with the Eliurtpoor Ra- 
 jah, he agreed to cede this fortress 
 to the British, vv ho sul)S(.(|nenlly re- 
 stored it to him, {Malcolm, Franh- 
 lin, ^'c.) 
 
 Dehinpah. — A town in the Ni- 
 zam's territories, in the |)roviiice of 
 Berur, 40 miles S. A\ . from Jiliich- 
 
33: 
 
 DELHI. 
 
 })oor. Lat. 20°. 53'. N. Long. 77°. 
 47'. E. 
 
 Dehmoi. — A small clear stream 
 v> '..h a giavolly brd in the Gujiat Pc- 
 uiiisula, which rises in ihe hilly near 
 Wankancer, and flows past 'I'an- 
 cared and Aniram to Jooria, near to 
 which it lalls into the Rim. 
 
 Delaouu. — A town belonging to 
 the ]M;ihi;rattas. in the province of 
 ]\rahvah, 24 miles 'S. tioin Kopal. 
 Lat. 23'^. 36'. N. Long. 77°. 2G'. K. 
 
 Delft Isle. — A small island oft" 
 the N. W. coast {A' Ccvlou. Lat. 9°. 
 35'. N. Long. 79^. 46'. E. In length 
 it may be estimated at seven miles, 
 b\ three and a half the average 
 breadth. This island is snbordinale 
 to the district of Jaftiiapatam, and 
 affords good pasturage for breeding 
 horses. 
 
 DELHI, ^DilU;. 
 
 A large province in Hindostan, 
 situated principally between the 28th 
 and 31st degrees of north latitude. 
 It is bounded on the north by La- 
 hore, and several districts in North- 
 ern Hindostan, such as IJc^seer, 
 Dewarcole, and Serinagur; to the 
 south by Agra and Ajmeer; to (he 
 east it has Oude, and various ridges 
 of high hills, v\ hich separate it from 
 iS'ortheru Hindostan; and to the 
 west Ajmeer and Lahore. In length 
 it may be estimated at 240 miles, by 
 ]80 tiie average breadth. In 1582 
 Abul Fazel describes it as follows : 
 
 " The Soobah of Delhi is in the 
 third climate. The length, from 
 Pnlwnl to Lndehauneh,on the I>anks 
 of the Snluleje, is 16.5 coss; and the 
 breadth, from iSircar Revvary to tl)e 
 mountains of Kemanon, is 140 coss ; 
 and again, from Hissar to IvliNzha- 
 bad it is 130 coss broad. On the 
 eat lies Agra; on tl)e north-east 
 ([uartcr is Khyrabad, in the pio- 
 vince of Onde; to the north are 
 mountains ; on the south, the bomida- 
 ries are Agra and Ajmeer, and Lnde- 
 hiujneh confines it on the west, 'i'lie 
 princijiai rivers are the (Ganges ami 
 thi; .hiinna, both of which liiive their 
 
 sources in this Soobah, and there 
 are also many lesser streams. The 
 climate is very temperate. Most of 
 the lands are innndated during the 
 periodica] rains, and some places 
 ])rodnce three harvests in the year. 
 The rhinoceros is frequently hunted 
 in Sircar Scmbhel. 
 
 This Soobah contains eiglit sir- 
 cars, viz. 1. Delhi ; 2. Budayoon ; 
 8. Keniaun ; 4. Sembhel ; 5. Seha- 
 runpoor ; 6. Rewary ; 7. Hissar Fe- 
 rozeh; 8. Sirliind. These sircars 
 are subdivided into 232 pergunnahs ; 
 the measured lands are 28,540,816 
 beegahs. The amount of the re- 
 venue 601,615,555 dams, out of 
 which 33.075,739 are seynrghal. 
 
 In the above description are more 
 inaccuracies than in most others by 
 Abul Fazel, which is remarkable, 
 considering the centrical situation of 
 the Delhi province, and that it con- 
 tained the capital of the empire. 
 
 The western quarter of this pro- 
 vince, especially the country named 
 the Hurrianah, siiflers gieatly for 
 want of water in the hot season ; 
 when it can only be procured from 
 wells, which the inhabitants are 
 obliged to dig from 120 to 150 feet 
 deep. Dining the rainy season, the 
 Cauggar River overflows part of the 
 Hurrianeh; alter which the pastu- 
 rage is excellent, and the country 
 tolerably health)', until the desert to 
 the westward becomes heated. In 
 the latitude of Anopshcr between 
 tlie Jumna and Ganges, this province 
 displays a naked sterility, which is 
 seldom interruj)ted by the interven- 
 tion of either trees or cultivation ; 
 having been for more than a century 
 past plundered and devastated by 
 every victorious faction. In the 
 territory between the Jumna and 
 Satuleje mango trees are numerous, 
 and the soil produces wheat, barley, 
 gram, and other grains ; but, on ac- 
 count of the intestine feuds, is but 
 little cultivated. This part of the 
 provineii^ uncommonly dry, and 
 inigaticM^s necessary to insure a 
 crop; yet wells are only seen near 
 towns and vi]la::es. Water is found 
 
DELHI. 
 
 33,'J 
 
 at a depth of from 10 to lo cubits 
 below the snrraco. I'eiozo Hit; 3d 
 ill A. D. 13')8, made a can;'.! from 
 llieSiituleje to tlio .Tedjor, KX) miles 
 ill l«'n;ith ; and cut maiiy oilier ca- 
 nals and water-courses, whieii have 
 been long choked uj) and useless. 
 
 At present (ISH), this pidvince is 
 paiiitionctl in llie followin-; manner: 
 All to the east of the Junma, with 
 a district round the city of Delhi, 
 and a considerable porlion of the 
 north-eastern quarter are possessed 
 l»v tiie British, and "overned by a, 
 re2;tilar civil estabiisiunent. 
 
 The south-west is occupied by the 
 ]\Iachcry Rajah of vMvar, the Kajah 
 of Bhurtpoor, and other naiive chiefs, 
 who are in aliiaiue v\ilh, or under 
 tlto influence of ihc British t;oveni- 
 juent. 
 
 The coiinti-y to the X. W. of the 
 Jumna, and south of the Sutulejce is 
 oecui;ied by a number of petty Seik 
 chief, and otiier native ]irinces, in 
 dependence on the British, who 
 ibrni a bairier to their territories in 
 liiis quarter ; in addition to which 
 there is always a detachment of 
 troops stationed at l>udchaiiiich on 
 I he Sutiileje. 
 
 Thewest(tr:i iVontier has a natmal 
 protection from the immense extent 
 of desert and sterile territory, by 
 which it is bounded. 
 
 Except in the count ly posses.sed 
 
 bv the Conij)a!!y, t!ie inhabitants 
 
 still continue to eavry on internal 
 
 warfare; to whi<h tliey have been 
 
 so tiviv^ accustomed, that tiiey are 
 
 extremely expert in the use of arms, 
 
 particularly the lance, sabre, and 
 
 matchlock. The principal towns 
 
 are Delhi, Sirhiiul. Saharunpoor, 
 
 Huriely, Auopshehr. Meerat, Missar, 
 
 "<eerdIiuna,Pat{;alali, and Ibidayoon, 
 
 The inhabitaiits are a handsome ro- 
 
 liUbt race of men. and are a mixture 
 
 . of Hindoos, iMahommedans, and 
 
 ' Seiks ; the latter religion, beiui!; very 
 
 prevalent in the norlhein di.stiiets. 
 
 Ill ]>oint of pojiulalicn, the Delhi 
 
 province is greatly inferior to the 
 
 * '^)mpany's best cultivated territories, 
 
 -ucli as Beii<;al. Bahar. or lanjore. 
 
 in the southern Cai natie ; but, that 
 ))artof it under tin; Company's juris- 
 «liction, may be expected rapidly to 
 improve, as it has now enjoyed- a 
 tranquillity of nearly 10 years. 'I'ln- 
 present population of the whole pro- 
 vince probably <loes not exeeei! 
 live millions. {Abul Fazil, I'houias. 
 Wth Register, Tcnnant, ifc.) 
 
 DELHI. 
 
 A city in Ilindoslan, tlie capital 
 of the Delhi province, and formerly 
 of the Patau and iMogul empires, 
 liat. 2>S°. 43'. N. Long. 77°. t>'. E. 
 
 During the splendid era of Delhi, 
 according to popular tradition, it 
 covered a >'.pace of '20 miles; and tli(? 
 ruins at jiresent occupy nearly as 
 great a sjiaee. In the year 1G31, 
 the Emperor Shah Jelian fountled 
 the city of Xevv Delhi, on the west 
 bank of the Jninna, which he named 
 .Shahjehanabad. It is about seven 
 miles in circumference, and is sur- 
 rounded on three .sides by a wall of 
 brick and stone, but without artil- 
 lery. 1 he city has seven gates, viz. 
 Lahore Gate, Ajmeer Gate, Turko- 
 man Gate, Delhi (Jate, Mohur Gate, 
 C'abul Gate, and Cashmere Gate; all 
 of v\hich are built of free stone. 
 Near the Ajmeer Gate is amadrissa 
 or college of great extent, built by 
 Ghazi ud Deon, the nephew of Ni- 
 zam nl Muluc; but it is now shut 
 up, and without inhal)i<auts. 
 
 W ithin the city of .Shahjehanabad, 
 or New Delhi, are the remains of 
 many splendid palaces, belonging 
 to the great Omrahs of the empire. 
 Among the largest, are those ol 
 Kummer ud Deen Khan, Ali .\I< r- 
 dan Khan, Ghazi ud D<(Ji Khan, 
 and Sefdar Jung, 'j'lx'ie are also 
 the garden of Coodseah Begum, 
 mother to ■Mahommed Shah ; the 
 palace of Saadet Khan, and that of' 
 Sultan Darah Shekoli. Thev are 
 all surrounded with high walls, ami 
 take up a considerable space of 
 ground ; as they comprehend gar- 
 dens, baths, stables tor ail sorts nl 
 
334 
 
 DELHI. 
 
 animals, and music galleries, besides 
 an extensive seraglio. 
 
 Ill this quaitl?r of Delhi are many 
 very tine mosques still in good re- 
 pair, the chief of which is the Jama 
 Mnsjid, or great cathedral ; which 
 was begun by Shahjehan, in the 
 fourth year of his rtign, and com- 
 pleted in the 10th ; the expenditure 
 amounted to 10 lacks of rupees. 
 Not far from the palace is the 
 mosque of Roshnn ud Dowlali, where 
 in 1739 Nadir Shah sat, and saw the 
 massacre of the unfortunate inhabit- 
 ants of Delhi ; since which period, 
 this ])art of tlie town has been but 
 thinly inlialiited. Besides these 
 there are forty other mosques, but 
 of an inferior size. 
 
 The modern city of Dellii con- 
 tains many good houses, mostly of 
 brick. The streets are in general 
 naiTOW, with the exception of two ; 
 the first leading from the palace to 
 the Delhi Gate, Mhiek is broad and 
 spacious, and had formerly an acque- 
 duct along its whole extent; the 
 second, fiom the palace to the La- 
 hore Gate. 
 
 The bazars of Delhi are but iu- 
 difterently furnished, and the popu- 
 lation of the city miserably reduced 
 since the end of Aurengzebe's reign; 
 when it is said to have contained 
 two millions of inhabitants, an esti- 
 mate probably much exaggerated. 
 The Chandery Choke is the best 
 furnished bazar, but the commerce 
 is trifling. Cotton cloths and indigo, 
 are still manufactured in the town 
 and neighbourhood. The chief im- 
 ports are by the northern caravans, 
 which anive annually, and bring 
 from Cashmere and Cabul shawls, 
 fruit, and horses. Precious stones 
 of a good quality are to be had at 
 Delhi, particularly the large red and 
 black cornelian and peerozas ; bee- 
 dree hookah bottoms are also manu- 
 factured here. The cultivation in 
 the neighbourhood is princi[)ally on 
 the banks of the Jumna, where 
 corn, rice, millet, and indigo, are 
 raised. 
 
 The city is partitioned into 36 
 
 divisions, each named after a parti- 
 cular nobleman who resides there, 
 or from some local circumstance. 
 The modern Delhi, is principally 
 built on two rocky eminences. The 
 palace was erected by tlie Emperor 
 Shahjehan. It is situated on the 
 west bank of the Jumna, and is sur- 
 rounded on three sides by a Mall of 
 red stone, the circumference of the 
 whole being aljout one mile. Ad- 
 joining to it is the fortress of Selim- 
 gliur, now in ruins. I'he observa- 
 tory is in the vicinity of Delhi, and 
 was built in the third year of Ma- 
 hommed Shah, by Rajah Jeysingh, 
 but has since been repeatedly plun- 
 dered. 
 
 The gardens of Shalimar were 
 made by the Emperor Shahjehan, 
 and are said to have cost one mil- 
 lion sterling; but, like his other 
 works, are now in ruins. They ap- 
 pear to have occupied about one 
 mile in circumference, and were 
 surrounded by a high brick wall. 
 The prospect to the southward of 
 Shalimar, as far as the eye can 
 reach, is covered with the remains 
 of extensive gardens, pavilions, 
 mosques, and sepulchres ; all deso- 
 late, and in rains. 
 
 During the reign of Jehangeer, 
 Ali Merdan Khan brought a canal 
 from the Jumna, where that river 
 approaches Carnaul, to Delhi, a dis- 
 tance of more than one hundred 
 miles ; which continued in existence 
 until after the period of the Persian 
 and Afghan invasions, but was sub- 
 sequently wholly choked up. In 
 the suburbs of Mogul Parah this 
 canal extended three miles in length, 
 and had small bridges erected over 
 it, at difi'erent places. In 1810 the 
 British government had workmen 
 employed in cleansing and repair- 
 ing tliis canal. 
 
 Rajahs of Delhi or Indraput are 
 mentioned by the Mahommedan 
 historians so early as A. D. 1008, 
 and, in 1011, the city M^as taken and 
 plundered by Sultan Mahmood of 
 Ghizni, but it was restored to the 
 rajah as a tributary. 
 
DELHI. 
 
 336 
 
 1 193, A. D. Cultiib ud Deen, fhe 
 slave of Mahommi'd Gauri, look pos- 
 session of Delhi from llie Hindoo 
 princes, and commenced the series 
 of Afafiian sovereigns, wliieh reigned 
 until the invasion of Baber, tlie 
 great grandson of Tiniour. Ciitlah 
 nd Deen continued sulijccl to the 
 Gauridc sovereigns of North-wes- 
 tern India, nntil the destruction of 
 that dynasty by Gengis Klian. 
 
 A. D. 
 
 1210 Tajo ud Deen ascended the 
 
 throne. 
 1210 Aram Shah. 
 1210 Shums ud Deen Altumsh. 
 1235 Teroze Shall. 
 1235 Mallekeh Doran, Sultana Ke- 
 
 ziah. 
 1239 Bvram Shah. 
 1242 Allah ud Deen, INIassud Shah. 
 1244 Nassir ud Deen. 
 1265 Yeaz ud Deen Balin. 
 1286 Kaieobad. 
 1289 Feroze Shah Khiljee. 
 1295 Sceunder Sani. 
 
 1316 Shaheb ud Deen Omar. 
 
 1317 Mubarie Shah. 
 1321 Tughlik Shah. 
 1324 Sultan Mahommed. 
 1351 Tcroze Shah the Second. 
 1289 Abubecre Shah. 
 
 1393 Nassir ud Deen, TNIahmood 
 Shah. Timour in 1398 cross- 
 ed the Indus, .and took and 
 pillaged Delhi during the 
 reign of this prince ; with 
 whom, in 1413, ended the d)- 
 nasty of Afghan princes of 
 the tribe of Khiijce. {Timour 
 died A. D. 1405, in his 71st 
 year.) 
 
 1413 liowlet Khan Lodi. 
 
 1414 Kliizer Khan. 
 1421 Mobaric Shah. 
 
 1433 Mahonnned Shah the Second. 
 
 1446 Alia ud Deen the Second. 
 
 1450 Bcloli Lodi. Dining this and 
 the preceding reigns Hin- 
 dostan was divided into sepa- 
 rate states ; for in tiie Dccean, 
 Gujrat, -Malwali, Jionpoor, 
 and Bengal.there were ))rinccs 
 who assumed the style and 
 
 dignity of kings. The dis- 
 tricts also in the immediate 
 vicinity of Dcllii wen; oc- 
 cu[)ied by dillerent chiefs, 
 who scarcely even in appear- 
 ance acknowledged the su- 
 premacy of the Delhi sove- 
 reign. 
 1488 Seciuider Ben liOdi. 
 1516 Ibrahim Lodi. In 1525 this 
 prince was defeated by Sul- 
 tan Baber, who tiic same 
 year took possession of Delhi, 
 and founded the Mogul dy- 
 nasty. 
 1525 Sultan Baber. 
 1.530 Humayoon. 
 
 1556 Jellalud Deen Alahommcd Ac- 
 ber. This ])rincc was born at 
 Amerkote in 1542, proclaim- 
 ed emperor in 1.556, and died 
 at Agia in 1605. He was 
 the greatest of all the Mo- 
 gul or Pattan sovereigns. His 
 Vizier, AIjuI Fazel, was mur- 
 dered bj' some banditti, in 
 the 47th year of his age. 
 1605 Jehangcer. 
 1628 Shah Jehan. 
 
 1658 Aurengzebe died the 21st 
 Febmary, 1707. 
 Shah AUum the First, his eldest 
 son, died by poison in 1712. 
 
 Jehauudar Shah dethroned and 
 killed in 1712. 
 
 Ferokhsere assassinated in 1719. 
 Rulfeh ul Dujant, a child, died in 
 1719, reigned four months, 
 
 Rulfeh ud Dowlah, a child, died 
 in 1720, reigned three months. 
 Mahonnned Shah died in 1747. 
 In 1735 the Maharaltas had made 
 such progress that they bmiied the 
 suburbs of Delhi. Nadir Shah en- 
 tered Delhi on thc91h March, 1739, 
 and on the 14th Ajiril began his re- 
 treat, having collected inunense 
 pinndir. 
 
 Mahonnned Shah was succeeded 
 by Ahmed Shah, who, in 1753, was 
 deposed and bhnded. 
 
 Alunigeer the Second was assas- 
 sinated in 1756, in which year Ah- 
 med Shah Abdelli first entered Delhi. 
 Shah Jehaun dethroned 1760. 
 
336 
 
 DEODHUR. 
 
 Shah Alhim the Second, 1761. 
 [Je left the proteclion of (he British 
 at Allahabad, and entered Delhi in 
 1771. In 1788 he was blinded with 
 a dagger by Gholaum Kaudir, the 
 Rohillah, wlio tortured, starved to 
 death, and massacred, many of the 
 royal family. A few months after- 
 wards he was put to death with tor- 
 tures by Madbniec Sindia. This city 
 continued subject to the Sindia fa- 
 mily from about 1770 until 1803, 
 when General Lake, having defeated 
 the army of Dowlet Row Sindia on 
 the 11th Sept. within six miles of 
 ]3tlhi, entered it next day. I'rom 
 this period the city of Delhi has, in 
 reality, been suljject to the Britisli 
 government, altliough nominally ,with 
 a tract of country round it, under 
 the authority of the Mogul. 
 
 Shah Allum, the blind Emperor 
 of Delhi, departed this life in Dec. 
 1806, after a long and disastrous 
 reign of 44 years. His son Acber 
 was, on the same day, placed on the 
 throne. The tranquilhty which pre- 
 vailed in the city on his accession 
 was unexampled at the commence- 
 ment of any prior reign, which Iiad 
 been invariably marked with tu- 
 mults, commotions, and bloodslied. 
 In 1807 he signified to the British 
 government his wish to nominate 
 ins third son, Wulli Ahud, as his 
 successor, which met with a decided 
 refusal ; and the resident at his court 
 was instructed to explain to his ma- 
 jesty the impolicy of appointing any 
 other of his sons to the exclusion of 
 the eldest, Abul Suffer. 
 
 Since the above period the tran- 
 quillity of this great and ancient 
 city has suffered no intermption. The 
 native chiefs, for whom a liberal al- 
 lowance has been made by govern- 
 ment, appear to be sensible of its 
 strong claims on their gratitude, and 
 the community at large to perceive 
 the advantages of security of person 
 and property, and the impartial ad- 
 ministration of justice which they 
 now enjoy, contra;>ted with the an- 
 archy and constant scenes -of blood- 
 shed whicli marked the rapacious 
 
 dominion of the IMaharattas. Cul- 
 tivation i.s daily on the increase, 
 breaches of the peace seldom oc- 
 cur, and murder is hardly ever com- 
 mitted. Within the city the value 
 of property of every description, but 
 more especially of houses and lands, 
 has moie than doubled, when com- 
 pared with its worth during former 
 governments. 
 
 Travelling distance from Calcutta 
 by Birbhoom 976 miles. {Franhlm, 
 Gladwin, Ferishta, Maurice, Rennel, 
 MSS. 5th Repm-t, Scott, <yc.) 
 
 Dellamcotta. — A fortress in 
 Northern Hindostan, in the province 
 of Bootan. Lat. 26°. 59'. N. Long. 
 88°. 32'. E. This fortress, which 
 commands the principal pass into 
 Bootan, was taken by storm, in 
 1773, by a detachment under the 
 command of Captain John Jones. 
 The fame of this exploit greatly 
 al;irmed the Thibelians. It was 
 afterwards restored to the Booteas. 
 
 DiiNAicoTT, — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Coimbetoor, 72 miles S. by 
 E. from Seringapatam. Lat. 11°. 28'. 
 N. Long. 77°. 11'. E. 
 
 Deodhur. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Gujrat, near the western 
 boundary, and on the road from 
 Therah to Theraud. 
 
 This place contains about 1000 
 houses, the greatest part of which 
 are inhabited by Rajpoots and Coo- 
 lees. There are few koonbees, or 
 cultivators, so that the land lies 
 waste, and the inhabitants subsist 
 mostly by plundering their miserable 
 neighbours. There is here a small 
 ghurree, or fort, about 150 jards 
 stjuare ; and the whole town is sur- 
 rounded by a ditch 15 feet deep, but 
 passable in many places. The jungle 
 comes close up to the town, and 
 there is a great deticiency of water. 
 
 Deodhur is the property of a Wa- 
 gilla Rajpoot, who resides in it. His 
 family formerly possessed the adja- 
 cent country, at which period the 
 ("ipital Avas Bheelree, 16 miles from 
 this place, and still said to exhibit 
 magnificent ruins. Bheelree Iiad250 
 villages subject to it; but, at present, 
 
DEVAPRAYAGA. 
 
 337 
 
 thric are only eight suliordiiiatc lo 
 JJeodhiir. 'I'lie present rajali is nam- 
 ed Ptxtnjajce, and is a notorious 
 marauder and robber. (M^Murdo, 
 
 Deouiiiu, or Deoghur. — See 
 
 DoWLET VBAD. 
 
 Deo<H'R. (Dcvagftar, the Fort of 
 the Guds.) — A town in the province 
 of ]jahar, 105 miles A\ . N. \\ . I'roni 
 Mo(.rsbe(labad. Lat. 24°. 30'. N. 
 Long. 8(.°. 40'. i:. 
 
 At this plaee multitudes of pil- 
 pims arc seen carrjing the wafer of 
 the Ganges to the western side of 
 India. It is transported in large 
 flasks, or bottles, of nearly live quarts 
 eaeh, suspended at the end of a 
 bamboo which rests on their shoul- 
 ders. A consideiable trade in this 
 article is carried on, notwithstand- 
 ing the distance. (Hodges, Sc.) 
 
 Deonella, or Ueonhdlly. — A 
 town in the Rajah of Mysore's ter- 
 ritories, 23 miles N. by E. from Ban- 
 caloor. Lat. 13°. 15'. N. Long. 77° 
 54'. E. 
 
 Near to this town is a sect, a 
 3ididivisi«n of the Mn.rresoo Wocul 
 caste, every woman of w hieh, pre- 
 Tions to ]>icreiug the ears of her 
 eldest daughter, preparatory lo her 
 being betrotiicd in nianiage, must 
 nndergo the amputation of the fii-st 
 joints of the third and fourth lingers 
 of their right hand. 'I'hc amputation 
 is performed by the blacksmitii of 
 tjje village, who, having placed the 
 finger on a block, with a chizel per- 
 forms the operation. 
 
 If the girl to be betrothr^d be 
 motherless, and the mother of the 
 boy have not before been subjected 
 to the amputation, it is incumbent 
 on her to sulfer liic o|)cralion. In 
 three districts this taste; occui)y 
 above 2000 houses, and tor the ori- 
 ginal cause of this strange ceremony 
 they relate a long legendary tale. 
 {F. Buchanan, Vc.) 
 
 Deopoor, {Dfvapura). — A town 
 in the province of Jiahar, district of 
 Monghir, 40 miles W. bv S. from 
 Moorshedabad. Lat. 24*='. 4'. N. 
 Long. «6°. 33. E. 
 
 Di-.osiR, (Dexmsaras). — A small 
 district in the province of Cashmere, 
 cntending along the north side of 
 the Jellnm, or t'ollnnnah, between 
 the 34tli and 35th degrees of north 
 latitude. 
 
 DlRAH ISHMEAL KhAN. — A tOWIl 
 
 in the Afghan territories, on the west 
 side of the Indus, 74 miles N. N. W. 
 from Mooltan. Lat. 31°. 35'. N. 
 Long. 70°. 50. E. The embassy to 
 Cabnl, in 1809, halted here lor se- 
 veral weeks. 
 
 Derriah Khan. — A town in the 
 province of Lahore, situated on the 
 east side of tiie Indus, 73 miles N. 
 l)y W. from Mooltan. Lat. 31°. 30'. 
 N. Long. 71°. 2'. E. It is tributary 
 to the Cabul sovereignty. 
 
 Desrara, {Desamra). — A town 
 in the province of Gujrat, 23 miles 
 W. by N. from Broach. Lat. 21° 
 44'. N. Long. 72°. 44'. E. 
 
 Deucar, (Devacar). — A district in 
 NortheiM Ilindostan, situated about 
 the 28th degree of north latitude, 
 and bounded on the south by tho 
 province of Oude. It is tributaiy 
 to the Goorkhali Rajah of Nepaul. 
 
 Deucar. — A town in Northern 
 Hindostan, tin; capital of a small 
 district of the same name, and tri- 
 butary to Nepaul. Lat. 28°. 9'. N. 
 Long. 82°. 10'. E. 
 
 Devaprayaga, {the Union of the 
 Gods). — A town in Northern Ilin- 
 dostan, in the province of Serinagur, 
 situated at the contluence of the 
 Bhagirathi and Alacananda Rivers. 
 Lat. .30°. 9'. N. Long. 78°. 31'. E. 
 
 The Alacananda, before its junc- 
 tion, is, in width and depth, the most 
 considerable stream, being 142 feet 
 in breadth ; and, in the rainy season, 
 it rises 46 or 47 feet above the low 
 water level. The breadth of the 
 Bhagirathi is 112 feet, and it is said 
 to rise 40 feet during the rains. The 
 union of these streams forms tho 
 Ganges, the bnntdlii of v^iiich is 80 
 yards immediately below the Junc- 
 tion. 
 
 I'his is one of the five principal 
 prayags(holy |)oints wlicre two rivers 
 meet) mentioned iu the Shastras, 
 
J38 
 
 DEWELMURRY. 
 
 and is considered by all the Hindoos 
 as a place peculiarly sacred. The 
 town stands at the confluence of the 
 aivers, and is built on the scarp of a 
 mountain about 100 feet above the 
 water. The mountain rises eight or 
 S^OO feet above the town. I'he houses 
 are, in general, two stories high, 
 built of large stones, with a coarse 
 limestone cement, and covered with 
 a sloping roof of shingles. In the 
 upper part of the town stands a 
 temple sacred to Kaghanath, or Ra- 
 inaehandra, constructed of large 
 pieces of cut si one, piled up without 
 mortar, in height about 60 feet. The 
 presiding deity is an image about six 
 feet high, cut in black stone, the 
 lower part of which is painted red. 
 
 The town contains 200 or 250 
 houses, and is inhabited by Brah- 
 mins of different sects, but princi- 
 pally those from Poouah and the 
 Deccan. Ttvenly-iive villages were 
 conferred in Jaghire by the Rajah of 
 Serinagur, and since eoulinucd by 
 the Goorkhali go\eriunent of Ne- 
 paul, for the support of this esta- 
 blishment ; but tiic aniHTul produce 
 not exceeding 1000, or 1200 rupees, 
 is very in.sufficicnt for the mainte- 
 nance of the iiumcious officiating 
 priests. 
 
 The town and temple suffered 
 much by an earlhquakc in 1803, the 
 latter was repaired at the expense of 
 Dowlet Row Sindia. The resident 
 Brahmins can give no iufoiniation 
 when, or by whom the ediiice was 
 constructed; the only point they arc 
 quite sure of is, Ihat it h;is been in 
 existence 10,000 years. {IVehb, ic.) 
 
 Devicotta, {Dcvicida, the. Fort of 
 the Goddess). — A town in tlie pro- 
 vince of Tanjore, situated at the 
 mouth of the Coleroon River, 127 
 miles S. by W. from Madias, and 42 
 miles south from Pondicherry. Lat, 
 11°. 20'. N. Long. 79°. 55'. E. This 
 place was taken fiom the Rajah of 
 Tanjore by Major Lawrence in 1749, 
 on which occasion Lieulenant Clive 
 particularly distinguished himself. It 
 was afterwards taken by M. Lally, 
 in June, 1758. (Omw, ^-c.) 
 
 Devvah River, (Deva). — See Cog- 
 
 GRA. 
 
 Dewagur, (DevagJiar), — A town 
 in the I\Ia!iaratta tt-rritories, in the 
 province of Malwah, 55 miles S. E. 
 froniKotah. Lat. 24°. 36'. N. Long. 
 76°. 20'. E. 
 
 Dewan, (Divan). — A town in the 
 province of Gujrat, 15 miles E. S. E. 
 from Canibay. Lat. 22°. 18'. N, 
 Long. 73°. E. 
 
 Dhwargunge.— A town in the 
 province of Bengal, district of My- 
 muusingli, situated on (he west sid« 
 of the Brahmapootra, 110 miles IS. 
 by W. from Dacca. Lat. 25°. 7'. N. 
 Long. 89°. 40'. E. 
 
 DewarcUi\dah, {Dcvakhanda). — 
 A large district in the province of 
 Hyderabad, extending along the 
 south side of the Godavery, and si- 
 tuated prin<ipal!y between the 18tb 
 and 191h degrees of north latitude. 
 The country, on the northern frontier 
 of this division, along the banks of 
 the Godavery, is very desolate, and 
 contains the ruins of several fort* 
 and towns which once existed. The 
 chief towns are Balcundah atnd Jac- 
 tall, Dewarcundah is in the Telin- 
 gana country, and the Telinga, or 
 Andray, is the spoken language, 
 {Blunt, S,-e.) 
 
 Dewarcote, {Diwareata). — A dis- 
 trict in ?Nor11uTn Hindostan, in the 
 province ot'Sciiuagur, sihiated about 
 the 31st degree of noith latitude, 
 between the Junnia and Gauges, 
 \\ ith the rest of the province it is 
 tributary to the Goorkhali govern- 
 ment of Nepaul. 
 
 Dewakcote. — A town in the i)ro- 
 vinee of Serinagur, the capital of a 
 district of the same name. Lat. 30°. 
 59'. N. Long. 78°. 2'. E. 
 
 Dewelmurry, {Devalmjaman). — > 
 A Goand village in the province of 
 Gundvvana, 65 miles S. W. from 
 Eustar. Lat. 19°. 14'. N. Long. 81°. 
 48'. E. 
 
 This is one of the most consider- 
 able Goand hamlets in the country, 
 and has an extensive spot of ground 
 cleared round it. It is situated on 
 the east bank of the Baumguuga 
 
DIAMOND HARBOUR. 
 
 339 
 
 RivtT, wliich is Iiorp a considerable 
 Ktiojiiii, I)t'tni? aiii^iiicntud by the 
 .jinictloii of the Wurda and Waiay 
 Ginififa RiveiT., about six miles to 
 th>: N. W. of tliis phce. {Blunt, ^c.) 
 
 DiiYKAH. — /V. town in Northern 
 Hindostan, in tlie province of Seri- 
 )ia<?ur. Lat. 3l>°. l!)'. N. Long. 77'. 
 45'. E. This small town is populous 
 and well built, and is the capital of 
 the lower division orSerina2;ur, which 
 includes a space of level country 
 Iving" between a chain of scattered 
 hills, on tlie south of the great range 
 of northern mountains. It formerly 
 paid trilmteto the Seiks, but latterly 
 to the Goorkhali government of Ne- 
 paul. (Foster, Sfc.) 
 
 Dhelli. — A Portuguese settle- 
 ment on tiie nortli coast of the Is- 
 land of Timor. Lat. 8°. 35'. S. 
 Long. 125°. 30'. E. This town is 
 iniiabitcd by natives, Chinese and 
 Portuguese, who carry on a traffic 
 with iVIacoa, and the neighbouring 
 isles. 
 
 Dhknjee. — A town belonging to 
 Dwaraca, and situated at the ex- 
 tremity of the Gujrat Peninsula. This 
 place is held by a relation of the 
 Manick of Dwaraca's, and is so dilli- 
 cult of access, owing to a jungle al- 
 most impenetrable, and rough, rocky, 
 uneven ground, that the Manick of 
 Dhenjee has nearly withdrawn from 
 his allegiance. Being situated in- 
 land, this place possesses no pirati- 
 cal vessels, but it furnishes men to 
 the seaports, and receives a propor- 
 tion of the pirated goods. A treaty 
 was concluded by Colonel Walker, 
 on the 20th Dec. 1807, with the 
 Dhenjee Chief, Wagha INIanick, by 
 the conditions of which he agreed 
 to relinquish the prolbssioii of piracy, 
 to assist vessels in distress, and to 
 abstain from plundering them. — 
 {M'Murdo, Treaties, Vc.) 
 
 DiiooLVOOR,{Dh0l((])ar). — Ato^vii 
 in the province of Agra, 42 miles 
 S. S. W. from the city of Agra. Lat, 
 2G°. 43'. N. Long. 77°. .%'. E. 
 
 This place stands about a mile 
 from the River Chumbul, on the 
 banks of which is a fort of the same 
 
 z 2 
 
 name with the town. The river in 
 February is here about threc-lburths 
 of a mile across, ;iud nuist be forded 
 atKyterce, four miles higher up, as 
 it is deep at the fort. Dhoolpoor is 
 a town of considerable size, and the 
 hilly country begins in its vicinity, 
 approaching from the north. {Hun- 
 ter, cSc.) 
 
 Dhuole. — A large and populous 
 walled town in the Gujrat Peninsula, 
 situated near the Gulf of Cutch, Tho 
 environs of this place are covered 
 with gardens, and the town com- 
 pletely concealed by trees, with a 
 clear stream of excellent water run- 
 ning under it. It belongs to the 
 Byaiid of Jam. This place had for- 
 merly 140 villages subject to it, but 
 Jam of Noanuggur has possessed 
 himself of the greater part. {M'Mur- 
 do, Jj-c.) 
 
 Dhvrsa. — A small village in the 
 Gujrat Peninsula, situated near tho 
 Run, in the district of Moorvce. At 
 this place are many funeral monu- 
 ments, one of which is in comme- 
 moration of a mother, who volun- 
 tarily burned herself on the funeral 
 pile of her son — these innnolations 
 not being restricted to the death of 
 the husband. The River Phoolyer, 
 with a small clear stream, and high 
 rugged banks, runs past lliis village. 
 {M-Murdo, 4r.) 
 
 Dhore. — A town in Northern 
 Ilindostan, in the country of the 24 
 Rajahs, and tributai7 to the Nepaul 
 govermnent. Lat. 28°. 39'. N. Long. 
 83°. 45'. E. 
 
 Diamond Harbour. — A harbour 
 in tlie River Hooghly, in the pro- 
 vince of Bengal, about 34 miles be- 
 low Calcutta in a straight line, but 
 much more by the windings of the 
 river. This place is singularly un- 
 healthy, especially in the mouths of 
 July, August, and September, at 
 and after the periodical rains. Tliis 
 is probably owing to the proximity 
 of the anchorage to the low swampy 
 shores, where a number of rivulets 
 open into the stream of tho Hooghly, 
 and bring down a quantity of putrid 
 vegetable and animal substances, 
 
340 
 
 DINAGEPOOR. 
 
 that emit the most offensive vapours. 
 At Diamond Harbour tlie Coiiipany's 
 sliips usually unload their out\s ard, 
 and receive the greater part of their 
 homeward bound eargoe?, from 
 ■Nviience Ihey proceed to Sagor Roads, 
 where tlie remainder is taken in. 
 There are mooring ehaius laid down 
 here, and on shore the Company 
 liave warehouses for ships' stores, 
 rigging, &c. and at an adjacent ^il- 
 lage provisions and refreshments are 
 purchased. 
 
 Diamond Island. — A small island 
 on tlie east side of the Bay of Ben- 
 gal, about 12 miles south from Cape 
 Negras. Lat. 15°. .'il'. N. Long. 94°. 
 12'. E. This island abounds with 
 excellent turtle of the largest size, 
 from 40 to 50 of \^ liieh may be turn- 
 td in one night. The shore being 
 .studded w ith sharp rocks, except in 
 one or two jdaces, considerable cau- 
 tion is required in landing from 
 boats. {Johnson, /yc.) 
 
 DiAUPV-R^iUdi/amapnra). — A town 
 in the province of Cochin, 17 miles 
 E. by S. from the town of Cochin. 
 Lat. 9°. 55'. N. Long. 76°. 37'. E. 
 Here a celebrated synod Avas held 
 to convert the Nestorian Christians 
 to the Romish church. 
 
 DiDWANA. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Ajmeer, 50 miles north from 
 the tt)wn of Apneer. Lat. 27°, 20'. 
 N. Long. 74°. 63'. E. 
 
 DiGLiGOY Nei'k. — A town in the 
 Island of Ceylon, situated 10 or 12 
 miles to the eastward of Candy, in 
 the direction of Battacolo. The dis- 
 trict round this place is still more 
 \vild and impenetrable than that 
 which surrounds Candy, on which 
 account it has been selected for a 
 1 oyal residence. At one period, when 
 the king was driven out of Candy, 
 and his capital burned, he found 
 here a retreat to which no European 
 army lias been able to penetrate. 
 There are a lew villages scattered 
 j\mong the surrounding hills, ajid in 
 those places v here the Avoods leave 
 a clear space the soil produces rice. 
 (Perciral, Sx.) 
 
 Til's xov.?ooR,{Di)ir(jpoor). — A dis- 
 
 trict in the province of I^engal, si- 
 tuated principally betwe<Mi the 25tli 
 and 2Cth degrees of norlh latitude. 
 On the north it is bounded by Kung- 
 poor and Pnrncah ; on the south by 
 Ranjeshy; on the east by Rungpoor 
 and Mynnnising, and on the Avest 
 by Purneah and Rajemal. This dis- 
 trict was fornu'rly named Circar Pin- 
 jerah, and, according to Major Ren- 
 nel's measurement in 1784. contain- 
 ed 3519 square miles. During the 
 Mogul govennnent, Dinag('i>oor, 
 along Avith l<Mraepov>i-, constituted 
 the territorial jurisdiction of Annin- 
 gabad, and Avas oiiginally a frontier 
 towards the independent Rajahship 
 of Cooeh Baliar, on Avhich account 
 it Avas but little known, and lightly 
 assessed. 
 
 The soil of this district is consi- 
 derably diversified, and the face of 
 the country of a Avaving a]ipcarance, 
 being divided into small vallies, each 
 tAvo or three mih s broad. These 
 vallies are Avateied by small rivers, 
 which, in the rainy season, SAvell 
 into large lakes, 50 or 60 miles in 
 length, and two or three in breadth, 
 overlloAA ing all the low lands, Avhich 
 are dry in the cold season. These 
 vallies, at the distance of 50 or 60 
 miles from the Ganges, are scarcely 
 higher than the suriace of itsAvaters; 
 Avlien, therefore, the river is sAvolleu 
 by periodical rains, the Avatcrs of the 
 vallies are not only prevented from 
 running off, but are so much in- 
 creased as to bo naAigable for vessels 
 of considerable burthen. 
 
 The soil of the elevated portions 
 of hind is, in general, a stiff clay, 
 in some jdaces black and porous, in 
 others Avhite and tenacious. The 
 soil of some of the a allies resembles 
 that of the elevated parts, and that 
 of the others is rich and loamy, \a ith 
 a substratum of the same kind of 
 clay which forms the higher grounds. 
 These low lands are, for the most 
 part, covered Avith long grass of dif- 
 ferent sorts, and afford jiasliue to a 
 great many buffaloes, and large herds 
 of other cattle. 'I'he northern parts 
 of the district are more ie\el tltau 
 
mXAGEPOOl?. 
 
 341 
 
 \hv soiHiicin (oifs, linvo a loamy 
 soil, uiiil ;ir(> well nilli\at(>d. 
 
 The lii^Iicr lands, in l!ic south of 
 the (lishicl, an- iiili:il»it(Hl Iiy j\la- 
 Ji((Uimcii;iiis, and liic lower by Hin- 
 doos. On Iho !ii<;lHT flav lands very 
 lilllr l)csid(vs ric<! is prodnccd, and 
 «\f<'|>t in vi'iy small spofs v, liioh aio 
 Mcll niaiuncd, only one nop in liio 
 year. 'J"ln' loamy vallics, uiiidi do 
 not lie so low as to ondani^or (In; in- 
 nndafion of flu- nop, produce not 
 only r'u'v, hut also a jjood nop of 
 muslai'd, or jmlsc. in tho rold sea- 
 son. Tiie land which produces two 
 crops is let for a ru|M>e and a half per 
 bee<;ah (one-third of an acre) ; that 
 whicii produces (uie crop three- 
 lourlhs of a rupee per heeufah. 
 
 The inlial)i(anfs of the l)ina»epoor 
 district are, in g^eneral, evtremely 
 poor; and their farming- utensils are 
 therefore proportionally simple and 
 wretched. Only one jierson attends 
 a plougli, holdiuaj the handle in one 
 hand, and occasionally pulling the 
 tails of the oxen with the other. A 
 pair of oven may he purchased for 
 six or eight rupees, a plough for tive- 
 IGths, and a yoke for one-fourth of 
 a ru|)ee. In the dry season it is 
 often necessary to water the lields, 
 which is done with a sort of trough 
 12 or IfJ feet long. Ixicc is the 
 
 sion. Tiie natives know nothing of 
 its use to make thread. 
 
 Tlie kind of wheat found in this 
 quarter is bad, and the Hour pro- 
 duced therefrom is of a very dark 
 colour, conscfpicntly is not saleable 
 among Einopcans. Se\ eral sorts of 
 pulse are sown at the connnencc- 
 mcnt of the cold .season, such aske- 
 .Hari, (lathyrus sativa), tiie mashiiri, 
 (ervum lens), and the hoot (ciccr 
 arietinum). Tobacco is cultivated 
 to a considerable extent in low and 
 loamy lands; and on moderately liigli 
 spots, whtre tin; soil is good, the 
 sugar-cane is planted in I'ebruar}^ 
 and jVlarch. 
 
 At present the poverty, prejudices, 
 and ignorance of the natives strong- 
 ly operate against improvements in 
 agriculture. Could an adequate re- 
 medy be found for these evils, niiuiy 
 other things might be cultivated to 
 great advantage. Hemp would nou- 
 rish in nuiny spots. Cotton, which 
 is .scarcely cultivated, might be raised 
 to a great extent, if pro|)er methodK 
 were taken to introduce the best 
 kinds ; and the culture of wheat and 
 barley might occupy many acres, 
 which now lie in a waste state. 
 
 Several s(nts of tindjcr might be 
 jdanted all over the district, and in- 
 deed all over Jiengal. The sisoo. 
 
 taplc connnodity of the country, of the Andaman red wood, the jack tree, 
 
 which four kinds, including .sc 
 veral varieties, are principally cul- 
 tivated. 
 
 The u'-xt article is indigo, for 
 which many parts of this distiict are 
 im])n>per, as it will not grow in the 
 white clay lands, is sparingly pro- 
 duced on the black or red ehns ; 
 and as most of the soil and loamy 
 parts lie so low, as to be subject to 
 sudden inundations, which would 
 destroy the t;rop. 
 
 Many sorts of fibrous jdants for 
 cordage and sackcloth iu^e .sown in 
 .April, May, and .June; the phaseo- 
 lus, mungo, and mustard seed, are 
 also raised. 1 lax, tlK)ugh abun- 
 dantly cnltivateil in the (Hutral parts 
 of Bengal, for its use in making oil, 
 is but little cultivated in this divi- 
 
 thc leak, tiie mahogany, the satin 
 wood, the chuekrassy, (he toon, and 
 the sirisha, should be |)iincipally 
 chosen. 'J'lie sago tree would grow 
 in all the higher parts; and the date 
 tree, planted close, would greatly 
 improve many .^pots now wholly un- 
 lUdductive. 
 
 Ill tlu! Dinagepoor di.strict several 
 obstacles present themselves to the 
 farmer, fjarge flocks of wild buifa- 
 loes and hogs infest the fields; ami 
 inundations, occasioned by the over- 
 llowiiig of the rivers, fn;f|uently <le- 
 stroy tiie crops. I n the present state 
 of society the introduction of dairies, 
 the fencing and mamning «)f land, 
 the u.se of wheel carriages, and im- 
 provements of a similar kind, are 
 scarcely practicable. 
 
34-2 
 
 DINDIGUL. 
 
 In 1801, by the directions of the 
 IMarquis A\ cllesley, then governor- 
 genv"5Ttl, the board of revenue in 
 Bensjai circnlatc(l various queries on 
 statistical siibjeets to the collectors 
 of tlic diiierent districts. The resuit 
 of their replies tended to establish 
 the fact, that tlie Diuagepoor district 
 Cdiilaiiicd 600,000 inhabitants, in the 
 proportion of one Mahommedan to 
 fonr Hindoos ; and that the zemin- 
 dar's prolit exceeded 10 per cent, 
 annually. 
 
 KaTni)anth,one of the Vaisya caste, 
 from Upper Hindostan, is the earliest 
 known ancestors of the present ra- 
 jah's tiiniily, and held the zcmindaiy 
 about 1728. {Carey, J. Grant, Cole- 
 hrooke, ^t.) 
 
 DiNAGEPooR. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Bengal, the capital of a dis- 
 trict of the same name, situated on 
 the east side of the Parnabubah 
 River. 102 miles N. N. E. from Moor- 
 shedaliad. Lat. 25°. 37'. N. Long. 
 89°. 40'. E. 
 
 DiNAPooR. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Bahar, district of Bahar, 
 situated on the south bank of the 
 Ganges, two miles west from Patna. 
 Lat. 25°. 38'. N. Long. 85°. 3'. E. 
 Here are very extensive canton- 
 ments for a brigade of troops. The 
 officers have more accommodation 
 than in any barracks in England; 
 and the private soldiers of the Euro- 
 pean regiments are provided with 
 largo and well-aired apartments. 
 The native soldiers are tpiartered in 
 small huts, which to them is no 
 hardship. Beyond Dinapoor is an 
 excellent house in the European 
 style, belonging to Saadet Ali, thi; 
 present Nabob of Oude, and built 
 bj him while residing as a private 
 person under the Company's protec- 
 tion. He was continuing his im- 
 provements when he was raised to 
 the throne of Oude, consequently 
 several of the buildings remain unli- 
 nislicd. {Lord Valentin, S,-c.) 
 
 DiNDlGUL, {Dandigala). — A dis- 
 trict ia the south of India, situated 
 between the 10th and 11th degrees 
 of north latitude. To the north it 
 
 has Coinihetoor and Kistnaghcrry; 
 to the south Travancor and Madura; 
 on the east it has the Polygar ter- 
 ritory and Madura ; and on the west 
 Travancor, Cochin, and Malabar, 
 The princii)al rivers are the Noil 
 and the Amravati; and the chief 
 towns Dindigul, Balny, and Pala- 
 petty. 
 
 In the villages of Dindigul the 
 same internal policy is found to pre- 
 vail as in the other provinces. Cer- 
 tain inhabitants, under particular 
 titles, are in the enjoyment of a por- 
 tion of land rent free, and are the 
 hereditary occupiers of the remain- 
 der. Certain principal oflicers, the 
 cunmm (or register accountant of 
 the revenue aflairs of the village), 
 ironsmith, carpenter, barber, washer- 
 man, village watchman, potmaker, 
 dancing girls, the distiibuter of wa- 
 ter, &c. ik.c. are sometimes found in 
 a village, sometimes ordy a part of 
 them. They have the government 
 produce of a portion of land assigned 
 to them for their livelihood, but no 
 claim to cultivate the land ; and, 
 from the occupation in life of many 
 of the incumbents, it may be ima- 
 gined they seldom have the a\ ish. A 
 portion of the produce is given to 
 them in addition, both from the grain 
 in the ear. and from the heap when 
 threshed. 
 
 Dindigul was ceded to the Com- 
 pany by Tippoo in 1792 ; and noM% 
 together with Madura, the Manapara 
 Pollams, Ramnad, and Shevagunga, 
 forms one of the collectorships under 
 tlie Madras presidency. 'J'he Din- 
 digul districts and secinestcrcd pol- 
 lams have been converted into 40 
 zemindaries. {Hodson, Hth lieport, 
 JIurdis, Si-e.) 
 
 Dindigul. — A town in the south 
 of India, the capital of a district of 
 the same name. Lat. 10°. 22'. N. 
 Long. 7b°. 5'. E, The fort of Din- 
 digul is situated on a strong rock, 
 in the midst of a plain, or rather val- 
 Ic} , which forms its disliict ; bound- 
 ed to the west by the great range of 
 mountains which separates it iiom 
 the coast of Malabar; and on the 
 
DOAB. 
 
 34; 
 
 east by a lower ranwcAvliich nms bo- 
 t^\T<'ii i) and the tlistiict ol' Madura. 
 
 It was coiiqiuiod in 17o6 by tlio 
 Mysore Kajahs, and was tal^cn by 
 the liritisli army in jVlay,17S3; but 
 restored t.» 'I'ijjpoo at the peace of 
 1784. It was linally aeciiiin^d by tiie 
 British, along with the distiiet, in 
 1792. 
 
 Tnivelling- distance from Soiinsa- 
 patani, 198 miles ; lioin Madras, 276 
 miles- {Wi/Ju'i, Rainel, ^-c.) 
 
 DiNGi)LW,4RA. — A town possessed 
 by independent chiefs, in the pro- 
 vince of Gujrat, 70 miles N. Ji. from 
 Ahniedabad. Lat.23°. lo'.N. l^oiv^. 
 73°. 53'. E. 
 
 DfNDiNG(P?<7w)TsLE. — ^This island 
 and the Pulo Sambelong (nine 
 islands) lie at the entrance of the 
 Pera liiver, in tiie Straits of Malacca, 
 about latitude 4°. 15'. N. 
 
 DlTTEAH, (Dattya). — A toAvn in 
 the province of Biuidelcund. 20 miles 
 E. trom Narw ar. Lat. 25*^. 43'. N. 
 JLong. 7S°.32'. E. 
 
 Tliis town is about a mile and a 
 half long, and nearly as much in 
 breadth, populous, and well built; 
 the houses being mostly of stune, 
 covered \s iUi tiles. It is siurounded 
 by a stone wall, and furnished w ith 
 -gates. 'I'he rajah has a palace w ith- 
 out the town, on the .south-east side, 
 on an eminence; from \\ hence there 
 is a view of the country as far as 
 Paehoor, Narwar, and Jhansi. Close 
 to this hill is an extensive lake. 
 
 The inhabitants are a robust, 
 handsome race of men ; have a great 
 reputation as a ^^ arlike people, and 
 make excellent .soldiers. In 1790 
 the surrounding district yielded a 
 revenue of nine or 10 lacks of mpces 
 annually, subject to the |)ayment of 
 a tiibute to the Maharattas. During 
 the reign of Ainenzcbe, Ditteah \va.s 
 the capital of Dhoolput Roy, a Bou- 
 delah Kajah of .some celebrity. 
 
 On the cession of Bundelcund l)y 
 the Pcshwa to the British, in 1804, 
 Fajah Pareekliyeet of Ditteah joined 
 the British standard; and a treaty 
 was arranged with him, by which he 
 was coufuiiied in the possession of 
 
 the teiTitory, which, from ancient 
 times, had descended to him by in- 
 heritance. In eonsideralion of this 
 favour he agreed to consider Xhc: 
 Pcshwa and tiie British as his per- 
 petual allies, and engaged to refer 
 to the latter (or adjustment of any 
 disputes that might arise with neigh- 
 bouring chiefs professing obedience 
 to (lie British government: recipro- 
 cal assistance to be given to each 
 other in quelling any disturbances 
 in the contiguous tenitories of the 
 allies. {Hunter, Scott, Treaties, ^-c.) 
 
 Yi\v,{Divip(t, thclshmd). — A small 
 island and harbour at the southern 
 extremity of the Gujrat Peninsula. 
 Lat. 20°. 43'. N. Long. 71°. E. 
 
 I'his small island, about four miles 
 long by one broad, in ancient times, 
 contained a lliiuloo temple, dedi- 
 cated to Somnatii, celebrated for its 
 sanctity and riciies. . A. D. 1025, Sul- 
 tan Mahmood of Ghizni, having con- 
 quered, or rather overrun the pro- 
 vince of Giiji-at, reached this place ; 
 and, having plundered the temple, 
 broke the image in pieces, and dis- 
 patched the fragments to Mecca, 
 Medina, Ghizni, and other Mahom- 
 medan cities. The wealth acquired 
 here is described as being equal in 
 value to ail the booty he had acquired 
 during his prior expeditions. 
 
 In 1515 the Portuguese obtained 
 possession of Din; and in ]53(j, by 
 permission of Bahadur Shah, the 
 Sultan of Gujrat strongly Ibrtitied it. 
 While the Portuguese power pros- 
 pered it enjoyed a considerable com- 
 merce ; but it fell with their decay, 
 and in 1670 was surprised and plun- 
 dered by the Mnscut Arabs, then a 
 considerable maritime power, who 
 obtained great plunder. It has since 
 dwindled away, and is now an insig- 
 nificant place, with little or no 
 commerce ; but it may, at some fu- 
 ture period, beooiiK' again of conse- 
 quence, on account of its harbour 
 and gcograjihical situation. {Stew- 
 art, Bruce, Duncan, cVc.) 
 
 DoAB. — This name should proper- 
 ly include all the territory between 
 tiic Jumna and Ganges j but the term 
 
344 
 
 DOABEH BARRY. 
 
 is usually restricted to the southern 
 portion of it, tor the most part com- 
 prehended in the province of i\f2,ra, 
 and, during- the Mogul government, 
 subdivided into the districts of Fur- 
 luckabad, Kanoge, Etawch, Korali, 
 Curiah, and Allahai)ad. There are 
 several doabs in Hindos1an,tlie name 
 meaning any tract of country in- 
 cluded between two rivers. 
 
 Tliis country is, in general, fertile, 
 and produces rich crops when pro- 
 perly cultivated. I'amarind and 
 large mango trees abound, and give 
 the country the appearance of a fo- 
 rest. The millet raised, althougli a 
 small-cared grain, furnishes a great 
 quantity of straw, 10 feet long, which 
 is of great use as provender for cattle. 
 Besides millet, sugar-cane and bar- 
 ley are cultivated ; and, in the neigh- 
 bourhood of Kanoge, considerable 
 quantities of tobacco, the only plant 
 introduced by Europeans that is in 
 general request in Hindostan. The 
 soil of the Doab is so much adapted 
 to the pioducc of indigo, that the 
 plant is there found in a wild slate, 
 of superior quality to that produced 
 by cultivation. The cattle, gene- 
 rally, arc much inferior in weight 
 and size to those of the more south- 
 erly provinces. During the months 
 of April and oVfay, before the com- 
 mencement of the rains, the atmos- 
 phere of ihe Doab is excessively sul- 
 try ; and even in the winter season 
 it is the morning only that is cool. 
 A coarse cotton cloth, dyed red with 
 cheap materials, is mainifactured 
 about the centre of this province ; 
 and also another species, named ge- 
 zis and gezinas. 
 
 During the latter part of the Na- 
 bob of Oude's government this coun- 
 try was, for some time, under the 
 management of Almass Ali Khan, 
 a eunuch, and was then tolerably 
 well cultivated ; but the whole face 
 of the inovincc in the Lower Doabs, 
 and the numerous towns in juiiis, 
 proves the miserable government it 
 was usually subjected to. Remains 
 of its former population and fertility 
 are seen ev cry where amongst the 
 
 extensive wastes and jungles which 
 now occupy a large portion of the 
 surface. The tranquillity which it 
 has lately enjoyed, under the British 
 authority, has been so long unknown 
 to the inhabitants, that a rapid im- 
 provement may be expected, and 
 indeed is already visible. A consi- 
 derable part of the military popu- 
 lation are Mahommedans, long ac- 
 customed to a ])redatory life ; and 
 some time must elapse before they 
 can accommodate their habits to the 
 new situation in which they are 
 placed. 
 
 By the treaty of peace, concluded 
 with Dowlet Row Sindia on the 30th 
 Dec. 1803, he ceded to the British 
 all his forts, tenitories, and rights in 
 the Doab, between the Ganges and 
 tlie Junnia, and all territories lying 
 to the north of the Rajahs of Jyna- 
 gur and Joudpoor, and the Rannah 
 of Gohud. The southern part of 
 the Doab was ceded, during the ad- 
 ministration of the Marquis Welles- 
 ley, in 1801, by the reigning Nabob 
 ol" Oude, Saadet Ali. It did not 
 constitute; any of the original ])os.ses- 
 sions of his family, having been add- 
 ed, along with Rohilcund, to the 
 Oiule dominions by the victories ob- 
 tained by the British armies. (7V;i- 
 7iaid, Asiatic Registers, Colehroohe, 
 Sfc.) 
 
 DoABEH Barky, (5an, Residence). 
 — A district in the province of La- 
 hore, situated between the Beyah 
 and Ravey rivers, and the 30th and 
 31st degrees of north latitude. In 
 modern maps this territory is placed 
 in Mooltan; but, according to Abul 
 lazel's arrangement, in 1582, it be- 
 longed to Lahore. He describes it 
 as follows: 
 
 " Sircar Doabch Bany, containing 
 52 mahals, measurement 4,580,002 
 beegahs, revenue 142,820,183 dams, 
 se> urghal 3,923,922 dams." 
 
 'I'his country is also named Man- 
 jha, and the Seiks who inhabit it are 
 named Manjha Singhs. It contains 
 the cities of Lahore and Annitseer ; 
 and becomes, in consequence, the 
 great centre, of the power of the Seik 
 
DONDRA HEAD. 
 
 345 
 
 mtiun. Riuijcet Sinsli <•' Lahore, 
 iMitteli .Sin>;li ot Allaw;il, and Joodli 
 »Siti<;li of Kaingadia, an; i\u- priuri- 
 pal ohk-rs of tlie coiiiitn, wliifh is 
 ticscribcd as loss terlile towards llu; 
 moiiiitaiiis Ihaii (Ik* Doalicli Jallin- 
 tlcr; hill, as it lies on the same lev<l, 
 it imist possess nearly the same eli 
 male and soil, (Mah-ohu, Ahid Fa- 
 zel, Vo.) 
 
 DoABi.li Jalltndfu, {Jaliniha). — 
 A large district in the provinee of 
 Lahore, included between the Sutu- 
 lejc and l*»tvah rivers, and tor the 
 most part between the 30th and 31st 
 degrees of north latitude. Abnll'a- 
 zcl, in 1582. plaees it in the Lahore 
 province, and describes it as I'ullows: 
 " Sircar Doabeh Beit Jailin- 
 der, containing 60 mahals, measnre- 
 ment 3,-27y,302 becgahs, revenue 
 124,365,21-2, seyurghal 2,651,788 
 dams. Tliis sircar t'nrnishes 4155 
 cavalry, and 79,536 infantry." 
 
 The Jallinder Doab, which reaches 
 from tlie mountains to the junction 
 of the Sutuleje au<l Eeyali, is the 
 most fruitful of all the jjossessions 
 of the Seiks, and is not excelled in 
 climate and vegetation by any pro- 
 vince ill India. The soil is liglit, 
 but very productive; and the conn- 
 try, which is open and level, al)ounds 
 in every kind of grain. 'J he want of 
 water, w hich is so much felt in other 
 parts of India, is here unknown, as 
 it is found every where in abcuidance, 
 within two or three feet of the sur- 
 face. The principal towns are Ja- 
 lijidra and Sukanpoor. 
 
 This territory is principally occu- 
 pied by the Malaga Singh Seiks, 
 who are called the Doabeh Singlis, 
 or Singhs who d.vfll betwixt two 
 rivers. AVith these chiefs we are 
 little acqiminted. In 1808 'i'arah 
 Singh w as one of the most consider- 
 able; but he ami the others have 
 been greatly weakened by their con- 
 stant internal discord. {Malcolm, 
 Abid Fazet, Vf.) 
 
 DouA Bailla. — A small fortified 
 village in the territories of the .My- 
 sore Rajah. Lat. 13°. 30'. N. Long. 
 77° 25'! E. The greater part of tha 
 
 country around this place is covered 
 with bushes or coppice wood, al- 
 though the soil is good, and the 
 country no where too steej> for cul- 
 tivation. Tor 100 years jtast this 
 j»lacc has been subject to the iVIy- 
 sore, although it was .separated from 
 the capital by the jNIahonunedan go- 
 vernment of Sera. In the mean 
 time several of the neighbouring hill 
 forts, or droogs, continued sui)jeet to 
 their original polygars, who vvcni 
 mostlv robJK is, until the whole were 
 finally expelled by Tippoo. (/•'. liii- 
 chaiian, Sc.) 
 
 DoKS.s,Ml. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Bahar, district of Cliuta 
 Nagpoor, 213 miles W, N. W. from 
 Calentla. Lat. 23° 11'. N. Ix)iig. 
 85°. 16'. E. 
 
 DoHo. — A small town, tributary 
 to the Malwah Mahaiattas, in the 
 province of Agra, 21 miles S. W. 
 tromGiialior. Lat. 26°. 9'. N. Long. 
 79°. 50'. E. 
 
 DoLCAH, (D/to/m). — A town and 
 district in the province of (jiijrat, 
 ceded to the British government in 
 1803 by the Giiicowar. in part pay- 
 ment of the subsidiary force .supplied 
 for his |Mo1ection. Lat. 22°. 4/'. N. 
 Long. 7--°. 25'. E. 
 
 DoLiAii, (Dolia). — A town pos- 
 .sesscd by inilependent chiefs, in the 
 province of Uiijrat, 33 miles north 
 east Ih.iM Caml)ay. J ,.*.22°.47'. N. 
 Long. 72-'. 2b'. K 
 
 D')Mi:a. — A town in the kingdom 
 of Tiiiig(|uiii, situated inland on the 
 prineip:d biaiuh of the Tungquin 
 Riv(M-. Lat. 20°. 40'. N. LcMig. 
 106°. E. In tlic I7th century this 
 was a place of considerable trade, and 
 frequented by European ve.s.sels, par- 
 ticuiitrly the Dutch. 
 
 DoMus. — A town in the British 
 territ<iiies, in the province of (iiijrat, 
 situated at the mouth of the Tuj)tee, 
 15 miles S. >V. from .surat. Lat. 21°. 
 5'. N. Long. 72°. 53'. E. 
 
 DoNliKA Hi'AO. — I'he soulhern- 
 niost extremity of the [slaiid of Cey- 
 lon, adjacent to which is the settle- 
 ment r/ Matiira. Lat. 5°. 50'. N. 
 Long. 80°. 40'. E. 
 
346 
 
 DOWLETABAD. 
 
 D-OOKAH, (^Dum). — A toMii in flie 
 province of Gundwana, 30 miles 
 5;outh {'kmii the to^n of Gunali. Lat. 
 22°. 48'. N. Long. 80°. 3'. E. 
 
 DooN'DEAKERA, (Diindi/acara). — 
 A town in the N'bob of (JudeV. ter- 
 ritories, 60 miles !•«, l)y W. from 
 Xinckiiov/. Lat. 2C°. 12'. N. Long. 
 80°. 40'. E. 
 
 DooiiYGHAUT, (Durighat). — A 
 town in the province of Allahabad, 
 district of Gais>[)oor, situated on the 
 south side of the -oggrath, 70 miles 
 nortli east from Benares. Lat. 20°. 
 15'. N. Long-. 83°. 31'. E, 
 
 DooRYDRooG. — A fortified hill in 
 the Ktijali of Mysore's territories, 80 
 miles N. N. E. from Seringapatam, 
 Lat. 13°. 27'. N. Long-. 77°. 25'. E. 
 
 DouY Harbour. — A harbour on 
 tlie northern coast of Papua. Lat. 
 48°. S. Long. 134°. 35'. E. The 
 promontory of Dory, the sea-coast 
 of which extends about 14 leagues, 
 is of a moderate height, the ground 
 every vvhere ascending gradually. 
 The trees are lofty, with little under- 
 "wood. The neighbouring country 
 abounds with fresh water rivulets, 
 and there is good grass. The cli- 
 mate is temperate, being so near to 
 •the high mountains of Arfak, where 
 the clouds settle. At this harbour 
 are neither fowls nor goats ; but 
 wild hogs, fish, greens, and fruit, are 
 to be had. 'J he Papuas resident at 
 this harbour are supplied with plan- 
 tains and calavansa beans by the 
 horaforas of the interior, who recei> e 
 Jn return iron and other goods. 
 Woid is plenty here, and the wild 
 nutmeg grows in the vicinity. (For- 
 rest, Vc.) 
 
 DouDPooR, (Daudpoor). — A town 
 in the province of Gundwana, pos- 
 sessed by independent Goanu Chiefs, 
 35 miles S. by IL from Bustar. Lat. 
 ll>°. 36'. N. Long. 83°. 10'. E. 
 
 Douparra.' — A town in the South 
 of India, district of Commim, 87 
 miles N. iiom Cudapah. Lat. 15°. 
 43'. N. Long. 71>°. 4'. E. 
 
 DowLETABAD. — A district in the 
 Nizam's duinjnions, in tht;''oviuce 
 tif Aiirungubad, situated principally 
 
 between the 19th and 20tb degrees 
 of north latitude, and extending 
 alona- the uorti) side of the Godavory. 
 
 DowLETABAD, {Deogkir, or Deo- 
 ghnr). — A town and strong fortiess 
 in he province of Auruusabad. Lat. 
 19°. 52'. >J. Long. 7G°. 2'. E. This 
 place is deemed b} the natives im- 
 pregnable. It stands oji the summit 
 of a mountain, which is surrounded 
 with other inclosures, of which that 
 on the plain contains a large town. 
 1 he two lower forts are so overtop- 
 ped by the upper, that they are en- 
 tirely under its command. 
 
 "S^'hen the Mahommedans earned 
 their arms into this part of the Dec- 
 can, under Allah ud Deen, about 
 the year 1293, Deoghir, or Tagara, 
 was the residence of a powerful 
 Hindoo Rajah, who was defeated, 
 and his capital taken and plundered 
 of immense riches. In 1306 this 
 fortress and the surrounding district 
 were reduced to permanent sub- 
 jection by IMallek Naib, the Em- 
 peror of Delhi's general. In the 
 early part of the 14th century, the 
 Emperor Mahommed made an at- 
 tcjnpt to establish the capital of his 
 empire at Deoghir, the name of 
 Avhicli lie changed to Dowletabad. 
 To cfiect this he almost ruined Del- 
 hi, in order to drive the inhabitants 
 to his new capital, 750 miles distant 
 from their old habitations ; he was, 
 however, unable to carry his scheme 
 into effect. 
 
 About the year 1595 Dowletabad 
 smrendered to Ahmed JNizam Shaji, 
 of Ahmeduuggur, and on the fall of 
 this dynasty it wastakeji possession 
 of by Aialiek Amber, an Abyssinian 
 slave, who ^^ as reckoned the ablest 
 general, politician, and financier of 
 his age. His successors reigned un- 
 til 1634, when if- was taken by the 
 Moguls dmnig the reign of Shah 
 Jehau, and !he capital transi'errcd to 
 \\\<d. neighbouring town of Gurka, or 
 Kcrkhi, since named Aurungabad. 
 It is now coniprehended in the do- 
 minions of the Nizam. {Ferislaa, 
 Scott, Orme, Rainel, Willis, Wilfordf 
 
DUNDAH. 
 
 34r 
 
 Dravida, (or Dravira). — ^Tliis is 
 ihf ancient name of the coiinliy 
 ivliith Icrininatcs llie south ol' India. 
 Its northern limits lie behveen the 
 12th and 13th des^rees of noilh hiti- 
 tiide, and it is hounded on the east 
 by the sea, and on the west by the 
 Eastern Ghauts. The name, ho'v- 
 cver, is occasionally extended to all 
 the country oceu]tied by inhahitants 
 who speak the Tamul langnnf^e, and 
 there is a whole caste of JJrahmins 
 designated by the name of Dravida 
 Brahmins. 
 
 The subordinate divisions of Dra- 
 vida wore named from the three 
 rival dynasties of Choian, Cheran, 
 and Pandian. The first, governing 
 inTanjore and Combooconiim, pos- 
 sessed the northern tract ; Pandian 
 had Madura and the south; and 
 Cheran united Kangiarn and Saicm 
 to the dominions of the Kerala, on 
 the Malabar Coast, {Wilhs, Cole- 
 brooke, F. Unchanan, ^'c.) 
 
 DuBAKEE, (Dohari, the Two 
 Houses). — A town in the Nizam's 
 dominions, in tiie province of Aiirun- 
 gabad, 12 miles N. W. from Julna. 
 Lat. 20°. 4'. N. liong. 76°. 23'. E. 
 
 DuBBOi, {Dhubay). — A town in 
 the province of Gujrat, district of 
 Chumpaneer, 40 miles N. E. from 
 Kroach. Lat. 22°. 4'. N. Long. 73°. 
 35'. E. I'here are iiere the remains 
 of a Hindoo city of great antiquity, 
 wliich indicate its having been form- 
 erly decorated in a very superior 
 style. I'he fortilieations w Inch sur- 
 round it are nearly three miles in 
 circumference, and tbc'ancient parts 
 that yet remain arc constructed in an 
 elegant and costly manner. The 
 situation is extremely low, wet, and 
 marshy. (lOf/t liegistcr, ^c.) 
 
 DucHENPAKAH, (Dahskiiipara, the 
 Southern Portiou).-^A district in the 
 iiorth-east quarter of tlu; province of 
 Cashmere, situated between the34tli 
 and 36th degrees of north latitude. 
 Abul Eazel, in 1582, says, that the 
 snow on the mountains of thi^oun- 
 try never decreases, so that from the 
 cold, the narrowness of the roads, 
 and tlic great height of the moun- 
 
 tains, they cannot be passed without 
 extreme diflicuMy. 
 
 DucHENPAKAH. — A town iu the 
 province of Cashmere, the capital 
 of a district of the sam*; name, and 
 situated at the foot ol' a ridge of 
 high mountains which bound Cash- 
 mere on the side of Great Tibet. Lat. 
 34°. 51'. N. Long. 74°. 58'. E. 
 
 DucKiNSHAHAHAZPooR.-— A large 
 island in the province of Bengal, si- 
 tuated at the junction of the great 
 River Megna w ith the sea, and ori- 
 ginally formed from the sediment 
 deposited by its m aters. In length 
 it may be estimated at 30 miles, by 
 13 the average breadth. It is very 
 low land, and, in spring tides, during 
 the rains, is almost wholly sub- 
 merged. In tlie channels between 
 Duckinshahabaz])oor and the neigh- 
 bouring islands, the bore, caused by 
 the sudden intlux of the tide, pre- 
 vails with great violence, and ren- 
 ders the navigation extremely dan- 
 gerous. Salt of an excellent qua- 
 lity is here manufactured on the 
 Company's account, at an establish- 
 ment subordinate to the Buhvah and 
 Chittagong agency. 
 
 DuMMooDAH River, (Damodara, 
 a name of Vishnu). — ^This river has 
 its source in the distiict of Ramgur, 
 province of Bahar. It afterwjuds 
 ilows through the adjoining district 
 of Pachete, and joins tiie Hooghly 
 a few miles below Eultaii. Inehid- 
 ing the windings, its course may be 
 estimated at 300 miles. 
 
 DuN'DA Rajpoor. — A town in the 
 province of Bejapoor, situated on 
 the sea-coast of the Concan disfrict. 
 Lat. 18°. 19'. N. Long. 72°. 55'. E. 
 This place is also named Jizzera 
 Jessore, and belongs to the Sidhee 
 family, formerly tlie hcredilary ad- 
 mirals of the Mogul enijjire. 
 
 DuNDAH. — A large \illageiu(he 
 province of Sinde, situated on (he 
 south bank of the Goonee Kiver. 
 Lat. 24°. 58'. N. 
 
 'I'he surrounding country is well 
 cultivated, and (he viliage inha'Liited 
 by a considerable number of weaAors. 
 It stands on the route from iiydera- 
 
348 
 
 D WAR AC A. 
 
 bad to Miiiidavre, on the Gulf of 
 C'lifch, bj <lie llivcr Gooii(>e, wliicli 
 is hero one tklliom au<l a lialfdct'p, 
 aijd al>out 70 yards hroad. About 
 12 iiiik'S to t!u! soij<b-<':ist it con- 
 tracts to the iinadl]i o)'20 yards, with 
 two latlionis doplh. {Maxfield, Sr.) 
 
 DuNGYE. — A town ill tlie i»roviii(;o 
 of llaliar, district of Siiuliaijad, 68 
 miles S. \\ . from Patiia. Lat. 25°. 
 14'. N. Loii<v. 84°. 17'. E. 
 
 DuNrr.KW.iRAH, {Dantirard). — A 
 town bc!oii<?i!!u; to iiidcpuiid'Ht chiefs 
 in the province of Gujrat, ilistiictof 
 ]);tndar. Lat. 24°. oo'. N. Long-. 
 72°. 45'. E. 
 
 DuRiiUXOAH, (Diirhfianga). — A 
 <own in Ihc pnivinoe of Bahar, dis- 
 trict of 'I'irhoiit, 55 nnlcs N. N. K. 
 fioni Palna. Lat. 2G°. 7'. N. Long-. 
 85°. 54'. E. 
 
 DuKRAiAn, {Durrfrj//{(). — A town 
 belonging to tlie Maharattas, in the 
 province of Mahvah, 25 miles N. W. 
 from Eopal. Lat. 23°. 28'. N. Long. 
 77°. 9'. v.. 
 
 DuuRAMrooR, (Dharmtqmr). — A 
 town in tlie province of Aurungaiiad, 
 60 miles S. S. E. from Snrat. Lat. 
 2l)° 34'. N. Long. 73°. 23'. J'.. 
 
 DussARA.— A town in the pro- 
 vince of Gn jrat, district of Chalawar, 
 containing 1300 houses, the greater 
 ])soporl;on of w hicli are possessed by 
 Kurbalties; the remainder of the 
 ])opulatinn being C'oolees, Hajjioots, 
 and other castes, besides a few Ban- 
 yans. 
 
 Tliis pl;ico, with the 12 surround- 
 ing \illages, is tlu; ])r<)periy of a 
 JMahonnnediin zemindar entitled 
 iVInlliek, Aviiuse family came ori- 
 ginally from J\iooHan. 'jhe authority 
 is at present i»ossessed by two rela- 
 tions, one of whom resides in the 
 •sitiall iort. and the other in the town. 
 One of their ancestors, about A. D. 
 120!), was put to death by the Kajah 
 of Huhvad, for haviisg (onnnitted 
 gowhattia (eow-killing), and is now 
 lield in great veneration by the ad- 
 jae«-nt Alahommedan inhaltitants as 
 a s;dnt. 1 lis tomb is on the banks 
 of a largo tank in the neighbourhood 
 of the town. 
 
 The military force of Dussara ^^^ 
 composed of 2000 horsemen of tho 
 Muliiek caste, and 100 infantry, 
 wiio are kept in active employment, 
 in preventing the depredations of 
 the ,Jhuts. li'rom Dussara towards 
 Adrianna, the country is tolerably 
 well cultivated, the population con- 
 sisting chiefly of Coolecs, and the in- 
 ferior ca.stes of Rajpoots. {^rBItir- 
 do, Src.) 
 
 DuTTAR, (Dattara). — A small dis- 
 trict in the Seik territories, in the 
 province of Lahore, situated between 
 the 3 1st and 32d degrees of north 
 latitude. The chief towns are Beg- 
 warah, IJorizpoor, and Matpoorah. 
 
 DvvARACA, {Dtcnrica, the Gate). — 
 A town and celebrated temple in 
 the province of Gujrat, situated at 
 the H. W. extreuiity of the Penin- 
 sula. Lat. 22°. 21'. N. Long. 6U° 
 15'. E. 
 
 TJiis place is at present possessed 
 by IViooloo INIaiiick, who is more 
 powerfid than any other of the 
 Uaeka chieftains. The sacredness 
 of the place attracts a rich and nu- 
 merous population, and presents a 
 safe asylum from danger. There are 
 21 villages belonging to Dwaraca, 
 containing 2560 houses, which, at 
 the rate of four persons to each 
 liouse, would give a population of 
 10,240 souls subject to it. By an 
 agreement, executed ou the I4th or 
 December, 1807, IViooloo Manick 
 Suniyance, of Dwaraca, engaged 
 with the British government not to 
 permit, instigate, or connive at any 
 act of piracy-committed by any per- 
 son under his authority ; and also to 
 abstain from plundering vessels in 
 distress. On their part, the British 
 engaged to aflord the temple at Dwa- 
 raca every suitable protection and 
 encouragement ; a free and open 
 connnerce to be permitted to vessels 
 paving the regulated duties. 
 
 The original ami most sacred spot 
 in this quarter of India is Dwaraca ; 
 but, about 600 years ago, the va- 
 lued image of their god Runehor 
 (an incarnation ofIvrishna),by a ma- 
 noeuvre of the Brahmins, was coi»- 
 
EASTERN ISLES. 
 
 349 
 
 "wyed to Dacooor, in Gnjiat, whore 
 it slil! iciiiaiiis. After iniicli troiiltic, 
 tlic I'iralmiiiis at Dwaraca suhsti- 
 tuk'd another in lis stead, \\hi(li, 
 unrtirtiinately, also took a lliu:ht 
 across a narrow arm of tlie .sea. to 
 the Island of lialo, or Shnnkodwar, 
 ahout 130 >ears aii'o, and anollier 
 now one was placed in the tennde 
 here, 
 
 Dwaracais also dcsip,nated hy the 
 name of the ishiiid ; and, having- 
 he<'» loiifif tlie residence of Kiishna, 
 the favoinite Hindoo deity, is a ee- 
 lehrated place of pii;j,riniajfe lor the 
 .sectaries of tlial rclis:ion. In per- 
 li)rniiiii!: tliis i)il;;riniaj;-c, tlie follow- 
 iii^ ceremonies take place : 
 
 On the arrival of the pilgrim at 
 Dwaraca he bathes in a sacred 
 stream named the (loomty, irom its 
 V, indin^s; for permission to do wiiich 
 he pa\s the Dwaraca chief four and 
 X <piartcr ru|)ees ; i)nt f'ralniiins pay 
 only three and a half. After this \m- 
 rificatiou a visit is made to the 
 tem[tJe, where oirerini;s are present- 
 ed, ac<x)rdin;j:; to the circnmstances 
 of the devotee, and a cerlvuii luim- 
 her of lirahmins are fed. 
 
 TIk! pilp,rim ne\t |)rorceds to 
 Aramra,\\ here he receives the st.amj) 
 Ironi the hands of a lirahmin, ^^ hich 
 is made w ith an iron inslnnncnt, on 
 tthich are enj^raved tlie shell, the 
 rinj!^, and the lotos llower, wliieh are 
 the insiiviiia <»f the g:<)<is. 'I'liis in- 
 strument is made hot, and impressed 
 on any part of t!ie body, but genc- 
 rallv on the arms ; and, by not beinj^ 
 over-heated, gciurally leaves an im- 
 pression on the sj)ot. It is lietpicntly 
 impressed (»n yoniif^ infants; and a 
 pilj;rim may rccei\e, not only his 
 own stamj), but also stam-ps <»ii his 
 body for any absent friend. This 
 stamp costs one and a lialf rupees. 
 
 'i he pilj^rim iie\t eniliarks tor the 
 Island of P,:iU\ v* litre, on his ar- 
 rival, he must j)ay a ta\ of live ru- 
 pees to tlie eliiei', present liberal ot- 
 ferini^s to the god, and dress liim in 
 rich cloths and ornainents. The 
 C'iiief of liate, who is a holy per- 
 son, receives charge uf Ijie i)resent, 
 
 and retails it again to oilier pilgrims 
 at a reasonalde rale, who present it 
 again to the deity, and i( perlurms a 
 similar revolution. 'J'he average 
 number of pilgrims resorting an- 
 miallv to Dwaraca has i>ee;! esti- 
 mated to exceed l">,00(), and t!ie re- 
 vejiues derived to the temples a lack 
 of rupees. 
 
 Notwithstanding this existing 
 place of |>iigiimage, the most au- 
 thenlic Hindoo annals assert, that 
 Dwaraca was swallowed u|> by the 
 s<'a a few days after Ihe decease of 
 KrishcL 'i'his in<arnation of Vishnu 
 spent much of liis time at Dwiuaea, 
 both before and after his expulsion, 
 by Jarasaiidha from Alathnra,on the 
 banks of the Jumna, in the j)ro\iiiee 
 of Delhi, which would indieate a 
 greater intercourse betwi'cu these 
 distant places, than couU! have been 
 expected at so remote a jieriod. 
 'J'he chalk with which the Brahmins 
 mark Ilieir forelRads comes from 
 this place, where it is said to have 
 been deposited by Krishna; and 
 fnun hence, by merchants, is car- 
 ried all over India. {M'Miirdo, ^r.) 
 
 E. 
 
 EASTERN ISLES. 
 
 The Archipelago, comi)rehended 
 under this title, is included between 
 the t>2d degree of north, and the 
 loth of south latitude, and ex- 
 tends to the 138tli degree of east 
 longitude. Under the name of each 
 island resj>ectively a particular de- 
 scription will be found; i)nt the fol- 
 lowing observations, principally by 
 Dr. Leyden, applying geiurally to 
 the wliole, may be propcriy inserted 
 under this head, and are too valu- 
 able to be omitte<l. 
 
 The inhabitant.^ of the Eastern 
 Isles, or Indo Chinese nations, at ii 
 very early period seem to have em- 
 braced the religious system of IJiidd- 
 ha, but at what period of time can- 
 
S50 
 
 EASTERN ISLES. 
 
 not now be discovered: at present 
 it is cliiefly confined to tlje conti- 
 nent. 'J he coasts of the Malayan 
 Peninsula, and of the gjeatev part of 
 the Eastern Isles, are principally 
 occupied by Mahommeddans. The 
 original inhabitants, tliereibre, being 
 mostly confined to the interior of 
 these islands, are still very imper- 
 fectly known to Europeans ; so that 
 it is often iinpossibie to determine 
 whether Iheir religious institutions 
 arc most connected with the tenets 
 of Brahma or of Euddha. They all, 
 however, appear to have a con- 
 nexion with the s;rand features of 
 Hindoo superstition. 
 
 The Indo Chinese nations, Avith 
 the Singhalese, or inhabitants of 
 Ceylon, uiiilormly employ the Bali 
 or Pali language in the sacred com- 
 positions of the Buddiiist sect. This 
 language does not exist as a verna- 
 cular tongue ; but is the language of 
 religion, learning, and science, and 
 appears to have exeried an influence 
 over the vernacular language of the 
 Indo Chinese nations, similar to that 
 Avhich Sanscrit has exhibited among 
 the popular languages of Hindostan 
 and the Deccan. 
 
 The Malaya language, and the 
 more original languages of the East- 
 ern Isles, seem in their original 
 formation to have been polysyllabic. 
 The Indo Ciiinese languages may 
 be considered in the following order; 
 viz. 
 
 POLYSYLLABIC LANGUAGES. 
 
 1. Malaya. 
 
 2. J.iUra. 
 
 3. Bvigis (in Celebes). 
 
 4. Bima (Sumbhawa). 
 6. Batta (in Sumatra). 
 
 €. Gala or Tagala (Philippines), 
 
 MONOSYLLABIC LANGUAGES. 
 
 7. Rukheng (Aracan). 
 
 8. Barma (Ava). 
 
 9. Mon(Pcgu). 
 
 10. F!n;v (Siam). 
 
 11. Khonun (Cambodia). 
 
 12. Law (Loos). 
 
 13. Anam (Tunquin and Cocliin 
 China). 
 
 LEARNED LANGUAGE. 
 
 14. The Pali. 
 
 The tribes of tlic Eastern Isles 
 exhibit a variety of singular and 
 interesting appearances; not only iu 
 the civil and political, but also in 
 the moral history of man. If some 
 of them appear in a naked and pri- 
 mitive state of barbarism, in others 
 the vestiges of ancient art and 
 science indicate, that they have suf- 
 fered a relapse from a prior state of 
 civilization. This is particularly ob- 
 vious among the Malay, Javanese, 
 Batta, and Buggess tribes, among 
 whom the pohshed style and ele- 
 vated sentiments of many of their 
 compositions, and their dexterity in 
 some of the arts, especially the com- 
 pounding and working of metals, 
 form a singular contrast with the 
 neglect of personal morality, and the 
 relaxation of all the bonds of society, 
 while ancient and wise regulations 
 are in a great measure superseded 
 by the most absurd and barbarous 
 usages. 
 
 Among the most barbarous of the 
 Horafora and Papua races, there 
 are some, who, whether male or fe- 
 male, use no species of clothing 
 whatever; and, consequentlj', exhibit 
 few traces of that modesty, which is 
 supposed to be innate in the human 
 species. The same phenomenon is 
 exhibited among the Biajoos, the 
 families of whom live constantly to- 
 gether on the sea in small boats. 
 Vestiges of cannibalism appear to 
 exist among the greater part of the 
 rude tribes in the Eastern Isles ; but 
 the Battas of Sumatra, who are su- 
 perior to the Malays in the know- 
 ledge of arts and letters, have like- 
 wise preserved it, as well as the 
 Tabunka tribe in Celebes. Of many 
 of their most absurd and barbarous 
 usages, it is impossible to form at 
 present a just opinion; as we are 
 totally ignorant of the spirit of them, 
 and of the system of religious opi- 
 
ELEPIIANTA ISLE. 
 
 351 
 
 nioiis, witli wliith they are coii- 
 ncctf^d. 
 
 Tlic ^lalays, Javanese, and all the 
 easi insular Alahoimncdans an; Soo- 
 iK'cs, llio Shias beiuf? unknown to 
 thcni iiut by report, yet held by 
 tlu'Hi in iijreat abhorrence. {Lei/den, 
 JidiiiOiirgh Review, iVc) 
 
 Ecn ALA. — A town and fortress in 
 the pro^incc of Bengal, district of 
 Dacca Jclalpoor, frequently men- 
 tioned in the histories of Bengal, 
 but of which not a vestige now re- 
 mains. Lat. 24°. 4'. N. Long. 90°. 
 4;V. E. From the lowncss of the 
 surrounding country, during the 
 rains, it must have been completely 
 insulated. 
 
 A. D. 1353, llyas Khan, the se- 
 cond independent monarch of B041- 
 gal, is described as taking post here, 
 ■when his territories were invaded by 
 the ]!^niperor Feroze ; Avho advanced 
 to this place, and invested the for- 
 tress. The garrison, however, made 
 so protracted a resistance, that the 
 rains counnenced and inundated the 
 country ; w hich compelled the em- 
 peror to raise the siege, and leturn 
 to Delhi. Sultan Seid Hossein 
 Shah, the ruler of Bengal, from 1499 
 to 1520, made this town his chief 
 place of residence. (Stewart, S.-c.) 
 
 EcLODE. — A village in the Maha- 
 ratta territories, in the province of 
 Malwah, situated about eight miles 
 S. E. from Seronge. The adjacent 
 countiy is level and well cultivated, 
 and is, with several of the neighbour- 
 ing villages, the property of Ameer 
 Khan. 
 
 Eder. — A town possessed by in- 
 dependent chiefs, in the province of 
 Gujrat, 63 miles N. N. E. from Ah- 
 medal.ad. Lat. 23°. 35'. N. Long. 
 73°. 3'. E. 
 
 Edeghf-RRY. — (Itghan, the Brick 
 Fortress). — A town in the Carnatic, 
 144 miles N. W. from Madras. Lat. 
 14°. 51'. N. Long. 79°. 42'. E. 
 
 Eechaak, [Itc/iauc). — A town in 
 the province of Bahar, district of 
 Ramgur, 103 miles S. S. E. from 
 Patna. Lat. 24°. 10'. N. Long. 85°. 
 46'. K 
 
 Eetcoore, (Itaira). — A town in 
 the province of Baliar, district of 
 Kamgur, 92 miles S. from Patna, 
 Lat. 24°. 18'. N. Long. 85° 17'. E. 
 
 Efbe. — A harbour on the southern 
 coast of Mysol Island, formed by a 
 small islet of the same name. Ou 
 sjjore there is a village, where sup- 
 plies for ships may be had. 
 
 ElNl'RA, (or Yenuoor). — A small 
 town in the district ofSouth Car.ara. 
 Lat. 13°. 5'. N. Long. 75°. 16'. i;. 
 
 This town contains eight temples 
 belonging to the Jain, and one to 
 the Sisa Brahmins. 'Hie former 
 have an annual allowance of 14 
 pagodas, and the latter 10 {lagudas. 
 As in iliis part of the country the 
 worshippers of Jain are more nume- 
 rous tlijui those of Siva, the temples 
 of the former ought to have the best 
 endowments ; but, while the native 
 officers of government are mostly 
 Bralnnins, pretence will never be 
 wanting for distressing tho Jaia 
 temples. 
 
 At this place there is an immense 
 colossal image of one of the gods 
 ■worshipped by the Jain, which 
 stands in the open air, and is formed 
 of one solid piece of granite. The 
 hills aboiit this place are considered 
 unproductive, and the country gene- 
 rally extremely poor. (JF. Buchanan, 
 
 Elephanta IsLr. — A small island 
 between Bombay and the main land, 
 about live and a half miles front 
 Bombav, in an easterly direction. 
 Lat. 18^ 57'. N. Long. 73°. E. It 
 is fi\e miles in circumference, and 
 contains about 100 inhabitants, w ho 
 cultivate a little lice, and rear sheep 
 and poultry. The island is nearly 
 covered with wood of a luxuriant 
 growth, and abounds with springs of 
 excellent water; it is nevertheless 
 almost a desert, and is principally 
 celebrated for the remains of Hindoo 
 mythological excavations and sculp- 
 tures which it contains. 
 
 Opj)0site to the landing place is a 
 colossal stone elephant, cracked and 
 mutilated, from which the Pcrtu- 
 gucae aanicd the island ; by the ua- 
 
352 
 
 ELLOKE. 
 
 lives nanit'd Gharijwor. The en- 
 trance into the cave is 55 feet \vide, 
 its lieight 18 i'eet, and its leni^th 
 fijiial to its width. It is supported 
 by massy pillars carved in the loek, 
 and the sides of tlie cavern arc 
 sculptured into compartments, re- 
 presenting^ the persons of the Hindoo 
 mytholooy ; lint the end of the ca- 
 vern, opposite the entrance, is the 
 mosi remarkable. 
 
 In the centre is a remarkable 
 Trimurti, or three-formed i^od. lliah- 
 ma the creator is in the middle, 
 with Yishiiu the preserver on one 
 side, and Siva or Mahadeva, the de- 
 stroyer, on the otiier. 'I'hc latter 
 holds in his hands a cobra capclla 
 snake, and on ins cap, among other 
 syn]l)ols, are a human skull and a 
 young infant. The under lip of all 
 these figures is remarkably thick. 
 The length from tiie chin to the 
 crown of the head is six feet, and 
 their caps are about three feet more. 
 On each side of the Trinnnti is a 
 pilaster, the front of which is filled 
 up by a ligmc 14 feet higli, leaning 
 on a dwarf, but both much de- 
 faced. 
 
 I'o the light is a large compart- 
 ment hollowed a little, and carxed 
 Avith a great variety of figmes ; the 
 largest of which is 16 feet high, re- 
 I^rcscnting the double figure of Siva 
 and Parvati, named Viraj, half male 
 and half female. On the right of 
 the Yiraj is Brahma, four-faced, sit- 
 ting on a lotos; and on the left is 
 Yishnu, sitting on the shoulders of 
 his eagle Garnda. IS ear lirahma 
 are Indra and Indrani on their ele- 
 phant, and below is a female figure 
 liolding a chowry. The upper part 
 of the compartment is tilled with 
 small figures in the attitude of ado- 
 ration. 
 
 On the other side of the Trimurti 
 is another cojnpartment, with va- 
 rious figures of Siva and Parvati his 
 wife; the most remarkable of which 
 is Siva, in his vindictive character; 
 eight-handed, with a chaplct of 
 skidls round his neck. On the right 
 of tiio entrance of the cave is a 
 
 square apadmcnt, supported by 
 eight colossal figmes ; containing a 
 gigantic symbol of IMahatlua or Siva, 
 cut out of the rock. There is a si- 
 milar chamber in a smaller cavern, 
 which is almost filled with rubbish, 
 but having the walls covcied with 
 sculpture. 
 
 'J'hc pillars and figures in the cave 
 have been defaced by visitors, and 
 by the zeal of the Portuguese, who 
 made war on llie gods and temples, 
 as well as on the armies of Intlia. 
 Fragments of statues strew the floor, 
 columns deprived of their bases 
 are suspended from the roof, and 
 there arc others split and without 
 ca])ilals. 
 
 Tlie cave at Elephanta, originally 
 dedicated to Siva, is not now in use 
 as a temple, nor is it a place of pil- 
 grimage, or possessed of a sacerdotal 
 estahhshnient ; although neighbour- 
 ing individuals make occasional of- 
 ferings of prayers and oblations. 
 Considering the pains bestowed oil 
 it, it must at some periotl of time have 
 been held in greater estiuuition; but 
 the lirahmins in general disregard 
 imperfect or mutilated isnages. (if/. 
 Graham, G'olding/ium, Moor, <^c.) 
 
 Ellore, {Elura). — One of the 
 Northern Circars or districts, situat- 
 ed juincipally between the 16th and 
 17th degrees of north latitude. 
 
 Eliore and Condapilly occupy the 
 whole of the space between the 
 Krishna and the Codavcry; the dis- 
 tricts of Masulipatam towards the 
 sea; the inland province of Coin- 
 inim towards the west ; and the jeel, 
 or lake of Colair, which is chiefiy 
 formed by the ovediowiugs of the 
 above two rivers. Its superficial 
 ctMitents may be estimated at 27UO 
 scpiaie miles, exclusive of the iiigh 
 niountainoiis region on the west. 
 The principal towns are Eilore, Co- 
 laireolta, and Gundgoli. {J Grant, 
 
 Ellore. — A town in the IS'orthern 
 Circars, the capital of a district of 
 the same name. Lat. lb°. 45'. N. 
 Long. 81°. 10'. E. 
 
 Travelling distance to Hyderabad 
 
ENGANO ISLE. 
 
 353 
 
 183 miles; to Madras, 310 ; to Cal- 
 cutta, 719 miles. 
 
 Elora, {Elitra). — A town in the 
 Jiioviiicc of Amiuigabad, near tlic 
 city of Ddwlctabad, and named on 
 the spot Venool. 
 
 In a mounlaiu about a mile to the 
 fast of this town arc some remark- 
 able excavations of Hindoo temples, 
 and mythological symbols, which, in 
 magnitude and perfection of execu- 
 tion, excel any thing of the kind in 
 India. They are described at great 
 length in the sixth volume of the 
 Asiatic Researches, and appear, like 
 other similar excavations, to have 
 been dedicated to Siva or JMahadeva. 
 
 'l"he Brahmins on the spot assert 
 that they Mine formed by Eeloo 
 Kajah of EUichpoor 7914 years ago; 
 but, as tliey are found in the neigh- 
 bourhood of Deoghir or Tagara, 
 (now Dowletabad), which, prior to 
 the Mahonunedau conquest in 1293, 
 was the capital of a powerful Hin- 
 doo principality, they ])robably ori- 
 ginated in the superstition of some 
 of the family reigning at that place. 
 {Malet, Rennel, ^-c.) 
 
 Ellichpoor, {Elkltpur). — A tovm 
 in the province of Berar, of which it 
 is the proper capital, Nagpoor being 
 of recent date, and situated in the 
 adjoining province of Gundwana. It 
 was first acquired by the M ahorame- 
 dans, under Allah ud Deen, in 1294; 
 and is now comprehended in that 
 portion of the Berar province be- 
 longing to the Nizam. 
 
 Travelling distance from Nagpoor 
 122 miles ; from Oojain, 237 ; trom 
 Hyderabad, 319 ; from Puonah, 380 ; 
 from Delhi, 604 ; fiom Madras, 671 ; 
 fiom Calcutta, 844 miles. {Leckie, 
 Rennel, ^-c.) 
 
 Elgandel. — A town in the Ni- 
 zam's dominions, in the province of 
 Hyderabad, 9.5 miles N. E. from 
 Hyderabad. Lat. 18°. 29'. N. Long. 
 79°. 20'. E. 
 
 Ellmoue. — A town in the Nor- 
 thern Circars, district of Cicacole, 20 
 miles N. N. E. from the town of 
 Cicacole. Lat. 18°. 24'. N. Long. 
 84°. 10'. E. 
 
 2 A 
 
 Embehoty. — A town in the Na- 
 bob of Oude's territories, in the pro- 
 vince of Oude, 10 miles E. from 
 Luckuow. Lat. 26°. 42'. N. Long. 
 81°. 10'. E. 
 
 EMfc'NABAD, (Aminahart). — A town 
 possessed by the Seiks, in the pro- 
 vince of Lahore, 23 miles N. W. 
 from the city of Lahore. Lat 32°. 
 9'. N. Long. 73°. 42'. ¥.. 
 
 Encano Islk. — A small island, 
 about 30 miles in circumference, ly- 
 ing off the south-west coast of the 
 Island of Sumatra. Lat, 5°. 20'. S. 
 Long. 102°. 20'. E. 
 
 In lei.'i an expedition was fitted 
 out from Batavia, for the purpose of 
 examining this island, which ter- 
 minated in entrapping and canying 
 off 60 or 70 of the inliabitaets, male 
 and female. The former died soon 
 after their arrival at Batavia, re- 
 fusing to eat any other food than 
 cocoa nuts; but the women, who 
 were distributed among the prin- 
 cipal families of Batavia, proved 
 tractable and docile. 
 
 In 1771 it was visited by a vessel 
 sent by the governor and council of 
 Bencoolen, to explore tts j)roduc- 
 tions. Owing to the petty thefts of 
 the natives, and the imprudent con- 
 duct of the crew, hostilities arose 
 between them two days after their 
 arrival, which frustrated the purpose 
 of the expedition. On approacliing 
 the shore large plantations of cocoa 
 nut trees were discovered, with se- 
 veral .spots of ground cleared for 
 cultivation on the hills. Canoes 
 came off' to the ship, with cocoa nuts, 
 sugar canes, toddj', and a species of 
 yam. 
 
 The inhabitants are taller and 
 fairer than the iNIalays, tlieir hair 
 black, which the men cut .short ; and 
 tlje women wear long, and neatly 
 turned up. The form<'r go entirely 
 naked, except that they sometimes 
 throw a piece of the bark of a tree 
 or plantain leaf, over Iheir shoulders, 
 to protect them from the heat of the 
 sun. The latter go also naked, ex- 
 cept a jiiece of plantain leaf round 
 tlicir waist. 'Hie eais of both uieu 
 
354 
 
 ETAWEH. 
 
 and women have larj^e holes made 
 in tliem, an inch or two hi diameter, 
 into wliich they put a ring made of 
 cocoa nut shelly or a roll of leaves. 
 They do not chew betel, nor is their 
 language yet ascertained. 
 
 Their canoes are formed of thin 
 planks sewn together, sharp pointed 
 at each end, provided with out- 
 riggers, and capable of containing six 
 or seven men. They always carry 
 lances, not only as oflensive wea- 
 pons, but for the purpose of striking 
 tish. I'heso lances are about seven 
 feet in length, formed of hard woods; 
 some of which are tipped with pieces 
 of bamboo made sharp, and the con- 
 cave part tilled with fish bones and 
 .sharks teeth. Some lances are armed 
 with pieces of bone made shaqj and 
 notched, and otliers pointed with 
 bits of iron and copper sharpened. 
 
 The soil of the country is for the 
 most part a red clay, and the pro- 
 ductions the same as are usually 
 found on the coast of Siunatra. No 
 rice has been seen among the inlia- 
 bitants, nor have cattle or fowls of 
 any kind been observed about their 
 houses; which are circular, raised 
 on posts, tloored with planks, and 
 about eight feet in diameter, 'i'he 
 Malays, who arc much addicted to 
 the marvellous, formerly believed 
 that the inhabitants of this island 
 were all females. {Marsdcn, (^c.) 
 
 Enoue, {Enur). — A village in tho 
 Carnalic, eight miles north from 
 Madras, situated on the banks of a 
 small salt water lake, which contains 
 abundance of line tish and excellent 
 oysters. Laf. 13°. 13'. N. Long. 
 80°. 26'. E. A society in IMadras 
 have built here by subscription a 
 house on the edge of the lake, where 
 there is a weekly meeting to eat 
 tish, play cards, and sail on the lake 
 in pleasure boats ; a diversion which 
 cannot be enjoyed any where near 
 Madras, on account of tiic surf. 
 The town stands on a flat sandy 
 bank, and contains about 100 huts 
 of the natives, and two Eujopean 
 houses, besides the subscription- 
 house. (JSL Graham, (§-c.) 
 
 Eriioor. — A town in the Rajah 
 of Mysore's territories, 108 miles N. 
 from Seringapatam. Lat. 13°. 48'. 
 N. Long. 76°. 39'. E. 
 
 This place is enclosed by a gurry, 
 consisting of a wall flanked by 
 towe\.s and" a ditch. The Hoggree 
 River runs close past the fortifica- 
 tions, to which there is a flight of 
 stone steps from tlie water. It was 
 plundered by the Maharattas iu 
 1790. {Moor.) 
 
 Eiiou.vD, {Erochi). — A town in the 
 province of Coimbetnor, 104 miles 
 S. E. from Seringapatam. Lat. 11°. 
 19'. N. Long. 77°. 50'. E. 
 
 This place has a large mud fort, 
 occupied by a regiment of sepoys. 
 In the government of Hyder, the 
 suburbs contained aboutSOOO houses, 
 Tippoo's reign reduced them one 
 third ; and the whole were destroyed 
 during the invasion of General Mea- 
 dows. It is now fast recovering, and 
 contains above 400 houses. The 
 CHual coming by Erouad from the 
 Bhawani River is an excellent work, 
 and waters a naiTow space of ground, 
 1.5 Malaltar hours journey in length. 
 The best land about this place lets 
 for 21. 7s. per acre, and the worst at 
 lis. 4d. The diy fleld is from 
 5s. lOd. to Is. 6d. per acre. {F. 
 Suchunan, cVc.) 
 
 Etaweh, {Atava). — A district iu 
 the province of Agra, situated in the 
 Doab of the Ganges and Jumna, and 
 about the 27th degree of nortli lati- 
 tude. Along with the rest of the 
 Doab it was ceded to the British 
 by the Nabob of Oudc in 1801; 
 when a ci\il establislmient for the 
 administration of justice, and col- 
 lection of the revenue, was fixed at 
 Etaweh, subordinate to the Bareily 
 court of circuit and appeal. 
 
 E rAWEH. — A town iii the province 
 of Agra, 70 miles S. E. from the city 
 of Agra. Lat. 26°. 46'. N. Long. 
 78°. 58'. E. 
 
 This place is situated on a very 
 high bank of the River Jumna, many 
 parts oi wliich, during the dry sea- 
 son, are GO feet high. The town is- 
 built on .the heights, and, as it ap- 
 
 1 
 
TLORIS ISLE. 
 
 355 
 
 proaches the river, is divided into a 
 iiiunber of sejiarate hills by deep 
 ravines. The Juiniia is here a large 
 river, ^^ith many islands of sand, 
 Avfiieh are oveiilowed during the 
 rains. (Hodges, yc.J 
 
 JiWUNPiLLY. — A Maharatta lown 
 and small mud fort, iu the province 
 of Berar, 110 miles S. S. E. from 
 Nagpoor. Lat. 18°. 50'. N. Long. 
 80°. ory. E. 
 
 Jh'NAPOOR, ( Aimpoor). — A town 
 in the province of Bcjapoor. belong- 
 ing to the Aii'.liarattas, 12 miles S. 
 E. from Merntch. Eat. IG^. 50'. N. 
 Long. 75. lo'. E. 
 
 This is a town of considerable 
 size, in which there are some Ma- 
 hommedan families, wlio subsist on 
 the produce of charitable lauds, 
 granted in former times. 
 
 F. 
 
 Fardapoor, (Varadapnr). — A 
 town in the province of Berar, 43 
 miles N. W. from Jainajjoor. Eat. 
 20°. 29'. N. Long. 76°. 12'. E. The 
 lort of Fardapoor is small and ^^ eak, 
 and belongs to the Nizam, whose 
 itouuduries commence near to this 
 place. 
 
 Faikgepoor. — A town belonging 
 to the Maharattas, in the province 
 of Khandtsh, 22 miles S. E. horn 
 Boorhanpoor. Lut. 21°. 12'. N. 
 Long. 76°. E. 
 
 FtRMUL. — An Afghan district in 
 the province of Cabul, situated be- 
 tvrcen tiie 33d and 34th degrees of 
 north latitude. To the south it has 
 the desert, and to the north the dis- 
 trict of Gliizni. 
 
 Ferozeguk. — A tuwn belonging 
 to the Nizam, in the province of 
 Beeder, liO miles S. AV. by S. from 
 Hvderabad. Lat. 16°. 8'. N. Long. 
 77°. 22'. E. 
 
 Ferozepoor, (Firozpur, t/ie City 
 of Victory). — A towji in the Scik 
 territories, in the province of La- 
 Lure, 53 uiiics S, by E. Stom the city 
 2 A 2 
 
 of Lahore. Lat. 31°. 5'. N. Long. 
 73°. 58'. Ji. - - 
 
 FiROZABAD. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Agra, situated on the ea.st 
 side of the Jumna, 24 miles E. by S. 
 from the city of Agra. Lat. 27°. 9'. 
 N. Long. 78°. 20'. E. This is a 
 long straggling village enclosed by a 
 mud wall, with a tew round lowers, 
 
 FiRozEPOOR. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Agra, 60 miles S. W. bom 
 Dellii. Lat. 27°. 65'. N. Long. 76°. 
 48'. E. 
 
 FiRozEH. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Delhi, 112 miles N. W. by 
 N. from the city of Delhi. Lat. 29°- 
 17'. N. Long. 75°. 13'. E. 
 
 FiROZENAGUR. — A district in the 
 Nizam's dominions, in the province 
 of Beeder, extending along the north 
 side of the Krishna Kiver, and 
 situated between the 16th and 17tU 
 degrees of north latitude. The prin- 
 cipal towns are Fifozgur, Alpoor, 
 and Sooropoor. 
 
 Floris Isle, {Ende). — A large 
 island in the Eastern Seas, situated 
 between the eighth and ninth degrees 
 of south latitude, and the 120th and 
 123d of east longitude. In length, it 
 may be estimated at 200 miles, by 
 36 miles the avei-age breadth. The 
 proper name of this island is Ende, 
 it having been denominated Floris 
 by the early Portuguese writers, and 
 after them by succeeding voyagers 
 and geographers. 'J'he interior parts 
 of I'loris are mountainous and woody, 
 but near the sea coast is a line open 
 country ; our information, however, 
 with respect to this large island is 
 extremely scanty and imperfect. 
 Over the greater part of this island, 
 the Birma language prevails, which 
 is related in some respects to the 
 Buggess and Javanese. At the vil- 
 lage of Larantooca in the straits, 
 which separate Floris from Sa- 
 braon and Solor, European ves- 
 sels procure refreshments in ex- 
 change lor ammunition, coarse cut- 
 lery, and otlier small articles. For- 
 merly sandal wood in considerably 
 quantities n)ight be procured here, 
 but at present very little; wliich. 
 
356 
 
 FORMOSA, 
 
 with wax, and occasionally amber- 
 gris, compose the exports of the 
 island. At an earl} period the Por- 
 tuguese frequented this island, but 
 it does not appear they ever esta- 
 blished any regular settlement; al- 
 though there are still persons calling 
 themselves Portuguese, and pro- 
 fessing the Roman Catliolic religion, 
 scattered over the island. In the 
 Straits of Mangerav', va liich separate 
 this island from Comobo, the best 
 ports for ships are on the Tloris 
 side. {Bligh, Leyden, BlUhirn, ^c) 
 
 Formosa, {Ti/irmi). — A large is- 
 land lying off tlie south-east coast 
 of China, distant TOO miles, between 
 the 23d and 2f*th degices of north 
 latitude. In length it may be csli- 
 jnated at 180 miles, by 50 miles the 
 average breadth. The proper name 
 of this island is I'ywan, though call- 
 ed Formosa by Europeans. 
 
 The Dutch, at an early period, 
 established a settlement on this is- 
 land, and exercised considerable au- 
 thority. In 1625 the Viceroy of the 
 Philippines sent an expedition, which 
 landed on that part of Formosa next 
 the Island of Luzon, where they 
 erected fortifications in order to op- 
 l^ose the Dutch, and also to propa- 
 gate the Roman Catholic religion. In 
 1630 the Dutch governor, Neyts, 
 treacherously seized some Japanese 
 vessels, which were afterwards li- 
 berated by the address and bravery 
 of their crews. Prior to this period 
 the island does not appear to have 
 been subject to the Chinese empire. 
 
 About the middle of the 17tli cen- 
 tury it afforded a retreat to 20 or 
 IiO,000 Chinese, who were unwilling 
 to submit to the Tartar conqueror. 
 These refugees carried on a grxat 
 and lucrative trade with llicir coim- 
 trymen in China, ^d produced con- 
 siderable revenue to the Dutch go- 
 verlimejit, every person above seven 
 years of age j)aying a cni)itafion tax 
 of half a guilder a month. The island 
 also being at no great. distance rom 
 Japan, the Dntcii Company's ac- 
 tory had an advanttigoous traV i Tith 
 that empire.' 
 
 In 1C53 the Chinese inhabilanfs <Jf 
 Formosa entered into a conspiracy 
 against the Dutch, v^hich was sup- 
 pressed with the assistance of the 
 original natives. Soon after this, Cox- 
 inga, the governor of the maritims 
 province of Tehichiang in China, 
 applied for permission to retire to 
 the island with his followers, to 
 escape the invaders, but permission 
 v^ as refused by the Dutch governor. 
 Coxinga, in consequence, ordered 
 all the Chinese on the island to join 
 him on <hc continent, which sum- 
 mons ^^ as obeyed by one half; and, 
 in order to distres'S the rest, he pro- 
 hibited all intercourse, and declared 
 war against the Dutch. 'I'wo years 
 afterwards peace was re-eslablished, 
 but Coxinga, finding his situation in 
 China insecure, detennined to esta- 
 blish a more independent sovereignty 
 in Formosa; and, in consequence, 
 resolved to Invade that island, being 
 encouraged by the ruinous state of 
 the Dutch fortifications. 
 
 In March lie arrived at Tywan, or 
 Formosa, with a fleet of GOO vessels, 
 and made himself master of the to^\^l 
 and adjacent country, and afterwards 
 besieged Fort Zealand. The Dutch 
 made several ineflcctual eflbrts fo 
 relieve it, but were each time re- 
 pidsed with consideraiMe slaughter. 
 At length the governor, Wesburgli, 
 having sustained a close siege as long 
 as it was possible to resist, was 
 ohligcd to surrender the 5th of July, 
 1661, and the sunivors of the gar- 
 rison were allowed to embark on 
 board the Dutch ships. This was a 
 severe blow on the Dutch Fiast India 
 Company, as while they retained 
 Formosa they could controul the 
 commerce of the Spaniards, Portu- 
 guese, and Chinese, and had a place 
 of refreshment for their ships trading 
 to Japan. 
 
 Coxinga, not long after he had 
 completed the conquest, engaged in 
 a war with the Emperor of China on 
 the main land, and was defeated and 
 slain in a naval engagement by the 
 united fleets of the Dutch and Chi- 
 neiic. His followers witlidrew from 
 
FOIITIFIED ISLAND. 
 
 357 
 
 ii\e coast of China in 260 vessels, 
 hut the place of llieir siibseiiueiit 
 retreat has never been ascertained. 
 Notwithstandin.!;' liiis Aictury tlie al- 
 lies could make no impression on 
 I'onnosa, it \\ as so well defendcil by 
 Coxin;V'''^'s iniele, Savia, and al'ter- 
 vards by his son, 'J'eliinj^- Kinu; Maj . 
 
 After Co\ini!,a's death it is pro- 
 bable that the dynasty continued to 
 be distin<;uisliedby his name, as the 
 records of the l^njilish hast Imlia 
 Company, in 1671, mention a war 
 between the Kinj:; of Java, and Cox- 
 sin, the cl.'ief of l-'ormosa, whose 
 power, at that period, contiouied the 
 Kin<? of Janibee on Sumatra, and of 
 Joiiore on the Malay Peninsula. In 
 1676 the English East jndia Com- 
 pany had a factory on Formosa, the 
 chief object of which was, through 
 this medium, to eflect a trade w ith 
 Japan. At this time the principal 
 exports from Formosa weie fine cop- 
 per and gold, both probably pro- 
 cured from Japan. 
 
 In the year 1683 the reigninof 
 prince, Tching Ki San, voluntarily 
 sinrendered his dominions to the 
 Emperor of China, who settled a 
 pension on him. The Chinese hav- 
 ing thus easily acquired Formosa, 
 garrisoned it w ith a strong body of 
 troops, and with tiiem it has re- 
 niaijied until w ithin these few years. 
 
 In 1805 the Ladrone pirates had 
 acquired possession of a great part 
 of the south-west coast of Formosa, 
 which exported a great deal of grain 
 to the province of Fokiu in China. 
 {Macplierson, Bruce, Zuni^a, Kru- 
 senstern, 4t.) 
 
 Fort William. — See Calcutta. 
 
 Fort St. David. — A town oh the 
 sea coast of the Carualic, 100 miles 
 S. S. Vv. from iVladras, and 1.5 S.S. 
 W. from Pondicherr\ . Lat. 1 1°. 46'. 
 N, Long. 79°. 57'. V.. 'I'hree ccn- 
 sidcrable rivers, coming Irom the 
 westward, gain the sea in the space 
 of i'our miles within the bounds of 
 Fort St. David. 7'hc bed of the 
 Panaur lies about 1800 yards to the 
 nortli of the Ri\er of Tripajiolore, 
 •AoA. tiie two coiumuuicatc by u canal 
 
 which runs ncaily parallel to, and 
 about 1000 yards distant fiom, the 
 margin of the sea. Fort St. David 
 stands in the angle where the canal 
 joins the River of Tiipapolore, which 
 j)asses close to the site of the fort, 
 and then sends to the south an arm 
 tliat soon joins the River of Banda- 
 pollam, when both united in one 
 channel continue along the eastern 
 side of Cuddalore, separated from 
 the sea by a mound of sand. 
 
 This factory was first established 
 in 1691, when Ihe Court of Directors 
 ordered a purchase to be made from 
 the Ram Rajah of a new settlement 
 at Tegnapatam, which w as carried 
 into execution, and named I'ort St. 
 David, the territory acquired being 
 larger than that belonging to Ma- 
 dras. 
 
 In 1693 it w as discovered, that a 
 plot had been anangcd by Dr. Black- 
 well, the surgeon to the garrison, to 
 deliver up Fort St. David to Zulficar 
 Khan, the general of Aurengzebe, 
 then besieging the Ram Rajah in 
 Cingee ; in reeompcnce for which he 
 was to receive a large sum of money, 
 and be made governor of Porto 
 Novo. He was seized and carried 
 to Madras, where he macle full con- 
 fession; when it appeared the plot 
 comprehended the seizure of the 
 whole of the English settlement.s. 
 In 1702 the ground rent of I'ort St. 
 David was farmed for 2805 pagodas, 
 and the tobacco and betel nut for 
 2756 pagodas. 
 
 After the capture of Madras, in 
 1746, by the French under 'SI. La 
 Bourdonnais, the English factory re- 
 tired here, and w ere again besieged, 
 but without success. From this pe- 
 riod it continued the head of the 
 English .settlements on the Coro- 
 niandcl Coast until 1758, when it 
 was taken by M. L:i!ly after a shuit 
 siege. On this event the French 
 conijdctely demolished the fortifica- 
 tions, which w ere never rebuilt. For 
 this they afterwards suficred severe 
 retribution when i^)ndiciu'rry was 
 taken. {Onuf, Eriice, Wi/ks, cVc.) 
 
 Forth lED Island, {liaswa Rasa 
 
358 
 
 FURRUCKABAD. 
 
 Ditrga). — A small island, about a 
 mile in circumference, on the coast 
 of North Canara, a little way north 
 from the entrance into Onore Lake. 
 Lat. 14°. 16'. N. Long. 74°. 27'. E. 
 
 It was originally fortified by Si- 
 ruppa Nayaka, the Rajah of Ikeri, 
 but was greatly strcnglhened by 
 Tippoo, who intended to make it 
 his naval arsenal. When taken from 
 him, in 1792, by three British fri- 
 gates, tlic garrison consisted of 200 
 men, and 34 pieces of cannon, 
 with provisions and ammunition ni 
 proportion. Besides the military 
 stores and pepper there ^^'ere found 
 here 20 tons of iron spikes for build- 
 ing, with almost the whole of the 
 iron work for a 60 gun ship, and 
 some lesser naval stores. The ship 
 for which this preparation Avas made 
 was nearly completed, but had been 
 scuttled and sunk in the river at 
 Onore on the commencement of 
 hostilities. 
 
 This island contains cocoa nut, 
 palms, and plantain trees, with abun- 
 dance of fresh water. It produces 
 the best sort of can, which is used 
 by the natives in painting their 
 houses. (Dirom, F. Buchanan, Vc) 
 Fringybazar. — A small town in 
 the province of Bengal, district of 
 Dacca Jelalpoor, situated on tlie 
 west side of the Dullasery, near its 
 function with the Megna, 13 miles 
 S. W. li-om Dacca. Lat. 23°. 33'. N. 
 Long. 90°. 2:3'. E. 
 
 When Sliaista Khan, the Mogul 
 Viceroy of Bengal, invaded Chitta- 
 gong, then possessed by the JMughs, 
 in 1666, he was joined by many of 
 the native Portnguese, who fled to 
 the Mogul army for protection. A 
 considerable number of tlieni he set- 
 tled here, and from this circumstance 
 tiie name of the place originated, 
 but none of their descendants now 
 remain. During the height of the 
 rainy season, the vast expanse of 
 •water here ap})ears like an inland 
 sea, and the depth ia very great. 
 (Stewnrl, ^-c.) 
 
 FuKGos IsLi:. — A small island 
 about 40 miles in circumfertncej one 
 
 of the most southerly of the Philip- 
 pines. Lat, 9°. 25'. N. Long. 123°. 
 25'. E. 
 
 FuGA Isle. — A small island about 
 35 miles in circumference, one of 
 the Philippines, and situated due 
 north from the large island of Luzon, 
 or Luconia. Lat. 19°. N. Long. 
 121°. 30'. E. 
 
 FxjLALEE. — A small branch of the 
 Indus, which it rejoins in latitude 
 25°. 9'. N. a few miles below Hy- 
 derabad, the capital of the province 
 of Sinde. 
 
 Ascending the Fulalee from its 
 junction with the Indus up to Hy- 
 derabad, it winds so much, that, al- 
 though the direct distance by land is 
 not more than 14 miles, the route by 
 water is not less than 24 miles. The 
 depth of water in this part of the 
 route, during the month of August, 
 is from four to six fathoms, and 
 there are many villages scattered on 
 each side of the river. 'J'he natives 
 of Sinde assert, that the Fulalee, at 
 some distance to the north of Hy- 
 derabad, communicates with the In- 
 dus, forming an island of the coun- 
 try round the city of Hyderabad. 
 This island, named Gungah, near 
 the banks of the river, is, in many 
 places, well cultivated, which is also 
 the case with the opposite side. 
 {Maxfield, ^c.) 
 
 FULTA, {Phalata, Fertility). — A 
 large village in the province of Ben- 
 gal, situated on the east bank of the 
 River Hooghly, 20 miles S. S. W. in 
 a straight direction from Calcutta, 
 but much more by tlie windings of 
 the river. Lat. 22°. 19'. N. Long. 
 88°. 20'. E. The anchorage here is 
 safe, ships being protected from tlie 
 swell of tiie sea. The bottom is a 
 stiff clay, in « hich the anchors hold 
 so fast that it is dillicult to weigh 
 them. 
 
 FuRRUCKABAD, (Farakhabad, a 
 Happy Abode.) — A district in tho 
 province of Agra, situated in the 
 J)oab of the Ganges and Jumna, 
 and between the 27tli and 28th de- 
 grees of nortli latitude. This small 
 district extends along the Avestern 
 
FYZABAD, 
 
 359 
 
 bank of flic G.ano^es, and was sur- 
 rounded by the dominions of llie 
 Nabob of Oiido, to whom the Patau 
 rhief of Fnrrnckabad was tributary. 
 In 1801, by an arranj^cment with 
 tlie former, tlic tribute payatilc by 
 the latter was transferred to the 
 Company; and, in 1802, tlie civil 
 Tind military government of the coun- 
 try were assumed, makiuj^- an alJow- 
 auce to tlie Nabob of J'urruekabad 
 of 180,000 rupees per auunni. 
 
 Prior totiiis period the stat<' of the 
 country was most wretched. Mur- 
 ders were so frequent, (hat the in- 
 habitants did not dare to venture 
 out after sunset ; and the workmen 
 Avho came out of the Bri(ish mihtary 
 cantonmeuts always retired to their 
 own houses dining day light. Since 
 the transfer the robbers have been 
 extirpated, and owinj; to tlie security 
 of property', the value of tlie lajids 
 have greatly risen. It Monid be easy 
 to prove that the great bulk of the 
 inhabitants of every part of India 
 have reason to rejoice at coming un- 
 der the Britisli eontioul, but tlic 
 blessings to tins small district in par- 
 ticular arc incalculable. {Lord Va- 
 leiitia. Treaties, Rennel, ^-c.) 
 
 FuRUL'CKADAD. — A town in the 
 pro^in(•c of Agra, district of I'ur- 
 ruckabad, of which it is tlie cajulal. 
 Lat. 27°. 23'. N. Ltmg. 79°. 33'. J-;. 
 
 This town was built by a Patan 
 colony about 100 years ago, and is 
 situated at a siiort distance from the 
 west side of the Ganges. The streets 
 arc wide, and the houses and open 
 places are shaded with trees. A con- 
 siderable trade is carried on, and the 
 town rendered flourishing by the vi- 
 cinity of tlie Krilisii cantonments. 
 On the ces.'^ion of the district, in 
 1802. by the Nabob of Oude, a civil 
 establishraent for the administration 
 of justice, and coUccliun of the re- 
 venue, was settled here, subordinate 
 to the Barcily court of circuit and 
 appeal. 
 
 Travelling distance from Lucknow 
 111 miles, from Ecnares 755, from 
 ^ 'alcutta byBirboom 755 milcii. {L<frd 
 Yakntia, Rennel, ^x.) 
 
 FuRRUCKNVGUR. — A town in the 
 province of Delhi, 30 miles S. W. 
 from the city of Delhi. Lat. 28°. 
 30'. N. Long. 76°. 41'. E. 
 
 FuTTEHGHUR, {Fatahgliar, the 
 Fort of Victory). — A town in the 
 province of Agra, district of Fur- 
 ruckabad, 90 miles W. N. W. from 
 Lucknow. Lat. 27° 22'. N. Long. 
 79°. 34'. E. A brigade of troops is 
 usually cantoned at this place, which 
 is close to I'urruckabad. 
 
 FuTTii'OOR. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Agra, 25 miles W. S. W. 
 Irom the city of Agra. Lat. 27°. 5'. 
 N. Long. 7/°. 34'. E. 
 
 This place is enclosed by a stone 
 wall of great extent, built by the 
 Emperor Acber. The space within 
 does not appear ever to have been 
 tilled with buildings, and the part 
 now inhabited is but an inconsider- 
 able village. The neighbouring hills 
 are composed of a greyish stone, 
 and have supplied the materials of - 
 which the town is built. On the ~ 
 most elevated part of the rock stands 
 tlie tomb of Shah Selim Cheestec, 
 by the eflicacy of whose devotion the 
 Empress of Acber, after remaining 
 several years barren, became preg- 
 nant, and bore a son, who, in ho- 
 nour of the saint, Avas named Selim ; 
 and, on ascending tlie throne of Hin- 
 dostan, took the name of Jehangeer. 
 {Hunter, Src.) 
 
 FuTTYPooR. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Ajnieer, within the terri- 
 tories of the Jcynagur Bajpoots, 70 
 miles N. N. W. from J vnagur. Lat, 
 27°. 51'. N. Long. 75°. 7'. j:. This 
 ]>lace is inhabited by a tribe of Ma- 
 liommedans, named Kaiem Khanee. 
 FvzABAD, (a beautiful Residence.) 
 • — A town in the province of Oude, 
 situated on the south side of the 
 (ioggrah, orDewah Kiver, 80 miles 
 east from Lucknow. Lat. 26°. 46'. 
 N. Long. 82°. 10'. E. During the 
 reign of Sujah ud Dowlah this was 
 the capital of bis don)inions, but his 
 wn removed the seat of goverimient 
 to Lucknow. Here are the remains 
 of a fortress, and of Sujah ud Dow- 
 lah's palace. The city is of coii- 
 
360 
 
 GANGES. 
 
 siderable extent, and still contains 
 a numerous population, chiefly of 
 the lower classes ; the great men, 
 accompanied by the merchants, bank- 
 ers, and money changers, having 
 migrated along with the court to 
 JLiUoknow. Adjoining is tlie ancient 
 city of Oude, or Ayodha, the capital 
 of the great Ram, who conquered 
 Ceylon. {Reimel, Hodges, Foster, 
 fc.) 
 
 G. 
 
 Galesong.— A small province si- 
 tuated at the southern extemity of 
 Celebes, the inhabitants of which 
 aie esteemed the best sailors on the 
 island. 
 
 Galkikst. — A small village in 
 Ceylon tu the south of Columbo, 
 whore tliere is a church for the ac- 
 commodation both of the Dutch and 
 Ccylonese, many of the latter having 
 been converted to the Christian re- 
 ligion. Lat. 16°. .59'. N. Long. 79°. 
 51'. E. 
 
 Gandapoor, {Gandhapnr, thefra- 
 graid Totcn). — A town in the Ma- 
 haratta territories, in the province 
 of Aurungabad, 62 nnles north from 
 Ahmednuggur. Lat. 19°. 54'. N. 
 Long. 75°. 11'. E. 
 
 Gahrah. — A small town in the 
 province of Sinde, district of Tatta. 
 Lat. 24°. 46'. N. Long. 67°. 56'. E. 
 
 This place stands on the banks of 
 a salt water creek communicating 
 with the sea, and navigable for 
 small boats ; but the t) ade is insjg- 
 nif](;ant, and the poverty of the in- 
 habitants extreme. There are a few 
 wells near the toMn, but the water 
 is neither good nor plentiful. 
 
 The surrounding country consists 
 of a light salt sand, which, in a 
 fresh breeze, rises in such clouds as 
 almost to blind man and beast. A 
 strong glare is reflected during the 
 flay, and the wind is dry and ex- 
 tremely parching. A few lye shrubs 
 are scattered over this tract. IVo 
 
 miles E. N. E. from Gahrah tho 
 country improves, and there is a 
 plain three miles in extent, and ca- 
 pable of cultivation, remaining in a 
 state of nature. {Blaxfield, ^c.) 
 
 Ganges, {Ganga). — Prior to the 
 commencement of the 19th century 
 the Ganges had been traced by Hin- 
 doo pilgrims from Hindostan into 
 the snowy mountains, which run in 
 a direction north west to south east, 
 on the frontiers of India ; and, oh 
 the side of Tibet, had been approach- 
 ed by Lama surveyors, whose route 
 terminated at Kentaisse, a range of 
 snowy mountains on the west and 
 south of Tibet. The interveniuc 
 space was a region of conjecture aua 
 romance. Whether a vast tract ot 
 Alpine country intervened, or sim- 
 ply a ridge of lofty mountains clothed 
 in eternal snow, Avhich last position 
 seemed the most probable. 
 
 Until 1807 all the maps represent- 
 ed this river flowing within the Hi- 
 malaya chain of snowy mountains 
 many hundred miles, trom an imagi- 
 nary lake, named Mapama, to Gan- 
 goutri. This coiuse appeared to Mr. 
 Colebrooke, and the late Lieut. Col. 
 Colebrooke, to rest on very slender 
 foundations. They thought it very 
 improbable that a stream less thau 
 the Alacananda, as the Bhagirathi 
 was represented to be, should have 
 its source so much more remote thari 
 the larger stream; and that flowing 
 (as was supposed) for many hundred 
 miles through a mountainous region, 
 it should receive no greater acces- 
 sions from mountain torrents. Praim 
 Poori, the Sanyassee, had, prior to 
 this, also declared, that the river at 
 Gangoutri, which was visited by him 
 on his return from Cashmere, was so 
 narrow, that it might be leaped over; 
 which is incompatible with the no- 
 tion of a distant source of the river. 
 So narrow a stream could be only a 
 mere brook or rivulet, whose re- 
 motest source, these gentlemen con- 
 jectured, must be only a few miles 
 distant. 
 
 To verify these conclusions Lieut 
 Webb was sent by the Bengal go- 
 
tTiiimcnt, ill 1808, to survey the 
 soiiiccs of the (Jaiigcs; and the in- 
 fornialioii acquired ])y him dotor- 
 niiiicd him to assign them a sit.natijuu 
 south of the Himalaya Mountains. 
 His reasons lor adopting this opinion 
 Le has published, the principal of 
 which arc, 
 
 Isl. That it had luiiversally been 
 experienced during his journey, that 
 the supply of water from springs and 
 tributary streams was suflieient, in a 
 course of eight or 10 miles, to sw ell 
 the most minute livulet into a con- 
 siderable and unfordable stream. 
 
 2dly. I'he course of the Gauges 
 and Alaeauauda Rivers was follow- 
 ed, until the former became a shal- 
 low and almost stagnant pool, and 
 the latter a small stream ; and both 
 having, in addition to springs and 
 rivulets, a considerable visible sup- 
 ply from the thawing of the snow. 
 It is therefore concluded from ana- 
 logy, that the sources of these rivers 
 could be little, if at all removed from 
 tlie station at which these remarks 
 •«\ ere collected. 
 
 No doubt, therefore, can remain, 
 that the diflereut branches of the 
 river above Ilurdwar take their rise 
 on the southern side of tlio Himalaya 
 chain of snowy mountains; and it is 
 presumable, tliat all the tributary 
 streams of the Ganges, including the 
 Sarjew or Goggrah, and tlie Jumna, 
 whose most conspicuous fountain is 
 at little distance from the Ganges, 
 also rise on the southern side of that 
 chain of mountains. 
 
 Every account agreed that the 
 source of tlie Ganges is more remote 
 tliau the place called Gangoutri, 
 which is merely the point whence it 
 issues from Himalaya, not, as related, 
 through a secret passage or caveni, 
 resembling a cow's mouth; but its 
 current is perceptible beyond that 
 place, although tiie access be so ob- 
 structed as to exclude further le- 
 search. The pilgrims, and those 
 persons who reside Avilhin a tew 
 iniles of Gangoutri, and wlu» gain a 
 livelihood by bringing the water 
 from the s£ot, say that the road b«- 
 
 GANGES. 301 
 
 yond Gangoutri is passable only for 
 a few miles, w hen the current is en- 
 tirely concealed under heaps of snow, 
 which no traveller e\er has sur- 
 mounted or can surmount. 
 
 After issuing from the mountains 
 neju" Hurdwar, to the conflux with 
 the Jumna at Allahabad, the first 
 large river that joins it, the bed of 
 the Ganges is generally from a mile 
 to one and a ipiarter miles wide. 
 From hence its coarse becomes more 
 winding, and its bed wider, until 
 having successively received the 
 Goggrah, the Soane, and the Gun- 
 duck, besides many snuilier streams, 
 its chaimel attains its full width, as 
 it afterwards in some parts becomes 
 so narrow as half a mile; and, where 
 uo islands intcnene, is in some 
 places three miles wide. When at 
 its lowest, the principal channel va- 
 ries from 400 yards to one and a 
 quarter miles wide, but is common- 
 ly about three-fouiths of a mile in 
 breadth. 
 
 The Gauges is fordable at some 
 places above its coutlux with the 
 Jumna, but the navigation is never 
 inteiTupted. At 500 miles from the 
 sea the chaniiel is 30 feet deep when 
 the river is at tiie lowest; which depth 
 continues to the sea, where the sud- 
 den expansion of tlie stream deprives 
 it of the force necessary to sweep 
 away the bars of sand and mud 
 thrown across it by tlie strong south- 
 erly winds, so that the principal 
 branch of the Gauges cannot be en- 
 tered by large vessels. 
 
 About 200 miles from the sea 
 (but 300, reckoning the windings of 
 the river) commences the Delta of 
 the Ganges. 'I'he two westernmost 
 branches, named theCossimbaiiar and 
 Jcilinghy rivers, luiite and form at- 
 terwards what is named the Hooghiy 
 River, w hich forms the Port of Cal- 
 cutta, and the only branch of the 
 Ganges that is cnminonly navigated 
 by ships. The Cossinibazar River is 
 almost dry from October to May; 
 the Jellinghy River, altliough a 
 stream, runs in it during the whole 
 year, is in some years unnavigable 
 
362 
 
 GANGES. 
 
 durinc; two or three of the driest 
 months ; so tliat the only subordi- 
 nato braiicli of tlie Ganges that is at 
 all times navigal)le for boats is the 
 Chandnah Kiver, which separates at 
 IModdapoor, ajid terminates in the 
 Ifooringotta River. 'Hiat part of 
 flie Delta borderins:^ on the sea is 
 composed of a labyrinth of rivers and 
 creeks, named the Sunderbnnds, 
 whieh, inchidinf^ the rivers that 
 bonnd it, give an expansion of 200 
 miles to the branches of the Ganges 
 at its junction with the sea. 
 
 The descent of the river is about 
 nine inches per mile ; but the wind- 
 ings are so gieat as to reduce the 
 declivity- to less than four inches per 
 iiule. In the dry season the mean 
 rate of motion is less than three miles 
 per liour. In tlie wet season, and 
 ■while the waters are draining' off 
 fiom the inundated lands, the cur- 
 rent runs from live to six miles an 
 hour; and tiiere are instances of its 
 running seven and eight miles in par- 
 particular situations. 
 
 The Ganges appeals to owe its 
 increase as much to the rain that 
 falls in the mountains, as to that 
 which falls in the plains ofHindos- 
 tau, for it rises 15| feet out of 32 
 feet (the sum total of its rising) by 
 tlie latter end of June, and the rainy 
 season does not properly begin in 
 most of the flat countries until about 
 that time. In the mountains the 
 rains begin early in April; and, by 
 the latter end of that month, wlien 
 the rain water has reached Bengal, 
 the rivers begin to rise by very slow 
 degrees, the increase being only one 
 inch per day for the first fortnight. 
 Jt then gradually augments to two 
 and three inches before any quantity 
 of rain falls in the low countries; 
 and when the rain becomes general 
 its increase, at a medium, is five 
 inches per day. By the latter end 
 of July all the lower parts of Bengal 
 are overflowed contiguous to the 
 Ganges and Brahmapootra, and form 
 an inundation of more than 100 miles 
 in width, nothing appearing but vil- 
 lages and trees, and here and there 
 
 the artificial site of an abandoned 
 village, appearing like an island. 
 
 Owing to the quantity of rain that 
 falls in Bengal, the lands in general 
 are oveiHowed to a considerable 
 height long before the bed of the 
 river is filled, the ground adjacent to 
 the river bank, to the extent of some 
 miles, being higher than the rest of 
 the country. There are particular 
 tracts guarded from inundation by 
 dikes, which are kept up at an enor- 
 mous expense; yet do not always 
 succeed, owing to the want of tena- 
 city in the soil of which they are 
 com])osed. It is calculated that the 
 length of these dikes, coHeclively, 
 exceeds 1000 miles. 
 
 Table of the Increase of the Gauges 
 
 and its Branches. 
 AT JELLINGHY. AT DACCA. 
 
 ft. in. ft. in. 
 
 In May it rose 6 0-24 
 June - - 9 6 - 4 6 
 July - - - 12 6 - 6 6 
 
 In the first ha If of 
 
 August --40 - 111 
 
 Feet 32 
 
 14 3 
 
 The inundation is nearly at a stand 
 in Bengal for some days preceding 
 the 15th of August, when it begins to 
 run off", though great quantities of 
 rain still continue to fall during Au- 
 gust and September ; but a decrease 
 of rain has by this time taken place 
 in the mountains, and a consecpient 
 deficiency jn the supplies to keep up 
 the inundation. The daily decrease 
 of the Ganges, during the latter half 
 of August and September, is from 
 three to four inches; from Septem- 
 ber to the end of November it gra- 
 dually lessens from three inches to 
 one and a half inches; and from 
 November to the end of April is only 
 half an inch per day at a medium. 
 
 Approaching the sea from the li- 
 mits to which the tide reaches, the 
 height of the periodical increase gra- 
 dually diminishes, until it totally dis- 
 appears at the point of confluence 
 with the sea. The occaivpreserving 
 
GANGES. 
 
 303 
 
 at all times ihe same level, nccos- 
 sariiy influences <lic level of the wa- 
 ters that coinmunjcatc with it. At 
 LiUckipoor there is a dill'crence of 
 about six feet between the heipjht 
 in the different seasons ; at Dacca 
 and places adjacent 14 ; and at 
 C'ustcc of 31 feet. Tlio latter place 
 is about 240 miles from the sea by 
 the course of the river; and the sur- 
 face of the river there is, during the 
 dry season, 80 feet above the level 
 of the sea at high water. 
 
 The quantity of w ater discharged 
 by the Ganges, in one second of time, 
 during the dry season, is 80.000 cu- 
 bic feet; but the river m hen full. hav- 
 ing twice the volume of water in it, 
 and its motion being accelerated in 
 the proportion of Jive to three, the 
 quantity discharged that season is 
 405,000 cubic ihvt. Taking the me- 
 dium of the whole year, it will be 
 nearly 180,000 cubic feet per second 
 of time. 
 
 In Bengal the banks of the Ganges 
 exhibit a variety of appearances, ac- 
 cording to the nature of the soil, or 
 the degree of force with which the 
 current strikes against them. In 
 those parts where the velocity of the 
 stream is greatest, and the soil ex- 
 tremely loose, tiiey become perpen- 
 dicular, and crumble in so frequent- 
 ly, as to render it dangerous to aj)- 
 proaeh them. The bank is often 
 excavated into a number of deep 
 bays, with projecting points between 
 them, round which the cunent rushes 
 with great rapidity ; but is consider- 
 ably slackened, and has even a retro- 
 grade motion in the interior part of 
 tile gulf. In tlie higher |)arts, where 
 a conker soil (a hard, reddish, calca- 
 reous earth) prevails, the banks of 
 th(^ Ganges are not so liable to be 
 undermined. 
 
 The Hajemal Hills, from which se- 
 veral rocky points project into the 
 river, as at Sicrygully, I'ointy, and 
 Pattergotta. have for ages opposed 
 ofleetually the encroachments of the 
 river. The depth of the water in 
 the navigiible part of the Ganges, 
 not far from Colgong, is Ijequently 
 
 upwards of 70 feet ; yet in this neigh- 
 bourhood new islands have risen to 
 more than 20 feet above the level of 
 the .stream. Tlie quantity of land 
 which has been destroyed by tho 
 river in the course of a few years, 
 from Colgong to Sooty, will amount, 
 on a moderate calculation, to 40 
 square miles, or 2.5,600 square acres ; 
 but this is counterbalanced, in a 
 great measure, by the alluvion which 
 has taken place on the opposite 
 shore, and by the new island of Smi- 
 deep, which alone contains above 
 10 .square miles. 
 
 In its course through the plains the^ 
 Ganges receives 11 rivers, some of 
 which arc equal to the Rhine, and 
 smaller than theThames,besides. some 
 a great many others of lesser note. 
 The largest tributary streams to t!ie 
 Ganges in Bengal and Bahar are tiie 
 Goggrah, the Soano, an<l the Coosy, 
 or Cosa. Such of these rivers as are 
 narrowest are remarkable for their 
 windings; the larger rivers having a 
 tendency to run in more direct lines. 
 
 Within the space of 100 miles the 
 Ganges.by the winding of its <oHrsc, 
 is calculated to increase the distance 
 to 125 miles. 
 
 The Goggrah, or Dcwah, to 112 
 miles. \ 
 
 'I'he Hooghly from Calcutta io 
 Nuddea increases from 60 to 76 
 miles. 
 
 The Goompty, from its outlet up- 
 wards, increases from 100 to 1/5 
 miles. 
 
 The Issamutty and Jaboona, from 
 Dewangunge to Bausetullah, in- 
 crease liom 100 to 217 miles. 
 
 Although the sources of the Brah- 
 mapootra have iicver been explored, 
 it is probable they are separated from 
 those of the Ganges only by a narrow 
 range of snow-chid peaks, about the 
 32(1 degree of north latitude, and the 
 82dofeast longitude. From hence 
 they direct their courses towards op- 
 posite quarters, until they are moie 
 than 1200 miles asunder; but after- 
 wards meet and intermix their wa- 
 ters before they join the sea, the 
 Ganges having tiicn performed a 
 
364 
 
 GANGOUTRI. 
 
 journey, iHcluding the windings, of 
 about 1500 miles. 
 
 It is only that part of the river 
 which lies in a line from Gangoutri, 
 where its feeble stream issues from 
 Himalaya to Sagor Islaud, below 
 Calcutta, tliat is particularly sacred, 
 and named the Gunga, or Ehagi- 
 rathi. The Hooghly River, there- 
 fore, of European geographers is 
 considered the true Ganges; and the 
 g^reat branch that runs east to join 
 the Bralmiapootra is, by the Hin- 
 doos, called Puddah (Padma) or 
 Padmawati, and is not by them 
 esteemed equally sacred. Although 
 the water of the whole river from 
 Gaugoutri to Sagor is holj', yet there 
 are places more eminently sacred 
 than the rest, and to these pilgiims 
 from a distance resort to perform 
 their ablutions, and to take up the 
 water that is used in their cere- 
 monies. 
 
 The chief of these are the five 
 Prayags, or holy junctions of rivers, 
 of which Allahabad is the principal, 
 and by way of distinction named 
 simply Prayag. I'he others are si- 
 tuated in tire province of Serinagur, 
 at the confluence of the Alacananda, 
 with different small rivers, and are 
 named De^aprayaga, Rudraprayaga, 
 Carnaprayaga, and Nandaprayaga. 
 The other sacred places are Hurd- 
 war, where the river first escapes 
 from fhe mountains; Uttara Jana- 
 giri, a short distance below Mong- 
 hir and Sagor Island, at the mouth 
 of the Calcutta River, named by 
 Europeans the Hooghl}^ Besides 
 its sanctity, the Ganges is much 
 esteemed for its medicinal pro- 
 porperties, and is on tliis account 
 drank by many INIahommedans. 
 In 1792 Abd ul Hakeem, tlie reign- 
 ing Nabob of Shanoor, near the 
 Avest coast of India, although at the 
 distance of more than lOUO miles 
 from this river, never drank any 
 other water. 
 
 In (he Hindoo jNIythology Ganga 
 (the Ganges) is described as tlie 
 eldest daughter of the great moun- 
 tain llimavjita ; her sister Ooma as 
 
 tlie spouse of Mchadera.the destroy- 
 ing power. 
 
 She is called Ganga on account of 
 her flowing f lirongh gang, the caith ; 
 she is called Jalmavi from a choleric 
 Hindoo saint, whose devotions she 
 inteiTupted on her passage to the 
 sea, and, in a fit of displeasure, h© 
 drank her entirely up ; but was af- 
 terwards induced, by the humble 
 suppUcations of tlie Devas (demi- 
 gods), to discharge her by his ears. 
 
 She is called Bhaghirathi from the 
 royal devotee Bhagaratha, who, by 
 the intensity and austerity of his dc- 
 A'otions, brought her from heaven to 
 the earth, from whence she pro- 
 ceeded to the infernal regions, to re- 
 animate the ashes of some of his 
 ancestors. 
 
 She is called Iriputbaga, on ac- 
 count of her proceeding forward in 
 three different directions, watering 
 the three Morlds — heaven, earth, 
 and the infernal regions. 
 
 According to the Bralnninical 
 Mythology, the sea, although dug 
 before tlie descent of the Ganges 
 from heaven, is, by tiie Hindoos, 
 supjiosed to have been empty of 
 A\ater. {Rennel, Colebroohe, Colonel 
 Colcbroohe, Webb, Rape?; Ramayoiiy 
 F. Buchanan, Moor, |-c.) 
 
 Gang POOR. — A small district in 
 the province of Gundwana, situated 
 al)out the 22d degree of north lati- 
 tude, and bounded on the north by 
 the British district of Chuta Nag- 
 poor, in Bahar. During the reign 
 of Aurengzebe, it was formally an- 
 nexed to the Soubah of Allahabad, 
 although but in nominal sul>jection 
 to the Mogul dominion. It is a bar- 
 ren, mountainous, and unproductive 
 tenitory, and still possessed by na- 
 tive zemindars. The chief river is 
 the Soank, and the principal towns 
 Gangpoor and Padah. 
 
 Gangpoor. — A town possessed by 
 independent zemindars, in the pro- 
 vince of Gundwana, the capital of 
 a small district of the same name. 
 Lat. 22° 4'. N. Long. 84° 10'. E. 
 
 Gangoutui, (Gangotari). — A ce- 
 lebrated place of Hindoo pilgnmagf 
 
GANJAM. 
 
 365 
 
 nnions^ tho Himalaya Mountains, in 
 tfie pio\ ince of Seriiiafifur. Lat. 31°. 
 4'. N. Long. 78°. 9'. K 
 
 At this place the breadth of the 
 Ganges is about 15 or 20 yards, the 
 current moderate, a!id not above 
 waist deep. IVo miles further on 
 is the place called the Cow's Mouth. 
 It is a large stone in the middle of 
 the bed of the river, tlie water pass- 
 ing it on each side, and disclosing a 
 small piece above the surface, to 
 wliich fancy may attach the idea of 
 a cow. The river runs from the di- 
 rection of N. by E. and on the bank, 
 hear Gangontri, is a small temple, 
 about eight or 10 feet higli, Contain- 
 ing two or tluee iinag(S rej)n\sent- 
 ing the Ganges, the Bhagirathi, &c. 
 There are three coonds, or basins, 
 w'here the pilgrims bathe, called 
 Brahmacoond, Vishnucoond, and 
 Suryacoond, formed in the bed of 
 the ri\ er. 
 
 In 1808 Lieutenant Webb and 
 Ills party approached within 16 or 
 18 miles horizontal distance from 
 this place ; but, on account of the 
 extreme difficulty of the road, and 
 want of time, could proceed no fur- 
 ther. This short distance was reckon- 
 ed a journey that would occupy six 
 or seven days. The pilgrims, and 
 other persons in the vicinity. mIio 
 gain a livelihood by bringing water 
 from the spot, say, that the road be- 
 yond Gangoutii is passable only for 
 a few miles, where the current is 
 entirely concealed under heaps of 
 snow, which Jio traveller ever has 
 femmounted, or can surmount. 
 
 The pilgrimage to Gangoutii is 
 considered a great exertion of Hin- 
 doo devotion ; the peiibrmance of it 
 is supposed to redeem the performer 
 from troubles in this world, and in- 
 sure a happy transit through all the 
 stages of transmigration which he 
 may have to undergo. 'l"hc water 
 taken from hence is drawn under 
 the inspection of a Brahmin, to whom 
 a trifling sum is paiil for the pri\i- 
 fege of taking it. Jt is afterwards of- 
 fered up. by, or on the ^jart of tlie 
 pilgrim, at the temple of Bkidya- 
 
 iiath, a celebrated place of worship 
 in Bengal. The speeific gravity of 
 this river is said to exceed that of 
 the neighbouring river the Alaca- 
 nanda, according to Hindoo belief, 
 and is so pure, as neither to evapo- 
 rate, nor to become corrupted by 
 being kept. The mountains in the 
 vicinity of Gangontri have a very 
 barren appearance, the only tree 
 produced being the Bhurjapatra. 
 {Raper, Webbe, lSt.) 
 
 Gakj .\n, {Ganjayn, the Depot). — A 
 sea-port town in the Noithern Cir- 
 cars, the capital of a district of the 
 same name. Lat. 19°. 23'. N. Long. 
 85°. 19'. E. The fort is a small pen- 
 tagon on plain ground ; and, a^ hen 
 jftopcrly garrisoned, capable of 
 making a considerable resistance. 
 Sugar and jagary are cultivated in 
 tliis neighbourhood, but the country 
 to the north of Gaiijam is verj^ low, 
 and under watci" during the rains. 
 Ganjam is now one of the five dis- 
 tricts into which the Northern Cir- 
 cars have been subdivided, and the 
 residence of a judge and collector. 
 The Bengal revenue of judicial sys- 
 tem was introduced in 1804. 
 
 The principal towns for the coast- 
 ing trade in this district are Ganjam, 
 Munsurcotta, Sorn.apoor, Barvah, 
 Calingapafam, and Baupanapados ; 
 at which ports, between the 1st of 
 May, 1811, and the 30th of April, 
 1812, 8-3 vessels and craft, mea- 
 suring 9470 tons, aiTivcd ; and 206, 
 measuring 25,802, departed. 
 
 The total value of imports at Gan- 
 jam, during the above period, was 
 106,250 rapees, of which oidy 6414 
 rupees was irom places beyond the 
 territories subject to the Madras go- 
 vernment, and the whole of this from 
 Calcutta. The total value of tho 
 exports, wifliin th6 same period, was 
 471,503 rupees, of which only !S5')3 
 rupees was to places beyond tiift 
 teiritorics of the Madras govern- 
 ment, \iz. 
 
 To Calcutta - - 315*7 
 To Botany Bay - 5396 
 
 Arcot "Rupees 8553 
 
366 
 
 GARROWS. 
 
 Distance from Calcutta 372 miles ; 
 fioiu ]\laJras 650. (J. Grant, Rox- 
 burgh, Upton, Report on Externul 
 Commerce, ^c.) 
 
 Uakewdun. — A town in the Nah- 
 ry Sankar province, situated to the 
 north of the Himalaya ridge of moun- 
 tains. Lat. 33°. 18'. N. Long. 80°. 
 63'. E. 
 
 Garmidv, (Gurmmdi). — A small 
 town ill the province of Bengal, dis- 
 trict of Dacca Jelalpoor, situated 
 on the west bank of the great branch 
 of tlie Ganges, named the Puddah. 
 Lat 22°. 59'. N. Long. 90°. 11'. E. 
 
 Garrows, (Garudas). — A moun- 
 tainous district, tributary to the Com- 
 pany, on the north-eastern frontier 
 of Bengal, and situated between 
 the 25th and 26th degrees of north 
 latitude. It is bounded on the north 
 by Rangamatty, and on the east 
 by Assam ; but its proper limits 
 have never been correctly ascer- 
 tained. 
 
 'I'he country is hilly, but very fer- 
 tile, and tolerably well inhabited. 
 One of the chief villages is Gliose- 
 gong. There arc rivers at the several 
 passes into the hills, the principal of 
 v\hioh arc the Nati, the Maharishi, 
 the Suniaserry, and the Mahadeo. 
 'I'hese rivers are of a sandy, gra- 
 velly bottom, with much limestone 
 and iron ore. The INIahadeo has 
 abundance of coals, the oil of which 
 is esteemed, in the hills, a cure for 
 «;utaneous disorders. There arc but 
 few sorts of fish in the rivers, but 
 the conunon river turtle arc to be 
 had in great numbers. 
 
 A CJairow is a stout, well-shaped 
 man, hardy, and able to do much 
 work. They have a surly look, a 
 flat cafl'ry nose, small eyes, gene- 
 rally blue or brown, wrinkled tore- 
 head, and overhanging eyebrow, 
 with a large mouth, thick Ups, and 
 round fiice. Their colour is of a 
 light or deep brown. The women 
 are extremely ugly, short, and squat 
 in their stature, with masculine fea- 
 tures. In tlieir ears are fixed num- 
 ber's of brass rings, sometimes as 
 many as 30.. increasing in diameter 
 
 from tiiree to six inches. Tlie fe- 
 males work at all laborious occupa- 
 tions. 
 
 The Garrows eat all manner of 
 food ; even dogs, frogs, snakes, and 
 the blood of animals, which last is 
 baked over a slow fire, in a hollow 
 green bamboo. They have various 
 sorts of spirits, whi<;h they drink to 
 excess, but the most common is 
 extracted from rice. Their animal 
 food they eat almost raw. 
 
 The houses of the Garrows, called 
 dialings, arc raised on piles, three 
 or four feet from the ground; in 
 length from 30 to 1 50 feet, by from 
 10 to 40 in breadth. The props of 
 the house consist of large saul tim- 
 bers, over which large timbers arc 
 placed hoiizontally, and the roofs 
 are finished with bamboos, mats, and 
 strong grass. The latter are uncom- 
 monly well executed, particularly in 
 the houses of the boncahs, or chief 
 men. 'I'he house consists of two 
 apartments, one floored, and raised 
 on piles ; the other without a floor, 
 at one end, for their cattle. Thu 
 chiefs wear silk turbans, but their 
 apparel is generally covered with 
 bugs. 
 
 'I'he Garrows are of a mild temper 
 and gay disposition. In regulating 
 tluir dances, 20 or 30 men stand 
 behind one another, holding each 
 other by the sides of the belts, and 
 then go round in a circle, hopping 
 first on one foot, and then on the 
 other. The women dance in rows, 
 and hop in the same manner. During 
 their festivals they eat and drink to 
 such a degree, that they require a 
 day or two alterwards to become per- 
 fectly sober. Maniage is generally 
 settled by the parties themselves, 
 but sometimes by their parents. If 
 the parents do not accede to the 
 wish of their child, they arc well 
 beaten by the friends of the other 
 party, and even by persons uncon- 
 nected with either, until they ac- 
 quiesce in the marriage. Among 
 this people the youngest daughter is 
 always the heiress. If her husband 
 die, ske mamcs one of his brothers; 
 
OAWELGUR. 
 
 307 
 
 and, if they aUdio, slie marries their 
 lather. 
 
 Tlie dead ;uc kept (our days, and 
 then bullied. If tlie deceased l)e 
 an upper-liill chief of conimoa rank, 
 tlje liead of one of his slaves should 
 be burned \\ith !uui; but if he hap- 
 I)en to be a cliief of the fust rank, 
 a hir«;e body of l)is slaves sally out 
 from the hills, and seize a Hindoo, 
 whose head tliey eut olf, and burn 
 witli their chief. Their reli<;ion ap- 
 pears to approueh that of the Hin- 
 doos, I'hey worship Mahadeva, and 
 at Banjauu, a pass in the liills, they 
 worship the sun and moon. Their 
 punislnnonts consist mostly of tines, 
 which are approj)riated to festivity 
 and drunkenness. In their debatrs, 
 their wives have as much to say as 
 the chiefs. 
 
 At the foot of the Garrovv IJills 
 reside a tribe of people called 
 Hajins, whose customs nearly re- 
 semble those of the G arrows; but, 
 in religion, partake more of the 
 Hindoo, as they will not kill a cow. 
 By the Hajiii caste the tiu;er is wor- 
 sliipped. {Elliot, Leyden, ^-c.) 
 
 Gaukarna. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of North Canara. Lat. 14°, 
 32'. N, Long. 74°. 25'. E. This town 
 is very miich scattered among- cocoa 
 nut pahns, and contains above .500 
 Louses, of w hich one lialf is occu- 
 pied by Bralnnins, who lu<;hly esteem 
 Gaukarna, on account of an image 
 of Mahadeva, named iMahabolis- 
 wara. About six miles to the north 
 is Gangawali, an inlet of fresh wa- 
 ter, wliich separates tlie Hindoo 
 geographical di\ ision. named Haiga 
 or Haiva, from Kank;uia (Concan). 
 Canoes can go several miles up tliis 
 stream to the foot of the Ghauts, 
 The salt made in tiiis part of the 
 country, where there are the same 
 natural advantages as at Goa, is 
 very bad, and scarcely saleable at 
 market. {F. Buchanan, ^-c.) 
 
 Gaungra. — A district belonging 
 to tlie Nagpoor Maharattas, in the 
 province of Bcrar, situated about 
 the 22d degree of north latitude. 
 It h bounded on the north and 
 
 south by hills, and intersected by 
 the Tui)tce Biver, but veiy little is 
 known repeeting it. 
 
 G AUTL'MPOOR, (Gautnmapnr). — A 
 town in the province of Allahabad, 
 63 miles S. AV, from FiUeknow. Lat. 
 2G°, 10'. N. Long. 80°. 15', E, The 
 boundary in this quaiter, betwixt 
 the provinces of Allahabad and Agra^ 
 commences near to this town. {Abut 
 Faze I, S>-c.) 
 
 Gawelgur, (Gayalghiir, or Ghw- 
 gawil). — A strong fortress in the 
 province of Bcrar, 32 miles N. N. W. 
 from Elliehpoor, l^at. 21°, 4G', N". 
 Long. 77°. 52'. E. 
 
 'I'his fortress stands on a high and 
 rocky hill, in the midst of that range 
 of mountains which lies between 
 the sources of the Poornah and the 
 Tuptee rivers. There is one com- 
 l)lete iimer fort, which fronts tiie 
 north, where the rock is most inac- 
 cessible ; and this citadel is strength- 
 ened and defended by an outer fort, 
 which entirely covers it to tlie north 
 and west. The outer fort has a 
 thick wall, which covers the ap- 
 proach to it by tli(^ no](h from the 
 village of Lami^ada — all of which 
 w alls are strongly built and fortilied 
 by ramparts and towers. 
 
 To the whole of the fortificalioa 
 there arc three gates; one to the 
 south, which leads to the inner fort ; 
 one to the north, which leads to tlio 
 outer fort; and one to the north, 
 w Inch communicates with the third 
 w all. 'I'hc ascent to the tirst gate is 
 very long, steep, and diflicult ; that 
 to the second is by a road used lor 
 the common comnuuiieations of the 
 garrison with the country to flic 
 southwards, but which leads no fur- 
 ther than the gate. It is extremely 
 narrow, the rock being scooped out 
 on each side, and, liom its passing 
 round the west side of the fort, is 
 exposed to its lire for a considerable 
 distance. The road to the northern 
 gate is direct from the village of 
 Lambada, and the ground aloui;- 
 whieh it is made is level with that 
 of the fort. 
 
 Notwithstanding this forwidabl* 
 
S68 
 
 GAZYPOOR. 
 
 list of defences, it was taken by 
 storm, after a siege of two days, on 
 the 14tli Dec. 1803, by the army un- 
 der the command of General Wel- 
 leslcy and Colonel Stevenson. On 
 the 25th of the same month peace 
 was concluded with the Nagpoor 
 R;!Jah, to whom it was restored. 
 (ptii Register, 5c.) 
 
 Gaya (Pulo) Isle. — A small is- 
 land off" the N. W. coast of Borneo, 
 six or eight miles in circumference, 
 and being very near the main land, 
 appears from the sea to be pait of 
 it. Lat. 7°. N. Long. 116°. 2'. E. 
 Near to this island are many smaller, 
 such as Pulo Pangir, Pulo Udar, 
 Pulo Priu, &c. 
 
 Gayah, {Gaya). — A town in the 
 province of Eahar, district of Baliar, 
 65 miles south from Patna. ,Lat. 
 24° 49'. N. Long. 85°. 5'. E. 
 
 About 14 miles to the north of 
 this place is a hill, or rather rock, in 
 which is dug a remarkable cavern, 
 now dislinguished by the name of 
 Nagnrjcnee. It is situated on the 
 southern declivity, about two-thirds 
 from the summit. Its entrance is 
 six feet high, and two and a half 
 broad, and leads to a room of an 
 oval form, with a vaulted roof, 44 
 feet in length, 18 in breadth, and 
 10 in height at the centre. This im- 
 mense cavity is dug entirely out of 
 the solid rock, and the same stone 
 extends much further than the ex- 
 cavated part on each side of it, and 
 is altogether full 100 feet in length. 
 
 On' the interior part were two in- 
 scriptions without dates, which have 
 been translated by Charles Wilkins, 
 Esq. and published in the first vo- 
 lume of the Asiatic Kesearches. 
 From the characters they appeared 
 to have been of considerable anti- 
 quity. In the adjoining hills are se- 
 veral other caves. 
 
 This town is one ofthe holy places 
 of the IJindoos to which pilgrimages 
 are performed, havijig been either 
 the birth-place or residence of Bud- 
 dha, the great prophet and legislator 
 of tlie nations east of the Ganges. 
 I'rom this circumstance it is usually 
 
 termed Buddlia Gayah. The Bengal 
 government derive from the pilgrims 
 resorting to Gayah a net annual rc- 
 vcinie of about one and a half lacks 
 of rupees, (16,0001.) which is more 
 than at Juggemauth, without the 
 slightest interference of the officers 
 of government with the priests of 
 the temple. Their respective rights 
 of succession to the ditferent duties 
 of the temple are left to be deter- 
 mined by themselves. {Harrington, 
 Wilkins, East India Reports, <^t.) 
 
 Gazgotta, (Gajacata, the Elephant 
 Fort), — A small town in the pro- 
 vince of Bengal, district of Rung- 
 poor. Lat. 2.5°. 50'. N. Long. 89°. 
 15'. E. 
 
 Gazypoor, {Ghazipur). — A dis- 
 trict in the province of Allah9,bad, 
 zcmindai7 of Benares, situated about 
 the 26th degree of north latitude. It 
 is bounded on the north by the Gog- 
 grah ; on tlie south by the Ganges ; 
 on the east by the Goggrali ; and ou 
 the west by Jionpoor. It is remark- 
 ably well supphed with water, and 
 one of the most fertile in India. It 
 has been long celebrated for the ex- 
 cellence of its rose water. In 1582 
 it is described by Abul Fazel as fol- 
 lows : " Sircar Gazjpoor, containing 
 19 mahals, measurement 288,770 
 beegahs, revenue 13,431,300 dams. 
 Seyurghal 131,825 dams. This sir- 
 car furnishes 310 cavahy, and 16,650 
 infantry." 
 
 This district formerly composed a 
 separate collectorship ; but subse- 
 quent to the introduction of the 
 Bengal code into the Benares pro- 
 vince, the judicial establishment at 
 Gazypoor was withdrawn, and the 
 country divided between the juris- 
 dictions of the provincial courts of 
 Juanpoor, Mirzapoor, and the city 
 of Benares. The chief towns are 
 Gazypoor, Azimpoor, and Doory- 
 ghaut. 
 
 Gazypoor. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Allahabad, 41 miles N. E. 
 from Benares, the capital of a dis- 
 trict of the same name. Lat. 25°. 
 35'. N. tiong. 83°. 33'. E. Here dre 
 canloiitnents for three regiments of 
 
GHAUTS, EASTERN. 
 
 369 
 
 cavalry. At the end of the town is 
 a place formerly bcloii2:ing to Saadct 
 Ali, ihe Nabob of Oude, overhang- 
 ing the River Ganges, vvhieli is here 
 ivide, and the cnnent slow. 
 
 Gfby Isle, (or Gibby). — An is- 
 latid in the Eastern Seas, snrronnd- 
 ed by a cluster of smaller islands, 
 sitnated on the west side of the Gi- 
 lolo passage, between the 129th and 
 ISOtii degrees of cast longitnde. In 
 length it may be estimated at 25 
 miles, by three the average breadth. 
 It is inhabited, but has never been 
 completely explored. 'J he rise and 
 fall of the tides here, at the springs, 
 is only live feet. 
 
 G KLLICUNDA, (Jalalihaiida). — A 
 town in the Northern Carnatic, C5 
 miles N. W. fro/n Nelloor. Liut. 15°. 
 4'. N. Long. 79°. 12'. E. 
 
 Gentiah, {JctmntaJ. — A small 
 district possessed by independent 
 chiefs, situated on the N. E. quarter 
 of the Bengal province, bounded on 
 the south by the district of Sylhet, 
 and on the north by the Garrow 
 Mountains. The Company's regu- 
 lations do tiot extend to this district, 
 Tmt a small tribute is annually re- 
 ceived. I'he inhabitants are Hin- 
 doos of the Brahmiuical persuasion. 
 
 Gentuh. — A town beyond the 
 eastern limits of the Company's pro- 
 vinces, the capital of a small dis- 
 trict of the same name. J^at. 25°. 
 10'. N. Long. 91°. 54'. E. Near to 
 tiiis place, in 1774, an action was 
 fought between a detachment of the 
 Company's troops and the forces of 
 the native chief. 
 
 George Town. — ^Thc chief town 
 of Prince of Wales Island, bounded 
 ou the north and cast by the sea; on 
 the south by an inlet of the sea; and 
 on the wc.^t by the high road. 'I'he 
 streets are spacious, and cross each 
 other at right angles. 
 
 Gergong e, (Ghirigrama). — The 
 principal town in the province of 
 Assam, and the usual residence of 
 its moiiarchs. It is situated con- 
 sideral)ly above Ruugpoor in Assam, 
 on the opposite side of the high 
 banks of the Dckliow River. Lat. 
 
 2 b 
 
 25°. 35'. N. Long. 93°. 10'. E. Since 
 the insurrection of the Moamarias 
 the city, palaces, and fort, have con- 
 tinued a heap of ruins. 'Ihis place 
 is also named Ghergong, Gurgown, 
 and Kirganu. {Wade, Renuel, tSc) 
 Gertokh. — A town in Tibet, 
 being the market where the exports 
 from the Nepaulese territtnies are 
 bartered for the productions of that 
 country. The articles brought to 
 Gertokh are grain, inspissated trea- 
 cle, oil, sugar, cottons, chintzes, iron, 
 brass, lead, woollens, pearls, coral, 
 cowries, conch shells, dates, and al- 
 monds. 
 
 Gertokh sends to Lahdack, for 
 the Cashmerian market, shawl Mool, 
 the produce of Tibet; to Nepaul and 
 Hindostiin, gold dust, silver in 
 wedges, musk, fur, scented kather, 
 shawls, china ware, tea in cakes, 
 salt, borax, drugs, and small horses, 
 {Webb, \-c.) 
 
 Ghassa. — ^11)6 capital of a district 
 in Bootan, and the station of a zoom- 
 pnon, or provincial governor. Lat. 
 28° N. Long. 89°. 3'. E. The high- 
 est mountains in this neighbourhood 
 are covered with snow throughout 
 the year, and are visible from Cooch 
 Bahar to Purneah. At the base of 
 the loftiest is a spring of water, so 
 hot as scarcely to admit of bathing. 
 {Turner, ^-c.) 
 
 Ghauts, Eastern. — The chain of 
 hills commonly described under this 
 appellation commences in the south, 
 about Lat. 11°. 20'. N. to the north 
 of the Cavery, and extends with 
 little intcnuption, or compaiativfc 
 deviation, from a straight line to the 
 banks of the Khrisna in Lat. 16°. N 
 separating the two Caniatics ; the 
 one named the Carnatic Balaghaut, 
 or above the Ghauts, (the true Car- 
 natic); the other the Carnatic Pa- 
 yeenghau'., or below the Ghauts, ex- 
 tending along the Coast of Coro- 
 mandcl. The term ghaut pro[)crly 
 signilies a pass thi-ough a range of 
 high hills, but the name has been 
 transferred to the mountainous 
 chains, which support the centiicai 
 table land in the south of Iudia» 
 
370 
 
 GHAUTS, WESTERN. 
 
 We arc not yet iilformed of tlie 
 exact hciglit of this ridge. About 
 the lalitucle of IMadras, wliichisthe 
 highest part, it is estiiiiated at 3000 
 feet ; and Baugaluor, which is within 
 the cliain, was fuand by barome- 
 trical observation to be 2901 feet 
 above the level of the sea. As the 
 livers which have their sources in 
 the upper table land universally de- 
 cline to the east, it is pn)bable that 
 the AVestern Ghauts are hif^her than 
 the Eastern, and tliey are by far the 
 most abrupt in tiieir elevation. 
 
 The grand component parts of 
 these mountains is a gianite, consist- 
 ing of white feltspar and quartz, 
 witli dark green inica in a small pro- 
 portion to the otiicr two ingredienls. 
 The particles are angular, and of a 
 moderate size. The rocks appear 
 stratified, but tlie strata are very 
 much broken and confused. 
 
 The countn' above the Eastern 
 Ghauts, about Naiekan Eray, rises 
 into swells like the land in many 
 parts of England, and is overlooked 
 by the high barren peaks of the 
 Ghauts, which close the view to the 
 eastward. The soil between Naie- 
 kan Eray and Vincatagheny is very 
 poor, and covered witli copse, hav- 
 ing a few large trees intermixed. 
 The whole of the copse land serves 
 for pasture of an inferior sort, and 
 the bushes supply the natives with 
 fuel for domestic purposes, and for 
 smelting iron. About two miles from 
 Naiekan Eray a torrent in the rainy 
 season brings down from the hills a 
 quantity of iron ore in tlie form of 
 black sand, which, in the dry season, 
 is smelted. Each forge pays a cer- 
 tain quantity of iron for permission 
 to carry on the work. 
 
 The tops of the hills near the Yel- 
 lore road by Sautghur are covered 
 with large stones, among wl.";(.h grov/ 
 many small trees and shrubs, witii 
 occasionally a tamarind tree of great 
 age and size. 'I'he scenery here ex- 
 hibits a great contrast to that about 
 Madras, the whole country being 
 undulated with a tew lofty desolated 
 peuks; the whole appearing vor\ bar- 
 
 ren, and without any extensive fo- 
 rests. Tliis pass has been vvideued 
 and levelled since iMysore was con- 
 quered by the British. Artillery can 
 now ascend it with little dilHeulty, 
 which was far from the case when 
 Lord Cornwallis made his first and 
 imsHccessful attempt on Seriugapa- 
 tam. The tranquillity of the iMy- 
 sore and C'arnatic, by tlie tiual abo- 
 lition of the Mahommedan dynasty 
 of Hyder, has increased the import- 
 ance of an easy comuuniication be- 
 tween the two countries. {F. lin- 
 dtaiKOt, Lord Valcntia, Honicl, lVc) 
 Ghuh's, Western. — This chain 
 of mountains extends from Cape Co- 
 morinto the Tuptec, or Surat River, 
 v\here tiiey do not terminate in a 
 point, or promontory ; but, depart- 
 ing from ihcir meridional course, 
 they bend eastward in a wavy line 
 parallel to the river, and are after- 
 wards lost among the hills in tho 
 neighbourhood of Boorlian])oor. In 
 its Hue along- the Tup.tec this ridge 
 forms several passes, or ghauts, from 
 w hich there is a descent into the low 
 country of Khandesh. In their \\ hole 
 extent the AA'estern Ghauts include 
 13 degrees of latitude, with the ex- 
 ception of a break in the ridge, about 
 16 miles wide, in the latitude of Pa- 
 niany, through w hich the River Pa- 
 niany takes its course from the Coim- 
 betoor province. Their distance from 
 tlie sea coast is seldom more than 70 
 miles, commonly about 40, and are 
 frequently visible trom the sea. Witli- 
 in one short space betwixt Barcelore 
 and iMirjaow they approach within 
 six miles of the sea. 
 
 The altitude of these hills is sufli- 
 eieiitly great to prevent the body of 
 the clouds from passing over them, 
 and accordingly the alternate N. E. 
 and S. W. winds (called the mon- 
 soons) occasion a rainy season on the 
 windward side of the mountains oidy. 
 This cause ceases to operate in the 
 parallel of Surat, wluiu the S. W. 
 w ind, no longer opposed by a wall of 
 niountiuns, canies its supply of mois- 
 ture without interruption over the 
 whole surface of the couutry. Tho 
 
GHINOULY. 
 
 371 
 
 coiinti7 above the Chants is called a, 
 table land, but it is not a regularly 
 flat level country ; being, on tlie cou- 
 tiary, in many parts very moun- 
 tainous. 
 
 The Western Ghauts, about the 
 loth degree of north latitude, al- 
 though steep and stony, aie by no 
 means rugged, or broken with roeks. 
 The stones in the neighbourhood of 
 Cutaki arc buried in a rich mould, 
 and in many places are not seen 
 Avithout digging. Instead, therefore, 
 of the naked, sun burnt, rocky peaks, 
 so common in the Eastern Ghauts, 
 there are here fine mountains cover- 
 ed Avith stately forests. There are 
 no where finer trees, nor any bam- 
 boos that can be compared with 
 those that grow in this part of West- 
 ern Ghauts. The bamboos, com- 
 posing a gicat part of the forest, 
 grow in detached clumps, Avith open 
 spots between, and equal in height 
 the most lofty palms. Near Cutaki, 
 about half Avay up tlie Ghauts, the 
 teak becomes common, but it is of 
 an inferior size. 
 
 The diiTicuJty formerly experienc- 
 ed in ascending tliese mountains 
 from the Malabar and Canara Coast, 
 may be conceived from that Avhich 
 the Bombay army had to surmount 
 in Dee. 1791, Avhen advancing to the 
 Mysore by the Poodicherrim Pass. 
 It recfuired two days to drag up 20 
 light field pieces tAvo miles, and 
 three weeks to bring np 14 guns 
 with their tumbrils, none heavier 
 than 18 pounders, to the top of the 
 Ghauts. 
 
 The proper name of the Western 
 Ghauts is Sukhien I'urbut, or Hills 
 of Sukhien. (Rennel, F. Buchanan, 
 Moor, Dii-om, Duncnn, ^-c.) 
 
 Ghepp, (or Dun Giiepp). — A dis- 
 tinct in the province of Lahore, si- 
 tuated principally betw een the 32d 
 and 33d degrees of north latitude. 
 It is bounded on the N. AV. by the 
 Sohaan, and on the S. V,. by tlie 
 Jhylum rivers. This district is re- 
 markable for the (piantity of fossil 
 .salt it contains, Avhich is an article 
 of considerable export to the more 
 
 2b 2 
 
 eastern and southern provinces of 
 Hindostan. The principal Ioavus are 
 Pirhala, Muckealah,aiidVarsli'a; and 
 the country generally is partly under 
 the jurisdiction of the Afghans, and 
 partly occupied by the Seiks. 
 
 Gheriah, {Gkirija, flouins; from 
 a Monntnin). — A small river in the 
 province of Bejapoor, Avhich rises in 
 the AVestern Ghauts, arid, after a 
 short course, falls into the sea near 
 the toAvn of Gheriah, in the Concau 
 district. 
 
 Ghekoud. — A towninthe province 
 of Khandesh, 120 miles N. W. trom 
 Boorhanpoor, belonging to the Ma- 
 harattas. Lat. 21°. 58'. N. Long. 
 74°. 19'. E. 
 
 Gheriah, (or Corepatam). — A 
 fortress situated on a promontoiy of 
 rocky land in the Concan province, 
 about one mile long, and tjuarter of 
 a mile broad. Lai. 16°. 33'. N. 
 Long. 73°. 6'. E. This rock is joined 
 to tiie continent by a nanow neck of 
 sand, and lies one mile from the en- 
 trance of a large harbour, formed by 
 the mouth of a liA er Avhich descends 
 from the Western Ghauts. 
 
 In 1707 Conajce Angi'ia had esta- 
 blished an independent sovereignty 
 here, and possessed a numerous pi- 
 ratical fleet. It was taken, in 17.56, 
 by Admiral Watson and Colonel 
 Clive, and all Angria's fleet destro}'- 
 ed. After the capture it A^as dis- 
 covered, tliat notAvithstanrling the 
 cannonade fiom the ships had de- 
 stroyed most of the artificial Avorks 
 upon Avhioli they fired, the rock re- 
 mained a natural and almost im- 
 pregnable bulwark. There Avcre 
 found in it 200 pieces of cannon, six 
 brass mortars, and a great quantity 
 of ammunition, and naval and mili- 
 tary stores. Tlie money and cflects 
 of other kinds amounted to 120,0001. 
 sterling, Avhich Avas divided among 
 tlie cajitors, A\ithont any reserve 
 either for the nation, or for the Com- 
 pany. This ] lace iiwv belongs to 
 the Maiiarulta I'eshwa. {Orme, 
 Bruce, Mulct, ^r.) 
 
 Ghinouly. — A small village con- 
 sisting of three huts, situated a little 
 
372 
 
 GHOSEGONG. 
 
 to the north of the Scvalic Moun- 
 tains, in the southern quarter of the 
 province of Serinagur. Lat. 29°. 55'. 
 N. Long. 78°. 32'. E. The villages 
 in this neighbourhood seldom consist 
 of more than five or six huts, and it 
 is a large village that has 10. {Hard- 
 ■wiche, (S'c.) 
 
 Ghizni- — A distiict in the pro- 
 vince of Cabul, situated betneen 
 the 3:3d and 34th degrees of north 
 latitude. The surface of the country 
 is considerably elevated above the 
 level of the sea, and the climate so 
 cold as to be proverbial. The land 
 to the west of the city of Ghizni at 
 Heerghaut is interspersed with low 
 hills, and, except a few cultivated- 
 spots, produces little else than a 
 prickly aromatic weed, an which 
 camels feed with avidity ; and which, 
 with paste of unsilted barley, form- 
 ed into balls, constitutes tlieir coni- 
 mon food. These camels carry a 
 load of about 800 pounds English. 
 This district, like the rest of Af- 
 ghanistan, is very thinly populated. 
 The principal towns are Ghizni, Kur- 
 rabaijgh, and Gurdaiz. (Foster, cSc.) 
 Ghizm. — A celebrated city in the 
 f)rovince of Cabul, once the capit;J 
 of a power fnl. empire. Lat. 3o°. 
 3G'. N. Long. 68°. 22'. E. 
 
 I'lie town .stands on a liill of mo- 
 derate height, at the foot of which 
 runs a snijU river. Its existence is 
 principally supported by some Hin- 
 doo families, who carry on a small 
 tiallic, and supply the wants of a 
 few Mahojumedan residents. At a 
 short distance stands the tomb of 
 jMalmiood, to wliicii pilgrims resort 
 from distant places. On account of 
 the nu)nber of holy men who lie 
 entombed here, Ghizni is emphati- 
 cally called by the Mahonuucdans 
 the seeojid Medina. 
 
 This city continued the capital of 
 a powerful empire for th(> space of 
 four centuries, and was greatly adorn- 
 ed by the Ghiznavi princes, espe- 
 cially Ijy Sultan jNIahmood. 'I'he 
 splendid buildings have long been 
 levelled with the dnst, and except 
 some scHtlcred masses of misshapen 
 
 ruins, not a nionuiuent is to be seei> 
 of Ghizni's foinicr grandeur. 
 
 The first Ghizni sovereign was 
 Nassir ud Deen Scbuctagi, who as- 
 cended the throne A. 1). 975, and 
 repeatedly invaded India. 
 
 A. D. 
 
 997 Emir IsmaeL 
 
 997 Sultan jMahmoou-. 
 1028 Sultan Mahommed.. 
 1028 Sultan jNIassood. 
 1041 Emir jNlodood. 
 1049 Abu Jallier Massood. 
 
 1051 Sultan Abd ul Kasheed. 
 
 1052 Ferokh Zad. 
 10.58 Sultan Ibrahim. 
 1098 Alia ud Dowlah. 
 1115 Arsalan Shah. 
 1118 Byram Shah. 
 1152 Khosru Shah.. 
 1159 Khosru .^lallek. 
 
 117 1 Shahcb ud Decn Matiomme<£ 
 Ghori, who subdued the city 
 and empire ot Ghizni, and 
 expelled the race of Scbuctagi, 
 which retired to Lahore, and 
 there coutjiujed to reign ior 
 some time ; but, about tha 
 year 1 185, becajne extinct. 
 Ghizni ior many years afterwards- 
 w as a capital city, but giaduuUy de- 
 clined to a secondary rank, and at 
 last to total insiguificance. 
 
 Trav eUing di.^tance fiom Delhi bv 
 Cabul 917 miles; from Cabul 8? 
 miles. (Fastir, Rcnnol, Wi/ford^ 
 Maurice,- ''^•c.) 
 
 Ghoorghaut. — A fort in the 
 western extienuty of the Gujrat Pe- 
 ninsula, situated about half way be- 
 tween Mucldee and Pindtaruk, and. 
 on the east side of the fkm. to whicli 
 it serves as a barrier, a. strong gar- 
 rison being alwa^iS kept in it by the 
 Jam of Noanagnr. 
 
 G uosECJONU, (GosJiftgrnma). — The 
 principal village in tli<; G arrow coun- 
 try, on the western honticr of Bengal, 
 situated on the west side of the Xa- 
 tee ]?ivcr. At ibis place a great num- 
 ber of Garrows have tiieir dwellings 
 at the loot of a pass, near to whicli 
 arc the villages of Ghosegong, Gho- 
 riia, anil Borack. (ihoscgong con- 
 sists of chaungs, or liouses, liom 3t^ 
 
GINGER 
 
 375 
 
 ^o 150 foot loii!^, and from 20 to 40 
 broad. 'I'lie Garrows of tliis iU'i2;li- 
 •))oinIiood are called by tlir iippor 
 bill people Coniuh Ganows. 
 
 Tlie soH ill this vieiiiity is a fine 
 black earth, intermixed with spots 
 •of red earth; and the rice, in 
 many places, is ecpirtl t\) the iJeiiares 
 long- rice. 'Ilie iini^ianl seed is 
 "twice as tarj^e as that of Beiij^aKand 
 the oil it produces is of an excellent 
 ^quality. The iienip is ecpially giiod. 
 Tlie pastnre for cattle is good, and 
 tlie ghee produced is of an excellent 
 -quality. {Eliot, St.) 
 
 Gnoi'Ki!'UNn,(67/OT-6rtHrf). — A town 
 and small district in the jn-ovinee of 
 Cabnl, sittintcU ir< ;n the Hindoo Kho 
 j\Ionntaiiis, 50 miles W. N.'\\'. from 
 Cabul. Lat. 34°. 55'. N. Lon-. 
 67°. 53'. E. In the time of Acber 
 the Ilazareh tril)<\ Alaidani, in con- 
 junction w itii a Turkman tribe, oc- 
 cupied tlie district of Gbourbund. 
 Abul Fazel destribes il as \;ontaiu- 
 ing mines of silver and lapis lav^nli, 
 and producing an inconceivable a.i- 
 riety of frngrant .shrubs and flowers. 
 \Ahitl Fazel, Lryden, S,c.) 
 
 Ghysi.acad. — A town in the Ma- 
 haratta territories, in the province of 
 ]\Ialwah, 50 miles S. from Ciiattcr- 
 poor. Lat. 24°. 8'. N. Long. 79°. 
 56'. E. 
 
 GiAuiTCHAS IsLTLs. — A clu.ttcr of 
 five small islands, Ijing about six 
 miles S. S. W. from Makiani. They 
 are of a middling- hciglrt, and contain 
 many bare rocks, intermixed with 
 green spots and trees. 
 
 GiLioN Isi.E. — A small island 
 about 30 miles in circumference, 
 l^ing oQ' the east end of iNIadnra 
 Island. Liit. 7°. 5'. S. Long. 114°. 
 40'. 1']. 
 
 GiLi.Y SiN'DF., (Jala Sindhu). — A 
 river in the province ol iMalv\ah, 
 Avhieh has its .source in the A'indhya 
 JUrountains, and nfterwui-ds flows in 
 :i northerly direction, but attains^ to 
 no great magnitude. After a short 
 i'ourse it falls into the {S(>pra River, 
 and jnoceeds with it to join the 
 4'Jnnnbul. 
 
 ^Ju.OLO, (or JIahnaliera).' — A large 
 
 island in the Eastern Seas, of a mo.st 
 irregular shape, being composed of 
 tour peninsulas, separated from each 
 other by deep bays. It lies between 
 the parallels of three degrees north 
 and one simtli latitude, and may be 
 estimated at 220 miles in length, by 
 30 the average breadtli. 
 
 'i^iis island is naturally very fertile, 
 and abounds with bullock^ bolfa- 
 locs, goats, rieer, and wild hogs; but 
 the sheep -are few. The inhabitants 
 subsist mostly on the sago or libby 
 1ree, which, like the cocoa nut tree, 
 has no distinct bark that peals oil". 
 It may be described as a long tube 
 of hard wood, nbmit two inches 
 thick, containing a pulp or prlh, in- 
 termixed with longitudinal fibrcs of 
 from two to 400 jjounds weight. 
 From this pith is procured the sago 
 llowcr, w Inch is the general food of 
 the inhabitants. It is said, that east 
 of Gilolo there are no horses, horned 
 cattif, or sheep. 
 
 A\ hile the Dutclnnfluence existed 
 among the isles, to prevent the 
 snuiggling of sjuces tliey discou- 
 raged the inhabitants ofJilolo from 
 trading with Celebes, Bouro, Oby, 
 Ceram, My sol, and Salwatty; and 
 also looted out the spices in places 
 of ca-sy access, or near the sea. 
 'i'hey also forbid the manufacturing 
 of cloth; but the natives continued 
 to make it, procuiing Iheir cotton 
 from Bally and the Buggcss coun- 
 try. In 1774 the northern part of 
 Gilolo bdpngcd to the Snitan of 
 'iVrnate. The imports are princi- 
 pally from the l>utdi settlements 
 and tlie neighbouring islands, and 
 <'onsist of opium, coarse cutlery, 
 piece goods, china ware, and iron; 
 ihe exports are spices, biche de mar, 
 Itird nests, tortoise-shell, seed pearl, 
 and sago. {Forrest, ^-c.) 
 
 GiNGKU, {J/iinji). — A district in 
 tbe Carnatic, situated between the 
 I2lh and i3th degrees of north lati- 
 tude. U is bounded on the east by 
 the sea, along which is the travelling 
 road Irom iNIadras to Pondiclierry. 
 This territory is less populous and 
 mwe jungly than Tanjorc and ilvz 
 
374 
 
 GOA. 
 
 Southern Provinces, which escaped 
 the ravages of Tippoo and liis fa- 
 tlier, Hyder, llie effect of wliich is 
 still felt about Gingee. This district 
 is now comprehended in the south- 
 ern division of the Arcot collector- 
 ship. 
 
 GiNGEE. — A tow^n in the Carnatic, 
 the capital of a district of the same 
 name, 82 miles S. W. from Madras, 
 and 37 N. W. from Pondicherry. 
 Lat. 12°. 15'. N. Long-. 7&°. 34'. E. 
 
 The fort stands on a stupendous 
 rock, and is impregnable by the or- 
 dinary modes of attack. The na- 
 tives of India, who esteem no forti- 
 fications very strong, unless placed 
 on liigh and difiiculi 'eminences, have 
 always regarded Gingee as the 
 strongest town in the Carjiatic. The 
 mountain of Gingee has always been 
 deemed extremely unhealthy; and 
 it is said, the French, who never 
 kept more than 100 Europeans com- 
 plete here, lost 1200 during the 10 
 years it was in their possession. 
 
 This tbrtress was either built or 
 improved on an old foundation of 
 tJie Chola kings, by the son of Vi- 
 jeya Runga IVaik, the governor of 
 Tanjore, in 1442. It was success- 
 ively strengthened by the Mahom- 
 medans of Eejapoor, who possessed 
 it from 1669 to 1677 ; by the Maha- 
 rattas, who held it from 1677, when 
 it was taken by Sevajee, during a 
 sudden irruption into the Carnatic, 
 to 1698. At this period it was be- 
 sieged and taken by Zulficar Khan, 
 the imperial general, who appointed 
 Rajpoot governors, who aflected in- 
 dependence, and assumed the rank 
 of rajahs. In 1715 it was held by 
 Saadet OolluhKhan; and, in 1750, 
 ^vas taken by smprise during a night 
 attack by the French under M. dc 
 Bussy. After the capture of Pondi- 
 elierry, it surrendered by capitula- 
 tion to Captain Steven Smith, in 
 April, 1761 . {Wilkes, Orme, Sfc.) 
 
 Giiiour. — A town in the province 
 of Agra, district of Etaweh, 48 miles 
 i:. trom Agra. Lat. 27°. 13'. N. 
 Long. 78°. 44'. E. 
 
 GoA, ifiomy), — A town in tlie 
 
 province of Bejapoor, and the capital 
 of the Portuguese possessions in 1 u- 
 dia. Lat. 15°. 30'. N. Long. 73°. 
 42'. E. 
 
 Goa consists of two distinct cities, 
 to which the name is applied. The 
 old city is about eight miles up the 
 river, but is now almost deserted by 
 the secular Portuguese, it being un- 
 healthy, and the seat of the inquisi- 
 tion. It contains many magnificent 
 churches, and exhibits specimens of 
 architecture, superior to any thing 
 attempted by Europeans in any 
 other part of India, particularly the 
 cathedral and the church and con- 
 vent of the Augustines. Over the 
 palace gate of the city is the statue 
 of Vasco de Gania. 
 
 The viceroy and chief Portuguese 
 inhabitants reside at new Goa, va Inch 
 is at the mouth of the river, within 
 the flirts of the harbour. I'ormerly 
 a considerable trade in the mainifac-. 
 ture of arrack was canied on here, 
 but it has been almost entirely trans- 
 ferred from Goa to Batavia. The 
 Goa arrack is made from the vege- 
 table juice of the palm tree, called 
 toddy ; the Batavia arrack is made 
 from rice and sugar. ^^ hile the 
 Portugxiese ETUopean trade lasted 
 it was carried on entirely on account 
 of the king, there being no accounts 
 extant of voyages from Portugal to 
 India for account of individual Por- 
 tuguese merchants. In 1808 it 
 vt'as estimated that there were 200 
 churches and chapels in the province 
 of Goa, and above 2000 priests. In- 
 cluding the islands, the I'oituguese 
 still possess tenitory in the ucigh- 
 bourliood of Goa, 40 miles in length 
 by 20 in breadth. 
 
 Goa was taken from tlie Hindoo 
 Rajahs of Eijanagur by the Bhame- 
 nec soveri?igns of the Deccan about 
 1469; and in 1510 was besieged and 
 taken by Albuquerque, when he 
 strengthened the fortifications, and 
 maje it the capital of the Portu- 
 guese possessions in tlie east. He 
 was recalled in 1518, at vhicli pe- 
 riod the Portuguese power had 
 reached its greatest height, and from 
 
<lia<.timc diM-liijod. It does not ap- 
 J)iar that (Iicy vvvr jxxssossccl any 
 <(i!isidcral)Io r\lent of tcnilory, al- 
 tlu>i[j;ii llicy kept on toot a lara;o 
 army of Ein()])(<uis ; and tlu-y may 
 Iji' said latlior to have disturbed and 
 l)ili;!H('d liuliatlian to Jiavc carried 
 on any ro^nlar coninierec. 
 
 GOACII. 375 
 
 tlicr country, and its inliabitants 
 scarcely speak their national laii- 
 guaj-e intelligibly. Tlieir poverty is 
 sneli, that women of the best liinii- 
 lies earn tlieir subsistence by making 
 hice or artificial Mowers, and working 
 nmslin. The remaining Portuguese 
 possessions are(loa,Damann,Dhelli, 
 
 In l.'iSO tli(> l*oitngnese posscsseti on the Island of Timor, and Macao 
 
 tlic following places in India, viz. in China. 
 
 Diu, Daiiiaun, Choul, l>assecn, Sal- A small trade subsists betwixt 
 
 sctte, Tjombay, and Uoa, They had Goa and the niof her country, "bul it 
 
 factories at, and influenced the go- is frequently interrupted Tor a great 
 
 vernn:ent t>f, Dabul, Onore, liari^c- length of time. With i\[acao and 
 
 lore, ]\!angalore, Cananore, Calicut, with the British settlements a small 
 
 Cranganore, Cochin, and Quilon. commerce is also carried on, the im- 
 
 Tliey had several establishments on ports consisting principally of piece 
 
 the maritime parts of Ceylon, and goods, raw silk, grain, sugar, wool- 
 
 facfories in the Bay of Bengal, at lens, and a few Eurojiean arficles; 
 
 Mausnlipatam, Negapatam, and St. tht? exports arc piece goods, betel 
 
 Thome, with commercial stations in nut, hemp, and other articles of little 
 
 the i)ro\ince of Bengal. In addition amount. 
 
 to these they possessed the city of Travelling distance from Poonali, 
 
 IMalacca, and had trading factories 245 miles; from Bombay, 292; from 
 
 in the countries which compose the Delhi, 1158; and from Calcutta, 1300 
 
 modern Birman empire and the pro- nliles. (C. Buchanaii, Bruce, Elmore, 
 
 vineo ofChidagong. In the Eastern MUburn, Macpherson, Ferishta, 31. 
 
 Archipelago they possessed the trade Graham, Perron, Sr.) 
 
 of all the spice islands, and a consi- i\o.\\\,\VTV.v.,{Gohati,Cow-marh€i). 
 
 derable interconrso with Japan and — A town in tlie province of Lower 
 
 Cliina ; but they did not acquire Assam, of which it is the capital. 
 
 Macao until 15H6. The surrounding district occupies an 
 
 After the conquest of Portugal, in extent of hilly country on botii banks 
 
 1580, by Philip tlie Second of Spain, of the Brahmapootra. The hills on 
 
 the connexion betwixt the Portn- each side form a spacio-.is amphi- 
 
 guese settlements aiid the mother theatre, which lias been equally 
 
 country was very much loosejicd, wvW fortified by nature and by art. 
 
 and fhc intercourse abridged. In {Wade, iS-c.) 
 
 the three years (1620 to 1622) that GoACH,(6'on/0. — The capital town 
 
 Ilernan de Albuquerque vas vice- of the Alacassar country, in the 
 
 roy, he never once received any let- Island of Celebes, which is some- 
 
 ter of instruction or information from times called the Kingdom of Goach. 
 
 the court of Spain ; the colonies Lat. 5°.13'.N. Long. m>°.2r. E. In 
 
 must consequently have been sup- 1512, subsequent to liie arrival of tlic 
 
 ported entirely iVom lii''ir own re- Portuguese, the INJalays were allow- 
 
 sourccs, while involved in a destruc- ed to bnild a moscjue at Goach, the 
 
 tive war with the Dufcli. The vices natives not being yet converted to 
 
 of their internal government and ex- the Mahommedan religion. In 1778 
 
 orbiiant power of the priests assist- this city was taken by assault by the 
 
 ed to hasten their decay. The vice- Dutch, the fortifications raised, and 
 
 roy never had any power over the the government newniodclled. I'rior 
 
 inqnisificm, and was himself liable to this ju'riod the sovereign of Goach 
 
 to its ccnsr.re. v^ as not despotic, but was obliged to 
 
 Tiie settlement of Goa seems now consult his nobility regarding the 
 
 almost wholly abandoned by the mo- performance of any important regal 
 
376 
 
 GOELWARAH. 
 
 function, every tomisliip having a 
 chief nearly independent. (Stavori- 
 mit and Notes, Marsden, ^c.) 
 
 Go ALP A RAH, (Govalpara). — A 
 town in llie pro\Jnce of Bengal, dis- 
 trict of Rangamatt)', situated on the 
 south side of the Brahmapootra, 
 near the frontiers of Assam, 170 
 miles north bj east from Dacca. Lat. 
 26°. 8'. N. Long. 90°. 32'. E. 
 
 This is the prhicipal mart of inter- 
 course with the Assamese, who bring 
 here coarse cloths, stick lac, tar,wax, 
 and occasionally gold for barter. 
 Salt is the article they in general 
 t.ake in return, which is delivered to 
 them very much adnltera ed. Nei- 
 ther is this traffic so considerable as 
 miglit be expected, owing to the dis- 
 ordf'rly state of the Assam countiy 
 and savage manners of the chiefs, 
 Avho frequently settle unadjusted ac- 
 counts by the assassination of their 
 creditors. 
 
 (locAUK. — A town in the province 
 ot Bejapoor, 47 miles S. by E- from 
 jVl<rritch. Lat. 16° 20'. N. Long. 
 75°. 6'. E. 
 
 This is a town of considerable ex- 
 tent and importance, situated ou the 
 eastern accli\ity of a hill, and is wa- 
 tered o its northern side by the 
 Gutpurba Kiver, which immediately 
 opposite is deep water; but there is 
 a ford a mile eastward of the tou n. 
 Gocauk is enclosed by a wall and 
 ditch on its eastern and southern 
 sides ; but to the westward it is com- 
 manded by a hill. 
 
 Were is a i extensive manufactory 
 of silk and cotton, both in the ibrra 
 of dresses and of piece goods The 
 silk is probably procured from Ben- 
 gal by the w ay of Goa. Gocauk was 
 the head place of a district in 1685, 
 Avhen taken by bultan Manazum ; 
 Jjut it does not now contaui any 
 buildings or ruins of consequence. 
 About two miles Irom this place is a 
 superb cataract, formed by the Ri\er 
 Gutpurba, which is precipitated from 
 the hills to the low country. During 
 the rnins this river is about 169 yards 
 broad, which volume of water falls 
 perpendicularly 174 feet, In the 
 
 dry season the breadth is compara- 
 tively small. {Moor, .St.) 
 
 GoDAVERY RiVKR, (Gadavari, 
 named also Gunga Godavery). — ^This 
 river has its source in the VVestern 
 Ghauts, about 70 miles to the north 
 east of Bombay. After traversing 
 the province olAuningabad and the 
 Tilligana country from west to east, 
 it turns to the south east, and re- 
 ceives the Baingunga about 90 n)iles 
 above the sea, besides many lesser 
 streams in its prior course. At lla- 
 janmndry it separates into two prin- 
 cipal branches, and these subdivid- 
 ing again, foim altogether several 
 tide harbours for vessels of moderate 
 burthen ; such as Ingeram, Coringa, 
 Yanam, Bundermalanca, and Narsi- 
 poor, all situated at diflercnt mouths 
 of this river. Its whole course, in- 
 cluding the windings, may be esti- 
 mated at 850 n)iles in length, having 
 neaily travelled across liom sea to 
 sea. 
 
 At Collysair Ghaut, in the province 
 of Gundwana, Lat. 18°. 38'. Long. 
 8(.° 35'. E. th. bed of the Godavcry 
 is about a mile in breadth ; and, iu 
 the beginning of May, consists of a 
 wide expanse of sand, the rivei" 
 being divided into many little 
 streams, no where more than 15 
 inches in depth. In the rainy sea- 
 son the bed is filled, and the river 
 rolls along a prodigious volume of 
 v\ater. After its separation near 
 Raamundry it forms the Island of 
 Na^ur, which comprehends about 
 500 squaie miles, and is, on account 
 of its fertility , of great value in pro- 
 portion to its extent, {litnuel, J, 
 Grant, 1 Inn', Sc) 
 
 (jOELWakah, (Gavalparah). — A 
 district in the province of Gujrat, si- 
 tuated between the 2 1st and 22d pa- 
 lallels of north latitude, and bound- 
 ed ou the east by tlje GuU'of Camhay. 
 The chief town is Gogo, Irom whence 
 the inhabitants, wIk) are jnostly Ma- 
 hommedans, carry on a brisk trade 
 with Bombay in their own vessels. 
 The greater j)art of this, adjacent to 
 tlie Gulf of Cambay, was ceded to 
 the British government by the Gujr 
 
GOHUD. 
 
 377 
 
 eoAvar in 1805, in part payment of 
 tlie subsidiary force supplied for his 
 profpction. 
 
 GoGOBAH RiVKR, (Gliargliara). 
 • — This river has its soiircc in the 
 mountains to the north of llindos- 
 tan, but the exact situation has ne- 
 ver been ascertained. It afterwards 
 falls into the Sareyu (Sarjew) at 
 Swargadwara, tlie tuiited streams af- 
 terwards bein{? named inditferently 
 the Gogcgrah, Sarjew, or Dcva Rivrr. 
 This river tlows tinoiinh the distiiet 
 of Kcmaoou and province of (hide, 
 and forms one of the largest eontri- 
 butary streams to the Gajig;es, which 
 it joins in tiie province of fiahar. 
 In the Hindoo .Mythological poems 
 this river is always mentioned by the 
 name of the Sareyu, w liicli in mo- 
 dern times it li:is almost lost. Its 
 banks w ere esteemed by the ancient 
 Hindoos of peculiar sanctity, and 
 were mucli frequented by Viswa- 
 mitra and other jtowerfid and cho- 
 leric IJindoo saints. Major Ren- 
 jiel thinks it is the Agoramis of Ar- 
 rian. 
 
 GoGo, {Goga). — A town in the 
 
 province of Cinjrat, district of Goel- 
 
 vara, situated on tiie west side of 
 
 the Gulf of Cambay, Lat. 21°. 43'. 
 
 ■ N. Long. 72°. 12'. iu. 
 
 This is a safe roadsted during the 
 S.W. monsoon, to which vessels may 
 run in case of parting from their an- 
 chors in Sural Koads,it being an eu- 
 tire bed of mud, about three-fourths 
 of a mile tiojn the shore, and ;dways 
 smooth water. Sliips may here get 
 supplied with stores and provisions, 
 and repair any damages tliey may 
 Iiave sustained. The natives, who 
 are prin(ii)aUy Alaliomniedaiis, build 
 vessels fiom 50 to 3.0 tons, and 
 carry on a brisk trade wiih Eombay 
 in their ow n craft, the chief export 
 being cotton. The lasears of this 
 place arc named siddliees, and are 
 reckoned the Ijest on the west coast 
 of India. The trade of tliis place 
 bad been much on the decline, but 
 pince its cession to tlie Hritish by 
 the Gnicowar, the commerce has 
 revived, and the popululion is in 
 
 creased. In 15S2 it is described by 
 Abul I'azel as follows : 
 
 " Ghogeh is a large port, well 
 built, and inhabited by merchants. 
 Ships come to, and others are fitted 
 out from this place. The cargoes of 
 siiips are put in small vessels, which 
 transport them to Cambayet. Ii^ 
 this neighbourhood are remarkably 
 fine oxen, some of which are sold 
 for 300 rupees a pair and upwards, 
 according to their beauty and speed." 
 {Elmore, Abul Fazel, Malet, Driim- 
 moud, >St.) 
 
 GoHi'D. — A district in the pro- 
 vince of Agra, ;;ituated to the south 
 of the Cjunnbul, between the 26th 
 and 271h degrees of north latitude. 
 The territory possessed by the Han- 
 nah of Goluui is mountainous, but 
 ferti!<>; and in 1790 was supposed to 
 produce a revenue of 22 lacks of 
 rupees annually, out of vvhieh seven 
 went to the expenses of collection. 
 The country abounds with strong 
 positions, particularly the famous 
 fortress of Gualior. The principal 
 towns are Gohud and Gualior. 
 
 GoHUD. — A fortified town in the 
 province of AgTa, 65 rnileS S. W. 
 from the city of Agra, and the ca- 
 pital of a small district of the same 
 name. Lat. 26°. 21'. N. Long. 78°. 
 21'. E. 
 
 About the middle of last century 
 Gohud was a small village, attached 
 to the district of Gualior, and the 
 rannah's ancestors were zemindars 
 of this village, and by caste Jauts 
 of the BannoAvly tribe. Bheem 
 Singh, the Hannah, prior to the battle 
 of Faniput, in 1762, acquired Gua- 
 dior, but was compelled to yield it 
 to (he Maharattas. Wiicn this na- 
 tion lost the great battle of Paniput, 
 tiie Rannah of (^»ohud attempted to 
 shake o|f their yoke, but was sub- 
 dued by Ragoonauth Row in 1766, 
 and compelled to continue tributary, 
 On a subse(pient ruptiue Gohud \\as 
 taken by Madhajce Sindia in 1784. 
 
 On the 17th of January, lb04, a 
 treaty was arranged by the British 
 government with the Rannah of 
 Gohud, Kirrut Singh Luckindra.by 
 
GQOLPUSSRA. 
 
 wliich he was to be established iu 
 the sovereignty of Gohiul, Gualior, 
 and a considerall^le number of adja- 
 cent districts; in consideration of 
 which he was to receive and main- 
 lain a subsidiary force of three batta- 
 lions, and make over the city and 
 fortress of Gualior to the Erilish. 
 I'roin the inability of the rajah to 
 settle the above countries, and fulfil 
 his engagements, the whole was de- 
 clared null and void, and another 
 concluded on the 19tli of December, 
 1805, by Gra-me Mercer, Esq. on 
 the part of the Bengal govei nment ; 
 by the conditions of which the rajah 
 agreed to relinquish llie country and 
 fort olGohsjd, and the other districts 
 guaranteed to him by the former 
 treaty, to be disposed of as might 
 appear expedient. 
 
 The Bi itish government, from the 
 consideration tliat the failure of the 
 {<)riner treaty, on the part of the 
 rajah, had arisen from inability and 
 want of means, determined to make 
 an adequate provision ibr liim, and, 
 in consequence, granted him the 
 dislricts of Dholepoor, Earee, and 
 Kajekerah, in perpetual sovereignty. 
 No engagements were, liowever, en- 
 tered into for his support in these 
 i)osRessions, and he was, consequent- 
 y, left entirely to his ovtii resources ; 
 the Biitish government, by a new 
 species of policy, declining all inter- 
 ference with him, iiiternally or ex- 
 ternally, and disclaiming all respon- 
 sibility for the assistance or pro- 
 teeliou o! the territory it had be- 
 stowed on him ; recommending him 
 to adjust all his disputes in the man- 
 ner most convenient to liim. Gua- 
 lior and the Gohud districts have 
 ever since been harassed, possessed 
 by, or tributary to, Dowlet Kow 
 Siiidia. (3d and 7th Registers, Trea- 
 iies, .S-c.) 
 
 (JoLCONDA, {Golkhanda). — A 
 strong fortress, situated on a hill, 
 about six miles W. N. W. from II j- 
 derahad. Lat. \'°. 18'. N. Long. 
 78°. 36'. E. The principal inliabit- 
 iHits and baidcers of Hyderabad are 
 pcuiitted by tlic Nizam to have 
 
 houses in tliis. fort, to wliich they 
 retire with their money on a;ay 
 alarm. 
 
 Golconda was once the capital of 
 an extensive kingdom, first under 
 native Hindoo princes, and after- 
 wards a principal division of the 
 Bhanience sovereigntj', upon the 
 tail of which it again became the 
 seat of a monarchy under the Cut- 
 tub Shalice dynasty. In the year 
 1690 it was surrendered, by trea- 
 chery, to the Mogul army of Au- 
 rengzcbe, after a siege of seven 
 months. The deposed sovereign, 
 Abou IToussun, died in confinement 
 here in 1704. {Scott, Upton, (St.) 
 
 GoMANO IsLK. — A small island, 
 about 20 miles in circumference, si- 
 tuated due south of Oby Island, 
 from which it is separated by a nar- 
 ro^\ stiait. Lat. 1°. 55'. S. Long. 
 127°. 40'. E. 
 
 GoocHNAUTH. — A village in the 
 province of Gujrat, distri(;t of AVer- 
 rear, situated on the south bank of 
 the Bunass River, about three miles 
 8. E. from Kahdunpoor. The coun- 
 try immediately adjacent is in a high 
 state of cultivation, and the fields in 
 some places enclosed. Thfs village 
 belongs to the Nabob of Sommee. 
 
 GooDoor.. — A town in the Bala^ 
 ghaut ceded temtory, 10 miles W. 
 by S. from the town of Carnoul. 
 Lat. 15°. 46'. N. Long. 77°. 51'. E. 
 
 GooHAUT, {Gohnt). — A town in 
 the Afghan territories, in the pro- 
 vince of C'abul, 12 miles W. of the 
 Indus. Lat. 32°. 51'. N. Long. 70° 
 40'. E. 
 
 GooLPUSSRA. — A town in the Ne- 
 paul dominions, through which the 
 commerce between l*atna and Ne- 
 paul passes, although a much more 
 circuitous route than that of Bha- 
 reh. Lat. 27°. 1'. N. Long. 85°. 
 10'. E. 
 
 'i'lns place stands on the skirts of 
 the great forest, and is but a mean 
 village, although the thoroughfare 
 for most of the merchandize that 
 passes between Nepaul, Benares, 
 Oude, and Patna, over the Checsa- 
 pany Mouutuins. The road from 
 
GOORA€POOR. 
 
 379 
 
 hence to Ecchiarori, Ihionffli flic 
 great foK'sl, is pradicablc lor wheel 
 caiTiaj;es, and (here arc two or throe 
 stations, but no villaj^es on the wa}'. 
 This part of the forest contains tiic 
 same variety of trees as Ihc Jliurj- 
 hoory quajter. Some of <lic saiil 
 trees nieasnre 100 lect below the 
 branehes, ami from eight to nine feet 
 in ifirth. {Kirkpatriek, S)-c.) 
 
 GooLGUNGE. — A lowu ill the pro- 
 vince of Allahabad, distriet o^l}^n- 
 deIctuld.26milesS. S. E. from Patna. 
 Lat. 24°. 26'. N. Long. 85°. 38'. E. 
 IS' ear to this place is a pass into the 
 jiills, named Goomaghaut. 
 
 GooMSUR, {Gomafieswara). — A 
 town at tlie north-west extrcniitj of 
 the Northern Circars, 43 miles N, 
 W. lioni Ganjam. Lat. 19°. 63'. N. 
 Long. 81°. 55. E. 
 
 Tlie country in this neighbourhood 
 js remarkably impenetrable, tlie fo- 
 rests consisting entirely of ban)boos, 
 which grow closer, and resist the 
 axe better, than any other species of 
 vegetation. In former times, the 
 inhabitants relying on this, did not 
 think it necessary to erect redoubts 
 for the defence of the paths to their 
 strong holds, but obstructed them 
 \vith frequent baniers of bamboos, 
 wrought into a variety of eutaugle- 
 ments. 
 
 The whole district is esteemed 
 one of llic hottest regions in India, 
 and is peculiarly subject to strokes 
 of the sun, by which M. Bu.ssy, in 
 1757, lost seven Europeans of his 
 aruiy in one day. {Orme, S(c.) 
 
 GooMTY, {Goniati, Winding). — 
 This river has its source among the 
 Kemaoon Hills, from Mhcnce it 
 flows ill a south-east direction; and, 
 lifter passing the cities of Lucknow 
 and Jionpoor, falls into the Ganges 
 below Benares. It is named tho 
 Goomty from its extremely wind- 
 ing course, which being a circum- 
 stance very common to rivers flowing 
 tluough the flat countries of Hin- 
 dostan, there are many other rivers 
 of a secondary class, distinguished 
 by the same appellation, particularly 
 mi^ wliicb parses Coiuillah, iu th9 
 
 Tipcrah district, and falls into the 
 I\Iogna, at Daoiuicanndy. 
 
 GooNF.E. — A riv^ in the pro\ince 
 of Sinde, which iiows in a north- 
 westerly direction, and aftelvvards 
 falls into the Indus. During the 
 rains it is navigable for a consider- 
 able distance, and forms part of the 
 route from Hyderabad, the capital 
 of Sinde, to the poit of Mandavie, 
 in the Gulf of Cutch. 
 
 GnoNDfPooRAM. — A town in tiie 
 Northern Circars, 46 miles N. by W. 
 liom Cicacole. Lat. 18°. 59'. N. 
 Long. 83°. 51'. E. 
 
 GooNoNG Telloo. — A town in 
 the Island of Celebes, where the 
 Dutch formerly had a settlement, 
 situated on a river of the same name. 
 Lat. °. 30'. N. Long. 123°. E. This 
 place stands on the north side of the 
 great Bay of Goonong Telloo, named 
 also Tominie, which deeply indents 
 the east coast of Celebes. The in- 
 liabitants are Malays, but their chief 
 is named the rajah, which is a Hin- 
 doo title, but not unfrequently ap- 
 propriated by the petty Maliom- 
 meddan princes in the Eastern Isles. 
 
 GooRACPooR, {Goralihpur). — A 
 district in the province of Gude, si- 
 tuated about the 27tii degree of 
 north latitude. To the north it is 
 bounded by hills and forests, which 
 separate it from the Nepaulese terri- 
 tories ; to the south by the Dew ah 
 or Goggrah River ; and on the east 
 by the Gunduck. In 1801 this dis- 
 trict w as ceded to the British by a 
 treaty concluded between the Na- 
 bob of Oude and the Marquis Wel- 
 lesley. After this event, in order to 
 promote a free intercourse vvitii tlie 
 people of the mountainous country 
 to the north, and with Goracpoor, 
 which is but thinly inhabited, pe- 
 riodical fairs were established, to 
 which part of the Company's invest- 
 ment woollens and metals was 
 sent. These fairs were also nu- 
 merously attended by traders from 
 the neighbouring pro\inces. 'I'lici 
 principal towns are Gooracpoor, 
 Buckrali, and Mutgur. A consi- 
 derable part of the country is still 
 
880 
 
 GORCAH. 
 
 overgrown with forests, in winch 
 saul trees of a large size abound. 
 
 In 1582 this district is described 
 by Abul I'azcl as follows: 
 
 " Sircar Gooracpoor, containing 
 24 ninhals ; measurement, 244,283 
 beegabs ; revenue, 11,920,790 dams. 
 Seyurglial, 51,235 dams. This sir- 
 oar furnishes 1010 cavalry, and 
 22,000 infantry." 
 
 Gooracpoor. — A town in the pro- 
 "vince o-f Oude, situated on the cast 
 sidp of the Booree l^apty Kivcr, 170 
 miles travelling distance E. from 
 Lncknow. Lat. 26°. 45'. N. Long. 
 83°. 22'. E. 
 
 GooTY, (Gitti). — A hilly district in 
 the Ealaghaut ceded territories, si- 
 tuated principally between the 15th 
 and 16th degrees of north latitude. 
 Gonty is first mentioned as a district 
 during the reign of Aurengzebe, 
 wl'.LH it Ibrracd part of a small state 
 held by tte pre deeessors of the 8hah- 
 noor family, who Avere dispossessed 
 in 1758 by the Maharatta partisan 
 «hief, Morari How. In the course of 
 th?" three years' war between Hyder 
 and the Maharattas, from 1776 to 
 1779, the province or" Gooty was 
 conquered by the former, and the 
 yajali (who was never afterwards 
 lieard of) carried oft' prisoner. W ith 
 the rest of the Ealaghaut it was 
 ceded by the Nizam to the Company 
 in 1800, and now forms part of the 
 collcctorship of BeJlary- {3Ioor, ir.) 
 
 GooTY.— A forlress in the Bal;;- 
 ghaut ceded territories, formerly the 
 capital of a small district of the same 
 name, and the scat of an independ- 
 ont Maharatta government. Lat. 
 15°. 9'. N. Long. 7/°. 35'. E. 
 
 Travelling distance from Seringa- 
 patara, 228 miles, N. N. E. ; tiom 
 Madras, 269; and from Hyderabad, 
 178 miles. (EouicI, W. U.) 
 
 GoRAGAirr, {Ghoragliautjlie Horse 
 Pass). — A town and zemindary in 
 the province of Bengal, district of 
 Mymunsingh, 90 miles N. E. from 
 ]\loor.s]iedabad. Lat. 25° 13' N. 
 Long. 8L>°. 10'. E. This small ter- 
 ritory is also named Edraepoor, and 
 aucieutJy formed part of the division 
 4 
 
 of Aurungabad. In 1784 it con- 
 tained 632 square miles, and wan 
 held by a ze^^indar of the Khayst 
 caste of Hindoos. In 1582 Abul 
 Fazel describes it as producing raw 
 silk, gunnies, and plenty of Tanyan 
 horses. 
 
 This zemindaiy, with many others 
 in the enstcrn quarter of Bengal, at 
 a very eaiiy period of the Mahom- 
 medan invasion, was bestowed on 
 different Afghan chiefs, wiio co- 
 lonized in thorn, and received ac- 
 cessions of their brethren fi-oin 
 abroad. Benig zealous converters 
 of the Hindoos in their neighbour- 
 l>ood, and not very scrupidous as to 
 the means, a vei-y considerable 
 portion of the inhabitants of this 
 remote corner, to this day, profess 
 the Mahommedan religion, and dig- 
 nify themselves with the Arabian 
 tide of Sheikh. The Ghoragaut Ze- 
 mindary w as subsequently seized on 
 by the Kakeshelan tribe of MoguLs, 
 (J. Grant, Stewart, lVc.) 
 
 GoRAM Isle.— A small island in 
 the Eastern Seas, about 20 miles in 
 circumference, and situated one 
 day's sail E. by N. from Eanda. This 
 island is inhabited by Mahommed- 
 ans.andissaidto contain 13 mosques. 
 In 1774 the Dutch sent an armed 
 force of Buggesses against Goram, 
 but they were repulsed by the in- 
 habitants. {Forrest, Sf-c.) 
 
 GoRCAH, (G/iwJie). — A town and 
 district in Noithcrn Ilindostan, the 
 original couiitry of the present Ne- 
 paul sovereigns, situated between 
 the 281 h and 29th degrees of north 
 latitude. Prior to the conquest of 
 Ne])aul by Rajah Purthi Narrain, of 
 Glioorka, the Trisoolgnnga sepa- 
 rated the territories of the Ghoor- 
 kali and New ar (or Nepaul) princes, 
 the western limit of the Ghoorka 
 distri<;t being uiaikcd bj" the Mursi- 
 angdi. 
 
 This tciriton-, besides a nume- 
 rous peasantiy of Dhenwars, con- 
 tains several Eajpoot families, and 
 some Newars, but it is principally 
 occupied by the Brahminical and 
 Khetri tribes; and as these cousti- 
 
GOUR. 
 
 381 
 
 tuttd the priucipal strength of l^iirtlii 
 Nairaitis novenuiient, and continue 
 to form the main support ol tlie pre- 
 sent one, tlu'Y possess considerable 
 authoiity. Their eijiefs are known 
 by the name of thur^nrs, from 
 whom ari' selected the leading; con- 
 ductors of alfairs. 'I'heir numbers 
 are 36, the title juoperly descending!; 
 only to the heads of families, and 
 these 30 are subdivided into tluee 
 other gradations. 
 
 The Ghoorkhali reigniiitv I'amily 
 pretend to derive their descent from 
 the Kajjioot Princes of Ode) poor, 
 in the same manner as tlie Sevajee 
 family claiuR-d a similar orii^in. For 
 a considerable period they have ex- 
 isted in the mountainous country 
 bordeiin;; on the River Gunduck, 
 durint;,' which time they have gra- 
 dually risen into power by successive 
 encroachments on their neiu^hbours. 
 After the conquest of Nepaul by the 
 Ghooikhalies, in 1768, the seat of 
 govennnent was transfened to ('at- 
 mandoo, and the city of (iorcah 
 liaving since been nnicii neglected, 
 is greatly decayed. Near to the city 
 of Gorcah there is said to be a very 
 considerable mass of rock chrystaL 
 {Kirhpalrich, S-e.) 
 
 GoiiR, {Gcmr). — The ruins of 
 Cour (the ancient name of the ca- 
 pital of Eengal, and also of the pro- 
 vince) aic situated in the district of 
 Kajemal, a few miles south of the 
 town of j\laulda. The name of 
 Gaur is apparently derived from 
 Gur, which, both in the ancient and 
 modern languages of India, signi- 
 lies raw sugar ; and from the Sanscrit 
 term for manufactured sugar (sar- 
 cara) are derived the Persian, Greek, 
 Latin, and modem European names 
 of the cane and its produce. In 
 1582 this place is described by Abul 
 I'azel as tbllows : 
 
 " Jemietabad is a very aueieut 
 city, and was once the capital of 
 Bengal. Formerly it was called 
 Lncknowty, and sometimes Gour. 
 The present name (Jennetabad) was 
 given it by the late emperor (Hu- 
 luayoon). Here is a Hue fort, to the 
 
 east of w hich is a large lake, calh.'d 
 Chutteah Putteah, in which aro 
 many islands." 
 
 The ruins of this town extend 16 
 miles along the ol<l banks of iho 
 Ganges, and are from two lo three 
 miles in breadth. Se\eral \illage.s 
 stand on part of its site ; the re- 
 njainder is either covered with thick 
 forests — the resort of tigers, and 
 beasts of prey, or it iuis Ixcome 
 arable land, the soil f>f which con- 
 tains a great deal of brick dust. 
 The principal ruins are a moscjue 
 lined willi black marble, elaborately 
 wrougiU, and two gales of the cita- 
 del, which itre grand aiul lofty. Tln5 
 bricks, which are of a most sohil 
 texture, are carried away to JNIoor- 
 sludabjid, ManUla, and otiier places, 
 for the purposes of budding. The; 
 situation of Gour is nearly centricaj 
 to the populous parts of Eengal and 
 liahar, and not far from the junction 
 of tlie principal rivers wiiich form 
 the excellent inland navigation. Liv- 
 ing to the east of the (janges. it was 
 secured against sudden invasion from 
 the only quarter v\ here hostile opera- 
 tions niight be apprehended. 
 
 No part of the site of ancient 
 Gour is nearer to the present bank 
 of the Ganges than four miles autl a 
 half, and some parts, which were 
 originally washed by that river, uro 
 now 12 miles tiom it. A small 
 stream that nins past it comaiuni- 
 eates with its west side, and is na- 
 vigable during the rainy season. On 
 the east side, and in some places 
 within two miles, it has the aUaha- 
 nuddy River, which is always nasi- 
 gable, and communicates with the 
 Gauges. 
 
 Gaura, or, as it L? commonly 
 called Bengali, is the language 
 spoken in the provinces, of which 
 the ancient city of Gour was the ca- 
 pital. It still prevails in all the pro- 
 vinces of Bengal, excepting some 
 frontier districts, but is spoken witii, 
 the greatest purity in the eastern 
 parts only. Although Gaura be tlie 
 name of Bengal, yet the Bruhmins^ 
 who bear that appellation, arc not 
 
382 
 
 GUALIOR. 
 
 inliabilanfs of Bengal, but of Hiii- 
 dost;ui Proper. They reside chiefly 
 in tlie province of Delhi, while the 
 Brahnnns of Bengal are avowed co- 
 lonists from Kanoge. 
 
 When Mahommed BukhtyarKhil- 
 ligee conquered Bengal, A. D. 1204, 
 he established the then ancient city 
 of Gour as the capital of his domi- 
 nions. Rajah Lackmanyah, the last 
 Hindoo sovereign, whom he ex- 
 pelled, held his court at Nnddea. 
 
 In 1535 the Emperor llamayoon, 
 when in pursuit of Shere Khan, Ihe 
 Patau (who afterwards expelled him 
 from Hindostan), took Gonr, (hen 
 the capital of Bengal. Ferishta 
 .says, tliat the seat of government 
 was afterwards removed to Tannda, 
 or Taura, a few miles higlier np, on 
 acconnt of tlie unheaithiness of the 
 climate. (Colebrooke, Remiel, Co- 
 lonel Colebi'oohe, Stewart, Ahnl Fa- 
 zei, Si-c.) 
 
 Gow. — A town in the province of 
 Bahar, district of Bahar, 52 miles 
 S. S. W. from Patna. Lat. 25°. 1'. 
 N. Long. 84°. 45'. E. 
 
 GRESsnc. — This was formerly the 
 capital of an ancient kingdom in tlie 
 Island of Java, but is now merely a 
 small to\vii, divided between the na- 
 tives and the Chinese, who have 
 here their own campong, temples, 
 and priests. Lat. 7°. 9'. S. Long. 
 U2°. 50'. E. 
 
 There is here a small fort built of 
 stone, within which are barracks for 
 the guard who have charge of it. 
 There is one wide street inhabited 
 by the Dutch European establisli- 
 mcnt, and contiguous arc the Ma- 
 lay and Chinese campongs ; also the 
 grand square, in which are the pa- 
 laces of the two ruling tomagons. 
 
 At this place there is neitiicr river 
 nor rivulet, water for drinking being 
 brought from two springs haii-a- 
 league off, or from Sourabhaya. The 
 natives frequently use brackish wa- 
 ter, and such as they catch when it 
 rains. Notwithstanding the want of 
 so essential an article, and in spile 
 of Ihe marshes and stagnant pool:; 
 which surround the Malay and Chi- 
 
 nese campongs, the station of Gres- 
 sec is reckoned healthy by the 
 Dutch. 
 
 From Sourabhaya to Gressec by 
 sea is about five leagues distance, 
 which may bo performed in five 
 hours against wind and tide. The 
 coast of Java, from the mouth of 
 the Sourabhaya River to Gressec, 
 forms a large angle, vvith an island 
 in the middle. A bank of mud and 
 sand, which extends along the coast, 
 and is almost visible, has rendered 
 necessary a wooden mole built on 
 piles opposite to the fort, 600 feet ia 
 length, to Avhich the boats are fast- 
 ened. At the foot of the hills ou 
 which Gressec stands is a house for 
 the manufacture of saltpetre. 
 
 The administration of the country 
 is carried on by a resident, ^\ ho has 
 UJider him some Malay companies, 
 officered by natives, and command- 
 ed by a Dutch Serjeant, with the 
 title of military commandant; the 
 natives are governed by t^vo tomo- 
 gons. The chief produce of the dis- 
 trict attached to the town is rice. 
 {Tombe,, St(tvo7'i7ms, Bligh, (Vc.) 
 
 GuALloR, {Gualiar). — A strong for- 
 ti-ess in the province of Agra, 80 
 miles travelling distance south from 
 the citv of Agra. Lat. 26°. 18'. N. 
 Long. 78°. 14'. E. 
 
 The hill on M'hich this celebrated 
 fortress stands is in length one mile 
 and six-tenths, but its greatest 
 breadth does not exceed 300 yards. 
 'I'lie height at the north end, wliere 
 it is greatest, 342 feet, and the sides 
 so steep as to be nearly perpendi- 
 cular. A stone parapet extends all 
 round close to the brow of the hill, 
 which is so precipitous, that it was 
 judged perfectly secure from assault 
 until Major Pophani took it by es- 
 calade on the 3d August, 1780 : the 
 starniing party was led by Captain 
 Bruce, brother to the traveller. The 
 town, which is placed along the east 
 side of the hill, is large, well in- 
 habited, and contauis. mauy good 
 houses of stone, which is furni.shed 
 in abundance by the neighbouring 
 hills, forming an ampliitheatre round 
 
GUBI. 
 
 303 
 
 ihe lowji and fort, at the distance of 
 IVoin one to four miles. Tht^y arc 
 principally composed of schistns, 
 Mhich api)arcn1ly contains a )aiu;e 
 portion of iron. 'Micir suifucc is 
 rup^i^ed, and nearly destilnto of vc- 
 g:('talion. To the eastw nrd riui.s the 
 small Kiver Soonrica, uhich in the 
 beginniiip; of spring; is nearly dry. 
 At the distance of 700 yards from 
 the northern cxtroniity is a conical 
 hill, having; on tlio top a remarkable 
 buihlLnp;, consisting of two stone 
 pillars joined l>y an arch. ^^ ithin 
 th(^ summit of the fort are larii;e na- 
 tural excavations, which contain a 
 pcr|ie{nal supply of excellent ^^ater. 
 A considi'ral)!'' trade is carried on 
 herein cloth trom Chandcri, and in 
 indij;o. Ai>out 14 inilcs distai'.t, on 
 the road to Narwar, is a niiiic of 
 iron at the village of Bcercli. 
 
 Giiaiior nuist, in all ages, have 
 been a military post of gTcat conse- 
 quence, both from its centrical si- 
 tuation iu Hindostan, and the pecu- 
 liarity of its formation, which was, 
 by the natives, generally esteemed 
 impregnable. During the time of 
 the Mogul government it was a stale 
 prison, where the obnoxious branches 
 <jf the royal family were confined, 
 and a large menagerie kept for their 
 entertainment, consisting of lions, 
 tigers, aiid other wild beasts. When 
 possessed by jNTadajee Sindia, he 
 appropriated it to tlie same use ; and, 
 on aecoxnit of its security, made it 
 a grand depot for artillery, aiinnu- 
 iiition, and military stores. 
 
 llajahs of Gualior aic mentioned 
 so early as A. D. lOOS, and it was 
 lirst taken by the IMahonuncdans in 
 1197, after a long sie^e. The Hin- 
 <loos afterw ards regiiined possession, 
 as it was again subdued by Altunisli, 
 the Patau so^ereign of Delhi, in 
 1235. In A. D. I;'jl9, (iiialidr sur- 
 rendered to the forces of ".Ibrahiu 
 liodi, the Delhi emperor, after liav- 
 iiig been 1(K) years occupied by tlie 
 Hindoos; and, subsc(iuent to this 
 period, it must have |jeeiiac(iiiired 
 by the Emperor Ualnayoon ; tor, in 
 A, D. 1543, it was delivered up by 
 .3 
 
 his governor to Shere Khan, the Af- 
 ghan. Thus i,t appears to have be- 
 longed to many masters, not with- 
 standing its reputation for imprc!;- 
 nabiUty. In 1 582 it was the chief 
 town of a district, described by Abiil 
 Fazel as follows : 
 
 " Sircar Gualior, containing 12 
 niahals, measurement 1,146,405 bee- 
 gahs. Revenue 29,683,749 dams. 
 Seyurglial 240,360 dams, 'Ibis sircar 
 furnishes 2490 cavalry, and 43,000 
 infantry." 
 
 After the disniembernicnt of the 
 INIogul empire, Gualior came into 
 the possession of the Kaua of Go- 
 hud, from whom it was taken by 
 the iVIahai-attas. In 1780 it wa's 
 taken by escalade l>y the British 
 forces, as above related ; but after- 
 wards given up to the Hana of Go- 
 hud, who, failing in his engagements, 
 was abandoned to the resentment of 
 the Maharattas. Madajce Sindia in- 
 vested the fort, and after a fruitless 
 siege of many months, prevailed at 
 last by corrupting p;ut of the gar- 
 rison. In 1804 Gualior was ceded 
 to the British by Bajah Umbajcc 
 Row, but never taken possession of, 
 as by the final treaty of 1805 with 
 Dowlet Row Sindia, the ]>engal go- 
 vernsnent abandoned all the terri- 
 tory to the south of the Clnunbul, 
 and it is now possessed by that 
 chief. 
 
 Travelling distance from Delhi, 
 197 miles ; from Lucknow, 211 ; from 
 Benares, .355 ; from Nagpoor, 480 ; 
 from Calcutta, bv l)irblK)om, 805 
 miles. {Hunter, Maurice, licuiiif. 
 Hodges, Abul Fazel, Sc.) 
 
 GiiDi, — A town, containing 400 
 houses, in the Bajah of Mysore's 
 t(Tritories. Lat. 13°. 7'. N. Long. 
 77°. 10'. E. 
 
 Tlie houses in their external ap- 
 pearance are mean, and the phuB 
 cxtjcmely dirty; but many of the 
 inhabitants are thriviag, and 1hr» 
 trade considerable, J jeiv is held oii« 
 of the gieatest weekly faij-s in the 
 country. • 
 
 Gubi is said to have been fo^uidod 
 400 years ajjo by a family of j>oly- 
 
384 
 
 GUJRAT. 
 
 gars, who resided at Ilossoolmlly, 
 two miles iiom hence; and who 
 trace their descent horn Ilonajja 
 (iuada, the hereditary chief of the 
 Nona Woculi^^ani caste. This per- 
 son Hved about 700 years a<;o, and 
 Jiis faniily possessed a country which 
 annually jiroduccd about 3000 pa- 
 godas. They were first bronght nn- 
 dcr su])jcctiou by the Mysore Ka- 
 jahs, who imposed a tribute of 500 
 piisjodas. IJyder increased tliis to 
 2:m0, leaving- tliem httlc better tiinn 
 renters. They were entirely dis- 
 possessed by Tippoo, and iuive re- 
 
 soutli-eastern extreniifyof (he Island 
 of Saniai, bciji^ tiic most easterly 
 of all tlie Philippines. 
 
 GuicowAii. — Sec Brodraii. 
 
 GuJERAr — A (own in the Seik 
 territories, in the province of La- 
 hore, GO miles N. \. W. from the 
 city of Lahore, Lat. 32° 35'. N. 
 Long. 7S°. 25'. L. 
 
 GUJRA'l', (Giijara Rmhtra). 
 
 A large province in Hindostan, 
 situated principally between the 21st 
 
 turned to their oiiginal profession of and 24th degrees of north latitude. 
 
 cultivators, but in their own tribe 
 they still retain tiieir hereditary rank. 
 {J^. Buchanan, cVc) 
 
 GuDARAH. — A district in the S. E 
 cpiarter of the Gnjrat province, si- 
 tuated about the 23d degree of north 
 latitude. It is a very hilly and 
 woody country, mostly possessed by 
 })ctty chiefs tributary to thcGuicowar 
 JMaharattas. The principal towns 
 are Gundarah, Baneah, and Luna- 
 wara, and the chief river tlu iMahy. 
 GuGAH. — A town, containing COO 
 inhabitants, in the province of Sinde, 
 district of Tatta. Lat. 2 i°. 45'. N. 
 Long. G8°. 7'. E. 
 
 TJiis is a place of very little trade, 
 but sheep and fowls are to be jno- 
 eured here at a moderate price. The 
 hill on which this town stands is 
 bounded on the southward and west- 
 wartl by a dry nullah, on the bed of 
 which is a large tank of fine water. 
 The soil around Gugali is a stiff' 
 sandy clay, and near the town are a 
 number of hue trees, the only large 
 ones visible from hence to C'orachie. 
 The appear.ance of thd country is 
 also much superior to the parts ad- 
 jacent to the sea coast. Part of the 
 country between Gahrah and Gugah 
 is so low, and so intersected by 
 xnany branches of the Indus, that it 
 must be flooded atpaitic'Jiar seasuna 
 of the year, and during the ircshes. 
 {Max/ield, Kinneir, .Sc) 
 
 GuiGNAN Isle. — A small island, 
 
 On the north it is bounded by the 
 province of Aj nicer ; on the south by 
 the sea and the province of Aurun- 
 gabad ; to the east it has Malwah 
 and Khandesh ; and to the west a 
 sandy desert, thepro\ince ofCutch, 
 and the sea. In length it may be 
 estimated at 320 miles, by 180 the 
 average breadth. The south-western 
 quarter of this province approaches 
 the shape of a peninsula, formed by 
 the Gulfs of Cutcli and Cambay, 
 the sea coast along the (irst being as 
 yet but imperfectly known to Eu- 
 ropeans. AVhen the Institutes of 
 Acber w as composed by Abul Faze), 
 in 1582, Gujrat extended southward 
 to Dainaun, where it touched on 
 Baglana, as appears by the following 
 delineation extracted tiom the Ayecu 
 Acbeiiy ; 
 
 " The soubah of Gujrat is situated 
 in the second climate. Tiie length 
 from Euorhanpoor to Juggeth (Dwa- 
 raca) is 320 coss, and the breadth 
 from Jalore to the port of Damaun 
 measuies 200 coss ; and also ti-om 
 Ider to the port of Cambayet it is 
 70 coss broad. On the cast Hes 
 Khandesh ; on the north Jalore and 
 Ider ; on the south are the ports of 
 Damaun and Cambayet ; and on the 
 west Juggeth. In the southern parts 
 of this soubah are many mountains. 
 It is watered by the ocean, and the 
 tbllowing rivers ; the Sabcrmatty, the 
 Bateruck, the Alehindiy, the Ner- 
 
 one of the Philippines, abcut It? budda, the Tuptee, and the Sui- 
 njiles in circumfereacc, lyinjr clx the sooty. 
 
GUJRAT. 
 
 385 
 
 " Javari and bajcra arc the prin- 
 cipal grains cultivated here. The 
 fields are enclosed with liedges of 
 Ihcjekoom tree, which is a strong 
 defence against cattle, and makes 
 the country almost impenetrable to 
 an army. This soubah is famous for 
 painters, carvers, and handicraftracn, 
 and there is a great tralHc earned on 
 in precious stones. Silver is brought 
 from Rome (the Turkish empire) and 
 Irak. At first Puttcn was the seat 
 of government, then Chnmpaneer, 
 and now Ahmedalmd. 
 
 '' Gujrat contains nine districts, 
 viz. 1. Ahmedabad; 2. Putten; 3. 
 Nadowt ; 4. Behrodeh ; 5. lichroatch ; 
 6. Chnmpaneer ; 8. Kodehra ; 9. So- 
 rct. These districts are subdivided 
 into 198 pergunnahs, of which 13 
 contain ports. I'his soubah has 
 67,375 cavalry, and 8900 infan- 
 try." 
 
 A considerable portion of the Guj- 
 rat province, i)articularly towards 
 the eastern frontier, is very hilly, 
 and much covered with jungle, which 
 is rather encouraged by the inhabit- 
 ants on account of the security it 
 aflbrds against invaders. The west- 
 ern boundary, extending along the 
 Bunass lliver, and from thence to 
 the sea, is a level arid country in 
 some parts, and in others a low salt 
 swamp of a singular description, dis- 
 tinguished by the name of the Run. 
 In some parts tliis immense morass 
 has dried up, but on account of the 
 saline nature of the soil and water, 
 it remains sterile and unproductive. 
 I'he interior of the Gujrat Peninsula 
 is hilly, and being rather scantily 
 supplied with water, not productive 
 of grain, but exhibits every where 
 abundance of coarse vegetation suit- 
 able to the soil. A\ ithin these 
 swamps, jungles, and hills, are many 
 tribes of protiessed thieves, who prey 
 on each otlicr ; and, being all cavalry, 
 extend their depredations to a con- 
 siderable distance. 
 
 The ancient limits of Gujntt ap- 
 pear to have included the gieater 
 part of Khandesh and Malwah. The 
 coasts of the Gujrat Peninsula are 
 
 2 c 
 
 particularly adapted for piracy, as 
 they abound in little creeks and in- 
 lets, which furnish shelter and con- 
 cealment from cruizers, on account 
 of the dillicult navigation. The pro- 
 vince is intersected by several noble 
 rivers, such as the Nerbudda, Tup- 
 tec, Mahy, and Mchindry, but in 
 many parts a great s(;arcity of water 
 is experienced. In the sandy soil, 
 north of the Mahy River, which soon 
 absorbs the periodical rains, the wells 
 are deeper than to the southward^ 
 being from 80 to 100 feet deep. In 
 the adjacent province of Alarwar 
 they are still deeper, the inhabitants 
 being obliged to dig down from two 
 to 300 feet, before they reach suffi- 
 cient \\ ater. 
 
 The country of Gujrat generally, 
 notwithstanding its smoothness to 
 the eye, is much intersected by ra- 
 vines and ground broken up by the 
 rains. Some of these ravines are of 
 a considerable depth and extent, and 
 during the rains suddenly assume 
 the appearance and volume of rapid 
 rains, not to be crossed w ithont the 
 assistance of rafts or boats. A\ hen 
 this occurs the natives soon establish 
 temporaiy ferries, mIicu passengers 
 are not required to |)ay until they 
 have landed, and mejidicants and 
 religious devotees of every descrip- 
 tion are wholly exempted. During 
 the hot and dry months the siufacc 
 of the country mostly appears sand, 
 or dust, and in the rainy season a 
 thick mire. 
 
 The Bheels, and poor inhabitants 
 of the jungles in Gujrat, use the 
 gum which exudes from the trunk 
 and branches of the baubul tree for 
 food. These trees are verj- common 
 throughout the wastes in th*; north- 
 west quarter of India, and grow 
 sjiontaneously on all inioecupied 
 ground. It is also planted as a fence 
 round the villages, and the farm- 
 yards are protected by a thick hedge 
 of it. 
 
 In so vast a province, never com- 
 pletely suljdued by any iinadtr, a 
 great diversity of population ma\ i)e 
 expected, and Gujrat accordingly ex- 
 
386 
 
 GUJRAT. 
 
 hibits a wonderful variety of strange 
 sects and castes. 
 
 In some parts of the province the 
 Grassias are a numerous class of 
 landholders, and in others merely 
 possess a sort of feudal authority 
 over certain portions of land and 
 villages. They are described as con- 
 sisting of four castes, or families; 
 1, Coolees, and their branches ; 2. 
 Rajpoots ; 3. Seid Mahojnmedans ; 
 4. Mole Islams, or modern Mahom- 
 raedans. The residences of the most 
 common Grassias are Rajpcepla 
 south, and Mandwee north, of the 
 Nerbudda; Meagam and vVhmode 
 between that stream and the Maliy, 
 and Mandowce on the Tuptce. On 
 the rugged margins of all rivers in 
 Gnjrat many Grassias reside in a 
 kind of independence, and also all 
 over the Gujrat Peninsula, which is 
 usually denominated by the natives 
 Cattivad, and by Europeans Cottv- 
 vvar. Criuiiiials from the plains lly 
 to thcii haunts for refuge, and re- 
 ceive the names of Grassias, Catties, 
 Coolees, Bheels, and iMewassics; 
 but are in reality all thieves, and 
 supposed to amount to a half of the 
 population north of tlie JMahy. 
 
 Of all the plunderers who infest 
 Gujrat the most bloody and un- 
 tauieable arc the Coolees, who how- 
 ever present difterent characters in 
 difl'erent districts; the most barba- 
 rous being found in the vicinity of 
 the Run, or in the neighbourhood of 
 the Maby River. 'I'licse are taught 
 to despise every approach to civiliza- 
 tion, and the appellation they bestow 
 on a man decently dressed is that of 
 pimp to a l>rothil. In order to pro- 
 cure respect they stain their apparel 
 with charcoal pounded and mixed 
 with oil, and their tharons (priests 
 and bards) and other inlhiential per- 
 sons, excel the laity in iilthiness. 
 With this caste cleanliness is indi- 
 cative of cowardice. These customs 
 arc said to have originated with the 
 Naroda, or degraded Rajpoots, wiio 
 (brm a considerable portion of the 
 population. However ricli, a Na- 
 roda never diesses better than the 
 
 lowest of his caste. The Portugncsa 
 at an early period used the name of 
 Coolee as a term of repioach, and 
 fiom them it descended to the Eng- 
 lish. 
 
 The description of men named 
 Bliats, or Bharotts, abound more in 
 Gujrat thau in any of the other pro- 
 vinces of India, Some of them cul- 
 tivate the land, but the greater num- 
 ber arc recorders of births and deaths, 
 and beggars or itinerant bards, iu 
 which last capacitv they are also fre- 
 quently traders. Some of this caste 
 stand security for Hie public revenue,, 
 and gnarantce the observance of 
 agreements and awards. I'hey are 
 a singularly obstinate race, and when 
 pressed for money, for which they 
 have become security, sometimes 
 sacrifice their own lives ; but Tuoie 
 fre(pien11y put to death some aged 
 female, or a child of their family, iu 
 tlie presence of the person who caus- 
 ed Ihein 1o bieak their word. These 
 Rliatts are rev\ ardetl by a small pci' 
 centage on the amount of the re- 
 venues for which they l»eeome secu- 
 rity, and for the eousecpicut jirolcc;- 
 tion it aftbrds against the importuni- 
 ties of tlu,' inferior agents of govern- 
 ment, their persons being regarded 
 as sacred, and their inliuence very 
 great over the superstitious minds of 
 the natives. 
 
 The Charons in Gujrat are a sect 
 of Hindoos, aUied in manners and 
 customs with the Bhatts. They are 
 often possessed of large droves of 
 carriage ciittle, by means of which 
 tliey carry on a distant iidand traflic 
 in grain and other arlieles. Travel- 
 lers in the wildest j)arts of (^ujrat 
 are protected by lirahmins and Cha- 
 rons hired for the janpose. When 
 a band of predatory horse ajipears, 
 lliesc sacred persons take' an oath 1<» 
 die by their own hands in case their 
 I)ru<ege is pillaged; and in such vc- 
 n(;ni1ionare they held by (hese super- 
 stitious thieves, that in almost every 
 case this threat is found eliectiudly 
 lo restrain them. Many sulijects of 
 the native princes in this province 
 require the seciuity of a private in- 
 
GUJRAT. 
 
 387 
 
 dividual, for tlic good faith of their 
 oivn sovereig;!!. 
 
 Ill lliis province, and in other 
 parts of llindostan Proper, there are 
 a race ot people named Ungreas, 
 whoso profession is that of money 
 <uuTricrs, \vl)i(;h is done by conceal- 
 ing: it in their quilted cloths. Al- 
 tijough miserably poor, one of them 
 njay be trusted with the value of 
 lUOO rupees to ran y many miles off, 
 jnerely on the responsiljilily of his 
 niirdita, or sn[)eri()r, who frequent ly 
 is not richer than the other. They 
 are of all easles, and in i^eneral well 
 armed ;ind alhlctie. A\ hen perform- 
 ing distant joiniiics they arrange 
 themselves into parties, and tight 
 M itii desperation to defend a i)ro- 
 perty, for w hieh their re(omi)eiise is 
 a mere subsistence. 'riKic is an- 
 other sect in the northern and west- 
 ern parts of Gnjrat, named the Png- 
 j;ies, from their extraordinary e\- 
 pertness in tracing a thief by his 
 steps. AVhen necessary this must 
 be resorted to early in the morning, 
 before the people have been moving 
 about; in which event, such is their 
 dexterity, that they seldom fail in 
 pointing out the village where the 
 thief has taken refuge. 
 
 'J'he Dheras of Gujrat are a caste 
 similar to the Mhar of the Decean, 
 and the Pariars of Malabar. Their 
 <'niployment is to carry filth of every 
 description out of the roads and vil- 
 lages, and from their immediate vi- 
 cinity. They srrape bare the bones 
 of every animal that dies within 
 Hheir limits, and share out the flesh, 
 which they cook in various ways, 
 and feed upon: the hide they sell 
 to the caste of Mangs for one, two, 
 or three rupees, aecuiding to the 
 animal it belonged to. They are 
 also obliged by ancient custom to 
 serve the state and travellers as car- 
 riers of baggage to tin; nearest vil- 
 lage from their own. Thej are guilty 
 of numberless petty thefts, and much 
 addicted to intoNieation, when they 
 can procure the requisites. At Jum- 
 loseer, in January, 1806, a Dhcra 
 ■was blown from a gun ibr poisoning 
 
 2c 2 
 
 a number of bullocks, and other cat- 
 tle, for the sake of their skins. This 
 caste is more employed by the Bri- 
 tish than is agreeable to the purer 
 classes of Hindoos, who arc conta- 
 minated by their vicinity. The goo- 
 roos, or priests of the Dheras, are 
 named garoodas, who cook and de- 
 vour carrion like the rest of the 
 tribe. I'heir more appropriate du- 
 ties arc the solemnizing of marriages 
 and funeral obs( quies among their 
 own caste. On aecount of tlieir ex- 
 treme degradation, they dare not 
 read flic Vedas, nor learn Sanscrit. 
 They have abridgments of the mj- 
 thological stories in the l*uranas, 
 written in the vernacular idiom on 
 rolls of paper, ornamented with rude 
 figures of the heroes of the Hama- 
 yuna ; by the exhibition of which, 
 and the nuittering of some charm, 
 they pretend to cure diseases. In 
 the Gujrat villages it is the custom 
 to make tlie Dheras, Halalkhores, 
 Bhungeas, who eat carrion, and 
 Bheel, who kill innocent animals, to 
 live by themselves in huts apart from 
 the rest of the iidiabitants. The 
 washermen are also considered so 
 cruel, on account of the rnnnerous 
 deaths they involuntarily occasion to 
 the animalcuhe in the process of 
 washing, that they are likewise class- 
 ed among the seven degraded or 
 excluded professions. 
 
 In this pi ovince the term Koonbee 
 is given to the pure Sudra, or fourth 
 caste, whatever his occupation be ; 
 but who, in Gujrat, are generally 
 cultivators. In the Decean this title 
 distinguishes the'cultivator from one 
 who wears arms, and prefers being 
 called a jNlaharatta. They mostly 
 obsene the Brahniiiiical fonn of 
 worship, but the Gujratec Koonbecs 
 in their diet abstain from all lle.sh 
 and fish ; whereas the Maharattas 
 eat freely of mutton, poultry, fish, 
 game, and eveiy animal lit for food, 
 excepting the cow- specie-;. A Guj- 
 ratee Koonbee will not willingly kill 
 any animal — not even the most ve- 
 nomous snake. According to a. tradi- 
 tion, the ancestors of the Kooubees, 
 
388 
 
 GUJUAT. 
 
 wlio are now the most mimeroiis and be renewed eveiy morning, and, if 
 
 industrious part of the agricultural attainable, by a Brahmin. Many of 
 
 peasantry, were ;? migrants lioni AJ- the natives of Gujrat, especially of 
 
 meer and Hindostan Proper. They the Rajpof)t tribes, when driven to 
 
 hold portions of goverinnent land, any ease of desperation, dress in yel- 
 
 and arc called Patells, in eonlradis- low clothes, which is a signal of de- 
 
 tinction to the Grasias. There are 
 in this province three tribes of Koon- 
 bces, named Lewa, Kudwa, and 
 Arjanna. 
 
 spair, and being reduced to the last 
 extremity. The females of this pro- 
 vince are frequently knov n to bum 
 themselves with husbands with whom 
 
 The different nyat or families of they have never cohabited, and with 
 
 Brahmins established in Gujrat ;ne 
 84, called after the places of their 
 ancestor's nativity, or inheritance. 
 Each of these has several subdivi- 
 sions, the members of which, al- 
 though on an equality, are not per- 
 mitted to intermarry, the distinctions 
 being almost innumerable. 
 
 The Vaneeya are a numerous tribe 
 of Hindoos in Gujrat, named Ban- 
 
 those who have ill treated them, as 
 well as the reverse ; a mistaken sense 
 of Avhat they conceive to be their 
 duty actuating them, independent 
 of ailcctiuu. IMseases and ailments, 
 Mhich camiot easily be accounted 
 tor, are attributed to the malignant 
 inlluence of ditches' glances; hence 
 in the Coolcc and Kajpoot commu- 
 nities are seen many women without 
 
 yans by the English, and are sei)a- their nose^ — this mutilation being 
 
 rated into many subdivisit)ns, be- 
 sides the Awucks, or seceders from 
 the Brahminical doctrines. They 
 are all of tliem merchants and trai- 
 fickers, and many of them travel to 
 
 supposed eU'ectual in destroying tho 
 power. 
 
 Besides its native hordes and 
 castes Gujrat contains nearly all the 
 Parsees, or fire-worshippers, to be 
 
 parts very remote from India, Avhere found on the continent of India; tho 
 
 they remain from one to 10 years, 
 after which they return to their wives 
 and children. Many also finally 
 settle in the towns of foreign conn- 
 tries, where their descendants eon- 
 
 feeble remnants of the once predo- 
 minant religion of the Magi. Ac- 
 cording to the accoiuits which the 
 learned of the modern Parsees giv» 
 of their own origin, it apj)ears that. 
 
 tinue to speak and write the Guj- after the Mahommedan religion was 
 
 ratee tongue, which may be i)ro- promulgated in Arabia, and began 
 
 nonnced the grand mercantile Ian- to pervade Persia, the ancestors of 
 
 guage of Indian marts. 'Jlie Gurjura the Indo Parsees retired to the moun- 
 
 language is very nearly allied to the tains, where they continued until tho 
 
 Hindi tongue, while the character in 
 which it is written conforms almost 
 exactly to the vulgar Nagari. 
 
 The sect of Jains are more in 
 number here than in any of the con- 
 tiguous provinces, and possess juany 
 handsome temples, adorned with 
 well-wrought images of marble, 
 ,si)ars, and various metals. 'J'hcir 
 
 overthrow of the Persian monarchy, 
 and the death of Yezdijird, the last 
 sovereign. Finding the religion oF 
 their native country wlioUy over- 
 thrown, and themselves outlaws, 
 they wandered towards the Port of 
 Ormus, then governed by a branch 
 of the old royal family, vv here they 
 resided 15 years, and where they ac- 
 
 hief deity of the twenty-four, which «|uired the art of ship-building, for 
 
 they have altogether, is worshipped, 
 as in other parts of India, under the 
 name of Parswanatha. Among the 
 Brahminical persuasion tlie adhe- 
 rents of Siva or Mahiulera mark their 
 foreheads horizontally, and those of 
 Vishnu perpendicularly,\\ liich should 
 3 
 
 which they are still justly celebrated, 
 arjd also some practical knowledg* 
 of navigation. 
 
 At the expiration of the above 
 period they quittetj Ormus, and pro- 
 ceeded to the Island of Din, Avhere 
 they sojourned 19 years; when, find- 
 
GIURAT. 
 
 389 
 
 ixi'g it loo small for llicir iiinoasin^ 
 mimbers, they rmharkcd Ibi (iMJrai, 
 where lliev aiicliored at a town 
 named Sejjan, then ffovenied by 
 Jadn Haiia, and near to a point of 
 land still named St. John by JiU- 
 ixipean mariners. After some nego- 
 tiation with this prince they were 
 allowed to land, on eondilion that 
 tlicy disarmed and assumed the Hin- 
 doo dress, forms of marriage, and 
 lanj^nage. 
 
 In tills hospitabU^ land they first 
 lighted np the atish beharain, or sa- 
 cred fire, and remained stationary 
 for sevc'iiil hundred years; but after- 
 wards mail} migrated from Oodwad:i, 
 the site of the holy tlume, and, with 
 tiicir families, settled at Nowsaree, 
 Veriou, Oelaseer, Broaeh, and Cam- 
 hay. Their subsequent establish- 
 ment at Sumt and Hombay, and 
 rapid increase of numbers, belong to 
 a more recent era. 
 
 After their vohinlary dispersion 
 from the Seyjan territories, Mah- 
 inood Begia, Sultan of Ahmedabad, 
 a usurper and religious bigot, about 
 A. D. 1450, detached an army of 
 30,000 men to levy tribute from the 
 Sc3 jan chief, 'J'he latter requested 
 assistance from the Parsees, who 
 joined him to the number of 1400, 
 and a bloody battle was fought, 
 in which th<; Mahommedaiis were 
 worsted; but, returning with rein- 
 forcements, the Seyjan Rajah was 
 compelled to pay tribute, and ac- 
 knowledge the paramount authority 
 of the Ahmedabad Sultan. Siiiet; 
 this period the Parsees have resided, 
 in larger or smaller communities, 
 along the west coast of India ; a 
 few men of the tribe undertaking 
 voyages to dilferent jiarts of India, 
 and latterly to lluio|)e, in ships 
 commanded by J'^uropeans. 'I'he 
 females have never <piitted their 
 homes, sanctilied places, and sacred 
 <ires. 
 
 'J1ic modern Parsees arc divided 
 into two grand classes; the mobid 
 ior clerical, and the bchdeen or laity. 
 Mobids may marry a bchdeen fe- 
 male; but behdeens cannot take 
 
 wives from moliid families. The 
 Parsees often train up other peo|)le's 
 children of both sexes, and admit 
 them to the privileges of ihr bch- 
 deen tribe ; and the illegitimate olT- 
 spring of i'arsee men by native wo- 
 m(>n are also admitted into their 
 easte. Nor do they reject proselytes, 
 even when grown up, if their charac- 
 ters be such as to inspire a confidence 
 that they will s(;riipnlously observe 
 the laws of Zoroaster. The latter 
 aihiptions are rare; but the former 
 are not unfrequcnt, and account for 
 the dilferent shades of complexion. 
 The Parsee females have long pre- 
 served an unspotted character for 
 chastity and superior continence, 
 which may be a< ••ounfed for from 
 their being placed by their n-ligious 
 tenets (fJth artich") on an equality 
 with the men. 
 
 >\ hen a betrothc:d girl dies, the 
 gjiardians of the boy v\ ho has thus 
 lost his brid(! nnist look out for a 
 girl wIkj, ill a similar manner, has 
 Iteen dei)rivcd of her intended hus- 
 band ; and, among adults, widowers 
 ought only to wed with widows. A 
 Midow under forty is at liberty to 
 nianv again. Like the Hindoos, the 
 Parsee betroth their children be- 
 tween the ages of four and nine 
 years ; the .solemnization of tlie mar- 
 liage takes place when convenient 
 to the parties, but within the ninth 
 year of the girl's age. 
 
 Alter death a dog is procured to 
 watch the coipse for some time, the 
 Parsees believiiKg most firmly in 
 avrial evil beings visible to the ca- 
 nine species, and esteem those dogs 
 the quickest of perception that have 
 light brown eye-brows. I'loin this 
 <piality, which they .suppose inhe- 
 rent, they ae<'ouiit for the dismril 
 howl of dogs at night, which they 
 ailirm drives the hovering devils from 
 their house tops; and tht y sity the 
 tU)gs exert a less frightful effort when 
 their barking is merely directed 
 against thieves. The Parsees have 
 an extreme aversion to touch a 
 dead hare, Init not a living one ; and 
 this dislike extends to all other 
 
390 
 
 GUJRAT. 
 
 dead animals, although not so vehe>- 
 mently. 
 
 The Parsees do not keep registers 
 of their own numbers, wliich, li-om 
 their peaceable and industrious ha- 
 bits, must be rapidly on the increase. 
 Their principal places of abode are 
 Diu, Cambay, Broach, Oclaseer, 
 Hansoot, Veriou, Surat, Nowsaiee, 
 Ood war, Damaun, and Bombay, On 
 the death of a behdeen, the number 
 of adult raobid (clerical) males in the 
 settlement may be known, as they 
 all make their appearance, and re- 
 ' ceive a shirt or other piece of appa- 
 rel from tlie heir, who is also under 
 the necessity of giving them a feast. 
 From these entertainments it is in- 
 ferred, that there are in Surat 1600 
 mobids arrived at man's age; the 
 behdeens are supposed to exceed 
 12,000. By a census taken at 
 Broach, in 1807; it was found there 
 were 3101 touls, old and young:, 
 dark and fair, of mobid and behdeen 
 Parsees,in that (own and its suburbs. 
 
 Many of <he mobids, or sacerdotal 
 class, can read and write what they 
 call the Zeud or Pchlavi character 
 suflirien+ly to answer the purposes 
 of their religious ceremonies; but 
 their knowledge seldom penetrates 
 deeper; nor are the Parsees gene- 
 rally addicted to literature of any 
 ki)id, their exertions being directed 
 to the pursuits of commerce. 
 
 The province of Gujrat enjoyed a 
 much more flourishing commerce, 
 even during the most violent con- 
 vulsions of the Mo8;ul government, 
 than it has ever done since. The 
 chief exports are cotton, piece goods, 
 and gxain, and the principal trade 
 with Bombay. The imports consist 
 mostly of sugar, raw silk, pepper, 
 cocoa nuts, cochineal, wcxdlens, and 
 it absorbs a great deal of bullion. 
 The Surat mannlactures liave long 
 been famous for their cheapness and 
 excellent quality. Almost all castes 
 in this province (Brahmins and Ban- 
 yans excepted) folln\y the occupa- 
 tion of the loom occasionally, which 
 employs a great number of the more 
 industrious of the lower classes. 
 
 In all the larger to'mis are to b© 
 found that remarkable race of men, 
 named the Boras, who, though I\Ia- 
 hommedans in religion, are Jews in 
 features, manners, and genius. They 
 form every wliere a distinct commu- 
 nity, and are every where noted for 
 their address in bargaining, minute 
 tluift, and constant attention to 
 lucre ; but they profess total uncer- 
 tainty of tlieir own origin. Boor- 
 hanpoor, in Khandesh, is the head- 
 quai-ters of this singular sect, and the 
 residence of their mouUah, or high 
 priest; but the individuals are found 
 straggling all over Gujrat and the 
 adjacent provinces as itinerant ped- 
 lars. 
 
 It is a custom in the Gujrat pro- 
 vince, when a merchant finds him- 
 self failing or actually failed, to set 
 up a blazing lamp in his shop, house, 
 or office, and tlien abscond until his 
 creditors have examined his eflects, 
 and received a disclosure of his pro- 
 perty. Until his creditors have ac- 
 quitted him he does not wear the 
 tail of his waist-cloth hanging down 
 as is usual, but tucks it up. Persons 
 who act thus in time, so as not much 
 to injure their creditors, are greatly 
 esteemed, and have so frequently 
 been remarked as subsequently pros- 
 perous, that Huidoo merchants have 
 been known to set up a light (be- 
 come bankrupt) without any neces- 
 sity, in hopes of good fortune after- 
 wards. 
 
 The principal towns in this pro- 
 vince are Surat, Ahraedabad, Broach, 
 Cambay, Gogo, and Chumpaneer. 
 It is dithcult to estimate the number 
 of the inhabitants of a country Avbere 
 the extremes of population and de- 
 .•jolation are to be found. Surat and 
 its vicinity exemplily the first, and 
 the north-western districts the se- 
 cond. I' or the sake of security the 
 great body of the natives in Gujrat 
 do not \i\e in single sequestered 
 houses, but in assemblages (jf them ; 
 in jMa.abar, on the contrary, e^ery 
 Hindoo has a distinct or distant 
 dwelling. Fortilications were Ibr- 
 rnerly very numerous in Gujrat, and 
 
GUJRAT. 
 
 391 
 
 still rontinuo so in the tnoro savago 
 aud iciiiolc qunrtcrs; l)iit wliciTver 
 llie TJiiliMi inducnre rxtfiids, they 
 arc fast fruinliliii!^ to dcc:u . A low 
 years ago female infanticide jae- 
 vailed anumi;' the irilie of .lliarcjah, 
 of wliicli are the prineipal chieftains 
 of tlje (iiijrat IVniusnla ; snch as 
 .Jam of Noanui;>;nr, the J^ijahs of 
 Wadmau, of Ciuundel, and many 
 otiiers. All these leaders, through 
 the exertions of the late CJovernor 
 of Bombay, Jonathan Duncan, Esq. 
 and of Colonel Walker, in 1807, were 
 induced to enter into volnntai^ en- 
 jjagements, renouncing the inhuman 
 practice, vhich was perpetrated by 
 drownins,' the infant in milk as soon 
 as born. The m hole number of iu- 
 liabitants in this vast provinct; pro- 
 bably does not exceed six millions, 
 in tile proportion of about one Ma- 
 hoMmiedan to 10 Hindoos. 
 
 There arc many ronarkable wells 
 and wateriui^' places in (lujiat, par- 
 ticularly one near Baroda, whi<;li is 
 said to have cost nine lacks of ru- 
 pees: and another at Yadwa, iu the 
 vicinity of Cambay, which, from the 
 inscription, appears to have been 
 erected in 1482. Smoking tobacco 
 is a very universal practice among: 
 all Hindoo males, (Brahnuns ex- 
 <'epted,who take snuff freely)andjMa- 
 hommedans of both sexes through- 
 out CJujrat. A beegah of land plant- 
 ed with tobacco, near Broach, jields 
 a net revenue to the government of 
 20 rupees on an average. This pro- 
 vince has long been famous for its 
 excellent breed of cattle, especially 
 the bullocks, m hieh are reckoned the 
 strongest, swiftest, and handsomest 
 in India. 
 
 It is a common belief in Gujrat, 
 that the province was (triginally peo- 
 pled by the rude castes which still 
 exist, and are known by the names 
 of Coolees and Bhe(rls ; but there is 
 IK'ither record nor tiadition regard- 
 ing the natore of their religion or 
 government while subsisting in this 
 primeval slate. In the town of Raj- 
 peepla the Bajpoot successor is still 
 furnully invested by a family of 
 
 Bhcels, railed Koobhal or Kootcl, 
 descended from their original chisf- 
 lains. Subsequently to this period 
 the Hajpoots acquired the ascend- 
 ancy; and the most |)Owerf(d chief 
 of that race resided at Anhulvada, 
 (named Nehrwalla and Puttun in 
 the maps) situated on the northern 
 frontiers. Three dynasties are said 
 successively to have occupied this 
 throne, named Chowra, Soolunker, 
 and Vagheela, from whi<h, as may 
 be expected, many of the modern 
 Grassia families claim descent. 
 
 A\'e learn from Abul I'^azel, that 
 Gujrat w as first invaded by ^Mah- 
 mood of Ghizni about A.D. 10'>5, 
 who subverted the throne of its na- 
 tive prince, named .lamund, and 
 plundered Nehrwallah, his capital. 
 After the establishment of the Delhi 
 sovereignty, this province remained 
 for many years subordinate to the 
 Palan emperors; biit in the 15tli 
 century became again independent, 
 under a dynasty of Bajpoot princes, 
 converted to the Mahommedan reli- 
 gion, who removed the seat of go- 
 vernment to Ahmedabad, and in- 
 fluenced many of the natives to em- 
 brace their Jiewly-adopted faith. In 
 lo7'2, in the reign of the Emperor 
 Acbcr, this race of princes was over- 
 tluown, and the province subju- 
 gated; but during the period of its 
 independenc(^ it had greatly nourish- 
 ed as a maritime and commercial 
 state; and when the Portuguese first 
 visited Malacca they found a regular 
 intercourse estal)lished between Guj- 
 rat and that port. 
 
 Aftir the death of Aurengzebc, in • 
 1807, this province v.as at an early 
 jjcriod overrun by hordes of IMaha- 
 ratta depredators; atid about 1724 
 was tinally severed from the Mogul 
 throne, \a hieh never afterwards reco- 
 vered its authority. At present the 
 more civilized aud cultivated parts 
 are possessed by ihe British, the 
 Guicowar, and the I'eshwa. The. 
 British territories occupy a consi- 
 derable tract of country on l)oth 
 sides of the (julf of Cami)ay, and in- 
 clude the populoiLs cities of Siirat, 
 
392 
 
 GUNDUCK RIVER. 
 
 Broacli, Cambay, andGogo. Several 
 of the Peshwa's districts are inter- 
 mingled with tiiose of tlie British, 
 and approach witliiu a few miles of 
 Snrat ; these lie w as ])crmitted to 
 retain as a particular favour at the 
 treaty of Bassein. The sea coast, 
 from the Gulf ol Cambay to the 
 River Indus, is occupied by difterent 
 independent native cliicfs, all great- 
 ly addicted to piracy; but now, 
 against their inclinations, much co- 
 erced by the superiority of the Bri- 
 tish naval power. 
 
 The northern and western quar- 
 tcrs, and the centre of the Gujrat 
 Peninsula, have only recently been 
 explored, and exhibit a state of so- 
 ciety, which probably at a remote 
 period existed all over Hindoslan. 
 The number of societies of armed 
 and sanguinary thieves, by birth and 
 profession, in this region is scarcely 
 credible, and excites a surprise, that 
 thinly as the inhabitants are scatter- 
 ed o\er the wilder parts, any popu- 
 lation at all should remain. Within 
 the districts acquired by the Com- 
 pany all liurbarous practices have 
 been abolished, or are gradually dis- 
 apj)earing; but in the north-western 
 quarters they prevail in their utmost 
 j)erlection of cruelty and cunning. 
 {Drnmmoiid, BJ'Mwfio, Ahul Fazel, 
 Colcbroohe, Rcnnel, Malcolm, Malet, 
 8>-c.) 
 
 Gujrat. — A district in the Maha- 
 ratta teiritories, in the province of 
 Gujrat, situated principally between 
 the 22d and 23d degrees of north 
 latitude. In the Institutes of Acber 
 it is described liy Abul Fazel, under 
 tlie name of Ahmedabad, as follows : 
 
 " Sircar Aiunedabad, containing 
 1^ mahals, measurement 8,024,153 
 beegalis, revenue 208,306,994 dains, 
 _seyurghal 6,511,441 dams. This 
 sircar furnishes 4120 cavali-y, and 
 20,500 infantry." 
 
 GuJUNDERGUR, {Gajeiidraghar). — 
 A district in the province of Beja- 
 poor, situated principally between 
 the ]51h and 16th degrees of north 
 latitiule. The Rajah of Gujundergur 
 is ii feudatory to the Maharattas, and 
 
 during war furnishes his portion of 
 troops. 
 
 Gujundergur. — A town in the 
 province of Bejapoor, 60 miles E. 
 by N. from Darwar, the capital of a 
 district of the same name. Lat. 15° 
 45'. N. Long. 75°. .56'. E. In 1804 
 this town and tbrt were held by 
 Bishen Row Goorpooreh, with a 
 small tract of surrounding territory, 
 independent of the Peshwa, although 
 within the latter's dominions, whose 
 authority was then restored by the 
 interposition of the British govern- 
 ment. 
 
 GuLGUNDAH, {Golkhando). — A 
 town in the Northern Circars, 70 
 miles W. by S. from Vizagapatam. 
 Lat. 17°. 35'. N. Long. 82°. 20'. E. 
 
 GuMMiPoLLAM. — A town in the 
 district of Gurrumcondah, 150 miles 
 W. N. W. from Madras. Lat. 13°. 
 46'. N. Long. 78°. 19'. E. 
 
 GuNDARA, {Gudara). — A town iji 
 the province of Gujrat, the capital 
 of a district of the same name, tribu- 
 tary to the Maharattas. Lat. 22°. 
 53'. N. Long. 73°. 34'. E. 
 
 GuNDBZAMA RivER. — A Small ri- 
 ver which, after a short course, falls 
 into the Bay of Bengal at Mouta- 
 pilly, and separates the Carnatic 
 from the Guntoor Circar. 
 
 GuNDUCK, (Gandaki). — A disti'ict 
 in the territories of the Maharattas, 
 in the province of Bejapoor, situated 
 between the 15th and 16th parallels 
 of north latitude. The chief tow ns 
 are Darwar and Gunduek. 
 
 GuNOUCK. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Bejapoor, district of Gun- 
 duck, 47 miles E. from Darwar. Lat. 
 15°. 27'. N. Long. 75°. 42'. E. 
 
 GuNoucK River, {Gandahi, or 
 Salgrami). — The source of this river 
 is said to be situated to tlie north- 
 ward of Mooktenath, iu the direc- 
 tion of Moostang, and not far from 
 Kaybeeni. Moostang is a place of 
 some note in Upper Tibet, or Bhoot, 
 and 12 days journey from Beeni 
 Shcher. Tiie breadth of this river at 
 tlie latter place is said not to exceed 
 30 yards. Four days journey north 
 of Beeni SheJicr is Mooktinath, with- 
 
GUN D WAN A. 
 
 393 
 
 in lialf a mile of which the Gundiick 
 takes the name of Salgnimi, tlie coii- 
 seeiated pebbles so called aboiuidiim; 
 paiticidarly in that j>art of its bed. 
 'J'liiec days jounu^y beyond Mookti- 
 nath is a celel)iated spring;, or na- 
 tural reservoir, called Dnmmodher 
 koond. 
 
 The sakp,rams are black stones 
 found in a part of the (lundiick Ki- 
 ver, within the limits of the: Nepaul 
 dominions. They are mostly round, 
 and commonly perforated in one or 
 more places by worms, or, as the 
 Hindoos believe, by Vi.sinui, in the 
 shape of a reptile. Aecordin"; to 
 the lumiber of perforations, and of 
 spiral curves in each, the stone is 
 supposed to contain Vishnu in va- 
 rious characters. The salgram is 
 found upon trial not to be calca- 
 reous; it strikes lire with steel, and 
 scarcely at all eflervesces with acids. 
 A few grains of gold are occasion- 
 ally separated from the sand of the 
 Gunduck, and also from the Sal- 
 grams. In Northern Hindostan tlie 
 term Gunduck is a general appella- 
 tion for a river; and Ma,jor Kennel 
 conjectures it to be the Condochates 
 ofArrian. The stricter classes of Hin- 
 doos abstain from swimming in this 
 river, it being Ibrbidden in their sa- 
 cred books. {Kirkpatrick, Culebrouke, 
 Rennel, WilJ'ord, dec) 
 
 GUNDUOLK, {Gandhagola). — A 
 town in the Northern Circars, in the 
 district of Ellore, 48 miles N. by E, 
 fiom Masulipatam. Lat. 16°, 49'. 
 N. Long. 16°. 20'. E. 
 
 GuNGAPATAM. — A towu in the 
 Carnatic, 108 miles N. from Madra^i. 
 Lat. 14°. 27'. N. Long. 79°. 13'. E. 
 
 GUNDWANA. 
 
 A large province in the Dcccan, 
 extending from the lyth to the 25th 
 degree of north latitude. On the 
 north it is bounded by Allahabad 
 and Bahar; on the south by Orissa 
 and the Godavery ; to the east it has 
 Orissa, Bengal, and Bahar ; and to 
 the west AJalwali, JBcrar, and Alla- 
 
 habad. In length it may be estimate 
 cd at 400 miles, by 280 miles th» 
 average breadth. 
 
 Gundwana in its most extensive 
 sense comprehends all that part of 
 India smrounded by the soubahs 
 abovementioned, which remained 
 uncon(|uered by the Mahommedans 
 up to the reign of Aurengzebe ; but 
 Gundwana Proper, or the country of 
 the Goands, is more strictly limited 
 to the districts of Gurrah Mundlah, 
 Choteesgur, Nagpoor, and Chandah, 
 reaching south beyond Bnstar and 
 Dewilmurry. The modern names of 
 the districts into which this ancient 
 province has been subdivided are, 
 Boghela, Chandail, Billoruijah, Sin- 
 growly, Sohagepoor, Gurrah Mund- 
 lah, the Nag|)Oor territories east of 
 the Wiirda River, Sirgoojah, Jush- 
 poor, Chotecsghur, or Ruttunpoor, 
 Gangpoor, Sunibhulpoor, Chandah, 
 and a considerable territory to the 
 south between the Godavery and the 
 province of Orissa. I'he principal 
 towns are Nagpoor, Gurrah, Rut- 
 tuni)oor, Ryepoor,Sumbhulpoor, and 
 Bustar. 
 
 During the reign of Aurengzebe 
 the northern part of this province, 
 named Baundhoo, or Bhatta, was 
 partially conquered by his generals, 
 and annexed to the soubah of Alla- 
 habad; but they never made any 
 impression on the southern quarter, 
 which remained unsubdued until 
 about the middle of the I8th (-en- 
 tury, when Ragojee Bhoonslah of 
 Nagpoor, reduced or rendered tri- 
 butary the greatest portion of it, and 
 contined the independent Goands 
 witliin very narrow limits. By the 
 Mahommedans the large district of 
 Choteesghur is sometimes named Je- 
 harcund, but this aj)pellation pro- 
 perly applies to the greater part of 
 the Gundwana province. 
 
 A large proportion of this province 
 is mountainous, poor, ill watered, 
 unhealthy, covered m ith jungle, and 
 thinly inhabited, to which evil qua- 
 lities may be attributed its long in- 
 dependence, 'i'he more fertile tracts 
 iirc subject to the Nagpoor Maha- 
 
394 
 
 GUNTOOR. 
 
 raltas, and some of tliotii, particu- 
 larly Clioteesgur and Na!;poor, are 
 rcmarkabiyproductivc; but the coun- 
 try occupied by the native Goands is 
 exactly the reverse, being one con- 
 tinued wilderness. This miserable 
 tribe contiime nearly in a state of na- 
 ture, and are probably tlie lowest in 
 the scale of all the natives of India^ 
 Havins; been driven by their invaders 
 from the plains to the unwholesome 
 fastnesses of the more elevated re- 
 gions, they frequently descend dur- 
 ing' the harvest to the low lands, and 
 pkuKiertlie produce of their ancient 
 inheritance. During- tlie course of 
 the last 30 years, the desire of the 
 wild Goands for salt and sugar has 
 considerably increased, and has tend- 
 ed more to their civilization than any 
 other means. The sea air is said to 
 be as fatal to their temperament as 
 that of the hills to tlie inhabitants of 
 the adjacent plains. The Goands 
 aie Hi)idoos of the Brahminical sect, 
 but appear to have many peculiari- 
 ties, as Ihcy eat fowls, and do not 
 abstain from flesh in general, except 
 that of the ox, cow, and bull. One 
 of their chiefs, who resided at Deo- 
 gur, 40 miles N. E. from Pandooma, 
 was conquered by a general of Au- 
 rengzebe's, and carried prisoner to 
 Delhi, where he had his country re- 
 turned to him on embracing the J\Ia- 
 horamcdan faifh, and also the title 
 of Boorahan Shah. His descendants 
 were subdued by the Bhoonslah Ma- 
 barattas, and carried prisoners to 
 Nagpoor ; yet though they still con- 
 tinue Mahommedans, the other 
 Goand chiefs esteem it an honour to 
 be cojinected by marriage with the 
 family. Besides these chiefs, Au- 
 rengzebe made a forcible conversion 
 of many others of the lower classes 
 of natives. The present Goand 
 tribes are nearly all ttibutary to the 
 Maharatlas, but their contributions 
 generally require a body of troops to 
 enforce the payment. When not 
 occu]iied in this manner, they are 
 engaged in hostilities with each 
 otlier. Nagpoor is the present ca- 
 pital of Gundwana; the ancient ca- 
 
 pitals W'Cre Gurrah, Mundlah, and 
 Deognr, but there are no vestiges 
 indicative that the province at any 
 period flourished as a civilized or 
 cullivated country. (J. Grant, Lec- 
 kie. Blunt, i^T.) 
 
 GuNTOOK. — A district in the 
 Northern Circars, situated princi- 
 pally between the 16th and 17th 
 degrees of north latitude. This is 
 the most southerly of the Northern 
 Circars, and comprehends an area 
 of about 2600 square miles, exclu- 
 sive of the mountainous tract on the 
 west. I'he Biver Krishna forms the 
 northern bonndaiy of this district, 
 and separates it from Condapilly. 
 There arc diamond mines in this 
 Circar, which have not of late been 
 productive. 'J'Jie principal towns are 
 Guntoor, Conda-\ir, Bellumcondah, 
 and Nizampatam. 
 
 In 1765, when Lord Clive obtained 
 the Northern Circars from the Mo- 
 gul, this Circar remained in the pos- 
 session of Eazalet Jung, the Nizam's 
 brother, to be enjoyed by liini as a 
 jaghire during his life; after which 
 it was to devolve to the Company. 
 In 1779 a tieaty was most impro- 
 perly conclnded Avith Bazalet Jung^ 
 by the Madras govonment, Avithout 
 the consent of the Nizam, for the 
 cession of Guntoor; and in a few 
 months afterwards it was granted 
 by the same government to Maho- 
 med AH, the Nabob of the CarnaticJ 
 on a lease of 10 years ; but the a\ hole 
 transaction v\ .is annulled the folloAV- 
 ing year l)y the Bengal government. 
 Bazalet Jnng died in 1782; but the 
 country was not taken possession of 
 by the Company until 1788, they 
 continuing to pay a tribute of seven 
 lacks of rupees to the Nizam. 
 
 In 1801 the Bengal revenue and 
 judicial system were carried into 
 effect; but the Gimtoor Circar hav- 
 ing come later under the British do- 
 minion than the other four districts, 
 it was assessed with a reference to 
 the average collections, during the 
 period of 1.3 years it had been sub- 
 ject to the Company's authority. 
 
 In 1803, when Secuuder Jah sue- 
 
GURUDWARA. 
 
 395 
 
 ceeded his father on the throne of 
 Hyderabad, he offered to rolinquish 
 the tribute paid by the British go- 
 veriimeut on account of tliis Circar; 
 but the offer was refused by tlie Mar- 
 quis Wellesley, tliou governor-ge- 
 neral. 
 
 With the addition of Palnaiid, 
 the Guntoor territory now forms one 
 of the districts iindcr l!io Madias 
 presidency, into wiiich the Northern 
 Circars were divided on the esta- 
 blishment of theljengal revenue and 
 judicial system. {Rennel, bth Re- 
 port, ^c) 
 
 Gi'NVooR.— A town in the North- 
 ern Circars, the capital of a district 
 of the same iianio. Lat. 16°. 12'. N. 
 Long. 8(*®. 20'. i:. 
 
 Guiin.MZ. — A town in the Afo:hau 
 territories, in the prmiuec of Cabul, 
 39 miles E. by S. from Ghizni. Lat. 
 33°. 31'. N. i.onu,-. 68°. 53'. E. 
 
 GuRRAH, {Gltara). — A large dis- 
 trict in the province of INlahvah, 
 situated about the 23d degiee of 
 north latitude. Jn the remote times 
 of Hindoo antiquity tliis was the seat 
 of a considerable Hindoo principa- 
 lity, wiiich comi)rehended Bhatta, 
 Sohagepoor, Cliot<^esf!,hur, Snml>hul- 
 poor, Gungpoor, Jush])oor, and other 
 coatiguous districts. In the reign of 
 Aurengzcbc the divisidn of Bhatta, 
 or Bandhoo, consisting of the six 
 di.stricts above-njcntioncd, was con- 
 sidered as a new conquest, although 
 it had before bc(^n partially sub- 
 jected, and was formally annexed to 
 the'Soubah of Allahabad. It has 
 been estimated to contain 25,000 
 square miles of higii. mountainous, 
 unproductive territory, 'i'lio prin- 
 cipal towns are Giurali, l^anagur, 
 andMnndlah; and tlie Ncrbuddah, 
 which has its sour( e on the eastern 
 frontier towards Guudwanah, is the 
 chief river. Many parts of this dis- 
 tiict are remarkably tcrtile, but it is 
 thinly populated, and little culti- 
 vated. 
 
 GuRR<H. — A town in the province 
 of Malwah, district of Gnrrah Mnnd- 
 lah, 140 miles N. by E. from Nag- 
 poor. Lat. 23^. 10''. N. Long. 60°. 
 
 ''^° 40'. E. 
 
 hill-fort, and was 
 
 15'. E. Formerly there was a mint 
 here, in which an inlfrior rupee, cur- 
 rent in Bnndelcnnd, named Balla- 
 shaliy, was coined. {Lccliie, S-i.) 
 
 Gi)HRUMC<»M)\H. — A district in 
 the Balaghaiit ceded territory, situ- 
 ated between the 13th and 14th de- 
 grees of north latitude; of a very 
 mountainous surface, and abound- 
 ing in strong positions. The greater 
 part is now comprehended in the col- 
 lectorship of ("udapah. 
 
 GuRRUMCONDAH. — A stiong hill- 
 fort atid town, the capital of a dis- 
 trict of the same name, 125 miles 
 W. X. ^\'. from IMadras. Lat. 13°. 
 45'. N. Long. 7b' 
 
 This is a stron 
 besieged in 1791 by the Nizam's 
 arm} , assisted by a small British de- 
 tachment, which stonned the lower 
 part without much loss, and was af- 
 terwards ordered south to join the 
 grand army. A body of troops was 
 left to garrison the lower fort, and 
 blockade the upper, under tije com- 
 mand of one of the Nizam's gene- 
 rals, who was soon afterwards at- 
 tacked by Hyder Saheb, Tippoo's 
 eldest son, totally routed, and slain. 
 After supplving the njiper fort with 
 necessaries, Hyder Sal'cb retreated, 
 having accomplished the object for 
 which he had been detached. (MSS. 
 ^■c. S,-c.) 
 
 GuKi'DWARA, (the Gate of the In- 
 structur). — An extensive village in 
 Northern Hindostan, in the province 
 of Serinagur. Lat. 30°. 22'. N. 
 Long. 78°. 10'. E. 
 
 Here is a handsome temple, erect- 
 ed by Bam Kay, one of the followers 
 of Nanoc Shah, the founder of the 
 Seiks, the priests of which are of 
 the L dasi sect. At the vernal equi- 
 nox an annual fair is held at this 
 place, numerously attended by pil- 
 grims from Lahore and the weslw ard 
 countries. 
 
 About half a mile to the north of 
 this village is tiie field of battle, 
 Avhich decided the contest between 
 the Serinagur and Goorkhali Rajahs, 
 the former of whom was killed by a 
 musket ball, and his coimtry ven- 
 
396 
 
 HAJYPOOR. 
 
 <lered tributary to Nepaul. A little 
 to the north of Gurudwara is the 
 pergunnah of Dhoom, situated be- 
 twixt the Jumna and the Ganges, 
 which are here about 40 miles 
 distant. The district is remarkably 
 fertile, but nmcli oppressed by the 
 heavy exactions of the Nepaulese 
 government, the revenue being re- 
 duced from one lack to 35,000 ru- 
 pees. {Kaper, Sfc.) 
 
 GuTPUKisA River, {Gatapurva). — 
 A small river, vihich has its source 
 in the Western Ghauts; and, after a 
 short course, falls into the River 
 Krishna, near the village of AIniody. 
 Lat. 16° 37'. N. Long. 76°. 5'. E. 
 
 GuzNOOGUR, {Gajanagur, an Ele- 
 phant Town). — An Afghan district in 
 the province of Cabul, situated be- 
 tween the 34th and 35th degrees of 
 north hUitudc. To the noith it is 
 bounded by Kuttore, or CaH'ristan ; 
 and to the west by the Chuganserai 
 River; but very little is known re- 
 specting the interior, as it has been 
 but little explored. 
 
 H. 
 
 Hadjee Omar Kalaudy. — A 
 place of refreshment in the province 
 of Sinde, district of Tatta, 15 miles 
 E. of Corachic, on the road to Tatta. 
 x\bout a mile to the S. W. of this 
 place the soil is a fine loam, and 
 overflowed dining the freshes in the 
 fndu.s, 'J'o the north there is a fine 
 well, about 130 feet deep, with steps 
 to go down. From hence to the Pe- 
 pcl Choultry, distant eight miles, 
 the road is bad, broken ground, with 
 a loose sandy soil. 
 
 Hainam isLE. — A large island in 
 the China Sea, situated at the south- 
 ern extremity of that empire, be- 
 iwecn the 18th and 20tb degrees of 
 north latitude. In length it may be 
 rslimated at 190 miles, by 70 the 
 average breadth. Although i)laccd 
 M) near the tract of ships bound to 
 t anion, very few particulars respect- 
 
 ing this island are know^n. In 180&, 
 according to Captain Krusenstern, 
 the Ladrone pirates, who infest the 
 southern coast of China, had ob- 
 tained possession of this island. 
 
 Hajagunge, {Hajiganj). — A town 
 in the province of Bengal, disti'ict 
 of Dacca Jelalpoor, 29 miles S. W. 
 fiom Dacca. Lat. 23°. 31'. N. Long. 
 89°. 63'. E. 
 
 Hajykan, (Hnjican), — A large 
 district within the Afghan territories 
 to the west of tlie Indus, and situ- 
 ated between the 29th and 31st de- 
 grees of north latitude. It consists 
 principally of a stripe of laud bound- 
 ed by the Indus on the east, and a 
 ridge of mountains to the west, and 
 is inhabited chiefly by migratory 
 tribes of Afghans and Balooches, 
 who occasionally pay tribute to the 
 Cabul sovereigns. There are alstt 
 a few small towns and villages, in 
 which some Hindoo merchants are 
 settled, and carry on the trifling 
 commerce which the state of tho 
 country permits ; but the great ma- 
 jority of the inhabitants are JNIa- 
 Jiommedans of the Sooni sect. The 
 limits of this district are undefined, 
 and it has as yet been but imper- 
 fectly explored. 
 
 Hajypoor. — A district in the pro- • 
 vince of Bahar, situated principally 
 between the 25th and 26th degrees 
 of north latitude. To the north it 
 is bounded by Bettiah ; on the south 
 by the Ganges ; on the east by Tyr- 
 hoot ; and on the m est by Sarun. In 
 1784, in all its dimensions, this tlis- 
 trict contained 2782 squar^ miles. 
 By Abul Fazel, in 1583, it is de- 
 scribed as containing ''' 1 1 mahals ; 
 measurement, 436,952 beegaiis ; re- 
 venue, 27,331,030 dams." 
 
 This is avery fertile,well-c«ltivated 
 district, and is peculiarly productive 
 of saltpetre, the gieater part for the 
 Company's investment being manu- 
 factured in this cQiuitry and in the ad- 
 jacent territory of Sanni. The prin- 
 cipal towns are Hajypoor, Singhea, 
 and Mowah. At Hajypoor, or Hur- 
 ryhur Chitter, an ammal fair of 
 horses is hcid iu the month of No« 
 
:HANSY. 
 
 397 
 
 vomber. Tlie demand for horses of 
 the breed of the Company's ]m}- 
 vinces appears rapidly to inerease. 
 In 1807 the whole number of horses 
 produecd at the fair amounted to 
 nearly 6000, two of which, from 
 the Company's stud, sold for 4000 
 rupees each. (J. Grant, ]Oth Re- 
 gister, Ab»l Fazel, ^c.) 
 
 Hajypoor. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Bahar, district of Ilajypoor, 
 situated on the north-east side of 
 the Ganjfcs, at its conlluenec with 
 theGunduck, and nearly opjwsite to 
 Patna- I.at. 250 41'. N. Long;. yoO. 
 21'. E. This place is said to have 
 be«n founded by llyas Khan, or 
 Hajy Elias, the second independent 
 Mahonimedan King of UcMgal, who 
 <lied A, D. 1358. 
 
 Hajypoor. — A small town in the 
 Seik territories, in the province of 
 iiahore, situated on the north side 
 of the Beyali Hiver, which is here 
 -100 yards bioad. 65 miles S. E. from 
 Lahore. Lat 31°. 26'. N- Long. 
 74° 51'. K 
 
 Halddbary. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Bengal, district of Purneah, 
 situated on the east side of the Ma- 
 haimddy River, near the Mornng; 
 frontier, and 55 miles N. IC. from 
 PunieidiL Lat 26°. 20'. N. I^jn?- 
 
 «7°. .5<y. E. 
 
 Halliau. — A smaH district in the 
 province of Cnjrat, extending along 
 the eastern side of the Gulfof Cnt«h. 
 It is possessed by independent na- 
 tive cliie/fs, who claim descent from 
 Rawul, the youngest son of Rai 
 Humeer, the sovereign of Cntclu 
 This prince usurped the throne of 
 his father, but w as alierwards com- 
 pelled to resign it to liis brother, and 
 leave the «ountiy. Ik' erosstvl tli<^ 
 Run at INhdlia, and proceeded t« 
 Amran, w liich he seized, and finally 
 established his hcitd-quarlers at !i 
 village Jiaraed ?<agite, where Noa- 
 nagur now stands. He afti-rwards 
 succeeded in^^nttingotf the Hannah 
 ♦»f i'oorbunder by treachery, and ex- 
 tended his frontie4 to the Run of Oka- 
 nmndel. His followers he exhorted 
 ii* conquer what they could, and 
 
 keep it, so elTecfually, that, in a 
 few years, this race, named the 
 Halla Rajpoots, had add(<d 400 vil- 
 lages to their possessions, which re- 
 ceived the name of Halliar, an ai>- 
 peliation it still retains. 
 
 This district is not generally f«T- 
 tile, but there are particular spots iu 
 a high state of cultivation. Trees 
 are seldom to b(! met with in i lalliar, 
 to remedy whi(;h the Jam of Noana- 
 gur ordered the heads of villages to 
 plant a certain niunber of mango 
 trees annually. The llalliars never 
 shoe their horses, yet they gallop at 
 full speed over the worst ground, 
 tlu'ir hoofs becoming as hard as tiie 
 rocks on which they tread. 
 
 The natixes in this pvut of the 
 country have a practice of suspend- 
 ing rags on trees, and piling stones 
 on each other hy tlie road side. An 
 itinerant devotee hangs a piece of 
 his garment on a tree, whicii rag is 
 seen by the travellers, who follow 
 tlie example of the sage, and the 
 tree becomes a consecrated jjcer or 
 saint, and is stiled theChintra Peer, 
 or Ragged Saint. (IWMurdo, S'c) 
 
 Hangwellk. — A town and for- 
 tress in the Islaml of Ceylon, 18 
 miles E. from Cohunbo. Lat. 7°. T- 
 N. Long. 80- .3'. E. In Septem- 
 ber, 18t>3, the King of Candy at- 
 tacked this place with a numerous 
 army, but was defeated with gn^at 
 slaughter by the garrison luider Caj)- 
 tain William PoUok, consisting of 
 50 Europeans, 160 sepoy^i, and 17 
 gun lasicars. 
 
 Hansoot, {Hansamti).—k town 
 in the province of (Sujrat, 12 miles 
 S- W- from Broach. 1*1. 21°. 32*. 
 N. Long. 72°. 59'. IC. 
 
 Hansy, (Hansi). — A town in the 
 province of Delhi, district of Hi.ssar 
 I'erozeh, 60 miles W. from Helhi. 
 Lat. 28°. 40'. N. Long. 7()°. 1(/. ]■;. 
 It lies on the canal (now in ruins), 
 formerly made from th<' Jumiui b» 
 Sultan Feroze, and is S4<metimes 
 named Hansy Hissar, on account of 
 its i)roximily to the latter town. 
 Hansy stands upon a hill, and is 
 supphcd with water from wells 
 
398 
 
 HARPONULLY. 
 
 ■\vithiu the fort, for there is but little 
 iu the vicinity. It was captured by 
 the Mahommcdans of Giiizni so 
 early as 1035, and, towards the end 
 of the 18th cenlnry, was the ca- 
 pital of the short-hved principality 
 erected by the adventurer , ii eorge 
 Thomas- It is now possessed hy 
 independent native chiefs. ((?. Tho- 
 mas, Rc/itiel, <S)-c.) 
 
 H/MiiHARA. — A town in the Bala- 
 yhaut ceded tenitories, 48 miles N. 
 W. from ("Ijitteldroog, situated on 
 east side of the Toombuddra Kiver. 
 Lat. 14°. 24'. N. Long. 75°. 48'. E. 
 
 This fort conlaius a temple and 
 100 houses occupied by Brahmins, 
 and the suburbs contain above 100 
 houses of low castes. In this vici- 
 iiity seveial of the poorer itdiabit- 
 ants never marry, the expense at- 
 tendiufj the ceremony beinjj consi- 
 dered too c;reat. Not many of the 
 women, however, live in a state of 
 celibacy, to which, in most parts of 
 India, they are seldom subjected, 
 lew of the men g'o to foreign coun- 
 tries, and the rich have always more 
 Avives tlian one. The inhabitants in 
 the neighbourhood of Harihara (or 
 Hurr\liur) have the character of re- 
 markable stupidity, which is evei; 
 extended to the Brahmins, a defect 
 by no means common to this sacred 
 order of men. The cultival ion here is 
 that of the dry grains,and the exports 
 cotton and cotton thread. 
 
 After the defeat and death of Ram 
 Rajah, and the destruction of Bija- 
 nagur, this place became subject to 
 the Adii Shahee dynasty of Beja- 
 poor. On the conquest of the Dec- 
 can by the iMoguls, it was taken by the 
 Shahnoor, or havanore Nabob, Deiil 
 Khan ; and iVom the house of Ti- 
 niourit was taken by t!u^ Ikeii Ra- 
 jahs, who were expelled by the 
 iVlaharattas; and these, after 15 
 years' possession, were dri\en out 
 by Hyder. Since that time it lias 
 been taken by the Maharattas; tlie 
 last time, in 1?9'2, by Pursciam 
 Bhow. (jp. Buchanan, ^T.) 
 
 Harlem Isle- — A small island 
 a,bout four miles iu circuinl'ereuce, 
 
 lying off the N, W. coast of Ceylori. 
 Lat, 9°. 41'. N. Long. 79° 54'. E. 
 Ihis island belongs to the district 
 of Jaffnapatam, and affords excel- 
 lent pasturage for horses. 
 
 Harponully, ( Harponhelhj). — A 
 district in the south of India, bound- 
 ed on the north by the Toombuddra 
 River, and situated about the 15th 
 degree of north latitude. 'I'his coun- 
 try is not so hilly as the adjacent dis- 
 tricts, but there are some strong po- 
 sitio;is, the principal of which is 
 Ooehinadroog. I'he villages are fre- 
 quent, and tolerably well populated. 
 
 The Rajah of Harponully conti- 
 nued nearly independent until 1774, 
 when his territory was conquered by 
 Hyder, and added to his dominioits 
 as a tributary appendage. In 1786 
 Tippoo completely subdued the pro- 
 vince, and sent the rajah prisoner to 
 Seringapatam. On the fall of Se- 
 ringapatam, the heir took possession 
 of Harponully, and is now a .Jag- 
 hiredar under the Company. It is 
 supposed he had no just claim to the 
 estate, but that he was merely a boy 
 set up by tiie Brahmins, who held 
 the principal offices under former ra- 
 jahs, merely to perpetuate the ma- 
 nagement of atlairs in their own 
 hands. In this manner rajahs and 
 zemindars are created evci-j' where 
 in the Comjiany's dominions, be- 
 cause the ehiei native servants, in 
 order to secure tlicir own situations, 
 which are generally hereditaiy, when- 
 ever the line is extinct, take care to 
 bring forward a child iiom some 
 quarter. 
 
 This district was ceded to the 
 Company by the Nizam in 1800, and 
 having since experienced a tranquil- 
 lity unknown before, has greatly 
 imi)roved in population, revenue, 
 and cultivation. It now fo)ms part 
 of the Bellary collec'orship under 
 llie Madras presidency. {Munro, 
 Moor, c3-c.) 
 
 Harponully. — A town in tha 
 south of India, the capital of a dis- 
 trict of the .same name, 170 miles 
 N. by W. from 8eringapa1ani. Lat. 
 14°. 47'. N. Long. 76°. 18'. £. 
 
IIELAI. 
 
 399 
 
 IIarowty, {Haravati). — A district 
 in the province of Ajiiiecr, situated 
 between the '25th and '26th degrees 
 of north latitude. Near the Aillage 
 of IVlackundra, Lat. 24°. 18'. N. 
 Lon;j:. 7G°. 12'. E. is a ridj^e of moun- 
 tains, which extends to the east and 
 ■nest, dividin!^ the prt>\iii(e of Mal- 
 Mali from the district of IIarowty, 
 or country of tlie trilic llara. The 
 chief toMiis arc Kdlaii and Hoondee, 
 and the principal river the Chunibui, 
 by ■wliicli tiie district is intersected. 
 Tlie Chiefs of lioondcc and Kotali 
 are of tlie Chohan trilie, and are de- 
 nominated Half Kajpoots. The cul- 
 tivators are liajftoots, .lauts, Brah- 
 mins, Bhecis, and oilier castes. 
 {Hunter, G. Thomas, Sc") 
 
 II.AKIoaPOOK, {J'dtnrpur). — A 
 town possessed by independent ze- 
 u)indar.s, in the province of Orissa, 
 60 miles ><. W. from i\Iidnapoor. 
 Lat. 21°. o2'. N. Lonu;. 8G°. 52'. 
 E. 
 
 IIassek, {Aseer, or Asnotahma). — 
 A district in tlie Afahasatta terri- 
 tories, in the province of Khandesh, 
 situated between the 21st and 22d 
 degrees of north latitude. The sur- 
 fa<;e is hilly, and the ct)untry contains 
 many positions natmally remark- 
 a))ly stmiig, on wiiich the native 
 chiefs lia\e erected Ibrtifications. 
 'i"he land is fertile, and tolerably 
 well watered by the Tnptee and 
 I'ooriiah, which ar(^ the [)rincipal 
 ri\<rs; the most noted towns are 
 Boorhaiipoor, Hasscr or Aseer, and 
 ClnuHlah. 
 
 Hassku, (.Asu'r). — A town and 
 fortress in the pn)\ince of jKhandesli, 
 15 miles N. tiom Boorhanpoor. 
 JLat. 21°. 32'. N. Long. 7G°. 21'. 
 F,. 
 
 This place was the capital of 
 Ivhandesh, when subdned by Acber. 
 Abul I'azel describes it as situated 
 un a lofty mountain, and incom- 
 parably strt)ng. Allhough by the 
 iiatiscs deemed nearly impregnable, 
 it surrendered without much resist- 
 ance to the army under Colonel 
 Stevenson, in October, 1803; and 
 >va.s restored to ijindia in December 
 
 next, when peace was concluded by 
 General Wellcsley. 
 
 Haslah, {Hasela, JReceipt). — A 
 town in the Seik territories, in the 
 province of Lahore, 154 miles N. E. 
 from the city of Lahore. Lat. 33°. 
 20'. N. Long. 75°. 32, £'. 
 
 Hastee, {Hasti, (in Elephant). — 
 A town in the province of Aurun- 
 gabad, belonging ti> the Nizam, 40 
 miles S. L. from Jalnapoor. Lat. 
 19°. 32'. N. Long. 76°. 53'. E. 
 
 Hattia Isle. — An island in the 
 province of Bengal, formed b> the 
 mud deposited by the great IJivers 
 Brainnapootra and Ganges, at their 
 junction with the ocean in the Bay 
 of JJcngal. In length it may be 
 estimated at 14 miles, by It) the 
 average breadth. The surface lies 
 very low, and at spring tides, during 
 the iicight of the rains, is nearly sub- 
 merged. Salt of an excelient (piality 
 is manufactured here for the Com- 
 pany's account, which brings a higli 
 price at their periodical sale* in 
 Calcutta. 
 
 11 atras, (Hathras). — A town in 
 the province of x\gra, 33 miles N. by 
 E. from the eitv of Agra. Lat. 27°. 
 40[. N. Long. 78° E. Tiiis is the 
 chief marl tor the cotton produced 
 in the Agra ])rovince. I'rojn hence, 
 it is conveyed by an easy land car- 
 riage of 100 miles to Furruckabad 
 on the Ganges; and from that city 
 by water to ;Mirza|)oor, in tho Be- 
 nares province. {Culebrooke, 6cc.) 
 
 Hauhauca Isle. — A small island 
 in the Eastern Seas, about 25 miles 
 in circumference. Lat. 3°. 40'. 8. 
 Long. 128°. 40'. E. It is one of the 
 Amboyna Isles. 
 
 Helai. — A \ illagc near the Indus, 
 in the province of Sinde, situated in 
 the road from 'I'atta to Hyderabad. 
 Lat. 24°. 52'. N. 
 
 About a mile to the west of this 
 place arc two remarkable hills,, on 
 which are several buildings. 'J"he 
 land adjacent is cultivated, and lias 
 a fertile appearance. At this place 
 the Indus is three-fourths of a mile 
 wide, ajid has from four to live la- 
 thoms water. 
 
400 
 
 IIIDJELLEE. 
 
 Henery Isle. — A small island 
 lying due soutli from Bombay. Lat. 
 18°. 42'. N. Long. 72°. 50'. E. 
 
 Tliis island is about 600 yards in 
 circumference, aud nearly of a cir- 
 cular form. There is only one land- 
 ing place in the iiorth-ea«t side, 
 where boats can lie. Tiie island is 
 Avell inhabited, being covered with 
 houses and fortified. In 1790 it 
 belonged to Ragojec Angria, and 
 though in sight of Bombay, was a 
 principal rendezvous for pirate vessels 
 of considerable size. 
 
 Near Henery is another small 
 island named Kcnery, which is also 
 fortified and of considerable strength. 
 In 1790 it belonged to the Peshwa, 
 who also permitted pirates to resort 
 to the harbour. Kencry was taken 
 possession of and fortified bySevajcc, 
 in October, 1679, before which time, 
 from a supposed want of fresh Mater, 
 it had been neglected. Henery was 
 tfrst settled and fortified by Siddce 
 CosSim in 1680. {Moor, ^-c.) 
 
 Heriuru. — A town in the Mysore 
 Rajah's territories, situated on the 
 east-side of the River Vedawali. 
 Lat. 13°. 46'. N. Long. 76°. 37'. E. 
 During the government of the Chit- 
 teldroog Rajahs, this place contained 
 2000 houses, with an outer and 
 inner fort. In the reign of Hyder 
 the town suffered considerably from 
 the Maharattas, and ^^ as afterwards 
 plundered by Purseram Bhow. The 
 ravages of this chief were followed 
 by a dreadful famine, which swept 
 away all the inhabitants. When the 
 British forces anivcd before Scringa- 
 patam, about 60 houses had agaiii 
 been occupied. Some of the grain 
 dealers, tiiat followed the camp, 
 found their way to this distance, and 
 plundered the wretched inhabitants. 
 When the British detachuient ar- 
 rived to give protection to this part 
 of the country, the number of in- 
 liabitv>d houses in Heriuru «as re- 
 <luced to seven ; but above ."^OO have 
 been since rebuilt. In this part of 
 the country there are no slaves, the 
 work being performed by hired la- 
 boHJ ers. (/'- Buchanan, Sfc.) 
 
 Hettowra, (or Etowdah). — A 
 town in the Nepaid territories. Lat. 
 27°. 14'. N. Long. 85°. 22'. E. 
 
 Although this is a place of much 
 occasional resort, on aecount of its 
 being the centre of all the commerce 
 carried on between the Nepaul do- 
 minions and those of t)ude and of 
 the Company, yet it is but a miser- 
 able village, containing from .50 to 
 60 liouses, and is considered very 
 unhealthy. The Rapti on which 
 Hettowra stands issues from a moiui- 
 tain to the eastward of Chcesapany, 
 and falls into the Gunduck, 15 miles 
 north of Somaisir. 
 
 The village of Hittowra stands at 
 the foot of a hilly ridge, at the point 
 where the Rapti enters the Moc- 
 wanpoor valley. The Rapti abounds 
 with fish, which the natives consume 
 in large quantities. From hence 
 north, merchandize can only be 
 transported on the shoulders of Iiill 
 porters, whose rate of labour is re- 
 gulated by the Nepaul government. 
 The road by Hittowra from Bengal 
 is impassable during the periodical 
 rains; the little intercourse betwixt 
 Nepaid and the Tcrriani, or low 
 country, is then kept up by the 
 routes of Mocwanpoor and Sundooli. 
 {Kirkpatrick, ^-c.) 
 
 Hidjellee, {Hijali). — A town in 
 the province of Bengal, situated on 
 the west bank of the Hooghly River, 
 55 miles S. S. W. from Calcutta. 
 Lat. 21°. 50. N. Long. 8b°. 10'. E. 
 
 During the Mogul government, 
 Hidjellee was the capital of a Eouj- 
 darry or military station, compre- 
 hending 1098 square miles, i'his 
 small district is situated on the low 
 margin of the River Hooghly, where 
 it unites with the Bay of Bengal. 
 It w as first dismembered from the 
 Soubah of Orissa, and annexed to 
 Bengal, in the reign of Shah Jehan. 
 It is fertile in grain, and furnishes a 
 great quantity of excellent salt. 
 
 Tlie land about Hidjellee is of 
 two descriptions ; the first, fresh or 
 arable, is preserved from the inun- 
 dation of the tides by embankments, 
 running parallel to, and at some dist- 
 
HIMALEH MOUNTAINS. 
 
 401 
 
 ancc fi'om the rivers and mnncrous 
 inlets, which intersect the whole ter- 
 ritory. The second, or saU land, is 
 tliat portion exposed to the over- 
 Uowing of the tides, nsually called 
 the clnirs or banks ; where mounds 
 of earth, strongly impregnated w ith 
 saline particles, named kalaries or 
 working places, are formed. Each 
 of those heaps is estimated on a 
 medium to yield 233 maiinds (80 
 libs each) of salt, requiring the la- 
 bour of seven manufacturers; who, 
 1>y an easy process of liltration and 
 boiling, arc enabled to complefc 
 their operations from November to 
 Jujie, before tlie setting in of the 
 periodical rains. 
 
 In 1687, during a rupture with 
 Avnengzebe, the East India Com- 
 pany's forces took and lurtified Hid- 
 jellee, and destroyed above 40 sail 
 of the emperor's vessels. They 
 afterwards repulsed the repeated at- 
 tacks made by the Nabob of Bengal, 
 notwithstanding the garrison was in 
 a very sickly state. {J. Grant, 
 Bruce, 4c.) 
 
 HiLSAH. — A town in the province 
 of Bahar, 20 miles S. S. E. from 
 Patna. Lat. 25°. 1 8'. N . Long. 85°. 
 20'. E. 
 
 Hi maleh Mountains, (HjHJrt/«yrt). 
 — A stupendous range of mountains, 
 which form the pioper boundary of 
 Hindostan to the north, and separate 
 it from the elevated region usually 
 designated by the names of Great 
 and Little 'I'ibet. 
 
 On the west, about Lat. 34°. 30'. 
 N. Long. 76°. E. tliis immense chain 
 joins tlie Cashmere Mountains, the 
 northern range of which may be 
 considered as a continuation of the 
 great Himalaya ridge. The direction 
 is afterwards S. E. to the Bootan 
 country, which thev separate from 
 Tibet about Lat. 28°. N. and Long. 
 90°. E. from whence they still ex- 
 tend eastward, initil their termina- 
 tion is lost in an unexplored country 
 to the north of Assam. As the great 
 Biver Brahmapootra enters Assam 
 witli a very considerable volume of 
 water, it is supposed to wind round 
 
 2 D 
 
 the eastern extremity of the range, 
 probably about the 95th degree of 
 east longitude. 
 
 TJie extreme height of Himalaya 
 is yet a desideratum ; but by a mean 
 of numerous altitudes of a conspi- 
 cuous peak, taken with an excellent 
 instrument, and every due precau- 
 tion observed, its Insight above the 
 plains of Hohilcund was calculated 
 at 21,000 feet. From the sunmiit of 
 these mountains the country declines 
 in h<Mght to the south, but not gra- 
 dually, the surface bi ing irreg'ularly 
 mountainous to the borders of Ben- 
 gal, Oude, and Delhi, where the 
 l)lains commence, which extend 
 soutji-eastward to the sea. 
 
 Erom the western side of the 
 mountains arise stieams tributary to 
 tlie Indus, and perhaps the Indus it- 
 self. From the other side of this 
 highest land (the remotest fountains 
 marking the greatest elevation) a 
 declivity to the north and west gives 
 to the mountain streams, and iinally 
 to the rivers they compose, a north- 
 erly or w esterly direction. It is pro- 
 bable the sources of the Sanpoo, or 
 Brahmapootra, and its tributary 
 streams, are separated only by a 
 naiTOW range of snow-clad peaks 
 from the somces of the rivers which 
 constitute the Ganges, and that the 
 province of L;ihdack declines from 
 its southern limits to the north and 
 west. Intelligent natives, who have 
 in j)ilgrimages, and on business, tra- 
 versed the northern skirt of Hima- 
 laya, assert (hat no river except one, 
 (the Sutultje) e\ists westward of the 
 Manasaravora Lake, and that it 
 turns southerly west from Jamoutri. 
 
 The snowy mountains seen liom 
 Hindostan, and especially from Ro- 
 hilcund, are probably the highest 
 ground between the level plains of 
 India and the elevated regions of 
 ISouthern Tartary, and throughout 
 tluir whole extent rear their lieads 
 far above the line of perpetual snow. 
 They certainly are not surpassed in 
 height by any other chain of moun- 
 tains, if they be even equalled by 
 the Cordilleras of the Andes. In 
 
402 
 
 IILNDOSTAN, 
 
 different parts of their immeuse ex- 
 tent they receive difFercnt names, 
 such as Himadri, Himavat, and Hi- 
 inalaya, the last beings the most com- 
 mon, and the whole in signification 
 having a reference to snow and cold. 
 Tliey are the Eraaiis and Emodus of 
 ancieiit geographers. 
 
 In the Hindu Pantlieon Himalaya 
 is deified, and described as the la- 
 ther of the Ganges and her sister 
 Ooma ; the latter being the spouse 
 of Mahadeva, the destroying power. 
 {Cu^ehrooJic, Webb, liamayium, ^c.) 
 
 HiNDiA, (Hmdi/a). — A district in 
 tlie Maliaratta territories, in the pro- 
 vince of Khandesh, bounded on the 
 north by the Nerbuddah, and on the 
 Kouth by the Callygong Hills, and 
 situated between the 22d and 23d 
 degrees of north latitude. By Abul 
 Fazel it is described as belonging to 
 the ])roYince of Malwah, which in 
 modern times has the Nerbuddah for 
 its southern boundary. 
 
 " Sircar Hindyeh, containing 23 
 mahals, measurement 89,573 bee- 
 ga'.is. Revenue 11,610,959 dams. 
 Seyurghal 157,054 dams. This sircar 
 furnishes 1296 cavalry, and 592 in- 
 fantry." 
 
 HiNDiA. — A tow^n in t!ie province 
 of Khandesh, the capital of a dis- 
 trict of the same name, and situated 
 on the south side of the Nerbuddah 
 River. Lat. 22°. 31'. N. Long. 77° 
 10'. J'.. 
 
 Travelling distance 116 miles S. E. 
 from Oojain. 
 
 HiNDoLoo. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Cuttack, 30 miles S. W. 
 from Cuftack. Lat. 20°. 23'. N. 
 Long. 85°. 45'. E. 
 
 HiNDONE. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Agra, 65 miles S. "W. from 
 the city of Agra. Lat. 20°. 45'. N. 
 Long. 77°. E. This was formerly a 
 large city, and still contains exten- 
 sive buildings, l)ut from Ihc depre- 
 dations of the Maharattas is now 
 thinly inhabited. To the south of 
 this town there is much forest, and 
 but little cultivation. {Hunter, Sj-c.) 
 
 HiNnoo KHo Mountains, {Hindu 
 Coh, the Indian Mountain). — An ex- 
 
 tensive ridge ofiuoimtains,the boun- 
 dary of tiic province of Cabul on 
 the N. W. separating it from Balk 
 and Budakshan. This chain takes 
 a N. E. direction between Bamiau 
 and Anderab, from whence its ge- 
 neral direction is between the E. and 
 the N. E. towards the sources of the 
 Jihon, at about 100 miles to the cast 
 of the city of Badakshan. The term 
 Hindoo Kho is not applied to this 
 ridge throughout its whole extent, 
 but is confined to that part of it which 
 forms the N. W. boundary of Cabul, 
 Avhich is the Indian Caucasus of 
 Alexander. Between the mountains 
 of Hindoo Kho, and those of Can- 
 dahar, the countiy takes the form of 
 an extensive valley from Cabul to 
 the borders of Khorasan. {Rennel, 
 
 HINDOSTAN, {HindmVJian). 
 
 This extensive region is situated 
 in the south-eastern quarter of Asia, 
 and is nearly comprehended between 
 the eighth and 35th degrees of north 
 latitude, and the 72d and 92d of east 
 longitude. 
 
 According to the ancients India, 
 on its most enlarged scale, comprised 
 an area of 40 degrees on each side, 
 including a space almost as large as 
 all Europe; being divided on the 
 west from Persia by the Arachosian 
 Mountains ; limited on the east by 
 the Chinese p;ut of the peninsula 
 beyond the Ganges; confined on the 
 north by the wilds of Tarlary ; and 
 extending to thoeouth as far as the 
 Sunda Isles. 'I'hesc expanded limits 
 comprehended the stupendous hills 
 of Potyid, or Tibet, the romantic 
 valley of Cashmere, and all the do- 
 mains of the old Lidoscythians, the 
 countries of Nepaul and Bootan, 
 Camroop and Assam, togetlier with 
 Siam, Ava, Araoan. and the bor- 
 dt'ring kingdoms as far as the China 
 of the Hindoos, and the Sin of the, 
 Arabian geographers; the whole 
 AYestern Peninsnla, and the Island 
 of Ceylon. 
 
 Bv the Maliommedan writers tli^ 
 
HINDOSTAN. 
 
 403 
 
 term Tlindostaii was understood to 
 signify the country in immediate 
 subjection to the sovereigns of Del- 
 lii, which, in 1582, was subdivided 
 by the Emperor Acber into 1 1 sou- 
 bahs, or provinces; and wliich, in 
 spite of the many changes they liave 
 since uudergone, still nearly retain 
 their geo;?raphical formation. The 
 names of these pro\inces are La- 
 liore, Monltan, including- Sinde, A j- 
 mecr, Dtlhi, Agra. Allahabad, Ba- 
 har, Oudc, Bengal, JMalwah, and 
 Gujrat. A 12tli soubah was formed 
 of Cabul, and the countries west of 
 the Indues ; and three new ones were 
 afterwards added out of the con- 
 quests in the Dcccan, viz. Bcrar, 
 Khande.sh, and Ahmednuggur, after- 
 wards Aurungabad. 
 
 In place of the above arbitrary 
 descriptions of Hindostan, it is pre- 
 ferable to adopt the limits assigned 
 by the original Hindoo inhabitants, 
 and by them referred to in all their 
 writings, which have also the advan- 
 tage of being singularly well defined. 
 
 According to this arrangement, 
 Hindostan is bounded oh the nor h 
 by the lofty Himalaya ridge of moun- 
 tains, which commences neai' the 
 Indus, about the 35th degree of 
 north latitude, and coutines Cash- 
 mere on the north, extending from 
 thence in an uninterrupted chain 
 beyond the utmost eastern extremity 
 of Hindostan, including in that re- 
 gion all the hilly districts now sub- 
 ject to Nepaul, and also the country 
 belonging to the Deb Kajah of Boo- 
 tan. To the south Hindostan is 
 every where bounded by the ocean, 
 and to the west by the River Indus. 
 To the east the limits are more dilfi- 
 eult to ascertain, but the most dis- 
 tinct are the eastern hills and forests 
 of 'J'ippcrah and Chittagong, which 
 stretch north nearly to the Brahma- 
 pootra, about the JJ2d degree of east 
 longitude. With the exception of 
 Bootan, the primitive Brahmiaical 
 religion and languages prevail within 
 the boundaries above specified ; nor 
 is it to be found beyond them with 
 the exception of Assam and Cassay, 
 
 2d 2 
 
 vvhicli are both provinces in which 
 the Brahminical doctrines are still 
 cultivated, while Bootan is possessed 
 by the adherents of Buddha. 
 
 It is diilicult to discover any name 
 applied by the Brahmins to the 
 country over which their do(;trines 
 have extended, and which they ge- 
 nerally describe by a circumlocution. 
 Sometimes they give it the ejiithets 
 of Medhyama, or central, and Pu- 
 nyabhami, or land of virtues ; and 
 assert it to have been the portion of 
 Bharaf (one of nine brothers, whose 
 father ruled the whole earth), and 
 named after him Bhaiata Khanda. 
 This domiiin of Biiaiat they con- 
 sider as the centre of Jambudwipa, 
 which the Tibetianscall the Land of 
 j^ambu. At other times they de- 
 scribe their country as the region 
 between the Himalaya Mountains 
 and Ramiswara (the Straits of Cey- 
 lon). The modern name llindoostaii 
 is a Persian appellation derived from 
 the words Hindoo, black, and st'han 
 place, but it has been, adopted for 
 ages back, by the natives of all re- 
 ligions. 
 
 Taking Hindostan within the li- 
 mits described above, it compre- 
 liends an area, and may be consider- 
 ed of about 1,020,000' geographical 
 square miles, in modern times as 
 subdivided into four large portions. 
 
 1st. Morthern Hindostan. This 
 division comprehends Cashmere on 
 the west, and liootan on the east, 
 with all tiie intermediate hilly pro- 
 vinces, situated between the first 
 range of moimtains that rise from 
 the plains on the northern frontiers 
 of Delhi, Oude, Bahar, and Bengal, 
 and the lofty Himalaya ridge bor- 
 dering on Tibet, 'i'he whole tract 
 of country last mentioned is subject 
 to the Ghoorkhaii stale of Nepaul, 
 and having been but little explored, 
 even the names of the difl'erent dis- 
 tricts are not satislaclorily establish- 
 ed. The most commonly-received 
 appellations by which they are dis- 
 tinguished areSerinagur, orGerwal, 
 Badrycaziania, Kemaoon, Jcmlah, 
 tlie 24^ Kajalis, Lamjuugb, Ciorcah, 
 
404 
 
 HlxNDOSTAN, 
 
 Ncpaul, jMocwanpoor, Moruiig, and 
 Kyraiit. The inhabitants of this Avild 
 country having- never been perma- 
 nently snbdued, and but rarely in- 
 vaded, have probably remained in 
 their present stage ofeivilization Horn 
 the most remote ag:es, 
 
 2d. llindostaa Proper. This di- 
 vision comprehends the 11 large sou- 
 bahs, or provinces, I'ormcd by the 
 Emperor Acber, and is bounded on 
 the south by the Nerbuddah River, 
 where the Dcccau commences. The 
 names of these provinces are La- 
 hore, Mooltan, including Sinde, Guj- 
 rat, Ajmeer, Delhi, Agra, Mahvah, 
 Allahabad, Oude, Bahar, and Ben- 
 gal. This tract of country may be 
 considered as tlie most civilized and 
 richest part of liindostan, and coJi-, 
 tained the seats of the most famous 
 empires, beth Hindoo and Mahom- 
 nacdan, having been repeatedly in- 
 vaded and subjugated by the more 
 hardy tribes of the north. The in- 
 habitants of this region also (Bengal 
 excepted) nuiy be considered as a 
 superior race to the population of the 
 other divisions, possessing a more 
 robust frame of body, and excelling 
 also in intellectual qualities. 
 
 The tliird grand division is the 
 Deccan, which is bounded on the 
 north by the course of the Nerbud- 
 dah River, and from its source by 
 an imaginary line extendiiig in the 
 same parallel of latitude to the mouth 
 of the Hooghly, or western branch 
 of the Ganges, To the south the 
 boundaries of the Deccan are the 
 Krislma and Malpuvba Rivers. With- 
 in this space arc comprehended the 
 provinces of yiurungabad, Khandesh, 
 Beder, Hyderabad, Nandere, the 
 Northern Circars, Beiar, Gundwana, 
 Orissa, and great part of Bejapoor ; 
 and having been invaded at a nniolj 
 later period than Hindostan Proper, 
 it contains a much greater propor- 
 tion of Hindoo inhabitants, who also 
 retain more of their original manners 
 and institutions. 
 
 Tlie fourth and last division is the 
 South of India, which has the figure 
 of a triangle, of winch its northern 
 
 bonndaiy, the River Krishna, is tht 
 base, and the Coasts of Coromandel 
 and Malabar the sides. The pro- 
 vinces comprehended in this division 
 are a small part of Bejapoor, th« 
 Bahighaut Ceded Districts, the Car- 
 natic Northern, Central, and South- 
 ern, IMysore, Canara, Malabar, Bar- 
 ramahal, Coimbctoor, Dindigul, Sa- 
 lem, and Kistnagherry, Cochin, and 
 Travancor. In this division of Hin- 
 dostan the Mahommedans did not 
 gain a footing until a very recent 
 period, and some part was never 
 subdued by them at all. 
 
 Each of these provinces being par- 
 ticularly described under their re- 
 spective heads, the reader is referred 
 to them for furthci' topographical in- 
 formation, it being here intended to 
 exhibit ojdy such observations as ap- 
 ply to Hindostan generally. 
 
 Hindostan is watered by many 
 noble rivers, which have retaijied 
 their ancient appellations better than 
 the cities or provinces ; tiie latter 
 having often had their names altered 
 iiom vanity, or from religious mo- 
 tives. The principal rivers in point 
 of niagnitudc are the Brahmapootra, 
 the Ganges, the Indus, the Sutulcje, 
 the Krishna, the Godavery, the Jum- 
 na, tlie Nerbuddah, the Cavery, the 
 Goggrah, the Tuptee, the Maha- 
 middy, the JNIegna, the Soane, th« 
 Chunibul, the Beyah, the Gunduck, 
 and the Ravey. 
 
 1'he most remarkable mountains 
 are the great Himalaya ridge, which 
 bound Hindostoa on the north, tho 
 hills of Kemaoon and Sewalic, the 
 Eastern and Western Ghauts, and 
 the Vindhyan chain of mountains, 
 which cross India nearly parallel to 
 tlie course of the Nerbuddah, and 
 pass through the provinces of Bahar 
 and Benares. 
 
 Ail the chief towns of Hindostan 
 are now possessed by the British, 
 but no exact report of tlu ir popula- 
 tion has ever been })ublished. The 
 tliree largest and most populous are 
 Sinat, Benares, and Calcutta; the 
 next in rank are Delhi, Madras, 
 Bombay, Agra, Luckuow, Patua, 
 
ITIXDOSTAN. 
 
 405 
 
 Mooislicdabad, Dacca. Poonali, IJy- name of serais, and may be called 
 d«'ral>acl in (he Dcccan, Nagpoor, private inns. Pnblic serais, tojjr flier 
 C'atinaiidoo, < )oiain, Jvenas,nr, Am- witli avcUs and reslini; places, liave 
 ritsir, LaiiDrc, and .Serini;ai)atHm. always itccn more mnnerons in liii;- 
 (jenerally spcakinp;tlio dcscrifdion doslan I'roper, in the Dcccan, and 
 of ouv Indian city is the description South oi" India, Uian in IJengal. 
 of all, they being all bnilt on one 'J'hey are still so, and the reason is 
 plan, with cxceedini;: narrow con- obvious; travelling by land is more 
 lined crooked streets, a great nnm- ticfjuent there, while travelling by 
 ber of tanks and reser\t)irs, with Mater is more common in Bengal, 
 numerous gardens intersjx-rscd. A That the Hindoos were in early 
 few of the streets are jiaved with ages a connnercial people we have 
 brick. The houses are variously many reasons to believe ; and, in the 
 built, some of brick, others of iimd, first of their sacred law tracts, which 
 and a still greater proportion with they suppose to have been revealed 
 l)amboos and mats, 'J'hese dilferent by Menu many millions of years 
 fabrics stan<lingintermixed with each ago, there is a curious passage re- 
 other, present a very motley and ir- speeting the legal interest of money, 
 regular appearance. 'I'he brick and the limited rate of it in diii'ereut 
 houses are seldom higher than two cases, with an exception in regard 
 stones, and have flat terraced roofs, to adventures by sea. The three 
 Tlie intid and thatch houses greatly great articles of general importation 
 outnumber the other sort; so that from India by the Greeks and Ro- 
 fires, which are remarkably frequent,- mans were, 1st. spicCs and aroma- 
 seldom meet m ith the interruption of tics ; 2dly. precious stones and pearls; 
 a brick building throughout a whole 3dly. silk, 'J'heir exports to India 
 street. were woollen cloth of a slight fabric. 
 The harvest in Hindostan Proper linen in chequer work, some precious 
 is divided into two periods, the Khe- stones, and some aromaties imknown 
 reef and the Rubbee; the former is in India, coral, storax, glass vessels 
 
 cut in Se])teniber and October, the 
 latter in March and April. In tra- 
 velling through Hindostan some opi- 
 
 of dilferent khids, wrought silver, 
 Italian, Greek, and Arabian wines, 
 brass, tin, lead, girdles and sashes, 
 
 nion may be tbrmed of the wisdom melilot white glass, red arsenic, 
 of the govennnent and condition of black lead, and gold aud silver. Of 
 the people, from the number and this last the influx to Hiiulostan has 
 state of preservation of the water always been very great; as the na- 
 courses for the irrigation of the fields, tives sell a gieat deal, and purchase 
 Rice is the principal article of nou- little, the balance is consequently 
 rishment of the natives, and th(! first always in their favour. It is sup- 
 object of attention in the cultivation posed a great deal is annually lost 
 of it is to have the soil plentifully by being concealed under ground by 
 supplied with w ater. the natives, many of whom die w ith- 
 
 The institution of public inns, for out revealing the place of their hid- 
 the accommodation i)f travellers, den treasure ; and the amount must 
 seems very ancient in Hindostan. be considerable, as the practice of 
 At a more recent jieriod they were this species of hoarding is universal 
 regulated by Shere Shah, who ap- among all ranks of Hindoos, 
 pointed a jtarticular tiibe to take For many centuries past cotton 
 charge of them. In many places piece goods have been the staple 
 where public buildings for that pur- manufacture of Hindostan. The 
 pose are wanting, the streets, or open various sorts fabricated in diflerent 
 spots, in which a few families of this proviuces, from the northern moun- 
 tribe and profession have taken up tains to Cape Comorin, are too nn- 
 their abode, are dignified with the merous to a<lniit of minute detail ; 
 
406 HINDOSTAN. 
 
 but some sketch of tliem, and of 
 other coramercid productions, will 
 be found luider the description of 
 different places. 
 
 There are many shades of differ- 
 ence in the characters of the Hin- 
 doos inhabiting the difl'erent parts of 
 this immense region. Travelling 
 through India centrally, from Ceylon 
 (for example) up the Carnatic, the 
 jbeccan and Bengal to Cashmere, an 
 extent of about 25 degrees of lati- 
 tude, a very great variety of habits, 
 languages, religious observances, &c. 
 are perceptible, almost as great as a 
 native of India would observe in the 
 several nations were he travelling in 
 Europe. The character of the Ma- 
 harattas, nurtured in war and de- 
 predation, difi'ers from that of the 
 more j.eaceable provinces of the 
 south. Those who inhabit the iioith- 
 ern territories between the Nerbud- 
 dah and the Attock are almost all a 
 mihtary tribe, the caste of Rajpoots 
 and RaJM ars, who are governed by 
 petty princes, and divided into small 
 independent states, in continual con- 
 flict with each other. These diller 
 still more from the placid natives of 
 Bengal and the southern provinces, 
 and even from the tribes of the JVla- 
 haratta nation, to whom the Raj- 
 poots are a supciior race. 
 
 In adverting to (he incessant re- 
 volutions of these countries, it is a 
 very remarkable fact, that in the 
 whole scheme of polity, whetber of 
 the victors or of the vaiuinished, tlic 
 idea of ci-iil liberty had ne\<r en- 
 tered into their contemplation, and 
 is to this day without a name in the 
 languages of Asia, 'i'he Seiks, when 
 they rejected the }^!indoo r. ligion for 
 that of Nanek Shah, exhibited the 
 -first and only instance in the history 
 of the east of an approach, however 
 imperfect, to republican piinciples. 
 
 In the principal settlements, and 
 in some of the larger towns under 
 the British, there are many natives 
 who purchase articles of luxnry, such 
 as broad cloth, watcln s, und other 
 articles; but their superfluous wealth 
 is generally expended in feasts, mar- 
 
 riages, and in other modes more 
 connected with the usages and man- 
 ners of their own country. Some 
 few imitate the European manners, 
 and almost adopt their dress; but 
 they invariably, Itoth t ahommedans 
 and Hindoos, lose the estimation of 
 their own class in proportion as they 
 depart from its usages. 
 
 Among the poorest Hindoos the 
 expense attending maniage is never 
 less than the savings of three, four, 
 or five years ; among the richer class 
 the marriage expense is only mea- 
 sured by the extent of their fortunes. 
 The man is not left to his own dis- 
 cretion ; thousands of Brahmins and 
 mendicants attend, uninvited, the 
 w^edding of every rich person, and 
 exact presents of money and clothes, 
 besides the food they consume dur- 
 ing the ceremony, which lasts se- 
 veral days, and half the bridegroom's 
 fortune is frequently dissipated in 
 this manner. I'lie Hindoos also often 
 squander vast sums on the obsequies 
 of their relations ; on the death of a 
 mother particularly, a man ha.i been 
 known to consume his whole pro- 
 perty, although in other respects sor- 
 did and miserly. Among the other 
 sources of expense to a Hindoo arc 
 charitable distributions to a great 
 extent, on the anniversary of the 
 deaths of his ancestors. 
 
 India was little known to the 
 Greeks until Alexander's expedition, 
 about 327 years before Christ. 1 he 
 foljov.ing particulars, selected from 
 the ancient descripti'ons of India by 
 Ariian iuid otlicr authors, will shew 
 how nearly the ancient inhabitants 
 resemble the present. 
 
 1. The slender make of their bo- 
 dies. 
 
 2. Their living on vegetable foe d. 
 
 3. Distribution into sects and 
 classes. 
 
 4. Marriages at seven years of 
 age, and the prohibition of marriages 
 between diilerent castes. 
 
 5. The men wealing ear-rings and 
 party colosued shoes, al&o veils co- 
 vering the head and part of the 
 shoulders. 
 
HINDOSTAN. 
 
 407 
 
 0. Daubing their faces with co- 
 lours. 
 
 7. Only the principal persons hav- 
 ing unibrollas canied over Ihcin. 
 
 8. 'l"\vo handiul swords and bows 
 <lrawn by the feet. 
 
 9. 'i"h(; manner of taking clcpliants 
 the same as at present, 
 
 10. IManufaetures of cotton of ex- 
 traordinaiy whiteness. 
 
 11. Monstrony ants, by wliich 
 the termites or white ants are 
 meant. 
 
 12. Wooden houses on the banks 
 of large rivers to be occasionally 
 removed as the river changed its 
 course. 
 
 13. The tala tree, or tal, a kind of 
 palm. 
 
 14. The banyan tree, and the In- 
 dian devotees sitting under them. 
 
 I'he Greeks have not left us any 
 means of knowing with accui-acy 
 what vernacular languages they 
 found in India on their amval. I'he 
 radical language of Hindostan is the 
 Sanscrit ; of which such is the anli- 
 «iui(y, that neither history nor tradi- 
 tion liavc preserved any account of 
 a people of aa horn it was the living 
 fongue. From this sounc the most 
 ancient derivatives arc the Prakrit, 
 the Bali, and the Zcud. The Pra- 
 krit is the language which contains 
 the gTcater part of the sacred books 
 of tlie Jainas; the Bali is equally 
 revered among the followers of 
 Buddha; while the Zend, or sacred 
 language of ancient Persia, has long 
 enjoyed a similar rank among the 
 Parsees, or worshippers of fire, and 
 been the depositary of the sacred 
 books of Zoroaster. Tiiese three 
 languages, the Prakrit, Bali, and 
 Zend, have been regnlarly cultivated 
 and fixed by composition. 
 
 There is loason to believe that 10 
 polished dialects formerly prevailed 
 in as many dilFerent civilized nations, 
 who occu|jied the A\hole extent of 
 Hindostan. The Saraswata, the Ka- 
 noge, the Gour, the Tirhoot, and the 
 Orissa, were denominated the five 
 Gaurs : the five Dravirs are, the Dra- 
 %ira or 'J'amul, the Maharatta, the 
 
 Carnata, tJie Telinga, and the Gur- 
 jara. 
 
 After excluding the mountaineers, 
 who are j)robably the aborigines of 
 India, anil whose languages have no 
 affinity with Sanscrit, there yet re- 
 mains in the mountains and islands 
 contiguous to India many tribes, 
 who seem to be degenerate Hindoos. 
 Kacli province and district in Imlia 
 has its peculiar dialect, but they all 
 seem to be varieties of sonu; one 
 among the 10 jtrincipal idioms, 'i'he 
 ITindostaui, or Hindi, seems to be 
 the lineal des(H ndant of the Kanoge. 
 
 The political governments of Hin- 
 dostan are in a iierpetual state of 
 flnetnati(»n. So far from having any 
 established system, the effect of 
 which is to aijord jjrotection to their 
 weaker against their more powerfnl 
 neigiibours, the exact reverse is the 
 case; the object of every native 
 state separately, and of all collec- 
 tively, being to destroy the weak. 
 Tlie great mass of tlic people enter- 
 tain no attachment to any set of 
 political principles, or to any form of 
 government; and they have so long 
 been accustomed !o revolutions, and 
 frequenlly changes of territory and 
 mastfts, that they obey with little 
 repugnance wiioever is placed over 
 them, expecting his sway, like that 
 of his predecessor, to be transitory. 
 They are solicitous oidy for the tole- 
 ration of their religious doctrines, 
 rites, and prejudices, of their ancient 
 customs and manners, and for th<i 
 security of their domestic concerns. 
 
 The nafiv(;s, in general, do not 
 look upon the eriujc of treason 
 against the state in the lig.ht we do. 
 In fidelity and attachment to a mas- 
 ter or chief, whoever he anay be, 
 they are not surpassed by any peo- 
 j>le ; but those who stand in the mere 
 relation of subjects, w ithout being 
 in the service or pay of the supreme 
 pow er, do not feel tliemsclves bound 
 by any very strong tie of allegianee. 
 'i'hey have no idea of loyalty or dis- 
 loyalty, expept to the m;isters who 
 support them. 
 
 The native princes of Hindostan 
 
408 
 
 HINDOSTAN. 
 
 bear a great affection to their child- 
 ren during their infancy ; but as sooit 
 as these arrive at the age of emanci- 
 pation, the perpetual intrigues of an 
 Indian court render them from being 
 the consolation of their parents — the 
 object of their mistrust. There are 
 never wanting intriguers.who engage 
 them in parties, and even in plots; 
 from which it often happens, that a 
 prince, in his latter days, lives with- 
 out atieclion for his own sons, and 
 gives a kind of paternal preference 
 to his grand-children ; and this re- 
 curs so frequently to observation, 
 that one of the eastern poets has 
 said, that the parents have during 
 the life of their sons such overween- 
 ing aifection for their grand-children, 
 because they see in them the ene- 
 mies of their enemies. 
 
 In IJindostan there are no titles 
 of nobility exactly similar to Uiose of 
 Europe, nor are they generally here- 
 ditary. According to oriental ideas, 
 honours or titles conferred by the 
 sovereign power must be acconipa- 
 nied by a jaghire, and generally by a 
 military commandalong with the title, 
 which in itself is considered merely 
 as an appellation attached to thfc ac- 
 quisition of emolnment or power; and 
 it is quite imj)ossible to impress the 
 minds of the natives with the value 
 of a mere name. On this subject 
 their ideas are more simple and na- 
 tural than ours. If an unfit person 
 received a patent for the title of an 
 ameer or rajah, he would not be 
 able to retain it; for when a man has 
 nothing left of dignity but the name, 
 in India it soon wears away. On 
 the other hand, if a Hindoo should 
 emerge from poverty and obscmity, 
 and attain great wealth and cele- 
 brity, he would, if he w ished it, with- 
 out any formal investiture, be saluted 
 rajah. He wouhl be considered as 
 having acquired a claim to llie title, 
 in the same manner as other persons 
 acquire, by learning the appellation 
 »f Monlavy and Pinidit, Avhich be- 
 comes amongst the mass of the peo- 
 ple inseparably attached to their 
 Ijames, 
 
 For these 10 years past, from tlia 
 comparative tranquillity Hindoslan 
 has enjoyed, a sort of breaUung time 
 and freedom from militaiy devasta- 
 tion, which had been for nearly a 
 centuiy whol!^' unknown, and which, 
 if of much longer duration, must 
 gradually operate a change in the 
 manners and habits of the people. 
 The Durgah Poojah is distinguished 
 as the particular period when the 
 armies of the native princes have al- 
 ways been accustomed to take the 
 field ; and it was seldom any of their 
 troops assembled in the field until 
 after the celebration of the Dussera, 
 which happens on the first fnll moon 
 after the autumnal equinox. The 
 dewali, or next new moon, was com- 
 monly the time to set their troops in 
 motion, and some notion of the de- 
 struction that marked their course 
 may be formed from the description 
 of what the natives term a wulsa. 
 
 On the ajjproach of a hostile army 
 the unfortunate inhabitants of India 
 bury under ground their most cuni- 
 berous cflects ; and each individual, 
 man, woman, and child, above six 
 years of age, (the infant children 
 being canied by their mothers) with 
 a load of grain proportioned to their 
 strength, issue from their homes, and 
 take the direction of a country (if 
 such can be fonnd) exempt from the 
 miseries of war; sometimes of a 
 strong foriress, but more generally 
 of the most unfrequented hills and 
 woods, where they prolong a mise- 
 rable existence until the departure 
 of the enemy; and should this be 
 protracted beyond the time for which 
 they have provided food, a great pro- 
 portion of them necessarily die of 
 lumger. Tlie people of a district 
 thus deserting their homes are the 
 wnlsa of the district, for which there 
 is no corresponding word in any 
 European language, it being only 
 possible to express it by circumlo- 
 cution. It is a proud distinction, 
 that the wulsa never migrates on the 
 approach of a British army, when 
 unaccompanied by Indian allies. 
 The two great religious sects in 
 
IIIXDOSTAN. 
 
 409 
 
 HinJostan are the Maliomincdans 
 and the lliiuloos, viio, althou2,h 
 equally altarhccl to tiieir respective 
 faiths, exhibit a cmisidcnable con- 
 trast in their doctrinal tcirels. 'I'hc 
 Kttran enjoins the Mahomniedans to 
 nudce converts of llio A\holc worUl 
 by the ed<i^e of the sword ; the Vedas 
 proscribe the whole world, and ad- 
 mit of no jiroselytes of any descrip- 
 tion. Eif;ht hundred years a^o the 
 JNTahoninicdans cut the throats of the 
 Hindoos, because they refused to be 
 circumcised ; but the two rclijiions 
 have existed together for so long a 
 period, that the professors of both 
 have acquired a habit of looking on 
 each other with an indulgence un- 
 usual in other countries. This de- 
 gree of complaisance is not surpris- 
 ing in the disciple of Brahuia, wliose 
 maxim is, that the various modes of 
 worship practised by the different 
 nations of the eartli spring alike from 
 the deity, and are all equally accept- 
 able to him. But even the sectaries 
 of the intolerant doctiines of the 
 Koran are no longer those furious 
 and sanguinary zealots, who, in the 
 name of God and his prophet, spread 
 desolation and slaughter, demolish- 
 ing the Hindoo temples, and erecting 
 mosques on their ruins. 'J'hey found 
 the patient constancy of the Hindoo 
 .superior to their violence ; but that, 
 if left in possession of his tenets, he 
 was a peaceable, industrious, and 
 valuable subject. We observe, iu 
 fonsecjuence, among the Mahomnie- 
 dans of Hindustan a deference for 
 the prejudices of their neighbours, 
 or dependents of the Hindoo persua- 
 sion. A spirit of foreign conquest, 
 and still more a zeal for the propa- 
 gation of their religious tenets, ap- 
 pear incompatible \\ itii the genius of 
 the Hindoo Brahmiiiical system; 
 but the disciples of Luddiia are not 
 equally lire from them. Through- 
 out Hindostan generally there are 
 still 10 Hindoos to one JMahom- 
 medan, bui the proportion varies iu 
 every district. 
 
 rive great sects of Hindoos exclu- 
 sively worship 3 single deity ; one 
 
 recognizes the five divinities that are 
 adored by the other s((ts respec- 
 tively ; but the followers of this com- 
 prehensive scheme mostly s»'lect one 
 object of daily devotion, and pay 
 adoration to the other duties on par- 
 ticular occasions only. L'pon the 
 whole, the Hindoo system, when ex- 
 amined, will be found consistent 
 witii monotheism, though it contains 
 the seeds of polytheism and idolatry. 
 'J'he Vaishnavas. though nominally 
 worshippers of Vishnu, are in fact 
 votaries of deified heroes. 
 
 The worship of Rama and 
 Crishna by the Vaishnavas, and that 
 of Mahadeva and Bhavani by the 
 Saivas and Sactas, appear to have 
 been introduced since the persecu- 
 tion of the Bhauddas and Jains. 
 The institution of the A^edas are au- 
 terior to Buddha, whose theology 
 appears to have been borrowed from 
 the system of Capila, whose most 
 conspicuous practical doctrine is 
 stated to have been the unlawfulness 
 of killing animals. The overthrow 
 of the sect of Buddha iu Hindostan 
 has not effected the full revival of 
 the religious system inculcated in. 
 the Vedas. Most of what is there 
 taught is now obsolete ; and, in its 
 stead, new orders of devotees have 
 been instituted, with new forms of 
 religious ceremonies. Rituals, ibund- 
 ed on the Puranas andTantras, have 
 in a great measure antiquated the 
 institutions of the Vedas. In parti- 
 cular, the sacritice of animals before 
 the goddess Cali, and the adoration 
 of Rama and Krishna, have succeed- 
 ed to that of the elements and pla- 
 nets. Sir William Jones was of opi- 
 nion, that we might fix the existence 
 of Buddha, or the ninth great incar- 
 nation of Vishnu, in the vear 1014, 
 before tlie birth of Christ. The ear- 
 liest accounts of India by the Greeks, 
 who visited the country, describe its 
 iidiabitants as divided into separate 
 tribes; consequently, a sect like the 
 modern Buddhists, which has no 
 distinction of caste, could Jiot ha\e 
 then been the most prevalent in 
 India. 
 
410 
 
 HINDOSTAN. 
 
 Tlie 10 avatars, or incarnations of 
 Tislmu, are arranged and named as 
 follow : 
 
 1. Matsya, or the fish. 
 
 2. Karma, or the tortoise. 
 
 3. Varaha, or the boar. 
 
 4. Narasingha, or the man-lion. 
 6. Vamana, or the dwarf. 
 
 6. Parasu Kama. 
 
 7. Rama. 
 
 8. Krishna. 
 
 9. Buddha, (2828 years ago). 
 
 10. Kaiki, or the horse, (not yet 
 come). 
 
 A s the Hindoos believe that mor- 
 tals may acquire supernatural pow- 
 ers by the performance of penances 
 and austerities, it may be instructive 
 io specify those performed by Tarika, 
 through the powerful efficacy of 
 which he had nearly dethroned the 
 gods. In tlie prosecution of this task 
 it is related ho went through the fol- 
 lowing series of 11 distinct mortifi- 
 cations, each of which lasted 100 
 years. 
 
 1. He stood on one foot holding 
 the othei-, and both hands up to 
 heaven, with his eyes fixed on the 
 sun. 
 
 2. He stood on one groat toe. 
 
 3. He took as sustenance nothing 
 but w ater. 
 
 4. 1I»^ subsisted in the same man- 
 ner on air. 
 
 5. He remained in the water. 
 
 6. He was buried in the earth, but 
 continued, as under his last inilic- 
 ti(m, in incessant adoration. 
 
 7. The same penance in fire. 
 
 8. He stood on his head, with his 
 feet upwards. 
 
 9. He stood on one hand. 
 
 10. He hung by his hands on a 
 tree. 
 
 11. He hmig on a tree with his 
 head downwards. 
 
 Si3ch perseverance was inesist- 
 ible ; and J niUa, with the other demi- 
 gods, alarmed lest their sovereignty 
 should be usurped by the potency of 
 the penance, resorted to Bralima for 
 protection; but the destruction of 
 Tarika could be effected by nothing 
 less than an incarnation of Maha- 
 
 deva, which after some time took 
 place under the form of Carticeya, 
 tlie Hindoo Mars. 
 
 Prodigality, or carelessness of life, 
 has always been a remarkable fea- 
 ture in the Hindoo character ; hence 
 has arisen such a number of volun- 
 tary sacrifices as no religion car* 
 probably outnumber. Besides a me- 
 ritorious suffering for religion's sake, 
 suicide is in many cases legal and 
 even commendable ; such as the self 
 immolation of a widow with her hus- 
 band's corpse. Among the men, 
 drowning themselves in holy rivers 
 is of late oftener resorted to than 
 burning; persons afflicted with loath- 
 some or incurable diseases have not 
 unfrequcntly caused themselves to 
 be biuied alive. In Berar and Gund- 
 wana they throw themselves from a 
 precipice situated between the Tap- 
 tee and Nerbuddah River. Abnl 
 Fazel mentions, tliat when suicide is 
 meritorious, there are five modes of 
 performing it preferable to others. 
 1st. By starving. 2d. Being covered 
 with dry cow-dung, and consumed 
 with fire. 3d. Being buried in snow. 
 4th. Going to Sagor Island, at the 
 mouth of the Bhagirathi, or sacred 
 branch of the Ganges, and there 
 devomcd by sharks or alligators. 
 5th. Cutting the throat at Allahabad, 
 at the holy junction of the Ganges 
 and Jumna. 
 
 In establishing their religious 
 structures and places of pilgrimage 
 the Hindoos have always shewn a 
 predilection for places near the sea, 
 the sources of rivers, tlie tops of re- 
 markable hills, and retired places of 
 diilicult access, to which the extra- 
 ordinary length and toil of the jour- 
 ney attached a superior degree of 
 merit. This is exemplified in the 
 pilgrimages to Juggernauth and Ra- 
 misseram; to the wilds of Purwut- 
 turn; to Tripetty ; to the sources of 
 the Godavery at Trinibuc jSasser, 
 and of the Krishna i.t Ealisur. The 
 principal architectural monuments 
 of Hindoo superstition are to be 
 found iu the C^arnatic and south of 
 India; in Bengal there is no reli- 
 
HINDOSTAN. 
 
 411 
 
 gioiis edifice of any magnitude or 
 repnlation. 
 
 The Hindoos univorsally shave 
 the whole head, except a small tuft 
 on the crown, wliich.is the distin- 
 guishing mark of a Hindoo. When 
 a man becomes a sanyassee, that is, 
 •when he renounces all expectation 
 of salvation, or any other henefit 
 from his deeds, he relinquishes this 
 mark, and shaves the whole head; 
 and the same happens when he be- 
 comes an apostate, ami associates 
 with Christians and l\!ali(»nnnedans, 
 and is thereby rejected liom liis 
 caste. 
 
 The religion of the Hindoos is 
 without any acknowledgetl indivi- 
 dual superior, but the pre-eminence 
 of the Brahmins is never disputed 
 |jy the other castes. l"he peculiar 
 duty of a Braiunin is meditation on 
 things divine, and the proper man- 
 ner of his procuring a subsistence 
 is by begging — all industry being 
 deemed derogatory to his rank. The 
 majority of Brahmins may, and do 
 eat animal food ; priests, m hile of- 
 ficiating as sue}!, ))crhaps do no* ; 
 but, though all priests are Brahmins, 
 all Brahmins are not jiricsls. It is 
 probable tiiat a majority of Brahmins 
 eat animal food, and thai nine-tenths 
 may if they please. Hindoos of 
 pure descent seldom eat animal food, 
 except sucij as has been sacrificed 
 to the gods. Many learned natives 
 of Hin<lostan asseit, that the Brah- 
 tninical tribes are not natives of the 
 countiy, but came fjom the north 
 through the Ilurdwar Pass, and 
 formed their first setticment at Ka- 
 noge. The Hindoos, in general, w ill 
 seldom allow their own caste t<» have 
 had any beginning, but insist that it 
 lias existed from ail eternity, or, 
 at least, iiom the first origin of 
 things. 
 
 'I'he four great classes of Hindoos 
 never intcniiat ry, nor eat, but w ith 
 particular families of the same fribe 
 in their own class. If is geiierallj', 
 but erroneously sufiposrd, that per- 
 sons f)f the same caste \sill connnu- 
 uicaf e with one auotlier all over In- 
 
 dia, and eat together of food dressed 
 by another; but Ibis is by no means 
 the case, the communication being 
 confined to a few families in their 
 own neighbourhood, whom they 
 know to be strict observers of the 
 rules relative to their caste. As far 
 as refers to them, the rest of the 
 same tribe arc in a manner out- 
 casts. 
 
 There is scarcely one point in 
 their mythological religion that the 
 whole race of Hindoos have faith in. 
 There are sectaries and schismatics 
 without end, who will believe only 
 certain points, which the others ab- 
 jure. Individuals of those sects dis- 
 sent from the doctrines believed by 
 the majority, and the philosophical 
 sceptics will scarcely believe any 
 thing in opposition to their more do- 
 cile brethren, who disbelieve nothing; 
 there being, in fact, no orthodoxy 
 among Hindoos. All Hindoos pro- 
 fess a belief in the deity, to wliom 
 they assign similar attributes ; but, 
 when an interposing avatara, or in- 
 carnation, is to be received, a con- 
 test ensues, and it is received, re- 
 jected, or modified, according to 
 the feelings or interests of indivi- 
 duals. 
 
 Bad as the Hindoo religion, in 
 many respects is, there is reason to 
 sujipose it originally superseded 
 something still ^^'orse. A parallel 
 to some of the most unnatural, ab- 
 siu-d, and barbarous usages of the 
 Eastern Isles may be found in India 
 and China, and both Indian and 
 Indo Chinese monuments contain 
 many allusions to a state of society 
 and manners on the continent, si- 
 milar to that which subsists among 
 the most barbarous of the tribes of 
 of the Eastern Archipelago. Erom 
 tiuswe may infer, that the religions 
 of Brahma and Eutldha supplanted 
 a much more dreadful superstition, 
 and brutal state of existence ; and 
 it is probable, if precipitation and 
 coercion be avoided, they also, in 
 piocess of time, will yield to the su- 
 perior purity of the Christian doc- 
 trines. 
 
412 
 
 HINDOSTAN. 
 
 For tlie Chronology of Hindostan 
 the reader is referred to tlie words 
 Ghiziii and Dellii ; bnt, before con- 
 cluding the present article, it may 
 be useful to exhibit an abstiact view 
 of the present state of Hindostan, 
 and its modern rulers, with an esti- 
 mate of the extent of their tenito- 
 ries, and the number of inhabitants 
 they contain. In a computation of 
 this nature, stiict accuracy must not 
 be looked for; but even an approxi- 
 mation to the reality may be pro- 
 ductive of information. At present 
 
 Hindostan may be divided into the 
 following portions : 
 
 1st. British Hindostan, or pro- 
 vinces under tlie immediate juris- 
 diction of the British govermnent. 
 
 2d. Territories possessed by princes 
 tributary to the British, or protected 
 by a subsidiai-y force, and complete- 
 ly under British influence. 
 
 3d. Independent principalities of 
 established note. 
 
 4th, The territories of petty chiefs 
 of all descriptions ; also independ- 
 ent. 
 
 Bengal, Bahar, and Benares ------- 
 
 Acquisitions in Hindostan Proper and Orissa } 
 since 1799 -----------J 
 
 Under the Bengal Presidency 
 
 t uder the jurisdiction of the Madras Presidency 
 
 Ditto of the Bombay Presidency 
 
 Total of British Hindostan 
 
 BRITISH ALLIES AND TBIBUTARIES. 
 
 The Nizam ----------- 
 
 The Peshwa and Guicowar ------ 
 
 Nabob of Oude ---------- 
 
 Mysore Rajah ----------- 
 
 Travancor and Cochin Rajahs - - - - - 
 
 Total under British jurisdiction and influence 
 
 INDEPENDENT PRINCIPALITIES. 
 
 Under the dominion and influence of Sindia, ^ 
 Holcar, and other Maharatta Chiefs - - - 5 
 Ditto of the Nagpoor Rajah ------ 
 
 Ditto of the Ncpaul Rajah ------ 
 
 Ditto of the Lahore Rajah and the Seiks - - 
 
 Under the Rajahs of Joudpoor, .Tyenagur, Odcy- 
 poor, and other Rajpoot Chiefs ; the Ameers 
 
 } 
 
 of Sinde, the Cabul government, and Chiefs 
 of Cashmere ; the Rajahs of Bootan, Assam ; ( 
 and innumerable Goand, Coolee, and otlier V 
 petty Native Chiefs ,^------,/ 
 
 Total of Hindostan 
 
 Geographical 
 Square Milos. 
 
 Population. 
 
 162,000 
 60,000 
 
 29,000,000 
 10,000,000 
 
 222,000 
 
 125,000 
 
 10,000 
 
 39,000,000 
 
 12,000,000 
 
 2,500,000 
 
 357,000 
 
 76,000 
 53,000 
 13,000 
 22,000 
 5,000 
 
 53,500,000 
 
 8,000,000 
 5,000,000 
 2,000,000 
 2,000,000 
 
 500,000 
 
 1 
 
 526,000 
 
 75,000 
 
 58,000 
 63,000 
 54,000 
 
 71,000,000 
 
 6,000,000 
 
 3,000,000 
 2,000,000 
 4,000,000 
 
 776,000 
 214,000 
 
 86,000,000 
 
 15,000,000 
 
 1 
 
 1,020,000 
 
 101,000,000 
 
IIINDOSTAN. 
 
 413 
 
 All tlie sea-coast of HiiidoKtan is 
 possessed by the British or their al- 
 lies, except about 300 miles between 
 (joa and Daniaun, and part of the 
 shore of the Gujrat Peninsula ;uid 
 Gul])h of Cntch to tiie months of the 
 Indns. The two last tracts are of 
 no essential consequence, the inte- 
 rior being desolate, and their situa- 
 tion remote from the richer pro- 
 vinces. 
 
 The force required for retaining 
 these extensive regions in due- sub- 
 ordination, will be found in the fol- 
 lowing statement of the eflective 
 strength of the Hrilish aruij', in all 
 paits of India, for the year 1808-9; 
 but the number of kinjj's troops liias 
 since been reduced. 
 4 regiments of his 
 
 inajestv's dragoons 2,636 
 20 ditto 'infantry - 17,712 
 
 Hismajesty's troops 20,348 
 
 6 battalions artillery 2,867 
 
 2 half squadrons horse 
 
 artillery - - - 146 
 
 3 regiments of infan- 
 try - - - - . 977 
 
 Supernumeraries _ 36 
 
 CompanVs Eu- ^ 
 
 ropcan troops 5 
 
 Total of European troops 24,374 
 16 regiments and 1 
 troop of native ca- 
 valry - - - - 7,781 
 
 1 half squadron horse 
 
 artillery - - - - 95 
 Artillery Golindaze 828 
 96 companies artil- 
 lery lascais - - 5,.o59 
 59 regiment infantry 101,.577 
 Hill rangers - - - 312 
 Escorts and detach- 
 ments - - - - 648 
 
 2 battalions and 4 
 comjianies pioneers 1,785 
 
 1 marine battalion 750 
 
 Supernumeraries and 
 
 recruits .- - - 8,932 
 1 Ranighur battalion 810 
 
 Total of n:ili\e } 100077 
 
 troops - - - J i-if,y)^7 
 
 Total of Europeans and > , -r, ^ - , 
 naUves - - - , ^ io.J,40i 
 
 4.026 
 
 In 1805, by the retin-ns trans- 
 mitted, the number of British-born 
 siibjects in India was 31,000. Of 
 these 22,000 were in the army as 
 officers and privates; the civil offi- 
 cers of government, of all descrip- 
 tions, were al)0Ut 2000; the free 
 merchants and free mariners, who 
 resided in India inidcr covenant, 
 were about 5000; tlie oflicers and 
 practitioners in the courts of Judi- 
 cature at the presidencies were 300 ; 
 the remaining 1700 consisted of ad- 
 venturers, who had smuggb d them- 
 selves out in different capacities. 
 
 In 1808 the total debt owing by 
 the British government iuHindostaa 
 amounted to 30,876,7881. which, by 
 an adjustment of accounts with the 
 Committee of the House of Com- 
 mons, was reduced to 28,897,7421. 
 and has since experienced still fur- 
 ther reductions. A sinking I'uud was 
 established iu Bengal in the year 
 1799, and at Madras in the year 
 following. 'I'hese combined funds, 
 in 1809, had reduced the debt at 
 interest 4,038,6961. In 1812 the 
 total revenue, of every description 
 raised in Brifisli Hindostan, was 
 estimated at 17 millions sterUng per 
 annum. 
 
 llie dominion exercised by the 
 East India Company, notiiwitli- 
 standing certain im|)eriections, has, 
 on the whole, most undoubtedly 
 been beneficial to the natives of Hin- 
 dostan. The stiength of the go- 
 vernment has had the elfect of se- 
 curing its subjects, as well front lo- 
 reign depredation, as from internal 
 commotion. This is an advantage 
 rarely experienced by the snljjects 
 of Asiatic states ; and, combined 
 with a domestic adminislratiun more 
 just in its principles, and executed 
 with far greater integrity and al>i- 
 lity, than the native one that pre- 
 ceded it, may sulljcieiiti\ account 
 for the improveujcnts that hav« 
 taken place. The coiulitiou of the 
 great mass of population is auu'Iio- 
 rated, although tlie nature and cir- 
 cumstances of the situation in \\hich 
 thtt British government is placed. 
 
414 
 
 HOOGHLY. 
 
 presciilje narrow limits io the pros- 
 pects of tlie natives iu the political 
 and niilitaiy branches ot the service. 
 Strictly speakiug. however, those 
 whom the Biitish have superseded 
 wore tlicmselves foreigners, who oc- 
 cupied all the great otiices under the 
 Mogul government, particularly in 
 tiie provinces remote from the ca- 
 pital. (Sir William Jones, Colebrooke, 
 Rennel, Sir Heur;/ Strachey, Wilkins, 
 Moor, Blillurn, The Marquis Wel- 
 lusleif, Malcolm, T\ Bachanan, Wilks, 
 Hunter, Orme, Wilford, Lcyden, 5lh 
 liepnrt, c^c.) 
 
 IlissAR FlROZEH, {Fovt Victo- 
 rious).— A large district in the pro- 
 vince of Delhi, situated between the 
 28th and 30th degrees of north lati- 
 tude. By Abul Fazcl, in 1582, it is 
 described as follows : 
 
 " Sircar Hissar Fcrozeh, containing 
 27 maiials; measurement, 3,114,497 
 beegahs ; revenue, 55,004,905 dams. 
 Seyurghal, 1,406,519 dams. This 
 sircar furnishes 6875 cavalry, and 
 55,700 infantry. It has few rivers, 
 and to procure water they arc obliged 
 to dig wells of agieat depth." 
 
 Tlio Hurrianneh country is in- 
 cluded in this district, and is some- 
 times named the Lesser Baloochis- 
 tan. The inhabitants are chielJy 
 Jauts, with the exception of a few 
 Rajpoots. There are also Rungar 
 villages, whicli appellation is given 
 to such of the Rajpoots as have em- 
 braced the JMaiiommcdan rehgion. 
 The Hissar or Hurrianneh districts 
 import mathlocks, swords, coarse 
 white doth, salt, sugar, and a small 
 quantity of rice, sugar, and spices. 
 Their exports are horses, camels, 
 bullocks, and ghee. The chief towns 
 are Hissar, Hansy, and Ferozeh. 
 During the prosperity of the Mogul 
 empire, this district was considered 
 as tlic pergonal estate of the heir ap- 
 parent of the throne. It is now 
 parcelled out among numerous petty 
 native chiefs, one of whom, named 
 Abdul Summud Khan, in 1807, 
 made an application lo the British 
 government for assistance against 
 the Bhatties and Abuj Singh of Cut- 
 
 pootlee, who had almost driven him 
 out of the Huniamieh, but his re- 
 quest was not attended to. {G. Tho^ 
 mas, 6th Register, Kirhpatrick,^c.) 
 
 Hissar, (Hisar). — A town in the 
 province of Delhi, 80 miles W. from 
 the city of Delhi. Lat. 2b<^. 41'. N. 
 Long. 75°. 53'. E. 
 
 By Abul Fazel, in 1582, it is de- 
 scribed as follows : " Hissar was 
 founded by Sultan Feroze, who dug 
 a canal which brings the waters ot 
 the Jumna near to the city. A der- 
 vise predicted his accession to the 
 throne, and at his request he dug this 
 canal, which passes through the 
 town of Sii sa (Siirfuty), and loses it- 
 self in the Lake Bhcda." 
 
 Since th.at period the canal has 
 been idled up, and entirely ruined, 
 and the city is not now in a much 
 superior condition, the country hav- 
 ing, ever since the death of Aineng- 
 zebe, been tiie seat of incessant pre- 
 datory warfare. 
 
 HoEWAMOEHiL. — A pcniusula 
 joined to 1h<' Island of Ceram by a 
 narrow isthmus called the Pass of 
 Tanocno, v* hich was not only fertile 
 in clove trees, but produced also 
 large quantities of nutmegs. Of 
 these last, what was called the Great 
 Natmeg Forest,was destroyed by the 
 Dutch in 1667. Great quantities of 
 sago are also prod\iced here, which 
 the Dutch monopolize. 
 
 HoGGRY RiviR. — This river has 
 its source in the Kajali of Mysore's 
 territories, near the fortress of Seva, 
 from whence it flows in a northerly 
 direction until it joins the Krishna, 
 in the Adoni district. 
 
 Hog Isle. — 'A small island, about 
 20 miles in circum fere nee, l}ingofF 
 the north-east extremitv of Java. 
 Lat. 7°. 5'. S. Long. 114°. 55'. E. 
 
 Hog IsLt. — An island lying off 
 the west coast of Sumatra, between 
 the second and third degrees of 
 north latitude. Iu length it may be 
 estimated at 40 miles, by three tlie 
 average breadth. 
 
 Holcar. — See Indore. 
 
 HooBLY. — See Hubely. 
 
 Hogg hi.y^ {Ili'gli). — A district 
 
IIOOGHLY. 
 
 415 
 
 in tliP province of Rengnl, situated 
 print ipally between the 22il and 23d 
 dcjjTces of north httitude, and ex- 
 tending aloni? botii sides of the Ri- 
 ver Hooghly. To the north it is 
 bounded by the distrietsof Burdwan 
 and Kishenagur; to the south by 
 ibe sea ; on the east by Jessorc and 
 tlic Sunderbunds ; and on the west 
 by Midnapoor. Tlic whole of tiiis 
 distriet consists of low, flat land, 
 very fertile, but overgrown with 
 jungle in tliat part jicxt the sea, 
 wliich is but thinly iidiabited, and 
 remarkably luihealtiiy. Like the rest 
 of the Southern Bengal districts, it 
 has an cxeollent iidand naviga- 
 tion, being inteiseeted in every di- 
 rection by rivers and their branches, 
 which are unforttnia1( ly nnich in- 
 fested by dacoits, or river pirates, 
 who )ob in gangs, and use torture 
 to extort the confession of concealed 
 property. On the banks of the sea 
 salt of an excellent cpiality is manu- 
 factured for government, which, in 
 the opinion of the natives, possesses 
 a peculiar sanctity, on account of 
 its being extracted from the mud of 
 the most sacred branch of the Ganges. 
 Although so near to Calcutta, v.hich 
 presents a constant market for its 
 produce, and one of the eailiest of 
 tiie Company's actpusitions, three- 
 lourths of this disision remain in a 
 state of nature — the habitation of 
 alligators, tigers, and a great va- 
 riety of vermin and re|)tiles. 
 
 HooGHLY. — An ancient town in 
 the province of Bengal, situated on 
 the west side of tlie Hooghly River, 
 26 miles aljove Cidcntta. Lat. 22^. 
 54'. N. Long. HS°. 2b'. E. 
 
 During the ]\Iogul government 
 this was a toAvn of great conse- 
 quence, being the Bunder, or part 
 of the western arm of the Ganges, 
 vihcre the duties on merchandize 
 were collected. The i'rench, Dutch, 
 Portuguese, auoDanes, had each a 
 factory here, andsubsetpiently were 
 permitted each to possess a town — 
 all comprehended with the extent of 
 10 miles along ihe river. liooghly 
 is now comparatively of little note, 
 
 but is still prosperous, and well in- 
 habited. By Abul lazel, in l.^S2, 
 it is described as follows : 
 
 " There are two emporiums a 
 mile distant from each other, one 
 called Satgong, tlie other Jluoghly, 
 with its d\pendfcncies ; both of which 
 are in the possession of tiie Eu- 
 ropeans." — It is remarkable that the 
 name of tloogiily is not m<,>ntioned' 
 in Fariade Souza's History of Ben- 
 gal, where it is named Goliu. 
 
 The Dutch, in 1625, and the Eng- 
 lish, in 1640, were permitted to 
 build factories at this place, but their 
 trade was greatly restricted, and 
 subject to conthnnd exactions. In 
 1632 the fust serious quarrel that 
 occuiTcd between the lUoguls and 
 Europeans happened at liooghly, 
 which then belonged to the Portu- 
 guese. The JMoguls invested it w itii 
 a strong army, and the siege conti- 
 nued three months and a Indf, during 
 which time the Portuguese made 
 many olfers of submission, and 
 agreed to pay a tribute ; but all terms 
 were rejected by the besiegers, who, 
 ha^ing spmng a n)ine, carried the 
 place by assault. The slaughter of 
 the Portuguese w as very great ; 
 many, in attempting to escape to 
 their boats, w ere drowned ; a few 
 reached their ship in safety, but 
 these also were innnediately at- 
 tacked. Tlie captain of tiie largest 
 vessel, on board whicii were em- 
 barked 2000 men, women, and chil- 
 dren, with all tlieir wealth, rather 
 than yield to the Malionnnedans. 
 blew up ills ship, and many others 
 imitated this example. Out of ()4 
 large vessels, 57 grabs, and 20O 
 sloops, which were ancliored oppo- 
 site to the town, only one grab and 
 two sloops got away ; and these owed 
 their escape to the bridge of boats, 
 constructed by the Moguls below 
 Hooghly, at i>eeri'oor, having been 
 broken by catching the Ihunes from 
 the conllagration of the ilcet. In 
 1G86 the English were involved in 
 hostilities by the imprudence of three 
 of their soldiers, who <jiuurelled in 
 the bazar with some of the nalcili'i 
 
416 
 
 HOOLY ONORE. 
 
 peons, and were wounded. Tlie 
 ganison of the English factory were 
 called ont, and an action ensued, 
 in whicli the nabob's troops were de- 
 feated; 60 of them being killed, a 
 considerable number wounded, and 
 a battery of 11 guns spiked and 
 destroyed. At the same time the 
 town of Hooghly was cannonaded 
 by the fleet under Captain Nichol- 
 son, and 500 houses burned. This 
 was the first action fought by the 
 English in Bengal, but the result 
 was a disgiaceful peace, the Mogul 
 government then subsisting in full 
 vigour. An arrangement was after- 
 wards made with the foujdar, or 
 military superintendant of the dis- 
 trict; but the agent and council, 
 considering that Ilooghly was an 
 open town, retired on the 20th of 
 December to Chuttaimttee, or Cal- 
 cutta. (Bruce, Stewart, Rennet, ^c) 
 Hooghly River. — A river in the 
 province of Bengal, formed by the 
 junction of Cossimbazar and Jellin- 
 ghy, the two westernmost brandies 
 of the Ganges. This is the port of 
 Calcutta, and the onl}' branch of the 
 Ganges that is navigated by large 
 vessels ; yet the entrance and pas- 
 sage are most dangerous, and the 
 terror of stiangers. 
 
 Where it is joined by the Roop- 
 narrain a very laige sheet of water 
 is formed, but it has many shoals ; 
 and as it directly faces the approach 
 from the sea, while the Hooghly 
 turns to the right, it occasions the 
 loss of many vessels, which are car- 
 ried np the RoopnaiTain by the force 
 of the tide. The eddy caused by 
 the bend of the Hooghly has, at this 
 place, formed a most dangerous sand, 
 named the James and Mary, around 
 which the channel is never tlie same 
 for a week together, requiring fre- 
 quent surveys. 
 
 I'he Bore commences at Hooghly 
 Point, (where the river first con- 
 tiacts itself) and is perceptilile above 
 Hooglily town. So quick is its mo- 
 tion, that it hardly employs four 
 hours in travelling from the one to 
 the other, although tho dislance is 
 
 nearly 70 miles. It -does not run on 
 the Calcutta side, but along the op- 
 posite bank ; from whence it crosses 
 at Chitpoor, about four miles above 
 Fort William, and proceeds with 
 great \'iolence past Barnagore, Duc- 
 kinsore, &c. Un its approach boats 
 must immediately quit the shore, 
 and go for safety into the middle of 
 the river. At Calcutta it sometimes 
 occasions an instantaneous rise of 
 five feet. 
 
 Only that part of the Ganges wliioh 
 lies in a line from Gangoutri to 
 Sagor Island is considered holy by 
 the Hindoos, and named the Ganga 
 or Bhagirathi. The Hooghly Hiver 
 therefore of Europeans is considered 
 as the true Ganges. (Rennel, Lord 
 Valentin, F. Buchanan, Col. Cole- 
 hrooke, Elmore, l^c) 
 
 HooKERY. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Bejapoor, 55 miles S. S. W. 
 from MeiTiteh. Lat. 16°. 13'. N. 
 Long. 74°. 47'. E. 
 
 Tins is now a poor town, but still 
 displays the remains of former mag- 
 nificence, when it w as a flourishing 
 place under the Mahommedan go- 
 vernment. The last of the INIogul 
 sovereigns was Adb ul Khaieed, who 
 was dethroned by the then Rajah of 
 Parnella, and died in the year 1643. 
 An unsuccessful attempt was made 
 to reinstate a surviving son ; since 
 which the Mahommcdans have con- 
 tinued to decline, and live now in 
 great poverty. The town still re- 
 tains the distinction of giving its 
 name to a particular species of ru- 
 pee. {Moor, Sf'c.) 
 
 HooLY Onore. — A town in the 
 Mysore Rajah's territories, 122 mil(>s 
 N. W. from Seringapalam. Lriit. 13°. 
 44'. N. Long.75° 41. E. The fort 
 at this place is of a large square form, 
 \\'i{\\ towers at the angles, and two 
 on each face ; but it is not, on the 
 whole, a strong place. The pettah 
 is extensive, and tolerably well built, 
 and inclosed by a bad wall and ditch. 
 During the rains the River Buddra 
 ^vashes the western wall of the fort. 
 
 In 1792 Hooly Onore was taken 
 by tho British detachment under 
 
HUBELY. 
 
 417 
 
 Capt. Little, and completely sacked 
 and destroyed by the Maharattas, 
 who <?ot tlie plunder. Prior to the 
 Maharutta invasion the adjacent 
 country was remarkably well peo- 
 pled and cultivated. A Maharatta 
 officer dcscribinjj it, said it was so 
 thickly settled, that every evening 
 when the army encamped they could 
 count 10 villages in flames. {Moor, 
 
 HoRAFORAS. — See Borneo. 
 
 HoRisPOOR, {Hurshapnr, the Town 
 of Joy). — A town in the Seik terri- 
 tories, in the province of Lahore, 98 
 miles E. S. E. from the city of La- 
 hore. Lat. 31°. 30'. N. Long. 75°. 
 27'. E. 
 
 IIosKi'.POOR. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Bahar, district of Sarun, 82 
 miles N. W. from Patna. Lat, 26°. 
 26'. N. Long. 84°. 17'. E. 
 
 HossEiN Abdaul. — A town in the 
 Alghan territories, in the province of 
 Lahore, 30 miles E. by S. from At- 
 tock. Lat.33°.N. Long.7l°.43'.E. 
 
 lIossoBETTA. — A small town on 
 the sea coast of the province of 
 North Canara. Lat. 12°. 42'. N. 
 Long. 75°. E. Near to this place 
 is a large straggling town, named 
 Manjesvvara, containing many good 
 houses, chiefly inhabited by JMoplays, 
 Buntars, and Biluars. The princi- 
 pal inhabitants of Hossobetta, and 
 of many other towns in Tulava, are 
 Concauies, or people descended from 
 natives of the Concan. It is report- 
 ed they fled hither to escape a perse- 
 cution at Govay, (Goa) tlieir native 
 country, an order to convert them 
 having arrivetl from Portugal. The 
 rich immediately removed, and the 
 poor, who remained behind, were 
 converted to what was called Christ- 
 ianity. {F. Buchanan, cVc.) 
 
 Hosso DuuGA. — A small town in 
 the province of South Canara. Lat. 
 12°. 16'.N. Long. 70°. 13'. E. This 
 place is inhabited by a few Puttar 
 Brahmins, who serve a temple, and 
 wiiose ancestors were pnt there by 
 the Ikeri Bajah, who built the fort. 
 The latter is large, and well built of 
 the laterite, common all ov cr Mala- 
 
 2 E 
 
 bar. The bastions being round it is 
 more capable of defence than native 
 forts are in general, in which the de- 
 fences are usually of a square form. 
 
 At this place the dry field rises 
 into gentle swells, but it is too hard 
 for plantations. The inner parts of 
 the eoimtry are very thinly inhabited, 
 and much overgrown with wood ; the 
 surface, like the rest of Malabar, 
 consisting of alternate low hills and 
 narrow vallies. " In cultivation more 
 slaves are employed than free men. 
 The district around Hosso Durga is 
 called the country of the Nelisvvara 
 Rajah. {F. Buchanan, ^-c.) 
 
 HuBELY, (or Hoobly). — A town in 
 the province of Bejapoor, 17 miles 
 S. E. from Darv^ ar. Lat. 15°. 24'. 
 N. Long. 75°. 10'. E. 
 
 Hubely has for many years been a 
 place of gieat trade, and still con- 
 tinues a populous and respectable 
 town. The sunounding country is 
 well wooded and watered, and an 
 extensive inland traffic is carried on. 
 There is also a considerable trade 
 with the coast, principally tlnougli 
 the medium of Goa ; w hence, in re- 
 turn for sandal wood and elephants* 
 teeth, they receive raw silk, cottons, 
 woollens, and rice. The two first are 
 manufactured here, and sold to a 
 large amomit, chiefly for the dresses 
 of the country people. The bankers 
 are numerous and rich, and extend 
 their commercial intercoujse, by 
 means of agents, as far north as Su- 
 rat; eastward to Hyderabad; and 
 southward to Seringapatam, Bills 
 of exchange can be negotiated ou 
 places still more distant, and the 
 currency of the neighbouring coun- 
 try is in a great measure regulated 
 by the Hubely bankers. There are 
 no public or private buildings of 
 note; and although there are two 
 forts, they are neitlier capable of op- 
 posing any resist ance to an army. 
 
 Near to lliihely.and to many other 
 towns in this part of India, the ruins 
 of mosques nnd Mahonnnedan bury- 
 ing places prove that there were 
 formerly a great many inhabitants of 
 that relipon; but they are now so 
 
418 
 
 HURDWAR. 
 
 reduced in number, that in twenty 
 towns or villa-ges scarcely one is to 
 be foJind ; and \\l)en tliere are a few 
 they subsist on ahns, in a miserable 
 state of povei-ty, pride, and con- 
 tempt. 
 
 In 1673 this place was sacked by 
 the Maharatta chief, Sevajee, at 
 Avhich time the Ensjlish factory here 
 sustained a loss of 80GO pagodas. 
 In 1685 it Avas a2;ain taken by Sul- 
 tan Manzzum, Aurengzebe's son. 
 
 In 1804 Old Hubely was a posses- 
 sion of the Phurkiah Maharatta fa- 
 mily ; at which time, wlien General 
 Welleslcy was marching south after 
 the cami)aign against Siudia, it was 
 besieged by the sirsoubah, or deputy 
 of the PesJiwa. 'J'he garrison in the 
 tort, on hearing of Gen, Wellesley's 
 arrival in their neighbonrhood, re- 
 quested his interference, and sent 
 him a letter addressed to the deputy 
 by the Peshwa, directing him to give 
 Old Hoobly and its dependencies to 
 Bapoo Phurkiah, his highness's bro- 
 ther-in-law, and the very person for 
 whom the garrison already held it. 
 On the other hand, the deputy pro- 
 duced the Pesiiwa's order, command- 
 ing him to besiege and take the 
 place from Phurkiah, before which, 
 allhongh only a mud village, he had 
 been employed six weeks. The 
 general reconnnended to both par- 
 tics to desist from hostilities, and to 
 write to Poonah for an explanation 
 of the Peshwa 's real intentions re- 
 specting the plan, wliieh was done 
 accordingly. {Moor, MSS. Orme, 
 
 HuGHLY. — See IIooghly. 
 
 HuLLOH. — A town in the INIaha- 
 latta territories, in the province of 
 Gujrat, district of Chumpaneer, 52 
 miles N. E. from Carnbay. Lat. 22°. 
 37'. N. Long. 73°. 32'. E. 
 
 Hl'iMP Isle. — An island about 50 
 miles in circumference, situated at 
 the entrance of the great bay on the 
 north coast of Paptia. Lat^ 2°. 30', 
 i>. Long. 135°. 30'. E. 
 
 HuMPAPURA. — An open village in 
 the Rajali of Mysore's territories, si- 
 tuated on the banks of the Kapini 
 
 River, which in tlie rainy season is 
 60 yards wide, and at all seasons 
 contains running water. Lat. 12°. 
 4'. N. Long. 76°. 36'. E. The land 
 watered by tlie rivers coming from 
 the AVestcrn Ghauts is naturally the 
 finest in Mysore, and would equal 
 any in the world were it properly 
 cultivated. Although within 30 
 miles of Seringapatam, the country 
 around has always remained in a 
 state of complete desolation. {F. 
 J3i(cJianan, Si-c.) 
 
 HuKDA, (Harada). — A town and 
 small fort in the Maharatta territo- 
 ries, in the province ofKhandesh, 9 
 miles S. S. W. from Hindia. Lat. 
 22°. 24'. N. Long. 77°. 18'. E. The- 
 country around this place is gene- 
 rally open and tolerably well culti- 
 vated ; bnt from Hurda to CharAvah 
 the land is covered with jungle and 
 uninhabited. 
 
 UuRD^VAR, {Haridicar, the Gate 
 of Hari or Vishnu). — A town and ce- 
 lebrated place of Hindoo pilgi image 
 in the province of Delhi, situated 
 on the west side of the Ganges, 
 where it issues from the northern 
 hills. Lat. 29°. 57'. N. Long. 78°. 
 2'. E; Ilardwar, or Haradwara, is 
 also called Gangadwara, (dwara 
 means a gate or passage). In the 
 Scanda and other Purans it is writ- 
 ten HaridAvara, Avhich marks a dif- 
 ferent etymology from Hari(\'ishnu), 
 not from IJara (Mahadeva). I'ho 
 toAvn of HurdAvar is veiy inconsi- 
 derable in itself, having only one 
 street, about 15 i'eot in breadth, and 
 one and a half furlongs in length. 
 The Ganges, after forcing its Avay 
 through an extensive tract of moun- 
 tainous country, here tirst enters the 
 plains. Great numbers are led hi- 
 ther as much liom commercial as 
 holy motives; and througli this chan- 
 nel the principal places in the Doab» 
 Delhi, and Lucknow, are supplied 
 Avith liie productions of tlic northern 
 and Avestern countries. 
 
 The principal articles brought hi- 
 ther for sale are horses, mules, ca- 
 mels, a species of tobacco, (called 
 caccar) antimony, asai<x?tida, dried 
 
UURDWAII. 
 
 41.9 
 
 fruits, such as apricots, figs, prunes, 
 raisiiis, almonds, pistachio nuts, and 
 pomegranates, from Cabul, Canda- 
 har, Mooltau, and the Punjah ; 
 shawls, dootas, and pattoos, from 
 Cashmere and Amritsir. 
 
 Spotted turbans, looking-glasses, 
 toys, with various manufactures iji 
 brass and lAory, fiom Jeypoor ; 
 shields from Rohilciind, Lneknow, 
 and Silhet; bows and anows from 
 IVIooltan and the Doab ; rock salt 
 from Lahore ; bal'tas and i)iece goods 
 from V?ahn (a large city in tiie Fun- 
 jab). The Marwar country suiii)lies 
 a great )nany camels, and a species 
 of flannel called loi. I'rom the Com- 
 pany's provinces are brought Kharwa 
 nmslins, niashroo, (or sarsnct) cocoa 
 nuts, and woollen cloths. Of the 
 latter a few bales arc sent on the 
 part of the Company ; but the sale 
 is very inconsiderable, and the 
 coarsest only meet with a market. 
 Here are also to be seen some Dutch 
 and Venetian coins. 
 
 The northern merchants who visit 
 the fair travel in large caravans, and 
 the cattle brought for sale are used 
 also for the conveyance of merciian- 
 dize. The north-western caravans 
 generally assemble at Amritsir about 
 the end of February, and pursue the 
 route tlirough the Seik country. On 
 the road they are much infested by 
 freebooters, who frequently carry off 
 stragglers. 'I'hose who come merely 
 for batjiuig arrive in the morning; 
 and, after performing their ablutions, 
 depart in the evening, or on the fol- 
 lowing day. At the amuuil fairs it 
 is supposed from two to 300,000 are 
 collected; once in 12 years, when 
 particular religious ceremonies are 
 observed, the number is computed 
 to be almost a million; in Ajtril, 
 1809, they were cstiu)ated at two 
 millions. During the Maharatta 
 sway a kind ol' po l-1ax and duties 
 on cattle were levied; but all now 
 is free, without impost or molesta- 
 tion. 
 
 The horses and cattle are dis- 
 persed indiscriminately all over the 
 fair, which is held in the bed of the 
 
 2 E 3 
 
 river, whicli at thi*> period is nearly 
 di-y. The most consj)icuous persons 
 are the I'akirs, of whom tlu're are 
 several sects; but the piincipal ones 
 are the Gossains or Svumyassies, the 
 Bairagies, the Jogies, anil the Uda- 
 sies. These four sects are again 
 subdivided and branched out to a 
 great variety. The most numerous 
 are the Gossains, who, during the 
 Maharatta government, were sufli- 
 eicntly mnnerous to disi)ute the au- 
 thority of the place, and not only 
 collected duties on tiu'ir own ac- 
 count, but regulated the police dur- 
 ing the fair. 
 
 The next powerful sect was the 
 Bairagies; but from the year 1700, 
 until the Company obtained jjosses- 
 sion of th(! Doab, this caste was de- 
 barred from the pilgrimage. Al- 
 though the sway of the Gossains be 
 over, they still occupy the best sta- 
 tions at the fair. Many of these jno- 
 fess a total disregard lor woHdly 
 concerns, and ap])ear in a complete 
 state of nature ; but among them are 
 many men of considerable property, 
 who assume only the garments of 
 the devotee, being in other respects 
 well ])rovided with the comforts and 
 conveniences of life. Some of them 
 follow the military profession, but 
 the greater part are engaged in com- 
 mercial or agricultural jjursuits. 
 
 The Gossains or Sanyassies are 
 the worshippejs of Siva or Maha- 
 deva, and arc distinguished by a 
 wrapper of cloth, dyed with red 
 ochre. The term is a corruption of 
 Goswami, lord of the bull, an appel- 
 lation of Mahadeva's. 
 
 The Bairagies are disciples of 
 Vishnu, aiid are distinguished by 
 two perpendicular stripes of yellow 
 ochre or sandal on the forehead, and 
 a string of tulasi beads round the 
 neck. 
 
 The Udassies are followers of Na- 
 nock Shah, the founder of the Seik 
 sect, and are known by a conical 
 cap u ith a fringe. 
 
 The Jogies are votaries of Ma- 
 liadeva, and have a longitudinal slit 
 in the cartilage of the eai\ AuothtT 
 
420 
 
 HUSSEINABAD. 
 
 custom prevails among the Gosains 
 and Jogies, which is uncommon 
 among other Hindoos, that of bnry- 
 iug their dead. All these castes en- 
 gage in husbandry and commerce ; 
 but the profession of arms is pecu- 
 liar to the Gosains or Sanj assies. 
 Some of them never shave, but allow 
 the hair on the head to grow to an 
 enormous length, binding it round 
 the forehead in small tresses like a 
 turban. 
 
 jN o particular ceremony is observed 
 in bathing, which consists mcrcjly in 
 simple immersion. The depth at 
 the proper season is only four feet, 
 and both sexes plunge in indiscri- 
 minately. Those who are rigidly 
 pious are introduced by a couple of 
 Brahmins, who, having di[»ped tlR* 
 penitent in the holy stream, recon- 
 duct him to the shore. The period 
 of ablution is that of the sun's enter- 
 ing Aries, which, according to a 
 Hindoo computation, happens 20 
 days later than the vernal equinox. 
 Every 12th year, when Jupiter is in 
 Aquarius, at the time of the sun's 
 entering Aries, the concourse of the 
 people is greatly augmentdl. 
 
 The stream at Hurdwar divides 
 itself into three channels, the prin- 
 cipal of which is on the western 
 side, running along a bank named 
 Chandnec Ghaut. The points of the 
 islands which are formed in the bed 
 of the river are chiefly of loose peb- 
 bles and sand; but the rest of the 
 land between the different channels 
 is covered with the mimosa catechu. 
 The hills in this vicinity are but 
 thinly covered with vegetable pro- 
 ductions, and tlie trees are few and 
 small. About three miles below 
 Hurdwar some natives have built 
 five large houses of diuable mate- 
 rials, for the accommodation of per- 
 sons visiting these sacred j)laces. 
 
 At the foot of the pass into the 
 mountains is a Goorkhali post, be- 
 longing to Nepaul, to which slaves 
 are brought down from tlie hills and 
 exposed for sale. Many huudjeds 
 of these poor wretches, of both sexes, 
 Unm thiee to 30 jTtars of age, are 
 
 brought down from all parts of th« 
 interior of the hills and sold ; tho 
 prices being from 10 to 150 rupees. 
 The average price of camels from 
 Lahore is 75 rupees, and common 
 horses from 250 to 300 rupees. 
 
 The merchants never mention viva 
 voce the price of their cattle; but 
 having thrown a cloth over their 
 hands they conduct the bargain by 
 touching the different joints of the 
 fingers, to prevent the bystanders 
 from gaining any information. Owing 
 to the precautions taken by the Bri- 
 tish government the fairs have lately 
 ended at Hurdwar without blood- 
 shed, lo the astonishment and satis- 
 faction- of the vast multitude, who 
 were before accustomed to associate 
 the idea of bloodshed and murder 
 with that of the Hurdwar fair. 
 
 Travelling distance from Calcutta 
 by Moorshedabad. 1080 miles ; by 
 Birbhoom, 975 miles; from Delhi, 
 117 miles; and from Lucknow, 311 
 miles. {Raper, Harduiche, Cole- 
 Iroohe, Wth Register, Rennel, ^c.) 
 
 HURREEPOOR, {Hai-ipiir). — A small 
 district in the province of Lahore, 
 situated between the 32d and 33d 
 degree of north latitude. It is water- 
 ed by the River Beyah, and contains 
 much level and fertile ground. 
 
 HuRRiiPooR. — A town in the Seik 
 tenitories, in the province of La- 
 hore, 100 miles E. N. E, from th« 
 city of Lahore. Lat. 32°. 6'. N. 
 Long. 75°. 31'. E. 
 
 HuRRiAL, {Arayalaya, the Abode 
 of Vishtin). — A town in the provincu 
 of Bengal, district of Raujishy, the 
 seat of a commercial residency. Lat, 
 24°. 19'. N. Long. 89°. 17'. E. 
 
 Hl'RRIANEH. — See HlSSAR FlRO- 
 ZEH. 
 
 HussEiNABAD. — A town in th« 
 Maharatta tenitories, in the pro- 
 vince of Khandesh, situated on th« 
 south side of the Nerbuddah, 60 
 miles south from Biisah. Lat. 22°. 
 40'. N. Long. 77°. 53'. E. General 
 Goddard's army, when marching 
 from Bengal to Gujrat, came by the 
 route of iiilsah and Bopal to this 
 place. 
 
HYDERABAD. 
 
 421 
 
 at Carwar, about the middle of the 
 17th century, had coiisiderable Iral- 
 fickings atHuttaiiy; but, on account 
 of its frequent revoluiions, the in- 
 tercourse was discontinued. {Moor, 
 
 HussEiNPOOR. — A town in the 
 
 provincccf Delhi, district of Bareily, 
 
 6.5 miles E. from Delhi. Lat. 28*'. 
 
 44'. E. Long. 78°. 13'. E. 
 
 Ih'STNAPOOR, {or Hastinancigara). 
 
 — 'Jl\w site of a famous and ancient 
 
 city, 50 miles \, E. from the city of 
 
 Delhi, mu(;h celebrated in the llin- 
 
 doo I\Iyt!)ological Poems, and found- 
 ed by Rajirh ITasti. I-at. 29°. 7'. N, 
 
 Long. 77°. 56'. E. Hastinanagara 
 is about 20 miles S. AV". from Dara- 
 nagur, on a branch of the Ganges, 
 formerly the bed of that river. There 
 remains only a small place of wor- 
 .ship. The extensive site of this an- 
 cient city is entirely covered with 
 large ant hills, which has induced 
 the inhabitants of the adjacent coun- 
 try to suppose that it had been over- 
 turned or destroyed by tlic termites. 
 {Wi(ford, c^c.) 
 
 HuTTANY. — A town in tlie Maha- 
 ralta territories, in the province of which, in the Institutes of Acber, is 
 
 HYDERABAD. 
 
 A large province in tlie Deccan, 
 which communicates its name to the 
 Nizam's dominions generally, and is 
 situated between the 16th and 19th 
 degrees of north latitude. To the 
 north it is bounded by the Godavei^ ; 
 and to the south by the River Krish- 
 na ; to the east it has the Hindoo 
 province of Gundwana ; and to the 
 west Beeder and Aurungabad. In 
 length it may be estimated at 180 
 miles, by 150 the average breadth. 
 This territory composed a consider- 
 able portion of ancient Telingana, 
 
 Bejapoor, 20 miles £. from Mirjee, 
 Lat. 16°. 59'. N. Long. 75°. 20'. E. 
 This place is large and populous, 
 .and has an extensive commerce with 
 Bombav", Surat, Rachore, &:c. The 
 maiuifacturcs are silk and cotton sa- 
 rees, piece goods, &c. but their sta- 
 ple article is grain. The town is 
 enclosed by a wall and ditch of no 
 gieat .strength, and there is a stone 
 ibrt which scarcely deserves the 
 name. Here is an excellent dur- 
 rumsalla, or place of acconnnodation 
 for travellers, from the appearance 
 of which the importance of a town 
 throughout the province of Beja- 
 poor may generally be estimated. It 
 is capable of lodging 500 persons, 
 the horses and camels being picketed 
 round the building, which is hand- 
 somel}" built of free stone. 
 
 Huttany was a considerable place 
 in 1679, when it was taken from Se- 
 rajee, who had reduced it, by the 
 coni'cderatos frojn Bejapoor, who 
 proposed to sell the inhabitants for 
 .slaves ; but this measure was warmly 
 opposed by Sambhajee, Sevajee's 
 revolted son, who not being able to 
 carry his point, became reconciled 
 to liis fatjier. The English factory, 
 
 called a district of Berar, but was 
 probably only in part possessed by 
 tliat empero)-. 
 
 "i'he surface of this province in 
 hilly, but not mountainous, and is 
 an elevated table land ; the conse- 
 quence of which is a greater degree 
 of cold, than its latitude would in- 
 dicate. At Hyderabad, and the pro- 
 vinces to the north of it, the ther- 
 mometer during three months of the 
 year is often so low as 45°. 40°. and 
 35°. of Fahrenheit. To protect them- 
 selves against this degTce of cold, 
 the lower classes use a coarse w oollen 
 blanket made in the country, and 
 the higher classes .shawls and quilted 
 silks. A few of the noblemen and 
 chief military clothe themselves iu 
 broad cloth as a I'ashion or luxun-, 
 but the mode is not general. Tlie 
 Nizam's cavalry clothe themselves 
 according to their own taste. I'he 
 reguhir infantry, amounting to liom 
 12 to 15,000, are dressed in British 
 red cloth, and are equipped with 
 accoutrements, made either at Ma- 
 dras or Masulipalam, 
 
 A great part of the Nizam's do- 
 minions is occupied by Jaghircdars, 
 who are of two description.s, viz. the 
 
422 
 
 HYDERABAD. 
 
 Hindoo Jaghiredars and zemindars, 
 such as the Rajah of Sholapoor, 
 whose ancestors possessed their es- 
 tates ahnost from the first sovereigns 
 of the Deccan, and over whom the 
 Kizam exercises a very uncertain 
 and undefined authoiity. 1'lie other 
 description of Jaghiredars aic the 
 military officers in the service of the 
 Nizam, in mimber from 40 to 50. 
 Ahnost tiie whole country, with the 
 exception of land set opart for re- 
 ligions jjnrposes, the crown lands 
 and small parts, hold by old Hindoo 
 zemindars, is under the management 
 of some description of Jaghiredar. 
 Since the introduction of red cloth 
 among the Nizam's troops, the prin- 
 Hcipal Jaghiredars have adopted the 
 '«ame mode of clothing for their 
 forces, amounting to seven or 8000 
 men. 
 
 This province is fertile, and, on 
 the whole, tolerably avcU wateied ; 
 but, from the nature of the govern- 
 jnent, it has never attained any great 
 prosperity ; the cultivators being 
 wretchedly poor, and nnicli oppress- 
 ed by their Mahon)medan superiors, 
 who are subject to little restraint 
 from their nominal sovereign. From 
 the same cause they are almost de- 
 prived of the benefits of commerce, 
 the average import of European 
 goods into the Nizam's extensive 
 domimcns, prior to 1809, not ex- 
 ceeding- 26,0001. sterling per annum. 
 The principal trade carried on be- 
 tween the Nizam's territories and 
 the Eritish, is the supply of cotton 
 sent from Berar to the Nortliern Cir- 
 cars ; and also to the markets at Vel- 
 lore, Arnee, and the vicinity. The 
 traders return with cargoes of salt 
 and salt fish, some cloths manui'ac- 
 tured ill the Northern Circars, and 
 some Arnee muslins. 
 
 few remaining Mogul governments, 
 a greater proportion of Mahomme- 
 dans are to be found among the up- 
 per and middling classes of the in- 
 habitants, than in any of the con- 
 tiguous regions ; but the gieat mass 
 of the lower classes arc still Hin- 
 dv OS, in the proportion probably of 
 above 10 to one. Compared with 
 other districts the population ofwhich 
 has been ascertained, the number of 
 inhabitants of the Hyderabad pro- 
 vince may be estimated not to ex- 
 ceed two and a half millions. 
 
 While 'J'ehngana existed as an 
 independent Hindoo sovereignty, it 
 comprehended most of the tract ly- 
 ing between the Krishna and Go- 
 davery rivers, the capital of which 
 was Wai angol. At an early period 
 it was invaded and partly conquered 
 by the Mahonnnedans, and after- 
 wards formed part of the great Bha- 
 nienee empire of the Deccan. On 
 the dissolution of this state, 'I'elin- 
 gana became again the seat of dn in- 
 dependent government under the 
 name of Goleondah, the lirst sove- 
 reign being Kooli Kuttnb Shah, who 
 established the Ivuttub Shahy dy- 
 nasty of Goleondah. He began to 
 reign in 1512, and was assassinated 
 in 1551. 
 
 Jumtheed Kuttub Shah died A. D. 
 1558. 
 
 Ibrahim Kuttub Shah died A. D. 
 1581. 
 
 Korli Kuttub Shah died 1586. 
 This prince founded the city of Hy- 
 derabad, and, having no son, was 
 succeeded by his brotlier Mahom- 
 med. The successor to this prince 
 was Abdullah Kiittub Shah, who 
 became tributary to the IMognl Em- 
 peror Shah Jehan ; and in this state 
 tlic kingdom remained until 1690, 
 when Goleondah was taken by Au- 
 
 The principal towns in this pro- rengzcbe, and Abou Houssein, the 
 
 vnice are Hyderabad, Goleondah, 
 Warangol, Meduck, and Nilcundah. 
 The country taken generally is but 
 thiidy inhabited, and indiil'erently 
 cultivated, and cannot compete with 
 any of the Company's most tlonrish- 
 |ng districts. This being one of tlje 
 
 reigning sovereign, made prisoner, 
 and confined for life in the fortress of 
 Dowietabad, where he died in 1704. 
 On tiie destruction of the Mogul 
 em})ire, after the death of Aureng- 
 zebe, Nizam ul Moolk obtained pos- 
 session of the Mahommedan con- 
 
HYDERABAD. 
 
 423 
 
 rpipsts ill llie Dcocan about (lie yo;ir 
 1717. Hr died tlio 24tli Manli, 
 1748, ap^cd (it is said) 1(»4 years, ami 
 Jd't six sons, viz. Gliazi lul Doeii, 
 Nasir .ruiin\ Salabut Jung', Nizam 
 All, Bassalut Juii?, and iMof-iiul 
 All. 
 
 Nasir Jnng being present at Boor- 
 hanpoor >vhoii liis ("atlier dit-d siio- 
 eeeded, and was assassinated in 
 17aO. 
 
 MuziifTcr Jung (a gnuidson of Ni- 
 eam ul IMooIk's) was placed on tlie 
 tbione, and assassinated in 1761. 
 
 Salabut Jung, by tiie iiillueiiec of 
 the Freneb, was tbni proclaimed, 
 and reigned until 17f)l, wlicn be was 
 imprisoaod ; and, in 17G3, put to 
 deatb by bisbrotber Nizaui AJi, wbo 
 ascended tbe tbione, and reigned 
 until tbe 6tb August, 1803, wben be 
 died, and was succeeded by bis el- 
 dest sou, Miiza Seeunder .lab, wlio 
 now reigns. 
 
 Since tbe decease of Nizam ul 
 Moolk, tlie limits of tiiis state bave 
 experienced niucb llucluation, but 
 it was alwajs on tbe decline, and 
 would bave been totally annibilated 
 by tbe Maliarattas, but for tbe sup- 
 port alForiled by tlic liritisb govern- 
 ment. On tbe 12tb Oct. 1800, a 
 tieaty of perpetual alliance was en- 
 tered into witli tbe Nizam, by Major 
 Kirkpatrick on tbe part of tbe Eii- 
 tisb ; by tbe conditions of wbieh tbe 
 enemies of tbe one were to be con- 
 sidered in tbe same relation to tJie 
 otber. 
 
 By tliis arrangement tiie British 
 force to be stationed in tbe Nizam's 
 territories was augmented to 8000 
 regular infantry, and 1000 regular 
 citvalry, witb their regular coniple- 
 jnent of guns, Euioiiean artillery- 
 men, and e(iuipnieiit of warlike 
 stores. ]'or tbe regular payment of 
 these forces tbe Nizam ceded to the 
 British all tbe territories he had ac- 
 quired under tbe treaty of Seringa- 
 patam in 17L>2, and also under the 
 tN'uty of Mysore in 179.0. Certain 
 of tbe countries ceded by this article 
 V»eiiig incouvenieiit fur their situa- 
 tion to tbe iiortb of tbe Toombud- 
 
 dra, for the purposi; of rendering tbe 
 boundary veil defined, it was de- 
 termin<;d that bis highness the Nizaui 
 should retain Kopaul, (iujundpighur. 
 and otber districts to the north of the 
 'J'oombuddra ; and in lieu thereof 
 assign Adoni, and whatever t»;rri- 
 tory to tbe .soutli of that riv«'r, or to 
 the .south of tbe Krishna below its 
 junction with tbe 'I'oonibuddra, the 
 estimated value of the wJiole being 
 about 72 lacks of rupees per annum. 
 It was agreed that all claims of every 
 description on the Nizam sbould 
 cease on jiossession being obtained 
 of the ceded districts, from wbieli 
 date also all demands on account of 
 tbe subsidiary force were to termi- 
 nate, which in tuture was to be 
 wholly supported and paid by the 
 British. 
 
 In the event of a war taking place 
 tbe Nizam engaged to join tbe Bri- 
 tish forces with 6000 infantry, and 
 9000 horse of bis o\mi troops, w itb 
 tbe necessary train of artillery and 
 stores. By this treaty also it was 
 arranged that all tbe external politi- 
 cal relatio'isof tbe two states should 
 be exclusively managed by tbe Bri- 
 tish, who undertook to protect his 
 liighness's dominions from all ex- 
 ternal annoyance and internal insur- 
 rection, and to procure a total ex- 
 emption from all claims of Choiite 
 on the iiart of the Maharattas. By 
 a supplementaiy article in January, 
 1804, it was agreed, that during a 
 joint war all forts in the Hyderabad 
 dominions were to be open to the 
 British. 
 
 On the 12tli April, 1802, a com- 
 mercial treaty was negociated witb 
 the Nizam, by wbieh the British 
 granted him the free use of the port 
 of Masulipatam, with liberty there 
 to establish a factory, and they also 
 engaged to protect his highness's 
 Hag on tbe high seas. It was agreed 
 that a free transit of goods should be 
 permitted, and all local duties abo- 
 lished, in lieu of which five per cent, 
 to be levied on all articles indiscri- 
 minately imported into the respei-- 
 tivc tenitorics of each, no article aa 
 
424 
 
 HYDERABAD. 
 
 any account to pay duty more than 
 once. A duty of five per cent, and 
 no more, to be levied on the prime 
 cost of all articles purchased in the 
 Hyderabad states for exportation, 
 and such articles not to be resold 
 there. The commerce of grain to 
 be under particular regulations. 
 
 On the 28th April, 1804, after the 
 war with Dowlet Row Sin^lia and 
 the Rajah of Nagpoor, a partition 
 treaty was concluded ; by the con- 
 ditions of which the Nagpoor Rajah 
 ceded to the Nizam all the country, 
 of which he collected the revenue in 
 conjunction with the Nizam, and 
 fixed the Nagpoor frontier towards 
 the west at the River Wiirda, from 
 whence it issues from the Injardy 
 Hills, to its junction with the Go- 
 davery. The hills on which the forts 
 of Nernallah and Gawclgiiur stand, 
 with a district contiguous to the 
 amount of four lacks of rupees re- 
 venue, to remain m ith the Nagpoor 
 Rajah; but everything else south of 
 the Injardy Hills, and west of the 
 Wuida, to be ceded to the Nizam. 
 
 All the territories belonging to 
 Dowlet Row Siudia before the com- 
 mencement of tlie war of 1803, si- 
 tuated to the south of the Adjnntee 
 Hills, including the fort and district 
 of Jalnapoor, the town and district 
 of Gandapoor, and all the other dis- 
 tricts between that range of hills 
 and the River Godavery, ceded by 
 Sindia to the British, by this treaty 
 were transferred in perpetual sove- 
 reignty to the Nizam. I'he Hyder- 
 abad sovereignty, in consequence, 
 acquired a great increase of territory, 
 and obtained, for the first time, a 
 compact aitd well defined boun- 
 dary. 
 
 At present the Nizam's dominions 
 occupy the centre of the Deccan, 
 comprehending the greater part of 
 Rerar, the whole of Hyderabad, 
 Nanderc, and Boeder, and part of 
 Aurungabad and Bejapoor. Towards 
 the Nagpoor territories their limits 
 are maiked by the course of the 
 Wurda River, and on the side of the 
 Rritish by the Krishna and Toom- 
 
 buddra. In length it may be esti- 
 mated at 420 miles, by 220 the ave- 
 rage breadth, containing a popula- 
 tion of about 8,000,000 of inhabi- 
 tants. (Sydenham, Treaties, Fe^ 
 rishta, Orme, Malcolm, J. Grant, 
 Remtel, 4*c. Sj-c.) 
 
 Hyderabad. — A city in the pro- 
 vince of Hyderabad, of which it is 
 the capital, and of the Nizam's do- 
 minions. Lat. 17°. 15'. N, Long. 
 78°. 42'. E. 
 
 Hyderabad, or Baugnagur, stands 
 on the south side of the Musah 
 River, which runs very rapidly in 
 the rains, but in the dry season has 
 scarcely two feet of water. It is 
 surrounded by a stone wall, which 
 is no defence against artillery, but 
 which served for protection against 
 the incursions of cavalry. Within 
 the wall the city is about four miles 
 in length, by three in breadth. It 
 contains a considerable number of 
 mosques, this having long been the 
 principal Mahommedan station in 
 the Deccan. About six miles to the 
 W. N. W. is the celebrated fortress 
 of Golcondah, occupying the sum- 
 mit of a conical hill, and by the 
 natives deemed impregnable. 
 
 Hyderabad being one of the few 
 remaining Mogul governments, more 
 of the old forms and ceremonies of 
 that great dynasty are retained at 
 the Nizam's court, than at any other 
 in Hindostan. Some of the higher 
 and wealthier Mahommedans use a 
 few articles of European manufac» 
 lure in their dress, and in the fur- 
 niture of their houses, but this has 
 occurred principally among the mi- 
 nisters of the Nizam. These articles 
 consist chiefly of glass ware, china, 
 lustres, chintz coverings for sofas, 
 and some articles of plate after the 
 European fashion. l"he noblemen 
 at Hyderabad have been either bred 
 up as soldiers or courtiers, and ex- 
 ])end their fortunes in keeping up as 
 large a retinue of servants and de-: 
 pendents as their wealth w ill allow, 
 or they consume their properly in 
 the profligacy and corruption of the 
 court where they reside. 
 
HYDERABAD. 
 
 425 
 
 In the city of Hyderabad the Ni- 
 zam possesses large magazines, in 
 whicli are deposited llie pieseufs re- 
 ceived at various times tVoni tlie dif- 
 ferent native and Jilurojtean powers. 
 The rooms are filled tioni the lloor 
 near to the ceiling with bales of 
 woollens, cases ol" glass, glass ware, 
 china ware, clocks, watches, and 
 other articles of Euro|)ean manufac- 
 ture. Tliese articles have been re- 
 ceived as presents by tiie reigning 
 Nizam, his father, and grandfather, 
 some so far back as the time of l)u- 
 pleix and Bussy. 'I'hey have ever 
 since continue<l locked up in the 
 magazines, where they are likely to 
 remain. 
 
 Hyderabad (formerly Baugnagur) 
 was founded about the year ]585, 
 by Mahommed Kooli Kuttub Shah. 
 It was taken and plundered by the 
 Mogul armies of Aureugzebe, A.D. 
 1687, the principal inhabitants hav- 
 ing retired to the neighbouring for- 
 tress of Golcondah. The late IS izam 
 Ali tran.sterred the royal residence 
 from Aurungabad, which had hither- 
 to been the capital, to this place; 
 the former, from the tluctuation of 
 his territories, beijig latterly placed 
 in a corner of his dominions, and 
 loo near the Maharatia frontier. 
 
 Hyderabad has never since ex- 
 perienced any external molestation ; 
 and, being the residence of the court, 
 has rapidly increased in wealth and 
 poprUatiou. At present the number 
 of inhabitants may be estimated at 
 120,000, including the suburbs. 
 
 Travelling distance from Calcutta, 
 by the Northern Cirears, 902 ; by 
 Nagpoor, 1043 miles ; from Madras, 
 352; from BomUaj, 480; from Del- 
 hi, 923; from Nagpoor, 321; from 
 Poonali, 387 ; from Seringapatani, 
 406 miles. {Si/de7ihani, Upton, Ren- 
 nel, Fcrishta, Scott, St. Vc.) 
 
 Hyderabad, — A city in the pro- 
 vince of Sinde, of whicli it is the 
 capital. Lat. 25°. 22'. N. Long. 6b°. 
 41'. £. 
 
 The fortress of Hyderabad stands 
 on a rocky hill, the foot of which is 
 washed by a, branch of the Indus 
 
 named the Fulalee. It is of an ir- 
 regular pentagonal figure, built to 
 suit the shape of the ma^ s of rock 
 on which it stands, def< nded by 
 round towers, and a high biick wall 
 perforated with loop holes. In many 
 places the sides of the hill are .so 
 steep, that the ascent to t be fortress 
 would be dilliciilt, evei i were it 
 breached to the foundation. The 
 weakest part of the fort is towards 
 the S. E. opposite a br eak in the 
 rock from the i 'ulalec. T he northern 
 side of the fort has a dry ilitch cut in 
 tiie rock, but not abi )ve 12 feet 
 broad. The walls havi 3 loop holes 
 for matchlocks, but th( ) artillery is 
 placed so high as U ) be useless 
 against an enemy very near the fort. 
 Its natural situation i s strong, and 
 the whole is capable of ettectually 
 resisting every native attack, but 
 would present a feebh j ojiposition to 
 European assailants. There are se- 
 veral handsome mosqi jes within the 
 fort, but no building s worth notice 
 in its vicinity, ex( icpt Gholaum 
 Shah's (the foundei; of the city) 
 tomb, on a hill to tl ic south of the 
 fort. The shops in the bazar ;ire 
 kept well sui>plied, and are mostly 
 tenanted by Hindoo Banjans.^ Al- 
 though no encouraj: cmcnt is given 
 to industry by the .\niecrs, the ar- 
 tisans are numerous and skilful, par- 
 ticularly the armoi irers, who are 
 noted for the exc( t'lcnce of their 
 workmanship, and 1 he artificers who 
 embroider on leatlu r. 
 
 The grand bram li of the Indus 
 does not approach ^l [ydcrabad nearer 
 than two three-fourt hs or three miles. 
 Boats laden with heavy goods, to 
 avoid the inconveni jnce of land car- 
 riage, enter tiie Jiilalee branch of 
 the Indus about 13 miles to the 
 southward of Hy krabad, on the 
 east side of the niuin ri\er. The 
 route from Tatta i i|i the Fulalee to 
 Hyderabad is the lo ngesi, as it winds 
 far to the eastward, and then curves 
 to the N. W. nnmii jg past (lie hill on 
 which Hyderabad stands, forming 
 an island nau\ed C nugali. The I'u- 
 lalee in tlic month of August is here' 
 
426 
 
 INDIA BEYOND THE GANGES. 
 
 from two and a half to three fathoms 
 ill depth. 
 
 'J'lic soil in the vicinity of Hyder- 
 abad is of a ligMt sandy colour, and 
 very productive when properly cul- 
 tivated. Two miles and a half to 
 the southward of Hyderabad is a 
 table hiud, e\tcndhiji; about two 
 miles, and 12 miles to the southward 
 fire a ranife of rocky hills, part of 
 \\hi('h a])pioachc.s the Fulalee, and 
 arc callud Ihc Gungah Hili?. Three 
 miles W, JVy S. is a village on the 
 «asteru bauk. of the Indus, from 
 which boat? are continually cro.ssing 
 with passengers to Cotlric on the op- 
 posite sinAe, which is on the route 
 tiouiTjitta to Hyderabad. 
 
 This (;ity is the residence of the 
 Ameers, or present sovereigns of 
 Siiide, yet th.e revenue only amounts 
 to the trifling sum of 60,0it0 rupees 
 per annum, and the population to 
 about 15,000. There is no standing 
 aymy kept at Hyderabad, each 
 Ameer retaining a few troops which 
 serve in time of peace to garrison 
 the fort. {3j.arjicld, Smit/i, Ken- 
 ncir, S)-c.) 
 
 Hydergih.-— A town in tlie Na- 
 bob of Oude's territoiies, 32 miles 
 S. E. from Luc'ifuow. Lat. 26°. 37'. 
 N. Long. 81°. ;13°. E. 
 
 Hydlruungi IKE. — A populous vil- 
 lage in the pruxdnce of Lahore, de- 
 pendent on A 1 took, and situated a 
 short distance fiiom the Indus. Lat. 
 33°. 20'. N. Lo Bg. 71°. 25'. E. 
 
 H Y D >: US H Y, ( i h/dershahi). — A town 
 belonging to tli ; Nizam, in the pro- 
 vince of Hyderabad, 60 miles E. 
 from lh(! city of Hvderabad. Lat. 
 17°. 24'. N. Long. 7b. 35'. E. 
 
 Idan. — :See Borneo. 
 
 Ii SHWAR. — A iown in the Maha- 
 rntfa territories, in the province of 
 Malwah, 30 milci S. W. from Bopal, 
 Lat. 23°. 24'. N. Long. 77° 8'. E. 
 
 Ikery, (/A-m). — The ruins of a 
 town formerly of great note in the 
 province of JMysore, 160 miles N. 
 W. from Scringapatain. Lat. 14°. 
 6'. N. Long. 76° 7'. E. Near to 
 Ikery, on flie southern bank of the 
 Varada, which is here a small stream, 
 stands a well-built town named Sa- 
 gar, which carries on a considerable 
 trade. 
 
 During the time that Ikery was 
 the residence of the princes descend- 
 ed from Sadasiva, it vias a very large 
 place, and by the natives it is said, 
 with their usual exaggeration, to 
 have contained 100,000 houses. Like 
 Soonda, its walls are of very con- 
 siderable extent, and form three con- 
 centric enclosures rather than forti- 
 fications. No town at present re- 
 mains here, but the devastation was 
 not occasioned by any calamity ; the 
 coxirt having removed from hence to 
 Bednore, the people soon followed. 
 Ikery continued the nominal capital, 
 the Rajahs were called by its name, 
 and the coins were su[)posed to be 
 strm-k there, although in fact the 
 mint was removed. The pagodas 
 struck since the conquest at Mysore 
 and Bednore are still denominated 
 Ikery pagodas. I'he country from 
 hence to Ghenaser Guli is so barren, 
 that it does not even aiisM er the pur- 
 poses of pasture. {F. Buchanan^ It.) 
 
 Inaconda. — A town in the Car- 
 natic district of Palnaud, 44 miles 
 N. N. ^V. from t^ingole. Lat. 16°. 
 1'. N. Long. 79°. 34'. E. This was 
 formerly a fortified hill in the old In- 
 dian style of considerable strength. 
 
 INDIA BEYOND THE GANGES. 
 
 This expression is generally used 
 to designate the countries to the 
 east of Bengal, but it is not strictly 
 correct, a considerable part of that 
 province extending to the east of tho 
 (ranges. It is also sometimes termed 
 a peninsula, which its shape in no 
 manner justiiit s. In the modern 
 acceptation of the phrase which was 
 lirst applied hy the Greeks, this re-- 
 
INDIA BEYOND THE GANGES. 
 
 427 
 
 gion comprehends Ava, Aracan, Cas- 
 say, Cacliar, F«'{;n, 'I'uiigho. Mar- 
 taban, Junksejlon, Tavay. Tcnas- 
 serim, Lowashan, Yuiisjiaii, and all 
 the other districts really or uomi- 
 iially subordinate to the Birman em- 
 pire. In addition to these it iiieludes 
 Siatn, Malacca, Cambodia, Siampa, 
 Laos, Lactho, Cochin (^hiua, Tiuig;- 
 quin, and several unexplored tracts 
 of country. 
 
 To the north it is bounded by As- 
 sam, Tibet, and China ; on the N. 
 E. by China, and on the N. V/. by 
 Bengal and Assam; all the i;st of 
 its extent is washed by the ocean. 
 Making an allowance lor the penin- 
 sula of Malacca, in length ij[^iay be 
 estimated at 1300 miles, fe'y 600 the 
 average breadth, 
 
 1 he inhabitants of this extensive 
 region may be distinguislied into 
 three divisions; those wlio possess 
 the eastern part, those who possess 
 the western, and those wlio hold the 
 .southern extremity. The people whp 
 inhabit the eastern quarter shew a 
 great aftuiity with the Chinese their 
 neighbours, and in like manner those 
 on the western, in many important 
 particulars, approximate to the Hin- 
 doos. The southern extremity is 
 possessed principally by the Malays. 
 The nations comprehended in this 
 space may lie considered as a kind 
 of body politic, wholly distinct from 
 Hiudostan, and connected together 
 by a general similarity of manners, 
 rehgiou, and political maxims ; their 
 general dispositions being strikingly 
 contrasted with liiat of tiie natives 
 of India west of the (Janges. With 
 the exception of the Malays, and 
 some rude tribes uf motnitainecrs, 
 the nativ(;s of this region profess only 
 dne religion, and adhere solely to the 
 system of Bu<ldlia, which in its 
 grand features identities itself with 
 that which prevails in Nepaul, Boo- 
 tan, Tibet, and has extended itself 
 over the vast oonutries of Chin, 
 Cham, and Japuen, or China, Tar- 
 tary, and Japan, In respect to their 
 numbers the follow<rs of Buddha 
 have probubh alluined a i^rcaler do- 
 
 minion than those of any other reli- 
 gious persuasion. 
 
 Although but trifling in Tlindos- 
 tan, (his native country) his doc- 
 trines extend over China, its tribu- 
 tary nations, and many Tartar hordes 
 to Kussia. India east of the Ganges, 
 Great and Littlo Tibet, Bootan, Cej- 
 lon, and many of the islands in the 
 Eastern Seas, whose inhabitants have 
 not yet become Mahommedans, ad- 
 here to tJie religion of Buddha under 
 various modifications. 
 
 The vernacular Indo Cninese lan- 
 guages on the continent seem all to 
 be in i'.^'lr v^iiginal structure, either 
 purely monosyllabic, Uke li^ poken 
 languages of China, or incline j,: .''t- 
 ly to this class, and are prodigiously 
 varied in accentuation. The Pali 
 language among the Indo Chineiie 
 nations occupies the same place 
 which Sanscrit holds among the Hin- 
 doos, or Arabic among the followers 
 of Mahommed. 'J'hroiighout the 
 greater part of the maritime coun- 
 tries Avhich lie between India and 
 China, it is the language of religion, 
 law, literature, and science, and has 
 had an extensive inlluence in modi- 
 fying the vernacular languages of 
 these regions. The name of this 
 language, though commonly pro- 
 nounced Bali, is more generally 
 written Pali. Among the Indo Chi- 
 nese nations the Bali is frequently 
 denominated Lunka-basa, and Ma- 
 gata or Mungata. 
 
 The Bali alphabet ^.ceins in its 
 origin to be a derivati- ni the 
 
 Dcvanagari, thouc'i it ij liot only 
 acquired a coi;-' ..arable dilicrence 
 of form, but hw, also been modified 
 to a eci tain degree, in the power of 
 the letters, by the monosyllabic pro- 
 imnciation of the Indo Chinese 
 nations. The form of the Bali cha- 
 racter varies essentially among the 
 dilferent nations by whom it is 
 used; the Bali language is an an- 
 cient dialect of Sanscrit, which some- 
 times approaches very near the ori- 
 ginal. 
 
 For particular descriptions see the 
 difi'erent kingdoms and j)ro\iuces 
 
428 
 
 INDORE. 
 
 respectively. (Leyden, Sj/mes, Edin- 
 burgh Review, StT.) 
 
 Indoor, {Indura, a Rat). — A (own 
 in the Nizam's territories, in the pro- 
 vince of Hyderabad. Lat. 16°. 47'. 
 N. Long. 78°. 51'. E. The Mahom- 
 medans penetrated thus far .south so 
 early as A. D, 1307, during the reign 
 of Alia ud Decn. {Ferishta, Sfc.) 
 
 Indore, {Indura).-^A town in the 
 Nizam's dominions, in the province 
 of Beedcr, 90 miles N. W. from Hy- 
 derabad. Lat. 18°. 23'. N. Long. 
 78°. 2'. E. 
 
 Indore. — A town in the province 
 of INIalwah, the capital of the Hol- 
 car family, situated about 30 miles 
 S. E. fron) Oojain. Lat. 22°. 51'. N. 
 Long:. 76°. 10'. E. 
 
 ]\iulhar Row Holcar, tlie founder 
 of tliis family, rose to eminence un- 
 der the first Peshwa, when he re- 
 ceived in marriage the daughter of 
 Narayon Row Bund, the maternal 
 inicle of Sahoo Rajah. He obtained 
 high connuands under Balajee Row 
 and Bajerow, and escaped from the 
 battle of Paniput. His own son, 
 Candi Row, and grand-daughter, 
 Ahili Bhai, both died in his own 
 life-time. His wife, Gautama Bhai, 
 adopted a nephew, Tukojee Holcar, 
 who succeeded to the tenitories of 
 IVJulhar Roav. On the death of Tu- 
 kojee Holcar, in 1797, he left four 
 sous ; two legitimate, Casi Row and 
 Muihar Roav ; and two illegitimate, 
 Wetul Kow and Jeswnnt Row Hol- 
 car. Dissensions arising among 
 them, most of their possessions were 
 seized on by Dowlet Row Sindia, 
 after putting to death Muihar Roav; 
 the remainder were usurped by Jes- 
 wnnt Row Holcar, to tlie preju- 
 dice of the legal heir, Casi Row Hol- 
 car. 
 
 During the war which ensued be- 
 tween the Britisli and Je.swunt Row 
 Holcar, Indore was caj)tured by the 
 Bombay army in 1804. The last 
 campaign of this usurper was ordy a 
 flight before the British army, which 
 pursued him as far as the banks of 
 the Bevah, to Lahore, where, being 
 reduce^,! to extreme distress, he sent 
 
 agents io Lord Lake to solicit a 
 peace. 
 
 A treaty was in consequence ar- 
 ranged with him by Colonel Mal- 
 colm on the part of the British go- 
 vernment, by the conditions of which 
 Holcar renounced all claim on Touk 
 Rampoorah, Boondee, Lakheree, 
 Sameydce, Bhamingaum, Dare, and 
 other places north of the Boondee 
 Hills ; and the Company engaged to 
 have no concern with the ancient 
 possessions of the Holcar family in 
 ^leM'ar, Malwah, and Harowty, or 
 with any of the rajahs situated south 
 of the Chumbul. 
 
 The British government also 
 agi'eed to deliver over such of the 
 ancient possessions of the Holcap 
 family in the Deccan, situated south 
 of the River Tuplce, with the ev- 
 ception of the fort and pcrguimah 
 of Chandore, the pergunnahs of 
 Ambar and Seng^ham, and the vil- 
 lages and pergunnahs situat(;d to tho 
 south of tlie Godavery. These were 
 retained as surely for the good eon- 
 duct of Holcar, which, if such a.^ 
 to satisfy the British government, it 
 engaged, at the expiration of 18 
 months from the date of the treaty, 
 to restore to the Holcar family the 
 fort and district of Chandwe, th© 
 pergunnaiis of Ambar and Seng- 
 ham, and the districts situated to 
 the south of the Godavery. 
 
 Jeswnnt Row Holcar by this 
 treaty rclin<^uished all claim to the 
 district of Kooneh, in Bundelcund; 
 but the British government engaged, 
 if his conduct proved satisfactory, 
 to bestow that district, as ajaghire, 
 on his daughter, Bheemah Bhyc, 
 and Holcar agreed not to entertain 
 Europeans of ;iny description in liis 
 service without the consent of the 
 British government. On the 2d of 
 February, 180G, by a declaratory 
 article, Tonk Rampoorah, and other 
 districts to the north of the Bondce 
 Hills, were also restored to him ; so 
 that at the conclusion, although one 
 of the bitterest enemies of the Bri- 
 tish, his loss was trifling, compared 
 with some others. Since that pe- 
 
INDUS RIVER. 
 
 429 
 
 liod he lias been siihject to freqiient 
 lits of insanity, which have reduced 
 him to total iusignificaiice. 
 
 'I'ravelliiifj distance lioin Bombay, 
 456 miles; from Najj;|)0()r, 371 ; and 
 from Calcutta, 1030 miles. (Treutivs, 
 Marquis Wellesleif, Malcolm, Brough- 
 toii, At.) 
 
 InuraPoor, (Indrapur). — A dis- 
 trict on the S. W. coast of tiie Island 
 of Sumatra, situated principally be- 
 tween the second and third degrees 
 of south latitude, and the town of 
 ludiapoor about 100 miles N. W. 
 from Bcncoolen. 'I'he river of In- 
 Urapoor, which descends from the 
 mountains of Korinchi, is consi- 
 dered as one of the largest in the 
 soutiicrn part of the west coast of 
 Sumatra, and is capable of admitting 
 sloops. This country ibrmcrly l>ro- 
 duced a large quantity of pepper, 
 and some gold was brought from the 
 interior, which now tinds another 
 cliaimcl. An English factory was 
 established here in 1C84, but never 
 became of any importance. 
 
 The Indrapoor prineijtality was 
 early dismejubered from the IMenan- 
 cabow empire, and long nourished 
 as an independent state. In 1682 
 the district of Aycr Aji threw olf its 
 dependanec on Indrapoor. In 1696 
 Rajah I'asisci Barat, by the intlu- 
 ouce of the Dutch, was placed on 
 the throne; but, in consequence of 
 a quarrel willi his protectors, tiie 
 EiMopcan settlers were massacred. 
 This occasioned a <lestruclive war, 
 in the event of which the rajah was 
 obliged to lly, and tiie country iieaily 
 dejiopulated. In 1705 he was re- 
 instated, and reigned until about 
 1732; but the kingdnju ne\cr rc- 
 Covere<l the shock, and dvindled 
 into the obscurity in whicii it still 
 <u>niiiuies. {Marsdcn, At.) 
 
 Indus Rivi.u, {Sindhn). — Tlic 
 source of this river lias never been 
 explored, and still remains a matter 
 of conjecture, 'i'he natives of Uin- 
 dostan assign it a very remote origin 
 in the inouutains, four or live days' 
 journey to tlu; north-west of Yar- 
 j.;hand, which v\ouId place it about 
 
 Lat. 44°. N. Long. 70°. E. near I he 
 city of Cashgar, in Chinese Tar- 
 tary. From hence they assert it 
 lakes a southerly direction, coming 
 within two days' journey of Lali- 
 dack, whence, turning to the west, 
 it takes an innnense sweep towards 
 Saighur (probably the Shckeidou of 
 the maps), and then proceeds in a 
 direct course to the south. Part of 
 this track, however, is not recon- 
 cileable with the easterly position of 
 Lahdack, and the natives, in ge- 
 neral, are prone to assign a remote 
 source to all their rivers. 
 
 An excellent judge (Mr. Cole- 
 brooke) thinks it possible the Indus 
 may originate on the western side of 
 the great Himalaya ridge of moun- 
 tains, after it takes a sweep to the 
 north ; it being probable, that the 
 whole province of Lahdack, elevated 
 and rugged as it is, declines fiom its 
 southern limits botli to the north and 
 west. On the other hand the na- 
 tives of India assert, thai mcrcliants 
 travelling from llindosian to Yar- 
 chard, in Little Bucharia (Bokhara), 
 rendezvous at [jahdack, from when (•« 
 tliey proceed in a body, travellhig 
 tijc greatest part of the way along 
 the Indus. Its source appears to 
 have been equally unknown to Abul 
 Fazel, who, in 1582, describes it as 
 follows ; 
 
 " The Sinuc, according to some, 
 rises between Cashmere and Cjisli- 
 g;tr, whilst others place its source in 
 Khatai. This riv«>r runs through 
 the bonlcrs of Sewad, Attock, Be- 
 nares, Chowpareh. and the terri(ory 
 of the Balooches." From this de- 
 scri[)tion, it apj)ears he considered 
 the north-cast branch as the true 
 Indus. 
 
 *riiis river eriters IIindo^tan about 
 latiliide 33°. 15'. \. where the At- 
 tock, or Cabul River, joins it from 
 the west, and adds considerably to 
 its bulk; for, although the Indus is 
 sometimes fordable above Attock, it 
 is not so below that point, where it 
 is three-fourths of a mile in breadth 
 in the month of July. From hence 
 to thtf commencement of the Dolt*. 
 
430 
 
 INDUS RIVER. 
 
 its course is S. by W. with fewer 
 ■nindiiii^s than any river in India. 
 
 As it proceeds along the frontier 
 of Arg:h;niistan, it receives all the 
 principal streams of that region, 
 provino: its general declination to the 
 east ; but this accession of waters 
 adds more to its depth tlian ex- 
 pansion, as from Calabangh north- 
 wards it is a clear deep stream, tlow- 
 ing between two ridges of rocks, 
 through a channel, in many places 
 not more than 300 yards broad. In 
 this space its banks afford salt and 
 alum in extraordinary abundance. 
 
 In the province of Moultan it re- 
 ceives all the combined rivers of La- 
 hore, or the Pnnjab, which increase 
 it greatly both in deptli and breadth, 
 there being water snflicicnt for ves- 
 sels of near 200 tons burthen titom 
 the Culf of Cutch to Lahore, a 
 distance of 760 geographical miles. 
 In the time of Aurengzebe an ex- 
 tensive trade was carried on between 
 these places, but at present little ex- 
 ists, owing to the rapacious govern- 
 ments and desolate state of the pro- 
 vinces. In the passage down boats 
 from Lahore occupied only 12 days. 
 Of the five rivers which give the 
 name to the Punjab, the Indus is 
 not considered as one, being rather 
 the trnnk or stock into which the 
 Cabnl and Lahore streams flow. 
 
 About 170 miles from the sea, by 
 the course of the river, the Indus 
 divides into two branches, of which 
 the westernmost is the largest. Tlii,s 
 branch, after proceeding about 60 
 miles to the S. W. divides into two 
 more, and as it approaches the :'ea 
 is again subdivided into several other 
 branches and crocks, like the Sun- 
 derbunds, or Delta of the Ganges. 
 Unlike the latter, however, it iias 
 no tjees, the dry parts being covered 
 with brush wood ; and the remain- 
 der, by much the greater part, being 
 arid sand, noisome swamp?, or mud- 
 dy lakes. It is a remarkable cir- 
 cumstance, that the tides arc not 
 visible in the Indus at a giPater 
 distance than 60 or 65 miles from 
 tfae^ sea. At the mouths of the dif- 
 
 ferent branches, the bore, or sudden 
 influx of the tide, is high and dan- 
 gerous, and the velocity of its cur- 
 rent has been estimated at four 
 miles per hour, but this must vary 
 gieatly at difteient places. 
 
 From the sea up to Hyderabad 
 the Indus is, in general, about a 
 mile in breadtli, varying in depth 
 from two to live fathoms. The swell- 
 ing of the river, occasioned by the 
 melting of tlie snow, generally com- 
 mences the middle of Jul}% and con- 
 tinues to increase until tlie end of 
 August. 
 
 The Indus is called Uie Sindhu, or 
 Sindhusin Sanscrit, and Aub Sinde, 
 or the Water of Sinde by the Per- 
 sians. From Attock, downwards to 
 Moultan, this river has obtained the 
 name of Attock, and farther down 
 that of Soor or Shoor, until it sepa- 
 rates in the Delta ; but it is gene- 
 rally knoAvn to Asiatics by the name 
 of the Sindc. From Attock to the 
 sea, a distance of near 900 miles, it 
 forms a distinct and strong barrier 
 to Hindostaii, v\hich has never yet 
 been {iassed by any of the invading 
 armies. Granting, as the natives 
 suppose, that it originates to the 
 N. W. of Cashgar. the extent of its 
 course, including the windings, may 
 be estimated at 1700 miles ; but its 
 .source is probably much less re- 
 mote. 
 
 In Hindostan there arc foOr ri- 
 vers, wliich were once much dread- 
 ed by religious people, viz. — It was 
 forbidden even to touch the waters 
 of the Caramassa, to bathe in the 
 Caratoya (a river in Eejigal, called 
 Curvatya in the maps), to swim in 
 the Gunduck, and to cross the At- 
 tock. The prohibition, however, 
 n)ay be avoided by crossing the In- 
 dus above its confluence with the 
 Attock. In Acbcrs reign a body of 
 Rajpoots, with their attendant Brah- 
 mins, crossed the Indus, to chastise 
 some refractory Patan tiibes ; and 
 the Brahmins who live in Afghanis- 
 rtan cross it daily without any 
 scruple. There aVc other Brahmins 
 and Hindoos, of all denomiiiatiou^ 
 4 
 
ISLAMPOOR. 
 
 431 
 
 who cross the Indus to '. islt tho holy 
 places in thf w; st ; !)nl 1hes«' per- 
 sons have rcnouneed the world, and 
 retain but few praetiees of their 
 classes. Tliouo;h highly r('S[)ected, 
 yet nobody presnines to vat or com- 
 inunieute with them ; bnt they go in 
 crowds to receive their blessing!;. 
 {Jicnnel, Wilford, Abul luizel. Fas- 
 ter, (Sc.) 
 
 Ingf.ram. — A town in the Nor- 
 thern Circars, district of Rajaniun- 
 dry, five miles south from Coringa. 
 Lat. 16°. 46'. N. Long. 8'2'='. 2')'. E. 
 
 Injeli.kk. — See Hjdjki.lfe. 
 
 Innycotta. — A town in the Nag- 
 poor territories, in the pro\iiiee of 
 Gnndwana, situated on the east side 
 of the Wnrda River, 57 miles S. W. 
 from Nairpoor, Lat. 20°. ;35'. N. 
 Long. 7.0°. 10'. E. 
 
 LiKAWADDY, ilravati). — A great 
 river in the Rirman empire, the 
 source of which lias never been ex- 
 plored,' but is supposed to be in the 
 eastern quarter of Tibet. The course 
 of this river is nearly north and 
 .<<0Hth, and it is to the Ava domi- 
 nions what the Ganges is to Bengal ; 
 at once a source of fertili/alioa and 
 of inland navigation, connccling the 
 different provinces from the fron- 
 tiers of Tibet and China to the 
 sea. 
 
 The swelling of the Irawaddy is 
 not influenced by the (pinritily of 
 rain that falls in the low countries; 
 but, by the lieaAV siiowns in the 
 niountainonspart ofitstrack. Whilst 
 the drought iu the ehami)aign dis- 
 trict is veiy great, the river rises to 
 its usual height ; the part of the 
 country near the city of Ava being 
 rarely rcfreslied by copious rains; 
 but, like Egypt, dopetuis on the over- 
 flowing of its river for a sup[)ly 
 of moisture. In the months of 
 .Tune, .luly. and August, the river, 
 which in the hot and dry season 
 winds slowly over its sandy bed, a 
 slow and sluggish stream, sv»eiis 
 «ver its banks and itmndates the 
 adjacent country. The current is 
 very impetuous, but is counteracted 
 by the stienfth of the south-west 
 
 monsoon. During the monsoon 
 months it rises and subsides several 
 times. 
 
 Notwithstanding the general name 
 of the river is Jrrawaddy, yet dif- 
 ferent parts of it are distinguished 
 by different names, taJcen liom places 
 of note on its banks. The term is 
 wholly Hindoo, being the name of 
 Indra's elephant. At Ununerapoora. 
 even in the dry .season, the principal 
 branch of the Irawaddy is a mile 
 broad. Its v\aters possess tJie qua- 
 lity of petrifying wood, in a \ery 
 high degree. 
 
 From Dr. Francis Buchanan's Gco- 
 gTaphical Rcsearclies wliile in Ava, 
 it apjiears, that the riv(!r coming 
 from Tibet, which was supposed to 
 be that of Aracan, is in fact tho 
 Keenduem, or great western branch 
 of the Irawaddy; and that what was 
 supposed to be tho western branch, 
 is in fact the eastern one, which 
 passes by Ava and nins to the s(mth, 
 keeping west from the province of 
 Yunyan in China. {Spnes, Bu- 
 chanan, S)-c.) 
 
 Irjah, (or Iri(tb). — An Afghan 
 town in tlic province of Cabul, 55 
 miles S. E. fronj the citv of Cabul. 
 Lat. :)3°. 64'. N. Long. 69°. 5'. E. 
 
 Islamabad, {t/ie Residence of 
 Faith). — A town in the province of 
 Rengai, district of Chittagoug, of 
 whicli it is the canital. Lat. 22°. 
 22'. N. Long. 91°. 42'. E. This 
 place stands on the west side of tho 
 Chitfagong River, about eight miles 
 from its junction witli the sea, tiic 
 travelling distance from CalcuUa 
 being about 317 miles. In tiic 
 neiglibourhood a sort of c;m\as is 
 made from cotton, . and vessels of 
 a considerable burthen are built here, 
 mostly fiom timber produced in the 
 district. By Abul Fazel, in ir>82, 
 it is described as follows: — " Chit- 
 tagoug is a large city, situated 
 among trees, on the banks of tlie sea. 
 It is a great empouum, being the re- 
 sort of Christians and other mer- 
 chants," {Abul Fazel, Rennel, Cole- 
 brooke, iS-c.) 
 
 IsLAMPooR. — A town iu the pro- 
 
432 
 
 JAFNAPAXAM. 
 
 ^ince of Ajmoer, 77 miles N. from 
 Jeypoor. Lat. 27°. 4'. N. Long. 
 76°. 33'. E. 
 
 ISLAMPOOR. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Eahai . district of Bahar, 
 35 miles S. from Patua. Lat. 25°. 
 7'. N. Long. 85". 15'. E. 
 
 Islamabad. — A town in the pro- 
 Tince of Cashmere, 26 miles S. E. 
 from the city of Cashjncre. Lat. 
 34°. 6'. N. Lonjv. 74°. 7'. E. This 
 is a large town .si tuated on the north 
 .side of the Jhyluicii, which here i)ene- 
 trates through the narrow openings 
 of the mountains., and hjis a wooden 
 bridge about 80 yards across. (^Fos- 
 ter, ^-c.) 
 
 IsLAMNAGUR.— A towH in the Ma- 
 haratta territorits, in the province of 
 Malwah, 5 mile;; N. £. from Bos- 
 sal. Lat. 23°. 19'. N. Long. 77° 
 31'. E. 
 
 Ism AH. — A small district in Nor- 
 thern Hindostai:!, situated to the 
 south of the gi<'at Himalaya ridge 
 of mountains, be tween the 2yth and 
 30th degrees of north latitude. It 
 is known to be tributary to the 
 Ghoorkhali Rajah of Ncpaul, but 
 the interior has been but little ex- 
 plored. 
 
 IssuRDU, {Isuarada). — A town in 
 the Rajpoot territories, in the pro- 
 vince of Ajmeer. Lat. 26°. 20'. N. 
 Long. 75°. 10'. E. This place be- 
 longs to a branch of the Jyenagur 
 family, is sunounded with a wall 
 and ditch, and has a citadel in the 
 centre. It is one of the best built 
 towns in the province. {Broughton, 
 
 IrcHAPooR. — A town in the Nor- 
 thern Circars, 30 miles S. W. from 
 Oanjam. Lat. 19°. 8'. N. Long. 
 35°. E. 
 
 Jacatra. — A district in the Island 
 of Java, which Mas formerly go- 
 verned by its own kings; but the 
 last of tiicse having bocu subdued 
 
 by the Dutch East India Company, 
 in 1619, they have ever since pos- 
 sessed it by right of conquest. Be- 
 fore this resolution Jacatra was 
 the capital, but has been superseded 
 by Batavia, which was built very 
 near the former, by the Governor 
 General, John Pictersen Coen, im- 
 mediately after the conquest. 
 
 The district of Jacatra is watered 
 and fertilized by several rivers, most 
 of which are little better than large 
 rivulets in the dry season. The pro- 
 ductions are principally coffee, .su- 
 gar, and rice ; but the inhabitants 
 also raise indigo, cotton, turmeric, 
 ginger, and cadjang. a species of 
 dohchos, from w hich oil is produced. 
 The ancient name of this district 
 was Sunda Kalapa, from whence 
 the straits derived their name. {Sta' 
 vorinus, ^t.) 
 
 Jacotta, (Jayacata). — A small 
 town on the sea coast of the pro- 
 vince of Cochin. Lat. 10°. 14'. N. 
 Long. 76°. 1'. E. This is a forti- 
 tied town, with a very ancient har- 
 bour, where according to tradition 
 St. Tliomas landed. 
 
 Jactall. — A town belonging to 
 Nizam, in the province of Hydera- 
 bad, district of Dewarcundah. Lat. 
 18°. 48'. N. Long. 79°. 32'. E. 
 
 Jaffierabad, {Jafarahad). — A 
 town in the Nizam's territories, in 
 the province of Berar, 24 miles N. 
 from Jalnapoor. Lat. 20°. 17'. N. 
 Long. 76° 3G'. E. 
 
 Jaffiergur. — A town in the Ni- 
 zam's territories, in the province of 
 Hyderabad, 25 miles E. from Wa- 
 rangol. Lat. 17°. 52'. Long. 79° 
 25'. E. 
 
 Jafnapanam. — A district in the 
 northern extremity of the Island of 
 Ceylon, directly opposite to Negapa- 
 tam in the Southern Carnatic, and 
 considered as the most healUiy in 
 the island. This division consists 
 of an oblong peninsula, almost cut 
 off from the rest by a branch of tlie 
 sea, which penetrates nearly across 
 the island. From its maritime situ- 
 ation it escapes the intensely hot 
 winds which prevail on the conti- 
 
JAGEPOOR. 
 
 433 
 
 lient. Fruits, vegetables, game, and 
 poullrv aboiitul in this district, and 
 it is only in the tract that lies be- 
 tween Point Pedro and Juliia that 
 sheep have ever been raised with 
 success. 
 
 The articles for foreij^n coni(neree 
 produced here are of no p:reat vahie ; 
 i'or although it alVords some einiia- 
 iiion aii<i pepper, tiiey are of an in- 
 ferior kind. boi)endeiit on tbe dis- 
 trict orJafna,and at a small distance 
 to sea, are several islands of no 
 great size, wiiich tlie Dulch iiavc 
 named tiom tiieir native ci;i<s, !~»elft, 
 Harlem, Lcyden, and AmsttTdam. 
 In these islands tliey breed horses 
 and cattle, as from their evcelient 
 pasture lliey are better adapted for 
 this purpose than any pan of the 
 main land. 'I he same system is 
 continued by the English lyoveru- 
 nient. The liorses are bred under 
 the .superintendence of particular 
 odicers, and vviien of a proper age 
 arc disposed of by government. 
 
 The woods towards the interior, 
 Avhich separate this district from the 
 Candian dominions, are inhabited by 
 an extraordinary race of savages, 
 suppo.scd to be the original inhabit- 
 ants of the country, known by the 
 name of Bedahs or Vaddahs. {Per- 
 cival, A"c.) 
 
 Jafna. — A town in the Island of 
 Ceylon, the capital of a district of 
 the same name. Lat. i;°. 45'. N. 
 Long.8(j°.y'. E. 
 
 The fort and town of Jai'na stand 
 at some distance froui the sea, but 
 there is a counnunication by means 
 of a river navigable tor l)oats, which 
 falls into the sea near l^oint J\^dro. 
 The fort of Jafua is small, but ex- 
 ceedingly well built; \i was, how- 
 ever, given up to the Tiriti.sh trooj)s 
 in I7iy'> without resis(ance. The 
 Pettah, or blac^ town, is larger and 
 more populous than that of Trinco- 
 male. 
 
 On account of its salul)rity and 
 cheapness many DutoJi faiuilies have 
 removed to Jaliia from Coiumbo. 
 The o^rcater part of the iiiiiabitants 
 arc of Mahonnnedan cxtj action, and 
 
 2 r 
 
 are divided into several tribes.knowii 
 by the names of Lubljahs, Moplays, 
 Chittees, and Cholias; these foreign 
 settlers greatly exceeding the native 
 Ceylonese in the distn»;l of Jafna. 
 Coiuse cloths, calicoes, handker- 
 chiefs, shawls, stockings, &c. are ma- 
 rajfactmcd from cotton, the growth 
 of the island- Here are also many 
 artificer.s, such as goldsmiths, jewel- 
 lers, joiners, and makers of all sorts 
 of hoHSciiold furniture. {Perckal, 
 
 Jaffrabat, {.Tafarahad). — A town 
 situated on the sea-coast of the Guj- 
 rat Peninsula, on the banks of a 
 sliallow river, and formerly a place 
 of considerable coinmerce. Lat. 2t<°. 
 o3'. \. Long. 7 i° 31'. E. It is at 
 present possessed by native inde- 
 pendent chiefs. 
 
 Jagkpoor, {or Jefiazpoor). — A 
 town )n the province of Cuttack, 36 
 miles N. N. E. from the town of Cut- 
 tack, situated on the south side of 
 the Byturnee River, which is here 
 nearly half a mile broad. Lat. 20°. 
 ou'. E. Long. 86°. 36'. E. 
 
 'I'his is a large straggling town, in 
 which a good deal of cloth is made. 
 Huring the Mogul government it was 
 a place of some consequence, and 
 the remains of several Mahommcdan 
 edifices are still visible. The mosque 
 here was built by Abou Hassir Khan, 
 who, ill an inscription, is very extra- 
 vagant in the praises of his own 
 mosque, although it is remarkably 
 ill proi)ortioned, having a large dome 
 and small pillars. The country 
 around is much intersected with 
 small rivers. 
 
 'Ihe jnincipality of Jagepoor in 
 Orissa was invaded byToghauKhan, 
 the INIahonnnedau governor of Ben- 
 gal, in A. D. 12J3, at which period 
 it appears to have been a state of 
 some importance, as the rajah not 
 only detieated 'J'oghan Khan, but 
 pursued hin> into Bengal, where he 
 besi(?ged Gour, the metropolis. The 
 api)roach of reinforccnients from 
 Oude compelled him subsequently 
 to retreat. '1 bo Mahommedans wers 
 again totally defeated by the KajaU of 
 
134 
 
 JAHJOW. 
 
 Jagepoor iu 1263. There is no re^ 
 cord at wliat time this place fell fi^ 
 iially under the dominutioii of the 
 Mahommedans, who possessed it 
 until expelled by the Maharattas. 
 {Lecliie, Steicart, Upton, 4'c.) 
 
 Jaghekeh, (Jag/tira), — A town in 
 the Rajpoot tenitories, in the pro- 
 vince of Ajmecr, 65 miles N. N. W. 
 from the city of Ajmeer. Lat. 27^. 
 21'. N. Long. 74°. 12'. E. 
 
 Jag HIKE. — A district in Iho Car- 
 nalic, now included in llie culleclor- 
 ship of Chinglt'piit. From Madras 
 it extends northward to the Pullicat 
 Jjake ; southwards to Alluniparva ; 
 and westward beyond Conjcveram ; 
 being about 108 miles along shore, 
 and 47 iidand in the widest part, con- 
 . taiiiing altogether 2440 square miles. 
 
 In this district the land betwixt 
 the Saymbritmbaciim tank and that 
 of 8ri Permaturu is no where so steep 
 as to prevent the use of the plough, 
 l)ut in most places the soil is very 
 indifiercnt. The rocks, or large de- 
 tached masses of granite, project in 
 many parts of the tields, and almost 
 every Avhere the country is overrun 
 with low })rickly bushes. In this 
 jparticular p;irtof the district, except 
 in a few fields, which in the rainy 
 season are sown with ragy and other 
 dry grains, there is no culti\ ation. 
 It appears too dry fur any useful pin- 
 pose, except fia nishing a scanty pas- 
 ture. The paluiira thrives on it with- 
 out trouble, and is both cheap and 
 abundant. The titri, or fermented 
 juice, and the jagory, or inspissated 
 juice of this tree, (the ))orassus lla- 
 belliformis) are in this quarter mure 
 esteemed than those of Die w ild dale, 
 which is contravs to tiie opinion of 
 Hie Bengalcse. Could it be con- 
 verted into a palatalile spirituous li- 
 quor or sugar, the barren jdaius of 
 tl)e Carnatic might be rendered pro- 
 ductive. At Sri Permaturu there is 
 a, tank, which serves to water tiie 
 lands of one village, amounting to 
 2500 acres. Bamboos in this dis- 
 trict are very scarce, and sell lor 
 three times their cost in Calcutta. 
 Recently the natives have been en- 
 
 couraged to plant theift round tlicif 
 houses., 
 
 The territoi7 named the Jaghire 
 was obtained iu the jear 1750 and 
 1763 from the Nabob of Arcot, in 
 return for services rendeicd t» him 
 and his father by the Compan)', and 
 was rented to the Nabob on renewed 
 leases until 1780, when the presi- 
 dency of Port St. George took the 
 management of it. This district was 
 twice invaded by llyder Ali, iu 
 1768, and in the war of 1780, when 
 he ravaged it with lire and sword. 
 On the termination of the latter war, 
 in 1784, hardly any other signs were 
 left iu many parts of the country o£ 
 its having been inhabited by human 
 beings, than the bones of the bodies 
 that had been massacred, or the 
 naked walls of the houses, choul- 
 tries, and temples, which had been 
 burnt. To the havock of war suc- 
 ceeded a destructive famine, and the 
 emigrations from these successive 
 calamities nearly depopulated the 
 eountiy. 
 
 In 1790 the Jagliire was divided 
 into two eollcctorships ; but in 1794 
 was united the management of Mr. 
 Place, who continued until 1798, 
 Annual village settlements of the 
 revenue continued to be made until 
 1802, when the permanent assess- 
 ment took place; the lands having 
 previously been divided into 61 
 estates, bearing an assessment of 
 from 2000 to 5000 pagodas, and sold 
 to individuals. Although the land 
 be much inferior in fertility, the con- 
 dition of the natives throughout the 
 Jaghire appears fully equal to that 
 of Bengal. (/'. Buchanan, 5th Re- 
 port, jRennel, Vf.) 
 
 .lA(iUAAM, {.faijctgrama). — A Seik 
 town in the province of Delhi, 100 
 n)iles S. 1'.. fr(jm liahorc. Lat. 30°. 
 47'. N. Long. 75°. E. 
 
 .)auu.. — A town in the Rajpoot 
 territories, in the province ofAjmeer, 
 65 miles ^V. N. W. Ironi Jynagur. 
 Lat. 27°. 0'. N. Long. 74°. 38'. E. 
 
 .Tahjow. — A village in the pro- 
 vince of Agra, 15 miles S. by W. 
 tioni the cit v of Agra. Lat. 26°. 59'. 
 
JALNAir. 
 
 435 
 
 N. Long. 77°. 5-2'. E. TIjis place 
 is remarkable for two decisive bat- 
 tles ; the first fdiiglit on tiie 8th of 
 .Tunc, 1658, wherein Aurengzebe to- 
 tally defeated his brother Dara Slic- 
 koli ; and the last on the 19th of 
 June, 1707, between the son and 
 grandson of Aurengzebe, Shah Al- 
 lum and AKiinushaun, in which the 
 latter w as slain. {Hunter, ^-c.) 
 
 Jains. — See Sravana, BtLOULU, 
 and South Canara. 
 
 Jaiver, — A town in (he province 
 of Delhi, situated on the east side of 
 the Jumna, 43 miles S. b}" E. from 
 Delhi. Lat. 28°. 9'. N. Long. 78°. 
 28'. E. 
 
 Jajarcote, {Jhurjhara Cata, (lie 
 Sainboo Fort). — A town in Northern 
 llindostan, tributary to the Goor- 
 khali Rajah of Ncpan!. Lat. 29°. 
 39'. N. Lung. 81°. 30'. K 
 
 Ja JG HUR. — A towii in the province 
 of Ajmeer, which was wrested from 
 the Rana of Odeypoor by Zalim 
 Singh of Kotah about the year 1803. 
 The surrounding district compre- 
 hends 84 towns and villages, 22 of 
 which arc exclusively inhabited by 
 IMeenas, who pay only ])crsonal ser- 
 vice to the government they live 
 under. 
 
 The Mceuas arc a stout, handsome 
 people, and go armed with a bow, a 
 quiver, and a dagger, at tiie use of 
 which they are very expert. Each 
 village has a civil olliccr of its own, 
 who manages the ailairs of the com- 
 nuinity according to their peculiar 
 customs. They do not marry with 
 any other tribe, and the singidar cus- 
 tom i)rcvails of the second brother 
 marryiiig the widow of the eldest. 
 If the second brother dies the third 
 takes her, until she becomes too old 
 to be taken by auy body. They aic 
 thieves and robl)ers by profession, 
 and maintain themselves when on 
 .service solely by plunder. They 
 make a practice of <arrying oft' the 
 chiidr(;n fiom any village they at- 
 tack ; the boys ai .•• bred up as Mee- 
 nas, and they sell the girls in the 
 neighliouring province. 'I'hcy wor- 
 ship principally INlahadeva. ^ 
 
 2r 2 
 
 The fort of Jajghur is built on the 
 top of an oblong hill detached from 
 the main range. It consists of two 
 walls, flanked with round bastions, 
 the outer being at a eonsiderable 
 distance from the inner one, and 
 nearly half way down the hill, eack 
 w all having a ditch. 'l"he town lies 
 to the north west, and is large, well 
 built, and fortified. {Bronghton, 
 
 eye.) 
 
 Jalah. — A town in the Rajpoot 
 territories, in the province of Ajmeer, 
 44 miles S. S. E. from Jynagur. Lat. 
 26°. 23'. N. Long. 76°. 5'.' il. 
 
 Jalalgungk. — A town in tiic pro- 
 vince of Bengal, distiict of Kung- 
 poor, 135 miles W.N.W. from Dacca. 
 Lat. 25°. 30'. N. Long. 89°. 28'. Ill 
 
 Jallindf.r, (Jalendra, the Chief 
 of Waters). — A town in tlie province 
 of Lahore, situated in the Doabeh of 
 the Sntuleje and Beyali, 92 miles 
 E. S. E. fioin the city of Lahore, 
 This is a place of great extent, but 
 now ill ruins. It was formerly the 
 residence of the Afghans, and is now 
 inhabited by their descendants, and 
 by the Seiks, who are dominant here. 
 The modern houses arc constructed 
 from the materials of the miaous 
 houses formerly occupied by the 
 Afghans. In 1808 .lallindcr was 
 held in Jaghire by two brothers at 
 war witii each other; in consequence 
 of which they kept up a constant 
 discharge of lire arms during (he da}', 
 and at night set fire to each others 
 corn fields. When Kunjeet Singh, 
 the Seik Rajah of Lahore, reduced 
 this part of the province, wherever ho 
 met with no opposition he restored 
 the towns and (heir dependenci(;s to 
 their former proprietors, to be held 
 of him as Jaghircs. 'J'he eliicfs are 
 leudatories to the Rajali, ()at pay 
 him no fixed tribute. (lltA RiQ-is^ 
 ter, '5re.) 
 
 Jalnah, (J.-ilna). — A district in the 
 Nizam's lerritories, in the province 
 of Aurungabad, situated principally 
 between the 19th and 20th degrees 
 of north lalilude. At the peace with 
 the Mtdiaiattas in 1803 it wus ceded 
 to the British, and afterwards in 
 
436 
 
 JAMBEE. 
 
 April, 1804, by them ceded to the Ni- 
 zam, with N\liom it remains. 
 
 Jalnah. — A to^vn in the province 
 of Anruuj^abad, belonging to the 
 Nizam, the capital oi a district of the 
 same name. It was taken from the 
 Maharattas by the army under Col. 
 Stevenson in Sept. 1803, and is now 
 the liead-quartcis of the Hyderabad 
 snbsidiary foi ce. It is divided by a 
 small river, on one side of -which is 
 a town, and on the other a town with 
 a fort. {Itli and 12tk Kegisiers.) 
 
 Jalooan. — A town in the province 
 of Agra, situated on the south side 
 of the iSinde River, 1 15 miles S. E. 
 Jioin Agra, Lat. 26°. 7. N. Long. 
 79°. 2.3'. E. A considerai)le quan- 
 tity of cotton is annually sent from 
 this town to Bengal. It is trans- 
 ported by land to the tuwn of Caun- 
 poor on the Cangcs, a distance little 
 exceeding- 70 miies. From thence 
 it is bronglit to Mirzapoor by water, 
 and there sells on a medimn for two 
 pounds sterling p.cr cwt. {Cole- 
 oroohe, cVc.) 
 
 Jaloue. — A town and fortress in 
 the Rajpoot territories, in the pro- 
 vince of Ajfuecr, 55 miles S. S. W. 
 from Jou<lpoor. Lat. 25°. 44'. N. 
 J.ong. 72°. 56'. E. In 1580 this was 
 the capital of an independent Hin- 
 doo ])rincipality, and at that time 
 reduced by the Emperor Acber. 
 
 Jalore. — A tov^n in the Rajpoot 
 territories, in the province of Ajmeer, 
 53 miles N. E. from Odeypoor. Lat. 
 24°. 47'. N. Long. 74°. 20'. 1'-. 
 
 Jam DOE, {Jambhu). — A district in 
 the province of Lahore, situated 
 about the 33d degree of north lati- 
 tude, it is separated from the Kisli- 
 te^\ar tt^rritory by the River Chi- 
 iiaub: on the east it is bounded by 
 independent Hindoo districts; on the 
 . .soutli by Bissolie ; and on the west 
 by the J'unjab. The limits of the 
 Jamboe Rajah fluctuate greatly ac- 
 cording to circumstances, and he is 
 generally tributary to the Seiks. lu 
 1783 tht^ reveimes ol' this prncipality 
 were estimated \ii live lacks of ru- 
 pees, licsides the produce of Buddoo, 
 ^tid Chandahua, or Chiixajiiah. 
 
 The face of the counli^ is hlUy and 
 woody, and tlie greater part but 
 thinly inhabited, owing to the incur- 
 .sionsof the Seiks and the predatory 
 luibits of the natives. The road to^ 
 the city of Jamboe, in a ?outh-west 
 direction, lies through a delile of 
 sand for many miles, the sides of 
 whieii consist of lofty rocks nearly 
 perpendicular. 
 
 Jamboe. — A town in the province 
 of Lahore, 83 miles N. by E. fjom 
 the city of Ijahore, the capital of a 
 distript of the same name. Lat. 3S°. 
 N. Long. 74°. 5'. E. This town U 
 situated on the side of a hill, and 
 contains tvv o distinct divisions, which 
 are termed the Upper and the Lower 
 Towns. I'he bottom of tlie hill is 
 waslicd by thr Ravcy, here about 40 
 or 50 yards broa»l, and ibrdable at 
 most seasons of the year, w ith many 
 water-mills for grinding coin on its 
 banks. Jamboe is a tow n of consi- 
 derable connnercial resort, being an 
 entrepot between Cashmere and 
 Hindostan. The shawls when ex- 
 ported from Caslimerc are ])acked in 
 bales of a certain weight and quan- 
 tity, of an ascertained value, and are 
 seldom opened until tiny reach their, 
 destined market, 'i'he bales are car- 
 ried usually by men, who in general 
 are Cashmerians, the height and 
 steepness of the mountains preclud- 
 ing ihe emi)loymcnt of cattle in this 
 traflic. At this place the w liite mul- 
 berry is of a large size and exquisite 
 ilavour. {Fvstff, cVc.) 
 
 Jami'.kk. — A district on the north- 
 eastern coast of Sumatra, extending 
 along a river of the same name,whieh 
 has its principal source in the Liman 
 country, 'i'he town of Jambec is 
 situated about 60 miles fiom the sea, 
 and at an early stage u\' European 
 commerce had Dutch and English 
 factoiies. In 1629 it v, as attacked 
 l)y a Portuguese squadron, which 
 was employed 22 days in ascending 
 the river to attack some Dutch ves- 
 sels. 
 
 The trade here consists chiefly in 
 gold dust, pepper, and canc.i; bur 
 the greatest i)art of thtj tirst article 
 
JAVA: 
 
 437 
 
 ■jirorrrfls across llif> comitry to the 
 Mcsteni co.isf, ami tlic quality ol'thc 
 secoiui is not Iirld in «,'.sft'ftii. 'J'lic 
 port is ooiiscqiientl\ but Hide tie- 
 qiicntcd.evccpt b) luuivc lueitbaiits. 
 {^MarsdetL, ^r.) 
 
 Janagtr, (Jai/aiifn^.tr). — A town 
 possessed by iii<Ic|.t'n(iciit native 
 ':liipt"s, in the province ot' Giijrnt, si- 
 tnated in a low reniiy distiict on tlic 
 M'est .side ol't'io Timniass Hiver. Lat, 
 
 23^ 
 
 \. 
 
 l.ong. 7i°. 17'. E. 
 
 Jai'ara. — A Duleh rcsidcncv' on 
 tlic nortb coast of Java, vi<"!din;;- rice 
 and limber fur small ves-fls. Lat. 
 <i°. 28'. -S. Lon.u:. 111.°. 54'. V.. 
 About three miles inland is llio an- 
 rient .Iav!uicse city of Japara, « hieh 
 Avas fornierl} the resiilenee of the 
 sovereigns of a state of liiut name. 
 (Stovoriniis, l^'c.) 
 
 Jakasoo. — A small town in the 
 Rajpoot territories, in the (.rovince 
 <if Ajmi'cr, 30 miles S. 8. E. from 
 .hiiai^-nr. Lat. 2(i°. 30'. N. Lonjj,-. 
 75°. .%'. E. 
 
 Jaukdeo, (Jagadeva). — A district 
 jn the Barramahal province, situated 
 above the Eastern («ii;uits, and now 
 coni|jrehended in the colh'eiorshi]) 
 of Kistriaghcrry. The principal 
 towns are Kislnagherry and Kya- 
 cotta. 'J'his district fortns |>art of the 
 /inci«nt Hindoo di\ision of Dravida. 
 
 Jalmi.mow. (or S'anio'c). — A town 
 in the province of Aliahai)ad, situ- 
 ated on the S. A\'. side ol' tiie (ian,q:es, 
 4'2 miles S W . from liiicknow. Lat. 
 20°. 25'. N. J -on?;. 1U°. 2.3'. J^. 
 
 Jaulda, {.Taluda). — A town in tlie 
 province of Bengal, district of Pa- 
 <hele, 160 n)iles N. W. from C'al- 
 <w<ta. Lat. 2:i°. 22'. N. Lonjr.S0°. 
 4'. v.. 
 
 Jaumoad. — A town in the Nizam's 
 teriilorics, in the province of Berar, 
 52 miles E. from lioorlianj.oor. Lat. 
 21°. l.-y. .N. Lon-. 77°. 7'. i:. 
 
 JAVA, yYava, Bayh:/'). 
 
 A large island in the Ea.st( in Seas, 
 sitnatfcd between the sixth and 
 uiiitij degrees of ^outh latitude, and 
 
 exlendina: nearly in iUc direction of 
 cast and west. 'I'o the south an<l 
 west its shores arc washed by the 
 Indian Ocean; to the north-west, 
 lies the Island of Snmatra; to the 
 north, Fi(»rneo ; l<t the north-east, 
 Celebes; and to the east it is sepa- 
 rated by two narrow straits from the 
 Islands of Madnra and Hali. In 
 length it may bt- eslinnded at GOO 
 miles, liv f)5 the average breadth. 
 
 'I'he arm of the sea between Java 
 and Sninatra is known by the appel- 
 lation of tlu' Straits of Snnda, nwY 
 is about 20 miles wide in the nar- 
 rowest part. The coast, from the 
 Straits of Snnda, rises by degrees ti> 
 a range of hills, which eommenco 
 at the <'ast in the |)rovince of lial- 
 lambonang, and continue through it 
 to the westward, giaiinall} de- 
 creasing in height, and di\idiiig the 
 island longitudinally, into tsvo parts, 
 of which the northern .section is the 
 largest and best. The whole extent 
 of the noitli coast is low, swamp}', 
 and v\oo(ly ground, except a little 
 way to the west of Bant;un, where 
 the high land stretches (low n to the 
 sea-coast. Among the mountains 
 in the <entre of the island there is 
 a volcano still smoking. 
 
 (Ml the north side there arc seve- 
 ral deep inlets or bays, such as those 
 of IJantani, Katavia, Cherilion, Sa- 
 marang, Joana, and Soinabhava, 
 where tliere is good anchorage in 
 moderate depths, duiing the good 
 or sonlii-east monsoon ; but, in the 
 bad monsoon, when the north-west 
 wind blow s hard, and raises a sea, 
 it is dangerous to anchor near the 
 coast. Tlie southern coasts of Java 
 are nnu'ii le^s known than the north 
 ern, being a boKi rocky shore, al- 
 nuist inaccessible, and hitherto biit 
 ijnpcrfectly surveyed. 
 
 'i'lic caNicrn cxtreniity of Java Is 
 but thinly inhabited, and very little 
 cleared or cidtivated. Dagnouw an- 
 gie, a Dnich establishment on the 
 Straits of JJally, is .separated from 
 iiie station of Panaroukan by an 
 immense wilderness, across a nionn- 
 taiuous country, covered with thick 
 
438 
 
 JAVA, 
 
 woods, abounding with tigers, buf- 
 faloes, leopards, and large apes, and 
 only to be penetrated by a narrow 
 path, bordered on each side by thick 
 grass, niiie or ten feet high, the tract 
 being only known to the natives. 
 This path continnes up and down 
 hill, and crosses several rivers made 
 rugged bv projeciing rocks. 
 
 Java is watered by a great num- 
 ber of livers, which all descend 
 from the central chain of moun- 
 tai;;s; but none of them are navi- 
 gable for ships or large vessels, on 
 account of their shallow water, and 
 being impeded at their outlets by 
 sand and mud banks, over most of 
 
 gin to blow. Hence tliese three 
 months, as also October and part of 
 November, are called the shifting 
 months, and the breaking up of the 
 monsoons are considered at Batavia 
 as the most imhealthy season of the 
 year. 
 
 As far as nine or 10 degrees south 
 of the line, when the westerly winds 
 prevail, the contrary takes place at 
 the same time and distance to the 
 north of it, and vice versa, when to 
 the north the Avcsterly vinds blow, 
 the easterly prevail to the south of 
 the hne; which alteration greatly 
 assists the navigation of Java. 
 
 A Ions, the coast of Java the land 
 
 Avhich there is not one foot depth of and sea breezes bloAv every day, 
 
 water at low ebb. The most con- 
 siderable river is that of Joana, and 
 the Sedani, or Tangerang. On the 
 bank or bar before Batavia the Hood 
 rises about six feet, and at spring 
 tides rather more. High and low 
 water occur at Batavia only once in 
 24 hours. 
 
 The jear in Java is divided into 
 
 without exception, and moderate the 
 intensity of the heat. Tlie sea breeze 
 which, in the east monsoon, is ge- 
 nerally co3ifined between E. N. E, 
 and N. but in tlie west monsoon 
 goes as far as N. W. begins to blow 
 about n or 12 o'clock in the fore- 
 noon. It increases gradually in the 
 afternoon until evening, and then 
 
 two seasons ; one of which is called dies imperceptibly away until eight 
 the east or dry monsoon, and the or nine, when it becomes perfectly 
 other the west monsoon, or rainy calm. The land wind begins at mid- 
 season. The east or good monsoon night, or just before, and continues 
 commences in tlie months of April until an hour or two after sun-rise, 
 and May, and tinishes the end of when it falls calm again until the 
 September, or tlie beginning of ()c- sea breeze comes oil at its accus- 
 
 tober. The trade winds then blow 
 from four or five leagues off shore, 
 through the whole of the Indian 
 Seas to the south of the line from 
 the S E. and E. S. E. at times going 
 as far south as S. S. E. with fine dry 
 weather. 
 
 The west or bad monsoon gene- 
 rally begins the latter end of Novem- 
 ber, or early in December. While 
 it continues the wind often blows 
 with great violence, and is accom- 
 
 tomed hour. 
 
 Erom the montli of July to No- 
 vember, the thermometer at Bata- 
 via ranges from 80 to 90 in the hot- 
 test time of the day, and, during tiio 
 greatest coolness of the morning, is 
 seldom lower than 70°. The warmth 
 of the air decreases on approaching 
 the mountains, which lie towards the 
 centre of the island. At a countiy 
 seat of the governor's, named JUii- 
 tenzorg, 40 miles south from Ea- 
 
 panied by heavy torrents of rain, tavia, and situated at the foot of tl)« 
 
 which render the season generally 
 luihealfhy. The same winds are 
 found tf» prevail every where to tlie 
 south of the line, and last until the 
 conclusion of Icbruary, or coni- 
 inenceinent oF March, from whicii 
 time they are vciy variable until 
 April, when the easterly winds be- 
 
 blue mountains, tlie air is healthy 
 and refreshing, and the cold so great 
 in the mornings and evenings, that 
 thick clothes are necessary. The 
 barometer throughout the whole 
 year scarcely undergoes any varia- 
 tion, and Hcvrr exceed;^ two ov three 
 lines. 
 
JAVA. 
 
 439 
 
 \'-.uT tu Ftiamlianan. in the. crntrc 
 ♦if tho isliuiil. (lun^ is a lol'ty lidijo 
 o| ni<)iint;iiiis, fxleiuiiiii^ in a di- 
 rection fronj north to south. Oiio of 
 these is a volcano, and iho. whole- 
 chain is of cxtiaordiniiiy forlility, 
 and cnlti\at<d for two-thirds of their 
 hcifilit. 'I'iie thcrinonu'tcr, as tho 
 travelh'r ascends, !i,ia(hially sink:i 
 from So°. the ordinary iieii^lit in the 
 I)lain, to near 50°. at the summit of 
 the niountains. Tlic heat durinj:^ Ihe 
 day, in tlie hiij;hcst parts that arc 
 cultivated, is Irom GO to 6.'>, and at 
 ninht is as low as '>1°. Here the 
 Sf)il is fertile, and tlie chjuds that 
 overliang- the mountain tops supply 
 .nbnndaucc of ^\ater. All tlic pro- 
 diictiuns of Euro[te, hardly one of 
 wliieh will flourish helow, arc lierc 
 cultivated with .success. These hills 
 produce considerable quantities of 
 wheat and potatoes of an excellent 
 qualitj'. Even oats and barley have 
 been tried with s^reat success, as 
 also some European fruits. 
 
 On account of tlie luxuriant soil, 
 many parts of Java are covered with 
 thick forests, which it is dilficult to 
 penetrate, owinij to the (piantity 
 of underwood and creepiuf; plants 
 fsonui of the latter above 100 iiSet 
 in length), whicli form a sort of a 
 net, and are impassable without the 
 aid of a cutting instrument. In 
 8omc of the more open spots spi- 
 ders' webs are found of a remark- 
 able degree of strength, and the 
 matted grass swarms with snakes 
 and venomous reptiles. 
 
 The soil of Ja\a may generally be 
 considered as pure \cgetable mould 
 resting on clay, argiltaceous iron 
 stone, or coarse limestone of a loose 
 porous texture. It is remarkable 
 that the ^oil of Sumatra and the 
 Malay Peninsula should be re- 
 markable sterile, while that of Java, 
 so contiguous to both, should ex- 
 ceed in fertility almost ;ny countiy 
 in tiie world. i)( this it is a sufli- 
 cient proof that sugar cane, tobacco, 
 and other plants, w hicli, in the rich- 
 est parts of India, require an abun- 
 dant supply of mamire, are here 
 
 raised in greater pcrfeclion without 
 any assistance of that description ; 
 and to this diflercnce of soil th'j 
 superior jiopulation and moie eftrly 
 improvement of Java are chiefly to 
 be ascribed. 
 
 Ploughing in Java is chiefly done 
 by buffaloes, but the plough in use 
 is a very clumsy machine. One or 
 two bnflaloes are yoked to it, and 
 guided by a Chines;-, or Javanese, 
 who performs the tillage very lei- 
 surely. Horses are plenty, but of a 
 diminutive size. IJut little mainne 
 is used l)y the natives; the principal 
 trouble taken is thatof collecting and 
 burning the weeds, and when one 
 ])iece of ground ceases to yield ade- 
 quate crojis another is resorted to, 
 and the first allowed to lie fallow 
 until it is refreshed. Garden grounds 
 are cultivated w ith great care, and 
 moistened with w ater, in which oil 
 cakes and other cakes of manure 
 have been soaked, which greatly en- 
 riches the soil. 
 
 Ey Ptolemy Java is named the 
 Island of Ijarley ; but the grain is 
 unknown to the Javanese, and will 
 not grow in any i)art of the island, 
 except a few cold mountainous 
 tracts, where it has been cultivated 
 through the curiosity of the Eu- 
 ropeans. The first jjroduction of 
 Java, in quantity and importance, is 
 rice, which, in whiteness, quality, 
 aiid flavour, excels that of all the 
 Eastern Archipelago, and ranks 
 next to that of Japan. 'J'his island 
 produces not only a sufhciency for 
 its own consumption, but also sup- 
 plies many of the adjacent countries, 
 and all the more easterly Dutch set- 
 tlements. Of this grain there are 
 two species, one wliich is planted 
 in water, and kept moist by irriga- 
 tion ; the other is planted during the 
 rainy season on high ground, and re- 
 ceives its supply of water solely 
 from the rains. Tlie low land rice 
 is planted in I\Iay, while the upland 
 rice is planted in November, and 
 reaped in March, 'i'he last brings 
 the best price, being a whiter, harder, 
 and better flavoured grain, and hav- 
 
440 
 
 JAVA. 
 
 ing 2;re.Tily ihe au\arifac;e in respfct 
 to keepiijg. The otiu r is much move 
 prcfliiclive, aiul subject (o less lisk 
 in tlie culture ; i)iit it is of watery 
 substance, and liable to a more ra- 
 pid decay. Besides this fjeneral 
 distinction, the rice of each sort, 
 particularly the upliiud, presents a 
 variety of species. 
 
 The next slapleof Java is pepper, 
 of which niiJcli ihe f^rearer propor- 
 tion of the whole ispiodsieed in the 
 prinrijiality of Jiaiitam; in 17-"/ the 
 whole anioniitcd to six millions of 
 pounds. 'I'liC cidlivation ol' Ihis 
 spice in other countries having- since 
 been greally encourafrcd, and the 
 demand in Lnrope diminished, added 
 to the long blockade of the Dutch 
 ports, the quantity raised in Java 
 has decreased also. 
 
 Sugar is chirjly the production of 
 the district of Jacatra; but it is also 
 niamilactured in that of Cherjbon, 
 and along thf; noith-eastern coast of 
 Java. In 1768 the whole produce 
 exceeded 15 millions of poinids, and 
 was capable of being greatly aug- 
 mented, 'i lie cane grows luxuri- 
 antly, and it is a I'avourite article of 
 culture with the Chinese, who arc 
 the gn'at sugar planters and manu- 
 facturers. Their works are not so 
 solidly constructed, nor so enor- 
 mously expensive, as those in the 
 West Indies. \\ hen the manufac- 
 ture is completed, the sugar is di- 
 vided into three (jualitics; the first 
 of which is scut to Europe, the se- 
 cond to the west of India, and the 
 third, \Ahich is the brownest, to 
 Japan, 
 
 CoHee is an article yielding large 
 crops in Java, and cultivated in the 
 same manner as in the West Indies. 
 In 1708 the cpuintity produced ex- 
 ceeded live millions of pounds; and, 
 like sugar, its productioiv is capable 
 of being greatly increased. 
 
 The cotton shruli is raised in many 
 parts of the island, but does n^t 
 form an article of export. Salt is 
 brought in large quantities from 
 llembang to Batavia, and fronr 
 tlieucc re-exported, a considerable 
 
 portion hein,? sent to t1;e S. W. 
 coast of Humatra. The indigo plant 
 grows luxuiiaiitly, aiui the qnaiitity 
 rai-^ed, al*hough hitherto small, rnay 
 be greatly incieased; turmeric and 
 long pepper are also produced and 
 exported. 
 
 The riorlh-east coast and part of 
 the Cheiiijon district finnish a laige 
 quantity of logs, beanis, boards,, 
 knees, and other pieces of timber 
 for the coiisuniption of Batavia, for 
 s])i| -building, and occasionally for 
 the ont-setUcmcuts nv.d the C ape of 
 Good Mope. The large forests bc- 
 l;,ng to the Dutch East India Com- 
 pany as sovereigns, and the wood is 
 felled and prepared by the natives 
 at a moderate expense. 
 
 The Island of Java is ])articularly 
 abundant in fruit and fruit trees, 
 among which may be enumerated 
 the cocoa nut and many other 
 palms, oranges, citrons, tamarinds, 
 shaddocks, lemons, the jack tree, 
 mangoes, niangosteens, pine apples,^ 
 bananas, the sweetsop, custard ap- 
 ple, the rambutan, and guava; in 
 addition to which are grapes, me- 
 lons, jiumpkins, pomegranates, and. 
 tigs. The maugostc^en is reckoned 
 the most delicious fruit of the east, 
 and is of a singularly good ilavourin 
 Java. The tree on which it grows 
 is extremely b<autiful, bearing, like 
 the orange, both fruit and flowers at 
 tlie sauic time. The fruit is nearly 
 a perfect .sph( re, of a bright or dark 
 ))urple, according to the degree of 
 ripeness. It rests on a green calyx, 
 the upper part surmounted by a co- 
 rona, which is generally divided 
 into as, many rays as the fruit con- 
 sists of lobes, which are of a white, 
 delicate, pulpy substance, covering- 
 each a small nut. The husk, (u- 
 shell, contains a "brown astringent 
 juice. 
 
 The celebrated upas, or poison 
 tree, of whi.i^h the account, by Fo- 
 ersch, attracted little attention, un- 
 til it was inserted as a note to Dr. 
 Darwin's Poem of the Botanic Gar- 
 den, is now established to be en- 
 tirely of fabulous exibteucc, and a 
 
JAVA. 
 
 441 
 
 bold oxpfiiiiioul ou flic credulity of people 11iroii<;iiont sprak the same 
 
 iaiiS";>S*^i ii'ul iiave llio saiDC iiiaii- 
 ueis, habits, and »!ustoms, [listory 
 and tradition icla1<\ that lli< y were 
 once uiiitcd under one sovereign ; a 
 fact which the present state of their 
 langiiaf^e and institntions tends to 
 corroborate. 'I'lu; lorni of govern- 
 ment among tlio Javanese is essen- 
 tially despolic, and answers to the 
 most alistraet idia of uniiinitHd un- 
 controuled jjower. The will of a 
 Javanese prince is literally law, and 
 there exists neither civil nor re- 
 ligions institutions to oppose a bar- 
 rier t(j it. 
 
 Among the people tljcrc are no 
 hereditary ranks or distinctions; the 
 monarch by his autliority may raise 
 the humblest peasant to the fii-st 
 rank in the empire, or level the 
 higiiest with the nv ancst of his sub- 
 jects. He is heir to all under his 
 dominion, and land iu particular is 
 his exclusive property. Large tracts 
 of territory arc frequently given one 
 day, and resumed the next; and 
 neither grant nor occupation can 
 give a subject the remotest claim to 
 permanent property. Porlioiis of 
 land are given in place of salaries to 
 the officers of government, and rc- 
 Aocated at pleasure. So lluctuating 
 is the possession of such gifts, that 
 hardly in any instance are lands at 
 jnesent held by the heirs of those 
 who occupied them 30 }ear.s ago. 
 
 I'lom this state of pro})erty it re- 
 sults that there is no hereditary no- 
 bility in Java, whic!) \\ould be in- 
 compatible with the uid)0unded pre- 
 rogatives of the prince; yet the 
 Javanese arc not vvithout their titles 
 of nobility. These arc conferred 
 during pleasure, but carry witli them 
 Jiotwilhstanding extraordinary pri- 
 vileges, or rather an extensive power 
 to do mischief. In proportion to 
 their degree, they connuand the ve- 
 neration of the superstitious people, 
 who consider them as an emanation 
 from ro\alty, and respect them ac- 
 cordingly. 
 
 'Ihe people and privileged orders, 
 being thus so greatly separated, di- 
 
 persons at a distuucc. 
 
 The great boa snake found in the 
 forests of Java is superior in mag- 
 nitude to the alligator, and no less 
 formidable in other respects. Some 
 of this species have been killed 30 
 i'ct't long. The olhcr animals arc, 
 iu every respect, similar to those of 
 Sumatra, v^hcve a more particular 
 desciiption v. ill be ibund. lor one 
 fipecics of the moid;ey genus, called 
 tiic Wow Vv'ow, tiie Javanese pre- 
 tend to have a fellow-feeling, there 
 being a tradition among them that 
 their ancestors originally sprung from 
 this species of aj)e. 
 
 In Java every cil)ject seems im- 
 pregnated witii life. A glass of 
 water taken out of the canal at 11a- 
 tavia, becomes in a few hours a col- 
 lection of animated matter; the mi- 
 nute portions of which nudtipiyitig 
 by division and subdivision, move 
 about with astonishing rapidity; an<l 
 the bay swarming with myriiids of 
 living creatures, exhibits in tlie niglit 
 time a )ihosphoreseent hght. The 
 insect tribes are also extremeiy nu- 
 merous ; snakes, scorpions, spiders, 
 ants, musipiitors, tire Hies, and juany 
 other dangerous and disgusting ver- 
 min, swarm in the roads, houses, 
 and bed chambers. A venomous 
 spider is very common in the 
 thickets of Java, the body of which 
 is two iutlies in diameter, and the 
 length of the fore legs (u- claws four 
 iuciies, covered with hair, the colom* 
 black, and the mouth red. I'he 
 forests and niouiiiiiins contain an 
 immense number and variety of 
 birds, from the en>sowary to the 
 humming biid, whit ii is little larger 
 than a eomnion bee. Among tiie 
 birds are beautiful iooiies and parro- 
 quets, argus pheasants, the golden 
 tiiiush, and kings lisher. 
 
 When tiic Dutch first established 
 themselves in Java, l!;c island was 
 divided into three great states, flan- 
 tam, Jacatra, and tiie empire of the 
 .Socsoehoenau ; which last was the 
 most extensive, and comprehended 
 two-thirds of the whole island. The 
 
442 
 
 JAVA. 
 
 \idc the coniinuiiilj' into two classes, 
 tlic distinction of which is so niaiked 
 antl hnniiliating-, that it has aflTccted 
 tlio Javanese language ; the men of 
 rank actually speakin<^ one language, 
 and the plebeians anotiier, Aviiich tlit- 
 ter as iiuich as any tvvo dialects of 
 tile same European tongue. The 
 nobleman would think himself de- 
 p^raded by using- the language of the 
 inlerior classes, and it would be a 
 dangerous preeumption in the latter 
 to assume the language of their su- 
 periors. 'J'his distinction of lan- 
 gnage is carried still further, for it is 
 still more nicely adapted to the dif- 
 ferent gradations of rank; and v\ith 
 regard to the sovereign in particular, 
 in a variety of instances he makes 
 use of one language, and is spoken 
 to in another, botlt exclusively ap- 
 propriated to himself. The Java- 
 Tiesc language, besides these strange 
 effects produced on it by the con- 
 stitution of the society, carries Avitli 
 it marks of a copiousness ilowin^ 
 from olher sources ; probably the 
 union of many dialects in one, ap- 
 parently of long cultivation, ail'ord- 
 ing a strong presumption of con- 
 siderable antiquity, and overflowing- 
 with Avords of pure Sanscrit. 
 
 When a Javanese subject comes 
 into the presence of his prince, lie 
 assumes the most abject position, 
 rather crawling than w alking, both 
 in approaching and withdrawing-. 
 Instead of shewing his respect by 
 the decency of his attire as in 
 Europe, however high his rank, he 
 anxiousiy displays (he relative mean- 
 ness of his condition by appearing in 
 a state of halt-naked raggedness, 
 and his language corresponds with 
 Jiis dress. 'I'o his monarch he speaks 
 with anaAve and reverence approach- 
 ing to adoration, and instead of at- 
 tempting to recommend himself by 
 the elegance and propriety of his 
 dii-conrse, he selects the language 
 of an igtinrant and abject slave ; and 
 Tiot unlVcquently mimics some bar- 
 barotis idiom, to express more em- 
 phatically the immeasurable in- 
 eqviaJity cf his «onditioii, compared 
 
 with that of his sovereign. lin Java 
 and all the adjacent countries, to sit 
 and not to stand is the posture of 
 respect. An infei ior never presumes 
 to stand in the presence of a person 
 of superior rank. 
 
 At present Java is divided into 
 five principal states or governments, 
 which are Bantam, Jacatra, C'heri- 
 bon, the empire of tlie Soesochoenan, 
 and that of the sultan. These ar» 
 again subdivided into 123 districts, 
 eacli of which contain a certain num- 
 ber of inhabitants. The population 
 of Java was estimated by A alentyu 
 at 3,300,000, and the Dutch authors 
 assert, that it has since been pro- 
 gressively decreasing; but it does 
 not appear there is any solid foun- 
 dation for this opinion. In 1792 it 
 was estimated by the gentlemen of 
 Lord IVIacartney's embassy, at 
 2,300,000. It is said that in 1808 
 General Daendels caused a census 
 to be taken, by the returns of whichi, 
 exclusive of the south coast of the 
 island, the population appeared to 
 exceed three millions. 
 
 By the system of the Butch go- 
 vernment the country is divided 
 into districts, over each of which is 
 a chief or governor, called Tomo- 
 gong; whose duty it is to take care 
 that the full share of the peasant's 
 produce be delivered, i'or the use of 
 the sovereign, the Dutch, and them- 
 selves. The princes of the diflcrent 
 states into Avhich Java is subdivided 
 are all more or less under the in- 
 Ihience of the Dutch East India 
 Company, Avhich maintains forts 
 and garrisons thionghout their do- 
 minions. 
 
 'I'lie Chinese in Java are very 
 numerous, and severely taxed by the 
 Dutch; notwithstanding which, theso 
 industrious persons lind means io " 
 pay the tax imposed, and accumu- 
 late wealth. 'J'liey intermarry with 
 the Javanese and Malays, and pur- 
 chase female slaves tor Avives and 
 conenbincs. Many of them, par- 
 ticularly at Batavia, carry on very 
 considerable trade with their native 
 country and the several islands of 
 
JAVA. 
 
 443 
 
 the Eastern Archipelago, as well as 
 a coasting trade tioni one part to 
 anotlier ofjava; in all the principal 
 towns of which the Ciiincse t'onn 
 the great capitalistj;. Aloni^; with 
 these laborious habits it is ren)ark-. 
 able that they are extremely ad- 
 dicted to ganiinjc, permission for 
 which is farmed out. In Bafavia, 
 the officers who cyntronl the Chinese 
 gaminj^-houses are recpiired to pay 
 to the Dutch government a monthly 
 contribution of 3100 rix dollars, or 
 about 80001. sterling per an:ninj. 
 
 The Javanese are in general about 
 the middle size of Europeans, straight 
 and well made, all the joints of their 
 hands and fe<'t remarkably small, 
 and the colour of their skin a deep 
 brown, api)roaehingto black. Their 
 eyes are black and pioniinent, the 
 nose rather broad and somewhat 
 flattened. The hair is black, and 
 kept smooth and shining w ith cocoa 
 nut oil. By the women it is twisted 
 into a knot on the toj) of the head ; 
 where it is fixed with gold or sih er 
 pins, and decorated with sweet smel- 
 ling flowers. Among the Javanese 
 jet black is the favourite colour for 
 the teeth, comparing to monkies 
 tliose who keep them of the natural 
 colour. They in consequence of this 
 taste Main Ihtir teeth of the deepest 
 black, except the two Iront ones, 
 which they cover with gold leaf. 
 Whenever the dye or gilding is m orn 
 pff, they are \ery attentive in re- 
 placing it on the proper teeth. 
 
 That attention to personal clean- 
 liness, which distinguishes the Hin- 
 doos, is unknown lO the Javanese, 
 who on the contrary are remarkable 
 for their (ilthiness. In point of diet 
 they are most indiscriminate and 
 voracious, seldom ob>erving any re- 
 gular meals ; and, although Ma- 
 hommedans, indulging freely in in- 
 toxicating liquors, even at their re- 
 ligious ceremonies. TJiey differ also 
 in other respects from the Hindoos, 
 particularly with respect to their 
 females, to whose chastity they are 
 perfectly inditi'ercnt ; and perhaps 
 there is no people in the world who, 
 
 in this respect, exhibit a greater de- 
 pravity of morals, liven with th« 
 Sumatrans and Malays they Ibrm a 
 striking contrast. The usual food of 
 those who inhabit the low country is 
 rice with a little fish, but in the high 
 lands among the mountain.s many 
 make use of a certain root called 
 tallas, with tlie salt which they pro- 
 cure from wood ashes. 
 
 Their principal weapon is a creese, 
 which is a kind of dagger, with a 
 blade of hardened steel, of a ser- 
 pentine shape, and from its tbrui ca- 
 pable of making a huge and wide 
 wound. The dress of the lower 
 classes consists of a piece of cotton 
 clotii, which they wnip round their 
 waist, and passing through between 
 their legs fasten up behind. Tiieir 
 dwellings are constructed of split 
 bamboos, interlaced or matted, plais- 
 tered with clay, and covered with 
 leaves of the cocoa nut tiee. The 
 whole house usually con.sists of but 
 one apartment, in which husband, 
 wife, children, and the poultry they 
 keep, all lie together on the ground. 
 Like all the rest of tiie Sunda is- 
 landers they are immoderately fond 
 of cock tighting, which is a source 
 of revenue to the Dutch East India 
 Company, who make them pay for 
 permission to keep these birds. This 
 tax is peculiar to the province of Ja- 
 catra, and, in 1770, produced 351. 
 10s. per month. 
 
 The Javanese are polygamists, and 
 many as many wives as they can 
 maintain, besides keep a numerous 
 retiiiue of iemale slaves in the ca|)a- 
 <ity of concubines, 'i'his however 
 does not occur with tlie lower classes, 
 who have only one wife. Females 
 ore usually married at the age of 10 
 or 12, until which time they go 
 nearly naked, wearing only a belt 
 round their waist, w ith a metal plate 
 in front, rings round their wrists, 
 I'hains about tiie neck, and flowers 
 in Iheir black shinijig hair. "When 
 a girl is es))Oused she rides about the 
 town, accompanied liy her friends, 
 the relations and slaves of both fa- 
 milies, with a band of noisy music. 
 
444 
 
 JA\ A. 
 
 This is generally licr fust and last 
 pnhlic exhibition; for if she marries 
 iutoafamily of condition, she is shnt 
 11)) for the remainder of her Hfe. Tlie 
 women arc in proportion more come- 
 ly tlian the men, and very much at- 
 tached 10 Europeans, of wliom they 
 aie exlrenicly jealous. 
 
 The piivate horns of a Javanese 
 piince are mostly passed in the so- 
 ciety, or at least in the presence of 
 ^vomen. His day is consumed with 
 the most placid apathy in smoking- 
 Iiis hookah, while a troop of dancinjj 
 men or ^\ omen aj e stipposed to aflord 
 him anmsement. At other times the 
 females of his serap,lio relate the Ion-;- 
 tradilioiiary stories and adA'entures 
 of the ancient heroes and demij:;ods, 
 contained in their Cheritras, or sa- 
 cred hooks, M'hich are derixed from 
 the mythological fables of the Hin- 
 doo Puranas. The heat of the cli- 
 mate has been alleged as an apology 
 for the indolence of the Javanese, 
 but the fallacy of this position is 
 proved by the industiy of the Chi- 
 nese, uho in diligence and persever- 
 ance in maruud labour surpass many 
 of the most industrious classes in 
 Europe. These inhabit the same is- 
 land, and open their variegated 
 fihops, and till the soil neglected by 
 the natives amidst whom they reside. 
 
 The Jawa, or Javanese language, 
 is athnilted by tiie Malays to be that 
 of a more ancient nation than them- 
 .sehes, and seems at one time to 
 have been current throughout the 
 wiiole exleut of Java. It is so es- 
 sentially distinct from the Malay, 
 that Ihese people arc not in (he least 
 intelligible to each other, and in the 
 interior of the island not one native 
 among 10,000 can speak the Malay. 
 'I'he alpliabet of Java is peculiar, and 
 has v.o resemblance in tlie order of 
 posiUon to the Deva nagari- The 
 Malays of Java frequently use the 
 Javanese character to express their 
 owii language, and have also trans- 
 lated the Koran into Javanese. The 
 literature of the Javanese is similar 
 <o (hat of the Malays, but appa- 
 rently of prior origin. 
 
 The early civilizalion of the? Ja- 
 venese is renderctl still more credible 
 by their possession of an era and a 
 methodical division of time, which 
 is probably of Hindoo origin. The 
 year A. D. 1814 conesi)onds with 
 the 1741st of the Javanese era. The 
 Hindoo names for tlic days of the 
 week, though now obsolete, arc uni- 
 versally knowji to the learned Ja- 
 veiiest.'. It is also a remarkable cir- 
 eumR(ance, and a proof of (heir im- 
 perfect conversion, that the JaA ancsc 
 aie the only Mahonnnedans who 
 have not adopted the cpocha of (he 
 flight of Mahommed, considered 
 among his followers as an indispen- 
 sible article of faith. 
 
 That the Javanese once professed 
 the Hindoo religion in some form is 
 proved by many facts. Besides the 
 corroboration presented by their lan- 
 gujigc, there are the relics of the 
 .Hindoo religion still adhering to 
 tht>ra ; the traditions which exist of 
 (heir ancient belief, and the temples 
 and idols peculiar to Hindoo super- 
 stition, with inscriptions in the sacred 
 languages v\' that faith. 
 
 The penances and austerities of 
 the Hindoo ritual are still occasion- 
 ally practised by the Javanese, and 
 their virtue in conferring superna- 
 tinal power over gods, men, and the 
 <l(-ments, slill seriously believed in. 
 J>y all connected with the rojal 
 blood, and by them only, (he fl(;sh 
 of the cow is religiously abslained 
 liom. There is scarcely any reason 
 to beiievc that the institution of 
 castes (the grand Brahminical dis- 
 tinction) ever prevailed among (he 
 Javanese; from which, and from 
 olher eircumslanecs, it is probable 
 liiat the prevailing religion of Java 
 was Buddhism; yet the Iciripks and 
 inscriptions found in varioiis |)ar(s of 
 (he isliuid furnish sufficien( e%idei;ee, 
 (hat (he doctrines of Biahma had 
 also obtained a footing. A few ido- 
 laters are still found in liie mouii- 
 tains at the east end of Java, and in 
 the neighbouring island of Bally (he 
 religion of Buddha is the jircx ailing 
 one, although some Maiiojnnicdaufi 
 
JAVA. 
 
 445 
 
 m-e fomul on the soa-coast. The 
 most extensive remains of [liiidoo 
 lelif^ious edifices in Java are those at 
 iioroni^ Undor (the piaee of many 
 idols), in the district of ('adoo, at 
 Branihanani, and in the districts of 
 Mntarani and 15ananl)oiian!i. 
 
 'J"he jtredomjnant reli;j;ion at pre- 
 sent is that of Mahoinmed, adidte- 
 rated by many snperstitious notions 
 au<i ol)servanees, retained from the 
 reiiu,ion of tlieir ancestors. In 1 lOfi 
 Sheikh ibn Moiana, or Ben Israel, 
 un Arabian Mho had sjreatly eon- 
 Iributed to the propau,ation of the 
 jVIahommeihui faith in the neii2;h- 
 Jjoiiring countries, came to Java, 
 and became both a powerful sove- 
 reign and venerated apostle of that 
 rellijiou. The Kings of Bantam and 
 Cheribon claim him for their an- 
 cestor, and pilu:rlniagcs are perform- 
 ed to his ninsqne and mausoleum 
 near the town of Cheribon, vvhicli 
 edifice may rank among the most 
 curious and nia;j:niti(!ent antiquities 
 of the Eastern Isles. Many other 
 niosfjues and phiees of prayer are 
 dispersed o%er the eoniitry, mostly 
 built of wood, and without ornament 
 of any sort. The deatl are not buried 
 10 c(»tiins by the Javanese Maiiom- 
 inedans, the bodies beinu; merely 
 wrapped in a piece of white cloth, 
 and deposited in the grave. Over 
 the head one stone is placed, and 
 over the feet another, wliich tlicy 
 believe are to sene lor seats to the 
 two angels, who after their death 
 are to examine into the nattne of 
 their conduct during their existence. 
 
 In the interior of the island more 
 than 100 stones were discovered, in 
 •1811, covered with inscriptions in 
 what was supposed to be an un- 
 known character, but \\ liich has been 
 discovered by ^Jr. Alarsden to be 
 the square Pali, a sacred character 
 of the Birmans. Among the idols 
 found in Ja\a, both of stone and 
 metal, there are matiy of Brahma, 
 Vishnu, Mahadeva, ynd Bliavani; 
 and that of Ganesa, with his elephant 
 head, was frequently recognized by 
 ihe British, ofhcers during their law 
 1 
 
 campaigns in that island. Many si- 
 milar stones and lignres an; also ti; 
 be found in the Lampong «uuiitry in 
 Sumatra. 
 
 Like all other nations tlie early 
 history of the Javanese is lost in the 
 jnist of fabulous anti(|nity. in more 
 modern times the Javanese ainials 
 give accounts of political relations 
 having subsisted between the states 
 of Pajagaran and iMojopalut, in Ja- 
 va, with those of Menancalow, Sin- 
 gapura, and Paleinbang, in Snma- 
 tftj, and with Succa<lana and Ban- 
 jarmassin, in Borneo. TJiis fact 
 seems confirmed by the present con- 
 dition of several of tin* neighbouring 
 islands, where at this day the Avritten 
 language, as well as tlie language of 
 the coint, are Javanese, although 
 the indigenous dialect of these is- 
 landers be entirely diflerent. This 
 observation ap|)lies to, Madnra, Bal- 
 ly, Sumbhava, and Lombhouk, which 
 once formed part of the doisiinious 
 of the princes of Mojopahit, and 
 ^\ hich appear also to have received 
 the whole of their literature from 
 Java. 
 
 Por more tli.in a century the 
 Dutch remained in unmolested pos- 
 session of this large and fertile is- 
 land, and might have continued su, 
 but for the ircneh nivolution, which 
 brought then! under subjeetiou to 
 that nation, and rendered an attack 
 necessary on the part of the British. 
 An expedition was in consequeiM'e 
 dispatched liom India under Sir 
 .Samuel A nehniuty, which laiidedon 
 the 4th August, 'l81 1; on the 8th 
 the city of Bata\ia surrendered at 
 iliscretion; on the iOlh a sharp ac- 
 tion took place at W'elte I'rcden, 
 with the cor])s d'eiite of the Galio 
 Batavian army, whicii was driven 
 into the strongly intrenched camp at 
 Cornells. Un the iOtli tliis post was 
 carried by assault, when the wholu 
 of the eui^my's army, consisting of 
 upwards ol 1 0,000 disciplined troops, 
 were either killed, taken, or dis- 
 persed; and mrh this action con- 
 cluded the l>iitch sovereignty of Ja- 
 va. E\ci\ prior to this they held tiij 
 
446 
 
 JEJURRY. 
 
 island bj' )atlicr a precarious tenure, 
 and were obliged to adopt the sinister 
 poliey of fomenting a constant dis- 
 union among the more powerful 
 princes of Java, wlio govcni under 
 the titles of allies and tributaries, 
 and to retain them in due subordi- 
 nation large reinforcements from Eu- 
 rope were aiuuially requisite. 
 
 Short as the period has been con- 
 siderable improvements have taken 
 place in Java since the British ob- 
 tained po: session, and jnorc were in 
 contemplation. Considerable por- 
 tions of the Cadowan I'orest, iu the 
 Paccalougang district, have been 
 rented out to cultivators, who have 
 engaged to convert the land, now 
 covered with jungle, into rice fields 
 in three years. The high eastern 
 road, which ruiis through this forest, 
 is said to have cost the lives of above 
 3000 persons in making, during the 
 goverinnent of General Daendaels, 
 and tlie whole must continue very 
 unhealtliy until the country is better 
 cleared. An improved system of po- 
 lice has been introduced, which ab- 
 rogated the extreme severity of the 
 Dutch code, and at the same time 
 proved intiHitcly more effectual in 
 the prevention of crimes. New ar- 
 rangements have ^Iso been esta- 
 blished for the collection of the re- 
 venue, the total amount of which 
 has been considerably augmented, 
 altliougii levied on the natives in a 
 less oppressive manner than before ; 
 and the long blockade of Java hav- 
 ing ceased with its capture, the co- 
 lonial and coasting trade to the ad- 
 jacent isles are progressively increas- 
 ing. {Stnvorinvs and Notes, Eiin- 
 hurgh JReview, Bai-ro'c, Marsden, 
 Tombe, Letjden, Slanntmi, ^c.) 
 
 JvuTs.— Sec Bhurvpoor. 
 
 Jayes. — A town in the Nabob of 
 Oudc's territories, 55 miles S. E. 
 from liUcknow. Lat. 26° 15'. N. 
 Long. 81°. 30'. E. 
 
 Jaynagur. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Bahar, district of Folamow, 
 122 miles S. S. VV. fmtn Patna. Lat. 
 24°. 1'. N. Long. 84°. 25'. E. 
 
 JEGHEDERP00R,(Jag'/m*rfarjj3ir), — 
 
 A town in the province of €lunrl- 
 wana, 20 miles south from Bustar. 
 Lat. 19°. 26'. N. Long. 82°. 21'. E. 
 
 Under this town a considerable 
 river runs, named the Inderowty 
 (Indravati), the bed of which, at this 
 place, is very rocky, and not ford- 
 able at any season of the year. There 
 is a small fort on a peninsula formed 
 by tlie winding of tlie river, which, 
 iu the rainy season, overflows its 
 banks, and forms a lake of consi- 
 deiablc dimensions. {Blunt, S,-c.) 
 
 Jehanabad. — A town belonging 
 to tlie Maharattas, in the province 
 of Khaudesh, three miles south from 
 Boorhanpoor. Lat. 21° 18'. N. 
 Long. 76°. 21'. E. 
 
 Je HENA B A D, {Jehanabad). — A town 
 in the province of Bahar, district of 
 Bahar, 33 miles S. by W. from Pat- 
 na. Lat. 25°. 13'. N. Long. 82°. 
 5'. E. 
 
 Jehungseal. — A small town in 
 the Afghan territories, in the pro- 
 vince of Mooltan, 30 miles N. E. 
 from the city ol Mooltan. Lat. 30°. 
 54'. N. Long. 71°. 40'. E. 
 
 Jejurry. — A Maharatta town in 
 the province of Bejapoor, 28 miles 
 S. E. from Poonah. Lat. 18°. iC. 
 N. Long. 74°. 17'. E. 
 
 The temple at this place is dedi- 
 cated to an incarnation of Maha- 
 deva, or Siva, under the form of 
 Kandeh Row, which he assumed to 
 destroy an enormous giant named 
 Manimal. It is built of fine stone, 
 and situated on a high hill in a beau- 
 tiful country, and has a very ma- 
 jestic appearance. Attached to it is 
 an establishment of dancing girls, 
 who, in 1792, amounted to 250 in 
 number ; with many Brahmins, and 
 beggars imuunerable. 
 
 'I'his temple is very rich, 60001. 
 being annually expended on account 
 of the idol, who has horses and ele- 
 phants kept for him ; and with his 
 spouse is daily bathed in rose and 
 Ganges water, although the latter is 
 brought from the distance of above 
 1000 miles. They are also perfumed 
 with Otr of roses, and decorated 
 with srems. I'he revenues are de- 
 
JEIVILAH. 
 
 447 
 
 rived from Iioukps and lands given 
 by pious poisons, ;iiid from Ihc oflVr- 
 ings ot" \otaiics of all descriptions. 
 Tlic daufijig girls, liowevcr iiunie- 
 rous, arc probably not a source of 
 expense, but railicr of re\enuc to 
 the temple. 
 
 This is a favourite place among 
 tlie Muharattas for performing the 
 ceremony of swinging. In order to 
 expiate tiieir sins a blunt hook is 
 iaserted into the tleshy part of the 
 penitent's back, who is hoisted up 
 to the top of a pole from 21) to 50 
 ieet high, and liom thence swung 
 round on a transverse moveable 
 beam, as many times as is judged 
 necessary, (Moor, \-c.) 
 
 Jei.ai.arau. — A town in tht; pro- 
 vince of Dellii, ilistrict of liareily, 
 44 miles S. bv E. from Bareilv. Lat. 
 27° 4ry. N. Long. 79° 37'. E. 
 
 Jhlaladad. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Cabul, 73 miles E. S. E. 
 from the cil v of Cabid. Lat. 34°. G'. 
 N. Long. 69°. 4o . E. 
 
 Tliis \\ as tbrmerly a town of great 
 note, but now much decayed, though 
 still of considerable strength and 
 importance. It has a public market, 
 and the adjacent district produces a 
 coarse sugar. {Foster, llt/i Register, 
 *■<■•) 
 
 Jklasir, {Jalfsu-ara, the Lord of 
 Waters). — A town in the province of 
 Agra, 28 miles N. E. from the city 
 of Agra. Lat. 27°. 3U'. N. Long. 
 78°. 13'. V. 
 
 Jkllasouf, (Jalesirara). — -A town 
 in the province of IJengal, district 
 of Midnapor, 80 miles S. W. from 
 Calcutta, situated on the cast side 
 of the Subunrceka River, which, 
 until 1 803, was the boundary of the 
 Bengal government to tlie south. 
 Lat. 21°.\'>0'. .N. Long. 87° 25'. E. 
 
 Jellinohy Kivr.R. — This is one 
 of tin; most westerly branches of the 
 Ganges, from the main stream of 
 which it separates at the town of 
 Jellinghy, in the district of Kaujishy ; 
 and, after an uiicommoidy winding 
 course joins the Ehagirathi, or Cos- 
 simbazar l^ivcr, at Nuddeah, their 
 united streams forming the Uooghly, 
 
 or Calcutta River. Altliongh a stream 
 runs in the Jellinghy during the 
 whole year, it is some years untm- 
 vigable during two or three of the 
 driest months. {Rennd, ^c St.) 
 
 JuLLiNGUV. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of IJengal, district of Kaujishy, 
 situated on a river of tiie same name, 
 30 miles E. bv S. from Moorsheda- 
 bad. Lat. 24°, 8'. N. Long. 88°. 
 42'. E. 
 
 .Iklpf.sh, — A town in the province 
 of Bengal, district of llungjioor, GO 
 miles N, N. W, from Bungpoor. Lat. 
 26°. 28'. N. Long. 88°. 45'. E. 
 
 Jelpigokv. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Bengal, district of Bung- 
 poor, Go miles N. N. W. from Rung- 
 poor. Lat. 2G°. 30'. N. Long. 88®. 
 25'. E. 
 
 J emaulabad. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of South Canara, originally 
 named Narsinga Angady. Lat. 13°. 
 N, Long. 75°." 24'. E. 
 
 The fort built hero by Tippoo 
 stands upoji an immense rock, which 
 is wholly inaccessible except by one 
 narrow way, and may be deemed 
 impregnable. The nature of the ac- 
 cess to it renders the descent, in the 
 face of an enemy, nearly as diilicidt 
 as the access ; so that a very smalt 
 body of men, with artillery, an; ade- 
 quate to blockade a strong garrison, 
 which renders the place of little use, 
 except as a safeguard for treasure. 
 When Seringapatam had lalleii, Tip- 
 poos garrison Mere summoned, but 
 held out for a month and a half; 
 when, after thr(!e days bombardinent, 
 the soldiers ran otf, the connnandant 
 poisoned himself, and the principal 
 officers wlio submitted to be taken 
 Avere hanged. The country around 
 Jcmaulahad is almost covcretl with 
 wood, and nmch of it has a very 
 good soil. {F. Buchanan, .Ve.) 
 
 Jemailnaig. — A town in the Ba- 
 laghaut ceded territories, situated ou 
 the north side of the IVniiar River, 
 41 miles N. W. from Cudapah. Lat. 
 14°. 48'. N. Long. 78°. 28'. ii:. 
 
 Jemlah, {Januth). — A small dis- 
 trict in Northern Hindostan, situated 
 between the 3Uth and 31st degrees 
 
448 
 
 JESSORE. 
 
 of north latitude, and occasionally greater part of the coinifry is an tm- 
 
 distiiignished by the appellaliou of iulenupted tract of saiid, intersected 
 
 Bawe Pnlooli. by no rivers, and the well -water 
 
 The valley of Jemlah is f; nd to be being- only proenrable from a very 
 
 nearly of the same evtciit a» that of p-eat depth under pound. Beiiii; 
 
 Nepaiil, but to be iiiore coMtlguons hov, ever •vviHiiii the i tinence of the 
 
 to the great Himalaya rid|:;e of monn- periodica! rains, its complete sterility 
 
 tains, and more cheijuered \viih low mn;-.t in some respects, be attributed 
 
 hills. Tlie rice here is sown about to the nature of the ejovernsnent ; 
 
 the 10th of the mouth of I'ysack, the conutry lieiug subdivided among- 
 
 and reaped about the 10th of Bha- a numiter of petty chiefs, in a state 
 
 doon; and from the climate and soil ofpsTpetnal hostility viih each other, 
 
 of Jemlah, it has been conjectured. This district was never completely 
 
 that this species of rice is very likely subdued by any of the iuvaders of 
 
 to lloui-ish in England. The capital Hindostan, and remains in the pos- 
 
 of tliis district is Chinnachin, 10 session of its original inhabihuits, 
 
 days journey distant from Eeeni who are of the I'indoo Brahminical 
 
 Shehi. religion, btit very few in number. 
 
 The 24 and 22 Rajahs were for- JESSEi.MKRr:. — A town in the pro- 
 
 mcrly in a certain degree t) ibutary vinee of Ajmeer, tlu; capital of a 
 
 to the Jemlah Rajahs, who annually district of the same name. Lat. 2'/°, 
 
 received from one, as a token of ho- 
 mage, a pair of slippers, fiom an- 
 other fish; but the district is now 
 governed by a deputy from the 
 Ghoorkhali government of Nejjaul, 
 
 44'. N. Long. 72°. 16'. E. 
 
 JnssoRE, (Jaxar, the Bj-idge). — A 
 district in the province of Uengali 
 situated between the 2-2d and 24th 
 dcjrrccs of north latitude. To the 
 
 tlie rajah being kept in honourable n(!rth it is bounded by the Hangcs; 
 
 restraint atCatmandoo. The princes to the south by the sea; on the east 
 
 at the head of these numerous petty it has Kishenagur ; and on the west 
 
 states are said to be all of the Raj- Daoca Jelalpoor and JJackcrgunge. 
 poot tribe. {Kirhpatrich, &fc.) The southern part of this district 
 
 Jenjafoou. — A town in the pro- is in the Sundcrbunds, and com- 
 
 \ince of Dahar, district of Tyrlioot, posed of salt marshy islands covered 
 
 80 miles N. E. fron» Patna. Lat. 26°. w ith wood, formed by alluvion and 
 
 14'. N. Long. 86'. 15'. E. 
 
 Jeskotch. — A small town belong- 
 ing to the Seiks, in the province of 
 Lahore, 53 miles N. E. fro)n the city 
 of Lahore. Lat. 32°. 28'. N. Long. 
 74°. 19'. E, 
 
 Jessaul. — A small andnionntain- 
 ons district in the ISeik territories, in 
 
 the successive changes of the chan- 
 nels of the Ganges. Some parts lie 
 so low that bunds, or embankments, 
 are necessaiy to protect tlicm from 
 imuidation ; the land is however very 
 fi-rtile, and were it suilicienlly popu- 
 lated and cultivated, woidd j)rodnc(; 
 inexhaustible supplies of rice. At 
 
 the province of Lahore, situated be- jtresent a great ])roportion of the 
 
 tween the 31st and 32d degrees of southern tracts of this district, al- 
 
 north latitude, and bounded on the thougli so near to Calcutta, is waste, 
 
 west by the River Beyah. covered with jungle, and inhabited 
 
 JEssELMERE,(OT'Je/»i<'fr). — A Uugc only by salt makers and river pirates, 
 
 di,"strict in the pro\ince of Ajmeer, the latter of whom infest the innu- 
 
 situated about the 2Bth degree of mcrable branches of the Ganges by 
 
 north latptnde, and extending inlo which it is intersected. 
 
 the sandy desert w hich bounds that 
 province to the west. 1 rom the ex- 
 treme barrenness of tliis region it 
 has hitherto attracted little attention, 
 
 'i'he zeniindary of Jessore -»vas mi- 
 giiiaily nauied in the revenue books 
 ^'useipoor, and was C(jnieired tarly 
 in the 18lh century, bvJatleir Khan, 
 
 >iud rcmaijis almost unknown. 'I'hc ou Kislienram, a Khaist liom Orissa. 
 
 /. 
 
JHANSU-JEUNG. 
 
 449 
 
 The ]>riiici|)al touiis are Jessore, or 
 Moorley, Ciilna, and Mahrmulpoor. 
 In 1801 by tlio directions of the 
 Marquis AVellcsley, then sfovernor- 
 fjeneral, the board of reveinK; in 
 Bengal circnhited varions queries to 
 tlie collectors of the fiill'erent dis- 
 tricts on stalistical subjects. The 
 result of their replies tended to esta- 
 blish the fact, that the district of Jes- 
 sore contained l,'iOO,UlH> inhabitants, 
 in the proportion of nine Mahoni- 
 iiiedaiis to seven Hindoos; atid that 
 the zemindar's profits on their lands 
 Meic greater than in any other part 
 of the province. 
 
 J ESS w u NT NA G UR, ( Yasavaiituagaf, 
 the Famous C'iti/). — A town in the 
 province of Agra, 10 miles N. by 
 \y. from the city of Agra. Lat. 2G°. 
 34'. N. Long. 78°. .50'. E. 
 
 Jetra. — A fortified town in the 
 province of Gujrat, near the N. W. 
 frontier, and situated about 14 miles 
 east from Theraud. This fortress is 
 described as a place of considerable 
 strength, belonging to a Hajpoot 
 Chief, who can take the field with 
 700 men, with which force lie ex- 
 torts contribulions from many vil- 
 lages in the Theraud district. 
 Jeytoor. — See Jyenagur. 
 Jhansi. — A town in the province 
 of Allahabad, district of Buiidel- 
 cund, 82 miles N. N. W. from Chat- 
 terpoor. Lat. 25°. 31'. N. Long. 
 71°. 45'. E. 
 
 This is a considerable town, com- 
 manded by a stone tort on a high 
 hill ; to the S. E. of w hieh, at the 
 distance of 500 yards, is another hill 
 nearly on a level with th*; fort. In 
 1790 the district dependent on this 
 town yielded four lacks of rupees 
 per annum. It then Ijclonged to the 
 Peshwa, and was a considerable 
 thoronghfaie between the Dekkan, 
 EuiTUckabad, and the cities of the 
 Doab. Here also was a manufactory 
 of b<i^, arrows, and spears — the 
 priilCipal weapons of the Bondelah 
 tribes. 
 
 In 1804 a considerable tract of 
 
 country in linndelcund was held 
 
 tributary to the Peshwa by Kow 
 
 # 2 G 
 
 Siva Row liliow, tlie Soubadar of 
 Jhansi, and Nana Covind l{ow of 
 Calpee. In I'ebruary of that year a 
 treaty was arranged by Captain John 
 Bail lie, the agent in Bundelcund, on 
 the part of the British government, 
 with Siva Row Hhow of Jhansi, by 
 which he professed his entire sub- 
 mission to tlie British government, 
 and to his highness the Peshwa; to 
 Avhom he engaged to pay the same 
 tribute for which he had hitherto 
 been liable, the British government 
 demanding no tribute whatever. 
 
 He engaged also to refer to the 
 British government for adjustment 
 any dispute that might arise between 
 hii!i and any chief in obedience to 
 the Biitish government, and to assist 
 in punishing the disaffected in any 
 of the British possessions adjacent 
 to his territories. On the other hand, 
 the British government engaged to 
 assist him in quelling any disturb- 
 ances that might arise in his own 
 country, the expense to be defrayed 
 by the party calling for aid ; and on 
 all occastous when his troops were 
 acting in conjunction with those of 
 the British, he agreed to delegate 
 the command of the united forces to 
 the British ofliccr. In addition to 
 these sti|)ulations he engaged never 
 to retain in his service any British 
 subject, or European, without tlie 
 consent of the British govennnent. 
 {Hunter, Treaties, Sfc.) 
 
 Jhansu-jeung. — A castle in Tibet 
 standing on a rock, which from its 
 l)erpendicular height, and the irre- 
 gularity of its cliffs, seems nearly 
 impregnable. Lat. 28°. 50'. N. Long. 
 89°. 23'. E. 
 
 The valley of Jhansu is very 
 extensive, and has gieatly the ap- 
 pearance of having been once un- 
 der water, the bed of a lake. This- 
 valley is populous and well culti- 
 vated, and particularly famous for 
 the manufacture of woollens, which 
 are of two colours, garnet and white, 
 and seldom exceed half a yard in 
 breadth. They are woven close and 
 thick like l'ri(!ze, and aic very soft to 
 the touch, the fleece of the shee[» 
 
450 
 
 JIIYLUM RIVER. 
 
 being remarkably fine. {Tnrne); 
 
 3 HVRjuooKy X'^harjhari, the Bam- 
 boo (irove). — A A illatcc in the Nopaiil 
 dominions. Lat. 27°. 4'. N. Long. 
 85°. 20'. E. 
 
 To llie sontb of this jilacr lies the 
 .Khurjiioory lore.st, Avhieli is about 
 10 miles in bieadlh. This lorest 
 skirts the Nepanilcrritoiies through- 
 ont tlieiruholc extent liuni Seiina- 
 giir to the 'J'eesta, sejjarating ihem 
 every where iVoni the C'omjjaiiy's, or 
 Oude donnuioiis. It coitl;iins sani, 
 sisso, setli said, iron wood, a sort oi" 
 bhiek ANood, llie sajh, the Idinna, the 
 snnnii, and the nudta. The ebony 
 is also said to )>c found here. The 
 part most rcsrjrted to i)y the wood 
 •lealers is that which borders on the 
 I'oggah Pergnnnah in the Eeltiah 
 district — timber ))eing transported 
 from tlienee to Calcntta. 
 
 In this part of 'the <-ountry ele- 
 phants arc inunerous, but iiot nnieli 
 esteemed. They are not driven into 
 a keddah, or enclosure ; but are 
 caught by snares and noosfts, which 
 generally injure, and. often strangle 
 them. 'I'he cattle from Cluimparnn, 
 and other districts borderirig oh the 
 Nepaul tenitoiies, graze in this fo- 
 rest anmuiliy (or about four months, 
 a duty being IcAied on Ijuifaloes of 
 two aimas ((hree-jience) jier hetHl for 
 the season. Eesides elephants this 
 forest is said to be greatly infested 
 by tigers and rhinoceroses. While 
 travelling through it travellers can- 
 not make a resting place in this part 
 of the forest, it being no where clear, 
 or containing springs, which is not 
 the case on the Goolpnssra Eoad. 
 
 Jhurjhoory is a wretched village, 
 consisting of a few herdsinen's huts 
 scattered on the soiith l)aidc of the 
 Eukkia, the bed of winch is her<! of 
 considerable breadth. At this place 
 is a tree named Duhdnbca; the leaves 
 of v\hich abounds with galls, which 
 are powertidly astringent, and con- 
 taining from one to six winged in- 
 sects. (Kirfipatrich, 4f.) 
 
 Jkinowaiu. — A Coolee state in 
 lh(; province of Gnjrat, district oi 
 
 Chalawar, containing between fivrt 
 and 6000 houses. It is chiefly divided 
 inio numerous shares among difl'er- 
 ent branches of llie same family, of 
 which that of Yirajee is the most 
 po\\ crful. The inhabilants are most- 
 ly C'oolees, who, like their chiefs, 
 were originally Ivajpools, but, from 
 some cause now unknown, have 
 been degraded to the rank of Coo- 
 lies. 
 
 The town of Jhingwarra, formerly 
 So()r<\jpoor, was built by Siva Kow 
 Je\sin^!), Kajali of I'nltun, and 
 the jiresent fort by a Sheikh. In its 
 oiiginal state, the t(.>wn of Sooreej- 
 poor was much larger than the pre- 
 sent city, and celebrated for a tem- 
 jtlc dedicated to the sUn. 'I'he pre- 
 sent Coolee inhabilants possess con- 
 siderable power in this cpiarter of 
 Gujrat, and ha\e an annual revenue 
 of one lack of rupees from 12 vil- 
 lager, subject to their cajiital, and 
 from exactions on the neighbouring 
 districts. On the banks of the linn, 
 near to JhingNvara, a large tpiantity 
 of salt is propared, and is also a 
 source of revenue. The Chiefs of 
 Jhingwara are much addicted to 
 opium, and, as well as their sub- 
 jects, are a barbarous, thievish race: 
 the management of the revenue is 
 engrossed by some Puttun Eanyans 
 residing in the town. {3r3Iurclo, 
 ^■c. cVc.) 
 
 .Ihylum River, {Vahnda). — ^lliis 
 river has its source at the foot of the 
 great Himalaya ridge of mountains, 
 in the south-east quiuter of Cash- 
 mere. It runs througli that pro- 
 vijicc, and at Islamabad, in the dis- 
 trict of \\ eer, is 80 yards broad. 
 Ten miles from the city of Cash- 
 mere, (twing to the hollow surface 
 of the c»untry, it exj)atids into a 
 sheet of water eight miles in circiun- 
 ference, named the Ouller Lake. 
 Shortly after quitting this hike it 
 enters the Eurramoolah iMountains, 
 and pursues the direction of the 
 Punjal) by a very rapid and crooked 
 course, and at length emerges fwm 
 the mountains in the distiict of 
 Puckoli, being subsequently joined 
 
JIONPOOR. 
 
 451 
 
 by tlic I\isl)onp;iing;a and Nyansook. 
 After this it coutinui'S its course 
 tliroii2,Ii a liilly country, iiiilil it 
 rn»ssestlie U[)per or great road Icad- 
 iii^- Irom Lahore to Attock, where 
 the hilly ])art is confined to tlie 
 M esterii hank. Here formerly stood 
 a city named Jliylnni, Avhieh coni- 
 mnniealcd its name to the river for 
 the reniainiiii;- part of its course. 
 I'Voin hence it Hows iilonj; ilic easlern 
 holders of the. loud Aroinitains, and 
 Tinites Milh the Cliinani) ahont 00 
 miles aliove ^rooKaii, losini;- its 
 name in tliat of the latter ri\er. 
 lis \\ hole course, iiicltidiiii;" the \\ ind- 
 inijs, may he estimated to exceed 
 400 miles. 
 
 'J'his ri\er (the most Nvesterly of 
 the J'unjal) streams) is, hy AhnI I'a- 
 7.el, named the Ijchnt, or Hedusta, 
 in an«'ient JlindiKi mjthohipieal 
 poems the Indrani, and is the 
 lamons Ifydaspes of Alexander. 
 {lieimel, Foster, Abid Fazil, Vc.) 
 
 JuiAT Point, {Jag-at, the World). 
 — A Iowa and promontory at the 
 south-west e\1 remits ofCujrat. Lat. 
 22°. I'i'. \. Lon;>-. (jfJ° I'.V.. The 
 town surrounds tlie ,lij;at Pai^oda, 
 and is situated at the western mouth 
 oftlieCoomty ('r<'ck, which is small 
 and hollow. It is at present p<is- 
 sesseil hy inde|)cndent native chiefs, 
 Tiiu( h addicted to piracy. Not far 
 from .fi;;at Point is tlie siteof Dwa- 
 raca, so i;reall\ cclehrated in the 
 Hindoo m\tholo';icaI poems as the 
 place <if retirement of their favourite 
 deity Krishna, from JNIathnra, his 
 l»irth place, in tiie pro\ ince of Agra. 
 JioNPooR, {or Jna:po(ir). — A dis- 
 trict in the pro\incc of Allahahad, 
 situated priuei|>ally hi Iweeii llie2;jth 
 and 2f;ih degreesof nmlli latitude. 
 'J'o the nortli it is hoinided hy tlu; 
 (Joivgiah and |);nt of Oude; on the 
 fioutli hy (he (hinges; to the east it 
 has the Goggiah ; and on the w«>st 
 the \ahoh of Oudc's territories, liy 
 Abul I'a/.el, in 1682, it is descrihed 
 as follow s : 
 
 '• .vircar Jownpoor, containing; 41 
 inahals; nieasuiemeid, 870,2G"6 hee- 
 gulis; revenue, r>G,3U4,127 dams. 
 
 2 G 2 
 
 Seym glial, 4,717,fi54 dams. This 
 sircar furnishes 915 cavalry, and 
 3G,0()0 infantry." 
 
 Tlic land in tiiis district is at pre- 
 sent under good cultivation, and 
 well covered with wood. 'I'he sur- 
 face is sliglitly undulated, and the 
 view intersected hy lic<pient clumps 
 of mango trees. 'J'herc arc no fences 
 in the (ields, except occasionally 
 Avhere a row of Indian figs is planted 
 along the sides of the roads. Not- 
 withstanding this tenitoryis almost 
 entirely a sand, and the heat inost 
 intense, a supply of water is always 
 to he met with at a short de]i1h nn- 
 deigiound during the whole sum- 
 mer. Inthc iieiglihoming districts, 
 belonging to the Nahob of Oiidc, a 
 striking contrast is exhibited. The 
 quantity of land in cultivation isdi- 
 miiiisjied by the oppression of the 
 goverimient ; the mango clumps, 
 which require little care, are in- 
 creased in number, and the jungio 
 more |»revalent. On tlio iiorlheni 
 side of the city of Juanpoor the 
 ruins of tombs and mosques are as 
 numerous as on the Benares .-iidc, 
 some being inlaid with coloured 
 glazed tiles. The principal towns 
 arcJionpoor, Gazypoor, and Azim- 
 giir ; and w ilh the district came into 
 the possession of the Britisli in 1775, 
 as forming part of the Benares zc- 
 nn'ndarv. {Lord Valoitia, Abul Fa- 
 zef, cS-c.) 
 
 JioNi'Ooit, (Jiifiiiponr). — A town 
 in the province of Allahabad, .situ 
 ated on the banks of the Goomty 
 River, so named from its meander- 
 ing comse. l.at. 25°. 45'. N. Long. 
 82^. 39'. K. The fort is built of solid 
 stone woHc, and rises considciabiy 
 abo\e the level of the country, iu 
 which, on all sides, are seen nionu- 
 menls and niosrpics in ruins. A 
 sitburb of ela\ -built huts leads to a 
 large serai formed of the same ma- 
 terials, through which there is a 
 biidge of considerable extent di- 
 vided into two parts; one (»f which 
 consists of 10 arches, and is over 
 the boundary of the river during the 
 dry season. This bridge has stood 
 
452 JOIIORE. 
 
 about 250 years, having been erected 
 by Moniihur Klian, the governor, 
 during the reign of Acber, and still 
 remains a nionumeut of liis magni- 
 ficence, and of the superior skill of 
 the architect. In the year 1773 a 
 brigade of British troops, under Sir 
 Robert Barker, on tlieir way from 
 Oude, having embarked on the Ri- 
 ver Goomty, at Sultanpoor, in the 
 height of the rainy season, sailed 
 over tins bridge, \vhich was then 
 submerged, yet sufl'ered no damage 
 from tlie violence of the current. No 
 native in modern times is capable of 
 either planning or executing such a 
 piece of architecture. 
 
 Jionpoor is said to have been 
 founded by Sultan Fci'oze, of Delhi, 
 who named it after his cousin, Faker 
 nd Deen Jowna, and was for some 
 time the seat of an independent em- 
 pire. In the beginning of the 15th 
 century Khaja Jehan, Vizier to Sul- 
 tan INIahommcd Shah, of Delhi, 
 ♦luring the minority of the latter's 
 son, assumed the title of Sultan 
 Shirki, or King of the East ; and, 
 taking possession of Bahar, fixed his 
 residence at this place. This dj"- 
 nasty became extinct about 1492, 
 before w Inch period it had been con- 
 quered by Sultan Beloli Lodi. It 
 was finally acquired by tlie Mogul 
 dynasty during the reign of Acber, 
 since which period it has been gra- 
 dually declining. The majority of 
 the inhabitants are Malioaunedans ; 
 but in this place reside also the 
 Hindoo sect of Rajcoomars, with 
 whom the practice of female infanti- 
 cide prevailed until it was abolished 
 by the British government. 
 
 Tavelling distance from Benares 
 42 miles ; from Luckuow, 147 miles. 
 (Lord Valentia, Hodges, Foishta, 
 !^leii:art, Reanel, 4'c.) 
 
 JoANA. — A Dutch residency on 
 the Island of Java, which was form- 
 erly fortified. Lat. 6°. 40'. S. Long. 
 1 1 i°. 10'. E. The country around 
 this place yields rice, timber, a little 
 indigo, and the natives spin cotton 
 yarn. The River Joana flows out of 
 an inland lake, and is one of the 
 
 largest and deepest in Java. It is 
 navigated by boats, named permay- 
 angs, into the lake, and has several 
 branches, one of which communi- 
 cates with Samarang. Opposite to 
 the town of Joana, upon an island 
 formed by tlie river, stands a Chi- 
 nese campon. At the mouth of the 
 river there is a broad mud bank, 
 over which there is sometimes less 
 than a foot of water. {Stttvorinus, 
 
 JociE Isle. — A long and nar- 
 row island lying ofl" the mouth of 
 the great bay in the Ishmd of Papua, 
 or New Guinea, and situated about 
 tlie second degree of south latitude. 
 In length it may be estimated at 120 
 miles, by 15 the average breadth. 
 Respecting this island very little is 
 known, it never having been landed 
 on, but only viewed from on board 
 ship. 
 
 Johnston's Isle. — A small ii^land, 
 surrounded Ijy a cluster of others, 
 in the Eastern Seas. Lat. 3°. 11'. 
 N. Long. 131°. 12'. E. 
 
 This island consists of low land 
 covered with verdure and cocoa nut 
 trees, and is about a league in cir- 
 cumfereucc. The natives are a stout, 
 robust race of men, about 200 in 
 niunbcr, and, in many expressions 
 of their language, resemble the 
 Sandwich Islanders. They under- 
 stand the value of iron. {Meares, 
 (-St. ffc.) 
 
 JoHORE. — A town situated at the 
 southern extremity of the Malay 
 Peninsula, 20 miles up a river of 
 the same name, and the capital of 
 an independent Malay principality. 
 LMt. 1°. 40'. N. Long. 104°. 5'. E. 
 I'he natives export the produce of 
 their country, consisting of pepper, 
 gold, tin, and elephants' teeth, in 
 their own prows, to Prince of ^\' ales 
 Island, and bring opium and. other 
 goods as a return cargo. 
 
 The kingdom of Johorc was ori- 
 ginally founded by adventurrrs trora 
 the Island of Sumatra. After the 
 capture of Malacca, in 1511, by the 
 Portuguese, the reigiiiug sultan, 
 Malimood Shah, fled with the prin- 
 
JOSBIATH. 
 
 453 
 
 ripal inhabilaiits to (lie oxlrcmit}' of 
 the peninsula, wlicie tliey erected 
 tlie city ol" Johoie. By the I'ortn- 
 giiesc it was taken in 1608, and 
 l)y the Saltan of Achcen in 1613. 
 M'hronghout tliis district tlic Mahiy 
 langna};e is spoken in ificat pnrity. 
 {^Marsden, Lcydeu, Milburu, kc.) 
 
 JoKAGi'K. — A town in the Maha- 
 ratta territories, in tlie proxince of 
 Kliandesh, 74 miles S. E. tioin Oo- 
 jain. Lat. 22°. 31'. N. Loiifj. 7G° 
 40'. E- 
 
 JooGDEA, (Yugadeva). — A town 
 in tile province of Bengal, district 
 of Tipperah, 76 miles S. E. from 
 Dacca. Lat. 22°. 50'. N. Long. 91°. 
 12*. E. In the adjacent country a 
 species of coarse l)aftaes of an ex- 
 cellent and substantial fabric is nia- 
 imfactured ; and tlie Company have 
 an establishment for the manutixe- 
 ture of salt, whicli is not so much 
 esteemed by the natives as that pro- 
 duced more to the west. 
 
 JooRiA. — A populous and lhri\ ing 
 sea-port town in the Gnjrat Penin- 
 sula, situated oh the Gulf of Cuteli, 
 20 miles below Wowamia, and sub- 
 ject to the Bajah of Ainraii. 
 
 This j)lace canics on a brisk trade 
 with Alandavee and other places in 
 the Gulf of Cutch, and occasionally 
 Avith Bombaj. Its vessels carry 
 from 50 to 60 candies ; the exports 
 being chiefly cotton, ghee, oil, and 
 hides to the southward, and coarse 
 Dungaree cloth for Persia and Ara- 
 bia. In return it receives spices of 
 all .sorts, powder, lead, and cocoa 
 imts. The port duties are five per 
 cent. The larger vessels cannot ap- 
 proach nearer than within three 
 miles of Jooria, and the goods are 
 afterwards brought up a creek in 
 lighters to within owe mile of the 
 fort. The landed revenue is small, 
 but the value of the port is about 
 30,000 rupees per annum, of which 
 11,000 are paid as tribute to the 
 Gnicowar. 
 
 This place was alienated from the 
 Jam of Noagnagur by the Kliowas 
 family. By an agreement with the 
 British government, executed in 
 
 1808, Kliowas Suggaram and Prag- 
 jee, of this place, engaged with the 
 Bombay government not to permit, 
 instigate, or connive at any act of 
 piracy committed by any person un- 
 der their authority ; and also to ab- 
 stain from plundering vessels in dis- 
 tress. Becinrocal freedom of trade 
 to be permitted by both parties. 
 {Mncnmrdo, Treaties, Sr.) 
 
 JoosAUD. — A tow n ill the Rajpoot 
 territories, in the pro\iiice of Aj- 
 meer, 30 miles S. S. E. from Joud- 
 poor. Lat. 26°. 4'. N. Long. 73°. 
 27'. E. 
 
 JosiMATH, (Jyotitnata). — A village 
 in the province of Serinagur, tri- 
 butary to the Goorkhali Bajah of 
 Nepaul. Lat. 30°. 34', N. Long. 
 79°. 38'. E. 
 
 This place contains from 100 to 
 150 houses, neatly built of grey 
 stone, and roofed with shingles. 
 They are raised to the height of (wo 
 or three stories, and the streets are 
 paved, although in an inegular man- 
 ner. On the slope of the hill there 
 is a line of water mills placed about 
 20 yards from each other. The wa- 
 ter that turns them is supplied by a 
 stream, which flows down the moun- 
 tain, and having passed through the 
 upper mill, is conducted to the next 
 by a communication of troughs, 
 made of hollowed trunks of firs. 
 
 At this town is the house of the 
 high priest of Bhadrinath, who re- 
 sides here during the si\ months of 
 the year, while the temple is shut up 
 at that j)lace. On the commence- 
 ment of the cold season, when the 
 snow begins to accumulate among 
 the mountains, ail the iiihal)itan1s 
 (piit the neighbourhood of Bhadri- 
 nath, and take up their residence at 
 this place. Adjoining the priest's 
 house is a temple of Naia Singh, one 
 of the inearnatioiis of Vishnu. It 
 was placed here bj a JJrahmin t)f the 
 .Josi (.lyotish) class, and the town 
 has since borne its appellation in 
 honour of the idol. Here are also 
 small temples with statues of V ish- 
 nu, Ganesa, Snrya, and Nan Devi. 
 
 The sides of the mountains in 
 
454 
 
 JOUDPOOR. 
 
 this vicinity are ovcvspread vith 
 forests of oak, Avliilc their siinuDits 
 arc covered with a sj)ecics ot'tir. At 
 a village CMllcd Seilaiig, helnngiiio; to 
 Biiadrinalh, the whole scarp of the 
 inouutaiii, tioin the base to near the 
 sumniit, is h»id out in tickls f)f wheat, 
 l)arley, and other s])ecics of grain. 
 {Rapcr, S,-c.) 
 
 JOT'DPOOR, (Yuddhapur, the Citi/ 
 of Wnr). — An (xtensivc Kaij)oot 
 principalit\'. in the province ol" Aj- 
 mccr, of which it oecuj)ies the ^^ hole 
 central and eastern quarters. The 
 
 Deccan, by ^Mevvar and Tvotah. The 
 toMU of Pawlee is tiic s,ieatest com- 
 mercial mart in tliis part of Kajiioo- 
 tana. 
 
 'J'he im]>orts into .Tou(lj>oor consist 
 of cloth, shawls, spices, opinm, rice, 
 sui;ar, steel, and iron. 'I'lie exports 
 are salt, camels, linllocks, and iiorscs. 
 Tiio latter are strong, honey, artd of 
 a good stature; and the lirecd of 
 cattle in general is eNcellent. The 
 pi'incipal iiiliahitants oi' Jondpoor are 
 J\hat(»re IJajpoiits, mIio are a Iiravc, 
 handsome raee of men, of the purest 
 
 ancient name was MarvAar, Jouditoor castes, which are the Sesodya, the 
 or Joodipoor, being merely a snbdi- (^'utcheva, the Addah, and the lhn\- 
 vision of that portion of Ajmecr; and tec. The country is described a.s 
 the rajah is occasionally called the having, in former times, been nnich 
 Marwar, or Rhatore Kajah. "^I'lie uiore jiopiilons than at present, 
 dominions of this potentate are very Malia Raja .leswunt Singh, one of 
 extensive, but the boundaries are .\nrengzebc's best generals, w as ra- 
 imdefined. The town of Amerkote jah of this country. A^ hen he died, 
 in Sinde, within 3U miles of the In- ncarCabukin 1581, Ameng/ebc gave 
 dus, is in his possession ; and on the orders ibreildy to con\crt his child- 
 east his territories comprehend the rcn, in delending whom most part of 
 city of Mccrla or Mccrat. t)n the their Rajpoot attendants peiisiicd. 
 north they are bounded by Bicanerc He expelled ti!efamil\ from tin fort, 
 and Jessclmere ; on the south by the and compelled them to take refuge 
 province of Gujrat and Odeypoor ; in the hilis and woods; such v\as 
 on the east by the dominions of Jy- the reward the family of one of his 
 iiagur, W hen Raidnn Khan, a Ra- mo?jt laithful generals received, 'J'Jic 
 loochee chief, established himself in family, on the death of Aurcng/x-be, 
 Rahdnnpoor, on the north-western regaint d possession, his grandson, 
 frontiers of the Gujrat province, a Aject Singh, termed the hereditary 
 Joudpoor detachment held posses- zemindar of Jondpoor l)y the l)isto- 
 sion of Fnttcypoor, a small fort two rian Eradiit Khan, having rebelled 
 miles west from Rahdnii])oor, and destroyed the mosfjnes \a hicli the 
 The southern, south eastern, and cmj)eior had creeled. 'J'he existing 
 
 eastern frontiers of Joudjioor arc fer 
 tile; and being watered v\ itli streams 
 that How from the mountains, they 
 yield wheat, barley, and other kinds 
 of grain common in India: the cul- 
 tivators arc principally Jauts. 'J'he 
 country also contains lead mines. 
 On account of tlu^ sandy nature of 
 the soil, which renders the road im- 
 passable for carriages, the trade is 
 carried on by camels and bullocks, 
 which arc of a superior size, and in 
 great denjand all over India, The 
 trade to this country from Surat 
 passes chiclly through Cujrat and 
 Ahmedabad ; from Tatta, through 
 Siiidc and Jessclniere; juid from the 
 
 J^ajah of .Jondpoor, named ^lauii 
 Siiiglj, may be considered as one of 
 tlie most powerl'irl native princes in 
 India.; although., on account of in- 
 ternal fi'uds, he, like most other Raj- 
 poot chiefs, is occasionally compelled 
 to pay tribute to Dov.let How Sindia 
 and other INJaliaratta ilejiredators. 
 (^>-'. Thoitias, Sciitt, Macintirdo, lic.n- 
 iiel, Urdiig-fiton. (\c.) 
 
 Jarni'ooR. — A Rajpoot town in 
 the i)rovmce of Ajmecr, the eaj)itid 
 of tlie Rhatore IJajah of Jmiiipoor's 
 dominions, '2«sO miles S, S. W . from 
 J)elhi. J.at. 20°. 27'. N. I.ong. 73°, 
 18', I']. Tra\c!Iing distance liom 
 <Jujaia 260 miles. 
 
JUGGERNAUTIT. 
 
 455 
 
 JoiT-Y ATkhsfr. — A town beloiijc- 
 iiip; to the IVIaliarattns, in tlio pro- 
 \'uiiv of Kliaudcsli, GO Jiiilcs S. IVinii 
 Dojaiii. liiit. 22°. 2;r. N. Loii"-. 
 76°. 30'. E. 
 
 JiuiM.uioo. — A town ill the pio- 
 vince olCuttack, 64 miles N\ . S. "W . 
 from the town of Cut tack. Lat. 20°. 
 11)'. N. Loii?,-. S6°. 20'. E. 
 
 JronEKNAiTH, {Jagutnai/ia, l/in 
 Lord of the }]'orld). — A eelehiatcd 
 phiee oflliiuloo worship on tlie sea- 
 coast ofOrissa, tiistriet of Cnllaek, 
 and este«>Mied th<! most saer<>d of all 
 their rcligicms cstahiislnnents. Lat. 
 V^°. 49'. Sf. Loni;-. «G°. 6'. Ji. 'J'liis 
 paji^oda is situated a few miles to the 
 N. E. of tlie Ciiilka Lake, elos<- to 
 the sea-sliore, and is a sliapeh'ss mass 
 of buildinj;;', no \\ ay n;markable, ex- 
 cept as an ohjeet of Hindoo vene- 
 ration. 'I'lie eountry around is ex- 
 tremely sterile, the temple and town 
 being- encompassed A\ith low sand 
 hills. From the sea the temple forms 
 an exeelient land mark on a coast 
 Mithout any discriminatinc; object 
 for navigators. By Ai)nl J'azel, in 
 1.68'2, this place is described as fol- 
 lows : 
 
 " III the town of Pnrsottcm, on 
 the banks of the sea, stands the 
 temple of Jagnaut; near to whieli 
 are the images of Kishen, his bro- 
 ther, and their sister, made of sandal 
 wood, wiiich are said to be 40UO 
 years old." 
 
 In 1734, while MahommcdTnckee 
 was de[)nty-g()vcrnor of Orissa, on 
 the part of Shujah ud Decn, the Na- 
 bob of Bengal, tiic Rajali of Pursot- 
 totn carried away the iilo! Jugger- 
 nautli beyond the boundaries of 
 Orissa, and ))laced it on a mountain, 
 which exidoit injured the revenue of 
 that pro\iiiee to tiie amoujit of nine 
 lacks of nij)ee:t per amium, being 
 the av(>rage amount of the annual 
 collections from the piigriujs. 
 
 The concourse of pilgrims to this 
 temple is so immense, that at 60 
 miles distance its approaeli may be 
 known I)y the ([uantity of human 
 bones which are strewed by tlic way. 
 Some old persons come to die at 
 
 Jnggcrnauth, and nnniy measure tho 
 distance by their length on the 
 ground. A\ lien it is first iieni-ived 
 the multitude of |)iigrims shout, and 
 full on tlie ground to worshij) it. 'IVie 
 vicinity ol .ruggernauth to the sea, 
 and the arid nature of the soil, a.s- 
 sist to prevent the contagion whieli 
 ^\ould otiicrwise be i>njducrd. 
 
 The tliroiKr of the idol Jngger- 
 nauth is itiaeed on astnpendrnis car. 
 or nioveaiib; tower, about GO feet 
 liigii, resting oii wheels, which in- 
 dent the ground deeply, as they turn 
 under the ponderous maeliiiie. He 
 is accompanied by two other idols, 
 his brother Balaram, and his sister 
 Shnbndra, w ho sit on thrones nearly 
 of equal lieiglit. Attached to t!i.e 
 toYjer are si\ cables, of the .size and 
 length of a ship's, b> wliich the peo- 
 ple draw it along; and upon the car 
 are the pii('s1s and ;itteiidants of tiie 
 idol. Botii the walls of tlu; temple 
 and sides of the machine are covered 
 willi indecent sculptures. 
 
 The idol is a carved block ofwood, 
 having a frighUiil \isage painted 
 black, with a disteinicd moutli of a 
 bloody colour; the oilier two are (»f 
 a white and yellow cob)nr. As the 
 tow er proceeds along devotees throw 
 themselves under the wheels, and arc 
 crushed to death. The followers of 
 Brainna are not in general addictc-d 
 to the worship ol dead men's bones; 
 but at Jiiggernauth they have a bone 
 of Krishna, which is considered as a 
 )nost j)recious and venerable ix'lic; 
 so much so, that few jiersons ar(5 
 allowed to .see it. 'i'hc apj)ellatioji 
 of Juggcrnantli (Jagat Natha, lord 
 of tlie world) is merely one of the 
 numerous names of Vishnu, the pre- 
 serving power, according to the 
 Brahininical theology. 
 
 A\ lien the provin<-e of Cuttack 
 was conquered from the Maharatlas 
 in 1803, the Britisli succeeded to all 
 their riglits as sovereigns, and conse- 
 (piently to the revenue, derived by 
 their pred<'ccs.sors from the resort of 
 Hindoo pilgrims to Juggernauth. 
 By a regulation of the Jjcngal go- 
 Tcnnncnt, in 1809, the superintend- 
 
456 
 
 JUGOERNAUTH. 
 
 ance of the temple, its interior eco- 
 nomy, and the controul of the priests, 
 officers, and servants attached to it, 
 were vested in the Rajah of Klioor- 
 dah, who was directed on all occa- 
 sions to be gnided by the recorded 
 rules and institutions of the temple, 
 or by ancient and established usage. 
 In this charge the Rajahs of Khoor- 
 dah are to continue, so long as they 
 act with propriety. 
 
 The sum realized at the temple of 
 Juggernauth, from tlie 1st of May, 
 1806, to the 30tli of April, 1807, 
 amounted to 117,490 sicca rupees, 
 which is considerably less than that 
 which the Company derive from the 
 resort of pilgrims to Gayah, in Ba- 
 har. The annual expenditure is 
 computed at 56,000 sicca rupees. 
 To provide for this expenditure, in 
 addition to the established endow- 
 ments, consisting of lands and vil- 
 lages, an allowance of 20 per cent, 
 on the net receipts, arising from the 
 tax on ])ilgrims, is granted by the 
 Britisi) government. 
 
 For the purpose of preventing per- 
 sons either clandestinely or forcibly 
 entering anj^ where but at the places 
 established for admission, there is a 
 strong barrier made by a hedge of 
 prickly bamboos, where access is not 
 prevented by small branches of ri- 
 vers ; and there is a guard of soldiers 
 placed to prevent their entering the 
 town or temple until they have paid 
 the pilgrim tax, for which purpose 
 persons liable to the tax are divided 
 into the following classes: 
 
 1st. The Laul Jattries. Of this 
 class those coming from the north 
 pay 10 rupees, and those from the 
 south six rupees, Avitli free access to 
 the temple ior 30 days. 
 
 2d, The Neem Lauls. From the 
 north five, from the south three ru- 
 pees; access 10 days. 
 
 3d. The Bhurrungs, either from 
 north or south, pay two rupees ; ac- 
 cess four days. 
 
 4th. The Punj Tirthees. This 
 class comprehends persons of low 
 caste, Avho pay two rupees, whether 
 from the north or south. 'X'hey aie 
 
 not allowed to enter the temple, but 
 are permitted to perform the custom- 
 ary ceremonies on the outside of it 
 for 16 days. It is optional with all 
 persons entitled to visit the interior 
 of the temple to enrol themselves 
 under whichever class they may pre- 
 fer, on payment of the prescribed 
 rate of tax. 
 
 In conformity with long-establish- 
 ed usage the following description 
 of persons are exempted from the 
 paymwit of the tax on pilgrims at 
 Juggernauth, viz. Byraghies, Soony- 
 assies, Dundies, Brihmacharies, Mo- 
 hunts, Gosains, Khomarties, and Na- 
 gas, who are all devotees and reli- 
 gious persons. The inhabitants born 
 in the province of Cuttack, within 
 the Byturnee and the Ganjani rivers, 
 whicli is the holy land of Jugger- 
 nauth, arc also exempted; as are 
 likcAvisc all persons who have re- 
 sided with their families for a period 
 of 10 years within the said limits. 
 Individuals who carry Ganges water 
 to Juggernauth, and actually pour it 
 over the idol, and persons resorting 
 to the town of Juggernauthpoor for 
 trade, or any other puipose except 
 pilgrimage, also escape the tax : but 
 these last are prohibited during the 
 1'2 days while the great festival of the 
 Ruth Jattra continues. Pilgrims in 
 a state of actual poverty, on declar- 
 ing their condition to be such under 
 prescribed cferemonies, are allowed 
 access to the temj)le for three days. 
 
 Among the voluminous documents 
 respecting this pagoda, published by 
 order of parliament in 1813, theie is 
 no ollicial estimate of the number of 
 pilgrims resorting annually to this 
 place, and the revenue produced fur- 
 nishes no data, so many classes being 
 exempted. Dr. Carey is of opi- 
 nion, that on the lowest calculation 
 1,200,000 persons attend annually, 
 of w hom many never return. The 
 town adjacent to the temple is Pur- 
 sol torn ; and to it merchants, traders, 
 and others resorting to the bazars 
 and markets, have access, but not to 
 the temple without permission. One 
 of tlic most important periods of pil- 
 
JUMNA RIVER. 
 
 457 
 
 griniagc is in March, when tlic Uolc 
 Jattrali takes place; and Ific other 
 in July, when the Ruth Jattra is ce- 
 lebrated. 
 
 A road from Calcutta, in the di- 
 rec'tiou of Jiia,2;ernauth, had louji; 
 been an object highly desirable, con- 
 sidered merely in respect to the re- 
 puted sanctity of the temple; it 
 Was, however, more essential, in a 
 military point of view, for the pur- 
 pose of allording a conHnnnicatiun 
 between the provinces inunediately 
 dependent on Benoal antl the terii- 
 tories subject to the presidency at 
 ]Madras. It happened fortunately, 
 that in 1810 Rajah Sooknioy Roy, 
 an opulent Hindoo inhabitant of 
 Calcutta, offered to contribute one 
 and a half lacks of rupees (16,000l.) 
 towaids the accomplishment of this 
 object, the road when completed to 
 be designated by his name. He 
 died soon after the payment of tlic 
 money into the treasury ; but the 
 undertaking has been prosecuted in 
 conjunction with his heirs, 
 
 Orissa, where this temple is situ- 
 ated, was one of the last conquests 
 made by the Mahommedans, at a 
 period when the fer\our of their bi- 
 gotry had nuR'h abated, which partly 
 accounts for the duration of tliis edi- 
 fice. 
 
 Travelling distance fiom Calcutta, 
 311 miles; from Nagpoor, 5U0 ; from 
 Benares, 512; from Madras, 719; 
 from Delhi, 910 ; and from Rombay, 
 1052 miles. (^Parliament a nf Reports 
 and olher Documents, C. Buchanan, 
 Rennel, Stewart, Wilford, §c.) 
 
 JuKAH. — A small town in the pro- 
 vince of Sinde, situated on the brow 
 of a hill about oiu-third of a mile 
 from the Ri\er IikUis, Lat. 25'. N. 
 on the road fiom Tatta to Hydera- 
 bad. Opposite to this place the 
 brcaiith of the river is two-thirds of 
 a mile, with live fathoms depth of 
 water. 
 
 Jllgam. — A large village in the 
 Maharatta territories, in the province 
 of Bejapoor, 35 miles S. AV. from 
 Poonah. Lat. 18°. IC. N. Long. 
 74°. 27'. E. 
 
 JiJLMEE. — A considerable village 
 in the province of Malw ah, 47 miles 
 S. by E. from Ivotah. Lat. 24°. 35'. 
 N. Long. 76°. 4'. V.. In the vici- 
 nity of this place there is nmch cul- 
 tivation of wheat and oflhe poppj'. 
 
 JUMBOSIER Hivr.H. {J nmhlwsira). 
 — A river in the provinc(! of Gujrat, 
 which rises in the district of Cham- 
 paneer, and after a sliort course falls 
 into the Gulf of Cambay. 
 
 JuMBOSiER, (Jambhnsira). — A town 
 in the province of Gujrat, district of 
 Broach, 28 miles N. from the town 
 of Broach. Lat. 22°. 5'. N. Long. 
 72°. 58'. E. A considerable trade is 
 carried on with Bombay and other 
 places, the exports consisting of cot- 
 ton, grain, oil, and piece goods. The 
 tide rises liom live to six fathoms. 
 I'his town and district belong to the 
 Maharatta Peshwa. 
 
 Jumna River, (Yam^ma). — The 
 source of this river has never been 
 accurately explored ; but it probably 
 is not more remote than that of the 
 Ganges, which rises on the south 
 side of the great Himalaya ridge ot 
 mountains. Tlu-ough the province 
 of Scrinagur it flows south, in a line 
 nearly parallel to the (Janges ; from 
 which, at the village of Gurudwar, 
 Lat. 30°. 22'. N. it is only 40 miles 
 distant, and has as broad a stream. 
 In this part of its course it abounds 
 with fish, but the inhabitants are at 
 no pains to catch them. 
 
 The Jumna enters Hindostan Pro- 
 per in the province of Delhi, and 
 proceeds south nearly in a line with 
 the Ganges, at the distance of from 
 50 to 75 miles from each other, until 
 they gradually join at Allahabad, 
 when the Junma, although little in- 
 ferior in magnitude, has its name 
 absorbed by the larger and more 
 holy stream. Including the wind- 
 ings the length of its course may be 
 estimated at 780 miles. 
 
 The Jumna is only a useful bar- 
 rier to the British territories during 
 the rainy season, when military ope- 
 rations are, from the general state of 
 the country, almost impracticable. 
 It is fordable in several places altove 
 
458 
 
 JUNKSEYLON. 
 
 Agra before <he 1st of Oclober ; ami 
 raiiiiol bo lookoil upon as a boniKl- 
 aiv of any slioiigUi above i<s jnoc- 
 lioii «i1b (be Cbiiiiibiil, 10 miles \)c- 
 \o\\ I'ltawib, for nioi(! than a few 
 Meeks ill Ibe \\et season. J'Voni 
 Caljx'e to its juuetioii witli tlie (iaii- 
 ^es there is no obslruetion, and only 
 one jtlaec between Kali)y and li",1a- 
 Mch wliere, in tlie dry season, the 
 ]iassa,!;'o is rendered in some de2,Tee 
 dilfieult i)y a bank of limestone,^^ b.ieli 
 it Avas llio iiitenlion of tin; Ibitish 
 ji^overimieiit (bning' tliei\Iar(|iiisWel- 
 lesiej's aduiinistration to have re- 
 moAcd. {Malcolm, Haper, J<'vster, 
 Sth lif'gister, Src) 
 
 JuNAGUR. — A town possessed by 
 independent native chiefs, in the 
 }>rovincc of Tinjiat. Lat. 21°. 48'. 
 ^. Lons. HP.' '63'. N. 
 
 The Balooeliee chiefs of Jnnagur 
 spnuip^ from the same tribe as the 
 iVabobs of l{ah(iiinpoor. By an 
 a<!;reement executed in 1808 Haincd 
 Klian Jlaliandcr, the governor of tlie 
 city of Junagnr, engaged with tlie 
 Bombay government not to permit, 
 instigate, or connive at, any act of 
 piracy by any person under his au- 
 thority, and also to abstain from 
 plundering vessels in distress, A 
 free and open commerce to be per- 
 mitted to all British vessels paying 
 tbe regulated duties. {Treaties, 
 
 JuNGKRPooR. — A town posscsscd 
 by riative chiefs, occasionally tribu- 
 tary to the 3Taliarattas, situated in 
 the province of (iiijrat, 90 miles jS.F,. 
 froniAhmedabad." Lat. 23°. 49'. N. 
 Long. 73°. 38'. E. 
 
 J I ! N G E Y r o R , (Jrttigalpur ) . — A 
 town in the province of JJengal, dis- 
 trict of Banjeshy, 17 miles N. bv ^^^ 
 from jNroorsliedabad. Lat. 24°. 2b'. 
 N. Long. 88°. 13'. E. 
 
 "I'liis is the great(!st silk station in 
 the jiossession of the East India 
 Company; tlie olhers being Cossim- 
 l)azar, Mauldah, Jbuih'ah, Commer- 
 colly, Badiiagore, and Bungpoor. 
 'J he lirst attempt made to establish 
 a silk maimfachny was at Budge- 
 budgc, below Calcutta, auU did not 
 
 succeed. Tlie bnildings here were 
 erected in 1773, and in 1803 about 
 3000 persons m ere employed. They 
 use the Italian meiliod of si)inning, 
 wbich was intnidiued so early as 
 17G2, by some natives of Italy, sent 
 over for that purjiose by the Com- 
 ]>any. 'J'lie Morms are bred by wo- 
 men and cliildreu, and the cocoons 
 purchased by the East India Com- 
 pany. 
 
 The nudbony tree is the oriental. 
 It is dwarlish, and the leaves but in- 
 dillcrent, to wbieh is attributed a 
 degeneracy in the breeds that have 
 been iiilrodneed from foreign coun- 
 tries. TheChina miiliierry w^s tried, 
 but it did not succeed, from the dry- 
 ness of the soil. The ([uaulity pro- 
 dnccd is capable of being increased 
 to any amount. In 1802 the invest- 
 ment stood the Comiiany in tivc and 
 one-eight rupees per jxiund. There 
 ara many oth(~r jilaces Avhere the na- 
 tives rear the siik-A\oim, and have 
 adopted the Italian nietliod of spin- 
 ning; but the Company do not i)m- 
 chasc this silk. The employment is 
 said to have no deleterious eflcct, 
 and is certainly \ery advantageous, 
 as very young children are capable 
 of assisting. {Lord Va/enfia, Vc.) 
 
 JcNOLEIiARRY, {Ja)igalb((ti). A 
 
 town in the puninec of Bengal, dis- 
 trict of Mymunsingh, GO miles N. E. 
 from Dacca. Lat,24°.27'. N. Long, 
 90°. 42'. E. 
 
 JvNKSEYLON, {Jku Si/Iaii). — -An 
 island situated on the west coast of the 
 Malay Peninsula, bet\\ee!i the lati- 
 tudes of 7°. 5(»'. and 8°. 27'. N. I'roin 
 the mainland it is separated by a 
 narrow istimiiis of snn<l, about a mile 
 in length, Mhifh is io\ered only at 
 high water, the livle rising on the 
 springs about 10 I'eet. 'Jfiis island 
 is in length al.oiil 40 miles, by 15 in 
 breadth, and has several small islands 
 adjacent from one to siv miles in 
 eircumierence. Sixleen miles east 
 there is aiKjther, named I'nio Pin- 
 jang, or Long Island, being 23 miles 
 in length, by eight in breadth, and 
 divided from the main by a strait, 
 luivins two fathoms water in the nar- 
 
JUNNERE. 
 
 4r,9 
 
 rowosl |)ait. On tlio iioiili side of 
 Jiiiiksc>l<iii is :i liarl)oiir, iiaiiud Po- 
 pi!i, to wliich a visscl ilrawiiiu; 20 
 iect water may Itavo access at tlie 
 sj)ijii_<;"s ovor a iiuid har; ami tlu- a»i- 
 <-li<)iai;o roiiiiU (lie island is f;( lu-ialiy 
 good, vvitJi a muddy liottutn, 
 
 Jiiiikse\ l(tii lias no liinh liili or 
 Coiisidcraljlc livcr; but there are se- 
 veral inaisliy ereeks, covered Mitlj 
 nianj;io\('s, ilie iuliahilanls on pur- 
 j)i>sc keeping- (lie .•;ea-eoas( in ;i 
 jungly s(a(e to guard against inva- 
 sion. 'I'lieir vessels consist only of a 
 lew small prows and canoes, which 
 proceed up the creeks to the well- 
 cultivated plains in liie centre of the 
 island wliere rice ahonnds, I'he 
 chief town, or ralher \ill;!g<'. Is 'I'cr- 
 rovvaii.eonsislingof al)(>u( SOliouses; 
 the inhahi(ants of the N\hole island 
 are estimated at 12,000, Bullocks 
 and bulfaloes are used here for la- 
 hour, hut (here are no horses. Per- 
 sons of consecpienee travel on tamed 
 elephants, whicli are I nought from 
 Mcrgui, lliere being none on the 
 island in a wild slate. Tlie other 
 animals are wild hogs and deer, a 
 few tame goats and poultry; bu( no 
 .sheep, domestic dogs, nor cats. The 
 lieats here are never violent; the 
 rains begin in .liriy, and contiime to 
 November, with frecpient intermis- 
 sions; after v\hich line weather suc- 
 ceeds, accompanied by cold north- 
 easterly winds at night. 
 
 Before (he cstablishni<>M( id' Prince 
 of AVales Island (lie IJuggess prows 
 resorted (o Jnnkse^lon ingieal junn- 
 bers, and brought various mixed car- 
 goes to sell lor (in. 'I'lusc goods 
 usually coiisjs(ed of clieckered cloth 
 called Euggess eandiays, made on 
 the Island of Celebes; .Java |»ain(cd 
 •;Io(!is and painted handken hiefs 
 generally made fnjin the long cluths 
 of ilindostan; Java gongs, brass 
 pots, and otluir nicnsils of brass, 
 niadeijn that island; t liiua and .lava 
 (obacco, various jioreelain and otiun" 
 smaller ar(icles. The (in produced 
 here is raisec} by (he nutiM-s, and 
 snu'ltod by a Chinese, who farms (he 
 privilege from go\ernnient; iji i7!32 
 
 the quan(i(y exported amomiled to 
 500 tons animally, but lins since 
 nnicli diminished, owing to the un- 
 se((led s(ate oldie country. J'icees 
 of (in, weighing about (hree pounds, 
 ji«ss here for inoiiey ; and (he go- 
 vernor, like all Malay princes, is (he 
 chief merehanl. 
 
 The inhai)i(an1s of.Tiiiiksryloii. al- 
 though (hey gencntily uiidt rsland 
 the i\Ialay language!, sjieak the Sia- 
 mese, In fea(uies (hey resemble (he 
 Malays, but with a Chinese east of 
 countenance, and are slender and 
 well made. A( 'I'errowah, (he prin- 
 cipal (own, there is a jiagoda built 
 of timber, and co\«>red wi(!i palm 
 leaves, v\heic ahou( 20 pries(s or 
 taiapoins olhciate, who subsist on 
 charity. 'J'he establishment of Prince 
 of ^^ ales Island gave a great blow- 
 to the trade of (his station, it liaAiug 
 become the emporium for (his part 
 ol the jMala\ coast. Country ships 
 from Calcutta on their voyage east- 
 ward call at this place, and dispose 
 of a few chests of opium and some 
 piece goods, in return for which (hev 
 receive (in and clephanks' teeth. 
 I'rom Junkseylon (in, bird nests, 
 biche de mar, sc^pun, and eleplian-.,' 
 teeth, ar': e\por(ed to J^rince ot 
 AVales Island; from v\ hence ojiiuni 
 and piece goods are imported. 
 
 The I'reneh attemjiled (o form a 
 seltlement here so early as WHS. 
 Prior (o 1785 this island form, d ])urt 
 of the Siamese doiniiiioiis. In that 
 year the Mirmans attaei.ed it with a 
 lleet and army, (lie hitler nnirchiiig 
 by land ; but after a sue eessiiil ( oni- 
 uieiiceuient they were eomjielled to 
 retreat vvidi heavy loss. Jn I.SIO 
 (hey v\ero nioro prosperous, as (hev 
 efieeted (he coiupiesl of the ishuui, 
 and sent all the inhabitants into 
 sla^ery in I'egne, At that period 
 the Siamese were assembling a force 
 to attempt its recajilure, (he result 
 of which has not been ascertained. 
 {Fori est, Elmore, Si/ines, Liit/i, liriice, 
 
 eye.) 
 
 JuNNKiiF,.— A town in (he ■NTa- 
 liaratta dominions, in (he province 
 of Aurungabad, 40 miles N. N. E. 
 
460 
 
 JYENAGUR. 
 
 from Poonah. Lat. 19°3'.N. Long. 
 73° 51'. E. 
 
 JuNOH. — A town in the province 
 of Kahar, district of Cliiita Nagpoor, 
 180 miles N. W. from Calcutta. Lat. 
 ■23°. 23'. N. liong. 85°. 43'. E. 
 
 JuRREE, {Jari). — A town tri1)u- 
 Inry to tlie Maharattas, in tlie pro- 
 -tince of Agra, 44 miles W. S. W. 
 from Narwar. Lat. 25°. 34'. N. 
 Long. 77°. 33'. E. 
 
 •JusHPOOR. — A small district in 
 the province of Gnndwana, bounded 
 on the north and cast by the pro- 
 TJnce of Eahar, and situated about 
 the 22d degree of north latitude. In 
 the time of Aurengzebe it was for- 
 mally annexed to the Soubah of 
 Allahabad, altlunigh but in nominal 
 subjection to the Mogul emj)irc. It 
 is a banen, mountainons, uiiproduc- 
 tive territory, and continues pos- 
 sessetl by independent zeiKindars. 
 
 JusiiPooR. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Gnndwana, district of Jnsh- 
 poor, of A\hich it is the capital. 
 Lat. 22°. 30'. N. Long. 84°. 7'. 
 E. 
 
 JuTWAR, {Jhntwar). — A small dis- 
 trict in the province of Gnjrat, si- 
 tUuled about the 23d degree of 
 north latitude. It extends dong the 
 Banass Ri\ er, near its junction with 
 the Gulf of Cutch; and is possessed 
 Ly the tribe of Jhuts, who are of 
 Sindean origin, the caste being com- 
 mon both in Cutch and Sindc. They 
 are a vci-y turbulent predatory race, 
 and carry their ravaging excnrsions 
 to a great distance from their own 
 prccificts. At present they possess 
 the Mahommedan religion, and in 
 their manners resemble the Ba- 
 loochy tribes; but, they do not in- 
 termarry with the Mahommedans of 
 Werrear. They kill cows without 
 scruple, and eat the flesh of oxen 
 in j)refercnce to any other. 
 
 Although the Jhuts are plunderers 
 by birth and profession, yet many 
 parts of their own district are popu- 
 lous and well cultivated, the tribe 
 not being deficient in industry. 
 They have a race of slaves who not 
 only perform menial offices, but at- 
 
 tend them on their predatory excur- 
 sions. Tlicse slaves they brought 
 with them on their first settlement, 
 and are named Sumehja, which is 
 the name of an inferior tribe, for- 
 merly very numerous in Sinde. 
 Humeer ivhan and Omar Khan, are 
 the principal J hut chieftains, and as 
 well as their relations are freqnently 
 at war with each oilier ; but on oc- 
 casion of public danger, the whole 
 family unites, and private dissension 
 ceases. 
 
 The women exercise considerable 
 influence over the men, which is 
 rarely found among jMahommcdans, 
 and can when she chnses leave her 
 husband and marry another. When 
 this change is detnmined on, she 
 assembles all her female acquaint- 
 ances and attacks her husband, de- 
 molishes his furniture, and perse- 
 cutes him until he acquiesces in a 
 separation. The Jhut women are 
 plain in their persons, and dress iu 
 coarse black cloths, which do not 
 improve their appearance ; yet, they 
 are held in great respect by the 
 men, and a traveller cannot have a 
 better protector from these ma- 
 rauders, than one their females. 
 {Maemurdo, lSt.) 
 
 Jyapoor, (Jayajnlr). — A town pos- 
 sessed by independent zemindars, in 
 the province of Orissa, 73 miles N. 
 W. from Vizagapatam. Lat. 18°. 
 23'. N. Long. 82°. 46'. N. 
 
 Jyenagur, {Jayauagar). — A Raj- 
 poot principality, situated in the 
 eastern extremity of the province of 
 Ajmeer. The dominions of this 
 state are bounded on the north by 
 the district of Hurrianali, in the 
 Delhi province ; on the north-east 
 by Alvar ; on the east by Karowly 
 and Ehurtpoor ; on the south by 
 Kotali, Boondee, and Mewar ; south- 
 west by Kishengur ; west by the dis- 
 trict of Ajmeer and the Joudpoor 
 territories ; and on the N. AV. by the 
 country of Bicanere. In length, 
 from north to south, the dominioni? 
 of .lycnagur may be estimated at 
 150 miles by 70 from east to west ; 
 but it rarely happens, that the 
 
JYENAGLR. 
 
 4G1 
 
 whole of this space is under actual 
 subjectiuji to the Jyeuagiir Ka- 
 jah! 
 
 'J"he eastern, north-eastern, sou- 
 thern, anil south-western parts of 
 this country, produce wheat, cotton, 
 tobacco, and in j^eneral wlialevor is 
 romnion to other jiarts of In<iia. 
 The country is in general watered 
 from Mclls. The northern and 
 north-western districts being sandy, 
 arc not so plentifniiy supplied witii 
 moisture as tlie central parts ; but 
 in tlic mountainous territory there 
 are many streams. The Rajali is in 
 possession of Sanibher, whieii yields 
 plenty of salt, as do likewise the 
 <listriets of Scnganah and Berat ; and 
 in addition to these, the e<jnntry pro- 
 duces copper, ahum, blue stone, and 
 verdigreasc. In most ])arts of Jy(>- 
 nagur tliere are good cattle, but not 
 equal in quality to tliose of Joud- 
 j)oor; and in several of the towns 
 there are manufactories of cloth, 
 swords, and matchlocks. 
 
 The imports ar;' tine cloth, tissue, 
 the manufactures of Benares, and 
 shawls IVoni Cashmere. From Guj- 
 rat and Tatta are supplied opium, 
 lead, and sheet copper, and from 
 Persia fruits and horses. The cam- 
 vans formcrl} passed by Bieanere, 
 l)ut more recently through Jessel- 
 nicre and Joudpoor. 
 
 In the southern part of the Jyc- 
 nagur leiritories, the cultivators are 
 named IVIeeiias, and are of the 
 Khetri tribe, but not stiled Kajpoots, 
 the latter thinking it derogatory to 
 follow any profession but that of 
 arms. The Kajpoots, however, fre- 
 quently rent large farms, but em- 
 ploy meenas to cultivate them. In 
 the districts of Kotah and Bondee. 
 wiiich are to the south of tfyenagur, 
 the meenas iidiabiting the hills and 
 .jungles devote thimsches exclu- 
 sively to thieving, and cat nu'at and 
 think, spirits without seruph;. In 
 the other quarters of this state, the 
 great mass of cultivators are Jauts, 
 who are kept by the J^ajpoots in the 
 strictest obedience. The latter fol- 
 low the practice so general in R jj- 
 
 pootana, of ocoasionally putting their 
 iemale oHspring to death. 
 
 The territory of J yenagur is com- 
 pact, and comprehends the most 
 populous and fertile part of the Aj- 
 meer province. It aboiuids with 
 fortresses, some of them Ihe strongest 
 in lliiidostan, and deennd l)V the 
 natives iinpregnal)li", particularly 
 that wiiieh dcliiids the ca|)ital and 
 Raulanipoor. Jiesides tlie.se, there 
 arc a great number of small forts 
 scatter(>d over the country, and half 
 of the villages are surrounded by 
 walls and ditches. Thev. liole do- 
 minions are supposed cupabh; of 
 yielding a revenue of 120 lacks of 
 rupees per annum, under a proper 
 government and cultivation; two ad- 
 vantages they have never yet ex- 
 l)erienced. ihe respective Rajpoot 
 chiefs, for the most part, hold their 
 lands on the feudal system of te- 
 nure. 
 
 'Ilie tribe of Rajpoots to wliich 
 the Jyenagur family belong is named 
 Cufchwa, and is of the ISuryabans, 
 or children of the .sun ; being de- 
 scended from Rama, tlie celebrated 
 Rajah of (Jude's second son, nanietl 
 Cusli. I'roui the latter, the Jye- 
 nagur chnjnologers re( kon 210 ra- 
 jahs, in succession to I'rithi Raj, 
 who succeeded to the throne in 
 1502. 'i'he Holkar faiiiily claim a 
 tribute from this state, and it is an- 
 nually subject to the visits of Maha- 
 ratta depredators ; who plunder the 
 coinitry, and exact eouliiljulions 
 from tlie Rajpoots, although much 
 inferior to them as soldiers, and in- 
 dividually despised by them. Such 
 is the eOect of the internal dissen- 
 sions, which pervade all the Raj|»oot 
 states in Hindostan. ( Broiig/ttou, 
 (r. Thomas, Reiinel, Hunter, lSt.) 
 
 JvKN.AfiUR. — A Rajpoot city in tUrr 
 province of Ajmeer, the capital of a 
 principality of the same name. J^at. 
 2G°. o(J'. N. Long. 75°. 40'. l'- 
 
 This capital was founded by the 
 celebrated Rajah Jeysing, in the 
 reign of Mahonuned Shah, which 
 had the cllect not unusual iu llin- 
 dostau of changing the name of th«r 
 
462 
 
 KAIR. 
 
 province to tliat of the capitfil. The 
 ])iior jiielrojioli.s was the city of Am- 
 ber. At tliat period the city of Jye- 
 nagiir was in a hi^h state of iniprovc- 
 ment, and the seat of science, Ka- 
 jali Jeysiiigheini!,- a jjreatenconrager 
 of learniiip,-, and Ihc. founder of se^ 
 veial ohscrvatories for astronomical 
 resea relies. 
 
 'J'he town of Jycnag^nr is Iiand- 
 sonie, and reckoned the most regu- 
 larly bnilt in Hindostan. Tlie lionses 
 are of stone, and the sheets, wliicll 
 aie large and spacious, intersect each 
 other at right angles. A citadel, 
 which commands the town, is bnilt 
 upon a sleep rock. Around it a 
 chain of forfilication extends four 
 miles in circumference. This place 
 is the great mart lor horses from 
 Persia and the northern provinces of 
 liindostan. 
 
 Tlie [)rescnt rajah possesses the 
 city, but not much territory, j)art 
 havirtg been seized by his feudatories, 
 the vassals of his family, :>nd part 
 oecn])ied by the ]\laliarattas, who 
 annually levy contributions. 
 
 In A. D. 1798, after the treacher-. 
 pus massacre of Mr. Cherry, and 
 the other English gentlemen at Be- 
 nares, Vizier Ali tied to Jyenagur, 
 intending eventually to seek a refuge 
 A\ith the sovereign of Cabul. The 
 jVianpiis Wellesley being axious to 
 Ining the assassin to punishment, 
 dispatched Colonel Collins as am- 
 bassador to the Kajah Pei taub Singh 
 to proeure-his surrender; to accom- 
 plish which purpose he authorized 
 him to expend to the amount of 
 three lacks of rupees. A long ne- 
 gociation eiisned, in which tlic rajah 
 fixpressed great reluct aiiee to in- 
 fringe the riglits of hospitality, even 
 t(!wards so great a villain; but the 
 spirited remonstrances of the am- 
 bassador, backed l)y the seasonable 
 di.stri!)ulion of the nione}, eilected 
 his capture, under tiie stipulations 
 that he should neither be put to 
 cleatli nor conlincd in chains. He 
 has ever since been confined in one 
 of the bomb proofs in Fort W illiani, 
 iu a species of cage, open ou all sides, 
 
 and there he still continues ; but it 
 is now desiralile, as no danger need 
 be apprehended from his liberation, 
 that a .Species of punishment so ob- 
 noxious to British feelings should 
 cease. 
 
 Travelling distance from Agia 136 
 miles; from Delhi, 156; from Oo- 
 jain, 285 ; from Bond^ay, 740 ; and 
 from Calcutta, 975. {Hunter, Brovgh- 
 ton, 31SS. ^c. .ye.) 
 
 Jyhtpoor. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Allahabad, district of Bun- 
 delcund, 19 miles north iioni Chat- 
 terpoor. Lat. 25°. 14'. N. Long. 80°. 
 60'. E. 
 
 JvjuR. — A town in the province of 
 Delhi, in the vicinity of Paniput, for 
 some time possessed by the adven- 
 turer, Ge(jrge Thomas. 
 
 K. 
 
 KAnnoUANG. — An island in the 
 Eastern Seas, about 20 miles in cir- 
 cumference, separated from Salibabo 
 Island bv a strait four miles broad. 
 Lat. 3°. 50'. N. Long. 126°. 35'. E. 
 It is well cultivated and peopled, 
 but the inhabitants are engaged in 
 frequent wars with those of the 
 neighbouring isles. This island may 
 be seen 18 leagues olf, being re- 
 markable for a high peaked hill in 
 the centic. (Forrest, Src.) 
 
 Kadi RG ung e, {Cadurgauj). — A 
 town in the province of Agra, dis- 
 trict of Funuckabad, 43 miles N. 
 N. W. from the town of Furruek- 
 abad. Lat. 27°. 50'. N. Long. 79°. 
 2'. N. 
 
 KAni,oRE,(7iV(/7(/>). — ASeiktown 
 in the ])rovince of Lahore, situated 
 on the banks of the Sntuleje above 
 Maeowall, and neiu- the mountains 
 through whi(;h that river enters Hin- 
 dostan. 
 
 Kahlouk. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of J^ahore, situated at a short 
 distance ]\. E. from the city of La- 
 hore. 
 
 Kair. — A large fortified town 
 in tlie province of Auruugabad, 
 
sitnal(Hl on tlie soutli banks of the 
 (.iodavcTV. 
 
 IvAKuiiH. — A lar^f (own wilh a 
 casllo ill the pidviiicc of Ajinecr, 
 bflon^iiisjf 1() the Hajali ul' Ooiiiaia. 
 Tliis place is sitiiatod at tlir southern 
 fxticinily of a ran;;c of hills, at 
 llu- nortiicni i)oi;i1 of \viiich is an- 
 otluT fort named IJoneto. 
 
 k ALATOA IsLK. — All ii^'.and in Ihc 
 I'lastorn Seas, altoiit ;>5 miles in eir- 
 cnniferenee, smronnded l>y a elnster 
 of other islands, on whieli the Oeean 
 Inilianian w as lost in 1797. Lat. 7°. 
 lo'. S. I.onu;. 1-22°. E. 
 
 IvAKiiKZK. — A district in the pro- 
 vince of (Jnjrat, which eotnmences 
 at tlie town of Oon, ahoiit 15 miles 
 to the north of l?ahdiun)oor. vVt 
 present it may ho consi(hred as con- 
 lainiiiii: the followini;" principal places. 
 
 1. Deodlnir. The chief Poonjajee, 
 a AVaijella I'ajpoot. 
 
 2. 'I'iieiah; the chief Tezablio}', a 
 Coolee, late a l\ajpoot. 
 
 ;}. Seoree ; the chief Kingarjco, a 
 Ihitesir Ctiolce. 
 
 4. ^Moondetah; tlic chi("f Kajjojec, 
 a C'oolee. 
 
 4. Kakor; the chief Poonjajee, a 
 Cooiee. 
 
 C). Oon ; tlie chief Prethi Raj, a 
 Coolee. 
 
 7. l?alj;anin; the eliief Picthi l?aj, 
 a Coolee. 
 
 8. Kaninp:poor; thc^ chief Pretiii 
 l{aj, a Coolee. 
 
 'I'heiali may he considered as the 
 ]ircscnt cai>it;d oi' llu- Kakrcze, the 
 !;reatest part of which was forni(>rly 
 under the Hajpoots of Dcodhnr, from 
 wlidse authority it was wrested by 
 Cliillabhny, a Cooiee, who (i\ed liis 
 residence at 'Iherah. Kakrcze was 
 increased to the e\(eiil of !S4 villa<?es 
 in the time of Koouibajee iiis son, 
 and it afterwards des( ended to Ja- 
 ma jee, who raised his liimily a step 
 bymaiTun;;- a Pvliatorclxajpootnee (a 
 I'cmale l«aj|)oo(.) 
 
 Jcmajee reigned about oO years 
 •A'^o, at which time a >;reat many 
 Coolees weie subject to his •govern- 
 ment, but, as is their nature, very 
 refiactory. Many years before his 
 
 tvALPY. 463 
 
 death ho had been in the practice of 
 coiK-caliiifj himself so privately, that, 
 exceptini;' his wife, no [lerson kne\r 
 of his beiiif;; alive. A sham funeral 
 was performed, a\ Inch invienled the 
 Coolces into acts of rebellion, and 
 then ho made bis appearance, and 
 inflicted a severe punishment. 'J'liis 
 liad happened so frequently, that for 
 three years after iiis death the fact 
 was not credited. His wife Raj 
 IJhyc w as his successor, and so much 
 esteemed by Fiitteh Sinnh Guicowar, 
 that he eoulided to her the chaii^c of 
 Kakrcze and Puttenwara until his 
 death, which liappencd about 45 
 years ago. 
 
 The (own of Oon, like the rest of 
 this district, is now occupied by a 
 petty independent chief. Deodhnr 
 is the place of most strength, and 
 can muster from three to 400 ca- 
 valry well mounted, and nearly 2000 
 infantry on urgent emergencies. In 
 this district the dead are buried 
 Avithout the lamentations which usu- 
 ally accompany funeral obsequies in 
 Giijrat. {Mannurdo, St.) 
 
 Kalv.kkgaii, iCalbiuga). — A town 
 in the i)rovince of J]eeder, 105 miles 
 W. from I lydcraliad, and the capital 
 of a district of the same name. Lat. 
 17°. 17'. N. Long. 77°. 8'. E. 
 
 'Jhis is now a town of little note, 
 but was famous in ancient tunes, 
 Iiaving- been the capital both of a 
 Hindoo and .Mahommedan sove- 
 reignty. Rajaiis of Kalbergah are 
 mentioned by I'erishta as independ- 
 ent princes when the Dekkan was 
 invaded by Alia ud DieninA.D. 
 1295; and, when the founder of the 
 JBliamenee dynasty erected tin; stand- 
 ard of independence, in 1347, this 
 was his capital. {Fcrixhta, Scott, Sr.) 
 
 K AI.KOONS, or Tl'HKKY Lsf.i'.s. — A 
 cluster of small rocky ishuuls, sur- 
 rounded by shoals innumerable, si- 
 tuated between the sixth and seventh 
 degrees of south latitude, and 115tli 
 and IKJth of east longitude. 
 
 K M.PY, (C(ilpi). — A town in the 
 province of Agra, situated on the 
 S. N\. side of the River .lunnia. Lat. 
 26°. 10'. N. Long-. 79°. 48'. E, Th« 
 
464 
 
 KANDANG WESSEE. 
 
 district attached to this place, in 1582, 
 is by Abiil I'azel dosciibcd as tbl- 
 lows : 
 
 " Sircar Calpec, containing 16 
 malials, measurement 300,029 bcc- 
 gahs. Revenue 49,456,730 dams. 
 Sej'urghal 1,078,292 dams. This sir- 
 car furnislies 1540 cavahy, 30 ele- 
 phants, and 34,000 infantry." 
 
 Kalpy is a place of considerable 
 trade, and the entrepot for the trans- 
 portation of cotton from Ihe weslern 
 and southern provinces iiito the 
 Company's territories. The IVIahom- 
 medans first penetrated to this quar- 
 ter about A. D. 1203, and here was 
 fought, in 1765, the first action be- 
 tween the British (under General 
 Cajnac) and the jMiiharattas. The 
 latter came to the assistance of Sujah 
 ud Dovvlah, but after a weak resist- 
 ance were totally routed, and com- 
 pelled to recross the Jumna with the 
 utmost precipitation. 
 
 In 1804 among the dependents on 
 the Peshwa's government was Nana 
 Govind Row of Calpee, whose va- 
 luable district of Muhoba lies in the 
 centre of Bundclcund, and had not 
 been conquered by Aii Bahander. It 
 was nevertheless seized by Rajaii 
 Himmut Bahauder as part of his 
 Jaidad under the British, which in- 
 duced the Calpee Chief to unite his 
 forces with Shumshere Bahauder in 
 opposition to the British. In con- 
 sequence of this conduct the fort 
 and district of Calpee, and some 
 other districts on the northern fron- 
 tier of Bundelcund, whicli had been 
 held by this chief as a tributary of 
 the Peshwa's, were occupied by Bri- 
 tish troops; but, by a subsequent 
 arrangement, after Nana Govind 
 Row had submitted to the views of 
 government, all his districts, with 
 the exception of Calpee, and a few 
 villages to the northward on tlu^ 
 banks of the Jumna, were restored 
 to him. 
 
 By this treaty, concluded the 23d 
 Oct. 1806, Nana Gooind Row agreed 
 to cede in perpetuity the city and 
 district of Calpee in the province of 
 Agra, and the several villages si- 
 3 
 
 tuatcd on the right bank of the 
 Jumna between Calpee and Ray- 
 poor. As an equivalent the British 
 government granted to the Nana 
 certain villages, and their lands, in 
 the province of Bundclcund, in ad- 
 dition to what was left him of liis 
 old territory, the whole jielding a 
 revenue of 145,000 rupees per an- 
 num. I'he revenue of the country 
 ceded to the British was 76,000 ru- 
 pees, and that transferred to the 
 Nana amounted to about the same. 
 It was agTeed that over his whole 
 country he was to be considered as 
 the independent and uncontronled 
 ruler, and exempt iiom every future 
 claim or demand on the part of the 
 British government. 
 
 As one-third of the diamond mines 
 at Panuali had from ancient times 
 been commilted by his highness the 
 Peshwa to the care of Nana Govind 
 Row, it was aljangcd that the Nana 
 should not be molested in the pos- 
 session of the said portion of the 
 mines in question, and the British 
 government accordingly renounced 
 all claim thereto in his favour. 
 
 Travelling distance from Lucknow 
 98 miles S. W. ; from Agra, 160; 
 Iiom Benares, 239; and Iiom Cal- 
 cutta, 699 miles. {MSS. Treaties, 
 Rennel, fSi'C. ^e.) 
 
 Kameh, (t'«m«).— An Afghan dis- 
 trict in the province of Cabul, si- 
 tuated between the 34th and 35th 
 degrees of north latitude, and ex- 
 tending along the kameh, or Cabul 
 River. The chief town is Adeenagm\ 
 
 Kanary Isles. — A cluster of small 
 islands lying off the north coast of 
 JNIysol, about the 130th degree of 
 east longitude. They are covered 
 with trees, but uninhabited. Good 
 Avatermay be procured at the soulh 
 end of the great Canary Island. 
 'J'hese islands produce a species of 
 jiut full of oil, and as large as a 
 small almond. {Forrest, S.c.) 
 
 Kandang Wessee. — A district 
 extending along the south coast of 
 the Island of Java, and situated be- 
 tween the seventh and eighth de- 
 grees of south latitude. 
 
KANOGE. 
 
 465 
 
 IvANG F.LANG IsLE. — All iiTog^u- has siiicc bocii ceded <o tlic Seiks, 
 
 arly-shaped island, siiiroiiiidcd by who wero called in as auxiliaries, 
 
 a cluster of suialler ones, and innu- and repulsed the Nepaul aniiy. In 
 
 ineralile shoals, situuti'd between the 1808 it was iindersroiua: a sie^e by 
 
 sixth and seventh decrees of south the troops of the Nepaul Hajah, the 
 
 latitude, and the lloth and ll(>(h result of which has not been ascer- 
 
 of east lonjiitude. The leni;th of 
 the principal island may be esti- 
 mated at 25 miles, by ei;,^ht (he ave- 
 rage breadth. 
 
 Kancrah. — A fortress surrounded 
 
 tained, but they had redujed it to 
 great distress, having lain before it 
 two year.;. At that time Gholauni 
 .Mahommed, the Rol)illah,w ho fought 
 against the British in 1794, Avas in 
 
 l)y a small hilly and woody di.slrict, the pay of the Kaiigrah Uajah. 
 in the proviuci- of Lahore, .situated (Abiil Fazcl, Rapcr, llt/i Register, 
 about the ;5'2d de;;rec of iiortii lati- Vc. lyc ) 
 
 tude. In 158-2 Abui I'uzel describes 
 the placx' as lollow s : 
 
 " Nagereote is a city ])laced on a 
 inoiuitain. with a fort, iianicd Kan- 
 grah. In the Aiciuity of this city, 
 upon a lofty mountain, is a place 
 
 Kanijee. — A .small town in tiie 
 province of Gujrat, district of Wer- 
 rcar, situated a few miles south 
 fioiu IJahdunpoor. Tlii.s place con- 
 tains about 250 houses, and is sur- 
 rounilcd by a ditch eight feet deep. 
 
 called Alaham-cy, wliieh they (the and sloping iiom 12 to one loot broad 
 liindoosj consiiler as one of the aM lie bottom. On the inner bank a 
 Avorks of tlie divinily. and come in small breast-work is thrown up. and 
 ]>ilgrimagcs to it from great dis- a few matchlocks stationed behind 
 lances, thereby obtaining the ac- it are suliicicnt to keej) otllhepre- 
 compli.shmeiit of their wishes. It is dalory cavalry, w ith which this part 
 niosi wonderful I'aat, in order to el- of Gujrat swarm.s. There are two 
 led this, they cut out their tongues, or three large tanks here, but during 
 Avhirh grow again in the course of the dry season the water is brackish, 
 two or three days, and sometimes in {l]J(icinnrdo, Src.) 
 a few hours. Phy.sicians believe, Kan'oGK, {CanyacHhja). — A dis- 
 tliat when the tongue is cut it will trict in the province of Agra, ex- 
 grow again ; but nothing except a tending along the east side of the 
 miracle can eliect it so speedily as (Janges. 'I'ho soil is generally sandy, 
 is here mentioned." but well cultivated, with abundance 
 I'he modern territory of Kan- of nuuigo clumps, and but little 
 grab, or Catochin, is limited on the jungh-. When the rains have been 
 north and north-west by llurree- deficient the crop, fail, except where 
 poor; on the east by Chambay ; on the cultivators, with much labour, 
 the south by Calowr ; and on the water the tields from wells. By 
 
 west by Punjab. In 1783 its reve- 
 nue was estimated at seven lacks of 
 rupees. 
 
 After the conquest of Serinagiir, 
 in 1803, by the Ncpaulese, their 
 
 Abu I lazci, in 1582, it is described 
 as follows : 
 
 " Sircar Kanoge, containing 30 
 mahals ; measurement, 2,776,673 
 becgahs ; revenue, 52,584,607 dams. 
 
 army proceetled in the direction of This sircar furnishes 3765 cavalrj', 
 
 NepanI, but were stopped in their and 188,350 infantry." 
 
 progress by this fortress, which then Kanoge. — A town of great anti- 
 
 belonged to Hajah Sansar Chund. quity and celebrity in the province 
 
 it is .situated on a steep mountain, of Agra, situated on the west ol the 
 
 about 30 miles to the west of the Ganges. Lai. 27°. 5'. N. JiOng. 79°. 
 
 .Beyah River, is well sup])lied with .52'. li. That river is now about two 
 
 water, and contains suHicient ground miles distant, but a canal has been 
 
 to yieid subsistence to the garrison, cut, which makes a beud towards 
 
 consisting of tlnee or 4000 men. It the town, and brings the sacred 
 
 2h 
 
460 
 
 KAHNATA. 
 
 sticam close to the citadol. Tlic 
 town at present consists of but one 
 street, but, for an extent of six. 
 miles, the mixture of small pieces 
 of brick, and the occasional vestiges 
 of a building-, point out the sit«! of 
 this ancient capital of Ilindostan. 
 Here are the tombs of tMO iMaiiom- 
 medan saints, who lie in state under 
 two mausoleums on an elevation co- 
 vered with trees. From the terrace, 
 which surrounds thenj, is a pleasant 
 \iew of the plain, covered with ru- 
 ined temples and tombs, and every 
 where little images are seen lying 
 under the trees broken to pieces. 
 No buildings of any consequence 
 now remain, and the brick walls, 
 which ajjpear of no gieat antiquity, 
 are going rapidly to decay. Ancient 
 coins, t)f an irregular shape, are fre- 
 quently found among the ruins, in- 
 scribed with Sanscrit characters, and 
 having sometimes the tigure of a 
 Hindoo deity on one side. 
 
 Kanoge, in the remote times of 
 Hindoo history, was a place of great 
 celebrity, and the capital of a pow- 
 erful empire, which existed at the 
 period of the Mahommcdan inva- 
 sion. The name Kanyacubja (Ka- 
 noge) is derived from the Sanscrit 
 Kanya, signifying a damsel, and 
 Kubja, a spinal curve, and refers to 
 a well-known story related in the 
 Hindoo mythological poems. The 
 language of Kanoge appears to form 
 the ground-work of the modern 
 Hindostani, known also by the ap- 
 pellation of Hindi, or Hindivi. Ra- 
 jahs of Kanoge are mentioned by 
 Ferishta so early as 1008 ; and it 
 was conquered, though not perma- 
 nently retained, by Mahiuood of 
 Ghizni, in A. D. 1018. 
 
 Travelling distance from Agia 217 
 miles; from Lueknow, 75; from 
 Delhi, 214; and tiom Calcutta, 719 
 miles. (Cohbrookf, JjOid Valentin, 
 Reiinel, Ramayon, Sec.) 
 
 Kapini Isle, {Pulo Kapini, or 
 Iron Wood Island). — A small unin- 
 habited island, about 25 miles in cir- 
 «!umference, Iving off the Avcst coast 
 of Sumatia, and situated nearly un- 
 
 der the equator. In the charts it is 
 usually named Batu, while to Batu 
 the name of JMintaon is erroneously 
 assigned. 
 
 Karah. — A town belonging to 
 the Maharattas, in the province of 
 Gujrat, 17 miles S. E. frcn Ahnied- 
 abad. Lat. 22°. 46'. N. Long. 72° 
 45'. E. 
 
 Karakf.eta Isle. — A small island 
 in the Eastern Seas, situated to the 
 south of Sangir. Lat. 3°. 7'. N. 
 Long. 125°. 25'. E. It is cultivated 
 and inhabited. 
 
 Kauasjkk. — A small town in the 
 province ofBojapoor. 45 miles N.E. 
 from jMcrritch. Lat. 17°. 26'. N. 
 Long. 75°. 28'. E. In thi:^ place are 
 a considerable, number of Mahom-^ 
 niedans, w lio subsist mostly on alms, 
 in a state of filth and slolii. These 
 Mussulmaun devotees, although the 
 most intolerant on the face of the 
 earth, crave and take charity from 
 all religions, {j^loor, tVc.) 
 
 Karu au w, (Carag-rama). — A town 
 in the Maharatta territitries, in the 
 province of Khandesh, district of 
 Bejapoor. Lat. 21°. 54'. N. Long. 
 75°. 35'. E. 
 
 Karical, (Carica^a). — A town on 
 the sea-coast of the province of 
 Tanjore, 50 miles iL by N. from tlie 
 city of 'J'anjore. Lat. 10°. 55'. N. 
 Long. 70°. 54'. E. The territory 
 iuound this place is extremely fer- 
 tile, and produces abundance of 
 rice ; and salt is also made and ex- 
 ported. 
 
 In the Carnalic wars, from 1740 
 to 1763, Karical was a place of con- 
 siderable importance, and strongly 
 fortified. In 1760 it was taken from 
 the I'rench by Colonel Monson. At 
 tliis period of history the French, 
 by purchase and cession from the 
 Tanjore government, had acquired 
 districts round the fort, compre- 
 hending 113 villages ; the revenue 
 of which, with the customs of tbc 
 port and town, produced 30,000 pa- 
 godas per annum. (Orme, Sonnerat, 
 \c. cVc.) 
 
 Karnata. — i\n ancient Hindoo 
 geographical division, which com- 
 
KAYNS. 
 
 407 
 
 prcliended all the liigh table land in the capital, and tlic Jain Iho preva- 
 
 thc south of Imlia, sitnutcd above lent religion of the kingdom. (Mac- 
 
 thc Ghauts, liy a fatality niicxam- kenzic, F. Buchamia, Willis, Rcnnel, 
 
 pled in the history of nations, it has Colebronhe, ^-c.) 
 
 lost its name, which has been trans- KaroI'LY, {Keruli). — A town in 
 
 fcrred to adjacent provinces on the province of Agra, 70 miles S.W. 
 
 the sea-coasts of India, under the from the city of Agra. Lat. 26°. 35'. 
 
 appellations of Carnalic and C'a- 
 iiara. 
 
 Tiie conunon Canara, or Karna- 
 taea character and langujige, are 
 nsed by the natives of all those 
 countries, from Coimbetoor north to 
 Balky, near Jieeder, and witliin the 
 
 N. Long. 77°. E. 
 
 This town is situated on the Puch- 
 peree, a small river with high per- 
 pendicular banks, which during the 
 rainy season swells to a torrent, and 
 on the other side is almost surround- 
 ed by deep and extensive ravincsr 
 
 parallels of the Eastern Ghauts to The fort is in the centre of the town, 
 
 the Western. This region eorapre- which is surrounded by a good stone 
 
 hends the modern provinces of My- wall with bastions. The rajah is of 
 
 sore. Sera, L'pper liednore, Soonda, the Rajpoot tribe of Jadoo, which 
 
 Goa, Atloni, Kachoer, Carnonl, the formerly reigned at Biana. They 
 
 Doab of the Krishua, and Toom- have gradually been stripped of their 
 
 buddra ; and a considerable part of best possessions by the Maharatlas ; 
 
 the modern provinces of Bejapoor the revenues of this little state not 
 
 and Beeder, as far as the source of exceeding one and a half lacks of 
 
 the Krishna. The junction of the rupees, out of which the Pcshwa 
 
 three languages — the Telinga, the claims a tribute of 20,000 rupees. 
 
 Maharatta, and the Canara, takes The most productive part of its ter- 
 
 place somewhere about the city of ritory is a nanow valley, which ex- 
 
 Becder, in the Deccan. The Haiga tends 30 miles to the Bunnass River, 
 
 Brahmins in Canara consider the 
 Karnataea as tiicir proper tongue ; 
 and all accounts, or inscriptions on 
 stone, whether in the vulgar lan- 
 guage or in Sanscrit, are written in 
 
 and is scarcely a mile in breadth. 
 {Bronghton, ^'c.) 
 
 Kaweel, (Cavil) — A large dis- 
 trict in the Nizam's territories, in 
 the pro\ince of Berar, situated prin- 
 
 tlie Karnataea character, which is cipally between the 21st and 22d 
 
 degrees of north latitude. By Abul 
 Fazel, in 1582, it is described as 
 follows : 
 
 " Sircar Kaweel, contairung 46 
 mahals ; revenue, 134,874,048 dams ; 
 
 nearly the same with the andray, or 
 old writing of 'I'elingana, 
 
 The principal rivers of the south 
 of India, that have their rise on the 
 table land of Karnata, are the 
 
 Krishna, the Toonibuddra, the Cau- seyurghal, 12,874,048 dams." The 
 
 very, and the Peunar; allot which, chief town is Ellichpoor, and the 
 
 although rising within from 30 or piincipal river the Poornah, by which 
 
 50 miles of the Malabar Coast, run it is intersected, 
 
 eastward into the Bay of Bengal, KAYNS,(or Kiayns). — Intheinter- 
 
 proving a general declivity towards mediate sp:ice between Bengal, Ara- 
 
 that quarter. cau, Ava Proper, and the province of 
 
 In the remote periods of Hindoo Munipoor, or Cassay, is an exten- 
 
 liistory Karnata existed as a power- sive mountainous and woody tract, 
 
 i'ul empire, which comprehended occupied by many rude tribes. The 
 
 great part of the south of India ; most distinguished among these are 
 
 and, in the eighth century of the called by the Biruians Kayns, but 
 
 Christian era, is ascertained to have by themselves Koloun ; and many 
 
 been governed by the Bellala Rayas; have, since tiie conquest of Aracan 
 
 at which time Balagaini, in the My- by tlie Birmans, been influenced to 
 
 sine province, is said to have been quit the niountaius, and settle iu th« 
 
 2h 2 
 
4G8 
 
 IvElKitlREE. 
 
 plains. They speak a dialect pecu- 
 liar to llicmsclvcs, and appear dis- 
 tinct from all the suironnditig- tribes. 
 They are remarkable for simple ho- 
 nest indr.stry and inofiensive nian- 
 uers, accompanied by flic nulcst no- 
 tions respecting reliu;ion. Tliey have 
 no idea of a place of fatine reward 
 and punishment, and deny the ex- 
 istence of sin in their country. They 
 burn their dead, and collect the 
 aslics, which, after certain ceremo- 
 nies, are carried to a place of inter- 
 ment, and on the sod Mhich covers 
 them is laid a wooden iiuage of the 
 deceased, 'llicy believe their deity 
 resides on the great mountain 
 Gnovva, which the Eirmatis have 
 never yet invaded. '\^ hen a Kayii 
 dies within tlie jurisdiotion of the 
 .Uirmans, the relations of t!ie de- 
 ceased always convey the urn and 
 image of the depaitcd person to this 
 mountain, there to be deposited in 
 the sacred earth. These people have 
 no letters, nor any law except cus- 
 tom, to which the Birmans lea\c 
 them, never interfering in their uiu- 
 niciiial or social economy. 
 
 The females of this tribe have 
 tlieir faces tattooed all over in lines, 
 mostly describing segments of cir- 
 cles, which gives them a most ex- 
 traordinary and hideous appearance. 
 {Si/mes, F. Biiclianan, Sr.) 
 
 Kedarnath, {Kedara Natim). — 
 A place of Hindoo pilgTimage in 
 Northern Hindostan, situated in the 
 province of Serinagur. Lat. 30°- 
 53'. N. Long. 79°. 19'- E. 
 
 This plate lies about 14 or 15 
 miles of direct distance to the \^ . 
 N. W. of Bliadrinath ; but tiie in- 
 termediate hills are inaccessible from 
 snow, and travellers are obliged to 
 make a circuitous route by the way 
 of Josiinath. The road to Kedar- 
 nath is much obstmcted, and in 
 many places leads overbeds of snow, 
 extending for several miles. ]]y 
 the time the pilgrimage to Kedar- 
 nath is completed, Ijhadrinath is 
 ready to receive visi ors, wiio. hav- 
 ing paid their devotions, retinn by 
 the road of Naudaprayaga and Car- 
 
 naprayaga,' and thus conclude tln^ 
 grand circle of pilgrimage. 
 
 The ceremonies inidrrgone here 
 by the Hindoos dider in no respect 
 from the cnslonis usually observed 
 at the other places of ho!\ ablution. 
 After washing away their impurities^ 
 the men whose fathers are dead, and 
 those of the female sex who are wi- 
 dows, submit to the operation of 
 toiksure. One day sufllees fw the ob- 
 servation of these rites, and very 
 few remain more than two days; but 
 endeavour to efl'ect their ntreat from 
 the hills before the eummencement 
 of the periodical rains. {Ruper, Src) 
 
 Kr.KX-DUKM RivuR. — ^Tliis is the 
 great western branch of the Ira- 
 waddy or Ava River, and derives its 
 name from the Kayn tribe-— the 
 name .signifjing the Fountain of the 
 Kajiis. It arrives in the Eirmaii 
 country from the N. \Y. and sepa- 
 rates it from the eoiKiuered province 
 of Cassay. I'he Einnaiis say it has 
 its source in a lake three nioiiths' 
 joui ney to the northward, and is na- 
 vigable, as far as the Ava dominions 
 extend, tor vessels of burthen, 'i'he 
 most distant town in tiie possession 
 of the IMrmans on the banks of thi^ 
 river is Jsakioung, where it joins the 
 eastern branch of the Irawaddy ; it 
 is rather more than a mile broad. 
 CSi/mes, F. Buchanan, cVc.) 
 
 Kr.ELAN Isle. — A small island 
 about 20 miles in circnniference, 
 lying oil' the western extremity of 
 Ceram. Lat. 3°. 15'. :S. Long. 127'^. 
 55'. E. This island is inha!)ited, 
 and well planted with cocoa nut and 
 plantain trees. 
 
 Keerpoy, {Cripn). — A town in 
 the province of Bei;gal, di: triet of 
 Burdwan, 50 nsiles S.\V. from Cal- 
 cutta. Lat. 22°. ^6'. N. Long. 8/^. 
 44'. E. liiis is the seat of a com- 
 mercial residinicy. 
 
 KcrFiNG Isle. — An island about 
 45 Hiilcs in circumference, separated 
 from the south-east eiui of tijc Island 
 of Ceram by a narrow strait. Lat. 
 3°. .50'. S. Long. 130°. iL 
 
 Kedgeree, {Kijari). — A village 
 and bazar in the [jroviiice of Bengal, 
 
KELPOOTIY. 
 
 469 
 
 5itiin1r(l ai tlir moniJi oftlio I[(ioj;li- 
 Jy Hivtr, Mliicli here cxpniKLs 1o ;i 
 Jiicadlli ol" iii'aily nine miles across, 
 T)2 miles S. I)V \y. IVoiii Caieiitta. 
 lial. 9.1°. fw'. \. Loiii,^ 8S°. ]()'. ]■;. 
 
 prosppiify unusual in fhis miserable 
 country. In tiie iioi^hhourliood are 
 many <i;aniens pro(liirin<;- various Eu- 
 ropeun Iriiits, but the |)roporfion of 
 ;Toinid capalile of cultivation in this 
 
 'i'liis is a mucii lie-.ildiicr station fjiiarter is barely snilicient for tlio 
 
 than l)i;inion<l ilarhour; and sliips poptilation, wliicli in adverse seasons 
 
 of Mar, unless compelled by stroiij^ depends on Cutcli (Junduva tor sup- 
 
 veas(»iis, shoidd nev«'r jio lii;!,hcr up plies of p,Tain. 
 
 the river. Here a naval olJicer on The city of Kelat is merely on- 
 
 tlie part of tlie Comjiany is esta- closed by a low nuid wall, but the 
 
 l>lisiied, mI'o nialies daily reports lo palace of (he Khan, which stands on 
 
 jiovernment of (he ships that arnve a hij^h liill, eommandin]Pj a complete 
 
 and sail. lOnriuf^ the nviny season view of tlio coiuitry,' is considered 
 
 ships soni' times lie here a long^ time, by tiic natives impregnable. (A'm- 
 
 on account of the freshes ol' the ri- 7u>i\ Christie, ^x.) 
 
 ver. On shore the comitry is a low, 
 swampy, salt morass, and particu- 
 larly pernicious to I'uropean consti- 
 tulions. Many iro|)ical fruits and 
 other rcfrcshnn nis may be procured 
 Jiere. 
 
 KlXAT, (h'il/af, the Fort).—'Vhr; 
 capital of Balooclnslan, and tlie re- 
 
 k^.I.I,AMA^GAI.u^f, (Kil/a Manga- 
 Iain, the Proxperotis Fort). — A small 
 town in the ceded distiiets of the 
 ]Mvsoie, aniu'xcd to the IJarramahal. 
 Lat. ri°. 3ry. N. Loup:. 7.S°. 5'. J-;, 
 Thisphu'c contains al)ove .jOOhonses, 
 and has a small fort with two reser- 
 voirs. In the jieighbourhood the dry 
 
 sideiice of its soverei;;;n, Mahmood field forms by far tiio greater part of 
 
 Klian. Lat, 2<>°. 6". N. lx)ng. 67°. 
 67'. E. 
 
 This town stands on a small hill, 
 on the west side of a rich valley, 
 nboul 12 miles in lenj;th, and not 
 excecdinii- two in breadth, smronnd- 
 ed by lofty mountains, which in 
 Y.inferare co\crcd with snow ; but, 
 in the summer, afford pasture for 
 
 the arable land. Poppies aie culti- 
 vated for tlie purpose of procuring 
 opium. Vv hen the seed of this plant 
 is allowed to ripen, an intoxicating 
 Ii(pn)r called post is composed from 
 it, nuich tised for inebriation both 
 by the Mahommedans antl Hindoos. 
 Considerable nund>ers of cattle arc 
 also roared near Kellamangalum. 
 
 liunuMons flocks of fat-tailed sheep, The woods and wastes adjacent are 
 
 camcl.s, ami goats. much frequented by traders in grain 
 
 I'Vom its elevated situation, the called Unnbadies, or briujanies, who 
 
 town of Kelat, at a distance, has even in tiuu> of peace cannot en- 
 
 a prepossessing appearance, vvliich tirely al)stain from plunder, 
 
 does not i!n])rove on closer in- The touutry from hence to Wora- 
 
 spection. The streets are narrow gan Ilully, distant seven miles, con- 
 
 and dirty, ;uid the houses built of sists of low rocky iiills overgrown 
 
 half-burned brick, the upjior stories Avith brush wood, and interspersed 
 
 i-.p|)roaciiiMg each other across the with considerable portions of arable 
 
 street. The city is iioi)ulous, and ground. ( )f this the soil of the lirst 
 
 eoiitains above 4000 Iu)uses ; 400 of quality forms one-fifth, of the second 
 
 which are inhiibited by the Babee quality two-fifths, and of the third 
 
 Patau mere liants and liindoos. 'I'he and fourth (jualitics each one-fifth, 
 
 latter are computed to exceed 500 (F. Hiulianan, kc.) 
 
 in nnmliei-, anil receive great encou- Ivklpoouy, {h'he/apuri). — A small 
 
 ragement from the government, a district in the province of Delhi, si- 
 
 small duty being levied for the sup- 
 port of their pagoda. Tlu- bazar is 
 well .supplied, and the town exhi 
 
 tuated al)out the SDth degree of north 
 latitude, and bounded on the north 
 by tlie Kcmaoon IMonntains, The 
 
 hits jiu appearance of trade and soil of Uiis district is fertile, but it 
 
470 
 
 KENNERI. 
 
 stili contains a great extent of land 
 overgrown with extensive forests. 
 "\V lien the Institutes of Acber were 
 compiled, it appears to have been 
 comprehended in the division of 
 Sumbhalpoor ; in 1801 it was ceded 
 to the Company by the Nabob of 
 Oudc, and was annexed to the col- 
 lectorship of Bareily. 
 
 Kelpooky. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of DcUii, 48 miles N. N. E. 
 from Bareily, and the capital of a 
 small district of the same name. 
 Lat. 28°. 69'. N. Long. 79°. 39'. E. 
 
 Kemaoon, {Camaon). — A district 
 in Northern Hindostan, situated 
 principally between the 29th and 
 .30th degrees of nortli latitude ; the 
 hilly part of which belongs to the 
 Rajah of Nepaul, and the tuiTye, or 
 lower part, to the British govern- 
 ment, having been ceded in 1801 by 
 the Nabob of Oude. The tenitory 
 of this district is separated from that 
 of Serinagur by a range of moun- 
 tains, on Which stands the village of 
 Chiring. Lat. 30°. 6'. N. 
 
 After passing this chain of hills 
 the contrast is remarkable. The 
 hills of Kcm;i()on appear to rise in a 
 reguhir genlle acclivity from their 
 ba'scs, and tlie soil is of rich earth, 
 giving birth to line verdure and ex- 
 tensive forests. The country also 
 divides into rather spacious vallies, 
 rendered fertile by tillage, and the 
 cultivation is more extended, and 
 cairied finther up the hills than in 
 Serinagur, with a greater population. 
 On the frontier several of the vil- 
 lages are divided, one half belonging 
 to Serinagur, and one half to Ke- 
 maoon, an arrangement which does 
 not appear founded in sound policy. 
 In this district are many small and 
 rapid rivers, such as tlie Gaumathi, 
 the Garuda Gimga, the BarrnI, and 
 the Causila. Prior to 1791 the moun- 
 tainous part of this district was sub- 
 dued by the Nepaulese ; and, in 
 1808, the expelled Rajah of Ke- 
 maoon resided at Rampoor as a teh- 
 sildar (subordinate collector of the 
 revenue), under the British govern- 
 tueut. In 1582 Abul Fazel describes 
 
 the Kemaoon Mountains, and at- 
 tributes to them a great many va- 
 luable articles which they do not 
 produce : — " A part of the northern 
 mountains of this soubah is called 
 Kemaoon, where there are mines of 
 gold, silver, lead, iron, orpiment, 
 and borax. Here are also found 
 abundance of musk deer, ketass 
 cows, silk worms, falcons of various 
 kinds, goats, horses, and plenty of 
 honey." 
 
 The city of Almora is the capital 
 both of the Kemaoon and the Al- 
 mora districts. (Raper, Kirhpatrick, 
 Abul Fazel, ^t.) 
 
 Kenneri, — A collection of re- 
 markable caverns excavated in the 
 mountains of the Island of Salsette, 
 near to Bombay. The Portuguese 
 formerly titled up one of them as a 
 church, and consequently thought it 
 their duty to deface all the most Pa- 
 gan looking sculptnres. 
 
 At present the fine teak ribs for 
 supporting the roof are almost gone, 
 and the portico is not so elegant as 
 that at Carli. On the sides are two 
 gigantic figures, each 25 feet high, 
 standing erect with then* hands close 
 to their bodies, and their heels close 
 together, which resemble the figures 
 of Buddlia seen in Ceylon. On each 
 side of the great cave are smaller 
 ones apparently unfinished. 
 
 Ascending the hill the caves be- 
 come so numerous, that they resem- 
 ble an excavated city. Some of them 
 are small, and seem adapted for pri- 
 vate dwellings, having a reservoir of 
 water, but others ai-e of a larger 
 size. One of them has a long ve- 
 randa in front, the chamber within 
 which is 40 feet square, having the 
 sides covered with figures of Jain 
 saints. Narrow doorways in three 
 sides of the cave lead to cells of 10 
 feet by six, in each of which there 
 is a raised seat ; the fourth side has 
 one door, and several windows look- 
 ing into the veranda. The small 
 caves are in a variety of shapes, and 
 the pillars which support them are 
 not less various. 
 
 The large square cave is situated 
 
KIIANDESIL 
 
 471 
 
 in a nivitjr, wlioro tlicio mo shrubs 
 and Irct's, and riudcr tli«>s|)(»t fooler 
 than ally other part of tlio siibtcrra- 
 ni'Oiis rily. 'I he siiniiuit of the 
 iiiuiintaiii coinniaiids a fine prospect 
 over woods and lulls, and ;unis of 
 the sea ; to the continent ol' India 
 on the one hand, and to tiie ocean 
 on tiie other. 
 
 Ki-RcoL.\N(i Isle, — See Tolour. 
 Kkrinja, (Caranjn). — A largo 
 w.illed town, vith a line lank of 
 water, in the province of IJerar, the 
 Jajihirc of Souhnh Khan. 
 
 Kf.tki:. — 'I'his is the principal town 
 beloiif^ing 1o iAleerThara, one of the 
 Ameers of Sinde. It is larj;er than 
 Corachie, and is situated on an is- 
 land hi the River Indus. The chief 
 villages in its vicinity arc liohur 
 Kadhuji, Uselee, and AV'ahnaec, 
 
 Krys Isle. — ^Thrce islands of con- 
 siderable extent in the Eastern Seas, 
 situated about the 133d degree of 
 eastern longitude, and between the 
 fifth and sixth degrees of north lati- 
 tude. They are named Key Watela, 
 liittlc and Great Key Islands, but 
 respecting- them nothingbeyond their 
 geographical situation is known, 
 
 Keydf.f., (Cardi). — A town in the 
 province of Bahar, district ofClinlta 
 Nagpoor, 235 miles AV. bv N. from 
 Calcutta. Lat. 22°. 46'. N. Long. 
 84°. 49'. E. 
 
 KHANDESH, {Klmndesa). 
 
 A province in the Deccan, si- 
 tuated i)rincipally between tlu^ 2 1st 
 and 23d degrees of north latitude. 
 To the north it is bounded by Mal- 
 vvah ; on the south by Annuigabad 
 and Eerar; on the <ast il lias Jjerar ; 
 and on the west tlu; p:o\ince of Guj- 
 rat. In length it may be estimated 
 at 200 miles, by 90 miles the average 
 breadth. 
 
 Khandesh was one of the small 
 soubahs, formed during the reign of 
 Acl)er, from conquests made south of 
 the Neibuddah. It then occupied 
 the space betwixt Malwah on the 
 north ; Bcrai- on the cast ; and Ali- 
 
 mednngger(arterwards Aurungabudj 
 on the west and south; but its boun- 
 daries has since thictualed consider- 
 ably. In the Ayeen A(;berry it is 
 described as follows : 
 
 " The soubah of Dandecs. This 
 sanbali was originally called Khan- 
 dees, but upon the coiKjuest of the 
 fortress of Asec'r, the name was 
 elianged to Dandees. It is situated 
 in the second climate. In length 
 from I'oorgong, w hieh joins to Hin- 
 diah, to Selinig, bordering on tiie 
 territory of Ahmednuggur. it mea- 
 sures 75 coss ; and the breadth from 
 Jamood, which ctjnlines it towards 
 lierar and I^xll, joining to JMalwah, 
 is 50 coss. It is bounded on the 
 N. \V. by JNlalwuh ; Kalneh confines 
 it to the south ; on the east lies He- 
 ra r ; and on the north large moun- 
 tains. The soubah of Khandesh con- 
 tains 32 nuxhals ; revenue 12,647,072 
 tungehs." 
 
 'J'his is one of the original Malia- 
 ratta provinces, and is remarkably 
 strong by nature, AVithin one day's 
 march nearly twenty tbrtresses, all 
 in sight in different directions may 
 ])e counted. Chandore, Uiiky^ Tun- 
 ky, Saler, Rouke, Nassick, Trim- 
 muck, Galna, ]\Iongy, and Tongj-, 
 are all places of this description. 
 The ridge of th(^ AN estern Ghauts 
 extends along the 'I'uptee River, 
 from whence there are passes down 
 to Khairdesh ; m hieh pro\ incc, al- 
 though of an iiTCg-iilar surface, and 
 containing many strong holds, is not 
 monntainous. TJie ( hief riveis are 
 the Nerbuddah and the Tuptee, and 
 llie ])riiicipal towns iioorhanpoor, 
 Hasser, or Aseer, and Hindia, 
 
 A considerable portion of Khan- 
 desh is possessed by the Ilolear fa- 
 mily, being like the province of Mal- 
 wah divided between the Peshwa, 
 ilolcar, and Sindiu, but much the 
 largest i)art is })osst;ssed by the tA\ o 
 latter powers. Abounding in strong 
 holds, occupied by petty native chiefs, 
 the revenue is collected with great 
 dilfieully, and generally ivfpiires llie 
 intervention of a military force. The 
 province generally is fertile, and to- 
 
472 
 
 KHYRABAD. 
 
 lerably well waiered ; hut, owing to 
 the nature of the governmeni, in- 
 differently cultivated, and but thinly 
 populated. A very great proportion 
 of the inhabifants (probably the five- 
 sixths) aro Hindoos of the Bralimiii- 
 ical persuasion, and may be esti- 
 mated not to exceed 2,000,000 in 
 lunnber. 
 
 In the beginning of the loth cen- 
 tury Khandesh was governed by in- 
 dependent sovereigns, claiming their 
 descent from Omar, and residing at 
 Ascer as their caj ital ; but towards 
 the close of the century it was com- 
 pletely subdued, and annexed to the 
 JMogul empire. (Abid Ftizel, Tone, 
 the Marquis WeJlesIei/, Re)inel, ^-c.) 
 
 Kh .\ SG UNG E, (/iTz/a/gYf;;; ). — A town 
 in tiie province of Agra, district of 
 Fwrruckabad, 64 miles N. W. from 
 the town of Furruckabad. Lat. 27°. 
 62'. N. Long. 78°. 3G'. E. 
 
 Khemlasa. — A large walled town, 
 ■with a fort adjoining, situated in the 
 province of Mahvali, 91 miles S. W, 
 from Chatterpoor. Lat. 24°. 15'. N. 
 Loiig. 7ft°. 36'. E. This place be- 
 longs to the district of Saga, or San- 
 gur, which is distant about 34 miles 
 to the southward. (Hunter, Sec.) 
 
 Kheroo. — A town in Tibet, si- 
 tuated to the north of the great Hi- 
 malaya ridge of mo'uitains. Lat. 
 2&° 13'. N. [iong. 86°. 45'. E. This 
 was once a large place, but is now 
 inconsiderable, having been laid 
 waste prior to 1790 by an incursion 
 of the Kala Soogpa Tartars, who 
 occupy the country north of Joon- 
 gale, and who for some time pos- 
 sessed themselves of liassa. A con- 
 siderable trade subsists betwixt Nc- 
 paul and this place, which nominally 
 belongs to the Dalai Lama of Lassa, 
 but is in fact i)ossessed by the Chi- 
 nese. From Kheroo there arc no 
 snowy rnonntaiiis to be seen in the 
 northern quarter ; but there are in 
 the south, the west, and the sonth- 
 east quarters. ( Kirhpatrieh, ^c.) 
 
 KHOOfiH.\LGiiVi{,(K/iash-/ialghar). 
 —A nurd fort with double walls, 
 round bastions, and a ditch, situated 
 ill the province of Aj nicer, 68 miles 
 
 S. E. from Jeypoor, Lat. 26°. 27'. 
 E. 
 
 Khooshgul. — A well built small 
 hill fort in the province of Bejapoor, 
 district of Bantapoor, strongly si- 
 tuated on the top of a rising groimd 
 in the midst of an extensive plain of 
 so regular a descent, that it forms a 
 glacis on everv side. Lat. 15°. 29'. 
 Long. 75°. 13'. E. 
 
 KtiozDAR. — A (own in the pro- 
 vince of Baloochistan, the residence 
 of Meer Morad Aii, one of the prin- 
 cipal Baloochee Ameers of the Kum- 
 buranee tribe. Its situation has not 
 been correctly ascertained, but it is 
 somewhere about 3(j°. 30'. N. and 
 67'. E. 
 
 This place stands in a small ro- 
 mantic vailcy of the same name, be- 
 tween two tremendous ridges ol' bare 
 rocky mountains, whi<h is tolerably 
 well cultivated, and watered by a 
 stream ilowing througli the centre. 
 The town is ^^ ailed, and has a good 
 bazar. Although a Mahommedan 
 town, the Hindoos are held in great 
 esteem, and possess a pagoda dedi- 
 cated to the goddess Caii. When 
 winter ap|)roaches, on account of the 
 severity of the climate, the chief and 
 all the richer class of persons retire 
 southward to Cutch Gundava, to 
 avoid the intense cold, which among 
 1he.'>e elevated vallies congeals the 
 water. From hence to Kelat, the 
 capital of Baloochistan, is three days 
 journey. {Christie, Kinneir, ^-c.) 
 
 KiiVRARAD. — A district in the Na- 
 bob of JJude's territories, situated 
 principally between thc27tli and 28tli 
 degrees of north latitude. By Abul 
 Fazcl, in 1582, this district is de- 
 scribed as follow s : 
 
 " Sircar Khyrabad, containing 22 
 mahals, measiucment 1,987,700 bec- 
 gahs; re\enue 43,644,381 dams. 
 Seyurghal 1,713,342 dams. This .sir- 
 car furnishes 1160 cavalry, and 27,800 
 iniantry." 
 
 This is a fertile, well watered dis- 
 trict, but the cnUivation inferior to 
 that of the adjacent districts in the 
 Doab. The principal crojis ar<> bar- 
 ley, wheat, tobacco, and small pcus. 
 
KISIIENGUNGA RIVER. 
 
 473 
 
 The soil is of a sandy uatnic, and 
 duiiiiu: iIkmIij- season cloiuls of dust 
 arc raised by the wind, yet in <lic 
 cold season Ihc croi)s are Ireqtietilly 
 injured by tlie IVost. 'riier(> are some 
 fields «)f siia;ar eaiie, but lliis speeies 
 o\' cullivalion is as yet imperfect. 
 
 The prin<ii)al rivers are the Cian- 
 fTCS, the (;o<;;iTah, and (he (ioomty ; 
 and the chief to\Mis Khyrabad, 
 Shaliabad, and Naraii^abad. {Toi- 
 jiaut. Abiil Juizel, .\r. ) 
 
 Khyrahad. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of (hide, 40 miles travelliii<? 
 distance north from l,iirkiio\v, the 
 capital of a district of the same 
 name. Lat. '2/°. '29'. N. Lorn;. 80°, 
 
 45'. i;. 
 
 Khyrpoor. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Siiide, the residence of ]Meer 
 Soiirab, one of the ameers or princes 
 of that extensive country. It stands 
 six days jonrney by land from Hy- 
 derabad, the capital of Hinde, and 
 Ibnr by water, it is a place of some 
 trade, and noted for the dyeing of 
 clot hs. 
 
 KiLKARY. — A town on the sea- 
 coast of the SoniJiern Carnatic, dis- 
 trict of Afarawas, 127 nnles N. F,. 
 from Cape Comorin. Lixi. i)°. 15'. N. 
 Lous:. 78°. 63'. K 
 
 KiMFDY, {Cionadi). — A town in 
 the Northern Circars, S'.i miles S. VV. 
 from Ganjam. Lat. 18°. 48'. N. 
 Long. 8-1°. 11'. E. 
 
 KiNATOOR. — A small town in the 
 Carnatic, near to whi<'li is the hij^liest 
 pagoda, or Hindoo temple, in the 
 province, bein<j; 222 W'li in height. 
 Lat. 12°. 15'.' N. Long-, 7Jj°. VJ'. 
 E. 
 
 KlRTHTPooR, (Kirtipiira, the fa- 
 mous ('it)/). — A town in t!ie valley of 
 Nepaul, abont three miles west froni 
 Patn. Lat. 27°. 30'. N. Long. 85°. 
 
 37'. i:. 
 
 This place was once the seat of an 
 independent jirince. tliongh at the 
 j)eri()d of i'urliii Narrain's(the Goor- 
 khali Hajah's) invasion, it was in- 
 cluded in the territory tif I'atn. It 
 is said at one |ieriod to have reckon- 
 ed 6000 houses or families within 
 il^ jurisdiction, but it is at present a 
 
 place of no great extent or consider- • 
 ati(m. 
 
 When Pnrtlii Narrain, the Ghoor- 
 khali Rajah, took this place in 1768, 
 he was so enraged at the long and 
 obstinate defence made by the in- 
 habitants, that he ordered the noses 
 and lips of all the survivors, without 
 exception of age or sex, to be cut 
 off; and the name of the city to be 
 changed to Naskatapoor, which sig- 
 nifies the iown of cut noses. This 
 edict appears to have been strictly 
 enforced, as 23 years afterwards the 
 British andjassador at Nepanl found 
 many jiersons who had outlived this 
 mutilation. {Kirhpatrich, FathcrGui- 
 seppc, S,-c. Sr.) 
 
 KiRWAL. — A town belonging to 
 tlie jMaharattas. in the province of 
 Malwah, 42 miles N. AV. from Bil- 
 sah. Lat. 24°. 2'. N. Long. 78°. 13'. E. 
 KisHENAGi'R District, {Krishna 
 Nog-ar). — See Nuddf.a. 
 
 KiSHKNAfiUR. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Rengal. situated oi; the S. E. 
 side of the Jellingliv River, 62 miles 
 N.byE. ti-om ra!(Mi1ta. L.at. 2.3°. 
 26'. N. Long. 88°. 35'. E. 
 
 Ki.sHKNAGUK. — A town in tlie pro- 
 vince of vVJmecr, 13 miles S, 1<. from 
 the cilv of Ajnieer. Lat, 26°. 32'. 
 N, Long. 7.''>°"l'. !■:, 
 
 This is tliee;ipi(al of a small but in- 
 dc])endent principality, in the nejgh- 
 liourhuod of Ajmeer, the revenues 
 of which amount to fom- lacks of ru- 
 pees jxr aimiim. The rajah's rela- 
 tions and the descendants of his la- 
 niily amount in number to near 5000, 
 and are all fed and married at the 
 rajah's e\pens(\ whose government 
 is completely patriarcjial. In retmn 
 they act as soldiers, and defend (lie 
 state. The rajah is of the Rhatore 
 tribe of Rajj)Oots, but the majority 
 of the cultivators arc Jauts. {Braiigh- 
 ton, G. TItomrts, Ve.) 
 
 KisHi.Nr,(!\GA River, {Krishna 
 Gaiig-a, Black Tiiver). — This river 
 has its somce in the mountains to 
 the north of the i'ackoli district, and 
 after a short course joins the .Ihylum 
 River on the north-western frontier 
 of the province of Lahore. 
 
474 
 
 KISTNACJHERRY. 
 
 KisKTKWAR, (Cashtliavai; abouvd- 
 inrr in Wood). — A district in tlic 
 nortli-casteni extremity of tlic pro- 
 \iiicc ot" Lahore, situated principally 
 between the 33d and 34tli deg'recs oi' 
 north latitude, and bonnded on lli<i 
 iiortli M<^st l>y the southern ranj^c of 
 Cashmere I J ills. 
 
 This dislrict is in general very liiiiy 
 and woody, and bnt thinly inhabited, 
 Mic climate in wiiiler beinj; extremely 
 told. It is intersected by tlie River 
 Chinanli, a\ liich in some places is 70 
 yards broad, and extremely rapid. 
 A^t the villa';e of Nausman it is eross- 
 ^'d in a basket slun^ to a rope, reach- 
 iiigfrom side to side, which is pulled 
 along; tlie ro|)e Mith its goods or pas- 
 sengers, and then back again. In 
 1783 this was one of tlic few inde- 
 pendent ilindoo districts remaining 
 ill India, yet the chief was a Mahom- 
 niedan. It probably still remains 
 independent, having few attractions 
 j'or invaders. {Foster, $fc.) 
 
 KisHTKWAU. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Lahore, named also Trilok- 
 nath, situated close to the southern 
 range of Cashmere Hills, and 94 miles 
 J']. S. E. from the city of Cashmere. 
 Lat. 34°. 7'. N. Long. 75°. 20'. E. 
 
 KissF.R, — A small island, about 20 
 miles ill circnmlerence, lying oft" the 
 nuith-easterii extremity of 'J'imor. 
 La1.b°. 5'. S. Long.' 127°. 6'. E. 
 It is inhabited, and all'ords refresh- 
 ments and water for shipping. 
 
 KisTXA Ri viiR, {Krishna, theSahle). 
 —This ii\er has its source in the 
 Western Ghauts, not far from Sata- 
 rah, in the province of Bejapoor, and 
 only 50 miles from the west coast of 
 India. From hence it proceeds in a 
 S.W, direction, until it readies Mer- 
 jitcli, when its bulk is greatly in- 
 creased by the junction of the River 
 ^^'arnah, formed by a variety of 
 streamlets that fall from tlie Ghauts. 
 After this bending more to the east- 
 ward it receives the accession of the 
 Malpuba. Gutpurba, Beemah, and 
 Toombuddra, and with an augment- 
 ed volume proceeds to the Bay of 
 Bengal, where it foniis the northern 
 boundary of the Guutoor Circai". 
 
 During its course, which, includinsj 
 the windings, may be estimated at 
 G50 miles, it waters and i'crtilizes the 
 jiroviuces of Bejapoor, Beeder, Hy- 
 derabad, and the districts of Paul- 
 naud, Guntoor, and Condapilly. The 
 term Krishna signifies black or dark 
 blue, and is the name of the favour- 
 ite deity of the Hindoos — an incar- 
 nation of the preserving power, 
 Vishnu. 
 
 This river forms the proper bound- 
 ary of the Deccau, as understood by 
 the best Mahommedau authors, and 
 the south of India — a name in mo- 
 dern times restricted to the regions 
 soutlr of the Krishna, miscalled the 
 Peninsula. The eailiest Mahom- 
 medau army that crossed this river 
 was led in 1310 by Kafoor against 
 Dhoor Summooder, the capital of 
 Belial Deo, sovereign of Karnata, a 
 Hindoo empire then existing, which 
 comprehended all the elevated table 
 land above the eastern and western 
 chain of mountains. {Wilks, Moor, 
 J. Grant, S-c.) 
 
 Kisiy. WATK AM, {Krishnapatttti). — 
 A town on the sea-coast of the Car- 
 natic, 87 miles N. from Madras. Lat. 
 14'. 19'. N. Long. 80°. 16'. E. 
 
 IviSTNAfi KERRY, {Krislma-ghiri\ 
 — A toAMi and fortress in the pro- 
 vince of Barramahal, 105 miles west 
 from Seringapatam. Lat. 12°. 32'. 
 N. Long. 78°. 23'. E. 
 
 Near to this place the country 
 consists of a plain, in which are scat- 
 tered high rocky, insulated moun- 
 tains, of a very singular and grand 
 appearance. That on which the fort 
 is situated is 700 feet in perpendi- 
 cular height, and so remarkably bare 
 and steep, that it was never taken 
 excc])t by surprise. In Nov. 1791, 
 the British troops were repulsed with 
 considerable loss in an attempt to 
 storm this fortress; along with the 
 district it whs subsequently ceded to 
 the British, who destroyed the forti- 
 fications, Avhich from the altered si- 
 tuation of aflairs in the Mysore be- 
 came uuneccssarj'. 
 
 Much of the plain in this neigh- 
 bourhood is rice ground; but the 
 
 ''.A_*><^pif;f. 
 
KOOKIES. 
 
 47o 
 
 soil, allliouf^h \v<;ll watorc-tl, is poor. 
 Tin- road from H\:ut<ft.il) to Kist- 
 iiaglu'rrv leads musllj tluongli nar- 
 row dettlcs anioii^' liills covered with 
 brushwood, v hicli is also the case 
 from iience to Aialaijaddy. This 
 last lowii. aIthoui;,h })laced in th<' 
 centre of the Barraniahal, nc^er be- 
 loni^ed to that province, havinp; been 
 long annexed 1(» Arcot. {F. Biw/ia- 
 7ian, Dironi, Salt. St.) 
 
 KisTY. — An Afghan town, situ- 
 ated to the west of the Indus, in the 
 province of Ilaj} kan, 120 miles S.W. 
 from Mooltan!' Lat. 29°. lb'. N. 
 Long:. 70°. 3'. E. 
 
 KiTTOOR. — A town and small dis- 
 trict in the Peshwa's territories, in 
 the province of Bejapoor, 20 miles 
 S. E. I'rom ^lerritch. 
 
 This place was originally tributary 
 to the Poonah state, and the dessaye 
 had a few villages in the .jaghire ; 
 but, after the death t)f the Peshwa, 
 Madhurow, the dessa^i e, took advan- 
 tage of the convulsions that ensued, 
 and usurjied the whole. In 1804 
 the renter oi the district complained 
 to General Welloslcy that, though a 
 subject of the Peshwa's, his country 
 was plundered and devastated, not 
 only by two neighbouring feudato- 
 ries of his highnesses (tJoklah and 
 Appah Dessaye), but also by tlic 
 Peshwa's ov\ n deputy, the sirsoubah. 
 By the interposition of the Biitish 
 government iioacc was restored, and 
 th<; dessaye compelled to fultil liis 
 engagements with the Peshwa ; but 
 at the same time prolcoted in his 
 own just rights. This district is fer- 
 tile, and during a period of peace 
 may be expected to yield from five 
 to six lacks of rupees per annum. 
 {MSS. .yr.) 
 
 KocRAGUK RivF.R. — A small river 
 in the province of (Jundwana, which 
 flows past the town of Byrahgur, and 
 afterwards falls into IheBaum Gun- 
 ga, or ^VaiJly River. 
 
 KOHCRAAN, or OrtSHKRE, (Koghe- 
 ran. Gnat Mouniaiiis). — A district 
 in the north-western quarter of the 
 province of Lahore, situated between 
 the 33d and 34th degrees of north 
 
 latitude, and bounded on the east by 
 theJliylum or ifydaspes Kiver. The 
 face of the country is extremely hilly 
 and wild, and the country but lluHly 
 inhabited, beiner mostly possessed by 
 petty )iative cliiefs, alternately tri- 
 butary to the Seiks and Afghans. It 
 contains no town of note. 
 
 KoHAUT. — An Afghan town in the 
 province of C'abul,53 miles west from 
 Attock, on the Indus. Lat. 33°. C. 
 N. Long. 70°. 20'. E. 
 
 KoMAPooR, {Conupur). — A town 
 in the province of Bejapoor, 38 mile;, 
 W.N. W. from Darwar. Lat. 15°. 
 34'. N. Long. 74°. 32'. E. 
 
 KoNJEUR. — A small district in thft 
 province of Orissa, situated princi- 
 pally between the 2] st and 22d de- 
 grees of north latiiude. To the north 
 it has the districts of Singboom and 
 Mohurbunge, and to the south the 
 Company's province of Cuttack. It 
 continues occupied by independent 
 native chiefs, but was formerly tri- 
 butary to the Nagpoor Alaharattas. 
 It is fertilized by many streams, and 
 is capable of a high state of cultiva- 
 tion, Init continues very desolate. 
 The principal towns are Konjeur, 
 Ogurapoor, and Andapoorgur. 
 
 Konjeur, or Kondojurry. — -A 
 town in the province of Orissa, dis- 
 trict of Konjeur, of which it is the 
 capital. Lat. 21°. 34'. N. Long. 
 85°. 45'. E. 
 
 KoMiiAR Isle. — A very small 
 island in the Eastern Seas, situated 
 to the north of Wageeoo. The inha- 
 bitants cultivate plantations of yams, 
 potatoes, sugar-canes, and other tro- 
 pical productions. With AN'agecoo 
 they barter turtle sausages, made of 
 turtle eggs, for sago either baked or 
 raw, 'Phey also carry tortoise-shell 
 and swallo to sell to the Chinese, who 
 trade to that island in sloops. {For-' 
 rest, Sfc.) 
 
 KooHANGAN IsLE. — A very small 
 island in the Eastern Seas, one 
 of the Sooloo Archipelago. It is 
 uninhabited, and appears like two 
 islands, there being a narrow isthmus 
 in the middle. 
 
 KooKiES, {Cuds, or Lunctas), — 
 
476 
 
 KOORWEY. 
 
 'i'lip Kookics are a race of people 
 mIio live among the mountains to 
 the nortli east ut the Chittagong dis- 
 tiict, ill the province of Bengal. 
 They reside at a greater distance 
 than the Clioomeas from the inlia- 
 hilants of the plain, to Avlioni they 
 aic (•oiiseqnrni'j' but little known; 
 and are sekiom seen, except when 
 they visit the markets on the borders 
 of the jungles, in the Ruiiganeah 
 and AvHungabad divisions, to pur- 
 chase salt, dried fish, and tobacco. 
 
 The IvOokics ai'c a stout, nuisenlar 
 people, but not tall, and have the 
 pecidiar features of all the natives of 
 ilic eastern parts of Asia, namely, 
 the flat nose, small eye, and broad 
 round face. 'J'hcy are all hunters 
 and Avarriors, and divided into a 
 lunnher of distinct tribes, independ- 
 ent of each other. I'hey are armed 
 M ith bows and arrows, clubs, spears, 
 and daws. They choose the steej)- 
 cst and mcist inaccessible hills to 
 build their villages on, which gene- 
 ra liy contain tiom 500 to 2000 inha- 
 Mtants. 
 
 Like other savages the Kookics 
 ;ire engaged in perpetual warfare, 
 ;>r.d piofcr ambuscades and sni-prises 
 to regular opcii figliting. AV hen 
 upon a secret expedition they fasten 
 their hannnocks among tlie branches 
 of the- lottiest trees, so as not to be 
 perceived from underneath. Among 
 Ihese tril)es salt is in high estimation, 
 ;ind a little is always sent with a 
 message, to coisfirm its importance. 
 INext to personal valour, the accom- 
 yilislmient most Aalued in a warrior 
 is a superior dexterity in stealing. 
 
 This miserable race are of a most 
 vindictive disposition, and blood 
 iuu.st idways be shed for blood on 
 tiip principle of retaliation. As they 
 Iiavc Jio prejudice of caste, no ani- 
 mal killed in tliC cbaee is rejected ; 
 an elephant being considered an im- 
 mense prize, from the quantity of 
 food he aHords. They migrate every 
 four or five years from one situation 
 to another, but seldom to a greater 
 distance than 12 hours .journey. 
 'Iheir domestic animals arc gayals, 
 
 goats, hogs, dogs, and fowls; but 
 the first is the most valued ; yet tliey 
 make no use whatever of the milk, 
 but rear the gajals entirely for their 
 flesh and skins. 
 
 The Kookies hav<' an idea of a 
 future state, where they are reward- 
 ed or punished according to their 
 merits in this world, 'i hey conceive 
 that notliing is more pleasing to the 
 deity, or more certainly ensures their 
 future happlni!-s, than destroying a 
 great number oftheir enemies. They 
 are a great terror to the inhabitants 
 on the border;; of the Ch.ittagong dis- 
 trict, and are a particular annoy- 
 ance to the wood-cutters. {Macrae, 
 
 KooLASsiAN Isle. — A small island 
 in the Eastern Seas, one of the Soo- 
 loo Archipelago. It is a ]o\\ island, 
 covered with an ood, but destitute of 
 water or inhalutaiils. 
 
 KooxDAH. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Eahar, district of Ramgur, 
 105 miles S. bv V.'. from I'atua. Lat. 
 24°. 11'. N. 'Long. H-i°. 47'. E. 
 
 KooNTASSiJ.. — A small town in 
 the Gujrat Peniiisula, situated iu the 
 district of Moorvee, near tlie Run. 
 
 From the village of Bhey to this 
 place the countrv is in a deplorable 
 state, and the villages nearly unin- 
 habited, on account of the tumult 
 and confusion that pervade the whole 
 district. The adjacent country is a 
 l)erfect flat, with little or no wood; 
 but cultivation is only fevn in the 
 immediate vicinity of villages. 
 
 KooRBAH, {Ci()-ava). — A town in 
 the province of CJundwana, di.strict 
 of Choteej^gur, 36 miles N.E. from 
 Ruttunpoor. Lut.22°. 25'. N. Long. 
 83°. 8'. E. 
 
 KooRwuY. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of JMah^ah, situated on the 
 banks of the Ectwah, 113 miles S.W. 
 from Chattcrpoor. Lat. 24°. 11'. N. 
 Long. 76°. 17'. E. Koorwey and 
 Eoraso arc two tOA\ ns almost united, 
 and are of considerable size, the first 
 having a large stone fort. They are 
 inhabited by Patans, who setth?d 
 here during the n ign of Aurengzcbe, 
 In 1790 the nabob's revenue amount- ■ 
 4 
 
KORWCHI. 
 
 477 
 
 cd 1o botwern one and two lucks of 
 ni|jcts. but it was sdnicstcrod by the 
 Maliaiattas for ))ayinent of a debt 
 duo to tijom. (Hunter, Si-c.) 
 
 KoP ii;l, {Cnpala, the Front). — A 
 town bi'loiipiiii' to tlu" Ni'/aiii, in ibe 
 proviiicf of Ijojaponr, district of (hi- 
 juii(lci<!,iir, G3 miles N, A\ . from T?el- 
 laiy. liUt. iri°.-2bi'.N. hoi\^.7i)°Ai'A'.. 
 
 Tliis is otic of the stroiiijest places 
 in tlie Soiitli of India. 'I'hc lower 
 fort is a senii-eircle, at the bottom 
 of a steep rocky inonntaiii, imme- 
 diately commanded by a middle and 
 iipi>er tort. 'J'lie last overlooks the 
 wliole, and contains granaries and 
 reservoirs, excavated in the solid 
 rock. 'I'lie wliolo is formed of one 
 immense rock, almost perpendicular 
 to a i^reat iieight. e\ce|)t one part to 
 the south east, where a wall is erect- 
 ed 6G feet iiijih and 36 feet tiiick, 
 mostly composed of large stones. 
 The breadtii betw(!en the rocks is 
 about 30 feet. 
 
 In 1790, when this place was pos- 
 sessed by 'I'ippoo. it was besieged by 
 the Nizam's army, assisted by a small 
 detachment. It held out six months, 
 and at length capitulated, the go- 
 vernor being moi e intimidated to 
 this measure, by the fall of lianga- 
 loor, than com[>elIed by any urgent 
 necessity. The garrison, in number 
 about .3000, were itiiowed to march 
 souti), and tlic adjaeeiit country was 
 overrun and destroyed by the >ii- 
 zam'.s cavalry. {MSS .St.) 
 
 KoRAtJ, {C'((ra). — A district in the 
 province of Allahabad, situated in 
 the doab of the Gaiigcs and Jumna, 
 and between the 2Gth and 27th de- 
 grees of north latitude. The coun- 
 try in general is liat, excepting on 
 the high banks of the Ganges, on 
 which ti.e \illagcs are usualiy situ- 
 ated, surrounded by mango trees, 
 and w])ich in niaiiy places expands 
 to reaches of eight or nine miles ex- 
 tent, 'i'lie wliole teiritory is fertile, 
 well watered, and in a progres.sive 
 .state of prosperity, since it was ceded 
 to the iJritisIj, by the Nabob of Oude, 
 in 1801. By Abul I'azel, in 15a2, 
 it is dcscriijcd as follows; 
 
 " Sircar Korah, containing nine 
 mahals; measurement. .')4l,170 bee- 
 gahs ; revenue, 17,397, .JO? dams; 
 .seyurghal. 4(>9,3r)0 dams, 'j'his sir- 
 car furnishes 000 cavalry, 10 ele- 
 phants, and 1 a.OOO infantry." 
 
 Koinn. — A towTi in the province 
 of Allahabad, situated in the doab nf 
 the (iangcs and.lunnia. Lat. 20*^. 
 a'. N. Long. 80°. 40'. E. 
 
 'i'ravclling distance tiom Lnck- 
 now, 67 miles; from Agra, VSh; 
 from Delhi. 301 ; and from Calcutta, 
 by liirlihoom, 655 miles, {litiiiw/, 
 eye. Vc.) 
 
 KoK ' H. — A village in the province 
 of Cutch, .situated about 10 milc^ 
 south from Lucki)ut nuiuler, on tiie 
 road from that place to 3,landavee. a 
 sca-poi t on the Gulf of Cutch. Liat. 
 23°. 3h'. X. 
 
 The sunounding country is very 
 hilly, and yields large quantities of 
 iron ore. Near the village are two 
 or three furnaces for smelting it. 
 {Maxficld, S-c.) 
 
 KoRiNCHi. — A district or valley 
 in the Island of Sumatra, situated at 
 the back of the range of high moun- 
 tains by which the countries of Ariak 
 Suiigei and liuiiapoor are bounded. 
 This valley is at a great height alioxc 
 the sea, and contains one of tlio 
 beautiful lakes so conuiion among 
 the mount;'ius in the interior of Su- 
 matra, it abounds v\ ith iish, and its 
 banks are eo\cred with villages. 
 
 The inhabitants of thir- district are 
 below the common .stature of tiie 
 Malays, with harder visages, liigh 
 clieek bones, and well knit in their 
 limbs. They are exceedingly jea- 
 lous of strangers. These people 
 dwell ill hordes, many families oemg 
 crowded together in one long build- 
 ing, sometimes exteudii;g 260 tret. 
 The i)otatoe is here a eouinuiu 
 article of Ibod, luit the cocoa nut 
 proves abortive. The soil produces 
 excellent tobacco and cotton, utid 
 also indigo of the small leafed kind. 
 The natives make gunpowder, .ind 
 in order to increase its strength (as 
 they imagine), tliey mix it v\ith 
 pepper dust. 
 
478 
 
 KKISHxNA RIVER. 
 
 In a small recess ou the margin 
 of tlie lake, accessible only by wa- 
 tcr, is one of those receptacles of 
 miseiy to which the leprous are 
 sent. The inhabitants of lliis ele- 
 \ated mountainous region are de- 
 scriijcd as having stronger animal 
 spirits than those of the plain, and 
 pass their lives with more variety 
 than the torpid inhabitants of the 
 coast. They breath a greater spi- 
 rit of independence, and being fre- 
 quently engaged in warfare, village 
 against village, are l)etter prepared 
 to resist invasion. {Marsden, from 
 Mr. Charles Campbell.) 
 
 KoRJEHAAK. — A small Seik town 
 in the province of Lahore, situated 
 on the west side of the Jhylum (tlie 
 ancient Hydassus), 74 miles N. W. 
 from the city of Lahore. Lat. 32°. 
 40'. N. Long. 73°. 4'. E. 
 
 KoRouND. — A town in the Nabob 
 of Oude's territories, 27 miles N. by 
 W. from the city of Lucknow. Lat. 
 27°. 11'. N. Long. 80°. 44'. E. 
 
 KoSHAB, {Khiish ah, sueet Water). 
 —A small town in the Afgh'.iii ter- 
 ritories, in the province of Lahore, 
 90 miles N. N. E. from the city of 
 Lahore. Lat. 31° 44'. N. Long. 
 71°. 59'. E. 
 
 KoTAH, {Cata, the Fort). — A town 
 in the province of Ajineer, district 
 of Harowty, situated on the cast side 
 of the Chumbul, 150 miles travelling 
 distance N. from Oojain. Lat. 25°. 
 1 r. N. Long. 75°. 4S'. E. 
 
 This city is of considerable ex- 
 tent, and of an irregular oblong 
 form, enclosed by a stone wall with 
 round bastions, within which are 
 many good stone houses, besides 
 several handsome public buildings. 
 To the west it has the River Chum- 
 bul, and on the north-east a clear 
 lake ; which on two .sides is banked 
 with stone, and in the centre has a 
 building called Jugmundul, conse- 
 crated to religious purposes. 
 
 In 1790, the revenue of Kotah 
 and the adjoining district was 30 
 lacks of rupees; out of which a 
 tribute was paid of two lacks of 
 rupees to Sindia, and the same to 
 
 ITolkar. At present the River Par- 
 I)uttee forms one boundary of the 
 Kolah teiritories, the legitimate ra- 
 jah of which (of the tribe Hara,) is 
 kept in confineniejit by a person 
 named Rajah Zaiim Singh, who has 
 long usmped tlie management of 
 public aHairs. and si ill occupied the 
 government in 1805. {^Hunter, 
 Bronghton, Rciinel, cSc.) 
 
 KoYAU. — A town in the Nizam's 
 territories, in the province of Berar, 
 20 miles N. A^'. from Chandah. Lat. 
 20°. 6'. N. Long. 79°. 35'. E. 
 
 Krakatoa Isle. — This island is 
 the southernmost of a gionp situated 
 in the Straits of Sunda. It has a 
 high peaked hill at the sonth end, 
 which lies in G°. 9'. S. and 105°. 15'. 
 E. The whole circuit of the island 
 is not more than 10 miles. Krakaloa 
 is esteemed very healthy in com- 
 parison wifli the neighbouring coun- 
 tries, and contains a hot spring, 
 which the natives use as a bath. 
 The whole island is covered with 
 trees, except on the spots which the 
 natives have cleared for rice tields. 
 The coral reefs afiord plenty of small 
 turtle. {King, cSr.) 
 
 Kraw. — ^This isthmus connects 
 the Malay Peninsula with the con- 
 tinent of Asia ; and in the narrowest 
 part does not exceed 97 miles across 
 from sea to sea. On the west side 
 there is a river iiavi gable for vessels 
 a little way up, where the portage 
 or carrying place is but six hours 
 from another ri\er called Tomfong ; 
 which, without falls or rapids, nnis 
 through a well inhabited country, 
 formerly subject to Siam, into the 
 Bay of Siam, near the Lavehin 
 Islands. This quarter has, however, 
 been recently much devastated by 
 the wars of the Rinnans and Sia- 
 mese. This isthmus is within three 
 weeks sail of Madras, and if it were 
 desirable, an overland intercourse for 
 the conveyance of letters to and 
 from China might be established, to 
 save the time and trouble of going 
 round the Peninsula by the Straits 
 of Malacca, {Forrest, ^t.) 
 
 Krishna River. — See Kistna. 
 3 
 
KUNNEE. 
 
 47J> 
 
 KuilTAR. — A small and iiioun- 
 laiiiovis district, in the {)ioviii((' of 
 Cashmere, situated between tlie .') 1th 
 and ;5oth degrees ot'nottli hitiliulc. 
 
 KuMi! ALLiA. — A town in tlic Clnj- 
 rat l'(,'ninsnla, situated near the 
 Gulf of Cuteh, and subject to tlie 
 Jam of Noanafjur. 
 
 'I'his place is populous, and con- 
 tains many houses inhabited by 
 Gog;la Urahniins, >\ ho are attendants 
 on llunchor (an inearnalion of 
 Tislnui) at Dwaraea- 'I'hese Brah- 
 mins, having; realized fortnn<>s Ironi 
 the pilgrims mIio resort to the pa- 
 g^oda, have retired to Ivumbalha, as 
 an asylum adajjted for eonnnerce, to 
 which they are much inclined. 
 
 'J'he port oft his place is the village 
 of Sirreyah, distant about five miles, 
 and situated on the sea shove; the 
 inhabitants being mostly iishermen 
 and sea-fariiig ]ieople. It is fre- 
 quented by vessels of from 150 t(» 
 200 candies (.OGO pounds each), but 
 the uierchanls resi<ling- at Kum- 
 ballia, the; port generally has that 
 liame also. The imports are rice, 
 rocoa nuts, and spices, (Vom Mala- 
 bar, and timber from Cahcnt and 
 Daniaun. I'rom hence l)ajeree is 
 sent across tlu' (!ulf to Cutcli, the 
 inhabitants of which eonsum(^ much 
 of that grain, but raise little in their 
 own country. 
 
 Kumballia is a walled town witli 
 four gates, the fortifications being 
 merely sufficient to keep the sur- 
 rounding country in awe; but the 
 town is substantially built, the rocky 
 hills in the neighbourhood affording 
 abundance of materials. The town 
 is said to have received its name 
 from a remarkably lofty stone pillar, 
 now removed, which pillars are 
 calhid by the natives Kumbha. The 
 banks of the River Ghee, for some 
 distance up and down from Kum- 
 ballia, are covered with gardens, 
 producinpf the fruits cojnmon to this 
 side of llindostan, and vegetables 
 are also plenty. A dam is built 
 Hcross" the Kivcr Ghee, and raised 
 V2 feet above its lied, which con- 
 trails water sutfieient for th<# towa 
 
 throughout the wlude year. 'J'he 
 sluTOundirig country is t'ertile, and 
 intersceicd by the l?i\er Ooiid. 
 ( Maciimrdo, ^t.) 
 
 Kt'NDAL, {C'aiidala). — A town in 
 tlie province of Bengal, district of 
 'J'iperah, 74 miles S. W.byS. lioni 
 Dacca. Lat. 2;i°. 1 2'. N. Long, i) l^. 
 18'. E. The adjacoit country is al- 
 most one entire forest, aboiuuling" 
 with all sorts of wild animals, par- 
 ticularly clej)hants of an excellent 
 quality, but inferior in value to those 
 of Chitlagong. 
 
 KiNDAJ'Uii. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Canara, 55 miles N. N. \V. 
 from Mangalore. Lat. 13°- 33'. N. 
 Long. 7-1°. 47'. E. 
 
 This place is situated on the banks 
 of a river, wiiich, in diderent places, 
 is called by diiferent names, accord- 
 ing- to the villages which it passes. 
 This river is, in general, the boundary 
 between IIk; northern and southern 
 divisions of Canara; but Kundapiu 
 was foimerly under the collector of 
 the northern division. 
 
 At the villages on the banks of 
 this riv<r all the goods going to, or 
 coming (mm Bednore, arc landed 
 and shipjX'd. Thecustomhou.se is 
 at Kuudaijoor, but the principal 
 siiipping-placc is furth<T up the river 
 at IJareelore. On the north side of 
 the river Tippoo had a dock ; but 
 the v\ ater on the bar, even at spring 
 tides, does not exceed l.S^ feet. Thr 
 river, or rather lake, at Kundapur. 
 has only one openinij into the sea. 
 but receives five fresh Avater stream.-^ 
 from the hills, which, meeting the 
 tide in this wide basin, Ibrm a num- 
 ber of islands. The town at pre- 
 sent contains above 300 houses, and 
 was formerly the head-quart ers of a 
 battalion of sepoys. (F. Buchanan. 
 
 KuNNKi'., {Catii). — A town in the 
 province of Delhi, district of Sir 
 hind. I'his place is surrounded with 
 a mud wall, 20 feet high, with a wet 
 ditch all round, 12 feet deep, and 
 18 broad; yet, in 1809, it was eva- 
 cuated to the British without rosis 
 a nee. (lUA Pf(j;ister, :yr.) 
 
480 
 
 LACCADIVE ISiJiS. 
 
 KuuDA. — A town in the province 
 of Ciijiat, near t'le N. W. frontier, 
 and situated ?.ljout three miles soutli 
 from Theraiul, to whicli it is sub- 
 ject. Approaehing tj-oin the south 
 the jnnglc continues as far as Kurda, 
 vhcre it opens gradually, but the 
 sf)il continues sandy and unproduc- 
 tive, with tliickets scattered over it. 
 'J'hc want of water is e^•ery where 
 felt, wliicli may probably account 
 for tlie paucity of wild animals to 
 be found in tlic countr} . 
 
 KruGOMMAH, (Cargama). — A 
 town in the province of Gundwana, 
 64 miles N. IVom Ruttinipoor. Lat. 
 2S°. 11'. N. Long. 82°. 25'. E. This 
 j)!ncc is situated iu the proper Goand 
 country, and continues sidiject to 
 an iudependent rajah of that tribe. 
 In the, wild country, a few miles 
 smith from Kurgommah, neither sil- 
 v(-r nor copper coins are current, 
 but co\\ ries pass for twice the value 
 they sustain in ijengal. {Blunt, i^c.) 
 
 k L'lill \HiiAUc;, {Klisharabagh), — 
 Au Afglnm town, in the province of 
 Cabal, 25 miles S. W, from Ghizni. 
 Eat. 33°. 28'. N. Long. 67°. 57'. E. 
 
 KurroRE. — See Caff.ristan. 
 
 KuTURDRA IsLK. — All island ad- 
 jacent to tlie Chittagong district, in 
 tlte province of Bengal, being se- 
 parated by a narrow strait, no where 
 exceeding two miles in breadth. The 
 length of tli(^ island may be estimat- 
 ed at 13 miles, by four tlie average 
 breadth. ( )u the sui ronndiiig sea 
 coast small oysters of au excellent 
 flavour arc procured, and transported 
 by the inhabitants to Dacca and 
 Calcutta for sale to the Europeans, 
 tlie natives having an aversion to 
 every species of shell fisli. 
 
 Kyndee. — A town in the province 
 of Eahar, district of Ramgnr, 95 
 miles S. by W. from Fatna. Lat. 
 24°. 15'. N" Long. 85°. 5'. E. 
 
 KYRAHGUn,(/iVjzrffg-//rtr). — A town 
 belonging to Goand Rajahs, tribu- 
 tary to the Nagpoor JNIaharattas, in 
 th ' province of Gundwana, 86 miles 
 S. \Y. from Kutlunpoor. Lat. 21°. 
 27', N. Long. 81°. 32'. E. 
 
 Kyraut, (liViiVaifafi),-^A district 
 
 in Northern Hindostan, situated be- 
 tween the 271 h and 2Sth degrees of 
 north latitude. To the north it is 
 bounded by tlie great Himalaya 
 ridge of mountains; to the south by 
 the JMorung hills and Ibrests ; on the 
 east it has Eootan ; and on the west 
 it is separated from Nepanl Proper, 
 by an unexplored tract little known 
 to Europeans. The River 'I'eesta 
 or Sanpoo is the principal river, and 
 Damsong the chief town. 
 
 'I'his territory was formerly inde- 
 pendent, but in the year 17G9 lh» 
 Rajah of CJoreah having, after four 
 years' warfare, completed the con- 
 quest ofNeiKiul, made liiinself mas- 
 ter also of tliis country, and of other 
 districts, as far as the borders of 
 Cooch, >5ahar, and Eootan. 
 
 Kyrkeghuh. — A to\vn in the pro- 
 vince of C)ude, district of Bareily, 
 situated on the east side of the (iog- 
 grah River, 102 miles north from 
 Lucknow. Lat. 28°. 18'. N. Long. 
 80°. 51'. E. 
 
 Laarat Isle. — An island in the 
 Eastern Seas, situated oil' tlie north- 
 ern extremity of 'J'imorlaut. In 
 length this island may be estimated 
 at 25 miles, by 12 tfie average 
 breadth ; but respecting its inhabi- 
 tants, or productions, very little is 
 known. 
 
 Labooan. — An island about 15 
 miles in circumference, situated on 
 the N. W. coast of Borneo, opposite 
 to the month of the River IJorneo 
 Proper. Lat. 5^. 20'. N. Long. 115° 
 E. To this island the Engiisli re- 
 tired in 1775, when expelled by the 
 Sooloos from Balambaugan. {For- 
 rest.) 
 
 Lacauacoonda, {Laker ilihdnda). 
 — A town in the province of Bengal, 
 district of Eirhoom, 116 miles N. E. 
 from Calcutta. Lat. 23°. 48'. N. 
 Long. 87°. 15'. E. 
 
 Laccadive Isles, {Lahha divipa. 
 
LACTIJO. 
 
 481 
 
 a Lack of Islets). — An Aichipdai^o of n:ivi<!;al)lo rivois; the air siujju- 
 of low shoaly islands lynig oil' tht- iariy (lostilciilial to tho constitulious 
 coast of Malabar, which is about 7o ofstiaiif;(is, and tlu; water cxhcinoly 
 miles distant from the nearest, and uawholesonie, althoii<?h the climate 
 extending? from the 10th to 12lh do- is cooler than Tungqiiin, Ingoing 
 Sree of north latitude, being sej)a- from Tunkiii to Lactho travellers are 
 rated from each other by very wide obliged to traverse i'or three or four 
 channels. These islands are very days a wild uninhabited tract, and 
 small, the largest not eontainiiig six in the interior of Lactho the country 
 square miles of land, and arc sur- is not much better, the population 
 rounded by coral shoals, ^vhich reii- being dispersed over it in small and 
 ders their approach dangerous. savage comnnniities, whose dialects 
 
 Most of these islands arc subject arc unintelligible to cueh other. They 
 to the Bibby, or Princess of Cana- aie governed by hereditary chiefs, 
 iiore; and produce no grain, nor in- and engaged perpetually in hostili- 
 decd any thing but cocoa nuts, betel tics with tlie neighbouring tribes — 
 imts, and ])lantains. 'J1ie inhabi- (piarter being seldom granted on 
 (ants are all Moplays (Mahomme- either side. 
 
 dans), are very poor, and subsist The -small commerce that subsists 
 mostly on cocoa nuts and fish. Tluiir is carried on with 'lungquiii, from 
 principal exports are coir, which they whence salt is imported; but iu 
 juake Horn the husk of the cocoa cases of necessity tliey procure a salt 
 nut, jagory, cocoa nuts, and a little of a very inferior quality fiom the 
 betel nut. Some coral is also carried ashes of burned vegetables. 8alt 
 from the sunounding reefs to the fish, oil, and some siik stull's for the 
 continent of India, where it is used chiefs, are also imported ; the ex- 
 ibr making images, and for burning ports to Tungquin are chiefly bufla- 
 Jnto quick lime. The best coir ca- Iocs and cotton. There is no coin 
 blcs on the Coast of Malabar are current here except what is procured 
 made at Anjcngo and C'ocliin from from Tungquin, the traffic b(ingcar- 
 the fibres of the Laccadive cocoa ried on b> barter, in winch buffaloes 
 luit; with the stem the natives of the arc medium of exchange. In some 
 islands make their boats, and their parts of Ijaclho shells, or cowries, 
 Ijouses arc entirely constructed from are used for exchajiging articles of 
 the materials furnished by that va- small value. 
 
 Inable palm, 'i'hese islands were The Tungqiunese, from whom all 
 discovered by Vaseo de (Jama dur- om- information is derived, assert, 
 ing his first voyage, when returning that in this i)rovince there arc many 
 to Europe in 1499; but they have extraordinary natural caverns, which 
 never been perfectly explort'd, and appear to have been formerly in- 
 thcir poverty has hitherlo |>reservcd liabiled, and to have served as <cm- 
 tliem from foreign invaders. {F. pies to the natives. Many of them 
 
 !ue now filled m ith petrifactions and 
 chrystalizations of difierent smts and 
 colours. One cavern is described as 
 a mile across, perforating a moun- 
 tain, and another as being entered 
 
 Euchanau, ^c. S^'c ) 
 
 LiACKY Jl'NGLli. — See Ba riNDA. 
 
 Lactho. — A province in India, 
 beyond the Ganges, tiibutary to the 
 sovereign of Cochin China, but 
 
 which does not appear (o have been under ground in a boat, 
 
 ever explored by any Europ<'an. To Lactho never having been visited 
 
 the south it is bounded by Laos; to by any J^luropcan, tlie nature of its 
 
 the north and east by Tung«piin; and religion has never been accurately 
 
 to the west by China. aseerfained ; but it is, in all proba- 
 
 'i'his territory is described by the bilily, somemodificationof the widely 
 
 Tjmg(|Hincse as mountainous, rocky, extended doctrines of Buddha. Some 
 
 covered with jungle, aud destitute of the tribes, whose habitations are 
 
 2 I 
 
482 
 
 LAHDACK. 
 
 pciTnanent, have idols, which are 
 reputed to be the same as those of 
 Tungquin ; but it is said the vene- 
 ration for their ancestors, so com- 
 mon over this part of Asia, does not 
 prevail. {De Bissachere, S,-c.) 
 
 Lados Isles. — A cluster of high 
 rugged small islands, running in 
 ridges from the mountains to the .sea, 
 with beautiful > allies between them, 
 and situated off the N. W. coast of 
 the Malay Peninsula. Lat. 6°. 5'. 
 N. Long. 99°. 4(V. E. 
 
 Ladrones Isles. — A cluster of 
 small islands situated off the south- 
 ern extremity of China, the latitude 
 o( the great Ladrone being- 21°, 52'. 
 N. and the longitude 113°. 44'. E. 
 With the adjacent islands the La- 
 drones are so near to the continent, 
 that they appear like disjointed frag- 
 ments from the main land. All the 
 islands to the eastward of the gieat 
 Ladrone are steeper than those to 
 the westward. Tlie former are high 
 and uneven, and the depth of water 
 among them is about 20 fathoms. 
 The latter are of an even surface, 
 and when taken together appear like 
 a continued land, the water among 
 them being shoaler than among the 
 former. There are some springs to 
 be foiuid on them, the water of which 
 is not brackish, nor has it a chaly- 
 beate, or any other mineral taste. 
 
 The Ladrone Islands are the re- 
 sort of pirates who infest the mouth 
 of the Canton River, and have long 
 set the whole naval power of the 
 Chinese at defiance. In 1805 they 
 had by conquest acquired possession 
 of the southern part of Formosa, 
 from whence a great deal of grain is 
 exported, and of the whole Island 
 of Hainan. {Staunton, Krusensteru, 
 
 Lahar. — A small town subject to 
 the Maharattas, in the province of 
 Agra, 40 miles S. E. from (Johud. 
 Lat. 26°. 13'. N. Long. 78°. 59'. E. 
 
 Lahdack, (Ladak). — A province 
 to the north of the great Himalaya 
 ridge of mountains, and situated 
 principally between the 34th and 
 .37th degrees of north latitude. 'I'o 
 
 the north it is bounded by Tibet ; on 
 the south by the Nahry Sangkar pro- 
 vince ; to the east it has I'ibet ; and 
 on the west the province of Cash- 
 mere. Its limits are wholly unde- 
 fined, and the interior has been but 
 imperfectly explored. The province 
 is remarkably elevated and rugged, 
 but most probably declines from its 
 southern and most elevated boun- 
 dary both to the north and west. 
 
 By the merchants in Hindostan, 
 who trade to the regions of Tibet, 
 Lahdack is described as an inde- 
 pendent territory situated from Ger- 
 tokh in Tibet west ; from Cashmere 
 north ; at a distance of 13 days jour- 
 ney from either place. The town of 
 Lahdack is the mart between Cash- 
 mere and Tecshoo Loomboo. From 
 Tibet it imports the fine goats hair, 
 or shawl wool, which is re-exported 
 to Cashmere, and Ihere manufac- 
 tured into shawls ; to Tibet Lahdack 
 exports apricots, raisins, kishmisscs, ' 
 currants, dates, almonds, and saf- 
 fron. The trade is entirely managed 
 by the inhabitants of Tibet, who 
 find a direct road beyond the Hima- 
 laya Mountains, and over a level 
 country from Gertokh to Lahdack. 
 
 We are so little acquainted with 
 the interior of this province, that it 
 has never been accurately ascertain- 
 ed what religion the natives profess ; 
 but from their geographical position, 
 and other circumstances, it is pro- 
 bable they follow the doctrines of 
 Buddha. The father of the Teshoo 
 Lama, who reigned in 1774, was a 
 Tibctian, and his mother a near re- 
 lation of tlie Rajah of Lahdack, from 
 whom he learned the Hindostany 
 language, which he could speak 
 when visited by Mr. IJogle, the am- 
 bassador dispatched by IMr. Hastings 
 to his court. {Colebi-ooke, Webb, Tur- 
 ner, Bogle, ^c.) 
 
 Lahdack. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Lahdack, placed in the 
 maps in Lat. 35°. N. Long. 78°. 10'. 
 E. but as the geography of the pro- 
 vince is as yet very uncertain, it is 
 probable that when better explored 
 a new position will be assigned te 
 
LAHORE. 
 
 483 
 
 this place. Merchants travelling from 
 Hindustan to Yarcband in Cliinesc 
 Tartary rendezvous at this place, 
 from whence they proceed in a body, 
 travelling the greatest part of tlie 
 way along tiie banks of the Indus, 
 which they assert comes within two 
 days journey of Lahdack. If true, 
 tliis fact would materially alter the 
 geography of this part of Asia, but 
 the natives are generally so loose 
 and inaccurate in their observatious, 
 that it cannot be depended on. {Wil- 
 ford, 4c. ^-c.) 
 
 LAHORE. 
 
 A large province in Hindostan, 
 extending from the 30th to 34th de- 
 grees of north latitude. To the 
 north it is bounded by the province 
 of Cashmere, and the districts of 
 Puckoli and Muzufl'erabad ; to the 
 south by Delhi, Ajmeer, and Mool- 
 tan ; to the east it is separated by the 
 Sutuleje from various districts in 
 Northern Hindostan ; and to the 
 west by the Indus from Afghanistan. 
 In length it may be estimated at 320 
 miles, by 220 miles the average 
 breadth. By Abul Fazel, in 1682, 
 this province is described as follows: 
 
 " I'he soubaii of Lahore is situated 
 in the second climate. The length 
 from the River Sutuleje is 180 coss, 
 the breadth from lihember to Chow- 
 kundy, one of the dependencies of 
 Sutgmrali, measures 86 coss. On 
 the east lies Sirhind ; on the north 
 Cashmere ; on the south Beykaneer 
 and Ajujcer; Mooltan bounds it on 
 the west. This soubah has six fine 
 rivers issuing from the northern 
 mountains; the Sutuleje, the Beyah, 
 the Ravey, the Chinaub, the Jhy- 
 lum, or Behut, anciently the Be- 
 dusta, and the Sinde, or Indus. 
 
 " This soubah is very populous, 
 highly cultivated, and exceeding 
 healthy. The cultivated lands are 
 chiefly supplied with water from 
 wells. The winter is much severer 
 here than in any other part of Hin- 
 dostan, although considerably milder 
 
 2i 2 
 
 than in Persia or Tartary. Ice 
 brought from the northern moun- 
 tains is sold the whole year. The 
 horses resemble irakies, and are very 
 fine. In some parts by sifting and 
 washing tiie sands of the rivers, they 
 obtain gold, silver, copper, rowey, 
 tin, brass, and lead. 
 
 "This soubah contains five doa- 
 behs, subdivided into 234 pergun- 
 nahs. The measured lands aie 
 16,155,643 beegahs ; amount of re- 
 venue 569,458,423 dams; out of 
 which 9,865,594 dams are seyurglial. 
 It has 54,480 cavalry, and 426,086 
 infantry. This province is subdivided 
 into the following districts, viz. 1. 
 Doabeh Bevt Jallinder; 2. Doabeh 
 Barry; 3. Retchnabad ; 4. Doabeh 
 Jennet ; and 5. Sinde Sagor." 
 
 The district named Retchnabad, 
 in the above description, compre- 
 hends the coimtry between the Ra- 
 vey and the Chinaub ; and the Doa- 
 beh Jennet, that between the Che- 
 naub and the Jhylum. 
 
 The province of Lahore consists 
 of two portions nearly equal; the 
 mountainous, Avhich occupies the 
 whole extent from 32°. north, and 
 the flat country to the south of tliis 
 latitude, better known by the name 
 of the Punjab, from the five cele- 
 brated rivers by which it is inter- 
 sected, which latter appellation is 
 sometimes but erroneously applied 
 to the whole province. The climate 
 of course varies, and in the winter 
 season a degree of cold, little in- 
 ferior to that of the central regions 
 of Europe, is experienced iu the 
 northern districts. 
 
 That part of the province deno- 
 minated the Punjab is by far the 
 most lertile, and produces in great 
 abundance, when properly cultivated, 
 wheat, barley, rice, pulse of all sorts, 
 sugar cane, tobacco, and various 
 fruits, and is also w^ell supplied with 
 cattle. Owing, however, to the de- 
 vastations it has su.stained, and the 
 number of petty hostile states into, 
 which it is subdivided, the whole 
 tract of coimtry being betwixt the 
 Jumna and the Indus, is but very 
 
484 
 
 LAHORE. 
 
 iftiperfeetly cultrvaicd, and exhibits 
 a great proportion of waste land. 
 
 In the eastern parts of this pro- 
 vince the sides of the inhabited 
 mountains prodnce wiicat, barley, 
 and a variety of small grains. The 
 cultivated spaces project from the 
 body of tlie hill, in separate Hats, in 
 the form of a rau2,c of semicircular 
 stairs. The groinid, which is stron<>' 
 and productive, has been propelled 
 into these projections by tlie rains, 
 which fall with threat violence among 
 these mountains from June laitil 
 October. 'J'iie earth washed down 
 is preserved in that state by but- 
 tresses of loose stones. Kice is also 
 cultivated in the narrow vallies, but 
 not in great quantities ; nor is it the 
 usual fuod of the inhabitants, who 
 chiutly subsist on wheat, and bread 
 and jjcase made into a thick soup. 
 
 In Ihe mountainous tract between 
 Janiboc and Cashmere arc seen 
 many pines, which grow on the face 
 of tlje mountains, and the willow 
 liere is also a common occnrrencc. 
 The resinous part of the fir cut in 
 .slips supphes the common uses of 
 the lamp, but the method of ex- 
 tiaeting its turpentine and tar is not 
 known, or practised by t!ie natives. 
 The climate of the northern districts 
 of Laliore is not favourable to fruits 
 and vegetablesv being too hot for the 
 I'ersiaii productions, and not sulTi- 
 ticntly ^\arm to mature those of In- 
 dia. In many jtarts of this province 
 large beds of fossil salt are found, 
 and the mountainous tracts were 
 Ihey in\estigatcd would })ro!)ably 
 jMove rich in all sorts of minerals. 
 
 An open regular trade with tlie 
 Punjab, frouj the other parts of Hin- 
 dostan has,^ in a great mcasiu e, ceas- 
 ed ; but petty merchants, by apply- 
 ing for passports to tiic diflerent 
 chiefs of the Seik territories, i)revious 
 to entering their boundaries, are ge- 
 nerally supplied witli th( m. through 
 whi<;li medium a trilling conmierce 
 is carried ou. I'lie exports from La- 
 hore to tlu^ countiies west of the 
 Indus are sugar, rice, indigo, wheat, 
 aiid wLite cotton clotlis ; the im- 
 
 ports from these countries areswords',. 
 horses, fruit, lead, and spices. The 
 exports to Cashmere are nearly the 
 same as to Persia; the imports being 
 shawls, a variety of cloths, saffron, 
 and fruit. 
 
 With the inhabitants of the moun- 
 tains the natives of the Punjab ex- 
 change clolh, matchlocks, horses, for 
 iron and other smaller commodities. 
 I'rom the Deccan are imported sul- 
 phur, indigo, salt, lead, iron, European 
 coarse broad cloth, and spices ; the 
 exports to the Deccan are horses, 
 camels, sugar, rice, white clolh, 
 matchlocks, swords, and bows and 
 arrows. This trade is not canied oji 
 by any particular route, but de- 
 pends on the character of the chiefs 
 through whose distiicts they pass. 
 The most considerable part of the 
 trade is carried ou from Amritsir by 
 the way of IMatchway wara to Dutt- 
 yala souths ard, by the way of Hansi, 
 Kajghur, and Orc(;cha, into the 
 western part of the lAajpoot country 
 by the way of Kythul, Jeind, and 
 Dadery, and lastly by Carnaul to- 
 wards Delhi. 
 
 Commerce is mucli obstructed^ 
 heavy duties being levied on it by 
 all the petty rulers through Mhose 
 districts it passes, wliich causeti 
 great part of the Cashmere tiade to 
 be carried to Hindostan Proper, by 
 the dillicult and mountainous route 
 of Jannnoo, Nadone, and Serinagur, 
 The Seik chiefs in the Punjab, have, 
 however, lately discovered their er- 
 ror ; and J>avo endeavoured by a 
 more strict administration of just- 
 ice, and allording facilities, to re- 
 store confidence to tlie merchant. 
 
 In the collection of the revenue 
 the general rule v.itii the Seiks is, 
 that the chief receives one half of 
 the produce ; but the wiiole of this 
 is never levied, the ryots, or culti- 
 vators, being treated with great in- 
 dnlgeiu;e. The adminisi ration of 
 justice among this sect is in a very 
 rude and imperfect state; for al- 
 though their siri|)tures imuleate ge- 
 neral maxims of justice, they are 
 not considered as books of law. Trs- 
 
LAHORE. 
 
 485 
 
 Ship; (lispulos are scKlod Ity iho licads 
 of ^ illumes, l»y tlio cluet's, or Ity ar- 
 hitratiou. I'liis last is talloil pan- 
 chaycl, or a court of iivc, and is a 
 court of arbitration asscinbl(;d in 
 every part of India under a native 
 government; and as tlK\v are always 
 «-hosen from men of the best reputa- 
 tion in the place wher<( they meet, 
 this (!0urt has a high charat^ter for 
 justice. Murder is sometimes pu- 
 nished by the chief, but more gene- 
 rally by the relations of the de- 
 ceased. 
 
 The inhabitants of this province 
 are composed of Seiks, Siiig;hs, .fauts, 
 Rajpoots, other Hindoos of lower 
 castes, and iAIahonmicdaus. Tlie 
 inhal)itants professing: the i\lahom- 
 jnedan relisyion, remainino- within the 
 Seik territories in the province of 
 Lahore, are very numerous, but all 
 poor, and appe:ir an op])ressed, de- 
 spised race. 'J'hey till the ground, 
 and arc employed to cany burthens, 
 and do all sorts of hard labour. They 
 are not allowed to eat beef, or to 
 say their prayers aloud, and but sel- 
 dom permitted to assemble in their 
 mosques, of which few have escaped 
 destruction. The lower orders of 
 Seiks are more fortunate. They are 
 protected from the tyranny and vio- 
 ieuce of their chiefs by the jtrecepts 
 of their common religion, and by the 
 condition of their country, which 
 enables lo abandon, w hcuever they 
 <!h«se, a leader wliom they dislike; 
 and the tUstance of a few miles ge- 
 jKually places them under the j)ro- 
 tection of iiis rival and enemy. In 
 the Punjab it is reckoned that one- 
 fonrlh of the whole inhabitants are 
 Singhs, who continiie 1o receive con- 
 verts; but a considerable number of 
 the cultivattHs arc Jauts, The na- 
 tives of the niountains are composed 
 of dill'erent classes of Hindoos; and 
 little dilference of manner is seen 
 between them and the southernHin- 
 doos, except such as arise liom a 
 residence in a low or a mountainous 
 country. J'he women in llie hilly 
 tracts towards the east iiavc au 
 <i»live eoniplexion, and are delicately 
 
 .shaped; their manners are also un- 
 4ler less constraint than to the south 
 inJJindostan Proper. Among these 
 mountaineers the goitres, or swelled 
 throat, is very conmioii. 
 
 In the north-western borders of 
 Lahore the inhal)itants are chieily 
 Afghans, Avho live in small forts or 
 walled villages, and entertain mutual 
 dread and distrust of cacjj other. 
 'I'liis quarter is subjected to much 
 desolation by the dciiredations of the 
 Seiks on the Attock and adjacent 
 districts. 'J'he Seik inhabitants be- 
 tween the Ravey and C'hinaub are 
 called Dharpi Singhs, from the conn- 
 try b(>ing called Dharpi. The Dliane- 
 gel) Singhs are beyond the Chinaub, 
 but within the Jhyluni River. In 
 the Punjab the natives are remark- 
 able for well-arranged white tectli, 
 l)awn and betel being )iot so much 
 used here as in other parts of India. 
 In this quarter of Lahore it is no 
 uncojnmon event to meet with a fa- 
 keer (n devotee or mendicant) tra- 
 velling about iji a palanquin, clad in 
 silk, with numerous attendants of 
 horse and foot to protect his sacred 
 person. These fanatics are extreme- 
 ly proud, and in general insolent and 
 abusive to I']moi>eans. The Puii- 
 jabee provincial dialect is generally 
 spoken in this country, and is a mix- 
 ture of liindoslany and Persian, 
 without any peculiar written cha- 
 racter. 
 
 The Seiks, or rather Singhs, have 
 in general the Hindoo caste of coun- 
 tenance somewhat altered by their 
 long beards, are as active as the Mh.- 
 harattas, and much more robust, 
 tiom their living fidler, and enjoying 
 a healthier climate. Their courage 
 is equal to that of any of the natives 
 of India; and, when wrought upon 
 by prejudice or religion, is quite des- 
 l)erate. They arc all horsemen, and 
 have no infantry in their o\\ n coun- 
 try, except for the delence of their 
 towns and villages; but they gene- 
 rally serve as infantry in foreign ar- 
 mies. They art.' bold, and raflier rough 
 in their address, speakirig invaiiably 
 in a loud bawling tone of voice. 
 
486 
 
 LAHORE. 
 
 The Seik merchant or cultivator, 
 if he be a Singh, differs little in cha- 
 racter from the soldier, as he wears 
 arms, and is from education very 
 prompt to use them. The Khalasa 
 Seiks (the original followers of Na- 
 nac) differ widely from the Singhs. 
 They are full of intrigue, pliant, ver- 
 satile, and insinuating ; and have all 
 the art of the lower classes of Hin- 
 doos employed in business, Avhom 
 they also so much resemble in their 
 dress and other particulars, that it is 
 difiicult to distinguish them. The 
 three religious tribes of Acalies, Sha- 
 hid, and Nirmala, have each their 
 peculiar manners. The Nanac Poo- 
 tras, or descendants of Nanac, have 
 the character of a mild, inoffensive 
 race. 
 
 The Seik Hindoo converts con- 
 tinue all those civil usages and cus- 
 toms of the tribes to which they be- 
 longed, that tiiey can practice, Avith- 
 out infringing the tenets of Nanac, 
 or the institutions of Gooroo Govind. 
 They are very strict respecting diet 
 and intermarriages. The Mahom- 
 niedan converts, who become Seiks, 
 intermarry with each other ; but are 
 allowed to preserve none of their 
 usuages, being obhged to eat hog's 
 flesh, and abstain from circumcision. 
 The Seiks or Singhs are forbidden 
 the use of tobacco, but are allowed 
 to indulge in spirituous liquors, 
 which they all drink to excess, it 
 being rare to see a Seik soldier after 
 sunset quite sober. The use of 
 opium and bang (anotlier intoxicat- 
 ing drug) is also quite common. The 
 mili'ary Seiks permit the hair of the 
 head and beard to grow to a great 
 length, and are remarkably fond of 
 the flesh of the jisHgle hog, which is 
 food permitted by their hiw. 
 
 The conduct of the Seiks to their 
 women differs in no material respect 
 from that of the tribes of Hindoos 
 and Mahommedans from whom they 
 are descended, but may be consi- 
 dered as more lax than that of their 
 ancestors. I'hey are all hoisemen, 
 and were formerly well mounted 
 from the Lacky Jungle ; but arc not 
 
 now better mounted than the Ma- 
 harattas. 
 
 The country now possessed by the 
 Seiks, which reaches from 28°. 40'. 
 to beyond 32°. north, includes all the 
 Punjab, a small part of Mooltan, and 
 most of the tract of country which 
 lies between the Jumna and the Su- 
 tuleje, ill the province of Delhi. It 
 is bounded on the northward and 
 westward by the tenitories of the 
 King of Cabul ; to the eastward by 
 the territories of the mountain Ra- 
 jahs of Jummoo, Nadone, and Seri- 
 nagur; and to the southward by the 
 teiTitories of the English govern- 
 ment, and the sandy deserts of Hansi 
 Hissar. The Seiks inhabiting the 
 countries between the Sutuleje and 
 the Jumna are called Malawa Singhs, 
 and were almost all converted from 
 the Hindoo tribes of Jauts and Gu- 
 jars. The principal chiefs of this 
 tribe are the Rajahs of I'atiala, Tah- 
 nessir, Keintalj and Jliind. 
 
 The government of the Seiks, con- 
 sidered in its theory, may be termed 
 a theocracy. The Acalies, or im- 
 mortals, a class of Seik devotees, 
 have, under the double character of 
 fanatic priests and desperate soldiers, 
 usurped the sole direction of affairs 
 at Amritsir ; and are, consequently, 
 leading men in a council, which de- 
 liberates under the influence of reli- 
 gious enthusiasm. A chief who is 
 unpopular with tlie Acalies must not 
 only avoid Amritsir, but is likely to 
 have his dependants taught that it is 
 pious to resist his authority. Wlien 
 a Gooroo-mata, or great national 
 council, is called, all the Seik chiefs 
 assemble at Amritsir, and all private 
 animosities are supposed to cease. 
 The last assembly was called in 
 1 805, when tlie British army pursued 
 Holkar into the Punjab, The prin- 
 cipal chiefs of the Seiks are all de- 
 scended from Hindoo tribes, there 
 being no instance of a Singh sprung 
 from a Mahommedan family attain- 
 ing high power. 
 
 Seik, properly Sikh or Sicsha, is a 
 Sanscrit word, which signifies a dis- 
 ciple or devoted follower. Nanac 
 
LAHORE. 
 
 487 
 
 Shah, llie fotnider of the Scik sect, 
 was born at the villaj^e ofTiilwuudy, 
 ill the district of Bhalli.aud piovince 
 of Lahoic, A.D. 1469, Uiid died at 
 Kirthipoor Dehia, on the banks of 
 the Ravey. He was succeeded l)y 
 
 2. Gooioo Ansud,wlio wrote sonic 
 chapters of the sacred book, and died 
 A. D. 165-2. 
 
 3. Amera Dass a Klutii succeed- 
 ed him, and died A. D. 1674. 
 
 4. Fam Dass, the .-on of Amera 
 Dass, followed. This Gooroo im- 
 proved the town of Chak and the 
 famous tank or reservoir, which *.e 
 called Amritsir, a name signifying^ 
 the water of immoilality. H« died 
 in 1581, and was succeeded by his 
 son, 
 
 5. Arjooiimal, who rendered him- 
 self famous by compiling the Adi 
 Grant'h, or first sacred book of the 
 Seiks, and tlius gave a consistent 
 form and order to their religion. He 
 died in 1606, and was followed by 
 Ills son, 
 
 6. Hurgovind, This was the 
 first wailike Gooroo, or priest mili- 
 tant, and is said first to have al- 
 lowed his followers to eat the flesh 
 of animals, with the exception of the 
 cow. He died in 1644, and bad fur 
 his successor his grandson, 
 
 7. Hurray, whose rule was tran- 
 quil, and who in 1661 was succeeded 
 by Ids son, 
 
 8. Hurkrishna, who died at Delhi 
 A. D. 1664. After much opposition 
 Ids successor was 
 
 9. Tegh Behadar. I'his Gooroo 
 was put to death by the Mogul go- 
 vernment in 1675, after having re- 
 sided for some time in obscurity at 
 Patna. 
 
 10. Gooroo Govind, the son of 
 Tigh Bahadur, followed. This chief 
 new modelled the whole government 
 of the Seiks, and converted them 
 into a band of ferocious soldiers, 
 changing their name from Seik to 
 Singh, wldch signifies a lion, and 
 haxl before been exclusively assumed 
 by the Rajpoot tribes. He ordered 
 his followers not to cut the hair off 
 their heads, or shave their beards. 
 
 After mueli skirmishing with the 
 Mahommedans, during the reign of 
 Auiengzebe. he was ( xpelled from 
 Lahore, and is .supposed to have died 
 A. D. l*/08, at Naded, in tlie Dcccaii. 
 The Seiks consider Gooroo Nanac 
 as the author ol" their religion, but 
 revere Gooroo Go\ind as the founder 
 of their worldly greatness and poli- 
 tical independence. He was the 
 last acknowledged Gooroo, or reli- 
 gious ruler of the Seiks. 
 
 During the confusion which took 
 place in Hindostan, on the death of 
 Auiengzebe, in 1707, the Seiks in- 
 creased in strength, and de\astated 
 the conntiy, under the command of 
 a bairaggi (religious mendicant), 
 named Bauda, who was at lengtii 
 taken prisoner by the emperor's of- 
 ficers, and executed. There still re- 
 mains a sect of Seiks, named Bandai, 
 or followers of Banda, who chiefly 
 reside in Mooltan, Tatta, and other 
 cities on the banks of ihe Indus. 
 
 From the death of Banda (about 
 1711) until the invasion of India by 
 Nadir Shah, we hear nothing of the 
 Seiks, who are related there to have 
 plundered part of that conqueror's 
 baggage. In the subsequent disso- 
 lution of government, which took 
 place in Lahore and the adjacent 
 provinces, the Seik power strength- 
 ened ; and, during the first Abdalli 
 Afghan invasion, in 1746, they made 
 themselves master of a considerable 
 part of the doab of Ravey and Jal- 
 iinder. They received many severe 
 checks from the Mahommedans, and 
 in 1672 and 1763 were almost exter- 
 minated by Ahmed Shah Abdalli and 
 the Afghans ; but from their deter- 
 mined spirit of resistance they al- 
 ways rose superior to their nnsfor- 
 tunes, until they acquired their pre- 
 sent extensive possessions. 
 
 For many years past they have 
 been mostly occupied by petty in- 
 ternal feuds, transmitted from father 
 to son. Independent of the compa- 
 ratively larger conquests in which 
 the greater chiefs arc oreasionally 
 engaged, every village has become 
 an obfect of dispute ; and there are 
 
488 
 
 LAHORE. 
 
 few ill llic Punjab, the mle of which 
 is not coulcsted by brothers or near 
 lelalioiis. In this state their power 
 became so Httle formidable, that 
 aboist 1803, General Perron, who 
 commanded a body of troops in the 
 service of Dowlet Row Sindia, in- 
 tended \o have snbdaed the Punjab, 
 and made the Indus the Hmit of his 
 possessions. When Holkar tied into 
 tlie Punjab in 1805, he was pursued 
 tiicrc by Lord Lake, upon Avhieh 
 occasion a national council of Seik 
 chiefs was called to avert the dan- 
 ger; but very few chiefs attended, 
 and many of the absentees notified 
 their intentions to resist the resolu- 
 tions of this council. 
 
 It is diflicult to. ascertain (he po- 
 pulation t)f the Seik territories. They 
 boast that they are able to raise more 
 than 100,000 horse ; and if it were 
 possible to assemble every Seik 
 horseman this might not be an ex- 
 aggeration ; but there is no chief 
 among tiiem, except Runjcet Singh 
 of Lahore, that could bring an ef- 
 fective body of 4000 men into the 
 field ; and in 18<>5 this prince's force 
 did not amount to 8000. His army 
 has since become more luimerous; 
 but it is composed of materials that 
 have no natural cohesion, and the 
 first serious check it meets with will 
 probably cause its dissolution. With 
 the British governm* nt he has con- 
 tinued on good terms since 1809, 
 - when a treaty of friendship and al- 
 liance was concluded with him by 
 Mr. Metsalf, on tliepart of the Ben- 
 gal government. By the conditions 
 of this treaty the British engaged to 
 have iio'eoiiceru with the subjects or 
 tenitoriis'of the rajah to the north 
 of (he Sutnleje; and the rajah agreed 
 never to maintain, in (he territories 
 occupied by him and his dependants 
 to tJic south of (hat river, more troops 
 than w ere necessary to carry on (he 
 internal police of the country, and 
 also to abstain from encroaching on 
 any of the chiefs to (he south of that 
 boundary. Since that period he has 
 l)cen principally employed in coei- 
 cir.g- refractory petty chiefs, and ia 
 
 several abortive attempts (o achieve 
 the conquest of Cashmere. 
 
 The religion of the Seiks is de- 
 scribed as a creed of pure deism, 
 blended with the belief of all (he 
 absurdities of Hindoo mythology, 
 and the fables of Mahommedanism. 
 Nanac Shah professed a desire to 
 reform, but not to destroy (he reli- 
 gion of (he sect in which he was 
 born ; and endeavoured to reconcile 
 tile jarring faiths of Brahma and 
 Mahommed, by persuading each to 
 reject particular parts of their re- 
 spective belief and usages. 
 
 The earlier successors of Nanac 
 taught nearly the same doctrine ; 
 but Gooroo Govind gave a new cha- 
 racter to the religion of his followers 
 by many material alterations, and 
 more especially by the abolition of 
 all distinctions of caste. The pride 
 of descent might still remain, and 
 keep up some distinction ; but in tin; 
 religious creed of Gooroo Govind all 
 Seiks or Singhs are declared e(pial. 
 The admission of proselytes, the abo- 
 li(i(m of cas(e, the eating all kinds of 
 flesh except that of cows, the ibriii 
 of religious worship, and (he general 
 devotion of the Singhs to arms, are 
 all at variance with Hindoo theo- 
 logy, and have rendered the religion 
 of the Seiks as obnoxious to the 
 Brahmins and higher tribes of Hin- 
 doos, as it is popular with the lower 
 classes. 
 
 The province of Lahore possesses 
 many advantages over the rest of 
 India, ;uid, under the proper form of 
 government, VAOuld alone be sulli- 
 cient to constitute the basis of a 
 powerful and ciAilized kingdom. 
 The remarkable richness and ferti- 
 lity of (lie southern half, intersected 
 by five noble rivers, and th(^ natural 
 strength and temperate climate of 
 the northern, unite circumstances in 
 its favour that arc generally in col- 
 lision. These advantages, added to 
 its topographical situation at the 
 only assailable quarter, point it out 
 "as (he country from whence llindos- 
 tan is to be ruled or ccmqueied. It 
 is, nevertheless, in a most miserable 
 
LAMPOON. 
 
 489 
 
 slate of cultivalion, and our of llio 
 most thinly inlialiidMl in India; llio 
 whole popniation dispfised ovor a 
 smfacf of 70,000 sqnaio niilrs, pro- 
 bably not exocfdiiig loin- millions in 
 inimhcr. {Malcolm, Foster, Alml 
 Fazel, Treaties, Wth liiii^ister, i^-f.) 
 
 Lahoki;.— A city in the province 
 of Lalioic, of which i< is fho capital, 
 situated on the soniii side of 1h<^ 
 Kavcy iUver. Lat. 31°. 5o'. JS. 
 hou--. 73°. 4S'. I^, 
 
 The ii\er is iicre abont 300 yards 
 broad, hnt tlie stream is not deep or 
 rapid, except dnrinir tlie hei^lit of 
 tlic rains. 'J'he fort is a place of no 
 strength, without a ditch or any de- 
 fences for cannon. 'Jhc walls arc 
 lofty, and decorated on the outside ; 
 but hastening' to ruin, as arc most of 
 the private hnildings. Lahore is, 
 notwithstanding, still a town of con- 
 siderahle size, with a good bazar; 
 but it is not inhabited by wealthy 
 people, on account of the frequent 
 sackings it has sustained ; tliey have 
 migrated for safety to Amritsir. 
 
 Tiie palace was originally founded 
 by Acber, and eidarged by his .suc- 
 cessors. It is now inhabited by 
 Fajah Rnnject Singh, a Seik chief, 
 about 4'i years of age, and blind of 
 one eye, Avliich he lost by the small- 
 pox. Across the Kavey at Shah 
 Durra, about two mites north of La- 
 hore, stands the cclel)rated mauso- 
 leum of Jehangecr, within a wall of 
 nearly 600 Aards square. It is a 
 magnificent building, 66 paces on 
 each side, and still in tolerably good 
 condition, but nnuh inferior to the 
 Tanje Mahal at Agia. 'J'o the south- 
 ward of this, in the open plain, is to 
 be seen the tomb of Noorjehau PiC- 
 giini, a building 36 paces squaw\ 
 The wells iiere are above 35 cubits 
 deep. 
 
 lialiorc was first taken by Sultan 
 Baber, A. D. J520, inidwas for some 
 time the seat of the Mogul govern- 
 ment. Since tiiat period it has un- 
 dergone many revolutions, and was 
 for a considerable lime possessed by 
 t!»e Abdalli Afgiians of Cabul, by 
 vvhoui it is named Sikrci. 1' or the 
 
 last 30 years it has been mider the 
 Seik domination, whose capital l)eing 
 Amritsir, this city has been much 
 neglected, and in a ])rogressive state 
 of desolation, 
 
 '('ravelling distance from Dcllii, 
 380 miles; from Agra, .017; from 
 Lucknow, 6ot> ; fronj Bombay, 1070; 
 and from t'alcutta, 1356 miles. 
 (IIM Register, Reuucl, Lcydcn, ^Vr.) 
 
 Lahory N I.PAUL. — A town in 
 Northern Hindostan, in the territo- 
 ries of the (ioorkhnli Ixajah of Ne- 
 panl, situated on the east side of 
 th<;Sursuttv (SereswatiJ h'iver. Lat. 
 27°. 42'. N ■ Long. .Sl°. 55'. E. 
 
 Lamjunc.u. — An cxten.sive dis- 
 trict in Northern Hindostan, tribu- 
 tary to the (Joorkhali Kajah of Ne- 
 paul, and having the great Himalaya 
 ridge of mountains for its northern 
 boundai} . Like the rest of Northern 
 Hindostan, its surface is elevated 
 and rugged, but comprehends niany 
 fertile vallics, through which rlow 
 the streams from the northern moun- 
 tains. The principal towns are Mu- 
 cnndnath and Lantargur, but the 
 district has as yet been but very im- 
 perfectly explored. 
 
 Lampoon. (Lampung). — A district 
 in the south-eastern quarter of the 
 Island of Sumatra, which begins on 
 the Avest coast at the River Padang- 
 goochie, and extends across the 
 southern extremity of the island as 
 I'ar as Palembang on the north-east 
 .side. In the neighbourhood of the 
 rixcrs tlie land is overflowed in the 
 rainy scaon ; but the western parts 
 towards Samangka are mountainous, 
 and soiDC of tlie peaks visible to a 
 considerable distance at sea. This 
 district is best inhabited in the cen- 
 tral and mountainous parts, where 
 the inhabitants li\e secure from the 
 Javanese banditti, v\lio often ad- 
 vance into the country, and com- 
 mit depiedaliuns on the natives, who 
 do not make use of lire anus. 
 
 'i'he' inhabitants i>f liampoon, of 
 all the Snmatiaus, l)a\e the stion<'-- 
 cst rescnii>lan(c to the Chinese, par- 
 ticulailj in the roundness of the 
 face, and construction of the eyes. 
 
490 
 
 LAOS, 
 
 They are also the fairest on the 
 island, and the women are tallest, 
 and esteemed the most handsome. 
 The manners of the Lampoo«g:s are 
 more free and Hcentious than those 
 of the native Sumatrans. They eat 
 all kinds of flesh indiscriminately, 
 and tlie fines and eompensalions for 
 murder are the same as in the coun- 
 tries of Rejang and Passamah. The 
 IVIahomraedan religion has made 
 considerable progress among the in- 
 habitants, and most of their villages 
 have mosques in them ; yet an at- 
 tachment to the orii;inal supei-stitious 
 of their countiy influences them to 
 regard, with particular veneration, 
 the burying-place of their ancestors. 
 
 The Lampoong language is form- 
 ed by mixing Malay and Batta with 
 a proportion of Javanese. The 
 Dutch claim a domination over the 
 country, it having formerly been tri- 
 butary to the kings of Bantam, and 
 devolved to them by right of con- 
 quest. 
 
 Towards the end of the 18th cen- 
 tury an officer was sent to the Bay 
 of Lampoon from Batavia to fix on 
 a favourable situation to erect a fort, 
 barracks, and storehouses ; but the 
 expedition ended on the burning of 
 a few huts, the inhabitants of which 
 fled to the jungles. On his return 
 the officer reported, that he had dis- 
 covered no place suitable for an 
 establishment, having seen nothing 
 but impenetrable marshes on the 
 whole extent of the coast, and for 
 some distance up the country. 
 (^Marsden, Leyden, Stavorinus, Tonibe, 
 
 Lantagur. — A town in Northern 
 Hindostan, tributary to the govern- 
 ment of Nepaui, in the district of 
 Lamjung. Lat. 29°. 5'. N. Long. 
 84°. 19'. E. 
 
 Laour. — A town in the province 
 of Bengal, district ofSilhit, 40 miles 
 W. N. W. from the town of Silhet. 
 Lat. 2.5°. 8'. N. Long. 91°. 2'. E. 
 
 Laos, (Law). — A central country 
 in India beyond the Ganges, extend- 
 ing from the 12th to the 18th degrees 
 of north latitude. To the north it 
 
 adjoins Lactho and Tunquin ; to the 
 south Cambodia; to the east Tun- 
 quin and Cochin China ; and to the 
 west Siam, and an unexj-lored region 
 to the north. The exact bounda- 
 ries of this province have never been 
 ascertained, but it probably consists 
 ofa long and large valley, through 
 which flows the great River Mekon, 
 or Cambodia, and separated from 
 the neighbouring kingdoms on the 
 east and west by two ridges of lofty 
 mountains. 
 
 Uur information respecting the in- 
 terior of this region is neither co- 
 pious nor authentic, being chiefly 
 derived from the earlier Portuguese 
 or Dutch writers, or from the un- 
 certain reports of Tunquinese and 
 Chinese merchants communicated to 
 the missionaries. According to the 
 latter the province is extremely 
 thinly inhabited, and but little culti- 
 vated, the largest collected popula- 
 tion being at the viiiage of Uanniah, 
 amonnting to only tour orSUOO per- 
 sons, and these mostly strangers 
 from I'uukin and Cochin China, 
 with few Chinese, settled for the 
 purposes of traffic. The smaller vil- 
 lages are mere groups of huts, and 
 many of the inhabitants are de- 
 scribed as still living in a migratory 
 state, without permanent habita- 
 tions, or any agricultural occupation. 
 In the forests large building timber 
 and cabinet wood of an excellent 
 quality abound, but being remote 
 from water carriage, are allowed to 
 rot where they grow. From a parti- 
 cular species a varnish is extracted 
 by the natives, and sent to China. 
 
 The only external commerce car- 
 ried on is with Tunquin and Cochin 
 China, to which countries elephants, 
 ivory, wax, bamboos, and cotton 
 are sent from Laos, and in exchange 
 salt, salt fish, oil, s<nne silken stuffs, 
 fire arms, and gunpowder, are re- 
 ceived. In some pari s of the coun- 
 try the inhabitants are very wild, 
 consisthig only of small erratic hordes 
 that do not cultivate the earth, but 
 subsist on what it produces na- 
 turally. 
 
LAPA ISLE. 
 
 491 
 
 The subjection of this province 
 to tiic Cochin CJunoso empire is 
 little more than nominal ; and, 
 on account of the natural strength 
 of the country, and its extreme 
 insalubrity, will probably never 
 be rendered more efficient. The 
 inhabitants, also, on account of 
 tlieir unceasing- internal warfare, 
 are of martial habits, and accus- 
 tomed to the use of fire arms. The 
 wild and wandering tribes of this 
 province are asserted to have nei- 
 ther religion, priests, nor pagodas; 
 but some others are said to wor- 
 ship a being named Nhang, whom 
 they consider as the author of tiicir 
 existence, and the arbiter of their 
 destiny. In Laos the veneration for 
 their ancestors prevails more than in 
 Lactho, but not so nuich as in Tun- 
 quin. The belief in magic is ge- 
 neral, and the profession of con- 
 jurer (who is also a physician) lu- 
 crative. 
 
 The Law language is used by this 
 nation, who are generally termed 
 Lao, and in the plural Laos by the 
 Portuguese writers, from their con- 
 sisting of difi'erent races. The bulk 
 of the Law nation, like the Siamese, 
 consists of t\vo difi'erent tribes of 
 people, denominated in Siamese 
 Chong-mai, and Lanchang, which 
 were reported by Koempfer to have 
 been the names of their principal 
 cities. The first of these are termed 
 by the Birmans Yun, and their 
 country Yunshan; and the second 
 Lain-sain, and theii- countiy Lain- 
 sain Shan. 
 
 The inhabitants of Khomen, or 
 Cambodia, are not supposed to have 
 existed as a polislicd people so early 
 as the Law. It is from this nation 
 that both the Birmans and Siamese 
 allege they derive their laws, reli- 
 gion, and institutions. It is in the 
 country of tlio Law that all the ce- 
 lebrated founders of the religion of 
 Buddha arc represented to have left 
 their most remarkable vestiges. Cey- 
 lon boasts the sacn'd traces of the 
 left foot of Buddha, on the top of the 
 mountain Amala-sri-pali, or Adam's 
 
 Peak. Siam exhibits the traces of 
 the right foot on the top of the 
 golden mountain, Swa-na-bapato. 
 Other tr;iees of the sacred step are 
 sparingly scattered over Pegne, Ava, 
 and Aracan ; but it is among the 
 Laos that all the vestiges of the 
 founder of this religion seem to be 
 concentred, and thither devotees 
 resort to worship at the sacred steps 
 of Pra-ku-ku-son, Pra-koii-na-kon, 
 Pra-putha-kat-sop, and Pra-sa-mut- 
 ta-ko-dum. These Siamese names 
 of the four Buddhas seem to corre- 
 spond with the Birman Kaukason, 
 Gonagom, Kasyapa, and Gautama; 
 and with the Ceylonese, Kasusanda, 
 Konagom, Kasyapa, and Gauta- 
 ma. 
 
 The Laos language has never been 
 cultivated by Europeans ; very few 
 of whom, besides Alexander de 
 Rhodes, have penetrated the coun- 
 try. According to Koempfer, the 
 Law nation do not differ much, 
 either in language or ^vl•iting, from 
 the Siamese, except that they are 
 unable to pronounce the letters / 
 and r ; and Dr. Leyden thinks that 
 their language bears the same rela- 
 tion to the Thay, or Siamese, that 
 the Aracan docs to the Birman, and 
 that with the Thay J hay it accords 
 more fully than with the Thay Pro- 
 per, The Laos language is repi-e- 
 sented as abounding in books, espe- 
 cially translations from the Bali ; 
 and, if tlie antiquity of the nation 
 can be depended on, they must be 
 extremely interesting on account of 
 the central situation of the country ; 
 but our information, as yet, is too 
 defective to admit of our forming 
 any decided ojiinion on this subject. 
 If the Laos nation ever existed as a 
 polished society, it must have greatly 
 retrograded, as there is every reason 
 to believe it at present exhibits a 
 state of the utmost btubarity, (De 
 Bissachere, Leyden, F. Buchanan, 
 SfC Sfc.) 
 
 Lapa Isle. — A small island, one 
 of the Sooloo Archipelago, situated 
 due south from the Island of Sooloo. 
 The land is high and woody, and, 
 
492 
 
 LI3I0NG. 
 
 with Scassee, forms s:ood shelter 
 lioin tJie S. W. and N. E. Avinds. 
 
 Lassa, {Lehassa). — A town in 
 "^ribet, the capital of a province of 
 the same name. Lat. 2b°. 30'. N. 
 Long-. 91°. 2.5'. E. 
 
 'I'liis town is the capital of Tibet, 
 and tiie seat of the Dalai Lama, or 
 pontifical sovereign ; but the Chinese 
 keep a garrison here, commanded 
 by a general oHieer, whose influence 
 supersedes, in a great degree, that 
 of the llamas. The Lassa territo- 
 ries extend so far west as Rlieroo, 
 distant 350 miles W. S. W. which 
 thej comprehend ; but the \\ hole arc, 
 in lact, snbject to the Chinese. 
 AA ith the city of Teeshoo Loomboo, 
 in Tibet, soutJi of the Brahniaj)00- 
 tra, Lassa exchaiigcs silver bullion 
 for gold dust. 
 
 A bout the year 1715 the King of 
 the Eluths invaded this country; 
 Lassa was ravaged, the temples 
 plundered, and all the Lamas, or 
 priests, who were found, were put 
 into sacks, and throM u upon camels, 
 to be transported into Tartary. 
 {J^uruer, Kirkpatrich, Colehroolie, ^-c.) 
 
 Laswarke. — A small village in 
 tJie province of Delhi, where, on 
 tlic 1st of November, 1803, a despe- 
 rate battle was i'ought between the 
 army under General Lake and that 
 of Dowlet Row Sindia, in vvhieh the 
 latter Mas totally deleatcd, but with 
 severe loss on the part of the British. 
 
 Latta Latta Isle. — This is one 
 of the small islands adjacent to Gi- 
 lolo, and about 25 miles in circum- 
 ference. Lat. 0°. 20'. S. Long. 126°. 
 60'. E. The stiaits wiiicli separate 
 this island from that of 'J'appa are 
 about a mile and a half in length, 
 and in some places not above 46 
 yards broad, lietvv een Latta Latta 
 and Mandioly the straits are eight 
 miles broad. (Forrest, ^e.) 
 
 Latiy Aighany. — A district 
 which occupies the northern ex- 
 tremity of the pro\ince of Ajinecr, 
 with a small portion of the adjacent 
 province of Mooltan, and situated 
 betw een the 29th and 30th degrees 
 of north latitude. TJiis district is 
 4 
 
 one of the most .sandy and sterile in 
 Hindostau, being destitute of rivers, 
 and dependent on deep wells for a 
 scanty supply of moistnre. Like 
 other barieu territories, it remains iu 
 the hands of the original inhabit- 
 ants, presenting few attractions to , 
 invaders. 
 
 Latta Isles. — A duster of small 
 islands lying otf the west coast of 
 Gilolo, a few minutes to the north 
 of the equinoctial line, and about 
 the 127th degree of east longitude. 
 
 Leyden Isle. — An island situated 
 oil' the N. W. coast of Ceylon, sub- 
 ordinate to the district of Jafnapat- 
 nam, from whieli it is separated by 
 a narrow strait. In length it may be 
 estimated at 13 miles, by two and a 
 half the average breadth. Here is 
 excellent pasturage for rearing horses 
 and cattle. 
 
 Leyte Isle. — One of the soutli- 
 ernmost of the Philippines, situated 
 al)out the lllh degree of north lati- 
 tude. In length it may be estimated 
 at 95 miles, by 38 the average 
 breadth. 
 
 LiMBOO. — A town in the Malay 
 Peninsula, district of Quedah, four 
 miles from Allestar, and chiefly in- 
 habited by Chuliars, or natives of 
 the Malabar Coast. Duiing the 
 rainy season the adjacent country is 
 oveiflowed, which renders it exceed- 
 ingly productive of fruits, and all 
 sorts of vegetables. 
 
 LiMoNG. — A district about 70 or 
 80 miles inland liom I3eucooIen, in 
 Sumatra, which produces the linest 
 gold and gold dust on the island. 
 The Limong gold merchants repair 
 ammally to Bencoolcn to purchase 
 opium and other articles, in cxt 
 ciiange for which they give gold, 
 containing very little alloy. The 
 gold is sometimes found in dnst, and 
 often lodged in a very hard stone. 
 'J'hey are ignorant of the principles 
 of assaying or anialgammation, but 
 are extremely expert in separating 
 ])articles of loreign metals from gold 
 dnst, ))y a very superior acuteness 
 of vision. The gold is not found 
 far bcjieath the surface. 
 
LOGUR 
 
 Tliis sjolden country has never 
 
 l)ceii explored by any European, 
 owing- to the impervious natiue of 
 the country, and the malijcnant in- 
 fhicnee of tlie climate iu the inte- 
 rior. {MacdonaUl, \v.) 
 
 LiNCAPAN IsLK. — A small island 
 about 20 miles in eir< iinifercnce, 
 situated off tiie north-east evtreniity 
 of Palawan Isle. Lat. 11°. 40'. N. 
 Long. l->0°. 10'. E. 
 
 LrxGEN TsLi;, (Lingga). — An 
 island situated oMthe N. Iv coast of 
 Sumatra, and intersected by the 
 equinoctial line. In length it may 
 be estimated at 50 miles, by 30 in 
 breadth, but it is of a ^ cry irregular 
 shape. 
 
 'I'his island is remarkable for a 
 mountain in its centre, terminating 
 in a fork, on which seamen lun e 
 bestowed the appellation of Ass's 
 Ears. The eastern ocean in this vi- 
 finity is covered w itii a vast variety 
 of islands, of all forms, sizes, and 
 colours — some alone, and some col- 
 lected in clusters ; many are clothed 
 Mith verdure ; some have tall trees 
 growing on them, while others are 
 mere rocks, the resort of innumerable 
 birds, and whitened with their dung. 
 
 This island is nuich frequented hy 
 piratical Malay prows, the rajtih 
 being a chief of that profession. 
 'J'hese ])irates have a small fort, or 
 blockhouse, at Penobang, the ca- 
 pital, surrounded by \%ater, and 
 having guns mounted. The houses 
 are built on ])iles, or stakes. Coun- 
 try shii)s, on a trading vo\agc to the 
 eastward, call here, and dispose of 
 a few chests of opium, for which 
 they receive in return tin, pepper, 
 •nd rattans. {Staunton, Wth Re- 
 gister, Elmore, iSr.) 
 
 LoBOF, (Lnbtt). — A small state, 
 situated at the iipixM pait of the 
 Bay of Boni, on t!i.' Island of Ce- 
 lebes, and extending- ilown the east- 
 ern side inland to lii«" country of the 
 horaforas, or aborigines. To the 
 west it is bounded Ity \\ adjo, and 
 to the north hy IVmradja. 'J'he land 
 is very fertile in rice, an<l iu the 
 rivers uuich g(^ld is found, the couu- 
 
 493 
 
 try also producing goo«l iron. A 
 great proj)orli()n of the sovereigns of 
 this state have been females, which 
 is no uiiconunon circumstance in 
 Celebes ; hut until tlicir recent mis- 
 fortunes, the powCT of the HutcFi 
 I'ast India Comfiany predominated, 
 although the native chiefs were per- 
 mitted to govern. 
 
 IjOOHUR, {Lohaghar, the Iron- 
 Fort). — A strong hill fori in t'le pro- 
 vince of Ain-ungabad, 20 miles N. 
 "W. from Poonah. Lat. 18°. 49'. N. 
 Long. 73°. 41'. E. 
 
 'I'lu> perpendicular height of this 
 rock is too great to be stormed, and 
 the artificial defences erected are not 
 supposed to add to its strength. 
 Lower d<twu tljan the main body of 
 the fort there is a ledge of hill, but 
 of sullicieni height to prevent any 
 attack, tlie rock being perfectly bare 
 and peri)ciulicular. I'rom the sum- 
 mit the view is very extensive. Tlie 
 sea beyond Bombay appears to the 
 Avcst; inland a chain of hills is visi- 
 ble, whose tops rise into fortified 
 sunmiits as perpendicular as Loghnr. 
 'J'he strata of these is suiijrisingly 
 regular, and a line drawn from one 
 hill would meet the corresponding 
 strata of another. The sunnnits arc 
 mostly green, and ca])nble of culti- 
 vation. liOghur lias within nume- 
 rous tanks, and several small .streams 
 from the springs above. The maga- 
 zines are cut in the rock. Esapoor 
 is higher, and only a musket shot 
 from [yc.ghur; but, it is said, in (he 
 hands of any enemy could not in- 
 jure the latter, on account of the 
 nature of the surface. 
 
 'i'his fortress formerly belonged to 
 Nanah Eurnavese, who at ins death 
 entrusted it to the custody of Don- 
 doe Punt ; but by the intcrfereiice 
 of General Wellcsley it was sur- 
 rendered to the Peshwa, m ho could 
 not otherwise have obtained it, it 
 being esteemed the strongest fort in 
 the Peshwa's dominions. Dondoe 
 Punt declared he had lived iu this 
 hill foil 30 years, v\ itliout ever de- 
 scending. {Lord Valentin, ^v.^ 
 
 LoGUR. — A town belonging to 
 
494 
 
 LOMBHOOK ISLE. 
 
 the Nagpoor Maharattas, in the pro- 
 vince of Gimdwana, 107 miles S. E. 
 from the city of Nat^poor. Lat. 20°. 
 25'. N. Long. 81° 10'. E. 
 
 LoHANNA. — A village in the pro- 
 vince of Gujrat, near the N. AV. 
 boundary, and situated a few miles 
 south from Theraud. 
 
 This place belongs to the Rajah 
 of Deodhur, and contains about 400 
 houses surrounded by a ditch, yield- 
 ing a revenue to its chief of about 
 700 rupees per annum ; but it like- 
 wise pays contributions to the Coo- 
 lee thieves of Mondetah and Ther- 
 wara. It possesses an excellent well, 
 which is an accommodation of great 
 consequence in this arid region. 
 
 LoHURDiiNGA. — A town in tlie 
 province of Bahar, district of Chuta 
 >Jagpoor, 223 miles W. N. W. from 
 Calcutta. Lat. 23°. 28'. N. Long. 
 85°. 2'. E. Near to this place is a 
 pass into the western hills, which 
 bound the district. 
 
 LoLLDONG. — A pass in the pro- 
 vince of Delhi, where it is separated 
 from Serinagur by a rivulet, which 
 forms the boundary in this quarter, 
 being 15 miles S. E. from Hurdvvar, 
 and 110 N. E. from Delhi. Lat. 29°. 
 52'. N. Long. 78°. 16'. E. 
 
 The country from Nujibabad to 
 this place is chiefly a waste overrun 
 with low wood, and ill supphed with 
 water, there being none in the space 
 from Ramnagur to the neighbour- 
 hood of Lolldong. The road from 
 hence northward is by a N. W. 
 course through the mountains. From 
 hence to the Ganges the country 
 forms a chain of close woody moun- 
 tains, containing a few miserable 
 hamlets ; and abounding with ele- 
 phants, which are not to be found 
 on the west side of the Jumna. 
 
 In 1774, after the total defeat sus- 
 tained by the Rohillahs at Cutterah, 
 Fyzoolah Khan, with the remains of 
 their army, retreated to this pass, 
 and was pursued by the British, 
 where ultimately a treaty of peace 
 and amity was concluded. {Foster, 
 Rennel, Sfc. Sfc.) 
 
 LoLLARA. — A large tillage in the 
 3 
 
 province of Gujrat, district of Wcr- 
 near, situated about 30 miles S. E. 
 from Rahdunpoor. 
 
 This place contains about 1000 
 houses, inhabited principally by Na- 
 roda Rajpoots, IMahoramedans, and 
 Rajpoots, who have been converted 
 to tliat faith. On the east side a fine 
 sheet of water extends above a mile; 
 oil thi' west side tliere is a haiidsome 
 mosque. The gairison stationed for 
 the defence of Lollara, consists of a 
 Sindean jemmadaur, and 10 or 12 
 horsemen. At this village is ob- 
 served the great .superiority of the 
 cattle of the north part of Gujrat 
 over those of the south, which pre- 
 eminence prevails throughout the 
 whole of Kakrcze, Puttenwara, Wer- 
 rear, Neyer, and Deesa. In Kak- 
 reze a pair of the finest bullocks may 
 be purchased for 120 rupees, which 
 at Baroda, or Surat, would cost from 
 three to 500 rupees. Between this 
 place and Somniee extensive fields 
 of wheat and cotton are seen. — 
 {Macmurdo, ^-c.) 
 
 LoLLJEE. — A town in Tibet, in 
 the Narytamoe province, situated on 
 the north side of the Brahmapootia, 
 here named tlie Sanpoo River. Lat. 
 30°. 15'. N. Long. 84°. 26°. E. 
 
 LoMBHooK Isle. — An island in 
 the Eastern Seas, situated between 
 the eighth and ninth degrees of south 
 latitude, and intersected by the 116th 
 of east longitude. It is separated on 
 the west from Bally by the Straits of 
 Lonibhook, and on the east from 
 Sunibhawa by the Straits of Aliass ; 
 and in length may be estimated at 
 53 miles, by 45 the average breadth. 
 Like the rest of the Sunda Lslands 
 it is distinguished by high moun- 
 tains, and is well covered with wood 
 and verdure. The navigation tluough 
 the Straits of Lombhook is extieme- 
 ly difficult and dangerous, but that 
 by the rUraits of Aliass (the native 
 name of which is Loboagec) is the 
 most con;inodious passage tlirough 
 the chain of Sunda Islands to the 
 east of Java. 
 
 This island is very populous, and 
 extremely well cultivated, the rice 
 
LOOKIANG RIVER. 
 
 495 
 
 ngiitulture being; conduclrd, as in 
 the Cainatic, by means oi' large tanks 
 or reservoirs, and the crops so pro- 
 ductive tliat larj;e <|uantities arc ex- 
 ported. Tlie inhabitants also carry 
 on a very extensive connnerce witli 
 all the ^lalay Islands, and paiticu- 
 larly with Java and Borneo. At the 
 town of Bally, in the Straits of Al- 
 lass, a considerable tralfie is carried 
 on with the European ships bound 
 to the eastward, which procure here 
 refreshments in great abundance ; 
 but the natives want few articles of 
 European manufacture, unless it be 
 fire arms and ammunition. For poul- 
 try, and the n)inor description of 
 provisions, the natives will accept iu 
 exchange knives and coarse cutlery 
 to a certain extent ; but for bullocks, 
 and provisions of a more expensive 
 kind, dollars are rcquiied. The in- 
 habitants of this island Captain For- 
 rest calls Gentoos, but it is not clear 
 what meaning he attached to that 
 term. They arc more civilized than 
 the generality of the population of 
 the Eastern Islands, and have al- 
 ways preserved their independence 
 against the Dutch, although so near 
 to them. {Stavorinus, Fm^rtst, liligh, 
 
 LoMCLF.M Isle. — One of the Sun- 
 da chain of islands, situated between 
 the large islands of Floris and Ti- 
 mor, and the eighth and ninth de- 
 grees of south latitude. It is an is- 
 land of considerable dimensions, 
 being in length about 50 miles, by 
 16 miles the average breadth ; but 
 it has never been explored, and re- 
 mains nearly unknown. 
 
 LoNsiR. — A village in the province 
 of Gujrat, the property of the Rajah 
 of Wankaneer, and situated about 
 15 miles N. E. from that town. In 
 the centre of Lonsir is a square 
 building perforated \\ ith loop holes 
 for matchlocks, and supplied with 
 water from a large tank. 
 
 From hence to Choorvera the 
 country has a very w ild appearance, 
 the hills are bleak, and partly cover- 
 ed with a \vild prickly shrub. The 
 plains are oversjircad w ith short thick 
 
 jungle, presenting few traces of cul- 
 tivation. 'J he villages arc niiserable 
 in the extreme, and being generally 
 placed on the most prominent point 
 of a black rocky mountain, are only 
 ilistinguishable by the smoke ascend- 
 ing from their wretched hovels. Th« 
 inhabitants of these villages are 
 chiefly Catties, Bheel:-;, and Rick- 
 barries. A similar description of 
 country extends all tin; way to the 
 Choteela Hills. {I\f((cmurdo, ^Vc.) 
 
 LoNFAR FuLO Isle. — An island 
 ia the Indian Ocean, separated fro!ii 
 the Peninsula of Malacca by a nar- 
 row strait. Lat. ;°. 30'. N. Long. 
 99°. E. 
 
 'i'his island, and some of the 
 neighbouring ones, are inhabited by 
 a race of lethyophagi, denominated 
 by the Malays Orang Laut, or men 
 of the sea, because; their constant 
 employment is on or near that ele- 
 ment, fiom which they procure their 
 sole subsistence. Their manners are 
 simple and inoffensive. Agriculture 
 is wholly unknown to them, the in- 
 considerable quantity of rice that 
 enters into their diet being prociued 
 by bartering fish with tlie Malavs. 
 'I'his people are not yet converted to 
 the Mahommedan religion, nor is it 
 ascertained that they liave any dis- 
 tinct notion of religious worship. In 
 person and complexion they differ 
 from the Malays only in the eflect 
 which the peculiarity of their diet 
 produces, covering their bodies with 
 a scorbutic eruption, such as is 
 found, though less generally, among 
 the Malays themselves. Their lan- 
 guage diflers from the Malay only in 
 being more simple and primitive, 
 {Edinburgh Review, ^x.) 
 
 Long Island. — A small island 
 about 40 miles in circumference, si- 
 tuated off the coast of Papua, be- 
 tween the main and Mysory Island, 
 and about tlie first degree of south 
 latitude. Like the preceding, it is 
 almost wholly unknown. 
 
 LooKiANG River. — A river in 
 the Birman dominions, formerly 
 supposed to be a great branch of 
 tlie Irawaddy River, but which ha:< 
 
496 
 
 LUCKPUT BUNDER. 
 
 no communication with it. On en- 
 tering^ the Ava tenitoiies, from the 
 nortli, it assumes the name of Tiia- 
 luayn, and falls into the sea at Mar- 
 taban. 
 
 LooNGHEE. — ^A town in tJie Bir- 
 niau empire, situated on the east 
 .side of tlie Irawaddy. Lat. 19°. 41'. 
 N. Long. 19°. 55'. E. 
 
 The soil in this neighbourhood is 
 v<My favourable for cotlon, with 
 which many fields are planted, where 
 the shrub grows strong and healthy. 
 The cattle used for tillage and 
 draught in this part of Ava are oxen, 
 and ordy one pair are put into a 
 plough, which resembles the com- 
 mon Hiudostany one. In their large 
 waggons they yoke four or six, 
 which are often driven at a hand 
 gallop, by a country girl standing up 
 in the vehicle ; who manages the 
 reins and a long whip, with equal 
 ease and dexterity. This is a novel 
 sight to a person aocustonii'd to the 
 slow moving machines of India, in 
 which the women are generally too 
 timorous to ride, much less to at- 
 tempt to guide. {Spnes, Sj-c.) 
 
 LoosEKGNA. — A small town in 
 the province of Bahar, district of 
 Baingnr, 90 miles S. by W. from 
 TatiKi. Lat. 24°. 20'. N. Long. 84'. 
 58'. E. 
 
 IjOUER. — A town belonging to the 
 Maharatlas, in the province of 
 Aurungabad, situated on iho banks 
 of thcGhirah River. Lat. 20°. 25'. 
 ^. Long. 74°. 2/'. E. 
 
 liOUASHAN.— A province in t!ie 
 Birman emjiire, siluated between 
 tlie 22d and 24th degrees of north 
 latitude. To the norlh and east it is 
 l)OUiided by the province of Yunan 
 in China; to the south by the coini- 
 try of Yunshan ; and to the west by 
 Ava Proper. It is intersected by 
 the Lookiang or Thaluayn River, 
 which Hows into it from China, and 
 the principal town is Iviaintoun. 
 The country to the east of t!ic river 
 is mountainous, and but little known 
 even to the Birmans. 
 
 LowYAH. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Bahar. district of Bettiah, 
 
 74 miles N. N. W. fioin Patna. Lat 
 26°. 36'. N. Long. 84°. 50'. E. 
 
 LuBEC Isle. — A small island si- 
 tuated off the northern coast of 
 Java, and almost surrounded by a 
 cluster of rocks and rocky islets. 
 Lat. 5°. 48'. S. Long. 112°. 45'. N. 
 This island is populous, and carries 
 on a brisk trade with Java and 
 Bornee. 
 
 LucKPUT Bunder. — A town in 
 the province of Cutcli. situated on a 
 salt creek or river which comnumi- 
 cates with the Gulf of Cutch, but 
 oidy navigable for small vessels. Lat. 
 23°. 47'. N. 
 
 The fort of Luckput Bunder 
 .stands on the western brow of a 
 liill, which rises from a swamj^y 
 plain, a1)Out a mile and a half from 
 Luckput Bunder River. In figure 
 it is an irregular jjolygon, defended 
 by round towers, and built of hard 
 brown stone. The eastern .side is 
 flanked by a hill of the same ma- 
 terial, and containing a large tank, 
 but which becomes dry towards the 
 end of March. There are several 
 other tanks within the fort, but the 
 water is not reckoned good. 
 
 Tlie walls of llie fort are of a con- 
 .sideral>lc heiglit, but not thick; and 
 IJieie are only six pieces of cannon 
 mounted on the works. To tlic 
 Avcstward of the principal gale a 
 wall divides Uie inside of the fort 
 into t\vo parts, tin; westein only 
 being inhabited. It is not sup])Osed 
 to contain more than 2000 inhabi- 
 t-ants, 500 of whom an; srj>oys, and 
 it is at present a place of little trade. 
 It is nevertheless the jtrincipal towu 
 on the road liom Hyderabad, tho 
 capital of Sinde, to Mandavie on the 
 Gulf of Cutch. The most con- 
 venient time for performing this 
 journey is duiing the months of 
 July and August, when the creeks 
 are navigable tor flat bottomed boats 
 to Alibuuder; where a small neck of 
 land separates the fresh water from 
 the salt water creek, which runs 
 down to Luckput Bunder, over 
 Mhicii isthmus the boats arc easily 
 carried. {Mmjield, Sfc.) 
 
LUCKNOW. 
 
 497 
 
 LuCKYPOOR, (Lahslmiipuy). — A sifiou than the Bengulese. HjAbiil 
 town ill llio pioviii(;( v\' IJeiij^al, dis- I'azcl, iu 1582, it is dtscriljed as lol- 
 trictol' I i|)|ieial), situated a leu miles lows: 
 
 inland t'roni the east hank of the i\Ie[ 
 na, witli wliieh it eonimnnicatesbv a 
 small liver, l^at. 22°. oO'. N. Loiij--. 
 90°. 43'. K. Halt \s and other coarse 
 cotton !2:oods of an excellent and 
 snbstantial falnic arc mamitli<tnred 
 in this iieighbonihood, whirh is also 
 very fertile and productive, being 
 on the whoK^ one of the cheapest 
 places in the Company's donu- 
 nions. 
 
 The River Mcpna near to this 
 expands to a breadth cxccodiiig" 10 
 miles, and dnring the hei<»ht of (he 
 rains, when tiie shoalv islands are 
 subniergcd, appears more like an 
 iidand sea of fresh water in motion 
 than a river. In 1763 it rose six 
 feet above its nsiial level, and occa- 
 .sioned an jnnndalion that swept 
 away the honses, cattle, and in- 
 iiabitants of a whole district. 
 
 LiJCKNOW, {Lakshmanavati). — A 
 district in the Nabob of (^)nde's ter- 
 ritories, adjacent to the city of Lnck- 
 iiow, and sitnatcd between the 2Gth 
 and '27th degrees of north latitnde. 
 The land here is generally Hat and 
 
 " Sircar Lncknow, containing 55 
 niahals; measnrement, 3,307,426 
 becgahs; revenue, 80,710,120 dams; 
 seyurghal. 4,.'>;2,.5G() dams." {Lord 
 Vakntia, Temtant, Aba/ Fazel, ^c.) 
 
 IjUCKNow. — A cit} in the province 
 ofOnde. of wh'ch it is the capital 
 and residence of tlie Nabob. Lat. 
 20°. 51'. N. Long. 8u°. 55'. E. 
 'I'his town stands on tiic sonth side 
 ol' the Cutomty, wjiich is navigable 
 for b(»als of a common size at all 
 seasons of the year, and fails into 
 the (hinges between Benares and 
 Gazypoor. The streets where the 
 lower classes reside are siuik 10 or 
 12 feet below the surface, and are so 
 narrow that two carts cannot pass, 
 being likewise lilthy in the extreme. 
 The dillerent palaces of the nabob, 
 the great mosipies, and burying 
 jilaccs, display considerable splen- 
 dour, haviiig gilt roofs and architec- 
 ture loaded with ornaments. 
 
 On the death of the Nabob Sujah 
 ud Dowlah. in 1774, the late Nabob 
 Asoph ud Dowlah remo\ ed the seat 
 of government to this place from 
 sandy, and, after a storm, is covered Fyzabad, the former capital. The 
 ■with puddles of water. Near to bankers and men of property accom- 
 liengcrmow the country is more panied the court; and Lucknow, i« 
 pleasing, being tolerably well cnlti- a very few years, became one of the 
 vatcd and slightly undulated. A\ heat hngest and richest towns in Hindos- 
 and bailey are the principal crops, tan, w liile its predecessor decayed 
 and the district is covered with with a pioportionate rajtidity. Iii 
 clumps of mango trees. Over the 1800 the population was estimated 
 small river Sye is a bridge of 15 to exceed 300,000 ; but it probably 
 arches, an excellent specimen of has since diminished, on aecoinit of 
 Mahommedan architecture; and it the decreasing splendour of the na- 
 is besides watered by the Gauges, bob's court, and consequent limited 
 the Goggrah, and the Goointy. c\i)eiulitnr<'. 
 
 'I'he towns in this division of Ondc Among the curiosities in this neigh- 
 are mostly built of brick, with ruins l)ourhood is Constantia,the residence 
 far more extensive than the inha- of the late (ieneral Martin, which is 
 bited ])art; and there still remains said to have cost 150,0001. sterling, 
 the debris of many extensive cities, To tin; house is annexed a very noble 
 the vestig(!S of which are only to be gardcji and extensive jnango clump; 
 traced In large mounts of brick dust, but the country around is a barren 
 From this district are (irocnrcd many sand and dead ilat. On his decea.sc 
 of the best recruits ior the British the furniture was sold, and the giran- 
 Sepoy corps, the iiati\cs being mure doles and mirrors now adorn the go- 
 robust, and of a more niaitial dispo- vcrument Jiouse in CHlcutla. 
 
 2 K 1 
 
498 
 
 LUZON ISLE. 
 
 The nabob has also a menascerio, 
 in which variety or utility has not 
 been so mucii Jittcnded to as the 
 oddities of natme, The rlvinoeeros 
 is the most remarkable animal in this 
 collection. Near to (lie stables a 
 very large breed of Gnjrat bullocks 
 is kept, the introduction of which 
 among' the jieasants jieneraliy would 
 be of infinite advantaj!;e to a couniry, 
 where the draught cattle are so small 
 and weak as in the Oude province. 
 
 Tlie body of the late Asoph nd 
 Dowlah lies interred in a reljjvious 
 sepulchre, lighted by a vast number 
 of wax tapers, iMid liavinu; the grave 
 strewed with flowers and gilt paper. 
 At one side is a censer, with various 
 perfumes; on the other, bis sword 
 and waistband; and opposite lohis 
 head lies his turban, and a copy of 
 the Koran. The grave is covered 
 with rich bread of barley, from Mec- 
 ca; and verses from the Koran arc 
 chanted day and night. Lucknow 
 is mentioned by Abnl i'azel as being 
 a town of considerable note dnring 
 the reign of Acber. It stands about 
 650 miles, travelling distance by the 
 nearest road, from Calcutta; and 
 from hence to where the Ganges 
 joins the ocean all is one vast plain. 
 Travelling distance from Delhi, 280; 
 from Agra, 202; and from Benares, 
 189 miles. (Tennant, Lord Valeiitia, 
 Jtcnnel, ^c.) 
 
 LucoNiA Isle, {Luzon). — The 
 largest of the Philippines. — See Lu- 
 zon. 
 
 LuDEHAUNAH. — A town ou the 
 northern frontier of the Delhi pro- 
 vince, situated on the banks of the 
 Sutuleje River, 180 miles N. N. \\\ 
 from tiic city of Delhi, and 120 S, R. 
 from Lahoiv. Lat. 30°. .53'. N, 
 Long. 75°. 32'. E. The climate at 
 this place is excessively cold for four 
 or five months of the year ; and, in 
 the sunnner season, extremely hot, 
 witli hot winds, both seasons being 
 in extremes. The rains are abnn- 
 dant. liUdehanndah is the most re- 
 mote military station 'to the north 
 west wliif'h the liritish possess in 
 India, a detachment having been 
 
 establislied hel^ in 1808 io coerce 
 tlic adjacent Seik chtdi?. 
 
 LuMGUANAT. — An Afghan district 
 in the province of Cabnl, situated 
 about the 34th degree of north lati- 
 tude, and extending along the south 
 side of the Kaineh, or Cabul River. 
 The chief towns are Jelaiabad and 
 Irjah. Ijumghanat, wilh the ad- 
 joining district of Kameh, appears 
 to be the region described by Dr. 
 Leyden in the 11th volinue of the 
 Asiatic Researches, under tlie appel- 
 lation of Ningarhar. When invaded 
 by .Sebuctaghi, in A.D. 997, this \\ a»i 
 a Hindoo district ; and it still retains 
 a peculiar dialect, named the Lum- 
 ghanee. 
 
 I^UNAWARA, {Lavanavfo-n, a Salt 
 Rcfrjov). — A town in the province 
 of Gnjrat, district of Gndara, 65 
 miles K. by N. from Ahmedabad. 
 Lat. 23°. .5'. N. Long. 73°. 46'. E. 
 On the 14th of November, 1803, a 
 treaty was concluded with the rajah 
 by the British government, which li- 
 berated him from the tiibute he had 
 before paid to Dowlet Row Sindia. 
 In consideration of this benefit he 
 engaged to support a body of troops 
 for the defence of their own domi- 
 nions; and, in case of necessity, to 
 assist the British, whose enemies he 
 considered as his own. 
 
 Luzon Isi,e, (or Luconia). — The 
 largest of the Phili]ipinc Islands, on 
 which stands Manilla, the metropo- 
 lis. This island is situated between 
 the 13th and 19th degrees of north 
 latitude, and extends from the TiOth 
 to the 124th degTces of east lon- 
 gitutle. It is of a very inegular 
 form, but may be estimated at 400 
 miles in length, by 115 the average 
 breadth. 
 
 The greater part of this island is 
 mountainous, being intersected fron> 
 north to sontli by an immense chain, 
 from which diverge various ramifi- 
 cations that spread over the whol« 
 island ; in some places forming de- 
 tached mountains, like insulated 
 cones, in the midst of extensive plains. 
 The whole of this elevated region, 
 occupying a gieat part of the interior. 
 
LUZON ISLE 
 
 499 
 
 is eiUier a wilderness, or inhabited 
 by a MTctchcd people nnder no 
 conlioul from the Spanish govern- 
 ment. 
 
 There arc on Luzon several vol- 
 canoes, i)artieulaily that of IVIayoie, 
 l»et\veen the provinces of Albay and 
 Camarines, whieh has the figure of a 
 sugar-loaf, and is of such altitude 
 that it may be discovered a great 
 distance at sea. The Do Taal is of 
 a similar form, and stands in the 
 middle of a large lake, named Bom- 
 hon. Its present appoaranee indi- 
 cates as if the mountain, on tiie sum- 
 mit of whieh w;is the volcano, had 
 sunk ; part of it, however, still re- 
 maining consid( rably elevated above 
 the waters of the surrounding lake. 
 'I'herc are many warm springs and 
 small lakes, indicating an ijitcrnal 
 combustion, from v\hieh probably 
 origiruite tiic earthquakes to which 
 the island is subject. From their 
 numerous orifices, ashes, stones, 
 sand, water, and lava, are enipted, 
 inundating and destroying the neigh- 
 bounng fields. In 1650 an earth- 
 quake happened, whieh overtmned 
 almost all Manilla, with the excep- 
 tion of the church and convent of St. 
 Augustine. In one part of the island 
 a hill was raised from its foundations, 
 and fell on the town, burying under 
 its mass all the inhabitants. In some 
 parts the earth sunk ; and in others 
 torrents of sand burst forth, over- 
 whelming man and beast; and the 
 succession of earthquakes altogether 
 lasted 60 days. In 1754 there hap- 
 pened another tenible <;arthquake ; 
 and the Taal, which is in the middle 
 of the Lake Rond)on, in the province 
 of Batangas, threw out such inunense 
 quantities of cinders, as completely 
 to ruin four towns whieh were situ- 
 ated near the lake, and compelled 
 the inliabitants to retire a league fur- 
 ther into jlhp, interior. INIany other 
 severe shodksibllowed, accompanied 
 by loud r(!ports, like the artillery of 
 contending squadrons; and the at- 
 mosphere was entirely obscured by 
 the sand and ashes discharged. 
 
 Although situated within the tro- 
 2k 2 
 
 pics, the climate of this island is 
 teniperat(!, and the soil fertile. In- 
 digo, tobacco, and sugar, all I'f an 
 excellent (juality, arc |>rodueed in 
 abundance; and might, if encou- 
 raged, be increased to almost any 
 amount. The sea-coast is indented 
 by many bays and commodious har- 
 bours ; but that of Manilla, whieh is 
 one of the fuiest in the world, is the 
 only one frequented by ships of bur- 
 then. 'I'here are several lakes in the 
 interior, the most considerable of 
 whieh is named by the Spaniards 
 Laguna dc Bay. The Manilla Ri- 
 ver, which may be ascended in boats, 
 issues from this lake, which is said 
 to be 30 leagues in circumference. 
 In the middle of the lake is an island, 
 where many Indian families reside, 
 who subsist by fishing, and are de- 
 scribed as being of a gentle disposi- 
 tion, and somewhat disposed to in- 
 dustry. Although converted by the 
 Spaniards, they preserve their an- 
 cient laws and customs, by which 
 they continue to be regulated, each 
 village being superintended by one 
 of their chiefs, nominated by the 
 Spaniards. 
 
 To the east of this lake there are 
 said to be extensive plains, thinly 
 scattered over with villages, and in- 
 tersected by deep streams ; the na- 
 tives carrying on unceasing warfare 
 with the neighbouring tribes. Many 
 expeditions have been undertaken 
 by the Spaniards against the moun- 
 tain Indians of Luzon ; but to so 
 little purpose, that they remain in- 
 dependent to this hour. Tl.ey carry 
 on a small traflic with the Spaniards 
 in gold, wax, and tobacco, in ex- 
 change for cattle; and the Augus- 
 tine friars have su('ceeded in eon- 
 verting a few who live in the ham- 
 lets near to the mountains. 
 
 Before the Spaniards anived tho 
 district in the neighl)ourhood of Ma- 
 nilla was oc'cupied by the Tagala 
 nation, inhabiting many towns and 
 villages, and governed by petty 
 chiefs. To the north of this people 
 the Spaniards found the Pampangas, 
 the ZambaleSjthe I'angasinan, \lo- 
 
500 
 
 MACASSAR* 
 
 cos, and Caya^^an tribes. Each of 
 these nations formed a diflferent com- 
 munity, with a particular dialect of 
 the same hinguage, and distributed 
 in mnd villa<i,es, without a king or 
 stipreme liead; the power being par- 
 celled out among numberless petty 
 chiefs or rajahs, whose particular au- 
 thority was seldom obeyed by moie 
 than 60 or 100 families. After the 
 conquest eacli of these nations was 
 . constituted into a province, governed 
 by a Spanish alcalde mayor. To 
 the east of the Tagala are the Cama- 
 rines, whose country has been di- 
 vided into two districts ; that of Al- 
 bay, and tliat of Camarines, each un- 
 der an alcalde mayor. In the vici- 
 nity of Manilla the original natives 
 are now much intermixed with Chi- 
 nese. 
 
 The Spaniards have several esta- 
 blishments scattered over the island, 
 consisting generally of monks, for 
 the propagation of the Roman Ca- 
 tholic religion. The native inhabit- 
 ants under their government exist in 
 a state of sloth and inactivity, and 
 appear indiilerent to either virtue or 
 vice. Indolence and timidity are the 
 characteristics of the great majority ; 
 but as there arc partes >vhich the 
 Spaniards have never been able to 
 subdue, they are inobably possessed 
 by races ■of a dillerent description. 
 Among the mountains and recesses 
 of the interior, there is said to be a 
 tribe approaching nearly to a state 
 of nature, w ho roost on trees, and do 
 not even associate in families. 
 
 AVere this island adequately culti- 
 vated and better governed, it might 
 8up])ly subsistence for a munerons 
 population, and reign paramount 
 over all the neighbouring Archipe- 
 higo. As it is, the inhalutants are 
 comparatively few in number, desti- 
 tute of energy, and despised by their 
 neighbours, tlic Malay pirates, wlio 
 have long considered Ijuzon and tlie 
 other Philippines as the quarter liom 
 whence slaves may be procured, with 
 the least risk and greatest facility. 
 (Znnign, Sotinerut, La Peyronse, 
 
 M. 
 
 ]MACASSAR,(il/HHg-/j<wrt?-)- — A king- 
 dom situated on the south-west coast, 
 of the Island of Celebes, which, bc- 
 %-)\c its conquest by the Butch, com- 
 prelu'uded all the coast from Bocle- 
 boele in the Bay of Boni to the Point 
 ofLasseni; thence westward to the 
 Point of Touratte, or Tanakeke ; and 
 along the west coast northward to 
 Tanette, or Aganondje. Inland it 
 icaehcd as far as Boni and Soping ; 
 and throughout the whole the ori- 
 ginal Macassar language prevailed. 
 
 The power of this state was at its 
 highest about the middle of the 17th 
 century, when its princes not only 
 governed great part of Celebes, but 
 luul likewise rendered Loma, Man- 
 delly, Bima, Tambora, Dompo, and 
 Sangar, trii>utary; and had conquer- 
 ed Booton, Bungay, Capi, the Xulla 
 Islands, and Sumbhaw a. They also 
 possessed Salayr, which had been 
 given to Macassar by Baab Lllah, 
 the King of rcrnate. At that ])eriod 
 the sovereigns of Macassar were iu 
 strict alliance with the inhabitants 
 of Bali, and coined the first gold 
 coins, which v\ ere probably the gold 
 maas, of the value of GO Dutch 
 stivers. 
 
 Tlie Portuguese obtained a footing 
 in this province so early as 1512, at 
 which time it does not appear that 
 the Mahomniedan religion had any 
 existence in Celebes ; but we have 
 no information respecting the prior 
 doctrines of tlie natives, who had at- 
 tained a considerable degree of ci\i- 
 lization. Subsequent to this period 
 the Malays, being allowed to .settlt; 
 on the island and erect a mosque, 
 their religion made such progress, 
 that in 1U03 the Macassar Hajah, 
 v\ith the whole Macassar nation, by 
 one of t)ie most singular revolutions 
 on record, renounced tlieir ancient 
 religion; and not only adopted that 
 of Mahonuned, but compelled a 
 luunber of the inferior states to imi- 
 tate their example. 
 
 The empire of JNIacassar has been, 
 entirely subverted by the Dutcli, but 
 
MACASSAR. 
 
 501 
 
 tlie iiiliabitanis sfill ir<:iin lluir mar- 
 tial cli-^rnctcr and iimlaunlfd coii- 
 ras,T. The (inishiiip: Mow was 2,ivcii 
 to its indi-|>(?n(lou(:(' in llic vear 1778. 
 'I'lio kiiig-s ot'INlaoassaihad t'oiiiiciiy 
 always a m-w name <2,iv(;n to lluin 
 aflrr llioir doalli, and Ihcir siircess- 
 ors wric noniinatt'd bcl'oic tlicir in- 
 termont. 
 
 The IMacassars, like all the otiier 
 Enjij^oss trihes, are mucli addicted 
 to traflic and a seal'ai in^' life. They 
 bnild llieir piovN s very tiulit, by dow- 
 Jinj>: their planivs together as coopers 
 do the ))arls that tbrni the head of a, 
 eask. Ijetween the pieces tiiey put 
 the bark of a jiartieular ])lant, which 
 swells ; alter which they fit timbers 
 to tiie phniks. as at llombay, but do 
 rot rabbet the planks as is done 
 there. They have their bow hiwer- 
 ed, or cnt down in so aukward a 
 milliner, that, being; oltcn under wa- 
 ter, a bnli.-head is raised ahatt the 
 stem to keej) oft" the sea. in size 
 they seldom exceed 60 tons, and are 
 ri<;,u,ed w ith a tri[)od mast, nuide of 
 three stont bamboos, earryinj:: a high 
 pointed sail. 'I'he dialect of Macas- 
 sar dillers considerably from the JJiiic- 
 jfess Proper. {Sfavdrinus, Forrest, 
 Ln/den, Marsilau, Nc.) 
 
 iViACASSAK. — 'The chief settlement 
 of the Dnteh on the Island of Ce- 
 lebes, named by them I'ort Jioltcr- 
 dam, and sitnated on the sonth-west 
 coast of the i.sland. Lat.6°. 10'. S. 
 I.on.^^ I \b°. 20'. E. 
 
 TJjc fortress stands about 800 
 yards from the beach, where a ])ier- 
 head extends for unloading ships. 
 'j1ie walls are high, siroii;;', and con- 
 structed of IVcc-Ktonc. TheCiiincse 
 live altoj;etlier in one street, which 
 is named n'itvr them. The town lies 
 in an extensive plain, ^\hich reaches 
 to the foot of a range of high moun- 
 tains ci»;hl Dutch niil' s to the east- 
 ward ; and is covered w ith rice fields 
 and paslnre grtUinds, being watered 
 by small caiial;. from the large streams 
 wliieh descend from the monutains. 
 In 1/80 the Jurisdiction of thePuteh 
 Conij anv c. ten Jed lioin Sambonj? 
 Java to what is called the Ivi aal ; 
 
 thence, northward, along the salt 
 marshes behind IJontualack, as far 
 as the Kiver I'atcnga lioang. 
 
 While jjossessed by the Dutch the 
 prijicipal exports from heiu'c were 
 rice, sapnn wood, and cadjang; but 
 the settlement was eon.sidered of 
 great importance for the secnrity of 
 the IMolnccas and spice trade, i'rom 
 hence also the Dutch transported 
 many slaves to their colonies on the 
 Island of Ja\a and elsewhere. 'I'hey 
 alloAved a Clunese jnuk to come an- 
 nually to ]\faeassar dire<-t from Chi- 
 na; from whence nankeens, silk 
 goods, sugar, tea, china-ware, and 
 some smaller articles, w ere im])orted ; 
 which, if not permitted openly, would 
 have bc<'n clandestinely introduced. 
 The Dutch lairopcan imports were 
 very trifling, and consisted i)riiiei- 
 paily of fire-arms, annnnnitioii, and 
 coarse cutlery; but, many articles, 
 the produce of .]a\a, were brought 
 for the use of the garrison. In 1777 
 the establishment here consisted of 
 .")7 persons in civil, and three in ec- 
 elesjastical employments, 13 sur- 
 geons and assistants, 27 artillery- 
 men, 178 seamen and marines, 502 
 soldiers, and 72 mechanics; in all 
 852 !'",uro|)eans — a nund)er dispro- 
 poitionately large lor any benefit 
 jieldcd by the settlement. 
 
 'J'his part of the Celebes coast was 
 first visited by the I'ortnguesc in 
 1512, where they soon afterwards 
 established a settlement; and re- 
 mained until 1G08, when they were 
 expelled, and the town of Macassar 
 captured by the Dutch, who had pre- 
 viously made some progress in the 
 pro\iiiee,and had long annoyed them 
 by sea. In 1G(J0, the Dutch under- 
 standing that the Jesuits had a large 
 property on board a rortngm se fleet 
 ricliK laden, attacked them in tli(v 
 harlioin- of .Macassar, and siink five, 
 but brought off onl.N one. The Eng- 
 lish I'^ast India Company's agents 
 cstabli.died a factory h -re in 1G15; 
 the ar'ifices of the Dutch soor eom- 
 pelleil them to abandon it, which 
 was of no great (letrimeut, as it 
 scarcely iurnished any article lit for 
 
502 
 
 MACAO. 
 
 the then state of the European 
 market. 
 
 In 1 759 there was a gener'al con- 
 spiracy of the Buggesses, the Macas- 
 sars, the Wadjorese, and several 
 other smaller states, against Ihe 
 Datcli,when they besieged I'ort Rot- 
 terdam; but ultimately failed, like 
 many other coalitions, for want of 
 union. In 1 ?80 the Buggesscs again 
 made a desperate attack on Fort 
 Rotterdam, but were beat ofl" with 
 great loss; and in 1810 it surrender- 
 ed to a British squadron without any 
 resistance. {Stavorinus and Notes, 
 Sruce, Forrest, ^'c.) 
 
 Macassar, (Straits of). — This 
 arm of the sea, for it cannot with 
 propriety be called a strait, separates 
 the Island of Borneo from that of 
 Celebes, and extends above 300 
 miles from north to south, with a 
 breadth in general exceeding 120 
 miles, except at the northern extre- 
 mity, where it contracts to about GO 
 miles. This part of the Eastern 
 Seas abounds with shoals, rocks, and 
 rocky islands ; j ct it is nuich fre- 
 quented by ships bound to China 
 late in the season, the western pas- 
 sage along tlie coast of Borneo being 
 tlie best and most explored. In Ja- 
 nuary and February strong winds 
 generally blow from the northward, 
 forcing a strong current through this 
 strait to the southward. 
 
 Macao. — This Portuguese settle- 
 ment is situated at the southern ex- 
 tremity of an island, separated only 
 by rivers from the southern continent 
 of China. Lat. 22°. 13'. N. Long. 
 113°. 35'. E. 
 
 The town of Macao is connected 
 with the remainder of the island by 
 a long neck of land not exceeding 
 100 yards across, which was proba- 
 bly originally Ibrmed by the sand 
 tlirown up by the beating of the 
 waves on each side. Across it there 
 is a wall erected, which projc cts into 
 the water at each end, witli a gate 
 and guardliouse in the middle tor 
 Chinese soldiers. The walls aie con- 
 structed of oyster-shells, which are 
 found in these seas of an enormous 
 
 size; and are used, after being di- 
 vided into thin laminae and polished, 
 instead of window-glass, at Macao, 
 and throughout the southern pro- 
 vinces of China. 
 
 The Portuguese territory on this 
 island does not exceed eight miles in 
 circuit, and beyond it tlu^ are sel- 
 dom allowed to pass. Its greatest 
 length from N. E. to S. W. being 
 under three miles, and its breadth 
 less than half a mile. The broadest 
 part of this little peninsula to the 
 northward of the town is cultivated 
 by the Chinese. It is nearly flat, and 
 of a light sandy soil ; but by the skill 
 and industry of the cultivators it 
 produces culinary vegetables, Eu- 
 ropean and Asiatic, sufficient for the 
 settlement. The market is well sup- 
 pHcd with grain from the Chinese 
 part of the island, and sometimes 
 from the main land ; and all the arts 
 of comfort or convenience are exer- 
 cised by the Chinese, the Portuguese 
 being de\oted to trade and naviga- 
 tion. 
 
 From this spot the Portuguese for 
 a long time carried on a considerable 
 commerce, not only with the Chines© 
 empire, where they alone of all Eu- 
 ropeans resorted, but likewise with 
 the other countries in Eastern Asia ; 
 such as Japan, Tungquin, Cochin 
 China, and Siam. The settlement 
 then prospered ; and the vestiges 
 which remain of public and private 
 buildings prove a decline from a su- 
 perior state. The harbour does not 
 admit vessels of great burthen, which 
 generally anchor six or seven miles 
 off, the town bearing W. N. W. If 
 there be any women on board, ap- 
 plication must be made to the bishop 
 and synod of Macao for permission 
 to land them, as they will not be per- 
 mitted by the Chinese to go further 
 up the river. A voyage from Macao 
 to Calcutta, taking the inside passage 
 to the westward of the Paracels, ge- 
 nerally last a month ; but it has been 
 made in 25 days, including two days 
 delay at Malacca, and three at Prince 
 of Wales's Island. 
 
 The Portuguese iiiliabitants still 
 
MACHERLA. 
 
 503 
 
 fit out a few vessels, and others lend 
 tlieir iKiuies for a trillin*; eoiisidera- 
 lioii to foreigners beli)njj;inj:: fo llic 
 Canton factories, wlio require to be 
 nominally associated with the J'or- 
 tut!,nese to be allowed to trade from 
 the port. Tiie money spent in the 
 settlement by the Canton factors, 
 who live hospitably, is also of i;reat 
 advantage, 'J'he whole popnhiliun 
 amoinits to about 12,000, of whom 
 considerably more than half arc Chi- 
 nese. 'J'he garrison, which is com- 
 posed mostly of nmlatoes and blacks, 
 amounts 1u about 300 men, w ith a 
 mnnber of ."upernumerary t)fliccrs. 
 The public administration is vested 
 in a senate composed of the bishop, 
 the judge, and a few of the ])rin- 
 cipal inhabitants, but the Chinese 
 n)anda)in is the real governor. The 
 bishop has great sway, and contri- 
 butes to give a tone of devotion and 
 religious obsenances, which is the 
 only material occupation of a great 
 majority of the Catholic laity, w ho 
 do not exceed 4000 persons. For 
 this number there are 13 churches or 
 chapels, and 60 ecclesiastics, three 
 monasteries for men, and a convent 
 of ajjout 40 lunis, besides mission- 
 aries from France and Italy. 'I'he 
 Chinese possess two temples at iMa- 
 cao, which are overshadowed by 
 thick trees, so as not to be vi.sible at 
 a distance. 
 
 In tlie senate house, wiiich is two 
 stories high, and built of granite, are 
 several colunnis of the same mate- 
 rial, with Chinese characters en- 
 graved, signifying a solemn cession 
 of the place I'rom the Emperor of 
 China, This is, however, an In- 
 sultioient guard against the encroach- 
 ments of the Cliincse, who some- 
 limes exact duties in the port of 
 Macao, and punish individuals with- 
 in Ihcir walls for crimes committed 
 against Chinese; added to these, they 
 sometimes march with idolatrous 
 processions through the tow n, which 
 is scarcely less oHensive to a Portu- 
 guese, The latter arc, in i'act, kept 
 imdcr such restraint, that they dare 
 jiotrepair a house without penui.ssion 
 
 from the Chinese. Wlienevcr re- 
 .sistancc is atlcmptcd, the mandarin, 
 who commands in the little fort 
 within sight of IVIacao, stojis imme- 
 diately the supply of pro\isious un- 
 til they submit. 
 
 There is a cave below tJie loftiest 
 eminence in the town, called Ca- 
 moen's Cave, from a tradition ciu- 
 rcnt in tlie settlement, that this cele- 
 brated poetAvrote the Lusiad in that 
 spot. This cave is now in a garden, 
 opposite to which in the middle of 
 the harbour is a small circular is- 
 land, whidi formerly belonged to 
 the Jesuits of JNlacao. On this is- 
 land were erected a church, a col- 
 lege, and an observatory, with a bo- 
 tanic and a kitchen garden ; but all 
 these imi)rovemciits fell to decay 
 with the society, and are scarcely 
 now to be traced. The harboiu- in 
 which this little island lies is called 
 the Inner Harbour; by way of dis- 
 tinction from the opposite or outer 
 bay, where ships are exposed to bad 
 weather, cs];ccially during the N. E. 
 monsoon. It has been obser\ed by 
 mariners that this bay is gradually 
 growing shallow er. It opens on one 
 side into a basin forniLd by four 
 islands, in which Ijord Anson's ship 
 lay to be rc|)aired, biit no such ship 
 could enter it at present. 
 
 The Portuguese first obtained ])os- 
 scssion of Macao in A. D. 1586. At 
 this period a pirate had seized an 
 adjacent island, but w as expelled by 
 the Portuguese ; in gratitiule for 
 which the Chinese Emjjcror made 
 them a gift of the small peninsula 
 on which the town now .stands. 
 {Staunton, Elmore, La Peijrousc, See. 
 
 Macclesfield Shoal. — A shoal 
 in the Eastern Seas, situated prin- 
 cipally between the 15th and 16th 
 degrees of north latitude, and tlie 
 114tli and llolh of east longitude. 
 The depth of water is not less than 
 10, and in many places more than 
 50 fathoins. 
 
 MachI'RLA. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of the Carnatic, district of 
 Paluaud, 108 miles souUi liom lly- 
 
504 
 
 MADRAS. 
 
 derabad, Lat. 16°. 8. N. Long. 78°. 
 64'. E. 
 
 Macherry. — See Alv.ar. 
 
 Mackoor- -A district in the pro- 
 \iiice of Berar, extending alonfc the 
 KivcrKailin, and situated belAveen 
 the 20th and 21st de^iet^s oi' north 
 latitude. 'I'he principal touiis are 
 Omerpoor, Shapoor, and Jaffierabad, 
 and the whole district is within the 
 Nizam's dominions. 
 
 Mackwa. — A (own in Ihe North- 
 ern Circars, 40 miles W. N. W. 
 from Cicarole. Lat. 18°. 33'. N. 
 Long-. 83°. 24'. E. 
 
 Maclahs.mjl. — A town in the 
 province of Berar, district of Gaun- 
 gra, situated on the north side of the 
 Tuptcc River, 20 miles N, E. from 
 Gawelo-lnn-. Lat. 21°. 64'. N. Long-. 
 77°. 34'. E. 
 
 Macowaix, {Malihaval).—A Seik 
 town in the province of Lahore, si- 
 tuated on the banks of the Sutnlejc 
 River, 133 miles S. E. from the city 
 of Lahore. Lat. 31°. 14'. N. Long. 
 75°. .58'. E. This was the first town 
 acquired by the Sciks during the go- 
 A'erninent of their martial, Gooroo 
 Govind. 
 
 Mactan Isle. — A small island, one 
 of tiie I'hilipjiines, about 10 miles in 
 circnmferejice, situated to the east 
 of Zebu Isle. Lat. 10°. 30'. N.Long. 
 123°. 48'. E. Here Magellan was 
 killed, A. D. 1.521, when on his return 
 from America, by a westerly course. 
 
 Madighkshy. — A fortress in the 
 Mysore Rajah's tcnilories, situated 
 on a rock of >cry diilicult access. 
 Lat. 13°. 48'. N. Long. 77°. ir/. E. 
 At the foot of the rock is a fortilied 
 town,. containing near 200 houses. 
 This place originally belonged to a 
 polygar faniiiy, a lady of which, 
 named jNladigheshy, having hurned 
 herself Avith her husband's corpse, 
 her name was given to the tow)i. 
 This practice is very rare in the table 
 land above the Ghauts. jVIadiglieshy 
 was afterwards go\erned by rannies, 
 or femah? sovereigns, from whom it 
 was conquered by the family of Chi- 
 rappa Cauda, and at last absorbed 
 into llyder's gaveniment. 
 
 The fonntry around is covered 
 with little hills overgrown with copse 
 wood. The vallies shew marks of 
 ha\ing' been formerly in a state of 
 cultivation, and exiiibit the ruined 
 villages of their former iiihabitants. 
 Evtr since the dcv.astation commit- 
 ted by Purseram Bhow's army, and 
 the subsequent famine, thev have 
 been ncarlv waste, but are last re- 
 covering under the Mysore Rajah's 
 government. {F. Buchanan, ^c.) 
 
 Ma \)yiWV.K\ ,{Mad!iu-giri). — A hill 
 fort and town in the ISajah of My- 
 sore's territories. Lat. 13°. 33'. N. 
 Long. 7/°. 1.5'. E. 
 
 On tiie fall of the Bijanagur em- 
 pire this place belonged to a poly- ' 
 gar named Chicuppa Gauda, but 
 n)ore than a century ago it came into 
 the possession of the Alysore Rajah's 
 family. Mul Rajah built a fortress 
 of stone, the piior one having been 
 of mud. I'his place had been so 
 often plundered, that prior to the 
 conquest of the Mysore, in 1799, it 
 was reduced very low, but is now 
 fast recovering. Bulwunt Row, ouo 
 of Purseram Bhow 's officers, besieg-r 
 ed it five months, but was unable to 
 take it. 
 
 In this neighbourhood, on the best 
 land, when tliere is plenty of water, 
 two crops of rice are raised annuallj'. 
 The mode of cultivation here diflers 
 from that followed to the south of 
 Nundydroog, and also from that to 
 the west of the i idge of hills tow ards 
 Sera. In a black clay soil, which 
 contains small masses of limestone, 
 cotton is cultivated, but the quantity 
 is small. In the kitchen gardens 
 maize, transplanted ragy, wheat, tur-r 
 mcric, capsicum, onions, garlic, and 
 hemp, are cultivated — the last being 
 oidy used to intoxicate. Good soil 
 iit for kitchen gardens pays a rent of 
 from 12s. to 21s. per acre. In this 
 vicinity all accounts are kept iu 
 Canteraya pagodas. (jF. JBuc/ianan, 
 
 JMADRAS, (Mandirraj). 
 A city in the Caruatic provijiccj 
 
MADRAS 
 
 505 
 
 and the capital of the Briiisli pos- 
 scs-ions in t!ie Dccoari and south of 
 India. Liit. 13°. 5'. N. Loivj;. 80°. 
 25'. Iv 
 
 T\u' approach to M adias from the 
 sea is vf IV s'rikiii^. The low Hat 
 .sandy shores extending to the north 
 and .south, and the small hills Ihat 
 arc seen inland; the whole exhibit- 
 ing an ap|)earanee of barrenness, 
 ■\vjiieh is iniuh improved on closer 
 inspection. 'J'he beach seems alive 
 vvitli tiie crowds that cover it. 'J'he 
 public ofticcs and store houses erect- 
 ed near (o the bca(;h are line build- 
 ings, with colonnades to tiie upper 
 stories, supported on arciied bases, 
 covered with the beaiiliiul shell mor- 
 tar of Madras — ii.u'd, smooth, and 
 pohshed. Within a few yards of the 
 sea the fortilications of I'ort (Jeor^e 
 present an interesting appearance, 
 and at a distance minarets and pa- 
 f^odas are seen mixed \s ith tiees and 
 gardens. With all these (jxtemal 
 advantages it wouUI be dillioiilt to 
 find a woise place for a capital than 
 Madras, situated as it is on the mar- 
 gin of a coast where juns a rapid 
 current, and against which a tre- 
 inendoiis surf breaks even in the 
 mildest weather. The site of Pon.^ 
 tlicherry is in every respect sujierior, 
 and is placed in a rich aud fertile 
 couetry, besides having tin; great 
 advantage of being to windward, the 
 loss of which was severely felt by the 
 British si;! tiers during the iiard fought 
 warsofthi lSthcenlur>. Yet, liow- 
 ever inconvenient, t!ie expense of 
 removal at this late period prechldes 
 all idea of a change. 
 
 The boats used for crossing tiie 
 surf aie large and light, and made 
 of very thin planks, stwed together 
 with straw in tiie seanis instead of 
 i^aulking, which it is siipjiosed would 
 render them too stilf ; tiie great ob- 
 ject being ito have them as flexible 
 as possible, to yield to the waves 
 like ieatliir. ^\ hen within tlu! in- 
 fluence of the surf, the coxswain 
 gtands up, and bt ats time w ith great 
 agitation with his voice and foot, 
 ■while tlie rowers work thejir oars 
 
 backwards, until .ovortnken by a 
 strong srtrf curling up, which sweeps 
 the boat along willi a fiightful vio- 
 lence. Every oar is then |)lied for- 
 wards with the titmost vigour to pre- 
 vent the wave from taking the boat 
 back as it recedes; until at I'MigtIi, 
 V)y a few" successive surfs, the boat is 
 dashed high and dry on the beach. 
 
 The boats belonging to ships in 
 the roads sometimes proceed to the 
 back of the surf, where they anchor 
 on the outside of it, and wait for the 
 cou ,try boats from the beach to con- 
 vey their passengers on shore. When 
 the weatiier is so unse tied as to 
 make it dangerous even for the coun- 
 try iioats to pass and repass, a Hag is 
 displayed at the beach house to cau- 
 tion all persons on board ship against 
 landing. J,arge ships generally moor 
 in nine fathoms, with the Hag stalT 
 W. N. W. about two. miles from the 
 shore. From the beginning of Oc- 
 tober until the end of December is 
 considered the most dangerous sea- 
 sou to remain in the Madras Hoads. 
 
 The lisljcrmen and lower classes 
 of natives, employed on tlie w ater, 
 use a species of Hoating machine, of 
 a very simple construction, named a 
 catamaran. These are formed of 
 tw ti or three light logs of wood, eight 
 or 10 feet in length, lashed together, 
 Avith a S'nall piece of wood inserted 
 between thorn to serve as a stem- 
 piece. "When ready for the water 
 they hold tw o men, who w ith their 
 paddles launch themselves through 
 tlu; surf to fish, or to carry letters or 
 small (piantities of relieshments to 
 sliips, wiien no boats can venture 
 out. They wear a pointed cap made 
 of matting, where they secure the 
 letters, which take no damage, how- 
 ever often the men are washed off 
 the catamaran, which they regain by 
 swimming, unless interruj)ted by a 
 shark. JNIedals are given to such 
 catamaran men as distinguish them- 
 .selves by saving persons in danger, 
 or by their care in conveying papers 
 through the surf in dangerous wea- 
 ther. ' 
 
 Madras differs in appearance con- 
 
506 
 
 MADRAS. 
 
 siderably from Calcutta, having- no 
 European town, except a few honses 
 in the fort, the settlors residing en- 
 tirely in their garden houses ; i epair- 
 ing to the fort in the morning for the 
 transaction of business, and return- 
 ing in the afternoon. I'ort George, 
 as it now stands, was planned by tiie 
 celci)rated engineer, Mr, Robins, and 
 is a strong handsome fortress, not 
 too large. It is situated within a few 
 yards of the sea, and although not 
 so extensive, or of so regular a de- 
 sign as Fort William at Calcutta, 
 yet from the greater facility of re- 
 lieving it by sea, and the natural ad- 
 vantages of the ground, which leaves 
 the enemy less choice in the manner 
 of conducting his attack, it may on 
 the whole be deemed ecjual to it, and 
 has tlic convenience of requiring but 
 a moderate garrison. In the middle 
 of the present fortress stands tlie ori- 
 ginal fortress fust erected here, but 
 MOW mostly converted into govern- 
 ment ofliccs and the town residen- 
 cies of some of the civil servants. 
 To tlie southward stands the church, 
 at the back of which is the residence 
 of the governor. To the northward 
 of the old fort stands the Exchange, 
 on which, in 1796, a hghthouse was 
 erected ; the light of which is 90 feet 
 above the level of tlie sea, and may 
 be seen from ships' docks 17 miles 
 at sea. 
 
 The govejnmeui house, whicli is 
 large and handsome, is in the Choul- 
 try Plain, being situated on the edge 
 of the esplanade ; and near to it are 
 Chepauk Gardens, the residence of 
 the Nabob of the Carnatic, which 
 intercept the breeze from the sea, 
 and confine the view. The garden 
 bouses jd)otit Madras are generally 
 only of one storj', but of a pleasing 
 stile of architecture, having their 
 porticoes and verandahs supported 
 by chunamed pillars. The walls are 
 oi the same materials, either white 
 or coloured, and the floors are cover- 
 ed with rattan mats. They are sur- 
 rounded by a field planted with trees 
 and shnibs, which liave changed the 
 barren sand of the plain into a rich 
 
 scene of vegetation, but flowers and 
 truits are still raised with ditficulty. 
 During the hot winds mats made of 
 the roots of the cusa grass, which 
 has a pleasant smell, are placed 
 against the doors and windows, and 
 are constantly m atered — so that the 
 air which blows through them spreads 
 an agreeable freshness and fragrance 
 throughout the room. The moment 
 however the cooling influence of 
 these mats is quitted, the sensation 
 is like entering a furnace, although 
 taking the average of the whole year 
 Madras experiences less extreme 
 heat than' Calcutta. In January the 
 lowest is about 70°. and in J uly the 
 highest 91°. 
 
 The botanical garden, reared at a 
 vast expense by the late Dr. James 
 Anderson, is now in a sad state of 
 ruin. On the 9th Dec, 1807, Ma- 
 dras was visited by a violent huni- 
 cane, which almost destroyed the 
 garden, and the loss may be con- 
 sidered a national one. Many of the 
 natives were involved in great misery 
 by the storm, but it had a singular 
 cll'ect on one individual. After the 
 hurricane had subsided a native wo- 
 man raised a pile of wood in a gen- 
 tleman's conch house, and getting 
 underneath it with her child, had the 
 desperate resolution to set fue to it, 
 and thus burned herself and child to 
 ashes. Among the remaining plants 
 ars still to be seen the sago tree, and 
 the nopal, or prickly pc^ar, on which 
 the cochineal insect feeds, and Avhich 
 Dr. Anderson discovered to be an 
 excellent antiscorbutic, and it has 
 since been used as such on board of 
 the ships of war on the Indian sta- 
 tion. This plant (the nopal) keeps 
 fresh, and even continues to vege- 
 tate, long after it is gathered, and it 
 also makes an excellent pickle, which 
 is used on boaid ship. 
 
 The Choultry Plain commences 
 about a mile and a quarter S. W. of 
 Fort George, from which it is sepa- 
 rated by two small rivers. The one 
 called the River Triplicane, winding 
 liom the west, gains the sea about 
 1000 yards to the south of the glacis ; 
 
MADRAS. 
 
 507 
 
 tlie other coniiiig; from the N. W. 
 passessfhe westtrii side of the black 
 touii, tbo exfrciiiily of which is liigh 
 grouml, wliich the iiv«M roiiads, and 
 continues to the east « itliin 100 j aids 
 of the s."a, where it washes the foot 
 of the glacis ; and then turning; to 
 the south continues i>arallel Mitlj 
 the beach, until it joins the mouth 
 andbaroftlie KiverTiiplicane. Th(> 
 Choultry Phiin extends two miles to 
 the westward of the enclosures which 
 hcund tiie St. Thome Road, and ter- 
 minates on the other side at a large 
 body of water called the Aieliapoor 
 tank, beliind which runs with deep 
 windinos the IVijilicanc River. The 
 road from the mocnit passes t«o 
 miles and a half nnder the mound of 
 the tank, and at its issue into the 
 Choultry Plain is a kind of defile 
 formed by the mound on one side, 
 and buildin;?s Avith biick enclosures 
 on the other. 
 
 In the neis^hbourhood of JMadras 
 tlie soil, when well cultivated, pro- 
 duces a g;ood crop of rice, provided 
 in the wet season the usual quantity 
 of rain falls. In some plac(^s the in- 
 dustrj- of the natives by irrigation 
 creates a refreshing verdure, 'llie 
 fields yield two crops of rice per an- 
 num. In appearance the counti-y is 
 almost as level as Bengal, and in 
 general exhibits a naked brown dusty 
 plain with few villages, or any relief 
 lor the eye, except a range ol abrupt 
 detached hills towards the south. The 
 roads in the immediate vicinity of 
 Madras are cxceilent, and a great 
 ornament, being broad and shaded 
 by trees. The hnfs seen at a little 
 distance from the town are covered 
 with tiles, and have a beller appear- 
 ance than those of Bengal ; and the 
 inns and choultries, w liicli are com- 
 mon on the roads, evince an atten- 
 tion to travellers not to be found in 
 that province. A considerable part 
 of the country, although at present 
 Baked, seems capable of raising tiees 
 and hedges, and shews symptoms of 
 being in a progressive state of im- 
 provement. Near to Cojidaturu the 
 country assumes a very pleasing a.s- 
 
 pect, Numeroiis small canals from 
 the SajmbruMibacuni tank convey 
 a constant snp|)ly of walcr to most 
 of the migliboiniiig fields, and fer- 
 tilize them without the trouble of 
 machinery ; in consef-jueme of which 
 Ihey yield two crops of rice per an- 
 num. The cattle in the neighbour- 
 iiood of Madras are of the species 
 which arc common in tlie Deeean, 
 and are a small breed, but larger 
 tlian those reared in the southern 
 parts of Bengal. In the vicinily of 
 Madras bntlaloes are generally used 
 in carts, of a smaller size than tlio 
 Bengal bnll'aloes. 
 
 In November, 1803, a navigable 
 canal was opened from the black 
 tow n to Ennore River, 10,5(50 yards 
 in length; the greatest breadth at 
 the top 40 feet, and its greatest 
 depth 12 feet. By this channel boats 
 go to Pulicat, from whence Madras 
 is supplied wifli cliarcoal. 
 
 The society at \Iadras is more 
 limited than at Calcutta, but the 
 style of living much the same, ex- 
 cept that provisions of all sorls arc 
 much lesv abundant, and greatly 
 more xpensive. JJuring the cold 
 season, there are moirdily assemblies, 
 with occasional balls all the year, 
 Among the public places of resort is 
 <he mount road leading from the 
 fort to St. Thomas's Mount, which 
 is quite smooth, having banyan and 
 yellow tulip trees planted on each 
 sidi>. Five miles from Fort (je< ige 
 on this road stands a cenotaph, to 
 the memory of the Marquis Corn- 
 wallis, the erection of which cost 
 a very huge sum. It is customary 
 for the ladies and gentlemen of 
 Madras to repair in their gayest 
 equipages, during the cool oi'tho 
 evening, to the Alount Road; where 
 they drive slowly about the ceno- 
 taph, and converse together. 
 
 The greatest lounge at this pre- 
 sidency is during visiting hours, 
 from nine o'clock in the morning 
 until eleven ; dming which interval, 
 the young men go about tiom house 
 to house, learn and retail the news, 
 and ofl'er theii- services to execute 
 
508 
 
 MADRAS. 
 
 commissions in the city, to which 
 ihry must repair for purposes of 
 business. A\ hen these i'miclionaries 
 arc 'jfone, a troop of idlers appears, 
 and remain until tiffin at two o'clock, 
 when the real dinner is eaten. The 
 party tlien se[)arate, and many re- 
 lire to rest or to read until five 
 o'clock ; about which tiuie the mas- 
 ter of the family returns from the 
 fort, when an excursion to the 
 Mount Road, and dinner afterwards, 
 iinishes the day, unless prolonged 
 by a ball or supper party at nisiht. 
 
 Aniouo- the cliaritable institution.s 
 at Madras are a male and female 
 orphan asylum, both admirably con- 
 ducted. The men servants arc 
 mostly Hindoos, but a great ])ropor- 
 tion of the female servants are na- 
 tive Portuguese. Besides French 
 pedlars from Pondicherry,with boxes 
 of lace and artificial flowers, there 
 are a set of jNlahommedans, who go 
 about selling nioco stones, petrified 
 tamarind svood, garnets, coral, mock 
 amber, and a variety of other 
 trinkets. 
 
 On landing at iVIadras, passengers 
 are immediately surrounded by luui- 
 dreds of dobashies, and servants 
 of all kinds pushing for employment. 
 Those dobashies undertake to in- 
 terpret, buy all tliat is wanted, pro- 
 vide servants, tradesmen, palanquins, 
 and to transact whatever busiiiess a 
 stranger nquires. These infei-- 
 pre'.ersat iMadras are of three castes 
 of Sudras. The persons of the first 
 caste seem analogous to the Kyastas 
 for Koits) of Bengal, and are called 
 Canaca-pillays, which by the En- 
 glish is connnordy written Cami- 
 co])ily, or Canacoply ; and this name 
 is by Einupf'aus extended to all 
 persons, whether IJralnniiis or (Su- 
 dras, who follow the same profes- 
 sion. 'I'he next caste, who ibilow 
 Iho bushiess of dobashies, are the 
 more learned "Caalas or ~^ adavas; 
 and the third caste are the ^' ay hi- 
 lars of tiie labouring class. Each 
 of these castes pretends to a su- 
 periority of rank over the others, 
 'i'he pride of caste is remarkably 
 
 prevalent among" the Hindoos, and 
 there is scarcely a creature so 
 wretched or ignorant, but who, on 
 this account, holds in the utmost 
 eoiitempt many persons in easy cir- 
 cumstances arid respectable situa- 
 tions. The rank of the diflerent in- 
 ferior castes is by no means well 
 asc(ulained — there being only one 
 point perfectly clear, which is, the im- 
 measurable superiority of the Brah- 
 mins above all the rest of mankind. 
 
 The ftladras jugglers are cele- 
 brated all over India for their dex- 
 terity : the most curious, and at the 
 same time most disgusting sight is 
 th(! swallowing of a sword, in which 
 there is no deception, ''hey com- 
 mence operations verj' young — the 
 children beginning the experiment 
 with short bits of bandioo, which 
 are lengthened as the tlnoat and 
 stomach are able to bear them. 
 
 The bkck town of iNIadras stands 
 to tl.e northward of the tort, from 
 which it is separated by a spacious 
 esplanade. It was formerly sur- 
 rounded by ibrtifications, sufficient 
 to resist the incursions of cavalry; 
 but having long become unneces- 
 sary, ajc iiow^ much neglected. In 
 this town reside the native Arme- 
 nian and Portuguese merchants, 
 and also many Europeans uncon- 
 nected with government. Like 
 other native towns it is irregular and 
 cojifused, being a mixture of brick 
 and bamboo houses, and makes a 
 better ajipearance at a distance than 
 when closely inspected. In 1794 
 ithe total population of both towns 
 was estimated at 300,000 persons, 
 and the cily certainly has not since 
 diminished in any respect. 
 
 Owiiig to the want of a secure 
 port and navigalue rivers, the com- 
 merce of jMadias is much inferior to 
 tliat of the other two presidencies; 
 !)ul all sorts of Asiatic and Euro- 
 ]ieiui conunodities are, however, to 
 be procured. Besides the disad- 
 vantages abovementioned, the Car- 
 natic piovinee considered generally 
 is sterile compared with Bengal;^ 
 and raises none of the staple ais 
 
MADRAS. 
 
 509 
 
 tides of that province, in such quan- 
 tities, or at so low a i)riee, as to lul- 
 iiiit of a competition in t'oreiu,ii mar- 
 kets. The details of the external 
 coinmerce for the year IW 11, which 
 was on the whoh' an nnliivouraljlc 
 year, will be found at the conclusion 
 of this article. The Dasi India 
 C'om[iuny's staple article of export 
 is piece goods. IVIcat, poultry, and 
 fish, and other refresh nie ids for ship- 
 piuij are to be procured here, but 
 they are neither of so u;ood a«|u;dily 
 nor so cheap as in l}eni;al. \\ ood 
 and fuel is rather scarce, and con- 
 sequently dt.'ar, 'I'he water is vi' a 
 very gocid quality, and supjilied by 
 tile native boats at speeiiied prices. 
 On account of the ilearness ol' pro- 
 visions wages are considerably higher 
 here than in Calcuita, bnt tew ser- 
 vants are kept comparatively, jct 
 the work is quite as well done. 
 Ifousehold servants receive from 
 two to live pajirodas per month, and 
 the hire of a palankeen is four and a 
 half pagodas per niDuth ; for the 
 lield service a set of bearers receive 
 each two pagodas per month, but at 
 the presidency one and three-fourth 
 pag:odas each. 
 
 The accounts at Madras are kept 
 in star pagodas, fnnams, and cash ; 
 80 cash make one fanam. The bank 
 of European merchaits keep their 
 accounts at 12 lanams to a rupee, 
 and 42 fanams to a star pagoda ; but 
 the natives keep theirs at 12 fanams 
 60 cash to a rupee, and 44 fanams 
 50 cash to a pagodo. In liie market 
 
 rent rupees, Tlic oiigin of the tenri 
 ])agoda has never been satisfactorily 
 ascertained. IJy the I'^nglish, in the 
 Carnatic, it is a Jiame given to a 
 Hindoo temple ; and alst> to a gold 
 coin called varaha, or varaliun, by 
 the Hindoos, and boon by the .Ma- 
 honnnedans. 
 
 A supremo court of jilstiee is 
 established at Madras on the model 
 of that oT Tort U iliiam, in lieiigal. 
 It consists of a ciiief justice and 
 tlnee other .judges, who are bar- 
 risters of not less tliaa ii\e years' 
 standing, ap[)(»int<'d by the kiiig". 
 Tlie salary <d" the chief justice is 
 GOUOl. per annum, and of the puiona 
 jndgtts oDOOl. each, to be j)aid at 
 tile exchange of 8s. per pagoda. 
 After seven } ears' service in India, 
 if the judges of the supreme court 
 return to Eun)|ic, tlu^ king is an-, 
 thorized to order pensif)ns to be paid 
 them out of the teiritorial revcnnu'S 
 on the following proportions: to the 
 chief judge not more than IGOOl. per 
 annum, and to the junior jndges 
 not more than 12001. per annum. 
 'J'he law practitioners attached to 
 the court are seven attornies auii 
 four barristers. 
 
 'lliis part of the Coast of Coro- 
 mandel was probably visited at an. 
 earlier period by the linglish, but 
 they possessed no lixed establislt- 
 nient until A. D. IC'Jf), in w Inch year, 
 on the 1st of .March, a grant was 
 received Ironj the descendant of the 
 Hindoo dynasty of IJijanagur, then 
 reigning at Cliandeigherrv, for the 
 
 the jiugoda (Inctuates from 44 to 4(>Dc)('eti()n of a fort, 'i'his document 
 
 fanams. 'I'he current coins are va- 
 rious sorts of pagodas, Aicot ru- 
 pees, single and double fanams, and 
 copper coins, of 2(J, 10, 5, and 
 one cash each. I'or the adjustment 
 of the customs here, the pound ster- 
 ling;; is valued at two pagodas 21 fa- 
 nams; the Spanish dollar at 28 fa- 
 nams 40 cash; the China lacl one 
 pagoda ; three and one-lbnrth sicca 
 rupees one pagoda ; and tlnee and a 
 half Bombay rupees one pagoda. In 
 the Company's accounts, the lUO 
 star pajodas are vfdued at 425 cur- 
 
 tiom Sroc J^ung Hayeel ( \picssly 
 enjoins, that the town and fort to 
 be erected at ^ladras shall be called 
 alter his own nam(\ Sree llunga 
 Kajaputam; bnt the local governor, 
 or iiaik, Damerla Yencatadri, who 
 first in\ited Mr. i'rancis Day, the 
 Chief of Arniagon, to remove to 
 INladras, had previously intimated 
 to him, that he would have the iiow 
 ilngliih establishment founded iu 
 the Jiaine of his father, Chcna|>- 
 pa, and the name of CJieimajia- 
 tam eoutinues to be universally ap- 
 
510 
 
 MADRAS. 
 
 plied to the town of Madras by the 
 iiati\ es of that division of th.e south 
 of India, named Diavida. In con- 
 sequence of tins permission, witli- 
 out waiting for instructions from 
 the Court of Directors, Mr. Day 
 proceeded, with great alacrity, to 
 the construction of a fortress, which 
 in India is soou surrounded by a 
 tOAvn. The latter lie allowed to re- 
 tain its Indian appf llation, but the 
 former he named Fort St. George. 
 The tenitory granted extended five 
 miles alongshore, and one mile inland. 
 
 In 1644 the money expended on 
 the fortifications amounted to 22941. 
 and it was computed that 20001. 
 moie would be requisite to render 
 this station impregnable to the na- 
 tive powers, and a ganison of 100 
 soldiers. The latter appears after- 
 wards to have been much dimi- 
 nished, as in 1G52 tiiere were only 
 26 soldiers in the fortress. In 1653 
 the agent and council of Madras 
 .were raised to the rank of a presi- 
 dency. In 1654 the Court of Di- 
 rectors ordered the president and 
 council at Fort George to reduce 
 their civil establishment to two 
 factors, and a guard of 10 soldiers. 
 
 In 1661 Sir Edward Winter was 
 appointed agent at Madi'as ; but, in 
 1665, was superseded, and ]Mr, 
 George Foxcroft appointed to suc- 
 ceed him. On the anival of the lat- 
 ter, Sir Edward AVinter seized and 
 imprisoned him, and kept ])osses- 
 sion of Fort George until the 22d of 
 August, 1668, when he delivered it 
 up to commissioners from Eng- 
 land, on condition of receiving a 
 fnll pardon for all offences. Mr. 
 Foxcroft then assumed the go- 
 vernment, which he filled until 1671, 
 when he embarked for Europe, and 
 was succeeded by Sir William Lang- 
 horne. This year the sovereign of 
 the Carnatit made over to the Com- 
 pany his moiety of the customs at 
 Madras for a fixed rent of 1200 pa- 
 godas per annum. In 1676 the pay 
 ' of a European soldier at Madras 
 w as 21s. per month, in full for pro- 
 ■viiiious ajjd npctsscuies of every kind. 
 
 In 1680 Mr. William GifTord was 
 appointed Governor of Fort Georg'C, 
 and in 1683 he was appointed pre- 
 sident both of Madras and Bengal; 
 in 1686 he \\as dismissed, and Mr. 
 Yule appointed president of Port 
 George only. On the 12th of De- 
 cember, 1687, the population of the 
 city of Madras, J'ort George, and 
 the villages within the Company's 
 bounds, was reported in the public 
 letter to be 300,000 persons. In 
 1691 Mr. Yule was dismissed, and 
 ]Mr. Iligginson appointed his suc- 
 cessor. 
 
 In 1696 Mr. Thomas Fitt w as ap- 
 pointed governor, in which year the 
 revenue produced i)y taxes at Madras 
 amounted to 40,000 pagodas. In 
 1701 Mr. President Pitt expresses 
 his fears that the natives will bribe 
 the Arab fleet to assist them in block- 
 ading the ganison. In 1702 3Ja- 
 dras was blockaded by Daoud Khan, 
 Aurengzebc's general, who said he 
 had orders to demolish it altogether. 
 Up to 1703 gunpowder foJTned one 
 of the articles of the outward-bound 
 investment, but about this period 
 the manufacture of it was so much 
 improved at Madras, as to preclude 
 the necessity of sending any more. 
 In 1708 the governor, Mr. President 
 Pitt, was much embarrassed by a 
 dispute among the iiatives for pre- 
 cedency — one party described as the 
 right-hand caste, and the other as 
 the left-hand caste; each threatening 
 to leave the place, and retire to St: 
 1'honie's, if superiority were not 
 granted. 
 
 I'rom the junction of the rival 
 East India Companies, in 1708, we 
 have no authentic annals of Madras 
 until 1744, when it was besieged by 
 the French from the Mauritius, un- 
 der M. dc la Bourdonnais ; at which 
 period it was etimated, that the na- 
 tive inhabitants residing within the 
 Company's boundaiies amounted to 
 250,000 persons. The English in 
 the colony did not exceed 300 men, 
 and (if these 200 only were soldiers 
 of the garrison. On the 7th of Sep- 
 tember the French began to bom- 
 
MADRAS. 
 
 511 
 
 bard the town, and on the 10th it 
 was surrendered. Tlierc v\as not a 
 man killed in tlie French camp 
 durin;? the siea;c ; fonr or live Ew^- 
 lishnuMi w«Me killed in the to\\n by 
 tiie explosion of the bombs, whieh 
 likewise de.stroved two or thiec 
 houses. From this period it is use- 
 ful to contem|)lale the progiess made 
 by the Brilish in Hiiidostan, both 
 in the science and spirit of war. 
 The phnider realized by the French 
 was about •200,0001. and the town 
 was, by the capitulalion. ransomed 
 for 440,0001. which aoreement was 
 subsecpieiitly l)roken by INI. Dupleix, 
 and all tlie Jhitish inhabitanls, of 
 every description, compelled to aban- 
 don the place. 
 
 At the peace of Aix-la-Chapelle 
 Madras was restored, and evacuated 
 by the French in August, 1749, when 
 it v\ as found in a \ ery improved con- 
 dition. The buildings Avitiiin the 
 white town had sull'ered no altera- 
 tion ; but the bastions and batteries 
 in this quarter had been enlarged 
 andslrenglhened. The French had 
 <Milirely demolished that part of the 
 black town situated within 300 jards 
 of the white, in which space had 
 stood the buildings belonging to the 
 most opulent American and Indian 
 merchants. >\ ith the ruins they 
 formed an excellent glacis, which 
 covered tlie north side of the white 
 town, and they likewise had thrown 
 up another ou the south side. The 
 defences of the town remained still 
 much inferior to those of Fort St. 
 David, where the Fast India Com- 
 pany ordered the presidency to con- 
 thme. 
 
 Although improved. Fort George 
 was incapable of making a consi- 
 derable resistance against a regular 
 European force ; yet in this condi- 
 tion it was allowed to remain until 
 1756, when the apprehension of 
 another attack from the French com- 
 ])elled the governor and ccunieil to 
 strengthen the fort ifieat ions. About 
 4000 labourers, of dilfcrent descrip- 
 tions, were consequently employed, 
 aud continued at work until driven 
 
 away by the approach of the French, 
 under M. I. ally, in 17.58. 
 
 On the l'2th <»f December, that 
 year, the last of the troops from the 
 ditterent oiilprwts entered the fort, 
 and completed the force with which 
 iMzulras was to sustain the siege. 
 'J'he wholeof the Fjuropeau niilitar\, 
 including ofiieers, with C4 topasses, 
 and 89 cofl'res, amotnited to l7o8 
 men ; the .sepoys, 2220 men ; the 
 European inhabitants, not militarj', 
 were 150, and they were appropri- 
 ated, without distinction, to serve 
 out stores and provisions to the gar- 
 risoji. The council of the presi- 
 dency, by an unanimous vote, com- 
 mitted the defence cA' the siege to 
 the governor, Mr. Pigot, recom- 
 mending him to consult Colonel 
 Liawience on all occasions. 
 
 The siege commenced on the 17th 
 of December, 1758, and was pro- 
 secuted with the utmost skill, vi- 
 gour, and bravery on bgth sides, 
 until tlic 17th of February, when 
 the French were ol>liged to raise the 
 .siege with .such precipitation, that 
 they had not time to destroy the 
 black town, or remove their sick. 
 They took with them the quarter 
 part of the stores, but left behind 
 them 52 pieces of cannon, and 150 
 barrels of g-unpowder. 
 
 During the siege the fort fired 
 26,554 rounds liom their <;annon, 
 7502 shells from their mortars, and 
 threw lyyo hand grenades; +lie mus- 
 ketry expended 200,000 cartridges. 
 In these services were used 176tJ 
 barrels of gimpowder ; 30 pieces of 
 cannon and five mortar.? had been 
 dismounted from the works. As 
 many of the enemy's cannon ballc 
 were gathered in the works, or about 
 the th'fences of the fort, or found 
 within the black town, as the gar- 
 rison bad expended. The enemy 
 threw 8000 shells of all sorts; of 
 which, by far the grtsMcr nunilx r 
 were directed against the buildings, 
 so that scarce a house lemained 
 that w as not open to tin- lieavens. 
 
 While the .siege lasted 13 ollicors 
 were killed, two died, 14 woiiuded, 
 
512 
 
 MADRAS. 
 
 and four taken prisoners ; in all 33. 
 Of Eniopeaii troops 198 were killod, 
 62 died in the hospitals, 20 det^ortcd, 
 122 wnc taken i.iisoners, and 1G7 
 wounded; in all 579. ^'f the se- 
 poys and jastars 114 v/ere killed, 
 including officers, 232 wounded, and 
 440 deseiled. 
 
 The loss of men sustained by the 
 Frencli .-uiny has never been exactly 
 ascertained. > heir force at the com- 
 mencement of the siege v/as 3500 
 Europeans, 2000 sepoys, and 2000 
 native and European cavalry. 
 
 Since that memorable period IVIa- 
 dras has suffered from no external 
 attacks, although approached very 
 near by Wydcr in 1767 and 1781 ; 
 but the strength of the works is 
 ■wholly beyond the utmost effort of 
 native tactics, and blockade need 
 not be apprehended while the sea is 
 open. I'lom being the head of a 
 petty territory, five miles long by 
 one broad, it is now the capital of 
 an extensive region, comprehending 
 tlie whole of the south of India and 
 part of the Deccau, some account of 
 which will be found in the next ar- 
 ticle, under the head of INladras 
 Presidency. I'hc last governor was 
 Sir George Hilario Earlow, who 
 landed tlie 241h of December, 1808, 
 and returned to Europe in 1814. He 
 was snceeded as governor by the 
 Honourable Hugh Elliot, who slill 
 continues to fdl that important sta- 
 tion. 
 
 Commercial Details of the Private 
 Trade, from the \st of January, 
 1811, to the 30th of April, 1812 
 (16 Months). 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 The total value of imports from 
 America, from the 1st of January, 
 1811, to the 30th of April, 1812, 
 was Arcot rupees 1,04,017, ^liich 
 consisted principally of the infiiior 
 sorts of wine, gin, brandy, and pro- 
 visions of different sorts — such as 
 hams, tongues, ike. 
 
 The exports to America amount- 
 ed to 374,579 Arcot rupees, con- 
 .sisling of the produce and mauu- 
 
 factures of the districts tinder the' 
 Madras Presidency. American ships 
 rarely take their whole cargoes from 
 the Coast of Coromar.deJ, but, hav- 
 ing proceeded to Calciitta. and re- 
 ceived the most valuable i>art, call 
 afterw anls at iVladras lor such piece 
 goods as are required ibr tlieir 
 market. Tliey laud ihclr specie at 
 Calcutta, and draw bills from Ma- 
 dras ibr the goods Ihcj find expedi- 
 ent to ship tliere — thus exhibiting 
 large sliii)mcnts,coniparedMi^h their 
 imports at Madras. At tiiis parti- 
 cular [)eriod the political state of 
 afiairs had nearly ])ut a stop to all 
 intercourse between America and 
 the British settlements in India. 
 
 BAT A VI A. 
 
 The total value of imports to ]Ma- 
 dras from Batavia, between the 1st 
 of January, 1811, and 30th of April, 
 1812, was 48,356 Arcot rupees, 
 which consisted principally of prize 
 sugar, sent by the agents of the 
 ca|)tors, with a little sugar candy and 
 tut(>nague. 
 
 In the same period the exports to 
 Batavia amounted to 259,576 Arcot 
 rujiecs, composed chiefly of piece 
 goods — many being of the coarse co- 
 loured sort, witli salampores recijived 
 from the southern districts; some 
 handkerchiefs of the manufacture of 
 Madras and Vcntapollam, and a 
 considerable proportion of southern 
 blue cloths. There was a re-export 
 of goods to the amount of 51,555 
 rupees, chiefly of wines and other 
 European articles for the consump- 
 tion of the Europeans of Java. 
 
 BENGAL. 
 
 The total value of imports from 
 Bengal, from the 1st of January, 
 1811, to the .30th of April, 1812, 
 amoimted to 3,004,180 Arcot rupees. 
 'J'lie articles composing this exten- 
 sive import are seldom found ma- 
 terially to alter, the gTcat staples 
 being different species of grain, par- 
 ticularly rice, which that fertile i)ro- 
 vince exports in largo quantities. 
 There is also a great demand for 
 Bengal raw silk, wliicli is mauufac- 
 
MADRAS. 
 
 513 
 
 tniod ill tlio iiiloiiorinio piece g:oods, 
 mostly lor tiie use of the luitives, but 
 uliich species of niamifactuie has 
 of late much improved. Another 
 principal article received from Ben- 
 !;al is the canvas, which is there nia- 
 Jmfactured, of an excellent quality, 
 and much used by his majesty's 
 ships, which have also of late been 
 sTij/plied from Bengal with salt pro- 
 visions. The other imports are piece 
 goods, muslins, and shawls of a 
 «;oarse description, silk piece goods 
 of an inferior kind, long pepper, su- 
 gar, borax, saltpetre, some wines, 
 previous stones, and numerous small 
 articles. 
 
 The exports to Bengal, during the 
 same period, amounted to only 
 130,607 Arcot rupees, and consisted 
 chiefly of some red wood, coloured 
 piece goods, and salt. The principal 
 returns made for the extensive im- 
 ports are in bills, private and public ; 
 those granted by government being 
 usually at the exchange of 350 
 Arcot rupees per 100 pagodas. The 
 re-exports from Madras to Bengal 
 are generally considerable. 
 
 BOMBAY AND CUMPORAH. 
 
 The total impoits from Bombay, 
 from the 1st of January, 1811, to 
 the 30th of April, 1812, amounted 
 to 162,861 Arcot rupees. 'I'he im- 
 ports from Bombay are, with very 
 little exception, first received there, 
 on their trade with the Persian and 
 Arabian Culplis, and principally 
 consist of dried fruits or drugs ; viz. 
 almonds, dates, raisins, kismishes, 
 rose-water, ackara karuni, &c. The 
 imports from Bussorah are nearly of 
 the same description, being dried 
 fruits, hing, mandesty, brimstone, 
 &c. and also some horses, -rhe other 
 imports from Bombay, with the ex- 
 ception of some cotton, consist ge- 
 nerally of goods, first received there 
 from Bengal and China. 
 
 The exjKirts to Bombay, during 
 tlie same period, amounted to only 
 30,.'369 Arcot rui)ecs, and consisted 
 principally of some chintz and co- 
 loured turbans, manufactured about 
 
 2 L 
 
 Masiilipatani, with a small proi)or- 
 tion of long cloth. 
 
 The intercourse between ^Madras 
 and the Brazils is inconsiderable. 
 The Portuguese vessels usually pro- 
 ceed to Bengal, where fine silk and 
 piece goods, calculated for their 
 markets, are procurable, on more 
 reasonable terms than at Madras. 
 
 CEYLON. 
 
 The total value of the imports 
 from Ceylon, from the 1st of January, 
 1811, to the 30th of April, 1812, 
 amoinited to 743,859 Arcot rupees, 
 and consisted of large supplies of 
 arrack, principally for the use of 
 the navy, and the European troops 
 on the coast. In addition to this, 
 Ceylon also furnishes a number of 
 articles, which arc afterwards re-ex- 
 ported to China ; such as biche de 
 mar, shark fins, ebony, chayroot, 
 palnieras, and reepers. The pearls 
 procured at Ceylon do not often ap- 
 pear in the Madras import accounts, 
 as they are generally conveyed to 
 the opjiosite shore, and brouglit to 
 Madras over land. 
 
 The exports to Ceylon are very 
 insignificant, being principally Eu- 
 ropean and China articles, re-ex- 
 ported for the consiunption of the 
 Europeans on that island ; and, 
 from the 1st of January, 1811, to the 
 30th of April, 1812, amounted to 
 only 18,055 Arcot rupees. Ceyloa 
 requires considerable supplies of 
 grain ; but much of it is furnished 
 from Bengal, and paid for by go- 
 vernment bills. 
 
 CHINA. 
 
 Tlie total value of the imports 
 from China, from the 1st of January, 
 1811, to the 30th of April, 1812, 
 amounted to 1,336,948 Arcot rupees, 
 which consisted of the usual descrip- 
 tion of China goods; such as tea, 
 sugar, nankin, China ware, with a 
 large proportion of alhim, camphor, 
 arsenic, tutenague, China root, ga- 
 lengal, piece goods, stationery, &c. 
 
 Tli« exports to China, during the 
 same period, amounted to only 
 440,760 Arcot rupees, which was 
 
514 
 
 MADRAS. 
 
 partly owing to the failure of the coir, with some other small articles ; 
 cotton crop in the southern districts, the whole amounting to only 11,410 
 that article being held in higher es- Arcot rupees. The exports and re- 
 timation in the China market than exports were too small tor noUcc. 
 auv other which is sent there.' The 
 total amount of cotton exported 
 within this period was 13,761 cwt 
 
 MANILLA. 
 
 The total value of the imports from 
 
 consisting of bichc de mar, shark 
 fins, and ebony. The re-exports to 
 Cliina amounted to 341,432 rupees; 
 \i7.. pearls, 288,376 rupees; ebony 
 and other articles made up the dif- 
 Icrence. 
 
 LONDON. 
 
 The total value of imports from 
 
 Loudon, from the 10th of January, 
 
 1811, to the 30th of April, 1812, 
 
 amounted to 1,767,204 Arcol rupees. 
 
 Tiie various articles comprising it ^^^^^ ^^^^^^^ ^^^^^ 
 
 con.-ist of ihe supplies brought in the ^^.^^^ ^ ^,^^j 
 
 iiivestnicnts of captains and ollicers ^;,^„^ ^n«r.,i«<mT.^ 
 
 of the Company's ships, and com- 
 
 jireheiid not merely goods of coii- 
 
 sumpliou found on sale in Europe 
 
 ?hops, but also <he diflcrent articles 
 
 in demaiid for the manufactures, &cc. 
 
 iron, copper, tin, and naval stores, 
 
 with suppl.es of wine and necessaries 
 
 for individuals. Coral was formerly 
 
 imported in huge qaantilies, but it 
 
 is now much reduced. 
 
 Duritig tiic above period, tlie ex- 
 ports to London amounted to 979,000 
 Arcot rupees, and consisted of in- 
 
 -digo, valued at 418,967— piece goods, 
 307,944, which formed tlie chief ar- 
 ticles ; besides some rough diamonds, 
 one of wliich was VHluetf at 16,000 
 star pagodas (0,4001). The re-ex- 
 ])orta were prize spices; such as 
 mace, cloves, nutimgs ; pearls, to 
 the value of 97,384 rupees; and 
 pepper, 51,333 sicca rupees. The 
 ♦juautity of indigo, mai)ui:iciured and 
 
 indigo, besides treasure to a consi- 
 derable amount. The indigo is of a 
 good quality, and usually re-ex- 
 ported for the European or American 
 market. As a trade is catried on 
 betw ecu INIanilla and China, a part 
 of the returns find their way to Can- 
 ton, and are from thence remitted to 
 some of the presidencies in bills^ 
 specie, or goods. 
 
 Tlie exports to Manilla, during the 
 same period, amounted to 572,483^ 
 Arcot rupees, and consisted of va- 
 rious descriptions of piece goods; 
 viz. cambays, haadkercliiefs, pun- 
 jum cloths, &c. to the amount of 
 497,211 sicca rupees; and cotton^ 
 32,643 sicca rupees ; which last was 
 probably ultimately inteixlcd for the 
 China market, and the other articles 
 for Spanish America. This trade has 
 greatly declined since the internal 
 warl'are in the mother country 
 and colonies. The vessels sailing for 
 Manilla usually leave Madras in the 
 moulii of July, and those with re- 
 turns mostly arrive in the January 
 and February following. 
 
 ISLES OF rRANCR. 
 The total value of the imports from 
 the Isles of France, from the 1st of 
 January, 1811, to the 30th of April, 
 1812, amounted to 202,096 Arcot 
 rupees, which consislL'd of coll'ca 
 and cU)V«.s, bic. 162,b97 sicca ru- 
 pees; besides which tliere was bran- 
 
 txuorted from this c.nct, increases dy, copi)er, iron, lead, and many 
 
 ariuualiy. 
 
 Froin Madeira, \\ino to the M^'ue 
 of 60,378 Arcot rupees was im- 
 ported. 
 
 From tiie Malubar coast the im- 
 port was very small, t-onsisting of 
 pepper, timl)ei voir, cordage, and 
 
 other s'maii articles, which probably 
 had formerly been captured by the 
 eupmy. The great proportion of re- 
 turns for goods exported to the Isles 
 of l^tance must consequently be 
 made bv bills. 
 
 The exports, during the above pe- 
 
MADPxAS. 
 
 515 
 
 run], amounted to 1,157,646 Arcot 
 nipees, and consisted principally of 
 Ion<;' ciolhs, blue cloths, and liuud- 
 kfichiels, nnislins, ginghams, piin- 
 jiun cloths, sulauiporcs, and shirts ; 
 Avith a small re-export, composed of 
 Enrope and China goods — sucli as 
 Mines, hosiery, tea, nankin, and 
 also some arrack. The \nvvv goods, 
 <>!' a coarse description, and parti- 
 tnlarly the ljlneel«»tlis, were iiilend- 
 cd fur clothing thc^ shnes, and tor 
 r(»^ export to the small Alriean Is- 
 lands, and ports in the Aiozanibi(pic 
 Ciianncl. Tiie value of the piece 
 goods exjioited CKteeded !(){- lacks 
 of rupees; the oilier princij)al article 
 was soap, to the amoiuit of 20,315 
 sicca rupees. 
 
 PEGUE AND THE BIRMAN UMPlllE. 
 The total value of the imports 
 from Pegne, from the 1st of Janu- 
 ary, 1811, to the 30th of April, 1812, 
 amounted to 495,643 Arcot rupees. 
 The staple article of import from 
 Pegue is timber ; but, owing to the 
 troubled state of that country, the 
 price, during this period, was ex- 
 travagant, and it could not l)e ob- 
 tiined in large quantities. The breed 
 of Jjinnau horses are in estim.ation 
 at Madras, and are imported to a 
 considerable value. The other im- 
 ports are a coarse description of car- 
 damoms, ivory, wax, wood, oil, coir 
 cordage, with some other small ar- 
 ticles. 
 
 'I'he exports, during the above pe- 
 riod, ai!)ounted to 215,006 Arcot 
 rupees ; of which seven-eight's con- 
 sisted of piece goods — such as coarse 
 handkerchiefs, manufactured at Ven- 
 tapollam, in the vicinity of Madras, 
 with some of the medium sort of Ar- 
 nee muslins. The rc-e\[)orts were 
 small, and cor.sisted of eoi)per, ar- 
 rack, brandy, mace, cloves, iron, 
 perfumer)', glass ware, and naval 
 stores. 
 
 The trade is now inconsiderable, 
 compared with v\hat it was some 
 years ago. Pew vessels, commanded 
 by Europeans, are now engaged in 
 it, and tliese are of a verv small de- 
 
 2 L a 
 
 script ion. ^ lost of the traders from 
 Madras to l\'gue are under native 
 commanders, who sail them at a 
 small cx|)eiise ; but, being from par- 
 simony ill found, and frequently in a 
 bad state of repair, there are many of 
 them lost. 
 
 In 1811-12 the total amount of the 
 exports, exchisive of treasure 
 from Madras, and the ports under 
 the Madras Presidency, in private 
 trade amouitted to J 12,869,049 
 (Arcot luipees) - > ' 
 
 Ditto ditto of imports 12,039,679 
 
 Ealance in favour of ^ 
 the export trade J 
 
 829,370 
 
 The whole quantity of treasure im- 
 ported into Madras, between the 
 1st of January, 1811, and the 30th 
 of April, 1812, amounted to 
 (Arcot rupees) -. - 2,662,438 
 
 Imported at the subor- K riorgi 
 dinate ports - - - 5 ' '' 
 
 Arcot rupees 4,176,029 
 
 Treasure exported during the above 
 
 period. — From IMadras 311,857 
 
 Prom the subordinate ports 6,720 
 
 Arcot rupees 318,577 
 
 In the olTicial year, 1811-12, the 
 value of the investment exported by 
 the East India Company was as tbl- 
 lows, viz. 
 
 TO LONDON. 
 
 Cochineal - - 12,4.54 
 Hemp - - - 2,272 
 Piece goods - -4,416,163 
 Saltpetre - - 22,545 
 Sugar - - - 10,227 
 
 4,463,661 
 
 TO ST. HELENA. 
 
 Cholum seeds - 40 
 
 Piece goods - - 6,752 
 
 6,792 
 
 TO THE ISLES OF FRANCE. 
 
 Piece goods . - - - - 18,829 
 
 Arcot rupees 4,489,282 
 
 
516 
 
 Travelling: disfance from Calcutta, 
 1030 miles ; and from Bombay, 770 
 miles. {Parlinmeutani Reports, M. 
 Graham, Milburn, Bruce, F. Bu- 
 chanan, Witks, Orme, Lord Valen- 
 tia, Rennel, R. Grant, ^c.) 
 
 MADRAS PRESIDENCY. 
 11. Taniore. 
 
 MADRAS PRESIDENCY. 
 
 The territories subject to the Pre- 
 sidency of I'ort George, or Madras,- 
 comprehend nearly the uliole of In- 
 dia south of the Krishna River (im- 
 properly named tlio Peninsula), and 
 also a large province in the Decern, 
 named the NortiieniCircars. \N ithiii 
 these boundaries are three princes, 
 V ho collect the revenues, and exer- 
 cise a certain degree of power in 
 the internal management of their re- 
 spective states ; but, with reference 
 to external politics, are wholly sub- 
 ordinate to the British govermnent, 
 are protected by a subsidiary force, 
 and furnish large annual contribu- 
 tions. These princes are the Ra- 
 jahs of ]Mysore, Travancor, and Co- 
 chin ; the rest of the country is un- 
 der the immediate jurisdiction of 
 the governor and council at Madras ; 
 and, for the administration of justice, 
 and collection of the revenue, lias 
 been subdivided into the following 
 districts, viz. 
 
 NORTHERN CIRCARS. 
 
 1, Ganjam. 
 • 2. Vizagapafam. 
 
 3. Rajamiuidry. 
 
 4. Masulipatam. 
 
 5. Guntoor, inchidiiig Palnaud, 
 wliich is part of the Caruatic. 
 
 CARNATIC. 
 
 6. Nellore and Ongole, including 
 part of the Western Pullams or 'Ze- 
 niindaries. 
 
 7. Northern divi.sion of Areot, in- 
 cluding Sativaid, Pnlieat, Coon- 
 -foody in the Bairamahal, part of 
 Ballaghaut, and of the Western Pol- 
 lams or Zemindaries. 
 
 8. Chingleput, or the Jaghire. 
 
 9. Southern division of Areot, in- 
 cluding Cuddalore and Poudiclicrry. 
 
 10. Trichinopoly. 
 
 MYSORE AND CARNATIC 
 
 12. Dindigul, including Madnrjr, 
 INIanapara Pollams, Ramnad, and 
 Shcvagunga, forming part of lh« 
 Southern Curnalic. 
 
 SOUTHERN CARNATIC. 
 
 13. Tinncvclly. 
 
 MYSORE. 
 
 14. Bellary. ^Balaghaut Ceded 
 
 15. Cudapah. \ Districts. 
 
 16. Seringapatam. 
 
 17. Salem and Kistnaghcny. 
 
 18. Coimbetoor. 
 
 19. Canara. 
 
 20. Malabar. 
 
 21. ]\Iadras. 
 
 The limits of these districts are, 
 almost in every instance, co-exten- 
 sive with the local jurisdiction of the 
 Zillah courts of justice ; and the ag- 
 gregate square contents of the whole 
 may be roughly estimated at 125,000 
 geographical sipiare miles. 
 
 The provinces subject to the go- 
 vernment of Fort George, with the 
 exception of Canara, Malabar, and 
 other districts, in which traces of pri- 
 vate property still existed when tliey 
 came under the British government, 
 exhibited nearly the same system of 
 landed property and revenue policy. 
 The land was the property of go- 
 vernment, and of till' ryots or cul- 
 tivators; but where the .share of go- 
 vernment absorbed nearly the whol« 
 of the landlord's rent, the ryots pos- 
 sessed little more interest in the soil 
 than that of hereditary tenancy. 
 
 The country was divided into vil- 
 lages. A village (in this part of In- 
 dia), geographically, is a tract of 
 country, comprising some hundreds 
 or thousands of acres of arable and 
 waste land; politically, a village is 
 a little republic or corporation, hav- 
 ing within itself its municipal olli- 
 Gcrs and corporate artificers. Its 
 boundaries are seldom altered, and, 
 though sometimes injured, and even 
 desolated by w ar, famine, and epi- 
 demical distempers, the same name, 
 boundaries, interests, and even fa- 
 milies, continue for ages. 
 
MADRAS PRESIDENCY. 517 
 
 Tlie govennncnt sliaie was ojonc- the rajahs of Mysore, Travancor, 
 
 i-nlly rcci'ivcu IVoni rice lands in and Cochin, aro not included, 
 
 kind, at rates varying tVoni 40 to GO Besides the land reveiuic, tho 
 
 per cent, of the u,ross produce, after other soinees from wiienee the pnb- 
 
 dednctinn; certain portions distri- lie receipts of the iMadras {jorern- 
 
 hutcd before the threshinu: com- ment are drawn, consist of the go- 
 
 niences. The share of o;overnnu'nt vernment customs hotii bj sea and 
 
 from dry ftrain land \va.s generally land; the latter beinjsj levied on the 
 
 received in cash, varying with the articles of the inland trade, on their 
 
 produce. transit through tjje coinitry, and on 
 
 'I'lic following slatenient will shew their entrance into particular towns ; 
 
 in what parts of the connlry the per- of a monopoly of the sale and ma- 
 
 manent settlement of the land re- nufacture of salt; of the licensed 
 
 venue has been canied info cHect, Jnannfactnre and sale of toddy and 
 
 and at what peiiods it has been ex- arrack ; and, in some parts of the 
 
 tended in particular districts: country, (»f tlie licensed sale of betel 
 
 ANCifcNT TEKRiToKY. and lobacco, and of stamp duties 
 
 Distrk'ts. Whenpennnnenthj assessed, and fees on judicial proceedings. 
 
 The Jaghire - - 18(tl-2. The mode and principles, according 
 
 Northern Circars 1 802-3 & 1804-5. to which these branches of the pub- 
 
 MODEliN TERRirouv. lie resources are conducted, are si- 
 
 Salem - - - "\ niilar to those Avliich obtain under 
 
 Western Pollams f tqqo <i ^''^ Bengal government. The col- 
 
 Chittorc Pollams / o^--^- lectors, to whom is confided, under 
 
 Southern Pollams 3 ll't' superintendence of the Presi- 
 
 Bamnad - - - 1803-4. deney, the local management of the 
 
 Kistnagherry - - 1804-5. revcnnes, are 21 in number, ex» 
 
 Dindigul - - - 1804-5. elusive of assistant collectorships. 
 
 ANC.ENT TERRITORY. 'W'"" <^l'o"ing are the particulars 
 
 Trivendaporam K .^ . f, ^^'^ vcsvnac^ and charges ot the 
 
 T. <vi.;..r. , .H-.n-^B 4 lo*^-'- Aladras Presidency, uom all sonrces, 
 
 " ° lor the year 1808-9 : 
 
 CountriJ not permanenthi assessed. revenues £ 
 
 MODERN teurit6ry. Post Office - . - -' 16,808 
 
 JIal''«^=»''- Customs 152,938 
 
 ^^»^\^' Carnatic 1,016,67J» 
 
 Counbotoor. Tanjore 431.405 
 
 Balaghaut Ceded Distncts. Mysore 1,540,228 
 
 Tanjore. KiZAxn 681,807 
 
 CARNATIC. Dutch Settlements - - 2,727 
 
 P«'naud. Travancore 6,504 
 
 Nellore and Ongole. j^3„d 1,057,628 
 
 Arcot, northcni and southern dm- i,.,j.,„g ^^^ Licences - - 61,599 
 
 sion. 
 
 ^^.''^'y^l^*^- , ^4,968,321 
 
 1 riehmopoly. 
 
 Madura. CHARGES. 
 
 JmnevcUyCircarLands. Post Office 19,926 
 
 The total population of these pro- Revenues and Customs - 333,024 
 
 vinces has been estimated at 12 mil- Carnatic ----- 3.33,61;) 
 
 lifins ; and, from the loiig trancjuil- Tanjore ------ 130,685 
 
 lity and comparatively plenty they Mysore ------ 208,519 
 
 have enjoyed, is certainl} increasing Nizalu ------ 77,551 
 
 annually. In this estimate the in- 
 
 liabitaiiis of the lenitorics subject to Carried forward of 1,103,018 
 
518 
 
 MADURA. 
 
 Bronglit forward ^1,103,318 
 Dutch Settlements * - 9.336 
 Civil and judicial - - 493,548 
 Military ----- 3,143,575 
 Buildings & fortifications 185,960 
 
 ^4,935,743 
 
 Total of cliarges ^£4,935,743 
 Interest on debt 495,408 
 
 Revenue 
 
 5,431,151 
 - 4,968,321 
 
 Deficiency £ 462,830 in 1 809 
 
 In 1809 the debt owing by the East 
 India Company at this presidency 
 amounted to - - ,£7,059,679 
 
 Amount of assets, debts, \ 
 
 &c belongiiig to the( g3gg2 
 East India Company i ' ' 
 
 at the same period - ^ 
 
 ^2,124,003 
 
 The Company are possessed of 
 property to a considerable amount, 
 which, fiom not being considered as 
 inmicdiately available, is not in- 
 serted among the assets. This pro- 
 perty consists of plate, household 
 furniture, guns on the ramparts, 
 arms, and military stores ; to which 
 might be added the buildings. 
 In 1810 the sum, estimated to have 
 been expended on buildings and 
 fortifications, was J. 1,840,682 
 Plate, furiiiturc, planta-"^ 
 tions, farms, vessels, > 447,798 
 
 stores, &:c. - - - j 
 
 £ 2,288,480 
 
 In 181 1-, the number of civil ser- 
 vants on tlie Madras establishment 
 was 206 ; and the pay, allowances, 
 and emoluments of the civil service, 
 including the European uncovenaiit- 
 ed assistants, amounted to 470,3461. 
 per annum. 
 
 In 1811, tlje nmnber of regular 
 troops of all descriptions sening un- 
 der the Madras Presidency amount- 
 ed to 50,456 men. The j)ay and al- 
 lowances to llie officers belonging to 
 the Madras establishment, 1347 in 
 
 number, was 554,4811. Tlie chap- 
 lains on the Madras establishment 
 were 15, their allowances and pay 
 14,3001. per annum. The surgeons 
 101, their pay and allowances 57,8901. 
 per annum. 
 
 Since the completion of the ar- 
 rangements for the government of 
 the extensive territories subject to 
 this presidency, one circumstance 
 has peculiarly contributed to im- 
 prove the condition of the great body 
 of the natives; which is, tlic vigour 
 and efficiency of the administration, 
 neither permitting nor acknowledg- 
 ing divided rights of sovereignty, but 
 keeping every other power in due 
 subordination. The beneficial ope- 
 rati(m of this state of things has been 
 greatly felt in Ecngal, but much 
 more on the Coast of Coiomandel, 
 arising from the greater degree in 
 which a turbnlent and warlike spirit 
 pervaded the zemindars, the poly- 
 gars, and other chiefs. ^^ liilc they 
 maintained their military retainers 
 and establishments, they not only 
 bid defiance to government, but 
 were constantly carrung on petty 
 wars against each other; by which 
 the fields of the cultivator were over- 
 run and laid waste, his crops de- 
 stroyed, and whatever other property 
 he possessed, fell a sacrifice to the 
 predatory bands of the contending 
 parties. 
 
 At present there exists not, unless 
 in the hills of the Nonhern Circars, 
 and in a very if^w other places, any 
 military force kept up by individuals. 
 The unndy and restless spirit of the 
 ])olygars is graduidlv giving a^ ay to 
 tiie peaceable habits of the land- 
 holder, and the pcas;int is enabled 
 to pursue the cidliNation of his fields 
 witiiout daug(!r or appreiicnsion. 
 The evils, wiiich were formerly con- 
 tinual, are now only occasionally 
 experienced, and proniptly and clli- 
 caciously suppressed by a vigorous 
 government, whose duty it is to en- 
 sure equal protection to all ranks of 
 its subjects, {bth Report, 3IUburii, 
 11. Grant, §c.) 
 . Madura, (JMathum). — X district 
 
MADURA. 
 
 519 
 
 in tlie 'Sonthcvn Carnal ic, situated 
 primipallylx'twoeii the 911i and lOlh 
 dc};iecs ol" noitli latitude. 'I'o tiie 
 north it is hounded by tlie l'ul\^ai 
 territory and Dindigul ; to liie south 
 by Tinevelly ; on the east it has (lio 
 district ofiNIarawas; and on the west 
 thitt of Diudii;id. The Vaygaroo 
 and Caudaroo are (he chiet" rivers, 
 and the priueijjal towns Madura 
 and Schoh»\aiiden. 
 
 The ancient sovereJ«;us of this 
 country were named tlie I'andiau 
 jace ; and it is suj)po;'.ed to have 
 i)een tlie Pandionis Meditlf iraiiea', 
 and Madura Re<;ia Fandionis of I'to- 
 lemy. In eonjunction v ith '1 rielii- 
 nopoly it forms a Hitirloo •!:c05rai3hi- 
 cal division, named Madru. 
 
 Aithoui^h the soil is naturally fer- 
 tile, and tolerably well supiilied with 
 water, this district never attiiiiied the 
 perfection of cultivation to be found 
 iu I'anjore and sonic other of tiie 
 Company's districts, wliicii probably 
 yvna owing to tlie number of inde- 
 pendent polygars iu a state of con- 
 stant hostility ; by which it was oc- 
 cupied, until transferred to the liii- 
 tish, in 1801, by the Nabob of Arcot. 
 During the early Carnatic wars, from 
 1740 to 1760, a great proportion of 
 this territory was covered with fo- 
 rests and thick jungle, iu the recesses 
 of which tiie poljgars had their for- 
 tified castles, iiy the recent Qi- 
 rangements, it is comprehended iu 
 the Dindlgul coliectorship, and hav- 
 ing enjoyed long traiKjuillity is ra- 
 pidly recovering. 
 
 In the remote jieriods of Hindoo 
 history this was one of (he holy coun- 
 tries of the south of India, the capi- 
 tal being styled the Southern Ma- 
 thura; and the district still e\liii)its 
 the reniains of many monuments of 
 Ibriner ijindoo grandeur. In mo- 
 dern times tiie Christian rohgiou has 
 made no inconsiderable progress ; 
 the number of Honian Catholic 
 Christians, in 17^3o, having been es- 
 timated at 18,000, besides those of 
 the Protestant persuasion. {Wilhs, 
 Fullarton, Fra Paolo, Mackenzie, 5th 
 Report , ^c.) 
 
 Madiikv. — An ancient city in liie 
 Southern Carnatic, the capital of the 
 district of IVladura. Lat. 9°. 51'. N. 
 Long. 7h°. 13'. K 
 
 'I'lie tour sides of iMaduia front 
 nearly the four cardinal jioints. The 
 river passing from the N. W. washes 
 the walls at the \. il. angle; ai:d the 
 b(!(l, unless immediately alter heavy 
 rains, lies in dry llais of sand, ou 
 some of which are buildings with 
 narrow i:hannels between them. This 
 town, duringtho Carnatic war;^, from 
 1740 to 17G0, sustained many sieges. 
 and was often in the hands of rel'rac- 
 tory polygars, with which desciiplion 
 of cliieis the district then swarmed. 
 The groat revolution whicli, towards 
 tlie conclusion of the last century, 
 transreired Ihe souiii of India into 
 the possession of the Jjiilish, by re- 
 moving hostile op(ra1i(ms to a great 
 distance, has leiulcred the inaiiite- 
 nanee of tiiis and a multitude of other 
 fortresses wholly superliuous. 
 
 Travelling dislance from Seringa- 
 •^atani, 240 ; from Madras, 307 miles. 
 {Onne, Renitel, >>-c.) 
 
 Maduka, {Mat/mra). — An island 
 in the Eastern Seas, situated oli'the 
 north-east coast of the Island of 
 Ja\ a, from which it is separated by 
 a narrow strait. En length it may 
 be estimat^tl at 100 miles, by IG th<^ 
 average breadth. The channel of 
 tiic Straits of :Mailiua where it nar- 
 rows is only 8;> liiliioms wide, and 
 luarked witli buoys; ab hough at the 
 entrance there arc only three fathoms 
 water, ships of a large size can pass 
 it, the bottom being so!t mud, which 
 is easily worked through in the 
 lightest breeze, assisted by the 
 strength of tiic currents In 1773 
 this island was di^ided into three 
 divisions, which eontaiiu'd 30,0l>0 
 tjatgars, or families. At that period 
 a Dutch junior merchant resided ou 
 the island, at Saiiuiiiap, the capital, 
 principally for the purpose of watch- 
 ing the island and its inhabitanis, as 
 the commerce carjied on was \ery 
 trifling. 
 
 The language spoken by the inha- 
 bitants oi' Madura appcaiii to be a 
 
520 
 
 MAGINDANAO. 
 
 dialect of the Javanese. The greater 
 part of the natives profess the reli- 
 gion of their an estors, resemble the 
 IliiKloos in thrir looks, wear the llin- 
 tloo mark on their forehead, ;uid the 
 Avonien bnrn themselves with their 
 husbands, according to the practice 
 of the Hindoos, Like the nncou- 
 verted Javanese, they are particu- 
 larly addicted to the worship of In- 
 dra, Surya, and Vishnu. Tlie word 
 Dewa, used in some parts of Suma- 
 tra to express a superior and invi- 
 sible class of beings, is an original 
 word in IVTadura for a superior being, 
 which the Javanese believed in; but 
 w ilji regard to whom they used no 
 ceremonies or forms of worship. 
 1'hey appear to have some idea of a 
 future life, but not as a statL> of retri- 
 bution ; conceiving innnortality to 
 |je the lot of rich, rather than of good 
 men. 
 
 The inhabitants of the interior and 
 mountainous parts of this island have 
 a considerable knowledge of vege- 
 table poisons, in which they dip their 
 arrows for tlie purposes of warfare 
 and tlie cliace. These arrows aie 
 made of thin slips of bamboo, and 
 arc blown through a hollow tube. 
 (Marsden, Lei]den,Stavoriuus, Tcmbe, 
 i-c. -Vc.) 
 
 Maggkri, {Magudi). — A town in 
 the ]\lysore Faj all's territories, 47 
 miles N. E. from Sciingapatam. Lat. 
 12°. 5/' Long.77°. .37^E. 
 
 I'rom Ramagiri to this place the 
 road is through a wild biit romantic 
 country, which consists of low hills, 
 intcrmixtd with liitie cultivated val- 
 lies, the soil of which is tolerably 
 good ; but they are mostly cultivated 
 with dry grains only. The liij;lier 
 parts are covered with trees, vshich, 
 owing to the poverty of the soil, aie 
 in most parts very small ; but near 
 Sevcndroog the timber and bamboos 
 grow to a good size. The sunnnits 
 of all the ridges of hills arc bare 
 rooks of the granitic porphyry, and 
 often rise into high sharp peaks, or 
 immense masses of naked stone. 
 The most stupendous of these is oc- 
 cupied by Scvcndroog, wliich the 
 
 array of Lord Connvallis took by 
 assault. 
 
 In the hilly tract of country there 
 are many iron forges, the metal being 
 procured partly from the black sand, 
 Avhieh is found in the rainy season 
 in the chr.nnels of all the torrents in 
 the country, and partly from an ore 
 which is found at Ghettipur in great 
 abundance. During the four months 
 of heavy rains, four men are able to 
 collect as much sand as a furnace 
 can smelt for the remainder of the 
 year. Steel is also manufactured 
 here. 
 
 In the woods around Maggeri and 
 Sevendroog the sandal wood of the 
 English merchants is fomid. When 
 tlie tree is cut, the connnon size of 
 it at the root is nine inches diameter; 
 but only one-third of the tree is va- 
 luable, the remainder being white 
 wood, and totally devoid of smell. 
 The wood is found to be of the best 
 quality in trees that have gi own ou a 
 steep rocky soil. The bottom of the 
 stem under the ground, immediately 
 above the di\ ision into roots, is the 
 most valuable part of the tree. There 
 are also a few teak trees in this neigh- 
 bouiiiood, but in general this valu-^ 
 able timber does not grow of a sufti-. 
 cicnt size for use. (F. Buchanan^ 
 
 MAGINDANAO, {Melindenoiv). 
 
 A large island in the Eastern Seas, 
 the most southerly of the Philippines, 
 and situated principally between the 
 6th and 10th degrees of north lati- 
 tude. Tiie shajie is extremely nrc-^- 
 gular, but ni length it may be esti^ 
 mated at 300 miles, by 106 the aver- 
 age breadtli. 
 
 This island has three remarkable 
 promontories; ononeiiroamboai'gan 
 to the westward; Cape St. AugusT- 
 line to the eastward ; and Sui igao to 
 the northward. It may be divided 
 into three parts; the Ihst under the 
 sultan, who lesides at Magindanao 
 or Iselangan, wiiich formerly comprcr 
 hciided the greater part of the sea^- 
 
MAGINDANAO. 
 
 521 
 
 const ; the serond is iuhUt the 
 ^Spaniards, which iiirhi<lcs a lai>;c 
 puitioii of the .soa-coasl to the N.\\ . 
 and N. E. whcjt; tiiey liavo phmted 
 ruluuics of Christians from tlic I'iii- 
 iippiacs, named JJisayans. TIk; 
 third is nndcr tlic ilhxnos (or hilloo- 
 iias), sultans, and rajahs, avIio inha- 
 bit (ho banks of the great hike, or 
 Llano, and thenee inhmd to the hills. 
 They also possess tlx; coast of the 
 2:reat Llano IJay, situated on the 
 south-east side of the island. 
 
 Many of the districts above I'oyan 
 are subject to the Bojan Kajah, who 
 is a Mahomm( dan, and has about 
 20,000 male inhabitants of that reli- 
 gion. To the north of MagintUnao 
 town is the harbour of Sugud or Fol- 
 lok, which is one of the finest in 
 India, and distinguished by a peaked 
 hill above 200 fei-t high. A t the har- 
 bour of Tuboc, tormcd by the Island 
 of Ebus, is the (iliief place for assem- 
 bling the piratical prows; aiid here 
 the jajah has a house fortilied with 
 Spanish guns. 
 
 The Bay of Panguil, on the north- 
 east side, cuts deep into the Islajid, 
 and receives the waters of many 
 small rivers, where the piratical 
 prows conceal tiiemselves from the 
 .Spaniards. A little to the east of 
 this bay is the .Spanish town of ^ li- 
 gan, containing about 150 houses; 
 beyoiiii which lies the town of C'aya- 
 gj'.n, which has a fort and tolerably 
 goodha:"Oiir. This town eontain.s 
 400 houses, and is situated on a con- 
 sidern Lie rit or, which goes far up a 
 country whciue gold is jirocurcd. 
 The inhal itants on the sea-coast at 
 Caya:;au are Bisayan, or Philippine 
 Christiaus, who cany on a tViciidly 
 intercourse with the AJahonnnedau 
 mountaineers and the horaforas of 
 the interior. The Spanish jurisdic- 
 tion Ibrmerly extended to Tandag 
 and Calil, but their forts have been 
 destroyed by the jjeople of IVIagin- 
 danao. The harbours at both the 
 last-named places are bad during 
 the north-east monsoon, as they then 
 lie on the wiiidwurd side of the 
 island. 
 
 The interior of "Magiudanao con- 
 tains several chains of lofty moun- 
 tains, between which are e\tensi\c 
 plains, where vast tiocks of cattle arc 
 pastured- Several deep chasms, or 
 vallies, intersect certain pnrts of the 
 country, through which, during the 
 rains, great torrents rush to tlic sea. 
 About the middl- of the island are 
 several lakes of considerable extent, 
 the principal being the Great Llano, 
 which is from 15 to 20 mii(;s across, 
 and about 60 in circumference. 
 IVlany rivers discharge themselves 
 into this lake; but only one is known 
 to issue from it, which falls into the 
 .sea at Yligan. '1 he borders are in- 
 habited by various savage tribes, 
 ruled by independent chiets, entitled 
 sultans and rajahs, whose subjects 
 in 17/6 were estimated at 61,000. 
 
 In the district of Kalagan is a high 
 mountain, whieli at tiuK's discharges 
 smoke, lire, and brimstone. AVhen 
 the mountain has not for any time 
 thrown out any brimstone, the inha- 
 bitants suppose the god who rules it 
 is angry. They therefore ])urchase. 
 for live or six kangans (pieces of 
 cloth), an old slave, w hose blood 
 they shed to appease this deity. 
 
 This island is well wooded, and 
 its many parts tow.irds the sea-coast 
 is covered with impenetrable jungle 
 and forests; and most phiccs in the 
 interior are covered with timber 
 trees, brushwotnl, reeds, or grass. 
 The soil is well watered, tliere being 
 streams every where, produ(ung a 
 most luxuriant vegetation. The spe- 
 cies of trees that arc most abundant 
 are the teak, the larch, the poone, 
 and the cassia tree. Kice is pro- 
 duced in great plenty ; as also yams, 
 sweet potatoes, cocoa nuts, pimiplc- 
 noses, mangoes, jacks, j)lantains, 
 oranges, limes, and all fruits com- 
 mon to tropical climates. There arc 
 no ravenous wild beasts on the 
 island ; on w Inch account deer, wild 
 cattle, bulfaloes, hogs, goals, and 
 horses, multiply fast, the latter being 
 of a sm;dl breed, but remarkable for 
 their spirit. 
 
 On the hills inland; about 30 miles 
 
MAGINDAXAO. 
 
 522 
 
 up the liver of Mao^imlaiiao, is a s.ilt- 
 petre cavo of coiisidciable extent, 
 along the bottom of wliich tlicre is 
 a min, <2,lutinous reud. With one 
 nicasnrc of this nnid the natives mix 
 two measures of wood-aslies, and 
 then filter water through it; after 
 v.iiieh, by evaporation, tiiey jnocure 
 the nitre ; but the gunpow der made 
 from it is very coarse uraincd, and 
 has but little streiiglh. In the moun- 
 tains of Kalang-an, on the south-east 
 quarter of the island, talc is found ; 
 and on the banks and sands it is 
 said the pearl 03 ster has been dis- 
 covered. 
 
 The horaforas, or aborigines of the 
 interior, cultivate rice, su<i,ar canes, 
 potatoes, yams, pumpkins, and other 
 vegetables, which they biiiig down 
 to the sea-coast lor sale ; and they 
 also, fi'om rice and molasses mixetl, 
 make a liquor of a ])leasant taste. 
 In exchange for tliese articles the 
 Malay inhabitants of the sea-coast 
 give them iron chopping knives, 
 cloth, salt, kc. The natives of Ma- 
 gindanao manufacture a cloth from 
 the fibres of the plaiiitain tree, three 
 yards long and one broad. This is 
 the usual garment of the country 
 women, and resembles a wide sack 
 without a bottom, and is often nsed 
 as a currency or measure of cxdiange 
 in the market. Tlic horaforas make 
 a strong clotli from a species of iiax. 
 
 The currency in most parts of the 
 country is thcChinese kangan,(value 
 2s. 6d.) a piece of coarse cloth thinly 
 woven, 19 inches broad, and six 
 yards long. The value on the island 
 ofSooIoois 10 dollars for a bundle 
 of 25 kangans, scaled up; and at 
 Magindanao is nearly the same, ex- 
 cept that dollars are scarcer. In the 
 bazar the immediate eurrcuey is rice 
 in the husk ; but ,\vhen things of 
 considerable \;'.lue are mentioned, 
 such as a house or prow, it is de- 
 scribed as being vvoith so many 
 slaves ; the old valuation being one 
 slave lor SO kangans, or bundles of 
 clolli. China and Sooloo cash (thin 
 I)ieces of copper perforated and 
 strung on a cord) are also current. 
 
 All sorts of Hindoslan cloth sells 
 well here, especially long cloth, or- 
 dinary, blue, white, and red hand- 
 kerchiefs ; chintzes of dark grounds, 
 Surat goods, especially jnttollies, 
 opium, and European cutlery. The 
 Spaniards having long hindered the 
 Chinese junks bound from Am oy to 
 Magindanao from passing Samboau- 
 gan, most Chinese articles are im- 
 ported by tlK! way of Sooloo. Be- 
 sides kangans they consist of beads, 
 gongs, China basins, deep brass 
 plates, deep saucers, brass w ire, and 
 iron. 
 
 The chief places under the Ma- 
 gindanao Sultan, where gold is pro- 
 cured, arc Ctiruan, Tikboo, Tubuan, 
 and Eu ne.tr Kalangan ; under the 
 Spaniards are Emiloa, Cayagan,Su- 
 rigao, Capasahan, Buluan, Adon, 
 Ebon, Liangan, and Epunan. It is 
 said that a Spanish governor, with 
 100 men, in 20 days, procured in the 
 Caruan Biver IBO ounces of gold. 
 In 1775 the value of this metal at 
 Magindanao was about 21. 10s. per 
 ounce. Besides gold the principal 
 exports are rice, wax, cassia, rat- 
 tans, tobacco, and pepper. The 
 Mahommcdans on the sea coast 
 carry on a considerable trade with 
 the horaforas of the interior, who 
 bring down, on rafts of bamboos, 
 pumpkins, potatoes, rice, yams, &c. 
 which they exchange for salt, cloth, 
 and coarse cutlery. 
 
 'I'he form of government at Ma- 
 gindanao is partly femial and partly 
 monarchi(;al. Next to the sultan in 
 rank is the Rajah jNloodo, his suc- 
 cessor elect, like the King of the 
 Romans in Germany. The laws on 
 the sea coast are nearly the same as 
 in the other Malay states ; iu the in- 
 terior, among the uncon\erted inha- 
 bitants, custom and superstition are 
 the only guides by A\hich they i-e- 
 gulate their conduct. The vassals 
 of the sultan are a mixtuie of Ma- 
 hommcdans and horafoias, the for- 
 mer accompany him on his militarj' 
 expeditions; the latter are excused 
 attendance, but pay heavy taxes, 
 and are sold along with the laud. 
 
MAGINDANAO. 
 
 523 
 
 Tlie sultan's pri'.ards are goncrnlly 
 captives ami slaves 1:.)iti tiie Philip- 
 pines. On n;ran(l days ho has tlinn 
 dressed in uniforms of hUie broad 
 cloth turned up with red, and trim- 
 med Midi white liuttons of tin. On 
 their heads (hev wear Siianish gre- 
 nadiers' eaps, inserihed with Yo el 
 re\ (Itlieking). This monarch's pa- 
 lace is l\:u icet lon<;-, l»y 50 broad, 
 and is sup'/iorted l>} ;?2 strong;' wooden 
 pillars in four rows. The lirst lloor 
 is raised 14 feel from tliej^round, and 
 in the hiw(!r part boats with their 
 furniture and tackling are kept under 
 cover. Some of tlie principal rooms 
 are ornamented witli scarlet cloth 
 a)id Hindostiui palempores. 
 
 A JMaj^indaiiao prow of a lar;^e 
 size measures 90 feet long, 26 feet 
 broad, and 8\ feet deep; rows 40 
 oars, has t\\ o rudders, arul carries a 
 crew of 90 men. In buildi))g them 
 they begin by dowUng the planks 
 one upon tlic other, so as never to 
 require caulking; after wliieh they 
 fit the timbers, the beams going with- 
 out, and clasping the j)lanks like the 
 burrs in the Keiigal rivers ; by which 
 mode of building the vessel is very 
 liable to become leaky at the beam 
 ends. Some of their piratical cruiz- 
 ors arc very long and narrow, being 
 frequently 50 feet long, and only 
 tliree broad, with outriggers to en- 
 able them to carry sail. They use 
 the tripod mast, and row with great 
 velocity. In had weather they throw 
 out a wooden anchor, and veer away 
 a long rattan cable w Inch keeps the 
 -head to the sea. Sometimes in an 
 extremity the erew^ jump overboard, 
 and hold by the outriggers for hours 
 to case the vessels of their weight. 
 The owner finds nothing but the 
 hull, for which he has one-third share 
 of ilio {)!izes; tlu! masts, sails, an- 
 chors, and cabb's. are made by the 
 crew, who also find their own pro- 
 visions, and make their own gun- 
 powder. 
 
 The udiabitants of Magindanao, 
 of all descriptions, are so much given 
 to piracy, that their chiefs, were they 
 iiieliucd, could notrcstrain tlieir sub- 
 
 jects from fitting out vessels to crui'/c 
 among the Piiilip|)iiies ; which, to 
 the disgrace of the Spaiiianis, is the 
 grand cruizing ground for all depre- 
 dators in the iOastcrn Seas. During 
 their cruizes they observe particular 
 laws established by custou), and 
 keep a certain order and discipline. 
 Previous to sailing each man of the 
 crew burns a bit of w a\ candle on a 
 heap of coral rock stones, rudely 
 piled near the river, wiiich Ihey as- 
 sert to be tiie tomb of tiieir great 
 ancestor the Shereef, who first came 
 to the island from Mecca. When 
 the prow is large they stiike the 
 mast, and hide among the rocks and 
 small islands, or up a creek. Canoes 
 aie then detached to plunder, and 
 the proceeds are brought to the large 
 v( ssel, which returns home w hen a 
 sullicient cargo of slaves and plunder 
 is acquired. AVhen tliey attack the 
 Dutch possessions they make slaves 
 of persons of tlitir own religion, 
 which they otiierwise endeavour to 
 avoid. Besides the Philippines they 
 extend their cruizes to J a\ a, Suma- 
 tra, Borneo, and Celebes. 
 
 From their vicinity to, and inter- 
 course with, the Spanish Philippines, 
 the inhabitanJs of Magindanao have 
 acquired some of tlie European arts. 
 In 1775 the Rajah Moodo, or sultan 
 elect, could read and write Spanish, 
 and was a perforuicr on the violin, 
 but musical gongs are the favourite 
 instruments of the natives. They 
 have goldsmiths who make fillagree 
 buttons, earnngs, &c. but not so 
 well as the Malays (}f Sumatra or 
 Java. Their blacksmiths are inca- 
 pable of making any thing that re- 
 quires more ingeimily than a com- 
 mon nail, but they frequently have 
 Philippine slaves who can mend gun- 
 locks, 'i heir culinary utensils tiny 
 almost wholly procure from Cliina. 
 
 'Jhe nialeiniiabitants do not sulJer 
 their beards to grow, but plnck it 
 out with i)incers, wliich is a general 
 custom among the Malays. I'lieir 
 favourite an)usement is cock figlitiii;;-. 
 to wiiich the Malays arc universaliv 
 addicted. They arc moderate in 
 
 ^ 
 
524 
 
 MAGINDANAO. 
 
 tliejr eaiinp:, niid very loniperatc 
 ■with respect to drinkino;. 'J'lu'y bury 
 their dead witli ^eat expedition, and 
 generally begin making the cofliu 
 beiorc the sick person's face, if the 
 danger be eminent. Captain I'orrest 
 mentions having visited the \\ idow 
 of one of the principal <hiefs, the 
 day after her husband's dtath, who 
 received him very kindly, and gave 
 Jitin a piece of beef which weighed 
 lour pounds. 
 
 'Ihc sultana?, and other females, 
 do not api)ear to snfl'er the strict 
 confinement to vviiich they arc sub- 
 jected in Ilindostan, as they are 
 present at audiences and other pub- 
 lic cNhihitions. At the age of 1.3 the 
 Magindanao ladies have their teeth 
 filed thin, and stiipped of the ena- 
 mel, in order to have them stained 
 black, v\lii(h is performed with great 
 reieniony, and among persons of 
 high rank is preceded by a festival. 
 A^ hen digniticd females visit eadi 
 other, they arc accompanied by at- 
 tendants of their own sex, some- 
 times exceeding 100 in number, 
 who, as they draw near the house, 
 set np a disagiceable howl to notify 
 their approach, which must on iio 
 account be joined by any man, but 
 is frequently by the dogs in the 
 street. They play much at draughts 
 on a chequer board, with diflerent 
 sorts of glass beads; and dance 
 slowly in a cii cle, singing as they go 
 round. On these occasions the men 
 never mix with the women, nor do 
 they touch or bow to them as they 
 pass. When females of high lank 
 walk abroad tlicy assume a precise 
 air and step, extending with their 
 right hand a thin piece of silk to 
 shade, but not to hide the face. A 
 train of female attendants, slaves, 
 and the husi)and's concubines follow, 
 and tiie paths being narrow, they 
 proceed one after the other iu a long 
 cxtcrided line. 
 
 In 1776, at the marriage of the 
 sultan's daughter, the portion given 
 with her was valued at loOOl. and 
 consisted of various articles, amongst 
 wliich \\ ere two iron four-pouiidcrs, 
 
 valued at 1001. Captain Forrest, 
 who was presiJit, and de cribes the 
 ceremony, informs us that when con- 
 cluded, the company i \ciaimed with 
 loud shoHls lor quarter of an hour, 
 and then dispersed. The Maginda- 
 nese have one name which they give 
 their children during infancy, and 
 another when they arrive at man- 
 hood ; in which thry rcscm!)le the 
 Chinese, as in many other of their 
 customs — such as cstecmiiig yellow 
 the royal colour, 'i he language of 
 this island nearly coincides with the 
 J>anoon dialect, and is a compound 
 of Malay, I3nggess, and Tagala, 
 (Philippine) witli a ceitain i)ropor-. 
 tion of the ancient Tcrnatc, or Mo- 
 lucca language. 
 
 In the interior are a people called 
 Bangcl llangel, who do not build 
 houses, but live under bushes, and 
 in hollow trees. They eat the wild 
 hogs, which they surprise in tho 
 puddles by covering thf.'ir own bodies 
 with nmd, and in this manner ap- 
 proach them. 
 
 Tho horaforas arc thinly scattered 
 over the island, and frequently mi- 
 grate from one place to another. 
 'J'hey A\ear brass rings round the 
 wrist and under the knee, live or six 
 on each leg and arm. They also 
 have beads round their necks, and 
 biass rings or beads in their ears, 
 w hich in both sexes arc very broad, 
 and extend almost to their shoulders. 
 Into the holes which are perforated 
 in their ears, they put a leaf rolled 
 up like the sj)ring of a watch, in or- 
 der to stretch them. The men of 
 this tribe tie up their hair by fixing 
 it round a piece of wood five or six 
 inches in diameter, and half an inch 
 thick, vAhieh is flat on their heads, 
 and has a very graceful efl'cct — tho 
 hair being tied aljove and below it. 
 'ihc women tie their hair behind, 
 plait it like the dancing girls at Ma- 
 dras, and w ear a sort of petticoat. 
 The weapons of the men are bows 
 and arrows, and when they can af- 
 ford to purchase, then swords, lances, 
 and targets, liy the Spaniards thia 
 race arc termed Negros del Moute* 
 
 # 
 
MAGINDANAO. 
 
 52r> 
 
 w XctoTics of (he Mountain, vliom 
 tlicy iiave hud considcraljle success 
 in convoitins. as they aj^rcc in one 
 <'ss(Mitial point — the eating ol" hog 
 ll«sli. 
 
 There remains no salisfactory re- 
 cords to iiilbrui ns at what period 
 Maftindanao Mas visited by lorei^u 
 nations, but it is probable that be- 
 fore the discovery ot" the Cape ot" 
 Good IJope, ships rtoin Araljia found 
 tiieir way to this ishuui ; and either 
 tX)nvcr(od the pri<ir inhabitants, or 
 planted new JNlahonnnedan colonies 
 on the sea const < )u Jlastcr Pay, 
 1521, Maiiohan arrived at ^lajiin- 
 <];uiao, wlicrc he ordered tl>e lirst 
 mass that was said in tlie l'IiiUpj»ine.s. 
 Tiiis took place in tiie jjrovince of 
 Carai;a and town of IJatnan, where 
 he set nj) the cross, and took pos- 
 session of tlie island in the name of 
 the.Kinj; of Spain and Euiperor of 
 Gcnnany, Charhs the I'ifih. It was 
 visited by the Portuguese about 1537, 
 and by the Dutch in IGW, 1616, and 
 1627. Ill 16<S9 an envoy was sent 
 by the Ihitoh East India Company, 
 vvitli an iiifer of 2000 ri\ dollars for 
 permission to bnikl a fort, which was 
 rt.'fused. The Dutch made a sort of 
 survey of it in 1693, A\h(n it was 
 much frcrpientcd by the EngUsli pi- 
 ratical vessels, which then s« armed 
 in tiic Indian Seas, The Spaniards, 
 alt]iou';h at an early period they 
 subdued the nortiiern coast, never 
 made any further pro>;TCSs, and now 
 with difliculty retain the feeble colo- 
 nies they ibinierly planted. 
 
 The intercourse,4»f the British with 
 tlic Magindauesc lias not been fre- 
 quent, and generally i>ot of an ami- 
 cable sort. The pirates from tiiis 
 island had the temerity to attack the 
 settlement at Prii»<e of A\ ales's Is- 
 land soon after its csJalilishmcnt iu 
 1788, but were repid^ed with loss. 
 In 1798 the Sultan of ^lagindanao 
 city seized a boat's crew IxUHiging 
 to the-La Sybylle frigate, which had 
 been sent on slnue to wood and 
 water. They weie alterwards Ubc- 
 fated, but not until a ransom of 4000 
 «HolIars had been paid. In 1803 llie 
 
 pirates from hence fitted out a fle«»t 
 of 40 prows, with the intention of 
 invading the India Company's settle- 
 ments in Celebes, but were met by 
 th(! Sw ift crnizcr, and defeated w itli 
 considerable loss. {Forrest, I.rydcH, 
 Mears, Vakiitipi, Zuxiga, .Vo.) 
 
 iVlAGiNDANAO. — The jtrincijial 
 town iu the Island of ^Magindanao, 
 and residence of the sultan. Lat. 
 7°. 9'. N. Eong. 121°. 4o'. E. 
 
 This place is situated about siv 
 miles up the Pclangy (or Magin- 
 danao Hiver), on the right hand sidu 
 at its junction with the Malampy, 
 after which the Melampy is about 
 the breadth of the Thames at Lon- 
 don bridge. Higher up this river 
 has other branches. The moutli 
 of the Pelangy being sheltered by 
 the Island of 13unw oot, has a smooth 
 bar almost at all times. Coming 
 from sea, the water suddenly shoals 
 from ten to live fathoms on the bar. 
 within which it is two and a half 
 and three fathoms at low w ater. 
 
 The town jiroperly called Magiu- 
 danao is small, but on the opposite* 
 side of the river, connnunicating by 
 several bridges, is the tow n of Se- 
 langan ; the two in fact forming but 
 one town, under diiferent namrs, 
 the latter being the most prevalenl 
 among the natives of the countn. 
 Selangan extends about a mile down 
 the south side of the liivcr Pelangy. 
 and cojitains the fortified palace of 
 the sultan, and also stroif^ wooden 
 castles, belonging to some of the 
 chief nobles. Eurther down tliu 
 river, the town extends into several 
 irregular streets, amounting in the 
 whole to 220 houses, where many 
 Chinese reside. Here is also the 
 brick and mortar foundation of a 
 Spanish chapek 
 
 In an island like ^lagindanao, 
 where the country is thiidy in- 
 habited, and the land of litth value, 
 the inhabitants (particularly the Ma- 
 hommcdaiis) dislike crowding to- 
 gether, and prefer building their 
 houses at 300 yards distance from 
 each other, along the banks ot the 
 river, surrounded by gardens of 
 
 M 
 
52(5 
 
 MAHAEALIPURAi^r. 
 
 «(>coa init, mango, and plantain 
 trees, and licids ol' rice and sngar 
 <:aTic. The fort is on the extreme 
 jMiint of land, in extent about six 
 acres, and is strongly pallisadoed, 
 Mitii a lloor of stont plank, supported 
 by posts and beams. On this are 
 monnted five pieces of cannon, six 
 and nine pounders, which eommaud 
 both brandies of the river. On the 
 i^rojuul are seveial pieces of heavy 
 eannon, and all round the fort arc 
 mouiitod bra«.s swivel guns, and 
 some brass rantackers, which carry 
 a haiC pound balk 
 
 The rivers here wind tluoug-h a 
 plain aboiit 12 miles broad, extend- 
 iug- N. I']. 40 miles, and S. E. as for 
 as the lakes of Legua?sin and Eu- 
 looan; the iuhabitaitts consequently 
 travel mostly by water in sampans 
 or canoes of different sizes. Jt is 
 customary along; the river, where 
 thcle is a house, to rail off a part 
 ag-ainst the alligators, in order to 
 bathe in safety. The highest tide 
 here rises six feet and a half, which 
 is sufficient to overflow the adjacent 
 lands, but not to auy great depth. 
 On the side of the town next the 
 Pelangy River many Chinese lami- 
 lies reside, who are mostly car- 
 penters, arrack makers, asitl dis- 
 (iilers. The exports from heiice are 
 rice, wax, cassia, rattans, tobacco, 
 pepper, and gold— the traflfic being- 
 principally carried on with Sooloo, , 
 Manilla, Borneo, and the Moluccas. 
 The Sultan of Magindanaij town 
 and district is one of the most 
 powerful of the Malay pri-nces, and 
 possesses considcrabie feiulHl au- 
 thority over other chiefs; his direct 
 tenitorial jurisdiction is, however, 
 limited to the country in the im- 
 mediate neighbourhood of tliis city. 
 {Forrest, Mcnres, ^-c.) 
 
 Mahabalipuram, (or the Seven 
 Pagodas). — A small town on the 
 sea coast of the Can.atic, 38 miles 
 S. by W. from Madras. Lat. 12°. 
 23'. N. Long. 78°. 18'. E. 
 
 In the vicinity of this town are 
 the celebrated ruins of ancient Hin- 
 doo temples dedicated to Vishnu. 
 
 generally called tlic Seven Pagodas, 
 but it is not knowji for what reason, 
 as no such number exists here. 
 I'lic name means the city of the 
 gieat Bali, a character very famous 
 in Hindoo romance. I'he eye is 
 first attracted by a high rock or 
 rather hdl of stone, covered with 
 Hindoo sculptures and works of 
 imagery, so thickly scattered as to 
 convey tiie idea of a petrified town. 
 Facing the sea thrrc is a pagoda of 
 one single stone, about 16 or 18 feet 
 high, which seems to have been cut 
 on tlie sj)ot out of a detached rock. 
 On the outside surface of the rock 
 are bass rc!i(-f scuii-'lnrcs, represent- 
 ing the most remarkable ])ersons, 
 whose actions are cebbrated in the 
 Mahabharat. Another part of the 
 rock is hollowed out into a s[»acious 
 room, aj>parently for the purpose of 
 a choultry. 
 
 On ascending the hill there is a 
 tenjple cut out of the solid rock, with 
 some figures of idols in alto relievo 
 upon the walls, very well finished. 
 At another part of the hill there is 
 a gigantic figure of \ishnu, asleep 
 on a lied, w ith a huge snake wound 
 rouiid in many coils as a pillowy 
 wliich figures are all of one piece 
 hewji out of the lock. A n)i!e and 
 a half to the southward of the hill 
 are two pagodas about 30 feet long; 
 by 20 wide,, and the same in height 
 cut out of tlie solid rock, and each 
 consisting originally of one single 
 stone. Near to these is the figure 
 of an elephant, as largf^ ; s life, and 
 of a Hon mnch larger than the natu- 
 ral size ; but otheiwis*- a jusr repre- 
 sentation of the real lion, which is, 
 how<;V(r, an animal unknown in this 
 neighbourhood, or in ti>e south of 
 india. 'i'he whole of these sculp- 
 tures ajipear to have been rent by 
 some coji' ulsioa of nature, before 
 they were finishe(i. 
 
 "i'lie great rock above-described is 
 about 100 yards from the sea; but, 
 on the rocks w ashed by the sea, are 
 sculptures, indicating that tlu y once 
 were out of it. East of the village, 
 and washed by the sea, is a pagoda 
 
MAHARATTA. 
 
 527 
 
 of stone, containing Hic Lina;am, and to the Western sea; on wliich bor- 
 
 dedicatcd to Mahadcva. Tlic surf der Scdasheogur, in Noitli Canara, 
 
 here breaks far out, and (as tlio forms the northern limit. In the 
 
 Sr^iinnins assert) over the ruins of Aravi, or Tamul language, the Mah- 
 
 the oily of Mahabuli|)uram, Avhieh arallas are named Aray. 
 
 was once large and maguiliccnt ; and The original Maharatta state 
 
 there is reason to believe, from the comprehouded a country of great 
 
 traditioual records of the nalivcs, natural strength, intersijcrscd vvitb 
 
 that the sea, on this part of the Co- mountains, deliles, and fortresses, 
 
 roniandel coast, has been encroach- and aihnirably cakulaled lor the 
 
 ing on the land. All the most an- prosecution of defensive warfare; 
 
 cient buildings and monuments at but that they were not of the military 
 
 this place are consecrated to Yishnu, caste is proved by the names of their 
 
 whose worship appears to have pre- then principal tribes — the Koonbee. 
 
 dominated on this coast ; while, on the Duiigar, and the Goalah ; or, 
 
 the opposite coast, in the neighbour- the farmer, shepherd, and cowherd 
 
 hood of Bombay, that of Mahadeva, — all rural occupations. The exte- 
 
 or Siva, prevailed to a greater ex- nor. also, of the Rajpoots and Mali- 
 
 teut. (i'hanibn-s, Gollhigham, M. araltas marks a diiiercnl origin. The 
 
 Graham, Lord Valentia, ^-c. f)-c.) 
 
 MAHARATTA , (MaharusMru. ) 
 
 lirsl is rcnKukable for t lie grace and 
 digjiiry othis perscm ; the hitter, on 
 the <ttntrary, is of diminutive size, 
 h\ genera! hadiy made, and of u 
 mean rapacious disposition. The 
 Maiiaratta Brahmins, also, difler iu 
 their customs liom their neighboins, 
 willnvliom they will neither associate 
 nor intermarry. 
 
 It certainly appears extraordinary, 
 that a, n;:tion so numerous as llie 
 
 , In the ancient tables of the Hin- 
 doos, the term Maharashtra occurs 
 as the name of a geographical divi- 
 sion of tlie Deccan, referring prin- 
 cipally to the north-west quarter. 
 The best modern accounts lead \is 
 to suppose, that the original country jMaiiarattas should have remained 
 of the iMaharattas included Khaii- almost wholly unnoticed in Indian 
 dcsh, Baglana, and part of Berar, histury. for as long a period as IVoru 
 extending towards the north-west as the lirst ATahonunedan conquest un- 
 farasGujrat and the Nerbudda Hi- til the roign of Aureng/ebe ; but it 
 ver, where the Grassias and Bheels probably oiiginatcd fnmi the indit- 
 commence, there being few genuine ference of all Alahonuncdan aufliors 
 Maharattas seen further north. To (except 4l)ul Vwa-A) to every thing 
 the north-west they possessed the C(Mmeetcd eitlier with the Hindoos 
 narrow but strong tract of country, or (Ijeir religion. One respectable 
 which borders on the Concan, and aatlior (Major Wilford) seems iu- 
 strctches parallel with (he sea from dined to consider them as foreign- 
 near Surat to Canara. The Maha- ers, who migri-.ted into India from 
 
 ratta language is now more widely 
 spread ; but it is not yet become the 
 \eriiacular diale(!t of provinces, si- 
 tuated far beyond the ancient bo'nn- 
 daries of their countrv. I'rom Beerl t 
 
 the Metiteni p'uts of Persia, about 
 l-2t)0 yeiirs ago, wh:!;li, were tlie 
 fact sufliciently esta!)lis!ied, is an 
 era long prior to the Maiuimmedan 
 incursions, \insiiigh, a i)rinee of 
 
 it is spread over the whole country the Maharattas, in A. D. 13'J1, is 
 
 to the nortii-westward of Canara, mentioned by Ferishta ; but it is 
 
 and of a line, which, ])a3sing con- piol)able, that, prior to the time of 
 
 siderably to the eastward of Dowlct- Scvajee, the Maharatta country, 
 
 abad, takes an irregular sweep like the other parts of tde Deccan. 
 
 until it touches the Tnptee River, was divided into little jjrirtcipaiities 
 
 and follows the course of that river and chiefsihips ; many of wUit h wcr* 
 
 
5-28 
 
 MAHARAl'TA. 
 
 ticpendant on the lieiglibOiirinp; ]Ma- 
 liounnedaii princes, but never com- 
 lilctcly brouj^lit under subjection, 
 
 Scvajec, the first Malianitta coni- 
 maiidcr, who combined the et'orts 
 of these discordant chiefs and tribes, 
 was born in A. D. 1626, and died in 
 1680. His gencahjgy being obscure, 
 his adherents were at liberty to in- 
 vent the most illustrious; and, ac- 
 cordingly, traced his origin from the 
 Kanahs of Odeypoor, (the purest of 
 tlie Khetri caste,) who claim a de- 
 scent, equally fabulous, from Nou- 
 shirwan the Jtist. The concpiests of 
 Scvajee were extended by his son, 
 Sambajee, who unfortunately fell 
 into tiie hands of Aurengzebe in 
 1689, and was put to death. He 
 •was succeeded by his son, Sahoo 
 Rajah, whose successes far exceeded 
 tliose of his father or grandfather. 
 He reigned upwards of 50 years, and, 
 at his death, in 1740, the Maharatla 
 empire had reached its zenith. This 
 race, whose name and existence we 
 can with difficulty trace for the short 
 period of one century, had either 
 subdued or laid under contribution 
 the whole of the Deccan and south 
 of India. Their ddUiinions eastward 
 and westward were bounded by the 
 sea, and stretched, north and south, 
 from Agra to Cape Comorin. 
 
 Sahoo Rajah was succeeded by his 
 son. Ram Rajah; a weak pruice, 
 who was confined to the fortress of 
 Satarah by the two chief officers of 
 .state, the Peshwa, and Bukshee 
 (paymaster), Bajecrow, and Rago- 
 jee. TJie former (a Concany Brah- 
 min) assumed the w estcrn Maharatta 
 empire, fixing his capital at Poonah ; 
 while the latter ruled the eastern, 
 and made Nagpoor, in the province 
 of Gundwana, the scat of his go- 
 vern nicnt. 
 
 The usur|iation of these chiefs oc- 
 casioned that of others, and llie 
 state begun to break from the united 
 .shape it had hitherto possessed into a 
 confederacy of chiefs; who, liow- 
 cver, for a period, respected each 
 other's rights, and acted under the 
 leading iulluciice and able diicclion 
 3 
 
 of Bajecrow. They not only tfaf" 
 ried their successful ravages to ther 
 banks of the Indus, and through the 
 rich provinces of Bengal, but wrest- 
 ed from the Portuguese the import- 
 ant I'ort of Basscin, and the Istand 
 of Salsette. 
 
 Bajeerow died in ITAO, and left 
 tlie olTice of Peshwa, which was now 
 considered as hereditary, to his son, 
 Ballajee. About this time a formi- 
 dable rival to the Maharattas ap- 
 ])eared in the famous Ahmed Shall 
 Abdalli, of Cabal ; and, on the 7th 
 of January, 1761, was fought the 
 memorable battle of Paniput, when 
 the Maliarattas experienced one of 
 the most sanguinary defeats recorded 
 in history. This chocked the cnter- 
 j)rising spirit of the Maharattas; and, 
 for more than ten years, none of their 
 armies committed any depredations 
 of consequence to the north of tho 
 Ncrbuddah. 
 
 Ballajeerow died soon after the 
 action of Paniput, and was suc- 
 ceeded by his son, Madhoorow, w h» 
 died in 1772 ; and was succeeded by 
 his son, Narrain Row, who was 
 nuudercd the following year by l)is 
 uncle, Ragobab ; who, however, 
 failed in his object, as the posthu- 
 mous son of Narrain Row was pro- 
 claimed Pesliwa, by a combination 
 of twelve ships, styled Bara Bye. 
 At the head of these was Ballajee 
 Pundit, commonly called Nanah 
 Furnaveze, who became Dcwan, or 
 prime minister, to the infant prince. 
 
 Bagobah solicited and gained tlic 
 support of the Bombay government, 
 with which he concluded a treaty 
 highly advantageous to the Com- 
 pany ; but their endeavours to sup- 
 port liis claim were incffcclual. The 
 atrocity of Ragobah's crime had 
 brought general oldoquy on hini 
 among a nation, with whom assas- 
 sination is unfrequenf ; and his call- 
 ing in foreign aid liacl the effect of 
 producing a junction against him of 
 the whole Maharatta empire. By 
 the intoli.Tcnce of tlie Bengal go- 
 vernment ii treaty was concluded ; 
 but, in 1777, the Bombay govern- 
 
MAHARATTA. 
 
 529 
 
 mcnt ajaln espoused ilic cause of Dowlct Row Sindia, who peiTnitted 
 ' ^ "'" ' him to enjoy nothing of the sove- 
 
 reignty but tlio name. 
 
 On the 25th of October, 1802, the 
 army of Dowlct Row Sindia, com- 
 bined with tliat of tlic Peshw a, was 
 totally defeated, near Poonah, by 
 the latter acted on the defensive; Jeswinit Row Holear; and, on the 
 but it was judged expedient to make same day, he fled towards Severn- 
 a peace, on account of the Carnalic droog, in tlie Concan, where he em- 
 invasion by Hydcr, and it was con- barked lor Bassein, which he reach- 
 eluded, by Mr. Anderson, in 1782; ed on the 1st of December. On the 
 by the conditions of which every con- 31st of that month a treaty of per- 
 
 Ragobah ; and a war eu'^ued, which 
 was terminated in a short time by 
 n disgraceful convention, and Ra- 
 gobah was abandoned. A general 
 war afterwards ensued between the 
 English and Maharattas, in which 
 
 quest was restored, except the Island 
 of Salsette. 
 
 At this period there were a gi-eat 
 many petty independent states, 
 which extended along the western 
 frontiers of the Company's domi- 
 nions, and formed a barrier tow ards 
 
 petual friendship and alliance was 
 concluded b<^tween the Peshwa and 
 the British government ; by the con- 
 ditions of which, the friends and ene- 
 mies of the one were to be con- 
 sidered in the same relation to the 
 other. The Peshwa agieed to re- 
 
 the ^^aharatta territories. In 1784 ceive into his dominions a subsidiary 
 
 the Maharattas commenced their force of 6000 infantry, with their 
 
 operations against these states ; and, usual proportion of field pieces and 
 
 in the course of six or seven years, Eiuopean artillei7man attached — 
 
 the whole were completely subdued, for the payment of which he assigned 
 
 and annexed or rendered tributary districts in tlie southern quarter of 
 
 to the Maharatta empire, which, by his country. In 1803, an addition 
 
 these encroachments, came in con- of one regiment of native cavalry 
 
 tact with the British dominions. In was made to this force, and the 
 
 1785-6, the Poonah Maharattas, in above districts exchanged for the 
 
 conjnuetion w th the Nizam, car- province of Bundeleund. This treaty 
 
 ried on an unsuccessful war with annhilated the Maharattas as a fe- 
 
 Tippoo, and were obliged to jnir- deral empire, and, in its stead, esta- 
 
 chase peace with the cession of some blished the relatively independent 
 
 ■valuable provinces — all of which states of the Peshwa, the Rajah of 
 
 they recovered, by their alliance Nagpoor, Sindia, Holear, and the 
 
 with the British, in 1790. 
 
 Madhurow, the young Peshwa, 
 died suddenly the 27th of October, 
 1795, and the government was rent 
 by tlie internal dissensions which 
 followed this event — Bajeerow and 
 Chimnajee, the surviving sons of 
 Ragobah, being alternately raised 
 to the throne by the contending fac- 
 tions. At this time the Peshwa's 
 authority extended no further than 
 that branch of the Maharatta state 
 termed the Poonah Salt — eompris- 
 
 Guicowar. In the beginning of May, 
 1803, the Peshwa Bajeerow was 
 reinstated at Poonah, by General 
 Wellesley, and has ever since re- 
 mained firmly attached to the British 
 government, which assisted him to 
 settle all his diflerence with the nu- 
 merous chiefs subordinate to tJie 
 Poonah state. 
 
 The Maharatta constitution, from 
 the commencement, has always been 
 more aristocratic tlian despotic, and 
 the local arrangements of their em- 
 
 ing most of the original country of pire peculiar — the territory of the 
 
 that tribe, but none of their con- dilTereut hostile chiefs being blended 
 
 quests. The eldest brother, Bajee- or interspered with each other, 
 
 row, after experiencing many vicis- Great part of the Peshwa's domi- 
 
 situdes, was at last fixed on the nions extends along the ^vest coast 
 
 throne by the powerful assistance of of India ; yet, until the treaty of 
 
 3 M 
 
530 
 
 MAHARAITA. 
 
 Bassein, he possessed tenitory to 
 the north of Delhi, and now holds a 
 district within a few miles of Surat. 
 It is uo iincoramon thing for a dis- 
 trict, or even a single town, to be- 
 long to two or tluee chiefs; and, 
 until lately, some were tiie joint 
 property of the Peshwa and the 
 Nizam. 
 
 The Peshwa, although the ac- 
 knowledged head of the Maliaratta 
 empire, holds very little territoi7 of 
 his own. In 1804 his territory and 
 revenue were estimated as follows ; 
 viz. 
 
 Ahmood 
 Jumboseir 
 Dubboi - 
 Concan - 
 Sevei'ndroog 
 
 IN GUJRAT. 
 
 200,000 
 500,000 
 ] 25,000 
 900,000 
 200,000 
 
 ABOVE THE GHAUTS, N. AND W, OF 
 POONAH. 
 
 Junnere _ _ . 1,000,000 
 
 Singumnere - - - 1,000,000 
 Ahmednuggur - - 400,000 
 
 ADDED BY TREATY OF SERINGA- 
 PATAM. 
 
 Savanore - - - 872,838 
 
 Bancapoor - - - 751,278 
 
 Darwar - - - - 415,608 
 
 Part of Bnndelcund - 800,000 
 
 Rupees 7,164,724 
 
 All this rcvenne is not realized, as 
 a considerahle part is absorbed in 
 the expense? of collection ; but, on 
 the other hand, the scenritv afforded 
 by the presence of a Eriiisii subsi- 
 diary force precludes the necessity 
 of his retaining a large anny for de- 
 fensive purposes. The i^eshwa's 
 jurisdiction nominally comprehends 
 a vast extent of tenitory, as the Cui- 
 cowar is still considered as his feu- 
 datory. At <!ie court of Poonali all 
 the high ofiiccs are liereditary. The 
 Dewan (prime minister), the Furn- 
 aveze (chancellor), the Chitnuveze 
 (a civil officer), and even the com- 
 mander-in-cluef, or bearer of the 
 
 Jerryput, (the national standatd), 
 are all situations held by descent. 
 
 It is one peculiar feature in the 
 Maharatta constitution, that the go- 
 vernment always considers itself in 
 a state of war, wliich formerly was 
 a principal source of revenue. On 
 the day of the festival, caUed the 
 Dussera, or Durga Poojah, towards 
 the end of September, at the break- 
 ing up of the rains, the Maharattas 
 used to prepare for their plundering 
 excursions. On this occasion they 
 wash their horses, sacrificing to each 
 a shee]), whose blood is sprinkled 
 with some ceremony, and the flesh 
 eaten with none. In 1797, Dowlet 
 Row Sindia was supposed to have 
 slaughtered 12,000 sheep : the Brah- 
 min chiefs give their servants money 
 for this purpose. The Maharatta 
 soldiers eat almost every thing indis- 
 criminately, except beef and lame 
 swine ; they will eat w ild hogs. The 
 Maharatta country abounds with 
 horses, and there are some of a very 
 fine breed, called the Beemarteddy, 
 (raised near the Beemah River) ; 
 but the common Maharatta horse, 
 used in war, is a lean, ill-looking 
 animal, with large bones, and com- 
 monly about 14 or 14| hands high. 
 The ordy w eapon used by the horse- 
 man is a sabre ; in the use of which, 
 and management of their horses, 
 they are extiemely dexterous. For 
 defence they wear a quilted jacket 
 of cotton eiotli, which comes half 
 way down their thighs. The number 
 of genuine Maharattas in the con- 
 quered provinces, remote from the 
 scat of govennncnt, did not use to 
 bear a much greater propoition to 
 the natives of these eoiuitries than 
 the British in India at present do. 
 The territories which they possessed 
 in Upper Hindosfan were, for many 
 years, only secured toi'ieir authority 
 by the iniroduclion of Ijuropean 
 odicers into their aruiies, who op- 
 posed a system of discipline to the 
 irregular valour of the Rajpoots and 
 native Slahotnmeduns. 
 
 In the different governments of 
 the native powers, as in most de- 
 
 • 
 
MA.IIE. 
 
 531 
 
 spotic ones, the prince, nuloss he 
 possesses gTeat talents, heeoines a 
 mere eiplier, tlie piimc-miiiisler <!U- 
 grossiiig,- :ill liie authority. To this 
 rule t!ie ^lal^a^att!l states are not aa 
 exeeplion. and lliis important ofliee 
 is unilorni-'y hestoned on the person 
 who ean ruinish th<' lari;('st stiiii of 
 liionry lor some partieular e\ia,-enee ; 
 consecjueiitly every subaltern situa- 
 tion is disposed of to the hityhest bid- 
 
 expected. (MSSl. Tone, Lord Va- 
 leidia, Moore, Lord Lauderdale, 'Trea- 
 ties, Colehrooke, cS"c.) 
 
 MiHANiiDDY River, {Mahanadi). 
 — This river has its source in the 
 province of (Jniidwana, wljerc the 
 exact spot has not y(>t been ascer- 
 tained ; but it is probably in the 
 neif^libourhood of Kyraliu;nr, or Con- 
 kair. From hence it proceeds to- 
 wards the Bay of Bengal, with an 
 
 der; and to the most dignified eliicf uneommonly winding course, water- 
 in the Maiiaratta empire a bribe may ing many wild Goand districts, Sum- 
 be offered, not only v\itl!out offence, bhnlpoor, and part of Urissa, until it 
 but with a positive certainty of sue- ariives in the province of Cuttack, 
 
 cess. 
 
 Among this peoph; the gradual 
 progress of refinement is discernalile 
 from the wild predatory Maharatta, 
 almost semi-barbarous to the po- 
 
 v\ here it receives the streams of the 
 SoUundce, the Gaintee, the Bitrnn- 
 nee, the Gursan, the Bamoni, and 
 the Comorea. 
 
 About two miles to tlic west of 
 
 Hshed and insidious Brahmin, whose Cuttack town, the Catjoura, scpa- 
 
 sjiceioiis pwliteness and astonisli- rating itself from the Alahanuddy, 
 
 ing cojniiiand of tem|)er leave all flows to the southward of the town ; 
 
 Tluropcan hypocrisy in the shade, while the jVIahanuddj', passing under 
 
 'J'iiis extraordinary urbanity qualifies the fort of Barabuttce to the north, 
 
 them, in t!)e highest degree, for all bends its course to the Bay of Coo- 
 
 jmblic busHiess. The bulk of the jnng, where it falls into the Bay of 
 
 people nnder the Maharatta govern- Bengal, insulating the spot in the 
 
 ment arc almost without property; form of a Delta. Its whole coiu".se. 
 
 few having an opportunity of acipiir- 
 ing w ealih, except the powerful Brah- 
 mins, who are the piincipal function- 
 aries under the state. 'I'heir avarice 
 is insatiable ; and, if ever the jnadness 
 
 including the windings, may be esti- 
 mated at 550 miles. {Leckie, Blunt, 
 
 Mahaim. — A small town on the 
 Island of Bombay, where there is 
 
 of atcnmulafion was accompanied the tomb of a Mahonimedan saint. 
 
 by the liighest degree of foll^ it is 
 here exemplified : for, although the 
 Brahmin Ite permitted to go on for 
 years in the practice of extortion, his 
 wealth at last attra<'ts the attention 
 
 with a mostjue attached to it. Here 
 is also a Portuguese church, to which 
 is annexed a college for Boman Ca- 
 tholic priests; but those who pretend 
 to learning usually study at Goa, 
 
 of the prince, when he is obliged to where they learn to speak barbarous 
 disgorge, and is perhai)s confined in Ijatin. A small premium is given at 
 a fortress for lite. II he happens to the church for every child that is 
 die in office, his i)ropert> is gencially baptized ; couse(|nently a number of 
 sequestrated. This mode of raising native women present their children 
 jnoney forms a consideiable part of for that purpose. {M. Graham, (Sr.) 
 the contingent revenue, and is known Mahim, {Mahima). — A town be- 
 by the name of goona-geeree, or longing to the Peshwa, on the sea- 
 crime penalty. Among the iVIaha- coast (jftheprovince of Aurungabad, 
 ratta chiefs, mcrehaiits and com- 51 miles north from Bombay. Lat. 
 nierce meet with protection and en- 19°. 3;/. N. . Long. 72°. 48'. E. 
 couragement* ami, among Hindoos Mahe, (3/f////, a Fish). — A town 
 generally, even in flie most rapacious on the sea-coas tof the Alalahar Pro- 
 governments, this class of people are \ince, being the principal livnch 
 less molested than miglit have been settlement on this coast. Lai. 11°. 
 2 M 2 
 
532 
 
 MAHY RIVER. 
 
 42'. N. Long. 75° 38'. E. This 
 place is finely situated on a high 
 ground, on the south side of a river, 
 •where it joins the sea; and the site 
 is in every respect preferable to that 
 of the neighljouring British settle- 
 ment of Tillichery. It may be here 
 remarlced, that generally all the 
 spots selected by llie Trench for the 
 establishment of their factories in 
 India were, in point of local circum- 
 stances and geographical situation, 
 much superior to those chosen by 
 the English. The latter appear to 
 liave been influenced by the tempo- 
 rary resort of commerce ; while the 
 first were guided by more enlarged 
 views, which to them, however, ne- 
 ver have had any beneficial result. 
 
 The river at Mahe is navigable 
 for boats a considerable way inland, 
 and in fair weather small craft can 
 with great safety pass the bar. The 
 town has been neat, and many ofthe 
 houses are good ; but the whole have 
 been in a decaying state until lately, 
 since the British commercial resi- 
 dency has been removed to this place 
 from Tellicherry. The principal ex- 
 port is pepper, the staple commodity 
 of the province. Mahe was settled 
 by the Freiich in 1722, but taken 
 from them by the British forces un- 
 der Major Hector Munro in 1761. 
 It was restored at the peace of Paris 
 in 1763; but on the ruptm-e with 
 Fiance in 1793 recaptured, and re- 
 tained ever since. (J"^. Buchanan, 
 Orme, ^t.) 
 
 Mahmudabad. — A town in the 
 province of Agra, district of FuiTuck- 
 abad, 10 miles S. W. from the town 
 of FuiTHc!;f»bad. Lat. 27°. 19'. N. 
 liong. 79°. 25'. N. 
 
 Mahmudpook. — A town in the 
 province of Bengal, 75 miles N. E. 
 from Calcutta. Lat. 23°. 24'. N. 
 LoJig. 89°: 34'. E. 
 
 Mahmudshi, {MahmudsJtaJd). — A 
 5?cmindary in the province of Bengal, 
 surrounded on all sides by that of 
 Raujoshy, and mostly situated ou 
 the southern bauk of the Ganges. 
 la 1784 it continued 844 square 
 miles, and had been held by the 
 
 Brahmin family of Deo from the time 
 of the Soubahdar Jaflier Khan. Like 
 the rest of the south of Bengal, it is 
 intersected by innumerable branches 
 of the Ganges, and well situated for 
 inland commerce. In some parts 
 the mulberry is cultivated, but rico 
 and esculents are its staple produc- 
 tions. (J. Grant, S<-c.) 
 
 Mahomdy. — A town in the Nabob 
 ofOudc's territories, 83 miles N. N. 
 W. from Luckuow. Lat. 27°. 56'. 
 N. Long. 80°. 19'. E. 
 
 Ma H OCR, (Mahvar). — A district 
 in the Nizam's territories, in the pro- 
 vince of Berar, situated about the 
 2()th degree of north latitude. The 
 surfucc of this district comprehends 
 part of a high table land, between 
 the Wurdah and the Godavery rivers, 
 including many naturally strong po- 
 sitions. It is on the whole but thinly 
 inhabited, and indiflbrently culti- 
 vated. By Abul Fazel, in 1582, it 
 is described as follows : 
 
 " Sircar Malioor, containing 20 
 mahals ; revenue, 42,885,444 dams ; 
 seyurghal, 97,844 dams." 
 
 Mahoor. — A town belonging to 
 the Nizam, in the province of Berar, 
 the capital of a district of the same 
 name. Lat. 20°. 4'. N. Long. 78°. 
 33'. E. 
 
 Mahowl. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Allahabad, district of Jion- 
 poor, 47 miles S.E. from Fyzabad. 
 Lat. 26°. 18'. N. Long. 82°. 42'. N. 
 Mahrajegunge. — A toAvn in th« 
 province of Bengal, district of Pur- 
 neah, 30 miles N. E. from the town 
 ofPurneah. Lat. 26°. 4'. N. Long. 
 87°. 47'. E. 
 
 Mahy River, {My?ii\—Thh ri- 
 ver originates in the province of Mal- 
 wah, district of Oojain, not far from 
 the source of the Chumbul. It first 
 proceeds to the N, W. but after- 
 wards pursues a S. W, course, and 
 falls into the Gulf of Cambay, in tho 
 district of Broach, having performed 
 a course, including the windings, of 
 about 280 miles. Although it flows 
 through so considerable an extent of 
 country, the body of its waters never 
 attains to any great magnitude. 
 
 t:' 
 
MAISSORE. 
 
 533 
 
 Tlirougliont Ihc Marasscc villages 
 on the banks of tliis liver, and in 
 many otlicrs under an nnscttled >^o- 
 vernincnt in Cujrat, the nalixes 
 dwell in wickered cabins, supported 
 by slender bows, and covered with 
 grass and leaves, but scarcely al- 
 t'ordinj? protection from the weather. 
 Sometimes to realize the balances of 
 the revenue, the collectors under the 
 native governments set fire to these 
 hamlets; and, sometimes to evade 
 payment, the inhabitants burn them, 
 and retire with their flocks and fami- 
 lies into the impervious jujigles, 
 Avhere they remain until an arrange- 
 ment is effected. The term Mahee- 
 vasee,or Mewassee, properly belongs 
 to people inhabiting the banks of the 
 Mahy Kivor; but the phrase has been 
 by strangers applied to all depreda- 
 tors in generai. The roads to the 
 north of this river are much infested 
 by the Dinga tribe of Coolee thieves. 
 {Drnnimond, ^x.) 
 
 Mailcotta, {Mailcotajf). — A town 
 in the Mjsore Kajah's territories, si- 
 tuated on a high rocky hill, com- 
 manding a vie« of the valle), water- 
 ed by the Cavery, 13 miles north 
 from Seringapatam. Lat. 12°. 3b'. 
 N. Long. 76° 52'. E. 
 
 This is one of the most celebrated 
 places of Hindoo worship, as having 
 been honoured with the actual pre- 
 sence of an Avatar, or incarnation 
 of Vishnu, as Narasingha (or the 
 man-lion), in v\hich character he 
 founded one of the temples. It is 
 also one of the principal seats of the 
 Sri Vaishnavan Brahmins. I'he 
 laige temple is a square building, of 
 great dimensions, and entirely sur- 
 rounded by a colonnade ; but it is a 
 mean piece of architecture oiitward- 
 Ij. The columns arc of very rude 
 w orkmanship, and only six feet high. 
 The structure, as it stands, is said to 
 have been put into its present form 
 by Rama Anuja Acharya, who is 
 generally supposed to have lived 
 about the year 1000 of the Christian 
 era. 
 
 The tank is a very fine one, and 
 surrounded by buildings for the ac- 
 
 commodation of religious persons. 
 The natives b( lieve that every year 
 the waters of the Ganges are utiia- 
 culously conveyed to it by subter- 
 raneous passages, 'llie jewels be- 
 longing to the great tcmplt are vei-y 
 valuable, and even Tip])o(> Sultauu 
 was afraid to seize th(!m. The houses 
 amount to about 400, of which more 
 than half are occupied b> J3rahmins. 
 The houses are tiled, and covered 
 with thorns, to prevent the monlies 
 unroofing them. {F. Buchanan, 
 Hfc. 4-c.)__ 
 
 JNIaissore, or Mysore, (Mahesa- 
 sitra). — A town in the province of 
 ]Mysore, and its metropolis, until the 
 subversion of the Mysore Kajah's 
 dynastv by Hyder. Lat. 12°." 16'. 
 N. Long." 76°. 62'. E. 
 
 Tliis place is about nine miles dist- 
 jint from Seringapatam, and in the 
 same valley ; but in a more elevat<'d 
 situation, and probably more healthy. 
 'I'ippoo, to destroy every vestige of 
 the dynasty which his f.ilher had de- 
 posed, removed the town to a sniyll 
 eminence, distant above one mile, 
 and gave it a new name, as was his 
 custom. After havirjg completed it 
 he discovered that there was no wa- 
 ter, and that the place was not ha- 
 bitable. 'I'he war with the British, 
 in 1799, put an end to the work ; for 
 the rajah, on his restoration, imme- 
 diately began to carry off the mate- 
 rials to their old station. The new 
 tov^rn which has arisen near the seat 
 of government is about a mile loitg, 
 consisting of one incipal street. 
 The rajah's fort is well built, and 
 kept in tolerably good order. 
 
 'J'he foi-t at this place Was either 
 built or repaired in the year 1524 ; 
 and the new name assigned to it, 
 of Mahcsh Asoor, now eoutractc<l 
 to Mysore. Prior to this peiioil it 
 was named Puiaguny. Mahesh 
 Asoor is the nanu' of a buiialoe- 
 headed monster, whose overthrow 
 constitutes one of tlie most cele- 
 bmt«d exploits of the goddess Cali. 
 In the year 1593 it was taken b) the 
 Adil Shalice sovereiti,iis of Bejapooj-, 
 at wluch era it belonged to Necta- 
 
 # 
 
534 
 
 MALABAR. 
 
 dari Naik, {Lord Valenlia, Wilhs, This country he'm^ intcrsrcted by 
 
 Ferishta, ($t.) many rivrrs, and bounded by 1h6 sek 
 
 Maissy, (Mnhesi).—h. town in and liii!;h mountains, presented so 
 
 the province of Bahore, disiiict of many obstaelcs to invaders, that it 
 
 Bettiah, 54 miles nortli from i^aliia. escaped snbjnoation bv the Maliom- 
 
 Lat. 26°. 20'. N. Lou"-. 85°. ^'. J'^. medans until it was attacked Ity Hy- 
 
 ftlAsni-i. — A Jaro-e island iii Assam, der in 1766; tlie orioinal manners 
 formed by the Tirahmapootra, the and customs of the Hin<loos liavc, 
 lenoth of whicli is estimated at 160 consequently, been jaeserved nmch 
 miles, and tlie utmost breadth 60. purer than in most parts of India- 
 This insulated district is intersrcled The oth'^- inhabitants of Malabar 
 by channels of commnuication be- are J^b)plays (or Mahommedans), 
 tweeu the two branches, whicli in Christians, and Jews; but their nnm- 
 reality convert it into a cluster of l>er, c<t||eetively, is small, compared 
 distinct islands. They all possess a villi liiat of the I li'.idoos, some of 
 rich soil, above a deeper layer of whose nsostremarkalde manners and 
 sand, and often of clay. The small customs vshall be here described, re- 
 islands formed iy the channels are serving; the more local details for the 
 called Chapoori. {Wade, kc.) three g-eographical subdivisions re- 
 
 Makewara. — A small town in the speetively. 
 
 province of Delhi, district of Sirliind, The rank of caste on tlic Malabar 
 
 within four and a half miles distance 
 of the Sutulcje River; the course of 
 which, about 35 years ago, ran un- 
 der it, but has now taken a more 
 northerly direction. (11^/t Register, 
 
 coast is <is follows: 
 
 1st. The Namboories, or Brah- 
 mins. 
 
 2d. The Nairs, of various denomi- 
 nations. 
 
 3d. The Tears, or Tiars, who are 
 cu!ti\ ators of the land, and free men. 
 
 4tli. The Malears, who are niusi- 
 ('ians and conjurors, and also free 
 men. 
 
 5fh. The Poliars, who are. slaves 
 
 MALA BAR, {Malayamr, the Region 
 of Mount Malaya), 
 
 This region extends along the 
 
 western coast of India, from Cape or bondmen attached to tin" soil. 
 
 Comorin to the River Chandiagiri, The system of distances to be ob- 
 
 iii Lat. 12°. 27'. N. but the term is served by these castes is specified 
 
 frefjuently erroneonsly applied to the below, viz. 
 
 whole coiintn, from Bombay to the 1st. A N air may approach, but not 
 
 southern extremity. 1"he province 
 of Malabar is a partio'dar part of the 
 coast to which this name is ap|,ro- 
 priated, the other modern subdivi- 
 
 touch a Brahmin. 
 
 A Tear niusi remain 36 steps off. 
 
 A Poliar96 steps off. 
 
 2d, A 'I'ear is to remain 12 steps 
 
 sions in maps being Cochin andTra- distaiit from a Nair. 
 
 vaneor; but in the Hindoo geogra- . A JMalear three or four steps fnr- 
 
 phieal systems the whole region is ther. 
 
 denominated Kerala. 'J1ie ^talabar A Poliar 96 steps. 
 
 laiigna'.'-f extends from Cape Como- 3dly. A iNIalear may approach, 
 
 lin as 'ar nor<h us Neeliseram, where but not touch a Tear. 
 
 conimeu'-es the country of Tulava 4thly. A Poliar is not to come 
 
 (misnanicd Canara), and th.e Tiilava near even to a Malear, or any other 
 
 language. In .some ancient tables caste. If he wishes to speak to a 
 
 Tulava is considered as a subdivisi(m Brahmin, Nair, Tear, orMalere, he 
 
 of Kerala, which is said to have e\- must stand al the above prescribed 
 
 tended from Gankarna, round Caiic distance, and cry alomi Ut tliem. 
 
 Comorin, to the River Tumbrapunii If a Poliar touch a Brahmin, th« 
 
 in Tinncvelly. latter must make expiation by im- 
 
 W' 
 
MALABAR. 
 
 >35 
 
 niediaicly batlung, rcadiiip,* much of rious ranks and professions. The 
 
 fhr divine books, and chanj^in!? liis 
 Eraliminicid tlucad. If a I'oliar 
 touch a Nair, or any olher caslo, 
 hathing is snilifiont. In soint^ parts 
 of the province, Cinninun is a term 
 apphed to slaves in general, wliat- 
 ever their caste be, l)nt it is in some 
 
 highest in rank are the kirit, or Ki- 
 rnm Nairs, who on all piil)lic oc- 
 casions art as cooks, vvhi( ii among 
 Hindoos is a sure mark of ti aiisf end- 
 ant rank, for every [jcrson may eat 
 foodprepan^d by a person of a higher 
 caste than himself. The second rank 
 
 other parts confined to the Poliars ofNairs are more partienlarl} named 
 
 peculiarly. FAena?nougtiiescwn>teh- Sudras, but the whole acknowledge 
 
 ed creatures tlie pride of caste lias thtnnselves, and are allowed to be 
 
 full iniluenee ; and if v. Poliar be of pure Sudra origin. Tliere are ai- 
 
 tonched by another slav(> of the Va- together 11 ranks of Nairs. 
 rinr tribe, he is defded, and nnist 'J'his caste form the militia of Ma- 
 
 vvash his head and ])ray. labar. directed by the l>rahmius, and 
 
 The Parian, in tiie plural Pariar, governed by rajahs. Before tiie conn- 
 
 lielong to a tribe of T^Ialabar below try was disturbed byforeigu invasion, 
 
 all caste, ail of whom are slaves. In their submission to their superiors 
 
 the countries where the Tamul lau- was great ; but they exacted defer- 
 
 guage prevails, a tribe of tlie same ence from those under them wi<I) a 
 
 name is common, but the customs cruelty and arrogance rarely prae- 
 
 of the two are not the same. In ti.scd, but by Hindoos in their slate 
 
 Malabar the Pariars acknowledge of dependence. A Nair was expected 
 
 the superiority even of the Niadis, instantly to cut down a Tear (culfi- 
 
 bnt pretend to be higher tiiun two va{or)ormucua(fishei)nan),whopre- 
 
 other races. This tribe eat (;arrion, sumed to defile him by touching liis 
 
 and even beef, so that they are look- person ; and a similar fate av\aited a 
 
 «'d upon as equally impure with the Poliar, or Paliar, Avho did not turn 
 
 Malionnnedans and Christians. out of his road as a Nairjiassed. Tlie 
 
 The Niadis arc an outcast tribe peculiar deity of the Nair caste is 
 
 common in JMaiabar, but not nu- Vishnu, but they wear on their fore- 
 
 merous. They are reckoned so \ ery heads the mark of Siva, or Malia- 
 
 impure, that even a slave of caste <leva. The proper road to heaven 
 
 will not touch them. They nave 
 some miserable huts built under 
 trees, but they generally wander 
 about in companies of 10 or 12, 
 keeping a little distance from roads ; 
 and when they see any passenger. 
 
 they describe as follows; 
 
 TJie votary must go to Benares, 
 and afterw ards perform the ceremony 
 in commemoration of his ancestors 
 at Gaya. He must then take up 
 water from the Ganges, and [)our it 
 
 tliey set up a how 1 like dogs that are on the image of Siva at KariH-sv^ ara, 
 
 hungry. Those who are moved by in the Straiis of Ceylon. After this 
 
 compassion hiy down what they are he nuist visit the principal places of 
 
 inclined to bestow, and go away ; pilgrimage — such as .Tuggernauili iu 
 
 the Niadis afterwards approach, and Orissa, and Tripetty in the Carnaiic. 
 
 pick up what has been left. They He must always speak the truth, 
 
 have no marriage ceremony, but one and give nuich charity to learned 
 
 man and t)i!e woman always asso- and poor Brahmins ; and, lastly, he 
 
 ciate together. They kill tortiiises, nnist frequently fast and pray, and 
 
 and sometimes alligators, both of be very chaste in his conduct, 
 
 which they eat, and consider ex- The Nairs marry bt.l'orc they are 
 
 celleiit food. 10 years of age, but thu husband 
 
 The next most remarkable rastc never cohabits with his wife. He 
 
 are the Nairs, who are ihepu)<' Su- allows her oil, ciothiug, ornaments, 
 
 dras of Malabar, aiid all pretend to and futxl ; but she remains in her 
 
 be horn soldiers, ))ut they are of va- mother's Iiousc, or after her parents' 
 
 # 
 
536 
 
 MALABAR. 
 
 death with her brothers, and co- 
 habits will! any person she chooses 
 of an equal or higher rank than her 
 own. In consequence of this strange 
 aiTangement, no Nair knows his fa- 
 ther, and every man considers his 
 sister's children as his heirs. His 
 mother manages tlie family, and af- 
 ter her death the eldest sister as- 
 sumes tlie direction. A Nair's move- 
 able property, on his decease, is 
 equally divided among the sons and 
 daughters of all his sisters. 
 
 All Nairs pretend to be soldiers, 
 but they do not all follow the martial 
 profession. 'I'here are supposed to 
 be 30 distinct classes of this general 
 tribe, many of whom practise the 
 arts of husbandry, accounts, weav- 
 ing, caqjenters' Mork, potterj', and 
 oil making. Formerly, howevci-, they 
 were all liable to be called on by 
 their sovereigns to perform military 
 service. They are still very fond of 
 parading up and down fully armed, 
 the consequence is that assassina- 
 tions are very frequent. Most of the 
 Nairs and Malabar Hindoos are as 
 remarkable for a thoughtless profu- 
 sion, as in other parts they are no- 
 torious for economy. The Nairs ge- 
 nerally are excessively addicted to 
 intoxicating liquors, and are per- 
 mitted to eat venison, goats, fowls, 
 and fish. 
 
 From the time of Cheruman Per- 
 mal until that of Hyder, Malabar 
 was governed by the descendants of 
 13 Nair chiefs sisters ; among whom, 
 and among the different branches of 
 the same femilies, there subsisted a 
 consta^it confusion and change of 
 property', which was greatly increas- 
 ed by many inferior chiefs assuming 
 sovereign power. The country thus 
 became subdivided in a manner of 
 wliich there is no other examjde, 
 and it was a common saying in Ma- 
 labar, that a man could not take a 
 step without going from one chief's 
 dominions into those of another. 
 Hyder taking advantage of these 
 dissensions, subdued tlie northern 
 division now called the Province of 
 Malabar; wliilc the Kajah of Tra- 
 
 vancor, and the Cochin Rajah, sub- 
 dued all the chiefs of the central and 
 southern divisions. 
 
 To a European the succession 
 among the Malabar chiefs appears 
 very extraordinary, and as an in- 
 stance that of the Shekury family 
 may be described. The males of 
 tliis family are called achuns, and 
 never marry. The ladies are called 
 naitears, and live in the houses of 
 their brothers, whose families they 
 manage. They have no husbands, 
 but may grant their favours to any 
 person of the Khetri caste, who is 
 not an achun. All the male children 
 of these princesses become achuns, 
 all the female naitears, and all are of 
 equal rank according lo seniority; 
 but they are divided into two houses, 
 descended from two sisters of the 
 first shekury rajah. The eldest male 
 of the family is called the shekury, 
 or first rajah; the second is called 
 ellea rajah ; the third cavashiry ra- 
 jah ; the fourth talan tambourau ra- 
 jah ; and the fiftli tariputamnra rajali. 
 On the death of the shekury, the 
 ellea rajah succeeds to the highest 
 dignity ; each inferior rajah gets a 
 step, and the eldest, entitled achun, 
 becomes tariputamnra. There arc 
 at present between one and 200 
 achuns, and each receives a certain 
 proportion of the fifth part of the 
 revenue, which has been granted by 
 the British government for their sup- 
 port. 
 
 The Cunian, or Cunishun, are a 
 caste of Malabar, whose profession 
 is astrology ; besides which they 
 make umbrellas, and cultixate the 
 earth. In many parts of India, tho 
 astrologer, or wise man, whatever 
 his caste may be, is called a Cu- 
 nishun. They are of so low' a caste, 
 that if a Cunian come w ithin 24 feet 
 of a Brahmin, the latter must purify 
 himself by prayer and ablution. They 
 aie said to possess powerful mantras 
 (charms) from fragments of the fourth 
 Veda, winch is usually alleged to be 
 lost. 
 
 At a very early period the Christ- 
 ian religion made a considerable pro- 
 
MALABAR. 
 
 537 
 
 gress on ilie Malabar Coast, wiiich 
 contains in pioportio.i more persons 
 professing that religion llian any 
 other country in India. 'I'he hierar- 
 clial system ot the Roman Calliolic 
 chnrcii on the Malabar Coast con- 
 sists ol' three ecclesiastical chiefs ; 
 two of \\ hicli are appointed by the 
 Portnguesc church at Goa, and one 
 by the see of Rome, exclusive of the 
 Babylonish bislioj)s presiding over 
 tlie Ncstorian community, 'i'he ijreat- 
 est diocese is that of the Bishop of 
 Cochin, now residiiij? at Coulan; the 
 second is the Archbishop of Ci anga- 
 nore ; and tlic third the bishop of 
 Verapoly. Besides these tin re is a 
 Babylonian or Syrian metropoliiau, 
 residiiif!^ at Narnate. in the province 
 of Travaneor. I'oiirly-foin- churches 
 compose at present the Ncstorian 
 community', which contained abo\o 
 200,000 souls before the arrival of 
 Vasco do Gama, and is now reduced 
 to about 40,000. I'he nnmber of 
 Clnistians on the whole Malabar 
 Coast, including tlie Syrians or Nes- 
 torians, is computed to amount to 
 rather more than 200,000, of wI)om 
 about 90,000 are settled in the Tra- 
 vaneor country. The number of 
 Jews are estimated to exceed 30.000. 
 
 The first book printed on this 
 coast was the Doctrina Christiana of 
 Giovanni Gonsalvcz, a la\ l)rolhcr of 
 the order of the Jesuits, w ho first 
 cast Tamu lie characters ii the year 
 1577. After (his, in 15l/», there ap- 
 peared a ))ook entitlci! the !• ios Sanc- 
 tonim. which v/as f(<iiowed by the 
 Tamulic Dictioiiary of Father An- 
 toniii de Proenza. printed in the year 
 1679 at .■\mbalacate, on this coast. 
 The Itindoos of \ialauar reckon l)y 
 the era of Parasu llama, and disidc 
 it into cycles of loOO >ears ; the year 
 A. D. 1800 being reckoned to cor- 
 respond with the 97(J;ii of the cycle. 
 The characters used in Malabar are 
 nearly the same \\ith tho.-e used 
 among the Tamuls oi the Carnatic 
 for writing po( *^rjr, and the poetic 
 language of both races is nearly the 
 same. 
 
 The whole foreign trade of this 
 
 extcn.sive province, both import and 
 export, is v, ith a few exceptions con- 
 fined to Bombay, the Persian tiulf, 
 and Gujiat. The imports consist of 
 allum, assafoetida, cotton, piece 
 goods, shawls, broad dotli, nankin, 
 rice, sugar from IJcngalaud Bombay, 
 coir and cocoa nuts from 'JVavaucor. 
 The exports are more numerous 
 and extensive, and consist chiclly of 
 coir, cocoa nuts, timber, rice, gliee, 
 dry ginger, piece goods, cardan)oms, 
 pepper, sandal wood, sapan wood, 
 turmeric, arrow root, betel nut, iron, 
 &c. &c. 
 
 The total value of imports into 
 this provinceduring 1811, from places 
 be) ond the territories of the Madras 
 government was Arcot rup. 721,040, 
 viz. 
 
 From Bengal ----- 55.844 
 Bombay - - - - 438,935 
 Cc^lon"^- - - - - 8,G10 
 China ----- 6,030 
 Eastward - - - - 20,638 
 
 Goa 2,375 
 
 Gujrat - , - - - 44,852 
 Mabaratta country 37,838 
 IMocha - - - - 1,283 
 Travaneor - - - 10,348 
 Various places - - 94,789 
 
 Arcot rupees 721,040 
 
 Tlie total value of the exports to 
 places beyond llie limits of the Ma- 
 dras government, dining 1811, was 
 Arcol, ru];ecs 2,236,718, viz. 
 To Calcutta - - - - 68.367 
 Bombay _ - - - 1,510,713 
 
 Ce.\ion 11,823 
 
 Eastward - - - - 25,792 
 Gujrat ----- 206,11.9 
 London - - - . i,687 
 
 jSIaharatta country - 39,275 
 Mocha ----- 1.33,576 
 Muscat ----- 59,800 
 Travaneor - - - - 51,533 
 Various places - - 108,034 
 
 Arcot rupees 2,236,718 
 
 Between the 1st May, 1811, and 
 the 3Uth April, 1812, 1140 vessels 
 and craft, measuring 71,796 tons, ur- 
 
538 
 
 MALABAR PROVINCE. 
 
 lived ; ami 469 vessels, nieasiiring 
 65,268 Ions, departed. {F. Bnchn- 
 vnn, Parliamentorij Eeporis, Wilks, 
 Dow, Duncan, Fra Paolo, Isr,) 
 
 MALABAR PROVINCE. 
 
 A provinro on the west coast of 
 India, situaled between the 10th 
 and 13th degrees of north latitude. 
 To the north it is bonnded by the 
 Proviiice ofCanara; on Ihe south by 
 the Rajah of Cochin's terriiories; to 
 the ea;t it has t!ie chain of higii 
 nionntaitis named the Western 
 Chants ; and to the west the sea. In 
 ]eni2,<h it may be estimated at 155 
 miles, by 35 the average breadtii. 
 
 This province may Ix- divided into 
 two portions. By far tiic most ex- 
 tensive consists of low hills separated 
 by narrow a allies, and from the 
 Chants this always extends a con- 
 siderable distance to the westward, 
 and Konielinies even to the sea. The 
 hills arc seldom of any considerable 
 height, but in general have steep 
 sides and level summits. The sides 
 possess the l)est soil, and arc iinnany 
 jiaces formed into tenaces. Tlic 
 summits in many places are bare, 
 and especially towards the north ex- 
 ])Ose to the \iew large surfaces of 
 naked rock. 'I'he valiics contain, in 
 general, rivnlets that convey away 
 the superiluons w ater ; but in some 
 places the level is not suflicicnt, and 
 in the rainy season the around is 
 nnich overilow ed. 'j'he soil in these 
 \aliies is extremely fertile. 
 
 'Ihe second portion of the Mala- 
 liar province consists of a poor sandy 
 soil, and is confined to the places on 
 the sea-coast, seldom above three 
 miles wide, and in general not so 
 n)ucli. Near the low hills these 
 plains are the most l( vel, and best 
 tlKed for the cnl'jvatiou of rice. 
 Nearer the sea the> are more nne- 
 <jual in tiieir surlace, and rise inio 
 low downs, admirably adapted for 
 the cocoa nut tree. This division 
 of the c ountiy is wondcrlully inter- 
 sected by iulets of the sea, whicli 
 
 often run for g-reat lengths paralldl 
 to the coast, receiving" tlie various 
 mountain streams, and conununi- 
 cating v/ith the orean by diilerent 
 narrow and shallow openings. In 
 other places, where there aie none 
 of these salt inlets, the low land 
 Avithin the downs on the sea-coast is, 
 in the rainy reason, totally over- 
 ilowed ; for the fresh water has then 
 no vent, and must therefore stag- 
 nate unfii it gradually evaporates. 
 As it dries up it leaves the land fit 
 for some parlicidar kinds of rice; 
 and it is probably owing to this cul- 
 tivation, that tlie stagnate waters do 
 not injure the salul)rity of the air; 
 for Malabar, generally, may b« 
 esteemed a healthy conntry. 
 
 In this province tiie rivers and 
 moimtain streams are very nume- 
 rous ; but, on account of the vicinity 
 of the Western Ghauts to the sea, 
 their courses are very short. Few 
 of the rivers Iiave any pecidiar ap- 
 pellation, but each portion is called 
 after the most remarkable [dace near 
 which it Hows. In the Jrnadu dis- 
 trict gold dust is collected in the 
 river which passes Nelambur; and 
 is a branch of that which falls into 
 the sea at Parapanada. 
 
 The forests in this country are 
 private property, api)lication being" 
 necessary to the landlord for per- 
 mission to cut down any particular 
 tree, which is not recpiisite in all 
 parts of India. The teak tree grows 
 mostly about IManarghant, and is 
 therefore too remote from a navi- 
 gable river to be conveye<l for sale 
 to the sea-coast, 'i'he sandal wood 
 is not the produce of Malabar; but, 
 as the greater part of it grows im- 
 mediately to the eastward of the 
 Westeiii Ghauts, all that is pro- 
 duced towards the sources of the 
 Cavery ought to come to Malabar, 
 as the nearest sea-coast from w hence 
 it can be exported. The sandal 
 Mood is of the best quality ; but the 
 few trees that are tbund within the 
 limits of Malabar are totally devoid 
 (tf smell. The palm, which in Ma- 
 labar is called the brab (borastus), 
 
MALABAR PROVINCT,. 
 
 5.'>9 
 
 is in such iminonse quantities about 
 P;ilij:;biuit, tliat the ,iap,()ry preparod 
 Jioiii it commonly soils jit one fauarn 
 per toliim, or 2s. 7[(\. pcrcwt. With 
 pio])er cave an excellent spirit might 
 be e\tracted irum if. 
 
 Blaclv pepper is the grand article 
 of Lnropeaii oxport (Voui lYIalahar, 
 as tiicy usually pun hase about five- 
 eighths of all ptodiH'cd, and carry it 
 prjucipaily to Europe dieet, or to 
 Bombay and Cliiisa ; for which last 
 market many articles, the produei; 
 of .\ralabar. are peculiarly suited. 
 The remainder of the pepper is ex- 
 ported chiefly by the native traders 
 to the Bay of Reiigal, Siuat, Cutch, 
 JSinde, aud other countries in the 
 north-west of Jiidia; and a consider- 
 able qiiantily goes to the Arabian 
 merchants of Muscat, Mocha, l^o- 
 <leida, and Aden. In 1810 the im- 
 poits to K<'!;gal liom the Coast of 
 Malabar and Bombay amounted to 
 391, .565 sicca rupees, and the ex- 
 ports to the Coast of Malabar to 
 2,2:38,699 sicca rupees. Vi\ the 
 Coast of Malabar, Canara, and west 
 of India, the Coin!)an^ have custom- 
 honses at Bombay, Mangalore, 1 el- 
 liclierry, IVIahe, Calicut, Cochin, and 
 Anjengo. 
 
 Malabar, when invaded by Tiyder, 
 was a country very rich in the pre- 
 cious metals, the inhabitants having 
 been, for ages, accumulating the 
 gold and sdver that had been given 
 to tlieni for the produce of their gar- 
 dens. After its concpiest, vast sums 
 were extorted from the natives by 
 the miltiary ofTieers. and 1-y tlie Ca- 
 iiavese Brdliniius j)laced over the re- 
 venue. In the northern parts of 
 jMalabar the most connnon curreucy 
 is a silver ianans ecpial in value to 
 »>iie-fil'tli of a Bombay rupee. In 
 the V ellater district arc many tbrges 
 for melting iron, which is done so 
 imperfectly, that its cavities include 
 many pieces of charcoal, enveloped 
 by the iron. In this small district, 
 also, there are a few rcmarka))lc 
 spots of land watered by perennial 
 streams, t hat aimually produce tlu'ce 
 crops of rice. 
 
 Tfie native breed of cattle and 
 budalocs in ]\Talabar are of a very 
 diminutive form, and are Imt little 
 usei! in the fraiisportation of goods, 
 which ar<' usually carried by p(;rtcrs. 
 No horses, asses, swine, sliecp, or 
 goats, are brcfl in Malabar; at least 
 the nundier is ]ierfeetly inconsider- 
 able, all those renuir(>d for Use use 
 of tiie iiihabilants being imported 
 from the eastward. The original 
 unlives had no poultry; btit, since 
 tJie Mm-opeans have settled among 
 them, the commou fowl may be had 
 in a!)undanee. Ceese, ducks, and 
 turkies are confined to the sea-eoast, 
 wiiere they arc reared by the Portu- 
 guese. 
 
 The villages in Malabar arc tlic 
 neatest in India, and are nmeh em- 
 bellished by the beauty and elegant 
 dress vi' tlie Brahmin girls, Tiie 
 houses are placed contiguous in a 
 sfraigiit line, and are built of mud, 
 so as generally to occupy tw o sides 
 of a s(pnire area, that is a little 
 raised, and kept dean aud free from 
 grass. The mud is of an excellent 
 quality, aud, in general, is neatly 
 smoothed, and either white-vvaslied 
 or ]>aii!led ; but the hon^^es, being 
 thatelKnl with palm lea'.cs, are ex- 
 tremely liable to fire. Both Ini'/.nr?, 
 and villages have been introduced i)y 
 foreigners, the Nambouries, >ti!irs, 
 and all the aboriginal uatives of Ma- 
 labar living 'n\ detaelied houses, sur- 
 rouude<l with gardens, and col- 
 lectively called Desas. 'I'hese higher 
 ranks use very liltle eloihing. but are 
 remarkably clean in their jjcrsons — 
 cutaneous distempers being never 
 ol»served, except among the slaves 
 and the very lowest castes. 
 
 In Ihe district about I'alighaut 
 b)" tar the greatir part oi' the laixmr 
 in the field is performed by slaves. 
 ■'J'iiese are the absolute property of 
 their lords, or divaru.s. They arc 
 not attached to the .soil, but may be 
 sold or transferred in any manner a 
 master think fit, except that a hus- 
 band aud wife cannot be sold sepa- 
 rat ly ; but children may be taken 
 from their parents. Tiicse slaves ar« 
 
540 
 
 MALABAR PROVINCE. 
 
 of diffcreiit castes. They erect for 
 themselves temporary huts, Avhich 
 are little better than large baskets. 
 A young man and his wife will sell 
 from Gl. 4s. to 7l. 8s,; two or three 
 children will add 21. 10s. to the va- 
 lue of the family. The slaves are 
 very severely treated, and their di- 
 minutive stature, and squalid appear- 
 ance, shew evidently a w ant of ade- 
 quate nourishment. I'here can be 
 no comparison of their condition 
 with that of the slaves in the West 
 Indies, excejit that, in Malabar, 
 there are a sufficient number of fe- 
 males, who arc allowed to marry 
 any person of the same caste with 
 themselves. The personal labour of 
 the wife is always exacted by the 
 husband's master, the master of the 
 girl having no authoiity over her, so 
 long as she lives with another man's 
 slave.ThisJsapraclice that ought to be 
 adoi)ted by theWest-India planters. 
 
 'I'he southern juid middle divi- 
 sions of the Malabar Province are 
 supposed to contain 3300 British 
 square miles, Avith rather more than 
 .100 inhabitants to the square miles ; 
 the total number of inhabitants pro- 
 bably exceeding 600,000. In 1800 
 the population of four districts, viz. 
 Bettutanada, Parupanada on tlie sea- 
 coast, and Vellatcr and Shirnada 
 towards the Ghauts, was as follows : 
 Houses inhabit' d by Mahom- 
 
 mcdans ___--- 12,581 
 Do. by Nambomg Brahmins 297 
 Do. by Puttar Brahmins - - 44 
 Do. by the families of rajahs 33 
 
 Do. by N airs 6,747 
 
 Do. by Tiars - - - . _ 4,733 
 Do. by mucuas (flshennen) - 60S 
 Do. by people from the east- 
 ward ------- 472 
 
 Total 25,515 
 
 Inliabitauts. 
 Containing about - - - 140,000 
 Number of male slaves 8,547 
 Female ditto - - - 7,654 
 
 16,201 
 
 Total population 106,201 
 
 The Malabar Province, on Ks 
 coming into the possession of the 
 Company, in 1792, was annexed to 
 the Bombay Presidency. It was 
 then found to labour under all tho- 
 evils which could be inflicted upon 
 it by the hand of injustiee and op- 
 pression; and the administration of 
 its aflairs, while it continued under 
 the Bombay government, was not 
 calculated to improve its condition. 
 When first invaded by Hyder, in 
 1766, Malabar was governed by a 
 race of rajahs, exercising, in their 
 respective districts, an authority 
 nearly independent — the lands being 
 nio,'<tiy in the possession of the 
 Nairs. I'he persecutions to which 
 the rajahs and Nairs were subjected, 
 dining tlie Mahomniedan rule of 
 Hyder and Tippoo, but more parti- 
 cularly the latter, obliged them to 
 seek refuge in other countries. The 
 power and authority which they had 
 possessed Avere transferred to the 
 Sloplays (Mahomniedan), v\'ho con- 
 sequently became the officers and 
 instruments of government. 
 
 On the breaking out of the war 
 between Tippoo and the British, in 
 1790, the rajahs and Nairs were 
 leading a predatory life in the jun- 
 gles, or were living in the Travan- 
 cor province. They were allowed 
 to join the British army, but the 
 war was terminated without tlieir 
 assistance. The Bombay govern- 
 meat immediately reinstated the ra- 
 jahs and Nairs in their former pos- 
 sessions, and made a settlement 
 with them for the revenues ; but 
 they failed to fulfd their eugtige- 
 ments in three suucessive settle- 
 ments, and their mode of govern- 
 ment was besides found such as 
 could not be tolerated or protected 
 consistent with humanity. They 
 were, in consequence, deprived of 
 all authority, and allowed one-liftli 
 of their countries' revenue to sup- 
 port their dignity; which is more 
 than any sovereign of consetjueuce 
 in Europe can spare for that pur- 
 pose. They were, nevertheless, dis- 
 satislied, became refractory, and at 
 
MALACCA. 
 
 541 
 
 fest lioisted tlie standard of rchcl- 
 lion ; llicrcbv creatinij a conl'nsiun 
 wliioh could only be subdiud by a 
 military force. In (his state of af- 
 fairs the P.eiigal fi^ovenuneiit ordered 
 tlic transfer of the province to the 
 Madras Presidency, and it was com- 
 mitted to the manage meat of a mi- 
 litary ofiicer, having three subordi- 
 nate collectors. 
 
 Since this period a great improve- 
 nicnt has taken ])lace in llic con- 
 dition of this province, and it now 
 exhibits a scene of public tranquil- 
 lity and progressive opulence, which 
 would appear, in a great degree, at- 
 tributable to the judicious local ar- 
 rangements of Mr. Warden, the col- 
 lector, who Mas appointed to that 
 important situation in 1803, and dis- 
 charged the duties of it for eight 
 years. In 1807 the revenue pio- 
 duced by this province was six lacks 
 and a half of star pagodas, and it 
 was on the increase. It had been 
 realized without difficulty, and was 
 produced by indirect taxation ; the 
 land revenues being ligiit, in compa- 
 rison with the rest of the south of 
 India. Besides the province, the 
 coUecturship of IMalabar includes 
 the \^^ynaad, and some small dis- 
 tricts above the Western Chants. 
 (F. Buchanan, dth Report, Fra. Pa- 
 oli, Dimcan, Falconar, SfX.) 
 
 Malabar Point. — A remarkable 
 promontory on the island of Bombay, 
 where there is a cleft of rock of con- 
 siderable sanctity, to which nume- 
 rous Hindoo pilgrims resort for the 
 purpose of regeneration, which is 
 effected by passing through the aper- 
 ture. This hole is of considerable 
 elevation, situated among rocks of 
 difficult access, and, in the stormy 
 season, incessantly lashed by the 
 surf of the ocean. Near to it are 
 the ruins of a temple, which is re- 
 ported, with great probability, to 
 have been blown up by the idol- 
 bating Portuguese. 
 
 In the neighbourhood is a beauti- 
 ful Brahmin village, built round a 
 fine tank of considerable extent, 
 i^jth broad (lights of steps down to 
 
 the water. Brahmins are here found 
 leading the li\es most agreeable td 
 them. The ceremonies of religion 
 comprise the business of their lives; 
 and a literary and contemplative in- 
 dolence forms their negative plea- 
 sure. Some of them :ue said to 
 have lived liere to an old age, with- 
 out once visiting the contiguous town 
 of Bombay. Wealthy and devout 
 Hindoos pay occasional visits to 
 these philosophers, and derive profit 
 and consolation from their sage coun- 
 sels. Near to this village is a temple 
 of Lakslimi (the goddess of plenty), 
 much resorted to by pilgrims and 
 pious persons, who have the addi- 
 tional benefit of optional regenera- 
 tion offered, in the passage thiough 
 the venerated type above described. 
 (Moor, ^c.) 
 
 MALACCA, {3Ialaha). 
 A peninsula situated at the southern 
 extremity of India, beyond the Gari- 
 gcs, and extending from the first to 
 the 11th degree of north latitude. 
 The isthmus of liraw, about 97 
 miles in breadth, connects it to the 
 north with the province of Tenas- 
 serim; on all the other sides it is 
 bounded by the Eastern Ocean. In 
 length it may be estimated at 775 
 miles, by 125 the average breadth. 
 This nearly insulated region con- 
 sists of a long nanow strip of land, 
 almost covered by a deep and impe- 
 netrable forest. A range of extreme- 
 ly bleak mountains runs through it 
 from one cxlrcmity to the other, giv- 
 ing rise ti» innumerable streams, 
 which fall into the sea on each side, 
 so that the country is well supplied 
 with water. The principal mcderii 
 subdivisions of the peninsula are the 
 isthmus of Kraw, Queda, Pera, Sa- 
 lengore, Malacca, Rumbo, Johore. 
 Tringano, Packanga, and Patany ; 
 and at the southern extremity are 
 the islands of Bintang, Batang, and 
 Sincapoor, with many othei-s, so 
 thickly clustered together, that they 
 seem a prolongation of the main 
 land, being only separated bynamnr 
 
542 
 
 MALACCA. 
 
 straits. The west coast is also stud- 
 ded witli iiuineious islands, and, 
 among- tlic rest, Palo Peuani;-, or 
 Prjuce of Wales's Island; but on 
 tlie eastern side tlie sea is more open 
 and less interrupted. 
 
 Ijike other Malay eountn'es, Ihe 
 coast is well covered witli wood, and 
 exhibits a great extent of verdure ; 
 but, a.«! far as is yet knows), the tcak- 
 Iree is thouglit to be astran<!:er. As, 
 in many parts of the east, the juu- 
 ftles, from their d-^nsity and gieat 
 hixHiiance, are unfavourable to the 
 production of animals, game, in 
 consequence, is dillicult to be pro- 
 cured. The soil is not remarkable 
 for its fertility, but the seas and ri- 
 vers afibrd an abundant supply of 
 llsh. The rivers, on account of the 
 bars and sandbaisks at their mouths, 
 are only luivi^able for vessels of 
 small burden. Ships returning to 
 Calcutta from their voyage eastward 
 rr<'<jueutly call at Snlengore, Prince 
 of Wales's Island, and Qucda, to 
 coHe(;t tin, pepper, betel-iiut, wax, 
 elephants' teeth, and rattans — aiti- 
 cles of cxpoi t ; the grand imj)ort 
 consists of opium : but for further 
 commercial and local details, the 
 reader is referred to the different 
 subdivisions specified ; what follows 
 being priiicipally applicable to the 
 Malay nation generally. 
 
 The peiiiiisula is at present inha- 
 bited by various distinct races of 
 people. Until recently the Siamese 
 possessed the northern part to Lat. 
 "7°. cxtcndiiig across, and the Ma- 
 hiy states oi (,)«erah, P:'.<an\, Tiin- 
 ganno. and j-iickang, ar*' still tji- 
 butary to (hat kingdom ; the power 
 of vhkli. however, has been greatly 
 reduced by liie Eirmajjs. The JVia- 
 lays i)Ossess the ivliole of the sea 
 roast liom tiiat latitude to Point 
 Romania, b-.Mng mixed in some 
 places with the Buggesses from Ce- 
 lebes, >\ho h;!\e still a small settle- 
 ment at Saleng(ire. The inland 
 parts to the northward are inhabited 
 by the Palauy jieople, who aj)j>ear 
 to be a mixture of Siamese and 
 Malays, and occupy independent 
 
 villages. The rilenancabow people 
 on the Peninsula are so named from 
 an inland country in Sumatra; a dis- 
 tinction Iieing made betAveen theoi 
 and the Malays of Johore, although 
 none is perceptible. 
 
 Among the aboiiginal natives are 
 the oriental negroes, who inhabit the 
 interior. Though of a more diminu- 
 tive stature, they iune the woolly 
 hair, the jetty black skin, the thick 
 lip, and fiat nose, which characterize 
 the African. ]\v tlie Malays they 
 are named Sansang, and they are 
 distingnished into the Samaisgs of 
 the lower laads; who, from their 
 vicinity to the Malays, have bor- 
 rowed some slender poition of civi- 
 lization, and the Samaugs of the 
 mountains, who are represented as 
 being in the lowest stage of savage 
 existence. The first have lixed ha- 
 bitations, plant a small quantity of 
 rice, and barter \\ ith the Malays for 
 food or cloths, the resin, bees' wax, 
 and honey of th(;ir forests. Tlie last 
 present the genuine picture of the 
 iiunter's life, and are divided into 
 petty communities, perpetually at 
 variance. They go entirely naked, 
 and are said to have no fixed habi- 
 tations, wandering through the thick 
 forests in quest of roots and game, 
 and takiiig shelter from the weather 
 under the first tree or thicket. Their 
 language differs much from that of 
 the lUalays, who describe it as a 
 mere jargon, which c;ai only be com- 
 pared to the chattering of large 
 hhxh. 
 
 I'he IMalays are named Khck by 
 the Siamese, asid Masu by the l>ii- 
 liians. Their language, which con- 
 tains a great number of sanserif, 
 many Arabic, and <'vcn some Portu- 
 guese words, has from its sweetness 
 been termed the Italian, and from 
 its geiuirai diffusion the llindostany, 
 or lingua franca of the east. As a 
 spoken language it exists in its 
 greatest pmity in the states of Que- 
 dah, Tannasay, Pera, Salengore, Kil- 
 hing, Johore, Tringar.o, Paliang, and 
 as far as Patauy, wdere it meets the 
 Siamese. Tiie Malav is generally 
 4 
 
MALACCA. 
 
 543 
 
 employed in the districts bordriiii<5 
 on llic" sea co;ist, and the montlis and 
 banks of navif;able rivers, bein<>; the 
 medium of commercial and loreiiin 
 intercourse; but it lias obtained no 
 footing- in the interior of the Indian 
 conlinent. That tlic Malay lan- 
 guaj!;e has ac(|uired this extensive 
 currency, is attrilnitable to the eoni- 
 mereial and enterpiiwinj;- character of 
 the people ; who, cithei' by force of 
 arms, or in the spirit of mercantile 
 speculation, liave eslaijlished tiiein- 
 , selves in every part of the Archi- 
 pelag:o; and also to the ^aluablo 
 qualities of the lanii;ua';e, vliich is 
 remarkably soft and easy of pro- 
 uunciatioji, and simple in tlie gram- 
 matical relation of its words. Tlie 
 character j;;enerally used is a modi- 
 fication of the vVraoic, to v> liich they 
 add six other letters. The Malay 
 ^poken at fiie Island of Tidore, when 
 visited in 1521 by P(>j!:gafitta, the 
 comi)anion of IVJagellan, accords 
 exactly v\ th the Malay of the pre- 
 sent day; which proves that no ma- 
 terial alteration has taken j)lace in 
 the tongue, during the laj)sc of tJnec 
 centuries. 
 
 The great sources of all the iSIa- 
 lay poetic legends are (he Javanese, 
 the Keling(si)olven on t!ie west side 
 of the Bay of Eengal), and the Ara- 
 bic languages. 'J'he Malay an lite- 
 rature consists chiefly of transcripts 
 and versions of the Koran, com- 
 mentaries on the Malionnnedaii law, 
 and historic tales in prose aiid verKC. 
 ]\Iany of these are original com- 
 posilions, and others arc translations 
 of the popular tales enrren in Arabia, 
 Persia, India, and the neighbouring 
 Island of Java. 'J'here are also 
 many compositions of a historical 
 nature. One of this description, 
 termed the IJikarat Malacca, relates 
 the founding of tiiat city by a Java- 
 nese adventurer, the arrival of the 
 Portuguese, and the eondjats of the 
 Malays \\ith Albnqu(i<[ue, and the 
 other Portuguese connnaudcrs. 
 
 With respect to the religion pos- 
 sessed by the Malayan princes, prior 
 to their conversion to tiie Mahom- 
 
 medan, little is known; but it was 
 probably some modilication of the 
 Hindoo religion, much corrupted and 
 blended with theautecedeiit idolatry 
 of the country where they origi- 
 nated. Prior to tlieir coiiversion, 
 they do not appeur to have had an 
 era, with which liiiuloos are gene- 
 rally amply provided ; and they ap- 
 pear al:^o to have been ignorant of 
 the ordinary division of time, into 
 days, weeks, .and \ears; a division 
 \v ell known to their civilized neigh- 
 bours, the Javanese, luwn now, 
 however, the more enlightei!(;d <jf 
 them arc seldom al)le to tell tlieir 
 own age, or the year of their birth. 
 The modern Malays are of the 
 Sooni Mahomniedan sect, but do 
 not possess much of the bigotry so 
 common among the western fol- 
 lowers !>{' Mahommed. ~Slv\i of rank 
 ha\e their religious j)criods, during 
 vvhieli tiiey Kcrupulously attend to 
 their diiiies, and reliain liom grati- 
 iiealions of the appetite, together 
 with gambling and coek-ligiiting ; 
 but these intervals are neiliier long 
 nor fretjuent. 
 
 The .^.lalay goTernmcnts arc of tlie 
 rude:-t (.onstruction, and founded on 
 principles nearly Ic'udal. The head 
 of the slate is a rajah, a\ Iio usnal'.y 
 assumes the title of siilt^i, inlro- 
 dueed by tlie Arabians ; and under 
 him are a certain miniber of dattoos 
 or nobles, who have a train of siib- 
 onlinate vassals. In general, liovv- 
 ever, the king is but little obeyed 
 by tlie chiefs, or tin; latter by liie 
 j)eoj)le, thaii according to their in- 
 clinalion. Violent acts of imme- 
 diate power are committed both by 
 the chiefs and their superior, but 
 there is no regular system of obedi- 
 ence. Tile presumptive heir is iu 
 all states named the rajah nioodo, 
 or yoiutg rajah ; and with the insti- 
 tution of dattoos a|)pears peculiar 
 to this nation. The free Mahns are 
 an intelligent,, active, indnstiious 
 body of men, engaged like t!ie Chi- 
 nese ill trade and foreign commerce. 
 JMany of tlieir pro'.\5 are '. eiy fin« 
 vessels, and uavi^^ated v. ilh •joiisi- 
 
544 
 
 MALAGGA. 
 
 dcrable skill ; hut the Malay sailor, 
 aIthouj;h strong- and occasional!y ac- 
 tive, is by no means pcrseveiingly 
 so ; and, during extreme cold or b.td 
 weather, is tonnd to sculk sooner 
 than tlie more feeble but doeilc Ben- 
 gal lascar. 
 
 The distinct cliaractor of the Ma- 
 lay is certainly of a very extraoidi- 
 iiary nature, and exhibits a striking; 
 contrast to the mild and tinnd Ben- 
 e:ally. In their pursuit of plunder 
 the Malaj^s arc active, restless, and 
 courageous, as in their conquests 
 tliey are ferocious and vindictive. 
 To their enemies they are remorse- 
 less, to their friends capricious, and 
 to strangers treacherous. I'he cou- 
 rage of the Malay maybe considered 
 of that furious and desperate kind, 
 that acts on tlie impulse of tlie mo- 
 ment, ratlicr than that steady and 
 deliberate conduct that preserves its 
 character under all chcumstances. 
 It is equally dangerous to offend or 
 punish a Malay: in the one case lie 
 will slab privately; in the other, in 
 the heat of his rage. By the same 
 impetuous temper that renders him 
 impatient of injuries he is driven to 
 desperation by misfortunes, whether 
 they arise from unavoidable circum- 
 stances, or from his own misconduct, 
 lu either case he rarely submits to 
 his fate with coolness, but tlies to his 
 favourite opium, to prepare him for 
 the commission of the desperate act 
 lie meditates. Animated to a frenzy 
 he lets loose his long black hair, 
 draws his deadly creese, and rushes 
 into the streets, determined to do all 
 the mischief he can during the short 
 time he has to live. This is Avhat is 
 usually called running a muck (from 
 Lis calling amok, amok — kill, kill), 
 and seldom happcus in a British set- 
 tlement; but were very frequent 
 among the Dutch, Avho were noto- 
 rious for the fiend-like cruelty of 
 their punishments. An unfortunate 
 propensity to gambling is one of the 
 chief causes that drives the Malay 
 to this state of desperation. So pas- 
 sionately attached is he to every 
 sjjecics of gaming, and more parti- 
 
 cularlyaTcock-fighting, tlial his tasf 
 morsel, the coverii;g of his body, his 
 wife and ciiildren, are fiequently 
 staked on the issue of a battle to be 
 fought by his favourite cock. 
 
 The superiority of the European 
 naval power in the Eastein Seas, has 
 tended very much to repress the pi- 
 racies and deprcflations of the Ma- 
 lays, who arc certaijily no longer the 
 bold and enten»iizing race of Bucca- 
 neers they are represented to have 
 been. The authority oTlaw and just- 
 ice, however, is but imperfectly es- 
 tablished; trading vessels visiting 
 their ports must still be armed, and 
 notwithstanding every precaution are 
 frequently cut off, and their crews 
 murdered, Avith circumstances of sin- 
 gular atrocity. Tlie population along 
 the Malay coasts does not appear on 
 tlie increase, nor are the marriages 
 prolific. It has been asserted tiom 
 good authority, that under fjivonr- 
 able circumsf ;ujces,lhe average num- 
 ber of living children to a marriage 
 is highly rated at two. 
 
 It appears from evidence as posi- 
 tive as the nature of the subject will 
 admit, that the present possessors of 
 the coast of the Malay Peninsula 
 were, in the first instance, adven- 
 turers from Sumatra; who, in the 
 12th century, formed an establish- 
 ment there ; and that the indigenous 
 inhabitants were gradually driven by 
 them to the rocks and mountains, 
 and are entirely a different race of 
 m«»]]. 
 
 The original country inhabited by 
 the Malayan race, according to the 
 best authorities, was the kingdom of 
 Palcmbangin the Island of Sumatra, 
 on the banks of the River MalajTi, 
 from whence they migrated about 
 A. D. 1160, to the soutli eastern ex- 
 tremity of the opposite peninsula, 
 where they first built the city of Sin- 
 capoor, and afterwards, about A. D. 
 1252, foundedthatof xMalacca. Up 
 to A. D. 1276, the Malayan princes 
 were pagans. Sultan jVJ->hommed^ 
 Shah, who at that era ascended the 
 throne, was the first Mahonnuedan 
 luiuce, and by the propagation of 
 
MALACCA. 
 
 545 
 
 tills faith acquired peal celebrity 
 dmins: a long reign ot 57 years. His 
 intlueiice appears to have extended 
 over tlie neighbouring islands ut" Lin- 
 gen and Bintang, together with Jo- 
 hore, Patany, Quedali. and Pera, on 
 tiie coasts of the peninsula, and 
 Campar and Arn in Sumatra — all of 
 whicli acquired the appellation of 
 IMalayu. 
 
 During part of the loth century, 
 Malacca appears to have been in 
 subjection to the Siamese sovereigns. 
 Sultan Mahniood Shah was the 12th 
 IMalayan King, and seventli king of 
 Malacca city. In A. D. 1.309 he re- 
 j)»lled the aggression of the King of 
 Siani ; but, in 1511, was conquered 
 by the Portuguese under Alphonso 
 D'Albminerque. and compelled m ith 
 the principal inhabitants to tly to the 
 extremity of the peninsula, where lie 
 founded the city of Johore, which 
 still subsists. {Mnrsden, Edinburgh 
 Review, Lei/deu, Quarterly Review, 
 Elmore, ^c. ^r.) 
 
 Malacca. — A towai in the straits 
 of the same name, situated near the 
 southern extremity of the Malay 
 Peninsula. Lat. 2°. 14'. N. Long. 
 102°. 12'. E. 
 
 The roads here are safe, but the 
 entrance of the river is rendered in- 
 tricate by a bar, over which boats 
 cannot pass before quarter flood, nor 
 after hist (piarter ebb, w ithout much 
 ditficidty. Under the lee of the is- 
 land, nearest to the fort, there is a 
 harbour where, in the S. ^\ . mon- 
 soon, vessels not draw ing more than 
 16 feet water may be secured. 'Ihe 
 liouses in the town are tolerably well 
 built, with broad and straight streets, 
 but that part of it inhal)ited by the 
 natives is composed of bamboo and 
 mat liuts. On the southern side of 
 the river are the remaining walls of 
 a fort, in a most ruinous condition. 
 A few guns are ranged along a little 
 above the fort, which serves as a sa- 
 luting batten*'. On the summit of 
 this mount stands an old Portuguese 
 chapel, built in tlie 16th century, but 
 now in a state of dilapidation. 
 
 I'hc country' aroiuid Malacca, for 
 
 2n 
 
 eight or 10 miles in circumference, is 
 pleasant and productive ; and, al- 
 though so near the equator, the heat 
 of the climate is moderate — it being 
 refreshed by a succession of land 
 and sea breezes. The rising grounds 
 in the vicinity are barren and rocky, 
 ajid have been used by the Chinese 
 as places of sepulture ; most of the 
 cultivators, distillers, sugar makers, 
 and farmers of the customs, being of 
 that industrious nation. 'i"he vallies 
 produce rice and sugar, which might 
 be much increased under a better 
 government. 
 
 Considerable supplies of grain are 
 imported to Malacca from Bengal, 
 .Fa^a, and Sumatra ; but abundance 
 of fruits and vegetables may be pro 
 cured here, particularly yams and 
 potatoes among the roots, and the 
 niangosteen among the fruits. Sheep 
 and bullocks are scarce, but there 
 are bufl'aloes, hogs, poultry, and fish, 
 in great plenty, and at moderate 
 prices. The trade of this place w as 
 extensive until superseded by Prince 
 of Wales's Island, both as a place of 
 commerce and refreshment. The 
 export trade principally consisted of 
 all the produce of the straits and 
 eastern [)orts, such as tin, pepper, 
 l)iche de mar, sago, rattans, canes, 
 elephants' teeth, and sojne gold dust. 
 The country ships from Calcutta to 
 the Malay coast with opium, piece 
 goods, raw and China silks, and 
 dollars, ballast with rice ; which, if 
 they do not dispose of at .lunkseylon, 
 or Prince of ^\'ales's Island, they sell 
 here, and take in ballast. During 
 the Dutch government this was a 
 great market for piece goods, but 
 the opium was bought on the Dutch 
 I'^ast India Company's account by 
 the governor, who with the fiscal 
 and shahbunder, were the principal 
 merchants. Occasionally a few chests 
 of opium were smuggled on shore by 
 private merchants, and spars for mo- 
 derate-sized vessels might be pro- 
 cured. 
 
 A. D. 1252, Sri Iscander Shah, the 
 last King of Sincapoor, being hard 
 pressed by the forces of the King of 
 
546 
 
 MALDIVES ISLANDS. 
 
 Majapahit in Java, retii-ed first to 
 the northward, and alterwards to 
 the westward, where he founded a 
 new city, to which he gave the name 
 of Malacca. It was iirst visited, in 
 1508, by the Portugnese, and, in 
 1511, captured by them after an ob- 
 stinate resistance. In their posses- 
 sesion it remained until 1640, during 
 vi^hich interval it was repeatedly at- 
 tacked by the kings of Achecn, who 
 were with the utmost difliculty pre- 
 vented from effecting its conquest. 
 In 1640 it was assailed by the Dutch 
 and taken, after a siege of six 
 months. With them it remained 
 until 1795, when it was seized on by 
 the English, but restored at the i)eace 
 of A m)en.s. It was again recaptured 
 by the British, with whom it still 
 contimies, and partof thcwallsblown 
 up in 1807, at which time the re- 
 venues produced 80,000 dollars per 
 animm. 
 
 'J'he tenitorial possessions of the 
 Dutch in this vicinity, according to 
 the Transactions of the Batavian 
 Society, are the mountains of Rum- 
 bo, inhabited by a Malay people 
 named Maning Cabou (Meuanca- 
 bow), and Mount Ophir, called by 
 tlie natives Gunong Ledang. Hiese 
 limits they say are impracticable for 
 a European to pass — the whole coast 
 for some leagues from the sea being 
 cither a morass or impenetrable fo- 
 rest ; these natural difticultics being 
 aggravated by the treacherous and 
 sanguinary chai acter of the natives. 
 (Mursden, Elmore, Johnson, Howison, 
 
 Mai.ativok. — A smfdl town in the 
 Island of Cevlou. Lut. 9", 17'. N. 
 Long. 81°. 7'. K 
 
 This place is unt^ominonly well 
 situated close to a sniidl river which 
 runs past the fort, and when it joins 
 the sea forms a harbour sufHcient to 
 admit small craft. The j)rincip;d 
 employment of the inhabitants is 
 fishing, and from hence the garrison 
 at Trincomaie is supplied with this 
 article. Cattle and poidtry are here 
 also cheap and abundant. In the 
 woods Avild hogs and deer are so 
 
 plentiful, that for a little powder and 
 shot a native will undertake to pro- 
 cure game, and ask no further pay. 
 {Peirival, ^-c,) 
 
 Mald.4, (ilMffrfff). — A town in the 
 province of Bengal, district of Raje- 
 mal, 56 miles N. by W. from Moor- 
 shedabad. Lat. 25°. 3'. JS. Long. 
 88°. 4'. E. 
 
 This place is situated on a river 
 which communicates with the Gan- 
 ges, from which the town is not far 
 removed. It arose out of the ruins 
 of Gour, the ancient capital of Ben- 
 gal ; is a place of great trade, and 
 produces much silk, which is the 
 staple commodity of the country. 
 The weaving of mixed goods made 
 with silk and cotton also flourishes 
 in this neighbourhood, for the pur- 
 chase of which and of silk, the East 
 India Company have for a long time 
 had a commercial resident and esta- 
 blishment settled here. {Rennel, 
 Coli'brooke, ^-c.) 
 
 Maldives Islands, {Malaya Dwi- 
 pa, the Isles of Malaya). — Tliese is- 
 lands extend from the eighth degree 
 of north latitude to the equinoctial 
 line, and are divided into 17 clusters 
 called Atollons, These groups arc 
 most of them round, but some are 
 oval, and lie in a row in a N. W. 
 and S. E, direction, separated from 
 each other by narrow channels, not 
 navigable by ships of biuthen. Each 
 of these clusters is surrounded by 
 rocks, that defend them from the 
 sea, wiiicli here rages with great 
 fury. The large islands are inlia- 
 bited and cultiv ale<i, but a great pro- 
 portion of the chain consists of mere 
 rocks, rocky shotds, and sand banks, 
 flooded at spring tides. They have 
 never been completely e\i)lored, al- 
 though so near to tl^e course of ships 
 outward bound to Bengal ; but their 
 size is known to be very small, and 
 their Jiumljcr veiy great. 
 
 A great trade is carried on among 
 these clusters, each of them having 
 something peculiar to itself; the 
 weavers residing in one, the gold- 
 smiths in another; the locksmiths, 
 mat makers, potters, turners, joiners; 
 
MALAVILLY. 
 
 547 
 
 oacli iiiliubiting distinct groups of 
 islands. Tlie dlHeicnt Intdois a;o 
 from island to island in boats witli a 
 sniidl deck, and somctinus are a 
 year absent tioni their own island. 
 Oil these occasions they generally 
 live in their boats, and carry their 
 male children of four or five years of 
 age with them, to accustom tiiem to 
 a sea life. 
 
 Some years back one or two ves- 
 sels used to visit the Maldives from 
 the British settlements to load cow- 
 ries, but from the delay they ex|)e- 
 rienced, and the unhealthiness of the 
 climate, this trade has for st)Uietinic 
 been abandoned by Eurojioans, It 
 is now princii)ally carried on by the 
 Maldivians in their own boats, con- 
 structed of the trunks of cocoa nut 
 trees. These arrive at Balasore in 
 Orissa, situated at the moutli of the 
 Calcutta River, in the months of 
 June and July, (when the S. A¥. 
 monsoon is steady in the Bay of 
 Bengal), loaded with coir, (the fibres 
 of tlie cocoa nut), cocoa nut oil, and 
 all the other produce of the cocoa 
 uut tree, their grand staple, cowries, 
 salt fish, turtle shell. Sec. ixe. They 
 sail about the middle of December, 
 during the N. E. monsoons, w'uh 
 their returns ; more than half of w liich 
 consists of rice from Bengal, the gra- 
 uaiy of the Indies, tlie rest is sugar, 
 hardware, broad cloth, cutlery, silk 
 stuffs, coarse cottons, tobacco, ike. 
 The imports to Bengal, in 1810, ave- 
 raged about 184,129 sicca rupees, 
 and the exports iJU, 182 sicca rupees. 
 Many Maldivian boats come an- 
 nually to Acheen, and bring dried 
 bonetto in small pieces, about two 
 or three ounces weight, w hich when 
 cmed is as hard as horn in tiie centre. 
 Ships oceasionally resort to the Mal- 
 dives to procure dried shark fins for 
 the China market, being esteemed 
 by that nation as an excellent sea- 
 soning for soup, and highly invigor- 
 ating. 
 
 'I'he Maldivians profess the Ma- 
 hommedan religion, yet m some of 
 their customs resemble the Boadjoos 
 of Borneo- They annuallv launch 
 
 2 N 2 
 
 a small vessel loaded with perfumes, 
 gums, and 0(loiif«;rous llowers, and 
 turn it adrift at the mercy of the 
 winds and waves, as an offeiing to 
 the spirit of the winds ; and some- 
 times similar offerings are made to 
 the spirit whom they term King of 
 the Sea. With their internal govern- 
 ment we are httle acquainted, but it 
 does not appear, that although se- 
 parated into distinct islands and 
 groups of islands, that they engage 
 in war v\ith each other, which is 
 wholly unaccountable. They are 
 deseriijcd as a mild inoffensive race, 
 and very hospitable. In 1777 a 
 French vessel, \A'ith some ladies of 
 rank, was wrecked on the Island of 
 Ymetay, who met with the kindest 
 treatment from the chief and his 
 suljjects. The French East India 
 Company had formerly a lorporal 
 and some soldiers resident on these 
 islands, but they were removed by 
 M. Lally in 1759, When Hyder in- 
 vaded Malubai;, in 1766, he con- 
 templated the conquest of these is- 
 lands also, but never carried his in- 
 tention into execution. {4th Re- 
 gister, E more, Forrest, Ley dan, Son- 
 tierat, Si'c. 4"c,J 
 
 jMalivagunga River. — One of 
 (he principal rivers in the Island of 
 Ceylon, which in its course nearly 
 surrounds the hills where the city of 
 Candy stands, for which it serves as 
 a defence. It is here broad, rocky, 
 ami rapid, and a strict watch is kept 
 on its banks by the Candians. 
 
 Malipootas Isle. — One of the 
 small Sooloo islands, which is very 
 low and woody, and has shoals all 
 round, extending about two miles to 
 the N. AV. 
 
 Malavillv, {Malayavali) — A 
 town in the Mvsore Rajah's territo- 
 ries, 35 miles east from Seringapa- 
 tam. Lat. 12°. 23'. N. Long. 77°. 
 16'. E. 
 
 This is a Iarg(? mud fort, separated 
 into two portions by a transverse 
 wall, and was given as ajaghire with 
 the adjacent country to Tippoo by 
 his father Ilyder, About two miles 
 S. W. from iNlalavillv is a large re- 
 
548 
 
 MALWAIL 
 
 sorvoir, where, daring the last Mar, 
 Tippoo had an action with General 
 Harris, in which he was defeated. 
 After (he liattlc he sent and destroy- 
 ed this place, but above 500 houses 
 have since been rebuilt. Near to 
 this town iron ore is smelted, from 
 whence Scrin^apalam receives its 
 chief supply. {P. Bnchanan, Ac.) 
 
 iMallia. — A town and I'ortress in 
 the province of Gujrat, situated on 
 the River jMuchoo, which having 
 passed Wankaneer in the interior, 
 empties itself into the Run two and 
 a half miles below this place. The 
 surrounding country is low, and 
 .slopes off towards the Run; in the 
 rainy season it is a marsh for many 
 miles. 
 
 Prior to 1809 this fortress was pos- 
 sessed by a band of notorious |)Iun- 
 derers, who had gained such an as- 
 cendancy over the neighbouring 
 country, that they commiited the 
 most atrocious acts of cruelty and 
 oppression with impunity. Many 
 efforts had been made by the neigh- 
 bouring chieftains to extirpate them, 
 but all their cjidcavours were un- 
 availing, and only increased the re- 
 putation of the robbers, whose strong 
 hold came to be considered as im- 
 pregnable. In 1809 it was attacked 
 by a Bombay detachment under 
 Col. Walker, and the town stoimed 
 in open day in the presence of the 
 native chiefs, a few hours after the 
 batteries were opened. The effect 
 was such that tlie upper fort was 
 evacuated during the night, and the 
 few depredators, who had escaped 
 the storm, took refuge across the 
 Run in the province of Cuteh. Beibre 
 this event the villages had been de- 
 serted, and the country around iMal- 
 lia depopulated for many miles. — • 
 {Macmitrdo, I \t/i Register, iVc) 
 
 jVIalloodoo. — A district in the 
 north-eastern extremity of Borneo, 
 and in many respects the most vrt- 
 luablo which that large island con- 
 tains. Numerous rivers fall into the 
 Bay of Malloodoo, which is reported 
 to hkvc good soundings throughout 
 the whole of it. Tliis district is po- 
 
 pulous, and well supplied with food, 
 which is a rare case in Borneo. Rat- 
 tans of an excellent quality, from 
 10 to 20 feet long, may here be pro- 
 cured, and also clove bark. 
 
 The natives on the sea coast as- 
 sert, that in the interior there is a 
 lake named Kcnne\ balloo, w liicli ap- 
 pears from their description to ex- 
 ceed in magnitude that of Manilla, 
 and to contain mrmy islands. It is 
 said to be five or six fathoms deep 
 in some places, and to be the source 
 of many ri^ers. Around its margin 
 are many hamlets inhabited by the 
 Idaan or Horaforas, but from their 
 want of Ibreign connnunication, and 
 the peculiarity of their customs, they 
 are little addicted to commerce. 
 {Dalrijmple, ^c-) 
 
 Malnori;. — A town in the Seik 
 territories, in the province of Delhi, 
 160 miles N. W. by N. fiom the city 
 of Delhi. Lat. 3()°. 22', N. Long. 
 75°. 18'. E. 
 
 JNIalluver. — A village in the pro- 
 vince of Gundwana, the residence 
 of a Goand chief, 12 miles south 
 from Kuttunpoor. Lat. 20°. 34'. N. 
 Long. 82°. 50'. E. From Bouslagur 
 to this place, a distance of 50 miles, 
 the road is through a country which 
 is one continued wilderness. In this 
 neighbourhood there is a small suba- 
 cid ])lum of a very pleasant taste, 
 which grows wild. {Blunt, Sf-c,) 
 
 Maloor. — A town in the Mysore 
 Rajah's territories, 27 miles E. by N. 
 from Bangaloor. Lat. 13°. Long. 
 78°. 9'. E. 
 
 Malpoorah. — A small town in 
 the Seik territories, in the province 
 of Lahore, 105 miles E. S. I'l. iioni 
 the city of Lahore. Lat. 31°. 26'. 
 N, Long. 75°. 45'. E. 
 
 Maltown. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Allahabad, district of Biin- 
 deleund, 80 miles S. W. from Chat- 
 terpoor. Lat. 24°. 19'. N. Long. 
 78°. 46'. E. This place is situated 
 near the hills, which separate Bun- 
 delcuud fronj Malwah, and is a large 
 \illage with a stone fort. 
 
 Malwah, (Malam). — A large 
 province in llindostan, situated 
 
MALWAH. 
 
 549 
 
 principall}' bchvccn the 22(1 and 
 2.'3d ilc'jjices of iioitli lalitiulc. To 
 tilt' north it is bouiidcd by Ajmccr 
 and Agra; on <!io south bv Klian- 
 dosh and Bcrar; to thr east it has 
 Allahabad and Cnndvi ana ; and on 
 the west Ajnieer and Cnjrat. In 
 length it may be estimated at 250 
 miles, by 150 miles the aver;><^e 
 breadth. By Abnl Fazel, in 1582, 
 tiiis province is described as follows: 
 " The soubali of Malwah is si- 
 tuated in the second climate, '^riie 
 length from Cnrrah to Banswareh, 
 comprises 245 coss, and tiic breatlth 
 from Chandery to Xnddcrbar in- 
 cludes 2.'30 coss. It is bounded on 
 the cast by JJaudhoo ; on the nortli 
 by Narwar ami the mountains; on 
 the south by IJoglaneh (Baglana); 
 and on th(; west by (Jujrat and 
 Ajmeer. The rivers Nerbuddah, 
 Soopra, Calysind, Neem,andLowdy, 
 flow through this soubah. The 
 situation of this soubali, compared 
 M'ith otiicr parts of Hindostan, is 
 liigh. Both harvests are very good. 
 Wheat, poppies, mangoes, musk, 
 niclons, and grapes, are here in high 
 perfection. 'J'his .soubah is divided 
 into the following districts; viz. 
 1. Oojain ; 2. Koysain; 3. Gunah; 
 4. ChcndaiT; 5. Sarangpoor; 0. 
 Beejagur; 7. Mendow; 8. Ilindia; 
 9. isuzerbar; 10. Merusoor; 11. 
 (Jayroon; 12. Kowtry Beranch. 
 These districts are subdivided into 
 301 pergunnahs, and contain 280,810 
 cavalry, 68,000 infantiy, and 90 
 elephants." 
 
 I'rom the above dcHiication it ap- 
 pears, that when tlie Institutes of 
 Acbcr were composed, the province 
 of 3Ialwah extended to the .south 
 of the Nerbuddah; and an angle 
 touched on Baglana on the south- 
 west, and Berar on l!ie cast. The 
 rest of the southern boundary was 
 formed by the Nerl)uddaii; but it is 
 diflicult to reconcile this arrange- 
 ment with the position of (he pro- 
 vince of Khandesh. On the north- 
 east this province is separated from 
 the district of Uarowty in Ajmeer 
 by a ridge of mountains, extending 
 
 east and WTst near tlie village of 
 Muckundra. Lat. 24°. 4S'. N. 
 Long. 7()°. 12'. K 
 
 Main ah is probably the most 
 elevated region in Hindostan, for 
 from hence the rivers descend in 
 every direction ; but, altiiougii higher 
 than the adjacent countries, the land 
 is extremely fertile, the soil being 
 generally a black vegetable mould, 
 producing cotion, opium, indigo, 
 tobacco, and grain in large quan- 
 tities, besides furnishing pasture for 
 numerous (locks of cattle. The har- 
 vest in this province as in Hin- 
 dostan generally, is divided into two 
 jieriods, the one being cut in Sep- 
 tember and October, and the other 
 in March and April. Rice is culti- 
 vated only on a few detached spol.s, 
 which lie convenient for water; but 
 the (piantity is so small, that it can 
 hardly be reckoned among the crop.s. 
 Barley is not cultivated, the soil 
 being unfavourable for that species 
 of grain. Irom its elevation, this 
 territory enjoys a temperature of cli- 
 mate, i'avourable to the production 
 of many species of fruits, which are 
 destroyed by the heat of the lower 
 provinces. 
 
 The principal articles of export 
 are cottons, which arc sent in large 
 cpiantilies to Gnjrat, coar.se stained 
 and priiited cloihs, the root of the 
 morinda, citrifolia, and opium. All 
 the last at the time of gathering is 
 adulterated with oil, and fre(|iiently 
 with other substances, and is on the 
 whole a very inferior article to the 
 Bengal opium. The Mahvah to- 
 bacco, particularly that of tlie Bil- 
 .sah district, is beyond all com- 
 jiarison the best in India, and mu( h 
 sought after by the votaries of the 
 liookah. It is sui-i)iising that (he 
 eager demand and high price have 
 never influenced the natives to in- 
 crease the cultivation materially; 
 but they prefer substituting tol)acco 
 of a dilierent growth, and asserting 
 that it is the genuine Bilsah, rely- 
 ing on the ignorance and want of 
 taste of their customers. 
 Alalwah contains the sources of 
 
550 
 
 MANAAR. 
 
 numerous rivers, but none attain to 
 any great magnitude until they 
 leave its limits. They are the Ner- 
 buddali, Chumbul, Betwah, Siiidc, 
 Sopra, Mahy, and Cane. The prin- 
 cipal towns are Oojain, Indore, 
 Mimda, Bopid, Bilsah, Seronge, 
 Teary, Koorwey, Klieralasa, Miui- 
 da, and Shujaw nipoor. 
 
 This province was invaded early 
 in the ISth century l)y the Patau 
 sovereigns of Delhi, and was wholly 
 confjuered or rendered tributary. 
 Its subjection to that empire con- 
 tinued very precarious until the 
 14th and I5th centuries, during 
 which period it was governed by 
 independent sovereigns of tlie Patau 
 or Afghan race, whose ca[»ital was 
 Mandovv (Munda), situated among 
 the A'indhaya Mountaiiis. After the 
 conquest of Delhi by the Mogul 
 dynasty, Malwaii was soon subdued, 
 and continued to form a province of 
 that empire until the death of 
 Aurengzebe, in 1707, when it was 
 invaded and overrun by the Ma- 
 harattas ; and finally separated from 
 the Mogul government about the 
 year 1732, during the reign of Sahoo 
 Rajah, and with this nation it has 
 remained ever since. 
 
 At present a large proportion of 
 Malwah is possessed by the Sindia 
 family, but agreeably to a Maha- 
 ratta custom, so intermixed with 
 the territories of the Peshwa Hol- 
 liar, and other chiefs, that it is dif- 
 ficult to discriminate tliem. The 
 ancient laudiu)lders who were de- 
 prived of their possessions by the 
 Maharattas, still retain some forts 
 dispersed over the province, and 
 partly by treaty, partly by Ibrce, 
 receive a portion of the rents from 
 the neighbouring villages. These 
 people are called Grassmli, and in 
 1790 during the life time of Mad- 
 haje«( Sindia. one of them possessed 
 a mud fort within ten miles of 
 Oojain. 'J'hese people are generally 
 freebooters, and levy contributions 
 by ibrce during any confusion or 
 distress of government. 
 
 Besides the Grassiah, a great num- 
 
 ber of petty clriefs hold hereditary 
 possession of districts, for which they 
 pay the revenue to Sindia; and while 
 this part of their engagement is per- 
 formed, are little interfered with 
 the internal management of their 
 territories. Each of these chieftains 
 possesses one or more stnnig holds, 
 with Aviuch the province abounds; 
 their subjugation, therefore, when 
 refractory, is attended with consi- 
 derable diiliculty and expense; antl 
 they frequently make it a point of 
 hoiioiu- to withhold their revenue 
 until the payment is compelled by 
 force. {Hunter, Rennel, Scott, Mar- 
 quis Wellesleif, ^-c.) 
 
 Malpurba, {Mahyajturva). — A 
 small river in the south of India, 
 which, after a short course, I'alls into 
 the Krishna, and with that river may 
 be considered as the northern bound- 
 ary towards the Deccan. 
 
 Mallown, (or Malwan). — A sea- 
 port town in the Maharatta terri- 
 tories, province of Bejapoor, and 
 formerly famous as a resort of pi- 
 rates, named iiom it Malwans. Lat. 
 16°. 4'. N. Long. 73°. 20'. E. 
 
 MAiMi'AVA.— A town situat< d on 
 the w est coast of Borneo. Lat. 0°. 
 21'. N. Long. 109°. 10'. E. This 
 is one of the best markets among the 
 Eastern Islands for opium; the con- 
 sumption, includisig its dependen- 
 cies, being equal to 600 chests per 
 annum. {Elmore, ^-c.) 
 
 Manaar. — An island situated olF 
 the north-west coast of Ceylon, from 
 which it is separated by an arm of 
 the .sea about two miles broad, 
 which at low water is almost dry, 
 with the exception of a small channel 
 in the iniddle, not exceeding 30 or 
 40 yards broad. The passage from 
 Manaar to Ramisseram is about 12 
 leagues; but it is interrupted by a 
 line of sand banks, which runs (piite 
 across, and is known by the name of 
 Adam's Bridge. Small boats ply be- 
 tween liamisseram and Manaar, and 
 government have also boats station- 
 ed for conveying over the letter bags 
 between Ceylon and the continent. 
 l''rom Madras to Cohunbo the dist- 
 
]MANAH. 
 
 551 
 
 anc« is 500 miles, and tlio lettei's are 
 },^(Mieially convened betwixt thoiii in 
 10 days; but an express is some- 
 times eairied in eii;lit days. 
 
 The Dutch built a i'urt on tlie 
 Island of Manaar, Mith a view to 
 comuiand the passage; and a garri- 
 son is still maintained here, whieli is 
 augmented during the pearl (isiiing 
 season. In length the island may 
 be estimated at 15 miles, by three 
 the average breadth. Manaar is a 
 Tamul word, and signifies a sandy 
 river, from the shallowness of the 
 sea at this plaee. To the south of 
 this island, towards \ripi»o, the coast 
 of Ceylon is wild and barren, and 
 destitute of accommodation and pro- 
 visions. {Percii'dl, Lnheck, c^c) 
 
 Manaar, (Gult of). — This gulf 
 separates the Island of Ceylon from 
 the Southern Carnatic. Although too 
 shallow to admit vessels of a large 
 size, the depth of water is sufficient 
 for sloops, donies. and country cralt 
 of various descriptions, wiiich convey 
 goods by this passage, from Madras 
 and other jilaees on the Coromandel 
 coast, to Columbo, instead of taking 
 the outward circuitous passage, and 
 rounding the island by 'I'rincomale 
 Point do Galle,and Dondrahead. The 
 ridge of sand banks, named Adam's 
 Bridge, frequently presents an insur- 
 mountable obstruction, and \esseis 
 are obliged to lighten at IManaar be- 
 fore they can perform the passage. 
 This is called the Inner or Palk's 
 Passage, from a Dutchman of that 
 name, who first attempted it. It is 
 common to have large bouts station- 
 ed at Manaar, to receive the goods 
 and convey them forward to CoUnn- 
 bo. Coarse cloths and calicoes are the 
 chief goods imported by this route; 
 and areka, cocoa mits, betel leaf, 
 fruits, arrack, and coir, are sent in 
 return. {Pcixival, ^c.) 
 
 Manapar, {Manipara). — A town 
 situated on a promontory, in the 
 province of Tinnevelly, 60 miles N. l'. 
 from Cape Comorin. Lat. 8°. 39'. 
 Long. 7b°. 17'. i'i. 
 
 Manapar — A town in the Poly- 
 gar territory, 50 nnles W. by S. from 
 
 Tanjore. Lat. 10°. 39'. N. Long. 
 78°. 30'. E. 'Ibis was formerly the 
 re.sidence of a tributary and refrac- 
 tory polygar ; but is now, with the 
 surrounding district, comprehended 
 in the Dindigul coUectorship. 
 
 Manaswarv. — A small island 
 about five miles in circumference, si- 
 tuated in the harbour of Dory, on 
 the great Island of Papua. Lat. O''. 
 54'. N. Long. 134°. 40'. E. Here 
 are many nutmeg trees growing 
 wild, wiiich produce nutmegs of the 
 long sptcies, but of inferior quality. 
 {Forrest, ^-c.) 
 
 Manah. — A town in Northern 
 IJiudostan, in the province of Seri- 
 nagur, of which it foruis the bound- 
 ary in the N. E. quarter. Lat. 30°. 
 45'. N. Long. 79°. 40'. E. 
 
 This town is built in three divi- 
 sions, containing 150 or 200 houses, 
 and is more populous than any place 
 in tliis neighbourhood. The num- 
 ber of inhabitants is computed at 14 
 or 1600, who appear to be of a differ- 
 ent race from the moiuitaineers of 
 Gerw;d or Seriuagur. They are above 
 middling size, stout, well formed, and 
 their countenances more Uke the 
 Tartars or Bootancrs. I'hey have 
 broad faces, small eyes, and com- 
 plexions of a light olive colour. The 
 women are in general handsome, and 
 have a ruddiness of complexion al- 
 most approaching to the lloridness 
 of Euiopeans. Their necks, ears, 
 and noses, are covered with a profu- 
 sion of rings, and vaiious ornaments 
 of beads and triidvets of gold and 
 silver. 
 
 The houses are two stories high, 
 constructed of stone, and covered 
 with smcdl deal plank, instead of 
 slate. These may be considered only 
 as their summer residences; for in 
 the winter season the town is entire- 
 ly buried luider snow — the popula- 
 tion being cou)pelled to migrate to 
 a less rigorovis chmate. The villages 
 of Josimath, Panchcser, and their vi- 
 cinity, aflbrd them an asylum for the 
 lour inclement months of the year. 
 After the first fall of snow they retire 
 from this place with their families, 
 
652 
 
 MANDOW. 
 
 carrying: all their property with them, 
 excepting the grai;), which they bury 
 in small pits. 'I'hey profess the Hin- 
 doo Biahminical doctrines, and call 
 themselves Raipoots. Like other 
 inhabitants of cold climates, they are 
 much addicted to drinking — their 
 beverage beijig a spirit extracted from 
 rice, prepared in tlie usual mode of 
 distillation. 
 
 A considerable trade is earned on 
 from hence with Eootan. Towards 
 the end of July, when the snow lias 
 melted, these people set off in par- 
 ties of from 100 to 150, with mer- 
 chandize, principally laden upon 
 sheep and goats. The principal ar- 
 ticles imported froniBootan are salt, 
 saffron, borax, zedoary, dried grapes, 
 gold dust in small bags, cow tails, 
 and musk in pods, blankets, inferior 
 cow tails, and bezoar A few ar- 
 ticles of porcelain are also brought 
 down, and also a small quantity of 
 tea, but the demand for both is trif- 
 ling. Hill ponies, sheep with four 
 and six horns, and the Chowry cow, 
 are also brought from those trans- 
 alpine regions, and are to be seen 
 grazing in the neighbourhood of Ma- 
 iiah. Dogs, of a species as large as 
 the Newfoundland breed, are also 
 imported. {Raper, SfX.) 
 
 ftlANCOTE, {Maiicata). — A village 
 in the province of Laliore, 74 miles 
 N. E. from the city of Lahore. Lat. 
 32°.44'. N. Long.'74° 28'. E. This 
 place stands on an eminence skirt- 
 ed by a small river, and in 1783 
 was Iributary to the Rajah of Jam- 
 boe, but is now possessed by the 
 Seiks. 
 
 Mandhar. — A district in the 
 Island of Celebes, bounded on, the 
 west by the Straits of Macassar, and 
 on the east by a tract of desert moun- 
 tains, to which the inhabitants retire 
 when attacked from the sea by ene- 
 mies too powerful to resist in the 
 field. The government of this small 
 state was formerly vested in 10 no- 
 bles, who were in subjection to the 
 Macassars before the latter ^\ere 
 subdued by the Hutch. The name 
 js celebrated in Hindoo mythology, 
 
 as that of the mountain with which 
 the demi-gods and demons churned 
 the ocean to procure the essence of 
 immortality. 
 
 Mandoly Isle, — One of the Gi- 
 lolo Islands, situated between the 
 1st and 2d degiees of south latitude, 
 and about the 127th of east longi- 
 tude. In length it may be estimated 
 at 20 miles, by four the average 
 breadth. 
 
 Mandow, {Mandu). — A district in 
 the province of Malwah, situated 
 among the Vindhaya Mountains, be- 
 tween the 22d and 23d degrees of 
 north latitude, and at present sub- 
 ject to the Maharattas, but much in- 
 fested by tribes of freebooters of the 
 Bhecl caste. The Nerbuddah, which 
 bounds this district to the south, is 
 the principal and almost the^ only 
 river, the face of the country being 
 generally mountainous; but the val- 
 lies are fertilized by numerous 
 streams from the hills. On account 
 of the defective state of the govern- 
 ment this temtory is greatly covered 
 with jungle, and very thinly inha- 
 bited. The chief towns are Munda, 
 Bajulpoor, and Dectan. By Abul 
 Fazel, in 1582, it is described as fol- 
 lows: 
 
 " Sircar Mandow, containing 16 
 mahals ; measmement, 229,969 bee- 
 gahs ; revenue, 13,788,994 dams ; 
 seyurghal, 127,732 dams. This sir- 
 car furnishes 1 180 cavalry, and 10,625 
 infantry." 
 
 Mandow. — A city in the province 
 of Malwah, the capital of a district 
 of the same name, and situated 47 
 miles S. S. W. from Oojain. 
 
 This city is now much deca5'ed, 
 but was formerly the capital of the 
 Khillijee Patau sovereigns of Mal- 
 wah, and is described by Abul 1 azel, 
 in 1582, as a city of prodigious ex- 
 tent, 22 miles in circuit, and contain- 
 ing numerous monuments of ancient 
 magnificence. In 1615, when visit- 
 ed by Sir Thomas Roe, it was greatly 
 dilapidated, and its grandeur disap- 
 peared. It then occupied the top of 
 a very high and extensive mountain. 
 It is now possessed by the Maliarat- 
 
MANGALORE. 
 
 553 
 
 tas, and sunk into obscurity. {Abul 
 Fax el. Reimel, Scott, <^-c.) 
 
 Manda VEE. — A large Ibrtified rca- 
 port town, in the province of Cufcli, 
 situated on the Gulfof Cnteh. Lat. 
 22°. 50'. N. Long. 69°. 34'. E. This 
 place carries on an extensive trade 
 Avith Malabar and the Arabian coast. 
 Mandowee. — A cily in the pro- 
 vince of Lahore, possessed by chiefs 
 tributary to the Seiks, and situated 
 on the cast side of tlie Beyah River, 
 140 miles N. E. from Lahore. Lat. 
 32°. 54'. N. Long-. 7.5°. 4b'. E. 
 
 Mandowee. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Gujrat, district of Broach, 
 situated on the south side of the Ri- 
 verTuptee, 25 miles east from Surat. 
 Lat. 21° 13'. N. Long:. 73° 25'. E. 
 Mangapett. — A large village in 
 the Nizam's territories, in the pro- 
 vince of Hyderabad, 104 miles N.W. 
 iiom Rajainnndi-}-. Lat. 1 8°. 14'. N. 
 Long. 81°. 5'. E. This place is si- 
 tuated near to the S. W. bank of the 
 Godavery, in the Poli)o«sliah Rajah's 
 country, and is the head of a pergun- 
 iiah of the .same name. 'J he moun- 
 tains continue close down to the 
 east side of the Godavery, opposite 1o 
 this place ; and the wild inhabitants 
 sometimes extend their depredations 
 to this side of the river. ( Blunt, St.) 
 jNIangalo RE, (Ma/(ga /«/•). — Ailon- 
 risliing sea-port town, in the province 
 of South Canara, situated on a salt 
 lake, which is sepaiated from the 
 sea by a beach of sand. At high 
 water, ai;d in line weather, ships of 
 less than 10 feet water can enter it. 
 Lut. 12° 49'. X. Long. 75°. E. 
 
 'I'his town, also named Codeal 
 Bunder, is large, and is built round 
 tiie sides of the peninsula, in the ele- 
 vated centre of which the fort was 
 placed. 'I'he lake by which the pro- 
 montory is formed is a most beauti- 
 ful piece of salt watei-. Ten miles 
 further up the river is the small tovAU 
 of Areola, which is likewise called 
 Fcringypettah, having formerly been 
 principally inhabited by Concaa 
 Christians, invited to reside there by 
 the Ikerry Rajahs. Its situation on 
 the northern bauk of the southern 
 
 Mangalore River is very fine, and it 
 was form<rly a large town ; but after 
 "J'ippoo had taken General jMalthews 
 and his army, in 1783, he destroyed 
 the town, and carried away its inha- 
 bitants. The whole of the coimtry 
 above Mangalore resembles ]VIala- 
 bar, only the sides of the hills have 
 not been formed into terraces with 
 equal industi-y ; the eattle also re- 
 semble those of Malabar in llieir di- 
 minutive size. 
 
 In Hyder's reign the principal 
 merchants at Mangalore were 31 op- 
 lays and Concanies ; but since the 
 lirilish acquired the government, 
 many men of property have come 
 from Surat, Cutcli, Bombay, and 
 other places to the north. These 
 men are chiefly of the Vaisya caste, 
 but there are also many Parsecs 
 among them. The shopkeepers are 
 sti4l mostly jNToplays and Concanies. 
 The vessels employed in trade chielly 
 belong to other ports. 
 
 Riee is the grand article of export, 
 being sent to Muscat in Arabia. Goa, 
 Bombay, and Malabar. In 1800 the 
 current price was 2s. 8d. and 3s. Gd. 
 per bushel; and in 1803, out of 11 
 lacks of rupees, the total export of 
 Mangalore, rice composed nine lacks, 
 and was then subject to an export 
 duty of 10 per cent. Next to rice, 
 as an export, is betel nut, tlien black 
 pejtper; sandal wood is sent from 
 lience to Bondjay, but it is the pro- 
 duce of the country above the 
 Ghauts. Cassia, or dhal cliina, is 
 sent to jMuscat ; and turmeiic to 
 Muscat, Cutch, Surat, and Bombay. 
 The chief imports are blue cotton 
 cloths from Surat, Cutch, and Ma- 
 dras ; and while cotton clolh from 
 Cutch, Bovvnagur, and other jtlaces 
 Jiorth fiom Bombay. Salt is injide 
 on this coast by a process similar to 
 that used in Malabar; but the quan- 
 tity manufaeluretl is very inadequate 
 to tlie wants of the country ; on v\ hich 
 account it is imported from Bombay 
 and Goa, and sells for 3d j er bushel. 
 Raw silk, for the use of the manufac- 
 turers above the Ghauts, and sugar, 
 are imported from China and Ecu- 
 
554 
 
 MANICPOOR. 
 
 gal ; and oi! aiifl ghee (boiled butter) 
 liroiii Suiat. Much of the cloth used 
 in the country is brought from above 
 the Ghauts. 'J lie niaund at Manga- 
 lorc is only 28| pounds, by \viiich 
 Aveight the Company buy and sell. 
 
 ]\Janga!ore at a very early period 
 of history was a great resort of Ara- 
 bian vessels, the produclions being 
 peculiaily adapted to that country. 
 The i^ortuguese also carried on an 
 extensive commerce, and hgd a fac- 
 toiy established iierc. In 1696 the 
 Aral)s of JJuscat being at war with 
 the Portuguese, one part of the Ara- 
 bian ileet run down along the coast 
 of Africa, and desfroyc<l the Portu- 
 gese seUlement atEombazar; while 
 the other, stretching across the In- 
 dian Seas,burned the factory belong- 
 ing to thai nation at Mangalore. In 
 I'ebruary, 1768, it Avas taken by a 
 detachment fiom Bombay, but re- 
 lakcn by Hyder immediately after- 
 Avards, and the garrison made pri- 
 soners. 
 
 In 1783 Mangalore again surren- 
 dered to a force from Bomljay ; and, 
 after the detruction of General Mat- 
 thew's army, sustained a long siege 
 by Tippoo, during which the garri- 
 son, under Colonel Campbell, made 
 a most gallant defence. The whole 
 l)0wer of that prince, assisted by his 
 French allies, could not force a 
 breach that had long been open, and 
 he was repulsed iu every attempt to 
 carry it by storm. On the conclu- 
 sion of peace, in 1784, it was given 
 up to TipjK)0 a mere heap of rub- 
 bish ; wliat remained was wholly 
 destroyed by him, when he expe- 
 rienced how little his fori resses were 
 calculated to resist European sol- 
 diers, and with what dilhculty he 
 could retake any of them that were 
 garrisoned by Ibitish troops. 
 
 Travelling distance iiom Seringa- 
 patam, 162; from Madras, 440 miles. 
 (^F. Buchamm, Bruce, Lord Valentia, 
 Sfc. <Vc.) 
 
 Mangeray,(Straits of). — These 
 straits separate the Island of Floris 
 or Ende from that of Comobo. In 
 general the depth of water exceeds 
 
 30 fathoms. On the Floris side are 
 many good harbours and bays, where 
 vessels may anchor. ( Bligh.) 
 
 Mangeedara. — A distiict in the 
 most eastern quarter of Borneo, ex- 
 tending towards the Sooloo Archi- 
 pelago, iu a long narrow point, nam- 
 ed Unsang. The first river in Man- 
 geedara is named Tawoo, opposite 
 to the Island of Sebatic, to the east- 
 ward of which is a promontory, 
 named Biraug, the adjacent country 
 affording pasture for nuuiy cattle 
 near a river named the Pallass. The 
 peninsula of Unsang terminates east- 
 ward in a bluif point, at the north- 
 east point of which is a small island 
 named Tambeesan, forming a har- 
 bour capable of admitting ships of 
 a considerable size ; the vicinity 
 abounding with line timber. On 
 this coast tliere are many rivers, but 
 they have generally bars at their 
 junction with the sea. 
 
 Mangeedara produces bird nests, 
 wax, lacka wood, daminer, and gold. 
 The most remarkable place for the 
 latter is Talapam, in Gicoug Bay; 
 but the river diseuibogues into the 
 north sea, between Tambeesan and 
 Sandakan. The eastern part of Un- 
 sang abounds with wild elephants; 
 and Mangeedara generally witli a 
 breed of cattle, originally left here by 
 the Spaniards, who had a footing in 
 the I7th century, which they after- 
 wards, by treaty with the Sooloos, 
 relinquished. (Dahymple, )^-c.) 
 
 M A NGH ELLY, {Mangnlalaya). — A 
 town in the Afghan territories, in 
 the district of Puekholi, and formerly 
 the residence of Shader Khan, the 
 chief of Tiddoon. Lat. 33°. 32'. ^'. 
 Long. 72°. E. {Foster, ^c.) 
 
 Manicpoor. — A district in the 
 Nabob of Oude's territories, in the 
 province of Allahabad, situated about 
 the 26th degree of north latitude. 
 The soil is here fertile, and tolerably 
 well supplied wilh water, a consi- 
 derable part of the district extending 
 along the north-east side of the 
 Ganges ; but the superior cultivation 
 and prosperity of the contiguous 
 proNinces belonging to the British 
 
MANILLA. 
 
 555 
 
 point out the marked dilTcrence of 
 tlie two governments, altliongli lliat 
 of Oude, jceneially, has hceii nnifh 
 improved by the present Nabob. The 
 prineipal towns are iManicpoor, Dal- 
 mow, and Rnssoolpoor. F'y Abnl 
 Fazel, in 1682, t'lis distriet is de- 
 scribed as fellows : — " Niicar Manie- 
 poor, coutainins 14 maimls, mea- 
 surement 6Go,222 l)eei!,ahs, revenue 
 33,yi6.527<lams. Se> Mri;lial2,446,173 
 dams. This siirav furnishes 2,040 ca- 
 valry, and 42.900 infantry." 
 
 JNIamcpoir. — A town bdongina: to 
 the Nabob of Onde, in ihe province 
 of Allahabad, 40 miles distant from 
 that fortress, and situated on the 
 N. v.. side of the tianges. Lat. 25°. 
 47'. N. Long. 81° 25'. K 
 
 Manilla. — A city in the Island 
 of Luzon, and the capital of the 
 Spanish settlements in the Phihp- 
 pines. Lat. 14°. 38'. N. Long. 120°. 
 60'. E. 
 
 This city stands on tlie Bay of 
 Manilla, which is 25 leagues in cir- 
 cumference, and receives some con- 
 siderable rivers; among others, the 
 Pasig, which, floAving from a large 
 lake to the castwaril of the town, at 
 the distance of three leagues, falls 
 into the sea, alter passing the walls 
 of the fortihcation to the north. 
 Three Icagnes distant from Manilla, 
 to the south Avest, lies the port of 
 -Cavite ; so called from the Avord 
 canit, a fish hook, to which the 
 tongue of land it stands on bears a 
 strong resemblance. Cavite is de- 
 fended by an indifferent iort, and is 
 provided A\ith an arsciial for the ac- 
 <;ommodation of the Acapuico ships, 
 and a few small vessels lor the de- 
 fence of the islands against the pi- 
 ratical cruizers. At this port large 
 ships generally unload — the entry 
 of the Manilla l^iAcr being impeded 
 by a bar, Avhich is very dangerous 
 during high Avinds ; but sm:dl vessels 
 ascend tlie ri\er, and laud their 
 cargoes at the city. 
 
 Manilla is large, and contains 
 many handsome private houses ; and, 
 in spite of the earthquakes, some 
 niagnilicpnt churches. The sur- 
 
 rounding coimtry is fertile, and fit 
 l()r any sort of culture ; but remain.s 
 almost in a state of nature, having 
 been little improved by the Spani- 
 ards. .As in the other Spanish pos- 
 sessions, the largest and best part of 
 the town is octnpied by monasteries 
 and convents. The town in general 
 was much injured, in 1762, by the 
 natives, who joined the British 
 forces. The houses of the native 
 Indians are made of bamboos, co- 
 vered Avith leaves, and extremely 
 combustible. They are raised on 
 AA'ooden pillars, eight or 10 feet from 
 the ground, and are ascended to by 
 a ladder, which is pulled up at 
 night. On account of the frequency 
 of earthquakes, many of the Spanish 
 houses are built in the same manner 
 and of similar matcrial.s. 
 
 In 1785 the city of Manilla, Avitii 
 its suburbs, Avas supposed to contain 
 a population of 38,000 souls, among 
 whom not more than 1000 or 1200 
 European Spaniards were reckoned 
 — the rest being mulatoes, Chinese, 
 and Tagalas, who cultivate the 
 eartli, and carry on the arts of in- 
 dustry. Notwithstanding the dis- 
 like the Spaniards have ahvavs 
 shewn to allowing the Chinese to 
 colonize, and their repeated expul- 
 sion, in 1800 there were from 15 to 
 20,000 of that industrious nation 
 .settled on the Island of Luzon, and 
 engaged in commerce and agricul- 
 ture. A Chinese captain is appointed 
 by the government, avIio is respon- 
 sible for their conduct, and through 
 Avhom applications lor permission to 
 reside nnist be made. Tlie inter- 
 course Avith the Chinese port of 
 Amoy, and Avith the north-eastern 
 ports of China, employs .seven or 
 eight junks, which bring over Avith 
 them from three to 500 ncAV adven- 
 turers annually, Avho Avork their 
 passage, and import each a small 
 package of goods; and, in these 
 junks, numbers of Chinese annually 
 return. With some diflerence in 
 point of time, vessels are able to 
 pass betAA ecu Manilla and China at 
 all seasons of the year. 
 
556 
 
 MANILLA. 
 
 All llie necessaries of life are to be 
 licre mot with in ^cat abiindaiice ; 
 but the cloths, manufactures, an(l 
 furniture of Europe and India, are 
 extremely dear, on account of the 
 restraints and proliibitions to which 
 commerce is subjected. The horses 
 are indiflerent, but cheap : two of 
 the best may be purchased for 30 
 piastres ; in consequence of which 
 the poorest of the Spanish families 
 have one or more carriaj^es. The 
 environs of Manilla, ailhouijh little 
 cultivated, have a pleasing appear- 
 ance, A river tlows past it, branch- 
 ing into dilierent channels, the prin- 
 cipal of which lead to the famous 
 Lagoon or Lake of Bahia, which is 
 surrounded by numerous Indian vil- 
 lages. The food of the natives is 
 rice, wliicli they eat with salt fish 
 and hot peppers. 
 
 In 1785 the gannson of Manilla 
 consisted of two battalions, forming 
 1300 effective men, mostly Mexican 
 inulatocs. Besides these there were 
 two companies of militia, 150 horse, 
 and also a battalion of militia, raised 
 and paid by a rich Chinese of half 
 blood, named Tu-assou, who was 
 afterwards ennobled. All the sol- 
 diers of this corps were Chinese of 
 half blood, and would have furnished 
 but a very feeble aid in lime of need. 
 On urgent occasion, a numerous na- 
 tive militia might also be raised, and 
 oiTicered by crcoles or iMiropeans, 
 There is a small eoi-ps of 150 men 
 maintained, to supply the garrisons 
 f>f the Ladrone Isles and of Ma- 
 gindauao. 
 
 From its advantageous position 
 ■with respect to India, China, and 
 America, Manilla ought to be a city 
 of the first commercial importance; 
 but, under the government of the 
 Spaniards, its trade has never been 
 encouraged ; or rather, until reccutly, 
 was altogether repressed. Formerly, 
 the entry of foreign European ves- 
 sels was either altogether prohibited, 
 or burthened with such heavy duties 
 as were equivalent to a prohibition. 
 Chinese, and vessels belonging to 
 the natives, were then alone admit- 
 
 ted, and exported the dollars re- 
 ceived by the galleons from Mexico. 
 
 The chief articles of export from 
 Manilla are cordage, resinous sub- 
 stances, pilch and tar, cloths, rushes, 
 rattans, indigo of an excellent qual- 
 ity, rice, and cotton ; which last, if 
 suflicienlly cultivated, might prove a 
 valuable article of exportation to 
 China. 'J"he sugar-cane thrives well, 
 but little is mar.nfactured, and the 
 woods abound with a species of 
 bastard cinnamon. The tobacco i,j 
 good, and makes excellent cigars, 
 Avhieh are smoked all day by the 
 INIanilla ladies. The cocoa of the 
 island is considered superior to that 
 of America; and the tree is much 
 cultivated, on account of the quan- 
 tity consumed by the Sjianiards. 
 Neither tobacco nor cocoa were indi- 
 genous to the Philippines, having 
 been introduced by the Spaniards. 
 'V\'ax n)ay be collected in consider- 
 able quantities; and gold is filtered 
 from the rivulets by the Indians, 
 who are sometimes able to procure 
 daily to the value of fifteen-pence 
 each. Native iron is found in mass- 
 es, and there arc considerable quar- 
 ries of marble, from Avhence it is 
 procured to decorate the churches. 
 
 In 1810-11, the imports to Bengal 
 from ^Manilla amounted to 2,969,942 
 sicca rupees, and consisted princi- 
 pally of copper, indigo, and cochi- 
 neal, with a large proportion of trea- 
 sure : the ex|)orts from Bengal to 
 Manilla were only 1,270,542 rupees, 
 the market having been glutted with 
 Bengal goods.in 1808-9. 
 
 Prior to the Spanish invasion, INIa- 
 nilla existed as an Indian town. In 
 1571, Miguel Lopez de Lcgaspi, 
 the Spanish connnaudcr in the Phi- 
 lippines, sailed in person to the 
 Island of Ijuzon ; and, entering the 
 river with his squ;;dron, on the 19tlx 
 of May, took possession of Manilla, 
 which he constituted the capital of 
 the Spanish possessions in the Phi- 
 lippines. For further details see the 
 article Philippines. {Sonnerat, Zu- 
 niga, La Peyronse, Parliamentarif 
 Reports, Ac.) 
 
MANSAimOR. 
 
 357 
 
 Manipa Isle. — A small island, 
 about 20 inilos in cirtnnitcrt'iico, 
 situated o(V tlic wcsU'in end of Cc- 
 raui. I.af. 3°. 21'. N. Long;. 12/°. 
 •51'. E. Viewed lioni the sea it has 
 a mouiitHinous appearance ; but it 
 is well cullivated and inhabited. 
 {Forrest, iSe.) 
 
 JNIancap Isle, {Pulo). — A very 
 small island, situated at the extre- 
 mity of a sand bank, which extends 
 about .six leagues lioni tii<! S. A\ . ex- 
 tremity of Borneo. Jvat. 3°. S. liona:. 
 102**. 67'. K. The tides between this 
 place and Suratoo are very stronji;, 
 and it should not be approached too 
 near by ships, on account of the 
 inciitnlarity of the soundiuf^s. 
 
 Mankiam Isle. — A small island, 
 abotit 30 miles in circumference, si- 
 tuateil oil" the west coast of Gilolo. 
 Lat. 0°. 20'. N. Lon-. 127°. 30'. E. 
 
 iMANJEE. — A town in the province 
 of Bahar, district of Sarun, situated 
 at the confluence of the CJanoes and 
 (io};!;ra, 42 miles W. N. W. from 
 Pattia. Lat. 25°. 49'. N. Lonj;. 84°. 
 35'. E. There is a custom-house 
 established licre,where boats, ascend- 
 ing or descending: these two rivers, 
 underf-o an examination. 
 
 Near to ^lanjee is a remarkable 
 banyan, or burr tree, of which the 
 following are the dimensions: dia- 
 meter, I'rom 363 to 375 feet ; circnm- 
 terenee of the shadow at noon, 1116 
 Icet; circumtcrence of the several 
 stems, 50 or 60 in number, 921 feet. 
 Formerly umlor this tree sat a naked 
 fakeer. who had occnj)icd that sta- 
 tion 25 ycius ; but he diil not con- 
 tinue there the whole year through ; 
 for his vow obliged him to lie, during 
 the four cold months, np to the neck 
 in the Hiver Ganges. 
 
 Manowly. — A tow n in the Malia- 
 latla territories, in the |)rovitice of 
 Bejapoor, 22 miles N. E. from the 
 fortress of Darwar. Lat. 15°. 5b'. 
 N. Long. 75°. 10'. E. 
 
 This place originally belonged to 
 Neel Kkunt Bow Sindia and his an- 
 cestors, which family was dispos- 
 sessed, abont 35 years ago, by the 
 Colapoor llajah. who was soou af- 
 
 terwards expelled by the Peshvva ; 
 Pur.^eram Bhow thenHield the coun- 
 try until the decline of his power, 
 when it again fell into the hands of 
 the Colajjoor Bajah. Some time 
 afterwards, Doondeah M augh's (the 
 freebooters) partisans obtai'ifsl pos- 
 session of it, but it was taken froni 
 them by Cenei-al Welleslcy, who 
 gave it to Appah Saheb (Purserara 
 Bhow's oldest son), ^\'ith him it 
 oidy remained a year, when Apjiali 
 Dessiiye came with some troops of 
 Dowlet Row Sindia's, and turned 
 him out ; since which time it lias 
 been lu;ld by Appah Dessavc, tri- 
 butary to the Peshwa. {MSS. ^-c.) 
 
 Maxsahuor, (or Chue Mapuah 
 liAKE). — In the mythological poems 
 of the Hindoos, mention is frequent- 
 ly made of two lakes, situated among 
 the Himalaya INlountains, nannxl 
 the Mana Sarovara, and tlie "\ indii 
 Sarovara, from which issue several 
 of their sacred rivci-s. According 
 to Prawn Poory, a travelling de- 
 votee,thc MansahrorLake is situated 
 on an elevated plain, covered with 
 long grass, to the north of which is 
 a conical hill, dedicated to Maha- 
 dcva. During the rains the lake is 
 said to overflow, and several streams 
 rush down from the hills ; but they 
 soon dry up, the sacred one not cx- 
 cejjted. 'l'h<! lake he described as 
 forming an inegular oval, approach- 
 ing to a circle — pilgrims being five 
 days in going round the lake, which, 
 from its form, a])pears to resemble 
 the crater of a volt;ano. The place 
 of woVshij), or gombah, is to the 
 south, consisting of a few^ huts, 
 with inregular steps down to the 
 lake, from wiiich the Ganges issues 
 with a small .stream, which, in the 
 dry season, is not more than six 
 inches deep. According to the di- 
 vines of Tibet, lour sacred rivers 
 issue from the ManasaRtva Lake, 
 viz, the Brahmapootra, the Ganges, 
 the Indus, and the Sita. 
 
 Notwithstanding these testimo- 
 nies, the existence of iliis lake at 
 all is extremely doubtful; and it is 
 knowuior certain, that the Ganges 
 
558 
 
 MARAWAS. 
 
 does not proceed from it. Hindoo 
 itinerant devotees have, in general, 
 a great faculty at finding what tliey 
 wish or expect; and, with the as- 
 sistance of their imagination, easily 
 reconcile difficnlties. This part of 
 Asia has not yet been visited by 
 European travellers ; but it is cer- 
 tainly extremely desirable to ascer- 
 tain whether any lake exists within 
 the great Himalaya ridge, and whe- 
 ther any river issues from it, as is 
 generally affirmed: and lastly, whe- 
 ther that river be the Sarjew or Ala- 
 canandes, there being Hindoo au- 
 thorities for both. In the best Eu- 
 ropean maps this lake is placed be- 
 tween the 33d and 34th degrees of 
 north latitude, with a circumference 
 of about 60 miles. {C'olebrooke, Wil- 
 ford, Sfc.) 
 
 Manwas, (Manavasa). — A small 
 district in the province of Gundwana, 
 situated about the 24th degree of 
 north latitude, and still possessed by 
 independent native chiefs. Like the 
 greater part of the province, it con- 
 tinues in a very barren and unculti- 
 vated state, with a thin population 
 of wild inhabitants scattered over a 
 great tract of country. 
 
 Manwas. — A town in the province 
 of Gundw ana, the capital of a dis- 
 trict of the same name, and situated 
 95 miles S. W. by S. fiom Be- 
 nares. Lat. 24°. 13'". N. Long. 82°. 
 5'. E. 
 
 Mansir, {Manasara). — A Aillage 
 in the Seik territories, in the province 
 of Lahore, 75 miles N. E. i\v N. from 
 the city ol" Lahore. Lat. 32°. 50. N. 
 Long. 74°. 20'. K. This place con- 
 sists of a few houses standing on 
 the margin of a beautiful sheet of 
 water, abundantly supplied with 
 lish ; but, being held a sacred or 
 royal property, they live unmolested. 
 {Foitei; ^c.) 
 
 Manzora, (Mamitra, victorious). 
 — A river in the Drccan, which rises 
 in the province of Berder ; and, after 
 a short but winding course, falls into 
 tlie Godavery. 
 
 Maratuha Isles. — A cluster of 
 islands, six in number, lying olf the 
 
 east coast of Borneo. Lat, 2°. 15'. 
 N. Long. 118°. 35'. E. The largest 
 has some wells of fresh water made 
 by the Sooloos, who come there to 
 collect biche de mar, or sea slug. 
 
 Marawas, (Maravasa). — A dis- 
 trict in the Southern Carnatic, situ- 
 ated principally between the ninth 
 and 10th degrees of north latitude. 
 To the north it has Tanjore and the 
 Polygar territory ; to the south Tin- 
 nevelly ; to the west it is bounded by 
 Madura ; and on the east by the sea. 
 In length it may be estimated at 80 
 miles, by 30 the average breadth. 
 
 This district possesses consider- 
 able advantages from its maritime 
 situation, tiom the progressive in- 
 crease of its external commerce, and 
 tijc permanent estajjlishment of a 
 large public investment of cloth, 
 which employs its manufacturers, 
 and maintains a considerable circu- 
 lating capital. The southern divi- 
 sion is remarkably well supplied with 
 w ater iiom streams and fiom tanks, 
 wliere it is kept above the level of 
 the country. While one body of the 
 peasantry are employed in letting 
 out the water from the tanks, others 
 are ploughing with oxen ancle deep 
 in the mud, and a third set raising 
 mounds round the small divisions of 
 laud, to preserve a suflicient depth 
 of water on the surface. Near the 
 sea-coast, in general, the country is 
 extremely well cultivated, and is 
 uniformly flat, and adapted for irri- 
 gation. 
 
 Lilce the rest of the Southern Car- 
 nality this district exhil)its many re- 
 uiitins of ancient Hindoo religious 
 magnificence, consisting of temples 
 built with large massive stones. At 
 small distances on the public roads 
 are choultries and pagodas, in the 
 front of which are gigantic figures 
 of richly ornamented horses, formed 
 of bricks covered over with chunam, 
 and shaded by fruit and lolty ban- 
 yan trees. The principal towns are 
 Ramnad, Shevagunga, Armacotta, 
 and Tripaloor, 
 
 At a jcmote period of Hindoo an- 
 titpiity, tJiis district formed a part of 
 
 ( 
 
MASULIPATAM. 
 
 559 
 
 the great Pandean onn>irc ; Init, in 
 modern limes, came into the pos- 
 session of tlie rajahs ot" Shevas;nn<;a 
 and Ranniad; the first of whom was 
 called the Great iVlarawa, and the 
 second the Little Marawa, both tri- 
 bntary to the Nabob of the Carnalie, 
 and occasionally letiactory. The 
 Company collected the tribnte of 
 tlie two Marawas from the year 1792; 
 and, in 1801, by treaty with the Na- 
 bob of Arcot, obtained the complete 
 sovereijynty. Tlie district is now 
 comprehended in the eoliectorship 
 of Dindigul. {Lord Valcntia, bth 
 Report, Fullartou, Mackenzie, ^c. 
 
 Marf.lla. — A town in tlic North- 
 ern Carnatic, district of ( )ngole, G6 
 miles N. by W. from Nelloor. Lat. 
 15°. 16'. N. Long,-. 7i^°. 35'. E. 
 
 Maroeesherah. — A town in the 
 Mysore Rajah's territories, 110 miles 
 N. N. E. from Sering:a|)a1am. Lat. 
 13°. 55'. N. Lon<?. 77°. 23'. E. 
 
 jMaronda. — A small town in the 
 Rajpoot territories, in the province 
 of Ajmeer, 20 miles N. E. from the 
 town of Ajmeer. Lat. 26°. 43'. N. 
 Long. 75°. 7'. E. 
 
 Maroots, (or Maruts). — See 
 Borneo. 
 
 Maros. — ^A Dntch settlement in 
 tlie Island of Celebes, the chief of 
 those to the north of Macassar, or 
 Fort Rotterdam. Lat. 4°. 51'. S. 
 Long. 119°. 35'. E. In 1775 the 
 number of neegrees, or townships, 
 over which the Dntch Company's 
 influence, and the authority of their 
 resident extended, was 370, the 
 s^reatest part of the inhabitants were 
 Buggesses, and very indushious in 
 agriculture. These people have their 
 own chiefs, who are appointed by 
 the King of Boni ; but they were 
 liable lo the Dutch for a tax, which 
 consisted of the lOth ])artof the rice 
 harvest. {Stavorinus, Se.) 
 
 Martakan, {Mandema). — A dis- 
 trict in the Eirman em|»ire, situated 
 principally between the 15th and 
 17th degrees of north latitude. Ves- 
 sels bound from the Straits of Ma- 
 lacca, Prince of Wales island, and 
 
 otlier eastern parts, frequently get 
 entangled in the Bay of Martaban 
 among the shoals, w hence a retreat 
 is very dillicult, as the tides (low 
 wilh such strength, and How so high, 
 as to render anchors nearly useless. 
 {Symcs, !!ifc.) 
 
 xMartaban. — A sea-port town iii 
 the Birnian empire, the capital of a 
 district of the same name. Lat. 16°. 
 30'. N. Long. 97°. 30'. E. This was 
 once a place of considerable size 
 and commerce, but snliered during 
 Ihe wars of the Birmans with the 
 Pegners and Siamese. I'ish maws 
 and shark fins arc procured here tor 
 the China market. 
 
 Marwar, {Marvnr). — A large di- 
 vision of the Ajmeer province, situ- 
 ated priin:i|)allY between the 26th 
 and 281h degrees of north latitude, 
 but, in modern times, better known 
 as the Rajah of Joiidpoor's tenitu- 
 rics. In former times, l!ie term JMar- 
 war, as including the town and 
 tbrtresss of Ajmeer, became almost 
 synonimous with that of the pro- 
 A incc. By Abul Fazel, in 1582, it 
 is described as follows: 
 
 " Marwar is in length 100 coss, 
 and in Ineadth 60 coss. Sircar Aj- 
 meer, Jondepoor, Sarowy, Nagore, 
 and Beykaneerarc dependent on it. 
 'J"h<! Rhatore tribe have inhabited 
 this division for ages. Here are 
 many forts, of wl;ich the folloMing 
 are the most famous, \iz. Ajmeer, 
 .1 ondepoor, Bicanere, J elmeer, A m er- 
 kote, and Jyenagur." 
 
 M asulipatam, {Maiisuhpatan). — 
 A sea-port 1o«n in the Northern 
 Cin-ars, district of Candapilly. Lat. 
 16°. 5'. N. Lr,ng.8l° 11'. E. 
 
 Tlie fort of Jlasulipatani is an ob- 
 long sqnare figure, 800 yards by 600, 
 situated in the midst of a salt mo- 
 rass, close to an inlet or canal, which, 
 opening a communication with the 
 sea and the krisiina, enlarges the 
 means of defence without exposing 
 the works to an immediate naval at- 
 tack, as no ships can come within 
 reach of cannon-shot, nor any a[i- 
 proaches be made on the land side, 
 except between the north and east. 
 
o60 
 
 MASULIPATAM. 
 
 points of tlio compass. The pctfah, 
 or town of JMasnIipatam, is situated 
 a mile and a hall to tlie nortli-wcst 
 of the fort, on a plot of f^roiind 
 risin<^ above the fort; across Mliich 
 the commiuiication between this 
 j^ronnd and tlie fort is by a straip;ht 
 canseway 2000 yards in length. 'J"hc 
 town is very extensive, and its site 
 en the further side is bounded by 
 another morass — both of which are 
 miry, even in the driest season. 
 
 The shore at Masniipatam is still, 
 and it is the only port from Cape 
 Coniorin on m Inch the sea does not 
 beat with a strong: surf, and capable 
 of reccivinj? vessels of ,300 tons bur- 
 then. It early became a port of 
 commerci;'.! resort, and still carries 
 on an extensive foreip;n commerce ; 
 but, notw ithstanding the fedility of 
 the adjacent country, watered by 
 immerous small rivers and channels 
 from the Krishna and Godavery, 
 Iar2:e quantities of rice are annually 
 imj-orted for the consumption of the 
 inhabitants. Masniipatam has long 
 been famous for chintzes, but, al- 
 though much cheaper, they are nei- 
 ther so handsome, nor of so good a 
 quality, as the European chintzes. 
 The former is an article of very ge- 
 neral wear all over Persia, and there 
 is a considerable trade canied on be- 
 tween that port and the Gulf of 
 Persia. 
 
 The trade of Masulipatam ex- 
 lends very little beyond the ports of 
 Calcutta and 13ussorah, in the Per- 
 sian Gulf, and with those places it 
 is principally confined to the article 
 of piece goods ; to the latter the ex- 
 port of cloth is very considerable. 
 From Calcutta i.re injportcd rice, 
 raw silk, shawls, rum, and sugar; 
 and between this place and the 
 Maldives Islands chintz goods and 
 snufl', to a small extent, have been 
 exchanged for cocoa nuts. 
 
 The Jotal value of imports, from 
 the 1st of May, 1811, to the 30th of 
 April, 1812, 418,235 rupees; of 
 wliich 306,809 w as from places be- 
 yond the territories of the Madras 
 government, viz. 
 3 
 
 FromBalasore - - - - 17,325 
 
 Calcutta - - - - 244,001 
 
 Maldives Islands - 14,536 
 
 Various places - - 30,948 
 
 Arcot rupees 306,809 
 
 The total value of the exports, 
 from the 1st of May, 1811, to the 
 30th of April, 1812," was 2,136,298 
 rupees; of which 1,347,733 rupees 
 was to places beyond the territories 
 of the Madras government, viz. 
 
 To Calcutta 24,165 
 
 Chittagong - - - - 2,196 
 Bussorah - - - -1,299,747 
 Maldives Isles - - - 7,368 
 Various places - - 14,257 
 
 Arcot nipecs 1,347,733 
 
 In the course of the above period 
 755 vessels and craft, measuring 
 31,277 tons, arrived; and 727 ves- 
 sels and craft, measuring 31,048 
 tons, departed. 
 
 Masidipatam was conquered by 
 the Bhamencc sovereigns of the 
 Deecan so early as A. D. 1480. In 
 1669 the Trench established a fac- 
 tory here; and, in 1751, received 
 possession of the town and fort, 
 w hen they modernized the defences, 
 and improved it very much. It w as 
 taken liom tliem hy stoun on the 
 night of the 7th April, 1759, by the 
 British troops uiider the command 
 of Colonel Fordi ; the garrison which 
 sunendered amounted to 500 Euro- 
 peans, and 2537 sepoys and topasses, 
 bciiig considerably more numerous 
 than the a.ssailants. After this event 
 the town and adjoining district w ere 
 ceded to the British, Avith whom 
 they have reniained ever since, and 
 now form one of the live collector- 
 ships into which the >Jorthcrn Cir- 
 cars were subdivided, on the intro- 
 duction of the Bengal revenue and 
 judicial system in 1803. 
 
 'I'ravelling distance from Calcutta, 
 764 miles ; from Delhi, 1084 ; from 
 Madras, 292; and from Hyderabad, 
 203 miles. {Orme^ J. Grant, Re- 
 
:\IATHURA . 
 
 561 
 
 ffoyfs, Malcolm, White, Ferishta, 
 Jiennel, >.Sr.) 
 
 Masbatf. Isle. — One of the Plii- 
 lippiiu's, lyiiijf due south of tlie laroo 
 Island of Luzon, or Lucouia, and 
 on the route of tlu; (jallcon from 
 Acajjulro to Mauilla. In length it 
 m.iy be estimated at (jO miles, by 17 
 the average breadth, 
 
 Mascal IsLK. — An island separat- 
 ed from tlie district of Chitta<?ong in 
 Bengal \>y a narrow strait, and si- 
 tuated between the 21st and 2'2d 
 degrees of north latitude. In length 
 it may be estimated at 15 miles, by 
 10 tlie average breadth. It is com- 
 prehended in the jurisdiction of the 
 Chittagong magistrate, but is thinly 
 inhabited, and indillereutly cultivat- 
 ed. Small oysters of an excellent 
 flavour are procured here, and occa- 
 sionally sea turtle. 
 
 Mash a n ag ur, {Mahesa-nagar). — 
 
 on the spot. In Iho fort are .still to 
 be seen the remains of an astrono- 
 mical obs<'rvatory, built by Kajaii 
 Jeysiugh of Jeynagur on the banks 
 of the Juuma. 
 
 INlathma continued subject to tho 
 Mogul government until its dissolu- 
 tion, after which it experienced many 
 misfortunes, particularly in 1750', 
 when Ahmed Shah Abdalii inflicted 
 a general massacre on the inhabit- 
 ants. Towards the conclusion of 
 the 18tli century, with the rest of 
 the Agra province, it came into the 
 possession of the Maharatta Sindia 
 family, m ho confided it to their com- 
 mander-in-chief. General Perron, as 
 part of his jaghire for the support of 
 his forces. This oIKcer made it his 
 head (juarters, strengthened the de- 
 fences, and established here his prin- 
 cipal cannon foundery ; it was, how- 
 ever, taken possession of without re- 
 
 An Afghan town in the province of sistance by the British in September, 
 
 Cabiil, situated on the east side of 
 the small river Sewal, about 30 
 miles west from the Indus. Lat. 
 33°. 47'. N. Long. 71°. 6'. E. 
 
 IMaswev.— A town in the Nabob 
 of Oude's territories, district of 
 Lncknow, 16 miles N. N. IC. from 
 the citv of Lncknow. Lat. 27°. 4'. 
 N. Long. 80°. 40'. E. 
 
 MArwi'KA. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Agra, situated on the east 
 side of the Jumna, 30 miles N. E. 
 by N. from the city of Agra. Lat. 
 27°. 32'. N. Long. 77°. 37'. J-:. 
 
 I'his i)lace is nuich celebrated and 
 venerated by the Hindoos, as tiie 
 .scene of the birth and early adven- 
 tures of their favourite deity KrisJi- 
 na; and in the Maiidnnnedan in- 
 vasion became one of the first ob- 
 jects of their attention, having been 
 taken and destroyed by MaluMood 
 of Gliizui .so early as A.D. 1018. It 
 was sub.se(iuently rebuilt, and orna- 
 mented with several rich temples, 
 the most magnilieent of whi<h was 
 erected by Bheer Singh Deo, the 
 Hajah of Oorcha, and cost .'JG lacks 
 of rupees. This edifice was after- 
 wards razed by Aurengzebe, who 
 erected a mosque \vith the muteriais 
 
 2 o 
 
 1803, and 'has remained with them 
 ever sijice. 
 
 INIathiu-a and Bindrabnnd, in the 
 vicinity, still continue the resort of 
 Hindoo votaries ; but tliey exhibit 
 no remains of architectural magnifi- 
 cence similar to that exhibited in the 
 temples of the Carnatic. There ar« 
 a multitude of sacred monkies of a 
 large sort fed here, and supported 
 by a stipend bestowed by Madhajce 
 Sindia. One of them was lame fiom 
 an accidental hurt ; and, in conse- 
 quence of this resemblance to his 
 patron, who was lame also from a 
 wound received at the battle of Pa- 
 niput, was treated with additional 
 respect. In 1808 two young ca\alry 
 officers inadvertently shot at them, 
 and were immediately attackctl by 
 the priests and devotees, and com- 
 pelled to attempt to cross the Jumna 
 on their elephant, in which endea- 
 vour they both perished. The fish 
 in the Kiver Jumna, which winds 
 along the borders of JMathura, are 
 c(iually protected by the Hindoo 
 faith, and are frequently seen to rise 
 to the surface as if expecting to be 
 fed. {Scott, Turner, Hunter, Ki/d, 
 Sfc. Sc) 
 
562 
 
 MEANY. 
 
 Matura. — A. small fort and vil- 
 lage near the southern extrcmitv of 
 Ceylon. Lat. 5°. 52'. N. Long. 8U°. 
 35'. E. The country roinid this place 
 abounds with elephants, and it is 
 here they are principally caught for 
 exportation, — a general hunt taking 
 place, by order of goverinnent, every 
 three or four years. In 1797, at one 
 hunt, 176 elephants were taken, a 
 number never exceeded at any one 
 time. 
 
 iMatura lies nearly at the south- 
 ernmost extremify of Ceylon, and, 
 owing to the nature of the country 
 to the eastward, there is no other 
 European settlement nearer than 
 Batacolo, at the distance of 60 miles. 
 The country which lies between these 
 two places presents the wildest ap- 
 pearance ; on which account those 
 who are oljliged to go on business 
 from Columbo to Batacolo prefer 
 going by sea; or, if tlu' season be 
 unfavourable, they ratlier take the 
 circuitous route by the west and 
 nortii-west coast of the island. The 
 savage Eedahs are found in the 
 woods in this neighbourhood. {Per- 
 cwal, Vc.) 
 
 JMatwar. — A district in the Mah- 
 aratta territories, in the province of 
 Kiiandesh, and situated between the 
 21st and 22d degrees of north lati- 
 tude. The pi incipal river is the Tup- 
 tee, which bounds it in the south 
 west; and the chief towns arc Sul- 
 tanpoor and Akrauny. 
 
 Mawbf.llypoor, {Mahnhnltpura). 
 — A small town in the provisice of 
 Bahar, tlistrict of Bahar, situated on 
 the east side of the Soane River, 35 
 miles S. W. from Patna. Lat. 25°. 
 20'. N. Long. 84°- 50'. E. Accord- 
 ing to tradition, this was once a 
 country seat of Maha Bali's, round 
 which a town was formed. {Wil- 
 ford, tVf.) 
 
 Mazagong , {Mahesa-gmnta). — A 
 Portuguese village on the Island of 
 liombay, where there is a good dock 
 for small ships, and two tolerably 
 handsome Roman Catholic churches. 
 The mangoes aie so famous for their 
 excellence, that they were formerly 
 
 sent to Delhi, during the reign of 
 Shah Jelian. 
 
 Mbahgung k, ( Mmhganj ). — A 
 town in the Nabob of Oude's do- 
 minions, built by the late Almass 
 Ali Khan, and formeily the capital 
 of his district. The outer wall is of 
 mud, and encloses several large 
 clumps of mangoe trees and spots 
 of cultivated ground. The inner 
 wall is of brick, notvei-y high, with 
 towers of the same at small dis- 
 tances, and holes in the parapet for 
 musketi-y. During the hfe of Al- 
 mass it was in a flourishing con- 
 dition, but now partakes of the ge- 
 neral decay. That chief kept here 
 his park of artillery, which consisted 
 of 40 pieces ; some of large calibre, 
 with ammunition-waggons, and bul- 
 locks in proportion. The scite of 
 the town is a flat, but it has a small 
 lake on two sides of it, which serves 
 for a ditch. When Saadet Ali, the 
 present Nabob of Oude, succeeded 
 to the throne, and first visited Al- 
 mass Ali Khan at this place, he re- 
 ceived, as a nuzzer (ofiering), a lack, 
 of rupees, piled up as a seat for his 
 highness, w hich he did not omit to 
 carry with him. (Lord Valentia. ^c.) 
 
 Meanree, — A fishing village in 
 the province of Sinde, district of 
 Tatta, situated about four miles east 
 from the town of Tatta. Lat. 24°. 
 44'. N. 
 
 Opposite to this place the Indus 
 is about a mile wide, and has three 
 fathoms water. Three miles east of 
 this place is another village, where 
 the Indus is about a mile and a quar- 
 ter broad, and continues so for about 
 two miles ; after which it becomes 
 narrower,not exceeding tluee-fourths 
 of a mile wide, with four or five fa- 
 thoms water. 
 
 Meangis Isles. — A cluster of 
 small islands in the Eastern Seas, 
 situated about the 5th degree of 
 north latitude, and the 127th of east 
 longitude. The inha!)ilants of Na- 
 nusa, one of the largest, are chiefly 
 employed in boat-building. (jPor- 
 rest, yc.) 
 
 Meany, (Miani). — A town in the 
 
IMEGO. 
 
 province of Lahore, 128 miles W. 
 N. W. from tbe city of Lahoir. Lat. 
 32°. 10'. N. Loiiu:. 72°. 15'. E. 
 
 IMeduck, {Madhuvn). — A district 
 in the Nizam's doniinii>iis, in the pro- 
 vince of Hyderabad, situated ai>oiit 
 tlie ISth degree of nortli latitude. 
 'J'he prineipal towns are Mednck and 
 Satanagur, and tlie ciiicf river tlie 
 jManzora. 
 
 jM educk. — A to\Mi in the pro\ ince 
 of Ifulerabad, in the Nizam's domi- 
 nions, 50 miles N. N. ^^ . liom th<' 
 city of H-,d(Madad. Lat. 17°. 5o'. 
 N. Long-; 76°. 20'. E. 
 
 IVlEEGHEOUNCi-v.AY. (or Cvocodilc 
 ToHu). — A town in the IJirnian em- 
 pire, situated on the cast side of the 
 Irawaddy. Lat, 19^. 53'. N. Long. 
 94°. .50'. E. This is a ])lace of con- 
 siderable trade, from Aviiieh rice, gar- 
 lic, onions, and oil, are exported. 
 The farms are neat — each of iliem 
 containing fom- or live cottages, bet- 
 ter built than houses in the towns 
 usually are, and fenced round to re- 
 ceive the cattle, of which there is 
 great abundance. The fields are di- 
 vided by thorn liedges, the low 
 grounds prcjtared for rice, and the 
 high planted with leguminous plants, 
 or ielt i'or pasture. {Si/mes, ^c.) 
 
 IVIeexas. — See J.ajghl'r. 
 
 Meek AT, {Men-ta). — A town in 
 tlie i>rovince of Ajnietr, district of 
 Joudpoor, .36 miles west from the 
 city of Ajmeer. Lat. 20°. 35'. N. 
 Long. 7-t°! 14'. E. This place be- 
 longs to the Jondpoor Kajali, and is 
 the boundary between his teriitories 
 imd those of Dow let Row Siudia in 
 tJiis province. 
 
 Meercaserai. — A small town in 
 t!ie province of Bengal, district of 
 Cliittagong, 35 miles \. by W. f;om 
 tlie town of Ishunabad. ' Lat. 22°. 
 4b'. X. Long. 91°. .'JO', v.. 
 
 AIfercoot, (Mucuta, tite Aimer's 
 Cliff').— A small Afghan town in the 
 j)iovince of C'abnl, .05 iniies west 
 froniChizni, Lat.3;3°.31'. \. Long. 
 G7°. 30'. J'l. The eiimale here is so 
 cold, that sometimes so early as the 
 end of September water freezes so- 
 lidly when exposed iu a copper ves- 
 2 o 2 
 
 563 
 
 {Fos- 
 
 sel suspended fi'om a camel. 
 ter, i^c.) 
 
 Meerjaow, (Mldijaif). — A town 
 in the province of (,'anara, 80 miles 
 S. S. E. trom Coa. Lat. 14°. 27'. N. 
 Long. 74°. 36'. E. The |)roper name 
 of this place is iVlidijay, but coiTUpt- 
 cd in the pronnneiation bythejVla- 
 honuuedans. Meerjaow suffered 
 unich in a siege by Uyder, and still 
 remains in a ruinous condition. Ou 
 the south side of tlie Ri\er Tari- 
 hilay is a small town named Hegada, 
 where the river, seven miles from the 
 sea, in the mouth of February, is 700 
 yards across. The forests, about six 
 miles to the east of IMeerjaow, spou- 
 taneonsly produce black pepper. 
 They contain few teak trees, but 
 cassia and wild nutmegs are com- 
 mon. As the latter ripen, the nion- 
 kies eat the outer rind. 
 
 Dr. Robertson thinks this is the 
 INInsiris of the ancients; liom whence 
 they exported a variety of silk stuffs, 
 rich perfumes, tortoise-shell, difl'er- 
 cnt kinds of transparent gems, espe- 
 cially diamonds, and large quanlilies 
 of pepper. Except the latter, none 
 of the articles above enumerated are 
 at jiicsent produced in the counti-y 
 aeljaccnt to ]\leeijaow. {F. Bucha- 
 na.i. Dr. Robertson, ^-c.) 
 
 Mego, or ]*UL0 Mego Isle. — A 
 very small island, situated off the 
 western coast of Sumatra. Lat. 4". 
 S. Long. 101°. 5'. L. 
 
 'J'his island is called Pulo Mc<iO 
 (orCloud Island) by the ^lalays, and 
 Triste, or Isle do Keeif, by tli<' En- 
 ropeaiis. It is sniall and uninhabit- 
 ed, and, li.ke many otiiers in these 
 seas, is nearly surrounded by a coral 
 reef, with a lagnne in ihe centre, 
 (^n the borders of the lagnne there is 
 a little vegetable mould just aijove 
 til" level of the s( a, where grow some 
 species of tiinlier Irce.i. 
 
 All the smaii low islands which 
 lie off the western coast of Sumatra 
 aie skirted near tlic sea bernh so 
 thickly wilh cocoa nut trees, that 
 their inaiiches touch each olher; 
 v\hilst the interior parts, though not 
 ou a higher level, are entirely iiee 
 
564 
 
 MEIIWAS. 
 
 tVom tliem. "VMicn uninliabiled, as 
 is the case with Pulo Mego,the inits 
 become a prey to the rats and squir- 
 rels, unless when occasionally dis- 
 turbed i(y the crews of vessels which 
 go thither to collect cargoes lor (he 
 market on the inainhuid. {3lars- 
 den, S)-c.) 
 
 Megna River. — This river is 
 formed by the junction oi' mumroiis 
 streams issuing from the mountains 
 which form the norlheru boundary 
 of tlie district of Sylhet in Bengal ; 
 but its course is short, and its bulk 
 small, until its contlucncc with the 
 Brahmapootra, about Lat. 24°. lO'. 
 N. after which it absorbs the name 
 of the latter, and communicates its 
 own. liighteen miles S. E. from 
 Dacca it is joined by the Issannitty, 
 bringing the collected waters of the 
 Dullasery, Boorigunga (old Ganges), 
 Luckia, and many smaller rivei s, the 
 aggiegate forming an expanse of 
 water resembling an inland sea. 
 From hence the course of the Megna 
 is S. Si. E, until i1 approaches the sea, 
 wlien its volume is augmented by 
 tlie great Ganges, and they conjoint- 
 ly roll their muddy tide ijito the Bay 
 of Bengal. Many islands are formed 
 ftom the sediment deposited by this 
 vast body of water, amongst which 
 number are Dukkiushabazpoor (30 
 miles by 12), Hattia, Siuidcep, and 
 Bamony. 
 
 The sand and mud banks extend 
 30 miles beyond these islands, and 
 rise in many places w ithin a few feet 
 of the surface. Some future genera- 
 tiou will probably see these banks 
 rise above water, and snccecding 
 ones possess and cultivate them ; but 
 whil(! the river is forming new islands 
 at its mouth, it is sweeping away 
 and altering old ones in the upper 
 part of its course. In the cliami(;ls 
 between the islands, the height of 
 the bore (the perpendicular inllux of 
 the tide) is said to exceed 12 feel. 
 After the tide is fairly past the islands 
 the bore is but little seen, except in 
 some narrow channels formed by 
 sand banks, the breadtii of the main 
 .stream adniittinj;- the inOux of t!i« 
 
 tide witliout any lateral impiestsiorf.. 
 (llemiel, Vc.) 
 
 M EUiNDRY, {3Tahendri), — Tliis ri- 
 ver issues from a small lake in the 
 province of Gujrat, n(;ar the town of 
 Dungerpoor, and after passing the 
 city of Ahmedabad I'alls into the 
 Gulfof Cambay, having performed a 
 winding course of al)out 190 miles. 
 
 IMehiawun. — A town in the jho- 
 vince of Allahabad, district of Ko- 
 rah, 55 iniles S. W. from Lucknow. 
 Lat. 2G°. 18'. N. Long. 80°. 20'. E. 
 
 Mehwas. — The term Mehwas^ 
 ought only to be a])plied to that part 
 of the pro\ince of Gujrat named tho 
 Kakreze ; but of late years Theraud 
 and both the Neyers liave been in- 
 cluded in the denomination, owing 
 to the disorderly stale el' society. 
 The word Mehwas literally signifies, 
 the residence of thieves ; but it is 
 now used to designate a country 
 through which it is dillicnlt to pass, 
 from whatever cause. The villages 
 in this country greatly resemble each 
 other, 'i'here are a lew tiled houses^ 
 but the majority are in the shape of 
 a bee-hive thatched, and exhibits a 
 miserable appearance both within 
 and without. Besides the family, it 
 usually atlbrds sh^ilter tor a horse ami: 
 a couple of bullocks or cows. 
 
 In this turbulent region any chief 
 who can muster 20 horsemen claims' 
 and extorts a tribute from villages 
 belonging to a power on which he 
 acknowledges himself to be depend- 
 ent, and to which lie pays tribute- 
 Theraud levies contributions from 
 tire villages in the Sanjorc <listrict of 
 Joudi)oor, from \V(iw, and from 
 many villages in Kahdunpoor. Mer- 
 chants travelling in the Mehwas pay 
 stated sums of money to particular 
 Coolees, who ensure their safety as 
 fiir as a certain place, but beyond 
 these limits pillage immediately. Ja- 
 niajee of Th<;rah, about 45 years ago, 
 resolved to build small foriified })ost» 
 to check the Mehwas, but it appears 
 without the desired success. 
 
 The Piai[)oots of this part of Gujrat 
 have nearly become Mahommedans, 
 they have adopted so many customs 
 
MENANCABOW. 
 
 565 
 
 peculiar to sroiariaiis of that failli. 
 Thriratlciidants arocliielly Malioni- 
 ineilaiis, and, like tlu; Jliarvahs of 
 Cutcl), tli( V have no scruple in eat- 
 inj; what lias been cooked l)y a ]Ma- 
 honiincdan, or even of eating with 
 liini. {31(U'mnrdo, St.) 
 
 AFi:HKoon. — A mountainous dis- 
 Irict in the temtorics oftiie Nagi)Oor 
 Kajah, in the proxince of Bcrar, si- 
 tuated about the 2h\ dcu;ree of north 
 latitude. By Abul I'azcl, iu 1582, 
 it is desenl)ed as follows: 
 
 " Mchkoor is a populous country, 
 situated between tw o of tlic south- 
 ern rauf^e of mountains of this sou- 
 l)ah, one of which is called IJundeh 
 (Vindhya), and on the toj) of it arc 
 the foUowhia; forts, viz. Kaweel, Ner- 
 liallah, Areelc>ur, Beroosha, Meha- 
 V ee, and Ramji^hur." 
 
 Melah. — A town in the Rajpoot 
 territories, in the ])rovince of Ajmeer, 
 48 miles S. S. E. from Joudjioor. 
 Lat. 25°. 49'. N. Long. 73°. 33'. ll. 
 
 Melkai'oou. — A town in the Ni- 
 zam's territories, in the province of 
 Berar, 28 miles S. E. from Boorhan- 
 poor. Lat. 21°. 4'. N. Long. 76°. 
 3*.'. E. 
 
 Menancabow, {Meimncahan). 
 
 Tills state, or empire, as it is usuail}' 
 called, is situated in the Island of 
 Sumatra, under the equinoctial line, 
 beyond the western range of high 
 mountains, and nearly iu the centre 
 of the island. In ancient times its 
 junsdictiou is understood to have 
 comprehended the whole of Sumatra; 
 in more modern times its limits w ere 
 included between the river of Falem- 
 bangand that of Siak on ihe eastern 
 .side of the island; and. on the west- 
 ern side, belwecn tlivise of Manjuta 
 (near Indrapur) and Singkel, where 
 it borders on the independent coun- 
 try of the Battas. 
 
 The pr<!sent seat, or more proper- 
 ly seats, of this divided government 
 lie at Ihe back of a mountainous dis- 
 trict nanied Tiga-blas-koto (.signify- 
 ing the 13 fortificid and confederated 
 towns), iidand from the settlement 
 of Padang. Tise country is described 
 as a lajge plain, smrouadcd by hills, 
 
 producing mucli gold, clear of wood, 
 and conii)ar;itively well cultivated. 
 Altliough nearer to the western 
 coast, its eonmiunication with the 
 eastern side is much facilitated by 
 water carriage, which consists of a 
 large lake, said to be 30 miles in 
 length, from which a river flows east- 
 ward, which afterwards takes the 
 name of Indragiri. Along this, as 
 well as the other two great rivers of 
 Siak to the northward, and Jambee 
 to the southward, the navigatioH is 
 frequent, the banks being well peo- 
 pled with Malay colonics. 
 
 ^^ hen Sumatra was first visited 
 by European navigators, this .state 
 must have been in its decline, as ap- 
 pears from the political importance 
 at that period of the kings of Achin, 
 Pcdir, and Passey, who still acknow- 
 ledged the I'jnperor of Menancabow 
 Jis their lord paramount. 
 
 In conse<juencc of disfurbancies 
 which ensued upon the death of Sul- 
 tan Alif in 1780, without direct heirs, 
 the government became di\ided 
 among three chiefs, presumed to 
 have been of the royal family, and 
 in that state it continues to the ]>re- 
 sent time. Pasaman, a po[)uious 
 country, and rich in gold, cassia, and 
 ♦•Huiphor, now disclaims all manner 
 of dependence. Each of these sul- 
 tans assumed all the royal titles, 
 without any allu.sion to competitors, 
 and assert all the ancient rights and 
 j)rerogatives of the ein|)ire, wiiich are 
 not disputed so long as they are not 
 attempted to be carried into foice. 
 'J'heir autliority greatly resembles 
 that of the sovereign pontiffs of 
 Rome during the latter centuries. 
 The members of the family arc held 
 sacred, and treated with such a de- 
 gree of sup<Mstitious awe by the 
 country people, that they submit to 
 be insulted, plundered, and even 
 wounded by them, without making 
 resistance. The titles and epithets 
 assiuned by the sultans are the very 
 climax of intlated absurdity, and his 
 salute only one gun ; it being sup 
 posed that no additional number 
 could convey an atl-.tjuatc idea of 
 
566 
 
 MENDYGHAUT. 
 
 respect — by Miiich expedient he also 
 saves his gunpowder. 
 
 The immediate subjects of tliis 
 empire, proj'crly denominated Ma- 
 lays, are all of the Mahommedan re- 
 ligion, Menancabow being- regarded 
 as the supreme seat of eixil and re- 
 ligions authority in this part of the 
 east ; and, next to a voyage to 
 Mecca, to iiave visited its metropo- 
 lis, stamps a m;ni U'arned, and con- 
 fers Ibc character of superior sanc- 
 tity. The first Snlt.ni of I'lfenanca- 
 bow is by some supposed to have 
 been a thereof, or descendant of the 
 prophet ; but tradition claims aa an- 
 tiquity to this empire, far beyoiiu the 
 probahle era of tlu; establishment of 
 the Mahoininedan religion in Su- 
 matra. It is more jtrobable, there- 
 fore, that the empire was instrncled 
 and converted, but not conquered, 
 by people from Arabia, 'i'lic super- 
 stitious veneration attaclied to the 
 family extends^ not only where Ma- 
 honnnedaiiism prevails, but among 
 the Eattas, and other people still 
 iniconverted to that I'aith. 
 
 The arts in general are canied to 
 a greater degree of perfection by the 
 Malays of Menancabow% than by any 
 other natives of Sumatra. Tliey are 
 the sole fabricators of the exquisite, 
 delicate gold and silver tilagrce. 
 From the earliest period they have 
 manufactured arms for their own 
 use, and to supply the northern in- 
 habitants of the island, who are most 
 warlike, which trade they still con- 
 tinue — smelting, forging, and jire- 
 paring, by a process of their own, 
 the iron and steel for this purpose, 
 although much is at the same time 
 purchased from Europeans. The 
 ns(! of cannon in this and other parts 
 of India is mentioned b} t!ie oldest 
 Portugese historians, and it nnist, 
 consequently, have been known tiiere 
 before the discovery of the passage 
 by the Cape of Good Hope. Their 
 guns are of the sort called match- 
 locks, well tempered, and of the 
 justest bore, as is proved by the ex- 
 cellence of the aim. Gunpov.der 
 the)' make in great quantities; but, 
 
 either from the injudicious propor- 
 tion of the ingredients, or the im- 
 perfect granulation, it is very de- 
 fective in strength. Their other 
 weapons are spears, lances, swords, 
 and a small stiletto, chiefly used for 
 assassination. The creese is a spe- 
 cies of dagger, of a p; culiar con- 
 struction, very generally worn, being 
 stuck in front, through tlie folds of a 
 belt. The blade is about 14 isiches 
 in length, not slraight, nor uni- 
 formly curving, but waving in and 
 out, which probably may render a 
 wound given Avith it the more fatal. It 
 is not smoothed or polished like Eu- 
 ropean weapons, and the temper is 
 uncomuKJuiy hard. This instrument 
 is very richly and beaiitiiully orna- 
 mented, audits value is supposed to 
 be enhanced in proportion to the 
 number of persons it has slain. The 
 custom of poisoning tlicm is but 
 rarely practised in modern times. 
 
 The warklike oi)cnitions of this 
 people ate carried on rather in the 
 way of ambuscade, and the sur- 
 prising of straggling parties, than 
 open combat. Horses are but little 
 used, on account of the nature of 
 the country, and the ranjans, or 
 sharp-pointed stakes, which are 
 planted in ail the roads and i)asses. 
 The breed is small, well made, hardy, 
 and vigorous, and never shod. The 
 soldiers serve without pay, but the 
 plunder they obtain is thrown into 
 one conmion stock, and divided 
 among them. The government, like 
 that of all M^alay states, is founded 
 on principles entirely feudal. The 
 sovereign is styled Rajah, Maha 
 ]\ajah, Jang de Pcrtuan, or Sultan. 
 Near to the hot miiieral springs at 
 Priaman is a large stone, fir rock, 
 OJi which are engraved characters, 
 supposed by the natives to be Eu- 
 ropean ; but this appears impro- 
 bable, as the European arms never 
 penetrated into this country. It may 
 jiossibly prove a Hindoo monument, 
 for it has not yet been seen or exa- 
 mined by any native of Europe. 
 (^Marsdi'H, ^-c.) 
 
 Mendvghaut, {Mhetidi-ghat). — 
 
MERCUI ARCHIPELAGO. 
 
 567 
 
 A iown in the province oC Agra, 
 ^^iluated on <li»^ west .side ol" the 
 (ianj^es, 60 miles W. by N. from 
 Lneknow. Lut. 27°. 3'. N. Lonj;;. 
 79° -57'. E. 
 
 'J'his place consists of two ba- 
 zars, proleeted l)y two mud forts, 
 raeii ab;)ut one mile in eirtuni- 
 ference, and formerly, for sonu! 
 time, the residence of Alniass Ali 
 Khan. Indig-o is cultivated in 
 this iieiglibonrhood to so consider- 
 able an extent, that, in ]7t>8, one 
 European manufaetme prodnced 
 and sent to Enrope 800 mauuds (of 
 i^O libs each). The eoiintry, being 
 then sui)ject to the Nabob .of Onde, 
 was in so disorderly a shite, tliat ho 
 was obliged to smronnd his works 
 with a small nuid fort, to protect 
 them lioin the dcjiredations of (iie 
 banditti, with which the province 
 tlien sAxarmed. {TennniLt, iSc.) 
 
 Mer. — A town in tlie province of 
 Culch, situated about 15 miles south 
 from Luckpnt Eundcr, and on {\\g 
 route from that place to tiio port of 
 Manduvee, in the Gulf of Cutch. 
 Lat. 23°. 32'. N. 
 
 'l\\o miles W. S. W. from Mer is 
 a village named Daminon. The 
 country between them is well culti- 
 vated with banyan trees, gTowing 
 near tlie tauk.s. To the soutli of this 
 the soil is sandy, and the lands co- 
 vered v\ith the bauble and milk 
 bushes. 
 
 Merav. — A town in tlie province 
 of Delhi, 32 miles N. j'^. from the 
 city of Delhi. Lat.2t>°. 1'. N. Long. 
 77°. 33' E. 
 
 This place must have been of some 
 note among the Hindoos prior to 
 the Mauommedan invasi(»n, as it is 
 mentioned among the lirst coucpiests 
 of jMahmood of Ghizni, A. D. 1018. 
 It is subseqiu ntiy, in the year 1240, 
 said to have resisted the army of 
 Turmccherin Khan, a descendant of 
 Gengis Khans, but, 1399, was taken 
 and destroyed by Timour. On the 
 departure of this con(|ueror it was 
 lebuilt, and is now the capital of 
 one of tlie districts, into which the 
 British possessions in the doab of 
 
 tlie Ganges and Jumna were subdi- 
 vided. Un account of its geogra- 
 phical position, it was, in 1809, 
 iixed upon as one of \\w principal 
 military siiitions under the Ucngal 
 Pr<;,sidciicy. 
 
 Mkucaka. — A large village in tlie 
 (country of the Coorg J'aj-di, of 
 which it is the capital, situated 72 
 miles Vj. from Seringapatam. Lat. 
 12°. 30'. N. L(mg. 75*^'. 58'. E. 
 
 JVliuifiUi. — A sea-port toAvn in the 
 Iiirinan dominions. Lat. 12°. 12'. 
 N. Long. 98°. 25'. E. Tiiis i)lace 
 iornierly belonged to the Siamese ; 
 but, in 1759, was taken from tliein 
 by Alompra, the founder of the pre- 
 sent Birman <lynasty. In 1791 it 
 was besieged by the Siames(>, but 
 relieved by the Birnians mIicii re- 
 duced to the last extremity. The 
 French cruizers used formerly to 
 Irecpient King's Island, near Mer- 
 gui, to procure [irovisions and wa- 
 ter. 'I'he i)rin(;ij)al imports are Ma- 
 dras piece goods, tobacco, and coarse 
 iron cutlery ; the exports, rice, Ia ory, 
 and tin — in atidition to which abun- 
 dance of excellent spars and timber 
 might be procured ; but the whole 
 commerce is insigniflcant. {Si/mes, 
 Forrest, S,-c.) 
 
 Mergui ARCHirEi.AGO. — These 
 islands extend 135 miles iiom north 
 to south along the coast of Taiiassc- 
 rim and the Isthmus of the jMalay 
 l^eninsula, with a strait between 
 them and the main land from 15 to 
 30 miles broad, having good anchor- 
 age, good soundings, and regular 
 tides the whole way. 'I'hese islands 
 are generally separatid by bold 
 channels; .some of them are rocky, 
 some hilly, and others flat ; but, in 
 gi'iieral, (covered with trees on good 
 soil, and in a <;limate always favour- 
 aide to vegetation. In (he sunonnd- 
 ing seas there are plenty of iish, and 
 the rocks which border the island 
 are eucru.stcd with a small d( licatc 
 oyster. At spring tid<'s the rise i.'i 
 12 feet, and the vicinity of the con- 
 tinent moderates the very tresh gales 
 tiiat prevail in the Biiy of Bengal 
 during the south-A\ est monsoon. 
 
568 
 
 MEWAR. 
 
 The soil and climate of tbe Mcr- 
 giii Isles are so good, that it is pro- 
 bable Europef\u vegetables and tro- 
 pical fniits would thrive here ; but 
 it does not appear that at present 
 they possess either; not even the 
 cocoa nut, which usually plants it- 
 sell', ahhough the islands are so well 
 adapted for their production, and 
 they are so abundant in the Nieo- 
 bars, about 250 miles to the S. W. 
 They arc covered with a great va- 
 riety of tall timber trees, particu- 
 larly the Malay poon tree, which is 
 excellent for masts ; but it is not 
 yet ascertained vvhcther or not they 
 contain the teak. As yet, the Mer- 
 gui Islands have only been explored 
 along the sea-coast; but, from the 
 concurrent testimonies of navigators, 
 it may be inferred, that a great pro- 
 portion of them are not only unin- 
 habited by human beings, but almost 
 destitute of quadrupeds. Captain 
 Forrest, during a maritime survey 
 of considerable duration, never saw 
 any, but observed sometimes tlie 
 impression of their feet ; and once 
 his seamen noticed what they sup- 
 posed to be elephants' dung. The 
 town of iNIergui is situated on an 
 island Ibrmcd by branches of the Ta- 
 nasserim lliver, which, more pro- 
 perly, ajypertains to the continent 
 than to Archipelago, to which it 
 has given its name. Malay jaows 
 occasionally frequent the Mcrgui 
 Islands. The Island of St. Matthew, 
 in Jjat. 9°. 55'. N. is recommended 
 by Captain i'orrest as the most suit- 
 able for an establishment, which 
 might, if necessary, be eftected with- 
 out infringing the rights of the Bir- 
 mans, who have never taken pos- 
 session of those, the most distant 
 from the main land, and very pro- 
 bably do not know of their exist- 
 ence. (Furrest, Ac.) 
 
 Merkitch, {Marichi, producing 
 Pepper). — A town in tlie province 
 of Hejapoor, situated on the banks 
 of the Krishna, 130 miles S. E. from 
 rooiiali. Lat. 16°. 5G'. N. Long. 
 75°. E. Before the Maliommedan 
 inva.sion this was the capital of a 
 
 Hindoo principahty ; but, in modeffi 
 times, it has been the capital of dif- 
 ferent Maharatta chienains, such as 
 Purscram, Bbow, and Bastia ; and 
 is a town of eonsiderable extent and 
 importance. It was taken by Hyder 
 in 1778, but not retained by him. 
 At present it is the head-quarters of 
 Chintaman Row, one of the prin- 
 cipal Southern Jaghiredars under the 
 Maharatta Peshwa. 
 
 Merud, (Maruda). — A town be- 
 longing to the PesliM a, in the pro- 
 vince of Bejapoor, 44 miles S. E. 
 from Poonah. Lat. 1«°. 15'. N. 
 Long. 74°. 86'. E. This i)laee is 
 also named Amravati, and is a large 
 town enclosed with a high wall, and 
 commanded by a fort on its northern 
 .side, in which there is said to be a 
 gmi as large as those at the city of 
 Bejapoor. {Moor, Sfc.) 
 
 Mewar. — A Rajpoot district in 
 the province of Ajmeer, situated 
 principally between the 25th and 
 26th degrees of north latitude, and 
 occasionally named Chitore and 
 Odeypoor, although it is properly 
 only a subdivision of the latter. By 
 Abul Fazcl, in 1582, it is described 
 as follows: 
 
 " Mey war contains 10,000villages, 
 and the whole sircar of Chitore is 
 dependant on it. It is 40 cosses 
 long, and 30 liroad, and has three 
 very considerable forts, a iz. Chitore, 
 Coombhcre, and Mandel. In Chow- 
 ra is an iron mine, and in Jainpoor, 
 aild some places dependant on Man- 
 del, are copper mines." 
 
 Tlie general surface of this district 
 is hilly, but not mountainous, al- 
 though it abounds in naturally strong 
 positions. The soil is fertile in 
 general, but in many places so 
 strongly impregnated with salt and 
 nitre, tliat the water in many wells, 
 and even in some of the smaller ri- 
 vers, is brackish during the dry sea- 
 son. It occasionally happens, that, 
 a lew yards distant from a brackish 
 well there is another, the water of 
 which is sweet. The productions of 
 this territory are Avheat, rice, sugar, 
 barley, and other grains and escu- 
 3 
 
]\IIDNAPOOR. 
 
 lentS; besides M'hicli, eamels and 
 horses, of a, good c|iiali1y, are reared. 
 The priucipid iiiaiuifactures are 
 nialcliloeks, swords, and cotton 
 riolh of a coarse fabric. The ini- 
 jiorts and exports correspond a\ ith 
 tlioso of .lycnagnr. 'I'hc liUropean 
 and Persian articles conir' l>y the 
 way of Gnjrat, Jcssehnerc, and 
 Pawlec ; and tlio imjKirts from the 
 Deccan by Serongc, (Jojain, and In- 
 dore. 'J'he jnincipal towns are 
 Odcypoor, Sliajioorah, and J'.ilarah ; 
 and the chief river the Banass. 
 
 This district is at prosmt pos- 
 sessed by nnnierons Jielty Ivajijoot 
 chiefs, fendatories to the Hannah of 
 Odeyi)oor, bnt under a degree of 
 subjection scarcely more than no- 
 minal, and in a state of jicrpetnal 
 hostility with each other. They are, 
 in consequence of this disunion, li- 
 able to animal visits from Sindia, 
 Holcar, and other Maharatta depre- 
 dators, wiio levy the contributions 
 they withhold from their leuitiniate 
 sovereign. (Abut Fazel, G. Thomas, 
 Bro.igJiton, ^c.) 
 
 jVIkwat. — See Alvar. 
 Meyahoon. — A town in the Bir- 
 man dominions, formerly named 
 Loonzay, and famous dniing the 
 wars bctv\een the Pegners and the 
 Bin;ians, until the former were sub- 
 dued. Lat. lb°. 19'. N. Long. 95° 
 8'. E. 
 
 This is a very ancirnt town, ex- 
 tending- two miles along the vest 
 margin of Jrawaddy, and distin- 
 giii -lied by iinnu'rous gilded spires 
 and spacious convents. I'he vici- 
 nity is uiieuinmoiily iv rtile in rice, 
 and from hence a large (jiiantity is 
 annually «'\porled to the ca(>ital. 
 The Birman sovereign has here spa- 
 cious gianaries built of wood, and 
 always k(>pt replenished with grain, 
 ready to be trans|K)itcd to any part 
 of the cmjjiie when a scarcity oc- 
 curs, which is not iinlVequenI in tlie 
 upper jiroviiices, where the peri- 
 odical rains are not so copious, nor 
 so C( rtain, as in the southern dis- 
 tricts. Along the quays thcie aie 
 generally seen about 200 boats. 
 
 509 
 
 upward.s. 
 
 of GO tons burthen, or 
 {Symcs, iSt.) 
 
 MinDLFurRf-.ii. — A small island, 
 about 10 miles in ciicumfcrenee, si- 
 tuated olf the north-west extremity 
 of the Island of Cejlon. and at- 
 tached to the district of Jafnapat- 
 nam. 
 
 IMinXAPOOR, {Mrdnipnr). — A dis- 
 tiict in the i)rovince of Orissa, si- 
 tuatc<l principally between the 22d 
 and 23d degrees of iiorUi latitude. 
 ■^I'o the north it is bounded by (he 
 districts of Hamgur and Bnrdwan; 
 to the south by the indci)endent ze- 
 niindary ofMohurbunge and ItyBa- 
 lasore ; to the cast it has Bnrdwaii, 
 Ilooghly, and the sea; and to the 
 west Singhhoom and IVIohurbunge, 
 with |>art of h'amgur. In 1784, in 
 all its dimensions, it contained G102 
 sqijare miles ; but it has probably 
 since received additions, as by an 
 actual enumeration of this district, 
 in 1800, it was found to contain one 
 million and a half of inhabitants; 
 yet the same able report states that 
 two-thirds of this extensive district 
 consist of a .jungle swarming with 
 noxious animals, and exceedingly 
 unhealthy, although the land be rich 
 and lertile. About the year 1770, 
 nearly half the jteople of this coui- 
 try were sv\'ept away bv' the greatest 
 famine recorded in history ; but ever 
 since that ])eriod, except in 1790, 
 when a partial famine occurred, the 
 numbers have been gradually ii.- 
 creasing, and the cultivation pros- 
 perous. 
 
 The cultivation here is almost en- 
 tirely increased by the increase of 
 po]iMlation, and is very little pro- 
 moted by |ilans for the improvement 
 ot agriculture, or by reveime regu- 
 lations. Waste and jungle land, if 
 in a low situation and (it for rice, 
 may be br»/ught into cnltivatioji in 
 one season, and the poorest man can 
 undertake i(. The class of mere 
 labourers v\ ho work for hire is not in 
 this district numerous, most of the 
 land being tilled by the peasandy 
 who pay (he rent. 
 
 Tiic manufactures of Midnapoor 
 
570 
 
 MIDNAPOOR. 
 
 are few, and innch dpclined in quan- 
 tity from what they were a century 
 ago, when the Eiiropeans frequented 
 Balasore and Pij>]<'y. The iiilaud 
 roranierce appears slalionary, and 
 tiiere aie uo extensive commercial 
 enterprizes carryiuf? on, exccj)t by 
 Europeans ; tlie Company havinsj 
 much reduced their investment. — 
 Some sanaes arc made in the dis- 
 trict, and more arc imported from 
 the contiguous countries to the south 
 and east; plain gauzes, adajited for 
 the uses of the couiilry, are also 
 wove. The European planters have 
 introduced the cultivation of indigo, 
 but the quantity exported has never 
 been great. 
 
 In tiiis district there arc several 
 forts of mud and stone, but they are 
 HOW in a state of decay. They were 
 built many years ago, and intended 
 for the defence of the inhaijitants 
 against tiie Aiaharattas, for which 
 jiurpose they were effeclnal. One 
 of them, named Bataw, situated in 
 the jnngie quarter of P>angrec, lately 
 contained 20 piece's of unserviceable 
 artillery, Mhich were removed by 
 the magistrate. The western parts 
 of this division were formerly much 
 exposed to the depredations of Ma- 
 haratta robbers, \\iueh obliged the 
 zemind.us to m^tintain large bodies 
 of armed men for theii- protection. 
 Besides these, few natives keep arms 
 of any description, which perhaps, 
 on account of the prevalence olgang 
 robbery, they should be encouraged 
 to do. 
 
 In Midnapoor there are no reli- 
 gious buildings of anj consequence. 
 The natives are sometimes, from mo- 
 lives of vanity or piety, induced to 
 dig a tank, but there are few new 
 works of this kind. The remains of 
 the old ones attest the superior opu- 
 lence of Ibrmer limes, or ])crhaps 
 rather shew that jiroperty was then 
 more unequally divided than at pre- 
 sent. 'I'lie private houses of the ze- 
 mindars, and other men of note, 
 consist either of forts in ruins, or of 
 Avretched huts ; nor does it appear 
 they ever were better off in this re- 
 
 spect. It may seem surprising that 
 tiie opulent and respectable natives 
 are so seldom tempted to imitate the 
 commodious dweiliiigs erected by 
 Europeans, and that they have ac- 
 rpnred no taste for gjudening ; but 
 to the climate, aijd to tiie manners 
 of the people, must be attributed 
 their perseverance in constructing 
 for their own accommodation no- 
 thing but the slightest and most 
 miserable huts. 
 
 Tiic bulk of the people of Mid- 
 napoor, like the rest of the Bengal- 
 ese, do not Avork with a view to im- 
 prove their situation, but merely to 
 subsist their families. They scarcely 
 ever think of procuring themselves 
 better food, or better acconmioda- 
 tion ; and arc not stimulated to any 
 cfi'orts of industry by the security 
 they enjoy, but solely by the calls of 
 hunger. They have no luxuries, un- 
 less tohacco may be called one : they 
 are always in debt, and borrow at 
 enormous interest ; and when by any 
 accident they earn a rupee or two, 
 they remain idle until it is spent. 
 
 Jn the Midna])oor district celibacy 
 is extremely uncommon ; an unmar- 
 ried Hindoo man of 25, or an un- 
 married girl of 15, being very rare 
 occurrences. I'he great bulk of the 
 })eople live a. sober, regular, domes- 
 tic life, and seldom leave their houses, 
 not being called on for the perlbrm- 
 ance of military service, or jmblic 
 labour. \cjy few marriages are un- 
 productive ; but .he women becom- 
 ing prematurely debilitiited and de- 
 crepid, do not probably bear so many 
 children as in Europe; barrenness is 
 however extremely rare. Polygamy, 
 j)rostilution, religious austerity, and 
 the circumstance of young widows 
 seldom marrying a second time, are 
 the chief obstacles, though of no 
 great magnitude, to the increase of 
 poj)ulation in this district. 
 
 Among the causes of increase are 
 to be reckoned the extreme facility 
 of rearing children. In this territory 
 no infants perish of cold, of dis- 
 eases proceeding from dirt and bad 
 accommodation ; nor except durinj^ 
 
MINDORO ISLE. 
 
 571 
 
 famines, whicli are so srldom as 
 scarcely (o deserve meiiUoii, oC uii- 
 Iicalthy I'ood. 'I'lie siiiall-pox soinc- 
 times rarrit'sod miiltitiuks ofchild- 
 ren:iii()ciiiHtion. allliouiiii it has been 
 known lor ages, b( ii'ii; little prac- 
 tised. As sooji as a ehiiil is wciiiicd 
 it lives on lice like its parents, re- 
 qniies no care wlialever, i;<)i.'S naked 
 lor two or thrte years, aiid seldom 
 e.\p<-rienees any sickness. A f^reat 
 niajoiity of Itic inliabitanis of Ibis 
 district Jiave presurved their o!ii;inal 
 simplicity am! the c!iaraet< ristic I'ca- 
 tnres ol the llindoos. 'Jliey are l!;ss 
 f|narrelsoine, and i!,ive less trouble 
 than the natives of the nei<;hl)onrin'? 
 districts. Bciiia; little in tiie habit of 
 engaging!: in lawsuits, they thereby 
 escape the vices and contagion of 
 tlie courts of justice. 
 
 In ^Ji(hia|)oor there are not any 
 schools w here the AJahouunedan and 
 Hindoo laws arc tuni^Iit, but in every 
 village there are schools for teaching 
 Bengally and accounts to children in 
 low circumstances. The teachers, 
 though persons well qualiiied for 
 what they nnderlake, are persons no 
 Mays resj)cclaltle, their rank in life 
 being low, and their emolument 
 .scanty. 'Jhe ciiildren sit in the open 
 air, or under a shed, and learn to 
 read, write, and c.ist accounts, i'or 
 one or two aimas (2d or 4d) per 
 montli. A person charged witli .se- 
 veral thefts being sent for by the 
 judge, and asked his occupation, 
 said it was teaching o! chikhen, and 
 on inquiry it a|.[)eared he was emi- 
 nent in his line. On his conviction 
 it seemed toc\cit<' no surjuise amoiig 
 the naiivcs, that a person of his pro- 
 fession siiould tiuii out a tliief. In 
 opulciit Hindoo families leacliers are 
 retained as ser\ ants. 
 
 I'^ersian and Arabic are taught, for 
 the most part, by the Molavies, who 
 in general have a tew scholars in 
 their houses, whom they suj)port as 
 well as instruct. Tims J'Vrsian ami 
 Araliic students, though of respect- 
 able families, are considered as liv- 
 ing on charity, and the> arc t(ttal 
 stiangcrs to exjjense or dissipation, 
 
 There was foimcrly a Maliominedau 
 coliege at tiie town of .Midiiajioor, 
 and even yet the establi.-imient 
 exists, but no law is taught. There 
 are scarcely any iSlogids in this dis- 
 trict, bnf one-seventh of the whole 
 inhabitants are estimated to be Ma- 
 honmiedans. 
 
 In this district there exists now an 
 univ( rsal imprcssiirti (and it applies 
 to much the greater j)roportion of 
 tlie Company's territories) that jjro- 
 perty is not liable to conhscation, or 
 gross \iolaiion, by supreme autho- 
 rity ; wliicli nothing but a very long 
 experience of the admirably imjiar- 
 tia! distiibntion of justice in Jiengal, 
 ct)nld ever inilnence a native to cre- 
 dit. J[t was Ibrmerly the custom to 
 l)nry in the earth treasme and valu- 
 able goods, and to conceal the ac- 
 <juisi1i()!i of wealth, 'i his is still 
 done, I) lit generally from the dread 
 of gang robbers; never from any 
 apprehension that tiie oilieers of go- 
 vernment will lay violent hands on 
 jirivate ])roperty. 
 
 The principal places in .Midna- 
 poor are the town of that name, Jci- 
 lasoie, Pipley, and i\arraingur ; but 
 the district contains no large towns 
 Mhatcv<"r. It was ac(piired, in 1701, 
 by cession irom Cossim Ali, the 
 reigning >Jabob of Bengal ; and al- 
 though properly a snbdi\ision of 
 ( )rissa, has been .so long annexed to 
 the tiDrmer, that much the greater 
 part of w hat is dctaileil above may 
 be considered as appl\ ing to the 
 ^\!loie province of Bengal, as far as 
 regards the manners of the natives. 
 (Sir Heuri) Strarheii, J. Grant, Cole- 
 brooke, liennel, S'c.) 
 
 AllDNAPOOK. — A town in the pro- 
 vi;:.' e of Orissa, the capital of a dis- 
 tiict of the same name, and situated 
 70 miles W , by S. from Calcutta, 
 [.at. 22°. -i-y. N. Lc^ng. 87°. 25'. E. 
 'Ibis place formerly hail a fort, which 
 has been recently c-onverted into a 
 cri;nhial prison. The civil jail and 
 the ho.^jiital are thatciied buildings 
 at n diiitance from the fort. 
 
 VI IND.W AO. — Sec M AOINDANAO. 
 
 MiNuoRO Isle. — A large island. 
 
572 
 
 MOCOMOCO. 
 
 one of the riuUipiiies', situated due 
 south from the S. W, extremity of 
 Luzon, and distant about 20 miles. 
 In length it may be estimated at 110 
 miles, by 25 the average breadth. 
 
 The interior of this island is moun- 
 tainous, but along the sea eoast the 
 height of the land is moderate, the 
 whole being covered with trees, and 
 making a very iKantiful appcaranee 
 when seen from on board ship. 1 he 
 channel between Pvlindoro, and the 
 shoals near the Calamine Isles, is 
 only three leagues wide. jNlomit 
 Calapan, on the eastern extr^'uiity, 
 is jiassed by the galleon on her 
 voyage from Aeapulco to INIanilki. 
 
 The Spaniards, although so long 
 lords paramount of the Philipi)ines, 
 have few establishments here, but 
 the island is otiievwise well inhabit- 
 ed. The early navigators, who lirst 
 visited Mindoro on their return lo 
 Europe, insisted that the inhabitants 
 had tails of consi<lcrable leiigtli. 
 {Meares, Soiuterat, La Page, cVc.) 
 
 MiNP00UEE,(Mm«/>MjJ). — A small 
 town in the province of Agra, 33 
 miles N. from the town of Etaweh. 
 Lat. 0,1°. 15'. N. Long. 7b° 59'. E. 
 
 IMiRZANAGUR. — A towu in the pro- 
 vince of Bengal, district of Jessore, 
 53 miles N. \L from Calcutta. Lat, 
 22°. SG'.N. Long. 89°. 13'. E. 
 
 MiiizAPooR. — A towu in the pro- 
 vince of Allahabad, district of Chu- 
 nar, situated on the south side of the 
 danges. Lat. 25°. 10'. N. Long. 
 83°. 35'. E. 
 
 This is one of the greatest inland 
 trading towns in Hindostan, and the 
 mart of all the cotton from Agra and 
 the INIaharatta countries. The na- 
 tives here are more vemaikable for 
 their active industry, than in any 
 part of the Company's dominions out 
 of the three capitals, to which they 
 have been much .stimulated by the 
 entcrprJKe and energy of the British 
 indigo ])]anters and merchants set- 
 tled among them. A considerable 
 quantity of filature silk is imported 
 to iMirzapoorfromBcngal,and ])asscs 
 hence to the INIaharatta dominions 
 and centrical parts of iiiudustaii. 
 
 In tlie vicinity a very durable car- 
 petting, and various fabrics of cot- 
 ton, are manufactured. The town 
 consists of handsome European 
 houses and native habitations, with 
 clusters of Hindoo temples crowding 
 the banks of the (_ianges, and seen 
 from the river makes a very lively 
 and animated appc; ranee. 
 
 Travelling distance iiom Benares 
 30 miles, >V. S. W, from Calcutta 
 by AJ oorshedabad, 754 ; I)y Birbhoom, 
 649 miles. (Volchruohe, Tennant,Lord 
 VtiJentin, liemiel, St.) 
 
 jMisej.ar Isle. — A small island, 
 about 15 miles in circumference, I3'- 
 ing olf the Bay of 'i'appanooly, on 
 the west coast of Sumatra. Lat. 1^. 
 39'. N. Long. 98°. 30'. E. This is a 
 high ni(<!intaiiious island, l)etweci» 
 which and the main is a channel 
 about lorn- leagues broad, which is 
 navigaltlc. {Elmore. tSr.) 
 
 i\loA Isi.E. — An island in the East- 
 ern Seas, situated off the eastern ex- 
 tremity of 'I'imor, and intersected by 
 the r28th degree of east longitude. 
 Lat. 8°. 20'. S. Although an island 
 of considerable size, having several 
 others adjacent, nothing is known 
 respecting it, but its geographical 
 situation. 
 
 I^IocoMoco. — A town on tlieS.W. 
 coast of Sumatra, district of Anak 
 Sungei. Lat. 2°. 31'. S. Long. 101°. 
 10'. E. 
 
 Fort Ann lies on tl.e southern, and 
 the settlement on the northern side 
 of the Si Luggau Biver, which name 
 ])roperly belongs to the place also, 
 and that of Mocomoco to a village 
 higlier up. The bazar coiLsists of 
 100 houses, having the sultans at the 
 northern end, which has nothing to 
 distinguish it, except being larger 
 than connnon INJalay houses. Ships 
 arriving here nmst wait for a boat 
 from the shore, as their own cannot 
 land without great danger. 
 
 The trade here is principally with 
 the hill people in salt, piece goods, 
 iron, steel, aiid opium ; for which the 
 returns are jjrovisions, timbei-, and a 
 little gold dust. Formerly there was. 
 a trade carried on with I'adang, aud 
 
^[OHURBUNGE. 
 
 573 
 
 €>\\nn- Ate Angiii people, Ijiit it is 
 now (Irojipod. 'Hie soil oftlio coiiii- 
 try armiiul (his piaec is saiidy, and 
 llie faec of the eountiy low and Hat. 
 The first English settleniciit at Mo- 
 conioeo was loiined in 1717. {Dure, 
 M(tisden, Elmore, &■(:) 
 
 MocwANPOOK. — A distriet in 
 Nortlieni J iiudostan, silualcd prin- 
 cipally between the '27th and ■28th 
 degrees ofnorlli latiliide, and lioiind- 
 C'd to the south by the distriels of 
 Bettiah and Tirhoot in Jiahar. 'J'hc 
 valley of iMo«inp<jor is ol no great 
 extent, not stretching further to the 
 eastward than six or seven miles, 
 and terminating u«ir Nagdeo on the 
 Hettowra side. It is very fertile, 
 yielding al)undanec and great va- 
 riety of rice; the cultivators enjoy- 
 ing considerable ininjunities from 
 the Nepaul government, to v.hieli 
 this distriet now belongs. The an- 
 cient liajah of Mocvvanpoor, who 
 was de])osed by the (Joorkhalies, 
 still resides on the borders of his for- 
 mer territory, under the protection 
 of the C<mipany. {Klrhpatrick, yc.) 
 
 MocwAM'OOii. — A town in North- 
 ern llindostan, the capital of a dis- 
 trict of the same name. Lai. 27°. 
 28'. N. Long. 85°. 18'. E. 
 
 The hill fort of Mocwanpoor is 
 distinguisliable by the naked e^e 
 iVoni the banks of the Kurrali, and 
 is a place of considerable strength. 
 AN hen the Nepaulese were liard 
 pressed bv tlic Chinese, the regent 
 and some of the prin(.ipal chiefs dis- 
 patched a great part of tlieir most 
 valuable properly to this Ibrt. In 
 1762 Cossim All's Armcniantiencral, 
 G<x>rgccn Khan, made an attempt 
 on the litrtress of ^Jocwanpoor, but 
 did not sncct^cd. {Kirhputrick, ^x.) 
 
 ^loHAMMEUAiUD. — A district in 
 the Nizam's territories, in the pro- 
 vince of Keeder, and situated be- 
 tween the 17lh and 18th degrees of 
 north latituile. 'I'he principal town 
 is Beeder, named by the AIussul- 
 niauns Alahonimedabad. 
 
 MoHAMMKDN AiiiuU'.. — A di.strict 
 in theNi/.ain's territories, in Ihepro- 
 y'uicti af lJ}dcrab'ad, sitiiutcd about 
 
 the 17tli degree of north latitude; 
 and comprehending witiiin its boun- 
 daries tin; city of Hyderabad, the 
 Nizam's capital. 
 
 MoHALN, (Mahati). — A town in 
 tlie Nabob of Uude's territories. Id 
 miles N. N. E. from Ijucknow. Lat. 
 27°. 4'. N. Long. 8b°. 58'. E. 
 
 MomiiBUNGK. — A district in the 
 province of Orissa, situated about 
 the 22d degree of nortii latilude. 
 Eixjui the district of Midnapoor it 
 is se|>arated by the Sulunireeka, tins 
 boundary of the Bengal I^resideney, 
 until (.'ultack was obtained during 
 the government of Marquis \\ el- 
 lesiey. This zemindary was for- 
 merly of much greater extent, but 
 much curtailed by the Maharattas, 
 who separated Balasor and other 
 tracts of country iiom it. It still 
 extends westward to the Neelghur 
 IJills. During the Maharatta go- 
 vernment Moliurbunge was depend- 
 ent on Cuttack, but paid also an in- 
 considerable tribute to the Com- 
 pany, on account of some lands in 
 Aiidnapoor, north of the Subunreeka 
 Ktver. 
 
 AMierc no battles arc fought, and 
 tlie natives remain unmolested by 
 military exactions, and w hen the ze- 
 mindar or his agent remain un- 
 changed, the lands of the Alaharatla 
 districts in the neighbourhood of 
 MidiKipoor are in a state of high 
 culttvation, and the population is 
 eipial, frequently superior to the Bri-. 
 tish districts. One cause which 
 tends to increase the poj)ulation of 
 a well-superintended Alaharatta 
 estate, is the constant aeeession of 
 numbers by emigration tioiu the 
 neighbouring countries. It is the 
 interest of the proprietor of a ze- 
 mindary to take as much care of his 
 cultivators as a farmer does of his 
 cattle, and that is sullieient to pro- 
 mote their increase. The peasantry 
 in the Company's territory enjoy 
 tiiat degree of security which is es- 
 .senlial to their increase, whieh is not 
 the case with the far greater portion 
 of the Alaharatta country ; vast 
 tracts of wliich are desolated, fa- 
 
■5 74 
 
 MONGHIR. 
 
 mines frequent, and the population 
 diumiishiiig. 
 
 There are no towns of any consi- 
 derable magnitude in this district ; 
 but there are many chokeys, or lulls, 
 for the purj)ose of collecting: money 
 from the pilgrims going to Juggei- 
 nauth. {Sir H. Strachey, J. Grant, 
 \st Register, Vc.) 
 
 Molucca Isles. (Mcdnha). — 'i'his 
 term, in its most extensive applica- 
 tion, is understood to signify all iJic 
 islands situate to tlic east of the 
 Molucca Passage, in Long. 12t>°. E. 
 particularly those of Gilolo ; b;it in 
 its more limited sense, it is usnally 
 restricted to the Dutch spice islands, 
 Avhich are Amboyna, Danda, Ccram, 
 Ternate, Tidore, and Eatcliiau. 
 
 WhciJ the iSJoluccas were first vi- 
 sited l>y the Portuguese navigators 
 dispatched by Albuquerque, A. D. 
 1510, they were found occupied by 
 two distinct races of people; the 
 Malays, or j\lahomuiedans, on the 
 sea-coast, and the oriental negroes, 
 or mo])-headed Papuas, in the inte- 
 rior. 'J'he latter have ever since been 
 rapidly decreasing, and, in most of 
 the smaller islands, have wholly dis- 
 appeared ; but in the more eastern 
 islands they have held their ground, 
 and still retain undisturbed pos- 
 session of Papua or New Guinea. 
 
 The Malays of these islands have 
 adopted so many foreign words, that 
 their dialect differs very much from 
 the common Malay, and iu writing 
 tiiey occasionally make use of the 
 Latin characters to express the Ma- 
 lay languag(\ 'i'he ancient 'J'irnala, 
 or Molucca language, appeared to 
 Dr. Leyden to ha\e been an original 
 tongue. Among the islands are 
 many of the pretended descendants 
 of JViahommed, named Shereefs,who 
 are held in great respect, particularly 
 if they have performed the pilgrim- 
 age to Mecca. Under their re- 
 spective heads further partieuiius re- 
 specting these islands will be found. 
 {Forrest, Leifden, \c.) 
 
 MoNCHAfioo. — A town in the Bir- 
 man empire of small size, but mm !i 
 venerated as the birth-place of tiic 
 
 gr< at Alompra, tlie foundor of tho 
 present dynasty, and during his .short 
 and active reign the capital. 'Ihe dis- 
 tance from Rangoon to Monchaboo 
 by the Irrawaddy is 500 miles. Ijat. 
 22°. 40'. N. Long. 9G°. 20.' E. 
 
 MoNcooRAH Isle, {Manacura). — 
 An island situated to the south of 
 Dukkinshahabazpoor, at the moutli 
 of tlie great river Brahmapootra and 
 Ganges,here denominated theMegnji, 
 and the most .soiitherly of all th« 
 islands yet formed of the sediment 
 deposited by their vi aters. In length 
 it juay be estimated at 10 miles, by 
 three and a half the average bnadth. 
 
 xVloNEAK. — A small town in the 
 proviiicc of Eahar, district of Ba- 
 liar, situated at the junction of the 
 Soanc and Gaiiges, 17 miles west 
 from Patna. liat. 25°. 38'. N. Long. 
 84°. 56'. E. Commodious rantou- 
 ments for cavalry are erected here. 
 
 JMong H]R,(3iwf/g-«-g-/i/)7) .--A largo 
 district in tlie province of Baliar, 
 situated between the 26th and 28th 
 degrees of north latitude. To the 
 north it is bounded by Tyrhoot and 
 Purnah; on the south by Eamgur 
 and Eirblioom ; to the east it has 
 Haujemaland Birbliooni ; and to the 
 west the Bahar district and Ramgur. 
 In 1784 this district, in all its di- 
 mensions, contained 8270 square 
 miles, of which only 2817 are in the 
 I'oglipuor division o:! both sides of 
 the^^ anges. By A bn I J 'azel, in 1582, 
 it is d(!seribed as foiiows: 
 
 " Sircar Mung/'er, conlaining 31 
 mahals, revenue 109,625,981 dams. 
 'I'liis sircar furnistles 2150 ca\alr}, 
 and 50,000 infantry." 
 
 The traditional account of Blon- 
 ghir is, that it v. as ibrmerly only in- 
 habited by Thuduiitikurs, of tho 
 elasf: denominated Hick, who resided 
 chieily in tiie woods. One of those 
 ■vvliosc habitation was upon a rock in 
 the iiiver Ganges, is said, with the 
 assistance of Vishv.a Karma, tiio 
 god and patron of artists, to havo 
 i)init a tbit, and named it IMonghir. 
 Tiie country is described as being at 
 that time in a complete jungle, with- 
 out a vestige of cultivation, but 
 
MOODGUL. 
 
 57f> 
 
 eoiilaiiiing a temple dedicated to the 
 goddess Cliaudi. The distriet is 
 iiow one ofthebestcultivaled in the 
 Coini)aiiv's dominion, tlie agricultu- 
 ral labour being mana<;ed with ex- 
 emplary activity and perseveriiisf di- 
 ligence. The fields in the neigh- 
 bourhood of the town of jMonghir 
 are divided into squares, and irri- 
 gated v\ith great c;ue. They pro- 
 duce a great variety of leguiiiinous 
 plants, mustard seed, and castor oil, 
 besides opium, barley, and other 
 ^ain. 
 
 In this district is a hot-well, named 
 Scetacoond, a common appellation 
 for hot-springs among the tlindoos. 
 It is situated about half a mile from 
 the banks of the Ganges, in a plain 
 backed by hills v\ith several rocks 
 about it. The spring is considerable, 
 and the air-bnbbles rise in great 
 quantities. The water is too liot to 
 admit keeping the hand long in it, 
 yet there are cold springs on thi; 
 sides of it, at the distance of about 
 20 i)aces. In 1801 the inhabitants 
 of the jMougliir, or BogUi)nor dis- 
 triet, were estimated at 600,000. 
 [Adah; Tennant, Lord Vcdentia, ^x:) 
 
 MoNGHiR. — A town and fortress 
 in the province of Eahar, situated 
 on the south bank of the River Gan- 
 ges. Lat. 25°. 23'. N. Long. 80° 
 38'. E. 
 
 1'lie fort of Monghir is large, sur- 
 rounded by a w all and deep ditch, 
 and is a place of considerable anti- 
 quity. It is most beautiliilly situated 
 on a bend of the (laugcs, which, in 
 the rainy season, forms here a j)ro- 
 digious expanse of fr<>sh water, 
 bounded by the (J oiruck poor Moun- 
 tains. Monghir was the chief resi- 
 dence of Sultan Sujali during his 
 government of the Jioigal province, 
 and was strengthened l)y him during 
 his rebellion again.-it his lather, Shall 
 Jehan. Subsequently it hecame the 
 residence of Cossim All Ivhun, when 
 he intended to throw uiV all depend- 
 ence on the Engiisli govern nvut, 
 which had raised him to the throne. 
 He added coiisideral)ly to the 
 strength of the forliliculioas, and en- 
 
 deavoured to discipline the natives 
 for its defence; but in vain, I'ur it 
 was taken by the English after a 
 siege of only nine days. 
 
 While Slonghir was a frontier 
 town it was a place of considerable 
 importance, and a depot of anwnu- 
 iiition ; but since the cessions in the 
 doal» of the Ganges and Jumna, 
 Allahabad has been selected in its 
 stead as a frontier depot. The ))ro- 
 truding ]mnt of the rock at this 
 place, which withstands the whole 
 force of the river, is considered as a 
 sacred bathing place by the Hindoos, 
 aiul during the season the crowd is 
 prodigious. The view from the fort 
 is one of (he finest in India. It is at 
 present occupied by some companies 
 of invalid sepoys, their coinmandant 
 having possession of the ruins of 
 Sultan Sujah's palace. The rest of 
 the space is occupied by gardens, 
 t^nks, and plantations, 
 
 'J'ravelling distance from Monghir 
 to Calcutta, by Birbhooni, 275 n)iles; 
 by Moorshedabad, 301 miles. {Lord 
 Vcdentia, Rennel, ^c.) 
 
 MONISHWAR, {Mamjesti-ara, the 
 Chief of Gems). — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Eejapoor, situated about 30 
 miles S. W. from I'oonah. Lat. lb®. 
 16'. N. Long. 74°. 25'. E. 'J^his is 
 a town of considerable extent, with 
 a good market. 'J'here is here a veiy 
 han('.som(^ dome erected over a smail 
 S(juare building, which in this pro- 
 vince is etFected in the following 
 manner: A mound ofearth is raised, 
 the iiitend<-d height and shape of the 
 dome or arch, over which the stcmes 
 aie placed, ;ind \vhen comj)leted on 
 tlie outside the support is removed. 
 The inhabitants have but little know- 
 ledge of the powers of mechanism: 
 when a large stone is to be raised, it 
 is dragged up a slope of earth, made 
 for the purpose, which is afterwards 
 removed. {Moor, Sc.) 
 
 iMooDGMf.. (3Jiids;ahi). — A district 
 in the \izan>'s dominions, in the pro- 
 vince of Eejapoor, situated princi- 
 pally between the 16lii and iJth de- 
 grees of north latitude, and extend- 
 ing along the south sid(; of th« 
 
57(5 
 
 MOOLTAN. 
 
 Kiislina Kivcr. The chief towns are 
 jMoo(Ji;iil, Anamsagur, aiirl Cooloor. 
 This district was ravaged by tlie 
 Maliomnicdans so early as A. D. 
 1312, dnriiig the reign of Alia ud 
 Deen on the Delhi throne. 
 
 iVIooDGiTL. — A town in (he pro- 
 Tinco of iiejapoor, belonging to l!ie 
 Nizam, tjic capital of a district of the 
 same name. Lat. 16°. 6'. N. Long. 
 7G°. 47'. E. 
 
 AIooLOOPRTTY. — A <own on the 
 sea-coast of the sonthcrn Carnatic, 
 distdct ofMarawas, 123 miles N. E. 
 from Cape Comorin. Lat. i)°. 15'. 
 N. Lono-. 78°. a3'. E. 
 
 IMOOLTAN, {Mtiltan). 
 
 A provitlcc in [Tindostan, situated 
 principally between the 28th and 
 31st degrees of norlh latitude. To 
 the north it is bounded by Lahore 
 and Afghanistan ; to the south by 
 Ajmeer and Sinde; to the east it has 
 Lahore and Ajmeer; and to the west 
 Balloochistan. When Abnl Fazel 
 composed the Institutes of Acbcr, 
 Alooitan was one of the largest pro- 
 vinces in tlie empire, extending to 
 the frontiers of Persia, and coinpre- 
 licnding the modern countries of 
 Mooltan, Balloochistan, Sinde, Ha- 
 jykau, Seweestan, and Tatta, be- 
 sides several of tiie doabs now at- 
 tached to Lahore. Since that era 
 the din)cnsions have been so cur- 
 tailed, that it is one of the smallest 
 provinces iu Hindostan, the exact 
 extent of its hmits being still uncer- 
 tain. Abul Eazel's description, which 
 applies to the province in its greatest 
 magnitude, in 1582, is as follows: 
 
 " The soubah of Mooltan lies in 
 tlie first, second, and third climates. 
 Before that Tatta m as comprised in 
 this soubah it measured in length, 
 from Ferozepoor to Sewistan, 403 
 coss, and was in breadth from Khut- 
 poor to .lelmcer 108 coss; but, with 
 the additional length of Tatta, it 
 measures to Cutch and MekranOO'O 
 coss. On the east lies sircar Sir- 
 hind ; the pcrgunnah of Jhoor joins 
 
 it on the norlh ; on the south i( iri 
 bounded by the province of Ajmeer; 
 and on the west are situated CutcU 
 and Mekran, both of which are inde- 
 pendent territories. 'J'lie six fivers 
 described in l^ahore pass through 
 this soubah. I'Jie River Behut, near 
 the jiergunnali of Shoor, unites with 
 the Chinaiib; and then, after run- 
 ning together 27 coss, they disem- 
 bogue themselves into the Biver 
 Sinde, near rteh. lor tlie distance 
 of 12 coss, near Ferozepoor, the ri- 
 vers Beyah and Snluleje unite, and 
 then again, as they pass along, divide 
 info four streams, viz. the Hur, the 
 Haray, the Dund, and the Noorny; 
 and near the city of JVlooltan these 
 four branches join again. All tlie 
 rivers that disembogue themselves 
 into the Sinde (Indus) take its name, 
 but in Tatta the Sinde is called 
 Mehran, 
 
 " 'I'he mountains of this soubah 
 lie on the north side. In many re- 
 spects it resembles Lahore, except 
 that but little rain falls here, and the 
 heat is excessive. Between Sewed 
 and Behkar (Backar) is a large de- 
 sert, over which during the summer 
 months there blow.s (he pernicious 
 hot wind cabed the simoon. Tho 
 River Sinde some years ineUncs to 
 the north, and sometimes to the 
 south, and the villages (-hange ac- 
 cordingly. This soubah contains 
 three sircars, divided into eight per- 
 gunnahs. The measured lands 
 are 3,273.f)32 beegahs. Revenue, 
 151,403,619 dams; out of which 
 659,948 are scyurghal. It furnishes 
 13,785 cavalry, and 165,650 infan- 
 try." 
 
 'I'he more northern and eastern 
 districts of this province are ex- 
 tremely fertile, being watered by thu 
 Pimjab Rivers, and possessing a rich 
 soil, which becomes gradually more 
 sandy and barren as it ap])roaches 
 the Indus. To the west of that river 
 this strrility increases, until it termi- 
 nates in a rocky ridge of hard black 
 stone, the boundary of the western 
 desert. 
 
 Anterior to the invasion of Hiu- 
 
MOOESHEDABAD. 
 
 577 
 
 dostauby Malunood of Gliizni, lliis 
 province appears to have been pos- 
 sessed by Mahoinmedans, as, in 
 A. D. 1006, lie is applauded by Per- 
 sian authors t()r havitii;- subcJued 
 Daoud Khan, an Afghan heretic, who 
 then occupied the country, and com- 
 pelled him to embrace the true faith ; 
 from which, however, he soon apos- 
 tatized. At present the province of 
 Mooitan is ])ossessed by different 
 petty chiefs, at variance with each 
 other, and harassed from without by 
 tlie Afghans, Seiks, and Ameers of 
 Sinde. Being remotely situated 
 from the British territories, possess- 
 ing no political or commercial im- 
 portance, and being httle visited by 
 Europeans, we are proliably Jess ac- 
 cpiainted with the interior of this, 
 than of any of the other original pro- 
 vinces of Hindostan Proper. {Abul 
 Fazel, Rennel, Stewart, l\'c.) 
 
 MooLTAN. — A cily in the province 
 of Mooitan, of which it is the capital, 
 •situated ncai" to the east side of the 
 Kavey Kiver after its junction with 
 the Jhylum and Chinaub, and about 
 30 miles above its confluence with 
 the Indus. Lat. 30°. 35'. N. Long. 
 71°- 19'. E. This place stands 
 nearly at the same distance from the 
 sea as Allahabad ; that is, from 800 
 to 850 British miles by the course of 
 the rivers. Mooitan is supposed to 
 have been the Malli of Alexander, 
 and is described by Abul l''azel, in 
 1582, as one of the most ancient ci- 
 ties of Hindostan, with a brick fort- 
 ress and lofly minaret, and possess- 
 ing the tomb of Sheikh Bahauddcen 
 Zukmi, a Mahommedan saint. It 
 appears to have been the seat of a 
 principality so early as A.D. 1006, 
 when it was plundered by Mahinood 
 of (ihizni, a fate which it again cx- 
 l)erieuced in 1398, mIicu captured 
 by the Mogul army of 'iiuiour. 
 
 MooKan at present is a large 
 walled town, with a citadel of con.si- 
 derable strength, and for many years 
 acknowledged a subjection scarcely 
 more than nominal to the Afghan 
 sovereigns of Cabul. In 1806 it was 
 attacked, captured, and pUuidered 
 
 2 e 
 
 by llajah Runjeet Singh, the Seiic 
 chief of Lahore, who was compelled 
 to evacuate it by the scarcity of 
 grain that prevailed in his camp. In 
 1809 the Nabob of Mooitan had sul)- 
 mitted 1o pay tribute to the Ameers 
 of Sindc. He was then described 
 as being able to collect a consider- 
 able body of men, but wholly unable 
 to support them, on account of the 
 sterihty and poverty of his country. 
 {Abul Fazel, Rcmiel, MSS. Sc-) 
 
 MooNEER, {Manir). — A town in 
 the provinie of Bahar, district of 
 Ro'as, 42 miles E. by S. from Be- 
 nares. Lat. 25°. 12'. N. Long. 83°. 
 40'. E. 
 
 MooRGOoR, {3Juda<>-Iiar). — A town 
 r,f considerable «'xtcnt, bcloiiging to 
 the Pesluva of the Maharatias, situ- 
 ated in tJie province of Bcjapoor, 
 about 15 miles N.W. from Darwar. 
 It is enclosed by a wall, and sur- 
 roniuled by a ditch. 
 
 MooRLKv, {Mnrali). — A town in 
 the province of Bengal, district of 
 Jessuic, 62 miles N. E. from Calcut- 
 ta. Lat. 23°. 7'. N. Long. 89°. 15'. 
 E. 
 
 MooRLEYDURSERA Y, {Mnrali dha- 
 ra serai). — A town in the province of 
 Agra, district of I'ltaweh, 42 miles 
 I'i. S. K. from the citv of Agra. Lat. 
 27°1'. N. Long. 78°. 40'. E. 
 
 MooRSHEDAUAD. — A large town 
 in the district of Raiijeshy, province 
 of Bengal, ol' which it was for some 
 time tlie capital. Lat. 2i°. 11'. N. 
 Long. 88°. 15'. E. It was oiiginally 
 named Muc^hsoosabad ; but in 1704, 
 when Moorshed Coolce Khan trans- 
 ferred here the seat of government, 
 lie ihangcd its name to Moorsheda- 
 bad. 
 
 'I'liis place extends eight miles 
 along both sides of the most sacred 
 brunch of the Ganges, named the 
 Bhagiratty, or Cossimbuzar River, 
 about 120 miles above Calcutta. The 
 buildings are in geucial bad, and the 
 palace of the nabobs r'o insignificant, 
 as to be passed >\ilhout observation. 
 The streets are narrow and incon- 
 VQuicnt, anil almost impassible for 
 European whetlied cajiiagcs. I'he 
 
578 
 
 MOORSHEDABAD. 
 
 town was never fortified, except by 
 an occasional rampart in 1742, dur- 
 ing the Maharatta invasion. It is 
 a place of groat inland traffic, and 
 the river is seen constantly covered 
 with boats, which are examined at 
 the custom-house established here. 
 From October to May the Cossim- 
 bazar Biver, or Bhagiratty, is ahnost 
 dry; united with the Jeiiinghy fur- 
 ther down, they form the Hooghly, 
 or Calcutta River. The iVlootyjeel, 
 or Pearl Lake, in this neighbourhood, 
 is one of tiic windings of a former 
 channel ef the Cossimbazar River. 
 During the reign of Ali Verdy Khan, 
 a palace was erected in it, and orna- 
 mented with pillars of black marble 
 brought from the ruins of Gour, the 
 ancient capital of Bengal. 
 
 The neighbourhood of iMeorslicd- 
 abad is the chief seat of the manu- 
 facture of wove silk ; taifcta, both 
 plain and llowered ; and many otlicr 
 sorts for iidand commerce and ex- 
 portation are made more abundant- 
 ly than at any other place a\ here silk 
 is wove. The appearance of the 
 surrounding district exhibits a pro- 
 gressive improvement in cultivation 
 and population ; but no traces of in- 
 creased commerce, nor improvement 
 in buildings for religious or domestic 
 purposes. Individuals occasionally 
 build a temple, or dig a tank for ])ub- 
 lic use ; but similar endowments of 
 former days are going to decay, and 
 among the natives no degree of opu- 
 lence ever tempts them to improve- 
 ments in their domestic habits or 
 comforts. 
 
 Gang robbeiy, or dacoiiy, is the 
 most prevalent crime in this part of 
 Bengal. Few of the lower order of 
 natives keep any other arms in their 
 lionscs than long ihick bamboo 
 ])ludgcons. Particular classes keep 
 .spears lor the declared purpose of 
 destroying wild hogs, and .^^ome of 
 the head a illagers and village wateli- 
 men have swords. Bludgeons, spears, 
 and fishgigs, are the usual arms I'ound 
 1X1 gang robbers. Sometimes the lat- 
 ter use a long tapering solid bamboo, 
 pointed at one end, and hardened in 
 
 the fire; but they very seldom use 
 swords, and almost never fire-arms. 
 The middle and higher classes keep 
 swords and daggers as appendages 
 of dress. 
 
 IVIoorshedabad became the capi- 
 tal of Bengal in 170-1, when the seat 
 of gOAcrnment was removed from 
 Dacca by the Nabob Jaffier Khan, 
 and it continued the metropolis un- 
 til the conquest of Bengal by the 
 British in 1757, when it was virtually, 
 though not nominally, superseded by 
 Calcutta. Until 1771 it remained 
 the seat of the collector-general of 
 the board of revemie, being more 
 centrical than Calcutta; but in that 
 year they were transferred to the 
 latter place. 
 
 The Nabob Jaflier Khan, who 
 made this ])lace his capital, was born 
 of a Brahmin, bought while an infant, 
 and educated in Persia by a Ma- 
 hommcdan. He was appointed sou- 
 bahdar of Bengal by Anrengzebe; 
 and on his death, by the assistanct^ 
 of Juggcth Sect, the banker, he pxn- 
 chased the continuance of his ollice ; 
 besides which he discomfited two 
 other soubahdars, sent by the court 
 of Deliii to expel him. He died 
 A . D. ] 725, and was succeeded by 
 his son-in-law, 
 
 Shujah ud ]}owlah, who continued 
 nabob until 17a9, when, on his de- 
 cease, his son, 
 
 Allah nd Dowlah Serferauz Khan 
 ascended the musnud, but was de- 
 throned and killed, after a reign of 
 one year and two months, by 
 
 Aliverdi Khan, who, after an active 
 and eventful reign, died in 1750, and 
 was succeeded by his grandson, 
 
 Gholaum Ho:;-cin Scraje ud Dow- 
 lah. Two months after his acces- 
 sion this prince attacked and took 
 Calcutta; but in the same year was 
 defeated at Plasscy by Colonel Clive, 
 and soon after assassinated by the 
 son of his successor, iu 1757, 
 
 i\Ieer .lafiier Khan, who, on ac- 
 count of his incapacity, was de- 
 throned by the British in 1760, and 
 
 IMeer Cossitn Ali Khan raised to 
 the throne. In 17G3 this prince wa.s 
 
MORTY ISLE. 
 
 579 
 
 expelled by the Britisli, and iiis pre- 
 decessor, Meer Jaftler Khan, rein- 
 stated. After reigning" one year, in 
 1764, he was succeeded by his eld- 
 est son, 
 
 Nudjani ud DoMiah, who, in 1766, 
 died of the small-pox, and was suc- 
 ceeded by his brother, 
 
 Seif lui Dowlah, wlio died in 1769, 
 ill which year a famine and epide- 
 mical distemper rajved with great 
 violence. His successor was 
 
 Mnbaric ud Dowlah, whose allow- 
 ances were at first 24 lacks of rupees 
 per annum ; but subsequently, in 
 1772, reduced to 16 la(;ks. This 
 prince died in 1796, and was suc- 
 ceeded by his son, 
 
 Nazim ul IMuluck, who died the 
 28th April, 1810, and was succeeded 
 by his eldest son, 8eid Zin ud Deea 
 Ali Khan, then 17 years of age. 
 
 Besides being the residence of the 
 native prince, Moorshedabad is the 
 head-quarters of a court of circuit, 
 having the follow ing districts subor- 
 dinate, viz. 1. Monghir, or Bogli- 
 j)oor; 2. Purneali; 3. Dinagepoor; 
 4. Kungpoor; 5. Raujeshy; 6. Birb- 
 hoom ; and 7. The city of Moorshe- 
 dabad. In 1801 the inhabitants of 
 the Moorshedabad district were esti- 
 mated at 1,020,572, in the proportion 
 of one Mahonimedan to three Hiu- 
 tloos, {Scott, Lord Valentia, lien- 
 nel, 5th Report, Stewart, Colehrooke, 
 
 ^T. SfC.) 
 
 MooTA GuNGA, {Midi Gtivga, the 
 Pearl Stream). — A river in the pro- 
 vince of Gundwana, which has its 
 source in the Mehkoor Hills, from 
 whence it (lows, in a south-easterly 
 direction, past Chimneer, but its 
 course further has never been pro- 
 perly ascertained, 
 
 MooTYJtRNA, (Mutijesna). — A ca- 
 taract in the province of Bahar, dis- 
 trict of Monghir, situated about eight 
 miles inland from the Ganges. It 
 consists of two falls, which, taken 
 togetlier, measure 105 feet perpendi- 
 cnlar height. 'I'he water, after fall- 
 ing over vast masses of rock, is re- 
 ceived ill a basin below. At the 
 Isottom of the lower fall is a cave, 
 
 2 P 2 
 
 from w ithin which the water may be 
 seen, forming au arch ou the outside. 
 {Hodges, S,-c.) 
 
 MoPLAYS. — See Paniany. 
 
 MouADAHAn. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Delhi, district of Bareily, 
 50 miles N. W. from the town of 
 Bareily. Lat. 28°. 52'. N. Long. 
 78°. 45'. E. This was formerly a 
 place of consequence, and possessed 
 a mint, the Moradabad rupees being 
 still current in Hindostan. It has 
 since greatly declined; but will pro- 
 bably experience rapid improve- 
 ment from having a district attached 
 to it, which took place in 1804, some 
 lime after the cession of the Bareily 
 Province to the British by the Na- 
 bob of < >ude. The judge, and ma- 
 gistrate, and collector of the revenue, 
 with their respective establishments, 
 reside at Moradabad. 
 
 MoRABAD. — A town belonging to 
 Sindia, in the province of Ajaieer, 
 40 miles E. from the city of Ajnieer. 
 Lat. 26°. 40 . N. Long. 75°. 28'. E. 
 
 MORTIZANAGUR. ScC GuNTOOR. 
 
 MoRTizABAD. — A district in the 
 Maharatta territories, in the province 
 of Bejapoor, situated principally be- 
 tween the I7th and 18th degrees of 
 north latitude, and intersected by 
 the Krishna River not far tVoni its 
 source. I'he princiiial towns are 
 Merritcli anfl Carrar. 
 
 MoRTY {or Morintai/) IsLE. — An 
 island in the Eastern Seas, situated 
 off the north-eastern extremity of 
 Gilolo, and comprehended princi- 
 pally between the second and third 
 degrees of north latitude. In length 
 it may be estimated at 65 miles, by 
 18 miles the average breadth. 
 
 This island has a pleasing appear- 
 ance- from the sea, the land rising 
 gently from the beach to a consider- 
 able height in the centre, but with- 
 out any precipitous elevation. The 
 country is thinly inhabited, but is 
 said to abound with sago trees; to 
 cut down which, for the pith and 
 tlower, parties go from Gilolo. The 
 Sultan of Ternate formerly claimed 
 the sovereignty of thib island. {For- 
 rest, Sfc.) 
 
0(i 
 
 muddet;. 
 
 MoRVKG, (I\fa>/iir Anca, remark- 
 oble for Peacocktt). — A district in 
 Norllu'in Ifiiidostan, tributary to 
 the Ncpaulese, situated about tlie 
 27th <l(S'ee of iiortli latitude, and 
 botiiKled on the south by the district 
 of Purneah, in Bcii;:i;al. The face of 
 tlic country is uncommonly mouu- 
 tiiinons, some of tlie lii^hest attain- 
 inj>- an elevation of nearly 7000 teet, 
 wilh a vei y sudden rise from the 
 j)lains of Bengal. It abounds with 
 limber, which is occasionally floated 
 down the River Cosa and other 
 streams from the mountains ; but 
 the quantity procured has never been 
 threat; and tlie climate beiui? singu- 
 larly unliealthy, the interior has been 
 but little explored. 
 
 MoRWARUA. — A town in the dis- 
 trict of Neyer, situated about 30 
 miles S. S. W. from 'I'heraud, and 
 subject to the same family of Raj- 
 poots. 
 
 This is a populous town, without 
 any defences, l)ut lias a large tank, 
 and is in every respect a nourishing 
 place. The sunounding country is 
 much i)ifestcd by the plundering 
 Coolccs, who are, however, much 
 atiaid of fire-arms. 
 
 MosE Isle. — An island in the 
 Eastern Seas, about 30 miles in cir- 
 cumference, situated due north from 
 Timorlaut, and about tlie i32d de- 
 gree of east longitude. 
 
 IVEouNT DiLLY. — A hill on the 
 sea-cftast of the Malabar Province, 
 which is separated from the conti- 
 nent by salt water creeks, and forms 
 on the coast a remarkable promon- 
 tory. 'J'lic native name is Yesliy 
 Malay, but our scameJti call itMouiit 
 Dilly. Lat. 12°. N. Long. 75°. 
 20'. E. 
 
 MovrA?u.h\,{3Iut(ipali.).~A town 
 on the sea-coast of tiic Northern Cir- 
 cars, situated at the mouth of the 
 Gundezama Riser, which separates 
 the Carnatic from the Northern Cir- 
 ears. A considei able coasting trade 
 is carried on from hence in the waft 
 navigated bv the natives. Lat. 15*^. 
 30'. N. Long. 8U°. 16'. E. 
 
 Mow. — A town in the district of 
 4 
 
 Allahabad, situated on fhe west sidw 
 of the Soorjew liiver, 53 miles N. E. 
 from Benares. Lat. 25°. 57'. N. 
 Long. 83°. 37. E. 
 
 Mow. — A town in the province 
 of Bahar, district of Hajypoor, 17 
 miles N. E. from Patna. Lat. 25°. 
 47'. N. Long. 85°. 26'. E. 
 
 Mow. — A town in the province of 
 Agra, district of Furruckabad. Lat. 
 2;'. 34°. N. Long. 79°. 18'. E. 
 
 Mow. — A town belonging to in- 
 dependent native chiefs, in tlie pro- 
 vince of Gundwana, 76 miles S. W. 
 from Benares. Lat. 24°. 37'. N. 
 Long. 82°. E. 
 
 MowAH. — A town in the province 
 of Bahar, district of Hajypoor, 37 
 miles east from Patna. Lat. 25'^. 
 33'. N. Long. 85°. 51'. E. 
 
 MozABAD. — A small district tri- 
 butary to the Cabul sovereigns, in 
 tlie province of Mooltan, situated 
 about the 30th degree of north lati- 
 tude, and bounded on the N. W. by 
 the Sutuleje River, which is here na- 
 vigable. The chief towns are Beha- 
 welpoor and Mozgurrah. 
 
 MozGURKAH. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Mooltan, 65 miles S. E. 
 from the town of Mooltan. Lat. 
 2y°. 48'. N. Long. 71°. 51'. E. 
 
 Mdchoo River. — This river, which 
 is the largest in the Gujrat Penin- 
 sula, has its source at Sirdar, a few 
 miles from AVankaneer, which it 
 passes, as also Moorbee, and within 
 a mile of Mallia ; after which it emp- 
 ties itself by many mouths into the 
 Run. I>uring the height of the rains 
 it overflows the adjacent country. 
 
 Muddek. — A village in the west- 
 ern extremity of the Gujrat Penin- 
 s<da, situated on the S. E. bank of 
 the Kun, and on the sra-shore. Lat. 
 22°. 5'. N. Long. 69°. 22'. E. 
 
 This strange morass (the Run) 
 here, at a distance, appears covered 
 with water; but, when approached^ 
 the decej)lion is discovered to pro- 
 ceed iiora a thick coat of salt as 
 white as .snow. I'rom Muddee, to- 
 wards Bhattia, the soil is good, and 
 well adapted for pasture and the 
 cultivation of wheat; but the wkole 
 
MULAYNE. 
 
 58t 
 
 is iiparly desolate —the pcasantrj' 
 being afraid to trtist tlicir i!,iiuii in 
 the ground, on account of llie Oka 
 thieves. In 1809 Muddee contain- 
 ed hut one fiimily, and from hence 
 to Bhaltia not a human bciii;; was 
 to be seen. 
 
 The land thieves of Oka arc liere 
 named Kaba, a Sanscrit m ord, which 
 siDjnilics a searcher or seeker, on ac- 
 <ou{it of the seven; scrutiny ail pil- 
 grims and unprotected travellers un- 
 dergo. The rags of the Jiyraggec 
 are carefully examined, and tlie ball 
 of ashes with wliicli he covers his 
 body is broken by these robbers in 
 hopes of linding some small coin 
 concealed in it. {3Iacmin-do, S-c.) 
 
 MucKK \LAH. — A town in the Scik 
 territories, in the pro\incc of La- 
 hore, 83 miles N. W. from the citv 
 of Lahore. Lat. 32°. .33'. N. Long. 
 72°. 43'. E. In the neighbourhood 
 of this town there is a great deal of 
 fossil salt, which the natives dig for 
 sale. 
 
 SIocKONDABAD. — A town possess- 
 ed by independent chiefs, in the 
 province of Gundwana, 25 miles 
 south from Reerah. Lat. 24°. 15'. 
 N. Long. 81°. 24'. E. 
 
 MucKUD. — A town belonging to 
 the Afghans, in the province of T^a- 
 hore, situated on the east side of the 
 Indus. Lat. 32°. 22'. N. Long. 70°. 
 51° E. 
 
 MucKi'NDNAUTH, (MucKuda na- 
 tho). — A town in Northern Ilindos- 
 tan, district of Lamjimgh, and Iri- 
 bntary to the Ghoorkhali Ivajah of 
 Nepaid. Lat. 29". 28'. N. Long. 
 93°. 50'. E. 
 
 MtJCKUNDRA. — A village in (he 
 province of Mahvah, situated about 
 30 miles S. S. 1'.. from Kotali, in a 
 valley nearly circular, tlncc-tburths 
 of a mile in diameter, stn rounded 
 by very steep hills, and only acces- 
 sible by an opening to the south, 
 and another to the north, each of 
 which is defended by a stone wall 
 and a gate. This is the oidy i)ass 
 within many miles through a ridge 
 of mountains which extends to the 
 east and west, dividing the province 
 
 of Malwah from tlie district called 
 Harowty, or country of the tril)e 
 Hara. At Cluinkhairec, 14 miles to 
 the eastward, a great lair for liorse.^ 
 and cattle is held. Lat. 24°. 48'. N. 
 Long. 7()° 12'. J':. 
 
 MucKiiNnoiiNGi:. — A town in the 
 province of Bahar, district of l>am- 
 gur, 114 miles S. by E. from Patna. 
 Lat. 23°. .09'. N. T.ong. 85°. 35'. J',. 
 There is a lead mine about 10 miles 
 west of this place. 
 
 IVIrcKWANNV. — A distri<'tin North- 
 ern Hindo.'itan, situated between the 
 2fJth and 27th degrees ol" north lati- 
 tude, :ui<l bo)inded on tin; south by 
 the district of TArhoot in Baliar. 
 The mountains in this territory rise 
 to great elevation above the plains 
 of Bahar, and the country, in ge- 
 neral, is covered with evtcnsivc fo- 
 rests, capable of supplying great 
 quantities of valuable timi)cr. This 
 district is but little cultivated, being 
 possessed by petty native chiefs tri- 
 buiary to the Ghoorkhali Kajah of 
 Nepaul. 
 
 INluFANAGUR. — A small town in 
 the Nabob of Oude's territories, 74 
 luiles S. W. from I^ncknow. Lat. 
 26°. 11'. N. Long. 80°. E. 
 
 iMufiANAYAKANA CoTAY. — A vil- 
 lage in the ]\hsore province, dis- 
 trfct of Hagalw adi. Lat. 13°. 8'. N. 
 Long. 76°. .58'. E. During the war 
 of 1790, it v\as besieged for two 
 months by a force consisting of 200O 
 of I'urseram Bdiow's JMaharaltas, 
 with one gun, wliich they lired se- 
 veral times, but never succeeded in 
 hitting liie jilaee. It now coiitains 
 above 200 houses, and is fortified 
 will) a mud wall. {F. Buchanan, W.) 
 iMt'OLiu.. — A towii among tlie 
 Eastern Ghauts, situuled 95 miles 
 west from iVIadras. Lat. 13°. lo'. 
 N. Long. 79°. 5'. J'-. 
 
 IMt'LANA. — A small t^'alled town 
 Avith a citadel, not far from INIusta- 
 pha!>ad, in the northern quarter of 
 ilie |>rovince of Delhi. 
 
 jAliJUYNK. — A large villag« in the 
 Nabob of Oude's territories, 42 miles 
 N. \\. from Ijticknow. Lat. 27°. 
 4'. N. Long. 80°. 10'. E. 'I'hc in- 
 
582 
 
 MUNDUIM. 
 
 habitants are numerous, but tlie town 
 is mean and irregular, consisting al- 
 most entirely of small mud huts. Tlie 
 surrounding country is tolerably well 
 cultivated. 
 
 MuLCHAND Kalaudy. — A small 
 building for the accommodation of 
 travellers, in the province of Sinde, 
 district of Tatta, 10 miles east from 
 Corachie. 
 
 The surrounding country is a hard 
 sandy soil, bounded by rocky hills 
 to the north, and covered with clus- 
 ters of the milk bush, a shrub called 
 lye by the Sindeans, and a small 
 prickly shrub; the whole abounding 
 with jackals, hares, and partridges. 
 Four miles from Corachie there is a 
 range of scraggy sterile hills, on the 
 tops of which arc several tombs, but 
 not a tree is to be seen. At this 
 place there arc some wells of good 
 water. 
 
 Five miles further on there is a 
 choultry erected by Hajee Omar, 
 and near to it a well of excellent 
 water, 140 feet deep, dug to supply 
 travellers; an act of charity duly 
 estimated in this arid and sultry re- 
 gion. The country around this choul- 
 try is so hard, and the water so re- 
 mote from the surface, that the la- 
 bourers must for a long time have 
 been supplied with water brought 
 from a distance, before they could 
 reach that which they were in search 
 of {Smith, Maxfield, (^c.) 
 
 MuLHARA, ( Mulahara). — A town 
 in the province of Allahabad, five 
 miles N. N. E. from Chatterpoor. 
 Lat. 25°. N. Long. 79°. 55'. E. 
 
 MuLLAHPooR,(iMu'apm-). — A town 
 in the Nabob of Oude's territories, 
 situated on the S. W. side of the 
 Goggrah River. Lat. 27°. 40'. N. 
 Long. 81°. 16'. E. 
 
 iVI ULLUNC UR, ( Mulanagar). — A 
 small district in the Nizam's terri- 
 tories, in the province of Hyder- 
 abad, situated between the 18th and 
 19th degrees of north latitude. 
 
 INlin.LiJNGUK. — A town in the Ni- 
 zam's territories, in the province of 
 Hyderabad, the capital of a district 
 of the .same name, situated 38 miles 
 
 N. E. from Worangal. Lat. 18° 
 12'. N. Long. 79°. 32'. E. 
 
 MuLTAPPY. — A town belonging to 
 the Nagpoor Rajah, in the province 
 of Berar, 65 miles N. N. E. from 
 Ellichpoor. Lat. 22°. 19'. N. Long. 
 78°. 26'. E. 
 
 MuNDATTAFAL. — A town in the 
 Maharatta territories, in the province 
 of Khandesh, situated on a small 
 island formed by the Nerbuddah, 65 
 miles S. S. E. from Oojain. Lat. 22°. 
 25'. N. Long. 76°. 17'. E. 
 
 MUNDESSOR. — A large district in 
 the province of Malwah, situated 
 principally between the 24th and 
 25th degrees of north latitTide. I'Jie 
 country is elevated and hilly, but 
 fertile, being watered by the River 
 Chunibul, which intersects it. The 
 principal towns are Soonel, Bam- 
 poor, and Parkundy; and the dis- 
 trict is possessed by diftcrent native 
 chiefs, who are tributary to the Ma- 
 haraltas. 
 
 JMuNDERAR.— An Afghan district 
 in the province of Cabid, situated 
 about the 35th degree of north lati- 
 tude, and bounded on the soutii by 
 the River Chuganserai, the chief 
 town being also named Chuganserai. 
 By Abul I'azel, in 1582, this dis- 
 trict is described as follows : 
 
 " Tooman (district) Munderar 
 abounds with monkies. Here the 
 rivers Alishung and Alunkar unite 
 their streams, and disembogue them- 
 selves into the River Baran. The 
 River Chuganserai, after passing 
 through the N. E. quarter enters 
 Kuttore. Revenue of tooman Mun- 
 derar 2,684,880 dams." 
 
 MuNDUiM. — A village in the ter- 
 ritory of the Mysore Rajah, fortified 
 with a mud wall. Lat. 12°. 31'. N. 
 
 Lous 
 
 4'. E. 
 
 The country between Cliinapatam 
 and this place, although free from 
 hills, i;s not more than one half ara- 
 ble, the soil being in general poor 
 and covered with brushwood. Many 
 parts of tlie hills are cultivated, but 
 much more is incapable of ever be- 
 coming arable. The wet cultivation 
 does not exceed one-fifth of the whole. 
 
IMURICHOM. 
 
 583 
 
 aSTt'NDLAIl, (3Ltn(JaIa). — A town 
 ill the inovincc of (lUiKhvaiia, si- 
 ttiidc'd on IIk; liaiiks of the Ncihud- 
 <lali, J -10 miles N. E. I'roin Naupoor. 
 Ua. 22°. 44'. N. Loii}?. 81°. iu'. E. 
 'J'liis town was oiw of llic ancient 
 <'ai>itals of llic Hindoo province of 
 (Inndwana, and furnierl} i^ave its 
 name to the snrronndins;' district. 
 
 'rravcllin<; distanc(! from Nagpoor, 
 160 miles; from Hyderabad, 470; 
 from Cakntta, 634 miles. {Lechie, 
 J. Grant, lieimcl, ^-c.) 
 
 INIu Nci V L w A u A , ( Maugiilavar). — A 
 town belonging to the roonah INIa- 
 Larattas, in the province of Beja- 
 poor, 16 miles S. E. from Fander- 
 poor. This is a considerable town 
 Ibrtitied with a stone wall, and pos- 
 .sessing a good market. 'I'lus snr- 
 ronnding country is stony and un- 
 cnllivated. 
 
 MuNGLORE. — An Algiian town in 
 the province of Cabul, district of 
 Sew ad, situated 30 miles west fiom 
 the Indus. Lat. 34°. 13'. N. Long. 
 71° 15'. E. By Abul Fazel it is 
 described as follows : 
 
 " Near the ])ass of Dhumghar, ad- 
 joining to Caslignr, is the city of 
 AInnglorc, the residence of the go- 
 vernor of the province. There are 
 two routes to it from Hindostan ; one 
 by the height of IVInlkund, and the 
 other by the pass of Shcre Khan." 
 
 MiJNGiiLHAUT, {Maiig-ala hata, a 
 Floia-is/iiiig- Marhet). — A large ma- 
 nufacturing town in the province of 
 Bengal, district of Rnngpoor, 20 
 miles nortii from the town of Rung- 
 poor. Lat. 26°. 5i)'. N. Long. 8<)°. 
 20'. E. 
 
 This place is situated on the south 
 side of the River Durlali, which di- 
 \ides l^nngpoor fiom Coocli Bahar. 
 'J'he houses are unconnnonly good, 
 the streets spacious, and the vhole 
 town has a very stipciior api>caranc<\ 
 On the river arc numerous boats of 
 great burthen. Coarse cotton goods 
 are the staple commodity, and this 
 town furnishes a considerable jtarl 
 ^)f the return cargo which is cairied 
 lny the Bootan caravan annually fiom 
 Rangpoor. {Turner, ^c. S^c.) 
 
 INIuNNlPORA, {Manipura, OieTovn 
 of Jewels). — A town in the Birmau 
 empire, the cajutal of the province 
 of Cassav. Lat. 24°. 20'. N. Long. 
 94°. 30'. E. The district in which 
 this town is situated is also occa- 
 sionally named the IVIuggalo* , or 
 Meekly country, and is the nearest 
 comn)unication between the N. ]".. 
 extremity of Bengal, and the N. W. 
 quarter of the Birman territories, 
 bTit the route has never yet been 
 traversed by any Euroj)ean. An in- 
 tercourse also subsists between this 
 town and the province of Assam, as 
 in 1794 the British detachment, 
 which w cut to Gcrgong, the capital 
 of Assam, saw there a body of ca- 
 valry which had anived fiom Mun- 
 nipora. Tliis town was captured by 
 the Binuans, in 1774, and has ever 
 since remained tril)utary to them. 
 {Wade, Sijmes, SfC. Sfc.) 
 
 MuRicHOM. — A village in Noilh- 
 crn Hindf stan, in the province of 
 Boolan. Lat. 27°. 6'. N. Long. 89°. 
 28'. E. This place consists of only 
 24 houses, but they are of a superior 
 structure to njost in Bootan. They 
 are built of stone Avith clay as a ce- 
 ment, of a s<|uare ff>nn, and the 
 walls narrowing from the foundation 
 to the to|), I'lie roof is supported 
 clear of the walls, and is composed 
 of fir boards jdaced lengthways on 
 cross beams and joists oi" lir, and 
 confined by large stones laid on the 
 top. The lower part of the house 
 accommodates hogs, cows, and other 
 animals; and the first story is occu- 
 pied by the faniilv, to Avhich they 
 ascend by a ladder 
 
 IMnrichom stands on a space of 
 level ground on the top of a moun- 
 tain, and has much cultivated land 
 in the vicinity. 'I'he farmers hero 
 level the ground ; they cultivate on 
 the sides of the hills by cutting it 
 into shelves, forming beds of such a ; 
 size as the slope will admit. The 
 native cinnamon, known in Bengal 
 cookery by the name of teozpaiit, 
 grows abundantly in the neighbour- 
 hood ; and in the season there are 
 plenty of straw berries, rasjtbcrries, 
 
584 
 
 MUZIFFERABAD. 
 
 and peaches. The country surround- is found in the fonn of a white efllo- 
 
 ing INIurichom is much infested by a rescence on the adjacent sandy fields, 
 
 small lly, which draws blood with a The European glass is considered by 
 
 proboscis, and leaves behind a small the ring manufacturers as useless as 
 
 blister full of black contaminated our cast iron ; for neither of these 
 
 blood, which iunamcs and causes substances aie in a state upon which 
 
 much irritation. {Turner, cSr.) the fires of the natives have any ef- 
 
 MuRKUTCHuF,. — A owu iu the feet. {JF. Buchanan, ^-c.) 
 
 province of Bahar, district of Mon- 
 gliir, 90 miles S. by E. from I'atna. 
 Lat. 2i°. 23'. N. Long. 85". 45'. E. 
 MusTAPHABAD.— A town in the 
 
 northern quarter of the province of Long. 83°. 7'. E 
 
 JMuTGUR. — A town in the British 
 territories, in the province of Oude, 
 district of Goracpoor, 55 miles east 
 from Fyzabad. Lat. 26°. 45'. N. 
 
 DeHii, 110 miles north from the city 
 of Delhi. Lat. 30°. 2b'. N. Long. 
 76° 47'. E. 
 
 This is a town of considerable 
 size, and like every other town and 
 even village in this part of Hindos- 
 
 MiJTSHlPARA, {BTatsyapara). — A 
 towji in the Seik territories, in the 
 province of Delhi, district of Sirhind, 
 125 miles S. E. from Lahore. Lat. 
 30°. .58'. N. Long. 75°. 42'. E. 
 
 MuzAFFERNAGUR. — A district in 
 
 tan, is surrounded by a wall, as a the Nizam's territories, in the pro- 
 defence against the attacks of pre- vjnce of Beedcr, situated about the 
 datory horse. The adjacent territory 17th degree of north latitude, 
 js so completely divided and sub- Muzaffernaouk, {3Jazafar-na- 
 divided into small independencies, gar). — A town in the Nizam's terri- 
 that many of the small villages are tories, ia the province of Beeder, the 
 governed by two chieftains; and capital of a district of the same 
 
 this, before the British goverinnent 
 was established, was nearly the con- 
 dition of the c( untry throughout the 
 northern part of thv. Delhi province, 
 
 name, and situated 35 miles S. E- 
 from Hyderabad. Lat. 17°. N. Long. 
 78°. 25'. E. 
 
 MuzAFFERNAGUR. — A towu in tho 
 
 between the Jumna and the Sutu- province of Delhi, district of Merat, 
 
 GO miles distant N. E. from the city 
 of Deliii. Lat. 29°. 27'. N. Long. 
 77°. 40'. E. 
 
 MuziFFERABAD, (3Iazafar-abad). 
 — An Afghan town and district, si- 
 tuated about the 34th degree of north 
 latitude, in the country between 
 Cashmere and the Indus. Lat. 34°. 
 4'. N. Long. 72°. 22'. E. 
 
 I'he town of jMuziHerabad is small 
 but populous, and the residence of a 
 chief, entitled Sultan Mahmcpd. The 
 At this place there is a manufac- face of the .surrounding country ex- 
 ture of the glass used for making the hibits a continued view of moun- 
 rings which tiie native women wear tains, on the sides of which are seen 
 round their wrists. The glass is very j)a(chcs of cultivated ground, and 
 coarse and opaque, and is of five co- scattered handets of three or four 
 
 leje. 
 
 MUSTAPHANAGUR. — See CONDA- 
 riLLY. 
 
 MuTCHERiU'TTAH, (Matsijafiata, 
 the Fish Market). — A town in the 
 Nabob of (hide's territories, 40 miles 
 N. by W. from J^ncknow. Lat. 27°^. 
 22'. N. Long. 80°. 40'. E. 
 
 MuTEODU. — A small town in the 
 Mysore Rajah's territories, contain- 
 ing about 200 houses. Lat. 13°. 39'. 
 N. Long. 76°. 25'. E. 
 
 lours, black, green, red, blue, and 
 yellow — the first being most in de- 
 mand. All the materials are found 
 iu tiie neighbourhood, and great 
 quantities of the glass is bought by 
 the bangry (ring) makers to the west- 
 ward. During the hot season soda 
 
 collages. The inhabitants of the 
 district denominated Bombaus, are 
 Mahommedans of an xVfghan tribe, 
 asid inimical to the Cashmcrians. 
 The Kishcngunga River runs to the 
 left of this town, with a course nearly 
 S. W. and falls into the JhyiuHi, 
 
MYSOL. 
 
 585 
 
 amons the monntuins at Uic licad of 
 tlie Puiijal). A toimiioii mode of 
 passing this river is on an intlated 
 sheep or dogs' skin, which support- 
 ing tlie head and breast of the pas- 
 senger, is impelled and guided by 
 the motion of tlie legs. The road 
 between Cashmere and this jdaee, 
 which is half w ay to the Indus, tends 
 to the S. W. and leads over a coun- 
 try covered with mountains inter- 
 sected by deep vallies. {Foster, llth 
 Rep^ister, ^-c.) 
 
 Myconivmi. — A town in tlie jMy- 
 sorc Rajah's territories, l.'}8 miles 
 N. N. W. from Seriiigapatam. Lat. 
 14° 16'. N. Long. 7G-'. 10'. E. 
 
 The fort of M>eondah is reckoned 
 of importance, l)eing situated at the 
 cntjance of a j>ass from the north- 
 westward into the valley of Chittel- 
 droog, which it is intended to defend. 
 AJter leaving Mycondah the [lass or 
 defile commences, and continues 
 rugged and jungly for four or live 
 miles, the road ascending all the way 
 towards Chitteldroog. (Moor, !fc.) 
 
 J\[Yi)AN, {3t(ii(kn). — A small Af- 
 ghan district in the province of Ca- 
 bul, situated between the 3.3d and 
 34th degrees of north latitude. In 
 the reign of the Emperor Acber the 
 Hazareh tribe, ^Maidaui, occupied 
 this evtensive district, which was 
 then rated at 2000 cavalry, and a re- 
 venue of 1,60G,799 dams. 
 
 Mviiii. — A town in the province 
 of Allahabad, 50 miles S. S. E. from 
 Callinger. Lat. 24°. 21'. N. Long. 
 80° 50'. E. 
 
 Mymunsing, (Ml/man Sinirh). — 
 A di.strict in the province of IJengal, 
 .situated principally i)etween tlic 24th 
 and 2.5th degrees of north latitude- 
 To the north it is bounded by the 
 Garrow Mountains and the distiict 
 of Ruiigpoor; toihe south by Dacca 
 Jelaljxior ; on the east it has Silhet 
 and iipperah ; and on the west Rau- 
 jeshy and Dinagepoor. This district 
 is of more recent formation tiian the 
 adjacent ones, on which account it 
 luiderwent no separate mensuration 
 fn 1784. It is intersected by the 
 great Kivcf Brahmapootra, into 
 
 which flow innunirrahle smaller 
 streams, and the face of the country 
 being very low and liat, it is, during 
 the height of the rains, nearly sub- 
 merged by the rising of the v.aters. 
 The soil is extremely fertile and pro- 
 ductive, particularly in rice, which 
 is the staple commodity ; but a con- 
 : iderable propoilion of the district 
 is still covered with jungle, and but 
 thinly inhaiiited. compared Avith the 
 more central disisions of Bengal. 
 The chief town is Bygoabary, whicli 
 is the residence of the judge and 
 collector, who are subordinate to the 
 D.u'ca court of circuit. 
 
 The result of the investigation or- 
 dered by the IMarquis Vv^ellcsley, in 
 1801. proved that tiiis district'con- 
 tained 600,000 inhabitants, half of 
 whom were lIindo(;s, and the other 
 half Mahommcdans, and that tlie 
 zemindars profit on the lands was 
 equal to 20 per cent, per annum. 
 
 Myo Islf,. — A small island situ- 
 ated in tlie Molucca pass.ige, which 
 separates Celebes and Giloli. Lat. 
 1°.23'. N. Long. 120°. 15'. E. This 
 island was inhabited while the Por- 
 tuguese held the Moluccas ; but the 
 Dutch expelled the inhabitants, lest 
 it ."-hoidd become convenient for tho 
 smuggling of spices, 
 
 My.nOl Isle. — An island in the 
 Eastern Sea, situated about tlie se- 
 cond degree of south latitude, mid- 
 way between the large islands of 
 Ceram and Papua. In length it may 
 be estimated at 50 miles, by 15 the 
 average breadth. 
 
 On the east coast cf Mysol is tlio 
 harbour of Efbe formed by a small 
 island of the same nanie, on which 
 fresh water may be procured in great 
 abundance, without any risk troni 
 the uinds, as t'lie harbour is peifectly 
 land-locked. Like the rest of tlic 
 islands east of the Molucca passage, 
 it is inhabited by 3Iahomincd;ais, 
 commonly called IMalays, on the 
 sca-eoast; and in the interior by th« 
 original natives, or horaforas. The 
 chiefs of the foriner are denominated 
 rajahs, which is a noted Hindoo 
 title. 
 
586 
 
 MYSORE. 
 
 The birds of paradise come at 
 certain seasons of the year in flocks 
 from the eastward, and settling: on 
 the trees are caut;lit Avitli birdlime. 
 1'lie bodies are afterwards dried with 
 file fealhei-s on, as they are seen in 
 Europe. Tlie bbick loory, whith is 
 a very scarce bird, may also occa- 
 sionally be purchased here. The 
 other articles of the trilling export 
 commerce carried on here are, bichc 
 de mar, missoy bark, ambergris, 
 pearls, pearl-oyster shells, and slaves; 
 the imports are coarse piece goods, 
 cutlery, bea<ls, iron in bars, china- 
 ware, looking-glasses, and bruss 
 wire. The industrious Chinese set- 
 tled at Amlioyna are the principal 
 traders, but the whole amount is 
 very insignificant. {Forrest, Lahillar- 
 ttiere, ^■c.) 
 
 MYSORE, {Mahesnsiira). 
 
 A large province in the south of 
 India, situated principally between 
 the 11th and 1.5th degrees of north 
 latitude, and surrounded by the Bri- 
 tish territories under the Madras 
 Presidency. In length it may be 
 estimated at 210 miles, by 140 the 
 average breadth. 
 
 'Jlie whole of this country is en- 
 closed by the eastern and western 
 Chauts, and consists of a high table 
 land nearly 3000 feet above tlie level 
 of the se«, from which rise many 
 lofty hills, and clusters of hills, con- 
 taining the sources of almost all the 
 rivers that fenilize the south of In- 
 dia. The climate in this elevated 
 region is temperate and healthy to a 
 degree unknown in any other tract 
 of the like extent within the tropics. 
 'I'he monsoons, or boisterous ])eriod- 
 ical rains, which at different seasons 
 deluge the coasts of Coromandel and 
 Malabar, have their force broken by 
 the Ghauts, or mountains, and from 
 either side extend into the interior 
 provinces in frequent sliowers,w Inch, 
 though sometimes heavy, are seldom 
 itf long contiiuiance, and presi rve 
 both the t(!mj)erature of the rlinuite 
 and the verdure of the country 
 
 tliroughout tlie year. The principal 
 rivers are, the Cavery, the 'i'oom- 
 buddra, the Vedawati, the Bhadri, 
 the Arkanati, the Penar, Palar, and 
 Panaur ; but, except the Cavery, 
 none of tliese rivers attain to any 
 magnitude, until they quit the limits 
 of the province. 
 
 To enter the Mysore country there 
 are several passes, such as the Mug- 
 lee, the Palicaud. the Amboor, the 
 Changama, and the Attoor; but 
 those passes, while they facilitated 
 the operations of llyder, when in- 
 vading the Carnatic from the iiaria- 
 mahal valley, were not attended with 
 any similar advantages to the in- 
 vaders of his country ; for as the 
 only roads practicable united in the 
 Palicaud J'ass which leads to Oos- 
 soor, he had but one entrance into 
 the Mysore country to defend. 
 
 The dominions of the JMysore Ra- 
 jah are at present di\ idcd into three 
 great distiicts, or subayenas, called 
 the Patana, the Nagara. and the 
 Chatrakal Subayenas. The Patana 
 district is by far the largest, and 
 alone contains a greater extent of 
 territory, than was originally subject 
 to the Mysore Rajah's family. It 
 comprehends 91 districts, and is un- 
 der the immediate inspeeiiou of the 
 Dew an, or prime minister. In addi- 
 tion to this territory, since their con- 
 nexion with the British, they have 
 acquired the Chatrakal Subayena, 
 containing 13 districts, and the Na- 
 gara, containing 19, each of which 
 are superintended by a .soubahdar. 
 
 I'lom the remains of hedges, and 
 other signs, the Mysore province ap- 
 pears at some former, remote period, 
 to have been in a nmeh higher state 
 of cultivation than it at present exhi- 
 ijits, althougli rapidly recovering. 
 In this j)rovince, w lien land is once 
 brought into cultivation for rice, it is 
 imiversally considered as having ar- 
 rived at the highest possible degree 
 of improvement, and all attempts to 
 render it more productive by a suc- 
 cession of crops neglected as super- 
 fluous. Throughout India generally 
 there are tlirec modes of sowing th« 
 
MYSORE. 
 
 587 
 
 !?P0(i of rice, from wlionce procord 
 three modes of eiiltivation. In the 
 first way, tlic seed is sown drv on Ihe 
 fields that arc to bring; it to maturity, 
 wliich is ealled dry-seed cuHivation, 
 In the second, (he seed is made to 
 vegetate befr)re it is sown, and the 
 field, when fitted to receive it, is 
 converted to a puddle; this is called 
 sprouted cultivation. In the third 
 kind of cultivation, the seed is sown 
 very thick in a small plot ofc^round ; 
 and when it has shot up a foot hioh, 
 the yoiuii^ rice is transplanted into 
 the liclds where it is to ripen ; this is 
 called cultivating by transplantation. 
 Tlie higlicr fields are cultivated after 
 the dry-seed manner of sowing, the 
 lower grounds are reserved for the 
 sprouted and transplanted cultiva- 
 tions. Tliese various modes of culti- 
 vating rice give the farmer a great ad- 
 vantage,as by dividing the labour over 
 a great part of the year, fewer hands 
 and less stock are required to till the 
 same extent of ground, than if there 
 was one seed-time and one harvest. 
 
 Besides rice, the lands produce 
 the follow ing articles ; the diieadu, 
 tiic dod'ada, the phaseolus mango, 
 the dolichos catsjang, the sesamum 
 orientale, and (he .sugar-cane, for 
 which a black clay is reckoned the 
 best soil. Tlie crop of raggy, or 
 cynosurus corocanus, is by far the 
 most important of any raised on the 
 dry field, and .supplies all the lower 
 ranks of society with (heir common 
 food. The rieinus palma Christi is 
 cultivated, and produces abundance 
 of castor oil, w liicli is used for the 
 lamp, given (o milch buffaloes, and 
 for a variety of oilier iiurposes. In 
 the sugar cultivation, theWest India 
 planters aj)pear to have a decided 
 advantage ov -r (hose; of Hmdostan 
 in climate, soil, carriage, and skill, 
 both in agricultine and mechanics ; 
 but the enormous price of labour, 
 compared with that of Hindostan, 
 brings them nearer an equality. 
 
 The betel-leaf tree thrives best in 
 low grounds, where it can have a 
 supply of water, which, at particu- 
 Jur .seasons, is raised from the reser- 
 
 voirs by means of macliincs, called 
 Yatams. About Colar (he i)oppy is 
 plentifully cultivated, both for mak- 
 ing opium, and on account of (he 
 seed, which is much used in the 
 sweet cakes that are eaten by (he 
 higher ranks of luitives. 'i'obacco 
 is not generally raised, and is reck- 
 oned inferior to (hat which comes 
 from the low country. The cocoa 
 nut palm in this province begins to 
 produce when seven or eight years 
 old, and lives so long, that its dura- 
 tion, among such bad chronologists 
 as the natives, cannot readily be 
 ascertained. The young trees, of a 
 good (piality, will give 100 nuts an- 
 imally, and (hey come forward at 
 all seasons of the year. 
 
 The English use Init one name 
 for the juices of all the different palm 
 trees in India, and call (hem toddy, 
 which seems to be a corruption of 
 (ari, the Maliommedan name for 
 the juice of the palmira, or borassus 
 flabelliformis. The natives have 
 distinct names for each kind of juice, 
 in the qualities of which there is a 
 considerable difference. The grass 
 roots are here of great length ; and, 
 being very tenacious of life, sprout 
 at every joint, and of course are 
 difficult to remove. Owing also to 
 the extreme imperfection of (heir 
 instruments, and want of strength 
 in their cattle, (he fields in this pro- 
 vince are very imperfectly cleaned. 
 After six or eight ploughings in all 
 directions, luunerous small bushci^ 
 remain as erect as before (he labour 
 conunenced, while the plough has 
 not penetrated (hree inches deep. 
 'J'he Jat(er has neidier cotdter nor 
 mould board, to divide and turn over 
 the soil. 
 
 In Mysore considerable attention 
 is paid to (he manuring of the soil. 
 Every farmer collects a heaj) from 
 the dung and litter of his catde, in- 
 termixed with the ashes and soil of 
 (heir houses; bu( (hey do not em- 
 ])loy (he soil of towns, 'i'wo crops 
 of rice are seldom taken from (he 
 same field in one year. In some 
 parts of Mysore the first qTialiiy of 
 
5^8 
 
 BIYSORE. 
 
 land ^vill produce from 47 to 49 
 bushels ; the second quaUty, from 
 i35 to 42 ; and t!:e third qualitv. from 
 17 to 24 bushels of rice. It is usu- 
 all.v preserved in the husk, and will 
 keep two year.s ^vithont dcterioni- 
 tiou, and four without beinj; unlit 
 for use. 
 
 lu India it is a connnonly re- 
 ceived opinion, that when the sup- 
 ply of water is adequate, ground 
 can nctver be in sucli good heart as 
 Avhen regularly cultivated by a suc- 
 cession of rice crops. In all old re- 
 servoirs a great part is filled up by 
 the deposition from the water; and, 
 when a village has been deserted lor 
 some time, unless the mound break 
 down, the tanks in general become 
 quite obliterated, la many parts 
 of the Mysore the wells contain 
 what the natives erdl salt water ; at 
 Ijangaloor there arc several. Home 
 of them are situated very near wells 
 that are pcrftictly fresh, which is to 
 be accounted for from the vertical 
 position of the strata. 
 
 Tiic furmers in this province have 
 not usnaliy long leases, but it is not 
 usual to ciiange the teiiant so long 
 as he pays the rent. When a fanner 
 runs away for arrears of rent or op- 
 pression, and goes into the district 
 of another amildar, it is not custom- 
 ary, in any native government, to 
 give him up ; which is a consider- 
 able check on arbitrary conduct, as 
 a very unreasonable amildar would 
 soon be deserted. 
 
 The cattle chiefly bred in the 
 neighbourliood of Seringapatam are 
 cows, buflaloes, sheep, and the long- 
 legged goal. 'i"he natives of this 
 country, and of India generally, 
 seldom use butter in the manner Eu- 
 ropeans do, but prefer what is called 
 ghee, not only because it keeps bet- 
 ter, S)ut also on account of its hav- 
 ing more taste and smell. In order 
 to collect a quantity sufrieient for 
 making ghee, the butter is often 
 kept two ortliree days, which, in a 
 warm climate, renders it raneid. 
 After a sullicient quantity has been 
 tollectcd, it is luelted in an cavthen 
 
 jjot, and boiled until all the water 
 lias evaporated, when it is poured 
 into pots, and kept for use. 
 
 The native breed of horses here, 
 as in most parts of India, is a small, 
 ill-shaped, vicious poney, although 
 considerable pains were taken, by 
 Kyder and Tippoo, to introduce a 
 better kind, but without success, 
 and their cavalry continued always 
 very ill-mounted. Above the Ghaut.s 
 asses are a sort of cattle very much 
 used. The breed is very small, no 
 pains being taken to improve it, or 
 to keep it tioin growing worse ; and 
 the natives never use the milk. Swine 
 were ouce very common in the My- 
 sore, but Tippoo succeeded in ba- 
 nishing them from the neighbour- 
 hood of the capital. The sheep are 
 of three varieties as to colour — red, 
 black, and white. 
 
 This province throughout abounds 
 in iron ore, which is worked by the 
 natives in a very slovenly manner. 
 At the iron works near Chinnarrayan 
 Durga, the workmen procure from 
 the ore about 47 per cent, of mal- 
 leable iron ; but, as usual in India, 
 it is very impure. At the smelting- 
 house the buildings are so mean, that 
 they go for nothing in the expense ; 
 and at the beginmng of the season 
 are put up by the w orkmen in the 
 course of a day. 
 
 The three large divisions of this 
 province, named Patana, Nagara, 
 and Chatrakal, are under the in- 
 spection of an ofiicer of rank, or 
 .soubahdar. Each district is managed 
 by an amildar, who is an officer of 
 justice, police, and revenue, but his 
 authority is very hmited. I'hese 
 amildars have under them a sufficient 
 number of accountants, who, in the 
 Karnataca language, are called par- 
 putties; and the villages under them 
 are managed by gaudas and shana- 
 bogas, called by the Mahommedans 
 l)otails and curnums, which two of- 
 lices arc properly hereditary. The 
 gauda is the representative of the 
 amildar, and the shanaboga, of the 
 village accountant. The amildars, 
 parputties, and shanabogas are al- 
 
MYSORE. 
 
 589 
 
 most universally Biiihniins ; the gau- 
 das are all Siulras. 
 
 'J'lie Mysore, upon the whole, is 
 but thinly inhabited, and not to bo 
 compared to Btt)i^;,|, or the adja- 
 cent provinces under the iiritish go- 
 vernment. In consequeiire of inces- 
 sant wars and calamilies, prior to 
 the final conquest, in 17S)9, many 
 districts, formerly well peopled, do 
 not exhibit a vestige of a human 
 being. In 1761 it was ravaged by 
 liunee "Visajce Pundit ; by Madhu- 
 row in 1765, 1767, and 1770; by 
 Trimbuc Row in 1771 ; by liagoo- 
 nauth Kow in 1774 ; by Hnrry Punt 
 Phurkia in 1776 and 1786; and 
 lastly, in 1791 and 1792, it sustained 
 niost merciless ravages from ihc 
 troops of Purserani Bliow. 
 
 In 1799, when the conquest of 
 Mysore was fmally atehicved by the 
 army under General Harris, the new 
 administration, established by the 
 British government, connneneed its 
 proceedings by proclaiming an un- 
 qualified remission of all Ijalances of 
 revenue, and the restoration of the 
 ancient Hindoo rate ol' assessment 
 on the lands. In 1804 the number 
 of families in the IMysore Rajah's 
 territories amounted to 482,Gl'2, and 
 the iidiabitants to 2,171,754. Of 
 these families there does not appear 
 to have been more than 17,000 of 
 the Mahommedan itligion, whir.'', is 
 very extraordinary, considering lliat 
 it had been 40 years the faith of their 
 sovereigns. The Brahmin families 
 Avcre 25,370 ; the Lingait, 72,627 ; 
 and the .Iain, 2063. 
 
 In 1804 the gioss revenue of the 
 Mysore Rajah's state \\as 2,581,550 
 pagodas. Accounts in. tlnspro\ince 
 are kept in canter ray a [)agodas, and 
 the seer is the standard of weight. 
 Cloth and timber are usually mea- 
 sured by the purchaser's enbit, which 
 may be considered in all Piations as 
 18 inches on the avera^';e. Notwith- 
 standing the arbitrary power of the 
 last sultan, Tippoo, he was never 
 able to establish an uiriformity of 
 weights and measures. In this coun- 
 try, and tlaough India generally, a 
 
 great deal of ]>ullion is lost to liie 
 world by being buried, as, when llitf 
 owners get old and stupifieil, ihty 
 forget wIk ;o their trcasines are hid- 
 den; and sometimes, when Ihey do 
 know, die without divulging the se- 
 cret. 
 
 Mysore having submitted to the 
 Mahommedan yoke at a very recent 
 period, ("umpared wjth the rest «>f 
 Hindostan, retains the primitive 
 Hindoo manners and customs in 
 considerable pnrity. From persons 
 of this faith information is best col- 
 lected where a considerable lunnber 
 of them are assembled together ; 
 when a few are present, they are 
 afraid of ritlections from those who 
 are absent ; and in general the Hin- 
 doos are ratlier inrlined to have 
 matters of business puhlicly dis- 
 ( ussed. 
 
 In this country the person who re- 
 ceives charity is always considered 
 of higher rank than the donor; but 
 by charity nnist be understood sonic- 
 tliing given to a person asking for it 
 in the name of God, as having dedi- 
 cated himself to a religious lite. 
 Wlien sick, Hindoos often make a 
 vow to subsist by begging for a cer- 
 tain number of days after they re- 
 cover. 
 
 Vt hen (wo parties iu a village 
 have a dispute, one of tiie4n very 
 frecjuenlly ha^ recourse to an expe- 
 dient by which tliey both suffer; 
 and this is Ihc kflliug of a jack-ass 
 in the streets, which would ensure 
 the immediate dcsuialion of the 
 ]»la<e, where no Jlinuoo would so- 
 journ another night, unless by com- 
 pui: ion. Even the adversaries of 
 the party who killed the ass would 
 think tliemselves i)orii:d in honour 
 to lly. The natives have also re- 
 course to tills remedy when they 
 fancy themselves oppressed by go- 
 vernment in matters relating to caste. 
 'I'he monkies and squirrels are here 
 very destrLicti\e; but it is reckoned 
 crimiiial to kill them. I'he proprie- 
 tors of gai dens used lormerly to hire 
 a particular class of men, who took 
 tiicsc animals in nets, and then, bv 
 
590 
 
 MYSORE. 
 
 stealth, conveyed into the gardens 
 of some distant village ; but, as the 
 people there had recourse to the 
 same means of riddance, all parties 
 became tired of the practice. 
 
 The washerman of every village, 
 whose function is hereditary, washes 
 all the fivrnifrs' cloths ; and, accord- 
 ing to the number ofpersons in each 
 family, receives a regnjated propor- 
 tion of the crop. They also wash 
 the clothes of the panchanga, or vil- 
 lage astrologer, wlio (Ihcy say), in 
 retwn, visits them occasionally, and 
 tells them some lies ; for, that he is 
 never at the trouble of predicting 
 the truth, except to those who are 
 rich. The Whallia caste in this pro- 
 vince are considered as the very 
 lowest, yet they are very desirous of 
 keeping up the purity of the breed, 
 and never marry but with the daugh- 
 ters of families, with whose descent, 
 from long vicinity, they are well ac- 
 quainted. Every where in Mysore 
 and Karnata, the palanqucen bear- 
 ers are of Telinga origin. Their he- 
 reditary chiefs are called Pedda Bui; 
 \vhich appellation, among the Eu- 
 ropeans at Madras, is bestowed on 
 the hcad-licarer of every gentleman's 
 set. The dress of the females in 
 Karnata is very becoming, and they 
 possess in general fine forms. In 
 the villages ncarSeringapatam a great 
 proportion of the farmers eat pork ; 
 but, although the River Cavery 
 abounds with fish, very few are 
 caught by the natives, who are not 
 partial to this species of food. In 
 this pro\inco, as in Hindostan, ge- 
 nerally the hour consists of the 60th 
 part of a day, or 24 minutes, and 
 the natives compute distances by an 
 hour's tiavelling, called at IMadras 
 !i Malabar mile. 
 
 The Hindoos seldom erect mag- 
 nificent private dwellings; and the 
 Mahonnncdan chiefs under I'ippoo 
 M'cre too uncertain of their property 
 to lay out nni(-h on buildings. Every 
 thing they acquired A\as, in general, 
 immediately expended on dress, 
 equipage, and amusement, which 
 accounts for tlicre being actually no 
 
 private buildings in I^Jysore of any 
 grandeur. 
 
 Owing to the custom of polygamy, 
 very few of the females in this coun^ 
 try live in a state of celibacy, ex-» 
 cept young widows of high caste, 
 who cannot niarr^' again. These, 
 however, arc numerous, as matches 
 betwixt old men and mere children 
 are very frequent. The comfort of 
 having chihlren is, in general, all 
 the pleasme that married women of 
 high rank enjoy in India. Where 
 polygamy prevails, love is but little 
 known ; or if it does possess a man, 
 he is usually captivated by some art- 
 ful dancing girl, and not by any of 
 his wives. In general a man may 
 mairy as many wives as he can 
 maintain or })rocure ; but here the 
 first is not very diificult, the women 
 being extremely industrious, both in 
 the field and in spinning. With a 
 few exceptions, the females arc not 
 strictly confined ; but, on marriage, 
 they adoj)t the religious forms of 
 their husband. Among some castes 
 Avidows cannot marry again, and 
 were expected to burn themselves 
 alive with their husbands; but this 
 practice is now become obsolete. lu 
 every part of India, a man's marry- 
 ing his uncle's daughter is looked 
 «pon as incestuous. 
 
 The subdivision of casle through- 
 out Hindostan is infinite. The 
 Brahmins assert, that they are di- 
 vided into at least 2000 tribes, which 
 never iuterniarry, although permit- 
 ted to do so without infringing their 
 caste. In Mysore the Eralvmins are 
 divided into three prineijjal so(-t,s; 
 the Smartal, the 8ri Vaishnavani, and 
 the Madual The IVairs of Mala- 
 bar, like the Khayaslas of Bengal, 
 are of the highest class of Sudras. 
 A great majority of the Hindoa 
 castes ar<' allowed by their religion 
 to cat animal food, and a consider- 
 able number to drink spirituous 
 liquors. 
 
 In the country around Seringapa- 
 tam, the division of the people into 
 what are called the right and Iclt 
 baud sides, is productiv e of consi- 
 
MYSORE. 
 
 59 \ 
 
 dcraMe ofTcct. Tlie first comprc- 
 lu'uds nine castes, and the last 18. 
 The circunistanccs th:it add dignity 
 to a caste in this country arc — its 
 bcin^ restricted from tlie picasines 
 of tlic table ; the followiii;^ of no 
 useful employment ; and beinu; de- 
 dicated to what are Ikmc called piety 
 and learning. Almost every man 
 endeavours to assume as much as 
 possible the appearanc<' of these per- 
 fections ; and amon;^' the |)eople of 
 this counti-j a hypocritical cant is a 
 very prevailing lashion. 
 
 The males of the Mysore Rajah's 
 family are said to be divided into 
 two great branches — the liajah Bun- 
 das, and the Collalays, vho inter- 
 marry. The head of the lirst is the 
 curtur, or sovereign; and of the last 
 the delawai. Some of the males of 
 each family are of Vishnu's side, 
 and some of them of Siva's ; but 
 none weiir the liuga, and all ac- 
 knowledge the Braljuiins as their 
 gooroos (priests). The cnrtur im- 
 mediately on ascending the throne, 
 whatever religion he may have been 
 educated in, always adopts the ce- 
 remonies at least of the Sri Vaish- 
 iiamam. On the contrary, the la- 
 dies of boti\ ffimilies wear tlje linga, 
 rej<'Ct the authority of the Brahmins, 
 and are under the spiritual guidance 
 of the Jangamas. This arrange- 
 ment among other nations would be 
 considered extraordinary, but among 
 the Hindoos is not uncommon. 
 
 Among the Hindoos a man is 
 reckoned good who prays constantly, 
 bestows great alms on religious 
 mendicants, and who makes tanks, 
 reservoirs, choultries, and gardens. 
 To be absorbed into the substance 
 of their gods, is supposed, by the 
 Hindoos, to be the greatest possible 
 felicity, and only ha|)pcns to parti- 
 <mlar favourites, T\w rich among 
 the lower castes procure absolution, 
 by giving charity to the Brahmins; 
 the jioor must trust to the mercy of 
 Ood. 
 
 About Silagutta, the principal ob- 
 ject of worslii[) witJi the IVlorasa 
 tribe is an image called CaJa Bhai- 
 
 rava, wliicli signifies the black d<ig ; 
 and, occasionally, at this temple, a 
 singular sacrifice is made. AVIien a 
 woman is from 15 to 20 years of age, 
 and has borne some children, ter- 
 rilied lest the angry deity should de- 
 prive her of her infants, she goes to 
 the temple, and, as an oliering to 
 appease his wrath, she cuts oil' ona 
 or two of the (ingers of her right 
 hand. 
 
 When a new village is founded, it 
 is customary, in some parts of the 
 counti'j, to place a large stone in or 
 near the village, wliicli is considered 
 as representing the god of the vil- 
 lage ; and w herever a stream is found 
 by its w indings to run coiniter to the 
 general dire(;tion of the river it be- 
 longs to, it is considered by the Hin- 
 doos as holy, and to both sacrifices 
 are otfered. 
 
 The Mysore Kajah's family is 
 supposed to have had its origin liuni 
 thcYadavatribe,w hich boasts among 
 its eminent characters Krishna, tlie 
 celebrated Hindoo Apollo, and at a 
 remote ])eriod had its residence in 
 the vicinity of Dwaraca, in the tJuj- 
 rat Peninsula. 'J'he first sovereign 
 on record is Cham lvai,who ascended 
 the throne in A. D. 1507; but ho 
 may be considered as having been 
 merely a w adeyar, or governor of a 
 snnUl distiict. 
 
 Tim Raj reigned in 1548, and add- 
 ed some snuill territories to his do- 
 minions. 
 
 Heere C!iam Raj iTigncd in 1571, 
 and died in 1576. He was succeeded 
 by Betad Wadeyar, his cousin, who 
 was supplanted in his government 
 by histyounger brother, Raj AN atle- 
 yar. This sovereign appears to iiavc 
 been the greatest conqueror of the 
 Mysore family, and more than dou- 
 bled the extent of his dominions. 
 In 1610 he acquired the important 
 fortress of Seringapatam, from the 
 viceroy, on the part of the tailing dy- 
 nasty of Bijanagur. He was suc- 
 ceeded by his grandson, 
 
 Ciiam Haj, who added considera- 
 bly to the Mysore territories, and 
 died in 1G37. 
 
592 
 
 MYSORE. 
 
 Immadee Raj,llic posthumous son 
 of Raj Wadyar, was his successor, 
 and was poisoned at the expiration 
 of a year by his dalawai, or prime 
 minister. 
 
 Canty Revy Narsa Raj, the sou of 
 Betad Cham Raj Wadeyar, was the 
 next sovereign of Mysore, and was 
 the first prince who established a 
 mint, and coi)ied hoons (pagodas) 
 and fanams, still called idler his 
 name. He reigned tiom 1639 to 
 1659. 
 
 Dud Deo Ray was his successor, 
 and reigned until 1C72, during which 
 interval he made many conquests 
 from the ncighbouringW adeyars and 
 Naiks. 
 
 Chick Doo Raj ascended the 
 throne in 1672, ai;d died m 1704. 
 This prince completed the subjuga- 
 tion of the turbulent Wadeyars,made 
 a new land assessment, w hich, in a 
 2;rcat measure, still subsists, aiid de- 
 stioyed the Jungum pj^i'sts. His 
 j)rime minister for 14 years w as a Jain 
 Pundit. Among other places he ac- 
 quired Bangaloor by purchase. 
 
 Canty Raj, son of the last sove- 
 reign, ascended the throne in 1704. 
 Having been bora deaf and dumb, 
 lie was surnamed Mook Arsoo, tlie 
 Dumb Sovereign. In this reign be- 
 gan the iniluence of the Dalawais, 
 or ministers, which ever alter kept 
 the rajahs as mere pageants. He 
 died in 1714, and was succeded by 
 
 Dud Kishcn Raj, whose dalawai 
 was Deo Haj. He died in 1731, and 
 was succeeded by Cham Raj, whose 
 chief ministers were Deo Raj and 
 Nunseraj. They deposed and im- 
 prisoned him in 1734, and placed on 
 the throne 
 
 Chick Kishen Raj, whoso minis- 
 ters were Deo Raj and the younger 
 Nunseraj, who undertook tlie long 
 siege of Trichinoitoly, wiiere be was 
 baffled by Major Lawrence. In tliis 
 reign appeared llyder Ali Khan, who 
 afterwards became supreme monarch 
 of Mysore, and many adjacent pro- 
 vinces. He was 27 years of age l>e- 
 fore he entered the military service, 
 iu which he after made so distiu' 
 
 guished a figure, and was through 
 life unable either to read or write. 
 This happened in 1749; but it was 
 A. D. 1755 before he bad his first se- 
 parate eomaiand, when he was sent 
 by the Dalawai Nunseraj to subdue 
 Dindigul, which he elfected. 
 
 In 1760 Hyder attained the sove- 
 reign authority, having banished 
 Nunseraj, his patron, and retaining 
 the rajah as a pageant. The same 
 year he was expelled from Seringa- 
 patam by his own Dewan Kundee 
 Row; but in 1761 he re-instated 
 liimself, and ever after lield the go- 
 vernment with a lirm hand. In 1763 
 he conquered Eocbiore, Soonda, and 
 Canara ; and, in 1766, Calicut, and 
 the greater part of Malabar. This 
 year the nonsinal rajah, Chick Kishen 
 Deo Raj Wadeyar died, when Hyder 
 ordered his ehlcst son to be installed 
 as lUs successor w ith the usual fbr- 
 malilies. In 1771 llyder was totally 
 defeated by Madhurow the Pesliwa 
 of the Mahrattas, but afterwards re- 
 covered his power and possessions. 
 In 1780 he invaded the lower Car- 
 natic, which he desolated with fire 
 and sword, carrymg his ravages to 
 the gates of Madras. By the firm- 
 ness and exertions of Mr. Hastings, 
 and the military talents of Sir Eyre 
 Coote, his progress was arrested ; 
 but being powerfully assisted by the 
 French, he was enabled 1o carry on 
 an indecisive warfare until the 9th of 
 December, 1782, when he died, leav- 
 ing liis throne to his son 'J'i[ipoo, who 
 had already established his reputa- 
 tion as a general. 
 
 Tippoo Sultan prosecuted the war 
 until the 11th of March, 1784, when 
 by the peace in Euroj^e being de- 
 prived of tiie co-operation of his 
 1 rench allies, he concluded a treaty 
 on hoiiourable terms. I'rom this 
 date he was occupied in harassing 
 and subduing his neighbours until 
 1790, when he made an unprovoked 
 attack on the Rajah of Iravancor, 
 who called on the British govern- 
 ment for the assistance stipulated by 
 treaties. A war commenced in con- 
 sequcuce, which terminated on tlie 
 
NAGAL. 
 
 593 
 
 UStli of Marcl), 1792, in a peace con- 
 cluded by Lord Coniw allis under the 
 walls of Seringapatam, whit li de- 
 prived him of one half of his domi- 
 nions, and rendered the remainder 
 of uiicertaiu tenure. "^Po reco\er his 
 lost power, and gratify his haired to 
 the British, he solicited the alliance of 
 the French Republic, and of Ze- 
 maun Shah, and endeavoured to ex- 
 cite disafl'ection and rebellion auu)ng 
 the iMahomniedan inhabitants of the 
 British provinces. A second Mar 
 ensued, wliieh for him liad a fatal 
 conclusion. On the 4th of May, 
 1799, Seringapatam, his capital, was 
 stormed by the British army under 
 General Harris, when he fell by an 
 imknown hand, and with him ter- 
 minated the iVlahommcdan Mysore 
 dynasty, having- lasted 38 years. 
 
 On the •22d of June, 1799, the Bri- 
 tish g-overnmcnt raised to the throne 
 M aha Rajah Krishna Udiaver(then 
 six years of age), a legitimate de- 
 scendant of the ancient Mysore la- 
 inily, which had been superseded by 
 that of Hyder. By a subsidiary 
 treaty concluded with him on the 
 
 tude, and one day's sail dislant from 
 Dong Harbour. In lengtii it may be 
 estimated at 75 miles, by 20 the 
 average breadth, 'Ihe name of this 
 island has undergone several changes, 
 as it Avas originally named Horn 
 Island ; but the crews of Shoutens 
 and of the Maries ships, in 1616, 
 changed its appellation to Shoutens' 
 Isle. The name by which it is known 
 to the natives of the adjacent islands 
 is Mysoiy. 
 
 Respecting this island our inform- 
 ation is very scanty. Captain l^'or- 
 rest, from the narratives of the Ma- 
 lays, describes it as well inhabited, 
 under the government of rajahs, and 
 very productive of calavances. 
 
 N. 
 
 Naded. — A town in the Deecan, 
 situated on the Cauvery River, about 
 100 miles above Hyderbad, the Ni- 
 zam's capital. It is supposed that 
 Cooroo Govind, the tenth and mar- 
 8th of July, it was stipulated, that tial higli priest of the Seiks, died 
 the Company should maintain a mi- liere A.D. 1708. 
 litary force for the defence of My- Nadone, {Nadon). — This is the 
 sore, against all external enemies ; principal town in the Kangrah coun- 
 and that the rajah should pay an try, in the province of Lahore, and is 
 :uitmal subsidy of seven lacks of situated on the east side of the Be- 
 pagodas for its support. In extra- yah, 120 miles E. by N. from the city 
 
 ordinary cases of warfare the ex- 
 penses to be amicably arranged, and 
 the friends and enemies of the one 
 to be considered in the same rela- 
 tion to the other. Since that period 
 
 of Lahore. Lat. 31°. 59'. N. Long, 
 75°. 47'. E. 
 
 The Nadone Disfrict is a moun- 
 tainous tract of country, which bor- 
 ders on the Punjab of the Lahore 
 
 the inhabitants of Mj sore have been province, situated N.W. from Serin- 
 nudisturljed by foreign invasion, or agur, and S. E. from Jamboe, and 
 internal dissension ; and, under the to the westward is bounded by the 
 
 able management of the l^ajahs De- 
 wan I'urneah, agiicultnre has been 
 encouraged, and the [lopulation of 
 the country increased. {F. Buchu- 
 ?in)t, WU/ts, Dirom, Malcolm, Lord 
 Valentin, Treaties, ^x:) 
 IVIysory, {or ShoiUin's Isle). — An 
 
 Seik territories. Tlie present Rajah 
 of Nadone Sansar Chund is a chief 
 of considerable respectability, and 
 his territory naturally strong ; it was, 
 notwithstanding, overrun by the 
 Ghoorkali Rajah of Nepaul's forces, 
 who, in 1806, occupied the town. 
 
 island in the Eastern Seas, situated {Malcolm, Foster, kc.) 
 to the north of the great bay, in the Nagal, {Nag-alai/a, ahouvdhig in 
 
 Island of Papua, or New Guinea, Snakes). — A town in the province of 
 
 about the first degree of south lati- Delhi, situated on the cast side of 
 
 2 
 
594 NAGORG. 
 
 the Ganges, 18 miles south from miles south liom TiiiiKiucbar. Lat. 
 Hmdwar. Lat. 29°. 43'. N. Long. 10°. 49'. N. Long. 79°. 55'. E. 
 78°. 10'. E. From this quarter a very cxlcn- 
 
 Nagamangalam. — A large square sivc export of piece goods to the 
 mud fort in the Mysore Rajah's ter- eastward, to the Isles of France, and 
 ritorics, 29 miles north liom Serin- to America. The imports from the 
 gapatam, containing a square cila- eastward are pepper, betel nut, ben- 
 del in ils centre. Lat, 12°. 49'. N. zoin, sugar, and gallingal; from 
 Long. 76°. 57'. E. In the inner fort Bengal borax, cummin seeds, gin- 
 are two scpuire temples, sojnc otlier ger, long pepper, wheat, and sugar ; 
 religions buildings, and puljlic of- from Cej ion large supplies of betel 
 (ices, besides some large granaries — nut, palmirahs, arrack, chanks, and 
 all in ruins. The town and all these colic e ; from Penang pepper, betel 
 buildings are said to have been nut, camphor, iron, and sugar, 
 erected, about 600 years ago, by a The total value of the imports 
 prince named Jagadeva Raya, uf from iilaces beyond the territories of 
 the same family with the present Madras, from the 1st of May, 1811, 
 Mysore Rajah. Before the invasion to the 30th of April, 1812, was 
 of Pusscram Rhow it contained 1500 903,171 rupees, viz. 
 houses, which were in consequence From America - - - - 29,175 
 reduced to 300; but the place is re- Calcutta - - - - 62,553 
 
 covering rapidly. Bombay - - - - 7,140 
 
 Naghery, {Nagari.) — A town in Ceylon - - _ - 207,871 
 
 theCarnatic, 48 milesN.W. byW. Eastward - - - -329,813 
 
 from Madras. Lat. 13°. 19'. N. Muscat 5,546 
 
 Long. 79°. 45. E. Peguc ----- 3,339 
 
 Nagjery. — A town in the Maha- Prince of Wales's Is- 
 
 ratta territories, in the province of land ----- 171,471 
 
 Khandesh, .32 miles W. by N. from Surat ----- 1,036 
 
 Boorhanpoor. Lat. 21°. 26'. N. Travancor . - - - 1,589 
 
 Long. 75°. 50'. E. Various places - - 93,639 
 
 Nagne. — A small river in the 
 
 Gujrat Peninsula, which rises in a Arcot rupees 903,171 
 
 rasige of hills 14 miles to the S. E. 
 
 of Lawria, passes the city of Noan- The total value of the exports to 
 agar, and ai'tei wards ialls into the places beyond the territories of the 
 shallow [iiirt of the GuH of Cufch, Madras government, during the 
 here named the Run. I'ho name of above period, was 933,006 rupees, 
 this river is derived from a fabulous viz. 
 traditionary story of an enormous lo America ----- 45,316 
 
 nag, or .snake, which dwelt in a Batavia ----- 3,929 
 
 tank among the hills ; and, endea- Calcutta ----- 39,294 
 
 vouring to escape from his enemies, Ceylon ----- 336,739 
 
 burst the bank, and formed the China ------ 1,859 
 
 channel of the river. Ils waters are Eastward ----- 96,831 
 
 esteemed by the natives as having Isle of France - - - 4,030 
 
 an excellent quality in iiromoting Pegae ------ 1,00Q 
 
 the dying of cloth. Prince of Wales's Island 313,080 
 
 NxGonnvssy, {Nagfo-ahashi.)—A Various places - - - 90,928 
 
 town in the province of Rahar, dis- 
 
 (rict of Tirhoot, 40 miles N. E. from Arcot rupees 933,006 
 
 Patna. Lat. 25°. 53'. N. Long. • 
 
 85°. 5'. E. In the course of the above period 
 
 Nagore, (Nagura). — A sea-port 1223 vessels and craft, measuring 
 town in the province of Tanjore, 14 38,868 tons, anived, aud 1798 ditto». 
 
NAGPOOR. 
 
 59.5 
 
 measuring 60,245 tons, departed. 
 
 {Parliamentarif Reports, Sfc.) 
 
 Nagork. — A Raj|)oot district in 
 the eastern quarter of the province 
 of Ajmeer, situated principally be- 
 tween the 2Gth and 27th degrees of 
 north latitude. By Abul I'azel, in 
 1582, it is described as follows: 
 
 " Hadowty, (jailed also sircar Na- 
 gore, is inhabited by the iladch 
 tribe. It contains 31 niahals, mea- 
 surement 837,450 beej;ahs ; revenue 
 40,389,830 dams. Seyurghal 308,051 
 dams. This sircar furnishes 4500 
 cavalry, and 22,0(»0 infantry." 
 
 We know very little of this dis- 
 trict in modern times, except that it 
 is subdivided among: a munber of 
 petty chiefs, occasionally acknow- 
 ledging; the suitreniacy of the Jye- 
 iiagur Rajah, and always from their 
 internal dissensions liable to tlie de- 
 predations of the Maharattas. A 
 Rajah of Nagore is menlioued in 
 3542, as having been defeated by 
 Shere Khan the Afghan, who ex- 
 pelled Humayoon. 
 
 Nagore. — A Rajpoot town in the 
 province of Ajmeer, 45 miles N. W. 
 from the city of Ajmeer. Lai. 27°. 
 N. Long. 74°. IS'.E. 
 
 Nagore. — A town in the province 
 of Bengal, district of Birbhoom, 63 
 miles W. iS. AV. fr.ni Moorshedal)ad. 
 Lat. 23°. 56'. N. Long. 8'/°. 20'. E. 
 There is a hot well at a short dist- 
 ance to the south of Nagore, at a 
 place named Becassorc. Nagore is 
 mentioned as a Mahommedan for- 
 tress, and the capital of the Birb- 
 hoom district, so early as A.D. 1244. 
 
 Nagorecote. — See Cote Kaun- 
 
 GRAH. 
 
 Nag poor, (Chut a). — A district in 
 the southern extremity of the Ba- 
 har province, .situated principally be- 
 twcen the 22d and 23d degrees of 
 north latitude. To the north it is 
 l)onndcd by Ramgnr and Falamow ; 
 to the south by tUe independent dis- 
 trict of Gang[»oor ; (o the cast it has 
 Ramgin- and Singhboom; and to the 
 west Palainow and Jushpoor. The 
 ancient Hindoo province of Gund- 
 vvana borders this district on the 
 
 2q 2 
 
 soufliern, eastern, and western (jnar- 
 ters; and the district was probably 
 one of the latest conquests elfcctcd 
 by the Mahomniedans in this part of 
 Hindostan — a very great proportion 
 of the inhabitants are (•onsctpiently 
 of the old Hindoo per.suasion. 
 
 The surface of the country is hilly, % 
 hut not mountainous, and generally 
 much covered with jungle. Under 
 the Mogul government it was King a 
 frontier government, but ])artially 
 subilued and occupied by native ze- 
 mindars, who were little inteifered 
 \\'i\[\ so long as they paid t!ic rc- 
 veiMie .stipulated. It still continues 
 one of the wildest and least culti- 
 vated of the Company's districts, 
 and from its want of itihiiul naviga- 
 tion will |)r()bab!y never be a country 
 of nnich export. Like other hilly 
 districts, Chuta Nagpoor contains 
 the sources of many streams, but 
 they attain to no magnitude until 
 they quit its limits. The soil is in 
 many parts highly impregnated with 
 iron, whirh migl)t be procured in 
 considerable <|uanti1ies, but can be 
 imported i'rom Europe at so mode- 
 rate an expense, that its production 
 here is no object. This district is 
 distinguished by the term chuta (lit- 
 tle), to distinguish it from the other 
 Nai)oor possessed by the i;iioojislali 
 ]\]aharatta family. The name Nag- 
 poor indicates that in the opinion of 
 the natives the teiritory contains 
 diamonds. 
 
 Nagpoor, (Nagapnra, the Town of 
 Serpents). — A large town in the j)r(j- 
 vince of Gundwana, and the capital 
 of the territories of the Nagpoor 
 ]\Ia!;arattas. Lnt. 21°. 9'. N. Long. 
 79°. 45'. E. It has been generally 
 SH|)!»osed that this city is the capital 
 of Berar, but this is a mistake; the 
 inhabitants of Nagpoor con.sideriiig 
 Berar as an adjoining province, the 
 capilal of whieii is Ellichpoor. 
 
 This capital of the Eastern Ma- 
 harattas is a city of niodcsm date, 
 and though very extensive and po- 
 pulous, is meanly built — the streets 
 being narrow and tillliy, and the 
 houses covered with tiles, Wheu 
 
596 
 
 NAGPOOR. 
 
 Ragojee Blioonslah fixed licre the 
 seat of go\ ernnient it ^vas an iiisiij,- 
 nificaiit village, wliich he siiiToinided 
 with a rampart; but still it cannot 
 be described as a fortified town, or 
 capable of resisting an enemy e\ en 
 for a single day. It stands on a fine 
 high plain, which is fertile and well 
 cuitivaled, and bounded by hills of 
 moderate height to the N. W. and S. 
 The Nag Nuddy, a rivulet running 
 to the southward, comnnmicates the 
 name of the town. 'J'hc general ap- 
 pearance of the country to the north 
 is that of a forest, with villages and 
 small towns thinly scattered over it. 
 Including the suburbs vhe population 
 has been estimated at 80,000 inha- 
 bitants. 
 
 The Maharatta Rajahs of Nagpoor 
 being descended from the line of Se- 
 rajce, pretend to a superiority over 
 the Poonah faniih, although the first 
 sovereign was Kagojee Blioonslah, a 
 general in the service of the Peshwa, 
 and dispatched by him to cftect the 
 conquest of this country about the 
 year 1740. He was succeeded by 
 iiis son Janojee, who died A. D. 
 1772. His successor, in 1774, after 
 many contests with the different 
 members of his family, was his ne- 
 pliew, Ragojeo Blioonslah, under 
 the regency of his father, Madhajee 
 Bhoonslah. The latter died many 
 years ago, but the former still con- 
 tinues on the throne. 
 
 The j)olicy of this state has, in 
 general, been to interfere as little as 
 pos.sible with the contests of the 
 neighbouring potentates, and for 
 many years its internal dissensions 
 finnishcd its sovereigns with suffi- 
 cient occupation. Iheir territories 
 being of great extent, wild, and de- 
 solate, presented many obstacles, 
 and few temptations to the cupidity 
 of their neighbours; they conse- 
 quently remained for many years 
 exenijit iVoni external w arfare, until, 
 in 1803, the Nagpoor Bajah was in- 
 duced to join Dowlct RowSindia in a 
 confederacy against the British go- 
 vernment. Tlie signal defeats they 
 sustained from General Wellesley at 
 
 Assye and Argaum, soon compeltcff 
 the former to sue most urgently for 
 peace, whicli was granted on the 
 171h Dec. 1803, when a treaty of 
 peace was concluded by General 
 Wellesley on the part of the British 
 government, and Jeswunt Row 
 Ramchnnder on the part of Ragojee 
 Bhoonslah ; by the conditioits of 
 which the latter ceded the piovincc 
 of Cuttack, including the port and 
 district of Balasore. By this treaty 
 he likewise ceded all tlie territory of 
 which he collected the revenue in 
 conjunction with the Nizam, and 
 fixed his western frontier at the River 
 Wurda, from where it issues in the 
 Tnjardy Hills, to its junction with 
 the Godavery. The hills on which 
 the forts of Gawelghur and Ner- 
 nallah stand, with a contiguous dis- 
 trict to the amount of lour lacks of 
 rupees, to remain wi(h the rajah ; 
 but every thing else south of the 
 Injardy Hills, and west ofthe AVur- 
 da, to be ceded to the British and 
 their allies. On any dispute arising 
 the British engaged to mediate im- 
 partially between the Nizam and the 
 Rajah, and the latter agreed never 
 to receive any European into his ser- 
 vice without the consent of the Bri- 
 tish govennnent. During the war 
 possession had U^en taken of the 
 districts of Sumbhulpoor and Patna 
 in the province of Gundwana; but 
 in consequence of the amicable re- 
 lations subsisting between the states 
 tliey were restored in 1806 ; and, in 
 18()9, the rajah again experienced 
 the benefit ofthe British alliance, by 
 the poweifu! assistance aflbrded him 
 against Ameer Khan and his horde 
 of depredators. 
 
 The dominions of this prince still 
 occupy a very extensive region, and 
 comprehend great part of the ancient 
 Hindoo province of Gundwana. In 
 their utmost dimensions they border 
 on Bengal, the Northern Circars, 
 and the Nizam's territories' in the 
 Deccan ; but a large proportion of 
 the country never having lieen per- 
 iectly subdued, pays no tribute, un- 
 less when compelled by the presence 
 
NANCOWRY ISLE. 
 
 597 
 
 of an army ; and llir more inacccs- 
 siljle parts |)<(} DO rovciMir « Iiatcvor. 
 'J'lie districls mure immodialcly ot- 
 tupicd liy the subjects ol tlic Najj- 
 poor Ha jail, are those in the Aicinity 
 of his cai)ital — ("hootcesjrlmr, Jiut- 
 tuiipoor, ami Chatidah ; tosjcther with 
 several strong ft)rlresses, such as (la- 
 welsihiiraiid Xunialhdi, in the Berar 
 province. 
 
 'i'ravellinc: distance fiom Hyder- 
 abad, 321 miles; liom Uojain, 340 ; 
 from Pooaah. 480 ; from Delhi, 631 ; 
 Irom Madras, 673 ; from Calcutta, 
 733 ; and from JJombay, 577 miles. 
 {Lcckie, Kennel, Treaties, cSr. S,-c.) 
 
 Nahry Sankar. — A province in 
 Tibet, bounded on the south by the 
 Himalaya ridj^e of mountains, hav- 
 ing; the Lahdack country to the \. E. 
 Respecting this rcgiou very little is 
 kno« n, but it is described as produc- 
 ing; sulphur and quicksilver among 
 the mountains, and borax in tjie 
 stagnated lakes of the low countries. 
 'J'he sources of mauy of the rivers of 
 Hindostan were formerly supposed 
 to exist in this region, but this no- 
 tion has been exploded since that of 
 tlie Ganges was discovered to issue 
 on the south of the great Himalaya 
 chain, 
 
 'S AH\, (Nahan). — A district on the 
 N. E. frontier of the Delhi province, 
 being partly situated in that pro- 
 vince, and partly in Serinagur, hav- 
 ing the Kiver Jumna for its eastern 
 bcmndary. which here in the month 
 of March is as wide as the Ganges 
 in the same latitude. 
 
 The whole of this country may be 
 described as woody and mountain- 
 ous. In the neighbourhood of the 
 town of Nairn the countrj' is inter- 
 spersed with low hills, which fre- 
 quently open into extensive Wcistes 
 overgrown with wood, and which do 
 not appear to have e\er been sub- 
 jected to cultivation. From Nahn 
 to Bellaspoor the mountains are of a 
 great height, with narrow breaks, 
 which serve to dischaige the de- 
 scending streams. Irom the top of 
 these mountains the plains of Sir- 
 luiid present a wide prospect to tlie 
 
 S. E. S. and S. W. the view to 
 the northward is terniinated at a 
 short distance by snowy mountains. 
 There is no cultivation soen in the 
 neighbourhood of the Jumna, al- 
 though a spacious plain extends on 
 the west side, which niiglit be water- 
 ed witiiout nujch ditiiculty from that 
 river. Erom Nairn the northern sides 
 of the hills produce the Scotcli fir in 
 great abundance, and the willovv is 
 frequently found- This district is 
 also known by the appellation of 
 Siremone. It is possessed by native 
 chiefs, subject to the extortions both 
 of the Seiks and Ghoorkhalies of 
 Ne|iaul. (Foster. Kirkpatrich, cVc.) 
 
 Nahn. — A town in Northern Hin- 
 dostan, the capital of a district of 
 the same name, and situated on the 
 top of a hiiih mountain. Lat. 30°. 
 41'. N. Loiig. 77°. 7'. E. 
 
 Nairs.— See ]Malabar. 
 
 Namboody. — A town in the Ma- 
 haratta territories, in the i)rovince of 
 Aurungabad, 16 miles north from 
 Ahmednuguur. Lat. 19°. 15'. N. 
 Long. 73°. 3'. E. 
 
 Nancowry Isle. — One of the Ni- 
 coban Islands, about 25 miles in cir- 
 cumference. Lat. 7°. 57'. N. Long. 
 93°. 43'. E:. The Island of Comarty 
 lies contiguous; and, being excavated 
 by a large bay, does not probably 
 contain more square miles of land 
 than this isle. The space between 
 tiiese two islands forms a capacious 
 and excellent harbom- ; the eastern 
 entrance of which is sheltered by 
 another island, called Trikut, hing 
 at the distance of a league. I'he 
 inlet from the west is naiTo\v,,but 
 suflicieutly deep to admit the largest 
 ships. 
 
 'rhe .soil is rich, but little culti- 
 vated. The natural jjroductions arc 
 cocoa mits, papias, plantains, limes, 
 tamarinds, betel nut, and the mel- 
 lori (a species of bread fruit). Yams 
 and other roots are cultivated and 
 thrive, but rice is unknown. The 
 mangostcen tree and pine apples 
 grow wild. The two islands of N an- 
 cowry and Comarty are said to con- 
 tain 13 villages, each possessing 
 
598 
 
 NANPARAH. 
 
 about 50 or 60 inhabitants ; the po- 
 pulation of botli may, therefore, be 
 estimated at 800 souls. They live 
 mostly on the sen shore, and their 
 houses are erected on piles, fre(|uent- 
 ly so near the shore as to admit of 
 the tide flowing under them. The 
 men are stout and veil limbed, but 
 extremely indolent; the women being 
 much more active, aithouoh inferior 
 in stature. Contrary to the usual 
 custom of the natives of India, fe- 
 males shave their heads, or keep the 
 hair close cropped. 
 
 The inhabitants of Nancowry are 
 described as hospitable and honest, 
 and remaikabic for their strict ad- 
 herence to truth ; in which, if true, 
 they certainly differ from tlipir neigh- 
 bours on the continent. It is also 
 asserted that such crimes as theft, 
 robbery, and murder, are unknown. 
 They are fond of intoxication, and 
 if they happen to quarrel they drub 
 each other with hard and knotty 
 sticks, until.no longer able to en- 
 dure the contest; after which they 
 put a stop to the combat by mutual 
 agreement, and ;dl get drunk again. 
 
 The Danes long possessed a set- 
 tlement on this islaml, which existed 
 so late as 1791. It consisted of a 
 Serjeant and tliree or four soldiers, a 
 few black slaves, and two rusty old 
 pieces of ordnance. They had two 
 houses ; one inhabited by this garri- 
 son, and the other by missionaries. 
 The island is aninially visited by 
 from 16 to 20 large prows, with Ma- 
 lays aiid Chinese from the Coast of 
 Malacca, in quest of the edible bird 
 nests ; tlie crews of which always 
 create much confusion and qiiarrel- 
 ing among the islanders, who are 
 otiierwise peaceable. (Hamillun, Col. 
 Colchroohe, Hacnsel, ^-c.) 
 
 Na.nd.aprayaga. — A place of pil- 
 griiuage in Northern IJindostan, in 
 the province of Seririagur, siinated 
 at the coi!iIiience of the Alaca\ianda 
 villi the Nandacni, a sinall river 
 V Inch flows from the soutli 30°. E. 
 Lat. yo° 22'. N. Long. 7b^. 22'. 
 E. 
 
 'J'his is the most northerlv of the 
 
 prayagas, or lioly places, and there 
 was formerly a temple and small 
 village on the spot, but no remains 
 of either are now to be seen. A few 
 grain dealers occasionally fix their 
 temporary shopshere; and, to supply 
 the want of a temple in a place of 
 such sanctity, a few loose stones are 
 piled up, on which some Hindoo 
 images are exposed for the adoration 
 of the pilgrims. (Raper, ^-c^ 
 
 NANDiiRE, (Nandtra). — A small 
 province in the Deccan, situated 
 about the 19th degree of north lati- 
 tude, and intersected by the Goda- 
 very. When the Instittites of Acber 
 were compiled, Nandere was com- 
 prehended in the soubah of Berar, 
 under the name of Sircar Telinga- 
 neh, but was afterwards raised to 
 the dignity of a separate province. 
 Its limits have never been accurately 
 defined, but it may be estimated at 
 150 miles in length, by 35 miles the 
 average breadth. Abul Fazel's de- 
 scription is as follows : 
 
 " Sircar Telinganeh, containing 
 19 mahals ; revenue 71,904,000 dams. 
 Seyurghal 6,600,000 dams." 
 
 In the present geographical situa- 
 tion of Nandere, it is bounded on 
 the north by Berar ; on the south by 
 Hyderabad and Beeder ; on the east 
 by Gundwana; and on the west by 
 Aurungabad. The soil is very fer- 
 tile and well watered, and capable 
 of supporting a much greater popu- 
 lation than it at present possesses ; 
 the whole nmuber not exceeding 
 half a million, of whom not above 
 1-lOth are IVIahommedans. The 
 province has long been subject to 
 the Nizam's family, ami eontmues 
 comprehended in the dominions of 
 that soveri'ign, liable to much mis- 
 government. The principal towns 
 are Nandere, Candhar, Balcundah, 
 and Niimuhl. {Abul Fazel, Rennel, 
 (.ye. (Vc) 
 
 Nandoor, (Naudaver). — A town 
 in i\}e Northern Circars, 74 miles 
 S. W. by S. from Vizagajjatam. Lat. 
 17°. 27'. N. Long. 82°. 25'. E. 
 
 Nanparah. — A town in the Na- 
 bob of Glide's territories, 80 miles 
 
NARNALLAH. 
 
 599 
 
 N. N. E. from Lncknow. Lat. 27°. 
 52'. N. Long. 81°. 30'. 1-]. 
 
 Nappah. — A Igwn in the province 
 of (iiijrat, 30 miles E. by N. from 
 Camb'ay. Lat. 22°. 27'. N. Loni,^ 
 73°. If/. E. 
 
 Narangabad. — A town i)i llie 
 Nabob of Oiulc's territories, 70 miles 
 N. N. W. from Lueknow. Lat. 27°. 
 45'. N. Lonji'. 80°. 30'. E. 
 
 Na R A voNG uxG E. — A Considerable 
 inland trading town in the province 
 of Bengal, district of Dacca Jelal- 
 poor, sitnated on the west side of a 
 branch of the Brahmapootra, named 
 the Situl Luckia. Lat. 23°. 37'. N. 
 Long. 90°. 35'. I^:. 'I'he inhabitants 
 of this place amomit to above 15,000, 
 and carry on a great trade in salt, 
 grain, tobacco, and lime ; and the 
 town exhibits a scene of comnjercial 
 activity seldom seen in a community 
 entirely composed of llindttos. Most 
 of the principal merchants are not 
 natives of the town, nor of the snr- 
 rounding country, but accidental 
 settlers from distant districts, who 
 do not bring tiieir families with them. 
 Dnring the height of the rains the 
 adjacent country is almost entirely 
 covered with waters; but when with- 
 in bounds the Luckia is one of the 
 most beautiful rivers in Bengal, and 
 here presents a scene of animated 
 industry, not general in the pro- 
 vince. In the surrounding country 
 are the remains of many fortifica- 
 tions, erected to repel the invasions 
 of the Mughs, but which do not ap- 
 pear to have been well caicidated 
 tor the purpose intended. On tlie 
 opposite side of the river, a few miles 
 above Narayongunge, is a place of 
 Mahommedan pilgrimyi^e, named 
 Cuddumresool, where is shewn a 
 footmark of the prophet, much re- 
 verenced by the |)ious of that faith, 
 who resort to it in great numbers 
 from Dacca and the adjacent vil- 
 lages. 
 
 Narangi'R, (Narai/anaghar). — A 
 town in the province of Orissa, dis- 
 trict of Midnapoor, 66 miles S. W. 
 from Calcutta. Lat. 22°. 11'. N. 
 Long. 87°. 35'. E. 
 
 Narasikghapoor.— A town in the 
 Mysore Bajah's territories, situated 
 on the banks ol'the Cauvery, imme- 
 diately below its juuclion witli tlie 
 Capini, 26 miles S. J'^. from Seringa- 
 patam. Lat. 12°. 8'. N. Lojig. 77°. 
 5'. li. 
 
 7'his place at present contains 
 about ,300 houses. A few miles fur- 
 ther down tlie l'av( ly, in the month 
 of <1ctober, is a large and deep river, 
 flowing with a gentle stream about 
 a quarter of a mile in width. In the 
 hot season it is fordable ; but after 
 heavy rains, it rises above its level 
 in October 10 or 12 feet perpendi- 
 cular, and completely (ills its chan- 
 nel. The only ferry-boats here are 
 what are calU d donics, which are 
 baskets of a circular form, eight or 
 10 feet in diameter, and covered with 
 leather. 
 
 Near to Narasinghapoor, between 
 the Neelaserry and iNloguroo, is a 
 fine plain of rich black nxtuld, fit lor 
 any cultivation. Soil of this descrip- 
 tion produces annually two crops, 
 the first of Jola (Holeus Sorghum), 
 and the second of cotton, which last 
 is the chief article cultivated. (/^. 
 Hurhanan, Sfe.') 
 
 Nakiad. — A town formerly be- 
 longing to the Guicowar INIaharatta 
 chief, in the province of Gujrat, 25 
 miles N. N. E. from Cambay. Lat. 
 22°. 42'. N. Long. 72°. 59'. E. This 
 town and the surrounding district 
 were ceded by the Guicowar to the 
 British in 1803, in part payment of 
 the subsidiary force, and were then 
 valued at 175,000 rupees per annum. 
 
 Narikek. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Agra, 28 miles E. N, E. from 
 the city of Agra. Lat. 27° 18'. N. 
 liong. 78°. 20'. E. 
 
 Narlah, {Naralaya). — A town 
 possessed by independent native 
 chiefs, in the province of Orissa, 30 
 miles E. from Bnstar. Lat. 19°. 50'. 
 N. liong. 83°. 5'. E. 
 
 N A R N A L I, A H , ( Nnrai/ajialai/a) . — A 
 town and fortress belonging to the 
 Nagpoor Rajah, in the province of 
 Berar, 42 miles N. AV ". from Ellich- 
 poor. Lat. 21° 40'. N. Long. 77°. 
 
600 
 
 NARYTAMOE. 
 
 30'. E. By Abul Fazel, in 1582, 
 this place is described as follows : 
 
 " Nemaleh is a large fort, con- 
 taining many buildings, situated on 
 the top of a mountain. Sircar Ner- 
 iiaieh contains 34 niahals; reve- 
 luie, 130,954,476 dams ; scyurghal, 
 11,038,422 dams. This sircar tnr- 
 nishes 50 cavalry, and 3000 infan- 
 try." 
 
 Nahnoul. — A district in the N. E. 
 quarter of the province of Agra, si- 
 tuated principally between the 28th 
 and 29ih degrees of north latitude. 
 By Anixl Fazel, in 1582, it is de- 
 scribed as follows : 
 
 " Sircar Narnoul, containing 17 
 mahals ; measurement, 2,080,046 
 beegahs; revenue. 50,046,711 dams; 
 seyurghal, 775,103 dams. This sir- 
 car furnishes 7520 cavahy, and 
 37,220 infantry." 
 
 The principal towns are Narnoul 
 and Rewary ; and the greatest por- 
 portion of the laud is possessed by 
 the Machery Rajah, whose capital is 
 7\lvar ; the rest by different petty 
 native chiefs. 
 
 Narnoi'l. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Agra, 75 miles S. W. from 
 Delhi, and the capi'al of a district 
 of the same name. Lat. 28°. 4'. N. 
 Long. 7G°. 8'. E. 
 
 NarsingaH, (Narasingha). A 
 
 town possessed ljy independent ze- 
 mindars, in the province of Orissa, 
 58 miles W. by N. from the town of 
 Cuttack. Lat. 20°. 41'. N. Lpng. 
 85°. 20'. E. 
 
 ]N AiisiPOOR. — A town in the North- 
 ern Circars, district of El lore, situ- 
 ated on the southern branch of the 
 Godavery, 48 miles N. E. from Ma- 
 suiipatam. Lat. 16°. 21'. N. Long. 
 81°. 50'. E. 
 
 Narwar, {Naravai'o). — A district 
 in the southern cpiarter of the Agra 
 Province, situated principally be- 
 tween the 251 h and 26th (Icgrees of 
 north latitude. By Abui Fazel, in 
 1582, it is described as follows: 
 
 " Sircar Narwar, containing five 
 mahals; mcastnement, 394,350 bee- 
 gahs; revenue, 4,233,322 dams ; sey- 
 lughal, 95,094 dams. This sircar 
 
 furnishes 500 cavalry, and 20,000 iu" 
 fantry." 
 
 The face of the countrv- in this 
 district is hilly and woody, but the 
 soil in many parts is rich, and when 
 well cultivated extremely produc- 
 tive. The Sindc is the chief river, 
 and the principal towns are Narwar, 
 Collarass, and Shepoory. 
 
 Narwar. — A town in the province 
 of Agra, district of Narwar, of which 
 it is the capital, and situated on the 
 S. E. side of the Sinde River. Lat. 
 25° 41'. N. Long. 78°. 12'. E. 
 
 This is a town of considerable an- 
 tiquity, having been conquered by 
 the Mahommedans so early as 1251 ; 
 but it subsequently recovered its in- 
 dependence ; as in 1509 we find it 
 again under the government of a 
 Hindoo prince, from whom it Avas 
 taken by Sultan Secunder-Lodi. At 
 the peace concluded with the Maha- 
 rattas, the fort and district of Nar- 
 Avar were guaranteed by the British 
 government to Rajah Umbajee Rowj 
 at which period the reveime attached 
 to the districts he retained amount- 
 ed to about 10 lacks of rupees per 
 annum. The guarantee was after- 
 wards withdrawn, and the place Avas 
 surrendered in 1810 to Dowlet Row 
 Sindia, the garrison having beei| 
 corrupted- 
 
 Narvtamoe, (Naintamu). — An 
 extensive province in Tibet, situated 
 principally betAveen the 30th and 
 31st degrees of north latitude, and 
 bounded on the south by the Hima- 
 laya ridge of mountains, Avhich sepa- 
 rates it from Hindostan. This ter- 
 ritory is intersected by the great Ri^ 
 ver Brahmapootra, known here by 
 the name of the Sanpoo, the banks 
 of Avhich are frequently visited by 
 Hindoo itinerant devotees. A com- 
 mercial intercourse is also carried on 
 Avith the Ghoorkhali Nepaul territo- 
 ries to the south, but no European 
 traveller has ever reached this re- 
 mote region. Like the rest of Tibet, 
 the inhaiiitants profess the doctrines 
 of Buddha, under a Lama hierarchy, 
 protected by the Emperor of China, to 
 Avhom the Avhole province is subject. 
 
NATUNAS NORTH ISLES. 
 
 (501 
 
 Nassau Isles. — See Poijc; y Isles. 
 
 Nassi'CK. — A town belonging to 
 the Peshwa, in the province ol'Au- 
 ruiigab.id, 90 miles north lioni Poo- 
 iiah. Lat. 19°. 4i>'. N. Long. 7;i°. 
 6(j'. E. 
 
 N 4TAANA, (Navathaiut). — A small 
 village in Northern Lindostan, in the 
 province of Serinagnr, consisting of 
 a few honses on the sloping 'orow of 
 a hill. Lat. 20°. 7'. N. Long. 78°. 
 4b'. E, On account of the el(>vation 
 of its site, the temperatnre of the air 
 is considerably reduced. 'I'he sur- 
 rounding nioinitains exhibit a very 
 naked appearance. At this place 
 cows and bullocks are the only ani- 
 mals to be met with, the inhabitants 
 having neither dogs, cats, sheep, nor 
 the common fowl. {Hardwiche, Ac.) 
 
 Natal, {or Natar). — A Malay 
 town on the S. W. coast of the Island 
 of Sumatra. Lat. 0°. 18'. N. Long. 
 99°. 5'. E. The English have had 
 a settlement here since 1752; the 
 other inhabitants are mostly colo- 
 nists, come for the convenience of 
 trade, from Achin, Raw, and iVIe- 
 iiancabow. There is here a consi- 
 derable vent for imported goods, the 
 returns for which are gold and cam- 
 phor. Rice is brought from the 
 Island of Neas, and afterwards re- 
 exported to Boicoolen. 
 
 Cold of a very fine quality is pro- 
 cured from the interior, some of t!ie 
 mines being said to lie within 10 
 miles of the factory. As the gold 
 receiv cd here is generally dust, great 
 care should be taken by strangers to 
 have it proved before a bargain is 
 made, as it is frequently much adul- 
 terated. Aquafortis is the best test ; 
 but if that cannot be procured, it 
 may be tried with spirits of harts- 
 horn, 'i'he principal imports are 
 piece goods, opium, coa;se cutlery, 
 nmnuinition and guns, brass wire, 
 and china-ware. Tiie exports, gold, 
 camphor, and some was.. 
 
 'J"he influence of the British East 
 India Company is not so predomi- 
 nant here as in the pepper districts 
 to the southward, owing to the num- 
 bers of the inhabitants, tlieir vvcallh 
 
 and indi pendent spirit. They find 
 the English useful as moderators be- 
 tween tlnir o\. 11 couteiuling factions, 
 which often have recourse to arms 
 on points of ceremonious prece- 
 dence. {Marsdeu. Elmore, Sec.) 
 
 NAX'HnouAH, {Satlta Devaru, the 
 Temple of God). — A town in the pro- 
 vince of A j nicer, situated about 24 
 miles north from ( >deyi)Oor. Here is 
 a celebrated Hindoo temjjle of great 
 saiuJity, having many villages ap- 
 propriated, which are considered sa- 
 cred by the contending Rajpoot and 
 Maharatta armies. 'I'he Gossains 
 (Hindoo devotees) casTV on a consi- 
 derable trade with CJu jrat and Tafta, 
 and also with the rest of Hajpootana 
 and Hindostan Proper. (Broii^hton, 
 6th Register, ^'c.) 
 
 Nattradacotta, (Nat'ha Radha- 
 cata). — A town in the province of 
 Tinuevelly, 68 miles N.N. E. from 
 Cape Comorin. Lat. 8°. 46'. N. 
 Long. 78°. 10'. E. 
 
 N ATT AM. — A town in tlie Southeru 
 Carnatie, in the Polygar territory, 15 
 miles E. by S. fioin Dindigul. Lat. 
 10°. 17'. N. Long. 78°. 15'. E. 
 
 Nattore, {Nat'/iavey). — A town 
 in the provi.'ice of Bengal, district of 
 Raujeshy, 43 miles N. E. from Moor- 
 shedabad. Lat. 24°. 25'. N. Long. 
 88°. 55'. E. Appearances favour tlie 
 opinion, that the Ganges once had 
 its bed in the tract now occupied by 
 the lakes and morasses between Nat- 
 tore and Jafllergimge. During the 
 inundation there is a straight navi- 
 gation for 100 miles from Dacca 
 to this place across those jeels or 
 lakes, leaving the villages erected on 
 artilicial mounds, and the groves of 
 trees projecting out of the water to 
 the right and left. The current is 
 so gentle, as scarcely to exceed half 
 a mile per hour. This |)lace is tiic 
 capital of the Raujeshy disstrict. 
 {Reimel, cSr.) 
 
 Natunas North Isles. — A clu.s- 
 ter of very small islands in the China 
 Seas. Lat. 4°. 45'. N. Long. U)9'. 
 E. From October to December the 
 best tract for ships bound to China 
 is past these islands to the north. 
 
(502 
 
 NEAS ISLE. 
 
 Natunas Soi'TH TsLES. — A clus- 
 ter of very small islands lying oft <he 
 north-westeiii coast of the Island of 
 Borneo, about Lat. 3°. N. Long. 
 109° £. 
 
 Natuna (Great) IsLK. — An island 
 in the China Sea, lying off Ihe N. E. 
 coast of Borneo, about tite fourth 
 degree of north lafilnde. In length 
 it nsay be estiinaled at 34 miles, by 
 13 the average breaillh, and is sur- 
 rounded by mimerou.s small rocky 
 isles. Some of tht- high mountains 
 on this island may be seen 15 leagues 
 off. 
 
 Nautpoor, (Nat'hapm-a). — A town 
 in the province of Bengal, district 
 of Purneah, situated on the west side 
 of the Cossaii River, 42miles N.N.W. 
 from the town of Purneah. Lat. 26°. 
 17'. N. Long. 16°. 58'. E. 
 
 Navacott. — A town in Northern 
 Hindostan, .subject to the Gboorkhali 
 Rajah of Nepaul, 105 miles X. E. 
 from Catmandoo. Lat. 2b°. 57'. N. 
 Long. 83°. 37'. E. 
 
 Nkamutserai. — A fortified village, 
 with a caravan.serai, in the district 
 of Puckoli, 56 miles N. E. from At- 
 tock. Lat. 33°. 30'. N. Long. 71°. 
 60'. E. This place stands on the 
 western limit of Jansul, the territory 
 of Gul Shcre Khan, an Afghan, and 
 on the north-eastern border of I^a- 
 liore. I'his serai is placed on the 
 west side of a break in the great 
 range of mountains which extends 
 from the Punjab to the Indus. {Fos- 
 ter, Si-c.) 
 
 Neas Isle. — An island lying off 
 Tapanooly Bay, on the west coast 
 of Sumatra, from Avhich it is distant 
 about 60 miles, and itilerscetcd by 
 the first degree of north latimde. In 
 length it ujay be estimaivd at 50 
 miles, by 20 the average breadth. 
 
 Nea.% is the most important and 
 productive, although not the largest 
 of this chain of islands. 'J'ho inha- 
 bitants are nnmc rous, and of a race 
 distinct, not only from those of the 
 main, but also from the people of all 
 the islands to the southward, with 
 th*' exception of Pulo Kapiiii. Their 
 tomplcxio.ns, especially of the wo- 
 
 men, are lighter than those of the 
 IMalays ; they are smaller in their 
 persons, and shorter in their stature; 
 their mouths are broad, noses very 
 flat, and their ears are pierced and 
 distended in so extraordinary a man- 
 ner, as nearly in many instances to 
 tduch their shoulders. They are 
 also distinguislipd by a leprous scurf, 
 which covers their bodies, but does 
 not appear inconsistent with perfect 
 health in other resi>ects. 
 
 The people of this island arc re- 
 markable for their docility and ex- 
 pertness in handicraft work, and be- 
 come excellent house carpenters and 
 joiners ; and, as an instance of their 
 skill in the arts, they practice that 
 of blood-letting in a mode similar to 
 ours. Among their neighbours, the 
 Sumatrans, blood is never drawn 
 with so salutary an intent. The 
 Neassers are industrious, frugal, tem- 
 perate, and regular in their habits ; 
 but, at the same time, avaricious, 
 sullen, obstinate, vindictive, and san- 
 guinary. Although much employed 
 as domestic slaves, particularly by 
 the Dutch, they are always esteemed 
 dangerous in that capacity. They 
 frequently kill themselves when dis- 
 gusted with their situation, or unhap- 
 py in their families, and often by 
 consent kill their wives at the same 
 time. They have been found after 
 their deaths diessed in their best ap- 
 parel, and appear to have taken pre- 
 cautions that their dress should not 
 be discomposed by the act of sui- 
 cide. 
 
 The principal food of the common 
 people is the sweet potaloe, but 
 much pork is also eaten by those 
 who can afford it ; and the chiefs or- 
 nament their houses with the jaws 
 of the liogs they eat, as well as with 
 the skulls of their enemies whom 
 they slay. In modern times the cul- 
 tivation of rice has become exten- 
 sive, but rather as an article of fo- 
 reign traffic than of home consump- 
 tion. 
 
 The Island of Neas is divided into 
 50 small districts, under chiefs or 
 rajahs who are independent of, and 
 
NEGOMBO. 
 
 603 
 
 at perpetual variance with each 
 other; the ultimate object of their 
 wars being to make prisoners, whom 
 they sell lor slaves, as well as all 
 others not immediately connected 
 with tliemselvcs, whom they can 
 overpower by stratasfem. Tlie num- 
 ber annually exported varies be- 
 tween 600 and 1000. It is said the 
 Nctissers expose their children by 
 snspendinof tlieni in a bag; iiom a 
 tree, when they despair of being able 
 to bring tliem up. 
 
 Besides the article of slaves, there 
 is a considerable export of rice, 
 which the natives of tbo interior 
 bring down to barter with the traders 
 on the coast lor iron, steel, beads, 
 tobacco, and the coarser kinds of 
 Surat and Madras piece goods. 
 Numbers of hogs arc reared, and 
 some parts of the main are supplied 
 from hence with yams, iieans, and 
 poultry. Some of the petty rajahs 
 on this island are supposed to have 
 amassed treasures equal to 10 or 
 20,000 dollars, which arc kept in in- 
 gots of gold and silver. Dr. Lcyden 
 was of opinion that the dialect of 
 Neas had greater pretensions to ori- 
 ginality than any of tlie languages 
 of Sumatra. {Marsdcn, cS'c.) 
 
 NiiKLAHCUNDAH, {Nildcanf/ia, 
 Blue-necked). — A town in the Af- 
 ghan territories, in the province of 
 Lahore, 47 miles S. S. E. from At- 
 tock, on the Indus. Lat. 32°. 38'. 
 N. Long. 71°. 49'. E. 
 
 NEiiLAB, {Blue Water). — A town 
 in the pro\ince of Lahore, situated 
 on the cast side of the Indus, 30 
 miles S. S. W. from Attock. Lat. 
 32°. 50'. N. Long. 70°. 53'. E. 
 
 Nf.elgur. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of (.hissa, district of Cutfack, 
 seven miles west from Iia;asore. Lat. 
 21°. 30'. N. Long. 87°. 10'. E. This 
 was formerly the chief tov/n of a 
 considerable zeminditry, separated 
 by the jNIaharattas from the .\Ioher- 
 bunge Rajah's territories. It com- 
 municates its name to that range of 
 hills which extend to the west of 
 Midnapoor. {1st Register, ^-c.) 
 NeeIvGUNge. — A small town in 
 
 the Nabob of Oude's territories, 14 
 miles W. by S. from liucknow. Lat 
 26°. 47'. N. Long. 80°. 42'. £. 
 
 Negapatam, ( jS agapataiia). • — A 
 sea-port town in the province of 
 Tanjore, 48 miles cast from the town 
 offan.jorr. Lat. 10°. 45'. N. Long. 
 79°. 55'. E. 'i'his place was taken 
 from the Portuguese by the Dutcti 
 in 1G60, who strengthened its fortifi- 
 cations, and made it the capital of 
 their settlements ^n the Coromande! 
 Coast. They also established a mint 
 here, which used to coin gold to the, 
 amount of four or five lacks of ru- 
 pees annually. In 1781 it was in- 
 vested by tiie British with about 
 4000 troops; on the 30th of October 
 the lines and redoubts were canied, 
 and on the 12th of November the 
 town and foi t surrendered by capi- 
 tulation, after making two vigorous 
 and desperate sallies. At tiie peace 
 of 1783 it was finally ceded to the 
 British; and the fortilications, having 
 become of little importance from the 
 altered state of the Carnatic, have 
 been since little attended to. The 
 town is now a place of inconsider- 
 able trade, but frequently touched 
 at by sliips for rcireshments, which 
 are plenty. {Fra Paolo, Lord Va~ 
 leniia, FuUarton, Johnson, ifC.) 
 
 Ni:gomuo, (Nagambhu, Land of 
 Serpents). — A large and populous 
 village on the west coast of Ceylon, 
 situated about 24 miles north tioin 
 Columbo. Lat. 7°. 19'. N. Long. 
 79°. 49'. E. 
 
 This is one of the healtliiest places 
 on the island, being in this respect 
 next to Jafnapatnam. The Dtitch 
 erected a fort here for the protection 
 of the cinnamon cutters, wJiich slill 
 remains. There are also three long 
 ranges of buildings, ^^ hich serve for 
 barracks and storehouses. Negombo 
 is very advantage(»usly situated for 
 carrying on the inland trade, ])arti- 
 cularly Mill) Columbo, as a branch 
 of the Mnlivaddy Hiver here runs 
 into the sea, by which goods are 
 conveyed inland to Columbo. One 
 of the principal articles sent by this 
 channel from Negombo is tish, tho 
 
()04 
 
 NELLOOR. 
 
 trade in wliicli is the property of c;o- 
 vcrnmciit, and aiinnally {juukmI out 
 to the best bidder. l\jaiiy ])n1(h 
 i'aniilies in decayed circumstances 
 reside here. 
 
 The conntiy in the neighbourhood 
 of tliis town is flat and open, the 
 fields very ferlile, and Avell adapted 
 for the cultivation of rice, fioni the 
 constant supply of water, as the 
 whole is inundated durins^ the rainy 
 season. The cinnamon produced is 
 reckoned of an equal quality with 
 any in the ishuid. The inhabitants 
 of Negombo are a mixture of Ma- 
 homniedans, Malabars, and native 
 Portuguese; tlie females of these 
 castes, and of the native Ceyloncse, 
 are accounted the handsomest in 
 Ceylon. AA hen the English landed 
 lierr, in 1790, the foit suircndered 
 without opposition. {Pefcival,^-t'.) 
 
 Nkgrais Isle. — A small island 
 and excelleut harbour in the Birnian 
 dominions, situated at the mouth of 
 the westernmost branch of the great 
 L'iver Irawaddy, named the Negrais, 
 or Ba.ssein branch. Lat. 16°. 2'. N. 
 Jjong. 03°. li>'. E. Cape Negrais, 
 the most S. AV. extremity of India 
 bcAond the (janges, is in Lat. 16°. 
 N. Long". 93°. 15'. E. and is known 
 by an Indian temple, or pagoda, 
 V iiich is erected on it. Negrais Har- 
 bour is, without exception, the most 
 secure in the Bay of Bengal ; as 
 Iroui hence a ship launches at once 
 into the open sea, and may work to 
 the southward without any other im- 
 pediment than the monsoon opposes. 
 
 'J'he Madras government esta- 
 blished a small settlement on this 
 island so early as 1687; but, little 
 benefit being derived from it, it was 
 ^!llJse(p^cntly relinquished. In 1751 
 it was again occupied by the Eng- 
 lish, mismanaged, and' al)aiidoncd. 
 In 1757 AlomiJia, tlie founder of th.e 
 present J-irnian dy)iasty, granted 
 the f'last India Company .some va- 
 luable immunities, and ceded the 
 island of N(grais to them in j»erpe- 
 liiil), which \\as taken possession <tf 
 with the usual ceremonies on the 
 22d of August, 1757. In 1759 the 
 
 Birmans murdered all the Eng'lislt 
 settlers they could lay hold of (about 
 nine-tenths), and comj)elled the re- 
 mainder to evacuate. {Symes, Dai- 
 ry mjAe, §-c.) 
 
 Nr.GRos Isle. — A large island, 
 one of the Philippines, situated due 
 south of Luzon, or Laconia, about 
 the 123d degree of east longitude. 
 In length it maj be estimated at 145 
 miles, by 25 miles the average 
 breadth. This island was so named 
 by the Spaniards, from its being^, 
 when discovered, almost entirely in- 
 habited by the Papuan or oriental 
 negroes, called Samangs by tlie Ma- 
 lajs. 
 
 Nehrwalla. — An ancient town 
 in the province of Gujrat, named 
 also Patana, or t!ie city. Lat. 24°. 
 25'. N. Long. 72°. 30'. E. At some 
 remote period of Hindoo history this 
 was the capital of the province ; and 
 it is described as still exhibiting 
 ruins of considerable grandeur. 
 Abul Eazel mentions it as a ibrtificd 
 town, and as.scrts, that it produced 
 oxen capable of travelling 50 coss 
 in half a day. In ancient Gujrattee 
 manuscripts it is named Anhulvada, 
 and at present is comprehended ii» 
 the territories of the Guicowar. 
 
 Nellisiuiam. — A town on the sea- 
 coast of the Canara province, 42 
 miles from Mangaloie. Lat. 12°. 
 16'. N. Long. 75°. 12'. K 
 
 Nellooh, {Ni/nver). — A town in 
 the Carnatic, situated about 500 
 yards distant from the south side of 
 the Pennar River, 102 miles N. N. 
 W. from Madras. Lat. 14°. 26'. N. 
 Long. 79°. 55'. E. 
 
 In 17.57, when this place was be- 
 sieged by Colonel Fordc, it extended 
 about 1200 yards from east to west, 
 and 600 on the other sides. The 
 walls A\erc of mud, and only the 
 gateway and a few of the towers of 
 stone. The parapet was six feet 
 high, with many port holes for small 
 arms, made of pijjcs and baked clay, 
 laid in the moist mud whilst raising, 
 and afterwards consolidated with the 
 mass, which is the common mode 
 of raising their defences in India, 
 
NEPAUL. 
 
 eo5 
 
 Oil tills occasion Colonel Forde, al- 
 thoiij;li ail oHiccr of the lirst ability, 
 >\ as \iblig;ed to raise tlie sie^e. It 
 was subsequently aequired by the 
 nabobs of the Cainatic, and in 1801 
 rf'd(;d Ly treaty, along witii the dis- 
 trict, to tiie IJritish. Neiloor and 
 Oiijjole, incbidins: part of the West- 
 «?rn FoMams, now form one of the 
 collcetorships, into uiiich tlie Cai- 
 natic has been subdivided under the 
 Madras Presidency ; but the coun- 
 try has not yet been penna«cntly 
 assessed for tlie revenue. 
 
 Tlie export trade IVom Neiloor and 
 Ongole is confined principally to 
 salt, the value of which, in 1811-12, 
 amounted to 62,843 Arcot rupees. 
 From the 1st of May, 1811, to the 
 30th of April, 1812, "the arrivals in 
 the Neiloor district were 739 vessels 
 and craft, measuring 24,948 tons; 
 the departures, 137 vessels and craft, 
 measuiing 1909 tons. 
 
 About 1787, a peasant near this 
 town found his plough obstructed by 
 some brick-work. ; and, having dug, 
 he discovered the remains of a small 
 Hindoo temple, under which a little 
 pot was found, containing Roman 
 coins and medals of the second cen- 
 tury. He sold them as old gold, and 
 many were melted ; but about 30 
 •were recovered before they under- 
 went the fusing operation. They 
 were all of them of the purest gold, 
 and many of them fresh and beau- 
 tiful. Some were much defaced and 
 perforated, as if they had been worn 
 as ornaments on the arm, or round 
 the neck. They were mostly 'IVa- 
 jaiis, Adrians, or Faustinas. {Ormc, 
 Dttvidnon, bth Report, ^-c.) 
 
 N EL WAY, {Niluvai). — A town in 
 the Maharatta territories, in the pro- 
 vince of IMalwah. 13 miles west 
 from Oojain. Lat. 23°. 14'. N. Long. 
 75°. 35'. E. 
 
 N KM A AK. — A district in the Maha- 
 ratta terntories, in the province of 
 Khandesh, situated principally be- 
 tween the 21st and 22d degrees of 
 north latitude, and bounded on the 
 .south l>y a ridge of hills. The chief 
 towns are Kargauw and Cunduah ; 
 3 
 
 but there arc no rivers of any mag- 
 nitude. 
 
 NEPAUL, (Nepalu). 
 
 Including the tributary provinces, 
 this is one of the most extensive in- 
 dependent sovereignties in India, 
 coniprchendiiig at present nearly the 
 whole of Northern Mindostan. The 
 territories which i oniposc this stjtio 
 are situated principally hetueen the 
 271h and 32d degrees of north lati- 
 tude, and in length, from N. E. to 
 S. ^V. nifiy be estimati'd at 700 
 mill's, by 100 miles the average 
 breadth. 
 
 To the east, the possessions of the 
 Ghoorkliali Rajahs of NepanI are 
 bounded by those of the l^eb Kajali 
 of li<iotan ; to the S. E. they touch 
 the Bengal districts of IJungpoor, 
 J)inagej)oor, andCooch l]ahar. The 
 Ncpaul frontier, towards the east, is 
 distinguished by the town and dis- 
 trict of Sookhini, by the Mornng 
 Hills on the S. E. quarter; and on 
 the N. E. by the towns of Dhoalka 
 and Lastie. The country lying be- 
 tween Catmandoo and the borders 
 described, is almost entirely moun- 
 tainous, giving rise to many rapid 
 streams. 
 
 Along the whole southern fron- 
 tier, from Kungpoor, in Bengal, t« 
 Bella.spoor, on the Sutnleje, in the 
 province of Delhi, the NepanI ter- 
 ritories are bounded by the British 
 districts in Bengal, Bahar, Oude, 
 and Delhi, with the exception of 
 about 60 miles, belonging to the 
 Nabob of Oude, which intervene. 
 Since the comjuest of Scrinagur, in 
 1803, by the Nepaulese, the Sutn- 
 leje River forms the bonndai-y to the 
 M'«st, separating their territories from 
 the province of Lahore, on whit h 
 they have already begun to encroach. 
 Along the whole northern frontier 
 the great Himalaya chain of moun- 
 tains divides them from the elevated 
 table land of Tibet. The limits as- 
 signed above desciihe the en)])ire in 
 its utmost dimensions, of which 
 a very small portion only (hereitftcr 
 
606 
 
 NEPAUL. 
 
 1o be described) has any claim to 
 the appcMation of Xepaul. The mo- 
 dern names of the other principal 
 districts are Gorcah, Kyraut, Mo- 
 rung, JMuckwanny, Mocwanpoor, 
 Lainjnng-, Tahnoon, 24 Rajahs, 
 Cashy, I'alpah, Ismah, Rolpah, Pey- 
 tahn, Dcucar, Jemlah, Kemaoon, 
 Ahnora, and Serinagiir. 
 
 The Bhagmatty River, which 
 passes between Manuiary and the 
 Kuttiool of modern maps, divides 
 in this quarter the Biitish and Ne- 
 pali! territories in a direction nearly 
 S. S. W. but the river, although 
 wide, is not, at particular seasons 
 of the year, above knee-deep. On 
 the western side, soutli of Hcttowra, 
 the common buundary of the British 
 and Nepaul territories may be de- 
 scribed by a line drawn midw ay be- 
 tween Ekdurra and UUown. At 
 Kettowra the countjy is composed 
 of a confused heap of hills, sepa- 
 rated in various directions by nar- 
 row bottoms or glens, which is also 
 the appearance exhibited by the 
 greatest part of the mountainons 
 tract known under the general name 
 of Nepaul ; no single uninterrupted 
 chain or range being met with after 
 passing the Cheriaghauti ridge. The 
 sides of these hills are every where 
 covered with tall forests (chiefly of 
 saul or scssoo), or partially culti- 
 vated with different sorts of grain. 
 The mountainous tract to the east is 
 inhabited by various uncivilized na- 
 tions, the principal of whom are Ihe 
 Kvrants, the Hawoos, and the Lim- 
 booas, who arc all Hindoos of the 
 Erahminical persuasion, but of the 
 lowest castes. The chief towns are 
 Catmandoo the capital, Gorcah, Pat- 
 tan, Bhatgan, Jemlah, Almora, and 
 Serinagur. 
 
 The Valley of Nepaul Proper, 
 from whence the sovereignty takes 
 its name, is nearly of an oval figure : 
 its greatt;st length, from north to 
 south, being about 12 miles, l)y nine 
 its greatest breadth ; the circumfe- 
 rence of the whole being under 50 
 miles. To the south it is bounded 
 by very stnpcudous mouutains ; but 
 
 to the east and west the enclosing 
 hills are less lofty. Sheopuri, which 
 constitutes its principal barrier to the 
 north, is the highest of the moun- 
 tains that encircle it, from whence 
 issue the Bhagmatty and Vishnu- 
 matty Rivers, which, with many 
 other streams, traverse the "*/ alley of 
 Nepaul — the bottom of which, be- 
 sides being very xmeven, is inter- 
 sected with deep ravines, and speck- 
 led with little hills. Seen from 
 Mount Chandraghiri, the Valley of 
 Nepaul appears thickly settled with 
 villages, among fields fertilized by 
 numerous streams ; but the part of 
 the view which most powerfully at- 
 tracts the attention, are the adjacent 
 enormous mountains of Sheopoori 
 and Jibjibia, with the gigantic Hi- 
 malaya ridge, covered with everlast- 
 ing snow in the back ground. 
 
 In some ancient Hindoo books 
 Nepaul is called Deccani Tapoo, or 
 the Southern Isle, in reference to its 
 situation with respect to the Hima- 
 laya Mountains, and the contiguous 
 northern regions ; the Valley of Ne- 
 paul being there described as an im- 
 mense lake, which, in the progress 
 of ages, had retired within the banks 
 of the Bhagmutty. 
 
 The northernmost part of the Ne- 
 paul Valley scarcely lies in a higher 
 parallel of latitude than 27°. 30'. N. 
 yet it enjoys, in some respects, the 
 climate of the south of Europe. Its 
 height above the sea appears, from 
 the barometer, to be above 4000 
 tbet. The mean temperature, from 
 the 17th to the 25th of March, was 
 67 degrees. The seasons here are 
 pretty much the same as in Upper 
 Hindostan. 'I'he rains commence 
 rather earlier, and set in from the 
 south-east quarter; are usually very 
 copious, and break up about the 
 middle of October. In a i'ew hours 
 tlie inhai>itants, by ascending the 
 mountains, can pass a variety of 
 temperatures; and, in three or four 
 days' journtiy, by moving from Noa- 
 kote to Kheroo, or Ramika, may 
 exchange the heat of Bengal for the 
 cold of Russia. 
 
NEPAUL. 
 
 607 
 
 Throughout Nepaul Proper the 
 Newar tribes alone cultivate the 
 ground, and exercise the usuful arts; 
 but they enjoy little seciuity or haj)- 
 pincL^s under their j)resent rulers. 
 The sovereign is here decreed to be 
 orij^inaily the absolute proprietor of 
 all land-. Kv^u the first subject of 
 the state has, generally speaking, 
 but a temporary and precarious i»i- 
 tercst in the lands -vvlach he holds, 
 — l)eing liable, at every punjuuui (or 
 grand council), to be deijrived of 
 them uUogether; tohaveth^'m com- 
 muted for a pecuniary stipend, or 
 to have them exchanged for others. 
 This council consists of the principal 
 ministers of governuient, and of such 
 other persons as the sovereign thinks 
 pr4)per to invite to it. 
 
 The lands of the Nepaul state are 
 divided into, 1. Crown lands ; 2. 
 Birta, or Bimooter lands ; 3. Kohrya, 
 or Bari lands, (such as are destitute 
 of streams); and, 4. Kaith, or plant- 
 ation lands of the first quality. The 
 beegah is used in mensuration by the 
 Purbutties only ; by which appella- 
 tion the occupiers of the hilly regions 
 surrounding the Valley of Nepaul, 
 are distinguished from the Newars, 
 or proper inhabitants of the latter. 
 Many kaiths yield three harvests ; 
 one of rice, one of wheat, pulse, 
 &,c. and sometimes one or two of 
 an excellent vegetable, named tori. 
 There are grounds that yield tsvo 
 crops of rice suecessivtly; vne fine, 
 and the other coarse ; bc-iide.? alioid- 
 ing, in the same year, a wheat 
 crop. 
 
 The sugar-cane is cultivated in the 
 Nepaul Valley ; but rarely more is 
 raised than is required for the con- 
 sumption of the chief landlords : the 
 seed is always sown i)y I'emalcK. Tlie 
 plough is scarcely ever used by the 
 cultivators in the valley, who prepare 
 their gionnd for rice by digging to a 
 certain depth with a sort of spade, 
 turning up the soil in ridges, as in 
 potatoeplantations,Ieaving the whole 
 for some time until well Hooded, and 
 finally levelling the field. Among 
 the spoutaueous productions of Ne- 
 
 paul are the rasjjberry, the walnut, 
 and the uuilberry. 
 
 The cattle of Nepaul, generally 
 speaking, are not sup(;rior to thos<r 
 commonly met with in Bengal ; and 
 the Chowry cow, and Changea or 
 shawl goat, are only to be found 
 among the moiint;»ins bordrring on 
 'J'ibi4. The inhabitants of the hitter 
 eon^itry use sheep as beasts of bur- 
 then, for the transiK)rting of salt into 
 Nepaul ; of which each is said to 
 carry 42 pounds avoirdupois. This 
 district does not abound mneh with 
 game ; and the fisii, from the tran- 
 sparency and rapidity of the stream, 
 are very diilieult to catch with the 
 fly. The sarus, ortolan, wild goose, 
 and wild duck, appear in Ne|>aul 
 only as birds of passai';e, making a 
 stage of it between liindostan and 
 Tibet. Co[.-,!er and iron are found 
 here ; the latter of an excellent qua- 
 lity. Oudc was formerly supplied 
 with copper from this country ; but 
 of late the i'iuo])ean copper, by 
 underselling, has driven tlie Nep,aul 
 copper out of the markets. I'hc 
 gold imported to Bengal from Ne- 
 paul is not the produce of the coun- 
 try — the quantity procured from the 
 rivulets flowing through the territory 
 being extremely small. The gold is 
 received by the Nepaulese, from Ti- 
 bet, inexeha.ige for goods. 
 
 The conuneree of Nepaul is not 
 so extensive as it uvight be under 
 better regulations. This is partly to 
 be attributed to the ignorance and 
 jealousy of the administration ; but 
 also, in a great degree, to tiie mo- 
 iKipolies certain bluts, or mercan- 
 tile Gosaiiis, and a few other iner- 
 chants, have long been in possession 
 of. If it was not for these obstacles, 
 an cs.tcnsive traflie might be carried 
 on between Tibi't and tlic British 
 territories throagli Nepaul. 
 
 Nepaul exports to British India 
 elephants, elei)harits' teeth, rice, 
 timber, hides, gtuger, terra jai)0' 
 nica, turmeric, wax, honey, pure 
 rezin of the pine, walnuts, oranges, 
 long pepper, ghee, bark of the root 
 of bastard ciuuamon, dried leaves of 
 
608 
 
 NEPAUL. 
 
 ditto, large canUnnums, daminer, 
 lamp oil, and cotton of the siiniil 
 tree. Tlicse articles are the produce 
 of the ]V1oning and other parts of 
 the Tiiryani, and of Nepaul. Be- 
 ."sides these, a great varictj^ of arti- 
 cles produced iuTibet are sent soiitti 
 throii2;h Ncpanl. Tlicre are small 
 quantities of salt and saltpetre made 
 in tlie eastern part of the Ne])au! 
 Valley ; but the former is not so 
 much esteemed by the natives as 
 that of I'ibet. The following arti- 
 cles are exported from the Jlritish 
 dominions to Nepaul. either for the 
 consumption of that connti-j', or for 
 IhcTibet market ; viz. Bengal cloths, 
 muslins and silks of various sorts, 
 raw silk, gold and silver laces, car- 
 pets, English cutlery, saflron, spices, 
 sandal wood, quicksilver, cotton, 
 tin, zinc, lead, soap, camphor, 
 chillies, tobacco, and coral. 
 
 The Newars of Nepaul fabricate 
 only cloths of a very coarse kind. 
 The cotton employed is the produce 
 cither of Niakot, or of the Mijiddaize ; 
 by which last name they commonly 
 distinguish the Comoany's tei litories. 
 They work very well in iron, voppcr, 
 and brass, and are particularly in- 
 geiiionsin carpentry, though they ne- 
 ver use a saw — dividing their wood, 
 of whatever size, with the chissel 
 and mallet. They export some of 
 their brazen utensils to tlie south- 
 ward. They have latterly, without 
 success, attempted to manufacture 
 some fire-arms ; but their swords 
 and daggers arc tolerably good. They 
 gild extremely well, and construct 
 bells of so large a size as five feet 
 diameter. From ri(;e and other grain 
 Ihey distil spirits, and also prepare 
 a fermented liquor from wheat, 
 muniiua, rice, &c. w Inch they name 
 pliaur : it is made in the manner of 
 oar malt liquors, which it resembles. 
 The currency of Nepaid consists 
 rhieily of silver pieces of eight an- 
 nas, (14d.) called a sicca; and they 
 have a coin so low as the 280th part 
 of a sicca. 
 
 The great mass of the inhabitants 
 in Nepaul dwell iu the vaUies, the 
 
 hills, and Terriani, being but thinly 
 populated. General Kirkpatrick es-- 
 timated the population of the Ne- 
 paul Valley at half a million, whicli 
 appears an extraordinary number 
 when its small dimensions are con- 
 sidered. The iidiabitants consist 
 principally of the two superior class- 
 es of Hindoos, (Brahmins and Khe- 
 tries, with their subdivisions), Ne- 
 wars, Uhenwars, Mhanjees, Bhoot- 
 eas, and Bhauras. The two first 
 sects, who occupy the principal 
 stations in the sovereignty, and fill 
 the armies, arc dispersed through the 
 country. The Newars are confined 
 almost to the Valley of Nepaul ; the 
 Dhenwars and Mhanjees are th« 
 fishermen and husbandmen of the 
 Avestern districts ; and the Bhooteas 
 inhabit such parts of Kuchar (Lower 
 Tibet) as are included in the Nepaul 
 tenitories. The Bhauras are sepa- 
 ratists from the Newars, and amount 
 to about five thousand. 'I'o the east- 
 ward, some districts are inhabited 
 by the Limbooas, Nuggerkootics, 
 and others ; of whom little is known 
 besides the name. The Newars arc 
 divided i+rto several castes, like those 
 amtKig the more southern Hindoos. 
 
 'J'he Parbutties, or peasantry of 
 the mountainous country, are di- 
 vided into ibur classes, according to 
 the number of ploughs, and the na- 
 ture of their occupation. The ex- 
 penses of the military establishments 
 are, for the most part, discharged by 
 assignments of land; though, in 
 some instances, the soldier receives 
 his pay from the treasury. In money 
 and lands together, the pay of the 
 private sepoy amounts to about 76 
 ) npees per annum, exclusive of his 
 coat, which is supplied by govern- 
 ment. Some of the villagtis bestow- 
 ed in jaghires are of considerable 
 value, yielding horn three to 6000 
 rupees annual revenue. The income 
 of a village, exclusive of what arises 
 from the produce of such lands as 
 may be annexed to it, consists princi- 
 pally in the rent of houses, which 
 are all built of brick, and the duties 
 charged on salt, tobacco, pepper. 
 
betel nut, and similar articles of ge- 
 neral consumption. 
 
 The Nepaul tenitoiies being for 
 the most part parcelled out into jag- 
 liires, the proportion of their pro- 
 duce received into the treasury is 
 not considerable. It proljabiy never 
 exceeds 30 lacks of rupees per an- 
 num, nor falls under 25. The profit 
 liom the mint alone is reckoned at 
 from seven to eight lacks of rupees. 
 The trade in gold from Tibet has 
 usually been a monopoly in the 
 hands of government ; the copper 
 mines formerly yielded a consider- 
 able revenue, but now scarcely pro- 
 duce a lack. 'J he chief expenses of 
 government are the provision of fire 
 arms and military stores — of broad 
 cloth, for the clotliiug of the regular 
 troops — and of jewels, silks, and 
 cotton stuffs, from Hcisgal. 
 
 The Nepaul artillery is very bad. 
 Matchlocks, bows and arrow s, and 
 kohras, or hatehct-swords, are the 
 common weapons used. The regu- 
 lar forces arc armed with muskets, 
 of which few are fit for actual ser- 
 vice. This force consists of from 50 
 to 60 companies, of unequal strength, 
 but containing on an average not 
 less than 140 fire-locks; the privates 
 of which are brave and very hardy, 
 but their discipline slovenly. The 
 jung neshaun, or war standard, is 
 on a yellow ground, and exhibits a 
 figure of Hoonimaun — a Hindoo 
 deity, whose figure is that of a mon- 
 key. 'J'he Nepaul constitution of 
 government is essentially «lespotic, 
 modified by certain oliservances en- 
 joined by immemoiiid custom — the 
 Dharma .Shastra forming the basis of 
 their jurisprudence in civil and cri- 
 minal eases. 
 
 The inhabitants of this region have 
 all along cjitertained but littl(> inter- 
 course with the iieigbbt>uring na- 
 tions, and arc prol)ably the only 
 Hindoo people who have never been 
 disturbed, far less subdued, by any 
 IMahomrnedan force. 'I'hey are, in 
 <onsequcnce, remarkable for a sim- 
 plicity of character, and an absence 
 A)f parade or afl'cctation. TJjc Ne- 
 
 2 K 
 
 NEPAUL. 609 
 
 Avar tribe differ, in many respects, 
 from the other Hindoo inhabitants, 
 particularly in feeding on the flesh of 
 buffaloes, 'i'hey probably never were 
 of a warlike disposition, and arc 
 lield in ctjntempt by the Parbutlirs, 
 or mountaineers. Their occupatifMis 
 are cliiefly agricultural, and they (;x- 
 eeute most of the country arts and 
 manufactures. They are of a mid- 
 dle size, broad shoulders and chest, 
 stout limbs, round aiid rather flat 
 faces, small eyes, low and somewhat 
 spnading nosi-s, and open cheerful 
 eciiiiteiiances. The ordinary cast 
 of llirir complexion is between a 
 salIo>v and copper colour. It is re- 
 markable that the Ncvvar women, 
 like the Nairs of Malabar, may in 
 fa<-t have as many husbands as they 
 please, being at liberty to divorce 
 them on the slightest piefeuccs. 
 
 It is extremely probable there is 
 no place in India, where a search 
 after ancient valuable sans crit ma- 
 nuscripts would be more success- 
 ful than in the Valley of Nejjaul, 
 and i)articularly at Ehatgong, which 
 is the Benares of the (ilioorkhali 
 territori(>s. Ceneral Kirkj)atrick, 
 the British ambassador to Nepaul, 
 in 1793, was informed while tliere 
 of one library, said to contain 15,000 
 volumes. Besides the sanserif, which 
 is cultivated by the Brahmins of 
 Nepaul, the jjiineipal ve titcular 
 languages are the Parinitti, liie \(- 
 war, the Dhenwar, die jMuggur, the 
 K^rant, the Hovoo, the Limbooa, 
 and the Bhootea. 
 
 The books held sacred by tlie 
 Hindoos leave scarcely any room to 
 doubt that the reli2,ion if Brahma 
 has been esta!)lishcd, from tlic most 
 remott! aniiipiity, in llie Nepaul 
 "V alley, where there are as niaiiy 
 temples as houses, and as m;i!iy idol 
 as inhabitants; there not bi-ing -.is 
 fountain, river, or hill within its li- 
 mits, that is not conseeratt-d to seme 
 one or otlu'r of the Hindoo deities. 
 The popular relig"ion, in general, 
 diliers nolliiug from the Hindoo 
 doctrines estai)lislied in oilier parts 
 of India, excepting so fiu as the se- 
 
610 
 
 NKPAUL. 
 
 eluded nature of the coimtiy may 
 have assisted to preserve it in a state 
 of superior purity. The Valley of 
 Nepanl, in particiilar, abounds with 
 temples of great sanctity, where Ne- 
 wars, or peasantry, sacrifice buffa- 
 loes to lihavani, and afterwards feed 
 oji the llcsli with great satisiaction. 
 During the Gh(X)rkliali expedition to 
 Tibet, the soldirrs fed on the tlesh 
 of the Chowry cow, or loji'^-haired 
 bullock ; yet were, in otiier rcsi)ects, 
 ])rofessors of the Brahniinical re- 
 ligion. 
 
 The ancient history of Nepanl is 
 very much clouded wilh mytholo- 
 gical fable. The inhabitants have 
 lists of princes for many ages back ; 
 of whom Ny Mmii, who communi- 
 cated liis nanie to the valley, was 
 tjie lirst. Like other eastern states, 
 it often changed masters ; but the 
 revolutioiis appear either to have 
 originaled internally, or to have been 
 connected with tlieir immediate 
 neighbours, as we never find them 
 subjected to any other great Asiatic 
 powders. 
 
 In A.D. 1323, Har Singh Deo, 
 Bajah of Semrouughur, and of the 
 posterity of IJamdeb, of the Soorej 
 Bungsi princes of Oude, entered 
 Nepaul, and completely subdued it. 
 The crown continued in his family 
 until 1768, when Purthi Narayon, 
 the llajah of Gorcah (Ghoorka), put 
 an end to the dynasty of the Sem- 
 roungliur Khetries. Kunjeet Mull, 
 of BhatgoDg, was t'.ie last prince of 
 tli" Soorej Bungsi race that reigned 
 over Nefiaul. tic formed an alliance 
 witii Furtiii Narrain, ofGorcali, with 
 a view of strengthening himself 
 against the sovenjign oiCatmandoo; 
 but this coimexion ended in the to- 
 tal reduction of Ne])aul, by his ally, 
 in the Newar yeiir 888, correspond- 
 ing with A. D.17GS. Kanjeet Mull 
 took refuge at Benares, where he 
 dieil, and left a son named Abdhool 
 8ingli, who is probai)ly still alive. 
 
 Purthi Narrain, the Ghoorkli.nii 
 conqueror of Nepaul, died in 1771, 
 leaving two sons, Shigli Pcrtaiib and 
 Bahadur Suh, the former of whom 
 
 succeeded Ivim, and died in 1775, 
 after having addcil considerably to 
 the extent of his dominions by the 
 subjugation of the districts of Tann- 
 ohi, Soomaisee, Jogimara, and Oo- 
 padrong, lying to the S. W. of Ne- 
 paul. 
 
 Singh Pertaub left only one legiti- 
 mate son. Rajah Run Bahadur, who 
 was his successor mider the regency 
 of his mother; during which period, 
 Palpa, Garrumcote, and Kaski, were 
 added to the Nepaul dominions. Un- 
 der the succeeding regency of Baha- 
 dur Sail, the rajah's uncle, all the 
 slates lying between Kaski and Se- 
 riuagur, including both the territo- 
 ries of the 24 and 22 Rajahs, com- 
 prehending the dominions of46p<!tty 
 princes, w ere either absolutely seized 
 or rendered tril)utary. 
 
 In .the year 17G9 a force was de- 
 tached by the Bengal government 
 against the Ghoorkhalies under Capt. 
 Kinloeh, wliich penetrated as far as 
 Sedowiy, an important post at the 
 foot of the Nepaul Hills; but not 
 being able to proceed further, and 
 his troops being sickly, the enter- 
 prize was abandoned. 
 
 Towards the end of Mr. Hastings's 
 government, the Teshoo Lama of 
 Tibet proceeded to Pekin, and dy- 
 ing soon after his arrival there, Sum- 
 hur Lama, his brother, tied from 
 Lassa to the Rajah of Nepaul, tak- 
 ing with him a considerable quan- 
 tity of treasme. By his comnnini- 
 cations he excited the avarice of the 
 Nepaul government, which marched 
 a body of troops towards Lassa. The 
 armies of the latter being beaten, 
 they agreed to pay a tribute of three 
 lacks of rupees. In 1790 the Ne- 
 paulese, l>y the advice of Sumhur 
 I^ama, sent an army of 18,000 men 
 r.gainst I'eshoo Loomboo, the resi- 
 dence of another sacred liaina, 
 which plundered that place and all 
 its numerous temples. In their re- 
 treat from this place tlicy lost 2000 
 men by the severity ot the weather, 
 great numbers of whom appear to 
 Ijave been frozen to death. 
 
 In 1792 the Emperor of Cliina, as 
 
NERBUDDAII RIVER. 
 
 611 
 
 ;j^rainl protector of the Lamas, whom 
 iu' worsliips, sent ail army of 70,000 
 men ajjainst the N'epaul Hajah, which 
 beiit the Nepanh'se repeatedly, and 
 ailvaneed to Noakote, within 26 
 niil«;s of Catmandoo. The Mepaiilcse 
 were oblij^ed at last to make peace 
 on i2,nominions terms, consenting to 
 become tribvitaiies to the Emperor 
 of China, and to restore all the 
 pinnder they had acquired fiom the 
 Tibet Lamas. A treaty of com- 
 merce was at this time attempted l)y 
 Lord Cornwallis, and Captain Kirk- 
 patriek sent envoy to Catmandoo, 
 but tlie extreme jealousy of the Ne- 
 panlcse frustrated all iiis endeavcturs. 
 
 In March, 1792, a treaty was en- 
 tered into by Mr. Dnnean, then re- 
 sident at Benares, on tlie part of tlie 
 British provernment, through tlie niv- 
 diinn of native a<!;ents, by A\!iieh it 
 was stipulated, that two and a Iialf 
 per cent, should be reeiproeall} taken 
 as duty on t!ie imports from both 
 countries, to be levied on the amount 
 of tli(! invoices stamjied at the cus- 
 tom houses of their respective coiui- 
 tries, lor which jjurpose certain sta- 
 tions on the frontiers v\ ere selected. 
 It was also apeed that the mer- 
 chants, who had transported their 
 ffoods into either eonntry, and paid 
 the rcg^ulated dnty, and not nieetins;: 
 with a sale, wished to carry tlieni to 
 any other country, should pay no 
 frirther duty, but be permitted to re- 
 move them ; and it was stipulated 
 that in ail cases the merchants should 
 experience a prompt administration 
 of justice, when imposed on or op- 
 pressed. 
 
 In Oct. 1801, a more detailed po- 
 litical treaty was concluded, by w hich 
 the friends and enemies of the one 
 state were to have the same relation 
 to the other, and arrangements ^^ere 
 made for the amicabl.- adjustment of 
 any dispute respe<'tiii<; boundaries. 
 Prior to this treaty a certain number 
 of elephants had been sent annually 
 by the Nepaul Rajah to the Bengal 
 government, on account of the per- 
 gunnali of Muckinacinpoor ; but the 
 ftovcmor-jieueral, v^ith the view of 
 
 2 K ■> 
 
 patifyinj^ the rajah, and in consider- 
 ation of the iinprov(;d friendly con- 
 nexions, agreed to relincpiish that 
 tribute. A mutual exchange of fe- 
 lons and criminals was also agreed 
 on, and tlie Rajah of Nepaul engag- 
 ed to appropriate a district for the 
 support and expenses of Samee Deo, 
 a member of liis own family, who 
 had taken refuge in the British ter- 
 ritories. 
 
 Jn cuder to carry into effect the 
 dilFerent objects contained in this 
 treaty, and to promote other verbal 
 negociation, the governor- general 
 atid the Ncjiaul Rajah agreed each 
 to depute a confuiential j)erson to 
 reside as envoy w ith the other, who 
 were instructed to abstain from all 
 interference with the interior ad- 
 ministration of the eonntry to which 
 they were delegated, or any inter- 
 coinse with its disafl'ected subjects. 
 
 Since the accession of the present 
 Rajah Ghur, ban, jndh, Bierama 
 Sah, a buy who, in 1808, was nine 
 years of age, the councils and en- 
 tire management of the country have 
 been entrusted to, oi- rather usurped, 
 by Biieem Singh Tapali. The Ta- 
 pahs are Casias, or cultivators of the 
 land, and formidable from their num- 
 bers. They oppose tlie Chawtras, 
 who are Raip(.)ots and uncles to tlie 
 reigning prince, whose cognomen is 
 Sah, and not Shah ; though the lat- 
 ter is very g(>ner;!lly aft'ected on ac- 
 count of its ro}al import. {Kh-Ji- 
 ptitrich, Turtier, Raper, Treaties, 
 Giuseppe, f\T.) 
 
 Ni-RBUDOAH RivEU, (Nanmda, 
 re)iderivg soft).- — This river has its 
 source at Omercuntue, in the pro- 
 vince of Gunduana, close to that of 
 the Soane. I.at. 22°. 51'. N. Long. 
 82°. ir>'. E. After ascending a table 
 laud at OmercuntiK-, a Jlindootem- 
 ])!e is found nearly in the centre of 
 it. where the Neibnddah rises from 
 a small well, and glidt s along the 
 surface of the high laiiil, until jcach- 
 ing the west end it is precipitated 
 into Mundlali. 'I'he fall is described 
 by the natives as being very great, 
 and they assert, that at the foot of 
 
6!2 
 
 NICOBAR ISLANDS. 
 
 tlic table land its bed becomes a 
 cuusideiablc expanse ; and, beiiisf 
 joined !>} otber streams, it assumes 
 t!ic appearanee of a river. From 
 lieiice its course is nearly due Avest, 
 Aviih fe>ver cunatures llian most In- 
 dian rivers, passing; tluongh i)art of 
 Gmidwana, Kliaiidesb, jMahvah, and 
 Gulrat, wliere it joins tbc sea below 
 Broacir. Including- the windings, the 
 length of the whole course may be 
 estimated at 750 miles. Salgramas, 
 or sacred pcb1)les, are found in this 
 river near to ( )ncar Mandatta, which 
 are considered -as types of Siva or 
 Mahade\a, and are called Banling. 
 
 The name of Dckkan was for- 
 merly applied by Hindoo geographers 
 to the whole of those countries which 
 arc situated to the south of the Ner- 
 buddah; but the term Dcccan now 
 signifies, in Hindostan, the coun- 
 tries between the Nerbuddah and the 
 Krishna. This river is also named 
 the Reva, and it is very desirable, 
 in a geographical point of view, that 
 the country near its source should be 
 properly explored and described. 
 {Blunt, Colebroolic, Wilhs, he ^'c.) 
 
 Nefiinj '.pettah. — A small town 
 in the northcin district of Coimbe- 
 loor. Lat. 11°. 35'. N. Long. 77°. 
 50'. E. This place is situated on the 
 wesl i>ank of the Cavery, which here 
 begins to rise about the 26th May, 
 and is at its highest from the 13th of 
 July until Ihe 13th of August, be- 
 fore the rainy season conmicnces. 
 As this advances it decreases in size, 
 but does not become fordable until 
 after the llth of January. Among 
 tlie hills in this neighbourhood are 
 many black bears, whicli are very 
 harmless animals, living chielly on 
 vvliite ants, wild fruit, and that of 
 tile pali'iira. (/''. Biic/taiian, cNc) 
 
 Nftravati Rivek. — A small river 
 in the j)rovince of South C'anara, 
 whuli has i<s source in the Western 
 Ghauts, from whence it Hows in a 
 westerly direction, passing the towns 
 of Areola and vuntwalla. The tide 
 fio\As no higher than Areola, but 
 cai o^s carrying 150 buslicls can as- 
 cend further up. 
 
 Newly, (I^avahi/a). — A town in 
 the province of Bejapoor, 50 miles 
 N. W. from Bellary. Lat. 15° 35'. 
 N. Long. 76°. 25'." E. 
 
 Neyer.^ — A small province in Hin- 
 dostan, situated about the 24th de- 
 gree of north latitude, and hitherto 
 but imperfectly explored. To the 
 south it adjoins (he province of 
 Cutch, and to the east Gnjrat ; its 
 northern and western boundaries are 
 unknown. This country generally 
 is of an arid and sandy nature, in- 
 tersected by no rivers or streams — 
 water being procured frt>m wells, 
 which in many seasons aflord but a 
 precarious supply. Nor are the in- 
 habitants better than the country, 
 consisting principally of Coolees, a 
 proportion of Rajpoots, and of late 
 years Mahommedans, who are all 
 professed thieves and depredators. 
 The principal town in this province 
 is A\ ow, to the westward of v\ Inch 
 are Bakasir, Gurrah, and Rhardra ; 
 the latter being about 40 miles west 
 from Wow. 
 
 Ncyer abounds with horses of a 
 quality superior to most places in 
 Gnjrat, which enables the plunder- 
 ing Rajpoots to extend their ravages 
 over a great tract of country ; occa- 
 sionally as far as Jhingwarra in Guj- 
 rat. The Coolees are armed with 
 the tecrkami)ta, and with a curved 
 stick like the blade of a sabre, which 
 is smoked and made extremely hard. 
 This weapon they can tlnovv 120 
 yards, at wliich distance they assert 
 they can break a man's leg, or kill 
 him if they strike the head. {Mac- 
 mnrdo, ^c.) 
 
 NiAGUR. — A town belonging to 
 the Nagpoor Maharattas, situated 
 in the province of Gundwana, 28 
 miles W. N. W. from Huttunpoor. 
 Lat. 22°. 22'. N. Long. 82°. 1 1'. E. 
 
 NicoBAR Islands. — I'hese islands 
 are situated in tlie S. II. tpiarter of 
 tlic Bay of Bengal, between the 
 sixth and lOth degrees of north la- 
 titude, and occupy the intervening 
 space from the N. W. point of Su- 
 matra to the most southerly of the 
 Andaman Islands. The largest ol' 
 
NICOBAR ISLANDS. 
 
 613 
 
 this cluster is named Sambelong:, but 
 those most visited by Europeans are 
 Carnicobar and Nancowry. There 
 are nine other islands of moderate 
 size, besides a multitude of very 
 small ones, as yet without any dis- 
 tinct appellation. 
 
 Most of these islands are liilly, 
 and some of the mountains are of a 
 considerable elevation ; but Tricut, 
 1'assouin, and Carnicobar, are flat, 
 nnd covered « ith cocoa niit trees. 
 The other islan«ls have likewise a 
 large propttrtion of cocoa and Arcca 
 palms, with timber trees of various 
 kinds, some of them of an enormous 
 size. The valiics and sides of the 
 hills are so thieklj covcreil with 
 them, tliat the .sun-beams cannot jie- 
 netrate throuf;h their folJa!;e. In 
 .some places (hey are so thickly in- 
 terwoven v\ ith rattans and bushrope, 
 that they appear spun together, and 
 render the woods almost dark. The 
 leaves, twigs, and fruit falling down, 
 rot below, which circumstance eon- 
 tributes tomake the island extreme- 
 ly unhealthy, and absolutely jiesti- 
 lential to a European constitution. 
 There arc trees of great height and 
 size in the woods, of a compact sub- 
 stance, and fit for naval purposes; 
 some have been cut of 34 feet cir- 
 cumference. 
 
 There are none of the wild beasts 
 here so common on (he Indian con- 
 tinent, such as leoi>ards and tigers. 
 Monkies are found in the southern- 
 most islands of Sumbeloug, Tarup, 
 and Katshall. In some others there 
 arc large florks of bufl'aloes and 
 other cattle originally brought thi- 
 ther by the Danes, but which have 
 run wild in the woods since the co- 
 lony was abandoned. Dogs and 
 swine arc also found in most of the 
 islands. Snakes are plenty, but not 
 so numerous or •. «!n()m(>us as on the 
 Coast of Coromandel. Alligators are 
 numerous, and of groat size, and 
 crabs swarm over some of the is- 
 lands. The number and variety of 
 shell fish is so great, that here the 
 most beautiful collections may be 
 made with verv little trouble. 
 
 The inhabitants of the Nicobars 
 are of a copper colour, with small 
 eyes, small flat noses, large mouths, 
 thick lips, and black teeth ; well pro- 
 portioned in their bodies, rather short 
 than tall, and with large ears, 'they 
 have stnmg black hair ; the men 
 have liltle or no !»eard ; they shave 
 their eye brows, but never cut their 
 nails. The hinder part of (he head 
 is conipiessed, which is done to tlic 
 occiput at (he birth. 'I'hey dwell in 
 huts of an oval form covered with 
 cocoa nut leaves, and supported on 
 posts about live or .six feel from the 
 ground. The occu})atii)n of ihe men 
 consists chiefly in building and rc- 
 jiairing their huts, fishing and trad- 
 ing to the neighb(mring islands. The 
 women are employed in preparing 
 the victuals, and cultivadng the 
 ground. The men are short lived, 
 seldom exceeding 50 years, but the 
 females live longer; the poj)nlation 
 of the islands is how ever veiy scanty. 
 Ihere is a considerable traflic carried 
 on among the islands; the chief ar- 
 ticles of which are cloth, silver coin, 
 iron, tobacco, and some other com- 
 modities which they obtain from Eu- 
 ropeans ; and also the produce of 
 their own islands — such as cocoa 
 nuts, arcca nu(, fowls, hogs, canoes, 
 spears, bird nests, ambergris, and 
 tortoise shell. 
 
 The chief production of these is- 
 lands are tlic cocoa nut and arcca 
 nut trees. Most of the coundy ships 
 that are bound to I'egue from the 
 dillerent coasts oi India, t(»n(:li at 
 the Nicobar Islands in order to pro- 
 cure a cargo of cocoa nuts, \" Incii 
 they purchase at the rate of four for 
 a leaf of tobacco, and 100 for a yard 
 of blue cloth. V> iid cinnamon and 
 sassafias aiso grow here. In addi- 
 tion to these there is a nutritive fruit 
 called by the I'ortuguese the mellori, 
 viiich in some respects resemhies the 
 jaca fruil of I>( ngal, and grows on 
 a species of palm abundant in the 
 woods. liolh the dogs and hogs are 
 fed on cocoa nufs, and (he <|uality 
 of tiie pork is excellent. AViid pi- 
 geons are very abundiUit from Juntf 
 
614 
 
 NILCUND. 
 
 to September. Tobaf co is the cur- 
 rent inediiun of all cxxhange and 
 barter. 
 
 Ten or 12 huts eonipnse a ■villap:e, 
 each of which has a captain, who 
 carries on the bartering trade with 
 the ships tliat arrive, but he Jias 
 otherwise no peculiar privileges. The 
 chief food of the inhabitants is the 
 niellori bread, which is very palat- 
 able, together witii cocoa nuts and 
 yams. The clothing of the men con- 
 sists of a narrow piece of cloth, 
 about three yards long. This they 
 wrap round their waists ; then pass- 
 ing it between their legs and through 
 the girth behind, leave the end of it 
 to drag after them ; fiom which cir- 
 cumstances originated the faiiulous 
 stories of men with tails, related by 
 Kioping, a Swedish navigator. The 
 elephantiasis is a coumion disease 
 oil these islands. 
 
 'J'he inhai)itants of the Nicobars 
 do not follow any of the systems of 
 religion prevalent on the neighbour- 
 ing continent, or among the Eastern 
 Isles, but their notions of a divine 
 being are extremely perplexed and 
 unintelligible. Their paters (an ap- 
 pellation bonowed from the Portu- 
 guese) act in tlie tiebl. capacity of 
 conjuror, physician, and priest. I'or 
 the expuLsion of evil spirits they de- 
 pend chiefly on exor« t.sms, the pro- 
 cess of eflecting which is accom- 
 panied by most horrible grimaces. 
 j\fr. Haensel,thc Danish missionary, 
 relates, that he was present when 
 one of th< sc physicians undertook to 
 cure a w oman who was very unwell. 
 After a succession of most hideous 
 faces, the sorcerer produced a large 
 yam, which he held up, pretending 
 that he had extracted it from the 
 body of the woman, and that the 
 enchanted yam hud been the cause 
 of her disorder. 
 
 The missionaries never managcfj 
 to acquire any considerai)le jiroli- 
 cicncy in the language of the na- 
 tives, which they found attended 
 with peculiar dillicidties. ]l is re- 
 markably poor in words, and the 
 natives are asserted to be so indo- 
 
 lent, that as long as they can ex- 
 press V. hat they mean by signs, they 
 are unwilling to open their mouths 
 for the purpose of speaking. Both 
 men and women cany always in 
 their mouths a large quid of betel, 
 Avhicli renders their speech a species 
 of indistinct sputtering. In their 
 common jargon there are many Ma- 
 lay words, and other phrases bor- 
 rowed from European and other 
 strangers. It is said they have no 
 expression for numbers beyond 40, 
 except by multiplication. 
 
 A commercial establishment was 
 formed on th.esc islands by the 
 Danes, in 1756, who new named 
 them Frederic's Islands ; but the at- 
 tempt was unsuccessful, and almost 
 all the colonists from Tranquebar 
 .soon died. A new arrangement was 
 formed, in 1768, in coniunction with 
 the Baptist missionaries ; but they 
 died so fast, that, in 1771, only two 
 Europeans and four Malabar ser- 
 vants survived. A few indefatigable 
 and intrepid missionaries continued 
 to reside on the islands, who re- 
 ceived supplies from Tranquebar, 
 and also additional brethren in place 
 of those A\ ho died ; but the mortal- 
 ity continuing incessant, and no 
 ])rogress Iiaving been made in the 
 con\crs!on of the natives, the mis- 
 sion was linally abandoned in 1787. 
 During the comparatively short pe- 
 riod this mission existed, 11 of these 
 worthy men found tlieir giaves in tlie 
 Island of Nancowry; and 13 more 
 shortly after their return to 'i'raii- 
 quebar, in consequence of malignant 
 fevers and obstructions in the liver, 
 eojitracted on that island. {Haenset, 
 Foiitaiia, iSc. Sfc.) 
 
 Nidyca; iL, {Nadicavil, the Temple 
 on th(- River). — A small village in 
 North Coimbetoor, situated on the 
 portion .1)etween the Karnata and 
 Chera countries, two of the principal 
 divisions in ancient Hindoo geo- 
 iiraphv. Lat, 11°, 51'. N. Long. 
 77°. 42'. E. 
 
 NiLCUND, {Nilaceintha.). — A place 
 of pilgrimage, of great sanctity, in 
 northern liiudostan ; named also 
 
NOAKOTE. 
 
 G15 
 
 liossair Otlian, and situated among 
 (he Himalaya mountains in the IVun- 
 ticrs of Tibet. Lat. 27° 51'. N. 
 Long. 86°. 60. 1'i. Tlie cold of tliis 
 placo is de.scril)ed a^ too great to 
 admit of the pilgiinis resting licre 
 beyond a .single day. Avalanches 
 are oonnnon on the road, and gla- 
 cieres both of ice and snow occur 
 in various parts of this A!j)ine re- 
 gion. Nilcund is visited ab(»ut the 
 end of July and beginning of Au- 
 gust ; yet the road is passable witli 
 great diHiculty, on account of the 
 <lepth of the snow, although the 
 mountain on which it stands is not 
 situated in a higher latitude than 
 28°. N. Soorchciuid, a small lake, 
 whence the Tadi Ki\ er rises, is situ- 
 ated a little more elevated than Nil- 
 cund, at the distance of three miles. 
 About lour miles from this place 
 lliere is a <'olossal stone statue of 
 Ganesa. The name means blue 
 throat, a title of Maliadeva's, derived 
 from an exploit performed by him, 
 and related in tlie Hindoo mytho- 
 logical poems. {Kirkpatrick, <^c.) 
 
 Nif.cuNDAii. — A district in the 
 Nizam's dominions, in llie province 
 of Hyderabad, situated about the 
 17th degree of north latitude, and 
 in general but thinly inhabited and 
 cultivated. 
 
 NiLCUNDAH. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Hyderabad, 42 miles S. E. 
 
 Krishna River, 40 miles W. S. W. 
 from Masuiipatan). I.at. 15°. .OG'. N, 
 Long. H0°. 35', IC. At this place a 
 considera!)le coasting trade i.s car- 
 ried on in the craft navigated by the 
 natives, 
 
 NoAKOTE, (Navacata, the newFort). 
 — A small town, temple, and valley, 
 in northern Hindostan, in the dis- 
 trict of Nepaul. Lat, 27°. 4.3'. N. 
 Long. 85°. 30'. E. The town of 
 Noakote is not of any great extrnt; 
 but it contains some of the largest 
 and best-looking houses in Js'apaul. 
 Its situation is of importance, as 
 commanding the only entrance in 
 this quarter from Upper as well as 
 Lower Tibet, and standing close to 
 IMount Dliyboon, by which the Chi- 
 nese army was obliged to descend 
 in 1792, when penetrating Ncpaul. 
 The tcmj)le of Noakote is dedicated 
 to Mahamaya, or Bhavani, and is a 
 brick building on the face of a hill, 
 witii nothing remarkable in its ap- 
 pearance. From the roof there are 
 numerous offerings to the goddess 
 .suspended, consisting principally of 
 brass vessels and weaptins of various 
 .sorts; among the latter some tro- 
 phies acquired from the Chinese. 
 
 'I'he "Valley of Noakote is about 
 six miles in length, by one and a 
 quarter in breadth. The soil of this 
 valley is extremely fruitful, and, not- 
 withstanding its victnity and expo- 
 
 from Hyderabad, and the capital of sure to the snowy mountains, whicU 
 
 H district of the same name. Lat. 
 16°. 55'. N. Long. 79°. 15'. E. 
 
 NiRMUL. — A town in (he Nizam's 
 dominions, in the province of Nan- 
 dcre ; four miles N. from the Coda- 
 very, and l.'W miics S. by E. from 
 Nagpoor. Lat. 19°. lb'. N. Long. 
 79°- 33. M. 
 
 NisKLour, {or Noussa Laut) Lslf,. 
 — One of (lie smallest of the Am- 
 boyna Isles, which, during the 17th 
 century, willi Sapania Isle, yielded 
 one half of ail the (loves exported. 
 
 Nizam. — See Province oi Hy- 
 
 nERABAD. 
 
 NiZAMPATAM. — A town in the 
 Northern Circars, situated on the 
 west side of one <d the mouths of (he 
 
 enclose it to the northward, it is ca- 
 pable of bearing all (he vegetable 
 productions of (he lialiar province. 
 The river of Noakate is held in par- 
 (icular estimation. This valley, al- 
 though so near to the hills, is reck- 
 oned one of (lie lowest ijr the vi- 
 cinity of Nqiaul Projicr; and this 
 fact will n<((iuiit for (In- great tem- 
 perature in the Valley of Noakote, 
 compared with that of Nepaul. After 
 tiie middle of April it is scarcely ha- 
 bitable, on aecoui't of the heat. IJe- 
 sidcs rice, considerable (pniiilitics of 
 sngar-cane are raised in (he ^'alh y 
 of Noakote and its neighbouiliood ; 
 the gonr, or brown sugar, iuought to 
 market here, is in a more reiined 
 
(J16 
 
 NOMURDIES. 
 
 state than that which is usually met 
 with ill Bengal. The garlie has re- 
 markably large closes, and the pine- 
 apples, guavas, and mangoes, aie 
 excellent. {Kir/ipatrich, iSc) 
 
 NoANAGUR, ( Navanagara), — A 
 town in the ])ro\ince of Gajrat, dis- 
 trict of Halliar, situated on the S.E. 
 side of the Gulf of Cutch. Lat. 
 22°. 20'. N. Long. 70°. 1.5'. E. 
 
 The district of Noanagnr consists 
 of four divisions, viz. Nuggur, Kum- 
 ballia(or Sui^a), Siitchar.a, and Joo- 
 via — the last of which has been ali- 
 enated by the Khow as family. The 
 country inland from this city is ex- 
 tremely rocky, but it produces plen- 
 tiful crops of joaree, growing appa- 
 rently out of the stones, so entirely 
 is the soil concealed. What is sown 
 in the narrow valleys in October is 
 reaped in May and June, In the 
 neighbomhood of the small villages 
 the sugar-cane is cultivated. I'his 
 crop is so hazardous, that in India 
 it is usually only raised under peace- 
 ful goverinnents.where tiie peasantry 
 ai'o in good circnmstances, ajid se- 
 cure of reaping \\hen ihej have 
 sowed. I'he expenses of agricultnrc 
 here are comparatively small, wafer 
 being so near the surface, and the 
 G'ujrat I gninsnla generally having 
 Tnan> small streams with low banks, 
 so as to admit of iiTigation. 
 
 The town of Noanagur is asserted 
 by the nati\es to be three eoss in 
 circumference, and defended by a 
 wall of no great strength, erected 
 30 years ago. It contains many 
 weavers, who manufacture a consi- 
 derable quantity of coarse and fme 
 doth, sojne sorts of a very beautiful 
 fabric. I'rom hence Cottywar is 
 supplied with this article, which is 
 also exported to other parts of Gui- 
 rat. The small river Nagne flows 
 under the walls of Noanagur, asul it 
 is supposed i\v tJie natives to possess 
 some quality peculiarly favourable to 
 the dying of cloth, for the excellence 
 of which this town is celebraled. 
 
 All the Noanagur villages within 
 12 or 15nnles of the Run have walls 
 for their defeuce. The ciiUi\a1(.;s 
 
 generally ^ay a third of the produce 
 to government, Avhich appoints a 
 person to value the crop; besides 
 this, a tax is laid on animals, and 
 another on men. Corecs are stnjck 
 in Cutcli under the authority of the 
 Row, and others under the authority 
 of Jam of Noanagur. It is a small, 
 handsome, silver coin, with Hindui 
 characters, and its average value 
 three to a surat rupee. 
 
 The appellation of jam to the 
 chieftain of Noanagur, is a title 
 which has descended from his an- 
 cestors. The Hindoos deiive it from 
 a Sanscrit source, and theMahonmie- 
 dans from Jumsheed, a renowned 
 sovereign of Persia. By an agree- 
 ment executed in 1808, Jessajee, the 
 reigning Jam of Noanagur, engaged 
 with the Bombay government not 
 to permit, instigate, or connive at 
 any act of piracy committed by any 
 person under his authority ; and also 
 to abstain from plundering vessels in 
 distress. Reciprocal freedom of trade 
 to be pennitted by both parties. 
 {Macmurdo, Treaties, Sfc.) 
 
 NoGAiicoTT, {Nagaracata), — A 
 town in Northern Hindostan, in the 
 Rajah of Nepaid's dominions; but 
 since 1792 tributary to China, 60 
 miles (>ast from Catmandoo. Lat. 
 28°. 2'. E. Long. 86° 6'. E. 
 
 NoMURDiES, (Na?uradii/a). — A mi- 
 gratory Mahommcdan tribe, who oc- 
 cujjy part of Baloochistan, about 
 the 26th degree of north latitude. 
 By Abul Fazel, in 1582, they are de- 
 scribed as follows : 
 
 " Another chain of mountains 
 rims from Schwan to Sewee, where 
 it is called Khuttee. Here dwell a 
 tribe named Noiinirdy,who can laise 
 300 cavalry and 7000 iiitafltry. At 
 the foot of this territory is another 
 tribe of Belootchies, named Teh- 
 zcng, who have a thousand choice 
 troops. There is another range of 
 mountains, one extremity of which 
 i.s on Cutch, jind the other joins the 
 feniiories of the Kuimainies, where 
 it is called Karch. It is inhabited 
 bv 4000 Bi'lootchics." {Abn! Fuzcl, 
 
 ST. .VC) 
 
NUDDEA. 
 
 617 
 
 NooiDROoGH, {Naladio-ga). — A 
 district in tlie Nizam's dominions, in 
 the inovintc of Bejapoor, situated 
 Jtotween the 17th and 18th degrees 
 of north latitude, and bounded on 
 tlic south by the Beemah River. The 
 principal towns arc Nooldrog' and 
 Jjackar. 
 
 Nooi.DRooG. — A town in the Ni- 
 zatn's dominions, in the province of 
 Bejupoor, 73 miles N. E. from tlie 
 city of Bejapoor. Lat. 17°. 42'. N. 
 LoiifT. 76°. ;37'. E. 
 
 NooNY, (Lavaiii, hracldsh). — A 
 town in the province of Bengal, dis- 
 trict of Kaujeshv, 74 miles ^V.N.W. 
 from .^Inorsiicdabad. Lat.24°.28'.N. 
 Long. 87°. 8'. E. 
 
 NooNTAL. — A small and moun- 
 tainous district, situated about the 
 3uth degree of north latitude, be- 
 tween the eastern extremity of Cash- 
 mere and the wctitcrn tionticr of 
 . Lahdack. It is also named Nieontai; 
 but respecting it nothing further is 
 known. 
 
 NooRGOoL. — A district in tlicMa- 
 haratta territories, in the province of 
 Bejapoor, situated between the Kith 
 and 17th degrees of north latitude ; 
 bounded on the north by the Krishna 
 River, and intersected by the small 
 Biver Gutpurba. The chief town is 
 Gohauk. 
 
 NooRABAD. — A lavg-e village in the 
 province of Agra, situated on the 
 south bank of the Sank Biver, over 
 which is a l)ridge of seven arclies, 
 well built of stone, 17 miles N.W, 
 from Goluid. Lat. 26°. 25'. N. 
 Long. 78°. 0'. E. Adjoining to this 
 village is a large garden laid out by 
 Aurengzebe, witliia which is a mo- 
 nument to the memory of Goona Be- 
 gum, a princess celebrated for her 
 ])ersonal and mental accomplish- 
 ments. Many of her (ompositions 
 in the Ilindoslan language are still 
 sung and admired. Thi- shrine bears 
 this inscription in Persian, " Alas! 
 alas! Goona Begum." 
 
 The face of the country here is 
 
 bare, being dcstitut" «)f trees, and 
 
 almost Avithout cultivation. JNear 
 
 the road, south, are several snuiU 
 
 4 
 
 forts, some of mud, and some of 
 stone, possessed by petty chiefs, w ho 
 derive a precarious revenue from 
 predatory attacks. (Hunter, Sfc.) 
 
 NoRNAGUR, (Nuriiagin; the Citi/ 
 of Light). — A town in the province 
 of Bengal, district of Tipperah, 50 
 miles E. bv N. from Dacca. Lat. 
 23°. 45'. E." Long. 91°. 5'. E. 
 
 NooRRi. — A village in the pro- 
 vince of Sindc, situated on the banks 
 of the Fulalee, 1.5 miles below Hv- 
 dernabad. Lat. 25°. 8'. N. 
 
 At this place travellers proceed- 
 ing to Luckput Bunder and the GuU 
 of Cutch, quit the Judalcc, and en- 
 ter a branch rimning to the south- 
 ward of Noori, in a direction S. E. 
 which is called the Goonee. About 
 one nnle to the south of this place, 
 at the village of Seidpoor, the Goo- 
 nee is about 150 yards broad, and 
 two fathoms deep, in tlie month of 
 August. The banks are but little 
 cultivated, and arc overgrown with 
 bushes of the lye. ( 3Ia.vJi€ld, Vc.) 
 NowADAH. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Bahar, district of Bahar, .54 
 miles S. S. E. from Patna. Lat. 24°. 
 54'. N. Long. 85°. 40'. E. 
 
 NowAGUR, (Navaghar). — A town 
 belonging to the Nagpoor INlaha- 
 rattas, in the province of Guudwana, 
 situated on the N. W. side of the 
 Mahanuddy River, 30 miles S. S. K 
 from Ruttunpoor. Lat. 21°. 55'. N. 
 Long, 82°. 55'. E. 
 
 NowpooRAH, {Naupm-a, the Toivn 
 of Boats). — A town in the INIaha- 
 ratta territories, in the province of 
 Khandesli, 46 miles E. from Surat. 
 Lat. 21°. 6'. N. Long. 73°. 45'. E. 
 
 NucKERGAUT, (Lakr'ghat). — A 
 town ill Northern Idindostan, in tlio 
 province of Serinagur. Lat. SvP. 3'. 
 N. Long. 78°. 5'. E. Tlieie is a 
 ferry here across the Ganges, which 
 in i'cbruary, during the dry season, 
 is here about 200 yards wide. 
 
 NcDDEA, {Naradirrpa, the Neto 
 Island). — A district in tlie province 
 of ]]engal, situated between the 22d 
 and 24th degrees of north latitude. 
 It is bounded on the north by Rau- 
 jishy; on the south by llooglily and 
 
618 
 
 NUNDABAP. 
 
 llie Suiidciljiinds ; to llie cast by 
 Jessore ; and on the west it is sepa- 
 rated t'roni Bmdwan by theHooslily 
 Eiver. In the aiuieut records of 
 Eenfi'al this district is named Oii- 
 kerah ; but more recently received 
 thai of Kishena^ur from the zemin- 
 dar wlio held it. In the l^e^ianinj;- 
 of the 18lh century it ^as bestowed 
 on Kagoorani, a Erahinin, the an- 
 cestor of the present family. This 
 district is large, and wonderfully fer- 
 tile in id! the dearer productions of 
 the Indian soil. It enjoys, besides, 
 an easy and quick transportation by 
 the rivers IJoooIdy, tlie Jellinghy, 
 and tlic Issanuitty ; yet tlic revenue 
 produced bears no comparative pro- 
 portion to that realized in the adja- 
 cent district of Burdwan, although 
 the latter does not enjoy the benefit 
 of so excellent an inland navigation. 
 In 1781, by Major Kennel's mensu- 
 ration, this district contained 3115 
 square miles ; the chief towns at pre- 
 sent are Kishenagur, Nuddeah, and 
 isantipoor. 
 
 In 1801, by the directions of tlie 
 jNIarquis Wellesley, tlieir governor- 
 renera!, the board of revenue in 
 Bengal circulated various (piestions 
 on statistical subjects to the col- 
 lectors of the difl'ercnt districts. The 
 result of their replies tended to esta- 
 blish the lact, that the ISJuddea dis- 
 trict contained 764,000 inhabitants, 
 in the proportion of two IMahom- 
 medans to seven Hindoos, and that 
 llie zemindar's proht on their land, 
 in general, exceeded 10 per cent. 
 {J. Grant, kc.) 
 
 NuDDV A. — A town in the province 
 of Bengal, district of Nuddea, si- 
 tuated at the Jellinghy and Cossim- 
 hnzar Bivers, with the Hoogliiy, 60 
 miles N. from Calcutta. Lat. 23°. 
 2.J'. N. Long. 88°. 24'. E. This ^\ as 
 the capital of a Hindoo principality 
 anterior to the Mogul conquest of 
 Uindostan, and was taken and en- 
 tirely destroyed, A. 1>. 1204, by 
 ■\Iahonmied Bukhtyar Khiljee, the 
 lirst jVIahonnnedan invader of Ben- 
 gal. In modern times it has been 
 tlio seat of a Brahmin seminary of 
 4 
 
 learning, but of a very inferior de- 
 serijdion to Benares. {Abul Fazel^ 
 J. Grant, <Sr.) 
 
 NuGHz. — An Afghan district in 
 theproviuee of Cabal, situated be- 
 tween the 33d and 34th degrees of 
 north latitude. By Abul Fazel it is 
 described under tlie name of Too- 
 nian Nughz, yielding a revenue of 
 854,000 dams ; but Major Willbrd 
 thinks, that the true name of the 
 capital of this district is Bughz, or 
 Bughzan, and that of the district 
 Iryab. 
 
 ^UGnz. — An Afglian city in the 
 province of Cabnl, district of the 
 same name, situated on the north 
 side of the Cow or Cowniul Biver, 
 100 miles S. E. from the city of Ca- 
 bnl. Lat. 33°. 17'. N. Long. 69°. 
 28'. E. 
 
 NujitiAnAn. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Delhi, i)5 miles N. E. from 
 the citv of Delhi, and 25 S. by E. 
 from liurdwar. Lut. 20° 39'. N. 
 Long. 78°. IG'. E. 
 
 TJiis place was built by Nujeb ud 
 Dow lab, w ith the view of attracting 
 the commerce between Cashmere 
 and iJindostan. In length it is about 
 six furlongs, with some regular 
 broad streets, enclosed by barriers 
 at different distances, ami ibrming 
 distinct bazars. In the neighbour- 
 hood arc the remains of many con- 
 siderable buildings. A trallic of 
 some extent is carried on here in 
 wood, bamboos, iron, copper, and 
 tineal, brought iioin tho hills. It is 
 also the ( entre of a trade from La- 
 hore, Cabnl, and Cashmere, to the 
 east and south-east parts of lihi- 
 dostan. Nujib ud Dowlah, tho 
 Ibnnder, lies buried here in a grave 
 without ornament of any kind. Tho 
 situation of the town is low, and 
 the surrounding eonntry swamp}'. 
 {Hardicickc, Foster, iSr.) 
 
 NrtniNOAH, (Nuladang-a). — A 
 town in tiie province of Bengal, 74 
 miles N. Is. by N. from Calcutta. 
 Lat. 23°. 25'. N. Long. 89°. 7'. E. 
 
 NuNDAiiAR, {Naiularar). — A town 
 in the IMaharatla territories, in the 
 province of Khandesh^ 76 miles E. 
 
NUSSERPOOR. 
 
 rji.o 
 
 .from Surat. Lat. 21°. 17'. N. Long. 
 74°. 15'. i:. 
 
 NiiNn.APORi'M. — A town in liie 
 Northern Circars. 82 uiilcs W . from 
 Cioacole. Lat 18°. 23'. N. Long. 
 82°. 40'. E. 
 
 NuNUYnROOG, {Xmtdidurga). — 
 A strong hill I'ort in JNIvsore Hajah's 
 dominions, Q-tjnilt's N. E. from Sc- 
 ringapaUim. Lat. 13°. 22'. N. Long. 
 77°. 53'. E. 
 
 This place is built on the suiiunit 
 of a mountain, about 1700 ftet liigii, 
 three-fourths of its rircunifercnce be- 
 ing inaccessible. In 1791 tiiis fortress 
 ranked, in point of strength, next to 
 Savendroog, Chittcldroog, and Kist- 
 uaghcriT; and was then taken by 
 storm, by a detachment under the 
 command of Major Gowdie, after 
 an obstinate defence of tliree weeks. 
 When llyder took it from the Ma- 
 liarattas, it was after a tedious 
 blockade of three years. 
 
 Among the hills of Nundydroog 
 there is much fertile land now co- 
 vered with bamboos and useless 
 trees, but which is quite capai)le of 
 cultivation. Near to this place, 
 among the hills of Chinrayaconila, 
 the Pemiar River is said to spring, 
 called Utara Pinakani in the Sanscrit. 
 This river runs towards the north ; 
 and the Palar, which also springs 
 from Nundy, runs to the south. 
 These hills may, therefore, be looked 
 upon as the iiighest part of the coun- 
 try in tiie centre of the land south 
 of the Krishna. The sources of the 
 Cavery and Toombuddra riveis, 
 towards the western side, are pro- 
 bably higlicr. {Dirom, F. Buchanan, 
 ^■c. .No.) 
 
 NiJUPOOR. — A small district in the 
 Seik territories, in the province of 
 Lahore, situated between the .32d 
 and 33d degrees of north latitude, 
 and bounded on the north by the 
 River Ravey. 
 
 NuKi'ooR. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Lahore, the capital of a 
 district of the same name, and 75 
 miles E. N. E. from the city of La- 
 
 hore. Lat. 32". 12'. N. Long. 75'^, 
 2'. E. 
 
 This town is situated on the top 
 of a hill, which is ascended by stone 
 steps, and has the appearance of 
 opulence and industry. Towards 
 the S. E. the country is open and 
 pleasant, with a winding .stream of 
 line water, the heat being much mo- 
 derated by the cool breezes from the 
 north-west hills ; which, during a 
 consitierable part of the year, are 
 covered with snow. The Xurpoor 
 districts are bounded to the north by 
 the Ravey ; on the east, by the Cham- 
 bah conntry ; on the west, by some 
 small Hindoo districts, lying at the 
 head of the Punjab and the River 
 Beyah; and on the south by ITur- 
 reepoor. In 1783 the revenues of 
 Nurpoor were estimated at four lacks 
 of rupees. {Foster, ■$•€.) 
 
 Ni'URAH, (Nara). — A town pos- 
 sessed by native Goand chiefs in 
 the province of Gundnana, tributary 
 to the Nagpoor Rajah, 78 mdes S. 
 by E. from Ruttunj>oor, Lat. 21°. 
 2'. N. Long. 82°. 45'. E. 
 
 N^'SSERABAD, {Nascraha(l). — A 
 town in the Maharatta dominions, in 
 the province ofBerar,42 miles S-AV. 
 from Boorhanr>oor. Lat. 20°. 56'. N. 
 Long. 75°. 51'. E. 
 
 NUSSERITABAD, Or SACKrR. — A 
 
 town in the Nizam's dominions, in 
 the province of Bejapoor, 43 miles 
 E. N. E. from the city of Beja- 
 poor. Lat. 17°. 20'. N." Long. 7(>°. 
 20'. E, 
 
 NussERFooR, (Nasirpura). — A 
 district in the province of Sinde, si- 
 tuated principally between the 2(jili 
 and 27th degrees of north latitude, 
 and intersected by the River Indus. 
 It is described by Abul Fazcl, in 
 1582, as " Sircar Nusscrpoor, con- 
 taining seven mahals ; revemie, 
 7,834,600 dams." 
 
 NrssKUPooR. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Sinde, ihe capital of a <lis- 
 trict of the same name, and situ- 
 ated near the banks of the Indus. 
 Lat. 25°. 2b'. N. Long. W°. 10'. E 
 
620 
 
 OAKAMUNDEL. 
 
 o. 
 
 Oaka, {Oka). — A town and small 
 district in the province of Giijrat, 
 sc|)ft.ratod from Ihc main land by 1 lie 
 Hull. Lat. 22° M. N. Long." 69°. 
 30'. E. 
 
 Twelve nnles sonth from Positra 
 the hreadth of the Rnii is five miles 
 and a half, the bottom being firm 
 parKl, with verv little mud. The 
 highest sjinng- iide.s tlood it to the 
 depth of 16 or 18 indies; at other 
 times it is dry, or merely moist, and 
 may be marched across with ease. 
 The Oaka sliorc is much more mi- 
 even and abrupt tiian tlie other, and 
 is thickly covered witji the milk 
 bnsh and similar wild shrubs. After 
 ascending the coast, the descent 
 into the country is gradual — the ge- 
 neral level of the country being 
 nmch lower tlian the beach of the 
 Fun, 
 
 'I'Jie soil of Oaka is in general 
 light red, and of no great depth; 
 and jowaree and bajeree are the 
 only crops it is capable of yielding. 
 There is but little cultivation, hoM - 
 ever — Iheinhabitants being a savage 
 race, and nnn;h addicted to piracy. 
 Camels of an inferior dcscrij)tion are 
 bred in Oaka, the sea-beach and 
 sandy sli])s, covered with shrubs, 
 being favourable to tlie rearing of 
 that animal, which requires liltle 
 care, and is suttered to roam wild 
 among the jungles, where there are 
 no tigers; but leopards have occa- 
 sionally b(!en seen. It is also well 
 stocked with partridges, quails, hares, 
 and hogs. 'J'lic rock, which abounds 
 in the Oaka district, is nnuh im- 
 pregnated with iron ore, but very 
 Jittle is fused beyond what the black- 
 smiths require for building and re- 
 pairing boats. 
 
 ']'he population here consists 
 chiefly of Wagcres, a Hindoo race 
 of men, who are originally from 
 Cutch, but who appear to possess as 
 many Mahommcdan as Hindoo prin- 
 ciples. Their appeaiance and man- 
 ner of life arc barbarous in the ex- 
 treme, and they ma J be said to live by 
 
 plunder. During the monsoon, how- 
 ever, when their boats are laid up, 
 they retire to their small villages, and 
 cidtivate grain for their own use. 
 'i'iiey pay no revenue, their law be- 
 ing ])!ough and eat. 
 
 The i)iracies of Oaka are of a 
 very ancient date, and the natives 
 continue prone to this mode of life, 
 to which they are stimulated by the 
 numerous ailvautages they possess 
 for carrying it on. The reliance 
 they place on the power of their 
 deify at Dwaraca is one of the 
 strongest incentives — his priests and 
 attendants being the chief insti- 
 gators of piracy. Jn return, they 
 receive a certain portion of ail plun- 
 dered property, as a recompense for 
 the protection received from Ruu- 
 chor (the deity), while the expedi- 
 tion was at sea. Before setting off, 
 it is a common practice for the pi- 
 rates to promise a larger share than 
 the god can claim by right, if he 
 will ensine success to their trip. 
 Many vessels are fitted out in his 
 name, as sole owner, and actually 
 belong to the temple, whie!) receives 
 the plunder they bring back. Re- 
 cently, these predatory expeditions 
 have been greatly restrained by the 
 British naval power; but the inha- 
 bitants retain all their ancient pro- 
 pensity to the practice. {Macmwcld, 
 ^■c. Vr.') 
 
 O A K \ M V \D K I, , {Okamamhhi). — A 
 district in the (iujrat Peninsula, ex- 
 tending along tile soutii side of the 
 Gulf of Cutch, and situated between 
 the 22d and 23d degrees of north la- 
 tit iide. 
 
 'J'his district begins at Kumballia, 
 from wlieiice W. by S. the country 
 consists of iiill and dale, with a hard 
 rocky soil. It jucsents a very wild 
 aspect, i\'w villages, no cultivation, 
 and abundance of the milk bush, 
 well stocked with partridges, hares, 
 and other species of game. This 
 state of desolation was caused by the 
 J^ositra ])lundercrs, which reduced a 
 considerable portion of the district 
 to a waste, covered v\ith jungle, in 
 some places scarcely penetrable. 
 
ODEYPOOK. 
 
 621 
 
 Those idlibcrs were expclk-d liy tlic 
 IJritish ill 1809. 
 
 'riie word oka si2;iiifn-s iiiiv thiiij? 
 hm\ or difliciilt, in wiiic'i scii-^c it is 
 applied 1o this wild aitd liiiciMth dis- 
 trict. Ill modern tiiins thi" term 
 Okamiiiidel is piiiK ipaiiy ai>j)li<'d to 
 the western extremity ol tli G'ljrat 
 Peninsula, separated Ironi the main 
 laud by a run, or s\\ain|., {'oiined by 
 the sea inakiii;:: a bnarh tVoni the 
 northwest shore, near !'iii(li( l;iriik ; 
 and. cxteudiiii!: in a S. I"., direction, 
 ao;aiii connects itsclt with tlie sea at 
 Muddce, A\hicli is about 14 Jiiiles 
 distant tioiii rindletariik. The 
 breadth of this channel t:;i<idiiaMy de- 
 creases; at Mnddee it is not nu)re 
 than a mile, and is separated liom 
 llie ocean by :i low l)aiik, about 60 
 yards wide, which is weariii;;' away. 
 Jrom the earliest period ol history 
 commerce and a;;ricullure iiave beiii 
 disrcSHided in tliis part ot'tiujrat by 
 the inhabitants, who, beini;' mostly 
 iisiicrinen, addicted themselves als<» 
 to piracy. ( Macmiirdo, \c.) 
 
 Oby Isle. — An island in tlie 
 Ea.stern Seas, situated princiiially 
 between the first and second decrees 
 of south latitude, and tlie I'iSth and 
 l'29th of cast lon,2,itude. In ienj^th 
 it may be estimated at 65 miles, by 
 11 miles the avera!j;e breadth. On 
 this island live many ruiia\vay slaves 
 from Ternatc, who cultivati; ch)vcs, 
 which they sell to l\\c Biii;<!;esses. 
 It is claimed of the Sultan of Bat- 
 cliiaii, who lias a pearl lishery es^ta- 
 blished on the coast. < >n t!ie west 
 side of Oby the Dutch iiad a small 
 fort. {Forrest, \-e.) 
 
 OcLASEi.K. — A town in the pro- 
 vince oftiujrat, distiict of Kroach, 5 
 miles S. bv W. from Broacii. Lat. 
 21°. 37'. N. Lonu;. 7o°. lo'. E. 
 
 Odkpoor. — A '.nail town iu the 
 INIaharatta territories, ill the province 
 of Mahvah. 2-1 miles S. li. from Se- 
 ron^o. I>at. 2;}°. bH'. Loiii;-. 7b°. 
 21)'. E. This place stands on tlie 
 side of a rock, where tiieie is also a 
 Hindoo temple of .some celebrity. 
 There is here a lari!;c tank, and [)leii- 
 ty of line wells; aud about two 
 
 miles north there is a nullah, con- 
 tainiiij;- water to the end of 1 ebruary. 
 {MSS. Vf.) 
 
 OiJKVi'ooii, (Udtn/apina). — A Raj- 
 poot piii>ci|)ality, in the provisice of 
 Ajmeer, of whicii it occupies the 
 Pouth-castern (luarter. A consider- 
 able jiortion of the Odeypoor terri- 
 tories anciently bore tlie appeUation 
 ofMewar; and thf? soven i;^n is fre- 
 quently styled (he I'annah of Chi- 
 tore, under wiiicli heads respectively 
 I'urtlier details will lie found. 
 
 The present Odeypoor territories 
 maybe estimated at 110 miles in 
 letis^th from north lo south, by 70 
 from cast to west, but must be con- 
 sidered as in a perpetual state of 
 lliictnation. To the north tiiey are 
 bounucd by the Ajmeer district and 
 the chiefship of Kishenaf^ur; on the 
 north west and vest by Joudpoor; 
 on tlie south and sonth cast by the 
 province of Mahvah; on the south 
 west by (injiat; and on the north 
 east by Kcttaii and Bundce. 
 
 The face of the Odeypoor territo- 
 ries is in j-:eneral mountainous; but, 
 when properly cnitivated, extremely 
 brtile. It vields siis^ar, indigo, to- 
 bacco, wlieat,ricc, barley; there are 
 also iron mines, with plenty of fuel ; 
 and 30 miles north of Odeypoor sul- 
 phur is found, but it is of an inierior 
 (piality to ihat procured from Suraf. 
 The country is naturally strong. The 
 city of Odeviioiir, wiiieli is situated 
 in an amphilhiatre of hills, is guard- 
 ed iu the appri»ac!i l)y a deep and 
 dangerous dciile, whieli admits only 
 of a single carriage passing at a lime ; 
 }et so extensive is the circuit jiro- 
 tected bv tins pass, that ixtvveeu four 
 and 5U0 villages are comprehended 
 within its range. The generality of 
 the cattle are inferior to those of the 
 more western countries. 
 
 The lands throughout Odeypoor 
 are held on the feud::! :^ystem. I)ut a 
 consideiaiWe part is tributary to tiie 
 Midiaratlas, who possess also many 
 of the most 0{ink'nt towns. In tlie 
 jHcscnt distracted state of the hana'.s 
 dominions the revenue is rarely jiaid, 
 except wheii.- levied b) force; and 
 
622 
 
 OMERCUNTUC. 
 
 the ffudatoiies as seldom obey his 
 sumtimns to appear at court. The 
 nobility arc Hajpoots, or Kajapoo- 
 tras, called Rliatores in the vulgar 
 dialect. They are of the tribe Seso- 
 dya, wliich is esteemed the purest 
 and most noble. 'I'he weapons of 
 au Odeypoor Rajpoot consist of a 
 matchlock, lance, and sabre, but 
 priiicii^ally of the two hitter. The 
 cultivators are composed ofKajpoots, 
 .Tants, Brahmins, and Bheels. The 
 chief towns are Odeypoor, Chitore, 
 Jalore,Bilarah, and Shahpoorah, and 
 the g^rcat mass of the inhabitants 
 Hindoos of the Bralnninical persi.a- 
 sion. (G. Thomas, Broughton, Wtl- 
 J'ord, ^'c.) 
 
 Odeypoor.' — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Ajmeer, situated on the 
 south side of the Bauass Bivcr. Lat. 
 25°. 28'. N. Long. 74° 5'. E. Tliis 
 place stands within an amphitheatre 
 of hills, which has but one road that 
 admits a carriage ; but there arc two 
 other passes throucrh which single 
 horses can go. The wells in the 
 neighbourhood, although but a small 
 distance from the surface of tiie 
 earth, are strongly impregnated with 
 mineral particles, which flow with 
 tiie water from the hills. 
 
 The Rana of Odeypoor is of the 
 Sesodya tribe, and is considered as 
 the most noble of all the Rajpoot 
 chiefs; bnt is much inferior in ])owcr 
 to the Rajahs of Jyenagur and Joud- 
 j)oor, paiticnlarly the latter. Jlis 
 family is also higlily regarded by the 
 MahonuMcdans, in consequence of a 
 tradition, that he is descended in 
 the female line from the celebrated 
 Nnshirvan, who was King of Persia 
 at the birth of .\rahommed,and thus 
 to have in that line a common origin 
 with the Seids descended from ilos- 
 sein, the son of Ali. In 1807 llie 
 Rajahs of Jyenagur and .toudpoor 
 continued their mutual pretensions 
 to many the daughter of the Rana 
 of Odeypoor, which involved them 
 in hostilities, by which the Maha- 
 ratta j)lunderers ])rofited. {G. Tlio- 
 was, Franklin, MSS. Sc) 
 
 Odeypoor.— A towu in the ter- 
 
 ritories of the Nagpoor jMaharatlas, 
 in the province of Ciundwana, 73 
 miles N.E. from Ruttunpoor. Lat. 
 22°. 37'. N. Long. 83°. 40'. E. 
 
 Offak. — A harbour on the Island 
 of AVageeoo, where there is a stream 
 of fresh water, and good anchorage. 
 
 OcUKRArURKA, (Agtirupuro). — A 
 town possessed by independent ze- 
 mindars, in the prosince of Orissa, 
 70 mik>s N. "\V. from Cuttaek. Lat. 
 21°. 23'. N. Long. 85°. 3.5'. K 
 
 Okirah. — A town in the province 
 of Bengal, district of Burdwan, 105 
 miles N.W. from Calcutta. Lat. 23°. 
 38'. N. Long. 87°. 15'. E- 
 
 (Jlpar, {U/iipara). — A town in the 
 province of Gujrat, district of Broach, 
 seven miles north from Sinat. Lat. 
 21°. 18'. Long. 73°. 1'. E. 
 
 By the treaty eonclnded with the 
 Pcsliwa, on the 16th Dec. 1803, sup- 
 plemental to that of Bassein, the 
 pergunnah of Olpar, yielding a reve- 
 nue of 316,000 rupees, was as a par- 
 ticular favour restored to the Pesh- 
 wa ; but as, on account of its proxi- 
 mity to the city of Surat, it was of 
 great value to the British, it was 
 agreed tiiat it should be so managed 
 and governed by the Maharatta. au- 
 thority, as to conduce to the conve- 
 nience of that city, and to the pro- 
 motion of an amicable conimercial 
 intercourse : the sovereignty of the 
 River Tuptee to remain with the 
 British. {Treaties, .Vc) 
 
 Ombay Isle. — An island in the 
 Eastern Seas, situated of!' the N.W. 
 coast of Timor, between the eighth 
 and ninth degrees of south latitude. 
 In length il may be estimated at 45 
 miles, by 13 Ihe average breadth. 
 
 Omkirseer. — A village in the 
 jjfovince of Cutch, situated about 
 four miles south from Ludiput BuM- 
 dor. Lat. 23°. 4C'. N. The soil of 
 the adjacent lands is a red sandy 
 loam, and is tolerably well culti- 
 vated. There arc few trees besides 
 the baubool ; but the grass on the 
 liilis is good, although tliinly scat- 
 tered. 
 
 Omf.rcuntuc, {Amara cantaca). — ■ 
 A celebrated place of Hindoo pil- 
 
.)NORE. 
 
 G23 
 
 ptimairc, in tlio province of Oniid- tivatod, of pent ffrtilify, britij^ iii- 
 
 waiia, ^2 miles N. N. W . fnmi Hiif- tersectcd by tiic Sopra and Giilyi'iiid 
 
 fimpoor, and 69 l'M)y N.fioni .Muncl- rivers. It contains no town ot t'lui- 
 
 lah. Lat. 22°. 63'. N. Lung. 62^. sequence. 
 
 16'. E. Ongologur, (An^nlaghar). — A 
 Tiie eonntry around Omt rcuntnc town possessed by i.-idipcndent Ze- 
 is very wild, and thinly inhabited, niiudavs. in llie pro\ince of Orissa, 
 
 It is seldom or never frcijiu ntcd by 
 ;iiy travellers. e\e(i)t Hindoo pil- 
 pinis, who go to visit the sources of 
 the Soanc and Nerbuddah riv is at 
 
 55 miles west from CuHack. Lat. 
 
 20°. 3fi'. N. Lon<,^ b5°. 20'. E. 
 Ongoi-k, (/Iw^ff/rt). — /\ district in 
 
 the Northern Carnatic, sitnated bc- 
 this place ; the usual road to which tween tiie loth and IGth degrees of 
 is by Rnttunpoor. 'i'hese ri\ers are north latitude. It Wits formerly de- 
 .said to derive their origin from the pendent on the Ivirpa or Cu<lapah 
 water that is collected in, and issues principality; but was afterwards iu- 
 fnmi the cavities of the mountains, corporated with the Carnatic below 
 which form the eU\ated table land the Ghauts, and suiiject to the Na- 
 of Omercunlnc. Of this territory bob of Arc.it. 'I'he .sovfjreignty of 
 the Nagpoor Rajah claims a part, Ongole was (inally acquired by the 
 the Rajah of Sohagepoor another Coiiipany in 1801, by treaty with the 
 part, and the Goands a third; but nabob; and with Xeloor, and in- 
 tlie whole is generally in the posses- chiding part of the Western Pollams, 
 sion of the latter, {liluiit, Sc.) now forms one of the collcctorships, 
 
 OMr.Ri'ooii, iAminapnra). — A into which the Carnatic lias beeu 
 town in the Nir-^am's territories, in subdivided, under the Madras Presi- 
 the province of Ecrar, 82 miles N. E. dency. it is inlerior in point of fer- 
 from Jalnapoor. Lut. 20°. 23'. N. tility to Taiijorc and se\(ral otlicr 
 Loii'j,-. 77°. 10'. C. districts in this proviiwe, and has 
 
 OMlnrTKF., (Aniaravati, Dh-iiie). 
 — A large lortiticd and trading town 
 in the Nizam's dominions, iu the 
 province of Berar, 30 miles south 
 from i:!lie»i|ioor. Lat. 20°. 5!)'. N. 
 Long. 7h°. 20'. E. A considerable 
 quantity of colion of a good length 
 and staple is transported from hence 
 to Renjial bv land carriaire, biina: a 
 
 distance of more than 600 miles 
 
 The prime cost at this place is less miles N. by W. from Madras 
 
 than 2d. sterling i)or Donnd : at iVlir- 16°. 31'. IM'. Long. 80°. ]'. E 
 
 never been remarkable for trade or 
 manufactmcs. The Mussy and the 
 Gondegamma are liie principal ri- 
 vers, the latter being the boundary 
 Hue between the Carnatic and the. 
 Northern Circars. 'Jlie chief towns 
 are Ongole, Courchier, and Sintal- 
 sheroo. 
 
 Ongolk. — A town in tlie Carna- 
 1i<- I'rovhice, dishiet of Ongoie. 173 
 
 Lat. 
 This 
 
 zapoor on the (Ganges, in the Benares place formerly possessed ibrtifica- 
 
 province, it brings from 40 to 45s. tions of considciabk- strength; but 
 
 l>er ew't. {Ciih-hrouhf, cVc.) the necessity for ll'.em having pas.sei! 
 
 Omrke, (A)U(iri). — A town in the away, they were allo\V(>d io decay. 
 Nizam's dominions, in the province Onore, {Hanavnrn). — A sea-port 
 
 of lierar, 2!> miles S.Vv. fnmi Ellich- town in the province of North Ca- 
 
 poor. Lat. 21°. 7'. N. Long. 77°. iiara. Lat. 14°. 18'. N. Long. 74°. 
 
 54'. E. 26'. E. Tliis Avas formerly a place 
 
 OMUDWAK.\,(r'^?«rt(/"-crm). — A dis- of great c(Hmii(;rcc, where IJyder 
 tiict in the ]Maliarattii territories, in had established a dock-yard for 
 the province of .Malwali, situated )>uilding shijjs of war; but it was 
 between the 24th and 26th degrees totally demolished by Tippoo, Avhen 
 (d' north latitude. This country is it was recovered at ihe treaty of 
 of an uneven, iiilly surface, and much Mangalore. '[ here is now a custom- 
 covered with jungle ; but. where cul- house here, and part of the town has 
 
624 
 
 OOJAIN. 
 
 born rebuilt. Boals come from Goa 
 uud Rajapoor to purchase rice, betel 
 nut, pepper, cocoa nuts, salt iish, &c. 
 which weie t'ornierly much annoyed 
 by piratical boats from the JMaha- 
 ratta coast — an evil that still exists, 
 but not to so great an extent. In 
 ihis part of Canara there never were 
 iiianuiacturcs to any considerable 
 amount, and the trade was wholly 
 destroyed by Tippoo. The Portu- 
 guese erected a fort here so early as 
 lu05. 
 
 'J'hc Lake of Onore is of great ex- 
 tent, and. like that of Cundapoor, 
 contains inany islands, some of which 
 are cultivated. It reaches almost 
 to the Ghauts, and in the dry season 
 is almost salt; but it receives many 
 small streams, which during the 
 rainy reason become torrents, and 
 render the ^vhole fresh. It abounds 
 with lisli, which, when salted, forms 
 a considoral)lc article of commerce 
 Avith the inland country. {F. Jiu- 
 r/ianan, Bruce, §c.) 
 
 Onrust Isle. — A very small isJe, 
 about a quarter of a mile in circum- 
 ference, situated two and a half 
 leagues from Batavia. In the centre 
 of the island, and within a fort, stand 
 the Dutch East India Company's 
 warehouses for tin, pepper, and cof- 
 fee. Here their shi])s refit, aisd 
 heave down — there being very good 
 .wharfs for that purpose, at w liich five 
 ships may heave down at a time; 
 there are also large machines for dis- 
 masting ships. The Dutch kept an 
 ♦•stablishmcnt on Onrust of 600 i)er- 
 .sons, of whom 100 were European 
 <"arpenters, and the rest slaves. There 
 is above 20 feet of water along the 
 piers, and it rises and falls five feet 
 in 24 hours. Onrust is supposed to 
 be more heallhy than Bafavia ; it is, 
 notwithstanding, a very sickly place. 
 {Capluin Hunter, Sfavoriniis, ^c.) 
 
 Ontarrkk. — A town possessed by 
 independent zemindars, in the pro- 
 vince of Gundwana, district of Bil- 
 lounjah, 12 miles tiom the western 
 frontier of Palamow, in the Bahar 
 Province. Lat, 24°. 13'. N. Long:. 
 83°. 40'. E. 
 
 OocHINAnnooG, (Vjayini Durga). 
 — A .strong hill fort in the Balaghaut 
 ceded territories, district of IJarpo- 
 nully. Lat. 14°. 32'. N. Long. 75°. 
 65'. E. This fortress is situated 
 about 12 miles to the eastward of 
 Hurryhur, and has the appearance 
 of great strength; being of consider- 
 able height, uncoiniected and abrupt, 
 particularly to the northward and 
 westward, where it is almost perpen- 
 dicular. {Moor, ke.) 
 
 OocHASKER. — A town in the dis- 
 trict of Neyer, situated about 25 
 miles S. W. from Theraud, and sub- 
 jf'ct to tlie chief ot Morvvarra. It is 
 surrounded by a dry thorn hedge, 
 lias a small tank of bad water, and 
 sonie excellent wells. The inhabit- 
 ants are .Ihuts and Coolees. 
 
 Ooj AIN, (Ujai/ini). — A district pos- 
 sessed by the Sindia Maharatta fa- 
 mily, in the province of Malwah, si- 
 tuated between the 23d and 241h 
 degrees of north latitude. By Abul 
 I'azel, in 1682, it is described as fol- 
 lows : 
 
 " Sircar Oojain, containing 10 
 mahals ; measurement, 925,622 bec- 
 gahs ; revenue, 43,827,960 dams ; 
 scvurghal, 281,816 dams. This sir- 
 car furnishes 3250 cavalry, and 
 11,170 infantry." 
 
 'I'he soil in the vicinity of the city 
 of (Jojain, and over the greatest 
 part of the Malwah Province, is a 
 black vegetable mould, which, in 
 the rainy season, becomes so soft, 
 that travelling is hardly jiracticable. 
 In drying it cracks in all directions, 
 and the fissures are so wide and deep 
 by the road side, as to make a join- 
 ney dangerous. The quantity of 
 rain that falls in ordinary sca.sons 
 is so considerable, and Ih," ground 
 so retentive of moisture, that wells 
 arc little used for watering the fields; 
 but this makes the suflering more 
 severe, if the periodical rain fails — 
 there being no wells ready to supply 
 the deficiency. It if singular that 
 the vine in this district produces a 
 second crop of giapes in the rainy 
 season, but they are acidulous, and 
 of an inferior quality. The other 
 
OOJAIN. 
 
 625 
 
 rmits arc the mango, j^iava, plaii- 
 tiiiii, iiicloii, watrr melon, and «•- 
 voiai varieties of the oranjve and 
 lime trees. In 1790 the distriel iin- 
 nicdiateh dependent on Oqjain ) ield- 
 ed a re^enne of five lacks of rnpees 
 per annum, and comprehended 175 
 vilhijjes. {Hunter, S}C. kc,) 
 
 Oo.i \ I s,{Ljjayini). — A city of great 
 celebrity in the |)rovinee of Malwali, 
 tlio capital of the dominions of the 
 Sindia Maliaratta family. Lat. 2.3°. 
 12'. N. Long. 75°. 50'. E. By Mnil 
 I'azel, in 1582, it is descrilxd as 
 follows : — " Oojain is a larg;e city on 
 the banks of the Sopra, and held in 
 high veneration by the Hindoos. It 
 is astonishing that sometimes this 
 river tlows with milk." 
 
 This city, called in sansciit Ujja- 
 yini and Avanti, boasts a niost re- 
 mote antitpiity. A cha))ter in the 
 Hindoo jNlythoIogieal Poems, named 
 Puraiis, is devoted to the descrip- 
 tion of it; and it is mentioiicd in the 
 Periplus of the Erythrean Sea, as 
 well as in Ptolomy, under the iiame 
 of Ozcnc. It is also considered by 
 Hindoo geographers and astronomers 
 as the lirst meridian. The modern 
 town is situated a mile to the south- 
 ward of the ancient, \^hich is said 
 to have been overwhelmed by a con- 
 vulsion of nature, about the time of 
 Rajah Vicramaditya, when it was 
 the seat of arts, learning, and em- 
 pire On the spot where the ancient 
 city is supposed to have stood, by 
 digging to the d«pth of 15 or 18 feet, 
 brick walls, pillars of stone, and 
 pieces of wood of an extraordinary 
 hardness are found. Utctisils of \a- 
 rious kimls are sometimes dug up in 
 the same places, and ancient coins 
 are frequently discovered. 
 
 The present city of Oqjain is of 
 an oblong form, aliont si\ miles in 
 circumference, and surrounded by a 
 stone wall with round towers. AV ithiu 
 thisspace there is some waste ground, 
 but the inhabited part occupies the 
 greatest i)ortion, and is much crowd- 
 ed with buildings and population. 
 The houses are built partly of bri(;k 
 and partly of wood, the frame being 
 
 2s 
 
 constructed of wood, and the inter- 
 stices tilled up with bricks, having a 
 roof of lime terrace or tiles. The 
 principal bazar is a spacious regular 
 street, i)aved with stone, and having 
 houses on each side oi two stories in 
 height. The lower stories, the as- 
 cent to which is by five or six steps 
 from the street, are used as shops ; 
 the upper are the habitations of tho 
 owners. The most n-markable build- 
 ings are four nioscpies erected by 
 private individuals, and a great num- 
 l»er of Hindoo temples. Nindia's 
 palace makes but a poor appear- 
 ance, being so much surrounded by 
 other buildings as to be little re- 
 marked. The south wall of the city, 
 washed by the Sipparah l^iver, is 
 named Jeysingpoor ; and contains 
 an obsenatory, built by Kajah Jey- 
 singh of Jycnagnr. 
 
 I'he oflicers of government arc al- 
 most the only ISTaharalta iidiabitants 
 of Oojain. The jVlahonuiiedans form 
 a considerable portion of the popu- 
 lation, and are priiicipally composed 
 of a i)articular class named Bohrah. 
 From Surat are imported various 
 kinds of European and Chinese 
 goods, Mhich are liequently to be 
 bought very (;heap here. Pearls and 
 assafoetida (the latter the production 
 of Sinde) are l>)ought here by the 
 route of Marwar; and diamcnids 
 from Biindelcund pass through this 
 city to Surat. I'he public bazars 
 ai<\ in general, well supplied with 
 fruits, vegetables, and grain ; but, 
 in 1804, when visited by a British 
 embassy, persons were seen dead 
 and dying of hunger in the open 
 .streets. The in!ia!)itants explained 
 this circumstaneo by saving they 
 were strangers, and that the fear 
 each individual had of siiewing tho 
 a|)pearance of siiiserHuily, occasioned 
 this deplorable w ant of humanity. 
 
 TJie hills in tliis neighlionrhood 
 are chiefly comi)Osed of granite, but 
 they are covered with ^egctable 
 mould of a sullicieni <!([!tli t( a Unit 
 of cultivation. Adjoinijig tlu^ sub- 
 terranean ruins, on the banks of the 
 Sippurah, i.s Kajah Bhirtcry's cave. 
 
626 
 
 OOJAIN. 
 
 It consists of a long gallery, support- 
 ed by pilliirs. with cliambeis exca- 
 ViUed on each side, containing male 
 figures curiously carved in the walls. 
 Here Rajali Rhirtcry, the brotlier of 
 Kajah Vicramaditya, is said (o have 
 shut liimsclf up after having relin- 
 quished the world. Among tlie na- 
 tives a tradition exists, that this cave 
 formerly extended under ground to 
 Benares and Hurdwar. 
 
 Ptolemy places Oojain about 255 
 geographical miles from the mouth 
 of the River Mahi, but the real dis- 
 tance is not more tlian 200 miles. 
 Rajahs of this city are mentioned by 
 Ferishta so early as A. D. 1008, and 
 it \\as lirst conquered by the Ma- 
 liommedans about 1230. The cele- 
 brated Rajah Joysingh held the city 
 and territory of Oojain of the Em- 
 peror Mahommed Shah, but it soon 
 afterwards fell into the power of the 
 ]\Iaharattas, and has been possessed 
 fjr four generations by the Sindia 
 family. Jyapa Sindia is the first of 
 this race iqion record, ana was a 
 .servant of the Peshwa Bajeerows, 
 who appointed him to several mili- 
 tary commands. He was follwvcd 
 by his son Junkojee, who was nnu- 
 dered after the battle of Panipnt ; 
 Ills uncle Ranojce succeeded to his 
 territories. This chief left two sons, 
 Kcdarjec, the father of Anund Row, 
 the father of Dowlet Row Sindia; 
 and Madhajec Sindia, wiio supplant- 
 ed his elder brother, and seized on 
 the throne. 
 
 Madhajce Sindia lost a leg early 
 in life at the battle of Paniput, so 
 fatal to the Maharattas ; btit he con- 
 tinued an active persevering com- 
 mander through life, and attained to 
 so great a degree of power as to over- 
 shadow the whole Maharatta em- 
 pire. Ry the introducti(m of Euro- 
 pean discipline among his troops, he 
 subdued a considerable portion of 
 IJindostan Proper, rendered the Raj- 
 poots triliutary, and brought his do- 
 minions in contact with those of the 
 Company under tlu; Bengal Presi- 
 dency. Dying withoi'.t issue, in 1794, 
 he left his hereditary possessions and 
 
 conquests to his nephew, Dowlet 
 Row Sindia, who for some years 
 augmented his dominions by unceas- 
 ing encroachments on his neigh- 
 bours; until, in 1803, he ventured 
 to try his strength ^\itll the British, 
 A short and vigorous war ensued, in 
 the course of which he experienced 
 such signal defeats from Generals 
 \V elleslej' and Lake, as threatened 
 the utter extinction of his sove- 
 reignty. 
 
 A treaty of peace vas, in conse- 
 quence, concluded on tlie 30th Dec. 
 1803, by v\ Inch he ceded to the Bri- 
 tish all tlie territory situated between 
 the Ganges and Jumna, and all his 
 possessions of e\cry description in 
 the country to the northward of those 
 belonging to the Rajahs of Jyenagur, 
 and Joudpoor, and the Ranah of 
 Gohud. He alsoreHnquishcd to the 
 British government the fort and ter- 
 ritoi7 of Broach, and the fort and 
 territory of Ahmednuggur; and all 
 his possessions to the sonth of the 
 Adjimtee Hills, including the fort 
 and district of .Talnapoor, the town 
 and district of Gandapoor, and all 
 the other distri(;ts between that 
 range of hills and the Godavery. 
 
 The fort of Aseerghur, the city of 
 Boorhanpoor, the forts of Powna- 
 ghur and Doluid, and the tcnitories 
 in Khandesh and Gnjrat were re- 
 stored to Sindia. The districts of 
 Dhoolpoor, Baree, Rajah Kerah, and 
 some other lands north of the Chum- 
 bul, Sindia and his adherents were 
 to be alloAvcd to hold under the 
 Company's protection. By this treaty 
 also the Briti.sh government agreed 
 to pay pensions 1o certain persons 
 attached to the court of Sindia, not 
 to exceed 17 lacks of rupees per 
 annum ; and this chief renounced 
 all claims or interference in the af- 
 fairs of his Majesty Shah A Hum. 
 He also engaged to exclude all Eu- 
 ropeans hostile to the British from 
 his service and dominions. During 
 this short war the city of Oojaiii w as 
 occupied by the Bombay army, but 
 it was restored when tlic peace was 
 established. 
 
OON. 
 
 6-27 
 
 On the 23d Marcli, 1804, a treaty 
 of dotmiisive alHaiice was concluded 
 vitli Siiidia by Colonel AlaUolni on 
 the i>ail of the British "ovcrnnicnt; 
 by the conditions of uliicli Sindia 
 agreed to receive, and the Uritisli to 
 furnish, a subsidiary force of not 
 less than 6000 repjular infantry, to 
 be stationed near the frontier ol' Sin- 
 dia's dominions, and the expense 
 dcfi-ayed out of the revenues of the 
 country ceded by him, This force 
 to be empio\ed oidy in executing 
 services of importance ; such as the 
 protection of his country from at- 
 tack, invasion, or rebellion ; but not 
 to be employed on trilling occasions. 
 In the event of a war Sindia en- 
 gaged to join the Company's forces 
 with 6000 infantry and 10,000 ca- 
 valry ; and he also agreed to submit 
 all ditterences he might have with 
 the Peshwa to the arbitration of the 
 British govcrnmeiit. 
 
 ]\Iany disputed points still remain- 
 ing unadjusted, a definitive treaty of 
 alliance was concluded with Dowlet 
 Row Sindia, on the 22d Nov. 1805, 
 by Colonel Malcolm, on the part of 
 the Britisii govenimeut ; by which 
 the fortress of Gualior, and the ter- 
 ritories of Gohud were ceded to Sin- 
 dia, who agreed to relinquish all 
 claim to the pensions of 15 lacks of 
 rupees, granted by the treaty of 
 Surjee Anjengaum to certain chief 
 officers of his state. 
 
 With the view of preventing any 
 misunderstanding relating to their 
 respective possessions in Hindostan, 
 it was agreed, that the River Chuni- 
 bul should form the lioundary be- 
 tween the two states, from the city 
 of Kotah on the west to the limits of 
 the Gohud tenitories on the east ; 
 Sindia t(t abandon all claim to the 
 north bank, and the Company to the 
 south, with the exception of the 
 'i'alooks of Bhadek and Sooseparah ; 
 which, being on the banks of the 
 Jumna, were to remain with the 
 British. 
 
 By the fifth article of this treaty 
 Sindia resigns all pretensions to any 
 tribute from the Rajah of Boomlee, 
 
 2s2 
 
 or any other on tlie north bank of the 
 Chumbul, as also to the countries of 
 Tonk Rampoorah, Baluaungaum, 
 Zemeidah, &c. and to the districts of 
 Dhoolpoor, Rajah Kerrah, and Ba- 
 ree ; all of which to remain in the 
 possession of the Honourable Com- 
 pany. In consideration of this ar- 
 rangement, the British government 
 engaged to pay Sindia personally and 
 exclusively four lacks of rupees per 
 annum, and also to assign a jahirc of 
 two lacks of rupees toBauzah Bhye, 
 the wife of Dowlet Row Sindia, and 
 a jaghire of one lack of rupees to 
 Chimimah Bhye, the daughter of 
 that chief. 
 
 By this arrangement it was stipu- 
 lated, that the British should not 
 interfere in the affairs of the Rajahs 
 of Odypoor, Joudpoor, or Kotah ; or 
 of any other chiefs, the tributaries 
 of Sindia, situated in Malwah, Me- 
 war or Marwar; and it also engaged 
 to leave all future differences re- 
 specting boundaries between Holcar 
 and Sindia to be adjusted by them- 
 selves. Since this period nothing 
 remarkable has intervened. Dowlet 
 Row Sindia still occupies the throne, 
 and employs his time chiefly ii» 
 plundering such of his neighbours 
 as are not under the British pro- 
 tection ; but the field of iNlaliaiatta 
 devastation is now greatly curtailed. 
 Travelling distance from Calcutta 
 to Oojain by Mundlah, 997 miles ; 
 from Bombay by Boorhaupoor, 500 ; 
 from Delhi, 440; from Hyderabad, 
 534 ; from Nagpoor, .340 ; and tiom 
 J^oonah, 442 miles. (Hunter, Rennel, 
 Treatit'S, Gth lieg. Ferishta, Wilford, 
 (St. (St.) 
 
 t)0N.— *A town in the province of 
 Gujrat, district of Werrcar, 15 miles 
 to the north of Rahdunpoor. 
 
 'J'his place, celebrated for the 
 thievish disposition of its inhabit- 
 ants, is situated on the borders of 
 the territoiy distinguished by the 
 name of Kakreze. It is an open 
 town, with one long bazar street, the 
 houses of which are tolerably well 
 constructed, and several have upper 
 stories. It contains about 2000 
 
628 
 
 ORISSA. 
 
 houses, 800 of which are inhabited 
 b}' Coolees, and can send foitli, on 
 an nr2;ent occasion, many niatch- 
 lock-nicn. The otlicr inhabitants 
 arc Koonbccs, Rchbarccs, and a t'cw 
 Banyans. The present chief of Oon 
 is a Cook'C, named Prethi Raj.wliose 
 territorial income is abont 6000 ru- 
 pees ; besides which he is supposed 
 to realize double the amount from 
 his share of plundered property. 
 
 Tiiere are plenty of wells at Oon, 
 and the immediate \icinity is open 
 and cultivated. The chief's palace 
 is an upper-roomed house, surround- 
 ed by a square wall, within which 
 enclosure there are also houses for 
 the relations of the family, and sta- 
 bles. {Macmurdo, cS(^.) 
 
 OoNAER. — A small village in the 
 province of Gujrat, belonging to the 
 Guicowar, situated 50 miles S. E. 
 trom Snrat. At this place there is a 
 hot well, which, like all other extra- 
 ordinary phencmena of natuie, is 
 held sacred by the Hindoos, and re- 
 sorted to by pilgrims of that reli- 
 gion, who are supplied by the oflici- 
 ating jniest with tlic miraculous his- 
 tory of its original formation by Ra- 
 ma Chandra. {Drummond, Vc.) 
 
 OoNFARA. — A Rajpoot town in the 
 province of Ajmeer, the rajah of 
 which is related and a fendatory to 
 the Jyenagur family. Lat. 25". 51'. 
 N. Long. 75°. 58'. E. Tliis is a 
 large town enclosed by a wall, partly 
 of mud and partly of stone. I'he 
 rajah has a handsome house w ilhin 
 a stone enclosure, surrounded l)y a 
 ditch. {Hunter, Brongliton, Vc.) 
 
 OuEtCHA, (Arijaifa). — A large and 
 populous town belonging to the Hajah 
 of Jyenagur, in the i)roviuec of Aj- 
 meer. {G, Thomas, .St.) 
 
 Okey, (yl?7). — A small town tri- 
 butary to the Maharatlas. in the pro- 
 vince of Agra, 17 miles S. W. from 
 Kalpy on tin; .1 umna. Lat. 25°. 58'. 
 N. Long. 79°. 35'. E. 
 
 ORISSA, {Uddessa). 
 A large province in the Dcccan, 
 extending from tiic IGth to the 23d 
 
 degrees of north latitude. To the 
 north it is bouinled by Bengal; \o 
 tlie south by the River Godavery ; 
 on the cast it has the Bay of Bengal; 
 aud on the west the province of 
 Gundwana. In length, from N.E. 
 to S.W. it may be estimated at 530 
 miles, by t)0 the average breadth. 
 
 According to the Institutes of Ac- 
 ber, Orissa, in its greatest dimen- 
 sions, in 1592, was divided into five 
 districts, viz. JeUasir, comprising 
 Midnapoor, and the British posses- 
 sions lying north and east of the Ri- 
 ver Snbunrecka ; 2, Buddruck (now 
 Cuttack); 3. Cuttack; 4. Kulling, or 
 Cicacole; 5. Rajamnndry. Besides 
 this territory on the sea-coast, Orissa 
 also comprehended a mountainous 
 unproductive region on the wcsterir 
 frojiticr, making part of the Jchar- 
 cnnd, or Jungly country, with the 
 districts of l-!uttenpoor and Sumb- 
 hulpoor ; but the two latter properly 
 belong to Gundwana. 
 
 The interior of this province re- 
 mains in a very savage state, being 
 composed of rugged liills, uninha- 
 bited jungles, and deep water- 
 courses, surrounded by patidcss de- 
 serts, forests, or valleys, and per- 
 vaded by a pestilential atmosphere. 
 It forms a strong natural barrier ta 
 the maritime districts, being only 
 traversed during the driest season 
 from February to May by the Lum- 
 ballies, or inland carriers. There 
 are only two passes properly ex- 
 plored, in the whole length of the 
 great mountainous ridge, extending 
 from the Godavery to the Maha- 
 nuddy ; the one direct from C'han- 
 dah to Cicacole ; the other oblique 
 from Choteesginu- by the way of 
 Kalahitidi ; both uniting at the pass 
 of Saloor, or Saureacca. By this 
 pass, during the J'rench possession 
 of the Norfliern Circars in 1754, a 
 l)()dy of ]\iaharattas were intro- 
 duc d ; more than half perished from 
 the noxious air of the hills, and the 
 remainder, rather than rotiun by so 
 destructive a road, made a prodigi- 
 ous circuit south by Rajamnndry and 
 the Godavery. 
 
ORISSA. 
 
 629 
 
 The principal modern subdivisions dominion. From the strirt and ro- 
 of tliis extensive province are, ("ica- j^uhir adniitiislratiou of jii.sliee, and 
 fole, Kajamnndry, Cnltack, Mohnr- the firm eoereion of all violence, tins 
 bunge. \Iidnapoor, and Konjcur; reseniijliinee must gradually in- 
 under wliich heads further topoj^ra- crease, until a Jjritiv<(i Hindoo shall 
 phical details will he found. The be ])erceptibly diti'ercnt from one 
 chief rivers are the Godavery, the sub}e(!t to the cajiWces of a native 
 Mahanuddy, the Bytuniee, and the potentate. The iang:ua<^e of this 
 Suhunreeka ; besides iiuninierable provinec, and the character in which 
 mountain streams of a short course, it is written, are both called Ooreeali. 
 Although ( >rissa may be generally In ancient Hindrxj History, Ut- 
 deseribed as a barren province, com- caJa, or Udradesa, was nearly co- 
 pared with Bengal, vet the iiiaritin)e extensive with the modern Orissa ; 
 part equals in fertility any territory the name Ltcala, or L dcala, imply- 
 in the Carnatie, or south of India ; ing the great or famous country of 
 and the district of Midiiajxior is ex- Cala. It was then inliabiled by a 
 txlled by very lew in JJengal. The powerful and martial race, who were 
 countrj between tl;e rivers (Jaiiitee at last extirpated by the Karnas, or 
 and Bamoni is one of the finest Kings of Magadha. In nunc recent 
 parts of tlie province, and is inha- times it was governed by a dyiuisty 
 bited by a considerable numiier of of Hindoo princes of the r:u(> of 
 weavers; chietly of coarse nmslins Gujaputty, who, in 1592, were eon- 
 for turbans; sanaes are also a staple (iiiered by AFansingh, the Emperor 
 manufacture. 'I'lie best bamboos Aeber's viceroy in liengal, to wiiicii 
 used for ])alanfpiins come from the dominion it wa^ tiien annexed as a 
 purgnnnahsofTolchan audJIindole. dependent government; extending 
 They grow near the summit of the from Tumlook, on the banks of the 
 rocks, and spring in July, when the Great Ganges, to l^ajamundry, on 
 people who collect them, having the Lesser Gauges, or Gunga Goda- 
 selected the strongest shoots, tie very of the; Deccan. It then mea- 
 
 them to stakes driven into the 
 ground, and thus direct their growth 
 to the proper shape. In this manner 
 they grow 20 yards long by the 
 
 siued along the sea coast near 000 
 miles, by 40 the medium breadtii, 
 stretching to tlie hills westvvard, and 
 contained t!ie nation of the (Jonas, 
 
 setting in of the dry season, wheji a distinct race of Hindoos, dillcriug 
 their tops are cut oil". If sull'ered to in language, manners, and some po- 
 stand h/iiger the hollow part in- culiarities of religion, iVom the other 
 creases, and they become weaker. Erahminical sects of Jlindostan. 
 In the back parts of this province, From the accounts of ancient Eu- 
 beyond the British domim'on, the rojjean travellers, fragments of na- 
 native Ooreas are a fierce people, tional history, and a few renujants 
 and possess a considerable degree of of former splendour, it was probably 
 personal courage, 'I hey are com- a flourishing country bcibre the Ma- 
 monly arnied with bows and arrows, honmiedan invasioii ; but soon alter 
 or swords; the latter heing generally fell into a state of comparative de- 
 carried naked, and are of a shape pression. It does not apj)ear, how- 
 Avhich is broad at the end, but nar- ever, that the A/^ahommedans ever 
 row in tiie miildle. 'J hey have a completely oe(U|)ied orcolonized this 
 rooted antii)athy to the Maliarattas, province, whi;h still remains one of 
 who plunder and oj)|)ress them. The those in which the Hindoo manners 
 Ooreas within the COmpanys juris- are preserved in their greatest pu- 
 diction are a quiet inoliensive race ; rity, and where the smallest propor- 
 and, with a few peculiar exceptions tion of Mahonunedans are to be 
 as to juanners, resemble the other found. The Temple of Juggcrnautli 
 Hindoo natives under tlje British is still famous for its antiquity, sane- 
 
630 
 
 OUDE. 
 
 tity, and the great annual resort of 
 pilgrims. After tlie expulsion of the 
 Afghans from the province of Ben- 
 gal, during tlie reign of the Emperor 
 Acber, they retreated into Orissa, 
 and retained possession of the mari- 
 time and more fertile portions of it, 
 and, also of the Juggernauth tem- 
 ple for many years. 
 
 There is \io province in India 
 ■which exhiiiitts a greater diflerence, 
 with respect to the proportion of in- 
 habitants in the dilVerent districts, 
 Midnapoor, which comprehends less 
 than7000square niiies,hasbeen found, 
 by actual enumeration, to contain a 
 million and a half of souls ; jet it is 
 probablt^ the population of the whole 
 province does not exceed four mil- 
 lions and a half. Three-fourlhs of 
 this extensive teiritory are possessed 
 by the Kritish, the remainder by va- 
 rious petty native chiefs in a state of 
 perpetual hostility with each other. 
 The Nagpoor jNlaharattas claim a 
 sovereignly over the greater part of 
 them, and occasionally levy a triijute 
 vehen assisted by the presence of an 
 army, without which their authority 
 is contemned. (J. Grant, Wilkins, 
 Colebronhe, Wilford, ^c. ^c.) 
 
 OoscoTTAH. — A small town in the 
 Mysore Rajah's tenitories, 15 miles 
 N. E. from Baugaloor. Tiiis is a 
 neat little town separated by a val- 
 ley from a hill fort. Here, as in 
 many other parts of the Mysore, the 
 small river has been converted to a 
 tank by a lofty mound carried across 
 the valley. 
 
 OoTAPALLiUM, (UlapaH). — A town 
 in the district of Dindigul, 52 miles 
 S. W. from the town of Dindigul. 
 Lat. 9°. 60'. N. Long. 7;°. 30'. E. 
 
 OorATooR. — A town in ibe Car- 
 iiatic, 30 miles N. N. W. from Tan- 
 jore. Lat. 11°. ?'. N. Long. 70°. 
 68'. E. 
 
 (JoTRADURGUM, (Utara Durga). 
 — A strong hill fort in the Rajah of 
 Mysore's territories, 48 miles N.N.iv 
 from Seringapatam. Lat. 12°. 58'. N. 
 Long. 7/ °. 18'. E. 
 
 OoTRiMjiLooR, {Uttaramalur). — A 
 town in the Carnatic, 54 miles S.W. 
 
 from Madras. Lat. 12°. 33'. N. 
 Long. 79°. 50'. E. 
 
 Otticotta, {Aticata): — A town in 
 the Carnatic, 33 miles N. E. from 
 Madras. Lat. 13°. 21'. N. Long. 
 80°. 1'. E. 
 
 Otungurra. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Bahar, district of Chula 
 Nagpoor, 178 miles W. by N. from 
 Calcutta. Lat. 23°. N. Long. 85°. 
 42'. E. 
 
 OuDDANULLA, (Udai/a Nalla). — A 
 small town in the province of Ben- 
 gal, district of Rajemall, 62 miles 
 N. W. by N. from Moorshedabad. 
 Lat 24°.' 65'. N. Long. 87". 45'. E. 
 
 There is not any substance so 
 coarse as gravel, eith r in the Delta 
 of the Ganges, or nearer the sea 
 than OudanuUa, which is 400 miles 
 distant by the course of the river. 
 At this place a rocky point, part of 
 the bHse of the neighbouring hills, 
 projects into tlie sea. 
 
 At Oudanuila there is a bridge 
 built by Sultan Sujah, the second 
 son of the Emperor Shah Jehan, 
 which is one of the most elegant 
 specimens of modern IMahommedan 
 architecture, and the town has long 
 been famous for a victory obtained, 
 in 1764, over the troops of Meer 
 Cossim, by the small army under the 
 command of Major Adams. {Ren- 
 ncl, Hodges, ^-c ) 
 
 OUDE, {Ayodhya). 
 
 A province in Hindostan, situated 
 between the 26th and 28th degrees 
 of north latitude. To the north it 
 is bounded by various petty districts 
 tributary to Nepaul, tjom which it 
 is separated by a range of hills and 
 forests ; to the south by Allahabad ; 
 on the east it has Barhar ; and on 
 the west Delhi and Agra. Li length 
 it may be estimated at 250 miles, by 
 100 miles the average breadth. By 
 Abul Fazel, in 1582, it is described 
 as follows: 
 
 " The Soubahof Oude is situated 
 in the second climate. The length, 
 from Sircar Gorakpoor to Canoje, in- 
 
OUDEi 
 
 631 
 
 cliidrs 13.i coss, niul tiio Inviuhlj, 
 iVoin the uorllicin inoiiiilaiiis of Sid- 
 del)i)(K>r to Uio Soiibuli uf AlluliabiKi, 
 C()in|)iiscs 115 coss. 'i'o tlie east il 
 Jias Baliar; to tlic north lie luoiiii- 
 taiiis ; AJaiiicpoor boniiils it to the 
 soiitli, and Canojc to the \vcst. 'J'lic 
 large rivers are the G(jj;f^rah, the 
 (Joomty, and the S30. In (his son- 
 bah are live sircars divided into i;J8 
 pcr^uniiahs. 'J'ho anionntol' Ihe re- 
 venne is 5,043,454. It snpplics 7GG0 
 cavahy, 1G8,250 infantry, and 5y 
 elephants, and is subdivided into the 
 ioliowinj!,- districts, viz. 1. Onde; 2. 
 Gooracjxior ; 3. Baraitche ; 4. Khy- 
 rabad ; 5. Lucknow. 
 
 The whole surface of tliis province 
 is tlat, extremely fertile, and well 
 watcied by large rivers, or l>y the 
 coi)ious streams which intersect the 
 coiuitry. When jjroperly cultivated, 
 the land is e\tren)ely productive, 
 yielding ero|)s of wheat, barley, rice, 
 and other grains, sugar-cane, indigo, 
 poppies for opium, and all the richest 
 articles raised in India. The air and 
 climate are suited to the spontaneous 
 generation of nitre, from the brine 
 of which a culinary salt is procured 
 by evaporating the saltpetre brine to 
 a certain degree, which, though at 
 first much contaminated with bitter 
 salt, may be easily relined to a purer 
 state. Laj)is lazuli is also a pro- 
 duction of tins province, the colour 
 procured from which sells in I'-ng- 
 land at about nine guineas per 
 outiee. The principal towns of this 
 [troxince are, Lucknow, I'yzaljad, 
 Oudc, Khyrabad, Cooracpoor, and 
 Baraiche. It is inteisected by the 
 Goggiah, or Devah River, and 
 bounded on the west i'V tliedanges; 
 besides which there are numerous 
 smaller streams, and se\eral jeels, or 
 small lakes. 
 
 The Hindoo inhabitants of Oude, 
 Benares, and the doab of Agra, 
 are a yery superior race, both in 
 their bodily strength and mental 
 qualities, to those of Bengal, and 
 the districts south of Calcutta. The 
 Rajpoots, or military class of them, 
 geuerally exceed Europeans iu sta- 
 
 ture, have robust frames, and aro 
 possessed of every valuable quality 
 in a nuiitary |)oint of \iew. I'rom 
 the long occupation of this province 
 by the Mahoinnicdans, a nuieli 
 greater proportion of (hat religion 
 are to be found than in the more 
 southern and eastern countries; and 
 from bolh the above classes a con- 
 siderable number of the Compan3'.s 
 best sepoys are procured. Until the 
 assinnption of the government of 
 Onde by tiie British, the whole re- 
 gion was in a state of political 
 anarchy, livery individual travelled 
 cither with the prospect of defending 
 himself against jobbers, or of as- 
 suming that vocation himself; for 
 both of which events he was pro- 
 vided. The peasantr}' sowed and 
 reaped with their swords and spears 
 ready for defence or plunder, as oc- 
 casion ollcred ; and the rents were 
 levied by an irregular banditti under 
 tiie denomination of an army, which 
 devastated the country it prctend<Kl 
 to protect. 
 
 Onde is much celebrated in the 
 a;.cient Hindoo histories, as the 
 kingdom of Dasaratha, the lather of 
 the great Rama, who extended his 
 empire to the Island of Ce\lon, 
 which he con(picred. At an early 
 peiiod after the invasion it v\ as sub- 
 dued by the Mahommedans, ami re- 
 mained with did'erent vic-issitudcs at- 
 tached to the throne of Delhi, until 
 the dissolution of that empire after 
 the death of Aurengzebc. The first 
 ancestor upon record of the [)rcsent 
 reigning family was Saadet Khan, a 
 native of Kishapoor, in the pro\inee 
 of Khorasan, who was appointed 
 Soubahdar of Oude, during the reigii 
 of iMabommed Shah. He was suc- 
 ceeded bj his nephi'w, 
 
 beidar Jung, who died A.D. 175G, 
 vhen the throne was ascended by 
 his son, 
 
 .Shujah ud Dowlaii, who reigned 
 until 1775. On his decease his son, 
 
 Aso})h ud Dowlali, was his suc- 
 cessor, and reigned until 1797, when 
 he was succeeded for a short time 
 by his spurious soii,A'izicr Ali, whose 
 
032 
 
 OUDE. 
 
 illegitimacy being discovered, he was 
 dethroned by the British, and the 
 goveninieiit confided to the late Na- 
 bob's brother, Saadet Ali, who was 
 proclaimed Vizier of Hindustan and 
 sovereign of Uude, the '21st Jan. 
 1798. 
 
 In 1790 the dominions of Oude 
 occupied all the flat country Ijing on 
 both sides of the Ganges, (with tlie 
 exception of Rampoor), between 
 that river and the northern moun- 
 tains ; as also the principal part of 
 that fertile tract situated between 
 the Ganges and Jumna (the Doab) 
 to within 40 miles of Delhi. Ever 
 since the pacifuafio!! between Lord 
 Clive and Shujah ud Dowlah, in 
 1765, this country had been pro- 
 tected from its external enemies, its 
 internal ])eaee preserved, and its do- 
 minions extended by the assistance 
 of a British subsidiary force, the ex- 
 pense of which was defrayed by the 
 Nabobs of Chide. The exigence of 
 the times compelled a large aug- 
 mentation of this standing army, and 
 the disbursements increased propor- 
 tionally ; but, owing to the misma- 
 nagement of the nabob's financial 
 concerns, an uncertainty attended 
 its regular payment, although his 
 tenitories under a proper adminis- 
 fiation were not only equal to all the 
 necessary expenditure, but capable 
 of realizing a large surplus. By a 
 fatality attending the British in- 
 fluence in Hindostan, it was fre- 
 quently obliged, in consequence of 
 remote treaties, to maintain on the 
 native thrones weak and profligate 
 prin<cs, who without that support 
 would, in the natural progression of 
 events, have been supplanted by 
 some more able competitors. Their 
 dominions, in the mean time, suffer- 
 ed by their vices, and their subjects 
 ■were ai)aud(tned to the rapacity of 
 the unpriiffipled associates of their 
 low pleasures, who b^ flieir cruelty 
 and extortion depopulat' U the couti- 
 trj, and .irove the inhabitanls to a 
 state of desperation. 'J'hese obser- 
 vations particularly apply to the 
 Oude territories during the louff 
 
 reign of Asoph ud Dowlah ; and as 
 an opportunity now occurred, the 
 Bengal Presidency deemed it a duty 
 imposed on them, to endeavour to 
 procure a better system of govern- 
 ment for the great mass of the na- 
 tives, and at the same time remove 
 the uncertainty which attended the 
 payment of the subsidiary force. 
 
 A treaty was, in consequence, 
 concluded on the 10th Nov. 1801, by 
 the conditions of which the under- 
 mentioned portions of the Nabob of 
 Oude's territories, yielding a gross 
 revenue of 13,523,274 rupees, were 
 ceded to the British, in commutation 
 of ihe subsidy, and of every other 
 claim whatever. 
 
 STATEMENT OF THE REVENUE. 
 Districts. 
 
 Korah, Cunah, and Eta- 
 
 weh ------ 5,548,577 
 
 Reher, &c, ----- 533,374 
 
 Furjuckabad, &c. - - 450,001 
 
 Kharraghur, &c. - - - 210,001 
 
 Azimghur, 8cc. Mownan, 
 
 Eunjun, and Azimghur 695,621 
 
 Goracpoor, &c. 509,853 
 
 Butwul - - - 40,000 549,854 
 
 Sou bah of Allahabad, &c. 934,963 
 
 Bareily, Asophabad, and 
 
 Kelpoory - - - - 4,313,457 
 
 Nawab, Gunge, Rehly, and 
 
 others 119,242 
 
 Mahowl, &c. with the ex- 
 ception of Arwul - - 168,378 
 
 Lucknow sicca rupees 13,523,474 
 
 In consequence of these cessions 
 the British engaged to defend the 
 nabob's remaining territories from 
 all foreign and domestic enemies, 
 and liberated him from all future 
 claims of every description; it being- 
 stipulated that no demand should 
 afterwards be made on his high- 
 ness's treasury for an increase of 
 troops, hostile preparations, or on 
 any account or pretence whatever. 
 The nabob agieed to dismiss his 
 superviumerary forces, retaining in 
 his pay only four battalions of Nu- 
 
OUDGHIR. 
 
 633 
 
 jeebs and Mcwattics, 2000 cavalry, 
 ami 31)0 artillery. 
 
 His excellency also enj^agcd <liat 
 lie wonld establish in his reserved 
 dominions such a system of adminis- 
 tration (to be evecnted by iiis own 
 officers) as should be <'ondneive to 
 
 OuDF,. — A district in the province 
 ofOnde, situated between the '2Gth 
 and 27tli dei^Tees of north lalilude. 
 By Abnl I'azel, in 1582, it is de- 
 scribed as follows : 
 
 " iSircar Oude, containinsj 21 ma- 
 hals; measurement, '2,796,206 bee- 
 
 the prosperity of his sul»jects, and gahs; revenue, 40,956,343 dams; 
 
 calculated to secure their lives and 
 property ; and he further ay,reed lo 
 advise with and act in coufonnity to 
 tlie counsel of the British ••dvern- 
 n:ent. (<n the 22d Feb. 1802, a 
 final arrangement was com[)le(ed. 
 
 seyin-2;hal, 1,680,249 dams. Thix 
 sircar furnishes 1340 cavalry, 23 ele- 
 phants, and 31.900 infantry." 
 
 In this district jungle is frequenl, 
 witii man«o clumps and viliagfes, 
 but cultivation much more scanty 
 
 explanatory of the <reneral prihcipies than in the Tbitish territory — thedii- 
 
 MJiieh should rejiulate tlie connexion ferenco beinp; such that it immedi- 
 
 and intercourse of tiic two states as ately strik(>s the traveller. Small 
 
 rcsidting; from the treaty, and to ob- streams often occur, over which in 
 
 viatc and anticipate all future doubts, many places there are stone bridp,es ; 
 
 Upon this occasion the nabob de- and the roads here are a;eiu'rally bet- 
 
 clared his intention of promotine; tcr than in most districts tinder a 
 
 INIii-za Ahmed Ali Khan, his .second native gov* rnment. The diief towns 
 
 son, to the situation of minister for are Oude, J yzai)ad, and Taundali ; 
 
 llie atlairs of g^overnment ; in which and the pnnci|.'al rivers the Goggrah 
 
 appointment the Marcpiis Welles- and the Goompty. 
 
 ley, then jjovcrnor-gencral, concur- Oude. — A town in tlie province 
 
 red. of ( )nde, in the nabob's territories, 
 
 It was also stipulated, that until situated on the south side of thcDe- 
 lhe formation of a commercial treaty vvah, or Goggrah River, 85 miles 
 mutually beneficial, the navigation travelling di.stanee east from Luck- 
 of the Ganges, and of all other rivers now. Lat. 26°. 45'. N. Long. 82°. 
 the boundaries of the two states, 10'. E. By Abul I'azel, in 1582, it 
 should be free and uninterrupted ; it is described as follows: 
 still remaining in the power of each " Oude is one; of tlie largest cities 
 government to levy such duties on of Uindostan. In ancient times this 
 goods imported as they consider- city is said to have measured 148 
 ed proper, provided they did not coss in length. and 36 coss in breadth, 
 exceed those collected by prior liponsiftiugtheearthwiiicli is round 
 usage. the city, small grains of gold are 
 
 Since this period the Nabob, Saa- sometimes Ibuml in it. 'j'his town 
 
 dit Ali, has continued .sovereign of is esteemed one of the most sacred 
 
 Oude, and his dominions have en- jilaces of antiquity." 
 
 joyed the utmost tranquillity. He 
 possesses superior abilities to the 
 generality of his countrymen, and is 
 the only native prince who ever aj)- 
 peared to have a real taste for Ku- 
 ropeaii conveniences. 1 1 e has excel- 
 lent houses of his own building, well 
 furnished, with carriages, horses, 
 equipage, and table well furnished 
 in the lilnglish style. {Reuucl, Mal- 
 vohn. Treaties, FraiJiUu, Colehrooke, 
 Kyd, ^-c. ^-c.) 
 
 Nearly adjoining to I^yzabad arc 
 the remains of the aiuicnt city of 
 Oude ; but whatever may have been 
 its former magniticence, it now 
 e\hil>its nothing but a heap of 
 shapeless rums. It is still consider- 
 ed as a place of great saiu tity, to 
 which the Hindoos perform pilgrim- 
 ages. 
 
 ( )iinG HiR, (rWwvffgZ'j/v'y — A j.opn- 
 lous village, with a fort and express 
 garden in the JSizain's dominions, in 
 
634 
 
 PADAH. 
 
 the province of Bejapoor, 115 miles 
 N. W. IVoni Hvdeialjad. Lat. lb°. 
 19'. N. Long."77°. 25'. E. 
 
 OuLLER Lake. — A lake in the 
 piovince of Cashmere, into whiclitiie 
 Kiver Behut or Jhvhira empties it- 
 self. Lat. 34° 22'" N. Long. 73°. 
 50'. E. A'.nil Fazel deseriijes it as 
 measuring 28 coss in circumference, 
 having in the centre a palace, built 
 by Sultan Zein ul Abdcen. 
 
 OuxD. — A village in the ]Maha- 
 ratta territories, in the province 
 of Bejapoor, situated about nine 
 miles from Poorali. The district 
 attached to tluiid, although sur- 
 rounded on evoy side by the Pesh- 
 Ava's dominions, is the property of 
 the Siiidia family. 
 
 OuNCH A, {Uncha, Lofti/ ). — A town 
 in the province of Allahal)ad, district 
 of Bundelcuud. Lat. 22°. 23'. N. 
 Long. 7b°. 52'. E. In remote times 
 this was a city of great note, the 
 Rajah of thnicha being then the 
 head of the Bondelah tribes, fiom 
 A\ horn the otiier rajahs received the 
 teeka, or token of investiture, in 
 1790 his revenue was reduced to one 
 Jack, and liis consequence iu propor- 
 tion. (Hunter, S)-c.) 
 
 OussooR. — A town in the jMysore 
 Bajah's territories, 20 miles S. S. E. 
 from Bangaloor. Lat. 12°. 45'. N. 
 Long. 7b°. E. This place surren- 
 dered without lesistance in 1791 to 
 a detachment under jNlajor Gowdic, 
 ahhough sufliciently strong for a de- 
 fence. {Dii-oni, St.) 
 
 OwLAH, {Aula, First). — A town 
 in the Delhi Province, district of Ba- 
 reily, situated about 16 miles N. \V. 
 from the toA\ii of Bareily. The Ri- 
 ver Nawaui) Nullah runs along the 
 south-« ostcrn side of Owlah, which 
 is now in ruins. On the summit of 
 an eminence is a brick fort, erected 
 about 70 years ago by Ali JNTaho- 
 med, the founder of the Rohillah gc- 
 vernuient, who kept his court here. 
 In the environs, which, during the 
 nabob's governnieni, were waste for 
 want of cultivation, arc to be found 
 the ruins of palaces, mosques, and 
 gardens. {Franklin, Vc.) 
 
 P. 
 
 Pachete, {Pacher). — A zerain- 
 dary in the province of Bengal, 
 which is now incorporated in the 
 surrounding districts of Ramgur, 
 Birbhoom, and Burdwan. In 1784 
 Pachete, Chuta Nagpoor, Palamow, 
 and Ramgnr, coutauied, according 
 to iNJajor Rennel's mensuration, 
 21,732 square miles, of which 16.732 
 were nearly waste. The revenue 
 was only 161,216 rupees. 
 
 Pachete is a large and westerly 
 zemindary, bounded by Chuta Nag- 
 poor and Ramgur, containing a 
 jungly territory of about 2779 square 
 miles, which was ouee a frontier ter- 
 ritory towards the western confines 
 of Bengal, and still retains the ste- 
 rility and l)ajbarism of the neighbour- 
 ing uncouth and mounlaiiious re- 
 gions to the south. The clijnate is 
 very uniiealthy, which has been ex- 
 perienced by the troops stationed at 
 Jaulda. The principal towns are 
 Pachete, Rogonauthgunge, and Jaul- 
 dah, \% Inch, with the zemindary, w ere 
 formeily held by a Rajpoot family, 
 named Narraiu. (J. Grant, Cole- 
 hroohe, lVc) 
 
 Pachf.te. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Bengal, the capital of a 
 zemindary of the same name, 126 
 miles N. W. from Calcutta. Lat. 
 23°. 36'. N. Long. 86° 50'. E. 
 
 Packanga. — A town on the east 
 coast of the Malay Peninsula, situ- 
 ated on a river of the same name. 
 Lat. 3°. 32'. N. This was formerly 
 a place of some note, but has long^ 
 since fallen to decay, owing to its 
 being dependent on Rhio, where 
 most of the eastern trade was carried, 
 until it fell a sacrifice to the revenge 
 of the Dutch. The town of Pac- 
 kanga is very conveniently situated 
 for trade, having a deep fresh water 
 river, capable of admitting at the 
 mouth vessels of 100 tons burthen. 
 The produce of this place is gold 
 dust, tin, and rattans. {Elmore, 
 ^■c. $i-c.) 
 
 Pad AH, {Padma).—'A town pos- 
 sessed by independent zemindars,, iu 
 
PALACHY, 
 
 635 
 
 the province of Onndwaiia, district 
 of Ganj!,(Kior, sitiialcd on tlic c'3-t 
 side oF the Soauk River, 25 miles 
 from ihe soutli frontier of Cljuta 
 Na^poor. Lai. 22°. N. Long. 81°. 
 46'. II 
 
 P\DANG. — A Dutch .settlement on 
 the west coast of Sumatra, to which 
 the factories at Fiilo Chiiico, Pria- 
 iiiaii, ami Atljcrliadja, were subordi- 
 nate. Lat. 0°. 4h'. S. Long. i)i)°. 
 65'. E. 
 
 The town of Padang lies one mile 
 witiiin the river. The land to the 
 nortliward is low towards the .sea, 
 hut m<mutainons up the country. 
 Some pepper, camphor, and benzoin, 
 are fnrnislied ; but ever si. ce the 
 establishment of the En<!,lish settle- 
 ment at JBencoolen the quantity col- 
 leelcd has been small. A consider- 
 able quantity of g-old is collected 
 here, and sent to Batavia. Near to 
 Padang is a vein of g:old, v.hich lor 
 merly was worked; but not finding 
 the returns adequate to tlie expense, 
 the Dutch liast liidia Company let 
 it to farm, and it now produces little 
 or nothing. Padang was first visited 
 by the English East IndiaCompany's 
 ships in lf>49, at which time it was 
 not occupied by the Dutch. 3Iars- 
 de)i, Elmore, Bruce, ^t.) 
 
 Padooah. — A town belonging to 
 the Nagpoor Rajah, in the province 
 of Gundwana, 78 miles N. AV. from 
 the city of Naapoor. Lat. 21°. 53'. 
 N. Long. 78°. 52'. E. 
 
 Paga.hm. — A town in the Birman 
 empire, situated on the east side of 
 the Irawaddv River. Lat. 21°. 9'. 
 N. Long. 94°. ;W. E. In remote 
 times this city was the residence of 
 a long dynasty of kings, and is still 
 famous for its numerous temples, to 
 count which is among the prover- 
 bial impossibilities of the Birmans. 
 Scarcely any thing now remains of 
 ancient Pagahm,e\cept its numerous 
 mouldering temples, and the vestiges 
 of an old brick fort, the ramparts of 
 which are still to be traced. In the 
 b;izar the stalls are well provided 
 with rice, pulse, gteens, garliek, 
 onions, and tiuit; besides trcsh iish, 
 3 
 
 guapce (putrid sprats), and de d li- 
 zards, which latter the Birmans ac- 
 count a great delicacy yvhen yvell 
 cooked ; but the markets contain uo 
 butcher's meat. 
 
 This place is said to have been 
 the residence of 45 successive mo- 
 narchs, and abandoned 500 years 
 ago, ii! consequence of a di\inc ad- 
 monition. Its remains \no\e it to 
 ha\e been a place of no ordinary 
 splendour. Many of the most an- 
 cient tenqdes at this place are not 
 sohd at the bottom. A well-arched 
 dome su[)pf>rts a ponderous super- 
 structure, wiliiin which an image of 
 Gaudma sits enslirim d. His gene- 
 ral posture is sitting on a pedestal, 
 adorned with representations of the 
 facredleafofthe lotus — the left hand 
 resting on the lap, and the right pen- 
 dant- (Sjjmcs, Si'c.) 
 
 PaixomJei'NG. — A castle in Tibet, 
 lofiily situated on a perpendicular 
 rock, washed by a river which flows 
 at its foot. Lat. 29°. N. Long. 
 89°. 10'. E. Below the castle is a 
 bridge of rough stones, upon nine 
 piers of very rude structure. TheTi- 
 betians invariably place their strong 
 buildings upon rocks, aiid most of 
 the monasteries have similar foun- 
 dations. {Turne-r, iVc.) 
 
 Paitan. — A district on the N. E. 
 coast of Borneo, containing a bay 
 and river of the same name. It is 
 remarkable (or the abundance of 
 camphor; and also yields clove, bark, 
 and plenty of hssang. The bay i.^ 
 very lull of shoals, and the ^oast on 
 both sides extremely foul. There is 
 a creek leading from Paitan into a 
 large bay, between it and jNlalloodoo 
 Bay, of which are many islands 
 nmeh incumbered with shoals. The 
 islands and shoals in this part of the 
 Eastern Seas are beyond nun)bcr. 
 ( Dttlripnple, ^-c.) 
 
 Palachy, (Pahsi). — A town in 
 the province of South Coimbetoor, 
 containing about 300 liouses and a 
 small temple, w ith a small I'ort adja- 
 cent, 121 miles S. by E. from Sering- 
 apalam. Lat. 1 1°. 47'. N. Long. 
 77°. b'. E. Erom hence the .streams 
 
636 
 
 PALEMBANG. 
 
 nui east and west to the Coroman- 
 dcl and Malabar coasts. 
 
 In tliis vicinity, in tiie year 1800, 
 a pot was du'j; np containing a great 
 man\ Roman coins of Angnstus and 
 Tiijcrins. Tluy were of two kinds, 
 but all of the same value, each 
 weighing 56 grains. 
 
 Palamcot TA, (PalJi)icatta). — A 
 town in the Carnatic, 125 miles 
 S. S. W. from Madras, and 42 miles 
 S. S. W. from l^ondiclierry. l^at. 
 11"^. 26'. N. I.ong. 79°. 42'! V.. 
 
 Palamcotta. — A town in the pio- 
 Tince of Tiimevelly, 55 miles E.N.E. 
 tioni Cape Comorin. Lat. 8°. 42'. 
 Long. 7;°. 50'. E. 
 
 Palamow. — A hilly and jnugly 
 district in the province of Eahar, si- 
 tuated between the 23d and 25fh 
 degrees of north latitude. (.)n (he 
 north it is bounded by Khotas; on 
 the south and west by dillcrcnt wild 
 districts in the provime of Gund- 
 wana; and on the east by Kamgur. 
 This is one of the least cultivated 
 and most thinly inhabited territories 
 in the Coniftany's dominions, a great 
 proportion of iiie land consisting of 
 hills covered with jungle. The soil 
 ill many parts is strongly impreg- 
 nated with iron. The principal 
 towns are Palamow aiul Jaynagnr; 
 there are no rivers of any consider- 
 able size, but many small streams. 
 
 Palamow. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Bahar, 135 miles S. W. from 
 Patna, and the capital of a district 
 of the same name. Lat. 23°. 52'. N. 
 Long. 78°. 10'. E. 
 
 Pa la p ETTy, (PhaUapati). — A town 
 in the district of Dindigul, 30 miles 
 north frouj the town of Dindigid. 
 Lat. 10°. 40'. N. Long. 78°. loC E. 
 
 Palar River. — This river has its 
 source in the IMysore Province, 
 among the hills of Nundyuroog, not 
 far from that of the Pennar ; the first 
 turning to the south, and the last to 
 the north. 'J'hel'adar, atler a wind- 
 ing course of about 220 miles through 
 the iMy.sore and Carnatic, falls into 
 the sea near Sadras. 
 
 Palawan Islk. — A large island 
 jn the Eastern Seas, extending be- 
 
 tween the northera extremity of 
 Borneo, with which and the Phi- 
 lippines it forms an extensive chain 
 of islands. Its extreme length may 
 be estimated at 275 juilcs, and the 
 average breadth about 32 miles. 
 
 Tlie country is described as being 
 plain and i!at to the bottom of the 
 hills, 'i'hc productions are cowries, 
 wax, tortoise-shell, and sea slug, or 
 biche de mar, the last being abund- 
 ant. There is much ebony and laka 
 wood; and it is said there are hot 
 springs and mines of gold. The west 
 side is chieHy inhabited by a savage 
 people, who seldom frecjuent the 
 coast. 'J'he greater part of this 
 island was formerly under the domi- 
 nion of the Sooloos, but is little 
 known to Europeans. {Dalrymple, 
 
 Palcote, (Palacata). — A town in 
 the province of Bahar, district of 
 Chuta Nagpoor, 220 miles W. by N. 
 from Calcutta. Lat. 22°. 58'. N. 
 Long. 85°. E. 
 
 Palee, (Pnli). — A town in the 
 Nabob of Oude's territories, 20 miles 
 N. E. ti-om Eurru(>kabad. Lat, 27° 
 32'. N. Long. 79°. 49'. E. 
 
 Palemcang. — A district on the 
 north-eastern coast of Sumatra, ex- 
 tending along a river of the same 
 name, which rises within two days 
 journey of ikncoolen, and runs 
 nearly across the island. Opposite 
 to the town of Palcmbang and the 
 Dutch factory it is uj>\vards of a mile 
 in breadth, and is conveniently na- 
 vigated by vessels, whose depth of 
 water does not exceed 14 feet. 
 
 'I'he port is nuich frequented by 
 trading vessels, chieCiy from .lava, 
 Bally, jMadura, and Celebes, which 
 bring rice, salt, and cloths, the nia- 
 nufactine of those islands. "With 
 opium, the piece goods of India, and 
 Jluropean coiuniodities, it is sup- 
 plied by the Dutch from Batavia, 
 and by interloj)ers. "J'hesc in return 
 receive pei)per and tin, whicli for- 
 merly were niotiopolized by the 
 Dutch East India Company. The 
 quantify of pepper thus furnislied 
 was from one to two millions of 
 
PALICAUDCHERRY 
 
 pounds per annum, niul of <in alxuit 
 two millions; oiio-third of wliicli was 
 slii])po(l at Hatavia for Ifollaiid, and 
 the remainder sent to China. 'I'his 
 tin is tlie jirodiiee of llie Islan/i of 
 l?anea, situated at tlie niouih of tiie 
 river, whieh may bo considered as 
 an entire hill of tin sand. 
 
 'J'he lower j)arts of tlie Faiemhan^ 
 eonntry are flat marshy Jaiids, neiK- 
 rally understooil io have l/een for- 
 merly covered by the sea. 'I'lie pep- 
 per is cultivated in the interior, which 
 the king's ap:ei!ts purchase; at a 
 cheap rate — the trade in these parts 
 being usually monopolized by the 
 sovereign. In return he supplies the 
 country people with opium, salt, and 
 piece goods. 'I'he dominions of this 
 prince formerly reached ;is iar as thi; 
 hills of Lampong to the southward. 
 The interior parts are di\ided into 
 districts, each of which is assignetl 
 as a feif 01' government to one of the 
 royal family or nobles. 'I'he present 
 rulers and great part of the inhabit- 
 ants came from .lava, but Palem- 
 bang is supposed, by the best au- 
 thorities, to have been tne original 
 country of the Malay race. The 
 domestic attendants on the prince 
 are, for the nu)st part, fenndcs. 
 
 'I'lie policy of the Palcmijang sul- 
 tans, who were themselves strangers, 
 having always been to encourage 
 foreign settlers, tlie city and lower 
 parts of the river are, in a grcjit 
 measure, peopled with natives of 
 China, Cochin China, Cambodia, 
 Siam, Patani, Java, Celebes, and 
 other eastern places. The iMaiiom- 
 niedan religion prevails throughout 
 all the dominions <if l'al(;inbang, 
 ■with the exception of a district near 
 the sea-coa.4t, where the natives live 
 like wild animals. The language of 
 tlie king and his conrt is the high 
 dialect of .lavan, mixed with some 
 foreign idioms; that of general in- 
 tercourse is the Malay. 
 
 In 1812 the town and district of 
 Paleuibaiig were taken possession of 
 by the British forces. {liJaisdcn, Vc) 
 
 Palemiiano. — A town in tlie 
 Islaud of Sumatra, the capital of n 
 
 6.37 
 
 Lau 
 
 province of tlic same name. 
 2°.48'. S. Long. 104°. .50'. l\. 
 
 This town is situated on a flat 
 marshy tract, a few miles above the 
 Delta of the river, about 60 miles 
 from the sea, and yet so lap|:from the 
 mountains of the interior, that they 
 are not visible. It extends about 
 eight miles along botii banks. The 
 buildings, witli the excej)tion of the 
 king's palace and mosque, are all of 
 wood or bamboos, staniling on j)osts, 
 and mostly covered with palmyra 
 leaves. 'I'hcre are also a number of 
 floating habitations, mostly shops, 
 upon bamboo rafts moored to [)ile.s, 
 which are movcMl witii the tide wJieii 
 required. The adjacent conntiy be- 
 ing o\crllowed duriirg high tides, 
 almost all the communication is car- 
 ried on Mith boats. 
 
 The king's palace being snrround- 
 ed with a high wall, nothing is 
 known to Europeans of its interior. 
 Ad;oiuing, on the lower side, is a 
 strong, sfpiare-rool'ed battery com- 
 manding the river. 'J'he royal moscpie 
 stan<ls behind tiie palace ; and, from 
 the style of architecture, appears to 
 liave been conslructcd by an Eu- 
 ropean. {Marsclen, S)-c.) 
 
 Palemerdy. — A town in tlie 
 Southern Carnatic, district of jNJa- 
 dnra, 31 miles S. E. from the town 
 of Madura. Lat. 9°. 26'. N. Long. 
 78°. 23'. E. 
 
 Pa LOUNGE. — A town (formerly 
 fortilied) in the province of Ijahar. 
 district of Moiighir, 122 miles S. l), 
 from Patna. Lat. 24°. 5'. N. Long. 
 m°. 15'. E. 
 
 Palicai'dcherry, ( Pdh'g-haut). — 
 A town in the ])rovinee of Malabar, 
 110 miles .south from Serini!:apatain. 
 Lat. 10°. 50'. \. Long. 7G°. oo'. J'!. 
 
 'Ihe fort was built by llyder on 
 his conquest of Malabar, in the 
 country called Paligatsherry, wliich 
 then belonged to the Sheknry lUtjah, 
 one of the petty Malabar chiefs. 
 Around the fort are scattered many 
 desa.s (estates), tillages, ajid ba/ars, 
 all together conlainiiig a, consider- 
 able population ; but there is very 
 little appearance of a town. This 
 
(j.38 PA LP AH. 
 
 small district, in tlie year 1800, is an extensive plain, little cultivated, 
 
 contained the following' number of and afibidiug indittercnt pasturage 
 
 houses: for cattle. 
 
 Occupied by the families of Palhahnpoor. — A town in the 
 
 rajahs ------- 42 proiince of Gujrat, district of Da n- 
 
 By Christians 13 dar. Lat. 24°.' 44'. N. Long. 72° 
 
 By Mahommedans - - - 1,469 35'. E. Tiuough this place is one of 
 
 13y Namburies (Brahmins of the roads from Cutch and Gujrat to 
 
 high caste) ----- 137 Upper Hindostan. 
 
 By Puttar Brahmins - - - 3.309 Palks Straits. — An arm of Ihe 
 
 By Nairs ------ 4,29-2 sea, wliich separates Ceylon from the 
 
 By arlificers and tradesmen 2,329 Coast of Coromandel, and so named 
 
 By Shanars or Tiars (culti- after a Dutchman, who first attempt- 
 
 vators) ------ 4,287 ed the passage. 
 
 By fishermen ----- 539 Palla Isle. — A small island in 
 
 By people of Karnata, or the Eastern Seas, about six miles in 
 
 Chera ------- 5,054 circumference, situated to the south 
 
 of Sangir. Lat. 3°. 5'. N. Long. 
 
 Total houses 21,473 125°. 30'. E. It is inhabited and 
 
 cultivated. 
 
 Containing free inhabitants 106,500 Palleeangan Isle. — A small, 
 
 Add Chumar, or slaves - 16,574 low, woody island, one of the Sooloo 
 
 Archipelago, having a salt water 
 
 Total population 123,074 lake in the coitre. 
 
 Palnaijd, { Palanatha). — A dis- 
 
 exclnsive of military, camp follow- trict in the Carnatic, situated prin- 
 
 ers, travellers, vagrants, Sec. cipally between the 16th and 17tli 
 
 The part of this district occupied degrees of north latitude, "i his dis- 
 
 by thick forests, and uninhabited, trict belongs 1o the Carnatic, al- 
 
 is very extensive. These forests though placed towards the Krishna 
 
 possess a great advantage in being River to the westof Guistoor, in the 
 
 intersected by several branches of Northein Circars The chief towns 
 
 tl.ie Paniani River ; by which, in the are Macherla, Timerycotta, and 
 
 rainy reason, the timber may be Currumcouda. This district was 
 
 floated to the sea. About 45,000 finally acquired from the Nabob of 
 
 cubical feet of teak may be procured the Carnatic in IHOI, and is now 
 
 annually, but it can only be done comprehended in the collectorship 
 
 with the assistance of a large body of (juntoor. It has not yet been 
 
 of trained elephants. permanently assessed for the re- 
 
 The Paiighaut district was ceded venue. 
 
 to the British by Tippoo, at the Palpak. — A small district in 
 
 peace of 1792, when its revenues Northern Hindostan suijject to the 
 
 were valued at 88,000 pagodas. {F. Ghoorkhali Rajali oi" Nepaul, and 
 
 Buchanan, ?fc.) situated between the 281 h and 29th 
 
 Palkah, (Pff7/c«). — A small town degrees of north latitude. To the 
 in the Seik tenitoncs, in the pro- south it is separated from the pro- 
 vince of Lahore, 112 miles N. E. vince of Oude by eKtensi\e woods 
 from the city of Lah(»re. Lat. 32°. and forests, placed at the bottom of 
 6b'. N. Long. 75°. 13'. E. the irregular mass of bills, which 
 
 Palenga. — A village in the pro- compose the surlacc oi' this and all 
 
 ■vince of Sinde, situated on the route the adjacent countrj, I'h" chief 
 
 from Uyderaliad to Luckput Bun- town is Paipah, and (ho Gmiduck 
 
 der. La<. 24°. 19'. N. is the principal river. 1'he dis.rict 
 
 Close to this village are two pools forms one of the petty principalities, 
 
 of water, but the adjacent country which altogether form the country 
 
PANGOOTARRAN. 
 
 C39 
 
 of the 24 Rajahs. {Kirlipatrick, 
 ^■c. §-c.) 
 
 Palpah. — A (own iii Northern 
 Hindostan, subject to tlie Nepaui 
 Rajah, and tlie capital of Mahadut 
 Seiu. Lat. 28°. 1 1'. N. Loiij^. 8->°. 
 65'. E. 'I'liis place is situated aiiionj^ 
 the niountai'is, the Guiiduck River 
 passing below, {Kirkpatrick, ^t.) 
 
 Palrf.e. — A \illase in the pro- 
 vince of Gujrat, near the western 
 boundary, and situated between 
 Therah and 'I'heraud. 
 
 The country from hence to Rhun- 
 teela is a contiiuied succession of 
 hiil and dale, covered with thick 
 jungle, and wholly uncultivated. 
 The jungle consist of the baubool, 
 bone, a green bush resembliiig the 
 briar, and long grass, which grows 
 lip to the branches of the trees. The 
 little hills are formed entirely' of 
 sand, and very loose. Palree be- 
 longs to the Rajah of Deodhur, and 
 at present contains about 250 huts, 
 principally inhabited by Rajpoots. 
 
 Pamper. — A town in the province 
 of Cashmere, district of Vehy, si- 
 tuated on the north side of the Jhy- 
 lam River. Lat, 34°, 19'. N. Long. 
 73°. 13'. E. 
 
 Panagur, — An extensive village 
 in the province of Malwah, district 
 of Gurrah, 115 miles south from 
 Chattel-poor. Lat. 23°. 20'. N. Long. 
 80°. 15'. E. 
 
 Panamao Isle. — One of the Plii- 
 lippines, about 45 miles in circum- 
 ference, and situated between the 
 11th and 12th degrees of nortli lati- 
 tude. 
 
 Panaroocan. — A town in the 
 north-eastern exireniityof the island 
 of Java, formerly the capital of an 
 ancient principalitj-, but now subject 
 to the Dutch. Lat. 7°. 40'. S. Long. 
 114°. E. 
 
 The fort here is a scpiare, built 
 with pallisades and planks, decayed 
 with age, mounting four Iwo-ponnd- 
 ers, and surro\inded by a wide ditch 
 ftdl of water, and situated in a 
 marshy plain, three quarters of a 
 mile from the sea-coast. It is usu- 
 ally gairisoned by invalids, who live 
 
 well on their pay hero ; fish, jioultry, 
 and rice bein^ elieap and abujidaiit. 
 
 The town is placed in the Straits 
 of Madura, on a river, which emp- 
 ties itscll' by several branches into 
 tlie sea, none of which are navi- 
 gable, even for canoes, except during 
 high floods. I'rom the fort here, 
 when the weather is clear, Samanap, 
 in the Island of Madtua, may be 
 discerned. The Chief of Panaroo- 
 can is a Chinese, who lives in a large 
 wooden house, and entertains in the 
 European style. {Tomhe, Vc.) 
 
 Panchuekarah. — A town and 
 small district in the province of 
 Cashmere. Lat. 34°. 32'. N. Long. 
 75°. E. It is described by Abul 
 Fazel as a place of great sanctity, 
 and dependant on I neej, and that 
 it had formerly been a large citj'. 
 
 Pandiwaua. — A small village in 
 the })rovince of Gujrat, district of 
 Werrear, beloiiging, in equa^ shares, 
 to the Jhingwara state and the Na- 
 bob of Sonunee. Near it flows the 
 Rooiiini, which is a small stream of 
 clear but salt water. The surround- 
 iiig country is flat, open, and, when 
 well cultivated, productive. 
 
 Pandar. — A small town in the 
 Seik territories, in the province of 
 Lahore, 132 miles N. E. from the 
 city of Lahore. Lat. 33°. 17'. N. 
 Long. 75°. 16'. N. 
 
 Pangansane Isle. — An island in 
 the Eastern Seas, situated off tliQ 
 south-eastern extremity of Celebes, 
 about the 5th degree of south lati- 
 tude. In length it may be estimated 
 at 52 miles, by 16 miles the average 
 breadth. Part of this island is very 
 low, level, and. covered with fme 
 trees; and it is also, in general, 
 well peopled. 
 
 pANGoorAURAN. — A suiall island 
 in the Eastern Seas, oiieof the Soo- 
 loo Archipelago, about 10 miles long, 
 bv four tlic average breadth. Lat. 
 6°. 9'. N. Long. 120°. -JO'. E. 
 
 This island is an entire bed of co- 
 ral rock, with scarce any appear- 
 ance of soil on it ; yet it abouds with 
 cocoa nut trees, which are tall asid 
 fruitful, and of great use to the in- 
 
640 
 
 PANIANY. 
 
 liabitaiitR, rs tlie island is doslilutc 
 ot" g-dod fresh water. NotTvitlislaud- 
 ing- Ihe dciiciciicy of good water, 
 aud scareity of soil, this island has 
 plenty of cattle, goats, and fowls, 
 and is tolerably well inhahikd. It 
 was formerly settled by the Spa- 
 niards, who left a large breed of 
 hogs here. Some of the chief per- 
 sons' houses arc built on four trees, 
 lopped oil for posts; aiul perhaps 
 something of this kind may have 
 given rise to the reports ol' people 
 living on trees, as the trunks con- 
 tinue to Vegetate, and send forth 
 branches. {Daln/mple, ^r.) 
 
 Panha. — A village, tribtitaiT to 
 theNcpaul rajahs, in the provir.ce 
 of Sciinagur, containing 40 or 50 
 huts, situated abcuit 100 feet above 
 the base of a mountain. Lat. 30°. 
 18'. N. Long. 79°. 10'. E. 
 
 Six miles to the south of this j)lacc 
 are the lead aiid copper mines of 
 Dhanpoor, v.hieh are farmed lor 
 4000 rupees jier annum. I'lom two 
 to 300 people arc employed the 
 whole year in smelting the ore, the 
 process of which is very simple. It 
 is performed by pounding the ore, 
 and making it up with cow dung 
 into balls, Mhich are put into a fur- 
 nace sufllciently heated to jnoduce 
 a fusion of the metal. About eight 
 miles to the north, on the opposite 
 hills, are the copper mines <;f hug;- 
 poor, which are the richest in the 
 Scrinagur province, but vhich are 
 notAVorked on account of the capital 
 tlicy would lequhe, and the unset- 
 tled state of tlie Ghoorkhali govern- 
 ment of Nepaul. {Napcr, cVc.) 
 
 Panca Point. — A renuukable 
 point in the Island of Java, situ- 
 ated at the north-eastern exliemity, 
 at the mouth of the western entrance 
 of the Straits of Madura. 
 
 At this place Java and European 
 pilots arc stationed, who, as soon as 
 vessels sue discovered standing for 
 the channel, go before to pilot them 
 toGressec and .SourwMiaya. Refresh- 
 ments of every kind may, at the same 
 time, be procured from the masters 
 and crews of the pilot boats, aud at 
 
 moderate prices. The Dutch niain- 
 tain here asmall military guard (or the 
 protection of their ilag. {Tcmhc, S-c.) 
 
 Paniany. — A sea-port town in the 
 province of Malabar, 40 miles S. by 
 E. from Calicut. Lat. 10°. 44' N. 
 Long. 76°. E. This place is called 
 by the natives Pnnang Wacul, aud 
 contains above 500 houses, belong- 
 ing to traders, 40 mosipies, and at 
 least 1000 huts, inhabited by the 
 lower orders of the people. It is 
 very irregularly built, but many of 
 the houses are two stories higl), built 
 of stone, and thatclied with cocoa 
 nut leaves. The huts are inhabited 
 by boatmen and lishermeu, who were 
 formerly Mucuas, a low caste of 
 Hindoos, but they have now all em- 
 braced the faith of Maliomnied. 
 
 The town is scattered over a 
 sandy ]>lain, on the south side of a 
 liver, which desct nds from Anima- 
 laya, and enters the sea by a very 
 wide channel. The mouth, how- 
 ever, is shut by a bar, which only 
 admits boats to enter. The trading^ 
 boats arc called pattemars, and on 
 an average carry 50,000 cocoa nuts, 
 or 1000 muddies of rice, equal to 
 500 Bengal bags. About 60 years 
 ago the iMoplays of this port were 
 very rich, and possessed vessels that 
 sailed to Surat, Mocha, Madras, 
 and Bengal ; but the oppressions of 
 Tippoo Sultan reduced them to gieat 
 poverty. The exports from hence 
 are teak wood, cocoa nuts, iron, and 
 rice; the cliief imports wheat, pulses, 
 sugar, jagory, salt, cut (terra japo- 
 nica), and spices. 
 
 Paniany is the residence of the 
 tangal, or cliief p.ii jst, of the ]Mo- 
 l)hiys, who says he is descended 
 from Ali and Tatim;'., the daughter 
 of jMaliommed. Although of the 
 Mahomniedan religion, the tangul's 
 sister's son, according to the custom 
 of AJalabar, is considered as the 
 heir to this hereditary dignity. These 
 people are called Moplayar in Ma- 
 labar, and Lubbaymar at Madras ; 
 but, among themselves, they ac- 
 knowledge no other name than that 
 of Mussulmauns, or Maliommcd- 
 
PANNIPUT. 
 
 641 
 
 ans. Being of AiaLic extraction, 
 they consider themselves of more 
 honourable birth than the Tartar 
 Malionimcdaus, who are of the con- 
 trary opinion. The Arabians set- 
 tled in India soon after tlie promul- 
 gation of the faitli of IMahonuncd, 
 and liave made very numerous cou- 
 \crts ; yet, in many families of dis- 
 tinction, the Arab blood stemi still 
 uncontaminated. 
 
 The Moplays use a written ejia- 
 racter peculiar to themselves, and 
 totally different from the present 
 Arabic, which language is known 
 to very few of them except their 
 priests. Ihe Moplays of Alalabar 
 arc both traders and farmei"s; the 
 Lubbaymare of Madras confine 
 themselves to the former profession. 
 As traders, they are a remarkably 
 quiet, industrious people ; but some 
 of them in the irterior, having Ijceu 
 encouraged by Tippoo in a most li- 
 centious attack on the lives, per- 
 sons, and property of the Hindoos, 
 became a set of fii rce, bloodthirsty, 
 bigotted ruffians ; which disposition 
 the British government had consi- 
 derable difficulty in reforming. Prior 
 to this the Moplays had no au- 
 thority excej)! in the small district 
 of Canauore, even over their own 
 sect, but were entirely subject to 
 the Hindoo chiefs, in whose domi- 
 nions they resided. Tippoo's code 
 of laws was never known beyond 
 the limits of Calicut. ]>uring this 
 period of total anarchy ihe number 
 of Moplays was greatly increased; 
 multitudes of Hindoos were circum- 
 cised by force, and many of the 
 low er orders converted. 
 
 In religious matters the tangul is 
 the head of the sect, and the office 
 is hereditary in the female branch. 
 The mos(jucs are very niunerous, in 
 each of which presides an imaum, 
 or moullah, appointed by the tan- 
 gul, who usually bestows the office 
 on his sister's son, the heir of the 
 person who last held the office. {F. 
 Jiiwhaiian, ^c) 
 
 Panniput, {Paiiipati). — A town 
 iu the province of Delhi, 50 miles 
 
 2 T 
 
 N, by W. from the city of Delhi. 
 Lat. 29°. 23'. N. Long. 76°. 5lf. E. 
 In its greatest extent tliis place is 
 about fotir miles in circumiereuce, 
 and was formerly surrounded by a 
 brick wall, which partly rejnains. 
 In the centre is the shrine of a Ala- 
 hommedan devotee, named Shah 
 Shercef ud Decn Abu AliCuliinder, ^ 
 whose death hiippened in the 7'i4tli * 
 year of the Hijerah. The import* 
 ito this place are salt, grain, and cot- 
 ton cloth ; the surrounding country 
 produces and exports coarse sugai". 
 
 I'annipul is famous for having 
 been tlie scene where two of tiie 
 greatest battles ever fought iu India 
 look place, both decisive of the sway 
 of Hiudostan. The lirst was in tlje 
 year A. D. 1525, between the army 
 of Sultan Baber and that of thu 
 Delhi Patau Emperor Ibrahim Lodi, 
 in which the latter w as slain, and his 
 army totally discomfited. With liini 
 the Patau dynasty of Lodi termi- 
 nated, and tixe Mogul one of i'iuiour 
 commenced. 
 
 'Ihe second took place in 1761, 
 between the combined ]\iahoin- 
 medan army, commanded by Ahmed 
 Shah Abdalli, the sovereign of Ca- 
 bul, and that of the Maharattas, 
 commanded by the Bhow Sedasiva. 
 'J'he Mahomincdan army consisted 
 altogether of 42,000 horse and 38,000 
 foot, besides camels, and between 
 70 and 80 pieces of cannon. These 
 were the regular troops ; but the ir- 
 regulars, who accompaniotl them, 
 were sometimes more uuiuerous. 
 The Doorranies of Cabul, who were 
 the strength of the army, being 
 about 29,000, were ail men of great 
 bodily vigour, and tlieir horses of 
 the J'urkish breed, and very hardy. 
 
 Tiic regulars of the Aiaharatta 
 army consisted of 65,000 hor.se and 
 lo,'K)0 foot, with 200])ieces of can- 
 non, and camel pieces and roekela 
 without luimber. Besides the regu- 
 lar troops, there were 15,000 pinda- 
 ries (plunderers), and the camp fol- 
 lowers may be estimated at foux 
 times the innnbcr of the regulars. 
 
 The armies continued iu froflt of 
 
1 
 
 642 
 
 PANWELL. 
 
 each other from the 26th of OcIoIkt, 
 1760, to tlic 7th of Jaiuiai-y, 1761, 
 diiriiii!; ^vhich interval of time miiiiy 
 bloody skirmishes took place, which 
 ceiierally t<rminatcd in favour of the 
 Diirranii's. At the last-nieiitior.ed 
 pciiod, the INIaharatta army b iiig 
 reduced to the greatest distress lor 
 tlie Maul of supplies the Ijiiow de- 
 lermined to quit his iDfrcnelinients, 
 and give battle. 'I'he action eouli- 
 iiued nearly equal from morniuf^ un- 
 til noon, al)0ut m hich time lUswass 
 liow, the Pcslnva's son, a youth of 
 17, was mortnlly wounded, Avhi<h 
 appears to hc'ive decided the fate of 
 the battle, as the Maharattas then 
 fled in all directions, pursued by the 
 victors, who g^ave no quarter in the 
 heat of the pursuit. 
 
 ( »f all descriptions, men, women, 
 and children, there were said to 
 liave been 500,000 in the jNIaharatla 
 camp, of whom the greatest part 
 were killed or taken prisoners ; and 
 of those who escaped from the field 
 of battle, many were destroyed by 
 the zemindars. Abort 40,000 pri- 
 soners were taken alive; those who 
 fell into the hands of the Durranies, 
 were mostly murdered afterw ards by 
 them, alledging, in jest, as an ex- 
 cuse, that when they left their own 
 country, their motheis, sisters, and 
 wives desired, that, when they de- 
 feated the unheliever.s, they would 
 kill a few of them on their account, 
 that they als(j might possess a merit 
 in the sight of the pro|)het. 
 
 The commander in chief of the 
 Maharattas, Sedasiva Bhow, was 
 jjrobahly killed in the battle, but 
 this was never to a cert;iinty esta- 
 blished. Many years afterwards, 
 about 1779, a person appeared at 
 Benares, who said he was the Bhow, 
 and some of the Maharattas ac- 
 knowledged his claim, while others 
 treate<l him as an impostor, which 
 he probably was. (Asiatic Researches, 
 Ferishta, G. Thomas, ^c.) 
 
 Pannah, {or Puma). — A town in 
 the province of Allahal>ad, 30 miles 
 S. E. from Cliatterpoor. Lat. 24°. 
 43'. N. Long. 80°. 17'. E. 
 
 This place is situated above the 
 Ghauts, or beyond that range of 
 mountains extending from Bhotas to 
 the confines of Ajmeer, on which 
 stands Callinjer, from wlieucc Pan- 
 nah is distant 20 miles. 
 
 In the neighbourhood are the 
 valuable and celebrated diamond 
 niiiu's, supposed to have been the 
 Panassa of I tolomy. During tlic 
 reign of Acber they were estimated 
 at eight lacks of rupees annually, 
 and they also formed a considerable 
 source of public revenue, as well as 
 of mercantile profit, during the go- 
 vern uient of the native chiefs of 
 Bundelcund, and of Ali Bahadur, 
 its last JMaharatta conqueror. During 
 the reign oi Rajali Chuttersal (about 
 1750), the duties le\iedat Pannah, 
 and the profits accruing to govern- 
 ment I'rom these diamond mines, 
 were estimated at four lacks of ru- 
 pees jjer annum ; but we have no 
 detailed description of them of re- 
 cent date. As they are now com- 
 j)rehcnded within the Biitish terri- 
 tories, it is to be hoped this want 
 will not be long unsupplicd. {MSS. 
 isc. kc.) 
 
 Panter Isle. — An i>iland in the 
 Eastern Seas, separated from that of 
 Loblem by the Straits of Aloo, and 
 situated between the eighth and 
 niiitli degrees of north latitude. In 
 length it may be estimated at 30 
 miles, by 12 the average breadth. 
 
 Pantuu.a. — A small village, with 
 a church, in the Island of Ceylon, 
 sittiated about 18 miles to the south 
 of Columbo. Lat. 6° 50'. N. Long. 
 79°. 53'. E. 
 
 Panwell. — A town in tlic pro- 
 vince of Aurungabad, 27 miles E. 
 from Bombay. Lat, 19°. N. Long-. 
 73°. 13'. E. 
 
 'I'he River Pan flows up to it seven 
 miles from the harbour ; but, during 
 the prevalence of the south-westerly 
 winds, the passage to Bombay is te- 
 dious and inicertain. 'l"he ruins of 
 a small fort still remains at the en- 
 trance, built in 1682 by the Maha- 
 ratta Hajah Sambhajee, to protect 
 the low districts in the neighbour- 
 
PAPPAL. 
 
 G43 
 
 liood from the inupfions of tlie Siil- 
 lices, tlieu in the scnico of Aurciii;:- 
 «(>ljc, who used to liuid, and burn or 
 carry off tlic rice. 'I'he town of Fan- 
 ■\vell is extensive ; and, beiiii!, w ell 
 situated, carries on a consielerable 
 trade. (3/. Graham, 31oor, Lord 
 Valentin, tVr.) 
 
 Pany Isle. — One of the Philip- 
 j)ines, situated duo south of Luzon, 
 between tlie 122d and 123d degrees 
 of east longitude. In length it may 
 be estimated at 110 miles, by 38 
 miles the average breadth. 
 
 'I'his island, wlicn viewed from 
 the sea, exhibits numerous villages 
 on tii(! declivity of the hills, the 
 houses of ^^ hich are well built, and 
 arranged with great regularity, 'i'he 
 sea-coast abounds with cocoa nut 
 trees, and in the interior are plenty 
 of wild game, such as deer, hogs, 
 and bnflaloes. Cattle and horses 
 are said to be so plenty, as not to Ik; 
 appropriated, but allowed to range 
 at pleasure. I'he air of the island 
 is nnhealthy, on account of the mo- 
 rasses and the thinness of the cul- 
 tivation. Ijike most unexplored 
 (ountries, it has the reputation 
 of containing mines of silver and 
 gold. 
 
 The i)riucipal estaldishinents of 
 the Spaniards on this island are at 
 Ilo-ilo and Antigua, on which coast 
 there is good anchorage. Antigua 
 is situalid in 1(>°. 42'. N. where the 
 an<'horage is in 10 fathoms, at a 
 considerable distance liom the shore. 
 Vessels cannot anchor here in No- 
 vember, Decend)er, and January, 
 without considerable risk, for it is 
 tlicn the winds from the S. W. and 
 W. prevail. Water is to be had 
 here liom a rivulet, and also liom a 
 ri\er, which serves as a ditch to the 
 fort, up which boats may j)roceed a 
 considerable way, but the water is 
 brackish even during neap tides. 
 Antigua, like the other Spanish set- 
 tlements, is extreuKiy ill governed 
 and defended — vessels being plun- 
 dered in the harbour by tiie pirat(;s, 
 who parry off the crews into slavery. 
 The fort is built of wood, and gur- 
 o ■^' 2 
 
 risoned by about 20 Cliristiaiis of 
 the country. 
 
 The inhabitants of this island are 
 more industrious than those of Lu- 
 zon, and manufacture, from cottou 
 and from the hbres of anotlicr plant, 
 handkerchiefs and cloths, which they 
 A\ear, and export to the neighbour- 
 ing islands. A coloured cloth, made 
 here from a plant raised on the 
 island, is much worn by females at 
 Manilla. {Sonnerat, 3fcares, S^-c.) 
 
 Pappal. — A district on the nortlt- 
 castern coast of Borneo, the limits 
 of which are Sampanniangio on th(; 
 north, and Keemannees River, in Lat. 
 6°. 30'. N. The productions of this 
 coast in general arc sago, rice, betel 
 nut, cocoa nut oil, camphor, wax, 
 some pepper, and coarse cinnamon, 
 'i'he country is populous, the inte- 
 rior particularly, which is inhabited 
 by idaan, or aborigines, as are also 
 some places on the sea-coast. 
 
 This part of Uorneo is very well 
 watered, and has the convenience 
 of many rivers navigable by boats, 
 and some even by large vessels, 
 'i'he river of Tawarran leads to the 
 lake of KeeneyEalloo, from vv hence 
 it is about 10 or 15 miles di.stant, 
 and is accessible for boats. Tam- 
 passook, Abai, i^oobook, and Am- 
 boony are small rivers in this district, 
 the borders of which arc; inhabited 
 by jMahommedaiis. Tln^ harbours 
 and rivers of Abai are superior io 
 any between Sanipanmangio and 
 I'ortgaya, and it is the only i)lace 
 where vessels can have shelter from 
 A\ csterly winds. The country here 
 abounds with grain, and, if cidti- 
 vatcd, might be made to produce 
 considerable quantities of pepper 
 and cinnamon. 
 
 'i'he Hivcr 'i'awarran is inha])ited 
 chielly by idaan, among whom a 
 few Chinese are settled. iManca- 
 boony l!i\er is inhabited by iNJa- 
 luiinmcdans, and is well .settled ; to 
 the eastward lie I'ort Cay a ami 
 some other islands, which, with the 
 slioals, lorin a harbour for small ves- 
 sels, 'i'he banks of the iiatuan, 
 Inaimam, jMangatal, Poolalau, and 
 
644 
 
 PAPUA. 
 
 Kinaroot vivcvs, are inyiaVjited by rcmarkftbly great IicigRl, such as 
 Mahommedans, and produce sago, Mount Ophir in Sumatra. The 
 rice, betel nut, cinnamon, and co- whole being covered with palm-trees, 
 coa nut oil. aiid timber of large size, the soil may 
 
 The next river to the southward be presumed naturally fertile ; but it 
 is Pangalat, which is also peopled has as yet been little disturbed by 
 by jMahoinmedans, and produces cultivation. The cocoa-nut and two 
 camphor, besides other articles. Kee- species of the bread-fruit-tree arc 
 inanees is the last river of what fotuid here, and also pine-apples and 
 formerly was the Sooloo dominions, plantains. The lioraforas of the in- 
 The inhabitants are idaan, and carry terior practise gardening, and some 
 on an extensive trade in their own sort of agriculture, as they supply 
 prows to Java, &e. The counliy, the trading Paj)uas on the coast with 
 besides a considei-able quantity of food in exchange for axes, knives, 
 coarse cinnamon, and other articles, and other kinds of coarse cutlery, 
 produces tenjoo, which is the gum Nutmeg-trees grow here in a Avild 
 of a certain tree found also in Pala- state ; but they are known not to 
 wan andMagindanao. {Dalyymple, be of the proper quality as a spice. 
 ^c. ^c.) It is said, there are no quadrupeds 
 
 i ■ on Papua, except dogs, wild cats,. 
 
 „ . ^^^ . ,^ 7 T. XI and hogs ; and that to tlie east of Gi- 
 
 PAPUA, (Tannah Papita, Papua ,^,^ „^ ^^^^^^^^ animals, of any de- 
 
 i^'^")- scription, are to be found. The 
 
 The Papuan Isles extend from the woods abound with wild hogs, which, 
 
 south end of Gilolo, and the north the natives I; ill with spears, and bows- 
 
 coast of Ceram, to the west end of and arrows. \Mth the latter they 
 
 Papua, or New Guinea; the exact are particularly dexterous, and dis- 
 
 dimensions of which have not yet charsc arrows six feet long with 
 
 been ascertained ; nor is it certain 
 that it is not a cluster of large 
 islands, iaist(;ad of one of immense 
 size. If the latter, its longitudinal 
 extent is so great, that it appears to 
 ap])ertain partly to the Asiatic Isles, 
 and partly to those of the Pacific ; 
 the inhabitants of the two extremi- 
 ties exhibiting considerable generi- 
 cal ditterences. The western is pos- 
 
 bows made of bamboo, having a 
 string of split rattan. 
 
 On the north-west coast of this 
 island, the natives build their houses 
 on posts, fixed several yards below 
 low-water mark, from which there is 
 a long stage to the land, and also 
 another towards the sea, on which 
 they haul up their canoes, Thi* 
 strange semi-aquatic mode of dwell- 
 
 sessed by the remarkable race of ing is intended to provide against 
 
 oriental negroes, while the natives 
 of the eastern approximate to the 
 ycll(Jw-coniplexioned, long-haired 
 natives of the South Sea Islands. 
 
 Like Celebes, Gilolo, and other 
 eastern isles, Papua is indented by 
 such deep bays, lliat it resembles a 
 chain of peninsulas, so near does the 
 sea approach on each side, and it is 
 only separated from New Holland 
 by a narrow strait, discovered by- 
 Captain I'linders in the fnvestigator. 
 Viewed from the sea, the coast of 
 I^i|>ua rises gradually from the shore 
 to hills of considt-rable elevation ; 
 but there are no mountains seen of 
 
 attacks both by sea aitd land ; if the 
 assault be from the first, they take 
 to the woods, and if from the last, 
 they launch their canoes, and sail 
 away. The furniture of these cabins 
 consists of a mat or two, a fire-place, 
 a cliina plate or basin, with .some 
 sago flower. The females make 
 earthen pots from clay, which they 
 burn with dry grass or light brush- 
 wood. 
 
 The Papnas on this part of the 
 coast are so far advanced in civiliza- 
 tion, as perfectly to understand the 
 nature of traffic, which they carry 
 on with the Malays and Cliinese : 
 
PAPUA. 
 
 645 
 
 but more particularly the latter, from 
 ■whom they purchase their iron tools, 
 blue and red haflas, axes, knives, 
 •china beads, plates, and basins. In 
 exchange the Chinese cany bnck 
 missoy bark, slaves, amberj^rease, 
 sea slug (biche de mar), tortoise- 
 •shell, small pearls, black and red 
 ioories, bir<ls of paradise, and many 
 other species of dead birds, which 
 the Papuas have a particular method 
 of dressing. The Dutch gov<>rn- 
 ment at Ternate do not allow the 
 Dutch burghers to trade to the coa.st 
 of New Guinea for missoy bark, the 
 powder of w Inch is much used by 
 •the Javanese for rubbing their bo- 
 dies, the discreet Chinese only being 
 allowed to prosecute this species of 
 <;ommejce. 
 
 On the north-west of Papua, 
 which is the only quarter we are 
 much acquainted with, the natives 
 wear their hair bushed out roiuid 
 their heads to the circumference of 
 two and a half and three feet ; and, 
 to make ii more extensive, comb it 
 out horizontally from their heads, 
 occasionally adorning it with fea- 
 thers. From the short, close, woolly 
 nature of an African negro's hair, 
 it could not be dressed exactly in 
 tlic same manner, as no skill could 
 make it stick out so far from their 
 heads. The men wear a thin stufi' 
 snade from the tibrcs of the cocoa 
 Jtiut tree, tied round their middle and 
 between their legs, fixing it up be- 
 hind. The females in general wear 
 Wuc Surat cloths, put on in the same 
 manner as th(^ men ; tbe children, 
 initil the age of puberty, go entirely 
 naked. Both sexes are fond <(f glass 
 or china beads, which they wear 
 round the wrist. Captain Forrest 
 says, he saw no gold ornaments 
 among the Papuas, but that they 
 declared it was to be found in the 
 hills. As among all barbarous tribes 
 the women appear to be the labori- 
 ous class. I'hey make a .sort of 
 earthen ware of clay, and mats of 
 the cocoa nut tree. 
 
 Some of the horaforas of the in- 
 terior are said to have long hair ; but 
 
 this appears doubtful, at least so far 
 as applies to the western extremity, 
 where all the inhabitaiils jct seen 
 by voyagers presented the cx]janded 
 mop head of the oriental negro. 
 The inhai)itants of the more easterly 
 parts have the character of being 
 very savage, and extremely prone to 
 war and carnage. It is said, how- 
 ever, that they deal honestly with 
 the Chinese who trade with tliem, 
 and advance them goods for se\ ei al 
 months before the returns are made. 
 The Papuas term themselvi's Igo- 
 lotc, but by the Spaniards of the 
 Philippines they are named Negritos 
 del Monte, from their colour and 
 bushy hair. They appear to be a 
 second race of aborigines in the 
 eastern isles, in several of which 
 they are still to be found, and in all 
 of which they seem originally to 
 have existed. In the more western 
 of the Papuan Isles, some of their 
 divisions have formed small savage 
 states, and made some advances to- 
 wards civilization; but the greater 
 part of them, even with the example 
 of more civilized races before their 
 eyes, have betrayed no symptoms 
 either of a taste or capacity for im- 
 provement, and continue in their 
 primitive state of nakedness, sleep- 
 ing on trees, devoid of houses or 
 clothing, subsisting on the sponta- 
 neous products of the forest, or tiie 
 precarious success of their fishing 
 and hunting excursions. The na- 
 tives of the Andaman Isles seem to 
 be of this race, as also the black 
 mountaineer tribes of the Malay pe- 
 ninsula ; but a considerable diiier- 
 ence may be discovered in the bodily 
 frames of these miserable wretches, 
 and the structure of the natives of 
 tlni Papuan Isles. The former are 
 a dwarfish, diminutive race, while 
 the latter are of a good stature :uid 
 robust, although much inferior to 
 the African negro in muscular pow- 
 ers. The skin of both is jet black, 
 but coarse and rough. Their noses 
 are ilat, mouths wide, and their li)W, 
 particularly the upper ojie, U)uch 
 swelled out. 
 
646 
 
 PARAGONG. 
 
 The oriental negroes being much 
 divided into small commuiiities or 
 families, liltle connected with each 
 otlier, their language is broken into 
 a niultitiule of dialects, which, in 
 process of time, by separation, acci- 
 dent, and oral corruption, have 
 nearly lost all resemblance. The 
 Malays of the peninsula consider the 
 language of tlie blacks of tlie hills 
 as a mere jargon, "hich can only 
 be compared to the chattering of 
 large birds ; and tlie Papuan dia- 
 lects, in many of the eastern isles, 
 are generally viewed in the same 
 light. 
 
 TJie inhabitants of the more west- 
 erly islands of the eastern Archipe- 
 lago buy the Papnas for slaves, and 
 tlic natives of the west coast of New 
 Gninea make slaves of those of the 
 oast, and sell them to strangers. The 
 latter have the gristle between the 
 Jiostiils pierced with tortoise-shell. 
 About April and IMarch the Papuas 
 of New Guinea and Sahvatty assem- 
 ble in great numbers, and make v\ ar 
 on Gilolo, Ceram, Ambojiia, Am- 
 Idoo, and as far west as Xulla 
 Ijessy. 
 
 'I'he Arabians, in their early vov- 
 ages, appear frequently to ha\e en- 
 countered the Papuas, whotn they 
 des(ribe in the most frightful co- 
 lours, and constantly represent as 
 <;aunibals. Tannah Papua was tirst 
 discovered by Europeans in 1511, 
 when it was visited by Antonio Am- 
 breu and liancis Serrano. I'roni 
 Ihe Portuguese names given to cer- 
 tain harbours, bays, and islands, on 
 the north coast of New Guinea, it 
 Avould seem tliat nation, in former 
 times, had much frequented this re- 
 gion ; for its modern appellation it 
 is indebted to the frizzled locks of its 
 inhabitants. 
 
 \\ hen the INIoluccas were first 
 visited by the Portuguese, the inte- 
 rior was in most of them occupied 
 by this race ; but they have ever 
 since i)een rapidly decreasing, and 
 in most of the smaller islands have 
 wholly disa|)p(ared. Captain For- 
 rest endeavours to account for this 
 3 
 
 decrease, by attributing it to the 
 numerous proselytes gained to the 
 Mahomniedan faith; on which event, 
 he says, they either cut their hair off, 
 or smooth it down straight with a 
 comb : other physical properties 
 would, however, iK'tray their origin, 
 and tlie success of the last expedient 
 may reasonably be doubted. New 
 diseases, vices, and wants, the con- 
 sequence of a civilized vicinity, and 
 the being driven tiom the sea coast 
 to the unwholesome jungles and 
 swamps of the interior, supply more 
 probable causes for the gradual dis- 
 appearance of the Papuas, where the 
 jNJalays have established themselves 
 in any numbers. With the natives 
 of Papuathe British have as yet had 
 very little intercourse. In 1791, 
 when thePantherfa Bombay cruizer) 
 was off the coast of New Guinea, 
 the natives decoyed the surgeon into 
 their canoes, and murdered him ; 
 after which tlK^y discharged a shower 
 of arrows into the sliip, and woiuid- 
 ed four of the crew. They were 
 dispersed by the great guns and 
 small arms. {Forrest, Lei/den, Son- 
 nerat, <5c.) 
 
 P.AUAGONG,(P«rffn»-fl/H«). A tOWTl 
 
 in Northern Ilindostan, in the pro- 
 vince of Bootan, the capital of a dis- 
 trict of the same name. Lat. 27°. 
 43'. N. Long. 89° 21'. E. 
 
 The governor of the district, whose 
 jurisdiction is of the first importance 
 in Bootan, has his residence here. 
 It extends from the frontiers of Tibet 
 to the borders of Bengal ; to Dalim- 
 cotta adjoining the territories of the 
 Segwin, or Seecum Bajah; and it 
 comprehends the low lands at the 
 foot of the Luckidwar jNlountaiiis. 
 The palace, or castle of Paro, is 
 constructed, and the surrounding 
 ground laid out, more with a view 
 to strength and defence, than almost 
 any other place in Bootan. The A^al- 
 ley of Paro exceeds that of Tassisu- 
 don by a mile. It lies N. AV. and 
 S. E. and is irregularly intersected 
 by the river. This is almost the only 
 market in Bootan that is much lie- 
 qucuted, and it is also famous for 
 
thp niannfaoturn of iiuap;os, mid llic 
 Ibifiin}!; o!" arms. |iinfi( iilarly swoiils 
 and daa,ii<'i"s, and tlu; hurbs of ar- 
 rows. (Turner, Sr.) 
 
 V MiKV s'Tt^' .( Pfirak/i((ii(I>). — A town 
 in IIh! Maliaratla (cnil(iri<'s, in llu; 
 j))ovince of INlalwal). 7S miles north 
 IVom ( ).)iaii). Lat. '2-1°. 19'. N. Lon;;-. 
 75°. 3S'. !•;. 
 
 I' ARKiR. — A small dislricl in Hin- 
 dostan. sitnatcd alxjiil tin- 21tli de- 
 gree o!" nortli lalitudc. To the north 
 it is Ijonndcd l>v the sandy desert ; 
 on the south In Cuteh ; to the east it 
 lias (iiiirat, and on the west the pro- 
 vince of Sinde. Cominu: from (inj- 
 rat, after crossins: the I'nn, whieh 
 takes a sweep round the north of 
 Cutch, tlie Parkiir district com- 
 meiices. Sinde hei^ins aixmt ;^() miles 
 Ij; yond Taieenajjnr ; in \\ hich. as also 
 ill Weerawow, i\leer Giiolanin Ali 
 lias a detachment of 15 or 20 men, 
 w ho levy taxes on tlie zemindars for 
 their suhsistence. 
 
 Tliis comilry has heen sekloin vi- 
 sited hy Europeans, Imt is descrilied 
 by the natives as of a sandy, rocky 
 nature, indiHereiitly supplied with 
 Maf<r, and in many respects re- 
 seiiihlinp: llalliar in (injrat. C'ulli- 
 valion is carried on hy means of 
 waterprocured liom wells and tanks 
 t'loihs of diHerent descriptions, and 
 a few horses, are occasionally tinns- 
 ]R)rtid throii;;!) this ilistrict iroin 
 Ninde to (iiijrat; but on account of 
 tiie insecurity trade of all sort.-, is of 
 little amount. TheParkur territory 
 is said to ( onlaiii between 4U and .00 
 Ailla;;es; the ca|.'ital is l'areenii!;<inr, 
 couinionly called Nii^;;nr, and the 
 jesidenc(; of the Sodah JJaijtools. 
 
 Pareemin;;ur in its present state 
 contains oiilv ;jOO houses, chiedy in- 
 habited by Sodah JJajpools; the an- 
 cient population L!a\iiij;' Ions;- aban- 
 doned it on account of its turbu- 
 lence, and niiu,Tated for safety to 
 ISoanaijjnr and other places, 'i'lie 
 tow n is not fortilied ; the refuse of 
 the iiihai)itants, when any enemy 
 appears, Iteinu; a nei;4iiliouiin<; moun- 
 tain, which is represented as risin<;- 
 lo a great elevation. This uiuiintaia 
 
 PARKun. (J47 
 
 is named Calliiijer, and may be seen 
 at the distance of many miles. It is 
 covered with junj^le, and accessiide 
 only to tho.se who arc acquainted 
 with its secret paths. 
 
 The principal chieftain in the Par- 
 knr district is Pooniajee of \\('era- 
 wow, whose capital is surrounded 
 by a wall, and contains about (iOD 
 houses. His great souk^c of revenue 
 is a celebrated idol which he pos- 
 sesses, named (ioreecha, from its 
 having originally come from (!or 
 Uangalia (jnobably Gour in Bengal). 
 It is carved of marble, is (wo feet 
 high, in a sitting posture, Mith his 
 legs across 
 
 At a remote period of history 
 when Pareenuggur tli<urished, it was 
 inhabited by numerous families of 
 lianyaiis, or Shrawuks, whose tem- 
 ples were famous for their eleg:\nco 
 and sanctity, and resorted to by 
 Shrawuks from ever\ quarter, to pay 
 their devotions at the shrines of Go- 
 reeeha and Mandow Kay, who were 
 considered as biotlicrs. During the 
 confusion and anarchy that followed 
 the .Maiiommedan iii\asions, Man- 
 dow' Pay feli into the hands of a 
 body of Purmar ilajpoots, who re- 
 moved from Parkur to Mooter in 
 Chalawar, where they built a mag- 
 nificent temple for Mandow IJay, in 
 vv lich he siill resides. Goreecha, 
 during the disorder, was seized on 
 by a I'ajpoot family, and concealed 
 in the sand hills which lie to the 
 N. W. of Parkur. Some years alter- 
 wards, when the iuiiiience of (he 
 .^ridiomnicdans of Sinde had de- 
 clined, and the Sodah Pajpools had 
 regained the •i.sceudaney, Goreecha 
 was reproduced, and the mwsofhis 
 safety attracted Shraw iiks from every 
 region to pay their devotions io him ; 
 for permission to do which the jios- 
 .ses.sor levied a heavy (ine, which the 
 Hanjans consented to pay. Subse- 
 quent to this period the idol passed 
 from hand to hand, and is at present 
 in the ])ossession of Pooiijajee of 
 \\ eerawovv. whose grandlather Sut- 
 tajee stole him from a Kajpoot of 
 Parcenagur. 
 
648 
 
 PARUPANADA. 
 
 The pilgrimages to this Hindoo 
 deity are made in caravans of many 
 thousand persons, who have agents 
 at Rahdnnpoor, who settle before- 
 hand with the different Coolee chiefs 
 for a safe conveyance to the spot 
 w^here the idol is to be seen. He is 
 then dug out of the sand, and placed 
 under a gu;ird of Rajpoots with 
 drawn sabres, while the pilgrims per- 
 form their worship, and make offer- 
 ing in proportion to their circum- 
 stances. These gifts are deposited 
 in a large chest, and afterwards di- 
 vided between the Sodah Rajah and 
 his attendants. Numerous fees are 
 exacted during the ceremonies, and 
 are paid with extraordinary liberality 
 by tire votaries, who are on all other 
 occasions a most parsimonious race. 
 
 After the ceremonies have con- 
 tinued for a few days, the image is 
 privately removed, and parties of 
 horsemen gallop off in every direc- 
 tion, one of whom has charge of the 
 idol, whose actual place of conceal- 
 ment is known only to a very few 
 contidential persons. In 1809 one 
 party, or sungli, as it is called from 
 Smat, amounted to 9000, besides 
 those expected from other quarters, 
 the whole being computed at 70,000 
 persons, who were to assemble at 
 Morwarra,where the ceremony won Id 
 be performed. The rajah who pos- 
 sesses this stone frequently antici- 
 pates his revenue, and mortgages the 
 approaching fees and oHerings ex- 
 pected to be realized, for so large a 
 sum as one and a half lack of rupees. 
 P»esides the .sums levied at the place 
 of worship, all the adjacent towns 
 and chiefs extort contributions from 
 these pious devotees, who, owing to 
 their im.'nense numbers, suffer like- 
 wise maii> h;,rdshi|^s in this barren 
 region. {Macniiirdo, At.) 
 
 Parnf.lla, {Parnalaya). — A town 
 and distjict in the province of Beja- 
 poor, rei>iited one of the most healthy 
 in tiie Maharatta dominions. Lat. 
 16°. 50'. N. Long. 74°. 15'. E. P;t- 
 wanghur is the capital fortiticatinn, 
 and is a plaoc of considerable 
 eitrength. 
 
 On the 4th April, 1701, Sir Wm. 
 
 Morris, the ambassador from the 
 English East India Company (while 
 two separate and rival companies 
 existed), arrived in Aurengzebe's 
 camp, then stationed at this place ; 
 and, on the 28th, went to the au- 
 dience M ith vast pomp. He remain- 
 ed in the camp until the 5th Nov. 
 1701, endeavouring to accomplish 
 the objects of his mission, practising 
 every eastern intrigxie, and liberal 
 both of bribes and promises. He 
 was, however, completely out in- 
 trigued by the Mogul courtiers, and 
 returned much disgusted and cha- 
 grined ; the embassy from the begin- 
 ning having cost the English East 
 India Company 80,0001. an enormous 
 sum at that period. Towards the 
 conclusion of his negociation it \vas 
 intimated to him by Aurengzebe, 
 that the English best knew if it were 
 their interest to trade in his domi- 
 nions ; and if the ambassador per- 
 sisted in refusing the obligation re- 
 quired, he knew the same road back 
 to England which he had come. The 
 obligation required by Aurengzebe 
 was, that the English East India 
 Company should make good all losses 
 which his Mogul subjects might sus^ 
 tain from pirates. {Bruce, Moor, 
 
 Parsonahth, (Parswanatha). — 
 SametSieijara, called in Major Ren- 
 nell's map Parsonauth, is situated 
 among the hills between Bahar and 
 Bengal. Its holiness is held in great 
 estimation by the Jainas, and it is 
 said to be visited by pilgrims from 
 the remotest parts of India. Parswa, 
 or Parswanath, the 23d dei6ed saint 
 of the Jainas, and vvho perhaps was 
 the real founder of the sect, was 
 born in the suburbs of Benares, and 
 died at the age of 100 years on 
 Mount Sammeya, or Sauiet. {Cole- 
 brooke, <Sc.) 
 
 Parsees.— See GuJRAXaud Bom- 
 bay. 
 
 Parupanada. — A Moplay town 
 on the sea-coast of the Malabar pro- 
 vince, 22 miles south from Calicut. 
 Lat. 11°. 2'. N. Long. 75°. 65'. E. 
 
PASSAROOWAN. 
 
 649 
 
 Tliis place contains abont 700 houses 
 mostly built of stoue, and well aired, 
 and which would be conii'orlablo 
 even for Europeans. When com- 
 pared with that at Madras the surf 
 on this coast is trifling:, and except 
 whrrc rocky head lands run a little 
 way into the sea, boats of any kind 
 may without danirer land on the 
 coast. The small town of Vaypura 
 was originally called North Pariipa- 
 nada. Its situation is very fine on 
 the north side of a river where it en- 
 ters the soa. Within the river has 
 deep wat(!r, but, like all those on 
 this coast, it has a bar at the mouth. 
 At favomable seasons, vessels draw- 
 ings 14 feet water, may be floated 
 over the bar by means of casks. 
 
 From tw o <o 3000 teak trees may 
 be procured here annually. The 
 limber is cut on tiie mountains, and 
 conveyed by elephants to the part of 
 the river which, in the rainy season, 
 Las sufficient water 1o float it. Many 
 of the best trees are cut in two to 
 enable the elephants to drag them, 
 by which many oltliem are rent and 
 otherwise injured, 'leak timber of 
 an ordinary quality for ship building 
 sells at 10 rupees per 11 square feet. 
 The foot, therefore, costs from Is. 6d. 
 to 2s. and choice timber 2s. lOd. jier 
 cubical foot. At Baypoor a saw 
 mill has been erected with the view 
 of suppiv ing the dock-yards at Bom- 
 bay, but tlic moving power being 
 wind, it appears too ])recarious for 
 the !ieav-> machinery required. {F. 
 Snchamai, 4"c.) 
 
 Pasay. — A town in Sumatra, once 
 the prineipai seat of government in 
 this extix'mify of the island. It is 
 situated in a fine bay, where cattle, 
 provisions, and grain, are in plenty, 
 witli large limber fit for masts grow- 
 ing closo to the shore. 
 
 Pass AG K Islk. — A low sandy isle, 
 covered with trees, lying off the west 
 coast of Sumatra, which here forms 
 n deep bay named Baneongter, w here 
 arc sev(!ral Malay porls. Lat. 2°. 
 31'. N. Long. 97°. 55'. E. 
 
 Passaman. — A small district in 
 l^umatia, situated nearly under the 
 
 equinoctial line, formerly under tho 
 dominion of Menangcabon, but now 
 subject to the Acheenese. Formerly 
 it was a place of considerable trade, 
 and, besides a great export of pep- 
 per, received much fine gold from 
 the mountains of the Ran country, 
 lying about three days journey in- 
 land. The inhabitants of tliese moun- 
 tains are said to be Battas converted 
 to Mahommedanism, and mixed with 
 Malays. I'he greater part of the 
 gold they now collect finds its way 
 to the River Siak, and from thence 
 to the eastern side of the island and 
 the Straits of Malacca. (Marsden,S,-c.) 
 Passaroowan. — The capital of a 
 large district in the eas'.ern quarter 
 of the Island of Java, Lat. 7°. 36'. 
 S. Long. 113°. 10'. R. 
 
 'I'he town of Passaroowan is in- 
 tersected by a river which is navi- 
 gable for some leagues up the coun- 
 try for coasting vessels, and crossed 
 by a wooden bridge. A resident on 
 the pait of the Dutch government is 
 established here v\ith two subalterns 
 and a few European soldiers, with 
 some companies of Malays, to guard 
 a small stone fort erected to check 
 the natives. 
 
 In the neighbourhood are seA'eral 
 plantations of coffee and pepper be- 
 longing to the Dutch East India 
 (.'ompany, and also a yard for build- 
 ing coasting vessels of a small size. 
 Two leagues inland is a hill on which 
 all kinds of European vegetables are 
 cultivated, which degenerate sur- 
 pri.singly little. The commandant 
 or resident's house faces the brids:e, 
 and is a commodious and capacious 
 building; his appointment is one of 
 the most lucrative in Java. 
 
 Passaroow an and the adjacent dis- 
 trict of Bangel towards the coast are 
 remarkably fertile, and produce abun- 
 dant crops of rice and maize. Nu- 
 merous villages, surrounded by ba- 
 nana, cocoa nut, and papaya trees, 
 are seen scattered over the flat coun- 
 try. The Dutch here are few, but 
 the Javanese numerous, and their 
 chiel' lives in considerable splendour. 
 There arc good roads and posts es- 
 
650 
 
 PASSIR. 
 
 tablislicd alonp; the const of <1iis dis- elusive of rice, ^Iiich is very plefili- 
 
 liict, wliich is so sliallon tliat ships fill, the j)m(hicc of !hi^ coiin i-y is 
 
 arc obliocd to anchor three and (our hciizoin, iiinsk, aloes, jicpper, cassia, 
 
 jniies liom the sliorc. {Tumbe, Blig/t, and ioiig i)iitine*;s ; also \ a; ions kinds 
 
 ^c. (Vc.) of fruit, eKcellcnt mastic and other 
 
 1'a.ssir. — A town and district on gums, parlienlarlj' dragon's hlood ; 
 
 the cast coast of Poriieo. Lat. 1°. honey, fTold dust, and camphor, are 
 
 6/'. S. Im\i^. 116°. 10'. E. The town likewise to be procured, 
 
 of Passir stands about 60 miles up a The exchanj^c for the produce of 
 
 river of the same name, which has this ))iaee is siiiiiar to the oth'r parts 
 
 IG reaches, and is joined l»y live of he Aialay e<iast, viz. opium, guns, 
 
 other rivers. I'he town consists muskets, pistols gunpowder, lead 
 
 principally of 300 wooden houses on in pigs and sheets, iron and steel in 
 
 Ihc north side of the river, mostly nanow bars, hangers, knives, scissors, 
 
 inhabited by I'nggess merchants, and other cullery, cloths chintzes. 
 
 The house and wooden fort of the carpets, spectacles, looking glasses, 
 
 sultan are on the south .side. The spy glasses, clock work, ike. 'i lie 
 
 tide in Pa.ssir IJoads rises nine feet, inhabitants of Passir are very liraudu- 
 
 and runs a good way above the town, lent, and have cut olf many ships by 
 
 Over the bar, at the mouth of the treachery. In their weights ;ind ni<a- 
 
 river, there is two fathoms water snres they are unjust, and Ihcy make 
 
 with a muddy bottom. At Passir compositions to imitate some ol tiio 
 
 the houses front the river; some have n)ost valuable articles, particularly 
 
 stages or wirarfs in front, but there bars of gold, which is so artfully 
 
 are no water lanes here, as at the done that the imposition cannot he 
 
 town of Jjorneo. 'j'Jie river uj) at discovered uidess the bars are cut 
 
 the town is fresh, and often very quite through. At the mouth of the 
 
 ra))id. Passir IJiver there are many Biajoos 
 
 The air here is refreshed by cool- settled, who s!!i)sistl)y catching small 
 
 ing breezes liffin the sea, otherwise shrimps, wlii<li afer washing with 
 
 the heat would be insupportable, salt water are expo.sed to a hot sun 
 
 The country is, nevertlieless, very tintil ])utrid, and then bea' in a mor- 
 
 mihealthy, as it lies in a ilat formany tar to a paste of a strong and |)a- 
 
 jniles; is encircled with woods, and lalable taste named ballaehong. The 
 
 annually overflowed. "When the language of tiiis place is the Malay 
 
 waters retire a nuuldy slime is left mixed with n)neh Buggess. 
 
 on the surface, upon which the sun In the year 1772 an attempt Mas 
 
 shining with perpendicular rays oe- made by the I'.nglish East India 
 
 casioiis thick logs, which in the Company to establish a factory here, 
 
 rveiii:ig turn to rain, with cold ehil- whicli did not succeed. In 1774 
 
 ling winds off llic laud. Another L'I':|)reuve, a vessel belonging to the 
 
 circumstance that contributes to the 
 iinhealthiness of the air, is the great 
 lujmber of frogs and other vermin 
 left in the mud, w hieb being destrov- 
 
 King of I'rance, was treacherously 
 cut oH' here, and the crew assassi- 
 Jiated by the attendants of one of the 
 IMalay chiefs, while the latter with 
 
 cd by the heat of the suji occasion his suite was at dinner with the eap- 
 
 an intolerable st( iich. tain and olliccrs in the cabin, whom 
 
 In April the dry season begins, they stabbed on a [)reeoncertcd sig- 
 
 und continues to Septendter, during nal being given. An armed vessel 
 
 which time the wind is easterly be- manned with Euro|)eans was dis- 
 
 tween the .south coasts of Borneo j)atched next year from Chanderna- 
 
 aiid the Island of .lava; but from gore in Bengal to inflict punishment. 
 
 Ncptendur to vVpril the Minds are P.y this expedition about 300 of the 
 
 westerly, attended by violent storms natives of this part of Borneo were 
 
 of thunder, lightning, and rain. Ji\- destroyed, and a j-rcat many prows 
 
PATNA. 
 
 651 
 
 nnil vcpspIs ; hut tlic vonp;c;uiro was 
 blindly directed ; for amoiii:; the 3(H) 
 destroyed there were, prohably, very 
 lew ol' the perpetrators of the mas- 
 sacre ol' 1774. 'I'iie iiistniclions from 
 the couiieil at Chauderiiac^orc, amonjj 
 other particulars, direct the ca[)taiii, 
 " that haviiij^: seized a lunnlxr of 
 prisoners on the coast to put them on 
 shore a<;ain, after ha\ingcnt otf their 
 cars and noses, and from some also 
 one hand." {Elmore, Sonnemt, For- 
 rest, Stavoriniis, Leyxlen, Se.) 
 
 PAriSUMM.Mi. — A district in Snma- 
 Ira, which nearly bord(;rs on Kejang^ 
 sontliwards. This is an extensive 
 and eomparativcly popnlons country, 
 bonnded on the north by that of 
 Jjamattanp;, and on the S. IL. by that 
 of Lamponjj. It is governed by four 
 pangerans, who are independent of 
 «ach other, bnt acknowledge a kind 
 of sovereignty in tlie SuKun of l^a- 
 lembang. In tlie low conntrics, 
 vhcre the pepper planters reside, 
 the title of Kalippa prevails, wliieh 
 is a eorrnption of the Arabic word 
 3<halifah, signifying a vicegerent. 
 {Marsden, ^-c.) 
 
 Pata Isle. — One of the small 
 •Sooloo Islands, lying due south from 
 Sooloo. It is inliaijited, and eon- 
 tains a good stock of cattle. It also 
 contains three pits ofvery white salt- 
 l?etre earth, which yields one-eighth 
 of saltpetre, 
 
 Patan. — A town in the province 
 of Ajnirer, district of IJarowty, si- 
 tuated on the S. K. side of the Chum- 
 bnl, which is here stonv, uneven, 
 and slii)pcry. Lat. 20"° 17'. N. 
 Long. 75°. 50'. E. This town con- 
 tains a palace, and also a temple, 
 dedicated to Yishnn, erected by the 
 liajahs of lioondce. In 1790 it was 
 the head of a perguiuiab, containing 
 32 villages, half of whi( h belonged 
 toSindia, and half to llolcar. 
 
 Patatan. — A small town on the 
 N. V^^ coast of Lorneo, situated on 
 the Itiver Patatan, which lies to the 
 southward of Pulo Ciaya, and has a 
 smooth and shallow bar. 'J'lie town 
 stands three or four miles up the ri- 
 vor, and contains about 100 houses 
 
 fronting the water. Above the town 
 are many ()epper gardens b( longing 
 to the Chinese, further down the 
 coast is Papal River; the banks of 
 Mhich aboun<l so much with cocoa 
 nut trees, tliat during the floods 
 many of the rnits are carried to sea. 
 Lat. 5°. 50'. N. Long. 1 IG'^. 5'. JC. 
 (^Elmore, -St.) 
 
 Patkunostkr Isr.i'S. — A great 
 number of small rocky ides in the 
 Jvistern Isles, sunonnded by nume- 
 rous shoals, which render the navi- 
 gation extremely dangerous, and si- 
 tuated about the llfsili degree of 
 east longitude, and seventh of south 
 latitude. 
 
 Patury. — A liilly and MOody dis- 
 trict in the Nizam's territories, in the 
 province of Eerar. bounded on the 
 south by the Godav(>iy liiver, and 
 situated between the Unh and 20lh 
 degrees of north latitude. The chief 
 towns arc Patery and Ifastee. By 
 Abnl Fazel, in 1582, it is described 
 as follows : 
 
 " Sircar Pahtery, containing IS 
 niahals ; revenue, 80,705,954 dams; 
 seymghal, 11,580,9.54 dams." 
 
 Patf.ry. — A town in the Nizani'.< 
 territories, in the i)rovince of I'.erar, 
 situated on the north bank of the 
 (iodavery River, 78 miles S. E. from 
 Aurnngabad. Lat. 19°. lb'. N. 
 Lontr. 77°. 8'. E. 
 
 P ATG o Nc , ( Putraffrawft). — A town 
 in tlie province of Jkngal, district of 
 Rungpoor, 38 miles N. \. \\\ from 
 Rungpoor. Lat. 26°. 18'. i\. Long. 
 88°. .'iS'. E. 
 
 Patincor. — A town in the .Soutli- 
 ern Caruatic, district of Marawas, 
 30 miles E. S. E. from Madura. Lat. 
 9°. 41'. N. Long. 78°. 35'. E. 
 
 Patna, (Padmnvati). — A large 
 city in the province of IJahar. of 
 M'hich it is the capital. liat. 2.0°. 
 37'. N. Long. 85°. 15'. V,. This 
 j)lace is situat<d on the south side of 
 the (Ganges, which is here live miles 
 wide during the rainy season, and 
 the eastern limits not discernable, 
 'i he tovA n of Patna is one continued 
 street for many miles along the (ian- 
 gcs, the houses of the natives beinjj 
 
652 
 
 PATREE. 
 
 generally of mud ; but those of tlio 
 liuropeaus, which extend from Bari- 
 kipoor, are of brick, and make a veiy 
 handsome appearance, Avhich is not 
 the case with the rest of tlic city. 
 There are several large buildinj?s of 
 brick, but they arc old, and withowt 
 ornament. It was formerly fortilicd 
 after the Hindostany manner, witli a 
 wall and small citadel, which are 
 long gone to decay, 'ilie surround- 
 iua,- country is perfectly flat. Tliis 
 town is extremely prosperous and 
 populous ; but the number oi inha- 
 bitants have never been correctly 
 ascertained; they cannot, however, 
 be estimated at less than 150,000, 
 yet every article of food is rema)J^.- 
 ably cheap here. 
 
 A lar£:e quantity of saltpetre is 
 annually dispatched from hence to 
 Calcutta, for iuternil consumption 
 and exportation. Chintzes and di- 
 mities of various kinds arc manufac- 
 tured here, and also cioths resem- 
 bling diapt I :»!k1 damask linen. In 
 the vicinity flannels well wove, but 
 ill fulled, are made, and also a sort 
 of canvas from cotton. 
 
 The Company many years ago 
 erected a depot here to contain rice. 
 It is a building of stone in the shape 
 of a bee-hive, with two winding stair- 
 cases on the outside, which have 
 been ascended on horseback. By 
 these stairs the grain is poured in at 
 the top, there being a small door at 
 the bottom to take it out. The walls 
 at the bottom, although 21 feet 
 thick, have given way — a circum- 
 stance of very little consequence, as 
 were it tilled (which it never was) it 
 would not contain one daj's con- 
 sumption for the inhabit'ints of the 
 province. It originally cost 120,000 
 rupees. Here are also the remains 
 of the British factory, where the mas- 
 sacre of 200 prisoners was perpe- 
 trated in 1763 by the German ad- 
 venturer, Somro (Summers), then in 
 the service of Meer Cossim ; imme- 
 diately alter which the city was cap- 
 tured by the British troops under 
 Alajor Adams, and has ever since 
 remained in their possession. A 
 
 njonument, but without inscription, 
 is erected to the memory of the sut- 
 ferers in the European burying 
 ground. 
 
 At Bankipoor, one of the suburbs 
 of Patna, the East India Company's 
 civil servants reside. The provincial 
 court of appeal and circuit, its re- 
 gisters and clerks, the district and 
 eity court, with the commercial resi- 
 dent, collector, and otlier agents of 
 the Company, compose a luimerous 
 establishment, with liberal appoint- 
 ments. The Patna division of tiie 
 court of circuit comprciiends the fol- 
 lowing districts, viz- I. Ramgur ; 
 2. Bahar ; 3. Tirhoot ; 4. Sarun ; 5. 
 Shahabad ; 6. The city of patna. 
 
 Patna is a city of great antiquity, 
 and supposed by some to be the site 
 of t!ie ancient Palibothra. By the 
 modern Maiionunedans it is named 
 Azimabad, and by the Hindoos Sri 
 Nagur. 
 
 'I'ravelling distance from Patna to 
 Calcutta by Moorshedabad, 400 
 miles ; by Birbhoom, 340; from Be- 
 nares, by Buxar, 155 ; from Delhi, 
 661 ; from Agra, 544 ; and from 
 Lucknow, 316 miles. {Rennel, Lord 
 Vahntia, Colehrooke, Teimant, 5t/i 
 Report, ffC.) 
 
 Pa TREE. — ^A town in the province 
 of Gujrat, and the capital of a small 
 district. Lat. 22°. 50'- N. Long. 
 71°. 35'. E. 
 
 'i'his is a large and populous place, 
 defended by three distinct walls, the 
 inner of which is enclosed by a small 
 ditch, v^ liicli even in tlie dry season 
 contains a considerable quantity of 
 water. In remote times it was 
 esteemed a place of strength, and it 
 makes a considerable fignrc in the 
 hjsi.ories of Gujrat ; but the Ibrtiti- 
 catious are now in a state of decay, 
 and in many places failing to pieces. 
 A hcaiitiful tank extends along the 
 noith face, and renders an attack 
 from that quarter altogether imprac- 
 ticable ; and the town, on the whole, 
 is still one of the strongest phices in 
 India. 'Jo the north of Patrce the 
 country is tolerably well cultivated, 
 but much interspersed with the milk 
 
PAULEE. 
 
 653 
 
 1>nsii and low baubool free, the rind 
 of which is apowerltil astringent. 
 
 Patrce originally bclongecl to the 
 Rajah of Drane,(!ra, formerly an in- 
 dependent principality in (-olti war, 
 but became the properly of the pre- 
 sent family through the interest of 
 the Peshwa's govern meiit,\\hich they 
 had served for a series of 3 ears. The 
 present chief is of the Koonbee caste, 
 and only entitled Dessoy, althoui;h 
 in reality he is the thakoor (lord) of 
 the place and its dependencies. 'Ihe 
 inhabitants are chiefly Hajpoots and 
 Koonbees; and the latter, when 
 cultivatina; the fields are seen armed 
 with the bow and ar'ows of the 
 Coolees. {3facmHrdo, Sc.) 
 
 Pattan, {Patana). — A district in 
 the pro\ince of Gujrat, situated 
 about the 21th degree of north lati- 
 tude. 'I'his district on the west is 
 bounded by the Run, and 30 years 
 ago belonged to Kumaul ud Deen, 
 the father of the present Nabob of 
 Rahdunpoor; but lie was then com- 
 pelled by Damnajee Guieowar to a- 
 bandon all pretensions to Pattan and 
 its nine dependent pergunnahs. The 
 country is now but thinly inhabited, 
 and much eKi)osed to the ravages 
 of tlie numerous predatory tribes in 
 this quarter of Gujrat; but it con- 
 tains the ancient capital of Gujrat, 
 named Nehrwallah, or Pattan, which 
 was afterwards transferred by the 
 Mahommedan Sultans to Ahnieda- 
 bad. The appellation Nehrwalla is 
 written Anhulvado, and sig.iides the 
 field of Anhul ; in njodcrn liTues it is 
 known to the natives by the name 
 of Pattan. oi- the city. 
 
 By Abul Fazel, in 1582, this dis- 
 trict is described as follows : — " Sir- 
 car Putten, contaii;ii;g 16 mahals; 
 measurement, 3,7.'>U,015 beegahs; 
 revenut, 600,325.099 dams; seyiu- 
 ghal, 210,327 danis. This sin-ar fur- 
 nishes 715 cavalry, and 6000 infan- 
 try." {Macmurdo. Drvmmonfi, is'c.) 
 Pat r AN. — A town in the Nizam's 
 dominions, in tiie province of An- 
 rungahad, 38 miles 8. \V. from the 
 city of Auruiigabad. Lat, lt»°. 2^'. 
 N. Long. 75°. 33'. E. 
 
 Pattan, (Patn). — A town belong- 
 ing to the Ghoorkhali Rajah, in the 
 Valley of Nepaul. Lat. 27°. 3 1'. \. 
 Long. 80°. 40'. E. 'J'his city stands 
 in a small but rather elevated plain, 
 at the distance of a mile and a half 
 from the south end of Catmandoo, 
 the two capitals being separated by 
 the Bhagmultv River. AVTiile Patn 
 existed as an independent state it is 
 said to have comprehended 24,000 
 houses, including its dependencies 
 within tlie valley, of which the Patn 
 .sovereign possessed a greater por- 
 tion than fell to the share of the Cat- 
 mandoo or Bhatgong Rajahs. The 
 dominions of Patn beyond the val- 
 ley stretched southerly, comprehend- 
 ing Chit long, Tambehkan, Cheesa- 
 pany, and some other places in the 
 same direction. It is a neater town 
 than Catmandoo, and contains some 
 very handsome edifices. Jiy the Ne- 
 wars it is termed Yulloo daisi. {Kirk- 
 patrich, ^"c.) 
 
 Pattkalah, (Patyalaya, the Chief's 
 Hesidence). — A town belonging to a 
 Seik chief, in the pro\incc of Delhi, 
 1.32 miles N. W. tiom the city of 
 Delhi. Lat. 30°. 18'. N. Long. 75°. 
 33'. E. Tliii is a place of consider- 
 able extent, and now the most flou- 
 rishing town in the district of Sir- 
 hind. It is surrounded with a mud 
 wall, and in the centre there is a 
 square citadel, in which the Rajah 
 resides. {Malcolm, iVc.) 
 
 Pal'KPUTTAN, {or Ajodin). — ^A 
 toMu possessed by native chiefs, in 
 tlie province of ]\[ooltan, 130 miles 
 E. by S. from the cily of Mooltan. 
 Lat.'30° 20'. N. Loiig. 73°. 30'. £. 
 Near to this town is the tomb of 
 Sheik Eurrecd, which was visited by 
 'iimour. 
 
 Paungaow, {Pa>i(is;ruma). — A 
 small walled town heionging to the 
 Maharattas. in the pro\inee of An- 
 rungal)ad, 88 miles S. E. from Ah- 
 mf'dtjagur. Lat. 18°. 14'. N. Long. 
 76°. 12'. E. 
 
 PuLEE, {Pnldi). — A town in the 
 province of Ajnu-cr, and one of the 
 greuust commercial marts in this 
 part of Rajpoutaiiu. jLere tlic uier- 
 
G54 
 
 chanls cxchanj^c the coiiimoditios of 
 i'^iirope, Persia, and tho Dcccaii, tor 
 those of C:i.slunorc, Ihc Punjab, and 
 Hindostan. 
 
 PAWAXcm.m. — A fortified town in 
 the 31aliaratta territoiics, in the jiro- 
 vincc of Jiejapoor, district of Par- 
 ncila, of wliith it is tiie eapitai, and 
 42 uiik's S. by W. from Meiritcli. 
 By the Maharattas it is considered 
 as a place of great s(reii£;tii, Lat. 
 16°. 52'. N. Long. 74°. 20'. E. 
 
 Peddabalabaram. — A town in 
 tlie Mysore Kajah's territories, 84 
 miles N.E. from Seringapatain. Lat. 
 13°. 17'. N. Long. 77°. 47'. E. By 
 theMahommedans this town is call- 
 ed Bnrrah Balapoor, in the Telinga 
 Peddabalapoor, in theKarnata Doda 
 IJalapoor, and by the Jinglish Great 
 Balapoor. 'J'he fort, although en- 
 tirely built of mud, is large and 
 strong; one side is surrounded by 
 gardens, and the other by the town 
 of Balapoor, which contains above 
 2000 houses, and is tbrtilied with a 
 mud wall and hedge. The com- 
 merce of this place is imonsider- 
 able. In the neighbourhood arc 
 many kitchen gardens, but the soil 
 is poor, although water is found near 
 the surface. Mai/e is cultivated, but 
 seldom converted into llower. 
 
 On the dissolution of the Bijana- 
 gur kingdom, Narayan Swami, the 
 polygar of Balapoor, assunred inde- 
 pendency. It was afterwards con- 
 quered by the Mogul army under 
 (Jossim Khan, and wrested from 
 them by the Maharattas. with whom 
 it remained until the ))attle of Pan- 
 ni])Ut, when it was seized on by the 
 Nizam, and subsequently subdued 
 by Hyder. In tiiis town was born 
 MeerSaduc, the minister of Tippoo 
 Sultan n. {F. liitclianati, ^-c.) 
 
 PiajiiAi'DKE, (Padnuipiira), — A 
 town in the XortluriiCircars, district 
 of Jtajannuidry, 2n miles E. N. E. 
 trom the town of Kajamundrj'. Lat . 
 17°. 5'. N. Long. 82°. 1. v. i]. Sugar 
 to a considerable extent is cullivated 
 in the Peddapore zemiudary, along 
 the banks of the Eliseram River. A 
 lialllo was fought Lore iu 1758 bc- 
 
 PEGU. 
 
 twecn the French army, commnndecl 
 by M. de Conflans, and the EngUsh, 
 commanded by Colonel Eorde, in 
 which the formei- were totally de- 
 feated, {Bo.vbvrgh, Orme, cVe.) 
 
 Pkdiu. — A town on the west 
 coast of the Island of Sumatra. The 
 principal exports of this place are 
 betel nut, pe|)pcr, gold dust, canes, 
 rattans, bees' wax, camphor, and 
 benzoin. 'I'hc soil is fertile, and well 
 watered with rivulets; but in the 
 low lands next the sea are bogs and 
 marshes, which j)roduee only reeds, 
 rattans, and bamboo canes. The 
 domestic animals are horses of a 
 small breeil, bntfaloes, goats, oxen, 
 and hog deer. There are many wild 
 animals in the mountains, such as 
 tigers, rhinoceroses, moukics, wild 
 hogs, spotted deer, and bears. There 
 are also alligators, guanas, j)orcu- 
 ])incj», serpents, scorpions, and other 
 venomous reptiles. Poultry is to be 
 had here in abundance, particularly 
 ilucks and low Is. {Elmore, cSr.) 
 
 PiCDRA Blanca. — A large elevated 
 rock, perlectly while, situated in the 
 .sea of China. Lat. 22°. 19'. N. 
 Long. 114°. 57'. E. 
 
 Pkixas Islcs. — A cluster of small 
 islands in the Eastern Seas, situated 
 due west of Basseelan. Plenty of 
 cowries are found along the beach 
 of these islands, but they are said to 
 be destitute of fresh water. 
 
 l^LEiUiAUM, {Pii-grama, the Saints' 
 Village). — A town in the Maharatlu 
 teriitories, in the province of An- 
 rnngabad, 68 miles east from Poo- 
 nah. Lat. 18°. 32'. N. Long. 75°. 
 2'. E. 'I'he Beemah and Sursuty ri- 
 vers join close to the S. E. of the 
 town, and ibrm the point on which 
 the iiouses and fortress stand. 
 
 PEGU. 
 
 All ancient kingdom in India be- 
 yond the Ganges, whii h now tbrn)s 
 one of the southern ])rovinces of the 
 Jiirnian empire, 'i lie word l^egu 
 appears to be a corruption of Ba- 
 goo, ihc vulgar name of its capital. 
 
PEGU. 
 
 G55 
 
 Thr orij^lnal inliabitauls drnomiiiate 
 fhcmsclves Moii ; by (Ik; C'biiirse 
 «iul liirmaiis tlicy ai<» li-rmrcl 'I'alc- 
 iii'j; and. by the Sianu-se, iMiiigiiuiu. 
 'J'iic province of Pegu exlends ;ilon<j 
 the months of two £,Tea1 rivers. Ira- 
 A\a(l(iy aiKl'I'hanlayn, foroC Ava ami 
 ]Mar(al)an) and occMipies the sea- 
 roast from the frontiers of Araean to 
 those of Slam. 'I'he town of Prome 
 was its northern frontier. 
 
 'IJic liver of l*cfi;u, vvhieli was 
 supposed to c(niie liom Ciiina, rises 
 anionf"- the liills al)ont 100 miles from 
 tlic sea, vvhi; ii form th<' boundaries 
 between theDirman and I'ej^ii eonn- 
 trics. Its commnnieation with the 
 sea is by the Ham^oon Hiver, and in 
 the fair season it is almost dry. 'I'he 
 country inland from the river is clear 
 of trees and brnsll\^ood; but on the 
 banks of the riv<'r tiiere are ibickets, 
 v\hieli abound with the domestic 
 fowl iii a wild state, and peacocks, 
 but is also infested with tig'ers. 
 About a day's journey to the south 
 of the town of Pegu the inliabitants 
 are much molested by wild elepiiants, 
 that occupy in •^cat numbers a tbrest 
 to the northeast. These jjowerful 
 'animals, allured by the early crops 
 of rice and sugar-cane, make preda- 
 tory incursions in larg<! troops, and 
 do a great deal of mischief, devas- 
 tating nuuli UKire than they de\our. 
 'J'his pro\ ince a])pears to be the fa- 
 vourite abode of the elephant; and 
 one of liis ISirman majesty's titles is, 
 " Lord of tlu' White Elephant, and 
 of all tlie i'^lepbants in the \> orld." 
 
 Pegu having' long been subject to 
 the liirman «'inpire of A\a, the his- 
 tory of its concpiest and otiier j)arti- 
 cularswill be found iinilerlhe article 
 Ava. ^\ hen the Hirmans had com- 
 pleted its subjngatittn tiiey sultdi- 
 vided it intoIVi districts, and named 
 it jrlenziiwuddy, w lii( ii is the Sanscrit 
 name for the v\li(»!e pruxince. Miu- 
 derajee Praw, the tilth king of the 
 jiresent d\ nasty, abrc»gated many se- 
 vere penal laws imposed by his pre- 
 decessors U|)on the native JVguers. 
 Justice is now (listribfite<l with con- 
 siderable impartiality, and the only 
 
 distinction at present l)e(\veen a I'ir- 
 man and l'<gin-r consists in the ex- 
 clusion of the latter from places of 
 public trust and power. In Pegu 
 there are no brick buililings allowed, 
 except such as belong to the king, 
 or are dedicated to their divinity 
 Gaudma, bis majesty having jtrohi- 
 bited tlie use of brick and stone in 
 pri\ate buildings. 
 
 From the plenty of teak with wbich 
 the Pegu forests abound this pro- 
 vince has long l)een famous for ship- 
 building. So early ns 1707 tJie Arabs 
 of iVJuscat, then a considerable ma- 
 ritime power, were aeenstomed to 
 build ships here, some of wliicli car- 
 ried liom 30 to 50 gtuis. For th« 
 procuring of this valnalile timber a 
 great intercourse subsists between 
 Pegu and all the Ibilish provinces, 
 paitieuhnly liengal, mIxic the ves- 
 sels are alnntsl wholly fabricated 
 bom Pegu teak, wifli the assistance 
 of tiie country timber. 
 
 The itdjabitaiits of Pegu appear to 
 have attained ci\iii/,ati(in at a nioro 
 early period than the JJirmans, and, 
 though now reduced, formerly ta 
 Jiave be<"n a great and potent nation. 
 In the early Portuguese histories 
 they are denominated the i'audalus 
 of Mon, and they are su|)])oscd to 
 liave founded the ancient Kalamin- 
 ham empire. 'I'lic name Kalaujin- 
 bam, mentioned by the i'ortnguese, 
 is probu!>ly connected witli tlie Sia- 
 mese name of the nation, iMingmon. 
 The iVlon lajiguage is still used by 
 the iidiabitants of Pegue, and ap- 
 pears quite original. It is said by 
 tin; llirmans and Siamese to Jiavc no 
 aOinity to either of their languages. 
 
 0\\ ing to the long and .sanguinary 
 wars carried on betwcx-rj the Bir- 
 mans and Pegners, the greater part 
 of this province, although one of tht 
 most produc^tive in India, remains 
 desolate and uncultivated; and it 
 will re<|uire a very long period of 
 tranquillity to rest(»re Pegu to its 
 lbr;iicr population. {Si/ines, Lcyden, 
 J\ Jineluinan, Cox, ^f.) 
 
 PiiGL'. — A city in the ]>irmau em- 
 pire, the capital of the province of 
 
056 
 
 PEGU. 
 
 Pegu, and situated 90 miles by wa- 
 ter above Ragoou. Lat. 17°. 40'. 
 Long. 96°. 12'.' E. 
 
 The extent of ancient Pegu may 
 still be traced by the ruins of the 
 ditch and wall that surround it. 
 From these it appears to have been 
 a quadrangle, each side measuring 
 1| miles; the breadth of the ditch 
 was about 60 yards, and the 
 depth 10 or 12 i'eet. When in 
 repair, even in the dry season, the 
 ditch had seldom less tlian four feet 
 of water. The wall was composed 
 of brick badly cemented with clay 
 mortar, about 3.5 feet thick, with 
 small equidistant bastions about 300 
 yards asunder ; but the whole in a 
 most ruinous state. Tlie Birman 
 monarch, Alomjtra, when he acquired 
 possession of the city in 1757, razed 
 every building to the ground, and 
 dispersed or led into captivity all the 
 inhabitants. The temples, or praws, 
 which are very numerous, wne the 
 only buildings that escaped his fury, 
 and of these the great pyramid of 
 8hoemadoo has alone been reve- 
 renced and kept in repair. 
 
 About 1790, Minduajce Praw, the 
 reigning monarch, to conciliate the 
 natives, issued orders to rebuild Pe- 
 gu, and invited the scattered fami- 
 lies of former inhabitants to repcople 
 their deserted city. At tlie same 
 lime he ordered tlie viceroy to quit 
 Rangoon, and make Pegu his future 
 residence, and the seat of provincial 
 govermncMit. The present inhabit- 
 ants, who have been induced to re- 
 turn, consist chiefly of rhahaaus, or 
 priests, the followers of the court, 
 and a lew poor Pegu families. The 
 men of business continue to reside 
 at Rangoon, and the whole number 
 of inhabitants of this town do not 
 as yet exceed 7(K»0. A great pro- 
 portion of the former inhabitants are 
 either extinct, or scattered over the 
 provinces of Tongho, Martahan, and 
 Talowmeon. 
 
 The city of Pegu, in its renovat- 
 ed state, is f. need round with a 
 stockade from 10 to 12 feet high. 
 There is cjne main street running 
 
 east and west, cro.ssed at right an- 
 gles by two smaller streets. At each 
 extremity of tiie principal street 
 there is a gate defended by a 
 wretched piece of ordnance, and a 
 few musketeers, who never post cen- 
 tinels, and are generally asleep in a 
 neighbouring shed. The streets of 
 Pegu are spacious and paved with 
 brick, which the ruins of the old 
 town plentifully supj)ly. The houses 
 are all made of mats, or of sheath- 
 ing boards, sup|)ortcd on bamboos 
 or posts, and extremely combusti- 
 ble. As a precaution against fire, 
 at each door there stands a long 
 bamboo, with an iron hook to pull 
 down the thatch ; and there is also 
 another pole, adapted to suppress 
 flame by pressure. Almost every 
 house has earthen pots fdled with 
 water on the roof, and a particular 
 class of people, whose business is 
 to prevent and extinguish lircs, walk 
 the street during the night. 
 
 The object in the city of Pegu 
 that attracts the most notice, is the 
 temple of Shoemadoo Praw — Shoe, 
 in the Birman tongue, signilies gold- 
 en, and Aladoo appears a corruption 
 of Mahadeo. — 'i'iiis temple is a pyra- 
 midical building, composed of brick 
 and jnortar, without excavation or 
 aperture of any sort, octagonal at 
 the base, and spiral at the top ; c^ch 
 side of the base measuring 162 feet. 
 The great breadtii diminishes ab- 
 ruptly in the shape of a .speaking 
 trumpet. 'l"he extreme height of 
 the building, above the level of tlie 
 country, is 361 feet. On the top is 
 an iron tec, or umbrella, 56 feet in 
 circumfcreiice, which is gilt, and it 
 is the intention of the king to gild 
 the whole building. 
 
 On the north side of the I uildina^ 
 are three large bells of good work- 
 manship, suspended near the ground, 
 to announce to the spirit of Gaudina 
 tlie approach of a suppliant, who 
 places his oiiering, consi.stiug of 
 boiled rice, a ]jJate of swei;imeats, 
 or a cocoa nut fried in oil, on a 
 bench near the foot of liic ten)ple. 
 After it is oflercd the devotcr 
 
PELING ISLK. 
 
 657 
 
 seems iiuliflereiit wliat becomes of 
 it, and it is often devoured in his 
 presence by the crows or dogs, 
 whom he never attempts to disturb 
 during- tlieir repast. 
 
 Numljeriess images of fJaudma 
 lie indiscriminately scattered about. 
 A pious Eirman, Avho purchases an 
 idol, first procures tiie ceremony vi' 
 consecration to be performed by the 
 rhahaans, or monks; he then takes 
 ius purchase to whatever sacred 
 building is most (umvenient, and 
 thus places it within a kiouiu, or 
 on the open ground before the tem- 
 ple ; nor does he seem to have the 
 least anxiety aliout its lutinc \we- 
 sei-vation. Some of these idols arc 
 made of marble found in the neigh- 
 bourhood of Unnncrapoor, and ca- 
 pable of receiving a very tine polish ; 
 many are of wood gilded, and a few 
 of silver ; the latter, however, are 
 not exposed like the others. Silver 
 and gold is rarely used, except in 
 the composition of household gods. 
 The rhahaans assert, that the tem- 
 ple of Shoemadoo Praw was begun 
 2300 years ago, and built by suc- 
 cessive monarchs. 
 
 About 40 nules from the town of 
 Pegu are the Galladzet Hills, re- 
 markable for their i)cstilential atmo- 
 .sphere. Around this town a few 
 miserable villages, with very little 
 cultivation, shew the poverty of the 
 peasants. Hiee, gnaj)ee (a species 
 of sprat ^\ liich, when half putrified, 
 is made into a pickle, and as a sea- 
 soning for the rice), oil expressed 
 bom a small grain ;uid salt, aie al- 
 most (heir only articles of food. 
 'J'hey have cattle, but they do not 
 cat the flesh ; and, v\ hat is juojc ex- 
 traordinary, seldom drink the milk. 
 The cows are diminutive, resem- 
 bling those on the coast of Coro- 
 maiidel; butthebull'aloes are superior 
 to those of India. The only article 
 of conse(pience nianulhetured at 
 Pegu is silk and cotton, which the 
 females weave for domestic use. The 
 thread is well spun, and the texture 
 oi" the web clos(! and slrong, being 
 chequered like tartan. 
 
 2 V 
 
 The chief ollicers in Pegu ar<! the 
 maywoon (\iceroy), the rayvvoon,tho 
 chekey, and the sercdogee. 'I'hese 
 officers exercise the functions of ma- 
 gistrates, and hold separate courts 
 at their own houses for the deter- 
 mination (»f petty suits ; but this 
 private jurisdiction is very limited. 
 All causes of importance relating to 
 pro])crty are tried in open court. 
 The three inferior olHcers above- 
 mentioned united Ibrm a tribunal, 
 which sits in the rhoou, or public 
 hall of justice, Mhere they hear par- 
 ties, examine witnesses, and take 
 depositions in writing. These do- 
 cuments arc sent to the viceroy, and 
 the judges transmit tiieir opinions 
 along with the (nidence, which the 
 viceroy either conlirms or rejects ; 
 and, in case of conviction, orders 
 execution, or pardons the eruniuak 
 {Sipnes, vVc) 
 
 Peinuhkr. — A town in the Eir- 
 man empire, situated on the west 
 side of the Irawaddv- Lat. 18°. 31'. 
 N. Long. 94°. 5U'! K In the vi- 
 cinity of this place a great part of 
 the teak tind)er is procured, which 
 is carried to Rangoon, and from 
 thence exported to the Erilish terri- 
 tories. The forests extend along 
 the western mountains, and are in 
 sight from tin; river. The tiees are 
 telled in the dry season, and when 
 the monsoon sets in are borne down 
 by the current of the Irawaddy. 
 Here also ships of 4U0 tons are fre- 
 quently built, although the distance 
 from Rangoon, including the wind- 
 ijigs of the rivei, be loO miles. 
 {Si/mcs, S)-c.) 
 
 "Pelaighe.— A town tributary to 
 the Maharattas, in (he province of 
 Agra, 12 mih-s N. from Narwar. 
 Lat. 25°. 51'. N. Long. 78°. 8.- E. 
 
 PiXAHOAH. — A large village in 
 the Rajpoot territories, in the pru- 
 vince vf Ajnieer, said to contain 
 1000 houses, 70 miles E. S. E. from 
 Jvcna<>,in-. Lat. 20°. 30'. N. Long. 
 76°. 45'. E. 
 
 Pr.LiXG Isi.ii:. — ^An island situated 
 olf the east coast of Celebes, be- 
 tween the 123d and 124th degrees 
 
(358 
 
 PELOO ISLES, 
 
 ot east longitudo. In length it may 
 be estimated at 50 miles, by 15 tlie 
 average breadth ; but, excepting its 
 geogiajihical position, searcely any 
 tiling is known respecting it. To 
 the east of P cling are many smaller 
 isles, with numerous rocks and 
 shoals. 
 
 Peloo Isles, (or Pahs Isles). — 
 A duster of small islands in the 
 Eastern Seas, situated principally 
 between the seventh and eighth de- 
 grees of north latitude, and the 134th 
 and 135th of east longitude. They 
 were probably lirst noticed by the 
 Spaniards ironi the Philippines, and 
 by Ihem named Palos Isles ; tlie tall 
 palm trees, which grow there in 
 great abmidance, having at a dist- 
 ance the appearance of masts, w hic.h 
 the term Palos naiitically denotes. 
 To the north there is one large island, 
 named Banbeltliouap, which is about 
 60 miles in circumference; to the 
 south are a great number of verj' 
 small islands, the chief of w hich are 
 Caroora, Oroolong, Pelelew, and 
 Angoor. 
 
 'I'hese islands are, in general, well 
 
 The common domestic fowls 
 abound in the woods, but were not 
 eaten by the natives until the Eng- 
 lish set the example ; yet they reared 
 pigeons on jjurpose for food. Along 
 the shores are a great variety of iish, 
 with many shcU-tish, particularly the 
 largo Kima cockle (the chama gigas 
 of Liima^us), which they procure by 
 diving, and which they commonly 
 eat raw. > 
 
 The soil is in general rich, and 
 produces plenty of excellent grass. 
 There are no rivers of magnitude^ 
 but many small streams and ponds, 
 'I'hey extract saccharine matter from 
 the palm tree, with which, and co- 
 coa nut scrapings, they make sw eet- 
 meats, which acquire such hardness 
 by keeping, that a knife will hardly 
 penetrate it ; on which account it 
 was denominated by the seamen 
 choke-dog. The natives have no 
 salt, nor do they make use of salt 
 or seasoning to any thing they eat. 
 They drink very little, and have no 
 intoxicating liqnors. 
 
 Their seasons are divided into wet 
 and dry, as in other tropical coun- 
 
 wooded, some of the trees being of tries, and they have no method of 
 
 the largest dimensions, and capable 
 of forming a canoe able to contain 
 30 persons. Ebony is also found 
 here, and a species of maehineel 
 tree, the sap of which blisters the 
 skin. There arc also cabbage trees, 
 and the wild bread fniit trees. Yams 
 and cocoa nuts are Ihe chief articles 
 of sustenance, and are attended to 
 with great care, the latter being in 
 large plantation.s. Ibc betel nut 
 aboiuids also; but, contrary to the 
 custom in India, the natives only use 
 it when green ; the olher pnidr.clions 
 of these islands are plant. liiis. bana- 
 nas, oranges, lemons, some sugar 
 eanes, bamboos in plenty, and tur- 
 meric. None of the islands visited 
 by the English had atiy kind of 
 
 measunng time but by the height 
 of the sun. All the Peloo Isles vi- 
 sited by the English appeared popu- 
 lous, and one of the expeditions of 
 the smaller central islands against 
 Pclelew was estimated to consist of 
 4000 men. 'J'heir houses are raised 
 about three feet from tlic ground, 
 are placed on stones, and extremely 
 well suited to the climate. Their 
 best knives are made of a piece of 
 mother-of-pearl oyster shell, and 
 their fishing hooks of tortoise shelL 
 They make vessels of earthen ware, 
 in which they boil their li.sh and 
 yams. Their hatchets are made of 
 part of the Kima cockle, ground to 
 a sharp edge. 
 
 The principal weapons used in 
 
 grain, nor any quadruped whatever, battle are spears, 12 feet long, made 
 
 except some brownish grey rats, and 
 three or four meagre cats, which 
 were seen in some hous;s, and pro- 
 bably had bficn wrecked on the 
 coast. 
 
 of bamboo, pointed with some hard 
 wood, and darts and slings. 'I'heir 
 battles are generally fought in ca- 
 noes, whicli they make from the 
 trunk of a tice, with an out-rigger. 
 
PELOO ISLES. 
 
 659 
 
 and iiin)is}ied with latino sails made 
 of matting. 
 
 1'Jie natives of the Peloo Ishuuls 
 are well made, and rather above tlie 
 middle stature; their complexions 
 being deeper than the Indian copper 
 colour, but not black. Their hair is 
 long and flowing, and inclined to 
 curl. The men go entirely naked, 
 hut the women wear little aprons or 
 fiinges, made from the hnsk of the 
 cocoa nut, and dyed yellow. When 
 both seves grow up, their teeth are 
 blacked by means of a d\e, and 
 they get tattooed. During the con- 
 tinuance of the English with the na- 
 tives of Pelew, they never saw any 
 particular ceremonies, or obser\ed 
 any thing that had the appearance 
 of public worship. Their conduct 
 to the crew of the Antelojje, when 
 wrecked in 1783, was so kind and 
 benevolent, as to entitle them to a 
 high place in the moral scale ; yet 
 their incessant wars, and their prac- 
 tice of massacreing their prisoners, 
 indicate a disposition sanguinary 
 and ferocious. The latter custom 
 they attempted to extenuate by the 
 pica of polilica! necessity. 
 
 Their advancement in civilization 
 is, in some respects, considerable. 
 When the English belonging to the 
 Antelope visited the towu of Pele- 
 lew, they found it defctided by a 
 stone wall, thrown up across the 
 causeway, which led up to the town. 
 This wail was 10 or 12 feet high, 
 with a foot bank of stone raised be- 
 hind, upon which they could stand, 
 and throw their spears at their ene- 
 mies. Some of the public buildings, 
 named Pyes, are tJO Icet long, and 
 constructed with a sinprisiugstrenglh 
 and neatness, considering their tools, 
 and their towns are built w ith much 
 regularity. 
 
 The largest of tlie Peloo Islands, 
 named Babclthouaj», is divided into 
 several districts, or governments, of 
 which Artiugall is the largest. The 
 capital of this district is named Mal- 
 ligryoke, where the king resides, 
 wIjo is in a state of constant hosti- 
 lity with tlie smaller Pcloo Islands 
 8 u 2 
 
 to the south, which were formerly 
 governed by Abba Thulle, the sove- 
 reign of C^aroora. The other dis- 
 tricts on Ijabelthouap arc Angrarth, 
 and Emmeleigue, the whole island 
 being about 60 miles in circumfe- 
 rence. The pier at Mallogayoki is 
 a wonderful fabric, considering by 
 whom it was built. It is about one 
 mile in length, 12 i'cot in height, and 
 \') broad at the top, but considei- 
 ably more at the base ; built entirely 
 of coral rocks, piled up, and ex- 
 tends from the town to within 12 
 yards of the outer reef. 
 
 In return for the kindness shewn 
 by Abba Thulle. the I'rince of Peloo, 
 to the crew^ of the Antelope, wreck- 
 ed on the Island of Ooroolong in 
 1783, in the year 1791 tlie East 
 India Company sent him as a 
 present four young cows in calf, 
 and two young bulls from Lebojee, 
 and 10 ewes and two rams of the 
 Bengal breed ; eight she-goats and 
 two rams of the Sural breed; five 
 sowji in pig, and two boars from 
 Bombay ; two geese, three ducks, 
 and one mallard from Bencoolen ; 
 two hens, eight turtle doves, and 
 two parrots from Allass ; which were 
 all landed in good condition ; be- 
 sides seeds pf various sorts, Eu- 
 ropean swords, and hardware, with 
 arms and amnmnilion. 
 
 In 1791 the captain of the Pan- 
 ther, a Bombay cruizer, was so 
 j)leased with the n)auners of the na- 
 tives, that he resigned his command, 
 determined to spend the remainder 
 of his life among them ; but, after a 
 residence of 15 months, he grow 
 tired, and sailed in his pinnace to 
 Macao. The stock left in the Pe- 
 loo Islands had gieatly increased in 
 1802, with the exception of the 
 sheep, which had failed. At that 
 time several Europeans resided ou 
 the islands, for the pnrpo.sc of col- 
 lecting biche do mar, tortoise shell, 
 and shark fms for the China market. 
 
 The Jesuits of iNIanilla, in 1696, 
 made an attempt to reduce the 
 Islands of Palaos, or Peloo, which 
 were then understood to consist of 
 
060 
 
 PERIAPATA^r. 
 
 82 in inimbcr, and to be very popu- 
 lous ; but it uas not until 1710 tiiat 
 tlioy made good a landing. A party 
 of Jesuits, attended by 12 of the 
 ship's company, then landed wilh 
 the intention of planting tlie cross ; 
 but they probably met with some 
 disaster, as, after waiting a consi- 
 derable time, tlie ship was obliged 
 to sail without them, and they never 
 were afterwards heard of. Two 
 shijjs w ere subsequently dispatched 
 in search of them, one of which was 
 lost, and the other failed in the at- 
 tempt to reach Peloo. {Keating and 
 Supplement, Macchier, Znniga, iSf.) 
 
 i-'EMGUR, {or Pooiig'ur). — A town 
 in the ]\laharatta territories, in (he 
 province of Khandesh, situated on 
 the south side of tJic Nerbudda Ri- 
 ver, 73 miles S. E. from Oojain. 
 Lat. 22°. 28'. N. Long. 76°. 35'. E. 
 
 Penang Islk. — Sec Prince of 
 Wales' Island. 
 
 Pennar River. — This is said to 
 have its source not far from Nundy- 
 droog, and in sanserif is called Ut- 
 tara Pinakani, from its northerly 
 course. It flow s at fu st in a northerly 
 direction, until it approaches Gooty, 
 and then takes a south-east cour.se 
 by Gandicotta and Cuddapah ; after 
 which it changes to Ihe east, and 
 reaches the sea at Gungapatuam, 
 after passing the fortress of Nelloor. 
 (jP. Buchayian, Rennet, §t.) 
 
 Pennatore. — A town on the sea- 
 coast of Travancor. 58 miles N. W. 
 from Cape Comoriu, Lat. 8°. 25'. 
 N. Long. 76°. 55'. E. Here the late 
 Rajah oF 'I'ravancor had an entirely 
 new harbom- constructed, where the 
 European and Chinescships anchored 
 in order to load pepper. 
 
 Pera, (Peraft). — A district in the 
 Malay Peninsula, extending along 
 the Straits of IVIalacca, and situated 
 principally l)et\^een the fourth and 
 fiflh degrees of noith latitude. 
 
 At the mouth of the Pera River 
 » the tide runs very strong, especially 
 after the rains. It will admit a ves- 
 sel of 12 or 14 feet draught of \\a- 
 tcr, and is navigai)le up to the Dutch 
 factory at Tanjoug Putecs. 'Ihe 
 
 surrounding country is flat, and fa- 
 vourable for the cullivatiou of rice. 
 It abounds with the aneebong tree, 
 which is fit for many uses, and has 
 a head like a cabbage. Cattle and 
 poultry arc not so cheap here as at 
 Quedah, but there are plenty of 
 oysters at the river's mouth. 
 
 'I'he Dutch East India Company 
 had formerly a fort in this district, 
 for protecting the collection of the 
 tin which is dug here. They formerly 
 used to contract with the sultan for 
 all the tin produced at 10 Spanish 
 dollars per pecul of 133^ pounds, 
 but much of it was smuggled away 
 by interlopers. In this district the 
 ]\Ialay language is spoken in great 
 purity. {Forrest, Stavorinns, Ley- 
 den, $,-c.) 
 
 Pera Isle, {Pulo Pera). — A bar- 
 ren rock as high as the hull of a 
 large ship, lying off the west coast 
 of the Malay Peninsula, which may 
 be seen many leagues off. Lat. 5°. 
 50'. N. Long. 9U°.,12'. E. 
 
 Periapatam, {Priija Patana, or 
 the Chosen City). — A town in tlie 
 JMysove Rajah's territories, towards 
 the borders of the Coorg country, 31 
 miles W. bv S. from Seringapatani. 
 Lat. 12°. 21'. N. Long. 76°. 25'. E. 
 
 I'his city and domain formerly be- 
 longed to a polygar family, named 
 Nandiraj. About 160 years ago tho 
 chief was attacked by Chica Dcva 
 Raya, the Curtur of ihc Mysore ; 
 and, finding himself unable to resist 
 so powerful an enemj', he killed his 
 wives and children, and then rushed 
 into the midst of his enemies, where 
 he died also. The desolation of this 
 country appears to have arisen from 
 its being a frontier between the so- 
 vereigns of Mysore and Coorg, On 
 the approach of General Abercrom- 
 bic's army, in 1790, Tippoo ordered 
 botl. tlie town and Ibrt to be destroy- 
 ed. '^1 he fortifications arc now quite 
 ruinous, and in the inner fort there 
 are no inhabitants, except some ti- 
 gers. 
 
 The surrounding country is beau- 
 tifid, but at the time it was con- 
 quered by tlie British did not ecu- 
 
PERWUTTUIM. 
 
 061 
 
 tain one-fourth the number of in- 
 habitants necessary for its cultiva- 
 tion. 'I'lie natives in the vicinity 
 declare they liave never seen ice or 
 snow on the top even of tlie highest 
 hills. Bettatlapoor, a hill about 15 
 miles north of Periapatam, is pro- 
 bably about 2<)00 feet above the level 
 of the surroundinaf country, which 
 is coujectiued to be about 4000 feet 
 above the level of the sea. Peria- 
 patam, in time of peace, is an en- 
 ticpot of trade between the Coorg 
 and Mysore sovereignties. 
 
 Sandal wood grows in the skirts of 
 the forests. It is a strong soil that 
 produces the best sandalwood, which 
 in 12 years attains the most suitable 
 size for being cut. The Periapatam 
 district produces about 2000 hundred 
 weight. The woods are much in- 
 fested, and the crops injured, by 
 wild elephants, which are n»ore nu- 
 merous on the borders of the Coorg 
 country than cither at Chittagong or 
 in Pegu. The soil of these forests 
 is, in general, good, and much of it 
 black. They are very extensive, and 
 reach to the foot of the Western 
 Ghauts, but in this space there are 
 many fertile tracts belonging to the 
 Rajahs of Coorg and Wynaad. Among 
 tiie trees ar€ abundance of teak. 
 
 Hegodu Devana Cotay, about 20 
 miles to the south of Periapatam, is 
 one of the most considerable dis- 
 tricts for the j)roduction of sandal 
 wood. To prepare the sandal wood, 
 the billets should be buried in dry 
 ground for t« o months, during which 
 time the white ants w ill eat up all 
 the outer wood without touching the 
 lieart, which is the sandal. The 
 deeper the colour the higher the per- 
 fume, but the root sandal is the best. 
 The largest billets are sent to China, 
 and the middle sized billets used in 
 India. The clioj)s, fragments, and 
 smaller assortment of billets, are 
 best for the Arabian market, and 
 from them the essential oil is distil- 
 led. The whole sandal wood of In- 
 dia is now in the possession of the 
 East India Company and the Rajah 
 of INIysorc ; and as it is an article of 
 
 luxury, it is a very legitimate sub- 
 ject of monopoly. (F, Bnchanan, 
 
 Peking a nv. — A town in the South- 
 ern Carnalic, district of Marawas, 
 .32 miles E. S. E. from Madura. Lat, 
 9°. 38'. N. Long. 78°. 40'. V.. 
 
 Vv.R^i \ci'>\L,{Permaculam, the large 
 Pond, or Bath). — A small town in 
 the Carnatie, 72 miles S. S. W. from 
 Madras, and 20 mil(;s N. W. from 
 J'ondicherry. Lat. 12°. 13'. N. Long. 
 79° 62'. J:. 
 
 After the defeat sustained by the 
 French at Wandiwash, in 1760, when 
 the army fell back on Pondieherry, 
 Permacoil, which before had been 
 neglect<^d, became a place of im- 
 portance. The rock on which the 
 I'ort of Permacoil stood, does not 
 extend, even at its base, more than 
 500 yards. Its breadth to the north 
 is about 400 yards, and to the south 
 not more than 200 yards. The height 
 is various, being at the narrow end 
 300 pcrpendieidar feet, and dimi- 
 nishing by slopes and declivities to 
 200 at the other. The rock falls 
 every where so steep, that the area 
 of the fortified surface above is equal 
 to half the base below, and the ad- 
 jacent rocks are not high enough to 
 carry any detriment to its fortifica- 
 tions. It was taken in March, 1760, 
 by Colonel Coote, who was wounded 
 here, and during the attack the se- 
 poys much distinguished themselves. 
 (Orme, Fra Paolo, <^t. ^-c.) 
 
 Pkrsaumah, {Parasu Rama). — A 
 town in the province of Bahar, dis- 
 trict of Tirhoot, 90 miles N. E. by 
 E. from Patna. Lat. 26°. 1'. N. 
 Long. 86°. 32'. E. 
 
 Pkrsaim, {or Basschi). — A town 
 in the Rirman empire, in the pro- 
 vince of Pegu. Lat. 16°. 50'. N. 
 Long. 95°. E. In 1757 a piece of 
 land, opposite to the old town of 
 Persaini, was granted by Alompja, 
 the founder of the present Kirman 
 dynasty, to the English East India 
 Company, for the purpose of erecting 
 a factory. {Spnes, ^c) 
 
 Vv.K\\VTTVM,{Pcrvntam,the Moun- 
 tain). — A village near the south bank 
 
062 
 
 PETLAD. 
 
 of the River Krishna, iti a wild tract 
 of conntn' ahiiost| uninhabited, ex- 
 cept by the Chinsuars, 118 miles 
 south from Hyderabad, Lat. 15°. 
 67'. N. Long. 78°. 40'. K. The rook 
 of this neij^hboiirliood is gianito, in 
 which the red colour predominates. 
 Diamonds are found in this moun- 
 tainous tract ; but the labour so great, 
 and the chance of meeting M'ith the 
 veins so uncertain, that the difjging 
 for them has been long discontinued. 
 
 Here is a remarkable pagoda de- 
 dicated to a deity whom the attend- 
 ant Brahmins call Mallecarjee, in 
 the shewing of whom a great deal of 
 mystciy is observed. He is generally 
 exjiibited in the back part of the 
 building, by the reliccted light of a 
 brass speculum, and of course can 
 only be seen as the Hashes fall on 
 bim. The idol is probably nothing 
 more than the Lingam so much re- 
 verenced by the votaries of Siva. 
 The revenues derived from the re- 
 sort of pilgrims are collected by a 
 manager, who resides within the en- 
 closure. There is a goddess also 
 worshipped here, named Brahma 
 Rumbo. The several pagodas, chonl- 
 fiies, courts, &:c. are enclosed by a 
 Avail 600 feet long, by 610 broad, the 
 w alls of which are covered by an in- 
 tinitc variety of sculpture. {Mac- 
 Jienzie, S)-c.) 
 
 P E s H A w E u , ( the advanced Post). — 
 An Afghan town and district in the 
 province of Cabul, situated on tlie 
 south side of the Kameh, or Cabul 
 River, 40 miles west from the Indus. 
 jLat. 33°. 22'. N. Long. 70°. 37'. E. 
 By Abnl I'azel, in 1582, this district 
 is described as follow s : 
 
 " Tlie district Becicram, commonly 
 railed Peishore, enjoys a delightful 
 spring season. Here is a teinjile 
 called Gorehkehtery, a place of re- 
 ligious resort, particularly for Jogics. 
 Tooman Beckram 9,692,410 dams." 
 
 'I'he city of Peshawer was founded 
 by the great Acber, who encouraged 
 the inhabitants of the Punjab to re- 
 soit to his new settlement, seeing 
 the Afghans were so averse to tlie 
 occupations of commerce. 'I'hc city 
 
 is large and populous, hut the situa- 
 tion flat and unwholesome, being 
 surrounded on evei^ side by mo- 
 rasses. During the summer the heat 
 is excessive, and in the heiglit of the 
 solstice the atmosphere is almost in- 
 supportable. Tlie road from the In- 
 dus to Peshawer has nearly a west 
 by south direction, and the country 
 from Ackorah is sandy and inter- 
 spersed with stones, but from thence 
 to Peshawer are many tracts of land 
 under cultivation. 
 
 Peshawer from the convenience of 
 its position unites, by a commercial 
 intercourse, Persia and Afghanistan 
 w ith India ; and has become an im- 
 portant entrepot, the residence of 
 many wealthy merchants, especially 
 of shawl dealers. The markets are 
 abundantly supplied with provisions, 
 particularly with mutton, which is 
 the flesh of the large tailed sheep. 
 The inhabitants are principally Ma- 
 hommedans and Hindoos, but there 
 is also a small society of Jews. The 
 teriitory adjacent to Peshawer is 
 named Pokhtankha, or Afghanistan 
 Proper, and with the city is governed 
 by an Afghan officer, who remits the 
 revenue, which, in 1783, was seven 
 lacks of rupees, to the capital. {Fvs- 
 te)\ Wth Register, Leyden, ^-c. ^c.) 
 
 PusHWA. — See Maharattas and 
 
 POONAH. 
 
 Petalnaig, {Patula Nuyaca). — A 
 town in the province of Tinnevelly, 
 100 miles N. E. from Cape Comorin. 
 Lat. 9°. 13'. N. Long. 78° 15'. E. 
 
 Petaree. — A large village in the 
 JNJaharatla tenitories, in the province 
 o{ Malwah, belongisig to Bilsah, from 
 which it is distant about 48 miles 
 N. E. The country to the S. E. is 
 open, and the soil fertile, compre- 
 hending many line villages. At this 
 jdace there is a very small nullah, 
 but the only good water in the dry 
 season is procured frojn wells. 
 
 Petlad. — A town in the province 
 of Gujrat, district of Broach, 16 
 miles E. N. E. from Cambay. Lat. 
 22°. 27'. N. Long. 73°. E. The caste 
 of Dhers are here exempt from the 
 general duty imposed on them all 
 
PHAK. 
 
 663 
 
 over Gujrat, of scrvinj? as pn"des to 
 strangers. At tliis place a travellor 
 may seize on the first person he 
 meets, and force him to act as a 
 guide, or find a substitute. {MSS. 
 &-C. S,-c.) 
 
 Pi-TLAHWAD. — A town belonging 
 to the IVIaharattas, in the province 
 of Malwah, 70 miles \V. by N. liom 
 Oojain. Lat. 23°. 22'. N. Long. 74°. 
 60'. E. 
 
 Pettipoor, {Patipitra). — A town 
 in the Northern C'ircars, district of 
 Rajaniundry, 33 miles E. N. JC. from 
 the town of Rajamundry. Lat. 17°. 
 5'. N. Long. 82°. 25'. E. Sugar and 
 jagory, to a considerable extent, are 
 made in this zenundary. 
 
 Pettycotta, {Putivata). — A town 
 in the Southern Carnatic, in the pro- 
 vince of Taiijore, 32 miles S. by V). 
 from the town of Tanjore. Lat. 10°. 
 21'. N. Long. 79°. 22'. E. 
 
 Peyai^ng. — A town in the Nabob 
 of Oudc's territories, 70 miles N. N. 
 W. from Lucknow. Lat. 27°. 40'. 
 N. Long. 80°. 15'. E. 
 
 Peytahn. — A district in Northern 
 Hiiidostan, tributaiy to the "Ghoor- 
 khali Rajah of Nepaul, and situated 
 about the 29th degree of north lati- 
 tude. It is of a mountainous irre- 
 gular surface, much covered with 
 jungle, and intersected by numerous 
 streams which issue from the hills. 
 The cultivated vallies are very pro- 
 ductive, but they are not many, and 
 the population is thinly scattered. 
 
 Peytahn. — A town in the Nepaul 
 territories, the capital of a district of 
 the same name. Lat. 29°. 4'. N. 
 Long. 82°. 15'. E. 
 
 Pn AK!. — A fortress in the southern 
 part of 'I'ibet, near the Bootan front- 
 ier, and named also Pary Jeungh 
 and Parisdong. Lat. 27°. 5b'. N. 
 Long. 89°. 1'. E. 
 
 This fortress is a sloue building of 
 an irregular form, but deemed of 
 great strength. On the N. W. there 
 is an extensive suburb, and on the 
 south a large basin of water. 'I'hc 
 Valley of Phari is very extensive, 
 compared witli the narrow slips of 
 land in Bootan ; and is the station 
 
 of the Phari Lama, who is here a 
 little potentate, being superintend- 
 ant of a goombah or monastery, and 
 governor of a most extensive trad 
 of rocks and deserts, which yield 
 verdure only during the mildest ."rea- 
 son of the year; at which time thin 
 neighbourhood is frequented by large 
 herds of the longhaired, bushy tailed 
 cattle. The musk deer aie also 
 found in great abundance among 
 these mountains. 
 
 Perpetual winter may be said io 
 reign at this fortress; Chuunilari is 
 for ever clothed with snow, and from 
 its remarkable form is probably the 
 mountain which is occasionally vi- 
 sible from Purneah and Rajemjll in 
 Bengal. , In this vicinity wheat does 
 not ripen, yet it is sometimes cultis 
 vatcd as forage for cattle during the 
 depth of winter. The j)lains and 
 adjacent mountains are frequented 
 by large droves of cattle, shawl goats, 
 deer, musk deer, hares, and other 
 ^ild animals. There are also par- 
 tridges, pheasants, quails, and a gi oat 
 multitude of foxes. Such is said to 
 be the intensity of the frost here, al- 
 though in so low a latitude as 28°, 
 N. that aiumals exposed in the open 
 field are found dead, with their heads 
 split open by its force. 
 
 In 1792 the Chinese established a 
 military post at this j)lace, on the 
 southern frontier of Tibet toMaids 
 Bootan, which circumstance put a 
 stop to all comimmication between 
 the northern statt^s and the pro^ince 
 of Bengal, the approach of strangers 
 being utterly prohibited by the Chi- 
 nese. {Turner, Si'c.) 
 
 Phak. — A district in the province 
 of Cashmere, bounded on llie west 
 by the Jhyluin, and situated in the 
 35th degree of north latitude. By 
 Abul I'azel, in 1582, it is describeil 
 as follows : 
 
 " The pergunnah of Phak abounds 
 with odoriferous plants. Adjoining 
 to it is a large lake named Dull, one 
 side of which is close to the town. 
 On this lake are artificial islands 
 made for the purpose of cultivation, 
 and sometimes robbers will cut off 
 
f)64 
 
 PHILIPPINE ISLES. 
 
 pieces of these floating islands, and 
 convoy thcni to another part of the 
 lake." 
 
 PHILIPPINE ISLES. 
 
 The Philippine Isles extend from 
 the fiftli to the 20th decrees of north 
 latitude, and conipreliend a j2:rcat 
 inimber of islands, man} of which 
 arc as yet but little known. The 
 larp:est island is Luzon, or Luconia; 
 to the south of which the principal 
 islands are IMiudoro, Panay, Ma- 
 rindiriuc, Negros, Masbate, Zebu, 
 Bohol, fjcyte, Saniar, and Magin- 
 danao; besides whieli there are many 
 smaller ones, the aggregate of the 
 wliole being denominated Bisayas, 
 or Islas dc Pintados, or Painted Is- 
 lands : the inhabitants having been 
 accustomed to paint their bodies be- 
 fore the arrival of the 8i)nni;uds. AH 
 these islands are nomiiudly subordi- 
 nate <o the Spanish govei nrnf-nt at 
 Manilla ; some of them are r)artially 
 colonized, and pay tribute, collected 
 by theCorrigidores,or Alcaldes Ma- 
 yores, of the provinces into which 
 tliey t'ue subdivided ; but others, such 
 as iviagindanao, are not only inde- 
 pendent of, but carry on perpetual 
 warfare against, the Spanish esta- 
 blishments in the Philippines. This 
 apjM'llation was given them by l^uy 
 Lopes d(! Yillabolos, in compliment 
 to Philip II. of Spain, at that lime 
 Prince of the Asnxrias. I'liey were 
 first named llic Western Isles, or 
 the Arehipehgo of St. Lazarus, 
 which di sigiiation was bestowed by 
 Magellan whe>i he discovered them. 
 
 'iiie Philippines being situated 
 within tlie tropics, the .sun twice 
 passes the zcnilh, and exhales the 
 inoistnr(>, which afterwards descends 
 in CO] lions showers. This rainy sea- 
 son generally lasts from May Tujtil 
 September, sometimes so late as tiie 
 be;,inning of December, from which 
 latter jjcriod, until lii«^ sucee<;ding 
 May, liiere is a |>er|)ctual spring. 
 The regular winds are the north, the 
 east, and the S. W. each of which 
 
 ])revail from three to four months ; 
 the change of wind ])eing attended 
 with violent storms of thunder, hght- 
 ning, and, at times, whirlwinds. 
 Some of these storms rise to the 
 violence of hurricanes, blowing from 
 every point of the compass within 
 24 hours, tearing up trees by the 
 roots, and laying waste the country. 
 Notwithstanding their tropical lati- 
 tude the heat of the Philippines is 
 far from being intense; and, as a ge- 
 neral spring continues for a great 
 part of the year, if the atmosphere 
 Mere less moist, the climate Avould 
 be unobjectionable. To this mois- 
 ture, however, must be attributed 
 the great luxuriance of the country, 
 the trees being constantly covered 
 with leaves, and the soil with vege- 
 tation, which renders it a difficult 
 task to keep the cultivated lands 
 clear of weeds and insects. 
 
 The Philippine Islands from their 
 extent, their climate, and the fer- 
 tility of their soil, are capable of pro- 
 ducing all colonial commodities ; 
 and their situation is most advan- 
 tageous for the commerce of India, 
 China, and America. Rice is their 
 principal production, and the chief 
 food of the natives, who appear to 
 have cultivated it in large quantities 
 Itefore the arrival of the Spaniards. 
 The other i)roducts are different 
 sorts of pulse, such as mongos, pa- 
 tani, kidney beans, and millet. Un- 
 der the same roof with themselves 
 the inhabitants rear pigs, Ibwls, 
 ducks, goats, and bufl'aloes. In the 
 mountains are many deer, and the 
 Avoods and lields swarm Avith all 
 sorts of pigeons, small birds, quails, ' 
 a species of partridge, woodcocks, 
 8i,c. The sea aboiuids with an in- 
 finite variety of fish, which may be 
 caught either with the hook or with 
 nets. 
 
 The native Bisayans take great 
 delight in tisiiing, as it is a pursuit 
 that indulges their indolence, and 
 gratifies their appetite for fi.sh, which 
 they prefer lo flesh meat. There an^ 
 m;iny other vegetable productions 
 made use of besides those above- 
 
PHILIPPINE ISLES. 
 
 665 
 
 named. The pith of the palm, tlie 
 young shoots of the .snj;;ir caiic, 
 green willies, and other suceidenls, 
 serve as food to those who have an 
 aversion to work to proenre hetter. 
 Tlie natixcsetdtivate the bread I'niit, 
 heans. the eaeavata, &(?. and they 
 lake f^reaf eare of the palm tree, as 
 from it they proenre both a spirit 
 and an oil, together with a speeics 
 of sweetmeat, named by them elia- 
 naca. The Iruit trees are few in 
 ninnher, and of an inditlereiit »pia- 
 lity, exeept the [)lantain, to wliieli 
 may be added the oran;;c and mango. 
 'J'he arcca, or betel nnt, is also cnl- 
 tivated under the name of itini), and 
 used profusely both l>y Spaniards and 
 natives. 
 
 In the interior of the IMiiiippin<>s 
 tliere are mines of gold and ir'in, but 
 they are little attended to ; gold is 
 also procured by washing the sand 
 which tlows in small streams iiom 
 the mountains. The gold mines at 
 Paracalo are worked, but so iiido- 
 lently as scarei'ly to defiay the 
 charges. In the mountains there is 
 excellent timber both for ship and 
 house building, and the bamboos 
 arc very long, some of them being 
 as thick as a man's thigh. Of these 
 the natives construct their houses, 
 covering them with palm leaves. A 
 little cotton is also laised for cloth- 
 ing, and dyed w ilh indigo, log wood, 
 and the seed of the achiste tree. 
 Wax, wild lioney, andjer, marble, 
 tar, brimstone, and many other lesser 
 objects, may also be named among 
 the commercial articles of tin^se is- 
 lands. 
 
 'J'o their indigenous productions 
 the Spaniards have added horses and 
 horned cattle, which have multiplied 
 so much that they run v\ild among 
 the mountains, without being claim- 
 ed by any owner. From this fact we 
 may conjecture that there are no 
 tigers, or any of the stronger carni- 
 vorous animals. The Si)aniards also 
 introduced sheep, geese, grapes, tigs, 
 wheat, jieppcr, eoifee, cocoa, sugar, 
 tobacco, and various sorts of [danls, 
 A\luch have tluiven remarkably w ell. 
 
 Among the curious birds found here 
 are the swallows,whi(!h form tli e 
 edible nests so highly esteemed by 
 the Chinese; and the biche de mar, 
 another Chinese delicacy, is also pro- 
 cured on the sea coast. On the 
 shores there are a great variety of 
 shells, and aniong the rest are cow- 
 ries and the ( normous Kima cockle, 
 sonu; of which will hold a gallon, 
 and an; used for vessels of holy water 
 in th<' churches. 
 
 Notwithstanding the fertility of 
 these islands, they continue in a very 
 des(»late state, when it is considered 
 that they have been colonized for 
 marly three centuries. The obstacles 
 to improvement are, the sloth of the 
 Indians; and, it may be added, of 
 the Spaniards — the hiuricanes which 
 sv> eep away and destroy the planta- 
 tions, and the destruction caused by 
 insects, rats, and other vermin, witii 
 which the country teems. Tolera- 
 tion in respect to religion, and a few 
 privileges granted to the Chinese, 
 would soon attract many tliousands 
 of that industrious nation, who would 
 change the face of the country — but 
 this liberal policy is wholly repugnant 
 to the Spanish notions of propriety. 
 
 The native Indians carry on among 
 themselves a barter for tJie dilferent 
 productions of their country, in which 
 gold is the representation of value 
 and medium of exchange. They 
 carry on likewise a small trade with 
 the Chinese and Malays of Borneo 
 for flag-stones, copper, and articles 
 of lurniture ; but their wants being 
 fi!W, the quantity required is insig- 
 nificant. \\ ith respect to clothing, 
 they go almost naked ; tlieir rice they 
 cook in a joint of green bamboo, and 
 eat it oft" a leaf of the plantain tree. 
 
 'Jho early Spanish navigators, who 
 visited the Philippines, framed ex- 
 traordinary narratives regarding the 
 original inhabitants, whom they di- 
 vided into three classes ; satyrs, men 
 with tails, and sea monsters. It is 
 probable liicy found only two — the 
 various tribes of Bisajan Indians, 
 and t!ie strange race of oriental ne- 
 groes, vv lio still occupy the Papuan 
 
6G6 
 
 PHILIPPINE ISLES. 
 
 Isles : the latter roamed the moun- 
 tains almost in a slate of nature, 
 merely covering the fore part of tlie 
 body with the bark of a tree, sub- 
 sisting on roots and snrJi animals as 
 they could kill with the bow and 
 arrow. They slept wiierever they 
 happened to be benighted, and a|i- 
 jrnached, in their manners and 
 habits, extremely near to the beasts 
 of the forest. 'I'lic Spaniards have 
 at last succeeded in domesticating 
 and eoirvertinj.; some of them to 
 Christianity, in Mhich they acqui- 
 esce so \'m^ as they can get food 
 without labtnir; but if they are 
 compelled to work for their subsist- 
 ence they fly again to the mountains. 
 The Spai.iards are of opinion that 
 these negroes are the original in- 
 habitants of the Philippines, and 
 that the Bisayan Indians were fo- 
 reign intruders, w ho never could en- 
 tirely subdue the interior. At pre- 
 sent the Papuas arc few, and their 
 power limited; but their hatred to 
 the Bisayans flourishes in all its pris- 
 tine perfection. \^ iien the latter 
 kill a negro, it is customary for an- 
 other to bind himsrlf to his country- 
 men by oath, that he will disappear, 
 and will not return among them un- 
 til he has killed three or four Bisa- 
 yans. To carry this jiurpose into 
 execution he watches the Bisayan 
 villages and the passes of the moun- 
 tains, and if any unfortunately stray 
 within his reach he murders them. 
 
 Besides the Tagala nation, which 
 is principally found in the Island of 
 Luzon, there are several other races 
 who inhai)it these islands, who dif- 
 fer considerably from each other in 
 features, language, and the various 
 relations of the social state. Such 
 are the Pampangos, who reside to 
 the north of Manilla, and the paint- 
 ed races, termed by tlie Sj)ariiards 
 J'intados, who are by some reckoned 
 a branch of the Bisayan tribe, and 
 related to the Tagala and Buggess 
 races, while by others they arc sup- 
 posed to be of the same origia as the 
 horaforas. 
 
 'i ho Indians whoni the Spaniards 
 
 found in the Philippines were of re- 
 gular stature, an olive complexion, 
 with flat noses, large eyes, and long 
 hair. They all possessed some de- 
 scription of government, and each 
 tribe was distinguished by a distinct 
 name ; but from the similarity of 
 their dress and manners they, pro- 
 bably, had all the same origin. 
 
 'Hie chiefs are described as ac- 
 quiring their dominion both by here- 
 ditary descent and by personal va- 
 lour, but their authority rarely ex- 
 tended over more than one or two 
 •villages, and between neighbouring 
 villages an everlasting w arfare sub- 
 sisted. The prisoners on each side 
 were condemned to slavery, out of 
 which arose three classes of people ; 
 the chiefs or masters, the slaves, and 
 those whom the chief had enfran- 
 chised with their descendants, who 
 are at this day termed Timavas. 
 wiiich properly signifies children of 
 liberty, lu some places Indians 
 were discovered whiter than others, 
 the progeny probably of Chinese or 
 Japanese, who had been wrecked on 
 these coasts, and who had inter- 
 married with the Indians ; in parti- 
 cular the tribe Igorrotes, or Ilocos, 
 whose eyes have a Chinese shape. 
 
 Among the Bisayans there is no 
 written law, suits being decided by 
 the tradjiion of old customs, or more 
 frequoitly by the will of the strong- 
 est. The rajah, or chief, with the 
 assistance of some of the elders, re- 
 gulates civil affairs ; but in criminal 
 cases the relations are accustomed 
 to compound with the aggressor for 
 a sum in gold, unless in cases of 
 murder, when the law of retaliation 
 is sanctioned. If the perpetrator 
 happen to be of a difl'erent village, 
 or tribe, all the community of which 
 the deceased was a member make it 
 a common cause, and numbers are, 
 in consequence, killed and made 
 slaves on both sides. A person sus- 
 pected of theft is obliged to undergo 
 the ordeal of drawing a stone from 
 the bottom of a cauldron of boiling 
 water, and if he fails is fined a cer- 
 tain quantity of gold, the greater 
 
PHILIPPINE ISLES. 
 
 667 
 
 part of which poes to the rajali or 
 chief. Adiiltei7 is .ilso punished 
 by a p. uniary fnc, as is also dis- 
 respect ID the elders ; but for fraud, 
 or usury, there is no iuiliction « iiat- 
 ever. 
 
 In conformity to their cnsfoms 
 they arc j)erniitted to have only or.o 
 wife, but the princii)ai persons ha^'e 
 several concubines, who are usually 
 slaves. As among ceilaiu tribes in 
 Sumatra, the brideg'room in the I'hi- 
 lippines purchases his bride, ;ind fre- 
 quently by a previous service of se- 
 veral 3 ears. Durinjx' this probation 
 it is iucunibent on all the relati(»ns 
 of the suitor .to behave respectfully 
 to the bride and her relations, as if 
 any insult be offered the niarria2:e is 
 annulled, which is always agreeable 
 to the parents of the lemale, as by 
 that event they are enabled to dis- 
 pose of her a second time. The 
 bridegroom, to console himself for 
 his sufferings, as soon as his term of 
 service ends, treatshis wife as a slav<'. 
 On her devolves ail the laborious 
 work for the maintenance of the fa- 
 mily, which, when concluded, is re- 
 warded by a bt-aling from the hu.s- 
 band, who lives in idleness. 
 
 The interest which the parents 
 thus have in the disposal of their 
 female children dooms them to.alite 
 of niis-ery, and is in the highest de- 
 gree repugnant to humanity and 
 good morals. The Spaniards en- 
 deavoured to effect its abolition, both 
 by royal edicts, and by the influence 
 of the clergy ; but such is the adhe- 
 sion of custom among barbarians, as 
 yet without success. The marriage 
 ceremony is performed by the immo- 
 lation of a hog, which, with many 
 grimaces, is slain by a priestess. 
 After tliis she bestows benedictions, 
 and an old woman having presented 
 the company with some food, the 
 ceremony is concluded with danc- 
 ing, drinking, feasting, and many 
 obscenities. 
 
 The missionaries complain, that 
 even the Indian converts persuade 
 the others not to be baptized, that 
 tliey may escape tribute and im- 
 
 posts, which are, notwithstanding, 
 very moderate. 'J"he custom of one 
 tribe rr\ onging tlie murder of an in- 
 dividual on the whole tribe of the 
 criminal, likewise very much im- 
 pedes conversion and civilization ; 
 for from this results a necessity to 
 the weakest tribes of changing their 
 residen!;e, or forming a confederacy 
 with others. In such cases the bap- 
 tized Indians must follow those who 
 :ne not converted, and remove to a 
 distance from the missionaries; be- 
 sides whieh, they are exposed to 
 constant hostilities from tlieir pagan 
 associates. 
 
 The Ta-gala, or the Gala lan- 
 guage, is among the Philippines 
 Avhat the Malayu is in the Malay 
 Islands, or the Ilindoslani in Hin- 
 dostan Proper. There are six dia- 
 lects in t!ie Island of Luzon, and 
 two in Atton. Some of these are 
 current in several islands, but tlie 
 most geiK ral are theTagala and Bi- 
 saya ; the last of which is very gross 
 and baibarous, but the other more 
 rctined and polished, and it has been 
 cultivated by the Spanish missiona- 
 ries. The alphabet consists of 17 
 letters, three of which are vowels 
 and 14 consonants. The Tagala 
 characters are still used in C'oinin- 
 tan, and in general among the Ta- 
 galas, who have embraced Chrii;li- 
 anit}'. The idioms of this language 
 are rendered so complex by a va- 
 riety of artilices, that it becomes 
 quite im})Ossible for a person who 
 uuderstands all the original words of 
 a sentence, eitlier to recognize them 
 individually, or comprehend the 
 meaning of the wholj. 
 
 The ancient rehgious traditions of 
 tin; Tagala race, their genealogies, 
 and the feats of their gods and he- 
 roes, are car<'fully preserved in his- 
 torical poems and songs; from which, 
 in gcncial, the vliole substance of 
 eastern history nmst bo gleaned. 
 These original memorials of the race, 
 the. Spanish missionaries have with 
 pious c;irc endeavoured to extirpate, 
 and havi' employed themselves se- 
 dulously in coniposing religious 
 
(308 
 
 PHILIPPINE ISLES. 
 
 tracts, l)oth in prose and verse, in the 
 'J'agala luugnaf^e, with the hone of 
 sniiplantiiig the remains of natioiuil 
 and pagan antiquity. Many psalms 
 and liymiiK, and even some of the 
 Creek dramas composed by Diony- 
 siiis Areopagita, have in this man- 
 iier beeii translated into the Tagala 
 langnage. 
 
 The other dialects of the difl'erent 
 tribes of the Phiiipi)i»es are many 
 and various, so that tlie inhabitants 
 of one province are not intelligible 
 to those of another; vet, notwith- 
 standing this complexity, it ajjpears 
 from their constrnction, that they 
 are all derivatives from one parent 
 langnage. The prepositions and 
 l)rouonns are said to be nearly the 
 same in all of them ; the numerical 
 characters to diflcr but little, and 
 they have many words in com- 
 mon, of exactly the same structure. 
 
 In their religions cen'monies the 
 Bisayans use neither idols nor tem- 
 ples, their sacriiices being offered in 
 arboins uhieh they raise ibr that 
 pur)tose ; nor have they any external 
 Jiddress of adoration to their gods. 
 They have priestesses, whom they 
 term babailonas, or catalonas, to 
 v\ hoin (he function belongs of pcr- 
 ibrming the sacrifice. Taking a 
 lance in her hands, with extravagant 
 gestures she works herself np to 
 a frenzy, muttering unintelligible 
 words, which are received as pro- 
 phetic — she then pierces a hog with 
 a lance ; and, having distributed the 
 carcase among the bvestanders, the 
 ceremony is closed with dancing and 
 drinking. These sacrifices are oi- 
 lered alike to evil spirits and to the 
 manes of their ancestors ; the latter 
 of whom they arc taught to believe 
 inhaliit veiy large trees, rocks of a 
 fantastic appearance, or any other 
 natural object, va: \ing in respect to 
 magnitude or formation from the 
 usual course, t'f this their con- 
 ■\iction is so strong, (hat they never 
 pass objects of this description with- 
 out asking leave of their imaginary 
 inhabitants. The\ have manj other 
 supcislitions, one of which is tUc 
 
 Patianac. This is a spirit or ideal 
 being, whose employment and 
 amusement consists in pr-enting, 
 by a method peculiar to itself, the 
 delivery of a woman in labour. To 
 counteract the malignity of this 
 demon, the husband, having made 
 fast the door, strips oif his clothes, 
 lights afire, and arming himself with 
 a sword, flourishes it, furiously about 
 until the woman is delivered. The 
 Tigbalang is another object of their 
 apprehension, and is described as a 
 phantom w hicli assumes a variety of 
 uncouth and monstrous shapes, and 
 interposes its authority to [irevent 
 the converted Indians li om perform- 
 ing the duties of religion. 
 
 These and other superstitions for- 
 merly had an extensive influence, 
 and are still extolled by ixnpostors, 
 who find their account in recom- 
 mending such absurdities as pa- 
 naceas for illness and misfortune. 
 Such also is the imbecility of In- 
 dians, that although they believe 
 these customs arc sinful, and by no 
 means give entire credit to their ef- 
 ficacy, yet they practise them, think- 
 ing chance may elfect sometliing iu 
 their fa^onr. 1 he Spanish mission- 
 aries have also found them but su- 
 l)erficial Christians, and more in- 
 Jlucnccd by a dread of power, than 
 by any religi«)us impressions, or ra- 
 tional piety. Their manners and re- 
 ligious notions correspond, in many 
 particulars, with those of the inland 
 Sumatians. 
 
 The Bisayan Indians do not be- 
 lieve there is any future state of re- 
 ward or punishment; but they ac- 
 knowledge the immortality of the 
 soul, and express an apprehension 
 of mischief from the spirits of the 
 deceased, who they suppose retain 
 all the wants incident to them while 
 on earth, lor this reason thej' place 
 on the tomb clothes, arms, and 
 food; and, on the fourth day, when 
 the funeral ceremony is performed, 
 a vacant seat is left at the table tor 
 the deceased, whom they believe to 
 be actually present, although not 
 perceptible. To verily this fact, 
 
PHILIPPINE ISLES. 
 
 069 
 
 aanil is strewed on tlie lloor, on 
 wliicli tlie prints of tlio feet of the 
 tlefniK't are asserted to be seen , 
 and, in order to deprecate his sup- 
 posed wrath, eatables are offered to 
 him — fear and superstition forming 
 the basis of the Bisayan charac- 
 ter. 
 
 IMagellan, whose ship first circum- 
 navigated the globe, on the day of 
 St. Lazarus, in A. D. 1521, disco- 
 vered a great many islands which 
 he named the Archipelago of St. 
 Lazarus; and on Easter-day he ar- 
 rived at the Island of Magindanao. 
 Several voyages were subsc«]uently 
 undertaken by the Spaniards, for the 
 purpose of taking possession of these 
 islands; but nothing was eifeeted 
 until 1564, when, in conse()aeiice of 
 orders fiom Philip II. of Spain, a 
 fleet was dispatched from Alexico 
 under Miguel Jjopcz de Legaspi, 
 which anived at the Pliilippiiies in 
 February, 15G5, and first sto|)ped at 
 Zebu, which was soon wholly sub- 
 dued. 
 
 In 1570, a fleet sailed from the 
 Island of Panay for IjUzou, when, 
 after several engagements w ilii the 
 rajahs of the country, who ajjpear 
 to have been principally Malays, 
 they effected a settlement at the 
 mouth of the Manilla Kiver. In 
 1571, Legaspi in person sailed to 
 Luzon, and entering the river on 
 the lUth of May, took possession of 
 the town of Manilla, which he con- 
 stituted tiie capital of the Sj.iauish 
 possessions in the Philippines. He 
 afterwards sent detachments to dif- 
 ferent parts of the island, accom- 
 panied by friars, without whose as- 
 sistance little progress would have 
 been made iu the reduction of the 
 island. Dilfereut establislimeuts were 
 in conseijuence fixed ou the sea- 
 coast; but to the lust the interior 
 has never I'een eitiier subdnt^d or 
 explored. In 1572, several Chinese 
 junks arrived M'ith merchandize, and 
 ninny of tiiat nation settled on the 
 Island of Luzon, niuc!; against liie 
 inclination of the Spaniards, who 
 rcj)caicdly expelled them ; and in 
 
 this year liCgaspi, tlie first viceroy 
 of the I'hilippines, died. 
 
 In 1574, the existence of the co- 
 lony was cudangen-d by an attack, 
 from Limahon, a gpat f'hiiiese pi- 
 rate, who arrived with 02 junks; but 
 after many bloody engagements he- 
 was expelled, and great part of his 
 army destroyed. Towards the con- 
 clusion of the 16th century, a con- 
 siderable and o|)en trade was carric<l 
 ou witii Japan; the natives of wliicli, 
 very different from those at present, 
 navigated all over the Eastern Seas, 
 and brought cargoes of the richest 
 merchandize to Manilla, both fm- 
 the consumption of the settlement 
 and for the export trade to Acapulco. 
 'J'he Japanese l'jm|)eror,'l'aycosuma, 
 even wished to be acknowledged 
 King of JVtanilla, but without suc- 
 cess. Through the medium of tliis 
 counnerec seveial friars were intro- 
 duced into Japan, for the propaga- 
 tion of the Roman Catholic r<'ligion. 
 At the same period the King <if 
 CauUxnlia sent the governor of thy 
 Philippines a present of two ele- 
 phants, and solicited his assistance 
 against the King of Siam. In 1.596 
 eommeieo nourished, and an inter- 
 course subsisted with China, Java, 
 the Coast of Coromandel, and 
 Mexico. 
 
 In 1.590, the Spaniards attacked 
 the Island ofSooloo. named b\ tliem 
 Jolo, but were repulsed witligieaL 
 slaughter ; nor could they even make 
 any im|>ression on the Stioluo |)i- 
 rafi s, wiio have for nearly three cen- 
 turies been the scourge of the Phi- 
 lippines, and still contirnie so. 
 Vt hen the Dutch established them- 
 selves in India, a war conmienct-d 
 between them and the Spaniards, 
 which lasted nearly half a centurv. 
 By the year A.D. l(i:^9,thenuujberuf 
 Chinese on these islands had in- 
 creased to 30,<t00, Uiost of thetn set 
 tied as cultivators in Ciilamba and 
 Binau. The Sp"j)iiarits appear ahv."vs 
 to have been jealous of them, and 
 hostile to their residence, although 
 the most industrious of their sub- 
 jects, in I63y, iu consequence of 
 
mo 
 
 PHUGWANNA. 
 
 some disaffection, real or imag-inary, 
 tlie Spaniards commenced u v>;\r 
 afrainst them, and made so dreadtiil 
 ahavock, that in a short time lluy 
 were reduced lo 7000, who suncii- 
 dcred at discretion. DiJrin<? this 
 disturbance tlie native Indians re- 
 mained neuter, having a greater ha- 
 tred to the Chinese, than even that 
 which possessed them against tiie 
 Spaniards. In 1662 Manilla was 
 threatened with an invasion honi 
 Coxinga, a great Chinese piialc, 
 who had subdued Formosa, and ex- 
 pelled the Dntch ; but it was never 
 carried into effect. 
 
 A.D. 1757, the viceroy of the PIu- 
 lippines dispatched all the Chinese 
 to their own country; and, in order 
 to prevent their lutiwe establishment 
 in the Archipelago, he appropriated 
 the quarter of St. Fernando for tiio 
 reception of such Chinese as i,i)ould 
 come on commercial pursuits, and 
 made rcg'.ilatioiis for their re-em- 
 barkation in good time, with the ex- 
 ception of such as had been convert- 
 ed to the Christian rehgion, who 
 were permitted to remain and apj)ly 
 themselves to the cultivation of the 
 land. 
 
 In 1762 Manilla was attacked by 
 a British fleet and army under Ad- 
 miral Cornish and General Draper, 
 which arrived on the 22d of Septem- 
 ber; and, after a short siege, stormed 
 the walls on the 51h of Octobci . The 
 archbishoj), w ho acted as governor, 
 was admitted to a capitulation on 
 the 6th (>{■ October, when, to prevent 
 a general phuider of the city, lie 
 agieed to pjiy the conquerors four 
 millions of dollars in different w ays ; 
 but of this little more than half a 
 million was ever received. F^y the 
 terms of the capitulation the whole 
 of theislan<lswere surrendered; but 
 in the remote provinces the Spa- 
 niards maintained their independ- 
 ence, and the British force was 
 scarcely sufiicient to garrison the 
 town, far less'to subdue the country. 
 Skirmishes and small actions conti- 
 nued to occur between the Spaniards 
 and tlie British, in which the latter 
 
 were joined by the Cliinesc settlers. 
 In many districts the Indians rose 
 on the Spaniards, and great confu- 
 sion prevailed until the 23d July, 
 1763, when an English frigate ar- 
 rived w ith the armistice ; but Ma- 
 nilla was not conclusively delivered 
 up until March, 1764. 
 
 Since that period the Spanish co- 
 lonies in these fruitful istands have 
 not been disturbed by any European 
 enemies, alth\)ugh frequently threat- 
 ened with invasion from the British 
 settlements in India. Besides Ma- 
 nilla, and the larger establishments 
 on liUzon, they have many smaller 
 settlements scattered over tiie islands 
 to the south ; but such is the weak- 
 ness of the Sjianish government, that 
 they have never been able to jirotect 
 them against the attacks of a few 
 despicable pirate vessels. For two 
 centuries pas! the piratical cruizcrs 
 from jMagindanao and Sooloo have 
 been plundering tlie coast of the Phi- 
 lippines, capturing vessels, pillaging 
 villages, burning towns, massacrcing 
 some of the inhabitants, and carry- 
 ing others into slavery; in which un- 
 fortunate list are included a very 
 great numbei- of the clergj', both 
 Spaniards and Indians. Although 
 unable to dei'end them, such is the 
 jealousy of the Spaniards, that they 
 do not allow the natives to possess 
 arms, iron of every sort being a royal 
 monopoly. It is asserted also that 
 the alcades purchase from the jjirates 
 the v( ry slaves they have captured 
 on their own islands, which saves 
 them the troid>le of carrying them 
 Hwvy lor sale. In J'eb."l809, the 
 Spaiiish government of (he Philip- 
 piiics published a declaration of their 
 adherence to Ferdinand VII. and 
 opciicd their ports to the British; 
 since which time a brisk trade has 
 subsisted, although considerably in- 
 jured by the revoIutio)iary warfare 
 in Mexico. {Zuniga,Sonnerat, Ley- 
 den, Marsden, Peiirouse, Fonfst, l^c.) 
 
 Phdgvvanna. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Lahore, situated in the 
 doab of the Sutuleje and Beyah ri- 
 vers S. E. &om Jaliindei'. This is a 
 
PLASSEY. 
 
 071 
 
 hrge ivalled town, situated in a fer- 
 tile country, produeiiii; wlieat, o;rain 
 mote, mongh, cord, aud sug:ar-caiie. 
 Ill tlie neighbourhood coarse dotlis 
 of various sorts are manufactured. 
 (IIM Register, .St.) 
 
 for the col<jur and mineral qualities 
 of the spriii"-. In tiic nciu'libouilieod 
 are many large t:inks. 'J'lir villa" o 
 belongs to tlie .lam of Noanagur. 
 {Maoiuirdo, .Vf.) 
 
 Pindar River. — .\ small river iu 
 
 PlLLiBEET. — A town ill tlic pro- Northern Hindostan, ill the pioviiice 
 
 vincc of Delhi, district of Bareily, 33 of Serinagur, which aflt-rwaids joins 
 
 miles N. E. from Bareily. Lat. 28^. the Alacanaiula, forniini; the sacred 
 
 39'. N. Long. 79°. 45'. E. During coulluence of rarnaprayaga. 
 
 the Rohillah government this place Pipi.EY, {Pipuli). — A small town 
 
 was an emporium of commerce, and iu the province of Ori.ssa, district of 
 
 was greatly augmented by IJafez Mohuibniige, situated on the Su- 
 
 Kehmut, who built a .spacious pettah bunrecka River, 22 miles >f. E. from 
 
 four miles iu circumference. Its 
 staples are saul, sissoo, and fir tim- 
 ber.s, sugars, and coarse cloths; and 
 from the mountains of Ahnora are 
 
 Balasore. Lat. 21°. 42'. N. Long. 
 87°. 2.y. E. 
 
 About the middle of the 17th cen- 
 tury this was a great resort of Eu- 
 importcd bora\, pitch, drugs, wax, rojiean trade, from whence the Dutch 
 and honey. After its acquisition by shipped annually 2000 tons of sail. 
 the Nabob of Oude its commerce The fust permission obtained by the 
 was annihilated ; but, since its cos- English from the Mogul emperors to 
 sion to the Lritisli, has greatly re- trade with Bengal was restricted to 
 vived. {Franhliii, Ac) this place, now almost unknown. 
 
 PiLLERE. — A small town iu the Sinc(? that period, the floods having 
 distinct of Gurrumcundah, 95 miles washed away great jjart of the town, 
 
 W. N. W. from Madras. Lat. 13°. 
 32'. N. Long. 79°. 5'. E. 
 
 PiNAGRA. — A town in the Barra- 
 mahal Province, 95 miles E. by S. 
 from Seringa patam. Lat. 12°. 6'. 
 N. Long. 78°. 8'. N. 
 
 PiNDTARliK, (or Piittara). — - A 
 small village in the Oujrat I'cninsula, 
 situated on a sandy plain, extending 
 about two miles from the sea-sliore, 
 wear the south-western extremity of 
 the peninsula. 
 
 In the vicinity is a spring of pink- 
 coloured water, celebrated among 
 the natives as a place of pilgrimage 
 
 and lormcd a dangeious bar in the 
 river, the merchants have removed 
 to lialasore. 
 
 1'iPi.Y. — A town in the province 
 of Urissa. district of Cuttack, 30 
 miles south from the town of Cut- 
 tack. Lat. 2(.°. 8'. N. Long. 86°. o'. E. 
 
 P]Pl.oVD.( Pini)al(ivati). — A town 
 and large mud tort in the I\Iaharattii 
 ttiritories. iu th<' jnovince of Khaii- 
 desli, 31 miles N. E. from Booihan- 
 poor. Lat.21°. 44'. X. Loui:;. 7G°. 
 35'. E. 
 
 PiRHALA. — A town tributary to 
 the Afglian sovereigns of Cabu!, 
 
 This spring gives its name to the vil- iu the prosiuce of Lahore, .55 miles 
 
 lage, which is inhabited only by a east from (he Indus. Lat. 32°. 25'. 
 
 few religious pcr.sons. v,ho .subsist on N. Lon.:. 71°. 48'. E. 
 
 the bounty of the numerous [lilgrims. Pitt's Straits. — The straitswhicli 
 
 As this village lies in the direct road se[iarate the i.slands of Salwatty and 
 
 to Dwaraea, persons resorting to that Ikittanta, situated at tlie western k\- 
 
 fane take the opportunity of bathing tremify of Papua, or New Gtiinea. 
 
 in the pink-coloured stream, and In length they are about 30 miles, 
 
 thereby purifying themselves. The by six the mean width, 
 
 spring is within high water mark ; by ' Plasskv. CPfl/aoi). — A town in the 
 
 which circumstance it i.s kept con- province of Bengal, district of Nud- 
 
 stantly clean. Tiie adjacent lands den, 30 miles so-.ith frojn iMoorshed-- 
 
 along the coast are much inqjieg- abad. Lat. 23°. 45 . N. l/Oug. 88°. 
 
 uatcd with iron, which may account 15'. E. 
 
672 
 
 POGGY ISl.ES. 
 
 Tlie battle of Plassey, which ilc- 
 cidcd the fate of Bengal, aud ulti- 
 mately of India, was fought on tin; 
 23d June, 1757. The British forces, 
 under Colonel Ciive, consisted of 900 
 Europeans, 100 topas^ses, and 2000 
 sepoys, with eight six-poiindets, aiid 
 two howitzers. The nabob's army, 
 if such a rabble deserve the name, 
 was estimated at 50,000 foot, and 50 
 pieces of cannon, besides abont 40 
 Frenchmen, fugitives from Ciiander- 
 nagore. 
 
 PoGGY (or Nassau) Isles, {PhIo 
 Paggi).— The Poggy or Nassau 
 islands form part of a chain, \\ hieh 
 lie oft" the whole length of the west 
 coast of Sumatra, at the distance of 
 20 or 30 leagues. The north extri^- 
 jnity of the Northern Poggy is situ- 
 ated in Lat.2°. 18'. S. and the south- 
 ern extremity of the most southern 
 island in Lat. 3°. 16'. S. I'he two 
 are separated from each other by 
 a very narrow passage called See 
 Cockup, in Lat. 2°, 40'. S. and Long. 
 100°. 38'. E. which affords very safe 
 anchorage for ships. 
 
 The face of the country is rough 
 and irregular, consisting of high and 
 precipitous mountains, covered with 
 trees to their summits, among which 
 are the species called puhn, tit for 
 the largest masts. The woods in 
 their present state are quite imper- 
 vious. The sago tree grows here in 
 plenty, and is the chief food of the 
 inhabitants, who do not cultivate 
 rice. The cocoa nut tree and the 
 bamboo, and also a great variety of 
 fruits, such as mangostecns, pine- 
 apples, plantains, &e. are found 
 here. The wild animals are the 
 large red deer, hogs, and several 
 kinds of monkeys; but there are 
 neither bullaloes, goats, nor (igers. 
 Fish are procured in great i)lenty, 
 and with pork constitute the fa- 
 vourite food of the natives. The 
 shell of the nautilus is often driven 
 on shore empty, but the natives sny, 
 they have never yet caught the nuu- 
 tiJus fish alive in the shell. 
 
 Notwithstanding the proximity of 
 these islands to Sumatra, the inha- 
 
 bitants and their language have no 
 resemblance v\hatever to the Suma- 
 trans, but a very strong one to the 
 natives of the South Sea Islands. 
 Near the entrance of the Straits of 
 See Cockup (Si Kakap) on the 
 Noithern Island, are a few houses 
 inhabited by Malays from Fort 
 Marlborough, who reside here for 
 the purpose of building large boats, 
 on account of the })ieiity of timber. 
 The natives are but few, divided 
 into small tribes, each tribe occupy- 
 ing a small river, and living in one 
 village. On the Northern Poggy are 
 seven villages, and on the Southern 
 five ; the aggregate number of inha- 
 bitants not exceeding 1400, the in- 
 terior being uninhabited. 
 
 Their clothing consists of a piece 
 of coarse cloth made of the bark of 
 a tree. Their stature is generally 
 uniler five I'vct and a half; their 
 complexion a light brown, or copper 
 colour, like the Malays. The use 
 of betel is unknown among them, 
 but the custom of tattooing the skiu 
 universal. They ha^ e no metals ex- 
 ce[it such as they procure from Su- 
 matra. 'I'he greatest length of their 
 war canoes is 65 feet ; breadth five 
 feet; dei)th three feet and a half; 
 and their weapons bows and arrows. 
 
 The natives of these islands do 
 not appear to have any form of reli- 
 gious worship, and do not jiractise 
 circumcision. ^Vhcu asked from 
 wSience they originally came, they 
 rej)ly, from the sun. Murder is pu- 
 nishable among them by retaliation. 
 In cases of adultery the injured hus- 
 band has a right to seize the effects 
 of the paramour ; and sometimes he 
 pnnishes his wife by cutting off her 
 huir. The custouis they follow in 
 llieir mode of disposing of their dead 
 resemble those of the Otaheitans. 
 
 In 1783, the son of a rajah of 
 one of these islands came over to 
 Sumatra, on a visit of curiosity, and 
 seemed to be an intelligent man. 
 IJe appeared acquainted with seve- 
 ral of the constellations, and gave 
 names of the Pleiades, Scorpion, 
 Great Bear, and Orion's Belt; aud 
 
POINT DE GALLE. 
 
 673 
 
 umlerstood the distinction betwixt 
 fixed and wandering stars. He par- 
 ticularly noticed Venus, whieli lie 
 named the i)lanet of the evening-. 
 Sumatra he named Serailiu, and 
 said, that as to reli<j;ion, tiie rajaiis 
 alone prayed, and sacrificed liogs and 
 fowls, in the first instance they 
 address tlicmselves to the J^ower 
 above the sky ; next to those in the 
 moon, who are male and female ; 
 and lastly, to that evil being, whose 
 residence is below the earth, and is 
 the cause of earthquakes. 
 
 The dialects of Neas and the 
 Poggy Isles, the inhabitants of the 
 latter of which are termed Mania- 
 way by the Malays, ha\e probably 
 greater pretensions to origin.iiity 
 than any of the dialects pf Sumatra, 
 but resemble the Batta more than 
 any other language. {Crisp, Mars- 
 den, Leyden, Sec) 
 
 Point Palmiras. — A small town 
 situated on the sea-coast of the pro- 
 vince of Orissa, district of Cuttack. 
 Lat. 20°. 45'. N. Long. 87°. 5'. E. 
 In favourable weather IJengal pilot 
 schooners for the River ilooghly are 
 frequently met with as soon as this 
 cape is passed. 
 
 Point de Galle. — A fortified 
 town in the Island of Ceylon, where 
 it ranks the third in consequence ; 
 situated GO miles south from Co- 
 lumbo. Lat.6°. N. Long. 80°. 1 5'. E. 
 
 llKi harbour is spacious, particu- 
 larly tjie outer road. '1 he inner har- 
 bour is secure during a great part of 
 the year ; but winds tiom a particu- 
 lar quarter are requisite to carry 
 vessels out. Ships outward-bound 
 from Europe generally come in sight 
 of the first huid at Dondrahead, the 
 southerii promontory of (.U-ylon, and 
 make Point de (ialle the first har- 
 bour. There is no regular rainy 
 .season here, but from ils situation 
 at the extremity of the island it has 
 a share of the rain of each coast, 
 which falls in occasional storms at 
 every season of the J car. JMore 
 rain, however, falls between No- 
 vember and February tiian at any 
 other time. 
 
 2 X 
 
 Point de Galle is an old Dutch 
 fort, very much out of repair. Not 
 above six English families reside 
 here constantly ; but oceaMoiially, 
 when tlie honieward-l)ound flecjt is 
 assembled here, a nuieh greater 
 number is colleetcd. Tiie j)cttah, 
 or native town, is extensive, and the 
 houses superior to those at Trinco- 
 malc ; in respect to tiatle it ranks 
 next to ColumI)0. 1 ixheries to a 
 ( (tnsiderable extent are carried on 
 here, and the fish dried and cured 
 tor exportation to the Continent of 
 India. Arrack, oil, pepper, cotton, 
 and cardamums, also form a j)art of 
 its exports. Cinnamon is also grown 
 here, but not in such <iuaiitities as 
 ai»ont Columbo; in tlavour it is 
 much the same. One of the East 
 India ships touches here annually, 
 to cairy ofl' what cinnamon is pre- 
 pared lor exportation. 
 
 Near the fort a colony of Chinese 
 is established by government as gar- 
 deners, for the jMupose of raising 
 vegetaldes, in which their patience 
 has at last succeeded, alter that of 
 Europeans had failed. They culti- 
 vate escn!(^nt vegetables of various 
 sorts, and have also thriving planta- 
 tions of sugar-cane. 'Ihe nuitlou 
 here is indiiierent ; but the beef, 
 poultry, bread, and fish, arc excel- 
 lent. The travelling distance Irom 
 Columbo, in a palanqisin, is 72 
 miles. 
 
 At Rellcgain. aliout 20 miles S.E. 
 tiom I'oint de Galle, is a celebrated 
 IJuddhist temple, in which is a figure 
 of Buddha rocunibciit. in a corner 
 is another figu/e, seated on a cobra 
 capella snake coiled up, the hood of 
 w hieh forms a canopy over his head. 
 There is also a gigasUi*; four-handed 
 fij,';ne of Yishtui. of a durk blue co- 
 lour, and the wails williin are co- 
 vered with puiiiicil fignres of Bud- 
 dha. Aboul two miles from the 
 temple of Bello.gam there is a large 
 fragment of a lock, on whiih is 
 sculptured a figure 13 feet high, 
 called by the country people the 
 Cutta Bajub. The Portugueze ob- 
 tained posicssion of Point de (jalie 
 
674 
 
 POLYGAR'S TERRITORY. 
 
 so early as 1517. (Percival, M. 
 Gmham, Lord Valentia, Bi'uce, cSc) 
 
 Point Pedro. — The uoiHiein ex- 
 tremity of the Island of Coyloii. 
 Lat. b°. 52'. N. Long. 80° 25'. E. 
 The passage from Ncgapataiii, in 
 the province of Tanjure, to I'oint 
 Pedro, is made usnally in a few 
 hours. The Dutch formerly had a 
 small fort here. 
 
 PoLLOoR. — A town in the Car- 
 natic, 77 miles S.W. from Madras. 
 Lat. 12° 30'. N. Long. 79°. 15'. E. 
 
 Polo. — A small island, one of the 
 Philippines, situated olf the west 
 coast of Luzon, or Luconia, about 
 the 15tli degree of noitli latitude. 
 In length it may be estimated at 
 25 miles, by three the average 
 breadth. 
 
 PoLOONSHAH. — A towu and dis- 
 trict tributary to the Nizam, in the 
 province of Hyderabad, 70 miles 
 N.W. from Rajahnuindry. Lat. 17°. 
 35'. N. Long. 81°. 10'. E. 
 
 This place is situated in a rich 
 and luxuriant valley, about lour 
 miles wide. The fort is a square of 
 about 300 yards, and has a large 
 round tower at each angle. The 
 rampart is faced with masonry, and 
 is surrounded by a deep dry ditch. 
 It is well covered by a glacis, and 
 may be considered as a place of 
 some strength. The town is above 
 two miles in circumference, and is 
 very populous, but consists of poor 
 Telinghy huts. The valley is sur- 
 rounded on all sides by lofty ranges 
 of mountains, the passes through 
 which are the only accesses to Po- 
 loonshah. There is here a manu- 
 factory of matchlocks, jinjalls, spears, 
 sabres, and other wcaj)ons, and the 
 rajah has a train of six brass field 
 pieces. {Blunt, (Vc.) 
 
 PoLYGAu's Territory. — A dis- 
 trict in the Southern Carnatic, situ- 
 ated principally between the 10th 
 and 1 1th degrees of north latitude. 
 To the north it is bounded by Tri- 
 chinopoly ; on the south by Alara- 
 was and Madura; on the cast it has 
 Taiijore and the sea ; and on the 
 west Dindigul. Altiiough tbis coun- 
 
 ti-y has acquired the distincHve ap- 
 pellation of the Polygar Teiritory, 
 the name is not peculiar to it, being 
 common to every native chief 
 throughout the south of India. 
 
 The polygars arc military chief- 
 tains of diHcrent degrees of po«er 
 and consequence, who bear a strong 
 affinity to the zemindars of the 
 North rn Ciicars. Those whose pol- 
 lams, or estates, are situated in the 
 frontier and jungly part of the coun- 
 ti7, are represented to have been 
 for the most part leaders of banditti, 
 or freebooters, who, as is not un- 
 common in Asia, iiad afterwards 
 been entrusted with the police of 
 the country. Some of them trace 
 their descent from the ancient ra- 
 jahs, or fiom I hose who held high 
 offices of trust under the Hindoo 
 government, and received allow- 
 ances in land or inoney for the shi>- 
 port of a body of horse and foot on 
 the feudal principle. 
 
 Other polygars had been renters 
 of districts, or revenue officers, who 
 had revolted in times of public dis- 
 turbance, and usurped the possession 
 of lands, to which they were con- 
 stantly adding by successive en- 
 croachments, when the ruling power 
 happened to be weak and inefficient. 
 The heads of villages, when favoured 
 by the natural strength of the coun- 
 try, frequently assumed the uame 
 and character of polygars, and kept 
 up their military retainers and no- 
 minal officers of state, exercising ia 
 this contracted sphere majiy of the 
 essential jiowers of sovereignty. 
 
 The amount of the tribute which 
 they paid to the Soubahdars of the 
 Carnatic was w holly disproportioned 
 to their revemics ; but more w as 
 constantly extorted by the officers of 
 government under the names of fines 
 and presents, which was a |)erpetual 
 source of violence and distraction. 
 During the jjcriods of public cala- 
 mity, they retaliated ujion the na- 
 bob's officers and the peaceable in- 
 habitants of the goverimient villages, 
 those ads of indefniiti^ and oppress- 
 ive authority, which were connnitted 
 
PONDICIIERRY. 
 
 675 
 
 on themselves. Ilenec tlic Britisli 
 RoveiniiKMit were repeatedly biir- 
 tlcned M itii large armaments to snb- 
 due these fendatories, involving 
 hcav) disbnrsements from the ])ublic 
 revenue, and severe loss of lives. 
 
 The })rineipal pollams, or polygar 
 estates, arc those of Shevaguiiga, 
 Ramnad, INfanapara, Madura, and 
 Nattam. Tlic two first were perma- 
 nently assessed in 1803, at tlir same 
 time as those of 'I'inevelly ; and the 
 rest were soon afterwards settled in 
 perpetuity. From this period the 
 tribute of the j)olygars, although in- 
 creased, has been punctually paid ; 
 no blood has been shed, or money 
 expended in military operations 
 against them, and the surrounding 
 districts have enjoyed tranquillity 
 Tinder the revival of the ancient sys- 
 tem of village police. 
 
 This territory is not so well wa- 
 tered, or in so high a state of culti- 
 vation, as the adjacent province of 
 Tanjorc ; but the soil is naturally 
 very fertile, and the agriculture, 
 from the steadiness of government, 
 I)rogressively improving. There are 
 no rivers of any considerable mag- 
 nitude ; the chief towns are, Nattam, 
 ISIanapar, Vcranially, Puducotty, 
 Cottapatam, and I'ondi. The dis- 
 trict is now comprehended in the 
 collectorshi|) of Dindigul. {pth lie- 
 poi't. Lord Valentia, '$-c.) 
 
 PoxAKUM. — A town in the Car- 
 natie, 53 mil(>s S.W. from Pondi- 
 cherry. Lat. 11°. 20'. N. Long. 79° 
 20'. \L 
 
 PONDICHERRY, {Puditchei'i). — A 
 city on the sea-eoastof ihe Carnatic, 
 once the most splendid European 
 settlement in India, but now greatly 
 reduced. Lat. 1 1° 56'. N. Long. 
 79°. 58'. E. 
 
 This i)laee stands on a sandy plain 
 not far from the sea-shore, producing 
 only palm trees, millet, and lew 
 herbs ; but the sunounding district 
 produces cotton and a little rice, 
 f pon the whole, however, it is better 
 .situated than Madras, as during the 
 S.W. monsoon, which is the season 
 of naval varfare, it is to wiiidw ard, 
 
 2x2 
 
 an advantage the French experi- 
 enced the benefit of dining the hard- 
 contested wars of last century. 
 
 Pondicherry has no natural advan- 
 tages as a connnereial town, and 
 when it ceased to be the capital of 
 the French possessions, it soon fell 
 to decay. On account of the long 
 continuance of the late war, the 
 I'rench inhabitants were reduced to 
 the utmost distress; and being un- 
 able, from poverty, to repair their 
 houses, the appearance of the town 
 has sull'eied very much — and for the 
 destruction of its fortifications, it is 
 indebted to the policy of its own go- 
 vernment. 
 
 In 1758 the French govenimcnt, 
 confiding in the great force sent out 
 under M. Lally, ordered him to de- 
 stroy and dismantle all the British 
 fortifications that might fall into his 
 power, which he executed practi- 
 cally when he caj)turcd Fort St. Da- 
 vid. A heavy retribution followed 
 when Pondicheny was taken by Co- 
 lonel Coote, in 1761. On this occa- 
 sion the fortifications Avere levelled, 
 and the ditch filled up by the removal 
 of the glacis into it, and from this de- 
 .struction it lias never completely re- 
 covered. 
 
 The French power in India M'as 
 but of short duration, but remark- 
 ably brilliant while it lasted. It 
 commenced under the government 
 of M. Dupleix in 1749, and was ex- 
 tinguished by the surrender of Pon- 
 dielierry in 1761; but the beginning 
 of the colony has a much earlier 
 date. 
 
 'I'he French first adventured to 
 India in 1601, when two ships were 
 fitted out from St. Maloes, under the 
 command of the Sicur Bardalieu, 
 which were Miecked next year 
 among the Maldives Isles without 
 reaching their destination. In 1604 
 Henry lY. incorporated the first 
 French East India Company with a 
 charter for 15 years. In 1672 the 
 French, under M. Martin, purchased 
 from the King of Visiapoor (Beja- 
 poor) a village on the coast called 
 Pondiclienv. with a small tract ad- 
 
676 
 
 PONDICHERRY. 
 
 jacent, where ho effected a settle- 
 ment, M hich soon became populous, 
 from the dislracted state of the neigh- 
 bouring' couutries. In 1693 the 
 Dutch took: PondicheiTy, which they 
 jetajned until the peace of Ryswick, 
 in 1697, when they were obliged to 
 restore it with the fortifications great- 
 ly improved. 
 
 On tlie 26th August, 1748, Admi- 
 ral Boscaweu besieged Pondicherry 
 with an army composed of 3720 Eu- 
 ropeans, 300 topasses, and 2000 se- 
 poys; and, on the 6th October, was 
 compelled to raise the siege, having 
 lost in the course of it 1065 Eu- 
 ropeans. 'l"he French garrison con- 
 sisted of 1800 E\noi)eaus and 3000 
 sepoys. M. Duplcix acted as go- 
 vernor during this siege, having been 
 appointed in 1742 ; in 1754 he Mas 
 removed from the government. M. 
 Lally lauded at this settlement on 
 the 28th Feb. 1758, when an active 
 war ensued between the French and 
 British forces, which ended in the 
 total ruin of the French and their 
 adherents. Pondicherry surrendered 
 to the British army under Colonel 
 Coote on the 16th Jan. 1761, after a 
 long and strict blockade. The total 
 number of European military taken 
 in the town, including services at- 
 tached to the troops, was 2072 ; the 
 civil inhabitants were 381; the artil- 
 lery fit for service were 500 pieces 
 of cannon, and 100 mortars and ho- 
 witzers. The ammunition, arms, 
 weapons, and military stores, were 
 m equal abundance. 
 
 At tlie peace of 1763 this fortress 
 was restored to the French Flast In- 
 dia Company, with the fortifications, 
 in a very dilapidated condition; but, 
 by great exertions and the skill of 
 <he J'rench engineer;:', they were 
 again considerably strengthened. In 
 Oct. 177.S it surrendered to the army 
 under Sir Hector Monro alter an 
 obstinate defence, highly honourable 
 to the governor, M. de Kellecombe. 
 The gai rison consisted of 3000 men, 
 of whom 900 were Europeans; the 
 besieging army amounted to 10,.50U 
 men, of whom 1500 were Europeans, 
 
 At the peace of 1783 it again de- 
 volved to the French, but, on the 
 breaking out of hostilities, surren- 
 dered to the British army on the 
 23d August, 1793. On this occasioa 
 the garrison consisted of 900 sol- 
 diers, and 1500 armed iidiabitants. 
 
 It was restored nt tlie peace of 
 Amiens, at which period the inha- 
 bitants were estimated at 25,000, 
 the revenue at 40,000 pagodas per 
 annum, and the extent of sea coast 
 five miles. On this event Buona- 
 parte seems to have formed expec- 
 tations of raising it to its ancient 
 splendour, otherwise he would not 
 have sent out an establishment of 
 such magnitude as arrived under 
 General de Caen. This consisted 
 of seven generals, a proportional 
 mimber of inferior officers, and 1400 
 regular troops, including a body 
 guard of 80 horse; in addition to 
 which they brought 100,0001. in spe- 
 cie — the Avhole evidently intended 
 for a much wider field of action than 
 the confined territory of Pondicherry 
 afforded. Whatever were his plans 
 they were all frustrated by the short 
 duration of the peace, as Pondicherry 
 was again occupied by the British 
 in 1803 ; but the French admiral, 
 Linois, having the earliest intelli- 
 gence, escaped with his ships. 
 
 The system of policy adopted by 
 the l-'rench from the beginning vio- 
 lated the customs and prejudices of 
 the natives. JNI. Duplcix destroyed 
 their temples; M. Lally forced thcjn 
 to work in the trenches, and to do 
 other military duty repugnant to 
 their caste ; and the French govern- 
 ment had prohibited the residence of 
 a single family winch was not Christ- 
 ian within its boundaries. To this 
 intolerant and interfering spirit, in a 
 considerable degree, nmst be attri- 
 bnted the decline of the French 
 power, and to a contrary system the 
 elevation of tiie Britisli on its ruins. 
 
 'I'ravelfing distance from Madras, 
 1 00 miles ; fi om Seringapatam, 260 ; 
 from Hyderabad, 452; from Delhi, 
 1400; from Calctitta. 1130; from 
 Nagpoor, 773: from Poonah, 707. 
 
POONAH. 
 
 677 
 
 (Lord Valentia, Orme, Macpherson, 
 Kennel, ^-c.) 
 
 PoNTiANA. — A Dutch seUlcment 
 on tlie west coast of tlie Lslund of 
 Borneo, Lat. 3°. S. Lonjj. 109°. 
 30'. E. 
 
 The Dutch East India Company 
 obtained possession of Landak and 
 Succadana, on the Isijuid of Borneo, 
 by a f^rantfrom the King- of Bantam, 
 to whose crown they wcie appen- 
 dages. In tlio year 1778 he ceded 
 tlic entire property of them to tlie 
 Dutch East India Company, Mhieh 
 took immediate possession of tlieni, 
 and erected a small fort called Fon- 
 tianii situated on a river then named 
 Lava, but now by Europeans Pon- 
 tiana. {Stavorhiits ami Notes, '$•€.) 
 
 PooLSEKPOoR. — A town in the 
 Nabob of Oude's territories, 46 miles 
 N. N. E. from I 'vzabad. Lat. 27°. 
 28'. N. Long-. 82°. 30'. E. 
 
 PooNAH, {Pmm). — A city in the 
 province of Bejapoor, the capital of 
 the Peshwa and of the IMaliaratta 
 empire. Lat. 18°. 30'. N. Long. 
 74°. E. 
 
 This place is situated about 30 
 miles to the east of the Ghauts, 100 
 road miles from Bombay, and 76 
 from the nearest sea-coast. Consi- 
 dering its rank Poonah is not large, 
 covering probably little more than 
 two scpiare miles, is but indill'crently 
 built, and wholly open and defence- 
 less; on which account it belter an- 
 swers the ilcscription of a large ^ il- 
 ia jc than of a city. Severid of the 
 houses are large, and built wiih 
 s(|uare blocks of granite to about 14 
 feet from the ground ; the upper part 
 is a frame work of tind>cr, with slight 
 walls. 'J'he lime, bricks, and tiles, 
 are so bad, that the rain washes away 
 any building that does not depend 
 on limber for its support. The in- 
 habitants are well supplied from ex- 
 tensive markets; aiidllure is a long 
 street in which a great variety t)f ar- 
 ti('les, such as minors, globes, lamps, 
 &c. are displayed, 'i'he streets are 
 named after mylliological person- 
 ages, adding the termination warry, 
 oqnivalent to street ; and the mem- 
 
 bers of the Hindoo pantheon are 
 brought still further into notice by 
 paintings on the exterior of tho 
 houses ; the history of tlie Brahmin- 
 ical deities may therefore be learn- 
 ed while traversing the city. 
 
 The ancient palace or castle of 
 Poonah is surrounded by high thick 
 walls, with four round towers, and 
 has only one entrance, through a 
 pointed arch. Here the Peshwa's 
 brother and other members of tho 
 family reside, but he has a modern 
 house for his own residence in ano- 
 ther part of the town. In 1809 he 
 had made tinangements for the erec- 
 tion of a palace, to be built by Bri- 
 tish architects, his highness defray- 
 ing the expense. Preparatory to the 
 construction of this edifice the ground 
 was then marked out and conse- 
 crated, by l)eing plastered over with 
 a composition of cow dung and ashes. 
 
 The view from Parvati liill com- 
 mands the town with all its gardens 
 and plantations, the cantonuients of 
 the subsidiary force, and the British 
 residency at the Sungum. At the 
 bottom of the hill is a large square 
 field enclosed with high brick walls, 
 where the Peshwa assendjles the 
 Brahmins, to whom he gives alms at 
 the great feast Avhcn the rainy sea- 
 son terminates, who, on this occa- 
 sion, beg their way to Poonah from 
 all parts of India. When all assem- 
 bled they are shut in and marked, 
 and as they come out, one at a time, 
 the gratuity is given to them. To 
 the eastward of the city there are 
 mythological excavations resembling 
 those of Carii and El(>iiliauta, but of 
 a very inferior description. 
 
 At this place the ^Moota Kiver 
 joins the Moola — their union funn- 
 ing the Mootimioola, wiiichruiis into 
 the Beeinah. This river afterwards 
 forms a junction with the Krishna; 
 by which nuite, dining the rainy 
 season, a journey by water may be 
 ellected from w ithiu 75 n)iles dist- 
 ance of the western coast of India 
 to the Bay of Bengal. The IVIoota 
 washes the city on the north side, 
 where it is abt)ut 200 yards broad. 
 
078 POONAKHA. 
 
 and in the dry season very sliallow. 
 It was formerly intended to build a 
 bridge over it ; but the Peshwa, who 
 conmienced it, dying, and his suc- 
 cessor, while prosecuting the work, 
 tlie undertaking was judged unpleas- 
 iiig to the gods, and abandoned. The 
 Sunguni, where tlie British ambas- 
 sador resides, is distant about two 
 miles from the city, having the Moo- 
 ta River between them, and is en- 
 tirely occupied by the ambassador's 
 suite and other British subjects. The 
 garden is watered by both rivers by 
 means of aqueducts, and produces 
 Indian fruits and vegetables. Apple 
 and peach trees thrive here, and 
 there is also an excellent vineyard. 
 
 The present Peshwa Bajeerow is 
 the son of llie famous Bagobah (Ra- 
 goonaulh Row)of evil memory. His 
 predecessor, Madhurow, -"the young 
 Peshv.a, died suddenly the 27th of 
 Octol>er, 1 795, when this prince was 
 raised to the sovereignty, but expe- 
 rienced many vicissitudes, having 
 been repeatedly dethroned and re- 
 instated by the chiefs of the contend- 
 ing factions. His alliance with the 
 British, concluded at Bassein on the 
 30th Dee. 1 802, established his power 
 on a solid foundation, and he has 
 ever since remained in undisturbed 
 possession of the government. Al- 
 though his family is Brahminical, 
 yet, not being of the highest order, 
 the purer classes of Brahmins refuse 
 to cat with liim ; and at Nassuck, a 
 place of pilgrimage, near the source 
 of the Godavery, he was not allowed 
 to descend by the same flight of steps 
 used by the holy priests. The Poo- 
 nah Ibahmins affect an extreme pu- 
 rity, and abstain from animal food, 
 and some of them object to eating 
 carrots; but, notwithstanding their 
 sanctified al)stinence, they are held 
 in extreme contempt by their carni- 
 vorous bretlncn of Bengal and Up- 
 per Hindostau. 
 
 Among the natives here beef is 
 never killed or eaten, except by very 
 base tribes of iliiidoos. Particular 
 towns within Maiiaratta territories 
 enjoy the exclusive privilege of kill- 
 
 ing beef for sale ; Koorsee, on the 
 Krishna River, is one; and Wahi, 
 or Wye, about 50 miles to the south- 
 ward of Poonah, is another. The 
 burning of widows with their hus- 
 bands' corpse is very frequent at 
 Poonah, where five or six instances 
 occur every year ; and the immola- 
 tion is usually performed at the junc- 
 tion of the Moota and Moola rivers, 
 close to the British residency. 
 
 The population of Poonah is not 
 great for tlie metropolis of so exten- 
 sive an empire, but it probably ex- 
 ceeds 100,000. Formerly at the fes- 
 tival of the Dusserah, on the 13th of 
 October, the great ]\Iaharatta chief.* 
 used to attend at l^oonah, accom- 
 panied by prodigious bodies of their 
 followers, by whom whole fields were 
 devastated. Having celebrated this 
 festival, they were accustomed to 
 set out on their predatory excursion.s 
 into the neighbouring coiuitries, 
 where little distinction was made 
 between friend and foe — a ]\Iaha- 
 ratta being remarkably impartial in 
 his robberies. On some occasions, 
 when invaded, the Maharattas not 
 thinking Poonah worth preserving, 
 have destroyed it with their own 
 hands, after sending the archives and 
 valuables to some of the nearest hill 
 fortresses ; and, in a state that can 
 conveniently exist without a large 
 capital, great advantages are gained 
 in war by a release from such an in- 
 cumbrance. 
 
 Travelling distance from Bombay, 
 98 miles ; from Hyderabad, 387 ; 
 from Oojain, 442; from Nagpoor, 
 486 ; from Delhi, 913 ; and from 
 Calcutta, by Nagpoor, 1208 miles. 
 (Re)tnel, M. Graham, Moor, Lord 
 Valcntia, Malet, ,^-c.) 
 
 PooNAKHA. — A tow n in Northern 
 Hindostan, in the province of Boo- 
 tan, situated on the cast side of the 
 Chaanchicu River. Lat. 27°. 66'. N. 
 Long. 89°. 45'. E. This is the win- 
 ter residence of the Deb Rajah, and 
 being tlie warmest part of Bootan, is 
 selected lor the cultivation of exotics 
 from the south. The palace of I'oo- 
 nakha resembles that of Tassisudon, 
 
POPO ISLE. 
 
 679 
 
 l)ut is rather more spacious, and has 
 in tijc sa1ne niaiiucr its ('itadol ami 
 trilded canopy. It is situated on a 
 peninsiilii, washed on both sides l>y 
 tiie JNJatehien and Patclucu Hivcrs, 
 inimeiiiateiy before their junction. 
 {Titrner, S'C-) 
 
 PooNAR. — A hilly and woody dis- 
 trict belo!ia,iii!j to the Nizam, in the 
 province ol lierar, situated between 
 the 21st and "i'id degrees of Jioilh 
 latituile. 'J'he chief to«n is Poonar, 
 and th«'re is no river of consequence. 
 By Abul Fazel, in 1582, it is de- 
 scribed as follows : 
 
 " >ircar Poonar, containing five 
 niahals ; revenue 13,440,000 tlanis." 
 Poonar. — A town in the Xizani's 
 territories, in the province of licrar, 
 the capital of u district of the s;inie 
 name, 75 miles south from Elli( li- 
 {)oor. Lat. 2o°. y'. N. Long. "ib". 
 13'. E. 
 
 PooRBUNDER. — A town on the 
 S. W. coast of the Gujrat Peninsula. 
 Lat. 21° 37'. N. Long. 6[)°. 50'. E. 
 
 On a high mountain in this dis- 
 trict, visible from Bhattia, once stood 
 the city of Goomtec, which w as tlie 
 metropolis of the Banas of Poor- 
 bunder, when their sway extended 
 throughout the western quarters of 
 the Gujrat Peninsula. It was de- 
 stroyed by Jam Bhamenee, the son 
 of Jam Oner, who invaded the coun- 
 try from Siude, for the purpose of 
 overturning Uie government of Poor- 
 bunder. Legendary tales and songs 
 state their passage of the Run at 
 Mallia, which may l>e esteemed evi- 
 dence of the extent of that curious 
 swamp at an early period. In this 
 district there are several extensive 
 works for fusing iron. 
 
 By an agreement conrhided in 
 1808, BanaSerlanjeeand Coer llal- 
 lajee of Poorbunder, engaged with 
 the Bomliay governmeiit not to per- 
 mit, iiLstigate, or connive at, any act 
 of piracy committed by iuiy perisou 
 under their authority, and also to 
 abstain from plundering vessels in 
 distress. Kecriprocal freedom of 
 Irade to be permitted by both par- 
 ties, and ajj agent from tho Bombay 
 
 government to be allowed to reside 
 at I'oorbunder, to ascertain that the 
 articles of the treaty were correctly 
 observed. {Macmurdo, Treaties, Vc. 
 
 PoOKNAH BiVF.u, {Piirana, full). 
 — A river in the Deecan, which has 
 it.s source in the Injardy Hills, from 
 whence it flows west through the 
 jirovince of Bcrar, and falls into the 
 'i'uptee about 20 miles below JJoor- 
 han|)Oor. 
 
 PonRUNnER,( Ptfrrtnrfa>-fl). — A town 
 belonging to the Maharatta I'eshwa, 
 in the j rovince of Bejapoor, 17 miles 
 S. by E. fronj Poonah. Lat. 18°. 
 16'. N. Long. 74°. o'. E. 
 
 PoovALOOR. — A town in the Carr 
 natic, 24 miles north from Tanjorc. 
 Lat. 11°. 6'. N. Lo g. 79°. 15. E. 
 
 PooRWAH, (P;</Tn).~A town in 
 the Nabob of Oude's territories, 28 
 miles S. S. W. from Lucknow. Lat. 
 2G°. 28'. N. Long. 80° 44'. E. 
 
 PooTELLAM. — A town ou the west 
 coast of the Island of Ceylon, re- 
 markable for its salt pans. Lat. b°. 
 5'. N. Long. 79°. 51'. E. 'I'he salt 
 pans are Conned by an arm of the 
 sea, which overflows part of tlie 
 country between this place and Cal- 
 penteen. A large quantity of salt 
 was manufactured here by (he Dutch, 
 who considered their exclusive pos- 
 session of this article as one of their 
 greatest means of coercing the kings 
 of Candy, as the latter could only 
 procure this necessary through the 
 medium of the Dutch. 
 
 Since the British acquired Ceylon, 
 the production of salt here has been 
 almost entirely neglected, although 
 it might be rendered profitable, and 
 is most eligibly situated for supply- 
 ing the King of Candy's domini(»ns. 
 {Percioal, iSt.) 
 
 PoPo Isle. — An island in tho 
 Eastern Seas, 50 miles in circum- 
 ference, and situated about the 130th 
 degree of east longitude. 'J'he two 
 clusters of islands named Bo and 
 Popolo lie nearly in the same pa- 
 rallel of latitude, the latter being of 
 a more mountainous surface than the 
 former. They are inhabited, and 
 
680 
 
 POSITRA. 
 
 afford a supply of cocoa nuts, salt, 
 and dried fish. {Forrest, ^c.) 
 
 PoosHKUR, {or Pohir). — A cele- 
 brated Hindoo place of pilgrimage, 
 in the province of Ajnieer, sifuuted 
 about four miles from the city of Aj- 
 nieer. The town, wliich is not lai j^e, 
 stands on the t^hore of a romantic 
 lake (Pooshkor), from whitlt it takes 
 its name. It is said that at this place 
 only is to !>e seen any sacred image 
 of Brahma. His temple is close to 
 tlie lake, small, plain, and very an- 
 cient; and the image is about the 
 size of a man, with four faces in a 
 sitting posture. The largest temple 
 at this place is dedicated to the third 
 incarnation of Vishnu, but only the 
 ruins now remain, having been de- 
 molished by the zeal of Aurcngzebe. 
 Besides these there are many others 
 of modern date, erected to every 
 deity in tho Hindoo calendar, and 
 amongst otiiers one didicat(Ml to 
 Mahadi-Aa, which is the handsomest 
 at the place. The banks of the lake 
 are covered with small temples, pa- 
 vilions, and choultries, built by the 
 neighbouring rajahs at various times. 
 The town of Pooshkur is divided 
 into two (juarters, containing alto- 
 getlier about 700 houses, the inha- 
 bitants of ^^llich are mostly Brah- 
 mins, and entirely dependent on cha- 
 ritable <;cn1riou)ions for a siibsist- 
 tncc. Here is also a jMahonmiedan 
 mosque, built l)y Byram Khan, the 
 friend and tutor of the Emperor Ac- 
 ber. The marble u^td in most of 
 the great bnildings is dug out of 
 (juarrics about seven miles to the 
 west of Pooshkur. The country ex- 
 tending west to the city of iVJeerta 
 is flat, and but little cultivated. 
 {liroug/iton, <SiC.) 
 
 PouCA. — A town on the sea coast 
 of the province of 'I'ravant'or, 130 
 miles In. >V . from Cape Comoriti. 
 I.at. 9°. 2.3'. N. Long. 76°. 24'. E. 
 This is a populous |)lace, inhabited 
 by many Mahommedan, Hindoo, 
 and Christian mercliants. The ad- 
 jacent country produces abundance 
 of rice, and may be called the gra- 
 nary of Malabar. 'J'hc Dutch East 
 
 India Company had formerly a fac- 
 tory here, for the purpose of procur- 
 ing pepper. {Fra Paolo, S^c.) 
 
 PoRO IsLi:. — This island is also 
 named Pulo Sipora, or the Island of 
 Good Fortune, and is situated off 
 the south-western coast of Sumatra, 
 N. W. of the Poggy Isles, and in- 
 habited by the same race, with the 
 same nnaincrs and language. When 
 this island was visited, in 1750, by 
 Mr. John Saul, the towns or villages 
 contained nearly 1000 iidialutants ; 
 and, in 1757, when Captain Foirest 
 made his inquiries, there was not any 
 material alteration. In length this 
 island may be estimated at 33 miles, 
 by eight the average breadth, and it 
 is described as being almost entirely 
 covered with wood. {Mar.sden, ^c.) 
 
 PoRTONovo. — A town on the sea- 
 coast of the Carnatie, 117 miles 
 S. S. W. from Madras, and 32 miles 
 S. by W. from Pondicherry. Lat. 
 11°. 30'. N. Long. 79^. 52'. E. 
 
 PosiTRA. — A piratical town and 
 fortress in the western extremity of 
 tiie Gujrat Peninsula, situated in 
 the district of Oka, near to the town 
 of that name, and in sight of Bate. 
 Lat. 22° 23'. N. Long. 69°. 17'. E. 
 
 By an agreement executed on the 
 28fh Dec. 1807, Coer Meghrajee, of 
 this place, engaged with the Bombay 
 government not to permit, instigate, 
 or connive at, any act ot piracy com- 
 mitted by any person under his com- 
 mand, and also to abstain from plun- 
 dering vessels in distress. A free 
 commerce to be permitted to all 
 British vessels paying the regulated 
 duties. 'J'hcse precautions do not 
 appear to have been efiectual, as, in 
 1809, Posiira surrendered to a British 
 niilitaiy turce, and the walls were 
 levelled with the ground. It had 
 long been ia the possession of a band 
 of pirates and freebooters, who kept 
 tlie adjacent territory in a state of 
 desolation, and had baflled the ut- 
 most ejlbrts of the neighbouring 
 chieftains. In the neighbourhood of 
 this place there is still a village of 
 professed pirates, who do not culti- 
 vate ground sufficient to raise the 
 
PRINCE OF WALES' ISLAND. 
 
 f)8l 
 
 necessaries of life, Inisling to tlie 
 success of tlieir clepredalions. 'i'lie 
 gopoc chuiiduii, a Avliite clay for 
 uiarkiii;;- the forehead, taken In.m a 
 holy tank near I'osifra, sells iit Pom- 
 bay for six rupees per maund. {Mac- 
 viurdo. Treaties, <^"c.) 
 
 PowALLY. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of 'I'iiineveily, 20 miles S. \V . 
 from Madura. Lat! i>°. 31>'. N. Lon,^ 
 77°. 69'. K. 
 
 PowA NG HL'R, {Puvanglinr). — A 
 stronji; hill fort in the Alaharalta ter- 
 ritories, in the province of Cujrat.a 
 few miles distant iiom the town of 
 Chumpaneer. Lai. 22°. 31°. N. 
 Long. 73°. 39'. E. 
 
 Powanghur is an immense rock, 
 every where nearly perpendicular, 
 al)OUt 600 yards high, aiid iiiacees- 
 sibie except on the norJh side, which 
 is fortified with five w alls. On the 
 suuunit of ;dl is a ro( k, on which 
 stands a celebrated J liudoo temple, 
 the ascent to which is by 240 steps. 
 Notwithstanding its Ibrmidable posi- 
 tion, it was taken, in 1S03, by the 
 Urilish forces, wfter a very slight re- 
 sistance, {tith Rigister, tVc.) 
 
 Pratas 1sm.s. — A cluster of is- 
 lands, shoals, and large recks of 
 considerable extent, in the J'^astcrn 
 Seas, being six leagues from north 
 to south, and stretching three or tour 
 leagues to the eastward of the island. 
 Lat. 23°. 50'. N. Long. \ 16°. 4.V. E. 
 PuiAMAN. — A town .situated on 
 the S. W. coast of Sumatra. Lat. 
 0°. 36'. S. Long. 99°. 43'. E. U\ 
 168.5 this was the Jlast India Com- 
 pany's chief settlement on the is- 
 land, tlie troops endjarked for tlie 
 garrison amouutiisg to 300 men, and 
 the artillery to 49 pieces of ordnance. 
 {Bruce, ^c.) 
 
 Princi; of Walks' Island, (PuIo 
 Penatig, Eetel-iwi Island). — An in- 
 land situated off the west coast of 
 the Malay Peninsula, the N. E. 
 point of which is in J^at. 5°. 2o'. N. 
 Long. 100°. 19'. E. 
 
 This island is of an irregular four- 
 sided figure, and computed to con- 
 tainnearly 160 square miles. Through- 
 out the centre of the island tlicre is 
 
 a range of lofty hills, rffcreasiig in 
 magiiitu;ie as they approach I'l'- 
 south, ai;d from these (low numerous 
 fine streams, which supply the island 
 abundantly with water. 'I he har- 
 bour is formed bj the nanow strait 
 which scjjarates the north side of the 
 island fiom the (^)uedah shore, it 
 is capafious, atibnis good anchorage 
 for the largest ships, and is so well 
 defended from the winds that a 
 storm has never been lelt here. The 
 principal entrance is to the N. W. 
 Imt there is also a fine ciianiHl to 
 the southward. Yiolent squalls are 
 occasionally experienced, but they 
 rarely continue more than an hour. 
 
 ^^ ifh the exception of January 
 and i'cbruary, wliii^ii are the dry 
 hot months, the island is seidoin a 
 few day without rain ; the heaviest 
 falls about November and December. 
 'J'hc flag stafl' hill, which is nearly 
 the highest in the island, is estimat- 
 ed to rise 2500 feet aljove the level 
 of the sea. Here the thermometer 
 never ascends above 78°. seldom 
 above 74°. and falls to 6b°. while on 
 the j)lai(i it ranges from 76°. to 90°. 
 The distance of (Jeorge Town from 
 the fool of the hills is five miles, auti 
 from thence to the Hag staff is three 
 miles more. 
 
 The soil of this island is various; 
 generally a light black mould niixccl 
 with gravel, clay, and in many parts 
 sand}'. The whole island had been 
 for ages covered with an immense 
 forest, from which originated a line 
 veg-'table monhl formed by the de- 
 cayed leaves, wiiieli, as the woods 
 were cleared, and liie surface ex- 
 posed to the weather, isi a consider- 
 able degree disappeared ; but the 
 soil in the interior is still equal to 
 any sort of cultivation. These fo- 
 rests prod'iee excellent timber for 
 ship building, and supply masts of 
 any diniensio.is — lower masts of one 
 piece having been procured here for 
 a 74 gun ship. Much of the north, 
 and nearly the whole of the south 
 and east sides ol the island, are in a 
 state of culti\aiion. 'I'he principal 
 productions arc pepper, betel mit, 
 
GS'2 
 
 PRINCE OF WALES' ISLAND. 
 
 betel leaf, cocoa nuts, coffee, sugar, 
 paddy, i^inger, yams, sweet potatoes, 
 and a ojcat variety of vegetables. 
 The fruits arc the mangosteen, rani- 
 bosteen,pine apples,guavas, oranges, 
 citrons, pomegranates, &,c. Ti;e ex- 
 otics raised here are cloves, nutmegs, 
 cinnamon, pimento, kyapootec, co- 
 lalava, and a number of other plants 
 from the Moluccas and Eastern Isles. 
 Pepper is the chief article of culti- 
 vation ; the quantity raised in 1804 
 was calculated at two millions of 
 pounds. 
 
 The elastic gum vine (nrceola 
 elastica) or American caout-chouc, 
 is found in great plenty on Prince of 
 Wales' Island. It is about the thick- 
 ness of the arm, almost round, with 
 a strong ash-coloure<l bark, much 
 cracked and divided longitudinally, 
 with points at small distances that 
 send out roots, but seldom branches. 
 It creeps along the groinid to the 
 distance of more than 200 paces, and 
 then ascends among the branches of 
 high trees. The milky juice of the 
 vine is drawn off by wounding the 
 bark, or by cutting the vine in pieces. 
 The best is jnocurcd from the oldest 
 vines, which will jicid two-thirds of 
 their weight of gum. The chemical 
 properties of this vegetable milk sur- 
 prisingly resemble those of animal 
 milk. 
 
 The fort here is ill built, and in- 
 capable of defencx3 from its size and 
 construclion ; the sea has also for 
 some time been making rapid en- 
 croachments on it. The public roads 
 arc wide, and extend many miles 
 round the town ; and there are se- 
 veral good bridges over the river, 
 which were built by the Company's 
 artificers and the Bengal convicts; 
 the latter are likewise employed in 
 raaking bricks. The niarkets are 
 well supplied wilh fish of various 
 kinds and of excellent quality, poul- 
 try of all sorts, i)ork, grain of every 
 description, and a gicat profusion of 
 fine fruits and vegetables. The beef 
 and veal are not of a good quality ; 
 sheep arc imported from Bengal and 
 iIk; Coast of Coromaudcl ; goat mut- 
 
 ton is procured from the IMalay Pe- 
 ninsula and Sumatra. Milk, bread, 
 and butter, are very dear, and the 
 tirst very scarce. 
 
 A Imost al! the country ships bound 
 to the eastward, particularly those 
 for China, touch liere, where they 
 refresh and purchase such articles of 
 trade as (hey have room for. The 
 East India Company's ships bound 
 to China touch also here, and load 
 la e quantities of tin, canes, lat- 
 tans, sago, pepper, betel nut, biehe 
 de mar, bird nests, &c. ibr the China 
 market, as also to serve for dunnage 
 for their teas to Europe ; and in this 
 small island now centres the whole 
 irade of the Straits of Malacca and 
 adjacent islands. 
 
 IMPORTS. 
 
 From Bengal. — Opium, grain, iron, 
 steel, marine stores, and piece goods. 
 These last generally consist of hum- 
 mums, gurrahs, baftaes, cossacs, tan- 
 jcbs, inamoodies, chintzes, kurwaks, 
 taffetas, and bandanas. 
 
 From the Coromandel Coast. — 
 Salt, tobacco, punjam cloths, blue 
 cloths, coir rope and yarns, hand- 
 kerchiefs, chintzes, and a small quan- 
 tity of fine goods. 
 
 From Bombay and the Malabar 
 Coast. — Cotton, salt, a few piece 
 goods, red wood, sandal wood, shark 
 tins, fish mote, putchuck, mjrrh, Su- 
 i-at piece goods, oil, &c. 
 
 I'rom the west coast of Sumatra. — 
 Pepper, benzoin, camphire, and gold 
 dust. 
 
 From Acheen and Pedeer. — Gold 
 dust, betel nut, white and red, cut 
 and chickney, pepper, rice, and 
 Acheen cloths. 
 
 From Diamond Point. — Rattans, 
 sago, brimstone, and gold dust. 
 
 From the east coast. — Tin,pepper, 
 Java arrack, sugar, oil, rice, tobacco, 
 &c. &c. 
 
 From Junk Ceylon. — ^Tiii, bird 
 nests, biehe de roar, sepun, and ele- 
 phants' teeth. 
 
 FromTringano. — Pepper and gold 
 worked cloths. 
 
 From Borneo. — Gold dust, sagOj 
 and black wood. 
 
PRINCE OF WALES' ISLAND 
 
 From tlie "Moluccas. — Spices. 
 
 FioinCliiiia — Tea, sugar, lustrings, 
 \ civet, pai)or, umbrellas, china ware 
 oi all kinds, quicksilver, nankeens, 
 lutcnague, sweetmeats, pickles, and 
 every article required by the Chinese 
 settlers; raw silk, copper ware, china, 
 camphor, china root, alluni, &e. 
 
 l-XPORTS. 
 
 To Sumatra cast and west coast. 
 • — All the various piece goods im- 
 jiorted from JJengal, the coast, and 
 Bombay, cotton, opium, iron, and 
 tobacco. 
 
 To Junk Ceylon. — Piece goods and 
 opium. 
 
 To Tringano, .TaAa, Borneo, Ce- 
 lebes, and thcMoluccas, — Iron, steel, 
 opium, Bengal piece goods, blue 
 fioth, European coarse blue, red, 
 and green cloths, and coarse cutlery. 
 
 To China. — Opium, cotton, rat- 
 tans, betel nut, pepper, bird nests, 
 sauclal wood, shark tins, Sumatra 
 camphor, tin, biche de mar, catch, 
 and .sppun. 
 
 To Bengal andCoromandel. — Pep- 
 per, tin, betel nut, cut and chiekuey, 
 rattans, camphor, gold dust, ^c. 
 
 Ui" these exports a great propor- 
 tion were originally imported. In 
 1810 the prime cost of woollens ex- 
 jiorted to Prince of Wales'lsland, by 
 the East India Company, amounted 
 only to 4451. 
 
 The settlement here was origin- 
 ally established at an enormous ex- 
 pense, with a view of constituting 
 it a great slii{» building depot and 
 arsenal; but so little did it ulti- 
 mately answer this expectation, that, 
 in 1807, it was stated by the civil 
 architect at Prince of A\ ales Island, 
 that a ship built there would cost 
 three titnes as much as one built at 
 Rangoon or Bassein. 
 
 From the ajipearance of many 
 parts in the interior of the islaud, 
 and the number of tombs that were 
 discoveretl soon after the colony was 
 formed, the tradition of its having 
 been formerly inhabited seems to be 
 entitled to credit ; when taken pos- 
 session of, however, there were only 
 a few miserable Ushernicu on Uie 
 
 683 
 
 sea coast. In 1785 it was granted 
 io Captain l'ran( is laght, of a coun- 
 try ship, by the King of (^iirda, as 
 a marriage i)0rtion with his daughter. 
 Captain Light translerrcd it to the 
 East India Coin])aiiy, and was by 
 them appointeil lirst governor of the 
 island, where he arrived in August, 
 178G. The early settlers had great 
 diliiculties to contend with ; an im- 
 mense forest was to be cut down, 
 swamps to be drained, and ravines 
 tilled up. AVithiu the lirst v car (jO 
 Chinese families removed lioni the 
 adjoining countries and settled here. 
 
 SVlien Prince of Wales Island was 
 occupied by the East India Com- 
 pany, they agreed to jtay the King 
 of Queda (5000 dollars annually, as 
 an indemnilication for the loss of 
 revenue he was likely to sustain. In 
 1800, by a new treaty, he ceded 
 along the oi)posite coast 18 miles in 
 length, and three in breadth; in 
 consideration of m hicli the trilmtd 
 was raised to 10,000 dollars per an- 
 num, at which it still continues. 
 
 Captain Light died in 1794, and 
 was succeeded by Mr. Manuingham, 
 w ho died soon alter in Bengal, In 
 1796 Alajor Maedonald took charo-c 
 of the government, and died at Ma- 
 dras in 1799. lie was Kiicceededby 
 Sir (ieorge Leith, w lio lived and re- 
 turned to lUuope. The Hon. C. A. 
 Bruce, brother to the Earl of Elgin, 
 arrived as go\ernor on the 24th of 
 March, 1810, and died next De- 
 cember, universally regretted. Tins 
 island is resorted to by invalids from 
 Bengal and the Coromandel coast 
 for a change of air ; but, if we may 
 draw any inference from tlic rapid 
 mortalityof the governors, the change 
 is not for the better. 
 
 In 1801-2 the total number of 
 inhabitants amounted to 10,310, of 
 which number 1222 were slaves; in 
 1805 the inhabitants of all descrip- 
 tions were estimated at 14,000, and 
 have since been progressively in- 
 creasing, and exhibit an uncommon 
 diversity of races. Here are to be 
 seen British, Dutch, Portuguese, 
 Americans, Arabs, Pai'sccs, Cliiucsc, 
 
<384 
 
 PUCKHOLI, 
 
 Chulias, Malays, Bnggesscs, Bit- 
 mans, Siamese, Javanese, &c. &c. 
 The settlement having: risen in im- 
 j)Orfancc, the Company, in 1805, 
 fieterminer! to constitute it a regular 
 government, subordinate only to the 
 C;overnor-(ieneral of India ; but, on 
 account of the eisormous expense 
 iiunrred hy the establishment, some 
 Diodilicalions have since taken place. 
 (Sir G. Leith, Elmore, Hoivison, 
 Mcrsdcn, Johnson, St'c.) 
 
 Princi:s Islk. — An island situ- 
 ated off the north-westernmost ex- 
 trcnsity of the Island of .lava. I^at. 
 H° 30'. S. Long. ]05°. 12'. E. The 
 li^nd is "in general low and woody ; 
 The higliest eminence on it iscalled 
 by the English the Pike. In 1G94 
 it was uninhabited ; but it now con- 
 tains a town, named Samadang, di- 
 vided into two parts by a river of 
 brackish water. Turtle may be had 
 here, as also fisli, deer, plantains, 
 pine a]iplcs, liee of the mountain 
 kind, yams, and other vegetables. 
 (Stmwrimis and Notes, Sfc.) 
 
 Pkome. — A town in the Birman 
 empire, named also Peeage Mew. 
 Eat. 18°. 60'. N. Long. 95°. E. 
 
 This city was the original and na- 
 tTual boimdary of the Birman em- 
 pire to the south, although conquest 
 lias stretched their dominions se- 
 veral degrees fnrther. This town is 
 larger and more populous than Han- 
 goon, which contains 30,000 inha- 
 1)itants, and its market is also better 
 sup])lied. At the upper end of the 
 piesent city are to be seen the ruins 
 of the ancient city of Prome ; the 
 modern fort is nothing more than a 
 pallisadoed enclosure, with earth 
 thrown up behind it. Adjacent to 
 the town there is a royal menageiie 
 of elephanls, consisting of two rows 
 of lolly and -well built stables, in 
 whi< h these animals are lodged dur- 
 ing the rains. 
 
 Many ages ago Prome was the re- 
 sidence of a dynasty of Pegu kings, 
 beliire the country had submitt<tl to 
 the liirman yf)ke ; at present, along 
 V ith the province, it forms the jag- 
 hire, or estate of the King of Ava's 
 
 second son. The chief exports ar©: 
 stone flags and timber. A teak 
 plonk, three inches thick, and from 
 16 to 20 feet long, niay here be pur- 
 chai'^dl'or half-a-crown. (Symes, <^t.) 
 
 PuRNA. — A town in the province 
 of Bengal, 63 miles E. from Moor- 
 shedabad. Lat. 24°. N. Long. 89°.' 
 12'. E. 
 
 Pi'CKHoLT, (Paxali). — A district 
 to the noith of the province of La- 
 hore, situated about the 34th degree 
 of north latitude, and bounded on 
 the Avest by the Indus. By Abul 
 Eazel, in 1582, this territory is de- 
 scribed as follows: 
 
 " Sircar Puckely measures in 
 length .35, and in breadth 25 coss. 
 On the east lies Cashmcfe ; on the 
 north, Kinore ; on the south, the 
 country of the Gchker tribe; and, 
 on the west, is Attock Benares. Ti- 
 mur left a small number of troops to 
 keep possession of this quarter, and 
 soiue of their descendants are there 
 to this day. Snow is conlinually 
 fjtiliiig in the mountains of this dis- 
 tiict, and sometimes in (he plair^, 
 "J he Avinter is very severe, but the 
 summer heat moderate. Like Hin- 
 (lostan, Puckely has periodical rains. 
 IJrre are three rivers — the Kishen- 
 gung, the Bohut, and the Sinde. 
 'j'he language of the inhabitants 
 has no affinity with those of Cash- 
 mere, 'Zabulistan, or Hindostan. 
 Nakhud and barley are the most 
 plentiful grains here. Apricots, 
 jieaclies, and walnuts grow wild, 
 I'ormcrly, the rajahs of the coun- 
 try were tributary to Cashmere." 
 
 Distant as is the period since Abul 
 Fazel wrote, we have very little 
 more recent information res))ecting 
 this remote region than what he 
 has suiii)iicd. The whole of this 
 province now lies to the east of the 
 Indus ; but it is supposed in ancient 
 times to have oecujj)f<] also a tract 
 of country on the western side. The 
 <-oiMmon road from Cashmere to the 
 Indus lit s through Puekoli territory ; 
 but th(^ inhabitants are so notorious 
 for a fierce and predatory dis{)osi- 
 tion, that the route is esteemed too 
 
PULO CONDORE ISLES. 
 
 085 
 
 liazardous. The district in j^cnrral 
 is of a inoiuitaiiioiis surface, parti- 
 ciilaiiy I'ntiu Mnziilcrabad to 1?:'- 
 zaar on llio Indus; llic iulial»i)aiils 
 lliinly scattered into distinct pctlj' 
 jiiiueipalitics, subject to cliicis of 
 tin; I'atan or Afglian race. {Abul 
 Fazel, llennel, Foster, ^c.) 
 
 PucKHOLi. — A town situated to 
 the nortli of the I.aliorc ])rovincc, in 
 the district of Pucliholi, of \\ liicii it 
 is tlie capital, 3(> miles Vj. from the 
 Indus. Lat, 33°. -Hy. N. Long. 72°. 
 8'. L. 
 
 PucouLOE, {Paclu). — A town in 
 the province of B«ngai, district of 
 Dacca Jelalpoor, 3-i miles N. N. A\ . 
 from Dacca. Lat. 24^. b'. N. L(fng. 
 sy°. 55'. E. 
 
 PuDucoTTA, (Pitdttcata). — A town 
 in the Southern Carnatic, in the I'o- 
 I\gar teiTitories, 32 miles S. S. W. 
 from l\iniore. Lat. U.°. 2u'. N. 
 Long. 78°. .59'. E. Tiiis was form- 
 erly the capital of Tondiman, which 
 •was the hereditary title of a po!\gar, 
 and not the name of an iiidiviihiai. 
 
 PuLMARY. — A town in the Ni- 
 zam's dominions, in the province of 
 Ainungabad, 30 miles west of Jal- 
 napoor. Lat. 19°. 59'. N. Long. 
 76°. 5i'. E. 
 
 PuLLlCAT, (VaJiamta). — A town 
 on the sea-coast of the Carnatic, 25 
 miles N. from Madras. Lat. 13°. 
 2G'. N. Long. H0°. 25'. V.. The lake 
 of Pullieat, on w Inch it stands, ap- 
 pears to owe its existence to the 
 •seas breaking through a low saiuly 
 beach, and overllowing . the land* 
 within. Its comnuuiitations with 
 the sea are extremely narrow^ Tl:is 
 lake is in extent 33 liiiles from north 
 to south, 1 1 miles acrus:; in the broad- 
 est part, and comprehends several 
 large islands. 
 
 I'he Dutch established themselves 
 here so early as lfc)t>9, when they 
 built a stjuare fort named (>cldiia ; 
 to whicii, afler the li;ss of N<ga- 
 patam. the chief government of tluir 
 settlements ontheCoroinaudel Cu^sl 
 was transfened. Their principal nn- 
 ports were arrack, sugar, Japan coj>- 
 per, spices, and other aiticles,bro«glit 
 4 
 
 from Balavia. In 1795, in conse- 
 (picnce of the war with the Dutch, 
 possession was taken of Pullieat, 
 and it is now comprehended in the 
 norlhern division of the Arcot col- 
 lectorship. {liennel, Fra Paolu, 
 c)C. Vc.) 
 
 I'uLO Ekassk Lsi.k. — A small 
 island, about 10 miles in ciniuii- 
 fereiice, situated olV the N.AV. e\- 
 tremitv of the Island of Sumatra. 
 Lat. 5°. 39'. N. Long. 95°. 3(/. 10. 
 
 PuLO Eaniack Isui:. — A small 
 island, ai)out 25 miles in circnm- 
 fercuce, sitinited off the west coast 
 of Sumatra, between the second and 
 third degrees of north latitude. 
 
 PuLO Dammuh Islk. — An island, 
 about 30nulcs in circumference, si- 
 tuated olf the southern extremitv of 
 (aiolo. Lat. 1^. S. Long. 128°. 
 25'. E. 
 
 PuLO Canmbaz Isle. — A suiali 
 island on the southern coast of Java, 
 from which it is separated by a nar- 
 row strait. In length it may be esti- 
 mated at 20 miles, l)y six the averairc 
 breadth. Lat. 7°. 5!i'. S. Long. 109°. 
 25'. E. 
 
 PuLo CoxnoRE Isles. — A cluster 
 of small islands in the Eastern Seas, 
 •siti'.aied oif the south of Cambodia. 
 I,ai. 8°. 40'. N. Long. 10G° 42' K. 
 The principal i'^land is 12 miles in 
 length, and about three in breadth. 
 
 'J'his island is in the form of a 
 crescent, and eunsis.(s of a ridge of 
 l)eaked hilis. On the east side of 
 the island there is a spacious bay 
 uf good anchorage. At the bottem 
 of the bay there is a village, situ- 
 ated on a fine sandy beaeli. Tiie 
 inhabitants of Pulo Condore ate 
 mostly refugees from Cocliin China, 
 and arc capable of supplving ships 
 V. ith some lelVeshinents. Their flut 
 faces, and little long eyes, denote a 
 Chinese origin, but the spoken lan- 
 guage of China is not intelligible to 
 thcni. When the matter is written 
 to them in the Chiueie character it 
 is pertecliy intelligible. 
 
 The J'Onglish had a settlement herc^ 
 until 1704, wiien an insunection 
 took place amo|i^ the Malay syl- 
 
680 
 
 PUNDERPOOR. 
 
 diers, who firsl set. fire to tlie Com- 
 pany's warehouses, and then niiir- 
 dercd Mr. Catclipoole, the governor, 
 and tlie i;reatest part of the Enj;;lish 
 on the island. To this trearhery 
 tlie jMalays are supposed to have 
 been instigated by the Cochin Chi- 
 nese, in order to obtain possession 
 of the Company's treasure, estimated 
 at 22,000 tael". {Stmnton, Bruce, 
 
 PuLO MiNTAOU. — An island, si- 
 tuated off the Avest coast of Suma- 
 tra, about the ySth degree of east 
 longitude. In length it may be esti- 
 mated at 35 miles, by 12 miles the 
 average breadth. 
 
 PuLOKUM Isle. — One of the 
 smallest of Eanda isles, named by 
 all tlie early navigators Polaroon. 
 Lat. 6°. 35'. N, Long. 129°. 4.5. E. 
 
 The English East India Company 
 obtained possession of this island so 
 early as 1617, but Mere repeatedly 
 expelled by the Dutch. In March, 
 1665, it was formally delivered up 
 by the Dutch to the English, but in 
 so desolated a state (the whole of the 
 spice trees being destroyed), that 
 this station, which had been the 
 subject of so many treaties and ne- 
 gotiations, was rendered totally use- 
 less for eight years. In 1666 it v as 
 re-occupied by the Dutch. {Bruce, 
 
 PuLowAY Isle. — k small island, 
 about 20 miles in circumference, si- 
 tuated otr the north-west coast of 
 Sumatra. Lat. 5;^°. .53'. N. Long. 
 95°. 45'. E. This Island is about 
 five leagues distant from the mouth 
 of the Achecn Kivcr, a)id was once 
 a volcano, sulphur being found on 
 it. (Forrest, <Sc.) 
 
 PuLWALL. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Agra, 36 miles south from 
 the city of Delhi. Lat. 28°. 11'. N. 
 Lo ig. 77°. 18'. E. According to 
 Abul l"azel,this place is the northern 
 bound?ry of the Agra province, al- 
 ter which that of Delhi com- 
 mences. 
 
 PuNDA, {Punyada). — A town in 
 the province of Ecjapoor, 25 miles 
 S. E. Irom Goh, ai.'d near the S. "W. 
 
 extremity of the territoKy belonging 
 to the Poonah Maharattas. Lat. 
 15°. 20'. N, Long. 74°. 3'. E. 
 
 PuNDY, {Punyada). — A town in 
 the Northern Circars, 64 miles S. W. 
 from Ganjam. Lat. 18°. 43'. X. 
 Long. 84°. 40'. E. 
 
 Pu N D ER POOR, {Punyadharapard). 
 — A town in the Maharatta tenito- 
 ries, in the inovince of Bejapoor, 
 situated on the left bank of the Ri- 
 ver Beemal, 86 miles S. E. from 
 Poonah. Lat. 17°. 56'. N. Long. 
 75°. 12'. E. 
 
 This town is not very large, but 
 regularly and well built. The streets 
 are broad, well paved, and adorned 
 with handsome houses, almost all the 
 principal members of the Maharatta 
 empire ha\ ing dwellings here. The 
 Peshwa's house is handsome, but 
 Tuckojee Holkar's is still more ele- 
 gant. Nana Furnavese, Rastia, 
 Purscram Ehow, and others, had 
 houses liere. Sindia has not any 
 place of residence, but his mother 
 had several. 
 
 Tlie market is ver)- extensive and 
 well supplied, not only with grain, 
 cloth, and the productions of the 
 country, but w ith a variety of Eng- 
 lish articles, theie being a whole 
 street of boras' (Alahommedan ped- 
 Icrs) sliops, in Avhich the merchants 
 of Bombay and Poonah are con- 
 cerned. The lirst story of the build- 
 ings here are of stone, the second of 
 brick, and make a handsome ap- 
 peaiance. Leading from the town 
 to the river are several fine ranges 
 of stone .steps, and the front next 
 the river is faced with a wall of 
 stone. 
 
 Punderpoor is very populous and 
 prosperous, I'he country to the 
 south is weil wooded and watered, 
 and near the town the soil is good : 
 but the Brahmins assert, that the 
 lands around it are so holy that no 
 grain will grow on them, and that 
 they produce nothing but a conse- 
 crated shrub. The temple here is 
 dedicated to a subordinate incarna- 
 tion of Vishnu, under the name of 
 A\ittoba, which is said to have tukeu 
 
PURNEAir. 
 
 687 
 
 jilare at no very remote period, lie 
 is sciilpdired in stone, about tlic 
 size of a man, and standing- with 
 his foet parallel to each other. 
 {Moor, ^T). 
 
 PuNuu.A. — See Purr.ah. 
 
 PUNGANooR. — A fortified town, 
 now compreliended within the Ha- 
 lag'haut ceded distriets, 117 miles 
 W. by N. from Madras. Lat. 13°. 
 li)'- N. l>on<?. 78°. 42'. E. Two 
 thirds of thePnnganoor district were 
 acquired by the eomj)any in 1799. 
 
 Punjab, {or Five Waters). — The 
 province of Lahore is oftcner named 
 tJie Punjab than Lahore, but the 
 Punjab being- only a part of that 
 province, and the term beinp: ap- 
 plied to the nattnal division of Ihe 
 country, it jjroperly includes part 
 also of Mooltan. The eastern boun- 
 dary of the Punjab is properly the 
 ridge of snowy mountains, tioni 
 whence its rivers sprin«^; but, in a 
 more limited scnsi",thc Punjab means 
 the country situated to the west of 
 the hilly tract. 
 
 The territory dcsip;uated by the 
 name of the Punjab is very exten- 
 sive, and remarkably fertile, pro- 
 ducing abundantly all the necessa- 
 ries of life, besides wine, sugar, in- 
 digo, cotton, and many luxuries. 1 n 
 the tract ijctweeii the Jhylum and 
 the Indus there are salt-mines, 
 Avhich furnish inexhaustible stores 
 of that article. The lower part of 
 the Punjab, towards j\Iooltan, is 
 tlat and marsiiy, and inundated like 
 Bengal, by the periodical rains, 
 which fall between the months of 
 May and October. 
 
 The Punjab, or Panehanada, is 
 watered by live celel)rated streams, 
 that fall into the Indus, the Indus 
 itself not being one. The names of 
 the five rivers are — 1. the Sutuloje; 
 2. the IJeyah ; 3. the Ravey ; 4. 
 theChinaub; and .'3. the Jhylum, or 
 Behul. {Rennet, Colebroohe, !yc.) 
 
 Pl'mjgga. — A small village iu 
 Northern Ilindostan, in the pro- 
 vince of IJootan. Lat. 27°. 23'. 
 N. Long. 89°. 23'. E. The moun- 
 tains iu tlie vicinity of Pauugga arc 
 
 among the highest in P»ootan. Tiie 
 peasantry here use, as a manure, 
 pine-leaves, which are heaped toge- 
 ther, and left to ferment and i<tl ; 
 after which they are esteemed a good 
 manure. The pestiferous insect, so 
 troul>le.-.ontc to the southward, at 
 Murithom, does not reach this 
 length. {Turner, $,-c.) 
 
 PURNEAH, {Puriin/(i). — A hirge 
 district in the prctvincc of JJengal, 
 situated about the 2f)lh degree of 
 north lalitudc. To the north it is 
 bounded by the M<»rung bills, in the 
 Nepanl territories ; on the south by 
 Monghir and llajemall ; to the east 
 it has Dinagepoor ; and to the west 
 Tirhoot and Roglipoor. By Abul 
 i'^azel, in 1582, it is described as 
 follows: — 
 
 " Sircar Poorcneah, rontaing nine 
 mahals ; revenue 0.408,793 dams. 
 This Sircar furnishes 11)0 cavalry, 
 and 5000 inf mtry." 
 
 'I'his district (named also Seerpoor 
 Dulmalpoor) forms, beyotul the 
 Caiiges, the north-v. est boundary of 
 Bengal, towards Bcliar on the one 
 side, and the Morung country to the 
 north. Purncah comprises 5119 
 square miles, of a fertile, compact, 
 well-watered fiat — producing rice, 
 oil, pulse, wheat, with almost all the 
 ordinary greens lor home consump- 
 tion. It produces also, o|>ium ajid 
 saltpetre for foreign conunerce ; to 
 which may be added fir-masts, and 
 other valuable timber, from the ^fo- 
 rung forests. Th<! northern part of 
 this district, bordering on the .Mo- 
 rung, is very thinly inhabited, being 
 covered with immense woods of 
 saul and other timber ; but sueli 
 parts of this tract as have been 
 cleared are fertile, and suit ex- 
 tremely well for the cultivation both 
 of rice and indigo, the latter being 
 one of the staple commodities. 
 
 Purneah, irom the extent and 
 goodness of the pastinc land, is en- 
 abled to export a considerable <]nun- 
 tity of ghee, or bulfaloes' l)utter cla- 
 rified ; and it is particularly uislin 
 guished for an excellent breed ol 
 draught and carriage bullocks. Oidy 
 
u88 
 
 QUANTONG. 
 
 ihi? district and Sircar Samm pro- 
 duce bullocks of a standard suited 
 lor the couvevaiice of the baggage 
 and artillery atiiiched to the Beutjai 
 army; for which purpose above oOUO 
 are generally employed on the Ben- 
 gal establisiinient, exclusive of ele- 
 phants and camels for the convey- 
 ance of camp equipage. These bul- 
 locks are well pio])ortioncd, large 
 in size, capable of great exertion, 
 and very superior to the draught 
 cattle in C;dcutta. The Company's 
 cattle are allowed a certain quantity 
 of gram per day, which they do not 
 always receive ; but when fed for 
 slaughter, the carcase actually sur- 
 passes the best English b-ecf. 
 
 About 1790, the resnlt of an of- 
 ficial inipiiry in the jpurneak district 
 found 80,9i4 husbandmen holding 
 leases, and 22,324 artilieers paying 
 ground-rent, in 2784 villages, and 
 upon 2531 stpiare miles. Allowing 
 five to a family, tliis gives more than 
 203 to a s(]iiare mile. In 1801, the 
 result of the replies of the collectors 
 in Bengal to the questions circulated 
 by the board of revenue, proved, 
 that the Purneah district contained 
 1,450,000 inhabitants, in the propor- 
 tion of seven Mahourmedans to 10 
 Hindoos. The chief rivers arc, the 
 Cosah and Mahanada, and tho prin- 
 cipal towns, Purneah and Tanje- 
 poor. 
 
 During the Mahommedau govern- 
 ment this was a frontier military 
 province, under the rule of a loujdar, 
 subordinate to the soubahdar, or 
 viceroy, but possessing a greiit de- 
 gree of independence. Syei Khan 
 is the most famous of the piovincial 
 rulers, and governed until bis death 
 in 1169; Bengal year, under the 
 successive viceroyalties of Jaffier 
 Sujah and Aliverdi Khan. In 11:39, 
 he extended by conquest the limits 
 of his jurisdiction towards Bahar 
 beyond the Cosah, and added a con- 
 sideraljie portion of productive ter- 
 ritory on the side of Morung. lie 
 was succeeded by Sonlct Jung, on 
 whose death the foujdariy was 
 usurped by Shouket Juug, or Kha- 
 
 dini Hossein Khan ; but this rebel- 
 lion was quashed in A.D. 1763 by 
 Cossinj Ali Khan, the reigning Na- 
 bob of Bengal. {J. Grant, C'ule- 
 brooke, ^-c.) 
 
 Purneah. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Bengal, district of Purneah, 
 124 miles N. \\ , by N. from Moor- 
 shedabad. Lat. 25°. 45'. N. Long. 
 88°. 2:V. E. 
 
 FuRRAH, {or Pundtui). — A town in 
 the province of Bengal, district of 
 Itajemal, 10 miles N. E. from JVIaul- 
 da. Lat. 2.5°. 9'. N. Long. 88° 9'. 
 E. In A. D. 1353 this was a royal 
 residence, the capital of llyas, the 
 second independent sovereign of 
 Bengal, at wliich time it was be- 
 sieged and taken by the Emperor 
 Feroze. During the reign of Kajah 
 Cansa, the Hindoo monarch of Ben- 
 gal, who died in 1392, the city of 
 Fundua was much extended, and 
 the Brahminical religion flourished. 
 His son, who became a convert to 
 the xMahommedan faith, removed 
 the seat of government back to Gour 
 again. Some of the ruins of this city 
 still remain, particidarly the Adeena 
 mosque, and the pavement of a very 
 long street. {Stetoart, Rennel, 4'c.) 
 
 PuTTAN SoMNAUT, {Pafuva Soma- 
 nathct). — A town on the south-west 
 coa.it of the Gujrat PeulTisula, dis- 
 trict of Piittan. Lat. 20°. 57'. N. 
 Lojig. 70°. 2;3'. E. By Abul Fazel 
 it is described as follows : — " '1 his is 
 a huge town on the sea-shore, with 
 a stone fort in a jdain. '1 he city is a 
 place of great religious resort." Both 
 the town and temple were plundered 
 and destroyed by Mahnjood of Ghiz- 
 ui, A. D. 1024. In a more modern 
 period it was conquered from the 
 Nagre Rajpoots by the baud of Rha- 
 ture Rajpoots, who established the 
 sovereignty of Sorut. 
 
 Q. 
 
 QuANToNG. — A town in the Bir- 
 niau empire, situated on the south- 
 
QUEDAH. 
 
 689 
 
 cast side of the Ava River, 26milrs 
 distant from the frontiers of tke Yn- 
 iian, in Ciiina. Lat. 24°. 2'. N. 
 Long:. 96°. .%'. E. 
 
 Qi'KDAH, {Kiildeh). — A Malay 
 
 The entire countiy of Quedah is 
 extremely well watered by 24 ri- 
 vers ; all navigable for prows, and 
 some of them for larger vessels. 
 Qualla Mooda is a shallow rapid 
 
 principality in the peninsula of Ma- river, but convenient on account of 
 
 lacca, situated on the west coast, be- its conimunication with the tin 
 
 tween the fifth and eiglilh degrees of mines ; the annual produce of which 
 
 north latitude,and immediately oppo- is about 1000 peculs, and might be 
 
 site to Prince of Wales' Island. Seen rendered much more. The country 
 
 from the latter the Quedah coast to the south is less cultivated than 
 
 presents a considerable plain, cover- that to the north ; but, being a flat 
 
 ed with close wood, through which country, supplied with a redund 
 
 winds a river navigable for small 
 craft up to the foot of the high moun- 
 tains; from behind which, as \'iewed 
 from George's town, the sun rises. 
 
 This coiuitry extends along the 
 coast about 150 miles, and is from 
 20 to 35 miles in breadth, but the 
 
 ance of moisture, it is extremely 
 productive of rice, and abounds al- 
 so with bulfaloes, bullocks, and 
 poultr}'. 
 
 The commodities of Quedah are 
 tin, elephants' teeth, wax, &c. and 
 the imports the same as at the other 
 
 cidtivated land no where exceeds 20 Malay ports — opium and Spanish 
 
 miles from the shore. From Trang 
 to Purlis the sea coast is sheltered 
 by many islands, the distance being 
 24 leagues, low, and covered with 
 woods. The water is also remark- 
 
 dollars composing the most valuable 
 part of the cargo. It was a place of 
 considerable trade before the esta- 
 blishment of Prince of Wales' Island; 
 since which the commerce has been 
 
 ably shallow, ships being obliged to mostly transferred to the latter, 
 anchor a great distance from the In 1786 an agreement was enter- 
 shore. Along this tract 11 rivers ed into with the King of Quedah for 
 empty themselves into the sea, but the cession of Pulo Penang, now 
 navigable for boats only. Prince of Wales' Island, to the Bri- 
 The principal sea-port, called Que- tish. In May, 1792, a regular treaty 
 dah by strangers, and Quallah Ba- of peace and amity, to continue as 
 tany by the natives, lies in Lat. 6°. long as the sun and moon give light, 
 N. The river is navigable for vcs- was concluded ; by which the East 
 sels of 300 tons ; but the entrance is India Company engaged to pay the 
 choked up by a flat mud bank, over king 6000 dollars annually, while 
 which at spring tides there is only they remained in possession of the 
 nine feet water, and the road where island. 
 
 ships of burthen anchor is above two 
 leagues from the shore. At the 
 mouth of the river, which is 300 
 yards wide, there was a small brick 
 fort, but it is now in ruins. Both 
 shores are muddy, swampy, and co- 
 vered with jungle. Seven miles fur- 
 ther up the river is AUistar, where 
 
 In 1802 a new arrangement was 
 entered into between the same par- 
 tics ; by the conditions of which 
 Yeng de perTuan, King of Quedah, 
 agreed to make over to the East In- 
 dia Company all that part of the sea 
 coast of his dominions between 
 Qualla Karriean and the river side 
 
 the king resides, to which place all of Qualla Mo:^dah, and measuring 
 
 vessels can ascend, whose draught inland from the sea 60 orlongs; 
 
 of water permits to pass the bar. which tract of country the Company 
 
 The river here is narrow, but deep, engaged to protect from all enemies, 
 
 the country level and cultivated; robbers, and pirates. The king 
 
 but a little way above Allistar the agreed to permit the free exporta- 
 
 ground rises, the river becomes more tiou of provisions, and other articles, 
 
 rapid, and navigable only for prows, to Prince of Wales' Island, and en- 
 
 2 Y 
 
(390 
 
 RAHDUNPOOJR. 
 
 gaged not to permit any European 
 to settle ia his dominions. Tlie 
 treaty also stipulated for the appre- 
 hension and delivery of insurgents, 
 felons, debtors, and slaves ; and, in 
 consideration of the benefits accru- 
 ing to the Company from these ar- 
 rangements, they agreed to pay his 
 Majesty of Queda 10,000 dollars an- 
 nually, so long as they possessed 
 Prince of Wales' Island and the 
 coast above described. {Dalrymple, 
 Treaties, Elmore, Johnson, Haensel, 
 SfC. ^c.) 
 
 QuiNHONE, (or Chincheu Bay). — 
 An excellent harbour in Cochin 
 Ciiina, where vessels arc sheltered 
 fiom eveiy wind, llie entrance is 
 Barrow, and the want of a sufficient 
 depth of water obliges vessels of 
 gieat burthen to wait until high 
 water to so in. Lat. 13°. 52'. N. 
 
 R. 
 
 R.4BNABAD TsLE, {Ravana abad). 
 — ^A low, muddy island iu the Bay 
 of Bengal, formed by the sediment 
 deposited by the Rabnabad River, 
 one of the branches of tlie Ganges, 
 and separated from the main land by 
 a very narrow strait. At ncep tides 
 it is scarcely above water, and at 
 high spring tides is nearly sulnnerged. 
 It is, notwithstanding, covered witli 
 jungle, and swarms with deer, tigers, 
 and alligators. Ijj length it may be 
 estimated at 15 miles, by five miles 
 the average breadth. 
 
 Rachouty. — A town in the Ba- 
 laghaut ceded territories, district 
 of Gurrumcundah, 125 miles N.W. 
 from Madras. Lat. 14°. 2'. liOng. 
 78°. 4i>'. E. 
 
 Rafin. — A town in the Maharatta 
 leiTitories, iu Ihe pro\ince of Aruu- 
 gabad, 43 miles S. S. E. from Ali- 
 mednuggUr. Lat. 18°. 2G'. N. Lonsr. 
 75°. 20'. E. 
 
 Lat. 25°. 32'. N. Long. 
 
 tcrpoor. 
 80°. E. 
 
 Rahdunpoou. — A town in the 
 province of Gupat, district of Wer- 
 rear. Lat. 24°. N. Long. 71°. 45' E. 
 This is an extensive place, sur- 
 rounded by an ancient wall, in the 
 curtain and towers of which there 
 are nnraerons breaches. It has an 
 inner fort or castle, a town wall and 
 another wall, the whole surrounded 
 with a dry ditch about 20 feet deep. 
 In some particular parts there is a 
 double ditch. 
 
 The town of Rahdunpoor is said 
 to contain above 6000 houses, 1400 
 of which are inhabited by Banyans, 
 Shrofls (money changers), some oi 
 whom are men of property and ex- 
 tensive commerce. From its geo- 
 graphical situation this place is a 
 kind of emporium for the trade of 
 Marwar and Cutch, but the road 
 has, of late years, been little fre- 
 quented, being greatly infested by 
 the plundering Coolies. Formerly 
 caravans of merchandize travelled 
 from Joudpoor and the province of 
 Ajmeer, by the route of Pauli, Sa- 
 chore (or Sanjore), and Mandavie 
 Bunder ; but at present the escort re- 
 quired is so great as to engross the 
 whole profit. The direct and safest 
 road from Marwar, or Joudpoor, to 
 Gujrat, is by Palhanpoor. 
 
 'Phe staple commodities furnished 
 by this city for foreign markets are 
 ghee, wheat, and hides. The gheo 
 is sent to Cutch, and the two latter 
 to Bownagnr, in the Gulf of Cam- 
 bay, whence it is re-exported. No 
 manufactures of any consequence 
 are earned on here, except one ot 
 very coarse (;loth for the Coolees. 
 The inhabitants are mostly emploj'ed 
 in agricultural pursuits, by which 
 they have brought the vicinity of the 
 town into a higli state of cultivation, 
 ^\ iieat is usually sold for a rupee 
 per niaund, for which sum only 
 tbree-fourths of a maund of bajcrce 
 are obtained. 
 
 The Rahdunpoor principality was 
 fotinded by a Baloochy chief, named 
 
 Rah AT. — A town in the province 
 of Allahabad, district of Bundel- 
 cuud, 40 miles N. N. E. from Chat- I^hduii Khan, who came from Par 
 
RAJAINIUNDRY. 
 
 GDI 
 
 kiir; and Khan Jelian Imilt (he wall, 
 and ropresst'd the incursions ot tiie 
 Coolcfs. When Danuiajee (jui- 
 cowar compelled Kumnianl nd Dccn 
 Banbi (the father of the present Na- 
 bob of Rahdunpoor) to resi^fn his 
 claims (o Pattan (or Neliiwallah), 
 and its nine <lependant per;;unualis, 
 he was permitted to retain Rahdun- 
 poor, Manjcpoor, and Sonunee, 
 wJiich wore part of the original pos- 
 sessions of the family. A mes- 
 senger from hence to Joudpoor can 
 go and retnrn in about 16 dajs. 
 Mannnrdo, ^-c.) 
 
 Rahny, {Ruhani). — A town in the 
 province of Bengal, district of Di- 
 iiaircpoor. Lat. 2o°. 53'. N. Long. 
 78°. 5'. E. 
 
 Rahoon, {or Rahti). — A town in 
 tlie Seik territories, in tlic province 
 of Lahore, 115 miles S. Jv trom the 
 city of Lahore. Lat. 31°. 5'. N. 
 Long, 75°. 35'. E. 'I'liis place is but 
 a few miles distant from tlie Sutu- 
 lege, which in the month of April 
 has here the appearance of a canal 
 running in two chainiels ; the tirst 
 fordable, and in breadth about 100 
 yards; the second is 350 yards 
 across, the water deep, but not ra- 
 pid. During Iheheiglit of the rains, 
 the river hero is above one mile and 
 a half broad. From Rahoon baftas 
 and j>iece goods are canied to the 
 fair at Hurdwar. (lU/i liegistei; 
 Rnpei-, ir.) 
 
 Raisskf.n". — A district tributary to 
 the Maharattas, in the province of 
 Malwah, situated between the 23d 
 and 24th degrees of north latitude, 
 and bounded on the south by the 
 Vindhaya Mountains. It is men- 
 tioned by Abul Fazel, in 1.582, as - 
 containing 32 mahnls. 'l"he chief 
 towns are Raisseen, Rilsah, and 
 Clioonpoor. The lietwah is the 
 ]>rincipal river, and has its source in 
 this district, but attains no magni- 
 tude until it quits it. 
 
 RArssEEN. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Malwah, the capital of a 
 district of the same name, 12G miles 
 cast from Oojain. Lat. 23°. 19'. N. 
 Long. 7;°. 47'. E. 
 
 2 Y 2 
 
 Rajah Chohans. — A wild coun- 
 try in tiie province of (Juudvvan:i, 
 .situated between (he akl and 24th 
 degrees of north latitude; the prin- 
 cipal town of M hicli is Sonehut, tiie 
 usual residence of llie Corair Rajah. 
 This tract of territory is extremely 
 rugged and mount ;tinous, very little 
 cidtivated, and inhatiiled I>y some 
 of the wildest tribes in India. 'J'he 
 «hole country is a sticccssion of 
 de(?p gullies, ravines, chasms, and 
 defiles. The inhabitants are named 
 Chohans, and their rajali is tributary 
 to the MaliaiMttas, but not remark- 
 able for the punctuality of his pay- 
 ment.s. 
 
 'J'he land produces a little rice, 
 Indian corn, and a few otiier smaller 
 grains peculiar to hilly cotnitrics. 
 South of Sonelnit the country be- 
 comes more open, i>ut the villages 
 continue very poor, generally not 
 couiiisting of more than lour or five 
 Inits. There is a great abundance of 
 game throughout the whole district. 
 Among the animals of a more fero- 
 cious nature may be reckoned tho 
 royal tiger, leopards, tiger cats, and 
 large black bears. Prior to the Maha- 
 rattas extending their conquest.s, iu 
 1790, into these desolate regions, the 
 Corair Rajahs appear to have lived 
 in perfect independence. (Blunt, 
 W. Vc.) 
 
 Rajami'xdry, {Rajai7)midiri). — A 
 district in tiie province of the North- 
 ern Circars, situated about the 171h 
 degree of north latitude. To the 
 north it is bounded by Cicacole; to 
 the south, by Ellore ; on the east it 
 has the Bay of Bengal ; and on the 
 west the Nizam's t'-iritories, in the 
 province of Hyderai^td. 
 
 Part of this district lies to the 
 south, but the greater proportion to 
 the north of the Godavcry, which 
 separates it from Eilore. 'I'his river 
 divides itself into two gieat branches 
 35 miles from the sea, within vviiiiih 
 it tbrms tlie Isjand of Nagur, a tri- 
 anguUu- space comprehending 500 
 square miles, but of very great value 
 in proportion to its extent. From 
 the Poliveram z^mindary, on tlie 
 
692 
 
 vest, the preat range of liills limits 
 this district, and the small river Set- 
 tieveram describes its northern bor- 
 der towards Cicacole. The wiiole 
 inchides an area of 1700 square miles 
 of accessible territor}". 
 
 The intervening space between 
 the small rivers Yellerie and Settia- 
 verani, is subdivided by water courses 
 to answer the purposes of cultiva- 
 tion, in the two principal zeminda- 
 ries of Peddapore and Petlipoor. 
 The Island of Nagur is enclosed by 
 the two greater branches of the Go- 
 davery, and intersected by five lesser 
 ones. Which render it very produc- 
 tive ; it being the grand receptacle 
 of all the slimy mould carried down 
 
 11AJA3IUNDRY. 
 
 cane, and manufacturing the sugar, 
 by the natives, in this district, is, 
 like all their other works, extremely 
 simple. The whole apparatus, a few 
 pair of bullocks excepted, does not 
 amount to more than six or eight 
 pounds sterling. One acre of sugar, 
 in a tolerable season, yields about 
 10 candy of sugar, each candy weigh- 
 ing about 500 pounds, and is worth 
 on the spot per candy from 16 to 24 
 rupees. Here on an average six 
 pounds of juice yield one pound of 
 sugar from good canes. The reliise 
 is given to cattle, or carried away by 
 the labourers, there being no distil- 
 lation of rnm. 
 The principal towns of this di.s- 
 
 by one of the greatest rivers in the trict are Rajamandry, Ingeram, Co- 
 Deccan. The forests of Rajamun- riiiga, Bundermalanca, Peddapoor, 
 dry, from the commencement of the and Pettipoor ; but there is little ex- 
 hills along the banks of the Goda- port trade carried on at any port ex- 
 very to Poloonshah, on the frontiers cept Coringa. It was ceded to the 
 
 of Coramamet, produce abundance 
 of teak trees ; this being the only 
 country on the east side of the Bay 
 of Bengal which furnishes this va- 
 luable species of timber. 
 
 The cultivation of sugar is carried 
 on to a considerable extent in the 
 
 French, in 1753, by Salabut Jung, 
 the Soubahdar of the Deccan; and 
 acquired to the British, by Lord 
 Clive, in 1765. Since the first esta- 
 blishment of European government, 
 Rajamundry has acquired many ad- 
 ditional territorial dependencies by 
 
 Peddapore and Pettipoor zcminda- conquest and by policy. It now con- 
 
 ries, along the banks of the Elyse- stitutes one of the five districts into 
 
 ram River, which, though small, which the Northern Circars were snb- 
 
 has a constant flow of water in it divided, on the introduction of the 
 
 the whole year, sufficiently large not Bengal revenue and judicial system 
 
 only to water the sugar plantations in 1803. {J. Grant, Roxbm-gh, Orme, 
 
 diu-jng the driest seasons, but also a ^r. Sfc.) 
 
 gicat variety of other productions, 
 such as paddy, ginger, turmeric, 
 yams, and chillies. The stream of 
 w.ater, during the driest season, ren- 
 ders the lands adjoining more fertile 
 than almost any other in India, and 
 
 Rajamundry. — A town in the 
 Northern Circars, the capital of a 
 district of the same name, and si- 
 tuated on the east bank of the Go- 
 davery, 40 miles tiom the sea. Lat. 
 16°. 59'. N. Long. 81°. 54'. E. In 
 
 particularly fit for the growth of the the middle of the town, and near the 
 
 river, there formerly stood a large 
 fort,with mud walls of little defence. 
 
 The rajahs of Rajamundry are 
 mentioned by Ferishta as independ- 
 ent princes when the Deccan was 
 invaded by Allah ud Deen, A. D. 
 1295, and it was subjected by the 
 Bhamenee sovereigns ot' the Dec- 
 can, A. D. 1471. 
 
 Travelling distance from Hyder- 
 
 sugar cane. A considerable quan- 
 tity of sugar also is raised in the 
 Delta of the Godavery, and the cul- 
 tivation might be; increased to any 
 amount. From the same spot they 
 do not attempt to raise a second crop 
 oftener than every third or fourtli 
 year, but dining the intermediate 
 time plants of the leguminous tribe 
 are cultivated. 
 
 Tlie method of cultivating th« abad, 237 miles ; from Madras, 365 ; 
 
RAJEMAL. 
 
 693 
 
 and from Calcutta, 665 miles. {Onne, 
 Hennel, <Sc ) 
 
 Rajanagl'R. — A town ill thr pro- 
 Aiiu'c of l.ciijjal, disliiot of J)a<ca 
 J<'laI|)Oor, situated on tlic cast side 
 of tlic (iaiiijes, 23 miles S. b} W. 
 fnun Datcar Lat. 23° 22'. N. J^oiig. 
 03°. 14'. Jv 
 
 KAJtoiiR, (Rajaghnr). — A town 
 in the Maliaiatia toriitorics, in tlie 
 pioviiKc of Alalwali, situated on the 
 west side of tiie Sopra Kiver, 67 
 miles N. E. from Oojaiii. J^at. 23°. 
 66'. N. Long. 76°. 27'. E. 
 
 Rajeguk. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Allahabad, situated on the 
 west side of the MiverCane, 18 miles 
 S. K. from Chalterpoor. Lat. 24°. 
 44'. N. Long. 8U°. 5'. E. 
 
 IIajlgir Hills. — A range of hills 
 in the district of Baliar, province of 
 iiahar. 
 
 Kajemal, (Raja mahal). — A dis- 
 trict in the province of Bengal, si- 
 tuated about the 25th degree of north 
 latitude. To the north it is bounded 
 by Purneah and Dinagepoor ; on the 
 south by Raujeshy ; to tlie east it 
 lias Dinagepoor and Raujeshy ; and 
 on the we«t Monghir and Purneah. 
 
 This district, also called Acber 
 Nnggur from its capital, and Cank- 
 jole on the revenue records, as being 
 the chief military division, is princi- 
 pally situated on the western bank 
 of the Ganges. It was formerly an 
 important military government on 
 the conlincs of Bengal towards Ba- 
 har, commanding some of the moun- 
 tainous pa.sses into either country, 
 particularly the famous pass of Ter- 
 riagully, the possession of which was 
 deemed of so much consequence in 
 times of the hostile iiide[)endence of 
 the two soubahs. In 1784 Rajemal 
 and Boglipoor contained, according 
 to Major Rennel's mensuration, 
 10,487 square miles, of >\ Inch 5435 
 were waste. Thcrcvenue of this great 
 tract was then only 547,600 rupees. 
 
 The soil in the neighbourhood of 
 Rajemal tow n is said to contain a 
 mixture of granite rock, which is 
 not to be found lower down the 
 river. The plains iu the neighbour- 
 
 hood are cultivated with wheat and 
 barley, and the villages abound with 
 mango trees of a good quality, plant- 
 ed in regular squan-s. Ihe Indian 
 corn, doll, kelai, and mustard, make 
 part of the crops, as well as the 
 more common articles of rice, the 
 mulberry tree, andindigo pbnt. The 
 lields are diversific't with the castor 
 oil plant, or ricinus palma Christi, 
 the quantity raised far exceeding 
 what is necessary tor medical pur- 
 poses. The jungle grass rises to the 
 height of from eight to 10 feet, and 
 is topped with a beautiful white 
 down, resembling a swan's feathers. 
 
 At Siclygully jsone of the villages 
 formed in the wilds by government, 
 by granting lands to the sepoy in- 
 valids, on condition ol their resi- 
 dence and cultivation. Beyond this 
 station, to the west, the province of 
 Bengal finishes, and that of Bahar 
 commences ; and in the neighbour- 
 hood is a fine cascade. At 'i'erria- 
 gully, on the borders of the district, 
 is a celel)rated pass into the moun- 
 tains up a narrow winding road, 
 Avhere there is a ruined gatew ay and 
 fort. The roads are but iiulitiereut, 
 owing to the force of the torrents 
 during the rains, which tear up the 
 bridges, and carry devastation 
 throughout the country. 'l"he ze- 
 mindars have an allowance for re- 
 pairs, but do not execute any. 
 
 In this district there is a great ex- 
 tent of waste and mountainous ter- 
 ritory, inhabited by a wild race of 
 people extremely ditferent tiom those 
 of the plains, and apparently of an 
 aboriginal stock. They are mostly 
 low in stature, but stout and weil 
 l)roportioned. There are many un- 
 der four feet ten inches, and more 
 under five feet three than above that 
 standard, with tlat noses, and lips 
 thicker than the inhabitants of the 
 plains. Their chief articles of ira/fic 
 are common Hindostany bedsteads, 
 wood, planks.charcoal, cotton, honey, 
 plantains, and sweet potatoes; which 
 they barter for salt, tobacco, rice, 
 cloth, iron heads for arrows, hatchets, 
 crooks, and iron instruments. 
 
(394 
 
 RAJOORAH. 
 
 Their domestic animals are hogs, 
 goats, and fowls, besides cats and 
 dosjs; the wild animals are in gmc- 
 lal the same among the hills as on 
 the plains, except a species of large 
 deer, and another remarkably srjiall. 
 The bow and arrow arc the oiiiy 
 weapons peculiar to these nioinitain- 
 eers ; some few have s\^ ords, and 
 still fewer matchlocks, 'i'hey pro- 
 fess no veneration for the cow, and 
 have no knowledge of letters, or of 
 any sort of character. Indian corn 
 is the most productive of their grain, 
 and their chief subsistence. 1'ho 
 greatest sliare of the labour falls on 
 the « ouKn ; and a man is rich in 
 proportion to the ininiberof his wives, 
 w ho are so many labourers. 'Jhcse 
 mountaineers arc descrihed as hav- 
 ing an uncommon regard to truth, 
 and an utter abiiorr' ncc to lying — a 
 description which, if just, forms the 
 greatest contrast to their neighiioms 
 in the plains yet mentioned. They 
 had long infested and dcAastated all 
 the adjacent country ; but about the 
 year 17B0 they were completely con- 
 ciliated, and a permanent settlement 
 arranged with them by Augustus 
 CIe\ eland, Esq. the judge and ma- 
 gistrate of ti;e di.-trict. 'I'his gentle- 
 man died in 1784, at the premature 
 age of 2y years. To commemorate 
 his exemplary conduct, a uionument, 
 ia the form of a pagoda, was erected 
 by the zrnindars, find another at the 
 expense of governmesit. 
 
 The prin-ipal towns in this district 
 are itajemal and Maulda, and the 
 chief river the Ganges ; but, like the 
 rest of Eengal, it is intersected (ex- 
 cept in the hiiiy parts) by smaller 
 streams in ail directions. In the re- 
 cent topograjdiical arrangement of 
 districts by the Bengal goverinnent, 
 Kajemal has citlier lost its name, or 
 beei^ absorbed into the adjacent di- 
 visions; but, until a new map is ex- 
 ecuted, exiiihiting the exact modern 
 limits (which is much wantetl), it is 
 necessary in most cases to adhere to 
 the old geographical delineation of 
 the districts. (./. Crant, S/tar, Lord 
 Valentia, Tcmiant, .yt'.) 
 
 Rajemal. — A town hi the province 
 of Bengal, the capital of a district of 
 the same name, situated on the S.W. 
 side of the River Ganges, 70 miles 
 N. N.W. from JNIoorshedabad. Lat. 
 25°. 2'. N. Long. 87°. 43'. E. This 
 town at present consists of a street of 
 mud cottages. Prior to 1638 it was 
 the residence of Sultan Sujah, Au- 
 rengzebe's brother ; but few vestiges 
 of its ancient magnificence now re- 
 main. The ruins of his spacious 
 palace are still standing, but have 
 been much injured by the encroach- 
 ments of the Ganges. Its empty 
 halls, marble parlour, and half-de- 
 cayed vaults, still present images of 
 its former grandeur. 
 
 During the reign of Acber, about 
 1591, l^ajah jMause Singh, on his 
 return from the conquest of the Af- 
 ghans of Orissa, fixed upon the city 
 of Agmahal for the capital of Bengal, 
 the name of which he changed to 
 Rajamahal; but by the Mahommed- 
 ans it is occasionally designated by 
 the name cf^iebeinagur. 'I'he rajah 
 erected a palace, and surrounded 
 the town with a rampart of brick 
 and other fortifications. In 1608 the 
 seat of government was removed 
 from hence to Dacca by Islam Khan; 
 but in 1G39 Sultan Shujah brought 
 it back, and strengthened the fortifi- 
 cations; of which, however, but few 
 traces are now to be seen. The 
 Ganges, which for a long time had 
 been gradually changing its bed, 
 about this time wholly quitted the 
 vicinity of Gour, aisd approached 
 the locky bank of Rajemal, where it 
 still holds its course. {Stewart, Lord 
 Valentia, Vc) 
 
 Rajoor, (Rajavara). — A town in 
 the province of Eerar, situated on 
 the south side of the River Wurda, 
 which here makes a considerable 
 curve to the east, 10 miles S. E. from 
 Chandah. Lat. 19° 56'. N. Long. 
 80°. E. 
 
 Bajoorah, (Rajavara). — A town 
 in the Nizam's territories, in the pro- 
 vince of Aurungabad, 40 miles S.W. 
 IVojn Nandf^re. Lat. 18°. 38'. N. 
 Long. 77°. 15'. E. 
 
RAMGUR. 
 
 695 
 
 Ra JPOOR, {Rajafnira).—X town in 
 the tcnitoiics of the Maharatla 
 Peshwa, in tlie province of Beja- 
 poor, situated on tho sea-coast of llie 
 Concan district. Lat. l(i°. 48'. N. 
 Long:. 73°. 3'. E. 
 
 Rajpootana, {Itajpntrana). — See 
 Ajmf.er. 
 
 Rajpoor. — A small village in the 
 province of Gujrat, near its western 
 boundary, and about five miles north 
 from Therah. 
 
 In this neii;hboHrhood are a rans;c 
 of elevated sand hills, coveicd with 
 an impervious jungle of baiil)Ool and 
 other bushes. 'J'he surrounding coun- 
 try is also an inunense expanse of 
 jungle, with a few wretched \illages, 
 distinguishable by the smoke, the 
 dens of predatory thieves scattere«l 
 amongst it. From hence the moun- 
 tains of Jassore in Marwar are vi- 
 sible. {Maanurdo, S,c.) 
 
 Rakau Rivek. — A river in the 
 Island of Sumatra, to the northward 
 of Siak, atjd much the largest in the 
 island, if it should not ratlua- be con- 
 sidered as an inlet of the sea. It 
 takes its rise in the Ran country, and 
 is na\igable for sloops to a great 
 distance from 1 he coast; but vessels 
 are deterred from entering it by the 
 rapidity of the current, or more pro- 
 bably tliQ reflux of the sea. {Mars- 
 den, Ve.) 
 
 Ramagirt, {Ramagfiiri). — A small 
 town in tiie Mysore Rajah's territo- 
 ries, 50 miles N. E. from Seringa- 
 patam. Lat. 12°. 44'. N. Long. 
 77° 33'. E. 
 
 lliis place is dreadfully infested 
 by tigers, especially the fort, which 
 occupies a large rocky hill, capable 
 of a very tedious defence even with- 
 out any assistancf; from art. Seve- 
 ral Brahmins reside on the summit, 
 Avhich is reputed holy, but kept in a 
 "very slovenly state. It is plentifully 
 supplied with v»ater from several 
 large cavities or chasms in the rock, 
 which receive the rain, and by their 
 coolness prevent a rapid evaporation. 
 
 Lac is produced on several of the 
 neighbouring hills upon the tree 
 called jala, but cattle is the principal 
 
 object of the people around this 
 place. In all diseases of the ox kind 
 the grand remedy is actual cauterj', 
 fancifully applic(l in different places. 
 Although the killing of an animal of 
 this kind is considered by the Hin- 
 doos as actual mindei, there is no 
 animal whose sull'crings exceed those 
 of the labouring cattle in lliiidostan. 
 The usual price here of a middling 
 ox five years old, some years back, 
 used to be 16s. yd. sterling. 
 
 In this hilly tract there is a wild 
 race of men, called by the other na- 
 tives Cad' Eligani, but ^vho call 
 themselves Cat Cheusu. 'I'hey sub- 
 sist on game, wild roots, herbs, and 
 fruits, and a little grain purchased 
 from the farmers in the plains, which 
 they are enabled to do by collecting 
 some drugs, honey, and wax. Their 
 language is a dialect of the 'J'anuil, 
 with occasionally a few Karnata or 
 Telinga words intermixed. {F. Bu- 
 chanan, ^-c.) 
 
 Ramekgh. — A town in the Ni- 
 zam's tenitories, in the province of 
 Hyderabad, 55 miles N. W. from 
 Worangol. Lat. 18°. 31'. N. Long. 
 79°. 32'. E. 
 
 Ramghaut, {Ramaghata, the Ford 
 of Rama). — A town in the province 
 of Delhi, district of Alighur, situated 
 on the west bank of the Ganges, 
 which is here fordable, SO miles S. \',. 
 from the city of Delhi. Lat. 28° 
 12'. N. Long. 78°. 22'. V.. 
 
 Ramgunge. — A town in the Na- 
 bob of Oude's territories, district of 
 Lucknow, 25 miles S. W . from the 
 city of Lucknow. Lat. 26°. 37'. N. 
 Long. 80°. 35'. E. 
 
 Ramgur, {Ramaghar). — A hilly 
 district in tlse province of Baliar, si- 
 tuated about the 24th degree of nortli 
 latitude. T-o the north it is bounded 
 by the district of Bahar Proper- ; on 
 the south by Nagpoor and Pachete; 
 to the cast it has Monghir and Pa- 
 chete; and on the west Palamow. 
 The modern district of Ramgur com- 
 prehends a much greater space, and 
 part of it may be considered as be- 
 longing to the ancient Hindoo pro- 
 vince of Gundwana. 
 
6^6 
 
 RAMISSERAM ISLE. 
 
 This higbland dmsion of Baliar is, 
 from its situation, rocky and unpro- 
 fitable, and can never be brought 
 into a populous or cultivated slate, 
 unless great encouragement to new 
 inhabitants be held out — great part of 
 its territory being mountainous, and 
 overrun witii impenetrable woods. 
 All the hills in this quarter of the 
 Bahar province abound with iron, 
 which is fused for sale by the natives 
 in large quantifies. The chief rivers 
 arc th(^ Dummoodah and the Bur- 
 rahkur; and the principal towns, 
 Ramgur, Chittra, and Muckund- 
 gunge. The country is but thinly 
 inhabited, and a very great propor- 
 tion of the population Hindoos of 
 the Brahniinical persuasion ; but ac- 
 curate returns of these particulars 
 have not been yet published. {Lord 
 Teifrnmoiith, J. Grant, ^c.) 
 
 Ramgur. — A town in the province 
 of Bahar, distiict of Ramgur. and 
 situated on the north bank of the 
 Dummoodah River, 190 miles N.W. 
 from Calcutta. Lat. 23°. 38'. N. 
 Long. 85°. 43'. E. 
 
 Ramgur. — A town possessed by 
 independent zemindars, in the pro- 
 vince of Orissa, situated on the south 
 side of the Mahanuddy River, 102 
 miles west from Cuttack. Lat. 20°. 
 38'. N. Long. 84°. 35'. E. 
 
 Ramgurry. — A hill fort in the 
 Mysore Rajah's territories, distant 
 20 miles frojn Chitteldroog, which is 
 in sight bearing north east. While 
 possessed byTippoo the eastern .side 
 was the only part up Avhich it was 
 possible to climb, and every access- 
 ible spot was strongly fortified. The 
 passage up admits but of three or 
 lour persons at a time, and winds 
 through several gates and walls. It 
 requires a considerable time to reach 
 the top, where there is a town and 
 reservoir ih: v. ;,fcr, but it is neither 
 good nor plentiful. Jhere is a square 
 petfah of no great o>.tent at the bof- 
 lom, on the eastern side enclosed by 
 a. wall. 
 
 I'hat the natural sfrength of this 
 couutry is very ^reat may be con- 
 ceived from the fact, that six other 
 
 hill forts are in sight from the tower 
 on the top of Ramgurry, viz. Chittel- 
 droog, Hunraandroog, Rangundroog, 
 Oochinadroog, and Chandgheny. 
 {Moor, ^e.) 
 
 Ramisseram Isle, {Rameswaram, 
 the Pillar of Rama). — An island si- 
 tuated in the straits, between the 
 Island of Ceylon and the continent, 
 separated from the latter by a nar- 
 row strait. In length it may be es- 
 timated at 1 1 miles by six the aver- 
 age breadth, and is low, sandy, and 
 uncultivated. Lat. 9°. 17'. N. Long. 
 79°. 21'. E. 
 
 Ramisseram is an island of great 
 sanctity, and possesses a celebrated 
 pagoda, the entrance to which is 
 through a lofty gateway, about 100 
 feet high, covered with carved work 
 to the summit. The door is about 
 40 feot high, and composed of single 
 stones, placed perpendicularly with 
 others crossing over — the massive- 
 ness of tlie workmanship resembling 
 the Egj'ptian style of architecture. 
 The square of the 'whole is about 600 
 feet, and it is probably one of the fi- 
 nest pieces of arcliitccture in India. 
 Into the inner temples none are per- 
 mitted to enter but the attendant 
 Brahmins, who live in the town, and 
 have their share of the offerings. 
 When the Rajah of Tanjore used 
 formerly to visit this place of pil- 
 grimage, his expenses exceeded 
 60,000 pagodas. The deity uses no 
 other water but what is brought by 
 devotees the whole way from the 
 Ganges, which is poured over him 
 every morning, and then sold to the 
 devout — thus bringing a considera- 
 ble additional revenue to the temple. 
 
 The guardianship of this sacred 
 isle is in family of devotees, the chief 
 of which is named the Pandaram, 
 and doomed to perpetual celibacy, 
 the succession being carried on by 
 the sisters, or by the collateral branch, 
 'i'he greater part of the income is ap- 
 propriated to his use, and to that of 
 his relations, who have possessed the 
 supreme power above 90 years. 
 When Lord Valentia visited this 
 island, in 1803, the Pandaram re- 
 
RAMNODE. 
 
 697 
 
 quested his lordship's protection for 
 their doity. 
 
 Panbaii, the captal of thft island, 
 is distant about nine miles from the 
 great temple, the road from which 
 has been paved the whole waj- by 
 the contributions of tlic pious ; and 
 nearly cvciy 100 yards is a choultry, 
 with its attendant Krahinins. The 
 strait here is about a mile wide, but 
 not passable, except for very small 
 vessels. The bed is rocky, and the 
 entrance ftom tho north only 100 
 fuet wide, between two rocks ; and 
 as another directly faces it, and the 
 cinrent is extremely rapid, niucli 
 caution is required to jtass in safety. 
 In the year 1310 the Mahommedans, 
 under Mallck Naib, invaded tlie Car- 
 natic, and pushed the depredations 
 as far as this place, where they erect- 
 ed a mosque. {Lord Valentia, Mac- 
 kenzie, Scott, ^-c.) 
 
 Ramissuk, {Rameswai-am). — A 
 town in the Maharatta territories, in 
 the province of Khandesli, situated 
 at the junction of the Ghirah River 
 with the Tuptee, 66 miles ^A . S. W. 
 from Boorhanpoor. Lat. 21°. 4'. E. 
 Loner. 750. 21'. E. 
 
 R A M K E \v R A , ( Ra macumnra). — A 
 town belonging to the Feslnva of the 
 Maharattas, in the province of Be- 
 japoor, 27 miles N. E. from Poonah. 
 Lat. 18°. 41'. N. Long. 74°. 20'. E, 
 
 Ramnad. {Ramanatlia). — A town 
 in the Southern Carnatic, in the dis- 
 trict of Marawas, 130 miles N. 1'. 
 from Cajie Coniorin. Lat. t)°. 24'. 
 N. Long. 78°. 4i>'. E. 
 
 The Ramiiad pollam, or zcmin- 
 dary, was giar.tcd to the ancestors 
 of the present family with the title 
 of SeUieputtis, for the defence of the 
 road and protection o.f the pilgrims 
 resorting to tlic sacred pagoda at 
 Ramisseram. Wcw is a fort, com- 
 menced many years ago by the Ran- 
 ny's ancestors, but never comjileted. 
 The palace adjoins to it, and is a 
 gloomy building, with lolty walls, 
 and no window on the o-t'side. Near 
 to it are the tomb of the J-tanny's de- 
 ceased husband, and a Protestant 
 church of very neat architecture. 
 
 The walls are externally completed, 
 and are of massive stones, with loop 
 holes at the top. It is .still in good 
 repair, but has no cannon mounted, 
 as there is no rampart within. 
 
 This town and district art- govern- 
 ed by the Ranny, who pays the Com- 
 pany two-tliirds of the clear revenue, 
 amoiuiting to 90,000 i)agodas per 
 annum. There remains ior herself 
 45,000 pagodas per anmnn, which is 
 a large revenue in so cheap a coun- 
 try. Tliis old lady's title is llanny 
 Soodoopnddy, IMunglasoovary Nat- 
 chiar. The lirst is a title, the second 
 points out her power over Ramis- 
 seram, the third is her name, and the 
 fourth denotes her as eldest daugh- 
 ter. 
 
 The imports of Ramnad are cliiefly 
 contined to supplies of betel nut from 
 Ceylon, and red silk cloths from 
 Bengal; and to those places res|)ect- 
 ively piece goods, cotton, and cliank. 
 shells, are exported. The total va- 
 lue of the imports trom places beyond 
 the territories of Madras, between 
 the 1st May, 1811, and the 30th 
 April, 1 812, was Arcot rupees 30,990, 
 \iz. 
 Erom Calcutta - - - - 2,661 
 
 Ceylon 18.334 
 
 Various places - - - - 9,995 
 
 Arcot rupees 30,990 
 
 The total value of the exports 
 during the above period was Arcot 
 rupees 95,706, viz. 
 To Calcutta ----- 31,772 
 Ceylon 63,994 
 
 Arcot rupees 95,766 
 
 Between the dates above specified 
 107 vessels and craft, measuring 
 1792 tons, arrived; and 119 ditto, 
 measuring 2952 tons, departed. — 
 {Lord Valentia, Parliamctitari/ Re- 
 ports, Hodson, (St.) 
 
 Ramnodk, (Ramanatha). — A town 
 in the Maharatta territories, in the. 
 province of Malwah, 40 miles S.S. V.. 
 from Narwar. Lat. 25°. 6'. Nr 
 Long. 78°. 5'. E. 
 
698 
 
 RANGAMATTY. 
 
 Rampoor, (Ramapura). — A town 
 in the Maharatta lenitories, in the 
 province of Malwah, 13 miles east 
 from Bopal. Lat. 23°. 15'. N. Long. 
 77°.42'. E. 
 
 Rampoor. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Delhi, district of Bareily, 
 sitnatcd on the banks of the Cosilla 
 River, 40 miles N. N. W. from Ba- 
 reiiy; 110 east from Delhi. Lat. 
 2fc°. .50'. N. liong-. 78°. 58'. E. 
 
 Tills town and district, at the peace 
 of Lalidong, in 1774, were seemed 
 to Eyzoola Khan, a Bohillah chief, 
 at which time tlie revenue was va- 
 lued at .30 lacks of rupees per an- 
 num. During the life time of Fy- 
 zoola Khan, K am poor was very pros- 
 perous ; and, at his death, compre- 
 hended a space four miles in circum- 
 ference, surrounded by a thick bam- 
 boo hedge, within which w crc mud 
 fortifications, and containing above 
 100,000 inhabitants. It has suice 
 been greatly reduced both in size 
 and population, and probably now 
 does not contain a fifth part of the 
 above number. 
 
 On the death of Fyzoolah Khan, 
 in August, 171(4, his eldest son, Ma- 
 hommed Ali, succeeded; but was 
 ^oon afterwards assassinated by his 
 second son, Gliolaiim Mahommed, 
 uho seized the throne. A British 
 force, under Sir Bobert Abercrom- 
 bie, was marched to expel the usvnp- 
 er, which was attacked by the Ro- 
 hillah army a few miles in advance 
 of Bareily ; but they weie repulsed 
 after a severe action, in which the 
 British lost GOO men and 14 officers. 
 Ghoiaum Mahommed surrendered 
 to the British soon after; and the 
 accumulated treasures of Fyzoola 
 Khan, amounting to three lacks and 
 22,000 gold mohurs (640,0001.) were 
 delivered up to the Nabob of Oude, 
 Asoj)h ud Dowlah, wiio presented 
 the British army with 11 lacks of 
 rupees. Possession was also taken 
 A' the Bampoor district for the go- 
 vernment of Onde; but a jaghire 
 ("estate) was reserved for Ahmed Ali 
 Khan, a minor, the grandson of Fy- 
 zoolah Khan, of which the town of 
 
 Rampoor was part, and the revenue 
 10 lacks of rupees per annum. 
 
 The flourishing and highly culti- 
 vated state of this district, during the 
 life of Fyzoola Khan, exhibited a 
 great contrast lo the condition of the 
 Oude dominions by which it was 
 surrounded, and proves how rapidly 
 a country, under a good native go- 
 vernment, attains to prosperity. I'he 
 quickness of its decay, and its de- 
 plorable condition when ceded to the 
 British in 1801, prove how speedily 
 a bad one operates the reverse. 
 {Franklin, Rennel, 4c-) 
 
 Rampoora. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Gujrat, district of Chala- 
 wara, eight miles N. W. from Sylah. 
 This place belongs to Wudwau, and 
 formerly had a respectable fort, which 
 was destroyed in 1805. 
 
 In the neighbourhood of Bampoora 
 are a gn at many pallias, which are 
 stones erected to the memory of any 
 person vv lio has fallen by a weapon, 
 and more particularly in defending 
 his village. In this j)art of Gujrat 
 an attacking enemy will estimate the 
 degree of resistance by the number 
 of pallias in the vicinity, it being dis- 
 graceful for a Bajpoot to shun the 
 battle, whose family inherits many of 
 these monuments of valour. Pallias 
 are also erected to commemorate fe- 
 males who have burned with their 
 husbands, and are here so frequent, 
 that in one field adjacent to Bam- 
 poora, not exceeding a square acre 
 in extent, the re are from 60 to 70 of 
 these monuments of i)osthumous fi- 
 delity. {Macmurdo, cSc) 
 
 Bandiur. — A town in the province 
 of Gujrat, district of Broach, situ- 
 ated op])osite to Sural on the north 
 side of the Tuptee River. Lat. 21°. 
 16'. N. Long. 73° 3'. E. Abu I 
 I'azel, in 1582, asserts, that in aiv- 
 ( lent tunes it was a large city. 
 
 Rangamatty, (Rmigamaii, Red 
 Clay). — A district in ihe north-east 
 extremity of Bengal, situated about 
 the 26th degree of north latitude. 
 On the north it is bounded b)' Boo- 
 tan ; on the south by the GaiTow 
 J lills ; lo the cast it luks Assam ; and 
 
RANGOON- 
 
 699 
 
 on the west Cooch Baliar and Ruiif^- 
 poor. Dining the Mogul govoni- 
 mcnt this (cnitory was oouipre- 
 hcndcd witliin tlie jniisdicliou of 
 Kungpooi-,in which it still conlinncs. 
 It sticfchcs on both sides of the 
 Brahni;([)()t)tia easterly to the con- 
 lines of Assam, throughout a wild 
 and uncultivated region of 2029 
 square niiles, many parts of which 
 are capable of being rendered ex- 
 tremely productive ; but at jiresent 
 jield little to the sovereign, except 
 a jew elei)haHts, annually caught in 
 the interior and neighbouring forests. 
 'J'he chief river is the Brahmapootra, 
 which nearly divides the district, 
 and the principal towns Kagamatty 
 and Goalpaiah. (J. Grant, St.) 
 
 Rangamattv. — A town in the 
 province of Bengal, the caj)ital of a 
 ilistrict of the same name. Lat. 26°. 
 {/. N. Long. 90'. E. 
 
 Rangoon, {or Yanghong). — The 
 principal sea-port town in the Kir- 
 man empire, in the province of Pe- 
 gu. Lat. 10°. 47'. N. Long, 96°. 
 9'. E. The entrance of the river 
 below Rangoon resembles that of 
 the Ganges, but the navigation is 
 more connnodious;the channel being 
 bold, and from six to eight fathoms 
 tleep, without shoals. Twelve miles 
 below Rangoon it is about tinee 
 quarters of a mile wide. The mouth 
 of the Syriam, or Pegu River, is 
 about three miles below the town, 
 when it joins that of Rangoon. The 
 country above is a level plain, with 
 clumps of trees at distant intervals, 
 and much depopulated by the fre- 
 quent v\ ars of the Birmans and Pe- 
 guers. 
 
 The town of Rangoon stretches 
 along the banks of the river about 
 a mile, and is not more than the 
 third of a mile in breadth. The 
 city, or mieou, is a square sur- 
 rounded by a high stockade ; and 
 on the north side is further strength- 
 ened by an indifferent fosse, across 
 vvhicli a wooden briilge is thrown. 
 In this face there are two gates, ia 
 each of the others only ouc. Wooden 
 stages arc erected within the stock- 
 
 ade for musketeers to stand o» in 
 case of attack. A battery of 12 
 pieces of cannon, six and nine pound- 
 ers, raised on tlie hanks, connnands 
 the river ; but tiie guns and car- 
 riages are so bad they could do little 
 execution. 
 
 The streets of the town are nar- 
 row, and much inferior to those of 
 Pegu, but clean and mcII paved. 
 There are numerous (hannels to 
 cany oft" the rain, over which strong 
 planks are laid. The houses are 
 raised on {)osts from tlie ground ; the 
 smaller sujiported by bamboos, and 
 the larger l)y stout timbers. All tlic 
 officers of governinei't, the most 
 opulent merchants, and persons of 
 consideration, live within the fort; 
 shij>wrights and people of ini'erior 
 rank inijabit the swl)iirl)S; ami one 
 entire .street, called 'i'aekally, is ex- 
 clusively assigned to connnon pros- 
 titutes, Aviio are not })rrmittcd to 
 dwell within the precincts of the 
 fortifications. Swnie, which do not 
 belong to any particular ov. ner, are 
 suflered to roam at laige, a ml act as 
 common scavengers, devouring the 
 filth under the houses. 
 
 The population of this place is 
 considerable. There are 5000 re- 
 gistered, taxable houses iu the 
 city and suburbs, wiiich, at six 
 l)ersons per iioiisc, will amount to 
 30,000. There is here a congiega- 
 tion, consisting of former Portu- 
 guese colonists, who arc numerous, 
 but in general very poor. They have 
 erected a neat cha|)cl, and support 
 their pastor by voluntary contri- 
 butions. The Parsees, Aunenians, 
 and a small proportion of Mahom- 
 medans, engross tiic largest share (»r 
 the Rangoon trade, and indi^iduals, 
 from their number, arc frequently 
 selected by government to fill em- 
 ployments of trust, that relate to 
 trade and transactions with foreign- 
 ers. There is a wooden wharf here 
 for the delivery of ships' cargoes, 
 and a custom-house built of brick 
 and mortar, and covered with tile, 
 which is the only I)uilding in the 
 town not constructed of wood. On 
 
700 
 
 RANNY BEDNORE. 
 
 the opposite side of the river is a 
 town, called ]\]aindee, composed of 
 one long" street. 
 
 Rangoon having long been the 
 asylum of insolvent debtors from the 
 different settlements of India, is 
 crowded with foreigners of desperate 
 fortunes, who meet with a friendly 
 reception from the Birmans, and for 
 tlie most part support themselves by 
 canying on a petty traffic. Here 
 are to be met fugitives from all 
 countries of the East, and of all 
 complexioiis. Malabars, Moguls, 
 Persians, Parsees, Armenians, Por- 
 tuguese, French, and English — all 
 mingle here on the exchange. The 
 members of this discordant multi- 
 tude enjoy the utmost toleration 
 from the Birmans, who have no de- 
 sire to make proselytes, and never 
 discuss the religious opinions, or 
 disturb the ceremonies of any other 
 sect, provided they do not break the 
 peace, or meddle with their own di- 
 vinity Gaudma. 
 
 The River of Rangoon is ex- 
 tremely commodious for the con- 
 struction of ships. The spring tides 
 rise 20 feet perpendicular, the banks 
 soft, and so tlat, that there is need 
 of little labour for the formation of 
 docks, and vessels of any burthen 
 may be built. The Birinan ship- 
 wrights are athletic men, and pos- 
 sess in an eminent degree that vi- 
 gour which distinguishes Einopeans 
 from the natives of the East. Ma- 
 dras is supplied from Rangoon Avith 
 timber for all common purposes of 
 domestic use. It is supposed, ships 
 can be built at Rangoon for one- 
 third less than at Calcutta, and for 
 nearly half less than what they cost 
 at Bomhay ; but the Pegue built 
 ships are not so constructed, and are 
 generally deficient in the iron work. 
 The imports from the British settle- 
 ments consist chiefly of coarse piece 
 goods, glass, hardware, and broad 
 cloth. 'Phe returns arc made almost 
 wholly in timber. A few small com- 
 modities are carried from Pegu to 
 the coast of Pedir in Sumatra, and 
 the Prince of Wales' Island, for 
 
 the China market. In 1800, the 
 cost of shipbuilding at Rangoon was 
 131. per ton, coppered and equipped 
 in the European style. 
 
 1^'rom Rangoon there are 10 or 12 
 boats fitted out annually, and alK)ut 
 30 more from various towns on the 
 Irawaddy River, which proceed by 
 the way of the Bassien River, though 
 the channels which divide the Great 
 Negrais from the continent, along 
 the coast of Aracan to Luckipore, 
 Dacca, Calcutta, Bogwangola, and 
 even to Patna and Benares. They 
 are in general boats caiTying from 
 1000 to 1500 maunds (of 80 libs 
 each), with a crew of from 20 to 25 
 men. Every boat is supposed to 
 contain, on an average, the value of 
 4000 rupees, chiefly in bullion ; the 
 remainder consists of sheathing 
 boards, sticks of copper from China, 
 stick lac, cutcli, ivory, and wax. 
 
 Two and a half miles north of 
 Rangoon is the temple of Shoeda- 
 gon, or Dagoung, which is a very 
 giand building, but not so high by 
 25 or 30 feet as that of Sboemadoo, 
 at the city of Pegu. From the 
 many convents in the neighbour- 
 hood of Rangoon, the number of 
 rhahaans (priests) and phongies (an 
 inferior order of priests, vulgarly 
 called tallapoins) must be consider- 
 able, probably exceeding 1500. They 
 go barefooted, and have their heads 
 close shaven, on w hich they never 
 wear any covering. 
 
 The foundation of Rangoon was 
 laid by the victorious Alompra, the 
 first of the present Birman dynasty ; 
 and it is also named Dzatigoon, 
 which signifies victory atchieved. 
 Here stood, in former days, a large 
 and populous city, called, in the Pali, 
 or sacred language, Singoonterra, 
 the site of which Alompra explored, 
 and raised on its ruins the present 
 flourishing sea-port. In January, 
 1810, this place was almost totally 
 destroyed by fire ; but in a country 
 of forests a wooden town is soon re- 
 built. {Sifmes, Cox, ffc.) 
 
 Ranny Bednore, {Rani Bednur). 
 — A port and town lit the Balaghaut 
 
RAVEY RIVER. 
 
 701 
 
 <»;ded territories, 60 miles N. E. from 
 Cliitteidroog:. Lat.l4° 33'.N. Long. 
 75°42'. E/ 
 
 Rannypoor. — A town in tlie Ma- 
 haratta territories, in tiie province of 
 Malwah, 44 miles N.W. from Ciiat- 
 terpoor. Lat. 2b°. 13'. N. Long. 
 •7\P. 16^. E. 
 
 Rantampoor, (Ranotam piira). — 
 A city in the province of Ajnieer, in 
 the centre of the Arrabarre Mills. 
 Lat. 2G°. 2'. N. Lon^. 76"^. 2.5'. E. 
 
 This fortress was built by Rajah 
 Ameer Singh, in the reign of the 
 Emperor Alia ud Dcen, and is es- 
 teemed one of the stiongest and 
 lajgest in India. As no European 
 has yet approached it, the nature of 
 its strength is not known. The na- 
 tives repre:^nt it as being situated 
 on seven hills, the sides of which 
 are all completely scarped, and ac- 
 cessible only by one path. The city 
 of Madhoopoor, or Neyashehr, is at 
 the distance of two or three miles 
 from Rantampoor, and is second in 
 size and consequence only to Jyc- 
 nagur. The approaches to it are, 
 however, guarded with as much jea- 
 lousy as those of Rantampoor. 
 
 Travelling distance 120 miles S.W. 
 from Agra ; from Oojain, 260 miles. 
 ( BroxigtitOH, Remiel, Sfc.) 
 
 Rarek. — A town situated on the 
 sea coast of the province of Beja- 
 poor, 17 miles N. by W. from Goa. 
 Eat. 15° 50'. N. Long. 73°. 30'. E. 
 This place and Vengorla belong to 
 tlie Colapoor Rajah and to the Dcssi 
 Warre. 
 
 Rattolaw, {Rai/atula). — A sea 
 port in the province of Gujrat, situ- 
 ated in the vicinity of a navigable 
 river on the Gulf of Cambray, 44 
 miles S. W. from the city of Cam- 
 bay. Lat. 22°. 3'. N. Long. 72°. 
 15'. E. This place was ceded to the 
 Compatjy by the Guicowar Maha- 
 ratta chief in 1803. 
 
 Raujeshv, {Rajshahi). — A cen- 
 trical district in the province of Ren- 
 gal, situated principally between the 
 24th and 25th degrees of north lati- 
 tude. To the north it is bounded 
 by Dinajepoor and Mymunsinjh; 
 
 on the sotith by Rirbhoom and Kish- 
 enagur; to the east it has Dacca 
 Jelalpoor and Mymunsing; and ou 
 the west Monghir. and liirbhoom. 
 
 This is the most extensive and 
 unwieldy zcmindary in Rengal, and 
 in 1784 comprehended, ateordiiig 
 to INIajor IJenuel's mensuration, 
 12,909 square miles, yiclditig a re- 
 venue of 24 hicks of rupees. It is 
 intersected in its whole length by 
 the Gauges, or lesser branches, uifh 
 many navigable rivers and fertilizing 
 waters. Within its limits are pro- 
 duced four-fifths of all the silk, raw 
 or manufactured, used in or e\p<trted 
 from Hindostan ; and it contains 
 the commercial and populous towns 
 of Moorslicdabad, Cossimbazar, Ban- 
 leah, Rogw angola, Conmicrcolly, &c. 
 and has many other provincial cities 
 and mainiiaeturing towns in its 
 ncighbourhootl. In 1725 tliis ze- 
 mindajy was confened on Ram Jc- 
 von, a Brahmin, the founder of the 
 the present familj . In times of re- 
 mote Hindoo antiquity, a p;ut of this 
 district, subject to annual iiuuida- 
 tion, was named the region of Va- 
 rendra. 
 
 In 1801, by the directions of the 
 Marquis Wellesley, then Governor 
 General, the board of revenue in 
 Bengal circulatetl various questions, 
 on statistical subjects, to the col- 
 lectors of the dillerent districts. The 
 result of their replies proved, that 
 Raujesliy contained 1,500,000 inha- 
 bitants, in the proportion of three 
 Mahommcdans to five liitidoos ; and 
 that, since the permanent settlement 
 of the revenue, the produce of this 
 district has greatly increased. (J, 
 Grant, Colehroohc, Vc.) 
 
 Ravey River, (Iravati). — ^This 
 is the third river of the Punjab, and 
 the Hydroatcs of Alexander's histo- 
 rians. It rises in Uie eastern hills of 
 Cashmere, near a famous place of 
 Hindoo worship, and not far lioni 
 the sources of the SutuUje, the Chi- 
 naub, and the Beyah rivers. Its 
 direction is atterwardssoutli westerly, 
 and it enters the plains near Shah- 
 poor (or Rajcpoor), from whence the 
 
702 
 
 RAYSINGPOOR. 
 
 eanal of Shahiichr "vvas drawn to 
 Lahore, about 80 miles iu length. 
 This canal was inteiideil to supply 
 the city of" Lahore witli water dniing 
 the dry season, when all the Indian 
 riveis are fiom 20 to 30 feet below 
 tlie level of tlieir banks. The space 
 between the Ravey and Chinanb, at 
 their entry into the ])laius, is about 
 60 geographical miles, and they gra- 
 dually approach each other during a 
 course of 170 miles. 
 
 fVftcr entering the plains, the 
 course of the Ravey continues S. W. 
 until it passes the city of Lahore, 60 
 miles above which it is 120 yards 
 broad, and extremely rapid, yet na- 
 vigable, during the rains, for boats 
 of a considerable size. It continues 
 to flow in the same direction after 
 passing Lahore, and about 28 miles 
 above the city ofMooltan is joined 
 by theJhylumaud Chinaub, forming 
 a stream of unecjual breadth, scarce- 
 ly inferior to tlie Indus itself. Its 
 rapidity and breadth, after their 
 junction, are particularly remarked 
 by the historians of Alexander and 
 'I'imour. Immediately after their 
 junction, tiie distance from bank to 
 bank is one mile, one furlong, and 
 H;j yards. In the month of January, 
 but a little way lower down, the 
 breadth of the stream contracts to 
 less than 350 yards. Twenty miles 
 below Mooltan, this river fails into 
 tlie Indus, after having perl'oj med a 
 course, including tlie windings, of 
 above 500 miles. {Kennel, Wil- 
 ford, ic.) 
 
 Ravree, {Rari). — A town among 
 the Western Ghants,in the pravince 
 of Bejapoor, 45 miles S. S. W. from 
 I'oouah. Lat. 18°. 2'. N. Long. 
 7.)°. 32'. E. 
 
 This was the fast strong hold 
 seized on by Sevajee, the founder 
 of the Maharatta power, who made 
 it his capital. In 1688, after the 
 death of Sevajee, it was taken by 
 Aurengzebe, along with the family 
 and treasure of Sambajee Rajah, the 
 second Maharatta sovereign, whose 
 power was in consequence reduced 
 to a very low ebb. {Scott, Brucey^c.) 
 
 Raw A AD. — A small town in tire 
 Seik territories, in the province of 
 Lahore, 120 miles N. W. from the 
 city of Lahore. Lat. 33°, 5'. N. 
 Long. 72°. 12.' E. 
 
 Rawak Isle. — A small island, 
 which forms a harbour on the N. E. 
 coast of Wageeoo. The channel is 
 here a mile broad, with good mud 
 soundings from 10 to 15 fathoms. 
 Sago, made up m cakes, may 
 here be purchased in large quanti- 
 ties : fish and turtle arc also plentj'. 
 The Malays and the natives cut the 
 latter into small pieces, and stew it 
 iu green bamboos. Goats and fowls 
 are not to be had. (Forrest, Sfc.) 
 
 RaYbaugh, {Rni Bagk, the Ray's 
 Garden). — A district in the Maha- 
 ratta territories, in the province of 
 Bejapoor, situated between the 16th 
 and 17th degrees of north latitude. 
 This is a fertile and productive ter- 
 ritory, being watered by the Krish- 
 na, Gutpurba, and several smaller 
 streams. The principal towns are 
 Raybaugh and Badar. 
 
 Rayhai'gh. — A town in the Ma- 
 haratta territories, in the province of 
 Bejapoor, 15 miles south from Mer- 
 ritch. Lat. 16°. 46'. N. Long. 75° 
 E. This place is enclosed by a bad 
 wall, having entrances on the north 
 and west sides. It is not populous 
 or extensive, nor does its appearance 
 indicate that it ever was a place of 
 consequence. Near to the northern 
 gate are some Maliommedan tombs. 
 {Moor, ■$■€.) 
 
 Raypoor. — A town in the Seik 
 territories, in the province of Lahore, 
 district of Bhatti, situated on the 
 bunks of the Beyah and Hyphasis. 
 In the 15th century this place was 
 called 'J ulwundy, and was the birth- 
 place of Nanac Shall, the founder of 
 the sect oi' Sciks. 
 
 Raysingpoor. — A small village in 
 tlie Gnjiat Peninsula, near the Gulf 
 of Cutch, and belonging to the Jam 
 of Noanagur. This place stands on 
 the banks of the Phooljce River, and 
 has a considerable luimber of gar- 
 dens in the vicinity, in some of which 
 cardamous are raised. 
 
RETPOORAU. 
 
 703 
 
 RuDliYuOODl'M, (Retighiirinn, a 
 saud fort). — Atuwiiiii tlie Nuithi'iii 
 Ciitius, district ofCoinlnpillv. Lat. 
 10°. 5:5'. N. Lull-;-, 80^. 41'. l',. 
 
 Iki.HKii.— A siiiiill tlisliict ill tlie 
 province of Delhi, .sitiialid belwciMi 
 the 2Hth and 291h degrees of iioiili 
 latitude, and formerly comprehended 
 ill tlie tenitorv of Koliileuiid. It is 
 bounded on the north b} the Sewii- 
 lic and Kc^inaoon mountains; on the 
 south by Jiaieily ; to the east it has 
 the Keniaoon hills and Kiljioory ; 
 and on tlic west the Gauges, in the 
 arrangement of the Acbcr it be- 
 longed to tlic division of Sunibhul- 
 poor. The Ganges is the principal 
 river ; but many small streams tlow 
 from the adjacent mountains. 'JIic 
 chief towns arc llelier, Najibabad, 
 and Daiaiiagur. 'Jhis district was 
 ceded to tlie British iluring the ad- 
 ministration of JVIarcpiis VVelKsley, 
 by the treaty concluded wilhtheNa- 
 bol) of Uude, the lUth November, 
 1801, at which period it was in a 
 very desolate state, but lias since 
 niucli recovered. 
 
 Kehf.r. — A town in the province 
 of Delhi, 80 miles N. N. \V. from 
 Bareily, and the capital of a district 
 of the samo' name. Lat. 2'J°. 2o'. N, 
 Long. 78°. 41'. E. 
 
 Rehio, or Uio, (Riifu). — A Malay 
 town, situated on t!ic islaml of Bin- 
 tang, at the S. E. extii'iiiity of the 
 peninsula of Malacca. Lat. 67°. N. 
 Long. 104°. 35'. E. 
 
 In 1783 this place was the r(;sort 
 of smugglers and pirates, and was 
 attacked and taken by the Dutch 
 Commodore, ^ an Biaam, but ap- 
 pears soon to have nscovcrcd, as, in 
 1784, llajee Bajuli, the chief of Re- 
 hio, was killed at Malacca, of which 
 jilace he had undertaken the siege. 
 {Forresl, Cyc.) 
 
 Rkj \NG. — A country in the island 
 of Sumatra, divided on the north 
 west from the state of Aiiak Sniigei, 
 (of which iMocomoeo is the ca[iilal), 
 by the small river L'li, iioar that of 
 Kuttaun, which last, with the dis- 
 trict of Laboonou its banks, bounds 
 it ou the uortb, or iuiaiid, side. The 
 
 couiiliy of INIusI, wliere the Palein- 
 bangHivCr takes its rise, forms its li- 
 mits to the eastw ard. Bciieooleu 
 River confines it on the south east. 
 The principal rixcrs, besides those 
 already mentioned, are, the Laye, 
 the Pally, and the SuiigeiJamo, on 
 I'll of which the English had fac- 
 tories. 
 
 The Rejangs arc divided into 
 tribes, of which there are four prin- 
 cipal ones. 'J'hey live in villages, 
 each under the government of a 
 head, or magistrate, styleil Duj)ati, 
 and seldom exceed in number 100. 
 These Diipatis meet in a judicial ca- 
 pacity, when thfi Pangeran (a Ja- 
 vanese title), or feudal chief of tho 
 country, presides over the whole, 
 but has little or no coercive power. 
 'J'hough the rank of Dupati is not 
 strictly hereditary, the son, when of 
 age and ca|)able, generally succeeds 
 liis father ; if too young, the father's 
 brother, or such of the family as ap- 
 pear best qualified. 
 
 I'he system of letters of the peo- 
 ple of Rejang has tho same artificial 
 order with the Devanagari ; but, in 
 every series, one letter is omitted, 
 because it is never to be found in tiie 
 languages of the eastern islanders. 
 The lU'jaug dialect is formed by a 
 mixture of the Batta and Malaya. 
 {Alfirsch'ii, Jonas, Leijden., oT.) 
 
 HcMBANG.^ — A Dutch residency, 
 on the north-eastern coast of Java, 
 jirnducing salt and timber fur ship 
 biiililing. Lat. 0°. 40'. S. Long, 
 111°. 16'. E. A ship of 500 tons 
 burthen, and three (tr four smaller 
 vessels, used annually to be built 
 here for the Dutch East India Com 
 pany. {Stavorinus, St.) 
 
 HenaI'oor, (lienc(pnra). — A town 
 in the Ni/am's territories, in thi* 
 province of Aurungabad, 71 miles 
 N. W. from iceder. Lat. 10° 2u'. 
 N. Long. 70°. 66'. E. 
 
 Resoui.abad, {t/ic Abode of lite 
 Prophet). — A town in the proviuceof 
 Agra, district of Etaweh, 72 miles 
 W. by S. from liUcknow. Lat. 20°. 
 38'. N. Long. 79°. 47'. E. 
 
 Rbtpookah, (Hctipura). — A towii 
 
704 
 
 RHOTAS. 
 
 in the Nizam's territories, in the pro- 
 \incc of licrar, 17 miles S. E. from 
 Elhihpoor. Lat. 21°. 19'. N. Long. 
 78°. 21'. E. 
 
 Rewah, (Reva). — A io\\u in the 
 pro\iiicc of Giindwana, district of 
 Boghela or Bogalicund, of Avliicli 
 it is tlie capital. Lat. 24°. 37'. N. 
 Long. 81°. 25'. E. This town and 
 district composed a fourth part of 
 the ancient Circar of Callinjer, and 
 •with Sohagepoor was dismembered 
 fiom Bliatta by Aurengzebe, and 
 nominally annexed to Allahabad. It 
 then included in all 9000 square 
 miles. 
 
 The suburbs of Rewah are large. 
 Under the fort runs the Bichanaddy, 
 which has its source 20 miles to the 
 eastward. The rajah's house is in 
 the fort, which is of stone, and A'cry 
 large. The country from Hew ah to 
 Baypoor is well cultivated, with 
 many fine tanks. The latter is a 
 place of considerable size. Tra- 
 velling distance from Benares, 126 
 miles S. W. from Nagpoor, 304 
 miles. (J. (trant, Leckie, Ken- 
 nel, ?fC.) 
 
 Bewarv, (Revari.) — A town in 
 the province of Delhi, district of Nar- 
 noul, 40 miles S. W. liom the 
 city of Dellii. Lat. 28°. 13'. N. 
 Long. 76°. 42'. E. In the time of 
 Acber, it was the capital of a dis- 
 tinct district, which is described bj' 
 AltuI Fazel as foIloMs: — 
 
 " Sircar Rewary, containing 12 
 mahafs, measurement 4,155,011 bee- 
 galis, revenue sejurghal, 
 
 739,268 dams. This sircar furnishes 
 2,175 cavalry, and 14,000 infantry." 
 
 It is now possessed by native 
 chiefs, in alliance with, or under the 
 influence of, the British govern- 
 ment. 
 
 KiioTAs. — A district in the pro- 
 vince of Bahar, situated lor the most 
 pyrt between the 24th and 25th de- 
 grees of north latitude. I'o the 
 north it is bounded by Shahabad ; on 
 the south by the independent district 
 of Billounjah anJ Palamovv ; to the 
 east it has the district of Bahar ; and 
 to the west Clmnar. In 1784 thi.s 
 
 district contained 3680 square miles, 
 of which about 2000 square miles 
 were plain arable ground. By Abul 
 1 azel, in 1582, it is described as fol- 
 lows : 
 
 " Sircar Rotas, containing 18 ma- 
 hals, measurement 473,340 beegahs, 
 revenue 40,819,4t>3 dams. This sir- 
 car furnishes 4550 cavalrj', and 
 162,000 infantry." 
 
 This is the most westerly of the 
 Bahar province, and lies chiefly be- 
 tween the rivers Soane and Caram- 
 nassa. The southern part is hilly, 
 and much covered with jungle ; but 
 the northern is flat, well watered, 
 and extremely fertile. The princi- 
 pal towns aie Bhotas, Saseram, Bog- 
 wanpoor, and Serris. (J. Grant, Abul 
 Fazel, Si'c.) 
 
 R HOT AS, {Rahatas). — A fortress in 
 the province of Bahar, district of 
 Rhotas, 81 miles travelling distance 
 S. E. from Benares. Lat. 24°. 38'. N. 
 Long. 83°. 58'. E. 
 
 This j)lace stands on the level top 
 of an extensive mountain. The oidy 
 entrance to it is a very narrow road 
 through a steep ascent of two miles, 
 from the bottom of the hill to the 
 gates, which are three in number, 
 one above the other, defended by 
 guns, and large stones ready to be 
 rolled dowii. The square contents 
 of the fortified table land on the top 
 of the mountain is more than 10 
 miles, in which space are contained 
 towns, villages, and corn fields, wa- 
 ter being found Avithin a \,'cw feet of 
 the suri'acc. On one .side runs the 
 River Soane under an immense pre- 
 cipice ; another river in the same 
 manner passes close to the other 
 side ; and both meeting a short way 
 below, form the hill into a triangu- 
 lar peninsula. On the third .side 
 there is a very deep valley covered 
 with impervious wo(;ds, which spread 
 all over the mountain, and render 
 the fortre.ss almost inaccessible. 
 
 A.D, 1.542 Shcrc Sliah, the Af- 
 ghan, took this fortress, then deemed 
 impregnable, b} a very shallow .sti a- 
 tagem, from Rajah Chintannin, the 
 last of a long dynasty of Hindoo 
 
ROHILCUND. 
 
 705 
 
 sovpreigiis, 'who Iiatl for many cen- 
 turies ruled this part of Hindostan ; 
 and tliere Sliere Shah deposited iiis 
 family and treasure. It appears, 
 however, to have soon reverted to 
 the Hindoos; as, in 1575, it was 
 again taken liom a rajah of that 
 faith by tiie Emperor Achcr. Since 
 it came into the possession^ of tlie 
 Uritish, the necessity for them no 
 longer existing, the fortifications 
 have been allowed to crumble into 
 ruins. {Stewart, J. Grant, Rennel, 
 
 Rho TAS. — A very small, hilly dis- 
 trict in the province of Lahore, in 
 the Scik lerritories, and situated 
 about the 33d degree of north lati- 
 tude. 
 
 RiiAiR RiVF.R. — A small river is- 
 suing from the Rajah Chohan Hills, 
 in the province of Guudwana, which, 
 after a short course of not more than 
 80 miles, fails into the Soane, in the 
 district of Rhotas, in Rahar. For 
 above 20 miles before its junction 
 with the Soane it is above 100 yards 
 •wide, and four feet deep. 
 
 RiAO IsLK. — A small island in the 
 Eastern Seas, about 30 miles in cir- 
 cumference, situated in the channel 
 between Gilolo and the Island of 
 Morty. Lat. 2° 30'. N. Long. 
 128°. E. 
 
 Rio. See Rehio. 
 
 ROGONATGUNGE, (Rdgkimat/ta 
 
 Gaiij). — A town in the province of 
 Bengal, district of Pachetc, 136 miles 
 W.N.W. from Calcutta. Lut. 23°, 
 15'. N. Long. 80°. 20'. I-;. 
 
 RoGONATPOoR. — A town in the 
 province of Bengal, district of Pa- 
 cheti; 130 miles N.W. from Cal- 
 cutta. Lat. 23°. 32', N. Long. 8G° 
 41'. E. 
 
 RoHlLCiJND, {Raldlkhand). — This 
 territory, named in sansr rit Knttair, 
 comprehended that tract of Hindo.s- 
 tan situated east of the (Janges, be- 
 tween the 28th and 3()th degices of 
 north latitude, and from 78°. to 80°. 
 cast longitude. Connncncing in the 
 vicinity of the Lolldoiig Pass, at the 
 foot of the Kemaoon Hills, it v.i- 
 tended south-eastward to the town 
 
 2 z 
 
 of Pillibect. On the north it war, 
 bounded by the Sev\alic and Ke- 
 maoon Hills, and on the south by 
 the dominions of ( lude, the princi- 
 pal rivers being the Ganges and 
 Ramgunga : the latter traverses 
 Rohilcund nearly in its whole ex- 
 tent, and joins the Ganges at Ka- 
 noge. 
 
 On the eastern side the Dewah, 
 or Goggra, issues from the Kemaoon 
 INIountains, and runs past the town 
 of Pillibect, where, during the height 
 of the rains, saul and sissoo timbers, 
 the produce of the adjacent forests, 
 are embarked for Patna, Calcutta, 
 and other large towns to the south. 
 I'here arc many smaller streams in- 
 tersect the country, and contribute 
 to its fertility, being distributed by 
 means of canals and reservoirs ; wa- 
 ter is also found by digging a few 
 feet under ground. AVith all these 
 advantages Rohilcund is calculated 
 to be one of the richest countries in 
 the East ; and the greatness of its 
 productive powers were exemplified 
 in a small portion of it, during the 
 government of Fyzoolah Khan at 
 Ranipoor; it was, notwithstanding, 
 vvhen ceded to the British by the 
 Nabob of Oude in 1801, one of the 
 most desolate regions in Hindostan. 
 'i'he chief articles raised by the cul- 
 tivators arc grain of all sorts, sugar- 
 cane, indigo, cotton, and tobacco. 
 
 In the early periods of the INIogul 
 empire Rohilcund w as a very flou- 
 rishing country, and of great poli- 
 tical importance. It then contained 
 the cities of Shahabad, Shahjehan- 
 poor, Bareily, Bissowlee, Budayoon, 
 Owlali, Moradabad, and Sumbul ; 
 which last communicated its name to 
 a great part of the district. During 
 the reign of the Patau dynasty in Hin- 
 dostan, many princes of the royal 
 family kept their court, for a series 
 of years, in the city of Budayoon, 
 where, as in many other parts of 
 Rohilcund, are still to be seen the 
 remains of magnificent edifices, pa- 
 laces, gardens, mosques, ct lieges, 
 and niausoJeums. 
 
 The Rohillas were oiijiually an 
 
70G ROUNDA. 
 
 Afghan or Patau nice, who ciiii- 
 cjraU'd tVom tin- province uf Cabul 
 alxmt the bcjiiimitij;- oftlic IHtli cen- 
 fiiiV- 'I lic.V ll'cii consisted ol seve- 
 ral iiuh'pendent tribes, who, on 
 pressing e\ii;encies, acted in con- 
 cert, and were clistingnished for tlic 
 steady liatred which subsisted bc- 
 t\vc(^n th(un and tlic jAIaharutias, 
 Tliev are a courageous, liardy race, 
 and one of the lew j\IaIionimedan 
 tiibcs who exercise the profession of 
 hnsbanilry, as \\cil as that of arms. 
 Their high spiiit and ferocions, un- 
 cultivatcii dispositions, render them 
 diiliculi to govern or discipline ; and, 
 in counnon with the other Afglian 
 races, they have the reputation of 
 being crai'ly, treacherous, and san- 
 guinary. 
 
 About tlie year 1720 the Afglian 
 chiefs, Bisharut Khaa and Daood 
 Khan, acconi])anied by a band of 
 their neciiy and adventurous coun- 
 trymen, came to Hindostan in quest 
 of miiilary service. They were tirst 
 entertained by ]\Iadhoo Sail, the Ze- 
 inindar of Serow ly, who, by robbery 
 and predatory incursion, maintained 
 a large party of banditti. While 
 plundering an adjacent village, J3a- 
 ood Khan captured a youth of the 
 .hint tribe, whom he converted to the 
 Alahoinmedan religion, named Ali 
 ?\laliommed, and adopted to the pro 
 indiee of his own childrcii. Daood 
 Mian was succeeded as principal 
 leader of tlie llohillahs by Ali JVla- 
 honnned, who, in consecpieuce of 
 the distracted state of liindostan, 
 SI ion established his power over the 
 tenilory since nani('<l I'olnieutld, al- 
 Ihougli repeat<'dly brought 1o a low 
 el»b by ihe Mogul armiis fnmi Delhi. 
 Ali Vhdioinmed died in 1748, and 
 lel'l si\ sons; but was succeeded in 
 the chiefl;'.ii!>hip by I !afe/ l{ehniut, 
 wiiose autlinrily, however, was eon- 
 stantly disputed by other leaders. 
 Jn 1774 the combined forces of the 
 J\(.liillahs wre totally defeated by 
 till- i>rilish armv at tiie battle of 
 Cutterah, when; Hafez Mehmiit was 
 slain, aiid with this event lermijiated 
 llic I'oliillah swav in Hindostan. 
 
 At the period when the conqacst 
 of ]{oliilcund was completed, tho 
 country was in a very ilourishing 
 state, and the revenue computed to 
 exceed one million sterling per aii- 
 iium ; but afterw ards it declined 
 with incredible rapidity, and iu 
 1795 yielded only 36 lacks of ru- 
 pees. In 1801 nearly the whole of 
 ancient Kohilcund was ceded to the 
 Jliitish by the Nabob of Oude, during 
 the administration of Marquis Wel- 
 lesley, and is now, for the most pait, 
 comprehended in the province of 
 Eareily ; under which head further 
 topographical details will be found. 
 {Franhlin, Forster, ^^c.) 
 
 KoLi'AH. — A small district iu 
 northern Hindostan, situated be- 
 tween the 29th and 30th degrees of 
 north latitude, and tributary to the 
 Ghoorkhali Rajah of Nepaul. Al- 
 though little more than 60 miles 
 from the British territories in the 
 pro\iuce of Onde, tliis district has 
 never been visited by any European, 
 and remains almost wholly unknown. 
 I'he surface is irregularly mountain- 
 ous, and much covered with jungle, 
 and the country little cultivated, and 
 thinly inhabited. 
 
 RoLHAH. — A town in Northern 
 Hindostan, the capital of a district 
 of the same name, tributaiy to tlie 
 Nepaul Rajah. Lat. 29°. 22'. N. 
 Long. 82"^. 5'. E. 
 
 Roma Isle. — A small island in 
 the Eastern Seas, about 40 miles in 
 circumference. Lat. 7°. 35'. N. 
 Long. 127°. 20'. E. 
 
 RooDi'.RPOoR, {Roodrapm-(i). ~ A 
 town of consideral)Ie extent in the 
 j)rovince of Delhi, district of Mora- 
 dabad, 42 miles N. I)V E. from Ba- 
 rcily. Lat. 29°. 1'. xN. Long. 79°. 
 29'. 11. 
 
 RopooR. — A town in the Seik ter- 
 ritories, in the province of Delia, 
 situated in the S. M. bank of the 
 Sutuleje, 130 miles S. E. from the 
 city of Lahore. Lat. 31°. 7'. N. 
 Long. 75°. 50'. E. 
 
 RoL'NDA. — A town in the Maha- 
 ralta territories, in the province of 
 Khandesh ; situated on tJie east .side 
 4 
 
RUNGPOOR. 
 
 ■07 
 
 «f the fJhirali River, 46 miles S.W. 
 lioin Bo(>riiaii|joor. Lat. 2u°. 54'. N. 
 l.oiij,^ 76°. 47'. E. 
 
 KoY E\KEILY. — A lowii ill the 
 Nabul) of Glide's territories, situ- 
 ated oil tlio north side n'i \\iv S\c 
 River, 45 miles S. E. bv S. lioiii 
 I.iickiiow. Lat. 20°. 16'. N. Loiii;. 
 bl° 12'. E. 
 
 HuANELi.i. — A valley in tl'<' is- 
 land of Ce> Ion, called by the Can- 
 dians, in whose territory it is situ- 
 ated, the valley of pieeions stones. 
 V\) to this place the river is navi<:;a- 
 l)le for boats; but, from hence to 
 Candy, it is shallow and roeky. 
 From hence to Columbo, the capital 
 of the British part of Ceylon, the 
 distance by water isabontOO miles; 
 yet so iaj)id is the current, that the 
 passas^e is made in abont eiu^ht 
 hours, bnt, in returning,', oeenpies 
 nine and 10 day.s. 
 
 Several kinds of precious stones 
 and metallic substances arc found 
 iu the environs of Ruanelli, a- 
 monj? the sand and gravel of the 
 river. On the opposite side of the 
 river preeious stones were formerly 
 found in abundance ; bnt the king 
 of Candy docs not iio« ])ermit them 
 to be dug or searched for. (Pir- 
 cimJ, ^'c. i)-c.) 
 
 Ri DRAPKAYAGA. — A Hiiidooplacc 
 of pilgiimage in the j)roviuee of Se- 
 rinagur, where the Alacanaiu'.a Ri- 
 ver joins tlic Caliganga — a large 
 stream, which rises in the mountains 
 of Kedar, and is, in the Siiastras, 
 denominated the Alandaeiiii. 'J'he 
 continence of these rivers rt this 
 place is one of the live principal 
 prayagas, or holy places, mentioned 
 in the sacred books of the Mindoos. 
 Lat. 'M°. 11/. N. 1-ong. 7iP. 2'. ]■;. 
 
 RuiB JsLK. — A small island in tho 
 Eastern Seas, situated oil" the north- 
 western extremity oi' W ageoo, and 
 surronnded by a mnliitnde of small- 
 er islands, with very deep waters 
 between them. Lat. U°. N. Long. 
 1-21)°. 55'. E. 
 
 RuMBo. — A Malay kingdom in 
 the peninsula, situated about GO 
 miles inland from the cjtv of .\ta!a<- 
 
 2 z 2 
 
 ca. The sultan, and all tlio ])rinci' 
 pal oflif rrs of this state, ln)ld their 
 autliorit} itiiinediately from Alenang- 
 cabow ill Sumatra, and have eom- 
 missions for their respective offices. 
 This proves the extent of the IVTc- 
 nangcabow po\v<r even now, re- 
 duced as it is in common with that 
 of the Malay people. The U.imbo 
 jieoplc have a peenliardialeet, called 
 by the inhabitants of Malacca the 
 Itiuguage of Menaiigcabou'. {It'if- 
 fics. eye. ir.) 
 
 Ri'N. — A ver>' extensive salt mo- 
 rass, which bounds the western 
 frontiers of the (injrat pro\ince, 
 eoinmunieates with the (!ulf of 
 Ciiteli, and exhiliilsa great variety 
 of apj.earances. Jn some j)Iaees it 
 is p w iuely expanded sheet of shal- 
 low w atcr, only a few inches deep ; 
 in others, an impassable salt swamp ; 
 and, in others, merely a dry unpro- 
 ductive bank of sand — but, in all 
 jiarts, strongly impregnated with 
 saline particles, ad\erse to vegeta- 
 tion. 
 
 Including the windings it ex- 
 tends many hundred miles, and 
 sweeps round the north of Cutch. 
 It appears, at some remote jieriod, 
 to have been covered with the wa- 
 ters of the ocean, winch have since 
 subsided, asid are even still imper- 
 ceptibly draining of]". A satisfactory 
 description of this extraordinary mo- 
 rass is much wanted. 
 
 RuNALAH, ( Raualin/ri, tit;; Place 
 of Battle).— A town in the Maha- 
 ratta territories, in tlie province of 
 Kandesh, 84 miles E. from Siirat. 
 Lat. '21°. 17'. N. Long. 71°. 20'. E. 
 Ri'NCiPOOR, ( Raiig-apiira). — A dis- 
 trict in the north-eastern extremity 
 of the province of iscngal, :'.itiiated 
 abont tiie 20iii degree of north lati- 
 tude. It is bounded on the nortii by 
 the Bootan lliils; on tlie south by 
 JMymnnsing; to the east it has tho 
 Brahmapootra ; and, on the west, 
 Dinagepoor. Erom Coocli Bahar 
 it is separated by the River Durlali. 
 
 Under the Mogul government 
 this was a military frontier station, 
 towards the Morn!i< and Coocli Ba- 
 
708 
 
 RUSSOOA. 
 
 liar. It was first partially wrested 
 from the rajah of the latter district, 
 diniii;? the roigu of Shah Jciiuii, 
 when it m as fonncd into a circar ; 
 but it was coiiipk'tcly conqncicd, by 
 the f;euerals of Aurenczcbe, in 
 1060-1, M'hen it received the name 
 of FakeroooiKly. This territory, 
 with f!'.e pergUDiiahof Koondy, con- 
 stitute the iiiodern district of Run<;- 
 poor. comprcheiuling a territory of 
 2,679 scjuare iHilcs, distributed into 
 several zemindaries, and producing 
 the valuaiile articles of raw silk, 
 opium, tobacco, suii,ar, besides su- 
 pera!)nndance of grain and other ar- 
 ticles wiiich .ire exported. 
 
 Within the jurisdiction of Rung- 
 poor may be included the extensive 
 district of Rangamatty, and the ad- 
 joining raiahshij) of Cooch Bahar — 
 comprising, in all its dimensions of 
 financial divisions, 6610 square miles. 
 'I'he face ol the country is open, 
 level, and well watered, and inferior 
 to no part of Bengal in point of fer- 
 lilit}'. The rice cultivalion is very 
 extensive ; and of tliis grain, in good 
 land, it sometimes yields two crops 
 in the year, besides an intermediate 
 one of mustard seed. There is some 
 indigo grown, and a great deal of 
 tobacco of a good quality, and re- 
 markably cheap — a great proportion 
 of the tobacco consumed by the na- 
 tives, in the southern and eastern 
 districts of Bengal, being supplied 
 froui Rungpoor. The principal ri- 
 vers arc thcTcesta, the Dnrlah, and 
 the Brahmapootra; and the chief 
 towns, Rungpoor, Mungulhaut, and 
 Guzgotla. 
 
 IS'otwitlistanding the productive 
 powers of this district its population 
 does not amount to so great a num- 
 ber as might have been expected. 
 Ill 1801 the Iioard of revenue in 
 Bengal, in consequence of instruc- 
 tions from Marquis Welleslcy, then 
 governoi-gencral, circulated various 
 inquiries to the collectors of the dif- 
 ferent districts. The result of their 
 replies proved, that Rungpoor and 
 Cooch Bahar coalain only 400,000 
 souls. 
 
 The glandular .<;\^ellings in the 
 throat are so prevalent in this dis- 
 trict, that it is supposed one person 
 in six is afiected with them; yet 
 t!ie town of Rungpoor is 100 miles 
 from the foot of the Bootan Hills, 
 and still furtiier off ficm any snow. 
 (J. Gratit, Tunicr, Saiuulers, lVc.) 
 
 Rungpoor.— A t(nvn in the pro- 
 vince of Bengal, district of Runa:- 
 poor. Lat. 2iP. 47'. N, Long. 8i>° 
 6'. E. 'I'his place is 260 miles tra- 
 velling distance from Calcutta, the 
 road ind flercnt, and interscftcd by 
 an amazing number of rivers and 
 rivulets, which must be crossed in 
 boats; ypt, in a palanquin, this dist- 
 ance is with ease gone over in four 
 days. 
 
 Rungpoor. — This town is fre- 
 quently n.amed the cajjital of Assam ; 
 but it is only the military station to 
 the real capital, Gcrgonge. A con- 
 siderable number of towns form a 
 circle round the Bungpoor division, 
 which is 12 miles in length by 10 in 
 breadth. 
 
 To the west of Rungpoor is a 
 bridge, built in the reign of Roodra 
 Singh, by workmen irom Bengal, 
 which may be deemed the western 
 gate of the military forticss of Rung- 
 poor; which is accessible from the 
 westward only through this port, as 
 the river in this quarter is seldom 
 fordable. It is protected on the 
 south by an immense causeway, or 
 line of fortiiication, which extends 
 irom Namdaugh to the Dhekow. 
 ( Wade, ^-c. ^-c.) 
 
 RupNAGUK, ( Rapanagara, the 
 handsome City). — A town belonging 
 to Dow let Row Sindia, in the pro- 
 vince of Ajmecr, district ofAjmcer, 
 13 miles N. E. from the city of Aj- 
 meer. Lat. 26°. 43'. N. Long. 74°, 
 o8'. E. 
 
 RussooLPOOR, {Basidpura, the 
 Projyhel's Town). — A town belong- 
 ing to the Nabob of Onde, in the 
 province of Allahabad, district of 
 Manicpoor, 40 miles N. V,. froni 
 tlie citv and fortress of Allahabad, 
 Lat. 25°. 57'. N. Long. 81°. 25'. £. 
 RussooA. — A village in Tibet ts 
 
RYACOTfA. 
 
 709 
 
 Iho north of the Ilininlaya nioiiu- 
 taiiis, vliiclj marks the limits of the 
 ]S(|»uiiI (loininioiis in tliis iliiec;i(iii, 
 and under uhitii Hows aiivnht i>ear- 
 injj; the sjinie name. Lat. 2b°. o'. >i. 
 Loiij;-. 85°. 40'. E. 
 
 Jii/TL AMcit'R. — A town in the 
 jMaliaraita Icnitoiieh', in the jro- 
 >inee of .Malwah, 47 miles N.N.U. 
 fromOojain. Lat. 23°. 46'. N. Long'. 
 75°. 20'." E. 
 
 KuTXAGiRl, {Ratnaghiri, Dia- 
 vimid Mountain). — A town in tiie 
 31aliaiatta teiiitoiies, in the piovineo 
 ofiJejajtoor, on t!ie sea roast of the 
 Coiuan distriet. Lat. IV °. 1'. N, 
 Loni,^ 73°. 3'. J-:. 
 
 KuTTUNPouR Dlstrict. — Scc 
 Choteksghur. 
 
 Ri'TTrxpooKi {Rattiapitra, Dia- 
 mond Town). — A town in the teiri- 
 tories of the Na{!,poor Maliarattas, 
 in the jjiovincc of Gnndwaua, dis- 
 trict of Chotees^nr, of which it is the 
 capital. Lat. 22°, 16'. N. Long. 82°. 
 35'. J:!. 
 
 Althongli this 1)C the capital of au 
 extensive and fertile distriet, yet it 
 is only a large straggling village, 
 consisting of about 1001) huts, many 
 of M hich are uiiinhahited. 'I'he sur- 
 rounding country is remarkably jjio- 
 ducti\e and well cultivated, com- 
 pared « ilh the rest of this desolate 
 province. By the nearest travelling 
 road Huttunpoor is 296 miles 
 from Chuiiar. Its chief is frequently 
 .styled the Rajah of Chotecs Ghur, 
 or 36 fortresses. 
 
 >iear to Kuttunpoor is an idol, 
 made of blue granite, about niue 
 feet in height, rubbed over witii 
 red paint, and adorned with flow- 
 ers. In the neighbourhood are a 
 great many pools and tanks, aud 
 also a lake, the euibarkraent of 
 ■whicjj is nearly two miles in length. 
 There are many riiinsin the vicinity, 
 indicative of a former slate of pro- 
 •sperity superior to what at present 
 exists. 
 
 In the year 1760, Avhen ]\Ir. Law 
 ■\\ as made prisoner, a jiarty of 120 
 Trench, who had been under his 
 cqiumand, cudeavoured to cflect a 
 
 retreat from Rahitr, through the 
 country, into tiie Deecan. They 
 halted here; uhen Bimbajee, the 
 Maharatta sovereign, entertained 
 them for a few days — but, at the end 
 of that time, put them all treach- 
 erously to death, 
 
 Tra\ elling distance from Calcutta, 
 by Chuta Niagpoor, 403 miles ; from 
 Nagpoor, 220 miles; tiom Delhi, 
 633 ; from I'oonah, 706 miles, 
 {Blnnt, LecJiie, \st Eeg. Kennel, 
 ^c. tSr.) 
 
 Ryacotta, {Raya Cotatj). — A 
 town added to the BarralJiahal pro- 
 vince, at the peace grani'.d bj ]\iar- 
 quis Coruwallis to 'j nipco, aiid the 
 last place in the Kari;ala Desam, 98 
 miles Iv bv N. from Seringapntam. 
 Lat. 12°. 33'. N. Long. i8°. 1/'. E. 
 , Thi-< i)lace being the eh:cf kc} to 
 Kan;ata, (the Upper Carnatic, or 
 iMvscjre,) pains have been tal^rn to 
 strengthen the works, which col.si^t 
 of a high fortilied rock, and a fort 
 at the bottom. The air of R^a<•uttall 
 is so very temperate, on account of 
 its elevation, that, even in the hot 
 season, the thermometer scarcely 
 ever rises higher than 82° of Fah- 
 renheit, and cherry-trees lloniis.h re- 
 markably well. The jx'ople of Ry- 
 acotta, being on the frontier, speak 
 a mivture of the languages of Ivar- 
 nata, of the Taumls, and of the Te- 
 lingas. 
 
 When Ryacottali was besieged 
 by Major (Jov\ die, in 1791, i! was 
 known to be too strong I13 nature to 
 be reduced, if the garrison made a 
 resolute defence ; but the governor 
 was so intiuiidated b\ tlie sjnrited 
 attacks of his detachment, and by a 
 movement of the grand army to- 
 wards the place, tiiat he capitulated, 
 and retired into the Carnatic below 
 the Ghauts. After its sinrender it 
 was found to be ampiv . upi)lied with 
 guns, ammunition, aad provision for 
 its defence; and, although Kisfnag- 
 herry be the principal fort, Hvcdliuh, 
 from its situation, may be considered 
 the chief key to the Mysore domi- 
 nions. (/'. Buchanan, Dirom, Salt, 
 ^■c. &c.) 
 
710 RYEPOOR. 
 
 Ryagudd. — A town possessed hy 
 indopoudcnt zemindars, in the pm- 
 vincc of Orissa, 60 miles N. W. from 
 Cicacole. Lat. 19°. 1'. N. Lou-. 
 83°. 27'. E. 
 
 Rycmoor, (Rfichnr). — A disfiiel 
 in the Nizam's territories, in tlie pro- 
 vince of Bejapoor, extending: aloujj 
 tlic north bank of the Toomhiiddra 
 River, between tiie l.jtii and 16ih 
 de,2:rccs of north hi<itnde. 
 
 Kychoor. — A town in the Ni- 
 zam's territories, in the province of 
 Bejapoor, the capital of a district 
 of the same name, 130 miles S. W. 
 from Hyderabad. Lat. 15°. rji)'. N. 
 Long-. 77° 17'. E. 
 
 This is an irregnlarly bnilt town, 
 being an old fort Avitli some new 
 works, commanded by a hill, and 
 by some rising gronnds near it. In 
 point of rank it was the seeoiid town 
 in the jaghirc of Eazalet Jnng, son 
 to Nizam nl Mnlk, and brother to 
 the la(e Nizam nd Dowlah. Adoni 
 was his capital, and cOi dinned after 
 his death to !)C that of his son Dara 
 Jah, until Ti])poo look it from him, 
 and nearly destroyed it, wlien he re- 
 moved to l^ychoor, which had the 
 advantage of being more distant 
 from so formidable a neighbonr. 
 Here, however, he sniiered nearly 
 tis nnich from his uncle, the IS'izam, 
 who imposed so high a tribute on 
 him, as reduced hi'n to the condition 
 of a mere renter. {3JSS. Ac.) 
 
 Rydroog^ {Rfijadiu-o-ii). — A small 
 district iu the Balaghaut cede>l tei- 
 ritories, sitnated princii)ally between 
 the 14th and 15lii degrees of north 
 latitude. The iioggry is the chief 
 river, and the j)riiicipal towns Ry- 
 droog and Mulivamarroor. 
 
 Tiic family of the Kydroog poly- 
 gar is descended from the l>a!a\^ai 
 of I'iiauagur, who, on the dissolu- 
 tion of that govcrnnK'Sit, seized on 
 Peimaconda and Condrippy. lender 
 Aurcngzebe he obtained, or seized, 
 additional villages. In 176G the dis- 
 trict was subdued by lijdcr; and, 
 iu 1788, tiie polygar was seized by 
 Tippoo. and sent to Seriiiga;)atam, 
 where he died a violent dt'ath, IJis 
 
 son and successor, Vincatup]>y Naic, 
 was killed in 1791, while attempting 
 to escape from Bangaloor. At the 
 ])t>aee of 1792 this district was trans- 
 ferred to the Nizam-; and, in 1799, 
 Gopaul Naic, a descendant by the 
 female line, attempting to raise dis- 
 tnrl)ances, was sent prisoner to Hy- 
 derabad. 
 
 In 1809, in consequence of ar- 
 rangements with the Nizam, this 
 district was ceded to the Company, 
 from whom the jjolygar's family re- 
 ceive a pension, and tiie country is 
 now comprehended in the collector- 
 ship of Bellary. {Mimro, §t.) 
 
 Rydkoog. — A town in the Bala- 
 ghaut ceded territories, 170 miles 
 N. by E. from Seringapatam, and 
 the capital of a district of the same 
 name. Lat. 11°. 49'. N. Long. 77°. 
 2'. E. This place stands about 40 
 miles N. E. from Chitteldroog, the 
 conntry between them being fertile, 
 with very few hills of magnitude, 
 and no river of considerable bulk. 
 Al)out 1790 tiie Maharattas obtained 
 possession of it, by a bribe of 60,000 
 ruj)ees to the governor on Tippoo's 
 part. 
 
 Travelling distance from Hyder- 
 abad '2.52 miles. {Moor, Reiinel, ^■c,') 
 
 Rynabad, (Ghainabad). — A small 
 village in the ]jrovince of Bengal, 
 district of JesBore, 80 miles E. by 
 N. from Calcutta. Lat. 22° 42'. N. 
 Long. 89°. 44'. E. For many years 
 after the Biitish obtained possession 
 of Bengal, rumours were current 
 that extensive ruins of magnificent 
 citii's existed among the jungles of 
 the Simderbumis, and particularly 
 in tlic vicinity of t^ynabad ; but after 
 repeated investigations none have 
 yet been discovered, nor is it pro- 
 bable tliat any very ancient ruins 
 should be found iu a territory, which 
 is its(^lf of recent formation, and 
 destitute of fresh water. 
 
 Byki'ook. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of {iundwana, district of Cho- 
 tcv^'sgur, 69 miles south from Rut- 
 tniipoor. Lat. 21° 17'. N. Long. 
 82°. 26'. E. 
 
 TIjis town, from its population aritl 
 
SAGOR ISLAND. 
 
 11 
 
 cnnuiicrcr, might be ranknl tlio first 
 ill the Cliotccsgur dislricl, and sc- 
 roiul ill the N:i<?|)oor territories. Jt 
 contains about 3000 lints ; and there 
 is a stone fort on the N. l'). side of 
 the town, th(! walls of which are de- 
 cayed, but the ditch is deep and 
 wide. 
 
 The soil in this neij^hbourhood is a 
 rich black mould, no where unm' 
 than three le<t in depth, undcrwhieh 
 is found the solid rock, as is per- 
 ce])tible in all tiu; beds of rivers, 
 and in the sides of tanks and wells. 
 'I'lie only road from Cultack to Nag- 
 poor ])asses tiirougii this town. — 
 {n/uitt, .St.) 
 
 S.\nRAO Isle. — An island in the 
 Llasteru S<!as, separated from that 
 of Floris by the Straits of l''loris, 
 and situated between the eighth and 
 innth degrees of south latitude. In 
 length it may be estimated at 40 
 miles, by 18 miles the average 
 breadth. 
 
 Sadras. — A town on tlie sea coast 
 of the Ciu-natic, 47 miles south from 
 Madras. Lat. 12°. 27'. N. Long. 
 80°. 16'. E. 
 
 This town is now in a state of de- 
 cay. 'I'here ^^as formerly a small 
 fort surrounded by a brick wall, 1.5 
 feet high, and close to the sea; which 
 was .seized on by JM. Lally during 
 the siege of Madras, in violation of 
 the Diitcli iicntralilv. 'J'lie iiouses 
 at present are r:i|)idiy decaying, and 
 t!ie inhabitants retiring to more |)ros- 
 perous situations. In the time of 
 the Dutch, who frc<|uented it .so 
 early as 1(>47, it was a populous 
 pla(-e, where gingams ol' a superior 
 <juality were maniifaclnied. In 1795, 
 in consecpience t)f the war ^\illi the 
 l^iiteh, |)osscssi(Mi «as taken of Sa- 
 dras, and it is now comprehcndc d in 
 the Chinglepiit collcctorship. (Lord 
 ValeHtid, Fra Paolo, dt/i liepovt, Sc.) 
 
 SafI-inaff 1slu.s. — A cluster of 
 
 very small rocky islands in the i;;i<t- 
 crii Seas, situated between the fifth 
 and sixth degree s of south latitude. 
 and about the ll.Sili of cast longi- 
 tude. 
 
 Saganeuh. — \ town in tli(' pro- 
 vince of (Jundwana. betonging fo 
 the Nagpoor iiajali, 10 miles Si. N. 
 W. from the town of Naupuor. Lat. 
 21°. .34'. N. Long. 7tj". Is'. 11. 
 
 Saganekr. — A Hajpoof town in 
 the j)rovince of Ajnicer, district of 
 Jycnagiir, eight mih>s S. {•,. from the 
 city of .lv<-iiagur. Lat. 20°. 49'. N'. 
 Long. 7.'>°. .'>0'. i;. 
 
 Sagor Isi, vm), {or Gang-asao-nr, 
 the Coufluoice of the (iaiii>es with the 
 Ocean.) — An island Ix'longingto the 
 ]novince of JJengal, situated on the 
 east side of the llooghly, orCalcutfa 
 River, which sei)arales it from an- 
 other island, here formed by the iiii- 
 merous outlets of the dangcis. Tlijs 
 station is not found so destriu-tive to 
 the crews of ships as those finliier 
 up the llooghly ; and it is proved i-.y 
 experience that the fiirtlier down the 
 river the less sickness prevMils, and 
 that Sagor is the healthiest anchor- 
 age in the Hooglily. On account of 
 the great expansion of the river, 
 ships have the advantage of l3ing at 
 a great distance from the shore, en- 
 joy consecpiently a relieshing circu- 
 lation of sea air, and escape tJie 
 offensive exbalalions from the nnid 
 banks a1 Culpee and Diamond.- Har- 
 bour. 
 
 Sagor Island is a celebrated place 
 of pilgrimage among the Hindoos, 
 on account of its great sanc1it>, 
 wlii( h arises liom its silnalitin at tli(; 
 .junction of the holiest brancii oCllie 
 (iaiiges \\i(li the oicaii. Alatiy of 
 tile pilgrims tiirmerly made voiuiitaiy 
 sacrifices of tliemselves, and some- 
 times otfcr<'d their children, fo the 
 sharks and alligators iniiaiiilieg lln^ 
 surrounding Maters. It is said, that 
 in 1801, 2.3 persons were e\i)(»sed or 
 drowned here in the course of one 
 month ; but, in 1S02, flic practice 
 w as abolislied by Mar<piis \\ cllesley. 
 On shore the jungles swarm with 
 tigers of the hugcst and most tiro- 
 
71-2 
 
 S'l'. BARBES' ISLE. 
 
 cious sort, so that both elements are 
 equally dangerous. {Johnson, C. Bu- 
 chanan, SiT.) 
 
 Sahabad. — A Rajpoot town, tri- 
 biilary to the Maharattas, in the pro- 
 vince of Ajnieer, 85 miles E. by N. 
 from Kotah. Lat. 26°. 26'. N. Long. 
 77°. 10'. E. 
 
 Sahranpoor, (Saharuvpnra). — A 
 district in the province of Delhi, si- 
 tuated about the 31st degree of north 
 latitude, and principally in the doab 
 of the Ganges and Jumna. To the 
 nortli it is bounded by the Sewalic 
 Mountains and the province of Se- 
 rinagur, now tributary to the Ghoor- 
 khali Rajah of Nepaul. By Abul 
 Fazel, in 1582, this district is de- 
 .scribcd as follows : 
 
 " Sircar Saharunpoor, containing 
 36 mahals, measurement 3,530,370 
 beegahs ; revenue 87,839,359 dams. 
 Seyurghal 4,991,485 dams. This sir- 
 car farnishes3956 cavalry, and 22,280 
 infantry." 
 
 The soil of this district is extremely 
 fertile when under proper cultiva- 
 tion, producing grain of all sorts, 
 sugar, indigo, cotton, and tobacco. 
 For the greater part of the jear the 
 climate is temperate, and during 
 some of tlie winter months exces- 
 sively cold ; but in the height of 
 summer the heat is intense, and the 
 country almost burned up. 
 
 Although placed betwixt two large 
 rivers,, the Ganges and the Jumna, 
 which here run nearly parallel to 
 each other at the distance of about 
 65 miles, this district is not subject 
 to the periodical inundation which 
 prevails in Bengal and the more 
 sontliern provinces. The surface of 
 the country is a (;ontinued flat to the 
 bottom of the hills, when they rise 
 abruptly, marking the northern limits 
 of the immense valley throngli which 
 the Ganges (lows to the sea. The 
 priuf ipal town is Saharunpoor. 
 
 The territory originally possessed 
 by Mijib ud Dowlah, an Afghan 
 chief, appointed prime minister to 
 Shah Allum by Ahmed Abdallali, 
 the sovereign of Cabul, con)pre- 
 Lcuded the district of Saharuiipoor, 
 
 that of Sirhind, and some tracts of 
 country round Delhi. He was suc- 
 ceeded by his son, Zabeta Khan, 
 who, dying in 1785, was succeeded 
 by the execrable Gholaum Cawdir 
 Khan, who, in 1788, put out the 
 eyes of the unfortunate Emperor, 
 Shah Allum, with a dagger ; and tor- 
 tured, starved, to death, and mas- 
 sacred, many of the royal family. A 
 few months subsequent he was him- 
 self put to death with tortures by 
 Madhajee Siudia, who conquered 
 the greater part of his dominions. 
 
 In 1803, Saharunpoor, with all the 
 other Maharatta possessions in the 
 doab of the Ganges and Jumna, 
 were acquired by the British go- 
 vernment ; and, in 1804, it was se- 
 parated into two divisions, the north- 
 ern and tlie southern, with a civil 
 establishment to each ; but at a more 
 recent period this arrangement was 
 modified, and great part of the .south- 
 ern division annexed to the district 
 of Merat. Until the ravages it sus- 
 tained under the turbulent reigns of 
 Aurengzebe's successors, Saharun- 
 poor was esteemed one of the most 
 productive territories in the empire ; 
 but from that monarch's death, in 
 1707, until its acquisition by the 
 British in 1803, it scarcely had an 
 interval of rest from ext( rnal inva- 
 sion or internal dissension. {Scott, 
 Franklin, Ahul Fazel, ^c.) 
 
 Saharunpoor. — A town in the 
 province of Delhi, the capital of a 
 district of the same name, 105 miles 
 N. by E. from Delhi. Lat. 30°. 15'. 
 N. Long. 77°. 23'. E. 
 
 Sahranpoor. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Delhi, district of Saharun- 
 poor, 90 miles N. by W. from Delhi. 
 Lat. 30°. N. Long. 77°.' 16'. E. 
 
 Saibgunge, {Sahab^anj). — A town 
 in the province of Bcrigal, district 
 of Rnngpoor. 38 miles N. N- W. 
 from llie town of Rungpoor. Lat. 
 26°. 15'. N. Long. 88°. 48'. E. 
 
 St. Barbes* Isle. — A small is- 
 land in the Eastern Seas, situated 
 under die equinoctial line. Lat. 107°. 
 40'. E. In making this island from 
 tlie N , W. it looks like two islands. 
 
SAKKAR. 
 
 713 
 
 the extremes bciiiR" liislicr tliiin the 
 contre. It is about tliiee leagues ia 
 circuniforeuce. 'i'liere is anchoia;;e 
 where wood and water may be had 
 on the S. E. side of this island, in 
 *2i> fathoms water. {E''>H(frc\ yc) 
 
 St. Bf.knardino (Striitsof). — 
 Tiicse straits separate the islands of 
 Luzon and Jiamar in the Philippines, 
 and have a small island in the centre 
 of the same name; the whole beini;- 
 greatly infested by tlie piratical 
 prows, whleli plunder and enslave 
 the inhabitants. 
 
 St. Julian Islf. — A very small 
 island iu the Eastern Seas, about 
 18 leagues distant from Victoire 
 Isle. Lat. 0°. 40'. S. Long. 10G°. 
 50'. E. 
 
 St. INIatthew's Isles. — A clus- 
 ter of very small islands, situated 
 about '25 leagues east from the 
 Island of Bootan, between tiic fifth 
 and sixth degrees ot south latitude, 
 and the 124th and 125th of east lon- 
 gitude. 
 
 St. Thome. — A small town in the 
 Carnatic, near to Madras, named 
 bv the natives JVIailapuram, or the 
 City of I'eaeocks. Lat. 13°. 1'. N. 
 Long. 80°. 22'. E. 
 
 This place is situated close to tlie 
 sea, which forms here a kind of bay 
 or small haven. It stands in a fine 
 plain, abounding with cocoa nut 
 trees, wliich retain their verdure 
 througliout the whole year. The in- 
 Jiabitants consist of flindoos, j\!a- 
 hommedans, and Roman Catholic 
 Christians ; the latter being a bastard 
 race, a mixture of the rortugiiesc 
 and natives, and of a very dark com- 
 plexion. 
 
 AN hen the Portuguese commander, 
 Guma, took tlie town of Meliapoor 
 (St. Thome's), he found a great many 
 iwhabitants who professed the Christ- 
 ian religion, of the Nestorian or 
 Chaldean persuasion. He clianged 
 the name of the place to St. Thome 
 in honour of the apostle, which it 
 still retains among Europeans. In 
 July, 1GT2, a French licet from Trin- 
 comale, under the command of M. 
 de ia Haye, unexpectedly landed 
 
 300 men and some puns, and took 
 St. Thome's by storm. Tiicy a'.tcr- 
 wajds successfully resisted ihe nu- 
 merous forces which ti.e natives 
 bronglit against them : but, in l(J74, 
 were compelled to surrcndc r it to the 
 Dutch, vlio gave it tip to the King 
 of Golconda. 
 
 In I74y this town was taken pos- 
 session of by Admiral I'oscawen, as 
 he found the Roman Catholic inlia- 
 bitants and priests conveyetl iiitelh- 
 gence to the Erench in rondicheny. 
 I'or many years the tou n belonged 
 to the Nahobs of Arcot; but, atter 
 the death of Anwar ud Deen, seemed 
 to belong to iiobod\; for there were 
 no officers, cith( r civil or military, 
 acting with authority in tlic place. 
 In the Carnatic wars it was taken 
 possession of by the government of 
 Madras, and has remained subject 
 to that presidency ever since. {Orme, 
 Fra Paolo, Jintce, ^c.) 
 
 SAirooR, \S/ia/iipura). — A town 
 t>ossesscd b) independent zemindars, 
 in the province of Gundwana, district 
 of Singhrowla, situated on tiie N. 
 W. side of tlio Ehair River, 15 miles 
 fiom the southern frontier of tl^o 
 Rhotas district, in Reii::^ Lat. 21° 
 2'. N. Long. 82°. 50'. E- 
 
 Sakkar. — A district in the Mi- 
 zanj's territories, in the province of 
 Ecjapoor, named hy the Mahom- 
 meda.is Xnsserilabad, and situated 
 ahout the 17th degree of north lati- 
 tude. This is a \ery fertile, weil- 
 watcred district, being principallv 
 situated between tlie Rivers Krish- 
 na and Bee mah, and partly inter- 
 sected by the latter; but its produce 
 or population by no means equal 
 what it might attain under a better 
 form of government. The portion 
 of the district to the north of the 
 Beemah is hilly, but not mountain- 
 ous. The principal towns are Sak- 
 kar and Nnsseritabad. 
 
 Sakkar. — A town in the province 
 of Bejajioor, situated on the noith 
 side of the Beemah River, 6o miles 
 E. from the city of Bcjapoor, and 
 the capital of a district in the Ni- 
 zam's dominions of the same name. 
 
14 
 
 SALIBABO Isles. 
 
 Lat. 17°. 4'. N. Long. 76°. 38'. 
 E. 
 
 Sai.ayr Isle. — An island in the 
 Eastern Seas, situated oiFthe south- 
 ern extierwitj of Celebes, about the 
 6th desjree of south latitude. In 
 length it may be estimated at 40 
 n)iles', by eii!,ht the avera-jx- breadth. 
 Thrrc! are many smaller islands, 
 which lie round and nearSalayr, and 
 belong- to it ; but of these only two 
 are inhabited, IJonarautte and Ca- 
 lawe. 
 
 This island ifi mountainous and 
 voody, yet better cultivated and 
 peoitlrd JHost of the eastern isles, 
 tlie inhal)ilaii1s also appearing to 
 ha\e attained to a superior stage of 
 civilization. The piineipal jjroducc 
 is millet, vvhieh is the chief subsist- 
 ence of the 'natives, and cultivated 
 advantageously, each piece of ground 
 being fenced in. Cotton is also 
 raised in the sanie manner, from 
 v.hicli coarse bine and white striped 
 cloths are manufactured ihr internal 
 consumption and cxjiortalion. The 
 houses of the inhabitants are good, 
 and the richer classes, in travelling, 
 .'■•.e carried in bamboo chairs over 
 the hills, horses being used only in 
 (he level country. By Captain For- 
 rest, in 177.5, the inhabitants were 
 coinpnled at 60,000. 
 
 The ]\lacassars, who had t)btained 
 possession of this island, made a 
 session of it to the King of Ter- 
 natc, from whom it was wrested by 
 the Dutch East Imlia Company. In 
 1775 Salayr was governed l)y 14 na- 
 tive regents, who resorted once a 
 year, in the month of (October, to 
 I'ort Rotterdam, in Celebes, to per- 
 form the customarv duties of vassal- 
 age to the Dutch, on wlicse part a 
 junior merchant rc^sided on Salavr, 
 in a pallisadocd Ibit. {Sldvonnia; 
 J^orrrst, ('r/ptaiii Hunter, c^t.) 
 
 S.\LKN(;oRK, (S(ifn)ig-ay).' — A dis- 
 trict in the ^lalay Peninsula, ex- 
 tending along the Straits of Malacca, 
 iiiid governed by a Mahotmnedan 
 chief, who bears tluf title of Hajah. 
 
 The trade of this place chiefly 
 centres in Prjucc oi' M ales' Island, 
 
 which is at no great distance ; but, 
 after the ships for China have left 
 that island, there is some trade to 
 be collected. The Buggess prows 
 import to Salangore pepper, cloves, 
 wild nutmegs, wax, nutmeg oil, rat- 
 tans, dammer, wood oil, Sec. From 
 a large river near to Salengore, 
 named Burnam, great quantities of 
 long rattans are brought. As, in 
 most other IMalay principalities, the 
 prince, or sovereign, is the chief 
 merchant, and monopolizes the trade, 
 shij^s lying here in the river aie se- 
 cure from the attacks of pirates; 
 but, in the roads, it is necessary to 
 be on the alert against straggling 
 prows, Avhich are always roving 
 about, and ready to take advantage 
 of any inattention. 
 
 The Buggesses of Celebes have 
 still a small settlement here, and, 
 with a great majority of the inha- 
 bitants, profess the Mahommedan 
 religion. Salengore being a genuine 
 Malay state, the Malaya language 
 is here spoken in its greatest purity. 
 {Elmore, Marsden, Leijden, ^-c.) 
 
 Salibabo Isles. — A cluster of 
 islands in the Eastern Seas, situated 
 about the fourth degree of north la- 
 titude, and between the 126th and 
 127th of east longitude. The names 
 of the principal islamls are Tulour 
 (or Kercolang), Salibabo, and Ka- 
 bruang — the first being much the 
 largest. The Island of Salibabo lies 
 to the south ofTidour, from which 
 it is divided by a narrow strait about 
 one mile in the breadth, the circum- 
 ference of the island being about 15 
 miles. 
 
 All these islands are well culti- 
 vated and populous, having plenty 
 of provisions, such as calavanses, 
 potatoes, rice, goats, hogs,&:c.'J'he in- 
 habitants are of the Malay colour, 
 v.ith long hair, and have for arms 
 lances, swords, targets, and dag- 
 gers. 'I'hey are nuich oppressed by 
 their kolanos, or chiefs, and sold as 
 slaves for trilling oftences. The in- 
 habitants of Salibabo Island are very 
 frequently at war with those of Ka- 
 bruang, distant five or six miles. 
 
SALSETTE ISLE. 
 
 15 
 
 They barter pro\isions with such 
 ships as puss for coarse calicoes, red 
 handkerchiefs, coarse cutlery, &:c. 
 {Forrest, Sr.) 
 
 Sallawatty. — One of the Pa- 
 puan or oriental Neg^ro Isles, situ- 
 ated ahoiit tlie 131st dej;:ree of east 
 h)ngitnde, and sejiarated from the 
 Island of Papua, or New Guinea, 
 by a narrow strait. In length it 
 may he estimated at 30 miles, hy 
 2o the averau,e breadth. This island 
 produces a f^reat deal of sago of an 
 excellent (lualitA'. 
 
 In 1770 a fleet of Papuan boats 
 sailed up the Straits of Patientia, 
 which separate 15atchian from Gi- 
 lolo, on a phinderinaj expedition ; 
 but the Dutch took the Raj;di of 
 Salwatty prisoner, and banished him 
 to the ('ape of Good Hope. 
 
 Saltan a h , (Sal/iemu). — A town 
 in Northern Hindostan, tributary to 
 theGoorkhali Kajahof Nepaul. Lat. 
 29°. 2'. N. Lon^'. 81°. 37'. E. 
 
 Sallkk, (Snli). — A town in the 
 province of Gujrat, situated on the 
 north side of the Mahy River, 38 
 miles E. by N. IVum ("ambav. Lat. 
 22°. 2/'. N. Lono:. 73°. 20'." E, 
 
 Saloon, {Salaian). — A town in 
 the Nabob's territories, in the pro- 
 vince of Oude, 65 miles S. S. E. from 
 Lucknow. Lat. 26°. 2', N. Long. 
 81°. 24'. E. 
 
 Saloor. — A tow n in the Northern 
 Cirears. 53 miles N. W. from A'iza- 
 gapalam. Lat. 18°. 26'. N. Long. 
 83°. 19'. E. 
 
 Salsettb Islk. — An island on the 
 vest coast of India, in the province 
 of Aurungabad, and formerly sepa- 
 laled from Bombay by a narrow 
 strait, about 200 yards ai-ross, oppo- 
 site to the fort of Tamiali. In length 
 it may br estimated at 18 miles, by 
 14 the average breadth. 
 
 The soil of this island is well 
 adapted for the culti\ation of indigo, 
 sugar, cotton, flax, and hem]) ; but 
 it most unaccountably remains in a 
 desolate uncultivated state, and al- 
 most wholly covered with juMgle, 
 altiiough in the vicinity of so rich a 
 market ;us lioinbay. This tirCum- 
 
 stance, however, has not the same 
 tendency to promote improvement 
 in India that it has in Europe, the 
 most savage pari of Hengal being 
 within 20 miles of ("alcntla, and 
 ■wholly uninhabited. The Island of 
 Salsette is consequently still more un- 
 healthy than Bombay, the jungle 
 being thicker, and the vallies more 
 shut in. At present it scarcely })ro- 
 duoes the 100th ])ar1 of what it might 
 supply, and is in proportion thinly 
 inhabited. 
 
 The most substantial improvement 
 that has yet taken place with respect 
 to this island, is the causeway which 
 connects it with Bombay, completed 
 by Mr. Duncan in 1805, although it 
 is said to have had a prejudicial elfcct 
 on the harboiir of Bombay. A guard 
 is constantly kept at the causeway, 
 to prevent the introdoetion of con- 
 traband articles ; for Salsette, al- 
 though under the British goverii- 
 ment, is still subject to the Alalia- 
 ratta regulations, as far as regards 
 taxes. The acquisition of this island 
 w as expected to have ]»roved a much 
 greater advantage to Bombay than 
 it has turned out; and, on account 
 of the slow progress of its iinprovc- 
 mcnt, it has been proposed to colo- 
 nize it with Chinese. 
 
 Notw ifhstanding its present deso- 
 late condition, Salsette is remarkably 
 rich in mUhological anticjuilies, and 
 the remains of tanks, terraces, and 
 flights of stci)s around them, inclicato 
 a former state of prosperity, and the 
 collection of a consideralilc jiopula- 
 tion. At Kcnneri, on this island, 
 there arc several very extriiordinaiy 
 caverns excavated: the largest re- 
 sembles that at Carii, but is inferior 
 in size and elegance. Us j)ceuliar 
 ornaments are two gigantic figures 
 of iiiuidha, nearly 20 feit iiigh, and 
 each filling one side of t»," veslibule. 
 Theyare exactly alike,audarcinper- 
 fei't jii-oservation, in consequence of 
 their leaving been adopted and red 
 painted by 111*' Portuguese, whotrans- 
 formed the temple of Buddha into a 
 Christian elnnch. On the sea coast, 
 above high Avatcr mark, e.\teiisj\u 
 
716 
 
 SAMAR ISLE. 
 
 enclosures are levelled, and divided 
 into |)!u(itiona of about 20 loet 
 scjnarc, which are filled b\ the over- 
 flow Jiig of the sea, and contain six 
 or eight iiiehes-of water. Before tlic 
 next spriiif? tide, nil the tluidity is 
 exhaled by tht; heat of the sun, aii<l 
 the salt is <:;athered from Ihc bottom 
 of the enclosure, and aflerv\aids 
 further retined. A little salt of a 
 .superor kind is procured at the time 
 of the exhalaliun, by fixing a jag^^ed 
 piece of stick in the water, when lirst 
 let into the reservoirs, to which, as 
 the water evaporates, saline particles 
 adhere, to the weight of three or four 
 ounces. The finest kind of salt, used 
 in the west of India fur the table, 
 comes from Aral)ia, in pieces not 
 unlike a cheese ,in shape, and 
 sparkling in appearance like a sugar- 
 loaf. 
 
 This island, named by Europeans 
 SalSette, is by the natives called 
 Jhalta, or Shaster, the derivation of 
 ■uhich is uncertain. It was long pos- 
 sessed by the Portuguese, but was 
 ■wrested from them by the Maharat- 
 tas, about 1750. In 1773, during a 
 rupture with that nation, tlie Com- 
 pany's troops obtained possession of 
 it, and it w as formally ceded by the 
 Maharatlas, at the treaty of Poor- 
 bunder, in 1776, subsequently con- 
 firmed at the peace of 1782-3, when 
 all the small islands in the gulf 
 formed by Bombay and Salsette were 
 also ceded. {Lord Valeutia, Mal- 
 colm, Moor, H. Graham, Rennel, §o.) 
 Samavan. — A town possessed by 
 native chiefs in alliance with the 
 British, 122 miles N.W. from Delhi. 
 La\. 30°. 2'. N. Long. 75°. 4b' E. 
 
 Samand. — A town in the Afgan 
 territories, in the province of Moul- 
 tan, district of Backar, situated on 
 the east side of tlie Indus. Lat. 
 28° 11'.Nh» Long. 19°. 57. E. 
 
 Samanap. — A L)u1eh residency in 
 the island of Aiadura, principally lor 
 the purpose of inspection, as almost 
 no trade is carried on. Lat. 7°. 5'. 
 S. Long. 1 14°. 1-;. 
 
 .Sauianap is a consi<lerable village, 
 inhabited by one third Chiiicse ai;d 
 
 t« o thirds Malays, the latter having 
 mosques, and the former temples and 
 attetidant priests. {Tumbe, ^c.) 
 
 Samar isL! .— (Jue oi the Philip- 
 pines, situated south east Irou) th* 
 large island of Luzon, from w hich it 
 is separated by a strait about five 
 leagues in breadth. In length it may 
 be estimated at 140 miles, by 60 the 
 average breadth. 
 
 The soil of this island is extremely 
 fertile, and cultixated with little 
 trouble. Besides other grain, the 
 native Bisayans raise a c(»nsiderable 
 quantity of rice, which is wholly 
 a]>propriated to the use of the paro- 
 chial clergy, or of the settlement at 
 Manilla. The food of the natives 
 consists clnefly of a species of pota- 
 toe, yams, and a root named gaby. 
 The sugar-cane, cabbages, garlic, 
 onions, melons, the china orange, 
 lemons, vegetables, and several fruits 
 not common in India, are cultivated 
 here, particularly figs, of which tiiere 
 are many different species. Pepper, 
 honey, and wax are found in the 
 woods, which swarm w ith birds, and 
 among others the domestic fowl. In 
 these woods, also, there are many 
 kinds of monkeys, some of them re- 
 markably large, deer, wild buffaloes, 
 and other quadrupeds. The iron 
 tree, ebony, an<! dying woods, grow 
 in every part of the island, and gold- 
 dust is foinid in the interior. 
 
 The natives of Samar are Bisay- 
 ans ; such as reside on the sea-coast 
 were formerly Mahommedans, but 
 have been converted by the mis- 
 sionary Jesuits to the religion and 
 allegiance of Spain. Their houses 
 are constructed of bamboos, and 
 raised a few feet from the ground, to 
 admit of a circulation of air under 
 neath, and the natives generally aro 
 lodged, fed, and clothed, with very 
 litlie trouble or expense. The streams 
 are eveiy where shaded by the bam- 
 boo, and the woods contain creeping 
 plants and rattans, which supply the 
 place of nails in a Bisayan's dwel- 
 ling. Cotton and the fibres of the 
 banyan fig-tree furnish materials for 
 the scanty apparel he reciuires. TU* \ 
 
SAMAPANG. 
 
 71' 
 
 pviesls exercise ovcrtlioni apaliiarcli- 
 al antliorit y, uliicli is in gt'Doral cliccr- 
 idily siibniilted to. Advice and ad- 
 niouitioii on Ihcir part is always ac- 
 conipaniod with some small pioscnt 
 of wine, medicines, liqnor, or animal 
 food, which influences (lie Indian to 
 au indnstry lie would not otlieiwiso 
 exert. A\ hen punisiimont is neces- 
 sary it is jjromplly inllicted, which 
 the priest is enahlcd to do by acting 
 in a military as well as sacijrdolal 
 capacity. In his own |)arish it is 
 competent to each missionary to is- 
 sue orders for buildin«: or repairing 
 the fort, for providinp; it with cannon 
 and annuunition, ;'.iid lor the con- 
 struction of war canoes, which he fre- 
 quently commands in person. 'Hie 
 instrument mostly used, l)Otli for the 
 purposes of war and indnslry, is a 
 species of creese souiew hat diU'crcnt 
 from tliat of the Malays. 'Ihe gal- 
 leon always touches here on the 
 passage from Acapulco to Manilla, 
 Avhioh attracts the Indians from the 
 neighbouring islands. (Z« Poge, 
 4t.>c.) 
 
 Samarang. — A fortified town on 
 the north cast coast of Java, the ca- 
 pital of a large district, and ranking 
 in importance next to Batavia. Lat. 
 6°. 54'. S. Long. 1 10°. 38'. E. 
 
 'I'he sea coast ceded to the Dutch 
 East India Company, and attached 
 to the government of Samarang, ex- 
 tended from C)eloj)ampang to 'I'agal 
 in the west; the breadth inland is va- 
 rious, penetraling further up the 
 country at one place than another. 
 The whole was divided into nine 
 residences; viz. Oelopampang, Sou- 
 rabhaya, Grcssee, Sainanajt (on the 
 Island of Madura), Kenil)ang Joana, 
 Japara, Samarang, Pucaionga, and 
 Tagal. 
 
 'i'he town of Samarang is only GO 
 miles distant from the residence of 
 the Emperor of Mataram, and 105 
 fnmi that of the Sultan of Joucki, 
 the two greatest potentates in the 
 island. It is intersected by a river; 
 hut the shoalness of the coast is such 
 that ships of burthen caimot anchor 
 fiearer to tiio shore than one and a 
 
 half leagues, nor can the river be 
 entered af all before half Hood ; and 
 here, as along the north coast of Java 
 generally, tlie tide rises but once 
 in 24 horns. One mile east of Sa- 
 marang River is that of Caligawa; 
 both of them being iia\igablc for 
 small boats a short distance up the 
 country, and having their sources 
 among the Mataram mountains. On 
 the banks of these rivers numerous 
 cainpongs of Chinese ajid Javanese 
 are scattered. 
 
 Samarang is sunounded hy a wall 
 and ditch, i)osscsses a good hospital 
 and a public seiiool, ciiicfly for the 
 teaching of the niathcmatics, and 
 there is also a theatre here. I'he 
 houses occupied by Europeans are 
 mostly built of smal! stones. The sur- 
 lounding countiy being extremely 
 Icrtile provisions are remarkably 
 cheap, and generally of a good qua- 
 lity. At this place resides the go- 
 vernor of Java (as distinguished from 
 llatavia), his authority extending 
 from Chcribon to the eastern extre- 
 mity of the island, I!e is aitpointed 
 by the high regency, and is subor- 
 dimite to the governor-general at 
 Batavia; but the establishment is 
 one of the most important in Java. 
 All the communications with the 
 empires of Mataram and Joucki, be- 
 sides other Javanese kingdoms and 
 principalities, centre here ; and it is 
 likewise the general depot of this 
 quarter of the island, which produces 
 large quantities of rice, sugar, coll'co, 
 and {)epper. A great proportion of 
 the vessels that fill the magazine at 
 Batavia touch here. The govern- 
 ment of Samarang is in conscciucnct 
 one of the most lucrative uncler the 
 Dutch East India Company, surpass- 
 ed oidy by that of governor-^-eneral. 
 The appointment is gencrallv chang- 
 ed every year, and is resemeil for the 
 counsellors of India, who are not 
 rich, or who have lost their ()!<>pcrty, 
 to enable them to nalize a foitune. 
 
 On a steep rock, three quarters of 
 a mile behind Bodijon, from a bam- 
 boo obseivatory, all the adjacent 
 coast, mouiilain^ aad rivers, are per- 
 
718 
 
 SAMBOANGAN. 
 
 ceplible; and, on the same lieisrlit, 
 at a slioi t distance from the observa- 
 tory, are several tombs of deceased 
 .lavaiuse princes, snrrounded by 
 walls built of small stones. {Tomle, 
 Stnvorinns, Bligh, <Sc.) 
 
 Samhah, (Sambhu). — A town in 
 llie Seik teiritories, in the province 
 of Lahore, situated on the cast side 
 of the small River Deeg-, 55 miles 
 N. N. E. from the city of Lahore. 
 Lat. 32°. 34'. N. Long. 74°. 8'. E. 
 Sambass. — A town on the west 
 coast of the Island of Borneo, and 
 an excellent market for oi)ium, the 
 consumption being above 500 chests 
 per annum. Lat. 1°, 3'. N. Long-. 
 109°. 25'. E. 
 
 On account of the piracies com- 
 mitted by the inhabitants, this place 
 was attacked by the British in 1812 ; 
 but they were repulsed w ith consi- 
 derable loss, and suftercd still more 
 by the pestilential elfects of fbe cli 
 mate. li> 1813 a second expedition 
 Wfis fitted out against it, which 
 proved completely successful. {El- 
 more, S)-c.) 
 
 Sambur, {Samhhara, a Store). — A 
 Rajpoot town in the province of Aj- 
 meer, 20 miles west from tlie city of 
 Jyenagur. J^at. 26°. 55'. N. Long. 
 75°. 20'. E. Near to this town is a 
 salt lake, about 13 miles long, by 
 two broad, from whence grea.t part 
 of Hindostan is still supplied Avith 
 salt, and from whence, dming tlie 
 Mogul govenmient, it was carried as 
 far as Benares and Bahar. {J. Grant, 
 &-C. Si-c.) 
 
 Samboangan. — A Spanish settle- 
 ment on tlie S. W. extremity of the 
 Island of Magiudanao. Lai". 6°. 45'. 
 N. Long. 122°. 10'. E. The town 
 ol" Samboangan is situated on the 
 banks of a small rivulet which ilows 
 into the sea. The number of inha- 
 bitants are about 1000; among which 
 are includtjd the olficers, soldiers, and 
 their respective families. In its cn- 
 vinins are s<;veral small look-out 
 houses, erected on i)Osts 12 feet high, 
 in all of which a constant guard is 
 kept against the hostilities of the na- 
 ijvos, w ith whom the Spaniards are 
 
 in a state of perpetual hostility. Tlie 
 fort is very indiiiereiit as a place of 
 defence, and in a state of rapid de- 
 cay, 'i'lie houses are erected on 
 posts, built of bamboos, and covered 
 with mats; and the Spanish inhabit- 
 ants, in place of attempting to im- 
 prove the natives in the arts and 
 conveniencies of life, are insensibly 
 sinking into the manners and cus- 
 toms of tlie very people whom they 
 alfect to despise. The only edifice 
 of note is the churcii, which in a 
 Spanisli settlement is always good ; 
 it is built of stone. 
 
 The military force at Samboangan 
 consists of from 150 to 200 soldiers, 
 natives of Manilla, and are generally 
 as defective in discipline as the fort 
 is in strength. This place is the 
 Botany Bay of the Philippines, par- 
 ticular crimes being punished by ba- 
 nishment to this place ; the conduct 
 of the inhabitants is, however, much 
 better than this circumstance would 
 indicate, which is in a great measure 
 owing to the exertions of the priests 
 settled among them. The naviga- 
 tors who have accidentiy called here 
 have been surprised to find the in- 
 habitants, both of Spanish cxti actiorx 
 and natives, so well acquainted with 
 European music, jiarticulaily Han- 
 del's and country dances, whicli are 
 here performed on violins, bassoons, 
 and flutes, the orchestra being com- 
 posed of natives of tlie island. For 
 this they are also indebted to the 
 priests, who have likewise taught 
 them to dance — a species of agility 
 extremely repugnant to iUi Asiatic 
 disposition. 
 
 The country adjacent to Samboan- 
 gan is fertile, aiid the cattle have 
 multiplied so greatly as to he of little 
 value. At this place the Sjiaiiiards 
 stop the Chinese junks bound to the 
 eastward. The anchorage belbre 
 the tort is foul and rocky, but abreast 
 of the town it is better. I'he Spa- 
 niards and their subjects here are 
 much inferted by piratical prows, 
 Avhich plunder and cut olf vessels 
 richly laden while lying in the har- 
 boui', and frequently make descents 
 
SANDY DESERT. 
 
 closo fo the fori, and faiiy oil" llu' 
 iiiliabitiiiits, wliom tlic} sell into 
 slavery- 
 
 About tlio year 1756 this fortress 
 was nearly captured by the Sooloos 
 bv the follow iiij!; strata^eai : One of 
 tiuir sultans. Ameer iil Mouienin, 
 came with a numerous retinue to 
 Samboauf^an under pretenee of beiiia,' 
 converted ; but the plot was disco- 
 vered, and tlie sidtan with his family 
 sent prisoners to Alauilla, where they 
 remained until the eaptine of that 
 place by the British in 1702, wlien 
 they were liberated. {Mtars, For- 
 rest, Sonnerat, S;c-) 
 
 Samgaum, {Si/amagrama). — A town 
 in the Northern Carnatic, situated 
 on the north side of the Pennar Ri- 
 ver, 17 miles W. N. W. from Nel- 
 loor. Lat. 14°. 33'. N. Long. 70° 
 44'. E. 
 
 Samrongur, {Semroan and Ghur- 
 semrour). — An ancient and extensive 
 city a few miles south of Bharch, iu 
 the Terriani of Ncpaul, of which the 
 ruins only now remain. Lat. 26°. 
 45'. N. Long. 85°. 3U'. E. In this 
 district are also the ruins of a very 
 larsje tank, named Bundar Pokrali, 
 which, although useless and neglect- 
 ed, indicates that this part of the 
 country, at present overgrown witli 
 forest trees, was formerly better po- 
 pulated, and in a more nourishing 
 condition. The ruins of Sennoun 
 are situated between the Bukkia and 
 the Jumna River. {Kirkpatrick, ^-c.) 
 
 Sancot. — A village tributary to 
 tlie Ghoorkhali Rajah of Nepa\d, in 
 the province of Serinagur, consisting 
 of from 40 to 50 houses. Lat. 30°. 
 10'. N. Ijong. 7!:°. 33'. E. Tlu; 
 lands in the vicinity of this place arc 
 well cultivated, and were always 
 noted for their fertility. J'ormerly a 
 trade subsisted with tlie Bootaners, 
 who purchased grain and left wool 
 in exchange. In the surrounding 
 forests are oak, atis, and pangar 
 trees. Many of the inhabitants are 
 afleeted with large tunnnns in tlse 
 neck. ( Raper, ^c.) 
 
 Sandakan. — A bay and harbour 
 in the Island of Borneo, distiiul of 
 
 719 
 
 Rlangeedara. This place abounds 
 with baat, and <ipposite to it there is 
 an assemblage of islands, tin; most 
 easterly of which is remarkable lor 
 the great plenty of green turtle. The 
 tortoise-shell is also found here. 
 {Da/ri/mple, (St.) 
 
 SiNDA. — A town in the jirovinctt 
 of Siude, situated on the south bank 
 of the Goonee River, on tli" route 
 from Hyderabad, the capital ofSinde, 
 (o Lnckput Bui;der, and afterwards 
 to Manda\ee, ou the (Julf of Cutcb. 
 Lat. 25°. 6'. N. 
 
 'I'his is a large and populous tow a, 
 and the country near it is well cul- 
 tivated. 'J'he (ioonee is here, in the 
 month of August, 100 yards broad, 
 and one and a half deep. 
 
 Sandelwood Isle. — A large island 
 iu the Eastern Seas, situated to the 
 south of the Island of Eloris, about 
 the 10th degree of north latitude. 
 In lengtii it may be estimated at 100 
 miles, by 30 the average breadth ; 
 but it has never been explored, and 
 nothing is known respecting it, nor 
 how it acquired its present name. 
 
 Sandy. — A town belonging to the 
 Nai)ob of Chide, diitrict of Khyra- 
 bad, 25 miles S. E. ihmi r'nauck.-i- 
 bad. Lat. 2/°. 18°. N. Long. 79°. 
 5y'. E. 
 
 The country immediately to tlie 
 north of this place is extremely bar- 
 ren and sandy, there being tracts of 
 it without a tree or shrul> to shade 
 the :iritl soil. The land is covered 
 with dust by the m ind, which in tlio 
 cold season generally blows from 10 
 to 12 every day. 'She surrounding 
 country has a bleak, dreary, and de- 
 solate apjicarance. The troops, whiltf 
 marehitig through it, sink deep in 
 the light sand every footstrp, and 
 are blinded by elouils of dust. In 
 the vicinity of this [dace is a large 
 lake, which in most seasons of the 
 year is coveicd with water-fowl. 
 {TeiiMint, ifc.) 
 
 Sandy DiisURT. — An extensive 
 tract of country ihus named in the 
 mai)S, having the province of C'ut<h 
 to the south ; (Jujrat to the east; 
 Siude to the w est ; and Ajmeer to the 
 
720 
 
 SANDY DESERT. 
 
 nortli. This region has not been re- 
 cently explored by any European; 
 biit from the tcstinioiiics of the na- 
 tives collected on the eastern border, 
 there is reason to believe it is by no 
 means a completely barren wilder- 
 ness like the deserts of Arabia, On 
 the contrary, althongli the country in 
 g-eneral consists of an ari<l, unpro- 
 ductive sand, 5'et it coulains many 
 cultivated spots, and is interspersed 
 with petty chiefships and stationary 
 tribes. 
 
 The most powerful of these are the 
 Balioochec Kosahs, who settled in 
 the country about 27 years ago, and 
 arc named Siryes by the aborigines 
 of the country. They are a race of 
 sanguinary thieves, who infest the 
 v\holc of the Parkur district, and ex- 
 tend their ravages into the Joudpour 
 territories. I'hey ^re armed with 
 swords, and in general well mounted, 
 'i'hey move in numbers from 100 to 
 600, wliich force i» sufficient to over- 
 come any that the country can col- 
 lect at a short notice, and by some 
 achievements of desperate \aIour 
 they have inspired the natives with 
 great terror. 
 
 Their dress and manner resemble 
 those of the Sindcans. They never 
 cut their hair; but, having let it grow 
 to a great length, tie it in a kiiot on 
 the top of their heads. There are 
 12,000 Baloochees scattered over 
 Dliat, Parkur, and Neyer, or that 
 tract of land marked as a desert in 
 the maps. They acknowledge no 
 superior, and subsist by their horses 
 and swords, entering into the service 
 of the diflerent predatory cliieffains. 
 Iking origuialiy from Sinde tliey re- 
 tain a great affection for their native 
 country, and when one of them dies 
 his remains are conveyed for inter- 
 ment to that province. 
 
 'I'he River Loonee, wliieh comes 
 from Marwar, runs through the 
 (•urrah district, and is said to fall 
 into the Hun, which bounds Cuteh 
 to the north. It is represented as a 
 small stream, dry in the cold season 
 of the year, with very low banks. 
 I'lio route across this tract of coun- 
 
 try from Rahdunpoor has been de- 
 scribed as follows : 
 
 Coss. 
 
 ToBheelote - 3 
 
 l"o Sonete __---- 4 
 
 To IMorrwarra ----- 4 
 
 To Soseegan ------ 5 
 
 'I'o the bank of the Run - - 2 
 To the opposite bank - _ - 16 
 To Bherraniia ----- 2 
 
 To Weerawow ----- 8 
 
 To Nuggur Parkur - - - - 6 
 
 60 
 
 The road is said to be good the 
 whole way. Tlie Run in this quar- 
 t< r is re|«; esented to be a waste san- 
 dy fract,"destitute of fresh water and 
 vegetation; and, in the journey across 
 it, there is no halting place for the 
 whole 16 cos:^, on account of the to- 
 tal want of drinkable water. Brack- 
 ish water is found on a tract al)out 
 six coss in circumference, called 
 Nurrah, situated on the Run, and 
 covered with jungle, which serves as 
 an asylum for thieves. This space 
 is uninhabited and uncultivated, the 
 soil being the same as that of the 
 Run ; yet the water, such as it is, is 
 found very near the surface. Sooee- 
 gaum stands near the linn, Avhich 
 comes from Arrisur in Wagur, and 
 takes a sweep round Cutch. On 
 crossing tlie Run the district of Par- 
 kur commences. 
 
 From Parreenuggur, 30 coss west, 
 is situated lslamnagur,in which dist- 
 ance the traveller experiences much 
 difficulty from the sand hills, heat, 
 glare, and want of water, the wells 
 being eight or 10 coss distant from 
 each other, and very deep ; their ap- 
 pearance indicates a considerable 
 duration. Between the two towns 
 above mentioned there are no regu- 
 lar villages, but the Wandyas and 
 Myras are to be met with in the 
 vicinity of the wells. There are two 
 migratory hordes, who ]iasture flocks 
 of goats, cows, and camels, as the 
 season suits, and are by caste Soda 
 Rajpoots, but are of late much mix- 
 ed with Siudean Mahommcdans. All 
 
SANGAMSERE. 
 
 721 
 
 over tliis sandy tract, scattered jun- 
 f;lc and coarse ve2,"efalioii of diU'crent 
 sorts suj)))!}' the cattle witli food. 
 
 Bajereo and Mooiig- arc the only 
 grains produ(;ed, and tliesc oi;ly in 
 spots uiiere liie sandy soil is a little 
 mixed with clay. Gliec, the produce 
 of their numerous lloeks, liiids a rea- 
 dy market throTj^hont the v.liole of 
 Cutch, and principally at Luckput 
 Bunder. The natives eat goat's 
 flesh, and have vej;etablos of v:uious 
 kinds. Water-melons of an excel- 
 lent kind are produced throughout 
 this i)arched and arid region, and 
 furnish a most grateful relieshment. 
 Islairmao^ur is dest-ribed as a strong 
 fort, situated in the desert, and des- 
 titute of water w illumt the m alls. It 
 is ujihcld by the Sindean chief, Meer 
 Gholanin All, as part of a chain of 
 communication across the desert. 
 Twelve coss, in a north-westward 
 direction from Islamnagur, is the 
 fort of JMcittah, and 14 coss further 
 that of Kherpoor — both resembling 
 Islamnagur, and the last only 35 
 coss from Hyderabad, the capital of 
 Sinde. 
 
 The country north from Parkur, 
 towards Amercote, is called Dhat, 
 and was originally subject to the 
 Soda Bajah of Amercote. Accord- 
 ing to the report of the natives, the 
 distance from Coss. 
 
 Parkur to Weerawow, N.W. is 7 
 Rajora, N. - - - 22 
 Koana, N.W. - - 8 
 Guddra, N. W. - - 20 
 Neelwa, N. - - - 8 
 Amercote, N.W. - 15 
 
 80 
 
 Between Weerawow and Rajoora 
 there is said to be one well, hills of 
 sand, and jungle. At Koanna a 
 well, and at Guddra a tank ; the lat- 
 ter being the proj)crty of a Soda Raj- 
 poot originally fiom Anurcote. Re- 
 twcen Koana and Guddra there arc 
 two or three wells; and from Gud- 
 dra to Neehva sand hills and one 
 well. Neelwa belongs half to the 
 Soda, and lialf to the Rhatore Raj- 
 
 3 A 
 
 poots. There are three forts in this 
 tract, Kudha, liulliarce, and Meitu, 
 which lie to the westward of the 
 above route, and are garrisoned by 
 Sindean detachments. This part of 
 the country exhibits little or no cul- 
 tivation; the inhabitants subsisting 
 on the produce of their tuimcrous 
 Hocks of cattle and camels, which 
 are purchased at a low price, and ex- 
 ported to Gujrat. 
 
 The district of Dhat includes a 
 subdivision named Raree Rawar, si- 
 tuated immediately on the west bor- 
 der of Marwar, and inhabited solely 
 by Rhatore Rajpoots. The natives 
 of Dhat arc described as pacifically 
 inclined, possessing few horses, and 
 armed with swords only. They are 
 in consequence compelled to support 
 the Sindean detachments, to pre- 
 serve them from the depredations of 
 the Kosahs and other Sindean plun- 
 derers, who devastate the country. 
 {Macmurdoy ^'c.) 
 
 Sanding Isles, {Pulo Sanding). — 
 Two small islands situated off the 
 S. W. coast of Sumatia, near the 
 south-eastern extremity of the Nas- 
 sau or Poggy Isles, in which group 
 they are sometimes included. They 
 arc both inhabited, and their only re- 
 markable production is the long nut- 
 meg, which grows wild on them; and 
 some good timber, particularly of the 
 kind known by the name ofmarbaw. 
 An officer and a few men were land- 
 ed here in 1769, with a view to the 
 establishment of a settlement, and 
 remained a few months, during whicli 
 time it rained without cessation. The 
 scheme was subsequently abandoned 
 as ludikely to answer any useful 
 purpose. {Mttrsden, ^-c.) 
 
 Saxgamsere, {Sangamasara, the 
 Covfnence). — A small town in the 
 province of Bejapoor, district of Con- 
 can, situated on the banks of the 
 Zyghur or Jaigur River. Lat. 17°. 
 11'. N. Long. 73°. 15'. E. Hero 
 the troops from Bombay, intended 
 to ascend to the Upper Carnatic by 
 the Ambah Pass, are usually landed 
 from boats, which can come nearly 
 up to the town. 
 
722 
 
 SAPAROUA ISLE. 
 
 Sangara, (Sancnra). — A small 
 town iji the Nizam's terrifories, in 
 the j)iovince of Nandcre, situated at 
 the jnnctioii of tlie Manzora with 
 the River Godavei y, 43 miles S. E. 
 from the town of Nandere. Lat. 
 18°. 49'. ¥,. Lon<?. 78°. 12'. R. 
 
 Sangar. — A town in the ]\faha- 
 ratta teiritoiios, in the province of 
 JMalwali, situated in a plain sur- 
 rounded by a ranp;e of low hills. Lat. 
 23°.50'. N. Long.7S° .50'. E. The 
 country to tlie west is hilly, hut J he 
 altitude is not great, covered with 
 low jungle, and hut 'little cultivated. 
 
 Sangir Jsle. — An island in the 
 Eastern Seas, situated between the 
 third and fourth degrees of north la- 
 titude, and 125th and 126th of east 
 longitude. In length it may be es- 
 timated at 30 miles, by 10 miles the 
 average breadth; and it is surround- 
 ed by 4(j smaller islands of various 
 dimensions. From the sea the land 
 appears high and well wooded ; and 
 the coast has better harbours, and is 
 less dangerous from hidden rocks 
 and shoals than most of the Eastern 
 Islands. The country is well inha- 
 bited, and adbrds refreshments of va- 
 rious kinds, such as bullocks, hogs, 
 goats, and poultry ; and cocoa nuts 
 are in such plenty, that an oil is ex- 
 pressed from them and exported. 
 Spices are also procured, with which 
 a trade is carried on to Magindanao. 
 
 About the middle of the west coast 
 of the island is the town, bay, and 
 harbour of Taroona ; opposite to 
 which, on the east coast, is also a 
 town and harbour called 'J'abookang, 
 the harbour of which is sheltered by 
 two islands. There arc many other 
 harboms towards the so\ith end of 
 this island, along the middle of which 
 runs a ridge of high mounlains, ter- 
 minated to the northward by a lofty 
 volcano, from which there was a 
 great cniplion in 1711. 
 
 This island was formerly under 
 tlie inlluence of the Dutch, who had 
 a small garrison here. They made 
 many converts to Christianity by 
 the exertions of missionaries, who 
 preached- in the Malay tongue, and 
 
 had subordinate black preaclicrs, 
 who also spoke the dialects of the 
 country. 'I'he islands of Salibabo, 
 Kabruang, and Nanusau, were form- 
 erly .subject to Sangir, and after- 
 wards came with it under the influ- 
 ence of the Dutch ; but that nation 
 kept no European garrisoji at Sali- 
 babo, or Lerou. {Forrest, Mears, 
 
 Sangbarah, (Sambhara). — A town 
 tributui-j' to the JNIaharattas, in the 
 province of Gujrat, 112 miles N. W. 
 from Ahmedab'ad. Lat. 23°. 37'. N. 
 Long. 74°. 13'. E. 
 
 Sangiir, {Sav^^/inr). — A town in 
 the province of Allahabad, district 
 of Bundclcund, 100 miles S.W. from 
 Chatterpoor, Iributarv to the Maha- 
 raltas. Lat. 23°. 60'. N. Long. 
 78°. 50'. E. 
 
 Sanjork, {Sanjara). — A Rajpoot 
 town in the province of Ajnieer, dis- 
 ti ict of Sarowy, situated on tiie east 
 side of the River Rah, 115 miles 
 W. S.W. from Odevpoor. Lat. 25° 
 3'. N. Long. 72°.16'. E. 
 
 The road betwixt this town and 
 Theraud, on the north-western fron- 
 tier of the Gujrat Province, is infest- 
 ed by predatory Baloochee banditti 
 of the Kosah tribe, who render the 
 road impassable without a large es- 
 cort. This tract of country is under 
 no general controul or government, 
 every viUage having an independent 
 chief, who plunders wherever he 
 hopes to meet with impunity. 
 
 Sanjore is at present suiyect to the 
 Rajah of Joudpoor, who keeps a 
 garrison stationed in it. This place 
 is also named Sachore. 
 
 Sanore, {Sivanur). — See Sha- 
 
 NOOR. 
 
 Sanpoo River. — See Brahma- 
 
 POOTRl. 
 
 S a n y a s h yg ott a , {Sani/asighat). — 
 A town in the province of Rengal, 
 tlistiict of Kungpoor, situated on the 
 east side of the Mahanada River, 78 
 miles ]N. W. from the town of Rung- 
 poor. Lat. 26°. 33'. N. Long. 88°. 
 l.V. E. 
 
 Saparoua Isle. — One of tlie small 
 Amboyna Isles, about 20 miles in 
 
circiimfprotice. Lat. 3°. 40'. S. 
 Lona,-. 28°. 40'. E. Tliis island, with 
 that of Noussa Laut, forincrly jicld- 
 ed to (he Outch East India Company 
 one halt" of the whole cloves e\|)ort- 
 *d from the Anihoyna government. 
 
 Sai'ata Islk, {Pulu Sapata). — A 
 small elevated barren island in the 
 Eastern Seas, so named by the I'or- 
 tnf'ue.se from lis resemblance to a 
 shoe, which in tiieir language Sa[)ata 
 means, joined with the Malay word 
 Pulo, which signifies an island. In 
 appearance from the sea it is nearly 
 perpendicular, and white like the 
 clilis of Dover, with immmcrable 
 flocks of sea-fowl hovering and 
 screaming over it. Lat. 10°. 4'. N. 
 liong. 109°. 10'. E. 
 
 Sarangur, {Saraiiagliar, the As)/- 
 lum). — A town possessed by indt;- 
 pendent Goand chiefs, in the pro- 
 vince of Gnndwana, 14 miles S. \V. 
 from Bustar. Lat. 19°. 40'. N. 
 Long. 82°. 26'. E. 
 
 Sarangpoor, {Suran^'apnra), — A 
 district in the Maharatla territo- 
 ries, in the province of Maiwaii, si- 
 tuated about the 24th degree of north 
 latitude. Like the rest of the pro- 
 vince this district is elevated and 
 hilly ; but, being intersected by nu- 
 merous branches of the Sojira and 
 Gilly Sindc rivers, is fertile and jiro- 
 ductive, when under proper cultiva- 
 tion and a trancpiil government. The 
 chief towns are Sarangpoor, Kajegia-, 
 and Slier. 
 
 Sarangpoor. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of jMal«ah, the capital of a 
 district of tiie same name, and situ- 
 ated on the north side of the Hi\er 
 Sopra, Ho miles N. li. from Oojain. 
 Lat. 23° 38'. N. Long. 70°. 3(/. 1':. 
 
 Sarapilly, {Sdrnpal/i). — A town 
 in the Carnatic, 13 miles sinitli from 
 the town of \elloor. Lat. 14°. 14'. 
 N. Long. 79°. Ob'. K 
 
 SARHAUr, {Srihaitt, an affluent 
 Mart). — A town in the proxinceof 
 Bengal, district of 15irbhooni, 85 
 miles west from jNIoorshedabad. 
 Lat. 24°. 14'. N. Long. 86°. 51'. E. 
 
 Sarjew KivtR, {iiareyu). — See 
 
 GOGORAH. 
 
 3a 2 
 
 SARUN. 723 
 
 Sarmatta Isle.— a small island 
 in the Eastern Seas, about 30 miles 
 in circumference, situated in Lat. 
 8°. 10'. S. Long. 129°. 15'. K 
 
 Sarowy, (Sdnti). — A large dis- 
 trict in the province of Ajmeer, si- 
 tuated principally between the 25tli 
 and 26th degrees of north latitude. 
 By Abul Fazel, in 1582, this district 
 is described as follows: 
 
 " Sircar Sirowhy, containing six 
 mahals; revenue, 42,077,437 dams. 
 This sircar furnislies 8000 cavalry, 
 and 38,000 infantry." 
 
 Sarowy is possessed by difl'ercnt 
 Bajpoot chiefs, tributary to the Ra- 
 jah of Joudpoor, w ho has greatly ex- 
 tended his conquests in this quarter. 
 'J'he eastern quarter is hilly, but more 
 productive than the western, which 
 joins the desert, and is almost desti- 
 tute of water, which can only be pro- 
 cured tiom Aery deep wells. 'I'his 
 circumstance, added to the internal 
 dissentious of the native chiefs, and 
 the incursions of the wild predatory 
 hordes in the vicinity, keep the coun- 
 try in a very inferior state of culti- 
 vation, and prevent the increase of 
 tin; population, which is but thinly 
 scattered over an extensive tract of 
 country. From Abul Fazel's de- 
 scription, it would appear to liave 
 Ibrmerly existed in a more flourish- 
 ing state than it at |)resent exhibits. 
 'J he chief rivers are the Bab and Ba- 
 nass, neither of which reach the .sea ; 
 and the principal towns, Sarowy and 
 Sanjore. 
 
 Sarowy. — A town in the Bajpoot 
 territories, in the province of Aj- 
 meer, 44 miles west from Odeypoor, 
 and the capital of a district of the 
 same name. Lat. 25°. 32'. N. Long. 
 78°. 2(/. E. 
 
 Sarun, (Saraua, Asi/lum). — .'\ dis- 
 trict ill the iiro\inee of Bahar, si- 
 tuated about the 26th degree of north 
 latitude. To the north it is bounded 
 by Goracpoor and Bettiah, and on 
 the south l)y the Ganges; to the ea.st 
 it has Betlinh and llajypoor, and on 
 the west the Dcwah, or Goggrah 
 River. In 1784, according to Major 
 Reimel's mensuration, Saruu and 
 
724 
 
 SATARAH. 
 
 JBettiah contained 6106 square miles, maiisolcntn, built in the middle of a 
 the reveniie of which was 1,312,721 great reservoir of water. The mo- 
 nipees. Of the above extent the iminent rises from the centre of the 
 district of Saran sepatately conipro- tank, which is about a mile in cir- 
 hended 2560 square miles. cumference, and bounded on each 
 
 This dislrict is one of tlie most side by masonry ; the descent to the 
 prosperous for its dimensions of any Avater being by a flight of steps now 
 in the Company's dominions. The iu ruins. 'Jhe dome and the rest of 
 land is well sujjplied with water 
 from two large rivers, the Gauges 
 and the Gnuduck, besides numerous 
 smaller strean)s ; and the soil when 
 cultivated yields abundantly all the 
 richest productions of the east. The 
 
 breed of cattle in this district arc 
 excellent, and the bullocks equal to 
 the government standard for the ord- 
 nance department, in which respect 
 they are only rivalled by those of 
 purueah. It is remarkable that the 
 natives, in the districts immediately 
 adjacent, should never have altempt- 
 
 the buiiding is of a tine grey stone, 
 at present greatly discoloured by age 
 and neglect. {Hodg-es, S'c.) 
 
 Sasnfe, (Sasani, Rule). — A town 
 and fort in the province of Agra, 38 
 miles N. N. E. from the citvof xVgra. 
 Lat. 27°. 45'. N. Long. 78°. 4'. E. 
 The zemindar, being refractory, was 
 expelled from this place in March^ 
 1803, by the British forces, after a 
 desperate resistance. 
 
 Satanagur, (Satnagar)- — A town 
 in the Nizam's territories, in the pro- 
 vince of Hyderabad, 55 miles N. by 
 
 ed to improve their own breed of E. from the city of Hyderabad. Lat 
 
 cattle to the same degree of excel- 
 lence. The saltpetre exported to 
 Europe, and used by the inhabitants 
 of Bengal and the south, is princi- 
 pally manufactured in this district, 
 and in that of Hajj^ioor 
 
 17°. 56'. N. Long. 78°. 16'. E. 
 
 Satarah. — A strong hill fort and 
 town in the ^laharatta territories, in 
 the province of Bejapoor, 47 miles 
 south from Poonah. Lat. 17°. 50'. 
 N. Long. 74°. 3'. E. T'he name 
 
 In 1801, in consequence of in- signifies seventeen, being the num- 
 stiuetions from the Marquis Welles- ber of walls, towers, and gates, it 
 ley, then governor-general, the board was supjiossed to possess 
 
 of revenue in Bengal circulated va 
 rious questions on statistical sub- 
 jects to the collectors of the various 
 districts. The result of their re- 
 plies proved that Sarun contained 
 1,204,000 inhabitaats, in the propor- 
 tion of one iMahommcdan to four 
 Hindoos. By Abul Fazel, in 1582, 
 this district is described as follows: 
 
 "Sircar Sarun, containing 17 ma- 
 hals ; measurement 229,052 beegahs; 
 revenue 16,172,004 dauis. This sir- 
 carfurnishes 1000 cavalry, and 50,000 
 infantry." (Cofciroo/ic, J. Grant, Abul 
 Fazel, 4f.; 
 
 Saseram, (Sisurarmi). — A town in 
 
 This place is situated about mid- 
 way between the Krishna and the 
 Toura, or Tourna Ghaut, and stands 
 on the westernmost point of a hill, 
 rising from a base of from seven to 
 eight miles in length from east to 
 west. The fortress is on the highest 
 part of the hill, and has a narrow 
 passage up to it, admitting only one 
 person at a time. 
 
 Satarah was taken from the sove- 
 reign of Bejapoor, in 1651, by Se- 
 vajee, the founder of the Maharatta 
 empire ; and here his descendants 
 continue to be imprisoned by their 
 nominal deputies the Feshwas. At 
 
 the province of Bahar, district of present the representative of the Sc- 
 
 Bhotas, 34 miles south from Buxar, 
 Lat. 25°. Long. 84°. 5'. E. 
 
 Shere Khan, the Afghan, who ex- 
 l)elled the Emperor llumayoon (the 
 father of Acher) from Hiudostan, 
 
 vajec family is better known by the 
 title of the Satarah Rajah, who, al- 
 though possessed of no real power, 
 has some occasional attentions paid 
 him. The Peshwa, on succeeding 
 
 was bmied here in a magnificent to that office, receives the khelaut, 
 
 3 
 
SAUTGUR. 
 
 725 
 
 or di-ess of iirvcstniont, from his 
 liaml ; aiul when he lakes the field 
 he mnsl <;() 1hroiiu,h Uic lbnn:i!ity of 
 having; aii aiidiejice, to lake leave of 
 the iSafaiali Rajah. The eoiiiitiy 
 oireiimjaeciit to this foilross eujoys 
 an exemption fiom Maharatta niiii- 
 tar}' depredations of all kinds; and 
 ■whenever any cliiel" enters the dis- 
 triet attached to it. all ensigns oi' 
 royalty are laid aside, and the na- 
 gara, or great dium of the empire, 
 ceases to heat. Snch are the marks 
 of attention paid to tlr; nominal head 
 of this empire, who is, in other re- 
 spects, a close prisoner on a very 
 moderate allowance. 
 
 The present rajah was, a few years 
 back, a j»ri\ate silladar, or com- 
 mandant of horse ; hut, being unfbr- 
 lunately of the blood of Sevajee, on 
 the demise of liis j)redecessor he 
 was exalted from a sfate of happy 
 obscurity to the splendid misei^y of a 
 throne and prison. 
 
 Travelling distance from Bombay 
 146 miles. (7 w;/e, Moor, I'ennel, ^c.) 
 
 Satgoxg, {Satgrama, the Seven 
 Villag-es). — This town is now an in- 
 considerable village on a small creek 
 «f the l^ivcr Hooghly, about four 
 miles to the N. W. of the town of 
 Hooghly in Bengal. In 1566, and 
 probably later, it was a large trading 
 city, in which the Kuropean mer- 
 chants had their factories for procur- 
 ing the productions of Bengal, and 
 at which period of time the Satgong 
 River was capable of bearing small 
 vessels. {Renucl, S^r.) 
 
 SATiMANCiALUM. — A town in the 
 northern district of the Coimbetoor 
 province, situated on the Bhawani 
 River. Lat. 10° 2b'. N. Long. 7;° 
 20' E. 
 
 The fort at this \)\dce is large, and 
 constructed of uncut stone, and has 
 a garrison, but contains few houses. 
 The pettah, or town, is scatt<>rcd 
 over the |)lain at some distance from 
 the fort; and, in ilydcr's time, con- 
 tained 80t) houses, which are Jiow 
 reduced to 600. in the town and 
 lieighbouihood coarse cotton goods 
 aie raauufaclured, from the cotton 
 
 raised in the surrounding country. 
 Here is a temple of considerable re- 
 pute, dedicated to Vishnu. 
 
 The fort of Sattiniaiigalum is said 
 to have been built about 200 yc^ars 
 ago by Trimula Nayaka, a relation 
 of the iMaduia raialis, who govern- 
 ed this part of the country on behalf 
 of his ki.isman. About .50 years af- 
 terwards it became sniijcct to Can- 
 tciava Xarsa, tlie Rajah of Aljsoie. 
 {F Buchanan, Sfc.) 
 
 Sattkkam, {Sitarama). — A iowu 
 in the jMysore Raiah's territories, si- 
 tuated 20 miles south from Scringa- 
 patani. Lat. 12°. 9'. i\. Long. 7o°- 
 53'. E. 
 
 Sl'ttiavuram. — A town on the 
 sea-coast of the Northern Circars, 
 66 miles S. W. from Vizagapatam. 
 Lat. 17°. 15'. N. Long. 82°. 45'. E. 
 
 SA[JTGVR,{orSatg'hadam). — A town 
 in tlie province of Bairaliiuahal, 
 among the Eastern Gliau's, 30 miles 
 west from 1 ellore. Lat. 12°. 58'. N. 
 Long. 7b°. 54'. E. 
 
 The situation of this place is pic- 
 turesque, being surrounded with 
 rocks covered, in part, w ith brush- 
 wood, 'i'he Nabob of the Carnatic 
 has a garden here, which is con- 
 sidered the best in the country, and 
 is let out to some Armenians at Ma- 
 dras. Like most eastern gaidens, it 
 is totally destitute of beauly. 'Jhe 
 trees are planted regularly, and water 
 is coiiducted in small channels to the 
 root of each. In this ncigliboiniiood 
 the agave Americana gro« s in great 
 profusion. The surrounding hills are 
 covered with large stones, among 
 which grow many small trees and 
 .shrubs, and also a few tamarind and 
 banyan trees of great age and size. 
 
 The pass or gliant bevond this 
 place, approaching the Mysore, has 
 been widened and levelled since the 
 conquest of that coumry by the Brit- 
 ish, and artillery can at ])rescnt as- 
 cend wilh little dillicuKy; but the 
 tranquillity of the w hole south of In- 
 dia, now under (he INiadra.'i i^rcsi- 
 dency, has rendered this road prin- 
 cipally important for commercial pur- 
 poses. {Lord Vakntia, $c,) 
 
■26 
 
 ^EE BEEROO ISLE. 
 
 Savenore. — See Shanoor. 
 
 Savendroog, {Savarnadni-gUy the 
 Golden Fortress). — A stiouf!^ hill fort 
 in the Mysore Rajah's territories, 54 
 miles N. E. from Serin{]fapatain. Lat, 
 12°. 56'. N. Long. 77°. 29'. E. 
 
 This fortress is smrounded by a 
 forest of natural wood, or jungle, 
 several miles in depth, thickened 
 with elunips of planted bamboos, to 
 render it asinipenelrabie as possible. 
 It is impossible to invest or blockade 
 JSavondroog closely, the rock forming 
 a base of eight or 10 miles in cir- 
 cumference, which, with the jungle 
 and lesser bills that surround it, in- 
 cludes a circle of 20 miles. From 
 this base it is reckoned to rise above 
 half a mile in perpendicular height. 
 The huge mountain has further the 
 advantage of being divided above 
 by a chasm, which separates the up- 
 per part into two hills, each with 
 their defences forming two citadels, 
 and capable of being maintained in- 
 dependent of the lower works. This 
 stupendous fortress, so difficult to 
 approach, is no less famed for its 
 noxious atmosphere, occasioned by 
 the surrounding hills and woods, 
 than for its wonderful size and 
 strength. 
 
 Savendroog was besieged during 
 the first war with Tippoo, in 1791, by 
 the British troops, when,, after breach- 
 ing the outer wall, the troojis ad- 
 vanced to the storm. Lord Corn- 
 wallis in person superintending the 
 attack. On the appearance of the 
 Europeans advancing, the garrison 
 were seized Avith an unaccountable 
 panic, and lied, and the breach was 
 carried without meeting or even over- 
 taking the enemy. 'I'he nvaui body 
 of the garrison endeavoured to gain 
 the western hill, which had they ef- 
 fected, tiie siege must have recom- 
 menced ; but a small party of the 
 62d and 71st pressed so hard upon 
 them, that they entered the diflcrent 
 barriers along wi'h them, and gained 
 possession of the top of tlie monn- 
 . tain. Above 100 of the enemy Mcie 
 killed on the western hill, and many 
 lull down the precipices in attempt- 
 
 ing to escape from the assailants. 
 I'hus in less than an hour, in open '■ 
 day, this fortress, hitherto deemed 
 impregnable, was stormed without 
 the loss of a man, only one private 
 soldier having been wounded in the 
 assault. {Dirom, &;c.) 
 
 Saymbrumbacum, (Sicai/ambrah- 
 ma). — A small town in the Carnatic, 
 17 miles west from Madras. Lat. 
 13°. 2'. N. Long. 80°. 6'. E. 
 
 At this place is a remarkably large 
 tank, about eight miles in length, 
 by three in broadth, which has not 
 been formed by excavation, like 
 those in Bengal ; but by shutting up 
 with an artificial bank an opening 
 between two natural ridges of grou nd. 
 In the dry season the Avater is let 
 out in small streams for cultivation, 
 and it is said to be sufficient to sup- 
 ply the lands of 32 villages (should 
 the rains fail), in which 5000 persons 
 are employed in agricultural pur- 
 suits. 
 
 Seadouly Fort, (SaduUa). — A 
 fort in Northern Hindostan, in the 
 territories of the Nepaul Rajah, dis- 
 trict of Mocwanpoor, Lat. 27°. 13'. 
 N. Long. 86°. 5'. E. 'llie British 
 forces j)enetrated thus far north in 
 1767, and took this fortress; but were 
 soon obliged to evacuate it and re- 
 treat, by the pestilential effects of 
 the climate. 
 
 Sealkote. — A small town in the 
 Seik territories, in the province of 
 Lahore, 65 miles north from the city 
 of Lahore. Lat. 32°. 44'. N. Long. 
 73°. 58'. E. 
 
 See Beeroo Isle. — An island off 
 the west coast of Sumatra, situated 
 principally between the first and se- 
 cond degree of south latitude, and 
 the 98th and 99th of east longitude. 
 In length it may be estimated at 
 70 miles, by 10 miles the average 
 breadth. 
 
 This island is inhabited by the 
 Mania vvey race, and the inhabitants 
 both of Si Pora and the Poggy IsU s 
 consider it as their parent country ; 
 but they arc, notwithstanding, gene- 
 rally in a state of hostility, 'i'he in- 
 habitants are distinguished only by 
 
SEERDHUNA. 
 
 7-27 
 
 some variety of the patterns, in 
 /which their skins are tattooed. Tliis 
 island is rendered conspicuous frouj 
 a distance by a volcano mountain. 
 {Marsdeu, ^-c.) 
 
 SrcvuvHA, {Alexandria). — A town 
 in the province of Acjra, district (jf 
 Furruckabad, 44 miles N. E. from 
 Apra. Lat. 27°. 45'. N. Long. 78° 
 21'. E. 
 
 Secundu A, (Alexaiidi-ia). — A town 
 in the province of Delhi, district of 
 Mer.at. 28 miles S. F,. from the city 
 of Delhi. Lat. 28° .38'. N. Long. 
 77°. 34'. E. 
 
 iiiiCV\'DH.\,(Sennidara,Alexand7'ia). 
 — A town in the pro\inee of Ajjra, 
 district of Etaweh, .situated on the 
 east side of the .Tuunia, 47 miles 
 S. E. from the town of Etaweh. 
 Lat. 26°. 23'. N. Lonir. 79°. 35'. 
 E. 
 
 Sedhout, {Siddhavat), — A district 
 in the Balaghaut ceded territories, 
 situated principally betwer n the 14th 
 and 15th dep;rees of north latitude, 
 and iumiediately within the Eastern 
 Ghauts. Its surface is rocky aud 
 mountainous, and biit indiflerently 
 cultivated, although many of the 
 vallies are fertile. 'J'he eastern quar- 
 ter continues much covered with 
 jungle. It is intersected by the Pen- 
 nar, which is the chief river; the 
 principal town is Odeghcrrv. 
 
 About A. D. 16.50, the strong fort- 
 resseti of Sedhout and Gunjicotta 
 were taken by INIeer Jumla, mIio 
 >vas then in the service of Sultau 
 Abdullah, of the Kuttub Shahee dy- 
 nasty of Cioleonda, or Hyderabad. 
 At this era Sedhout, and tlw. dis- 
 tricts adjacent, were famous for the 
 diamond miues, theu ver\ productive, 
 but which in modern times have 
 ceased to be so. 
 
 Sei:assi.l Isle. — A small island 
 in the Eastern Seas, one of the Soo- 
 loo Archipelago. It is a high island 
 well wooded, but cleared in mauy 
 places and inhabitrd, and supplied 
 with water. It yields many cowries 
 and small baat, named Seeassee. 
 
 Seekah, {Siva\ — A small, hilly, 
 and woody district in the Seik ter- 
 
 ritories, in the province of Lahfire, 
 situated between the 31st and 32d 
 degree of north latitude. 
 
 Seekah. — A town in the province 
 of Lahore, situated on the blink of 
 a rivulet anil fortified, 100 miles E. 
 bv S. from the city of Lahore. Lat. 
 31°. 89'. N. Long. 7.5°. 34'. E. 
 
 Seebgunge, (SivairnNJ). — A town 
 in the province of Bengal, district 
 of Dinagepoor, 84 miles N. N. E. 
 from Moorshedaba»l. Lat. 25°. 3'. 
 N. Long. 89°. 12'. E. 
 
 Seeok, (Sehoi-e). — A town in the 
 IMaharalta territories, in the pro\ince 
 of lAIalw ah, 22 miles W. by S. from 
 Eopal. Lat. 2;i° 12'.N. Long. 77°. 
 10'. E. 
 
 I'his place is situated on the banks 
 of the little River Kootah Secin, aud 
 is surrounded by a large grove of 
 mango and otiier trees, 'rhe soil 
 adjacent is a black mould, but not 
 much cultivated. Here is a con- 
 siderable manufactory of striped and 
 checkered muslins. (Huutrr, iSr.) 
 
 Seerdhuna. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Delhi, district of Merat, .37 
 miles N.\.E. from the cilv of Delhi. 
 Lat. 29°. 11'. N. Long. 77°. 28'. E. 
 
 Tliis place was lormerly the resi- 
 dence of Somroo Begum, and the 
 capital of a small principality under 
 her gov( rinnent, about 20 miles long, 
 by 12 in breadth, which, with the 
 town, were assigned by Niijili khan 
 to Somroo; and, on his deatii in 
 1776, w-re delivered over to his 
 widow, the Begum Somroo, on eon- 
 ditiou of her keeping up a force of 
 three battailous of inftititry. 'I'liis 
 small district produces grain of all 
 kiutis, cotton, sugar, and tobacco ; 
 and (luring the wiuter season the air 
 is cooled by breezes from the north- 
 ern mountains, which are visible froui 
 hence. While it existed as an in- 
 <kpendent state there were here a 
 good arsenal and foundry for can- 
 non, but they arc long gone to dw- 
 cay. 
 
 Somroo's real name was "\N alter 
 Reinihard, born of obscure pirents 
 in the JUectorate ofTre\es, from 
 whence he entered eaily into the 
 
728 
 
 SEOUNY. 
 
 French service, taking the name of 
 Summer, Avliich the natives of Hiu- 
 dostan pronounced Soraroo. He 
 came afterwards to Bengal, and en- 
 tered a Swiss corps in Calcutta, from 
 which, in 18 days, he deserted to 
 the French at Clianderiiagore. He 
 agjain deserted and fled to the upper 
 provinces, and served some lime as a 
 private trooper in the cavali} of Sef- 
 dar Jung, the father of .Sujah ud 
 Dowlah. Tliis service he quitted; 
 and, after wandexing about for some 
 time, at length entered the service 
 of Gregory, an Armenian, then high 
 in favour with Cossim Ali,the Nabob 
 of Bengal. 
 
 In this station, in 1763, lie mas- 
 sacred the English captives at Patna. 
 He afterwards deserted Cossim AU, 
 and successively served Sujah ud 
 Dowlah, tlie Jaut Rajah Jowahir 
 Singh, the Rajah of Jyenagur, and 
 again the Jaut Rajah, whom he 
 quitted once more for Nujiff Kiian, 
 in whose senice he died in 1776. 
 His corps of infantry was contiinied 
 after his deatii, in llie name of his 
 son and a favourite concubine, named 
 Zeb ul Nissa Begum, but better 
 known in Hindostan by that of 
 Somroo Begum. 
 
 In 1798 this lady was about 45 
 years of age, of small stature, and 
 fair complexion. She frequently ad- 
 mitted to her table the higher ranks 
 of her European officers, where they 
 were waited on by female attend- 
 ants, mostly Christians. In other 
 respects she always exacted from 
 her subjects and attendants the most 
 rigid attention to the customs of 
 Hindostan, and never herself ap- 
 peared in public. 
 
 In 1807 this lady resided at Delhi, 
 under the protection of the British 
 government,havingiavested her pro- 
 perty, wliich is still consideralde, in 
 the East India Company's funds at 
 Calcutta. {Scott, Franldin, 6ic.) 
 
 Sekrpoor, {Sirapiira). — A town 
 in the province of Bengal, district of 
 Ran jeshy, 74 miles N.E. from Moor- 
 shcdabad. Lat. 24°. 38'. N. Long. 
 89°. 20'. E. 
 
 Seetacoon, (Sitacun, the Pool of 
 Sita). — A town in the province of 
 Bengal, district of Chittagong, 17 
 miles N. from Islamabad. Lat. 22°. 
 37'. N. Long. 91°. 3>j'. E. At tliis 
 place there is a remarkable hot well, 
 described in the Asiitic Researches. 
 
 Segwin, {or Seccum). — A small 
 territory in Northern lUndostan, si- 
 tuated between Nepaul and Bool an, 
 about the 28th degree of north lati- 
 tude, and extending along tlie banks 
 of the River Teesta, which bounds 
 it to the west. 
 
 In 1792, when tlie Cliinese in- 
 vaded Nepaul, the Rajah of Segwin, 
 who had long been vexed by the 
 hostilities of the Nepaulese, volun- 
 tarily submitted to become a subject 
 of China. A station v\as then esta- 
 blished by the Chinese, and a guard 
 left in charge of it, \\ lio were thus 
 put in possession of a military post 
 immediately adjoining the dominions 
 of the East India Company in Ben- 
 gal. {Turner, ^x.) 
 
 Seiks. — See Lahore. 
 
 Severndroog, {Suvarnadurga). — 
 See Savendroog. 
 
 Selang Isle. — A very small 
 island, lying oft" the south coast of 
 the Island of Batchian, one of t!ie 
 Moluccas, with which it forms a 
 good harbour. Lat. 0°. 48'. S. Long. 
 127°. 40'. E. 
 
 Semao Isle. — A small Island in 
 the Eastern Seas, situated ofl' the 
 S. W. extremity of Timor, from 
 which it is separated by a narrow 
 strait. In length it may be esti- 
 mated at 25 miles, by 10 the average 
 breadth. 
 
 Sendwah. — A town in the Maha- 
 ratta territories, in tlie province of 
 Ivhandesh, 82 miles from Boorhan- 
 poor. Lat. 21°. 48'. N. Long. 75°. 
 8'. E. 
 
 Senrae.— A town in the province 
 of Allahabad, district of Callinjer, 
 situated on the east side of the Cane 
 River, 24 miles N. from the town of 
 Caliinjer. Lat. 25°. 18'. N. Long. 
 80°. 25'. E. 
 
 Seouny. — A town belonging to 
 the Nagpoor Rajah, in the province 
 
SERAMPOOE. 
 
 729 
 
 of Gniidwana, 68 miles N. by E. 
 from the city of Nagpoor. Lat. 22°. 
 4'. N. Long. 80°. 3'. E. 
 
 Seounv. — A town in the Maha- 
 ratta territuri'^s, in the province of 
 Khainiesh, 73 miles N. by W. from 
 Ellichpoor. Lat. 22°. 21'. i\. Long. 
 77°. 1'. E. 
 
 Sera, {Sim). — A town in the Ra- 
 jah of Mysore's temtories, 84 miles 
 N. from Soriiioapatam. Lat. 13°. 
 37'. N. Long. 76°. 55'. E. 
 
 The ehmate in this district is sueh, 
 Ihat there seldom ialls as much lain 
 as is reqnired to raise a lull crop. 
 In iiivourable years the greater part 
 of the Avatercd land is sown with 
 rice ; bnt, in dry seasons, a little 
 only of this grain is raised, and the 
 cnliivation chiefly consists of trans- 
 planted raggy, wheat, jola, and na- 
 vony, which articles require less wa- 
 ter. The merciiants of Sera trade 
 with the Nizam's conntiy, the j\iaha- 
 rattas, and to Eednore, Seringapa- 
 tam, and Bangaloor. The grand 
 aificle for exportation here is copra, 
 or dried kernel of the cocoa luit. 
 
 This place was first concpiered by 
 the Brjapoor Mahommedan govern- 
 ment in 1644, and was afterwards, 
 for a short time, the seat of an ind(>- 
 pendent principality, wliich ruled a 
 considerable extent of country, and 
 was, at its greatest prosperity, under 
 Dilawar Khan, immediately before 
 it was conquered by Ilydor, at wiiich 
 time the natives assert it to have 
 contained 50,000 houses. Since that 
 period it has sutfered many cala- 
 mities liom Tippoo and the Maha- 
 rattas, and now scarcely contains 
 3000 houses, biit is fast reviving. 
 
 In the vicinity of Sera all the vil- 
 lages were strongly fortified, when it 
 >vas conquered by the British. Prior 
 to tliis event, the district experienced 
 frequent famines, during w Inch the 
 inhabitants were in the practice of 
 plundering each other to support 
 life. In war also they found these 
 fortifications, however feeble against 
 ordnance, sufficiently strong to re- 
 pulse the iiregular depredatory ca- 
 vahy, who seldom carried tiic *rms. 
 
 In their defence of these villages, 
 tlie inhabitants employed few wea- 
 pons, except stones, whi<h both 
 men and women throw with great 
 force, boldness, and dexterity. {F. 
 Jincluoian, Moor, \-e.) 
 
 Serampoor, (Sriramapura). — A 
 Danish settlement in the province of 
 Bengal, situated on the west side of 
 the Ilooghly River, about 12 miles 
 above Calcutta. Lat. 22°. 45'. N. 
 Long. 8»°. 26'. E. 
 
 The appearance of Seram])Oor has 
 a pleasing efl'ect viewed from the 
 river, the houses being tolerably well 
 built, and whilened, like those of 
 Calcutta, with dmnani. It extends 
 above a mile along the banks of the 
 Hooghly, but the breadth is very 
 small, and the whole is environed 
 by the British teriitories. The town 
 is without fortifications, and has only 
 a small battery for saluting; yet it 
 has been a very profitable settlement 
 to the subjects of liis Danish Ma- 
 jesty, principally on account of the 
 facilities it afforded to the Calcutta 
 merchants of carrying on a trade 
 during w ar, under the cover of the 
 Danish flag. Ships of burthen can- 
 not come close up to the town, on 
 account of a shoal lower down ; but 
 labour in this province is so cheap, 
 that the additional expense of con- 
 veying the goods by boats adds little 
 to (he prime cost. Herealso,until hos- 
 tilities (commenced with Denmark, 
 insolvent debtors from Calcutta found 
 an asylum, from whence they could 
 set their creditors at defiance. 
 
 This settlement is the head-quar- 
 ters of the missionaries, delegated 
 from Europe, tor the purpose of con- 
 verting the natives of Hindostan to 
 the Christian religion; and here they 
 have established a printing press, 
 where the scriptures ha^c been 
 translated into a variety of dialects. 
 The proficiency attained by these 
 worthy men in the eastern languages 
 is truly wonderful ; they have mas- 
 tered even the Chinese, hitherto the 
 opprobrium of linguists. {Lord Va- 
 lentia, §-c.) 
 
 Serampoor. — A town in the pro- 
 
730 
 
 SERINAGUR. 
 
 viiice of BfTi^al, district of Birb- 
 hooni, 107 miles west from Moor- 
 shodabad. Lat. 24°. 6'. N. Loii^. 
 86°. 24'. E. 
 
 Sfrangani Isles. — A cluster of 
 small islands in the Tiasterii Seas, 
 situated about ti%'e leapjues from the 
 southern extremity of Alagindanao, 
 and between tlie fifth and sixth de- 
 p,iees of north latitude. Tiie largest, 
 named Hummock Isle, is about 30 
 miles, and tiie next in size about 25 
 miles in circnnifercncc ; and there is 
 another of inferior dimensions, the 
 principnl islands being three in num- 
 ber. 
 
 Ifummock Isle, on which the ra- 
 jah resides, is very iertile, and pro- 
 duces most of the tropical fruits, 
 and also rice, suo;ar canes, pine ap- 
 ples, nianj2;oes, soar orani^cs, limes, 
 jacks, plantains, cocoa nuts, sago, 
 sweet potatoes, tobacco, Indian corn, 
 and honey. Ships passing these isles 
 carry on a l)risk trade with the inha- 
 bitants for poultry, goats, and other 
 refreslnnetits, which arc. to be had 
 in abundance. The principal article 
 of trade is bees' wax. 
 
 The articles most in request 
 among the natives are white or 
 printed cottons, such as loose gowns 
 or jackets, coloured handkerchiefs, 
 clasp knives, razors, and bar iron. 
 IVIetal buttons are also much in de- 
 »nand, and a coat is soon stripped. 
 The inhabitants speak the same lan- 
 guage, and arc of the same descrip- 
 tion as those on the sea-coast of 
 Magindanao, being complete Ma- 
 lays, both in appearance and dispo- 
 sition. They have canoes, and also 
 larger boats, armed with small brass 
 cannon, and, like the other natives 
 of the East(>rn Isles, are much ad- 
 dicted to piracy. 'J'heir prows are 
 covered with an awning of split 
 bamboos, and can contain and con- 
 ceal a great many men. The Dutch 
 East India Company claimed a so- 
 vereignty over these islands, but do 
 not api ear to have exercised any of 
 its functions, or established any set- 
 tlement on them. {Captain Hunter, 
 Forrtut, yc.) 
 
 SpRiNAfiUR, (Srhw^ar, the City of 
 Abuudance). — A province in North- 
 ern Hindostan, situated principally 
 between the 30th and 31st degrees 
 of north latitude. 
 
 'J'he modern limits of this pro- 
 vince are marked by the Coadwara 
 Ghaut on the south, computed 80 
 miles from the town of Serinagnr. 
 On the south-east it terminates at 
 the village of Chiring, Lat. 30°. G'. 
 N. liong. 79°. 40'. E. one half of it 
 being in the Kemaoon, and the other 
 in the Serinagnr district; on the 
 noiHi by Bhadrinalh ; and on the 
 west by Besbaw. To the north 
 lies the mountainous and miexplored 
 province of Badryeazram ; on the 
 south, the British territories iu 
 Oude and Delhi ; on the east is the 
 Goggrah and a ridge of high moun- 
 tains; and on the west the River 
 Junuia. In length it may be esti- 
 mated at 140 miles, by 50 the aver- 
 age breadth. 
 
 The whole face of this country is 
 an assemblage of hills jmnbled to- 
 gether, in many forms and directions; 
 sometimes in chains, lying parallel 
 to each other, but of no great ex- 
 tent, and often connected at their 
 termination by narrow ridges, run- 
 ning across the \ allies at right an- 
 gles. The summits of all are usu- 
 ally naiTow, and of various shapes, 
 and the distance betwixt each range 
 short; the vallies, in consequence, 
 are so confined, that, in many parts, 
 it would be difficult to find a spot 
 large enough to accommodate a 
 corps of 1000 men. Some of these 
 ranges are covered with trees, and 
 always green; others are naked and 
 stony, affording shelter for neither 
 birds nor beasts. On the eastern 
 borders of this province, among the 
 lower ranges of mountains, are ex- 
 tensive forests of oak, holly, horse 
 chcsnut, and fir; and in this quar- 
 ter beds of strawberries are seen, 
 equalling in flavour those of Eu- 
 rope. I'rom Lolldong to the Ganges 
 the country forms, w ith little inter- 
 ruption, a continued chain of woody 
 hills. From the Ganares to the Juni- 
 
SERINAGUR. 
 
 731 
 
 iia, the road lies through an exten- 
 sive valley of good soil, but thinly 
 inhabited, and much interspersed 
 v,it\i wttod. 
 
 Ill these forests the elephant 
 abounds, but greatly inferior in size 
 and quality to the Chitlagong ele- 
 phant, on whieh aecoiuit it is not 
 domesticated. On the eastern lior- 
 ders there are hill pheasants among 
 the mountains, but they keep near 
 the summit, and seldom venture into 
 the vallies, unh>ss when compelled 
 by heavy falls of snow. Hut a small 
 part of this extensive district is 
 either cultivated or populated, tiie 
 vild animals being left in undis- 
 turbed possession <if much the larger 
 portion. The lood of the inhabitants 
 is vvheaten bread and peas. In 
 1796, while Seriuagur existed as an 
 independent principality, the reve- 
 
 cies, but their wool attains a much 
 greater length, and is used in the 
 maiujfactnre of coarse blankets. 
 
 The principal places m here gold 
 is said to be found are, Carnapra- 
 yaga, Paeenkoonda, Devapia^aga, 
 Rickercase, and fiakhengliaiit. At 
 Nagpoor and Dhunpoor, tu the N. 
 and N. E. of the town of Serinagur, 
 are two copper mines, the ore of 
 A\ liicli is said to produce 50 per cent. 
 At Dessoidy, a considerable distance 
 to the east, tiiere is a lead mine, and 
 iron is produied in many parts of the 
 country. Near .larochi Jhaut, in 
 the ea.stern quarter of the province, 
 there is a quarry of very fine marl)lc. 
 
 'I'lie ancient uauic of tliis province 
 wasGcrwal; and,whilc indei^eiidcnt. 
 the iaj:ih"« forces were estimated at 
 5000 men, armed with matchlocks, 
 bows and arrows, and swords and 
 
 inies were estimated at five lacks of shields, but without discipline. At 
 
 rupees, which auiount comprehended 
 the duties on imports and e\|)orts, 
 the produce of grain, &c. working 
 tfie mines and washing for gold. 
 
 The other sources ofrcvcmie arose 
 from the importation of rock salt and 
 borax from liootan, j.'Uisk in pods, 
 ehowries, hawks, male and female, 
 from the coiiutries bordering on Bha- 
 drinath. From the t)ude province 
 all kinds of cotton cloths are im- 
 ported ; and from Lahore coiisider- 
 ^jble quantities of salt. In the niouu- 
 tainous part of this province both 
 sheep and goats are employed as 
 beasts of burthen. 'J'iiese animals 
 are saddled with small bags, con- 
 taining 12 pounds of grain, and are 
 dispatched in flocks of 150 to 200, 
 under the charge of two or three 
 sliepherds, with their dogs. A steady 
 old ram, furnished Mitli a bell, is 
 tixed ou lor the leader. In the trallic 
 to Hootan, where grain forms one 
 of the principal articles of commerce, 
 these creatures are found very .ser- 
 viceable for carnage; and on their 
 return they i»ring back salt. 'Ilie 
 species of goat principally employed 
 ill this service is rather small, .scarce- 
 ly exceeding in size that of bengal. 
 'J'lie sheep are of ihc couuuou spc- 
 
 the court of Nejiaul a plan had long 
 been in agitation to invade the Se- 
 riuagur territories, and to evteiid the 
 (jhoorkhali pos.sessions to Cashmere. 
 In 1791, afier the reduction of Ke- 
 maoon and its dependencies, the 
 Nepaulese made an attempt to sub- 
 due the country of Gerwal ; but the 
 opposition they wet with at the fort 
 of Sangar, before which they were 
 unsuccessfully detained 12 months, 
 and the invasion of NepanI b\ the 
 Chinese Tartars, obliged thein to 
 [lostpone their project to a later pe- 
 riod. I'rom this date, however, the 
 Seriuagur Rajah became triltirfary 
 to the Ghoorkhali dynasty; the sum 
 at the connnencenuMit was only 3000 
 rupees, but gradually quadrupit d. 
 
 In 1803 an army of 10,0(M) men 
 marched from Nepaiil to couq-lcte 
 this conquest, and about h'.lfa mile 
 to the north of the village of (luriid- 
 wara, the battle was Tought which 
 decided the contest between the Se- 
 riuagur and Nepaul rajahs. 'J'hc 
 former was killed by a musket ball 
 during the engagement, and his 
 dciifli spread general constcrualiou 
 throughthe country — the inhaliilants 
 of M-hieh, forsaking tlieir villages, (led 
 to the mountains. 'I'he xilla-re of 
 
732 
 
 SERINAGUR. 
 
 Guiudwara was then pillaged, and 
 the sunoundino; country remained 
 uncidtivated until next year, v,h<n 
 Har Sewai Ram, the present me- 
 haut, was reinstated in his posses- 
 sions, and through his iutliiencc the 
 peasantry were iiidueed to return. 
 Tlie territories, which formerly be- 
 longed to the Rajah of Serinagur, 
 are now divided into 84 perguiniahs, 
 comprehended in tliree divisions, 
 over each of which a military go- 
 vernor is appointed. The coininon 
 mode of punisiunent is by levying; 
 a line upon a pergunnah, village, or 
 individual ; and, in default of pay- 
 ment, the j)eison, property, or family 
 of the ofilender are seized. 
 
 The n;»tives of Serinagur profess 
 the Hindoo IJrahminical religion, in 
 the exercise of which they do not 
 materially differ from the lower parti 
 of Hindostan. {Raper, Hardwicke, 
 J^oster, ^T.) 
 
 Serinagur. — A toAvn in the pro- 
 vince of Serinagur, or Gerwal, of 
 which it is the capital. Lat. 30°, 11'. 
 N. Long. 79°. 15'. E. 
 
 The valley of Serinagur extends a 
 mile and a half to the eastward, and 
 the same distance to the westward 
 of the town. The River Alaca- 
 nanda enters the vallej' near a vil- 
 lage called Seerkote. Its course 
 here is nearly from east to west, 
 and the breadth of the channel, from 
 bank to bank, about 250 yards ; but 
 in the dry season it does not exceed 
 80 or 100 yards. At the western 
 extremity of the valley the current 
 strikes with violence against the 
 rocky base of the mountain, near to 
 ■which it is crossed on a rope bridge, 
 called a joolah, suspended across the 
 river, here 80 yards broad, from 
 posts erected on c aeh side. I'rom 
 the appearance of the river, it is j)ro- 
 hablc, that canoes or floats of tim- 
 ber might pass down at all seasons 
 of the year. The aspect of the sur- 
 rounding mountains is very barren, 
 cxhiiiiting a rocky, sterile soil, where 
 the little vegetation that is produced 
 is soon parched aiid dried up. 
 The town of Serinagur occupies 
 
 nearly the centre of the valley, and 
 is in length about three quarters of 
 a mile, hut n)uch less in breadth, 
 its form being elliptic. The houses 
 are of stone, roughly and irregularly 
 put together witli common earth, 
 generally raised to a second floor, 
 and all covered with slate. 1 hey 
 are so crowded together, as to leave 
 little more space for tlie street than 
 is sufficient for two persons to pass. 
 The house of tlie former rajaiis is iu 
 the middle of the town, and is the 
 largest, being raised to a ourth 
 story, and built of a coarse granite. 
 The floors of the houses are oc cupied 
 for shops, and the upper stoics tor 
 the acccnnmodation of i'amilies. 
 
 This town is now reduced to a 
 very low state of poverty and insig- 
 nifi('ance. The encroachments an- 
 nually made by the Alaeananda, the 
 earthquake of 180.3, and the Nepau- 
 Jese invasion at the end of the same 
 year, all combined to hasten its 
 ruin; nor under its Ghoorkhali rulers 
 is it likely to revive horn its forlorn 
 condition. The inhabitants consist 
 chiefly of the descendants of emi- 
 grants from the Doab and province 
 of (Jude. The greater portion of 
 them aie Hindoos ; the number of 
 Mahommedan families not exceed- 
 ing 60 or 70, most of whom are petty 
 shopkeepers. The leading persons 
 are the agents of the great banking 
 houses at Nujibabad and in the 
 Doab, who are employed in the sale 
 and exchange of merchandize and 
 coins. Ihese persons reside here 
 only eight months of the year, quit- 
 ting the hills and returning to their 
 houses at the commencement of the 
 rainy season. The trallic in silver 
 and specie forms one of the most 
 profitable branches of commerce, and 
 is cairied on to a considerable 
 amount. 
 
 The other articles of mercantile 
 speculation are the produce of the 
 hills, and the imports from Bootan. 
 I'he former are a coarse hempen 
 cloth, hemp, lead, copper, drugs, 
 gums, wool, and a sort of flannel 
 made of the wool. From Bootan 
 
SERINGAPATAINI. 
 
 733 
 
 are received cliaiirs, or cow tails, 
 iimsk ill pods, salVrou, borax, salt, 
 drugs ol" (lifl'erciit kinds, and a iivv 
 shawls, wliicli come by that circuit- 
 ous route from Caslnncre. Among 
 the drugs is tlic curcuma ziMloaria. 
 Hawks are also Inougiit down lioni 
 the hills. In exchau're for these 
 commodities, the following articles 
 are supplied liom tiie low countries, 
 viz. coarse cotton and >> oolleji cloths, 
 silk, spices, Lahore salt, sugar, and 
 tobacco. On all these goods a duty 
 is levied at Serinagur equal to eight 
 per cent. The wliole trade, how- 
 ever, of this capital is insignificant, 
 as most of the above articles find an 
 easier channel through the hills to 
 the east, and by the town of AI mora. 
 
 On the Oj)posite side of the river, 
 at the village of Ranihaut, is a tem- 
 ple sacred to Rajah Ish«ara, whieh 
 is principally iiiliabited by dancing 
 women. The initiation into this so- 
 ciety is performed by anointing the 
 head with oil taken from the lamp 
 placed before the altar ; by whicli 
 act they make a formal abjuration 
 of their parents and kindred, devot- 
 ing tJieir future lives to prostitution. 
 Four-fifths of the inliabitants appear 
 to suffer from the venereal disease ; 
 and the calamity is aggravated by 
 their ignorance of the proper method 
 of treating the distemper. {Raper, 
 Hardicicke, ^-c.) 
 
 Seuingapatam, {Sri Ranga Pa- 
 tana). — A city in the province of 
 Mysore, of whicli it is the capital. 
 Lat. 12°. 2G'. N. Long. 76°. 51'. E. 
 
 This city is placed at the upper 
 end of an island surrounded by the 
 Cavery, whit h is liero a large and 
 rapid river, having a very extensive 
 channel, impeded l)y rocks and frag- 
 ments of granite. Tiie Island of 
 Seringaj)atani has |)een found, by 
 actual survey, to be about four miles 
 in length, by one and a half in 
 breadtli across the middle part of it, 
 where the ground is also highest, 
 and from thence slopes especially to 
 the north. 
 
 The country in the vicinity rises 
 jfiadually on both sides of tiie river ; 
 
 and, for some distance from the town, 
 is finely watered by exeelhut caiial.s, 
 which, having been taken from the 
 river, follow the windings of tho 
 hills; and, as they advance horizon- 
 tally to the eastward, send off 
 branches to water tlie intermediate 
 .si)ace. Tiie water is forced into the 
 sources of these canals by dams 
 thrown across tho river, and formed 
 of large blocks of granite ; t!ie w hole 
 being of prodigious strength, and 
 executed at a vast expense. 
 
 'I'he grounds in the neighbour- 
 hood (jf Seringapatam are of three 
 sorts: viz. 1st. Wet land, or tiiat 
 watered artificially, and producing 
 what are called wet crops, or grains. 
 
 2. Dry lield, or that which receives 
 no arfilieial supply of water, and 
 which produces dry crops, or grains. 
 
 3. (iardens, or orchards. 'I'he wa- 
 tered giounds are formed into small 
 terraces quite level, and surrounded 
 by little raised banks for retaining 
 the water when flooded. The farms 
 in extent are generally two or three 
 ploughs of land. AMth live ploughs 
 a man can cultiv ate about 121 acres 
 of watered land, and 2.5 acres of dry 
 field. For the watered land he pays 
 government at the rate of 23 rupees 
 per acre, besides other ehaiges for 
 the gods, 6cc.; tiie government being 
 bound to keep the tanks and canals 
 in repair. The hire of farm labour- 
 ers near' Seringapatam is 6 rupees 
 per month ; in the country parts it 
 is much cheaper. 
 
 In the Mysore province Seringa- 
 patam is commonly called Pataiia, 
 or the city; but the namebywiiich 
 it is designated in tlie maps is a cor- 
 ruption of Sii Raiiga Patana, or the 
 City of Sri Ranga, an epitiiet of 
 Vishnu, the preserving power. Tlie 
 fort occupies about a mile at the 
 west end of the island, and is an 
 immense, unfinished, injudicious 
 mass of building. In fortifjing this 
 town Tippoo retained the long 
 straight walls and square bastions 
 of the Hindoos; and his glaeis Mas 
 in many parts so higli and steep a* 
 to shelter the assailants. Tlic pel- 
 
734 
 
 SERINGAPATAM. 
 
 tall, or suburbs, is built on tlie mid- 
 dle and hit;:hcstpart ofthe island, and 
 is about half a mile square. 
 
 TIv<lcr's palace, named the Laul 
 Bauuli, occupies the cast end of the 
 island ; and, althou};h built of mud, 
 displays considerable elegance, and 
 is a very handsome native building. 
 Adjoining is the mausoleum of Hj- 
 der, where )-ests all that was roj al of 
 this jNIahommedan dynasty, consist- 
 ing of Hydcr Jiimself, his wile, and 
 Ti|)poo, who lie under tombs of 
 black marble, elevated about 18 
 inches from the ground. These 
 tombs arc covered with rich cloths, 
 at tlic expense of the British govern- 
 ment, and the establishment of 
 priests to ofi'er up prayers, and of 
 musicians to perform the nobut, is 
 kept up as formerly. The palace in 
 the city is a very large building, sur- 
 rounded by a massy and lolly wall 
 of stone and mud, and outwardly of 
 a mean appearance — a description 
 applicable to every public edi- 
 fice at Seringapatain. 'I'hey are 
 now greatly degraded from their for- 
 mer dignity, ilyder's palace is the 
 residence of a surgeon ; his seraglio 
 a European hospital. Tippoo's se- 
 raglio is a barrack for artillery ; his 
 private apartments are occupied by 
 the resident, and his public by the 
 European troops. All these build- 
 ings have a very heavy appearance 
 externally from the want of win- 
 dows ; and although considered ex- 
 cellent acconunodation by the Ma- 
 hommedan chiefs, are ill suited to 
 Europcaus, being close shut up and 
 inconvenient. 'J'he streets also are 
 very narrow and confused. 
 
 In 1800, according to the register 
 of houses, the fort or city contained 
 41G3 houses, and ^499 families ; and 
 the suburbs 2216 houses, and 333r) 
 families. At live inhabitants to each 
 house we may eslimate the poptila- 
 tion of the city to be 20,810, and of 
 the suburbs 11,080; in all ,') 1,89-5 
 persons ; indei)endent of a strong 
 garrison and its numerous lollowers. 
 It is probable that, in Tippoo's reign, 
 tlie Island of Seringapatam coutaiu- 
 
 ed 150,000 inhabitants; but many 
 have been attracted to the rajah's 
 residence at the city of jNlysore, and 
 many Maliommedans, who originally 
 came from the Lower Carnatic, since 
 the destruction of Hyder's dynasty, 
 have returned there. 'J'he manufac- 
 tures of Seriiigapatam and its vicinity 
 were never considerable, principally 
 military stores and cam)> equipage. 
 Timber is here very dear, being prin- 
 cipally brought by land carriage li om 
 the Western Ghauts. Excellent 
 meat and good vegetables are to be 
 }iad here in abundance ; but bread 
 being dear, the European soldiers 
 arc obliged to cat jice. 
 
 On the night ofthe 61h Feb. 1792, 
 Lord C'ornwallis attacked Tippoo's 
 fortified camp under the walls of Se- 
 ringapatam, within a bound hedge 
 strengthened by redoubts, and a- 
 mounting to 40,000 infantry, besides 
 a large body of cavalry. I'or this 
 attaek he selected 2800 Europeans, 
 and 5900 native infantry, but with- 
 out artillery. The attack was com- 
 pletely successful, and 80 guns were 
 taken. The British loss was 535 
 men killc<l and wounded. I'he sul- 
 tan's loss in the battle is said to have 
 been 4000, but the desertion was so 
 great after the overthrow, that his 
 army was reduced in number at 
 hast 20,000. On the 24th February 
 preliminaries of peace v. ere settled 
 with Tippoo, who relinquished half 
 his dominions, and paid three crores 
 and 30 lacks of rupees (about three 
 and a half millions sterling) in bul- 
 lion. Lord Cornwallis gave up to 
 the troops his whole share of piize 
 money, amounting to 47,2441. and 
 General Mcdows (the next in com- 
 mand) his, amounting to 14,9971. 
 sterling. 
 
 On tliis occasion the force brought 
 against the iMvsore sovereign was 
 one of the most formidable ever seen 
 in riindostan. On the 16th March, 
 1792, the British army above the 
 Ghauts amounted in all to 11,000 
 Europeans, 31,600 natives, and 190 
 pieces of cannon. 'I'he Maharattas, 
 tiio>iizuais, the Rajah ofTravancor, 
 
SERINGilAM. 
 
 735 
 
 njul the CooJjjKa.iali'fi forces, aiiKiuiit- 
 td to aljout 4(M'1'0 iiK'ii, of ^^holn 
 3(),0()0 were cavalry. 'J'owanls the 
 concliisioii of the sicu;o in ITtfi, al- 
 lowiiii;- lour cauij) fulluwers lo each 
 sohlier, tlie total miniljcr of persons 
 atia<he(l to the camps of the eoa- 
 fcflerates exceeded 400,000. 
 
 Tlie l)iillocks attached to the army, 
 and employed in hriii^injj sup|)lies, 
 amounted to lialf a million, recpiir- 
 ing one man for every three hnllocks. 
 Tliere were several Innulred ele- 
 phants, and many thousand camels 
 with their attendants. Every horse 
 in the cavalry and in the army, be- 
 sides the trooper, or ridt.T, has two 
 attendants, one who cleans and takes 
 care of him, and tlic other the grass 
 cutter. Mho provides his forage. The 
 palanquin and litter carriers tor tlie 
 sick were a numerous class, j i<ld 
 oilicers, including the people who 
 carry or have charge i>f .ht ir bag- 
 gage, camiot have less than 40, ca[)- 
 laius20, and subalterns 10 servants. 
 The soldiers have a cook to each 
 m(!ss, and the sepoys, most of w lioni 
 are married, have many of them, as 
 well as their followers, their I'amilies 
 in camp. 'Ihc bazar people, or mer- 
 chants, their servants, and adven- 
 turers who follow the army for the 
 chance of plunder, are a great many. 
 Early in the war some of the sepoys 
 were prevailed on to send back their 
 families, and arrangements were 
 made to reduce the immbcr of fol- 
 lowers ; but these measures tendtd 
 to create desertion, and increase dis- 
 tress. While marching there are no 
 towns to be dependt d on for sup- 
 plies, and an army in India not only 
 carries with it most of the means of 
 subsistencre for several months, !)ut 
 many articles of men^hanilizi^ ; the 
 scene altogether resembling more 
 the migration of a nation guarded 
 by troops, tliau the advance of an 
 army to subdue an enemy. 
 
 In 1791), war being again de- 
 clared, Seringapatam was .stormed 
 on the 4th of Alay, about two o'clock 
 in the ;dternoon, by the army under 
 General Harris, the gairisou tlien 
 
 amonnfing to about 80o0 men, of 
 whom a great proportion were slain. 
 Til)poo was killed n;idcr a gateway, 
 })robal)ly by a party of the I'ith re- 
 giment o! foot ; but this important 
 event was not actually known until 
 some time after it had ]in|)|)ened. 
 No individual ever appciucd to claim 
 the liunour of having slain the sul- 
 tan, nor was it ever discovered who 
 had obtained possession of his va- 
 luable; necklace of |)earls. This so- 
 vereign had certainly considerable 
 talents, but he wanted the prudence 
 and connnon sense of his father, 
 ilvder. ile succeeded best in at- 
 taehiiig to him the lower classes of 
 Mahonnnedans, and h<; possessed all 
 the cant, bigolry, and zeal neces- 
 .sary to eti'cet this purpose. None of 
 his Mahonnnedan soldiers entered 
 the Biilish service, altiiough many 
 suHered extreme poverty ; and tiicy 
 still revere his memor}, considering- 
 him as a iniirt\r fallen in tlie defence 
 of their religioii. Among the ar- 
 rangements conseipient to the cap- 
 ture of Scringapatam, the British 
 acquired peimanent possession of the 
 island, which now lorms one of the 
 coHectorships under the Madra^ Pre- 
 sidency. 
 
 Travelling distance from Madras, 
 290 miles; tiuni Hyderabad, 406; 
 from Poonali, 525 ; from Bombay, 
 C22; from Nagpoor, 727; from Cal- 
 cutta, 1170; and liom Delhi, 1321 
 miles. [F. Buclmnaii, Doom, Lord 
 Valentia, Rennel, btk Rrport, c^c.) 
 
 Sf.ringuam, (Srimngam). — Oppo- 
 site to Trichinopoly, ni the Carna- 
 tie, the Cavery separates into two 
 bianciies, and tbrms tiie Island of 
 Seiingham. About 13 miles to the 
 c^istward of the point of separation 
 the branciies again api)roaeh, but 
 the northern one is at this place 20 
 feet lower than the southern. The 
 nortiiern branch is permitted to run 
 w aste to the sea, and is named the 
 Coleroon; but the soi.thern, which 
 retains the name of tiie Caveiy, is 
 led into a variety of ciianuels to irri- 
 gate the province of Tanjon'. Near 
 the east end of the Island of Scriug- 
 
736 
 
 SERWEL. 
 
 ham is formed an immense nioiind, 
 fo piovcnt the waters of the Cavery 
 iVom descendiiic; into the Colei'oon. 
 
 Tlif vSeringhaiti pagoda is situated 
 about a mile iVom the wcslcrn cx- 
 tieniity of the island, at a small dist- 
 ance from the bank of Ihe Coleroon, 
 It is composed of seven square en- 
 closures, one within the othei', the 
 walls of which are 25 feet high and 
 fonr thick. Tliese enclosures are 
 350 feet dislant from one another, 
 and each has four laige gates with a 
 high tower, which are placed in the 
 middle of each side of the enclosure, 
 and opposite to the four cardinal 
 points. The oulward wall is nearly 
 four miles in circumference ; and its 
 gateway to the south is ornamented 
 with pillars, seveial of >^hieh are 
 single stones 33 feet long, and nearly 
 five in diameter. Those winch form 
 the roof are still larger. In the in- 
 nermost enclosures are the chapels. 
 
 About half a mile to the cast of 
 Seringliam, and nearer to the Caverj", 
 is another large pagoda, named Jeni- 
 hikisma, but tliis has only one en- 
 closure. Pilgiims from all parts of 
 Hindostan resort to Seringham for 
 absolution, and none come without 
 an offering of money. Here, as in 
 all the great pagodas, the Bralunins 
 live in a subordination that knows 
 no resistance, and slumber ui volup- 
 tuousness that feels no want. This 
 repose does not appear to have been 
 disturbed until the siege of Trichi- 
 nopolj', which began about 1751, at 
 which period the besiegers took pos- 
 session of the island and pagoda of 
 Seringham ; but they never attempt- 
 ed to violate the iinier enclosures of 
 the temple, or to expose thisliindoo 
 sanctuary to greater pollutions than 
 were absolutely nccessarJ^ 
 
 I'he French army here, in 1752, 
 was compelled 1o surrender to Ma- 
 jor LawTence ; at which time it con- 
 sisted of 35 commissioned officers, 
 725 battalion men bearing arms, be- 
 sides (50 sick and wounded in the 
 hospital, and 2000 sepoys. Their 
 artillery was four TJ-inch mortars, 
 eight ooehorus, two petards, 31 
 
 pieces of cannon, besides a great 
 quantit}' of ammunition and stores. 
 {Orme, Wilhs, ^c.) 
 
 Seronge. — A town in the Maha- 
 ratta lerrifcries, in the province of 
 aiahvah, 13(>miles S. AV. from Chat- 
 terpoor. Lat. 24°. 8'. N. Long. 
 78°. E. 
 
 Tins is a large open town, the ap- 
 pearance of which indicates a former 
 state of prosperity and greater popu- 
 lation than it at present contains. 
 It is situated in a tine open country, 
 well cultivated. The bazars are very 
 strong, and are built of ptone, on au 
 elevation of fourfeet above the sti'cet. 
 A large caravanserai still remains, 
 having a double row of pillars, and 
 Availed all round. In 1809 the Bri- 
 tish army, wjxen in pursuit of Ameer 
 Khan, took possession of Seronge, 
 but only proceeded iive miles fur- 
 ther north, it being impossible to 
 overtake him. 
 
 The coxintry for many miles to the 
 souili of Seronge is an open plain ; 
 but the vailages are mostly in niiiis, 
 from the frequent incursions of the 
 piudaries (plunderers). 'I'he town 
 and surrounding district were given 
 by Hoikar to Ameer Khan; and, 
 about the jear 1804, vielded him 
 five lacks of rupees annually. 
 
 Tiavelling distance from Oojain, 
 165 miles N. E. ; from Agra, 253 ; 
 fro)n Benares, 389; from Bombay, 
 595; from Calcutta, by Benares, 
 849; and from Nagpoor, 295 miles. 
 (12^/i Ii€[riste7\ Rennel, S)-c.) 
 
 Serpoor, {Sarapura, the Town of 
 the Lake). — A town in the Nizam's 
 tenitories, in the province of Berar, 
 104 miles south from Nag|wor. Lat 
 19°. 41'. N. Long. 80°. 2'. E. 
 
 Seruis. — A town in the province 
 of Bahar, district of Kotas, 80 miles 
 S. W. by S. from Patna. Lat, 21°. 
 50'. N. Long. 84°. 18'. E. 
 
 Serwel. — A small district in the 
 province of Cabul, situated between 
 tiie 341h and 35th degrees of north 
 latitude. To the north it is bounded 
 by Caifrislan ; on tlie south by Se- 
 Avad ; and to the west by Guznoor- 
 gul. It is intersected bv the River 
 
SEWAD. 
 
 737 
 
 Piiijckonil), Imt lililc is known ic- 
 spi'ctins; it, this part of Cabiil ncvor 
 havin:^ beou explored by any Eii- 
 ro])('an. 
 
 SkVEN Islands. — -A cluster of very 
 small isles, extendiiiiv alouf^- tlie 
 north coast of tlio Island of lianca, 
 l'roi7i \vlii('li they are separated by a 
 navi;?able cliannel, Lai. 1° 10'/ S. 
 Lonj;-, 106°. 20'. K 
 
 SKVKRNDnooG, {Sitcarnadiirga, tJic 
 golden Fortress). — A small rocky 
 isle on tiie Concan coast, within can- 
 non shot of the continent, and 80 
 miles south from liombav. Lat, 17°. 
 47'. N. Long. 72°. 53'. R 
 
 Dining the reign of Sahoo Rajah, 
 the Maharatta sovereign, Conajee 
 Angria, the pirate, revolted; and 
 having seduced one-half of the fliet 
 1o follow his fortune, Mith it he took 
 and destroyed the remainder. He 
 afterwards established his head- 
 cpiarters at this i)lace, m here he and 
 his posterity governed >nitil 1750, 
 when it was taken by Commodore 
 James in the Protector frigate, with 
 scarcely any assistance from the Ma- 
 haratta besiegmg army. {Orine, ^-c.) 
 Sewad. — An Afghan district in 
 the province of Cabul, situated about 
 the 3-ith degree of north latitmle, 
 and in part bounded by the Indus. 
 By Abul i'azel, in 1582, this district 
 is described as follows; 
 
 " Sircar Sewad comprises three 
 tenitories, viz. Bembher, Sewad, and 
 Bijore. The Sewad division mea- 
 sures in length 40, and in breadth* 
 from five to 15 coss. On the cast 
 lies Bembher; on the norlii Kinore 
 and Cashgur; on the south Beck- 
 ram ; and on the m est Bijore. In 
 the mountains of tiiis country are se- 
 veral passes. The summer and win- 
 ter are temperate. The mountains 
 are covered with snow, but in the 
 plains it melts in three or four days 
 after the fall. Here are spring, au- 
 tumn, and periodical rains as in Hin- 
 dostan. Both the spring and au- 
 tumn liarvests are ploritifid. Here 
 are ail the tlowers of Tartary and 
 Hindostan; violets, nareissusses, and 
 a variety of fruits grow wild. The 
 
 3 b 
 
 whole of this sircar consists of hills 
 and wilds, and is inhabited by the 
 tribe of Yusefzei." 
 
 The Yusetiici arc the bravest and 
 most powerfid of all th» Afghan 
 tribes, and occupy the greater part 
 of the extensive mountainous dis- 
 tricts of Sewad, Bajawer (Bijore), 
 Balhcri, Dudcr, and C'hociili llaza- 
 reh. 'I'hese countries are all of great 
 natural strength, and consist of 
 ranges of lofty mountains dividend by 
 vallies, which an- watered by moun- 
 tain streams, and occasionally inter- 
 sected by abrupt precipices. Sewad 
 is about 70 nnles in length, and 40 
 in breadth, and contains 25 vallies, 
 each watered by its own stream. 
 Punjkora contains six vallies or 
 glens, each of which is about 20 
 miles in length ; and the district is 
 roughly estimated at 50 miles in 
 length, and not much less in breadth. 
 Dnder is about 40 miles in length, 
 and not much less in breadth. 
 
 The original seat of the Yusefzei 
 tribe was between Cabul and Ghiz- 
 ni; but, deserting this district about 
 the lime of Mirza Ulugh Beg, they 
 conquered their present possessions 
 from the native princes or sultans, 
 who boasted a descent from Secun- 
 der Zulkarnein — as many persons in 
 the country still do, and produce in 
 confirmation their genealogical ta- 
 bles. These persons form a sepa- 
 rate tribe, named Secunderi; but, 
 nevertheless, aflect to be of Arabic 
 origin. The countries possessed by 
 the Yusetizei are in general well cul- 
 tivated, and the tribe is very nume- 
 rous. They never yielded more than 
 a nominal obedience to any sove- 
 reign ; but, being divided into a 
 number of distinct clans, without any 
 general head, they are much less for- 
 mitlable to their neighbours than 
 they would otherwise be. They were 
 chastised, on account of their depre- 
 dations, by Acber; in 1670, by Au- 
 rengzebe; and by Nadir Shah in 173y, 
 during his return from Hindostan. 
 
 Sewad and Bijore arc extremely 
 mountainous, and ab«)und with dilli- 
 cult passes and strong situations, so 
 
738 
 
 SHAHJEHANPOOR. 
 
 that the inhabilants have not only 
 lu-ld thcinselvts independent of the 
 Moi^nl sovereigns, but have occa- 
 sionally made inroads into their ter- 
 ritories. {Ltyden, Abul Fazel, Ren- 
 nel, ^r.) 
 
 8e\valic Mountains, {Sivaliea). 
 — A chain of nioimlains of eonsider- 
 abl altitude, that separate the pro- 
 vince of Delhi from that of Serina- 
 }?ur in Northern Hindostan, and 
 marks the termination of the vast 
 plain through which the Ganges 
 ilows to the sea. The elevation is 
 small compaied with that of the 
 gn at Himalaya ridge. 
 
 At the village of Coadwara, a few 
 miles from the Lolldong Pass, these 
 hills rise with a moderate tliough un- 
 equal slope from the plains below, 
 and are skirted by deep forests. The 
 soil of these forests varies from a fat 
 black earth, where the trees and 
 sill libs attain a great size, to a firm 
 reddish clay, and mixtures of gravel 
 and loose stone. Elephants abound 
 in these forests, but they are greatly 
 inferior in size and value to those 
 caught nearer the sea. They seldom 
 exceed seven feet in height, and are 
 sold when first caught for two and 
 300 rupees each ; but they are fre- 
 quent ly merely caught for their teeth. 
 {Ilardwiche, liaper, S,-c.) 
 
 Sew AN. — A town in the province 
 of Bahar, district of Sarun, 66 miles 
 N.W. from Patna. Lat. 26°. 1 1'. N. 
 Long. 84°. 2.5'. E. In this vicinity 
 an inferior sort of crockcrj' is made ui 
 imitalion of SlaH'ordshirc ware, from 
 a .^lecies of black potter's marie. 
 
 Skwke, (Sivi). — A district in the 
 province of Baloochistan, situated 
 about the 31st degree of north lati- 
 tude, and bounded on the east by a 
 mountainous ridge of hard black 
 stone. In modern times it has not 
 been CNpIored; but Abul i'azei, in 
 L''82, relates, that "near to Sewee 
 there is a lake two days' jiHirney in 
 length, called Munjoor; upon the 
 SIM face of which tishernien have form- 
 ed artificial iloating islands, vyhere 
 they reside and carry on their occu- 
 pations." 
 
 Sewistan, (Sivastan). — - A large 
 district, or ratlier province, in Baloo- 
 chistan, of which it appears to com- 
 prehend the whole eastern quarter. 
 It consists of a stupendous range of 
 mountains, extending southwards 
 from Candahar, and accessible only 
 by passes of extreme difficulty. It 
 is divided into the districts of Jhala- 
 v< an to the southward, and Sahara- 
 vvau to the northward, which in- 
 cludes Noosky in the desert, and 
 Moostung and Shal to tlie north- 
 ward. Each of these districts is 
 subdivided into nineTuks or Zillahs, 
 furnishing quotas of troops for ser- 
 vice, but paying no tribute. The 
 climate of Sewistan is dry, and from 
 its great elevation excessively cold 
 in winter. By Abul Fazel, in 1582, 
 it is described as follows: " Sircar 
 Sewistan, containing nine mahals; 
 revenue, 15,546,803 dams." {Chris- 
 tie, Kinneir, ^c.) 
 
 Seysumah. — A town in the Ma- 
 haratta tenitories, in the province of 
 Malwah, district of Mundessor, situ- 
 ated on the east side of the Chum- 
 bul, 20 miles S.W. iVom Kotah. Lat. 
 24°. 55'. N. Long. 75°. 37'. E. 
 
 Shadowrah. — A town in the Ma- 
 haratta territories, in the province of 
 Malwah, district of Chandree, 40 
 miles IS. by W. from Seronge. Lat. 
 24°. 20'. N. Long. 77°. 47'. E. 
 
 Sh AHABAD, {the King's Residence). 
 — A town possessed by the Seiks, in 
 the province of Delhi, 105 miles N. 
 •by ^\. from Delhi. Lat. 30°. 12'. 
 N. Long. 76°. 28'. E. 
 
 Shahabad. — A town in the Na- 
 bob of Oude's territories, district of 
 KluTabad, situated on the east side 
 of the G urrah River. Lat. 27 ° 39'. 
 N. Long. 79°. 55'. E. 
 
 This was once a large town, but it 
 is now more than two-thirds in ruins, 
 Avhich appear in the form of .small 
 hills and broken swells crumbling to 
 dust. The fields in the neighbour- 
 hood are tolerably well cultivated, 
 the principal crops being badey, 
 wheat, tobacco, and some peas of a 
 small khid. {Tennant, Sfc.) 
 Shaiuehanpoor. — A town in the 
 4 
 
SHAHNOOR. 
 
 739 
 
 IVTaJiaratta teiritones, in the pro- 
 ^ilwc of Malwah, 40 iniles N. N. E. 
 tiomOojaiu. Lat. 23°.2&', N. Long. 
 76°. lb'. E. 
 
 This is a ronsiderablc town, and 
 tlu; head of a pergunnah, sitiiatrd 
 on the banks of the Saafunnuffy Ki- 
 ver. About half a mile to the west- 
 ward is a conical liill, conspicuous at 
 ;i considerable distance. {Hunter, 
 6)-c. Si-c.) 
 
 Sii AHJKH ANPooR. — A towu iu the 
 province of Delhi, district of Ba- 
 reily, situated on the east side of 
 the Dooah, or Gurrah Jliver, 95 
 miles N. E. from Lncknow. Lat. 
 27°. 51'. N. Long:. 79°. 53'. E. 
 
 In the scliools here each boy is 
 provided with a black board like a 
 slate, upon which he writes the let- 
 ters with a ehalk pencil. Wliile 
 he writes the characters, lie at the 
 same time acepiires their names, and 
 the power of each when joined in 
 syllables ; and thus reading and 
 v\ritina; are attaizied by one opera- 
 tion. {Temiant, Sfc.) 
 
 Shairghi'u. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Delhi, district of J3areily, 
 26 miles N. from the town of IJa- 
 reily. Lat. 28°. 40'. N. Lonjr. 79°. 
 21 . E. 
 
 Shamly, {Syamalmja). — A town 
 in the province of Delhi, district of 
 Saharunpoor, CO miles N. by E. by 
 the city of Delhi. Lat. 29°." 33 . N. 
 Lons--. 77° 10'. E. 
 
 This is a |)lace about two miles in 
 circumferf lice, and contains many 
 handsouK' houses, with a large ba- 
 zar, and the remains of a mint, 
 where monej- v\ as formerly coined. 
 The streets intersect each other at 
 right angles, and have separate gates 
 at their entrances, which are shut at 
 night for the security of the inha- 
 bitants. {G. Thomas, \c.) 
 
 Shanavaz. — A town in the Af- 
 ghan territories, in tin; jirovince of 
 Mooltan. 78 miles E. lioiii the city 
 ofMooltan. Lat. 30°. 41'. N. Long. 
 72°. .39'. E. 
 
 Shandorah.' — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Delhi, district of Saharun- 
 poor, 120 miles N. from the city of 
 3 b 2 
 
 Dellii. Lat. 30° 26*. N. Long. 77°. 
 E. 
 
 Shahnoor, {Sivanur). — A town 
 and district in the Maharatta terri- 
 tories, in the province of Bf japoor, 
 50 miles S. S. E. from Darwar. Lat. 
 15°. I'. N. Long. 75°. 22'. E. 
 
 The city of Shahnoor is neither 
 extensive nor well built, ha\ing few 
 buildhigs of any elegance, except 
 the palaces, and these are in ruins. 
 It is enclosed by a wall and ditch ; 
 but is, notwitlistanding, a i)la(;e of 
 no strengtli. On the outside of the 
 city wall, to the northward, are seve- 
 ral long streets of houses, for the 
 most ])art uninhabited ; and to the 
 southward is a lake of water. From 
 theToombmldratoShaiinoor the land 
 is fertile, but indifferently cultivated ; 
 the whole territory is comprehended 
 in the fork of the Krishna and Toom- 
 buddra rivers. 
 
 This place was conquered from 
 the Hindoos by the Bhamenee sove- 
 reigns so early as A. D. 1397; but 
 at a later period became the capital 
 of a small Patau state, giving the 
 title of nabob to its hereditary pos- 
 sessor. Abdul Hakeem Khan, the 
 seventh lineal des^endant,who reign- 
 ed in 1792, was tribiitan' to Tippoo 
 until 1784, when he abjured his al- 
 legiane(%and accxpted the protection 
 of the Maharattas. After this event. 
 Tij)poo's army, during a predatory 
 incursion, destroyed the palaces and 
 l)ublic buildings, blew up and razed 
 the strong fortress of Baneapoor, 
 and devastated the whole country, 
 of which he retained possession un- 
 til 1792, when it was wrested from 
 him, ;u»d restored to the nabob, un- 
 der the supeiiiitendance of the Ma- 
 harattas. 
 
 'J'liis district 'is now under the 
 Peshwa's government, being part of 
 the territory received in exchange 
 from the British government for an 
 ecpiivalent in Buiulelcund. About 
 tiie time when Goklah, one of the 
 Peshwa's Jaghiredars obtained pos- 
 session of Shahnoor, there was a 
 very general disturbance and usurp- 
 ation (called by tlic natives Kaat- 
 
740 
 
 SHEEKOOITA. 
 
 kaee) throughout Ihe country, and 
 every man helped himself to what- 
 ever places he had troops enough to 
 fake. 
 
 The family of the Shalmoor Na- 
 bob had an allowance out of Ihe 
 revenues from the Peshwa; but it 
 was so extrremely ill paid, lliat in 
 1804 they were reduced to a state 
 of the utmost wretchedness, were 
 nearly naked or covered with rags, 
 and compelled to subsist on the 
 plants they plucked up in tlic fields, 
 A remonstrance was in consequence 
 presented by jMr. Strachey, the Bri- 
 tish agent, for ananging the posses- 
 sions of the Southern Jaghircdars, 
 to the court of Pornah, which would 
 probably have the eflect of insuring 
 greater punctuahty in the future dis- 
 charge of their miserable pittance. 
 (Moor, MSS. Ferisfita, .^t.) 
 
 Shapoor. — A town in the Seik 
 territories, in the jnovince of La- 
 hore, situated on the S. E. side of 
 the Ravey River, 60 miles N. E. 
 from the city of Lahore. Lat. 32°. 
 19'. N. Long. 74°. 45'. E. 
 
 Shahpoor. — A town in the Nag- 
 poor Rajah's territories, in the? pro- 
 vince of Bcrar, 70 miles N. by W. 
 from Ellichpoor. Lat. 22°. 19'. N. 
 Long. 78°. 23'. E, 
 
 Shapoor. — A town in the Nizam's 
 territories, in the province of Berar, 
 65 miles N. E. from Jaluapoor. Lat. 
 19°. 49'. N. Long. 78°. 1'. E. 
 
 Sh A POOR A H , {ShaJijiKra). — A town 
 in the province of Ajmtcr, district 
 of II;;«owty, 65 miles S. by E. from 
 the city of A jmeer. Lat. 25°. 43'. N. 
 Long. 75°. 9'. E. 
 
 Tills is a large, well-built town, 
 surrounded by a strong wall of 
 stone, and a ditch. The adjacent 
 country b(>longs to the rajah, who is 
 only nominally a tributary to the 
 Rana of Odc^ypoor, having been for 
 many years suHiciently strong to 
 maintain himself in a state of inde- 
 pendence. (Brniig/iton, Vc.) 
 
 Shawabad, {S/iah(ihad).—-A dis- 
 trict in the province of Baliar, situ- 
 ated principally between the 25th 
 and 26th degrees of north latitude. 
 
 To the north it is bounded by the 
 Ganges ; on the south by Rotas and 
 Bahar ; to the east it has the district 
 of Bahar ; and to the w est Chunar 
 and Rhotas. L\ 1784 the original 
 sircar of Shahabad contained only 
 1869 square miles ; but it has been 
 greatly augmented by junctions from 
 the adjacent territories. 
 
 This district is extremely fertile, 
 and very poj)ulous, particularly iu 
 the northern quarter near to the 
 Ganges and Soane. In 1801, iu 
 consequence of instructions from the 
 jNIarquis WcUesley, then governor- 
 general, the board of re\enue in 
 Bengal circulated various queries on 
 statistical subjects, to the collectors 
 of the dili'erent districts uiider the 
 Presidency. The result of their re- 
 plies tended to establish the fact, that 
 the Shahabad district contained tw o 
 millions of inhabitants, in the pro- 
 portion of one Mahomnudan to 20 
 Hindoos; and that the zemindars 
 profits generally A\as much above 
 10 per cent, on the amount of the 
 revenue they were lialjle for to go- 
 vernment. The princii)al tow ns are, 
 Buxar, Boujepoor, aiul Arrah ; and 
 the chief rivers, the Ganges, Soane, 
 and Caramnassa. 
 
 Shawpoor, {Shahpura). — A town 
 possessed by independent zemin- 
 dars, in the i)rovince of Gundwana, 
 district of Singrowla, of which it is 
 the capital. Lat. 23°. 34'. N. Long. 
 83°. 23'. E. 
 
 This place is situated in a fine 
 yilain, amidst lofty ranges of hills, 
 and consists of a large, straggling 
 to-\\ n, w ith a little fort built of ruble 
 stone and mud. The Rhair, a con- 
 siderable river, runs by the south 
 side of the town, with a stream 
 about 100 yards broad and four feet 
 deep, w Inch daslu'S with great rapid- 
 ity over a bed of rocks, which pre- 
 vent its being navigable for large 
 boats. The plain surrounding Shaw- 
 poor is tolerably fertile. {Blvnt, 
 
 Sheergotta, {SJtir Ghat, the Lion 
 Ford). — A town iu the province of 
 Bahar, district of Bahar, 80 miles 
 
SIIERIBON. 
 
 7^1 
 
 S. by W. from Pa ilia. Lat. 24°. 32'. tinguislted by tlio name of Great 
 N. Loiig-. 84°. 56'. E. Sln?llam. 1. at. 11° 31)'. N. Long. 
 
 Huv.iKVooR, (S/inikpin-a).^^ A io-wo. 78°. 33'. l). 
 
 in tlie province of Ealiar, distiicl of 
 lialiar, 50 iriiles S. E. from Pa(ua. 
 l.:>t. 2;3°. 8'. N. Lon--. 85°. 51'. J']. 
 
 Shkkaki'Oor, , (Siutvnrpnm, the 
 Hunting Toint). — A (own in tlio pro- 
 
 Shklu'M. — A lown in the Cai- 
 nalie pio\incc, C5 miles west from 
 Madras. Lat. 13°. 8'. N. Lon-^^ 
 7!>°. 27'. E. 
 
 Shepoory. — A town in llie Mn- 
 
 vincf of Sewi.stan, on the west side liaratta territories, in tlie province of 
 
 of the Jndns. Lat. 28°. 47'. N. Agra, 35 miles N.W. from Narwar. 
 
 Lon<f. Q^j^. 4i/. E. Lat. 25°. 25'. N. Long. 77°. }0'. I'l. 
 
 'I'his place has never been visited To the south of this place tlie eoun- 
 
 by Enroi)eans; but the natives de- tiT is level and to!eral)ly well culti- 
 
 seribe it as a larj:!;<^ lown widi seven vated ; but to the north-west it is 
 
 jyates, and at })resent fvoverned by extremely rugged and covered wilii 
 
 Mahonnned Reza Khan, wlio was jnngie. Nix miles (o the west is a 
 
 formerly a merchant. The Hindoos, })lain surrounded by low hills co- 
 
 who, for commercial purposes, \isit vered M'ilh jungle. The town is 
 
 Ijaloochistan, and other unci\ilizcd nearly a collection of ruins. 
 
 jNIahonnnedan ])rovinces to the west Sheu. — A town in tlic Maharatta 
 
 of the Lidns, leave their wives and tcnitories, in the jirovinee of JMal- 
 
 femaie relations her(^ for security. Mali, 90 miles N. E, from Ooojain, 
 
 Mickarpoor and the sHiToniiding dis- Lat. 23°. 58'. N. Long. 76°. 55', E. 
 
 trict are tributary to the Cabul go- Sheregur. — A town in the Seik 
 
 government and Ameers of Sinde. territories, in the jnovince of Mool- 
 
 ^\iv.KO\'&\v>,{Shachoahad, the Abode tan, 70 miles S. S. W. from Lahore. 
 
 cf Magnificence). — A to\Mi in the Lat. 30°. 55'. N. Long. 73°. 24'. E. 
 
 ))rovince of Agra, district of Eta« <'li, Sherihon, {or Cherihon). — A town 
 
 35 miles E. S. E. from the city of in the Island of Java, the capital of 
 
 Agra. Lat. 27°. 6'. N. Long. 78°. a distri(-t of the same name, and 
 
 32'. E. 
 
 This town takes its name from 
 Dara Sheko, the eldest and most un- 
 fortunate son of the Emperor Sliah 
 
 situated about 150 miles E. from 
 Batavia. Lat. G°. 43'. S. Long. 
 108°. 35'. E. 
 ^ Tlic surrounding country, like tlie 
 
 .lehan, who, in the contest for em- rest of Java, is remarkably fertile, 
 pirc with Aurengzebe, his younger and produces the finest co/lee raised 
 lirother, was defeated, hunted down oa the island, Mliich is j)articularly 
 like a wild beast, and at last mm- noted for the smalluess of the grain. 
 
 Its other productions aie timber, 
 cotton, yam, arcca, indigo, sugar. 
 
 dered. 
 
 Shellam. — A town in the Car- 
 iiatic province, GO miles W. N.W. 
 from Pondicheny. Lat. 1 1°. 40'. N. 
 Long. 79°. E. 
 
 iSiir.Li.AM, {or Salem). — A district 
 in the south of India, situated in the 
 Upper Carnalic, between the 11 th 
 aiul 12th degrees of north latitude. 
 
 and some pepper. The horses of 
 this district aie reckoned the best in 
 Java, and in th(! contiguous woods 
 and mountains the iliinoceros is 
 sometimes discovered. 
 
 'I'he roadstcd at Cherihon is open, 
 and only sheltered to the west by a 
 
 Willi Kisinagherry it now forms one large sand bank, with four and a half 
 
 of the collectorships under the J\la- and five fathoms water, two leagues 
 
 dras Presidency. In this district the from the shore, at w Inch distance 
 
 wet cultivation is only about six per ships of burthen are obliged to an- 
 
 ceut. of the total cultivation. chor. Smaller vessels run along the 
 
 SnTiLLAM. — A town in the south bank to wiliiin three-fourths of a 
 
 of India, the capital of a district of league from the land. In order to 
 
 t)ie siiuie name, and generally dis- cater the river; country craft, diaw- 
 
742 
 
 SHOLAVANDEN. 
 
 ing from four to six feet, are obliijed 
 to wait lor Ihe liigh tides, on account 
 of the small bank at the mouth. 
 
 TJie appearance of Cheribon re- 
 sembles a large village more than a 
 
 the Rajah of Ramnad being the great 
 Marawar. It ^\'as ruled by females 
 until about 50 years ago, when two 
 brothers, named Murdoo, of low 
 caste, usurped the government un- 
 
 towii. It is at present the capital of der the title of Dewans ; and, sub- 
 
 a principality, divided between tv, o sequently on the death of tlie Raimy, 
 
 princes of the same family, each of having mounted the throne, assumed 
 
 whom takes the title of suKau, and the ancient title of the Pandian ra- 
 
 residcs in it ; but the exterior of their jahs. They were expelled by the 
 
 palace exhibits little of Asiatic pomp Nabob of Arcot, \vith the assistance 
 
 and grandeur, being built of plank of the British troops, but lie after- 
 
 and bamboos. On the right bank of 
 the river is a small brick fort sur- 
 rounded by a ditch, over which is a 
 bridge protected by a redoubt. This 
 fortress is of little strength, its em- 
 brasure parapet being only 18 inches 
 thick, with only four small guns, 
 kept more for liie purpose of making 
 signals than for defence. The mole 
 and battei-y arc in a state of tlie 
 greatest decay, and the garrison only 
 15 Maduran soldiers, commanded 
 by a European serjeant and tAvo cor- 
 pora's ; the whole scarcely sufficient 
 to resist the attacks of tlic roving 
 Malay pirates, who infest the ad- 
 jacent seas. The European inhabit- 
 ants of the town are the resident, 
 secretary, book-kcefter, surgeon-ma- 
 jor, and three subalterns; the rest 
 are natives, wlio compose two-thirds 
 of the population, and Chinese, em- 
 ployed in the retail trade and agri-^ 
 culture. 
 
 This small statt> put itself under 
 the protection of the Dutch East In- 
 dia Conjpany, in 1680, since when 
 justice and injustice have been ad- 
 ministered by the princes of the 
 tovmtry, in conjunction with the re- 
 sident on the part of the Company. 
 These chiefs are under an obligation 
 to deliver to the Dutch East India 
 Company exclusively, the produce 
 of their respective territories at fixed 
 prices. {Tombc, Stavotiuus, <Vc.) 
 
 Shevac. UNO A, (Simgaiiga). — A po- 
 lygar town and district in the South- 
 ern Carnatic, 23 miles E. by N. from 
 Madura. Lat. 9*?. 54'. N.- Long. 78°. 
 30'. E. 
 
 'I'he territory of Shevagunga was 
 formerly termed the Little Marawar, 
 
 wards reinstated them. Continuing 
 refractory they were attacked by a 
 British detachment, and detended 
 theuLselves in the fortress of Callar- 
 coil for five months. It was, at 
 length, taken by storm, when the 
 Mnrdoos escaped into the jungles, 
 A\hich, for seven miles, surrounded 
 the fortress, but they Avere soon after 
 taken and hanged. Of the old She- 
 vagunga family there existed no fe- 
 male heir ; the country Avas, there- 
 fore, given to a relation of the late 
 Rannys,^ and the tribute continued 
 at the former sum of 50,000 pagodas, 
 {Lord Valentia, ^c.) 
 
 S H E V j\ G u RRy ,{Sivaghiri). — A tovAH 
 in the province of Tinnevclly, 100 
 miles north from Cape Comorin. 
 Lat. 9°. 23'. N. Long. 77°. 32'. 
 E. 
 
 Shevelpatore. — A tovATi in the 
 province of Tinnevelly, 110 miles 
 north from Cape Comorin. Lat. 9°. 
 31'. N. Long. 77°. 43'. E. This was 
 a place of considerable consccpience 
 during the Carnatic vAars of the 18th 
 century, but is now of little import- 
 ance. 
 
 Sholapoor, {Salapoor). — A dis- 
 trict in the province of Bejapoor, si- 
 tuated partly in the territories of the 
 INizani, and partly in those of the 
 Maharattas, and about the 18th de- 
 gree of north latitude. 
 
 Sholapoor. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Bejapoor, the capital of a 
 district of the same name, 125 miles 
 S. E. from Poonah. Lat. 17°. 43'. 
 N. Long. 759. 40'. E. 
 
 Sholavanden. — A toAvn in the 
 Southern Carnatic, district of Ma- 
 dura, 10 miles N. \^ . from the town 
 
SUM. 743 
 
 Lat. 9°. 59'. N. Lonff. of Wales' Island or Malacca ; iu re- 
 
 of MaHiira. 
 78°. 10'. E. 
 
 Shujawulpoor, (Suzawelpur). — A 
 town in tin; iSIaharatta territories, in 
 tlie province of Maiwah, 65 miles 
 E. N. E. from Oojain. Lut. 23°. 24'. 
 N. Long. 76°. 45'. E. 
 
 This is a iarf!;e town, situated on 
 the N. E. bank of the River Jum- 
 inarj-. It contains a fort or walled 
 town, on the outside of which is a 
 Rood bazar, where there are many 
 w ell-built houses. Opium, of a to- 
 lerably good quality, is cu[ti^atcd to 
 some extent in the vicuiity ; and the 
 town is a considerable market for 
 striped nuislins, doputtalis,&c. {Hun- 
 ter, ^T.) 
 
 Shumsabad. — A small town in the 
 Seik territories, in the province of 
 Lahore, situated on the east side of 
 the Jhyiuni River, 100 miles N. W. 
 bv W. from the city of Laliore. Lat. 
 32°. IC. N. Long. 72°. 15'. E, 
 
 Shundrabandy, {SHndrivanadeJi). 
 — A town in the Southern Carnatic, 
 district of Timievellv, 40 miles S. W. 
 from Madura. Lat."9°.35'. N. Long. 
 77°. 45'. E. 
 
 SiAK. — A large district in the Is- 
 land of Sumatra, extending about 
 450 miles along the N. E. coast 
 
 The great river of Siak has its 
 source in the mountains of the Mc.- 
 nancabow country, and empties it- 
 self nearly opposite to Malacca. 
 From the place where it joins the 
 sea, in the Straits of Kamper or Bcn- 
 calis, to the town of Siak, is about 
 65 geographical miles, and from 
 thence to a place named Pakan 
 Bharu, about 100 more. The width 
 of the river is generally from threc- 
 fovuths to half a mile ; up at the town 
 the tides rise about 11 feet. 'l"he 
 shores are Hat to a considenilde dist- 
 ance up the countrj', and the w hole 
 oi" the soil is jtrobabiy alluvial, but 
 about 125 miles up the river Ihtrc is 
 the appearance of high land. 
 
 The trade is carried on by vessels 
 from the Coast of Coromaudel, who 
 supply cargoes of piece goods, and 
 also raw silk, opium, and other ar- 
 ticles, which they provide at Prince 
 
 turn for these they receive gold, wax, 
 sago, salted fish and fish roes, ele- 
 phants' teeth, gamliir, caniphire, rat- 
 tans, and otlier canes. According 
 to the information of the natives, the 
 river is navigable for sloops eight 
 tlays sail up the river, with the as- 
 sistance of the tide. iTom Siak the 
 Dutch East India Company import- 
 ed annually, for the use of Ratafia, 
 several rafts of spare and masts, and 
 large supi)lies of frame timber may 
 also be procured. 
 
 The maritime power of tlie king- 
 dom of Siak has always been con- 
 siderable, and ]MaIacc4t, .Tohore, and 
 other towns, have, in former times, 
 been attacked by llcets from Siak 
 ports. {Marsden, ^r.) 
 
 SIAM, {Sijama, Black). 
 
 A kingdom of India beyond the 
 Ganges, situated principally between 
 the 10th and 15th degrees of north 
 latitude. I'o the north its bomida- 
 ries are unknown, on the south it 
 Las the sea and the Malay Peninsida; 
 on the east are the countries now 
 comprehended in the Cochin Chi- 
 Jiese empire ; and the west the do- 
 minions of the Rinnans. Bclbre its 
 extent was so much contracted by 
 the victories of the latter nation, its 
 length was estimated at 360 miles, 
 by 300 the average breadth ; but 
 tiiese must have been the extreme 
 dimensions, and liable to annual 
 llMCiuatiou. The proper seat of the 
 T'Ir.iy, or Siamese race, is along the 
 banks of the great River IVIenam ; 
 but their sovercignt}^ and language 
 hav(>, in prosperous periods, had a 
 nnieh wider range. 
 
 The Siam country may be desci ib- 
 cd as a vast plain intersected by the 
 Menam, on the banks of wliieli all 
 the principal towiis are situated, and 
 separated from the Cirman and Co- 
 chin Chinese empires by two long 
 ridges of m<ntntains. In addition to 
 this it possesses a great extent of sea 
 coa;?t along the Gulf of Siam, m hich 
 
744 
 
 SIAM. 
 
 is,however, but thinly inhabited, tlie 
 Siamese having an aversion to settle 
 on the maiffin of the sea, probably 
 Ihrongh ilread of the Malay pirates. 
 Like the provinces of Bengal, it is 
 subject to annual inundations, which 
 begin in July, and when at their 
 height overflow tlie couiitiT, except 
 the artificial sites of the villages and 
 the trees. The stalks of rice rise 
 with the flood, and keep on tire sur- 
 face until it subsides. Near the 
 shores of the Menani, the only part 
 of the country to which Europeans 
 have recently had access, the land is 
 ilat, and the soil alluvial, on which 
 account, after the rainy season is 
 ovei-, many extensive morasses re- 
 main, and render the climate ex- 
 tremely pestilential to European con- 
 stitutions, causing fluxes, dysente- 
 ries, and acute fevers. In the more 
 elevated tracts remote from the river, 
 the country is parched and dried 
 up. 
 
 To the overflowing of the river the 
 land in its vicinity owes its fertility, 
 and is very productive of rice and 
 other plants that require a redundant 
 supply of moisture. Wheat is also 
 raised on the higher grounds, but in 
 very small quantities; the Emopeans 
 fe.vmerly settled here having been 
 obliged to import what they required 
 for their own use. T?esides these the 
 soil is capable of raising all the rich- 
 est of the productions for which Ben- 
 gal is celebrated, but little compa- 
 ratively is cultivated, owing to the 
 miserable government by which the 
 pcasanUy are oppressed and harass- 
 ed. Here are many medicinal plants 
 and giuns, also oil of jessamine, ben- 
 zoin, lack, ciystal, emery, antimony, 
 cotton, wood, oil, wax, lac, varnish, 
 wild cinnamon, cassia buds, aud iron 
 wood, the last of which is much used 
 by tlic natives, Malays, and Chinese, 
 as anchors for their vessels. Betel 
 nut is produced aud exported in con- 
 •siderable (|uaMtities by the Portu- 
 guese ships and CImucsc junks. Most 
 of the fruits of Hindostan thrive in 
 Siani, and there are in addition the 
 durian and maugostcen. 
 
 • The domesticated quadrupeds are 
 horses, cows, buflaloes, sheep, goats, 
 and elephants ; and, in the jungles, 
 tigers, rhinoceroses, deer, and hares, 
 are found. There is great abund- 
 ance of common poultry ; besides 
 which there are peacocks, pigeons, 
 partridges, snipes, pairots, and other 
 birds. The cows give but little milk, 
 ■which is mostly supplied by the fe- 
 male buflaloes, but the natives have 
 not the art of converting it into but- 
 ter. The horses are of a very in- 
 ferior race, the best being imported 
 from Batavia. The inserts and ver- 
 min arc the same as in other parts of 
 India, and the sea and rivers yield 
 excellent fish, upon which a great 
 propoi"lion of the lower classes sub- 
 .sist. In addition to these there are 
 fine lobsters, turtle of a good qua- 
 lity, oysters, and the mnngo fish, so 
 much esteemed in Calcutta. The 
 mountains in the interior yield dia- 
 monds, but little inferior to those of 
 Hindostan, sapphires, rubies, and 
 agates. Among the mounlains and 
 rivulets gold is also collected, and 
 probably in considerable quantities, 
 as nnich is used in Siam for the gild- 
 ing of idols, temples, and other ])ub- 
 lic edifices, and there is none known 
 to be imported by sea. In the in- 
 terior iron, tin, lead, and copper, are 
 procured — the latter of a good qua- 
 lity, but scarce. 
 
 The Siamese have never been in 
 the habit of carrvdng on foreign com- 
 merce in their own vessels, the ton- 
 nage being principally supplied by 
 the Portuguese, Chinese, and Cochin 
 Chinese, comparatively little inter- 
 course subsisting with Hindostan. 
 The Menam, by which ships enter, 
 discharges itself into the Gulf of 
 Siam ; but has a bar at its mouth, to 
 cross Avliich the assistance of a pilot 
 is required. The southerly monsoon 
 is the best season for sJiips to visit 
 Siam, and the northerly for returning 
 to Hindostan through the Straits of 
 Malncca. Bancok, or Bancasay, si- 
 tuated on the river near die bay^ is 
 the principal place of trade, and the 
 king is the chief merchant. No pri- 
 
SIAM. 
 
 745 
 
 Talp mcicliaut hero dnic to trade in called, cousisfs of hvo races, tlie 
 
 till, tiitenaj; iC, elephants' leetli, lead, Thay, and the'I'hay Jhay. Of tiiecse 
 
 or sapaii wood, willioiit perniissioii the latter are the most ancient, and 
 
 from his majesty, vho monopulises were lorinerly famous for tiieir learn- 
 
 thesr articles, and receives them fiom ing aiul the power of tin ir empire. 
 
 liis subierts in lieu of revenue. The of whieii many monunieiKS are said 
 
 excellent sauce, named ballachonjj, still to exist. The 'I'hay Jhay iii- 
 
 is hcst procured here, where it is hahit the country belween the Mc- 
 
 eomposed of dried shrimps, pepper, nam and the INIekan, or i^ivcr of 
 
 salt, and sea weed, l>eaten together 
 to the consistence of a tou^h paste, 
 and then packed in jars lor sale. 
 Vessels bound for Siam, by takinp^ 
 
 Cambodia ; but the 'I'hay, for tiio 
 most part, inhabit en the west of the 
 Menam or Siam Hiver, or betwfcn 
 that and ihe frontiers of the Tinnavv 
 
 out a fresh port clearance at Ma- (Temiasseiim), ]\ion (Pej^'u), and 
 laeea, escape a nuini)er of charges. Barma (Jlinnan) nations. V>y the 
 I nlikc the Malays, allliongh so near Birmanstiiv'>y arc denonnuatcd Syan, 
 
 to them, the Sianu sc have the ut- 
 most aversion to quit iheir own 
 homes, and have consequently made 
 no maritime excursions, and planted 
 no colonies. 
 
 The constitution of the Siam go- 
 vernment is desj)oti<-. and tliere arc 
 no hereditary nobility. All (he in- 
 habitants are liable to be called on 
 for military services, and ve.y few 
 
 from whence the Portuguese seem 
 to have borrowed their Siam and 
 Siaom, and from whom the other 
 European nations ha\e adopted the 
 term. 'J'lie former caj)ital of Siam 
 was named Yiuiia, or Yoodra; from 
 which circumstance the Siamese are 
 frequently, by the IJirmans, called 
 Yoodias. 
 
 In their manners and cu.stoms thev 
 
 standing troops arc maintained. Their greatly resemble the Birmans and 
 arms are maUhlccks, alv ;iys in a Pcguers. The females here are ob- 
 bad condition, spears,. ar.U creeses, liged to drudge in all the laborious 
 They make their own gmipowder, employments, by them the woods 
 but it is of so very in'\'rior quality, arc cleared, the earth cultivated, and 
 that considerable quantifies are im- the harvest reaped. Both males and 
 ported. Their fortificatiens are stock- females take as much pahis to blacken 
 ades of trees and posts encircled by their teeth as the Europeans do to 
 a ditch, but the real defence of Siam preserve tJiem white. The men era- 
 consists in the natural obstacles pre- dicate their beards, but allow their 
 sen.ed to invaders by the jungles, nails to lengthen like the Chinese, 
 morasses, ana numerous branches of 'I'hey are extremely gross feeders, in 
 rivers; to v\hicli may be added the which they resemble the other na- 
 unhealthincss of the climate, which tions east of the Canges. Among 
 soon ihuis the ranks of an army. As their edibles arc rats, lizards, gras.s- 
 in the iMalay states, the heir api)a- hopj)ers, and other insects, disgust- 
 rent to tlu. throne possesses a legiti- ing to the natives of liindostan. 
 mate uuthorily almost eijual to that I'heir houses are raised on posts, and 
 of tlic reigning H;unarch. A small are ascended to by a ladder on the 
 part of the taxes aie levied in money, outside. Like all the semi-barbarous 
 but mueli the greater part of the re- nations in this tpiarler of the globe, 
 venue is received in kind, and real- their artists in gold are remarkably 
 ized by sale to foreign traders. In expert, and their lillagree work siii- 
 1750 the population was comput- gularly beautiful. 'I'hey excel also 
 cd, by the French mi.'sionaries, at in beating out gold leaf, of which a 
 1,900,000, but apparently without great deal is cxpi-nded in adorning 
 any proper foundation for the esti- tlieir temples and idols. The Chi- 
 niate. nese practitioners, who arc their 
 The Siamese nation, propcrlv so chief physicians, have long been ao 
 
 3 
 
746 
 
 SIAM. 
 
 customed to the use of the bath in 
 levers and other distempers, and if 
 they are not successful in the cure, 
 they receive no pay. The Siamese 
 generally are so addicted to sir^giug 
 on all occasions, that the missionaries 
 found tiie best Avay of imprinting 
 their precepts on the mcunorics of 
 this people, was to form thcni into 
 short Latin songs adapted to popular 
 tunes. They have a variety of mu- 
 sical instruiiienls, but all disagree- 
 able to a European ear; of the Eu- 
 ropean inslrurnents they prefer the 
 organ, on account of the loudness 
 of its melody, and were much at- 
 tracted by it to tiie Roman Catliolic 
 churches. Time is still measured by 
 vessels having a small hole perforated 
 and placed in a tub of water, the 
 construction of clocks being beyond 
 their mechanical powers. 
 
 The Thay language is that which 
 is used by the Siamese, who in their 
 own tongue assume this name as 
 their national appellation. It ap- 
 pears to be in a great measure ori- 
 ginal, and is purely monosyllabic, 
 and more powerfully accented than 
 any of the other Indo-Chiatse lan- 
 guages. The Siamese contains a 
 great variety of compositions ; tlieir 
 poems and songs are very numerous, 
 as are their Cheritras, or historical 
 and mythological fables. Many of 
 the Siamese princes have been cele- 
 brated for their poetic powers, and 
 several of their historical and moral 
 compositions arc still preserved. The 
 Siamese Cheritras, or romantic fic- 
 tions, are very numerous; and the 
 personages introduced, with the ex- 
 ception of Rama, and the heroes of 
 the Ramayuna, have sekhjui nmch 
 .similarity to those of tlic Brahmins. 
 On the eastern coast of the Penin- 
 sula, the Siamese language extends 
 as far soutii as Patani, where it meets 
 the Malay dialect. 
 
 Besides the natives there are many 
 colonies of foreigners establislicd in 
 tiiara, jjarticularly Cliinese, Portu- 
 giiese, Malays, Macassars, and Bug- 
 gesses. At an early period the iuig- 
 lish, Dutch, and I'rcnch, had also 
 
 settlements, but none of them con- 
 tinued permanetit. 'I'he commerce 
 of the country is, at present, almost 
 entirely conducted by the Chinese 
 and native Portuguese ; the latter of 
 whom have now scarcely any thing 
 of the European but the name. 
 
 The national religion of Siam is 
 that of Buddha, or Sammonacodom, 
 and entirely resembles that of the 
 Birmans deseiibed under the article 
 Ava, but ail sects are tolerated. The 
 doctiines of the Siamese faitli are 
 singularly severe, and admit of no 
 indulgcncies whatever ; but the bulk 
 of the nation are persuaded, that 
 rigid virtue and perfection are not 
 prescribed to them, but only to their 
 priests; and trust to their mortifica- 
 tions and aus'crilies as expiations 
 for the faults of the whole. As 
 among the Hindoos suicide is re- 
 garded favourably, but is by no means 
 so generally i)ractised. I'he first 
 French missionaries reached Siam in 
 A. D. 1662, after a most painful and 
 arduous journey over land to the Bay 
 of Bengal, where they embarked ; 
 but prior to this the Christian reli- 
 gion had made some progress so early 
 as 1621, through the medium of the 
 Portuguese. I'he French mission 
 was subsequently prosecuted with 
 great zeal for more than a century, 
 and was occasionally assisted by po- 
 litical emergencies, but no essential 
 progress was ever made towards ef- 
 fecting the benevolent intentions of 
 the missionaries. 
 
 The Siamese histories of the Thay 
 dynasty are said to detail, with nmch 
 mimiteness and great exaggeration, 
 the events that have occuiTcd in 
 Siam, and the adjacent states and 
 countries, during the last 1000 years, 
 and also the events of 400 jears 
 prior to that period, from the build- 
 ing of tlie city Maha Nakkon, but 
 with !"'ss precision. The records of 
 the other dynast>^ the Thay Jhay, 
 are supposed still to exist. Not- 
 withstanding these documents, the 
 Siamese nation was w holly unknown 
 in Euroi)e, until the discovery of the 
 route to India by the Cape of Good 
 
SIAMPA. 
 
 747 
 
 ITope. The fust traces of tlioir aii- 
 tlifntic history bei^in about A. D. 
 1550, atnl were acquired throuj;!! 
 theiuodiuuioi' tlie Fortujruesc, who 
 froqucntly acted as auxiliaries to the 
 tactions contcndiuj!; for tl)e "overu- 
 itient. From the records of the East 
 India Company it appears that, in 
 IfWt, they sustaiiieLl considerable 
 losses by a Mr. Coustantine I'aidcon 
 (a Cephalonian tireek) (»uc of their 
 inferior servants, who ran away in 
 their debt, and obtained |)osse,ssion 
 of their property, by makiui^ pre- 
 sents to the King of Siam, whose 
 prime minister lie afterwards be- 
 came. 
 
 In 1684 ambassadors were sent 
 from Siara to Louis XIV. on board 
 of an English vessel ; and, in con- 
 scrpjenee, INIessrs. Ceberet and La 
 Loubere were dispatched as amijas- 
 sadors to Siam, w here they arrived 
 the 27th Sept. 1787, and inmiediately 
 solicited the king- to embrace the 
 Roman Catholic religion. In this 
 request they were the more urgent 
 from learning, that an envoy had 
 arrived from the court of Persia to 
 convert him to the Mahommedan 
 faith. The Siamese monarch declined 
 the conversion proposed, but entered 
 into a strict alliance w ith the French, 
 •whom he allowed to garrison Ban- 
 cok and JNIergui, the two most im- 
 portant havensin his dominions. This 
 intimacy was, however, of short du- 
 ration ; as, in 1688, by a sudden re- 
 volution, the king was dethroned and 
 murdered, Faulcon executed, and 
 the French expelled. 
 
 From this period Siam experienc- 
 ed much internal discord, and many 
 sanguinary massacres ; but remained 
 exempt from external annoyance un- 
 til 1754, when, in consequence of 
 thr conquest of Pegu, the liirman 
 dominions came in contact with 
 those of Siam. War immediately 
 ensued, and has continued, with the 
 exception of a few short intervals, 
 ever since ; and, greally to the detri- 
 ment of the Siamese, who were re- 
 peatedly defeated with vast slaugh- 
 ter, had their capital sacked in 17G6, 
 
 and lost all their maritime posses- 
 sions on the Bay of Bengal, and 
 along the west coast of the Malay 
 peninsula. But although, by the 
 chance of war, the SiiMn<'se have 
 been subjected to many vicissitudes, 
 and brought frequently to the brink of 
 destruction, ihey have never <;cased 
 to exist as a distinct and independ- 
 ent nation, for which thej' are pro- 
 bably indebted to the domestic dis- 
 sensions of the liirjnans, and (h{^ 
 natural strength of their country. 
 {Turpiii, Elmore, Let/deti, Sipnes, Sfc.) 
 
 Siam. — A city in the kingdom of 
 Siam, of which it is the capital. Lat. 
 14°. 5'. N. Long. 100°. 25'. E. 
 
 This place is situated on an island 
 formed by the Menam, or Siaiu 
 River, intersected by several canals, 
 and has several other islands adja- 
 cent. Although of great extent, it 
 is now very thinly jjopulated. The 
 palace ofthe kirtg is a large irregular 
 confused building, covering a great 
 space of ground, and sinrounded by 
 high walls, which include also seve- 
 ral lenqjles. In this town tiiere are 
 many casts of statues and cannon, 
 the latter of a prodigious calibre, 
 which indicate a greater perfection 
 in the arts at some former era, than 
 is now fomid among the Siamese. 
 In 1766 tliis place was captured by 
 the Birmans after a long blockade. 
 
 By the ]>irmans the town of Siam 
 is frequently named Dwarawnddy, 
 but by the natives it is called See-y- 
 thaa. Most places of consequem-c 
 are here distinguished by two app(>i- 
 lations, one in the vulgar tongue. 
 and the other in the I'ali or learned 
 language. {E more, Turpiii, Sijmcs, 
 
 SiAMPA, (Chnnqya). — A province 
 in the Cochin Chinese enquire, situ- 
 ated principally between ihe 10th 
 and nth degrees of north latitude. 
 To the north its i)oundaries are un- 
 defnied ; on the south it ii;u-« the s( a 
 of China; on the east Cochin China 
 and the sea; and on the west Cam- 
 bodia. 
 
 This is a small mountainous ter- 
 ritory, separated into three divisioits, 
 
748 
 
 SILHET. 
 
 The ea?lcrn is a desert coimlr}', com- 
 posed of monntaius, sonic of which 
 advance to llie sea, and but thinly 
 iiihahited ; the centre division is 
 better cultivated and peopled: nest- 
 «'rn iSianipa is a uild. jnngiy coun- 
 try, occnjiied by small erratic tribes. 
 Viewed from the sea, Siamjia is 
 more elevated than Canibodia, and 
 presents to tlie eye, lioni on board 
 ship, the appearance of a fine and 
 well cnlti\ ated country ; but, on 
 close inspcclioii, this ])leasing' and 
 luxuriant appearance vanishes, leav- 
 ing" in its room immense tracts of 
 pale and yellowish sand ; the smooth 
 surfaces of which are intenupted 
 by ledges of dark rocks, which rise 
 to a considerable licight. The sea- 
 water near them is unconmionly 
 bright and clear. 
 
 We have very little information 
 respecting tiie interior of this pro- 
 vince ; and what we have is but of 
 dubious authonticity, having been 
 collected by the missionaries settled 
 in Tunqiiin and Cochin China, who, 
 it does not appear, ever personally 
 visited the country; but derived 
 their inteiligcnce from Chinese trad- 
 ers, aud from the natives. 
 
 According to their description, the 
 inhabitants of Siainpa remain in a 
 very wild state, without towns or 
 even large villages, having some 
 , small hamlets scattered over a great 
 extent of space, near to which they 
 pasture their immerous flocks of bui- 
 faloes. 'J'liese are the more sta- 
 tionarj' tribes ; but a great proportion 
 of the population still continue in 
 tlie migratory stage of civilization, 
 without cultivation or manufac- 
 tures, subsisting on their flocks and 
 llic spontaneous produce of the 
 earth. {De JJissachere, Stnuntou, 
 
 SiAO Isle. — An island about 35 
 miles in circumference, situated off 
 the north-eastern extremity of the 
 Island of Celebes. Lat. 2°. 48'. N. 
 Long. 12r)°. 5'. E. On this island 
 there is a v(»lcaiio, which, during its 
 crui)tions, covers (he neighbouring 
 islands with cindcis. Tlie land is 
 
 Jiigh but fruitful, and proAisions arc 
 cheap. 'J'he Dutch had forn-.f-riy a 
 .small garrison h8r<^. which has been 
 long withdrawn. {Sonnerat, Forrest, 
 Src. Sfc.) 
 
 SiENiBAS, (Sivanimsa). — A small 
 tmvn in the province of Bengal, dis- 
 trict of Nuddea, 64 mJies N. N. E. 
 from Calcutta liat. 23°. 25'. N. 
 Long. 88°. 49'. E. During the rainy 
 season there is a short passage for 
 boats past this place, from the south- 
 cast part of Bengal, which bi'Comc.« 
 quite dry when the waters drain off 
 towards the winter. 
 
 SiBiiYAN IsLK. — A small island, 
 one of the Philippines, from 30 to 
 40 miles in circumference, and situ- 
 ated due south of Luzon. Lat. 12°. 
 30'. N. Long. 122°. .30'. E. 
 
 Sic.vcoLK, — See Cicacole. 
 
 SiCLYGULLY, {SaucriguH, the Nar- 
 row Pass). — A celebrated pass in the 
 province of Bengal, about eight miles 
 N. by W. from Rajemal, which 
 marks the boundaries of the pro- 
 vinces of Bengal and Bahar. Lat. 
 25°. 12'. N. Long. 87°. 40'. E. 
 
 This pass, during tln' Hindoo and 
 Mahommedan government, was the 
 commanding entrance from Bahar 
 into the kingdom of Bengal, and 
 was fortified with a strong wall, 
 which does not appear, however, to 
 liave been of any real service, as in 
 1742, a IVTahaiatta army of cavalry 
 jjassed into Bengal to the S.W. of 
 this pass, through the hills above 
 Colgong. 
 
 SiKAR. — A town in the Rajpoot's 
 territories, in the province of A. jmcer, 
 53 miles N. N. W. from Jvenagur. 
 Lat. 27 °. 32' N. Long. 75°. 5'. E. 
 
 SiLHET, {Sri/iatd, a rich Market). 
 — A district in the province of Ben- 
 gal, situated principally between the 
 24th and 25tii degrees of north lati- 
 tude. To the north and east it is 
 bounded by a lofty ridge of moun- 
 tains iidiabited by many ^vild tribes ; 
 on the south by Tippcrali and My- 
 munsingh; and it h;is Mymunsingh 
 to the west. In 1784 it contained 
 2861 square miles, and the revenue 
 was only 233,924 rupees. By Abul 
 
Vazcl, in 1682, this disliict is de- 
 scribed as follows : 
 
 " Sireiir Sillict, contHiniug eifrht 
 nialuds, revcmie 6,681,()-2l dams. 
 This sin.ar furnishes 1100 cavahy, 
 190 elei)Iiaiits, ^and 42,920 iniaiitry. 
 Sircar Silliet is very JUDiiiitaiiioii.';. 
 It fiuuislies many cmiiich slaves I'ur 
 the seraglio." 
 
 'I'his is the most easterly of the 
 Company's possessions in Hindos- 
 tan, bein;? witliin 350 miles of tlic 
 province of Yunan in Ciiiiia. AI- 
 tiiou;i;h so near lo tliis riili empire, 
 no sort of intercourse subsists be- 
 twixt them ; the internie<liate coun- 
 ti"y bcin^ a confuscil mass of moun- 
 tains <overed \\illi jungle, and in- 
 habited by some of tiie most unci- 
 vilized tribes in Asia. This region 
 has been examined only a very short 
 way from the frontiers of SilJiet; but, 
 from tlic most consistent accounts 
 suj)piicd by the natives, there is 
 weaso)! to believe the intervening- 
 space is destitute of navigable rivers, 
 without towns or villages, and wholly 
 trackless. Thest; diliiculties, how- 
 ever, are not insurmountable, audit 
 is to be hoped the IJengai go\ern- 
 ment will not leave it nmch longer 
 unexplored. 
 
 Under the ISIogul government Sil- 
 bet was foruicd into a foujedarry, or 
 
 SILHET. 749 
 
 and cast lofty mountains rise ab- 
 ruptly like a wall, to tin; height of 
 several thousand feet, ami appear 
 as if they had, at sonic remote pe- 
 riod, withstood the surge of the 
 ocean. 
 
 During tlie rains the greater pro- 
 portion of the laud is laid under 
 water, by the oversowing of the 
 Soormah and other rivers, by wliicli 
 it is intersected, and t!u; passage 
 tioni Dacca is performcil for nearly 
 the wlioh- w ay over rice and pasture 
 fields, A\lii(li, in the cold season, are 
 jierfectly drv. Over this tract, when 
 tJic Hoods are at their height, there 
 is above 10 feet (jf water; the ele- 
 vated sites of the villages appear 
 like islands; the masts of the vessels 
 are entangled with the branches of 
 trees, while their progress is im- 
 peded by the thickness and adhe- 
 sion of the jiaddy stalks. When the 
 inundation drains oil", the land is 
 left in an cxeelUnt condition for rice 
 cultivation; food of all sorts is con- 
 secjuenlly remarkably cheap — the 
 average price of ri( c per rupee be- 
 ing four or live maunds (of 80 pounds 
 each), and coarser grains still eiicap- 
 er. In addition to this supply every 
 stream and puddle swarms with lish, 
 which are caught, with scarcely any 
 trouble, with a small hand net, or 
 
 military station, more oi» account of even a piece of a mat. As mav be 
 
 its remote and secluded situation 
 beyon«l the Brahmapootra and Soor- 
 mah, than from any reasonable ap- 
 prehensions of foreign invasion, i)rtt- 
 tected as it is by inaccessible hills, 
 orimpeni'trable jungles. Its actual 
 dimensions since the dismember- 
 ment of several i)ergmmahs, are 
 comi)Uted at 2861 miles, divide<l into 
 146 small i)ergumiahs, held by about 
 tljc same number of zemindars. 
 Near to the town of Silhct the coun- 
 try presents a novel api)carance to 
 an eye long habituated to the (lat 
 surface of the lower districts of Ik-n- 
 gal. it is comjKjsed of a number of 
 irregularl) insulated hills, jjlaeed at 
 a short distance from each other, and 
 covered with tre( s and verdure to 
 their sunnnits; while to the nortli 
 
 supposed, v\agi<s arc extremely low, 
 being fiom half a rupee to one ru- 
 pee and a quarter per mouth; but 
 the labourers being naturally averse 
 to exertion, and never v\ orking but 
 wlien stimulated by hunger. th»- 
 country is on the whole very inchf- 
 ferently culti\at'ed. 
 
 The necessaries of life being sa 
 very cheap, tluTe is little occasion 
 for gold and silver coins — a more 
 minute subdivision of value being 
 required; the whole rents are con- 
 sequently paid in cowries, which are 
 the medium also of eonmiercial 
 transactions. lormcrly large boats 
 were built here for the royal fkti 
 stationed at Dacca, and square-rig- 
 ged vessels have also been occasion- 
 ally constructed. The chief export 
 
750 
 
 SIMOGA. 
 
 from Silhcf is chiiuam or lime, 
 which is ibiiiid in inexhaustible quan- 
 tities; and from hence Calcutta, and 
 the most remote stations in Eeng^al, 
 are furnished with that article. An- 
 other principal export is cargoes of 
 oranges — a considerable iraet of 
 country consisting almost entirely of 
 orange plantations, the fruir of which 
 sells on the spot at 1000 for a ru- 
 pee. The other productions are 
 aguru or fragrant aloe wood, and a 
 manufactme of wild silk, named 
 muggadooties. Great numbers of 
 elephants arc also caught in this 
 district, but their cpiality are infe- 
 rior to those caught near the sea 
 coast. Silliet and Azmcrigunge arc 
 the chief to\\ns, and the Soormah 
 and Megna the principal rivers. In 
 1801, when an investigation respect- 
 ing the popidation of Bengal took 
 j)lace, this district was found to con- 
 tain 492,495 inhabitants, in the pro- 
 portion of two Mahomniedans to 
 three Hindoos. {J.Graiit, Heimel, ^x.) 
 
 SiLHET. — A town in the province 
 of Eengal, the capital of a district 
 of the same name. Lat. 24°. 55'. N. 
 Long. 91°. 40'. E. The travelling 
 distance from Calcutta to Silhet is 
 325 miles, but the direct distance 
 only 260. 
 
 SiLLAH-MEW. — A large town in 
 the Birman empire, situated on tlie 
 east side of the Inawaddy. Lat. 
 20°. 50'. N. Long. 94°. 30'. i']. 
 
 This is a large town, and remark- 
 able for its mam)factures of silk, the 
 raw material for which is procured 
 ftom the province of Yunan in Chi- 
 na. 'I'hc colours are bright and 
 beautiful, but do not appear durable ; 
 the texture is close and strong. It 
 is said to wear much longer than 
 any China or Hindostany fabric ; but 
 the price is proportionally high. 
 
 Sillah-mew is a handsome town, 
 shaded by wide-spreading trees, and 
 embellished with several temples. 
 The soil is in general poor ; but some 
 of the fields arc regularly fenced, 
 and there are luimerous herds of 
 cattle in the neighbourhood. {Sijnies, 
 
 SiLLEE. — A town in the province 
 of Bahar, district of Clmta Nagpoor, 
 70 miles W.N.W. from Calcutta. 
 Lat. 23°. 20'. N. Long. 85°. 55'. E. 
 
 SiMLASORE. — A town ill the Ra- 
 jah of Nagpoor's territories, in the 
 province of Gundwana, 87 miles S.E, 
 from the citv of Nagjioor. Lat. 20°. 
 29'. N. Long. 80°. 55'. E. 
 
 SiMOGA, {Siva Mogaif). — A town 
 in the Mysore Kajah's territories, 
 122 miles N. W. from Seringapatam. 
 Lat. 13°. 51'. N. Long. 75°. 35'. E. 
 
 The fortifications of this place are 
 not strong. The Kiver Tunga in the 
 rains washes the eastern wall, in 
 which iace there is no ditch. Each 
 angle of the fort has a cavalier tow- 
 er, and there are three small tow'crs 
 in each face of tlie curtain, where a 
 luimber of jinjals and swivels are 
 mounted; but the rampart is too 
 narrow for large guns. In this neigFi- 
 boTirhood the manufacture of cotton 
 cloth begins; for there is none fa- 
 bricated to tlie M estv^ ard. The wet 
 lands here are generally of a light 
 soil, and, at the entrance into the 
 open country, the latcrite seems to 
 terminate. The breed of cattle in 
 this vicinity begins to improve, when 
 compaied with that to the west. 
 During Hyder's reign he brought 
 carpenters to Simoga, from IManga- 
 lore, and built a number of lighters 
 about eight tons burthen; but they 
 proved of no soit of use. 
 
 In 1790, on the plain near to this 
 place, a battle was fought between 
 Purseram Bhow and Mahommed 
 Reza, usually called the Binky Na- 
 bob, or burning lord ; being, on ac- 
 count of his activity, generally em- 
 ployed by the sultan to lay waste 
 the country. In this action the Ma- 
 harattas had scarcely any thing to 
 do — the Mhole brunt of the engage- 
 ment falling on the Bombay detach- 
 ment under Captain Little, which, 
 at the commencement of the battle, 
 only mustered 760 men. The ene- 
 my's force never was actually ascer- 
 tained, but probably approached 
 10,000 men. 
 
 At tlus time Simoga contained 
 
SINDE. 
 
 75 r 
 
 G,000 houses, flu; whole of which 
 were destroyed by the Maharattas ; 
 tlie women wore lavisheil, and llie 
 handsomest carried away. Such of 
 the men as fell into the hands of the 
 Maharattas were killed, and oftliose 
 who escaped the sword a larj^e pro- 
 portion perished by htinger. Th(\se 
 rnffiaiis did not even spare the ku- 
 ♦lali S\\ ami, who is the 2:ooroo (hip;!! 
 jmest) of all the IVIaharatta IJrah- 
 mins of the Sinartal sect, and by 
 tliem considered as an actnal in- 
 carnation of the deity. They plun- 
 dered and burned his matam or col- 
 lege, which so enrairf^d the ])ontiff 
 that he threatened them with ex- 
 communication, an»l A\as only pa- 
 cified by a present from the Peshwa 
 of 400,000 rupees; half of which 
 Tippoo extorted from him and paid 
 to Lord Cornwallis, on account of 
 the fine imposed at the treaty of 
 Seringapatam. This unfortunate city 
 was again completely plundered in 
 1798 ; but, having since enjoyed a 
 respite from the ravages of war, it 
 has recovered considerably its wealth 
 and population. ( F. Buchanan, 
 Mom; <^-c. .Vc.) 
 
 SiNCAPooR, {Sbigapura). — A town 
 situated on a sn)all island, at the 
 southern extremity of the Malay 
 peninsula. Lat. 1°. 24'. N. Long, 
 104°. E. 
 
 The straits of Sincapoor are form- 
 ed by a cluster of iniunnerablc little 
 islands, which are co\cred with 
 wood, have a great variety in their 
 sha^)es, and are indented on all sides 
 witli little bays and sandy coacs, 
 where abundance ot the finest turtle 
 resort. The passage between these 
 islands is in some pai ts \ ery narrow, 
 yet the water is clear ajid deep. The 
 apj)earance of a fleet of ships, w hilc 
 winding through this romantic group 
 of islets, lias a very picturesque cl- 
 fect, while the small boats of the na- 
 tives are l)Iyiug backwards and for- 
 wards with refreshments, particularly 
 of turtle, one of which, weighing 
 three or 400 pounds, may be pur- 
 chased for a couple of dollars. At 
 <he eastern mouth of the straits of 
 
 Sincapoor lies a rock, named by the 
 Portitguese I'edrabranca,on account 
 of its being covered witli the white 
 excr«'ment of birds. Here the China 
 Seas commence; and sliips general- 
 ly take a departures from this rock, 
 or from Point Komania, when pro- 
 ceeding on to Canton. 
 
 The town and j)rin.'ip;dity of Sin- 
 capoor wi-re founded by :ulventurers, 
 who originally migrated from tlie 
 Island of Sumatra. {Jo/insun, 3/ars- 
 den, St.) 
 
 ^l>iDE.—{Sin(lhu.) 
 
 A large province of Hindostan, 
 formerly included in that of I\lool- 
 tan, and situated on both sides of 
 the Indus, between the 23d and 
 28th degrees of north latitude. The 
 general boundaries of this pro\ineey 
 including Tatla, are jVIooltan and 
 Afghanistan on the north; Culchand 
 the sea to the south; on the east it 
 has Ajmeer, the Sandy Deser^ and 
 Cutch ; and on tlie west the se;i, and 
 the mountains of Halooehistan. Jti 
 lengtli it may be estimated at 300 
 miles, by 80 miles the average 
 breacltii, and it is intersected in a 
 diagonal line throughout its wliole 
 extent by the river Indus, which 
 afi'ords moisture to the husbandman, 
 and to the merchant an excellent 
 inland navigation, only excelled by 
 that of Bengal. 
 
 . t)n the north Sinde adjoins the 
 country of Hehawal Khan, and the 
 fort of Sulizul. Proceeding lioni 
 thence; south, the country is piis- 
 sess(^d by an infinite number of petty 
 chiefs, who are in general tributai-y 
 to the Ameers of Sinde. The names 
 of the princij)al districts on the east- 
 ern bank, proceeding fiom the 
 norlli to the south, ;ire Ehoongbaree. 
 Durelee, Loheree, Khvrpour, and 
 Puhhuicc. 'J'lie boundaries ot thest; 
 districts are, the Sandy Desert and 
 the country of .lesselmere to the east. 
 
 Eurther south are the tort of 
 Deenghnr, 40 miles fnim KInrpoor, 
 tilt districts uf Kooudceyainy, \ous- 
 
75-2 
 
 SINDE. 
 
 hehrce reroze, Punooclic, and Su- 
 tlaya, Nonuhuiya Kohinco, Klioo- 
 jnr, Juneojeo, Lakal, Shadapoor, 
 Halakuiidy, Novejanee, Kakabcga- 
 rco (tl))ony;li wliich Hows li branch 
 of the Indus), Nussurua, jRopa, and 
 Nusscrpoor, and the I'andec of lUa- 
 hyar Khan, tioni which Jesselmere 
 is distant about IGO miles <o the 
 eastward. Of tliPse disUicts the 
 Sandy Dcseit forms tiie eastern 
 bomidaries. 
 
 At the Tandec of Iliahyar Khan, 
 tlie branch of the Indus, named the 
 Fuhdec conmieiices, and lions in a 
 S. W. direction loSeidpoor, when it 
 rejoins tiio main stream, after I'orni- 
 ing the insular district of Killec, 
 named also the Doabch, the hills of 
 Jaree and Canja, the fort of Hjdcr- 
 abad, with Seidpoor and some other 
 viila<;cs. On the eastern bank of 
 the J'ulalee is situated the district of 
 Chuckurhalec. 
 
 The branch of the Inilalee, named 
 the Goonce, takes its rise near the 
 village of Seidpoor; to the eastward 
 of it is situated the district of Chach- 
 gam, which yielded, when possessed 
 by the Calories, a revenue of four 
 lacks of rupees, which is now re- 
 duced to two. Also the district of 
 Koodara, villages of fiuhna, Sayek- 
 poor, Dholee, and the district of 
 Pulujar, and the islands of AVah and 
 Alibukeer. These arc bounded on 
 the east by the Sandy Desert. 
 
 The district of Khyrpoor is si- 
 taated on a branch of the Goonee; 
 the fort of lllyabad is 10 miles dist- 
 ant, and Futtyghar 40 miles dist- 
 ant from Khyrpoor. The fort of 
 Parkin-, situated on the borders of 
 the Joudpoor temtories, is 110 miles 
 to the eastward of Hyderabad, Is- 
 lauipoor 50 miles from Khjipoor, 
 Alighnr 40 miles from Khyrjtoor, 
 and Shahgur 80 miles from Khyr- 
 poor. Amercote, now belonging to 
 Joudpoor; the districts of JMajur 
 .lamee and Kitec, a fort on the bor- 
 ders of the Sandy Desert; the dis- 
 tricts of Doka, Behrampoor, Ameer- 
 poor, and Bhoondea. 
 
 On the west bank of the Indus, 
 
 Sinde is bounded to the north by the 
 Shekarpoor district, of wlxi* h a con- 
 siderable portion of the southern 
 quarter is held iiy the Sinde chiefs. 
 Proceeding from thence south are the 
 districts of Noushelira, Eerkapoor, 
 Khanua, Ladgoonee, Kumburgun- 
 dee, iVIeil, Nalookyhaiipoor,Nalume- 
 du, Chandye, formerly included in 
 the pro\ ince of Ciiandookee ; wiiich 
 province, during the government of 
 the Calnries, is said to have yielded a 
 revenue of IG lacks of rupees, now 
 redaccd to four. 'Ihe villages of 
 Jicsau and Ploojrce, the small dis- 
 trict of Jance Duny, and an ishmd 
 formed by the Naree, a branch of 
 the main stream, containing the dis- 
 tricts of Nuggcn Bhagban, Khoda- 
 bad, Wu( hoolee. Jamtauee, and 
 Kurreempoor. 
 
 The districts situated to the west- 
 ward of liic Naiee are Kaclia, Bhoo- 
 bak, Juiigar, Bazar ; a hill, 100 miles 
 from Corachie, besides nmnerous 
 small tillages, occupied by Ba- 
 loochees, ana other migratory tribes, 
 'i'iie district of 'i'harn, from which 
 Corachie is said to be 60 miles dist- 
 ant, is j)Ossessed by the Nomurdies, 
 wiio have also half the district of 
 Shal. Pile districts of Jurukhee, 
 Sonda, and many smaller ones, are 
 adjacent to Tatta. The Sita and its 
 streams, and the Nusscrpoor and Na- 
 ree branches of the Indus, are said 
 to be now dried up. 
 
 A great part of this province, lying 
 to tlie westward of the coniines 
 v\'here the monsoon ceases, is a bar- 
 ren sterile soil, and totally unpro- 
 ductive, from tiie absence of mois- 
 ture. Easterly from the meridian 
 of 67°. 40'. the land near to the Indus 
 appears capable of the highest de- 
 gree of iinproveiaeut; but to tho 
 northward ot Tatta, and a small dist- 
 ance to the westward of that river, 
 the country is mountainous, rocky, 
 barren, and tliinly inhabia'd. lu 
 the montJis of June ar.d July the 
 thermometer ranges from 90°. to 100°. 
 but die air in the northern parts of 
 Sindee is so pure, and so much 
 reheshcd by tiic cooiuig breezes ■ 
 
SINQK. 
 
 753 
 
 from llie woslward, lli'ht Ihc heftt is 
 not excessive. About Hydeiiibud 
 the eliniate is healthy, and the air, 
 in tlie month ot'Auj^iist, r«markably 
 clear, tlie tliU'erence of refraction in 
 astrononiieal^obsQrvations beinjj; then 
 •scarcely pc'iitejttible. 
 
 The Imhis^from the city of Tat < a 
 to a branfh called tlic Toiicly, has 
 from t\v:c».-to two and a half fathoms 
 of water'; ofl'I'atta it has thn?e, fonr, 
 and more frequently five fathoms, 
 V;ith a muddy bottom. The banks 
 ift the pro^ ince about Hyderabad are 
 in g'cueral well culti\a1ed, except 
 ^' where the Ameers ha^ c made cnclo- 
 y.y sures to confine <;anie ; but these arc 
 so numerous and extensive as to oc- 
 cupy many of the most valuable spots 
 of land. In the mouth of August it 
 lias generally tMo and three fathoms 
 of water, but during tJie fair season 
 it is dried up. Tlie Goonee is much 
 the same as the Folickly, with re- 
 spect to inhabitants and cultivation, 
 J)ut has less water on an average, 
 being only from one and a half to two 
 fathoms. It is also much narrower, 
 contracting in many places to 30 
 yards, and can only be termed navi- 
 gable ill the month of August. 
 
 I'he cultivation of Siude depends 
 on the periodical rains, and the pro- 
 cess of irrigation by mean.s of canals 
 and water-courses. During the swell- 
 ing of the river grain and other seeds 
 are raised ; the remainder of the year 
 is employed in the production of in- 
 digo, sngar-eanes, huldee, ike. <kc. 
 Every beegah of land, watered by a 
 canal or wheel, pays a revenue of 
 from one and a (piarter to three and 
 a half rupees to the government: 
 one wheel is capable of v atering 16 
 beegahs. A duty of one rupee is also 
 levied on each khun\var(l"iO pounds) 
 of grain reaped by the farmer. 
 
 Garden land producing fruit trees 
 pays two and a half rup«'es per bee- 
 gah to g()\ ernment, and the .spring 
 crop of tobacco yields a revenue of 
 four and a half rupees per beegah. 
 The land revenue on raw sugar is 
 collected in kind, and is rated at four 
 and a half rupees per beegah. These 
 
 3 c 
 
 ex'actionsMo not end Iiere"; for on all 
 the productions of the earth duties 
 are subsequently collected at the 
 markets, and articles pajing duty in 
 one district are not thereby exempt- 
 ed from fresh extortions if transport- 
 ed to another. It generally happens 
 that the sum total of tlie duties and 
 customs levied by the officers of go- 
 vernment greatly exceeds the ori- 
 ginal prime c«st of the articles. When 
 boats arrive at Tatta a tax is exacted 
 proportionate to the sum expended 
 on their constniction. 
 
 The principal articles of home pro- 
 duce exported from Sinde arc rice, 
 ghee, hides, shark tins, pot-ash, salt- 
 petre, assafoetida, b'dellium, madda, 
 liankinccnsc, Tatta cloths, horses, in- 
 digo, oleaginous, and other seeds. 
 AJIum, musk, and horses, are im- 
 ported from Moollan and the coun- 
 tries to the nortliward for re-export- 
 ation. The other imports into Sindo 
 are tin, iron, lead, steel, ivory, Eu- 
 ropean manufactures, sandal and 
 other scented woods, from the south 
 of India; swords and carpels from 
 Khorasan and Candahar; silk and 
 other articles from the Persian Gulf. 
 The Mooltany merchants settled iit 
 Sinde arc the principal traders, and 
 the wealthiest part of the connnu- 
 nity. 
 
 The exports from Sinde to Bom- 
 bay arc shark fins and flesh, b'del- 
 lium, ghee, pot-ash, saltpetre, hides, 
 oil of sesame, wheat, assafoetida, mu- 
 jeet, sirshif oil, raisins, almonds, co- 
 louring plants, pistachio flowers and 
 nuts, shawls, cloths, mustard, A\i!d 
 saflron, black cummin seed from 
 Kerman, white cummin seed, chintz- 
 es both from Sinde and Khorasan. 
 The imports to Sinde from Bombay 
 are white sugar, sugar-candy, steel, 
 iron, tin, tutenague, lead, cochineal, 
 betel nut, black pej)per, dried cocoa 
 nuts, Vermillion, red lead, quicksil- 
 ver, Bengal and China silks aud 
 cloths, cinnamon, cardamoms, cloves, 
 nutmeg, sandal wood, ginger, china- 
 Avare, pearls, aloes, and aniuttas. 
 
 To Muscat are exported dressed 
 leather, rice, wheat, sirshif oil, ghee. 
 
754 
 
 SINDE. 
 
 li'dcilinm, cliinlzns, and other cloths. 
 The imports from Muscat lo Sindc 
 arc dates, limes, roses, Ghilaun silk, 
 elephants' teeth, pearls, almonds, 
 preserved fruit, cowries, slaves, arse- 
 nic, senna from Mecca, quince seeds, 
 and gum. 'J'he imports to Sinde 
 ^iom Cuteh are cotton, sinitf, un- 
 wronght iron found in Cutch, and 
 <Iic small Arabian aloe. The inter- 
 coTuse between this j>rovince and the 
 covmtries to the northward is chietly 
 carried on by means of the Indus, 
 which is navii;ahle lor small vessels 
 to a great distance from the sea. 
 There are no established land cara- 
 vans from Sinde to Mooltan and Ca- 
 bul, but an intercourse is carried on 
 by merchants and travellers. The 
 East India Company had formerly 
 a faj7tory, and carried on a consider- 
 able trade in the province of Sinde ; 
 but it was withdrawn, probably 
 owing to the disorderly state and 
 poverty of the country. An unsuc- 
 cessful attempt was recently made 
 by the Company from Bombay to 
 renew the connnereial intercourse. 
 
 Commerce and agriculture of all 
 deRcrij)tions have rajndly declined 
 since the accession of the present ra- 
 pacious rulers of Sinde. 'llie duties 
 levied on foreign and domestic trade 
 are estimated at two-thirds of the ca- 
 pital of the merchant and mechanic; 
 and the cultivator is compelled to 
 sell his grain at a low price to go- 
 vernment, by which it is monopo- 
 lized, and subsequently resold at an 
 c\or]ntant profit. In aildition to 
 this extensive tracts of the best land 
 on the banks of the Indus are set 
 apart and converted tt> desolate 
 wastes and jungles for the preserva- 
 iion of game, the Ameers being un- 
 fortunately most passionately addict- 
 ed to hunting. I'he British embassy, 
 in 1809, saw scarcely any thing de- 
 .scrving the iiameof cultivadon fn)m 
 Corachie to ilelliah, on llic road lo 
 Hyderabad, a distance of ni-arly 150 
 Diih'S. 
 
 The internal government of Sinde 
 is a niliitary despotism, the suprcnic 
 authority bejns vested in three bro- 
 
 thers of the Talpoony family, whose 
 names areMeer Gholaum Ali, Meer 
 Kurreem Ali, and Meer jNIurad Ali. 
 The eldest brother, I\Ieer Gholaum 
 Ali, has the title of hakim, or ruler 
 of Sinde, and is considered as the 
 head of the government. There are 
 two brothers of the reigning family, 
 Meer Sohrab and Meer Thara, who, 
 although not ostensibly partakers of 
 the supreme authority, possess large 
 tracts of territory, and exercise every 
 iunction of sovereignty within their 
 respective limits. 
 
 'i'iiese Ameers belong to the Ma- 
 hommedan sect of Sheeas, but they 
 are remarkably tolerant, both to the 
 Soonees and to the followers of the 
 Bralnninical doctrines. The Ma- 
 hommedan inhabitat)ts compose tJie 
 military strengtii of the country ; 
 and, during the intervals of peace, 
 arc employed as husbandmen, arti- 
 ficers, and menial servants — the inter- 
 nal commerce of the country being 
 almost exclusively carried on by the 
 Hindoo part of the population. Al- 
 though Sinde is now but scantily 
 peopled, it appears, at some former 
 period, to have been much more 
 thickly settled and inhabited; and 
 the extraordinary number of tombs 
 and burial grounds scattered over 
 the country, where no population is 
 at present seen, is quite remarkable, 
 IVom Tatta to near Hyderabad the 
 country' is almost destitute of human 
 beings, tJiere being only one village 
 on the whole route. 
 
 The armies of Sinde are collected 
 frotn the various tribes who hold 
 lands by a military teiuire from the 
 Ameeis, at whose summons they are 
 obliged to bring their quotas into the 
 field. These tribes are reckoned 42 
 in lunnber; many of whom have re- 
 tained their distinctive appellations 
 since the first Mahommedan inva- 
 sion, and consisted principally of ad- 
 venturers, who descended from the 
 lofty mountains of Baloochistan into 
 the plains of Sindc, with the excep- 
 tion of tJic Jokia and Jhut tribes, 
 which are both of Sindean origin. 
 The Ameers of Sinde, collectively, 
 
SINDE. 
 
 755 
 
 can bring into tlic field an army of 
 36,000 men, composed of irregular 
 cavahy, armed witJi matcliloeks, 
 swords, and shields, and intended 
 to act as infantry whenever circnm- 
 staiices require it. It is not unusual 
 for the M hole army of Sinde to dis- 
 mount and fight on foot. The Ua- 
 loochees are reckoned good marks- 
 men, but not susceptible of disci- 
 pline. The pay of a common soldier 
 in the field is fixe pice per day, in- 
 cluding his provisions ; during peace 
 he receives an allowance of about 
 one and a half pounds of rice per 
 diem. The Sindean cavalry are but 
 indiflferently mounted; and, although 
 stouter, are not such good swords- 
 men as the natives of Hindostan. 
 The infantry resemble the Persian 
 and Arabs, and, like most Hindos- 
 tany soldiers, are overloaded with 
 arms; besides a sword, shield, and 
 dagger, the cavalry carry match- 
 locks. 
 
 The revenues of Sinde, during the 
 Calorie government, were estimated 
 at 80 lacks of rupees per annum, but 
 are now reduced, in consequence of 
 the rapacity and ignorance of the 
 present rulers, to 42 lacks;" from 
 which should be deducted the Cabui 
 tribute of 12 lacks, which is liable to 
 be enforced should that state reco- 
 ver from the eflects of its internal 
 discord. 
 
 After the death of Meer Futteh 
 Ali his surviving three brothers di- 
 vided the territorial possessions and 
 revenues; the eldest, Meer Gholaum 
 Ali, receiving one half as the osten- 
 sible head of tlu! government, and 
 being bound to defiay the perma- 
 nent, civil, and military expenses of 
 the state. These charges, however, 
 arc inconsiderable, as, during a ces- 
 sion of external hostilities, very few 
 soldiers are retained ; as in many 
 other of the eastern principalities the 
 hoarding of treasure is a favourite 
 maxim of state policy, the amount 
 of specie deposited in the different 
 forts throughout the country is con- 
 sequently supposed to be very great, 
 a small proportion of what is re- 
 3c 2 
 
 ceived being ever permitted again to 
 circulate. 
 
 The districts subject to the autho- 
 rity of Meer Solirab are situated in 
 the north-east quarter of Sinde, and 
 yield a revenue of about five and a 
 half lacks of rupees per annum. His 
 government is described as milder, 
 and more favourable to agriculture 
 and commerce, than that of the prin- 
 cipal Ameers. His troops are com- 
 puted at four or 5000 men. 
 
 The authority' of Meer Thara ex- 
 tends over the districts on the east- 
 ern banks of the Indus; his revenue 
 does not exceed thiee lacks of ru- 
 pees, but his country is improving, 
 and his troops amount to GOOO men. 
 He was some years ago defeated 
 and taken prisoner by Meer Gho- 
 laum Ali ; but, at the solicitation of 
 the otlier Ameers, released, and his 
 tenitories restored; 
 
 The customs and revenues of Sinde 
 are farmed to private persons ; and 
 the Ameers, Mith the view of crea- 
 ting competition generally, remove 
 the farmers annually, and they, hav- 
 ing consequently no interest in the 
 improvement of the country, di- 
 rect their attention to the realizing 
 the greatest possible profit within 
 the period of their contract. In 
 effecting this object they are guilty 
 of many extortions, of wliieli the 
 Ameers subsequently avail them- 
 selves, as a pretext for confiscating 
 whatever property they may have ac- 
 cunudated. 
 
 Aujong the local customs, in some 
 degiee peculiar to Sinde, the follo\v- 
 ing may be mentioned : If a person 
 finding a thief in his house use force 
 to drive him away, and in the con- 
 test eitlier is killed, no inquiry is 
 made. It often happens that vil- 
 lages are attacked by tliieves ; if iu 
 the conflict any are killed, no inqui- 
 ries are made ; but if they :ue taken 
 prisoners, and then put to death, the 
 parties are subjected to trial. Thieves 
 taken in a contest of this kind are 
 brought before a magistrate, who ex- 
 amines the transaction, and compels 
 them to restore the property, or im- 
 
756 SINDE. 
 
 poses a heavy fine, whicli, if they are 
 unable to pay, they sulFer death. 
 One fourth of all property recovered 
 belongs to the government. If ei- 
 ther a denizen or a foreigner die, 
 leaving a son or brother, his proper- 
 ty devolves to them. If he leaves a 
 wife with child, and the child prove 
 a son, he succeeds to tiie property, 
 otherwise it is seized fur the state. 
 A daughter only receives a certain 
 allowance from her fatiier's property; 
 and a widow is merely entitled to 
 her jewels, &:c. or to a pecuniary 
 compensation of 100 rupees. 
 
 The men of Sinde are generally 
 of a middle size, well made, and 
 more robust than the more southern 
 natives of India. 'I'heir complexions 
 are very tawny, with dark eyes and 
 eye-brows, and inieommonly good 
 teeth; hke the Seiks, they allow 
 their hair to grow. The Mahom- 
 medans are all Soonees, and most of 
 them of the sect of Haneefee ; but 
 they have few religions prejudices, 
 nor do their females suffer any strict 
 seclusion. The dancing girls in 
 Sinde are, in figure, maimers, and 
 appearance, superior to those com- 
 monly seen in Hindostan. 
 
 The Sinde province generally 
 swarms with mendicants in a state 
 of the utmost misery; but here also, 
 as in other Mahommedan countries, 
 . are seen a class of sturdy beggars 
 pretending to be Seids, or descend- 
 ants of the prophet, who demand 
 charity in the most insolent and ar- 
 rogant manner. They frequently go 
 about solicifing alms in ])arties of 
 seven or eight on horseback, well 
 dressed, armed, and mounted, and 
 Iiaving a green flag carried before 
 them. When their demands are not 
 gratified they bestow abusive lan- 
 guage with the most liberal profu- 
 sion. 
 
 The province of Sinde was the first 
 conquest in Hindostan efleeted by 
 the Maliommedans, w hich long pre- 
 ceded their invasions by the route of 
 Attock and Lahore. The Khali f 
 A\\ sent a general, who effected some 
 uitling conquests on the borders of 
 
 Sinde. Moavyeh sent twice his ge- 
 neral Amir or llamir ; but, after long 
 and bloody conflicts, he was forced to 
 desist. Under the Khalif Walid the 
 conquest was at last effected by Ma- 
 hommed Casim, in the year of the 
 Hijera 99; but, on account of the 
 distance and the natural strength of 
 the country, it did not long remain 
 attached to the Khaliphat. Subse- 
 quently to this there appears to have 
 existed two contemporaneous au- 
 thorities iu Sinde; the one a Rajpoot 
 family, and the other a jMahom- 
 medan ; the latter probably converted 
 from the Hindoo faith, both of which 
 assumed the title of Jam. The Lom- 
 ra, a Rajpoot race, are said to have 
 retained possession for the long pe- 
 riod of 500 years ; after which it was 
 successively occupied by different 
 cliiefs; one of whom,MirzaEesau,of 
 the Turkannee tribe, having called 
 in the Portuguese to his assistance 
 against the soubahdar of Mooltan, 
 they plundered the city of Tatta, 
 which was then the seat of goveni- 
 meiit. 
 
 Sinde remained with the Turkan- 
 iiees until the reign of Acber, who 
 dispatched an army by the w-ay of 
 Sewistan, which succeeded in effect- 
 ing its conquest ; and from that era 
 it became tributary to the Delhi em- 
 perors, who conducted the admini- 
 stration through the medium of sou- 
 bahdars resident at Mooltan and 
 Tatta. About A.D, 173T, during 
 the alarm excited by the threatened 
 invasion of Hindostan, Mahommed 
 Abassee Caloree, of Sewee, availed 
 himself of the apprehensions of the 
 soubahdar of Sinde, and influenced 
 him to resign the government into 
 his hands for three lacks of rupees, 
 which he promised him, but never 
 paid. In 1739 Nadir Shah defeated 
 the Caloree chiefs, and obliged them 
 to take refuge in the fortress of 
 Ameicote on the borders of the de- 
 sert, but he afterwards permitted 
 them to retain the government as 
 tributaries. 
 
 Mahommed Abassee Caloree died 
 iu 1771, and was succeeded by sevc- 
 
SINDKERA. 
 
 757 
 
 ral piinocs of the same family milil 
 1783, uIk'u llioy Mere exjielled by 
 the 'I'alpooipe IiHjc, and the piosnit 
 reitiniiij;- family established on the 
 throne. 'J'he survixin^ rej)rescnta- 
 tive of the Caiorces had recourse to 
 Timoiir Shah of Cabul, who, under 
 prelenee of reinslutinjj him, com- 
 menced a \v;ir against the Tulporec 
 Ameers ; but afterwards desisted for 
 an annntd tribute of 12 laei<s of ru- 
 pees, which was rcjfidarly paid until 
 the death of that sovereii^ii in 1792. 
 On tliis event it w as reduced to se- 
 ven lacks of rupees, and subsequent- 
 ly during the internal dissensions of 
 his successors wilhiield altogether. 
 The Ameers of Ninde, being thus re- 
 lieved from all fears on the side of 
 Cabid, began to encroach on their 
 iieighboius, wrested Corachic fiom 
 the chief of lialoochistan, and ex- 
 tended their frontiers on the side of 
 Shekarpoor and Ajmeer, 
 
 The neighbouring chiefs with 
 whom the Ameers maintain a poli- 
 tical intercourse are, the Kajah of 
 Joudpoor; the Nabob of Behawul- 
 poor ; Mahmood Khan, the chief of 
 Baloochistan; the Jenmiadar of 
 Cutch ; and Aleer Khan Lais, the 
 chief of the petty state of Soonneaiiy, 
 in IMekran. I'he territories of the 
 last-mentioned chief, who is tribu- 
 tary to Baloochistan and inimical to 
 Sindc, occupy the sea-coast 1o the 
 north west of Coracliic. In 1809 an 
 envoy from Jeswunt Row Holkar 
 arrived at Kitce, the; residence of 
 INlecr Thara, tor the purpose of pro- 
 posing a union between his master, 
 the sovereign of Persia, and the 
 I'rcneh, against liie JJritish; but (he 
 pro|)osal A\ as not favourably recei\ ed. 
 
 'J'he natiual resources of Sindc are 
 considerable, and would, under an 
 improved system of government, 
 render its chiefs extremely po^\ erful 
 and dangerous to their neighbours 
 to the north and w est ; but this pro- 
 \ince, although properly belonging 
 to Hindostan, is so detached from it 
 by the great Sandy Desert which 
 b(mnds it to the east, that it takes 
 110 part in its poUtics. No change, 
 
 liowcvcr, for the better is to be ex- 
 pected ^^ bile the country continues 
 under Ihe sm ay of its present igno- 
 rant and rapacious rul- rs. {Smif/i, 
 Max field, Jiennd, Abiil Fazcl, \-c.) 
 
 Si'ndk Fiver, {Sindliu). — This ri- 
 ver has its source iu the high table 
 land ofthe Malwah proviiue, to Ihe 
 west of Seronge; and, after a wind- 
 ing course, falls iuio the Jumna, 
 ah(mt six miles to the north of 
 Calpee. 
 
 SiXDE Sagor. — A district in the 
 Seik territories, in the pro\iuce of 
 Lahore, situated principally between 
 the 31st and 32d degiees of north 
 latitude. It is bounded on Ihre*; 
 sides — by the Indus, tiie Ravey, and 
 theJhylum; and, on the north, by 
 the mountains of Joud. IJy', Abul 
 Fazel, in 1582, it is described as 
 follow s : 
 
 " Sircar Sindh Sagor, containg 42 
 mahals; measurement, 1,409,979 bee* 
 gahs; revenue, 51,912,201 danjs. 
 Seyurghal 4,680 dams. 'I'his sircar 
 furnishes 8,553 cavalry, and 09,700 
 infantry." 
 
 Sinde Singh is the term by which 
 tjie inhabitants of the districts un- 
 der the Seiks, bordering on Ihe In- 
 dus, are known; and Nakai Singh 
 is the name given fo the Seiks who 
 reside in the province of Mooltan. 
 Wilh the leaders of the Seiks of 
 these provinces, the extent of their 
 posses.':ious, or the climate and ])ro- 
 duetious of the country under tneir 
 rule, we are little acquainted. Those 
 in jVIooltan, as well as tho.se settled 
 along the banks of the Jhylum, are 
 said to be constantly engaged in i)re- 
 datory warfari", either with tiie of- 
 ficers of the Afghan goveiument, or 
 other Mahonnnedan chiefs, who 
 have jaghires in this neighbourhood. 
 {Sir J. Malcolm, Abul Fazel, ifc.) 
 
 SiNDiA. — See Ooj.MN. 
 
 SiNDooKV. — A town in the terri- 
 tories of the Nagpoor Rajah, in the 
 province of Gundwana, 11 miles S. 
 i)V E. from Ruttanpoor. Lat. 22°. 
 7'. X. Long. 82°. 40'. L. 
 
 SiNDKF.RA. — A town in the Maha- 
 ratta territories, iu the province of 
 
758 
 
 SINKEL. 
 
 Khandesh, 107 miles west from 
 Boorhanpoor. Lat 21°. 11'. N. 
 Long. 74°. 40'. E. 
 
 SiNGBOOlst, fSingha-hhima, the 
 Land of Lions). — A district in the 
 province of Orissa, situated between 
 the 22d and 23d degrees of north 
 latitude, and bounded on three sides 
 by tlie districts of Chula Nagpoor, 
 Miduapoor, and Mohurbunge ; and, 
 on the south, by tliat of Kunjenr. 
 
 The zemindars in this and other 
 districts tributary to the Mafiarattas 
 on the frontiers of Midnapoor, and 
 beyond the Company's territories, 
 are many of them robbers by pro- 
 fession, and keep robbers in their 
 pay. They are imder no controul, 
 being themselves magistrates vvitli 
 unlimited powers. They used for- 
 merly to make depredatory incur- 
 sions into the British tenitories. 
 
 SiNGBooM. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Orissa, district of Sing- 
 boom, possessed by zemindars, who 
 occasionally pay tribute <o the Nag- 
 poor Mahaiattas. Lat. 22°. 37'. N. 
 Long. 85°. 55'. E. 
 
 SiNGEPooRUM. — A town possessed 
 by independent chiefs, in the pro- 
 vince of Orissa, 50 miles E. by S. 
 from Bustar. Lat. 19°. 35'. N. Long. 
 83°. 24'. E. 
 
 Sing HE A. — A town in the province 
 of Bahar, district of Hajypoor, si- 
 tuated on the east side of Uie River 
 Gunduck. Lat. 26°. 62', N. Long. 
 86°. 15'. E. 
 
 Near to Singhea is the site of an 
 ancient city, where a remarkable 
 pillar stands ; and, two days' jour- 
 ney up the Gunduck River, near a 
 place called Kesserah, is a remark- 
 able edifice, which appears to have 
 been originally a cylinder placed on 
 the frustrum of a cone, for the pur- 
 pose of being seen at a distance. Both 
 the cone and cylinder are of bricks, 
 and appear solid througiiout. The 
 folloviing are the dimensions : 
 
 Feet. 
 Diameterof tiie cylindrical part C4 
 Height of the cylinder - - - 65 
 Height of conic frustnim on ^ ^^ 
 Khich the cylinder is placed - J 
 
 Diameter of the cone at the ) __- 
 base r^e 
 
 For what purpose these extraordin- 
 aiy columns were originally intend- 
 ed, it is impossible now to tell. 
 (Burrow, ^c.) 
 
 SlNGHERICONDA. — A towTi in the 
 Northern Camatic, 20 miles south 
 from Ongole. Lat. 15°. 14'. Long. 
 80°. 2'. E. 
 
 SiNGRowLA. — A district in the 
 provirkce of Gundwana, situated 
 about the 24th degree of north lati- 
 tude, and bounded on the east by 
 the distiict of Palamow in Bahar. 
 
 The Singrowla Rajah's territory 
 begins on the N.W. at a naiTOW de- 
 file on the Bickei7 Hills, called Bul- 
 ghaut. In this district, between the 
 hills, are extensive vallies, but wild 
 and uncultivated, and frequently 
 covered with forests. A few small 
 villages are scattered over the fac*^ 
 of the country, in the vicinity of 
 which some cultivation is seen — ^but 
 the land generally is very desolate. 
 Iron is found in abundance, the price 
 being from one and a halftotwoand 
 a half rupees per 80 pounds, accord- 
 ing to the quality. In this miserable 
 region several Hindoo mythological 
 excavations and images have been 
 discovered ; but of very inferior ex- 
 ecution, when compared with those 
 of the Deccan or south of India. 
 Singhrowla is still possessed by va- 
 rious petty independent native chiefs, 
 the principal of whom is the Rajah 
 of Slla^^'poor. (Blunt, Sf-c.) 
 
 SiNGiJMNERE. — A district belong- 
 ing to the Mahai-atta Peshwa, in the 
 province of Aurungabad, situated 
 about the 20th degree of north lati- 
 tude, and estimated to yield a re- 
 venue of 10 lacks of nipees per an- 
 num. It is a hilly, but fertile dis- 
 trict. The chief towns are Singiim- 
 nere, Battowal, and Bejapoor. 
 
 SiNGUMNERE. — A town in the Ma- 
 haratta territories, in the province of 
 Aunmgabad, district of Singumnere, 
 of which it is the capital. Lat. 19°. 
 46'. N. Long. 74°. 40'. E. 
 Sink EL. — A town situated near 
 
SIRHIND. 
 
 759 
 
 tlie mouth of the Sinkcl River, on the district of Palaniow in T5ali;ir, 
 
 Ihc west coast ofSiunutra. Lat. 2°. notwitlislaiidiiig which proximity hut 
 
 16'. N. Lon<;. 98°. 2'. E. little is known rcspecliiig it. Sir- 
 
 The principal a«ticles of export goojah is iiitorscctcd hy ihv. Hatsoo, 
 
 from hence are camphor, benzoin, whicli is the princijjal river, and )>os- 
 
 wax, and j^old. Tiie benzoin catty sessed by many petty native chiefs. 
 
 here weighs 5G onnccs avoirdnpois, 
 and the camphor catty 5G ounces 
 troy weight. The imi)orts aru iron 
 in tlat bars, opium, swivel guns, 
 muskets, giuipowder, slick la(;, ionj 
 
 overwhom the Nagpoor Hajah claims 
 a superiority, and from whom lie oc- 
 casionally exacts a tribute. 
 
 SiKGooJAH. — A town iu the pro- 
 vince of Cundwana, district of Sir- 
 
 clotli, white and blue, salampores gtK)jah, of which it is the c.i))i1a!. 
 
 ditto, small looking glasses with gilt 
 frames, kinkobs, carpenters' tools, 
 red and yellow tafl'aties, gurrias, and 
 Eandana hundkcrchiefs. 
 
 Vessels trading here sliould be 
 constantly on their guard, and pre- 
 pared to repel an attack. The head 
 
 and situated about 12 miles from tlio 
 southern frontier of Palamuw. Lat. 
 23°. 5'. N. Long. 8:5°. 50'. L. 
 
 SiRHiNi), {Sci-hiiul). — A large dis- 
 trict in the province of Delhi, of 
 which it occuj)ics the north-western 
 quarter, and situatetl between the 
 
 merchants oi>l)"should be suflered to 3Uth and 31st degrees of nortli lati- 
 
 come on board, and all armed per- 
 sons carefully excluded, {Elmore, 
 
 SiNTALSHEERoo. — A towu in the 
 Northern Carnatic, 50 miles W. N. 
 W. from Ougole. Lat. 16°. 44'. N. 
 Long. 79°. 18'. E. 
 
 Sign. — A small to\vn and fort in 
 the Island of Bombay, about nine 
 
 tude. By Abul Fazel, in 1582, it is 
 described as follows : 
 
 •' Sircar Sirbind, containing 33 
 mahals, measurement 7,729,4G6 bee- 
 gahs; revenue 100,790,591 dams, 
 Seyurghal 11,697,330 dams. Thi^ 
 sircar furnishes 9226 cavalry, and 
 55,700 infantry." 
 
 The portion of this district which 
 
 miles from the Presidency, at the oj)- borders on Hansy Hissar and Cai- 
 posite extremity of the island. naul is extremely barren, being co- 
 Fort Sion is placed on the top of a vcred with low wood, and in many 
 small conical hill, where it commands places almost destitute of water, 
 the ])a,ssage from Bombay to the About A. D. 1357, Feroze IlL cut 
 neigiibouring Island of Salsctte, and several canals from the Jumna and 
 was of importance while the Maha- the Sutnleje, in order tofertilii^e this 
 rattas possessed tliat island. At the naturally aridcoun1ry;and afterwards 
 
 liK)t of the little hill of Sion is ihe 
 causeway, or vellard, built by Mr. 
 Duncan, across a small arm of the 
 sea which sepaiiitod the two islands. 
 It is well constructed of stone, and 
 lias a drawbridge in the centre. It 
 is too narrow for carriages to pass in 
 bad weather, but it is of great ad- 
 
 built a fort at Sirhind, but both the 
 fort and canals have long bwn in 
 rnins. The city of Siriiind was for- 
 meily the capital ol" this territory, 
 but it is now a scene of desolation, 
 and has probably never recovered 
 the drcacii'ul ravages of the Seik 
 Bairaggee Bauda about 1707, wlio 
 
 vantage to the gardeners and farmers is stated not only to have destroyed 
 
 who carry the daily supplies of pro- the mos<pies, but to have levelled 
 
 visions ta Bombay. This causeway its palaces and publli- buildings to 
 
 was begun in 1797, and tinishcd in the ground. Paliala is now the 
 
 1805, at an expense of 50,575 ru- largest and most nourishing town in 
 
 pecs. (M. Graham, ^t.) this province, and next to it is Tah- 
 
 SlROooJAH. — A district in the i)ro- nesir (Thanesur). whiih iss'.ill held 
 
 vince of Gnudwana, situated about in high religious \cneratiuu by the 
 
 the 23d degree of north latitude, aiid iliudo(»s, as is also the Kiver Scr->;R- 
 
 fct the eastern extremity adjoining wati, which flows through the country. 
 
760 
 
 SIVANA SAMUDRA. 
 
 At present the gTeatest part of this 
 district is possessed by the Malawa 
 Singh class of Seiks. lii INIarcli, 
 1809, Rajah Ranjeet Singh, the Seik 
 chief of Lahore, gave up the torts 
 he had occupied on tlie left bank of 
 the Sutuleje to the British govern- 
 ment, which restored them to their 
 former owiiers. (Sir J. Malcolm, 
 nth Register, ^c.) 
 
 SiRHiND. — A town in tlie province 
 of Delhi, the capital of a district of 
 the same name, and 155 miles N. N. 
 W. from Delhi city. Lat. 30°. 40'. 
 N. Long. 75°. 55'. E. 
 
 This place was very flourishing in 
 the lime of Abul Fazel. who de- 
 scribes it as a famous city, contain- 
 ing the delightful gardens of Hafez 
 Rehneh, but it now exhibits only a 
 shapeless mass of extensive ruins. 
 In tlie neighbonrhood are numerous 
 mango groves, and also some excel- 
 lent tanks of water. Between this 
 place and Delhi aie extensive plains 
 containing the towns of Panniput 
 and Carnaul, and renowned as the 
 scene of great battles, both in au- 
 ^■ient and modern times. WJicther 
 Delhi, Agra, or Kanoge, were the 
 capita*!, this was the route from Per- 
 sia and Tartary, by which the con- 
 querors of Hindostan advanced. Sir- 
 hind, at present, belongs to a Seik 
 chief, named Bingh Singh. {lUh 
 Register, Rcunel, ^-c.) 
 
 SiRiNAGUU, (Srinagara). — A town 
 in the province of Allahabad, district 
 of Bnndclcund, 12 miles N. N. E. 
 from Chatterpoor. Lat. 25° 6'. N. 
 Long. 79°. 55'. E. 
 
 SiRSEY, (Siras). — A small town 
 iu the province of Bahar, district of 
 Baliar, 25 miles E. S. E. from Patna. 
 Lat. 25°. 22'. N. Long. 85°. 35'. E. 
 
 SiriiVACCA, (or Situaqiie). — A 
 small town in the Island of Ceylon, 
 and loted for being the chief theatre 
 of intercourse, both friendly and 
 hostile, between the Candians and 
 their European neighbours. Lat. 
 7°. 2'. N. Long. 80°. 13'. E. 
 
 Sitivacca is the last station be- 
 longing to the British in this quar- 
 tei-, and is separated from the King 
 
 of Candy's country only by a large 
 branch of the Malivaddy River, 
 which winds around here, and is 
 joined by a branch of the Maliva- 
 gonga, a little way further down. 
 On the summit of a hill stood a large 
 range of buildings defended by an 
 entrenchment, formerly occupied by 
 the Dutch, but now in ruins. To- 
 wards the interior are liigh hills, co- 
 vered with thick forests and jungle. 
 (Percivat, tVc.) 
 
 SiVANA Samudra. — An island form- 
 ed by the River Cavery, in the pro- 
 vince of North Coimbetoor, about 
 nine miles in length, by one in 
 breadth, and remarkable for an un- 
 commonly grand cataract. 
 
 There is here the ruins of a bridge 
 across the Cavery, communicating 
 with the island, which is formed of 
 large columns of black granite, each 
 about two feet iu diameter, and 20 
 feet in length. This magnificent 
 work was formerly 300 yards in 
 length, but is now nearly destroyed. 
 Directly opposite was the southern 
 gate of a wall that surrounded the 
 city, to which there was a flight of 
 steps. The interior is now a jungle 
 of lojig grass, with many banyan 
 trees of great size, and the principal 
 street may still be traced, extending 
 from north to south about one mile 
 in length. There are also the ruins 
 of many Hindoo temples, great and 
 small, and much sculpture of various 
 sorts. In one apartment there i« a 
 statue of Vishnu, seven feet long, in 
 the best style of Indian carving. The 
 figure is thick, with a pyramidical 
 cap, the eyes closed, and seven co- 
 bra capella snakes forming a canopy 
 over his head. The apartments are 
 small and dark, and must be exa- 
 mined with torches, the principal 
 statue being in the remotest cham- 
 ber. 
 
 The nearest station to the cataract 
 is distant about a mile from the 
 northern gateway. The fall is about 
 150 feet ; but unless in the rainy sea- 
 son the body of water is not suffi- 
 cient to make it impressive, and the 
 descent is interrupted by numerous 
 3 
 
SOIMMEE. 
 
 76! 
 
 projecting: rocks; durin* the hright 
 of the rains it must be an iniposiiiic 
 spectacle. The surrounding scoticiy 
 is wild, Jiad the vicinity cxliibits 
 marks of impetuosity of the torrent. 
 The island is in general rockj', and 
 the land, altlionEfh fit for dry grains, 
 is but little cultivated. Three miles 
 from the upper end of the island, at 
 Birra Chuki, is another watorlall. 
 {Salt, F. Buchanan, iiT.) 
 
 SoAGHiJN. — A town in the IMaha- 
 ratta tenitories, in the province of 
 IMahvah, 60 miles west from Oojaiii. 
 Lat. 23°. 12'. N. Long. 74°. 60'. li. 
 
 SoANK RivKR, {Sona, Golden). — 
 The rivers Soane and Nerbudda have 
 their sources in the tabic land of 
 Omercuutuc, in the province of 
 Cundwana. Lat. 22°. 53'. N. Long. 
 82°. 15'. E. The Soane rises on the 
 cast side, and flows through Finda- 
 rah, where, being Joined by nume- 
 rous otiier streams from the N. E. 
 side of this mountainous territory, it 
 proceeds in a northerly direction 
 tliroijgh Sohagepoor and Bogalc- 
 cund, whence turning to the east- 
 ward pursues its course to the Gan- 
 ges, wltich it joins in the province 
 of Bahar, after having performed a 
 winding course of about 500 miles. 
 Near its origin this ri\ er is said to 
 be designated by the natives the So- 
 nabudda, to distingiiish it from the 
 Nerbuddah, by v\hich, conjointly 
 with the Ganges, the southern part 
 of Hindostan is insulated. {Blunt, 
 Rennel, ifc.) 
 
 SoANK, {Sanllft, S/ielli/). — This 
 small river has its source in the pro- 
 vince of Bahai', district of CJinta 
 ISagpoor, iiom whence it flows in a 
 southerly direction, and is after- 
 wards joined by the small Kiver 
 Borkee, w hen their united streams 
 receive the name of the Braminy 
 Nuddy River. 
 
 Sod F, RAH. — A town in the Seik 
 territories, in the province of La- 
 hore, situated on the east side of the 
 Chinaub, 48 miles N. N. W. from 
 the city of Lahore. Lat. 32°. 27'. 
 N. Lojig. 73°. 30'. E. 
 
 Sohagepoor. — A small district in 
 
 the province of Gundwana, situated 
 princiT)ally between the 23d and 
 24th d« grees of north latitude. 
 
 In ancient times this territoi^ 
 composed part of the Hindoo state 
 of Gurrali, but durirg the reign of 
 Aurengzebe it was formally annexed 
 to the soubah of Allahaliad, although 
 but nominally subjected to the Mo- 
 gul empire. It is a barren, moun- 
 tainous, unproductive eountiy, and 
 possessed by a vaiiufy of savage na- 
 tive chiefs, from v\hom the Rajah of 
 Nagpoor occasionally extorts a tri- 
 bute. 
 
 SoHAGEPooR.^-A town in the pro- 
 vince of Gundwana, district of So- 
 hagepoor, of which it is tlie capital, 
 situated 80 miles S. by E. from Re- 
 wah. Lat. 23°. 2t/. N. Long. 81°. 
 45'. E. 
 
 SoHAUL. — A town in the province 
 of Allahabad, district of Bundel- 
 cund, 35 miles S. E. from Callinger. 
 Lat. 24°. 40'. N. Long. 80°. 52'. E. 
 
 SoHNPooR. — A town possessed by 
 independent native chiefs, in the 
 province of Gundwana, situated oa 
 the south side of the Maliauuddy 
 River. 127 miles S. E. from Ruttun- 
 poor. Lat. 20°. 47'. N. Long. 83°. 
 45'. E. 
 
 SoLoR Isle. — An i.slaud in the 
 Eastern Seas, separated from the 
 Island of Floris, or Ende, by the 
 Straits of I'loris. In length it may 
 be estimated at 30 miles, by 15 the 
 average breadth. 
 
 SoMALPET. — A town in the Ni- 
 zam's territories, in the pro\inceof 
 Nandere, 52 miles N. N. E. from 
 the town of Nandere. Lat. 19°. 49'. 
 N. Long. 78°. E. 
 
 SoMMEE. — A town in the province 
 of Gujrat, district of ^Verrear, si- 
 tuated to the S. E. of Rahdunpoor. 
 
 'i'his is a large place surrounded 
 l)y a wall, which is, in many parts, 
 falling to pieces. In the interior, 
 although the houses con.Mst generally 
 of an upi)er floor, they make a very 
 wretched appearance. Sonnnee 
 stands in a swamp, is surrounded 
 by numerous puddles, and in the 
 rainy season is almost (luder w ater. 
 
702 
 
 SOOLOO ISLES. 
 
 To the N. W. is a plain, destitute of 
 wood, but partly cultivated* and 
 abounding with antelopes. 
 
 Tfiis town belongs to the Nabob 
 of Rahdxmpoor, named Ghazi ud 
 Deen Khan, who, in 1809, was 70 
 years of age. He usually keeps his 
 court at this place, his eldest sou re- 
 siding at Rahdunpoor. (Macmurdo, 
 
 SoMPRE. — A town in tJie province 
 of Cashmere, situated on the east 
 side of the Jliylum River. Lat. 34°. 
 17'. N. Long. 73°. 26'. E.i 
 
 SoNEHUT. — A small town and 
 mud fort in the province of Gund- 
 wana. Lat. 23°. 33'. N. Long. 82°. 
 33'. E. This is the capital of the 
 Corair Rajah, whose teiritory in tlic 
 maps is called the country of the 
 Rajah Chohaus. 
 
 SoNGHUR, {So7iagliar). — A village 
 in the Gujrat Peninsula, situated in 
 a wild country about 25 miles N. W. 
 from Wankaneer. 
 
 On a hill adjacent to this place is 
 ati ancient Hindoo temple, dedicat- 
 ^ ed to the sun, on the cornices and 
 sides of which are representations of 
 battles carved on marble slabs, in a 
 style -much superior to modern Hin- 
 doo sculpture. The hill on which it 
 stands appears to have been formerly 
 fortified, and the remains of houses 
 executed in the same style are still 
 visible. 
 
 The entrance of this temple leads 
 up a flight of steps to a veranda six 
 IVet wide, which encompasses the 
 whole building, and contains also 
 marble slabs and images. Over 
 tliese steps is a lofty portico, which 
 apparently has been designed for an 
 orchestra. Over the body of the 
 pagoda are two beautiful domes, and 
 a third covers tiio sacred spot, or 
 jilacc of worship. In this sanctum 
 there is a male figure about three 
 feet high, with uplifted hands, each 
 holding an image of the sun. The 
 forehead is elevated, and the hair 
 fancifully dressed ; and, on diflerent 
 siiies, are two smaller idols of the 
 same kind. 
 
 A cojiliguons building encloses a 
 
 figure of Bhavahi standing o» an 
 animal resembling a tortoise, and 
 encircled by female attendants, the 
 whole having the appearance of con- 
 siderable antiquity ; but there is no 
 inscription to lead to a knowledge of 
 the date or history of this edifice, 
 which is, however, mentioned in the 
 Hindoo records of the Gujrat Pe- 
 ninsula, so remote as the time of 
 Ray Laka, Avlio reigned above 900 
 j'cars back. The pallias, or funeral 
 monuments, in the vicinity, are nmch 
 defaced, some of them are legible 
 so far back as 165 years ago. The 
 situation of this pagoda is retired 
 and romantic, and it is distinguished 
 in the country by the name of Soorjee 
 Dewul, or the temple of the sun. 
 {Macmurclo, Sfc.) 
 
 SooLoo Isles, (Sulu). — A chain of 
 islands, above 60 in number, ex- 
 tending from the north-eastern ex- 
 tremity of Borneo to the western 
 extremity of Magindanao, and com- 
 prehended between the fourth and 
 seventh degrees of north latitude. 
 'J'he Island of Sooloo, from which 
 the Archipelago is named, is situated 
 about latitude 6°. N. Long. 121°. E. 
 and may be estimated at 40 miles in 
 length, by seven the average breadth. 
 Viewed from the sea it presents a 
 fine prospect, superior to the gene- 
 rality of Malay countries. The hills 
 not being very high do not stop the 
 clouds ; it has not, therefore, any 
 regular rainy season like the larger 
 islands, hut most rain falls during 
 the S. W. nionsoo.'. Much rain also 
 falls at the ciiange of the monsoons, 
 especially the autumnal; but there 
 arc no storms during these changes, 
 and very seldom at any other time. 
 There a,ie several good harbours 
 among these islands, particularly at 
 Bewabewa, Tavitave, Tapjiool, Se- 
 cassee, between Boobooan and Tap- 
 peantana, south of Basselan. The 
 harbour before Bywan, the Sooloo 
 capital, is not good, except during 
 the S. W. monsoon. 
 
 The Island of Sooloo being small 
 and populous, considerable attention 
 is paid to agriculture. The in^ia- 
 
SOOLOO ISLES. 
 
 763 
 
 bitauts plant rice, but llic crop is 
 not to be dei)cudc(l upon, on ac- 
 count of the unccitainty of rain ; for 
 wliich reason tliey also cultivate 
 many roots, such as the Spanish and 
 sweet potatoe, the St. Helena 3'ani, 
 und the China yam, both red and 
 white. The rice consiuned is mostly 
 imported from Alagindanao. There 
 are a great variety of line tropical 
 fruits, such as oranges, jacks, duri- 
 ans, custard apples, mangoes, man- 
 gosteens, ranibosleens, and many 
 others. The Souloos haviag nmeh 
 intercourse with China, and many 
 Chinese settled among them, they 
 have learned the art of engrafting 
 and improving their fruits. 
 
 The breed of horses is tolerably 
 good, and Captain Forrest asserts, 
 wild elephants are found in the in- 
 terior, wiiich appears extraordinary, 
 considering that the island is both 
 small and populous. Spotted deer, 
 goats, and blaclc cattle, are plenty ; 
 but the natives seldom milk the 
 cows, They have few sheep, and 
 what they have are imported; but 
 wild hogs abound, and do much 
 mischief. From the nature of ifs 
 situation, beyond the violence of the 
 monsoons, this island enjoys a per- 
 petual summer ; but the interior is 
 cool, especially under the shade of 
 the teak trees, which are here nu- 
 merous. 
 
 In remote times, on accouiit ef 
 its situation between Magindanao 
 and Borneo, Sooloo was tlie great 
 mart of all the Mahommedan slates 
 in this quarter of the Eastern Sea. 
 'I'he Portuguese do not appear ever 
 to have colonized or conquered these 
 islands, but they visited them fre- 
 quently. While the trade with Ja- 
 pan was open, two or three ships 
 came from thence annnaily, bringing 
 silver, amber, silks, chests, cabinets, 
 and other curiosities made of fra- 
 grant woods, besides great quan- 
 tities of silks and jjoreelain from 
 China. Sooloo was then also visited 
 by vessels from Java, Sumatra, Cey- 
 lon, and the Coast of Coromandel, 
 with valua))le cargoes. 
 
 At present, two Chi nose junk* 
 usually arrive annually from Amoy. 
 loaded with brass salvers, iron in 
 small pieces, sugarcandy, raw silk, 
 black nankin, white, strong lijicn, 
 kangans, iron pans, china ware, 
 flowered silks, tea, cutlery, hard- 
 ware, brass wire, gongs, beads, and 
 lireworks. In return they export 
 principally to China, biche de mar, 
 black and white, wax, pearl oyster 
 shells, bird-nests, and tortoise-shell. 
 Besides tiiese, they take a sea-weed 
 named agal agal, used as a gum or 
 glue, car(»()aHgo;l, clove bark, black- 
 wood, rattans, sago, various barks 
 for dying, cassia, pepper, native 
 cam|)hor, sandal wood, curious 
 shells for grottos, pearls, and spices. 
 
 1'he jK'arl fishery is both a source 
 of wealth to tiie inhabitants of Soo- 
 loo, and a nursery for mariners to 
 (Mpiip their prows when wanted. 
 Their drudges for tlie pearl oyster 
 are generally made of bamboo very 
 light, and are sunk with a stone. 
 The nobles claim the large peurls, 
 Avhich are afterwards purcliased by _ 
 the Chinese. The Sooloos get most 
 of their sago, and many other ar- 
 ticles, which they dispose of to the 
 Chinese, iiom the Tedong people on 
 the north-east coast of Borneo, such 
 as biche de mar, couries, tortoise- 
 shell, &e. and in order wholly to en- 
 gross the profit, they endeavour to 
 prevent the Tedong peojile from 
 trading with any nation but their 
 bwn. With Magindanao a consi- 
 dera))le trade is carried on, from 
 whence the Sooloos receive rice 
 cleaned and in the husk, for which 
 they usually jjay with Chinese goods. 
 At this island arc also seen many 
 Boadjoo fislicrmen, who speak a lan- 
 guage diflerent from that of the Soo- 
 loos. The Buggesses also trade 
 with these islands, and chiolly bring 
 cotton manufactures from Celebes. 
 The Sultanof Sooloo, like other Ma- 
 lay chiets, is the principal merchant 
 in his dominions. 
 
 The sovereignty of Sooloo Isle is 
 hereditary, and the government a 
 mixture of tlie feudal and ahsto- 
 
04 
 
 SOOLOO ISLES. 
 
 -cratical ; Ihe power of the sultan 
 being; much coiitrouled, and tVc- 
 queiilly couiitLipoised by tliat of Ihe 
 nobles. I'he chief offices arc also 
 hereditary. Tiic Bajah Laut (lord 
 of the sea) is high admiral. Tlie 
 datoos, or nobles, are described as 
 exercising a most oppressive au- 
 thoiity over the people. Tlure are 
 many towns on the sea coast ; in the 
 interior they are chiefly straggling 
 huts, but there are no horaforas, or 
 aborigines. There is a law both at 
 Magindanao and Sooloo, that no 
 Chinese can be made a slave ; but 
 slaves of all other classes are ex- 
 tremely lunnerous. The Sooloos 
 seldom go in their own vessels to 
 foreign parts, except on predatory 
 excursions to make slaves among 
 the Philippines. They are not much 
 accustomed to the use of fire-arms, 
 but depend on the lance, sword, and 
 dagger, at the use of which they 
 are very dexterous ; and, being of a 
 martial disposition, at an early pe- 
 riod they had subdued not only all 
 the adjacent small isles, but a great 
 part of the coast of Borneo. They 
 have the character of being san- 
 guinary and treacherous, on which 
 account their alliance has frequently 
 proved much more dangerous tlian 
 their open hostility. 
 
 I'he Sooloos have reached a more 
 advanced stage of civilization than 
 the Magindanese have yet attained. 
 'J hey are fond of music, and have 
 Philippine slaves who play on the 
 violin. Tn 1773 Captain Fonest 
 saw the sultan dance a ininuet v\ith 
 his niece, and the dattoos, or no- 
 bles go down a country dance; but 
 the latter he thought ])crformed 
 very ill, on account of their heavy 
 shppers. 'Jhe men generally go 
 dressed in white waistcoats buttoned 
 down to the waist, and white 
 breeches. The ladies wear a line 
 Avhite waistcoat fitted close, and a 
 petticoat over drawers whicli reach 
 ii) the knee. They are not kept 
 strictly confined here as in most 
 IVIahommedan countries, but al- 
 lowed to go abroad as in Europe. 
 
 In their families are many Philippine 
 and some Spanish slaves, whom they 
 purchase from the Illanos and Ma- 
 gindanese cruisers, and frequently 
 use extremely cruelly, having com- 
 plete power of life and death. 
 Among this people murder for the 
 most frivolous disjmte is scarcely 
 held a crime. The only vir u" they 
 boast of is courage, and to tin--, '.aeir 
 claim appears more than don i.tlrl ; 
 honesty, ind»;shy, or hospitaiit\ , are 
 qualities oniireiy ibreign to iheir 
 nature. 
 
 'l.he Sooloo langnag*' is a very 
 mixed dialect, but is (lerived n'ostly 
 from the Malay, the Ja\anese, and 
 the Tagala. They have adopted the 
 Malay character, and have a few 
 books in that language, with which 
 they are chietly supplied by the Bug- 
 gesses. There are some who have 
 a smattering of Arabic; but a great 
 proportion of even the highest in 
 rank cannot write. I'liey pretend to 
 have records regarding the discovery 
 of the magnet and the art of manu- 
 facturing gunpowder ; but they are 
 probably indebted for both to the 
 Chinese : they are, however, very 
 good practical navigators. The Soo- 
 loos are of the Soonee Mahommedaa 
 sect ; but their zeal for that faith, or 
 attention to its ordinances, are feeble 
 and capricious. Their places of wor- 
 ship are mean, and destitute of all 
 decoration, internal or external. 
 'J 'hey very rarely perform the pil- 
 grimage to Mecca ; but they retain 
 an inveterate hatied to the Spani- 
 ards, and to their religion. Although 
 tlie JMahonimedan persuasion be 
 that of the government, the most 
 numerous portion of its subjects arc 
 aborigines, known by the designa- 
 tions of horaforas, or idaan, the 
 nature of whose religion is still un- 
 known, In 1773 the calipha, or 
 high priest of Sooloo, was a Turk, 
 who had travelled much in Europe. 
 
 I'he Sooloos have a tradition, that 
 their island once formed part of an 
 ancient Bornean enqnre, founded by 
 the Chinese ; but the Magindanese 
 assert, tliat the Sooloos wcr« for- 
 
SOON DA. 
 
 765 
 
 tticrly subject to them. From the 
 time tlic Spanish colonies were 
 planted in tlie Philippines, to tlie 
 
 fjresent day, an unceasing warfare 
 las subsisted with the Sooloos, in 
 which the latter have had generally 
 the advantage, although they occa- 
 sionally sustained reverses. Prior 
 to 1746 the Sjianiards attacked them 
 with a powertui lleet of 30 ships, and 
 obtained possession of IJewan, the 
 capital of Sooioo, where the remains 
 of Spanish buildings are still to be 
 seen ; but the Spaniards were ulti- 
 mately compelled to withdraw their 
 troops. In 1775 the Sooloos attacked 
 a settlement formed by the East In- 
 dia Company on the Island of Ba- 
 lainbangau at a great expense, and 
 diovc the settlers on board their 
 vessels. In that year the reigning 
 sultan's name was Israel, the son of 
 Sultan Ameer id Momeneen. This 
 monarch had received his education 
 at jNIanilla, where he and his father 
 were long held in captivity, until re- 
 leased at the capture of that city by 
 the British in 17G2. The sultans of 
 Sooloo have more than once sent an 
 ambassador to Pekin. In 1800 the 
 Sooloos treacherously assassinated 
 the captain of a country ship and 
 his boat's crew ; after which they 
 attempted to carry the ship by 
 boarding, but were repulsed. In the 
 course of the same year they were 
 repeatedly visited by other trading 
 vessels ; such accidents, among the 
 jNIalay states, not being considered 
 as in the slightest degree disturbing 
 the harmony of commercial rela- 
 tions. {Forrest, Dalrymph, Leyden, 
 Asiatic Registers, Vc-; 
 
 SooNDA, (or Sndha). — A small dis- 
 trict in the south of India, situated 
 above the Western Ghauts, but com- 
 prehended in the British division of 
 North Canara. The town of Soonda, 
 or rather its ruins, are in Lat. 14°.34'' 
 N. Long. 74°. 5b'. E. 
 
 In the western part of this district 
 tlic garden cultivation is the chief 
 object of the farinei-s, and they raise 
 promiscuously betel nut, black pep- 
 per, betel leaf, cardumouis, and 
 
 plantains. The gurdcn peppei-s of 
 Soonda and Bednore are equal in 
 value, and are bettor than what 
 grows spoutancously in the propor- 
 tion of ten to nin(.-. Towards the 
 east side of Soonda the great object 
 of agriculture is rice. 'I'he rains in 
 this (jnarter are not so heavy as fur- 
 ther west; but they are sullieient to 
 ripen a crop of rice that r((piir«'s tiyi 
 months for that purpose. Sugar- 
 canes in small <piantities are alsi> 
 raised on the rice grounds. 'I'he 
 cattle of Soonda are of a larger 
 breed than those of Concan or 1 laiga ; 
 but they are greatly inCerior to th« 
 breed found further to the eastward. 
 Throughout the forests tigers and 
 wild butlaloes are very numerous, 
 but there are no elephants. 
 
 During the sway of its native ra- 
 jahs the country is said to have been 
 cultivated, and the town of Soonda 
 large, comprehending, according to 
 native accouiit.s, three miles within 
 the walls t'aeh way, and fully occu- 
 pied by houses. The oountiy having 
 been repeatedly the seat of war be- 
 tween Uyder and the ]Maharatta^, 
 has been greatly devastated, and the 
 houses in the town reduced to less 
 than 100. When Hyder acquired 
 possession of it, it was said to con- 
 tain 10,000. The outermost wall of 
 Soonda was estimated by Uie natives 
 to have been 48 miles in ciicu in- 
 ference ; and there were formerly 
 three lines of fortitications round the 
 town. Within the two spaces sur- 
 rounded by the outer lines, the 
 houses were scattered in small 
 clumps, with gardens between thenii 
 but the whole cou'itry is now very 
 thinly inhabited. 
 
 All the arable land in Soonda is 
 considered tlie property of govern- 
 ment ; but the value i>f an estate is 
 lixed, and so long as i* tenant payji 
 his rent, it is not customary tu turn 
 him or his heirs out of their f)os- 
 sessions. All the tillages exteuding 
 along the jMuharatta frontier belong 
 to governnunt; but they are in a 
 very desolate condition. Imody Sc- 
 dasiva l\.;ijah. the last prince ot 
 
^QQ SOOSOO. 
 
 Soonda, was expelled bj' Hjdcr in 
 1763, when he took refuge at Goa, 
 where he surrendered to the Portu- 
 guese the Avhole of his tenitory be- 
 low the Ghauts for a stipulated pen- 
 sion. In 1799 the Soonda distriet 
 was transferred to the East India 
 Company, and with them it remains. 
 (F. Buchanan, Wilks, 5th Report, 
 Src. ^-c.) 
 
 SooNDiA. — A toAvn in the pro- 
 "vince of Siude, situated on the 
 banks of the Indus, on the route 
 from Tatta to Hyderabad. Lat. 24°. 
 68'. N. 
 
 The banks of tlie river are here 
 low and swampy, and the depth of 
 water is about four fathoms. One 
 mile N. N.E. from Soonda, the Coo- 
 perah Hills approach the western 
 bank of the Indus, which winds with 
 a serpentine course, and washes 
 their bases for about two miles in ex-' 
 tent. {Maxjield, ^-c.) 
 
 SooNGUR. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Gujrat, 39 miles E. by S. 
 from Surat. Lat. 21°. 8'. N. Long. 
 73°. 38'. E. 
 
 SooNERGONG, (Swenia gratnn). — 
 A town in the province of Bengal, 
 situated on one of the branches of 
 the Brahmapootra, about 13 miles to 
 the S. E. of Dacca, Lat. 23° 39'. 
 N. Long. 90°. 43'. E. 
 
 This was once a large city, the 
 provincial capital of the eastern di- 
 vision of Bengal, before Dncca m as 
 in existence, but it is now dwindled 
 to a village. The name appears to 
 have been anciently that of a re- 
 gion. Abul Fazel describes it as 
 famous for the manufacture of a 
 beautifiil cloth, called cassah (eos- 
 saes), and the fabrics it still produces 
 justify its ancient renown. 
 
 A. D. 1279, the Emperor Ealin, 
 when in pursuit of Toghril, the re- 
 bel governor of Bengal, ani\ed at 
 this place, where he was compli- 
 mented by Dhing Raj, the chief of 
 the surrounding country. Fakhcr 
 ud Deen, the first indep(>ndcnt mo- 
 narch of Bengal, fixed his residence 
 at Soonergoong, A. D. 1340. {Ren- 
 nel, Stewart, Abul Fazel, ^c-) 
 
 SoONEL. — A town in tJie Malia- 
 ratta territories, in the province of 
 Malwah, 60 miles S. by E. from 
 Kootah. Lat 24°. 21', N. Long. 
 76°. 5'. E. 
 
 This is a place of considerable ex- 
 tent, and of a square form, having 
 two broad streets that cross each 
 other at right angles in the middle of 
 the town. {Hunter, ^-c.) 
 
 SooNPUT, (Sanapat). — A small 
 town in the province of Delhi, 26 
 miles N. W. from the city of Delhi. 
 Lat. 29°. N. Long. 76°. 53'. E. 
 
 The country adjacent to this town 
 formerly derived great benefit from 
 the canal diig by Ali Merdan Khan, 
 but it is now in a barren and deso- 
 late state. Nortli of this city is a 
 mausoleum erected by KhizzerKhan, 
 a Patan nobleman, descended from 
 the family of Shcre Shah. {G. Tho' 
 mas, ^c.) 
 
 SoopooR. — A town in the Rajpoot 
 territories, in the province of Aj- 
 meer, 6.5 miles N. E. from Kotah. 
 Lat. 25°. 43'. N. Long. 76°. 45'. E. 
 This is the capital of a small prin- 
 cipality subject to Jyenagur, and 
 now possessed by a relation of the 
 Jyenagur Rajah's. 
 
 SooRoPooK, {Snrapnra). — A town 
 in the Nizam's territories, in the pro- 
 vince of Bejapoor, situated on the 
 north side of the KrisJma River, 130 
 miles S. W. from Hyderabad. Lat. 
 16°. 15'. N. Long. 77°. E. 
 
 SooUY. — A town in the province 
 of Bengal, district of Birbliooni, 50 
 miles S. W. from ]Moorshedabad. 
 Lat. 23°. 54'. N. Long. 87°. 32'. E. 
 
 SooRooToo Isle. — A small island 
 in the Eastern Seas, about 15 miles 
 in circumference, situated oil" the 
 west coast of Borneo. Lat. 1°. 45'- 
 S. Long. 108°. 40'. E. 
 
 This island lies W. S. W. frSm 
 Carimatia, and between them there 
 is a sufficioit passage which a ship 
 might run through, if compelled by 
 necessity. \'^'ood and water are to 
 be had on the west side of Soorootoo, 
 and also plenty of stock, such as 
 fowls and buffaloes. {Elmore, S)-c.) 
 
 Soosoo. — A small town on the 
 
SOOT^' 
 
 7(57 
 
 •\Tcst coast of Sumatra. Lat. 3°. 45. 
 N. Lonp:. 97°. 10'. E. At <liis phue 
 poppt-r is sometimes to be had in 
 exchange lor gold dust, the Achcen 
 gohl dust being reckoned tin; best. 
 In Soosoo Bay there is mucii foul 
 ground, with a rorky botloju. 
 
 SoosNEER. — A town of consider- 
 able size in the province of Mahvah, 
 i'>7 miles N. N. E. from Oojain. Lat. 
 23°. 5o'. N. Long. 76°. 10'. E. In 
 this neighbourhood the soil is of a 
 rusty i "n colour, and but little cul- 
 tivated. 
 
 SoosooHOONAN, (Sitsuhunang). — 
 A distjict in the Island of Java, the 
 ruler of which is dignilied by the 
 Dutch, who were always remark- 
 ably liberal in bestowing titles, with 
 the aj)pellation of Emperor of .lava ; 
 among his own subjects he is nanieil 
 Rata Agong and Susuhunang. Kir- 
 ripun, or Soerecarfa (Suryakarta), 
 lus capital, is situated tw o days in- 
 land from Samarang, and in the ad- 
 jacent country- are forests of teak, 
 and other valuable wood. 
 
 'I'he era of Javanese history, of 
 ■which the chronology is tolerably 
 well ascertained, goes js ftir as GOO 
 years back. The present Soosoo- 
 hoonan, who passes for the lineal 
 descendant of the first monarch, is 
 the 5Gth human birth who has sat on 
 the throne. Prior to the reign of 
 this dynasty was that of their deva- 
 ta«, or demigods, among whom are 
 reckoned the patriarch Adam and 
 his son Seth ; in the same list with 
 whom are found the Hijidoo triad 
 Brahma, Vishnu, and Mahadeva. 
 Following these are certain iiensoiis 
 whoA we may conjecture to have 
 been deities worshipped by the Ja- 
 vanese, before the iutroduction of 
 either the Hindoo or Mahommedan 
 religions. 
 
 Previous to the ])ropagation of the 
 Mahommedan religion, this p(0})|c 
 were brave and enterpri-sing ; and, 
 about tin; year 1400, besides jjos- 
 sessing a great portion of Java, their 
 power was supreme in the Eastern 
 Seas, and their conquests c.vlended 
 to Sumatra, Borneo, and even as 
 
 far as the Mohiccas. TJicy heeamft 
 known to Europeans only in tiin de- 
 cline of their power, and sulfercd 
 greatly by the enrroachments of the 
 Dutch. About the middle of the 
 17th centiny, in consequence of the, 
 rebellion of iManco Boeni, a prince 
 of the blood, the susuhunang found 
 himself so much embarrassed, that 
 he made a cession of his country to 
 the Dutch East India Company, 
 who restored half to him as their 
 vassal, and bestowed the otiier half 
 on Manco Boeni, the per.son who 
 had rebelled against hiu), on the 
 like condition. Prior to 1740 this 
 sovereign was still proprietor of all 
 the territory to the east of Cheribon; 
 but his donjjnions, in eonserpienee 
 of a war with the Dutch, were again 
 further ciutailed. The dynasty, how- 
 ever, still continues to exist and 
 •reign, as, in December, 1813, So- 
 erecarta, iiis capital, was visited by 
 j\]r. Baffles, the British governor of 
 Java, who met with a most graciou.< 
 reception; the description of which, 
 and of the subsequent entertain- 
 ments, indicate a more considerable 
 degree of (;ivilizati(m than could 
 have been expected in the centre of 
 .fava, and a great adoption of Eu- 
 ropean maimers and customs. (Sta- 
 vorinits, Edinburgh Review, Lerjden, 
 l>fc. Is-c.) 
 
 Sooty. — A town in tlie province 
 of Bengal, district of Kaiijeshy. 
 Lat. 24°. 26'. N. Long. 88°. 2'. E. 
 
 in 1757, Mhen Seraje ud Dowiali 
 apprehended an attack froin \hf 
 Jsnglish, and believing that their 
 shi|).s of war could proce<;d up the 
 tastern branch of the Gauges to the 
 northern point of the Cossinibazar 
 Island, and from thence down tlic 
 Bhagirathi to Moorsliedabud, lie 
 commanded immense piles to be 
 driven into tlic; river at S(joty, by 
 which it has been rendered not na- 
 vigable ISr any construction larger 
 than boats, and even for these dur- 
 ing only a part of the year. Here 
 an action was fought in 1763, be- 
 tween the British troops and those 
 of .Mtfcr Cossim. in which the latter 
 
768 
 
 SOURABHAYA. 
 
 was defeated. (Stewa7't, Seid Gho~ 
 lauin Hossein, lSt.) 
 
 ^ovwG, {Sojin). — A principality in 
 Celebes, anciently one of the most 
 powerful on the island- It exteiuls 
 partly along the western shore of (he 
 hays of Boni and Tolo ; to the north 
 it is bounded by a great lake, and 
 on the south it borders on Lamoeroe. 
 Its chief production is rice, and, 
 like most of the states of Celebes, it 
 appears to be as frequently subject 
 to female as to male sovereigns, 
 ■which is remarkable in a country 
 professing io follow the Mahommed- 
 an faith. The natives of Soping 
 are reckoned very brave in war, and 
 the policy of the Dutch, which is to 
 sow dissension among the petty 
 states, occasions tlieir having a 
 great deal of practice. In 1775 So- 
 ping is described as an independent 
 state in alliance with the Dutch, but 
 governed by its own king. {Stavo- 
 rinns, Sec) 
 
 SoPRA River, (Sipi-a). — This ri- 
 ver has its source among the Vind- 
 Lya mountains in the province of 
 Malwah, from Avhencc it flows in a 
 northerly direction, until it joins the 
 Gilly Sinde River. Their united 
 streams afterwards fall into the 
 Chumbul. 
 
 SouuT. — A district in the Gujrat 
 Peninsula, situated about the 22d 
 degree of north latitude. By Abul 
 Fazel, in 1582, it is described as 
 follows : 
 
 " Sircar Sorct, containing 73 ma- 
 Lals, out of which number 13 arc on 
 account of port duties; revenue 
 63,437,366 dams." . .^ , 
 
 When the Ayeen Acborry vv?^ 
 compiled, Sorut appears to hav^ 
 comprehended a great proportion o 
 the Gujrat Peninsula, the prior name 
 of which was Cottiwar, or Cattivad. 
 
 Souraehaya. — A Dutch settle- 
 ment on the north-eastern coast of 
 Java, and the capital of a govern- 
 iHcnt subordinate to that of Java. 
 Lat. 7°. 11'. S. 
 
 This place is situated on the banks 
 of a river one and a half miles from 
 the sea shore. It is navigable up to 
 
 the town for vessels of 100 Ions bur- 
 then, and one side of the bank is 
 made convenient for tracking. The 
 environs and the banks of the river 
 contain many vilhtges, inhabited by 
 two-thirds Javanese and ]\Ialays, and 
 the remainder Chinese. The coun- 
 try around Sourabhaya is very fertile, 
 and shaded by thickets of bamboos, 
 bananas, and other shrubs. The 
 land is Hat, and the soil so light, that 
 it can be ploughed with a single buf- 
 faloe ; and there is here a breed of 
 horses, which, though small, are 
 strong and handsome. The Dutch 
 garrison is quartered in a brick fort, 
 containing a small arsenal on the 
 rigiit bank of the river, on which 
 side dwell the governor and most of 
 the oilicers. This place is the depo| 
 for the qiiotas of troops whicli tliQ 
 chiefs of JVIadura and Samanap are 
 obliged to furnish tothepiutch East 
 Company. ,,,,.'. 
 i There are hew several, building 
 yards for vessels not drawing more 
 than 10 or 12 feet water, wliicii are 
 afterwards sold to the petty princes 
 on Borneo and Bally, and for trans- 
 porting the rice raised in the neigh- 
 bourhood. The mountains in the 
 vicinity contain a hard stone, in co- 
 lour and veins resembling box-wood, 
 which is worked with a wheel by the 
 natives very tastefully into candle- 
 sticks, plates, and goblets. They 
 also manufacture many other little 
 articles, such as combs and brushes 
 of buffaloe's horns. A league and a 
 half distant from Sourabhaya, upon 
 a hiU^hat extends along t^ie River 
 " ' ran, is a saltpetre boiuM|4ti(> 
 
 tfji I^^'ui^- ijrocurtd IVjni tj^Q^pj-th, 
 JU^ intermixed «'ith tlie dung of 
 a^, which are very numerous ia 
 the neighbourhood. 
 
 Ships from Batavia bound to China, 
 or the Philippines, generally touch for 
 refreshments at this place, especially 
 during the season of the north west- 
 ers. The adjacentcountryis remarka- 
 bly populous, and the natives are go- 
 verned by two Tomogons, one of 
 whom is allied to theli^mperor of Java. 
 Witliin a circumference of 13 miles 
 
SOUTH O? INDIA. 
 
 769 
 
 tlie campongs or villages of the Ja- tlwusand arrcs of aralilc and waste 
 
 vancse, Malays, and Chinese, are so land, llie boundaries of which, a- 
 
 many. that they appear to be only midst ])oli<ical revolutions and con- 
 
 tho eontiiuiationof the town. {Tombi; vulsions, have scarcely ever been al- 
 
 Ji/ii>h, S,-c.) tercd. 'J'lie conslifntion of the vil- 
 
 SoiJiitKA. — A town in the North- lagcs resembles a little republic, or 
 
 i^rn Circars, ^(J miles W. N.W. from rather eor|)onilion, having its hert;- 
 
 Carjani. Lat. 19°. 63'. N. Long, ditary nnuiicipal oflicers and arti- 
 
 84°.37'. E. 
 
 SOUTH OF INDIA, 
 
 This division of Jlindostan has the 
 figure of a triangle, of which the 
 course of the Ri\er Krishna forms 
 the base, and the coasts of Malabar respective distiicts 
 
 fleers. 
 l''ormcrly all ihc. governments in 
 
 the South of India were little nioro 
 than an assemblage of polygarships, 
 under a superior chief, who, though 
 he had a general controul over the 
 whole, exercised very little authority 
 in the interior manasoment of their 
 Hvdcr was the 
 
 and Coromandel the sides. Its ex- only Indian sovereign in this quarter 
 
 tent from the Krishna to Cape (!o- who ever subdued all his petty feu- 
 
 nioiin, which forms the ape.v of the datories, and was really, according 
 
 triungle, is ai)Out 000 I»iitisli miles, to European ideas, master of his 
 
 and its breadth in the widest part is country. 
 
 about 550, tiom whence it tapers to 'I'his fertile region has evidently 
 
 a point at Cape Comoriii. The great undergone a gradual decay since the 
 
 geographical feature of this region is tirst intrusion of the Mahommedans, 
 
 a central table land, elevated from and its decline apjiears to have been 
 
 3000 to 5000 feet above the level of accelerated since theconnneneement 
 
 the sea, separated by wild, abrujit, of the Jiritish influence, so lojig as it 
 
 and mountainous declivitits from Mas exerted through the medium of 
 
 the low flat countries to the east and the native chiefs, whose oppressive 
 
 west, v\ hich form a belt of small but mode of collectius; the revenue eon- 
 
 unequal breadth between the hills 
 and the sea. This central eminence 
 is usually termed Kalaghaut (above 
 tiie ghauts), and the lower belt the 
 Payeenghaut (below the ghauts). 
 
 tributed more to ruin the country 
 than all the wars and tumults that 
 had occurred. Many provinces have 
 continued in high culture, although 
 exposed to constant wars, while 
 
 In this geographical division of others have become deserts in the 
 India the niassof thepoi)uIation con- midst of peace. The oj)en violence 
 sists of Hindoos, the Mahommedans of armies has proba!)ly done less in- 
 being comparatively very few ; the jury than the tines, fees, exactions, 
 inimilive Ilindoo manners and ens- and contributions, Mhicli have been 
 toms arc consequently j)reserved in imposed by the tyranny, or peiniit- 
 a state of great purity, particularly te»l by the weaknet-s of the state, 
 in Tinncvelly and the adjacent (lis- The buildings, tanks, channels, and 
 tricts. In this (piarter the lapse of even ridges, thai separated former 
 20 centuries has apparently made no fields, the ruined villages, general 
 cljange in the habits and peeuiiari- tradition, books, aeeoiuits, sunnnds, 
 tics of the Hindoo, or in his civil and inserij)tious, all combine to give 
 condition and reliijion. Jlis diet is a hi^rh idea of the former cultivation 
 
 frugal and simple ; his hut is com- 
 posed of nnid, the leaves of the co- 
 <()a nut tree, and a i'vw bamboos; 
 and a small strip of cloth is his gar- 
 ment. The country is subdivided 
 into villages compreheudin 
 
 and opulence of India south of the 
 Krishna, l^xcept Madras there are 
 not now any great cities in this divi- 
 .^ion of Hindostan. The ancient 
 great Hindoo princes did not, in 
 some fact, want a great revenue ; tlM?y had 
 
770 
 
 SRAVAXA BELGULA. 
 
 no expensive establishments to keep named India Betta, is a temple of 
 np, and the simplicity of their man- the kind named Busty, and a hig]» 
 nets required but httle. Keligioiis place Avith a colossal statue of Go- 
 ceremonies were probablj' the chief mutaEaya; the height being 70 feet 
 expense of the state, the soldiers and three inches. The Duke of 
 being supported by grants of land. Wellington, who visited this place. 
 The earliest INJahommcdan army was of opinion, that the rock had 
 that crossed the Krishna was led in been cut down until nothing but the 
 1310 by Kafoor against Dlioor Sum- image remained, 
 niooder, the capital city of Belal Deo, The Jains constitute a sect of 
 the sovereign of Karnata, Jfindoos, differing in some import- 
 Altliougii the Brahminrcal religion ant tenets from tlie Brahminical, but 
 was probably Ihe most general in the following in other respects a similar 
 South of India, other systems had at practice. The essential character 
 certain periods an extensive sway, of Hindoo institutions is the distri- 
 1st. The Jains, who reject lire an- bution of the people into four great 
 thority of the Vedas and Purans, of tribes. The Jainas admit the same 
 which profession the sovereigns of division into four tribes. Brahmins, 
 Karnata appear to have been until Khetris, Taisyas, and Sudras ; and 
 
 the I'ith century of the Christian era. 
 2dly. The Bhauddha, who had tem- 
 ples. .3dly. The Mahommedan re- 
 ligion, which was introduced through 
 
 perform like ceremonies from the 
 liirth of a male to his marriage. 
 They observe similar fasts, and prac- 
 tice still more strictly the received 
 
 the medium of the commercial inter- maxims for refraining from injury to 
 
 course between Arabia and Malabar, any sentient being. They appear 
 
 4thly. A numerous colony of Jews, to recognize as subordinate deities 
 
 settled at Cochin and in other parts some, if not all the gods of the pre- 
 
 of Malabar. .5thly. A knowledge of vailing sects ; but do not worship in 
 
 the true religion had made .some pro- particular the hve principal gods of 
 
 gress at an early period, but the Nes- those sects, nor address prayers, nor 
 
 torian doctrines were those pro- pertbrm sacrifices to the sun or fire, 
 
 fessed. They differ also from the Brahmini- 
 
 Thc tenitories comprehended in cal Hindoos in assigning the highest 
 
 this division of Hindostan are, a place to certain deified saints, who, 
 
 small portion of the Bejapoor Pro- according to their creed, have suc- 
 
 vince ; theBalaghaut ceded districts ; cessivcly become superior gods. An- 
 
 the CarJiatic, northern, central, and other doctrine in which tlicy matc- 
 
 .southern ; Mysore, Canara, Malabar, 
 BaiTamahal, Coimbetoor, Dindigul, 
 Salem and Kistnaglierry, Cochin and 
 Travancor; under which heads re- 
 spectively further topographical de- 
 tails will be found. {Thacherjj, WiUiS, 
 
 rially disagree with the orthodox 
 Hindoos is the rejection of the Ve- 
 das, the divine authority of which 
 they deny. 
 
 In this particular the Jainas agree 
 with the Bhuddists or Sangatas, who 
 
 Lushingtoii, Edinburgh Rtiieir, Ren- etjually deny tin- divine authority of 
 
 7iel, 6th Report, ^c.) 
 
 Sravana Belgula. — A village in 
 the territories of the jMysore Rajah, 
 .'^6 miles N. bv W. from Seringapa- 
 tam. Lat. l'i°. 45'. N. Long. 76°. 
 43'. E. 
 
 This place is celebrated as bcing^ 
 tlie principal seat of the Jain wor- 
 ship, once so ])revalcnt over the 
 South of India. Near to the village 
 SFre two rockv hills, on one of whi;li. 
 4 
 
 the Vedas, and who in a similar man- 
 ner worship certain pre-eminent 
 saints, admitting likewise as subor- 
 dinate deities the whole pantheon of 
 the orthodox Hindoos. 'J'hese two 
 sects (the Jains ;uid Buddhists) dif- 
 fer in regard to Ibn history of the 
 personages whom they have deified; 
 and it may be hence concluded that 
 they had <listinct founders, but the 
 ori'jriual notion seems to have becu 
 
SITBBULGUR. 
 
 771 
 
 tho same. All three agree in the be- 
 lief of transmigiatioii. Jaiiia priests 
 Usually woar a broom, adapted to 
 sweep iuseets out of the waj', lest 
 llu'} should trend on the niiuutest 
 beiiisi;. In Hindustan the Jaiiias are 
 usually called Syauras; but dislin- 
 giiish themselves into sravacas and 
 yatis, or laity and clerj^y. 
 
 I'arswa or Farswanatha, the 23d 
 deified saint of the Jaiiias, and who 
 was perhaps the founder ot the sect, 
 was born in the suburbs of Benares, 
 and died, at the age of 100 years, on 
 Mount Samet at Parsonauth, anioni? 
 the hills between Eahar and Bengal. 
 Some of the oilier sanctified places 
 of the .lains are Fapapuii, near Ra- 
 jahg-riha, in Bahar; Chanipapnri, 
 i>ear Boglipoor; Chandravati, dist- 
 ant 10 miles from Benares and the 
 ancient city of iJastinapoor, in the 
 Delhi Pro\inre; also .Satruiija^a. 
 .said to be situated in the west of 
 India. 
 
 The mythology of the orthodox or 
 Brahniinical Hindoos, their present 
 chronology adapted to astioiiQuiieal 
 periods, their legendary tales, and 
 their mystical allegories, are abund- 
 antly absurd; but the Jainas and 
 Buddhists greatly surpass them in 
 monstrous exaggerations of the same 
 kind. 
 
 This village is wholly inhabited by 
 Jainas, who diil'er considerably from 
 those of Tulava(Canara). They a.s- 
 .sert that the bunts of Tulava are 
 \'ai.syas, and will not acknowledge 
 that any Sudras belong to their sect. 
 (_)n the Bengal siide of India the 
 Jains are mostly of the A aisya caste, 
 and in the My.sorc they are wholly 
 addicted to trade and nieichaiidize. 
 I'hey are now tliiuly scattered all 
 over India, being no where nuine- 
 roiLs, except in Canara. {Cohbrouki-, 
 F. Huclunian, Machenzir, Vc) 
 
 Ski Pf.kmaturu. — A small lown 
 in the Carnatie, 28 miles from Ma- 
 dras. Lat. 12°. .59'. N. Long. 80'. 
 2'. N. 
 
 Thi.s town is celebrated as the 
 
 birth-place of Rama Anuja Achai-ja, 
 
 tilt* great Brahmin saflit and re- 
 
 3d 2 
 
 former, and the founder of a sect. 
 His birth is supposed to have hap- 
 pened in A.D. 1016. Before the 
 appearance of Rama Anuja, the most 
 prevalent sects in this neighbour- 
 hood were the followers of I'uddha 
 and the Charvaca, both of which are 
 now extinct in this part of the coun- 
 try. 
 
 SaiMUTTRA. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Agra, the residence of a 
 petty rajah, who is tributary to ihc 
 Ranah of Dhoolpoor. Lat.'26°. 41'. 
 N. Long. 77°. 20'. E. 
 
 This is a town of considerable 
 size, built on a naked rock of red 
 stone, of which material ail the 
 houses aie constrneted ; but they 
 are of a mean appearance, and the 
 streets very narrow. Working the 
 red stone into slabs furnislits em- 
 ployment for the greater part of the 
 inhabitants. {Bronghton, ^-c.) 
 
 SuAN. — A small town in the pro- 
 vince of Bahar, district of Rotas, 25 
 miles S. E. from Patna. Lat. 25°. 
 15'. N. Long. 80°. 25'. E. Here 
 an action was fought in 1761. 
 
 SuBBi'LGiJK. — xi town in tiie Ma- 
 haratta territories, in the province of 
 Agra, situated 05 miles S. W. from 
 the city of Agra. Lat. 26°. 22'. N. 
 Long. 75°. 25'. E. 
 
 I'his place is surrounded by a high 
 stone wall, in good repair, with a 
 number of bastions ; but the artil- 
 lery is very insnilicient for their de- 
 fence. One side of the fort stands 
 <m the edge of a deep precipice. 
 Between Subbulghur and Bejighur, 
 to the south, the countij is tolerably 
 well cultivated, and the vilhigcs nu- 
 merous. (HISS. :W.) 
 
 SuBBi'LGi'R. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Delhi, situated on the (ast 
 side of the Riv.r (Jaiisfes, 12 miles 
 south from Hurdw ar. Lat. 2<)°. 48'. 
 N. Long. 78°. 10'. E. 
 
 There is here a very extensive 
 line of fortilication enclosing the 
 town, both of which exhibit little 
 more than naked walls falling to de- 
 cay. Much of the ground withia 
 the fort is under cultivation. {Hard- 
 uicke, -Vc) 
 
77-2 
 
 SULTANPOOR. 
 
 SuBROY. — A small town in the 
 provinoo of Catch, on tlu; road IVom 
 Luckjint Builder (o Ptiandavie, on 
 the Gulf of Cntch, from whicli place 
 it is distant 23 miles to the nortli- 
 ward. This place stands on a rising- 
 gronnd, and is defended by a small 
 castle. It appears popnlous, and the 
 snrrounding country is tolerably well 
 cuilivated. 
 
 SuiuiNREF.KA lliVER, (Siivariiare- 
 ka, 7iHf./i Gulden Sands). — This river 
 has its source in the province of Ba- 
 har, «!istri(;t of Chuta Nagpoor, from 
 whence it flows in a south-easterly 
 direction, nntil, after a winding 
 course of about 250 miles, it falls 
 into the Bay of Bengal. Before the 
 acquisition ofCntlack, in 1803, this 
 river formed tlie boundary of the 
 Bengal presidency, toward* the ter- 
 ritories of the Nagpoor Maharattas, 
 in the Orissa Province. 
 
 Si'CCADANA. — A town on the west 
 coast of the Island of Borneo, and 
 a considerable mart lor the sale of 
 opium. It is a custom here, as at 
 all the eastern ports, to give a pre- 
 sent at the first audience, in pro- 
 portion to the rank of the person vi- 
 sited. The king's present here is 
 al>out 50 dollars, the rajah's about 
 30, and the shahbunder and agent 
 aliout 20 each. The rajah and his 
 family commonly nmnopolizc the 
 sale (d" opium, in 1786 the price of 
 tin here was 16| Spanish dollars per 
 pecul of 133f pounds. The Chinese 
 junks always keep up the price of 
 opium w Idle they remain here, which 
 is tiom January to August. {El- 
 more, (.St.) 
 
 SucKur. — A town and small dis- 
 trict in the province of Lahore, in- 
 tersected by the Bey ah River, and 
 possessed by pettv Seik chiefs. Lat. 
 32°. 41'. N. Long. 75° 45'. E. 
 
 SuGUD Bayan Bay. — A bay in 
 the Island of Magindanao, vvlvere 
 there is a good harbour, near to 
 which the indigo plant grows spon- 
 taneously; and in the vicinity are 
 wild horses, cattle, and deer, 'i'hc 
 CMtrance ijito tliis bay is only live 
 miles widr^. {Fvrrest, ^c) 
 
 SUGOULY. — A town in the pra- 
 \ince of Bahar, district of Bettiah. 
 Lat. 26°. 43'. N. Long. 85°. 5'. E. 
 
 This town stands on the south 
 bank of the Boori Gunduek Kiver, 
 which has its source in the neigh- 
 bourhood of Somaisir, and is navi- 
 gable during the greater part of the 
 year for boats of considerable bur- 
 then, as high up as Sugouly. Its 
 course, which is a very winding 
 one, is through the districts of Bet- 
 tiah, Chaniparun, and Ilajypoor. 
 The appellation of Boori Gunduek 
 is ehietly applied to it in the lower 
 part of its course, where it joins the 
 Bhagnuitty. In a commercial point 
 of view, tile Boori Giniduck is en- 
 titled to particular notice ; the great 
 extent of its course, its dcjdh, and 
 comnjuincation with various other 
 streams that issue from the adjacent 
 hills, and intersect the forests, all 
 lit it admirably for internal navi- 
 gation. 
 
 The common boundary of the 
 British and Nepaul, territories on 
 this side, may be described by a line 
 drawn about midway between Ec- 
 dowra and UUown. {Kirhpatriek, 
 fyc. ,Vc.) 
 
 iShujahabad. — A fortress in the 
 province of Mooltan, situated about 
 18 miles distant from the city of 
 Mooltan. 
 
 SuLTANGUNGE. — A small town in 
 the Nabob of Oude's tcriitories, 42 
 miles N. W. from Lucknow. — Lat. 
 26°. 59'. N. Long. 8l.°. 15'. E. 
 
 SuLTANPooR. — A town in the Na- 
 l)ob of Oude's territoiies, 78 miles 
 S. E. from Lucknow. Lat. 26°. 18', 
 IN. Long. 82°. 3'. E. 
 
 Sultanpoor. — A town in the Af- 
 ghan territories, iiv the ])rovincc of 
 Mooltan, 20 nnles V.. from the city 
 of Mooltan. Lat. 30°. 38'^ N. Long. 
 71°. 40'. ¥.. 
 
 Si'LTANPo/iR. — A town in the 
 Seik ten) lories, in tiie j)rovince of 
 Lahore, 67 miles S. L. from the city 
 of Lahore. Lat. 31°. 1«'. N. Long. 
 74°. 45'. E. Tills is one of the prin- 
 cipal towns in the Doabeh Jalliudcr 
 district. 
 
SUMATRA. 
 
 773 
 
 Stn,T ANPOon. — A town in tlic 
 Maharatta tcnitorios, in tlic pro- 
 vince of Kliandfsh, sitnalcd on the 
 n«)rth side uf the Tnptee liivcr, 90 
 miles E. bv N.tVoni Surat. Lat.21°. 
 36'. N. Lonn-. 74° 22'. E. 
 
 SI' MATH A. 
 
 A Iarp;e island in Ihe Eastern 
 Seas, divided ubliqnely by liie equa- 
 tor into almost otiual parts, and 
 
 marilimo lands, uliere tlie air is 
 cool, and tlie euiintry well cleared 
 and iniiabited. In tlie intermedialo 
 spaces between the ranges ot hills 
 arc also many lar>;e and btiautilnl 
 lakes, that extend, at intervals, 
 thron^h the heart of the country, 
 and facilitate the eonnjinnication; 
 but their sitnation, direelidn, or di- 
 mensions, are very little known. 
 
 The western coast of Siunalra is 
 e\tr(;ineiy well supplied with water. 
 S|)rin<;s arc found every where, and 
 
 situated the most to the west of the rivers are unmerons; but thev 
 
 the Snnda chain of islands. Its 
 northern jtoint stretches into the Bay 
 of r.eng-dl ; its S. ^^. coast is cx- 
 j)osed to the j;freat Indian Ocean; 
 towards the S. E. it is separated by 
 the Straits of Sundu from tiie Island 
 of Java; on the east by the China 
 and Ivistern Seas from JJornco and 
 otiier islands; and on the N, E. by 
 tlie Stniits of Malacca from the Ma- 
 lay Peninsnia. In len;;Hi it may be 
 estimated at 1050 miles, by 165 
 •miles the average breadth. Among 
 the eastern people generally, and 
 the better informed of tlie natives, 
 this island is known by the names 
 o{ Pnlo I'uriclm and indalas ; the 
 origin of the term Sumatra is un- 
 certain. By Marco Polo it is called 
 Java INfiiWH'. 
 
 A chain of mountains runs through 
 the whole extent of Sumatra, (he 
 ranges being, in many jr.irts, double 
 and treble; but, in general, situ- 
 ated nuich nearer to the western 
 than to the opposite coast. 'Vhv 
 height of these uionntains, although 
 very great, is not sullicient to occa- 
 sion their being covered with snow 
 during any season of the year. 
 Mount Ophir, situated iu)mediately 
 under the equinoctial line, is sup- 
 posed to be the highest visible fnjin 
 the sea, above which level its sum- 
 mit is ele\ated 1:3,842 feet. The 
 name was applied to the moun- 
 tain by Jluropean lunigafnrs, is 
 wholly unknown to the natives. 
 IJctwecn these ridges ol niotintains 
 are extensive plains, considerably 
 eJevaled above the suifaec of the 
 
 are, m general, too small andrajiid 
 for th-e j)urposes of navigation. On 
 the eastern coast, tlitr mountains 
 being at a greater distance from the 
 sea, the rivers are of greater mag- 
 nitude. The largest, on the western 
 coast, are the Kalaun, ihe Indra- 
 pura, tiie Taliayong, -and the Sin- 
 kel ; which are inferior to the Pa- 
 hnnbang, the Jambee, the indra- 
 giri, and the Siak, of the eastern 
 coast. 
 
 The chain of islands lying parallel 
 to the west coast of Sumatra, j)ro- 
 bably at some remote period, formed 
 a part of the main, as the whole 
 coast exhibits marks of the progress 
 of iusulatiou. This probability is 
 eoii-uborated by th(! direction ol' the 
 islands, the simiJaritj' of lock, soil, 
 and productions, and the regularity 
 of soundings between them and the 
 main, while beyond them the dejdh 
 is unfathomable. The sea appears 
 to encroach on the northern coast, 
 while it restores the land on the 
 southern. The production of islands 
 on this coa.st, by the rapid inereaue 
 of the coral, is a remarkable oj)era- 
 tion of nature, experience having 
 ascertained the formation of islands 
 from this cause. Numerous clus- 
 ters of islands on tlie J'>asteru Seas 
 are supported o!i bases of coral, and 
 sinrounded by shoals enjergiiigfroni 
 the sintaee. On tlic west coast of 
 this island the tides are estimated to 
 rise no more than foiu" tcot, owing 
 to its open, uncoulined situation, 
 which prevents an aecumulatiou of 
 the tides, us happens in narrow sea.s. 
 
774 
 
 SUMATRA. 
 
 The whole soxith-east exfreniity 
 of Sumatra is little more than a 
 forest of mangroves growing oat of 
 a morass. This tree extends its 
 roots, in a curved direction, into the 
 water from dilferent parts of the 
 trunk, fonning arches to some dis- 
 tance until they reach the bottom, 
 covered by the sea. To these roots, 
 or inverted branches, oysters and 
 other small sh^ll fish are found to 
 adhere; and this circumstance has 
 given rise to the assertion sometimes 
 hazarded, of oysters growing upon 
 trees. On tills coast pieces of the 
 land, torn from the shore by the 
 \ioiencc of the river floods, with 
 their shrubs and plants growing on 
 them, are seen driving about with 
 the wind and current, the roots 
 being so closely matted and inter- 
 woven together, as to retain a quan- 
 tity of earth. 
 
 On the west coast of Snmaha, 
 southward of the equinoctial, the 
 S. E. monsoon, or dry season, begins 
 about May, and slackens in Sep- 
 tember. 'Fhe N. W. monsoon be- 
 gins about November, and the hard 
 rains cease about Mareli. The mon- 
 soons tliere, for the most part, com- 
 mence and leave off gradually; the 
 months of April and May, October 
 and November, generally affording 
 variable weather and winds. On 
 tliis island, as well as other tropical 
 countries of considerable extent, the 
 wind uniformly blows from the sea 
 to the land for a certain number of 
 liours in the 21, and then changes, 
 and blows for about as many froin 
 the laud to the sea. The air is, in 
 general, more temperate than in 
 many regions beyond the tropics. 
 The ihermometcr is seldom known 
 to rise higher in the shade than 85°. 
 ajid at sunrise is usually so low as 
 70°. Inland, among the liills, the 
 thermometer has been known so low 
 as 40°. the cold felt being much 
 greater than that number of degrees 
 usually indicates. Frost and snow 
 are xinknown to the inhabitauts ; 
 but fogs arc very prevalent, and sur- 
 prisingly dense. 
 
 In Sumatra there are a number 
 of volcano mountains, named, in 
 the Malay language, Goonong-api. 
 Lava has been seen to flow from a 
 considerable one near Priaman, but 
 without causing any otlier damage 
 than burning tlie woods. Earth- 
 quakes are frequent, but in general 
 very slight. No connexion betwixt 
 them and the volcanoes has ever 
 been discovered. The water-spout 
 often occurs along tlie coast, and 
 frequently makes its appearance on 
 land. Thunder and lightning are so 
 frequent, as scarcely to attract at- 
 tention ; few instances of damage, 
 or loss of lives, are ever experi- 
 enced. 
 
 The soil on the western coast of 
 Sumatra is generally a stiff, reddish 
 clay, covered with a layer of black 
 mould of no considerable depth. 
 I'rom this spi ings a strong and per- 
 petual verdiue of rank grass, brush 
 wood, or timber trees, so that a 
 great proportion of the island, espe- 
 cially to the southward, is an im- 
 pervious finest. Along the west 
 coast the low country is rendered 
 very uneven by swamps. 
 
 The earth in Sumatra is rich in 
 minerals, and other fossil pro- 
 ductions ; and the island has, in all 
 ages, been famous for gold, which 
 still continues to be procured in con- 
 siderable quantities, and might be 
 greatly increased if the gatherers 
 had a comi)etent knowledge of mi- 
 neralogy. There are also mines of 
 copper, iron, and tin. Sulphur is col- 
 lected in large (iuantities among the 
 mmierous volcauoc*. The natives ex- 
 tract saltpetre from the impregnated 
 earth, which is chiefly found in ex- 
 tensive eaves that have been long 
 frc(iuented by birds and bats, from 
 whose dung the soil is formed, and 
 acquires its nitrons properties. Coal, 
 mostly washed down by ti)e floods, 
 is procured in many parts, particu- 
 larly at Kuttaun, Ayer, Rann, and 
 Rencoolen ; but it is light, and not 
 considered of a good quality. Mi- 
 neral and hot springs, in taste re- 
 sembling those of Ilarrowgate, are 
 
 I 
 
SUMATRA. 
 
 775 
 
 fonnd m many districts. Earth oil, 
 used cliiefly as a preservative against 
 tlie destnicUve ravages of the white 
 ant, is collected at Ipw and els«^ 
 where. There is scarcely any spe- 
 cies of hard rock lo be met with ia 
 the low parts of the island, near the 
 sea-shore, in the cliffs along- which 
 various petrifactions and sea-shcUs 
 arc discovered. 
 
 Copper is found on the hiJls of 
 Mucky, near the sea, between Anala- 
 boo and Soosoo, to tlie lUHth of the 
 English settlement at 'J'appanooly. 
 Tiie space affording tlie ore is cxinsi- 
 dorable, extending above a degree iu 
 length, and farther east into the 
 country than has been yet ascer- 
 tained. A considerable quantity of 
 rich copper ore is found on tiie sur- 
 face of the hills, to which the na- 
 tives at present limit their researches. 
 On anaiyzation it is found to con- 
 tain a considerable portion of gold. 
 
 Rice is the most important article 
 of cultivation in Sumatra. In the 
 husk it is called Paddy by the Ma- 
 lays, from whose language the word 
 seems to have foxmd its way to the 
 maritime parts in Inditt. The kinds 
 of rice are very numerous, but may 
 be divided into two comprehensive 
 classes — the upland, or dry vice, 
 and the lowland, or marshy rice. 
 The natives generally prefer the 
 small grained rice, when at the 
 same time it is white, and in some 
 degree transparent. In some parts 
 of the island vegetation is so strong, 
 that spots wliicli have lieen per- 
 fectly chared fbr cultivation will, 
 upon being neglected for a single 
 season, atibrd shelter to the beasts 
 of the forest. The nominal time al- 
 lowed, from the sowing to th(> reap- 
 ing of the crop of the uj)land rice, 
 is five lunar months and 10 days; 
 but from this it nmst necessrnily 
 vary with the circumstances of the 
 season. The innumerable springs 
 and rivulets with which tiie country 
 abounds, render unnecessary the la- 
 borious processes by which water is 
 supplied on the continent of India, 
 where the soil is sandy. 
 
 In the connti7 of Manna, south 
 from Bencoolen, superior attoiu- 
 ments in agrieulture are discovered, 
 fneces of land, from five to 15 acres, 
 being there seen enclosed, and re- 
 gularly ploughed and ha)iowed. Un- 
 der very faAOurable circumstances, 
 the rate of produce is said to rise as 
 high as 140 ; but the connnon pro- 
 duce is only 30 for one. The grains 
 of paddy are rubbed out with th* 
 feet, which is a very painful and 
 aukward mode of clearing the rice 
 from the ear. The upland rice does 
 not keep more than 12 montlus, and 
 the lowland licc shews signs of de- 
 cay in six months ; but, in the husk, 
 botli will keep nmch longer. The 
 northern part of the coast, under 
 the Achcen goveinment, produce 
 large quantities of rice. 
 
 The next important object is the 
 cocoa nut tree, which, with the be- 
 tel nut and bambOo, require little 
 cultivation. There is also the sago 
 tree, and a great variety of palms. 
 The sugar cane is very generally 
 cultivated, but not in large quan- 
 tities, aiKl more frequently for the 
 purpose of chewing the juicy reed, 
 than for the manufacture of sugar, 
 which is usually impm ted from Java. 
 Maize, chilly pepjjer, turmeric, gin- 
 ger, coriander and cumin seed, are 
 raised in the gardens of the natives. 
 Hemp is extensively cultivated, not 
 for the purpose of making ropes, 
 but an intoxicating preparatiou, 
 called bang, wliieh they snK»ke \\ iih 
 tobacco. Small plantations of the 
 latter plant are every where met 
 witli. 
 
 It is impossible to enumerate, 
 within moderate boimds, all the 
 plants and sinuVis this luxuriant 
 island produces; the following are 
 tiie most remarkable : — a dwarf spe- 
 cies of nmlbeny is planted for silk 
 worms, which arc; reared, but not 
 to any great extent, and tiie raw 
 article produced is of an inferior 
 quality. The castor oil plant grows 
 wild in abundance, especially near 
 the sea-shore ; and the elastic gum 
 vine, or caoutchouc is also found. 
 
776 
 
 SUMATRA, 
 
 From the indigo plant the dye is t'x- 
 tracted, and jj^encrally tised in a 
 liquid state, Brazil wood is com- 
 mon in Malay countries, as is also 
 iibar, a red wood resembling log- 
 wood in its properties. 
 
 The mangosteen (garcinia man- 
 gostana), called by the natives man- 
 gista, exclusively belongs to these 
 countries, and has, by general con- 
 sent, obtained, in the opinion of 
 Europeans, the pre-eniiiicnee among 
 Indian fruits. Its characteristic qua- 
 lity is extreme delicacy of flavour, 
 without being rich or luscious. Se- 
 veral species of the bread fruit tree, 
 the jack, mango, plantains, pineap- 
 ples (which the natives cat with salt), 
 oranges, guavas, custard apples, pa- 
 ])aws, tamarinds, cashew apples, 
 pomegranates, and a multitude of 
 other fruits without European names, 
 are produced on this island. Grapes 
 are raised by Europeans, but not 
 cultivated by tlie natives ; and there 
 is a great profusion of flowers of a 
 strong fragrance, and odoriferous 
 shrubs. The camphor tree grows 
 principally on the N. W. side of Su- 
 matra, from the line to 3°. N. nearly, 
 and is not found to the soutli of the 
 equator. It is highly probable that, 
 in the course of time, the price of 
 <amphor will rise enormously, as not 
 one tree in 300 is found to contain 
 famphor, and when found is immc- 
 «liately cut down. The wood is use- 
 t'ld for domeslic purposes, being soft, 
 and easily worked. 
 
 The puhu upas, or poison irec, 
 about wiiieh so many extraordinary 
 talcs have been told, is found in the 
 woods, 'i'he poison is certainly dele- 
 terious, but not so potent as has 
 been represented. The tree itself 
 does no manner of harm to those 
 around it; and persons may sit un- 
 der its shade, or birds liglit on it, 
 without sustaining the slightest in- 
 jury. 
 
 The quadrupeds of this island are 
 generally such as are foiuid else- 
 where in the east. The buffaloe sup- 
 plies milk, butter, and beef, and is 
 the only animal employed in do- 
 
 mestic labour. Wliile working, it 
 is extremely slow, but steady; the 
 work it performs, however, falls 
 short of wiiat might liaA e been ex- 
 pected, from its size and apparent 
 strength. They are not found in a 
 wild state, being too much exposed 
 to the attacks of the tiger ; but only 
 the weaker sort and females fall a 
 prey to this savage, as the sturdy 
 male buffaloe can withstand the first 
 vigorous blow from the tiger's paw, 
 on M'liich the issue of the battle 
 usually turns. The Sumatran tiger 
 is of a very large size ; some have 
 been known to measure 18 inches 
 across the forehead. Their chief 
 subsistence is, probably, the unfor- 
 tunate moidvcys, M'ith which the 
 woods abound. 
 
 The cow, called Sapi and Jawi, is 
 obviously a stranger to tlie country, 
 and docs not appear to be yet na- 
 turalized. The breed of horses is 
 small, well made, and hardy, and 
 are luought down by the country 
 ])eople nearly in a wild state. In the 
 Batta country they are eaten, which 
 is a custom also in Celebes. The 
 sheep are a small breed, probably 
 imported from Bengal ; the other 
 animals are the goat and hog, both 
 domestic and wild, the otter, the 
 cat, the rat, and the dog. Of the 
 latter, those brought from F.uro{)e 
 degenerate, iu the course of tinje, 
 to curs, ^\ ith erect ears. 
 
 The elej)hants in the forests are 
 numerous, but excepting a few kept 
 for state by the King of Acheen, 
 the) are not domesticated in any 
 part of the country ; rhinoceroses, 
 single and double horneil, are also 
 found. The horn is esteemed an 
 antidote against poison by the na- 
 tives, and on that account made 
 into drinking cups. The hippopota- 
 m>is is found in Sumatra, and also 
 the bear, which is small and black, 
 and climbs the cocoa nut trees in 
 order to devour the tender part or 
 cabbage. There are many sjiecies 
 of the deer kind, and the varieties 
 of the monkey tribes are innumera- 
 ble; hero are also sloths, squirrels, 
 
SUINIATRA. 
 
 777 
 
 telcggos, or stinkards, civet cats, 
 t%er cats, porcupines, hedge lio2,s, 
 paiij^olins, bats of all kinds, al!)<;;i- 
 tors, guanos, camoleons, flying liz- 
 ;«ards, tortoises, and turtle. 'Ilie 
 liouse lizzards are in length tVoni lour 
 inches d<)^vn to one, and are tlie 
 hng;cst reptiles that can walk in an 
 inverted ])osition ; (Uie ol'these larf!,e 
 cnoupjh to devour a cockroach, runs 
 alonj^ the ceiling; of a room, and in 
 that situation seizes its pre}'. The 
 tail of these reptiles when broken oil' 
 renews itself. 
 
 ^^'ilh aninsals of the fro?: kind the 
 swamps every when- teem, and tlicir 
 noise on the approach of rain is tre- 
 iiumdous. They ftuiiish food to llu; 
 snakes, which are of all sizes, and 
 a 2:rcat proportion of them harmless. 
 These reptiles will swallow animals 
 twice or tinicc their own a|)|iarent 
 circumference, having intheirthroats 
 a compressive force that gradually 
 reduces tlie i)rey to convenient di- 
 mensions. 'J'he shores supply cray 
 fish, prawns, shrimps, crabs, the 
 kima, or gigantic cockle, an inferior 
 species of oyster, uiuscles, sea eggs, 
 &c. &c. Among the fish are the 
 duyong, a large s<'a animal of the 
 niamalia ord<-r, with two strong pec- 
 toral fins serving for the purposes of 
 feet, the grampus whale, violiers, so 
 called from the peculiarity of its dor- 
 sal tin resembling a sail, sharks, 
 skates, the nuuania, gymnotus, rock 
 cod, pomfret, ninllet, the fl}iMg fish, 
 and many others. 
 
 The variety of birds is consider- 
 able, aiul consists of the Kiuualian 
 plicasant, peacocks, eagles and vul- 
 tiues, kites and crows, jackdaws, 
 king's Ushers, the biiceios, storks, 
 the conuuon fowl, domestic and wild, 
 the snipe, coot, jdover, jiigcons, 
 <piails, starlings, swallows, niiuas, 
 parrots and parioquets. geese, ducks, 
 teal, &.C. The bird of i-an»dise is 
 not found here, and the cassowary 
 is brought from Java. The loory is 
 brought from the islands still further 
 cast. 
 
 The whole island swarms with in- 
 sects, amongst which are coch- 
 
 roaches, crickets, bees, flies of all 
 sorts, inos(iuitoes, scorpions, centi- 
 pedes, and water and land leeches. 
 'J'he fire tly is larger than the com- 
 mon fly, and emits light as if by 
 respiration, which is so great, that 
 words on paper may be distinguished 
 by holding one in the hand. Ants 
 exist in immense numbers and va- 
 rities, which differ in taste tiom each 
 other when put into the mouth. 
 Some are hot and acrid, some bitter, 
 and some sour. The large red ant 
 bites severely, and usually leaves its 
 head, as the bee its sting, in the 
 wuiiiul. The Chinese dainty, named 
 indiscriminately biche de mar, swal- 
 lo, tripan, or sea s!;ig (hoiothurion) 
 is collectc d irom the rocks, and dried 
 in the son for the China market. 
 
 Of the productions of Sumatra 
 which are regarded as articles of 
 commerce, the most abundant, and 
 formerly tiieino.st iin[)ortant, is pep- 
 I»er, of which the East India Com- 
 pany used to exjiort large ipiantities, 
 but it is now reduced to one solitary 
 cargo amuially of the value of about. 
 15,0001. 'J'he pepper vine is a hardy 
 ])lant, growing readily fiom cuttings 
 or layers, rising in several small 
 knotted stems, and twining rouiul 
 any neighbouring suppoit. If siifl'er- 
 cd to run along the ground its fibres 
 become roots, in which case, iike 
 the ivy, it would never exhibit any 
 marks of fructification. It begins to 
 bear in its third, and attains its 
 prime in its .seventh year,;ifler which 
 it declines. The white pepper is 
 made by bleaching the grains of the 
 common sort, by wliiih it is de- 
 prived of its extciior pellicle. This 
 article takes little damage by sub- 
 mersion in sea water. 
 
 On the capture of the ^Moluccas, 
 in 1796, the imtmeg and clove plants 
 were introduced, and have since ra- 
 pidly increased, |)articularly the for- 
 mer, 'j'here are now above '^.),000 
 nutmeg trees in full bearing, capable 
 of yielding annually 200,000 pounds, 
 and 56,000 pounds of mace. Among 
 the most valuable j)roductions of the 
 island is camphor, for wliich Suma- 
 
778 
 
 SUMATRA. 
 
 tia and Bonipo have been crlebratr 
 cd from llie earliest times. The fn e 
 is souielimes 15 feet in circnmicr- 
 eiicc, llic camphor bcii)K found in a 
 <;olKMete slate in the natural fissures 
 and crevices of the wood. The na- 
 live.s cut down a gT(;at many trees at 
 random iKtbre they find one that 
 contains a sufficient quantity to re- 
 pay their iaijour, although always 
 assisted in their research by a pro- 
 fessional conjurer, whose skill nnist 
 be chiefly cnsployed in concealing or 
 accomitinj;: for his own mistakes. 
 The whole (juanlity brought for sale 
 rarely excecds50[)eculs(133f pounds 
 cacli). The trade is chiefly in the 
 hands of the Acheenese, who buy 
 the article from the Batta people, 
 and dispose of it to the Europeans 
 and Chinese. The Japan camphor 
 is of a very inferior quality. 
 
 Benzoin, or benjamin, is found al- 
 most exclusively in the Batla coun- 
 try. The best sort is sent to Eisrope, 
 and the inferior sort is exported to 
 Arabia, Fert;ia, and souje i)avfs of 
 Hindostan, where it is burned to 
 perfume their temples and private 
 Jiouses. I'rom iMif^laud it is re-ex- 
 ported to the Ivonian Catholic and 
 IVIahommedau countries, to be used 
 as incense. It is also employed in 
 medicine as a styptic, and consti- 
 tutes the basis of Turlington's drops. 
 Cassia is also produced and export- 
 ed, and rattans furnish annually 
 many cargoes. The annual and the 
 shnib cotton are cultivated by the 
 natives, but only in sufficient quan- 
 tities to supply their own wants. The 
 silk cotton is a most beautiful raw 
 material, but owing to the shortness 
 and brittleness of tJic .sta|)le is unfit 
 for the reel and the loom, and is 
 only applied to the unworthy pur- 
 poses of stuffing pillows and ma- 
 trasses. The coflce tree is universally 
 planted, but the berry is not of a 
 good quality, probably ov.ing to tl^ 
 want of skill in tiie management. 
 Among the other art icies of com- 
 merce are dammer, a species of tur- 
 pentine or resin ; dragons' blood, a 
 drug obtained from a hirge species 
 
 of rattan ; gambir, a juice extracted 
 from the leaves of a plant of the 
 same name. Lignum aloes, or agila 
 wood, liighly prized in the east for- 
 its fragrant scent while burning. 
 
 The forests contain an inexhausti- 
 ble store and endless variety of tim- 
 ber trees, many sorts of which are 
 capable of being applied to ship 
 building; but the teak does not ap- 
 pear to be indigenous to the island, 
 although it flourishes io the north- 
 ward and southward, in Pegu and 
 Java. The other remarkable tn'cs 
 are the poon, so named from a Ma- 
 lay word, which signifies wood in 
 general, and is preferred for masts 
 and spars. The camphor wood is 
 used for carpenters' purposes. I'he 
 iron wood, so named on account of 
 its hardness. The marbau, used as 
 beams for sliips and houses. The 
 pinaga, a aluabie as crooked timber 
 from frames and knees. The ebony ; 
 the kayu gadis, a wood possessing 
 the flavour and qualities of sasgahits; 
 the rangi, supposed to be the man- 
 chineel tree of the West Indies, has 
 a resemblance to mahogany. ( )f the 
 various sorts of trees producing dam- 
 mei, some are also valuable as tim- 
 ber, and lure also is found the 
 spreading banyan tree of Hindostan, 
 
 Gold is procured in the central 
 parts of the island, and Menanca- 
 bow has always been esteemed the 
 richest in this metal. In the dis- 
 tricts inland from Padang, which is 
 the principal mart, it is collected 
 from mines, and from the channels 
 of rivers ; pieces of gold have also 
 occasionally been found, weighing 
 nine oxmces and u]>a\ ards. Probably 
 only one half of all the gold procur- 
 ed reaches the hands of Europeans ; 
 yet it is asserted, on good authority, 
 that from 10 to 12,000 ounces have 
 been amuially received at Padang 
 alone, at Na'iaboo 2000, at Natai 
 SOO, and at Mocomoco 600. The 
 merchants carry the gold from the 
 interior to the sea coast, where they 
 barter it for iron and iron working 
 tools, opium, and the fine piece 
 goods of Madras and Bengal. When 
 
SUMATRA. 
 
 77'J 
 
 l)0ii2;ht at thr spttlcninils, it ust-cl 
 formerly to be purchased at the rate 
 o( 31. 5s. per ounce, but al'terwanls 
 rose to 31. 18s. uhich would yield no 
 profit oil exportation to Europe. lu 
 many parts of tlie country it is em- 
 ployed instead of coin, every man 
 carrying a small pair of scales about 
 ■with him. At Aclieon small thin 
 sold coins were formerly struck, but 
 the coinai?e lias been abandonctl in 
 modern times, Siher is not known 
 as a production of Sumatra. 
 
 Till is a very considerable article 
 of trade, the mini's of « hieh arc si- 
 tuated on the Island of Eaiica. Iron 
 ore is dug on Sumatra, but not in 
 large quantities, the consumption of 
 the natives bein^ supplied with Kng:- 
 lish and Swedish bar iron. Sulphur 
 is procured from the volcanoes, and 
 yellow arsenic is an article of trafiie. 
 Jn the country of Kuttaun arc ex- 
 tensive caves, from the soil of which 
 saltpetre is extracted ; and from si- 
 milar caverns the edible l)ird nests 
 are procured for the China market, 
 w here also the biehc do mar is sent, 
 and is there employed as a season- 
 ing. At Batavia the last article sells 
 for 45 dollars per pecul of 13.3| 
 pounds. The otlier exports are bees' 
 wax, gum lac, and ivori. Elephants 
 v\ ere lormerly exported from Aciiecn 
 to the Coromandel Coast, in vessels 
 built on purpose, but this trade has 
 long dediiied, 
 
 'I'he most general articles of im- 
 port are the following. From the 
 Coast of Coromandel various cotton 
 goods, such as long cloth, blue and 
 white chintzes, coloured handker- 
 chiefs, and also salt. I'roiii Bengal 
 muslins, striped and plain ; and se- 
 veral kinds of cotton goods, as baf- 
 taes, cossaes, hummums, &:e. taiTetas 
 and some other silks, and o])iiim in 
 considerable quantities. Eroni the 
 western Coast of India viirious cot- 
 ton goods, mostly of a coarse fabric. 
 From China coarse porcelain, iron 
 pans in sets of ditlcrent sizes, to- 
 bacco shred very tine, gold thread.-', 
 fans, and a number of small articles. 
 i'roin Celebes (known here by the 
 
 name of its chief provinces, INJa- 
 cassar, Buggess, and Mandar), Java, 
 Bally, Ceram, and other eastern is- 
 lands, the rough striped cotton cloth, 
 commonly called Buggess cloutiug* 
 the miiversal body dress of the na- 
 tives ; creeses, and other weapons ; 
 silken creese belts, tudongs, or hats, 
 small pieces of ordnance, commonly 
 of brass, called rantaka, spices, salt 
 of a large grain, and sometimes rice, 
 cliiofly from Bali. iMom Europe arc 
 imported silver, iron, steel, lead, cut- 
 lery, various sorts ofhardware, brass 
 wire, and broad cloths, especially 
 scarlet. 
 
 The beautiful gold and* silver fila- 
 gree work of Sumatra has long been 
 celebrated aud admired, and is a 
 matter of still greater curiosity from 
 the extreme coarseness of the tools 
 employed in tlit- mauufacturc. Emm 
 a piece of old iron hoop the wire 
 drawing instrument is made, a ham- 
 mer head stuck in a block sei-ves for 
 an anvil ; aud a pair of compasses is 
 seen composed of two old nails tied 
 together at one end. The gold is 
 fused in a piece of a rice pot; in 
 general they use no bellows, but 
 blow the lire with their mouths 
 through a joint of bamboo. If tiie 
 quantity of gold to be melted be 
 considerable, three or four pers<jns 
 sit around their furnace, which is an 
 old iron pot, aud blow altogether. 
 
 But little skill is shewn by the na- 
 tives in forging iron. They make 
 nails, ahhough seldom used in build- 
 ing. - They are ignorant of the use 
 of the saw, except where it has been 
 introduced by the Europeans. Paint- 
 ing and drawing they are strangers 
 to; ill carving they are lanci'.iil, and 
 their designs grotesque, and ahva\s 
 out of nature. Silk and cotton cloths 
 manufactured by themselves are 
 worn by the natives in all parts of 
 the country. Their looms and weav- 
 ing api)aratus are extremely defect- 
 ive. They manufacture diflerent 
 kinds of earthenware of a coarse 
 fabric ; and extract the cocoa nut 
 oil, which is in general use. Gun- 
 powder is mauulactured in various 
 
780 
 
 SUMATRA. 
 
 parls of the islantl, but less in the 
 sonllieni provincos tJian among- llio 
 people of Mcnancabovv, the Baltas, 
 and the Acliecnese, Avhos<' frequent 
 Avars (lemand large supplies. 'J'he 
 powder is very iinpcrfeetly graiin- 
 l;!led, beinp; otleu liaslily pr(>pared 
 iti siiiall (piantitios fur imniediato 
 use. Salt is mostly supplied by car- 
 goes imported, but llicy also manu- 
 iactnre it themselves by a very te- 
 dious proeess. 
 
 Anionjj; the modern pulili'^al «livi- 
 sioiis of th; island, the princii>al aie 
 the empire ol' MenancaboM- and the 
 IMalays; in Iho next ])laee, the 
 Aelieenese; then the Battas, the 
 • Bt'jaiiss; and next to them tiie peo- 
 ple of I^aniponi^. The chain of is- 
 lands whieh extends in a lim nearly 
 j)aralicl to the western coast, at the 
 distance of little more than a <le- 
 grec, are inhtdjited l)y a laee, or 
 races of people, apparently from llie 
 same original stock, as Ihose of the 
 inlerier of Snmatra. Tlieii gomiine- 
 iiess of characler has been pieserved 
 to a remarkable degree, whilst tlie 
 islands on the eastern side are uni- 
 formly peopled wilh Malays, lentil 
 about 100 years ago the southern 
 <>oas1 of Sumatra, as far as tlie Urei 
 liiver, was dependant on the Kijig 
 of Bantam in Java, wljose lieutenant 
 came yearly to Beneoolen, or Sillc- 
 bar, to collect iiepper, and till up 
 the Aacaucies. 
 
 Almost ail the forms of govern- 
 ment throughout Sumatra are a mis- 
 Inre of the feudal and patriiiiclral ; 
 but the system ofgovermucnt among 
 the people near the sea coast is 
 much influenced by the power of the 
 Europeans, who exercise, in fact, 
 the functions of sovereignty, and 
 with great advantage to their ssib- 
 je<!ts. The districts over wliidi the 
 East India (,'ompauy's inthiciue ex- 
 tends arc preserved in a state of uu- 
 internipted peace, and were it not 
 for this cocicion. every village would 
 be in a stale of perpetual hostility 
 with its neighbour. 'Jhc form of 
 government among the Kcjangs ap- 
 [ilje.s geuerally to Ihe Orang ulu, or 
 
 inhabitants of tlie interior. Among 
 the hills and woods property in land 
 depends upon occupancy, unless 
 where fruit trees have been planted ; 
 and as tliere is seldom any determin- 
 ed boiuidary between neighbouring 
 villages, such marks are rarely dis- 
 turbed. 
 
 TIic laws of tlie Sumatrans are 
 properly a set of long established 
 customs handed dow n to them from 
 their ancestors, the authority for 
 which is founded in usage and ge- 
 neral consent. The law which ren- 
 ders ail the members of a family re- 
 ciprocally bound for each others 
 debts, forms a strong connexion 
 among them. AVhen a n)aii dies, 
 his effects descend to his children in 
 equal shares. 'J'he Sumatraii code 
 admits of a pecuniary compensation 
 for murder, on which accoiuit their 
 law.s take uo cognizance of the dis- 
 tinction betw een a wilful murder and 
 what we term manslaiJghter. Cor- 
 poreal punishnientofany kindisrare. 
 
 'I'he place of the greatest solem- 
 nity for administering an oath, is the 
 burying ground of their ancestors ; 
 and they have certain rcliipies, or 
 swearing apparatus, which they pro- 
 duce, on important occasions. These 
 generally consist of an old broken 
 creese, a broken gun barrel, some 
 copper bullets, or any thing else to 
 w Inch chance or caprice has annex- 
 ed the idea of extraordinary virtue. 
 These Ihey generally dip in water, 
 Avhich the person who swears drinks 
 ofi', after pionouncing a form of 
 Avords. At Manna the rclique most 
 venerated is a gun barrel, which, 
 when produced to be sworn on, is 
 earned to the spot Avrapt up in silk, 
 asid under :in umbrella. The Su- 
 matra a impressed Avith the idea of 
 invisible powers, but not of his oAvn 
 innnortality, regards A\ith awe the 
 .supposed iu.strnmeuts of their agen- 
 cy, and swears on creeses, bullets, 
 and gun barrels, Aveapous of personal 
 destruction. 
 
 'J'he right of slavery is established 
 in this island, as it is universally 
 tbroughout the east; but few in- 
 
su:matra. 
 
 7ai 
 
 $tancfs orrtir of tlic coiintrv pro|il<' 
 actiiiilly ha\in£;- sliivcs, altlioii;;li llicy 
 aio common ill Ww Malayan or sea 
 jK>if towns. \t Boiit'oolcn llu- l",ast 
 India Coni])aiiy have a lioily of ncuro 
 slaves. 'J'lit'se hold the nalivos of 
 1h(.' island in fjirat contempt, have 
 an aniipalliy tu thcni. and enjoy any 
 occasion of doiii^ them iniscliici ; 
 the Siiniatrans, on the other Iiand, 
 consider the negroes merely as devils 
 half hnmanized. 
 
 Tlie inliabitants of Sinnatra aio 
 rather below the middle size, tlieir 
 limbs are, for the must part, slij;ht, 
 bnt well shaped, and are jjurticnlaily 
 yinall ar the wrists and ancles. 'Ilic 
 women tbllow the prepostoron.s (•I1^- 
 tom of tlattenins;; the noses and coni- 
 pressing the skulls of children newly 
 born, and also pull out the ears of 
 the infants to make them stand at an 
 an?;le with the head. The males 
 destroy their beards, and keep their 
 chins remarkably snKtoth, Their 
 comjtlexion is properly yellow, want- 
 ini;: the red tin;;e that constitutes a 
 Utwny or copper colour. Tlie fe- 
 males of the npper classes not ex- 
 lio.scd to the rays of the snn, ap- 
 proach to a degree of fairness. Per- 
 sons tif superior rank encf)ura';e the 
 p,rowlh of their hand nails to an ex- 
 traordinary length; the hands of the 
 natives generally, and even those of 
 tlie half breed, are always cold. 'Jhe 
 inland natives are snj)erior in size 
 and strength to the Slalays on the 
 coast, and jiosscss also fairer com- 
 plexions. Among- the hills the in- 
 habitants are snbject to monstrons 
 wens, or goitres on th<: throat. 
 
 ]{oth sexes liave the extraordinary 
 cnstom of lilin;; and disfignring their 
 teeth, whi(^h are naturally very white 
 and beanliful, from the simplicity of 
 their food. Many, i<articnlarly the 
 women of the Lainpong country, 
 have their teeth nibbed down even 
 with their gums; others have them 
 formed into points, while some tile 
 oO" no more than the outer extremi- 
 ties, and then blacken them with 
 the empyrcumatic oil of the cocoa 
 \iut shell. The jfreat meu set their 
 
 teeth in gold, by casing with a plate, 
 of tJiat metal the under row; vvhieii 
 ornament, contrasted witli the black 
 dye, has by candle light a very spUin- 
 did cll'eet. It is someliiiies indented 
 to the shape of their teelh, but more 
 usnally is cpiite plain, and it is not 
 removed either to slei;p or eat. Tlie 
 original clothing of (he Snmaliansis 
 the same with that fouad by navi- 
 gators among the South Sm Inlands, 
 and in l^urope geueially called Ota- 
 heitean «loth. It is still used among 
 the H(>jangs as their working dress, 
 but the country people now, in a 
 great measure, «'oiiforni to the cos- 
 tume of the ISlalays. 
 
 The dnsiins, or villages of the 
 Snniatrans, for the inhabitants are 
 so few that they are not entitled Ut 
 the name of town.s, are always si- 
 tuated on the banks of a river or 
 lake, for the convenience of bath- 
 ing, and of transporting goo<ls. 'I'hcii 
 buildings arc of wood and bamboos, 
 eovered with palm leaves. 'Ihe 
 frames of the houses rest on stout 
 wooden pillars, aiiout six or eight 
 feet in height, and are ascended to 
 by a jiiecc of stout bamboo cut into 
 notche.s. Detached buildings in the 
 country are raised 10 or 12 feet tioin 
 the ground, as security against ti- 
 gers. 'I'he furniture is extremely 
 simple, and neither knives nor torks 
 are required, as in eating they take 
 uj) the rice and other victuals be- 
 tween the thumb and lingers, and 
 throw it into the mouth by the ac- 
 tion of the thumb. 
 
 'Jhe art of medicine among the 
 Sumatrans con.-.ists almost entirely 
 in the application of siimiiles. ICveiy 
 old man and woman is a physician, 
 and their rewards depend on tlitir 
 .success, bnt they generally procure 
 a small sum in advance, under tlu; 
 pretext of purchasing cliarms. In 
 fevers during the paroxysm, they 
 pour over the patient a quantity of 
 very cold water, which aftervvanis 
 brings on a copious perspiration. 'I'lio 
 venereal disease, although commoji 
 in the Malay bazars, is little knowu 
 in the interior. 
 
782 
 
 SUMATRA. 
 
 On the sea coast tlic Malay lan- 
 guage is intermixed with the Batta, 
 and other original languages, Tlie 
 Malays fix the length of the year at 
 S54 days, or 12 lunar months of 29| 
 days e.ich ; the original Sumatrans 
 count their years from the number of 
 their crops of grain. They are fond 
 of music, and have many instru- 
 ments, mostly borrowed from the 
 Chinese. The Malays of Sumatra 
 nse the Arabic character, and Inive 
 incorporated a great many Arabic, 
 and also Portuguese wmrds, in their 
 language. The other principal lan- 
 guages of Sumatra are the Balta, 
 the Rejang, and the Lampong; the 
 difference between them being chiefly 
 marked by their being expressed in 
 distinct written characters. They 
 write on the inner bark of a tree, 
 and on bamboos, and form their 
 lines from the left hand towards the 
 right. 
 
 The native Sumatran of the in- 
 terior differs in some respects from 
 the Malay of the coast, being mild, 
 peaceable, and forbearing, unless 
 when roused by violent provocation. 
 He is temperate and sober, his diet 
 being mostly vegetable, and his only 
 beverage w ater. 'I'heir hos[)itality is 
 very peat with very simi)le man- 
 ners ; and they are, in general, ex- 
 cept among the chiefs, <]cvoid of tl)e 
 Malay cunning and chicane. On 
 the other hand^lhey are litigieus, in- 
 dolent, addicted to gaming, dishonest 
 in their dealings with strangers, 
 which they considci as no moral de- 
 fect, regardless of truth, mean, ser- 
 vile; and though cleanly in their 
 persons, filthy in their apparel, which 
 they never wash. They arc careless 
 and improvident of the future, and 
 make no advances in improving their 
 condition. The Macassars and Bug- 
 gess<?s who come animally from Ce- 
 lebes in their prows to trade at Su- 
 matra, are looked up to by tlie Su- 
 matrans and Malays as their supe- 
 riors in manners. They also derive 
 part of the respect paid to them 
 from the richne.ss of their cargoes, 
 and the spirit with wliich they .spend 
 
 the produce in g-aming, cock fight- 
 ing, and smoking npii3m. 
 
 Through every rank of the people 
 there prevails a strong propensity to 
 gaming, and to cock tighting they 
 are still more passionately addicted. 
 I'he artificial spur used resembles 
 the blade of a scimitar, and proves 
 a more destructive weapon tha« the 
 European spur. 'J'he Malay breed 
 of cocks are nnich esteemed by con- 
 noisseins who have had an oppor- 
 tunity of trying them. In some 
 places they match (piails in the man- 
 ner of cocks, which fight with great 
 inveferacy, aiid endeavour to seize 
 each other by the tongue. 
 
 The Sumatrans generally, but 
 more particularly the Malays, are 
 much addicted to the custom of 
 smoking opiun). The poppy which 
 produces it not growing on the is- 
 land, it is annually imported from 
 Bengal in considerable quantifies, 
 in chests of 140 pounds each, and 
 on the west coast about 20,000 
 pounds are used annually. It is 
 nuxed up with tobacco into the form 
 of pills about fhe size of a pea, 
 which fjiiantity is consumed at one 
 whiff. 'I'he smoke is never emitted 
 by the mouth, but usually receives 
 vent through the nostrils, and some- 
 times by adepts through the pas- 
 sages of the ears and eyes. Although 
 so much opium is smoked in this is- 
 land, the practice of running a muck 
 (called by the natives nicngamok) is 
 by no means frequent. It is remark- 
 able that at Batavia, where the oi- 
 minals when taken alive are broken 
 on the wheel wiih every aggravation 
 of cruelty, mucks often occur; while 
 at Bencoolcn, where they are exe- 
 cuted in the easiest manner, the of- 
 fence is extremely rare. On the 
 west coiist the Malays have been so 
 long aecustonied to the mild govern- 
 ment of the British, that their man- 
 ners and habits are considerably im- 
 proved ; while on the east coast they 
 cojifinue ferocious, sanguinary, and 
 treacherous. 
 
 '1 he original Sumatran vessel for 
 boiling rice, and which is still used 
 
SriNTATHA. 
 
 783 
 
 for that purpose is a joint of s'fcn beyond them. If by relij^ion is 
 bamboo, liy the time the viee is meant a public or private i'orm of 
 dresseil, the utensil is nearly destroy- uorshsp of any kind, and of pray- 
 ed by tlie lire ; but it resists tlie flame ers, proeessions, ineetin;fs ; olferinj;R, 
 .so long, as there is no moisture \\ ith- images, or priests, are all or any of 
 in. vVltliongli the nalives subsist in them necessai^ to eonstitute it; the 
 a great measure on vegetable food, Rejangs are totally -without roli- 
 tliey are not restrained by any pre- gion, and cannot with propriety be 
 judice of easte from other aliments; even termed pagans, if that phrase is 
 and accordingly, at their cnltntain- ujiderslood to convey the idea of 
 ments, the flesli of the bnllaloe, tlie mistaken worship. They neither 
 goat, and fowls, are served uj). Their worship God, devil, nor idol. They 
 dishes are almost all dressed as cur- are not, however, without snpersti- 
 ries, and tlieir flesh meiit is cooked tious beliefs of many kinds ; and 
 iunnediatdly after it is killed, which liave a confused notion, though per- 
 is s'lill warm. Sago, although com- haps derived from their intercours* 
 nion, is not in such general use as with other people, of some superior 
 among the more eastern islands, beings who have the power of ren- 
 w here it is employed as a substitute dering tiiemselves visible and invi- 
 for rice. When these arti<les of sible at pleasure. These they call 
 subsistence fail, the Sumatran finds ©rang alus, tine or impalpable beings, 
 oth<Ms in the woods ; hence famines and regard them as possessing the 
 in the island are never attended with faculty of doing them good or evil, 
 any veiy destructive consequences. They also call them maleikat and 
 The natives of Sumatra are in ge- jin, which are the angels and evil 
 neral good speakers, the gift of ora- spirits of the Arabians, and the idea 
 tory being natural to them. A Su- was probabJy bonowcd at the same 
 niatrau ever scrupulously aijstains time with the name. They have no 
 from pronouncing his own name, not word in their language to express 
 from any uiotive of superstition, but the person of Cod except the " Al- 
 inerely as a punctilio in manners; lah tala" of the Malays, corrupted 
 and it occasions him infinite embar- by them to " Llah talo." The Su- 
 rassment when a stranger, uuac- n»atrans, where nntiuetured with 
 quainted with their customs,re(iuires Mahommedanism, do not appear to 
 it of him. As soon as he recovers have any notion of a future state, 
 from his confusion he solicits the in- The superstition Vv'hieh has the 
 terjiosition of his neighbour. They strongest inllueuce on their minds, 
 can seldom give an acexnate account and which approaciics the nearest to 
 of their age ; but, so far as can be a species of religion, is that which 
 inferred from oliservation, not a great leads them to venerate, almost to the 
 pro]>or(it)n of tlu; men attain the age point of vvorsbipjjiiig, the tonsbs and 
 of 6t>, and 60 is accounted a long manes of their deceased ancestors, 
 life. \N here jVIahonunedanism pre- They have an impcrlect notion of a 
 vails, boys are circunicised between nietemsychosis, but not in any dc- 
 the .sixth and lOtli years. gree systematic, nor considered as 
 
 'J'he ancient gcnisine religion of an article of religions faith. They 
 the Hejangs,(the Sumatran race with seem tothiid; in general that tigeis 
 which we are best acquainted) if in are actuatid by the spirits of'de- 
 fact they ever had any, is now scarce- ceased men, and speak of them with u 
 ly to be traced; and what adds to degree of awe. They relate stories 
 the diibculty of procuring iulbrma- alsoof a place in the interior country, 
 tion is, that those who h;ive not been where the tigens have a court, and 
 initiated in the Mahummedan doc- m;(in1ain a regular form of govern- 
 trines regard those who have, as per- nunt, and have their houses thatch- 
 sons advanced a step ia knowledge ed v\ith women's hair. Tho Suma- 
 
784 
 
 SUMBHAWA. 
 
 Irans are also firmly persuaded, that 
 various particular persous are wliat 
 IIk'v term betuah (sacred, impassive, 
 iuvulneral)le, and not liable to acci- 
 dent); and this quality they extend 
 to tiiinos inanimate, such as ships 
 and boats. 
 
 No attempts have ever been made 
 by missionaries, or otheis, to convert 
 the inhabitants of this island to 
 Christianity. Of the many thou- 
 sands baptized in the Eastern Isles 
 by the eelebiated Francis Xavier, 
 in the 16th century, not one of their 
 descendants are now found to retain 
 a ray of the liu^ht imparted to them. 
 As it was novelty only, and not con- 
 viction, that induced the orii;iiial 
 converts to embrace a new faith, the 
 impression lasted no longer than the 
 sentiment which recommended it, 
 and disappeared as rapidly as the 
 missionary. Under the inlluence, 
 however, of Uie Spanish <rovernment 
 at Manilla, and of tlx; Dutch at Ea- 
 tavia, there are many native Christ- 
 ians educated as such from their 
 chiidiiood. I'he ncfjlect of missions 
 to Sumaira is one of the causes that 
 the interior of the country is so little 
 known to the civilized world. 
 
 Lejijal (!isj)utes arc extremely com- 
 mon in Sumatra, and by far the 
 greater number originate in the in- 
 tricacy of the maniaj::e contracts, the 
 difficulties of which, both precedent 
 and subseqticnt, are iucreased by the 
 Siunatrans to a degree unknown in 
 the most rclined states. A Avife is 
 obtained by various modes of pur- 
 chase, and when the full sum is paid 
 the female l)eeomes to all intents 
 and purposes the slave of the hus- 
 band, who may at any time sell her, 
 makiiifj oidy tlie first offer to her re- 
 lations. 'J'he debts due lor these 
 sales constitute in fact the chief part 
 of tlieir riches; and a person is reck- 
 oned in good circumstances who has 
 several due to him for his daug'hters, 
 sisters,, aunts, and great aunts. Pros- 
 titution is imknown in the interior, 
 being confined to (he more j)olite 
 bazars on the sea-coast, where there 
 iii iLsually a concourse of sailors and 
 
 other strangers. Adultery is puni-ish* 
 able by fine, but the crime is rare, 
 and law-suits on the subject still less 
 frequent. The husband, it is pro- 
 bable, cither conceals his shame, or 
 revenges it with his o^^^l hand. The 
 customs of the Siunatrans permit 
 their having as many wives as they 
 can purchase, or afibrd to maintain; 
 but it is only among their chiefs that 
 instances occur of their having more 
 than one. 
 
 lYom various sources of informa- 
 tion, sulficiently distinct from each 
 other, the conclusion may be drawn, 
 that tlie Mahommedan religion had 
 not made any considerable progress 
 in the interior of Sumatra earlier than 
 the 14th century. The province of 
 ]\lenancab()W, although situated in- 
 land, is by far the most completely 
 converted, the inhabitants being 
 wholly JVlahommcdiuis. Perliaps it 
 is less .surprising that tiiis one king- 
 dom should have been completely 
 C(mverted, than that so many dis- 
 tricts should remain to this day with- 
 out any n'ligion whatever. Every 
 thing conspires to induce the Suma- 
 tran to embrace a system of belief, 
 and scheme of instruction, in which 
 there; is nothing repugnant to preju- 
 dices already imbibed ; he relin- 
 quishes no favourite ancient worship 
 to adopt a new, and is manifestly a 
 gainer by the exchange. {Marsden, 
 
 SuMAUN. — A town in the province 
 of Agia, district of EtaAveh, 28 nfiles 
 N. N. E. from the town of Etaweh. 
 Lat. 2'° 0'. N. Long. 79°. 5'. E. 
 
 StiMBHAWA. — A larg<; ishuid in the 
 Eastern Seas, situated between the 
 eighth and ninth degrees of south la- 
 titude, and sepaiated from Lorn))- 
 hook by the Straits of Allass; in 
 length it may be estimated at 180 
 miles, by 40 the average breadth. 
 Near the middle it is deeply indent- 
 ed by an extensive bay, which al- 
 most divides it into two portions. 
 
 The petty statCvS on this island are 
 Einia, Dompo, Tambora, Sangar, 
 Papikat, and Sumbhawa. TJieir 
 chiefs were all either the allies of, 
 
SUMBHULPOOR. 
 
 785 
 
 or under the protection of the Dutcli 
 Ea t India Company ; and were all 
 sulTicienfly obedient, except tlie last- 
 mentioned slate, which was refrac- 
 tory, being instigated thereto by the 
 Macassars and W adjorese of Ce- 
 lebes, who resort in great numbers 
 to this island, especially the latter. 
 Country ships here procure articles 
 of trade for tiie China market; and, 
 in 1778, sapan wood to the amount 
 of 580,000 pounds weight was ex- 
 ported from this island, and sold in 
 Holland. The Dutch trade toSum- 
 bhawa Mas under the superintcnd- 
 ance of the Macassar residency. 
 
 Bima lies at the east end of Sum- 
 bhawa, and comprehends under its 
 jurisdiction the Slraits of Sapy, the 
 whole of Manjeray, and the Island 
 of (joonong A pi. The Bima lan- 
 guage extends over the east part 
 of Sumbhawa, and the western por- 
 tion of the Island of Ende, denomi- 
 nated rioris by the early Portuguese 
 navigators. The dialect of Sum- 
 bhawa, whicli prevails in the districts 
 not subject to the Sultan of Bima, is 
 of a more mixed character than tliat 
 of Bima. Neither the latter, nor the 
 Sumbhawa, have any peculiar cha- 
 racter, but use indillerentiy the Bug- 
 gess or Malay characters. (Stavo- 
 rinvs and Notes, Leijden, Elmore, ^c.) 
 
 SuMBHOONAUTH, {Samhfiunat/ia, a 
 Name of Mahadeva). — A town and 
 temple in the Ghoorkhali territories, 
 in Ncnaul. Lat. 27°. 33'. N, Long. 
 85° 38'. E. 
 
 The temple of Sumbhoonauth is a 
 very ancient edifice, having been 
 erected when ?«epaul was subject to 
 a Tibetian race, who, having been 
 subsequently expelled by the Ne- 
 wars, obtained the name of Khat 
 Bhooteas (or B':ooteas of Catman- 
 doo), wiiieh they still preserve. At 
 present they occupy the Kutchar 
 mountains. The possession of the 
 temple has always been claimed by 
 the Delai Lama (the sovereign pon- 
 tift"of Lehassa), as a dependency on 
 his spirituality from the earliest 
 times. Upon the rupture which took 
 place some vears ago between the 
 
 3 E 
 
 Tibetians and tlie people of Nepaul, 
 the lamas vicar was obliged to eva- 
 cuate the sanctuary, which w as af- 
 terwards held on the pari of the Deb 
 Rajah of Bootan. 
 
 The t(>mple principally visited by 
 the Bootias and Bahauras, is on the 
 terrace of a hill, and is distinguished 
 at a great distance by its spires or 
 tunels, covered with plates of cop- 
 per, and highly gilt. Sumbhoonauth 
 is chiefly celebrated for its perpetual 
 fire, the priests asserting, that the 
 flame of the two largest lamp wicks 
 have been preserved from time im- 
 memorial. {Kirltpatrick, Src) 
 
 SuMBHULPOOR, {Sumbhalpura). — 
 A district in the province of Gund- 
 wana, situated between the 21st and 
 22d parallels of north latitude. This 
 territory takes its name from the ca- 
 pital, but the rajah is styled Rajah 
 Aularaghur, or the Rajah of 18 
 Forts. It is bounded on the west 
 by the district of Ruttunpoor and 
 Boora Shumbur ; to the east by Bim- 
 bera, Landaeoli, and Boad; to the 
 south by Patna and Coondon ; and 
 on the north by Gangpoor and Sir- 
 goo j ah. 
 
 The air of Sumljhulpoor is very 
 unwholesome, owing to the quan- 
 tity of jungle, and the vicissitudes 
 of heat and cold. The soil in the 
 vallies is a rich loam, in which grain, 
 or pulse, thrive well ; and in the 
 mountains gold and diamonds are 
 found. The natives wash the sand 
 of tlie rills that tlescend from them, 
 and procure considerable quantities 
 of gold. The diamonds are found 
 about 13 miles beyond Sumbhul- 
 poor, near the junction of the River 
 Hebe with the Mahanuddy, At this 
 place, after the rains, the natives 
 search in the River Hebe for red 
 earth, washed down from the niourj- 
 tains, in which earth the diamonds 
 are discovered. The matrix con- 
 taining the diamonds is a clay, which 
 appeaiy» burned red, nearly to the 
 degree bricks usually are. The na- 
 tives in this part of Gundwana are 
 miserablygoverned, and are described 
 as being lazy, treacherous, and cruel. 
 
786' 
 
 SUNDA, (STRAITS OF) 
 
 The district ol' Siiiiibliiflpoor was 
 anciciillv conipniicmlcd in the IJiii- 
 di)() ^li^isi()ll of Ctnidwaiia, iuid 
 coiiiposed yiiut of the state ol" (iiir- 
 rah; hut, (hiriiij;- tlie iti.!;u of Aii- 
 iciigzehe, it Mas formally aiincxed 
 to the souhali of Allahabad, al- 
 though its snhjnu-aliou to the -Mogul 
 •XoNrnnneiit was Ittlle more than no- 
 iuinal. It aftcrwaids fell ""dcr the 
 s'way of the Nagpoor ^lahaiattas ; 
 and, dnrius the ^ar which took 
 place, hi 1803, between tiieni and 
 the Hiitish, possession wais taken of 
 it l)v the latter, as also tiie adjacent 
 district of Patna, eertaiii treaties 
 beiii!; entered into witii the feuda- 
 tories, who held thnn under the 
 Kafah of Naj^poor. ( )u the 24th of 
 Auu;ust, 180G, adverting to tlie 
 iiieiidly rela-ions th<?n subsisting 
 with the Nas;i)oor state, the British 
 g;..\ eminent agreed to restore to the 
 rajah all the territories of Sunibhiil- 
 po(naiid Patna, with the execptiou 
 of the country occupied l>y Rajah 
 .loiijar Singh, which vvas to conlinne 
 incorporated with the Rritisli domi- 
 nions. The pergnunahs thus re- 
 stored ' ere Suinbhuli>oor, Sohn- 
 ]i(nn\ Saurungur, linrgur, Saktee, 
 Scrakole, I'ciiria. Ronee, Kautick- 
 poor, Patna, Klu«s Patna, \awa- 
 gur, Ciharcelanao, Tonageer, and 
 l{()iasanibrc. 
 
 In 1807 the iniexpecteci rcsistiince 
 uiade bv tlie wiiiindars of Sunibiinl- 
 poor and Patna 1o the rc-infrodne- 
 liuii of the \iaharatta power, in- 
 duced the Nag|)Oor ;-ta(e to solicit 
 ihc assistance of tlie British govern- 
 ment, being unable, owing to the 
 e\tia\agrtnce of the ^agpl>or Ka- 
 jah, fo "rtdse funds to c(iiii|> a suf- 
 ficient force. iMr. Elphinstoiie, the 
 British aiubassa(!or, was, in eonse- 
 t|nence. direet<Hl to interpose with 
 the zeiniudars, and to endeavour to 
 aecoiai>lish the jieaceable restoration 
 of the .Ataharata anliiority. In this 
 district is the tomb of Mr. illliot, 
 whose unlimely death is lamented in 
 Mr. Hastings' "eelclirated ode. (Ut 
 Reg. Trcatu's, Hii>.S'. J. Crunt, L<:c- 
 
 SiJMifHULPooR, — A town hi Ifie 
 pro\inee of Gnndwana, the capital 
 of a thstriet of tlie sanu; name, and 
 situated on the east side of the IVla- 
 hanuddv Rixer. Lat. 21°. 33'. N. 
 Long. 83°. 47'. Iv 
 
 SuMiujL. — A town in the ]>rovince 
 of Delhi, district of ]Jareily, 62 
 miles \\. N. W. from the town of 
 Bareilv. Lnt. 28°. 38'. N. Long. 
 78°. 32'. E. 
 
 Su.vimjL HivKU. — See Chumuul. 
 
 SuMisHORi:, (Soiiieswaia). — A 
 town in tlicprovin<-e of Btdiar. district 
 of Bcttiah, 46 miles N. N. ^^ . from 
 the town of Bcttiah. Lat. 27°. 19'. 
 N. Long. 84°. lo. E. 
 
 S I' M N A IJT, (Somanatha). — See PtiT- 
 
 T.VN St'MXAHT. 
 
 Si'NDA. (Srit \1TS or). — ^Tlie arm 
 of the sea which separates the hu'ge 
 islands of Sumatra and Java is 
 known to Europeans by this name ; 
 by the i\ialays it is termed Sunda 
 Kalapa. The length of this chan- 
 nel, taken from the flat point to 
 \ arkens, or Hog Point, is about 7t) 
 miles, and on the o|)posite coast, 
 from Java Head to Bantam Point, 
 about 90. 
 
 lii the moutli of tlie straits lies 
 Prince's Island, by the situation of 
 which two passages are formed; one 
 between 'Prince's Island and Java, 
 which is made use of; for the most 
 l»art, by sliijts which have to pn-ss tliw 
 straits during the south east mon- 
 soon, in order that, sailing close h\ 
 Avith the Java shore, they may soon 
 get within anchoring depth, and 
 escape all danger of being driven to 
 sea with tli<^ currents, which at that 
 time of the year set strongly out of 
 the straits to the westv^ard. "I'he 
 other passage, whieJi is called by 
 s(;ameii the Great Channel, some- 
 times also serves as an eulrance to 
 the straits during tiie south-east 
 monsoon, but it is with the great- 
 est dillieiilty; and, after continual 
 struggling with the south-easterly 
 winds, and the current, that this 
 can be ellected. 
 
 In the narrowest part of tlie straits, 
 and opposite to Hog's Point, on Su- 
 
SUNDERBUNDS. 
 
 787 
 
 matra, lies ait island, liiat, on ac- 
 count of its situation, has hecn called 
 I'hwart the Way, or Middle Isle. 
 A strouf:; cuilent runs throu<:;h the 
 passag'c t>n both sides of this island 
 durins," the whole year, setting with 
 the prevailing easterly or westerly 
 winds, either to Ihc nortli-east or 
 south-west. 
 
 The chief islands in the Straits of 
 Sundii are Prince's Isle, Krakatitu, 
 Tli\vart the Way, and Pulo Kaby. 
 'J'he others arc vc^y small and insig- 
 nificant, mostly level, founded ou 
 beds of coral, and covered with trees. 
 A few have steeps naked sides, and 
 at a little distance resemble old cas- 
 tles, mouldcriug into ruins ; but, on 
 a nearer view, appear to be of vol- 
 canic origin. The Dutch East In- 
 dia Company claim art absolute so- 
 vereignty over the Straits of Siuida, 
 but it never has been, in any respect, 
 enforced. These pretensions ori- 
 ginate from the circumstance of their 
 superiority over tiie land on each 
 side ; Eantam on the Java shore, 
 and Lampoug on that of Sumatra. 
 (^Sfaroriuus and Notes, SjT.) 
 
 SUNUECLA. — A town in the Nabob 
 of Oude's territories, 30 miles N. W. 
 from Lucknow. I^at. 27°. o'. N. 
 Long. 80°. 30'. E. 
 
 SuNDF.Ei* Isle, (Somadwipn, Isle 
 of the Moon). — An island in the juo- 
 vince of liengal, district of Chitta- 
 gong, which may be estimated at IG 
 njilcs in length, by eight the average 
 breadth. J I ere tliere is a govern- 
 ment establi.shment for the maim- 
 facture of salt, subordinate to the 
 Kuhvaand Chittagong agency. 
 
 Towards the conclusion of the 
 16th century, a nund)er of Portu- 
 guese settled on the c(»asts of Chitta- 
 gong and Arracan, many of whom 
 bad entered into the service of the 
 nativ(! i»rinees, and ublained com- 
 mands and grants oi' land. These 
 adxcidnrcrs were extirpated, or ex- 
 pelled, from Arracan about A. 1). 
 1G07, the few who escaped taking 
 refuge among the islands, where 
 they continued to practice piracy. 
 Futteh Khun, the Mogrd Governor 
 
 3e 2 
 
 of Suudeep, having attempted to 
 suppress them, was hiniself defeated 
 and killed, and his ^^hole fleet cap- 
 tured. On this event the pirates 
 elected for their chief a coumion 
 sailor, named Sebastian Gonzales, 
 and in 1609 gained possession of 
 Suudeep, after massacreing the gar- 
 rison. 
 
 Sebastian, after this success, esta- 
 blished an independent principality, 
 his Ibrcc amounting to 1000 Portu- 
 guese, 2000 native troops, 200 ca- 
 valry, and 80 vessels of different 
 sizes, well supplied with cannon, 
 with which he soon al'tcT added the 
 adjacent Island of Shahabaspoor.and 
 some others, to his dominions. AVilh 
 a little commoii prudence bis power 
 might have attained a great height, 
 and been permanent, but he soon 
 afterwards disgusted his OAvn sub- 
 jects, by the brutal tyranny of his 
 govenunent, and rendered tjie Mo- 
 guls and Arracaners hostile by the 
 p(ilidy of his cinuluct, and the mer- 
 ciless cruelty of his ra\ages. Aftei' 
 many vicissitudes he was aban- 
 doned by the greater part of his fol- 
 lowers, and in 1616 was defeat<dby 
 tlie Ixajah of Arracan, mIio con- 
 quered Suudeep and the other islands, 
 from whence, under the name of 
 Mnglis, the Arracaners infested and 
 desolated tin; lo\v( r district of J>cn- 
 gal, carrying off the inhabitants into 
 sla\ery. 
 
 'J'his island ( oiitinued in posses- 
 sion of these barbarians until A. D. 
 1666, when Shai.-(ta Klinu. the i\Io- 
 gul Governor of IJengal, ha\ing 
 fitted out a strong fleet at Dacca, 
 dispatched it down the jNfegna to 
 attack Sundeep, \\ii<-rc the ]\[ngh.s 
 had erccte<l blockaded fortilications, 
 ■which they dcrciided witii great re- 
 solution lor a eoiisiderable time, but 
 weic at length all taken or destroyed. 
 Since that period it remained at- , 
 tachcd to the ]Mogul goAiMiuiieiit of 
 IJengal, and dexohcd, along with 
 that province, to the liast India 
 Company. {Stewart, S,r.) 
 
 St'M)KUi!i;M)s, (Sinidari vana, a 
 Mood of Svondrii Trees], — A woody 
 
788 
 
 SUNDERBUNDS. 
 
 tract of country on the sea-coast of 
 Bengal, being part of the Delta of 
 tlie Caiiges, and c.>teiiding along 
 the Bay of Bengal about 180 miles. 
 Tliis dreary region is composed of a 
 labyiiuth of riAcrs and creeks, all of 
 vhich are salt, except those that 
 communicate immediately a^ ith the 
 piincipal arm of the Ganges; these 
 iHimerous natural canals being so 
 disposed as to form a compietc in- 
 land navigation. In tracing the sea- 
 coast of this Delta, liicrc arc eight 
 openings found, eacli of which ap- 
 pears to be the principal mouth of 
 the Ganges. 
 
 As a strong presumptive proof of 
 tlie wandering of that river from one 
 side of the Delta to the other, it 
 may be observed, that there is no 
 appearance of virgin earth between 
 the Tipperah Hills on tJie east, and 
 the district, of Eurdwan, on the 
 west; nor below Dacca and Bau- 
 leah to the north. In all the sections 
 of the numerous creeks and rivers 
 of the Delta, nothhig appears but 
 sand and black mould in regular 
 strata, until the clay is reached that 
 forms the lower part of their beds ; 
 nor is there any substance so coaise 
 as gravel, either in the Delta, or 
 nearer the sea than 400 miles (by 
 the course of the Ganges) at Ouda- 
 nulla, where a rocky point, part of 
 the base of the neighbouring hills, 
 projecis into the river. 
 
 The navigation through the Sun- 
 derbunds is effected chiefly by means 
 of the tides, there being two distinct 
 passages; the one named tiie South- 
 ern or Sunderland Passage, and tlic 
 other the Balliaghaut l^assage. The 
 hrst is the furthest about, and leads 
 through tlie widest and deepest ri- 
 vers, and opens into tlie Hooghly or 
 Calcutta Kiver, about 65 miles be- 
 low the town. The Balliaghaut Pas- 
 sage opens into a lake on the east 
 side of Calcutta. The navigation 
 by these passages extends more than 
 200 miles through a thick forest, di- 
 vided into nuinberhiss islands by a 
 jnultitude of channels, so various in 
 point of V idtli, that a vessel has at 
 
 one time her mxists ejitaugled amonj 
 the branches of trees, and at other 
 times sails on a broadly-expanded 
 river, beautifully skirted with woods. 
 The water is every where salt, antl 
 the whole forest abandoned to the 
 wild beasts, except here and thcro 
 a solitary liikeer. During the dry 
 season the lower shores of these ri- 
 vers are visited by the salt-makers 
 and woodcutters, who exercise their 
 trade at the constant hazard of their 
 lives ; for tigers of the most enor- 
 mous size not only appear on the 
 margin, but frequently .s^im ofl" to 
 the boats that lie at anchor in the 
 rivers. In addition to tliesc the w a- 
 ters swarm with alligators. These 
 passages are open thnnighout tlie 
 year; and, during the season, when 
 the stream of the Ganges is low, 
 the whole trade of Bengal (the 
 western districts excepted) passes 
 either by Channel Creek, or by 
 Balliaghaut ; but cliieily by the for- 
 mer. 
 
 It is not practicable to bring into 
 culture these salt marshy lands, for 
 the most part overflov/ed by the tide ; 
 nor is it desirable, while so much 
 good land, in more healthy situa- 
 tions, remains imperfectly occupied. 
 The existence of this forest also has 
 always been considered of import- 
 ance ill a ])olitical view, as it pre- 
 sents a strong natural barrier along 
 the southern frontier &i Bengal. 
 Great quantities of excellent salt are 
 here manufactured, and esteemed of 
 peculiar sanctity, as being extracted 
 on the banks of the Ganges. The 
 woods also present an inexhaustible 
 supply of timber ibr fuel, boat-build- 
 ing, and other purposes. 
 
 Various derivations have been as- 
 signed to the name. By some it has 
 been traced from Sundeiy, a species 
 of tree ; and also from the words, 
 Soonder, beautiful, and Bon, a forest; 
 by others the name is asserted to be 
 Clumderbund, because the tract is 
 still comprehended in the ancient 
 zemiudary of Chunderdeep. In 1784 
 the Suuderbunds, Cooch Baliar, and 
 Kangamatty, all nearly waste, ac- 
 
SURAT. 789 
 
 fording fo jMnjor RcnncI, contained tiieuisclves suJijcct to Jambee. 
 
 37,5-iy s(|uarc miles. {Rcnnel, J. {Dare, Vc.) 
 
 Grant, Culchrvohe, S;c.) Sunta Bedsore. — A small town 
 
 SuNDRAiibM. — A small state I3 iiig" enclosed witli a gurry wail and bound 
 
 within the bounds of Macassar ou hedge, in the pnnincc of Mysore, 
 
 the Island oi" Celebes. 'I1ic city 25 miles W. fiom Chilteldroos:. J-^at. 
 
 stands a little inland on the banks of 
 a river, \\ Iience its uainc origi.!at<;s. 
 {Stavoriniis, ^c.) 
 
 Sung EI 'jenaxg. — A countrv in 
 
 14°. 8'. N. Long. 76°. T)'. E. In 
 1792 it was plundered and burned 
 bv Mahiirattas. 
 SuuAJEGHUR. — A town in tlic pro- 
 
 the interior of Snmatra, situated \iuce of Eahar, district of iMongliir, 
 
 between the 2d and 3d degrees of 
 south latitude. The access to tliis 
 territory is extremely diificult, on ac- 
 count of the dilferent ranges of high 
 mountains covered with forest trees 
 and thick jungle that intervene. It 
 
 6'8 miles E. S. E. irom Patna. Lat. 
 25°. 14'. N. Long. 80° 15'. E. 
 
 SuRAJEi'ooR. — A small town in 
 tiie province of Allahabad, 51 miles 
 S. W. by S. from Lucknow. I^at. 
 26°. 10'. N. Long. 80°. 37'. E. This 
 
 is houndid on the N.W. by Korinchi place is pleasantly sitiuited on the 
 
 and Serampei; on the W. and S.W. west side of the Ganges, on the 
 
 by the Anak Sungei, or Mocomoco margin of which many Hindoo tem- 
 
 and Ypu district ; on the S. by La- l>les and ghauts (landing places) arc 
 
 boon, and on tiie E. by Batang Asei seen, some in ruins, while others arc 
 
 and Pakalang-jambn. building. 
 
 The general produce of this conn- .Surat, {Surashtra). — A Jarge and 
 
 try is maize, paddy, sweet potatoes, pojuilous city in the province of 
 
 common potatoes, tobacco, and su- tiujrat, situated on the south side 
 
 gar-cane; and the valleys are, on of the Tuptee Kiver, about 20 miles 
 
 the whole, well cultivated. The above its junction witii the sea. Lat. 
 
 principal part of the clothing is pro- 21°. 13'. N. Long. 73°. 3'. E. By 
 
 cured from the eastern side of the Abul Eazel, in 1582, it is described 
 
 island. The inhabitants arc a thick, as follows : 
 
 stout, dark race of people, some- " liircar Sooret, containing 31 
 thing resembling the Acheenese, and mahals, measurement 1,312,315 bee- 
 in general addicted to tlie smoking gahs, revenue 19,035,177 dams. Se- 
 ct opimn. They usually carry charms yurgiial 182,270 dams. This sircar 
 about their persons to preserve them fmnishes 2000 cavalry, and 5500 in- 
 from accident, some of Avhich are fantry." — Ranier, which is situated 
 printed at Batavia, or Samarang, in on the opposite side of the Tuptee, 
 Java, in Dutch, Portuguese, and is a port dependent on Surat. The 
 French. In addition to the i)re- followers of Zcrdasht (Zoroaster), 
 servation part, this document cau- when they lied from Persia, settled 
 tions purchaseis against charms iit Surat, where they practise the 
 printed in London, as the English doctrines inculcated by the Zend, 
 would endeavour to counterfeit and its commentary the Pazcnd. 
 them, and impose on the buyers, From the liberality of its majesty's 
 being all cheats. (Acber) disposition, every sect ex- 
 
 Every village has a t()A\n-hall ercises its particular mode of wor- 
 about 120 feet long, and broad in ship, without suilering tlie least mo- 
 proportion ; the woodwoi k of which lestation. 'I'hrough the negligence 
 is neatly carved. The dwelling- of soobuhdars and their oiliccrs, se- 
 houses contain live, six, or seven fa- veral ports of tiiis sircar are pes- 
 milics each, and tlie country is po- sessed by tiie Europeans, among 
 pulous. 'J'he inhabitants, both of which number are IJamaun, Sin- 
 Sungei 'J'euang and Sermpei, are jaun, Tarapoor, Malum, and Bas- 
 Mahommcdans, and ackjiowlcdgc .seen, all cities and emporiums," 
 
790 
 
 SURAT. 
 
 At present Snrat is one of the 
 largest, if not the very largest city 
 of Hindostan, although its trade has 
 unavoidably sujfered by the proxi- 
 mity of Bombay, to which place a 
 considerable portion lias been <raiis- 
 ferrcd. In 1796 one estimate raised 
 tiie population of Surat so high as 
 800,000 souls ; but another reduced 
 it to 600,000, wliich probably ex- 
 ceeds the actual number. In 1807 
 this city contained 1200 parsees of 
 the mobid or sacerdotal class, and 
 about 12,000 of the behdeen, or laity 
 parsees, 
 
 Large sliips cannot aspend the ri- 
 ver, but cast anchor about 20 miles 
 below the town. The harbour, on 
 the whole, is not commodious ; it is, 
 however, one of the best on this 
 coast during the prevalence of the 
 N. E. and N. W. winds. 'I'he an^ 
 cliorage is dangerous with winds 
 from the s<juth and west, A large 
 quantity of cotton was formerly ex- 
 ported from Surat direct to China; 
 but much the greater portion is now 
 sent by the way of Bombay. The 
 cotton trade from this part of India 
 to China is of a recent date, and did 
 not commence earlier than 1775, at 
 which era there was a greater nuni- 
 I»er of ships belonging to Surat 
 than there js now to Bombay. The 
 imjiort and export trade which it 
 .still retains, is much engrossed by 
 the Arabian an4 Boras merchants. 
 
 Abstract Statement of the Value of 
 external Commerce, itnpnrted and 
 exported from Snrat, from the 1st 
 Mail, 1811, to the 30th April, 
 18 12. 
 
 Rupees. 
 Imports from Bassein, ar- 
 ticles ot food, soft sugar, 
 cocoa nuts, and sundries 00,307 
 Imports fro)n Brazil 
 
 Sundries 7,731 
 Treasure 749,374 
 
 7.'i7,105 
 
 Malabar and Ca- 
 
 nara, piece goods, sapan 
 
 wood, and sundries - - 58,273 
 
 Imports Persian Gulf.grain, 
 
 and sundries - 27,825 
 
 Treasure 133,849 
 
 Kupecs. 
 
 161,674 
 
 Imports from Arn- 
 bianGulf,articles 
 of food, raw ma- 
 terials, and sun- 
 dries - - - 38,546 
 Treasure 610,650 
 
 649,195 
 
 Mozambi- 
 que, raw mate- 
 rials, and sun- 
 dries - - - - 150,185 
 Treasure 20^478 
 
 170,663 
 
 Prince of Wales' 
 
 Island, sundries - , - 3,455 
 
 Cutch and Sinde 5,243 
 
 1,895,916 
 
 Imports from Bomhay. 
 
 Grain and other ar- 
 ticles of food - 5,103 
 
 ditto, through 
 the collectors' 
 department - 15,192 
 
 Articles for the use 
 of the native in- 
 habitants - - 352,267 
 
 Sundries to Euro- 
 peans - - - 133,926 
 
 Sundries for manu- 
 factures - - - 751,983 
 
 ditto, through 
 the col lectors' de- 
 partment - - 800 
 
 ditto, for re- 
 exportation - 163,558 
 
 Sundry articles - 6,562 
 
 Piece goods - - 234,540 
 
 Treasure - - - 40,099 
 
 1,704,039 
 
 Imports from the Tsorthern 
 Parts of Gnjrat. 
 
 Grain and other ar- 
 ticles of food - 1 ,042 
 
 Canicd forward 
 
 1,042 
 
 I 
 

 
 SURAT. 
 
 
 791 
 
 
 Rup 
 
 ices. 
 
 
 
 Rupees. 
 
 T^nni^lit foiwfin! - 1,012 
 
 
 
 Bronglit forward 
 
 101,994 
 
 
 (Jraiii aiuIollitTar- 
 
 
 
 Sundries • 
 
 - 15,430 
 
 
 licles of lood, 
 
 
 
 
 
 117,424 
 
 
 tlimut^Ii the col- 
 
 
 
 To Arabian (lulf, 
 
 
 
 locfors' depait- 
 
 
 
 Snrat nianufac- 
 
 
 
 iiiotit - - -422,610 
 
 
 
 t»yes - - - - 
 
 307,470 
 
 
 Aiiicles for the use 
 
 
 
 Produce ot 
 
 
 
 oftheimlivos - 30,462 
 
 
 
 (injnrt - 
 
 237,7-21 
 
 
 Suiidiics ff)r Eiiro- 
 
 
 
 Smulrics - 
 
 1,343 
 
 
 jjcans - - - 409 
 
 
 
 
 
 540,534 
 
 ditto for ma- 
 
 
 
 ToPrinceof Wales' 
 
 
 
 nufacturers - - 57,543 
 
 
 
 Island, Suratma- 
 
 
 
 ditto for cx- 
 
 
 
 iinfactnr(>s - - 
 
 21,409 
 
 
 l)ort-dtio» - - 9,003 
 
 
 
 iVodnce of 
 
 
 
 fsniidry articles - 177 
 
 
 
 (Jujrat - 
 
 28,008 
 
 
 Piece goods - - 751 ,745 
 
 
 
 Sniidrics - 
 
 S.04() 
 
 
 Treasure - - - 1,453 
 
 
 
 
 
 58,050 
 
 
 1,281,404 
 
 To Eeno-al, sniidri<'s 
 
 17,520 
 
 Total imports— Rupees 4.881,410 
 
 JE.r]wrts from the \st May, 
 1811, to the 30th Apr'il,^ 
 1812. 
 
 To Bassein, Sinat manu- 
 
 I'aetures and sundries - 25,079 
 To Brazil, Surat 
 
 manufactures 412,390 
 Produce of 
 
 Gujrat 1,200,011 
 Sundries 3,255 
 
 1,615,655 
 
 To IVIalabar and 
 Canara, Surat 
 inanufaetures - 17,317 
 Sundries - 442 
 Treasure 39,375 
 
 To ]\T<idras, tin - - - - 
 To Persian Gulf, 
 Surat inanufae- 
 tures - - - -200,452 
 Produce of 
 
 Gujrat - 72,907 
 Sundries - 1 ,753 
 
 ')7.134 
 3,710 
 
 To Alozanibique, 
 Surat manufac- 
 tures - - 
 
 Produce of 
 Gujrat - 
 
 - 01,043 
 
 40,951 
 
 275,172 
 
 To lionihav, Surat 
 
 manufactures - 257,896 
 Produce of 
 
 Gujrat 295,478 
 Do. of Cash- 
 mere - 35,488 
 Sundries - 53,854 
 
 To the northern 
 
 jiorts of Gnjrat, 
 
 Surat nianufac- 
 
 tiues - - - . 287,419 
 
 Produeeof Afo- 
 
 zamhique - 102,103 
 
 of Europe 39.343 
 
 Treasure - - 28,007 
 
 Sundiies - - 148,590 
 
 042,71« 
 
 005,522 
 
 Total exports -Rupees 3,9{)4,523 
 
 Statement of Shipx anrJ Toitnitfre nr- 
 rived at, mid dipartvd from Sural, 
 betwixt the 1st .Ifai/, 1811, ami the 
 [Hit h April, 1812. 
 
 Tons. 
 Arrived under English colours 
 
 9 vessels, measuring - HOG 
 
 Porluguese do. 
 4 ditto, measuring' - - 2300 
 
 Araliian ditto, 
 19 ditto, measuring - - 198.S 
 
 Carried forward 101,094 
 
 32 vessels, measurini! 
 
 5394 
 
792 
 
 SURAT. 
 
 Tons. 
 Departed under British colours 
 9 vessels, measuring - 1030 
 
 Portuguese do. 
 4 ditto, measuring - - 2300 
 
 Arabian ditto, 
 19 ditto, measuring - - 1988 
 
 23 vessels, measuring 
 
 5318 
 
 Surat is one of the most ancient 
 cities in India, being mentioned in 
 the iamajHiia, a Hindoo poem of 
 great antiquity. After the discovery 
 of the passage to the East by the 
 Cape of Good Hope, it was much 
 froqiiented by vessels belonging to 
 all European nations, who exported 
 from hence pearls, diamonds, amber- 
 grise. civet, musk, gold, silks, and 
 cottons of every description, spices, 
 fragrant woods, indigo, saltpetre, 
 and all other objects of Indian traf- 
 fic. From hence also great multi- 
 tudes of pilgrims embarked for Ara- 
 bia ; on w hich account Surat was 
 always considered by the Mahom- 
 medans of Hindostan as one of the 
 gates of Mecca. In 1612, Captain 
 Best received ])ermission to settle 
 an English factory at Surat, where 
 he left ten persons with a stock of 
 40001. to purcliasc goods. The 
 Dutch did not visit Surat until 1617. 
 The French carried on a considera- 
 ble but losing trade with Surat dur- 
 ing the first years of the 18th cen- 
 tury ; and having contracted debts 
 to the natives, deserted it altogether. 
 Some time aftei wards, in 1714, a 
 company m as formed at St. Maloes, 
 which dispatched ships to the East 
 Indies ; but these were seized and 
 sequestered at Surat, to liquidate 
 the debts of the former company, 
 with \\ Inch the St. Maloes assccia- 
 lioii had no concern. 
 
 In January, 1664, the Maharatta 
 army, under Sevajee, made a sud- 
 den attack on Surat, when the go- 
 vernor shut himself up in his castle, 
 and the inhabitants fled to the ad- 
 joining country. In this emergency 
 Sir George Oxinden, the chief, and 
 
 the rest of the Company's seiTants, 
 shut themselves up in the factory 
 with the Company's property, valued 
 at 80,0001. and having fortified it 
 as well as the shortness of the time 
 would allow, called in the ships' crews 
 to assist in its defence. Vi hen attacked, 
 they made so brave and vigorous a 
 resistance, that they not only pre- 
 served the factory, but the greatest 
 part of the town, from destruction, 
 lor which they afterwards received 
 the thanks of the Mogul commander. 
 Surat was attacked, and partially 
 pillaged, by the Maharattas in 1670, 
 and afterwards in 1702. In April, 
 1707, it was again invested by these 
 freebooters; but, having no cannon, 
 and few fire arms, they were unable 
 to make any {)rogress. 
 
 Moyen ud Deen, the ancestor of 
 the present Nabob of Surat, was an 
 adventurer, who, in 1748, possessed 
 himself of the castle of Surat. His 
 successors were Cuttub ud Deen, in 
 1763 ; Nizam ud Deen, in 1792 ; and 
 Nassir ud Deen, in 1800 ; all in- 
 vested by the East India Con)pany. 
 The existing system of internal go- 
 vennnent having been foinid inade- 
 quate to the protection of the per- 
 sons and property of the inhabitants, 
 on the 13th of May, 1 800, a treaty 
 was concluded with Nassir ud Deen, 
 the reigning Nabob of Surat, by 
 which he agreed, that the manage- 
 ment of the city and district of Su- 
 rat, and the administration of civil 
 and crimiiial justice, should be ex- 
 clusively vest; d in the British go- 
 vernment. 'I'he latter engaged to 
 pay the nabob and his heirs oi:e lack 
 of rupees annually, and also a pro- 
 portion of one-fifth of the sur- 
 l)lus annual rexenue, deducting all 
 charges ; for satil'action in which re- 
 spect, a vakeel on the part of the 
 nabob to have liberty to examine 
 the accounts. The residue of the 
 revenue to be at the disposal of tlie 
 British government. By the treaty 
 of 1803, the Maharattas were com- 
 pelled to abandon all their vexatious 
 claims on this city. Prior to the en- 
 tire administration being vested in 
 
SWALLY. 
 
 793 
 
 the British, the surroimding country 
 was much infested b\ bands of armed 
 thieves, who comuiilled depreda- 
 tions close to the walls, and some- 
 times even in the streets of Suiat. 
 
 'JVaveUiiig distance from Kotnbay, 
 177 miles; lium Poonah, 243 ; from 
 Oojaiu. 309; from Delhi, 756; and 
 fiom Calcutta, by Naopoor, 1238 
 miles. {Parliamentavn Reports, 
 Snice, Treaties, Sonnerat, A)iqiwtil, 
 Asiatic Regnter, &,-€.) 
 
 SURiAGo. — A small fort and town 
 belonging to the Spaniards, situated 
 at the northern extremity of the 
 Island of Magindanao, on the banks 
 of a river, which flows from a lake 
 inland. I'he roadsted here is good 
 during botli monsoons, but in the 
 oflitig, where the passage is narrow, 
 the tides are said to run with great 
 strength. {Forrest, ^-c.) 
 
 SuROUT. — A large village, pos- 
 sessed by independent native chiefs, 
 in the province of Agra, 55 miles 
 S. W. from the city of Agra. Lat. 
 26°. 51'. N. Long. 77°. 8'. E. This 
 place is suironnded w ith a mud wall, 
 and has within a square nnid fort, 
 with a double wall and ditch. 
 
 iSuRROOL. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Bengal, district of Birb- 
 hoom, 53 miles S. W. by S. from 
 Moorshedabad. Lat. 23°. 39'. IS, 
 Long. 87°. 42*. E. 
 
 SUKSUTY River, (Saraswati) — 
 This river has its source in the hills, 
 which bound the north-cast extre- 
 mity of the province of Delhi, from 
 vvhence it liows in a south-west di- 
 rection towards the province of Aj- 
 meer, where its stream is lost among 
 the sands of that arid region. Sa- 
 raswati is also the name of many 
 smaller rivers all over Hiiidoslan. 
 
 SuRSury, (Sai-asu-ati). — A town, 
 belonging to native (;luefs, in the 
 province of Dellji, situated on the 
 west side of a river of the same 
 name, 108 miles N. \Y. from the 
 city of P'elhi, Lat. 29°. 13'. N. 
 Long. 75°. 27'. E. 
 
 SusEDooN. — A small town, pos- 
 .sessed by independent native chiefs, 
 in the province of Delhi, situated 
 
 near the ancient canal of Sultan IV 
 roze, 60 miles N. W. from the city 
 of Delhi. Lat. 29°. 20'. N. Long. 
 76°. 30'. E. 
 
 SuTAU'RY. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Bengal, district of Backer- 
 gunge, 108 miles E. from Calcutta. 
 Lat. 22°. 38'. N, Long. 90°. 10'. E. 
 
 SuTCHANA. — A town in the Guj- 
 rat Heninsula, situated to tiie east of 
 Noanagur, to the Jam of which city 
 it belongs. An extensive fishery is 
 cariied on along this part of the 
 Gulf of Cutch, and the dried fish 
 are transported to the interior on 
 camels and bullocks. The pcail 
 oyster is also I'ound here, and is 
 made a source of revenue. {Mac- 
 murdo, <Sc.) 
 
 SUTHLEJF, {Satadiii, tcith an hun- 
 dred Bellies, or Clianneh). — This 
 river has its source in the lofty Hi- 
 malaya ridge of mountains, from 
 w hence it flows in a southerly di- 
 rection, bounding the province of 
 Lahore to the east. At Bellaspoor, 
 where it enters Hindostan, the 
 stream is 100 yards broad when the 
 waters are at the lowest. About 
 the middle of its course it is joined 
 by the Beyah, when the united vo- 
 lume takes the name of Kirah; after 
 which th<'y do not mix their waters 
 with the other rivers of the Punjab, 
 but fall into the Indus, about 80 
 miles below Moultan. Tiie Sutu- 
 Icje, after its junction with the 
 Beyah, is the Hyphasis of Alexan- 
 der, and is navigable 200 miles 
 above its conflux with the Indus, 
 The length of its course, including 
 the windings, may be estimated at 
 600 miles. By Abul 1 azel, in 1582, 
 it is described as follows : 
 
 " The Sutuleje, foruierly called 
 Shelooder, whose source is in the 
 mountains of Ghahloic. Roopcr, 
 Malcliwarch, and LudchaTuieh, aie 
 situated on its banks. After having 
 passed these places, it runs to Bowh 
 Ferry, where it unites with the river 
 Beyah, anciently called Beypasha.'' 
 {liennel, Abul Fazel, Wilford, S^-c.) 
 
 SwALLY, {Sivalaya, the Abode of 
 Siva). — A town in the province of 
 
'04 
 
 TAIINESIR. 
 
 CJujrat, situated at the mouth of the 
 'r»i|it( c I^iver, 20 miles W. by S. 
 from Smat. Lat.21° 5'. N. Luu^. 
 7-1°. 50'. i^;. 
 
 SYDABAn. — A small town in tlie 
 proviiiec of Ap:ra, 20 miles N. In E. 
 i'nim the city of A^Ta, Lat. 27°. 30'. 
 TV. r.f)iio-. 77°. 57'. E. 
 
 Syd M'ORUM. — A town in the Car- 
 nalie, 90 miles N. N. ^\ . from Ma- 
 dras. Lat. 14°. 11'. N. Long. 79° 
 45'. i:. 
 
 Sylaii. — A larjje fortified town in 
 the province of Gujrat, distriet of 
 Chalawani. The south of this town 
 marks th(! boundary of Cottiwar, 
 and here CJujrat Peninsula may bo 
 fonsidend as terminating. This 
 place is larger than Wankanecr, but 
 not so well fortified. It belongs to 
 a Rajpoot chieftain, but, like all 
 others in this neighbourhood, pays a 
 tribute to the Guicowar. A very 
 large sheet of water covers the south 
 lace of the tow. {3IacmHr(Io, yc.) 
 
 Syriam. — A town in the Birman 
 nnpirc and province of Pegu. Lat. 
 1G°. 49'. N. Long. 96°. 17'. E. In 
 the year 1744 the British factory at 
 this place was destroyed by the con- 
 tending parties, during the wars of 
 the Birnians and Pegucrs, Avhich 
 were carried on with the most sa- 
 vage ferocity. 
 
 T. 
 
 TAiiABiai.AH. — A toAvn in the 
 Maharatta territories, in the pro- 
 viucc of Malwah, ;52 miles W. iionr 
 Oojaiii. Lat. 23°. IG'. N. Long. 76°. 
 20'. E. 
 
 Tabi.as Islk. — One of the Phi- 
 lip])incs, situated tlue south of JiU- 
 zon, and of a very irregular shape. 
 In length it may be estimated at 30 
 miles, by three the average breadth. 
 
 Tacoai.um. — A town jn the Car- 
 natic, 40 miles W. from Madras. 
 Lat. 13°. 4'. N. Long. 79°. 50'. i;. 
 
 Taoal. — A Dnteh establishment 
 on the north coast wf Jav}v, where 
 
 there is a resident to receive the con- 
 tributions furnished by the chief, and 
 to deposit them in the Comp.any's 
 warehouses, Lat. 6°. 44'. S, Long. 
 108°. 55'. E. 
 
 'I'his is a large village, built at 
 the bottom of a mountain, on Aihich 
 there is a volcano, and inhabited 
 ecpially by Javanese and Chinese. 
 The mountain is a remarkable ob- 
 ject viewed from the sea, having, 
 oAving to the eruptions, the appear- 
 ance of a high tower, with an in- 
 clination to one side. {Tombe, ^-c.) 
 Tagolanda. — A small island, 
 about 20 miles in circumference, si- 
 tuated oil" the north-eastern extremity 
 of Celebes. Lat. 2°. 10'. N. Long. 
 125°. 5'. E. 
 
 This island is populous, and plen- 
 tifully supplied with provisions, three 
 chopping knives being the price of a 
 bullock, and one will purchase 1000 
 cocoa nuts. The Dutch formerly 
 kept a few soldiers here, and a 
 schoolmaster to convert the inha- 
 bitants, who are described as pork- 
 eating Pagans, which is a grand dis- 
 tinction among the Malay islands. 
 {Forrest, Sf-c.) 
 
 Tahej. — A town in the province 
 of Cuteh, of which it was the ca- 
 pital when Abul Fazel wrote, A. D. 
 1582. Lat. 23° 17'. N. Long. 70°. 
 27'. E. 
 
 Tahmoor. — A town in the Nabob 
 of Oude's territories, 62 miles N. by 
 E. from Lucknow. Lat. 27°. 41'. N. 
 Long. 81°. 10'. E. 
 
 Tahnesir, {T'hamisar). — An an- 
 cient town in the Seik territories, in 
 the province of Delhi, 90 n)iles N. 
 bv W. from the city of Delhi. Lat. 
 30°. N. Long. 76°. 30'. E. By Abul 
 Eazel, in 1582, it is described as fol- 
 lows : 
 
 " Tahnesir is held sacred by th« 
 Hindoos. The Ri\er Sursuty, to 
 vliicli the Hindoos pay great ador.i- 
 tioii, runs past it. In the vicinity is 
 a lake called Khoorkhet, to which 
 jiilgiinis come from far to worship 
 and bestow charity. 
 
 " This was the scene of the war of 
 the JMahabhaiat, Out of the iin» 
 
TAMBEIIKAN. 
 
 795 
 
 mouse Hiultitiulo of forors on tlio one 
 side, ami Ww troops ofJucHiisliter on 
 the other, only 12 persons survived 
 the slanf;hter, olwhieh number lour 
 were of the army of Doorjodhen, 
 viz. Kecraeharij, a Urahniiii, who 
 had been preeu|)lor to the Coi>roos 
 andPandoos. 2d. Ashotoman, who 
 Iiad exercised the same olliec. .'}d. 
 Kecrut IJirman, ofthe Jndowii tribe. 
 4. Sujey, who drove the ehariot oi" 
 Driterashter. Tlie other eip;ht sur- 
 vivors were of the Pandoo army, viz. 
 the five J^andoo brothers: Saliek, ot" 
 the Jadow n tribe ; II u jtash, who w as 
 Doorjodhen's brother b> another mo- 
 ther ; and Krishna, w hose tame is so 
 universal as to render any aeeonnt 
 othim unnecessary. Near this plaee 
 stood the ancient city of Hustuu- 
 poor." 
 
 When taken by Mahmood of Ghiz- 
 i)i in A.D. 1011, Tahnessir was still 
 the capital of a powerful kingdom. 
 At present it is the next town of im- 
 })ortance to Pattialah, in the Sirhiud 
 district, and is still held in high reli- 
 gious veneratiitn by the Hindoos. 
 The inhabitants of the surrounding- 
 country are eliielly Jauts, many of 
 whom liJive become Seiks; and there 
 are also a few Uajpoots of low caste. 
 {Abul Fazel, Sir J. Malcolm, G. Tho- 
 mas, iVc.) 
 
 '1'ahnooN. — A district in Northern 
 ITindostan, tributary to the Clhoor- 
 khali Kajah of Xepaul, and forming 
 part of the country of the 21 Ivajahs. 
 ■J'o the south it is bounded by the 
 British Terriani, belonging to the 
 district of IJettiah iti Baliar ; but 
 the interior has n("v<!r been explored. 
 Like the rest of Northern llindostan 
 it exhibits an irregularly mountain- 
 ous surl'aee, and it is known to be 
 but lliiidy inhabited. 
 
 'J'aux'lm. — A town in Northern 
 llindostan. belonging tothetJIioor- 
 kliaii Rajaii of NepanI, situated about 
 2.3 miles N. W . liom (joieah, the an- 
 i'ient capital of the reigning dynasty. 
 J.at. 28^. 41'. N. Long. 8 1°. 10'. L. 
 
 Tahkau. — A town and fortress in 
 the province of Cuteh, situated about 
 ^0 niiies S. E. from liuckput Biui- 
 
 der, on the road from tli.it place to 
 Mandavee, a seaM)ort in the Culf of 
 Cuteh. 
 
 The fortress is an irregular build- 
 ing, defended by round towns, flank- 
 ed by a large tank on each side ; the 
 town on the south, and tli(> suburbs 
 on the west. The inhabitants ar« 
 numerous, and principally Hindoos. 
 The surrounding country is well cul- 
 tivated, and the soil a heavy sandy 
 loam. {Maxjield, ^c.) 
 
 Tajg Ai'w. — A town in the Maha- 
 ratla territories, in the pro\ince of 
 Kejai)Oor, 17 miles N. by W. from 
 Menitch. Lat. 16°. 47'. N. Long. 
 7.3°. 5.5'. E. 'Ibis plaee was fortified 
 by Purseram Jihow ; and, in 1792, 
 wa;s coii.sidered as the capital of his 
 territories, being at that period the 
 residence of his family. 
 
 TALMiRK. — A town in the Malia- 
 ratta territories, in the province of 
 Khandesh, situated on the north 
 l)ank of theTuptcc River, 92 nnles 
 west liom IJoorhanpoor. Lat. 21°. 
 11'. N. f.nng. 74°. 55'. E. Abul 
 Fazel describes it as the capital of 
 Add Shah, the first independent 
 sovereign of Khandesh, A.D. 1400'. 
 
 Tamauacherry. — A small inland 
 tow n in the province of Malabar, 23 
 miles N. E. from Calicut. Lat. H° 
 21'. N. Long. 76°. 3'. E. 
 
 From the district aroiuid tliis 
 place from two to 300 teak trees may 
 be procured annually, and an equal 
 number of the viti or bhu'k wood. 
 Altliongh tliis be an inland counti-y, 
 and eonsecpiently not .so favourable 
 for the production of cocoa nut 
 palms, y(;t trees of that descriplioii 
 occupy by far the greater part of the 
 high lands. {F. Buchanan, Vc.) 
 
 'J'ambah. — A town in the Malia- 
 ratta territories, in the province of 
 Bejapoor, 70 miles south licnn Poo- 
 naii. Lat. 17°. 28'. N. Long. 73°. 
 35'. Fu 
 
 '1'amcf.hkan. — A small village in 
 Northern Jlindostan, belonging (o 
 the Choorkhali Rajah of Nepaul. 
 liat. 27°. 2.3'. N. Loiig. 85°. 30'. V,. 
 
 The mines of copper in (he vici- 
 nity of this place are nearly exhaust- 
 
7^6 
 
 TANJORE. 
 
 ed; but otiier veins have been dis- 
 covered, and are worked at no ortat 
 dislancc from hence. The miners, 
 ^vho are of the Ajrye caste, move 
 about IVom y/iacc to place as their 
 discovciies of the metal offer occa- 
 sion. (Kirkpafrick, 4"f.) 
 
 Tamul. — This is the proper na- 
 tional appellation of the Sudras of 
 all the eastern side of Ihe south of 
 India, ; and the Piacril ]>hasham, or 
 vulgar dialect of the counlrj, is there- 
 fore called the iano-nage of the i'a- 
 muls. It is principailv spoken in the 
 tract from <hc south of 'I'clinj^ana as 
 far as Cajie Coniorin, and from the 
 Coast of Coromandel to the great 
 range of hills, including- the greater 
 j)art of the Ran amahal, Salem, and 
 the country now called Coimbeloor, 
 along which line it is bounded to 
 the west by the province of ilalabar. 
 Eoth language anil jieople aie, by 
 those of Karnata, called Arabi and 
 Tigular; and the Tamul Brahmins 
 designated Dravida Brahmins. By 
 Europeans this language is miscalled 
 Malabars. {Wilhs, F. Buchanan, 6i'c.) 
 
 7\\NAH. — A town in tlic jirovince 
 of Gujrat, 41 miles E. by N. from the 
 city of Snrat. Lai 21° 21'. N. 
 Long. 73°. 41'. E. 
 
 Tanakekr Isle. — A small island 
 about 12 miles in circumference, 
 surrounded by a cluster of smaller 
 ones, and situated ofl' the S.AV. ex- 
 tremity of Celebes. Lat. 5°. 30'. S. 
 Long. 19°. 10'. E. 
 
 This island was formerly given up 
 by the Dutch to the jNIaliiys in their 
 service; many of the smaller aie un- 
 inhabited, and others peopled by the 
 Buggesses. (^Sidvorirms, '^-c.) 
 
 1'andah, {orTanah). — A town in 
 the province of Bengal, adjacent to 
 the ruins of the ancieiit city of Gour. 
 Lat. 24°. 49'. N. Long. 88°. 1.5'. E. 
 
 In A.D. l.'>64, 8olinian ^sliah, one 
 oflho Bengal tsovereignsof the Shere 
 Shah dynasty, made this place his 
 capital, esteeming the situation more 
 heailhy than that of Gour. In 1660 
 Sultan Shuj;'.ii was defeated near to 
 this by Mecr Jumla, the general of 
 )iis brother Aurcngzobe. There is 
 
 Utile remaining of this place, except 
 the rampart; and, owing to the sur- 
 rounding swamps, it has never been 
 considered healthy by Europeans. 
 Dimities and cloth?, resembling dia- 
 per and damask luien, are made in 
 this neighbourhood. {Steicart, Ren- 
 nel, ^-c.) 
 
 Tanete. — ^A town and small prin- 
 cipalily, situated half way b.,4ween 
 I'ort Rotterdam and the Bay of So- 
 rian. Lat. 4°. 14'. S. Long. 119° 
 3ry. E. In 1775 this petty stale was 
 tiibulary to the Dtitcii, and governed 
 b}' a female. {Stavorimts, ^r.) 
 
 Tanjore. — A district in IheSoutli- 
 crn Carnatic, situated between the 
 10th and 12th degrees of north lati- 
 tude. To the north it is bounded 
 by the River Cauvery ; on the south 
 by the sea; to the east it has also 
 the sea ; and on the west Trichino- 
 poly and the polygar's territory. 
 
 This little principality is entitled 
 to the second rank among all the 
 provinces of Hindostan for agricul- 
 ture and valued rent, the first being 
 assigned to the district of Burdwaii 
 in Bengal. I'or the purposes of ir- 
 rigation prodigious mounds have 
 been raised at Coilady to prevent 
 the waters of the Cavcry from rejoin- 
 ing those of the Coleroon after they 
 ha^'e separated near Trichinopoly. 
 From this southern branch of the 
 river canals are conducted in all di- 
 rections, which, by means of em- 
 bankments and reservoirs, are di- 
 verted inlo every field, and fertilize 
 a tract of country from Devicotta to 
 Point Calymere, which would other- 
 wise remain a barien sand. The in- 
 habitants of this district are uncom- 
 monly industrious and expert in hus- 
 bandry ; there is consequently but a 
 very small proi)ortion of waste land 
 compared with what is seen in some 
 of the neighboming territories. The 
 dry and wet cultivation are nearly 
 equal, being about 50 per cent. each. 
 
 i'rom a report on the affairs of 
 Tanjore, in 1807, it appears the pro- 
 vince then consisted of 5873 town- 
 ships. Of this number there arc 
 1807 townships, in which one indi- 
 
TANJORE. 
 
 797 
 
 vidiial lioltls Uie whole imdividcd 
 lands; 2202 of" which the property is 
 held bj' several persons having their 
 distinct and separate estates; and 
 1774 the landed property, in m iiich 
 is held in comniou by ail tlic Mc^e- 
 rassJars, or proprietors of the village, 
 who contribute labour and receive a 
 share of the crop in the proportion 
 of their respective properties. The 
 same report states, that the unniber 
 of Meerassdars, who are IJrahiuins, 
 arc ------- 17,149 
 
 Of Sudras, including native 
 
 Christimis - - - - 42,442 
 
 Mahommcdans - - - 1,457 
 
 Total 62,048 
 
 The Mahommedans here stated 
 are all Lublties, descended from in- 
 dividuals of that faith, who emigrated 
 t'roni Arabia in the early part of the 
 eighth century, during the tyrannical 
 reign of Ilijaj ben Yusef. 
 
 The principal articles exported 
 from the ports of this district to j\Ta- 
 dras, are iudigo, cocoa mils, rice, 
 grain, paddy, lamp oil, with some 
 piece goods. The remaining articles, 
 from their description, appear to 
 liave been iirst received from the 
 eastward, Ceylon, or the Malabar 
 Coast, and attersvards sent to Ma- 
 dras. 'I'hcse consist of betel mit, 
 tin,pepper, tortoise shell,besijanun,ar- 
 rack,TrincomaIe wood, and hing. The 
 im])orts into this province from Ma- 
 dras are small in quantity and value, 
 and are composed chiefly of articles 
 for the European troops and resi- 
 dents, with some iron hoops, cam- 
 phor, raw silk, silk jni'ce goods, an- 
 chors, iron of various sorts, gunnies, 
 planks, and long pepper roots. 'J"he 
 sea ports of most conunerce are Trau- 
 quebar, Nagore, Negaputam, Cari- 
 cal, and Devicotta. 
 
 The Mahommedans having never 
 actually occupied this territory, or 
 cfTccted any permanent establish- 
 ments in it, the Hindoo religion has 
 been preserved in considerable splen- 
 dour, and their ancient places of 
 V orsliip, with their vast endowments. 
 
 remain nntonched. In almost every 
 village there is a pagoda \vi;h a lolly 
 gateway of massive, but not incio- 
 gant architecture, where a great 
 number of IJrahminsare maintained, 
 cither by the revemics formerly at- 
 tached to tliem, or by an allowance 
 from government. On all the great 
 roads leading to these sacred places 
 are choultries, built for tiie accom- 
 modation of pilgrims. 'M;e Erali- 
 niins are here the chief holders of 
 land, and perform almost every ofIic« 
 of husbandry, except holding the 
 plough. They are all cxtremeiy loyal 
 to the British for the protection they 
 receive, and also for an allowance 
 granted by the government of40,U0O 
 pagodas annually, which is distri- 
 buted lor the support of the poorer 
 temples. 
 
 In tlie remote times of Hindoo 
 antiquity, Tanjore v, as distinguisliod 
 geographically by the name of Cholu 
 Dcsa, irom whence originated by 
 several corruptions the word Coro- 
 mandel, and in native manuscript$ 
 its so\ereign is still designated the 
 Cholia Rajah. The present race are; 
 descended from Eccojce, a Maha- 
 ratta chief, (the brother of Scvajee), 
 who, in A. D. 1675, conquered the 
 city and province, Avliich have been 
 retained by the same dynasty ever 
 since ; tlie ^Maharatta being the pro- 
 per language of the Tanjore court. 
 The expedition of the British troops 
 into Tanjore, in 1749, was the lirsJ 
 warfare in which th(!y were engaged 
 against the forces of a native prince ; 
 and it proved unsuccessful as to its 
 main object, the restoration of a de- 
 posed Rajah of Tanjore, who had 
 applied for assistance to the governur 
 of Fort St. David. 
 
 Sersajee, the present rajah, is the 
 adopted son of Tuljajee, who died 
 in A. D. 1786, He was ciirefuily 
 educated under a most respectable 
 Dauisli missionary, Mr. Scihwaris, 
 and among Christians, yet iie con- 
 tinued a staunch adherent to the 
 Bralnninical doctrines and supersti- 
 tions. In every other respect he is 
 a man of liberal sentiments, and par- 
 3 
 
798 
 
 TANNA. 
 
 licularly indulgent 1o the Danish 
 missionaries wlio live in his country, 
 whose conduct does honour to the 
 Ciuistian name. While yet an in- 
 dept'udeut jirince he protected their 
 schools, which were fostered by his 
 old tutor. Mv. Schwarts ; and ex- 
 tended his kindness to the Kojnan 
 Catholics also, who, in 1785, were 
 estimated at 10,000 persons. Even 
 the Brahmins in this proviiice ap- 
 ])ear to have relaxed a little, as they 
 have procured a j)riiiting, press, which 
 tliey dedicate to the glory of their 
 gods. 
 
 In 1799 a comnnitationof suhsidy 
 was cflected, and the territory of 
 'J'anjore subjected to tlie British au- 
 thoritj'. On this event the rajah re- 
 served to himself several palaces, 
 the TraiKjuebar tribute of 2000 
 chuckrums, a clear allowance of one 
 lack of rupees annually, and onc- 
 iitth of the surplus revenues after 
 payment of the civil and military 
 disbursements, which amounts to 
 nearly twice as much more. As a 
 particular favour he was allowed to 
 retain the two forts of 'raHJore,which 
 he keeps in excellent repair, and 
 garrisoned with 1500 men. The pro- 
 vince now forms one of the districts 
 under the JMadras Presidency, and 
 the anangement has proved equally 
 advantageous to the iidiabitants and 
 to th(^ British. {Lord Valentia, Willis, 
 Parlinmcntani lieports, Heiiiiel, J. 
 (iraiit, Fra Paolo, St. Vc.) 
 
 Tanjork. — A city in the Southern 
 Carnatic, the capital of a district of 
 the same name. I.at. 10°. 45'. N. 
 Long. 79°. 12'. E. 
 
 Tljis city comprehends two for- 
 tresses, both of which ;uc given up 
 to the- rajah ; but on the exigf-nccof 
 war, the British have a right by 
 treaty to re-o(xupy them. Tlie small 
 fort is a mile in ciicumfcrencc, very 
 strong, and in good repair. The 
 walls are lofty, and built of large 
 stones, and on the corners of tlie 
 ramparts are cavaliers. The ditch, 
 which is broad and deep, is cut out 
 of the solid rock, and lias a Avell 
 formed glacis. It joins on one side 
 
 to the large fort where the rajah t-e-> 
 .sides, which is fortified in a similar 
 manner. 
 
 The small fort cojitains the cele- 
 brated pagoda, the chief building of 
 w Inch is the finest specimens of the 
 pyraniidieal temple in Hindostan. 
 ^Vithin is a bull carved from a block 
 of black granite, an excellent ex- 
 ample of Hindoo sculpture. From 
 one of the ca\ aliers there is a beau- 
 tiful view. 'J'hc pagoda forms the 
 foieground, theii appears the large 
 foit with the rajah's palace and tem- 
 ples, behind Avhich a ricii country is 
 seen covered with rice fields and 
 chimps of trees, and beyond all a 
 chain of lofty mountains. The River 
 Cavery here is at the highest when 
 the periodical rains prevail in My- 
 sore. 
 
 In remote ages this was the great 
 seat of learinng in the South of In- 
 dia, and here the almanacs were 
 farmed, according to vaIucIi the year 
 1800 of the Christian era corres- 
 ponds with the year 1722 of Saliva- 
 hanam, and the 4901 of the Call 
 Yug ; which reckoning dificrs one 
 year in th(^ former era, and seven in 
 the latter from that used in Karnata. 
 The British were repulsed from be- 
 fore 'J'anjore in A. D. 1749, and it 
 was besieged v ithout success by M. 
 Lally in 1758. 
 
 '1 rftvelling distance from Madras, 
 205 miles ; from Seringapatam, 237 ; 
 and from Calcutta, 1235 miles. (Lord 
 VaJeutia, F. Buchanan, Kennel, Vc.) 
 
 Tanksal. — A town in the Seik 
 territories, on the north-eastern iron- 
 tier of the province of Delhi, 1.50 
 miles north from the citv of Delhi. 
 Eat. 30°. 51'. N. Long. 76°. 53'. E. 
 
 Tanoui;:, (Tama-). — A town on 
 the sea (;oast of Malabar, 30 miles 
 S. by l'^. from Calicut. La). 1<,°. 55'. 
 
 N. hoiv. 
 
 .55'. E. Tliis was for- 
 
 merly a i)lace of considerable note, 
 but is now reduced to the condition 
 of a poor village. 
 
 Tanna, (Thana). — A town and for- 
 tress on tlie Island of Salsctte, which 
 command the passage (here 200 yards 
 broad) between the island and the 
 
TASSISUDON. 
 
 799 
 
 llHaliaratla tniilorios in tlic ])iovin("e 
 of Aiiiiiiii-al»:i(l, Lai. lt>°. lO'. N. 
 Loiij>-. 73°. 6'. E. 
 
 The fort is small, but well hiiilt, 
 ami altiioii*;!! not complete is a stroii};' 
 foi(iti(;a(i<m, and alw ays kept in the 
 liigliest order. It is usually gar- 
 li.soued by a battalion of sepoys, and 
 a comj»any of Kiuopean artillery from 
 Bombay. The town is stra;i:i;liii;j,\ 
 but not large, :uid lias several Por- 
 tng^ueso chiirehes, with a number of 
 Christian inhabitauLs. {Jloor, .yc. 
 
 Tapanooly. — A Uritish settle- 
 ment in Sumatra, situated on a small 
 island at the hotloiu of the J>ay of 
 Tapanooly, on the N. ^^ . shore, ♦list- 
 ant about two and a half or three 
 miles. Ships that have ear£,()es to 
 dispose of j::o round and anelior to 
 the eastward, in eijrht I'atliouis wa- 
 t«»r, and have a ropt; from the shon^ 
 to swinsr by. Lat. 1°. 4U'. \. Long'. 
 '.)6°. ouC E. 
 
 The Bin of Tapanooly, with the 
 Island of Alaiisalar, forms one oftlie 
 tine.st ports in the world ; composed 
 «»f sueb a eomplieation of harbours 
 within each other, that it is asserted 
 a larn'e sliip niiy;ht lie so hid amojii^ 
 them, as not to be discovered with- 
 out a lab(»riuus research. This inlet 
 .stretches into tlx- heart of the Hattas 
 country, with whom a <-oiif-iilerable 
 truflie is carried on, antl finil.cr for 
 ma-sts and spars is to be pmcurcd in 
 tlie \ariou.s creeks; but not htinic in 
 the "general tract lor British vessels, 
 this liarbour has been little frequent- 
 id for naval purposes. 
 
 The large kinia cockle (ehania 
 gigas) abounds in this bay, one of 
 which that was carritd (o i;n<;luiul 
 measiued three feet three inches in 
 its loni;cst diameter, and two I'cet 
 one inch across. The substance of 
 the shell is, in <;enerai, perfectly 
 white, and several inches thick. 'Ihe 
 loe of this cockle will sometimes 
 weigh six pounds, and the lish al- 
 logellier, when cleared of the sliill, 
 liom 20 to 30 pounds. One method 
 of taking- them in deep water is by 
 tlirusting a bamboo between tiie 
 
 valves as they lie open, which is 
 made liist by the innnediate closure 
 of the shell. In this bay are also 
 found most beautiful corallines and 
 madripose*. 
 
 In 17G(> Tapanooly was taken by 
 a squadnni of I'Vench ships under 
 the Compte d'Jlstaing; and, in f)ct. 
 lSOf>, being nearly def(n<eless, it 
 was again taken by a I'rench scpia- 
 dron, and plundered with every cir- 
 cumstanee of atrocity and brutality, 
 (lUtirsdoi, Elmore, Sx;) 
 
 Tapooi..— A small island, one of 
 the Sooloo Archipelago, situated duo 
 south from the jirineipal Sooloo Isle, 
 This is a small island with plenty of 
 fresh water, and abounding v\ilh 
 small cattle, goats, and jams, being 
 (•ultivated to the top, {Dalrymple, 
 S-c. S-c.) 
 
 'J"AUAii\t).— A town in the Maha- 
 ratta territories, in the province of 
 Anvungabad, fM miles S, E, from 
 Snrat. Lat. 20°. 38'. N, Long. 74° 
 20'. E. 
 
 Tauhar.— A small district in tho 
 province of Allahabad, situated be- 
 tween the 25th an<l 2()lh degrees of 
 north latitude, and bounded or» the 
 north by the .lumna, near its c(m- 
 lluene<- with the danges. 'J'his dis- 
 trict was lormetl during the reign of 
 Aurengyebe, of jiortions of land dis- 
 m( inendjered from the adjoining di- 
 ^isions, 
 
 Taukahi'oou, — A town in thu 
 pro\inee of Bahar, !)0 miles E. S. I'.. 
 trom J'atna, Lat. 2r>°. 7'. .\. Lon--. 
 8(i°. 40'. E. 
 
 'J ' I s s 1 s U Do K, (or Ti! di:isoo Jcnng). 
 — A city in Northern 1 lindoslan, in 
 the province of liootan, of w hich it 
 is the capital, and the residence of 
 the J)eb Hajah. J. at. 27^. ;3u'. N. 
 
 Long. 8y° 3(>'. i;. 
 
 Tlii.s town stands in u highly cul- 
 ti\al(>d valley, about tliiee miles in 
 Ivngtii, by one in bn adth ; intt r- 
 sccted by the'leiiintchieu Biver, the 
 banks of whicli are lined with wil- 
 lows. On the surrounding moiui- 
 tains are some timber trees, inter- 
 mixed with lir and pine, and a great 
 variety of lloweriiig shrubs. The 
 
800 
 
 TATTA. 
 
 cUriiate generally is described ae 
 being rc-inarkiibSy saiubiions. 
 
 The castle or palace of Tassisudou 
 is situated near the centre of the 
 valley, and is a building of stone of 
 a (juadrangular form. The walls are 
 30 feel higii, and arc pierced below 
 Avitli very small windows, apparently 
 more for the purpose of aihnitiing 
 air than light. The citadel is a very 
 lofty building, consisting of seven 
 Ftorics, eachfroni 15 to 20 feet high. 
 From the centre of these rise a square 
 piece of masonry, which supports a 
 canopy of copper richly gilt, sup- 
 posed to be immediately over the 
 idol Maha Moonce. I'he Deb Ra- 
 jah of Bootan dwells in the citadel, 
 on tiie fourth story irom the ground. 
 
 Near to this city are a long line of 
 sheds, where the workmen are em- 
 ployed forging brazen gods, and va- 
 rious other ornaments disposed about 
 tlieir rehgions edifices. There is here 
 also a considerable manufacture of 
 paper, made from the bark of a tree 
 named deah, which grows in great 
 abundance near to I'assisudon, but 
 is not produced adjacent to Bengal. 
 It is very strong, and capable of 
 being woven, when gilt by way of 
 ornament, into the texture of silks 
 and satins. {Turner, ^-c.) 
 
 Tatta, {Tuttah). — A dishict for- 
 merly contained in tlie great soubah 
 of Mooltan, but in modern times 
 transferred to that of Sinde, and its 
 dimensions much circumscribed. To 
 the north it is bounded by Sinde ; on 
 the south by the sea ; to the east it 
 has Cutch and the Sandy Desert ; 
 and on the west the sea and Baloo- 
 chistan. Its limits at present coni- 
 prihend merely the Delta of the 
 Indus, which may be estimated at 
 150 miles in length, by 50 the ave- 
 rage breadth. By Abul Tazel, in 
 1682, it is described as follows : 
 
 " Formerly .sircar Tatta Mas an 
 independent territory, but now it 
 forms part of the empire. The lengUi 
 from Behkur to Cutch and Mekran 
 is 257 cuss, and the breadtii, from the 
 town of Budeyan to Bunder Lahry, 
 fueasures 100 coss; and agaiu tiie 
 
 breadth from Cknnder of Behkur to 
 Beykancer, is 60 coss. On the east 
 lies Gujrat ; on tlie north Beyknr and 
 Sewee ; on the south the sea, and on 
 the west Cutch (Gnndava) and Mek- 
 ran. Alore is now called I'atla and 
 Debifl. Here the northern moun- 
 tains form several branches, one of 
 which runs to Caudahar. Another 
 brancli commences on the sea coast, 
 goes to the town of Koul^har, where 
 it is called Ramgur, and from diencc 
 proceeds to Sewistan, Avhere it is 
 called Lucky. Here are a consi- 
 derable tribe of Baloochees called 
 Kulmany. They are 20,000 families, 
 and can raise 10,000 choice cavalry. 
 Camels arc bred here. Another chain 
 of mountains runs fiom Sehwan to 
 Seewce, where it is called Khutler. 
 Here dwell a tribe iianud Nomurdy. 
 
 " In Tatta the winter is so mode- 
 rate that there is no occasion for 
 iurs, and in summer, excepting in 
 Sewistan, the heat is not excessive. 
 I'he inhabitants travel chiefly by 
 water, and ])ossess not less than 
 40,000 boats. Here are iron mines 
 and salt pits. Rice is fine and iu 
 abundance. At the distance of 12 
 miles from Tatta is a quarry of yel- 
 low stone, whicli is cut (o any size, 
 and used for building. The Ibod of 
 the inhabitants is chiefly tish and 
 rice. They dry fish in the sun, and 
 also extract oil tiom thejn, which 
 they use in boat building. 
 
 " Tatta is now (in 1582) the fourth 
 sircar of the soubah of Mooltan. 
 From tlic northern borders of Tatta 
 to Utch is a range of mountains of 
 hard black stones, inhabited by va- 
 rious tribes of Baloochces; and on 
 the south from Utch to Gujrat arc 
 sandy mountains, the residence of 
 the Ashambchty and other tribes. 
 The country from Bchkoor to Nus- 
 serpoor and Ameri.ote is peopled 
 by the .Sowrah and Jareecheh, and 
 other tribes. Sircar Tatta, contain- 
 ing 18 mahals, revenue 25,999,991 
 dams. Tatta became subject to the 
 IMahommedans in the year of the 
 Hijcra 99 (A. D. 721) doling the 
 Caiiphat of Waiid." 
 
TATTA. 
 
 801 
 
 Since Abul Fazel wrote this dis- 
 trict has experienced a gradual de- 
 cay, which has of hite years been so 
 ninch accelerated, that the coiiiitry 
 is in danger of becoming a banen 
 desert. Altliongh resombliiig, in 
 many of their geographical features, 
 the Delta of the Indus presents, in 
 other respects, a remarkable con- 
 trast to that of the Ganges. From 
 the sea-coast to the city of I'atta 
 scarcely any thing is to be seen 
 but an arid sandy country, covered 
 in diU'erent places with the milk 
 bush, and other shrubs pecidiar to 
 sterile lands, and almost destitute of 
 fresh water, which must be procured 
 from an immense depth underground. 
 Here and there low ranges of bare 
 scraggy hills are seen, but scarcelj' 
 a vestige of population or cultiva- 
 tion for many miles from the sea. 
 
 Between Tatta and Corachie are 
 many tombs and ruins, which would 
 indicate a state of former prosperity, 
 very different from its present mi- 
 serable condition. The wells, and 
 other remains of the ancient city of 
 Bambarah, are still discernible, but 
 now covered with bauljool and other 
 wild shrubs, and inhabited only by 
 a few Hindoo devotees. Between 
 Tatta and Corachie there is an in- 
 land lake of considerable extent, 
 and na\igable for small boats, but 
 the water of it is brackish. Dining 
 the freshes of the Indus, when at 
 its highest, pan of the low country 
 is inundated. As the city of 1'atla 
 is approached from the sea, the soil 
 and aspect of the country improve ; 
 but still without trees, and almost 
 destitute of inhabitants. Camels are 
 bred in this part of the country, the 
 tender parts of the brushwood serv- 
 ing them for forage. 
 
 Tlie natives of India, from Sinde 
 to Goa, use the word JCanta (a fork) 
 to signify also borders on the sea- 
 coast ; and know the Delta of the 
 Indus under the appellation of Sind- 
 hoo Kanta, M'hich approaches nearly 
 to the term pres« rved in some Lalin 
 maps of Canthi Sindi. 
 
 I'or about 30 years past this dis- 
 
 3 F 
 
 trict lias been under tlie government 
 of tlie Ameers of Sinde, and sub- 
 jected to every speci<;s of extortion 
 and oppr(>ssion. The city and dis- 
 trict of Tatta arc said to yield a re- 
 venue of 145,000 rupees per annum ; 
 the district of Sunkree 80,000 ; Co- 
 rachie Bunder, 110,000; and Dha- 
 raja, 80,000. The district of Kuk- 
 ralee is asserted to have produced a 
 revenue of six lacks of rupees dm ing 
 the government of the Calories, 
 which is now reduced to 190,000 ru- 
 pees. The territory situated betwen 
 the salt and fresh water brandies of 
 the river is said to yield 91 ,000 ru- 
 pees per annum. The whole district 
 coidains only one town, which is 
 Tatta. 
 
 This countiy was invaded by the 
 Maliommedans at a very early pe- 
 riod after the promulgation of that 
 religion. Caliph tJmar dispatched 
 Moghaireh Abul Aas, who, setting 
 oft' from Bahrein by sea, attacked the 
 western [.'arts of the Delta of the In- 
 dus ; but, meeting with unexpected 
 resistance, he was defeated, and lost 
 his life. As Omar died in A.D. 641, 
 this expedition must have taken 
 place about 639 or 640. Othnian, 
 ills successor, attempted an invasion 
 by land ; but, having sent people to 
 survey the roads, he M'as deterred by 
 their report. It does not appear to 
 have been actually subdued by the 
 Emperor Acbcr unlil 1590, allhougli 
 long prior to thai period included in 
 the list of his dominions; Since the 
 fall of the Mogul dynasty it has fol- 
 lowed the fate of Sinde, and still 
 continues subject to the Ameers of 
 that evfensivc provuiee. (A hid Fa- 
 zel, Smith, Maxfield, Wilford, Drum- 
 rnoitd, (Jt.) 
 
 Tatta. — A town belonging to the 
 Ameers of Sinde, the capital of a dis- 
 trict of the same name, and situated 
 near the banks of the Indus, about 
 130 miles, by the course of the river, 
 from the sea. Lat. 24°. 44'. N. 
 Long. 68°. 17'. E. 
 
 This town stands in a valley, 
 formed by a range of low rocky hills, 
 Avhich; diuins the freshes of the In- 
 
802 
 
 TATTA. 
 
 dus, is iimntlatcd; but, being placed 
 on an eminence, apparently fomied 
 by ancient ruins, during the heiglit 
 of the rains it has the semblance of 
 an island, 'i'he streets arc very nar- 
 row and dirty; but the houses, al- 
 tlioiigh irregularly built of mud, 
 eh(ii)ped straw, and wood, are supe- 
 rior to the low huts commonly seen 
 in native to« ns. Tlie better sort of 
 houses are built of brick and lime. 
 'i'he old English factory, purchased 
 by the Company in 1751, still re- 
 mains, and may he reckoned the best 
 house, not only in Tatta, but in the 
 wliole pro\ince of Sinde. All the 
 rooms of this house have ventilators, 
 rescmbliiig the funnels of chimneys, 
 which connuunicate with the roof; 
 and are intended to promote a circu- 
 lation of air during the hot winds, 
 %vhen all the windows are shut to ex- 
 clude the dust. To the southward 
 of the factory within the town are 
 the remains of the old fort, which 
 must have been a stiong position 
 against assailants ignorant of artil- 
 lery tactics. At present there is no 
 fort, nor is tliere any military force 
 stationed in the toAvn, which is go- 
 venied by a nabob, or deputy, from 
 the Ameers of Siude. 
 
 Tatta was originally defended by 
 a strong brick wall, Avith round tow- 
 ers; but now tiicsc are a heap of 
 ruins, and the mosques and pagodas 
 that remain exhibit symptoms of ra- 
 pid decay. I'he circumference of 
 the town is from fonr to five miles, 
 and thenumber of inhabitants about 
 15,000. It was once famous for its 
 commerce and cloth manufactories, 
 besides an extensive trade in lic.e, 
 wheat, hides, &c. but all this is great- 
 ly diminished. The chief exports 
 are ghee, gugal or b'dellium, potash, 
 oil, raisins, saltpetre, aniseed, shai- 
 kuu, musk, chintzes, sliawls from 
 Shckarpoor, carpets, and a variety 
 of drugs. The imports arc cocoa 
 nuts, pe[)per, cardamoms, betel nut, 
 ntitmegSjCiunanuin, silk, raw and ma- 
 nufactured, cochineal, broad cloth, 
 boglipores, kincobs, purpets, quick- 
 silver^ tin, iron, stcci, copper, lead, 
 
 black wood, sandal wood, and san- 
 dal wood oil. 
 
 The Indus is iti general shoal op- 
 posite to Tatta ; on which account 
 boats trading to that city lie off a 
 small village named Begurah, dist- 
 ant five miles S. E. by S. where the 
 d<;ejK>st water is lour fathoms, but 
 for tht most part only two ; and the 
 river about one mile in breadth. The 
 strcjigth of the current is hcj e broken 
 by tlie small Island of Begurah, 
 which is 200 yards from the western 
 bank of the river. 'J'he boats used ou 
 the Indus are flat bottomed, squar© 
 head and stern, low forward, high 
 aba It, and drawing only a few inches 
 of water. Oars are seldom used, the 
 boats being usually either tracked, 
 or pushed along with poles; and, 
 wlicn the wind is fair, recourse is 
 had to sails. Their form is broad, 
 and very commodioii-- for the pur- 
 poses of travelling. From Tatta to 
 Hyderabad there arc four routes; 
 two by land and two by w ater, the 
 shortest of which n)ay bo estimated 
 at 53 miles. At this place the mon- 
 soon prevails with considerable vio- 
 lence hetween jMay and October, 
 attended with hard squalls of thun- 
 der, lightning, wind, and rain. 
 
 The country around Tatta is a 
 fine rich soil, watered by canals from 
 the Indus, and partly overflowed 
 during the freshes, but susceptible of 
 the highest cultivation, Ou the hill 
 of Muckaiec,a mile to the west of 
 Tatta, are an amazing number of 
 graves and mausoleums — the habita- 
 tions of tlic dead greatly exceeding 
 in inimber tiiose of the living. Th« 
 tomb of Mirza Ecsau is uncommoivly 
 inagiiiriccnt and well executed; and 
 is su}iposed to have been erected 
 abotit A. D. 102'^. It consists of a 
 large square stone building, two sto- 
 ries high, having a great dome sup- 
 ported by nvimerons pillars, which, 
 as well as the body of the building, 
 are covered with sentences extracted 
 from tlie Koran. Some of tlie in- 
 .scriptions on the otl/r iondjs appear 
 iiesli isnd quite legible, aithougii en- 
 graved l<jOyeaj"s ago. Ou the banks 
 
taweetaavee. 
 
 803 
 
 of the tndus, seven miles above Tat- 
 ta. is aucllicr hill, covered with white 
 mosques and tombs of deceased Ma- 
 hommcdans, some of the latter of 
 coiisideraitle size. Near to one of 
 the smallest, which is held in ojreat 
 veneration bolli by Mahomnieduns 
 and Hindoos, is a larj^e bone stnck 
 upiight in tlie earth, about 18 feet 
 louj;:, one tliiek, and two broad, 
 whieli tl)e natives assert was pro- 
 cured from a fish. The liill on which 
 these graves are placed, if fortified, 
 would command the passa;i;c of the 
 river. 
 
 Dr. Robertson is of opinion, that 
 Tatta is the Patlala of the ancients ; 
 but this name more probably referred 
 to the city of Brahminabad, which 
 appears to have been the capital in 
 the remote ages of Hindoo antiquity. 
 By Abul Fazel it is described as fol- 
 lows: 
 
 " The ancient capital was Brah- 
 minabad, V hich was then a very po- 
 pulous city. 'I'lie fort had 1400 bas- 
 tions, a tenab distant from each 
 other; and to this day there aiH.^ con- 
 siderable vestiges of tiiis fortifica- 
 tion." 
 
 The modern city of Tatta is said 
 to have been founded by Jam Mun- 
 d( I, the 14th of (he Someah dynasty, 
 A.D. 1485. It was taken and plun- 
 dered by the Portuguese in 1555; 
 but continued in the 17th century an 
 extensive and populous city, of great 
 commerce, and possessing manufac- 
 tures of silk, Caramania wool, and 
 cotton; it was also famous for its 
 cabinet m are. Most of the Sindean 
 cloths exported to Hindostan, Pcr- 
 .sia, and Khorasan, are still manufac- 
 tured here, the miserable remains of 
 its once flourishing commerce, w hich 
 is not likely to revive under its pre- 
 sent barbarous and rapac ions rulers. 
 
 Travelling dislancc from Bombay, 
 741 miles; from Calcutta, IGO'2 miles. 
 {Smith, Ma.rfidd, licnne!, -St.) 
 
 Taujei'Oor. — A town in the pro- 
 vin(;e of Bengal, district of Purneali, 
 36 miles E. bv N. from the town of 
 Purneaii. Lat. 25°. 45'. N. Long. 
 8b°15'. E. 
 
 3 F 2 
 
 Talllah MiioKEE. — A small vil- 
 lage in the province of Lahore, situ- 
 ated eight or nine miles to the north- 
 ward of Nailone, the ]inncipal town 
 in the Kaungrah country. Lat. 32^^. 
 5'. N. Long. 75°. 45'. 11. 
 
 At this place a small vokanie fire 
 issues from the side of a mountain, 
 wliere tlie Hindoos have raised a 
 temple, which has long been of cele- 
 brity, and the favourite resort of pil- 
 grims from the Punjabi {Foste}\^-c.) 
 
 Taunda. — A town in llie Naliob 
 ofOutle's territories, situated on the 
 south side of the Goggrah Kiver, 35 
 miles S. E. from E vzah:.d. liat.26° 
 33'. N. Long. 82°. 3b'. E. Cloths 
 of a simiKir quality to Bengal cos- 
 sacs, and iiaving the same name, are 
 fabricated in the neighbourhood of 
 this town. 
 
 Tauree. — A town in the province 
 of Bengal, district of Monghir, 92 
 miles W. N.AA^ from Moors'iedabad. 
 Lat. 24°. 31'. N. Long. 86°. 50'. E. 
 
 Tavoy. — A town and district in 
 the Birman empire, which so late as 
 1753 was the seat of an hidejiendent 
 principality, the existence of which 
 was probably proloiiged by the dis- 
 sensions of the greater pow ers. Lat. 
 14°. 48'. N. Long. 9S°. 15'. E. In 
 1790 it was betrayed to the Siamese, 
 and next year the Birnians were re- 
 pulsed in an attempt to recapture it. 
 A short time afterwards during the 
 same year they regained it by trea- 
 chery, and put the garrison, consist- 
 ing of 3000 Siamese troops, to the 
 sword. {Si/mes, ^-c.) 
 ■ Tavvally Isle. — One of the Gi- 
 lolo islands, situated within the first 
 degree of south latittide. In length 
 it uuiy be estimated at 35 miles, by- 
 six the average breadth. 
 
 Taweetawek. — xV cluster of is- 
 lands, above 56 in number, in the 
 Easti-rn Seas, forming part of the 
 Sooloo Archipelago. Some are of 
 considerable extent, others are high, 
 some low, and not a few are mere 
 rocks. The chain of islands 1o the 
 S. E. of I'aweetawee are all low, 
 with an inlinile number of shoals bc- 
 twecij thcni, w hich abound with fish, 
 
SOi 
 
 TELIJCHEKY. 
 
 and are also the site nf pearl fisherj-. 
 The Island orTaweetawee has plen- 
 ty of excoUeiil waters, but \ery few 
 inhal)ii;mts ,' the names of many of 
 tJiese small islands in the Malay lan- 
 ^•n;if;e are so indecent, that they do 
 not admit of bein;;: hanslated. {Dal- 
 rijinple, At.) 
 
 ' T \s \ H\.v,,(PiihT«ya).—A small 
 island in the liaslern Seas, situated 
 of}' the ea^t eoast of iSnmHtra. Lat. 
 0°. 4b'. N. Ivong. 105'^. 5'. E. 
 
 In this neighbourhood there arc 
 many very small isljinds sealtered, 
 amoue: wliich from 50 to 100 ehests 
 of opium may be disposed of; for 
 whieii pep])er, ^old, tin, and laftans, 
 are the returns. The inhabitants 
 beuis: all [)ira<es, it is necessary that 
 tradinp,- ressels be well armed^ and 
 eoustantly on their guard. {Eimor&, 
 
 Teary. — A large -village, with a 
 fort on an adjoining hill, in the pro- 
 vince of Malwah, Lab 24". 46'. N, 
 Long. 79°. 3'. I'j. This place is with- 
 in the district of the Ouneha Kajah, 
 and is reckoned 25 miles from Chat- 
 terpoor, and 32 from Chandree. 
 (Hunter, ke.) 
 
 'J'eest A River, {Tishtha, standing 
 still).- — This river has its source in 
 the Himalaya viilge of mountains, 
 from whence it flows in a sootherlj 
 direction through the Nepanl terri- 
 tories, and enters Bengal in the dis- 
 trict of Rungpoor; proceeding on 
 towards the south until it joins the 
 tianges. in Nepaiil it is named the 
 Yo Sanpoo; and, like other eastern 
 streams, has different names at dif- 
 ferent parts of its course. 
 
 Teetgaum. — A town in the dis-' 
 trict of NeycF, situated abont 12 
 miles S. W. from Therand. This 
 place has a very large tank, with se- 
 veral wells ; and the appearance of 
 the tf>wn is superior to most others 
 in this miserable district. To the 
 south there is little or no coltivation, 
 and tnttch jungle. Teetgaam ac- 
 knowledges the authority of the 'J'he- 
 raud chief; but, being occupied by 
 R!i.j})oot zemindars, pays hioi little 
 revenue. 
 
 Tehinchien River.— a river of 
 Bootan, which runs past Ta^sisudon, 
 the capital; and, being swelled by 
 the united streams of the Hatchieir, 
 and by the Patchicu, which takes its 
 course near I'aro, finds a passage 
 through the moinitains, from whence 
 it is precipitated in tremendous ca- 
 taracts ; and, nisbing with rapidity 
 between the high elifls and vast 
 stones that oppose its progress, de- 
 scends into a Talley, a few miles east 
 from Buxedwar, and finally joins the 
 Brahmapootra. {Turner, cVe.) 
 
 Telingana. — In the Institutes of 
 Acber this region is named Berar^ 
 bnt was only in jrart posse.ssed by 
 that .sovereign. Telinga is at one* 
 the luime of a nation, of its language, 
 and of the character in which it 
 is written. The IVIinga language, 
 formerly called the Kalinga, occu- 
 pied the space to the eastward of th» 
 Maharatta, from near Cicacole its 
 northern, to within a few miles of 
 Pnllicut its soirthern boundary, with 
 the intervention of a stripe of terri- 
 tory where the Goand tongue was 
 Hsed. This tract was divided into 
 the Andray and Kalinga countricfj, 
 the former to the south, and the lat- 
 ter to the north of the Godavery. 
 At the period of the Mahomt»edan 
 conquest i\w greater part of tlics* 
 united provinces seems to have been 
 known to that people by the general 
 name of Telingana, and Worangole 
 as the capital of the whole. 'I'hB 
 Telingas foijn a distinct race, and 
 still occupy a considerable portion 
 of the Deccan. By the Jinglish and 
 other Europeans they were formerly 
 d<^signated Gentoos, a name un- 
 known to any Indian dialect. ( Wiih9, 
 Colehrooke, Kennel, St.) 
 
 Teli.icheky, {T<i!i Chari). — A 
 town on the sea coast of the IMala- 
 bar Province, 126 miles travelling 
 distance from Seringapatam. Lat. 
 11°. 44'. N. Long. 75°. 36'. E. 
 
 This place was long the chief set- 
 tlement of the I^nglish on the coast 
 of Malabar; but, m 1800, tli<; East 
 India Company's connnerce having 
 bccu trausfcrfcd to Mulie,^ it has d&~ 
 
TENASSERIM. 
 
 805 
 
 clincd considerably. The richest 
 natives still reside licre, and the iii- 
 habilauts are far more eiviiized Ihaji 
 in the other parts of the province. 
 I'lie gruvnids witiiin tlie okl English 
 lines are highly cnJtivuled, imkI the 
 thriving; stale of the jilantalioiis on 
 the sunJy land near the sea shews 
 that liie whole is capable of iir- 
 proveincnt. 'I'his town is the mart 
 lor the best sandal wood brougiit 
 from above the Western (jhaiits, 
 and th(^ cardamoms Wynaad, which 
 are mostly exported from hence, are 
 jnoslJj reckoned tlie best on the 
 coa-st. 
 
 In the year ISOOTellichery, jNIidiC, 
 and Darinapatam, tbnned a circle, 
 containing- 4481 Jiouses, ocenpicd as 
 follows: — By Portug;uesc, 438; by 
 INIahonnnedans, 868 ; Nambnries 
 (T}rahmins),9 ; Puttar, Krahmins, 16; 
 llajahs, 2; Nairs,27G; 'i'iars, 1888; 
 Mneuas, 258 ; natiAcs of Carnata, 
 119; male siavx^s, 91; and female 
 slaves, 70. 
 
 In A. D. 1683 the presideiKjy of 
 Snrat established a factory here tbr 
 the purchase of pepper and carda- 
 moms ; and in 1708 the East India 
 Company ^tbtaiued a grant of the 
 fort of Tcllicherry from Uie eolastry, 
 or cherical rajah. Dnrin<^ tlie reign 
 of Tippoo, in consequence of his 
 hostile policy, tliis settlcjnent was 
 su|)|)orted at so great an expense, 
 und partook so little of tJie com- 
 merce of the country, that the Bom- 
 bay govennnent had it in contem- 
 plation to recommend its being re- 
 linquished, as an unnecessary and 
 ujiprolitable factory. {F. Bitchaium, 
 Dirom, Duncan, i'c.) 
 
 Tkllo. — A town in Celebes, and 
 formerly the capital of .hi independ- 
 ent principality. Lat 5°. 5' S. Long. 
 119°. 30'. E. 
 
 In 1667 the state of Tello was 
 boundeil <iu the north by the Coe- 
 rces, two islands situ :;ted to the south 
 of the Hiver Maros, and to the south 
 it reached as far as I'ort Rotterdam. 
 The princes cd' Goak and Tcllo arc 
 both called Kings of iMacassar, al- 
 iJiough cych is a sej)arate state, dc- 
 
 rivino^ their names from their capi- 
 tals ; but both principalities have 
 long been under the power (»f tlif 
 Dutch. 
 
 The ninth king of Tello, Abd al 
 Kureem, died in 17U8, and was siic- 
 c<;eded by his son, jAlapjja Orang.-i, 
 who was elected King of Coak in 
 1712, and rided over both states un- 
 til 1724, when he gave up that of 
 Tello to his son JMan iJiijah, or Ha- 
 jah Mooda, 'Jb hiiu succeeded 
 Cmin Tello, who, in 1759, was a 
 most inveterate enemy to the Dutch. 
 The queen who reigJied in 1775 was 
 his daughter, (Js'tavoriuus and Notes, 
 
 Tenassf.rim, (Tanengxfn-i). — A 
 district in the Eirman enq)ire, ex- 
 tending along the sea coast iVom the 
 11th to the ]4lh degrees of north 
 latitude. The west coast of this 
 territory is protected from the south- 
 west monsoon, b}' a connected bar- 
 rier of islands, extending 135 luiies 
 i'rom north to south, with a strait be- 
 tween them atid the main land, liom 
 15 to 30 miles broad. The language 
 of the inhabitants of this district, 
 denominatedTiimaw by theSiamese, 
 dilfers considerably from the com- 
 mon Birmau, and has many pecu- 
 liaritiesi. 
 
 The natives of tins province are 
 uamed by the Birmans Dawayza 
 and Byeitza, fiom the two govern- 
 ments of which their country con- 
 sists. They have most frequent I v 
 been subject to Siam and Pegu ; but 
 at present they are under the sway 
 of the Birmans. (Forrest, Leijden, 
 F. JJiichanau, -^-.c.) 
 
 TiiNASSKRiM, — A town in the Bir- 
 mau empire, the capital of a pro- 
 vince of the same name. l^at. 11° 
 42'. N. Long. 98°. 50'. E. 
 
 In 1688 the Court of Directors of 
 th«! East India Company ordered 
 their servants at i\[a(has to endea- 
 vour to obtain po.>isession of this 
 place from the Kiiig of Siatn, and 
 afterwards to fortify it. In 1759 it 
 Avas takf'u from the Siamese by 
 Alompra, the Birmaii monarch, after 
 a feeble resistance. It was then 
 
eo6 
 
 TERRIANI, 
 
 large and populous, but is now al- 
 most a heap of ruins. {Sj/mes, 
 Bruce, ^-c.) 
 
 Ternate Isle. — One of the small 
 Mohiccas, aliout 25 miles in circum- 
 ference, situated on the west coast 
 of Giloio. Lat. 50'. N. Long. 127°. 
 20'. E. 
 
 While ujider the Dutch govern- 
 ment t!)e jirovinee of I'eniate in- 
 cluded the islands of Tidore, Motir, 
 Macliian, and Ealbbiau, which are 
 properly tlie Itloiiiceas, being the 
 original places of growth of the finer 
 spices. Larger nutmegs arc still 
 found in the woods of Ternate than 
 any produced at Banda. Although 
 all the efficient authority has long 
 been possessed by tlie olliccrs of the 
 Dutch establishment, a native sove- 
 reign, the 8ultan of Ternate, has 
 <;ontin'.!ed to exercise certain func- 
 tions of sovereignty over the natives 
 of the island, and of some of the 
 adjacent isles. In 1774 his domi- 
 nions comprehended the greatest 
 part of the north of Gilokt, and 
 also a great part of the north-east 
 quarter of Celebes, Avhcre are the 
 Dnich settlements of Blantido and 
 Goruntold. Sangir also belonged 
 to him and the neighbouiing islands 
 of Kiao, Karakita, Tagulanda, IJan- 
 ka, and Teliusyani. 
 
 On this island there arc three 
 mosques tor the IMahommedaiis, and 
 one chiireh -or the Dutch, but none 
 for the I'ur'.iiguese, who are become 
 as black as the natives. The coun- 
 try is o.ividt'd into five districts, over 
 which there are live syngees, or 
 ciuels ; and i.!so a captain laut, or 
 high admiral, who commands the 
 .sullait's prows. Besides, <h!?re is a 
 gogo, an officer who superintends 
 the police. The Dutch settlers re- 
 side at tort (jrange, and consist of 
 a governor and council, a shalih'.in- 
 der, and fiscal. In 1777 the Duteii 
 establishment, civil and military, 
 comprehended 847 persons, and liy 
 <li(;m trade was in a great measure 
 mono|>olized ; the Chinese, however, 
 filways enjoyed considerable privi- 
 leges. JN'o Chinese junk was al- 
 
 lowed to come to Ternate direct 
 from China ; but they were permitted 
 to resort to Macassar, which may be 
 considered as t!ic western frontier 
 of the Moluccas. On this island 
 there is a lofty peak, which some- 
 times discharges flames. 
 
 The first Mahommedan sovereign 
 of Ternate is said to have reigned 
 from A.D. 1166 to 1486. In 1521 
 it was visited by the Portuguese, 
 who took formal possession; but 
 tliey were expelled in 1530. In 1579 
 it was touched at bj Sir Fraticis 
 Drake, who, according to the fashion 
 of the day, took possession of it in 
 the name of Queen Elizabeth. 
 Along with the kingdom of Portugal 
 it devolved to the Spaniards, who 
 lost Ternate in 1006 ; but retained a 
 footing in the Moluccas so late as 
 1663, when ti<ey abandoned their 
 settlement at Gammalama. In 1680 
 the Dutch compelled the Sultan of 
 Ternate to become tributary to them, 
 and the princes of the other Moluc- 
 cas were so thoroughly subdued, 
 that in the year 1778 the kings of 
 'i'idore and Eatehian were deposed, 
 and exiled to Batavia. With the 
 Dutch it remained until the revolu- 
 tionary war, when it was twice 
 captured by the British ; the last 
 time on the 28th August, 1810. 
 {Sittcorinus ami Notes, Forrest, 
 §-c. ^T.) 
 
 Teiuuani, {Tnrifani). — A district 
 situated about the 27th degree of 
 north latitude, partly comprehended 
 iu the Britisli dominions, and partly 
 in those of Nepaul, To the south 
 it is bounded by Goracpoor, Bettiah, 
 and 'J'yrhoot. 
 
 The Turyani of Nei)atil, confined 
 between the (innduek and the 
 Teesta, is divided into five so^ibahs, 
 or governments, viz. Subtuni, Moh- 
 tuni, Rnhtnt, Bhareh, and Persa. 
 i'lxt.nsive as this territory is, the 
 Kajah of Nepaul does not draw any 
 cosisidetable revenue from it, owing 
 to niismunugcmcnt and the low 
 state of its population. WestTur- 
 rye remits ordy two lacks of rupees 
 to Catmandoo, and East Turrye, al- 
 
TESIIOO LOO:\TBOO. 
 
 807 
 
 though it is more forlile, only a lack Toshoo I.oomboo, or Ltibron;?, is 
 
 and a half. properly a large monastery, eoj; •.»•!- 
 
 'J'he Western Turryc contains in- ing ot" three or 400 houses, the halii- 
 
 - exhaustible forests of most excellent tations of the g-\ longs, besides (e)n- 
 
 timber. Tlw. pines of Bechiacori, pies, mausoleums, and ihe palace of 
 
 and the saul trees both of that and the sovereign pontilV. Its l»niidinp,s 
 
 of the Jhurjoory forest, are not sur- 
 passed anywhere for straightness or 
 durability, and might be floated 
 south on the IJoora Gunduek. Kota, 
 or pure turpentine of the Sulla pine, 
 might also be procured. The word 
 Turyani properly signifies marshy 
 land, and is sometimes applied to 
 the flats lying below the hills in the 
 interior of NepanI, as well as to 
 the low tract bordering on the Com- 
 pany's northern frontier. IIetto^^ ra, 
 although standing very little below 
 the C'lieriaghati top, is nevertheless 
 comprehended in the Tiurye, or 
 Turyani of Nepaul, as indeed is the 
 whole country situated to the south 
 of Cheesapany. 
 
 The principal rivers of this district 
 are (heBhagmutty, the Bukkia, and 
 the Jumnc, besides many nullahs 
 and inferior streams. Thin as is 
 the population, it is rather surprising, 
 considering its vicinity to the Com- 
 pany's domiiiions, that this dreary 
 tract should have any inhabitants at 
 all. {Kirkpntrick, ^c) 
 
 Tkrhoweh. — A town and fortress 
 in the province of Allahabad, district 
 of Bundelcund, which was taken and 
 plundered by Gopaul Singh in 1810. 
 
 Tervengary, {Teruvanvav.a An- 
 gadi/). — A sn)all Alopkiy (Mahome- 
 dan) town in the province of Ma- 
 labar, 23 miles S. by E. from Cali- 
 cut. Lat. 11°. 2'. N. Eong. 76°. E. 
 This place is situated on the bunks 
 of a river which conies from Irnada, 
 and in the rainy season is navigable 
 32 miles aljovc for canoes. Near to 
 this, in 1720, a decisive victory was 
 gained by Colonel Hartley's army 
 over Tippoo's forces 
 
 are all of stone, none less than tuo 
 stories high, flat roofed, and crown- 
 ed with a parapet rising consider-^ 
 ably a)>ove the roof, composed of 
 heath and brushwood. The fortress 
 of Shiggatzee ^fiing stands on a 
 prominent ridge of rock, and com- 
 mands the pass. Irom hence are 
 roads to Bo(^tan and Bengal, to Eali- 
 daek and Cashmere ; to the mines of 
 lead, coppei', cinnabar, and gold ; by 
 Tingri Meidaun to Nepaul; to Lassa 
 and'China. The distance from hence 
 to Catmandoo, th.e capital of Ne- 
 panI, by the niarching road, is esti- 
 mated at 400 miles. In 1780 the 
 journey of the deceased lamas at- 
 tendants, from I'ekin to 'J'eshoo 
 Loomboo, occupied seven monlhs 
 and eight days. On the north is 
 situated the territory of Tarunath 
 Lama, bordering upon Russia and 
 Siberia, and whose influence mure 
 esjjecially extends o\er the Kil- 
 niauks, or hordes of Calmuc Tar- 
 tars. 
 
 The plain of Teshoo Loomboo. 
 which is perfectly level, is encom- 
 passed on all sides by rocky hills. 
 Its direction is north and south, and 
 its extreme length 15 miles; its 
 southern extremity in breadtli, from 
 east to west, is about five or six 
 miles. The Biver Painoinchieu in- 
 tersects it, and at a small distance 
 joins the Brahmapoolia. Tlie hills 
 are of a rocky nature, of the colour 
 of rusty iron, and are easily shivered 
 bv the effect of the wealher into 
 little cubical pieces, small enough 
 to lie moved about by the force of 
 strong \^ inds. 
 
 Tiuv rock of Teshoo Loomboo is 
 
 Tr. siioo LooMCoo, (or Shig-gatzce by far the loftiest of all that are in its 
 
 Jemig). — The seat of the Teshoo neighbourhood. From the smmmt 
 
 Lama, and the capital of all that the eye eooimands a very exlensive 
 
 part of Tihet immediately subject lo prospect, but no striking traces of 
 
 liis authority. Lat. 2li°. 4'. N. " liOng. population are to be discovered, the 
 
 8&°. 7'. p;. natives crowding into the hollow re- 
 
808 THERAUD. 
 
 cesses. From the north side the ce- Therah, (or Turrah). — A town 
 
 Icbrated River Brahmapootra, stilcd n the province of Gujrat, situated 
 
 in the lanpriiage of Tibet Erechoom- about half way between Rahdun- 
 
 boo, is visible. It here flows in a poor and Theraud. Lat. 24°. 20'. 
 
 widely-extended bed through many N. Long. 71°. 57'. E. 
 
 channels, forming a multitude of This is an open town, containing 
 
 islands. Its principal channel is de- about 2500 houses, 1500 of which 
 
 scribed as being narrow, deep, and are tlie property of Coolees ; the 
 
 never fordable. other inhabitants being Rajpoots, 
 
 In 1783 there were reckoned on Koonbees, Banyans, &c. To the 
 
 the estabhshment of the monastery north of Therah, which may be con- 
 
 at Teshoo Loomboo, no less than siderod as the present capital of the 
 
 3700 gylongs for tffe performance of Kakreze, the country is cultivated, 
 
 daily prayer in the goomba, or tern- but interspersed with bushy jungle, 
 
 pic. Four lamas, chosen from among and very deficient in water, which 
 
 them, superintend and direct their is procured from wells 40 yards deep, 
 
 religious ceremonies. Their stated some of which are brackish. The 
 
 periods of devotions are the rising of present chiefs of Therah are Tezab- 
 
 tlie sun, noon, and sunset. Youth hoy and Jalim Singh, who divide 
 
 intended for the scnice of the mo- 
 nastery are received into it at the 
 age of eight or 10 years. On ad- 
 mission they are enjoined sobriety, 
 forego the society of women, and 
 confine themselves to the austere 
 practices of the cloiffter. There are 
 also a considerable number of nun- 
 neries, the regulations of which are 
 equally strict, 
 
 between them a revenue from 10 
 villages, amounting to about 35,000 
 rupees per anrmni. {Macmvrdo, Src) 
 
 Theraud. — A town and district 
 on the N. W. frontier of the pro- 
 vince of Gujrat. Lat. 24°. 37'. N. 
 Long. 71° 58'. E. 
 
 Tlie pergunnah of I'heraud is 
 bounded on the north by Marwar, 
 iSanjore being 30 miles N. N. E. 
 
 At this place there is an extensive from the town. On the west it is 
 
 establishment under the direction of bounded closely by Wow, which is 
 
 the monastery, for the manufacture only distant 12 miles. To the south 
 
 of images, in which they excel the it has Babere, 30 miles distant ; and 
 
 Chinese. The annual consumption on the east the district of Deesa, in 
 
 of tea in the territory of Teshoo which direction its territory extends 
 
 Loomboo amounts to the value of 40 miles. Within these boundaries 
 
 70,000 pounds. At the capital 300 
 Hindoos, Gosains, and Snnyasses, 
 are daily fed by the boimty of the 
 lama. 'I'he whole system exhibits 
 a hierarchy of long duration, and 
 
 it is said to contain 33 villages, yield- 
 ing a revenue to Hirbumjee, the 
 chief, of 20,000, while his expenses 
 exceed 60,000 rupees, the difference 
 being made up by plundering his 
 
 attended w ith considerable practical neighbours. In this whole district 
 
 benefit. The g\ longs, or monks, there is not a river, and few of the 
 
 having devoted themselves to the villages are supplied with a tank. At 
 
 duties of religion, obtain a large por- Theraud water is found about 60 
 
 tion of respect from their country- yards below the surface, but it is not 
 
 men, who follow worldly avocations, always of a good quality, and the 
 
 Being attached by a common bond m ells, from which the villages are 
 
 of union, the oye portion to labour, supplied, are frequently brackish, 
 
 and the other to pray, they enjoy in The scarcity of water entirely pre- 
 
 peace and harmony the bounties of vents the cultivation of vegetables, 
 
 nature ; and find it unnecessary to of which, with the exception of 
 
 employ a single man in arras, cither onions brought from Rahdiuipoor, 
 
 to defend their territory, or maintain I'heraud is destitute. 
 
 UmnipiU. {Turner. Kirftpatrich,S,c.) The inhabitants of the country^ 
 
TIBET, 
 
 809 
 
 subsist chiefly on bajeree, all classes 
 being too poor to purchase wheat. 
 Their other articles of loud are the 
 milk of cows and camels, and the 
 llesh of goats and sheep. Tlie The- 
 raud district furnishes excellent ca- 
 mels and go(jd horses ; many of the 
 latter are also imported from Bhau- 
 dra, situated to the w estward, w here 
 the breed is sfill superior. Tlje cul- 
 tivators are tolerably well treated by 
 their chiefs, who are rcslraiiicd from 
 extreme oppression by the threat of 
 deserting and retiring to an adjacent 
 \illage, probably the domain of an 
 enemy or rival. The govermnent 
 share of the produce is one-lburth. 
 Money is scarcely ever seen. 
 
 The town of Theraud contains 
 about 2700 houses, 300 of which arc 
 inhabited by Banyans ; the remain- 
 der by Coolees, Kajpoots, and Sin- 
 deans. It is surrounded by a wall 
 and ditch, tlie latter about 30 feet 
 deep, but botit in a very bad state of 
 repair. By the natives of the sur- 
 rounding country it is esteemed a 
 place of great strength, and it is so 
 against predatory troo})s, in a coun- 
 try williout artillery. With the ex- 
 ception Of the court house and the 
 Parishath temples, it contains few 
 good buildings. Most of the wells 
 are brackish, and the simouniling 
 jungle comes close up to the walls. 
 
 'I'his place is situated so near to 
 the borders of Sinde, that constant 
 inroads are made by parties of ma- 
 rauding cavalry, from the tract be- 
 twixt Theraud and the Indus. ^I'he 
 'J'heraud chief can muster 1300 ca- 
 valry well mounted, 300 of whom 
 are his family horsemen, or troojjs 
 related to him by niarri;ige or caste, 
 and who reside in the durbar, or 
 comt house. The others are Sin- 
 deans, and arc a species of local mi- 
 litia. Both town and pergunnah 
 have long been tributary to the Joud- 
 poor Rajah, who is always obliged 
 to send a very large force wlien he 
 ^\ishes to levy the tribute. {Mac- 
 murdo, ^-c.) 
 
 TiiiiRWAKA, — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Gnjrat, situated about 30 
 
 miles N. W. from Eahdunpoor. This 
 place belongs nominrdiy to Kumaul 
 Khan, a Baloochec chief, but is a 
 den of Coolee thieves, who neither 
 pay tribute, nor acknowledge tlie 
 Khan's authority. 
 
 Thiaour. — A town in the Car- 
 natic, bli miles W. by S. from Pon- 
 dielierrv. Lat. IP*. 45', N. Long. 
 79°. \i'. E. 
 
 During the Carnatic wars of tlie 
 last coitury this was a place of con- 
 siderable strength, and sustained se- 
 veral sieges. It then consisted of 
 two fortifications on a high moun- 
 tain, one above, but communicatitig 
 with the other; and a pettah on a 
 plain to the eastward, with a mud 
 wall, and surrounded at a small 
 distance by an imp(;netrablc bound 
 hedge. After the capture of Pondi- 
 cherry, in 1761, this important for- 
 tress surrendered to a detachment 
 under Major Preston, having been 
 blockaded and bombarded 65 days. 
 (Orme, ^c.) 
 
 TIBET, {Tihhct). 
 
 This vast region may be consider- 
 ed as comprehending all the space 
 from the soinces of the Indus to the 
 borders of China, and from Hin- 
 doslan to the great desart of Cobi. 
 Its length from cast to west may be 
 csnmated at 1600 miles, its breadth 
 is great but une(|ual. The country 
 of 'I'ibet is called by the inhabitants 
 Pue. or Puekoaehim ; a term which 
 is said to be derived from Pue, north- 
 ern, and Koacliim, snow; or the 
 snowy land to the north. It is also 
 kiiown both here and in Bengal l)y 
 the name of Tibbet, pronounced 
 with a double b. In Nepaul, Lower 
 Tibet is fre«picntly distinguished by 
 the ajjpellation of Kutchar, and in 
 Ilindostan by that of Pot^id. 
 
 'I'his is a territory of great alti- 
 tude, being part of that elevated 
 tract which gives rise not only to the 
 great rivers of India and China, but 
 also to those of Siberia and Tartary. 
 The ,' «<mooiuing Momitains, part of 
 the great Himalaya cliain, about tlie 
 
^10 TIBET. 
 
 28tli decree of north latitude, mark 
 the boiiiidan of Tibet inid Eoolnu ; 
 and the fiiimmit of Clnmmiaree, pro- 
 haljly, constitutes the !ii;j:hcst land 
 in what is called Little Tibet. The 
 rivers from hence run north, and fall 
 inlo the Brahmapootra at a short 
 distaiiee beyond Tcsiioo Loor.iboo. 
 
 In the temperalrire of the S( asons 
 a remarkable nniturniity prevails in 
 Tibet, both in their periodical dura- 
 tion and return. The .same division 
 of them takes place as in Eeni^al. 
 The spring is fronrTvIarch to May, 
 wiih a variable atmosphere, and 
 heat, thunder storms, and occasional 
 showers. From June to Sepleinbcr, 
 is the .season of humidity, when 
 heavy and continued rains swell the 
 rivers. I'rom Octo!)er to March a 
 clear and uniform sky succeeds, sel- 
 dom obscured eitl:er by fog^s or 
 clouds. For three months of this 
 season .-i degree of cold is felt far 
 greater probably than is experienced 
 in Europe. Its extreme seventy is 
 more particularly confined to the 
 southern boundary of Tibet, near 
 the ehnaled range of mountauis 
 wMch separate it from Nepaul, Boo- 
 tan, and Assam. The sunmiits of 
 these are covered at all seasons of 
 the year with snow, and their vici- 
 nity is remarkable at all times for 
 the dryness of the winds. Here 
 meat and tish are preserved during 
 winter in a frozen state. At Tuena, 
 in Tibet, on tho 16th Sept. 17S3, at 
 six in the mornins:, the thermometer 
 stood below the freezing point. The 
 dryness of the atmosphere also in 
 Tibet is very rrmarkable, and ope- 
 rates an effect similar to fli;tt of the 
 scorching winds tiiat previsil over the 
 arid soil of Hindostan. > egetation 
 is frequently dried to brittlencss. and 
 every plant irr,iy be rubbed between 
 the fnigers into dust. 
 
 When fust viewed Tibet strikes 
 the traveller as one of the least fa- 
 voured countries under heaven, and 
 aj)pears, in a great mca.sure, inca- 
 pable of cultivation, exhibiting only 
 low rocky hills, v^ithout aiiv-visib!e 
 vegetation, or extensive barren plain?. 
 
 On account of the severity of th* 
 climate, the inhabitants arc obliged 
 to seek for shelter in the vallies and 
 hollows. From Phari to Nainee, iA 
 'J'ibet, a distance of nearly 50 miles, 
 the country is very little removed in 
 aspect, population, or culture, from 
 a })erfict desart. The hills are bare, 
 and composed of a .stiff, dry, moul- 
 deling rock, which splits and shivers 
 A\ ith the frost.* 
 
 On account of the high Avinds, 
 sandy soil, and glare from the re- 
 flection of the .sun from the snovT 
 and ground, the natives axe much 
 subject to blindness and sore eyes. 
 
 The .soil of Tibet is for the greater 
 part unimprovable by cultivation, 
 but under siiound it abounds with 
 minerals, and in this elevated region 
 the production of nitre is abimdant 
 and spontaneous. It is the practice 
 of the cultivators in Tibet, to flood 
 the low lands on the approach of 
 winter with water, which freezes 
 and covers their surface with a sheet 
 of ice, and thus prevents their being 
 strij)ped of their scanty soil by vio- 
 lent winds. The usual croj)s are 
 wheat, peas, and barley • rice being 
 the production of a more southern 
 soil. In some parts they pluck up 
 the corn by the root, and afterwards 
 place it in small bundles to dry. 
 
 In Tibet a great superabundance 
 of animal life is, found, which is 
 scarce iii Bootan. The variety and 
 quantity of wild fowl, game, beasts 
 of prey, flock, droves, and herds, 
 are a.stonislung. In Bootan, on the 
 contrary, except domesticated quad- 
 rupeds, there are no otiiers, and al- 
 most no game besides pheasants. 
 
 Among (he most remarkable ani- 
 mals of this country is the Yak of 
 Tariary, named also theSooraGoy, 
 or bushy failed bull of Tibet. lu 
 size they resemble the English cat- 
 tle, and arc covered all over Avith a 
 thick coat of loiig hair. The tail is 
 composed of a i»rodigious quantity 
 of long, flov\ ing, glossy hair. There 
 is a great variety of colour among 
 then), but white and ()lack are the 
 most prevalent. Although not large 
 
TIBET. 
 
 SU 
 
 bonrd, from the profuse qtianlity of 
 hair iibout them, they seem to be of 
 peat bulk. These cattle are pastur- 
 ed in the coldest parts of Tibet, 
 ujjou tlie short herb!i<.":e peculiar 1o 
 the tops of iiKiiintaiiis and bleak, 
 plains. The lofty cliain of monii- 
 tains whieh di\ ides Til>et from Boo- 
 tan are their favourile liaimls. 'i'hey 
 are never employed in apieullnre, 
 bnt are useful as beasts of burthen. 
 From their hair tents and ropes are 
 manufactured. Their tails are in 
 great repute throngliout llindostan 
 as chowries, which are in universal 
 use for diivini;: away flies and mus- 
 quitoes ; they are, like-\\ ise, em- 
 
 iiloyed as ornamental furniture upon 
 lorses and elepluuils. 'J'hey fnniish 
 ftu abundant quantity of rich milk, 
 from wliieh excellent butter is j)ro- 
 cured. "W h.en uneasy they make a 
 low grunting- noise. 
 
 Another native of Tibet is the 
 musk deer, which is obss-rved (o de- 
 li<;ht in intense cold. This animal is 
 about the heij^ht of a moderate sized 
 ho^r. which il resembles in the figure 
 of the body. I< has a small licad, a 
 thick and roimd hind quarter, no 
 scut, and extremely delicate limbs. 
 From the upper jaw two long curved 
 tusks proceed, directed dowu^vilrds. 
 It is covered with a prodigious quan- 
 tity of hair, between two and three 
 inches long, which grows erect over 
 the body, and seems to partake 
 more of the nature of feathers, or 
 porcupine's quills. The musk is a 
 secretion formed in a little Img or 
 tumour, resembling a wen, situated 
 at the navel, and is only found in 
 the male. This animal is here 
 reckoned the property of tJie state, 
 and can only be hunted by jerniis- 
 sion of the government. 
 
 A third peculiar production of 
 Tibet is the celebrated shawl goat. 
 'J'hese cn'atures are of various co- 
 lours, black, white, a faint bluish 
 tinge, and of a shade somewhat 
 lighter than a fawn. They Ih'ne 
 straight horns, and are of a lower 
 stature than the smallest sheep in 
 England. The material used for 
 
 the manufacture of shawls is of a 
 light fine texture, and grows next 
 the skin. A coarse covering of lonq: 
 han* grov\ s above this, and preserves 
 the softness of the infeiior coat. 
 After repeated trials it has been 
 found Injpossible to rear this species 
 of goat in any other countiy. 
 
 In Tii>et goods arc carried by the 
 chowry tailed cattle, horses, mules, 
 ami asses; the customs differing, iu 
 this respect, from those of Bootan, 
 where they are carried by the inha- 
 bitants, and mostly by women. The 
 horses are principally geldings, 
 brought from I'lastern Tartaiy, and 
 are seldom above 14 hands high. 
 The sheep of Tibet are also occa- 
 sionally used as beasts of burthen. 
 Numerous flocks are here seen in 
 motion laden Viith grain and salt, 
 e;Kli carrying from 12 to 20 pounds. 
 'J'hc skins of lambs are cured with 
 the wool on, and constitute a valu- 
 able article of traffic. In order to 
 obtain the skin in the highest degree 
 of excellence, the dam is sometimes 
 killed before her time of yeaning, 
 wiiich secures a silky softness to the 
 fleece. It serves particularly lor lin- 
 ing vests, and is in high estimation 
 ail ovr-r Tartary and China. These 
 sheep appear a peculiar species in- 
 digenous to the climate, with black 
 heads and legs. 
 
 Gold is the principal article of ex- 
 port from Tibet ; those next in im- 
 portance arc musk, tinea!, goats* 
 hair, and rock salt. The tineal is 
 found in the bed of a lake, about 15 
 days' jiMjrney from Teshoo Loomboo. 
 The hair of the goats is carried to 
 Cashmi-e, and is of that superior 
 sort from wiiich shawls are manu- 
 faetnn-d. The salt is exported to 
 Nepaii! and i>ootan, and there arc 
 also mines of lead and cojiper. A 
 very small f|uantity of specie is cur- 
 rent in Tibet, and that of a base 
 .standard, being the silver coin of 
 Nepanl, here termed inderinillee. 
 
 The commerce between Tibet and 
 China is carried on, for the most 
 part, at a garrison town, on the 
 western lionticr of China, named 
 
812 
 
 TIBET. 
 
 SJIline;, or Sinninj^. The exports 
 ii) China arc j;oId dust, precious 
 «t<)[;os, iHusk, and woolleu rlolhs. 
 'The. imports are ir<4d and silver bio- 
 cad»\s, silks, teas, to'oaceo, qnick- 
 ailver, <'iiiiia ■ware, liirs, and some 
 silver Imllioii. To Uciigal ihc ox- 
 ])orts are "^old dust, musk, tincal ; 
 tlie imports from tlicnee arc broad 
 clotli, trinkets, spiees, i>articulariy 
 cloves, pearls, eoral, auiher, kin- 
 eobs, Maulda elotlis, Kiingpoor lea- 
 ther, tohaeeo, and indigo, ^^'ith 
 Assam there is jio intereourse. It 
 is said that British woollens, both 
 line and ordinary, are bought up in 
 'I'ibet with great eagerness. v\hen 
 carried there by travelling mer- 
 chants. 'J'he cold in 'i'ibet is so ex- 
 treme, that the inhabitants, for want 
 of woollens of a ])roi)er kind, are 
 obligetl to encumber themselves with 
 a heavy load of their own sort of 
 clothing. 
 
 Gold is found in Tibet in very 
 large quantities, and often uncom- 
 monly pure. In the foim of gold 
 dust it is ])rocurcd in the beds of 
 rivers, attached to small pieces of 
 stone, and sometimes it is foiuid in 
 large masses, lumps, an<l irregidar 
 veins. Cinnabar, containing a large 
 portion of quicksilver, is a produc- 
 tion of Tibet, and might be advan- 
 tageously extracted by distillation, 
 if fuel were n)orc plentiful ; but it 
 is remarkably scarce, the only sub- 
 stitute for lirewood lieing the dried 
 dung of animals. Thus situated, 
 in so rigid a climate, the most va- 
 luable discovery for the inhabitants 
 of Tibet would be that oi" a coal 
 mine. In some parts of Chi.ia, bor- 
 dering on this country, coal is found, 
 and used as fuel. Both in Tibet 
 and Bootan, the first member of the 
 sta1<' is the chief jm'rchant ; he is, 
 consequently, invested with privi- 
 leges above the common adventurer, 
 who cannot enter into a competi- 
 tion with him. 
 
 'j'he natives of Tibet are accus- 
 tomed to very warm clothing, the 
 dress of the lower classes iii sum- 
 mer being woollens of an inferior 
 
 kind; and in winter sheep or foxes' 
 .skins cured with the wool and fur 
 on. The highest classes use silks 
 and furs. 'I'lie Tibetians, always 
 travelling on level ground, carry a 
 weight of clothing that bid defiance 
 to the most piercing winds ; besides 
 vviiich, they wear very thick boots. 
 The great men of Tibet, as well as 
 in ]]ootan, arc peculiarly accus- 
 tomed to travel in the dark. The 
 liouses of the peasantry are of a 
 mean construction, and resemble 
 brick kilns. 'J'hey are built of rough 
 stones, heaped on each other, with 
 three or four apertures to admit light. 
 The roof is a flat terrace, surround- 
 ed vv ith a parapet wall two or three 
 feet high. In their repasts, the Ti^ 
 betians give a uniform preference to 
 undressed crude meat. Of this de- 
 scription mutton is almost their only 
 food ; and at their feasts the table is 
 seen spread with raw joints of fresh 
 nnitton, as well as boiled ; the first 
 being the most esteemed. The Ti- 
 betians generally are a \ei-y kind 
 and humane people. 
 
 The smallpox is a disorder as 
 much dreaded among them as thfr 
 plague is in other parts of Asia. 
 When it is known to exist in a vil- 
 lage, the liealthy hasten to desert it, 
 and leave the infected to chance, 
 and the natural course of the distem- 
 per. The use of mercury for the 
 venereal disease ap[)ears to have 
 been early introduced, and is admi- 
 nistered Avith tolerable skill. The 
 great scarci y of timber in Tibet not 
 permitting them to have boarded 
 floors, they are much troubled with 
 cramps and rheumatic pains. 
 
 A while scarf is an offering inva- 
 riably attendant on every intercourse 
 of ceremony, both in Tibet and Boo- 
 tan. A similar piece of silk is al- 
 ways transmitted under cover with 
 the letters, which in England would 
 be an expensive operation. This 
 manufacture is of a thin texture, rt;- 
 sembling that sort of Chinese stuff 
 called pelong, and is remarkable for 
 the purity of its glossy whiteness. 
 Tliey are coniraojdy damasked, and 
 
tlio sacred words, " Ooni ntaimce 
 paimee oom," are usiinlly near liotli 
 ends, which tcnuinalo iti a IVinj^o. 
 The moaiiiiig', or origin, of this mode 
 of iiitercoiirso has never been asetn- 
 tained; it is of sueh moment, how- 
 ever, tiiat the Uajidi of Hootan once 
 returned a letter to tlie resident at 
 Kungpoor, whieh he had tiansmitted 
 from the governor general, merely 
 because it eame unattended with 
 this bulky incumbrance to testify its 
 authenticity. 
 
 It is a general belief in Tibet, that 
 tJie arts and sciences had their origin 
 in the holy city of Benares, whieh 
 the inhabitants ha\ e been tanght to 
 esteem as the source both of learn- 
 ing and religion; Bengal is conse- 
 quently held in high estimation. The 
 Gangetic provinces are called to this 
 day Amikhenk, or Anonkhenk, and 
 Enacac by the Tartars. This ap- 
 pellation they have extended to all 
 India. It is asserted, that the art 
 of printing lias, from a very remole 
 age, been practised in 'i'ibet, al- 
 though limited in its use by the in- 
 fluence of superstition. Cojhcs of 
 religions works are multiplied, not 
 by moveable types, but by means of 
 set forms, which they impress on 
 thin slips of paper of their own fa- 
 brication. The letters run from left 
 to right. The printed and written 
 character, appropriated to a\ orks of 
 learning and religion, is sf \led, in 
 the language of Tibet, the Ueliin; 
 that of business and correspondence 
 Umin. 'J'heir alphabet and charac- 
 ters they acknowledge to be derived 
 from the Sanscrit. When visited by 
 Captain Turner, in 1 "b3, they were 
 found acquainted wiih the existence 
 of the satellites of Jupiter, and the 
 ring of Saturn. He also found them 
 accustomed to the game of chess, 
 and the rules and movements similar 
 to those adopted in England. As in 
 Western 'I'artary, the cycle here 
 used is that of 12 years. 
 
 According to tradition, the an- 
 cient teachers of the failh professed 
 by the inhabitants of Tibet, pro- 
 ceeded itoru Benares ; smd, 
 
 TIBET. 813 
 
 having advanced towards <he cast 
 over the empire of Ciiina, are said 
 to have directed their conrse towanis 
 Euroj)e. 'I'lio funeral ceremonies 
 performed )>y the Calmucks, near 
 the River AVolga, in Russia, on the 
 decease of their chief lama, are 
 nearly the same with those desi rihed 
 as takhig place at the funeral of a 
 gylong (priest) in Bootaii, on the 
 borders of Bengal, whieh shews the 
 amazing extent of the lama reli- 
 gion, and of the Hindoo system. 
 'I'heir own instruction in science and 
 religion, (lie Tibetians refer to a pe- 
 riod long prior to tiie existojiee of 
 either in Europe ; but Sir A\ illiaiu 
 Jones considered them as Hindoos, 
 who engrafted the heresies of Budd- 
 ha on their own mythological reli- 
 gion. 
 
 'I'he principal idol in the temples 
 of Tibet is j\ialiamoonee, the; Budd- 
 ha of Hindosfaii, who is worshipped 
 throughout the great extent of 'I'ar- 
 tary, and among all the nations to 
 the eastward of the Bralnnapootra, 
 by an intinile variety of names. 
 Durga, Call, Ganesa with his ele- 
 phant head, Cartikeya the Hindoo 
 Mars, with many other Hindoo 
 Brahminical deities, have also a 
 place ill the Tibet pantheon. Tlie 
 same p!a(-es of popular esteem, or 
 religious resort, are Cipially re- 
 spected in Tibet and Bengal ; Alla- 
 habad, Benares, Durjodeen, Gaya, 
 Saugor, and Juggernauth, being ol)- 
 jects of devout ]iiigrimage. 'Hie re- 
 generation of tlieir lama is said to 
 have taken place in times of remote 
 antiquity, near the site of the an- 
 cient city of Gour. Saugor, which 
 is an uninhabited i.>lain!, co\ered 
 with jungle, ut the mouth of the 
 Calcutta Hiver, and Juggernauih, in 
 Orissa, are deemed placcrj of ])ecu- 
 liar sanctity. Those wlut are unable 
 to perforin the pilgriiuage in person, 
 acquire a nmsiu-jraljle degree of 
 merit by having it performed by 
 proxy. 
 
 About the 28th degree of north 
 latitude are the (Ihumulanee Moiin 
 tains, on some of w Lich tijc snow 
 
 after 
 
814 
 
 TIBET. 
 
 remains the whole year. The high- 
 est peak, named Chumulaiee, is 
 hifithly veueiateii by the Iliudoos, 
 who resort Isere as votaries to yiiiy 
 tlieir adorations to its snow-clad 
 summit. No satisractory cxplaiia- 
 tion has ever been obtained of tiie 
 pavticidar sanctity ascribed to this 
 mountain, but it may be observed, 
 in general, that every singular phe- 
 nomenon in nature becomes an ob- 
 ject of worship to tiic Hindoos; 
 Avhetiier it be a snowy mountain, a 
 hot well, tlic source or conilux of a 
 river, a lake, or ^ olcano. 
 
 The ritual, or ceremonial worship 
 of Tibet, appears to diiler niaterially 
 from that of the Bra!miiuica! i Jiu- 
 doos, and irom many of their pre- 
 judices, especially such as relate to 
 the perpicxiug distinction of castes, 
 the Tibetians are almost exempt. 
 Witli the latter religion is all sys- 
 tem and order. A sovereign lama, 
 immaculate, immortal, omnipresent, 
 and omniscient, is i>laced at the 
 summit of their fabric ; the Hin- 
 doos, on the contrarj, acknowledge 
 no individiial supreme authority. 
 This lama is esteemed the vicege- 
 rent of the only God, the mediator 
 between mortals and the deity. He 
 is also the centre of a civil govern- 
 ment, which derives tiom his au- 
 thority all its iniluence and power. 
 A regular gradation is obser^ ed from 
 the lama through tlie whole order of 
 gylongs, or monks, to tlie youngest 
 noviciate. The president of a mo- 
 nastery is always stjied Lama. Their 
 religious nsonastcries and edifices are 
 all adorned at each angle with the 
 head of a lion, having belis hanging 
 from his lower jaw ; and the same 
 liguro is equally common at every 
 projection of the palace wnlls; yet 
 the animal is not a native of the 
 country. 
 
 In Tibet, as in Eootan, the na- 
 tion appears to be divided into two 
 distinct and separate classes ; those 
 who carry on the business of the 
 world, and 1hor,e who iiold inter- 
 course with heaven. No interference 
 of the laity ever intenupts tlie rcgai- 
 
 lated duties of the clergy. There 
 are two sects of priests, distinguished 
 by their dress ; the red or the yellow 
 cap. The latter is reckoned the 
 most orthodox, and has, among his 
 votaries, the Emperor of China. 
 Dalai lama, "J'eslioo lama, and Ta- 
 narath lama, preside over the yel- 
 low, Wiio have their residencies at 
 Pootalaii, Teshoo Loomboo, and 
 Kharka. Tiiis sect prevails over 
 great part of 'i'ibet, and a division 
 of tiic same is said to be established 
 in the Deccan, in a district named 
 Si'xnra, or Serroia, In like manner 
 tinee lamas presidt^ o\er the red 
 sect, \'iz. I^.un Kembocliay, Lam 
 SoLroo Nawangmamghi, and Lam 
 Ghassatoo. 'lliese have their resi- 
 dence ill Bootan, in separate monas- 
 teries ; the principal of the red class 
 in Tibet has liis residence at Sakia. . 
 
 It is a custom in 'I'ibet to preserve 
 entire the mortal reniauis of the so- 
 vereign lamas only, every other 
 corpse being either consumed by lire, 
 or, as among the Parsees, exposed 
 iu the open air. As soon as hie has 
 left a chief lama, the body is placed 
 uprii';ht, in an attitude of devotion, 
 his legs being folded under him, 
 with each thigh resting on the in- 
 step, and the soles of the feet turned 
 uj>wards. In this posture they are 
 deposited in shrines ; the inferior 
 lamas are usually burned, and their 
 ashes deposited in little metallic idols; 
 but co!!imon .subjects are treated 
 vvitli less ceremony. Some are car- 
 ried to lofty eminences, where, alter 
 having been disjointed, and the 
 limbs divided, they are left a prey 
 to ravens, kites, and other carni- 
 vorous birds. In the more populous 
 parts of the country, the dogs also 
 come in for their share. 
 
 The dress of the religious orders 
 in this portion of Asia is tlie regular 
 habit of eveiy attendant at court, 
 consisting of a vest of woollen cloth, 
 A'i ith sleeves of a d^ep garnet colour, 
 and a large mantle, either of the 
 same, or of a thiimer texture, re- 
 sembling a shawl. A sort of phil- 
 hbegand huge boots of bulgai' hides, 
 
TIDORE ISLE. 
 
 815 
 
 fined either \\\\h fur or cloth, com- 
 plete their equipage. 
 
 With respect to the union of the 
 Bcxes, a custom prevails in I'ibet, 
 at once dilierent tiom tlie modes of 
 lEuropc, Avliere one Itinak^ heenmes 
 the j\ile of one male; ami the oppo- 
 site practice prevalent over the great- 
 er part of Asia, where one male ex- 
 
 The affairs of Tibet cojitinucd in 
 a llourisliing and proj-p-prous state 
 until 1702, when the Nepanlese, 
 without provocation, commenced 
 hostilities, the first experienced for 
 niany years, and invaded Tibet. 
 Their proj^.css was rapid and mi- 
 foreseen, and thoy appear* d so sud-? 
 deuiy before I'c^Iioo Locnnboo, us 
 
 ercises an inicontronied despotism scarcely to allow tiie hwx and his 
 
 over numy females. Here a custom g> longs time to efl'eet tiieir escape, 
 
 still more preposterous is found — which they did with great diilieiiltv 
 
 that of polyandria, one female asso- across the Brahmapootra. 'i'he 
 
 elating- witii ail tlio brothers of tiie Nepanlese army, havin<j |)lunder- 
 
 family, without any restriction of ed 'j'eshoo Luomhoo of the accu- 
 
 aj>c or numbers; tiic choice of the mnlated coutribntions of ages, and 
 
 wife being the exclusive privilege of tlic tombs of their most valuable or- 
 
 the elder brother. This arrange- naments, withdrew to tlieir own 
 
 ment dift'crs considerably from tlie country, where they were pursued 
 
 Nair customs on the Coast of Mala- by the Chinese, defeated in several 
 
 bar; but a similar practice is said to actions, and forced to sue for peace 
 
 be followed by the bearer caste in on most igno'iiiiiious terms, being 
 
 tlie province of Orissa ; yet, when compelled to restore all the plunder 
 
 compared with their neighbours, the captured at Teshoo Loomboo, and 
 
 women of Tibet enjoy an elevated to pay an annual tribute, 
 
 station in society. In the ceremony Since this period the lamas have 
 
 of marriage the priests of Tibet enjoyed profound peace, but their 
 
 have no .share whatever, it being ra- intluence Ikw been much weakened, 
 
 tilled and completed without their or iather overpowered by liiat of 
 
 interference. 'I'he oihcers of state, their terrestiiai protectors, the £m- 
 
 as well as those who asj)ire to such perors of China. These keep ofli- 
 
 distinctions, deem it a businc^^s ill cers stationed at the comt of Lassa,^ 
 
 suited with their dignities and du- styled umbas. who are iuACsted with 
 
 ties to attend to the propagation of all tlie real autuority, and keep up 
 
 the species, w Inch they entirely an intercourse w ith Pekin by nieans 
 
 9,bandon to mere plebeians. of jasoos, or connnunieators of in-^ 
 
 The geograpliical knowledge of teliigence. {Turner , Bogle, Reiinel, 
 
 the Tibet ians is very limited, nor Wilford, Saundrrs, 4-f.) 
 
 has any accurate information been TiCAO Isle, {or St. Iliacyntho). — 
 
 yet procured of the ancient extent A sniall island, one oi the Pi:iiip- 
 
 uf the kingdom, or the age of their pines, .situated due south of tlie 
 
 religious institutions. About A. D, large Island of Luzon. Lat. 12°. 
 
 1720 the lim|)eror of Ciiina acquired 30'. N. Long. 123°. 4(>'. E. In length 
 
 the sovereignty of Tibet, by inter- it may be estimt'tcd at 2b miles, by 
 
 fcring in tlie quarrels of two coji- seven the average brcudth. Here 
 
 tending parlies. On t!;e 5th of July, the galleon used to take in water 
 
 1780, Teshoo Lama died in China and provisions bclbre her tinal de- 
 
 of the .small pox, in the 47th year parturc for Acapiileo. 
 
 of his age. In December, 1783, his 
 successor, althoug'i otdy 18 months 
 old, and unalde to .speak, when vi- 
 sited l>y the British ambassador, con- 58'. N. Lo 
 ducted himself wilh.astoni.shing dig- 
 nity and decorum; such were the 
 eliects of^cailv discipline. 
 4 
 
 'I'icK.'iRY. — A town in the pro-' 
 vince of Bahar, district of Bahar, 60 
 miles S. b\ W.from Tutna. Lat. 24°. 
 
 84°. 5;V. 
 
 E. 
 
 TiDORE iM.z. — One of the Mo- 
 luccas, .about 21 miles in circum- 
 ference, .situated on the west coa it 
 
816 
 
 TIMOR, (EAST), 
 
 of Gilolo, three leagues soutli from 
 'I'eniatc. l.at. 0°. 45'. N. Loiij?. 
 127°. 25'. E. Both of these islands 
 are re)naikab!y well watered l)y 
 streams from llieir respective peaks, 
 which are usually cloud eai)ped. Ti- 
 dore is populous, and fonnerly con- 
 tained 25 mosques. Its sultau also 
 A\ as a potentate of considerable con- 
 sequence in this part of the world, 
 as he possessed a great part of Gi- 
 lolo to the south and east, the chief 
 towns l>ein2f Maba, Weda, and Pa- 
 tany; and, besides, claimed sove- 
 reijvnty over Wagecoo, Mysol, and 
 Battanta. In point of fact, he was 
 completely in subjection to the 
 Dutch, who elevated or deposed 
 sultans as best suited their connner- 
 ciai speculations. 
 
 On the 8th of Nov. 1521, Juan 
 Carvallo, one of the sur\ivin«: com- 
 panions of Magellan, arrived at Ti- 
 dore, and was well received by its 
 chief, who granted liim a factory for 
 the purpose of collectin«f cloves and 
 other spices. On the 21st of De- 
 cenjber he loaded two ships with 
 spices for Spain. Gonzalo Gomez 
 de Espinoza commanded the Trini- 
 dad ; and it was his intention to pro- 
 ceed to Panama, in Mexico, but he 
 was captured by the Portuguese. 
 •Sebastian del Cano went in the Vic- 
 toria, by the way of the Cape of 
 Good Hope; and, having lost many 
 of his crew during the voyage, ar- 
 rived, at St. Lucas on the 7th Sept. 
 1722, with only 18 men, three years 
 IVom the date of their departure from 
 Seville — having thus performed the 
 first circumnavigation of the globe. 
 
 in 152G a second Spanish squa- 
 dron aiTived at Tidore, where they 
 found the Portuguese had declaied 
 war against the chief, on account of 
 the succour he had atlbrded to the 
 squadron of Magellan. Hostilities 
 in consequence commenced in the 
 Moluccas between these two nations, 
 and continued with varied success 
 until 1529. The Spaniards alleged 
 that these islands were within the 
 Pope'a line of demarcation, which 
 was the fact; but the Portuguese 
 
 Avere unwilling to relinquish so lu- 
 crative a trade. About this period 
 these differences were adjusted, the 
 Emperor Charles V. renouncing his 
 right, such as it was, to the Moluc- 
 cas, for the consideration of 350,000 
 ducats, advanced to him as a loan 
 by the King of Portugal. 
 
 In 1779 Drake, the famous cir- 
 cumnavigator, arrived at Tidore, and 
 began to gather spices without the 
 permission of the king, who was at 
 lirst greatly incensed ; but, being af- 
 terwards by presents conciliated, his 
 rage abated. {Zwniga, Forrest, ^c.) 
 
 TiJiLENKiNG. — A large Malay vil- 
 lage on the Island of Java, situated 
 about five leagues east from Batavia. 
 
 This place is intersected by a ri- 
 ver, which unites with the Antijol, 
 and afterwards falls into a small 
 shallow bay of six or eight inches 
 water, on a bottom of oyster shells. 
 In the middle of the river is a ser- 
 pentine channel, navigable for ca- 
 noes and small country boats. The 
 Chinese here hold a market all the 
 year for the sale of provisions and 
 vegetables, and from hence is sent 
 the greater part of the fresh and salt- 
 ed fish consumed in Batavia and its 
 vicinity. Much salt is also made 
 here. {Tombe, ^-c.) 
 
 Tim A AN IsLii. — A very small island 
 situated oft' the east coast of the Ma- 
 lay Peninsula. Lat. 2°. 52'. N. 
 Long. 104°. 5'. E. 
 
 This island is high and woody, and 
 has several others still snjaller lying 
 olf it to the westward. Vessels 
 bound to India, through the Straits 
 of jNlalacca, may go within the islands 
 of Timaan, Pisang, Aor, and Pulo 
 I'ingy, and the main. {JEImore, 5*c.) 
 
 TiMAPET. — A town in the Nizam's 
 trrritorics, in the province of Bce- 
 der, 54 miles S. S. W. from Hydei- 
 abad. Lat. 16°. 30'. N. Long. 78° 
 27'. E. 
 
 TliHERYCOTTA. — A town and fort- 
 ress in the Carnatic, district of Pal- 
 iiaud, 77 miles S. S. E. from Hyder- 
 abad, Lat. 16°. 17'. N. Long. 79°. 
 20'. E. 
 
 TiMOK, (East). — A large island 
 
TIMOR. 
 
 817 
 
 in Ihe Easlern Seas, iii<crsec(cd by 
 the 9t!i deg^ice of south lalitudc, and 
 extcntliiig- obliqiioly in a north-east 
 and s()nth-\v«'st direction. In Icnulh 
 it may be estimated at 250 miles, by 
 40 tlje averi!ji:e bread h. 
 
 In the year 1G30 Die Dntch formed 
 their seltlfinent at Coii|jang on this 
 island, from \v hence llieir estabiisli- 
 ment at Amboyna is still supplied 
 with live stock and other necessa- 
 ries. The produce of this island is 
 chiefly sandal wood and wax ; but 
 the first ariiele is now become scarce, 
 the last continuiuf? abundant. The 
 bees make their nests in bushes and 
 the boughs of trees, to which the na- 
 tives cannot approach until they have 
 .smoked or burned the bees out. The 
 honey is then put into jars, and the 
 wax run into blocks three feet in 
 length, and 12 or 15 inches in thick- 
 ness. Another article of export is 
 biche de mar, which is partly pro- 
 cured near the island, and partly 
 fished on the coast of New Holland, 
 and brought here for sale. \\'hen 
 Capiain Flinders was surveying the 
 north coast of New Holland, with 
 the view of exploring the great gulf 
 of Carpentaria he unex])ectcd!y at 
 the bottom t)f it fell in with six Ma- 
 cassar prows fishing for biche de 
 mar or sea slug. Trom the com- 
 mander of these vessels he learned 
 that a numerous fleet sailed annually 
 from Mac:!S>ar on this expedition, 
 and afterwards carried their cargoes 
 to Timor, w here they were n)et by 
 Chinese traders, who purchased (he 
 commodity; and, having traiishii)- 
 ped it to their own junks, carried it 
 for sale to the so'.ithern poits of Chi- 
 na. Each prow carried a cresv of 
 16 or 18 men, for tlie purpose of col- 
 lecting this sea reptile, which they 
 afterwards dried w ith tlie smoke of 
 green wood. The chief aitfcles of 
 impoi t ai e opium, piece goods, coarse 
 cutlery, chinaware, and nankins. 
 The Dutch tiom hence exported 
 many slaves to their dilli rent settle- 
 ments, aiid also procui» d a small 
 quantity of gold annually. Their 
 civil establishment at Coopang Ibrm- 
 
 criy consisted of 70 persons, but 
 since the conmiencemeiit of the re- 
 volutionary war it has been greatly 
 reduced, lly lar fhe greater j)art (if 
 the traffic is conducted by the Chi- 
 nese, whoso small defenceless vcs^ 
 sels, of tiom 10 to ,30 tons, are most 
 imarcountably permitted to navigate 
 these piratical seas unmolested. 
 
 The bread-fruit tree, called by the 
 INTalays soccoom, grows here in great 
 luxuriance, and appears to be as 
 much a native of the i.sland as it is 
 of Otaheite. A Timor bread fruit 
 weighs half as much more than one 
 of equal size at Otaheite; but, not- 
 withstanding its name, it is here ge- 
 nerally eaten with milk and sugar. 
 On thi.s island there is also a bread 
 liuit that produces seeds not unlike 
 Windsor beans, and, Avhcu boiled 
 or roasted, cjpialiy palatable. The 
 mountain rice is common in Timor, 
 where, contrary to the practice else- 
 where, it is cultivated on diy land. 
 About the year 1790 .some of' it was 
 procured, and forwarded to his Ma- 
 jest} 's botanic garden at St. Vin- 
 cent's, and to other parts of the 
 \\ est Indies ; but no report of its 
 .success has ever appeared. The 
 coast of this island abounds with 
 most beautiful shells. 
 
 Tlu' Dutch controul the north- 
 west and .souili sides of Timor; but 
 tile Portuguese still have a settle- 
 ment at Dliclii, on the north «'oast, 
 the mi.>-erable relic of their once ex- 
 tensive po.sscssions in thc^e seas. 
 'J 'he chief of the natives is by the 
 Dutch stjled keyser (emperor), and 
 resides at a place called I»racke- 
 nassy, four milf^s from Coopang. In 
 1789 he was baptized by the name 
 ofBcrnardus, his native appellation 
 being Eacchu JBamiock. 'J'lie na- 
 tives on the sea coast are described 
 a-! very indtlent; those of the inte- 
 rior as stionu, and active, but from 
 their want of cleanliness subject to 
 filthy diseases. Civil wars are fre- 
 quent aniDiig them, which the Dutch 
 say are fomented by the Portuguese; 
 and the Poi1ugue.se say are foment- 
 ed bv the Dutch. The latter have 
 
818 
 
 TINNEVELLY. 
 
 been at some paius to establish 
 Christiiiiiity; but have not gained 
 much giound, except in the neio^h- 
 bourhood of Coopang, where prayers 
 are performed by a Malay clergy- 
 man, the scriptures liaving been 
 translated into that dialect. 
 
 The Malays of the more eastern 
 isles adopt so many foreign terms, 
 and tlie practice is so prevalent, that 
 the term Basa Timor, or the eastern 
 language, is applied to any sort of 
 jargon. In Captain Cooke's first •. oy- 
 age, a resemblance between the lan- 
 guage of the people of the South Sea 
 islands, and the inhabitants of many 
 parts of the Indian ArchiiKlago, has 
 l3cen remarked; but the coincidence 
 is found particularly strong at Ti- 
 mor, as Avell as in the numerals. lie- 
 sides the dialect, there are some cus- 
 toms among the natives of this island 
 still more striking for their simi- 
 huity. They practice the Toogc- 
 tooge of the Friendly islands, which 
 they callTombook ; and the Roomee 
 of Otahcite, which they name Ra- 
 mas. They likewise place on their 
 graves offerings of baskets, filled 
 with tobacco and betel. In 1809 a 
 valuable present of cannon and am- 
 munition ^^ as sent by the British go- 
 vernment to the Sultan of Timor, 
 who then held out against the Dutch. 
 {Bligh, Stai'oriitn.^ arul Notes, Ley- 
 den. Asiatic Registers, Vc.) 
 
 Timor Laut. — An island in the 
 Eastern Seas, situated betwixt the 
 seventh and eighth degrees of south 
 latitude, and the 132d and 133d of 
 east longitude. In length it may be 
 estimated at 70 miles, by 25 the 
 average breadth. Except iis dimen- 
 sions and geographical position, no- 
 thing further is known resjiccting it. 
 'J'lNNEVKLLY, {IViiiavali, one of 
 Vishnus Names). — A district in the 
 South of India, situated principally 
 between the «'ighth and lOlli degrees 
 of north latitude, and occupjiug the 
 .south-eastern extremity of niiat is 
 miscalled the peninsula. To the 
 north it has Madura and Marawas ; 
 on the S. £. it is separated from Cey- 
 lon by the Gulf of Mauaai-; and on 
 
 the west it is boiuided by Travancor. 
 In length it may be estimated at 150 
 miles, by 50 the average breadth. 
 
 From Travancor this district is 
 separated by a high ridge of woody 
 mountains, of extremely difficult ac- 
 cess, its surface being generally flat 
 from the sea coast until these hills 
 are approached. The eountiy for 
 30 miles to the north of the town of 
 Tinnevelly is open, and tolerably 
 well cultivated. This tract, being 
 situated between tlie eastern and 
 western polygars, was, during the 
 early Carnatic wars of the last cen- 
 tury, the favourite field of their de- 
 predations. This district contains 
 no rivers of magnitude, but is w ater- 
 ed by many streams flowing from the 
 western mountains, and in favom- 
 able seasons yields abundant crops 
 of rice and cotton — the latter is of 
 an excellent qoalitj-. A very small 
 proportion, how ever, of the produce 
 of this district is exported either by 
 sea or land ; on the contrary, during 
 unfavourable seasons, rice is some- 
 times brought from Travancor. The 
 chief towns are Tinnevelly, Tuteco- 
 ria, Vypaur, Callacand, Natrada- 
 cotta, and Coilpatam. Being in its 
 immediate vicinity the productions 
 of Ceylon would probably thrive in 
 this district. 
 
 Tlie principal article exported to 
 jNIadras from the 'linnevelly and 
 Ramnad districts is cotton, which 
 is after\\'ards consigned for sale to 
 China. Iji 1811 there was a great 
 deficiency in the cotton crop. The 
 next in value are the various assort- 
 ment of ]jiece goods, which are ge- 
 nerally of a coarse description, and 
 a considerable quantity of jaggory, 
 with some indigo, dry ginger, and 
 cocoa nuts. In 1811 chayroot (o the 
 value of 34,830 rupees, and carda- 
 moms 2925 rnpecs, were sent trom 
 hence to Matlras; but the former 
 was probably the jiroduce of Ceylon, 
 and Ihe latter of the Malabar coast. 
 The imports received liom Ma- 
 dras arc inconsiderable, and consist 
 of liquors and suj»plies of Europe 
 and China goods for the stations; 
 
TINNEVELLY. 
 
 819 
 
 besides which, a few drugs and ar- 
 ticles of small value in use among 
 the natives, either medicinally, or 
 for their numerous ceremonies, are 
 received. 'I'lie import trade tiom 
 places beyond the territories of Ma- 
 dras, is j)rincipally conlined to large 
 consignments of betel nut from Tra- 
 vancor and Ceylon. The foreign ex- 
 port trade consists of piece goods to 
 Bombay and Ceylon, and of chank 
 shells to Bengal. The total value of 
 imports from places beyond the ter- 
 ritories of the Madras government, 
 between the 1st May, 181), and the 
 30fh April, 1812, was 292,113 Arcot 
 rupees, viz. 
 
 From Ceylon - - - - 20,614 
 Goa ----- 2202 
 Travaneor - - - 251,898 
 Various places - - 17,399 
 
 Arcot rupees 292,113 
 
 The total value of the exports to 
 places beyond the limits of the Ma- 
 dras Presidency, during the above 
 period, was Arcot rupees 189,152, 
 viz. 
 
 To Calcutta - - - - - 31,313 
 Bombay ----- l],.506 
 
 Cevlon 117,709 
 
 Various places - - - 28,624 
 
 Arcot rupees 189,152 
 
 The principal sea-ports of this dis- 
 trict are Vypaur, Tutacorin, Coil- 
 paiani, and Colasacarapatam ; at 
 which harbours, betwei n the 1st 
 May, 1811, and thc301h April, 1812, 
 436 vessels and craft, measuring 
 10,100 tons, arrived; and 336, mea- 
 suring 8103, dcj)arted. 
 
 The Mahoniniedans in this dis- 
 trict are very lew, and the primitive 
 Hindoo manners and customs are 
 scarcely any where seen so jmre and 
 unmixed. App<irently the lapse of 
 20 centuries has made no change in 
 their habits and customs. The col- 
 leries an>ong the hills on the western 
 frontier of Tinnevelly, piescnt no- 
 thing of the ugUness or deformity 
 which generally characterize the in- 
 
 3g 2 
 
 habitants of the hills and wilds of 
 Hhulostun ; on the contrary, they 
 are tall, well made, and well fea- 
 tured, and are of a martial disposi- 
 tion. Before they were thoroughly 
 reduced to order by the British, their 
 arms were lances and pikes, bows 
 and arrows, rockets and matchlocks ; 
 but whether with or without other 
 weapons, every man constantly car- 
 ried a sword and shield. 
 
 In tijnes of remote Hindoo an- 
 tiquity, this district formed part of 
 the great Pandian empire, the capital 
 of which was Tanjore. During the 
 early Carnatic wars, from 1740 to 
 1760, it swanned with independent 
 polygars with uncouth names, such 
 as the Pulitavcr, \ul3bee Khan, Cut- 
 teck, Catabominague, and I'ania- 
 lumcrutch, in a state of perpetual 
 hostility, each having his fort or den, 
 situated among the woods and fast- 
 nesses, which then almost covered 
 three-fourths of the countiy. At 
 this period, in conjunction with Ma- 
 dura, I'innevelly was farmed for 11 
 lacks of rupees of revenue ; and low 
 as was the assessment, it generally 
 ruined the farmer, from the difiiculty 
 of collection. In this disorderly 
 state it continued until 1792. from 
 which period the Company collected 
 the tribute ; but, until very lately, 
 the polygars of many of the smallest 
 tracts of coiuitry exercised not oidy 
 civil but criminal jurisdiciion ; the 
 services, as well as the lives, of their 
 subjects, being at their disposal. 
 
 A^'heu the war with Tippoo com- 
 menced in 1799, and the Madras 
 army was actively employed in his 
 dominions, a formidable insurrec- 
 tion broke out among the southern 
 poliams of Tinnevelly, for the quell- 
 ing of jvhich a body of troojis was 
 marched into the country. This oc- 
 casion was taken for disarming the 
 polygars, demolishing their forts and 
 strong holds, and reducing them im- 
 mediately to the civil authority of 
 the Company. A temporary arrange- 
 ment Mas also concluded for the re- 
 venue, and, in 1801, by treaty with 
 the Nabob of Arcot, the absolute 
 
820 
 
 TXPERAII. 
 
 sovereignty of Ihc province w as ac- 
 quired, in lliis jear a second insur- 
 rection took place among the south- 
 eju pollams, whieli Avas consiilcred 
 to be coiuiceted with another, at 
 that time existing in the Dindigul 
 and AJalabar countries, but the 
 whole were eirectually s\ippiesscd. 
 
 'I'lu* strong measures adopted in 
 tousequcnee of the second rebellion, 
 having produced the etlcct of ge- 
 neral obedience to s;ovcrnnrent, they 
 ■were followed up by an extension of 
 a permanent assessment of the re- 
 venue, M hi'cii was carried into efl'eet, 
 ill 1803; and, in 1806, produced 
 669,315 star pagodas. In this man- 
 ner, l)y the energy of government, 
 and tlie extinction of a divided au- 
 thority, one of the finest districts in 
 the Carnalic lias been converted 
 I'rom a state of anarchy and confusion 
 to one of subordination and pros- 
 perity. (5f/i Report, Report, on Ex- 
 ternal Commerce, Orme, Fnllarton, 
 Lushvigtov, Hodsoyi, Sec.) 
 
 TiNNEViaLY. — A town in the 
 Southern C'arnatic, 60 miles N. by 
 K fiom Cape Comorin. Lat. 8°. 
 45'. N. Long. 77°. 50'. E. 
 
 TiNOUi. — A town in Tibet, si- 
 tuated in the Tingri Meidaun, or 
 ^ alley of Tiugri, on the banks of 
 the River Arun. Lat. 27°. 43'. N. 
 liong. 86°. 45'. E. From hence to 
 Teshoo Loomboo the road is level, 
 and it was by this route the Nepaul 
 army marched wiien it invaded Ti- 
 bet, and plundered Te.shoo Loom- 
 boo, in 1792. At this place the Ne- 
 j)aulese weie defeated by the Chi- 
 nese. {Kirlipatricli, bj-c.) 
 
 TiPiiRAH, (Tripura). — A large 
 district in IJengal, situated princi- 
 pally between the 22d and 24th de- 
 grees of north latitude. On the north 
 it is bounded by Silhct and Dae( a ; 
 on the south by Chittagoiig and the 
 sea; to the east it is se|.arated by 
 liills and deep foiests from the Eir- 
 niau dominions ; and on the west it 
 has the great Eiver JNIegua, and the 
 district of Dacca Jelalpoor. ]5y 
 Abul Eazel, in }5b2, it is described 
 as follows : 
 
 " Bordering upon Ehaliy is a very 
 extensive country subject to the 
 chief of Tiperah ; him they style 
 Yeyah Manick. Whoever is pos- 
 sessed of the rajahship bear.? the 
 title of Manick, and all the nobility 
 are called Narrain. Their military 
 force consists of 1000 elephants, and 
 200,000 infantry ; but they have few 
 or no cavalry." 
 
 This district, also named Eoslic- 
 nabad, is the chief eastern Ihjuu- 
 <lar> of Bengal, and is of very large 
 dimensions, in 1784 it was esti- 
 mated to comprehend 6618 s(piar« 
 miles, but various iands have since 
 been added to it, and its eastern 
 limits are not yet jvccnrately defined. 
 Tov^ ards this ({uarter the country is 
 extreineiy wild, and ov ergrovMi with 
 iujigle, abounding v\ilh elephants: 
 but that part of it adjacent to the 
 IMegua is rich, fertile, and commer- 
 cial. The inhabitants of the moun- 
 tainous and woody tract on the east- 
 ern frontier are named Kookies, and 
 Uve in a state of the most savagw 
 barbarity. Anjong these forests the 
 gajal is found in a wild state. That 
 part of the Tiperah district situated 
 on the ^legua from Eaoudcauudy to 
 Luckipoor, is famous for the pro- 
 duction of excellent betel nut, which 
 is held in high estimation by the Bir- 
 mans and Arracaners, «lio come an- 
 nually and buy it nearly all up, paying 
 mostly in ready money. Tins tratiie 
 is so regularly established, that they 
 contract for the produce of the betel 
 imt plantations for the succeeding 
 years. 'I'lie coarse cotton goods of 
 this country are known all over the 
 world by the nauKs of baftaes and 
 cossacs, and are an excellent and 
 substantial fabric. They form an- 
 nually a considerable portion of tha 
 East India Com|)any's investment, 
 and ate also largely exported by pri- 
 vate merchants. The chiel towns 
 of this district are Comillah and 
 Luckipoor, 
 
 The number of elephants annually 
 caught in Tiperah is very consider- 
 alde, but they are reckoned inferior 
 to tho.se of Chiltasromr and Eegu. 
 
TIltOON. 
 
 821 
 
 The hoiglit of Ibis animal lias, in 
 {•Tiu'ial, Ik'cii oTcally r\aj;gTrat(fl. 
 In India llic height of females is 
 <;omm()nlv from seven to <i<v!it feet, 
 and that of males from eiivUt to 10 
 feet, measured at the shoulder, as 
 horses are. Tiie largest ever known 
 with certainly belonged to Asoph 
 lid IJowlah, liie Naitob of Onde, and 
 was taken in 1796; the peipendicn- 
 lar heii!,iit at the shoulder was 10 
 feet six inches. (Jne helon<;;in2; to 
 the Nnhol) of Dacca measured 10 
 feet liifih. The heigiit recinired hy 
 the Jirilish !i,overni!ient in Benj^al 
 fur the elephants pnreimsod for their 
 .service, is nine feet. 
 
 This distriet ajipears to have been 
 the setit of an independent Hindoo 
 principality, jbr many centuries af- 
 ter the \ilaliomniedans had by eon- 
 quest ol)tained possession of the rest 
 of Bengal ; but its limits, probably, 
 did not then as now approach the 
 banks of the Brahma])Oo(ia and 
 IVIrp^na. By Mahomniedan histo- 
 rians it is termed the country of 
 .tagenaa^ur. In A. D. 1279 it was 
 invaded by T()p,iuil, the Fatan "go- 
 vernor of Bengal, who plundered 
 the inhabitants, and brought away 
 100 elephants. In 1343 it was again 
 Invaded by Ilyas, the second inde- 
 pendent Bengal sovereign, wluy car- 
 ried off maijy valuable e;e[)hants. 
 
 For many succe(!ding years this 
 state continued to prv'sev\e its inde- 
 pendence, which is surprising when 
 its vicinity to Dacca, so long the 
 <.'api1al of BenLi,al, is considered. It 
 was, however, a1 last brought into 
 subjeeliiJU in 1/33; when a nephew 
 of the Tipe4-ah rajaiis Ih^d iu Dacca 
 and reqnesled assistaiK-e, which was 
 granted under the command of iMcer 
 Ilubbeeb Oolah. 'J'his ollicer eros.s- 
 ed the Bra}ima])ootra, and being 
 conducted by iho nephew, they 
 reached tlie capital before the rajah 
 bad time to prepare for an efl'cetual 
 resistance ; he was, in coiise<pience, 
 obliged to fly ibr refug<' to the fo- 
 rests and mountains. The nephew 
 was put in possession of the govern- 
 ^i3e)ii, on condition of paying a large 
 
 annual tribute ; and the whole ex- 
 tensive tract of country became a 
 province of tin; Mogul empire, itself 
 on the ev(? of dissoiution. When 
 the coiKjiiest was comi)leted, the an- 
 cient name, aceordinu," to a ftlahoin- 
 medan jnactice, was changed to that 
 of Kouslienabad ; and a body of 
 troops was left under a foujdar to 
 support the young rajah. Along with 
 the rest of Bengal it devolved to the 
 British ; and, in 1801, w as estimat- 
 ed to contain 750,000 iniiabitants, 
 in the |)roporlion of three Mahom- 
 medaus to four Hindoos. {Stenart, 
 J. Grant, Cox, kc.) 
 
 TiKooN, {Tinin). — A district on 
 the east coast of Borneo, situated 
 between the third and lonrth degrees 
 (tf north latitude. Tiie coast here 
 is all low mangrove land, the moun- 
 tains being very distant inland, and 
 inhabited by Idaan, the aborigines 
 of the island. 'J'he country abonnd.s 
 with sago trees, which being the 
 chief su.stenanee of the natives, they 
 ])lant annually in gK;at numbers to 
 prevent any delieieney, as a con- 
 .siderable time nmst ela])se before; 
 they are (it to be cut down. The 
 l)roduce of the country consists prin- 
 cipally of sago and bird nes,ts, both 
 of wiiicli are in great plenty and 
 ))erieetion. It also yields wax, canes, 
 rattans, mats, honey, biche do mar, 
 and iti some parts gold. In this dis- 
 trict there uro many rivers, the laig- 
 i'st, n:vmed the Barow, or Curan, 
 from dillerent places near it, has 
 about three fathoms water at the 
 mouth ; l>ut there are several shoals, 
 which render the assi.s1auce of a 
 j)il<4l necessary. 
 
 The tribes known by the names of 
 Tiioon and Te<long live chieliy on 
 the N. E. coast of Eorneo, and are 
 reckoned a .savage and ])iratical race, 
 addicted to eating the llcsh of their 
 enemies, 'f heir language is little 
 known, but is reckoiu.*d jiecnliar, 
 and the peoi)le are probably a tribe 
 of the aborigines, named iJoraforas, 
 Idaan, or Alforeze. {Forrest, Dal- 
 rymple, l.ciiden, cSc.) 
 
 Token Bessey.s. — A cluster of 
 
822 
 
 TOOLJAPOOR. 
 
 very small isles, situated off <he east 
 coast of the Island of Booton. Lat. 
 6° 40'. S. Long-. 123°. 35'. E. 
 
 These numerous little islands are 
 all of them either connected with, 
 or sunoiuidcd by rocky shoals, be- 
 tween which very rapid currents set 
 strongly to the eastward, and render 
 the iiavigalion hazardous. They are 
 inhabited. {Siaiiorim(s, Sfc-) 
 
 ToLo Bay. — A deep bay that in- 
 dents the east side of the Island of 
 Celebes, the coast of wliich has 
 been but little explored. 
 
 TolourIsle. — The largest of the 
 Salibabo Isles, named by Valentyn 
 Karlcallang, and by Captain Hunter 
 Kercolang:, situated between the 
 fourtii and fifth degrees of north la- 
 titude, and about 126°. 30'. east 
 longitude. 
 
 'i'his island is from 80 to 100 miles 
 in circumference, and is, in general 
 of a good height. The face of the 
 country is composed of steep hills 
 and cxtensiAe vallics, every part 
 being covered with trees and ver- 
 dure. It is well cultivated and po- 
 pulous, the inhabitants being mostly 
 Mahonmiedaus, vv!)o wear turbans, 
 and are covered with coarse cotton 
 cloth. Their houses erected on posts 
 are well built, find neatly thatched, 
 the whole exhibiting a considerable 
 degree of civilization. 
 
 The Dutch had formerly a flag 
 here, but, about 1773, the Magin- 
 danese exercised a sort of j-nisdic- 
 tion over the island, and exacted a 
 tribute, which was usually paid in 
 ^!a\es. (Cai'tain Hunter, FoiTest, 
 S,-c. .§-f.) 
 
 ToMiNiE Bav. — A bay which 
 deeply indents the N. E. quarter of 
 the Island of Celebes, and abound- 
 ing Witli small rocky islands and 
 rocky shoals. It is also named Goo- 
 nong Telia Bay. 
 
 To.vDi. — A town on the sea-coast 
 of the Southern Carnatic, district of 
 Marawas. Lat. 9°. 43'. N. Long. 
 76°. 5'. E. 
 
 ToNGHO. — A town, district, and 
 fortress, in the Birman dominions, 
 the latter being accounted a place of 
 
 uncommon strength, Lat. 18°. 50'. 
 N. Long. 96°. 40'. E. 
 
 The province of Tongho is said 
 to be rich and populous, and is usu- 
 ally governed by one of the sons of 
 the Birman monarcii, who takes his 
 title from it, being called Tongho 
 Teekien, or Prince of Tongho. The 
 inhabitants excel in the manufacture 
 of cotton cloth, and the land pro- 
 duces the best betel nut in the em- 
 pire. In this luxury the Birmans of 
 all ranks indulge so freely, that it 
 has become with them almost a ne- 
 cessary of life. The natives of Ton- 
 gho are famous for their licentious- 
 ness and ferocity, and among the 
 Birmans notorious for their inso- 
 lence and dishonesty. {Symes, ^-c.) 
 
 ToNK Rampoorah- — A Rajpoot 
 town in the province of Ajmeer, 60 
 miles S. by E. from Jyenagur. Lat. 
 26°. 7'. N." Long. 75°. 58'. E. 
 
 This fort, with the adjacent dis- 
 trict, belong to Jeswunt Row Hol- 
 kar, and were taken by the British 
 in ] 804, but restored at the ensuing 
 peace. 
 
 ToNOKU, {or Yadavapuri). — A town 
 in the Mysore, where are still to be 
 seen the remains of the walls of an 
 ancient city, which indicate that 
 they must have once been of great 
 extent. The reservoir is also a very 
 great work, and said to have been 
 formed by Rama Anuja, about the 
 year 1000 of the Christian era. It 
 is made by a mound erected be-!- 
 tween two mountains. Tippoo at- 
 tempted to destroy it by cutting a 
 trench through the mound, in the 
 expectation (it is said) of finding 
 treasure at the hoi torn. I'lie tank 
 was rc[)aired after the Mysore con- 
 quest, and the town is in conse-^ 
 quencc fast recovering. {F. Bucha- 
 nan, (St.) 
 
 TooLJAPOOR, {Tnhjapura). — A 
 town in the Nizam's territories, in 
 the province of Auruugabad, 110 
 miles S. E. from Ahmcdnuggur. I^at. 
 18°. 7'. N. Long. 76°. 2v'. E. This 
 place is unfortified, and contains a 
 number of small pagodas dedicated 
 to the goddess Bliavaui. 
 
TRANQUEBAR. 
 
 823 
 
 TOOLOOMBAH. — A fOAVU ill the 
 Afglian tcnitories, in tlie pnniiico 
 of ]Mooltan, situated on the south 
 side of the Kavey Rivi-r, 60 miles 
 N. E. by E. fiom the eity of Mool- 
 tan. Lat. 30°. 68'. N. Long. 72°. 
 13'. E. 
 
 TooMBunoRA River, {Tmiga 
 Bhadra). — Tliis river commences 
 nrar Hooly ( iuorc, Avhere two i ivers 
 whose names give it tliis title meet. 
 TJie Tunga, wliich is the northern 
 river, takes its rise in the Western 
 Ghauts, about half a deforce south 
 of Bednore ; the Bhadra, from a 
 chain of hills situated to the east- 
 ward of the Ghauts, nearly opposite 
 to Mangalore, and known by the 
 name of the Baba Boodon Hills. 
 After tlowiug through a jungly coun- 
 ti-y for nearly a degree, it joins its 
 name and waters with the Tnnga at 
 Koorly, a sacred village near Hooly 
 Onore. From hence taking a s\v eep, 
 first northerly and westerly, and af- 
 terwards to the east, it continues a 
 veiy winding course, until it falls 
 into the Krishna, marking the north 
 western frontier of the Britisii do- 
 minions in this quarter of Hindostan. 
 {^Moor, F. Buchanan, §r.) 
 
 TooMOON. — A small town in the 
 province of Malwah, 84 miles W. 
 by N. from Chatterpoor. Lat. 25°. 
 8'. N. Long. 78°. 35'. E. ByAbul 
 Fazel, in 1582, it is described as fol- 
 lows : 
 
 '* Toomxir is a town situated on 
 the banks of the River Butmah, in 
 which are seen mermaids. Here is 
 an idolatrous temple, in which if you 
 beat a drum, it makes no noise." 
 
 TooREYooR.^ — A town in tlieCar- 
 natic, 24 miles north from Trichino- 
 polv. Lat. 11°. 11'. N. Long. 78°. 
 48'" E. 
 
 ToKEE. — A town in l!ie province 
 of Bahar, district of iJamghur, 125 
 miles south from Patna. Lat. 23°. 
 42'. N. liong. 85°. 2'. E. 
 
 ToRoi F, {Taraf). — A town in the 
 province of Bengal, district of Tipo- 
 rah, 77 miles N. E. from Dacca. Lat. 
 24°. 20'. N. Long. 91°. 18'. E. 
 
 TouRADJA, {Ta. Rnjja),— An ex- 
 
 tensive district in the interior of Ce- 
 lebes, bordering to the north on the 
 Alforeze Mountains, Nvhidi separate 
 it from the Bay of Tominie ; to the 
 east upon I^oboe and Wad jo ; to the 
 south upon Seederiring; and to the 
 west upon the Mandarese INIonn- 
 tains. 
 
 A large proportion of the Ta Rajja 
 tribe, who inhabit tlie central j)arts 
 of Celebes, are aborigines, and un- 
 converted to the jNlahonnnedau faith. 
 They are said to eat the prisoners 
 made in war. Another portion live 
 entirely on the water in their vessels, 
 continually roving round Celebes, 
 the Island of Eiide (Flori.s) and 
 Sumbhawa. These last are frequent- 
 ly named Boadjoos, and subsist by 
 tishing for biche de mar, and catch- 
 ing tortoises for the shell. {Stavori- 
 nus, Leyden, ^r.) 
 
 TouRNAGHAUT. — :A pass ftoni tlie 
 Concan province, through the west- 
 ern range of mountains to the inte- 
 rior, 33 miles east from Dabul. Lat. 
 17°. 47'. N. Long. 73°. 25'. E. 
 
 This pass is considerably more 
 rugged and steep than that of Am- 
 bah. First an ascent occurs of up- 
 wards half a mile, on the summit of 
 which, for one mile, the road con- 
 tinues very rocky, when the descent 
 commences, and is, for a mile and 
 a half, very steep, rocky, and diffi- 
 cult. At the bottom of this first 
 ghaut is a plain of some extent, en- 
 closed on all sides by jungle, after 
 which there is another steep to de- 
 scend, as rugged as the preceding, 
 and of longer continuance. {Moor, 
 -^T. St.) 
 
 TouRATTEA. — A small state situ- 
 ated at the sonthcrn extremity of 
 Celebes, bounded by JNIacassar, Bon- 
 tain, and the sea, and under the in- 
 fluence of the Dutch at J'ort Rotter- 
 dam. Lat. 5°. 7'. S. Long. 119°. 
 25'. E. 
 
 Tr a\q u era R, (Turavgaburi) — A 
 Danish settlement in the Southern 
 Carnatic, situated on the sea-coast 
 of the Tanjore province, 145 miles 
 S. by W. from JNladras. Lat. 11°. 
 N. Long. 79°. 55'. E. 
 
824 
 
 TRAVANCOR. 
 
 A Danish East IiuHa Company raiio:e of lofty hills covered with 
 >vas established at Copenhagen in jungle. In lenglli it may be esti- 
 1612, and the first Danish vessel ar- mated at 140 miles, by 40 the ave- 
 rivcd on the Coast of Coromandel in va^e breadth. 
 
 1616, where tliey were kindly re- The face of the country in this 
 ceivf'd by tlic Rajah ofTanjore, from pntvince, in Ihc vicinity of the moiin- 
 vvhom 1 hey purchased the \illage of tains, exhibits a varied scene of hill 
 Tranquebar, with the small territory and dale, and winding; streams. Tiiese 
 adjacent. Here they erected the waters flow from the hills, and pre- 
 fort of Dansburgli, the protection of serve the vallies in perpetual ver- 
 vvliicli, and the correct conduct of dure. Tlie g;randtur of the scene is 
 the Danish Company's servants, soon much cnhaiiccd by tiie lofty forests 
 attracted population and commerce, witii which t!ie mountains are co- 
 The Company however did not pros- vered, producing? pepper, cardamo- 
 per, as, in 1G24, they suiTeiulered nis, cassia, liankincense, and other 
 up their charter and properly to aromatic gums. In the woods at the 
 Kin^ Christian IV. in pajmcnt of a bottoni of the hills i\r<. many elo 
 debt which they owed liim. Under phants, bntialoes, and timers of the 
 a frnijal government, the revenues of largest size. Monkies and apes are 
 the port continued sufficieni to pay very numerous, and herd togelher in 
 the current expenses, and wjiiie flocks. 
 
 Denmark continued neutral her sub- The agriculture and productions 
 jects realized vast sums by lending of Tiavancor, well rdapted to its 
 their names to cover I>ritishpro]ierty. more favourable eliniate and supe- 
 On the unfortunate rupture with that riur soil, difler materially Irom tho 
 kingdom, in 1807, the Danes \\ere cultivation and crops of the Car- 
 
 de[)rived of all tiieir seltlemcnts in 
 India. 
 
 At present, the commercial inter- 
 course of lliis small settlement ap- 
 
 natic. The wet ( ultivation is con- 
 ducted without the aid of tan\s, the 
 seasons afl'ording sutllcicnt moisture 
 for the cultivation of rice on eveiy 
 
 appears priacipa'ly to be with the spot fit for that purpose ; and as the 
 Isle of France, Prince of Wales' utmo;<t degree of industry is cxert- 
 Island, Ceylon, and Batavia. Its ed, the quantity produced in a coun" 
 imports are .small, and consist of ar- try like this, where tlie cro[)s never 
 rack, brandy, copper, and palami- iail, must be very large. The na- 
 rahs ; the c\i)oits are piece goods, tives assert this to be so consider- 
 In 1811-12 tlio total value of its ex- able, that the whole of the goveru- 
 ports were 62,828 Arcot rupees, and ment expenses, civil, militaiy, and 
 of its imports 38,297 Arcot rupees, religious, are defrayed from the wet 
 The impmt tonnage v. as only 236 cultivation alone, without infringing 
 tons, and the export 600. The Ra- on the revenues accruing fiom th^ 
 jah of Tanjr.re cominues to receive dry species of culti\ation. The lat- 
 the 'IVanquebar tribute amoiuiting ter consists principally of the foliow- 
 1o 2000 pagodas per annum. {3Jac- ing articles: 
 
 pherscn, lieport on E.i-fcrnal Com- Pepper, of which from five to 
 
 ■merce, &rc.) 10,000 candies may be produced an- 
 
 Travancor, {Tiruvancodu) . — A imally, and vahicd at 485,000 rn- 
 
 proviuce at the south-wesUrn ex- pees. J or this valisable article tlie 
 
 tremity of liindostnn, and situated 'IVavancor government only pay the 
 
 between the eighth and 10th degrees cultivator 30 rupees per candy. Be- 
 
 of north latitude. To the north it 
 is bounded by tile territories of the 
 Cochin Rajah ; on the south and 
 west by the sea; and on the east it 
 is separated from TinnevcUy by a 
 
 tel mit is also monopolised by go- 
 vernment, which makes advances to 
 the cultivator, ajid rcsels it at a great 
 profit. Cocoa nut trees are very nu- 
 nicryus, and are assessed according 
 
TKAVANCOR. 
 
 82o 
 
 to tlieir productive powers, and aro about one lack of rupees ptr au- 
 
 usually di\i(k'd into lour classes, the num. 
 
 tax upon each progressively ir.ereas- . Besides those above stated, t'lere 
 
 ills:. An additional tax on this ar- are various utlicr sources of revcnne 
 
 tide, levied by the Dewau ol" Tra- to the '1 lavaiu or ;;over!i!iieut, such 
 
 vaucor in 1799, caused ati insurrec- as taxes <;u Thiistian festivals, and 
 
 tion, which continued until the tax upon nets aiid fisheinicn ; but the 
 
 vas repealed. Ol" the lour sorts of most iniportaut is a eapitalion tax 
 
 trees, tlie first are the scarcest, and on all males from 16 to 60, Mith the 
 
 it is obsei\od that north of Qniion exception of Nairs, iMuplays, and 
 
 (Cculari) cocoa nut trees arc far artificers. 'Jhis operates ;is a tax on 
 
 more auundant than sonUi of it. 
 
 The ti rber forests of Travancor 
 are in o;ei!eral farmed, the revenue 
 to goveniment varying according to 
 circumstances, but estimated on an 
 average at one lack of rupees i)cr 
 animm. Among the other articles 
 of monopoly are ginger, farmed for 
 25.000 rupees per annutn ; coir 
 30,000 mpees; turmeric 10,000 ra- 
 
 the soil, and comjiensatcs to the go- 
 vernmei.'t the liglit asse.-isn^eiif on 
 the grain produce. The landholder 
 is bound for all the cultivatcis on 
 his estaic, and each person is a.sses.-- 
 ed tluee fanatns. The numl^er pay- 
 ing has been estimated at •i.'H^OOO 
 persons. The .sum total of all tiiesc 
 exactions has been conjectured to 
 anion >it 1o 20 lacks of rupees aii- 
 
 pees; and koprah, or dried cocoa inia'ly, which is exclusive of th« 
 
 nut kernels, 20,000 lupees jier an- 
 num. Tobacco for the consumption 
 of tlie province is generally brought 
 from Ceylon, tlie average quantity 
 being 4000 bales, each of which 
 costs the 'I'ravancor government 60 
 rupees, and is afterwards resold at 
 220 rupees per bale : 1500 candies 
 of cotton are also annually imported 
 from Surat, upon whicii the govern- 
 ment levy a duty of 45 rupees per 
 candy. The Ecovcnuiient receives 
 
 wet cuUivatiim as mentioned above, 
 and from ttie detail lioie presented 
 some idea may 1)0 formed of the fis- 
 cal regulat!(nis under a genuine Hin- 
 doo government. 
 
 P« pper. the great staple of Tra- 
 vancor, has fallen so greatly in value 
 as to be almost unsaleable; what 
 formerly brought 220 rupees per 
 •andy, has gradually fallen to little 
 above 60 rupees. The Ea.st India 
 Company have, in conscipiencr. 
 
 from the purchase of cardamoms 100 connnuted tlieir subsidy, which used 
 
 rupees upon every candy, besides to be paid in pepper, for one in 
 
 full reimbursement of all expenses money, 
 
 attending tlie original advance to The old subsidy amounted 
 
 the cultivator, and the charges of 
 transportation. 
 
 In the interior of the Travancor 
 duties are exacted on the transit of 
 all articles, and the payment at one 
 place scarcely ever exempts the 
 
 to ------- .381,4:.G 
 
 The new subsidy to - - 40l,6:w 
 
 Rupees 7^^.111 
 
 The principal sea ports in this 
 
 trader from a repetition at another, province are Aujcngo, Coulan, Ai- 
 
 passes being unknown except for 
 some articles that are already farm- 
 ed. Aiuong other commodities jiro- 
 duced in the counti-y, and taxed by 
 the government, are cassia buds, 
 mace, long nutmegs, wild sallron, 
 narwallj, coculus indicus, bees' wax, 
 elephants' teeth, and sandal wootl. 
 The sea customs of Travancor are 
 
 bccca , and Coleshy. Strong cur- 
 rents run along the coast which fre- 
 quently carry ships, bound round 
 Cape Comoiin. a considriable dis- 
 tance to the westward. The rajah's 
 usual place of jcsidcnce is 'JVivan- 
 dajratam. 
 
 'j'liis province being one of the 
 subdivisions of the j\la!abar Coast, 
 
 fajmed, and realize on au average the manners and customs greatly rp- 
 
 •1 
 
826 
 
 TRICHINOPOLY. 
 
 scmble those described under <!ic 
 article Malabar. Tlie Hindoo ]ii£!i- 
 iiers are preserved in ^reat purity, 
 this being the only country of Hiu- 
 dostau never subjected to Maliom- 
 jnediHi roncjiiest. At a very early 
 period the Christian religion gaiiied 
 a looting in Travancor, and its sub- 
 sequent progress was so great that 
 this province is now estimated to 
 contain 90,000 persons professing 
 the Christian doctrines. In some 
 parts Christian churches are so nu- 
 merous, and liifidoo temples so 
 rare, that the traveller with difficulty 
 believes hiiuself to be in India. The 
 most common name given to the 
 Christians of Malabar l-y the Hin- 
 do«rs of the country is that of Naza- 
 ratKC ]\)-apila (Moplay); but very 
 frequently Surians, and Surianee 
 Mapila. A great proportion of the 
 lisliermen on the sea coast of Tra- 
 vancor and Malabar, generally, are 
 Cliristians. 
 
 The territories of the Travancor 
 chief, whose proper title is Kerit 
 l\ani Rajah, were formerly of small 
 extent, and paid tribute to JNIadura ; 
 but, from 1740 to 1755, the reigning 
 king, through a variety of successes, 
 some of which had been gained 
 against the Dutcli, added to his do- 
 minions all the country as far north 
 as the boundaries of Cochin, and 
 inland as (ar as the mountains. I'hcsc 
 conquests were eflected in conse- 
 quence of t!ie rajah having had his 
 troops disciplined in the European 
 manner, by Eustachius de Lanoy, a 
 Flemish officer. In April, 1790, 
 TfovancorJ was attacked by Tip- 
 poo, who having forced the rajah's 
 fortified lines, penetrated to Vira- 
 pelly, and but for the interfeience of 
 liord Cornwallis would have wholly 
 sub(bied the jnovinee. 
 
 On the 17tii of Nov. 1795, a treaty 
 of alliance was concluded between 
 the Kajah of Travancor and the Bri- 
 tish government; by the conditions 
 of which certain lands taken from 
 him by Tij)poo were restored, and 
 he agreed to pay a subsidy equiva- 
 lent to the expense of three batta- 
 
 lions of infantry, to be maintained 
 for the defence of his dominions, and 
 in the event of war to assist the Bri- 
 tish with his own forces. 
 
 By a second treaty, concluded on 
 the i2th Jan. 1805, with Colonel Ma- 
 caulay on the part of the British go- 
 vernment, the rajah was released 
 from the last-mentioned condition 
 in the former treaty ; in considera- 
 tion of which he engaged to pay an- 
 nually a sum equal to the expense of 
 one regiment of native infantry, in 
 addition to the sum before payable 
 for the troops sui^sidizcd by him. 
 In case of non-payment the British 
 were authorized to collect the a- 
 mountby their own agent; free en- 
 trance being also given during war 
 to all the rajah's forts and towns. 
 Provision was made, that the rajah's 
 income should in no case be less 
 than two lacks of rnpees per annum, 
 with ono-tifth of the clear annual re- 
 venue; and the rajah transferred the 
 management of all his external poli- 
 tical relations exclusively to the Bii- 
 tish. 
 
 As frequently happens in native 
 governments, the dewan, or prime 
 minister of Travancor, attained an 
 influence in the province which whol- 
 ly superseded that of his master. In 
 1809 his conduct became so refrac- 
 tory, and hostile to the British inter- 
 ests, that war ensued ; and his strong- 
 ly fortified lines, guarded by a nu- 
 merous army, were forced by a small 
 detachment of Madras troops, and 
 tlie whole country in a short time 
 subdued. (MSS. Treahes, C. Bu- 
 c/uman, Fra Paolo, Onne, ^c.) 
 
 Travancor. — A town in the pro- 
 vince of Travancor, 47 miles N. W. 
 Irom Cape Comoiin, and 464 miles 
 travelling distance from Madras. 
 Eat. 8°. 30'. N. Long. 77°. 12'. E. 
 The ancient name of this city was 
 Malhira. {Jones, Reiniel, S,-c.) 
 
 Trrman. — A town in the Carna- 
 tic, situated on the north bank of 
 the C()lcroon,20 miles N. N. E. from 
 'I'lavaiuor. Lat. 11°. 1'. N. Long. 
 
 79°. 20'. e;. 
 
 TuiCHiNOPOLY, {Tncliinnapali).-^ 
 
TRINCOMALE. 
 
 827 
 
 A fortified town in the Sotithern 
 Cainatic, situated on the soutli side 
 of the Caver}, 107 miles S. 1',. t'niin 
 Pondiclierrv. Lat. 10° 50'. N. 
 Long. 78°. 50'. E. 
 
 Tlie conntiv round Tricliinopolj', 
 although not so highly cnltivatcd as 
 Taujore, is rendered productive of 
 rice by tlie vicinity ofllial branch of 
 the Cavery named the Coleroon. The 
 size and situation of the city, the 
 abundance of subsistence in the 
 neighbourhood, and the long resi- 
 dence of Mahommed Ali's second 
 son, Ameer ul Onnah, rendered Tri- 
 chinopojy the favourite residence of 
 the Mahoniniedans in the Southern 
 Carnatic. On the adjacent Island 
 of Seringham are two magnificent 
 pagodas, which have long command- 
 ed the veneration of the Hindoos. 
 
 This city w as the caj)ital of a Hin- 
 doo principahty unlil 1736, Avhen 
 Chunda Salieb acquired it by trea- 
 chery, but lost it to the Maliaraltas 
 in 1741. From these depredators it 
 was taken in 17/t.3 by Nizam ul IVIu- 
 luck, who on his departure to the 
 Deccan delegated Anwar ud Decn 
 to administer the affairs of the Car- 
 natic ; and on his death, in 1749, it 
 devolved by inheritance to his se- 
 cond son, the Nabob Mahommed 
 Ali. It in consequence sustained a 
 memorable siege by the rrench and 
 their allies, which lasted from 1751 
 until 1765, in the course of which 
 the most ))rilliant exploits were per- 
 formed on both sides ; but the extra- 
 ordinary military talents displayed 
 by Lawrence, Clive, Ki!|)a<rick. Dal- 
 ton, and other Oilicci-s, and the heroic 
 valour of the British grmadiers, pre- 
 served the city, and estaidished the 
 British candidate on the throne of 
 the Carnatic. 
 
 At present Trichinopoly is the ca- 
 pital of one of the districts, into 
 wiiich the territory under the Ma- 
 dras presidency has been subdi- 
 vided; but u|) to 1812 had not been 
 permanently assessed (or the reve- 
 nue. 
 
 Travelling distance from Madras, 
 268 miles ; from Seriligapatan), 205; 
 
 and from Calcutta, 1238 miles. — 
 {Ormr, ir>th Report, kc) 
 
 Tricoloou, {Tricolnr). — A town 
 in the Carnatic, 44 miles west fiom 
 Pondiehcrrv. [.at. U°. 69'. N. 
 Long. 79°. 20'. 1]. 
 
 'J'rtmapoor. — A town in the 
 Southern Carnatic, 36 miles S. S.W. 
 from Taujore. Lat. 10°. 21'. N. 
 Long. 78°. 55'. E. 
 
 'I'uiNCOMALK. — A town, fortrcsn, 
 and excellent harbour, in llie Islancl 
 of Ceylon. Lat. 8°. 31'. N. Long. 
 81« 23'. E. 
 
 This place occupies more groutid 
 than Coluinbo, and is naturally 
 strong ; i)ut it contains fewer houses, 
 and is much inferior in population 
 and appearance. The circumfer- 
 ence within the v,al!s is about three 
 miles, which place includes a hill or 
 rising point immediately over the 
 sea, and covered with thick jungle. 
 'J'he fort is strong, and connnands 
 the principal iiays, and in paiticu- 
 lar the entrance to the g!an<l har- 
 bour or iimer bay, which allords se- 
 curity to shipping in ail seasons and 
 weathers, being sufiiciently deep and 
 capacious, and land locked on all 
 sides. This harbour is overlooked 
 by Fort Ostenbingh, erected on a 
 clifl' which projects into the sea. 
 — This fortress is of considerable 
 strength, and was originally built 
 by the Portugiuse from the ruins of 
 .some celebrated pagodas, which then 
 occu|)ied the spot. Fort Osten- 
 burgli cannot l)c attacked by sea un- 
 til {\u\ fort of 'i'rincomale be first 
 taken, and the entrance of Wu) har- 
 bour Ibrced. lii the bay tlie shores 
 are so bold, and the water so deep, 
 that it is almost possible to step from 
 the rocks into the ves.scls moored 
 alongside. At the extremity of the 
 rock on wliich the fort stands a strong 
 balfcry is erected, and there the flag 
 stall is j)Iaced, 
 
 l"hc harbour of Trincomale from 
 its convenient situation is one of our 
 most valuable acquisitions in India. 
 When tlie violent monsoon com- 
 menees, all vessels on the Coast of 
 Coiomandel and east side of the 
 
828 
 
 TniNGAXO. 
 
 Bay of Reiig:al are oblijicd to pu1 to 
 sea, !uid then Triiicot7)a!c is tlicir 
 only place ot rel'nse. A vessel fiom 
 iMiuiras r;::! arrive here in two d;.v<, 
 and the harhouristo l)c made at any 
 season. The snnoundiiij!; couiilry 
 is irionntaiiious andMuody, and liot 
 so fertile as to attraet seltiirs, the 
 ciiEiiate being considered one of the 
 hottest and most unhculthy of the 
 jslaixi. 
 
 There have l)eeu bnt few Eu- 
 ropean settlers, the society being 
 composed almost exchisively of the 
 olhcers of tlie regiments stationed 
 here. The lower classes are chiefiy 
 Hindoos Iron! the oj^posite coast, and 
 a. few gold and silversmiths, who are 
 native Ce;, lonese. Ey the exertions 
 of Admiral Drnry, a colony of (Jhi- 
 nese ha^e I e<"n establisiied here,vvlio 
 cultivate a large garden, \\hieh pro- 
 mises in time to repay their industry. 
 The admiral also iinj)orted cattle 
 and po'.dtry. which he distributed 
 amoiij.; the natives to secure, if pos- 
 sible, a supply i'or the licet. Timber 
 is plenty and of easy access, and 
 there ajc many coves, where shi])s 
 may be hove dov, n with tlie greatest 
 safety at all seasons ; but the rise of 
 the tide is not snflicient for docks. 
 From the barren and unproductive 
 nature of tlie coiuiiry there is heie 
 jio export trade whatever. The ad- 
 jacent woods aboiiiidAvith wild hogs, 
 buflaloes, and elephants — the latter 
 being frequently shot within a mile 
 of the town. 
 
 In IG72 M. dc la Haye, the com- 
 mander of u French squadron, at- 
 tempted a settlement here; but, be- 
 ing opposed by tiie Dutch govern- 
 mcjit of Ceylon, he bore a« ay for the 
 Coast of Coromandel. In Jan. 1V82, 
 it surrendered without resistance to 
 a detachment of troops from Ma- 
 dras, bnt was shortly after v\ ith equal 
 ease retaken by Admiral ISnlirein. 
 
 In 1795 General Stewart was sent 
 with an army against Trincomale, 
 where the lleet anchored to the south 
 east of the foot, and the Diomede 
 frigate was unfortunately lost by 
 striking on a sunken lock. After a 
 
 siege of three weeks, a breach hav- 
 ing been eiTeetcd and preparations 
 made to slorm, the Dutch governor 
 capitulated, although the garrison 
 was superior in numbers to the be- 
 sieging army. Since this period it 
 has remained wilh the British, who 
 have considerably improved the for- 
 tilicaaons. {Pcrcival, M. Graham, 
 
 'J'rin'gano, (Tranganmt). — A JMa- 
 lay town and principality on the east 
 .«ide of the peninsnhi of Malacca, 
 and situated between the 6th and 
 CJth degrees of north latitude, 
 
 A considerable traihc is carried on 
 here; the king, as in other Malay 
 states, b( ing the chief merchant, 
 'i'he article most in demand is opi- 
 um, of which above 200 chests are 
 disposed of aniujally. The other 
 imports are iron, steel, Bengal ])iecc 
 goods, bine cloth, European coarse, 
 red, blue, and green cloths, and 
 coarse cutlery. The commodities 
 paidinretnrn arc, gold dust, pepper, 
 and tin; the last article is not the 
 ])roduee of the place, bnt imported 
 in ?.Ialay and Bnggess prows. 
 
 Traders on their arrival here must 
 fust visit the king's merchant, who 
 will introduce them to ihe king, and 
 to ail the male part of the royal fa- 
 mily, to whom ()resents proimrtioned 
 to their respective ranks must be 
 made, 'i lie customs are iive per 
 cent, and 200 Spanish dollars mn.st 
 be paid for anchorage, unless a jire- 
 vions bargain be made. For some 
 moiiths of the >ear this is a danger- 
 ous lee shore, and inaccessible to 
 shipjiing. The gold procured here 
 is of a very fme tpiality ; bnt inecan- 
 tions nnist he taken liiat it be mark- • 
 ed with the kiiig's seal, tliat he may 
 be responsiide for its quality. Ne;;l'- 
 ly the whole tiade of this coast at 
 j>rescnt centres in Prince of Wales's 
 Island. 
 
 'i'his petty principalit}' may be 
 considered as one of the most ge- 
 nuine of the modern Malay .states, 
 and h^re that dialect is s|>oken in its 
 greatest purity and perfection. I'he 
 governrMeut has been occasionally 
 
'i'RIPONTARY. 
 
 829 
 
 obliged to payttil)utc to llie Siamese 
 njouareh. {Elinorc, Sir (>. J.eil/i, 
 Leifdan, Sc.) 
 
 Trinomaly, {Tiniiunnfili). — A 
 town ill (lie Ciiiiialic i'lovince, sidi- 
 ated 30 miles S.S.W. tVoni Cliitta- 
 pet, and 3()\\<s( from (Jinuec Lat. 
 12°. 16'. N. Loii<;. 79°. 10'. !•:. 
 
 In the Canuiiic wars of llie last 
 centuiv this phu'c sustained uiany 
 sieges, and was ol'tfu tai\en and re- 
 taken; hut anion;;- tlie natises it was 
 aiw ays more ranious Ibc its sanctity 
 than its streiigth. A < ra>i:;y moini- 
 taiii about two miles in einiimtn- 
 enee, and rising in l!ie niiihlle to a 
 creat height, has, besides others, on 
 tile highest roek, a small eiiJijifl, 
 wiiieh is heUl in extreme vcneiation, 
 from th(; persnasion, that wlioi'\ir, 
 exeept tiie apjiomted l»ralnniiis, 
 shuuld i>resume to enter it, wouUi 
 immediately be eonsnint-d by a sub- 
 terranean lire 1 ising tor the (leeasioti. 
 At this plare, in 17(57, the com- 
 bined armies of Hy vlcr and tlic Ni- 
 zam were defeated by tlie British 
 under ('(doiul Smith, on which oc- 
 casion the Nizam lost 70 jjieees of 
 camion; but i!y dcr managed to car- 
 ry oHhis artillery. A short time af- 
 terwards the Nizam concluded a 
 peace, by the conditions of which he 
 ceded to the fCust India Company 
 the lialagliaut I'arnatic, the domi- 
 nions of his late ally, Hjder; [los- 
 sessiou of which, however, coidd not 
 be so easily taken. {Orme, cSv.) 
 
 Trivatoou. — A large open vil- 
 lage in the Barraniahal l^iovinec, 
 120 nnhs S.^^. from Madras. Lat. 
 12°. 32'. N. Long. 78°. 42'. E. 
 
 Here are seen some good houses 
 roofed with tiles, a species of cover- 
 ing found no \^ here el^^e in Carnata, 
 and which have probably been eoii- 
 structed by workmen from Madras, 
 where the natives, through long in- 
 eourse with Europeans, l;ave greatly 
 improved in all the arts. At this 
 place an attempt Mas made by Colo- 
 nel l^ead to introduce .-/dk worms 
 and the inannfacUire of sugar, both 
 of which failed. The surrounding 
 hills here are lengthened into ridges. 
 
 and the plains wider than towards 
 the west. 
 
 Tripatoou. — A town in the South- 
 ern Carnatie, -58 miles S.S.W. from 
 Taiijore. Lat. 10°. 10'. N. Long. 
 7b°"40'. E. 
 
 Tkipassoor, (7Vj/w5io). — A town 
 in the Caniatic Province, 30 miles 
 W. bv N. from Madras. Lat. 13°. 
 «J'. N.' Long. 78°. 57'. E. 
 
 'l'Rii'i:TrY, ( T/vpa^/). — A celebrat- 
 ed Hindoo temple in the (Jarnatic, 
 m miles V.\ N. W. from Madras. 
 Lat. 13°. 31'. N. Long. 79°. 33'. Jv 
 This |)agoda is situated in an ele- 
 vated liollow or basin, enclosed by a 
 circular crest of hills, the sacred pre- 
 eineis of wliieh, during the successive 
 revolutions of the country, have ne- 
 ver been profaned by Christian or 
 iMalioinmedan feet, nor has even the 
 exterior of the temple been ever seen 
 but liy a genuine Hindoo. 'I'he re- 
 ciprocal interests of the Brahmins, 
 and the dilterenl rulers under whose 
 sway it fell, compromised this Idr- 
 beaianee by the payment of a large 
 anni to the government, which in 
 [l.'jH amounted to 30,0001. sterling 
 {jcr annum. At present it is com- 
 prehended in the British possessions, 
 but the revenue deriv(;d from it is 
 computed not to exceed half the 
 above sum. 
 
 I^il^rimagcs are made to Tripetty 
 from all parts of India, particularly 
 tiom Gujrat, many the traders of 
 which province of the Banyan and 
 Battia tribes are accustomed to pre- 
 sent a per centage of their jnofits to 
 this temple annually, 'i'iie incarna- 
 tion of Vishnu here worshipped is 
 named Tripati, but by theMaharat- 
 tas he is called Ballajee, and his 
 functions are supposed to have y. 
 particular reference to commerce. 
 The temple is described by the na- 
 tives as being built of stone, and co- 
 vered with plates of gilt copper, the 
 manufacture of superior beings. — 
 {Wilks, Mour,^-c.) 
 
 1'ripon TARY. — A town in the ter- 
 ritories of Cochin, 10 miles from the 
 port of Cochin. Lut. Jj° 67'. N. 
 Lonsr. 7ti°. 20'. E. 
 
830 
 
 TODURU. 
 
 Tliis place stands ou tlie east side 
 of a hike, wliicli formerly separated 
 tJie j)ossessioiis of tlie Dutch at Co- 
 chin from those of the rajah, who 
 geiicrally makes it his place of re- 
 sidence. 
 
 Tritany. — A town in tlie Car- 
 natic province, 45 miles W. by N. 
 from Madras. Lat. 13°. 0'. N. Long. 
 79°. 4a'. E. 
 
 Trivalenoor. — A town in the 
 Carnatic province, 35 miles W, by 
 S. from Pondicherry. Lat. 11°. 51'. 
 N. Long. 7J>°. 30'. E. 
 
 Trivandapatam. — A town in tlie 
 province of Travancor, 60 miles 
 N. W. from Cape Comorin. Lat. 
 8°. 27'. N . Long. 76°. 55'. E. 
 
 This is the usual summer resi- 
 dence of the Ra,jah of Travancor, 
 but the tiastle is extremely ill built ; 
 the royal palace is large and well 
 built, after the European taste, and 
 decorated with a great variety of 
 paintings, clocks, and other Euro- 
 pean ornaments. It is not, how- 
 ever, inhabited by the rajah, who 
 prefers residing in a mean edifice, 
 where he is surrounded by Brah- 
 mins. The town is populous, and 
 in 1785, in addition to the resident 
 inhabitants, had a garrison of 400 
 Patan cavalry, 1000 nairs, and 10,000 
 sepoys, disciplined after tiie English 
 manner. {Fra Paolo, tvc.) 
 
 Trivatoor. — A town in the Car- 
 natic province, 60 miles S.W. from 
 Madras. Lat. 12°. 38'. N. Long. 
 79°. 40'. E. 
 
 Trivicary, (Trinhera). A vil- 
 lage in the Carnatic province, situ- 
 ated on the north side of the Ar- 
 riacoopum, or Villenore River, about 
 15 miles W. by N. from Pondi- 
 cherry, 
 
 This place at present consists of 
 a few scattered huts ; but from the 
 appearance of the pagoda, the in- 
 teiior of which is built of s(ones,thc 
 size of the lower over the gateway, 
 which is eight stories, and a large 
 stone tank covering several acres of 
 ground, we may conclude, that in 
 some foiTner period, Trivicary was 
 a, place of gieate;' extent and im- 
 
 portance. The piincipal streets can 
 still be traced, and appear to have 
 been large; but the Sanscrit inscrip- 
 tions ou the walls are now scarcely 
 legible. The pagx)da was much in- 
 jured, and the statues mutilated, by 
 Hyder's army, as it retreated from 
 Porto Novo in 1781. 
 
 'i'rivicary is now principally re- 
 markable for the petrifactions that 
 are seen in its vicinity. Many pe- 
 trified trees of large dimensions lie 
 scattered about; some as hard as 
 flint, and others as soft as to be re- 
 duced to powder by the slightest 
 pressure. Une of the petrified trees 
 is described as being 60 fe t long, 
 and from two to eight feet in dia- 
 meter. The petrified root of this 
 tree is in most places as hard as flint, 
 strikes fire with steel, and takes a 
 much finer polish than any part of 
 the stem. It also presents a more 
 variegated appearance in its veins 
 and colours, resembling agate when 
 polished, and the red, ^^hcIl well 
 chosen, can scarcely be discrimi- 
 nated from cornelians. It is manu- 
 I'ac turned into beads, necklaces, 
 bracelets, and other ornaments. 
 
 The present growth of trees in 
 the neighbourhood are principally of 
 the tamarind species, from which 
 circumstance it may be inferred, that 
 the petrifactions have the same ori- 
 gin. Tradition assigns a great an- 
 tiquity to these petrh'actions. {War' 
 ren, ^c.) 
 
 Trimdy. — A town in the Car- 
 natic province, 26 miles S.W. from 
 Pondicherry. J^at. 11°. 44'. N. 
 Long. 79°. 40'. E. During the 
 wars of last cenlury, the pagoda at 
 this place served as a citadel to a 
 large pettah, by which name the 
 people in the south of India call 
 every town contiguous to a fortress. 
 
 Trumian. — A town in the south- 
 ern Carnatic, 44 miles S. S.W. from 
 Tanjorc. Lat. 10°. 1 1 . N. Long. 
 78°, 47'. Vu 
 
 TuDURU. — A village in the My- 
 sore Kajah's territories, situated on 
 the west bank of thoTunga River. 
 Lat. 13°. 40'. iV. liong. 75°. 25'. E. 
 
TVNQUIN. 
 
 831 
 
 A few miles to llie nortli-east of 
 tliis place is ;i forest eontiiiaiiij;- a 
 great luaiiy very line teak trees, 
 Mliieli uoukl be of great value, if 
 the timber eoukl be iloated down 
 the Tiuiiia to the Krishna, and Irom 
 Iheiiee to the liay of Bengal. 'J'he 
 diiliculties arc great, but do not 
 ajjpear wlsoily insurmountable. Iin- 
 uiensc forests of teak might be 
 reared in this neighbourhood, merely 
 l)y eradicaiing- the trees of less va- 
 lue. (JP. Biic/iaiian, \c.) 
 
 'I'ULGoM {or Tillig-om). — A small 
 town iii the territories of the iMa- 
 haratla peshwa, 18 miles N^.W. from 
 Poonah. Lat. lt>°. 4G'. N. Loiijj;. 
 73°. 40'. E. 
 
 On the south side of this place 
 tliere is a large tank which supplies 
 extensive gardens; but in 18().">-G, 
 the town and neighbourhood were 
 almost totally de[)opulated by a la- 
 mine, in wiiich it is said, iu this vi- 
 cinity alone 80,000 perished. It has 
 since considerably recovered. In 
 1778 the Eombay army, when (>n an 
 expedition against Poonah, ])vuv- 
 trated as far as Tulgom, wliere an 
 action was fought A\i1h the Maha- 
 raltas, after which it marclied back 
 again. {31- Graham, Moor, l^'c.) 
 
 TuMCURU. — A small town in the 
 territories of the Mysore Rajah, eoa- 
 tainiug from fiOOtotilK) houses. Lat. 
 13°. 15'. N. Long. 7/°. 12'. K 
 
 The fort here is well built, and at 
 some distance liom tiie pettah, and 
 the villages in the \iciiii1y are all 
 I'ortilicd with a uuad wall and strong 
 hedges, 'i'he country around is tole- 
 rably level, and IVee from rocks ; but 
 few trees are to be seen. 
 
 TuMLocK. — A town in the j)ro- 
 viiice of Bengal, district of llooglilv ; 
 35 miles S.VV . from Calcutta. Lat. 
 22°. 17'. N. Long. 88°. 2'. E. 
 
 The lands in this neighbourhood 
 lie extremely low, and are protecled 
 from inundation by bunds or em- 
 bankments, which are, however, oc- 
 casionally broken by the freshes, and 
 the adjacent country submerged. 
 Turalock is the head quarters of 
 an agency, connected with that u\' 
 
 Hijellee, for the maniifaetuie of salt 
 on ateount of the JJengal govern- 
 ment, 'i'he article is |)rocm-e<l by 
 fdtraliou l'n)m the mud ioiind on the 
 margin of the Uoogidy rixer, near 
 itB junction with IIk; sea, and is of 
 an excellent quality; in addition to 
 which, it has a jjceuliar value with 
 the Hindoos, from its being extract- 
 ed on the banks of the most sacred 
 branch of the Ganges. 
 
 Major \^ ill'ord is of opiuiou, there 
 V. ere Ibrmerly kings of Tanualipta, 
 or Tumlook, in Bengal, one of whom 
 in A.D. UlOl, sent an embassy to 
 China, and that he wa-s styled by 
 tiie C'hinese 'Pammoniclicou. {Sir 
 H. Stracheij, Wilford, c^c.) 
 
 TUNQLIN. 
 
 A kingdom of India beyond the 
 Ganges, formerly independent, but 
 at present comj)rehended in the Co- 
 chin Chinese em[)ire, and situated 
 between the 17th and 23d degrees of 
 north latitude. To the south it is 
 beiuided by Coehinehina and Laos ; 
 to the north by Ihe proxincc of 
 Quangsee in China ; to the east it 
 has t!ie Gulf of Tungquin ; and on 
 the west Laos, l^actho, and part of 
 the province of Yunan in China. 
 'I'he country known in Europe by 
 the denomination of Tunqwia, is 
 properly named Nuoc Anam, and 
 tlh- inhabitants, the i)eople of Anam, 
 which region includes both Cochin 
 China and Tunquin. Cochin Cliina 
 is also named Dangtrong, which 
 signifies the Internal Kingdom, and 
 Tunkin, Dangnay, or the External 
 Kingdom. 
 
 Our information respecting this 
 country is mostly derived fiom the 
 French and other njissionaiies, who 
 at an early ])eriod ( /tablished them- 
 selves in this and the adjacent king- 
 dom of Cociiin China. According 
 to their narrations, the country of 
 Tunquin towards China is Mild and 
 mountainous, and (he boundii.ries 
 not accurately delined. I'he passes 
 through the mountaijtis are shut up 
 
832 
 
 TUNQUIX. 
 
 by vails, one sid<! of v.liich is guard- 
 ed by Cliiuese suldieis, and the oti^T 
 by tJiose of 'J'tiiujuin. 'Ihe latter 
 country is subdivided into ten dis- 
 tiicts ; four of xviiich, at the extre- 
 mities, are distinguished by the car- 
 dinal points of the conipiiss. The 
 present capilal is Bac-kiiia:, or Kee- 
 lio, the hvst being' its original name. 
 
 Mountains exteiidiiip: from east to 
 west separate Tunquin into two 
 divisions, t!ie northern of whieli is 
 considerably larger tiian the south- 
 ern. A pro!oiig,<itio;i of these ridges 
 separates J«iclho from Laos, asid 
 others separate Tuntpiin ironi Co- 
 chin Ciiina. These mountains are 
 high, and many of thorn terminate 
 in sharp |)eaks. 
 
 The seasons, or monsoons, here 
 are diNided into the wet and the 
 dry ; v hirli arc not, however, so in- 
 variable as in some other parts of 
 India. The rains begin in iNIay and 
 end in August, and are accompa- 
 nied by much thunder: the currents 
 along tiie coast run from noith to 
 south; tbe tides are very irregular, 
 and are strongest in November, De- 
 cember, and January, and weakest 
 in May, June, and July ; but at all 
 times tiiey run wilh less force than 
 on the open coasts of Europe. Tlic 
 general aj>peara!)ee of tlie 'J'uncpnn 
 shore indicates a retrogi ession of the 
 sea, and an advance of the land ; but 
 there are some places where the re- 
 verse seems to liave taken place. 
 
 There are few countries better 
 supplied with water tiiau Tunquin 
 and the lower parts of Cochin Chhia. 
 In the first there are above 50 rivers 
 that flow towanls the sea, several 
 of which, by their uiiiun, form the 
 large stream v\ hieh passes Backing. 
 This river has thrown up many 
 islands, and its mouth is now ob- 
 structed by a l-.:r of sand, which 
 prevents the Chinese junks from 
 ascending the river to that city. It 
 was navigable 150 \ears a;:'.o, at 
 which period Dutch vessels ascend- 
 ed ^he stream to within 15 leagues 
 of Backing. At i)resent there are 
 no ports in Tunquin that can be en- 
 
 tered by vessels of considerable 
 dranghi of water; bnt .shelter and 
 anchorage is found among the islands 
 that are scattered along the coast. 
 
 The soil of t'nis kingdom varies 
 according- to its locality. In the 
 plains it is neh, light, and marshy, 
 ami well adapted for the rice culti- 
 vation ; among the mountains it is 
 sandy, gipsous, ferrugineons, and 
 abounding with stones of difl'erent 
 kinds. The country, taken alto- 
 gether, is one of the most fertile in 
 this quarter of the world, and al- 
 though populous, dining a season of 
 tranquillity, can aHord grain for ex- 
 poriation. The chief article is rice 
 of various kinds, and an excellent 
 quality ; maize is also cullivated, 
 and dilferent species of 3'anis and 
 leguminous plants. The only Eu- 
 ropean fruit trees that thrive here 
 are the peach, the plum, the pome- 
 granate, citron, ami orange. Vines 
 have been planted, but the grapes 
 do not come to maturity. Besides 
 those above mentioned, Tunquin 
 produces all the fruits connnon to 
 tlie tropical countries of India, most 
 of which are described under the 
 article Cochin China. The tea plant 
 of an inferior sort is said to be plen- 
 tiful, and it is probable, that by at- 
 tentive cultivation its quality might 
 be iinproved. INlulbeny trees are 
 plenliful, and supply food for the 
 .silkworms. This country also con- 
 tains n)ueh large timber tit for build- 
 ing, beautiful cabinet woods, parti- 
 cularly the species named eagle 
 wood, of which a considerable quan- 
 tity is exported, cocoa nut and other 
 palms, bamboos, and rattans. There 
 are mines of various metals, and 
 iron ore is procured in a state of 
 great purity. It is also asserted, 
 there are tin mines in the mountain- 
 ous track towards Ciiina, the work- 
 ing of which is |)roi)il>ited. Particles 
 of gold are found in many of the 
 Tunquin rivers ; but they are more 
 abundant in the mountain streams 
 of Lactho and Laos. Salt and salt- 
 petre are jilcnly, and the first is 
 reckoned oi' a superior quality. 
 
TUNQUIN. 
 
 833 
 
 Among the animals of Tnnquin 
 are found tlie elephant, whicii is tJie 
 sole property of the iiionarcli, and 
 tlie buflaloe, which is employed for 
 agricultural purposes. The horses 
 are a small contemptible breed. 
 Goats and hogs are ninncrous, as 
 are also ducks and poultry, and all 
 very cheap. The rhinoceros is oc- 
 casionally discovered, but tigers of 
 the largest size abound ; there are 
 some diminutive bears, deer of all 
 sortsj and monkeys of e\ery de- 
 scrij)tion. The country generally, 
 but more especially the mountainous 
 pars, is much infested l)y rats. In 
 'I'umpiin there are nejtiier hares, 
 sheep, asses, nor camels. The coun- 
 try swarms witli vermin, reptiles, 
 and insects, venomuus and innocent. 
 Some snakes of great size are found, 
 but their bite is not jjoisonous. 
 Fish are remarkably plentiful, and 
 furnish the inhabitants « ith a greater 
 supply of food than the) derive from 
 the terrestrial animals; the fislier- 
 men in the maritime parts being fully 
 as numerous as the cultivatois. In 
 addition to the common sorts of fish 
 there are turtle, tortoises, crabs, 
 shell fish, and moluscas, the sub- 
 stance of which is gelatinous and 
 nutritious, and particularly agreea- 
 ble to the Chinese, although loathed 
 by Europeans. 
 
 The principal articles which con- 
 stitute the internal commerce of 
 Tunquin are rice, fish, fruits, fish 
 oil, areca nuts, arrack, salt, oil, su- 
 gar, molasses, cassia, bamboos, tim- 
 ber, and iron, the natural produc- 
 tions of the country. The manu- 
 factured articles are cotton and silk, 
 worked and in thread, writing pa- 
 per, wax, varnish, and brass and 
 iron utensil.'. Among the live ani- 
 mals exposed for sale are eUphants, 
 bufl'aloes, oxen, swine, and ducks. 
 At present the external commerce 
 of the Tunquinese is confined to the 
 coa.sting trade. In the 17th century 
 the Portuguese, the Dutch, the Eng- 
 lish, and the French, had factories 
 in Tuuquin, but they have long since 
 been abandoned. At present the 
 
 3 H 
 
 Chinese are treated with more fa- 
 vour than any other nation, and are 
 allowed to ascend the ri^ers ; a pri- 
 vilege also granted to the Macao 
 Portuguese ; but neither an per- 
 mitted to establish factories on 
 shore. 
 
 'J'he chief articles of exportation 
 from Tunquin are areca, varnish, 
 ebony, ivory, calamine which is car- 
 ried to Japan, tortoise-shell, sugar, 
 and molasses, a cloth made from the 
 bark of trees, reed and cane mats ; 
 cotton and silk, raw and raanul'ac- 
 tured, and fabrics of jnother-ol-peari 
 very neatly worked. Erom China 
 are imported refined sugar-candy, 
 sjjiecs, medicinal plants, drugs, 
 hemp, flax, silk stufls, mercury, 
 porcelain, glass work, hardware, and 
 copper and iron vessels. Through 
 the medium of the Europeans, fire- 
 arms and all warlike materials are 
 procured and monopolized by the 
 government. Along the sea coast, 
 in the principal ports, commercial 
 afi'airs with Europeans are trans- 
 acted through the medium of a bas- 
 tard sort of a Portuguese dialect; 
 and this is also the medium of all 
 political communications with the 
 government. 
 
 On account of tlie fertility of the 
 soil, intersected by numerous rivers, 
 jhc population of Tunquin is much 
 greater than any other part of the 
 Cochin Chinese dominions, although 
 it sullered severely during the long* 
 and bloody wars that took place 
 towards the conclusion of the last 
 ceutury. In this kingdom there 
 are reckoned 12 principal cities, 
 ^iz. Backing, or Keeho, said to 
 contain about 40,000 inhabitants; 
 Hanring, 15 to 20,000 ; Traiihac, 
 10 to 15,000 ; Causang, 7 to 8000 ; 
 Yihoang, or town on the river that 
 passes through Tunquin, up to 
 which the Chinese junks can 
 ascend ; Huniiam, a town on the 
 same river, containing about 5000 
 inhabitants, and in which the Dutch 
 had formerly a factory. Besides 
 these, there are six other towns con- 
 taining from 6 to 7000 souls. 
 
834 
 
 TUNQUIN. 
 
 The reigning sovereign lias fixed 
 Ills rtisidence at Fhuxuan in Cochin 
 China, and only visits Tunqiiin oc- 
 casionallj, although it is tiie richest 
 and most important part of his em- 
 pire. 
 
 Of the ten districts composing the 
 kingdom of Tnnqnin, tlie central, 
 named Xunam, is i>y for the most 
 popnlons : this division consists of a 
 Aast plain watered by nnnibeiiess 
 navigable streams, is supposed to 
 contain half tlie poptiiation of the 
 country, and in every respect re- 
 sembles a Chinese province. The 
 total population of Tunquin has re- 
 cently been computed by a mission- 
 ary at 18 milhons ; but this estimate 
 probably greatly exceeds the reality, 
 and he fninishes no account of the 
 facts upon \\hich he grounds his 
 opinion. It is calculated, that one 
 tenth of the inhabitants of Lower 
 Tunquin live constantly on the wa- 
 ter. 
 
 The ancient code of Tunquin laws 
 possessed great celebrity, and was 
 highly venerated previous to the last 
 conquest of the country by Caung 
 Shnng, the Cochin Chinese emperor. 
 By the missionary Le Roy it is re- 
 presented as composed in the most 
 elevated style of Chinese, and full 
 of uncommon modes of expression. 
 At present, by the Tunquinese laws, 
 punishments arc decreed against all 
 sorts of crimes with great minute- 
 ness, but they are badly propor- 
 tioned, oftenees against manners 
 and customs being more rigorously 
 punished than crimes essentially 
 dangerous to society. 
 
 'j'hc Tunquinese, in tlieir shape 
 and features, greatly resemble the 
 Chinese ; but having adopted the 
 practice of blackening their teelh, 
 their appearance is rendered addi- 
 tionally hideous. In Tunquin the 
 ceremony of staining the teeth witii 
 a composition, takes place when 
 they attain the age of 16 or 17 
 years; and it is considered as sin- 
 gularly ornamental, the natives as- 
 serting, that white teeth are only fit 
 lor dogs. Like the Chinese, the 
 
 higher classes allow their nails ia 
 grow to an immoderate length. The 
 females are marriageable at the age 
 of 12 and 13 years, and are very pro- 
 lific. Eoth sexes arc much addicted 
 to the chewing of betel, an employ- 
 ment that suits with their habits of 
 indolence. Only extreme necessity 
 can rouse them to any exertion of 
 magnitude ; and when their task is 
 accomplisiied, they relapse into their 
 prior state of sloth and repose. In 
 this respect they difl'er essentially 
 from their CInnese neighbours, who 
 are laborious and industrious by na- 
 ture and habit. 
 
 In Tuncpiiii the flesh of many ani- 
 mals is eaten, which in other conn- 
 tries is rejected with abhorrence ; 
 the natives not only eat the rhino- 
 ceros and particular parts of the ele- 
 phant, but also grasshoppers, mon- 
 keys, horses, and dogs; esteeming 
 the last a particular delicacy : they 
 also eat the mountain rats, lizards, 
 some kinds of worms and snakes. 
 Possessing so great a variety of edi- 
 bles, the Tunquinese never use the 
 milk of animals in any shape, hold- 
 ing it in extreme aversion, a dislike 
 which also extends to butler and 
 cheese : they have the same repug- 
 nance to fresh eggs, preferring those 
 that are nearly liatched. May bugs 
 deprived of their heads and intes- 
 tines, and silkworms fried, are much 
 sought after. In conformity with 
 the Chinese custom, they never 
 drink cold Mater, but prefer it tepid, 
 or appreaching to the boiling state. 
 
 Throughout this kingdom, the 
 bulk of the people are not permitted 
 to build their houses of stone, or 
 several stories high ; the larger edi- 
 fices, such as temples and palaces, 
 are generally constructed of wood, 
 or of wood and brick mixed. The 
 wall which separates Tunquin from 
 Cochin China is 15 feet high, and 
 20 feet thick, and is extremely ill 
 built of stone and bricks ; the latter, 
 for the most part, merely baked in 
 the sun. The roads are commonly 
 very bad ; but there is one of a su- 
 perior description from Backing, the 
 
TUNQUIN. 
 
 835 
 
 capital of Tunqnin, 1o Plnivnaii, tlio 
 capilal of Cocliiu Cliiiia, a distance 
 of nearly 500 miles. The manu- 
 factures of (Ins province are the 
 same as those ofCodiin Cliii;a, and 
 it is usual to tind all the inhahitants 
 of a villa<;e following tlie same 
 trade. It is dangerous, in this coun- 
 try, to b( known to excel in any 
 profession or art ; as the talents of 
 iJie artificer are immediately put in 
 requisition to work gratis for the 
 emperor, for the governor of a pro- 
 vince, or even for a common man- 
 darin. 
 
 The Tunquincse having origi- 
 nated from Cliina, their language is 
 monosyllabic, and a modification of 
 the Chinese dialect, but so much 
 changed and corrupted, that the 
 spoken language is now wholly un- 
 intelligiliie to a native of China, 
 while the written character is un- 
 derstood, being the same in both 
 countries. Learning is here, as in 
 China, confined to the class of let- 
 tered mandarins. Printing is known 
 in Tunqnin, but little used, there 
 being only one printing office in the 
 kingdom, which is at Backing, the 
 capital. The types are of wood, 
 and not moveable, every additional 
 book requiring new plates and cha- 
 racters; few, however, are printed, 
 and these have in general a refer- 
 ence to law or religion. The his- 
 torical works are inaccurate, and 
 not to be depended on. There are 
 a few books on moral subjects, 
 Avhich arc mostly translations from, 
 or comment: ries on Chinese books ; 
 and the sciences here probably re- 
 main stationary, in the same stage 
 ti»e\ had reaclxd 1000 years ago. 
 
 The religion of the Anam nation 
 (Tunqnin and Cochin China) is a 
 modification of the Buddhist system, 
 nearly resembling that vhich pre- 
 vails in China ; but blended with 
 many local and peculiar supersti- 
 tions. As in Chuia, theTunqninese 
 have a profound veneration for their 
 parents and ancestors, considering 
 them as tutelary divinities, who 
 watch and protect the families of 
 3 n 'I 
 
 their descendants, and possessing 
 power in proportion to tin; sanctity 
 of their lives during their existence 
 on earth: to them sacrifices are of- 
 fered four times a year, and every 
 third aimivcrsary of their death is 
 celebrated with additional pomp. 
 The higher classes are described a.s 
 adherents of Cord'ucius, who submit 
 to the worship of images and other 
 ceremonies, through deference to 
 the public opinion. 
 
 Some of the more barbarous tribes 
 worship the tiger and the dog; to 
 the first human flesh is offered, and 
 to the last a still more disgusting 
 oblation. Traces of this worship 
 are found among the mountaineers 
 on tlic borders of India, as well as 
 in the proper Indo Cliinese nations, 
 the tiger being also worshipped by 
 the Jlajin tribe in the vicinity of 
 Ganow Hills in Bengal. The Quan- 
 to, an ancient race, who inhabit 
 Kaubang, or the mountainous range 
 which divides the Anam countries 
 from China, regard themselves as 
 the original inlmbitants of Tunqnin 
 and Cochin China, and consider the 
 Anam tribe as a Chinese colony. 
 The Quan-to have a peculiar lan- 
 guage, and write with a style on the 
 leaves of a plant, termed jiwa in the 
 Anam dialect. The Moi, or Muong, 
 are also mountaineer races, who 
 speak a language different from the 
 Anam ; but it is not known whether 
 they be original triijes, or only 
 branches of the Quan-to. 
 
 liie Christian religion was first in- 
 troduced by the Portuguese about 
 the begininng of the 17th century, 
 and subsequently, while the French 
 had commercial establishments, they 
 endeavoured to communicate the 
 l)enefits of a religion, which, its most 
 debased and corrupted state, is in- 
 finitely stij)crior to the purest of the 
 Indian doctrines. The English and 
 Dutch had also settlements, but 
 never interfered in religious con- 
 cerns, being who!l\ absorbed in their 
 commercial pursuits. At an early 
 period the Jesuits sent missionaries 
 to ^I'unquin, and had made cousi- 
 
836 
 
 TUNQUIN. 
 
 deiablc progress, until being sus- 
 pected of oanjiiig on a secret poli- 
 tical correspondence with the Co- 
 chin Chinese, they were expelled. 
 ]\iissionaries were subsequenty ex- 
 pedited by Louis XIV. under (he 
 character olcomniercial agents, who 
 settled a factory, wluch v. as ai;;o in- 
 tended to promote tiic conversion of 
 the TM!:qiiinesc. On this event the 
 Portuguese Jesuits returned, and dis- 
 putes arising bct^^ i\t tiieiu and the 
 Trench niissiona: ies, the contest was 
 referred to the Pope, wlio ordered 
 the Jesuits to quit the country. 
 
 During the l.sth century tlie exer- 
 cise of the Christian religion was 
 generally prohibited, sometiuies to- 
 lerated, and at particular ])eriods 
 persecuted with the greatest eriielty. 
 The most noted eras of persecution 
 were A. D. 1712, 1722, and 1773, 
 when the Chinese had considerable 
 influence; but after the civil Mars 
 commenced, the government lost 
 sight of religion altogether. The 
 year 1790 was the time when the 
 Christian persuasion experienced 
 the most favourable treatment, mis- 
 sionaries being permitted to settle 
 under the denomination of mathe- 
 maticians. 
 
 In Timquin and Cochin China, 
 the missionaries and their converts 
 have sufiercd nnich more from tlie 
 mandarins and infeiior officers of go- 
 verimient, than from the emperor, 
 who is disposed to be extremely li- 
 beral in his religious opinions. He, 
 notwithstanding, exhibits a repug- 
 nance to the introduction of all new 
 modes of belief, as an innovation 
 dangerous to a state, where customs 
 have the force of laws, and an al- 
 teration in the rehgious aliects the 
 political system. 
 
 In addition to tliese, other obsta- 
 cles present themselves to the pro- 
 pagation of the Christian religion in 
 'I'unquin, among which is the obli- 
 gation imposed on every subject of 
 contributing to the support and wor- 
 ship of the national idols, and tt) ap- 
 pear at certain festivals which have 
 both a civil and religious character. 
 
 The extreme revenues paid to tlie 
 manes of their departed ancestors, 
 is also an impediment of consider- 
 able weight. The Jesuits tolerated 
 their usages, from which it is not 
 easy to detach tlie natives, but the 
 court of Rome disapproved of this 
 indulgence. Another objection of 
 great moment with the rich, and 
 Avith them only, is the renunciation 
 of polygamy, and the being obliged 
 after con\ersion to restrict them- 
 selves to outi wife. In spite of all 
 these diilieulties the Christian reli- 
 gion has in this region made great 
 })rogress, and if the niis.-^ionary state- 
 ments be correct, in A. D. 1800, 
 comprehended in Tnr.quin 320,000, 
 and in Cocliui China GO^OUO persons 
 professing that faith. 
 
 Tunqnin, Coehin China, Cambo- 
 dia, and Siampa, are recorded to 
 have anciently formed part of the 
 Cliinese empiie ; but on the Mogul 
 invasion of (!hina from Tartary in 
 the 13th century, the Chinese go- 
 vernors of the south took the oppor- 
 tunity of setting up the standard of 
 indepei'.denee. In this manner se- 
 veral distinct kingdoms were creat- 
 ed, the sovereigns of which, how- 
 ever, continued to acknowledge for 
 many years after a nominal vassa- 
 lage to the thione of China. The 
 Tuuquinese princes gradually as- 
 sumed a greater degree of independ- 
 ence, and about A. D. 1553, are as- 
 serted to liave subdued Cocliin 
 China. 
 
 For some time before and after th« 
 above era, the sovereigns of Tun- 
 quin, whose title was Dova, were 
 kept under by a succession of here- 
 ditary prime ministers, named Chuas, 
 similar to the Maharatta Peshwas, 
 or tlie Mayors of the Palace in 
 Prance, under the second dynasty. 
 The subsequent history of this coun- 
 ti-y is rather confused, nothing being 
 presented to the mind but a succes- 
 sion of assassinations and revolts, 
 and a perpetual fluctuation of boun- 
 daries. About the year 1774 a re- 
 volution began, which is described 
 at some lenartlx imder the article 
 
TURON TJAY. 
 
 837 
 
 Corhiu China ; and after a sr.'.i- 
 ^iiinaiy warfare of '28 years, ron- 
 clndfd with leaving l!)e oiiipiru as it 
 at present exists, 'i'unqiiiii uas 
 tiiialiy eoncnierod by C'auiij;^ Sliiiii};;, 
 tlie Cochin Chinese soveroii!,"!!, about 
 the year 1600, and has ever since 
 been rnh'd l)y a viceroy delcgat<!d 
 IVum the seat of government. {De 
 JbissacIiciT, Lcijden^ Staimtoii, rVr-) 
 'J'upVKL. — A town in the province 
 of Delhi, silnated on the east side 
 of the Jumna, 47 miles S. S. F,. from 
 the citv of Deilii. Lat. 28° 6'. N. 
 Long. 7vO. .'?0'. E. 
 
 'J'uPTEE River. {Tapati). — This 
 river has its source near the vi!l;ige 
 of Ratool, among the liijardy IJills, 
 from whence it pursues a westerly 
 direction tlnough Die provinces of 
 Khandesh and Gnjrat, until it joins 
 the .sea about 20 miles below Surat, 
 Tlie whole course, which is very 
 winding, and through a fertile coun- 
 try producing much of the cotton 
 exported from Surat and Eonibay, 
 may be estimated at 500 miles. The 
 shoals crossing the mouths of the 
 l'u|)tec and Nerbudda, are known 
 to the Gujrattees by the names of 
 Shorut and Dejbharoo. 
 
 The first Mabommedan army tJiat 
 crossed the mountains south of the 
 Tuptee, wa^. led, A. D. 1293, by 
 Allah ud Dcen, nephew, and after- 
 wards the successor of Ferozc, tlie 
 reigning sovereign of Delhi. {Scott, 
 Drmnmond, \2th Iteg-ister, ^-c.) 
 
 TuRiiAH. — A town in the province 
 of Baliar, situated at the south- 
 eastern extremity of the district of 
 Chuta Nagpoor. Lat. 22°. 32'. N, 
 Long. 85°.' 5'. E. 
 
 TuRlVACARAY, {or Torovocara). — 
 A town in the Mysor(» rajah^s terri- 
 tories, 47 miles north from Seiinga- 
 l>atam. Lat. 1.3° 7'. N. Long. 7G°. 
 50'. E. 
 
 'i'his place consists of an outer 
 and an inner fort, strongly defended 
 !)y a ditch and mud wall, with a 
 suburb at a little distance contain- 
 ing above 700 houses. It possesses 
 two small temples said to have been 
 built by a Sholun Raya, who was 
 
 coutcm])oraiy with Sankar Ascharya, 
 the restorer of the doctrines of the 
 Vedas. 
 
 This prince is famous for having' 
 erected lenii'les througliout tlie coun- 
 try south of the Krishna River, all 
 of them very small, and built en- 
 tirely of stone. Their stvle of .ir- 
 chileeture is also very ditrerent froni 
 that of the great leniplcs, such as 
 the one at Conjeveram, the upper 
 l)arts of w hich are alwa^ s formed of 
 bricks, the most conspicuous part 
 being tlie gateway. This last men- 
 tioned system of arcliitecture seems 
 to have been introduced by Krishna 
 Raya of IJijanagur, as the Brahmins 
 assert that the 18 most celebrated 
 .temples in the Lower Carnatic, were 
 rebuilt by that prince ; for they do 
 not allow that any teini)le of cele- 
 brity was erected during the present 
 yug, Cir age, although nearly 5000 
 years of it are passed. (jP. Bucha- 
 nan, S)C.) 
 
 TuRON Bay. — A commodious bay 
 in Cochin China, named Ilansan by 
 the natives, and situated at 16°. 7'. 
 north latitude. The channel into 
 this harbour is round the north east 
 end of the Hansan Peninsula, hav- 
 ing an island to the north. All the 
 coast is safe to approach, the water 
 shoaling gradually from 20 to seven 
 fathoms. The bottom is mud, and 
 the anchorage safe througliout. A 
 small island within the harbour is 
 nearly suiTounded with such deep 
 water, as to admit of vessels lying 
 close alongside to heave down or re- 
 fit. At the southern extremity of 
 the harbour is the mouth of the river, 
 which leads to Turon city. It is 
 about 200 jards wide, with about 
 two fathoms depth, and its current 
 into the bay sufficienlly strung to 
 excavate a channel through the sand 
 banks. The rise and fall of the 
 tides is very iniequal, at one time 
 only six feet, ami at others so high 
 as 11 or 12 ^a^t. In the neighbour- 
 hood of Turon, and along the ad- 
 joining coast, the m inds liavt; been 
 found variable all the year through, 
 the periodical winds losing their in- 
 
838 
 
 TWENTY-FOUR PERGUNNAHS^ 
 
 fluence near the shore. Septemhcr, The country to the S. W. of TuroM 
 October, and November, are the is level and fertile, and the soil most- 
 seasons of the rains, at which times ly clay mixed with sand. Along the 
 the rivers inundate the low country, coast are seen many rivers and canals, 
 The town of Turon stands about withboatsof various sizes, and some 
 a mile above the mouth of the river, junks of above 100 tons burthen, 
 and as well as the peninsula, bar- (Staunton, Barrow, St-e.) 
 hour, and river, is named by the Tuticorin. — A town on the sea- 
 natives Hansan. The houses it con- coast of the province of Tinntweily, 
 tains are low, and mostly built of 85 miles N. E. from Cape Comorm. 
 bamboos, which are covered witii Lat. 8°. 54'. N. Lous. 78°. 23'. E. 
 
 reedy grass, or rice straw. The op- 
 posite side of the river is divided 
 into fields surrounded by fences, and 
 cultivated with tobacco, rice, and 
 sugar canes. The markets in the 
 town is plentifully supplied with the 
 vegetable produce of tropical cli- 
 mates, and large quantities of poul- 
 try, especially ducks. I'iie bay 
 
 At this place there is a pearl 
 fishery, but the pearls found are 
 much inferior to those procured in 
 the Bay of Condatc hy in Ceylon, 
 being stained with a blue or greenish 
 tinge. The Dutcli had here formerly 
 a fort and factory. 
 
 TvvE\TV-FOUR Pergunnahs. — A 
 small district in the province of Ben- 
 
 abounds with fish, and in some of gal, situated chielly to the south of 
 the boats the fishermen reside with Calcutta, on the east side of the 
 their families all the year round. River Hoogly. In extent it corn- 
 Great numbers of flying fish are liere prebends about 882 square miles, 
 taken by letting down into the sea and was first formed into a land- 
 deep earthen vessels with narrow holder's jurisdiction in Dec. 1757, 
 necks, and bayted with pork, or the and constituted the zcmindary of the 
 ofl"als of fish. All the gelatinous Company, and jaghire of Lord Clive. 
 substance, whether animator vege- ]n 1765, a ten years prolongation of 
 table, are considered by the natives the jaghire to Lord Clive was ob- 
 of this coast, generally, as extremely taiiied, after which it reverted to the 
 nutritious. East India Company. 
 
 This port was anciently the chief Since that period, from the quan- 
 
 mart for the trade of Cochin China tity of waste land brought into cul- 
 
 with the Chinese empire and Japan, tivation, and the number of ghauts 
 
 but, prior to 1793, when visited by (landing places), rehgious teniples. 
 
 Lord Macartney, the city of I'uron and other buildings constiuctcd, it 
 
 had suffered greatly by the civil would appear that this territory has 
 
 wars, and was surrounded by ex- progressively improved with respect 
 
 tensive masses of ruins. In 1787 to population, cultivation, and com- 
 
 the Peninsula of Hansan, or Turon, merce. Within its boundaries there 
 
 was ceded to the I rench by the so- 
 vereign of Cochin China, in return 
 for assistance promised him; but the 
 French revolution breaking out, pos- 
 session was never taken. 'I'he ves- 
 
 are 190 seminaries, in which are 
 taught the Hindoo law, grammar, 
 and metaphysics. Th( se institutions 
 are maintained from the produce of 
 certain charity lands, and by the vo- 
 
 sels that resort here at present are luntai'y contributions of opulent Hin- 
 
 eitlier junks from diflerent parts of 
 China, or craft belonging to the Por- 
 tuguese of Macao, These last carry 
 on a considerable portion of the fo- 
 reign trade of this country, where 
 
 doos; the amnial expense being es- 
 timated at 19,500 rupees. There is 
 but one madrissah, or college, in 
 which the Mahommedan law is 
 taught, in the 24 Pergunnahs and 
 
 they dispose of the refuse of European districts adjacent to Calcutta. It 
 goods, which they buy up in the contains no brick or mud forts, but 
 Canton market, sucli as are extremely old, or in 
 
TYRHOOT. 
 
 83.9 
 
 mills; antl, althoiigli so close to the 
 presidency, is gieally infested l>y 
 ilacoits, or river piral«'s, wlio rob, 
 torture, and iiiiirdcr. 
 
 In the 24 I'erj^iiiiiiahs and eon- 
 tiiiiions dislricis, tlie Hindoo iiiha- 
 
 in the province of Bahar, situated 
 principally between the '27th ami 
 28tli dej,nces of nortli latitude. To 
 the noriii it is iiounded by the dis- 
 tricts of JMoewanpoor and iNTuck- 
 wany, wliieh are sul)jeet to Nepaul; 
 
 bitants are ret;k.oned in the projior- on the south it lias Ifajypoor and 
 
 tion of thne to one iMahominedan ; 
 and the number of iniiabitants of all 
 descriptions, taken in the a( tual enu- 
 meration of the farms, may lie esti- 
 mated at l,02o,000. If to tiiesebe 
 added the Inhabitants of Calcutta, 
 computed by the police nia{!;istrates 
 at ()00,000; tiie total pojinlation of 
 the24 Pcrgiinnalis, tlie town of Cal- 
 cutta, and tiie adjacent districts 
 within 20 niilcs, will amount to 
 2,2>5,()U0 persons. {J. Grant, 5th 
 Iti'/wrt, (5»-c,) 
 
 TwENTY-Foi'R Rajahs, {orChotv- 
 beisia). — \ larj^c district in Northern 
 Itindostan, situated between the 
 28th and ;?01h degrees of north lati- 
 tude, and di^idcd into 24 petty i)rin- 
 cipalitics, the whole of which are 
 tributary to the >;overnnient of Ne- 
 paul. Rcspeetin<>- these states little 
 is known except tJicir names, which 
 are as i'ollows : 1. Lam Jung- ; 2. Ka- 
 ski ; 3. Tuuhoo, or Tnimohoo; 4. 
 fhilkoat; o. Purbot, or Mullibnm ; 
 6. Noakole; 7. Pyoo" ; i^- I'"«a- 
 hoon ; 9. Bhurkotc ; 10. Gurhoon; 
 1 1. Reesing-; 12. (Jheruig; 13. Dlioar; 
 14. Pal))ah (the low land of which is 
 named Butool) ; 1;>. Coolmi (ditto) ; 
 16. Wigha ; 17. Khanchi ; 18. Dana:; 
 19. JVIoosikote; 20. Purthana; 21. 
 Jhilli ; 22. Snlliana ; 23. Uhoorkote ; 
 24. Ismah. {Kirhpatrick, .Sc.) 
 
 'J'wENTY-'J'wo Rajahs, {or Bansi). 
 — A district in Noithern irlindostan, 
 tributary to the Ne})aulese, and di- 
 \idediiito22 petty pnneii)alities, the 
 following being the names of the 
 largest. 
 
 .lamlah, Jajarkote, Cham, Acham, 
 Ivooguin, Aloosikote (second), IJoal- 
 pa, Mullijauta, Ilulhang, JJyIick, 
 Suliana (second), Bamplii, Jehavi, 
 Kalagong, Ghooriakote, Gootiim, 
 <]Injror, and Darimeca. {Kirhpatrick, 
 
 TvKJiooT, {Trihula). — A district 
 
 Roghpoor ; to the east is the Rengal 
 district of Purneah ; and on the west 
 Rettiaii and Tlajypoor. In 1784 Tyr- 
 hoot was estimated to contain, in all 
 its dimensions, 5033 .s<|uare miles. 
 By Abul ]''az(;l, in 1582, it is de- 
 scribed as follows: 
 
 " Sircar Tyrhoot, containing 74 
 njahals, measurement 266,464 bee- 
 gahs. Re\enue 19.179,777 dams. 
 This sircar furnishes 700 cavalry, 
 and 80,000 infantry." 
 
 Altliough not hilly, the surface of 
 this distri(;t is more elevated, the soil 
 drier, and the climate generally 
 healthier than those more to the 
 south; yet during the summer the 
 heat is intense. On account of its 
 natural advantages it Avas selected 
 by the Company as an eligible sta- 
 tion for improN ing the breed of horses, 
 in their provinces, those peculiar to 
 Bengal being of the most contempti- 
 ble des(;ription, and some of them 
 not larger than mastilfs. A low and 
 moist situation seems uncongenial to 
 the nature of this valuable animal, 
 which there degenerates immediate- 
 ly, while it appears to thri\e in arid 
 tracts almost destitute of water. 
 Many horses of the tirst quality have 
 since ')een reared in this and the ad- 
 joining district of llajypoor, and 
 liors(! dealers from Upper ilindostau 
 attend the fairs to purchase them. A 
 considerable number arc also ob- 
 tained for mounting the Kings and 
 Company's cavalry. 
 
 This distri('t throughout is, in ge- 
 neral, well cultivated, and veiy |)ro- 
 du<tive of grain, sugar, and indigo. 
 Towards tiie nortlnrn fr,>iitier there 
 are extensive forests, but no supj)ly 
 of timb<r deser\it!g of note can be 
 procured, for want of depth of water 
 in the rivers. Could this be reme- 
 died, large quantities might be ob- 
 tained. The names of the chi«-f 
 
840 
 
 UMMERAPOOR. 
 
 rivers arc the little Gitnduck, the 
 Bhao^mati, and the Gogary. 
 
 '^I'iralil)i'cti, corrupted into Tyr- 
 hoot, was in the remote eras of Hin- 
 doo antiquity, named Maithila, and 
 was the scat of a powerful empire, iu 
 "which a distinct dialect was spoken, 
 stiii named Maithila, or Trilnitya, 
 and 'ised in the territory limited by 
 the Coosy and Gunduck rivers, and 
 the mountains of Nepaul. During 
 the wars of the Kamaynna, its sove- 
 reign was Jana. a, whose daughter, 
 the far famed Seeta, espoused the 
 great Rama, whose exploits are nar- 
 rated in that mythological poem. 
 TjTlioot appears to have continued 
 an independent Hindoo principality 
 until A, D. 1237, wlicn it was in- 
 vaded by Toghan Khan, the Ma- 
 hommedan governor of Bengal, who 
 extorted a large sum of money from 
 .tlie rajah, bu^ did not retain perma- 
 nant possession of the territoiy. It 
 was tinally subdued about A. D. 
 1325, by the Emperor Allah «d 
 Deeu, who annexed it to the thione 
 of Delhi. 
 
 Along with the rest of the province 
 it devolved to the Britisli, and was 
 permanently assessed for the revenue 
 about the year 1794; since which 
 period the ii^i provement of this dis- 
 trict, with respect to population, cul- 
 tivation, and eonmieree, has been 
 very great; large tracts of jungle and 
 waste land are annually brought into 
 a productive condition by the zemin- 
 dars. In 1801, when the population 
 returns were ordered by the Marcpiis 
 Wellesley, th<- inhabitants of this 
 district were estimated at 2,000,000, 
 in tlie proportion of one Mahomme- 
 dan to four Hindoos. (J. Grant, 
 Colebrooke, Stewart, 4"c.) 
 
 u. 
 
 TJdipu. — A small town in the pro- 
 vince of South C'ai:ara, situated about 
 three miles from the sea, near a small 
 
 river called the Papanasani, Lat. 
 13°. 16'. N. Long. 74". 48'. N. 
 
 Tiiis place contains between two 
 and 300 houses, with three temples 
 and 14 matams, or colleges, belong- 
 ing to the Sunyassies. The last are 
 large buildings, and considered as 
 houses belonging to gemiine Hin- 
 dooi, are stately edifices. The tem- 
 ples are roofed with copper, but it is 
 veryrudely wrought. The rice grounds 
 reach from Udipu to the sea, but 
 their extent north and south is not 
 considerable. {F. Buchanan, ^'c.) 
 
 L'mmerapoor, {Amarapura, the 
 City of the Immortals). — A large 
 oily of India bejond the Ganges, and 
 the modern capital of the Birraan 
 empire. Lat. 21°, 55'. N. Long. 
 96°. 7'. E. 
 
 This metropolis stands on the 
 banks of a deep and extensive lake, 
 about seven miles long, by one and 
 a half broad. WhcnfiUed by the 
 periodical rains, the lake on the one 
 side, and the river on the other, form 
 a dry peninsula, on which the city is 
 placed. On entering the lake, when 
 the floods are at the highest, the 
 number and variety of the boats, the 
 great expanse of water, with the lofty 
 .surrounding hills, present an extra- 
 ordinary sight to a stranger. 
 
 The fort of Ummerapoor is an 
 exact square. There are four prin- 
 cipal gates, one in each face, and 
 there is also a smaller gate on each 
 side of tlie great gate, equidistant 
 between it and the angle of the fort, 
 comprising 12 gates iu all. At each 
 angle of the fcrt there is a large 
 quadrarigular bastion which projects 
 considerably, there are also 11 .smaller 
 ba.stions on each side, including those 
 over the gateway. Between each of 
 these bastions is a curtain extending 
 200 yards in length, from which cal- 
 culation it results, that a side of the 
 fort occupies 2400 > ards. The ditch 
 of the fort is wide, and faced Avith 
 brick ; the passage across is over a 
 causeway formed by a mound of 
 earlh, and defended by retrench-» 
 ments. The rampart, faced by a 
 wall of brick, is about 20 feet high, 
 
UaiRUT. 
 
 841 
 
 exclusive of the parapet, whicli has 
 embrasures for caniiou and apertures 
 lor musquetry. The body of the 
 rampart is composed of earth, sus- 
 tained witliin and externally by 
 stronnf walls. Small demy bastions 
 project at regular distances ; and 
 tlie gates are massive, and guarded 
 by cannon. This fortress, considered 
 as an eastern fortification, is respect- 
 able, but insiiUicienl to resist the ap- 
 proaches ot an eHcmy skilled in ar- 
 tillery tactics. I'rom the height and 
 solidity of the wall the Birmans con- 
 sider it impregnable, although a bat- 
 tery of half a dozen well-served can- 
 non would breach it in a few hours. 
 The southern face of the fort is 
 washed during the rainy season by 
 the waters of the lake, and the houses 
 of (he city and suburbs extend along 
 the bank as lar as the extreme point 
 of land. 
 
 In Ummerajioor there are few 
 houses of brick and mortar, and 
 these belong to members of the royal 
 family. The houses of the chief per- 
 sons are surrounded by a wooden 
 enclosure ; and all houses whatever 
 are covered with tiles, and have on 
 the ridge of the roof earthen pots fill- 
 ed with water, in readiness to be 
 broken should fire occur. The splen- 
 dour of the religious buildings is 
 very stiiking, owing to the unbound- 
 ed expenditine of gilding, which is 
 applied to the outside of the roofs as 
 well as within, and must absorb im- 
 mense sums. The gold leaf used is 
 exceedingly pure, and bears expo- 
 sure to the air for a long time with- 
 out sntlering injury. 7'hese edifices 
 being generally composed of wood 
 and other perisliahle mateiials, their 
 existence is not of any long duration. 
 Contiguous to the fort is a small 
 street, entirely occupied by the sliojis 
 of silversmiths, who exjjose their 
 ware in the open balcony, and dis- 
 play a great variety of Birman uten- 
 sils. 
 
 The pudigaut tick, or royal libra- 
 yy, is situated at the north-west an- 
 gle of the fort, in the centre of a 
 court paved with bfoad flags. The 
 
 books are kept in wooden chests cu- 
 riously ornamented, al)out 100 in 
 number, and well filled — the con- 
 tents o^ each cliest being written in 
 gold letters on the lid. The greater 
 part concern divinity; but history, 
 music, medicine, piiinling, and ro- 
 mance, have also their separate vo- 
 lumes. Across the lake there are 
 extensive fields of w heat, which is 
 sold in the city at the rale of one 
 tackel (nearly 2s. 6d.) for m pounds 
 weight, and equal in quality to the 
 finest in l-ngland. 
 
 The city of Ummerapoor is di- 
 vided into four distinct subordinate 
 jurisdictions, in each of which a May- 
 w ooii presides. This officer, who in 
 the piovinces is a vieerov, in the ca- 
 pifiil has the functions of a mayor, 
 and holds a civil and criminal court 
 of justice. In capital eases he trans- 
 niits the evidence, with his opinion 
 in writing to the lotoo, or grand 
 chamber of consultation, where the 
 council of state assembles. There 
 are regularly established lawyers, 
 who conduct causes and plead ; eight 
 are licensed to plead before the lo- 
 too, and their usual fee is 16s. 
 
 Unmierapoor was founded by the 
 Birman monarch, Minderajee Praw, 
 so recently as 1783, about four miles 
 east from old Ava, the ancient capi- 
 tal. Buildings in this part of India 
 are almost wholly composed of wood; 
 and the river presenting a convenient 
 water carriage, the present capital 
 rose most rapidly, and became in a 
 short time one of the most flourish- 
 ing and well-built cities of the east. 
 About A. D. 1800, the population 
 was estimated by Captain Cox at 
 175,000 persons, w Inch is probably 
 within the actual number; and the 
 nundjer of houses from 20,000 to 
 25,000. (Si/mef, Cox, ^-c.) 
 
 L'mnabao, {Aiiihiahad). — A town 
 in the pro\ incc of Bejapoor, 39 miles 
 N. E. from Foonah. Lat. 18°. 51'- 
 N. Long. 74°. 27'. E. 
 
 UiiRV r,{Anmta). — A town in the 
 province of Aurungabad, 40 miles S. 
 by E. Irom Surat. Lat. 20°. 40'. N. 
 Long. 73°. 18'. E. 
 
842 
 
 VEHY. 
 
 UsTEE. — A <own belonging to the 
 Nagpoor JMahariltas, in the province 
 of Berar, 50 miles E. from Ellicii- 
 poor. Lat.21°. 18'. N. Long, 75°. 
 52'. E. 
 
 V. 
 
 Vackaleer, {or WacuIerai/).—A 
 town in tiie Mysore Rajah's territo- 
 ries, situated a few miles S. W. from 
 Colar. 
 
 This place contains aboAe 100 
 houses, and is ioriiticd with a wall 
 and citadel, Iwtlujf mud. I'hc farm- 
 ers in this toM n occuj)}' 17 Iionses, 
 and 22 are inhabited by Bralimins, 
 Avho live better, and are better lodg- 
 ed than the others, although, except 
 two or three ofhccrs of government, 
 all the rest Brahmins subsist on eha- 
 lity. 
 
 Vadaghery, {or Vadacurray). — 
 A Moplay town on the sea coast of 
 Malabar, 24 miles N. by W. from 
 Calicut. Lat. IP. 35'. N. Long. 
 75°. 40'. E. 
 
 This place stands at the end of a 
 long inland navigation, running pa- 
 rallel to the coast, and comnnmi- 
 cating with the Cotta and some other 
 rivers. The town is considerable, 
 and, like otlier Moplay towns in 
 Malabar, is comparatively well built. 
 On the hill above it is a small fort 
 nearly in ruins. {F. Buchanan, Sfc.) 
 Vadagary. — A town in the South- 
 eriv Carnatic, district of Tinnevelly, 
 86 miles N. by W. from Cape Co- 
 morin. Lat. 9°. 12'. N. Long. 77° 
 25'. E. During the Carnatic wars, 
 from 1740 to 1760, this place was 
 possessed by a tiibutary poIyg;u-, 
 who gave a great deal of trouble 
 both to tlie Nabob of the Carnatic, 
 and to the Company's govermnent. 
 
 Valvar. — A town in the province 
 of Gujrat, situated on the River 
 Mahy, 20 miles E. S. E. from Cam- 
 bay. Lat. 22°. 17'. N. Long. 73°. 
 6'. E. 
 
 Vardoopettah. — A town in the 
 
 province of Tinnevelly, 23 miles 
 S. S. W. from Madura. Lat. 9°. 36'. 
 N. - Long. 78°. i'. £. 
 
 Varshah. — A town in the Afgharj 
 territories, in the province of Lahore, 
 38 miles east from the Indus. Lat. 
 31°. 47'. JN. Long. 71°. 40'. E. To 
 the north of this town the hills a- 
 bound with fossil salt. 
 
 Vaypen. — A small town in the 
 territories of the Cochin Rajah, ad- 
 jacent to the town of Cochin. Lat. 
 9°5S'. N. Long. 7G°. 7'. E. 
 
 This j)laee stands upon a narro^T 
 island of the same name, which ex- 
 tends along (lie coast 13 miles, and 
 is only one mile in breadth. The 
 soil of this insular stripe consists of 
 sea sand and calcareous matter, 
 combined with vaiious kinds of earth 
 and clay, Avhieh during the rainy sea- 
 son are washed down from the West- 
 ern Ghaut Mountains. {Fra Paolo, 
 ^■c. Src.) 
 
 V A ziRAB AD, (oj-Mbnara). — A town 
 in the Seik territories, in the province 
 of Lahore, situated on the east side 
 of the Chinaub River, 47 miles N. 
 N. W. from the city of Lahore. Lat. 
 32°. 25'. N. Long. 73°. 28'. E. 
 
 Veergoon.^ — A tow n and fortress 
 in the proviiice of Cutch, on the 
 road from Luckput Bunder to the 
 port of Mandavie on the Gulf of 
 Cutch, from which last place it is 
 about 30 miles distant to the north- 
 ward. 
 
 Veergoon is a small populous town, 
 situated on the S. W. side of a castle, 
 which is defended by round towers, 
 and flanked by a tank on the north 
 east. The road from Tahrah to this 
 place is a heavy sand ; but in many 
 spots the country is well cultivated, 
 and the soil a sandy loam. Tlic road 
 from hence to Bawat is narrow, but 
 in general good, except where the tis- 
 sures being deep have permitted the 
 water to aceunmlate. {Maxfield, 
 
 Vehy. — A small district in the 
 province of Cashmere, situated be- 
 tween the 34th and 35th degrees of 
 north latitude, and intersected by 
 the Jellum River, named also the 
 
VELORE. 
 
 843 
 
 Colhumali. By Abul Fazel it is de- 
 scribed as prodiuing- much saflioii. 
 'I'hc cliicl'tuwii is Paniprc. 
 
 ViiLE Kr.TF.. — A cluster of rocks 
 in tlie Easlcni Seas, situated to tiic 
 south of the Island of Formosa, 
 which may be seen from hence. Lat. 
 21°. .%'. N. Loner. 1210 30'. ^ 
 
 The largest of these rocks is about 
 the height of a small ship's hull out 
 of the water, and in clear weather 
 may be discerned at tlic distance of 
 eight miles. It is surrounded by 
 inany smaller ones, making a cir- 
 cumference of about Iwo miles. 
 (^Mcares, Krusenstirn, Sc.) 
 
 Vkll(>re, (Fe/HJ-)- — A small dis- 
 trict in tlie Carnatic Province, bound- 
 ed on the west by theEasteriiGhauts, 
 and at present compreheuded in the 
 Arcot collectorsliip. 
 
 A greater degree of verdure pre- 
 vails here than is usually seen in the 
 Carnatic, o\\ ing probably to a sub- 
 terraneous supply of water. During 
 the dry season the whole of the rice 
 land is irrigated by means of canals, 
 which are either dug across the diy 
 channel of rivers, below the surface 
 of which there is always moisture 
 found, or it is conducted from places 
 in which subtenancan streams have 
 been discovered. In some parts of 
 this district, near the Palar Kiver, 
 indigo is cultivated. 
 
 ViiLORK. — A town and fortress in 
 the Cai-natic Province, the capital of 
 a district of the same name. Lat. 
 12°. 55'. N liong. 79°. 13'. E. 
 
 This was formerly a post of great 
 importance, as it commanded the 
 main road leading to the Upper Car- 
 natic, from the valley of Veniam- 
 bady, which is the most direct route 
 to and from the Mysore. The walls 
 of the fort arc built of very large 
 stones, and have bastions and round 
 towers at short distances. A fausse 
 bray lines the wall between them, 
 and with its embattled ramj)art and 
 small overhanging square towers pro- 
 duces a very handsome eH'ect. A 
 deep and wide diteii, cut chiefly out 
 of the solid rock, surrounds the whole 
 iort, except at one entrance, where 
 
 there was a causeway according to 
 the Hindostany system; and, in ad- 
 dition to the usual defence, the diteli 
 contains alligators of a very large 
 size. 'J'his fortress is so completely 
 commanded from the hills, that a 
 six-pounder can throw a shot over 
 it; but the conquest of Mysore has 
 rendered it now of little comparative 
 consequence. 
 
 The Mahommedan states of Gol- 
 conda and Bejapoor possesssd them- 
 selves of Vellore and Ciiandergery 
 in A.D. 1646. In 1677 Sevajcu 
 made an unexpected irruption into 
 the Carnatic, and captured this place 
 andGingee. In the war of 1782 it 
 was relieved by Sir Eyre Coote in the 
 face of J lyder's whole army. After 
 the conquest of Seringapatam and 
 destruction of the Mahommedan dy- 
 nasty, Tippoo's family were for se- 
 curity removed to this fortress, and 
 consisted in all of 12 sons and eight 
 daughters. I'utteh Hyder, the eld- 
 est but illegitimate son, had 12 or 
 14 children, 'i'he four elder sons 
 were allowed .50,000 rupees per an- 
 num, and the younger 25,000 each. 
 The females were nearly 800 in num- 
 ber, and were handsojnely provided 
 for, their condition being altogether 
 much betler than it w ould have been 
 under any successor of Tippoo's. 
 They had been collected from many 
 different quarters, and each furnish- 
 ed her apartment according to the 
 fashion of her own country. 
 
 On the loth July, 1806, a most 
 atrocious revolt and massacre took 
 place ; in which, from extensive evi- 
 dence taken immediately after the 
 event, it was proved, the family of 
 Tippoo, particularly the eldest, Moiz 
 ud Deen, took an open and active 
 part. The insurgents were subdued, 
 and mostly put to the sword by Co- 
 lonel Gillespie and a party of the 
 19th dragoons; and, to prtnent the 
 recunence of a similar calamity, the 
 instigators were removed to Bengal. 
 Travelling distance from Madras, 
 88 miles, \V . by S. ; from Seringa- 
 patam, 202 miles. {Lord Valcntia, 
 Rennel, Wilks, ^-c.) 
 
844 
 
 VINGORLA. 
 
 Vf.llum. — A town in the Soulij- 
 em Caruatic, seven niilts S.W. frum 
 the city ofTanjoic. Lat. 10°. 40'. 
 N. Lone;. 79°.'/'. E. 
 
 VuNCATiGHERRY, {Vanaheti(ghiii). 
 ■ — A town in tlie Carnalic Province, 
 82 miles N. W. tiom Madras. Lat. 
 13°. 56'. N. Long-. 7L»°. 32'. E. 
 
 Venpambady. — A village fortified 
 with a mud wall, in the Earraniahal 
 Province, 120 miles W. S. W. IVom 
 Madras. Lat. 12°. 42'. N. Long. 
 78°. 42'. E. 
 
 Tliis place has a very pleasing ap- 
 pearance, being smronnded wilh 
 trees, which are scarce in the Barra- 
 mahal, and situated on a line plain 
 enclosed by hills. It stands also on 
 the banks of the Palar, or milk ri- 
 ver, which i)i Sanscrit is called Cshi- 
 ra Naddi, and has its .source near 
 Nnndydroog. During the rainy sea- 
 son this river iiequently commits 
 great devastation, and it rises higii- 
 est when the raius prevail on the 
 Coast of Coromandei. In Veniam- 
 bady are two temples of note, one 
 dedicated to Maluuieva or Siva, and 
 the otlier to Vishnu. {F. Bitchu- 
 nan, ^-e.) 
 
 Ventivalum. — A town in the 
 Carnalic Province, 40 miles W. N. 
 W. from Pondicherry. Lat. 12° 
 10'. N. Long. 79°. 25'. E. 
 
 Veramally. — A town in the 
 Sonlhern Carnatic, 23 miles .S. W. 
 from Trichinopoly. Lat. 10°. 26'. 
 N. Long. 78°. 35'. E. 
 
 VicRAVANDY. — A town iu the 
 Caruatic I'roviuce, 22 miles W.>J.W. 
 from Pondicherry. Lat. 12°. 5'. N. 
 Long. 79°. 43'. E. 
 
 VicToiRE Isle. — A very small 
 island in the Eastern Seas, covered 
 with wood. Lat. 1°. 39'. N. Long. 
 106°. 30'. E. On the soiitli-west 
 side of this island is a small bay or 
 creek ; and S. E. by E. distant three 
 leagues, lies a small white island. 
 
 Victoria Fort. — This is a forti- 
 fied island on the coast of theConcan, 
 about 70 miles south from Bombay, 
 which commands a harbour six miles 
 to the north of Sevorudroog. Lat. 
 17°. 56'. N. Long. 72°. 55'.^E. 
 
 This place, formerly named Ban- 
 coot, was taken in 1756 by Commo- 
 dore James, in concert with the Ma- 
 haraltas, who ceded it to the East 
 India Company. At this period in 
 the adjoining territory the Mahoni- 
 medans were nunurous, and contri- 
 buted to supply Bombay with beeves, 
 which were difficull to be procured 
 along this coast, on account of the 
 pre^aience of the Hindoo religion. 
 {Orme, ^c.) 
 
 ^'u A N AG R A M , ( Vijayanagardy. — A 
 town in the Northern Circars, 2S 
 miles N. by W. froin Vizapatam, 
 and formeri) the capital of a large 
 zcmindary. ' Lat. 18°. 4'. N. Long. 
 83°. 30'. E. This is a town of con- 
 siderable size, situated under the 
 northern hills, and having a very 
 large tank to the south. The sur- 
 rounding country is well supplied 
 with watfr. (JJpion, &cc.) 
 
 ViNDHYA Mountains. — A chain 
 of hills which passes through Bahar 
 and Benares, and continues on thro' 
 the provinces of Allahabad and Mal- 
 wah along the north side of the Ner- 
 budda, almost to the west coast of 
 Hindostan. They are inhabited by 
 the Biicels ahd other tribes of preda- 
 tory thieves. 
 
 ViNCATGHERRY. — A town in the 
 Mvsore Hajah's territories, 120 miles 
 \V. from i^Jadras. Lat. 13°. 2'. N. 
 Long. 78°. 38'. E. 
 
 This place was formerly the resi- 
 dence of the Pedda Naika polygar, 
 and the ruins of his fort are still con- 
 spicuous. It is bnilt on a rising 
 ground, and consists of several en- 
 closures surrcuiided by walls of stone 
 and nnid, flanked with towers and 
 bastionSjWhich rise higher and higher 
 towards the central enclosure, in 
 which stood the rajah's dwelling. 
 The inhabitants here are almost all 
 Telingiis, or Gentoos, as they are 
 named by the English at, Madras. 
 The strata here resemble those of the 
 Eastern Ghaut Mountains, and iron 
 is procured by smelting a species of 
 black sand. {F- Buchanan, cSc) 
 
 ViNGORLA. — A town belonging to 
 the Rajah of Colapoor, on the sea- 
 
VIZAGAPvVTAM. 
 
 845 
 
 coast of flie province of Ecjapoor. 
 Lai. 15° 64'. iN. Loii-; 7.*J°. 22'. E. 
 
 ViRAGDii. — A town and mnd ibit 
 ill the Nizam's territoiies, in tlie pro- 
 vince of Aintni^abad, 100 miles 
 S. E. from Aliui. duiia;gur. Lut. lb°. 
 11'. N. L<jng. '6°. 15'. K. 
 
 YiuANCun'URA. — An open town 
 in the Canialic jtrovince, district of 
 Wnore, si(iiat(xl ou the soutli side 
 of the Paiar River. L-at. 12° 56'. 
 N. Long- 79°. 5'. E. 
 
 This was formerly a large place, 
 and possessed many public build- 
 ings, both Hindoo and Maliomme- 
 <lan, but the whole sutfered ex- 
 tremely during tJie Avars of last cen- 
 tury with Hyder. A large temple, 
 dedicated to Lswara, escaped the 
 destruclion that l)efel the rest, owing 
 to its having been suno\iuded by a 
 \ery strong wall of cut granite, 
 xvhich excluded irregulars ; and 
 Hyder took no delight in the demo- 
 lition of temples, as his sou Tippoo 
 did. (F. Buchanan, SjT.) 
 
 ViRAPELLE, (Varapali). — A town 
 in the Cochin district on the Mala- 
 bar Coast, five miles N. from the 
 town of Cochin. Lat. 10°. N. Long. 
 76°. 10'. E. 
 
 This is the residence of the apos- 
 tolick vicar of the Roman Catholic 
 Cinistians who superintends 64 
 fhurches, exclusive of the 45 go- 
 verned by the Archbishop of Cra- 
 ganore, and also of the large dio- 
 ceses under the bishops of Cochin 
 and Quilon, whose churches extend 
 to Cape Conionn, There is here a 
 seminary, a catechumen house, and 
 convent of bare-footed Carmelites, 
 w ho have the care of the missionary 
 establishment on the Coast of Ma- 
 labar. The Monastery was founded 
 in A. D. 1673. (C, Buchanan, Fra 
 Paolo, (^c.) 
 
 A^iRNAUGH. — A village in the pro- 
 vince of Cashmere, 37 miles S. E. 
 from the city of Cashmere. Lat. 
 .34°. N. Long. 74°. 13'. E. 
 
 The country in this neighbour- 
 hood proJiuies apples, pears, peaches, 
 apricots, cherries, and mulberries, 
 besides the red and whit« rose, and 
 
 an infinite variety of flowering shrubs. 
 Except the null berry, few of the 
 fniils or vegetid^lcs of Jiindostan arc 
 produced here. Near to Virnangh 
 a torrent of waler bursts from a 
 mountain, and soon forms a consi- 
 derable stream. A bason of a square 
 form has been constructed, it is said, 
 by Jehangire, to retvive the water, 
 wliere it resxchcs the plain. {Foster, 
 Sfc. tVc.) 
 
 ^ IZAGAI'ATAM. — A towu on the 
 sea-coast of the Northern Circars, 
 the capital of a district of the sam« 
 name. Lat. 17°. 42'. N. Long. 83°. 
 2b,'- E. 
 
 A river coming from the north, 
 and turning short eastward to the 
 sea, forms an anu of land one mile 
 and a half in length, and 600 yards 
 in breadth, nearly in the middle of 
 which the fort of A'^izagapatara is 
 placed. The town is inconsiderable, 
 tiie Europeans generally residing at 
 Watloor, a village to the north of 
 this harbour. During the ebb the 
 surf is liere veiy considerable ; and, 
 as European boats, for want of Mas- 
 sulah craft, are obliged frequently to 
 go in, they should keep close to a 
 steep hill, named the Dolphin's Nose, 
 to escape being upset. The sur- 
 rounding country «js mountainou.% 
 and many of the hills wild, and de- 
 stitute of vegetation. At Senia- 
 chellum, near to this place, is a 
 Hindoo temple of great fame and 
 sanctity. 
 
 The principal trading towns of 
 this district aie Vizagapatam and 
 Bimlipatam. From Calcutta tlie 
 imports consist of cumin seeds, long 
 pepper, wheat, and Madeiia wine ; 
 and from Ceylon and the Maldives 
 islands, large supplies of cocoa nuts, 
 coir, and cowries. AVax, salt, and 
 coir compose the principal articles 
 of export to Calcutta, and rice to 
 the MaldiACS. The consignment* 
 to London are chiefly of indigo, and 
 the staples of the port are w ax, salt, 
 and indigo. The total value of the 
 imports, from the 1st of May, 1811, 
 to the 30th of April,1812,was .53,037 
 Arei;t rupees, of m hich 52,521 was 
 
846 
 
 WAGEEOO. 
 
 from places beyond the tenilories of 
 the Madias government, \iz. 
 
 From Calcutta - - 20,862 
 
 Cejioii - - - 1,104 
 
 the Maldives - 20,177 
 
 Various places - 10,378 
 
 Arcot rupees 52,521 
 
 During the above period the to- 
 tal value of the exports from Yiza- 
 gapalam Mas 1,348,872 rupees, of 
 which only 75,773 was to places be- 
 yond the territories of the Madras 
 government, viz. 
 
 To Calcutta - - - 38,584 
 
 Mancepatam - - 1,235 
 
 London - - - - 26,497 
 
 Maldives - - - 7,719 
 
 Various places - 1 ,738 
 
 Arcot rupees 75,773 
 
 Between the dates above-men- 
 tioned, 233 vessels and craft, mea- 
 suring 25,740 tons, arrived; and 
 305 vessels, measuring 33,847 tons, 
 departed. A considerable quantity 
 of cloth is manufactured in the ad- 
 jacent country, and the inhabitants 
 of the town are very expert in car\ - 
 ing curious little boxes of ivory and 
 bone. 
 
 In A. D. 1689, in the reign of 
 Aureiigzebe, during a rupture be- 
 tween that monarch and the Eng- 
 lish, their warehouses here were 
 seized, and all the residents of that 
 nation put to death'. In 1757 it was 
 taken by M. Bussy. Along with the 
 rest of the province, it was acquired 
 by tlie British in 1765, luider the 
 administration of Lord Clive, and it 
 now forms one of tlie five districts 
 into which the Northern Circars 
 were divided in 1803, when the Ben- 
 gal revenue and judicial system 
 were introduced. 
 
 Travelling distance from Madras, 
 483 miles ; liom Nagpoor, 394 ; :iom 
 Hyderabad, 355; and from Cal- 
 cutta, 557 miles. {Parliamentary 
 Jieports, Onne, Johnson, Ac) 
 
 V 1 z I A N A G u R, ( Vijayanagara.) — A 
 
 town in the Norlhern Circars, .37 
 iniies W. from (janjam. Lat. 19°. 
 21'. N, Long. 84°. 45'. E. 
 
 VoLCONDA. — A town in the Car- 
 natic pro\ ince, 77 miles S. W. from 
 Pondieherry. Lat. 11°- 19'. N. Long. 
 79°. 5'. E. During the Carnatic 
 wars of the last century this was a 
 strong post, its principal defence 
 being a rock 200 feet high, and 
 about a mile in circumference at the 
 bottom. 
 
 w. 
 
 Wad JO, (Wajii). — A slate or con- 
 federacy in tlie Island of Celebes, 
 situated to the north of the Buggess 
 territories, named Boni. 
 
 In 1775 this country was governed 
 by 40 regents, among w hom women 
 were admitted, as well as men. 
 From these two chiefs were selected, 
 one for warlike affairs, styled Patara, 
 and the other for the ci\ il adminis- 
 tration, named Padeiirang. In ad- 
 dition to these was the mattowra, 
 or elected king, who acted as presi- 
 dent of the whole, forming alto- 
 gether a very complex sort of go- 
 vernment. At that date the Wad- 
 joos were rich, commercial, and 
 nearly independent of the influence 
 of the Dutch, for which they were 
 in part indebted to the natural 
 strength of their country. {Stavo- 
 rinus, §'c.) 
 
 Wageeoo. — One of the Papuan 
 islands, situated about the 131st de- 
 gree of east longitude, and within 
 the first degree of south latitude. 
 In length it may bo estimated at 90 
 miles, by 22 the average breadth. 
 
 On the north coast of this island 
 is a harbour, formed by the Island of 
 Rawak, oi: win-, ii grows the aml)ong 
 tree, the heart of wiiich is an ex- 
 cellent ca!)bage; and here sago 
 cakes, baked hard, are to be |>ur- 
 chas( d in large quantities, as are 
 also fish and turtle. To the latter 
 the Malays of the Eastern Isles 
 
WALURU 
 
 847 
 
 liavc, in jiencial, nn antiiinthy. 
 'J'hfie arc no t;;oats or fow Is liere. 
 On (he norlli-west coast of Wao;eeoo 
 tlicre is anollicr harbour, named 
 Piapis, silualcd in Lat. 0°. 5'. S. 
 Long-. 130°. 15'. E. It is Jornied by 
 two capacious hays, where tlierc is 
 IVesh water, and plenty ol' tall tim- 
 ber lit for masts. In l>()th bays there 
 are good mud soundiiifijs, an<l on a 
 sinall island, named Sisipa, is a 
 pond of iresh m ater, with sai;o trees 
 growing dose to it ; the aiiibong or 
 cabbajio tree also abounds. Along 
 tlie northern coast, generally, wa- 
 ter is to be procmed from rivers, 
 or stagrnate pools, not far from the 
 .shore. The gigantic Kima cockle 
 is found in plenty among the coral 
 reefs, and makes an excellent stew 
 V itli the heart of the cabbage tree. 
 
 On the west side of AVageeoo is a 
 deej) bay, before which lie many 
 small low islands, mostly covered 
 ■with trees. 'J he largest of these is 
 not above a mile and a half in cir- 
 cumference, and there are some not 
 half a mile. These islets produce 
 the sugar cane, from which the in- 
 habitants express the juice. The 
 Mahonnnedans subsist in a great 
 measure on fish and sago bread, and 
 also eat the biche de mar, \<hich is 
 likewise a food of the nati\e Pa- 
 pnas. This is eaten raw, cut up in 
 small pieces, and mixed with salt 
 and lime juice. 'J'he natives say, 
 that in the centie of the country 
 there is a large lake, containing 
 many islands, but it is more pro- 
 bably a bay, wliich deeply indents 
 the coast. The hills here are of suf- 
 ficient height to atiraet the clouds, 
 and cause the descent of a consi- 
 derable quantily of rain. 
 
 This island is well inhabited ; on 
 the sea-coast by JMalionnnedans, and 
 in the interior by the aborigines, who 
 are mostly mop-headed Papuas. In 
 all the harbours the Malay tongue is 
 spoken and understood. A I'Tencli 
 voyager asserts, that, in 171)2, the 
 inhabitants of W'ageeoo had i.\v- 
 clared war against the Dutch, and 
 joined with the inhabitants of Cc- 
 
 ram in an attack on Ambojna. (/"nj- 
 rest, Lahillarriint; Sfc.) 
 
 Wag\a(;uu. — A town possessed 
 by independent native chiefs on the 
 sea-coast of the Gujral Peninsula. 
 Lat. 21°. .3'. \. Long. 71°. 58'. K 
 
 Walluik.ir. — A hill fort in the 
 Maharatta territories, in tiie pro- 
 vince of IJcjapoor, near Clmekow- 
 rie, in the Darwar district. This 
 place was long held under the 
 Pcsliwa by l^urseram I'liow, and 
 when he was defeated and slain, it 
 M as seized by the Colaj)oor Rajah, 
 in whose possession it remained un- 
 til 1804, when, by the interposition 
 of the British, it w as restored to the 
 Peshwa, and is now iield by one of 
 his feudatories. {3JSS. S>-c.) 
 
 \\'ahi, {or Wt/e). — A town in the 
 Maharatta territories, in the pro- 
 vince of Bejapoor, about 50 miles 
 southward from Poonah. 
 
 'ibis is the capital and chief resi- 
 dence of the rich and powerful 
 Maharatta Brahmin family, named 
 Kastia, which is nearly related to 
 the Peshwa. It is also one of the 
 towns which enjoy the privilege, 
 remarkable i)i the jNIaharatta domi- 
 nions, of killing beef for sale. {Moor, 
 ^■c. <St.) 
 
 Waluru. — A toAvn in the Mysore 
 Rajah's territories, situated in the 
 neighbourhood of Bangaloor. 
 
 This place contains above 500 
 houses, and is one of the richest 
 and best built on this frontier abov« 
 the Ghauts; l)nt it is badly supplied 
 vitli water. Jt consists of a castle, 
 of a fort and town, and of a pettah 
 or suburb. 'J'he chief manufacture 
 here is cotton cloth, which the inha- 
 bitants can alford to sell very cheap. 
 In tlie adjacent country many coarse 
 blankets are voven, from the wool 
 which their lloeks produce. The 
 sheep are shorn twice every year; 
 once in the cold, and once in the 
 rainy reason; and 12 sheep furnish 
 sudicient wool to make a blanket si>i. 
 cubits long, and three wide. Ifere 
 also are distilleries of country rum, 
 in which the bark of the Minosa is 
 an iugredi<')it. Their mode of con- 
 
848 
 
 WANKANEER. 
 
 densing the liquor is very rude, and 
 the liquor, never beir.g rectified by 
 a second distillation, is execrable. 
 At the weekly fair, which is held 
 iiere, the principal articles exposeil 
 for sale are pro\ isions, coarse cotton 
 cloths, blankets, and iron work lor 
 agricultural uses. It is only in the 
 larger towns of the Mysore that 
 ■weekly fairs are held, and there are 
 not any of the suksII markets called 
 hauts in Bengal, where the natives 
 waste so much time. 
 
 The soil of some of the gardens 
 here is remarkably deep, as, where 
 ■wells have been dug, it exceeds 20 
 feet in thickness. A gardener is in 
 this place a separate |)rofcssiou from 
 that of a farmer, and is considered 
 of inferior rank. In ploughing both 
 oxen and butl'aloes aie joked, and 
 the manner of working resembles 
 that customary in Bengal. I'he 
 castle here is occupied by a Rajpoot 
 and his lamily, whose ancestors were 
 formerly Jaghiredars of the place 
 and ntighbouriug villages. By the 
 Mysore Rajah's government he is 
 allowed 400 pagoda's annually, with 
 permission to reside in the castle, 
 \F. Buchanan, 5t.) 
 
 Wandicotta, {or Gandicottd). — 
 A large district in the Bahtghaiit 
 ceded territories, situated princi- 
 pally between the 14th and 161h de- 
 grees of north latitude, and now 
 mostly comprehended in tlie Cuda- 
 pah collectorship. The chief towns 
 are Wandicotta, Tadimery, and 
 Anantapooram ; and the principal 
 river the Pennar. 
 
 WANDicoTrA. — A town in the 
 Balaghaut ceded territories, 50 miles 
 N. N.W, from Cudapah. Lat. 14°. 
 44'. N. Long. 78°. 20'. E. This 
 place was formerly remarkable as a 
 strong forhess, and for tlie vicinity 
 of a diamond mine. {Rennell, §t.) 
 
 Wandipoor. — A town m the pro- 
 vince of Bootan, in the territories 
 of the Deta Rajah. Lat. 27°. 50'. N. 
 Long. 89°. 50'. E. 
 
 This place lies about 24 miles 
 from Tassisudon in an easterly di- 
 rection, and is esteemed by the Boo- 
 
 teas a place of great strength. It 
 is .situated on the naiTOW extremity 
 of a rock between the Matchieu, 
 the Pateliieu, and the Tehanchieu 
 livers, w'lose streams unite at its 
 sharpened point, and form a river of 
 considerable magnitude, which tajces 
 the nam«' of Chaautcliieu, and f]ow.s 
 along tiie flat surrute of the Bijnce 
 district into the Brahmapootra. At 
 this ])iace tiiere is a bridge of tur- 
 pentine fir of 112 feet span, without 
 the least iron in its conslrueiion, yet 
 it is said to have lasted 150 years, 
 without exhibiting any symptoms of 
 decay. Owing to its situation Wan- 
 dipoor appears agitated by a per- 
 petual hurricane. This is one of 
 the consecrated towns of Bootan, 
 where a considerable number of Gy- 
 longs, or monks, are established. 
 {Turner, S)C.) 
 
 Wandiwash A tow^n in the 
 
 Carnatic province, 64 niiics S. W. 
 from Madias. Lat. 12° 29'. N. 
 Long. 79°. 40'. E. 
 
 In September, 1759, the British 
 troops, in an attack on this place, 
 were repulsed Anth great slaughter; 
 but in the November following it 
 was taken by Colonel Coote with 
 scarcely any loss. In Januarj', 
 1760, a decisive battle was here 
 fought between the Frendi army 
 under M. Lally, and the British 
 commanded by Colonel Coote, in 
 which th'! former were totally de- 
 feated, and never afler made a stand. 
 This action was wholly fought by 
 the Europeans of the two armies, 
 while the sepoys looked on ; and af- 
 ter it was over, the sepoy com- 
 mandants, compimcnting Colonel 
 Coote on the victory, liankcd him 
 for the sight of such a battle as they 
 had never before witnessed. W ith 
 the surrounding district Wandiwash 
 is now comprehended in the south- 
 ern division of the Arcot collector- 
 ship. (Orme, &-c.) 
 
 Wankaneer — A town possessed 
 by an independent native chief in 
 the Guirat penir.sula. Lat. 22°. 27'. 
 N. Long. 70°. 55'. E. 
 
 This place stands on an angle 
 
WERAD. 
 
 849 
 
 formed by the conflnv of the Biver 
 Muchoo, with aii interior stream 
 named Patailia. It is long and 
 narrow, and surrounded by a great 
 wall with towers and bastions, eom- 
 prehendihg about 5000 iiouses, w ith 
 a good bazar. A pious I\Jahomn»e- 
 dan sheikh h.as here erected an e'e- 
 gaiit mosque, but unfortunately the 
 sacred recess for prayer is not due 
 west (looking towards INIccca), and 
 the whole is consequrnily usei<:ss. 
 The town lies so directly under a 
 range of lofty mountains, that it is 
 entirely commanded. 
 
 During the rains the Patailia in- 
 undates the town ; but in the dry 
 season it diminishes to a slender 
 stream in a low lied, from which cir- 
 cumstance its name is derived, Pa- 
 tala signifying the infernal regions. 
 {^Macmurdo, 4'c.) 
 
 War.angol. — An ancient city in 
 the Nizam's territories, in the pro- 
 vince of Hydei-abad, 50 miles N. E. 
 from the city of Hyderaiiad. Lat. 
 17°. 52'. N. Long. 7&°. 3'. E. 
 
 This place was founded about 
 A. D. 1067, at which period it is 
 supposed to have been the metro- 
 polis of A ndray, or Telingana. In 
 1309 Allah ud Deen, the Deliii sove- 
 reign, dispatched an army against 
 it by the route of Bengal, without 
 success ; hut it was taken from the 
 Hindoos in ^324 by Aligh Khan. 
 It however again reverted to tliat 
 ancient nation, and in 1421 its ra- 
 jah was. slain in battle, and the place 
 captured by Khan Azim Khan, tiie 
 general of Ahmed Shah Bhamenee, 
 the Sultan of the Dcccan. By dif- 
 ferent authors this name is written 
 Woragulia, Warauknl, and Arenkil. 
 {Scott, Feriihta, Wilks, .St.) 
 
 Warrior. — A town in the Car- 
 natic province, 38 miles N. E. from 
 Tanjore. Lat. 11°. 15'. N. Long. 
 79°.' 25'. E. 
 
 \V ARVE.^A town in the province 
 of Gujrat, district of Werrear, 14 
 miles S.W. fiom Rahdunpoor, 
 
 This is an open town, protected 
 only by a ditch, which, in many 
 places, is filled up with thorns and 
 
 3 I 
 
 rubbish ; j'ct it is the residence of 
 many ol the liead Jhuts, who do not 
 possess any forts, except that of Am- 
 rapoor, which stands on die Run, to 
 the S.V\. of Warye. Tliis place 
 from its vicinity to the Run and to 
 Wagar, is in some measure intlu- 
 eiiced by the events that occur in 
 Cut eh. In 1 808 Warye was plun- 
 dered by a Cp.teh army, eoiulucted 
 across the Run by the zemindars of 
 A^ agar, on which occasion the Jhuts 
 were compelled to seek shelter in 
 Amrapoor and the Mehwas. The 
 thieves of A\"agar and the Jhuts are 
 engaged in constant broils, but the 
 first are the most i)owerful. 
 
 The town of A\'ar> e can muster 
 from 800 to 1000 Jhut horsemen, 
 well mounted, and principally arm- 
 ed with spears and sabres. These 
 carry their plundering excursions 
 through the greater jiart of Cotti- 
 war, the whole of the Bunumgaum 
 pergunnah, and not uufrequcntly into 
 Cuich. Their subjection to the Na- 
 bob of Rahdunpoor is merely nomi- 
 nal, as they obey or decline his sum- 
 mons according "to the temporary 
 cunent of their inclination. {Mac- 
 murdo, l^-c.) 
 
 \^ ASS AH. — A town in the province 
 of Gujrat, 18 miles N. by E. from 
 Cambay. Lat. 22°. 39'. N. Lojig. 
 72°. 52'. E. 
 
 Waufgorn. — A village in the 
 Maharatta territoiies, 24 miles north 
 from Pooniih, from whence the Hol- 
 car family originated. 
 
 AVawul. — A \illage in tlie pro- 
 vince of Gujrat, district of Werrear, 
 situated a few miles to the S. E. of 
 Raiulunpoor. 
 
 This place coi^tains about 300 
 houses, and stands on the banks of 
 the River Sereswati, a small stream 
 of suit water, which during the rains 
 overtlows its banks, but at other sea- 
 sons is every where fordable. 
 
 Week.^ — A small district in the 
 province of Ca.'^hmere, extending 
 alot'g the south side of the Jellum or 
 Colluimah River, which is here about 
 80 V ards across. 
 Weuad. — A town in the Maha- 
 
850 
 
 WOWA]MIA. 
 
 ratta territories, in the province of 
 Bejapoor, 63 miles S. S. W. from 
 Pooiiah. Lat. 17°. 39'. N. Long. 
 73°. 48'. E. 
 
 Werrear, (Wnddeifar).-~A dis- 
 trict on tlie N.W. frontier of the pro- 
 vince of Gujrat, extending along" the 
 banks of the Banass Ki>er. The 
 conntry lying between Kahdunpoor 
 and Pairee on the Jiorlh and south, 
 and from Becharjee to the banks of 
 tlie Run, is called Wuddyar or Wur- 
 ryar; tor which name the inhabit- 
 ants say it is indebted to the excel- 
 lent unality of its grass, it being re- 
 sorted to by immciise herds of cattle 
 sent to ])asture on the banks of the 
 Run. Wuddyar, or Wandvar, in 
 the Gnjrattce language, signifies a 
 herdsman, by which class the banks 
 of the Run were originally inhabited. 
 
 Throughout the whole of Werrear 
 fowls and sheep are cheap and a- 
 bundant; the price of the former 
 being five for a rupee, and the latter 
 half a rupee each; but goats are a 
 greater rarity. It also produces a 
 innuber of hmses of a smaller breed 
 than those of Cottiwar ; but horses 
 of a good quality being in great de- 
 nuiud, few are exported, and those 
 pi ineipally to the Joudpoor territo- 
 ries. 
 
 'I'his district is much infested by 
 plundering Coolees, the prin('ipal 
 dens of these robbers being at Wa- 
 rye,14 miles S.W. from Rahdunpoor ; 
 Barbere, 24 miles north, (belonging 
 to the Coolees); and Therwara, 30 
 miles N. W. from Rahdunpoor; the 
 latter possessed by the Balooches. 
 {Mfinmurdo, S^-c.) 
 
 V^ETiER Isle. — An island in the 
 Eastern Seas, situated o(f the north 
 coast of Timor about the eighth de- 
 gree of south latitude, the interior of 
 whiei) has not yet been explored. In 
 lengtli it may be estimated at 65 
 miles, by 2t) the average breadth. 
 
 WoLAJANAGUR. — A largc towu in 
 the Carnatic Province, situated on 
 the north side of the Palar River, 
 iibout two miles from Arcot. Lat. 
 l^. 55'. N. Long. 79°. 30'. E. 
 
 'i'lijs town was liiiilt by the Nabob 
 
 of Arcot, Mahommed Ali Walajah, 
 and named after himself To people 
 it the inhabitants w ere removed tioni 
 Lalpettah and otiicr places, which 
 with Mahommedan princes in Hin- 
 doslan is a common practice. It 
 soon after had the misfortune to fall 
 iiiO tiie hands of Ilyder, who did 
 not spare it; but, on the restoration 
 of ])eaee,it was again fostered by (h« 
 nabob. At j^resent it has attained a 
 great size, is regularly built, rich, 
 and populous, with an ample supply 
 of provisions, which are cheap and 
 ahiiiidant. Its fortifications are 
 mouldering to decaj; but, as the 
 })lace has not now any enemy to ap- 
 piehend, the loss is of little conse- 
 oiience. Almost the whole of tlm 
 trade between the country above the 
 Eastern Ghauts and the sea centres 
 here ; and it is said a larger assort- 
 ment of goods can be procured at 
 this place than in any town to the 
 south of the Krislma, Madras not 
 excepted. (F. Buchanait, ^-c.) 
 
 WoMBiNELLORE. — A town in the 
 south of India, district of Salem, 102 
 miles S. E. from Seringapatani. Lat. 
 11°. 44'. N. Long. 78°. 10'. E. 
 
 Wow. — A fortilied town in the 
 district of Neyer, situated about 10 
 miles west from Theraud, on the 
 north-west boundary of the Gujrat 
 Province. 
 
 This town is much more populous 
 than Theraud, and may be consi- 
 dered as the capital of Neyer. At 
 present it contains not fewer than 
 1000 Rajpoot famihes of rank, and • 
 merchants of wealth and credit. 
 Formerly the whole tract of country 
 as far as I'heraud on the east, Gur- 
 rah and Rardra on the west, Son- 
 gaum and the Run on the south, and 
 Sanjore on the north, were subject 
 to Ranny of Wow, a Chowah Raj- 
 jioot. {3Iacmnrdo, 4c.) 
 
 WowAMiA. — A small fishing town 
 in the Gujrat Peninsula, about six 
 miles distant from the fortress of 
 Alailia, 'J'his place stands on the 
 Run, and here there is a ferry esta- 
 blished for transporting passengers 
 to the Cutch shore. It forms a small 
 
XULLA ISLES. 
 
 851 
 
 independency, the estate of a petty 
 Cottiwar cliief. {Macmurdo, Sfc.) 
 
 WunwAN. — A town in tlie pro- 
 vince of Gnjrat, district of Cliala- 
 wara. Lat. 22° 20' . N. Long. 71°. 
 37'. E. 
 
 This is a town of considerable ex- 
 tent and population, being about 
 the size of Sjlah, and possessing a 
 fort of considerable strength, almost 
 new. It belongs to a Rajpoot fa- 
 mily, celebrated for their skill and 
 bravery in predatory warfare, and 
 was in 1805 for two months, without 
 success, besieged by the Guicowar's 
 army. 
 
 Ghee, hemp, and leather, are 
 brought to this place from Putten- 
 wara in waggons, and carried from 
 lience to Bhowiiagur on the Gulf of 
 Cambay, from whence tliey are -ex- 
 ported. I'hcse ciiravans require an es- 
 cort of from 20 to 50 matchlockraen, 
 who are paid at the rate of one-fourth 
 of a rupee for 30 miles distance. It 
 is customary at the villages in this 
 quarter to place a man on the top of 
 a high tree ; and when he perceives 
 horsemen, he waves aflag and sounds 
 a large rattle, after which the village 
 drums beat to arms, and the com- 
 batants assemble at their respective 
 posts. {Macmurdo, ^-c.) 
 
 WuRDA River, {Varada, granting 
 P/Y»/er*).— This river has its source 
 in the Injardy Hills, two miles nortJi 
 of the Baroolypass, in the province 
 of Berar, from whence it flows in a 
 S. E. direction ; and, after a course 
 of about 200 miles, including the 
 windiiij;s, falls into the Godavery. 
 Since the 25th of December, 1803, 
 its channel marks the boundary 
 which separates the Nizam's terri- 
 tories from those of the Nagpoor Ma- 
 harattas. 
 
 Wl'Kgaum. — A village in the pro- 
 vince of Gnjrat, district of Chala- 
 wara, situated about five miles N. 
 N. E. from Dussara. 
 
 Tiic surrounding ten itoi-y is a rich, 
 level country, amply supplied with 
 tanks of good water, and is remark- 
 able for the abmidant crops it pro- 
 duces of wheat and grain. I'he soil 
 
 3 I 2 
 
 is a rich black earth, yet light and 
 sandy. 
 
 In this quarter of Gnjrat the Hin- 
 doo i>la(;es of worship are nmch more 
 mde in their structure than those of 
 the southward. Many of these, de- 
 dicated to Mahadeva and Bhavani, 
 consist merely of a room built of 
 stone, and five feet square, having a 
 triangular roof, and covered with a 
 strong coat of lime. On each face 
 of the triangle is carved a savage 
 representation of the human coun- 
 tenance. {Macmurdo, ^t.) 
 
 Wynaad, {Bynadu). — A small 
 district in the south of India, situ- 
 ated on the summit of the Western 
 Ghauts, about the 12th degree of 
 north latitude, and at present com- 
 prehended in the Malabar collector- 
 ship. 
 
 Bynadu signifies the open coun- 
 try, but does not seem quite appli- 
 cable, as, although situated on the 
 top of the mountains, it is in many 
 places overrun with fbrests, and of 
 diflicult access. This district is also 
 named Nellcala and Wynatil, and 
 produces the best cardamoms in In- 
 dia. Carulu Verma, the present 
 rajah, is sprung from a younger 
 branch of the family, and retains 
 considerable power within his own 
 limits. 
 
 X. 
 
 XuLLA Isles. — ^Three islands of 
 considerable size in the Eastern 
 Seas, situated to the S. E. of the 
 Molucca Passage, and as yet but 
 little explored. 'I'hey are occasion- 
 ally invaded by the Papuas frojn 
 New Guhioa, although the distance 
 is almost 300 miles. About 40 years 
 ago the Dutch luid a lactory on the 
 Xulla Bcssey Isle, in a redoubt gar- 
 risoned by a sergeant and 25 men. 
 It was prior to that period annexed 
 to the government of Amboyna, but 
 was afterwards transferred to that of 
 Ternate. {Bougainville, ^c.) 
 
852 
 
 ZEBU ISLE. 
 
 Y. 
 
 Yauly. — A town in the province 
 of Berar, 90 miles S. W. from Nag- 
 poor. Lat. 2(P. 25'. iN. Long. 79^. 
 1'. E. 
 
 Yaynangheoum.— A town in the 
 Birman dominions, sitnatcd on the 
 east side of the Irawaddy. Lat. 20°. 
 28'. N. Long. 94°. 35'. E. 
 
 Five miles east of this place are 
 the celebrated pelrolenm wells, which 
 supply the whole of the Birman em- 
 pire, and many parts of India with 
 this useful prodnclion. The town 
 is chiefly inhabited by potters, who 
 carry on an extensive manufacture 
 of earthen ware. 
 
 I'here are here a great many oil 
 pits within a small compass, the 
 aperture being generally about four 
 feet square, and lined with timber. 
 The oil is drawn up in an iron pot, 
 fastened to a rope passed over a 
 wooden cylinder, which revolves on 
 an axis supported by two upright 
 poats. When the pot is filled, two 
 men take the rope, and run down a 
 declivity ; the pot is afterwards emp- 
 tied into a cistern, and the water 
 drawn off by a hole at the bottom. 
 The depth of the pits is about 37 
 fath(juis, so that the quantity they 
 contain cannot be seen. When a 
 well is exhausted, they restore tlie 
 spring by cutting deeper into the 
 rock, which is extremely hard. The 
 Birman government farms out the 
 ground that supplies the oil, audit is 
 again suljjectto adventurers, who dig 
 the wells at their own hazard. The 
 commodity is sold very clicap on the 
 spot, the principal expense being the 
 transportation charges, -and the cost 
 of the earthen pots to hold it. {Si/mes, 
 ^c.^-c.) ,. . . 
 
 Yklcundul. — A large district in 
 the Nizam's territories, in the pro- 
 viuce of Hyderabad, situated be- 
 tween the 18tli and i9fh degrees of 
 north latitude, and bounded on the 
 north by the Godavery River. The 
 chief towns are Elgaudel and Ra- 
 ipergh. 
 Yellapura. — A smalltown above 
 
 the Western Ghaut Mountains, in 
 the Soonda district, and included in 
 the collectorship of North Canara. 
 Lat. 14°. 57'. N. Long. 74°. 55'. E. 
 
 This place contains about 100 
 houses, with a market. In the conn- 
 try east from this towards Hully- 
 halla, Sambrang, Madanarn, Mun- 
 dagodu, and Induru, the woods con- 
 sist mostly of teak, and almost all 
 the forests in this neighbourhood 
 spontaneously produce pepper. Al- 
 though the rains in this elevated 
 quarter are not so heavy as below 
 the Ghauts, yet they are sufficient 
 to bring one croj) of rice to maturity 
 on level ground. (F. Buchanan, 
 ^■c. 4-0.) 
 
 Yligan. — A small Spanish re- 
 doubt and garrison, situated on a 
 bay of the same name, on tlie north 
 coast of Magindanao. 
 
 Yowl Isles. — A cluster of very 
 small islands lying off the north 
 coast of the Island of Wageeoo, 
 sunounded by coral reefs, and situ- 
 ated about the 131st degree of east 
 longitude. 
 
 YuNSHAN. — An extensive inland 
 region of India beyond the Ganges, 
 situated about the 20th degree of 
 north latitude, and included by the 
 Birmans in the list of their terri- 
 tories. It is intersec'ed by many 
 rivers flowing from the north ; but 
 it does not appear ever to have 
 been explored, even by the Bir- 
 mans. 
 
 Zebo Isle. — One of the Phi- 
 lippines, situated about the 123d 
 and 124tli degrees of east longitude. 
 In length it may be estimated at 108 
 miles by 24 the average breadth. 
 
 Magellan arrived at this island 
 in A. 1). 1521, and was received by 
 the inliabitants with such kindness, 
 that their king, Hamabar, his whole 
 family, with tlie chief of Dimasava 
 (anotiicr island), and many of his 
 subjects, were baptized. The chief 
 
ZEBU ISLE. 
 
 853 
 
 of Maeiaii, a very small island \y\ng 
 ofl'the lown of Zebu, alone rerosted 
 the Spaniards, and defied Magel- 
 lan, who unfortunately accepted the 
 challensre. I'or the enterprize he 
 selected 50 Spaniards, who attacked 
 the Indians in morasses, the water 
 up to their breasts, and approached 
 so near, that Magclinn was wound- 
 ed by an arrow, and died in the field 
 with six Spaniards ; the rest saved 
 
 themselves by flight. On his death 
 the smvivors chose for their com- 
 mander Juan Serrano, but he was 
 soon after decoyed into a snare by 
 the natives of Zebu, and, with 24 
 other Spaniards, massacred. His 
 successor, Juan Carvallo, burned 
 one of the vessels, and sailed from 
 Zebu with the Trinidad and Vic- 
 toria in search of the Moluccas. 
 (Zuniga, ^-c.) 
 
GLOSSARY. 
 
 A RAD — Abode, residcnro 
 
 Allah — God, in Arabic and Persian 
 
 Uairaggies — TTindoo devotees, vo- 
 taries of Vishnu 
 
 Bala-ghaut — Above the Ghauts, 
 in contradistinction to Pajeen- 
 Gliaut, below the Ghauts: the 
 tonus j^enorally refer to the hig'h 
 ••ential table land in the sotith of 
 India, and the modern Carnatic 
 ])rovincc 
 
 Bazar — Daily markets: in Bena^al 
 it is not unusual to have in them 
 a liaut, where a number of petty 
 venders, besides the establislied 
 shopkeepers, fie(|ucnt them 
 
 Begah — A lanil measure, in Ben- 
 gal, equal to about the tinrd part 
 of an acre, but varying in diHcrent 
 provinces : the common Ryoty 
 hegah in Bengal contains only 
 1600 square yards 
 
 BowRiii — A well tiiat has steps to 
 descend ; those v\ ithout steps are 
 named Kooah 
 
 BiCHE DE jNIar, {Holothiirion) — 
 Named also swallo, sea slug, or tri- 
 pang ; a sea reptile, very nnich re- 
 sembling the garden slug in ap- 
 pearance, but considerably larger, 
 some of them weighing half a 
 pound : it is a great article of trade 
 iiom the eastern islands to China, 
 where it is used to season their 
 soups and other dishes, being es- 
 teemed highly nutritious and invi- 
 gorating 
 
 Brahmin — The sacerdotal caste 
 among the Hindoos 
 
 Bungalow — A connnodious dwell- 
 ing erected by Europeans in Jien- 
 gal, and txtremely well suited to 
 
 the climate ; it is entirely com- 
 posed of wood, bamboos, mats, 
 and thatch, and may be completed 
 in a very short time, and at a mo- 
 derate expense 
 
 Candy — ^Thc Bombay candy weighs 
 5G0 pounds 
 
 Catty — A Chinese weight of 1^ 
 pounds avoirdupois 
 
 Chout — A fourth part (f)f the clear 
 revenue) a tribute formerly le\ ied 
 on certain states by the Maliarat- 
 tas, on condition of their abstain- 
 ing from plundering 
 
 Chunam — Ijime: the Madras Chu- 
 uam, made of calcined shells, is 
 considered the best in India 
 
 Choultry, in the native language 
 Chauvadi — A place of accom- 
 modation for travellers: the Ma- 
 hommedans name them serai, and 
 tliey are also called durrumsallas 
 
 CiRCAR, or SntKAR — In Hindostan 
 a certain inimber of \illages form 
 a pergunnah ; a certain nninber 
 of pergunnahs, comprehending a 
 tract of eounti7 equal (o a mode- 
 rate-sized linglisii county, is de- 
 nominated a chuckla ; of t!iesc a 
 certain numljcr and extent form 
 a circar, and a few circars fv^nn a 
 grand division, province, or son- 
 bah. Tiiis word occasionally 
 means the government, and also 
 a head servant 
 
 Chowky — A whisk to keep oil' flies; 
 they are made either of ihs^ 'I'ibet 
 cow's tail, peacocks' feathers, or 
 ivory shavings, set in a handle two 
 feet long 
 
 Coss — (karoh, or krossah)a corrupt 
 term used by Europeans to de- 
 
856 
 
 GLOSSARY. 
 
 note a road measure of about two 
 miles, but varying in different parts 
 of India; jViajor Rennel values 
 the coss at 190 statute miles to 
 100 cosses 
 
 Coir— The fibresofthecocoanuthusk 
 
 Crore — Ten millions 
 
 CuTCHERRY — A court of justice 
 
 Dam, or Daum — A copper coin, the 
 25tl) part of a pisa, or, according 
 to some, the 40th part of a rnpee. 
 During the reign of Aurengzebe 
 48 dams made one rupee 
 
 Deccan — From a Sanscrit word, li- 
 terally meaning the south, but 
 applied by the Mahommedan his- 
 torians 1o the tract of country be- 
 tween the Nerbudda and Krishna 
 rivers 
 
 Dewan — Theliead officer of finance 
 and revenue, almost always a 
 Hindoo. Also a prime minister 
 
 Dewanny — The East India Com- 
 pany acquired the Dewanny of 
 Bengal in A. D. 1765 ; the Bengal 
 year 1 171 
 
 Durbar — A court or place, in which 
 a sovereign, or viceroy, gives au- 
 dience 
 
 DoAB — Any tract of country in- 
 cluded between two rivers 
 
 Fakeer — A Mahommedan religious 
 mendicant, or devotee 
 
 FoujDAR — A military superintend- 
 aat, or commander 
 
 FuRsuNG — Throughout Afghanistan 
 and the Persian dominions, the 
 fursung, or parasang, may be com- 
 puted at four English miles 
 
 Gentoo — A name derived from the 
 Portuguese Avord gentio, which 
 signifies gentile in the scriptural 
 sense. At Madras this term is 
 used to designate the language 
 and people of Tclingana 
 
 Ghaut — A pass (hrough a moun- 
 tain, but generally applied to any 
 extensive chain of hills 
 
 Ghee — Butter clarified by boiling 
 
 GooMTY — Winding; the name of 
 rnany rivers in Hindostan 
 
 GooRoo — A spiritual guide among 
 the Hindoos 
 
 GoDowN — A corruption of the Ma- 
 lay word gadong, a warehouse 
 
 Gunge — In Guiiges the chief com- 
 modities sold are grain and the 
 necessaries of life, and generally 
 by wholesale : they often include 
 bazars and hai.ts where the ar- 
 ticles are sold by retail, and in 
 great variety. It is a very com- 
 mon termination of the names of 
 towns 1 Bengal, and some of the 
 adjacent provinces, and generally 
 applied to a place where there is 
 water carriage 
 
 Gurry — A name given in tlie 
 ]Vlysoie to a wall flanked with 
 towers 
 
 GosAiN, (Goswami) — Hindoo devo- 
 tees. They are also named Suny- 
 assies 
 
 Haut — A market which, in Bengal, 
 is held on certain days only, and 
 resorted to by petty venders and 
 traders. They are established in 
 open plains, where a flag is erected 
 on the day and at the place of pur- 
 chase and sale 
 
 Jaghire — An assignment of the go- 
 vernment share of the produce of 
 a portion of land to an individual, 
 either personal, or for the support 
 of a public establishment, parti- 
 cularly of a military nature 
 
 Jeel — A shallow lake or morass 
 
 JoGiES — Hindoo devotees 
 
 Jungle — Land covered with forest 
 trees, thick impenetrable brush- 
 wood, creeping plants, and coarse 
 rank vegetation 
 
 Junk — A Chinese ship, from the 
 IMalay word Ajong 
 
 Kangan — A piece of coarse Chinese 
 cloth, thinly wove,i9 inches broad, 
 and six yards long, in value about 
 2s 6d 
 
 Khetri, {Cshata-iya) — The second or 
 military caste of the Hindoos 
 
 Lack — One hundred thousand 
 
GLOSSARY. 
 
 857 
 
 Lascak — Piopeilj' a cainp follower, 
 hut more lrt'()nentlv applioil to na- 
 tive sailors and artilleiynien 
 
 LooTY — A plunderer 
 
 Ma HA— Great 
 
 oMahal — A territorial subdivision 
 IVIaund — A mcisure of weijjht in 
 India. At Madias it weighs 25 
 pounds ; at Eonibay, 28 ; at Su- 
 rat, 40 ; and a pucka, or double 
 one, 80. In Eciigal the factory 
 niauiid may be estimated at 80 
 pounds 
 
 Nagur, Nagorf, or Nuggur — A 
 town or city, the termination of 
 many names 
 
 Nullah — A natural canal, or small 
 branch of a river; also a stream- 
 let, river, or w atercourse 
 
 NuDDY — A river, the termination of 
 many names 
 
 Pagoda — This name is applied by 
 Europeans to Hitidoo temples an^ 
 places of worship, but not by the 
 Hindoos themselves, who have no 
 such appellation. It is the name 
 also of a gold coin, principally in 
 the Dcccan and South of India, 
 \alued at 8s. sterling; called Va- 
 raha b}- the Hindoos, and boon 
 by the Wahommedans 
 
 Patan — A name in Hindostau gene- 
 rally a[)i)Iied to the Afghan tribes, 
 the derivation of which has never 
 been satisfactojily ascertained 
 
 Pkshwa, (a Leader) — The sovereign 
 of the Poonah Alaharattas 
 
 Pf.ttah — A town or suburbs adjoin- 
 ing a fort 
 
 Peer — A Mahommedan saint 
 
 I'ecul — A Chinese weight of l;33| 
 pounds 
 
 Pergunnah — See Circar 
 
 PoLiGARs — Small tri!)utary land- 
 holders in the South of India, who 
 were never thoroughly subdued by 
 the Mahommedaus 
 
 Pice — A small copper coiu 
 
 Poor, (pnra) — A town, place, or re- 
 sidence, the tei miuHtion of many 
 names in Bengal, and the adjacent 
 provinces 
 
 PuLo— The ]\Talay term for an is- 
 land 
 
 Rajpoots (the qffspiing of rajahs) — 
 A name assumed by the higher 
 classes of the Khctri, or military 
 tribe of Hindoos 
 
 Kanny — A female sovereign 
 
 IxVVKE, {silver) — The name of a silver 
 coin of comparatively modern cur- 
 rency ; for it is rcinarkable, that 
 there do not exist any specimens 
 in that metal struck anterior to 
 the establishment of the Mahom- 
 medan power in India, while a 
 great many in gold have been pre- 
 served of far higher antiquity. The 
 East India Company's accounts 
 are kept at tlie following fixed 
 rates of exchange, viz. 2s. the cur- 
 rent rupee; 2s. 3d. the liombay 
 rupee ; 5s. the Spanish dollar ; 6s. 
 8d. the Chinese tacl ; and 8s. the 
 pagoda 
 
 Ryot — Peasant, cultivator 
 
 Sayer — Variable imposts, such as 
 customs, duties, tolls, &c. 
 
 Seer — A \vcight which varies all 
 over India. In Bengal there arc 
 40 to a mannd 
 
 Serai — A place of accommodation 
 for travellers, so named by the 
 Mahomraedans ; the Hindoos call 
 it choultry and durumsalla 
 
 Seyurghal — A jaghire assignment 
 usually for life, on certain lands 
 for the whole, or part, of the as- 
 sessed revenue 
 
 Seyurghal Jaghires — Charitable 
 or religious jaghires of the Ma^ 
 hommedans 
 
 Singh, (a lian) — A distinctive ap- 
 pellation oftheKhetries, or military 
 caste 
 
 Sirdar — A chief officer 
 
 Sirkar — See Circar 
 
 Shroff — A native banker, or money 
 changer 
 
 SuNYASSiES — See Gosain 
 
 Soubah — Sec Circar 
 
 Soubahdar — A viceroy, or gover- 
 nor, of a pro\ince 
 
 Sudra — The fourth caste among the 
 Hindoos, comprehending media- 
 
858 
 
 nics, nrtizans, and labourers. The 
 subdivisions of this tjibe are in- 
 numerable 
 SvvALLo — See Biche de mar 
 
 Tank — Pond, reservoir 
 
 Tael, or Tale — A Chinese measure 
 of vaUie, estimated in Ihe East 
 India Company's accounts at 6s. 
 Sd 
 
 GLOSSARY. 
 
 Tooman- 
 
 -Small district, horde 
 -Ambassador, agent, or at- 
 
 Vakeel- 
 torney 
 
 Vaisya, (pronovnced Bhyce) — ^The 
 third caste among the Hindoos, 
 comprehending the merchants, 
 traders, and cultivators. The sub- 
 divisions of this tribe are iimume- 
 rablo 
 
LIST OF AUTHORITIES. 
 
 Abul Fazel, author of the Ayeen 
 Acberry, translated by Francis 
 Ijiiadwiii, Esq. — Asiatic Annual 
 Jiegisters 
 
 John Barrow, Esq. — Voyage to Co- 
 chin Chiiut, and Travels in China 
 
 Lord William Kentinck. — Appendix 
 to the bth Riport 
 
 Voyage de Fraiifois Bernicr 
 
 De Bissachere's Account of Tiiu- 
 quiii 
 
 Captain Bligh's Narrative 
 
 Captain I. B. Blunt, of the Bengal 
 Engineers — Asiatic Researches 
 
 George Bogle, Esq. — Asiatic An- 
 nual Registers 
 
 Bougainville's Voyage round the 
 World 
 
 Hugh Boyd, Esq. — Asiatic Annual 
 Registers 
 
 Captain E. Bronghton, of the Ben- 
 gal Establishment — Journal of a 
 Residence in a Maliaratta Camp 
 
 J. T. Brown, Esq. — Appendix to the 
 bth Report 
 
 John Bruce, Esq. — Annals of the 
 East India Company 
 
 The Reverend Claudius Buchanan 
 — Christian Researches in Asia 
 
 Francis Buchanan, Esq. of the Ben- 
 gal Medical Establishment — Tra- 
 vels in Mysore — Asiatic Researches 
 
 Reuben Burrow, Esq. — Asiatic Re- 
 searches 
 
 Rev. Dr. Cai-ey — Asiatic Researches 
 
 William Chambers, Esq. — Asiatic 
 Researches 
 
 Captain Charles Christie, of the 
 Bombay Establishment — Un/mb- 
 lished Manuscript Journal, commu- 
 nicated by Sir John Malcolm 
 
 Henry Thomas Colebrooke, Esq. Pre- 
 3 
 
 sidentofthe Asiatic Society, and 
 
 Member of the Supreme Council 
 
 in Bengal — Asiatic Researches — 
 
 Agriculture of Bengal 
 Colonel Colebrooke, of the Bengal 
 
 Vif>i-d.h\i^\in\ei\\~ Asiatic Researches 
 Captain Hiram Cox, Envoy to Ava 
 
 — Notes on the Rirman Empire 
 The Marquis Cornwaliis — Appendix 
 
 to the bth Report 
 John Crisp, Esq. of the Bencoolen 
 
 ^siVLh\i¥,\\viienX— Asiatic Researches 
 
 Alexander Dalrymple, Esq. — Ori- 
 ental Repertory 
 
 Lieutenant Hastings Dare — 31ars- 
 den's Sumatra 
 
 A. Davidson, Esq. of the Madras 
 Establishment — Asiatic Reseaixhes 
 
 Samuel Davis, Esq. a Director of 
 the East India Company — Asiatic 
 Researches 
 
 Major-General Dirom — Narrative of 
 Campaigns in Mysore 
 
 Major Dow, <if the Madras Establish- 
 ment — Appendix to the bth Re- 
 port 
 
 Robert Drummond, Esq. of the 
 Bombay Medical Establishment 
 — Chijrattee Vocabulary 
 
 Jonathan Duncan, Esq. Governor 
 of Bombay — Asiatic Researches 
 
 John Elliott, Esq. of the Bengal Ci- 
 vil Service — Asiatic Researches 
 
 Captain H. M. Elmore — Navigation 
 of the Indian and Chinese Seas 
 
 Evidence before Parliament, 1813 
 
 Ferishta's History of Hindostan, and 
 of the Deccan 
 
 N. Fontana, Esq. of the Bengal Me- 
 dical Establislmient — Asiatic Re- 
 searches 
 
860 
 
 LIST OF AUTHORITIES. 
 
 Foster's Journey from Bengal to 
 
 England 
 Captain Thomas Forrest — Voyage to 
 
 Ne?r Ginnea. mid of the Mergui Isles 
 Major Franklin, of the Bengal Esla- 
 
 blishment — HistGrij of Shah Al- 
 
 lam, Asiatic Researches, and'Jracts 
 
 on the Rajpoot States 
 Fra Faolo Bartolonieo — Voyage to 
 
 the East Indies 
 Colonel 1* uUarton — Campaigns in 
 
 hidia 
 
 Francis Gladwin, Esq. of the Ben- 
 gal Ci^il Service — Translation of 
 the Ayeen A cherry 
 
 Father Ginseppe's' Account of Ne- 
 panl — Asiatic Researches 
 
 J. Goldinghani, Esq. — Asiatic Re- 
 searches 
 
 Maiia Graham — Journal of a Resi- 
 dence in India 
 
 James Grant, Esq. — Appendix to the 
 oth Report 
 
 Robert Grant, Esq. — The Expedi- 
 ency maintained of continniug the 
 Restrictions on the Trade to India 
 
 Gavin Hamilton, Esq. — Asiatic Re- 
 searches 
 
 Haensel's Account of the Nicobar 
 Isles 
 
 Captain T. Hardwicke, of the Ben- 
 gal Establishment — Asiatic Re- 
 searches 
 
 John Herbert Hanington, Esq. of 
 the Bengal Civil Service — Asiatic 
 Researches 
 
 Hodges' Travels in India 
 
 John Hodson, Esq. of the Madras Ci- 
 vil Service — Appendix to the 5th 
 Report 
 
 J. Flowison, Esq. — Malay Gram- 
 mar 
 
 William Hunter, Esq. of the Ben- 
 gal Medical Establishment — Asia- 
 tie Researches 
 
 Captain John Hmiter — Voyage to 
 JBotany Bay 
 
 J. Hurdis, Esq. of the Madras Ci- 
 vil Service — Appendix to the 5th 
 Report 
 
 Ives' Journal of a Voyage to India 
 Coiooel Ironside, of the Bengal 
 
 Establishment — Asiatic Annual 
 Registers 
 Johnson's Oriental Voyager 
 
 Captain King — Cookers last Voyage 
 Geneial Kirkpatrick — Embassy to 
 
 Nepaul 
 Keate's Account of the Peloo Islands 
 Major Macdouald Kinneirs — Survey 
 
 of Persia 
 Knox's Account of Ceylon 
 Krnsenstern's Voyage to Japan 
 General Alexander Kyd — Evidence 
 
 hefore Parliament 
 
 Labillardiere's Vayage in Seaich of 
 La Pcrouse 
 
 Antony Lambert, Esq. — Asiatic An- 
 nual Registers 
 
 J. Leckie, Esq. of the Bengal Civil 
 Service — Journal of the Route to 
 Nagpoor 
 
 John Leyden, Esq. of the Bengal 
 Medical Establishment — Asiatic 
 Researches 
 
 S. R. L\ishington, Esq. of the Ma- 
 dras Civil Service — Appendix to 
 the 5th Report 
 
 Sir George Leitli's Account of Prince 
 of "\^/ ales' Island — Asiatic Annual 
 Registers 
 
 Colonel Mackenzie, of the Madras 
 Engineers — A siatic Researches 
 
 Captain James Macnundo, of the 
 Bombay Establishment — Unpub- 
 lished manuscript Journal, Com- 
 municated by Sir John Malcolm 
 
 Macphcrson's Flistory of the Trade 
 to India 
 
 J. Macrae, Esq. of the Bengal Me- 
 dical Establishment — Asiatic Re- 
 searches 
 
 Sir John Ma.\co]m— Political His- 
 torij of India — Asiatic Researches 
 
 Sir Charles Ware Malet's Evidence 
 before Parliament — Asiatic Re- 
 searches 
 
 Rev. T. Maurice — History of Hin- 
 dostan 
 
 Captain W. Maxfield, of the Bom- 
 bay IMarine — Unpublished manu- 
 script Journal. Conmiunicated by 
 Sir John Malcolm 
 
 Wm. Marsden, Esq. — Account ef 
 
LIST OF AUTHORITIES. 
 
 861 
 
 Sumatra, Malay Dictionary and 
 Grammar 
 
 Ocucval Claude INIaitine — Asiatic 
 Kesearches 
 
 Captain Meares — Voyage to Nootka 
 Sound 
 
 W. Milbunie, Esq. — Oriental Com- 
 merce 
 
 Major Moor, of the Bombay Es- 
 tablisliineiit — Narrative of Cam- 
 paigns with Captain Little's De- 
 tachnwnt. Hindoo Pantheon 
 
 Colonel 'J'homas IMiinro, of tlie 
 ]\J adias Establislinicat — Appendix 
 to the 5th Report 
 
 Misce/laneons Manuscripts — coninm- 
 nicated by Sir John Malcolm 
 
 Ornic's History of Military Ti'ansac- 
 tions in India 
 
 La Page's Voyage Round the World 
 
 J, D. Paterson, Esq. of the Bengal 
 Civil Service — Asiatic Researches 
 
 Captain Percival's Accouut of Cey- 
 lon 
 
 Anqiietil du Perron — View of the 
 Commerce and Politics of India 
 
 La Perouse's Voyage 
 
 Ramajnma, tianslated by the Mis- 
 sionaries at Serampoor 
 
 Captain F. V. Raper, of the Bengal 
 Estaljlishment — AsiaticResearclics 
 
 J. G. Ravenshaw, Esq. of the Ma- 
 dras Civil Service — Appendix to 
 tlie bth Report 
 
 5th Report on the Affairs of the East 
 India Company, and Appendix 
 
 Report on th6 External Commerce 
 of India for 1811-12 
 
 Major Kennel's Memoir of a Map 
 of Hindostan 
 
 Edinburgh Review 
 
 Quarterly Review 
 
 Dr. Robertson's Disquisition on India 
 
 W. Roxburgh, Esq. of the Bengal 
 Medical i^^stablishment — Asiatic 
 Researches 
 
 H. Salt, Esq.— Lore? Valentin s Travels 
 J. Saunders, Esq. of the Bengal Me- 
 dical Establishment 
 J. Scott, J'ysq. — Translation of Fe- 
 rishtd's History of the Deccan, and 
 4 
 
 of the Memoirs of Eradnt Khan, 
 nith Notes 
 
 Captain Shaw of tlio Bengal Esta- 
 blishment — Asiatic Resea?-c!ies 
 
 Seid (Jiiulaum Hossein — The Seirtd 
 Mntakherein 
 
 Seid Mustapha, Envoy fromTippoo 
 to Zemaun Shah — Acconnt of' a 
 Journey to Candahar and Cabnl in 
 1798 — Communicated by Sir 
 John ]Ma!coIm 
 
 Sonnerat — Voyages anx Indes el a la 
 Chine 
 
 N. H. Smith, Esq. Ambassador from 
 the British Government to the 
 Ameer!", of Sinde — Unpublished 
 Manuscript Journal — Communi- 
 cated by Sir John Malcolm 
 
 Sir George Staunton — Embassy to 
 Pehin nith Lord Macartney 
 
 Stavorinus' Voyages, with Notes, by 
 Mr. Wilcocke 
 
 jMajor Charles Stewart, of the East 
 India College at Hayleybun — 
 History of Bengal 
 
 Sir Henry Strachey, of the Bengal 
 Civil Service — Appendix to the bth 
 Report 
 
 Thomas Sydenham, Esq. — Evidence 
 bef'rrre Parliament 
 
 Colonel Michael Symes, of the 76th 
 Regiment — Embassy to Ava 
 
 Lord Teignmouth — Appendix to the 
 bth Report 
 
 W. Thackeray, Esq. of the iMadras 
 Civil Service — Appendix to the oik 
 Report 
 
 The liev. W. Tenuant— //jf/Zan Re- 
 creations 
 
 E. Tliompson, Esq. of the Bengal 
 Civil Service — Appendix to the bth 
 Report 
 
 George Thomas, History of, by Ma- 
 jor Franklin 
 
 G. F. Tombe — Observations in Java. 
 Edited by Soniui 
 
 Captain Towers, of t!ie Bengal Esta- 
 blisliineiU — Asiatic Resiorches 
 
 Captain Tumor's Embassy to Tibet 
 
 Treaties, CoUfction of 
 
 Turi>in's Histoire du Royaume de 
 Siam 
 
 Tone's Account of the Mabarat- 
 tas 
 
862 
 
 LIST OF AUTHORITIES. 
 
 Colonel Upton of the Bengal Esta- 
 blislimcnt — Asiatic Annual Re- 
 gisters 
 
 Lord Valentia's Travels 
 
 H. Vcrelst, Esq. Governor of Ben- 
 gal — Review of the Government of 
 Sengal 
 
 Lieutenant John Wanen — Asiatic 
 Researches 
 
 I. Wade, Esq. of the Bengal IMe- 
 dical Establishment — Asiatic An- 
 nual Registers 
 
 Lieutenant Webb, of the Bengal 
 Establislnnent— yl.f/a?/c Researches 
 
 The Marquis Welleslev — Public 
 Letters and Documents 
 
 Major Wilfoid, of the Bengal En- 
 gineers — A sitttie Researches 
 
 Charles Wilkins, Esq. of the Ben- 
 gal Civil Service — Asiatic Re- 
 searches 
 
 Colonel Mark Wilks, of the Madras 
 Establishment — History of the 
 South of India 
 
 Captain Thomas Wilhamson, of the 
 Bengal Establishment — East In- 
 dia Vade Blecum 
 
 C. N. White, Esq. of the Madras 
 Civil Service — Appendix to the 5th 
 Report 
 
 Zuniga's History of the Philip- 
 pines, translated by W. Mavor, 
 Esq. 
 
 THE EN1». 
 
 Priiilcd by J. F. DOVE, St. John's Square, London. 
 
PUBLISHED BY JOHN IMURRAY, 
 bookseller of the Admiralty and of the Board of Longitude, 
 
 ALBEMAHLE STREET, LONDON. 
 
 THE HlSTOaV of PERSIA, 
 
 From the most early Ages to the Year One 'riiout,aiKl Eight 
 Hundred and Ten, with an Account of the present State 
 of that Kin«,'dom, and Remarks on the Riu.iGiON, Govern- 
 MENT, Sciences, Manners, and Usages of its Ancient 
 and Modern Inhabitants. By Sir John Malcolm, 
 Kuiii^ht of the Roval Persian Order of the Lion and Sun, late 
 Envoy Extraordinary to the Court of Persia. In 2 vols. 4to. 
 with Twenty En<iravin<j;s by C. Heath. 
 
 GEOGRAPHY of PERSIA. 
 
 GEOGRAPHICAL MEMOHl of the PEHSLIN EMPIRE; in- 
 terspersed with Aceoinits of Manners and Customs. By John 
 Macdonald Jvinmir, Esq. Polilitid Assistant lo Brinadier General 
 Sir John ]Mal<«)lm, late Envoj to the Court of Persia. 4to. 21. 2s. 
 or, Avith a Map. 31. 13s. 6d. 
 
 POLITICAL HISTORY of INDIA : 
 
 Erom the Inlrodiutiuu of Mr. Pitt's Bill, A.D. 1784, to the present 
 Date. By Sir John Malcolm. Second Edition, royal 8vo. 18s. 
 
 SKETCH of the SIKHS; 
 
 A singular Nation, who hiliabit the Provinces of the Penjab, Fitxiate<l 
 between the Rivers Jnnma and Indus. By Sir Jon.\ Malcolm. 
 8vo. 8s. 6d. 
 
 MAHARATTAS. 
 
 LETTERS written in a MAHARAITA CA'JP dming the Year 
 1809; descriptive of the Character, Manners, and Domestic Habits 
 of that singular People. By Thomas Duer Brouuh ton. 4to. with 
 Twelve higiily-coloured Engravings. 21. 8s. 
 
 NEPAUL. 
 
 An Account of the KINGDOM of NEPAUL; being the Substance 
 of Observations made during a Mission to that Country in the \ ear 
 1793. By Colonel \\ illl4m Kirkpvtkick. WitJi a largf ]\lap 
 and Eifteen Engravings, 4to. 21. 12s. Gd. 
 
 ELBA. 
 
 The JOURNAL of a TOUR through the ISLAND of ELBA, by 
 Sir RjCHAliD Colt Hoark, Bart. lllustraled by Eight Selrct 
 Views, engraved in the line manner, from Drawings made by Joh\ 
 SMrrH. royal 4to. 21. '.?s. 
 
 WILTSHIRE. 
 
 The Ancient IHSTORY of SOLI ii \\ IL'ISHI RE. By Sir Rich. 
 Coi/r Hoark, Bart. Handsomely jiriiitfd in Polio, with lutihtT- 
 three highly-linLshed Engravings, 121. lis, 
 
 ICELAND. 
 
 TRAVELS in ICELAND, in the ^ ear 1810. By Sir GtoRtir 
 .^lAtKiiNZiE, Bart. Siocond Edition, 4to. with Plalt:s, 31- 3s. 
 
Books published hy John Murray, Albemarle Street. 
 
 IRELAND. 
 
 Sir R. HOARE's JOURNAL of a TOUR in IRELAND in 1806. 
 
 8vo. 12s. 
 
 VOYAGE ROUND THE WORLD, 
 
 In tfeeYeajs 1803, 4, 5, and 6 ; by the coianiancl of his Imperial ]Ma- 
 jesty Alexander I. iu the ships Nadeskda AudNeva, under the orders 
 of Captain A.J. Von Krusuestern. Translated from tiie German 
 by R. B. rioPPNER, Esq. Handsomely printed in one large vol. 
 4to. with a Map and other Plates, 21. i2s. 6d. 
 
 The JOURNAL of PENROSE, a Seaman. 3 vols. 
 
 small bvo. 18s. 
 
 MUNGO PARK. 
 
 The SECOND MISSION of f.IUNGO PARK iiito the INTERIOR 
 of AFRICA, ill the Year 1805; printed faithf-,iily from his own 
 Manuscript Journal, transmitted by Hiusself to the Colonial Se- 
 cretary of State. Also, the interesting Narrative of a Voyage un- 
 dertaken in Search of Mr. Park. To which is prefixed a Bio- 
 graphical Memoir, with Letters, and other Documents, com- 
 municated by Mr. Park's Friends. , ^^» 
 
 Handsomely printed by Bulmer, in one volume 4to. uniformly with 
 Park's former Travels, with a new Map and several Woodcuts. 30s. 
 
 MARINE DICTIONARY. 
 
 A copious Explanation of Technical Terms and Phrases employed in 
 the Construction, Equipment, Furniture, Machinery, Movements, 
 and Military Operations of Ships; interspersed with such parts of 
 Astronomy as will be foittfd useful to Practical Navigators. The 
 whole illustrated with a variety of modern Designs of Shipping; to- 
 gether witli .separate Views of their Masts, Sails, Yards, and Rig- 
 ging. To which Avill be annexed a Vocabulary of the French Sea 
 Terms and Phrases, collected from the A^"orks of the most cele- 
 brated French Writers. Originally conipiicd by William Fal- 
 coner. New Edition, corrected, improved, and mucli enlarged. 
 By William Burney, LL.D. Master of the Naval Academy, Gos- 
 port. 4to. 
 
 ABYSSINIA. 
 
 TWENTY-FOUR large VIEWS of ARABIA, ABYSSINIA, 
 EGYPT, &c. Executetl from the Drawings of Henry Salt, Esq. 
 Engraved and Coloured uniformly with JJaniels' Oriental Scenery. 
 271. 6s. 
 
 MODERN COSTUME 
 
 Of RUSSIA, AUSTRIA, CHINA, ENGLAND, and TURKEY. 
 
 Picturesque Rc])resentations of the Dress and Manners of the Na- 
 tions; illustrated by Two Hundred and Seventy-Four En- 
 gravings, coloined from the Original Drawings, with interesting 
 Descriptions of each. Handsomely printed in 5 vols, royal 8vo. 
 
K ^"J' 
 
 
2^ 
 
fe 
 
 *. 
 
^--::^'^- 
 
 J-^'.'' -